vol49_1_2006def 103 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 1, february 2006 key words fourier transform imaging spectrometer – stationary sagnac interferometer – spectral calibration – hyperspectral remote sensing 1. introduction recent advances in optics technology and on-board pre-elaboration data facilities have driven the attention of the international scientific community towards the development of the so called «stationary imaging interferometers» for earth remote sensing purposes (junttila, 1992; horton, 1996). these interferometers do not employ any moving part to scan the imaged field of view (fov) and generate the entire interference pattern simply moving over the surface of the observed target (junttila, 1991; descour, 1996; horton et al., 1997). the launch of the first fourier transform hyperspectral imager (fthsi) on board of us department of defence (dod) technological satellite mightysat ii.1 was an attempt to overcome the main drawbacks that limit the use of push-broom and whisk-broom imaging spectrometers for environment investigation (meigs et al., 1997; otten iii et al. 1997, 1998). these limitations concern sensor calibration, electronics complexity and the circumstance that spectral parameters such as spectral resolution and sampling step cannot be changed during the flight. system precursors of fthsi had been the hypercam and the ircam developed by kestrel corporation (u.s.a.) for airborne applications, and the spatially modulated fourier transform spectrometer (smifts) developed by hawaii university. the main properties of these instruments are listed in table i. in a stationary interferometer all the impinging radiation is collected by the detector for interferogram sampling (jacquinot and fellgett advantages) (jacquinot, 1954; bennett et al., 1993; persky, 1995). this is a significant imrecent advances in earth remote sensing: fourier transform stationary hyperspectral imagers alessandro barducci, paolo marcoionni and ivan pippi istituto di fisica applicata «nello carrara» (ifac), cnr, firenze, italy abstract future trends for the development of new remote sensing imagers have being defined since the launch of the first fourier transform hyperspectral imager (fthsi) on board of dod technological satellite mightysat ii.1. starting from the analysis of fthsi optical configuration we have proposed an interesting modification which produces an image of the observed surface superimposed to a stationary interference pattern. this new optical arrangement together with the possibility to accommodate the spectral resolution by changing the device optical aperture and the sensor sampling step make the new instrument interesting for earth remote sensing purposes. in this paper we present some preliminary results obtained from a laboratory prototype developed at our institute. some hints are discussed about the use of such an instrument on board of airborne and satellite platforms. mailing address: dr. ivan pippi, istituto di fisica applicata «nello carrara» (ifac), cnr, via madonna del piano 10, 50019 sesto fiorentino (fi), italy; e-mail: i.pippi@ifac.cnr.it 104 alessandro barducci, paolo marcoionni and ivan pippi provement of the signal-to-noise ratio (snr) because all the photons coming from a pixel of the source contribute to the interferogram power, no matter what their wavelength is. on the contrary, filters, gratings and prisms of a standard spectrometer reject most of the electromagnetic radiation field. the principal critical points of an imaging interferometer are connected with the spreading of the observed target pixels originated by the not-entirely compensated instrument motion, and the high data-rate requested. starting from the analysis of fthsi optical configuration we have developed a laboratory prototype of the imaging interferometer. in section 2 we briefly discuss the adopted optical configuration and the experimental activity we have performed in order to calibrate the instrument response. in section 3 we give our conclusions. 2. experimental activity the laboratory device uses a new image plane interferometer geometry to produce «autocorrelation function modulation» in the image plane of the two dimensional array such as the phase offset of the modulation linearly varies across the images. the interferogram is imaged onto a ccd array as a spatial distribution of intensity rather than as a function of time. the typical optical layout of the developed interferometer, called sagnac configuration, is shown in fig. 1. the characteristics of the ccd used to spatially sample the interferogram are listed in table ii. as a two dimensional image is formed by the fore-optics, an entire frame is recorded for each autocorrelation phase offset. the three dimensional array of this data is processed to generate table i. the main properties of fthsi and its precursors. instrument fthsi hypercam ircam smifts spectral range 350-1050 nm 450-1050 nm 1700-5000 nm 1000-5200 nm 3000-5000 nm spectral resol. 85.4 cm–1 87 cm–1 45 cm–1 95 cm–1 (1.7 nm@450 nm) (50 nm@3000 nm) 35 cm–1 channels 256 180 55 256 field-of-view 1.75° 13° 14° 13° altitude 570 km, 3 km 3 km sun-synchronous orbit fig. 1. layout of the stationary interferometer arranged in the triangular geometry. the light from the object is first collimated by the objective l, it enters the device, it exits from it at 90° though two folding mirrors (m1 and m2) after being split into two coherent beams by the beam-splitter bs put at 45° with respect to the optical axes. p collocates the lens which focuses the energy on the ccd plane. 105 recent advances in earth remote sensing: fourier transform stationary hyperspectral imagers an autocorrelation function data-cube which is fourier transformed to yield a wavenumber hyperspectral data-cube. the fundamental law, which describes the intensity i(opd) falling on the photosensitive element (neglecting the optical losses) is (2.1) where i0(m) is the intensity of the ray before entering the interferometer, opd is the optical path difference introduced by the beam splitter for every direction of propagation, and k = 1/m is the wavenumber relative to m. as can be seen from eq. (2.1), the interferogram is an oscillating function which has a maximum at opd = 0 and decays for large opd’s. actually, an interferogram is constituted by a pair of values p, dn(p) which respectively indicate the pixel position on the matrix and the corresponding electronic signal expressed in digital number. as shown in eq. (2.2), the spatial coordinate p of the pixel can be linked to the sampling step determined as the distance p (pitch) between the centres of two adjacent pixels (2.2) j being the index of the acquired interferogram and j0 the position of the pixel corresponding to the null opd. as we have stated, the relation between opd and the propagation direction j of a single ray entering the interferometer is linear, as long as the imaged fov is small enough ( )j j p0= -p ( ) ( ) ( )opd cos opdi i k k dk 2 1 2 0 = + r6 @# (2.3) f being the focal length of the lens which focuses the interference image, and a expresses the direct proportionality between opd and j. in order to calibrate in wavenumber (or in opd values) the response of the interferometer we employed a he-ne laser (mexc = 632.8 nm) illuminating a double planar diffuser to produce uniform (homoge( ) ( )opd a f a f a j j p0= = = -j j p . table ii. principal characteristics of the ccd array used to sample the interferogram. type ccd frame-transfer with anti-blooming, th7887a number of pixel 1024 × 1024 pixel size 14 nm × 14 nm spectral range 430 nm-1000 nm @qe>3% responsivity 23dn/(nj cm2) @450 nm 18% @680 nm dynamic range 3200:1 maximum frame/rate 60 fps digitalization 12 bit fig. 2. raw (level 0) image (in gray-scale) obtained illuminating a double planar diffuser with a he-ne laser. we observe a pattern of vertical fringes superimposed to the target image. 106 alessandro barducci, paolo marcoionni and ivan pippi neous and isotropic) radiation field at the instrument entrance. figure 2 shows a single imageframe obtained with the laser source. as can be seen, the instrument fov is entirely filled with straight stripes (also called «fringes of equal thickness»), due to electromagnetic interference overlapping the flat input image. the shape of this pattern is due to the circumstance that all pixels on a vertical line go through the same opd, so that they undergo the same amount of interference for the same wavelength of light. conversely, the high number of these fringes is due to the high intrinsic coherence-degree of the employed source. the image here presented was pre-processed according to the following scheme: fig. 4. un-calibrated spectral radiance retrieved from the interferogram shown in fig. 3 after offset subtracting. fig. 3. interferogram acquired onto the ccd plane relative to an impulse-like source, having a bandwidth far below the spectral resolution of the imaging system. the employed source is a he-ne laser. the solid line indicated the fitting function used to retrieve the pixel position corresponding to the null opd. 107 recent advances in earth remote sensing: fourier transform stationary hyperspectral imagers – dark signal subtraction; – instrument spatial response compensation; – geometrical distortion correction (vignetting, spatial shift of the fringes pattern). then, from the single frame an interferogram averaged over all pixels was extracted. its central part was fitted with a sinc-like function in order to estimate and subtract the dc offset as expressed in eq. (2.1) by the term i0(k) / 2. an ideal interferogram is symmetric with respect to zero path difference and contains cosine contributions only. however, additional phase errors caused by the misaligned sampling grid, which does not match the region of zero path difference, result in an evident asymmetry in a real interferogram shape. figure 3 shows an average interferogram and the fitting function, which best fits its central part. in this plot a strong asymmetry is evident with respect to the pixel scale. after offset subtracting, the new interferogram is fourier transformed to retrieve the uncalibrated spectral radiance of the employed source. figure 4 shows the result of inverse cosine transform obtained without adopting any apodization. 3. conclusions in this paper we have presented preliminary images acquired with a new stationary imaging interferometer operating in sagnac configuration. we have discussed the experimental activity carried out in order to calibrate the interferometer response. in addition we have analyzed a methodology to pre-process the acquired raw interferogram for dark-signal subtraction, instrument spatial response compensation and geometrical distortion correction (vignetting, spatial shift of the fringes pattern). future investigations will address the option to employ this device on board of an airplane for earth remote sensing purposes. references bennet, c.l., m. carter, d. fields and j. hernandez (1993): imaging fourier transform spectrometer, spie proc., 1937, 191-200. cabib, d., r.a. buckwald, y. garini and d.g. soenksen (1996): spatially resolved fourier transform spectroscopy (spectral imaging): a powerful tool for quantitative analytical microscopy, spie proc., 2678, 278291. descour, m.r. (1996): the throughput advantage in imaging fourier-transform spectrometers, spie proc., 2819, 285-290. horton, r.f. (1996): optical design for a high-etendue imaging fourier transform spectrometer, spie proc., 2819, 300-315. horton, r.f., c.a. conger and l.s. pellegrino (1997): high etendue imaging fourier transform spectrometer – initial results, spie proc., 3118, 380-390. jacquinot, p. (1954): the luminosity of spectrometers with prisms, grating, or fabry-perot etalons, j. opt. soc. am., 44, 761-765. junttila, m.l. (1991): performance limits of stationary fourier spectrometers, j. opt. soc. am., a8, 14571462. junttila, m.l. (1992): stationary fourier transform spectrometer, appl. opt., 31, 4106-4112. meigs, a.d., l.j. otten iii, t.yu. cherezova, j.b. rafert and r.g. sellar (1997): lwir and mwir ultraspectral fourier transform imager, spie proc., 3221, 421428. otten iii, l.j., a.d. meigs, b.a. jones, p. prinzing, s. don fronterhouse, r.g. sellar, j.b. rafert and c. hodge (1997): the engineering model for the mightysat ii.1 hyperspectral image, spie proc., 3221, 412420. otten iii, l.j, a.d. meigs, b.a. jones, p. prinzing and s. don fronterhouse (1998): payload qualification and optical performance test results for the mightysat ii.1 hyperspectral imager, spie proc., 3498, 231-238. persky, m.j. (1995): a review spaceborne infrared fourier transform spectrometer for remote sensing, rev. sci. instrum., 66 (10), 4763-4797. 155_161 adg v5 n01 pole 1.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 155 long-term trends in f0 f2 over grahamstown using neural networks allon w.v. poole and martin poole department of physics and electronics, rhodes university, grahamstown, republic of south africa abstract many authors have claimed to have found long-term trends in ƒ0f2, or the lack thereof, for different stations. such investigations usually involve gross assumptions about the variation of ƒ 0 f 2 with solar activity in order to isolate the long-term trend, and the variation with magnetic activity is often ignored completely. this work describes two techniques that make use of neural networks to isolate long-term variations from variations due to season, local time, solar and magnetic activity. the techniques are applied to ƒ 0 f 2 data from grahamstown, south africa (26 e, 33 s). the maximum long-term change is shown to be extremely linear, and negative for most hours and days. the maximum percentage change tends to occur in summer in the afternoon, but is noticeably dependent on solar activity. the effect of magnetic activity on the percentage change is not marked. mailing address: dr. allon w.v. poole, department of physics and electronics, rhodes university, g r a h a m s t ow n 6 1 4 0 , r e p u b l i c o f s o u t h a f r i c a ; e mail: a.poole@ru.ac.za 1. introduction the ionospheric quantity ƒ 0 f 2 is well known to vary with season (day number, dn); diurnally (hour lt, hr); and with solar activity and magnetic activity. we need now to consider a fifth variation, which we can call long-term trend (ltt). we approached the problem using two techniques. 2. the techniques technique 1 the methods of training a neural network (nn) have been described elsewhere (poole and mckinnell, 2000) and will not be repeated in detail here. briefly, the nn was trained with all usable hourly ƒ 0 f 2 data from 1973-2000 as output or target data, and the four variables dn, hr, f2 and a16 as concomitant input data. f2 is a two month running mean of the solar 10.7 cm flux, used as a measure of solar activity, and a16 is a two day running mean of the 3 hourly magnetic index, a k , used to measure magnetic activity. after training, the nn produces a value of ƒ 0 f 2 for any combination of the input variables. the choice of two months for f2 and two days for a16 was based on the results of an independent investigation in which nns were trained with input variables of different lengths, the optimum length being chosen as that length which produced the minimum rms error (williscroft and poole, 1996). the nn produces the function f 1 such that ƒ 0 f 2 = f 1 (dn, hr, f2, a16). we will call ƒ 0 f 2 evaluated in this way ƒ 0 f 2 (nn). the function f1 thus embodies the variation of ƒ0f2 for all combinations of the four input variables, so that the residuals r evaluated according to r = ƒ 0 f 2 (measured) ƒ 0 f 2 (nn) will key words long-term trends neural networks f 0 f 2 ionosphere 156 allon w.v. poole and martin poole fig. 1a,b. the residual r plotted as a function of time for hr = a) 12 h 00 and b) 00 h 00, each with a fitted linear regression line. a b long-term trends in f 0 f 2 over grahamstown using neural networks 157 be independent of dn, hr, f2 and a16. the residuals are due to short term, seemingly random and chaotic deviations of measured ƒ0 f2 from the model f 1 . however, the residuals will contain information about long-term variation, if it exists, since a variable representing ltt was not included in the input to the nn. accordingly, we computed the residuals r for each datum used in the training. these r were then grouped by hour and plotted against time. the results are shown in figs. 1a,b for 12 h 00 and 00 h 00 respectively. a trendline has been fitted to both, the slope of which gives the average rate of change of the residuals with time in mhz/year. this method of plotting the residuals versus time is similar in principle to that used by foppiano et al. (1999), and upadhyay and mahajan (1998). it is also of interest that when the trendline was fitted to the two groups (1973-1986) and (1987-2000) separately, almost identical slopes were obtained, indicating a negligible second derivative with respect to time. technique 2 for this treatment we included the index (1-245448) which measured the chronological position of each hourly datum (1 = 00 h 00, 1 january 1973; 245448 = 23 h 00, 31 december 2000) as an indicator for ltt. we trained a nn with this extra input to create a function f2 (dn, hr, f2, a16, ltt) and then interrogated this network with appropriate synthetic data to determine long-term trends for a variety of situations. to show the linearity of the general decline in ƒ0 f2, the nn was interrogated at 5 equally spaced times during the total period, corresponding to ltt = 10 000, 60 000, 110 000, 160 000 and 210 000, for the 16 combinations of dn = 81, 172, 265, 356 and hr = 00 h 00, 06 h 00, 12 h 00 and 18 h 00, for low solar activity and low magnetic index. these are presented in the 16 graphs in fig. 2. the chosen daynumbers dn = 81, 172, 265 and 356 correspond to autumn equinox, winter solstice, spring equinox and summer solstice respectively. in the diagrams of fig. 2 the index ltt along the x-axis has been converted back to years for clarity. the values of ƒ 0 f 2 and the error bars are formed by taking the mean, and standard deviation of the mean, of 20 neural networks all trained with the same data but with unique, arbitrary and random starting conditions. because nns proceed to their final value by an iterative process involving least squares, they do not provide unique solutions, and need to be averaged to minimize this statistical variation. the calculated uncertainty in the evaluation of ƒ 0 f 2 from the nns varies slightly with the input parameters, but is of the order of 0.03 mhz, well below the long-term changes made evident by this investigation. in this context, «low» is the lower quartile value of all the f2 or a16 data in the period 1973-2000. we have diagrams similar to fig. 2 for the three other combinations of (f2, a16) = (low, high), where «high» is similarly the value of the upper quartile. these diagrams are similar to fig. 2 but differ in the magnitudes of the slopes, and are not presented here. figure 2 is presented to illustrate the extreme linearity of the decreases, where present. because of this linearity, it is meaningful to express the change as a simple difference between the values given by f2 for ltt = 10 000 and ltt = 210 000, a separation in time corresponding to 22.83 years. we calculated the quantity ƒ0f2 (dn, hr) = f2(dn, hr, l, l, 210 000) f 2 (dn, hr, l, l, 10 000) and plotted it in two dimensions against dn (converted to months) and hr in fig. 3a-d. the fig. 3a shows a general negative change in ƒ0 f2 with time, with peaks occurring as shown in table i. there is a small positive change of + 0.07 mhz which peaks at (dn, hr) = (196, 18 h 00). the values of the other input parameters f2 and a16 for each of the figs. 3a to 3d are given in table ii. in table ii, the symbols l and h refer to the lower and upper quartile values of f2 and a16, evaluated over the period 1973-2000, and so represent «low» and «high» values of solar and magnetic activity. figure 3a is thus the response for low solar and low magnetic activity. figures 4a to 4d show the same differences, but presented as a percentage change according to ƒ 0 f 2 % = [ƒ 0 f 2 (nn, ltt = 210 000) ƒ 0 f 2 (nn, ltt = 10 000)] × 100 / ƒ 0 f 2 (nn, ltt = 10 000). 158 allon w.v. poole and martin poole f ig . 2. e va lu at io ns o f th e n eu ra l n et w or k fu nc ti on f 2( d n , h r , f 2, a 16 , l t t ) fo r va ri ou s co m bi na ti on s of d n a nd h r ,w it h f 2 = l ( lo w ), a 16 = l (l ow ). t he f iv e po in ts o n ea ch g ra ph c or re sp on d to f iv e eq ua ll y sp ac ed v al ue s of l t t b et w ee n 10 00 0 an d 21 0 00 0. long-term trends in f 0 f 2 over grahamstown using neural networks 159 fig. 3a-d. contour maps of the function ƒ0f2 versus dn and hr for f2, a16 = a) ll; b) hl; c) lh, and d) hh. a b c d 3. discussion and conclusions the slope of the regression line through the 12 h 00 residuals shown in fig. 1a was found to be 0.01479 ± .00012 mhz/year, calculated using standard techniques. the small value of the uncertainty in the slope attests to the statistical reliability of the result, and is a consequence of the large number (8083) of points in the regression. note that these residuals include every combination of dn, f2 and a16 that was present in the data, and so represent a decrease averaged over all these variables. this is an important point because, as will be shown, the decrease is dependent on all these variables to a greater or lesser extent. the second technique, indeed, gives results that are specific for partidn hr ƒ 0 f 2 /[mhz] mhz/year 23 13 h 00 0.41 0.018 286 15 h 00 0.37 0.016 table i. peak values of negative change. figure f2 a16 3(a) l l 3(b) h l 3(c) l h 3(d) h h table ii. upper and lower quartile value of f2 and a16 160 allon w.v. poole and martin poole fig. 4a-d. contour maps of the function ƒ 0 f 2 versus dn and hr for f2, a16 = a) ll; b) hl; c) lh, and d) hh. a b c d cular values of dn, hr, f2 and a16, and can be regarded as an average long-term behaviour for any chosen set of the four input variables. a comparison of the two techniques is possible by choosing an hour (hr = 12 h 00) and averaging ƒ 0 f 2 (12 h 00) over dn = 1 365 for each of the four combinations of f2, a16 = h,l and dividing by the 22.83 year separation. this can be compared with the figure quoted above, and is found to be 0.015 mhz/year, which shows consistency in the two techniques. the equivalent results for 00 h 00 are 0.00244 ± .00067 mhz/year (technique 1) and 0.00557 mhz/year (technique 2) which agree at least in their order of magnitude. a general result is that, at low solar activity, the largest negative percentage change occurs between 09 h 00 and 20 h 00 during late summer (figs. 4a,c). at high solar activity, there are very pronounced negative peaks at around 21 h 00 near the equinoxes. the effect of increased magnetic activity is not marked (compare figs. 4a with 4c, 4b with 4d). note that the contention by, for instance, danilov (2000), that longterm trends in ƒ0f2 could be explained by changes in the spatial and temporal morphology of magnetic storms would not be revealed by these techniques since the influence of such storms is specifically removed from the residuals in technique 1, and specifically catered for in technique 2. we have not, in this publication, attempted an explanation for these quite large negative trends in ƒ 0 f 2 over grahamstown. they appear long-term trends in f 0 f 2 over grahamstown using neural networks 161 to be amongst the largest reported in the literature (foppiano et al., 1999; upadhyay and mahajan, 1998; chandra et al., 1997). we intend to analyse data from other stations before venturing an explanation. however, the methods we have used, involving neural networks to remove the known dependencies, appear to be reliable, and stress the fact that long-term trends are very dependent on season, local time, solar activity and to a lesser extent, magnetic activity. it is thus not possible to make quantitative statements about long-term trends unless one is specific about geophysical circumstances (dn, hr, f2, a16) under which the comparisons are made. these dependencies should provide valuable clues to the reasons for the changes, when applied to other ionospheric stations. references chandra, h., g.d. vyas and s. sharma (1997): longterm changes in ionospheric parameters over ahmedabad, adv. space res., 20, 2161-2164. danilov, a.d. (2000): f 2 -region response to geomagnetic disturbances, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 63, 441-449. foppiano, a.j., l. cid and v. jara (1999): ionospheric longterm trends for south american mid-latitudes, j. atmos sol.-terr. phys., 61, 717-723. poole, a.w.v and l.a. mckinnell (2000): on the predictability of ƒ 0 f 2 using neural networks, radio sci., 35, 225-234. uphadyay, h.o. and k.k. mahajan (1998): atmospheric greenhouse effect and ionospheric trends, geophys. res lett., 5, 3375-3378. williscroft, l.a. and a.w.v. poole (1996): neural networks, ƒ 0 f 2 , sunspot number and magnetic activity, geophys. res. lett., 23, 3659-3662. annals n.6/2003 ok 23/04 1339 annals of geophysics, vol. 46, n. 6, december 2003 key words volcanic eruption – lower ionosphere – atmospheric waves – radio wave absorption 1. introduction the mt. pinatubo volcano erupted in june 1991. this eruption was accompanied by the largest injection of volcanic aerosols into the stratosphere observed in the 20th century. the cloud of erupted aerosols reached altitudes around 30 km. after the mt. pinatubo eruption the stratosphere warmed due to the absorption of radiation by the new aerosols produced by the eruption, particularly at low latitudes (e.g., labitzke, 1994). the absorbed radiation was missing in the troposphere and, therefore, the troposphere cooled. at middle and higher latitudes, the enhanced concentration of volcanic aerosols resulted (with some delay) in a reduction of ozone concentration in the (lower) stratosphere (e.g., mcgee et al., 1994). some 1-2 years after the eruption the ozone reduction-related cooling overwhelmed the original aerosol heating and a mild cooling of the stratosphere appeared (e.g., randell et al., 1995). the pronounced volcano-related changes in the troposphere and stratosphere allow us assume the possibility of changes in the lower ionosphere due to: – changes in tropospheric sources of upward propagating waves (gravity and planetary). – changes in filtering properties of the stratosphere to the upward propagating waves. here such possible changes in the lower ionosphere are studied with the use of radio wave absorption measurements (monitoring) in the lower ionosphere over central europe. possible effects on gravity and planetary wave activity inferred from absorption measurements and on absorption itself are investigated. the existence of the effect of mt. pinatubo on the gravity wave activity inferred from absorption was demonstrated by laštovička et al. (1998). impact of the mt. pinatubo volcanic eruption on the lower ionosphere and atmospheric waves over central europe jan laštovička institute of atmospheric physics, academy of sciences of czech republic, prague, czech republic abstract the very strong volcanic eruption of mt. pinatubo in june 1991 directly affected the troposphere and lower and middle stratosphere. here we look at its effects in the mesopause region as revealed by the radio wave absorption measurements in the lower ionosphere over central europe and inferred planetary and gravity wave activity. the gravity wave activity inferred from the nighttime lf radio wave absorption displays an evident enhancement for waves of periods of about 2-3 h coinciding with regional measurements of the optical depth of (volcanic) aerosols, while there is no detectable effect for short period waves (t < 1 h). there is no detectable effect in the planetary wave activity inferred from the daytime hf radio wave absorption. as for the absorption itself, the results on the impact of the mt. pinatubo eruption do not provide an observable effect. mailing address: dr. jan laštovička, institute of atmospheric physics, academy of sciences of czech republic, boční ii, 14131 prague 4, czech republic; e-mail: jla@ufa.cas.cz 1340 jan laštovička section 2 describes data and methods. section 3 illustrates effects in gravity wave activity. section 4 deals with possible effects in planetary wave activity and section 5 in the absorption itself. the paper ends with brief conclusions. 2. data and methods the radio wave absorption in the lower ionosphere was measured by the a3 method, which consists in receiving a continuous sky wave transmitted usually by a commercial transmitter with an oblique incidence on the ionosphere. the a3 method exists in two versions, low frequency (lf) version and medium/high frequency (mf/hf) version, which differ by the method of calibration and by antenna systems. the lf version in digital modification used by us was described by laštovička et al. (1993). the hf a3 measurements used in the paper were described by laštovička and jiskra (1978) in the older analog version, which was operating till the early 1990s. the lf absorption was measured at pruhonice on 270 khz (reflection point 49.45on, 16.05oe; transmitter-receiver distance 236 km; nighttime reflection height ~ 95 km). the gravity wave activity (in terms of average gravity wave amplitude) was inferred from well nighttime data ( χ > 100o) by the correloperiodogram method applied to each individual night (for details see laštovička et al., 1993). the well-nighttime data are used to exclude the effect of strong daytime variation of reflection height, i.e. of substantial changes in the height region where the absorption is created, on the derived gravity wave activity. moreover, well in daytime there is no measurable signal on the given frequency due to total absorption. the hf absorption was measured at panska ves on 6090 khz (reflection point 50.07on, 10.30oe; transmitter-receiver distance 610 km; daytime reflection height ~ 97-98 km). daytime absorption data at solar zenith angle χ = 75o (average from morning and afternoon data) are used for inferring the planetary wave activity (in terms of average planetary wave amplitude) from consecutive 2 month planetary wave oscillation spectra by the correloperiodogram method (for details see, e.g., pancheva et al., 1989). at night and high solar zenith angles close to sunrise and sunset, radio waves for this radio path are reflected in the f region, i.e. we cannot measure a pure absorption in the lower ionosphere. therefore, only welldaytime data may be used. the aerosol optical depth is considered as a measure of volcanic aerosols. we use data measured at relatively nearby station geesthacht, germany, 53.4on, 10.4oe (ansman et al., 1997). they published data for august 1991march 1995. the pre-pinatubo level of aerosols was taken to be equal to the essentially undisturbed level of january-march 1995. a possible error in estimating the pre-pinatubo level does not play a role with respect to the large pinatubo-related increase of concentration of volcanic aerosols in the stratosphere, which peaked at geesthacht in 1992 and winter/early spring 1993 (see fig. 1). 3. gravity waves the effect of the mt. pinatubo volcanic eruption on the gravity wave activity was studied in central europe based on the nighttime absorption at 270 khz by laštovička et al. (1998) and laštovička (1999). figure 1 shows the development of gravity wave activity in six period ranges between 10-180 min in the winter half of the year (october-march) for winters 1988/1989-1994/1995 (the last two winters october-december only). the measurements became unreliable after 1 january 1995 due to changes of transmitter regime. they were terminated a couple of years ago. all available wintertime data are shown in fig. 1. an evident increase in gravity wave activity after the mt. pinatubo eruption is revealed at long periods (t > 120 min, top curves) in very good coincidence with the large increase in the volcanic aerosol optical depth. this increase in gravity wave activity is well pronounced despite the decreasing solar activity (laštovička (1999) found an increase in gravity wave activity with increasing solar activity). however, no detectable pinatubo-related change of the gravity wave activity at short periods (t < 60 min, bottom curves) can be observed. 1341 impact of the mt. pinatubo volcanic eruption on the lower ionosphere and atmospheric waves over central europe what might be the origin of the longer-period (2-3 h) gravity wave activity response to the mt. pinatubo eruption? the seasonal variation pattern of the gravity wave activity and its change with altitude in the middle atmosphere is significantly affected by the background wind and temperature fields, which affect propagation and dissipation of gravity waves (e.g., gavrilov and fukao, 1999). on the other hand, the solar cycle dependence of the seasonal variation pattern of the gravity wave activity inferred from the 270 khz nighttime radio wave absorption measurements seems to be substantially affected by a shift of the average storm tracks in the northern atlantic region, i.e. by changes in the gravity wave source (bošková and laštovička, 2001). background temperature fields in the troposphere and stratosphere were affected by the mt. pinatubo eruption. as concerns other parameters, sufficient information is not available. nevertheless, some changes in the wind field and maybe tropospheric storm tracks can be expected, which would mean that both the changes in gravity wave sources and filtering properties of the stratosphere could play a role. however, it is not clear at all why the longer period gravity waves are affected, whereas this is not the case for the short period gravity waves. unfortunately, the available data do not enable us to analyze effect of another strong volcanic eruption, that of el chichon in 1982. as far as i know, the impact of volcanic eruptions fig. 1. gravity wave activity (relative amplitude in %) inferred from the nighttime 270 khz absorption measured in central europe, winters of 1988/1989-1994/1995 (after laštovička, 1999). r sunspot number. winter data points – october-december and january-march averages. gravity wave periods (from bottom to top of the figure): ∆ for 10-30 min, + for 31-60 min, for 61-90 min, + for 91-120 min, for 121-150 min, + for 151180 min. 1342 jan laštovička on the gravity wave activity in the upper mesopause region has not been studied by any other author. 4. planetary waves the daytime 6090 khz absorption is used to investigate the potential effect of the mt. pinatubo eruption on the planetary wave activity in the lower ionosphere in central europe. figure 2 displays the development of the planetary wave activity for the period 1971-1996. each data point is taken from a spectrum computed from a two-month interval. we do not see any observable effect of the mt. pinatubo volcanic eruption on the planetary wave activity as deduced from daytime radio wave absorption in central europe. in the 1990s, the only evident change is a decreasing variability of the planetary wave activity towards the end of the period. on the other hand, the planetary wave activity is very noisy, so a small effect of pinatubo would be undetectable. nevertheless such a clear effect like that in the gravity wave activity evidently has not been observed. if the main reason of the effect of pinatubo in the gravity wave activity is a shift in storm tracks, then we should expect rather no effect of pinatubo on the planetary wave activity, which is not affected significantly by shifts of storm tracks. 5. radio wave absorption the 270 khz measurements are reliable till the end of 1993. since january 1994 they are fig. 2. planetary wave activity (amplitude) inferred from the daytime 6090 khz radio wave absorption measured in central europe at the solar zenith angle of 75o, october 1971-august 1996. 1343 impact of the mt. pinatubo volcanic eruption on the lower ionosphere and atmospheric waves over central europe mostly unreliable due to transmitter problems except for a few months (fortunately those allowing construct fig. 1). therefore only the 6090 khz data are used to examine the effect of the mt. pinatubo eruption in radio wave absorption itself. to find the possible effect, matrices of correlation coefficients and partial correlation coefficients are computed and the principal component analysis without and with rotated axes is applied. monthly mean values of the aerosol optical depth, sunspot number (solar activity), aa index (geomagnetic activity) and absorption are used. the results are presented in tables i-iv. tables i and ii show that neither correlation coefficients, nor partial correlation coefficients reveal an effect of the mt. pinatubo eruption on radio wave absorption. the correlations point to the well-known positive relation between absorption and solar activity (via changes of intensity of ionizing radiation). the correlation between volcanic aerosol and sunspots is accidental due to the occurrence of aerosol recovery at the decay branch of the solar cycle. neither standard (table iii), nor rotated (table iv) principal component analysis provides an effect of mt. pinatubo eruption on radio wave absorption. this corresponds to the results based on correlations shown in tables i and ii. table iv again points to some relation between absorption and solar activity (sunspots) and displays the above-explained accidental correlation of aerosol and sunspot cycle. thus we can say that there is no observable effect of the mt. pinatubo volcanic aerosols on daytime radio wave absorption in the lower ionosphere above about 90 km. 6. conclusions all conclusions are based on the radio wave absorption measurements in the lower ionosphere over central europe. i) no observable effects of the mt. pinatubo volcanic eruption were found in the daytime hf radio wave absorption itself and in the planetary wave activity inferred from this absorption. ii) in the gravity wave activity derived from the nighttime lf radio wave absorption, no effect of mt. pinatubo was found for shortperiod gravity waves (t < 1 h). however, a substantial intensification of the longer-period gravity wave activity (t = 2-3 h) was observed. iii) the origin of the gravity wave activity enhancement may be due to both changes in properties of the middle atmosphere and in gravity wave sources. the real origin of this enhancement and an answer to the question while table i. matrix of correlation coefficients. aerosol sunspot aa absorption aerosol 1 0.61 0.09 0.07 sunspot 0.61 1 0.35 0.51 aa 0.09 0.35 1 0.19 absorption 0.07 0.51 0.19 1 table ii. matrix of partial correlation coefficients. aerosol sunspot aa absorption aerosol 1 0.68 – 0.18 – 0.36 sunspot 0.68 1 0.33 0.57 aa – 0.18 0.33 1 – 0.04 absorption – 0.36 0.57 – 0.04 1 table iii. principal component analysis (f 1 + f 2 + + f 3 = 95%). factor f 1 f 2 f 3 % 50% 25% 20% aerosol 0.67 – 0.69 – 0.12 sunspot 0.93 – 0.11 0.06 aa 0.51 0.52 – 0.67 absorption 0.63 0.48 0.58 table iv. varimax rotated principal component analysis. factor f 1 f 2 f 3 f 4 aerosol 0.96 0 0.02 0.26 sunspot 0.40 0.32 0.20 0.83 aa – 0.04 0.08 0.99 0.13 absorption 0.01 0.97 0.08 0.21 1344 jan laštovička only longer-period gravity waves are enhanced is not clear at present and will be the subject of further investigations. acknowledgements this study was supported by the academy of sciences of the czech republic, projects z3042911 and k3012102. references ansman, a., i. mattis, u. wandinger, f. wagner, j. reichardt and t. deshler (1997): evolution of the pinatubo aerosol: raman lidar observations of particle optical depth, effective radius, mass, and surface area over central europe at 53.4on, j. atmos. sci., 54, 2630-2641. bošková, j. and j. laštovička (2001): seasonal variation of gravity wave activity in the lower ionosphere in central europe, stud. geophys. geod., 45, 85-92. gavrilov, n.m. and s. fukao (1999): a comparison of seasonal variations of gravity wave intensity observed by the mu radar with a theoretical model, j. atmos. solar-terr. phys., 56, 3485-3494. labitzke, k. (1994): stratospheric temperature changes after the mt. pinatubo eruption, j. atmos. terr. phys., 56, 1027-1034. laš tovička, j. (1999): solar activity effects on gravity wave activity inferred from radio wave absorption in the lower ionosphere, stud. geophys. geod., 43, 107-128. laštovička, j. and m. jiskra (1978): oblique incidence a3 measurements of ionospheric absorption at 6090 khz, trav. géophys., 472, 461-476. laštovička, j., j. boška and d. burešová (1993): digital measurements of lf radio wave absorption in the lower ionosphere and inferred gravity wave activity, ann. geophysicae, 11, 937-946. laštovička, j., d. bureš ová and j. boška (1998): effect of the qbo and the mt. pinatubo volcanic eruption on the gravity wave activity in the lower ionosphere, stud. geophys. geod., 42, 170-182. mcgee, t.j., p. newman, m. gross, u. singh, s. godin, a.-m. lacoste and g. megie (1994): correlation of ozone loss with the presence of volcanic aerosols, geophys. res. lett., 21, 2801-2804. pancheva, d., e. apostolov, j. laštovička and j. boška (1989): long-period fluctuations of meteorological origin observed in the lower ionosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 51, 381-388. randell, w.j., f. wu, j.m. russell iii, j.w. waters and l. froidevaux (1995): ozone and temperature changes in the stratosphere following the eruption of mt. pinatubo, j. geophys. res., 100, 16753-16764. (received june 27, 2003; accepted october 15, 2003) annals 47, 1, 2004, 01/07def 151 annals of geophysics, vol. 47, n. 1, february 2004 key words baikal rift zone – electromagnetic monitoring – transfer functions – resistivity changes of the fault 1. introduction it is generally accepted that one of the possible precursors of earthquake in the seismically active baikal region may be the change in the electrical resistivity of the saturated porous rock in deep-water rift faults. in accordance with the modern concept of the baikal region geoelectrical structure (merklin et al., 1979), there is a narrow fault there that is galvanically connected with a deep-seated conductor. berdichevsky et al. (1989) showed that for two-dimensional (2d) model of marine deep magnetotelluric investigations the vertical electric field at the ocean bottom is highly sensitive to the resistivity of the underlying cross-section. besides, berdichevsky et al. (1996) showed that certain 2d earth models would generate considerable vertical electrical currents if the models include vertical faults of low resistivity. these authors used horizontal magnetotelluric field as an incident field. the latter work deals with magnetotellurics in the lesser caucasus but the first one deals with deep marine magnetotellurics. meanwhile, baikal water is fresh and much more resistive as compared with the oceanic water, however, shneyer et al. (1998) proved that in 2d model of southern baikal the vertical electric field, ez, is again sensitive to the presence of thin vertical fault of low resistivity. though these results are valuable, we decided to explore the behaviour of ez for a threedimensional (3d) baikal model, bearing in mind that the fault is a body of limited length but not of an infinite one. in this paper we build ez-response as a monitor of a baikal rift fault electrical resistivity: 3d modelling studies oleg v. pankratov, alexei v. kuvshinov, dmitry b. avdeev, vitaly s. shneyer and igor l. trofimov geoelectromagnetic research institute, russian academy of sciences, moscow region, russia abstract 3d numerical studies have shown that the vertical voltage above the baikal deep-water fault is detectable and that respective transfer functions, ez-responses, are sensitive to the electrical resistivity changes of the fault, i.e. these functions appear actually informative with respect to the resistivity «breath» of the fault. it means that if the fault resistivity changed, conventional electromagnetic instruments would be able to detect this fact by measurement of the vertical electric field, ez, or the vertical electric voltage just above the fault as well as horizontal magnetic field on the shore. other electromagnetic field components (ex, ey, hz) do not seem to be sensitive to the resistivity changes in such a thin fault (as wide as 500 m). on the other hand, such changes are thought to be able to indicate a change of a stress state in the earthquake preparation zone. besides, the vertical profile at the bottom of lake baikal is suitable for electromagnetic monitoring of the fault electrical resistivity changes. altogether, the vertical voltage above the deep-water fault might be one of earthquake precursors. mailing address: dr. oleg v. pankratov, geoelectromagnetic research institute, russian academy of sciences, 142190 troitsk, p.o. box 30, moscow region, russia; email: o.pankratov@mtu-net.ru 152 oleg v. pankratov, alexei v. kuvshinov, dmitry b. avdeev, vitaly s. shneyer and igor l. trofimov a simple 3d model of southern baikal and verify: 1) whether ez is detectable over the fault, and 2) whether ez-response is sensitive to the resistivity changes of the fault. 2. model lake baikal is located in the southern part of eastern siberia (see fig. 1). it is the oldest existing freshwater lake on earth (20-25 million years old), being the deepest continental body of water. it is 636 km long and 48 km wide. baikal lies in a deep structural hollow surrounded by rock. the fault that we are interested in, is located at the southern part of lake baikal, not far from the town of slydyanka. a simplified 3d resistivity model of the baikal deep fault is shown in figs. 2 and 3. the geometry of the model was taken mainly from seismic data by merklin et al. (1979), whereas the resistivity data were taken from electromagnetic data by popov (1977), and kieselev and popov (1992). in the model the 2 km thick, 40 ω⋅m water layer is underlain by fig. 1. map of the region of lake baikal. modelling region is marked with a rectangle. the fault is marked with a thick line. 153 ez-response as a monitor of a baikal rift fault electrical resistivity: 3d modelling studies the 1 km thick, 60 ω⋅m sedimentary layer. both layers are surrounded and underlain by 1000 ω⋅m rock. below, at a depth of 15 km, there is a 10 km thick conductive layer of 10 ω⋅m. as for the fault in the model, it is 28 km long in y-direction (parallel to the shore) and 0.5 km wide in x-direction (perpendicular to the shore). the vertical size of the fault is 13 km. the fault outcrop is located at lake bottom exactly where the 35° steep slope of the north-western shore of the lake is ending. the shape of the south-eastern shore slope has been proved not to affect the electromagnetic (em) field calculated in the vicinity of north-western shore. thus, the fault appears to be galvanically connecting the deep conductive layer under the lake and the lake itself. 3. numerical modelling in the 3d resistivity model proposed we have performed a series of simulations of the fig. 2. 3d resistivity model of the baikal fault (side view). line a-b is the profile where behaviour of ez is studied. c is the coast site where components hx and hy are taken to obtain ez response (see details in the text). fig. 3. 3d resistivity model (plane view). 154 oleg v. pankratov, alexei v. kuvshinov, dmitry b. avdeev, vitaly s. shneyer and igor l. trofimov vertical electric field, ez, along vertical profile a-b as well as horizontal magnetic field on the shore. this 2 km long profile (from lake surface to the bottom) is located just over the center of the fault (see fig. 2). the amplitude of the incident plane wave electric field is chosen to be equal to 10 mv/km, resembling typical amplitudes of mid-latitude disturbances. period of the incident field is taken to be 100 s and 1 h. while modelling, we varied the fault resistivity, ρfault, the values taken to be 10, 11 and 20 ω⋅m. to perform the simulations we used x3d code which is based on the solution of modified scattering equation by the krylov subspace iterations (avdeev et al., 1997, 2000). the modelling region of 44 km × 80 km × 15 km is divided into 440 × 100 × 14 cells. figure 4 presents the vertical electric field, ez, along vertical profile a-b for ex-polarized incident plane wave, with fault resistivity being 10 ω⋅m. left and right panels of the figure reveal the results for the periods of 100 s and 1 h respectively. the figure demonstrates that the values of |ez| are ranging, depending on depth, from zero (at the surface) up to 9 mv/km (at the bottom). in practice during the future experiment we are going to measure the vertical voltage, v(a, b), between points a and b. in our model, v(a, b) can be calculated as .,v e z dza b z a b = #^ ]h g . the left plot in fig. 4 implies that the vertical voltage, v(a, b), should exceed 5 mv, which is very promising, since 5 mv could be readily detected by conventional em instruments, their measurement precision accounting for 0.01 mv. in addition, it is also seen from the figure that fig. 4. electric field components ez and ex along profile a-b. the source is ex-polarized plane wave. the results are presented for periods 100 s (left panel) and for 1 h (right panel). the fault resistivity is 10 ω⋅m. 155 ez-response as a monitor of a baikal rift fault electrical resistivity: 3d modelling studies near the fault outcrop, ez-field even dominates the primary field ex. note that only real parts of the components are discussed, since imaginary parts are two orders of magnitude less. it can be seen from fig. 4 ez(z) that can be approximated as follows: h e z e b ez z z b . ] ] ] g g g (0 < z ≤ b) (3.1) when we evaluate integral ,v e z dz e z dza b z z b a b 0 = =# #^ ] ]h g g . here b = 2 km is the bottom depth. also, h = 621 m and h = 586 m for period of 100 s and 1 h respectively. as a consequence, the vertical voltage is directly proportional to the vertical electric field measured at the bottom ,v k e ba b z$=^ ]h g (3.2) where proportionality coefficient is k = h (1− e− b/h). we can show that coefficient k does not depend on the amplitude of the incident field. the other consequence: higher values of the vertical electric field are accumulated near the bottom, so that it is not necessary to locate point a exactly at the surface. we can locate point a, say, 100 or 200 m deeper without significant change in the value of v (a, b). as for the other polarization of the incident field (ey-polarized plane wave), the vertical electric field is at least two orders of magnitude less than that for ex-polarized incident field. so far we demonstrated the amplitudes of the fields themselves. but it is known that while monitoring, the external field should be excluded from consideration. for this purpose, we introduce ez-response as the expansion coefficients in ,v u h u ha b zx x r zy y r = +^ h (3.3) where hxr and hyr are the horizontal magnetic field components at the coastal reference site (site c, see figs. 2 and 3). expansion (3.3) can be used in the following way. let v1(a, b) and v 2(a, b) be the vertical voltage values measured for any two different polarizations of the incident field. let (hx1, hy1) and (hx2, hy2) be the horizontal magnetic fields measured at the coastal reference site for the first and for the second polarization respectively. from expansion (3.3) it follows that: , , v u h u ha b a b zx x zy y zx x zy y 1 1 1 2 2 2 = + .v u h u h= + ^ ^ h h (3.4) therefore, we obtain final formulae for transfer functions uzx and uzy as follows , ,detu u h h h h h v v a b a b 1 zy zx y x y x 2 2 1 1 1 2= d e ^ ^ en o h h o (3.5) where deth = (hx1hx2 − hy1hy2). then these transfer functions uzx and uzy are called the ezresponses because bigger values of the vertical electric field, ez, are accumulated near the bottom and because v(a, b) is proportional to ez (b) (eq. (3.2)). table i presents the absolute value of the ezresponse, |uzy|, shown with respect to the fault resistivity and period. table i shows |uzy| transfer function alone, since response uzx appears to be negligibly small compared to uzy. this is due to the fact that only tm-polarized incident field generates major vertical electrical current through the fault. although electromagnetic field components ex, ey, hx, hy, hz appear to be insensitive to the table i. absolute value of ez-response, |uzy|, with respect to the fault resistivity and period. ez-response (mv/nt) 100 s 1 h ρfault = 10 ω⋅m 776 ⋅10 − 9 186 ⋅10 − 9 ρfault = 11 ω⋅m 743 ⋅10 − 9 180 ⋅10 − 9 ρfault = 20 ω⋅m 526 ⋅10 − 9 128 ⋅10 − 9 precision of 14 ⋅10 − 9 5 ⋅10 − 9 experimental ez-response 156 oleg v. pankratov, alexei v. kuvshinov, dmitry b. avdeev, vitaly s. shneyer and igor l. trofimov resistivity of the fault, we still need components hx and hy on the shore in order to obtain transfer functions uzx and uzy. indeed, transfer functions uzx and uzy do not depend on the polarization of the incident field but the vertical voltage does. the second row of table i shows that for a 100 s period, an operator should measure the values of 776, 743, and 526 and distinguish them from each other having the measurement precision equal to 14. obviously it is possible. for a 1 h period, the measurement precision is just enough to distinguish the 10 ω⋅m fault from the 11 ω⋅m fault; and it is far enough to distinguish the 11 ω⋅m fault from the 20 ω⋅m fault. altogether, for both periods the changes in the fault resistivity lead to detectable changes in ez-responses. more explicitly, 10% and 100% fault resistivity changes result in 4% and 30% ez-response changes, respectively. it should be also stressed that traditional impedance responses (simulated but not shown here) have appeared to be practically insensitive to the changes of the fault resistivity. further numerical modelling (performed but not shown here) reveals that the link between the ez-responses and the fault resistivity holds valid for bigger resistivity values. namely, for the values ρfault = 10, 11, 12, 20, 40, 80, 160 and 320 ω⋅m we calculated the ez-responses and found that |uzy (ρfault)| can be approximated as follows: uzy fault fault$.t o t c _ i (3.6) where γ = γ (t ) and ν =ν (t ) depend on the period, t, of the incident field. approximation (3.6) now follows that though we could hardly distinguish the 10 ω⋅m fault from the 11 ω⋅m fault at 1 h period, the 10 ω⋅m fault can easily be distinguished from the 14 ω⋅m fault at this period. though our model is an estimate, we realize that the link between the ez-responses and the fault resistivity is rough enough and it must be detected while in situ measurements. 4. conclusions 3d numerical studies have shown that the vertical voltage is detectable above the baikal deep fault, and that ez-responses are sensitive to the resistivity changes of the fault, i.e. ez-responses appear actually informative with respect to the resistivity «breath» of the fault. further studies should include more detailed modelling and field operations. it should answer the question whether changes in ez-responses (and ρ fault) are connected with changes in a stress state in the fault vicinity and whether ez-responses can be used as one of earthquake precursors. acknowledgements the research has been partly made possible through grants no. 00-05-64182 and no. 00-0564677 from the russian foundation for basic research. we are also grateful for both reviewers’ valuable comments. references avdeev, d.b., a.v. kuvshinov, o.v. pankratov and g.a. newman (1997): high performance three-dimensional electromganetic modelling using modified neumann series. wide-band numerical solution and examples, j. geomag. geoelectr., 49, 1519-1539. avdeev, d.b., a.v. kuvshinov, o.v. pankratov and g.a. newman (2000): 3d em modelling using fast integral equation approach with krylov subspace accelerator, in extended abstracts of the 62nd meeting of eropean association of geoscientist and engineers, vol. 2, p. 183. berdichevsky, m.n., o.n. zhdanova and m.s. zhdanov (1989): marine deep geoelectricity (nauka, moscow), pp. 90. berdichevsky, m.n., v.p. borisova, n.s. golubtsova, a.i. ingerov, yu.f. konovalov, a.v. kulikov, l.n. solodilov, g.a. chernyavsky and i.p. shpak (1996): an experience of interpretaion of mt soundings in the lesser caucasus mountains, fiz. zemli, 4, 99-117 (in russian). kieselev, a.i. and a.m. popov (1992): asthenospheric diapir beneath the baikal rift: petrological constraints, tectonophysics, 208, 287-295 merklin, l.r., v.e. milanovskyi, v.i. galkin and m.v. zakharov (1979): structure of sedimentary layer and basement relief, in gelologic-hydrophysical and deepwater studies at lake baikal, 104-110. popov, a.m. (1977): high conductive deep layers as they found from magnetotelluric data, in deep structure of the baikal rift (nauka, novosibirsk), (in russian). shneyer, v.s., e.yu. sokolova and i.l. trofimov (1998): two-dimensional electromagnetic field modelling results in the south-baikal depression region, in abstract of 4th international conference: modern methods and techniques of oceanological research, moscow (in russian). 097_103 adg v–5 n01 bradley.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 97 proposed terminology for the classification and parameters for the quantification of variability in ionosphere morphology peter a. bradley (1) and ljiljana r. cander (2) (1) pandora, farnham common, slough, berks, u.k. (2) rutherford appleton laboratory, chilton, didcot, oxon, u.k. abstract much uncertainty currently exists in the use by different workers of the term ‘variability’ in describing the results of statistical analyses applied to ionospheric measurement data sets and in their relationships with various existing or new ionospheric models. often it is not clear whether data for different time periods or different geographical areas, and if so which, are being used to formulate results. terms are presented in the annex which it is suggested should be used, at least once in every publication addressing this topic, to describe unambiguously what is talked about. the background to the proposed terminology is discussed. options for variability parameters are also addressed. 1. introduction parameters characterising ionospheric phenomena are subject both to periodic and irregular temporal variations. ionospheric characteristics from which the height profiles of electron density may be reconstituted for a given location, and vertical total electron content, which is the height-integrated density within unit cross section, experience systematic changes with time-of-day, season and epoch of the solar cycle together with so-called ‘random’ fluctuations about these regular states. there are also small-scale variations with geographical position as well as major repeatable geographical dependencies. for aeronomy investigations and for applications involving the planning and performance assessment of telecommunication systems there is need to quantify both the regular and irregular changes that take place. in most cases such information comes from past measurements which are incomplete in space and time, and where there is need to use matched empirical expressions to provide complete coverage. it is usual to assume that future conditions may be estimated by extrapolation from the past with long-term predictions involving estimates of monthly median conditions based on some solar index. variations about these monthly median figures are quantified statistically. on the other hand, there also exist requirements for short-term forecasts over various time intervals of up to a few hours from the present where a number of current studies are addressing approaches involving update of recent past ‘instantaneous’ measurements mailing address: dr. ljiljana r. cander, rutherford appleton laboratory, radio communications research unit, chilton, oxon ox11 0qx, u.k.; e-mail: l.cander@rl.ac.uk key words ionosphere – ionospheric terminology – space and time variations 98 peter a. bradley and ljiljana r. cander in terms of some near real-time space weather or geomagnetic index monitor. so, as well as modelling median states and generating forecasting algorithms, various different types of temporal and spatial variability specification are needed. these include the separate applications of quantifying the match of median models to past or future measurement data sets from the same or different locations, the statistical characterisation of the day-to-day changes at a given hour and for a given place about these median models, the degree of match of forecasting algorithms to the data sets used in their formulation, a measure of the ‘goodness’ of a particular forecasting algorithm taken from the match to other data sets, and for aeronomy studies measures of variations in time and space over various continuous periods and distances. unfortunately most relevant models and measurement data sets embody a mixture of the above described temporal and spatial changes, so that in order to obtain the above sorts of variability information various approximations have to be applied, with considerable opportunities for error or confusion. this paper aims to present a standardised classification of the different variability types, to be used in future studies to minimise the above problems that have already been identified in certain past analyses. whilst any varying data set can be specified in terms of its associated amplitude probability distribution, such information is too unwieldy and unnecessary for most ionospheric applications. reference distribution parameters are offered quantifying variability magnitude and distribution skew, from which if needed the full distribution or specific percentile points may be given approximately. 2. requirements ionosphere electron densities vary significantly, both geographically at a given time, and at a given location at separate times. the changes that take place are also different at different heights because of the varying relative production, loss and movement influences, and so this means they are not the same for the individual ionospheric characteristics. how then can profile variability be specified? many efforts are directed at generating electron-density height profile models. most are monthly median models, in which for a particular place the separate relevant ionospheric characteristics are modelled as a function of latitude, longitude, time-of-day, season and epoch of the solar cycle (as defined in terms of an appropriate solar-cycle index). all geographical locations are covered, and profiles are reconstituted in terms of these characteristics values using best-available empirical algorithms. the basic input data to the models come from past vertical-sounding or topside measurements, from theoretical considerations involving mean reaction rates and estimates of ionising fluxes, or from some combination of these various data sources. a different case is where models are wanted for individual occasions, such as a particular day and time. in these instances it is usual to generate values of the separate ionospheric characteristics for the occasion of interest, and then to formulate the corresponding height profile on the assumption that all the various mean algorithms still apply, an exercise that at best has to be approximate. when concerned with past epochs, individual characteristics values, so-called ‘instantaneous values’ may come from maps produced for example through the application of geographical smoothing applied to discrete sounding results (samardjiev et al., 1993). ionospheric characteristics instantaneousvalue maps, including where needed maps of tec, and the associated electron-density height profiles may apply for specific past epochs, or they may incorporate a forecast element, and be for a future time. likewise, monthly median characteristics maps and corresponding profile models may be used to ‘predict’ conditions, past or future, for different epochs than those associated with their formulation. from the foregoing it is seen that a number of different sources of variability exist depending on the time periods and geographical locations being considered. it is usual to categorise changes as ‘periodic’ (or predictable) when the causes can be identified and included in the models, and so-called ‘random’ when the dependencies are 99 proposed terminology for the classification and parameters for the quantification of variability in ionosphere morphology not known, or are believed to arise from the combination of a number of individual factors that cannot be separately quantified. within the frameworks discussed above for a given ionospheric characteristic, we can consider a number of specific scenarios, for each of which we suppose the quoted variability combination is determined: i) past monthly median values and a monthly median model based on measured data for the same epochs and same geographical areas – gives a measure of model accuracy in matching input data, useful in quantifying model uncertainties. ii) past monthly median values and a monthly median model based on measured data for different epochs, or different geographical areas – gives a measure of model consistency for other situations, useful in establishing the extent of model applicability for possible improvement. iii) long-term future prediction and a monthly median model – predicted figures are taken to be monthly median values and the variability combination gives a measure of prediction accuracy. iv) continuous measured data sequence with values quoted at regular time or regular spatial intervals – gives a measure of data variability averaged over whatever period or area is considered. v) past measured instantaneous values and a monthly median model for matched or disparate epochs and geographical areas – gives a measure of model applicability to specifying instantaneous values. vi) extrapolated forecast from recent past measured instantaneous values – gives a measure of forecasting accuracy. further comments can be offered as follows: when considering regular daily-hourly ionosonde measurements, data for successive hours are influenced by the systematic diurnal changes and this should be borne in mind if quoting variability statistics from such information. data sequences over shorter periods may provide useful information, for example concerning the extent of ionospheric disturbances, gravity and planetary waves (forbes et al., 2000). in such cases the sampling duration must always be quoted. measured values for different days of a given month at a particular hour are often treated as an indication of day-to-day variability, yet such data sets also embody the influences of within-the-hour variability because the hourly ionosonde readings are essentially ‘snapshots’ of ionospheric state over the minute or less that a sounding takes. within-the-hour variability is usually, but not always, less than dayto-day variability. this limitation should always be mentioned when discussing any such results. storm and quiet-day values may be included within the variability statistics or treated as base references from which other day or other location values depart. tec data sets taken from orbiting satellites include additional factors contributing to the variability, depending on how frequently measurements are recorded and the analyses procedures that are introduced to give these. when considering the variability of electrondensity distributions, height profiles can be examined to yield electron density statistics at a series of different heights, or height distributions established for a series of different densities. the profiles may come either from direct measurements (ezquer et al., 2002; mosert et al., 2002), or be obtained by reconstitution from the individual ionospheric characteristics values. amalgamation of the variability combinations for the different ionospheric characteristics does not seem feasible because of lack of knowledge of the associated correlation between different characteristics. from the foregoing, the following cases are suggested as particularly appropriate for study: – day-to-day variability of fof2, m(3000)f2, fof1 and foe for selected ionosonde stations and hours, taken from measured hourly vertical soundings and without attempted correction for within-the-hour variability (e.g., kouris et al., 2000a). these statistics are of potential value to the generation of improved propagation prediction procedures, where probability of ionospheric support is sought. correlation between the different characteristics, if any, needs also to be established. definitive figures for the most appropriate time and geographical groupings could usefully complement existing models. – day-to-day variability of tec for selected gps measuring stations and hours, provided by 100 peter a. bradley and ljiljana r. cander fig. 1. maps derived from 24 h ahead forecast of fof2, muf(3000)f2 and tec for 5 june 2001 at 1200 ut (http://ionosphere.rcru.rl.ac.uk). 101 proposed terminology for the classification and parameters for the quantification of variability in ionosphere morphology fig. 2. maps derived from measured values of fof2, muf(3000)f2 and tec for 5 june 2001 at 1200 ut (http://ionosphere.rcru.rl.ac.uk). 102 peter a. bradley and ljiljana r. cander the international gps service for geodynamics (igs). these statistics are also of potential value to the design and operation of improved earthspace communication systems. at present often tec is determined by height profile integration. it may well be that ultimately a global tec model will be created based on direct measurements, perhaps along the lines of those already produced for europe (leitinger and feichter, 2000; cander, 2001). – variability between past monthly median values derived from measurements of the above ionospheric characteristics and values given from model specifications for different epochs and stations. these statistics can be interpreted as providing an indication of model accuracy. – variability among measured data sequences of the above ionospheric characteristics for continuous time periods of a few hours (kouris et al., 2000b). these statistics provide a measure of short-term variations over whatever period or area is considered and are useful confidence figures to augment mapped characteristics values. – variability between past measured instantaneous mapped values of the above ionospheric characteristics and models for matched or disparate epochs and geographical areas (figs. 1 and 2). these statistics provide a measure of model applicability to specifying instantaneous values. – variability of electron density on different days of a given month at a particular hour for a series of different f-region heights. this information should be particularly valuable in establishing those heights at which variability is a minimum, and so aid especially in formulating improved algorithms to specify f-region thickness. 3. variability parameters periodic changes are not usually considered in determining variability factors but it is the random variations that are quantified. a given data set consisting of ‘randomly’ varying scalar quantities x is only fully specified by its complete amplitude-probability distribution. however, such information is unwieldy and not necessary for most applications. the set may though usefully be characterised by its mean value (or median value x m ), together with some measure of the spread about that central figure. one variability parameter is the overall standard deviation σ related to the root-mean-square error (rmse). a more refined specification includes a measure of distribution skew, with upper and lower distribution standard deviations σ u and σ d (or decile deviations d u and d l ) being separately quoted. ways of re-constituting the full distribution from median and standard or decile deviations assuming a particular distribution law exist and are adequate for many purposes. in the past, pairs of half-normal distributions have been adopted for the upper and lower sections, and use of the chi-squared distribution has been advocated (zacharisen and crow, 1970). however, the numerical complexity this involves is considered unjustifiable. simple empirical formulae fig. 3. idealised cumulative-amplitude probability distribution fitted to median and decile deviation values, from bradleyy and bredford (1976). x=variable; x 0 =required value to be exceeded; x m =median value; du=upper decile deviation; dl=lower decile deviation. 103 proposed terminology for the classification and parameters for the quantification of variability in ionosphere morphology approximating to a pair of normal distributions developed by bradley and bedford (1976) and based entirely on use of x m , d u and d l have been adopted by the itu-r (2000) in a number of cases where day-to-day variability of ionospheric propagation parameters needs to be specified (fig. 3). often it is useful to express the spread parameter (ρ or d) as a fraction of the median or mean value. indicated variability figures are obviously influenced by the length of the data series, particularly if long-period systematic changes are present and by sampling rates if a continuous sequence is approximated by a succession of ‘spot values’, as say in standard hourly verticalincidence ionospheric soundings, or regularinterval satellite probe measurements. which quantities to quote will depend on the application, but in many cases it is suggested use of the (x m , d u and d l ) variability combination will provide all that is needed; sometimes the decile range d u -d l is a useful quantity; other requirements call for specification of extreme ‘worst case’ maxima and minima of a particular data set. annex proposed variability terminology monthly median model accuracy variability – quantification of match between monthly median model and measurement data for the same epochs and same geographical areas. monthly median model applicability variability – quantification of match between monthly median model and measurement data for different past epochs and the same geographical area, or for different geographical areas and the same epochs. long-term prediction accuracy variability – quantification of match between monthly median model and measurement data for future epochs and the same or different geographical areas. short-term forecasting accuracy variability – quantification of match between forecast values from recent past measured instantaneous values for the same or different geographical areas. continuous time-period variability – quantification of variations in measurement data sequence for the same location, with values quoted at regular time intervals. spatial variability – quantification of variations in measurement data sequences for the same epoch, with values quoted at regular location separations. composite measurement variability – quantification of combined variations in measurement data sequences for different locations and times. note: in all cases a full specification of the measurement data used should be provided. references bradley, p.a. and c. bedford (1976): prediction of hf circuit availability, electron. lett., 12, 32-33. cander, lj. r. (2001): tec specification over europe: a procedure, in iee eleventh international conference on antennas and propagation, manchester, iee publication, no. 480, 802-805. ezquer, r.g., m. mosert, s.m. radicella and c.a. jadur (2002): study of the electron density variability at fixed heights over san juan and tucuman, adv. space res., 29 (6), 993-997. forbes, j.m., s.e. palo and x. zhang (2000): variability of the ionosphere, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 62, 685693. itu-r (2000): hf propagation prediction method, recommendation itu-r p. 533, international telecommunication union, geneva, switzerland. kouris, s. s, d.n. fotiadis and r. hanbaba (2000a): on the day-to-day variations of the muf over europe, phys. chem. earth, c, 25 (4), 319-325. kouris, s.s., b. zolesi, d.n. fotiadis and c. bianchi (2000b): on the variability within-the-hour and from hour-to-hour of the f-region characteristics above rome, phys. chem. earth, c, 25 (4), 347-351. leitinger, r. and e. feichter (2000): costtec the electron content monthly median map adopted by cost251, phys. chem. earth, c, 25 (4), 311-314. mosert, m., s.m. radicella, d. buresova, r.g. ezquer and c.a. jadur (2002): study of the variations of the electron density at 170 km, adv. space res., 29 (6), 937941. samardjiev, t., p.a. bradley, lj.r. cander and m.i. dick (1993): ionospheric mapping by computer contouring techniques, electron. lett., 29 (20), 1794-1975. z ac h a r i s e n , d. h. and e.l. c row (1970): f itting distributions of telecommunication variables with chisquare distributions, radio sci., 5 (11), 1307-1315. microsoft word 7445-18831-1-ed_marone-peppoloni.doc annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7445 1 ethical dilemmas in geosciences. we can ask, but, can we answer? eduardo marone cem/ufpr, ioi-tc-lac, brazil iapg – international association for promoting geoethics edmarone@gmail.com silvia peppoloni istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia iapg – international association for promoting geoethics silvia.peppoloni@ingv.it abstract the choices of a geoscientist while carrying out his/her activity are always accompanied by ethical implications, because they can have a strong impact on the population, the natural environment, the economy, the landscape and the cultural resources of the affected area. it is not uncommon for a geoscientist to be faced with ethical dilemmas that are problems with a difficult solution, since options to solve such dilemmas will have negative consequences. how does one make a choice in these circumstances? what is the ethical duty of geoscientists and what has to be their professional attitude? in which cases do they have the duty to take action or the duty to not act (duty of omission)? a brief review of the concepts formulated by philosophers in reference to ethics can serve to provide some answers to the above questions and to understand how geoscientists can best serve society. “among men there are but few who behave according to principles which is extremely good, as it can so easily happen that one errs in these principles, and then the resulting disadvantage extends all the further, the more universal the principle and the more resolute the person who has set it before himself.” (immanuel kant, 1764) 1. introduction thics is a branch of philosophy (moral philosophy) having as many definitions as there are philosophers. one might consider it as the main philosophical “tool” to identify right and wrong conduct (fieser, 2017) and to define which are our ethical duties and obligations, once we have established a shared set of reference values. one of the critical situations we face, as humans in general and as geoscientists in particular, occurs when we are exposed to an ethical dilemma. an ethical dilemma is a problem of difficult solution, which offers an alternative between two or more options, none of which is fully acceptable in practice or both with negative consequences. dilemmas arise because of conflicts between right or wrong for the actions/means and the bad or good of the consequences/ends. they involve a conflict between ethical duties, in which to follow one would result in violating another. moral philosophy tries to provide rules and principles enabling us trying to solve ethical dilemmas. among the many, one of the best known ethical guides is the “golden rule”, or law of reciprocity, a principle suggesting treate annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7445 2 ing the others as one would wish to be treated (flew, 1979). one alleged goal of ethics would be to help us in determining how to solve ethical dilemmas. firstly, we should question: • is it possible to solve such dilemmas? • what must we do if we cannot? it is not always easy or possible to apply the golden rule or other ethical laws to solve a given dilemma. in geosciences, when faced with a (geo)ethical dilemma, geoscientists have to initially answer some questions: • can we solve any of the dilemmas that appear in the practice of our profession? • always? • in some cases? • not at all? • what if we cannot? • must we? in the following, we try to analyse if it is possible to answer the above questions and, if not, what should be the ethical duty of a geoscientist when facing an apparently unsolvable dilemma. 2. problems, questions and geoethical dilemmas ethical behaviour is primarily about making correct choices. thus, we have to keep in mind that, when confronting professional dilemmas, we have to deal with ethical consequences of our work (bobrowsky et al., 2017). ethics is intimately tied to critical thinking, pushing us to use our best “shelter” of logical/scientific tools/methods to solve problems that have ethical implications. but that is not enough. in fact, dilemmas are particular problems that create situations that could put us on difficult grounds, forcing us to decide based on what we think the ethically correct course of action would be. ethical dilemmas, however, need decisions using critical thinking, on what would be a logical/rational way of action. nonetheless, there are no truly ‘right’ solution to such dilemmas, as they often ask us to compare two different ethical or logical imperatives and choose which one we feel is the most important (wall, 2003). dilemmas arise when we do not have a solution satisfying both ethical and logical premises, although many modern philosophers propose theories to resolve such situations. in fact, if a dilemma has a solution that does not violate logical thinking nor ethical principles, it is not a real dilemma. however, we should consider also that dilemmas are solvable using scientific means but may violate ethical principles. for example, the opening of a mine in an economically depressed area could have indisputable benefits for the local population, as this activity would provide new jobs, improve the facilities and infrastructure of the territory, increase community services and foster local microeconomics. nevertheless, at the same time, the mine may have a strong impact on the natural environment, disrupt ecosystems, lead to landscape deterioration, become a source of groundwater pollution, or trigger new hazards in the area. therefore, there are positive and negative aspects to be considered, according to different perspectives: in the short and long term, at both small and large scales. in the short term, the mine can represent a great economic benefit for the local population but, in the long term, it may impoverish the area and its inhabitants from an environmental and aesthetic point of view, by overturning the initial positive effects. considering the local scale, the mine may have negative repercussions on the quality of the environment, whereas in a large-scale perspective it can have positive effects on the country's gdp. how long (in terms of time and space) will those effects (positive and negative) persist? hence, a specific situation, not necessarily a dilemma as in the short term, could become a dilemma in the long term. although we all want dilemmas solved, such a perception however, may be hopeless if it turns out that the nature of dilemmas is to remain dilemmas (grassian, 1992). this does not mean we cannot find an acceptable solution from a scientific/technical point of view. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7445 3 if we focus on geoethical dilemmas, taking into account the challenging question of the philosopher immanuel kant (formulated in 1764): • is it rational for me to will that my choice become a universal law of nature? as geoscientists, we hold the knowledge (our scientific information, data and methods), which is not perfect, thus fallible, and always subject to possible changes and improvements by definition, as in any “truthful” science (popper, 1959). if we have to do what is right, based on our scientific knowledge and a critical thinking, despite potentially bad consequences, then we have to be sure that our knowledge is advanced and scientifically updated, to be considered as true (that is, it possesses truly the qualities attributed to it). • however, is our scientific knowledge such a universal truth? if our knowledge is neither perfect nor absolute, nor a universal truth (and we know that): • can we answer in one or other direction to geoethical dilemmas (in good faith)? if a geoscientist usually makes choices trying to look at the best consequences (or at least not the worst), sometimes bad consequences must be carefully evaluated and even accepted. nevertheless: • who has to decide whether to accept bad consequences? it is not always the duty of a geoscientist to take a decision among those options that appear in a given geoethical dilemma. for example, the final decision on the feasibility and implementation of an engineering geology intervention can depend not only on scientific and/or technological considerations, but also on political matters. however, geoscientists must not replace politicians, but “provide all the concrete and exhaustive elements to take a decision as sustainable as possible for that social and environmental system” (peppoloni and di capua, 2017a). so, a geoscientist is ethically forced to properly inform, with no bias, those who are really in charge of the decision-making process. when the geoscientist also holds the decisionmaking duty, she/he has to look beyond geosciences and consider other reference systems (social, cultural, economic, etc.) in taking the decision 3. the no answer option modern philosophy has shown multiple ideas and reasoning about how to face ethical dilemmas. however, in the path to achieve a high ethical standard, it has been proposed that all individuals have to construct his/her own set of ethical values, targeting the highest level in the kohlberg’s stages of moral development (kohlberg, 1982; kohlberg et al., 1983). these stages (table 1) are planes of moral adequacy conceived to explain the development of ethical reasoning. kohlberg's stages of moral development constitute an adaptation of a psychological theory originally conceived by jean piaget (1896-1980) (piaget, 1932). table 1: kohlberg’s planes of moral adequacy (adapted from kohlberg, 1982) level stage social driver pre-conventional (the morality of actions is judged by its direct consequences) 1 obedience and punishment (blind egoism) 2 self-interest orientation (instrumental egoism) conventional (the morality of actions is judged by comparing them to society's views and expectations) 3 interpersonal accord and conformity (social relationships) 4 law and order morality (social systems) post-conventional (individual’s morality may take precedence over society’s morality: principles include basic human rights as life, liberty, and justice) 5 social contract orientation 6 universal ethical principles (principled conscience: mutual respect) kohlberg's theory holds that moral reasoning, the basis for ethical behavior, has six identifiable deannals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7445 4 velopmental stages, each of them more adequate to respond to ethical dilemmas than the preceding stage. at stage 6, action is never a means to a goal, but it is an aim in itself; the individual acts because it is right and not for avoiding punishment, or for complying with social laws; he/she acts in the right way because this is mainly in his/her own interest. although it is not easy to find individuals always acting accordingly with the highest ethical stage, which could be considered somehow utopian, we can consider this highest stage as a spur to push ourselves on that direction. ideally, any individual must climb stages to the top, or at least try to climb, to elevate the ethical quality of his/her behavior. most people rely on stage 5, assuming that following a given social contract (for example a deontological professional code of ethics/conduct) would be enough; others remain at stage 4, following rules because they are in force, not due to deep conviction. the ultimate stage (stage 6) provides individuals with an impeccable ethical conduct, because of their deep conviction and consciousness that their ethical values are the right ones, even if they know those values cannot be considered universal laws. deontological theories may deny that consequences are of any concern, provided the intention was good. however, not all geoscientists will feel comfortable if their actions, although approved by deontological codes and in spite of their good intentions, result in harm to other people (society) or the environment. thus, geoscientists cannot think that deontological codes are the last step for an ethical assurance where they can find all the necessary ways to face ethical dilemmas, whatever the consequences (peppoloni and di capua, 2017b write about the ‘… tendency to confuse “the ethics of responsibility” with “the ethics embodied by the tool” …’). they have to aspire to respond to ethical dilemmas starting from strong values and be conscious of the limits of their knowledge. 4. conclusion: the dilemma of dilemmas the main question we have to consider and answer is: • have ethical dilemmas a “right” solution? according to present knowledge, they do not. as we have shown, a real ethical dilemma is a problem with no perfect solution in absolute terms. we can find only acceptable solutions concerning each specific context. thus, if real ethical dilemmas with a conflict between means and aims cannot simply be solved by a geoscientist: • where is his/her duty? if there is no perfect solution to geoethical dilemmas, because the possibility of a conflict between what would be right and what is acceptable and wise to be done, and considering that in most cases a solution is expected from geoscientists: • what has to be their professional attitude? if we are facing a geoethical real dilemma, our first professional attitude must be accepting we cannot offer a unique right solution, but options and potential outcomes/scenarios. our duty is to explain the choices and the consequences of each choice. we cannot fall on the mistake of considering our geoscience knowledge as a universal law, thinking we might solve any geoethical dilemma based on it and only it. but, we can suggest geoethical decisions by justifying them adequately from a scientific and technical point of view, and by clearly indicating pros and cons of the choice we are proposing, including a cost/benefit analysis also in societal and environmental terms, and including in our scientific analysis both probabilities and uncertainties. this approach is expected to lead to that point of equilibrium among positive and negative consequences (peppoloni and di capua, 2017b). however, geoscientists cannot be always able to propose solutions to real geoethical dilemmas. but, in this case: • what are their professional duties? in which way can geoscientists best serve society? facing real geoethical dilemmas is mostly linked to our duties of omission (not proposing a given unique solution) than to select one because we really think, even in good faith, it is annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7445 5 the lesser of two evils (the principle that when faced with selecting from two unethical/immoral options, the one which is least unethical/immoral should be chosen). we have to present, exclusively, technical-scientific data without influencing the choice of decisionmakers. it is not our duty, as geoscientists, to select among evils. we have to refrain from taking sides in such cases. in any case, our duty of informing remains, which means to clearly explain, to all the players, which are the evils and what consequences have to be expected whatever the decision taken would be. critical situations push us to offer solutions to geoethical dilemmas under great pressures and tight deadlines. this is the golden moment of our professional behaviour, when the highest ethical standards are requested and in which we must refrain from offering a scientific solution to the unsolvable. for example, during an intense seismic swarm in a high-risk area, prone to strong earthquakes, we could be asked to give our advice to evacuate or not a village for the possibility of a mainshock; this is a decision to be taken by decision-makers and not by geoscientists, since earthquakes are not currently predictable with any acceptable accuracy. when we are confronted with a geoethical dilemma, it could be good to think according to the gödel theorem (smith, 2007): the notion of truth in a system is not definable inside the same system. in the case of geosciences, this means that we have to accept the limitation of geosciences (our system) in offering true solutions to real geoethical dilemmas based solely on geoscientific knowledge. we have to let decision-makers take the final decision, based on principles other than geoscientific ones (from other systems). our obligation, however, is to be clear on all the potential (geo)consequences for different options/scenarios, no more, no less. it is time to better examine and rethink the challenge on how to approach geoethical dilemmas, creating consciousness about the values that should guide our professional duties, which do not finish because any deontological code says so. moreover, geoscientists do not have only duties of informing, but in some cases also to refrain from taking a decision. we must not answer what cannot be answered. references bobrowsky p., cronin v.s., di capua g., kieffer s.w., peppoloni s. (2017). the emerging field of geoethics. in: scientific integrity and ethics with applications to the geosciences, edited by l.c. gundersen. special publication american geophysical union, john wiley and sons, inc. fieser j. (2017). “ethics”, the internet encyclopedia of philosophy, issn 2161-0002, http://www.iep.utm.edu/ethics/, accessed 18 october 2017. flew a. (1979). a dictionary of philosophy. london: pan books in association with the macmillan press. p. 134. isbn 0-330-48730-2. grassian v. (1992). moral reasoning, prentice hall. kant i. (1764). observations on the feeling of the beautiful and sublime. trans. john t. goldthwait. university of california press. kohlberg l. (1982). moral development. in: broughton j.m. & freeman-moir d.j. (eds.), the cognitive developmental psychology of james mark baldwin: current theory and research in genetic epistemology, norwood, nj: ablex publishing corp. kohlberg l., levine c., hewer a. (1983). moral stages: a current formulation and a response to critics. basel, ny: karger. isbn: 3805537166. peppoloni s. and di capua g. (2017a). ethics, pp. 1-5, doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-12127-7_115-1. in: bobrowsky p.t. and marker b. (eds.), encyclopedia of engineering geology, encyclopedia of earth sciences series, springer international publishing, isbn: 978-3-319-12127-7. peppoloni s. and di capua g. (2017b). geoethics: ethical, social and cultural implications in geosciences. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, doi: 10.4401/ag-7473. piaget j. (1932). the moral judgment of the child. london: kegan paul, trench, trubner and co., isbn: 0029252407. popper k.r. (1959). the logic of scientific discovery. 2002, routledge, isbn: 978-0-41527844-7. smith p. (2007). an introduction to gödel’s theorems. cambridge university press. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7445 6 wall t.f. (2003). thinking critically about moral problems by. belmont, ca: wadsworth, isbn: 9780534574239. vol50,4,2007 493 annals of geophysics, vol. 50, n. 4, august 2007 key words radon – uranium – indoor air – soil gas – hyblean foreland 1. introduction uranium is present in rocks and soil. the most abundant isotope is 238u that decaying generates 222rn. radon is a noble gas and thus does not undergo chemical reactions which could preclude its free movement within soil. once radon is free to move, when it has left its original matrix through the emanation process, it can give rise to different mechanisms of migration, until it arrives at the soil surface and exhales to the atmosphere. the first mechanism of migration is diffusion. the second one is convection, which can occur when a sufficient thermal gradient is available within the soil, depending on many local parameters, such as viscosity, porosity, permeability. the third one is transport by means of gas carrier (monnin and seidel, 1997; etiope and martinelli, 2002; yang et al., 2003). the major sources for indoor radon gases are the soil under the building, the household water and the building material (swedjmark et al., 1989; ramachandran et al., 1990; jonsson, 1991; kullab, 2005). the principal source of 222rn inside the home is the soil surrounding the building (nason and cohen, 1987; durrani, 1999), so a correlation between the soil and indoor radon could be expected. in recent years, several national indoor surveys have been performed in different countries (abu-jarad and al-jarallah, 1986; diwivedi et al., 1997; yu et al., 1997; iakovleva and karataev, 2001; canoba et al., 2001; srivastava et al., 2001; espinosa and gammage, 2003; al-jarallah et al., 2003) many studies have also been performed on soil gas, particularly in fractured zones (king et al., 1996; mazur et al., 1999; jonsson et al., 1999; choubey et al., 1999; durani, indoor and soil radon measurements in the hyblean foreland (south-east sicily) cristina antoci (1), giuseppina immè (1), santo la delfa (2) (3), salvatore lo nigro (1), daniela morelli (1), giuseppe patanè (2) and giuseppe alessandro (4) (1) dipartimento di fisica e astronomia, università degli studi di catania, italy (2) dipartimento di scienze geologiche, università degli studi di catania, italy (3) irma-omega, via paolo vasta 158/c, acireale (ct), italy (4) provincia regionale di ragusa, settore geologia e geognostica, ragusa (rg), italy abstract indoor radon behavior in two sites of se sicily was studied as a function of the soil radon concentration. the chosen locations were ragusa and modica towns, placed in the hyblean plateau (northern margin of the african plate). soil samples were analysed by gamma spectrometry to determine the amount of radionuclides. indoor air and soil gas radon measurements were simultaneously performed in both sites using active detectors. radon in soil was measured one meter deep. a positive correlation was obtained between indoor radon concentration and the soil gas concentration. mailing address: dr. daniela morelli, dipartimento di fisica e astronomia, università degli studi di catania, via s.sofia 64, 95123 catania, italy; e-mail: daniela.morelli@ct.infn.it 494 cristina antoci et al. 1999; al-tamimi and abumarad, 2001; vaupotiã, 2003). since uranium and radium present in the soil are the main source of indoor radon, in this study, measurements of radionuclides in soil along with radon concentration measurements in the soil gas air and indoors were carried out in se sicily. the relation between soil gas radon concentration and indoor air radon concentration is also shown and commented. 2. measurements a study was carried out in the winter of 2003/2004. it was performed in two different sites: ragusa and modica (a village 8 km southeast of ragusa). simultaneous indoor air and soil gas radon measurements were performed. in order to determine the amount of radionuclides, gamma spectrometry was carried out on soil samples collected in the two sites. 2.1. geology of the area the two investigation sites are located in the central hyblean plateau (south-east sicily) (fig. 1). the hyblean plateau is part of the northern margin of the african plate and has remained a relatively undeformed foreland during the neogene collisional process affecting the african-european convergent belt; it consists of ca. 6000 m of carbonates and marls with intercalations of volcanic horizons, which have occurred at several episodes (patacca et al., 1979; bianchi et al., fig. 1. site location: the hyblean foreland. 495 indoor and soil radon measurements in the hyblean foreland (south-east sicily) 1989; ragg et al., 1999). the rock successions in which ragusa and modica lies are oligomiocene carbonates. 2.2. indoor radon study indoor radon measurements were made in rooms characterized by similar building materials in the basement. the rooms were closed before the measurements beginning for a period of one week and sealed throughout the investigation period, to avoid external influences on the measurements. the edifices were made of cement, sand, bricks and concrete, having one window and one door. the chosen rooms were placed in the basement. continuous measurements were carried out with an alphaguard (genitron instruments) device operating in diffusion mode (the radon enters into the ionization chamber by natural diffusion through a filter that allows only radon to enter). in modica the measurements were performed from 1st december 2003 till 11th december 2003, while in ragusa from 17th january 2004 till 5th february 2004. 2.3. soil radon study soil measurements were curried out over the monitored rooms. measurements were performed with an alphaguard (genitron instruments) device with the soil probe one meter deep, connected by means of a pump with flow rate of 0.05 l min−1 to the detection system operating with an ionisation chamber. before reaching the detector, the soil radon passes through an aqua stop filter to eliminate the moisture, and then to a progeny filter to allow the only 222rn to pass. in both sites continuous soil gas measurements were performed simultaneously with the indoor ones. 2.4. uranium concentration in soil sample gamma-ray spectrometry was used to determine the radionuclides activity concentration in sample of soil of the investigated area. a highpurity germanium e&g ortec (hpge), with an efficiency of 30% was employed. the samples were dried at about 80°c for 4 h to eliminate the humidity, then crushed and homogenized until obtaining a 250 µm powder and dried at about 80°c for 24 h to eliminate the residual humidity. then the samples were weighed and placed in a marinelli beaker of 100 cm3. this kind of beaker allows only a 5 mm thick sample and therefore the gamma self-absorption negligible. each sample was sealed for 4 weeks to reach the secular equilibrium (astm, 1983, 1986). the acquisition time was 18000 s. for determination of the full-energy peak efficiency in the energy range from 60 to 2000 kev a calibration source, with the same geometry as the samples, was prepared by means of a mesh of known activity. 3. experimental results and discussion continuous measurements in soil and indoors, with an integration rate of 10 min, were simultaneously performed. measurements in modica were carried out from 1st december 2003 to 11th december 2003, while in ragusa from 17th january 2004 to 5th february 2005. figure 2a,b reports the concentration of radon in indoor air and soil gas radon for the two investigated sites. to better underline the general trend the daily mean was calculated and reported in fig. 3a,b. from this figure it can be seen that the obtained trends for the modica site show a clear correlation between soil and indoor radon concentration. the same result is less evident for the trends obtained for ragusa. calculating the linear coefficient r, between in-soil and indoor radon, r=0.84 was found for the modica site and r=0.09 for the ragusa. to better investigate the behaviour of the two sites, a cross-correlation of the two signals (soil and indoor radon) was performed. figures 4 and 5 report the results for ragusa and modica, respectively. the soil and indoor daily mean radon concentration trends were normalized to the arithmetic mean value, calculated throughout the investigated period, to make the two series better comparable. 496 cristina antoci et al. ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) x i x y i d y x i x y i d y i i i 2 2 ) − − − − − − ( )r d = r r r r6 @ / / / fig. 2a,b. radon concentration: a) modica december 1st, 2003-december 11th, 2003; b) ragusa january 17th, 2004-february 5th, 2004. a cross correlation analysis was carried out. it is a standard method of estimating the degree to which two series are correlated. considering the two series the cross correlation r at delay d is defined as the following function: a b 497 indoor and soil radon measurements in the hyblean foreland (south-east sicily) where the two series are indicated with x(i) and y(i) respectively; x⎯ and y⎯ are the arithmetic means of the corresponding series; d = 1, 2, ..., n−1 is the delay (days, being the two series daily trend). from figs. 4 and 5 it can seen that the maximum correlation at both sites is for d = 0, indicating that indoor and soil radon concentration have the maximum correlation without delay, even if the correlation is higher in modica than in ragusa. looking at the recorded indoor and soil radon values, the two sites show different characteristics. table i lists the average over the investigation period. it can be observed that: i) the mean soil radon concentration is 7 kbq m−3 in ragusa and 18 kbq m−3 in modica, while the fig. 3a,b. radon daily mean concentration: a) modica; b) ragusa. a b fig. 4. cross-correlation (upper plot) between soil and indoor radon trend (down plot) site of ragusa. fig. 5. cross-correlation (upper plot) between soil and indoor radon trend (down plot) site of modica. 498 cristina antoci et al. table i. indoor and soil radon concentration means all over the investigation period. site soil indoor rn [bq m−3] rn [bq m−3] mean stand. dev. mean stand. dev. modica 18 000 11 000 700 250 ragusa 7 000 2 000 400 290 mean indoor radon is 400 bq m–3 in ragusa and 700 bq m–3 in modica; ii) soil radon values show fewer fluctuations in ragusa than in modica, the relative percentage errors are, in fact, of 28% and 61% respectively; iii) indoor values are have fewer fluctuations in modica than in ragusa, the relative percentage errors, in this case, are 35% and 72% respectively. these differences may be linked to the difference in tectonic disturbance and porosity of the soil, the building materials having been chosen with the same characteristics. looking at the mean values it is also possible to observe that the percentage of indoor radon concentration with respect to the soil is 6% for ragusa and 4% for modica. this first results indicate that the exhalation rate in ragusa soil is higher than that in modica, indoor accumulation is favoured in ragusa. this could indicate that the ragusa area is more fractured than the modica one as the exhalation rate is strictly linked to the degree of soil fracturation. the results obtained by gamma spectrometry (table ii) also indicate different values on radionuclides concentration in the two sites, otherwise the ratio between the amount of the elements post 222rn (214pb and 214bi) and that of 226ra is higher in ragusa than in modica. the larger disequilibrium between 214pb, 214bi and 226ra recorded in modica justifies the higher in-soil values. high disequilibrium, in fact, is due to radon escape that is linked to the soil porosity, favouring the emanation process. under this hypothesis, we can justify the results obtained: i) the rocks in the modica area are more porous, favouring radon emanation (high in soil radon concentration) and the area being less fractured the in soil accumulation is higher with respect to indoor one; ii) the rocks in the ragusa area are less porous so the radon 499 indoor and soil radon measurements in the hyblean foreland (south-east sicily) emanation is not favoured (low in soil radon concentration) and as the area is more fractured the indoor accumulation is higher than the soil one. 4. conclusions radon measurements were performed indoors and in the soil in ragusa and modica (se sicily). different geological features characterize the two sites while the dwellings, where the indoor measurements were done had the same building typology and materials. the results of simultaneous indoor and soil radon measurements in both sites showed a positive correlation. from the gamma-ray analysis it was also possible to explain the obtained differences in values. in particular from the 214pb/226ra and 214bi/226ra ratios it is clear that the modica soil is more porous than the ragusa one. moreover the continuous soil and indoor radon measurements have evidenced that the modica area, as expected, is more fractured. the results obtained indicate that in the modica area the predominant process involved is radon emanation, while in the ragusa area it is exhalation. acknowledgements we thank the provincia regionale di ragusa, assessorato territorio e ambiente, settore geologia e geognostica, directed by dr. s. buonmestieri, for having contributed to this work providing the instruments and the locations for the investigation. references abu-jarad, f. and m.i. al-jarallah (1986): radon activity in saudi houses, radiat. prot. dosim., 14, 243-249. al-jarallah, m.i., x. fazal-ur-rehman and f. abujarad (2003): indoor radon survey in dwellings of some regions in yemen, radiat. meas., 36, 449-451. al-tamimi, m.h. and k.m. abumurad (2001): radon anomalies along faults in north of jordan, radiat. meas., 34, 397-400. astm (american society for testingand materials) (1983): standard method for sampling surface soil for radionuclides c 998-83, annual book of astm standards (philadelphia, pa), 512-514. astm (american society for testingand materials) (1986): recommended practice for investigation and sampling soil and rock for engineering purposes d 420, annual book of astm standards (philadelphia, pa), 109-113. bianchi, f., s. carbone, m. grasso, g. invernizzi, f. lentini, g. longaretti, s. merlini and f. moscarditable ii. radionuclides amount in the soil samples. sample code radioactive element concentration standard weighted standard series (bq kg–1) deviation mean deviation modica 238u th-234 18.37 6.35 pre-radon ra-226 54.11 11.16 238u pb-214 19.97 1.99 post-radon pb-214 4.32 1.20 10.99 0.84 bi-214 13.91 2.68 pb-212 9.46 0.58 232th ac-228 1.11 1.78 8.11 0.34 ragusa 238u th-234 16.03 11.20 pre-radon ra-226 140.56 9.45 238u pb-214 43.27 1.78 post-radon pb-214 43.66 1.62 43.06 1.06 bi-214 41.54 2.29 pb-212 3.10 0.31 232th ac-228 3.11 1.29 2.65 0.27 tl-208 1.05 0.57 500 cristina antoci et al. ni (1989): sicilia orientale: profilo geologico nebrodiiblei, mem. soc. geol. it., 38, 429-458. canoba, a., f.o. lopez, m.i. arnaud, a.a. oliveria, r.s. neman, j.c. hadler, p.j. iunes, s.r. paulo, a.m. osorio, r. aparecido, c. rodriguez, v. moreno, r. vasquez, g. espinosa, j.i. golzarri, t. martinez, m. navarrete, i. cabrera, n. segovia, p. pena, e. tamez, p. pereyra, m.e. lopez-herrera and l. sajo-bohus (2001): indoor radon measurements and methodologies in latin american countries, radiat. meas., 34, 483486. choubey, v.m., k.s. bist, n.k. saini and r.c. ramola (1999): relation between soil-gas radon variation and different lithotectonic units, garhwal himalya, india, 51, 487-592. durani, s.a.(1999): radon concentration values in the field: correlation with underlying geology, radiat. meas., 31, 271-276. dwivedi, k.k., s. ghosh, s. singh, limatimjen, j. satyanarayana, g.s. murthy, j. prasad and a. srivastava (1997): indoor radon measurements in some indian cities, radiat. meas., 28, 647-649. espinosa, g. and r.b. gammage (2003): a representative survey of indoor radon in sixteen regions in mexico city, radiat. prot. dosim., 103, 73-76. etiope, g. and g. martinelli (2002): migration of carrier and trace gases in the geosphere: an overview, phys. earth planet. inter., 129, 185-204. iakovleva, v.s. and v. d. karataev (2001): radon level in tomsk dwellings and correlation with factors of impact, radiat. meas., 34, 501-504. jonsson, g. (1991): solid state nuclear track detectors in radon measurements indoor and in the soil, int. radiat. appl. instr. d, 19 (1-4), 335-338, doi: 10.1016/13590189(91)902008-y. jonsson, g., c. baixeras, r. devantier, w. enge, l.l. font, k. freyer, r. ghose and h-c. treutler (1999): soil radon levels measured with ssntd’s and the soil radium content, radiat. meas., 31, 291-294. king, c.-h., b.-s. king and w.c. evans (1996): spatial radon anomalies on active faults in california, appl. geochem., 11, 497-510. kullab, m. (2005): assessment of radon-222 concentrations in buildings, building materials, water and soil in jordan, appl. radiat. isot., 62, 765-773. mazur, d., m. janik, j. loskiewicz, p. olko and j. swakon (1999): measurements of radon concentration in soil gas by cr-39 detectors, radiat. meas., 31, 295-300. monnin, m.m. and j. seidel (1997): radon and volcanic surveillance, in radon measurements by etched track detectors: application in radiation protection, edited by s.a. durrani and r. ilic (earth science and the environment, world scientific), 301-318. nason, r. and b.l. cohen (1980): correlation between 226ra in soil, 222rn in soil gas, and 222rn inside adjacent houses, health phys., 52, 73-74. patacca, e., p. scandone, g. giunta and v. liguori (1979): mesozoic paleotectonic evolution of the ragusa zone (southeastern sicily), geol. rom., 18, 331-369. ragg, r., m. grasso and b. muller (1999): patterns of tectonic stress in sicily from borehole and breakout observations and finite element modelling, tectonics, 18, 669-685. ramachandran, t.v., m.c. subba rammu and u.c. mishra (1990): a correlation study of radon in dwellings with radium content of soil, current. sci., 59, 979-982. srivastava, a., m.r. zaman, k.k. dwivedi and t.v. ramachandran (2001): indoor radon level in the dwellings of rajshahi and chuadanga regions of bangladesh, radiat. meas., 34, 497-500. swedjemark, g.a., h. wahren, a. makilato and w. tell (1989): experience from indoor radon-daughther schemes in sweden, environ. int., 15, 253-260. vaupotiã, j. (2003): indoor radon in slovenia, nuclear tecnol. rad. prot., 2, 36-43. yang, t.f., c.y. chou, c-h. chen, l.l. chyi and j.h. jiang (2003): exhalation of radon and its carrier gases in sw taiwan, radiat. meas., 36, 425-429. yu, k.n., e.c.m. young, m.j. stokes, z.j. guan and k.w. cho (1997): a survey of radon and thoron progeny for dwellings in hong kong, health phys., 73 (2), 373-377. the muraves telescope front-end electronics and data acquisition annals of geophysics, 60, 1, 2017, s0104; doi:10.4401/ag-7379 s0104 the muraves telescope front-end electronics and data acquisition luigi cimmino1,*, fabio ambrosino1,2, lorenzo bonechi3, roberto ciaranfi3, raffaello d’alessandro3,4, vincenzo masone1, nicola mori3,4, pasquale noli1, giulio saracino1,2, paolo strolin1,2 1 istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di napoli, naples, italy 2 università di napoli federico ii, dipartimento di fisica, naples, italy 3 istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di firenze, sesto fiorentino, florence, italy 4 università di firenze, dipartimento di fisica e astronomia, sesto fiorentino, florence, italy abstract the muraves detector is a 4 m2 muon tracker equipped with a low power consumption electronic and designed to work in volcanic areas. due to the great amount of channels (~1500) the detector is equipped with a multilayer electronic for data acquisition. it consists of 12 slave boards and 1 master board per square meter of detector and a single raspberry pi board that rules the whole set of one-square-meter detectors. because of this modularity, we can enlarge in principle the detector surface by adding more one-square-meter elements. in the present work, we resume the main features of the muraves detector designed for the muography of volcanoes and, more generally, for the imaging of the underground. we focus on the capability to fine tune every single channel of the detector and the precise measure of the time of flight of the muons. the latter uses a time expansion technique and it should allow us to make a background rejection never obtained until now. 1. introduction the muray detector prototype [ambrosino et al. 2013, 2014] constitutes the basic part of the muraves telescope. the muraves telescope can work in volcanic areas. thus, it has to be modular and easy to install. with respect to the muray detector, the basic plane arrangement has been modified to reduce weight and size. the latter assembles two modules, each consisting of 32 plastic scintillators, inside a solid shell that prevents mechanical stresses, weighing ~60 kg. the muray detector is made of 6 planes of 64 triangular-shaped plastic scintillators, arranged in three xy stations. it acts as a tracker and the angular resolution is about 8 mrad, when the outer stations are 1 m spaced. moreover, it is suitable for precise measurement of the muon time of flight. the latter is one of the tools used to reduce background events. in particular, the measurement of the muon time of flight can determine the track. further background rejection can be achieved by requiring coincident signals in three stations, instead of two. each scintillator is read by a silicon photomultiplier (sipm). a sipm integrated read out chip easiroc is used to manage the output signals of each group of 32 sipms coupled to the modules. 2. the slave board features the extended analogue sipm integrated read out chip (easiroc) [callier et al. 2012] has 32 analogue channels, each one provided with an 8-bit dac (figure 1) for fine-tuning the bias voltage of the connected sipm. the sipm signal is voltage amplified by means of a low noise pre-amplifier capacitively coupled with the photomultiplier. low or high gain amplification are available for all 32 channels and the gain can be adjusted using a shared 4-bit register. two dedicated tunable shapers and a track and hold provide the charge measurement. the track and hold circuit records the signal’s peak and store the values inside a register, converted with a 12-bit adc. the peaking time value depends on the slow control settings (figure 2). the amount of charge released by each sipm is saved in the form of an amplified and shaped signal at the specified peaking time. two programmable potentiometers set the hold time and the timeout. the hold potentiometer regulate the minimum time the sipm article history received july 5, 2016; accepted october 5, 2016. subject classification: muon radiography, time of flight, sipm read-out electronic, raspberry pi, data acquisition control systems. signal is locked at a fixed amplitude value and the timeout setting specifies how long the system wait for a trigger coincidence, depending on the trigger logic. all slave boards include a xilinx spartan iii fpga for logic functions. the slave boards are low power consumption and can work in two modes, run and diag. the power consumption of the front-end electronics is below 25 w and it includes the sipms powering. each board is equipped with a programmable voltage regulator (max1932) that can provide supply voltages in the range 28 v to 75 v. the slave working voltage is 6v and it uses linear and switching regulators to provide all the required voltages. the switching regulators work with a dedicated ground, in order to avoid the spreading of electrical noise through the board. 3. the trigger system every time at least one of the 32 sipm has a signal with an amplitude exceeding a given threshold, a fast shaper followed by a discriminator produces a local trigger, the so-called fastor logic signal. the threshold is set by a 10 bit register and the local trigger is 100ns long. each station is routed to a multiplexer, which is usually programmed to have the logic or of the two slaves of each single plane and the logic and of the two planes belonging to the station. the logic output of each station is put in the coincidence with a fourth multiplexer to determine the and trigger logic of the detector. the fulfillment of the trigger logic produces a global trigger that starts the data acquisition. 4. time expansion technique the time expansion technique is used to magnify the time of flight of the muon. this technique provides the accuracy necessary for digitizing the time, despite the fact that the limit on power consumption imposes a moderate clock frequency. the greater the time expansion, the better the accuracy with which we determine the time of flight. the slave boards have therefore been equipped with a time-to-digital converter (tdc), based on a time expansion technique, that digitizes and records the time cimmino et al. 2 figure 3. the relation between the charge and the discharge of a capacitor (left) and the corresponding enable window (right). with the fast or trigger signal a capacitor starts charging and it stops when the master board produces a global trigger. at the same time the enable signal is activated and it lasts until the same capacitor is discharged. time is digitized by counting the clock pulses. figure 1. the fine tuning of the sipm bias voltage is realized by setting an 8-bit dac (dac8). higher dac8 slow control setting corresponds to a lower voltage adjustment. figure 2. slow shaper time constant (s.s.t.c.) as a function of the slow control register setting. 3 interval between the production of a local trigger and the reception of a stop signal. the stop signal is sent by the master board and represents a signal common to all slave boards. the digital time value is inferred from the discharge of a capacitor with respect to a reference clock. counting the number of clock pulses occurred during the discharge, the time is expanded using a discharge circuit, with greater time constant with respect to the one that previously charged the capacitor. this time expansion technique increases both the accuracy of the digitization and the system latency. a discharge circuit is used to count the number of clock pulses occurred during the discharge. for the last version of the circuit, the expansion factor is e = 20. figure 3 shows the entire process relative to a single slave board. when sizing the discharge circuit, it would be desirable to use low capacitance values, because the steepness of the discharge sharply cuts through the threshold. this event determines the closing of the enable window and its jitter reduces in this case. a small jitter of the enable signal, corresponds to a small error in the counts. however, as it can be seen in figure 4, small values of the capacitance lead to a non-linear response. the time expansion circuit uses a 100 pf capacitor which offers good linearity. the measured rms was 1.8 counts, suitable for a sub-ns time resolution. 5. the master board a master board manages all the slave boards in a muray telescope. the master board is equipped with a credit-card-sized computer, the raspberry pi (rpi). the most interesting features of the rpi is the on-board general purpose input/output (gpio) unit, based on which we implemented a low level protocol with the master board. we obtained a link speed of 20 mbps, the maximum data transfer rate supported by the rpi. the protocol works so that the data acquisition starts when the rpi sets slave boards in run mode; when a trigger occurs, the rpi stops the acquisition and switches the slave boards in diag mode. the rpi interprets physical events by means of hardware interrupts. once a physical event is recognized, the rpi downloads and records the hit by sending 32 clock pulses per time to the master board. in response to each clock train, the rpi receives a 32 bit packet from the master board, up empty the fifo memory of the latter. a handshaking procedure, written in c language, runs at the end of every communication and uses the rpi gpio native libraries. another important feature used during data acquisition, is the possibility to set the number of events to be collected. since the rpi is not a real time processing device, the software stores the data acquired from the master board inside the ram; when the acquisition stops, the program runs a separated thread that writes the data on a usb hard disk drive. then the acquisition restarts, cutting down the dead time (several ms) due to the hard disk drive access. the muraves telescope front-end electronics and data acquisition figure 4. plot of the experimental data relative to the sizing of the time expansion circuit. the value of the capacitance has been chosen in order to have a tdc linear response. figure 5. measured pulse height dark spectrum of a hamamatsu mppc s12825-050p. the peaks of the first, second and third photoelectron distribution are well visible. 6. telescope characterization the sipm used is the hamamatsu mppc s12825050p, whose pulse height spectrum is shown in figure 5. this kind of sipm has a low dark rate and the variation of the operating voltage as function of the temperature is about 50 mv. the operating voltage varies from 66.34 v to 66.60 v. in general, a change of the temperature produces a variation of the breakdown voltage of the sipm, where the gain and the photon detection efficiency (pde) vary of some percent per celsius degree following these changes. moreover, the dark rate increases with increasing temperature [renker 2006]. in figure 6 is reported a recorded dark rate vs threshold scan, relative to a slave of the telescope. we choose a test working point with the or32 dark rates between 50 khz and 100 khz, so considering the fourth photoelectron signals. up to now, we have a trigger efficiency for the coincidence of six planes greater than 80%, with some planes reaching the 99% efficiency. the trigger efficiency was measured with the planes in the horizontal position. the measured muon flux in a steradian is about 40 hz. 7. conclusions muon radiography applications in the field of volcanology requires tracking with high spatial resolution and rejection of backward muons mimicking muons coming from the volcano. a precise time of flight measurement is necessary for the backward muon rejection. in order to satisfy these requirements, the muray prototype was improved and the muraves detector is provided with high spatial/angular resolution, high resolution timing, time of flight measurement and can be used in extreme environment (few tens of watts of power consumption and modularity). while the muraves detector is under construction, we tested and characterized the front-end electronics to obtain the best performances. we studied the 8-bit dac response for the fine tuning of the sipms bias voltage and characterized the tunable settings to improve signal acquisition. the signal formation and its conversion can be adjusted by setting ad hoc values for the preamplification, the slow shaper and the peaking time. the sipm response to the threshold variation and trigger efficiency are actually under investigation, to set the working point of the detector. the high detection efficiency and the good quality of the collected data are suitable for the data analysis. the resolution of the muon time of flight was measured to be better than 400 ps. finally, a complete acquisition software in python programming language was written and runs on a raspberry pi computer. the software has auto control functions and can detect malfunctions, a mandatory requirement for long stand-alone data acquisitions. references ambrosino, f., et al. (2013). the mu-ray detector for muon radiography of volcanoes, nucl. instrum. meth. a, 732, 423-426. ambrosino, f., et al. (2014). the mu-ray project: detector technology and first data from mt. vesuvius, j. instrum., 9, c02029. callier, s., c. de la taille, g. martin-chassard and l. raux (2012). easiroc, an easy & versatile readout device for sipm, physics procedia, 37, 15691576, (tipp 2011). renker, d. (2006). geiger-mode avalanche photodiodes, history, properties and problems, nucl. instrum. meth. a, 567, 48-56. *corresponding author: luigi cimmino, istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di napoli, naples, italy; email: cimmino@na.infn.it. © 2017 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. cimmino et al. 4 figure 6. plot of the dark rates of the 32 sipms vs dac10 slow control setting (top) and the corresponding or32 of all dark rates (bottom). higher dac10 values corresponds to lower thresholds. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice the etnaplumelab (epl) research cluster: advance the understanding of mt. etna plume, from source characterisation to downwind impacts annals of geophysics, fast track 6, 2017; doi:10.4401/ag-7106 the etnaplumelab (epl) research cluster: advance the understanding of mt. etna plume, from source characterisation to downwind impacts. pasquale sellitto1, giuseppe salerno 2, pierre briole3∗ 1 laboratoire de météorologie dynamique (lmd), cnrs-umr8539, institut pierre simon laplace, école normale supérieure, école polytechnique, université pierre et marie curie, paris, france psellitto@lmd.ens.fr 2 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, osservatorio etneo, catania, italy 3 laboratoire de géologie, cnrs-umr8538, école normale supérieure, paris, france abstract in 2013, a multidisciplinary research cluster named etnaplumelab (epl) was established, gathering experts from volcanology and atmospheric science communities. target of epl is to advance the understanding of mt. etna’s gas and aerosol emissions and the related processes, from source to its regional climatic impact in the mediterranean area. here, we present the cluster and its three interacting modules: epl-radio (radioactive aerosols and other source parameters for better atmospheric dispersion and impact estimations), smed (sulfur mediterranean dispersion) and med-suv (mediterranean supersite volcanoes) work package 5. first results have provided pioneering highlights on the relevance of mt. etna’s plume impact at the mediterranean regional scale. these results underline that further efforts need to be made to get insight into a synoptic volcanogenic-atmospheric chemistry/climatic understanding of volcanic plumes impact. i. introduction m ount etna is a persistent source of gas and aerosols in the lower and upper mediterranean troposphere. its sulphur emission has been estimated to be about 10 times larger than anthropogenic emissions in the same area [graf et al., 1997]. recently, it has been shown that mt. etna has the potential to modulate the downwind aerosol properties, e.g. by the production of highlyreflective secondary sulphate aerosols from the conversion of sulphur dioxide emission [villani et al., 2006, sellitto et al., 2016]. in its turn, this has revealed the potential to exert a significant direct regional climatic forcing, depending on the environmental conditions and the optical properties of the produced aerosols [sellitto and briole, 2015, sellitto et al., 2016]. though mt. etna is one of the most studied volcanoes in the world, e.g. [bonaccorso et al., 2004], its atmospheric impact, from small-range air quality perturbation to far-range climatic forcing is not yet well understood, or even, its influence might be potentially underestimated. this is due ∗this work has been partially supported by the european union’s horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under grant agreement no 654182 (envri+), the european union’s 7th framework program under the grant no 308665 (med-suv) and the ingv under the grant smed. 1 mailto:psellitto@lmd.ens.fr annals of geophysics, fast track 6, 2017; doi:10.4401/ag-7106 to the multidisciplinary ancestry of this argument, which require a synoptic investigation framework from inner-volcanology to atmospheric sciences and climatology. this integrated framework would allow to better characterise the volcanic degassing and to refine and tune the atmospheric chemistry/physics and climate sciences modelling, to better understand both tropospheric and stratospheric downwind impacts. based on this undeniable objects, in 2013 a multidisciplinary research cluster named etnaplumelab (epl) was kicked-off. this cluster results from the combination of three different interacting projects. here, we will detail the scopes, rationale and perspectives of epl. the paper is structured as follows: sect. ii reports the general structure of epl, in sect. iii the three different modules that constitute the epl cluster are detailed and finally in sect. iv conclusions and perspectives are given. ii. a multidisciplinary and multiscale modular approach for the characterisation of volcanic plumes the epl research cluster aims at a better understanding of mount etna’s gas and particulate emissions, their generation, evolution and impacts. the target area is the mediterranean basin. the cluster arises from the interacting combination of three different modules/projects: • epl-radio (radioactive aerosols and other source parameters for better atmospheric dispersion and impact estimations); • smed (sulfur mediterranean dispersion); • med-suv (mediterranean supersite volcanoes) wp (work package) 5. figure 1 shows the spatial extent and the volcanic and atmospheric processes tackled by the three epl modules, as well as their interactions. the epl-radio project is specifically devoted to source characterisation, in terms of geochemistry and degassing processes, and the near-source plume characterisation. the smed project investigates the dispersion of the so2 emissions in the central mediterranean region, whereas the med-suv wp5 project, though its multipack volcanology scope, also promotes the study of the impact of mt. etna’s emissions at a broader regional scale. the smed and the med-suv wp5 projects superpose to a certain geographical extent. 2 annals of geophysics, fast track 6, 2017; doi:10.4401/ag-7106 tropospheretroposphere stratospherestratosphere so 2 ash sicily sicily mediterranean mediterranean z epl-radio geochemistry degassing near-source plume so 2 → sulfate aerosols med-suv wp5 regional radiative forcing smed dispersion cloudaerosol interactions figure 1: spatial extents and interactions of the three modules establishing the epl reserch cluster. figure 2 shows the structure of the epl research cluster into the three modules. the modules are interacting and knowledge gathered from one module (at smaller spatial scale) is fed to the following module (at larger spatial scale). for instance, epl-radio has the potential to provide input source parameters for the dispersion modelling tackled by smed; on the other hand smed has the potential to give plume’s parameters such as to define optical downwind aerosols properties essential for the climatic impact estimation explored by med-suv wp5. the different scientific targets and the methods employed in each of the three modules (e.g., modelling and observations) are also indicated and color-coded. the timeframes of the modules are also shown. the broad split into (a) source epl-radio , (b) evolution smed, and (c) impact med-suv wp5, of mt. etna emissions follows from fig. 1. the epl research cluster relies on high quality direct and remote groundand satellitebased observations of volcanic plume, together with chemistry, transport and radiative transfer modelling. while for the smed and medsuv the employ of both observations and modelling is needed, epl-radio is only based on groundand satellite-based measurements for characterising the aerosol source (including gaseous precursors of secondary aerosols). the med-suv project ended in december 2015, but results are still available for further investigation. the smed project runs from november 2015 to end 2016. the epl-radio activities are foreseen until summer 2017. 3 annals of geophysics, fast track 6, 2017; doi:10.4401/ag-7106 emission rates of primary aerosols and and of secondary aerosols precursors aerosol near-source properties source impact regional distribution of primary aerosols, secondary aerosol and their precursors plume dispersion chemical and micro-physical evolution evolution downwind aerosol properties perturbations direct radiative forcing = chemistry/transport modelling = radiative transfer modelling = satellite measurements = ground-based measurements 2013 2014 2015 20162015 2017 2018 med-suv wp5med-suv wp5 smedsmed epl-radioepl-radio ep lra di o ep lra di o sm ed sm ed me dsu v me dsu v w p5w p5 cloud-aerosols interactions air quality figure 2: breakdown of the epl research cluster, with indication of scientific targets, methods and timeframes of the three individual modules of the cluster. iii. the different modules iii.1 epl-radio the epl-radio project aims at improving the characterisation of mt. etna as atmospheric aerosols source, gathering multi-domain (solid earth and atmospheric sciences) information [sellitto, 2016]. object of epl-radio is to advance our knowledge on mt. etna’s emissions, targeting emission processes, from inner degassing mechanisms to aerosol near-source characterisation. this project brings together different and original information, such as observations of (a) radioactive disequilibria of radon daughters, (b) coupled direct/remote size-resolved aerosols distribution, (c) primary/secondary near-source sulfate aerosols partitioning. this volcanic aerosols decription allows a detailed size-resolved physicochemical characterisation of the emitted aerosols. the point (a) is more thoroughly discussed by terray et al. (2016). the volcanic aerosol source is characterised by determining the size-resolved aerosol emissions, with a cascade impactor and a microtops-ii optical spectrometers (see, e.g. [mather et al., 2004]), and the primary fraction of the emitted sulfate aerosols (with respect to the secondary sulfate aerosols produced by in-plume conversion of so2 emissions) by ftir (fourier transform infrared) spectroscopy [la spina et al., 2010]. complementary three-dimensional aerosols information is obtained with a scanning ample li4 annals of geophysics, fast track 6, 2017; doi:10.4401/ag-7106 dar (aerosol multi-wavelength polarization lidar experiment light detection and ranging) system [scollo et al., 2015]. these parameters are crucial to assess the size-dependent plume dispersion and downwind climatic impacts, and are then an input knowledge for the smed and med-suv wp5 modules. the epl-radio project is linked to an extended transnational access at mt. etna’s summit craters area, partially funded by the european union’s horizon 2020 research and innovation programme (envri+ tna). two dedicated campaigns have been scheduled in 2016 (c1: aerosol sampling at the summit craters, c2: distal observations in an area of about 30 km from the craters) and 2 in 2017 (c3 and c4). highest priority is given to c1 and c3, i.e. the field experiments at the summit craters. first, preliminary results of campaigns c1 and c2 have shown how near-source processes (in the first few km downwind the emitting craters) play a major role in determining the volcanic aerosol properties downwind, thus influencing the dispersion and impacts of the plume. iii.2 smed the smed project [salerno et al., 2016] aims at assessing: (a) the spatial distribution of the regional atmospheric dispersion of mt. etna’s volcanic emissions, (b) the impact of moderate volcanic activity and long-lived passive degassing, and (c) lower to upper tropospheric sulphate aerosol formation processes and lifecycle, in the regional area of central-eastern sector of the mediterranean basin. while the project is mostly target to the central-eastern mediterranean, where up to 80% of the etnean plume disperses [sellitto et al., 2017], the less downwindventilated central-southern mediterranean region is also explored [sellitto et al., 2016]. the study is pursued by a comprehensive set of remote groundand satellite-based measurements, such as: (a) the ingv osservatorio etneo flame (flux automatic measurements) ultraviolet scanning spectrometer network [salerno et al., 2009] and ftir [la spina et al., 2010] measurements, (b) low earth orbit (modis moderate resolution imaging spectroradiometer, iasi infrared atmospheric sounding interferometer) and geostationary (seviri spinning enhanced visible and infrared imager) satellite sensors, (c) the aeronet (aerosol robotic network http://aeronet.gsfc.nasa.gov) stations in nicolosi(catania), italy, and in the centraleastern mediterranean, (d) the enea superstation for climate observation in lampedusa. the aeronet stations routinely measure column optical and microphysical properties of the aerosol layer, which are used to assess the downwind impact of mt. etna’s sulphur emissions. additionally, the lampedusa station is equipped with complementary instrumentation, including a lidar which provides height resolved aerosol and clouds information. these data allow the characterization of aerosol layer and their precursors, which is fundamental for identifying downwind volcanic contribution. ground and space observations are complemented with an atmospheric lagrangian model (flexpart flexible particle dispersion model, https://flexpart.eu/) for inspecting the transport and dispersion of volcanic plumes over the mediterranean region. first results have allowed the characterization of the etnean plumes dispersion at the decadal timescale, thus quantifying the frequency of ventilation of different mediterranean sub-sectors and confirming the prevalence (about 80% frequency) of the dispersion of the plumes towards the eastern quadrant (i.e., towards greece) [sellitto et al., 2017]. iii.3 med-suv wp5 the european union’s 7th framework program med-suv project aims at improving the assessment capacity of volcanic hazards in selected supersites (i.e., well instrumented sites) of southern italy. the main targets of this project are the optimisation and integration of existing and new observation/monitoring systems, the systematic study of volcanic pro5 annals of geophysics, fast track 6, 2017; doi:10.4401/ag-7106 cesses and the enhancement of the coordination between the scientific and end-user communities. work package (wp) 5 of med-suv is devoted to improve the knowledge of processes occurring at mt. etna supersite. the primary aim of med-suv wp5 is the study of inner volcanology processes. nevertheless, the degassing, transport and atmospheric impacts of mt. etna are also addressed. one specific target of med-suv wp5 is to extend the scopes of the vamos seguro (volcanic ash monitoring and forecasting between sicilia and malta area and sharing of the results for aviation safety) project (http://www.vamosseguro.eu/) and to study the downwind impacts of mount etna’s ash and so2 emissions in the central mediterranean. in such a sense, med-suv wp5 extends geographically the scopes of smed (see fig. 1), allowing to investigate the regional impacts of volcanic emissions in the central mediterranean. these interacting studies have shown, for the first time, that even relatively weak eruptions have the potential to modulate the optical and micro-physical properties of the aerosol layer at hundreds of km from mt. etna, thus exerting a significant, episodic radiative forcing [sellitto et al., 2016], which is critically dependent from chemical/micro-physical processes in atmosphere [sellitto and briole, 2015]. the radiative impact is studied with both radiative transfer modelling and satellite observations of radiative fluxes. longer-term analyses have shown that mt. etna’s sulphur emissions can have a significant decadal impact on aerosol optical properties even in weakly ventilated subsectors, like observed at lampedusa (southwestern quadrant) [sellitto et al., 2017]. iv. conclusion and perspectives emissions of volcanic gases and particles profoundly impact on terrestrial environment, atmospheric composition and climate, at various temporal and spatial scales. early research results suggested that the regional impact of mt. etna in the mediterranean might be potentially underestimated. a novel and vigorous multidisciplinary approach is then required to explore this subject. hence, in 2013, the epl multidisciplinary and multiscale research cluster has been established, aiming at a better characterisation of mt. etna’s emissions, from source to downwind impacts. first results have shown pioneering evidences of mt. etna’s impacts in the mediterranean, in terms of the modulation of the aerosol optical properties and of the potential direct radiative forcing at selected locations. the near-craters and near-source distal eplradio campaigns, foreseen for the summers 2016 and 2017, will provide further insights into the degassing and emission processes, and near-source plume characterisation. this will allow to refine the regional dispersion modelling and help the interpretation of satellite data at the regional scale. on the other hand, the smed activities will provide an overall picture of the dispersion and regional distribution of volcanic effluents in the mediterranean, that will give better direct climatic forcing estimations. further important topics, not addressed at present by epl are the modelling and observation of the chemical and micro-physical evolution of the plume, the role of volcanic aerosol in the formation, determination of optical properties and climatic forcing of low and high clouds and, at a smaller spatial scale, the impact of volcanic emissions on local and regional air quality (see fig. 2). further research is ongoing to include these aspects in the research cluster. acknowledgements all participants of the epl-radio, smed and medsuv wp5 projets are gratefully acknowledged, especially: t. caltabiano, e. carboni, s. corradini, a. di sarra, p.-j. gauthier, a. la spina, b. legras, l. merucci, g. puglisi, s. scollo, l. terray. 6 annals of geophysics, fast track 6, 2017; doi:10.4401/ag-7106 references [bonaccorso et al., 2004] bonaccorso, a. et al. (2004). mt. etna: volcano laboratory. american geophysical union publisher, washington, dc, 143. [graf et al., 1997] graf, h. f. et al. (1997). volcanic sulfur emissions: estimates of source strength and its contribution to the global sulfate distribution. j. geophys. res., 102(10), 10727–10738. [la spina et al., 2010] la spina, a. et al. (2010). unravelling the processes controlling gas emissions from the central and northeast craters of mt. etna. j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 198(3-4), 368–376. [mather et al., 2004] mather, t. et al. (2004). characterization and evolution of tropospheric plumes from lascar and villarrica volcanoes, chile. j. geophys. res., 109, d21303. [salerno et al., 2009] salerno, g. et al. (2009). three-years of so2 flux measurements of mt. etna using an automated uv scanner array: comparison with conventional traverses and uncertainties in flux retrieval. j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 183, 76–83. [salerno et al., 2016] salerno, g. et al. (2016). smed sulphur mediterranean dispersion. geophys. res. abstr., 18, egu20168131, 2016. [scollo et al., 2015] scollo, s. et al. (2015). lidar measurements carried out during the 28 february 2013 lava fountain event at mt. etna, in italy. geophys. res. abstr., 17, egu2015-10137. [sellitto and briole, 2015] sellitto, p. and briole, p. (2015). on the radiative forcing of volcanic plumes: modelling the impact of mount etna in the mediterranean. ann. geophys., 58, doi:10.4401/ag-6879. [sellitto, 2016] sellitto, p. (2016). the epl-radio project co-funded by envriplus, envriplus newsletter #3, 2016 http://www.envriplus.eu/wpcontent/uploads/2015/08/epl-radio.pdf. [sellitto et al., 2016] sellitto, p. et al. (2016). synergistic use of lagrangian dispersion and radiative transfer modelling with satellite and surface remote sensing measurements for the investigation of volcanic plumes: the mount etna eruption of 2527 october 2013. atmos. chem. phys., 16, 6841–6861. [sellitto et al., 2017] sellitto, p. et al. (2017). the impact of mount etna sulfur emissions on the atmospheric composition and aerosol properties in the central mediterranean: a statistical analysis over the period 2000-2013 based on observations and lagrangian modelling atmos. environ.,148, 77–88. [terray et al., 2016] terray, l. et al. (2016). degassing dynamics at mount etna inferred from radioactive disequilibria (210pb210bi-210po) in the volcanic plume. geophys. res. abstr., 18, egu2016-10373-3. [villani et al., 2006] villani, m. g. et al. (2006). transport of volcanic aerosol in the troposphere: the case study of the 2002 etna plume. j. geophys. res., 111, d21102. 7 introduction a multidisciplinary and multiscale modular approach for the characterisation of volcanic plumes the different modules epl-radio smed med-suv wp5 conclusion and perspectives vol49_2_2006 deep-sea gravity measurements: geostar-2 mission results valerio iafolla, sergio nozzoli, emiliano fiorenza and vadim milyukov istituto di fisica dello spazio interplanetario (ifsi), cnr, roma, italy abstract a new concept gravity meter with sensitivity close to in the range of 10−5−1 hz intended for observation of the vertical component of the earth gravity and teleseismic waves was implemented at the istituto di fisica dello spazio interplanetario (ifsi), cnr and successfully operated during the geostar-2 mission. the gravimeter has demonstrated a capability to operate for a long time in an autonomous regime and a good reliability for operation in extreme environments; at the same time the experimental measurements gave information for further gravimeter implementation. results of observation and data analysis including the recording of seismic waves excited by global earthquakes and the evaluation of the low frequency modes of free oscillations of the earth are reported. hz8 2-ms10 695 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 2/3, april/june 2006 key words seafloor gravimeter – teleseismic waves 1. introduction the rarity of gravity observation in regions that are difficult to access still restricts our knowledge of the detailed gravity field of the earth. a special interest from this point of view is the gravity measurement on the sea or ocean bottom. a gravity meter for deep-sea use was implemented at the istituto di fisica dello spazio interplanetario (ifsi), cnr on the basis of technology developed in the framework of the programs for design and realization of a space-borne high sensitive accelerometer (iafolla et al., 1997, 1998) with financial support of the agenzia spaziale italiana (asi). such technology has also been used for the implementation of tiltmeters, one of them has successfully operated for several years in the infn underground laboratory (gran sasso) (iafolla et al., 2001). the instrument, named «geograv-1», is conceived for measuring the vertical component both the variation of gravitational field and seismic waves and is able to operate in extreme environments (deep-sea level) for a long period without remote control. the gravimeter, together with other scientific instruments, was installed on the autonomous deep-sea observatory named geostar intended for multidisciplinary, longterm monitoring. the geostar-2 observatory was successfully deployed in september 2000 on the bottom of tyrrhenian sea at the depth of 2000 m, near ustica island (italy), and was successfully recovered in march 2001. the full operation time of the observatory was 172 days (favali et al., 2002; gasparoni et al., 2002). 2. seafloor gravimeter the mechanical part of the gravimeter consists of a proof mass which is connected to an external frame by two torsion arms and represents an harmonic oscillator with resonance frequency equal to 15 hz. the mechanical oscillator is obtained machining a single plate of aluminium al 5060. two external plates are faced mailing address: dr. valerio iafolla, istituto di fisica dello spazio interplanetario (ifsi), cnr, via del fosso del cavaliere, 00133 roma, italy; e-mail: valerio.iafolla@ifsi.rm.cnr.it 696 valerio iafolla, sergio nozzoli, emiliano fiorenza and vadim milyukov in its opposite sides to realize a couple of capacitive detectors working in differential mode. this difference should be zero when the proof mass is under the action of the earth gravity (g = 9.8 m/s2). (the minimum detectable acceleration, 10−8 m/s2, produces a displacement of 6.3×10−13m). the read-out system of the instrument is a capacitive bridge biased by a voltagevp = 100 v at the frequency of 100 khz. two arms of the bridge are constituted by the two capacitor detectors in the differential configuration while the other two are external fixed capacitors. the displacement of the proof mass gives the variations of the two sensing capacitors, producing a bridge inbalance and a consequent modulation of the driven voltage at the signal frequency. the output signal due to the unbalancing bridge is amplified by a low noise amplifier, demodulated and sampled at a rate of 10 s. the digital signal is sent to the geostar data acquisition control system (dacs), which also synchronizes the gravimeter acquisition system with the other instruments (iafolla and nozzoli, 2002). the total gravimeter power consumption is 190 mw. the gravimeter is suspended inside special spherical deep-sea glass housing by means of gimbals and is installed on the geostar platform. during the mission there is no possibility for remote control of the gravimeter. the gimbals allow automatic recovery of the verticality of the gravimeter sensitive axis with a precision better than 1° (1.5×10−3 m/s2 in gravity units) when the geostar platform is located at the sea bottom. the arrangement of the gravimeter inside the spherical glass housing is shown in fig. 1. the pre-mission calibration of the gravimeter was done by the standard procedure – high precision inclination in a vertical plane. the value of the calibration factor is equal to (0.98 ± ± 0.26)×10−8 ms−2/adc_count, estimated in the dynamic range of 0.1 m/s2. the instrumental response is linear within 0.5%. 3. estimation of the instrument dynamic during the operation time the gravimeter is underwent the action of the following signals: a variation of the vertical tidal gravity component, seismic waves from global earthquakes, local disturbances of the gravitational field. one can expect the largest signal variation at the level of (2−3)×10−6 m/s2 caused mostly by tidal gravity. the greatest instrumental effects are due to thermal variations and ageing of the gravimeter mechanical springs. the gravimeter thermal dependence, caused mainly by the thermal variation of the spring elastic constant, is estimated at the level of 10−3 ms−2/°c. the daily temperature variation is expected to be less than 10−3 °c, while during the six months of the mission it could be approximately 1°c. the maximum signal variation related to this value is 10−3 m/s2. time dependence of the output signal is caused by ageing of the elastic springs and the consequent changing the proof mass equilibrium position. the preliminary experimental estimation indicates an upper limit of 5×10−4 ms−2/day. during 180 days of the mission this exponential drift gave the signal variation of 9×10−2 m/s2. this value determines the total signal variation during full mission time, and the necessary instrument dynamic range. 4. data analysis the gravimeter operated from september 25, 2000 up to march 16, 2001, almost 172 days. the original data consist of 21 uninterfig. 1. general view of see-floor gravimeter mounted inside of spherical glass housing. 697 deep-sea gravity measurements: geostar-2 mission results rupted runs divided by gaps of the different time duration (table i). during the mission the signal changed in time at a rate of ∆g/∆t = = 2.33×10−4 ms−2/day, that is twice less than the predicted value. the maximum signal variation is 4×10−2 m/s2. removing the time trend reduces the gravity variation from 4×10−2 m/s2 to 0.16× ×10−2 m/s2. the variations of the gravity signal, the temperature and the pressure during the whole mission are shown in fig. 2, indicating the strong correlation between the gravity signal and the temperature. the thermal constant of the gravimeter was estimated using the data of november 2000. the second order polynomial of the temperature data was fitted by the least squares method to the gravity data. to avoid the distortion of the gravity signal due to the high frequency temperature noise, the temperature data were filtered by a low pass filter with a cutoff frequency of 10−4 hz. the estimated experimental value of the linear thermal constant of the gravimeter is (∆g/∆t ) = − 5.478×10−3ms−2/°c. the temperature regression reduces the gravity signal variation to the level of (20−30)×10−6 m/s2. the standard deviation (std) of the residual gravity signal is 9.1×10−6 m/s2, while std of the detrend gravity signal is 179×10−6 m/s2. therefore regression to the temperature reduced the signal variation of almost 20 times. to compare the gravity signal with theoretical tides, the residual signal was filtered with the pass-band filter in the tidal frequency domain (diurnal and semidiurnal waves). theoretical gravity tides were calculated by means of the eterna package (wenzel, 1996) for the same period (november 2000) and for the gravimeter location. the experimental gravity signal and the theoretical tides are shown in fig. 3. std of residual gravity is 4.3×10−6 m/s2, table i. time parameters of the geostar gravimeter data. beginning end duration date time date time hours run 1. 25/09/2000 11:00:00 27/09/2000 12:59:50 50 run 2. 27/09/2000 13:57:40 30/09/2000 12:59:50 71 run 3. 30/09/2000 14:57:30 03/10/2000 02:59:50 60 run 4. 03/10/2000 04:57.30 08/10/2000 11:59:50 127 run 5. 08/10/2000 03:57:30 09/10/2000 07:59:50 18 run 6. 09/10/2000 08:57.30 20/10/2000 19:59:50 275 run 7 20/10/2000 21:57:30 26/10/2000 04:59:50 127 run 8. 26/10/2000 05:57:30 04/11/2000 06:59:50 217 run 9. 04/11/2000 07:57:30 16/11/2000 01:59:50 282 run 10. 16/11/2000 03:57:30 01/12/2000 23:59:50 380 run 11. 02/12/2000 01:57:30 02/12/2000 19:59:50 18 run 12. 02/12/2000 20:57:30 02/12/2000 20:57:30 3 run 13. 03/12/2000 01:21:30 20/12/2000 21:59:50 429 run 14. 20/12/2000 22:57:30 06/01/2001 00:59:50 386 run 15. 06/01/2001 01:57:30 25/01/2001 05.59:40 470 run 16. 25/01/2001 16:57:30 28/01/2001 15:59:50 71 run 17. 28/01/2001 16:57:30 22/02/2001 08:59:50 592 run 18. 22/02/2001 10:57:30 26/02/2001 04:59:50 90 run 19. 26/02/2001 05:57:30 28/02/2001 12:59:50 55 run 20. 28/02/2001 13:57:30 03/03/2001 00:59:50 59 run 21. 03/03/2001 02:57:30 16/03/2001 00:59:50 310 fig. 3. residual gravity signal after temperature regression (november 2000), and gravity tides calculated by eterna program for the same period of time. signal variation is almost one order higher then tidal gravity. 698 valerio iafolla, sergio nozzoli, emiliano fiorenza and vadim milyukov while std of tidal gravity is 0.54×10−6 m/s2. it means that the signal variation in the tidal domain even after temperature reduction is still almost one order higher than tidal gravity. the spectral densities of the gravitational signal, the temperature and pressure data were estimated for the entire set of the observation, from september 2000 to march 2001. the gravfig. 2. gravity, temperature and pressure observations in geostar-2 mission. 699 deep-sea gravity measurements: geostar-2 mission results table ii. list of seismic events registered by the gravimeter in geostar mission. the magnitudes are given moment magnitude units, mw. the last column is the values of the maximal amplitudes of the gravimeter response to the appropriate earthquake. usgs national earthquake information center date origin time utc geographic coordinates depth magnitude region gravimeter h:min sec lat long max amplitude m/s2 2000 ×10−6 1. 28/09 23:23 43 0.215s 80.582w 23 mw 6.6 near coast of ecuador 1.0 2. 02/10 02:25 31 7.977s 30.709e 34 mw 6.5 lake tanganyika region 4.0 3. 04/10 16:58 44 15.421s 166.910e 23 mw 6.7 vanuatu islands 1.0 4. 06/10 04:30 19 35.456n 133.134e 10 mw 6.5 western honshu, japan 4.0 5. 25/10 09:32 24 6.507s 105.604e 38 mw 6.8 sunda strait, indonesia 0.5 6. 07/11 00:18 04 55.627s 29.876w 10 mw 6.6 south sandwich islands 6.0 7. 10/11 20:10 53 36.601n 4.773e 10 mw 5.7 northern algeria region 4.0 8. 16/11 04:54 56 3.980s 152.169e 33 mw 7.6 new ireland region 15.0 9. 16/11 07:42 16 5.233s 153.102e 30 mw 7.4 new ireland region 8.0 10. 17/11 21:01 56 5.496s 151.781e 33 mw 7.6 new britain region 0.5 11. 25/11 18:09 11 40.245n 49.946e 50 mw 6.3 eastern caucasus 12.0 12. 06/12 17:11 06 39.566n 54.799e 30 mw 7.0 turkmenistan 7.0 13. 15/12 16:44 47 38.457n 31.351e 10 mw 6.0 turkey 1.5 14. 20/12 11:23 54 39.01s 74.66w 11 mw 6.5 southern america 1.5 fig. 4. amplitude spectra for gravity and pressure signals for all observation data. two peaks of the pressure spectrum are corresponding to diurnal p1s1 (p = 24.0 h) and semidiurnal m2 (p = 12.41 h) tidal waves. 700 valerio iafolla, sergio nozzoli, emiliano fiorenza and vadim milyukov ity and temperature spectra look like a flickernoise having no outstanding peaks while the pressure spectrum clearly demonstrates two well-pronounced maxima, corresponding to the diurnal p1s1 and semidiurnal m2 tidal waves (the corresponding frequencies are 1.16×10−5 hz and 2.24×10−5 hz). figure 4 shows the gravity and pressure spectra. during the geostar-2 mission the gravimeter working like a vertical seismometer recorded several global earthquakes. the total number of detected events during the six months of the mission is 22, the majority of them with magnitudes of mw 6.5-7.5 (hereafter magnitudes are given in the moment magnitude units, mw). the minimal detected magnitude is mw 4.9 (el salvador, 17/02/2001). the recorded earthquakes are listed in table ii (the earthquake parameters are taken from the national earthquake information center, denver; u.s.a.). the seismograms for some of them obtained from our data are shown in fig. 5. estimate of the gravimeter response to seismic waves – the response of the gravimeter to seismic waves excited by earthquakes differed in amplitude (the maximum amplitudes recorded by the gravimeter are shown in the last column of table ii). according to the gutenberg and richter formula, the empirical relationship between the energy e radiated as seismic waves and the moment magnitude mw is the following: loge=11.8 + 1.5 mw. one can estimate the relationship between the energy of seismic waves and the maximum amplitude response of the gravimeter (fig. 6). even if some of the important earthquake parameters were not taken into account (such, for example, as distance and depth), the rough estimate demonstrates the linear relation between the logarithm of the amplitude and the released energy, which is described by an empirical formula: spheroidal oscillations of the earth – free oscillations of the earth were observed and evaluated for the first time after the historical great earthquakes with magnitudes of mw 8.5 and greater (kamchatka, 1952, mw 9.0; chili, 1960, mw 9.5; the kurile islands, 1963, mw 8.5; and alaska, 1964, mw 9.2). due to evolution of both the instrumentation and analytical methods it becomes possible to observe the eigenfrequencies of many free oscillations of the earth excited by earthquakes also with magnitudes of mw 7-8. nevertheless the lowest order modes with frequencies below 0.8 mhz can very rarely be observed with good signal-to-noise ratio. due to the rather quiet condition the geostar mission provides a ( ) . . ( ) .log ms erga e5 4 0 33 10max 2 23#= +table ii (continued). usgs national earthquake information center date origin time utc geographic coordinates depth magnitude region gravimeter h:min sec lat long max amplitude m/s2 2001 ×10−6 15. 09/01 16:49 28 14.928s 167.170e 103 mw 7.1 vanuatu islands 5.0 16. 10/01 16:02 44 57.078n 153.211w 33 mw 7.0 kodiak island region 4.0 alaska 17. 13/01 17:33 32 13.049n 88.660w 60 mw 7.7 el salvador 60.0 18. 26/01 03:16 40 23.419n 70.232e 16 mw 7.7 southern india 25.0 19. 13/02 14:22 05 13.671n 88.938w 10 mw 6.6 el salvador 3.0 20. 13/02 19:28 30 4.680s 102.562e 36 mw 7.4 southern sumatera 3.0 21. 17/02 20:25 15 13.79n 89.11w 10 mw 4.9 el salvador 0.8 22. 24/02 07:23 48 1.127n 126.249e 35 mw 7.1 nothern molucca sea 3.0 701 deep-sea gravity measurements: geostar-2 mission results fig. 5. seismograms of some of the earthquakes registered by gravimeter. number of seismogram is corresponding to number of the earthquake in table ii. acceleration is given in arbitrary units (au). «zero line» is original time of event. fig. 6. relationship between gravimeter response and energy of seismic waves excited by earthquakes. linear polynomial is fitted to experimental values denoted as (*). 702 valerio iafolla, sergio nozzoli, emiliano fiorenza and vadim milyukov good opportunity to estimate and study the low frequency modes of the earth. for our analysis we selected three earthquakes which followed each other during two days in november 2000: new ireland (november 16, 04:54); new ireland (november 16, 07:42); and new britain (november 17, 21:01). these earthquakes were closely located (coordinates, depth) and had very similar magnitudes: mw 7.6, 7.4 and 7.6. for such a case the energy of seismic waves is expected to be accumulated during following quakes and «lifetime» of excited modes is increased. the length of the record used for the analysis is 182 h after the first quake. the data were filtered by the high pass filter with the cut frequency of 1.8×10−4 hz and then the fast fourier transformation with application of the hanning window of 91 h was performed. figure 7 presents the evaluation of the low-degree spheroidal modes of the free oscillation of the earth. the spectrum peaks can be identified with the most of the fundamental spheroidal modes of degree from 0 till 8. the some overtones of first and second degrees are pronounced too. the estimated periods in comparison with theoretical fig. 7. amplitude spectrum of 182-h-long record of new ireland earthquake. the vertical dashed lines show the degenerate frequencies of selected spheroidal modes as predicted for earth model 1066a. table iii. periods (pexp) of the low frequency main tones and overtones of free oscillation of the earth observed in the new ireland earthquake. pth is spheroidal modes as predicted for earth model 1066a. fundamental tones overtones nsl 0s2 0s3 0s4 0s5 0s7 0s8 1s1 1s2 1s4 1s5 2s2 2s4 pexp, s 3277 2114 1546 1200 801 708 2482 1463 849 733 905 720 pth, s 3230 2136 1547 1191 813 709 2466 1468 853 730 904 722 pexp − pth, s 47 −22 −1 9 −12 −1 16 −5 −4 3 1 −2 703 deep-sea gravity measurements: geostar-2 mission results ones are summarized in table iii. the experimental values demonstrate a good agreement with the theoretical ones. it should be mentioned that, since the barometric pressure corrections were not made, some of the peaks could be misidentified. due to this reason the non identified spectrum peaks could be related to possible pressure influence. fine resolution of the spheroidal mode 0s2 – the spinning of the earth produces the coriolis force, which is spherically asymmetric. this effect as well as the ellipticity of the earth lead to a breakdown of the degeneracy of the eigenfrequencies for 2l+1 values for each spherical harmonic of l degree. the result is called splitting, with the split eigenfrequencies being close together. so, the spheroidal mode 0s2, the longest-period fundamental (n = 0) mode of the earth, is split to five components. the degenerated mode 0s2 is clearly exposed in the spectrum of fig. 7. to resolve the fine structure of this mode the record data of the length of 273 h were resampled with sampling time of 1 min, and filtered with a narrow bandpass filter. figure 8 shows the result obtained for the fine resolution of the quintet 0s2. the vertical lines represent the theoretical values of quintet periods. the three highest peaks can, with reasonable certainty, be identified as, from left to right, m = − 2, m = 0, and m = 2. two others peaks of the quintet corresponded to m = − 1, and m = 1, are not completely resolved. the partial resolution of the quintet and the non symmetrical shapes of the resolved peakes can be explained by the fact that the data is rather contaminated by noise. 6. conclusions the new concept gravity meter for a deepsea measurement with sensitivity close to in the frequency range of 10−5+ −1 hz was developed with the financial support of the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (ingv). the gravimeter was installed on the autonomous deep-see observatory geostar-2 intended for multidisciplinary, ms hz10 8 2fig. 8. fine resolution of fundamental spheroidal mode 0s2 evaluated from 273-h-long record of new ireland earthquake. sampling time is 1 min. the vertical lines represent theoretical periods for 0s2 quintet. 704 valerio iafolla, sergio nozzoli, emiliano fiorenza and vadim milyukov long-term monitoring, and has successfully operated from september 25, 2000 to march 16, 2001, almost 172 days with efficiency of 99%. the large dynamic of the instrument permitted it to operate throughout the mission in an autonomous regime. the trend of the gravimeter output due to the spring aging had a value of 2.33×10−2 ms−2/day and is easily removable. the temperature dependence of the output signal is mainly caused by the thermal effects of the mechanical springs. the experimentally estimated linear thermal constant of the gravimeter is −5.478 × 10−3 ms−2/°c. regression to the temperature reduces the signal variation almost 20 times in the low frequency region; nevertheless it is still one order higher than the expected tidal variation. during the mission 22 global earthquakes with the magnitudes between mw 4.9 and mw 7.5 were recorded. the response of the gravimeter to the seismic waves exited by earthquakes differ ed in amplitude varying from 0.5×10−6 m/s2 to 60×10−6 m/s2. the logarithm of the response amplitude of the gravimeter and the energy of seismic waves released in the earthquakes demonstrate the linear relationship between them. the high sensitivity of the gravimeter and quite environment disclosed some of the low-order spheroidal tones and overtones of free oscillations of the earth below 0.8 mhz. the evaluation was done for the record of the new ireland earthquake (16/11/2000, mw 7.6). the experimental values demonstrate a good agreement with theoretical ones. for the same record the fine structure of the quintet 0s2 was resolved and some of the constituents were estimated. on the whole the gravimeter demonstrated a good capability to perform precise geophysical measurements in extreme environments and provides a good opportunity to record and study the phenomena such as teleseismic waves and free oscillations of the earth. references favali, p., g. smriglio, l. beranzoni, t. braun, m. calcara, g. d’anna, a. de santis, d. di mauro, g. etiope, f. frugoni, v. iafolla, s. monna, c. montuori, s. nozzoli, p. palangio and g. romeo (2002): towards a permanent deep-sea observatory: the geostar european experiment, in science-technology synergy for research in marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, development in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 111-120. gasparoni, f., d. calore and r. campaci (2002): from abel to geostar: development of the first european deep-sea scientific observatory, in science-technology synergy for research in marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, development in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 143-159. iafolla, v. and s. nozzoli (2002): gravimeter for deepsea measurements, in science-technology synergy for research in marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, development in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 183-197. iafolla, v., e. lorenzini and v. milyukov (1997): gizero: new facility for gravitational experiments in free fall, gravitation cosmol. (j. russ. grav. soc.), 3 (2), 145-150. iafolla, v., e. lorenzinil, v. milyukov and s. nozzoli (1998): methodology and instrumentation for testing the weak equivalence principle in stratospheric free fall, rev. sci. instrum., 69, 4146-4151. iafolla, v., v. milyukov and s. nozzoli (2001): tidal tilt observations in gran sasso underground laboratory, nuovo cimento c, 24, 263-271. wenzel, h.-g.(1996): the nano-gal software: earth tide data processing package, eterna 3.30, bull. inf. marees terr., 124, 9425-9439. u l t e r i o r i e l e m e n t i a s o s t e g n o d i u n a c o r r e z i o n e p e r i v a l o r i d e l l a g r a v i t a ' c a r l o m o r e l l i 1. c o n i è n o l o , la m a g g i o r p a r i e d e l l e m i s u r e di g r a v i l a e s e g u i l e s u l l a l e n a s e n o relative, c i o è d e r i v a n o da m i s u r e n e l l e q u a l i è s i a l a d e t e r m i n a l a la differenza di g r a v i l a fra le s t a z i o n i . c i ò p e r c h è le m i s u r e r e l a t i v e p r e s e n t a n o m i n o r i d i f f i c o l t à e s o n o m o l l o p i ù p r e c i s e di q u e l l e a s s o l u t e . ma q u e s t o i m p l i c a c h e a l m e n o u n v a l o r e a s s o l u t o d e v e e s s e r e m i s u r a l o con la m a s s i m a p r e c i s i o n e p o s s i b i l e , p e r s e r v i l e q u a l e ca[tosali lo di riferimento. 2. — q u a l e c a p o s a l d o i n t e r n a z i o n a l e di r i f e r i m e n t o p e r l e m i s u r e di g r a v i t à v e n n e c o n v e n z i o n a l m e n t e a c c e t t a t o n e l 1 9 1 1 il v a l o r e m i s u r a l o a p o t s d a m da k l t i m . n e l ' i r t w g v n o i . k r ( # = 9 8 1 , 2 7 4 c m sec 2 ) , d a l o c h e i a c c u r a t e z z a c o n cui v e n n e r o c o n d o t t e l e e s p e r i e n z e e la l u n g a s e r i e di m i s u r e e s e g u i l e ( 1 8 9 8 1 9 0 6 ) f a c e v a n o r i t e n e r e a l l o r a q u e s t o v a l o r e m o l t o e s a t t o ( e r r o r e m e d i o = 0 , 0 0 3 ) , di g r a n l u n g a più p r e c i s o d e l l e a l t r e m i s u r e a s s o l u t e p r e c e d e n t i . a q u e s t o c a p o s a l d o i n t e r n a z i o n a l e il b o r i ì v s r i f e r ì nel 1 9 0 9 , p r e v i a o p p o r t u n a c o m p e n s a z i o n e . i v a l o r i d e g l i a l t r i c a p i s a l d i n a z i o n a l i a l l o r a e s i s t e n t i , d a n d o così o r i g i n e al c o s i d d e t t o sistema di potsdam. t u t t e l e m i s u r e di g r a v i l a s u c c e s s i v e f u r o n o d a a l l o r a c a l c o l a t e in q u e s t o s i s t e m a . 3 . s o l t a n t o n e l 1 9 3 6 . a l l o r c h é v e n n e p u b b l i c a t o il n u o v o v a l o r e a s s o l u t o m i s u r a l o a w a s h i n g t o n da h i ì y . l cooic ( # = 9 8 0 , 0 8 0 h ) , 0 0 3 ) , si r i s c o n t r ò u n a n o t e v o l e d i f f e r e n z a c o l v a l o r e t r a s p o r t a t o a w a s h i n g t o n ( n e l s i s t e m a di p o t s d a m ) m e d i a n t e una m i s u r a r e l a t i v a dal b i ì o w n nel 1933 (g 9 8 0 , 1 0 0 ) . a n c h e la p u b b l i c a z i o n e ( 1 9 3 9 ) del v a l o r e di una s u c c e s s i v a m i sura a s s o l i l i a e s e g u i t a dal c.i.ark a t e d d i n g l o n ( # = 9 8 1 . 1 8 1 5 0 , 0 0 1 5 ) m i s e in e v i d e n z a un v a l o r e m o l t o più b a s s o di q u e l l o c l i c n e l l o t e s s o p o s t o v e n i v a a c c e ! l a t o eoi s i s t e m a >li p o t s d a m ( # = 9 8 1 , 1 9 5 3 ) . i n v e c e un c o l l e g a m e n t o di w a s h i n g t o n c o n t e d d i n g l o n e f f e t t u a l o i a i ì i . o u o i i i x i i nel 1939 da b r o w n k e 111 ì . i . a r u trovava una d i l f c r e n z a in l n i o n acc o r d o con i r i l i l i a l i d e l l e d u e m i s u r e a s s o l i n e p r e c e d e n t i . 1. d o p o a v e r e s e g u i l o la compensazione (iella relè ii.ternazionale delle stazioni di riferimento ( ' ) e p o s l a così la p r e m e s s a per un c o n l r o n l o più a t t c n d i l i i l e fra i v a l o r i a s o l u l i m i s u r a l i n e l l e v a r i e ( a z i o n i , lo s c r i v e n l e m e l l e v a in e v i d e n z a , sulla b a s e s o p r a t t u t t o d e l l e due m i s u r e m o d e r n e ili w a s h i n g t o n e l e d d i n g t o n , il p r o b a b i l e e r r o r e di cui -i rivelava o r a a f f e t t o il v a l o r e di p o t s d a m ( '). m i e stesse c o n c i u i o n i p e r v e n i v a n o , in m a n i e r a del t u t t o indip e n d e n t e , b k o w n k e b u l l a r d ( " ) in i n g h i l t e r r a , e d u y d k n ( ' ) ( ' ) negli 1 . s . a . c o n t e m p o r a n e a m e n t e lo s c r i v e n t e e s p o n e v a l ' o p p o r t u n i t à di abb a n d o n a r e il v a l o r e c o n v e n z i o n a l e di p o t s d a m q u a l e c a p o s a l d o i n t e r n a z i o n a l e di r i f e r i m e n t o , e di r i c a v a r e q u e s t o v a l o r e non da una o l a . m a da l u l l e le m i u r e a s s o l u t e m o d e r n e , sulla base d e l l e d i f f e r e n z e ira di esse r i s u l t a n t i d a l l a r e c e n t e c o m p e n s a z i o n e ('') ( ' ). in c o n c l u s i o n e , la correzione più probabile da apportarsi ai valori del sistema di potsdam per passare al nuovo sistema internazionale veniva indicala in — 0 , 0 1 6 0 , 0 0 2 c m . s e c -. ( i ) •>. — c e p r o p o s t e stillo stesso a r g o m e n t o a v a n z a l e indi pendentemente s o n o : a ) dal s o l l o c o m i l a l o p e r la g r a v i t à del » \ a l . b e s . c o u n c i l c o m m i l l e e on f u n d a m e n t a l p h y i c a l coni v e d e , 1 valori ( 2 ) e ( 3 ) confermano pienamente il valore (1) ila noi proposto per la correzione al sistema (li potsdam. l e n e n d o c o n t o p e r ò d e l l a d i f f e r e n z a r i v e l a l a da s . h a i n m e r ( s ) . il v a l o r e m e d i o ira i p r e c e d e n t i ( i ) ( 2 ) ( 3 ) s e m b r a ora il più a d a l l o per la c o r r e z i o n e p r o p o s t a : per cui -i a v r e b b e : s i s t e m a i n t e r n a z i o n a l e s i s t e m a di p o t s d a m 0 , 0 1 5 c m . s e c (_]) •. m e n l r e r i m a n d i a m o i! l e t t o r e a l l e c o n s i d e r a z i o n i già esposle n e l l e p r e c e d e n t i note ( ' | ( " ) ( ' ) s u l l ' o p p o r t u n i t à di una a d o z i o n e del n u o v o s i s t e m a i n t e r n a z i o n a l e di r i f e r i m e n t o p r o p o s t o per le m i sure di g r a v i l a , ed a l l e c o n s e g u e n z e c l i c ne d e r i v e r e b b e r o , o s s e r v i a m o a n c o r a e l l e : a ) la p r o p o s t a s a r e b b e o r i n a i p i e n a m e n t e g i u s t i f i c a t a da q u a n t o s o p r a , e il v a l o r e f i) p r o p o s t o p e r la c o r r e z i o n e al s i s t e m a di p o t s d a m d e r i v a da valori m o l t o c o n c o r d a n t i , t a n t o da r i t e n e r s i s u f f i c i e n t e m e n t e a 11 end i b i l e : b) non s e m b r a p r o b a b i l e c l i c n u o v e m i s u r e a s s o l u t e col p e n d o l o p o s s a n o a v a n z a r e s e n s i b i l m e n t e n e l l a p r e c i s i o n e , e q u i n d i v a r i a r e i r i s u l t a t i p r e c e d e n t i di q u a n t i t à d e g n e di r i l i e v o c"|: e) m e n t r e p e r le m i s u r e d e l l ' a l t e z z a b a r o m e t r i c a , c l i c v a r i a con i a c c e l e r a z i o n e d e l l e g r a v i t à , v i e n e assunto c o m e v a l o r e di r i f e r i m e n t o q u e l l o a l l a l a t i t u d i n e di -15''. al l i v e l l o m e d i o del m a r e ( a c c e t t a t o per c o n v e n z i o n e in 9 8 0 . 6 6 5 d a l l a q u i n t a c o n f e r e n z a i n t e r n a z i o n a l e p e r i pesi e le m i s u r e , 1913), e io stesso v a l o r e v e n n e a d o p e r a t o p e r la def i n i z i o n e della p r e s s i o n e a t m o s f e r i c a c u i r i f e r i r e i punti di e b o l l i z i o n e nella s c a l a i n t e r n a z i o n a l e d e l l a t e m p e r a t u r a ( s e t t i m a e o l i a v a c o n f . g e n . p e s i e m i s u r e , 1927 e 1933), per d e l l o v a l o r e i" i n l e r n a l ionai m e t e o r o l o g i c a l c o m m i l t e e a c c e t t a v a il v a l o r e a r r o t o n d a t o 9 8 0 , 6 2 ( " ) : c o n v e r r e b b e p e r c i ò e l i m i n a r e q u e s t a d i v e r s i t à di valori i n t e r n a z i o n a l m e n t e a c c o l l a l i , t e n e n d o c o n t o p e r es. d e l l a f o r m u l a i n t e r n a z i o n a l e c a s s i n i s s i l v a 1930 a d a t t a l a al nuovo s i s t e m a i n t e r n a z i o n a l e (nel -is i o m a di p o t s d a m essa fornisce a 15" il v a l o r e 9 8 0 , 6 2 9 1 ) . c a r m i m o r k i 1 i la q u e s t i o n o e m i n a q u i n d i o r i n a i m a t u r a p e r la d i s c u s i o n o in e d c i n t e r n a z i o n a l e , p e r c u i è da a u s p i c a r e c l i c essa v e n g a p o r t a l a ad u n a p r o s s i m a \ s s e m l i l e a d e l l ' i 11ione g e o d e t i c a e g e o f i s i c a i n t e r n a z i o n a l e , in m o d o d a r i c h i a m a r e i a t t e n z i o n e sul p r o b l e m a e da p o r t a r e c o n s e g u e n t e m e n t e ad u n a o l u z i o n e d e i i n i t i v a . l'ricslr osseilittorio (jcofisico dell'i.\ai. giuu.no 1917. ri issl \to i valori (iella gravità basati sul sistema in uso (sistema di potsdam j necessitano di una correzione, dell'ordine di — 0 , 0 1 5 em. se e : a (/ucsti) risultato si c pervenuti indipendentemente in invilitici ru. i .s. i. e italia. i s i i ì l i o g r \ l i a l ' i moina.1,1 c . : compensazione della rete internazionale delle stazioni, di rij. c. (proe. r. scie. london. 961). 163. paji. 1111-117. manli i<)!();. l 'i duviikn ii. i..: i ree.xainination oj the l'olsdnm ihsoiule delerminniioii oj gravity. i j o u r . r e s e a r e l i nat. l ì u r e a n ni' s l a n d a r d s . v o i . 2'). n. 5. 1912. pg. 3li.ì:il 11. i l d i ì v d k n i i . i . . : ihsoiule g rari ty~l tot or minai i ou s. < nat. l ì e s e a r r h c o n i l i ! vuierican g e o p h . i n i o n . t r a n s a e t i o n s ni' 1913. l ' a r i . 1. w a s h i n g t o n . i). c . . 1913. p g . 12-131. '''i m o i i k i . i . i c.: l'or un sistema di riferimento i< internazionale >i di'lle misure di grillila. \ota preliminare. i g e o l i i c a pura ed a p p l i c a l a , v o i . n i l i , l'a-c. 3-1. m i l a n o 1 9 1 6 i . l ' i moina.1.1 ( . . : \ mi velie contrilmtion en lavmir d'un sistemo internatiolinl de niesures tic gravitò. ( [itili. g e o d e . il. 3. p a r i s 1917'. l s ! i iaai vil li s . : gntvitncter lies iniueen gravity base slntions in ii ashinglmi ii. ('. i i r a n s a r l i o n s aniericaii g e n p h v i c a l l n i o n . voi. 211. il. 2. a p r i l e i 9 l 7 l . i ' ' i c i . a i i k j . s . : l'he acceleratimi due lo gravity. l a discussimi un l niland s t a n d a r d * . c o l i m i . i r o m the nat. p h > , l a b . . 21 m a r c h 19-161. ( j " l l ' o r s e ( p i a l l i l e n u o v o e l e m e n t o p o t r a n n o a p p o r t a r e le m i s u r e d e l l a gravila e e g u i l e m e d i a n t e l'osserv a z i o n e del t e m p o ili caduta l i b e r a (li gravi ilei vaiolo: una tale m i s u r a è in p r e p a r a z i o n e al l ì u r e a n i n t e r n a i , des p o i d s et m e u r e ai! o p e r a di c u . v o i . k t i s u r la mesurc ahsolue de la gravite. ('.. 11. ae. s e . l ' a r i . 2 2 2 . pg. 373-37."). j1 l e v r . p j i 6 ) . ( 1 ' i o r g a n i s a l i o n m é t é o r o l o g u p i e i n t e r i i a l i o n a l e . c o l i m i . m é t . i n i . , l ' r o . v e l l i . b e r l i n , 1 1 9 3 9 ) : l a u s a n n e , 4 5 , 75, (19-11). moment tensor solutions for the amatrice 2016 seismic sequence annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7240 moment tensor solutions for the amatrice 2016 seismic sequence silvia pondrelli*, simone salimbeni, paolo perfetti istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di bologna, italy *silvia.pondrelli@ingv.it abstract on august 24, 2016 a ml 6.0 earthquake struck central italy region, nearly completely destroying some small ancient towns as amatrice, accumoli, arquata and pescara del tronto. in the following days thousands of aftershocks have been recorded by the ingv national seismometric network, 16 of them with a magnitude greater than 4.0. a quick rcmt solution has been rapidly computed for all of them and made available on the web. within a few weeks a definitive rcmt solution is ready for all of them, plus one. for major events (and not only) of the amatrice seismic sequence, several rapid moment tensor solutions have been produced by various groups, using different methods and dataset. comparing qrcmts with other similar products, it is evident a great similarity of focal mechanisms while on the contrary, the mw have a clear variability. i. introduction hen an earthquake occurs with a magnitude greater than 4.5 in the euromediterranean region, in a short time, between minutes to hours, several moment tensors are made available. among them, the quick rcmt (regional centroid moment tensor; pondrelli et al., 2012) is computed automatically, revised by an operator and then pubblished on the dedicated web page (autorcmt.bo.ingv.it/quicks. html) and on the european mediterranean seismological center (emsc) event web page (www.emsc-csem.org). this preliminary semiautomatic procedure, named pypaver, is applied since 2010 (pondrelli et al., 2012) and after several years of test, also in this last seismic emergency has properly worked. in fact, the 24 of august 2016 at 1:36 am, when a ml 6.0 earthquake struck powerfully amatrice and other small towns of central italy, a quick rcmt (qrcmt) has been rapidly computed and made available. the automatic procedure has been activated by an ingv email alert including the preliminary hypocentral location. the same process activated several times in the following hours and days, allowing the computations of a ten of qrcmts (figure 1 and table 1; http://autorcmt.bo.ingv.it/quicks. html). out of seismic sequences, after 3-4 months the qrcmts have been determined, a revision is done, using the largest amount of seismograms available. then, a definitive rcmt solution is obtained and included in the european mediterranean rcmt catalog (pondrelli et al., 2015 and references therein; www.bo.ingv.it/rcmt/). definitive rcmt solutions for greater events of the amatrice seismic sequence have been computed rapidly, within one month from the main shock (figure 1). rcmts, quick and definitive, are computed using an inversion method derived from the global cmt computation method (ardvisson and ekström, 1998; ekström and nettles, 2014; ekström et al., 2012), that calculates synthetic and inverts seismograms for body and surface waves recorded mainly (but not only) at regional distances and at intermediate period, i.e. between 35 and 150 s (pondrelli et al., 2015). in this brief paper, we will report on the comparison between qrcmts, w annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7240 figure 1. map of seismicity, qrcmts and rcmts of the amatrice region. qrcmts are in blue to light blue (different shades are for different days of occurrence, following the label below the map), revised rcmts are in red. in black are focal mechanisms for previous earthquakes with m > 4.0 (european-mediterranean rcmt catalog, http://www.bo.ingv. it/ rcmt). green squares are historical events, scaled with magnitude (rovida et al., 2016; http://emidius.mi.ingv.it/cpti15). background seismicity is mapped with black circles for events before amatrice main shock, while in different blue shades are mapped events of the amatrice seismic sequence (m>2.0, iside wg, 2016; http://iside.rm.ingv.it/iside/standard/index.jsp). date time lat. long. depth (km) ml mw qrcmt mw final rcmt 2016-08-24 01:36:32 42.698 13.234 8.1 6.0 6.20 6.21 (bw) 6.20 (sw) 6.18 (comb.) 2016-08-24 01:37:26 42.712 13.253 9.0 4.5 ----2016-08-24 01:56:00 42.614 13.275 4.8 4.4 ----2016-08-24 02:33:29 42.794 13.154 8.7 5.4 5.52 5.54 2016-08-24 03:40:11 42.617 13.245 10.6 4.2 ----2016-08-24 04:06:50 42.769 13.125 7.6 4.3 4.74 4.66 2016-08-24 11:50:30 42.819 13.146 8.4 4.7 ----2016-08-24 17:46:09 42.663 13.222 10.0 4.4 4.39 4.49 2016-08-24 23:22:05 42.648 13.213 11.2 3.8 ----2016-08-25 03:17:16 42.753 13.208 9.5 4.5 4.63 4.58 2016-08-25 12:36:05 42.596 13.290 10.0 4.3 4.60 4.60 2016-08-26 04:28:25 42.600 13.290 10.9 4.8 4.93 4.94 2016-08-27 02:50:59 42.839 13.249 8.2 4.0 --4.31 2016-08-28 15:55:35 42.820 13.238 8.7 4.4 4.30 4.32 2016-09-03 01:34:12 42.775 13.130 10.6 4.3 4.38 4.44 2016-09-03 10:18:51 42.866 13.215 9.3 4.5 4.46 4.48 table 1. list of events for which a trial to compute a qrcmt has been done. locations and ml are from ingv cnt first determination (cnt.rm.ingv.it), mw qrcmt are from autorcmt.bo.ingv.it/quicks.html and mw rcmt are for revised solution from this paper. different values for mw of the main shock are from the inversion for different signals: bw – only body waves; sw – only surface waves; comb. – body and surface waves combined. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7240 revised rcmts and other rapid moment tensor solutions for the same group of events. ii. quick and definitive rcmts as already described, immediately after the earthquake of the august 24, a qrcmt solution has been determined, and the same has been tried for all events with a ml 4.0. in table 1 the list of the events for which a trial to compute a rapid solution has been done, shows that we obtained a results in 10 over 16 cases. most of failed attempts are in the few hours after the main shock, when signal of minor events, i.e. m between 4 and 4.5, is completely hidden by the coda of the m6 earthquake. only few hours after the main shock it has been possible again to compute a qrcmt with m 4.2. the ten qrcmts are drawn in figure 1. they show a prevailing extensional pattern, as commonly seen along the apennines, with a tensional direction ne-sw. a couple of focal mechanisms are slightly different. one, located in the neastern part of the aftershocks cloud, is still extensional but rotated nearly 90° with respect to others; another one, again located at ne shows a strike-slip focal solution. being smaller events, they probably nucleated along secondary faults, with different geometry with respect to the principal ne-sw extensional activated structure. definitive rcmts, computed after one month, are either shown in figure 1 (red focal mechanisms). one more solution is avaliable with respect to qrcmts, due to additional seismograms available later. in table 1, mw for definitive rcmt solutions are reported, showing a good agreement with values obtained for qrcmts and focal mechanisms are almost identical (figure 1). a small no-dc component affects some solutions, mainly qrcmts; however it is a common amount, overall during a seismic sequence, where the continuous seismicity makes seismograms often more noisy. an additional test has been done during revision. for the main shock of august 24, we computed several rcmt solutions: one inverting only for body waves, another one using just surface waves and, at the end, a combined solution with both waveforms (see figure in supplementary files). all of them gave a pure, extensional focal mechanism, identical in all three cases. in table 1 we included all three values obtained for the mw, to show we obtain always the same value, mw 6.2. comparison with other quick solutions in figure 2, all qrcmts computed immediately after the occurrence of events belonging to the amatrice seismic sequence are drawn in the first colum, together with other rapid moment tensor solutions we were able to find, computed for the same events by other agencies and using other techniques. this figure allows a visual comparison. a description of data we compare with qrcmts follows. usgs moment tensor solutions are reachable at the event page of any single event (earthquake. usgs.gov/earthquakes) or in the web pages of the archive (http://earthquake.usgs.gov/earth quakes/eventpage/us10006g7d#moment-tensor). usgs moment tensors are computed for earthquakes with m down to 4.0, when possible. for greater events, solutions are obtained inverting the w-phase, a very long period phase (between 100 and 1000 s) arriving with the p-wave, well visible on vertical component of broadband displacement records. the computation method is well described at http://eost.ustrasbg.fr/wphase /method.html. these moment tensor solutions can be computed at both regional (5 to 20 degrees) and, more often, at teleseismic distances. in these cases, the mw reported is mww. it is worth to note that for smaller magnitude events, moment tensors come from inversion of the complete waveforms at regional distances (less than ~13 degrees) and the mw is then named mwr (earthquake.usgs. gov/data/comcat/dataeventterms.php#magt ype). it is worth to note that in the usgs list of the amatrice seismic sequence, all events with m lower than 5.0 have an mwr only. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7240 figure 2. in the first colum, quick rcmts computed for 10 events of the amatrice seismic sequence. on the left, date and time of the earthquakes. other columns are the other rapid focal mechanisms available; for references see the text. the color in the background represents the different cut off values used in each computation methods. solutions reported as gfz are computed at the german research centre for geoscience and are reachable at the following link: geofon.gfzpotsdam.de/eqinfo/list.php?mode =mt. they are obtained for events also with small to moderate magnitudes, with an automatic procedure, applying a spectral analysis technique that, to reach the best fitting source parameters, adopts the appropriate range of phases, frequency and inversion method along computations (saul et al., 2011). for events of the amatrice sequence, being at an epicentral distance greater than 200 km, applied bandpass filters should be 0.01–0.025. gcmt, the global cmt focal mechanisms, are the most used and diffused solutions. the entire catalog is searchable at http://www. global cmt.org. usually cmt solutions are computed for events with m greater than 5, and this is the reason of the only two cmts displayed in figure 2. the computational method is extendedly described in ekström and nettles (2014). the unique ipgp solution comes from the scardec project, active at geoscope observatory (geoscope.ipgp.fr/index.php/en/data/ earthquake-data/latest-earthquakes). the scardec method uses teleseismic body waves (in particular the w-phase) to retrieve the source parameters of earthquakes with magnitudes larger than 5.5 6.0 (vallée et al., 2011). the highpass frequency is dependent on the earthquake magnitude and duration, ranging from 0.0125 hz for a m 6 to 0.003 hz for a very large and long earthquake. tdmt solutions are reachable at cnt.rm.ingv.it/ tdmt. these moment tensors are computed first automatically and then reviewed, for any event with ml greater than 3.5 occurred in italy. the inversion method is an evolution of the dreger and helmberger (1993) system and changes applied to it are described in scognamiglio et al. (2009). slu mt solutions are computed at the saint louis university, using codes described in herrmann (2013), and can be downloaded at www.eas.slu. edu/eqc/eqc_mt/mech.it, where source parameters for italy events in particular are stored. the tdmt and slu mt have in common the crustal velocity model, named cia (herrmann et al., 2011) and typical frequency interval of analysed signal, i.e. 15-40 s, the shortest if compared to others methods listed here. at first sight, in figure 2, a strong correspondence between all focal mechanisms solutions for all events exists, except for few small differences, as for the event of september 3, 10:18 for which usgs obtained an extensional mechanism when all other solutions are strike slip. what is less homogeneous is the mw value obtained by different methods (figure 2 and table 1). annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7240 iv. discussion several rapid moment tensor solutions are computed immediately worldwide after the occurrence of a strong earthquake. in the amatrice case, we compared the results obtained with different methods of computation, for 10 events of the sequence, all with m greater than 4.0. focal mechanisms are in general strongly similar except for a couple of solutions (figure 2). what clearly differs is the mw, thus the m0 seismic moment. in particular, it is possible to recognize two main families of seismic moment tensors, one produced using global or regional velocity models and long period seismograms (cmt s.l., usgs, ipgp, figure 2), the other includes solutions computed using local velocity models (i.e., cia, herrmann et al., 2011) and higher frequency signals (tdmt and slu mt). usgs moment tensors are a particular case because obtained with different methods depending on their magnitude: the main shock and the events with m greater than 5 have been elaborated using the w-phase method, while the other events using a regional method. a similar situation exists for gfz solutions for which usually the cut off changes with m; the declared bandpass filter here is 0.01–0.025 hz for all solutions (figure 2, the same color background is used for gfz), but we can also assume that for greater events the cut off may increase. therefore, we consider that usgs and gfz part of solutions belongs to one family and another part to the other. in general, looking to figure 2, we can say that mw values for the “long period” family are equal for great earthquakes and bigger than values given by “shorter period” families. to enhance this pattern, a different background color has been used, scaled with lower period of signal used for inversion. it seems like a local mw exists, determined using “shorter period” methods; it is in relation with the calibrated worldwide mw with a constant difference of -0.2, as described by gasperini et al. (2013). up to now, this difference is still motivated with the difference in methodologies or in the dataset of used seismograms. however, it is worth to note that these differences exist also among rcmt and gfz or usgs results, that actually produce the same value for mw. what make really the difference between what applied by the two groups is the frequency of inverted signal and, consequently, the velocity models. for instance, the velocity model used by tdmt and slu mt is a crustal model, while long period methods need regional to global propagation models. this interesting feature points also the attention on the choice of the mw to use when we include the data in a catalog or in any seismic hazard study. at present, solutions like rcmts are preferred because calibrated with past data, ensuring the homogeneity needed in a catalog. for instance, this characteristic avoids underestimations in seismic hazard evaluations. however, being high frequency techniques, as tdmt and slu mt, able to find out good quality source parameters for smaller events (e.g. m 3.5), assume a fundamental relevance in seismotectonic studies, where also minor events may reveal information otherwise not available. in conclusion, it can be useful to include in catalogs all these values for the mw, with indications of the used bandpass filter, to fix if they can be cosidered local, regional or worldwide magnitude. obviously, to test the hypothesis exposed here for the different value that mw has dependently on methods and signals used, a larger dataset for the comparison is necessary to have a statistic validity, and it is what we suppose to do in the next future. acknowledgements we would like to thank the anonymous reviewer for interesting suggestions and f. loddo for help given in the download of data. references [arvidsson and ekström, 1998] arvidsson, r., ekström, g., 1998. global cmt analysis of moderate earthquakes mw ≥ 4.5 using interannals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7240 mediate period surface waves. bull. seismol. soc. am. 88, 1003–1013. [dreger and helmberger, 1993] dreger, d. s., and d. v. helmberger (1993), determination of source parameters at regional distances with single station or sparse network data, journ. geophys. res., 98, 8107-8125. [ekström and nettles, 2014] ekström, g., and nettles, m. (2014). long-period moment-tensor inversion: the global cmt project. in encyclopedia of earthquake engineering, http://link. springer.com/referenceworkentry/10.1007/97 8-3-642-36197-5_291-1. [ekström et al., 2012] ekström, g., nettles, m. and dziewonski, a. (2012). the global cmt project 2004–2010: centroid-moment tensors for 13,017 earthquakes, phys. earth plan. int., 200-201, 1-9. [gasperini et al., 2013] gasperini, p., lolli, b., vannucci, g. (2013). empirical calibration of local magnitude data sets versus moment magnitude in italy, bull. seism. soci. am., 103, 4, 2227–2246, doi: 10.1785/0120120356. [herrmann et al., 2011] herrmann, r.b., mala gnini, l., and munafò, i. (2011). regional moment tensors of the 2009 l'aquila earthquake sequence, bull. seism. soc. am. 101, 975-993. doi: 10.1785/0120100184. [herrmann, 2013] herrmann, r.b. (2013) computer programs in seismology: an evolving tool for instruction and research, seism. res. lett., 84, 1081-1088, doi:10.1785/0220110096. [iside working group (2016)] iside working group (2016), version 1.0, doi: 10.13127/iside. [pondrelli et al., 2012] pondrelli, s., salimbeni, s., perfetti, p., danecek, p. (2012). quick regional centroid moment tensor solutions for the emilia 2012 (northern italy) seismic sequence. ann. geophys., 55:4. [pondrelli et al., 2015] pondrelli, s., and salimbeni, s. (2015). regional moment tensor review: an example from the european mediterranean region. in encyclopedia of earthquake engineering, link.springer.com/reference workentry/10.1007/978-3-642-36197-5_301-1, springer berlin heidelberg, 1-15. [rovida et al., 2015] rovida, a., locati, m., camassi, r., lolli, b., gasperini, p., eds. (2016). cpti15, the 2015 version of the parametric catalogue of italian earthquakes. istituto na zionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. doi: http:// doi.org/10.6092/ingv.it-cpti15 [saul et al., 2011] saul, j., becker, j., hanka, w. (2011): global moment tensor computation at gfz potsdam, agu 2011 fall meeting (san francisco 2011), http://gfzpublic.gfz-potsdam. de/pubman/item/escidoc:244630. [scognamiglio et al., 2009] scognamiglio l., e. tinti, and a. michelini, (2009). real-time determination of seismic moment tensor for italian region, bull. seism. soc. of am., 99:4, 22232242, doi:10.1785/0120080104. [vallée et al., 2011] vallée, m., j. charléty, a.m.g. ferreira, b. delouis, and j. vergoz, scardec : a new technique for the rapid determination of seismic moment magnitude, focal mechanism and source time functions for large earthquakes using body wave deconvolution, geophys. j. int., 184, 338-358, 2011. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice assessing ‘alarm-based cn’ earthquake predictions in italy annals of geophysics, 59, 6, 2016, s0648; doi:10.4401/ag-6889 s0648 assessing ‘alarm-based cn’ earthquake predictions in italy matteo taroni*, warner marzocchi, pamela roselli istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy abstract the quantitative assessment of the performance of earthquake prediction and/or forecast models is essential for evaluating their applicability for risk reduction purposes. here we assess the earthquake prediction performance of the cn model applied to the italian territory. this model has been widely publicized in italian news media, but a careful assessment of its prediction performance is still lacking. in this paper we evaluate the results obtained so far from the cn algorithm applied to the italian territory, by adopting widely used testing procedures and under development in the collaboratory for the study of earthquake predictability (csep) network. our results show that the cn prediction performance is comparable to the prediction performance of the stationary poisson model, that is, cn predictions do not add more to what may be expected from random chance. 1. introduction earthquake prediction is one of the ways in which seismologists make statements about the future seismic activity, usually on the basis of the observation of one or more candidate diagnostic precursors [sykes and jaumé 1990, pulinets and davidenko 2014]. a prediction consists in casting an alarm, i.e., a deterministic assertion that one target earthquake of a given magnitude will occur in a specified space-time window. such predictions appear to be prospective deterministic statements, but do not present the full picture. in fact all prediction schemes proposed to date have an intrinsically probabilistic nature [jordan et al. 2011]. to quantify this probability it is necessary to consider the possibility of raising false alarms and/or to miss some target earthquakes. when an alarm is cast for a specific space-time window, we have a hit (true positive) if a target earthquake occurs, otherwise we have a false alarm (false positive). when no alarm is cast for a specific spacetime window, if a target earthquake occurs we have a miss (false negative), otherwise a correct (true) negative. another way in which seismologists make statement about the future seismic activity is through probabilistic forecasting that consists of the estimation of the probability of one or more events in well-defined magnitude-space-time windows (e.g., marzocchi et al. [2014], for the italian region). according to jordan et al. [2011], probabilistic forecasting provides a more complete description of prospective earthquake information than deterministic prediction, and, more important, it separates hazard estimation made by scientists from the public protection role of civil authorities [jordan et al. 2014]. probabilistic forecasts can become predictions once a probability threshold is chosen [zechar and jordan 2008]; however, this threshold does not have any specific scientific meaning, but it has to be related to the kind of mitigation actions that are associated with the prediction [marzocchi 2013]. regardless of these possible shortcomings, it is undoubted that earthquake predictions have a natural and immediate attractiveness for lay people, probably because a prediction is much easier to understand than a probabilistic forecast [gigerenzer et al. 2005]. in italian language, the distinction between the english terms “forecast” and “prediction” cannot be made because only one word “previsione” exists and it has a strong deterministic connotation. the large impact on society of earthquake forecast/prediction is a further motivation for carefully evaluating the performances of each model. this is the main target of an international initiative named collaboratory for the study of earthquake predictability (csep) [jordan 2006, zechar et al. 2010, zechar and zhuang 2014). in essence, csep promotes experiments in which prospective forecasts/predictions are compared to real observations in different testing regions. all experiments are rigidly controlled, i.e., they are replicable by anyone and modelers cannot change their forecasts/predictions in retrospect. besides the statistical evaluation of each single model, these experiments offer also a unique opportunity to compare the relative forecasting/prediction skill of different models. as a article history received october 8, 2015; accepted october 18, 2016. subject classification: earthquake interactions and probability, statistical analysis. matter of fact, claiming that one model is able to predict earthquakes may be misleading from a scientific point of view: it is much more interesting to compare the model performances with the skill of other competing models. in order to achieve a meaningful comparison, models have to provide forecasts/prediction in a proper common format. however, not all forecast/prediction models adopt such a format, so they are not all presently ready to be evaluated by csep experiment. this is the case of the algorithm under study here. since january 1, 1998, a group of researchers began to provide earthquake predictions in italy through the use of a pattern recognition based on cn (californianevada, first regions of application) algorithm [gabrielov et al. 1986, keilis-borok et al. 1990, peresan, et al. 1999, peresan et al. 2005, romashkova and peresan 2013]. this type of prediction allows a quantitative validation of the prediction ability because the method is rigorously applied forward in time. this is certainly the most crucial aspect for the evaluation of any forecast/prediction model, because it guarantees that the results are not affected by any conscious or unconscious adjustment. in this paper we evaluate the results obtained so far from the cn algorithm applied to the italian territory, by adopting widely used testing procedures and under development in csep. 2. the cn model in italy and the target earthquakes the cn algorithm is an earthquake alarm-based model that provides intermediate-term predictions for mainshocks. the algorithm casts an alarm when a time of increase probability (tip) for the occurrence of target earthquakes in one specific region is identified. the identification of a tip is based on the observation of a set of candidate seismic precursory patterns that have been identified analyzing the past seismicity and are kept fixed [keilis-borok et al. 1990]. originally, the model was set up for california-nevada (cn) region, but since then it has been adapted to many other regions of the world. the details of the application of the cn algorithm to the italian territory can be found in peresan et al. [1999, 2005], and romanshkova and peresan [2013] and are not described here. the cn predictions in italy are related to three macro-zones that cover part of the italian territory and are characterized by a different minimum magnitude m0 for identification of the target events. these macrozones (figure 1) are northern italy (n-italy; m0 ≥ 5.4), central italy (c-italy; m0 ≥ 5.6), and southern italy (s-italy; m0 ≥ 5.6). the target earthquakes are only mainshocks, i.e., aftershocks above the magnitude m0 are not considered target events [peresan et al. 1999]. the forward predictions have been routinely performed every two months since january 1, 1998. more recently a new macrozone has been added (adriatic region), but it will be not considered here because of the short time window for testing. the reference magnitude of the target earthquakes is taken from the uci2001 catalog [peresan et al. 2002]. we do not perform any quality check to this catalog and we take it for granted. the cn predictions for italy are available in a public website (http://www.geoscienze.units.it/esperimentodi-previsione-dei-ter remoti-mt/algorithm-cn-initaly/cn-predictions-in-italy.html). taroni et al. 2 figure 1. maps of the three italian macro-zones related to the regionalization proposed by peresan et al. [1999]; (a) northern region; (b) central region; (c) southern region. m0 is the minimum magnitude for the target earthquakes in each macro-zone (for details on magnitudes see peresan et al. [1999]). 3 only the current prediction is released by the authors under a password access that has been given to a list of interested scientists. in table 1 we show the list of target earthquakes that occurred during a defined testing period (from 01/01/1998 to 08/28/2016, including the very recent amatrice earthquake of 08/24/2016) reported on cn web-site. a comparison of this catalog with the data extracted by the neic catalog (national earthquake information center; http://earthquake.usgs.gov/earth quakes/search/) for the same region, depth and testing period (table 2), highlights some inconsistencies; for example, some earthquakes above m0 occurred outside the three macro-zones as shown in figure 2. here, we do not deepen this inconsistency and take for granted the catalog reported in table 1 that will be used for the following analysis. assessing ‘alarm-based cn’ earthquake predictions in italy data (yyyy/mm/dd) lat. (°) lon. (°) depth (km) m0 cn-alarm cn-region 19980412 46.24 13.65 10 6.0 yes north 19980909 40.03 15.98 10 5.7 yes centre, south 20030914 44.33 11.45 10 5.6 yes north 20040712 46.30 13.64 7 5.7 yes north 20041124 45.63 10.56 17 5.5 no north 20090406 42.33 13.33 8 6.3 no centre 20120520 44.90 11.23 8 6.1 yes north 20160824 42.70 13.24 4 6.0 yes centre data (yyyy/mm/dd) lat. (°) lon. (°) depth (km) mw 19980326 43.26 12.97 10.0 5.4 19980412 46.25 13.65 10.0 5.6 19980909 40.04 15.98 10.0 5.6 20020906 38.38 13.70 5.0 6.0 20021031 41.79 14.87 10.0 5.9 20030329 43.11 15.46 10.0 5.5 20081223 44.56 10.41 28.3 5.4 20090406 42.33 13.33 8.8 6.3 20120520 44.89 11.23 6.3 6.0 20160824 42.71 13.17 10.0 6.2 table 1. event list related to cn algorithm website (http://www.geoscienze.units.it/esperimento-di-previsione-dei-terremoti-mt/algorithm-cn-in-italy.html) for earthquakes occurred in italy since 1/1/1998 to 08/28/2016 and related parameters. last two columns indicate if there was a tip (or not) and the macro-zones related, respectively. table 2. event list extracted by the neic website (national earthquake information center; http://earthquake.usgs.gov/earth quakes/search/) for earthquakes occurred in italy since 1/1/1998 to 28/8/2016 and related parameters. figure 2. (a) location map of earthquakes (red stars) listed in table 1. (b) location map of earthquakes (blue stars) listed in table 2. (c) location map of earthquakes (magenta stars) listed in table 2 that did not occur inside the macro-zones considered by the cn model. 3. assessing the cn predictions we test the cn predictions by using two different statistical methods: the molchan test (mt) [molchan 1997, zechar and jordan 2008] for the alarm-based model, and the parimutuel gambling score (pgs) [zechar and zhuang 2014] for the evaluation of the earthquakes forecasts. the mt and pgs methods have some remarkable differences. the mt test is based on the definition of a null hypothesis that can be rejected or not according to the observed data. on the contrary, in pgs test the null hypothesis is not requested, because the score is intended to provide a rank of the models based on their relative predictive skill. molchan test (mt) the mt verifies if the number of hits for the cn model (in the space-time domain) is consistent with the number of hits expected by a reference model (e.g. poisson model). when the observed number of hits is sufficiently bigger than those expected by the poisson model, we conclude that the model under test is significantly better than the reference model [zechar and jordan 2008]. this test is usually represented through a diagram, using different fractions of space-time occupied by alarms. in our case, the cn algorithm sets one specific value for such a variable, so the test collapses into a bernoulli case. specifically, h is the number of hits for the cn model, n is the total number of target events, and the parameter of the bernoulli distribution is given by x, that is the percentage of the space-time covered by alarms (for instance, if the alarms cover the whole interval of time and half space, then x= 0.5). this choice of the parameter is appropriate for our specific case, while it may require much more elaborated estimations in testing other earthquake prediction models [e.g., marzocchi et al. 2003, molchan and romashkova 2010]. the null hypothesis h0 under testing is: the cn model and the poisson model have the same predictive performances. under h0, a binomial distribution describes the probability p of a poisson model to obtain h or more correct predictions, with n observed target events and x is the percentage of the space-time occupied by alarm; that is, x is the probability to observe one target earthquake in a pure random process described by the poisson distribution. the poisson model is chosen because it can be considered the simplest random guess forecast strategy within each zone [kagan 2009]. the binomial distribution reads in the classical neyman-pearson statistical testing framework [neyman and pearson 1933] we can ‘reject’ or ‘not reject’ the null hypothesis, if p is less or larger that a pre-selected significance level. in practice, we set a significance level of 0.05 (this value is commonly used in science) and we reject the null hypothesis if p is less than 0.05; otherwise, we conclude that there is no empirical evidence supporting that the cn prediction capability is superior to the poisson process. parimutuel gambling score (pgs) the pgs method is a useful tool to compare the prediction performances of two models: in our case, cn and poisson models. the pgs method works like each model is a gambler. in the space-time bins there is a gamble between models; each model bets 1 coin on this bin. then, each model gets a win proportional to the probability assigned to the event (earthquake or not) that has occurred on the bin. in mathematical terms where wj is the gain that the j-th model obtains in the bin, k is the total number of the models and pj is the probability of the occurred event (earthquake or not) for the j-th model. the sum of the wj for each bin represents the skill of the models: the bigger the win, the better the model. the sum of the wins and losses for all the k models is always zero. in previous works the pgs method has been used to check the performance of the likelihood-based models [taroni et al. 2014, zechar and zhuang 2014]. in this work, we apply the same procedure to the alarm-based models. in particular, for the cn model we define pm= 1 when a target event happens during an alarm or when no target event happens during no-alarm (i.e. hit and correct negative, respectively). we define pm= 0 when no target event happens during an alarm or when a target event happens during a period when there is no alarm. (i.e. false alarm and miss, respectively). to compute the probability pm related to the poisson model, we use the same macro-zones and the same minimum magnitude used in the cn model. we compute the poisson rate by using the cpti11 catalog [rovida et al. 2011] declustered with the gardner and knopoff algorithm [gardner and knopoff 1974] until 12/31/1997 (the cn prediction experiment started on 1/1/1998). 4. results the molchan test results are summarized in table 3, where we shown that p of equation (1) is never less than the preselected significance level; this means that p n ii h n i x= = t y| 1 nv ix-q nv wj k1wj =+ | p pj mm k pj 1= | taroni et al. 4 (1) (2) 5 we cannot reject the null hypothesis for all three macrozones with the pre-selected significance level of 0.05. the parimutuel gambling score results are shown in table 4; the results indicate that the poisson model is better in all three macro-zones (scoring 32.7 for the north macro-region, 36.7 for center, and 27.7 for south). of course the scoring of the cn model has opposite values. 5. conclusions considering the data available so far, the molchan test does not show that cn prediction performance is significantly better than predictions based on the stationary poisson model. moreover, the results of parimutuel gambling score indicate that the poisson model is even better than cn in predicting earthquakes, as shown by the values associated to each win. this result is similar to what obtained by the testing of other similar pattern recognition models performed at a global scale once a proper null hypothesis is used [marzocchi et al. 2003, zechar and zhuang 2010]. from a practical perspective, the results show that cn predictions do not add significant information that may be used to enhance societal earthquake preparedness. acknowledgements. this work has been carried out within the seismic hazard center (centro di pericolosità sismica, cps) at the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (ingv). we thank the associated editor and the anonymous reviewers for constructive comments. references gabrielov, a.m., o.e. dmitrieva, v.i. keilis-borok, v.g. kosobokov, i.v. kuznetsov, t.a.levshina, k.m. mirzoev, g.m. molchan, s.k. negmatullaev, v.f. pisarenko, a.g. prozorov, w. rinehart, i.m. rotwain, p.n. shebalin, m.g. shnirman and s.y. schreider (1986). algorithms of long-term earthquakes’ prediction, international school for research oriented to earthquake prediction-algorithms, software and data handling, lima, peru. gardner, j.k., and l. knopoff (1974). is the sequence of earthquakes in southern california, with aftershocks removed, poissonian?, b. seismol. soc. am., 64 (5), 1363-1367. gigerenzer, g., r. hertwig, e. van den broek, b. fasolo and k.v. katsikopoulos (2005). “a 30% chance of rain tomorrow”: how does the public understand probabilistic weather forecasts?, risk anal., 25 (3), 623-629. jordan, t.h. (2006). earthquake predictability, brick by brick, seismol. res. lett., 77 (1), 3-6. jordan, t.h., y.t. chen, p. gasparini, r. madariaga, i. main, w. marzocchi, g. papadopoulos, g. sobolev, k. yamaoka and j. zschau (2011). operational earthquake forecasting: state of knowledge and guidelines for utilization, annals of geophysics, 54 (4), 315-391. jordan, t.h., w. marzocchi, a. michael and m. gerstenberger (2014). operational earthquake forecasting can enhance earthquake preparedness, seismol. res. lett., 85, 955-959. kagan, y.y. (2009). testing long-term earthquake forecasts: likelihood methods and error diagrams, geophys. j. int., 177 (2), 532-542. keilis-borok, v.i., i.v. kuznetsov, g.f. panza, i.m. rotwain and g. costa (1990). on intermediate-term earthquake prediction in central italy, pure appl. geophys., 134 (1), 79-92. marzocchi, w., l. sandri and e. boschi (2003). on the validation of earthquake-forecasting models: the case of pattern recognition algorithms, b. seismol. soc. am., 93 (5), 1994-2004. marzocchi, w. (2013). seismic hazard and public safety, eos tran. agu, 94, 240-241. marzocchi, w., a.m. lombardi and e. casarotti (2014). the establishment of an operational earthquake forecasting system in italy, seismol. res. lett., 85 (5), 961-969. molchan, g.m. (1997). earthquake prediction as a decision-making problem, pure appl. geophys., 147 (1), 1-15. molchan, g.m., and l.romashkova (2010). earthquake prediction analysis based on empirical seismic rate: the m8 algorithm, geophys. j. int., 183, 1525-1537. neyman, j., and e.s. pearson (1933). on the problem of the most efficient tests of statistical hypotheses, philos. t. roy. soc. a, 231, 694-706. assessing ‘alarm-based cn’ earthquake predictions in italy zone hit rate (# of hits/ # of eqs) percentage of space-time in alarm p of equation (1) north 4/5 35.71% 0.058 center 2/3 35.71% 0.292 south 0/1 25.00% 1.000 zone cn model poisson model north -32.7 32.7 center -36.7 36.7 south -27.7 27.7 table 3. molchan test results. table 4. parimutuel gambling score results (bold italic for the best model). peresan, a., g. costa and g.f. panza (1999). a proposal of regionalization for the application of the cn earthquake prediction algorithm to the italian territory, annali di geofisica, 42 (5), 883-896. peresan, a., i. rotwain, i. zaliapin and g.f. panza (2002). stability of intermediate-term earthquake predictions with respect to random errors in magnitude: the case of central italy, phys. earth planet. inter., 130 (1), 117-127. peresan, a., v. kossobokov, l. romashkova and g.f. panza (2005). intermediate-term middle-range earthquake predictions in italy: a review, earth sci. rev., 69, 97-132. pulinets, s., and d. davidenko (2014). ionospheric precursors of earthquakes and global electric circuit, adv. space res., 53 (5), 709-723. romashkova, l., and a. peresan (2013). analysis of italian earthquake catalogs in the context of intermediate-term prediction problem, acta geophys., 61 (3), 583-610. rovida, a., r. camassi, p. gasperini and m. stucchi (2011). cpti11, the 2011 version of the parametric catalogue of italian earthquakes. milano, bologna, http://emidius.mi.ingv.it/cpti. sykes, l.r., and s.c. jaumé (1990). seismic activity on neighbouring faults as a long-term precursor to large earthquakes in the san francisco bay area, nature, 348, 595-599. taroni, m., j.d. zechar and w. marzocchi (2014). assessing annual global m6+ seismicity forecasts, geophys. j. int., 196, 422-431. zechar, j.d., and t.h. jordan (2008). testing alarmbased earthquake predictions, geophys. j. int., 172 (2), 715-724. zechar, j.d., and j. zhuang (2010). risk and return: evaluating rtp earthquake predictions, geophys. j. int., 82, 1319-1326. zechar, j.d., m.c. gerstenberger and d.a. rhoades (2010). likelihood-based tests for evaluating spacerate-magnitude earthquake forecasts, b. seismol. soc. am., 100, 1184-1195. zechar, j.d., and j. zhuang (2014). a parimutuel gambling perspective to compare probabilistic seismicity forecasts, geophys. j. int., 199 (1), 60-68. corresponding author: matteo taroni, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy; email: matteo.taroni@ingv.it. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. taroni et al. 6 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice vol50,1,2007 111 annals of geophysics, vol. 50, n. 1, february 2007 key words ionosphere – eand f-layers – earthquakes-magnetic storm – fof2 and foes 1. introduction ever since davies and baker (1965) reported the first seismo-ionospheric anomalies related to alaskan earthquake, several workers have attempted to study this problem using ground and satellite based observations. however, some convincing evidences of this phenomenon have come rather recently (pulinets et al., 1991, 1994; ruzhin and depueva, 1996) in which it has been found that the seismic effect on ionospheric f2layer is observed in terms of reduction in morning time fof2 about a week before the occurrence of the earthquakes and this phenomenon may be observed over a wide ionospheric area covered by 30° latitude and 60° longitude. more recently similar studies have been made by liu et al. (2000, 2001), chuo et al. (2002) and singh et al. (2004) in which they have reported afternoon reductions in fof2 also apart from morning time reductions. anomalies in fof2 and total electron content (tec) have also been reported by devi et al. (2001, 2004) prior to the occurrence of earthquakes. they have shown that both positive and negative ionospheric effects develop prior to an earthquake depending on the epicenter position with respect to the observing site. simultaneous ionospheric eand f-layer perturbations caused by some major earthquakes in india birbal singh (1) and om p. singh (2) (1) department of electronics and communication engineering, faculty of engineering and technology, r.b.s. college, bichpuri, agra, india (2) department of physics, faculty of engineering and technology, r.b.s. college, bichpuri, agra, india abstract the variation in nighttime ionospheric eand f-region critical frequencies (foes and fof2) is examined for the months of august 1988, september 1993 and may 1997 in which major earthquakes (6 < m < 6.6) occurred in indian seismic zones of bihar-nepal border, latur in west india, and jabalpur in central india. the ionospheric data are obtained from ahmedabad (latitude 23.01°n, longitude 72.36°e). the percent deviations of fof2 and foes from their monthly median are determined for pre-midnight (18:00-00:00 h lt) and post-midnight (00:0006:00 h lt) periods and studied over a span of 20 days before the occurrence of earthquakes. the results show that fof2 are reduced in both the time sectors prior to the occurrence of main shocks. in pre-midnight sector the reduction is between 24 and 30%, 0 to 4 days before the main shocks and in the post-midnight sector it is between 18 and 26%, 1 to 15 days before the main shocks. the foes show enhancements by 100 to 155% during the same periods. the effects of magnetic storms (kp and dst variations) on the data are identified clearly but they do not vitiate the effects of earthquakes. the earthquake related anomalies are interpreted in terms of electromagnetic coupling between the lithosphere and ionosphere during earthquakes preparation processes. mailing address: dr. birbal singh, department of electronics and communication engineering, faculty of engineering and technology, r.b.s. college, bichpuri, agra-283105, india; e-mail: birbal@sancharnet.in 112 birbal singh and om p. singh several workers have also reported the ionospheric anomalies in e-layers prior to the occurrence of earthquakes (gokhberg et al., 1988; liperovski et al., 1992; pulinets et al., 1994; ondoh, 2000; ogawa et al., 2002). recently, ondoh and hayakawa (1999), ondoh (2003) and singh and singh (2004) have made an elaborate study of this problem and have shown anomalous foes increases 2-20 days before the occurrence of earthquakes. although, many workers have examined the effects of earthquakes on ionospheric eand flayers separately as stated above there is no report of simultaneous observations of eand flayer perturbations related to seismic activities. in the present paper, we examine this problem in detail by considering three major earthquakes that occurred in india in recent years. our results show simultaneous earthquake induced changes in the eand f-layers which are reflected by simultaneous reductions in fof2 and enhancements in foes. 2. ionospheric, earthquake and magnetic storm data the ionospheric data have been obtained from physical research laboratory, ahmedabad (latitude 23.01°n, longitude 72.36°e), india where a digital ionosonde has been in operation for a long time. the data recorded at this station includes fof2, foes, hpf2 and median values for respective months. the earthquake data have been obtained from india meteorological department, new delhi, india. since ionospheric anomalies appear during or after the occurrence of magnetic storms also it is worthwhile to examine the fof2 and foes changes in relation to magnetic storms also. for this purpose, we consider kp index and dst index data, which have been obtained from indian institute of geomagnetism, colaba, mumbai, india and world data center c2, kyoto university, kyoto, japan respectively. 3. results and discussion six major earhquakes have occurred in india during the last 15 years. they include biharnepal earthquake (20 august, 1988), uttarkashi earthquake (20 october, 1991), latur earthquake (30 september, 1993), jabalpur earthquake (22 may, 1997), chamoli earthquake (29 march, 1999) and bhuj earthquake (26 january, 2001). in order to examine the effects of these earthquakes on eand f-regions of the overhead ionosphere we have attempted to analyze the ionospheric data obtained from ahmedabad. unfortunately, foes data are available corresponding to three earthquakes only, which are bihar-nepal earthquake, latur earthquake and jabalpur earthquake, and hence in the present study we consider the fand e-regions anomalies corresponding to these earthquakes only. the locations of these three earthquakes are shown in the map of fig. 1 by solid circles and abbreviated words as bhrnpl, ltr and jbl respectively. the location of ahmedabad from where the ionospheric data have been obtained is also shown in the same figure by abbreviated word ahd. other details of these earthquakes such as the date and time of occurrence, geographic location, magnitude, depth and distance from ahmedabad are shown in table i. it may be noted that the ionospheric parameters show considerable variations following geomagnetic storms. the ionospheric responses to such storms are of negative kind and large at high and middle latitudes while they are modest and of positive kind at low latitudes especially during daytime hours. during nighttime, both positive and negative responses are possible at low and equatorial latitudes (lakshmi et al., 1983, 1997). here, it may also be mentioned that jain and singh (1977) and jain et al. (1979) have studied the low and equatorial latitude ionospheric changes during the period of magnetic storms and have shown that these ionospheric regions are influenced significantly during prolonged magnetic disturbances only and there is almost negligible variation during isolated storms. furthermore, it may be pointed out here that the ionospheric station ahmedabad is located close to the anomaly crest region and shows mixed response to magnetic storms and, sometimes, significant variations even during quiet periods. however, in the present study adequate care has been taken to see that the ionospheric departures due to magnetic storms and unknown reasons do not vitiate the main focus of our discussion. 113 simultaneous ionospheric eand f-layer perturbations caused by some major earthquakes in india fig. 1. map of india showing the locations of three major earthquakes (solid circles). also shown is the location of ionospheric station ahmedabad (ahd). table i. details of the three earthquakes considered. date of location time latitude longitude magnitude depth distance occurrence (ist)* (°n) (°e) from ahd (km) 20/08/1988 bhr-npl 23:09 h 26.72 86.63 6.6 35 2500 border 30/09/1993 latur 03:55 h 18.07 76.62 6.3 12 1100 22/05/1997 jabalpur 03:25 h 23.08 80.06 6.0 35 1600 * ist = ut + 5.50 h. 114 birbal singh and om p. singh fig. 2a. the variations of monthly median of fof2 and foes (shown by solid curves) and hourly measured values (shown by open triangles) for ten days before the occurrence of the earthquakes in the months of august, 1988 (top two panels), september, 1993 (middle two panels) and may, 1997 (bottom two panels). monthly median is repeated on each day. the inverted arrows indicate the days of the earthquakes. 115 simultaneous ionospheric eand f-layer perturbations caused by some major earthquakes in india fig. 2b. temporal variation of monthly median fof2 and foes (solid curves) and hourly measured values (open triangles) on the days of observed anomalies corresponding to the earthquakes under consideration. figure 2a shows the daily variations of fof2 and foes corresponding to three earthquakes under consideration. the fof2 and foes data are shown by triangles whereas monthly medians are shown by solid lines. the data are shown for 10 days before the occurrence of the respective earthquakes. the days of earthquakes are shown by inverted arrows in all the panels. from a 116 birbal singh and om p. singh glance at the top two panels which correspond to bihar-nepal earthquake of 20 august, 1988 we see that there is a maximum reduction in morning time fof2 from median values on 18 august, whereas there is a maximum enhancement in foes on the same day. since there is no major magnetic storm in this month before the earthquake (as shown ahead) it may be inferred that fof2 and foes are influenced by the earthquake giving rise to peak anomalies 2 days before the occurrence of the earthquake. further, it will be shown that fof2 and foes indicate decreasing and increasing trends respectively starting from 03 august itself thereby showing the influence of earthquakes from 18 days before its occurrence. the middle two panels correspond to latur earthquake of 30 september 1993. here, the fof2 is lowest in the morning of 28 september whereas foes is enhanced during the midday and evening hours of 27 and 28 september. there is a reduction in fof2 and corresponding enhancement in foes on 22 september also which may be attributed to a magnetic storm that occurred on 20 september (discussed ahead). the bottom two panels correspond to jabalpur earthquake of 22 may 1997. in this case the fof2 has gone lowest and foes largest on 19 may 1997 about three days before the occurrence of the earthquake. the figure shows enhancements in foes on 13 and 15 may also. the enhancement on 15 may may be attributed to severe magnetic storm (kp = 7, dst = − 116), which occurred on the same day. the reason for the enhancement on 13 may is not known, but it may not be attributed to the storm of 1 may because the effect of such isolated storms cannot affect the ionosphere so late. to identify the times of occurrence of the anomalies (reduction in fof2 and enhancement in foes) occurring on 18 august 1988, 28 september 1993 and 19 may 1997 as shown in fig. 2a we plot the temporal variation of fof2 and foes data along with their median values in fig. 2b. the results of maximum deviation and times of occurrence are presented in table ii. here it may be noted that percent reduction in morning time fof2 and enhancements in foes are the largest as compared to other days. further, the foes data presented in the table ii on 18 august during afternoon hours shows a value of 296% where as in the abstract we have mentioned the maximum enhancement of 155%. this result should not be taken as contradictory because the data presented in the abstract have resulted from the running mean which will be made clear ahead. in order to make the earthquake induced anomalies more clear and distinct from those arising due to storm and other unknown factors we have made a thorough analysis of the data by following a procedure in which we have calculated the percent reduction in hourly fof2 and percent enhancement in hourly foes relative to monthly median values. we have chosen the data for the period 18:00-06:00 h, lt only and divided them into two sectors, pre-midnight (18:0000:00 h) and post-midnight (00:00-06:00 h). this period of the data has been chosen to avoid complications arising due to variations in photoionisation intensity during daytime (michel parrot, personal communication, bhopal, 17 november 2003). since the data are not continuous and there are some intermittent gaps, we have taken table ii. details of times and maximum deviation of fof2 and foes observed during the anomalies. maximum reduction in fof2 maximum enhancement in foes days of morning hours afternoon hours morning hours afternoon hours anomaly time reduction time reduction time enhancement time enhancement (h) (%) (h) (%) (h) (%) (h) (%) 18/08/1988 03:00 26.4 18:00 13.3 03:00 40.0 19:00 296.0 28/09/1993 05:00 32.0 21:00 29.6 04:00 142.8 23:00 105.0 19/05/1997 04:00 37.5 17:00 20.4 05:00 50.0 14:00 146.5 117 simultaneous ionospheric eand f-layer perturbations caused by some major earthquakes in india six days running mean of the peak reduction in fof2 and peak enhancement in foes for both the pre-midnight and post-midnight data. the variations of percent reduction in fof2 and enhancement in foes are shown for 20 days before the occurrence of each earthquake in the top two panels of fig. 3a-c. the solid circles correspond to pre-midnight data and solid squares fig. 3a,b. a) top – six days running mean of the peak percent reductions during pre-and post-midnight sectors in fof2 for 25 days in the month of august 1988. the earthquake (m=6.6, shown by downward arrow) occurred at a ) bihar-nepal border on 20 august 1988. second – same as in top panel but for enhancements in foes. third – kp index variation. bottom – dst index variation on the days under consideration. b) the same as (a) but for latur earthquake (m=6.3) which occurred on 30 september 1993. a b 118 birbal singh and om p. singh correspond to post-midnight data. the days of the earthquakes are shown by inverted arrows with the magnitude of the earthquakes indicated nearby. in the bottom two panels of these figures we show the variation of the magnetic storms by three hour kp indices and corresponding dst indices. here, it may be noted that kp ≤ 4, 4 ≤ kp ≤ 6 and kp≥6 indicate quiet, moderate and severe magnetic storms respectively. the magnetic storm condition is also denoted in terms of dst index and the value of dst ≤ − 50 nt represents minor storms. in general, the low latitude ionosphere is influenced by large reductions in dst (dst≤ − 100) only (b.m. reddy, pers. comm., november 2003). from fig. 3a it may be seen that there are enhancements in percent reduction in fof2 and enhancements in foes from 3 august itself about 18 days before the occurrence of the earthquake and the effect is reflected in both the pre and postmidnight data of fof2 and in pre-midnight data of foes. the largest enhancement in pre-midnight fof2 reduction amounts to 24%, one day before the earthquake whereas the same in postmidnight hours amounts to 26%, four days before the earthquake. the maximum enhancements in foes of 155% on 15 august and 102% on 7 august are observed in pre and post-midnight data respectively. during the periods of these enhancements the magnetic condition was quiet. hence, the anomalies may be attributed to the earthquake only. the magnetic storms occurred on 20 and 21 august, after the occurrence of the earthquake, which may not influence the ionosphere in advance. it may be mentioned here that the days of maximum enhancement in reduction of fof2 and maximum enhancement in foes as seen in this as well as in the next two figures do not match exactly with those shown in fig. 2. this discrepancy has been produced by taking the six days running mean of the data, otherwise the days of anomalies remain unchanged. figure 3b presents the results corresponding to latur earthquake. the top two panels show that there are large enhancements in reduction in fof2 between 17 and 23 september and large enhancements in foes on 15 september (which appears on 13 september because of six days running mean), which may be attributed to the severe magnetic storm of 13 september (kp = 8, σkp = 48). however, the enhancements in reduction in fof2 and enhancements in foes during 25-30 september may be attributed to the earthquake of 30 september only. maximum enhancements in fof2 reductions are observed on 28 september by 18% in post-midnight data and by 30% on 30 septemfig. 3c. the same as fig. 3a but for jabalpur earthquake (m = 6.0) which occurred on 22 may 1997. 119 simultaneous ionospheric eand f-layer perturbations caused by some major earthquakes in india ber in the pre-midnight data. in case of foes, maximum enhancements of 140% on 25 september and of 117% on 27 september are observed in post and pre-midnight data respectively. the moderate magnetic storms (kp = 5) on 20, 23 and 30 september are unlikely to influence the data as stated before that only severe and prolonged magnetic storms are found to influence the low latitude ionosphere. figure 3c shows the results corresponding to the jabalpur earthquake of 22 may 1997. in this month two magnetic storms (kp = 6.7) occurred on 1 and 15 may 1997. the dst variation shows the values −63 and −116 on these two days respectively. as shown in the top panel of the figure, there are increases in fof2 reductions during 4-9 may as well as on 16 and 18 may. these increases in reductions may be attributed to the storms of 1 and 15 may respectively. however, the maximum enhancement in reduction in the pre-midnight data by 25% on 20 may and by 18% on 22 may may possibly be due to the earthquake that occurred on 22 may. the second panel shows that there is a gradual increase in foes in both the pre and post-midnight data starting from 2 may to 21 may, up to one day before the occurrence of the earthquake. the maximum enhancement in post-midnight data on 21 may is 114% whereas in pre-midnight data it is 100%. this gradual increase in foes from nearly 20 days before may be due to the earthquake of 22 may. the transient increase in foes during 16-17 may may be attributed to the storm of 15 may. from the results presented in fig. 3a-c it may be seen that the effects of earthquakes on fof2 and foes data corresponding to latur and jabalpur earthquakes are not as much convincing as that related to bihar-nepal earthquake presented in fig. 3a. one reason for this is that there occurred magnetic storms during the period of analysis in the later two cases, which complicated the data whereas there was no magnetic storm in the first case. however, this ambiguity can be eliminated if we look at the diurnal variation in fof2 and foes of fig. 2 where enhancements and reductions are visible very clearly. in order to give further support to our results mentioned above we have carried out more rigorous statistical analysis. we have employed the past 10 years of data corresponding to the months in which fof2 and foes data have been analyzed in fig. 3a-c. out of the bulk of 10 years data we have picked up only those, which corresponded to the same months and the years in which the sun spot numbers were almost similar. for example, in the case of bihar-nepal earthquake the lowest fof2 was found to be on 18 august 1988 two days before the occurrence of the earthquake. hence, we have considered the same day data in the years 1978, 1984, 1993, 1998 and 1999, which corresponded approximately to similar sun spot numbers. then we determine the deviation of fof2 from monthly median (∆fof2) for each hour of the days. from these data, mean (m) and standard deviation (σ) were calculated. similar calculations have been made for foes also. the variations of m and m ± σ along with ∆fof2 and ∆foes corresponding to each earthquake are shown by different notations in fig. 4. from this figure it is seen that ∆fof2 is deviated out of m + σ in the morning (04:00-07:00 h) in all the cases. the deviation is also seen in the afternoon (17:00-19:00 h) and in the late evening hours (21:00-23:00 h). the foes deviations are mostly in the pre-midnight hours in all the cases except in jabalpur case in which it is deviated during afternoon also. these results are in agreement with the results presented in fig. 3a-c. the anomalous state of the ionosphere during seismic activities as presented above has been interpreted by several workers in terms of lithosphere-ionosphere coupling produced by earthquake-induced electric fields, which are generated from internal gravity waves. these electric fields can penetrate the ionospheric fand e-region heights and bring out changes in the electron density profile due to e ×b drift (kim and hegai, 1999; sorokin and chmyrev, 1999). the enhancement or depression in fof2 values may be attributed to positive or negative direction of electric fields. the effect of distant earthquakes on ionospheric data over ahmedabad may be interpreted in terms of e ×b drift of an electron stream upward over the epicenter of earthquakes which may then move towards or away from ahmedabad depending upon positive or negative direction of electric fields or neutral winds causing enhancement or depres120 birbal singh and om p. singh fig. 4. statistical results showing the deviation of fof2 and foes from the monthly median on the day it was lowest in the month of the earthquake (∆fof2 and ∆foes). the mean (m) and standard deviation (σ) around mean (m ± σ) are computed for the same days in the past ten years of data on which sun spot numbers were nearly identical. 121 simultaneous ionospheric eand f-layer perturbations caused by some major earthquakes in india sion in fof2 data as discussed by other workers (yoshimatsu, 1938; ondoh, 1999). in case of anomalies at the e-layer heights, the upward e ×b drift will be amplified thereby augmenting the density pumping process from the epicentral zone to off epicenter positions in the ionosphere (ruzhin and depueva, 1996). the other possibility of e-layer anomaly is quasi-static heating and production of additional ionization in the sporadic e-layers caused by cloud discharge in the atmosphere over seismic zones induced by seismic electric fields (ondoh and hayakawa, 2002; ondoh, 2003). the foes enhancements prior to the occurrence of large earthquakes have also been suggested due to radon emanations from seismic sources, which are carried upward by the electric fields and create additional ionization at the heights of elayer (ondoh and hayakawa, 2002; ondoh, 2003). over all we expect that the reduction in fof2 and enhancements in foes during the periods of earthquakes may probably be interpreted in terms of lifting of fand e-layers due to e ×b drift caused by a unidirectional electric field. in this mechanism the f2 peak will be lifted to a region of lower electron density whereas es-layer will be lifted upward to a region of higher electron density producing reduction in fof2 and enhancement in foes respectively. acknowledgements the authors are grateful to their research colleagues mr. manoj tomar, mr. vinod kushwah and mr. vikram singh for discussions and help in preparations of the diagrams. one of the authors (bs) is grateful to csir, new delhi, india for financial support under emeritus science scheme. thanks are also due to the director, physical research laboratory, ahmedabad, india for making available the ionospheric data. references chuo, y.j., j.y. liu, s.a. pulinets and y.i. chen (2002): the ionospheric perturbations prior to the chi-chi and chia yi earthquakes, j. geodyn., 33, 509-517. davies, k. and d.m. baker (1965): ionospheric effects observed around the time of the alaskan earthquake of march 28, 1964, j. geophys. res., 70, 2251-2263. devi, m., m.k. barman, a.k. barbara and m. depueva (2001): total electron content near anomaly crest as precursor of earthquake, ind. j. radio space phys., 30, 209-213. devi, m., a.k. barbara and a. depueva (2004): association of total electron content (tec) and fof2 variations with earthquake events at the anomaly crest region, ann. geophysics, 47 (1), 83-91. gokhberg, m.b., l.e. kolocolov, v.a. liperovski, o.a. pokhotelov, a.m. buloshnikov, a.v. marakhovski and e.v. liperovskaya (2002): manifestation of the strong earthquakes preparing effects in the sporadic es layers on different latitudes, preprint izmiran (moskow), 1 (1988). jain, s.k. and b. singh (1977): vertical motions of the lowand equatorial-latitude f2 layers during prolonged and isolated magnetic storms, j. geophys. res., 82, 723-726. jain, s.k., d.p. singh and b. singh (1979): effect of magnetic storms on the low latitude f-layer, ind. j. radio space phys., 8, 20-23. kim, v.p. and v.p. hegai (1999): a possible presage of strong earthquakes in the nighttime mid latitudes f2 region ionosphere, in atmospheric and ionospheric electromagnetic phenomena associated with earthquake, edited by m. hayakawa (terra scientific publishing co., tokyo), 619-627. lakshmi, d.r., b.m. reddy and s. sastri (1983): a prediction model for equatorial low latitude hf communication parameters during magnetic disturbances, ind. j. radio space phys., 12, 1-18. lakshmi, d.r., b. veenadhari, r.s. dabas and b.m. reddy (1997): sudden post-midnight decreases in equatorial in f-region electron densities associated with severe magnetic storms, ann. geophysicae, 15, 306-313. liperovski, v.a., o.a. pokhotelov and s.l. shalimov (1992): ionospheric precursors of the earthquakes (nauka publ., moscow), pp. 304. liu, j.y., y.i. chen, s.a. pulinets, y.b. tsai and y.j. chuo (2000): seismo ionospheric signature prior to m≥ 6.0 taiwan earthquakes, j. geophys. res., 27, 3113-3116. liu, j.y., y.i.chen, y.j. chuo and h.f. tsai (2001): variations of ionospheric total electron content during the chi-chi earthquake, j. geophys. res., 28, 1383-1386. ogawa, t., o. takahashi, y. otsuka, k. nozaki, m. yamamoto and k. kita (2002): simultaneous middle and upper atmosphere radar and ionospheric sounder observations of mid latitude e-region irregularities and sporadic e-layers, j. geophys. res., 107 (a10), doi: 10.1029/2001 ja 900176. ondoh, t. (1999): seismo-ionospheric effects, in atmospheric and ionospheric electromagnetic phenomena associated with earthquake, edited by m. hayakawa and y. fujinawa (terra scientific publishing co., tokyo), 789-803. ondoh, t. (2000): seismo-ionospheric phenomena, adv. space. res., 26, 1267-1272. ondoh, t. (2003): anomalous sporadic e-layers observed before m 7.2 hyogo-ken nanbu earthquake; terrestrial gas emanation model, adv. polar upper atmos. res., 17, 96-108. ondoh, t. and m. hayakawa (1999): anomalous occur122 birbal singh and om p. singh rence of sporadic e-layers before the hyogoken-nanbu earthquake, m 7.2 of january 17, 1995, in atmospheric and ionospheric electromagnetic phenomena associated with earthquakes, edited by m. hayawaka (terra scientific publishing co., tokyo), 629-639. ondoh, t. and m. hayakawa (2002): seismo discharge model of anomalous sporadic-e ionization before great earthquakes, in seismo electromagnetic: lithosphere-atmosphere coupling (terra scientific publishing co., tokyo), edited by m. hayakawa and o.a. molchanov, 385-390. pulinets, s.a., a.d. legen’ka, a.t. karpachev, n.a. kochenova, v.v. migulin, v.n. orveski and m.d. fligel (1991): on the possibility of earthquakes prediction on the basis of topside satellite sounding, preprint izimiran, 34a (981). pulinets, s.a., a.d. legen’ka and v.a. aleskeev (1994): pre earthquake ionospheric effects and their possible mechanisms, in dusty and dirty plasmas, noise, and chaos in space and in the laboratory (plenumn press, new york), edited by h. kikuchi, 545-557. ruzhin, yu.ya. and a.kh. depueva (1996): seismo precursor in space plasma and wave anomalies, j. atmos. electr., 16, 271-288. singh, o.p. and b. singh (2004): ionization enhancements in sporadic e-layers prior to some major indian earthquakes, j. atmos. electr., 24, 75-87. singh, b., v. kushwah, o.p. singh, d.r. lakshmi and b.m. reddy (2004): ionospheric perturbations caused by some major earthquakes in india, j. phys. chem. earth, 29, 537-550. sorokin, v.m. and v.m. chmyrev (1999): the physical model of electromagnetic and plasma response of the ionosphere on the pre-earthquake processes, in atmospheric and ionospheric electromagnetic phenomena associated with earthquake, edited by m. hayakawa (terra scientific publishing co., tokyo), 819-828. yoshimatsu, r. (1938): abnormal variations of earth-current potentials accompanied ith the earthquake off the cape of sioya, may 23, 1938, mem. akioka magn. obs., 1, 1-11. 551_561.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 3/4, june/august 2002 551 a different approach to the analysis of gps scintillation data biagio forte (1), sandro m. radicella (1) and rodolfo g. ezquer (2) (1) the abdus salam international centre for theoretical physics, trieste, italy (2) laboratory of ionosphere of national university of tucuman tucuman regional school of the national technological university conicet argentina abstract amplitude scintillation data from gps were analyzed. the objective is to estimate the impact of ionospheric scintillations at satellite based augmentation systems ranging and integrity monitoring station (sbas rims) level and at gps user level. for this purpose, a new approach to the problem was considered. data were studied from the point of view of the impact of scintillations on the calculation of vtec at pierce points and ionospheric grid points. an ionospheric grid of 5°× 5° surface squares was assumed. from geometrical considerations and taking into account the basic principle to compute vtec at grid points, with the data analyzed it is shown that scintillations very seldom affect the calculation of a grid point vtec. data from all the rims and for the entire gps satellites network must be analyzed simultaneously to describe a realistic scenario for the impact of scintillations on sbas. finally, gps scintillation data were analyzed at user level: service availability problems were encountered. 1. introduction a radio wave crossing the upper and lower atmosphere of the earth atmosphere suffers a distortion of phase and amplitude. when it traverses drifting ionospheric irregularities, the radio wave experiences amplitude and phase fluctuations which vary widely with its frequency, but also with magnetic and solar activity, time of day, season and location. these effects are called amplitude and phase ionospheric scintillations. irregularities producing scintillations are predominantly in the f layer, at altitudes ranging from 200 to 1000 km with the primary disturbance region for high and equatorial latitude irregularities between 250 and 400 km (aarons, 1982). there are also times when e-layer irregularities in the 90 to 100 km produce scintillation, particularly sporadic e and auroral e layers (aarons, 1982). several techniques have been used to study irregularities giving rise to scintillations. these include: ground, airborne and satellite based hf swept frequency vertical sounders studying electron density structure and observing both bottomside and topside f-layer irregularities. 1) in-situ measurements by rockets and satellites of electron and ion density irregularities, electric fields, and electron and ion flux. 2) coherent (vhf to microwave) radar backscatter. 3) scintillation techniques which directly measure the perturbations of radio signal traveling through the ionosphere (aarons, 1982). mailing address: dr. biagio forte, aeronomy and radiopropagation laboratory, the abdus salam international centre for theoretical physics, strada costiera 11, 34100 trieste, italy; e-mail: bforte@ictp.trieste.it key words ionospheric scintillations gps scintillation monitor sbas 552 biagio forte, sandro m. radicella and rodolfo g. ezquer 2. ionospheric scintillations phenomenology for a wave propagating in an isotropic medium, all the points on the wave front have the same phase, whereas for a wave propagating in a non-isotropic medium the electron density irregularities act as antennas, in such a way that all the points on the wave front have different phase. scintillations are caused by scattering of radio waves by free electrons in the ionospheric plasma: scintillation may involve weak or strong scattering. the strongest scattering is observed in the equatorial and auroral regions, particularly in the equatorial areas; scintillation tends to be weak at mid latitudes. the maximum scintillation occurrence is at night. the geographical pattern of occurrence is suggested in the well known figure by basu et al. (1988) (fig. 1). it is generally agreed that weak mid-latitude scintillations are due to diffractive scattering while strong scintillations (at low latitudes) are caused by refractive scattering, that originates from ionization irregularity in the form of «holes» or «bubbles» that are perpendicular to the line of sight. refractive scattering is considered to be due to irregularities of scale larger than the fresnel length, and diffractive scattering is assumed to involve irregularities having sizes near the fresnel length. in amplitude scintillation studies, two indices have been used: the first one is the index s 4 , representing the standard deviation of received power divided by the mean value and defined as (briggs and parkin, 1963) (2.1) where i is the field intensity. the second index is si, proposed as a convenient approximate measure of scintillation and defined by (2.2) where the p’s represent the received signal power. in order to avoid overemphasizing extreme conditions, it is recommended that the third peak down from the maximum and the third minimum up from the absolute minimum be used to define p max and p min (whitney et al., 1969). s i i i4 2 2 1 2 = / si p p p p = + max min max min fig. 1. pattern of ionospheric scintillation during solar maximum and solar minimum (basu et al., 1988). 553 a different approach to the analysis of gps scintillation data 3. satellite-based augmentation systems (sbas) sbas are augmentation systems to gps and will be used for a navigation precision approach. three systems have been envisaged: a) the u.s. wide area augmentation system (waas); b) the european geostationary navigation overlay system (egnos); c) the japanese mtsat (multifunctional transport satellite) satellite based augmentation system (msas). basic gps service cannot meet the accuracy (the difference between the measured position at any given time to the actual or true position), scintillation activity changes with geomagnetic latitude: it is higher in the region of geomagnetic equator and equatorial anomaly (low latitudes) and in the region of trough, plasmapause and auroral oval (high latitudes), where irregularities appear more frequently. the general behavior of scintillation activity is summarized in tables i, ii and iii where the main results of experimental observations are given. these observations correspond to fixed geometry conditions: only one station at a time looking at one geostationary satellite or localized in situ measurements and gps signal observed from a single station. table i. the high latitude scintillation characteristics. generalities the pattern of the high latitudes scintillations is shown in fig. 1 (basu et al., 1988). the occurrence of scintillation at high latitudes is both during day time and at night. at high latitudes, two regions of peak scintillations are observed. one corresponds to the auroral oval and the other in the region above 80° geomagnetic latitude over the polar cap (aarons, 1982). kind of scintillations auroral polar cap in which periods of the year mainly between february and june: maximum occurrence appears in they occur? the activity increases with increasing months of little or no sunlight at fgeomagnetic activity. region heights. much lower scintillation occurrence appears in sunlight months (aarons et al., 1981). at what time? the scintillation is most intense in the the diurnal variation is weak and nighttime sector, but significant well defined only during the morning (0700-1000 lt) scintillation winter months (aarons et al., 1981). is also observed; scintillation activity, both in daytime and at night, follows the general pattern of local magnetic activity (rino and matthews, 1980). because of what? it has be shown a collocation of two irregularity components in the scintillations patches in the auroral polar cap: antisunward drifting oval and f region ionization irregularities and intense enhancements (irregularity zones both irregularities within the f layer equatorward and poleward of the polar cap arcs (aarons et al., 1981). auroral oval) (vickrey et al., 1980). which is the frequency activity generally decreasing with increasing frequency. dependence? which is the solar activity the probability of scintillations occurrence (and their intensity) increases with dependence? solar activity. the measurements made until now show that scintillation activity is proportional to solar activity (aarons,1982). 554 biagio forte, sandro m. radicella and rodolfo g. ezquer sbas are based on a network of ranging and integrity monitoring ground stations (rims). signals from gps satellites are received by rims that determine the existing error. each rims transfers data to the master station that computes the correction information, assessing the integrity of the system. the correction message is then transmitted to a geostationary satellite, at the same frequency as gps (l1 = 1575.42 mhz). finally, the geostationary satellite broadcasts the correction message to the system user. in this paper attention will focus on the firststep link used by sbas (the rims receive signals the availability (the ability of a system to be used for navigation whenever it is needed by the users, and its ability to provide that service throughout a flight operation), and integrity (the ability of a system to provide timely warnings to users or to shut itself down when it should not be used for navigation), that are requirements critical to safety of flight. sbas is a safety-critical navigation system that will provide a quality of positioning information never before available to the aviation community. it improves the accuracy, integrity and availability of the basic gps signals. table ii. the mid-latitude scintillation characteristics. generalities at mid-latitudes scintillations are weak and their occurrence is very low. the ionospheric scintillations are not a serious problem for the radiopropagation at the mid-latitudes: these represent a problem quite in high and low latitudes (basu et al., 1988). kind of scintillations random qp in which periods of the year they occur mainly in the summer; but they occur mainly in the summer they occur? they occur also during the other (hajkowicz and dearden, 1988). seasons (hajkowicz, 1994). at what time? the activity peak is observed in the between 22.00 lt and 2.00 lt; they summer, between 20.00 lt and 24.00 are observed also between 8.00 lt lt; in the other seasons, instead, they and 10.00 lt, during minimum solar occur between 24.00 lt and 4.00 lt. activity (hajkowicz and dearden, they are observed with much less 1988). frequency also during daytime, between 8.00 lt and 16.00 lt, following solar activity. because of what? the daytime random scintillations they originate from tids, appear related to the presence of e s concerning mainly the f region (particularly the e sc type (hajkowicz et al., 1981). (hajkowicz, 1978). the nighttime ones are caused by spread-f (hajkowicz, 1977). which is the frequency the percentage of occurrence (the number of the observed events) decreases dependence? with the transmission frequency, as depicted in fig. 2 (fujita et al., 1982). usually, the observed dependence is s 4 f n, where f is the frequency, while n 1.38 during nighttime and n 1.52 during daytime. which is the solar activity the probability of scintillation occurrence and their intensity increase with dependence? solar activity. measurements show that scintillation activity is proportional to solar activity (aarons, 1982). 555 a different approach to the analysis of gps scintillation data table iii. the low latitude scintillation characteristics. generalities the pattern of the nighttime equatorial latitudes scintillations is shown in fig. 1, where we can see the fluctuation of their intensity and the occurrence time. at the equatorial latitudes, the scintillations are stronger in the dark area, shaped like a stretched oval, because of the terrestrial rotation (basu et al., 1988). in which periods of the year they show a different pattern with the longitude: for example, in the pacific they occur? sector the scintillation activity peak occurs between may and july, while the minimum occurs between november and december. the opposite pattern is observed in the afro-american sector (aarons, 1982; basu and basu, 1981). at what time? generally during nighttime: they appear between 20.00 lt and 21.00 lt and last 4 h about (basu and basu, 1981). because of what? because of bubble-like irregularities in the f region. the irregularities, causing scintillation of a transmitted signal in vhf band, have an extent of about some kilometres, while that ones, causing scintillation for a trasmitted signal in l band, have an extent of about 102 m (aarons, 1982). which is the frequency it is usually observed that s 4 f n, where f is the frequency and n 1.5 for dependence? s 4 < 0.6. instead for s 4 > 0.6 n decreases monotonically, approaching a value of zero for saturated scintillations (strong scintillations) (rastogi et al., 1990). which is the solar activity the probability of scintillation occurrence and their intensity increase withdependence? solar activity. measurements show that scintillation activity is proportional to solar activity (aarons, 1982). from the gps satellites constellation) and a new approach to investigate the impact of scintillations on sbas will be presented. moreover, a statistical study of signal availability at «user level» will be illustrated. 4. data used the data set used for this study was collected at the institute of physics of national university of tucuman (argentina), by means of a scintillation monitor developed and provided by cornell university (beach et al., 1999). the scintillation monitor is a modified plessey gps system, specifically a version of the receiver with modified software. the monitor receives gps l1 signals from satellites in view, provides power measurements of received signals at a high rate and computes s 4 scintillation index at 1 min intervals. data were collected over 11 months, starting from september 1998 up to november 1999. for each day of a month, the measurements time interval is 12 h during nighttime. the received power data are filtered of multipath fluctuations with a high pass filter (beach, 1998). 5. rims level statistics we assume that the gps receiver in tucuman is a rim station. according to sbas specifications we use the thin shell ionosphere approximation, with a ionospheric grid at 350 km with 5°× 5° surface squares. the objective is to determine the impact of scintillations on each pierce point vertical total electron content (vtec) calculation that, in turn, intervenes in the vtec computation at grid points. pierce points are considered at the ionospheric grid height (350 km). we study the s 4 scintillation 556 biagio forte, sandro m. radicella and rodolfo g. ezquer index for every pierce point to determine the percentage of time where there is a «good» gps signal to be used to compute vtec. this defines the actual ionospheric conditions and computes the ionospheric error message for each ionospheric grid point to be sent to the users of the augmented gps system. figure 2 shows an example of the results for january 1999 for a 5°× 5° surface square of the ionospheric grid for all the events with 0.8 < s4 < 1. the threshold of 0.8 for s4 was chosen, supposing that for s4 > 0.8 the receiver loses the gps signal (strong scintillation regime). for each 5°× 5° surface square, table iv shows the total number of measurements for january 1999 and the number of events with 0.8 < s4 < 1, while table v shows the percentages of these events per total number of measurements in each surface square. in tables iv to ix the numbers at the abscissa and at the ordinate replace the actual longitudes and latitudes of each square of 5°× 5°. the occurrence of these strong scintillation events depends on the satellite position the tucuman receiver is looking at. the probability of observing scintillation events will be greater in the surface square where most pierce points are located, while no events will be observed in zones where no satellites have been in view. nevertheless, from tables iv and v it can be noted that the maximum of occurrence of strong scintillation events is not necessarily located in the square where most pierce points are located. table vi shows a time percentage statistics for each ionospheric grid surface square: the percentage represents the number of single minutes (among all the available information minutes in a particular square) where an s4 between 0.8 and 1 was detected during january 1999. similarly, referring to january 1999 data, table vii shows the percentage of two config. 2. distribution of the information for events with 0.8 < s4 < 1, for january 1999. 557 a different approach to the analysis of gps scintillation data table iv. number of all measurements (upper number) and number of events with 0.8 < s4 < 1 (lower number). table v. percentage of events with 0.8 < s4 < 1 among the total number of measurements. table vi. percentages of single minutes where 0.8 < s4 < 1, for january 1999. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.035 3.297 0 0 0 0 0 0.509 1.212 1.535 4.690 0 0 0 0.730 0.569 0.043 0.289 1.249 1.278 0 0 0 0.202 0.059 0.082 0.067 0.264 0 0 0 1.462 0 0 0.116 0.392 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2.035 3.297 0 0.509 1.212 1.534 4.690 0.725 0.570 0.032 0.211 1.249 1.278 0 0.185 0.031 0.057 0.067 0.264 0 1.462 0 0.116 0.392 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 344 273 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 9 0 0 0 0 19 1179 3136 5150 1450 0 0 0 0 6 38 79 68 0 0 0 276 3863 22065 19946 4082 704 0 0 2 22 7 42 51 9 0 0 105 8650 31922 24694 5981 1136 0 0 0 16 10 14 4 3 0 0 1 1710 0 7 1717 255 0 0 0 25 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 558 biagio forte, sandro m. radicella and rodolfo g. ezquer table vii. percentages of two consecutive minutes where 0.8 < s4 < 1, for january 1999. table viii. percentages of 3 consecutive minutes where 0.8 < s4 < 1, for january 1999. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.581 0.733 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.191 0 1.724 0 0 0 0 0.207 0.012 0.131 0.539 0.852 0 0 0 0 0.012 0 0 0.176 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.136 0.207 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.021 0.294 0.568 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 table ix. percentages of 4 consecutive minutes where 0.8 < s4 < 1, for january 1999. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.078 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.568 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 559 a different approach to the analysis of gps scintillation data secutive minutes for each square of the ionospheric grid. the same is for table viii and ix corresponding to different cases of three and four consecutive minutes. there are some squares that are affected by scintillations events lasting several consecutive minutes. in these squares, no vtec computation can be made for the given pierce points. then, no calculation usable for the vtec calculation at the grid points could be made for that square in the interval of time with consecutive minutes strong scintillations. 6. the geometry of the problem all the results presented and the considerations on the figures and tables are valid from the point of view of a single rim station, located at tucuman, near the equatorial anomaly and during high solar activity. in fig. 3 a schematic representation of the sbas geometry can be observed. the ray paths of different satellites can encounter irregularities giving rise to scintillations, but it depends on the position of the ground stations the satellites are looked from. from a ground station the signal of a particular gps satellite suffers disruptive scintillation events, whereas from another ground station (far enough from the previous one) the signal of the same satellite does not suffer disruptive scintillation. this result shows that the impact of ionospheric scintillations on satellite-based augmentation systems can be estimated only considering data from all the rims looking at the entire gps satellites constellation. observing the behavior of scintillation events from one ground station at a time, we can see a scenario valid from the point of view of that particular ground station only. the system indeed uses all rims to compute vtec at grid points to estimate the ionospheric error message to be sent to the user. for instance, if for a given time the computation algorithm sees four pierce points in a particular grid square and for two of these pierce points s4 is greater than a given threshold, the algorithm could select the other two ray paths to compute the vtec at the corresponding grid point. in this way, the scintillation effect could be minimized. 7. user level statistics let us now focus on the scintillation measurement results from the point of view of an hypothetical user of gps system located in tucuman. for each month of observation we analyzed the percentage of time the user can utilize gps system without any problem of scintillating signal. we suppose that the gps system cannot be used by a user in minutes where the number of satellites, seeing s4 less than a given threshold, is less than 4; the system, indeed, can be used in minutes where the number of satellites, seeing s4 less than a given threshold, is greater than 4 (or equal to 4). we compute percentages of time where the system cannot be used over the total number of measurements minutes available for each month. the result is shown in table x. three thresholds were chosen for s 4 : 0.5, 0.8, 0.9. for each threshold, two columns are shown: the first shows the percentage of minutes (among the fig. 3. the geometry of the problem from the point of view of the algorithm; the bubbles along the ray paths represent irregularities at 350 km originating ionospheric scintillation. 560 biagio forte, sandro m. radicella and rodolfo g. ezquer minutes of observation) where the number of satellites, seeing s4 lower than the given threshold is less than 4; the second column shows the percentage of consecutive minutes (two or more consecutive minutes) where the number of satellites, seeing s 4 lower than the given threshold is less than 4. at user level, the gps system could encounter availability problems in the case of a user in the area of the equatorial anomaly and during particular heliogeophysical conditions (high solar activity or ionospheric storms). 8. conclusions the time percentages of scintillation events greater than a given critical threshold show that the scintillation impact on sbas operation at rims level is low. scintillation events seldom total measure % s 4 > 0.5 % s 4 > 0.8 % s 4 > 0.9 minutes in the month % bad min % bad % bad min % bad % bad min % bad min consecutive consecutive consecutive min min min september 1998 20883 0.939% 0.7% 0.163% 0.1% 0.1% 0.048% (196) (146) (34) (22) (21) (10) october 1998 22014 1.921% 1.504% 0.413% 0.232% 0.3% 0.136% (423) (331) (91) (51) (66) (30) november 1998 17103 0.807% 0.596% 0.064% 0% 0.029% 0% (138) (102) (11) (0) (5) (0) december 1998 20969 0.067% 0% 0.014% 0% 0.009% 0% (14) (0) (3) (0) (2) (0) january 1999 19158 0.230% 0.130% 0.026% 0% 0.026% 0% (44) (25) (5) (0) (5) (0) february 1999 19994 2.691% 2.096% 0.155% 0.075% 0.045% 0.01% (538) (419) (31) (15) (9) (2) march 1999 19337 2.317% 2.037% 0.61% 0.455% 0.326% 0.243% (448) (394) (118) (88) (63) (47) april 1999 21443 0.051% 0.037% 0% 0% 0% 0% (11) (8) (0) (0) (0) (0) september 1999 17003 0.623% 0.5% 0.047% 0% 0.029% 0% (106) (85) (8) (0) (5) (0) october 1999 13902 2.144% 1.877% 0.683% 0.532% 0.460% 0.352% (298) (261) (95) (74) (64) (49) november 1999 20669 1.055% 0.721% 0.184% 0.068% 0.121% 0.029% (218) (149) (38) (14) (25) (6) table x. user level time percentages. 561 a different approach to the analysis of gps scintillation data affect the system at this level. the impact becomes still lower if the number of rims is increased for the calculation of vtec at a given grid point. in this case, the time percentages shown for different cases in tables iv-ix could be lower, with improving availability, integrity and safety of sbas. previous analyses of scintillation behavior are based on data collected at single and isolated stations. the results found are not readily applicable to sbas, because such systems have a multi-rim station geometry rather than a single-station geometry. if a particular rims is detecting high scintillation events from a given gps satellite probably from another rims (far from the previous one), the signal from the same satellite is no longer affected by high scintillation events. if the signal to the first rims can go through an irregularity causing scintillations, the signal to the second rims probably does not go through any irregularity, suffering no scintillation problems. the sbas algorithm then could select the second signal data to compute vtec at grid points. the time percentages shown in tables iv to ix were computed assuming loss of lock when s4 > 0.8. as only amplitude scintillations data were available, this threshold was chosen assuming the phase screen approximation to estimate the correlation between phase and amplitude scintillations. the analysis method illustrated represents the starting point to describe a more realistic scenario for the impact of scintillations on sbas: the next step is the simultaneous analysis of data from all the rims. finally, the data analysis made at user level also describes a realistic scenario. the impact of scintillations on a single frequency receiver is evaluated by means of percentages of minutes where the number of satellites, seeing s 4 less than a given threshold, is less than 4 (table x). once again, the thresholds were theoretically fixed. the results show that in some cases system availability problems could be encountered. acknowledgements the data showed in this work were measured by means of a receiver kindly provided by dr. p. kintner (cornell university). references aarons, j. (1982): global morphology of ionospheric scintillations, proc. ieee, 70 (4), 360-378. aarons, j., j.p. mullen and h.e. whitney (1981): uhf scintillation activity over polar latitudes, geophys. res. lett., 8 (3), 277-280. basu, s. and s. basu (1981): equatorial scintillationsa review, j. atmos. terr. phys., 43 (5), 473-489. basu, s., e. mackenzie and su. basu (1988): ionospheric constraints on vhf/uhf communications links during solar maximum and minimum periods, radio sci., 23 (3), 363-378. beach, t.l. (1998): global positioning system studies of equatorial scintillations, ph.d. thesis, cornell university, ithaca, new york. beach, t.l. and p.m. kintner (1999): simultaneous global positioning system observations of equatorial scintillations and total electron content fluctuations, j. geophys. res., 104 (a10), 22,553-22,565. briggs, b.h. and i.a. parkins (1963): on the variation of radio star and satellite scintillations with zenith angle, j. atmos. terr. phys., 25, 339-365. fujita, m., k. sinno and t. ogawa (1982): frequency dependence of ionospheric scintillations and its application to spectral estimation of electron density irregularities, j. atmos. terr. phys., 44 (1), 13-18. hajkowicz, l.a. (1977): morphological and ionospheric aspects of quasiperiodic scintillations, j. atmos. terr. phys., 39, 833-841. hajkowicz, l.a. (1978): multi-satellite scintillations spreadf and sporadic-e over brisbane-2, j. atmos. terr. phys., 40, 99-104. hajkowicz, l.a. (1994): types of ionospheric scintillations in southern mid-latitudes during the last sunspot maximum, j. atmos. terr. phys., 56 (3), 391-399. hajkowicz, l.a., and d.j. dearden (1988): observations of random and quasi-periodic scintillations at southern mid-latitudes over a solar cycle, j. atmos. terr. phys., 50 (6), 511-517. hajkowicz, l.a., e.n. bramley and r. browing (1981): drift analysis of random and quasiperiodic scintillations in the ionosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 43 (7), 723-733. rastogi, r.g., p.v. koparkar, h. chandra and m.r. deshpande (1990): multifrequency studies of equatorial ionospheric scintillations at ootacamund, j. atmos. terr. phys., 52 (1), 69-76. rino, c.l. and s.j. matthews (1980): on the morphology of auroral zone radio wave scintillation, j. gephys. res., 85 (a8), 4139-4151. vickrey, j.f., c.l. rino and t.a. potemra (1980): chatanika/triad observations of unstable ionization enhancements in the auroral f-region, geophys. res. lett., 7 (10), 789-792. whitney, h.e., c. malik and j. aarons (1969): a proposed index for measuring ionospheric scintillation, planet. space sci., 17, 1069-1073. (received april 8, 2002; accepted august 26, 2002) vol51,2_3,2008 491 annals of geophysics, vol. 51, n. 2/3, april/june 2008 key words microzonation, umbria-marche earthquake, seismic codes 1. introduction the working hypothesis behind microzonation studies is that we can study a limited number of ideal situations prior to an earthquake occurrence to forecast the areas where the damage will be increased by amplification of seismic motion or by secondary site effects (liquefaction, soil settlement, slope instability, etc.). as often it happens in seismology, also for microzonation each earthquake is an occasion to learn new lessons, and the umbria-marche seismic sequence occurred in september 1997 is no exception. in the 10 years elapsed since that event, several microzonation studies were carried out in the area. immediately after the event, the studies were aimed to the most damaged area and to support emergency intervention and reconstruction plans. in the following years, regional and national projects were aimed to transfer the lessons learned to other towns (among the others spoleto, cerreto di spoleto, città di castello, gubbio, fabriano, cagli, treia, serra de’conti, offida, senigallia). havcodes, models and reality: reductionism vs. holism in a review of microzonation studies in the umbria-marche region marco mucciarelli dipartimento di strutture, geotecnica e geologia applicata, università della basilicata, potenza, italy abstract in the 10 years since the umbria-marche earthquake, several microzonation studies were carried out in the two regions. in the immediate aftermath of the event, the focus was on the epicentral area and toward emergency intervention and reconstruction plans. in the following years, regional and national projects aimed to transfer the lessons learned to other towns. usually, those two kinds of microzonation studies are referred to as «simplified» and «detailed». the difference is more subtle, and leads to the question of whether a microzonation study can be tackled following a reductionist approach, i.e. leaving different experts taking care of a limited subject (geology, geophysics, seismology, geotechnics, structural engineering). the impression looking back at 10 years of studies is that a holistic approach would be more appropriate to describe a system (structure-soil-bedrock) that is non-linear, inhomogeneous, and presenting feedback among its components. a second problem that emerges is the link with codes and practitioners. during the past 10 years the seismic code has been changed and a new version is on arrival. the last proposed version of the code is based on a parameter (vs30) that is discussed in the same country where it was first adopted, and introduces a parameter (acclivity) that appears to be a secondor third order problem with respect to others that are completely disregarded (e.g., 2-d site effects). a possible explanation for this mismatch between codes, models and reality is that our knowledge of distribution and amplitude of site effects is biased by selective under-sampling. being driven by damage, and paying less attention to a uniform distribution of studied sites and situations, we act like a drunk man looking of his lost keys under a street lamp, not because he is sure that he lost them there, but because the light is there. mailing address: dr. marco mucciarelli, dipartimento di strutture, geotecnica e geologia applicata, università della basilicata, potenza, italy; e-mail: marco.mucciarelli@unibas.it. vol51,2_3,2008 4-03-2009 10:28 pagina 491 492 m. mucciarelli ing more time (and sometimes more resources) available, the second kind of studies were carried out performing more experimental work in situ and more detailed modelling, while the first studies used a limited amount of geophysical and geotechnical data and rely mostly upon geological maps and 1-d models. usually, those two kinds of microzonation studies are referred to as «simplified» and «detailed». the difference is more subtle, and leads to the question if a microzonation study can be tackled following a reductionist approach, i.e. leaving different experts taking care of a limited subject (geology, geophysics, seismology, geotechnics, structural engineering) and drawing conclusions from that. a further need of microzonation studies is to produce something that can be transferred to codes and practitioners, and here the problem is to (quoting a. einstein) «make things as simple as possible, but not simpler». this problem was born with modern seismology. the year 2007 marks not only the 10th anniversary of the 1997 umbria-marche quake but also the 150th anniversary of the 1857 val d’agri quake. after a field trip in the affected area, robert mallet wrote its book «first principles of observational seismology». the problem of which geological and morphological situations could influence the observed damage distribution was already tackled by previous studies, but mallet is the first to understand the problem of biased distribution of experimental evidence. he wrote: «much pain has been devoted by earthquake describers (hamilton, dolomieu, spallanzani, and others) to the question whether towns situated upon the plain on loose material, or those on the solid rocks on hill tops, suffered most; and their discussions evince much obscurity of thought, having no guiding principle.... were the whole of the facts ... discussed with regard to this question, it would be found, that more places were destroyed upon the rock, than upon loose clay or other such foundations, and more upon hills than upon plains; but this would not conduct us to the whole truth, because in all south italy, there are a great many more places upon rock and upon hills, than upon clays and low plains». 2. review of simplified microzonation studies a work that takes into account the problem outlined by mallet was published by tertulliani (2000). this paper examines all the localities affected by the first two shock of the umbriamarche sequence with a damage reaching vi-vii degree in the european macroseismic scale. a simplified geo-morphological scheme is then proposed, distinguishing town located either a) on alluvium near the basin edge; (b) on fan debris; (c) on debris-alluvium transition; (d–e) on bedrock debris transition; (f) on bedrock-alluvium transition; (g) on bedrock; (h) on alluvium far from the basin edge. the conclusion is that «heavy damage occurred in hamlets settled on alluvial deposits near to the edge of the basin, with a border fault to mark the bedrock limit» while «the severity gradually decreases as we move to villages settled on debris and on a bedrock-debris transition. the lowest intensity is found on bedrock sites and on the inner part of the basin». stratigraphy appears thus to be a governing factor more important than morphology. the most extensive microzonation study aimed to emergency purposes was performed by pergalani et al. (1999). in this work «a team of surveyors were trained to collect field information such as geologic and geomorphologic features and, where possible, pre-existing geotechnic or geophysic information. information was collected and analysed with the aid of dynamic codes to calculate the possible local site effects». using 60 villages as a training set, the authors produced a generalization of the stratigraphic and morphologic situations, synthesized in a table grouping morphology types (valley, ridges or slopes) and lithologic units and thickness, and finally assigning to each zone a frequency-independent amplification factor according with the provision of the then enforced seismic code. the conclusion was that «the procedure ... prove to be a suitable tools for site effects assessment in post-event situation when time and budget constraint are present; in fact about 1000 sites have been surveyed and an estimate of the possible amplification established in less than six months. the average cost was also relatively small: about us$1500 for each site». some years later, marzorati et al. (2003) performed a work aimed to vol51,2_3,2008 4-03-2009 10:28 pagina 492 493 codes, models and reality: reductionism vs. holism in a review of microzonation studies in the umbria-marche region «evaluating the accuracy of that methodology, following a completely different approach. the actual damages, detected by an aerial photo interpretation, are compared to the theoretical damages estimated through empirical curves». the conclusions are particularly interesting from the point of view of the knowledge transfer to practitioners: «most of the errors detected in the comparison are... not ascribed to the methodology, but are simply due to the incorrect application of the reference table proposed for the zonation, or to the inaccurate geologic and geomorphologic surveys. those erroneous evaluations could be justified only if considering that the microzoning had to be carried out so rapidly that several surveyors not adequately trained were employed... other inaccuracies revealed new geomorphological and geological settings that have to be included in the reference table, like the saddle-like morphology and the surface faulting». among the single-technique approaches to microzonation, two methodologies were tested on large data sets for the first time in italy. goretti and dolce (2002) used an objective methodology to identify damage enhancements from observed data, called normalised damage index: «the distribution of the seismic intensity that actually affected buildings is obtained by means of well-assessed vulnerability functions, together with a bayesian approach, and taking into account uncertainties in building type and building damage». mucciarelli and monachesi (1998) performed a series of measurements using the hvsr technique (nakamura, 1989) following the suggestion about how to collect and process data provided by mucciarelli (1998). the measurements were taken in 12 sites arranged in couple of places where a strong difference in intensity occurred within a short distance. then a correlation was sought between the intensity variation and the amplification ratio in different band of frequency. the result was that the higher correlation occurred in the range 1-2 hz. 3. review of detailed microzonation studies from 1997 to 2007, several studies for microzonation were performed in towns located in the umbria and marche regions. the main studies are listed in the following: nocera umbra (cattaneo and marcellini, 2000), fabriano (marcellini and tiberi, 2000), cagli, treia, serra de’conti, offida (mucciarelli and tiberi, 2004), città di castello (bordoni et al. 2003), cerreto di spoleto (martino et al., 2006) senigallia (mucciarelli and tiberi, 2007), spoleto (vuan et al., 2007), gubbio (fiorini et al., 2007). these works mixed in a different degree geological, geophysical and geotechnical data, but are all united by a common feature: the use of recorded earthquakes. the main results of these works concern three points: 1) the importance of 2-d effects in sedimentary basins; 2) mixed experimental and numerical evidence of strong morphologic effects; 3) the importance of soil-building resonance for damage enhancement. 3.1. 2-d effects the strongest amplification recorded for the umbria-marche earthquake occurred in the gubbio basin (castro et al., 2004). in general, alluvial plains were affected by high amplification, as demonstrated also for città di castello basin (bordoni et al., 2003) and colfiorito basin (di giulio et al., 2003). the importance of this kind of effects is well known to seismologist and engineers, but nothing has been done so far for their inclusion in the seismic codes, notwithstanding proposals aimed to this goal (chavez-garcia and faccioli, 2000). 3.2. morphologic effects there has been mixed evidence about the role of morphology in amplifying recorded seismic ground motion in the umbria-marche area. laurenzano et al. (2008) noted no amplification on the treia ridge but a strong amplification in the underlying valley. marsan et al. (2004) analysing the data from two arrays, «observed a large amplification in the basin border of cesi site, in opposite small amplification due to topografic effect in sellano site». martino et vol51,2_3,2008 4-03-2009 10:28 pagina 493 494 m. mucciarelli al. (2006) studied the sharp ridge of cerreto di spoleto. they deployed a seismological array «in order to highlight possible topographic amplification effects all along the ridge; the findings, however, at least with the low energy level of the recorded ground motion, do not point out any topographic amplification» and after the study of the rock mass fracturation, they concluded that «rock sites can show seismic amplification effects other than the topographic one. in particular, the seismic response in a rock mass ridge can be affected by rock mass jointing: adjacent rock masses with significantly different jointing and specific geometries seem to favour trapped wave amplification, if persistence along depth of these characteristics occurs». the amplification due to waves trapped inside a fault zone was already observed and modelled by rovelli et al. (2002) for nocera umbra. the italian seismic code disregarded the problem of amplification at rock sites, abolishing the hard-rock class of the nehrp classification scheme (vs30>1500 m/s). on the contrary, the new provisions introduce topographic amplification for all the slopes with more than 15° inclination. 3.3. soil-building resonance during the umbria-marche sequence, the enhancement of damage due to soil-building resonance was studied for first time in italy with digital instrumentation. some of the most peculiar damage patterns observed were ascribed to soil-building resonance, as for the case of damage to reinforced concrete buildings in a limited area of fabriano (marcellini and tiberi, 2000; mucciarelli et al., 2001;) or the damage to retrofitted buildings in the historical centre of sellano (mucciarelli et al., 2001; nunziata and natale, 2004). the case of these last two works is interesting because they reach similar conclusions starting from independent dataset and models. mucciarelli et al. (2001) performed empirical measurement of ambient vibration on both soil and buildings, concluding that «the amplifcation is mainly due to a 2-d hill-top effect, with variability due to anthropic fills. it is clear that the damage is greater for buildings whose frequency approaches the site transfer function». nunziata and natale (2004) aimed to reproduce accelerometric recording using numerical modelling and concluded that «taking into account the building typology of 2–3 floors, the high damage level might be attributed not only to the degraded conditions of the brick houses but also to 2d amplification effects, as the frequencies of the maximum peaks of the spectral amplification correspond to the eigenfrequencies of the buildings». notwithstanding this evidence, no mention is made in the italian code about the possibility of taking into account the frequency of soil and building for the existing structures to be retrofitted. 4. discussion other events in italy (like the 2002 molise earthquake) were tackled using methodologies that were first applied after the umbriamarche sequence. the data collected during umbria-marche microzonation campaigns were a valuable source of information for further studies. for example, shear waves velocity estimates contributed with those performed in other regions to verify the reliability of vs30 as a proxy of seismic amplification (mucciarelli and gallipoli, 2006; gallipoli and mucciarelli, 2009). these studies concluded that «vs30 ... is not a good proxy of observed amplification effects in about one third of the sites. the reason why in italy vs30 does not provide satisfactory estimates is linked to peculiar geological settings that are widespread in the country. vs30 seems to work fine only if a site has a strictly monotonic velocity profile increasing with depth and a strong impedance contrast in the first dozen meters». the data from umbria-marche helped also to investigate the effect of selective under-sampling mentioned in the introduction (mucciarelli and gallipoli, 2004). from 1997 to 2004 years, our group conducted two kinds of hvsr campaigns: microzonation studies and post earthquake surveys. the aim was different: in the first case, we sampled all the municipalities vol51,2_3,2008 4-03-2009 10:28 pagina 494 495 codes, models and reality: reductionism vs. holism in a review of microzonation studies in the umbria-marche region or sites within the study area without a priori selection; in the second case, we performed measurements aimed at investigating possible resonance phenomena between the fundamental frequency of the soil and the one of damaged buildings. thus in this second case we performed a selection driven by the observed damage. the existence of hidden selection criteria in a sample may introduce unwanted bias in the outcome. we performed all the measurement using the same instrumentation and processing technique. with a database of 540 hvrs measurements, we compared three samples: 407 measurements from microzonation studies in different italian regions (umbria, marche, basilicata, molise), 79 from postearthquake surveys (umbria-marche, slovenia, calabrolucano, izmit) and 54 from our latest postearthquake survey (molise). in this last case, we performed measurements not only at the most damaged sites, but also more uniformly in the investigated area (gallipoli et al., 2004). the variable we considered for our statistics is the highest hvsr value in the frequency range 0.5-10 hz. it is clear from fig. 1 that the data from microzonation studies and post-quake survey have similar distributions but very different parametrisation. the main result from fig. 1 is the probability of observing high hvsr values at randomly sampled sites. the data sampled during microzonation studies have a lower probability than the ones resulting from postquake studies. this means that there are few sites with strong local amplification, and they are those that claim for attention when the damage is driving our researches. the distribution observed after the molise 2002 event shows that a study conducted after an earthquake yield the same distribution of earthquake-independent studies, provided that the sampled location are not pre-selected but the whole area is investigated. fig. 1. comparison between the empirical cumulative distribution functions of different sets of hvsrs, as a function of the largest value observed in the frequency range 0.5-10 hz. see text for details. 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 2 4 6 0.5 hz < max hvsr <10 hz microzonation post-earthquake molise 2002 % 80 10 vol51,2_3,2008 4-03-2009 10:28 pagina 495 496 m. mucciarelli 5. conclusions the umbria-marche sequence provided several valuable lessons about microzonation studies. these can be summarised in the following: 1. no simple method is safe enough if the practitioners are not well-trained to use it; 2. the strongest amplifications recorded for the umbria-marche earthquake were due to 2-d basin effects; 3. topographic amplification, if and where present, is a second-order problem with respect to impedance contrast amplification; 4. the most peculiar damage patterns observed were due to soil-building resonance; 5. vs30 is not a good proxy of observed amplification effects in about one third of the cases. very little of this information was taken into account for the formulation of the italian seismic code. a leitmotiv often repeated is that the codes must be simple or the practitioners could have problems in applying them. one may wonder if any of us would oppose the diffusion of medical ultrasonography or computed tomography scans on the basis that old-fashioned doctors are familiar just with their wooden stethoscopes. a wrong diagnosis is never good, not only if the illness is worst than assumed, but also in case of over-conservatism, causing unnecessary expense and routing limited resources where they are not needed. ten years after the umbria-marche quake, but also ten years after the introduction of the nehrp-fema provisions, the world outside italy has treasured the experiences gathered in the meanwhile. – the relationship between acclivity and amplification has been revised by wald and allen (2007) who propose using the topographic map as a first order support for determining amplification via vs30 since «topographic variations should be an indicator of near-surface geomorphology and lithology ... with steep mountains indicating rock, nearly flat basins indicating soil, and a transition between the end members on intermediate slopes». – the presence of amplification in sites with 1500 m i s u r a t o l u n g o l e l i n e e di f o r z a del c a m p o e c o n c a r i c a s p a z i a l e e s t e r n a n u l l a , il p o t e n z i a l e p r e s e n t e r e b b e l ' a n d a m e n t o d e l l a s p e z z a l a b) d e l l a fig. 1. l a r e t t a (/) d e l l a stessa figura r a p p r e s e n t a ovv i a m e n t e il p o t e n z i a l e m i s u r a t o da u n a sonda d i s p e s s o r e t r a s c u r a b i l e r i s p e t t o a l l a d i s t a n z a d e l l e a r m a t u r e , e m p i e c o n c a r i c a s p a z i a l e n u l l a al di f u o r i d e l l a s o n d a . l a s e c o n d a p e r t u r b a z i o n e c o m i n c i a a f a r s e n t i r e l a sua i n f l u e n z a a l l o r c h é gli i o n i c h e si t r o v a n o a l l ' e s t e r n o d e l v o l u m e s o g g e t t o a l l ' a z i o n e i o n i z z a n t e h a n n o u n a d e n s i t à t a l e c h e la c a r i c a s p a z i a l e n o n p o s s a e s s e r e t r a s c u r a t a ; in q u e s t o c a s o il p o t e n z i a l e a s s u m e l ' a n d a m e n t o r a p p r e s e n t a t o d a l l a c u r v a t e o r i c a e ) . d a q u a n to o r a d e t t o , è p r e v e d i b i l e c h e la d i m e n s i o n e d e l l a s o n d a l u n g o l e l i n e e di f o r z a del c a m p o i n f l u i r à p r i n c i p a l m e n t e l i l l a l u n g h e z z a d e i t r a t t i n i o r i z z o n t a l i d e l l a b) e d e l l a c) ( f i g . 1 ) e sul v a l o r e d e l c a m p o e l e t t r i c o n e l l ' i n t e r n o del c o n d e n s a t o r e ; i n v e c e l e a l t r e d u e d i m e n s i o n i ( ' ) r . c i a i . m i i a . i . o s l ' i m o g . z a n o t e l u . ann. di geofisica. i . 2 . 1 5 5 (19-48.1. ( = ) r . c i a l d e a a . l o s c u d o . ann. di geofisica. i , 1 , 4 9 ( 1 9 4 8 ) . i . e d i m e n s i o n i d e l l e s o n d i ; h a d i o a t t i y e e ( . ' e f f e t t o di i alili v s p a z i a l e 53 m i s u r a l e n o r m a l m e n t e a l l e l i n e e di f o r z a i n f l u i r a n n o p i u t t o s t o s u l l ' e f f e t t o d e l l a c a r i c a s p a z i a l e . i n f a t t i , p o i c h é i v a l o r i s p e r i m e n t a l i o t t e n u t i con una sonda c o m u n e -onn r i s u l t a t i p i ù v i c i n i a l l a spezzata b ) c l i c non a l l a c u r v a c ) , è da a t t e n d e r s i c h e . a u m e n t a n d o l e d i m e n s i o n i t r a s v e r s a l i della s o n d a , c i si d e b b a a v v i c i n a r e al caso l a t e r a l m e n t e i n d e f i n i t o . c o n s i d e r i a m o i n f a t t i la s e z i o n e del v o l u m e soggetto a l l ' a z i o n e i o n i z z a n t e , m i s u r a t a p a r a l l e l a m e n t e a l l e a r m a t i n e del c o n d e n s a t o r e : gli i o n i p r o v e n i e n t i d a l l a sua p e r i f e r i a s e g u o n o le l i n e e di forza soggette a l l e p e r t u r b a z i o ni ai b o r d i e q u i n d i v a n n o d i r a d a n d o s i c o n u n a d e n s i t à c l i c d i m i n u i sce r a p i d a m e n t e m a n m a n o c h e si a l l o n t a n a n o ; gli a l t r i i n v e c e , p r o v e n i e n t i d a l l a sua zona c e n t r a l e , seguono le l i n c e di f o r z a n o n p e r t u r b a t e e q u i n d i ri m a n t e n g o n o p a r a l l e l i c o n u n a d e n s i t à pressocc h è c o s t a n t e . di conseguenza è p r e v e d i b i l e c h c i p r i m i d i a n o a l l ' e f f e t t o d e l l a c a r i c a s p a z i a l e u n c o n t r i b u t o m o l t o più p i c c o l o dei s e c o n d i ; u n a sonda r e a l e c q u i n d i finita p o t r à essere p e r c i ò ass i m i l a t a a l l a sonda t e o r i c a i n d e f i n i t a , a l l o r c h é i p r i m i s i a n o in n u m e ro t r a s c u r a b i l e r i s p e t t o a i s e c o n d i , c i o è a l l o r c h é l e p e r t u r b a z i o n i ai b o r d i del suo v o l u m e soggetto a l l ' a z i o n e i o n i z z a n t e p o s s a n o e s s e r e i r a s c u r a t e . a l l o scopo d u n q u e di s t u d i a r e l ' i n f l u e n z a e f f e t t i v a d e l l e d i m e n s i o n i e d e l l a f o r m a di d e t t o v o l u m e n e i riguardi d e l l ' e f f e t t o d e l l a car i c a s p a z i a l e , h o c o n d o t t o a l t r e e s p e r i e n z e c o n un n i n n e r ò m a g g i o r e di s o n d e , sia p o n e n d o l e t u t t e su u n a sola fila, sia d i s t r i b u e n d o l e mi un t e l a i o q u a d r a l o a m a g l i e l a r g h e . p e r q u e s t a r i c e r c a ho r e a l i z z a t o un m e t o d o di m i s u r a c h e mi ha p e r m e s s o di e l i m i n a r e quasi del tutto gli e r r o r i c a u s a t i da e v e n t u a l i 3 6 6 r e n a t o c i a l d e a 5 r s }/ -| [—wvww— ri r—/avwws i—7vwwv\a—1 i . e d i m e n s i o n i d k i . i . e s o n d e il v i i [ o a t t l \ e e i " ehe i i o iii ( villi \ s i ' v z i u . e p e r d i l e d o v u t e ad i o l a n i e n l o 11011 p e r f e t t o . k" n o l o i n f a l l i ( " ) c h e , e il sostegno i s o l a n t e della sonda ha una r e s i s t e n z a r -, di v a l o r e finito, il p o t e n z i a l e f " m i u r a l o d a l l ' e l e t t r o m e t r o è l e g a l o , i n d i c a n d o con ra la r e s i s t e n z a a p p a r e n t e della s o n d a , al p o t e n z i a l e i del p u n t o in cui essa si trova (fi g. 2 ) d a l l a r e l a z i o n e / ' = /' =1 — ri + r, 1 + e dove -i è posto e -r;/ra s e n e deduci c h e l ' e r r o r e relativo della m i s u r a è a v _ 1 v " i + 7 k n e c e s s a r i o p e r ò t e n e r c o n t o a n c h e d e l l ' e r r o r e o di l e l l u r a d e l l o s t r u m e n t o n e l l a m i s u r a di p o t e n z i a l e c o n s i d e r a t a : uuindi per l ' e r r o r e m a s s i m o c o m p l e s s i v o si h a av __ ì__ v _ f + e ' v nella lig. 5 è r i p o r t a t o ( c u r v a i ) l ' a n d a m e n t o di q u o t o e r r o r e in f u n z i o n e del ( r a p p o r t o £ n e l c a s o : i 1 0 0 v o l t . i r = 1 0 ~ 1 v o l t . 11 m e t o d o a d o p e r a l o n e l l a p r e s e n t e r i c e r c a , o l t r e ad a n n u l l a r e quasi del t u t t o l e p e r d i t e p e r i s o l a m e n t o non p e r f e t t o , dà la p o s s i b i l i t à di m i s u r a r e il p o t e n z i a l e assunto da una sonda r a d i o a t t i v a m e d i a n t e uno s t r u m e n t o e l e t t r o m a g n e t i c o a b a s s a r e s i s t e n z a , l'ale m e t o d o c o n s i s t e nel p o r r e s u l l ' i s o l a n t e c l i c s o s t i e n e la o n d a s u n c o n d u t t o r e m e t a l l i c o di g u a r d i a m . c h e può essere p o r t a l o a p o t e n z i a l i d i v e r s i m e d i a n t e un s i s t e m a p o l c n z i o m c t r i c o /' ( f i g . 3 ) : q u a n d o tale c o n d u t t o r e h a lo slesso p o t e n z i a l e d e l l a sonda, non vi può essere più c o r r e n t e di ' d i s p e r s i o n e v e r s o t e r r a a t t r a v e r s o il sostegno i s o l a n t e posto tra m. ed n e q u i n d i i! s i s t e m a f u n z i o n a c o m e un i s o l a t o r e p e r f e t t o . p e r a c c o r g e r s i clic m ed s a b b i a n o lo l e s s o p o t e n z i a l e , l ' e l e t t r o m e t r o , m o n t a t o in m o d o s i m m e t r i c o . h a c o l l e g a l o l ' a g o ad v e la c u s t o d i a i s o l a l a al c e n t r o d e l l a b a t t e r i a a u s i l i a r i a r ed al c o n d u t t o r e di g u a r d i a a . a n c h e la r e s i s t e n z a di isol a m e n t o d e l l ' e l e t t r o m e t r o , tra l ' a g o e la c u s t o d i a , si p u ò c o n s i d e r a r e c o m e una resistenza rc posta in p a r a l l e l o a q u e l l a ri d e l l ' i s o l a n t e m\ clic sostiene la s o n d a . i n v o l t o m e t r o ( ' c h e p u ò e s s e r e s i a e l c l t r o (-m 1 1 . b k n n d o k f . il ien. lìvr. 1 1 ! ! . 1 1 7 1 ( 1 9 0 9 ) . 56 r e n a t o c i a l d e a s t a t i c o c l i c e l e t t r o m a g n e t i c o , m i s u r a il p o t e n z i a l e r i s p e t t o a t e r r a di m c q u i n d i di s, a l l o r c h é l ' e l e t t r o m e t r o è stato r i p o r t a t o a zero. d a l l o s c h e m a e l e t t r i c o della figura 4 si p u ò d e t e r m i n a r e (piale sia l ' a p p r o s s i m a z i o n e d e l l e m i s u r e , q u a n d o si c o m m e t t a un e r r o r e i| di l e t t u r a i n t o r n o a l l o z e r o d e l l ' e l e t t r o m e t r o . p e r d e t e r m i n a r e la d i f f e r e n z a di p o t e n z i a l e e s i s t e n t e tra m ed n, d o v u t a ad u n a e v e n t u a l e c o r r e n t e di d i p e r s i o n e a t t r a v e r s o l ' i s o l a n t e l / y . o c c o r r e t r o v a r e q u a l e sia il v a l o r e m a s s i m o c h e p u ò a s s u m e r e t a l e c o r r e n t e senza c l i c l ' e l e t t r o m e t r o a c c u s i u n a d i f f e r e n z a di p o t e n z i a l e a p p r e z z a b i l e ai c a p i d e l l ' i s o l a n t e . s i a i] l a d i f f e r e n z a di p o t e n z i a l e m i n i m a a p p r e z z a b i l e ed i la c o r r e n t e di d i s p e r s i o n e , si h a = ; v — v — t ) = i r t ri+r. da q u e s t e si o t t i e n e l ' e r r o r e r e l a t i v o ak __ 11 1 + e v v e 7 ? i rc d o v e si è posto £ = r,(rr\-rc) t e n e n d o i n o l t r e c o n t o d e l l ' e r r o r e o d i l e t t u r a d e l l o s t r u m e n t o c si ott i e n e , p e r l ' e r r o r e t o t a l e a f _ 1 + e v v e j nella fig. 5 è r i p o r t a t o ( c u r v a 2 ) l ' a n d a m e n t o di t a l e e r r o r e i n funz i o n e del r a p p o r t o e e nel caso / itili v o l t , ii = 1 0 ~ 2 v o l i e a — i o 1 v o l t . si v e d e s u b i t o c h e , m e n t r e col p r i m o m e t o d o si p o s s o n o o t t e n e r e d e l l e m i s u r e con u n a a p p r o s s i m a z i o n e d e l l ' i / ó p e r v a l o r i d e l l a rcr i s t e n z a di i s o l a m e n t o c o m p r e s i t r a i n f i n i t o e 1 0 0 v o l t e q u e l l a d e l l a s o n d a , n e l l ' a l t r o l e m i s u r e possono essere eslese a v a l o r i m o l l o più bassi d e l l a r e s i s t e n z a di i s o l a m e n t o e c i o è fino ad u n c e n t e s i m o di q u e l l a d e l l a s o n d a . l e m i s u r e sono s t a t e e s e g u i t e p o n e n d o l e s o n d e i n u n c a m p o e l e t t r i c o u n i f o r m e , g e n e r a l o a r t i f i c i a l m e n t e m e d i a n t e d u e g r a n d i p i a ni m e t a l l i c i , disposti p a r a l l e l a m e n t e tra l o r o a d u n a d i s t a n z a d i 8 8 c m , ira i q u a l i si a p p l i c a v a u n a d i f f e r e n z a di p o t e n z i a l e . l ' e l e t t r o i.e d i m e n s i o n i d e l l e sondi; h a d i o a t t i y e e ( . ' e f f e t t o di i alili v s p a z i a l e 3 6 9 m e t r o a d o p e r a t o e r a a q u a d r a n t i con una s e n s i b i l i t à di 1 0 " ' v o l t / d i v i s i o n e , m e n t r e lo z e r o si p o t e v a a p p r e z z a r e con u n a p r e c i s i o n e del c e n t e s i m o di v o l t ; il p o t e n z i a l e del c o n d u t t o r e di g u a r d i a v e n i v a m i s u r a t o da un v o l t m e t r o e l e t t r o m a g n e t i c o di 2 5 0 . 0 0 0 olmi di r p i s i e n z a i n t e r n a . c o m e è stato già d e t t o , e r a da a t t e n d e r a i c l i c le d i m e n s i o n i d e l l a o n d i m i s u r a t e n o r m a l m e n t e a l l e l i n e e di forza del c a m p o , l'ossero q u e l l e c l i c influissero s u l l ' e f f e t t o d e l l a c a r i c a s p a z i a l e ; p e r q u e s t a r a g i o n e ilo a u m e n t a t o la sezione del v o l u m e soggetto a l l ' a g e n t e ionizz a n t e , p a r a l l e l a a l l e a r m a t u r e del c o n d e n s a t o r e : i r i s u l t a t i -olio stati r i p o r t a t i n e l l a fig. t>. i n q u e s t a figura sono t r a c c i a t e , tra 1 a l t r o , la r e t t a d e l l ' a n d a m e n t o del p o t e n z i a l e n e l l ' i n t e r n o del c o n d e n s a t o r e , in 58 r e n a t o c i a l d e a assenza delia sonda e la c o i v a t e o r i c a di una o n d a l a t e r a l m e n t e ind e f i n i t a ( c u r v a a t r a t t o p i e n o ) . sonda *ingolu. — l a o n d a c o n s i s t e in un d i s c o m e t a l l i c o di 12 min di d i a m e t r o , c o n u n a d e l l e d u e f a c c e p i a n e r i c o p e r t a di p o l o n i o . lo p a z i o o g g e t t o a l l ' a z i o n e i o n i z z a n t e d e l l e p a r t i c e l l e -i p u ò r i t e n e r e clic a b b i a u n a s e z i o n e di c i r c a 2 5 c m " , (piando la s u p e r f i c i e a t t i v a è n o r m a l e a l l e a r m a t u r e del c o n d e n s a t o r e . l ' a n d a m e n t o del p o t e n z i a l e da es-a assunto è r i p o r t a t o n e l l a curva a t r a t t i n i d e l l a fig. 6 . sonda rettilinea. — p e r a u m e n t a r e le d i m e n s i o n i , ilo a d o p e r a t o a n z i t u t t o u n ' a s t a m e t a l l i c a s o t t i l e , lunga 28 c u i , dove p o t e v a n o ess e r e s i s t e m a t e 2 3 sonde uguali alla p r e c e d e n t e , una a f i a n c o dell alt r a . t a l e asta v e n i v a n a t u r a l m e n t e c o l l o c a t a nel c a m p o e l e t t r i c o con il lato più lungo p a r a l l e l o a l l e a r m a t u r e del c o n d e n s a t o r e . l a sua s e z i o n e e r a di c i r c a 125 cm1', c i o è c i n q u e v o l l e q u e l l a s i n g o l a . a l c u n i dei valori o t t e n u t i sono stati r i p o r t a t i con dei c e r c h i e t t i n e l l a fig. 6 : -i v e d e s u b i t o c l i c essi si d i s c o s t a n o di p o c h i s s i m o da q u e l l i trovati c o n la sonda s i n g o l a . sonda (/tuidrata. — e s s a è c o s t i t u i t a da un t e l a i o q u a d r a l o a d u e m a g l i e e n t r o il q u a l e p o t e v a n o e s s e r e s i s t e m a t e o t t o s o n d e . anc h e esso v e n i v a c o l l o c a t o nel c a m p o p a r a l l e l a m e n t e a l l e a r m a t u r e del c o n d e n s a t o r e . l a sua s e z i o n e aveva una a r c a di 125 e n r e le s u p e r ficie a t t i v e e r a n o d i p o s t e in m o d o c l i c n e l l ' i n t e r n o del t e l a i o -i e s t e n d e s s e d a p p e r t u t t o l ' a z i o n e i o n i z z a n t e d e l l e p a r t i c e l l e a . a l c u ni dei v a l o r i o t t e n u t i sono r i p o r t a l i con dei t r i a n g o l i n e l l o -tessa fig. 6 . e i n t e r e s s a n t e c o n f r o n t a r e le m i s u r e e s e g u i t e c o n la sonda r e t t i l i n e a e con q u e l l a q u a d r a t a , p o i c h é a p a r i t à di s e z i o n e esse m o s t r a n o un c o m p o r t a m e n t o n e t t a m e n t e d i v e r s o : l ' e f f e t t o d e l l a c a r i c a s p a z i a l e inf a t t i è p r e s s o c h é n u l l o p e r la p r i m a , m e n t r e p e r la s e c o n d a è già n e t t a m e n t e s e n s i b i l e , p u r non r a g g i u n g e n d o a n c o r a i valori t e o r i c i d e l l a sonda l a t e r a l m e n t e i n d e f i n i t a . grande sonda piana. — in fine ho a u m e n t a l o a n c o r a la s e z i o n e r e a l i z z a n d o u n a sonda di c i r c a 7 2 0 c i n " . a t a l e s c o p o h o a d o p e r a t o un t e l a i o a tre m a g l i e dove p o t e v a n o e e i e s i s t e m a t e 2 7 s o n d e . anc h e per q u e s t o t i p o , le s u p e r f i c i a t t i v e e r a n o d i s p o s t e in m o d o c h e tutto lo s p a z i o i n t e r n o del t e l a i o fosse sede d e l l ' a z i o n e i o n i z z a n t e d e l l e i . e d i m e n s i o n i d e l l e s o n d i ; h a d i o a t t i y e e ( . ' e f f e t t o di i a l i l i v s p a z i a l e 3 7 1 p a r t i c e l l e u. i risultali ollenuli sono slati ri portai i nella fig. <> f o n «lei c e r c h i e l l i p i e n i . con queste dimensioni si h a già un e l ì c i l o di c a r i c a spaziale m o l l o notevole e (piasi prossimo a ipiello teorico d e l l a sonda l a t e r a l m e n t e indefinita. roma — istituto nazionale di geofisica — maggio 1948. r i a s s u n t o nella presente nota sono riportate alcune esperienze per determinare i influenza delle dimensioni di una sonda radioattiva sul! effetto di carica spaziale nella determinazione del potenziale elettrico: si è così verificala una formula teorica che presentava degli scarti rispetto alle misure sperimentali eseguite con sonde comuni a polonio. down-hole geophysical characterization of middle-upper quaternary sequences in the apennine foredeep, mirabello, italy annals of geophysics, 59, 5, 2016, s0543; doi:10.4401/ag-7114 s0543 down-hole geophysical characterization of middle-upper quaternary sequences in the apennine foredeep, mirabello, italy luca minarelli1,*, sara amoroso2, gabriele tarabusi3, marco stefani4, gabriele pulelli5 1 geotema srl, university of ferrara spin-off company, ferrara, italy 2 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione roma 1, l’aquila, italy 3 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione roma 1, bologna, italy 4 università di ferrara, dipartimento di architettura, ferrara, italy 5 progeo srl, forlì, italy abstract the 2012 earthquakes sequence stroke a wide area of the alluvial plain in the emilia-romagna region and triggered a new research interest on the role of the subsurface stratigraphic architecture and petrophysical property distribution in the modulation of the local seismic effects. few direct shear wave velocity vs data were however available below the depth of 50 m. the only available vs measurements were obtained from an anticline area, characterized by a reduced stratigraphic thickness and peculiar sedimentary facies, hardly representative of the majority of the alluvial plain subsurface. the study provides the first vs profile available from middle-upper quaternary successions deposited into a fast subsiding syncline area of the apennine foredeep basin. the p-wave velocity vp and the s-wave velocity vs logs fill in the previous data gap on the geophysical parameters needed for the estimation of the local seismic response. both vp and vs logs were continuously acquired to the depth of 265 m. the log records a velocity increase with depth, punctuated by sharp increases at some stratigraphic discordance surfaces. the value of 800 m/s that characterizes the “seismic bedrock”, as defined by the italian building code [ntc 2008] was never reached at any depth. the investigated succession records a depositional evolution from deltaic-marine to alluvial plain conditions, punctuated by six glacio-eustatic depositional cycles, developed in middle-upper quaternary times. the stratigraphic units described in the syncline log were correlated at a regional scale, with the thinner anticline succession of mirandola. correlatable units deposited into syncline and anticline areas reveal similar shear wave velocity values, supporting the regional extrapolation of the measured values. 1. introduction in may 2012, several medium-large earthquakes impacted on a wide portion of the alluvial plain of northern italy (figure 1), belonging to the lombardy, veneto and emilia-romagna regions. the strongest earthquake (ml 5.9) occurred close to finale emilia, while the second largest one (ml 5.8) took place near mirandola [pondrelli et al. 2012]. the causative faults belong to the ferrara arc thrust system [bonini et al. 2014, diss working group 2015], forming the external portion of the apennines chain (figure 1). the earthquake effects were modulated by the changing seismic amplification, associated with the largely variable pliopleistocene successions [geomol team 2015]. the thickness of the post-miocene units varies from several kilometres in syncline areas, to 200 m, in anticline zones, near mirandola and casaglia (figure 1). large lateral variations in stratigraphic thickness are visible also within the upper quaternary units [geomol team 2015]. the seismic acceleration induced pervasive sand liquefaction phenomena within holocene fluvial bodies [caputo and papathanasiou 2012, papathanassiou et al. 2012, emergeo working group 2013]. the 2012 earthquakes triggered a widespread interest on the seismic hazard assessment in the alluvial plain area of the emilia-romagna region [di manna et al. 2012, malagnini et al. 2012, meletti et al. 2012, milana et al. 2014, papathanassiou et al. 2015, tonni et al. 2015]. the available data on the subsurface were however scanty. the regional administration therefore collected many previously performed shallow logs, such as cone penetration tests, stratigraphic corings and water well stratigraphies, available from the shallow subsurface, and performed several new investigations, reaching an average depth of 30-50 m [martelli and romani 2013]. only few data were however available from deeper levels. a measurement of the shear wave velocarticle history received july 14, 2016; accepted october 6, 2016. subject classification: shear wave velocity, deep geophysical test, 2012 emilia earthquake, emilia-romagna stratigrafic units, active tectonics. ity vs was not normally available at depths exceeding 30-50 m. a crucial parameter for the estimation of the local amplification was thus widely lacking. direct vs measurements exceeding the depth of 50 m were acquired only at two sites, near medolla and mirandola (figure 1), down to the depths of 101 m and 127 m respectively [martelli and romani 2013, paolucci et al. 2015, garofalo et al. 2016]. these two sites are less than 4 km apart and belong to an anticline area [tarabusi and caputo 2016]. the logs therefore show comparatively thin stratigraphic successions, with sedimentary facies quite different from those accumulated into the vast majority of the emilia-romagna region (figure 2). the extrapolation of the aforementioned geophysical data to the thick successions accumulated into the syncline areas was therefore uncertain. direct vs measurements from syncline regions were clearly needed to improve the accuracy of the local seismic response studies. the present research, for the first time, provides a vs distribution acquired from a deep down-hole test carried out in a syncline area. the investigation was performed in the middle-upper quaternary succession accumulated into the fast subsiding syncline zone southwest of ferrara, between the villages of mirabello and san carlo (figure 1). 2. structural and stratigraphic framework the study area belongs to the external part of the apennines chain, buried beneath the recent alluvial plain. this portion of the chain consists of blind thrust and fold structures [pieri and groppi 1981, boccaletti et al. 2004], generated through neogene and quaternary times [ghielmi et al. 2013, vannoli et al. 2015]. the fast regional subsidence of the southern portion of the foredeep basin is superposed to the ongoing fault-fold deformation [carminati et al. 2010]. the syncline areas thus record much larger subsidence values than the anticline ones. the lateral variation of the subsidence rate strongly influenced the stratigraphic thickness (figure 2), the sedimentary facies architecture and the petrophysical parameters distribution [bigi et al. 1992] and thus the seismic wave propagation properties of the plio-pleistocene units. the quaternary of the region records the impact of active tectonic deformation and of massive climatic and eustatic fluctuations. the whole of these factors induced key stratigraphic minarelli et al. 2 figure 1. altimetry map of the study alluvial plain area with the position of the discussed logs. some of the major subsurface overthrusts are schematically illustrated. the line a-a’ depicts the location of the geological profile of figure 2. 3 surfaces that support the subdivision of the sedimentary successions into allostratigraphy units, organized in different hierarchical levels [regione emilia-romagna et al. 1998]. two main synthems are separated by a discordance surface, associated with a structural reorganization of the foredeep basin area. the synthems are further subdivided into a number of subsynthems (figure 2), recording the large glacio-eustatic and climatic fluctuations. the transgressive surfaces induced by the eustatic rises associated to deglaciation were chosen as the subsynthem basis. the base of each subsynthem unit corresponds to the deactivation of the synglacial coarse-grained sedimentation, accumulated into middle alluvial plain environments. syn-transgressive units are capped by organic-rich marsh mud, deposited into lower alluvial plain settings, or, in the deeper portions of the successions, by marine-deltaic sediments. the regressive trend of the alluvial plain successions culminates into a new interval of synglacial lowstand sands. the ongoing transgressive-regressive cycle has been ascribed to the ravenna subsynthem (aes8), the base of which correlates with the stage 1 of the global marine oxygen isotope curve [martinson et al. 1987], corresponding to the base of the holocene (about 14 ka). the lower boundary of the underlying villa verucchio subsynthem (aes7) is assigned to the marine oxygen isotope stage m.o.i.s. 5e, (about 120 ka) whereas the base of the previous bazzano subsynthem (aes6) correlates with m.o.i.s. 7 (about 240 ka). moving downwards, two further depositional cycles are ascribed to the undivided lower portion (aesi) of the upper emiliano-romagnolo synthem and lack a formal stratigraphic terminology. the lower emiliano-romagnolo synthem shows several transgressive-regressive pulses, recording a globally shallowing evolution. 3. data acquisition methodology the mirabello drill (latitude: 44.8100°; longitude: 11.4264° wgs84) crossed a middle-upper quaternary succession, reaching a depth of 372 m. the deep borehole was used to perform a down-hole test, hereafter named dh deep. both compressional (vp) and shear (vs) wave velocities were measured, down to the depth of 265 m. figure 3 shows a schematic plan layout of the seismic sources, surface geophones and the core location. a grout mixture was pumped into the core and a pvc pipe, with an internal diameter of 162.8 mm, was installed, down to 265 m. an additional steel casing, with an internal diameter of 263 mm, was emplaced in the upper 18 m. three different seismic sources were used (figure 4): an impulsive source of 250 kg, hitting vertically a steel square from a height of 3 m, to generate compressional (p) waves; two symmetric pendulum hammers, hitting horizontally a steel rectangular base pressed vertically against the soil, to produce horizontally polarized shear waves (sh). the seismic sources triggered a data recording system measuring the travel time of the wave train from sources to receivers. the deep dh receivers consisted of three uniaxial, one vertical and two horizontal, 10 hz geophones. seven 14 hz geophones, three vertical and four horizontal, were placed at the surface, to support deep down-hole test in syncline area figure 2. geological cross section interpreting the first 400 m of subsurface between cento and occhiobello. the impact of the active tectonic deformation and the associated differential sediment compaction on the stratigraphic geometry is clearly visible. vertical exaggeration × 25 (modified after martelli and romani [2013], paolucci et al. [2015]). figure 3. schematic plan layout of the down hole seismic investigation. the rephasing correction to the recorded dh seismograms. the system recorded 2000 samples, at a sampling time interval of 0.5 m/s. the p and s waves arrival time was interpreted according to astm d7400-14 [2014]. the dh deep data were acquired from the depth of 18 m down to 265 m, because of the steel casing of the uppermost part of core. an estimation of the vs in the uppermost 18 m was derived from the closest down-hole sounding, the dh m1 (figure 1). the latter sounding was performed in 2012 by the regione emilia-romagna, about 2800 m to the north-east of the dh deep site. the two adjacent logs are in good agreement in the shared 18-30 m stratigraphic interval and therefore a reasonable level of confidence can be estimated for the interpolation of the upper 18 m of the study log. figure 5 provides the seismograms acquired at the 265 m depth, produced by the vertical hammer blow (black line “p-wave shot”) and by the horizontal hammer blows striking the anvil on the two opposite sides (red line “s-right wave shot” and blue line “s-left wave shot”). the acquired stratigraphic and geophysical data are illustrated by figure 6. 4. stratigraphy and seismic velocities the stratigraphic succession logged in mirabello was correlated with the vp and vs profiles plotted over depth at the same site (figure 6a). the velocity logs acquired in mirandola [martelli and romani 2013, garofalo et al. 2016] were associated with our stratigraphic interpretation (figure 6b) of the published lithology log [regione emilia-romagna et al. 1998, martelli and romani 2013], based on our direct examination of the sediment cores and the knowledge of the regional stratigraphy framewok. the correlation of successions drilled at mirabello and mirandola were based on published information, mainly deriving from the national geological mapping project (carg) [cibin and segadelli 2009] and from regional geological profiles [martelli and romani 2013]. the logs provided also some dating evidence, particularly through 14c analysis from the younger intervals. several continuously cored logs were studied in proximity of the mirabello drilling site, within the framework of the geological mapping project [cibin and segadelli 2009]. particularly useful was the comparative analysis of the log 203/s9, providing an allostratrigraphic framework of the sedimentary succession to the depth of 220 m and reaching the lower emilianoromagnolo synthem. the succession crossed by the core 203-s9 shows thicker correlative stratigraphic units than that revealed by the mirabello drilling (203/s9 unit bases: aes8 21 m, aes7 68 m, aes6 98 m, aesi 187 m). from the core 203/s9, significant palaeo-environmental and micropalaeontological data were derived [fiorini and colalongo 2009]. the stratigraphic interpretation and dating of the upper portion of the study drilling was improved by the correlation with other two adjacent logs, the 203-s6 and the 203-s13 (figure 1) reaching the depth of 34 and 68 m respectively. the correlation with the section cored at mirandola has been based on our direct sedimentological and stratigraphical examination of the continuous cores, on the published lithological logs [martelli and romani 2013], and on the correlation with published stratigraphic profiles [pao-lucci et al. 2015]. the regional correlation demonstrates that the mirabello drilling crossed the entire upper emiliano-romagnolo synthem and lower emiliano romagnolo synthem and a large portion of the marine quaternary. within the succession, each subsynthem has an average thickness of about 35 m and shows a similar internal organization. the drilled succession records a globally shalminarelli et al. 4 figure 4. the three sources of seismic waves energized at the surface (see text). figure 5. seismograms acquired at 265 m from the dh deep test (figure 6a). 5 lowing evolution, from marine environments to alluvial plain systems, spanning over a time period of roughly 600,000 years. the stratigraphic organization correlates with the measured velocity values. the vp log (figure 6a) confirms the presence of fully water saturated deposits between 18 m and 265 m, providing an average value of 1500-2000 m/s through the investigated depth. the vs increases gradually with depth, from 116-200 m/s, in the ravenna subsynthem, to 310-525 m/s, in the lower deep down-hole test in syncline area figure 6. stratigraphic column and seismic velocity logs from the mirabello (a) and mirandola (b) sites. the map shows the location of the two log sites and a schematic representation of the main syncline and anticline axis in the region. emiliano-romagnolo synthem (table 1). in the mirabello succession, the ravenna subsynthem aes8 frames the first 22 m of subsoil and consists of outcropping reno river sands, soft organic-rich marsh muds, with very low s-wave velocities, and older pedogenized continental silts, showing comparatively higher vs values. fine-grained sediments dominate the villa verrucchio subsynthem aes7 (23-58 m), associated with some fluvial sand intercalations, deposited by apennine rivers. the aes7 unit top is associated with a sharp increase of the s-wave velocities, while at the lower portion of the unit a further vs increase is recorded, probably associated to pedogenized levels enriched in carbonate concretions. thick bodies of fluvial sands deposited by the po river [cibin and segadelli 2009] dominate the bazzano subsynthem aes6 (59-85 m), but finer-grained sediments are nevertheless well developed in the lower portion of the unit. the underlying aesi unit (86-162 m) consists of two transgressive-regressive cycles, separated, at about 127 m, by a transgressive surface. foraminifera, palecypod bioclasts and gastropods (turritella) were sampled from the marine portions of the unit. the lower part of the upper cycle (105-127 m) is associated to a further increase of the s-wave velocity. at about 161 m, the study well crossed the top of the aei synthem. the synthem consists of thick sandy or argillaceous bodies, deposited into marine, deltaic and alluvial plain environments. the fine-grained unit below 210 m correlates with a marine interval preserving infralittoral zone foraminifera [fiorini and colalongo 2009]. the unconformity marking the unit top correlates with a sharp increase of the vs values, almost reaching 500 m/s. few further peaks of vs are associated to underlying thick layers of sand (160-165 m and 255-260 m). the aei unit contains biogenic methane that could have affected the lowering of both vp and vs values, at depths between 235 and 260 m. the correlative anticline succession of mirandola is much thinner than the mirabello one. from the previously described correlation, we can confidently assume that aes unit is about 100 m thick, is enriched in fluvial sands, and lacks any marine influence. the succession nevertheless records s-wave velocity trends and values [garofalo et al. 2016] similar to the mirabello ones (table 1, figure 6a). the correlation between the aei unit in mirabello and the pebbly sands drilled at mirandola (figure 6b) below 100 m, showing clasts of palaeozoic acidic volcanites with porphyric structures, is uncertain. the lowermost portion of the mirandola succession, underlying a sharp unconformity surface, was ascribed to the lower pliocene [paolucci et al. 2015, tarabusi and caputo 2016]. this unit consists of lithified turbiditic sands, clays and marls, deposited into deep marine environments, and shows the highest vs values, above 600 m/s [garofalo et al. 2016]. these are the highest values recorded from the study successions, but they are still lower than the values officially assumed for the “seismic bedrock” [en 1998-5 2004, ntc 2008]. 5. discussions and conclusions the deep down-hole test performed in mirabello, reaching a depth of more than 250 m below surface, has provided a unique deep seismic log from a tectonic active syncline area of the apennine foredeep basin. no direct vs measurements deeper than 50 m were previously available in the syncline areas affected by the 2012 emilia earthquakes. the new log, integrated by the correlation with the previous logs available in the region, supports a well constrained seismo-stratigraphic model of the interval spanning from the lower emiliano-romagnolo synthem to the recent outcropping sediments (figure 6). a good correlation is visible between the shear wave velocity distribution and the stratigraphic organization of the depositional succession. stratigraphic discordance surfaces are related to sharp increases in the vs values, particularly at the boundary between the lower and upper emiliano-romagnolo synthems. the logs from the syncline area of mirabello was correlated with the thinner succession of mirandola, deposited into an anticline area. mirandola was the only site in the emilia-romagna region where direct vs measurements were previously available from a deep level, and where down-hole and cross hole tests were performed and validated by different international research groups [garofalo et al. 2016]. correlatable units in the mirabello and mirandola boreholes show very similar s-wave velocity trends and values (table 1, figure 6a,b). the good agreement confirms the reliability of the deep down-hole interpretation at the mirabello site. the small variations detectable between the two logs can be explained considering both the variation in sedimentary facies and lithologies and the different effective stresses of the mirabello and mirandola subsoils. the stronger compaction affecting the minarelli et al. 6 table 1. vs values (m/s) measured within correlative stratigraphic units in the syncline site of mirabello (figure 6a) and in the anticline succession of mirandola (figure 6b). for each stratigraphic interval, the lowest, highest, and average values are indicated. unit mirabello mirandola aes8 116 – 200 (161) 158 – 213 (174) aes7 207 – 326 (281) 218 – 308 (251) aes6 310 – 356 (334) 284 – 339 (312) aesi 355 – 464 (394) 284 – 460 (375) aei 310 – 525 (434) 430 – 449 (439) 7 deeper argillaceous intervals at mirabello influences the development of vs values similar to those recorded in correlative coarser grained intervals preserved at shallower level in the mirandola succession. the average seismic values recorded in mirabello can be extrapolated with some confidence to the widespread syncline successions, through large portions of the alluvial plain. the new dataset here provided can support the definition of the input parameters for the seismic response analyses in similar emilia-romagna stratigraphic context, characterized by the absence of deep vs profile and the presence of a deep seismic bedrock. neither the mirabello log nor the mirandola one reached a vs value of 800 m/s, which officially defines the “seismic bedrock” into the european building code [en 1998-5 2004] and the italian building code [ntc 2008]. some extra investigation, based on indirect surface approaches, as large 2d passive seismic arrays [e.g. di giulio et al. 2016], can be useful to obtain deeper velocity profiles, which, even if less accurate [garofalo et al. 2016], will integrate the provided direct seismic velocity measures, supporting a better constrained and more reliable ground response analysis. acknowledgements. special thanks to the protezione civile, to the regione emilia-romagna, and to the mirabello municipality, for funding the seismic microzonation of mirabello. we thank also luca martelli and paolo severi (emilia-romagna region) for providing data from the emilia-romagna geological database, and ferruccio laurenti for providing the access to the site of the mirabello deep borehole. references astm d7400-14 (2014). standard test methods for downhole seismic testing, astm international. bigi, g., g. bonardini, r. catalano, d. cosentino, f. lentini, m. parlotto, r. sartori, p. scandone and e. turco (1992). structural model of italy, 1:500.000, edizioni consiglio nazionale delle ricerche, rome. boccaletti, m., m. bonini, g. corti, p. gasperini, l. martelli, l. piccardi, c. tanini and g. vannucci (2004). seismotectonic map of the emilia-romagna region, 1:250000, regione emilia-romagna, consiglio nazionale delle ricerche. bonini, l., g. toscani and s. seno (2014). three-dimensional segmentation and different rupture behavior during the 2012 emilia seismic sequence (northern italy), tectonophysics, 630, 33-42; doi:10. 1016/j.tecto.2014.05.006. caputo, r., and g. papathanasiou (2012). ground failure and liquefaction phenomena triggered by the 20 may, 2012 emilia-romagna (northern italy) earthquake: case study of sant’agostino san carlo mirabello zone, natural hazards and earth system sciences, 12 (11), 3177-3180; doi:10.5194/nhess-123177-2012. carminati, e., d. scrocca and c. doglioni (2010). compaction-induced stress variations with depth in an active anticline: northern apennines, italy, journal of geophysical research: solid earth, 115, b02401; doi:10.1029/2009jb006395. cibin, u., and s. segadelli, eds. (2009). note illustrative della carta geologica d’italia alla scala 1/50000, foglio 203 poggio renatico. ispra, servizio geologico d’italia, 104 p. (in italian). di giulio, g., r. de nardis, p. boncio, g. milana, g. rosatelli, f. stoppa and g. lavecchia (2016). seismic response of a deep continental basin including velocity inversion: the sulmona intramontane basin (central apennines, italy), geophysical journal international, 204, 418-439; doi:10.1093/gji/ggv444. di manna, p., l. guerrieri, l. piccardi, e. vittori, d. castaldini, a. berlusconi, l. bonadeo, v. comerci, f. ferrario, r. gambillara, f. livio, m. lucarini and a.m. michetti (2012). ground effects induced by the 2012 seismic sequence in emilia: implications for seismic hazard assessment in the po plain, annals of geophysics, 55 (4), 697-703; doi:10.4401/ag-6143. diss working group (2015). database of individual seismogenic sources (diss), version 3.2.0: a compilation of potential sources for earthquakes larger than m 5.5 in italy and surrounding areas; http://diss. rm.ingv.it/diss/; doi:10.6092/ingv.it-diss3.2.0. emergeo working group (2013). liquefaction phenomena associated with the emilia earthquake sequence of may-june 2012 (northern italy), natural hazards and earth system sciences, 13 (4), 935-947; doi:10.5194/nhess-13-935-2013. en 1998-5 (2004). eurocode 8: design of structures for earthquake resistance part 5: foundations, retaining structures and geotechnical aspects, cen european committee for standardization, bruxelles, belgium. fiorini, f., and m.l. colalongo (2009). micropaleontologia del sondaggio 203-s9, in: u. cibin and s. segadelli (eds.), note illustrative della carta geologica d’italia alla scala 1/50000, foglio 203 poggio renatico, ispra, servizio geologico d’italia, 104 p. (in italian). garofalo, f., s. foti, f. hollender, p.y. bard, c. cornou, b.r. cox, a. dechamp, m. ohrnberger, v. perron, d. sicilia, d. teague and c. vergniault (2016). interpacific project: comparison of invasive and non-invasive methods for seismic site characterization. part ii: inter-comparison between surface wave and borehole methods, soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 82, 241-254; doi:10.1016/j.soil deep down-hole test in syncline area dyn.2015.12.009. geomol team (2015). geomol assessing subsurface potentials of the alpine foreland basins for sustainable planning and use of natural resources project report, augsburg, lfu, 188 p. ghielmi, m., m. minervini, c. nini, s. rogledi and m. rossi (2013). late miocene–middle pleistocene sequences in the po plain northern adriatic sea (italy): the stratigraphic record of modification phases affecting a complex foreland basin, marine and petroleum geology, special issue: the geology of the periadriatic basin and of the adriatic sea, 42, 50-81; doi:10.1016/j.marpetgeo.2012.11.007. malagnini, m., r.b. herrmann, i. munafò, m. buttinelli, m. anselmi, a. akinci and e. boschi (2012). the 2012 ferrara seismic sequence: regional crustal structure, earthquake sources, and seismic hazard, geophysical journal international, 39 (19); doi:10.10 29/2012gl053214. martelli, l., and m. romani (2013). microzonazione sismica e analisi della condizione limite per l’emergenza delle aree epicentrali dei terremoti della pianura emiliana di maggio-giugno 2012 (ordinanza del commissario delegato n. 70/2012), relazione illustrativa (in italian); http://ambiente.regione.emi lia-romagna.it/geologia/archivio_pdf/sismica/ms ord70_relazione.pdf/at_download/file/msord70_re lazione.pdf. martinson, d.g., n.g. pisias, j.d. hays, j. imbrie, t.c. moore and n.j. shackleton (1987). age dating and the orbital theory of the ice ages: development of a high-resolution 0 to 300,000-year chronostratigraphy, quaternary research, 27 (1), 1-29. meletti, c., v. d’amico, g. ameri, a. rovida and m. stucchi (2012). seismic hazard in the po plain and the 2012 emilia earthquakes, annals of geophysics, 55 (4), 623-629; doi:10.4401/ag-6158. milana, g., p. bordoni, f. cara et al. (2014). 1d velocity structure of the po river plain (northern italy) assessed by combining strong motion and ambient noise data, bulletin of earthquake engineering, 12, 2195; doi:10.1007/s10518-013-9483-y. ntc (2008). norme tecniche per le costruzioni, ministero delle infrastrutture e dei trasporti, decreto ministeriale del 14 gennaio 2008, supplemento ordinario alla gazzetta ufficiale n. 29 del 4 febbraio 2008 (in italian). paolucci, e., d. albarello, s. d’amico, e. lunidei, l. martelli, m. mucciarelli and d. pileggi (2015). a large scale ambient vibration survey in the area damaged by may-june 2012 seismic sequence in emilia romagna, italy, bulletin of earthquake engineering, 13 (11), 3187-3206. papathanassiou, g., r. caputo and d. rapti-caputo (2012). liquefaction phenomena along the paleoreno river caused by the may 20, 2012, emilia (northern italy) earthquake, annals of geophysics, 55 (4), 735-742; doi:10.4401/ag-6147. papathanassiou, g., a. mantovani, g. tarabusi, d. rapti and r. caputo (2015). assessment of liquefaction potential for two liquefaction prone areas considering the may 20, 2012 emilia (italy) earthquake, engineering geology, 189, 1-16; doi:10.1016/j.enggeo. 2015.02.002. pieri, m., and g. groppi (1981). subsurface geological structure of the po plain, italy, consiglio nazionale delle ricerche, progetto finalizzato geodinamica, sottoprogetto modello strutturale, pubbl. n. 414, rome, 13 p. (in italian). pondrelli, s., s. salimbeni, p. perfetti and p. danecek (2012). quick regional centroid moment tensor solutions for the emilia 2012 (northern italy) seismic sequence, annals of geophysics, 55 (4), 615-621; doi:10.4401/ag-6146. regione emilia-romagna, servizio geologico sismico e dei suoli, eni agip (1998). riserve idriche sotterranee della regione emilia-romagna, scala 1:250.000, bologna. tarabusi, g., and r. caputo (2016). the use of hvsr measurements for investigating buried tectonic structures: the mirandola anticline, northern italy, as a case study, international journal of earth sciences; doi:10.1007/s00531-016-1322-3. tonni, l., g. gottardi, s. amoroso, r. bardotti, l. bonzi, a. chiaradonna, a. d’onofrio, v. fioravante, a. ghinelli, d. giretti, g. lanzo, c. madiai, m. marchi, l. martelli, p. monaco, d. porcino, r. razzano, s. rosselli, p. severi, f. silvestri, l. simeoni, g. vannucchi and s. aversa (2015). analisi dei fenomeni deformativi indotti dalla sequenza sismica emiliana del 2012 su un tratto di argine del canale diversivo di burana (fe), rivista italiana di geotecnica, pàtron editore, bologna, anno xlix, n. 2, 28-38; issn 0557-1405. vannoli, p., p. burrato and g. valensise (2015). the seismotectonics of the po plain (northern italy): tectonic diversity in a blind faulting domain, pure and applied geophysics, 172, 1105-1142; doi:10.1007/s0 0024-014-0873-0. *corresponding author: luca minarelli, geotema srl, university of ferrara spin-off company, ferrara, italy; email: minarelli@geotema.it. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. minarelli et al. 8 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice de-1 versus cluster spectral density observations: the effect on ion outflow above the polar cap annals of geophysics, 58, 5, 2015, g0547; doi:10.4401/ag-6800 g0547 de-1 versus cluster spectral density observations: the effect on ion outflow above the polar cap hamza a. abudayyeh*, imad a. barghouthi, ghadeer al-sarsour, husain alsamamra al-quds university, department of physics, jerusalem, palestine abstract wave-particle interaction is a very important mechanism in describing the outflow of ions at high latitudes and high altitudes. quasi-linear perpendicular velocity diffusion coefficients are used to describe the effect of wave-particle interactions, therefore it is essential to determine the correct diffusion coefficients that must be used to model the outflow of ions. in this study a monte carlo method is used to assess the role of different diffusion coefficients for o+ and h+ ions at high altitudes above the polar cap. two different sets of diffusion coefficients obtained from barghouthi [1997]; barghouthi et al. [1998] and nilsson et al. [2013] are used. barghouthi [1997]; barghouthi et al. [1998] used spectral density measurements from dynamic explorer 1 spacecraft (de-1) observations to calculate the diffusion coefficients, while nilsson et al. [2013] used spectral density measurements from the cluster spacecraft to obtain the diffusion coefficients. it was found that diffusion coefficients from barghouthi [1997]; barghouthi et al. [1998] in the cusp (aurora) and central polar cap (polar wind) respectively, describe well the observations of ion outflow at altitudes lower than 5 re , but yield unreasonably high parallel velocities and temperatures at higher altitudes. also diffusion coefficients from cluster spectral density measurements produce reasonable results for high altitudes and unreasonably low parallel velocities and temperatures for the low altitude region. therefore it is suggested that a combination of these diffusion coefficients is used where the diffusion coefficients given by barghouthi [1997]; barghouthi et al. [1998] are used at low altitudes and the diffusion coefficients obtained from cluster measurements are used at high altitudes. 1. introduction the outflow of plasma from ionospheric origin along open geomagnetic field lines above the polar cap is subject to intense investigation. it is well observed that ions have high perpendicular temperatures at high altitudes despite the presence of perpendicular adiabatic cooling [huddleston et al. 2000, bouhram et al. 2004, nilsson et al. 2004, nilsson et al. 2006]. this is an indication of a perpendicular heating mechanism that acts at high altitudes. arvelius et al. [2005] showed using the cluster cis/codif instrument that at 8-12 re geocentric distance the distribution of o+ outflows cannot be explained by velocity filter dispersion only. this is a clear suggestion of further additional energization processes for outflowing o+ ions at high altitudes and high latitudes in the dayside polar region. observations indicated a significant level of electromagnetic turbulence at high altitudes above the polar cap [gurnett et al. 1984, gurnett and inan 1988, nilsson et al. 2012, waara et al. 2012] which suggested an interaction known as wave-particle interaction (wpi)[chang and coppi 1981, chang et al. 1986, retterer et al. 1987, crew et al. 1990, retterer et al. 1994, barghouthi 1997, barghouthi et al. 1998, bouhram et al. 2004, waara et al. 2010, slapak et al. 2011, waara et al. 2011, waara et al. 2012]. field aligned acceleration mechanisms such as field aligned electric fields [lundin et al. 1995, maggiolo et al. 2006] and centrifugal acceleration [cladis 1986, horwitz et al. 1994, demars et al. 1996, nilsson et al. 2008, nilsson et al. 2010] were also investigated to explain the energization up to kiloelectronvolt energies of o+ ions above the polar cap. the properties of an ion species may be determined from its distribution function fs(r, v, t) where the development of the distribution function is governed by the boltzmann equation [schunk 1977]: where vs, ms are the velocity and mass of the s th species respectively; ∇, ∇vs are the gradient in space and velocity coordinates respectively; f is the total external force acting on the ion species (for example, the ambipolar electric force, mirror force, and gravity); and dfs— dt represents the rate of change of the distribution function in a region of phase space due to collisions and wave-particle interactions. article history received may 25, 2015; accepted july 23, 2015. subject classification: wave-particle interaction, ion outflow, polar wind, central polar cap, cusp, polar cap, diffusion coefficients, cluster, de-1. (1) at altitudes considered in this study the plasma is tenuous enough to neglect collisions. in such case the right hand side of equation (1) reduces to [retterer et al. 1987]: where v⊥s is the component of the velocity of the s th species that is perpendicular to the geomagnetic field and d⊥s is the quasi-linear velocity diffusion coefficient for the sth species. the perpendicular velocity diffusion coefficient may be written as [retterer et al. 1987]: where qs is the charge of the s th ion species and sl is the electric field spectral density at the ion gyrofrequency that is efficient in heating the ions. sl is related to the total spectral density at the ion gyrofrequency (s) by sl=hs, where h is the fraction of spectral density at the gyrofrequency of the ion that is efficient in heating the plasma. at lower altitudes (few re), values for h ranging from a few percent to 10% were used in several studies [bouhram et al. 2004, barghouthi and atout 2006]. nilsson et al. [2013] found that for geocentric distances between 8 and 10 re in the central polar cap (cpc) and cusp, good agreement was attained for a value of h = 1–2 . the relation between perpendicular temperature and wave activity is determined by two competing effects: the sporadic nature of the waves and how dominating the most recent heating is. a good correlation could be established if the recent heating is dominating, and higher sporadic wave activity can be tolerated. if ion heating is not sporadic then recent heating does not necessarily need to dominate in order to obtain a good correlation between ion temperature and wave intensity. therefore sporadic heating can explain a region of high temperature and relatively low wave activity. waara et al. [2012] studied this relation and found that there is indeed a correlation except at the highest perpendicular temperatures which indicates that the strongest heating is most likely sporadic. barghouthi et al. [1998] used data from the plasma wave instrument on board dynamics explorer 1 (de-1) to estimate the perpendicular diffusion coefficients in the polar wind for both o+ and h+ ions. four sets of data were chosen that cover altitude ranges from 1.5 to 4.5 re at polar latitudes and sample both polar caps. using these spectral densities, and assuming a value of h = 1–8 , the perpendicular diffusion coefficients were calculated using equation (3) and were found to be: in the auroral region barghouthi [1997] assumed that the altitude dependence of the spectral density to resemble that in the polar wind [barghouthi et al. 1998]. by using the altitude dependence from barghouthi et al. [1998] and the measured spectral density at auroral latitudes at 2.0 re from retterer et al. [1987], the diffusion coefficients for o+ and h+ ion species were calculated. the diffusion coefficient for the ions in the auroral region may be given by: waara et al. [2011] used data from three instruments on board the cluster spacecraft namely: efw (electric field and wave experiment), fgm (fluxgate magnetometer) and cis (cluster ion spectrometry experiment). the data set consisted of efw and fgm wave data above 5 re when outflowing o + ions were seen in the energy spectrograms of cis. using this data the average spectral density above the polar cap was calculated and estimates for the diffusion coefficients were obtained. nilsson et al. [2012] further subdivided this data set into three regions with respect to their latitude: the central polar cap (cpc), nightside polar cap, and cusp. using these values for the electric field wave activity near the o+ gyrofrequency, nilsson et al. [2013] used equation (3) to calculate the diffusion coefficients in each region. in this study we will use spectral density measurements at the h+ gyrofrequency from nilsson et al. [2012] to calculate the diffusion coefficients for h+ ions based on cluster observations. then we will use a onedimensional kinetic model that includes the effects of ambipolar electric field, wave-particle interaction, gravitational and mirror force to investigate the effect of varying the diffusion coefficients from those based on de-1 spectral density measurements to those based on cluster measurments for altitudes up to 15 re. two flux tubes called central polar cap (cpc) and cusp were taken to be along geomagnetic field lines calculated by using tsyganenko t96 model tsyganenko [1995, 1996]. in such case we will be assuming that the diffusion coefficients from de-1 measurements are valid for all altitudes including those higher than 5 re and the diffusion coefficients from cluster measurements are valid for all altitudes including those less than 5 re which is just an extrapolation for each data set. in performing such a abudayyeh et al. 2 (2) (3) (4) (5) 3 calculation we aim to provide modelers using more sophisticated 3 dimensional models with proper diffusion coefficients for their studies. this paper will be organized as follows: section 2 includes a brief description of the model used. in section 3 we will present our results. discussions and conclusions will be presented in section 4. 2. method this study is an extension to barghouthi [2008] in the aurora and barghouthi et al. [2011] in the polar cap. a monte carlo method was used to study the outflow of o+ and h+ ions for geocentric distances from 1.7 to 14.7 re in the cpc and from 1.2 to 15.2 re in the cusp. the flight trajectories that we call cpc and cusp are defined in nilsson et al. [2012]. aside from the modification of the flight trajectories three other modifications on the barghouthi model were conducted: 1. the radial magnetic field was replaced by a magnetic field calculated by the t96 model [tsyganenko 1995, 1996]. 2. the perpendicular velocity diffusion coefficients were varied such that the set based on de-1 spectral density measurements were first used and then the set based on cluster spectral density measurement were used. 3. the boundary conditions were taken to be as follows: the o+ velocities at the exobase were taken to be 2.0 and 0.5 km/s for the cpc and cusp respectively [nilsson et al. 2013]. for h+ ions the initial velocities were taken to be 18 [nilsson et al. 2013] and 16 km/s [barghouthi 1997] for the cpc and cusp respectively. the densities at the lower altitude boundary were taken to be 10 and 10,000 cm-3 for o+ ions for the cpc and cusp respectively [nilsson et al. 2013] and 34 [nilsson et al. 2013] and 200 cm-3 [barghouthi 1997] for h+ ions in the cpc and cusp respectively. the electron temperature in addition to the temperature of both ions were assumed to be 3000 k at the exobase [barghouthi et al. 1998]. the ions are injected at the lower altitude boundary (r0= 1.7 re for the cpc and r0= 1.2 re for the cusp) with random velocities consistent with a drifting maxwellian distribution. the ion motion is tracked for a small time interval dt as it moves under the effect of the ambipolar electric field and the gravitational and mirror forces. the influence of wave-particle interaction (wpi) was simulated by changing the perpendicular velocity of the ion by a random increment dv⊥ such that dv⊥= 4d⊥dt. the flux tube is divided into bins (130 bins for the cpc and 140 bins for the cusp) which act as recorders. when an ion enters one of these bins its parallel and perpendicular velocities are registered for later use. this procedure is repeated for a large number of ions (105-107 ions) until they exit either from the bottom or the top of the flux tube. finally the registered data are used to calculate the moments and distribution functions of both ions. however, since the ambipolar electric field depends on the number densities of the ions which are outputs of the simulation, an iterative approach is used until convergence is achieved. for a more detailed description on how the moments and distribution functions are calculated see barghouthi et al. [2003]. 3. results the spectral density at the h+ gyrofrequency was obtained from nilsson et al. [2012] and is shown in figure 1 for the central polar cap and cusp. using a power law fit and equation (3) the diffusion coefficients for h+ ions were found to be d⊥(h +) =h40(r/re) 9.77 cm2s-3 for the central polar cap and d⊥(h +) =h2.02 × 106 (r/re) 5.61 cm2s-3 for the cusp. therefore, using the diffusion coefficients for o+ ions obtained from nilsson et al. [2013], the diffusion coefficients based on spectral densities measured on board cluster spacecraft are given by for the central polar cap and de-1 vs. cluster observations figure 1. h+ observed electric field spectral densities [(mv/m)2/hz] at different geocentric distances [re] are shown by circles for the central polar cap (black) and cusp (magneta). power law fits to the data are shown with solid lines. (6) (7) for the cusp with a value of h = 1–2 for both regions. in this study we will present our simulation results for two sets of perpendicular velocity diffusion coefficients namely; 1. diffusion coefficients by barghouthi et al. [1998] in the polar wind and barghouthi [1997] in the aurora given by equations (4) and (5) respectively and the results due to these diffusion coefficients will hereinafter be denoted by barp and bara respectively. 2. diffusion coefficients by nilsson et al. [2013] in the cpc and cusp given by equations (6) and (7) respectively and the results due to these diffusion coefficients will hereinafter be denoted by nilp and nila respectively. figure 2 represents the perpendicular velocity diffusion coefficients for o+ (top panel) and h+ (bottom panel) ion species. the difference between the two sets is more significant for o+ and at higher altitudes. for o+ ions the set calculated from de-1 observations is nearly 5 orders of magnitude larger than those calculated by cluster observations at 5 re and nearly 8 orders of magnitude higher at 15 re. for h + ions the difference is more significant in the sunward part of the polar cap at higher altitudes as the diffusion coefficients given by equation (5) (bara) are higher than those given by equation (7) (nila) by 4 orders of magnitude at 15 re. figures 3 and 4 show the moments of o+ and h+ ion species respectively. the density of o+ ions at lower altitudes is nearly identical for both sets. at higher altitudes however, the density resulting from diffusion coefficients calculated from de-1 spectral density measurements are smaller than those from cluster observations. this is more evident in the barp results since the initial density is three orders of magnitude less. one significant observation is that the profiles for nilp and nila are identical even though the diffusion coefficients and initial densities are different. the profiles of h+ density are only slightly affected by the change of diffusion coefficients. the alternation of diffusion coefficients has a profound effect on the parallel bulk velocity of o+ ions as it increases the bulk velocity by three orders of magnitude at the highest altitudes (from going from nila to bara for example). therefore unrealistically high velocities are experienced when using diffusion coefficients calculated by de-1 observations at high altitudes. on the other hand, at lower altitudes nilp and nila diffusion coefficients produce relatively low bulk velocities at altitudes lower than 5 re, where the parallel bulk velocity of o+ ions is only about 10 km/s. for the same set of diffusion coefficients, it may be noticed that the bulk velocity is higher in the more sunward part of the polar cap (bara and nila). h+ bulk velocity is less affected by interchanging the diffusion coefficients. nonetheless, at high altitudes high bulk velocities are experienced in barp and bara profiles. the profiles for perpendicular and parallel temperatures also experience unusually high values at high altitudes for calculations based on de-1 observations. for example, in the central polar cap region (polar wind) the perpendicular and parallel temperatures for o+ ions are approximately 2 × 1010 and 4 × 108 k at 10 re for barp profiles. while for nilp profiles at the same altitude the perpendicular and parallel temperatures are only about 2 × 106 and 9 × 104 k at the same altitude. the same holds for h+ ions although with a much lesser extent. it may also be noted that the parallel bulk velocity, perpendicular and parallel temperature profiles for h+ ions are decreasing or nearly constant up to altitudes of approximately 5 re and increasing above that. figure 5 shows the contours for o+ and h+ distribution functions. as may be expected from wpi, conics in phase space are formed. in general it may be noticed that conics form at lower altitudes in bara and barp than in nila and nilp. also for the same set of diffusion coefficients conics form at more lower altitudes for o+ abudayyeh et al. 4 figure 2. perpendicular velocity diffusion coefficient profiles for o+ (top panel) and h+ (bottom panel) ion species. barp refers to diffusion coefficients calculated by barghouthi et al. [1998] (equation 4). bara refers to the diffusion coefficients calculated by barghouthi [1997] (equation 5). nilp and nila refer to diffusion coefficients in the central polar cap and cusp respectively calculated by nilsson et al. [2013] (equations 6 and 7 respectively). 5 de-1 vs. cluster observations figure 3. o+ (a) density (b) parallel bulk velocity (c) perpendicular temperature and (d) parallel temperature profiles. figure 4. h+ (a) density (b) parallel bulk velocity (c) perpendicular temperature and (d) parallel temperature profiles. ions in comparison with h+ ions. finally the latitude dependence is clear, since conics form at more lower altitudes in the most sunward regions of the polar cap. 4. discussion and conclusion as we noted in the previous section using diffusion coefficients calculated from de-1 observations for high altitudes produces unreasonably high parallel velocities and parallel and perpendicular temperatures for o+ ions species. the effect is less evident for h+ ion outflows, but nonetheless it is notable for altitudes higher than 10 re. it is also evident that o+ diffusion coefficients calculated based on cluster spacecraft spectral density measurements are unsuitable for altitudes lower than 5 re. to support our claim, table 1 displays observational and simulation results for the cpc and cusp for o+ ions. it is evident that using diffusion coefficients calculated from de-1 spectral density observations yields results (barp,bara) that are near the observations at low altitudes, but that are not at all compatible with observations for higher altitudes. the opposite may be said of results from using diffusion coefficients calculated based on spectral density measurements from cluster data (nilp,nila). these results agree with high altitude observations but are too low to explain low altitude behavior. this also suggests that the early history of ions along their trajectories is irrelevant for the strong heating region and only the most recent heating affects the moments of the ions. in other words most recent heating dominates. therefore it may be anticipated that for the regions considered in this study, where the heating is mostly intense, ions with different initial conditions will have nearly the same velocities and temperatures at higher altitudes. due to the findings of this study we conclude that using one set of diffusion coefficients is not suitable to abudayyeh et al. 6 figure 5. o+ (first four columns) and h+ (columns 5-8) distribution function contours at 1.7, 3.7, 5.7, 7.7, 9.7, 12.7, and 14.7 re, where c̃ = (v − u)/√2kt/m. the contours decrease successively by a factor of e0.5 from the maximum. 7 explain the outflow of o+ and h+ ions for all altitudes (at least those considered in this study). hence some combination of these diffusion coefficients should be used where the diffusion coefficients given by equations (4) and (5) should be used at low altitudes for the cpc and cusp respectively, and diffusion coefficients given by equations (6) and (7) should be used for high altitudes in the cpc and cusp respectively. we cannot put a definite altitude at which the diffusion coefficients should be altered. it is important to note that we cannot suggest a given altitude to change the diffusion coefficient due to the following reasons: 1. observations show that in the mid altitude region (5-7 re) of the cpc perpendicular temperature falls with altitude which suggests that this region experiences low or no wpi [nilsson et al. 2012, 2013]. this would lead us to introduce a third region where either the spectral density is low (which is unlikely) or the portion of wave activity that is efficient in heating the ions is low. 2. it is reasonable to assume that the change in spectral density with altitude is continuous and doesn’t experience a sudden jump as would be the case if we changed the diffusion coefficients suddenly at a given altitude. still, as a first study such an alteration may be assumed. 3. spectral density data from de-1 only cover altitudes up to 4.5 re while spectral density data from cluster only cover altitudes above 7 re, which leaves the mid altitude region with no spectral density data to deduce the correct diffusion coefficients. however, waara et al. [2011]; nilsson et al. [2012, 2013] only used cluster orbits with apogeum towards the dayside polar cap which limited the data to altitudes above 7 re. cluster can however, provide data for lower altitudes which may give us insight into the mid altitude region. it must also be noted that in each set of diffusion coefficients there are relatively high uncertainties which may correspond to different geophysical conditions. this subject in addition to determining the effect of various combinations of diffusion coefficients and the effect of varying boundary conditions is the objective of an ongoing study. in this study we have neglected the effect of centrifugal acceleration which is a very important acceleration mechanism especially at high altitudes. the effect of centrifugal acceleration on the outflow of ions above the polar cap is the subject of abudayyeh et al. [2015, in press]. we have shown that centrifugal acceleration increases the parallel bulk velocity of the ions and decreases the parallel and perpendicular temperature. in this study we have used a steady state 1-d model, which is usually referred to as the barghouthi model. the applicability of the barghouthi model has been discussed in several previous studies such as barghouthi et al. [2012, 2014] and nilsson et al. [2013]. the barghouthi model has previously been shown to produce results that are similar to the observations [barghouthi 2008, barghouthi et al. 2011]. to make the results more reliable we have modified this model by: (a) subdividing the polar cap region into three trajectories to increase the spatial resolution; (b) replacing the radial field by the tsyganenko t96 model which takes into consideration both internal and external sources of the magnetic field; and (c) replacing the previously used boundary conditions by more recent boundary conditions suggested by nilsson et al. [2013]. in this model we have assumed that the ion outflow is along a field line without convection (e × b drift). such a convection would lead to a drift from one region to another therefore mixing the plasmas of the two regions. by using this model we have therefore assumed low convection velocities which occur at quiet geomagnetic activity periods. furthermore this model does not take into account the temporal variations of the outflow. hence, this model is used to study the typical evolution of ion outflows for large de-1 vs. cluster observations geocentric distance region characteristics observations barp/bara nilp/nila 3 re cusp temperature (ev) ~20-1000 bouhram et al. [2004] 740 (bara) 1 (nila) 3 re cusp parallel bulk velocity (km/s) ~25-100 bouhram et al. [2004] 63 (bara) 1.9 (nila) 11.8 re cusp perpendicular temperature (ev) ~870-2280 nilsson et al. [2013] 8.24 × 108 (bara) 1109 (nila) 11.8 re cusp parallel bulk velocity (km/s) ~83 nilsson et al. [2013] 2.9 × 104 (bara) 54 (nila) 2.3 re cpc parallel bulk velocity (km/s) ~1-2 abe et al. [2004] 1.5 (barp) 0.5 (nilp) 10.1 re cpc parallel bulk velocity (km/s) ~56 nilsson et al. [2013] 2000 (barp) 30 (nilp) table 1. comparison between observational and simulation results for o+ ions. distances along the geomagnetic field lines and the spatial and temporal transients are rather smoothed out. for a more accurate model that takes into consideration all these effects, we suggest that a 3-d model such as barakat and schunk [2006] needs to be used. however, due to their complexity, these models consume a great deal of time and resources, which makes conducting a parametric study like this impractical. consequently, we suggest that a simplistic 1-d model such as the barghouthi model be used to supply the more complicated 3-d models with the correct set of parameters for their implementation. references abe, t., a.w. yau, s. watanabe, m. yamada and e. sagawa (2004). long-term variation of the polar wind velocity and its implication for the ion acceleration process: akebono/ suprathermal ion mass spectrometer observations, journal of geophysical research: space physics, 109 (a9). abudayyeh, h.a., i.a. barghouthi, r. slapak and h. nilsson (2015). centrifugal acceleration at high altitudes above the polar cap: a monte carlo simulation, j. geophys. res. space physics, 120, 6409-6426; doi:10.1002/2015ja021325. arvelius, s., et al. (2005). statistics of high-altitude and high-latitude o+ ion outflows observed by cluster/cis, annales geophysicae, 23 (5), 1909-1916; doi:10.5194/angeo-23-1909-2005. barakat, a.r., and r.w. schunk (2006). a three-dimensional model of the generalized polar wind, journal of geophysical research: space physics, 111 (12), 114; doi:10.1029/2006ja011662. barghouthi, i.a. (1997). effects of wave-particle interactions on h+ and o+ outflow at high latitude: a comparative study, journal of geophysical research, 102 (a10), 22,065; doi:10.1029/96ja03293. barghouthi, i., a. barakat and a. persoon (1998). the effects of altitude-dependent wave particle interactions on the polar wind plasma, astrophysics and space science, 259 (2), 117-140; doi:10.1023/a:1001 569207346. barghouthi, i.a., n.a. qatanani and f.m. allan (2003). monte carlo simulation of boltzmann equation in space plasma at high latitudes, monte carlo methods and applications, 9 (3); doi:10.1515/1569396033 22728978. barghouthi, i.a., and m.a. atout (2006). monte carlo modeling of toroidal ion distributions and ion temperatures at high altitudes equatorward of the cusp: effect of finite gyroradius, journal of geophysical research, 111 (a3), a03202; doi:10.1029/2005ja011 437. barghouthi, i.a. (2008). a monte carlo study for ion outflows at high altitude and high latitude: barghouthi model, journal of geophysical research, 113 (a8), a08209; doi:10.1029/2008ja013274. barghouthi, i.a., s.h. ghithan and h. nilsson (2011). a comparison study between observations and simulation results of barghouthi model for o+ and h+ outflows in the polar wind, annales geophysicae, 29 (11), 2061-2079; doi:10.5194/angeo-29-2061-2011. barghouthi, i.a., h. nilsson and s. ghithan (2012). comparison between the simulation results of barghouthi model for ion outflows in the polar wind and auroral regions, journal of the association of arab universities for basic and applied sciences, 12 (1), 1-10; doi:10.1016/j.jaubas.2012.08.001. barghouthi, i.a., h. nilsson and s.h. ghithan (2014). o+ and h+ ion heat fluxes at high altitudes and high latitudes, annales geophysicae, 32 (8), 1043-1057; doi:10.5194/angeo-32-1043-2014. bouhram, m., b. klecker, w. miyake, h. reme, j. sauvaud, m. malingre, l. kistler and a. blagau (2004). on the altitude dependence of transversely heated o+ distributions in the cusp/cleft, annales geophysicae, 1787-1798; doi:10.5194/angeo-22-1787-2004. chang, t., and b. coppi (1981). lower hybrid acceleration and ion evolution in the suprauroral region, geophysical research letters, 8 (12), 1253-1256; doi:10.1029/gl008i012p01253. chang, t., g.b. crew, n. hershkowitz, j.r. jasperse, j.m. retterer and j.d. winningham (1986). transverse acceleration of oxygen ions by electromagnetic ion cyclotron resonance with broad band left-hand polarized waves, geophysical research letters, 13 (7), 636-639; doi:10.1029/gl013i007p00 636. cladis, j.b. (1986). parallel acceleration and transport of ions from polar ionosphere to plasma sheet, geophysical research letters, 13 (9), 893-896; doi:10.10 29/gl013i009p00893. crew, g.b., t. chang, j.m. retterer, w.k. peterson, d.a. gurnett and r.l. huff (1990). ion cyclotron resonance heated conics: theory and observations, journal of geophysical research, 95 (a4), 3959; doi:10.1029/ja095ia04p03959. demars, h.g., a.r. barakat and r.w. schunk (1996). effect of centrifugal acceleration on the polar wind, journal of geophysical research, 101 (a11), 24,565; doi:10.1029/96ja02234. gurnett, d.a., r.l. huff, j.d. menietti, j.l. burch, j.d. winningham and s.d. shawhan (1984). correlated low-frequency electric and magnetic noise along the auroral field lines, journal of geophysical research, 89 (a10), 8971; doi:10.1029/ja089ia10p08971. abudayyeh et al. 8 9 gurnett, d.a., and u.s. inan (1988). plasma wave observations with the dynamics explorer 1 spacecraft, reviews of geophysics, 26 (2), 285; doi:10.1029/rg 026i002p00285. horwitz, j.l., c.w. ho, h.d. scarbro, g.r. wilson and t.e. moore (1994). centrifugal acceleration of the polar wind, journal of geophysical research, 99 (a8), 15,051; doi:10.1029/94ja00924. huddleston, m.m., c.j. pollock, m.p. wuest, j.s. pickett, t.e. moore and w.k. peterson (2000). toroidal ion distributions observed at high altitudes equatorward of the cusp, geophysical research letters, 27 (4), 469-472; doi:10.1029/1999gl010712. lundin, r., m. yamauchi, j. woch and g. marklund (1995). boundary layer polarization and voltage in the 14 mlt region, journal of geophysical research, 100 (a5), 7587; doi:10.1029/94ja02523. maggiolo, r., et al. (2006). a multi-satellite study of accelerated ionospheric ion beams above the polar cap, annales geophysicae, 24 (6), 1665-1684. nilsson, h., et al. (2004). the structure of high altitude o+ energization and outflow: a case study, annales geophysicae, 22 (7), 2497-2506; doi:10.5194/angeo22-2497-2004. nilsson, h., et al. (2006). characteristics of high altitude oxygen ion energization and outflow as observed by cluster: a statistical study, annales geophysicae, 24 (3), 1099-1112; doi:10.5194/angeo-241099-2006. nilsson, h., et al. (2008). an assessment of the role of the centrifugal acceleration mechanism in high altitude polar cap oxygen ion outflow, annales geophysicae, 26 (1), 145-157; doi:10.5194/angeo-26-1452008. nilsson, h., e. engwall, a. eriksson, p.a. puhl-quinn and s. arvelius (2010). centrifugal acceleration in the magnetotail lobes, annales geophysicae, 28 (2), 569-576; doi:10.5194/angeo-28-569-2010. nilsson, h., i.a. barghouthi, r. slapak, a.i. eriksson and m. andré (2012). hot and cold ion outflow: spatial distribution of ion heating, journal of geophysical research, 117 (a11), a11201; doi:10.1029/ 2012ja017974. nilsson, h., i. a. barghouthi, r. slapak, a.i. eriksson and m. andré (2013). hot and cold ion outflow: observations and implications for numerical models, journal of geophysical research: space physics, 118 (1), 105-117; doi:10.1029/2012ja017975. retterer, j., t. chang, g. crew, j. jasperse and j. winningham (1987). monte carlo modeling of ionospheric oxygen acceleration by cyclotron resonance with broad-band electromagnetic turbulence, physical review letters, 59 (1), 148-151; doi:10.1103/ physrevlett.59.148. retterer, j.m., t. chang and j.r. jasperse (1994). transversely accelerated ions in the topside ionosphere, journal of geophysical research, 99 (a7), 13,189; doi:10.1029/93ja03570. schunk, r.w. (1977). mathematical structure of transport equations for multispecies flows, reviews of geophysics, 15 (4), 429; doi:10.1029/rg015i004p00 429. slapak, r., h. nilsson, m. waara, m. andré, g. stenberg and i.a. barghouthi (2011). o+ heating associated with strong wave activity in the high altitude cusp and mantle, annales geophysicae, 29 (5), 931944; doi:10.5194/angeo-29-931-2011. tsyganenko, n.a. (1995). modeling the earth’s magnetospheric magnetic field confined within a realistic magnetopause, journal of geophysical research, 100 (a4), 5599; doi:10.1029/94ja03193. tsyganenko, n.a. (1996). effects of the solar wind conditions in the global magnetospheric configurations as deduced from data-based field models, in: e.j. rolfe and b. kaldeich (eds.), proceedings of the 3rd international conference on substorms (versailles, may 12-17, 1996), esa sp-389, paris: european space agency, p.181. waara, m., h. nilsson, g. stenberg, m. andré, h. gunell and h. rème (2010). oxygen ion energization observed at high altitudes, annales geophysicae, 28 (4), 907-916; doi:10.5194/angeo-28-907-2010. waara, m., r. slapak, h. nilsson, g. stenberg, m. andré and i.a. barghouthi (2011). statistical evidence for o+ energization and outflow caused by wave-particle interaction in the high altitude cusp and mantle, annales geophysicae, 29 (5), 945-954; doi:10.5194/ angeo-29-945-2011. waara, m., h. nilsson, r. slapak, m. andré and g. stenberg (2012). oxygen ion energization by waves in the high altitude cusp and mantle, annales geophysicae, 30 (9), 1309-1314; doi:10.5194/angeo-301309-2012. corresponding author: hamza a. abudayyeh, al-quds university, department of physics, jerusalem, palestine; email: abudayyehhamza@gmail.com. © 2015 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. de-1 vs. cluster observations << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7558 1 the social sense of geological literacy h éctor luis lacreu dep artam en to d e geología, un iversid ad n acion al d e san lu is, argen tin a lacreu @gm ail.com abstract w ays and methodologies to teach geology are widely debated and are frequent topics in geoscientific discussion, whereas there is much less attention to the subject of geological literacy. it is more and more frequent to hear complaints by un iversity teachers regarding the deficient geological knowledge of incoming university students, and this is especially the case in a rgentina’s universities. teachers simply characterize the problem affirming: “the students do not know an ything about geology” or “in high school nobody taught them geology”. a dditionally, most geologists consider that it is not their problem and consider secondary teachers as uniquely responsible. n evertheless, the matter is more complicated than this and deserves a different approach for resolution. in this contribution i table reflections on the need to address the lack of preparation and the scarcity of geological knowledge in terms of geological literacy, rather than in terms of teaching geology. 1. in trod uction n ad equ ate geological kn ow led ge n ot on ly affects stu d en ts in u n iversities, bu t also th e m ajority of citizen s w h o fin ish th eir secon d ary stu d ies w ith ou t h avin g learn ed an y basic geological n otion s. th e m ost w orrisom e asp ect in th is situ ation is th at th is ign oran ce also ch aracterizes p olitician s, tech n ician s, jou rn alists an d scien ce com m u n icators, w h o act an d give op in ion s on n atu ral resou rces an d en viron m en tal p roblem s, w ith ou t an y com p r eh en sion as to cau ses an d effects of th e issu es, th ereby con tribu tin g to th e in crease in con fu sion in th e p u blic. for too m an y years, th e sam e op in ion s on th is m atter h ave been rep eated , by u sin g tw o key con cep ts, “kn ow led ge” an d “teach in g”, an d by om ittin g th e con cep t of “learn in g”, w h ile th e th ree con cep ts sh ou ld be all con sid ered sim u ltan eou sly w ith in th e fram ew ork of th e real con d ition s in w h ich th ey in teract. with ou t d ou bt th ere are efforts to im p rove th is state of affairs, bu t for th e sake of brevity i w ill m ake som e gen eralization s, th at in som e cases m ay seem im p rop er an d in correct. th erefore, m y ap ologies for th ose w h o w ill feel sligh ted an d m y en cou ragem en t to th em to sp read th eir ach ievem en ts th rou gh p u blication s th at are a ccessible to ed u cators. im p rovin g teach in g of geology requ ires an a d equ ate ch aracterization of th e p roblem , by focu sin g on th e sen se of geological learn in g an d kn ow led ge. th is rep resen ts a great ch allen ge for th e geological com m u n ity, both in term s of u n d erstan d in g th e con cep t of geological liter acy an d in term s of in terven tion w ith con crete action s in p rim ary, secon d ary an d u n iversity stu d ies. an oth er ch allen ge is to im p rove th e ap p roach to th e p roblem , given th e com p lexity to in terven e in th ese d om ain s, th e lack of in d ivid u als w h o are exp ert in th e su bject, th e con flicts of in terests an d th e resistan ce of som e teach ers to in trod u ce ch an ges in th eir u su al p ractices. in th at sen se, w e cou ld list oth er ch allen ges, bu t i w ill d o so later, after a few reflection s on scien tific literacy in gen eral an d geological literacy in p articu lar . 2. some n otion s on scien tific literacy th e term “literacy” w as first u sed in th e late n in eteen th cen tu ry to in d icate th e cap ability to read an d w rite. it is on e of th ose self-d efin in g term s, su ch as “freed om ”, “ju stice”, “h ap p in ess”, w h ich w e in corp orate in ou r cu ltu re for th eir con ten t, n eed ed qu alities an d d esirable attribu tes (braslavsky, 2003). sin ce th en , th e i an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7558 2 term “literacy” h as been rep h rased an d a con sen su s h as been bu ilt on th e m ean in g of scie n tific an d tech n ological literacy (act in sp a n ish ). it “d esign ates a typ e of kn ow led ge, skills or com p eten ces th at in ou r tech n ical-scien tific w orld corresp on d to w h at literacy w as in th e last cen tu ry” (fou rez, 1997: 15). in ad d ition , th e term “literacy” p rop itiates a m ore com p lex cu ltu re th at gives valu e to both th e p ertin en ce an d th e ad equ ate u se of kn ow led ge as an eth ical com m itm en t to reflect on the social an d p olit ical con sequ en ces of its ap p lication . with in th is orien tation , it h as been p oin ted ou t th at “given th e com p lexity of p resen t an d fu tu re global ch allen ges, h igh er ed u cation h as th e social resp on sibility to ad van ce ou r u n d e rstan d in g of m u ltifaceted p roblem s th at im p ly social, econ om ic, scien tific an d cu ltu ral asp ects, as w ell as ou r cap ability of ad d ressin g th em . h igh er ed u cation sh ou ld take on social lead e rsh ip in global kn ow led ge-bu ild in g to ad d ress global ch allen ges, in clu d in g food secu rity, clim ate ch an ge, w ater m an agem en t, in tercu ltu ral d ialogu e, ren ew able en ergy an d p u blic h ealth ” (un esco, 2009). as a resu lt, w e can assu m e th at scien tific liter acy is n ecessary to im p rove th e qu ality of citizen p articip ation in d ecision -m akin g, in econ om ic p olicies d evelop ed in d ifferen t sectors (fo r exam p le: legislative p rojects at m u n icip al, p r ovin cial an d / or n ation al scale), as w ell as in th e p u blic h earin gs con ven ed w h en w orks th at h ave an im p act on th e en viron m en t are carried ou t. su ch tim ely an d relevan t p articip ation r equ ires from “citizen s m ore th an a very h igh level of kn ow led ge, th e lin kin g of a m in im u m of sp ecific kn ow led ge, p erfectly accessible to citizen s, w ith global ap p roach es an d eth ical con sid eration s th at d on ’t requ ire an y sp ecialization .” (gil y vilch es, 2003). 3. d imen sion s of geological literacy geological literacy is a m u ltid im en sion al ch a llen ge an d requ ires n ew cu rricu lar p rop osals overcom in g trad ition al teach in g, restricted o n ly to con cep tu al an d m eth od ological geological con ten ts. in th is sen se, it is recom m en d ed to in corp orate oth er d im en sion s su ch as th e h ist ory of geological id eas, ep istem ology, th e n atu re of geology, sp ecific tech n iqu es an d m eth od s, p rofession al p ractices, an d th eir role in p erso n al an d social life (ad ap ted from bybee, 1997; qu oted in gil-pérez et al., 2005). in th is ap p roach , it can be p oin ted ou t th at ge ological cu rricu la for all th e citizen s sh ou ld h ave th e follow in g com m on elem en ts (ad ap ted from marco, 2000):  practical geological literacy th at allow s u s to m ake u se of geological kn ow led ge in d aily life, in ord er to im p rove liv in g con d ition s, as w ell as featu res, n atu ral resou rces an d risks of ou r en viron m en t.  civic geological literacy, so th at all p eop le can socially in terven e in p olit ical d ecision s w ith d ifferen t criteria, in clu d in g eth ical an d scien tific criteria.  cu ltu ral geological literacy th at d ebates th e m ean in g of scien ce an d tech n ology an d th eir im p act on th e social stru ctu re . in sh ort, geological literacy in a broad sen se sh ou ld in tegrate p ractical literacy, civic literacy an d cu ltu ral literacy for citizen s in gen eral. 4. geological literacy in ed ucation al levels th e ch an ge from “geological teach in g” to “ge ological literacy” im p lies both an exp an sion of con ten t an d a n ew ap p roach , cen tered on lear n in g, in w h ich th e con cep ts red u ce th eir trad ition al role, to sh are it w ith skills an d attitu d es in th e u se of su ch con cep ts. th is ap p roach r equ ires n ew d id actics, ap p rop riate to each ed u cation al level, to th e “geological h orizon ” th at su rrou n d s each in stitu tion , to th e resou rces available, an d so on . all th ese elem en ts con figu re a set of sp ecific n eed s th at are su bjects of stu d y, creation an d research of a n ew d iscip lin ary field called th e “geolod actics” (lacreu , 2012). in th e social im agin ary, in th e gen eral ed u cation al regu lation s an d in th e sp ecific cu rricu lar m od els, it is exp ected th at p re-u n iversity ed u cation sh ou ld be aim ed at train in g citizen s, sim u ltan eou sly train in g for w ork in sertion an d p rop aed eu tic train in g. in argen tin a, w ith regard s to th e p rim ary level of ed u cation , it is p erceived th a t “p ractical geoan n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7558 3 logical literacy” in clu d es su fficien t geological con ten ts. h ow ever, sequ en cin g an d grad u ality are con sid ered in ad equ ate, w h ereas d id actic strategies often ign ore field w ork an d th e cts ap p roach (lacreu , 2015). on th e oth er h an d , in th e argen tin e secon d ary ed u cation al level, th e geological con ten ts are alm ost n u ll w ith in th e n ap (priority learn in g n u cleu s) of n atu ral scien ces for th e com m on cycle of all h igh sch ools. th ey are also absen t in m ost of th e orien tated h igh sch ools, excep t for th e orien tation s in “n atu ral scien ces” an d “en viron m en t”, in w h ich th e n ew sp ecific cu rricu lar sp ace of “earth scien ces” w as created . h ow ever, it is n ot p ossible to d evelop geolog ical con ten ts in d ep th , sin ce th e n ecessary p r erequ isites d o n ot exist (lacreu , 2014). in relation to th e secon d ary ed u cation al level, it is im p ortan t to n ote an im p ortan t con tribu tion on literacy in earth scien ces m ad e by a grou p of sp an ish colleagu es (ped rin aci et al., 2013) w h o m an aged to syn th esize 5 objectives an d 10 key id eas th at con stitu te an in d isp en sable gu id e to review th e argen tin e cu rricu la . with referen ce to th e u n iversity level, geology careers offer an ad equ ate h igh er ed u cation in sp ecific geological asp ects, far su rp assin g th e n eed s of “p ractical geological literacy”. h o w ever, th ere are sh ortcom in gs in “civic geological literacy” an d “cu ltu ral geological literacy”, save som e excep tion s, th at p ersist th rou gh ou t th e form ative stage, w eaken in g th e in tegral train in g an d , th erefore, th e p rofession al p rofile of geologists, as r equ ired by th e n ew regu lation s in force sin ce 2008. precisely for th is re ason , i sh are th e great con cern th at exists in th e in tern ation al aren as w h ere th e p roblem of h igh er ed u cation is d iscu ssed . in m y exp erien ce of m ore th an 30 years in u n iversity teach in g, in d ivu lgation activities an d train in g of teach ers i h ave been able to w itn ess th e in su fficien t literacy of u n iversity asp iran ts. in d eed , th is is m an ifested in th e scarce geolog ical an d m ath em atical kn ow led ge an d in a n otable d eficit in th e cap ability of read in gcom p reh en sion as w ell as in com m u n icative com p eten cies. for th ese reason s, th e n ation al u n iversities ad op ted su p p ort p olicies to rein force su ch in stru m en tal skills an d to red u ce th e n u m ber of stu d en ts th at d rop ou t. in ad d ition , geology cou rses in clu d e su bjects su ch as “in trod u ction to geology” an d cou rses on read in g, com p reh en sion an d w ritin g of scien tific texts, as a w ay of com p en satin g for th e d eficit in th e “p ractical geological literacy” of en tran ts. un fortu n ately, th ere are n o kn ow n m ech an ism s th at attem p t to revert th e in su fficien t cultural literacy, referrin g to th e h istorical, ep ist em ological an d m eth od ological asp ects of geo logy, as w ell as th e d eficit in citizen literacy, w h ich is reflected in th e d ifficu lties to id en tify m ain an d secon d ary cau ses, or to recogn ize eth ical con flicts in p rofession al p ractices, or to exp ress on e's ow n id eas, takin g in to accou n t d ifferen t p oin ts of view . in sh ort, i con sid er th at su ch com p eten cies lim it th e in d ivid u als to fu lly an d actively p articip ate in civ ic life. fin ally, a balan ce cou ld be created : ju st as w e w on d ered abou t th e scien tific geological liter acy of citizen s, w e sh ou ld also w on d er abou t th e scien tific literacy of th e scien tists. th is ap p a ren t p lay on w ord s refers to th e con cep t of lite racy as a m etap h or for th e in tegral train in g of citizen s th at w e h ave alread y con sid ered as in su fficien t. th is is w h y w e can form u late som e rh etorical qu estion s th at cou ld h elp to th in k th e ch allen ges of th e 21st cen tu ry :  w hy do the national universities and the national geology curricula not address the shortcomings in “civic” and “cultural” literacy, with the same dedication they have to overcoming practical literacy?  how much better would be the training of geologists, how much better and more ethical could their professional practices and contributions to sustainable development be, if the dimensions of “civic” and “cultural” literacy were explicitly and formally incorporated in the curricula? th e an sw ers to th e above qu estion s an d th eir p ractical d evelop m en t w ill rem ain p en d in g. h ow ever, som e reflection s an d p rop osals are sh ared on som e of th e ch allen ges th at i believe w ill h ave to be assu m ed w ith in th e d iscip lin ary field of geology, w h ile in teractin g w ith oth er d iscip lin ary field s. th e in teraction betw een “ge olod acts”, teach ers, acad em ic au th orities an d p rovin cial an d n ation al p olitical officers w ill be essen tial to im p rove geological literacy in p rim ary, secon d ary an d h igh er ed u cation , in keep in g w ith th e an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7558 4 com p lexity th at is en visaged for th e 21 st cen tu ry. 5. con clusion : some challen ges 5.1 creating favorable instances for the deve lopment of geolodactics th e scarce geological train in g of p re -u n iversity teach ers an d th e lack of geolod actic resou rces often gen erate a certain d egree of in secu rity an d fear for teach in g geology. th u s, it is im p ossible to m otivate stu d en ts. th is is a seriou s p roblem w h ose ap p roach requ ires a n u m ber of sp ecialists in geolod actics in a greater n u m ber th an cu rren tly exists in argen tin a. con sequ en tly, th e n ation al u n iversities h ave th e social an d p olitical resp on sibility to fav or th e creation an d d evelop m en t of geological research cen ters, as w ell as to in corp orate research ers w ith exclu sive d ed ication , from geology to p ed agogy (lacreu , 2107a). train in g an d u p d atin g of teach ers is im p er ative to aban d on th e u su al w ay to th in k of teach in g geology an d to rep lace it w ith n ew ap p roach es th at p rom ote geolog ically sign ifican t learn in g. in th at sen se, w e m u st w ork on th e d id actic tran sp osition (lacreu , 1996) an d on th e re-sign ification of geology as a h istorical scien ce. 5.2 renew ing the teaching of geology by e mphasizing the character of historical science prim ary an d secon d ary ed u cation sh ou ld be ren ew ed by in corp oratin g ap p roach es d ifferen t th an u su al. on th e on e h an d , m ean in gfu l lear n in g sh ou ld be p rom oted th rou gh sch ool r esearch , w ith an d w ith ou t field trip s, p roblem solvin g or case stu d ies. on th e oth er h an d , it is n ecessary to ren ew th e ep istem ological a p p roach an d to d evelop strategies th at allow on e to u n d erstan d th e h istorical an d in terp retative ch aracter of geology (frod em an , 1995). it h as lon g been p rop osed th at “geology is a h istorical scien ce of n atu re, becau se it stu d ies n atu ral p rocesses th rou gh form s (fossilized in th e origin al) reflected in geological stru ctu res” (pot ap ova, 1968). in th is sen se, som e exp erien ces r elated to th e con stru ction of th e geological h ist ory of lan d scap e can be con sid ered , both th rou gh field w ork (lacreu , 2007) an d virtu al classroom w ork (lacreu , 2012b). in th is w ay, attem p ts h ave been m ad e to d elete con cep tu al errors abou t th e im m u tability of relief, its rocks an d stru ctu res an d to p rom ote aw aren ess of th e h u m an im p act on n atu re. man leaves m arks on th e geological lan d scap e, ju st as n atu ral p r ocesses of th e p ast h ave left m arks th at w e can see tod ay on th e p resen t lan d scap e. th e h u m an m arks are of a d ifferen t n atu re, bu t th eir in te n sity is so stron g as to su ggest th e in trod u ction of a n ew geological ep och : th e an th rop ocen e (cru tzen , 2002). 5.3 promoting epistemological coherence in the teaching of the natural sciences n atu ral scien ces can n ot be p rop erly tau gh t if geology is absen t. th is im p lies th e reform u lation of cu rricu la at th e p re-u n iversity level, u n iversity teach in g form ation , an d train in g cou rses in n atu ral scien ces, so th at geology can be in corp orated as an in h eren t d iscip lin e in th is grou p of scien ces. th is con stitu tes a p olitical d ebt of u n iversity au th orities (an d a ch allen ge for th e geological com m u n ity), th at h as been tolerated by action or om ission . th is p erm issiven ess h ap p en s u n d er th e assu m p tion th at it is an ed u cation al p roblem , alien to geology, w ith ou t realizin g th at its resolu tion in evitably requ ires th e com m itted p articip ation of geologists in gen eral an d geolod acts in p articu lar. in th is sen se, in ord er to ach ieve an in tegrative teach in g of th e n atu ral scien ces, it is essen tial to u se th e h istorical ap p roach , to h igh ligh t th e fact th at m an y of th e biological, p h ysical an d ch e m ical p rocesses occu rred in th e p ast h ave been record ed in geological m aterials, in d ifferen t tim es an d p laces th r ou gh ou t th e h istory of th e earth . th ese m aterials h ave u n d ergon e ch an ges of sh ap e an d p osition an d m an y of th em con tain m in in g resou rces n ecessary for society. th erefore, th e search for n ew resou rces r equ ires th e h istorical recon stru ction of geolog ical lan d scap es. 5.4 promoting epistemological coherence in the teaching of the natural sciences th e lack of access to civic an d cu ltu ral geolog ical literacy, as w ell as th e scarce cap ability of w ritin g an d scien tific com m u n ication , seriou sly an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7558 5 th reaten th e ach iev em en t of th e p rofession al p rofile requ ired by n ation al regu lation s (lacreu , 2017b). con sequ en tly, cu rricu la sh ou ld recogn ize su ch sh ortcom in gs an d e xp licitly in corp orate com p en satory strategies. for th is p u rp ose, th e n ation al u n iversities com m itm en t to society sh ou ld be rem em bered : geology h as been d eclared a d iscip lin e of p u blic in terest, becau se its p rofession al p ractice can in flu en ce p u blic safety, by p u ttin g risk on h ealth , safety, righ ts, p rop erty or train in g of th e in h abitan ts, as in d icated in th e arg en tin e regu lation s. it is n ecessary th at stu d en ts are p r ogressively train ed accord in g to th e n ation al r equ irem en ts of h igh er ed u cation for th e 21st cen tu ry (un esco, 2009), w h ich p articu larly em p h asizes th e n eed for geologists to carry ou t th eir p rofession al activities w ith a sen se of eth ical an d social resp on sibility, an d w ith th e com m itm en t to favou r su stain able d evelo p m en t. 5.5 contributing to sustainable development and to the clarification of its meaning bru n d tlan d , in h er first an d valu able rep ort (un , 1987), p rop oses th at su stain able develop m en t “is cap able of resp on d in g to th e n eed s of th e p resen t, w ith ou t com p rom isin g th e p o ssibility of fu tu re gen eration s to satisfy th eir n eed s”. at th e m om en t, it cou ld seem a sed u ctive bu t som ew h at n aive statem en t . in fact, it d oes n ot sp ecify w h ich social sectors are ben eficiaries of th e “n eed s of th e p resen t” an d ca n n ot an ticip ate w h at th e n eed s of “fu tu re gen e ration s” w ill be. besid es, m ost en viron m en tal p roblem s are th e resu lt of com p an ies th at d efin e th em selves as su stain able, bu t too often th ey on ly favor econ om ic grow th to th e d etr im en t of social equ ity an d ecological balan ce. th ese situ ation s requ ire th at geologists are aw are of th e role (p assive or active) th at th ey can p lay in th e creation / solu tion of th ese p roblem s (lacreu , 2017b). referen ces braslavsky b. (2003). qu é se entiend e p or alfabetización. lectu ra y vid a. año 24, 2:2-17. bybee r. (1997). tow ard s an un d erstan d in g of scien tific literacy. in : graeber w. an d bolte c. (ed s), scien tific literacy, kiel. cru tzen p.j. (2002). geology of man kin d . n atu re, 415(6867), p . 23. fou rez g. (1997). alfabetización cien tífica y tecn ológica. acerca d e las fin alid ad es d e la en señ an za d e las cien cias, ed colih u e, 255p . frod em an r. (1995). geological reason in g: g eology as an in terp retive an d h istorical scien ce. geological society of am erica bu lletin , 107(8):960-968. gil d. y vilch es, a. (2003). la con tribu ción d e la cien cia a la cu ltu ra ciu d ad an a. cu ltu ra y ed u cación , 16 (3):259-272, valen cia. gil pérez d., sifred o c., vald és p. y vilch es a. (2005). ¿cu ál es la im p ortan cia d e la ed u cación cien tífica en la socied ad actu al? san tiago orealc/ un esco:15-28. lacreu h .l. (1997). la tran sp osición d id áctica d e las geocien cias. en señ an za d e las cie n cias d e la tierra, (5.1):37-48. lacreu h .l. (2007). la historia geológica d el p aisaje com o contenid o esencial en la enseñanza obligatoria. alam biqu e, n . 51:76-87. lacreu h .l. (2012a). raíces p olíticas d el an alfabetism o geológico. xvii sim p osio sobre en señ an za d e la geología, actas:91-99. lacreu h .l. (2012b). recu rsos virtu ales p ara la in terp retación geológica d el p aisaje. en señ an za d e las cien cias d e la tierra, vol. 20.2: 198-202. lacreu h .l. (2014). aciertos, d istorsion es y falacias en la en señ an za d e las cien cias n atu rales d e la ed u cación secu n d aria obligatoria d e argen tin a. terræ did atica 10-3:217-226, cam p in as, brasil. lacreu h .l. (2015). la geología en la ed u cación p rim aria y secu n d aria. ibigeo, tem as bgn oa vol. 5, n ú m . 2:25-28. lacreu h .l. (2017a). la en señ an za d e la geología en el n ivel p reu n iversitario. pon en cia en la mesa red on d a “en señ an za d e la geología” xx cga, tu cu m án u n p u blish ed . lacreu h .l. (2017b). con secu en cias sociales d e las p rácticas geológicas. sim p osio miran d o al fu tu ro. xx cga, tu cu m án . acta p . 3640. marco b. (2000). la alfabetización cien tífica. en perales, f. y cañ al, p. (ed s.): did áctica d e las cien cias exp erim en tales,141-164. alcoi: marfil. ped rin aci e., alcald e s., alfaro p., alm od óvar g.r., barrera j.l., belm on te a., bru si d., an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7558 6 calon ge a., card on a v., cresp o-blan c a., feixas j.c., fern án d ez-martín ez e., gon z ález-díez a., jim én ez-millán j., lóp ez -ru iz j., mata-perelló j.m., pascu al j.a., qu in t an illa l., rában o i., rebollo l., rod rigo a. y roqu ero e. (2013). alfabetización en cien cias d e la tierra. en señ an za d e las cien cias d e la tierra, 21.2., 117-129. potap ov a m.s. (1968). geologia com o u m a ciên cia h istórica d a n atu reza. terræ did atica, 3(1):86-90. un (1987). rep ort of th e world com m ission on en viron m en t an d dev elop m en t: ou r com m on fu tu re. ch ap ter 2: tow ard s su stain able develop m en t, h ttp :/ / w w w .u n d ocu m en ts.n et/ w ced -ocf.h tm (accessed 21 febru ary 2018). un esco (2009). la n u eva d in ám ica d e la ed u cación su p erior y la in vestigación p ara el cam bio social y el d esarrollo. com u n icad o d e la con feren cia mu n d ial d e la un esco, parís.. [figu ered o an d wolf, 2009] figu ered o, a. j. an d wolf, p. s. a. (2009). assortative p airin g an d life h istory strategy a crosscu ltu ral stu d y. h u m an n atu re, 20:317–330. [figu ered o an d wolf, 2009] figu ered o, a. j. an d wolf, p. s. a. (2009). assortat ive p airin g an d life h istory strategy a crosscu ltu ral stu d y. h u m an n atu re, 20:317–330. bruno 753_768.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 6, december 2002 753 seismic reflection data processing in active volcanic areas: an application to campi flegrei and somma vesuvius offshore (southern italy) pier paolo g. bruno (1), vincenzo di fiore (2) and antonio rapolla (2) (1) osservatorio vesuviano, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, napoli, italy (2) dipartimento di scienze della terra, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», napoli, italy abstract the campanian volcanism develops near the sea. therefore, the geophysical study of the marine environment is a key to a better understanding of the tectonic evolution and the origin of volcanism in the area. an abundance of high quality seismic data in the marine sector, where little direct information is available, is critical to the study of campanian volcanism. this paper concerns the reprocessing of a seismic reflection dataset acquired in naples bay and processed during 1973. even though the overall data quality was high for that time, of course their acquisition technological limits have been overcome by the new processing. our reprocessing aimed at: 1) reduction of random noise in the data; 2) removal of unwanted coherent events; 3) reduction of spatial aliasing by means of trace interpolation on commod shot point (csp) gathering; 4) improvement of resolution of the seismic wavelet with spiking deconvolution algorithms and finally 5) reposition of reflectors in their correct locations in the spacetwt domain by means of dip moveout and post-stack time migration. a comparison between the new and old data shows that the new sections are characterized by a much higher s/n ratio. diffraction hyperbole has been collapsed. reverberations, ghosts and multiples have been removed or greatly attenuated, especially between the reflectors of interest, allowing us to follow them with more detail and with greater continuity. furthermore, data resolution has been boosted by the reprocessing, allowing the interpreter to evaluate reflector position and continuity in greater detail. the reinterpretation phase of such lines, that is already in an advanced stage, will therefore allow us to gain new insights into the structural setting of the bay, with the aim of exploring the connection between tectonics and volcanism. 1. introduction this paper concerns the reprocessing of a seismic reflection dataset acquired in naples bay (nb) by ogs (istituto nazionale di oceanografia e geofisica sperimentale) during 1973 (finetti and morelli, 1974) in order to acquire new data in a vital area for the understanding of the local active volcanism. this area, which experienced a regional extension during the plio-quaternary is of great importance because it is the site of active volcanism: the presence of volcanoes with geological and historical records of very explosive events (such as ignimbrites and plinian eruptions) in a densely populated territory, implies a high risk. naturally, explosive volcanic activity also includes a strong and very frequent seismic activity, even if limited to localized areas, such as pozzuoli town. although the recent mailing address: prof. antonio rapolla, dipartimento di scienze della terra, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», largo san marcellino 10, 80138 napoli, italy; e-mail: rapolla@unina.it key words marine geophysics − seismic reflection − naples bay − campi flegrei − somma-vesuvius 754 pier paolo g. bruno, vincenzo di fiore and antonio rapolla seismic crises of 1970-1972 and 1982-1984 in campi flegrei (cf) did not culminate in a volcanic eruption, they caused extensive damage, and the evacuation of an entire district of pozzuoli town (rione terra: de stefano et al., 1988). the campanian volcanism develops near the sea; procida and ischia are volcanic islands. bruno et al. (2002) showed that the remnant of a once larger volcanic complex extended to the western offshore of ischia island. somma vesuvius (sv) complex is located on the coastline, at about 10 km to the sw of the city of naples (fig. 1). probably this volcano started its activity in a shallow water environment whereas cf volcanic field constitutes a promontory located at about 10 km to the west of naples. morphological, geophysical and geological data suggest that the cf caldera continues in the gulf of pozzuoli (gp) (agip, 1987; rosi and sbrana, 1987; orsi et al., 1996; florio et al., 1997). therefore, the geophysical study of the marine environment is a key to better understanding the tectonic evolution and the origin of volcanism in the area with clear spin-off on the seismic and volcanic hazard. an abundance of high quality geophysical data (and among them seismic data, which allow the highest resolution) is critical to the study of marine environments where little direct information is available. unfortunately, high quality geophysical data are missing in the nb. the spatial resolution of the available aeromagnetic and marine gravity data collected in fig. 1. location of the seismic lines in the gulf of naples. 755 seismic reflection data processing in active volcanic areas: an application to campi flegrei and somma vesuvius ... the bay (agip, 1982) is insufficient. more recent and detailed potential field data acquisition only concerned limited sectors of the bay. at present, the only deep seismic dataset available in the area was collected by ogs (istituto nazionale di oceanografia e geofisica sperimentale) during 1973. deep seismic reflection data allow very high detail, but the acquisition is quite expensive, and often it is not affordable for public research institutions. indeed, more recent seismic data collected in nb are, in most cases, high resolution − single channel sparker and uniboom profiles, which allow the shallow plio-quaternary cover to be studied in detail, but do not penetrate deep. therefore, fault geometry and kinematics, and in some cases the tectonic involvement of the deep geological units are hypothetical. for all these reasons the sea environment geology in the gulf of naples is less known than the onshore areas. to gain more information on the deep part of nb, near the gp, we decided to reprocess the 1973 ogs seismic dataset. reprocessing old seismic data has become a standard in the oil industry since technological advances bring notable improvements to the data in terms of signal-to-noise (s/n) ratio, allowing the interpreter to obtain new information at low cost. 2. geological settings nb is the submerged sector of the campanian plain, a quaternary graben bordered by mesozoic carbonates. the plain and the overlooking tyrrhenian sea originated from stretching and thinning of the continental crust due to the rotation the italian peninsula (patacca et al., 1990). a pliocene distension phase (sgrosso, 1998) created the conditions for magma uprising in the area. the active volcanoes develop along the coast with the presence of two main volcanic centres: cf and sv. cf are a volcanic field developed within a nested caldera (fig. 1) which was created by two large ignimbritic eruptions that produced widespread ash-flow deposits: the «campanian ignimbrite» (ci) at about 34 000 a b.p., and the «neapolitan yellow tuff» (nyt) about 12 000 years ago. after the nyt eruption, the caldera was invaded by the sea (scandone et al., 1991). subsequent volcanic activity emplaced only within the caldera structure, frequently along its rims and sometimes involving intra-calderic collapses (lirer et al., 1987). the erupted products range in composition from k-basalts to alkali-trachyte and phonolite. the complex has been active since at least 47 000 a b.p. an uplift of the caldera floor already occurred between 10 and 5 ky b.p. (cinque et al., 1985). a marine terrace (la starza), raised to height of about 40 m, currently borders the northern shore of the gulf of pozzuoli. the uplift was accompanied and followed by revived volcanic activity. sea-level measurements made in the ruins of a roman market (serapeo), built near the seashore in the town of pozzuoli, have indicated a slow sinking of the area since roman times. (these slow movements of the ground have been called bradyseism from the greek «bradi» slow and «seism» movement). the serapeo floor, had to be upraised only two centuries after its first construction, because of the sea ingression. at the beginning of 1900, early land levelling showed that the maximum value of ground sinking was occurring in the town of pozzuoli. this slow sinking continued until 1968. an inversion of tendency occurred during 1970-1972 and 1982-1984 with two important episodes of inflation (berrino et al., 1984). during these periods an uplift of 170 cm and 182 cm respectively was measured at the point of maximum deformation, located in pozzuoli town. the inflation geometry is the mirror image of the slow sinking observed until 1968; it has a circular symmetry around pozzuoli and regularly decreases toward the margin of the caldera. a partial deflation of about 20 cm occurred after the 19701972 episode. about 70 cm have been recovered since the 1982-84 episode. deformation at cf seems strongly controlled by the caldera structure. luongo et al. (1991) and civetta et al. (1995) explain the uplift with a caldera-resurgence phenomenon, which involves both brittle and ductile deformation (orsi et al., 1996). scandone et al. (1991) suggest instead that the pattern of ground deformation does not seem 756 pier paolo g. bruno, vincenzo di fiore and antonio rapolla compatible with magma migration toward shallow depth, because in such case a decrease of the aerial extent of the inflation would be expected. contrary to the sinking phase, uplift episodes are accompanied by marked seismic activity. earthquakes occur mostly in the coastal region around pozzuoli, fewer deeper events occur within the bay, but they do not extend outside the border of the cf caldera (fig. 2a). hypocenters are located between a few hundred meters and about 5 km depth. the maximum recorded magnitude (4.0) was observed in 1984. aster and meyer (1988) made a tomographic study of the crustal structure of the caldera by a simultaneous tridimensional inversion of velocity and hypocenters of earthquakes. they found that the central part of the pozzuoli caldera has an anomalous high vp /vs ratio and low vp and vs , indicating an incompetent highly fractured medium, saturated with water. according to this study, areas of anomalous low vp /vs ratio occur at the borders of the caldera depression. position of the deepest earthquakes focus delimit an inward-dipping elliptical zone, interpreted as a ring fault. with the exception of three short-duration uplift episodes in 1989, 1994 and 2000, the last sixteen years of ground deformation at cf have been characterised by slowly descending movements. the last uplift started in early march, 2000 and reached its peak value during the following summer (fig. 2b). accompanying the ground uplift, two swarms of low-energy earthquakes occurred on july 7 and august 22, 2000. by analysis of the first swarm, saccorotti et al. (2002) hypothesised a direct involvement of magmatic/hydrothermal fluids in the source process. conversely, the spectra of the august events are typical of shear failure. location techniques applied to the august swarm allowed for the recognition of two parallel alignments trending ne-sw. this direction corresponds with that of the main focal plane obtained from fault plane solutions. the other active volcanic complex located in the study area is the sv. structurally, the complex is positioned at the crossing point of two regional faults with nw and se trends (bruno et al., 1998). sv is a stratovolcano constituted by an old apparatus (mt. somma) that includes an asymmetric caldera. the new apparatus, mt. vesuvius, is grown within this caldera. the more ancient outcropping products date 25 about ky (alessio et al., 1974); these products are related to the oldest known plinian eruption of sv (basal pumice 19 ky b.p.), that is found above the ci deposits. ancient sv lava samples found at a depth of 1125 m, date about 300 ky: this age is possibly indicative of the beginning of sv volcanic activity. a b fig. 2a,b. a) deformation measured along a naplesmiseno line and crosscutting pozzuoli town (berrino et al., 1984); b) ground level fluctuation during 2000 uplift episode deduced from a marigraphic station located at pozzuoli port (vesuvian observatory data, 2000). 757 seismic reflection data processing in active volcanic areas: an application to campi flegrei and somma vesuvius ... mt. somma edifice is constituted prevalently by lava. somma morphology is the result of different collapse episodes which have determined the westward downfall of part of the mountain (bruno and rapolla, 1999), the sinking of the upper part of the volcano and the formation of a caldera. such caldera records at least five collapse phases linked to plinian eruptions (andronico et al., 1995, 1996). the recent activity occurred prevalently in the caldera ring of the mt. somma. eruptions at sv are often characterised by both effusive and explosive activity. the effusive activity is often accompanied by pyroclastic flows and by lahar running along narrow canyons. the explosive activity, characterised by plinian and sub-plinian eruptions (scandone et al., 1993), usually begins with a violent ejection of large amounts of pyroclastic products, such as pumice and ashes, followed by pyroclastic flow and surges. an example is the plinian eruption of pompei in 79 a.d. volcanic and historical records allowed the reconstruction of the history of the volcano in the last 25 ky. in particular, researchers distinguish three principal eruptive cycles (e.g., andronico et al., 1995, 1996). the first cycle (between 25 and 11 ky b.p.) is mainly characterized by two plinian events. during the second cycle (11ky 79 a.d.), there were three plinian eruption (mercato, 7.9 ky b.p.; avellino, 3.8 ky b.p.; pompei, 79 a.d.) and several sub-plinian eruptions. the third cycle (79 a.d. present) includes two or perhaps three sub-plinian eruptions (pollena, 472 a.d.; 512; 1631), a long strombolian activity, and more recently, mixed style eruptions (e.s. 1906 and 1944). nowadays, vesuvius is in a quiescent phase (scandone et al., 1993). explosive volcanic activity at vesuvius also implies the presence of seismic activity. the seismic activity of vesuvius is characterised by swarm events that include events with large differences in magnitude. for example after the last eruption of 1944, seismic activity at mt. vesuvius has been characterized by about 200 events/year with magnitudes ranging between 0.4 and 3.6 (vilardo et al., 1996). there are periods during which the number of earthquakes increases drastically: during these periods, referred to as crises, 100-150 earthquake events per month can occur (saccorotti et al., 2002). the earthquake hypocentres are localized at depths that range from the top of the crater down to about 6 km b.s.l. clustering occurs between 2 and 3 km b.s.l. because of the shallow depth of the hypocentres, the events of greater magnitude can cause local damage. 3. data reprocessing the ogs seismic dataset consist of 11 profiles (fig. 1). this data set was already processed by ogs in 1973. even though their overall quality was high for that time, they suffer acquisition technological limits that can be mainly condensed into two points: the choice (probably forced at that time) of the field recording parameters and of the energizing source. the low number of geophone groups (only 24 against 120 and more used now) limited the spatial sampling and the maximum offsets of the data, with negative repercussions on the quality of the velocity functions, particularly at high two-way times (twt). furthermore, the use of the flexotir source, largely utilized in the past and now abandoned by the oil industry, has certainly induced bubble effects which contributed to distort the seismic wavelet. the old 1973 processing sequence consisted of deconvolution, band pass filtering and stacking. such processing, especially in the cf marine sector, where the s/n ratio is low, did not yield clear, high quality, seismic sections. indeed, in the old seismic section, multiple reflections and diffraction hyperbolas are very frequent. some lines of the gp are characterized by such a low s/n ratio that it is virtually impossible to indentify any geological structure below the very shallow quaternary drape. our reprocessing therefore aimed at: 1) reduction of random noise in the data; 2) removal of unwanted coherent events; 3) reduction of spatial aliasing by means of trace interpolation on commod shot point (csp) gathers; 4) improvement of resolution of the seismic wavelet with spiking deconvolution algorithms and finally 5) reposition of reflectors in their correct locations in the space-twt domain by means of dip moveout and post-stack time migration. in detail, our initial procedure of reprocessing consisted of data quality check and field 758 pier paolo g. bruno, vincenzo di fiore and antonio rapolla geometry assignment. trace editing aimed at detection and removal of dead or very noisy traces and spikes that may induce problems with forward fast fourier transform (fft). a top muting eliminated the first breaks (directed/ refracted arrivals) from the seismic traces. automatic gain control (agc: sheriff and geldart, 1995) allowed a trace normalisation. the agc operator uses a time window of given length (in our case 500 ms), which is moved down the trace sample by sample, and calculates a scale factor at each location. the scale factor is equal to the inverse of the root mean square (rms) amplitude in the window. this scalar was applied to the sample at the centre sample of the time window. the presence of spatial aliasing is visible as parallel energy bands with a low dip in the negative halfspace in the frequency-wavenumber (fk) domain (bracewell, 1965; yilmaz, 1987) (see fig. 3c) that wraps around and superimposes the useful signal. in such case, a band pass filter is useless. spatial aliasing problems were reduced by means of trace interpolation. the method used transformed the data to the tau-p domain (alam and lasocki, 1981; diebold and stoffa, 1981), weighted each transformed sample based on a coherency measure, and then inverse transformed the data to the new spatial sampling. trace interpolation allowed us to increase the spatial resolution on the common shot point gathers (csp) and reduce the spatial aliasing on csp and on the final sections (fig. 3b,d). an important part of the processing time was spent on data deconvolution. the aim was to compensate for the low resolutive wavelet of the flexotir source and for some other undesirable effects included in the recorded earth response, such as reverberation, multiple arrivals and ghosting. spiking pre-stack and post-stack deconvolution was applied to improve temporal resolution. spiking deconvolution is a leastsquares inverse filter that compresses the seismic source wavelet into a zero lag spike. the filter coefficients are estimated from the auto-correlogram of the seismic trace that contains information on the source signature. predictive deconvolution (peacock and treitel, 1969) attempts to predict and remove repetition in the fig. 3a-d. raw csp #16 relative to seismic line na12 (a) and its fk spectrum (c); shot gather after trace interpolation (b) and its fk spectrum (d). note that the increased number of traces (from 24 to 47) reduces the wrap around effect in the fk space. wrap around starts at about 25 hz on original data and at about 50 hz after trace interpolation. a c d b 759 seismic reflection data processing in active volcanic areas: an application to campi flegrei and somma vesuvius ... recorded seismograms. the process of multiple energy estimation is controlled by the interpreter again by the analysis of the trace autocorrelation. an example of predictive deconvolution is reported in fig. 4a,b. after deconvolution we also applied a time and space variant bandpass filter (tvf) (telford, 1990) to remove selectively the high and low frequency noise (also boosted by the deconvolution process) along the sections. multiple rejection was an important stage in our work. in addition to pre-stack and post-stack predictive deconvolution, another multiple suppression technique, based on fk dip filtering, was applied. fk multiple attenuation is a process combining: 1) velocity analysis; 2) forward normal move out (nmo) correction; 3) fk dip filtering, and 4) inverse nmo correction. fk multiple attenuation offers a further gain in multiple energy suppression over stacking. the filter performs more quickly than other multiple suppression methods, and it is useful for multiple suppression on pre-stack data. in the fk domain, it is possible to discriminate between primary and multiple events, based on their different velocity. if the velocity analysis is done by picking the primary events, then nmo correction will flatten the primary reflections while the multiple reflections will be undercorrected. in such config. 4a,b. a) part of seismic line na20 with no deconvolution; a multiple of the sea bottom reflection is visible at 0.6 s, twt; b) the same data processed with predictive deconvolution using an operator length of 90 ms and a prediction lag of 40 ms. note that the multiple event at 0.6 s is strongly attenuated. a b 760 pier paolo g. bruno, vincenzo di fiore and antonio rapolla dition, removal of multiple energy in the fk space consists of defining a narrow fan near the frequency axis. this fan will allow all primary reflectors to be passed (with infinite apparent velocity after nmo correction) and will attenuate the multiples. an example of fk multiple attenuation is shown in fig. 5a-d. a qualitatively high velocity analysis is a key for obtaining a good seismic stack. a correct velocity function will align all reflection hyperbole. stacking nmo corrected cdp gathers will increase the s/n ratio of the reflections by (n)1/2, where n is the trace fold. stacking with the correct velocity function will also reduce the amplitude of coherent noise such as refractions, guided waves and multiples. velocity analysis was made using the semblance function, s(v,t) that is defined as a normalized cross-correlation (3.1) where p (x, t, v) is the nmo corrected trace, n is the number of traces in cdp, t is the twt, v is s v t p x t v n p x t v xt dt dt xt dt dt , , , , , ( ) = ( ) ( ) = + = + 2 2 fig. 5a-d. a) cdp gather # 50 of seismic line na08, with nmo correction applied. note the presence of a seabottom multiple (m) reflection at 2.60 s twt, characterized by a residual moveout not entirely removed by the nmo correction (which was finalised to primary events). b) fk spectrum of panel a; the primary reflectors are collapsed near the f axis while the multiple energy has a dip in the k positive halfspace. c,d) cdp gather in the (x, t) and ( f, k) space after filtering with a narrow «pass» fan in the fk space. both graphs show a strong reduction of the energy associated with the 2.60 s twt multiple reflection. b da c 761 seismic reflection data processing in active volcanic areas: an application to campi flegrei and somma vesuvius ... the velocity and x is cdp spacing. figure 6a shows a graph of s (v, t) that is also referred to as «velocity spectrum». the points where the semblance values are higher generally indicate the best stacking velocity. obviously, the process of picking the velocity function must be completely interactive; in other words the interpreter must have complete control of the process. generally, the semblance graph improves after the application of other processes such as multiple attenuation, fk and bandpass filtering, residual static, etc. in fig. 6a, the velocity spectrum shows the presence of low velocity peaks at high twt. these low velocities are unrealistic (because they are not consistent with respect to depth) and are linked to multiple events and/or to other types of disturbances, such as guided waves, etc. figure 6b shows the same spectrum as fig. 6a after noise attenuation processes. the improvement in the velocity spectrum is evident. our velocity functions were obtained using three or four cycles of velocity analysis and residual static corrections, before and after the application of noise reduction processes. this fig. 6a,b. semblance function for a selected cdp gather of seismic line na05 before (a) and after (b) fk passprimary filtering, predictive deconvolution and residual static correction. note the improved quality of the velocity spectrum after suppression of multiple reflections (leftmost peaks on the semblance graph), and the reduction of the energy associated to the multiple of the sea bottom at 2.4 s twt on the seismic traces. a b 762 pier paolo g. bruno, vincenzo di fiore and antonio rapolla iterative cycle improves the quality of the velocity function. for marine data, it is easy to define a reference datum for static corrections, that generally coincides with the mean sea level (msl). residual static corrections consisted of a cross-correlation procedure that evaluates the time shift due to source-receiver position at surface. cross correlation between adjacent traces was calculated using the following formula: (3.2) where p (t) is the seismic trace, t is the time window length and is the lag time. the process creates time varying residual or trim statics within selected windows along the traces in a cdp gather. these windows must include the reflectors of interest and must exclude coherent noise (such as the multiples). the process is also useful for cleaning up a brute stack which will be used as model traces for external model correlation statics or for removing residual moveout before a brute stack. trim statics are computed for each time window. after the statics are computed they are applied at each sample by interpolating the statics between the window centers above and below the sample. figure 7a shows a nmo corrected cdp gather, relative to line na08 before the application of residual static correction. there is a static shift between the first and the second part of the gather, well visible on the reflector at 1.5 s twt. such static shifts lead to degradation of the stack. after application of residual statics such shift was removed (fig. 7b). as a final pre-stack process, we applied the dip moveout (dmo) correction (yilmaz and claerbout, 1980). dmo correction is a dipdependent, partial migration, applied to nonzero offset seismic data. after dmo correction, the data exhibit the same hyperbolic zero-offset trend for all offsets. this transformation from non hyperbolic offset to hyperbolic (zero) offset yields improved velocity estimates and higher lateral resolution, as well as a few other desirable side effects, such as the attenuation of coherent noise. application of dmo to prestack data and time migration to post-stack data emulates a full pre-stack migration, with the advantage of being computationally faster. after dmo, the stacked data were migrated in time, using two different algorithms: stolt (stolt, 1978) and kirchhoff (yilmaz, 1987) migration. stolt fk migration migrates either common-offset or stacked seismic sections. it is computationally efficient and is very accurate for constant velocities, but has difficulty imaging steep dips in areas where there are large vertical or lateral velocity variations. this algorithm uses stolt’s stretching technique to account for vertical and lateral velocity variations. in more complex areas, where the reflectors have larger dips and complex velocity fields, such as in the gp, we used the kirchhoff algorithm. kirchhoff time migration performs a migration by applying a green’s function to each cdp location using a c p t p t p p i i i n t i i+ = ( ) +( )+ = 1 1 1 fig. 7a,b. a) cdp gather 273 of seismic line na19 after nmo correction; b) the same cdp after residual static correction. a b 763 seismic reflection data processing in active volcanic areas: an application to campi flegrei and somma vesuvius ... traveltime map. traveltime maps relate the time from each surface location to a region of points in the subsurface. this migration uses a vertically and laterally variant rms (root mean square) velocity field, v rms (x, t), in time. this migration provides good handling of steep dips, up to 90 degrees, and of horizontal variation of velocity along the line. an example of seismic line processed with dmo correction and with kirchhoff migration is reported in fig. 8a,b. migration collapsed the diffraction events in their apex and repositioned the seismic reflectors at their correct locations. this is particularly evident comparing the shape of the channel located between cdp 850-950. the last process applied to the post-stacked data was the frequency-space (fx) deconvolution. fx deconvolution is a reliable multifig. 8a,b. a) part of seismic line na20 (cdp 750-1575); b) the same line after the application of spiking deconvolution and pre-stack dmo and post-stack kirchoff time migration. refer to the text for explanation. a b 764 pier paolo g. bruno, vincenzo di fiore and antonio rapolla channel noise-reduction filter. it preserves the most dominant dipping energy while removing random noise or dips with very low energy (cary and upham, 1993). fx deconvolution produces a very natural looking result, with fewer artifacts than other methods (such as in fk and radon filtering; chase, 1992). for this reason, it is highly favoured for post-stack noise attenuation. although the danger of rejecting weak coherent signal is always there for stacked data, in practice fig. 9a,b. comparison between the reprocessed seismic line and the section of finetti and morelli (1974). a) seismic line na09 (cdp 2590-3210) with the new processing sequence; b) the same line processed in 1974. notice the slot that improved the s/n ratio allows a clearer identification of reflectors a, b and k. a b 765 seismic reflection data processing in active volcanic areas: an application to campi flegrei and somma vesuvius ... fx deconvolution is surprisingly robust. the fx deconvolution algorithm (gulunay, 1986) applies a fourier transform to each trace of an input ensemble, a complex, wiener, unit prediction filter (robinson and treitel, 1964; treitel, 1974) in distance for each frequency in a specified a b fig. 10a,b. a) seismic line na19 (cdp 590-1250) with the new processing sequence; b) the same line processed in 1974. on the left side of the new section (cdp 1000-1200) reflector b of finetti and morelli (1974) is discontinuous and is probably affected by faults. reflector k is also highly discontinuous and probably is placed at a different depth with respect to that inferred on the basis of the old data. 766 pier paolo g. bruno, vincenzo di fiore and antonio rapolla a b fig. 11a,b. comparison between the reprocessed seismic line and the old section data of 1974. a) seismic line na20 (cdp 50-660) with the new processing sequence; b) the same line processed in 1974. position of reflectors a on the old data does not correspond to any reflector on the new seismic section. reflector k can be followed more easily on the new data and its trend shows discrepancies with that outlined on the old data. 767 seismic reflection data processing in active volcanic areas: an application to campi flegrei and somma vesuvius ... range, and then inverse transforms each resulting in frequency trace back to the time domain. each sample in the transformed data has both real and imaginary components. events with similar dips appear as a sinusoidally complex signal along a given frequency slice. the output trace should have less random noise than the input. 4. discussion of results the study area shows an extremely variable seismic response. on relatively narrow distance, zones with excellent reflectivity and areas of low s/n are found. the main reason of the signal decay is due to the massive presence of volcanic rocks and structures, alternating to the middle and late quaternary and pliocene series and producing a strong scattering of the seismic energy, especially in the gp. for this reason, the gp is characterized by a completely different seismic response, if compared to other parts of nb. on the old seismic sections of 1973 (finetti and morelli, 1974), the lines acquired in the gp were characterized by such a low s/n ratio that it was virtually impossible to identify any geological structure below the very shallow quaternary drape. this s/n decay is due not only to the abundant presence of volcanites but also to a large number of fault fractures and other disturbances, such as volcanic bodies that cause diffuse diffraction and backscattering of the seismic energy thus limiting heavily the interpretability on the old unmigrated seismic sections. the s/n ratio has been greatly improved on this new set of seismic sections allowing us to gain new information on the geological structure of this part of the bay. figures 9a,b to 11a,b report some comparisons between the new seismic sections and the old data. this comparison should not be seen as a criticism of the work done by finetti and morelli (1974) that was very advanced for the time, but as an example of the potential of such data, once reprocessed, of furnishing new geological information at low cost. in particular, comparison between the new and the old data show that the new sections are characterized by a much higher s/n ratio. diffraction hyperbole has been collapsed. reverberations, ghosts and multiples have been removed or greatly attenuated, especially between the reflectors of interest, allowing us to follow them with more detail and with greater continuity. furthermore, data resolution has been boosted by the reprocessing, allowing the interpreter to evaluate reflector position and continuity in more detail. for example, fig. 9a,b reports a part of seismic line na09. the three major seismic reflectors, referred to as «a», «b» and «k» in finetti and morelli (1974) and relative to major geological unconformities of the area, can be followed more easily on the new seismic sections. the same can be seen on line na19 (fig. 10a,b) and on line na20 (fig. 11a,b). the reinterpretation phase of such lines, that is already in a advanced stage, will therefore allow us to gain new hints on the structural setting of the bay, with the aim of exploring the connection between tectonics and volcanism. acknowledgements the authors wish to thank the local scientific organizers of the kyoto and kobe meeting: prof. h. akihama, of nihon university and prof. m. nakashima and his staff at kyoto university for the tremendous effort in organizing the symposium; to dr. a. volpi, scientific attaché at the italian embassy in japan and the italian embassy in japan. thanks are due to prof. i. finetti for the continuous encouragment and to gnv (national volcanological group) for financial support (g.n.v. grant to a.r.). references agip (1982): italia, carta magnetica, anomalie del campo residuo, scala 1:500 000, foglio h (incontri grafici, f.lli verga, milano). agip (1987): geologia e geofisica del sistema geotermico dei campi flegrei. servizi centrali per l’eplorazione, serg-mmesg, san donato, pp. 19. alam, a. and l. lasocki (1981): slant stack and application, presented at the 41st annual european association for exploration geophysics meeting. alessio, m., f. bella, s. improta, g. belluomini, c. cortesi and b. turi (1974): university of rome carbon 14 dates xii, radiocarbon, 16 (3), 358-367. andronico, d., g. calderoni, r. cioni, a. sbrana, r. sulpizio and r. santacroce (1995): geological map 768 pier paolo g. bruno, vincenzo di fiore and antonio rapolla of somma-vesuvius volcano, period. mineral., 64 (8), 77-78. an d r o n i c o, d., r. ci o n i, p. ma r i a n e l l i and r. sanatcroce (1996): introduction to somma-vesuvius, in vesuvius decade volcano, workshop handbook, edited by r. santacroce et al., 1-49. aster, r.c. and r.p. meyer (1988): three-dimensional velocity structure and hypocenter distribution in the campi flegrei caldera, italy, tectonophysics, 149, 195-218. berrino, g., g. corrado, g. luongo and b. toro (1984): ground deformation and gravity changes accompanying the 1982 pozzuoli uplift, bull. volcanol., 47 (2), 187200. bracewell, r. n. (1965): the fourier transform and its application (mcgraw-hill book co.), 108-120. bruno, p.p.g. and a. rapolla (1999): study of sub-surface structure of somma-vesuvius (italy) by seismic reflection data, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 92, i. 3-4, 373-387. bruno, p.p.g., g. cippitelli and a. rapolla (1998): seismic study of the mesozoic carbonate basement aroud mt. somma-vesuvius volcanic complex (italy), j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 84, 311-322. bruno, p.p.g., g. de alteriis and g. florio (2002): the western undersea section of the ischia volcanic complex (italy, tyrrhenian sea) inferred by marine geophysical data, geophys. res. lett., 29 (9), 57-1, 57-4. cary, p. and w. upham (1993): noise attenuation with 3d fxy deconvolution, in cseg convention abstracts, 22-23. chase, m. (1992): random noise reduction by fxy prediction filtering, in 62nd seg convention abstracts, 1152-1153. cinque, a., g. rolandi and v. zamaprelli (1985): l’estensione dei depositi marini olocenici nei campi flegrei in relazione alla vulcano-tettonica, boll. soc. geol. it., 104, 327-348. civetta, l., c. del gaudio, s. de vita, m.a. di vito, g. orsi, s. petrazzuoli, g. ricciardi and c. ricco (1995): volcanism and resurgence in the denselypopulated campi flegrei nested caldera, period. mineral., 64, 135-136. de stefano, m., g. faella, m. pecce and m. damasco (1988): caratterizzazione tipologica, danno e vulnerabilità del patrimonio edilizio di pozzuoli: ipotesi di intervento, rendiconto convenzione di ricerca regione campania − università di napoli: bradisismo e fenomeni connessi, 2, 1-63. diebold, j. b. and p.l. stoffa (1981): the traveltime equation, tau-p mapping and inversion of common midpoint data, geophysics, 46, 238-254. finetti, i. and c. morelli (1974): esplorazione sismica a riflessione nei golfi di napoli e pozzuoli, boll. geofis. teor. appl., 16, 175-222. florio g., m. fedi, f. cella and a. rapolla (1997): the campanian plain and phlegrean fields: structural setting from potential field data, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 91, 361-379. gulunay, n. (1986): fx decon and the complex weiner prediction filter for random noise reduction on stacked data, paper presented at the society of exploration geophysicists 56th annual international meeting, houston, tx. lirer, l., g. luongo and r. scandone (1987): on the volcanological evolution of campi flegrei, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 68, 226-234. luongo, g., e. cubellis, f. obrizzo and s.m. petrazzoli (1991): the mechanics of the campi flegrei resurgent caldera − a model, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 45, 161-172. orsi, g., s. de vita and m. di vito (1996): the restless, resurgent campi flegrei nested caldera (italy): constraints on its evolution and configuration, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 74, 179-214. patacca, e., r. sartori and p. scandone (1990): tyrrhenian basin and apenninic arcs: kinematics relations since late tortonian times, mem. soc. geol. it., 45, 425-451. peacock, k.l. and s. treitel (1969): predictive deconvolution: theory and practive, geophysics, 34, 155-169. robinson, e.a. and s. treitel (1964): principles of digital filtering, geophysics, 29, 395-404. rosi, m. and a. sbrana (editors) (1987): phlegrean fields, cnr quad. ric. sci., 114 (9), 175. saccorotti, g., g. ventura and g. vilardo (2002): seismic swarms related to diffusive processes: the case of somma-vesuvius volcano, italy, geophysics, 67 (1), 199-203. scandone, r., l.giacomelli and p. gasparini (1993): mount vesuvius: 2000 years of volcanological observations, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 58, 5-25. scandone, r., f. bellucci, l. lirer and g. rolandi (1991): the structure of the campanian plain and the activity of neapolitan volcanoes, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 48, 1-31. sgrosso, i. (1998): possibile evoluzione cinematica miocenica nell’orogene centro-sud-appenninico, boll. soc. geol. it., 117, 679-724,19 ff. sheriff, r.e. and l.p. geldart (1995): exploration seismology (cambridge university press ii ed.), pp. 419. stolt, r.h. (1978): migration by fourier transform, geophysics, 43, 23-48. telford, w. m., l.p. geldard and r.e. sheriff (1990): applied geophysics (cambridge university presscambridge), 299-302. treitel, s. (1974): the complex weiner filter, geophysics, 39 (2), 169-173. vilardo, g., g. de natale, g. milano and u. coppa (1996): the seismicity of mt. vesuvius, tectonophysics 261, 127-138. yilmaz, o. (1987): seismic data processing, society of exploration geophysics, tulsa. yilmaz, o. and j.f. claerbout (1980): prestack partial migration, geophysics, 45, 1753-1777. vol49,4_5,2006 961 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 4/5, august/october 2006 key words seismic regime – strong electrical discharges – non-linear dynamics 1. introduction the dynamics of seismic process is far from being clearly understood and modeled. it presents recent several aspects showing that seismicity is certainly not a pure random process under a multidisciplinary approach. magnitude, time and spatial distribution of earthquakes present aspects of self similarity or fractal character evidenced by several authors (de rubeis et al., 1993; turcotte, 1997). on the other hand seismicity cannot be deterministically explained although efforts have been made to show its quasi periodic character. a direct consequence of this situation is the almost complete impossibility to precisely predict earthquakes (geller et al., 1997; main, 1999). in recent years, non-linear dynamics has offered several tools to analyze and characterize seismicity. concepts like phase space reconinfluence of strong electromagnetic discharges on the dynamics of earthquakes time distribution in the bishkek test area (central asia) tamaz chelidze (1), valerio de rubeis (2), teimuraz matcharashvili (1) and patrizia tosi (2) (1) institute of geophysics, georgian academy of sciences, tbilisi, georgia (3) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, roma, italy abstract from 08/01/1983 to 28/03/1990, at the bishkek electromagnetic (em) test site (northern tien shan and chu valley area, central asia), strong currents, up to 2.5 ka, were released at a 4.5 km long electrical (grounded) dipole. this area is seismically active and a catalogue with about 14100 events from 1975 to 1996 has been analyzed. the seismic catalogue was divided into three parts: 1975-1983 first part with no em experiments, 1983-1990 second part during em experiments and 1988-1996 after experiments part. qualitative and quantitative time series nonlinear analysis was applied to waiting times of earthquakes to the above three sub catalogue periods. the qualitative approach includes visual inspection of reconstructed phase space, iterated function systems (ifs) and recurrence quantification analysis (rqa). the quantitative approach followed correlation integral calculation of reconstructed phase space of waiting time distribution, with noise reduction and surrogate testing methods. moreover the lempel-ziv algorithmic complexity measure (lzc) was calculated. general dynamics of earthquakes’ temporal distribution around the test area, reveals properties of low dimensional non linearity. strong em discharges lead to the increase in extent of regularity in earthquakes temporal distribution. after cessation of em experiments the earthquakes’ temporal distribution becomes much more random than before experiments. to avoid non valid conclusions several tests were applied to our data set: differentiation of the time series was applied to check results not affected by non stationarity; the surrogate data approach was followed to reject the hypothesis that dynamics belongs to the colored noise type. small earthquakes, below completeness threshold, were added to the analysis to check results robustness. mailing address: prof. tamaz chelidze, institute of geophysics, georgian academy of sciences, alexidze street 1, 380093 tbilisi, georgia; e-mail: chelidze@ig.acnet.ge 962 tamaz chelidze, valerio de rubeis, teimuraz matcharashvili and patrizia tosi struction and fractal dimension of the attractor help to distinguish between a purely random process and a complicated process driven by a finite, limited set of rules. this was allowed by the recognition that non linearity can produce complex dynamic behavior in systems driven by a finite number of factors. the enormous gap between «simple» linear deterministic models and random, complicated and strongly unpredictable processes seems to be filled with these new analytical tools. the aim is to render tractable, in a certain way, phenomena and data otherwise not clearly depicted. the present work investigated the influence of strong em discharges on earthquakes temporal distribution. experiments on the triggering effect of mhd (magneto-hydro-dynamic) soundings on the microseismic activity of the region were performed in 1975-1996 by ivtan (institute of high temperatures of russian academy of sciences) in the central asia test area (tarasov, 1997; tarasov et al., 1999; jones, 2001). during these experiments deep electrical sounding of the crust was carried out at the bishkek test site in 1983 to 1989. the source of electrical energy was the mhd generator, and a load was an electrical dipole of 0.4 ω resistance with electrodes located at a distance of 4.5 km from each other. when the generator was fired, the load current was 0.28-2.8 ka, the sounding pulses had durations of 1.7 to 12.1 s, and the energy generated was mostly in the range of 1.223.1 mj (volykhin, 1993). evidence of some relationships between em discharges and seismic activity have been pointed out under a statistical aspect and in a time range of days after em experiments (tarasov, 1997). here the general dynamical aspect is considered. a good seismic catalogue of the area is available well before, during and well after this period. a simple causal relationship between the two processes is not strongly evident. relations appear to be present but data noise is also relevant. it is useful to investigate if the seismic dynamics, in periods before, during and after em experiments, is influenced by the introduction of strong electric current into the ground. 2. methods the investigation was performed according to the general scheme of time series non-linear analysis (abarbanel et al., 1993; sprott and rowlands, 1995; kantz and schreiber, 1997; goltz, 1998; hegger and kantz, 1999). in general data analysis can be performed firstly under a more qualitative and visual approach and subsequently a more quantitative methodology can be applied. the qualitative approach includes visual inspection of reconstructed phase space. namely, p-dimensional phase space from the scalar time sequences was reconstructed by the method of time delay (packard et al., 1980; takens, 1981). according to takens’ theorem it is possible to catch the essential dynamic properties of a system by a reconstruction of its phase space by only one variable. twoand three-dimensional phase space portraits encapsulating essential dynamic properties of the analyzed complex process were used as qualitative tests. also other qualitative tools have been used such as iterated function systems (ifs) (jeffrey, 1992) and recurrence plots (rp) (eckman et al., 1987). generally recurrence analysis is a graphical method designed to locate hidden recurring patterns and structure in time series. the rp is defined as (2.1) here εi is a cut-off distance (often ε = 0.1σ, σstandard deviation), θ(x) is the heaviside function, θ(x) = 0 if x < 0 and θ(x) = 1 if x ≥ 0. according to eckman the values one and zero in this matrix commonly are visualized as black and white (eckman et al., 1987). the black points indicate the recurrences of the investigated dynamic system revealing their hidden regular and clustering properties. by the definition, rp has a black main diagonal (line of identity) formed by distances in the matrix compared with themselves. in order to understand rp it should be stressed that it visualizes the distance matrix which represents autocorrelation in the series at all possible time (distance) scales. as far as distances are computed for all possible pairs, on the rp plots elements near the diagonal correspond to short range correlation, whereas r x x,i j i i jεθ= − −_ i influence of strong electromagnetic discharges on the dynamics of earthquakes time distribution ... the long range correlations are revealed by the points distant from the diagonal. hence if the analyzed dynamics (time series) is deterministic (ordered, regular), then the recurrence plot shows short line segments parallel to the main diagonal. qualitative patterns of unknown dynamics presented as fine structure of rp are often are too difficult to be considered in detail. therefore one uses a modern quantitative method of analysis of complex dynamics for rp approach (recurrence quantitative analysis or rqa) (webber and zbilut, 1992). rqa is especially useful to overcome the difficulties often encountered dealing with non-stationary and rather short real data sets. as a quantitative tool of complex dynamics analysis rqa defines several measures mostly based on diagonally oriented lines in the recurrence plots: recurrence rate, determinism, maximal length of diagonal structures, entropy, trend, etc. in the present work recurrence rate − rr(t) and determinism − det(t) measures based on analysis of diagonal oriented lines in the recurrence plot have been calculated (weber and zbilut, 1994; marwan et al., 2002). generally the recurrence rate rr(t) is the ratio of all recurrent states (recurrence points) to all possible states and is therefore the probability of the recurrence of a certain state. stochastic behavior causes very short diagonals, whereas deterministic behavior causes longer diagonals. the ratio of recurrence points forming diagonal structures to all recurrence points is called the determinism det(t). det(t) is the proportion of recurrence points forming long diagonal structures of all recurrence points. again, stochastic and heavily fluctuating data cause none or only short diagonals, whereas deterministic systems cause longer diagonals. an iterated function system (ifs) is a hutchinson operator on kk (finite set of functions moving points around in some space), which maps a set of points to another set of points. if a hutchinson operator is repeatedly applied to a compact set, in the limit it will render the unique attractor of the ifs (peitgen et al., 1992). for time series analysis purpose ifs attractors can be used as qualitative measures of self similarity of analyzed dynamics (more order is in time series more regular are structures in ifs attractor). we use ifs as an additional qualitative tool for detection of hidden structure in analyzed time series (sprott and rowlands, 1995). these tests enables a first qualitative visual inspection of unknown dynamics and help to uncover general properties of analyzed process. qualitative analysis reveals the possible existence of specific attractors, e.g., strange ones which point to the deterministic chaotic behavior. as the main tool for quantitative analysis of earthquakes dynamics, correlation integral calculation of reconstructed phase space of temporal distribution has been performed (abarbanel et al., 1993; kantz and schreiber, 1997; hegger and kantz, 1999). this approach is based on idea of correlation sum. correlation sum c(r) of a set of points in the vector space is defined as the fraction of all possible pairs of points which are closer to each other than a given distance r. the basic formula useful for practical application is (2.2) where again θ(x) is the heaviside step function, ; x i − x j; is the euclidian norm, i = j are excluded. for fractal systems for enough long time series and for a small r, c(r)∝r ν relationship is correct. commonly such dependence is correct only for the restricted range of r values, so called scaling region. correlation dimension ν or d2 is defined as . (2.3) in practice d2 value is found from the slopes of logc(r)/log(r) curves for different phase space dimensions. the correlation dimension of an unknown process is the saturation value of d2, which does not change by increasing of phase space dimension. in order to reduce possible spurious conclusions on considered dynamics, noise reduction and surrogate testing methodologies were used (kantz and schreiber, 1997; hegger and kantz, 1999). besides, as additional quantitative test for relatively short time series, the lempel-ziv algorithmic complexity measure (lzc) was calculated ( ) ( ) lim og log l d r c r r 2 0 ν = = " ( ) ( ) c r n n r x x 1 2 i j j i n i n 11 θ= − − − = += _ i// 963 964 tamaz chelidze, valerio de rubeis, teimuraz matcharashvili and patrizia tosi (lempel and ziv, 1976). it is based on the transformation of the original one dimensional time series into a finite symbol sequence and is defined as (2.4) where n is the length of the original time series, l (n) ∼ nw (n)(logbnw (n )+1) is the total length of the encoded sequence, where nw (n ) ≤ n is the total number of code words. being one of the tools for time series non-linear analysis, lzc is ( ) lim supc n l n lz n = "3 especially suitable for relatively short real data sets because it is not so demanding to the time series length as other methods (zhang and thakor, 1999; matcharashvili and janiashvili 2001). 3. data and analysis in the present study non-linear analysis was performed on about 14100 time intervals (in seconds) between earthquakes from 1975 to 1996. in the original catalogue, the energy of fig. 1a,b. results of the completeness analysis of the ivtan site seismic catalogue. a) cumulative number of events versus time for magnitude class step = 0.5 for 0.< m > 3.0. note that cumulative number of events is rescaled among magnitude classes. b) log cumulative number of earthquake versus magnitude (gutenbergrichter relation) for the whole catalogue; values of regression fit equation: y = − 0.83∗x + 5.40. coefficient of determination, r-squared = 0.995. a b influence of strong electromagnetic discharges on the dynamics of earthquakes time distribution ... the events was expressed as energy class, which we converted to magnitude using the following relation (riznichenko, 1985) (3.1) where m is magnitude and e is the energy class. the completeness of the catalogue was investigated first by considering the realization of the gutenberg-richter relationship at low magnitudes: departure from a straight line was interpreted as a lack of completeness at low magnitudes. as a result the catalogue was considered complete, under the sole magnitude aspect, for m ≥ 1.7. the gutenberg-richter b-value was found to be equal to 0.83 with a reasonably good fit. earthquakes with magnitude higher than 6 seem to show behavior typical of characteristic events. a second test was oriented to check the time completeness. as is well known, a catalogue’s completeness changes with time, usually as a result of improving seismic-network performance (e.g., increasing number of stations), leading to greater magnitude sensitivity. the completeness analysis was performed by employing the method of mulargia et al. (1987). the method consists in separating all events into magnitude classes and plotting separately the cumulative number of events versus time. assuming that during the considered time interval seismicity had a constant rate, the flat behavior at the beginning of the time period may be due to a lack of data; this is normal for low-magnitude ranges. only for magnitudes higher than 2.0 is our catalogue complete over the entire time period (number of earthquakes n = 5297). if a lower magnitude limit is desired, the time period from year 1980 is more appropriate (fig. 1a,b). as a result of the analysis performed, a relatively complete catalogue was obtained with a lower magnitude threshold of 1.7 from the year 1980. for the present study the catalogue was analyzed under the time aspect, specifically on inter-event (waiting) times. a catalogue subset of waiting times was used according to completeness analysis, i.e. all time spans and m > 2.0. then all data used were selected by the same procedure for confirmation of results and to test their robustness. m e 18 4 = − 4. results and discussion figures 2a-f presents the results of qualitative analysis of waiting times sequences above the mentioned threshold. namely in fig. 2a,c,e, ifs clumpiness test (jeffrey, 1992; sprott and rowlands 1995) and in fig. 2b,d,f, recurrence plot analysis (zbilut and webber, 1992) results reveal that after the beginning of the experiments some structure in plots is visible, pointing to the increased amount of functional interdependence in earthquake temporal distribution. as to the quantitative approach, the variation of correlation dimension versus dimension of phase space where reconstructed dynamics is embedded (embedding dimension) is presented in fig. 3. the integral time series (5297 time intervals) for the whole period of observation (1975-1996) containing time intervals sequences between all events above the threshold reveals clear low correlation dimension (d2 = 1.22 ± 0.43, asterisks). shorter time series also were considered. namely 1760 waiting times data before (1975-1983), 1953 waiting times during mhd experiments (1983-1988) and 1584 waiting times of the period after experiments (1988-1992). time series before and especially during mhd experiments also have low correlation dimension (d2 < 5). namely d2=3.83± 0.80 before and d2 = = 1.04 ± 0.35 during experiments. on the other hand, opposite to what was mentioned above, after cessation of experiments (fig. 3, triangles) correlation dimension of waiting times sequences noticeable increases (d2 > 5.0), exceeding low dimensional threshold (d2=5.0). that means that after termination of experiments the extent of regularity or extent of determinism in process of earthquake temporal distribution decreases. the considered process becomes much more random both qualitatively (fig. 2e,f) and quantitatively (fig. 3. triangles). for clarity in fig. 3, results for random number sequence are shown too (diamonds). the found low correlation dimension of waiting interval time series is in good accordance with earlier published results for caucasus (matcharashvili et al., 2000) as well as with goltz’s results (goltz, 1998) for other seismic active regions. this result together with qualitative analysis results shown in fig. 2a-f provide evidence that 965 966 tamaz chelidze, valerio de rubeis, teimuraz matcharashvili and patrizia tosi fig. 2a-f. qualitative analysis of temporal distribution of earthquakes (complete catalogue, m ≥ 1.7) before the beginning of em experiments (1975-1983), during experiments (1983-1988) and after accomplishing of experiments (1988-1992). ifs-clumpiness test for inter-event time interval sequences: a) before experiments; c) during experiments; e) after experiments. recurrence plots analysis of waiting times sequences: b) before experiments; d) during experiments; f) after experiments. note diagonal lines in ifs plot and compact structure in rp during experiments. after the beginning of em discharges the temporal distribution of earthquakes around ivtan test area becomes more regular, or events of corresponding time series become functionally much more interdependent. at the same time the absence of typical phase space structure (not shown here), ifs and recurrence plot attractors (fig. 2a-f) do not allow us to consider the process deterministically chaotic. a c e b d f influence of strong electromagnetic discharges on the dynamics of earthquakes time distribution ... in order to the reduce effects of possible noise we analyzed waiting time series after a noise reduction procedure (shreiber, 1993; kantz and schreiber, 1997). namely, we used the methodology of non-linear noise reduction (which in fact is phase space non-linear filtering) instead of common linear filtering procedures. the latter, as is well known, may lead to destroying the original non-linear structure of analyzed complex processes (hegger and kantz 1999; schreiber and schmitz, 2000). non-linear noise reduction relies on the exploration of a reconstructed phase space of considered dynamic process instead of frequency information of linear filters (schreiber, 1993; kantz and schreiber, 1997; hegger and kantz, 1999). correlation dimension versus embedding space dimension of noise-reduced time series is presented in fig. 4. as follows from the obtained results, correlation dimensions are not essentially affected by unavoidable noises. therefore obtained results assure that the differences found in d2-phase space dimension (p) dependence before, during and after experiments (fig. 3) are indeed related to dynamic changes in temporal distribution of earthquakes after beginning of mhd discharges experiments. when describing unknown dynamics of waiting times fluctuation, the differentiation of original time series can be useful to avoid improper conclusions related to the effects of trends or nonstationarity in data sets, even when those are not clearly visible (as in the case of considered time series) (goltz, 1998). as shown in fig. 5, differentiation of our time series according to goltz (1998) does not lead to significant changes in obtained results (see fig. 3). so our results could not be affected by trends or non-stationarity in used data sets. 967 fig. 3. correlation dimension versus embedding dimension of waiting times sequences (complete catalogue): asterisks – integral time series (1975-1996); circles – before beginning of experiment (1975-1983); squares – during experiments (1983-1988); triangles – after experiments (1988-1992); diamonds correspond to random number sequence. fig. 4. correlation dimension versus embedding dimension of waiting times sequences (complete catalogue) after noise reduction: diamonds – before experiments; squares – during experiments; triangles – after experiments. fig. 5. correlation dimension versus embedding dimension of differenced waiting times sequences (complete catalogue): diamonds – before experiments; squares – during experiments (1983-1988); triangles – after experiments. 968968 analysis of different time series may be important also in the sense of inherent dynamic structure testing (prichard et al., 1994). namely, the test is based on finding that estimated non-linear measure (correlation dimension in our case) for the differentiated series is larger than that estimated for original data, if the structure of their dynamics is caused by the linear stochasticity. at the same time for chaotic (low dimensional) processes these measures are the same. from this point of view analysis of differentiated time series before detailed surrogate testing provides the first additional evidence that variation of waiting times indeed has inherent non-linear structure and that their dynamic properties are not caused by linear relationships between data. indeed, the curves of figs. 3 and 5 are characterized by comparable values of correlation dimension. moreover, in order to have a basis for more reasonable rejection of spurious conclusions caused by possible linear correlations in considered data sets, we have used the surrogate data approach to test the null hypothesis that our time series are generated by a linear stochastic process (theiler et al., 1992; rapp et al., 1993, 1994; kantz and schreiber, 1997). in other words we would like to reject correctly the possibility that revealed dynamics belongs to the colored noise type. namely, random phase (rp) and gaussian scaled random phase (gsrp) surrogates sets for waiting times series were used (matcharashvili et al., 2000). rpsurrogate sets are obtained by destroying the non-linear structure through randomization of phases of fourier transform of original time series and then performing a backward transformation. gsrp surrogate sets were generated in a three-step procedure. at first a gaussian set of random numbers was generated, which has the same rank structure as the original time series. after this phase randomised surrogates of these gaussian sets were constructed. finally the rank structure of the original time series was reordered according to the rank structure of the phase randomized gaussian set (theiler, 1992). figure 6a,b shows the results of surrogate testing of waiting time sequences before and during experiments using d2 as a discriminating metric. for each of our data sequences, we generated 75 of rp and gsrp surrogates. there are several ways to measure the difference between the discriminating metric measure of original (given by morig) and surrogate (given by msurr), time series (rapp, 1994). investigators often use the significance criterion s=⎪〈 msurr〉 − m orig⎪/σsurr, where σsurr is standard deviation of msurr (theiler et al., 1992). the significance criterion s, according to theiler et al. (1992) for analyzed time series before experiments is significant: 22.4 ± 0.2 for rp and 5.1 ± 0.7 for gsrp surrogates. consequently after the beginning of experiments the null hypothesis that original time series is the linearly correlated noise was rejected with significant value of s criterion: 39.7 ± 0.8 for rp and 6.0 ± 0.5 for gsrp surrogates. fig. 6a,b. correlation dimension versus embedding dimension of original (diamonds) and surrogate (squares – gsrp, triangles – rp) waiting time sequences: a) before beginning of experiments, b) during experiments. a b tamaz chelidze, valerio de rubeis, teimuraz matcharashvili and patrizia tosi 969 influence of strong electromagnetic discharges on the dynamics of earthquakes time distribution ... 969 these results can be considered strong enough evidence that analyzed time series are not linear stochastic noise and that corresponding processes of earthquakes temporal distribution before and especially during experiments are characterized by inherent low dimensional non-linear structure. according to the ivtan catalogue, each considered time period contains one large (m ≈ 6.1-6.3) earthquake. therefore in order to refine whether the above results are caused by special properties of a separate large earthquake or reflect total changes in dynamics caused by em discharges, we analyzed waiting time sefig. 7a-f. qualitative analysis of 1000 data waiting times sequences (complete catalogue), after largest events before beginning of em experiments (1975-1983), during experiments (1983-1988) and after accomplishing of experiments (1988-1992). ifs-clumpiness test for inter-event time interval sequences: a) before experiments; c) during experiments; e) after experiments. recurrence plots analysis of waiting times sequences: b) before experiments; d) during experiments; f) after experiments. a b d f c e 970 quences (above appropriate threshold) after each largest event. namely, 1000 consecutive waiting time intervals after 24/03/1978 m=6.1 (k = 15.0), 24/01/1987 m=6.3 (k = 15.3) and 798 time intervals after 30/12/1993 m=6.1 (k = 15.0) events were analyzed. it is important to say, that each of these relatively short time series are localized in corresponding time periods named above as «before», «during» and «after» experiments. it becomes clear from ifs-clumpiness and rqa analysis results (fig. 7a-f) that qualitatively this situation is like that shown in fig. 2a-f, i.e. after the beginning of experiments, considered dynamics become more regular and, after accomplishing experiments, dynamics is most random-like. quantitatively, it is shown in fig. 8 that these short time series generally reveal that after experiments analyzed dynamics also become more random than before. some differences are noticeable in saturation values of correlation dimension (in fig. 8) before (circles, d2 = 3.1 ± 0.4) and during (squares, d2 = 2.1 ± 0.7) experiments. the latter may be caused by too limited data length for proper non-linear analysis of these time series (untypical shape of curve at high fig. 8. correlation dimension versus embedding dimension of 1000 data waiting times sequences (complete catalogue) after largest events: circles – time period before beginning of experiments (19751983); squares – time period during experiments (1983-1988); triangles – time period after accomplishing of experiments (1988-1992). tamaz chelidze, valerio de rubeis, teimuraz matcharashvili and patrizia tosi embedding dimensions) as well as by artificially increased fraction of aftershocks in short time series which contains events only after the largest earthquakes. in any case, our main conclusion about low dimensional dynamical structure of earthquake temporal distribution during experiments and increasing randomness after termination remains valid even for periods of separate large earthquakes. the above conclusion on the increase in regularity in earthquakes’ temporal distribution after the beginning of experiments in some degree is confirmed also by the results of lempel-ziv algorithmic complexity (clz) measure calculation (lempel and ziv, 1976). indeed clz is larger when necessary code words are longer i.e. when regular patterns of analyzed time series are minor. indeed, measured values of lempel-ziv complexity before, during and after experiments for original time series above threshold consequently are clz = 0.99 ± 0.07; clz = 0.87± ± 0.05; clz = 1.00 ± 0.08. quantitative rqa results also lead to the same conclusion: namely rr(t) = 9.6, det(t) = = 3.9 before experiments, rr(t) = 25, det(t) = = 18 during and rr(t) = 3, det(t) = 1.5 after experiments. the increase in order in earthquake temporal distribution under em influence is confirmed for short time interval sequences above threshold after the largest earthquakes. indeed lempel-ziv complexity measure values were: clz = 0.98 ± ± 0.08; clz = 0.74 ± 0.05; clz = 1.00 ± 0.09 before, during and after mhd runs consequently (note that clz = 0.04 for periodic and clz = 1 for random processes). also, the increase in order in temporal distribution is documented by rqa results for mentioned short time series; namely rr(t) = 9.8, det(t) = 6.5 before experiments, rr(t) = 19.5, det(t) = 49.3 during and rr(t) = = 7.1, det(t) = 1.6 after experiments. in other words for situations where the shape of d2 (fig. 8), is not informative for finding changes in dynamics possibly due to too short time series, lempel-ziv and rqa analysis reveals the increase in regularity. on the basis of results of previous research it is known that, small earthquakes play a very important role in the general dynamics of earth971 influence of strong electromagnetic discharges on the dynamics of earthquakes time distribution ... quake temporal distribution (matcharashvili et al., 2000). therefore, additionally we carried out an analysis of time series containing all available from the whole catalogue waiting time sequences, including those between small earthquakes below magnitude threshold. this test is also valid to check results robustness in case of adding a new not necessarily complete set of data to our original set. the total number of events in the whole catalogue increased up to fig. 9a-f. qualitative analysis of temporal distribution of earthquakes including small events (whole catalogue, all events) before beginning of em experiments (1975-1983), during experiments (1983-1988) and after accomplishing of experiments (1988-1992). ifs-clumpiness test for waiting times sequences: a) before experiments; c) during experiments; e) after experiments. recurrence plots analysis of inter-event time interval sequences: b) before experiments; d) during experiments; f) after experiments. a c e b d f 972 tamaz chelidze, valerio de rubeis, teimuraz matcharashvili and patrizia tosi 14100, while in the complete catalogue for the three above-mentioned periods (before, during and after mhd experiments) there were about 4000 data in each one. results of ifs and recurrence plots tests analysis of these time series are shown in fig. 9a-f. noticeable qualitative differences in waiting time intervals distribution dynamics during as well as after accomplishment of experiments is obvious. figure 10 presents the results of correlation dimension calculation for these time series. practically there are no differences from results obtained for the case with m > 2.0 (fig. 3). namely, according to fig. 10, the integral time series (14100 time intervals) for whole period of observation (1975-1996) reveals clear low correlation dimension (d2 = 2.40 ± 0.71) (diamonds). the time series before beginning of experiment (squares) is characterized by correlation dimension (d2 = 3.50 ± 0.63) which is still below accepted low dimensional threshold (d2 = 5.0). during experiments (fig. 10, triangles) correlation dimension of time interval sequence, in comparison with the situation before, noticeably decreases (d2 = 1.71 ± 0.09). after termination of experiments the correlation dimension of waiting time interval sequences noticeably increases (d2 > 5.0), exceeding low dimensional threshold (d2 = 5.0). as in the case of the complete catalogue, it means that after termination of experiments the extent of determinism in the process of earthquake temporal distribution decreases. the considered process becomes much more random both qualitatively (fig. 9c,f) and quantitatively (fig. 10 circles). both the complete and whole catalogues of waiting time sequences reveal low dimensional non-linear structure in temporal distribution of earthquakes before and especially during experiments, which was confirmed by 70 surrogate testing analyses (fig. 11a,b). the significance criterion s for analyzed time series before experiments gives: 32.3 ± 0.2 for rp and 5.3 ± 0.6 for gsrp surrogates; consequently after the beginning of experiments the null hypothesis that fig. 10. correlation dimension versus embedding dimension of waiting times sequences of the whole catalogue: diamonds – integral time series (19751996); squares – before beginning of experiment (1975-1983); triangles – during experiments (19831988); circles – after experiments (1988-1992). fig. 11a,b. correlation dimension versus embedding dimension of original waiting time sequences of whole catalogue (triangles) and their surrogate (circles-gsrp, squares-rp): a) before beginning of experiments; b) during experiments. a b 973 influence of strong electromagnetic discharges on the dynamics of earthquakes time distribution ... the original time series is the linearly correlated noise was rejected with significant value of s criterion: 46.2 ± 0.5 for rp and 6.5 ± 0.7 for gsrp surrogates. the correlation dimension versus embedding space dimension of noise-reduced time series of the whole catalogue is presented in fig. 12. it is clear from this picture that calculated values of correlation dimension are not affected by noises as for the complete catalogue. obtained results show that differences found in the d2-phase space dimension (p) relationship before and during experiments in both catalogues are indeed caused by dynamic changes in temporal distribution of earthquakes during em experiments. we also analyzed waiting time sequences after each of the largest (m ≈ 6.1-6.3) events for the whole catalogue, namely, 1000 consecutive waiting time sequences after 24/03/1978 m = = 6.1 (k=15.0), 24/01/1987 m = 6.3 (k=15.3) and 30/12/1993 m = 6.1 (k=15.0) event. as is shown in fig. 13, these short time series generally reveal dynamic characteristics similar to those of the time series obtained from the complete catalogue. found differences which are noticeable in saturation values of correlation dimension before (circles, d2 = 2.0 ± 1.1 in fig. 13) and during (squares, d2 = 3.2 ± 0.8, fig. 13) experiments may be caused both by shortness of these time series or by influence of increased fraction of aftershocks. thus, conclusions concerning the influence of hot and cold em runs on the general characteristics of earthquakes temporal distribution dynamics remain valid for small earthquakes too. it is interesting to note that on the laboratory scale the effect of triggering and synchronization of acoustic emission during slip imposed by strong em field is well documented in numerous experiments (chelidze et al., 2002, 2005; chelidze and lursmanashvili, 2003). 5. conclusions the question whether electromagnetic experiments on a specific site can influence the dynamics of a seismic region is a complex argument. a complete answer to it, if any could be given, would involve a repeated set of analyses for different seismic regions over large periods of time with and without em experiments. a theoretical explanation showing the cause and effect relationships between the two phenomena is also fundamental. this paper addressed the question under statistical aspect involving nonfig. 12. correlation dimension versus embedding dimension of inter-event time interval sequences of whole catalogue after noise reduction: diamonds – before experiments; squares – during experiments; triangles – after experiments. fig. 13. correlation dimension versus embedding dimension of 1000 data waiting times sequences of the whole catalogue after largest events: circles – time period before beginning of experiments (19751983); squares – time period during experiments (1983-1988); triangles – time period after accomplishing of experiments (1988-1992). 974 tamaz chelidze, valerio de rubeis, teimuraz matcharashvili and patrizia tosi linear dynamics methods. these methods were chosen because there are not trivial, simple and direct relations between the two phenomena: this means that relations are of a complicated order. moreover seismicity is very probably a critical process with a per se complicated evolution: under given conditions possible relations must not be direct and simple. with non-linear methods the time evolution of seismicity was investigated looking at relations with em experiments. waiting times constitute the aspect analyzed. the whole time period was divided into three parts, the middle being the one when em experiments took place. phase space attractor, reconstructed with delay time technique, for the whole time period shows low correlation dimension values; this indicates, at least, the presence of a few processes driving seismicity. the same analysis on the three sub catalogues confirms the result, with the exception for the period after the em experiments: strong em discharges lead to the increase in the extent of regularity in earthquakes’ temporal distribution while, after cessation of em influence, earthquakes’ temporal distribution becomes much more random than before experiments. this is the main result of the analysis and it was confirmed changing the conditions of the analysis itself. non-linear noise reduced time series confirmed such results as did surrogate testing. the middle period contains a large seismic event (january 24, 1987 m = 6.3 derived from energy class k=15.3) this event has certainly a well identified aftershocks activity and this can be a strong factor influencing time dynamics. the root question is: is this event with its related sequence responsible for the change in the dynamics of analyzed data? if the answer is yes we are forced to answer immediately the new question if this earthquake is related to em experiments? but it must be noted that inside the other two periods there are also important events of comparable magnitudes and the analysis was conducted on the three sequences of catalogue after each strong event separately. general results confirmation was shown. the same results were revealed with the use of the whole catalogue regardless of the completeness criteria. this analysis is not certainly exhaustive: the seismic catalogue covers a broad area and all complete data were used, no distinction was made for space location of seismic events. the energy aspect was not fully considered: all events were considered equal regardless of their magnitude. these are strong simplifications and results must be considered under these constraints. however results appear to be consistent: em experiments influence seismic time dynamics to some extent, increasing the regularity of waiting times. after em experiments seismic waiting times increase their random character to a level higher than before experiments. references abarbanel, h.d., r. brown, j.j. sidorovich and l.sh. tsimring (1993): the analysis of observed chaotic data in physical systems, rev. mod. phys., 65 (4), 13311392. chelidze, t. and o. lursmanashvili (2003): electromagnetic and mechanical control of slip: laboratory experiments with slider system, non-linear processes geophys., 20, 1-8. chelidze, t., n. varamashvili, m. devidze, z. chelidze, v. chikladze and t. matcharashvili (2002): laboratory study of electromagnetic initiation of slip, ann. geophysics, 45 (5), 587-598. chelidze, t., t. matcharashvili, j. gogiashvili, o. lursmanashvili and m. devidze (2005): phase synchronization of slip in laboratory slider system, nonlinear processes geophys., 12, 1-8. de rubeis, v., p. dimitriu, e. papadimitriou and p. tosi (1993): recurrent patterns in the spatial behaviour of italian seismicity revealed by the fractal approach, geophys. res. lett., 20, 1911-1914. eckmann, j.p., s. kamphorst and d. ruelle (1987): recurrence plots of dynamical systems, europhys. lett., 4 (9), 973-977. geller, r.j., d.d. jackson, y.y. kagan and f. mulargia (1997): earthquakes cannot be predicted, sciences, 275, 1616-1617. goltz, c. (1998): fractal and chaotic properties of earthquakes (springer, berlin). hegger, r. and h. kantz (1999): practical implementation of non-linear time series methods: the tisean package, chaos, 9, 413-440. jeffrey, j.h. (1992): chaos game vizualization of sequences, comput. graphics, 16 (1), 25-33. jones, n. (2001): the quake machine, new scientist, june 30, 34-37. kantz, h. and t. schreiber (1997): non-linear time series analysis (cambridge university press). lempel, a. and j. ziv (1976): on the complexity of finite sequences, ieee trans. infor. theory, it-22, 75-81. main, i. et al. (1999): is the reliable prediction of individual earthquakes a realistic scientific goal?, in nature debates (available on line at http://www.nature.com/nature/ debates/earthquake/equake_frameset.html). marwan, n., n. wessel, u. meyerfeldt, a. schirdewan 975 influence of strong electromagnetic discharges on the dynamics of earthquakes time distribution ... and j. kurths (2002): recurrence-plot-based measures of complexity and their application to heart rate variability data, phys. rev. e, 66, 026702.1-026702.8. matcharashvili, t. and m. janiashvili (2001): investigation of variability of indexes of myocardial contractility by complexity measure in patients with arterial hypertension, in non-linear dynamics in life and social sciences, edited by w. sulis and i. trofimova (ios press, amsterdam), 204-214. matcharashvili, t., t. chelidze and z. javakhishvili (2000): non-linear analysis of magnitude and waiting time interval sequences for earthquakes of caucasian region, non-linear processes geophys., 7, 9-19. mulargia, f., p. gasperini and s. tinti (1987): contour mapping of italian seismicity, tectonophysics, 142, 203-216. packard, n.h., j.p. crutchfield, j.d. farmer and r.s. shaw (1980): geometry from a time series, phys. rev. lett., 45, 712-716. peitgen, h.o., h. jurgens and d. saupe (1992): chaos and fractals: new frontiers of science (springer, ny). prichard, d. and j. theiler (1994): generating surrogate data time series with several simultaneously measured variables, phys. rev. lett., 73 (7), 951-1018. rapp, p.e., a.m. albano, t.i. schmah and l.a. farwell (1993): filtered noise can mimic low-dimensional chaotic attractors, phys. rev. e, 47 (4), 2289-2297. rapp, p.e., a.m. albano, i.d. zimmerman and m.a. jumenez-montero (1994): phase-randomized surrogates can produce spurious identification of non-random structure, phys. lett. a, 192 (1), 27-33. riznichenko, yu.v. (1985): problems of seismology (nauka, moscow), p. 24 (in russian). schreiber, t. (1993): extremely simple non-linear noisereduction method, phys. rev. e, 47 (4), 2401-2404. schreiber, t. and a. schmitz (2000): surrogate time series, physica d, 142, 346-352. sprott, j.c. and g. rowlands (1995): chaos data analyzer; the professional version (aip, ny). takens, f. (1981): detecting strange attractors in turbulence, in dynamical systems and turbulence, edited by d.a. rand and l.s. young, springer lecture notes in mathematics, 898, 366-381. tarasov, n.t. (1997): crustal seismicity variation under electric action, trans. russ. acad. sci., 353a (3), 445448. tarasov, n.g., n.v. tarasova, a.a. avagimov and v.a. zeigarnik (1999): the effect of high-power electromagnetic pulses on the seismicity of the central asia and kazakhstan, vulkanol. seismol., 4-5, 152-160 (in russian). theiler, j., s. eubank, a. longtin, b. galdrikian and j.d. farmer (1992): testing for non-linearity in time series: the method of surrogate data, physica d, 58 ,77-94. turcotte, d.l. (1997): fractals and chaos in geology and geophysics (cambridge university press), 2nd edition. volykhin, a.m., v.d. bragin and a.p. zubovich (1993): geodynamic processes in geophysical fields (nauka, moscow). webber, c.l. jr. and j.p. zbilut (1994): dynamical assessment of physiological systems and states using recurrence plot strategies, j. appl. physiol., 76, 965973. zbilut, j.p. and c.l. webber jr. (1992): embeddings and delays as derived from quantification of recurrence plots, phys. lett. a, 171, 199-203. zhang, x. and n.v. thakor (1999): detecting ventricular tachicardia and fibrillation by complexity measure, ieee trans. biomed. eng., 46 (5), 548-555. (received december 10, 2005; accepted march 2, 2006) correction to “moment tensor inversion of early instrumental data: application to the 1917 high tiber valley, monterchi earthquake” by f. bernardi et al. annals of geophysics, 59, 3, 2016, s0324; doi:10.4401/ag-7112 s0320 correction to “moment tensor inversion of early instrumental data: application to the 1917 high tiber valley, monterchi earthquake” by f. bernardi et al. fabrizio bernardi1,*, maria grazia ciaccio2, barbara palombo1, graziano ferrari3 1 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, centro nazionale terremoti, rome, italy 2 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione roma 1, rome, italy 3 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di bologna, bologna, italy this article corrects: f. bernardi, m.g. ciaccio, b. palombo and g. ferrari, moment tensor inversion of early instrumental data: application to the 1917 high tiber valley, monterchi earthquake, annals of geophysics, 59 (3), 2016, s0318; doi:10.4401/ag-6850. corrigenda [1] page 1, abstract, fourth last line: for “slip” read “rake”. [2] page 9, left column, third last and second to last line: for “this method has been tested on some recent earthquakes.” read “this method has been tested on some recent earthquakes and applied in vannoli et al. [2015].” [3] page 10, left column, ninth line from bottom: for “strike/dip/slip” read “strike/dip/rake”. [4] page 13, references: the following reference needs to be added: “vannoli, p., g. vannucci, f. bernardi, b. palombo and g. ferrari (2015). the source of the 30 october 1930, mw 5.8, senigallia (central italy) earthquake: a convergent solution from instrumental, macroseismic and geological data, b. seismol. soc. am., 105 (3), 1548-1561; doi:10. 1785/0120140263”. * corresponding author: fabrizio bernardi, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, centro nazionale terremoti, rome, italy; email: fabrizio.bernardi@ingv.it. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. article history received and accepted july 13, 2016. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice carcione_final:layout 6 annals of geophysics, 57, 1, 2014, g0186; doi:10.4401/ag-6324 g0186 mathematical analogies in physics. thin-layer wave theory josé m. carcione1,*, vivian grünhut2, ana osella2 1 istituto nazionale di oceanografia e di geofisica sperimentale (ogs), sgonico (trieste), italy 2 universidad de buenos aires, departamento de física ifiba conicet, buenos aires, argentina abstract field theory applies to elastodynamics, electromagnetism, quantum mechanics, gravitation and other similar fields of physics, where the basic equations describing the phenomenon are based on constitutive relations and balance equations. for instance, in elastodynamics, these are the stress-strain relations and the equations of momentum conservation (euler-newton law). in these cases, the same mathematical theory can be used, by establishing appropriate mathematical equivalences (or analogies) between material properties and field variables. for instance, the wave equation and the related mathematical developments can be used to describe anelastic and electromagnetic wave propagation, and are extensively used in quantum mechanics. in this work, we obtain the mathematical analogy for the reflection/refraction (transmission) problem of a thin layer embedded between dissimilar media, considering the presence of anisotropy and attenuation/viscosity in the viscoelastic case, conductivity in the electromagnetic case and a potential barrier in quantum physics (the tunnel effect). the analogy is mainly illustrated with geophysical examples of propagation of s (shear), p (compressional), tm (transverse-magnetic) and te (transverse-electric) waves. the tunnel effect is obtained as a special case of viscoelastic waves at normal incidence. 1. introduction the 19th century was a period when scientists had a global vision of science, making wide use of analogies between different field of physics, in particular the analogy between light and elastic waves to study the behaviour of light in matter. for instance, fresnel’s formulae and maxwell’s equations were obtained from mathematical analogies with shear wave propagation and hooke’s law, respectively [e.g., carcione and cavallini 1995, carcione and robinson 2002]. this practice dates back to the 17th century. hooke believed light to be a vibratory displacement of a medium (the ether), through which it propagates at finite speed. the role of mathematical analogies has been well illustrated and explained by tonti in a series of papers [e.g., tonti 1972, 1976]. quoting tonti [1972]: “many physical theories show formal similarities due to the existence of a common mathematical structure. this structure is independent of the physical contents of the theory and can be found in classical, relativistic and quantum theories; for discrete and continuous systems”. carcione and cavallini [1995] found analogies between vector wave files. they show that the 2-d maxwell equations describing propagation of the transverse-magnetic mode in anisotropic media is mathematically equivalent to the sh wave equation in an anisotropic-viscoelastic solid where attenuation is described with the maxwell model. later, carcione and robinson [2002] establish the analogy for the reflection-transmission problem at a single interface, showing that contrasts in compressibility yields the reflection coefficient for light polarized perpendicular to the plane of incidence (fresnel’s sine law the electric vector perpendicular to the plane of incidence), and density contrasts yields the reflection coefficient for light polarized in the plane of incidence (fresnel’s tangent law). these two papers provide the time-domain differentials equations and the analysis for a single interface, while in the present paper, we exploit the analogy for a layer embedded between two dissimilar half spaces, showing how the same equation hold for shear, compressional and electromagnetic waves, in addition to the quantum tunnel effect. in 1821, fresnel obtained the wave surface of an optically biaxial crystal, assuming that light waves are vibrations of the ether in which longitudinal vibrations (p waves) do not propagate. an anisotropic elastic medium having orthorhombic symmetry, mathematically analogous to fresnel’s crystal, exists. this medium was found by carcione and helbig [2008], who obtained the differential equations describing the wave motion. in analytical terms, the above mentioned papers deal with a homogeneous medium and a single interface. the next step to exploit the analogy is to study the wave rearticle history received april 8, 2013; accepted october 14, 2013. subject classification: thin layer, electromagnetism, viscoelasticity, reflection and transmission coefficient, geophysics, quantum mechanics. sponse of a layer, namely the reflection and transmission of waves by a thin plane layer embedded in a homogeneous medium. the reflection coefficient for isotropic media is given in equation (5.18) of brekhovskikh [1960] and section 1.6.4. (equation 57) of born and wolf [1964]. these authors report the expressions for the te case. here, we mainly consider the tm case. te waves are equivalent to acoustic (p) waves propagating in liquids, while tm waves are equivalent to shear (sh) waves propagating in solids [carcione and robinson 2002]. moreover, the equation in born and wolf [1964] is given for purely dielectric media but the lossy version can be obtained by replacing the real dielectric constant by the complex permittivity. an equivalent viscoelastic model can be obtained in the elastic case, using the maxwell model. here, we consider the media to be anisotropic with one of the principal axes parallel to the layering. in geophysics, the problem finds application in reflection seismology. widess [1973] and bakke and ursin [1998] consider the normal incidence case of a thin layer, while liu and schmitt [2003] obtain the reflection coefficient as a function of the incidence angle corresponding to p waves. bradford and deeds [2006] and deparis and garambois [2009] consider the electromagnetic case applied to amplitude variations with the incidence angle for surface radar problems. in quantum mechanics, the same mathematical approach can be used to analyze the tunnel effect [anderson 1971]. we choose to present geophysical examples mainly. the analogy is applied to horizontally polarized shear (sh) waves through a fluid-filled fracture and tm waves through thin metal films, which are shown to be similar to the tunnel effect. moreover, other examples consider p and sh seismic waves reflected from a thin and lossy sandstone bed and tm waves reflected from a dyke of quartz. finally, we compare the tm and te cases by using the analogy. 2. reflection and transmission coefficients of a thin layer. viscoelasticity we start from the viscoelastic equations and then apply the analogy to obtain the equivalent electromagnetic and quantum expressions. figure 1 shows the layer embedded between two half spaces with different properties. in the following, we denote particle velocity by v, stress by v, magnetic field by h, electric field by e, density by t, elasticity constant by c, viscosity by h, magnetic permeability by n, dielectric permittivity by e and electrical conductivity by v. moreover, (x, y, z) indicates the spatial variables, ^x a partial derivative with respect to x and a dot above a variable denotes time differentiation. to distinguish between the stress and conductivity components, we use letters and numbers as subindices, respectively, e.g., vxy is a stress component and v11 is a conductivity component. the viscoelastic medium is characterized by the mass density t and elasticity and viscosity matrices (1) respectively [carcione and cavallini 1995, carcione 2007]. it corresponds to a viscoelastic medium described by the maxwell mechanical model. the subindices “44” and “66” refer to the voigt notation of the elasticity and viscosity tensors [e.g., carcione 2007]. the differential equations describing the wave motion of sh (shear) waves are (2) the boundary conditions at the interfaces require continuity of [e.g., carcione 2007]. in the electromagnetic case, continuity of the tangential components of the electric and magnetic fields is required [born and wolf 1964] (see below). let us assume that the incident, reflected and refracted waves are identified by the subscripts and superscripts i, r and t. for a single interface, the particle velocities of the incident, reflected and refracted waves are given by and , c c0 0 0 044 66 44 66 h h c cm m and vyz yv i i , i , ,exp exp exp v v r v t s x s z t s x s z t s x s zt y i y y r t x z x z r x z t ~ ~ ~ = = = ^ ^ ^ h h h 6 6 6 @ @ @ , . , v v c v c x xy z yz y z y yz y xy xyx yz44 1 44 1 66 1 66 1 2 2 2 2 v v t h v v h v v + = == + o o o carcione et al. 2 figure 1. plane wave propagating through a layer. the viscoelastic properties are indicated. (3) (4) 3 respectively, where is the slowness vector, ~ is the angular frequency, r and t are the reflection and refraction (transmission) coefficients, t is the time variable and i = . the equations obtained below hold for an incident inhomogeneous plane waves (non-uniform waves in electromagnetism), i.e., waves for which the wavenumber and attenuation vectors do not point in the same direction. in the special case where these two vector coincide, the wave is termed homogeneous (uniform in electromagnetism), and we have where i is the incidence angle and is the complex velocity, with [carcione and cavallini 1995, carcione 2007]. in the general case, the reflection and transmission coefficients (tm case in electromagnetism) are given by where with and with “pv” denoting the principal value [carcione and robinson 2002, carcione 2007]. to obtain the reflection and transmission coefficients of the layer, we follow the procedure indicated in section 6.4 of carcione [2007]. at depth z in the layer, the particle-velocity field is a superposition of upgoing and downgoing waves of the form where v− and v+ are upgoingand downgoing-wave amplitudes. combining equations (3) and (12), the normal stress component is omitting the phase exp[i~(t − sxx)], the particlevelocity/stress vector can be written as then, the fields at z = 0 and z = h are related by the following equation: where equation (15) plays the role of a boundary condition. note that when h = 0, b is the identity matrix. using equations (2), (4) and (9), the particle-velocity/stress field at z = 0 and z = h can be expressed as where and r and t are here the reflection and transmission coefficients of the layer. substituting equation (17) into (16), we have if h = 0, { = 0 and we obtain r = (zi − z"t)/(zi + z"t) as expected. if, moreover, the two media have the same properties, it is z"t = zi and the reflection coefficient is nil. equation (19) coincides with equation (2) of bradford and deeds [2006] in the absence of wave loss. these authors used the convention exp(−i~t), instead of exp(i~t) used here, so that the sign of the frequency has to be changed in equation (2). if the upper and lower half spaces have the same properties, we get sin cos v p p66 2 2 44 t i i = + i iandp c p c 1 1 1 1 44 44 1 66 66 1 ~h ~h = + = + -44 66 ` `j j , 2 ,r z z z z z z z i t i t i t i x= + = +l l l , ,z p s z p si z t z t 44 44= =l l l snell’s law ,s s s s s sx r x x x r z t i z= = = =-^ h pv ,s p s 1 z t x 44 66 2t t= l l ll i i i , exp exp exp v z v s z v s z t s x y z t z t x ~ ~ ~ = + + + l l ^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h 6 6@ @ i i i i . exp exp exp z p v z v s z v s z t s x yz z y t z t z t x 44 2v ~ ~ ~ ~ = = + l l l l ^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h 6 6@ @ i i i i . t t exp exp exp exp z v s z s z z s z z s z v v z v v y yz z t z t t z t t z t / / v ~ ~ ~ ~ = = = + + l l l l l l ^ c ^ ^ ^ ^e c ^ c h m h h h ho m h m ,t b t h0 $=^ ^h h , , , ,t t t z r z r h 0 1 1 1 t i = = + r r m ^ ^^ ^ ^ h hh h h pv , ,s p s z p s1z t x t z t 44 66 2 44t t= = m m m m mm m , i i . cos sin cos sin r a a a z z z z z z 1 1 t i t t t t { { { { = + = + + l m l l mc m , , ,sin coss s v 1 x z i i= r r^ ^h h 12i 2i , exp exp r r r 1 1 2 { { = ^ ^ h h6 @ ( , )s sx z < i i , b t t cos sin sin cos h z z s h 0 t t z t 1 1 $ { { { { { ~ = = = l l l ^ ^ ^e h h h o thin-layer wave theory (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) where r is given by equation (8). equation (19) is similar to equation (5.22) of born and wolf [1964] if the media are isotropic and lossless. in order to be identical, this equation has to be rewritten as where equation (21) differs from equation (5.22) in the fact that r12 and r23 correspond here to tm waves, while in equation (5.22) these quantities correspond to te waves. another difference is the minus sign in the exponent, which arises from the fact that born and wolf [1964] use the factor exp(−i~t). in the case in which the media above and below the layer have the same properties, i.e., when r23 = −r12 = −r, equation (22) becomes equation (20). on the other hand, the transmission coefficient can be obtained from equation (17). it gives which can be written as this expression coincides in form with that of born and wolf ([1964], equation 58). 3. analogy with a modified acoustic wave equation carcione and robinson [2002] introduced a modified acoustic wave equation with a time-dependent mass density. denoting the particle velocities by v and the pressure f ield by p, the equations can be written as where l is the fluid compressibility, tf is the fluid density and c = 0 yields the standard acoustic equations of motion. equations (26) correspond to a generalized density of the form ci(t) + tf h(t), where h(t) is the heaviside function and i(t) is the integral operator. in the frequency domain, a complex density governs the wave equation and has the expression tf + c/(i~). this additional density term introduces wave loss as that of the biot attenuation mechanism in poroelasticity theory [e.g., carcione 2007]. equations (26) are mathematically analogous to the isotropic-medium sh equations (2) for the following correspondence where c44 = c66 = c and h44 = h66 = h. 4. analogy with electromagnetism 4.1. sh-tm analogy the analogy between sh waves and transversemagnetic (tm) waves states that the equivalent electromagnetic medium has the following permittivity and conductivity tensors respectively, describing a uniaxial absorbing crystal. the tm maxwell’s equations are the mathematical analogy is [carcione and cavallini 1995, carcione 2007], where the electromagnetic tensors are redefined here as 2 × 2 matrices for simplicity. 2i i , exp exp t r r1 12 23 12 23 { x x { = + ^ ^ h h and . z z z2 t t t 12 23x x x= = +l m l , , , v v p p v v p v v z z x x z z f z fx x x 2 2 2 2 l c t c t + == + = + o o o v v v p c xy y x z f yz 1 1 , , , , , , v v h t c t l and ,0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 11 11 11 3333 e e e v v vf fp p , , . e e h h e e h e e x z z x y z y x x y zx z 11 11 33 33 2 2 2 2 n v e v e = = + = + o o o v h e e y yz xy y x z ,v v -f fp p c c0 0 0 044 1 1 66 33 11 , e e -c cm m 0 0 0 044 1 66 1 11 33 , h h v v-c cm m ,,t n 1 i 2i , exp exp r r r r r 212 23 12 23 { { = + + ^ ^ h h and .r r r z z z z t t t t 12 23= = + l m l m ,cos sint z i z z z 2 1 i t t t i t 1 { {= + + + z z m l m lc cm m; e carcione et al. 4 (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (32) (31) (30) (33) 5 4.2. sh-te analogy the te maxwell equations are [carcione 1998, carcione and robinson 2002], where we have considered the lossless case (zero conductivity). as can be seen, these equations are similar to those of an isotropic medium, since only one component of the permittivity tensors appears. this fact indicates that te waves are also equivalent to sound waves. the tm-te analogy has been given by carcione [1998] and carcione and robinson [2002]. the complete mathematical analogy is 5. analogy with quantum mechanics. tunnel effect for simplicity, we consider the time-independent schrödinger equation where = 1.055 × 10−34 j s is planck’s constant, m is the mass of the particle, ] is the wave function, e is the total energy of the particle, v is the height of the potential barrier, and d is the laplacian. on the other hand, in the isotropic case, equation (2) can be written as where p = p44 = p66 and we have assumed an harmonic wave. equations (36) and (37) are mathematically equivalent if ] = vy and outside and inside the barrier, respectively. the tunnel effect occurs when e < v. in this case, the waves within the potential barrier are evanescent with a complex velocity given by where we have expressed the energy as e = . the analogy holds with sh waves at normal incidence (i = 0). of interest is the transmission coefficient through the barrier, given by equation (24), when the media above and below the layer (i.e., the barrier) have the same properties, i.e., when r23 = −r12 = −r, x12 = x and x23 = (z't/zi)x. then where r and x are given by equation (8). at normal incidence, where the density t is uniform in the whole space and can have any arbitrary value. alternatively, the analogy can be established by assuming variable density media and uniform stiffness p. in this case, t = sp and t' = s'p, with zi = ps and z't = ps' with p taking any arbitrary value. equation (40) coincides with equations (5.11) (e > v) and (5.12) (e < v) of anderson [1971], considering that this author reports t2 instead of t. the interpretation of the transmission coefficient |t|2 in this case is the probability of a particle to be tunneling through the barrier. an approximation to equation (40) can be obtained for v > e and { ≫ 1, which is the simplified equation found in many textbooks [feynman et al. 1965]. 6. results we first consider cases equivalent to the tunnel effect. particular cases of interest are fractures in elastic media and thin metal films in electromagnetic media. assuming c'44 = c'66 → ∞ and h'44 = h'66 ≡ h', we obtain a newtonian fluid from equation (7), the complex velocity (6) becomes where the third and fourth expressions correspond to shand p-waves, respectively. tm sh te h e e v c e h h c y x z y yz xy y x z 11 44 1 1 33 66 22 , , , , , , , , , , , , e v v n e n n et ,m e v2 2' ] ]d= -^ h 0 , ,v s v s py y 2 2~ t d + = = ands me s m e v2 2 ' '~ ~ = = l ^ h i ,v s m v2 1 ' ' ~ ~ = =l l^ ^ h h 1 i , i exp exp t r z z 2 t i 2 2 { x { = -l ^ ^ ^ h h h , and ,z s z s s h e s hi t ' t t { ~= = = =l l l l 4 , exp exp exp t v e v e m v e h 1 2 ' . ?{ {= = ` ^ ^ ^c j h h h m i .p p p44 66 ~h= = =l l l l ' '~ , , h h e h e h e z x y z x y x z y x z 222 2 2 2 f n n = = = o o o i i ,v p t t ~h c l ~ = = = l l l l l l thin-layer wave theory (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) on the other hand, an anisotropic metal has with where the last expression holds for an isotropic medium, with v'11 = v'33 = v'. note that in the viscoelastic and electromagnetic cases , while in quantum mechanics (see equation 39), i.e., there is a r/4 phase difference. let us first consider sh waves and a fracture thickness h = 1 cm. the upper and lower medium are the same and defined by c44 = 10 gpa, c66 = 14 gpa and t = 2000 kg/m3, with zero viscosity. figure 2 shows the reflection coefficient of sh waves as a function of viscosity h' (a) (normal incidence, i.e., i = 0) and incidence angle (b) (for h' = 10 kpa s). the frequency is f = ~/(2r) = 60 hz. as can be seen, increasing viscosity and incidence angle implies decreasing reflection amplitude and increasing transmission. for fluid viscosities comparable to water, oil or gas, the reflection coefficient is practically 1 for h = 1 cm. to obtain a significant energy transmission the thickness has to be of the order of tens of angstroms, since the wave has a shear nature whose polarization (particle motion) is parallel to the fracture surface. in real fractures, significant transmission takes place at larger thicknesses, since the surface of the fracture is rough and there are many contact points [e.g., gangi and carlson 1996]. next, consider a thin conductive isotropic layer of thickness h = 1 nm embedded in a lossless medium with permittivity components e11 = 8e0 and e33 = 12e0, where e0 = 8.85 10 −12 f/m. the magnetic permeability is the same for the two media, i.e., n = n0 = 4 r 10 −7 h/m. based on the analogy (30)-(33), figure 3 shows the reflection coefficient of the electromagnetic wave as a function of conductivity (a) (normal incidence) and incidence angle (b) (for v' = 30000 s/m). the frequency is 1 mhz. as can be seen, the film totally rei and i ,p p44 66 11 33v ~ v ~ = =l l l l i i ,sin cosv 33 2 11 2 n ~ v i v i n v ~ = + = l l l l lc m iv ? iv ? carcione et al. 6 figure 2. absolute value of the reflection coefficient of sh waves as a function of viscosity (a) (normal incidence, i.e., i = 0) and incidence angle (b) (for h' = 10 kpa s). the frequency is f0 = 60 hz and the fracture thickness is 1 cm. figure 3. absolute value of the reflection coefficient of the electromagnetic wave as a function of conductivity (a) (normal incidence) and incidence angle (b) (for v' = 30000 s/m). the frequency is f0 = 1 mhz and the layer thickness is h = 1 nm. (45) (46) 7 flects the wave for very high conductivities. this is the case for copper (v' = 6 107 s/m) for instance. total transmission occurs for very resistive materials. we consider now the tunnel effect. let us define the reference wavelength as an example, we consider the tunneling of an electron with mass m = 9.1 × 10−31 kg and energy e = 1.6 × 10−19 j (1 ev), giving m = 1.23 nm. figure 4a and b show the transmission coefficient as a function of h for v = 10e (a), and as a function of v for h = 0.5 nm (b), normalized by m and e, respectively. as expected, the probability of tunneling decreases with increasing h and v. the next example considers a sandstone layer embedded in a shale formation, whose properties are taken from thomsen [1986] (table 1). the sandstone (taylor sandstone) has the properties vp = = 3368 m/s, vs = = 1829 m/s, c = (c66 − c44)/(2c44) = 0.255, and t = 2500 kg/m3, where vp and vs are pand swave velocities and c33 is an elasticity constant. the properties of the shale (mesaverde mudshale) are vp = 4529 m/s, vs = 2703 m/s, c = 0.046, and t = 2520 kg/m3. we obtain c44 = 18.4 gpa, c66 = 20.1 gpa, c'44 = 8.4 gpa, c'66 = 12.6 gpa, and assume h'44 = h'66 = 0.5 gpa s. this choice of the sandstone viscosity yields the c33 t 2 . me2 ' m r = thin-layer wave theory c44 t medium es (e0) ef (e0) vs (s/m) vf (s/m) e (e0) ks (gpa) kf (gpa) z (%) k (gpa) shale 30 4.23 0.01 0.4 (30.15, −11.31) 20 2.25 15 12.76 sandstone 5 2 0 10−5 (3.79, −8.6 × 10−4) 39 0.025 35 5.59 figure 4. absolute value of the transmission coefficient of an electron through a potential as a function of the width h and height v (properly normalized). in (a) v = 10e and in (b) h = 0.5 nm. table 1. properties. a = 3; ~ = 100 mhz. figure 5. sandstone layer in mudshale. absolute value (a) and phase (b) of the sh-wave reflection coefficient as a function of the incidence angle and three values of h. quality factors q44 = ~h'/c'44 = 9 and q66 = ~h'/c'66 = 6 (see carcione [2007]: equation 2.156), which implies high attenuation. in fact, the effective pressure for this sandstone is zero in table 1 of thomsen [1986] meaning that the medium is over-pressured. we consider a frequency f = 60 hz, which implies a wavelength of 30 m based on the s-wave velocity of the layer. figure 5 shows the reflection coefficient of the sh waves, equation (20): absolute value (a) and phase (b), as a function of the incidence angle and three values of h (1 m, 3 m and 6 m). there is a brewster angle at approximately 60°, where the reflection coefficients become almost zero and change phase [carcione 2007]. we may obtain the reflection coefficient of p waves using the analogy (27). then, we can use equation (20) by replacing c44 = c66 by t −1 f , t by c −1 33 , c'44 = c'66 by (t'f ) −1, t' by ( c'33) −1, where tf and t'f are the densities of the shale and sandstone, respectively. the viscosities are equal to ∞, i.e, there is no attenuation in this case. figure 6 shows the absolute value (a) and phase (b) as a function of the incidence angle and three values of h (1 m, 3 m and 6 m). in this case, the behaviour of the curves is quite different compared to s-wave case, with no brewster angle. next, we compute the reflection coefficient of tm waves from a vein of quartz embedded in a limestone.we consider e11 = 9 e0, e33 = 0.8 e11, e'11 = e'33 = 4 e0, n = n0 and zero electrical conductivity for both rocks. the frequency is f = 100 mhz, typical of groundpenetrating radar surveys. the analogy (30)-(33) and equation (20) are used to obtain the reflection coefficient, shown in figure 7 for three different thicknesses of the quartz layer. in this case, there is a brewster angle at 37° approximately. the curves are similar to those of the s wave, since it is known that shear and tm waves are analogous mathematically [e.g., carcione and cavallini 1995]. in the following, we test the sh-te analogy and compare the tm and te reflection coefficients. we consider the last example, but in the isotropic case, with n = n0, e11 = e22 = e33 = 9 e0 and e'11 = e'22 = e'33 = 4 e0. the thickness of the layer is h = 20 cm. the te curve carcione et al. 8 figure 6. sandstone layer in mudshale. absolute value (a) and phase (b) of the p-wave reflection coefficient as a function of the incidence angle and three values of h. figure 7. vein of quartz in limestone. absolute value (a) and phase (b) of the tm-wave reflection coefficient as a function of the incidence angle and three values of h. 9 is in agreement with equation (1) of bradford and deeds [2006]. it also agrees with equation (2) of deparis and garambois [2009] provided that, in this paper, z = 2dk2 cos ii is replaced by z = 2dk2 cos it, which is the correct expression. the te and tm curves are very different, mainly at the brewster angle. finally, we consider a co2-saturated sandstone embedded in brine-saturated shale and use a crossproperty relation to obtain the bulk modulus as a function of the complex permittivity [carcione et al. 2007, mavko et al. 2009]. the gas is in its supercritical state. in the following, k, t, v and e denote bulk modulus, mass density, electrical conductivity and dielectric permittivity, respectively, and the subindices “s” and “f” denote grain and fluid properties. gassmann equation gives the bulk modulus of the saturated rocks where is the dry-rock modulus and z is the porosity, which can be obtained from the crim equation, where e is the rock complex dielectric constant, a is an empirical parameter and “re” takes the real part. on the other hand, the rock density is given by t = (1 − z)ts + ztf. assuming ts = 2650 kg/m 3 for both shale and sandstone, tf = 1000 kg/m 3 for brine and tf = 500 kg/m 3 for co2, we obtain t = 2400 kg/m 3 and t =1897 kg/m3, respectively. moreover, we assume the properties given in table 1, which also shows the calculated gassmann moduli. we compute the p-wave and tm reflection coefficients for a wavelength/thickness ratio r = 10, i.e., ~h = 2rc/r, where c is the p-wave velocity or the electromagnetic tm-wave velocity (100 mhz) of the layer. figure 9 shows the absolute value of the reflection coefficients versus incidence angle. as can be seen, the results indicate that the layer is more detectable with (high-frequency) electromagnetic methods. 7. conclusions theories describing wave phenomena and diffusion in different fields of physics consist in partial differential equations, which have identical or similar mathematical expressions. here, we have considered the reflection/transmission problem through an anisotropic and lossy layer. the equations hold for any layer thickness, not necessarily thin, although their uses are relevant for thin layers, i.e., when the wavelength of the signal is much larger than the thickness. we have shown that the same mathematical equations can be used in elastodynamics, electromagnetism and quantum mechanics by establishing appropriate analogies re i i i s s s f f s .z e v ~ e v ~ e e v ~ -f p 1 ,k k k k k k k k k k 1 m s s f s m m s f z z z z z z = + + ^ ^ ^ ^ h h h h 1k k 1 1m a sz z= z z+ -^ ^ ^ ^h h h h thin-layer wave theory figure 8. absolute value (a) and phase (b) of the teand tm-wave reflection coefficients as a function of the incidence angle at f = 100 mhz and h = 20 cm. figure 9. absolute value of the tm-wave and p-wave reflection coefficients as a function of the incidence angle, corresponding to a sandstone layer saturated with supercritical gas embedded in brinesaturated shale. (47) (48) (49) between the different physical variables and medium properties. in particular, the analogy has been obtained for p and sh elastic waves, te and tm electromagnetic waves and wave mechanics in quantum theory. further research involves the analysis of the present problem in the space-time domain using numerical simulations. in this case, the same computer code, with appropriate input variables can be used to solve the different physical problems. references anderson, e. (1971). modern physics and quantum mechanics, w.b. saunders co. bakke, n.e., and b. ursin (1998). thin-bed avo effects, geophysical prospecting, 46, 571-587. born, m., and e. wolf (1964). principles of optics, oxford: pergamon press. bradford, j.h., and j.c. deeds (2006). ground-penetrating radar theory and application of thin-bed offset-dependent reflectivity, geophysics, 71, k47-k57. brekhovskikh, l.m. (1960). waves in layered media, academic press inc. carcione, j.m., and f. cavallini (1995). on the acousticelectromagnetic analogy, wave motion, 21, 149-162. carcione, j.m. (1998). radiation patterns for gpr forward modeling, geophysics, 63, 424-430. carcione, j.m., and e. robinson (2002). on the acousticelectromagnetic analogy for the reflection-refraction problem, studia geophysica et geodaetica, 46, 321-345. carcione, j.m. (2007). wave fields in real media. theory and numerical simulation of wave propagation in anisotropic, anelastic, porous and electromagnetic media, 2nd edition, elsevier. carcione, j.m., b. ursin and j.i. nordskag (2007). crossproperty relations between electrical conductivity and the seismic velocity of rocks, geophysics, 72, e193-e204. carcione, j.m., and k. helbig (2008). elastic medium equivalent to fresnels double refraction crystal, j. acoust. soc. am., 124 (4), 2053-2060. deparis, j., and s. garambois (2009). on the use of dispersive apvo gpr curves for thin-bed properties estimation: theory and application to fracture characterization, geophysics, 74, j1-j12. feynman, r.p., r.b. leighton and m. sands (1965). the feynman lectures on physics 13, addison-wesley. isbn 0-7382-0008-5. gangi, a.f., and r.l. carlson (1996). an asperity-deformation model for effective pressure, tectonophysics, 256, 241-251. liu, l., and d.r. schmitt (2003). amplitude and avo responses of a single thin bed, geophysics, 68, 1161-1168. mavko, g., t. mukerji and j. dvorkin (2009). the rock physics handbook: tools for seismic analysis in porous media, cambridge univ. press. thomsen, l. (1986). weak elastic anisotropy, geophysics, 51, 1954-1966. tonti, e. (1972). on the mathematical structure of a large class of physical theories, accademia nazionale dei lincei, excerpt from ‘rendiconti della classe di scienze fisiche, matematiche e naturali’, series 8, vol. 52 (1). tonti, e. (1976). the reason for analogies between physical theories, appl. math. modelling, 1, 37-50. widess, m.b. (1973). how thin is a thin bed?, geophysics, 38, 1176-1180. *corresponding author: josé m. carcione, istituto nazionale di oceanografia e di geofisica sperimentale (ogs), sgonico (trieste), italy; email: jcarcione@inogs.it. © 2014 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. carcione et al. 10 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice annals n.6/2003 ok 23/04 1361 annals of geophysics, vol. 46, n. 6, december 2003 key words macroseismic intensity – sicily – earthquake sound – macroseismic effects 1. introduction the principal aim of a macroseismic investigation is to define an intensity field following a specific intensity scale. the definition of a particular scale reflects the effort to mediate heterogeneous damage information into a systematic and structured description. the functionality of an intensity scale resides in its proper effects and damage subdivision. specific damage should fulfill certain requirements: it must be easily recognizable, it must be specific of as narrow as possible a range of energy released, it must be often associated with other effects of the same degree but must maintain a sufficient independence from them northern sicily, september 6, 2002 earthquake: investigation on peculiar macroseismic effects calvino gasparini, patrizia tosi and valerio de rubeis istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, roma, italy abstract the northern sicily, september 6, 2002 earthquake (ml = 5.6, mw = 5.9) is investigated under macroseismic aspect: peculiar effects are collected besides standard effects normally used to define mercalli-cancani-sieberg (mcs) intensity. they include sound heard during the quake, fear felt and a simple qualitative description of ground movement felt. spatial coverage of such information is dense enough to be statistically processed, to give an interpolated, smoothed field for each data type. sound heard is compared with theoretical sound field produced considering source geometry and transmission of waves to air, it also confirms the southern sicily amplification disclosed by macroseismic intensity values. fear felt is also in agreement with macroseismic intensity field while type of ground motion is a partly independent aspect. mailing address: prof. calvino gasparini, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, via di vigna murata 605, 00143 roma, italy; e-mail: gasparini@ingv.it (this can be defined as the power of representation of a specific intensity degree). a particular macroseismic intensity scale is the set of all damage and effects organized in a hierarchical order. other effects are considered not particularly useful, if not confusing, and they are marginally treated. within this paper some not-standard effects are presented because they received a sufficient spatial completeness of data. these effects are: – hearing of earthquake sound shortly before or during the shaking; – kind of ground movement felt by people during the event; – percentage of people feeling fear. the main shock occurred on september 6, 2002, 01:21 tu, localized by the national earthquake center on the southern tyrrhenian sea (latitude 38.45 n, longitude 13.70 e) at a distance of approximately 40 km from the sicilian town of palermo, with a magnitude ml = 5.6. aftershock events are distributed on an ene-wsw direction in agreement with the focal mechanism (thrust type strike = 255, dip = 49, slip = 121; pondrelli et al., 2003). 1362 calvino gasparini, patrizia tosi and valerio de rubeis the analyzed data came from macroseismic questionnaires that the italian ingv (istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia) send to every village within a specific distance from the earthquake epicenter. the questionnaire comprises 80 questions mainly based on the effects described by mcs intensity scale. macroseismic effects (fig. 1) were noticed across all over sicily and in part of the calabria region and they were collected as 549 completed questionnaires from 360 different villages (de rubeis et al., 2003). mercalli-cancani-sieberg intensity was defined on each location of the territory following methods described in de rubeis et al. (1992). macroseismic intensities range from not felt to a few data of vii degrees, with the majority of data occurring within iv and v degrees. iii, ii and not felt degree are shown within an almost horizontal central belt, which introduces a peculiar character to the field: an anomalous increment in intensity in the south of sicily. intensity data were filtered and interpolated using a kriging method based on a modeled experimental semivariogram connected to a fractal dimension of intensity data. this choice permitted a separation of regional field from noise (de rubeis et al., 2003). 2. data analysis many people reported having heard a rumble shortly before or during the earthquake. information on this effect was collected in two ways: one was a questionnaire aimed at describing the sound heard that people voluntarily compiled on line; the other was the standard macroseismic questionnaire in which a question was pertinent to the hearing of earthquake sounds during the quake. we received 38 compiled questionnaires fig. 1. macroseismic data of september 6, 2002 event with smoothed and interpolated field reconstruction (black isoseismals). original intensity values are represented by color dots, while epicenters of the sequence are identified by red stars. 1363 northern sicily, september 6, 2002 earthquake: investigation on peculiar macroseismic effects fig. 2. earthquake sound heard. original data with its interpolated and smoothed spatial reconstruction (color shading), compared with the theoretical sound pressure level in relative values (violet contour of equidistance 10 db) obtained using focal mechanism data. of the sound oriented kind. the analysis of these shows that many people in palermo city or nearby were able to identify the source direction, stating that the rumble was coming from the north. in most cases, the sound loudness was compared to that of heavy traffic, often capable to waking people up. a larger data set came from the macroseismic questionnaire. such data are treated statistically in a simple way, to assure the mitigation of anomalies and the spatial continuity of answers. errors may be due to misinterpretation of sounds (buildings or other structures produce sound during the shaking) or, by simply underestimating the process due to attention driven by other more involving effects (shaking, damage, etc.). this binary information is converted by simply counting the percentage of affirmative perception on total answers, weighted by a power 2 of distance, inside a circular area of 30 km. such filtered and interpolated data are compared with a theoretical model of the acoustic pressure transmitted from the p-waves to the air in each point, calculated using the focal mechanism parameters of the event and, consequently, the radiation pattern of p-waves (tosi et al., 2000). results are depicted in fig. 2 where point data (heard, not heard) are plotted with their smoothed interpolation and theoretical sound pressure level. the theoretical field is represented in the figure with a contouring of decibel relative value, as the absolute sound pressure level can vary widely in relation to the soil properties in each site. sound was heard by many people until distances of around 150 km in an ese direction from the epicenter, and until distances of 110 km to the south. then after a belt of practically total absence, sound was heard again on the iblei mountains, within a range of 165 to 220 km from the epicenter. 1364 calvino gasparini, patrizia tosi and valerio de rubeis the second effect investigated concerns the kind of movement felt: the choice is between subsultory and undulatory. the resulting field is represented with data in fig. 3. there is a prevalence of undulatory response over most of the island of sicily and the overall pattern is different from that of the other investigated effects. it is interesting to note that in the southern part of the island (mt. iblei area), corresponding to a relatively high mcs intensity, the kind of movement in prevalence is subsultory. also for earthquake sound this zone is particular, in fact, several locations here reported hearing a quake rumble at more than 160 km of distance from the epicenter. such a coincidence supports the hypothesis of site amplification behavior in the area. similar attention was given to another effect not considered for standard intensity evaluation. complete questionnaires contained information on the degree of fear felt by people: nobody, few, many or all. these categories were ranked and used to build a continuous smoothed and interpolated field. the method followed is similar to that used to build a sound field. fear can be due to several factors such as the mcs intensity level, earthquake sound, people’s excitability and their group influence, etc. results shown in fig. 4 reveal an overall pattern close to both the filtered intensity field and sound. thus, all fields collaborate to confirm a general pattern of effects provided by this seismic event. 3. discussion from the analysis of the earthquake sounds it can be seen that the area where the rumble was heard by most people is in good accordance with the modeled acoustic pressure given by the p-waves. on the contrary, the comparison with the sv radiation pattern showed a minimum in fig. 3. prevailing type of ground movement perceived by people during the event (subsultory or undulatory). original data are represented with their interpolated and smoothed spatial reconstruction (color shading). 1365 northern sicily, september 6, 2002 earthquake: investigation on peculiar macroseismic effects the same zone. it is interesting to note that in the central belt of the island, where the sound was not heard, there is a prevalence of undulatory movement. the explanation can be that here the distance from the epicenter is 100 km. according to suhadolc and chiaruttini (1987) at these distances the largest component of motion is the horizontal one, due to the lg-wave group. in the mt. iblei area, beyond 150 km, people reported having heard the earthquake sound and the ground movement is again, as near the source, subsultory. using the event focal mechanism it was possible to calculate that in the se direction there was a minimum in the radiation pattern of the s-wave, thus lg phase (resulting from the interference of multiple s-wave reflections at the moho discontinuity) was no longer dominant. the sound here could have been due to the critically refracted p-wave traveling in a low attenuation basement, probably in association with site effect. 4. conclusions peculiar macroseismic effects, not strictly related to a particular intensity degree or to a specific energy release, can be of interest if sufficiently collected and interpreted. answers on simple perception of sound heard during the quake, fear felt and description of felt ground movement were systematically collected for the event that struck sicily on september 6, 2002 (magnitude ml = 5.6, mw = 5.9). original data were composed basically of qualitative information: heard sound and ground movement are divided into two categories (heard, not heard and subsultory, undulatory respectively), felt fear was ranked into four levels (nobody, few, many or all). spatial distribution of all this information followed village locations and a simple averaging statistics was implemented to give continuity to data. smoothed and interpolated sound fields showed a correlation with both fear felt and fig. 4. fear felt by people during the event with its interpolated and smoothed spatial reconstruction: compare these results with the macroseismic intensity field (fig. 1). 1366 calvino gasparini, patrizia tosi and valerio de rubeis macroseismic intensity field: the southern amplification of effects was confirmed. the general theoretical behavior of sound sufficiently agreed with experimental data. ground movement was generally undulatory except for the western side of sicily and southern side where it had a remarkable amplification character for most macroseismic effects. finally, the spatial distribution of the fear effect showed that the overall pattern of the mcs intensity field can be reconstructed even using very simple transient effects. references de rubeis, v., c. gasparini and p. tosi (1992): determination of the macroseismic field by means of trend and multivariate analysis of questionnaire data, bull. seismol. soc. am., 82, 1206-1222. de rubeis, v., p. tosi, c. gasparini and a. solipaca (2003): macroseismic analysis of northern sicily, september 6, 2002 earthquake: results of application of kriging technique, bull. seismol. soc. am. (submitted). pondrelli, s., a. morelli, g. ekström, s. mazza, e. boschi and a.m. dziewonski (2003): on line catalog of quick european-mediterranean regional centroid-moment tensors, http://www.ingv.it/seismoglo/rcmt/. suhadolc, p. and c. chiaruttini (1987): a theoretical study of the dependence of the peak ground acceleration on source and structure parameters, in strong ground motion seismology, edited by m.o. erdik and m.o. toksoz (reidel, dordrecht), 143-183. tosi, p., v. de rubeis, a. tertulliani and c. gasparini (2000): spatial patterns of earthquake sounds and seismic source geometry, geophys. res. lett., 27, 2749-2752. (received october 10, 2003; accepted december 15, 2003) adg vol5 n02 papa 401_416.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 401 acoustic emission (ae) as a diagnostic tool in geophysics gabriele paparo (1), giovanni p. gregori (1), ugo coppa (2), riccardo de ritis (1) and alberto taloni (1) (1) istituto di acustica (idac-cnr), roma, italy (2) osservatorio vesuviano, napoli, italy abstract acoustic emissions (ae) are effective for monitoring ground deformation and temporal variation of its porosity. ae are complementary to seismic information, related to the same area, though ae and earthquakes focus on observational evidence concerned with substantially different spaceand time-scales. ae information is pertinent (i) either for geodynamically stable areas, where it probes the diurnal thermal and/or tidal deformation, (ii) or for seismic areas where it provides some as yet unexploited precursors, (iii) or for volcanic areas, where it appears capable of recognising precursors originated by some hot fluid that penetrates by diffusion into rock pores, from those associated with eventual plutonic magma intrusions, (iv) and also for monitoring periods of time during which a volcano is «inflated» by underground hot fluids compared to others during which it «deflates». upon direct comparison between 6 data sets concerned with different physical settings, it seems to be possible (fig. 3 and table ii) to distinguish a few significantly different behaviours associated either (i) with a mere compression (such as occurs for stromboli, vesuvius, and a sample compressed in the laboratory), or (ii) with a slip strain, such as it typically occurs in association with faulting or with diurnal thermal rock deformation. 1. introduction we address the heuristic potential of acoustic emissions (ae) as a diagnostic tool for studying microscale processes associated with ground deformation, microfracturing, and porosity variation. such application can be concerned (i) with the study of matter exchanges across soil surface, or (ii) with a few different processes that occur within the ground and that are associated either with thermal variations, or with tectonic activity, or with hydrothermal or volcanic phenomena. ae applications are normally almost neglected in geophysics, depending on intrinsic difficulties in ae propagation through disjointed ground, and on their random detection capability. such previous standard defeatist feeling can be overcome considering ae like a yelp, whine, moan or whimper, ... that we can only occasionally catch. you may eventually be capable of hearing it or missing it, whether loud or feeble. however, whenever you detect it, you should afford to recognise its meaning. hence, the focus is on seldom-detected ae messages by the system. observations prove how, in several circumstances, some very useful ae signals are detected, which provide relevant unprecedented information. our purpose is to show the concrete feasibility of such applications, including mailing address: ing. gabriele paparo, istituto di acustica (idac-cnr), via fosso del cavaliere 100, 00133 roma, italy; e-mail: paparo@idac.rm.cnr.it key words acoustic emission – precursors – earthquakes – volcanoes dilatancy 402 gabriele paparo, giovanni p. gregori, ugo coppa, riccardo de ritis and alberto taloni comparison of field data with ae released by laboratory samples. a few examples referring to different tectonic settings and their potential are discussed, including hints for further developments. the key relies on methodology. we make a simple application of fractal algorithms. the analysis is not concerned with the ae amount, frequency, intensity, or energy, etc. ae are released by an unknown widespread source distribution, and several sources, e.g., of anthropic origin, have no real physical relation with the effect of concern. our method, when considered a posteriori, is very robust with respect to anthropic or natural perturbations. however, it would be presumptuous (either in the negative or in the positive sense) to compare either our records, methods of analysis, or results, with previous investigations. there is no «better» or «worse» method. a given database and/or method of analysis can be suited or not for some given purpose. different approaches must be realistically compared with each other with no preconceived understatement or overstatement. 2. the data table i summarises our data set. two frequency ranges were monitored. the time sequence of ae events at different frequencies appears correlated and time-shifted with respect to each other. every acoustic transducer (e.g., cuomo et al., 2000) gives a signal in terms of an electric potential. in general, unless otherwise stated, for geophysical applications the transducer signal was recorded averaged over ~ 25 s, while in laboratory experiments no averaging was applied. the following definitions were used: i) an ae burst is called a raw record, with some high time resolution, typically similar e.g., to a seismogram, though on different scale. ii) an ae microevent is a record of the sum of the maximum amplitudes of all bursts occurring during every time interval of ~ 10 ms. a microevent is the sum of several bursts. iii) an ae event is similar to a microevent, though in terms of a much longer averaging time interval. an event is the sum of several microevents. the typical time scale required for defining an event depends on the physical system. for instance, table i. the ae data base. site monitored comments frequency gran sasso 200 khz ~ 4 years records available (fig. 1). southern apennines (potenza) 25 khz several records available, including one case history 200 khz on the occasion of a m d = 4.6 earthquake with epicentre ~ 18.2 km from the ae recorder (fig. 4b). stromboli 160 khz a few years of discontinuous data available, with techniques slightly improved versus time, still working. vesuvius 25 khz several discontinuous data monitored since 1995, and 200 khz also recently after october 1999 by means of an improved instrumentation during a crisis period; the recording site is located almost on the top of the volcano, very close to the rim of its crater, still working. laboratory sample 200 khz a cylindrical unconfined sample was compressed 6 times, by a force transversal to its axis, although not implying the final destruction of the sample (fig. 2). 403 acoustic emission (ae) as a diagnostic tool in geophysics an event within a stressed alloy implies phenomena that occur to the micro-crystal structure of the sample within short time scales. a phenomenon occurring within a tectonic setting relies on some prime yielding bonds that are other than within a sample stressed in the laboratory. we characterised an event by means of an amplitude, which is the average amplitude of all microevents falling inside some given pre-chosen acquisition time-lag (for every geophysical application, we currently chose ~ 25 s). such ae time series was suitable for investigating geophysical settings. gran sasso is the main massif (composed mostly of dolomia and limestone) of the apennines in central italy. on the time scale of our records, its tectonic setting is comparatively stable, notwithstanding its surrounding area is prone to seldom occurring strong earthquakes, although with much longer return-times. the records (fig. 1) resulted significant, displaying some very regular daily variation, its day to day difference being likely related to climate (see below). the ae transducers were put both on top of a steel bar inserted into the rocky ground for ~ 12 m, while another was hanging in the air (blank signal). the natural electric field was recorded (in co-operation with ingv) using the same steel bar as a receiving antenna tuned on the same frequency. the ae are conspicuous during the daily cooling of ground (local nighttime). the diurnal cooling of rocks makes their external layer contract over a warmer and temporarily more expanded interior: cleavage a rb it ra ry u n it s junemay days fig. 1. records in the gran sasso area, may 29 through june 5, 1996, showing ae at 200 khz both inside rock (lower black) and in air (blank signal, lower light grey) and the natural electric field (upper plot) recorded by metal rod inserted into ground for ~ 12 m (in co-operation with ingv) and used as a receiving antenna tuned on the same frequency. 404 gabriele paparo, giovanni p. gregori, ugo coppa, riccardo de ritis and alberto taloni rupture must occur. the record of the natural electric field is associated with the ionospheric tide (contrary to oceanic and solid earth’s tides, the atmospheric tides are well known to be mostly thermal and only at a much lesser extent also gravitational). since marconi’s times, such (eventual) expected natural ae disturbance is well known to display a violent maximum during daytime. in contrast, in our experiment, both ae signals (the one actually recorded, and the one expected being originated by rock cooling) show a maximum during nighttime. that is, for sure there is clear anticorrelation between ionospheric disturbances and the recorded ae signal. hence, no ionospheric effect enters into the ae records. moreover, the blank signal monitors eventual disturbances originated from any kind of external sources (either anthropic, or ionospheric, or other, i.e. generated by sources that in no case can be related to underground phenomena, or within the electronics of the recording system, etc.). such disturbances, if they exist, should cause the same effect both on the sensor within air and on the sensor put on the metal rod. our results very clearly show that no such perturbation affects our ae records (at least as far as our gran sasso monitoring is concerned). therefore, at least at middle latitudes and in the absence of major anthropic disturbances, one can safely put ae transducers either on an insulator bar, or on a metal rod, with no bias on measurement. under such circumstances, every opposite conclusion (e.g., such as diodati et al., 2001; a formal comment to that paper submitted to that journal was not published; no reply was given to our objections) appears mere nonsense. the southern apennines site (giuliano) is close to potenza, within a tectonically active area that during the time spanned by our records suffered an m d = 4.6 earthquake. the two ae transducers (for two frequencies) were put on top of two steel bars inserted into a solid flysch outcrop. stromboli is a volcanic island with an unclear tectonic nature. its isotopic chemism appears more reminiscent of an oceanic island rather than of an island arc (crisci et al., 1991; esperança et al., 1992; esperança and crisci, 1995). for over ~ 3 millennia stromboli has made ~ 100 explosions per day, resulting in an unprecedented natural environmental laboratory (e.g., chiappini et al., 2002; gregori et al., 2001; paparo and gregori, 2001). its volcanic edifice is comparable in size to etna’s, though almost completely immersed within the sea. the ae transducers were located on top of two ~ 1 m bars (one made of steel, one of glass) inserted into a rock dyke. vesuvius is (with etna) the historically bestdocumented volcano. it had its last effusive eruption in 1944. since that time it has been apparently quiescent, although its seismic activity recurrently and irregularly experiences disquieting periods. its historical eruption series display some regularities (gregori et al., 1992; gregori, 1993, 1996), apparently supported by a correlation with the activity versus time of every other historical volcano of the world (gregori et al., 1994). ae monitoring may provide some unprecedented information on new degrees of freedom for diagnosing the state of the system. ae transducers were located on top of ~ 1 m glass bars inserted into a lava dyke, outcropping almost on the very top of the volcano, at an axial distance of a few hundred metres from its crater. gran sasso can be likened to some unique rocky block. at all other sites, ae propagation can be biased by damping while crossing disjointed material. on the other hand, the collected observations guarantee per se as a matter of mere observational fact about such concern. on a speculative basis, three possible ways can be envisaged. first, one can presume that some solid rocks, almost like elongated ores crossing through otherwise disjointed soil, are capable of acting like wave-guides for ae propagation. in principle, such possibility can be checked by some dense array of ae detectors: spatial distribution, crossed correlation, and time shift of ae records within the array should disclose such speculated wave-guides. ae should appear to be a local phenomenon, implying a serious drawback due to the choice of the critical location of the ae transducers. second, speculate that some teleconnection mechanism at much lower frequencies (lf) than ae’s makes the signal to propagate through disjointed material. whenever it stresses some rock, it triggers high frequency (hf) ae. in such case, whenever ae records are carried out within 405 acoustic emission (ae) as a diagnostic tool in geophysics some suitable array and within some wide fan of different frequencies, the lf propagation should be directly detected, including the timeand spaceseries of the hf ae trigger. detector location is critical, although ae should be almost ubiquitous and correlated with local geology. third (and more likely), some entire area, or physical volume, on the regional or maybe even continental scale is deformed, notwithstanding no effect is detected by any standard method. some strain, however, is in progress over the entire area, and it occurs basically everywhere. at some very small local scale, i.e. wherever some geological solid formation is present, the ae are monitored by transducers put right on top of such bodies. the ae results are a strictly local phenomenon (detected only whenever the transducer is put right on top of a suitable solid body). they result from the strain of some very local solid feature, although being the consequence of some large-scale stress. that is, ae monitors a yelp, whine, moan or whimper, ... of some comparatively very small solid body, which is part of some huge geological region that is suffering from some large-scale deformation. differently stated, time (ks) 53.5 54.0 54.5 55.0 55.5 56.0 56.5 57.0 57.5 fig. 2. ae bursts recorded during a laboratory experiment. a solid sample composed of a mix of gran sasso limestone was compressed and decompressed. the five stronger ae sequences correspond to increased stress. the highest peaks denote amplifier saturation level. the sampling rate is 200 ms. redrawn after petri et al. (1994) and vespignani et al. (1995). 406 gabriele paparo, giovanni p. gregori, ugo coppa, riccardo de ritis and alberto taloni the monitoring apparatus contains, as an essential constituent, also the solid body that extends deep into the ground to some unknown range. such solid body is like a true natural tentacle probing some fraction of a large geological and geophysical system, and capable of monitoring (just as a mere matter of observational fact) its reaction to stress and strain. the second and third such possibilities are ultimately the same, their difference being only mathematical. the second possibility refers to some teleconnection by means of one given lf wave, while the third possibility refers to some large scale deformation, the «signal» of which can be mathematically fourier decomposed into a continuous spectrum of lf waves. on a mere intuitive basis, the first and second ways appear less realistic than the third one. it does not seem possible to envisage any different possible way. hence, the third possibility appears more likely. no array of ae transducers was available to the authors. in every case history, however, ae signals definitely seem to be physically significant and useful for geophysical monitoring. their real heuristic potential is presumably different in different applications, depending on tectonic setting, local morphology and eventual disturbances, etc. in addition, some ae records were also considered for comparison purposes, collected in the laboratory while stressing and straining a solid sample obtained from a mix of gran sasso limestone (fig. 2). seismic data are complementary, suitable for correlation with ae. they reflect a later stage of the evolution of the system. observations seem consistent with the hypothesis that phenomena always start by hf ae (~160-200 khz) (originated when some very small pores yield), followed by lf ae (~ 25 khz) (when pores yield and coalesce into larger microcavities), and finally at some later time by an earthquake (~ 1 hz, when the large scale mechanical structure of the system yields). hence, in principle, one should expect that a hypothetical monitoring carried out by some large set of different frequencies should detect a clear sequence of ae signals of progressively decreasing frequency. such sequence, however, ought to span a limited frequency range, because, according to the aforementioned third explanation, ae is concerned with local geological structures of limited spatial extension, unlike the large seismic energy release that ought to be originated by a tectonic structure other than the ae source, though both sources respond to a common prime deformation and trigger. concerning vesuvius, a careful seismic log has been available since 1972 a.d. seismic data for the potenza area, in lucania, southern apennines, were available from ingv, although spanning some limited period. 3. the physics ground deformation is originated by either one of the following prime physical causes: i) thermal contraction and expansion; ii) tidal fluctuation; iii) tectonic strain; iv) endogenous pressure by a fluid (i.e. water, oil, geogas, etc.); and v) endogenous pressure by plutonic intrusion of magma. every such process implies phenomena that have to be studied beginning from their atomic or molecular scale through their respective large-scale effects. ae are triggered whenever some chemical bond yields. the phenomenon eventually propagates like a chainreaction, eventually leading to strain deformation or to rupture, with morphology, timing, and speed, which depend altogether on the structural environment and on the prime trigger. a mere compression e.g., by a hot fluid that diffuses into the pores can be expected to imply a different behaviour than the case of a lateral displacement, such as occurs for crystal cleavage or tectonic faulting. every such feature must be physically fitted. the temporal evolution of ae series closely depends on the prime energy source, hence on the morphology and geometry of the stress and subsequent strain. this recalls the classical dilatancy hypothesis (e.g., nur, 1972; rikitake, 1976; mogi, 1985) for explaining earthquakes precursors. according to the rationale of the present study, the model here speculated ought to be considered as a peculiar case of some wider and more general conceptual perspective. much as always occurs in every discipline, every understanding is based on some simplifying abstraction. therefore, its consequent model, aimed at explaining some specific ob407 acoustic emission (ae) as a diagnostic tool in geophysics servations in some detail, is eventually physically significant only, and strictly only, within the limits of its own basic approximations, and never outside them. thermal (non-endogenous) effects are originated by a source external to the rock. this occurs in the case of solar diurnal heating and cooling that penetrates only down to several tens of centimetres. whenever such warming reaches some depth, the rock layer can freely expand and the process is smooth. in contrast, whenever a rock layer cools off, its outer layers contract while they are compelled to contain internal layers that are still more expanded. hence, a cooling (unlike a warming) object ought thus to imply some lateral displacement (i.e. it is a 2d slip of the shrinking outer layers). such phenomenon occurs within some shallow layer, and it should occur only on the surface, unless there are some peculiar structures that act like the aforementioned ae wave-guides to deeper layers. tidal deformation uniformly applies to the entire earth. compared to thermal deformation it appears likely to be a smooth phenomenon, originated in 3d space that should emit some lesser ae, or even no ae at all. for instance, every huge building does not necessarily release ae or crunching, notwithstanding it actually experiences conspicuous diurnal tidal oscillations (typically by several tens of centimetres). tectonic strain should imply ae mainly originated by lateral displacement (here called tout court «slip» ae), much as occurs for thermal deformation, though occurring over some much wider surface, i.e. on the slip plane of a fault, which can be either of small or large extension. the analogy between slip ae associated with either thermal or tectonic strain seems to be almost perfect, the difference relying on the fact that the thermal case is concerned with ruptures of atomic bonds within a crystal structure, while tectonic strain is concerned with cohesion forces within the ground, which characterise soil hardness and that under different settings avoid land slides. such bonds are concerned with soil physics (unlike e.g., in an alloy, or in the concrete of a building, where the yielding bonds refer to rupture along micro-crystal cleavage planes). a still different physical environment is concerned with snow-slides, i.e. with snow or ice hardness, provided that it is possible to perform some ae monitoring at the appropriate location. in such case history, the ae are released depending on ice physics. it ought to be emphasised, however, that the slip ae observed on the occasion of a tectonic strain could be either originated over the fault plane, or also by the microfracturing of the rocky body over which the transducer was located. the mathematical rationale and method of analysis may eventually be the same, though applied to physically different systems and case histories. the endogenous pressure by a fluid ought to be a typical feature of every system dominated by hydrothermal or phreatic breeding. ae sources should be distributed into a 3d region, where 3d fluid diffusion occurs, and therefore they should display their own signature, distinct from ae originated by an externally imposed stress, which should recall some more organised, less 3d and comparatively more 2d, spatial distribution. the endogenous pressure by plutonic intrusion of magma has to be likened to a tectonic strain. in fact, fluids such as water, oil, geogas, etc. compared to magma have a very great mobility and compressibility. therefore, they can easily reach the smallest pores, and exert, almost randomly, a pressure that rapidly propagates by 3d diffusion, producing local micro-cracks, and coalescence into progressively larger microcavities, etc. in contrast, a plutonic body has some extremely low mobility, and produces only very slow ground deformation, often undetectable from the ground surface, at least until the phenomenon is not in some comparatively late stage of evolution. such effects are generally reported by standard observations during the few days preceding the opening of a new boca (implying ground upheaval by several tens centimetres). the two case histories are therefore very different. in the case that a plutonic intrusion is also associated with hydrothermal or gas propagation underground, ae will detect both such kinds of event. hence, the leading (though not the unique) effect of a plutonic intrusion, prior to its large-scale late manifestation as ground deformation, ought to be likened to some comparatively more or less large or small tectonic deformation, implying 2d slip along a surface of some small (and undetectable from 408 gabriele paparo, giovanni p. gregori, ugo coppa, riccardo de ritis and alberto taloni surface) faults. in every such case this is more a 2d than a 3d phenomenon. it should be stressed that in every such case history, the comparatively more 2d than 3d character of the recorded ae is not necessarily associated with some large 2d slip surface or fault plane. since we are interested in the character of the prime temporal sequence of ae associated with a reaction chain while the chemical bonds yield, even phenomena occurring along the slip plane of sub-microscopic crystal size do produce the 2d expected effect, even when no «macroscopic» slip or fault plane etc. can be detected. one very similar occurrence, though in the space (linear) scale of ~ 10 000 km and on the geologic time scale, is concerned with superswells (typically observed in the pacific area where seamounts are a dense array of natural mareographs). according to the evidence discussed by gregori and dong (1996) and based on the output of the hawaii hot spot, the push by the endogenous thermal source appears to be the origin of some generalised large-scale uplift, i.e. the superswell, by which plates start sliding by gravity on its slopes, thus acquiring kinetic energy. such stage often precedes the outburst of a large igneous province (lip). whenever this occurred on emerged land, even the river drainage recorded such large-scale slopes (cox, 1989). the kinetic energy is later transformed into friction heat, and by ~ 50 000-100 000 years it is finally manifested as a large increase in volcanism. consider a laboratory experiment and compress a rock sample, while it is kept laterally confined. it is expected that the ae be similar to the case of an endogenous 3d pressure alone, exerted e.g., by a fluid. however, if the sample is not confined, a smaller percentage of transversal slip occurs and its associated 2d slip ae. summarising, the key-item of such entire discussion deals with the distinction between 2d and 3d distribution of the prime ae sources. it is physically characterised in terms of a different timing between subsequent yields of the bonds (either within crystals, or within ground). this is the rationale for recognising the kind of yelp, whine, moan, whimper, .... the theory of stress and strain of a non-perfectly elastic material was extensively investigated for purposes other than geophysics (e.g., scott, 1991). moreover, as far as an explicit calculation is concerned of the associated formal schrödinger equation, it is a most difficult job even for the computation of a pure crystal, while it is essentially impossible for an alloy or for every unknown texture of different substances such as occurs in natural rocks or ground (see e.g., eberhart, 1999). ae’s are complementary, from the viewpoint of the aforementioned dilatancy hypothesis, to other standard methods (topographic/bathymetric or seismic or gps techniques, or repeated geodetic prospecting, tiltmetry and strainmetry, high sensitivity gravimetry, etc.) in the fact that they reflect the stage of the micropore yielding occurring on strictly local and very partial geological structures, long before the much larger mechanical deformation and final rupture that causes an earthquake. in any case history, every natural system is to be expected to be largely heterogeneous. hence, ae ultimately monitor some structure of limited size, unless it responds to some large-scale teleconnection. in either case, however, it is clearly indicative of some wide and basically unknown, although never random, process of the system, originated at some more or less great depth, and involving some extended volume, or area. owing to this fact, the ae information that can be monitored on the ground surface ought to be better conceived in terms of a monitoring array, rather than as a point-like record. considering the present state-of-the-art outlined in section 1, the main purpose of the present study is a feasibility assessment about the effective heuristic potential of the ae technique. moreover, the analysis here envisaged is focused on time series of ae events, while the possibility of inferring some analogous and more precise information directly derived from the temporal evolution of every single ae «event» is currently in progress. 4. the analysis 4.1. fractal properties consider the timing of the ae events, and infer whether their sources are 2d or 3d distributed. neglect the intensity of every ae 409 acoustic emission (ae) as a diagnostic tool in geophysics fig. 3. statistical distributions of the slopes h computed by the box counting method applied to the 6 case histories listed in table i. the observed distributions seem to partake into two families with d ~ 1. and d ~ 0.9, respectively. three different histograms for every case are plotted, being defined by the identical data set, though by using different elementary intervals on abscissas. the significance of distinguishing such distributions is tested by means of standard algorithms as per table ii. the lowest two lines of histograms are shown with a lighter shading in order to emphasize that their peaks occurr at d ~ 0.9, unlike others that are peaked at d ~ 1.0 410 gabriele paparo, giovanni p. gregori, ugo coppa, riccardo de ritis and alberto taloni table ii. similarity of the fractal dimensions d of the ae event sequences observed in different environments and case histories. vesuvius vesuvius stromboli laboratory sample gran sasso potenza 200 khz 25 khz 160 khz 200 khz 200 khz 25 khz vesuvius 0.079 0.33 0.70 0.000002 0.0001 200 khz 0.085 0.33 0.62 0.000002 0.0001 0.97929 1.7 10 8 0.39 --0.56 0.0016 ±0.00015 1. 1. 0.22 1. --0.98784 0.17 0.36 --0.000002 0.0000008 ±0.00003 0.036 vesuvius 0.079 0.009 0.0014 1.2 10 12 0.0000017 25 khz 0.085 0.012 0.0491 5.5 10 10 0.0000065 0.99485 1.7 10 8 4.8. 10 10 0.0017 3.7 10 7 1.2 10 14 ±0.000009 1. 1. --1. --0.99588 0.17 0.006 0.0021 1.1 10 8 2.2 10 8 ±0.00001 stromboli 0.33 0.009 0.72 0.0004 0.0012 160 khz 0.33 0.012 0.62 0.0004 0.0011 0.9664 0.39 4.8. 10 10 0.091 0.15 0.0185 ±0.0002 1. 1. --1. --0.8455 0.36 0.006 0.43 0.00004 0.00009 ± --laboratory 0.70 0.0014 0.72 0.0004 0.0202 sample 0.62 0.0491 0.62 0.0002 0.0004 200 khz --0.0017 0.091 0.366 0.0055 0.97320 0.22 -- -- -- --±0.00005 --0.0021 0.43 0.0021 0.0034 0.97297 ±0.00007 gran sasso 0.000002 1.2 10 12 0.0004 0.0004 0.28 200 khz 0.000002 5.5 10 10 0.0004 0.0002 0.27 0.9176 0.56 3.7 10 7 0.15 0.366 0.00025 ±0.0001 1. 1. 1. -- --0.9121 0.000002 1.1 10 8 0.00004 0.0021 0.70 ± --potenza 0.0001 0.0000017 0.0012 0.0202 0.28 25 khz 0.0001 0.0000065 0.0011 0.0004 0.27 0.8970 0.0016 1.2 10 14 0.0185 0.0055 0.00025 ±0.0006 -- -- -- -- --0.8452 0.0000008 2.2 10 8 0.00009 0.0034 0.70 ± --411 acoustic emission (ae) as a diagnostic tool in geophysics event. as a first-trial, apply the box counting method. we considered 21 case histories for every one of the 6 different data sets listed in table i (we used 23 samples of southern apennines records, while only 6 data sets were available for the laboratory experiment). concerning vesuvius and the southern apennines records, also the time variation of the fractal properties were investigated. the box counting method was applied as usual, by least-square fitting on the plotted points in the log-log diagram (richardson’s plot) of number of counts versus sampling interval µ, and after rejecting the ruler intervals biased by limited statistics. the fractal behaviour, however, is missed whenever µ is excessively short, i.e. when it is comparable either with the minimum time resolution of the recorder or, with the shortest time interval elapsing between two consecutive bond yields. similarly, when µ is excessively long compared with the total time lag spanned by the ae records, large statistical fluctuations enter into play. hence, the fit must be limited within a suitable interval µ1 < µ < µ2. in every application the numbers of fitted points were always large and comparable with each other. the (negative) slope h of the line in the richardson plot is the fractal dimension d = – h. refer to turcotte (1992, eqs. (2.1) and (7.12)) for whom a fractal is defined whenever the number n n of objects or fragments composing a system associated with a characteristic linear dimension r n is n n = c/r n d where r n = l/n and c is a constant, d is the fractal dimension, and l is the total span of the database over which the box counting method is applied. hence, comparatively smaller slopes h ought to be displayed by slip ae (which are likely to be comparatively more 2d than 3d) compared to compression ae (which have a 3d space distribution). a uniform time-distribution of the events ought to imply d = 1. moreover, it can also be formally shown that it must always be 0. d 1. (gregori, 1998). just by a matter of definition, every truly random time series of ae events has the same d as a uniform ae series. therefore, every kind of law that makes the observed ae time series deviate from such ideal and mere randomness shall imply some corresponding reduction of d. hence, if the box counting method gives d = 1. we infer that the comments to table ii the result of every respective comparison is here denoted by the probability that every two given observed distributions have either a similar or a significantly different value of some given parameter, or that they be the same or not. for instance, a very low probability means that it is very likely that the two given distributions are significantly different compared with each other. it is customary to consider e.g., a threshold of 0.05, by which, when the probability is < 0.05 the two distributions are considered significantly different. different printing characters are used to give direct visual evidence of a few different ranges of such probabilities. large bold characters denote distributions that appear significantly similar to each other. the 4 or 5 kinds of probabilities that are indicated for every such quantitative comparison are concerned, respectively, with a few different standard assumptions about the nature of the two distributions being compared with each other, as follows: i) student’s t-test for checking the difference of the mean, when the distributions are thought to have the same variance; ii) the same when the two distributions are thought to have significantly different variance; iii) f-test for checking whether the two sample have a different variance; iv) 2-test for checking whether the two distributions are different (such a test can be carried out only whenever the two distributions have the same number of elements); v) the same by means of the kolmogorov-smirnov test. the left column also contains: i) the (non-weighted) mean of d including its standard deviation, plus ii) the weighted mean and its error bar. sometimes some input datum was found having a formal vanishing standard deviation. in such a case, some small and arbitrary value (10 12) was assigned to it, by which the resulting weighted mean is almost completely determined by such small-error value(s), while its error bar results insignificantly small. in such a case, the standard deviation of the non-weighted mean can be used as an indicative error bar. 412 gabriele paparo, giovanni p. gregori, ugo coppa, riccardo de ritis and alberto taloni ae sources are randomly 3d distributed in space. in contrast, when d < 1 some organised evolution of the system is likely to be in progress, such as e.g., when the ae source distribution slowly evolves from 3d towards some comparatively more 2d space organisation. 4.2. comparing different tectonic settings figure 3 and table ii show the comparison between different settings. the formal statistical comparison is reported in detail between the distributions of d concerned with the 6 different case histories. it is concluded that there are two sets of distributions that appear similar to each other, respectively: i) vesuvius, stromboli, and the laboratory sample, and ii) gran sasso and potenza. such two sets appear significantly different when they are compared with each other (table ii). it is important to stress that the success of our analysis largely resulted from the possibility of comparing with each other analogous applications to physically different case histories, by which the actual heuristic potential of the ae diagnostic tool can be tested, and sensitivity and reliability assessed. figure 3 and table i appear crucial in such respect. according to the tentative intuitive rationale outlined in section 3, stromboli seems to represent a typical ae case history origifig. 4a. time series of h computed every day during a few months before the occurrence of the earthquake reported in fig. 4b, close to the recording station giuliano. the system reveals a clear trend from random ae towards a progressively better organised phenomenon, characterised by rupture along some preferred plane, to be identified either with a fault plane, or maybe more likely (see text) with cleavage of some local solid structure. it is a complex system, originally disordered, which evolves toward an increasing order, until its mechanical structure yields. 413 acoustic emission (ae) as a diagnostic tool in geophysics with slip ae occurring during cooling, i.e. by local nighttime (see section 3). all such conclusions are to be supported by suitable additional laboratory experiments (in progress) capable of significantly simulating several different pore-yielding conditions, and of testing the associated aforementioned tentative inferences. 4.3. time variation of fractal dimension figure 4a shows the temporal variation of the tilt h at giuliano a few months before the occurrence of the earthquake reported in fig. 4b. every point plotted in fig. 4a refers to the ae fig. 4b. time delay between the relative variations of ae at 25 khz (purple), the same at 200 khz in rock (green), and in air (red), plus self-potential (blue). units on ordinate scale are arbitrary (see fig. 1). a ~ 2 days precursor appears in the lf ae, and a lesser one in the hf ae in rock. this is associated with an increased porosity of ground, by which the fluid-flow increases, and one day later also the self-potential. when the self-potential starts recovering, an m d = 4.6 earthquake occurs with epicentre at ~ 18.2 km from the recording site. redrawn after cuomo et al. (2000). nated by phreatic diffusion. vesuvius strongly resembles it. by this, any possibility that the late 1999 crisis of vesuvius was originated by plutonic intrusions can be excluded. in addition, the laboratory sample simulates a dominant ae originated by pressure, with a lesser contribution by ae slip, shown by the lesser peak in its histogram in fig. 3. in contrast, the giuliano site appears associated with an area where the faulting process generates some ae slip (either directly from the fault, or from a local structure, as per section 3). significantly smaller d are detected. the same result is observed on gran sasso, where the ae is consequent to the thermal daily deformation of rocks, by which ae ought to be associated 414 gabriele paparo, giovanni p. gregori, ugo coppa, riccardo de ritis and alberto taloni recorded during 1 day. the system appears progressively becoming more 2d, i.e. towards some slip ae compared to a starting random ae. during earlier times only records of lesser accuracy were available. concerning subsequent times, ae records are currently being analysed. in either case, there is clear evidence that it is always h ~ – 1. figure 5 shows the temporal trend observed for vesuvius during the first half of 2000 a.d. when d ~ 1. vesuvius is during a charging phase, i.e. some hot fluid pressure, increasing versus time, diffuses into the pores producing a random ae and the system is thus «inflated». in contrast, when d < 1. the endogenous fluid pressure is temporarily lowered, vesuvius «deflates», the entire system collapses, much like a dome that is no longer supported from inside. hence, the system eventually breaks along preferred crack or minifault planes (maybe, even almost microscopic) normally undetectable by standard observations. such guess is supported by seismic activity. more shocks occur during inflation than during deflation. deflation shocks are comparatively much stronger than inflation shocks. consider the total energy integrated versus time during an entire period of inflation: it ought to be roughly the same when integrated during the subsequent deflation period. the eventual observed difference ought to reflect the seismic energy associated with shocks that are not detected by the seismic network, due either to instrument sensitivity, or to the damping of feeble signals within the ground (in progress). better multiparametric records are recommended. in any case, the ae technique seems to provide the very first effective method for fig. 5. daily estimates of h versus time of the ae collected on vesuvius during january through june 2000 a.d. see text. 415 acoustic emission (ae) as a diagnostic tool in geophysics monitoring inflation/deflation of a volcano. the present analysis has a time resolution of ± 1 day, although in principle the same method can be applied with a much higher detail (in progress). 5. conclusions according to our inferred evidence, ae seems to be a heuristically effective tool for investigating ground deformation, microfracturing, and the time variation of its porosity. the apparently most reasonable interpretation is in terms of a strictly local effect, released by geologic structure of limited extension and of great rigidity (such as dykes, rocks, lava, etc.) that are stressed and strained following some large-area tectonic or volcanic event. ae appears to be potential and useful complementary evidence in addition to, and in eventual correlation with, seismic and geochemical information. it appears possible to distinguish phenomena triggered by the diffusion of some fluid into rock pores, yielding a temporal sequence of ae events characterised by a slightly higher fractal dimension d (or equivalently a slightly steeper slope h in the richardson plot), compared to the case of ae originated by some strain during either crystal cleavage or fault sliding. a few laboratory experiments seem to support such inferences. additional ones ought to be performed. in general, the ultimate advantage of ae compared to the standard approach in terms of seismic activity relies on its implicit direct capability of probing processes that occur on the atomic or molecular scale, much before (i.e. several up to a few tens hours, or even several months in advance) a comparatively much larger seismic energy release. no matter whether such approach is more or less useful for mitigating volcanic and seismic hazards, its investigation ought to be exploited to assess some observational inference that apparently cannot be investigated by any other kind of observations, and that therefore can open unprecedented diagnostic applications. figures 4a and 5 ought to be considered as a possible indication (respectively) of an unprecedented know-how for monitoring areas where an earthquake is going to be prepared, and of an unprecedented possibility of monitoring «inflation» and «deflation» times of a volcano. it should be stressed, however, that it is possible to monitor the temporal evolution of a system for assessing under what circumstances an eventual hazard is going to evolve towards a risk, although simply by this no alert can be issued. the next steps shall be twofold. on one side, an attempt will be made to improve the temporal resolution while monitoring the «inflation» and «deflation» times of a volcano. a second step shall attempt to recognise the chain-reaction that occurs during the time sequence of the yielding bonds of one single occurrence. the definition of «event» however shall be critical. the concept of microevent (lasting typically ~ 10 ms) still remains the same, being the elementary monitored element. however, some suitable total duration t for defining the concept of «event» shall be chosen, eventually different from ~ 25 s as in section 2. the ultimate target is to search for a substantial improvement of the temporal resolution of ae monitoring, aimed at measuring additional and unprecedented degrees of freedom of the system, focusing as far as possible on its prime process, even on the atomic or molecular scale. references chiappini, m., g.p. gregori, g. paparo, c. bellecci, g.m. crisci, g. de natale, p. favali, i. marson, a. meloni, b. zolesi and e. boschi (2002): stromboli. a natural laboratory of environmental science, j. volcan. geotherm. res., 113, 429-442. cox, k.g. (1989): the role of mantle plumes in the development of continental drainage patterns, nature (london), 342, 873-877. crisci, g.m., r. de rosa, s. esperança, r. mazzuoli and m. sonnino (1991): temporal evolution of a three component system: the island of lipari (aeolian arc, southern italy), bull. volcanol., 53, 207-221. cuomo, v., v. lapenna, m. macchiato, i. marson, g. paparo, d. patella and s. piscitelli (2000): geoelectrical and seismoacoustic anomalous signals jointly recorded close to an active fault system in southern apennines (italy), phys. chem. earth, 25 (3), 255-261. diodati, p., s. piazza, a. del sole and l. masciovecchio (2001): daily annual electromagnetic noise variation and acoustic emission on the gran sasso mountain, earth planet. sci. lett., 184, 719-724. 416 gabriele paparo, giovanni p. gregori, ugo coppa, riccardo de ritis and alberto taloni eberhart, m.e. (1999): why things break, sci. am., 281 (4), 44-51. esperança, s. and g.m. crisci (1995): the island of pantelleria: a case for the development of dmm-himu isotopic composition in a long-lived extensional setting, earth planet. sci. lett., 136, 167-182. esperança, s., g.m. crisci, r. de rosa and r. mazzuoli (1992): the role of the crust in the magmatic evolution of the island of lipari (aeolian islands, italy), contrib. mineral. petrol., 112, 450-462. giovannelli, f. (editor) (2001): the bridge between the big bang and biology. stars, planetary systems, atmospheres, volcanoes: their link to life, in proceedings of a meeting hold at stromboli (italy) on september 13-17, 1999, cnr, roma, pp. 440. gregori, g.p. (1993): the next eruption of sommavesuvius, in schröder (1993), 191-213. gregori, g.p. (1996): the next eruption of sommavesuvius, in piccione and antonelli (1996), 399-468. gregori, g.p. (1998): natural catastrophes and point-like processes. data handling and prevision, ann. geofis., 41 (5/6), 767-786. gregori, g.p. and wenjie dong (1996): the correlation between the geomagnetic field reversals, the hawaiian vulcanism and the motion of the pacific plate, ann. geofis., 39 (1), 49-65. gregori, g.p., v.p. banzon, r. leonardi and g. de franceschi (1992): geomagnetic activity versus volcanic cycles, and their forecasting. application to etna and vesuvius, in schröder and legrand (1992), 188-222. gregori, g.p., v. banzon and r. leonardi (1994): the cycles of volcanoes, and the global synchronism of the time variation of their heat source, in schröder and colacino (1994), 152-191. gregori, g.p., c. bellecci, c. bianchi, g.m. crisci, g. de franceschi, g. di stefano, g. etiope, e.s. kazimirovsky, i. marson, g. paparo, e. piervitali, g. romeo, c. scotto, q. taccetti and b. zolesi (2001): the global atmospheric-electrical circuit, mesospheric electrical phenomena, particle precipitation, volcanoes like lightning rods, and the mechanisms of climate, presented at the iugg general assembly, birmingham (u.k.), july 1999. mogi, k. (1985): earthquake prediction, academic press (harcourt brace jovanovich, publ.), tokyo etc., pp. 355. nur, a. (1972): dilatancy pore fluids, and premonitory variations of t p /t s travel times, bull. seismol. soc. am., 62, 1217-1222. paparo, g. and g.p. gregori (2001): volcanoes and environment and the natural laboratory of stromboli, in giovannelli (2001), 289-309. petri, a., g. paparo, a. vespignani, a. alippi and m. costantini (1994): experimental evidence for critical dynamics in microfracturing processes, phys. rev. lett., 73 (25), 3423-3426. pi c c i o n e, v. and c. an to n e l l i (editors) (1996): proceedings of the 4th workshop of progetto strategico clima, ambiente e territorio nel mezzogiorno, lecce, november 11-14, 1991, 2 vol., pp. 644, cnr, roma. rikitake, t. (1976): earthquake prediction (elsevier, amsterdam etc.), pp. 357. schröder, w. (editor) (1993): the earth and the universe, festschrift in honour of prof. h.-j. treder, newsletter of idch-iaga, (20), 1-497, science edition, bremenroennebeck. schröder, w. and j.p. legrand (editors) (1992): solar terrestrial variability and global change, pp. 243, idch of iaga, bremen-roennebeck. schröder, w. and m. colacino (editors) (1994): geophysics: past achievements and future challenges, newsletter of idch-iaga, (20), 1-191, science edition / idch of iaga, bremen-roennebeck. scott, i.g. (1991): basic acoustic emission (gordon and breach science publishers, new york, etc.), pp. 246. turcotte, d.l. (1992): fractals and chaos in geology and geophysics (cambridge univ. press), pp. 221. vespignani, a., a. petri, a. alippi, g. paparo and m. costantini (1995): long range correlation properties of aftershock relaxation signals. fractals, 3 (4), 839-847. 737 annals of geophysics, vol. 51, n. 5/6, october/december 2008 key words geoacoustic emission – deep borehole, diurnal variation – earthquake occurrence – natural electric field 1. introduction the concepts of cracking within heterogeneous media are the fundamental to modern models of earthquake preparation and source site formation. as indicators of micro-fracturing processes such as cracking, shifts along blocks boundaries, pore coalescence, changes in interstitial fluid pressure etc., spatio-temporal characteristics of acoustic emission (ae) contribute to validation and/or improvement of such models. this equally involves the results of laboratory-scale experiments on rock specimens to simulate tectonic straining processes, and geoacoustic emission (gae) surveys (seismoacoustics, by other term (belyakov et al., 1996)) aimed to study natural acoustic emission of embedded rocks. the results on gae variations recorded in a tunnel at 100 m depth (matsushiro seismological observatory, prefecture nagano, japan) were represented in (gorbatikov et al., 2001). the measurements were carried out with the help of three-component mag-3s geophone designed at earth physics institute of the russian academy of sciences on the basis of magneto-elastic sensor (belyakov, 2000). the output signal of such sensor is proportional to the third derivative of the ground displacement, and the gain slope of mag-3s geophone is equal to 60 db variations in geoacoustic emissions in a deep borehole and its correlation with seismicity valery gavrilov (1), leonid bogomolov (2), yulia morozova (1) and aleksander storcheus (1) (1) institute of volcanology and seismology, far east branch of the russian academy of science, petropavlovsk-kamchatsky, russia (2) institute of marine geology and geophysics far east branch, of the russian academy of science, yuzhno-sakhalinsk, russia abstract continuous geoacoustic emission (gae) measurements were acquired using a three-component geophone placed in a borehole at a depth of near 1000 m at petropavlovsk-kamchatsky starting in august 2000. using geophones consisting of magneto-elastic crystal ferromagnetic sensors, and installed at such a depth allows measurement of natural geoacoustic background with signal amplitude less than 1×10-4 m/s3 in frequency band from 3 to 1500 hz. according to the data from a 4-year survey period the characteristics of diurnal geoacoustic variations change before every earthquake with mlh≥ 5.0 that occurs at a distance of less than 300 km from the observation point or before each earthquake with mlh≥5.5 occurring at distance r≤550 km from the observation point. the changes in gae regime correlate with the strongest earthquakes that occurred during survey period. measurements of the natural electromagnetic field of the earth were carried out simultaneously with the help of an underground electric antenna. the behavior of gae in aseismic periods appears to be related to the effect of diurnal variations of the natural electromagnetic field. mailing address: dr. leonid bogomolov, institute of marine geology and geophysics of the russian academy of science, nauki str., 1 b, 693022, yuzhno-sakhalinsk, russia 738 v. gavrilov, l. bogomolov, y. morozova and a. storcheus tions of gae level were also recorded (but in frequency range 30-1200 hz) when the geoacoustic surveys were carried out with the help of mag -3s geophones installed in boreholes (belyakov et al., 1999). sensor allocation inside deep enough boreholes (700 m depth or more) where the level of geoacoustic emission is controlled by natural crust (lithospheric) processes is a proper way to provide necessary sensitivity of gae measurements. unfortunately the results represented in (belyakov et al., 1999) were obtained mainly by measurements in seismically inactive regions and therefore do not reveal cause-and-effect relations of characteristics of geoacoustic emissions with stressed-strained state of a terrestrial crust. this paper is devoted to the results of the continuous geoacoustic measurements performed in 2000-2003 in the seismically active region of kamchatka, russia, with the use of mag-3s geophone, installed inside a deep g-1 borehole at the depth of 1035 m. some preliminary results of these measurements were described in (gavrilov et al., 2006; gavrilov, 2007). hereinafter we analyze the results of geoacoustic measurements together with the data of seismicity of southern and central parts of kamchatka. 2. equipment and observation technique the station for gae measurements was built on the base of the g-1 borehole (lat. 53.05 n, long. 158.63 e) located in petropavlovsk-kamchatsky, a zone of deep northwest oriented fault. the depth of the borehole is 2540 m. the borehole is water-filled and cased along the whole length. the structure of the measuring system is presented in fig. 1. the geophone, which is the main measuring unit of the system, was installed at a 1035 m depth. the body of the sensor is crowded against the casing by a spring. the sensitivity of the vertical channel of the geophone (evaluated on preliminary amplifier output) is 0.15 v×s3/m, and the resonant frequency of the sensor is 1250 hz. the sensitivity of the horizontal channels is 0.60 v×s3/m, the resonant frequency being 300 hz. the output signals of geophone pre-amplifiers are transfor a decade of frequency change. such characteristics allow measurement of gae natural background with minimal amplitude of signals (evaluated as equivalent ground displacement) less than 1×10-10 m. according to the results of (gorbatikov et al., 2001) some increase in gae level has been recorded in 5 cases of earthquakes with m=3.7÷5.2 that occurred at epicentral distances up to 110 km. the observed variations occurred nearly 12 hours before the events. these results demonstrate that geoacoustic measurements using high-sensitivity geophones (belyakov et al., 1999) are able to provide new significant information and put some light on the earthquake preparation process. until now most surveys have been conducted in seismically inactive regions. interesting results related to gae measurements with a geophone have been revealed recently in works (cuomo et al., 2000; gregori et al., 2002; paparo et al., 2002), where another approach has been developed with a similar purpose: to distinguish signals originated by stressed-strained crust from the background of extraneous noise. the authors (cuomo et al., 2000; gregori et al., 2002; paparo et al., 2002) argued that ultrasonic acoustic emission measurements of the earth surface can be a diagnostic tool for changes in crust stress in seismic areas. this is possible provided that the sensors are installed on bedrock outcroppings, and acoustic emission signals are recorded in the ultrasonic frequency range (10200 khz) higher than usual frequencies of gae measurements. according to (paparo et al., 2002) bedrocks from top to bottom can play a role of a giant probe, so that ae signals recorded on the outcrop are sensitive to variations of tectonic stress and are relevant to seismic processes. although ultrasonic signals are not able to extend to large distances, anomalies of ae flow before strong earthquakes have been revealed during ae measurements in apennines, italy (cuomo et al., 2000; gregori et al., 2002; paparo et al., 2002). the existence of distinct diurnal variations of gae level in the frequency range 10-200 khz and their interrelations with changes in natural electric field strength follow from data given by (paparo et al., 2002). diurnal varia739 variations in geoacoustic emissions in a deep borehole and its correlation with seismicity data management center of the institute of volcanology and seismology, far east branch of the russian academy of sciences, petropavlovsk-kamchatsky, on request of the operator. 2.1. gae level dependence on depth and borehole log before geophone installation at a permanent depth 1035 m, measurements of gae level were performed on various minor depths (fig. 2). at 200 m depth the level of noise in frequency bands 30 and 160 hz dropped approximately by 17-20 db (7-10 times) compared to that on the original ground. subsequent deepening of the geophone up to 600 m depth was followed by smooth damping of the noise in the noted bands: it decreased by 10-13 db comferred through armored cable to the main processing unit, located at the mouth of the well. the main analog unit provides additional amplification, subsequent filtering of the initial signals of each geophone channel by a third octave band pass filter, distinguishing the bands with the four central frequencies chosen: 30, 160, 560 and 1200 hz, and, finally, the measurement of averaged values of output filtered and rectified signals (from each of 12 filters). the further processing of signals is realized with the help of the microprocessor controller. the functions of the microcontroller involve analog-digital converting of the input analog signals (the sampling rate is 32 hz on the channel), calculation of average values of recorded signals in one minute moving window, and, finally, data saving on the disk memory. the data are transferred via telephone channel to the fig. 1. the structure of measuring complex. 740 v. gavrilov, l. bogomolov, y. morozova and a. storcheus layer of 700-900 m depth and decrease sharply from 900-1035 m may be related to peculiar features of the geologic profile at the borehole site. the g-1 borehole is located in a small valley with rocky edges. according to the geological cross-section, the valley bed is filled up to 80 m depth by sandy-argillaceous deposits with inclusions of pyroclastic strata. the layer from 80 to 110 m depth is formed by siltstones and sandstones stratigraphically alternated by clay interlayers. denser slates of uniform makeup occur at depths more than 110 m. according to the cross-section, the rocks lying at depths from 520 to 840 m are characterized by horizontal schistosity. there are four explicit layers on this interval of depth (fig. 2), each layer being of 50-100 m thick. hydrothermal veins with pyrite and calcite are represented widely at depths from 650 to 740 m. this is dissimilar to only one layer occurring at depth between 100 and 520 m. the rocks lying at 820-1035 m depth pared to that at 200 m depth (in the band nearly 30 hz). a sharp decrease of gae level in low frequency bands at shallow depths was predetermined by contribution of man-made noise produced at the daylight surface. the bands with central frequencies 30 and 160 hz were close to urban frequencies. man-made noise at frequencies 560 and 1200 hz was less, and it did not contribute to gae levels even at shallow depths of 100-200 m. correspondingly, only slight decreases in gae levels were observed at higher frequency bands (560 and 1200 hz). significant increases of gae levels in all frequency bands occurred in the interval of 600 to 900 m depth. the greatest increment of noise (12-13 db) was denoted in the bands 30 and 160 hz. subsequent geophone embedding to 1035 m depth resulted in a decrease in noise levels for all bands. the non-trivial observation that gae amplitudes increase in all frequency bands in the fig. 2. the dependence of mean gae level at several frequency bands on depth of geophone location. gae signals horizontal component has been plotted. 741 variations in geoacoustic emissions in a deep borehole and its correlation with seismicity simultaneously with it or some hours later. the records of horizontal channels were never influenced by raining. snowfalls exerted a stronger influence upon variations of gae level on horizontal channels that has been confirmed by observation of the effect in 11 of 13 cases. the effect of snow falloff appeared as 50-100 % increase in average noise level on horizontal channels, usually starting in 12-15 hours after the beginning of snowfall and ending in 3-12 hours after snowfall stopped. the most apparent effect of precipitations occurred during strong snowfalls when the daily accumulation of snow was 30-60 mm (fig. 3). sometimes, a delayed noise was noted even when the snowfall did not exceed 10-15 mm per day. interestingly, the data from the vertical channel never showed the effect of snowfall on the gae. the effect of precipitations on gae measurements can be explained based on the following model, which appeals to the geological structure of the valley. it was already mentioned that sediments of the uppermost layer (above 110 m depth) are not so consolidated as slate-like rocks situated below 110 m. snow precipitations resuls in additional weight, and this is the reason for some extra compaction of sediments at shallow depths in territory of the valley. simple calculations show that a 30-mm-thick snow layer (the case of observed correlation with gae) may produce additional pressure of nearly 300 pa. the lithostatic pressure at a depth of a few hundred meters is in the order of 2-5 mpa, in which the lowest estimate is given for the 110 m depth, i.e. the bottom of the uppermost layer. the ratio of additional pressure to lithostatic one is equal approximately to 10-4, and the relative change in uppermost layer strain is of the same value. we note that a typical value of young modulus of upper sediments (occurred in this layer) is of the order of 1010 pa, (scheidegger, 1975). using this value we may estimate the increment of absolute strain at 110 m depth, caused by weight of 30-mm-thick snow layer, as 3×10-8. meanwhile, lunar-solar tides are characterized by a 10-8 change in strain components (as noted in work (diakonov et al., 1990) for latitude 40-50 degrees). according to a well known hypothesis (rykunov and smirnov, 1985; diakonov et al., represent the single strata as well. presumably, the rocks of enhanced stratification, with softened inclusions at the bedding interface, cause enhanced dynamic and geoacoustic activity at that depth (the more contacting surfaces, the more microscopic shifts). some results of geoacoustic surveys in other regions (belyakov et al., 1996, 1999) may confirm this reasoning on stratification and heterogeneity (the cause of seeming crust anelasticity). all this may explain, to a certain extent, the maximal value of gae level found at depths in the middle of interval 600-900 m. apart from the schistosity interval (both upwards and downwards) the level of gae drops. certainly, the data on vertical dependence of gae indicate that the layer of depth from 700 to 900 m is the most preferred for permanent measurements with the geophone (rather than its actual location at the 1035 m horizon). however these data (summarized in the fig. 2) were obtained after the geophone installed at 1035 m depth. thereafter, because of technical reasons, we had no opportunity to change the position of the geophone. the main methodical result of gae amplitude vertical scanning (fig. 2) is direct proof that geophone installation inside the borehole at near 1000 m depth greatly reduces low frequency exogenous noise (30 and 160 hz bands). the level of noise reduced by 40 db (two orders of value) at 30 hz frequency, and also reduced by 17 db (nearly order) at 160 hz frequency, both cases in comparison with level of noise on original ground. 2.2. influence of meteorological factors comparisons of gae variations with changes in atmospheric pressure, air temperature and speed of wind revealed no appreciable correlation. a possible influence of rain on measurements on the vertical channel was noted in two of 24 cases. in the first case, the rainfall was about 20 mm in a day, in the second about 50 mm in a day. the effect of precipitations appeared in the form of 20-30 % bay-like increases in average level of noise which were delayed of 12-15 hours after the beginning of rain and terminated 742 v. gavrilov, l. bogomolov, y. morozova and a. storcheus face) is very sensitive to contact state changes. rain precipitations have practically no effect on the results of gae measurements, because the water goes away quickly. hence, minor increment of weight after raining together with the short term action of water weight may induce only weak perturbation in comparison with the case of snow precipitation. so, the change in gae level on horizontal channel is expected to correlate to temporal variations of normally acting force (horizontal pressure). the correlation has a lag of 12-15 hours after accumulation of snow precipitations. actually such a lag is a transition time during which pressure change transforms to plastic strain wave and propagates along the casing tube towards horizon of geophone location. the vertical channel of gae is not affected by this mechanism, since receiving condition for gae shearing component is not so sensitive. according to the mentioned observations and their interpreting, the gae data from horizontal channels have been distorted by exogenous inter1990), the tides have potential to trigger some fault slips, as well as geoacoustic emissions, since the rate of tidal stress is high enough with respect to a tectonic stress. the growth of additional strain during an intensive snowfall is still more rapid than that in the case of tides. actually, a snow accumulation of 30-mm-thick layer may occur in few hours, and the strain rate reaches the value 3×10-12 1/s. the rate of tidal strains was estimated as 1-3 × 10-12 1/s. so, the change in the uppermost layer strain, caused by snow falloff, may have some influence on inelastic processes (similarly to the case of solar-lunar tides). the effect is probably amplified due to a structural factor. edges of the valley are steeply inclined, although not vertical in the cross-section. the compaction of the upper sedimentary layer inside a limited area may cause a portion of the horizontal stress to act normally to the surface of the casing tube. the contact of the casing and the adjacent rock becomes more or less strong. the receiving condition of gae of horizontal component (normal to contact surfig. 3a-c. episodic influence of snow falloff on results of gae measurements: a) daily accumulation of snow, b) temporal dependence of vertical component gae level, 30 hz central frequency; c) the same for horizontal component. 743 variations in geoacoustic emissions in a deep borehole and its correlation with seismicity where the lines above variables or expressions note their averaging over time window. as result of the solving system of the equations (3.2) one can receive: a fg f g g = − ⋅ −1 2 ; b f fg g g = − ⋅ −1 2 ; (3.3) this means that the coefficient a is the averaged amplitude of dgaed, whereas b is the daily average level of gae. coefficients a and b concern to data on entire window (all n counts of function f (ti )). we have selected a two-day window (n = 2880) for computations by the outlined algorithm. transition intervals of 30 min length close to the estimated times of sun rising and a sunset have been excluded from the analysis. the exceeding of the threshold value ac of 500 relative units (ru) by the average amplitude of dgaed has been considered as a criterion for the presence of gae diurnal distribution provided that the maximal value of dgaed amplitude was equal to amax of 2804 ru. the result of computations is that the characteristic diurnal variations have been distinguished in gae time series during approximately 60% of observation time. an example of such variations in temporal intervals during august 13-16, 2001 and september 3-7, 2001 is presented on fig. 4a and 4b (greenwich time is hereafter used). transition times from the minimum values of emission level to the maximal one and vice versa are about 5-10 minutes. the moments of transitions correspond to the times of terminator line crossing (times of sunset and sunrise) at the observation point. the most explicit diurnal variations (day time minimum and nocturnal maximum) have been revealed on gae series recorded by channels for vertical components, with the central frequencies of 30 hz and 160 hz. 3.1. the changes in gae characteristics related to the preparation of earthquakes as a rule, considerable perturbations of the diurnal gae distributions (dgaed) have been observed before earthquakes mlh≥ 5.0 in the ferences to a greater extent than that from the vertical channels. for this reason, only measurements of the vertical component of gae signals (i.e. the data from the vertical channel) have been used below in this paper, as outlined below. 3. results of continuous gae surveys at the 1035 m depth continuous gae measurements started in august 2000. in this section we consider peculiar features of temporal dependences of geoacoustic emission obtained by continuous surveys during august 5, 2000 to july 31, 2003. during primary data analysis we focused on manifestations of characteristic diurnal variations of averaged gae levels. characteristic variations constitute diurnal geoacoustic emission distributions (dgaed) of 24 hours periodicity which usually emerge in aseismic periods (gavrilov et al., 2006). an especially developed pc program has been used to establish the presence or absence of dgaed in gae time series from august 5, 2000 to july 31, 2003. sometimes a simple visualization of these time series (plotted output) can reveal diurnal variations. the program of the gae time series processing is based on «recognition» of the gae variations similar to logistic function of sunrise/sunset g (t), so-called meander (trial rectangular increment). the function g (t) is equal to 1 (unity) when the sun is above the horizon, and it is -1 after a sunset. the algorithm of recognition involves the selection of such coefficients of regression a and b, to minimize the regression function (below) in the given time window r f t ag t bi i i = −∑( ( ) ( )– ) ,2 (3.1) where f (ti) current value of gae level, t – time. coefficients a and b can be determined from system of the equations: ∂ ∂ = − + = r a ag fg bg2 2 2 02 ; ∂ ∂ = − + = r b b f ag2 2 2 0; (3.2) 744 v. gavrilov, l. bogomolov, y. morozova and a. storcheus prior to the seismic swarm in october 2002, which occurred 170 km to the south of petropavlovsk-kamchatsky, the dgaed disappeared seven days prior to the first shock (fig. 6). until this moment, a steady diurnal distribution was observed during about three months. being typical for aseismic periods, gae day night variations restored a day after the strongest (mlh =5.7) earthquake of the swarm. according to the catalog of earthquakes of the geophysical service of the russian academy of science, 56 earthquakes mlh≥ 5.0 inarea of the kamchatkan subduction zone. typical examples of such perturbations prior to the earthquakes are presented in figs. 4c and fig. 5. figure 4c shows the disturbance of dgaed before an mlh=5.2 earthquake, which occurred on september 1, 2001, 120 km to the northeast from the observation point. in this case the diurnal gae distributions, which appear to be normal during august 12-16, 2001, are conspicuously distorted (almost disappeared) during august 17-31, 2001. the dgaed return to the normal form soon after the earthquake. fig. 4a-c. a plot of characteristic diurnal variations of mean geoacoustic emission level (for z component of gae signals in a band with central frequency of 160 hz). the greenwich time is noted on time axis. fig. 5. examples of loss of diurnal gae distributions (dgaed) prior to the occurrence of earthquakes. 745 variations in geoacoustic emissions in a deep borehole and its correlation with seismicity fig. 6. mapping of epicenters of earthquakes occurred during the period january 1, 2001july 31, 2003 in zone r≤300 km, centered at petropavlovsk -kamchatsky (events of mlh≥5.0 magnitude), and in zone r≤550 km (events of mlh≥5.5 magnitude). 746 v. gavrilov, l. bogomolov, y. morozova and a. storcheus of disorder of gae diurnal distribution was followed by an earthquake (as shown in fig. 7). meanwhile, the disturbances of dgaed (full disappearance or degradation) occurred before all 15 earthquakes of magnitude мlh≥5.0 inside circular zone around point of observation, of 300 km radius. also, such disorders occurred before all 21 strong earthquakes, мlh≥5.5 whose epicenters located at distances less than 550 km from the geophone point. the same is valid for the case of the strongest mw =7.3 earthquake that occurred on november 17, 2002 at 1000 km epicentral distance. so, the disorder of diurnal variation may be considered a necessary but not sufficient condition of a forthcoming earthquake. our measurements at the single point give no result on prediction of place of shock. but the most important consequence of the observations is that during a period of regular diurnal variations in gae (lasting 7 days or more) no earthquake is expected as long as a disorder of the dgaed is to occur. below we consider statistical aspects of a relationship between times of strong earthquakes occurrence and cases of the dgaed disorder/restoration. cluding aftershocks of strong earthquakes occurred within 550 km in distance from petropavlovsk-kamchatsky during august 1, 2000 – july 31, 2003. a subsample of 36 seismic events was selected and used for analysis, taking into account 15 earthquakes of magnitude мlh≥5.0, occurred in near-field zone (inside a circle of r≤300 km radius) and 21 earthquakes of major magnitude (мlh≥5.5), with epicenters located in circular zone r≤550 km. parameters of these earthquakes are given in table i and locations of epicenters are shown on fig. 6. the strongest mw =7.3 earthquake during the last five years that occurred on november 17, 2002, at 459 km depth is also presented in table i. the epicenter of the earthquake was located in the okhotsk sea at 1000 km from the point of observation. figure 7 compares periods of dgaed presence or absence with exact times of occurred earthquakes. it is shown that earthquakes mostly occur during periods without characteristic diurnal variations. this includes an example of rather short interval (24 hours) without characteristic diurnal variations, for which earthquake of august 2, 2001 occurred. not every episode fig. 7. the periods of presence/absence of diurnal variations of gae versus times of major earthquakes occurrence: 1presence of characteristic dgaed, 2-data gaps. the earthquakes with мlh≥5.0 occurred at epicentral distances of r≤300 km from the base station and the earthquakes with мlh≥5.5 occurred at epicentral distances of r≤550 km. the earthquake of november 17, 2003, mw = 7.3 occurred at near1000 km epicentral distance. 747 variations in geoacoustic emissions in a deep borehole and its correlation with seismicity table i. earthquake’s parameters, date january 1, 2001july 31, 2003, location r≤300 km, мlh≥5.0; location r≤550km, мlh≥5.5; location r≤1000 km, мw>7.0) note: hearthquake depth; rdistance from epicenter to borehole g-1 earthquake no date mlh lat.n long.e h, km r, km 010207 2001:02:07 6.4 52,28 153,66 476 346 010802 2001:08:02 6.2 56,21 164,05 25 495 010901 2001:09:01 5.2 53,92 159,75 134 120 010917 2001:09:17 5.3 52,84 159,98 41 191 011007 2001:10:07 5.2 52,39 160,67 2 153 011008a 2001:10:08 6,1 52,62 160,46 31 129 011008b 2001:10:08 6.3 52,65 160,49 24 130 011008c 2001:10:08 5.1 52,5 160,59 15 142 011009 2001:10:09 5.0 52,43 160,59 18 146 011010a 2001:10:10 5.5 52,51 160,57 17 141 011010b 2001:10:10 5.2 52,46 160,72 8 152 011103 2001:11:03 5.5 55,93 161,35 104 366 020106 2002:01:06 5.9 48,67 155,09 40 543 020128 2002:01:28 6.0 49,29 155,98 21 454 020215 2002:02:15 5.0 52.12 159,89 18 130 020315 2002:03:15 5.5 49,44 155,96 21 439 020426 2002:04:26 5.9 53,36 160,99 57 160 020503 2002:05:03 5.0 52,49 160,79 20 155 020508a 2002:05:08 5.6 52,22 160,44 32 150 020508b 2002:05:08 5.9 53,73 160,93 35 170 021008 2002:10:08 5.3 52,72 160,30 33 115 021016 2002:10:16 5.7 51,66 157,68 108 165 2002:11:17 мw= 7.3 47.82 146.21 459 1050 021218 2002:12:18 5.0 52,91 159,82 40 79 030120 2003:01:20 5.7 49,06 155,88 54 480 030221 2003:02:21 5.3 55,45 159,79 349 279 030315 2003:03:15 5.8 52,15 160,66 4 166 030317а 2003:03:17 5.0 52,25 160,58 13 155 030317b 2003:03:17 5.1 52,09 160,72 13 174 030317c 2003:03:17 5.5 52,26 160,54 32 153 030318 2003:03:18 5.4 52,23 160,61 15 159 030319 2003:03:19 5.9 52,16 160,85 48 176 030325 2003:03:25 5.0 52,02 160,70 40 178 030423 2003:04:23 6.1 55,98 163,44 20 450 030424 2003:04:24 6.0 48,76 155,21 42 531 030529 2003:05:29 5.7 50,65 157,53 40 274 030616 2003:06:16 6.7 55,3 160,74 190 263 748 v. gavrilov, l. bogomolov, y. morozova and a. storcheus p q n k q qn k( , , ) ,–= ckn k(1− ) (3.4) where ckn is a binomial coefficient which is determined by the formula ckn = n!/ ( k!(n-k)! ) to use (4) we associated the number n of tests for gae data with the number of strong earthquakes which occurred independently of one another during the time of observations. some seismic swarms were recorded in the period october, 2001–march, 2003. since shocks in a swarm were not independent events, we considered each swarm as a test (in the same manner as an ordinary earthquake). the total number of independent seismic events (tests) is n=26. only one earthquake occurred when the characteristic diurnal variations were present (the date is june, 16 2003, see fig. 7). so, k = 1 and the number of successful events is (n – k) = 25. a value of probability q may be estimated as a ratio of time without gae diurnal variations to total time of observations. in the case considered q = 0,4. the binomial distribution gives following numerical estimate of probability for noted value of parameters q,n,k: р = 1.8 ⋅ 10-9. such value of probability is very small compared to unity, and in comparison with the maximum of expression (3.4). it is well known that the expression of binomial distribution (3.4) reach maximum when q = (n-k)/n. in our case the maximum of (3.4) is approximately equal to рmax ≈ 0.18. in a conditional case when all 37 earthquakes are independent, n=37, and k=1 the value of probability р for the same q is of order 10-14. so, the hypothesis is not valid that a disorder of characteristic diurnal variations and final phase of earthquake preparation is a random coincidence. one can deduce from the negligible probability of co-incidental correlation between gae variations mode and times of strong seismic events that onset of gae diurnal variations damping regularly precedes the possible occurrence of an earthquake. 4. discussion of a possible origin to study the correlation between dgaed and variations of averaged strength of natural electromagnetic (em) field we carried out syntemporal intervals from the beginning of the «usual» dgaed perturbation until the time of the earthquake mlh≥ 5.0 are in limited to 1÷25 days. the relationship between noted temporal intervals and parameters of the earthquakes is still debated. this also concerns the recovery time for diurnal distribution after the earthquake occurred. restoration of dgaed following the earthquakes takes several days in about 30 % of all cases, but in some cases the recovery time was much greater. it is worth mentioning that we considered several of limits on magnitude мlh and radius of epicentral zone r. we attempted to separate stronger earthquakes (occurring times to be compared with presence/absence of diurnal variations) and the flow of weak and moderate seismic events. on the other hand, we need a sufficient accumulation of strong events for the analysis. enumeration of possibilities resulted in the optimal choice of above limits of magnitude мlh and radius r. we selected two limiting values of мlh (5.0 and 5.5) and two corresponding values of r (300 and 550 km) for the sake of strong validity of the results. our optimal choice of мlh and r limits allowed us to obtain the above relationship between gae diurnal variations and the seismic process in the studied region. another selection of these limits may modify the result represented in fig. 7. for example, reducing the мlh limit under condition of the same value of radius r entails a growth of the number of earthquakes that occurred on the background of gae diurnal variations. in one case an earthquake occurred during a period of diurnal distribution restoration, when the time of dgaed disappearance ended. this does not contradict the fact that the disappearance of dgaed preceded the occurrence of all 37 earthquakes. but we prefer to consider this debatable case as unsuccessful event. we estimated the probability of coincidence of anomalies of gae observations (disorder of characteristic diurnal variations) and strong earthquake occurrence with the help of probability binomial distribution technique. the binomial distribution describes the probability p(q,n,k) of occurrence of k unsuccessful events in n tests on conditions that the probability of successful result of individual test is (1-q): 749 variations in geoacoustic emissions in a deep borehole and its correlation with seismicity phasizing that we intended to involve just electromagnetic field because of following a priori reason. it is well-known that a temporal dependence of natural electric field (vertical component en, in particular) has diurnal variations with nocturnal maxima and day time minima. this notion is based on studies of characteristics of radio noise and electromagnetic waves propagation in the frequency band 30 hz 30 khz (osinin, 1982; remizov, 1985). lightning discharges in remote world thunderstorms centers are the main sources of electromagnetic waves in noted frequency band at northeastern part of territory of russia (remizov, 1985). chronous measurements of gae and em variations. an underground electric antenna was used for measurements of the vertical component of the natural electric field, en. the perceptibility of the antenna whas reached with wire elements of more than 1 km length: a free conductor of multicore cable of the geophone and borehole casing. the parameters of electromagnetic measuring channels were identical with geoacoustical ones (the only difference is in the source of signals), measurements were carried out in the same frequency bands. the measurements started in may 2003 at the same point (g-1 borehole). it is worth emfig. 8a-c. results of simultaneous measurements of geoacoustic and electromagnetic temporal variations: a) gae level measurements at 160 hz frequency band (z component); b) em field level measurements at the same frequency band; c) cross correlation coefficient ρ. the vertical line indicates earthquake moment. 750 v. gavrilov, l. bogomolov, y. morozova and a. storcheus periods when dgaed were steady. meanwhile such periods coincided with aseismic time gaps. during these periods the cross correlation coefficient ρ was of order of value ρ = 0.80 ÷ 0.99. so, for instance ρ = 0.91 ÷ 0.99 for interval of april 9-12, 2004, fig. 8; ρ = 0.92 ÷ 0.93 for interval of june 15-17, 2003, fig. 9. but, before strong earthquakes (a day or more) and during relaxation periods after the events the variations of gae and of electromagnetic field became dissimilar: ρ = 0.53 ÷ 0.89 for interval of april 13-19, 2004, fig. 8; ρ = 0.001 ÷ 0.34 for interval of may 28 june 09, 2003, fig. 9. it should be noted especially, that the strong correlation between results of gae and natural the day-night variations of ultra low frequency (ulf) electromagnetic field are pre-determined by daylight sharp deterioration of radio wave propagation condition in a waveguide between ionosphere and the earth surface primarily due to lowering of ionosphere height resulted from daylight occurrence of d-layer at near 80 km height. in kamchatka, ulf electromagnetic emission with explicit diurnal variations is caused mainly by lightning discharges in a remote world thunderstorm center, located on azimuth 190-255 degrees. the results of simultaneous geoacoustic and electromagnetic measurements demonstrated that the variations of gae level and electromagnetic ones were practically identical during fig. 9a-c. an example of resumption of day-night variations of mean gae level: a,b,cthe same as on the fig. 8. 751 variations in geoacoustic emissions in a deep borehole and its correlation with seismicity wires of the multicore cable to be sure that output signals of gae depended on sensor only. this differs from features of induced noise which is sensitive to position of conductor (distance from wire to core screen). some closely related results of other works confirm the physical rather than instrumental origin of correlated diurnal changes in gae and em signals. for instance, a high degree of correlation of diurnal variations of gae and electromagnetic field during the aseismic period is correlated with the result of (paparo et al., 2002) where diurnal variations of ae level on bedrock outcroppings with maxima at local nighttime (similarly to gae, see interval of april 9-12, 2004, fig. 8) were described. the synchronization of increase/decrease of ae and of natural telluric electromagnetic field have been noted. both temporal dependences can be characterized with a meander line. the similarity of daily distributions of gae and ae which differ by frequency range and depths of sources speak in favour of the fact that this phenomenon is a manifestation of behavior of the loaded geological medium. no particular factor like bias of electric induction over long cable or thermal stress near bedrocks surface due to nighttime cooling (paparo et al., 2002) is adequate for consistent explanation of those synchronized variations. the comparison of results obtained by borehole gae measurements with the results of laboratory experiments with loaded specimens exposed to electromagnetic field (chelidze et al., 2002; sobolev and ponomarev, 2003; il’ichev et al., 2003; bogomolov et al., 2004; zakupin et al., 2006a) has become the theory of a unified role of electric field for ae and gae variations. according to the experiments referred above electromagnetic action over rock specimens which are tested by press driven compressive loads accompanied by appreciable growth of ae activity. the main feature of the revealed effect of ae electrostimulation is the temporary growth of averaged level of ae activity after short impact or during a session with enhanced electric strength, provided that the main compressive load is constant and its value is in the range from 0.7 up to 0.95 of disruption. this is the so-called ae response to electric em field measurements (in particular, synchronous diurnal variations in both signals) cannot be explained by electromagnetic noise induced by the environment. non-instrumental origin of the observed effect may be verified by presented facts and considerations. usually, electromagnetic noise collected by sensor input and/or transmission line (long cable), particularly the influence of the neighboring measuring line, is a constant, when the location of sensors and cables is fixed. but the results of simultaneous geoacoustic and electromagnetic measurements represented by fig. 8 demonstrate the change in gae record, meanwhile the plot of natural electric field (vertical component) is without change. diurnal variations of gae disappeared rapidly (fig. 8a), and the correlation coefficient between gae and eme series reduced. the dissimilar change in gae was observed shortly before earthquake, but this aspect plays no role for the point of that how to check up the absence of noise induced by neighboring channel. another example is given by fig. 9, where the period from may 28 to june 11, 2003 is without gae diurnal variations, thereafter the variations arise in interval june 12-17, 2003 and their amplitude increases gradually. but diurnal variations in the natural electromagnetic field (fig. 9b) are of the same amplitude during the period of may 28-june 17, 2003. this fact may be considered a solid argument that variations in output signals on gae measuring channels do not interference induced by external electromagnetic field via sensor details or cable connecting the geophone with recording and processing units located at original ground. in the contrary case the amplitude of gae diurnal variations should be steady throughout the period of observations. moreover, the temporal plots of horizontal and vertical component of gae have quite a different form, although the frequency band is the same (gavrilov et al., 2006). the constructive elements of both channels are identical. so the characteristics (such as shunt capacitance and mutual inductance to circuit of electromagnetic channel) are close, and they predetermine noise occurrence. we checked this before geophone installation. also, we reconnected geophone output to 752 v. gavrilov, l. bogomolov, y. morozova and a. storcheus strained geological medium. deepening of the geophone at 1000 m depth in borehole at petropavlovsk-kamchatsky reduced the level of anthropogenic noise by two orders of magnitude in the band of 30 hz central frequency, and reduced it almost by an order of magnitude in the 160 hz band. furthermore, increasing the depth of measurements has practically eliminated the bias of meteorological factors on measurements of the vertical component of gae signals. new gae measurements have revealed diurnal temporal distribution of gae level in bands with central frequencies 30 and 160 hz. diurnal distribution of gae is presumably related to daily variations of the level of electromagnetic field strength in earth’s crust. the loss or damping of geoacoustic day-night variations (provided continued diurnal variations in natural electric field) appears to indicate changes in stressed-strained state of the geological medium which allow a considerable growth of probability of strong earthquake occurrence. a generalized sequence of obtained results is proposed as a precursor of «short-term aseismicity»; an indicator that no strong earthquakes are likely to occur in a circular (300 km radius) area around the observational point, during a period of robust presence of gae diurnal variations, as long as a disorder of gae mode terminates such period. this important principle (precursory statement) may be used for recognition and/or reliable predictions of temporal intervals, when the probability of strong earthquake occurrence in a limited area is very low (at least, for kamchatkan region and north kuriles islands). acknowledgements this research was partially supported by the rfbr (grants 06-06-05-96071 and 07-0500687) and feb ras (the project 06-iii-а-08-327). references belyakov, a.s., a.g. gamburtsev, v.s. lavrov, a.v. nikolaev and n.k. privalovskii (1996): vibration action on rocks and their induced seismic emission, power action, epi, (zakupin et al., 2006a; 2006b). heuristically, such acoustic emission response to epi seems to look similar to the effect of nighttime gae level growth correlated to nocturnal enhancement of electric field level (the more value of natural electric field strength the more level of gae in the same frequency band). our approach to unified consideration of laboratory and full-scale survey results is based on the similarity of stressed state of embedded rocks and laboratory tested ones. actually, ae responses were recorded on specimens when the main compression stress was in the range 20 100 mpa. a tectonic stress at nearly one km depth is of the same order of magnitude (kropotkin et al., 1987). but a difficult point for the hypothesis of electric stimulation of nighttime gae level (resulting in the modulation) arises during quantitative estimates of strength of natural electric field and that applied in laboratories. quantitative estimates to analyze the observed modulation of gae level by natural electromagnetic emission of the earth are as follows. according to reference (remizov, 1985), the maximal value of the electric component of the em field measured on earth surface, over the whole frequency band may be evaluated as 0.45÷1.0 mv/m. the damping of electric component at 1 km depth, calculated for 160 hz and the soil of moderate moisture (the conductivity is about σ = 0.01 (ohm×m)-1) is near 9 db. hence, the amplitude of electric field strength at the depth of geophone location can not exceed 0.16÷0.36 mv/m. measurements in other boreholes and in other regions are required to establish that correlated diurnal changes in gae are a general effect (although the mechanism of electricgeoacoustic conversion is not clear completely). alternatively they may be caused by specific oversensitivity of gae sources located in the vicinity of the geophone at the point of g-1 borehole. 5. summary continuous geoacoustic measurements in deep boreholes with high-sensitivity geophones are an effective method of monitoring stressed753 variations in geoacoustic emissions in a deep borehole and its correlation with seismicity gregori, g.p., g. paparo, u. coppa and i. marson (2002): acoustic emission in geophysics: a reminder about the methods of analysis, bull. geophys. teor. appl., 43 (12), 157-172. il’ichev, p.v., a.v. alad’ev, l.m. bogomolov, v.n. sychev et al. (2003): parameters of acoustic emission signals initiated by electric action over loaded specimens, in geodynamics and geoenvironmental problems of highmountain regions, edited by s.v. goldin and yu.g. leonov (printhouse, moscow-bishkek), pp. 286-303. kropotkin, p.n., v.n. efremov and v.m. makeev (1987): stressed state of earth crust and geodynamics, geotectonics, (1), 3-24. osinin, v.f. (1982): radio noise from natural sources in the east of the ussr (nauka, moscow), pp. 161 (in russian). paparo, g., g.p. gregori, u. coppa, r. de ritis and a. taloni (2002): acoustic emission (ae) as a diagnostics tool in geophysics, annals of geophysics, 45 (2), 401-416. remizov, l.t. (1985): natural radio-interference (nauka, moscow), pp. 198 (in russian). rykunov, a.l. and v.b. smirnov(1985): variations of the seismicity under effect lunar-solar and tidal deformations, fizika zemli (solid earth phys.), 21 (1), 97-103. scheidegger, a.e. (1975): physical aspects of natural catastrophes, (elsevier scientific, amsterdam), pp. 289. sobolev, g.a. and a.v. ponomarev (2003): physics of earthquakes and precursor, (nauka, moscow), pp. 270. zakupin, a.s., a.a. avagimov and l.m. bogomolov (2006a): responses of acoustic emission in geomaterials to the action of electric pulses under various values of the compressive load, physics of the solid earth, (10), 43-50. zakupin, a.s., a.v. alad’ev, l.m. bogomolov, v.n. sychev et al. (2006b): interrelation of electric polarization and acoustic emission of terrestrial materials specimens under conditions of uniaxial compression, volcanology and seismology, (6), 22-33. fizika zemli (solid earth phys.), 32 (2), 68-74. belyakov, a.s., a.g. gamburtsev, v.s. lavrov, a.v. nikolaev and l.l. khudzinskii (1999): underground acoustic noise and its relation to tidal deformations, ibid, 35 (12), 1002-1009. belyakov, a.s.(2000): magnetoelastic acoustic geophones for geophysical research, seismic equipment (uipe ras, moscow), book 33, 27-45. bogomolov, l.m., p.v. il’ichev, v.a. novikov, v.i. okunev, v.n. sychev, a.s. zakupin (2004): acoustic emission response of rocks to electric power action as seismicelectric effect manifestation, annals of geophysics, 47 (1), 65-72. chelidze, t., n. novaramashvili, m. devidze, z. tchelidze, v. chikhladze and t. matcharashvili (2002): laboratory study of electromagnetic initiation of slip, annals of geophysics, 45 (5), 587-598. chelidze, t., t. matcharashvili, j. gogiashvili, o. lursmanashvili and m. devidze (2005): phase synchronization of slip in laboratory slider system, nonlinear processes geophys., 12, 1-8. cuomo, v., v. lapenna, m. macchiato, i. marson, g. paparo, d. patella and s. piscitelli (2000): geolectrical and acoustical anomalous signals compared with seismicity in a test side of southern apennines (italy), phys. chem. earth. (a), 25 (3), 255-261. diakonov, b.p., b. s. karryev, o.b. khavroshkin, a.v. nikolaev, l.n. rykunov, r.r. seroglasov, a.k. trojanov and v.v. tsiplakov (1990): manifestation of earth deformation processes by high-frequency seismic noise characteristics, phys. earth and planet. inter., 63, 151-162. gavrilov, v. a., yu.v. morozova and a.v. storcheus (2006): variations in the level of geoacoustic emission in deep well g-1, kamchatka and their relation to seismicity, volcanology and seismology, (1), 52-67. gavrilov, v. a. (2007): physical causes of diurnal variations in the geoacoustic emission level, doklady ran, earth sciences, 414, (4), 638-641. gorbatikov, a.v., o.a. molchanov, m. hayakava, s. uyeda, et al. (2001): acoustic emission before and after earthquakes, volcanology and seismology, (4), 66-78. layout 6 annals of geophysics, 60, 6, s0663, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7305 temporal analysis of δ13cco2 and co2 efflux in soil gas emissions at mt. etna: a new tool for volcano monitoring salvatore giammanco1,*, bor krajnc2,3, jože kotnik3, nives ogrinc2,3 1 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, osservatorio etneo, catania, italy 2 jožef stefan international postgraduate school, ljubljana, slovenia 3 jožef stefan institute, department of environmental sciences, ljubljana, slovenia article history received november 11, 2016; accepted october 2, 2017. subject classification: mt. etna; carbon isotopes; co2 efflux; volcanic activity; hydrothermal systems. s0660 abstract we monitored the soil gas emission of co2 from selected sites of mt. etna volcano during the period february 2009 to december 2010 by measuring periodically the soil co2 efflux together with the associated stable carbon isotope composition of co2. correlation between the two parameters showed distinct behaviors depending on the sites as a reflection of the different interactions between crustal and sub-crustal fluids. where deep co2 interacted with shallow cold ground water and/or with shallow biogenic co2, a positive correlation between soil co2 effluxes and carbon isotopes was evident and it depended strongly on the velocity of gas through the soil. in these cases, the highest co2 effluxes corresponded to δ13cco2 values similar to those of the deep magmatic co2 emitted from the crater and pericrateric gas emissions at the summit. in areas where a shallow hydrothermal system was presumed, then a similar correlation was less evident or even absent, suggesting strong control on c isotopes arising from the interactions between co2 gas and dissolved hco3that occur in aquifers at t>120 °c. marked temporal variations were observed in both parameters at all sites. no significant effect of meteorological parameters was found, so the observed changes were reasonably attributed to variations in volcanic activity of mt. etna. in particular, the variations were attributed to increased degassing of co2 from incoming new magma, possibly coupled with increased hydrothermal activity in at least some of the shallow aquifers of the volcano. the largest anomalies in the monitored parameters preceded the opening of the new southeast crater in late 2009 and therefore they could represent a key to unveiling the dynamics of the volcano. 1. introduction mt. etna volcano, one of the most active volcanoes in the world, is also known as a one of the main sources of magmatic co2. the total emission rate has been recently estimated at about 60,000 t·d-1 [hernández et al. 2015]. most of the release of co2 occurs through the active summit vents of the volcano, but a remarkable fraction of this gas (about 10 % of the total amount according to d’alessandro et al. 1997b and hernández et al. 2015] is released from its flanks. in this case, co2 emissions at the surface occur in diffuse form through volcano-tectonic faults [e.g., giammanco et al. 1998, aiuppa et al. 2004] and they are produced by magma outgassing from reservoirs located at intermediate to great depths beneath the volcano [bruno et al. 2001, aiuppa et al. 2004, giammanco et al. 2013]. studies on soil gas carried out in the last 17 years at mt. etna showed that the central eastern flank and the lower southwestern flank of the volcano are characterised by the strongest anomalies in both soil gas concentration and soil co2 efflux and by the highest content of magmatic co2, which dissolves into local groundwater [anzà et al. 1989, giammanco et al. 1995, 1996, allard et al. 1997, brusca et al. 2001, aiuppa et al. 2004, giammanco and bonfanti 2009]. the aim of the present work was to study the temporal variations of soil co2 efflux and the associated stable carbon isotope composition of co2 over a time span of several months, covering the period between the end of the 2008-2009 flank eruption and the opening and eruption of the new southeast crater (nsec), today the most active summit crater of mt. etna (figure 1). the main objectives of our study are: i) to better define the correlation between the above two parameters in selected high-degassing sites of the volcano; ii) to model the dynamics of geochemical interactions between co2 and the surrounding environment and iii) to recognize possible influences of volcanic activity on soil degassing. 2. eruptive phenomena at mt. etna during the studied period mt. etna is a large quaternary composite volcano, which grew to its present elevation of 3320 m by accumulation of lavas and tephra erupted during the last 200 kyr [gillot et al. 1994]. at present, its activity is represented by summit and/or flank eruptions, the former being mostly short-lived and characterized mainly by production of tephra with minor lavas, the latter being, on average, long-lived and mostly producing lava effusions that may emplace voluminous lava flow fields. our study began during the final stages of the longstanding 2008-2009 flank eruption. details on this eruption are given in bonaccorso et al. [2011] and in corsaro and miraglia [2014]. the eruption started on may 13th from a fissure that developed from the se crater togiammanco et al. 2 figure 1. map of the study area. the red circles indicate the location of soil co2 sampling points. the three main rift zones (ne, w and s) are also shown. vb = valle del bove morphological depression. the blue squares indicate the location of the two sias meteorological stations used for the purposes of this study. the yellow star shows the location both of the se crater and of the nearby nsec. 3 δ 13cco2 and co2 efflux in soil gases of mt. etna wards the valle del bove (vb in figure 1), a morphological depression that occupies a large part of the east flank of mt. etna. lava flows from this fissure expanded inside the vb, reaching a maximum length of about 6 km and a total volume of about 70 ± 20 × 106 m3 [branca s. quoted in corsaro and miraglia 2014]. the eruption ended on july 7th, 2009, 419 days after its onset. just a few months later, on november 6th, 2009, a new vent opened on the lower eastern slopes of the southeast crater, one of the four summit craters of mt. etna and the most active one in the last thirty years [e.g., behncke et al. 2014]. this new vent, named new southeast crater (nsec), appeared as a relatively small open pit emitting hot pressurised gas. its birth marked the end of the eruptive activity at the se crater, thus virtually “replacing” it as a new opening in the conduit of the previous se cone. the vigorous degassing activity of nsec continued until the end of 2010, without appreciable changes. in the meantime, since august 25th, 2010, some isolated explosive episodes occurred at the bocca nuova crater (bn), the westernmost of the four summit craters of etna (for details on this and on the following volcanological information, see http://www.ct.ingv.it/en/rapporti.html). the strong gas and ash explosion of august 25th, 2010 at the bn was followed by several smaller explosive events that produced short-lived emissions of volcanic ash. seven major explosions occurred at bn until august, 29th, although with less intensity than the first one. other significant explosive events took place at bn on october 7th and on november 1st, both producing minor ash plumes. after more than one month of relative quiescence at etna, a new strong explosion occurred at bn on december 22nd, 2010. this explosion was probably less powerful than the one on august 25th, but certainly stronger than the numerous events between late august and november 2010. on the afternoon of december 23rd, 2010, strombolian activity apparently started for the first time inside the nsec since its formation. however, bad weather conditions prevented clear observation of the summit area, so this activity could not be followed in detail. on the late afternoon of january 2nd, 2011 mild strombolian activity appeared again within the pit of nsec, preceded by several days of repeated emissions of hot gas. strombolian explosions, although with variable intensity, continued through january 6th and then ceased. mild explosive activity resumed on january 11th, and its intensity began to increase on january 12th until producing a small lava outflow. finally, a paroxysmal eruption occurred during the night between january 12 and 13, with lava fountains and voluminous lava flows. the event ceased completely after about two hours. this was the first of a long and complex sequence of eruptive events that characterized the evolution and growth of the nsec until 2015 [behncke et al. 2014, de beni et al. 2015]. 3. materials and methods 3.1. sampling sites for the purposes of this study, we selected the sites most representative of soil degassing (figure 1), as they are all characterized by anomalous high emissions of soil co2. in particular, site p39 is located on the southwestern flank at an altitude of 115 m a.s.l., ~2 km sw of the town of paternò, in an area with visible absence of vegetation due to the intense gas emissions from the soil. the other three sites (p78, zaf06 and zaf08) are located on the eastern flank of mt. etna, at altitudes between 320 m and 510 m a.s.l.. apart from co2, the chemical composition of the gas released from all sites, but especially at p39, shows trace amounts of ch4, he and sometimes h2 and co [giammanco et al. 1998]. previous geochemical studies on the gases emitted at sites p39 and p78 indicated that the origin of these gases is dominantly magmatic [d’alessandro et al. 1997a, giammanco et al. 1998, pecoraino and giammanco 2005]. in particular, the chemical and isotope features of gases emanating at site p39 show evidence of their direct origin from the mantle source of mt. etna basalts [giammanco et al. 1998a, caracausi et al. 2003a, 2003b]. this site is located on a ne-sw-directed regional fault that is thought, based mainly on geochemical data, to be part of the deep feeder system of mt. etna [>10 km; caracausi et al. 2003a, 2003b]. sites p78, zaf06 and zaf08 are part of an anomalous degassing zone that is aligned on a wnw-ese fault system [anzà et al. 1993, giammanco et al. 1995]. a recent study on soil co2 emissions in the central eastern flank of mt. etna [giammanco and bonfanti 2009], recognized this line as a major fault characterized by clear anomalous degassing whose changes in time are linked to volcanic activity. gases from this site are assumed to derive from a shallower portion (5 10 km) of the magma feeder system of mt. etna [giammanco et al. 1998, bruno et al. 2001]. 3.2. soil co2 efflux soil co2 effluxes (expressed in g m -2 d-1) were measured at all selected sampling sites using the method of the dynamic accumulation chamber [e.g., parkinson 1981, chiodini et al. 1998, farrar et al. 1995]. co2 effluxes were measured in at least duplicate during each survey, and the arithmetic average of the values was considered for the temporal analysis of data. the sampling frequency was variable but, on average, once every 20-30 days. the data cover the period from february 2nd, 2009 to december 12th, 2010. in order to evaluate the possible influence of the main meteorological parameters on the temporal variations of co2 efflux, values of air temperature, total daily rainfall, minimum and maximum relative humidity and wind speed at a height of 2 m above the ground were also acquired thanks to the monitoring network of the servizio informativo agrometeorologico siciliano (sias). in particular, we chose the station of paternò, representative of the weather conditions of the low sw flank of mt. etna, and the station of riposto, representative of the weather conditions of the low e flank of mt. etna (see figure 1). because the co2 efflux data are log-normally distributed [ahrens 1954, giammanco et al. 2010], all graphic analyses of these data in the present paper have been performed on a log10 scale. 3.3. stable carbon isotope composition of co2 samples for stable isotope analysis were collected in the soil at a depth of 50 cm using a 5 mm id teflon tube connected to a syringe. the gas aliquots were immediately injected into pre-evacuated 12-ml glass serum vials through a double-holed needle. to avoid possible contamination with gas from the sampler tube, the system was purged twice with the soil gas. the septum penetration needle allows direct delivery of the gas sample into the pre-evacuated vial thereby minimizing possible contamination with atmospheric air [torn et al. 2003]. the stable isotope composition of co2 was determined according to the methods of knohl et al. [2004] and spötl [2004]. these methods have been applied successfully in various forest soils in slovenia [čater and ogrinc 2011, krajnc et al. 2016, krajnc et al. 2017]. measurements were made directly from vials using a europa scientific 20-20 continuous flow isotope ratio mass spectrometer (irms) coupled to an anca-tg preparation module for gas samples. stable isotope results are reported using the conventional delta-notation (δ13cco2), in per mil (‰) relative to the vpdb reference standard δ13cco2. the accuracy of the measurements was checked using “co2 iso-top, high” co2 standard with δ 13cco2 value of −4.3 ± 0.2‰. the precision of measurements was ±0.2‰. 4. results and discussion 4.1. geochemical characterization of sites the results of the measurements carried out during our study are shown in table 1. figure 2 shows the correlation plot between the δ13cco2 values and the corresponding log10 values of co2 efflux measured at all sites. site p39 displays the highest levels of co2 efflux (up to about 32,000 g m-2 d-1) and the most positive values of δ13cco2 (between +1.6 and +3.1‰). furthermore, the isotope composition of carbon showed very small variation with time, despite the wide range of co2 effluxes measured. this is in line with previous measurements of both parameters at this site [giammanco et al. 1998, pecoraino and giammanco 2005]. the isotopic shift of carbon observed at this site was explained as being due to strong interaction between deep magmatic fluids and a hydrothermal aquifer at t° > 120 °c because, in this case, the fractionation factor in water between gaseous co2 and dissolved hco3 favors enrichment of the heavier carbon isotope in the residual gas phase that passes through the ground water [mook et al. 1974]. higher water temperature causes a larger positive isotopic shift in δ13cco2 values. in fact, the presence of a geothermal aquifer beneath the area of paternò has already been postulated by chiodini et al. [1996], who calculated a temperature of water of up to about 150 °c, based on liquid and gaseous geothermometers. in our case, the deep co2 that interacts with the hydrothermal aquifer at about 150 °c should undergo an isotopic shift of about +2‰ [mook et al. 1974]. therefore, the estimated δ13cco2 values of the pristine deep co2 before interaction with thermal water would be very similar to those measured in the high-temperature fumaroles near the summit of mt. etna [giammanco et al. 1998, aiuppa et al. 2004], assumed as representative of the c-isotope composition of magmatic co2 of this volcano (grey horizontal band in figure 2). however, the c isotope values found in this study at site p39 are slightly more positive than those found at the same site in previous work [giammanco et al. 1998, pecoraino and giammanco 2005]. if we assume a pristine c-isotope composition in the range from -2.5 to -1‰ as representative of the magmatic co2 emitted from etna [giammanco et al. 1998, pecoraino and giammanco 2005], then the range of values that we observed would be compatible with an isotopic shift of +3 to +4‰. according to mook et al. [1974], such a fractionation factor would be due to interaction between co2 and the hydrothermal system at a water temperature of 180-200 °c. a summary of the above geochemical interactions for site p39 is shown in the graphic model of figure 3a. the other monitored sites showed a distinct and generally coherent behavior. figure 2 highlights that, differently from site p39, δ13cco2 values at sites p78, zaf06 and zaf08 showed a wider range of variations giammanco et al. 4 5 δ 13cco2 and co2 efflux in soil gases of mt. etna with time (from about -18‰ to about +1‰), although with a smaller deviation (from about -6‰ to about +1‰) at site zaf06. the most negative δ13cco2 value clearly points to a marked influence of an organic component in the emitted co2, produced from a shallow biogenic source of gas in the thick and well-structured soil in these sites [e.g., giammanco et al. 1998]. it must be considered, however, that a shift towards more negative values of δ13cco2 may also occur as consequence of fractionation of c-isotopes between gaseous co2 and dissolved hco3 when deep co2 reacts with cold ground water for a long time. the eastern flank of mt. etna is characterized by the ubiquitous presence of large unconfined aquifers. therefore, deep co2 rising at high pressure (>> 100 kpa) through faults inevitably encounters ground water and at least in part reacts with it, both chemically and isotopically. the entity of these reactions is more or less marked as a function of the contact time between gas and water. a long reaction time occurs because of long pathways of co2 gas through a thick aquifer or more generally because of low gas flux conditions. given enough contact time between high-pressure dissolved co2 and water, the fractionation factor ranges from -9.6 to -8.5‰ in the temperature interval between 10° and 25°c [mook et al. 1974]. the above geochemical interactions for sites zaf06, zaf08 and p78 are summarized in the graphic model of figure 3b. the slightly more positive values observed at site zaf06 may be due at least to partial interaction between deep magmatic co2 and thermal ground water, similar to that observed at site p39. it should be noted that this site is located very close to a water well (“petrulli” well) with figure 2. correlation plot between δ13cco2 values and the corresponding log10 values of co2 efflux measured at all sites. the horizontal bands indicate the ranges of δ13cco2 values related to the main sources of co2 found at mt. etna (i.e., biogenic, magmatic and hydrothermal). water temperature constantly a little higher than the average temperature of mt. etna ground water and the highest among the ground waters of the east flank of the volcano [bonfanti et al. 1996, brusca et al. 2001, giammanco et al. 6 date zaf06 zaf08 p78 tair rain rh min rh max wind co2 flux δ 13cco2 co2 flux δ 13cco2 co2 flux δ 13cco2 °c mm % % m/s 02/03/09 3753 -5.10 233 -7.37 514 -12.93 14.70 0.00 55.00 100.00 1.09 02/16/09 12.4 -3.94 9.10 -17.69 5.30 -15.12 7.87 0.00 33.00 72.00 0.88 02/26/09 28.2 -6.17 7.60 -14.98 7.80 -14.43 9.20 0.20 30.00 73.00 1.95 03/12/09 77.5 -4.72 82.3 -16.21 68.5 -14.08 12.06 0.00 31.00 92.00 3.21 03/24/09 115 -4.42 39.1 -17.17 169 -16.18 10.96 0.00 38.00 79.00 0.98 04/09/09 2369 -5.10 62.3 -11.92 47.8 -11.03 13.23 2.80 66.00 100.00 0.53 04/20/09 n.d. n.d. 493 -6.92 406 -10.58 14.38 9.00 78.00 100.00 0.69 04/29/09 798 -5.00 280 -5.83 145 -12.43 15.98 0.00 39.00 98.00 0.75 05/13/09 709 -3.00 1480 -4.13 909 -9.02 18.22 0.00 40.00 92.00 0.87 06/01/09 587 -2.10 882 -3.62 1075 -6.00 21.14 0.00 64.00 100.00 0.80 06/15/09 2534 -2.62 548 -3.34 676 n.d. 23.69 0.00 27.00 69.00 0.89 06/26/09 1212 n.d. 515 -3.81 427 -4.80 21.80 0.00 41.00 79.00 0.81 07/13/09 2017 -2.37 991 -4.41 856 n.d. 24.00 0.00 37.00 84.00 0.98 07/30/09 920 -2.39 968 -3.14 1118 -4.39 26.46 0.00 34.00 78.00 0.97 08/10/09 736 -2.16 1493 -3.44 1188 -4.36 25.95 0.00 52.00 94.00 0.74 08/25/09 603 -2.31 764 -3.16 1104 -4.31 26.07 0.00 55.00 100.00 0.65 09/07/09 667 -1.90 619 -3.22 702 -4.22 23.46 6.40 38.00 100.00 1.17 10/22/09 2604 -1.91 2138 -3.12 1887 -6.52 20.15 8.00 83.00 100.00 0.42 11/01/09 1921 -1.11 232 -2.52 491 -4.95 13.53 0.00 43.00 82.00 0.77 11/16/09 757 -1.04 2104 -2.54 396 -5.06 17.65 0.00 25.00 74.00 0.80 12/10/09 534 -0.55 52.2 -7.06 338 -4.37 13.13 0.00 39.00 76.00 2.88 12/30/09 601 -1.00 2722 -2.35 678 -4.71 15.34 0.00 48.00 89.00 0.64 01/19/10 272 -1.03 37.3 -15.60 198 -5.44 9.99 1.60 42.00 100.00 1.20 01/29/10 3200 -1.76 408 -3.18 727 -6.67 9.51 0.00 59.00 90.00 0.68 02/12/10 193 -0.08 10.8 -16.91 29.0 -4.05 9.19 0.00 16.00 100.00 2.49 03/01/10 1540 -1.31 895 -2.57 740 -4.82 14.53 0.00 52.00 100.00 0.63 03/19/10 220 -0.53 18.8 -13.05 111 -5.90 11.28 0.00 40.00 81.00 1.05 04/09/10 1487 -0.87 336 -2.45 697 -4.09 14.10 0.00 50.00 85.00 0.56 04/26/10 4638 -0.74 670 -2.77 556 -3.31 16.83 0.00 55.00 100.00 0.72 06/08/10 2158 1.16 661 -2.96 949 -1.32 21.25 0.00 42.00 100.00 0.48 06/22/10 1479 1.01 312 -4.52 1223 -0.94 19.87 0.00 43.00 100.00 0.15 07/14/10 608 0.83 685 -2.16 2506 -0.85 25.93 0.00 48.00 100.00 0.93 07/29/10 521 0.72 422 -1.74 1362 -0.92 23.98 0.00 53.00 83.00 0.90 08/26/10 614 0.71 1156 -1.49 2415 -1.08 26.45 0.00 44.00 100.00 0.78 09/09/10 3037 0.55 550 -2.69 2723 -1.02 23.68 104.20 53.00 100.00 1.09 09/23/10 281 0.13 321 -2.29 605 -1.28 20.33 0.40 61.00 100.00 0.57 10/06/10 2777 -0.30 1971 -1.45 4606 -1.79 21.67 0.00 72.00 100.00 0.59 10/22/10 838 -0.30 8.40 -5.91 24.2 -3.85 16.95 0.80 75.00 100.00 0.75 11/19/10 176 -0.08 34.9 -6.92 224 -1.83 14.74 0.00 52.00 95.00 0.76 12/07/10 167 -0.80 281 -2.98 709 -3.04 13.19 0.00 63.00 100.00 0.86 table 1. values of soil co2 efflux (in g m -2 d-1) and δ13cco2 (in ‰ vs. vpdb) measured at sites zaf06, zaf08 and p78 during the studied period. also shown are the corresponding meteorological data measured at the station located at riposto. n.d. = not determined. 7 aiuppa et al. 2004]. a general positive correlation exists between the δ 13cco2 values measured at sites p78, zaf06 and zaf08 and the corresponding values of soil co2 efflux (on a log10 scale) (figure 2). in detail, assuming a log10 fit of data on the plots, the correlation coefficients (r2) between the pairs of parameters for each site were calculated as +0.40 for site p78, +0.07 for site zaf06 and +0.66 for site zaf08. these results also confirm preliminary results based on previous measurements performed in the same area. a similar positive correlation was found at site p78 by giammanco et al. [1998] and by pecoraino and giammanco [2005]. according to these authors, when co2 effluxes from site p78 were the highest, the corresponding values of δ13cco2 became very similar to the pristine magmatic ones assumed for mt. etna. more negative values of δ13cco2 would then indicate a higher degree of mixing between the magmatic component and the biogenic source in the soil gas, particularly evident at low co2 efflux values. this indicates that when co2 efflux becomes higher, magmatic co2 can reach the surface more efficiently, thus surmountδ 13cco2 and co2 efflux in soil gases of mt. etna date p78 tair °c rain mm rh min % rh max % wind m/s co2 flux δ 13cco2 05/13/09 568 2.79 18.59 0.00 13.00 91.00 0.48 06/01/09 31608 2.53 22.09 0.00 15.00 87.00 1.77 06/15/09 11384 n.d. 23.15 0.00 12.00 77.00 1.08 06/26/09 24468 2.50 22.58 0.00 12.00 86.00 1.07 07/13/09 22838 2.30 24.57 0.00 12.00 90.00 1.04 07/30/09 15143 2.33 26.73 0.00 18.00 82.00 1.49 08/10/09 10446 n.d. 26.78 0.00 26.00 82.00 1.49 08/25/09 7213 2.16 26.97 0.00 19.00 94.00 1.26 09/07/09 5288 2.13 24.38 0.00 26.00 94.00 1.24 11/16/09 1378 2.47 15.53 0.00 22.00 98.00 0.50 12/10/09 3076 2.44 13.36 0.00 38.00 80.00 1.90 12/30/09 3054 2.58 15.77 0.00 25.00 95.00 0.63 01/07/10 1777 2.94 12.81 0.00 43.00 96.00 1.64 01/29/10 1160 2.65 9.57 0.00 53.00 90.00 0.69 02/12/10 307 2.90 7.05 1.00 42.00 97.00 0.84 03/01/10 904 3.10 14.88 0.00 41.00 97.00 1.00 03/19/10 733 2.87 10.46 0.00 30.00 97.00 0.88 04/09/10 5124 2.92 13.87 0.00 40.00 93.00 1.72 04/26/10 5027 2.68 16.19 3.00 27.00 97.00 1.04 06/08/10 2374 2.99 22.44 0.00 26.00 91.00 1.83 06/23/10 3297 1.60 22.65 0.00 25.00 66.00 1.46 07/14/10 4227 2.79 27.23 0.00 18.00 79.00 1.80 07/29/10 10535 2.64 24.88 0.00 23.00 93.00 1.23 08/26/10 7871 2.65 27.30 0.00 20.00 87.00 1.74 09/09/10 4362 2.66 24.50 5.60 47.00 94.00 1.64 09/23/10 3699 2.47 19.85 1.20 52.00 95.00 1.38 10/06/10 5419 2.55 21.49 0.00 47.00 94.00 0.50 10/22/10 3044 2.31 16.12 1.40 61.00 93.00 0.95 11/19/10 1991 2.29 13.44 0.00 39.00 99.00 0.40 12/07/10 2339 2.31 13.59 0.00 42.00 99.00 0.45 table 2.values of soil co2 efflux (in g m -2 d-1) and δ13cco2 (in per ml vs. vpdb) measured at site p39 during the studied period. also shown are the corresponding meteorological data measured at the station located at paternò. n.d. = not determined. ing the shallow biogenic component of the gas. this in turn confirms the transport of free gas (mostly co2) along preferential pathways in the crust that correspond to tectonic faults, where the local permeability is much higher than in the surrounding volcanic rocks (values of permeability in etna rocks are in the range from 2.5 × 10-11 to 2.9 × 10-10 m2, according to aureli 1973 and ferrara 1975) and where local ground water quickly becomes saturated with co2. this behavior appears to be valid, more or less, for all three sites of the east flank of mt. etna investigated during this study. interestingly, our findings are also in agreement with those of similar studies carried out at the solfatara crater (phlaegrean fields, italy) by chiodini et al. [2008], who found a similar positive correlation between co2 efflux and the δ 13cco2 values of the corresponding soil co2 efflux (i.e., c isotopes were not measured in soil gas samples, but at the outlet of the co2 efflux measurement device) from fumaroles located inside the crater and from diffuse emissions occurring both inside and outside of the crater. they explained the correlation as being due to a combination of three distinct statistical populations of samples: i) a high-flux population with a mean δ13c value of 2.3±0.9‰, representative of pure hydrothermal degassing of co2 (this value was actually very similar to that of local fumarolic co2, that is -1.48‰); ii) a low flux population with a mean δ13c value of about 19.4±2.1‰, representative of biogenic degassing of co2 (from microbial decomposition of organic matter in the soil, from plant residues or from root respiration); iii) an intermediate efflux population with a mean δ 13c value of about -9.8±3.7‰, representative of a mixture of the two above. 4.2. temporal changes of the monitored parameters the temporal patterns of the soil co2 efflux values for each site monitored, plotted on a log10 scale (figure 4), show some common features between sites. a marked and sharp decrease was observed in midfebruary 2009 simultaneously at sites p78, zaf06 and zaf08, to then give way to a steady increase since the end of march 2009. further decreases were recorded, in giammanco et al. 8 p39 tair rain rh min rh max wind p39 1.00 0.51 -0.13 -0.55 -0.31 0.27 t° air 1.00 0.02 -0.56 -0.48 0.45 rain 1.00 0.34 0.21 0.11 rh min 1.00 0.41 -0.15 rh max 1.00 -0.49 wind 1.00 table 3. correlation matrix between the soil co2 efflux values measured at site p39 and the corresponding meteorological parameters measured at the station of paternò. figure 3. schematic graphic models of the geochemical interactions between magmatic co2 gas and shallow fluids in the monitored sites: a) interaction between magmatic co2 and hydrothermal fluids (depicted as an orange horizontal layer) at site p39, with consequent positive shift of δ13c values due to partition of 12c into the liquid phase as hco3 -; b) interaction between magmatic co2 and cold ground water (depicted as a blue horizontal layer) at sites zaf06, zaf08 and p78, causing partition of 13c into the liquid phase, followed by mixing with shallow biogenic co2 produced in the soil (depicted as a green horizontal layer) and consequent enrichment in 12c in the gas phase. 9 a more scattered way, from november 2009 to march 2010 and finally, following a sudden drop, in late october-december 2010, the latter observed only at sites zaf08 and p78. the highest effluxes were observed during june-july 2009 at most of the sites, more evidently at p39. high effluxes were also recorded in april 2010 at site zaf06, in july 2010 at p39 and, during septemberoctober 2010, at more or less all sites. site zaf06 showed slightly more stable co2 effluxes after the abovementioned period of very low values from january to march 2009. in order to determine whether the above changes were at least in part caused by variations in the main meteorological parameters, we performed a linear cross-correlation analysis of all the data, divided into areas (se flank and e flank). the resulting correlation matrixes (tables 3 and 4 for the area near paternò and for that near riposto, respectively), show no significant correlation between the considered parameters. all correlation coefficients were in the range between -0.56 and +0.7 and, apart from a very weak direct correlation between co2 efflux and air temperature at site p78 (r = +0.61), all other coefficients between soil co2 efflux and meteorological parameters had values between -0.56 and +0.51. this clearly suggests a non-environmental, probably volcanic, cause for the observed temporal changes in soil co2 efflux values (and by reflection also in δ 13cco2 values) at all monitored sites. the temporal patterns of δ13cco2 values (figure 5) show dissimilar behavior between site p39 and the other three sites. as noted above, the δ13cco2 values at site p39 in general varied within a much narrower range (only about 1‰) than at the other sites and showed no appreciable correlation with the co2 efflux values. this points to a marked geochemical stability of the hydrothermal system beneath site p39, likely due to its large volume that makes it less sensitive, at least in terms of isotopic composition of the escaping co2, to changes in the input of high-enthalpy magδ 13cco2 and co2 efflux in soil gases of mt. etna figure 4. temporal pattern of the soil co2 effluxes measured in the monitored sites during the study period: a) p39; b) p78; c) zaf08; d) zaf06. the pink area indicates the period of the 20082009 flank eruption. the vertical red line indicates the moment of the opening of the nsec. figure 5. temporal pattern of the δ13cco2 values measured in the monitored sites during the studied period: a) p39; b) p78; c) zaf08; d) zaf06. the pink area indicates the period of the 2008-2009 flank eruption. the vertical red line indicates the moment of the opening of the nsec. matic fluids coming from depth. the other sites show, instead, a consistent behavior, marked by a more or less sharp positive shift of δ13c values in april-may 2009, followed by a slower trend towards even more positive values. carbon isotope values remained quite stable or decreased slightly from june to october 2010 to show a fairly more marked shift towards negative values in october-november 2010. the overall picture arising from the above data indicates the significant arrival of deep magmatic co2 just before the end of the 2008-2009 flank eruption, reasonably related to emplacement of new gas-rich magma within relatively deep portions of the volcano and along conduits that were not directly connected with those feeding the ongoing flank eruption. this interpretation is strongly supported by other geochemical and geophysical parameters that were measured during the same period by the monitoring network of the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia [mattia et al. 2015]. in particular, the behavior observed in the temporal pattern of soil co2 efflux in early 2009 can be interpreted according to geochemical studies made both on soil co2 emissions from mt. etna [giammanco et al. 1995, bruno et al. 2001], and on crater fumarole emissions at vulcano island [nuccio and valenza 1992, 1998]. strong decreases in the co2 output from soils or from fumaroles accompany early stages of magma motion towards the surface. in those cases, magma undergoes sudden pressure decreases, which causes marked exsolution of a separate vapor phase in the volatile-saturated melt and consequent partition of volatiles into the newly formed bubbles according to the different gas solubilities. because of its low solubility in magma, co2 will be highly enriched in the separate vapor phase. the consequent decrease in the concentration of residual dissolved co2 in the uppermost portion of a magma body produces a kinetic diffusion effect that translates into an inward and upward migration of dissolved gas. this process results in an initial decrease of volatile fluxes released from the deep magma towards the surface. subsequently, when co2-rich gas bubbles are able to escape from magma, outward advective fluxes of magmatic volatiles through the main pathways across the structure of the volcano (i.e., volcanic conduits, degassing faults) will markedly increase. the sequence observed in our data in early 2009, therefore, would represent a complete cycle of fresh magma transfer from deeper to shallower levels in the volcano. the simultaneous change in c isotope values would simply reflect the isotopic shift related with the above mentioned changes in the degree of mixing between the magmatic component and the biogenic source as function of co2 efflux. after the end of the 2008-2009 eruption a further slow increase in magmatic co2 degassing was in general observed, suggesting that deep-coming magma moved further upward and accumulated into shallower portions of the volcanic system, thus releasing higher amounts of fluids. this in turn produced a higher input of high-enthalpy fluids into the shallow aquifers of mt. etna, thus raising the temperature of water in the subsurface hydrothermal systems within the volcano. this process would explain the further isotopic shift towards positive δ13c values observed during the summer of 2010. besides, the progressive pressurization of the shallow volcanic system as consequence of magma accumulation also reasonably led to the opening of the nsec in early november 2009 and prepared for its following eruptive activity. the sharp decrease in co2 efflux, combined with the slight negative shift of δ13c values, observed since october 2010 at sites p78, zaf08 and, to a lesser extent, also at zaf06, might be the consequence of a sudden upward migration of magma. marked transient decreases in soil co2 emissions at mt. etna were interpreted by giammanco et al. [1995] as an indication of rapid upward migration of the gas source (i.e., a co2oversaturated magma). shallow magma up-rise produces a greater gas pressure gradient between the giammanco et al. 10 zaf06 zaf08 p78 tair rain rh min rh max wind zaf06 1.00 0.18 0.32 0.16 0.26 0.29 0.19 -0.31 zaf08 1.00 0.51 0.45 0.00 0.18 0.07 -0.34 p78 1.00 0.61 0.33 0.35 0.31 -0.28 t° air 1.00 0.18 0.14 0.18 -0.35 rain 1.00 0.11 0.17 0.02 rh min 1.00 0.56 -0.49 rh max 1.00 -0.24 wind 1.00 table 4. correlation matrix between the soil co2 efflux values measured at sites zaf06, zaf08 and p78 and the corresponding meteorological parameters measured at the station of riposto. 11 source of gas and the summit of the volcano, which greatly overcomes the gradient existing between the gas source and the peripheral areas. this large contrast favors the release of magmatic gas along the direction source-summit of the volcano, thus significantly dampening diffuse flank degassing. this hypothesis is also strongly supported by the following occurrence both of strombolian activity at nsec in late december 2010 and, mostly, of the long sequence of eruptive episodes since january 12, 2011; the latter episodes would testify the final arrival of magma at the surface. 5. concluding remarks the results of this study will help to better understand and define the physico-chemical mechanisms that rule the interactions occurring between deep co2 deriving from magma degassing inside mt. etna feeder conduit and the shallow fluids within the volcano. the observed temporal variations of the studied parameters are explained in terms of variable degree of geochemical interaction between high-enthalpy magmatic fluids and shallow ground water, as a function of the supply of magmatic gas from depth. at high soil co2 effluxes, δ 13cco2 values in the peripheral sites are similar to those found in the fumarole gases emitted close to the active summit craters of mt. etna. when this occurs, we can reasonably hypothesize that new gas-rich magma is accumulating in relatively deep (5-10 km) volumes within the volcano, causing a strong pressure increase in the whole volcanic system. conversely, when flank co2 emission is low, values of δ 13cco2 become more negative, pointing to a greater interaction with shallow non-magmatic fluids, in our case cold ground water and biogenic co2 [giammanco et al. 1998, pecoraino and giammanco 2005]. our results are encouraging for future monitoring of the eruptive activity of mt. etna. the sampling sites chosen are always easy to access under most weather conditions. further, the sampling procedure is simple and the analytical methods are precise and reliable. a higher sampling frequency will certainly improve the temporal resolution on the studied parameters, thus permitting their use also as short-term indicators of the dynamics of mt. etna. acknowledgements. we wish to thank s. consoli, f. calvagna and m. lopez for their help during the field work. we also thank the “regione siciliana sias servizio informativo agrometeorologico siciliano” for kindly providing the meteorological data used in this work. we acknowledge the financial support of slovenian research programme “cycling of substances in the environment, mass balances, modelling of environmental processes and risk assessment” (p1-0143) and bilateral slovenian-italian cooperation “mercury emissions, its influence and correlation with rn on etna area”. special thanks are given to prof roger h. pain for linguistic corrections. references aiuppa, a., allard, p., d’alessandro, w., giammanco, s., parello, f., and m. valenza (2004). magmatic gas leakage at mount etna (sicily, italy): relationships with the volcano-tectonic structures, the hydrological pattern and the eruptive activity, in mt. etna: volcano laboratory, a.g.u. geophysical monograph series 143, 129-145, doi: 10.1029/143gm09. allard, a., jean-baptiste, p., d’alessandro, w., parello, f., parisi, b., and c. flehoc (1997). mantle-derived helium and carbon in groundwaters and gases of mount etna, italy, earth planet, sci. let., 148, 501-516. anzà, s., dongarrà, g., giammanco, s., gottini, v., hauser, s. and m. valenza (1989). geochimica dei fluidi dell'etna: le acque sotterranee, miner. petrogr. acta, 32, 231-251 (in italian). ahrens, l.h. (1954). the lognormal distribution of the elements (a fundamental law of geochemistry and its subsidiary). geochim. cosmochim. acta, 5, 49-73. aureli, a. (1973). idrogeologia del fianco occidentale etneo, proc. 2nd int.l congress on underground waters, palermo, italy, 425-487 (in italian). behncke, b., branca, s., corsaro, r.a., de beni, e., miraglia, l. and c. proietti (2014). the 2011-2012 summit activity of mount etna: birth, growth and products of the new se crater. j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 270, 10-21. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2013.11.012. de beni, e., behncke, b., branca, s., nicolosi, i., carluccio, r., d'ajello caracciolo, f. and m. chiappini (2015). the continuing story of etna's new southeast crater (2012-2014): evolution and volume calculations based on field surveys and aerophotogrammetry. j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 303, 175-186. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2015.07.021. bonaccorso, a., bonforte, a., calvari, s., del negro, c., di grazia, g., ganci, g., neri, m., vicari, a. and e. boschi (2011). the initial phases of the 2008-2009 mount etna eruption: a multidisciplinary approach for hazard assessment. j. geophys. res., 116, b03203, doi:10.1029/2010jb007906. bonfanti, p., d'alessandro, w., dongarrà, g., parello, f. and m. valenza (1996). medium-term anomalies in groundwater temperature before 1991-1993 mt. etna eruption, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 73, 303-308. bruno n, caltabiano t, giammanco s and r. romano (2001). degassing of so2 and co2 at mount etna (sicily) as an indicator of pre-eruptive ascent and shallow emplacement of magma, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 110, 137-153. δ 13cco2 and co2 efflux in soil gases of mt. etna brusca, l., aiuppa, a., d’alessandro, w., parello, f., allard, p., and a. michel (2001). geochemical mapping of magmatic gas-water-rock interactions in the aquifer of mount etna volcano, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 108, 199-218. caracausi, a., favara, r., giammanco, s., italiano, f., nuccio, p.m., paonita, a., pecoraino, g. and a. rizzo (2003a). mount etna: geochemical signals of magma ascent and unusually extensive plumbing system, geophys. res. lett., 30, 1057-1060, doi:10.1029/2002gl015463. caracausi, a., italiano, f., nuccio, p.m., paonita, a. and a. rizzo (2003b). evidence of deep magma degassing and ascent by geochemistry of peripheral gas emissions at mount etna (italy): assessment of the magmatic reservoir pressure, j. geophys. res., 108, b10, 2463, doi: 10.1029/2002jb002095. chiodini, g., d’alessandro, w. and f. parello (1996). geochemistry of gases and waters discharged by the mud volcanoes at paternò, mt. etna (italy), bull. volcanol., 58, 51-58. chiodini, g., cioni, r., guidi, m., raco, b. and l. marini (1998). soil co2 flux measurements in volcanic and geothermal areas, app. geochem., 13, 543552. chiodini, g., caliro s., cardellini c., avino r., granieri d. and a. schmidt (2008). carbon isotopic composition of soil co2 efflux, a powerful method to discriminate different sources feeding soil co2 degassing in volcanic-hydrothermal areas, earth planet. sci. lett., 274, 372-379, doi:10.1016/j.epsl.2008.07.051. corsaro, r.a. and l. miraglia (2014). the transition from summit to flank activity at mt. etna, sicily (italy): inferences from the petrology of products erupted in 2007-2009, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 275, 51-60, doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2014.02.009. čater m. and n. ogrinc (2011). soil respiration rates and δ 13cco2 in natural beech forest (fagus sylvatica l.) in relation to stand structure, isot. environ. health, s 47, 221-237. d’alessandro, w., de gregorio, s., dongarrà, g., gurrieri, s., parello, f. and b. parisi (1997a). chemical and isotopic characterization of the gases of mount etna (italy), j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 78, 65-76. d’alessandro, w., giammanco, s., parello, f. and m. valenza (1997b). co2 output and δ 13(cco2)from mount etna as indicators of degassing of shallow asthenosphere, bull. volcanol., 58, 455-458. farrar, c.d., sorey, m.l., evans, w.c., howle, j.f., kerr, b.d., kennedy, b.m., king, c.y. and j.r southon (1995). forest-killing diffuse co2 emission at mammoth mountain as a sign of magmatic unrest, nature, 376, 675-678. ferrara, v. (1975). idrogeologia del versante orientale dell'etna, proc. 3rd int.l congress on underground waters, palermo, italy, 91-144 (in italian). giammanco, s., gurrieri, s., and m. valenza (1995). soil co2 degassing on mt. etna (sicily) during the period 1989-1993: discrimination between climatic and volcanic influences, bull. volcanol., 57, 52-60. giammanco, s., inguaggiato, s. and m. valenza (1998). soil and fumarole gases of mount etna: geochemistry and relations with volcanic activity, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 81, 297-310. giammanco, s. and p. bonfanti (2009). cluster analysis of soil co2 data from mt. etna (italy) reveals volcanic influences on temporal and spatial patterns of degassing, bull. volcanol., 71, 201-218, doi: 10.1007/s00445-008-0218-x. giammanco, s., bellotti, f., groppelli, g. and a. pinton (2010). statistical analysis reveals spatial and temporal anomalies of soil co2 efflux on mount etna volcano (italy), j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 194, 1-14, doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2010.04.006. giammanco, s., neri, m., salerno, g.g., caltabiano, t., burton, m.r and v. longo (2013). evidence for a recent change in the shallow plumbing system of mt. etna (italy): gas geochemistry and structural data during 2001-2005, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 251, 90-97, doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2012.06.001. gillot., p.-y., kieffer, g. and r. romano (1994). the evolution of mount etna in the light of potassium-argon dating, acta vulcanol., 5, 81-87. hernández, p.a., melián, g., giammanco, s., sortino, f., barrancos, j., pérez, n.m., padrón, e., lópez, m., donovan, a., mori, t. and k. notsu (2015). contribution of co2 and h2s emitted to the atmosphere by visible and non-visible degassing from volcanoes: the etna volcano case study, surv. geophys., 36 (3), 327-349, doi: 10.1007/s10712-015-9321-7. knohl, a., werner, r.a., geilmann, h. and w.a. brand (2004). kel-f discs improve storage time of canopy air samples in 10-ml vials for cco2 δ 13 analysis, rapid commun. mass. spectrom., 14, 1663-1665, doi: 10.1002/rcm.1528. krajnc, b., fujiyoshi, r., vaupotič, j., amano, h., sakuta, y., gregorič, a. and n. ogrinc (2016). using 222rn and carbon isotopes (12c, 13c and 14c) to determine co2 sources in forest soils developed on contrasting geology in slovenia, environ. earth. sci., 75, 1068 doi: 10.1007/s12665-016-5866-0. krajnc, b., ferlan, m. and n. ogrinc (2017). soil co2 sources above a subterranean cave-pisani rov (postojna cave, slovenia), j. soils sed., 17, 1883-1892. doi: giammanco et al. 12 13 10.1007/s11368-016-1543-x. mattia, m., bruno, v., caltabiano, t., cannata, a., cannavò, f., d’alessandro, w., di grazia, w., federico, c., giammanco, s., la spina, a., liuzzo, m., longo, m., monaco, c., patanè, d. and salerno, g. (2015). a comprehensive interpretative model of slow slip events on mt. etna’s eastern flank, geochem. geophys. geosyst., 16, 635-658, doi:10.1002/2014gc005585. mook, w.g., bommerson, j.c., and w.h. staverman (1974). carbon isotope fractionation between dissolved bicarbonate and gaseous carbon dioxide, earth planet. sci. lett., 22, 169-176. nuccio, p.m. and valenza, m. (1992). modification of geochemical parametres during magma ascent: the case of vulcano, aeolian islands. publ. i.g.f. cnr, palermo, italy, 7, 1-23. nuccio, p.m. and valenza, m. (1998). magma degassing and geochemical detection of its ascent, in waterrock interaction, balkema rotterdam, 475-478. parkinson, k.j. (1981). an improved method for measuring soil respiration in the field, j. app. ecol., 18, 221-228. pecoraino, g. and s. giammanco (2005). geochemical characterization and temporal changes in parietal gas emissions at mt. etna (italy) during the period july 2000 july 2003, terr. atmosph. ocean. sci., 16, 805-841. spötl c. (2004). a simple method of soil gas stable carbon isotope analysis, rapid commun. mass spectrom., 18, 1239-1242, doi: 10.1002/rcm.1468. torn, m.s., davis, s., bird, j.a., shaw, m.r. and m.e. conrad (2003). automated analysis of c-13/c-12 ratios in co2 and dissolved inorganic carbon for ecological and environmental applications, rapid commun. mass spectrom., 17, 2675-2682. doi:10.1002/rcm.1246. *corresponding author: salvatore giammanco, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, osservatorio etneo, catania, italy; email: salvatore.giammanco@ingv.it. © 2017 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. δ 13cco2 and co2 efflux in soil gases of mt. etna 087_095 adg v–5 n01 bilge .pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 87 variation of the feedback coefficient with r12 and the geographic latitude in 1-h ahead forecast of f0 f2 ayşe h. bilge (1), eti mizrahi (1) and yurdanur tulunay (2) (1) department of mathematics, istanbul technical university, maslak, istanbul, turkey (2) faculty of aeronautics and astronautics, istanbul technical university, maslak, istanbul, turkey abstract the «prediction» and «forecast» of the critical frequency of the f 2 layer (f 0 f 2 ) is an important issue for frequency planning in short wave radio communications. in this context, «prediction» is used for the determination of monthly median values of f0 f2 for each hour, while «forecast» denotes the determination of hourly values. in a previous paper we proposed a «sliding window» technique for prediction combined with «feedback» for forecast (bilge and tulunay, 2000). in the present paper we obtain the variation of the feedback coefficient with r12 and geographic latitude. 1. introduction the prediction and forecasting of the ionospheric critical frequency f0 f2 is crucial in planning hf communication and for radar and navigation systems. the monthly median values of f 0 f 2 for each hour can be considered as a first approximation to the data and tabulated values for these medians provide a good guideline for frequency planning. however the monthly medians fail to follow short term irregular variations and forecasting methods are needed. the «feedback» method that is widely used in control engineering and signal processing areas was applied 1-h ahead of forecast of f 0 f 2 in a previous paper (bilge and tulunay, 2000). in the present paper we investigate the dependency of the feedback coefficient on physical parameters such as the 12-month smoothed sunspot number r 12 and the geographic latitude. the monthly median values for each hour depend mainly on solar activity and season. various sophisticated models using different indices for solar activity have been proposed (smith and king, 1981; kane, 1992a,b; alberca et al., 1999) but for practical purposes it is preferable to use r12 as the only physical parameter, because of its availability, reliability and predictability (bradley, 1994). the wellknown hysteresis and saturation effects characterize the dependency of f0 f2 on r12. namely, f0 f2 changes linearly with r12 for low and medium solar activity and then reaches saturation. in addition, various periodic components of the f0 f2 variation are modulated by r12. the saturation effect is usually dealt with by using a parabolic fit to the data. more sophisticated functional fits using square roots mailing address: dr. ayşe h. bilge, department of mathematics, istanbul technical university, 80626 maslak, istanbul, turkey; e-mail: bilge@itu.edu.tr key words f 0 f 2 − critical frequency − forecast − feedback 88 ayşe h. bilge, eti mizrahi and yurdanur tulunay and higher order polynomials (bilge and tulunay, 1998) give better fits but they are not stable for long-term prediction. the character of the dependency of f 0 f 2 on r 12 is different in rising and falling phases of a solar cycle and it also changes from solar cycle to solar cycle. these differences are important for understanding the mechanism underlying ionospheric processes, however for prediction purposes, non-stationarity of the data can be overlooked by using short term past data to build the models for prediction. we have noted that the dependency of f0 f2 on r 12 is more or less linear over a time span of 2 to 4 years and we developed a «sliding window» technique to predict the monthly median f0 f2 using immediately past 48 month data within 3-4% error, compared with 6-7% errors based on 20 year models (baykal, 1998). prediction by «sliding windows» and forecast by «feedback» was proposed in a previous work (bilge and tulunay, 2000), and tested in the framework of cost 251 action stanisl/awska et al., 1999). the feedback coefficient is the key parameter in single step feedback, and it is determined by a one-dimensional optimization. the aim of the present work is to study the dependency of the optimal feedback coefficient on r 12 and geographic latitude. we used those data described in detail in mizrahi et al. (2001), provided in the cost 251 cd-rom, namely data from 48 stations between 1958 and 2000. eliminating those stations with less regular data coverage, we based our study on 13 stations arranged in 3 groups according to their latitudes. the first group includes the stations lycsele, kiruna, arkhangelsk, uppsala and leningrad, which lie nearly above 60n line. the second, mid latitude group includes the stations in the 50n-57n band, i.e. slough, juliusruh, moscow, pruhonice, kiev. the stations tortosa, rome and sofia in the 40n-45n band are arranged in the third group (mizrahi et al., 2001). our preliminary investigations have shown that the feedback coefficients for forecast based on predicted or actual monthly medians differ in general by about 0.1 and the interrelations are the same. thus for simplicity of data processing we based our forecast on actual monthly medians. 2. forecasting with feedback the estimation of the actual hourly values of f 0 f 2 is called «forecasting», and it is dealt with by means of neural network (tulunay et al., 2000) and «feedback» methods (bilge and tulunay, 2000), in addition to more standard autocorrelation techniques (stanisl/awska et al., 1999). the feedback method is a standard tool in control engineering, for maintaining a constant output or equivalently for following or tracking a given signal. at each step, an appropriate multiple or combination of the measurement error is «fed back», to modify the controlling signal. here, the error is the difference between the measurement and the prediction of monthly medians. an appropriate multiple of the error in the i’th step is added with the reverse sign to correct the prediction at the i +1’st step. that is, if the measurement and prediction at the time t i are respectively f0f2(ti) and f0f2 pred(ti), then the error at stage t i is e (t i ) = f0 f2(ti ) – f0 f2 pred(ti ). as the predicted value is available at the stage t i+1, the forecast at the hour ti+1, denoted by f0 f2 * is obtained from f0 f2 *(t i+1 ) = f0 f2 pred(ti+1 ) – k e(ti ) where k is the feedback coefficient. this method has been applied to data from rome, poitier and uppsala ionosonde stations over 1986-1990 (bilge and tulunay, 2000). the comparison of the monthly median (prediction) data, actual f 0 f 2 and predicted f 0 f 2 is shown in fig. 1, for a typical storm time disturbance followed by quiet days, rome, 16-23 april 1958. in one-step feedback, there is a single parameter to be adjusted, namely the feedback constant k. the «best» feedback constant is found by applying feedback with k ranging in a certain interval and computing the error with respect to a certain norm. the value of k corresponding to a local minimum in the chosen norm of the error is called k*. 89 variation of the feedback coefficient with r 12 and the geographic latitude in 1-h ahead forecast of f 0 f 2 we have run the feedback algorithm applied to actual monthly medians for a feedback constant in the range 0.2-1.1. we used the l2 norm of the error as our performance criterion. however preliminary investigations have shown that rms error also leads to same values for optimal feedback constant. 3. results the optimal feedback coefficient was computed by minimizing the l2 norm of the error between the hourly values and monthly medians for each hour, i.e. constant feedback is used during a year. a total of 369 samples were analyzed. the feedback constant ranges all times between 0.5 and 1.0. the stations are arranged into three main groups according to their latitudes. the percentage of occurrences of the k* values in each group is given in table i. the first group includes lycsele, kiruna, arkhangelsk, uppsala and leningrad; the second group includes slough, juliusruh, moscow, pruhonice, kiev and the third group includes tortosa, rome and sofia stations. the number of samples in these groups is respectively 147, 151 and 71. thus the optimal feedback coefficient ranges mostly in the 0.7-0.9 interval, hence the value k = 0.8 used in bilge and tulunay (2000) is typical. there is a tendency of k* to be lower at lower latitudes. the graph of the feedback constants for all stations versus years is given fig. 1. comparison of the monthly medians, hourly data and forecast results. data show a typical storm condition in rome 1958 data for 8 days from april 16 to april 23. the forecast by feedback follows well the depression at the 3rd and 4th days but fails to follow closely the midday and midnight fluctuations. 90 ayşe h. bilge, eti mizrahi and yurdanur tulunay in fig. 2. we note that the extreme value k = 1 occurs during 1958 and 1959 corresponding to an extremely high solar activity. on the other hand, the extreme low value k = 0.5 occurs for low r 12 (with an exception of 1969, for sofia). we can thus conclude that the value of the optimal feedback constant increases with r12. the optimal feedback coefficients and corresponding forecast errors are shown in figs. 3a-f for selected stations. in these graphs, r 12 is drawn to scale, while k* is multiplied by 100 and the errors are multiplied by 10 for convenient display. the variation of k* follows the r12 variation quite regularly for rome, slough, juliusruh, uppsala, leningrad and lycsele stations, oscillating between 0.6-0.8 for rome, and between 0.7-0.9 at higher latitudes. the variation of k* does not follow r 12 as regularly at table i. the percentage of occurrences of the feedback constants for all stations and years. feedback constant k* 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 latitude:40n-43n % 9.86 15.49 26.76 36.62 9.86 1.41 latitude:50n-55n % 0.00 2.65 11.26 46.36 39.07 0.66 latitude:59n-68n % 0.68 0.68 14.29 53.06 30.61 0.68 all stations % 2.17 4.34 15.45 47.15 30.08 0.81 fig. 2. a plot of the feedback constants versus years for all stations. 91 variation of the feedback coefficient with r 12 and the geographic latitude in 1-h ahead forecast of f 0 f 2 a b fig. 3a,b. values of the feedback constant k (*) versus years for stations rome (a) and slough (b). a graph of r12 is shown for comparison. the corresponding errors are shown with (+). the r 12 is drawn to scale, while k values ranging between 0.5 and 1.0 are multiplied by 100 and percentage errors ranging between 6%-14% are multiplied by 10 for convenient display. these figures are typical examples of regular variations with r 12 at low, mid and high latitudes. 92 ayşe h. bilge, eti mizrahi and yurdanur tulunay c d fig. 3c,d. values of the feedback constant k (*) versus years for stations uppsala (c) and sofia (d). a graph of r12 is shown for comparison. the corresponding errors are shown with (+). the r 12 is drawn to scale, while k values ranging between 0.5 and 1.0 are multiplied by 100 and percentage errors ranging between 6%-14% are multiplied by 10 for convenient display. figure 3c is a typical example of regular variations with r 12 at low, mid and high latitudes. figure 3d shows some irregularities. 93 variation of the feedback coefficient with r 12 and the geographic latitude in 1-h ahead forecast of f 0 f 2 e f fig. 3e-f. values of the feedback constant k (*) versus years for stations moscow (e) and kiruna (f). a graph of r 12 is shown for comparison. the corresponding errors are shown with (+). the r 12 is drawn to scale, while k values ranging between 0.5 and 1.0 are multiplied by 100 and percentage errors ranging between 6%-14% are multiplied by 10 for convenient display. these figures show some irregularities. 94 ayşe h. bilge, eti mizrahi and yurdanur tulunay fig. 4. a plot of the feedback error versus feedback constant. sofia, pruhonice, moscow, arkhangelsk and kiruna, while data for tortosa are scarce. we have shown the graphs for rome, slough, uppsala, in figs. 3a-c, and the graphs for sofia, moscow and kiruna in figs. 3d,f, as typical examples of regular and irregular behavior in each latitude band. an observation of these graphs also reveals that the errors tend to be higher for low feedback constant k. a plot of the forecast errors versus the optimal feedback coefficient k* given in fig. 4 confirms this observation, as the plot has a negative slope. the errors range mostly between 6% and 12%. furthermore, we also observed that the error is not too sensitive to k; in the range [k* – 1, k* + 1]. in order to quantify the dependency of k* on the latitude and on r12, we grouped the yearly samples from all stations, according to the latitudes of the stations as in table i, and the r 12 value of the corresponding years as given in table ii. the average value of k* corresponding to each group of latitude and r12 range is given in table iii. we note that, except for the second column, the average k* in the highest latitude range is slightly lower than the value in the mid latitude range. this result is similar to the behavior of the variation of the upper deciles of the negative deviations with r12, presented in mizrahi et al. (2001) and the «on the day-to-day variation of muf over europe» reported in kouris et al. (2000). these parameters increase with latitude but then decrease slightly after 60n. as the feedback compensates for the disturbances, it is 95 variation of the feedback coefficient with r 12 and the geographic latitude in 1-h ahead forecast of f 0 f 2 plausible that we need higher feedback constants when the fluctuations in the data have larger amplitudes, which also explains the correlated latitude dependency of k* and the upper deciles. references alberca, l.f., g. juchnikowski, s.s. kouris, a.v. mikhailov, v.v. mikhailov, g. miro, b. de la morena, p. muhtarov, d. pancheva, g.j. sole, i. stanisl/ awska and t. xenos (1999): comparison of various f0 f2 single-station models for european area, acta geophys. pol., 47, 42-56. baykal, ş. a. (1998): a model study of ionospheric critical frequencies for telecommunication purposes, m.sc. thesis, middle east technical university, ankara. bilge, a.h. and y. tulunay (1998): semi empirical single station modeling of f 0 f 2 variations: spectral analysis, poster presented at the 23rd general assembly of european geophysical society, nice, france. bilge, a.h. and y. tulunay (2000): a novel on-line method for single station prediction and forecasting of the ionospheric critical frequency f0 f2 1-hour ahead, geophys. res. lett., 27, 1383-1386. bradley, p.a. (1994): further study of f 0 f 2 and m(3000)f 2 in different solar cycles, ann. geofis., 37 (2), 201-208. kane, r.p. (1992a): solar cycle variation of f 0 f 2 , j. atmos. terr. phys., 54, 1201-1205. kane, r.p. (1992b): sunspots, solar radio noise, solar euv and ionospheric f0 f2, j. atmos. terr. phys., 54, 463-466. kouris, s.s., d.n. fotiadis and r. hanbaba (2000): on the day-to-day variation of the muf over europe, phys. chem. earth (c), 25 (4), 319-325. mizrahi, e., a.h. bilge and y. tulunay (2001): statistical properties of the deviations of f0 f2 from monthly medians, poster presented at egs xxvi symposium, nice, france, march 2001. smith, p.a. and j.w. king (1981): long term relationship between sunspots, solar faculae and the ionosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 43, 1057-1063. stanisl/ awska, i., lj.r.cander, e. tulunay, y. tulunay, a.h.bilge, g.juchnikowski, m. kadioğlu, c. özkaptan and z. zbyszynski (1999): instantaneous mapping of 1-h ahead f0 f2 forecasting values over europe, in cost 251 4th workshop, madeira, portugal, 22-26 march 1999, 235-241. tulunay, e., c. özkaptan and y. tulunay (2000): temporal and spatial forecasting of the f0 f2 values up to twenty four hours in advance, phys. chem. earth (c), 25, 281-285. table iii. average values of the optimal feedback coefficient in different latitude groups and r 12 ranges. r 12 : 0-29 r 12 : 30-59 r 12 : 60-109 r 12 : 140-189 latitude: 40n-43n % 6.588 6.824 7.680 7.917 latitude: 50n-55n % 7.750 8.111 8.380 8.862 latitude: 59n-68n % 7.543 8.162 8.275 8.708 table ii. the breakdown of years 1958-1998 into r 12 ranges. r 12 years 0-29 (1963,1964,1965,1975,1976,1985,1986,1995,1996,1997) 30-59 (1961,1962,1966,1973,1974,1977,1984,1987,1993,1994) 60-109 (1960,1967,1968,1969,1970,1971,1972,1978,1982,1983,1988,1992,1998) 140-189 (1958,1959,1979,1980,1981,1989,1990,1991) 163_168 adg v–l5 n01 romano.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 163 magnetic and solar effects on ionospheric absorption at high latitude vincenzo romano, massimiliano cerrone, loredana perrone and marco pietrella istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, dept. rm2-uf/faa, roma, italy abstract some periods of intense solar events and of strong magnetic storms have been selected and their effects on the ionospheric d region have been investigated on the basis of ionospheric absorption data derived from riometer measurements made at the italian antarctic base of terra nova bay (geographic coordinates: 74.69 s, 164.12 e; geomagnetic coordinates: 77.34 s, 279.41 e). it was found that sharp increases in ionospheric absorption are mainly due to solar protons emission with an energy greater than 10 mev. moreover, the day to night ratios of the ionospheric absorption are greater than 2 in the case of strong events of energetic protons emitted by the sun, while during magnetic storms, these ratios range between 1 and 2. 1. introduction the electron density below 80 km in the ionosphere is greatly dependent on the chemistry of this region that is in turn affected by direct solar radiation (ranta et al., 1984). under disturbed conditions, one of the principal causes of ionization in the d region is due to the influx of the energetic particles penetrating the atmosphere that increase the electron density and then the ionospheric absorption. therefore the ionospheric absorption is a suitable parameter to disclose the effects on the lower ionosphere due to the magnetic and solar activity. during and after magnetospheric storms two types of ionospheric absorption in the d region can be observed (see, e.g., ranta et al., 1984, and references therein): a) an ionospheric absorption increasing at high latitude during the main phase of the magnetospheric storms. b) an ionospheric absorption increasing during the recovery phase of the magnetospheric storms, clearly separated from the first one, well known as ‘post-storm effects’ (pse) (bremer, 1998) at mid-latitude. the poleward boundary of pse has been found to be a function of storm-time, reaching even l = 4 (wagner et al., 1982). as terra nova bay is a polar station located outside the pse poleward boundary, the first component (a) is expected to be the main effect of magnetic perturbations on the absorption data. another important type of absorption that can occur at high latitudes, is the so-called polar cap absorption (pca). this event is caused by energetic protons emitted by the sun in connection with major solar flares. the main effects of pca absorption are seen at lower altitude (60, 70 m) more than other types of absorption due for example to magnetospheric storms. the chemistry of the ionized constituents is markedly different and this mailing address: dr. vincenzo romano, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, dept. rm2-uf/faa, via di vigna murata 605, 00143 roma, italy; e-mail: romano@ingv.it key words ionospheric absorption – solar protons event – magnetic storm – antarctic region 164 vincenzo romano, massimiliano cerrone, loredana perrone and marco pietrella a b c d f ig . 1a -d . f ro m t h e to p t o t h e b o tt o m :t em p o ra l b eh av io u r o f th e d ai ly a ve ra g e io n o sp h er ic a b so rp ti o n , o f th e d ai ly p ro to n f lu x w it h e n er g ie s > 1 0 m ev a n d o f th e d ai ly a ve ra g e a p ( ) d u ri n g t h e p er io d a p ri l 1 8 3 0 1 9 9 8 ( a) ; a u g u st 2 0 s ep te m b er 3 1 9 9 8 ( b ); s ep te m b er 1 9 -2 8 1 9 9 8 ( c) ; s ep te m b er 2 9 o ct o b er 7 1 9 9 8 ( d ). 165 magnetic and solar effects on ionospheric absorption at high latitude probably gives rise to the diurnal variation of pca. during a pca the radio absorption measured by riometers by day is typically 2 or more times larger than by night (ranta et al., 1984). therefore the day to night absorption ratio can be used to verify that a pca phenomenon is occurring. the day to night ratios are calculated on the basis of the day-time and night-time ionospheric absorption values. the boundary between day (sunrise) and night (sunset) is generally determined by the solar zenith angle χ = 90°. hargreaves (1993) found that at sunset and during a pca, a significant decay of electron density can be observed for χ = 96°, corresponding to a height of about 60 km, i.e. the lower ionospheric region here investigated. so, in this study, the day to night ratios at solar zenith angle ≥ 90° were carried out for some periods of strong solar and magnetic events in 1998 (section 2). the results are presented and discussed in sections 3 and 4. 2. data analysis ionospheric absorption data (ut), the time weighted magnetic index ap (τ) (ut), and the solar protons flux (ut) (monitored by the noaa goes-8 satellite in geo-synchronous orbit) were considered for the period 1st january 31st december 1998. ionospheric absorption data (a2 method) are derived from 1 min cosmic noise measurements recorded at terra nova bay riometer station (30 mhz) (cerrone et al., 1996; de franceschi et al., 1997). the time-weighted accumulation index ap (τ) (wrenn, 1987), based on the history of the geomagnetic index ap, is considered to represent the magnetic activity effects on the ionosphere. in fact, it has been shown that ap (t ≅ 0.8), that corresponds to a 15 h time delay, is better correlated with the ionospheric parameters, at least in the f region (for details see wu and wilkinson, 1995; perrone and de franceschi, 1999; perrone et al., 2001). firstly, strong magnetic storms were selected on the basis of the daily mean of ap (τ) ≥ 30 (de franceschi et al., 1999). some days before and after the onset of the storm were also taken into account to study the behaviour of the ionospheric absorption before and after the storm. this procedure disclosed the following 3 periods: april 18-30 1998, august 20 september 03 1998 and september 19-28 1998. another time-interval was considered from september 29 to october 7 1998, characterized by a strong protons emission event without any important magnetic activity. figure 1a-d plots the daily mean of the ionospheric absorption (calculated from the absorption values at the first minute of each hour of the day), the daily solar protons flux with energies > 10 mev, and the daily mean of ap (τ) for each selected period: high correlation between the absorption and solar protons flux maxima can be recognized. the hourly mean of absorption values (calculated on the basis of 1 min cosmic noise sampling) during sunset transition between χ = 87° and χ = 102° both for the days of solar protons flux and ap (τ) maxima are reported in tables i and ii. moreover, the day to night ratios of the ionospheric absorption obtained by considering χ = 90° as sunrise and χ = 96° as sunset have been calculated (table iii). 3. results and discussion a careful inspection of fig.1a-d leads to the following main considerations: – the period april 18-30 shows a ionospheric absorption peak which occurred on 21st due to the solar proton event (associated with a solar flare at 20 classified as m1), that started on 20th, reached its maximum on 21st and stopped on 24th. during this period the ionospheric absorption remained relatively high. a moderate magnetic storm (april 24, ap (τ) = 30) can be observed probably due to a coronal mass ejection which started on 21st. as on 24th, the proton flux remained relatively high (1.1⋅106 counts ⋅ cm−2 ⋅ day−1 ⋅ sr−1), most likely both the solar proton event and the magnetic storm affected the ionospheric absorption value on 24th, but it is not clear which phenomenon gave the major contribution. – from august 20th to september 3rd the ionospheric absorption that maximized on august 26th was due to the solar proton event that started on 24th (in conjunction to a solar 166 vincenzo romano, massimiliano cerrone, loredana perrone and marco pietrella table i. hourly ionospheric absorption data as function of the solar zenith angles between 87° and 102°; the days where the solar proton flux affects the ionospheric absorption more than the magnetic storm were considered. date solar zenith angle ionospheric absorption (db) 21 april 1998 87° 3.67 90° 2.46 93° 1.59 96° 0.89 99° 0.68 102° 0.58 26 august 1998 87° 3.21 90° 2.46 93° 1.60 96° 1.73 99° 1.73 102° 1.40 27 august 1998 87° 1.08 90° 0.79 93° 0.61 96° 0.60 99° 0.60 102° 0.41 01 october 1998 87° 1.94 90° 0.95 93° 0.95 96° 0.62 99° 0.45 102° 0.45 flare classified as x1/3b), reached its maximum on 26th, and stopped on 29th. the strong magnetic perturbation on august 27th should also be due to the same solar flare. the ionospheric absorption value on 27th depends on both the solar proton event and the magnetic storm, the proton flux being relatively high on 27th (2.8 ⋅ 106 counts ⋅ cm−2 ⋅ day−1 ⋅ sr−1) and the magnetic activity very strong (ap (τ) = 110) but, as in the previous case, it is difficult to assess a priori where the main contribution came from. – the period september 19-28 showed an increase in ionospheric absorption starting from 24th up to 28th with two peaks on 25th and 27th. as a magnetic storm evolved between 24th and 26th with a strong maximum on 25th, just when a solar protons emission occurred (these two events were probably due to the solar flare classified as m7/3b started on 23), both the phenomena concurred to the absorption growth. given the rather low level of proton flux (2.2⋅104 counts ⋅ cm−2 ⋅ day−1 ⋅ sr−1) and magnetic activity (ap (τ) = 13), the absorption peak observed on 27th could be better investigated by using a local geomagnetic index. – a sudden increase in the ionospheric absorption from september 30th with a peak observed on october 1st was due to the solar proton event (associated to a solar flare occurring on 30th september of importance m2/2n.) that reached its maximum the same day. the hourly mean values (tables i and ii) and the day to night ratios (table iii) of the absorption 167 magnetic and solar effects on ionospheric absorption at high latitude were considered as related to the occurring days of proton flux and of magnetic storm maxima in order to identify, as far as possible, which phenomenon causes the ionospheric absorption. table i shows a significant decrease of the ionospheric absorption as a function of the solar zenith angle from = 87° to = 102°. in particular, at = 96°, the absorption is at least twice smaller that calculated at = 87°. with regard to august 27th, the day to night ratio equal to 2.0 (table iii), that is the lower limit indicating a pca phenomenon (ranta et al., 1994), suggests a ionospheric absorption essentially due to the solar proton event (started on 24th) rather than the magnetic storm. this could be supported (despite the strong magnetic activity) by the fact that on august 27th the proton flux remains very high (2.8 106 counts cm 2 day 1 sr 1). april 21st, august 26th and october 1st, for which the day to night ratios are greater than 2.0, confirm the occurrence of pca phenomena. any significant ionospheric absorption decrease from = 87° to = 102° can be assessed for the days reported in table ii. these days show a day to night ratio smaller than 2.0 that is not typical for a pca phenomenon as expected (table iii). this could suggest that on april 24th and september 25th the ionospheric absorption is more affected by the magnetic storm rather than by the solar protons event. in particular, for september 25th, the proton flux, although occurring by day, remained very small (only 3.4 .105 counts cm 2 day 1 sr 1) while the magnetic activity was very strong (ap ( ) = 94). table iii. day to night ratios for proton fluxes and magnetic storm events calculated choosing = 90° (sunrise) and = 96° (sunset). proton fluxes events day to night ratios magnetic storm events day to night ratios 21 april 1998 6.52 24 april 1998 1.64 26 august 1998 2.82 25 september 1998 1.40 27 august 1998 2.00 01 october 1998 15.79 table ii. hourly ionospheric absorption data as function of the solar zenith angles between 87° and 102°; the days where the magnetic storm affects the ionospheric absorption more than the solar proton flux were considered. date solar zenith angle ionospheric absorption (db) 24 april 1998 87° 0.67 90° 0.59 93° 0.49 96° 0.45 99° 0.51 102° 0.51 25 september 1998 87° 0.37 90° 0.35 93° 0.35 96° 0.53 99° 0.53 102° 0.47 168 vincenzo romano, massimiliano cerrone, loredana perrone and marco pietrella 4. conclusions this investigation found that the hourly mean ionospheric absorption calculated at = 96° is at least two times less than that calculated at = 87° during a pca phenomenon. this agrees with what was found by hargreaves et al. (1993), according to which the electron density is down to half its original value at = 96°. the hourly mean ionospheric absorption during a pca phenomenon is always a decreasing function of the solar zenith angle (table i), except for a slight increase observed at = 96° on august 26th, probably due to the magnetic storm effect that started on that day (fig. 1c). a different behaviour can be observed when the ionospheric absorption is more affected by a magnetic storm rather than by a solar proton event (table ii). table iii shows that when the maximum protons flux occurs by night (21st april, 26th and 27th august) the ionospheric absorption day to night ratios are smaller than that occurring by day (october 1st). the ionospheric absorption day to night ratio seems to be a suitable index to distinguish the ionospheric absorption due to a solar proton event from that due to a magnetic storm. the cases analysed confirm that a day to night ratio equal to or greater than 2.0 characterizes a pca phenomenon (ranta et al., 1984). an investigation into the absorption peak observed on september 27th (fig. 1c) could be carried out using a different geomagnetic index: as ap ( ) comes from planetary index ap, and concerns above all the f region, the use of a local polar index such as the pc index (troshichev et al., 1979) could be more suitable to characterize the magnetic storms and hence to better disclose their possible influence on the ionospheric absorption. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank dr. g. de franceschi (ingv-rome, italy) for helpful discussions and comments, the space environment center (noaa, u.s. dept. of commerce, boulder-co, u.s.a.) for supplying proton data from goes satellite, and the italian national program of antarctic researches (pnra) for supporting this study. references bremer, j. (1998): post storm effects in middle and subauroral latitudes, adv. space res., 22,837-840. cerrone, m., c. bianchi, g. de franceschi and b. zolesi (1996): ionospheric observations at terra nova bay, in italian geophysical observatories in antarctica, edited by a. meloni and a. morelli (istituto nazionale di geofisica, roma), 167-179. de franceschi, g., a. de santis and l. perrone (1997): analysis of riometric data recorded at terra nova bay, antarctica, in conference proceedings of solar terrestrial predictions workshop, edited by g. heckman, k. marubashi, m.a. shea, d.f. smart and r. thompson, 431-434. de franceschi, g., t. gulyaeva, l. perrone and b. zolesi (1999): mac: an oriented magnetic activity catalogue for ionospheric applications, ursi, international reference ionosphere news letter, 6 (4), 5-6. hargreaves, j.k., a.v. shirochkov and a.d. farmer (1993): the polar cap absorption event of 19-21 march 1990: recombination coefficients, the twilight transition and midday recovery, j. atmos. terr phys., 55, 857-862. pe r ro n e , l. and g. d e f r a n c e s c h i (1999): a correlation study between time-weighted magnetic indices and the high latitude ionosphere, phys. chem. earth (c), 24 (4), 389-392. perrone, l., g. de franceschi and t. gulyaeva (2001): the time-weighted magnetic indices ap ( ), pc ( ), ae ( ) and their correlation to the southern high latitude ionosphere, phys. chem. earth (c), 26 (5), 331-334. ranta, h., a. ranta and t.j. rosenberg (1984): the day to night ratio in auroral and subauroral zone riometer measurements during auroral absorption, j. atmos. terr. phys., 46, 395-398. t ro s h i c h e v , o.a., n.p. d m i t r i e va and b.m. kutznetsov (1979): polar cap magnetic activity as a signature of substorm development, planet. space sci., 27, 217-221. wagner, c.u., h. ranta and a. ranta (1982): nighttime ionospheric absorption during and after magnetospheric storms from auroral (l = 6.0) to medium (l = 2.5) latitudes, j. atmos. terr. phys, 9, 747-757. wrenn, g.l. (1987): time-weighted accumulations ap ( ) and kp ( ), j. geophys. res., 92, 1763-1770. wu, j. and p.j. wilkinson (1995): time-weighted indices as predictors of ionospheric behaviour, j. atmos. terr. phys., 57, 1763-1770. a climatological morphology of ionospheric disturbances at high and polar latitudes annals of geophysics, 58, 6, 2015, a0659; doi:10.4401/ag-6696 a0659 a climatological morphology of ionospheric disturbances at high and polar latitudes dimitris n. fotiadis1,*, sotiria d. matta2, stamatis s. kouris3 1 hellenic telecommunications and post commission (eett), spectrum management dept., maroussi, greece 2 postgraduate student at aristotle university of thessaloniki, fac. of philosophy, sch. of philology, thessaloniki, greece 3 aristotle university of thessaloniki, electrical and computer engineering dept., thessaloniki, greece abstract after a historical introduction on the first well-documented observations of ionospheric phenomena and a review of the current, state-of-the art polar ionospheric studies, a climatological morphology of the irregular fregion plasma structures at high and polar latitudes is presented, following a feature-aided pattern recognition method. using the available in three solar cycles hourly fof2 data from 18 ionosonde stations, an ionospheric definition of disturbed conditions, independent of any causative mechanism, is being applied and positive/negative disturbances of duration smaller than 24 hours are sorted out. no latitudinal/longitudinal bins or seasons are defined and disturbances are handled separately in each month, station and four local time intervals of storm commencement, according to solar zenith angle. in order to gain statistical significance, a median profile per disturbance is produced and studied only when storms of the respective class (phase and duration) are present for more than 15% of time from year-to-year. non-systematic features are excluded from this analysis by careful selection of the time window under morphological investigation. first, the median profiles of disturbance patterns are fitted to standard distributions; if they fail, median disturbance patterns of each class are grouped according to their major characteristic features and are described by upper and lower limits of the variability area, along with their distribution in space and time. the present model, while being a non-conditional stand-alone model of ionospheric storms at high and polar latitudes offered to radio users, may complement existing empirical models. finally, the present model may ultimately reveal causeeffect relationships with geomagnetic field or interplanetary parameters after further correlation studies undertaken in the future. 1. introduction 1.1. historical background since when is ionosphere known? marconi’s successful trans-atlantic radio communication experiment in 1901 led to the first consideration for the existence of a plasma in the atmosphere, due to the solar ionizing radiation. however, before such experimental evidence, the hypotheses for the existence of electrified layers in the upper atmosphere were based solely on the observation of physical phenomena and limited upon the knowledge of physics of charged particles and magnetic fields at the time. thus, graham [1724] discovered the fluctuations of geomagnetic field and celsius [1741] noticed that auroras are accompanied by enhanced geomagnetic fluctuations. furthermore, dalton [1793] and gauss [1839] proposed that electricity in motion performs a principal part at the aurora borealis phenomenon. therefore, it is the aurora borealis, the luminous aurora, or ‘the northern lights’ [daglis and akasofu 2004], nature’s manifestation of ionosphere usually originated at high latitudes, that permitted the most ancient observations of the ionospheric medium. at the low geomagnetic latitudes of the meditteranean sea a visible aurora is rare but not impossible; an average incidence of one in a decade is expected, hence not far from the maximum of the eleven-year solar activity cycle. thus, researchers compiled catalogues of ancient auroras, from which the one by stothers [1979] stands out for its classification and justification. the presocratic philosophers anaximenes (585-528 b.c.) and xenophanes (570-475 b.c.) provided the first potentially valid descriptions of auroral phenomena, such as: ‘inflammable exhalations from the earth’ and ‘moving accumulations of burning clouds’, respectively [stothers 1979]. however, the merit for the earliest greek account of what is known as luminous aurora nowadays should article history received november 13, 2014; accepted november 23, 2015. subject classification: ionosphere, ionospheric storm, statistical analysis, history of science. in memoriam of professor stamatis s. kouris go to anaxagoras of clazomenai (500-428 b.c.) [bicknell 1968, stothers 1979], who described an event in 467 or 468 b.c. and is preserved by plutarch: “for seventy five days, there was seen in the heavens a fiery body of vast size, as if a flaming cloud, not resting in one place but moving, with intricate and irregular motions so that fiery fragments broken from it by its plunging and erratic course were carried flashing fire in all directions…” yet, for many researchers the first reliable scientific description of an auroral display is attributed to aristotle who mentions at about 330 b.c.: “…appearances can be seen taking shape in the sky, such as ‘chasms’, ‘trenches’ and blood-red colours”. in conclusion, by late 4th century b.c. the basic features of auroras visible at low latitudes had been described by greek natural philosophers. furthermore, although several roman reports on auroras date from even 464 b.c., it is only at first century a.d. that roman writers did describe auroras in a scientific way. characteristic is the following incident in seneca’s naturales quaestiones, after categorizing ‘atmospheric fires’ like aristotle above: “…the sky seems to be on fire. sometimes its glow is so high it appears to be actually among the stars. sometimes it is so low that it gives the illusion of a fire some distance away. in the reign of tiberius caesar (a.d. 14-37) watchmen rushed to the aid of the colony of ostia just as though it were ablaze, since throughout most of the night there had been a glow in the sky, dull, as of a thick smoky fire. concerning these phenomena no one doubts that they have the flame which they show; there is a definite substance to them”. summarizing, the luminous usually red-coloured auroras seen at the ancient peoples around the mediterranean seem to be the first contact of humanity with ionosphere. however, auroral displays occur mainly at the high-latitude ionospheric regions i.e. poleward of 60° magnetic latitude ({m), as seen at their statistical distribution which led to the concept of auroral oval [feldstein 1963]. so, it is the high-latitude and polar ionosphere, a highly dynamic spatial and temporal structure, and especially its large-scale plasma irregularities that are under investigation here. 1.2. high-latitude and polar ionospheric studies: state of the art unlike midor low-latitude ionosphere, the highlatitude ionosphere presents plasma irregularities of various spatial scale sizes which form and propagate in a highly dynamic way, mainly because this region is modified by the interaction between earth’s magnetosphere and the solar wind; the geomagnetic field lines, which run here almost vertical, connect the polar upper atmosphere to the outer magnetosphere causing this region, especially near the polar cusps around ±78°{m, to be readily accessible either to energized particles within the magnetosphere, or, to particles with sun origin via the solar wind. thus, the orientation of the interplanetary magnetic field (imf) plays also an important role to the overall morphology of the polar ionosphere [carlson 1994]. reliable navigation, especially at the arctic region, has become recently of high importance to many nations due to the unexplored natural resources and the possible transport routes from the receding polar ice. therefore, plasma irregularities and instabilities should be temporally and spatially forecasted. scintillation phenomena is produced by ionospheric irregularities, whose scales range from hundreds of kilometers down to centimeters. especially around the auroral oval zone, amplitude and phase scintillations largely degrade the performance of global navigational satellite system (gnss) receivers [aarons 1982, yeh and liu 1982]. the ionospheric scintillations arctic campaign coordinated observation (isacco) project [de franceschi et al. 2006] has brought new insights and monitoring capabilities in scintillation studies. spogli et al. [2009] have developed the ground-based scintillation climatology technique which by selecting imf bz conditions allows for the specification of the cusp and auroral oval boundaries as regions with the highest probability scintillation occurrence. when the above methodology used tec maps obtained by midas (multi-instrument data analysis system; spencer and mitchell [2007]), it showed that amplitude/phase scintillations are present where also steep tec gradients exist, i.e. at the edge of larger scale irregularities (patches) [de franceschi et al. 2008]. in this direction, scintillation climatology studies, newly embarked [alfonsi et al. 2011], attempted to catalogue scintillations according to the amplitude (s4) and phase (v{) scintillation indices, the mean and sigma values of rate of tec changes (rot) and index (roti), thus identifying the scale sizes of irregularities leading to scintillations (from few kilometers down to hundreds of meters). finally, a probabilistic forecasting of gps phase scintillation at high latitudes due to solarwind events has been recently proposed by prikryl at el. [2012], aiming to create a physically based scintillation forecast tool. apart from the small-scale ionospheric structures, the highand polar-latitude ionosphere of the f-region presents large-scale, irregular plasma structures which include polar cap patches and boundary blobs [crowley 1996]. these structures are enhancements of electron density (by a factor of 2-10 above the background), not fotiadis et al. 2 3 produced locally, which may have a duration up to 3-4 hours (patches), or even greater than 12 hours (boundary blobs). their broad characteristics may be also found in table 5.1 in hunsucker and hargreaves [2003]. however, although much is known for the physical processes responsible for the formation of these structures (e.g. see crowley [1996], for their seasonal variation: wood and pryse [2010] and for their diurnal distribution: moen et al. [2007]), their prediction in physical models [e.g. millward et al. 1996, schunk and sojka 1996] is not yet accurate enough due to their variability in the occurrence, location and morphology. statistical modeling may reveal some systematic morphological features, offering a climatology of the irregular f-region plasma structures at high and polar latitudes. of course, as usual in empirical statistical models, their power will always be limited by the distribution and density of the selected data set, in terms of times and locations. for instance, the international reference ionosphere (iri) is such an empirical ionospheric model [biliza 2001], which provides users with monthly averages for magnetically quiet conditions and corrected values for active conditions. the storm model of araujo-pradere et al. [2002] has been incorporated to allow iri coping with ionospheric response to disturbed magnetic conditions. however, this is only one of the factors affecting ionospheric behaviour in the highly dynamic highand polar-latitude f-region ionosphere. furthermore it should be noted that liu at al. [2007] have found that iri tends to predict electron density about 15-20% higher at polar latitudes than champ satellite observations. another approach in the road of statistical modeling, being complementary to existing ionospheric models such as iri, has been proposed by fotiadis and kouris [2006]. its main hypotheses are: a) the monthly median value for a specific hour gives a ‘quiet’ reference and the deviations of hourly data from the respective monthly median separate perturbations from regular behaviour; of course, although the use of monthly median value does introduce some artifacts [pietrella 2012] (mainly due to the seasonal variation at specific seasons e.g. near equinoxes), such differential maps of the f2layer critical frequency ( fof2) [kouris et al. 1998, 1999], or, of the total electron content (tec) [jakowski et al. 1999, foerster and jakowski 2000] have been successfully used to extract general, common features of ionospheric storms; b) the definition of a disturbance (i.e. the selection of a suitable threshold) should ensure the selection of solely disturbed periods; c) the definition of a disturbance should be ‘ionospheric’; that is, it should be based exclusively on amplitude and duration and not initially linked with any of potential causes e.g. geomagnetic field, imf etc., but allow the total amount of variability to be included. following the methodology presented by fotiadis and kouris [2006], scope of the present paper is to reveal the morphology of the most systematic and dominant patterns of shortand medium-duration fof2 disturbances (patches and blobs respectively, if disturbances are positive), which prevail at high and polar latitudes, and provide radio users with upper and lower limits of the variability area and their distribution in time and space. moreover, the present analytical product may complement and improve existing operational algorithms and empirical models. correlations of the extracted patterns with geomagnetic field and solar wind parameters will be undertaken in the future in order to enhance the prediction operability of the present model. 2. data and analysis method an ionospheric definition of disturbed fof2 conditions, based exclusively on amplitude and duration, has been developed by kouris et al. [1998, 1999]. a day is characterized as disturbed when the normalized deviation of hourly fof2 to its corresponding monthly median (d fof2) exceeds 0.30 in absolute value for at least 3 consecutive hours [kouris et al. 1998]. deviations greater (smaller) than the monthly median conditions are considered as positive (negative) disturbances. the disturbance ends when the absolute d fof2 remains less than or equal to 0.20 for more than a 3-hour period [kouris et al. 1999]. the selection of the 0.30 d fof2 threshold ensures that an ionospheric disturbance is present since such deviations are usually observed for less than 10% of the monthly time [kouris and fotiadis 2002]. furthermore, even a 0.20 absolute d fof2 threshold seems, according to buresova and lastovicka [2007], adequate to avoid inclusion of neutral atmospheric origin perturbations, as for example caused by acoustic gravity waves. before stepping into the feature-aided pattern recognition method, in order to extract disturbance morphology, the variables should be selected. any link with solar, geomagnetic field or imf activity is hereby avoided. also, handling/grouping together disturbances of different longitude/latitude, or different months could insert important errors in modeling, and then in predictions. however, the role of the local time (lt) of disturbance commencement as seen by the solar zenith angle at 300 km is important. thus, the 24hour period is divided in four lt windows: day (cos|>0.20), night (cos|= 0) while dawn and dusk fall in between [fotiadis et al. 2004]. on the other hand, each station is handled sepamorphology of ionospheric disturbances rately and so its longitudinal universal time (ut) sector; this is because daily variations of the f-region at these high latitudes depend on ut as well as lt [sojka et al. 1994]. the ut variation depends on the separation of geographic and geomagnetic poles [hunsucker and hargreaves 2003]. significant to note that in the northern hemisphere, where separation between the poles is smaller, the ut effect is less pronounced than in the south. finally, the disturbances extracted are studied in two gross duration classes: a) small-duration disturbances with duration of 3-5 hours, and b) medium-duration disturbances lasting for 6-24 hours. table 1 shows the 18 stations with geomagnetic latitude greater than 60°{m and the period of their daily hourly fof2 considered for the current analysis. first, the aforementioned disturbance definition of kouris et al. [1998, 1999] was applied and the disturbances were separated according to their class (i.e. their phase and duration), and lt commencement for each month and station. while, initially, the potential study cases for each disturbance class could be 4 (lt commencement window) × 12 (months) × 18 (stations), after applying the disturbance definition mentioned above, it was found that disturbances of that depth and duration were not present at all stations and months for the different classes. then, for each set of disturbances of the same class, the hourly d fof2 values of each disturbance were arranged with respect to zero local storm-time, and a large time window, 2 days before and 3 days after this point, was considered for superposition analysis. in order to exclude non-systematic trends, a minimum frequency of occurrence from year-to-year was required to be at least 0.15; that is, only sets of disturbances containing at least five disturbances in the full three 11-year solar cycle period (5/33 > 0.15) were further considered for analysis. followingly, for each storm time hour and set of disturbances, the median d fof2 value was calculated forming thus a new disturbance pattern to be considered in the pattern recognition analysis which will be described below. in order to model only the main phase of a disturbance, a visual inspection of all trends was carried out in order to select a more narrow time window with respect to the duration of the main phase of the disturbances. a rough rule to achieve this is to ensure that absolute d fof2 values remain well within 0.20 (off the median) for at least 3 hours. optimum time windows fotiadis et al. 4 area/station code geographic geomag. periods latitude (°) longitude (°) latitude (°) of data european arkhangelsk ark 64.4 40.5 60.0 1969-93 lycksele lyc 64.7 18.8 61.3 1964-96 sodankyla sod 67.4 26.6 63.6 1964-89 loparskaya lop 68 33 63.9 1964-77, 1981-84, 1991-96 kiruna kir 67.8 20.4 64.4 1964-86, 1991-96 asian/pacific provideniya bay pro 64.4 186.6 60.3 1964-70, 1979-83 norilsk nri 69.4 88.1 63.8 1968-88 tiksibay tik 71.6 128.9 65.2 1964-71, 1987 dikson dik 73.5 80.4 67.7 1982-96 campbell island cll -52.5 169.2 -60.2 1970-85 mawson maw -67.6 62.9 -70.5 1964-87, 1991-93 scott base sco -77.9 166.8 -79.9 1970-83 casey cas -66.3 110.5 -80.7 1964-74, 1990-91 american winnipeg win 49.8 265.6 60.7 1966-76 goosebay goo 53.3 299.2 62.6 1987-96 college col 64.9 212.2 65 1964-67, 1988-89, 1991, 1994 churchill chu 58.8 265.8 69.5 1966-74 resolute bay res 74.7 265.1 83.8 1964-91 table 1. list of stations and years of fof2 data used in the analysis. the geomagnetic latitude is calculated by the international geomagnetic reference field (igrf) for the year 1986 for a 300 km height. 5 for smalland medium-duration disturbances’ modeling were found to be within [−6, 12] and [−6, 20] hours of local storm-time respectively. now, in order to extract the potential disturbance patterns, first the median profiles for each station and month and class (phase, duration, lt commencement window) were checked if they follow the gaussian (g) or the lognormal distribution (l). this happens when a correlation coefficient greater than 0.90 is achieved and, at the same time, an overall fitting standard error smaller than 4%. it is found that a large number of median disturbance profiles do not follow any standard distribution, and the failure in the fitting procedure with the g or l distribution, apart from residual outliers, is attributed to: a) the existence of more than one maxima during the peaking of a disturbance, b) the significantly different ‘noise level’ before and after the disturbance, and c) the assymetric skewness before and after the disturbance. therefore, the following three criteria are applied to the disturbance profiles of each class, which do not follow any standard distribution: the number of maxima and their relative storm-time occurrence, the existence of systematic preor post-storm variability enhancements/depletions and the differences in the skewness before and after the disturbance. so, by visual inspection these patterns, which are as previously arranged with respect to zero local storm-time, were grouped according to the above criteria and upper and lower d fof2 values were calculated for each disturbance class (phase and duration). summarizing, the final product of the present paper includes: a) the characteristic disturbance pattern envelopes (i.e. upper and lower variability limits) for each class (positive/negative phase and small/medium duration), and b) table charts with the distribution of the above variability envelopes, as well as the gaussian/lognormal storm types in time (month and lt window of commencement) and space (station). 3. morphology of negative ionospheric disturbances 3.1. pattern description figures 1 and 2 illustrate the variability envelope patterns for negative disturbances of small (3-5 hours) and medium (6-24 hours) duration, respectively. negative disturbances of a-pattern (figure 1) present a −0.15 variability level for more than 3 hours before their commencement. at main phase they seem quite shallow, being constant for at least 4 hours, remaining at about −0.35 with no eventual peaks. a-type disturbances end after about 6 hours at main phase (recovery phase), having almost identical variability levels at the respective times before commencement. on the other hand, b-pattern negative disturbances (figure 1) present two discrete minima during the first three hours at main phase: a) when the peak at commencement is more powerful for about 5% (b1-pattern) morphology of ionospheric disturbances figure 1. upper and lower variability limits of disturbance patterns for small-duration (3-5 hours) negative fof2 storms. y-axis: deviation from the monthly median (d fof2), x-axis: local storm time after kouris et al. [1998, 1999]. and b) when the 2-hour delayed peak reaches a greater depth than the peak at commencement hour (b2-pattern). the most outstanding difference between these two profiles lies in the recovery phase of b2-pattern which may oscillate even around −0.20 variability level. other negative disturbance patterns may be considered when a single main phase peak delays after storm commencement: for just one hour (c-patterns in figure 1), for 2 hours (d-pattern), or, for 4 hours (e-pattern) (figure 2). furthermore, two types in c-pattern may be identified, when at recovery phase: a) an oscillation at variability between ±0.15 is observed (c1-pattern) and b) only an inverse variability of positive phase is present which exceeds +0.30 level (c2-pattern); thus, the c2-pattern describes the so called bi-phase disturbances. finally, it has to be noted that dand e-pattern negative disturbances last for more than 8 hours (figure 2) while all others described previously last for less than about 6 hours. 3.2. storm space/time distribution fotiadis et al. [2004] have provided the occurrence probability for positive and negative disturbances of small and medium scale depending on their lt onset and month, at all latitudes in different continental regions. now, the space/time distribution of the disturbance patterns found here should be investigated so as to increase their operability from radio users. tables 2 and 3 present the distribution of small and medium scale negative disturbance patterns respectively, in time and space, depending on their lt window of commencement. regarding small scale negative disturbances (table 2), a-pattern storms, with maximum depth around −0.35, break out only at daytime, most commonly around spring and appear in autumn equinox months at about ±70°. b1-pattern disturbances (with onset peak being deeper) commence only during night: at equinox above about 65°{m, but mainly in winter months at polar latitudes (~80°{m). likewise, b2-pattern storms break out only at sunset (i.e. the stronger plasma depletion takes place at early night), at equinox and deep winter months at the polar region. thus, we may conclude that b-patterns, which show a characteristic dual peak distribution, are representative of polar latitudes. the c1-type negative storms may begin mostly at sunset or, at a lesser extent, at night, usually at early/late winter months i.e. november and february, at latitudes below about 65°{m. on the other hand the c2-pattern storms, which are characterized by a +0.30 variability level for several hours at recovery phase, break out only during sunset in deep winter months (december-january), mainly at the european region again below about 65°{m. thus, while at sunset and early night hours a negative phase is present, with the night progressing a reverse -positivephase prevails. depending on the dominant causative mechanisms, negative ionospheric storms at higher/polar latitudes may last longer than 8 hours (table 3). dand fotiadis et al. 6 figure 2. upper and lower variability limits of disturbance patterns for medium-duration (6-24 hours) negative fof2 storms. y-axis: deviation from the monthly median (d fof2), x-axis: local storm time after kouris et al. [1998, 1999]. 7 e-patterns are present at sunset during equinoxes but have in general low frequency of occurrence. however, e-pattern storms may emerge at night during winter and early equinox at the european and asian zone; on the other hand, the d-pattern may be found at the same period mostly at the american zone. table 4 summarizes the above findings, showing the most dominant negative disturbance patterns at difmorphology of ionospheric disturbances °{m s/n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60.7 win g g sunrise 62.6 goo l l l 83.8 res l l l l l °{m s/n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark a a a day 61.3 lyc l a 62.6 goo a a 69.5 chu a a a -70.5 maw a a a a a °{m s/n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark c2 c1 c1 g g l g c1 c1 c2 sunset 61.3 lyc c2 c1 g g g l l g c1 c1 c2 63.6 sod c1 c1 l l g g c1 c1 63.9 lop c2 l g l c1 64.4 kir c2 c2 c1 c1 60.3 pro g l l l g 63.8 nri g g c1 c1 c1 62.6 goo c2 l l c1 83.8 res g b2 b2 -60.2 cll l l l l c1 c1 l l -70.5 maw c1 -79.9 sco b2 c1 b2 b2 -80.7 cas b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 g b2 °{m s/n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark g g g l c1 g night 61.3 lyc l g c1 g g g 63.6 sod g g l c1 c1 c1 c1 63.9 lop l c1 c1 g g g 64.4 kir g l l c1 63.8 nri g l c1 l c1 g 60.7 win g c1 l g g 62.6 goo l l l g l l l 65 col c1 69.5 chu g l b1 b1 l b1 83.8 res l l g b1 b1 l -60.2 cll g g g l g g -79.9 sco b1 b1 b1 b1 -80.7 cas b1 b1 b1 table 2. monthly distribution of small-scale (3-5 h) negative disturbance patterns per station, depending on the lt window of commencement. from top to bottom: sunrise, day, sunset, night. g/l: gaussian/lognormal distribution, other symbols according to figure 1. dash (-): while ionospheric storms occur, with frequency greater than 15% of the time over the respective periods of table 1, the present study does not model them. ferent high and polar latitudes and seasons, stressing on specific geographical theatres where disturbance patterns present a local character. 4. morphology of positive ionospheric disturbances 4.1. pattern description the variability envelope patterns for positive disturbances of small (3-5 hours) and medium (6-23 hours) duration are shown in figures 3 and 4, respectively. positive disturbances of a-pattern (figure 3) present remarkable plasma depletion (variability levels exceeding −0.20) until 2 hours before their commencement. the outbreak of a-pattern storms is characterized by the maximum variability level which is greater than 0.50. later, at recovery phase i.e. at least 6 hours after commencement time, a new positive disturbance progresses with variabilities even around 0.40 which lasts for more than 5 hours. all in all, a-type positive disturbances could be addressed as bi-phase because of the sudden phase transition in variability at their outbreak and are also characterized by further positive outbursts fotiadis et al. 8 °{m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark e1 . d1 d1 d1 e1 e2 sunset 61.3 lyc . d1 e1 e1 d1 d1 e2 -79.9 sco d1 e2 e2 d2 d2 °{m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark e1 e1 e1 e1 e1 e1 night 61.3 lyc e1 e1 e1 e1 e1 e1 63.6 sod e1 e1 63.9 lop e1 e1 64.4 kir 60.3 pro e1 e1 e1 63.8 nri e1 e1 e1 e1 e1 60.7 win e1 d1 62.6 goo d1 d1 83.8 res d1 -60.2 cll d1 e1 igrf cml (°{m) geographical zones season/ months pattern success da y 60º-65º all 3-5: nh a 6/9 65º-75º all 3-4, 9-10: nh and sh a 7/8 su ns et 60º-65º all 2, 11: nh c1 9/15 all but asia, australia 12, 1: nh c2 7/11 60-62º europe 3-5, 8-10: nh d 6/10 >75º all 10-2: nh 4-8: sh b2 10/15 ni gh t 60º-65º all 3, 11: nh c1 7/15 europe, asia 10-12, 1,2: nh e 21/30 america 10-12, 1-3: nh d 3/6 >65º all 10-12: nh 4-8: sh b1 11/15 table 3. monthly distribution of medium-scale (6-24 h) negative disturbance patterns per station, depending on the lt window of commencement. from top to bottom: sunset, night. symbols according to figure 2. dash (-): while ionospheric storms occur, with frequency greater than 15% of the time over the respective periods of table 1, the present study does not model them. table 4. synoptical distribution of disturbance patterns of negative disturbances in different geographical zones and magnetic latitude bins depending on the lt window of commencement. from top to bottom: day, sunset, night. ‘success’ column indicates the number of pattern hits with respect to the zones and season/months which have some sign, even a (-) dash (i.e. where storms are present for more than a 15% of time from year-to-year). 9 at ‘recovery’ phase. on the other hand, b-pattern positive disturbances (figure 3) present two discrete maxima during the first three hours at main phase and the commencement peak is more powerful for about 10%. the fof2 levels before commencement and at recovery phase oscillate with small amplitude (±10%) around the median value. other positive disturbance patterns may be considered when a single main phase peak delays after storm commencement for 2 hours (c-patterns in figmorphology of ionospheric disturbances figure 3. upper and lower variability limits of disturbance patterns for small-duration (3-5 hours) positive fof2 storms. y-axis: deviation from the monthly median (d fof2), x-axis: local storm time after kouris et al. [1998, 1999]. figure 4. upper and lower variability limits of disturbance patterns for medium-duration (6-24 hours) positive fof2 storms. y-axis: deviation from the monthly median (d fof2), x-axis: local storm time after kouris et al. [1998, 1999]. fotiadis et al. 10 °{m s/n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark a a l l g l l a sunrise 61.3 lyc a a a l b l l l a a a 63.6 sod a a l l b l a a 63.9 lop a l l a a 64.4 kir a a l l l 60.3 pro a a l l l 63.8 nri a l l l a l 62.6 goo b l 65 col b g g a 69.5 chu l l 83.8 res b l l b l b b -70.5 maw b l g l -79.9 sco l b l b l l -80.7 cas b b b l °{m s/n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark c1 c1 c1 c1 c2 c1 c1 c1 c1 sunset 61.3 lyc c1 c1 c1 c1 c2 c2 c2 c1 c1 63.6 sod c1 c1 c1 c2 c1 c1 c1 63.9 lop c1 c1 c2 c1 64.4 kir c1 c1 c1 c1 60.3 pro c1 c1 c1 63.8 nri c1 c1 62.6 goo c1 c1 83.8 res b b b b -79.9 sco b b b -80.7 cas b b b b b b °{m s/n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark c2 c2 c2 l day 61.3 lyc g c2 g -70.5 maw g g l °{m s/n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark b l g g g l night 61.3 lyc l l l b b l l 63.6 sod l l l l b l 63.9 lop l b l l l 64.4 kir l l b b 60.3 pro g l 63.8 nri b l l 65.2 tik b g 67.7 dik l b b 60.7 win l g g g g g l l 62.6 goo l b b l g l b l l 65 col b b b l 69.5 chu b b l b l g g g 83.8 res b b l b l -60.2 cll g l l l l g g -64.4 mac l l -70.5 maw b b -79.9 sco g -80.7 cas b b b b b table 5. monthly distribution of small-scale (3-5 h) positive disturbance patterns per station, depending on the lt window of commencement. from top to bottom: sunrise, sunset, day, night. g/l: gaussian/lognormal distribution, other symbols according to figure 3. dash (-): while ionospheric storms occur, with frequency greater than 15% of the time over the respective periods of table 1, the present study does not model them. 11 ure 3). two types in c-pattern could be identified: a) the c1-pattern, when the delayed maximum is powerful (around 0.50) and at the recovery phase variability turns negative, around −0.20 for three hours at least but even later, somewhat 10 hours after outbreak, they exhibit +0.20 levels as well, b) when the delayed maxima for 1-2 hours could only reach 40% above monthly median while there is a smooth transition to lower positive variability levels (c2-pattern). the positive disturbances described so far last about 4 hours. however, there are positive disturbances with significant frequency of occurrence presenting a duration of more than 7-8 hours (figure 4). d-pattern storms have also two peaks: the maximum (exceeding 0.60) and a secondary peak of about 0.50. in d1-type the maximum is found 2 hours after storm outbreak, while the secondary peak appears at the 6th hour after commencement. in d2-type a secondary peak is found at the outbreak, while the overall maximum occurs 4 hours after commencement. it is to be noted that a d2pattern disturbance may be followed by outbursts (spikes) of +0.20 variability levels 12 hours after its establishment. finally, there can be cases of a delayed maximum at least 2 hours after the storm outbreak. the disturbance later, e.g. 8-9 hours after commencement, progresses into negative variability levels around −0.20 (quite bi-phase). 4.2. storm space/time distribution in a similar way with negative disturbances, tables 5 and 6 show the time/space distribution of small and medium scale positive disturbance patterns respectively, depending on their lt window of commencement. regarding small scale positive disturbances (table 5), apattern storms may commence only during sunrise from october to march (in northern hemisphere) below about 65°{m. to be noted that a-type storms may be characterized as bi-phase, showing sharp transition from negative to positive variability values at their onset with further deterioration at recovery phase. on the other hand, b-pattern positive disturbances of small duration do not have a quite specific, easy predictable distribution in time and space. in the case of outbreak at sunset such storm patterns are found at polar latitudes above 75°{m almost all year long except summer time. this fact is in fair agreement with the occurrence of b2-patterns of negative small scale storms. furthermore, b-pattern small positive disturbances may begin at night from about october to march at higher and polar latitudes. however, such storm patterns may occasionally emerge during sunrise, mostly at polar latitudes around equinoxes. the c1-pattern positive disturbances break out at sunset from winter solstice, mainly, to equinox months gradually at a lesser extent, at latitudes below 65°{m. similarly, a c2-type storm usually begins at sunset in morphology of ionospheric disturbances °{m s/n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark l l sunrise 83.8 res d2 d2 l d2 d2 °{m s/n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark d2 d2 g d2 e sunset 61.3 lyc e g g l g g g l d2 e e 63.6 sod e d2 d2 g e 63.9 lop d2 d2 l g e °{m s/n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 60 ark l l l l l l night 61.3 lyc l d1 l l l 63.6 sod l d1 d1 63.9 lop l l 64.4 kir l 60.3 pro l l d1 l d1 63.8 nri l d2 d2 d2 60.7 win d2 d2 d1 l d2 62.6 goo d1 l 83.8 res d2 d2 d2 l -60.2 cll l l l l table 6. monthly distribution of medium-scale (6-24 h) positive disturbance patterns per station, depending on the lt window of commencement. from top to bottom: sunrise, sunset, night. g/l: gaussian/lognormal distribution, other symbols according to figure 4. dash (-): while ionospheric storms occur, with frequency greater than 15% of the time over the respective periods of table 1, the present study does not model them. summer months, at latitudes below about 62°{m, or at equinox months at higher latitudes around about 64°{m. however, these storm patterns may break out during daytime at (late) spring at about 60-61°{m. it is hereby worthy to mention that c2-type disturbances of small duration are found only in the european region, showing their local character, while judging from their overall space/time distribution, they may be characterized as the ‘equinox near summer’ pattern. furthermore, it should be stressed that only storms of b-type are met in the australian zone. positive disturbances of medium scale (table 6), i.e. lasting more than 8 hours, exhibit a distinct locality at times; the e-pattern storms, for example, break out only during sunset at the european high latitudes below 64°{m around winter solstice (november to january). however, most prevalent are the d2-pattern disturbances which begin: a) at sunrise, only at north american polar latitudes, from november to march, b) at sunset, only at the european high latitudes, below 64°{m around equinoxes (february, march and october) and c) at night at the asian/american zone above around 60.5°{m from october to march. furthermore, d1-pattern storms may break out at night below about 63.5°{m, again from october to march. finally it should be stressed than none of the aforementioned patterns of medium scale positive disturbances are met at the australian zone. table 7 summarizes the above findings on the most dominant positive disturbance patterns at specific high and polar latitudes and seasons, stressing also on specific geographical zones and stations where a local character of disturbances is prominent. 5. conclusions scope of the present work is to reveal the systematic and dominant morphological features of smalland medium-duration fof2 disturbances at high and polar latitudes. the avoidance of grouping disturbances in any spatial bins, or seasons, as well as the requirement of a minimum storm frequency of occurrence, in order to extract a median disturbance profile, ensure that non-systematic trends are excluded. each disturbance pattern is presented by upper and lower variability limits and, thus, radio users are provided with dynamic variability bounds which allow them for fine tuning adjustments. the distribution of the disturbance patterns in time and space found is provided for each month and station separately, depending on the local time of storm commencement. overall, the calculated here disturbance patterns may contribute to improve existing storm-time models, such as the one embedded in the iri empirical model, fine-tune the input of neural networks, while being at the same time a non-conditional stand-alone model for radio users. ultimately, the correlation of specific storm patterns with geophysical or interplanetary parameters in the future, such as the imf or solar-wind parameters, may reveal cause-effect relations difficult to extract otherwise and improve significantly short-term forecasting. fotiadis et al. 12 igrf cml (°{m) geographical zones and stations season/ months pattern success su nr is e 60º-65º all but australia 10-2: nh a 21/30 >75º all 2,10,11: nh 8,4,5: sh b 6/9 >80º (resolute bay station) 11-12, 1-3: nh d2 4/4 da y 60º-62º europe 3-5: nh c2 4/5 su ns et 60º-65º all 10-12, 1-3: nh c1 31/38 60-64º europe 4-8: nh c2 6/8 2,3,10: nh d2 7/10 11,12,1: nh e 7/8 >75º all 10-12, 1: nh 4-7: sh b 8/12 ni gh t 60-63.6º europe/asia 10-12,2:nh d1 5/16 >60º america (and norilsk station) 10-12,1-3: nh d2 9/19 >=65º all 11-12, 1-3: nh 5-9: sh b 17/33 table 7. synoptical distribution of disturbance patterns of positive disturbances in different geographical zones and magnetic latitude bins depending on the lt window of commencement. from top to bottom: sunrise, day, sunset, night. ‘success’ column indicates the number of pattern hits with respect to the zones and season/months which have some sign, even a (-) dash (i.e. where storms are present for more than a 15% of time from year-to-year). 13 references aarons, j. (1982). global morphology of ionospheric scintillations, proc. ieee, 70, 360. alfonsi, l., l. spogli, g. de franceschi, v. romano, m. aquino, a. dodson and c.n. mitchell (2011). bipolar climatology of gps ionospheric scintillation at solar minimum, radio sci., 46, rs0d05; doi:10.102 9/2010rs004571. araujo-pradere, e.a., t.j. fuller-rowell and m.v. codrescu (2002). storm: an empirical storm-time ionospheric correction model, 1, model description, radio sci., 37 (5), 1070; doi:10.1029/2001rs002467. bicknell, p.j. (1968). did anaxagoras observe a sunspot in 467 b.c.?, isis, 59 (1), 87-90. bilitza, d. (2001). the international reference ionosphere 2000, radio sci., 36 (2), 261-275. buresova, d., and j. lastovicka (2007). pre-storm enhancements of fof2 above europe, adv. space res., 39 (8), 1298-1303; doi:10.1016/j.asr.2007.03.003. carlson, h.c. (1994). dark polar ionosphere : progress and future challenges, radio sci., 29 (1), 157-165. celsius, a. (1741). magnetic-nalens misswisnig eller afwinkande fran norr-streket, in: kongelige svenska veltenskaps academiens handligar, 1, 391 [german translation: 1749, anmerkungen über die stündlichen veränderungen der magnetnadel, ibid., 2, 45-48]. crowley, g. (1996). critical review of ionospheric patches and blobs, in: review of radio science 19931996, w.r. stone (ed.), oxford science publication, uk, chapter 27, 619-648. daglis, i., and s.-i. akasofu (2004). aurora the magnificent northern lights, eggsnewsletter of european geosciences union, 7, 12-18. dalton, j. (1793). meteorological observations and essays, 1st ed., manchester. de franceschi, g., l. alfonsi and v. romano (2006). isacco: an italian project to monitor the high latitudes ionosphere by means of gps receivers, gps solutions, 18, 263-267; doi:10.1007/s10291-006-0036-6. de franceschi, g., l. alfonsi, v. romano, m. aquino, a. dodson, c.n. mitchell and a.w. wernik (2008). dynamics of high latitude patches and associated small scale irregularities, j. atmos. solar-terr. phys., 70 (6), 879-888; doi:10.1016/j.jastp.2007.05.018. feldstein, y.i. (1963). on morphology and auroral and magnetic disturbances at high latitudes, geomagn. aeron., 3, 138. foerster, m., and n. jakowski (2000). geomagnetic storm effects on the topside ionosphere and plasmasphere: a compact tutorial and new results, surv. geophys., 21 (1), 47-87. fotiadis, d.n., s.s. kouris, v. romano and b. zolesi (2004). climatology of ionospheric f-region disturbances, annals of geophysics, 47 (4), 1311-1323. fotiadis, d.n., and s.s. kouris (2006). capturing the morphology of long-duration ionospheric disturbances using an empirical pattern recognition method, radio sci., 41 (6), rs6012; doi:10.1029/200 5rs003395. gauss, c.f. (1839). allgemeine theorie des erdmagnetismus, resultate aus den beobachtungen magnetischen vereins im jahre 1838, 1-59. graham, g. (1724). an account of the observations made of the variations of the horizontal needle at london in the latter part of the year 1722 and beginning 1723, philosophical transactions of the royal society of london, part i, 32, 96-107. hunsucker, r.d., and j.k. hargreaves (2003). the highlatitude ionosphere and its effetcts on radio propagation, cambridge university press, chapter 5, 235-237 and 250-251. jakowski, n., s. schlueter and e. sardon (1999). total electron content of the ionosphere during the geomagnetic storm on january 10, 1997, j. atmos. solar-terr. phys., 61, 99-307. kouris, s.s., d.n. fotiadis and t.d. xenos (1998). on the day-to-day variation of fof2 and m(3000)f2, adv. space res., 22 (6), 873-876. kouris, s.s., d.n. fotiadis and b. zolesi (1999). specifications of the f-region variations for quiet and disturbed conditions, phys. chem. earth (c), 24 (4), 321-327. kouris, s.s., and d.n. fotiadis (2002). ionospheric variability: a comparative statistical study, adv. space res., 29 (6), 977-985. liu, h., c. stolle, s. watanabe, t. abe, m. rother and d.l. cooke (2007). evaluation of the iri model using champ observations in polar and equatorial regions, adv. space res., 39, 904-909. millward, g.h., r.j. moffett, s. quegan and t.j. fullerrowell (1996). a coupled thermosphere-ionosphere-plasmasphere model (ctip), in: r.w. schunk (ed.), step: handbook of ionospheric models, 239-279. moen, j., n. gulbrandsen, d.a. lorentzen and h.c. carlson (2007). on the mlt distribution of f region polar cap patches at night, geophys. res. lett., 34, l14113; doi:10.1029/2007gl029632. pietrella, m. (2012). a short-term ionospheric forecasting empirical regional model (iferm) to predict the critical frequency of the f2 layer during moderate, disturbed, and very disturbed geomagnetic conditions over the european area, annales geophysicae, 30, 343-355; doi:10.5194/angeo-30-343-2012. prikryl, p., p.t. jayachandran, s.c. mushini and i.g. richardson (2012). towards probabilistic forecastmorphology of ionospheric disturbances ing of high-latitude phase scintillation, space weather, 10, s08005; doi:10.1029/2012sw000800. schunk, r.w., and j.j. sojka (1996). usu model of the global ionosphere, in: r.w. schunk (ed.), step: handbook of ionospheric models, 153-171. sojka, j.j., m.d. bowline and r.w. schunk (1994). patches in the polar ionosphere: ut and seasonal dependence, j. geophys. res., 99 (a8), 14959-14970; doi:10. 1029/93ja03327. spencer, p.s.j., and c.n. mitchell (2007). imaging of fast-moving electron density structures in the polar cap, annales geophysicae, 50 (3), 427-434. spogli, l., l. alfonsi, g. de franceschi, v. romano, m.h.o. aquino and a. dodson (2009). climatology of gps ionospheric scintillations over high and midlatitude european regions, annales geophysicae, 27, 3429-3437; doi:10.5194/angeo-27-3429-2009. stothers, r. (1979). ancient aurorae, isis, 70 (1), 85-95. wood, a.g., and s.e. pryse (2010). seasonal influence on polar cap patches in the high-latitude nightside ionosphere, j. geophys. res., 115, a07311; doi:10.10 29/2009ja014985. yeh, k.c., and c.h. liu (1982). radio wave scintillation in the ionosphere, proc. ieee, 70, 324. * corresponding author: dimitris n. fotiadis, hellenic telecommunications and post commission (eett), spectrum management dept., maroussi, greece; email: dfot@eett.gr. © 2015 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. fotiadis et al. 14 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 1 impacts of ports along the pilbara coast, western australia – a coastline of global geoheritage significance that services a mineral-rich hinterland margaret brocx dep artm en t of en vir on m en tal an d con serv ation scien ce , mu rd och un iversity, au stralia geoh eritage@iin et.n et.au vic semen iuk v & c sem en iu k research grou p , au stralia vcsrg@iin et.n et.au abstract the pilbara region in remote north-western a ustralia is mineral-rich with ores being mined/quarried and exported since the 1960s for the wealth of the a ustralian n ation and exported from a range of ports developed specifically for such pu rposes. however, the pilbara coast is one of few arid coasts around the w orld and the most arid coast in a ustralia it stands unique as the most geomorphologically / geologically diverse arid coast globally and therefore has global coastal geoheritage significance. ports along the coast have been and continue to be developed without, or with little regard to their natural values, with impacts in terms of geoheritage and biological values the parameters for port selection are based on engineering and economic perspectives of coastal proximity and coastal bathymetry in spite of information available for proper management and wise use of this coastal zone. consequently, some significant coasts have been destroyed or markedly modified. w ith the intended growth of the mineral industry, there can be expected further destru ction unless government agencies address the geoconservation issues but, in this context, there seems to be both a widespread lack of understanding on the part of government agencies of the geoheritage values of this coast and a lack of geoethics. this contribution describes the natural heritage significance of the pilbara coast, the ports therein, their impacts and, from a geoethics viewpoint, the notion of centralizing ports rather than to indiscriminately construct facilities dictated by economic and port ownership. the pilbara coast provides a case study of geoethics where natural history assets of global significance conflict with industrial use. 1. in trod uction h e pilbara coast in th e n orth -w estern au stralia (fig. 1) is globally u n iqu e an d sign ifican t in its geoh eritage valu es, coastal p rocesses an d lan d form s, stratigrap h y, m an grove ecology, an d biod iversity. it is on e of eigh t trop ical arid coasts in th e world bu t m arked ly d ifferen t to th e rest; also, com p ared to th e oth er coasts it is th e m ost geologically, geom orp h ologically, an d sed im en tologically d iverse of th e arid coasts (sem en iu k, 1996) an d th u s globally sign ifican t (brocx, 2008; brocx an d sem en iu k, 2015) an d , in its n atu ral state, sh ou ld h ave been recogn ized as a world h eritage site. th e pilbara coast is also th e m ost arid coast in au stralia an d , w ith coastal featu res p resen t n ow h ere else in au str alia, e.g., lim eston e barriers, arid -zon e d eltas, arch ip elago/ ria sh ores, exten sive salt flats (sem en iu k, 1996; sem en iu k, 2012; brocx an d sem en iu k, 2015), it is n ation ally sign ifican t . com p rised of qu atern ary an d tertiary sed im en ts, an d precam brian rock, th e pilbara coast t an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 2 bord ers th e pilbara u p lan d s, w ith a ran ge of rivers d rain in g th e u p lan d s to th e coast. qu atern ary coastal p rocesses h ave p rod u ced d iffe ren t coastal typ es th at rep resen t stages of d eve lop m en t of active to in activ e arid -zon e d eltas, stages of pleistocen e lim eston e barrier islan d d evelop m en t an d erosion , con stru ction of h o locen e d u n e barriers, an d local ou tcrop of pr ecam brian rock (sem en iu k, 1996; an d fig. 1). th e pilbara coast con tain s m an y featu res of geoh eritage sign ifican ce, from th e large scale to th e sm all scale (sem en iu k, 1996; brocx, 2008): lan d form s su ch as d eltas, pleistocen e oolitic lim eston e barriers an d th eir m u d -filled sw ales, arch ip elago/ ria sh ores, d eltas th at m erge in to lin ear d u n e field s, rocky sh ore erosion of pleistocen e lim eston es, qu atern ary stratigrap h y su ch as pleistocen e oolitic sh oalin g lim eston e sequ en ces an d lim eston e rocky sh ores, h olocen e m an grove sequ en ces, tem p estites in beach / d u n e san d s, an d th e com p lexities of beach -rock d evelop m en t. in th e precam brian rock sequ en ces th ere is coastal geom orp h ology an d m icro-geom orp h ology reflective of th e v a riable precam brian rock typ es, an d w ellexp osed precam brian ou tcrop s w ith lith ology figure 1: the pilbara coast in a ustralia, showing simplified geology, the river-dominated grain of the upland terrain, and, in the lower row of insets, the main coastal types in the region (modified after semeniuk, 1996 and brocx, 2008). an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 3 an d stru ctu re em p h asized by cliff erosion . prior to th e in ten sified m in eral exp loration , d evelop m en t of m in es, solar salt p rod u ction , n a tu ral gas extraction an d liqu efaction , an d th e exp ort of th ese com m od ities d u rin g th e p ast five d e cad es (brocx, 2008; brocx an d sem en iu k, 2015), th e pilbara region h osted p astoral an d agricu ltu ral activity w h ich h ad im p acts m ain ly on th e h in terlan d (n ot th e coast), an d exp orts d erivin g from th ese latter in d u stries took p lace from local jetties w ith relatively m in im al effects on th e coast region ally. h ow ever, sin ce 1960 w h en th e au stralian govern m en t lifted it s restriction s on th e exp ort of iron ore, en viron m en tally th e pilbara coast h as been slow ly d egrad in g, w ith m in eral, solar salt, an d n atu ral gas d evelo p m en t an d exp ort th at h as resu lted in m assive an d m u ltip le exp an sion of p orts an d in in d u strialization . th is coast p rovid es a case stu d y of geoeth ics w h ere n atu ral h istory assets of global sign ifican ce con flict w ith in d u strial u se. th e pilbara region an d its coast are rem ote (th ou san d s of kilom eters from m ajor cities/ tow n s of au stralia), an d in h abited ove rw h elm in gly w ith m in e w orkers, laborers, m ach in ery d rivers an d m ech an ics, an d ed u cated bu t in d u stry-orien ted p erson n el (geologists, m in in g en gin eers, an d civil en gin eers), all largely w ith an eth os to create w ealth p erson a lly an d for th e n ation . th ere exists little en v iron m en tal/ con servation eth os, or a p h ilosop h y th at can be u sed to focu s on th e geoeth ics of en viron m en t-d am agin g activities. a sim ilar critical an alysis of th e au stralian eth os an d w ay-of-life w as p rovid ed ov er 50 years ago by h orn e (1964) in a book “th e lu cky cou n try”. th is book w as m isin terp reted by m ost au stra lian s, w h o n ever read p ast th e title, as com p lim en tary in fact it w as stin gin g criticism of th e factors m en tion ed above an d so n oth in g h as ch an ged . in ou r in d ivid u al exp erien ce of 50 years each in en viron m en tal m atters in western au stralia, w e h ave con clu d ed th at several factors co n tribu te to im p ed e scru tin y of th e en viron m en tal d am age an d p oor m an agem en t of region s su ch as th e pilbara coast (som e of th ese m atters are d iscu ssed in brocx [2008] an d brocx an d sem en iu k [2015]). firstly, th e pilbara coast is r em ote; it con trasts w ith perth , th e cap ital of western au stralia. th at h as 2 m illion p eop le, five u n iversities, en viron m en tal issu es th at are p roxim al, an d in n u m erable en viron m en tally orien ted com m u n ity grou p s (e.g., frien d s of yellagon ga h ttp :/ / w w w .frien d sofyellagon ga . com .au / , th e con servation cou n cil of western au stralia h ttp :/ / w w w .ccw a.org.au / , th e urban bu sh lan d cou n cil h ttp :/ / w w w .bu sh lan d p erth .org.au / , an d th e wetlan d s con servation society h ttp :/ / w w w .bu sh lan d p erth .org.au / m em ber -grou p s/ 6-statew id e –region al/ 78-w etlan d s-con servation -society, am on gst m an y oth ers). th e en viron m en tal con flicts betw een con servation grou p s an d d eve lop ers an d govern m en t agen cies (su ch as m ain roads w estern a ustralia, th e environmental protection a uthority, an d th e department of planning, am on gst oth ers) associated w ith d eve lop m en t of bu sh lan d , w etlan d s, an d th e coast p rovid e exam p les w h ere th ere is focu sed co n servation -orien ted activity by th e com m u n ity becau se of in form ed grou p s an d a critical m ass of p erson n el. in th e pilbara coast region , a coastal d evelop m en t is com p leted gen erally w ith ou t social con flict becau se th e area is larg ely u n kn ow n , th ere h as been a relaxin g of reg u latory en viron m en tal safegu ard s (in sp ite of th e fact th ere h as been an in crease in kn ow led ge in en viron m en tal m atters an d geoh eritage), an d th ere is n ot th e crit ical m ass of in terested an d p assion ate p eop le th e ease w ith w h ich a p ort w as d evelop ed at cap e preston an d th e facilities at port h ed lan d w ere exp an d ed are exa m p les. secon d ly, th e eth os of th e state govern m en t is d riven by an econ om ic im p erative, an d th e m in eral an d fossil-fu el w ealth h as trad ition ally been th e sou rce of n ation al w ealth . accord in g to govern m en t statistics, th e m in eral an d en ergy in d u stry in 2016-2017 in western au stralia w as valu ed at $105 billion (dep artm en t of min es, in d u stry regu lation an d safety, 2017). iron ore rem ain ed th e state’s h igh est valu e com m od ity w ith $67 billion in sales w ith e xp ort of som e 790 m illion ton n es of ore, an d th e total p rod u ction from th e en ergy sector w as valu ed at $19 billion . th is sh ow s th e sign ifican ce of th e m in in g an d en ergy in d u stries to th e govern m en t an d to th e econ om y of western au stralia. th ird ly, w h ile scien tific literatu re on th e region id eally sh ou ld h ave or cou ld h ave been u sed to an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 4 raise th e en viron m en tal con sciou sn ess of th e scien tific com m u n ity, en gin eerin g com m u n ity, regu latory au th orities, or th e p u blic, it is eith er econ om ically -orien ted (e.g., geological a n d exp loration -orien ted literatu re), or “blu e sky” r esearch (e.g., sem en iu k, 1996), th e latter eith er of little ap p aren t u se to th e broad er scien tific an d en gin eerin g com m u n ity an d lay -p erson , or h as n ot been in terp reted to be of u se for en viro n m en tal m an agem en t or to aid th e regu latory au th orities to m ake in form ed d ecision s. th at is, scien tific literatu re on th e r egion u sefu l for con serv ation an d ecologically -sou n d d evelop m en t is gen erally n ot read or u n d erstood by p rofession al scien tists an d ad m in istrators. acad em ic staff in au stralian u n iversities trad ition ally u sed to be social an d en viron m e n tal w atch d ogs of society bu t in th is p ast h alf ce n tu ry an d m ore sp ecifically in th is p ast qu a rter cen tu ry th is role h as d im in ish ed . th e sign ifican t in flu en ce of in d u stry fu n d in g to u n iversities (w ith atten d an t con sequ en ces of cu rricu lu m con trol in in d u stry -based an d career orien ted cou rses) is on e u n d erlyin g reason for th is. also, govern m en t agen cy officers in m a n agem en t p osition s to m an age/ safegu ard th e pilbara coast, in ou r exp erien ce an d from ou r in terview s (brocx, 2008), are ill-read as to th e global con text of th e western au stralian coast an d d o n ot keep u p w ith th e p u blish ed w ork, d o n ot u n d erstan d it, or d o n ot kn ow h ow to u se it for ration al d evelop m en t – for in stan ce, regu latory au th ority officers w ill focu s on p rod u ctivity of m an groves bu t w ill m iss th e h olistic p ictu re th at th e pilbara coast rep r esen ts. takin g th is a step fu rth er gen erally h avin g n ever ven tu red ou tsid e of western au stralia in a research cap acity (travellin g u su ally is for tou rism ), in ou r exp erien ce sp an n in g d e cad es, m an y regu latory au th ority officers are n ot even aw are of th e u n iqu en ess of th e pilbara coast. as brocx (2008) n oted , n on e of th e var iou s govern m en t agen cies for con servation an d en viron m en t in western au stralia, th ou gh n eed in g to d eal w ith h olistic m atters in en v iron m en tal m an agem en t, h ave h ad a qu alified geologist or geoh eritage p ractition er on staff th is situ ation still exists in 2017. th u s, p u blish ed stu d ies th at ou gh t to h ave resu lted in global recogn ition of th e pilbara coast in term s of geoh eritage, or resu lted in p rop er coastal m an agem en t h ave n ot p rovid ed th e an ticip ated p ositive en viron m en tal ou tcom es. th e m atter of th e effects of m in in g econ om ica lly, sociologically, p olitically an d , to som e exten t, en viron m en tally in western au stralia h as been d iscu ssed an d d ebated by a n u m ber of au th ors (e.g., h arm an an d h ead , 1982; jacobs, 1995). recen tly, bru eckn er et al. (2014) p rovid ed a collection of articles on th e im p acts of con tem p orary resou rce exp loitation in western au stralia as a basis for com p aratively assessin g th eir ben efits an d ou tcom es. an d w h ile th ere is d iscu ssion an d d ebate on th e social, econ om ic, an d p olitical ou tcom es of resou rce d evelo p m en t th ere h as been rela tively less focu s on en viron m en tal con sid eration s th is is w ith in a con text th at western au stralia is view ed as a ‘qu arry’ for m in erals globally, an d h en ce a m ajor in com e earn er. as su ch , en viron m en tal co n cern s gen erally h ave low er p riority. moreover, th e en viron m en tal focu s in d ebates is on biod iversity n ot geoh eritage. th e (geo)eth ics of su ch econ om ically -d riven exp loitation again st an eth os of th e in tern ation al ‘declaration of th e righ ts of th e mem ory of th e earth ’ as form u lated by martin i (1993) h as been d iscu ssed by brocx (2008), albrech t an d ellis (2014), an d brocx an d sem en iu k (2015) w ith a su ggestion th at th ere be an altern ative eth os to th e cu rren t econ om ically -d riven , lan d scap e-d egrad in g, an d geoh eritage-d estroyin g p arad igm . on e a ltern ative to resou rce exp loitation h as been th e su ggestion for u sin g th e m in eral-rich region s in western au stralia for th eir geological v alu es as a focu s for geotou rism (pforr et al., 2014). we argu e th at w h ile geotou rism p rovid es an alte rn ative base for th e econ om y an d , con com itan tly, can raise th e con sciou sn ess of th e p u blic to th e im p ortan ce of geology an d geoh eritage, th ere also are in trin sic valu es of geology th at are w orth y of geocon servation in th eir ow n righ t w ith ou t an y con n otation s for econ om ic ben efit (e.g., th e globally-sign ifican t arch aean zircon crystals of jack h ills, western au stralia, or th e globally-u n iqu e m u lti-d im en sion al geological featu res of sh ark bay, western au stra lia; cf. brocx an d sem en iu k, 2007 an d 2010). an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 5 ind igenou s peoples have been in the coast al pilbara for tens of thou sand s of years, bu t their im pact has been m inim al (e.g., shell m id d ens attesting to life styles and d iet, and rock art celebrating their life w ith natu re). in contrast, the a rrival of eu rop ean colonists and ind u strialists m arked the beginning of m ajor environm ental im pacts. and ed u cation seem s to have m ad e little d ifference to app reciating geoheritage and biological aspects of the pilbara coast: m ost geologists, ecologists in ind u strial em ploym ent, and the range of engineers seem not to have been tou ched by the u niqu eness and beau ty of the pilbara coast and have becom e p arty to the ind u strial exploitation and d estru ction of this sp ecial coastal environm ent. in term s of archaeology, ports and ind u strial d evelop m ents in the coastal region also have m ajor im p acts on ind igenou s heritage. they particu larly have had im p act on internationally significant ancient rock engravings (petroglyp hs) and archaeological sites (habitation, artefacts, m id d ens) (h arrison, 2009; mcdonald and veth, 2009; mu lvaney, 2015). for instance, the petroglyp hs on bu rru p peninsu la (in the dam pier region; for location see fig. 2) are consid ered to be one of the m ost significant archaeological sites in the w orld (donald son, 2011; mu lvaney, 2011; black et al., 2017), how ever, the p roxim ity of coastal ind u stry either contribu ted to their d egrad ation (black et al., 2017) or to their d irect d estru ction (brocx, 2008). these m atters of the im p act of ports and ind u stry on coastal ind igenou s heritage, thou gh very im portan t, are ou tsid e the scope of this p aper. figure 2: m ain locations of iron ore mines (some locations represent amalgamations of a series of relatively closedspaced nearby sites) and the generalized pathways by which ore is delivered to the coast; also shown are locations of the ports and their export commodities. location of the main sites for mining of cu, m n, and cr, and the location of solar salt operations also are shown. the main ports are: onslow, cape preston, dampier, burrup peninsula, cape lambert, and port hedland. details of solar salt operations are presented in brocx and semeniuk (2015). an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 6 given th e backgrou n d in form ation above, th is con tribu tion exam in es p orts alon g th e pilbara coast, sh ow in g th at th ey are p laced w ith little regard to su rrou n d in g n atu ral valu es, w ith con sequ en t im p acts on th is coast in term s of geoh eritage an d biological valu es in a lack of ap p lication of geoeth ics in best p ractices m a n agem en t. as pep p olon i an d di cap u a (2015a) p oin t ou t, geoscien tists an d geo-en gin eers sh ou ld carry social an d eth ical r esp on sibilities tow ard s society an d th e p lan et, p articu larly (in ou r view ) in th e con serv ation of geological h e ritage an d geod iversity th e case of th e in d u strialization of th e pilbara coast tran sgresses th is eth os. th is p ap er d escribes: th e m in eralrich pilbara h in terlan d an d n eed for p orts for exp ortin g ores/ m in erals; th e typ es of location s for p orts p aram eters for selection ; an d im p acts of p orts an d loss of geoh eritage valu es. 2. the min eral-rich pilbara hin terlan d an d the n eed for ports the pilbara hinterland is m ineral-rich. it consists of several geological provinces (h ickm an, 1983; geological su rvey of western au stralia, 1990): 1. arch aean pilbara craton (gran itoid s an d fold ed green ston es); 2. proterozoic sequ en ces of volcan ic rocks, iron ston es, ch erts, an d sh ale; an d 3. proterozoic sequ en ces of sh ale, d olom ites, an d ch erts. iron m in erals, as h em atite, goeth ite, an d m agn etite com p rise th e d om in an t ores in th e pilbara region occu rrin g as la yered iron ston es in th e arch aean an d prot erozoic sequ en ces, or a m esa -cap p in g tertiary goeth ite. they occu r at a range of localities in the region (fig. 2). in ad d ition, the pilbara hinterland has been m ined for ores of cop p er, chrom iu m , and m anganese and , locally, gold , lead , zinc, and silver (geological su rvey of western au stralia, 1990). 3. location s for port d evelopmen t, an d parameters for selection to exp ort ores from western au stralia, p orts h ave been establish ed an d selected on en g in eerin g an d econ om ic bases of coastal p roxim ity an d bath ym etry in sp ite of oth er in form ation available to gu id e m an agem en t an d w ise u se of coastal zon es. th e m ain p orts alon g th e pilbara coast are: on slow , cap e preston , dam p ier, bu rru p pen in su la, cap e lam bert, an d port h ed lan d . th e old est p ort is dam p ier exp ortin g fe ore sin ce 1963. in term s of size a n d age, port h ed lan d is th e largest an d th e secon d old est p ort in th e pilbara region , com m en cin g exp or tin g fe ores in 1966, origin ally from sh ay gap an d mou n t n ew m an ; tod ay it h an d les ores of fe, cr, mn , an d cu , an d solar salt. cap e la m bert com m en ced exp ortin g fe ore in 1972. th e variou s p orts servicin g th e oil/ gas in d u stry on th e bu rru p pen in su la w ere establish ed in th e 1980s. th e m ost recen t p ort con stru ction w as at cap e preston in 2010. wh ile port h ed lan d , dam p ier, an d cap e lam bert h ave been exp or tin g ores sin ce th e 1960s, m ore recen tly, fe ore h as been m in ed at mard ie an d roy h ill, an d oth er location s exten d ed from an d n ear old er m in e sites (e.g., maran d oo, brockm an , ch a n n ar) (fig. 2), an d n ew ly exp loited fe ores h ave been exp orted from r ecen tly d evelop ed facilities (e.g., cap e preston ) or from existin g e xp an d ed old er p orts. ports requ ire: 1. som e p roxim ity to a m in e site; 2. existin g sh eltered in let, or op p ort u n ity to bu ild load in g jetties; 3. n atu ral d eep en tran ce ch an n el (steep sh ores an d steep n ear -sh ore bath ym etry are id eal), or on e th at can be read ily d red ged ; preca m brian rock arch ip elagos are best; 4. stable terrain lan d w ard of th e jetty or p ort for in frastru ctu res/ facilities (regu larly flood ed d elta p lain s w ou ld n ot qu alify, m obile d u n es m igh t n ot qu alify, bu t precam brian rock rid ges are id eal). th u s, som e terrain s alon g th e coast h ave n ot been selected as p orts. id eal terrain for p ort con stru ction is precam brian rock (e.g., dam p ier, cap e lam bert, cap e preston ) or pleistocen e lim eston e (e.g., port h ed lan d ). on ce a site is selected for a p ort, th e coast an d im m ed iate h in terlan d m ay requ ire m od ification to m axim ize its u se for p ort facilities. with th ese m od ification s arrive th e p roblem s of alterin g ge om orp h ic an d geological featu res an d p ossible an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 7 d estru ction of featu res of geoh eritage sign ifican ce. wh ere a p ort h as been d evelop ed , th ere are tw o p attern s to its h istory. if it is state op erated (su ch as port h ed lan d ), th ere can be fu rth er p ort exp an sion as ad d ition al in lan d m in in g in terests m ay u tilize existin g p orts. th e state-op erated p orts th en exp an d to becom e m u lti-taskin g, exp ortin g w h atever com m od ity is brou gh t to th e coast. if th e p ort is vested in a m in in g com p an y, th ere is n o sh a rin g or leasin g of facilities an d each com p an y establish es its ow n p ort of d isp atch . 4. impacts of existin g ports an d loss of geoheritage values the im pacts of the existing p orts on terrain and the loss of geoheritage valu es are m anifold and range from the large scale (w here there is levelling of terrain at the coast, rem oval of gravel from coastal allu vial fans, and qu arrying of coastal d u ne sand ) to the sm all scale (w ith d estru ction of innu m erable u niqu e and special geological featu res, d iagenetic featu res, and arid -zone-specific m icro-geom orp hic featu res). the larger scale im p acts of the variou s ports and ind u stries on the geoheritage valu es of the pilbara coast are listed below and d escribed in m ore d etail by v & c sem eniu k research grou p (1996) and brocx and sem eniu k (2015), the latter d iscu ssing the geoethical im p lications of loss of geoheritage valu es associated w ith solar salt p rod u ction. in the context that the pilbara coast is globally u niqu e, loss of these sites/ featu res of geoheritage significance is of som e consequ ence (assessed u sing brocx and sem eniu k, 2007):  on slow : barrier d u n e m od ification ;  cap e preston : d estru ction of th e m ost sou th erly exp ression of arch ip elago/ ria sh ores an d a sp ecific ran ge of rock typ es at th e coast; th is w as an in tern ation ally sign ifican t site;  dam p ier an d bu rru p pen in su la: m ajor m od ification of arch ip elago/ ria sh ores an d islan d s; th is w as a in tern ation ally sign ifican t site an d is th e cen tral location of th ree su ch sh ores alon g th e coast; figure 3: a nnotated aerial photograph showing range of industrial impacts in the port hedland area, a limestone barrier coastal setting. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 8  cap e lam bert: m ajor m od ification of arch ip elago/ ria sh ores an d d u n e coast; th is w as an in tern ation ally sign ifican t site an d th e n orth ern location of on ly th ree su ch sh ores alon g th e pilbara coast;  port h ed lan d : m ajor m od ification of (pleistocen e) lim eston e barrier rid ges an d loss of geom orp h ology of tid al-creek-d issected in ter-rid ge m u d -filled sw ales, an d tid al flats (fig. 3); to create th e p ort, large m u d -filled sw ales w ere excavated or in -filled to form fou n d ation s for in frastru ctu res, an d th e in let ch an n el w as d red ged for sh ip access; at sm aller scales, m u ch qu atern ary h istory an d stratigrap h y w as lost; th is w as an in tern ation ally sign ifican t site an d a m ain location of lim eston e barriers alon g th e coast. more d etails on th e im p act of in d u stry sp ecifically on th e m an grove com p on en t of th e coast are p resen ted in sem en iu k an d cressw ell (2018). wh ile th ere are a ran ge of exp ort com m od ities an d in d u strial activities associated w ith p orts, an exam p le of th e im p acts of a p ort on th e coast is p rovid ed by th e activities an d in frastru ctu res for fe ore p rocessin g, refin in g, an d exp ort (v & c sem en iu k research grou p , 1996) bu t th e sam e p rin cip les can be d escribed for solar salt p rod u ction an d oth er exp ort com m od ities. in th e pilbara region , fe ore is m in ed in in lan d qu arries, cru sh ed , an d tran sp orted to th e coast by rail for fu rth er p rocessin g (secon d ary an d tertiary cru sh in g) an d sh ip p in g; m in es an d p orts of d isp atch are sh ow n in fig u re 2. iron ore in d u stries in coastal areas h ave a lim ited ran ge of in frastru ctu res an d activities associa ted w ith th em an d th ey are relatively con tain ed system s; from m in e to p ort th ey are:  rail lin es rail yard s, car d u m p ers to receive ore from rail sy stem s;  cru sh ers;  con veyors;  p elletizin g p lan ts an d sin ter p lan ts;  rescreen in g p lan ts;  fu el an d oil storage tan ks, p ow er gen eration station s;  veh icles, veh icle storage sh ed s, veh icle an d m ach in ery w orksh op s, equ ip m en t stor age sh ed s;  w ater storage tan ks;  p ip e n etw orks for w ater an d fu el;  road s;  ad m in istration facilities, am en ities bu ild in gs, accom m od ation areas;  ore stock p iles;  lagoon s/ p on d s (for coolin g w a ter, slu g catch ers, etc.);  jetties. th ese in frastru ctu res h ave im p acted on th e coast, th ou gh n ot all are d evelop ed at th e on e coastal site (v & c sem en iu k research grou p , 1996). the fe ore ind u stries established on the pilbara coast have requ ired extensive m od ification of coastal land , w ith the typ e and d egree of m od ification d ep end ent on the setting. all su ch coastal sites have involved rail and road constru ction, coast alteration and d red ging for p orts, jetties and harbors, and d red ge spoil d isposal. facilities sited on bed rock archip elago/ ria coasts, and areas of ru gged terrain involved terrain m od ification and land fill to level (flatten) the sites for stockp iles and infrastru ctu re. those facilities on lim estone barriers requ ired constru ction of cau sew ays for rail an d road s (crossing high tid al flats), and tid al land m od ification (land fill throu gh d red ge sp oil d isposal) to create sites for infrastru ctu res. barrier island s are not large enou gh to su p p ort infrastru ctu res and so ad joining tid al land s w ere reclaim ed . 5. d iscussion an d con clusion s th e pilbara coast is sp ecial, in com p arison to oth er coasts in au stralia an d globally (sem en iu k, 1996), w ith d istin ctive coastal form s, geoch em ical p rod u cts an d stratigrap h y, all of w h ich reflect a qu atern ary h istory of com p lex sed im en tation , arid ity, an d cyclon ic storm s. as a resu lt, th e coast is d istin gu ish ed by a ran ge of featu res: con stru ction of arid -zon e d eltas, d elta d estru ction an d sed im en t r ed istribu tion , cyclon e-in d u ced erosion an d sed im en tation , m an grove ecology an d associated d ep osits, evolu tion of coastal grou n d w ater h yp ersalin ity, an d form ation of beach rock, h igh -tid al cru sts an d gyp su m p recip itates, am on gst oth ers. th e pilbara coast th u s p r ovid es a globally im p ortan t m od el, unparalleled elsewhere in the an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 9 world, for th e d evelop m en t of a ran ge of m egascale lan d form s th rou gh to sm aller -scale geom orp h ic, sed im en tary, strat igrap h ic, an d d iagen etic p rod u cts d evelop ed w ith in an arid clim ate, p rovid in g for th e earth scien ces an im p ortan t an d u n iqu e m od el of a rid zon e coastal sed im en tation , d iagen esis, an d stratigrap h ic evolu tion (sem en iu k, 1996). loss of geoheritage valu es and geod iversity along the pilbara coast d enies hu m anity the op p ortu n ity to learn of the globally im portant great stories of coastal history and geological prod u cts that this region has to offer or (w here alread y d estroyed ) had to offer. this is a factor that bohle (2015) highlights by em phasizing the im p ortance of “selling” earth sciences throu gh storylines to raise the consciou sness of the pu blic in regard s to the im p ortance of the geosciences in d aily life, bu t w e ad d the im portance of the geosciences to u nd erstand ing earth history, earth d iversity, and u ltim ately biod iversity. som e of th e in d u strial im p acts alon g th e pilb ara coast took p lace d u rin g th e 1960s to 1980s in ign oran ce of th e sign ifican ce of th is coast bu t recen t p orts at on slow an d cap e preston w ere con stru cted after th e p rin cip les an d con cep ts of geoh eritage an d biological con serv ation w ere establish ed . moreover, th ere are in d u strial a ctivities p resen tly bein g p lan n ed or exp an d ed w ith cu rren t kn ow led ge th at th e pilbara coast is a globally u n iqu e. for exam p le, p lan n in g for coastal in d u stries in th e pilb ara region is based on a rep ort by dover con su ltan ts (1995) w h ich ad vocates a sp ecial em p h asis on “m axim izin g th e n atu ral ad van tages of western au stralia ” by p rom otin g n ew coastal h eavy in d u stry ass ociated w ith d eep w ater p orts in clu d in g fu rth er d evelop m en t at dam p ier, karrath a an d port h ed lan d . in ad d ition , th e dep artm en t of resou rces develop m en t an d th e dep artm en t of min erals an d en ergy, actively p rom ote d eve lop m en t of th e pilbara th rou gh its pilbara d evelop m en t com m ission , based on th e pilbara 21 rep ort (pilbara 21 stu d y grou p , 1992), as w ell as on stu d ies su ch as th e basic raw mat erials su rvey karrath a (martin ick, 1997), an d th e activities of geological su rvey of western au stralia (ru d d u ck, 1999). th ese govern m en t bo d ies h ave d evelop m en t an d econ om ic grow th as an over-rid in g p arad igm , leavin g en viron m e n tal m atters to th e en viron m en tal protection a u th ority (epa). h ow ever, if th e epa reco m m en d s again st a given d ev elop m en t on en v iron m en tal grou n d s, th e h istorical tren d h as been to d rive d evelop m en t by min isterial d ecision s an d u se of th e state agreem en ts act. each state agreem en t is n egotiated ad h oc to be th en ratified as an act of parliam en t to en able th e p roject to p roceed ou tsid e m ost state law s, afford in g p rivileges an d en viron m en tal con cession s to facilitate d eve lop m en t (h illm an , 2006). develop m en t h as ch an ged irreversibly th e ch aracter an d p oten tial of th e pilbara (kerr, 1979) w ith loss of m an y geoh eritage sites an d a cu ltu ral d islocation as a resu lt of u n p lan n ed exp loitation of m in eral resou rces in an en v iron m en tally u n iqu e region . th is ou tcom e is th e p rod u ct of over forty years of ad h oc p lan n in g d ecision s an d resou rce exp loitation for sh ortterm econ om ic ben efit of th e d evelop m en t p artn ers, i.e., th e state govern m en t an d th e d evelop ers, con trad ictin g kerr's op tim istic p red iction of th e social an d econ om ic ben efits th at d evelop m en t w ou ld brin g. clearly, w ith th e sp ecial n atu re of th e pilbara coast in term s of its rich geoh eritage an d th e typ e of econ om ically-d riven d evelop m en ts alread y u n d ertaken , th ere is a n eed for strategic p lan n in g an d p olicy d evelop m en t th at can balan ce th e con flictin g asp ects of geoh eritage, in d igen ou s cu ltu re, an d th e p u rsu it of w ealth by exp loitin g raw m ater ials. to d ate, little h as been carried ou t in th is regard in term s of p olicy. th is case stu d y of p ort d evelop m en t alon g th e pilbara coast h igh ligh ts th e con flictin g an d in variably com p etin g valu es p resen t in th e u se of n atu ral coastal geoh eritage. su bstan tial tracts of th e coast of th is an cien t lan d scap e h ave been an d con tin u e to be overp rin ted by resou rce d evelop m en t based on govern m en t p olicies th at h ave n ot been p u blicly d ebated . decision s h ave been an d con tin u e to be m ad e ad h oc, an d are fou n d ed on cap italist valu es. du e to in d iffe ren ce an d ign oran ce, or both , of th e n atu ral v a lu es of th e pilbara coast, th ese d ecision s h ave resu lted in a loss or m od ification of tribal lan d s, loss of an cien t rock art sites, an d loss of areas rich in geoh eritage valu es. th e pilbara is m in eral rich an d as it is fu rth er exp loited for m in erals, it m ay be exp ected to see m ore p orts. a fu n d am en tal p h ilosop h y th at an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 10 w ou ld be en viron m en t-frien d ly w ou ld be state-w id e p lan n in g th at lim its th e n u m ber of p orts in th e region , i.e., rath er th an h avin g a m u ltip licity of p orts, com m en su rate w ith every m in in g com p an y th at is floated , th ere n eed s to be p lan n in g su ch th at th ere is a cen tralized a p p roach . an oth er im p ortan t asp ect to d iscu ss is th at western man , in western au stralia, sees th e n atu ral en viron m en t as a resou rce to exp loit or u tilise. rath er th an th e pilbara coast bein g seen as a u n iqu e coastal “w ild ern ess”, it is view ed as “a place for man an d n atu re”, w ith clearin g of vegetation , levellin g of rocky terrain for bu ild in g sites, in stallin g tran sp ortable bu ild in g, d iggin g tren ch es for p ip es, brin gin g in p lastic ch airs, etc., w h ich em p h asizes th e id ea th at “man is p art of n atu re” regard less th at man brin gs in u n n atu ral an d artificial stru ctu res an d com p on en ts. th is w e reject, an d view th at th e pilbara coast is a globally d istin ct en viron m en t m u ch of w h ich is w ild an d n atu ral an d sh ou ld be left as a w ild ern ess. th e p roblem s h igh ligh ted for th e pilba ra coast are sim ilar to th e p roblem s an d geoeth ics in volved th at are cu rren tly bein g faced in eastern au stralia, e.g., d evelop in g p orts for econ om ic/ em p loym en t op p ortu n ities in th e r egion of th e great barrier reef world h eritage area (un esco, 2014). bu t su ch p roblem s exten d beyon d au stralia th ey are p revalen t th rou g h ou t th e world an d n eed ad d ressin g in p rin cip le to fin d “a w ay-ou t-of-th e-con u n d ru m ”. su ggestion s to h elp resolve su ch p roblem s in clu d e: brin gin g geoh eritage in to th e co n sciou sn ess of con serv ation m an agers so th at it is ad d ressed in d evelop m en t p rop osals an d p lan s; creatin g an in ven tory of coastal featu res an d id en tifyin g th eir sign ifican ce (u sin g th e geoh eritage toolkit of brocx an d sem en iu k, 2009); an d coastal zon es id en tified as of h igh sign ifican ce sh ou ld be treated as h igh geocon servation zon es (th e exten t th at man in tru d es, or m an ages, or h as m u ltip le u se of th e oth er coastal zon es of lesser sign ifican ce sh ou ld be treated in a grad ed r esp on se). geoeth ics, w ith an objective to p rotect th e earth an d featu res of geology, as a n ew em ergin g en d eavor (as d iscu ssed by pep p olon i an d di cap u a, 2015b), n eed s to be ad d ressed by regu latory an d coastal m an a gin g agen cies. referen ces albrecht g. and ellis n . (2014). the ethics of resou rce extraction and processing: tw o western au stralian case stu d ies. in: bru eckner m., du rey a., mayes r. and pforr c. (ed s), resou rce cu rse or cu re? on the su stainability of develop m ent in western au stralia. sp rin ger-verlag berlin. pp 43-57. black j.l., macleod i.d. and sm ith b.w. (2017). theoretical effects of ind u strial em issions on colou r change at rock art sites on bu rru p peninsu la, western au stralia. jou rnal of archaeological science: rep orts, 12: 457-462, http:/ / d x.d oi.org/ 10.1016/ j.jasrep.2017.02.026. bohle m. (2015). sim ple geoethics: an essay on d aily earth science. in: pep p oloni s. and di capu a g. (ed s), geoethics: the role and responsibility of geoscientists, the lyell collection, the geological society special issu e, 419, http:/ / d oi.org/ 10.1144/ sp419.3. brocx m. (2008). geoheritage: from global p erspectives to local p rincip les for conservation and p lanning. western au stralian mu seu m (monograp h). 175p. isbn 978-1-920843-35-9. brocx m. and sem eniu k v. (2007). geoheritage and geoconservation history, d efinition, scope and scale. jou rnal of the royal society of western au stralia, 90: 53-87. brocx m. and sem eniu k v. (2009). develop ing a tool-kit for geoheritage and geoconservation in western au stralia. progeo n ew s, (1): 5-9. brocx m. and sem eniu k v. (2010).the geoheritage significance of crystals. geology tod ay, 26: 216-225. brocx m. and sem eniu k v. (2015). the solar salt pond s along the pilbara coast, western au stralia a case stu d y of a coastline of global geoheritage significance u sed for ind u strial pu rposes. in: wyss m. and pep p oloni s. (ed s), geoethics: the role and resp onsibility of geoscientists. the lyell collection, the geological society special issu e, 419, http:/ / d x.d oi.org/ 10.1144/ sp419.18. bru eckner m., du rey a., mayes r. and pforr c. (ed s) (2014). resou rce cu rse or cu re? on the su stainability of developm ent in western au stralia, sp ringer-verlag berlin. dep artm ent of mines, ind u stry regu lation and safety (2017). mineral and petroleu m statistics d igest 2016-2017. governm ent of western au stralia, perth, western au stralia. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 11 donald son m. (2011). und erstand ing the rocks: rock art and the geology of mu ru ju ga (bu rru p peninsu la). the jou rnal of the au stralian rock art research association, 28: 35-43. dover con su ltan ts (1995). a backgrou n d p ap er for a state h eavy in d u stry p olicy: a su bm ission to govern m en t. rep ort to dep artm en t of resou rces develop m en t, perth , western au stralia. geological su rvey of western au stralia (1990). th e geology of western au stralia. geolog ical su rvey of western au stralia mem oir 3. h arm an e.j. an d h ead b.w. (ed s) (1982). state, cap ital an d resou rces in th e n orth an d w est of au stralia. un iversity of western au stra lia press, n ed lan d s, western au stralia. h arrison r. (2009). th e arch aeology of th e port h ed lan d coastal p lain an d im p lica tion s for u n d erstan d in g th e p reh istory of sh ell m ou n d s an d m id d en s in n orth w estern au stralia. arch aeology in ocean ia, 44: 81-98. h ickm an a.t. (1983). geology of th e pilbara block an d its en viron s: western au stralia geological su rvey, bu lletin 127. h illm an r. (2006). th e fu tu re role for state agreem en ts in western au stralia, h ttp :/ / w w w .au stlii.ed u .au / au / jou rn als/ a urelaw jl/ 2006/ 58.p d f (accessed 28 febru ary 2018). jacobs m. (1995). su stain ability an d com m u n ity: en viron m en t, econ om ic ration alism an d th e sen se of p lace. au stralian plan n er, 32(2):109-115. h orn e d. (1964). th e lu cky cou n try. pen gu in books, au stralia. kerr a. (1979). min in g d evelop m en ts in au stralia’s n orth west. in : gen tilli j. (ed ), western lan d scap es. un iversity of western au stralia press, perth . martini g. (ed ) (1993). actes d u prem ier sym p osiu m international su r la p rotection au patr im onie geologiqu e. [proceed ings of the first sym p osiu m on earth h eritage conserv ation, digne, france, 11.16 ju ne 1991]. mem oires d e la societé géologiqu e d e france, n s p165, 276. martin ick w.g. (1997). basic raw m aterial su rvey, karrath a. rep ort by martin ick an d a ssociates p/ l to dep artm en t of resou rces develop m en t, perth . mcdon ald j.o. an d veth p. (2009). dam p ier arch ip elago p etroglyp h s: arch aeology, scien tific valu es an d n ation al h eritage listin g. arch aeology in ocean ia, 44: 49-69. mu lvaney k. (2011). abou t tim e: tow ard s a sequ encing of the dam p ier archipelago p etr oglyphs of the pilbara region, western au stralia. record s of the western au stralian mu seu m su p plem ent, 79, part 1, p p . 30-49, 10.18195/ issn.0313-122x.79.2011.030-049. mu lvan ey k. (2015). mu ru ju ga marn i. un ive rsity of western au stralian press, craw ley, western au stralia. pep p olon i s. an d di cap u a g. (2015a). in trod u ction . in : pep p olon i s. an d di cap u a g. (ed s), geoeth ics: th e role an d resp on sibility of geoscien tists. th e lyell collection , th e geological society sp ecial issu e, 419: 14, h ttp s:/ / d oi.org/ 10.1144/ sp419.21. pep p olon i s. an d di cap u a g. (2015b). ch ap ter 1: th e mean in g of geoeth ics. in : wyss m. an d pep p olon i s. (ed s), geoeth ics: eth ical ch allen ges an d case stu d ies in earth scien ces. elsevier, am sterd am , isbn 978-0-12799935-7, p p 3-14. pforr c., dowling r. and new som e d. (2014). geotou rism: a su stainable developm ent alternative for rem ote locations in western au stralia? in: bru eckner m., du rey a., mayes r. and pforr c. (ed s), resou rce cu rse or cu re? on the su stainability of development in western au stralia. springer-verlag berlin, pp 152-162. pilbara 21 stu d y grou p (1992). final strategy r eport / pilbara 21. perth, 83 p. ru d d u ck i. (1999). mineral occu rrences and exploration: potential of the west pilbara. geological su rvey of western au stralia, perth. sem eniu k v. (1996). coastal form s and qu aternary processes along the arid pilbara coast of n orthw estern au stralia. palaeogeography palaeoclim atology palaeoecology, 123: 49-84. sem eniu k v. (2012). pred icted resp onse of coastal w etland s to clim ate changes a western au stralian m od el. h yd robiologia, vol. 708, issu e 1, p. 23-43, d oi: 10.1007/ s10750-012-1159-0. sem eniu k v. and cressw ell i.d. (2018). au stralian m angroves – anthrop ogenic im p acts by ind u stry, agricu ltu re, ports, and u rbanisation. in: finkl c.w. and makow ski c. (ed s), threats to mangrove forests: h azard s, vu lnerability, and managem ent, dord recht, the n etherland s: sp ringer (in press). an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7495 12 un esco (2014). great barrier reef state of conservation, http:/ / whc.unesco.org/ en/ news/ 1099 (accessed 28 febru ary 2018). v & c sem eniu k research grou p (1996). coastal typ es, m angroves, and ind u strial im p acts along the arid pilbara coast, volu m es 1-12, 1994-1996. report to dep artm ent of resou rces developm ent, perth. cop y hou sed in the battye library in perth by the wetland s research association. vol49_1_2006def 311 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 1, february 2006 key words hyperspectral remote sensing – urban land use – vegetation distribution – classification 1. introduction the final aim of the work presented in this paper is to develop a methodology for the characterization of an urban environment for environmental monitoring. this topic is extremely interesting and urgent, given the huge amount of problems in urban areas related to environmental risks. these risks can be somehow quantified using remote sensed, and especially hyperspectral, data. indeed, there are already some examples of urban hyperspectral data analysis. in marino et al. (2000) the authors present urban material characterization, while in xiao et al. (1999) vegetation canopies and tree analysis in a so called «urban forest» is addressed. land cover classification and sealed parts detection in urban areas are considered in segl et al. (2000), heiden et al. (2001), roessner et al. (2001a). in all of these papers the need for hyperspectral data for corhysens data exploitation for urban land cover analysis fabio dell’acqua (1), paolo gamba (1), vittorio casella (2), francesco zucca (3), jon atli benediktsson (4), graeme wilkinson (5), andre galli (6), eva savina malinverni (7), graeme jones (8), darrel greenhill (8) and lennart ripke (8) (1) dipartimento di elettronica, facoltà di ingegneria, università degli studi di pavia, italy (2) dipartimento di ingegneria edile e del territorio (diet), facoltà di ingegneria, università degli studi di pavia, italy (3) dipartimento di scienze della terra, facoltà di scienze matematiche fisiche e naturali, università degli studi di pavia, italy (4) department of electrical and computer engineering, university of iceland, reyjkavik, iceland (5) general faculty of technology, lincoln university, lincoln, u.k. (6) facoltà di agraria, università politecnica delle marche, ancona, italy (7) facoltà di ingegneria, università politecnica delle marche, ancona, italy (8) digital imaging research centre, school of computing and information systems, kingston university, surrey, u.k. abstract this paper addresses the use of hysens airborne hyperspectral data for environmental urban monitoring. it is known that hyperspectral data can help to characterize some of the relations between soil composition, vegetation characteristics, and natural/artificial materials in urbanized areas. during the project we collected dais and rosis data over the urban test area of pavia, northern italy, though due to a late delivery of rosis data only dais data was used in this work. here we show results referring to an accurate characterization and classification of land cover/use, using different supervised approaches, exploiting spectral as well as spatial information. we demonstrate the possibility to extract from the hyperspectral data information which is very useful for environmental characterization of urban areas. mailing address: dr. fabio dell’acqua, dipartimento di elettronica, facoltà di ingegneria, università degli studi di pavia, via ferrata 1, 27100 pavia, italy; e-mail: fabio.dellacqua@unipv.it 312 fabio dell’acqua et al. rectly accomplishing these tasks is clear, and the reasons may be summarized as follows: – imaging spectrometry helps to characterize urban sealing and soil composition, providing in a unique way information useful to define the risks of urban runoff and flooding. – hyperspectral imaging may allow identifying and cataloguing potentially dangerous construction materials that have been used for coverings in the past (e.g., asbestos concrete). – hyperspectral data acquired in the thermal infrared are useful in studies of urban heat effects, to establish the correlation between building material composition, heat flux and ground temperature. our project aims at producing detailed land cover maps exploiting the potentials of hyperspectral mapping, since it has been demonstrated (roessner et al., 2001b) that significant improvements in classification of urban areas could be achieved using the spectral surface characteristics in the visible and near-infrared range, with a suitable spectral resolution. more in detail, we want to propose precise and useful algorithms for: – characterization and classification of land cover in urban areas using supervised approaches. – correlation of the spectral characteristics of urban cover materials with their geometry and illumination conditions. – definition of the vegetation status and corresponding risk maps for air pollution. – in summary, medium and high-resolution characterization of urban environment that includes built structures, road networks, etc. finally, it is worth noting that recent technical studies show that more refined results can be obtained by combining hyperspectral measurements with those from different, complementary sensors or data sets (madhok and landgrebe, 1999) or by combining hyperspectral and radar measurements (gamba and houshmand, 2001; see also nevatia et al., 1999). so, to make the study more effective, hyperspectral data were collected over an urban area where a multi-sensor data set is already available (ers, sir-c/x-sar, landsat, ikonos, erosa1, as well as multitemporal aerial data). an integrated system has been designed, and is currently under extensive testing, to manage this rather large data set (costamagna et al., 2001). data used in this work come from the eu funded hysens project, proposed by the dlr (german aerospace agency) to make the access to research infrastructures easier. in this frame, free access to the data from dlr’s airborne imaging spectrometers dais 7915 (digital airborne imaging spectrometer) and rosis (reflective optics system imaging spectrometer) were offered to the european remote sensing community. imaging spectrometer data sets acquired over test areas proposed by the individual user groups were system corrected and calibrated to at-sensor radiance. dais and rosis have a spectral resolution capable of delineating the highly complex land uses, covers and patterns of urban environments, uncovering environmental degradation, such as vegetation stress and soil/artificial materials decomposition. however, environmental urban analysis is a new development in remote sensing (ben-dor et al., 1998), for which suitable analysis tools are required. in the following we will show a more detailed description of the collected data set, the methodology implemented in the project, and some preliminary results obtained with dais data, referring to supervised classification approaches, exploiting spectral as well as spatial information. 2. data set the data used in this work correspond to the records of four flight lines over the urban area of pavia, northern italy, acquired in the summer of 2002. the area was imaged by means of both dais and rosis, with different spatial and spectral resolution. the flight altitude was chosen as the lowest available for the airplane (about 1500 m), which resulted in the finest spatial resolution, i.e. 2.6 and 1.2 m for dais and rosis, respectively. the lines were chosen so that the higher resolution sensor (rosis) covered the whole urban area. therefore, the images from the dais sensor are partially overlapping, which will allow studying the effects of the directional reflectance of urban materials on mapping accuracy. unfortunately, due to unprecedented problems with the recorder of navigation parame313 hysens data exploitation for urban land cover analysis ters, no rosis data was provided so far to our team and thus only dais data were analysed. during the flight campaign, many ancillary data were collected, and in particular a detailed inspection of the materials in portions of the urban area was performed. ground spectrometer and sun spectrometer data were collected as a support for the atmospheric correction procedure (relying on modtran), which requires the availability of both ground and at-sensor spectra for a number of land cover cases. only atmospherically corrected data were then used in this work. 3. methodology accurate georeferencing is required to make maps obtained from high spatial resolution data useful for comparison with other data sources and for integration into a gis. for this reason one of the efforts of this work has been the choice of an algorithm to obtain such a result. the work was then devoted to information extraction from the hysens imagery using different approaches for urban and non-urban areas, whose results were then combined. the main reason for processing the data in two parts is that the characteristics of scenes are very different. for the urban part, spatial structure plays a very important role in discrimination. for classification of the non-urban area, the spectral information is of prime importance. the main features were extracted from both data sets using two well established extraction methods, namely discriminant analysis feature extraction (dafe) and decision boundary feature extraction (dbfe) (landgrebe, 2003). classification algorithms were then applied to both the original data and the extracted features. for urban areas, the neuro-fuzzy spectral + +spatial approach outlined in gamba and dell’acqua (2003) was followed, and results compared with that of classical classification algorithms. for non-urban areas, instead, the data were assumed to be gaussian distributed. a very limited number of labeled training samples is available, as the scene is mainly urban. therefore, methods based on the use of enhanced statistics (landgrebe, 2003) were applied. the enhanced statistics methods use some unlabeled samples to improve the estimates of the parameters used in the classification. the maximum likelihood classifier was used for classification. the methodology applied may be summarized in fig. 1, and corresponds to the structure of this paper, where the next section will be devoted to geocoding issues, while section 5 will provide some examples of classification results exploiting spatial as well as spectral characteristics of the urban environment. for the vegetation, ndvi was calculated over the entire image after averaging red and ir bands; the ndvi image was then processed to extract the weighted mean patch size (wmps) index and the lacunarity index which were then used to characterize the distribution of vegetation inside the considered urban area. 4. geocoding to geocode the dais images, two nonparametric methods were experimented. a polynomial geometric correction was carried out using ground control points (gcps) selected manually from 1:2000 vector topographic maps and a polynomial cubic function. for the fig. 1. the work flow of the research presented in this paper. 314 fabio dell’acqua et al. flight line 2 we used 28 gcps, distributed over the whole area obtaining the average rms error of 1 pixel. the same procedure was followed for the flight line 3 with 36 gcps resulting in an average rms error of 0.91 pixel. to improve the accuracy another method was tested. the software pci orthoengine 8.2 satellite project was used to carry out geometric corrections based on rational functions (see dowman and dolloff, 2000), where the relation between ground points and corresponding image points is defined as a ratio of polynomials. no system data is needed, but a dem is necessary, as well as a minimum number of gcps, related to the degree of the polynomial employed. we performed the geocoding of the image line 3 using 33 gcps and a polynomial of the 2nd order, resulting in an average rms error in x pixel coordinate of about 0.26 and y pixel coordinate of about 0.27. the rectified images (line 2 and line 3) were resampled using nearest neighbour so as to retain the spectral scale values for subsequent multispectral classification. 5. urban mapping after geocoding, urban land cover mapping and classification was considered. as a preliminary step, an analysis of the spectra of materials commonly found in the urban area was performed, using cnr spectral library. as a consequence, after proper radiometric and atmospheric calibration (based on modtran, berk et al., 1989), and taking into account the spatial ground dimension of the dais pixel, nine cover classes were considered, namely water, tree, asphalt, parking (asphalt with some concrete and soil), bitumen, bricks, meadow, bare soil, shadow. more refined classes are expected to be found after proper analysis of the results of this preliminary processing step of the data set. 5.1. spectral and spatial land cover mapping to provide a quantitative evaluation of the classification results, a sample of the data was considered (fig. 2), and ground truth was provided by available high resolution aerial and satellite images and with a ground survey. as already mentioned in the previous section, a complete analysis of the urban land cover cannot be obtained without considering both a spectral and a spatial characterization. therefore, we applied either on the original data set or on the one reduced by means of the dafe or bdfe approaches, the neurofuzzy classification chain introduced in gamba and dell’acqua (2003). this is a two step approach, considering first a spectral analysis of the image with a neural approach (spectral artmap), and followed by a re-processing step taking into account the spatial patterns of the first classification map (spatial artmap). the spectral analysis using dbfe processed data provided an overall accuracy of 94.3%, while the data coming from dafe feature extraction process provided a value of 96.7%. after the second step, these values were enhanced to 95.3% and 97%, respectively. see a visual comparison of spectral and spatial classification results in fig. 3a,b and table i. other supervised classification methods were tested on the same area. results, in terms fig. 2. a sample image of the test area used for classification, near the town center (north is to the bottom); this image was obtained by averaging several channels in the visible range of wavelengths. 315 hysens data exploitation for urban land cover analysis fig. 3a-d. classification maps for a) the spectral artmap and b) spatial artmap classifier applied to the data after a dafe analysis; classification maps for c) the echo and d) maximum likelihood classifier applied to the data after a dafe analysis. a b c d table i. accuracy values for artmap applied to the test area in fig. 2. spectral artmap spatial artmap producer’s accuracy user’s accuracy producer’s accuracy user’s accuracy water 100% 100% 100% 100% trees 93.6% 98.8% 94.2% 98.5% asphalt 98.6% 96.9% 98.8% 96.6% parking 96.9% 99.9% 90.9% 92.6% bitumen 99.5% 99.9% 97.7% 99.7% bricks 92% 87.7% 99.4% 99.9% meadow 99.4% 82.7% 99.5% 82.6% bare soil 86.9% 98.3% 87.6% 98.1% shadow 90.9% 81.1% 87.3% 88.5% 316 fabio dell’acqua et al. of classification accuracy, are shown in table ii. the spectral angle mapper (sam) obtained poor results; this is probably due to the choice of the training set, optimized for statistical methods but unsuitable for sam which works best on pure spectra instead. figure 3c,d and table iii present the results for the maximum likelihood and echo classifiers applied after the dafe feature extraction procedure. table iii reports the best of the two results, i.e. the one given by the maximum likelihood classifier. 5.2. urban spatial structure investigation together with accurate urban land cover maps, among the possible spatial characterizations of an urban environment there is a growing need for quality of life indicators. in particular, the availability and distribution of green areas is a good indicator of both the air quality (which heavily affects the quality of life, especially in urban centers) and the possibility to have openair entertainment areas. the approach taken in this work is to characterize the distribution of patches of vegetation in urban areas. as a first processing step, the pixels in our dais data set were classified into vegetative or non-vegetative pixels using the normalized difference vegetation index (ndvi, tucker and sellers, 1986). the red bands 7 to 12 (0.63 to 0.70 mm) were averaged to make a red image, and the near infrared bands 16 to 21 (0.76 to 0.85 mm) were averaged to make a near infrared image. the ndvi image was then thresholded to create an image that contains patches of vegetative pixels. these patches were then analyzed using two metrics: a weighted mean patch size metric and a lacunarity metric. the weighted mean patch size (wmps) index (li and archer, 1997) calculates the patch area weighted by the number of patches in the scene possessing that area. an image was derived which shows the wmps calculated over a local window within the image. a window is moved across the image in a raster scan fashion, and the wmps is assigned to the central pixel in each window. the wmps image thereby shows the spatial distribution of patches within the image. the lacunarity index (plotnick et al., 1993) shows the variability of size of vegetated patches, and is an indicator of «clumpiness». in a way similar to the wmps, it has been applied to calculate a single value for each point in the scene. the lacunarity index has an additional parameter known as the box size, which results in a lacunarity image for each box size; results are shown in fig. 4a-d. these experiments should help provide new insights into landscape structure, which can be exploited in land use planning and in the creation of heuristics for planning sustainable urban development. thresholding the normalized difference vegetation index (ndvi) pixels are classified into vegetative or non-vegetative pixels. the quality of the lacunarity and weighted mean patch size (wmps) metrics is determined by the robustness of this classification. the upper table iii. accuracy values for maximum likelihood classifier applied to the test area in fig. 2. producer accuracy user accuracy water 100% 100% trees 95.2% 98.3% asphalt 96.2% 98.9% parking 91.6% 82.2% bitumen 98.3% 99.4% bricks 99.8% 99.2% meadow 98.4% 90.1% bare soil 94.3% 97.7% shadow 89.2% 82.7% table ii. overall accuracy values for the test area in fig. 2. original data dbfe dafe maximum likelihood 95.6% 96.3% 97.6% fisher 97% 96.7% 97% minimum distances 73.6% 87% 96.6% echo 95.6% 96.3% 97.6% sam with 0.05 rad 87.4% = = 317 hysens data exploitation for urban land cover analysis and lower areas of the image (fig. 4a-d) contain the most vegetative pixels (displayed in white in fig. 4b). these regions also have the highest lacunarity (fig. 4c) and wmps (fig. 4d). the centre of the region is mostly urban, and has low values for both metrics. a large number of ecological metrics are available and it is important to establish which are the most useful. early results from this work appear to suggest that for environmentally sustainable land use in sub-urban areas local wmps should be maintained at values equivalent to 0.16 km2 and lacunarity at values exceeding 2.0 at box size 28 ×28 m and exceeding 1.4 at box size 204×204 m. these values are intended to ensure that a relatively low density of housing is maintained with a good clustering of local green areas, which would be supportive of recreation and diversification of flora and fauna. 6. conclusions and future work this work shows that it is possible to extract from hyperspectral data very important inforfig. 4a-d. a) the area of interest; b) ndvi image of the same area, thresholded at 0.5; c) lacunarity image (window size 251, box size 9); d) wmps image (window size 251). c d ba 318 fabio dell’acqua et al. mation, useful for the environmental characterization of urban areas. even if in its preliminary stages, this research has shown many potentialities for urban remote sensing. the co-registration of overlapping areas acquired by the dais in parallel flight lines having opposite directions opens the possibility to characterize urban materials considering also directionality effects. this study will be helped by a number of precise ground reflectance measurements, made available thanks to cnr efforts. acknowledgements the authors wish to thank the dlr for performing the campaign and providing the data within the framework of the hysens project and the cnr for collecting the ground reflectance data and the atmospheric calibration data and for their support. references ben-dor, e., n. levin and h. saaroni (1998): utilization of imaging spectrometry in urban areas: a case study over tel-aviv, israel using the casi sensor, in proceedings of the 1st earsel workshop on imaging spectrometry, zurich, switzerland, 473-479. berk, a., l.s. bernstein and d.c. robertson (1989): modtran: a moderate resolution model for lowtran 7 (phillips lab., hanscom afb, ma), tech. rep. gl-tr-89-0122. costamagna, e., p. gamba and v. casella (2001): environmental applications of the mura di pavia project, in proceedings of the international workshop on geo-spatial knowledge processing for natural resource management (cd-rom). dowman, i. and j.t. dolloff (2000): an evaluation of rational functions for photogrammetric restitution, in iaprs, amsterdam, vol. xxxiii. gamba, p. and f. dell’acqua (2003): improved multiband urban classification using a neuro-fuzzy classifier, int. j.remote sensing, 24 (4), 827-834. gamba, p. and b. houshmand (2001): integration of aviris and ifsar data for improved 3d urban profile reconstruction, photogramm. eng. remote sensing, 67 (8), 947-956. heiden, u., s. roessner, k. seg and h. kaufmann (2001): analysis of spectral signatures of urban surfaces for area-wide identification using hyperspectral hymap data, in proceedings of the ieee/isprs joint workshop on data fusion and urban remote sensing over urban areas, rome, italy, 173-176. landgrebe, d.a. (2003): signal theory methods in multispectral remote sensing (john wiley and sons, hoboken, new jersey). li, b.-l. and s. archer (1997): weighted mean patch size: a robust index for quantifying landscape structure, ecol. modelling, 102, 353-361. madhok, v. and d. landgrebe (1999): supplementing hyperspectral data with digital elevation, in proceedings of the international geoscience and remote sensing symposium (igarss ‘99), hamburg, germany, june 28-july 2, 1999, iee 1999 international, 1, 59-61, doi: 10.1109/igarss.1999.773400. marino, c.m., c. panigada, l. busetto, a. galli and m. boschetti (2000): environmental applications of airborne hyperspectral remote sensing: asbestos concrete sheeting identification and mapping, in proceedings of the 14th international conference and workshops on applied geologic remote sensing, august 2000, las vegas, nevada, u.s.a., cd-rom. nevatia, r., a. huertas and z. kim (1999): the muri project for rapid feature extraction in urban areas, in isprs: automatic extraction of gis objects from digital imagery, munich, 3-14. plotnick, r.e., r.h. gardner and r.v. o’neill (1993): lacunarity indices as measures of landscape texture, landscape ecol., 8, 201-211. roessner, s., k. segl, u. heiden and h. kaufmann (2001a): automated differentiation of urban surfaces based on airborne hyperspectral imagery, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 39 (7), 1525-1532. roessner s., k. segl, u. heiden and h. kaufmann (2001b): analysis of spectral signatures of urban surfaces for their identification using hyperspectral hymap data, in proceedings of the ieee/isprs joint workshop on data fusion and remote sensing over urban areas, 8-9 november, rome, italy, 173-177. segl, k., s. roessner and u. heiden (2000): differentiation of urban surfaces based on hyperspectral image data and a multi-technique approach, in proceedings of the ieee geoscience and remote sensing symposium, honolulu, vol. 4, 1600-1602. tucker, c.j. and p.j. sellers (1986): satellite remote sensing of primary production, int. j. remote sensing, 7, 1395-1416. xiao, q., s.l. austin, e.g. mcpherson and p.j. peper (1999): characterization of the structure and species composition of urban trees using high resolution aviris data, in proceedings of the aviris workshop, pasadena, ca. muography of the puy de dôme annals of geophysics, 60, 1, 2017, s0105; doi:10.4401/ag-7380 s0105 muography of the puy de dôme pasquale noli1,*, fabio ambrosino1,2, lorenzo bonechi3, alan bross4, luigi cimmino1, raffaello d’alessandro3,5, vincenzo masone1, nicola mori3,5, giuseppe passeggio1, anna pla-dalmau4, giulio saracino1,2, enrico scarlini3,4, paolo strolin1,2 1 istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di napoli, naples, italy 2 università di napoli federico ii, dipartimento di fisica, naples, italy 3 istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di firenze, sesto fiorentino, florence, italy 4 fermilab, batavia, illinois, usa 5 università di firenze, dipartimento di fisica e astronomia, sesto fiorentino, florence, italy abstract muon radiography is an imaging technique that relies on the transmission of cosmic muons through matter. it allows the measurement of density maps of large structures such as volcanoes. during the second half of 2013 the muray detector prototype carried out a data taking at the puy de dôme in the framework of the scientific collaboration with the experiment tomuvol in order to compare the results and performance of the two different detectors. both experimental apparatuses measure a muon transmission of some orders of magnitude higher than that expected highlighting a background that perturbs these measures. 1. introduction the puy de dôme is a large lava dome, originating from one of the youngest volcanoes in the region of massif central in south-central france. a campaign of muographic measurements was performed jointly by the muray [ambrosino et al. 2014] and tomuvol [cârloganu et al. 2013] collaborations, using different detector techniques. tomuvol (tomographie muonique des volcans) has been using resistive plate chambers (rpcs). muray (muon radiography) has been using an early prototype of a muon detector of a new generation, based on the use of plastic scintillators. the prototype was still incomplete for optimal background rejection. the purpose of this approach was a better understanding of systematic effects and of backgrounds, by a combined data analysis. the muray detector was installed at the col de ceissat, in a location at 1078 m a.s.l. altitude. the data taking started at the end of june 2013 for about 92 days. we report the detector performances during the data taking and preliminary results, in particular concerning the background. 2. imaging with muons muography is an imaging technique that enables to study the interior of large structures such as volcanoes, mountains or mines through the study of absorption of high energy muons created by the interactions of primary cosmic rays in the upper earth’s atmosphere. the absorption depends on the thickness and the density of the traversed rock. its measurement provides data to construct a map of the average density of the crossed rock. muography can directly image the inner structure of volcanoes in order to show the possible presence of lava conduits, dikes or zones with different densities. conventional measurement methods (gravimetric, seismological or electromagnetic) achieve resolutions of the order of several 100 m. in optimal acquisition conditions, muography can improve the resolution by one order of magnitude, though limited to the volcano edifice. moreover, combined with other techniques it enriches the information with a sheer density measurement that can help in solving ambiguities and disentangling the structural information. the first application of the cosmic-ray muon flux to detect density variations in a large structure dates back almost 40 years and it is due to luis alvarez [alvarez et al. 1970]. he investigated the internal structure of the pyramid of the chefren pharaon, looking for an unknown burial chamber. indeed, unlike in the pyramids article history received july 5, 2016; accepted october 5, 2016. subject classification: detector, muon radiography, volcano, cosmic rays, muon. of his father cheope and of his grandfather sneferu, in the chefren pyramid only one burial chamber has been found suggesting the existence of a hidden chamber. using a muon detector based on the spark chamber technique, alvarez and collaborators measured the directional cosmic ray flux penetrating through the pyramid. the technique was proven to be successful, although no evidence of a hidden chamber was found. new technologies were needed for the development of detectors suitable for more extensive applications of muography. since 2003, muography is being applied to volcanoes in japan, france and italy. the breakthrough occurred in 2007, almost forty years after alvarez, providing an image of internal structure of the summit of mt. asama in japan [tanaka et al. 2007]. so far, muon radiographies have been performed in japan over rock thicknesses of less than 1 km. for a substantial progress in the practical application of muography, the sensitivity must be improved one or two orders of magnitude. to that purpose, the most critical item is background rejection. muography implies a multi-disciplinary effort, as the basic detection techniques come from particle physics. 3. the muray detector the muray muon telescope is based on the use of plastic scintillators bars. volcanic areas are usually characterized by a hard environment and by difficulties of access, requiring a modular structure to ease transportation and installation. the basic “module” consists of a planar array of 32 plastic scintillator bars (1 m long) (figure 1) with triangular cross-section and a central hole to allocate a wave-length shifting (wls) fibre (figure 2). the triangular cross-section allows the construction of very compact, crack-free planar arrays. moreover, the weighted average of the light output produced by two adjacent bars enables improving the spatial resolution. the scintillator bars similar to those used in the d0 [baringer et al. 2001] and minerva (http://minerva. fnal.gov) experiments have been produced by extrusion at the fermilab nicadd facility. the scintillator is doped with blue-emitting fluorescent compounds (ppo 1% and popop 0.03%). the central hole is co-extruded, together with a 0.25 mm thick titanium oxide coating that increases the internal reflectivity and shields from environmental light. the wls shifting fibres carry the light produced by a particle crossing the scintillators to silicon photomultipliers (sipm), a recent solid-state technology that in a number of applications is replacing the photo-multiplier tubes. their low power consumption (less than 1 mw per channel) is an important feature for applications on sites where an electricity supply is not available. on the other hand, the temperature dependence of their gain requires special attention to monitor and control the sipms temperature by a cooling system. at the puy de dôme, the front-end electronics of each module was based on the asic chip spiroc, especially developed for sipms by the omega group at lal, cnrs-in2p3 (http://omega.in2p3.fr). in later developments, the spiroc chip has been upgraded to the easiroc chip. the chip has 32 channels, the correct number to equip one module. it is hosted on a hybrid printed circuit board, where the electro-optical connector and the data acquisition electronics of the module are also located. the front-end board (“slave” boards) of each module generates an or signal from its 32 bars (or32), which triggers local data acquisition and is sent to a “master” board. on the basis of the or32 from all modules, the master board generates a trigger that is sent to the slaves for data transmission to the master itself. a detector “plane” consists of two adjacent modules, with 64 scintillator bars in total that are read out by two independent front-end boards. it has an area of about 1 × 1 m2 area and gives one of the two coordinates (x or y) of the impact point of the muon. two planes with orthogonal bars form an x-y station. the muon telescope at the puy de dôme consisted of three x-y stations, assembled on an aluminium alloy support frame (figure 3). a 3 cm thick iron plate, was inserted near the central station, as a pre-shower to identify and reject electrons. the support frame can be rotated in the horizontal plane, in particular to acquire data with the muon telescope pointing to the free sky for calibration purposes. the muon trajectory is reconstructed by a linear fit of the x-y-z positions of the hits in the three stations, where z is the longitudinal coordinate. the tracking redundancy provided by three stations rejects noli et al. 2 figure 2. the triangular profile of the scintillators. figure 1. a module with 32 scintillator bars. the wavelength shifting fibers and their connector are visible. 3 the background induced by cosmic-ray showers simultaneously hitting the three stations. the three stations also reduce the probability of accidental triggers produced by thermal noise in the sipms. in the future, a further background rejection will come from a timeof-flight measurement to discriminate muons coming from the opposite direction. the background from stray particles of low energy coming from the correct direction is less straightforward to handle. its estimate is among the aims of the measurement campaign at the puy de dôme. 4. muon track reconstruction the first step in muon track reconstruction is performed independently for each detector module and consists in clustering hits above threshold. the aim is the reconstruction of the coordinates corresponding to muon trajectories, as input to the following step that consists in the reconstruction of the muon tracks. among advantages, the use of a solid-state technology as the sipms implies handling the dark rate from thermal noise. for this purpose, a calibration of each channel is periodically performed. all channels are acquired randomly, giving the distribution of their electronic pedestal and the dark noise. the distribution of the pedestals of each channel has a peak with specific width and amplitude, which depend on the entire electronic chain. a signal from a sipm is selected for further analysis if it is at least 5 rms above the pedestal amplitude. adjacent bars produce a cluster with size equal to their number. each cluster is characterized by its position (average of the positions of the corresponding bars), by the number of its bars and by the cluster size, i.e. by the total number of rms from the pedestal amplitude of its strips. the latter is related to the light release in the bars. the clusters are sorted in descending order according to their size. in the following step, the x-z and y-z track projections are reconstructed independently. all possible combinations of clusters in the external planes are considered, starting from the clusters with the largest size. if a cluster in the inner plane is found in the neighbourhood of the predicted track position, a linear fit of three clusters is performed and a track projection candidate is obtained. in case of more than one track, the best track is selected as that with the highest size of the smallest cluster (in rms units). the pair of the best tracks in the x-z and y-z projections forms a three-dimensional track. the efficiency of the reconstruction and tracking algorithm is 92%. further cuts are applied to improve the quality of the selected sample. the values of the quality cuts were obtained, using the punzi estimator [punzi 2003], giving maximum the reconstruction and tracking efficiency on muon sample, and minimum on random triggers sample. as quality cuts, the |2 of the tracks fits in each projection are required to be less than 5, the size of minimum cluster of the track is required to be in the range 20-120 (in rms unit) and the number of bars of clusters of the track is required to be less than 5. a further cut the isolation cut is applied to select muons and reject spurious triggers or other particles, e.g. electrons. the isolation cut requires that no further cluster is present in the detector together with the best track candidate in the event. this sample of “golden tracks” amounts to about 47% of the triggered events. 5. data taking the measurement campaign the puy de dôme lasted 92 days in real time from june to december 2013. accounting for the duty cycle, they correspond to about 80 effective days. about 27.5 million events were acquired. the first part of the measurement campaign was dedicated to the calibration of the detectors on site, integrating approximately 3.5 million events pointing to the free sky. the golden track sub-sample consists of about 11.4 million and 1.7 million respectively. during the data taking the detector was constantly monitored by taking pedestal runs and by measurements of the rates of all channels. the monitoring reduced the duty cycle to about 80%. the trigger rate (the coincidence of the six single view planes) had an average value of 3.6 hz and 4 hz with the telescope pointing towards the puy de dôme and towards the free sky for calibration runs, respectively. the selection criteria reduce the rate to about 2 hz for golden tracks. figure 4 shows that the golden track rate, the trigmuography of the puy de dôme figure 3. the detector frame with the three x-y planes mounted. the frame can be oriented using the rotating platform visible at the bottom. ger rate and their ratio over the effective days of data taking period, corrected for the dead time (20%). some fluctuations are observed in the trigger rate, but the stability of the fraction of golden tracks indicates that shows that the data sample is homogeneous. in spite of the fact that the temperature of the sipms was maintained constant by a cooling system, some fluctuation was observed in the or32 rate. this fluctuation was correlated (figure 5) to the temperature of the laboratory housing the detector, which was monitored and had fluctuations of about 3 °c. indeed, the front-end electronic boards followed the room temperature. however, the fluctuations in the or32 rate were not reflected on the rate of their coincidences required by the trigger (figure 6). 6. results future applications of muography require the capability of carrying out investigations over rock thickness larger of 1 km. the evaluation and the study of the background to be overcome was one of the aims of the measurement campaign at puy de dôme, with the purpose of having indications about possible upgrades. we thus selected a “control region” with a average rock thickness about 1.5 km as seen by the muon telescope (figure 7) and in this region we compared the measured to the expected muon transmission. the muon transmission is defined as the ratio of the muon noli et al. 4 figure 4. golden track rate (red dots), trigger rate (green dots) and their ratio (blue dots and scale) over the data taking period. figure 5. correlation of the front-end board temperature with the or32 rate. figure 6. trigger rate versus fluctuations of the or32 rate. figure 7. puy de dôme rock thickness. the red rectangle indicates the control region. figure 8. measured transmission (a) and expected transmission (b). (a) (b) 5 flux crossing the volcano to the muon flux incident on the volcano itself. the incident flux can be estimated by a monte carlo simulation based on the spectra available from the literature, or can be obtained by taking data with the telescope directed towards the open sky. the latter method has the advantage that the efficiency and the geometrical acceptance of the detector cancel out in the transmission measurement, as they equally affect both the measured and the free sky flux. figure 8 shows the measures and the expected trasmission over the whole mountain. in the control area the measured rate is about 4.5 mhz (figure 9), to be compared to an expected rate of 0.078 mhz. the measured rate is two order of magnitude higher than expected. 7. conclusion the measurement campaign at the puy de dôme showed that the muray detector prototype acquired stably for a period of about 3 months. the measurements indicate that for a rock thickness larger than 1 km a substantial background affects the data. this background has physical origin and, probably, consists of low energy muons that are scattered in the rock deviating from their initial direction or in general stray particles. these muons cross the detector and mimic muons from different parts of the mountain, producing a uniform residual background. additional tools for background rejection are foreseen, starting from a the time-of-flight measurement. the insertion of additional layers of absorbers will be studied and optimized for the rejection of stray particles. references alvarez, l.w., j.a. anderson, f. el bedwei, j. burkhard, a. fakhry, a. girgis, a. goneid, f. hassan, d. iverson, g. lynch, z. miligy, a.h. moussa, mohammedsharkawi and l. yazolino (1970). search for hidden chambers in the pyramids, science, 167, 832-839. ambrosino, f., et al. (2014). the mu-ray project: detector technology and first data from mt. vesuvius, j. instrum., 9, c02029. baringer, p., et al. (2001). cosmic-ray tests of the dø preshower detector, nucl. instrum. meth. a, 469, 295-310. cârloganu, c., et al. (2013). towards a muon radiography of the puy de dôme, geosci. instrum. meth., 2 (1), 55-60. punzi, g. (2003). sensitivity of searches for new signals and its optimization, phystat2003 (slac, stanford, california, september 8-11, 2003), 79-83. tanaka, h.k.m., t. nakano, s. takahashi, j. yoshida and k. niwa (2007). development of an emulsion imaging system for cosmic-ray muon radiography to explore the internal structure of a volcano, mt. asama, nucl. instrum. meth. a, 575, 489-497. *corresponding author: pasquale noli, istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di napoli, naples, italy; email: noli@na.infn.it. © 2017 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. muography of the puy de dôme figure 9. measured golden track rate per day in the control region. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice layout 6 annals of geophysics,60, 6, s0664, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7450 computation of wave attenuation and dispersion, by using quasi-static finite difference modeling method in frequency domain qazi adnan ahmad1,*, guochen wu2, wu jianlu3 1 china university of petroleum (east china), school of geoscienc, qingdao, shandong, china 2 china university of petroleum (east china), college of geo resources and information, department of geophysics dong ying, shan dong, china 3 china university of petroleum huadong, dongying, shandong, china article history received may 21, 2017; accepted october 9, 2017. subject classification: exploration geophysics; seismic methods; seismology; waves and wave analysis; measurements and monitoring; mathematical geophysics. s0664 abstract in seismology, seismic numerical modeling is regarded as a useful tool to interpret seismic responses. the presence of subsurface heterogeneities at various scales can lead to attenuation and dispersion during seismic wave propagation. in ongoing global research, the study of wave attenuation and velocity dispersion due to wave induced fluid flow (wiff) at mesoscopic scale become the subject of great interest. although, seismic modeling technique is efficient in estimating wave attenuation and velocity dispersion due to wave induced fluid flow (wiff) at mesoscopic scale. it is possible to further improve the efficiency to accurately predict wave attenuation and velocity dispersion at mesoscopic scale. to achieve this goal, a quasi-static finite difference modeling method in frequency domain is implemented to estimate frequency dependent p-wave modulus of mesoscopic heterogeneous porous media. the estimated complex and frequency dependent pwave modulus will assist to estimate frequency dependent wave attenuation and velocity dispersion within a saturated porous media exhibiting mesoscopic heterogeneities. the proposed quasi-static finite difference modeling method is further validated with theoretically predicted high and low-frequency limits and also with the analytical solution of white’s 1-d model which is for rock saturated with two immiscible fluids creating heterogeneity at mesoscopic scale. furthermore, the proposed method is further extended to rock saturated with three phase fluids exhibiting heterogeneity at mesoscopic scale. subsequently, seismic wave attenuation (inverse quality factor q-1) and the effects on p-wave velocity in 1-d models with different patch size under same gas saturation were also computed. our proposed quasi-static method is simple to be implemented by the computing scheme of parallelization and have a potential to extend it for two-dimensional case comparatively in a flexible way. 1. introduction the main challenge we are facing in oil and gas exploration is the estimation of effects on wave characteristics due to the presence of multiscale subsurface heterogeneities. during wave propagation, the heterogeneous nature of earth subsurface results into pressure gradient at different spatial scale. consequently, the resulted pressured gradient will accelerate the fluid to flow (at different scales) from high pressured zone to comparatively low-pressure zone. the wave induced fluid flow (wiff) at wavelength scale is named as macroscopic, whereas, at pore scale, it is termed as microscopic, on the other hand, at a scale much smaller than wavelength but larger than the pores scale it is named as mesoscopic fluid flow [muller et al. 2010]. the influences of fluids on seismic responses remain a key topic among researchers. biot’s [m. a. biot 1956, m. a. biot 1956] classical theory of poroelasticity led the investigation regarding wave attenuation and velocity dispersion in a saturated porous medium. in his theory, macroscopic scale heterogeneities due to presence of single phase fluid were outlined as predicted cause of wave attenuation and velocity dispersion. wave propagation through such macroscopic heterogeneous media creates pressure gradient at wavelength scale, equilibration of this pressure gradient results into a loss in wave energy. two compressional and one shear wave was predicted in biot’s theory, experimental results also validate the presence of slow p-wave [plona 1980, kelder et al. 1997]. meanwhile, another promising feature in biot’s theory is the low-frequency limiting velocities are identical with gassmann predicted velocities. although biot’s research opens new horizons in the field of geophysical prospecting, however, the outcomes of biot’s theory deals significantly at higher frequencies subsequently, it exceedingly under estimate wave attenuation and velocity dispersion within low-frequency limits [vogelaar et al. 2007]. accordingly, extrinsic attenuation (scattering) dominates in biot’s theory, when the wavelengths are of the order of grain scale (microscopic scale). therefore, some new techniques are required to overcome these existing challenges. in order to compute wave attenuation and velocity dispersion at grain (microscopic) scale mavko and nur [mavko et al. 1975, mavko et al. 1979, dvorkin et al. 1995] presented the concept of fluid flow from soft crack to stiff pores, that eventually causes wave attenuation and velocity dispersion. several analytical solutions are also put forward to estimate wave attenuation and velocity dispersion due to wiff at microscopic scale [mavko et al. 1975, mavko et al. 1979, budiansky et al. 1976, palmer et al. 1980, dvorkin et al. 1995, chapman et al. 2002, pride et al. 2003, gurevich et al. 2009]. apart from the ability to precisely predict wave attenuation and velocity dispersion at sonic frequency frequencies, investigations reveal that the microscopic scale theories lack to predict wave attenuation and velocity dispersion within seismic frequency band. this inadequacy motivates the researchers in opening new avenues to estimate the influences of wiff at mesoscopic scale. the study of wave propagation through saturated porous media demands to estimate inevitable wave attenuation and velocity dispersion within seismic frequency band. wave propagation through saturated porous rock exhibiting heterogeneity at mesoscopic scale (which is larger than microscale but much smaller than the macro scale) causes significant attenuation and velocity dispersion within a seismic frequency band [muller et al. 2010]. pressure gradient arises at mesoscopic scale, due to presence of heterogeneity within solid (i.e. between complaint pores/cracks and stiff pores) and fluids (i.e. due to compressibility difference between saturating fluids) at mesoscopic scale. this heterogeneity give rise to fluid flow at mesoscopic scale that eventually leads to wave attenuation and velocity dispersion [pride 2004]. within a porous rock presence of two or more immiscible fluids at mesoscopic scale arises patchy saturation. exploring patchy saturation in a spherical manner, white [white 1975] conducted a significant work and declared that mesoscopic fluid flow plays an influential role in wave attenuation and velocity dispersion. white’s concept was further extended to patchy saturation in layered form [white et al. 1975]. in subsequent studies, dutta and ode [dutta et al. 1979] further investigated gas-water patchy saturation in terms of biot’s poroelastic theory [m. a. biot 1956]. johnson [johnson 2001] analyzed consequences of arbitrary shape patchy saturation on wave characteristics and figured out the low and high-frequency limits for p-wave velocity. additionally, with the growing importance of mesoscopic scale theory, upcoming researchers analyzed wave attenuation and velocity dispersion due to the presence of three-dimensional heterogeneities at mesoscopic scale [müller et al. 2005, toms et al. 2007]. in recent years, there has been a growing interest in analyzing the effects of mesoscopic heterogeneity on wave characteristics. during seismic and acoustic propagation through saturated porous rock with mesoscopic heterogeneity, significant wave attenuation and velocity dispersion can be produced due to wiff [muller et al. 2010] within seismic frequency band. in order to analyze the effects of meso-scopic fluid flow on wave characteristics, seismic modeling is proved as an effective tool which is frequently applied in recent studies concerning estimation of wave attenuation and velocity dispersion [masson et al. 2006, rubino et al. 2011, rubino et al. 2012, quintal et al. 2011, milani et al. 2015]. masson and pride [masson et al. 2007] proposed an efficient method to estimate wave attenuation and velocity dispersion due to wave induced fluid flow (wiff) at mesoscopic scale. according to their proposed quasi-static creep test, they used finite difference method in the time domain for the solution of biot’s quasi-static equations for wave propagation in poroelastic media. furthermore, rubino [rubino et al. 2009] and quintal [quintal et al. 2011] have put forward two different quasi-static numerical strategies, in which they used the finite element method in frequency and time domain, for the computation of seismic attenuation due to wave-induced fluid flow. exploiting the quasi-static finite element method in frequency domain, carcione [carcione et al. 2012] and rubino [quintal et al. 2014] have discussed the effects of fracture connectivity and anisotropy on the seismic attenuation and dispersion. lately, the effects on seismic characteristics of fractured magmatic geothermal reservoirs were numerically modeled [grab et al. 2017] in a simple and efficient way. despite the fact that, the application of seismic modeling to efficiently estimate wave attenuation and velocity dispersion due to wave induced fluid flow ahmad et al. 2 3 analysis of seismic responses from micro structures (wiff) at mesoscopic scale has been improved in recent years. nonetheless, it is possible to further improve the efficiency of the methods by put forwarding more flexible methods for accurate prediction of wave attenuation and velocity dispersion at mesoscopic scale. to achieve this goal, recent work seeks to propose a simple and more effective method to compute p-wave modulus for a wide range of frequencies compared with prior to the finite difference in time domain methods. in this article, a new numerical technique is suggested in which finite difference in frequency domain is used to solve biot’s [biot 1941] quasi-static equations of consolidation based on the finite difference in time domain approach, presented by masson and pride [masson et al. 2007]. our suggested methodology eventually improves the efficiency to estimate seismic wave attenuation and dispersion in a 1d saturated medium exhibiting mesoscopic heterogeneity. we further predicted that seismic wave attenuation is intensively sensitive to variation in patch size in a one-dimensional saturated porous medium. both, the implementation and the computational procedure for measuring the complex p-wave modulus of our suggested methodology is much easier. at the same time, our proposed method can be further extended to two-dimensional case, in a flexible way. the remainder of the paper is organized as follows: the outlines of relationships of 1d biot’s poroelastic theory are given first. afterwards, the presentation of poroelastic relations of biot’s theory and the outlines of quasi-static finite difference in frequency domain are given, which will assist in computing wave attenuation and velocity dispersion in frequency domain. then the implementation of proposed quasi-static numerical method in frequency domain and its comparison with analytical results of 1d white's model for rock saturated with two immiscible fluids is described. then the numerically estimated results for different patch sizes having identical gas saturation are given. after that, the numerical measurements of 1d model saturated with three different kinds of fluids are presented. the end of the paper summarizes the results and draws the conclusions from our work. 2. methodology 2.1 1d biot’s poroelastic relationships we have implemented a quasi-static finite difference modeling method in frequency domain for the estimation of frequency dependent complex p-wave modulus of a mesoscopic heterogeneous porous media. we have used the biot’s [maurice a. biot 1941] quasi-static equations for linear consolidation in a saturated porous media in 1d frequency domain, which can be written as (1) (2) (3) (4) in above relations τzzand p defines total stress and fluid pressure, where usand uf represents the solid and fluid displacement. the bulk modulus and shear modulus of the dry frame is indicated as k and m, where η, ω and k0 represents viscosity, angular frequency and permeability of the saturated porous medium, , α and m are given as (5) (6) in above equations, ks and kf represents the bulk modulus of the solid matrix and the fluid phase respectively φ represents the porosity of the media. 2.2 the outline of quasi-static finite difference in frequency domain the aim of this study is to compute complex and frequency dependent p-wave modulus for a certain frequency band in case of a saturated porous media exhibiting mesoscopic heterogeneity. to achieve this goal, many researchers have proposed various methods, including finite element method in time/frequency domain and the finite difference method in time domain. to estimate wave attenuation and velocity dispersion due to wiff at the mesoscopic scale, we have implemented traditional frequency domain finite difference method to compute complex and frequency dependent p-wave modulus. then the boundary conditions are adjusted in such a manner that the applied stress positions, pressure, and solid/fluid displacement are remained fixed on the same grid point. in order to ensure the undrained condition, we have applied the normal stress p0 on both sides of 1d synthetic sample and kept the fluid displacement as zero at both ends of the sample(figure 1). by doing so, the solid displacement at both ends (us top (ω) and us bottom (ω)) of the sample can ∂τ zz ∂z = 0 zz = k + 4 3 ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ ∂us ∂z −αp ∂u f ∂z +a ∂us ∂z + p m =0 iωu f + k0 η ∂p ∂z =0 τ m i = −1 α =1− k ks m = ks α −φ +φks kf( ) be measured easily. these measurements will assist in measuring the total strain (ω) in the synthetic sample. after estimating the strain and knowing the applied stress, the frequency dependent complex p-wave modulus m (ω) can be easily computed by using equations (7-8). eventually, seismic wave attenuation q-1 (ω) and p-wave velocity vp (ω) can be measured by using equation [9-10) [masson and pride 2007]. (7) (8) (9) (10) where l indicate the total length of the described model, is the effective density which can be obtained by using the formula, given below (11) where ρs and ρf are the solid and fluid densities. furthermore, the first-space derivative is obtained by applying second order space-operator of differencing approximation is given by (12) 3. numerical results 3.1 1d white’s model we have proposed a quasi-static finite difference numerical method to quantify seismic wave attenuation and dispersion in frequency domain. to verify our quasistatic finite difference method, we implemented our ahmad et al. 4 ρ = (1−φ) ρs + φ f ∂f ∂z z= j*dz = (fj+1 − fj−1) / 2dz ( j=1,2,....n ) !ε ω( ) = us top −us bottom( ) l m ω( ) = p0 !εω ( ) q−1 ω( ) = image m ω( )( ) real mω ( )( ) vp ω( ) = real mω ( )( ) /ρ ρ figure 2. white’s model. figure 3. numerical simulations of white’s model stress (b) fluid pressure (c) solid displacement (d) fluid displacement. (a) (b) (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 1. the outline of quasi-static finite difference modeling in frequency domain. !ε 5 analysis of seismic responses from micro structures proposed method for the calculation of seismic wave attenuation and velocity dispersion of the white’s 1d model (figure 2a) exhibiting mesoscopic heterogeneity due to alternating layers of gas and water within a porous media. the statistical representative volume element (rev) enclosing a pair of alternating layers of saturated fluid, is given in figure 2b. we implemented our proposed method on the described model having petrophysical properties given in table 1, where dz = 0.1cm is the grid size and10cm as thickness of each layer. the results of total stress, pressure, solid and fluid displacement are given in figure 3. the comparison of our numerical results with the white’s [white et al. 1975] 1d layer model’s analytical results of seismic wave attenuation and dispersion is given in figure 4. the results validate the accuracy of our proposed method over a wide frequency range (10-2-105). 3.2 numerical experiments with different patch sizes for the same gas saturation in order to compute seismic wave attenuation and velocity dispersion due to wiff at mesoscopic scale, a novel technique is presented in this manuscript. the supposed caused of wiff is due to the presence of alternating layers of gas and water within a porous media creating heterogeneity at mesoscopic scale. we further investigated the effect of variation in the patch size by keeping constant gas saturation. the detail of our 8 different cases about the variation in patch size is given in figure 5, the description of mesoscopic heterogeneity in first four cases indicate a gradual decrease in patch size where the random patch sizes are selected in other cases. the regions saturated with gas (brighter) and water (darker) are all divided into two parts in accordance with the size of 2 to 1 figure 4. seismic attenuation (a) and velocity dispersion (b) of white’s model. skeleton gas oil water ks = 33.4 (gpa) kf = 9.6x10 -3 (gpa) kf = 1 (gpa) kf = 2.2 (gpa) ρf = 2700 (kg/m3) ρf = 70 (kg/m 3) ρf = 700 (kg/m3) ρf = 1000 (kg/m3) k = 0.05 (d) η = 1.5x10-5 (pa·s) η = 0.04 (pa·s) η = 6x10-4 (pa·s) ms = 1.4 (gpa) φ = 0.3 figure 5. seismic attenuation (a) and velocity dispersion (b) of rock samples for different cases. table 1. properties of the skeleton and fluids. (a) (b) (a) (b) respectively. the low-frequency limit of gassmannwood and high-frequency limit of gassmann-hill [müller et al. 2010] are also calculated by using the physical properties of the solid and the saturating fluids given in table 1. figure 6 shows the visual representation of frequency dependence of wave attenuation and velocity dispersion with a change in the size of the heterogeneity. the results for the case of a decrease in patch sizes shows that the velocity dispersion and attenuation peaks shifted towards higher frequencies with the decrease in size of heterogeneity. from case 5 to 8 patch sizes are randomly selected, there is a little difference in results of seismic wave attenuation and velocity dispersion. infect the results of rock sample of the case 5 and case 6 have almost identical values of wave attenuation and velocity dispersion, also the rock samples having patch size as shown in case 7 and case 8 have the same behavior.it can be concluded from results that, the change in the spatial size of the saturating fluids having lesser compressibility values have fewer effects on seismic wave attenuation and velocity dispersion than the fluids having higher compressibility values. ahmad et al. 6 figure 6. geometries of the partially saturated rock samples with different patchy sizes under the same condition of gas saturation, grey and black phases are saturated with gas and water respectively. figure 7. rock sample saturated with three kinds of fluid. figure 8. numerical simulations of the sample saturated with three kinds of fluid stress (b) fluid pressure (c) solid displacement (d) fluid displacement. (a) (c) (d) (b) 7 3.3 application of quasi-static finite difference in frequency domain, on a 1d model, saturated with alternating layers of three different fluids we designed a new quasi-static finite difference technique for the estimation of seismic wave attenuation and velocity dispersion in frequency domain. although several analytical/numerical studies have been carried out to estimate wave attenuation and velocity dispersion for rock saturated with two distinct fluid, little attention has been paid to predict wave attenuation and velocity dispersion for rock saturated with three different fluids. the problem with the analytical prediction of wave attenuation and velocity dispersion in rock saturated with three different fluids is that it is not easy to predict the complex p-wave modulus analytically. this part of the article demonstrates the feasibility of estimating the complex p-wave modulus and eventually the wave attenuation and velocity dispersion in rock saturated with three different fluids. we implemented the proposed quasi-static finite difference modeling in frequency domain to a 1d model saturated with alternating layers of three different kinds of fluids (figure 7). numerical simulations of the investigated sample are demonstrated in figure 8 and the estimated results of wave attenuation and velocity dispersion are visualized in figure 9. according to our findings, this is the first study in which rock saturated with three different sorts of fluids is investigated and interestingly, there are two peaks in the attenuation curve at seismic frequencies and also the results are stable over a wide frequency range. the attenuation peak appears at the low frequency is because of the reason that at the interface between gas and oil the complex p-wave modulus gets increased whereas the peak appears at high frequency is indicating the increase in complex p-wave modulus at the interface between water and gas. velocity dispersion at the same frequencies where there is high modulus dispersion validates the concept of higher values of complex p-wave modulus at the interfaces between different fluids. because of little difference between modulus of oil and water, attenuation at the interface between oil and water is disappeared in the attenuation curve. 3.4 effects of changing the order of saturating fluids presence of fluids within the subsurface rocks creates heterogeneity at a different scale which significantly influences the characteristics of propagating wave. accurate computation of these influences on wave characteristics is an essential need of oil and gas exploration. we have proposed a quasi-static finite difference method in frequency domain to compute the influence of three different fluids within a porous rock. figure 10 gives the pictorial view of numerical simulation of investigated sample with change in fluid order (i.e. 10a gas, oil, water and 10b gas, water oil) and the results of wave attenuation and velocity dispersion due to the change in the order of saturating fluids are demonstrated in figure 11 (i.e. 11a wave attenuation and 11b velocity dispersion). the black solid line shows the wave attenuation and velocity dispersion when the fluids are in order of gas, oil, and water while blue circle shows the order of gas, water, and oil. it is interesting to notice that, there is a good match between gas, oil, water and gas, water, oil saturation. one possible reason for this situation could be, because of having little difference in compressibilities of water and oil, the pore pressure difference created by the passing wave in both cases is same. so the footprints of pore pressure equilibration at the interface between gas/oil and gas/water occurs at the same frequencies. analysis of seismic responses from micro structures figure 9. seismic attenuation (a) and velocity dispersion (b) of the sample saturated with three kinds of fluid. (a) (b) 3.5 effects of changing the layer thickness of saturating fluids for a visual representation of the dependence of layer thickness of three-phase fluids in a porous rock, the reader is referred to figure 12. from the figure, it can be seen that with decreasing the layer thickness of saturating fluids, the phenomenon of pore pressure equilibration starts to occur at higher frequencies. the possible reason for the shift towards higher frequencies is that at a wavelength higher than layer thickness it’s ahmad et al. 8 figure 10. numerical simulations of the sample saturated with three kinds of fluid in different order (a) gas, oil and water (b) gas, water and oil. (b) (a) 9 easy for the wave to pass through the layer, while it gets trapped (attenuate) at higher frequencies when the layer thickness becomes equal to the wavelength. the result of velocity dispersion shows the same trend of shifting towards higher frequencies while the upper and lower velocity limits remain the same. 3.6 effects on wave attenuation and velocity dispersion due to change in thickness of layer’s having gas saturation we started by investigating the effects of mesoscopic heterogeneity (due to the presence of fluids) on wave propagation. several numerical experiments were carried out to compute the influence of varying fluids properties, on wave propagation. in results of figure 13, we analyzed the influence of a change in thickness of a gas layer on wave characteristics, by keeping the total gas saturation constant. the analysis of numerical findings indicates that variation in thickness of gas layer at top and bottom significantly influences wave characteristics. the increase in thickness of gas layer at the top cause increase in attenuation at low frequencies due to presence of highly compressible fluid (gas), while analysis of seismic responses from micro structures figure 13. seismic attenuation (a) and velocity dispersion (b) of the sample saturated with three kinds of fluid. (a) (b) figure 12. seismic attenuation (a) and velocity dispersion (b) of the sample saturated with three kinds of fluid. (a) (b) figure 11. seismic attenuation (a) and velocity dispersion (b) of the sample saturated with three kinds of fluid in different order. (a) (b) this attenuation peak gradually become flat with a decrease in thickness of gas layer at the top. maximum attenuation obtained when the thickness of gas layer becomes identical at top and bottom of the representative element. 4. conclusions this study is related to estimation of wave attenuation and velocity dispersion in fluid-saturated porous media. our work, suggest a new technique that improves the ability to estimate complex p-wave modulus and eventually wave attenuation and velocity dispersion. in our proposed technique, by solving biot’s quasi-static equations, a 1d finite difference scheme in frequency domain is used for the deduction of complex p-wave modulus of a mesoscopic heterogeneous porous media. in order to investigate the validity and accuracy of our proposed numerical scheme, we have compared our results with the analytical results of white’s 1d model. our results are in good agreement with the analytical results of white's 1d model exhibiting mesoscopic heterogeneity due to saturation of two distinct fluids in a porous media. moreover, we also investigated the effect of, variation in mesoscopic patches, on wave attenuation and velocity dispersion. the findings of our research are quite convincing, and thus the following conclusions can be drawn: the proposed scheme of quasi-static finite difference in frequency domain, assist well in estimating more precise results of frequency dependent p-wave modulus over a wide frequency range (10-2-105). attenuation and velocity dispersion is much more sensitive to change in the patch size of fluid having higher compressibility values. also, attenuation peak shift towards higher frequency with the decrease in patch size. furthermore, variation in patch size shows negligible effect on high and low-frequency limit in case of identical gas saturation. acknowledgements. we would like to acknowledge the sponsorship of the national 973program of china (2013cb228604). references biot, m.a. 1941. general theory of three-dimensional consolidation. journal of applied physics 12(2): p.155-164. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1063/1.1712886. biot, m.a. 1956. theory of propagation of elastic waves in a fluid saturated porous solid. ii. higher frequency range. j. acoust. soc. am. 28(2): p.179-191. biot, m. a. 1956. theory of propagation of elastic waves in a fluid-saturated porous solid. i. low-frequency range. the journal of the acoustical society of america 28(2): p.168. budiansky, b., & o’connell, r.j. 1976. elastic moduli of a cracked solid. international journal of solids and structures 12(2): p.81-97. carcione, j.m., picotti, s., & santos, j.e. 2012. numerical experiments of fracture-induced velocity and attenuation anisotropy. geophysical journal international 191(3): p.1179-1191. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-246x.2012.05697.x. chapman, m., zatsepin, s. v., & crampin, s. 2002. derivation of a microstructural poroelastic model. geophysical journal international 151(2): p.427-451. dutta, n.c., & ode, h. 1979. attenuation and dispersion of compressional waves in fluidfilled porous rocks with partial gas saturation ( white model ) part ii : results. 44(ii). dvorkin, j., mavko, g., & nur, a. 1995. squirt flow in fully saturated rocks. geophysics 60(1): p.97-107. available at: http://link.aip.org/link/?gpy/60/97/1. grab, m., quintal, b., caspari, e., maurer, h., & greenhalgh, s. 2017. numerical modeling of fluid effects on seismic properties of fractured magmatic geothermal reservoirs. solid earth 8(1): p.255-279. gurevich, b., brajanovski, m., galvin, r.j., müller, t.m., & toms-stewart, j. 2009. p-wave dispersion and attenuation in fractured and porous reservoirs poroelasticity approach. geophysical prospecting 57(2): p.225-237. johnson, d.l. 2001. theory of frequency dependent acoustics in patchy-saturated porous media. the journal of the acoustical society of america 110(december 2000): p.682. kelder, o., & smeulders, d.m.j. 1997. observation of the biot slow wave in water saturated nivelsteiner sandstone. geophysics 62(6): p.1794-1796. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1190/1.1444279. masson, y.j., & pride, s.r. 2007. poroelastic finite difference modeling of seismic attenuation and dispersion due to mesoscopic-scale heterogeneity. journal of geophysical research: solid earth 112(b3)p.n/a--n/a. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1029/2006jb004592. masson, y.j., pride, s.r., & nihei, k.t. 2006. finite difference modeling of biot’s poroelastic equations at seismic frequencies. journal of geophysical research: solid earth 111(b10): p.n/a--n/a. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1029/2006jb004366. mavko, g., & nur, a. 1975. melt squirt in the asthenosphere. journal of geophysical research 80(11): p.1444. ahmad et al. 10 11 mavko, g.m., & nut-, a. 1979. wave attenuation in partially saturated rocks. 2(2): p.161-178. milani, m., rubino, j.g., baron, l., sidler, r., & holliger, k. 2015. attenuation of sonic waves in watersaturated alluvial sediments due to wave-induced fluid flow at microscopic, mesoscopic and macroscopic scales. geophysical journal international 203(1): p.146-157. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/gji/ggv287. müller, t.m., & gurevich, b. 2005. a first-order statistical smoothing approximation for the coherent wave field in random porous media. the journal of the acoustical society of america 117(4): p.1796-1805. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1121/1.1871754. muller, t.m., gurevich, b., & lebedev, m. 2010. seismic wave attenuation and dispersion resulting from wave-induced flow in porous rocks a review. geophysics 75(5): p.147-164. palmer, i.d., & traviolia, m.l. 1980. attenuation by squirt flow in undersaturated gas sands. geophysics 45(12): p.1780-1792. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1190/1.1441065. plona, t.j. 1980. observation of a second bulk compressional wave in a porous medium at ultrasonic frequencies observation of a second bulk compressional wave in a porous medium at ultrasonic frequencies. 259(1980). pride, s., & berryman, j.g. 2003. linear dynamics of double-porosity dualpermeability materials . i . governing equations and acoustic attenuation. (october). pride, s.r. 2004. seismic attenuation due to wave-induced flow. journal of geophysical research 109(b1): p.1-19. quintal, b., jänicke, r., rubino, j.g., steeb, h., & holliger, k. 2014. sensitivity of s-wave attenuation to the connectivity of fractures in fluid-saturated rocks. geophysics 79(5): p.wb15-wb24. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1190/geo2013-0409.1. quintal, b., steeb, h., frehner, m., & schmalholz, s.m. 2011. quasi static finite element modeling of seismic attenuation and dispersion due to wave induced fluid flow in poroelastic media. 116(january): p.1-17. rubino, j.g., & holliger, k. 2012. seismic attenuation and velocity dispersion in heterogeneous partially saturated porous rocks. geophysical journal international 188(3): p.1088-1102. rubino, j.g., ravazzoli, c.l., & santos, j.e. 2009. equivalent viscoelastic solids for heterogeneous fluid-saturated porous rocks. geophysics 74(1): p.n1-n13. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1190/1.3008544. rubino, j.g., velis, d.r., & sacchi, m.d. 2011. numerical analysis of wave-induced fluid flow effects on seismic data: application to monitoring of co2 storage at the sleipner field. journal of geophysical research: solid earth 116(b3): p.n/a--n/a. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1029/2010jb007997. toms, j., müller, t.m., & gurevich, b. 2007. seismic attenuation in porous rocks with random patchy saturation. geophysical prospecting 55(5): p.671-678. available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.13652478.2007.00644.x. vogelaar, b., & smeulders, d. 2007. extension of white’s layered model to the full frequency range. (december 2006): p.685-695. white, j.e. 1975. computed seismic speeds and attenuation in rocks with partial gas saturation. geophysics 40(2): p.224-232. white, j.e., mihailova, n., & lyakhovitsky, f. 1975. low-frequency seismic waves in fluid-saturated layered rocks. the journal of the acoustical society of america 57(s1): p.s30. available at: http://scitation.aip.org/content/asa/journal/jasa/57/s1/10.1 121/1.1995164. *corresponding author: qazi adnan ahmad, china university of petroleum (east china), school of geoscience, qingdao, shandong, china; email: qaa.geo@gmail.com. © 2017 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. analysis of seismic responses from micro structures vol49_2_2006 739 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 2/3, april/june 2006 key words earthquake location – ocean bottom seismometers and hydrophones – seismic networks – synthetic tests – sicily 1. introduction the southern tyrrhenian region (fig. 1) is characterised by a fairly rapid transition from a nearly oceanic crustal structure beneath the abyssal plain to a continental-like structure beneath sicily and calabria. fault discontinuities have been mapped on grounds of geological and geophysical investigations: i) major nwtrending fault systems potentially capable to generate magnitude ≥ 6 earthquakes cross the lithosphere underneath the southernmost tyrseismic location improvements from an obs/h temporary network in southern tyrrhenian sea graziella barberi (1), laura beranzoli (2), paolo favali (2) (3), giancarlo neri (4) and tiziana sgroi (2) (1) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di catania, italy (2) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, roma, italy (3) università degli studi di chieti «g. d’annunzio», chieti scalo, italy (4) dipartimento di scienze della terra, università di messina, italy abstract we present the first investigation performed on the seismicity of southern tyrrhenian sea, off-shore sicily with the contribution of data from broad-band ocean bottom seismometers and hydrophones (obs/h). off-shore data were recorded during the tyrrhenian deep-sea experiment (tyde) from december 2000 to may 2001 in the southern tyrrhenian sea. hypocenter locations of a cluster of 53 seismic events which occurred in march 2001 in north-eastern sicily were estimated by the integration of land (permanent network) and off-shore (temporary network) data and compared with locations estimated from land data only. the scatter of the cluster was evaluated by dispersion parameters. the off-shore data significantly reduced the scatter of the swarm hypocenters also restricting the depth range of the cluster. moreover, space trends of the event distribution originally shown by the land data were only partially confirmed by the land-sea joint data. in order to assess the efficiency of a landsea integrated network with respect to a land-based network in terms of hypocenter mislocations in the subject area, we performed simulations by assuming a grid distribution of earthquakes and a recent local 3d velocity model, computing synthetic arrival times of body waves to the stations of both network configurations (integrated and land-based) perturbing the computed times and relocating earthquakes by inversion. the results of the synthetic tests demonstrated that the presence of sea bottom stations in the tyrrhenian basin can reduce the mislocations of large magnitude and/or superficial earthquakes in the southernmost calabria and messina strait and of low magnitude and/or deep earthquakes in north-eastern sicily. the accuracy of synthetic earthquake locations obtained including obs/h data provides additional support to the interpretation of the cluster occurred in march 2001 and the opportunity of long-term installation of an off-shore network like tyde in the study region. mailing address: dr. graziella barberi, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di catania, piazza roma 2, 95125 catania, italy; e-mail: barberi@ct.ingv.it 740 graziella barberi, laura beranzoli, paolo favali, giancarlo neri and tiziana sgroi rhenian sea (finetti and del ben, 1986; neri et al., 2003); ii) nneto n-trending normal faults are responsible for earthquakes of magnitude up to 7 in the messina strait and southern calabria (boschi et al., 1997); iii) e-trending reverse faults produce events of magnitude up to 6 seismic in central and western sicily (ben-avraham and grasso, 1990, 1991; neri et al., 2003). these fault systems cross the crust underneath off-shore areas, and this emphasises the importance of off-shore seismometry in the region. an ionian lithospheric slab subducting to wnw beneath the southern tyrrhenian sea (fig. 1) has been suggested on the basis of distribution of intermediate and deep seismicity (e.g., gasparini et al., 1982; anderson and jackson, 1987; giardini and velonà, 1991; selvaggi and chiarabba, 1995), high velocity revealed in the upper mantle by tomographic images (piromallo and morelli, 1997; lucente et al., 1999; cimini, 1999) and calk-alkaline volcanism of the aeolian islands (barberi et al., 1973; argnani and savelli, 1999). according to many investigators (e.g., malinverno and ryan, 1986; faccenna et al., 1996, 2001a; hirn et al., 1997; argnani, 2000; nicolich et al., 2000; doglioni et al., 2001; gvirtzman and nur, 2001) geological and geophysical evidence in this region can be interpreted in the framework of a geodynamic model assuming an approximately nw-se slow convergence between the african and european plates (the average motion direction of the african plate respect to the european plate is shown in fig. 1 by black arrows) and gravity-induced south-eastward roll-back of the fig. 1. structural map of southern italy, from meletti et al. (2000) and neri et al. (2005). in agreement with standard symbols, barbs indicate the downthrown blocks in normal faults, fault arrows show the strike-slip component of the fault mechanism, triangles indicate the sense of dipping of thrust structures. the shaded belt indicates the location of the apennine chain in the calabrian arc. the arrows indicate the motion direction of africa with respect to europe as predicted by large-scale crustal motion models (sella et al., 2002; calais et al., 2003; nocquet and calais, 2004). nw-se plate convergence is considered the main tectonic engine in the study region acting together with gravity-induced southeastward roll-back of the ionian lithosphere subducting beneath the tyrrhenian sea (e.g., faccenna et al., 2001b). the inset displays a map of the italian region showing the main tectonic units and microplates identified between the africa and europe stable margins (scandone and stucchi, 1999). 741 seismic location improvements from an obs/h temporary network in southern tyrrhenian sea ionian subducting slab. roll-back is widely believed to have been the primary tectonic source for: i) tyrrhenian basin opening; ii) southeastward kinematics of the southern tyrrhenian lithosphere, and iii) its thinning and overthrusting onto the ionian lithosphere. the space-time evolution of the roll-back process would have produced a clear structural differentiation between the calabrian arc and the marginal tectonic unit of sicily. north-eastern sicily experienced disastrous earthquakes in the last few centuries, often accompanied by tsuna-mis, producing wide destruction and hundreds of thousands of casualties (boschi et al., 1997; tinti et al., 2004). active volcanoes (e.g., mt. etna, aeolian island arc) represent additional sources of risk. although the regional seismometric network, solely land based, has been largely improved in the last two decades both in type of sensors and distribution, the seismicity of several sectors in the study region is still hard to locate accurately because of the presence of large marine areas. a good opportunity to obtain hypocentre locations with an accuracy higher than usual was given by the deployment of a temporary network of fourteen obs/h stations for around six months in the area between the tyrrhenian abyssal plain and the northern coast of sicily (fig. 2) in the framework of the tyrrhenian deep-sea experiment (tyde; dahm et al., 2002) partially supported by the european commission, coordinated by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (ingv) with the cooperation of ifmgeomar and the university of hamburg. tyde has been the most important obs/h experiment, in terms of number of sensors installed and duration, ever performed in the italian region. two previous shorter experiments were carried out with the installation of obs in the south-eastern tyrrhenian sea off-shore calabria (soloviev et al. 1990) and around the aeolian islands (beranzoli et al., 1997; favali et al., 2004). data recorded in the framework of tyde allowed an unprecedented joint analysis of on-shore and offshore seismic data in italy (see also sgroi et al., 2006) exploring the advantages of land-sea data integration with respect to local seismicity location. 2. temporary and permanent networks and data the tyde temporary obs/h stations were installed at depths ranging from 1500 m to 3500 m on the sea bottom around the aeolian islands from the northern coast of sicily to marsili basin. the stations were equip-ped with broadband seismometers (pmd sensor: flat response in the range 0.025-32 hz; spharwebb-scripps sensors: flat response 0.02-100 hz) and hydrophones (e-2pd: bandwidth 0.5-50 hz) and 21bit digitisers with sampling rate of 50 hz. further technical details and the description of installation and recovery procedures can be found in the papers by dahm et al. (2002) and sgroi et al. (2006). the network operated in continuous mode and local recording from december 2000 to may 2001. we selected ten obs/h stations, out of the fourteen deployed, the closest ones to the area under investigation. the locations of the ten temporary stations are reported in fig. 2 (full fig. 2. map of on-shore (empty triangles) and offshore stations (full triangles) used in the present study. the on-shore stations belong to the local and national networks of ingv for the mt. etna and italian territory surveillance. the square shows the north-eastern sicily area of the march 2001 swarm. 742 graziella barberi, laura beranzoli, paolo favali, giancarlo neri and tiziana sgroi triangles) together with those of the thirty-one permanent on-shore stations (empty triangles) which also provided data for this study. four stations were also temporarily installed by ingv on land (sicily and aeolian islands) to make the coverage of the area denser. the permanent land stations are managed by ingv in the frame of a regional network addressed to monitoring eastern sicily, where the mt. etna volcanic edifice is located, and in the frame of the italian national seismological network. the land stations selected for this study are equipped with short-period three-component seismometers (eleven stations) and short-period vertical component seismometers (twenty stations). the signals are acquired with a sampling rate of 50 hz (national network) and 160 hz (regional network), and are transmitted via radio or phone cables from the remote stations to the acquisition centres – catania (sicily) for the regional network, rome for the national one – where they are stored and analysed. 3. the seismic swarm of march 2001 during the tyde experiment, a low-energy seismic swarm occurred from 26 to 30 march, 2001 in north-eastern sicily (boxed area in fig. 2). this swarm comprised 53 shocks with duration magnitude 1.4 ≤md ≤2.9, and was originally located by means of the land network data at depths ranging approximately from 25 to 40 km. the characteristics of the events are reported in fig. 3; the upper panel reports the number of events per day with the indication of the maximum magnitude, and the bottom panel shows the number of events per magnitude range. the swarm started close to the locality of santa lucia on 26 march with six shocks and maximum magnitude 2.3. most of the earthquakes are concentrated on 27 and 28 march, with more than twenty shocks per day and maximum magnitude 2.4 and 2.9 respectively. in the last two days of the swarm occurrence, the number of events abruptly decreases to a single shock per day with magnitude 1.7 (29 march) and 2.4 (30 march) to cease completely. the first step of our analysis concerns the integration of the data belonging to the land-based network and the sea-bottom stations. the integration requires, as usual, the correction of the data time tag as the clock signal of each obs/h module progressively delays over time. the internal clock of each obs/h is indeed synchronised before the deployment and after the recovery and, given a linear trend of the clock drift, data can be corrected before processing. after the correction, the p and s arrival times of the swarm events are picked on the obs/h waveforms and integrated with the readings of the land stations in a single database to be used for further steps. the final database resulted in 724 p-phase and 522 s-phase arrival times, 242 and 120 of which from sea-bottom stations for the two types of phases. in order to compare the location results obtainable by the ‘integrated’ data set and the ones obtainable by the land-based network, the «1d minimum velocity model» and the 3d local crustal model of the study area, both estimated by neri et al. (2002), were used to locate the events of the swarm. in fig. 3. upper: histogram of the number of events per day: each histogram column reports the maximum magnitude of the day. bottom: histogram of the number of events per magnitude range. 743 seismic location improvements from an obs/h temporary network in southern tyrrhenian sea particular, velest (kissling et al., 1994) and simulps12 (evans et al., 1994) algorithms were applied to carry out the locations in 1d and 3d respectively. as expected, the locations achieved with the 3d model produced a clearly better fitting of the experimental arrival times (rms=0.16s) compared to the 1d locations (rms= = 0.30s). we therefore decided to use only 3d locations in the subsequent steps of the analysis and to compare the locations of the swarm events obtained using two different network configurations: configuration ls – integrated land-sea network; configuration l – land network only. the epicentral map and hypocenter distribution with depth resulting from the location procedure in the 3d model are displayed in fig. 4 for both ls and l configurations. hypocenter distribution obtained with configuration l shows trends, like for instance a roughly e-w distribution of epicentres, which are not found when using configuration ls; on the other hand, the westward deepening trend of the hypocenters of the swarm is confirmed in both cases. using configuration ls, the hypocenter volume appears mainly restricted to depth ranging from 27 to 37 km. these values of hypocentral depths are quite unusual in general for the italian peninsular region, characterised by a seismicity hardly exceeding 15-20 km. as the events are clustered both in time and space, we assumed that they were generated by a single structure or by different structures very closely linked to each other. according to this assumption, the space dispersion of the swarm can be used as an indicator of the overall quality of locations. starting from these considerations, we defined the dispersion factors dxy and dxyz of the earthquake locations around the swarm barycentre of a given dataset in the horizontal plane and in the 3d space (3.1) == -(lat dxy ( ) ( ) ) ( ) lat lon lon d i i i n xy i n 2 2 1 2 1 + = = = n n i / / fig. 4. epicentre locations and hypocentre depth distribution of the santa lucia swarm obtained using the 3d model by neri et al. (2002) and the data from the integrated network (configuration ls, left panel) and the landbased network (configuration l, right panel). triangles and crosses indicate the stations lying in the swarm area and the barycentres used for estimates of the dxy and dxyz dispersion factors (see eqs. (3.1) and (3.2) in section 3). 744 graziella barberi, laura beranzoli, paolo favali, giancarlo neri and tiziana sgroi (3.2) with (3.3) (3.4) where i identifies the generic event in the dataset including n earthquakes, , and are the average values of epicentre latitudes lati, epicentre longitudes loni and focal depths depi. the terms lat and lon represent linear coordinates. figure 5a-d shows the histograms of the distances and : in the case of configuration ls (panels a and b) most of the events have distances and generally smaller than the ones estimated for configuration l (panels c and d). the estimates of dxy and dxyz are 3.19 km and 3.65 km in the case of network ls and 4.63 km and 6.04 km for l. this result can be considered an element supporting the conclusion that off-shore stations, even far and with an asymmetric distribution around the swarm area, have reduced the uncertainty in the locations of the d xy id xy i d xyz id xy i dep lonlat ( ) ( ) ( ) d lat lat lon lon dep dep xyz i i i i 2 2 2 = + + + + ( ) ( )d lat lat lon lonxy i i 2 2= + -i = (( ) ( ) ( ) ) ( ) d lat lat lon lon n dep dep n d xyz i i i n i xyz i n 2 2 1 2 2 1 + + + = + = = i / / swarm events. it is worth noting that the rms of the swarm locations is higher for network ls (0.16 s) than for network l (0.13 s). this can be explained by the fact that the inversion is better constrained by the experimental data of the network ls. in addition it should be remarked that the sea-bottom stations were sited in a zone of the 3d model where the spread function become larger than 4 (neri et al., 2002), suggesting a reduction of model reliability in the marine sector. 4. synthetic tests for hypocenter location accuracy we performed a series of synthetic tests to assess the accuracy of the location of events with different energy release occurring in a crustal volume wider than the one involved in the march 2001 swarm both ls and l configurations. the area selected for the synthetic tests is shown in fig. 6 (grey rectangle) together with the sets of stations chosen to form ls and l network configurations. we consider a hypo-center distribution coincident with the nodes of a 3d grid extending from the earth surface down to 35 km of depth with a horizontal and vertical node spacing of 1.5 and 5.0 km respectively. the theoretical arrival times of p and s-waves from the grid nodes to the stations of the two networks were computed with the 3d-model of neri et al. (2002). the synthetic arrival times were then perturbed to simulate random reading errors. based on a critical evaluation of the fig. 5a-d. histograms of and (see equations in section 3) of the events of the swarm from the integrated network ls (panels a and b) and the land-based network l (panels c and d). arrows indicate the average values of d. d xyz id xy i a b c d 745 seismic location improvements from an obs/h temporary network in southern tyrrhenian sea reading uncertainties during the investigation of march 2001 earthquakes, we assumed a standard deviation of perturbations of 0.3 s. the perturbed arrival times were inverted using the same 3d velocity model (neri et al., 2002). the locations were performed by placing the starting hypocenter at a distance (∆lat = ∆lon = 6 km; ∆depth = 8 km) from the true hypocenter (grid node) larger than the grid spacing. the dislocation of the initial hypocentres is comparable to the largest errors that we expect from routine hypocenter locations in this area. we performed different trials by changing the starting hypo-center locations toward n, s, e, w, ne, nw, se, sw with ∆lat = ∆lon = ±6 km and increasing depth of ∆depth = +8 km. we found that these dislocations determine mislocations smaller than the grid spacing. two parameters were estimated for each synthetic event (grid node): the epicentral distance d and the focal depth difference h between the synthetic and relocated event. figure 7 shows the horizontal distribution at different depths of the d values obtained using the network configurations ls and l. the comparison between the d values computed from the two different network configurations reveals that, in spite of the uneven geometry of the sea network with respect to the area, the presence of seismological stations in the tyrrhenian basin reduces the horizontal mislocations at all depths, not only in north-eastern sicily but also in the southernmost ionian calabria, south-east of messina strait. this reduction appears to be significant in the depth range 25-35 km also for the latter zone where the red areas (d > 6 km) appear to be less extended. the horizontal distribution of the h values for the ls and l configurations are displayed in fig. 8. it is worth noting that the vertical mislocation of events can be reduced in north-eastern sicily more than in calabria by the presence of sea-bottom stations in the tyrrhenian sea. this provides an additional element in support of the evaluation of the depth range of the swarm of march 2001 and interpretation. an additional synthetic test is performed with a standard deviation 0.05 s of the perturbation introduced into the arrival times. this value accounts for energetic and/or superficial events. figures 9 and 10 show the d and h horizontal distributions at different depths obtained with this smaller value of perturbation. the results of this additional test show a significant reduction of both d and h values in configuration ls in calabria and messina strait in the depth range 5-25 km. 5. conclusions p and s arrival times of local seismicity recorded by a temporary seafloor network of obs/h and ingv land-base network, for a total amount of 1246 data, were used to analyse a moderate energy swarm in march 2001 in north-eastern sicily. moreover, the sea-bottom station distribution was used jointly with the land station distribution fig. 6. network configurations used for tests performed with synthetic earthquakes in order to assess the hypocentral location quality. triangles and circles mark the land and sea-bottom stations. the integrated network (configuration ls) included both sets of stations. the land stations constitute the network configuration l. hypocenters of synthetic earthquakes were positioned on a 3d grid, with horizontal spacing of 1.5 km and vertical spacing 5 km from the earth surface down to 35 km. the gray rectangle indicates the area selected for the synthetic tests. 746 graziella barberi, laura beranzoli, paolo favali, giancarlo neri and tiziana sgroi fig. 7. comparison of d-parameter horizontal distributions at different depths obtained by synthetic tests with the ls integrated network (left panels) and the l land-based network (right panels). the standard deviation of the random noise perturbation of synthetic arrival times is 0.3 s. fig. 8. comparison of h-parameter horizontal distributions at different depths like in fig. 7 with the same standard deviation (0.3 s). 747 seismic location improvements from an obs/h temporary network in southern tyrrhenian sea fig. 9. comparison of d-parameter horizontal distributions at different depths like in fig. 7. the standard deviation of the random noise perturbation of synthetic arrival times is reduced to 0.05 s. fig. 10. comparison of h-parameter horizontal distributions at different depths like in fig. 7. the standard deviation of the random noise perturbation of synthetic arrival times is 0.05 s. 748 graziella barberi, laura beranzoli, paolo favali, giancarlo neri and tiziana sgroi to assess the efficiency of a sea-land integrated monitoring network in terms of hypocenters location accuracy for events eventually occurring in north-eastern sicily and southern calabria. the swarm of 53 events, with maximum magnitude 2.9, was relocated using a 3d velocity model of the region (neri et al., 2002). the locations were performed twice, the first time using land and sea stations jointly (integrated network) and the second time using only land stations. in the case of integrated network configuration the relocated swarm has dispersion factors dxy and dxyz smaller than those found with the land-based network relocation. that could be attributed to a lower parameter variance due to a smaller scatter of the hypocenters. the westward dipping of swarm hypocenters seems the only feature confirmed by both network configurations. the depth range of the swarm turned out between 27 and 37 km, a quite unusual depth for seismogenesis in the italian peninsula. the depth range of the swarm could be interpreted in the frame of the transition nature of the area from the geological and geodynamic point of view. north-eastern sicily belongs to the southernmost sector of the calabrian arc unit and is adjacent to the hyblean foreland. the southern border of the ionian lithospheric slab has been roughly positioned just beneath north-eastern sicily by previous studies (e.g., argnani, 2000). moreover, selvaggi and chiarabba (1995) estimated the depth of the shallower part of the subducting slab in the area to decrease from 50 to 25 km in the nw-se direction. in order to assess the improvement of hypocenter location accuracy achievable by the integration of sea-bottom seismological observations and land-based data, synthetic tests for a larger area, including the swarm, and extended up to southern calabria were performed. the assessment was accomplished through the evaluation of parameters d and h, defined as the horizontal distance and depth difference between the ‘synthetic’ (grid node) and the relocated hypocenters. in order to simulate the occurrence of low and high energy and of deep and shallow earthquakes, synthetic arrival times were perturbed with white noise characterised by two different values of standard deviations (0.3 and 0.05 s). the results of the synthetic tests confirm that the presence of sea-bottom stations in the tyrrhenian basin reduce the mislocations of large and/or shallow earthquakes in southern calabria and messina strait and of low intensity and/or deep earthquakes in north-eastern sicily. the definition of proper strategies for the extension of seismometric networks toward marine basins is evidently a basic step in the set of initiatives addressed to the accurate characterisation and knowledge of seismogenic areas and consequently to the mitigation of the seismic risk. references anderson, h. and j. jackson (1987): active tectonics of the adriatic region, geophys. j. r. astr. soc., 91, 937-983. argnani, a. (2000): the southern tyrrhenian subduction system; recent evolution and neotectonic implications, ann. geofis., 43 (3), 585-607. argnani, a. and c. savelli (1999): cenozoic volcanism and tectonics in the southern tyrrhenian sea; spacetime distribution and geodynamic significance, j. geodynamics, 27, 409-432. barberi, f., p. gasparini, f. innocenti and l. villari (1973): volcanism of the southern tyrrhenian sea and its geodynamical implications, j. geophys. res., 78, 5221-5232. ben-avraham, z. and m. grasso (1990): collisional zone segmentation in sicily and surrounding areas in the central mediterranean, ann. tectonicae, 4 (2), 131-139. ben-avraham, z. and m. grasso (1991): crustal structure variations and transcurrent faulting at the eastern and western margins of the eastern mediterranean, tectonophysics, 196, 269-277. beranzoli, l., g. etiope, p. favali, f. frugoni, g. smriglio, y. aoyagi, t. murayama, m. shinohara and k. suyehiro (1997): microsismicità nel mar tirreno meridionale registrata da una rete di ocean bottom seismometers nel periodo 15 ottobre-3 novembre 1996, in riassunti del xvi convegno gngts, 11-13 novembre, roma , 66. boschi, e., e. guidoboni, g. ferrari, g. valensise and p. gasperini (1997): catalogue of the strong earthquakes in italy from 461 b.c. to 1990 (ing, roma-sga, bologna), pp. 973. calais, e., c. de mets and j.-m. nocquet (2003): evidence for a post-3.16-ma change in nubia-eurasianorth america plate motions?, earth planet. sci. lett., 216, 81-92. cimini, g.b. (1999): p-wave deep velocity structure of the southern tyrrhenian subduction zone from nonlinear traveltime tomography, geophys. res. lett., 26, 37093712. dahm, t., m. thorwart, e. r. flueh, t. braun, r. herber, p. favali, l. beranzoli, g. d’anna, f. frugoni and g. smriglio (2002): first deployment of new ocean bottom broadband seismological instruments in the tyrrhenian 749 seismic location improvements from an obs/h temporary network in southern tyrrhenian sea sea reveals unknown centers of submarine activity, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 83 (29), 309-320. doglioni, c., f. innocenti and g. mariotti (2001): why mt. etna?, terra nova, 13, 25-31. evans, j.r., d. eberhart-phillips and c.h. thurber (1994): user’s manual for simulps12 for imaging vp and vp/vs: a derivative of the «thurber» tomographic inversion simul3 for local earthquakes and explosions, usgs open-file rep., 94-431. faccenna, c., p. davy, j.p. brun, r. funiciello, d. giardini, m. mattei and t. nalpas (1996): the dynamics of back-arc extension: an experimental approach to the opening of the tyrrhenian sea, geophys. j. int., 126, 781-795. faccenna, c., t.w. becker, f.p. lucente, l. jolivet and f. rossetti (2001a): history of subduction and backarc extension in the central mediterranean, geophys. j. int., 145, 809-820. faccenna, c., f. funiciello, d. giardini and f.p. lucente (2001b): episodic back-arc extension during restricted mantle convection in the central mediterranean, earth planet. sci. lett., 187, 105-116. favali, p., l. beranzoli and a. maramai (2004): review of the tyrrhenian sea seismicity: how much is still to be unknown?, in from seafloor to deep mantle: architecture of the tyrrhenian back-arc basin, edited by m.p. marani, f. gamberi and e. bonatti, mem. descr. c. geol. ital., lxiv, 57-70. finetti, i. and a. del ben (1986): geophysical study of the tyrrhenian opening, boll. geof. teor. appl., 110, 75-156. gasparini, c., g. iannaccone, p. scandone and r. scarpa (1982): seismotectonics of the calabrian arc, tectonophysics, 82, 267-286. giardini, d. and m. velonà (1991): deep seismicity of the tyrrhenian sea, terra nova, 3, 57-64. gvirtzman, z. and a. nur (2001): residual topography, lithospheric structure and sunken slabs in the central mediterranean, earth planet. sci. lett., 187, 117-130. hirn, a., r. nicolich, j. gallart, m. laigle, l. cernobori, b. accaino, f. avedik, m. bianca, j. diaz, j.-c. lepine, g. metton, c. monaco, a. nercessian, l. petronio, s. pou, m. romanelli, v. gallares, m. sapin, l. tortorici, i. marson, m. sachpazi and b. della vedova (1997): roots of etna volcano in faults of great earthquakes, earth planet. sci. lett., 148, 171-191. kissling, e., w.l. ellsworth, d. eberhart-phillips and u. kradolfer (1994): initial reference models in local earthquake tomography, j. geophys. res., 99, 1963519646. lucente, f.p., c. chiarabba and g.b. cimini (1999): tomographic constraints on the geodynamic evolution of the italian region, j. geophys. res., 104 (b9), 2030720327. malinverno, a. and w.b.f. ryan (1986): extension in the tyrrhenian sea and shortening in the apennines as result of arc migration driven by sinking of the lithosphere, tectonics, 5, 227-245. meletti, c., e. patacca and p. scandone (2000): construction of a seismotectonic model: the case of italy, pure appl. geophys., 157 (1-2), 11-35. neri, g., g. barberi, b. orecchio and m. aloisi (2002): seismotomography of the crust in the transition zone between the southern tyrrhenian and sicilian tectonic domains, geophys. res. lett., 29 (23), 2135, doi:10.1029/ 2002gl015562. neri, g., g. barberi, b. orecchio and a. mostaccio (2003): seismic strain and seismogenic stress regimes in the crust of the southern tyrrhenian region, earth planet. sci. lett., 213, 97-112. neri, g., g. barberi, g. oliva and b. orecchio (2005): spatial variations of seismogenic stress orientations in sicily, south italy, phys. earth and planet. int., 148, 175-191. nicolich, r., m. laigle, a. hirn, l. cernobori and j. gallart (2000): crustal structure of the ionian margin of sicily: etna volcano in the frame of regional evolution, tectonophysics, 329, 121-139. nocquet, j.-m. and e. calais (2004): geodetic measurements of crustal deformation in the western mediterranean and europe, pure appl. geophys., 161 (3), 661682. piromallo, c. and a. morelli (1997): imaging the mediterranean upper mantle by p-wave travel time tomography, ann. geofis., xl (4), 963-979. scandone, p. and m. stucchi (1999): la zonazione sismogenetica zs4 come strumento per la valutazione della pericolosità sismica, in le ricerche del gndt nel campo della pericolosità sismica (1996-1999), edited by f. galadini, c. meletti and a. rebez (gndt). sella, g.f., t.h. dixon and a. mao (2002): revel: a model for recent plate velocities from space geodesy, j. geophys. res., 107, doi: 10.1029/2000jb000033. selvaggi, g. and c. chiarabba (1995): seismicity and pwave velocity image of the southern tyrrhenian subduction zone, geophys. j. int., 121, 818-826. sgroi, t., t. braun, t. dahm and f. frugoni (2006): an improved seismicity picture of the southern tyrrhenian area by the use of obs and land-based networks: the tyde experiment, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 801-817 (this volume). soloviev, s.l., i.p. kuzin, s.a. kovachev, m. ferri, i. guerra and g. luongo (1990): micro-earthquakes in the tyrrhenian sea as revealed by joint land and seabottom seismographs, mar. geol., 94, 131-146. tinti, s., a. maramai and l. graziani (2004): the new catalogue of italian tsunamis, natural hazards, 33, 439-465. n u o v o m e t o d o p e r l a m i s u r a d e l c o n t e n u t o r a d i o a t t i v o d e l l ' a r i a t e l l u r i c a g . a l i v e r t i c o n ! i n t e n t o di r e n d e r e p i ù s i g n i f i c a t i v e l e m i s u r e d i r a d i o a t t i v i t à d e l l ' a r i a t e l l u r i c a , c h e i n q u e s t o m o m e n t o i n t e r e s s a n o i n p a r ticola)m o d o la g e o f i s i c a e l a g c o f i s i c a a p p l i c a l a , r e c e n t e m e n t e fio i d e a t o e r e a l i z z a t o u n n u o v o m e t o d o p e r l a m i s u r a q u a n t i t a t i v a d e l c o n t e n u t o d i e m a n a z i o n e r a d i o a t t i v a ( r a d o n , t o r o n , a c t i n o n ) d e l l ' a r i a t e l l u r i c a ; i l m e t o d o è e s e n t e d a l l e i n c e r t e z z e c h e g r a v a n o p e r e s e m p i o sul m e t o d o di e l s t e r e g e i t e l p e r il f a t t o c l i c n o n r i m a n e b e n p r e c i s a t e il v o l u m e dal q u a l e si a s p i r a l ' a r i a c l i c p o i si a n a l i z z a . i l n u o v o m e t o d o c o n s i s t e e s s e n z i a l m e n t e n e l l ' a t l i v a r e u n e l e t t r o d o p o s t o i n u n a c a v i t à c i l i n d r i c a v e r t i c a l e d e l t e r r e n o m a n t e n e n d o v e l o p e r u n c e r t o t e m p o ad e l e v a t o p o t e n z i a l e e l e t t r i c o n e g a t i v o e n c l j ' c s a m i n a r e poi i n c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e l ' a t t i v i t à c o n q u i s t a t a d a e s s o e l e t t r o d o . p e r a u m e n t a r e al m a s s i m o p o s s i b i l e l ' a t t i v i t à r a e e o g l i b i l e d a l l ' e l e t t r o d o , i n u n d e t e r m i n a t o i n t e r v a l l o di t e m p o , ( e c i ò p u ò e s s e r e i n d i s p e n s a b i l e i n t e r r e n i d e b o l m e n t e r a d i o a t t i v i ) c o n v i e n e di e s e g u i r e u n a c h i u s u r a p r e v e n t i v a del f o r o d i e s p e r i e n z a e p e r c i ò l ' a p p a r e c c h i o p e r l a r a c c o l t a d e l l ' a t t i v i t à è c o s ì c o s t i t u i t o : l ' e l e t t r o d o d a a t t i v a r e è c o n t e n u t o i n un a s t u c c i o m e t a l l i c o a ( v e d i fig. 1) s o s t e n u t o v i da u n g a m b o m e t a l l i c o g i s o l a t o e l e t t r i c a m e n t e d a l l e p a r e t i d e l l ' a s t u c c i o . l ' a s t u c c i o p o r t a n e l l a p a r t e i n f e r i o r e u n m a n i c o t t o m di g o m m a a d o p p i a p a r e t e c h e si p u ò g o n f i a r e ; l a p a r e t e del f o r o p r a t i c a t o •nel t e r r e n o è r i v e s t i l a d a u n t u b o , d i g r è s n e l n o s t r o c a s o , b e n a d e r e n t e al t e r r e n o . i n t r o m' a i i / i|p c~ \z " c ; v' 1* —i r i—f i g . i ij n u o v o m e t o d o l ' e l i la m i s u r a d e l c o n t e n u t o r a d i o a t t i v o e c c . d o l i o n e l l'oro l ' a s t u c c i o c o n t e n e n t e l ' e l e t t r o d o e m u n i t o di e o p e r c h i e l t o c , v i e n e gonfialo il m a n i c o t t o di g o m m a ; c o n q u e s t a o p e r a z i o n e , al f o n d o del b u c o , >olto l ' a s t u c c i o r i m a n e l i b e r o u n p o ' m e n o d i m e z z o m e t r o di f o r o ; la c o n e a m c r a z i o n e così f o r m a t a sotto l ' a s t u c c i o r i m a n e c h i u s a e senza c o m u n i c a z i o n e d i r e t t a con l ' a r i a a t m o s f e r i c a . l a c h i u s u r a del f o r o o t t e n u t a n e l m o d o ora d e t t o , si fa d u r a r e p e r un c e r i o n u m e r o di o r e , d o p o di c h e si s p i n g e l ' e l e t t r o d o e f u o r i d a l l ' a s t u c c i o d a l l a p o s i z i o n e 1 a l l a p o s i z i o n e 2 , gli si a p p l i c a i m m e d i a t a m e n t e u n a differenza di p o t e n z i a l e r i s p e t t o a l l ' a s t u c c i o ( c o n n e s s o e l e t t r i c a m e n t e con l a t e r r a ) p e r un t e m p o d e t e r m i n a l o , u n ' o r a p e r e s . , e p o i si r i t i r a l ' e l e t t r o d o n e l l ' a s t u c c i o , si sgonfia il m a n i c o t t o di g o m m a , si toglie l ' a s t u c c i o dal f o r o , si p r e l e v a l ' e l e t t r o d o e lo si p o r l a n e l l a c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e per m i s u r a r v i l ' a t t i v i t à . projondita mt. 2 oo 0 0 o . °n j§ * — — — js tempo di chiusura 10 20 30 a0 ore 50 fig. 2 c o n il d i s p o s i t i v o ora d e s c r i t t o , u s a t o in d u e pozzetti p r o f o n d i r i s p e t t i v a m e n t e m 2 e m 3 si sono e s e g u i t e n u m e r o s e m i s u r e dal giug n o 1 9 4 7 fino a l l o scorso f e b b r a i o , a l l o scopo di p r e c i s a r e le c a r a t t e r i s t i c h e di f u n z i o n a m e n t o d e l l ' a p p a r e c c h i o . l e m i s u r e sono s t a t e f a t t e a v e n d o di m i r a la s o l u z i o n e dei seg u e n t i p r o b l e m i : 1. — d e t e r m i n a r e l ' i n f l u e n z a d e l l a d u r a l a di c h i u s u r a preventiva del pozzetto sulla q u a n t i t à di e m a n a z i o n e e s i s t e n t e nel pozzetto stesso e c o n f r o n t a r e i d a t i s p e r i m e n t a l i con a l c u n e c o n s i d e r a z i o n i teor i c h e r e l a t i v e al r i f o r n i m e n t o di e m a n a z i o n e dal suolo verso il pozz e t t o . l e figure 2 e 3 r a c c o l g o n o l ' i n s i e m e d e l l e m i s u r e e s e g u i t e n e i d u e p o z z e t t i e in c i a s c u n a di esse è t r a c c i a l a la l i n e a c h e m e g l i o r a p p r e s e n t a i r i s u l t a t i : sulle ascisse =ta la d u r a t a p r e v e n t i v a di c h i u s u r a d e l pozzclto, s u l l e o r d i n a t e l ' a t t i v i là osservata s u l l ' e l e t t r o d o d e d o t t a d a l l ' o s s e r v a z i o n e al m i n u t o 2 0 d e l l a d i s a t t i v a z i o n e . 2 . —d e t e r m i n a r e il t i p o di r a d i o a t t i v i t à c o n t e n u t o n e l l ' a r i a t e l l u r i c a di p a v i a ; a q u e s t o s c o p o è stalo n e c e s s a r i o c a l c o l a r e l e c u r v e t e o r i c h e di d i s a t t i v a z i o n e r e l a t i v e a l l e tre e m a n a z i o n i r a d i o a t t i v e esi371 c. aliveari t e n t i in n a t u r a ; 1 u s o (li tali c u n e n e l l a i n t e r p r e t a z i o n e d e l l a curva s p e r i m e n t a l e h a p e r m e s s o di s t a b i l i r e c h e a p a v i a è p r e s e n t e essenz i a l m e n t e s o l t a n t o il r a d o n . 3 . — r e n d e r e q u a n t i t a t i v o il m e t o d o c o n f r o n t a n d o l o con un a l t r o m e t o d o q u a n t i t a t i v o . \ q u o t o c o p o è s t a l a usata la c a m e r a profondita mt. 3 • tempo di chiusura 20 30 f i g . 3 di r a c c o l t a vliv c r t i l o v era ( 1 ) pei' il p r e l i e v o d e l l ' a r i a t e l l u r i c a e successiva a t t i v a z i o n e di un e l e t t r o d o posto in essa c c a r i c a t o n e g a t i v a m e n t e ( v e d i fig. 1). q u e s t o c o n f r o n t o , u n i t a m e n t e ad a l t r e m i s u r e e s e g u i t e con r a p p a r e c e h i e l t o di fig. i m u n i t o s u c c e s s i v a m e n t e di e l e t trodi di v a r i a l u n g h e z z a , ha p e r m e s s o di s t a b i l i r ò c h e con l ' e l e t t r o d o del n u o v o a p p a r e c c h i o a l i v c r t i . n e l l e c o n d i z i o n i i n d i c a t e p i ù sù, -i d e p a u p e r a di r a a l ' a r i a del t r a t t o c i l i n d r i c o o c c u p a t o d a l l ' e l e t t r o d o . il e o n l r o n t o in q u e s t i o n e e la c o n o s c e n z a d e l l e c u r v e di fig. 2 e fig. 3 h a n n o p e r m e s s o i n f i n e di e l a b o r a r e tulli i dati s p e r i m e n t a l i r e n d e n d o l i o m o g e n e i e q u i n d i atti alla l'orinaz i o n e di valori m e d i : da t a l i v a l o r i m e d i c stato p o s s i b i l e individ u a r e i f a t t o r i m e t e o rologici i n f l u e n z a n t i il c o n t e n u t o r a d i o a t t i v o d e l l ' a r i a t e l l u r i c a . d a l l ' i n s i e m e dei risultati n u m e r i c i racc o l t i nel c o r s o d e l l a ri1 — i — c e r c a si t r a g g o n o le seguenti c o n c i u i o n i : •a u (',. inverti f i g . i g . laverà, r i c . s c i e n t . . à i . nuovo m e t o d o l ' e l i la a l i s i ih del c o n t e n u t o hadioat ti vo ec( a . — il c o n t e n u t o in radon d e l l ' a r i a t e l l u r i c a di p a v i a ( o s s e r v a t o r i o g e o f i s i c o a s . s p i r i t o ) a l l a p r o f o n d i t à fra 2 e 3 ni è c i r c a c o s t a n t e ed e q u i v a l e n t e a una r a d i o a t t i v i t à s u l l ' e l e t t r o d o di 1 . 6 e m a i l : q u e s t a r a d i o a t t i v i t à c o r r i s p o n d e n e l l ' a r i a t e l l u r i c a a 1111 c o n t e n u t o dell ' o r d i n e ili to' a t o m i di radon p e r c e n t i m e t r o c u b o . 1>. — a p r e s s i o n e d i m i n u e n t e il c o n t e n u t o r a d i o a t t i v o d e l l ' a r i a t e l l u r i c a è in m e d i a m a g g i o r e c l i c a prensione c r e s c e n t e : i n f a t t i le m e d i e s o n o : p r o f o n d i t à ni 2 p r o f o n d i t à 111 3 p r e s s i o n e d e c r e s r . 1,72-1 e m a i l 1,681 « creso. 1.415 1,511 c . —e s i s t e una s e n s i b i l e d i f f e r e n z a fra l ' a t t i v i t à c l i c -i trova a t e r r e n o secco e q u e l l a a t e r r e n o b a g n a t o : p r o f o n d i t à 111 2 p r o f o n d i t à 111 3 t e r r e n o a s c i u t t o 1 , 6 7 6 1 , 6 7 5 » b a g n a l o 1,5112 1.592 i). — si è c e r c a t a e non si è trovata una r e l a z i o n e con la vel o c i t à del v e n t o . e . — il nuove, m e t o d o ila p e r m e s s o i n f i n e di s t u d i a r e le cond i z i o n i di d i f f u s i o n e del radon dal t e r r e n o verso l ' a r i a del pozzetto t e n u t o a p e r t o . la p r e s e n t e r i c e r c a e stata eseguila a p a v i a n e l l ' o s s e r v a t o r i o dell ' i s t i t u t o n a z i o n a l e di g c o f i s i c a con un c o n t r i b u t o del c o n s i g l i o naz i o n a l e d e l l e r i c e r c h e . c r e d o d o v e r o s o r i n g r a z i a r e la ditta p i r e l l i c h e . non e s s e n d o p o s s i b i l e t r o v a r e in c o m m e r c i o in conseguenza dogli eventi b e l l i c i i m a t e r i a l i isolanti e ili g o m m a o c c o r r e n t i , h a f a b b r i c a t o e s p r e s s a m e n t e e d o n a t o d e l t i m a t e r i a l i . i.a r i c e r c a ( h e qui ò esposta s o m m a r i a m e n t e v e r r à p u b b l i c a l a per esteso n e l l a r i v i s t a g e o m i n e r a r i a , s t a m p a l a a cur a del! i t i t i l l o di g c o f i s i e a a p p l i c a t a del p o l i t e c n i c o di m i l a n o . istituto nazionale di gcolisii u — osscrv. di l'aria — giugno 1918. 621_628 agopyan 18.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 5, october 2002 621 severe magnetic storm effects in the ionosphere over istanbul: a case study harutyun agopyan istanbul university, vocational school of high technology, istanbul, turkey abstract the present study concentrates on the effects on the ionosphere of an individual severe magnetic storm of the sudden commencement (ssc) type, with ssc taking place in the daytime hours. the storm started on 29 october 1968 and went on to 2 november 1968 with geomagnetic 3-hourly magnetic activity index reaching values of kp ≥ 7. interplanetary magnetic field polarities included a (field polarity away from the solar wind) positive and t (field polarity towards the solar wind) negative polarities. in these conditions, the local response of true height of fregion (hf) ionization fails nonlinearly from fixed plasma densities. the interplanetary b z , the magnetic field hcomponent and k p were examined for the 5 days following the sudden commencement. due to intensive geomagnetic sc effects, the lower and upper limits of the f-regions were unbalanced because of gravity relaxation and solar wind pressure effects, until normal levels were restored. in the f-layer 70% deviations of critical frequencies ( f 0 f ) from median values, as well as hf level variations reaching hundreds of kilometers, were observed and were responsible for the destruction of communication channels. with a plasmapause location value l = 1.6 and with k p ≥ 7 the protonosphere reservoir should take 1.1 days for its replenishment; one day was in fact insufficient for a full plasma recovery. 1. introduction a geomagnetic storm (gs) is the result of strong enhancement of ring currents (rc) in which the earth’s magnetic field (emf) is usually depressed below its normal quiet day value. an ionospheric storm (is) is the ionospheric effect of a gs that increases or decreases the electron density (n e ) and the total electron content (n tec ) of the f-region; please refer to förster and jakowski (2000) and references therein, for a review on these phenomena. there are two kinds of iss known as negative iss and mailing address: associate prof. dr. harutyun agopyan, istanbul university, vocational school of high technology, 34320, avcilar, istanbul, turkey. former address: i.c.t.p., 34100 trieste, italy. e-mail: harutyun@istanbul.edu.tr key words geomagnetic activity − ionospheric positive storm − neutral gas concentration excess − radio reception − ring current positive iss, depending on the local time (lt) of onset of gs, latitude and season. the response of critical frequency of the f-region ( f0f2) depends markedly on season and solar and geomagnetic activity, and also on geomagnetic latitudes (matsushita, 1959). most of the winter storms show enhancements, whereas summer storms and equinox storms show depressions following short-lived enhancements. the interplanetary magnetic field (imf) during spring has an a (field polarity away from the solar wind), anti-sunward polarity, inducing + b z values, and t (field polarity toward the solar wind) during autumn it has a sunward polarity, inducing – b z values. thus, inverse b z signs are most common for october storms. solar flare-induced storms are weak but last a few days longer, because of the time taken for the stream to pass over the earth. several years ago, dungey (1961) and akasofu and chapman (1963) claimed that the energy transfer mechanism from the solar wind to the magnetosphere is a magnetic reconnection between the southward imf – b z and the earth’s 622 harutyun agopyan dipole emf. the non-linearity of the magnetosphere and ionosphere both depend on the rc energy injection rate (akasofu, 1981). mendillo and klobuchar (1975) presented tec storm behavior after the important discovery of a trough producing a negative phase that begins progressively later at sites with lower latitudes. prölss (1987) investigated the temperature response of the upper thermosphere, and gave quantitative results on composition changes. he also published a thermospheric model but suggested that further studies are required for negative iss at middle latitudes. models differ significantly near 200 km where the nitrogen (n 2 ) density is important and oxygen (o) is depleted in the summer. prediction of atomic o density in new solar cycles will require new satellite missions and revival satellite drag analyses, or improved methods of monitoring from the ground (hedin, 1988). rees et al. (1988) found that, at fixed pressure levels, the increase in mean molecular weight spread only a short distance from the auroral oval can be taken as evidence that negative iss at lower latitudes cannot be due to changes in the neutral gas composition. the n2/o density ratio is important together with that of other minor constituents assuming that the pressure scale height is approximately constant above 280 km. hewish and duffet-smith (1987) suggested a means of giving warning of impending high speed solar wind streams at 1au. this would allow predictions of time intervals where there will be higher probabilities of ms occurrence (tsurtani et al., 1988). the present study aims to contribute to satellite communications and as well as to ionospheric model studies for especially high geomagnetic activity conditions. 2. observation observations of the hourly behaviour of the critical frequency of the f2 layer of the ionosphere have been analyzed for their percentage deviations from their monthly median values the above measure of ∆f 0 f 2 , peak height values of hp f2,minimum height values of hminf and virtual height values of h′f for istanbul (geographic coordinates 41°n; 29°e; geomagnetic coordinates 39°n; 108°e; mc ilwain (1961) earth’s magnetic shell parameter l ≅ 1.6) have been analyzed to reveal the behavior of the ionosphere during strong gs disturbances. observations were made during the high solar activity period from 29 october 1968 to 2 november 1968. during this interval, d(γ) ≥ 120 and quite high magnetic activity indices of k p ≥ 7 were observed extensively (uyar, 1964; bulat and agopyan, 1980; agopyan, 1986, 1988 and 1996). figure 1a shows the percentage deviation of f0f2 (mhz) during the severe magnetic storm (ms) period of 5 days. it is seen that the f 0 f 2 values always show clear increases from the monthly medians of about 50% to 70% 8 or 10 h after the beginning of a ssc. however, the wireless short wave (sw) prediction 10 mhz for f 0 f 2 goes to 17 mhz during a severe gs. so it is advisable to tune to the higher frequencies. in other words, it would be better to lower the wavelength for sw radio reception (i.e. instead of noisy reception on the 31 m band, it would be better to tune to the 19 m band). in fig. 1b, hourly values of h p f2 and hminf are plotted. this shows the ionospheric plasma situation more clearly during a strong gs series (29/30/31 october 1/2 november 1968). during the first day of the storm, the height changes are over 250 km. it can be seen that no changes in height occur during the sunlit hours but they are significant during night hours. nocturnal h p f 2 and h min f crossing on november 1 electric current increases and cross generations of emf present ionospheric g condition existence respectively (agopyan, 1988). in fig. 2, maximum electron density (n m f 2 ⋅ 105 e cm–3 ), frequency (f0 f2 ⋅ 1 mhz), monthly median (nmedf2 ⋅ 10 5 e cm–3 ) and k p ranges are plotted against time for 28 october 1968 from 00 h 00 lt to 24 h 00 lt. the following days containing missing values have been omitted. the electron-density versus time curves are not suitable for studying the electron concentration changes at various heights because of strong day/ night differences during the storm. therefore ∆f f f f f f f f 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 100= ( ) − ( ) ( ) ×hourly median median . 623 severe magnetic storm effects in the ionosphere over istanbul: a case study fig. 3 shows isoionic contour plots of electron densities derived from true height profiles. here fixed plasma density variations show a decreasing amplitude of plasma wavelike behaviour as isoionic counter plots for the storm that started on 29 october, 1968 and continued for 5 days. the increase in height for various electron density values during the night and their nonlinear behaviour are not only the result of coronal mass ejections (cme) of the sun but also partly due to the effects of tides, wind pressures and gravity relaxation occurred progressively. from the fig. 3, most of the height changes of density values in between 1.5-6.5 ⋅ 105 e/cm3 occur near 20 h 00 lt. the variation is from 500 km to nearly 700 km at the topside window of the ionosphere (agopyan, 1988). here, the electron concentration of o+ ions is too low for a reliable fig. 1 a,b. a) percentage critical frequency deviations from monthly medians [∆f 0 f 2 (mhz)] versus consecutive local time (lt = ut + 2) hours with storm sudden commencement (ssc) occurrences for 29 october to 2 november 1968; b) minimum to maximum height variation of the ionospheric f-layer versus local time (lt ) hours. a b fig. 2. electron density (105 e cm–3 ), n med f 2 (105 e cm–3 ), frequency (mhz), and k p ranges versus local time for 29 october 1968 between 00 h 00 lt to 24 h 00 lt hours. 624 harutyun agopyan determination of the height. the most convenient time of day seems to be in the evening at 17 h 00 lt, when height variations of no more than 50 km are seen (the height remains between 250 and 300 km). the data have been subjected to spectral analysis. in fig. 4, the power spectra including hanning windowing (claerbout, 1985 and press et al., 1988) show the effects of planetary waves having about 12 hourly period. lunar and solar hourly periods with periods around 5 h, 18 h, and 64 h. furthermore, the power spectral density including hanning windowing shows that the similar results are present during the storm period as is seen in fig. 5. besides solar tide that can affect the acceleration of gravity over 280 km where pressure scale height becomes important on n2 /o density ratio equilibrium not only plasma waves, minor constituents but also lunar and tidal local effects should be taken into consideration for further investigations. in fig. 6, k p , imf (bz) and the h-component of the magnetic field are plotted for the 5 days of the sc storms (agopyan, 1986) observed worldwide from 29 october 1968 to 2 november 1968, including a, antisunward positive and t, toward the sun negative polarities. if the imf sector boundary crossings are effective with their a or t polarities, thus the variation of f 0 f 2 during t→a and a→t transitions could be explained by the solar wind speed (fig. 2 and fig. 9; bremer, 1988). there is a positive correlation between amplitudes and phases of sunspot cycle, k-index and emf, but, particularly in equinoctial months, the first harmonic of the h-component varies irregularly with sunspot number. the seasonal variation of amplitudes and solar cycle variation of amplitude harmonics (smoothed) have been investigated for disturbed days together with the yearly variation and sunspot number and k-index, and also for the h-component (işıkara, 1971). the k-index since 1952 from the kandilli fig. 3. isoionic contours derived from n(h) analysis of ionograms for between 29 october to 2 november 1968 show true height variations h (km) of whole storm series throughout the 5 k p ≥ 7 days showing disturbed wavelike behaviour of plasma densities. 625 severe magnetic storm effects in the ionosphere over istanbul: a case study fig. 4. power spectra of the electron density value of the ionospheric storm including hanning windowing. fig. 5. power spectral density of the electron density value of the ionospheric storm including hanning windowing. 626 harutyun agopyan observatory shows a statistically significant relation with the amplitudes of the solar and lunar variations of the emf. all components of the emf and k-index show an increase in amplitude generally with increasing sunspot number as n m f2, f0f2 and subpeak electron content (agopyan and bulat, 1990). 3. discussion of results and conclusions the results presented in the graphs may be summarized as follows: a) the f-layer starts to rise up in a rather normal way near sunset. coincident with this rising of the layer where there are sudden increases in ionization, which reaches a value about 60% to 70% larger than its normal level, for the three sscs. sc1-(29 october 1968 11 h 09 lt, k p = 7), sc2-(31 october 1968 11 h 00 lt, k p = 8) and sc3-(1 november 1968 11 h 17 lt, k p = 7). b) for the 3 cases represented in figures, after reaching a maximum of concentration excess (∆f0f2), the layer and ∆f0 f go down by about 100160 km and then return to normal. c) the negative phase for the third storm is very marked and coincides with a possible expansion of the f-layer. possible dominant mechanisms for the increase in ionization concentration about 8-10 h after the ssc could be: i) intensification of the neutral wind circulation equatorward bringing up ionization to the regions of lower recombination processes; ii) ionospheric feeding by plasma, flowing from the plasmasphere towards the equator due to its compression. this compression could be due to the e × b ions drifting from polar (higher) to equatorial (lower) l-shells causing further motion along magnetic flux tubes. the saturation of the flux tubes is reached after 8-10 h. the reason for the rapid decrease following the peak of concentration could be due to: i) a sudden change in the structure of the fig. 6. comparison of kp, imf (bz ) and h-component magnetic field variations for the 5 days of the sc storms observed on 29, 30, 31 october 1, 2 november 1968, including a (field polarity away from the solar wind) positive and t (field polarity toward the solar wind) negative polarities. 627 severe magnetic storm effects in the ionosphere over istanbul: a case study electric field that causes downward drift to the f-layer as a whole to regions of higher recombination processes; ii) a sudden change in direction of the neutral winds. the source of heating of the thermosphere at lower latitudes is more difficult to understand. it appears that the f-layers oscillate afterwards, as illustrated by its wavelike structure. the return to higher values of f-layer heights could be due to the following: i) the sudden vanishing of the special structure of the electric field; ii) the returning of neutral wind to normal conditions. nevertheless, the positive phase cannot be due to the increase of ionizing radiation from the sun because in that case we would observe a positive peak rather closer to the sc of the storm. from the aeronomic point of view, in general, istanbul (l = 1.6) experiences equatorial storm characteristics because of its location in the same longitudinal network as athens (l = 1.4), rome (l = 1.6) and cape kennedy (l = 1.8) and it also shows phase similarities, parallel morphologic features, and characteristic mendillo peak. for the geomagnetic latitude of istanbul, with a plasmapause location value l = 1.6 for k p ≥ 7, the saturation of the protonospheric reservoir would be expected to take t s = 0.17 (l)4 ≅ 1.1 days (kamide and richmond, 1986). thus one day is insufficient for its replenishment. the case is not similar for stations having similar coordinates but it is for equivalent l values. if the f2 layer was completely solarcontrolled, the lt contour maps of f 0 f 2 would follow lines of geographic latitudes (fox and mcnamara, 1988). it should be kept in mind that when the sun is fast, with a lead-time of about a quarter of an hour (i.e. the equation of time is positive), there is an extreme energy injection into the ionosphere by way of the magnetospheric plasma and vice versa for the high solar geomagnetic activity conditions. during the times with − b z solar wind, the magnetosphere energy transfer function derived by perreault and akasofu (akasofu, 1981) is dominant near 180° due to the term sin4ν/2. here ν is the polar angle of the imf vector in the y-z plane of the solarmagnetosphere coordinate system. it is known that ε = vb2i 0 sin4ν/2 where v is the velocity of the solar wind, b is the magnitude of the imf and i0 = 7 earth radii. the variation of the ε function gives evidence that the energy transfer from the solar wind into the magnetosphere is higher during imf t pro sectors than during a anti sectors. after a cme only the variation of the solar wind speed determines the mean energy input, but the increase during the anti → pro sector transition is steeper than the decrease during the transition from pro → anti sector. plasma-sheet distance depends on cross-tail potential drop, φ t , or cross-polar cap potential, φ cp , and φ t in turn depends on ε via the relation with the correlation coefficient ∝ 0.92 where the power (ε) of solar windmagnetosphere dynamo changes as a function of time (reiff et al., 1977). the sources of temperature increases and their physical explanations give the most reliable information. but magnetic activity variations still remain a critical area needing improvement for all models (hedin, 1988). acknowledgements the author wishes to thank prof. dr. taner bulat for his leading cooperation of ionogram scaling and prof. dr. stuart r.c. malin for his critical review of the manuscripts. i would also like to thank professors abdus salam, luciano bertocchi, giuseppe furlan, neille j. skinner and sandro m. radicella, the international atomic energy agency, unesco for hospitality at the ictp, ics, and icem. i am indebted also to dr. emin demirbag and mr. taner arslan for their computer assistance. references agopyan, h. (1986): ionospheric behaviour on geomagnetic storms, in proceedings of the international symposium on «radio beacon contribution to study of ionization and dynamics of the ionosphere and corrections to geodesy», oulu, finland, edited by antti taurainen, part-1, 11-25. agopyan, h. (1988): severe magnetic storm effects on the ionosphere over istanbul, in proceedings of abstracts on «international beacon satellite symposium (ibss) 88 on the investigation of the ionosphere by means of φ φt pc≅ ∝ ε 628 harutyun agopyan beacon satellite measurement», april 18-21, beijing, china, edited by cao chong, china research institute of radiowave propagation, 2. agopyan, h. (1996): the reason for severe magnetic storm effects in the ionosphere over istanbul (st066), in xxi general assembly of the european geophysical society, 6-10 may 1996, «solar terrestrial events and their effects on the ionosphere and atmosphere (st10)», the hague, holland, ann. geophysicae, suppl. iii, vol. 14, c755. agopyan, h. and t. bulat (1990): the changes of subpeak electron content of the ionosphere depending on seasons and sunspots, pubblication of istituto nazionale di geofisica n. 523, roma, italia. akasofu, s. (1981): energy coupling between solar wind and the magnetosphere, space sci. rev., 28, 121-190. akasofu, s. and s. chapman (1963): the development of the main phase of magnetic storms, j. geophys. res., 68, 125-129. bremer, j. (1988): the influence of the imf structure on the ionospheric f-region, j. atmos. terr. physics, 50, 831-838. bulat, t. and h. agopyan (1980): tepealti elektron yogunlugunun gunes lekelerine ve mevsimlere gore degisimi (the changes of sub-peak electron content of ionosphere depending on seasons and sunspots), in 7th turkish scientific and technical research association congress, tubitak, i.zmir, turkey, 387-392. claerbout, j.f. (1985): imaging the earth’s interior (blackwell, oxford, england), 67-75. dungey, j.w. (1961), interplanetary magnetic field and auroral zones, phys. rev. lett., 6, 47-48. förster, m. and n. jakowski (2000): geomagnetic storm effects on the topside ionosphere and plasmasphere: a compact tutorial and new results, surv. geophys., 21, 47-87. fo x, m.w and l.f. mc n a m a r a (1988): improved worldwide maps of monthly median f 0 f 2 , j. atmos. terr. physics, 50, 1072-1086. hedin, a.e. (1988): atomic oxygen modeling in the upper thermosphere, planet. space sci., 36, 907-920. hewish, a. and p.j. duffet-smith (1987): a new method of forecasting geomagnetic activity and proton showers, planet. space sci., 35, 487-491. işikara, a.m. (1971): the solar and lunar influences on the earth’s magnetic field at istanbul, revue de la faculté des sciences de l’universite d’istanbul, geophysique, ser. c, 36, 117-127. kamide,y. and a.d. richmond (1986): recent advances in studies of magnetosphere ionosphere coupling, j. geomagn. geoelectr., 38, 653-714. matsushita, s. (1959): a study of the morphology of ionospheric storms, j. geophys. res., 64, 305-321. mc ilwain, c.e. (1961): coordinates for mapping the distribution of magnetically trapped particles, j. geophys. res., 66, 3681-3691. mendillo, m. and j.a. klobuchar (1975): investigations of the ionospheric f-region using multistation tec observations, j. geophys. res., 80, 643-650. press, w.h., b.p. flannery, s.a. teukolsky and w.t. wetterling (1988): numerical recipes, the art of scientific computing (cambridge university press), 420-429. prölss, g.w. (1987): storm induced changes in the thermosphere composition at middle latitudes, planet. space sci., 35, 807-811. rees, d., t.j. fuller-rowell and h. risbeth (1988): the use of mass spectrometer measurements to derive thermospheric temperatures and density, planet. space sci., 36, 281-290. reiff, p.h., t.w. hill and j.l. burch (1977): solar wind plasma injection at the dayside magnetospheric cusp, j. geophys. res., 82, 479-491. tsurutani, b.t., w.d. gonzales, f. tang, s.-i. akasofu and e.j. smith (1988): origin of interplanetary southward magnetic fields responsible for major magnetic storms near solar maximum (1978-1979), j. geophys. res., 99, 8519-8531. uyar, m.o. (1964): magnetic storms, republic of turkey, ministry of national education, magnetic service of kandilli observatory istanbul, 1-5. (received april 8, 2002; accepted october 11, 2002) akiyama 791_798.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 6, december 2002 791 collapse modes of structures under strong motions of earthquake hiroshi akiyama real estate science, school of science and technology, nihon university, kanda-surugadai, chiyoda-ku, tokyo, japan 1. objective in the hyogoken-nanbu earthquake, 1995, various types of failure modes and collapse modes were disclosed not only in reinforced concrete structures but also in steel structures. among these modes of failure and collapse, the most fundamental and common cause for the total collapse of structure is the impairment of the strength to support the gravity loading due to the seismic loading. in this paper, the process to the final collapse is described and the effective measure to eliminate the final cause of collapse is made clear. mainly, the collapse modes of the multi-storied frames under shear deformations are discussed. 2. loading effect under earthquakes, structures are subjected to a combined effect of gravity loading and seismic loading. gravity loading has a definite effect expressed by the force proportional to the mass under the field of constant acceleration of g. thus, a structure is characterized by a potential energy proportional to the height of the structure. the ground motions under an earthquake are divided into horizontal and vertical. since the framed structure is primarily designed against gravitational loading with a sufficiently large margin of safety, the loading effect due to the vertical seismic ground motion is of minor importance. therefore, only the loading effect due to the horizontal ground motion is discussed in the paper. the loading effect of a seismic ground motion can be grasped as an energy input. the total mailing address: dr. hiroshi akiyama, real estate science, school of science and technology, nihon university, kanda-surugadai, chiyoda-ku, tokyo, japan. abstract under strong motion earthquakes, structures receive various types of damage. the most fatal damage is the loss of lateral strengths of a structure. the loss of lateral resistance causes a total collapse of the structure due to the p−δ effect associated with the lateral displacements and the gravity loading. to eliminate such a collapse mode, to introduce into the ordinary stiff structure a flexible element which remains elastic is very effective. the flexiblestiff mixed structure can behave preferably in many aspects under strong earthquakes. key words collapse mode − damage concentration − p − δ effect − flexible-stiff mixed structure 792 hiroshi akiyama energy input into a structure by an earthquake is a stable amount influenced by the total mass and the fundamental natural period and is scarcely influenced by the other structural parameters such as the strength distribution, the mass distribution and the stiffness distribution (akiyama, 1985). the balance of energy is described as follows: wr = we + wp = e (2.1) where wr is the resistance of a structure in energy absorption; we is the elastic vibrational energy in a structure; wp is the cumulative inelastic strain energy in a structure, and e is the total energy input by an earthquake. we + wp forms the absorbed energy by a structure. under the horizontal ground motion, the structure develops horizontal displacements. horizontal displacements of structure and the gravity loading form an additional effect of socalled «p − δ effect». the p − δ effect corresponds to the release of potentional energy in the gravitational acceleration field, and causes the reduction of the horizontal resistance of the structure in strength. considering the p − δ effect, the total resistance of a structure against a horizontal ground excitation in terms of energy, twr is described as twr = we + wp − wpδ (2.2) where wpδ is the release of potential energy by the p − δ effect. the total energy input can be expressed by more understandable quantities such as the equivalent velocity and the equivalent height in the gravitational field defined as follows: (2.3) (2.4) where m is the total mass of the structure; v e is the equivalent velocity, and heq is the equivalent height in the gravitational field. even under the strongest level earthquakes which occurred in japan, it is very rare for v e to exceed 300 cm/s. heq for ve = 300 cm/s becomes 46 cm. when one story of a multi-story frame fails to support the gravitational force, the story collapses and the potential energy stored in the upper stories beyond the collapsed story is released. the equivalent height of the released energy is the story height, h. taking an ordinary value of h to be 400 cm, the seismic energy input which corresponds to heq = 46 cm is realized to be far modest compared to the released potential energy in the event of story collapse. 3. collapse modes under earthquakes collapse of a structure starts at the weakest point of the structure. in cases influenced by the p − δ effect, the energy balance shown by eq. (2.1) is modified as w r = w e + r k w pk = e + w pδ (3.1) where wr is the resistance of a structure in inelastic energy absorption; wpk is the resistance of the weakest story in inelastic energy absorption; k is the number of the story which yields the minimum value of r k , and rk = wp /wpk is the damage concentration factor. the damage concentration factor takes unity when the sheer damage concentration takes place in the k th story, generally ranging 1.0 ≤ rk ≤ erk (3.2) where e rk is the energy distribution when the structure remains elastic. the value of rk is influenced by the structural type and the strength distribution. in weakcolumn type, rk becomes smaller compared to the case of weak-beam type. the strength distribution is normalized by dividing with the strength distribution in the elastic case. rk tends to take the smallest value at the weakest story in the normalized strength distribution. collapse occurs when wr can not reach e + wpδ . the energy absorption capacity wpk is determined by the mechanical properties of structure including material properties. e mv v e m e e = = 2 2 2 ( ) e mgh h e mg v geq eq e= = =( ) 2 2 793 collapse modes of structures under strong motions of earthquake in the reinforced concrete structures, an adequate reinforcement and yielding of reinforcing steel bars ensure the energy absorption capacity. crush of concrete and buckling of reinforcing bars limit the capacity. in particular, shear failure accompanied by crush of concrete drastically impedes the development of inelastic deformation. in steel structures, a high energy absorption capacity can be expected as far as the inherently ductile material properties are adequately developed. various modes of buckling impair the energy absorption capacity. another important mode of failure is brittle fracture of steel members which was widely disclosed in the hyogoken-nanbu earthquake, 1995 and the northridge earthquake, 1994. as a result of the intensive researches (nakashima et al., 1998; akiyama, 2000; roeder, 2000), the effective measures to eliminate the brittle fracture were made clear in the following directions. 1) to exclude the material which indicates low toughness against brittle structure. 2) to apply minute structural details to reduce stress concentration. the final cause for collapse is the p − δ effect. the p−δ effect appears as a release of energy by the amount of wpδ in eq. (3.1). and also, the p − δ effect prompts the damage concentration in the multistory frames, making rk smaller. in fig. 1, typical examples of story collapse found in the hyogokennanbu (kobe) earthquake (1995) are shown. these buildings are reinforced concrete frames. fig. 1. story collapse of reinforced concrete frames in kobe earthquake. 794 hiroshi akiyama in the weakest intermediate story, the energy absorption capacity of columns expired. after the energy balance was lost the potential energy was released, resulting in the story collapse. stories other than the collapsed story were equipped with sufficient strength to resist the impulsive forces associated with the release of potential energy, and thus, escaped collapse. when stories other than the initially collapsed story cannot resist the impulsive forces, a successive collapse of other stories can take place, leading to the total release of potential energy, and the total collapse of the entire frame. 4. p effect referring to fig. 2, the p effect in the relationship between the story shear force and the story drift in the multi-storied structure is expressed by a negative spring effect as shown in the next equation (4.1) where w is the total weight which rests on the story; qp is the decrease of shear force resistance due to the p effect; is the story drift; h is the height of story; and kp = w/ is the spring constant characterized by the p effect. the work done by this additional shear force, qp until the maximum deformation m is reached, is written as (4.2) where w is the work done by the p effect. under the maximum story deformation of m, the weight which rests on the story moves downward by as shown in fig. 1. the downward displacement is written as (4.3) the work done by the p effect is just equal to the product of and w. the influence of the p effect on the seismic response of structures can be most explicitly stated in terms of the energy input. through numerical analyses, it was found that the increase in energy input due to the p effect can be related to kp as follows (akiyama, 1984): (4.4) where k 1 is the spring constant of the first story in the elastic range, and kp 1 is kp in the first story. thus, observing the first story, eq. (3.1) is rewritten as (4.5) q w h kp p= = w r w e k k e p p+ = +1 1 1 1 1 10 ( ) . fig. 2. p effect. w w h m= 2 2 = m h 2 2 . w k e kp p= 10 1 1 795 collapse modes of structures under strong motions of earthquake gravity loading and keeping elasticity within the range of the maximum drift anticipated under the seismic loading. such a compound structure consisting of the flexible element and stiff element is recognized to be the flexible-stiff mixed structure (akiyama, 1998). structural performances in the flexible-stiff mixed structure are enhanced as the elasticity in the flexible element is increased. the intensity of elasticity of the flexible element is measured by rq defined by the following equation: (5.4) where rq is the elasticity intensity in the flexiblestiff mixed structure; s q y is the yield strength of the stiff element; f q m is the maximum shear force in the flexible element, and prefix f and s identify quantities of the flexible and stiff elements. the shear force-story deformation relationship of the flexible-stiff mixed structure is shown in fig. 3a-c. the shear force-story deformation relationship of the stiff element is assumed to be the elastic-perfectly plastic type. under the elastic-perfectly plastic q relationship as shown in fig. 4, the energy absorption due to plastic deformation is related to the cumulative plastic deformation as follows: w p = q y p = q y y (5.5) where q y is the yield shear force; p is the total cumulative plastic deformation; p + , p are cumulative plastic deformations in positive and negative loading domains, and = p / y is the cumulative plastic deformation ratio. on the other hand, the maximum deformation in the story, m is another important damage index. the non-dimensionallized maximum deformation is defined as (5.6) where µm is the plastic deformation ratio. when the story shear force resistance is totally nullified due to the combined action of structural collapse modes and the p effect, the static equilibrium of forces in the vertical direction is broken. then, the weakest story takes a path to the total collapse under the release of potential energy in the gravitational acceleration field. the released potential energy can make stories other than the weakest story successively collapse, thus inviting a progressive process to the total collapse of the structure. 5. cancel of gravity loading effect if it is possible to eliminate the p effect, the major cause of collapse of structure can be removed. the most effective measure to eliminate the p effect is to equip a structure with an elastic element which can cancel the negative spring effect shown by eq. (4.1). in the multistoried structure, the elastic element is required to satisfy the following conditions: (5.1) where is the original elastic spring constant of the frame; and m is the predicted maximum story drift under earthquakes. then, the substantial elastic spring constant, kf after cancelling the p effect becomes as k f = f k0 + kp . (5.2) the condition given by eq. (5.1) is same as k f 0 . (5.3) the structure must also be equipped with the energy absorbing element to resist earthquakes. the energy absorbing element must be equipped with high elastic rigidity and large inelastic deformation capacity. the elastic element is characterized by the relatively smaller elastic rigidity and can be categorized by «the flexible element». the energy absorbing element with relatively high elastic rigidity can be categorized by «the stiff element». the flexible element is designed under the condition of supporting the f p mk k w h 0 = r q q k q q f m s y f m s y = = f k0 p p p= + + µm m y y = 796 hiroshi akiyama the efficiency in plastic energy absorption can be measured by η / µm. the hysteretic loop which corresponds to η / µm is shown in fig. 5. when the flexible element does not exist, η / µm was found to be in the following range: (5.7) in this case, rq can be negative due to the p−δ effect. then, the deformation tends to develop one-sidedly. the smallest value of η /µm can be easily realized in the case where the p−δ effect becomes significantly large. as rq increases, η /µm increases and the following values are practicable in the design of the flexible-stiff mixed structure: (5.8) in fig. 5, neq denotes the number of hysteretic loop with the plastic deformation amplitude of µ m δ y . the advantage of the flexible-stiff mixed structure is found in cancellation of the p − δ effect, unification of damage distribution and minimization of drift under a certain amount of energy absorption. these preferable performances are secured as far as the following condition is satisfied: rq ≥ 1.0 . (5.9) the p − δ effect is intensified as the number of story increases. therefore, the importance of introducing the flexible-stiff mixed structure becomes clear in high-rise buildings. the efficiency of the flexible-stiff mixed structures is expressed by the largeness of µ m and η . in order to make µ m large, two methods are effective as shown in eq. (5.6): 1 0 4 0. .≤ ≤η µm . η µm = 8 0 12 0. . . to fig. 4. elastic-perfectly plastic type of q − δ relationship. fig. 3a-c. a) flexible element; b) stiff element; c) mixed system. a b c 797 collapse modes of structures under strong motions of earthquake 1) to maximize δm (maximum elastic deformation). 2) to minimize sδy (elastic limit deformation of the stiff element). in particular, to minimize sδy is a promising approach, resulting also in the reduction of δm. fig. 5. equivalent hysteretic loop associated with η /µm . now in japan, high-rise buildings with high performance are being pursued in a structural type which consists of main structural skeletons remaining elastic and additionally equipped energy absorbing elements with small elastic limit deformations. 798 hiroshi akiyama 6. conclusions structures can withstand earthquakes by absorbing the total energy input, as far as the release of the potential energy in the gravitational acceleration field is prevented. since the total energy input exerted by an earthquake is a very stable amount, the damage concentration occurs inevitably and accelerates the collapse of structures. there can be various modes of collapse inherent to individual structures. when the structural collapse modes are combined with the p − δ effect, the structure loses its lateral strength and the total collapse can occur. the essential measure to eliminate the total collapse is taken by cancelling the p − δ effect by introducing the elastic element. the generalized structural form equipped with the elastic element is identified to be the flexible-stiff mixed structure and can develop higher performances under earthquakes. references akiyama, h. (1984): p−δ effect of energy absorption capacity of steel framed structures subjected to earthquakes, trans. a.i.j., no. 340, 11-16. akiyama, h. (1985): earthquake-resistant limit-state design for buildings (university of tokyo press), 1-372. akiyama, h. (1998): a prospect for future earthquake resistant design, eng. struct., 20 (4-6), 447-451. akiyama, h. (2000): evaluation of fractural mode of failure in steel structures following kobe lessons, j. constr. steel res., 55, 211-227. nakashima, m., k. suita, k. morisako and y. maruoka (1998): tests of welded beam-column subassemblies, j. struct. eng., 124 (11), 1245-1252. roeder, c.w. (2000): sac program to assure ductile connection performance, behaviour of steel structures in seismic areas, in proceedings of the third international conference stessa 2000, 659-666. adg vol5 n02 te+krz 273_278.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 273 anomalous piezoelectric effects found in the laboratory and reconstructed by numerical simulation krzysztof p. teisseyre institute of geophysics, polish academy of science, warszawa, poland abstract various rocks and minerals, which are not piezoelectric in the common sense, exhibit transient electric polarization in response to sudden changes in stress load. this anomalous piezoelectric effect differs from the regular, static piezoelectric response, in which electric charges appear as a result of crystal lattice deformation. the anomalous piezoelectricity is dynamic decaying in a few seconds or a few tens of seconds. however, in some materials different polarization properties are discovered. to explain certain aspects of the polarization signal increase and decay, some complicated mechanisms of electric charge generation and relaxation need to be assumed in their number – concurrence of two or three relaxation processes. the hypothetical mechanisms are only mentioned, as the purpose of this work is to construct numerical models, behaving like the rocks investigated. examples of experimental plots are shown together with the results of the numerical simulation of these experiments. 1. laboratory experiments with rock samples subjected to a change in load the laboratory research was done by vassilios hadjicontis and claire mavromatou, in the department of physics, university of athens. samples of various rocks held initially under a certain steady load, were subjected to a quick increase in load, in some cases followed by a decrease after some time to almost the initial level. the charge detecting-recording system contains an electrode adjacent to the sample wall (at a distance of 5 mm), the load sensor positioned below the sample and a digital recording apparatus with oscilloscope and printer. either the plot of applied load and curve of electric signal versus time, or the plot of the load time-derivative and again the plot of the generated electric signal were seen on the screen. a detailed description of the experimental setup was published by hadjicontis and mavromatou (1995). these authors suggest that the obtained curves of electric signal are proportional to the time-derivative of load (pressure) acting on the sample. the present work checks this hypothesis by means of numerical analysis and suitable simulating algorithms. mailing address: dr. krzysztof p. teisseyre, institute of geophysics, polish academy of science, ksiȩcia janusza 64, 01-452 warszawa, poland; e-mail: kt@igf.edu.pl key words anomalous piezoelectric effect – transient electric polarization – electric properties of rocks 274 krzysztof p. teisseyre 2. modelling of the signal components generation and relaxation the time derivative of load was, for this modelling, read from experimental curves and written as the input data (for future simulations, use of data in digital form is planned). certain formulae for the simulations were developed and tested, corresponding to some models of electric signal generation and relaxation in the rock. the stimulus – actual value of time derivative of load (dp/dt), multiplied by proportionality coefficient k, contributes to the state of polarization at a given stage, and indirectly also at following s t a g e s . t h e i n d i r e c t e ff e c t d i m i n i s h e s exponentially with time. in other words, the polarization process may create at each stage some element of electric response and this element immediately starts to decay, according to exponential routine. therefore, the electrical signal at a given stage i results from the value of actual stimulus and the sum of previous stages influence where v is the generated electrical signal; k proportionality coefficients; l relaxation coefficient. in order to simulate the experimental results, some complications are added to this method. the most important is: the energy given by each stimulus (dp/dt) is divided into two or three parts: a quickly-decaying electric polarization process; a medium speed process and a long-relaxation one; the differences lie in the values of relaxation coefficient l. a multiple mechanism of relaxation is also proposed by varotsos et al. (2001), who explain the greek limestone and polish peridotite behaviour (in similar tests) by concurrence of three relaxation processes: one fast and two long relaxation ones. they also suggest that the deformation-induced c h a rg e f l ow m e c h a n i s m m i g h t b e t h e appropriate generation mechanism for the seismic electric signals. rock samples, which are at first sight very similar, respond in the experiments slightly differently. to reconstruct the course of their polarization and its decay, different coefficients are assumed. moreover, the same sample may react in various way to the rise of load and to decrease – partial removing of the force. this points to the micro-cracks and dislocation arrays mediation in the process of charge separation and migration. in some cases of simulation, the so-called «opposite components» are added to the signal. these are caused by stopping the load increase and to explain their existence, a kind of rebound processes within the sample is postulated. the decrease of direct response should be abrupt enough to act as a metastimulus on the material, that is to create a component of the electric signal bearing the opposite sign. such phenomena may be explained if one assumes the mediation of dislocations and micro-crack movements in the processes of charge separation and summation. only in a few cases does the opposite components pile give an effect of opposite bay-bay-like flexion of the signal curve below the initial level. one of such cases is included here. such defined opposite components depend on the proportionality coefficient k mentioned previously, and on the additional coefficient kop. although it may be expected that kop should not be greater than 1, for some cases, a greater value of this coefficient must be taken, in order to obtain similarity with the experimental results. opposite bays phenomena, as seen here in fig. 2, are hard to explain in another way. besides, at the time of response generation to any stimulus or meta-stimulus, this direct response is normalized in such a way that it cannot exceed a certain value, common for all considered cases. influence of this normalization is mild. it must be pointed out that physical values of stimulus, in dp/dt and the simulated signal in mv, are calculated ex post; simulation de facto consisted of transforming one synthetic plot into another. nevertheless, the physical values of k-coefficients were ex post calculated. v dp dt k i n l i n i = − − = ∑ ( ) ( ) 1 exp n 275 anomalous piezoelectric effect found in the laboratory and reconstructed by numerical simulation 3. three examples of experiment and simulation results here we compare the laboratory data and those obtained by numerical simulation; in presented figures the upper part shows the load acting on the sample (one division corresponds to 100 kg), below – the recorded electric signals and the load time-derivatives, the lower part represents simulation results. in the experimental diagrams, the horizontal axis shows time in seconds – one division on horizontal axis corresponds respectively in case (1) to 5 s, in other cases to 2 s. 1) volcanic tuff sample (fig. 1). two episodes of increase in the load; the second caused a new signal peak before the first vanished completely. initial load = 330 kg, maximal load ~ 800 kg. on the plot of the observed electric signal, one division in the vertical direction fig. 1. experiment with sample of volcanic tuff: the load, electric signal, load time-derivative and the simulation of electric signal curve. 276 krzysztof p. teisseyre corresponds to 50 mv. the calculated proportionality coefficient k is 7.2 ⋅ 10−7 mv s/pa; in the simulation: k = 0.51. proportion of quickly decreasing part to whole new signal component is at first 70%, of slowly decreasing part – 30%; respective l – coefficients are 8 and 320. 2) jurassic limestone from poland (fig. 2). four consecutive strikes were applied to the sample. initial load = 330 kg, maximum ~ 750 kg. on the plot of observed electric signal, one division in the vertical denotes 100 mv. the calculated proportionality coefficient k is 1 ⋅ 10−7 mv s/pa; in the simulation: k = 1.1; proportion of quickly decreasing part to new signal is at first 53%, for middle quick – 29%, remaining 18% starts the slowest, long-lasting part; coefficients l are 4, 10 and 50. additional proportionality coefficient for opposite components k op is very big: 2.43. 3) another experiment on the jurassic limestone from poland (fig. 3). episode of the load increase, stationary phase and the phase of fig. 2. experiment with sample of limestone: the load, electric signal, load time-derivative and the simulation of electric signal curve. 277 anomalous piezoelectric effect found in the laboratory and reconstructed by numerical simulation load decrease. initial load = 310 kg, maximal ~ 633 kg. on the plot of registered electric signal, one division denotes 20 mv. the calculated proportionality coefficient k is for load increase phase 2.35 ⋅ 10−6 mv s/pa, and for the phase of load decrease: 6.8 ⋅ 10−6 mv s/pa; in the simulation: k = 0.235 and for the load decrease k = 0.68. proportion of quickly decreasing part to whole new signal component is at first 82%, of middle one – 15%, slowest one has initially 3%. respective relaxation coefficients l are 4, 10 and 50. additional proportionality coefficient for opposite components kop is 0.13. 4. discussion we present some examples of the electric responses to stress load on rocks to emphasize their complex response mechanisms. the current theories of piezoelectricity or piezoelectric grafig. 3. another experiment with the limestone: the load, electric signal, load time-derivative and the simulation of electric signal curve. 278 krzysztof p. teisseyre dient, include usually only the direct response and, additionally, its relaxation. numerical simulations undertaken in the presented project show that the induced electric potential response to stress load has a complex structure and that its relaxation includes at least a slow and a rapid mechanism. for the volcanic tuff, a simple model appears to be satisfactory: a twin-component signal summation and relaxation. on the other hand, the response of some rock materials may be satisfactorily modelled only with the assumption of a larger number of polarization processes occurring simultaneously, each one decaying with appropriate schedule, depending on the l coefficient of the presented formula. to achieve a better agreement with the experiments on some rocks including limestone, a hypothesis of opposite components is formulated. in the presented case (2), the opposite components increase is ruled by a greater coefficient of proportionality k than that of the main component. probably some peculiar structure of the sample is responsible for this effect and it cannot be excluded that in other parts of the sample, a little further away from the electrode, the signal behaviour may be different. satisfactory agreement between experiment and its reconstruction was not obtained in some cases (see fig. 2) and this suggests that more components are in fact involved. it cannot be stated that all components necessary to explain the complex behaviour of some rocks are already discovered, experiments as well as modelling are underway. examples of more complex modelling have recently been published by teisseyre et al. (2001). transient electric polarization was also detected in various rocks subjected to high loads, close to brittle fracture (enomoto et al., 1994). in experiments conducted in athens such signals were also observed close to the sample fracturing (hadjicontis and mavromatou, personal communication). production and propagation of electric signals under variable load are important phenomena both in the physics of rocks and in the search for various detectable earthquake precursors (enomoto et al., 1994; varotsos et al., 2001). references enomoto, y., t. shimamoto, a. tsutsumi and h. hashimoto (1994): transient electric signals prior to rock fracturing: potential use as an earthquake precursor, in: electromagnetic phenomena related to earthquake prediction, edited by m. hayakawa and y. fujinawa (terrapub, tokyo), 253-259. hadjicontis, v. and c. mavromatou (1995): electric signals recorded during uniaxial compression of rock samples: their possible correlation with preseismic electric signals, acta geophysica polonica, 43 (1), 49-61. teisseyre, k.p., v. hadjicontis and c. mavromatou (2001): anomalous piezoelectric effect: analysis of experimental data and numerical simulation, acta geophysica polonica, 49 (4), 449-462. varotsos, p., v. hadjicontis and a.s. nowick (2001): the physical mechanism of seismic electric signals, acta geophysica polonica, 49 (4), 415-421. a dynamical study of frictional effect on scaling of earthquake source displacement spectra annals of geophysics, 59, 2, 2016, s0210; doi:10.4401/ag-6974 s0210 a dynamical study of frictional effect on scaling of earthquake source displacement spectra jeen-hwa wang institute of earth sciences, academia sinica, nangang, taipei, taiwan abstract the scaling of earthquake source displacement spectra is analytically studied based on the continuous form of one-dimensional dynamical spring-slider model in the presence of either linearly slip-weakening friction or linearly velocity-weakening friction. the main parameters of the model are the natural angular frequency, ~o, and the (dimensionless) decreasing rate, d, of friction with slip (or the characteristic displacement) for slip-weakening friction as well as the (dimensionless) decreasing rate, y, of friction with velocity (or the characteristic velocity) for velocity-weakening friction. the analytic solution includes the complementary and particular parts. the former shows the travelling wave and the latter denotes vibrations at a site. the complementary solution exhibits ~-1 scaling in the whole range of ~ for both friction laws. for the particular solution, slip-weakening friction results in spectral amplitudes only at three values of ~. for velocity-weakening friction with y> 0.5, the log-log plot of spectral amplitude versus ~ exhibits almost ~0 scaling when ~ is lower than the corner angular frequency, ~c, which is independent on y and increases with ~o. when ~>~c, the spectral amplitude monotonically decreases with ~ following a line with a slope value of −1, which is the scaling exponent. 1. introduction the body-wave seismic spectrum, p(~), where ~= 2rf is the angular frequency and f is the frequency, is controlled by the seismic moment mo and the corner angular frequency ~c, which is associated with the source dimension. the generally accepted earthquake source functions have either ~-2 or ~-3 high-frequency spectral decay, and are commonly referred to as ~-square and ~-cubic models [haskell 1966, aki 1967, brune 1970, aki 1972, kanamori and anderson 1975]. of course, some authors [cf. boatwright 1978, dysart et al. 1988, patanè et al. 1997] claimed that neither of them is appropriate for describing the observations. kim et al. [1997] considered the effect of seismic attenuation on the seismograms from which the source displacement spectrum is retrieved. they also suggested a method to separate the attenuation and source effects. huang and wang [2002] studied the scaling law of the displacement spectra from the seismograms recorded at nine near-fault stations generated by the 1999 chi-chi, taiwan, earthquake. results show that the values of corner frequency fc at the nine stations are almost 0.2 hz. the pattern of displacement spectrum at each station is similar to the theoretical one proposed by aki [1967]. the spectral amplitude is almost constant (or ~0 scaling) when f < 0.2 hz and decays at a higher decreasing rate when f > 3 hz. in the frequency range of 0.2 3 hz, p(~)~~-b, b varies from 1.63 to 3.04 at the nine nearfault stations, and decreases from north to south. such a variation might be mainly due to the source effect. results seem also to suggest that a ~-square model is appropriate for the single-degree-of-freedom rupture processes on the southern fault plane, and a ~-cubic model for the two-degree-of-freedom ones on the northern fault plane. scaling of spectral amplitude with ~ is generally specified with a form of ~-2 or ~-3. this shows a type of f -c signal. the f -2 signal is considered to be a result of the brownian motions. bak et al. [1987, 1988] proposed self-organized criticality to explain f -c signal. frankel [1991] assumed that the high frequency energy of an earthquake is produced by a self-similar distribution of subevents. the number of subevents with radii greater than r is proportional to r -d, d being the fractal dimension. in his model, an earthquake is composed of a hierarchical set of smaller events. the static stress drop is parameterized to rn, and strength is assumed to be proportional to static stress drop. he found that a distribution of subevents with d = 2 and stress drop independent of seismic moment (n = 0) produces an earthquake with an ~-2 falloff, if the areas of subevents fill the rupture area of the earthquake. based on an ideal system under external random forces, koyama and hara [1993] article history received january 26, 2016; accepted april 8, 2016. subject classification: source spectrum, spring-slider model, weakening friction, natural frequency. studied the dynamical process of random activation. they applied the langevin equation to represent the time evolution of the system and took a scaling rule (represented by an auto-correlation function) to describe the random activation for generalizing the system. their model predicts the fractional power spectrum f -c from a white spectrum to a lorentzian. the exponent c is a function of the fractal dimension of the scaling rule. the fractal dimensions of 2, 1, and of about 0.47 indicate a lorentz spectrum, a f -1 spectrum, and a power spectrum of f -1.53 type, respectively. herrero and bernard [1994] and bernard et al. [1996] proposed the lsquare model to approach the theoretical ~-square model. hisada [2000] proposed a model modified from the l-square model proposed by bernard et al. [1996] under three assumptions: (1) the spatial wave-number spectrum of the slip distribution falls off as the inverse of the wave-number square; (2) a kostrov-type slip velocity model is included; and (3) the incoherent rupture time is introduced to model variable rupture velocities. he claimed that his model can produce the ~-square source displacement spectrum. aki [1967] described the scaling of earthquake source displacement spectra using the dislocation model based on empirical assumptions about some model parameters. although this approach is good enough, it is still significant to study such scaling based on a dynamical model. up to date, only shaw [1993] studied this problem using a modified version of the one-dimensional dynamical spring-slider mode (abbreviated by the 1-d bk model hereafter) proposed by burridge and knopoff [1967]. meanwhile, friction controls the rupture processes of an earthquake [e.g., nur 1978, knopoff et al. 1992, rice 1993, shaw 1993, wang 1996, 1997, 2000, 2004, 2006a, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2012, 2016]. shaw [1993] considered velocity-weakening friction, as shown below, suggested by carlson and langer [1989]. he took a homogeneous spatial distribution of static frictional force in his study. his results show a difference in spectra, p(~), between large events and small ones. for large events with mo> moc, where mo is the seismic moment and moc is the characteristic seismic moment, there are different power-law relations in three angular-frequency regions: p(~)~~0 for ~ < 2r/mo; p(~)~~-1 for 2r/mo< ~ <2r/p; and p(~)~~ -c for ~> 2r/p, where p= 2ln(4l2/v)/a. the definitions of a and v can be seen in shaw [1993]. when v is small and a> 1, the exponent c has almost a value of 2.5. obviously, there are two turning points in the source spectrum for large events. at low ~, the theoretical result is similar to that proposed by aki [1967]. at medium ~, the theoretical power spectrum shows the so-called 1/f noise [cf. bak et al. 1987]. at high ~, the theoretical result is somewhat between ~-2 and ~-3 models, because c is about 2.5. this is somewhat different from that proposed by aki [1967]. for large events, shaw’s theoretical source spectra are more complicated than aki’s. for small events with mo< moc, there are two power-law relations in two angular-frequency ranges: p(~)~~0 for ~ < 2r/l and p(~)~~-2 for ~ > 2r/l, where l is the rupture length of an event. there is only a turning point, which is dependent upon l. obviously, shaw’s theoretical result for small events is similar to aki’s ~-square model. shaw [1993] only used a velocity-weakening friction law for numerical simulations. it seems necessary to explore the effect on the source displacement spectrum due to slip-weakening friction. in this work, i will focus on the analytical study of frictional effect on scaling of earthquake source displacement spectra using the continuous form of the 1-d bk model in the presence of two types of friction, i.e., slip-weakening friction and velocity-weakening friction. 2. one-dimensional spring-slider model the 1-d bk model (see figure 1) consists of n sliders of equal mass, m, and springs with one slider being linked by a coil spring of strength, kc, with the other. wang 2 figure 1. an n-degree-of-freedom one-dimensional dynamical spring-slider system. 3 each slider is also pulled by a leaf spring of strength, kl, on a moving plate with a constant velocity, vp. at time t = 0, all the sliders rest in the individual equilibrium states. the i-th slider (i = 1, …, n) is located at position xi, measured from its initial equilibrium position, along the horizontal axis. each slider is subjected to a slipand/or velocity-dependent frictional force. the frictional force is denoted by fi (xi; vi), where vi=∂xi/∂t, with a static frictional force, fsi, at rest. elastic strain of each slider gradually accumulates due to the moving plate. once the elastic force at a slider is greater than fsi, the static frictional force drops to the dynamic frictional force, fdi, and the slider will move subject to fdi. the equation of motion is (1) wang [1995] defined the ratio l= kc/kl to be the stiffness ratio of the system. it is an important parameter representing the level of conservation of energy in the system. larger (smaller) l shows stronger (weaker) coupling between two sliders than between a slider and the moving plate. this results in a smaller (bigger) loss of energy through the kl spring, thus indicating a higher (lower) level of conservation of energy in the system. since the fault system is a dynamically coupling one with dissipation, l must be a non-zero finite value. the plate velocity vp is usually small and in the order of ~10 -12 m/s. it is noted that the 1-d bk model can only generate a longitudinalwave-type rupture [wang 1996]. however, the result obtained from this model is still significant for understanding the p-wave-type source scaling. in crack mechanics, the load is applied remotely on a 3-d extended fault. for the present model, the load is directly linked to each slider. as mentioned below, when the driving force is higher than static frictional force, only the earthquake rupture is taken into account and the driving force and static frictional force will be cancelled out each other and can be ignored. hence, only a single instability is considered and therefore the problem can be treated easily. the present advantage is that the closed-form analytical solutions can be obtained. 3. friction velocity-dependent friction and slip-dependent friction the frictional force between two contact planes is classically considered to drop from static one to dynamic one after the two planes move relatively. in fact, friction is a very complicated physical process. from laboratory experiments, dieterich [1972] first found time-dependent static frictional strength of rocks in laboratory experiments. dieterich [1979] and shimamoto [1986] observed velocity-dependent dynamic frictional strengths. dieterich [1979] and ruina [1983] proposed empirical, velocityand state-dependent friction laws. in fact, a large debate related to the friction laws governing earthquake ruptures has been made for a long time. although this problem is important, it is out of the scope of this article and thus will not be described in details. a detailed description of the generalized velocityand state-dependent friction law and the debates can be found in several articles [e.g., marone 1998, wang 2002, bizzarri and cocco 2006c, wang 2009, bizzari 2011]. for theoretical analyses and numerical simulations of earthquake ruptures, several simple friction laws have been taken into account. burridge and knopoff [1967] first considered a velocity-dependent, weakening-hardening friction law. carlson and langer [1989] and carlson et al. [1991] considered a velocity-weakening friction law: f(v) = fo/(1 + v/vc), where fo is the static frictional force and vc is a characteristic speed to specify the variation in f with velocity. f(v) is fo at v = 0 and decreases monotonically from fo to zero as |v| becomes large. several authors [e.g., carlson and langer 1989, carlson 1991, carlson et al. 1991, beeler et al. 2008] theoretically modeled earthquakes by using this velocity-weakening friction law. cochard and madariaga [1994] and madariaga and cochard [1994] assumed that purely velocity-dependent friction models can lead to unphysical phenomena or mathematically ill-posed problems. hence, those models are very unstable at low values of the fault slip velocity both during the passage of the rupture front and during the possible slip arrest phase. moreover, ohnaka [2000] stressed that purely velocity-dependent friction is in contrast with laboratory evidence that is the friction law is not a one-valued function of velocity. bizzarri [2011a,b] deeply discussed this point. nevertheless, in order to obtain a closed-form solution the single-valued velocity-dependent friction law is taken into account. the present study can be regarded as a marginal analysis of the effect of velocity-dependent friction on the scaling of source displacement spectra of earthquakes. analytic results will help us to understand such an effect. for the first-order approximation, wang [1995, 1996] considered a piece-wise, linearly velocity-dependent weakening-hardening friction which is simplified from the friction law proposed by burridge and knopoff [1967]. the decreasing (weakening) and increasing (hardening) rates of dynamic friction strength with sliding velocity are two main parameters of this friction law. the two rates are denoted, respectively, by rw and rh. the function f(v) is defined only for v ≥ 0 and f(v) is a negative infinity when v < 0. this means that ; . m x x x x x x t k kl vp t fi vi 2i i i i i i vi c kl vp fi 2 2 1 12 2 = + + -r q q q w v v v a dynamical study of earthquake spectra no backward motion is allowed. when v = vc, f(v) reaches the minimum value, i.e., gfo (0 0, x is purely imaginary. hence, the solution is u(p,x)=−z(u;v) +uoexp[i(qp+xx)]. this shows that any small perturbation added to a slider, no matter how long its wavelength is, does not diverge when u = −z(u;v)≈constant. slip-weakening friction as mentioned above, the simplified slip-weakening friction law is z(u)=1−u/(xc/do). define d = xc/do, we have z(u)=1−u/d, where d is the dimensionless characteristic slip distance and also the dimensionless decreasing rate of friction with slip. this makes equation (8) become (9) in order to solve equation (9), we take the laplace transformation (lt, denoted by l), which is described in appendix a. according to appendix a, the lt of equation (9) is (10) this gives (11) to solve equation (11), let u = uc+ up where uc and up are, respectively, the complementary and particular solutions. let } = (s2 + 1 − d-1)1/2. according to the method shown in appendix b, the general solution of equation (11) is (12) where uc= c1e -}p/h + c2e }p/h and up=−1/s} 2. equation (11) consists of two kinds of waves: the first . m yd z yd z x x kl yd z x yd z x t k x fi 2 i i i i c i kl fi 2 2 1 12 2yd d yd d yd d yd d = + + -q r r r qv w w w v .x x x k xt k x fi2i i i i fic i la 2 2 1 12 2t -= + -+ -q v ; .u u u u uu v2i i i i ii i 2 2 1 12 2x l z= + -+ -q qv v ; .u a u u u a u u v2i i i i 1 i i i 2 2 2 1 22 2x l z= + --+q qv v" % ; ,vu u u u vh2 2 2 222 2 2 2x p z= -r qw ,v .u h u u u12 2 2 2 22 2 2 2x p d= -r qw v , , , ,/ . s u s u s u s u s h s1 2 2 2 22 2p p p p p d = + q q q q v v v v / .h su s u 112 2 2 2 12 2p d+ + =-q v , c ec e / ,u s s1hh 21 2 p }= + -}p }p-q v a dynamical study of earthquake spectra one is the travelling wave along the model represented by the first and second terms in its right-handed-side and the second one is the displacement at a site given by the third term. the first and second terms represent the waves travelling along the direction of increasing p and that of decreasing p, respectively. the second term with p< 0 can indeed be re-written as e-}|p|/h. from equation (a2) in appendix a, l-1[e-}|p|/h] with |p|/h > 0 is (13) where c = c1 or c2, c= (1 −d -1)1/2 and h (x−|p|/h ) is the unit step function (h (x) = 0 as x< 0 and h (x) = 1 as x≥ 0) representing a travelling plane wave. the two parameters x =~ot and p= x/do are, respectively, the normalized time and normalized (dimensionless) rupture distance, hence, h is the normalized (dimensionless) rupture velocity and equal to vr/do~o, where vr is the rupture velocity. the arrival time of rupture wave at p or x is xa=|p|/h or ta= x/vr. when the rupture propagates from 0 to pl, which is the normalized (dimensionless) total rupture length and equal to l/do (l = the total rupture length), the normalized total duration time is xd= pl/h, and thus the total duration time is td= xd/~o= pl/~oh, thus giving td= pl/~oh = (l/do)/~o(vr/do~o) = l/vr. based on the above-mentioned parameters, equation (13) can be transferred to (14) hence, the ft of the first part of equation (14), i.e., xc1(y,t) = cdoh (~ot−|y|/doh), is xc1(y,~)= f [xc1(y,t)]=f [cdoh(~ot−|y|/doh)]=cdo[rd(~)− (i/~)exp(|y|/doh)]. when ~ > 0, the spectrum shows ~-1 scaling. the ft of the second part of equation (14), i.e., xc2(y,t) = −cdoc~otaj1[c~o(t 2 − ta 2)1/2]/(t2 − ta 2)1/2} h[~o (t − ta)], is xc2(y,~)=f [xc2(y,t)]=−cdoc~ota∫{ j1[c~o (t2 − ta 2)1/2]/(t2 − ta 2)1/2} h [~o(t − ta)]e -i~tdt, with an integral range from −∞ to +∞. at each site, the rupture occurs just between ta and tr= ta+tr where tr is the rise time of rupture. when t >tr. the rupture stops. we are only interested on the spectrum at a site and thus different values of ta at different sites just lead to phase changes and cannot influence the spectral amplitudes when the wave attenuation is ignored. hence, the value of ta inside the integral can be set to be zero to simplify the problem. this gives xc2(y,~)=−cdoc~ota∫[j1(c~ot)/t]e -i~tdt, with an integral range from 0 to tr. since f [j1(t)/t] = [2(1 − ~2)/r]1/2rect(~/2c~o), where rect(~) is the rectangular function: rect(~) = 1 for |~|< 1/2, 1/2 for |~|= 1/2, and 0 for |~|>1/2, we have f [j1(c~ot)/t]= {2[1−(~/ c~o) 2]/r}1/2rect(~/2c~o). clearly, the fourier transform is equal to 1 only when |~| 0 or d >1. for the first case, sin [(1 −d-1)1/2 x/2] = i·sinh [(d-1−1)1/2 x/2], and thus sin2 [(1 −d-1)1/2 x/2] = − sinh2 [(d-1−1)1/2 x/2]. the solution displays a negative hyperbolic sinetype function. it cannot represent a commonly-defined wave. for the second case, the solution equation (14) shows vibrations, specified with a positive sine-type function, at a site. replacing up(p,x) by xp(y,t), p by x/do, and x by ~ox into equation (15) leads to (16) obviously, xp(y,t) = 0 when t = 0. the ft of xp(y,t), i.e., xp(y,~) =f [xp(y,t)], is (17) obviously, the values of xp(y,~) exist only at ~ = −c~o, 0, and c~o. thus unable to represent a commonly acceptable earthquake source displacement spectrum. this means that the simplified linearly slipweakening friction law cannot work well for earthquake ruptures based on the 1d bk model. since this friction law has been widely used by others for other models as mentioned above, i assume that a more complicated slip-dependent friction law like that used by cao and aki [1984/85] or those proposed by rice [2006] should be taken into account for the 1d bk model in the future. bizzarri [2012] considered a single spring-slider system and assumed a linear slip-weakening friction law to govern the motion of the slider. he provided a closed-form, analytical solution of the physical system. his solution of slip includes two exponential time functions, like e-ct for t > 0. the function can be represented , c j h ,$ x y t t t t t t t t1c o a o o a a a 2 2 1v 2 1 2 2 1v 2c~ c~ ~= -q q q qv 1v v 1v ! " ,$ %e i , c jv h ,v u h h h h 1c 1 2 2v 1v 2 2 2v 1$ 2 p x c p c x p x p x p = q q q q qv 2 v jv ,v 2v 1v ! " 1$ %e i , .cos sinu 1 22p 2 2 p x cx c cx c-= =q q qv v v! $ , .sinu d t 2p o o 2 2 p x c~ c=q rv w , . xp y d 2 2 2 xp o o o 2 ~ r d ~ d ~ c~ d ~ c~ c = + + q q q qv v v v! $ e i wang 6 7 by e-ct h(t). like the previous complimentary solution, the fourier spectrum of his slip function is 1/(i~ + c), thus showing ~-1 scaling in the entire range of ~. velocity-weakening friction as mentioned above, the simplified velocity-weakening friction law is z(v) = 1− v/(vc/do~o). define the dimensionless characteristic velocity to be y = vc/do~o, we have z(v) = 1− v/y, where y is also the dimensionless decreasing rate of friction with velocity. this makes equation (8) become (18) according to appendix a, the lt of equation (18) is (19) this gives (20) let g= (s2 + 1 − sy-1)1/2. from appendix b, the general solution of equation (20) is (21) equation (21) shows the superposition of two kinds of waves, i.e., the travelling waves along the model represented by the first and second terms in its righthanded-side and the displacement at a site shown by the third term. the first and second terms represent the waves travelling along the direction of increasing p and that of decreasing p, respectively. the second term with p < 0 can indeed be re-written as e-g|p|/h. let v = (1 −1/4 y2)1/2 . according to appendix a, l-1[e-g|p|/h] with |p|/h > 0 is (22) obviously, this expression represents a travelling plane wave. in the right-handed side, the quantities in the front of h (x−|p|/h) show the wave amplitude. unlike equation (13) for slip-weakening friction, equation (22) has an additional term ex/2y, which increases exponentially with time as displayed in figure 2. when the rupture propagates from 0 to pl, the normalized total rupture duration time is xd= pl/h, and thus the total rupture duration time is td= xd/~o= pl/~oh = (l/do)/~oh. substituting uc(p,x) = xc(y,t)/do, p= y/do, x=~ot, ta=y/vr, and s = ~o/2y into equation (22) leads to (23) the first part of equation (23) is (24) its ft is xc1(y,~)=f [xc1(y,t)]=cdo∫e -(i~ s)tdt. at each site, the integration is made from ta to tr= ta+tr, where tr is the rise time of rupture. hence, we have (25) this give |xc1(y,~)|= cdo|exp(str) − exp(sta)|/ (~2+s2)1/2. clearly, the spectral amplitude decays with ~-1 in the entire range of ~, and |xc1(y,0)|= cdo|exp (str) − exp(sta)|/s. the ft of the second part of equation (23), i.e., xc2(y,t) = −cdov~otae st j1[v~o(t 2 − ta 2)1/2] h [~o(t − ta)]/(t 2 − ta 2)1/2}, is xc2(y,~) =f [xc2(y,t)] = −cdov~ota ∫{ j1[v~o(t 2 − ta 2)1/2]/(t2 − ta 2)1/2} est [h [~o(t − ta)] e -i~tdt, with an integral range from −∞ to +∞. at each site, the rupture occurs just between ta and tr=ta+tr, where tr is the rise time of rupture. we are only interested on the spectrum at a site and thus different values of ta at different sites just lead to phase changes and cannot influence the spectral amplitudes when the wave attenuation is ignored. hence, the value of ta inside the integral can be set to be zero to simplify the problem. this gives xc2(y,~) = −cdov~ota∫[ j1(v~ot)/t] e st e-i~tdt, .u h u u v12 2 2 2 22 2 2 2x p y= -r qw v , , , ,/ s u s h u s u s u ss s1 2 2 2 22 2p p p p p y = +q q q qv v v v /h u s u ss 112 2 2 2 12 2p y =+ -q v , c e c e / .u s s1h h1 2 2 p g= + -gp gp-q v , c jv h . eu h h h h 1c 2 1 2 2v 1v 2 2 2v 1 2 p x v p v x p x p x p = x yq q q q q qv 2 v jv v 2v 1v ! " $ %e i , c e jv h . x y t d t t t t t t t 1c o o a o a / a / o a t 1 2 2 1v 2 2 2 1v 2 v~ v~ ~ = sq q q q qv 1v jv v 1v ! " $ %e i , c e h .x y t d t tc o o a t 1 ~= sq qv v! $ , c . exp exp x y i i d i t t c o o o a r1 ~ ~ s ~ s ~ s+ + = + -q q q q v v v v! ! $ $e h a dynamical study of earthquake spectra figure 2. the function of exp(~ot/2y) versus t. the solid curve from ta= y/vr to tr= ta+tr, where vr and tr are the rupture velocity and rise time, respectively, displays the integration range. with an integral range from 0 to tr. since f [ j1(t)/t] = [2(1− ~2)/r]1/2 rect(~/2), where rect(~) is the rectangular function as mentioned above, we have f [ j1(v~ot)/t] ={2[1−(~/v~o) 2]/r}1/2 rect(~/2v~o). obviously, the fourier transform is equal to 1 when |~|>~o. under this condition, equation (26) can be re-written as (27) with an integral range from −v~o to +v~o. the two integrals in equation (27) are finite and represented by i1 and i2, respectively, for the former and latter. hence, f{[ j1(v~ot)/t] e st } = (1/i~v~o)(2/r) 1/2(i1e -i~− i1). this gives |f {[ j1(v~ot)/t] e st } |=|~v~o| -1(2/r)1/2|[(i1 2 − 1)cos2(~) − 2i1i2cos(~)+i2 2]1/2| although the magnitude of |f {[ j1(v~ot)/t] e st } | is dependent upon ~, but it decreases with increasing ~ in a power-law form of ~-1. this means that the complementary solution shows ~-1 source scaling at high frequencies. of course, the magnitude of |f {[ j1(v~ot)/t] e st } | is also in terms of v and ~o. the third term of equation (21), i.e., up(p,s) = −1/2s(s2+1− sy-1), directly shows source behavior of slip at a site and can be re-written as −(1−4y2)-1/2{−1/(s+ a)+[1−(1−4y2)1/2]/2(s+b)−[1+(1−4y2)1/2]/2(s+c)}, where a = 0, b = − (1/2y)[1+(1−4y2)1/2], and c= − (1/2y) [1−(1−4y2)1/2]. obviously, the solution does not exists when 1−4y2 = 0 or y= 0.5. when 1−4y2≠0 or y≠0.5, the ilt of up(p,s) is in equation (28), there are two cases: one with 1−4y2 >0 or y<0.5 and the other with 1−4y2 <0 or y> 0.5. the respective results are described below. (i) for 1−4y2 >0 or y<0.5: let sinh(a) = (ecx/2y − e-cx/2y)/2 and cosh(a) = (ecx/2y +e-cx/2y)/2. equation (28) is re-written as (29) obviously, the solution cannot represent a commonly known wave and thus is excluded in this study. (ii) for 1−4y2 <0 or y> 0.5: this gives 4y2 −1> 0. let q = (4y2 −1)1/2, consider a right triangle with three sides: the longest side with a length of l = (12 + q2)1/2 = 2y, and the other two with lengths of q and 1, respectively. the angle between the longest side and the side with a length of 1 is set to be i. hence, we have cos(i) = 1/2y, sin(i) = q/2y, and tan(i) = q. the tangent term gives i = tan-1(q). define sin(a) = (eiqx/2y − e-iqx/2y)/2i and cos(a)=(eiqx/2y + e-iqx/2y)/2. replacing up(p,x) by xp(y,t)/do, p by y/do, x by ~ot, and s = ~o/2y into equation (29) leads to (30) obviously, xp(y,t) = 0 at t = 0. this solution shows a sine-function-type standing wave. unlike equation (21), equation (30) has an extra term est, which shows a temporal increase in the amplitude with a constant of s-1 = 2y/~o. since the motion starts at t = 0, xp(y,t) is null when t < 0 and thus equation (30) must have the form of xp(y,t)h(t). the ft of −doh(t) is xp1(y,~)=−do[rd(~)− i/~]. the first term of xp1(y,~) is a delta function of slip at ~= 0, and it does not influence the source displacement spectrum when ~> 0. since the second term of xp1(y,~) exhibits a decay of motion with ~ in a power-law function of ~-1 for the entire range of ~. j" e i i d , f exp t t z z tr z 2 1 1 o o / / t tr 1 1 v 2 2w 1 2 # v~ r v~ s ~ s ~= s q q r q q 1 v v v 2w v " " j" ! % % % $%f f i i# j! e i e i d d , f exp t t z tr z z z z 2 o o / i o / o / t tr 1 1 1v 2 2v 2 1 2 2v 2 1 2 v~ ~v~ r v~ v~ = s ~-q q q q q qv v 1 v v 2v 2v j! ! ! $ % $ e e h h # # , e e e e . eu 2 2p 2 2 2 2 2 p x c c c=+ +cx y cx y cx y cx y cx y q q qv v v" % , e .sinh coshu 2p 2 p x c a c a c=+ -x yq q qv v v! $f i , e .sin sinx y t q td 1p o t s i i+ -=sq q qv v v" % wang 8 figure 3. the plot of ~*/~o versus v.(28) 9 meanwhile, its amplitude is only do, it cannot result in a remarkable effect on the source displacement spectrum. define ~*= q~o= (4y 2 −1)1/2~o be the predominant angular frequency of the wave. figure 3 displays the plot of ~* versus ~o. obviously, ~ * first increases with ~o at low ~o and then slightly increases with ~o at high ~o. due to the existence of est, the ft of the second part of equation (30) cannot be obtained directly from the ft table. hence, we must conduct the integration to get its ft. the integration is made in the range from 0 to tr. the second term of equation (30) includes a sine function with a period of tp= 4ry/q~o. as displayed in figure 4, the solid plus dotted curve represents the velocity waveform, while the solid curve denotes the displacement waveform. when t = tr, the displacement at a site reaches the maximum value. since the wave is considered to propagate from −y to +y, the motion stops at the time instant when the velocity is equal to zero. in figure 4, tp and tr are, respectively, the period of velocity waveform and the rise time of displacement waveform. clearly, tr is roughly equal to tp/2, thus giving ~otr/2y = r/q. the ft of e st sin (qst −i)/sini is made from 0 to tr, and the result is (31) the absolute value of xp2(y,~) is (32) at ~= 0, |xp2(y,~)|= (e 2rq+1)/~oy = r/~oy(4y 2 − 1)1/2, which is a function of both ~o and y. when (~o/y) 2 << 2, {~4+ [(~o/y) 2 − 2]~2+~o 4}1/2≈~2−~o 2. this leads to the existence of singularity when ~ = ~o. numerical tests show that singularity appears when ~o is lower than a certain angular frequency, ~l, which depends on y. hence, in order to obtain a small value of ~l = ~o/y, the choice of ~o must be dependent on y. the larger y is, the higher ~o can be. for example, ~l = 0.4r when y = 0.55. because of ~o= (ll/ta) 1/2= (kl/m) 1/2, weak coupling between the moving plate and the fault and/or a low density of fault-zone materials will lead to low ~o, thus resulting in singularity. figure 5 displays the log-log plot of |xp2(~)| versus ~: (a) for y = 0.55, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 0.80, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95, and 1.00 (from top to bottom) when ~o= 2r; and (b) for ~o= 0.2r, 0.4r, r, 2r, 4r, 6r, 8r, 10r, 12r, and 14r (from top to bottom) when y = 0.55. to produce figure 5, do is taken to be 1 unit. since a uniform fault is considered here, the spectral amplitude is only a function of ~ and related source parameters and independent on the position. hence, |x (~)|=|xp2(y,~)| is displayed in the figure. the values of |x (~)| are normalized by respective maximum values. the dashed line in each diagram has a slope value of −1. figure 5b shows a bump around ~ = ~o when ~o=0.2r as mentioned previously. essentially, figure 5a is similar to figure 5b. the spectral amplitude decreases with increasing y as well as increasing ~o. higher y as well as larger ~o leads to smaller spectral amplitude. the difference in spectral amplitudes between two consequent values of y decreases with increasing y as well as increasing ~o. this means that at high y an increase in y cannot produce stronger spectral amplitudes. this phenomenon also exists for ~o. in figures 5a and 5b, log(|x (~)|) is almost constant (exhibiting ~0 scaling) at low ~ when ~ is lower than a turning one, i.e., the corner angular frequency, ~c, which is located at the tip of the convex curve and not displayed in figure 5, when ~ > ~c, log(|x (~)|) monotonically decreases with ~ following the respective lines with a slope value of −1, which is the scaling exponent. there are some differences between figure 5a and figure 5b. first, the lines with a slope value of −1 at higher ~o are parallel to one another in figure 5a and merge together at much higher ~o in figure 5b. secondly, ~c is almost independent on y (see figure 5a) and increases with ~o (see figure 5b). a comparison between equation (16) and equation (29) reveals that a major difference between the two equations is the existence of an exponential term in equation (29) and not in equation (16). such an additional effect is frequencydependent. this makes the , e e i i . xp cos sin y d tr tr 1 2 xp o o o t tr t tr 2 2 2 2 ~ ~ ~ ~ y ~ ~ ~ s~ = + + s s q q r q q v v w v v ! $ , e e . xp cos y d tr 1 2 xp o / o / o o / tr q q 2 2 $ 2 2w 2 1 2 4 2w 2 2 1 2 ~ ~ ~ y ~ ~ ~ y ~ ~ = + + + + r r q r q rv 2w v 2w! " "1$ % % f i a dynamical study of earthquake spectra figure 4. the solid plus dotted curve represents the velocity waveform and the solid curve denotes the displacement waveform. tp and tr are, respectively, the predominant period of the velocity waveform and the rise time of displacement waveform. difference in the results between the two friction laws. nonlinearity of slip-weakening friction, as shown in equations (3) (5), could lead to different results. it is significant to examine the effect on source displacement spectrum caused by nonlinear slipweakening friction in the future. figure 5 clearly show that linearly velocity-weakening friction results in |xp2(y,~)|~~ 0 at low ~ and |xp2(y,~)|~~ -1 at high ~. this is different from ~-square source scaling as proposed by aki [1967]. this might be due to a use of 1-d model in this study and a use of 2d model by aki [1967]. the conventional concept is that ~-square scaling is caused by the smoothing effect due to time and fault length and ~-cubic scaling due to time, fault length, and fault width [cf. aki and richards 1980]. however, the present model consists only of time and fault length. it seems that time does not causes the smoothing effect. i assume that ~-square scaling should be caused by the smoothing effect due to both fault length and fault width. this must be examined by using the 2-d model. the present results are somewhat different from those obtained by shaw [1993], even though using the same 1-d bk model in the two studies. unlike his results, in this study a single ~-1 source scaling law at high ~ is operative for both small and large earthquakes. a possible reason to cause the difference is that his velocityweakening law is nonlinear and more complicated than the present one. nonlinearity can produce unexpected results. it is significant to analytically and numerically investigate the effect of different friction laws on source scaling near future. the previous studies as mentioned in the section of “introduction” suggest that fractal and/or heterogeneous spatial distributions of fault strengths, displacements etc. on the fault plane are major factors in affecting scaling of earthquake source displacement spectrum. the present study obviously suggests that linearly velocityweakening friction can also play a significant role on such scaling. the corner angular frequency (~c) is commonly considered to be a ratio of the rupture velocity to the fault length [cf. aki and richards 1980]. figure 5 exhibit that ~c increases with ~o, yet is not a function of y. this indicates that ~o, which depends on the mass of a slider and coupling between a slider and the moving plate, controls ~c, while the characteristic velocity or the decreasing rate of friction with velocity is not a factor in influencing ~c. however, two problems should be resolved in the near future. first, the present study cannot suggest whether the ~-cubic source scaling holds or not, because only the 1-d model is taken into account. secondly, the present result is valid only for the longitudinal-wave-type rupture. included also in earthquake are the shear-wavetype waves. in order to explore the two problems, a similar study on the basis of the 2-d dynamical spring-slider mode extended from the 1-d bk model by wang [2000, 2012] should be performed further. 5. conclusions scaling of earthquake source displacement spectra is analytically studied based on the continuous form of the one-dimensional dynamical spring-slider model proposed by burridge and knopoff [1967] in the preswang 10 figure 5. the log-log plot of |x(~)| versus ~: (a) for y= 0.55, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 0.80, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95, and 1.00 (from top to bottom) when do= 1 unit and ~o=2r; and (b) for ~o= 0.2r, 0.4r, r, 2r, 4r, 6r, 8r, 10r, 12r, and 14r (from top to bottom) (from top to bottom) when do= 1 unit and y= 0.55. 11 ence of two types of friction, i.e., linearly slip-weakening friction and linearly velocity-weakening friction. the general solution has the complementary and particular parts. the complementary solution exhibits ~-1 source displacement spectra for the two types of friction. for the particular solution, slip-weakening friction cannot produce ~-n source displacement spectra, while velocity-weakening friction results in acceptable spectra. for velocity-weakening friction, the log-log plot of spectral amplitude versus angular frequency is mainly controlled by the natural angular frequency, ~o, of the system and the (dimensionless) decreasing rate, y, of the friction law. essentially, the spectral amplitude exhibits almost ~0 scaling at low ~ and decreases with increasing ~ following a line with a slope value of −1, which is the scaling exponent. however, the plots in the range of medium ~ are clearly different between ~o<~l and ~o> ~l, where ~l depends on y. for example, ~o<0.4r and ~o> 0.4r when y= 0.55. for ~o> 0.4r, the spectral amplitude exhibits almost ~0 scaling when ~ is lower than the corner angular frequency (denoted by ~c), and the spectral amplitude monotonically decreases with ~ and follows a line with a slope value of −1 when ~>~c. the corner angular frequency increases with ~o and independent on y. on the other hand, for ~o<0.4r, the spectral amplitude first exhibits almost ~0 scaling at low ~, then increases with ~ up to a peak value, and finally decreases with increasing ~, following a line with a slope value of −1, which is the scaling exponent. the angular frequency associated with the peak value is almost ~o. consequently, the source displacement spectrum shows ~-1 scaling at high ~ when linearly velocity-weakening friction is taken into account under the condition of y > 0.5. acknowledgements. the author thanks an anonymous reviewer and prof. andrea bizzarri (associated editor of the journal) for useful comments and suggestions to improve the article. this study was financially supported by academia sinica, the ministry of science and technology (grand nos.: most 103-2116-m-001-010 and most 104-2116-m-001-007), and the central weather bureau (grand nos.: motc-cwb-104-e-07 and motc-cwb-105-e-02), roc. references aki, k. (1967). scaling law of seismic spectrum, j. geophys. res., 72, 1217-1231. aki, k. (1972). scaling law of earthquake source-time function, geophys. j. r. astro. soc., 31, 3-25. aki, k. (1979). characterization of barriers on earthquake fault, j. geophys. res., 84, 6140-6148. aki, k., and p.g. richards (1980). quantative seismology: theory and methods, wh freeman and company, 932 p. bak, p., c. tang and k. wiesenfeld (1987). self-organized criticality: an explanation of 1/f noise, phys. rev. lett., 59, 381-384. bak, p., c. tang and k. wiesenfeld (1988). self-organized criticality, phys. rev. a, 38, 364-374. beeler, n.m., t.e. tullis and d.l. goldsby (2008). constitutive relationships and physical basis of fault strength due to flash heating, j. geophys. res., 113, b01401; doi:10.1029/2007jb004988. bernard, p., a. herrero and c. berge (1996). modeling directivity of heterogeneous earthquake ruptures, b. seismol. soc. am., 86, 1149-1160. bizzarri, a., and m. cocco (2006a). a thermal pressurization model for the spontaneous dynamic rupture propagation on a 3-d fault: 1. methodological approach, j. geophys. res., 111, b05303; doi:10.1029/ 2005jb003862. bizzarri, a., and m. cocco (2006b). a thermal pressurization model for the spontaneous dynamic rupture propagation on a 3-d fault: 2. traction evolution and dynamic parameters, j. geophys. res., 111, b05304; doi:10.1029/2005jb003864. bizzarri, a., and m. cocco (2006c). comment on “earthquake cycles and physical modeling of the process leading up to a large earthquake”, earth planet space, 58, 1525-1528. bizzarri, a. (2011a). on the deterministic description of earthquakes, rev. geophys., 49, rg3002; doi:10.1029/ 2011rg000356. bizzarri, a. (2011b). modeling repeated slip failures on faults governed by slipweakening friction, b. seismol. soc. am., 102, 812-821; doi:10.1785/0120110141. bizzarri, a. (2012). what can physical source models tell us about the recurrence time of earthquakes?, earth sci. rev., 115, 304-318; doi:10.1016/j.earscirev.2012. 10.004. boatwright, j. (1978). detailed spectral analysis of two small new york state earthquakes, b. seismol. soc. am., 68, 1117-1131. brune, j.n. (1970). tectonic stress and the spectra of seismic shear waves from earthquakes, j. geophys. res., 75, 4997-5009. burridge, r., and l. knopoff (1967). model and theoretical seismicity. b. seismol. soc. am., 57, 341-371. cao, t., and k. aki (1984/85). seismicity simulation with a mass-spring model and a displacement hardening-softening friction law, pure appl. geophys., 122, 10-24. cao, t., and k. aki (1986). seismicity simulation with a rateand state-dependent friction law, pure appl. geophys., 124, 487-513. carlson, j.m., and j.s. langer (1989). mechanical model of an earthquake fault, phys. rev. a, 40, 6470-6484. carlson, j.m. (1991). time intervals between characteristic earthquakes and correlation with smaller a dynamical study of earthquake spectra events: an analysis based on a mechanical model of a fault, j. geophys. res., 96, 4255-4267. carlson, j.m., j.s. langer, b.e. shaw and c. and tang (1991). intrinsic properties of a burridgeknopoff model of an earthquake fault, phys. rev. a, 44, 884-897. cochard, a., and r. madariaga (1994). dynamic faulting under rate-dependent friction, pure appl. geophys., 142, 419-445; doi:10.1007/bf00876049. das, s., and k. aki (1977). fault plane with barriers: a versatile earthquake model, j. geophys. res., 82, 5658-5670. dieterich, j.h. (1972). time-dependent friction in rocks, j. geophys. res., 77, 3690-3697. dieterich, j.h. (1979). modeling of rock friction, j. geophys. res., 84, 2161-2169. dysart, p.s., j.a. snoke and i.s. sacks (1988). source parameters and scaling relations for small earthquakes in the matsushiro region, southwest honshu, japan, b. seismol. soc. am., 78, 571-589. fialko, y.a. (2004). temperature fields generated by the elastodynamic propagation of shear cracks in the earth, j. geophys. res., 109, b01303; doi:10.1029/ 2003jb002496. frankel, a. (1991). high-frequency spectral fall off of earthquakes, fractal dimension of complex rupture, b value, and the scaling of strength on faults, j. geophys. res., 96, 6291-6332. haskell, n. (1966). total energy and energy spectral density of elastic wave radiation from propagation faults, 2, a statistical source model, b. seismol. soc. am., 56, 125-140. herrero, a., and p. bernard (1994). a kinematic selfsimilar rupture process for earthquakes, b. seismol. soc. am., 84, 1216-1228. hisada, y. (2000). a theoretical omega-square model considering the spatial variation in slip and rupture velocity, b. seismol. soc. am., 92, 387-400. huang, m.w., and j.h. wang (2002). scaling of amplitude spectra of near-fault seismograms of the 1999 chi-chi, taiwan, earthquake, geophys. res. lett., 29 (10), 84-1 84-4. johnson, r.e., and f.l. kiokemeister (1968). calculus with analytic geometry, allyn and bacon inc., boston, mass, usa, 798 p. kanamori, h. and d.l. anderson (1975). theoretical basis of some empirical relations in seismology, b. seismol. soc. am., 65, 1073-1095. kanamori, h., and g.s. stewart (1978). seismological aspects of guatemala earthquake of february 4, 1976, j. geophys. res., 83, 3427-3434. kim, s.g., y.t. chen, z.l. wu and g.i. panza (1997). a mathematical theorem useful for the direct estimation of seismic source spectra, b. seismol. soc. am., 87, 1281-1287 knopoff, l., j.a. landoni and m.s. abinante (1992). dynamical model of an earthquake fault with localization, phys. rev. a, 46, 7445-7449. koyama, j., and h. hara (1993). scaled langevin equation to describe the 1/fa spectrum, phys. rev. a, 46, 1844-1849. madariaga, r., and a. cochard (1994). seismic source dynamics, heterogeneity and friction, annali di geofisica, 37 (6), 1349-1375. marone, c. (1998). laboratory-derived friction laws and their application to seismic faulting, annu. rev. earth planet. sci., 26, 643-696. nur, a. (1978). nonuniform friction as a physical basis for earthquake mechanics, pure appl. geophys., 116, 964-989. nussbaum, j., and a. ruina (1987). a two degree-of-freedom earthquake model with static/dynamic friction, pure appl. geophys., 125, 629-656. ohnaka, m. (2000). a physical scaling relation between the size of an earthquake and its nucleation zone size, pure appl. geophys., 157, 2259-2282. patanè, d., f. ferrucci, e. giampiccolo and l. scaramuzzino (1997). source scaling of microearthquakes at mt. etna volcano and in the calabrian arc (southern italy), geophys. res. lett., 24, 1879-1882. rice, j.r. (1993). spatio-temporal complexity of slip on a fault, j. geophys. res., 98, 9885-9907. rice, j.r. (2006). heating and weakening of faults during earthquake slip, j. geophys. res., 111, b05311; doi:10.1029/2005jb004006. ruina, a.l. (1983). slip instability and state variable friction laws, j. geophys. res., 88, 10359-10370. shaw, b.e. (1993). moment spectra in a simple model of an earthquake fault, geophys. res. lett., 20, 643-646. shimamoto, t. (1986). transition between frictional slip and ductile flow for halite shear zones at room temperature, science, 231, 711-714. wang, j.h. (1995). effect of seismic coupling on the scaling of seismicity, geophys. j. int., 121, 475-488. wang, j.h. (1996). velocity-weakening friction law as a factor in controlling the frequency-magnitude relation of earthquakes, b. seismol. soc. am., 86, 701713. wang, j.h. (1997). effect of frictional healing on the scaling of seismicity, geophys. res. lett., 24, 25272530. wang, j.h. (2000). instability of a two-dimensional dynamic spring-slider model of earthquake faults, geophys. j. int., 143, 389-394. wang, j.h. (2002). a dynamical study of two one-statevariable, rate-dependent and state-dependent fricwang 12 13 tion laws, b. seismol. soc. am., 92, 687-694. wang, j.h. (2004). the seismic efficiency of the 1999 chi-chi, taiwan, earthquake, geophys. res. lett., 31, l10613; doi:10.1029/204gl019417. wang, j.h. (2006a). energy release and heat generation during the 1999 chi-chi, taiwan, earthquake, j. geophys. res., 111, b11312; doi:10.1029/2005jb004018. wang, j.h. (2006b). a review of the source parameters of the 1999 chi-chi, taiwan, earthquake, terr. atmos. ocean. sci., 17, 179-202. wang, j.h. (2007). a dynamic study of the frictional and viscous effects on earthquake rupture: a case study of the 1999 chi-chi earthquake, taiwan, b. seismol. soc. am., 97 (4), 1233-1244. wang, j.h. (2008). one-dimensional dynamical modeling of earthquakes: a review, terr. atmos. ocean. sci., 19, 183-203. wang, j.h. (2009). effect of thermal pressurization on radiation efficiency, b. seismol. soc. am., 99, 2293-2304. wang, j.h. (2012). some intrinsic properties of the twodimensional dynamical spring-slider model of earthquake faults, b. seismol. soc. am., 102, 822-835. wang, j.h. (2013). stability analysis of slip of a onebody spring-slider model in the presence of thermal pressurization, annals of geophysics, 56 (3), r03332; doi:10.4401/ag-5548. wang, j.h. (2016). studies of earthquake energies in taiwan: a review, terr. atmos. ocean. sci., 27 (1), 119; doi:10.3319/tao.2015.10.13.01(t). * corresponding author: jeen-hwa wang, institute of earth sciences, academia sinica, nangang, taipei, taiwan; email: jhwang@earth.sinica.edu.tw. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. a dynamical study of earthquake spectra appendix a: the laplace transformation the laplace transformation (lt, denoted by l), of a function u, that is, l [u(p,x)] = u(p,s)=∫e-sxu(p,x)dx, in which the integration is made from –∞ to +∞. the laplace transforms of several functions used in this study are: l [d2u(p,x)/dx2] = s2u(p,s), l [du(p,x)/dx] = su(p,s), and l [1] = 1/s. in order to obtain the inverse laplace transform (ilt, l-1) of u(s)=1/(s+a)(s+b)(s+c), which is the main form in this study, u(s) is first transferred to −[(b−c)/(s+a)+(c−a)/(s+b)+(a−b)/(s+c)]/ (a−b)(b−c)(c−a). due to l-1[1/(s+d)] = e-dx, (a1) also used in this study is the following formula: (a2) where j1[y] and h [y] denote the bessel function of the first kind with order 1 and the unit step function, respectively, when a>0, in addition, l-1{u(s −a)} = eaxu(x) and l-1[1/s] =1 are also used in this study. appendix b: the solution of a second-order linear differential equation the method to solve a second-order linear differential equation can be seen in johnson and kiokemeister [1968]. for a second-order inhomogeneous linear differential equation: (b1) where a, b, and c are three constants, the solution is u = uc+ up where uc and up are, respectively, the complementary and particular solutions. uc is the solution of a homogeneous form of equation (b1), i.e., (b2) inserting the trial solution uc= e mp into equation (b2) leads to am2emp+ bmemp+ cemp= 0. this gives am2 + bm + c = 0. thus, the solutions of m are m = −b± (b2−4ac)1/2/2a. hence, the general form of uc is c1e -mp+ c2e mp. let y (p) = emp and z (p) = e-mp. to solve up, we let (b3) the two function y1 and z1 should meet the following conditions: y1’y + z1’z = 0 and y1’y ’+ z1’z’= f (x), where y1’=dy1/dp, y’=dy/dp, z1’=dz1/dp, and z’=dz/dp. hence, y1 and z1 can be solved from the following integral equations: y1= −∫[zf (x)(y1’y ’+ z1’z)/(yz’−y’z)]dp and z1=∫[yf (x)(y1’y ’+ z1’z)/(yz’−y’z)]dp. inserting the related quantities into equation (b3) leads to the particular solution. b c e c a e a b e a b b c c a . l u s a b c t t t 1 =+ + -q q q q q q q v v v v v v v ! !$ $ jb b h ,v l exp s 1 / / / 1 2 2 1v 2 1 2 2 1v 2 2 2 1v 2 a b a jb x a x a x a + = q q q q 1v 1v 1v ,v! " $ % f f i i ad d dd c ,vbu x u x x u x f x2 2p + + =q q q qv v v ,v ad d bd d c .u u u 02 2 +p p p p p+ =q q qv v v .up y yv z zup 1 1p p p p p= +q q q q qv yv v v v wang 14 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice annals 47, 1, 2004, 01/07def 157 annals of geophysics, vol. 47, n. 1, february 2004 key words seismic and electromagnetic studies – earth’s crust – baltic and ukranian shields 1. introduction at first the low velocity layers were determined in the crust from seismological data in tectonic active regions. the main indications of the velocity inversion with depth were the «shadow zones» (sharp attenuation of the first arrivals at some epicentre distances) and recording of the channel waves, which travel along the low velocity layer (waveguide) when an earthquake appears in the layer. the first deep seismic sounding (dss) confirmed the existence of the low velocity layers in the crust of tectonic active regions by the observed «shadow zones». these layer were interpreted as a result of high temperatures and partly melting. later the low velocity layers were determined in the cold crust of shield areas at a depth of 10-15 km. for example, they were determined on the ukrainian shield, where detailed seismic observations, so called continuous profiling, were carried out (pavlenkova, 1979). it was the most detailed form of dss: multichannel seismic stations moved along the profile with seismograph spacing of 100 m. explosions from several direct and overlapping shotpoints with interval of 40-60 km were recorded. these low velocity and low electrical resistivity layers in the middle crust nina i. pavlenkova schmidt united institute of physics of the earth, russian academy of sciences, moscow, russia abstract some deep seismic sounding (dss) revealed low velocity layers in the upper and middle crust of old platforms. the layers are often characterised by a lower electrical resistivity. it is not clear, however, how reliable the layers recognized from dss data are, if they are regular or occasional events and how they correlate with other geophysical parameters. to answer these questions the experimental dss data obtained in the baltic and ukranian shields by different institutions were reinterpreted by the author with unified methods. the shield areas are well studied using both the dss and high-frequency magnetotelluric sounding (mts) methods. as a result a marked velocity inversion (waveguide) was observed in a 10 to 20 km depth range in the majority of the dss profiles. an increase in the electrical conductivity is typical for the waveguide. a comparison of the results with the data from other platform regions allow the conclusion that this low velocity and high electrical conductivity layer has a global significance. in the continental crust, the layer is characterised by changes in the reflectivity pattern, earthquakes number and changes in velocity pattern where the block structure is transformed into a subhorizontal layering. these structural features suggest that the layers separate brittle and weak parts of the crust. usually they play the role of detachment zones at crustal block moving. a possible factor responsible for this phenomenon is an increase in porosity and in the salinity of the waveguide pore water compared with the upper crust. this suggestion is confirmed by the kola superdeep borehole data. porosity increasing in the middle crust is explained by the change in rock mechanical properties with depth, by fracturing porosity and by dilatancy effect, at a depth of 10-20 km. mailing address: dr. nina i. pavlenkova, schmidt united institute of physics of the earth, russian academy of sciences, ul. bolshaya gruzinskaya 10, d-242, gsp-5, 123995 moscow, russia. 158 nina i. pavlenkova results, however, were considered unrealistic because it was difficult to explain the nature of this layer: the velocity inversion in the upper crust of the cold shield might not be explained by temperature influence. actually, the temperature at a 10 km depth under the ukrainian shield is not higher than 150-200°c, which can decrease the velocity gradient with depth but cannot form an inversion zone. apparently, the geophysical studies revealed a «cold» type of weakening of rocks, which has another nature than the layers in tectonically active regions. the velocity inversion zones were determined in the upper and middle crust in many platform regions: in the baltic shield (grad and luosto, 1987), on the russian plate (eurobridge seismic working group, 1999) and in the siberian craton (pavlenkova et al., 2002). often these layers are characterised by higher electrical conductivity (kovtun et al., 1994; beljavsky et al., 2001). it became clear that such layers may have a global significance, but up to now the nature of the layer has been debated (jones, 1992; karakin and kambarova, 1997; astapenko and frainberg, 1999; vannjan and pavlenkova, 2001; berzin et al., 2002). the goal of this paper is to answer the following questions. how reliable are the low velocity layers recognized from dss data and are they a regular or occasional feature of the continental crust? how do they correlate with electrical conductivity model? are there any correlations between the layer structure, tectonic features and other geophysical parameters of the crust and what is the origin of these layers? to answer these questions all experimental dss data obtained in the baltic and ukranian shields during the last 40 years were reinterpreted with a unified methodology and the obtained velocity models were compared with the magnetotelluric and other geophysical and geological data. the shields were chosen for this research because they are the most investigated regions with detailed seismic and high frequency electromagnetic methods and their results may be compared with kola superdeep borehole data. then the obtained data on the low velocity and high conductivity layers in the upper and middle crust of the shields were compared with the data on other platform regions. finally problems of the layer origin are discussed. 2. low velocity layers in the crusts of the baltic and ukranian shields more than twenty seismic profiles crossing all tectonic structures of the baltic shield have been processed in this region during the last 40 years (fig. 1c). they were carried out by different institutions with different instrumentations, techniques and interpretation methods. as dss is developed the old data were reinterpreted many times and now there are several velocity models for each profile. the low velocity layers (velocity inversion zones or waveguides) were distinguished in the middle crust at depths of 10-15 km along the seismic profile sveka (grad and luosto, 1987). the inversion is observed not only in the p-wave velocities but in the svelocities as well. the inversion zones, however, were not distinguished along other profiles. it was difficult to understand if the layer is local and does not exist in other regions or they were missed during the data interpretation. in order to obtain comparable data for the whole baltic shield, a comparative analysis of experimental records was made by the author for all dss profiles. the wave fields were analysed and interpreted using unified methods. as a result the low velocity layers were determined in the upper crust along the most profiles. some results of the old seismic data reinterpretation were published in berzin et al. (2001). in this paper, new models are presented for the profiles quartz and fennia. the quartz profile was carried out by centre geon (moscow) as a part of the russian superlong seismic profile net made for the lithosphere studies (egorkin, 1991). the fennia profile was made by the finnish institute of seismology with distances between the seismic stations of 2-3 km and between shots of 80 km. as mentioned above, the main feature indicating a velocity inversion is a regular attenuation of the first arrivals at some distances from the source (appearance of so-called «shadow 159 low velocity and low electrical resistivity layers in the middle crust zone»). figure 1a-c shows the traveltime curves and seismic rays for the inversion zone determined from sp 9 along the quartz profile. seismic rays penetrating the crust and arriving at the surface at source-receiver distances of about 100 km (pg-wave) form a traveltime branch having an apparent velocity of about 6.4. km/s. the rays entering a velocity inversion zone are deflected downward rather than upward, intersect the zone, and come back, being reflected from its base (k1 interface) or refracted in the underlying layer. the related reflection and refraction traveltime branches have velocities not higher than 6.5 km/s. the k1 and pg traveltime plots are nearly parallel and are separated in time by ∆t. the time delay depends on the waveguide thickness (∆h) and a value of the velocity inversion (∆v) and provides major constraints on these parameters. the average velocity in the waveguide and its thickness are not uniquely constrained by refraction traveltime data. a set of the crustal velocity models having different waveguide parameters ∆v and ∆h may be determined. the velocity decrease could not be ambiguously determined even with a sufficiently long traveltime curve of the wave reflected from the waveguide base. for instance, in the case shown in fig. 1a-c, the velocity decrease can vary from 0 to 0.4 km/s, with the base depth varying from 15 to 11 km. to obtain comparable velocity models for all profiles, the data from the kola superdeep borehole were used. the borehole determined the velocity at depths of the waveguide of 7-12 km as 6.1 to 6.2. km/s (kozlovskii, 1984; pavlenkova, 1991). these values were used for the all velocity inversion zones in the baltic shield. other parameters of the waveguide and fig. 1a-c. a) traveltime plots and (b) seismic rays for the crustal velocity model constructed along the quartz profile (baltic shield) with an inversion zone at depths of 7 to 12 km. pg – refracted wave in the upper crust (5.8-6.4 km/s); k1 – wave reflected from the base of the inversion zone (6.4-6.7 km/s); k2 – wave reflected from the top of the lower crust (6.8-7.2 km/s); ∆t is the time delay between pg and k1 branches. thick lines in the cross section are reflectors. c) a schematic map showing the position of dss (solid lines) and mts (dotted line) profiles in the kola peninsula and karelia region used in this work. a b c 160 nina i. pavlenkova underlying layer were determined from 2d mathematical modelling (ray tracing). the analysis has shown that the observed wave pattern involved in the recognition of low velocity layers is not always clear. it is often complicated by the fact that the shadow zone is not observed due to diffraction phenomena, and the waves reflected from the waveguide base are not recorded. wave patterns, which look like the «shadow zones», may also be observed at strong lateral inhomogeneity of the crust. to discriminate them from effects of low velocity layers, it is necessary to analyse the whole system of reversed and overlapping observations. the «shadow zones» connected with a low velocity layer are to be observed at the same distances (offsets) from all shots and it is the main criteria to trace the inversion zone along the profile. for this a special method of the travel-time analysis was applied and they were presented in form of the intercept time cross-sections (pavlenkova, 1982). figure 2a-c presents an example of the time section for the fennia profile. figure 2a gives the system of the traveltime curves in a traditional form. from all shots the time curves show a regular picture. the waves pg are recorded with apparent velocities around 6.06.3 km/s at offsets of 0-100 km. at larger offsets pg attenuate and the k1 reflections became the first arrivals with velocities about 6.3 km/s. a time delay of about 0.5 s is observed between the pgand k1-waves. at offsets of 110-170 km the k2-waves are recorded with velocities of 6.8-7.0 km/s without any time delays regarding the k1-waves. to see how this picture changes along the profile, the observed travel-times are shown in fig. 2a-c. observed travel times and the velocity model of the upper and middle crust along the fennia profile. a) travel times in a traditional form, the reduction velocity of 8.0 km/s; b) a time section: the observed travel times reduced with the reduction velocity 6.5 km/s and plotted at source-receiver midpoints with downwards time axis; the lines d = 10 and 30 km coincide the travel times at the offsets of 10 and 30 km, the dotted lines are intercept time curves for k1 and k2 boundaries; c) velocity model, thick lines are reflectors. a b c 161 low velocity and low electrical resistivity layers in the middle crust fig. 2b in another form: they are reduced with velocity 6.5 km/s (typical velocity at the inversion zone bottom) and are plotted at source-receiver midpoints. the lines coincided the travel times of first arrivals at constant offsets (d = =10 and 30 km) show the uppermost crust structure. the line t (d = 30 km) at which the first arrivals attenuate (1.0-1.2 s) outlines the inversion zone top. an envelope of the reflection k1 times may be used to determine a form of the inversion zone bottom. this line is intercept time (ti) line for the k1 boundary and they may be recalculated in the depths to the boundary (the boundary reflections tough the ti-line in the critical points). the k1 reflection envelope shows strong inclination of the boundary between the shot points (sp) b and c. in contrary the travel-times of refracted waves from the k2 boundary form a near horizontal ti-line at the reduction velocity of 6.5 km/s. the time section was used as a starting model for the following ray tracing. resulting velocity model is given in fig. 2c. the low velocity layer is determined at the same depth as along the quartz profile. but the layer structure is more complicate along the fennia profile. beneath sp-c the layer depth increases from 8 to 14 km and its thickness increases as well. it seams that it is influence of a crustal fault. similar velocity models were obtained for the ukranian shield. in the shield area, several dss profiles were made in the 60-70’s. that was the continuous profiling with analogue multichannel seismic stations. the data were fig. 3a-c. a) time section, b) velocity model along the ukrainian shield and (c) scheme of seismic profiles. numbers are p-wave velocities in km/s, striped zones are «shadow zones» in the time section and the low velocity zone in the velocity model. a b c 162 nina i. pavlenkova fig. 4. record section from dss profile in the ukrainian shield which shows the «shadow zone» (attenuation of the pg-wave) at distances from the source d = 75 km. legend in fig. 1a-c. reinterpreted with the same methodology as the baltic shield data. below the results of the reinterpretation are presented for the profile along the shield (fig. 3a-c). figure 4 presents a record section that is typical for many profiles in the ukrainian shield. it shows a clear «shadow zone» at offsets of 75 km. the observed travel times transformed to the midpoints and the corresponding time section (fig. 3a) show that the «shadow zone» may be traced along the whole profile. the time sections determine an increase in the waveguide thickness in the central part of the profile and a local anomaly in the profile interval of 50-70 km. figure 3a-c also shows that the time section along the ukrainian shield is similar to that in the baltic shield and the low velocity layer was determined at the same depth of 10-15 km. thus, the main result of the time section comparison is that the velocity inversion exists 163 low velocity and low electrical resistivity layers in the middle crust in the shield crust along the most seismic profiles. thickness of the inversion zone varies but there is no doubt that it is a regular feature of the shield crust. 3. magnetotelluric data electrical conductivity constraints on the upper crust of the karelia region and kola peninsula were gained from high-frequency (10− 2-10− 4 s variation period range) magnetotelluric soundings (mts) (kovtun et al., 1994). relatively dense coverage of the baltic shield by dss and mts profiles provides a good basis for examining in detail the upper crust anomalous layers and gaining constraints on their origin. the most important result of these observations was the detection of an abrupt drop in the apparent resistivity in a variation period range of 10− 2-1 s, which is direct evidence of a decrease in the electrical resistivity at depths of 812 km. the apparent resistivity reaches a minimum near a 1 s period and increases by a few times with the further increase in the variation period. such behaviour of the apparent resistivity indicates the presence of a conductive layer in the area studied. as seen from fig. 5, the conductive layer is traced along the ns profile about 1000 km long from the barents sea coast to lake ladoga (fig. 1c). in the ukrainian shield many magneto-telluric soundings were also carried out (beljavsky et al., 2001). for the most of them the high electrical conductivity layers are determined at a depth of 10-20 km. a combined analysis of seismic and electromagnetic data makes their physical and geological interpretation more reliable, because these methods differ in their constraints on crustal properties. the seismic wave velocity is mostly controlled by the rock composition and partly by fluid concentration in pores and fractures. the electrical conductivity of fluid-bearing rocks is nearly independent on the solid phase composition and is determined by the fluid content and its salinity. if the depth and thickness of crustal conductive layers correlate with the parameters of the low p-velocity layers they determine the layers as zones of higher porosity and higher concentration of fluids. the mts data may be used for determination of the porosity in the high conductivity layer which is difficult to retrieve from seismic data. for the baltic shield such determinations show the following (vannjan and pavlenkova, 2002). the upper 10 km of the shield crust are characterised by low porosity. however, even negligible amounts of pore water dramatically decrease the electrical resistivity. this makes it fig. 5. geoelectrical structure of the crust along the combined ns teriberka-loimola (tl) mts profile (kovtun et al., 1994). the electrical resistivity contours in the crust are results of the 1d interpretation. a conductive layer is discovered in 8 to 15 km depth interval (black strip). the position of the profile is shown in fig. 1c. 164 nina i. pavlenkova possible to estimate the porosity ρ using the archie law, connecting the porosity with the electrical resistivities of the water-saturated rock ρ and pore water ρw: a high mineralization of the pore water can be expected in the static zone of the crystalline basement. various direct effects indicate the presence of brines whose resistivity drops to 0.03 ω⋅m at the upper crust temperature. using this value and an average resistivity of the crust of 104 ω⋅m, it was found ρ = 0.1%. this value coincides with the generally accepted porosity of granite observed in samples tested in laboratory. this estimate can somewhat increase, if pores and fractures are filled with a fresher solution. thus, the sensitivity of geoelectric data to the water saturation of rocks is high enough for detecting a porosity of a few tenths of a percent. the depth and thickness of the karelia and kola peninsula crustal conductive layers correlate well with the parameters of the low p-velocity layers. these layers are characterised with lower values of the s-wave velocities as well. the pand s-velocities ratio do not differ from the ratio in other crustal layers. it is natural to conclude that the velocity and electrical resistivity decreases have a common origin. the increase in the porosity to about 1%, determined from electrical resistivity is also correlated with the seismic data. the 0.2-km/s decreases in the p-wave velocity results in the same value porosity (1%). both approaches yield evidence that a 5 km layer containing up to 1% of water is present at a depth of about 10 km. a similar value (1.19%) was obtained from data of the kola overdeep borehole (kozlovskii, 1984). the mts data show another important feature of the layer discussed. the inclined high conductivity zones which correspond to the fault zones, flattened out to the low velocity layer. this example is presented in fig. 6 for the polar profile. the latter was determined as a result of the data reinterpretation at depth of 10-20 km. the same relation between the faults and the inversion zones are also observed from cdp data. most faults, identified from geological data are traced as clearly visible reflectors usually within the upper crust. their shape regularly changes with depth, so that near the surface they are practically vertical and at depth of about 10 km they flatten out. but it does not mean that there are no deep faults that cross the whole crust. the deep faults flatted out to the moho are observed from the mts data along the sveka profile (corja et al., 1993) and from dss and cdp data along the kem-uchta profile, karelia (berzin et al., 2001). the low velocity layers were determined in other regions of the east-european platform as well. their depths are 10-20 km in the south and central parts of the platform (pavlenkova, 1996; baranova and pavlenkova, 2003) and along eufig. 6. a 2d geoelectrical model along the polar profile (korja et al., 1989). the mt sites are indicated by the inverted triangles. the position of the profile is shown in fig. 1c. 165 low velocity and low electrical resistivity layers in the middle crust robridge profile in the western part of the platform (eurobridge seismic working group, 1999). the inversion is observed in the s-wave fields as well. the pand s-velocity ratio is determined as 1.71, the same as in the upper crust. the same results were obtained from the sveka profile in the baltic shield (grad and luosto, 1987). the low velocity and high conductivity layers were also discovered in the middle crust in other platform regions: in the indian and canadian shields, in the american ancient platforms (berdichevsky et al., 1984; jones, 1992; pavlenkova, 1996; padilha et al., 2000). in the young west-european plates the correlation between the low velocity layers and the high conductivity layers is also the same as in east-european platform (aichruth et al., 1992). such correlation allows the conclusion that this low velocity and high electrical conductivity layer in the middle crust has a global significance. what might be the origin of this layer? 4. nature of the low velocity and high conductivity layer in the middle crust the low velocity and high electrical conductivity layer in the middle crust is characterised by some structural peculiarities which are important for understanding the origin of the layer. the data presented above and the results of other data analysis show that in the crust at depths of 10-20 km there are a number of properties which identify the low velocity layer as a principal structural element of the continental crust. among these properties the most typical are the following: – the velocity inversion zones divide the crust in two parts with different structural pattern: the inclined reflectors which may be interpreted as faults, flatten out at the low velocity zone and the steeply dipping structures of the upper crust are replaced by sub-horizontal structures in the lower crust. – a distinct seismic boundary (the reflector k1) often underlies the low velocity layer. – detailed research by seismic reflection method (cdp) shows the greater sub-horizontal stratification of the crust (increasing reflectivity) at depths below 10-15 km. this was also proposed from the detailed dss data (pavlenkova, 1996). – the lower edges of the crustal bodies that give rise to gravity and magnetic anomalies are usually found at depths not lower than 10-15 km. – a good correlation is observed between the velocity inversion and the distribution of the earthquakes: they occurred above the inversion zone. in the baltic shield crustal earthquakes are normally located above depth of 12 km (korhonen and porkka, 1981). it means that the midcrustal layer is a weakened zone. the main structural features of the crust are shown in a schematic form in fig. 7. fig. 7. generalised structural and velocity models of the continental crust. 166 nina i. pavlenkova it should be noted, that these structural characteristics of the crustal waveguide are observed not only in the old platform areas. in the baikal rift zone the low velocity layer, determined in the middle crust, has the same characteristics (fig. 8): higher reflectivity, flattening out of faults and lower earthquake number (krilov et al., 1990). it suggests that the crust of the baikal rift zone has not been transformed by higher temperature regime and up to now maintains the platform crust features. according to the current notions of crust rheology presented over the last fifteen years, the main factor responsible for the weakening of rocks and for the velocity inversion is the temperature increase with depth. the depth of the brittle/plastic transition zone increases as the heat flow in the studied region decreases. this depth exceeds 20-25 km under shields. new studies of the baltic shield rheology (kukkonen and peltonen, 1999; kaikkonen et al., 2000) confirmed that the depth of the brittle/plastic transition zone in the archean crust of karelia is about 30 km. thus, the heating-induced weakening of the crust is expected to occur at a depth three times greater than its value constrained by seismic and geoelectric data. actually, the temperature at a 10 km depth under the baltic shield is not higher than 150°c, which can decrease the velocity gradient with depth but cannot form the inversion zone. apparently, the geophysical studies revealed a «cold» type of weakening of rocks at a depth of about 10 km, which cannot be accounted for by the temperature factor effective in tectonically active regions. to explain the crustal high conductivity zones, the problem of the fluids origin is mainly discussed (jones, 1983). dehydration is considered as a more possible factor favouring the formation of lower velocity and higher electrical conductivity zones in the middle crust. this effect is supported by data from the kola superdeep borehole. here, a 0.2-0.3 km/s decrease in seismic velocities, discovered in a homogeneous sequence at a 4.5 km depth, correlates with a decrease in the bound water concentration and an increase in the amount of free water (kozlovskii, 1984). new studies of the earth’s fluid regime show that the earth degasation is the main source of the mantle and crustal fluids (letnikov, 2000). so the main problem is not the fluid origin but an origin of higher porosity in the middle crust at a depth of 10-20 km that enables concentration of the fluids. the most reasonable explanation of the higher porosity and other properties of the low velocity crustal layer follows from the theory of dilatancy cracking of the crust (nikolaevsky, 1985; karakin and kambarova, 1997). the theory is based on laboratory data on the mechanical properties of the fig. 8. seismic cross-section and velocity model of the baikal rift zone (krilov et al., 1990). vp is seismic velocity, n is earthquake number. 167 low velocity and low electrical resistivity layers in the middle crust rocks under high pressures and temperatures and on theoretical considerations of the rock mechanical properties at the pt condition typical for the cold crust (below 500-700oc). in the upper crust normal vertical faults are formed as a result of horizontal displacement stresses; tilted shear faults are located below, and at a depth of 7-10 km they degenerate into completely sheared rocks. the same characteristics of faults in the uppermost crust have been described in jackson and mckenzie (1983). the development of extremely fine cracking at depths of more than 10 km results in the saturation of rocks by fluids, the appearance of the low-velocity and high-conductivity layers and a corresponding increase in their plasticity. thus, the upper crust is a region of brittle deformations, the features of the low velocity and high conductivity layer appear to indicate an increase in the fracturing porosity in the middle continental crust. in other words, it is a weakened water-saturated layer. this conclusion is supported by the kola supperdeep borehole data. at a depth of 7-12 km the hole reaches a zone of weakened rocks and higher fluid flow (pavlenkova, 1991). the suggestion that weakened zones in the upper and middle crust are developed due to rock fracture and dilatancy effect can also explain all the structural peculiarities of the upper and middle crusts that were pointed out above and that are not considered by other hypotheses. the suggestion agrees with the observed structural peculiarities of the crust and with geological data. according to these data, the weakened layers can be associated with zones of relative horizontal motions of the upper versus lower crust (detachment zones, fig. 7). these are zones of fractured rocks similar to subhorizontal faults. the horizontal displacement of separate layers, the formation of nappes, and plastic flow of the crustal matter can be associated processes causing the formation of a sub-horizontal seismic boundary k1 at the bottom of the crustal waveguide. it is difficult to explain this boundary nature in another way. the weak layers can play an important role in any tectonic processes not only as the detachment zone at crustal block moving. together with deep faults they form a channel system for the mantle fluids and matter transportation. it means that the low velocity and high conductivity crustal layers have a number of uses for identifying zones of mineralization, which are of economic importance for detecting fluids and determining the depth of weak zones. the latter is also important for studying seismicity. 4. conclusions the comprehensive analysis and reinterpretation of the seismic experimental data obtained in the baltic and ukrainian shields show that a layer of lower pand s-wave velocities exists in a depth range of 10-20 km in their crust. the layer is reliably recognised from refraction and wide angle reflection data if systems of reversed and overlapping profiles are analyzed. the low velocities correlate with a lower electrical resistivity. the comparison of the data with other geophysical and geological information from different regions suggests this low velocity and high conductivity layer have a global significance. several structural features are typical for the layer: a change in velocity inhomogeneity where the block structure is transformed into a subhorizontal layering, changes in the reflectivity pattern and earthquake number. these properties of the middle crust layer mean that it can be associated with a weakened zone and it suggests a rheological stratification of the crust. a possible factor responsible for this phenomenon is an increase in porosity and in the salinity of the waveguide pore water as compared with the upper crust. this suggestion is confirmed by the kola superdeep borehole data. porosity increasing in the middle crust is explained by a change in rock mechanical properties with depth and by their fracturing porosity and by delatancy effect at depth of 10-20 km. 168 nina i. pavlenkova acknowledgements the record sections for the seismic profiles carried out in the baltic shield were kindly made available by finnish institute of seismology and by russian ministry of national resourse. i thank u. luosto, yu. yurov and other finish and russian colleagues for the useful discussions of the data reinterpretation results. i am grateful to v.v. spichak for the idea to compare the seismic and electromagnetic data on the crustal structure and to v. lapenna for critical comments to a preliminary version of the paper and to his recomendations how to improve the paper. an anonymous reviewer also gave valuable comments. references aichruth, k., c. prodehl and h. thybo (1992): crustal structure along the ccntral segment of the egt from seismic-refraction studies, tectonophysics, 207, 43-64. astapenko, v.n. and e.v. frainberg (1999): the nature of electrical conductivity anomaly in the belorusian anticline crust, izv. phys. solid earth, 5, 54-60. baranova, e.p. and n.i. pavlenkova (2003): structure of lower crust in the karpinsky swell area, izv. phys. solid earth, 6, 76-84. beljavsky, v.v., t.k. burachovich, s.n. kulik and v.v. suchoi (2001): electromagnetic studies in the ukranian shield and dnieper-donetz basin (znanie, kiev), pp. 227 (in russian). berdichevsky, m.n., v.i. dmitriev, i.a. lebedeva and i.s. barashkov (1984): electromagnetic sounding of crustal zones of high conductivity, izv. phys. solid earth, 9, 50-56. berzin, r.g., yu.g. yurov and n.i. pavlenkova (2002): sdr and dss data along the kem-uchta profile (the baltic shield), tectonophysics, 355, 187-200. corja, a., t. corja, u. luosto and p. heikkinen (1993): seismic and geoelectric evidence for collisional and extensional events in the fennoscandian shield implications for precambrian crustal evolution, tectonophysics, 219 (1-3), 129-152. egorkin, a.v. (1991): the crustal structure from seismic geotraverses, in deep structure of the ussr territory, edited by v.v. belousov, n.i. pavlenkova and g.n. kvyatkovskaya (nauka, moscow), 18-35. eurobridge seismic working group (1999): seismic velocity structure across the fennoscandia-sarmatia suture of the east european craton beneath the eurobridge profile through lithuania and belarus, tectonophysics, 314, 193-217. grad, m. and u. luosto (1987): seismic models of the crust of the baltic shield along the sveka profile in finland, ann. geophysice b, 6, 639-649. jackson, j. and d. mckenzie (1983): the geometrical evolution of normal fault system, j. struct. geol., 5, 471-482. jones, a.g. (1992): electrical conductivity of the continental lower crust, in continental lower crust. development in geotectonics, edited by d.m. fountaion, r. areulus and r.w. kay (elsevier), 23, 81143. kaikkonen, p., k. moisio and m. heeremans (2000): thermomechanical lithospheric structure of the central fennoscandian shield, phys. earth planet. inter., 119, 209-235. karakin, a.v. and a.n. kambarova (1997): a dynamic model of the crustal waveguide, geoinformatika, 1, 10-17 (in russian). korhonen, h. and m.t. porkka (1981): the structure of the baltic shield region on the basis of dss and earthquake data, pure appl. geophys., 119 (6), 1093-1099. korja, t., s.-e. hjelt, p. kaikkonen, k. koivukosti, t.m. rasmussen and r.g. roberts (1989): the geoelectric model of the polar profile, tectonophysics, 162, 113-133. kovtun, a.a., s.a. vagin, i.l. vardanyants, e.l. kovkina and n.i. uspenskii (1994): magnetotelluric sounding of the crust and mantle structure in the eastern baltic shield, izv. phys. solid earth, 3, 32-36 kozlovskii, e.a. (editor) (1984): the kola overdeep borehole (nedra, moscow), pp. 490 krilov, s.v., m.m. mindelbaum and v.s. selesnev (1990): detailed deep seismic studies in verchneangarsk region of baikal rift zone, geol. geophys., 7, 17-27 kukkonen, i.t. and p. peltonen (1999): xenolith-controlled ceothermal for the central fennoscandian shield: implications for lithosphere-asthenosphere relations, tectonophysics, 304 (4), 301-315. letnikov, f.a. (2000): fluide regime of endogenic prouseses in the continental lithosphere and problems of mettalogennii, in problems of global geodynamics, edited by d.v. runkvist (geos, moscow), 204-224 (in russian). luosto, u., e. lanne, h. korhonen, a. guterch, m. grad, r. materzok and e. perchuc (1984): deep structure of the earth’s crust on the sveka profile in central finland, ann. geophysicae, 2, 559-570. nikolaevsky, v.n. (1985): mechanics of fluid-saturated geomaterials: discusser’s report, in mechanics of geomaterials, edited by z. bazant (wiley, ny), 379-401. padilha, a.l. and i. vitorello (2000): magnetotelluric and geomagnetic deep soundings revealing upper crustal conductors along the torres syncline hinge, in proceedings of the 15 th workshop on electromagnetic induction in the earth, cabo frio, brazil, 112-113. pavlenkova, n.i. (1979) generalized geophysical model and dynamic properties of the continental crust, tectonophysics, 59, 381-390. pavlenkova, n.i. (1982): the intercept-time method, possibility and limitation, j. geophys., 51, 85-95. pavlenkova, n.i. (1991): the kola superdeep drillhole and the nature of seismic boundaries, terra nova, 4, 117-123. 169 low velocity and low electrical resistivity layers in the middle crust pavlenkova, n.i. (1996): crust and upper mantle structure in northern eurasia from seismic data, in advances in geophysics, edited by r. dmowska and b. saltzmann (academic press, inc.), 37, 1-135. pavlenkova, g.a., k. priestly and j. cipar (2002): 2d model of the crust and uppermost mantle along rift profile, siberian craton, tectonophysics, 355, 171186. vannyan, l.l. and n.i. pavlenkova (2002): low velocity and low electrical resistivity layer at the base of the upper crust under the baltic shield, izv. phys. solid earth, 1, 1-13. first deep underground observation of rotational signals from an earthquake at teleseismic distance using a large ring laser gyroscope annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 4, 2016 first deep underground observation of rotational signals from an earthquake at teleseismic distance using a large ring laser gyroscope andreino simonelli1,3,6,∗, jacopo belfi1, nicolò beverini1,2, giorgio carelli1,2, angela di virgilio1, enrico maccioni1,2, gaetano de luca5, gilberto saccorotti4 ∗andreino.simonelli@pi.infn.it 1istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare, pisa, italy 2università di pisa, dipartimento di fisica “e. fermi”, pisa, italy 3ludwig-maximilians-universität, munich, germany 4istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, pisa, italy 5istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, centro nazionale terremoti, rome, italy abstract recent advances in large ring laser gyroscopes (rlg) technologies opened the possibility to observe rotations of the ground with sensitivities up to 10−11 rad/sec over the frequency band of seismological interest (0.01-1hz), thus opening the way to a new geophysical discipline, i.e. rotational seismology. a measure of rotations in seismology is of fundamental interest for (a) the determination of all the six degrees of freedom that characterize a rigid body’s motion, and (b) the quantitative estimate of the rotational motions contaminating ground translation measurements obtained from standard seismometers. within this framework, this paper presents and describes gingerino, a new large observatory-class rlg located in gran sasso underground laboratory (lngs), one national laboratories of the infn (istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare). we also report unprecedented observations and analyses of the roto-translational signals from a tele-seismic event observed in such a deep underground environment. i. introduction thanks to the optical measurement principle, ring laser gyroscopes (rlg) are insensitive to translations, thus representing the best sensors for capturing the tiny rotational motions associated with the transit of seismic waves. the need for a rotational sensor in geophysics was first claimed in a fundamental text about seismology (aki and richards (2009)), where the authors state that ”... note the utility of measuring rotation near a rupturing fault plane (...), but as of this writing, seismology still awaits a suitable instrument for making such measurements”. the search for such a sensor is of actual interest, as shown by many recent studies (kaláb et al. (2013); brokešová and málek 6“regional doctoral school in earth sciences”, xxx cycle, pisa, italy (2010); schreiber et al. (2006a)). so far, rlgs allowed to achieve important results in a variety of disciplines, spanning from geodesy (schreiber et al. (2004)) to both regional and global seismology (igel et al. (2005); pancha et al. (2000); simonelli (2014); schreiber et al. (2006a)). depending on the scope, the size or rlg changes from some centimeters to more than four meters. rlgs for navigation are very small and lightweight; they are produced commercially and are widely adopted on either underwater or airborne platforms. their sensitivity, however, is not sufficient for geophysical applications. sensitivity and accuracy of rlgs increase with size: maximizing the dimensions of the apparatus implies a minimization of those physical effects that provoke departure from an ideal linear regime. scientific results like monitoring of the solid-earth tides or a 1 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 4, 2016 measure of the length of the day (lod) are only achievable by very-large-frame rlgs. at present, the g-ring deployment in wettzel (germany) represents the reference rlg for geodetic and seismological observations. smaller in size and less expensive are rlgs of the class geosensor, (schreiber et al. (2006b); belfi et al. (2012b,a)). recently, the italian national institute for nuclear physics (infn hereinafter) supported the development of the gingerino rlg. within the context of a larger project of fundamental physics, this apparatus is intended to reach the high sensitivity needed to observe general relativity effects, by the same time providing crucial data for geophysical and seismological applications (for more detail see the url https://web2.infn.it/ginger/ index.php/it/). ii. instrumental apparatus the gingerino is located within the infn’s gran sasso national laboratory (lngs) (fig. 1). figure 1: map of the lngs underground laboratories the equipment of geophysical and seismological interest is constituted by the following instruments: the large he:ne ring laser visible in fig. 2; this is a 3.6 m side square cavity ring laser installed over a granite structure block anchored to the rock of the b knot tunnel of the lngs. this is our rotation sensor, it is able to detect rotations around the symmetry axis (oriented vertically) with a sensitivity better than 10−10 rad/s in the band of interest for global seismology (5hz-300s). a nanometrics trillium 240s seismometer installed at the center of the rlg granite frame fig. 3, providing the ground translation data to be compared to the rlg rotational measurements for shear and surface waves from either micro-seismic or earthquakes sources. figure 2: the gingerino rlg figure 3: the nanometrics trillium 240 s (left) and guralp cmg 3t360s (right) and the lippmann 2-k tilt meter (on top), the red arrow shows the north direction this instrument is also part of the national earthquake monitoring program of the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (ingv hereinafter; see also the url http://iside.rm.ingv.it/iside/standard/ info_stazione.jsp?page=sta&sta=2571. a second broadband seismometer, guralp cmg 3t–360s (fig. 3) is placed in the central block for data redundancy. a lippmann 2-k digital tilt-meter with a resolution better then one nrad is placed beside the seismometer in 2 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 4, 2016 figure 4: (top) ground rotation and transverse acceleration time histories (black and red lines, respectively), time zero is at 12:40:00 utc. (bottom) zlcc between the above traces. figure 5: zero-lag normalized correlation coefficient (defined between -1 (blue) and 1 (red)) between rotation rate and transverse acceleration, varying the unknown transverse direction from 0◦ to 360◦ . the theoretical propagation azimuth is 202◦. 3 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 4, 2016 figure 6: superposition of transverse acceleration (black) and rotation rate (blue) and determination of phase velocities as a function of dominant period after narrow-band filtering. each trace has been individually normalised. phase velocities reported at the left side of the plot are obtained from the amplitude ratio of the envelope’s maxima (see text for details) order to monitor the possible slow ground tilt related to either local or wide scale (solid earth tides) effects. iii. method rlgs essentially consist of two laser beams counter-propagating within a closed-loop optical cavity (ring). if the cavity undergoes a rotation with respect to an inertial reference frame, then the optical path of the two beams changes, inducing a slight frequency shift between the clockwise and anti-clockwise propagating waves (sagnac effect). this tiny frequency separation produces a characteristic beat note once the two beams are mixed outside the ring. the beat frequency f , also called the sagnac frequency, is related to the rotation rate around the normal vector n to the surface enclosed by the ring (see fig. 2) through the equation: ω = λhe:ne l cos θ f (1) where λhe:ne is the wavelength of the he:ne laser (632 nm), l is the square side length of the optical cavity and θ is the angle between the versor n̂ and ~ω. we know from theory (aki and richards (2009)) that rotations can be retrieved from ground displacement as the curl of the wave-field. ~ω = 1 2 (∇×~u) (2) for example, the displacement caused by a love wave traveling as a plane wave along the x-direction is expressed through the equation: uy = ae iω(x/cl−t) (3) by applying eq. 3 to eq.2 we obtain the relationship: ωz = üy 2cl (4) 4 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 4, 2016 which provides a direct estimation of the phase velocity cl from a single-site measurement. from this latter formulation it is also evident that the sensing of ground rotations over the seismic frequency band requires high sensitivity: considering the range for shear wave velocities within the earth, ground rotations are expected to be two to three orders of magnitude smaller than the associated translational movements. for this reason a very sensitive and completely decoupled from translations device is required, and at present large rlgs are the best candidates. iv. first results during the longest run of continuous data acquisition from june 11 to june 19, 2015 our instruments recorded an m=7 earthquake occurred on june 17, 2015 12:51:32 (utc), with epicenter at sea along the southern mid atlantic ridge. though the recordings exhibit a poor signal-to-noise-ratio (snr), their quality is sufficient to perform some analysis of seismological interest. the following processing steps have been performed. the n-s and e-w ground displacement traces are rotated with steps of 1◦ over the 0◦, 360◦ angular range. for each rotation step, the zerolag-cross-correlation (zlcc) between the rotational signal and transverse accelerations is calculated. the maximum correlation is found at a rotation angle of 198◦ n, which compares well with the 202◦ n theoretical azimuth derived from epicenter and station coordinates. such small discrepancy between the observed and theoretical azimuthal values is likely related to possible seismometer misorientation and deviation of surface wave trajectories from the great circle path as a consequence of lateral velocity heterogeneities.the zlcc between translational and rotational traces is calculated using a 200 seconds long window, sliding with 50% overlap. the love-wave arrival is marked by a clear correlation peak (see fig.4). ground rotations and transverse accelerations (respectively blue and black lines in fig. 6) are band-pass filtered over narrow frequency bands using a fir filter with 1-s bandwidth spanning the 1 s 50 s period range. in the frequency bands where zlcc is above a threshold of 0.7, the amplitude ratio between the maxima of the rotational and translational envelopes (evaluated via hilbert transform) provides a direct measure of phase velocity for that particular period (see fig. 6). v. conclusions in this paper we presented the preliminary results from the operation of gingerino, a ring laser gyroscope co-located with a broad-band seismometer within the infn’s gran sasso laboratories. our data constitutes the very first underground observations of earthquakegenerated rotational motions. the source backazimuth inferred from the directional analysis is in good agreement with the theoretical one, suggesting that the joint rlg seismometer deployment can provide precise, singlesite estimation of the propagation direction of seismic wave-fields. for those time intervals in which the translational and rotational signals are significantly correlated, we also obtained estimates of love-wave phase velocities, which span the 3800m/s – 4500m/s range over the 10s-50s period interval. such velocities are in good agreement with those expected for love waves propagating in the prem earth’s model (dziewonski and anderson (1981)). gingerino is presently running in a preliminary test mode: current efforts are aimed at optimizing the experimental settings in order to increase the sensitivity and to achieve continuous acquisition. such improvements will allow extending the seismological analyses to a ranges of magnitude larger than those considered until now (belfi et al. (2012c)). the simultaneous measurement of broad-band ground translation and rotation will thus permit the definition of the dispersive properties of love waves over a broad frequency range, from which a local shear-wave velocity profile can be inferred with resolutions on the order of 100 m and penetration depths up to several tens of kilometers. sensibility improvements will also permit studying the partition of elas5 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 4, 2016 tic energy in the microseism wavefield (e.g., tanimoto et al. (2015)), whose main spectral peaks at the test site (3s and 10s) are at present only a factor five below our noise floor. references aki, k. and richards, p. g. (2009). quantitative seismology. university science books. belfi, j., beverini, n., bosi, f., carelli, g., di virgilio, a., kolker, d., maccioni, e., ortolan, a., passaquieti, r., and stefani, f. (2012a). performance of ”g-pisa” ring laser gyro at the virgo site. journal of seismology, 16(4):757– 766. belfi, j., beverini, n., bosi, f., carelli, g., di virgilio, a., maccioni, e., ortolan, a., and stefani, f. (2012b). a 1.82 m2 ring laser gyroscope for nano-rotational motion sensing. applied physics b, 106(2):271–281. belfi, j., beverini, n., carelli, g., di virgilio, a., maccioni, e., saccorotti, g., stefani, f., and velikoseltsev, a. (2012c). horizontal rotation signals detected by ”g-pisa” ring laser for the m w = 9.0, march 2011, japan earthquake. journal of seismology, 16(4):767–776. brokešová, j. and málek, j. (2010). new portable sensor system for rotational seismic motion measurements. review of scientific instruments, 81(8):084501. dziewonski, a. m. and anderson, d. l. (1981). preliminary reference earth model. physics of the earth and planetary interiors, 25(4):297 – 356. igel, h., schreiber, u., flaws, a., schuberth, b., velikoseltsev, a., and cochard, a. (2005). rotational motions induced by the m 8.1 tokachi-oki earthquake, september 25, 2003. geophysical research letters, 32(8). kaláb, z., knejzlík, j., and lednická, m. (2013). application of newly developed rotational sensor for monitoring of mining induced seismic events in the karvina region. acta geodyn geomater, 10(2):170. pancha, a., webb, t., stedman, g., mcleod, d., and schreiber, k. (2000). ring laser detection of rotations from teleseismic waves. geophysical research letters, 27(21):3553–3556. schreiber, k., velikoseltsev, a., rothacher, m., klügel, t., stedman, g., and wiltshire, d. (2004). direct measurement of diurnal polar motion by ring laser gyroscopes. journal of geophysical research: solid earth (1978–2012), 109(b6). schreiber, k. u., stedman, g. e., igel, h., and flaws, a. (2006a). ring laser gyroscopes as rotation sensors for seismic wave studies. in earthquake source asymmetry, structural media and rotation effects, pages 377– 390. springer. schreiber, u., igel, h., cochard, a., velikoseltsev, a., flaws, a., schuberth, b., drewitz, w., and müller, f. (2006b). the geosensor project: rotations, a new observable for seismology. in observation of the earth system from space, pages 427–443. springer. simonelli, a. (2014). il giroscopio laser come sensore di rotazioni: simulazioni e attività sperimentale. master’s thesis, university of pisa, https://etd.adm.unipi.it/theses/ available/etd-06202014-163524/. tanimoto, t., hadziioannou, c., igel, h., wasserman, j., schreiber, u., and gebauer, a. (2015). estimate of rayleigh-to-love wave ratio in the secondary microseism by colocated ring laser and seismograph. geophysical research letters, 42(8):2650–2655. 6 annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7559 1 social responsibility: a new challenge in graduate university education roberto g. lencina facultad de ciencias naturales e iml-universidad nacional de tucumán, argentina robertolencina@yahoo.com.ar abstract the key for including ethics and social responsibility (sr) in the university curricula is the recognition that, in our world, academia has become a relevant place for the production of knowledge and the promotion of values that support the integration of economic, social and environmental aspects, in order to build a better society. universities have become institutions with technical-professional and ethical-social objec-tives, whose purpose is to add value to society and all its stakeholders. at the heart of this assertion there is the conviction that the rs of the university acts as a double bridge: firstly, as a link between ethics and wisdom, then, as a connection between wisdom and commitment to sustainability and social cohesion. the concept of sr, in its broadest sense, is perceived in university classrooms as an understandable abstraction imposed by reality itself. even though it is not yet a formal subject of academic discussions, the truth is that daily professional practice, and the important social questions that practice raises, impose a new agenda in university curriculum design. 1. introduction ustainable development does not imply considering the resources of our planet to be intangible, but to promote a harmonic economic development. any approach to an integral ecology, which by definition includes human beings, needs to take account of the value of labour: “god placed man and woman in the garden he had created (cf. gen 2:15) not only to preserve it (“keep”) but also to make it fruitful (“till”)”. labourers and craftsmen thus “maintain the fabric of the world” (si 38:34). “the lord created medicines out of the earth, and a sensible man will not despise them” (si 38:4) (pope francis, 2015). “to take care of the land is not like taking care of a museum, which is a single place to guard, clean and preserve; keeping its pieces of art without any biological life in the best possible state. to take care of the land means to develop it according to its vital possibilities, taking full advantage of those potentials that god has designed, which is, in turn, a scientist’s task to keep on discovering, developing to the common human welfare” (sanchez sorondo m., 2018). on the other hand, the first decade of the 2000s was characterized by the emergence and proliferation of conflicts and socio-environmental movements in different communities in argentina. among them, those that arose in opposition to large-scale mining projects occupy an important percentage at the national level, with the “esquel case” being the precedent of the local community option (wagner, 2010). 2. current state of affairs of natural resources the permanent and increasing demand for mineral resources has led humanity to discuss the possible social and environmental consequences of the extraction of these products on large scales (figg. 1 and 2). as a recent fact to prove this, we can see the agreements achieved in africa (in congo principally) on deposits of cobalt, copper and molybdenum, metallic minerals, which will constitute the base of the technological advancement. many are the factors that encourage and push extractive companies to invest on exploration and exploitas annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7559 2 tion of minerals in different countries of our planet. the exponential growth of the need for rareearths, lithium, cobalt, graphite, copper, tin, tungsten and other base metals; the technological change led by electronic mobility; nonconventional energies and the paris climate agreement, which promises support to countries highly affected by global warming (below 2 degrees celsius) are only some of the reasons that entice companies to seek profits from natural resources (meilán, 2018). 3. the role of universities this current situation in natural resources matters demands more and better-prepared professionals, especially geologists and geophysicists who are committed to the specific studies in question. in this vein, higher education curricula for these professionals must include the basic meaning and implications of the notion social responsibility (sr) and of the new practices related to the extractive industries. therefore, university content should be the starting point to begin analyzing, discussing and incorporating all notions related to the traditional practice of exploration and exploitation plus the legal procedures and social responsibility to carry out the industrial activities. the key to understanding the institutionalization of ethics and sr in the university is the recognition that, in our world, academia has become a relevant site for the production of knowledge and the promotion of values that support the integration of economic, social and environmental aspects involved in building a better society. in this way, universities have become institutions with technical-professional and ethical-social objectives, whose purpose is to add value to society and all its stakeholders. at the heart of this assertion is the conviction that the sr of the university acts as a double bridge: first, it is a bridge between ethics and wisdom, and second, it is a bridge between wisdom and commitment to sustainability and social cohesion (guédez, 2012). sr in its broadest sense appears in university classrooms as an understandable abstraction imposed by reality itself. even though it is not yet a formal object of academic discussions, at least not in the “hard sciences”, the truth is that related daily professional practice, and the strong social questioning that exists are multiplying as a result of extractive industry projects figure 1: steel intensity for different power technologies, in tonnes per mw (wellmer, 2012). annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7559 3 and impose a new agenda on university culum design. 4. the beginning of the crisis and the process of developing awareness in social responsibility matters people’s assemblies emerged in argentina at the beginning of the 21st century as a form of social expression that demanded environmental protection and knowledge about the destination of the income gained from productive projects like:  botnia: a conflict about a huge cellulose factory uruguay built on its side of the uruguay river (constanzo, 2009).  esquel: the meridian gold project that had to be cancelled because of strong popular opposition.  famatina: osisko’s gold project in the province of la rioja that was stopped because of popular opposition. this marked the beginning of a process that over time gained strength and forced the state and companies to consider this phenomenon. the consequences of these social movements were delays to investments in some cases and the definitive loss of investments in others. in the face of this scenario the argentine ties could not or did not know how to accompany this process in an organic way; to the contrary, in isolated and spasmodic occurrences universities pronounced themselves in favour of or against natural resource productive initiatives. this information would be of little importance from a purely academic point of view as it would not have an impact on their scientific production or on their research projects, but it is important to the degree it has a large social impact because of bad professional practices in government projects and decisions. it is generally clear that argentinian universities did not have the capacity to evaluate the situation correctly, especially with respect to their role in the development of university professionals. the national university of tucumán is a partner of ymad (yacimientos mineros de agua de dionisio), a mixed consortium that has rights to the exploitation of bajo de la alumbrera and farallón negro mines. in this case, the focus of the discussions since 1997 has been on royalties and on the negative consequences of the mining enterprise. now bajo de la alumbrera is at the final stage and its estimated final closure will be in 2018. here the curriculum appears as an absent actor: in spite of the fact that the universities are figure 2: the increase in the complexity of metal assemblages in generic products (reuter and kojo, 2012). annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7559 4 undertaking a large process of accreditation and curricular renovation, sr does not appear among the priorities in academic education in central areas such as geology, engineering, biology, economy and others. 5. social responsibility as a crosscutting concept in curricular design in the face of this reality, university graduate curricular designs should seriously consider the incorporation of content related to sr. there is a need for a broad academic discussion that starts a process of transformation in the perception of the problems. university-private sector-state interaction has to be the engine that drives the changes; there has to be an understanding that curricular designs flow from permanent analysis of the reality that surrounds us and that structures have to be flexible and dynamic. achieving this will certainly be an enormous challenge in view of the almost total absence of debate on the subject. questions about content and strategies have to result from the different perceptions, and from the democratic agreement of the actors involved (teachers, students, graduates, etc.). the truth is that the proposal has to be born from the certainty that this is now a crying need and demand. the cross-cutting of the proposals, in which each formal and informal curricular space adds to the total, has to be central at the time of final design. this process is necessary to allow graduates to count on at least a minimal vision of real life. in the face of a probable lack of concrete experiences within the universities, we propose internships and paid practice, similar to canadian summer student programs in state organizations and companies in which sr is part of the experience. 6. the lack of formal debate about sr in argentine universities in argentina, especially in geology, discussion on the issue began in 1988 when the department of education and justice of the nation (mejn) summoned representatives of national universities and professional advisory committees to define the particular professional duties required for a geology degree. when an agreement was reached to define the profile of the geologist, resolution 210/88 promulgated these requirements (lacreu, 2005). the formal document defined three elementary aspects that answered to the following questions: what does the geologist know? what can he or she do? what values and basic principles do guide her or him to develop professionally? the last question reflected the challenges that called for discussion of sr issues. nevertheless, little was done in the academic curricula of geology after the reforms. in 2008, the notion of sr was a separate point within the plenary of agreement n. 44 of the university advisory committee. the same meeting set the standards for the process of accreditation following sr standards. once the process of accreditation was properly functioning, sr and ethical values contents were incorporated into the geologist’s profile. even though there has been considerable progress in terms of sr in general, the academic debate was absent until 2017 when it was brought to the fore in the frame of the xx argentine geological congress, held in tucumán. the event made space for re-opening the debate in some of the scientific meetings and symposia. these showed that there is still much work to do on this issue. 7. the ambit of application of sr curricular content this point of reflection appears almost obvious; however, we want to analyze what are the areas in which to apply the notions and commitments that flow from sr. university, as a place of work permanently linked with society, is without doubt the first place to apply sr in its narrow or broad sense. convictions clearly have to form the basis of public education policies. that is to say, “i practice what i teach”. this is probably the most important point of reference in this process. to reach this objective there ia a need for an earlier stage that consists of university actors’ knowledge of reality; this sensitization could then lead to making decisions on curricular annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7559 5 matters or at least trigger a discussion that results in a strong desire for change. obviously, if sr content is inserted into the universities, a second stage that consists of theoretical-practical preparation of teachers will begin. workshops and seminars will be good tools with particular modalities that can help with the exchange of opinions and the maturation of the central meanings that each university may want to give to the matter according to its perception of reality and especially the social context in which it carries out its tasks. finally, the classroom will be the ambit par excellence within which to work on the proposed concepts. here, the methodologies will vary with the possibilities of each university. it is important that the crosscutting direction of the contents be clear. some possible strategies can be internships with precise objectives, consulting for companies and integration with policy decision making. the final question thus will be “what do we do in the meantime”. in this case, the ambit of natural resources productive projects is a good place to introduce contents and principles. the university can work on the transition, proposing consulting assignments to companies in which social perceptions, theoretical frameworks, etc. can be involved. 8. work proposal with transversal sr content at this point, i will share some years of experience both in the university graduate classroom and in concrete work in mining projects (lencina, 2017). i propose the central axiom: knowing sensitization involvement commitment action  knowing: real case studies will be worked on in the classroom, with a brief orientation guide.  sensitization: it will flow from the analysis of the cases from multiple points of view (company employees, community members etc.)  involvement: it will be the inexorable next step when i propose trials that include different end points each with its connected arguments.  commitment: it is the key in the process. it is the driver that keeps the rest going. at this point i propose concrete actions that can be carried out in the framework of previous agreements that have been signed [internships, coop students, etc.]  action: acting is to make things concrete for learning; it is putting tension in convictions and proposals. it means transposition of ideas to the real world. i propose that students develop their own strategies than can be carried out in their projects (visits to community members, life stories, and informal meetings with company employees to exchange views, etc.). likewise, it is important to consider that in the natural resource projects the training has to include the professionals in a project, and all others from management levels down to employees with minor responsibilities. an additional object for this training task has to be the policy sector and the (actual) extractive productive projects in progress have to provide the opportunity for this experience. other points to for consideration include:  public presentations, formal project dissemination events, meetings with different political groups.  social acceptance of the initiatives has to involve the very professionals and employees of the companies; working based on conviction and not based on convenience will always be more sustainable.  sr in the curriculum is possible, provided those responsible for its design and implementation have been able to previously pass through the logical process of maturation of ideas, perceptions, theoretical frameworks and reigning reality. its transversality will then be unquestionable because the reference to real cases will necessarily lead each curricular space to deal with the issue and assign classroom time to it. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7559 6 the freedom to think and express oneself, without dogmas or intellectual authoritarianism will be very important as part of the process that we suggest initiating in university classrooms and that certainly has an open and proper final outcome for each professional throughout her or his life. 9. the fiambalá case, catamarca, argentina one of the major challenges related to obtaining of the social license for a lithium project took place in the district of fiambalá, catamarca, northwest argentina. in 2012, inhabitants of fiambalá and a neighboring city, tinogasta, were affected by one of the most relevant events in the mining sector: the announcement of possible uranium exploration projects of. the announcement encouraged a great part of the society and some political groups committed to environmental issues to take action using any means to prevent the projects from reaching state’ approval. at the end of 2016, the international company liex s.a. arrived in argentina. the company, where i work as consultant, functions as a neolithium corp's subsidiary, has also experienced social opposition. in some parts of the country, such as cauchari, jujuy, la carolina, san luis, opposition to mining led to violence that, in some cases led to ceasing all project activities. in view of the possibility of such outcomes, liex s.a. began a complex process of social insertion on the basis of dialogue and transparency of operations. at present, the company is properly functioning in the zone and has been accepted by the community. what is more, the same firm has established high standards of sr and environmental ethics. this fact is not only highly estimated by the local government but also by the community and other companies in the field. to achieve social insertion and acceptance, liex s.a. is working with a special attention to the community's interests and priorities. the following points are very important in their day-to-day operations:  definition of integral policies that include sr among the priorities.  convictions that must be adopted by the ceo of the company and transmitted to the whole staff.  permanent education of the social actors (employees-community-politicians-mass media).  knowledge of the community.  dialogue and negotiation.  responsibility for the industrial activities of the company.  knowledge of the real interests of all actors involved.  transparency in the actions.  developing agreement.  to make state-community-company work as a single entity. moreover, conditions for an effective social insertion policy are the following:  creating work teams with social sensibility and experience.  investing in community relations from the first steps of activities.  performing activities with logical sense.  adopting respectful beahviours and humility.  knowing and respecting times and processes of local communities.  using an ethical approach in every step of the productive process.  respecting those who think differently and learning to coexist.  respecting the freedom of press and mass media. 10. conclusion: a proposal for implementing strategies to incorporate the notion of sr in argentine universities my experience in numerous mining projects in argentina; my analysis and participation in different stages of the process of academic incorporation of sr in the career of geology; and the growth of the number of social conflicts linked to the extractive industries, all lead me to conclude that there is a gap between the contents of the curricula and the actual professional practices that university graduates need. hence, in an attempt to reduce the gap between knowledge and practice, design of the new curricula must consider two dimensions: annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7559 7 a. political dimension the actual situation of most extractive enterprises and the obstacles that they have to face due to lack of knowledge about sr and all its implications in the process of social insertion have to become common knowledge, especially for state organisms. knowing this state-of-affairs and taking public action on the matter will provide transparency to the affected society and an authorized course of action to industry, according to the standards of sr. to achieve such a possible solution, university hierarchies and committees should begin dealing with the issue in their advisory assemblies and meetings. maybe, discussing the most troubled and violent situations and registering in a formal document all sort of drawbacks posed either for the industrial group or the society will be useful. b. academic dimension university committees in charge of curriculum designs and career contents must take a prominent role. the starting point to change the situation must center in the institutions that form future professionals. then, those in charge of the design of higher education courses should be aware of the negative and positive outcomes of including a comprehensive knowledge of sr or lack thereof within the academic curricula. as a complement of the obligatory subjects, the curricula may include complementary subjects directly related to the issue of sr. a place where students can discuss, analyze, evaluate and understand the issue with the guidance of professionals experienced in related matters. finally, to check the relevance of adopting the proposals or refusing them thorough research is necessary, including surveys and analytical investigations that can prove the socio-economic impact of extractive activities that are socially and environmentally aware. the road is long and complicated, but reality is actually even more complicated. transforming reality starting locally and through small actions without neglecting the construction of more favourable scenarios over time will be the challenge to work on. references constanzo m. (2009). papeleras: un problema de comunicación. propuesta de plan integral de rr pp para mejorar las relaciones entre botnia y gualeguaychú. proyecto de graduación. trabajo final de grado, universidad de palermo, argentina (in spanish). guédez v. (2012). la institucionalización de la ética y de la responsabilidad social en la universidad: hacia una nueva cultura organizacional. en: enfoque y herramientas de formación en responsabilidad social empresarial. isabel licha, compiladora. pnud (in spanish). lencina r. (2017). la responsabilidad social como un nuevo desafío curricular en la formación de grado en las universidades argentinas. actas xx congreso geológico argentino. 7-11 agosto 2017, tucumán, argentina (in spanish). meilán d. (2018). el tan resonado “no a la mineria” ¿adónde nos lleva? artículo revista mining press: http://www.miningpress.com/documento /2585/daiel-meilan-que-afecta-a-la-mineria (in spanish) (accessed 22 february 2018). pope francis (2015). encyclical letter “laudato si’” on care for our common home, chapter one, http://w2.vatican.va/content/francesco/e n/encyclicals/documents/papafrancesco_20150524_enciclica-laudato-si.pdf (accessed 30 january 2018). reuter m., guyonnet d. and bleischwitz r. (2012). vers une utilisation éco-efficace des matières premières minérales. géosciences, 15, pp. 56-63 (in french). reuter m.a. and kojo i.v. (2012). challenges of metals recycling. materia, 2, p.p. 50-56. sanchez sorondo m. (2017). relevancia de la encíclica laudato si en el tema de la educación, http://www.javeriana.edu.co/documents/ 15832/5510469/ponencia+monsen%cc%83 or+sa%cc%81nchez+sorondo.pdf/14594b b6-36ca-4a01-b285-797db39ae3e6 (in spanish) (accessed 22 february 2018). wagner l. (2010). problemas ambientales y conflicto social en argentina. movimientos socioambientales en mendoza. la defensa del agua y el rechazo a la megaminería en los inicios del siglo xxi. argentina. tesis annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7559 8 doctoral, universidad nacional de quilmes (in spanish). wellmer f.-w. (2012). sustainable development and mineral resources. géosciences, 15, pp. 8-15. 201_205 adg vol5 n01 miro.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 201 short note worst cases for a one-hop high frequency link gloria miró (1), benito a. de la morena (1), sandro maria radicella (2) and miguel herraiz (3) (1) atmospheric sounding station «el arenosillo», national institute of aerospace technology, magazón, huelva, spain (2) aeronomy and radiopropagation laboratory, abdus salam ictp, trieste, italy (3) department of geophysics and meteorology, faculty of physics, complutense university, madrid, spain abstract the characterisation of a hf channel by means of monthly electron density profiles can be complemented with a detailed study of radio propagation «worst cases» on situations with extremes conditions of radiopropagation for a given period. these «worst cases» correspond to conditions that can be identified by means of cumulative distributions of the key parameter f0 f2. this paper analyses the main parameters of the hf channel: time delay, apogee, elevation angle and transmission frequency with mean and extreme conditions. the method used to characterise the ionospheric channel is based on ray-tracing techniques. 1. introduction an hf communication link is characterised by the maximum usable frequency that is the limit above which the signal will not be reflected by the ionosphere under medium conditions. however, it is convenient to study all possible conditions. for this reason, an analysis of worst cases aimed at extending the results obtained by means of monthly median conditions to extreme ionospheric situations. the concept of worst cases was introduced in ray tracing techniques (miró et al., 2000) to extend the channel characterisation to extreme ionospheric situations far from median conditions for hf links. worst cases selection was performed using f0 f2 through hourly cumulative frequency distributions. the 2d ray tracing technique used (called abcray03), is based on the expressions introduced by croft and hoogasian (1968) and croft (1969) and it has been considered in previous ionospheric studies (moorhead and radicella, 1998; miró, 2000). the outputs obtained with this computing technique are the main radio propagation parameters: time delay of the signal travelling from the transmitter to the receiver, reflection height or apogee, elevation angle and transmission frequency. mailing address: dr. gloria miró, atmospheric sounding station «el arenosillo», national institute of aerospace technology, 21130 magazón, huelva, spain; e-mail: miroag@inta.es key words ionosphere − radio propagation − worst cases − ray-tracing 202 gloria miró, benito a. de la morena, sandro maria radicella and miguel herraiz a particular ionospheric condition is introduce in the ray tracing program using model or experimental electron density profiles. 2. data as previously indicated, the parameter f0 f2 was used to perform the worst cases selection through hourly cumulative frequency distributions. this study considered hourly revised f0 f2 values from the digisonde dgs256 situated at el arenosillo atmospheric station and the 19931997 period. an average of 1826 values was available for each 24 h and cut-off frequencies limiting 1% of these values with either the lowest or the highest frequencies have been chosen as worst cases conditions. for example, at 00 ut hours 1% of cases had f 0 f 2 lower than 2.4 mhz and higher than 7.3 mhz. once the worst cases selection has been done, the corresponding electron density profiles are introduced in the ray tracing technique. 3. methodology at each hour, profiles belonging to these upper/lower conditions are grouped to calculate a mean upper/lower extreme profile. this profig. 1. hourly monthly electron density profiles and the corresponding to upper and lower selection at el arenosillo atmospheric sounding station. 203 worst cases for a one-hop high frequency link cedure provides three mean profiles per hour: upper extreme, lower extreme and hourly mean profile for all cases. these mean profiles were obtained following the methodology described in huang and reinisch (1996). figure 1 shows an example of such profiles. as has been noted, the ionospheric conditions in the reflection point necessary to characterise the hf channel are introduced by electron density profiles. it is important to point out that the profiles obtained after the worst case selection belong to one of the link extremes, el arenosillo station. however, the particular link between el arenosillo and ebro observatorio is situated at fig. 2. oblique ionograms obtained by abcray03 program corresponding to upper, lower and mean conditions. midlatitudes. therefore, communications with a range close to 785 km correspond to one ionospheric hop with e (e mode) or f (f mode). moreover, the ionospheric conditions at the reflection point which is located around the middle point in this specific link, can be approximate to data from one of the extremes, transmitter or receiver (miró, 2000). using the three mean profiles at each hour (fig. 1), ionospheric conditions are introduced in the abcray03 program to derive at each 24 h the radio propagation parameters: transmission frequencies, elevation angles, time delays and apogees under extreme and standard situations. 204 gloria miró, benito a. de la morena, sandro maria radicella and miguel herraiz 4. results the distribution of the group path p’ (proportional to time delay) versus the transmission frequency gives what is known as an oblique ionogram. figure 2 displays synthetic oblique ionograms obtained with the ray tracing technique corresponding to some of the 24 h studied. differences between the three conditions (upper extreme, lower extreme and mean) can be clearly seen mainly at f 2 heights. from the hf communication systems point of view, the main problem is to find out the existence of low f0 f2 on low electron density values. this situation is critical because this phenomenon reduces the maximum usable frequency and the communication frequency band becomes narrower than that from mean and upper conditions (fig. 2). for this reason, special attention has been paid to the number of cases in which the signal arrives at the receiver in spite of the narrowing of the frequency range originated by low electron density conditions. results are summarised in table i. as can be seen, only daylights hours (8:00 ut 18:00 ut) provide an acceptable percentage of situations in which a link is established under all conditions. as expected, most of these signals belong to e modes that do not appear during the rest of the hours. in general, if the daily transmission is done with a frequency between 6 and 8 mhz, the signal will reach the receiver under extremes and mean situations. this study indicates that the characterisation obtained using ionospheric mean conditions can be applied in most situations. only some cases table i. number of lower conditions cases which arrive at the receiver. hour (ut) total lower % e mode % e mode f mode % f mode 0:00 4 1 25 0 0 1 100 1:00 3 1 33 0 0 1 100 2:00 4 1 25 0 0 1 100 3:00 4 1 25 0 0 1 100 4:00 4 1 25 0 0 1 100 5:00 7 1 14 0 0 1 100 6:00 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 7:00 16 2 13 1 50 1 50 8:00 23 15 65 11 73 4 27 9:00 24 18 75 13 72 5 28 10:00 26 20 77 17 85 3 15 11:00 28 19 68 17 89 2 11 12:00 30 21 70 16 76 5 24 13:00 28 20 71 17 85 3 15 14:00 27 20 74 16 80 4 20 15:00 27 18 67 15 83 3 17 16:00 28 16 57 11 69 5 31 17:00 27 12 44 5 42 7 58 18:00 24 6 25 2 33 4 67 19:00 19 2 11 0 0 2 100 20:00 15 2 13 0 0 2 100 21:00 11 2 18 0 0 2 100 22:00 6 1 17 0 0 1 100 23:00 6 1 17 0 0 1 100 205 worst cases for a one-hop high frequency link during night hours can present problems if the transmission frequency used is near the maxi-mum usable frequency because in these conditions, the signal will not be reflected by the low ionospheric electron density present in its ray path. 5. conclusions the main conclusion reached in this paper can be summarised as follows: – in general, the characterisation obtained by means of monthly electron density profiles (miró, 2000) could be applied even with extreme ionospheric conditions. the main problem can appear during night time for transmission frequencies close to the maximum usable frequency. acknowledgements the authors are grateful to dr. moorhead of neptune radar ltd., gloucester u.k., for his help in understanding the ray tracing technique, abcray03. this work has been possible thanks to financial support granted by the national institute of aerospace technology (inta). references croft, t.a. (1969): methods and applications of computer raytracing, stanford electronics labs tech., report. susel69-007. cro f t, t.a. and h. h o o g a s i a n (1968): exact ray calculations in a quasiparabolic ionosphere, radio sci., 3, 69-74. huang, x. and b.w. reinisch (1996): vertical electron density profiles from digisonde ionograms the average representative profile, ann. geofis., 39 (4), 751-756. miró, g. (2000): caracterización del canal ionosférico para un enlace hf punto a punto mediante técnicas d e trazado de rayos, ph.d. thesis, universidad complutense de madrid. miró, g., s.m. radicella, m. herraiz, and b.a. de la morena (2000): análisis de situaciones extremas para la caracterización del canal ionosférico en comunicaciones hf, in tendencias actuales en la investigación de la ionosfera, edited by m. herraiz and b.a. de la morena, colección física de la tierra, n. 12, universidad complutense de madrid, 337-351. moorhead, m.d. and s.m. radicella (1998): using 2d raytracing to model the effects of vertical profile variability on oblique path propagation at hf frequencies, in proceedings of the side workhop of cost 251. l ' e r u z i o n e l a t e r \le d e l l ' e t n a del 3 0 6 1 9 4 2 e susseguenti fenomeni esplosivi al c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e g \ i : t \ n o p o m i . la m a l l i i i a (lei .5(1 giugno 19-12 alenili m i l i t a l i s a l e n d o sul c r a t e r e e e n i r a l e deli l i n a p e r il s e n t i e r o a \\" d e l l ' i )s>er\ a l o r i o . v e r s o quota .'5100 s e n t i r o n o t r e m a r e il suolo o t t o i loro p i e d i . p e r q u a n t o p r e o c c u p a l i dell i n s o l i l o fatto v o l l e r o p r o s e g u i r e fino ali orlo ove g i u n s e r o verso le o r e 8 e \i si f e r m a r o n o c i r c a m e z z o r a a v e n d o t r o v a t o il c o n o i n t e r e r a l e r i e o c a l i n o d o p o l ' i n t e n s a a t t i v i t à esplosiva clic d u r a v a da più di un m e s e . a n c h e la hocea s u h l e r m i n a l e di \ l fumava l a c i t a m c n t e . \i r i t o r n o , m i l l o slesso posto ove alla a l i l a a v e v a n o s e n t i t o t r e m a r e il n o l o , a v v e r t i r o n o a n c o r a l'orli c u o i i m e n i i e rumori o l t c r r a n e i c h e ii c o l r i n s c r o ad a l l o n t a n a r s i r a p i d a m e n t e . mie iii . 1 0 " . ora l e g a l e , poco p r i m a c h e giunge—ero al l a c a n t o n i e r a e t n e a ( 1 8 8 0 ili), u d i r o n o un f o r t i s s i m o b o a t o al q u a l e ne s e g u i r o n o a l i l i , a v v e r t i t i anc h e da ( l a l a n i a . l ing. s . p o n t e , t e n e n t e deli v e r o n a u l i e a . il (piale t r o v a v a i ali a l b e r g o l i n a ( l(>.>0 m s m ) per -crv izio m i l i t a r e , c o m u n i c ò u b i l o a l l ' i s t i l l i l o di \ iileaiiologia c l i c a p o n e n t e dei m . f r u m e n t o s u p i n o , a l l e o r e 10 e ìò'" ( i ) -i e r a n o a p e r t e d e l l e b o c c h e e s p l o s i v e , d a l l e q u a l i -i s o l l e v a v a n o m a t e r i a l i i n c a n d e s c e n t i e d e n s e c o l o n n e di f u m o a c c o m p a g n a l e da b o a t i , f u s u b i t o c h i c l a al c o m a n d o d e l i " a e r o n a u t i ca una r i c o g n i z i o n e a e r e a p e r a v e r e la esatta u b i c a z i o n e d e l l e b o c c h e e r u t t i v e e del c o r s o d e l l a c o l a t a lav ica. nei p o m e r i g g i o si a v e v a n o (lidie r i u s c i t i s s i m e l'olografie a e r e e del t e a t r o e r u t t i v o c l i c p e r m i s e r o di •-egnare sulla nuova c a r t a s l c r e o f o l o g r a m m e t r i c a dell i s t i t u t o g e o g r a fico m i l i t a r e ii posto e s a l t o d e l l e b o c c h e e r u t t i v e e il c o r s o d e l l a col a l a . s u ' fianco m e r i d i o n a l e del v u l c a n o , a l l a b a e del c o l i o t e r m i n a l e , ad ovest del m. f r u m e n t o s u p i n o , -i e r a n o a p e r l e diverse s p a c c a t u r e p a r a l l e l e d i r e t t e vei so s\v. duo di e—e o r a n o m o l l o e v i d e n t i . l a più al l a i n c o m i n c i a v a da q u o l a 2 . . ) 0 . un c e n t i n a i o di m e t r i o l i o il c i g l i o n e del p r e i s t o r i c o c r a t e r e del p i a n o del la( j a k t a n o p u n i i ; go e >i e s l e n d e v a c i r c a 8 3 0 in in b a s s o , c i o è (ino a «[itola 2 5 5 0 . nel t r a i l o s u p e r i o r e di questa f e n d i t u r a e r a n o a t t i v i s s i m e v a r i e b o c c i l e e s p l o l i v e , m e n i r e la lava sgorgava d a l l a p a r t e i n f e r i o r e . l a l t r a spacc a t u r a si era a p e r t a poco più in b a s s o , c i r c a 6 0 in ad est della prim a ed era lunga c i r c a 70 m ; si e l e n d c \ a da q u o t a 2 5 4 5 a q u o t a 25.'!!l in d i r e / i o n e ss\\ ed aveva v a r i e b o c c i l e e f f u s i v e v i c i n i s s i m e , d a l l e q u a l i g o r g a v a la m a g g i o r e q u a n t i t à di l a v a . le s p a c c a t u r e f u r o n o suliilo c o p e r t e dai d e t r i t i l a n c i a l i d a l l e e s p l o s i o n i , q u i n d i non si poi è v e d e r e da qual posio e r a n o i n c o m i n c i a l i i t r a b o c c h i di lava d u r a n t e il p r i m o i m p e l o e f f u s i v o . m i e o r e 1 2 , 3 0 ' . «piando f u r o n o f a l l e l e p r i m e l'olografie a e r e e , c i o è c i r c a un ora e mezza d o p o lo s c o p p i o dell e r u z i o n e , la lava aveva p e r c o r r o d u e c h i l o m e t r i in d i r e z i o n e s\\ . \ ioino alla p i c c o l a c o l a t a del ifi7'). su p e n d i o i n c l i n a t o del ."><) e m a l g r a d o il f u m o i n t e n s o , d i e m a s c h e r a v a in gran p a r i e il t e a t r o e r u t t i v o , -i s c o r g e v a n o d i v e r s e col a l e a c c o s t a l e le u n e a l l e a l t r e e in m o l l i posti a e o n t a l l o ira di l o r o . f ' i m p o r t a n t e l a r e r i l e v a r e c l i c le f o t o g r a f i e l'alte d a l l ' a e r o n a u t i c a m i l i t a r e m o s t r a n o in m o d o c h i a r o c h e d u r a n t e 1 e r u z i o n e l a t e r a l e il c r a l e r e c e n t r a l e e la b o c c a di \ k e r a n o p e r f e t t a m e n t e c a l m i . il c u s t o d e d e l l ' i )ssci'\aiori( c i u c o , \ . h a r b a g a l l o . il (piale a l l o s c o p p i o dell e r u z i o n e si era stillilo r e c a l o v i c i n o al t e a t r o e r u t t i v o , com u n i c ò c h e una s e r i e di b o c c h e e s p l o s i v e e r a a t t i v i s s i m a lungo le s p a c c a t u r e ed i m a t e r i a l i p i r o c l a s t i c i l a n c i a l i a v e v a n o f o r m a l o dei c o n c i l i m a m m i l l a r i di s c o r i e alti da .'> a 5 in. le b o c c h e a (piota più a l l a , le p r i m e ad a p r i r s i , ( o r m a r o n o un g r u p p o s t a c c a t o da q u e l l o el'fu-ivo e l a n c i a v a n o p r e v a l e n t e m e n t e i n a i c i iali non c o e v i , p e r c h è in (pici posto la s p a c c a t u r a era più p r o f o n d a . il c u s t o d e c o s t r e t t o a r i m a n e r e sul lato o r i e n t a l e d e l l e b o c c h e e r u t t i v e p e r l ' a b b o n d a n t e f u m o c l i c il v e l i l o r i p i e g a v a verso sud, non p o t è , in q u e l l a p r i m a vigila al t e a t r o e r u t t i v o v e d e r e il c o r s o d e l l e c o l a l e c l i c , p e r ò , l'inolio s u b i l o messe in evid e n z a d a l l e l'olografie a e r e e a v u t e d a l l ' a e r o n a u l i c a . noi p o m e r i g g i o il c u s t o d e r i t o r n ò ai t e a t r o e r u l l i v o e s a l e n d o verso la p a r i e più a l l a r i s c o n t r ò c h e il s u o l o , a p a r t i r e d a l l ' i n i z i o d e l l e s p a c c a t u r e , c i o è da q u o t a 28011 fino a «piota 3 0 0 0 , p r e s e n t a v a n u m e r o s e f e n d i t u r e non c o n t i n u e , d i r e l l c «piasi t u l l e verso ssw , l a r g h e fino a un m e t r o e j i r o f o n d e 3 e più n i e l l i , e s s e m o s t r a v a n o n e l l ' i n t e r n o d e l l a n e v e , q u e l l a sic—a olio il in m a r z o 1940 era s i a l a c o p e r t a dai dell'ili l a n c i a t i dal v u l c a n o d u r a n t e q u e l l ' i n t e n s a a l i ì v i t a p l i n i a n a e ohe, b e n p r o l o l l a dal o l e , si m a n t e n e v a da due a n n i i n quel p o s t o . i . ' k h u z i o . n k i i k i . i . ' k t n a i i k i . .ill-.'i-l12 1113 e v i d e n t e m e n t e il m a g m a e r a p e n e t r a t o l a t e r a l m e n t e a p a r t i r e d a l la p a r i e a l l a del c o n d o t t o e r u t t i v o e -i e r a i n c u n e a t o f r a a n t i c h e c o l a l e d e l l a c o m p a g i n e e l e v a l a del v u l c a n o . d u r a n t e la p e n e t r a z i o n e , l a t e r a l e del c u n e o i g n e o di lava ii t e r r e n o e r a s t a t o f o r t e m e n t e c o m i ed in line q u a — a l o a p a r t i r e d a l l a b a s e del c o n o t e r m i n a l e ove app a r v e r o l e p r i m e s p a c c a t u r e , m e n t r e più giù e n e a p r i r o n o a l t r e l i l l e q u a l i i m p i a n t a r o n o i c o n c i l i e s p l o s i v i e le b o c c h e c l l u i v e . \ ersi» ii c a l a r e del g i o r n o .'sii g i u g n o la p o r t a l a d e l l a lava e r a d i m i i i u i t a n o t e v o l m e n t e . p i ù l a r d i , n e l l a n o t t e a v a n z a l a , e n t r ò in a l t i \ i;ìi e s p l o s i v a ii c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e , c l i c , ali i n i z i o dell e r u z i o n e l a t e r a l e , e r a r i m a s t o c a l m i s s i m o . d a l l a s t a z i o n e c a n t o n i e r a , ove -i t r o v a v a il c u s t o d e l i a r b a g a l l o . e d a l l ' a l b e r g o e t n a , ove s o s t a v a n o dei m i l i t a r i , f u r o n o a v v e r t i t i l'orli b o a t i , m e n l r e c a d e v a una d e n a p i o g g i a di cen e r e v u l c a n i c a l a n c i a l a dal c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e , e n t r a t o in a t t i v i t à e s p l o siva fra vivi b a g l i o r i di f u o c o . d o p o p o c h i m i n u t i le e s p l o s i o n i a n d a r o n o d i m i n u e n d o d i n t e n s i t à con q u a l c h e b r e v e , m a v i v a c e r i p r e s a e d u r a r o n o c i r c a u n ' o r a e m e z z a . p o c o d o p o la m e z z a n o t t e l u t t o e r a e e s s a l o , a n c h e ! e r u z i o n e l a t e r a l e . la m a t t i n a del i" l u g l i o le b o c c h e l a t e r a l i e r a n o t r a n q u i l l e ed a n c h e il c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e . il b r a c c i o d e l l a c o l a l a più a v a n z a l o e più l a r g o a n d ò a f e r m a r s i p o c o a n o r d del m o n t e f o n t a n e l l e s u l l ' a l t o v e r s a n t e s w d e l l ' e t n a , v e r s o q u o t a 1 7 5 0 , (piasi al m a r g i n e d e l l a p i n e t a di h i a n c a v i l l a , d o p o un p e r c o r s o , a p a r l i l e d a l l e b o c c i l e più b a s s e , di c i r c a i r e c h i l o m e t r i c o n una l a r g h e z z a da 150 a 2 0 0 m . il b r a c c i o sud più c o r t o e p i ù s t r e t t o -i f e r m ò a q u o t a 1940. la q u a n t i t à totaledi c i r c a un m i l i o n e e m e z z o di m e t r i di lava ci fa c l a s s i f i c a r e q u e s t a e r u z i o n e l a t e r a l e i r e le più p i c c o l e a v v e n u t e siili f i n a . la sua p o r t a l a non d o v e t t e s u p e r a r e i 3 5 m : al s e c o n d o . i d a n n i a r r e c a l i f u r o n o po( h i . a v e n d o la c o l a l a c o p e r t o t e r r e n i privi di v e g e t a z i o n e a r b o r e a c o n m a g r i p a s c o l i , p r e v a l e n t e m e n t e c o s t i t u i t i da islriiualus aclncnsis. nella n o t t e dal i" al 2 l u g l i o , f u r o n o \ i-li d e b o l i b a g l i o r i i n t e r m i t t e n t i al c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e e duranteil g i o r n o 2 f u r o n o u d i t e d a l l a c a n t o n i e r a e t n e a e d a l l ' a l b e r g o f i n a d e l l e e s p l o s i o n i c h e r i p e t e v a n o a l u n g h i i n t e r v a l l i a c c o m p a g n a l i dal l a n c i o di c e n e r e c h e con i v a p o r i v u l c a n i c i f o r m a vailo d e l l e (leui s « i m c v o l u t e o s c u r e . il 4 l u u i i o |lassò p i u t t o s t o t r a n q u i l l o , m a a l l e 2 2 ' 15" f u r o n o visti ili t u t t a la s i c i l i a vivi b a g l i o r i sul c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e c h e -|ic--u liv c n i v a n o i n t e n s i s s i m i e d u r a v a n o l u l l a la n o t t e . m i e o r e 6 . 5 5 " del g i o r n o 5 f u r o n o uditi da c a t a n i a e dai paesi e t n e i dei f o r t i s s i m i e p r ò illfl i.vki i m i u n i i ; l u n g a l i h o u l i p r o v e n i e n t i dal c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e , a c c o m p a g n a l i da l a n c i o di d e t r i t i . sul v e r s a n t e m e r i d i o n a l e e o r i e n t a l e dell f i n a c a d d e r o m o l t e s c o r i e c o e v e c h e , s p i n t e dal v e n t o , g i u n s e r o l i n o a c a t a n i a o v e in un m e t r o q u a d r a t o n e f u r o n o r a c c o l t e gr 1.70 c i r c a . l a t t i v i t à e s p l o l i v a i l u r ò lino a l l e o r e 13 s e n z a t r e g u a ; p o i a n d ò d i m i n u e n d o e c e s s ò c o m p l e t a m e n t e a l l e 14. l ' a s s i s t e n t e d o l i . v b b r u z z c s e , c l i c q u e l l a m a l l i n a t r o v a v a s i in c a m m i n o v e r s o il c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e a s s i e m e al e l i l o d e b a r b a g a l l o , p o t è m e g l i o d ogni a l t r o o s s e r v a r e da v i c i n o l ' a n d a m e n t o d e l l i m p o n e n t e f e n o m e n o , \ e r o l e o r e 7 v i d e sul c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e f r a i n t e n s i b a g l i o r i , d e l l e c o n t i n u e m a s s e r o v e n t i : i a r i a fu r a p i d a m e n t e o l i e n e b r a l a , m e n t r e u n a g r a g n u o l a di l a p i l l i c a d e v a t u l i a l t e r n o c o n f r a g o r e a s s o r d a n t e . m a l g r a d o il p e r i c o l o di q u e l l a p i o g g i a 0 (> m i n u t i a v e v a d e l l e r i p r e s e . il r u m o r e c o n t i n u o , i o n i e di un f o r t e i n o l i a r e fu a n c h e a v v e r t i l o da c a t a n i a e d u e v o l l e fu cosi i n t e n s o d a s e m b r a r e d v o l o d ' u n o s t o r m o d ' a e r o p l a n i s u l l a c i t t à . q u e s t a f o r m i d a b i l e a t t i v i t à p l i n i a n a , c l i c si m a n i f e s t ò a c c o m p a g n a l a da m i t r i l i g e l l i di s c o r i e c o e v e p r o v e n i e n t i d a l l o s b r a m i c i l a m e n t o d e l l a g r a n d e m a s s a di lava c h e si s o l l e v a v a a f o n t a n a , d u r ò fino a l b o r e 13 e a l l e 14 s u b e n t r ò 1 la più c o m p l e t a c a l m a . il 7 l u g l i o il c u s t o d e d e l l ' o s s e r v a t o r i o , in s e g u i t o ad u n a v i s i t a b i l i a al c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e , t r o v ò c l i c l e s p a c c a t u r e f o r m a t e s i d u r a n t e 1 e r u z i o n e l a t e r a l e del 3 0 g i u g n o sul f i a n c o s\\ del c o n o t e r m i n a l e , e r a n o s i a t e c o m p l e t a m e n t e c o p e r t e d a l l ' e n o r m e m a t e r i a l e c a d u t o il •"> l u g l i o . sui h a l l o tra l ' o s s e r v a t o r i o e t n e o e l ' o r l o s\y d e l c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e si s c o r g e v a n o , f r a le a b b o n d a n t i s c o r i e c o e v e c a d u t e , d e i m a s s i di c o n s i d e r e v o l e g r o s s e z z a fino a m e z z o m c l r o c u b o . 11 c o n o i n l e r c r a t e r i c o e r a s t a l o c o p e r t o d a l l a g r a n d e m a s s a di m a t e r i a l e c h e si a c c u m u l ò s u l l a lei razza c r a t e r i c a d i n a n t e l ' a t t i v i l a p l i n i a n a . ivi e r a s c o m p a r s o ogni r i l i e v o . si s c o r g e v a s o l o d e l m a t e r i a l e c a o t i c o c o s t i t u i t o da f r a m m e n t i di v a r i e d i m e n s i o n i m i s i i a l a v a c o e v a p i ù o m e n o scor i a c e a e f r a m m e n t a r i a . li m a l e r i a l e c h i s i i i a l i c o l a n c i a l o dal c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e il 5 l u g l i o i . ' e i i u z i o . m : i i e i . i . ' e t v a d e i . 3 0 6 1 9 1 2 1942 s u p e r ò in ( p i a n t i l a q u e l l o l a v i c o d e l l ' e r u z i o n e l a t e r a l e del 'ìli giug n o ; ma n o n è s t a l o p o s s i b i l e l'aie un c a l c o l o a p p r o s s i m a t i v o d e l l a q u a n t i t à t o t a l e l a n c i a t a d a l l e e s p l o s i o n i m a n c a n d o c i i d a t i , sia p u r e a p p r o s s i m a i i \ i di q u e l l o c a d u t o in m a r e p e r vasti —imo h a l l o ed in c a l a b r i a verso i a s p r o m o n t e . dai f e n o m e n i osservati siili e t n a -i p u ò r i t e n e r e c o m e c e r i o elle il c o n d o t t o e r u t t i v o c e n t r a l e d e l l ' e t n a p r i m a d e l l ' e r u z i o n e l a t e r a l e del 3 0 g i u g n o si trovasse a p e r t o a l l e fluttuazioni del m a g m a : d i f a l l i e r a n o s t a l e f r e q u e n t i l e e r u z i o n i i n t e r c r a l c r i c h e di lava e di d e t r i t i , t a l u n e v i o l e n t i s s i m e , c o m e q u e l l a del io m a r z o 19-10. il 3 0 g i u g n o 1932 il m a g m a , a v e n d o t r o v a t o m o d o d ' i n c u n e a r s i ira gli s t r a l i del v ulc a n o a p a r t i r e da 30011 m d ' a l t i t u d i n e e q u i n d i sotto la terrazza c r a t e r i c a c e n t r a l e . produsse con i suoi c o n a t i , que gli s e u o l i m c n l i e q u e l l e s p a c c a l n r e ira q u o t a 3 1 0 0 e 2 8 0 0 sili fianco san del c o n o t e r m i n a l e c h e f u r o n o i soli segni p r e c u r s o r i d e l l ' e r u z i o n e l a t e r a l e . in s e g u i l o il m a g m a c o n t i n u ò la sua p e n e t r a z i o n e d i s c e n d e n t e nel s o t t o s u o l o e venne a s q u a s s a r e il fianco del v u l c a n o verso q u o t a 2 8 0 0 da dove i n c o m i n c i a r o n o ad a p r i r s i le s p a c c a l n r e clic si e s t e s e r o fino a q u o t a 2 5 3 0 . c i o è p e r c i r c a un c h i l o m e t r o . nel p r i m o t r a i l o d e l l a s p a c c a t u r a , tra (piota 28(111 e 27011. i a t t i v i t à fu e s p l o s i v a e di b r e v e d u r a t a , m e n t r e nel t r a t t o s o t t o s t a n t e i n c o m i n c i ò il t r a b o c c a m e n t o d e l l a lava c h e si loc a l i z z ò presto f o r m a n d o p a r e c c h i e b o c c h e e f f u s i v e v i c i n e tallio da form a r e q u a s i unica c o l a l a di lava. e e f f u s i o n e lavica p r o c e d e t t e i n i n i e r r o l t a m e n l e per c i r c a 12 o r e e poi -i affievolì e p o c o d o p o cessò, m e n l r e i n c o m i n c i ò ad e n t r a r e in a t t i v i t à p l i n i a n a il c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e . si p e n s a p e r t a n t o c l i c si sia o s t i n i l o il passaggio l a t e r a l e ed il m a g m a , s p i n t o d a l l e forze e n d o g e n e si sia s o l l e v a l o p i ù in a l l o nel c o n d o t t o e r u d i v o c e n t r a l e fino ad i n v e s t i r e il m a t e r i a l e u m i d o d e l l a t e r r a z z a c r a t e r i c a d a n d o luogo alla c o n s e g u e n t e v i o l e n t a r e a z i o n e e s p l o s i v a l'reat iea. o c c o r r e f a r e r i l e v a r e c h e d u r a n t e la e r u z i o n e l a t e r a l e gli -1111i n e n l i s i s m i c i , i s t a l l a l i dali i s t i l l i l o n a z i o n a l e di g e o f i s i e a n e l l o scant i n a l o d e l l ' i s t i t u t o (li v u l c a n o l o g i a d e l l ' i n i v e r i l à di c a t a n i a , non died e r o a l c u n a r e g i s t r a z i o n e , solo verso la m e z z a n o t t e d e l 3 0 . q u a n d o inc o m i n c i ò l ' a t t i v i t à esplosiva al c r a t e r e c e n t r a l e , e il 5 luglio successivo a p p a r v e r o dei m i c r o s i s m i c h e s a r a n n o oggetto di studio dell i t i luto di g e o fisica p e r s t a b i l i r e se fu ron o in r e l a z i o n e c o n i e r u z i o n e . q u e s t a e r u z i o n e ha l'atto a p p a r i r e s e m p r e p i ù e v i d e n t e il m e c c a n i s m o d e l l e eruzioni c i n c e così c o m e p e r il p r i m o lo c o m p r e s e m a r i o li:: c a l t a m i p o n t e ( i c m m e l l a r o a i p r i n c i p i » d e l s e c o l o s c o r s o e c o m e è s i a l o p i ù a m p i a i n c n l e e s p o s t o i n v a r i e p u l i l d i c a z i o n i ( i ) . (.(iliuiiii istituto i ulcanologieo etneo dell università. hi issu \to i engono riassunti gli as/x'tti essenziali dell' eruzione etnea del i') 12. b l i i l . l o g i ì a l ' i \ l ' i g. i ' o v i e . meccanismo iteli'' oraziani etnee. zciisclirift jiir e. volkanologìe. tinnii i. p. io-i1). in.. tl:e reeent erllplion oj etna. pillare. v o i . 1 1 2 . 2811). p . 5 i s . in., i.o recenti eruzioni dell'etna. s o c . g e o g r a f i c a 11.. s e r . \ l . neil. v i . g e n n a i o k i l l . p. 21-2,". \ . m a d s e n . etna: a m u r e n a verden. 1921. s0220 annals of geophysics, 60, 2, 2017, s0220, doi: 10.4401/ag-7128 a seismic ray tracing method based on fibonacci search luciano onnis1*, josé m. carcione2 1 universidad de buenos aires. consejo nacional de investigaciones científicas y técnicas. instituto de física de buenos aires (ifiba). facultad de ciencias exactas y naturales. departamento de física. buenos aires, argentina 2 istituto nazionale di oceanografia e di geofisica sperimentale (ogs), sgonico, trieste, italy article history received august 5, 2016; accepted december 18, 2017. subject classification: ray tracing, fibonacci search, passive seismics, radiation pattern, attenuation. abstract we design a fast ray tracing technique to simulate the response of seismic sources located at depth such as passive data due to fluid injection, hydraulic fracturing, volcanic tremors or earthquakes, with receivers located at the surface recording the displacement (and particle-velocity) field. the ray tracing is based on the fibonacci search algorithm. we consider interfaces of arbitrary geometry and homogeneous layers defined by the seismic velocity, the quality factor and the mass density. amplitude losses consider geometrical spreading, intrinsic attenuation (related to the quality factor) and transmission losses at the interfaces. the traces corresponding to time spikes are then convolved with a ricker wavelet to obtain band-limited synthetic seismograms. we compare the results with full-wave seismograms computed with a direct algorithm based on the fourier pseudospectral method. the ray tracing algorithm is much faster and from a practical point of view can be used as a forward modeling algorithm for the location of different sources of seismic energy. 1. introduction location algorithms of different energy sources such as micro-seismicity due to fluid injection, hydraulic fracturing, volcanic tremors or earthquakes require a fast and practical forward modeling algorithm (e.g., battaglia and aki, 2003; fischer et al., 2008, kumagai et al., 2009; shapiro, 2015]. in particular battaglia and aki [2003] use a very simple analytical equation to compute the amplitude decay from the source location (a volcanic tremor) to the receiver. this is due to the fact that the medium is assumed homogeneous. however, in more realistic situations, the medium is heterogeneous and a numerical algorithm is required. a ray tracing algorithm including the source radiation pattern, attenuation and transmission losses is sufficiently efficient for this purpose. we propose a ray tracing technique based on the fibonacci search method. the modeling intends to simulate the response of seismic sources located at depth and recorded at the surface. we model the source radiation pattern due to tensile sources, which may approximate fairly well the energy released in cases of micro-cracks due to fluid injection, fracking and magma flow inducing volcanic tremors. we focus on direct arrivals since multiple events have a lower amplitude and are difficult to pick and detect. we compare our results to fullwave synthetic seismograms computed with the fourier pseudospectral method [carcione et al., 1988, carcione, 2014]. 2. methodology we compute synthetic seismograms of a viscoacoustic 2d heterogeneous medium by using a ray tracing method based on a fibonacci search algorithm, where the geological model is described in terms of vertically stacked layers, each uniform and isotropic. we consider a single source, located at depth, and a set of receivers on the surface. 2.1 definition of the model each layer is isotropic, anelastic and homogeneous, and characterized by its acoustic velocity, quality factor and density. the interfaces can have any geometrical shape provided that they do not cross each other (e.g., pinchouts are not allowed) and extend from one side of the model to the other. they are defined by a small number (∼50) of equi-spaced points along the horizontal direction (x-variable). spline interpolation between the starting points is performed at a more densely sampled set of equi-spaced points (∼5000). the larger set of points is connected by line segments. receivers are located on the surface. onnis and carcione 2 2.2 initial value problem for a given source point and starting ray angle, the determination of the ray path constitutes an initial value problem. proper ray tracing requires the solution of a two-point problem, to find the ray (defined by its starting angle) going from the source location to a receiver. we find such rays by performing a fibonacci search on the starting angle, which requires to iteratively solve the initial value problem as follows. with the geological model defined in the (x, z)-plane, we consider a ray departing from source point s, making an angle θ with the vertical z-axis. because each layer is isotropic and homogeneous, the ray follows a straight path until it intersects an interface. each interface is composed of a large number of straight segments. to determine where an intersection between the ray and an interface occurs, the algorithm loops over all the segments of an interface to the left of the source point if θ < 0, and to the right of the source point if θ > 0, checking if an intersection exists. if the loop ends without positive results then there is no intersection within the model boundaries. starting in the layer where the source is located, the algorithm performs three tests: first, that no intersection with the underlying interfaces exists. second, that an intersection with the overlying interface exists within the model boundaries. and third, that no total internal reflection occurs. if any of these checks fails, no ray path is computed. if all three tests are successful, the intersection point and transmission angle are saved, and the three tests are run again on the upper layer, considering the new ray starting point and direction. this procedure continues until an intersection with the surface layer is found, or until one of the tests fails. 2.3 source-receiver ray tracing we define fs,i (θ) as the distance between the i-th receiver and the ray’s intersection point with the surface measured along the x-axis. in order to find the source-receiver ray paths, a fibonacci search (outlined in appendix a) is carried out on θ to minimize fs,i (θ) for each receiver. the method requires the specification of an initial angular interval [a1 , b1] for each receiver, and the desired final interval length l. it then prescribes a fixed number (q) of fs,i (θ) evaluations at sequentially determined θ values. the integer q is chosen in accordance with equation (12), so that bq − aq < l. all fs,i (θ) evaluations are carried out by solving the initial value problem as described in the preceding section. the starting interval for each receiver is obtained by shooting a large number of rays with starting angles uniformly distributed in every direction and selecting the pair of angles which produce the closest arrivals on each side. while keeping the source point fxed, the computational cost of this procedure becomes relatively smaller as the number of receivers increases, because the same set of bracketing intervals is used for each receiver. the method is only feasible if fs,i (θ) is unimodal in the starting angular interval. this is clearly not the general case. for instance, if the receiver lies in a shadow zone, the prescribed bracketing intervals could contain the shadow zone limits on both sides, which would correspond to two different minima. additionally, even if the receiver is not in a shadow zone, it can occur that more than one ray reaches it. in these cases the algorithm will likely fail to converge to the receiver positions. if the starting interval is adequate, the fibonacci method reduces the starting interval length for each receiver by a factor 2fq , where fq is the q -th fibonacci number. let θ*i be the central value of the final interval corresponding to the i-th receiver. rather than having accuracy in the angle parameter we are interested in accurate surface arrival positions. thus, for each receiver we check that fs,i (θ * i) < d with d the arrival distance tolerance. the complete ray tracing results are the ray paths, as defined by the intersection points and the incidence/ transmission angles across each interface, for all receivers where acceptable rays are found. receivers for which the tolerance condition is not satisfied, and those for which a premature termination condition is triggered at any point during the ray tracing procedure are completely discarded from additional computations. 2.4 amplitude losses and travel time once we have determined the ray path from the source to a given receiver, we can compute the amplitude. the intrinsic (physical) attenuation along the ray is described by (1) where r is the distance, a is the attenuation factor, f is the frequency of the signal, c is the wave velocity and q is the quality factor. this equation holds for q >> 1 [carcione, 2014; eq. (2.123)]. velocity dispersion is neglected. energy is also lost at interfaces, where transmission rays do not reach the critical angle. we neglect intrinsic attenuation effects on the transmission coefficient, assumed as a 2nd-order effect. let’s assume that we record the vertical displacement at the surface. a1(r)=exp(−αr),       α = π f cq , fibonacci search ray tracing 3 the displacement transmission coeffi cient is (2) where z = ρc is the impedance, ρ is the mass density and θ is the ray angle with respect to the line perpendicular to the interface. primed quantities correspond to the transmission medium. equation (2) is complemented with snell’s law: sin θ/c = sin θʹ/cʹ. the loss by transmission involves the energy fl ux and is given by (3) [carcione, 2014]. equations (2) and (3) are demonstrated in appendix b. moreover, the signal decays by geometrical spreading. in 2d media, the decay is proportional to √r, i.e., a pulse with amplitude 1 at the source location will decay to 1/√r at a distance r from the source. the total amplitude loss from the source to the surface is given by (4) where n is the number of interfaces and ri is the length of the ray in medium i. in addition to the amplitude loss, we compute the travel times of the ray inside each layer as ri/ci and add them over all the traversed layers to obtain the total travel time t*. a pulse at time t*, with amplitude a given by equation (4), represents the system impulse response if the source has amplitude 1 at time t = 0. only fi rst arrivals are considered. 2.5 source spectrum and radiation pattern to obtain a more realistic seismogram, we perform a convolution between the impulse response and a wavelet representing the source time history. we consider a ricker wavelet of the form (5) where t is the period of the wave and we take ts = 1.4t. the peak frequency is fp = 1/t. the frequency involved in equation (1) is f = fp. the frequency spectrum is (6) the source has a radiation pattern, i.e., it does not emit the same amplitude at every angle. let us denote with δ, λ and φ the dip, rake and strike angles, respectively, and ϕ is the slope angle describing the tensility of the source, such that ϕ = 90° for pure extensive sources, ϕ = 0° for pure shear sources and ϕ = − 90° for pure compressive sources. according to carcione et al. [2015], a tensile source in 2d space is obtained for ϕ = λ = φ = 90° , while shear sources are described by ϕ = 0 and λ = φ = 90° . then, using equation (1) of kwiatek and ben-zion [2013] we get the radiation pattern for p waves due to a tensile source: (7) [see also ou, 2008], where θ is the angle between the ray and the vertical direction and ν is the poisson ratio of the medium. the source strength versus θ is a0 r(θ), where a0 is a constant. 3. examples figure 1 shows a 3-layer subsoil model, and the ray paths traced from a source at (1.5,−1) km to a set of equi-spaced receivers at the surface, in the 0.5-2.5 km range, separated by 50 m. interfaces where initially defi ned by 61 points with 50 m spacing, and then interpolated with 1 m spacing, defi ning 3000 line segments. the initial bracketing angles were equi-spaced with π/20 radians, and a fi nal interval length shorter than 10−5 radians was required. from equation (12) it follows that the total number of evaluations per traced ray is 20. the largest ray-source arrival distance is less than 3 cm. having completed the ray tracing from the source point to the receivers, we compute the amplitude recorded at each receiver. figure 2 shows the results with the surface receivers now separated by 10 m. we consider the radiation pattern of a pure tensile source, as given by equation (7), and compute the amplitudes t = 2 ʹz  cosθ ʹz  cosθ  + z cos ʹθ , a2 = z cos  ʹθ ʹz  cos θ   t a= πi=1 n+1 a1iπj=1 n  a2 j πk=1 n+1  rk ,       a1i =exp(αiri) h(t)= u− 1 2 ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟exp(−u),u = π(t −ts) t ⎡ ⎣⎢ ⎤ ⎦⎥ 2 h(ω)= t π ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟aexp(−a−iωts),a = ω ωp ⎛ ⎝ ⎜⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟⎟ 2 ,ωp = 2π t rp = 2v 1−2v +sin2θsin2δ+2(sin2δsin2θ +cos2δcos2θ) figure 1. ray paths traced from the source point s to a set of surface receivers, represented by circles. the smooth horizontal curves indicate the layer interfaces, q is the quality factor, c is the acoustic velocity and ρ is the density. onnis and carcione 4 for different values of the source dip angle δ (ϕ = λ = φ = 90°). the poisson ratio of the lower medium is 0.25. figure 3 shows the seismograms for three different dip angles. the source time history is a ricker wavelet given by equation (5) with fp = 30 hz. as can be seen in figures 2 and 3, the dip angle highly affects the amplitude distribution. figures 4, 5 and 6 compare the results of the ray tracing with full-wave simulations (vertical component of the particle velocity) for horizontal and dipping layers. in all the three cases we consider isotropic sources, with fp = 30 hz. for the ray tracing, the initial bracketing angles, the number of points defi ning each interface, and the fi nal angular interval length were confi gured as in the example given in figure 1. a velocity inversion is considered in figure 5. for the full-wave simulations, the peak frequency of the relaxation mechanism coincided with fp. the dipping interfaces of figures 4 and 5 require a smaller spacing between the grid points of the full-wave simufigure 2. surface amplitudes corresponding to the geological model of figure 1 and a pure tensile source with amplitude 1 at s. each curve corresponds to a different source dip angle δ. figure 3. synthetic seismograms corresponding to the geological model of figure 1. the source time history is a ricker wavelet given by equation (5) with fp =30 hz. the source dip angle δ is different for each example. (a) δ = 0°, (b) δ = 45° and (c) δ = 90°. figure 4. (a) geological model and ray paths determined from source s at (1.498,−1.204) km to geophones on the surface indicated by circles. actual ray tracing is performed from s to 200 geophones equispaced in the 0.5-2.5 km range. (b) ray-tracing amplitudes compared to full-wave simulations (vertical component of the particle velocity) corresponding to the model in (a). the amplitude values are scaled with respect the maximum ones. the full-wave simulation uses a 429×221 mesh with 7 m spacing, and 0.4 ms as time step. figure 5. (a) geological model and ray paths determined from source s at (2.1,−1.204) km to geophones on the surface indicated by circles. actual ray tracing is performed from s to 200 geophones equispaced in the 0.5-2.5 km range. (b) ray-tracing amplitudes compared to full-wave simulations (vertical component of the particle velocity) corresponding to the model in (a). the amplitude values are scaled with respect the maximum ones. the full-wave simulation uses a 429×221 mesh with 7 m spacing, and 0.3 ms as time step. fibonacci search ray tracing 5 lation than those of the horizontal layers of figure 6. in turn, an smaller time step is needed in the runge-kutta method to satisfy the stability condition [carcione, 2014; eq. 9.12]. as a consequence, the run time of the full-wave simulations of figures 4 and 5 is nearly 10 minutes, while the full-wave modelling of figure 6 requires 140 s. the ray tracing is in good agreement with the full-wave simulations, requiring less than 2 s. the reported times correspond to an intel core i5 4590 cpu. 4. conclusions we have developed a seismic ray tracing algorithm based on fibonacci search. the method is fast enough to be applied as a forward modeling kernel to be used in inversion algorithms to locate seismic energy sources and model their seismic responses as well. the algorithm considers the effects of geometrical spreading, transmission losses, intrinsic attenuation and the source radiation pattern, and shows a good agreement with full-wave numerical simulations. references bazaraa, m. s., sherali, h. d. and shetty, c. m. (2006). nonlinear programming theory and algorithms, 3rd edition wiley. battaglia, j., and aki, k. (2003). location of seismic events and eruptive fi ssures on the piton de la fournaise volcano using seismic amplitudes, j. geophys. res., 108(b8), 2364, doi:10.1029/2002jb002193. carcione, j. m. (2014), wave fields in real media. theory and numerical simulation of wave propagation in anisotropic, anelastic, porous and electromagnetic media, 3rd edition elsevier. carcione, j. m., da col f., currenti, g., and cantucci, b. (2015), modeling techniques to study co2-injection induced micro-seismicity, international journal of greenhouse gas control, 42, 246–257. carcione, j. m., kosloff, d., and kosloff, r. (1988), wave propagation simulation in a linear viscoacoustic medium, geophys. j. roy. astr. soc., 93, 393–407. erratum: 1988, 95, 642. fischer t., s. hainzl, l. eisner, s. a. shapiro, and calvez, j. l. (2008), microseismic signatures of hydraulic fracture growth in sediment formations: observations and modeling, journal geophysical research, 113:b02307. kiefer, j. (1953), sequential minmax search for a maximum, proceedings of the american mathematical society, 4, 502–506. kumagai, h., palacios, p., maeda, t., barba castillo, d., and nakano, m. (2009), seismic tracking of lahars using tremor signals, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 183, 112–121. kwiatek, g. and ben-zion, y. (2013). radiation pattern formulas for shear-tensile source model, downloadable from http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/ doi/10.1002/jgrb.50274/full -support information ou, g. b., (2008), seismological studies for tensile faults. terr. atmos. ocean. sci., 19(5), 463–471. shapiro, s. (2015), fluid-induced seismicity, cambridge university press. appendix a: fibonacci search algorithm the fibonacci search method [kiefer, 1953] is a sequential search algorithm for minimizing an unimodal function over a closed interval, based on the fibonacci numbers fn defi ned as: (8) unlike other sequential search methods (i.e. uniform, dichotomous, or the closely related golden section search method) fibonacci search requires a predetermined number of iterations. its main advantage is that for the same starting uncertainty interval and number of iterations no other sequential search technique can ref0 = f1 =1,fn = fn−1 +fn−2,n≥ 2 figure 6. (a) geological model and ray paths determined from source s at (1.5,−1.2) km to geophones on the surface indicated by circles. actual ray tracing is performed from s to 200 geophones equispaced in the 0.5-2.5 km range. (b) ray-tracing amplitudes compared to full-wave simulations (vertical component of the particle velocity) corresponding to the model in (a). the amplitude values are scaled with respect the maximum ones. the full-wave simulation uses a 221×221 mesh with 10 m spacing, and 0.8 ms as time step. onnis and carcione 6 sult in a smaller final uncertainty interval. let f(x) be the function to minimize, q the total number of iterations and [am, bm] the uncertainty interval after the m-th iteration. the algorithm pre scribes the evaluation of the function at two interior points, cm and dm given by (9) if f(cm) > f(dm) the uncertainty interval at the next iteration, [am+1, bm+1], will we [cm, bm], otherwise if f(cm) ≤ f(dm), it is [am, dm]. this is due to the function’s unimodality. in both cases, it follows from equation (9) that the new interval length is (10) additionally, it can be shown (e.g., bazaraa et al., 2006) that for the next iteration, either cm+1 = dm or dm+1 = cm. thus every iteration after the first requires only one function evaluation. after q − 1 iterations (and q function evaluations) the interval length is (11) for the very last evaluation, equation (9) yields cq−1 = dq−1, both in the center of interval [aq−1, bq−1]. in order to distinguish them one of them is slightly displaced. taking dq−1 = cq−1 + ε, with ε very small, it is possible to reduce final interval length by approximately 1/2, obtaining (12) the total number of iterations must be selected a priori, taking equation (12) into account to achieve the desired accuracy level. appendix b: transmission losses to prove equations (2) and (3), we perform a mathematical analogy between sh and p waves. the sh wave equation is (13) where µ is the rigidity, ρ is the mass density, σ is stress, v is particle velocity, a dot above a variable denotes time derivative and ∂i is a spatial derivative with respect to the variable xi. the indices 1, 2 and 3 correspond to the spatial variables x, y and z, respectively. on the other hand, the p-wave equation is (14) the analogy is v2 → σ, σ12 → v1, σ23 → v3, µ −1 → ρ and ρ−1 → ρc2. this implies zs = √ρµ → z −1, where zs is the shear impedance. then, equations (2) and (3) results from eqs. (8.158) and (8.184) in carcione (2014) (note the following errata: eq. (8.158): remove the primes in the numerator; eq. (8.815): move the primes to the denominator). appendix c: full-wave modeling method the full-wave synthetic seismograms are computed with a modeling code based on the viscoacoustic stress-strain relation corresponding to a single relaxation mechanism, based on the zener mechanical model. the equations are given in section 2.10.4 of carcione [2014]. the 2d particle velocity-stress formulation is (15) where v is particle velocity, σ is stress, fi are directional forces, s is the source (explosion), e is a memory variable, and τ denotes relaxation times. these are given by and (16) where q0 is the minimum quality factor and τ0 is defined as follows. if fp is the central frequency of the source wavelet, we assume that the relaxation peak is located at ω0 = 1/τ0 = 2πfp. the velocity c in these equations corresponds to the unrelaxed or high-frequency limit velocity. the numerical algorithm is based on the fourier pseudospectral method for computing the spatial derivatives and a 4th-order runge-kutta technique for calculating the wavefield recursively in time [e.g., carcione, 2014]. cm =am + fq−m−1 fq−m+1 (bm −am) dm =am + fq−m fq−m+1 (bm −am) bm+1 −am+1 = fq−m fq−m+1 (bm −am) bq−1 −aq−1 = b1 −a1 fq bq −aq = b1 −a1 2fq ρ!v1 =∂1σ , ρ!v3 =∂3σ , ρc2(∂1v1 +∂3v3)= !σ , !v1 = 1 ρ ∂1σ + f1, !v3 = 1 ρ ∂3σ + f2, !σ = ρc2(ϑ +e)+s, !e = 1 τε − 1 τσ ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ϑ − e τσ , ϑ =∂xvx +∂zvz τε = τ0 q0 q0 2 +1+1( ) m=1,...,q−1 τσ = τ0 q0 q0 2 +1−1( ), µ−1 !σ12 =∂1v2, µ−1 !σ23 =∂3v2, ρ−1(∂1σ12 +∂3σ23)= !v2, fibonacci search ray tracing 7 *corresponding author: luciano onnis universidad de buenos aires. consejo nacional de investigaciones científicas y técnicas. instituto de física de buenos aires (ifiba). facultad de ciencias exactas y naturales, departamento de física, buenos aires, argentina; email: leonnis@df.uba.ar 2017 by istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved vol49,4_5,2006 key words gradiometric gravimeter – accelerometer – whispering gallery cavity 1. introduction the gravimetric methods are widely used in geological structure investigations, in particular in oil and mine exploration industry. this kind of research requires a very high level of instrumental sensitivity and an accuracy of the order of one microgal (1 gal = 1 cm/s2), that is 10−9 g, in order to achieve significant results. at this sensitivity level spurious effects, not connected with underground mass distributions, but that are due to surface topographic irregularities or to anthropic activities or to tidal fluctuations become important. the instrumental drift, unavoidable in mechanical sensors because of creep of the elastic elements, thermal gradients etc., is another source of errors, which are more and more important as the data acquisition time is longer. much more severe constraints rise in implementing a gravimeter on a ship or on a plane, because the instrument cannot distinguish between gravity and kinematic acceleration vectors. gravity gradiometric methods can avoid many of these problems. this technique is based on the measurement of one or more of the five independent components of the tensor a sapphire monolithic differential accelerometer as core sensor for gravity gradiometric geophysical instrumentation alessandro bertolini (1)(3)(∗), nicolò beverini (1) (2), andrea de michele (1), francesco fidecaro (1) and francesco mango (1) (1) dipartimento di fisica «e. fermi», università degli studi di pisa, and istituto nazionale di fisica della materia (infm), cnr, pisa, italy (2) consorzio universitario della spezia, la spezia, italy (3) marwan technology srl pisa, italy abstract gradiometric gravimetry is a survey technique widely used in geological structure investigation. this work demonstrates the feasibility of a new class of low frequency accelerometers for geodynamics studies and space applications. we present the design features of a new low noise single-axis differential accelerometer; the sensor is suitable to be used in a gravity gradiometer (gg) system for land geophysical survey and gravity gradient measurements. a resolution of 1 eötvös (1 eö = 10−9s−2) at one sample per second is achievable in a compact, lightweight (less than 2 kg) portable instrument, operating at room temperature. the basic components of the sensor are two identical rigidly connected accelerometers separated by a 15-cm baseline vector and the useful signal is extracted as the subtraction of the two outputs, by means of an interferometric microwave readout system. the structure will be engraved in a monocrystal of sapphire by means of computer-numerically-controlled (cnc) ultrasonic machining: the material was chosen because of its unique mix of outstanding mechanical and dielectric properties. mailing address: prof. nicolò beverini, dipartimento di fisica «e. fermi», università degli studi di pisa, largo b. pontecorvo 3, 56127 pisa, italy; e-mail: beverini@df.unipi.it (∗) present address: desy, notkestrasse 85, d 22607 hamburg, germany. 1095 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 4/5, august/october 2006 1096 alessandro bertolini, nicolò beverini, andrea de michele, francesco fidecaro and francesco mango γij = ∂ gj /∂ xi (that is the gradient of the gravity vector g), as the difference between the values of the gj components across a fixed distance basis. this technique has demonstrated his significance in the oil deposit signature and in the research and localization of underground cavities. the on-field implementation of the gradiometric principle can be made by reading, with a high sensitivity gravimetric instrument, the vertical gravity values gz in two different point, separated by a known vectorial basis ri, and evaluating the γiz component of the tensor. however, the full exploitation of the peculiarity of the gradiometric surveys could be achieved by using a single instrument with built-in differential readout capability, in order to efficiently reject common mode noise and spurious signal, like kinematic effects due to linear accelerations of the measurement platform. the basic practical implementation consists of two identical accelerometers fixed rigidly together with a common sensitive axis (see fig. 1). below the mechanical resonant frequency ω0 of the accelerometers, the difference in the vertical position of the proof masses is linearly related to the gravity gradient component γiz according to the second term is related to static mechanical mismatch δω between the two accelerometers. being almost impossible to build two perfectly matched accelerometers, a residual sensitivity to kinematic effects arises, polluting the signal channel by an amount proportional to the platform motion acceleration az. the factor ω0 / 2δω is defined as the common-mode-rejection-ratio (cmrr). detecting 1 eö gravity gradient in presence of 10−3 m/s2 linear acceleration, with an instrument with 15-cm baseline, requires a 130 db of cmrr. non-linearities of the accelerometer spring system also affect the cmrr for large environmental accelerations. this imposes suitable vibration isolation platforms, especially in airborne instruments. at present only a few gravity gradiometers have been developed. spaceborne gravity gradiometer devices are capable of outstanding noise levels (10−4 − 10−3 eö) but rely on the very low environmental noise of a low acceleration satellite (at least one million times more silent than a typical light aircraft, for instance). two examples are the 6-axis superconducting differential accelerometer developed by ho jung paik group at university of maryland (chain and paik, 1988a,b), and now being built by oxford instruments, and the goce mission accelerometer (rebhan et al., 2000). laboratory use only apparatus have also been devised by doubling the core sensor of absolute gravimeters, like the superconducting levitation device from gwr inc. (richter and warburton, 1998), the free-fall michelson interferometer from micro-g solutions inc. (http://www.microgsolutions.com/gradiometer.pr ess.htm) and the atom interferometer developed by kasevich group at yale university (snadden et al., 1998). all these instruments claim a resolution ranging from 0.1 to 1 eö at one sample per second, but they are still far away from the portability and the on-field applications. the most popular portable instrumentation is the gravity gradiometer instrument (ggi), de.z z r g a 2 iz i z z 1 2 0 2 0 0 2. ω ω δω ω γ + + b ^ l h fig. 1. example basic configurations of a singlecomponent gravity gradiometer. the geometric arrangement of the two linear accelerometers is shown. a sapphire monolithic differential accelerometer as core sensor for gravity gradiometric geophysical instrumentation veloped primarily by lockheed martin for military application, but recently declassified and presented now on the civil market (goldstein and brett, 1998). they are instruments specifically designed to be mounted on mobile platforms (aircrafts or ships). in the simplest form it consists of two matched pairs of force-balance accelerometers mounted orthogonally on a rotating platform (see fig. 2). linear accelerations perpendicular to the rotation axis are modulated at the spinning frequency, while the gravity gradient effect is modulated at twice spinning frequency. in this way the useful signal is separated in the frequency domain from the instrument bias and vehicle accelerations (e.g., reference ellipsoid, latitude, earth tide and isostatic effects). the signal is extracted by a suitable combination of the difference in readings between opposing pairs of accelerometers. a high cmrr is achieved by a feedback system acting on the accelerometers scale-factor, and by the effect of the rotating platform. the sensitivity declared is of the order of 5 eö. the ggi is the basic element of the most complete instrument, the bell geospace full tensor gradiometer (http://www.bellgeo.com/ tech/system.html). this instrument measures at the same time all the components of the gradient tensor, allowing a complete reconstruction of the gravity map. the performances of this instrument are very high; it is however a high cost cumbersome instrument, of large volume and weight that must be carried on a ship or a plane. more recently the bell technology has been shared for advanced developments, the falcon gravity gradiometer project, with the australian company bhp billiton discovery technologies (lee, 2001). the falcon system has proven to be effective in detecting sources with γzz > 10 eö rms and a full width at half maximum of 500 m of spatial resolution. at this time, the most promising portable instrument seems to be the mobile superconducting beam-balance gravity gradiometer developed by f. van kann (van kann et al., 1994) at university of western australia and now being launched on the market by gedex inc. (for details see matthews, 2002). the instrument is specifically designed for airborne surveys and is capable of unprecedented cmrr (exceeding 190 db) and of a resolution better than 1 eö at one sample per second, even in the presence of 1 m/s2 linear accelerations. however, even in this case, the size of the accessory inertial platform and of the liquid helium cooling system still limit the portability of the instrument. no available device currently fills the gap between laboratory-only apparatus and large size, costly ggs for airborne and shipborne applications. in this work we present the design of a new core sensor for an advanced lightweight portable gravity gradiometer. the sensor is a differential vertical accelerometer using state-of-art dielectric crystals machining techniques and microwave position sensing technologies to achieve 1 eö level resolutions operating even at room temperature. 2. the mechanical apparatus the instrument consists of three main parts: the accelerometer plate, hosting two identical accelerometers sensitive along the z-axis, the refer1097 fig. 2. basic scheme of a ggi (gravity gradiometer instrument): two opposite matched pairs of linear accelerometers sit on a spinning platform. the gravity gradient signal is given by a linear combination of the accelerometer outputs at twice the spinning frequency. 1098 alessandro bertolini, nicolò beverini, andrea de michele, francesco fidecaro and francesco mango ence plate, hosting the motion sensing microwave elements and a conductive shield. both the accelerometer and the reference plates are completely carved out of a high quality singlecrystal sapphire plate 1-cm thick by means of computer numerically controlled (cnc) chisel ultrasonic machining (bertolini et al., 2003). ultrasonic machining yields complex shapes in crystals, ceramics and composite materials without any release of thermal and mechanical stress into the work piece. because of its geometry, in the present apparatus design, the instrument is sensitive to the off-line γyz component of the gravity gradient tensor. each accelerometer is a small torsion pendulum with a 0.04 kg proof mass suspended by two torsion beams. the baseline, defined as the relative position of the centers of mass of the moving bodies (fig. 3), is 15cm. a force fz applied to the proof mass produces a twist θ of the torsion pendulum given by where l, b, t are respectively the length, height and thickness of the torsion beams; g is the rigidity modulus of the material and d is the disbt g f ld3 z 3.ϑ tance between the center-of-mass and the rotation axis. by using sapphire beams 1×1 mm2 in section and 10 mm long, a resonant frequency of 20 hz can be obtained. in this configuration, a 1 eö gravity gradient is equivalent to a differential displacement of the gg test masses of 10−14m. sapphire has been chosen because its excellent mechanical and dielectric properties. it combines high strength, low hysteresis and very low electrical losses; hemex™ grade sapphire single-crystal exhibit mechanical and electrical quality factors greater than 105 even at room temperature (http://www.crystalsystems.com). the monolithic structure obtained by cnc machining allows the accuracy in the relative positioning of the different mechanical parts to be kept within a few micrometers. the monolithic design also allows very low hysteresis, eliminating shear effects at the contact surfaces between separate mechanical parts (stick-andslip), while the use of a single material limits the instrument’s thermal sensitivity. co-machining of both the torsion springs effectively strongly reduces directional cross-talks due to misalignments between the components in the assembly, typical of a composite structure. in this way, a 60 db mechanical common mode rejection factor can be reasonably achieved just by construction. a fine trimming of the cmrr will be achieved by acting on the «flap» electrodes. by applying a high-voltage on both sides of a flap, a tunable negative stiffness effect is realized. the trimming procedure will make use of a suitable tilting jig which eventually should even be integrated in the gg system to allow for an automated balancing routine. tilting is the easiest way to inject a 1-g level common-mode acceleration into the system and to allow in this way for a high signal-to-noise ratio in the balancing operation. we expect to gain an additional 60 db in the instrument’s cmrr. the residual sensitivity to environmental linear accelerations will be cancelled out by using a suitable vertical mechanical active isolation system, driven, with a proper feedback gain, by the common-mode acceleration signal itself. both the elastic constant of the single oscillator and its inertia moment are affected by temperature. such thermal effects are not a fig. 3. top view of the differential accelerometer mechanics. two identical torsion pendula are carved out of a single-crystal sapphire plate by means of cnc ultrasonic impact grinding. the two disks are used as the tuning elements of two sapphire-loaded microwave resonators. two flaps with evaporated gold electrodes are used for electrostatic stiffness fine balancing and cold damping of the accelerometers. 1099 a sapphire monolithic differential accelerometer as core sensor for gravity gradiometric geophysical instrumentation problem, as long as both sensors are at the same temperature. a difference of 1°c between the two sensors can however produce a sensitivity difference of the order of 10−5. in order to achieve 1 eö sensitivity the temperature differences must be controlled better than 10−5 k. it will be necessary an efficient passive isolation of the instrument container. the monolithic structure of the apparatus and the vacuum environment, already necessary in order to avoid viscous damping of the mechanical resonance, can warrant a very high thermal inertia. semiconductor temperature sensors will monitor the eventual thermal gradient. 3. the microwave transducer and readout system the motion of the proof-mass of each accele-rometer is detected by means of a microwave sapphire dielectric resonator transducer (sdrt) (blair et al., 1992). in the simplest form, a sdrt consists of two coaxial disks mounted inside a conducting shell which prevents radiation losses and unwanted coupling with the environment. each disk resonates with a whispering gallery (wg) mode of the electromagnetic field. these modes are generated by total reflection of the electromagnetic field on the external surface of the dielectric cylinder. by coupling two of these resonators we obtain a new resonator whose resonant frequency ƒ is a function of the gap width between the two disks (fig. 4). with a suitable choice of the resonator geometry is possible to optimize the merit factor of the transducer q⋅dƒ/dz, the product between the quality factor of the wg coupled mode and the tuning coefficient, which determines the displacement sensitivity of the transducer itself. there are two types of wg modes: e modes (ez, hρ, hφ) and h modes (hz, eρ, eφ), where z denotes the component along the disk rotation axis of the field vector, ρ its radial component, and φ its azimuthal component. each mode is labeled by three numbers m, n and k, describing the number of field maximums in the azimuth, radial and longitudinal direction respectively. the principal modes (n = k = 1) allow q factors that can be equal or even greater than the inverse of the dielectric loss tangent of the dielectric material. the most sensitive resonances to changes in the gap spacing has been demonstrated to be the wg e modes, with high order azimuthal number (blair et al., 1998). the reason is the e modes have a higher field density in the gap between the disks. because of the continuity condition of the electromagnetic vector at the boundary of a dielectric, the ez component of e mode increases from the value ez (vacuum) in the gap spacing to εzez(vacuum) in the dielectric, whereas the main field components of h mode remain unchanged. the tuning coefficient is also a function of the height of the disks. when the disk thickness decreases, the fraction of the electromagnetic power in the gap increases. as a consequence, the value of dƒ/dz increases. in our design the proof mass of each accelerometer is used as the tuning disk of the sdrt formed with the corresponding reference puck dug into the reference plate (see fig. 5). the dimensions of the disks was chosen in the way that the high order azimuthal whispering gallery e modes (m=7−12) resonate in the xband (between 9 and 12 ghz). we have performed some preliminary tests on the sdrt using two sapphire disks with 42 mm fig. 4. sketch of a double-disk whispering gallery (wg) microwave resonator. 1100 alessandro bertolini, nicolò beverini, andrea de michele, francesco fidecaro and francesco mango in diameter and 5 mm in height. the sapphire crystals were of optical grade quality and without surface polish. the distance between the two disks was changed moving vertically one of them mounted on a micrometer screw. a microwave sweeper was used as tuneable microwave source and a diode as square law detector. table i reports the experimental and theoretical value of the resonance frequencies of some modes when the two disks are in contact (zero distance), and the q factor of the resonances. the theoretical frequencies are calculated using the method described in blair et al. (1998). figure 6 plots experimental and theoretical values of resonance frequency and of the tuning coefficient dƒ/dz, as a function of the distance between the two disks for the e11,1,1 mode. these results demonstrate that a gap spacing of 100 µm ensures for the e11,1,1 mode in our geometry a high tuning coefficient, around 6 mhz/µm, and a quality factor of the order of q ≈ 50 00060 000 even at room temperature. higher q values can be expected with sapphire crystals of better quality. radiation loss shielding is achieved by gold plating the inner surface of the sapphire plates. the readout system will be realized following the fully differential interferometric scheme introduced by blair et al. (1994), which has been demonstrated to be capable of displacement resolutions better than 10−14 m. the idea is to use one of the two resonators to build a loop oscillator and excite the second one. the differential acceleration is detected by measuring the frequency mismatch between the two sdrt with a balanced detector. a practical implementation is sketched in fig. 7. a stable microwave signal is generated by a loop oscillator including one of the gradiometer resonators as the reference cavity, a phase shifter and a low noise high-gain microwave amplifier. a power divider splits the microwave power between the two resonators used in trasmission mode. coupling is achieved by means of two circulators. the power transmitted by the sdrts is compared by means of a 180° power combiner, whose output is demodulated in-phase with respect to the loop oscillator in a low-noise double-balanced mixer (dbm). the low-pass filtable i. experimental and theoretical resonance frequencies of a sapphire dielectric resonator made of two disks of 42 mm diameter and 5 mm height in contact. mode exp (ghz) theo (ghz) q e7,1,1 8.235 8.262 14000 e8,1,1 8.889 8.918 18000 e9,1,1 9.551 9.581 24000 e10,1,1 10.221 10.250 26000 e11,1,1 10.897 10.926 55000 e12,1,1 11.578 11.606 58000 fig. 5. section view of the differential accelerometer. the accelerometer and the reference plates are surrounded by a metallic shielding enclosure. the two pairs of control electrodes allow for fine trimming of the cmrr and cold damping of the accelerometer motion. a sapphire monolithic differential accelerometer as core sensor for gravity gradiometric geophysical instrumentation tered output of the dbm is a voltage proportional to the sensed differential acceleration, in the frequency band dc-20 hz. the balanced interferometric scheme allows for carrier suppression, enhancing the resolution, especially at low frequencies. otherwise the sensitivity would be limited by the loop oscillator phase noise and by the frequency discriminator noise. by considering a reasonable dynamic range of 130 db for the mixer, the frequency mismatch between the two microwave resonators must be limited within 100 khz to allow the gradiometer to operate. a trimming procedure will be then necessary, after the machining, to suppress the bias effect due to shape mismatch in the dielectric resonators, producing a static frequency offset. the high mechanical q level calls for a mechanism that limits the dynamics of the oscillators. this will be done by an active damping feedback control as used in sensitive detectors like the virgo gravitational antenna (acernese et al., 2004). each sensor will be fitted with an actuator consisting in a small magnet fixed on the upper face of the moving arm, driven by a coil fixed to the frame. a laser beam is reflected by the moving arm and sent to a position sensitive detector. a current signal propor1101 fig. 7. schematic of the interferometric microwave readout system. one resonator is used as the reference cavity for a x-band loop-oscillator. its output is used to interrogate the other dielectric resonator and the frequency difference is read by a double-balanced mixer. fig. 6. resonance frequency and tuning coefficient of the e11,1,1 mode in function of the distance between the two disk of 42 mm diameter and 5 mm height (points-experimental values; line-theoretical values). 1102 alessandro bertolini, nicolò beverini, andrea de michele, francesco fidecaro and francesco mango tional to the moving arm velocity is injected. it is possible in this way to reduce the dynamic of the oscillation by orders of magnitude. the minimum detectable gravity gradient per bandwidth unit can be evaluated by comparing the expected signal with the noise. by considering thermal noise due to the brownian motion of the accelerometer test masses and the phase noise of the loop oscillator, we find the equation where ω0 is the mechanical resonant frequency, l is the accelerometer baseline, m is the test mass, q is the mechanical quality factor, d f /dx is the tuning coefficient, sφ is the loop oscillator phase noise spectral density and ε is the balancing factor of the interferometric system. at room temperature typical expected parameters (tobar et al., 1993) are q ≈104, sφ≈10 −3/f 2 rad2/hz and ε ≈ ≈ 0.01, yielding γmin ≈ 1 eö for 1-s of integration time. 4. conclusions we have presented the design features of the core differential accelerometer for new low cost lightweight gravity gradiometer instruments suitable for land geophysical surveys. the combination of the monolithic cnc machined mechanics and of a fine electrostatic stiffness balancing would produce a very high mechanical cmrr, of the order of 120 db, allowing 1-eö level resolutions to be achieved. at present the main components of the first prototype are being developed and fixed. the core mechanics is being built in the ultrasonic machining facility of university of pisa, using a low cost, lower purity grade hemlite™ sapphire. the microwave readout system design is being done by investigating on the wg modes of the single transducer. after the integration of the core sensor with the necessary sub-systems like the temperature control, the gimbal leveling frame, the balancing jig etc., a first labora( ) ( ) d d l x f s mq q k t4 b 0 2 2 2 0 2 2 0 2 0 2 $ $ ω ω π ω ε ω ω ω ωω ω γ = + + φ f ^ _p h i7 a tory prototype of γyz gradiometer will be tested. moreover new γzz sensors, less sensitive to the alignment with respect to the vertical direction, will be designed. acknowledgements this work has been partially supported by «fondazione della cassa di risparmio di pisa». references acernese, f. et al. (2004): a local control system for the test masses of the virgo gravitational wave detector, astroparticle phys., 20, 617-628. bertolini, a., n. beverini, g. dal lago, r. desalvo, f. fidecaro, f. francesconi, m. francesconi and g. omiccioli (2003): a 5-axis cnc ultrasonic cutting machine: design and preliminary test, ligo technical note t020198-00. blair, d.g., e.n. ivanov and h. peng (1992): sapphire dielectric resonator transducers, j. phys. d, 25, 1110. blair, d.g., e.n. ivanov and h. peng (1994): an ultrahigh sensitivity sapphire transducer for vibration measurements, j. phys. d, 27, 1150. blair, d.g., e.n. ivanov, m.e. tobar and b.d. cuthbertson (1998): sensitivity and optimization of a high-q sapphire dielectric motion-sensing transducer, ieee trans. ultrason. ferroelect. freq. contr., 45, 1303-1313. chain, h.a. and h.j. paik (1988a): superconductive gravity gradiometer for sensitive gravity measurements, i. theory, phys. rev. d, 35, 3551. chain, h.a. and h.j. paik (1988b): superconductive gravity gradiometer for sensitive gravity measurements, ii. experiment, phys. rev. d, 35, 3572. goldstein, m.s. and j.j. brett (1998): precision gravity gradiometer/auv system, in proceedings of the 1998 workshop on autonomous underwater vehicles, auv’98, 167-174. lee, j.b. (2001): falcon gravity gradiometer technology, exploration geophys., 32, 247-251 (available on line at http://falcon.bhpbilliton.com/docs/falcon_gravity_gradiometer_technology.pdf). matthews, r. (2002): mobile gravity gradiometry, phd thesis (university of western australia), (unpublished). rebhan, h., m. aguirre and j. johannessen (2000): the gravity field and steady-state ocean explorer mission goce, esa earth observation q., 66, 6-11. richter, b. and r.j. warburton (1998): a new generation of superconducting gravimeters, in proceedings of the 13th international symposium on earth tides, série géophysique, royal observatory of belgium, brussel, 545-556. snadden, m.j., j.m. mcguirk, p. bouyer, k.g. haritos and m.a. kasevich (1998): measurement of the earth’s gravity gradient with an atom interferometer-based gravity gradiometer, phys. rev. lett., 81, 971-974. tobar, m.e., a.j. giles, s. edwards and j. searls (1993): 1103 a sapphire monolithic differential accelerometer as core sensor for gravity gradiometric geophysical instrumentation high q te stabilised sapphire microwave resonators for low noise applications, in proc. ieee frequency control symposium, u.s.a. van kann, f.j., m.j. buckingham, c. edwards and r. matthews (1994): performances of a superconducting gravity gradiometer, physica b, 194 and 196, 61-62. (received january 28, 2006; accepted july 20, 2006) annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 soil gas geochemical behaviour across buried and exposed faults during the 24 august 2016 central italy earthquake giancarlo ciotoli1,2*, alessandra sciarra2,1,5, livio ruggiero3, aldo annunziatellis4,1, sabina bigi3 1consiglio nazionale delle ricerche – istituto di geologia ambientale e geoingegneria, rome, italy 2istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy 3università degli studi di roma la sapienza, rome, italy 4istituto superiore per la protezione e la ricerca ambientale, rome, italy 5università degli studi di ferrara, ferrara, italy *giancarlo.ciotoli@igag.cnr.it abstract following the earthquake (ml=6.0) of 24 august 2016 that affected large part of the central apennine between the municipalities of norcia (pg) and amatrice (ri) (central italy), two soil gas profiles (i.e., 222rn, 220rn, co2 and co2 flux) were carried out across buried and exposed coseismic fault rupture of the mt. vettore fault during the seismic sequence. the objective of the survey was to explore the mechanisms of migration and the spatial behaviour of different gas species near still-degassing active fault. results provide higher gas and co2 flux values (about twice for 222rn and co2 flux) in correspondence of the buried sector of the fault than those measured across the exposed coseismic rupture. anomalous peaks due to advective migration are clearly visible on both side of the buried fault (profile 1), whereas the lower soil gas concentrations measured across the exposed coseimic rupture (profile 2) are mainly caused by shallow and still acting diffusive degassing associated to faulting during the seismic sequence. these results confirm the usefulness of the soil gas survey to spatially recognise the shallow geometry of hidden faults, and to discriminate the geochemical migration mechanisms occurring at buried and exposed faults related to seismic activity. i. introduction oil gas survey has been widely used to trace buried faults and to study the behaviour in the shallow environment of endogenous gases with different origins (i.e., trace gases, i.e., radon and helium, and carrier gases i.e., carbon dioxide, nitrogen, methane, etc.) and [e.g., king, 1985; baubron et al., 2002; ciotoli et al., 2007; fu et al., 2008; walia et al., s 1 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 2009; ciotoli et al., 2014; bigi et al., 2014; sciarra et al., 2014]. furthermore, over the past several years’ soil gases has captured considerable attention as earthquake precursors [wakita et al., 1980; reddy et al., 2004; walia et al., 2009; perez et al., 2007; ghosh et al., 2009; hashemi et al., 2013; petraki et al., 2015], in fact that the stress/strain changes related to seismic activity may force crustal fluid to migrate up, especially along active faults, thereby altering the geochemical characteristics of the fault zone at surface [rice, 1992; sibson, 2000; collettini et al., 2008]. the migration of these gases by diffusion and/or advection along buried active faults can generate shallow anomalies with concentrations significantly higher than background levels; these anomalies can provide reliable information about the location and the geometry of the shallow fracturing zone, as well as about the permeability within the fault zone [king et al., 1996; baubron et al., 2002; ciotoli et al., 2007; annunziatellis et al., 2008; bigi et al., 2014; sciarra et al., 2014]. among the soil gases, 222rn, a radioactive inert gas with a half-life of 3.82 days, is considered a convenient fault tracer in geosciences, because of its ability to migrate to comparatively long distances from host rocks, as well as the efficiency of detecting it at very low levels. while other gases have also been considered as tracer of hidden faults, however, bulk of reports in the scientific literature are focused on radon. local increases in radon emanation along faults could be caused by a number of processes, including precipitation of parent nuclides caused by local radium content in the soil [tanner, 1964; zunic et al., 2007], increase of the exposed area of faulted material by grainsize reduction [holub and brady, 1981; koike et al., 2009; mollo et al., 2011], and carrier gas flow around and within fault zones [e.g., king et al., 1996; annunziatellis et al., 2008]. given the acceptance that the concentrations of radon gas are the result of advective gas flow associated with elevated permeability in fault zones, soil gas surveys are widely regarded to be an effective tool to map buried or blind faults not detected during mapping of the surface geology [king et al., 1996; burton et al., 2004; ciotoli et al., 2007, 2015, 2016]. soil gas migration does not necessarily occur in the same way through all faults, and the mechanism is still disputed. two possible scenarios can be considered: in correspondence of hidden faults, with low permeability core bounded by damage zones, high soil gas concentrations should occur laterally above the fracture zones. in contrast, in correspondence of exposed and fresh faulted zones the open fracture network provides interconnected gas migration pathways, resulting in low gas concentrations and higher gas flux rates [annunziatellis et al., 2008]. this paper is aimed to study the processes that produce gas anomalies of radon isotopes, 220rn and 222rn, and a co2 as carrier gas, in correspondence of the vettore-gorzano active fault system (about 20 km long, with direction nnw-sse, w dipping) that generated the strong earthquake (ml=6.0), and the seismic sequence of the central apennine on 24 august 2016 between the municipalities of norcia (perugia) and amatrice (rieti) (fig. 1a). the movement of this fault caused an extension of the apennine range of about 3-4 cm between the tyrrhenian and adriatic coast [ama_loc working group 2016]. starting from the nucleation point (about 8 km deep in the proximity of the accumoli village), the rupture of the fault propagated both towards no and se. accelerometer and sar data indicated that the fault is not homogeneously displaced along its length, but is characterized by two main areas 2 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1350448712000601%23bib40 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s1350448712000601%23bib11 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 of displacement (maximum about 1m) on the fault plane. concentration of 222rn, 220rn and co2 in soil gas and the co2 flux was measured along two profiles crossing buried and exposed sectors of the fault coseismic rupture that extends for about 5.2 km along the sw flank of the mt. vettore (fig. 1b). in order to explore the possible mechanisms of soil gas transport near active fault, we infer that gas anomalies are originated by both (1) advective flow along the fault zone, and (2) increased diffusive migration in the soil due to surface processes associated with faulting. ii. methods the mt. vettore-mt. bove fault system, together with the mt. castello-mt. cardosa system, and the norcia-mt. fema system [calamita and pizzi, 1993; calamita et al., 1993], is a part of the sibillini regional thrust that bounds the apennine mountain front, separating it from the marche-abruzzi foothills. this thrust was active all along the messinian and controlled the position of the southern basin margin [milli et al., 2007; bigi et al., 2009], superimposing the pelagic meso-cenozoic carbonates successions onto the laga messinian turbidite deposits [centamore et al., 1992; bigi et al., 2011]. the post-orogenic structures in the study area consist on pliocene-quaternary n150° highangle normal, oblique and, subordinately, strike-slip faults [tavani et al., 2012]. these fault systems are formed by fault segments (generally, wsw-dipping) with an en-échelon geometry or connected to each other by transfer faults. the main slip surfaces of the fault crop out along the western slopes of the mt. vettore, forming prominent fault scarps [pierantoni et al., 2013]. the mt. vettore-mt-porche carbonatic structure belongs to the basal hydrogeological complex of the mts. sibillini carbonatic hydrostructure constituted by calcare massiccio, corniola formations and separated by the silicic-calcareous complex from the upper aquifer of the maiolica system. the hydrogeological flow direction of the basal complex is affected by the main tectonic elements of the area, thus resulting in a n-s drainage along the structure [boni & petitta, 2007; nanni & petitta, 2012]. few springs occur on the eastern side of the sibillini mts. along of the structural contact (i.e., sibillini thrust) between the carbonate hydrostructure of the mt. vettore and the laga flysch at about 900 m a.s.l. [boni et al., 1987]. in this area, soil gas measurements were carried out along two parallel profiles (p1 and p2) crossing buried and exposed sectors of the mt. vettore fault system, respectively (fig. 1b). the exposed fault is represented by a coseismic rupture with an offset of about 20 cm visible in the field at 1500 m a.s.l. (fig. 1c). the rupture crosses the road sp34 and at about 1400 m a.s.l. is buried under the sedimentary cover of a small valley; in the valley a morphological scarp of about 4-5 m occurs along the fault direction (fig. 1d). soil-gas and flux measurements were performed in september in a period of stable meteorological conditions (i.e., an average day temperature of 25°c and no precipitation). a total 50 soil gas samples, as well as 69 co2 flux measurements, were collected along two profiles according to a sampling distance ranging from 10 to 30 m. soil gas samples were collected using a 6.4 mm, thick-walled, stainless-steel probe pounded in the soil at a depth of about 0.6-0.8m by using a co-axial hammer [ciotoli et al., 2007; beaubien et al., 2015]. soil gas was pumped from the probe into the portable devices at the velocity of 1 l m-1. the sampling 3 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 depth ensures little influence of meteorological parameters due infiltrating atmospheric air [hinkle, 1994]. soil gas analysis have been conducted by using a portable gas analyser (draeger x-am 7000, accuracy <5%) connected to the probe for simultaneous analyses of carbon dioxide (co2, range 0-100%), oxygen (o2, range 0-21%), methane (ch4, range 0-100% lel), hydrogen (h2, range 0-600 ppm) and hydrogen sulphide (h2s, range 0-1000 ppm). radon and thoron were measured by using durridge rad7 instrument (+/-5% absolute accuracy, and a sensivity of 0.25 cpm/(cci/l), 0.0067 cpm/(bq/m3) and performing three/four measurements of radon and thoron activity each with 5-minute integration time. the measurement is repeated until the difference of the last two integrations was reduced at least below 10-5%. the result was determined by taking the average of the last two integrations. co2 flux measurements were accomplished by using the west system (west systems tm) accumulation-chamber method equipped with beam co2 infrared sensor (licor li8200) with an accuracy of 2%, repeatability ±5 ppmv and full scale range of figure 1. the figure shows: digital terrain model of the area hit by the earthquake (ml=6.0) of 24 august 2016 that affected large part of the central apennine between the municipalities of norcia (pg) and amatrice (ri) (central italy), with different type of field recognised coseismic ruptures (a); the location of the soil gas profiles (b); photos of the investigated sites (c and d). 4 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 2000 ppmv, and wireless data communication to a palm-top computer. the gas fluxes are automatically calculated through a linear regression of the gas concentration build-up in the chamber. iii. results data statistics for co2, o2, 222rn and 220rn are listed in table 1. no detectable concentrations of ch4, h2 and h2s were observed. generally, soil gas samples exhibited high concentrations compared with atmospheric air content (co2: 0.036%, 222rn and 220rn: 0.01 kbq m-3) [ciotoli et al., 2007]. the calculation of the main statistical indexes indicates clear differences of the mean values for 222rn and 220rn between the two profiles: higher mean values are calculated across the buried sector of the fault (fig. 2a, p1), whereas lower mean values occur across the coseismic rupture (fig. 2b, p2). comparable co2 mean concentrations were observed along both profiles. co2 flux values also show a higher mean for the p1, approximately twice than that calculated for the p2, and a high variability being affected by the vegetation, shallow soil characteristics (i.e., porosity, fracturing, moisture content, temperature, etc.), as well as meteorological conditions (i.e., wind speed, air temperature, rainfall, etc.) [metzger et al., 2008]. normal probability plots (npp) were used to statistically select background, anomalous values and extra outliers of the collected data [sinclair, 1991; ciotoli et al., 2007]; in particular values above 10 kbq m-3 for 222rn, 6 kbq m-3 for 220rn, and 1.0% for co2 have been considered as “anomalies”. furthermore, co2 flux values above 20 (g m-2 day-1) may be considered statistically anomalous, as background values can be approximately defined by the vegetation contribution (up to 10 g m-2 day-1) from meadows and pasture typical of this mountain environments in central italy [bahn et al., 2008].. table 1. main statistics of soil gas data collected along the two profiles. ci, confidence interval; gm, geometric mean; min, minimum value; max, maximum value; lq, lower quartile; uq, upper quartile; st.dev. standard deviation. gas concentrations are expressed: carbon dioxide, co2 (%, v/v); oxygen, o2 (%, v/v); radon isotopes, 222rn and 220rn (kbq m-3) and flux of co2, φco2 (g m-2 day-1). n mean + (ci) gm + (ci) min max lq uq st.dev. profile 1 co2 21 1.06 (0.92-1.30) 0.96 (0.85-1.09) 0.30 2.60 0.80 1.20 0.52 o2 21 19.10 (18.57-19.62) 19.06 (18.50-19-63) 15.10 20.30 19.00 19.60 1.15 222rn 21 9.68 (4.57-14.80) 5.31 (3.09-9.11) 0.49 36.90 4.03 8.16 11.24 220rn 21 9.48 (5.95-13.02) 6.53 (4.24-10.05) 0.88 26.30 3.33 13.70 7.766 φco2 21 39.54 (28.81-50.25) 32.80 (24.40-44.08) 10.73 88.30 21.39 53.21 23.55 profile 2 co2 16 0.84 (0.71-0.96) 0.79 (0.63-0.98) 0.20 1.20 0.80 1.00 0.23 o2 16 19.58 (19.38-19.78) 19.58 (19.37-19.78) 18.60 20.10 19.45 19.80 0.37 222rn 16 3.88 (2.56-5.22) 3.17 (2.20-4.57) 0.72 9.15 2.26 5.56 2.49 220rn 16 6.72 (4.08-9.35) 5.01 (3.23-7.79) 1.20 14.80 2.45 10.65 4.94 φco2 16 18.39 (13.44-23.33) 16.31 (12.34-21.54) 4.79 42.71 12.08 25.08 9.28 5 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 lewicki et al., [2000] reported comparable anomalous co2 flux > 18 g m-2 day-1 along san andreas fault. all studied gases show peaks different in magnitude and distances along the profiles. the spatial distribution of 222rn and co2 values along p1 highlights higher values than those measured along p2, but not exclusively, proximal to the coseismic rupture (fig. 2). along p1, 222rn and 220rn sharp peaks occur on both sides of the hidden fault trace at a distance ranging between 210-240 m (up to 35 kbq m-3 and 25 kbq m-3, respectively) on the footwall, and a minor peak occurs at a distance of 130 m (about 15 kbq m-3 and 10 kbq m-3, respectively) on the hanging wall (fig. 2a). the lowest 222rn activity (about 1-2 kbq m-3) occur between the two peaks in correspondence of the base of the fault scarp, and beyond the distance of 310 m where both radon isotopes activity drops to background values (about 6 kbq m-3). co2 concentrations also follow a similar trend to radon isotopes, being generally higher on both side of the fault than within the fault scarp (1.5–2.5 versus 1.0 %). clear major peaks up to 2.5 % occur on the right side of the buried fault at a distance ranging between 210-240 m, and minor peaks (up to 1.5%) occur on the left side of the fault at distances of 40 and 130 m, respectively. along this profile, co2 background values are below 0.6%; therefore, the minor peaks up to 1.5%, coincident with radon peaks, could also be considered significant. at p2, 222rn activity increases from 2 to 10 kbq m-3 up to the shallow coseismic rupture (at a distance of about 200 m) (fig.2b); then radon abruptly decreases up to 1-2 kbq m-3 on the right side of the rupture. co2 concentrations seem to fluctuate around the mean value (0.8 %), and shows a sharp decrease at 160 m, about 40 m from the visible coseismic rupture where the co2 concentration increases up to 1.2 %. however, the difference between the fault (anomalous) and background populations is not statistically significant along this profile. figure 2. radon isotopes (222rn and 220rn) and co2 soil gas profiles carried out across a fault scarp of the mt. vettore fault (profile 1, a-a’) (a), and across a coseismic rupture (profile 2, b-b’). the radon isotope activity along the profile 2 is multiplied by 3 in order to better highlight peaks and for an easy comparison with the higher activities measured along the profile 1. figure 3 shows the comparison of co2 flux measurements vs co2 along the two profiles. in both profiles values are significantly higher (about 4 and 2 times, respectively) than the normal co2 flux produced by the soil vegetation (maximum 10 g m-2 day-1) of the area [bahn et al., 2008]. figure 3. comparison between the co2 flux values and the co2 concentrations measured along the two profiles. 6 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 in particular, p1 shows major peaks more or less coincident (a shifting about 10m toward the origin) with those highlighted by soil gas data. carbon dioxide flux along p2 highlights a good coincidence with the co2 and 220rn peaks (figg. 2b and 4). iv. discussion active faults contribute to gas leaks because they are deep weakened zones composed of highly fractured materials that increase soil permeability at surface. however, the interpretation of a gas anomaly near a fault is a com plex challenge, and involves the evaluation of the type of migration mechanism (i.e., diffusion/advection at different site-specific conditions, including the presence of potential carrier gases), soil composition and thickness, soil permeability, and fracturing. in the present study, this potential scenario is complicated by the fact that sampling was accomplished in the middle of the seismic sequence of the earthquake of 24 august 2016 and that, at that time, two events of magnitude 3.9 with epicentres close to about 4 km from the survey area occurred. in this phase of an earthquake, spike anomalies occur in correspondence of lateral sectors of buried active faults as a result of the opening fractures, as well as diffuse degassing, affected by the shallow conditions (i.e., potential atmospheric dilution), in the exposed fractured areas (fig. 1a). soil-gas profiles crossing the buried (p1) and exposed (p2) sectors of the mt. vettore fault rupture highlight a non-continuous leakage of the studied gases, both in magnitude and spatially. in particular, high concentrations were measured along the p1, with sharp peaks of 222rn, 220rn and co2 on both side of the fault, and background values in correspondence the fault core scarp. in contrast, p2 shows lower concentrations of the studied gases, but both 222rn and 220rn abruptly drop of their activities on the eastern side of the fault (i.e., footwall). obtained results can be resumed by the two hypothesised gas leak scenarios (fig. 4). figure 4. sketch draws of the two inferred tectonic scenarios along the two profiles: hidden fault with impermeable core, high soil thickness and lateral diffuse fracturing which highlights advective 222rnmigration with peaks on both sides of the fault and a peak of 220rn /222rn ratio in correspondence of the fault core (a). exposed coseismic rupture with low soil thickness a diffuse shallow fractures which highlights low concentrations of 222rn and higher 220rn peaks due to a diffusive shallow degassing. 7 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 along p1 coincident peaks of co2 and radon isotopes on either side of the fault plane, hidden below significant thickness of unconsolidated cover material, can be linked to the extensive fractures proximal to the fault core that significant increase gas channelling and surface leaks. in contrast, the fault core constitutes a less permeable zone where the outgassing rate is decreased by the closure of the fractures caused by the strain changes and formed in the plastic soil cover. however, because in correspondence of hidden faults fractures can remain open at depth, they provided a steady, but reduced gas flux to the surface (fig. 4a). on the contrary, along p2 lower radon isotopes and co2 concentrations occur due to the increased permeability caused by the opening of the coseismic fractures during the earthquake, as well as by the low soil thickness that facilitates dilution due to the gas exchange with atmospheric air, therefore masking any deep input. more complex is the interpretation of the co2 flux that in general is affected by many variables such as, vegetation, soil humidity and temperature, as well as meteorological parameters. the anomalous co2 flux measured along p1 and p2 suggests the presence of a deeper contribution to the “typical” soil production in this area, as well as a high permeability of the fault zone where both advective (mostly at p1) and diffusive (mostly at p2) contributions occur. in general, high co2 flux is correlated with high soil gas co2 concentrations in zones characterised by high permeability dominated by advective transport, but the opposite is not always true due to the many parameters that affected co2 flux in the shallow environment (beaubien et al., 2008; west et al., 2015). however, when both co2 flux and concentration are function of soil production rate, a diffusive transport across soil-air interface can be assumed. according to lewicki et al., [2000], we suppose that in correspondence of high permeable fracture zones (profile 1) the enhanced near surface diffusion increases advection mechanisms at depth; whereas, in correspondence of the coseismic rupture (profile 2) a diffusive gas transport provides low co2 concentrations and high co2 flux. considering that samples have been collected during the seismic sequence, the hypothesis that anomalous co2 flux can be linked to the degassing along the fault damage-zone after the 24th august earthquake cannot be excluded. in support of this hypothesis, it is worth to note that measured co2 flux values are comparable with those measured during the emilia 2012 seismic sequence (ranging from 2.3 to 77.3, mean value 16.8 g m-2 day-1) [sciarra et al., 2012]. regarding the origin of the co2, we refer to chiodini et al., 2011 (and references therein) in which an input of co2 derived from metamorphic decarbonation of local carbonates is reported in the regional groundwater aquifers of the apennines. the interpretation of deep origin radon anomalies along the two profiles may be related to the strain changes during preparation of earthquakes [holub and brady, 1981; ghosh et al., 2009; zoran et al., 2012; namvaran and negarestani, 2012]. radon is considered an excellent fault tracer, but due to the short half-life of its isotopes (220rn has a half-life of 55.6 s and 222rn has a half-life of 3.82 days), its migration distance is limited. however, where the advective migration occurs, the maximum migration distance is strongly increased by the “carrier effect” of other major gases (i.e., co2); in this context the velocities and the travel distances can reach respectively 0.1–1 cm/s and about 1m for 220rn and up to few km for 222rn [tanner, 1978; huxol et al., 2012; davidson et al., 2016]. furthermore, the different migration mechanism of each isotope can provide infor 8 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 mation about the processes that contribute to their concentration near faults. due to its short migration distances, 220rn provides indication of radon gas production within soil; in contrast, the 222rn could migrate both from the soil or from deeper sources, in some cases kilometres below the ground surface. therefore, the comparison of these two radon isotopes can contribute to distinguish the soil radon emanation from the deep migration with carrier gas. the calculation of 220rn/222rn ratio offers a tool to eliminate the contribution of radon isotopic fraction generated in the shallow soil materials (i.e., 220rn). in the profile 1, the 220rn/222rn ratio shows a clear peak in the area of the fault scarp, and a rapid drop on both side of the fault. this behaviour is in contrast with the 222rn along the profile and supports the hypothesis that in the fault core a radon production occurs due to the high porosity of the shallow cover material that masks the radon gas migration from deep opened fractures (fig. 4a). on the contrary, the 220rn/222rn ratio along the p2 figures out the same behaviour of 220rn, thus demonstrating that the shallow production of this isotope is originated in the soil, and diffuses at surface due to high fracturing that pervades the exposed coseismic rupture (fig. 4b). v. conclusion soil gas and co2 flux anomalous values have been recorded in correspondence of buried and exposed sectors of the active mt. vettore fault system that generated the strong earthquake (ml=6.0) on 24 august 2016. elevated 222rn, 220rn and co2 gas concentrations, as well as co2 flux values were measured along p1 on both side of the buried fault due to gas advection within the fault-related fracture zone. along p2 the lower soil gas concentrations can be partially attributed to local production and to the increased permeability of this area caused by scarce soil thickness and the presence of high fracturing of the exposed fault rupture. although co2 flux measurements could be affected by site-specific conditions, the high measured values, as well as the coincidence with the peaks of the other soil gases, suggest a degassing process along the buried and exposed fault sectors probably linked to the occurring seismic sequence. results confirms that soil gases in general, but especially 222rn, constitute excellent tracers of buried faults, whereas in correspondence of the coseismic rupture degassing processes are demonstrated only by flux measurements probably related to the seismic activity that enhanced gas leakage underground. the obtained results encourage the renewal of the research about the use of radon and other gases as earthquake precursors. at this regard, two multi-parametric geochemical monitoring stations (gaspro) will be deployed proximal to the mt. vettore fault and to the gorzano fault (few kilometer south). this last active fault, activated during the l’aquila seismic sequence in 2009 [bigi et al., 2012] crosses a high exposure zone due to the presence of the dam of rio fucino, campotosto lake (central italy). the continuous monitoring of geochemical parameters in the areas of high seismicity, and along active fault zones, could help to better describe the leakage variation through these structure. in fact, usually measurements are performed after the main earthquakes events and few information are available for gas/fluid activity and circulation during the pre-seismic period of time. this period instead is characterized by physical variation theoretically well known, but not so 9 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 well described in terms of observed variation of field parameters. references ama_loc working group (2016). amatrice 2016 main events re-location (v1.0 – 20160902 12.00). istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. doi 10.5281/zenodo.61371. annunziatellis, a., beaubien, s.e., bigi, s., ciotoli, g., coltella, m., lombardi, s. (2008). gas migration along fault systems and through the vadose zone in the latera caldera (central italy): implications for co2 geological storage. int. j. greenh. gas control, 2:353–372. bahn, m., rodeghiero, m., anderson-dunn, m., et al. (2008). soil respiration in european grasslands in relation to climate and assimilate supply. ecosystems, 11(8): 1352–1367. baubron, j.c., rigo, a., toutain, j.p. (2002). soil gas profiles as a tool to characterize active tectonic areas: the jaut pass example (pyrenees, france). earth planet. sci. lett., 196:69– 81. beaubien, s.e., ruggiero, l., annunziatellis, a., bigi, s., ciotoli, g., deiana, p., graziani, s., lombardi, s., tartarello m.c. (2015). the importance of baseline surveys of near-surface gas geochemistry for ccs monitoring, as shown from onshore case studies in northern and southern europe. oil & gas science and technology – rev. ifp energies nouvelles, vol. 70 (4): 615-633, doi: 10.2516/ogst/2014009. beaubien, s.e., ciotoli, g., cooms, p., dictor, m.c., krüger, m., lombardi, s., pearce, j.m., west, j.m. (2008). the impact of a naturally occurring co2 gas vent on the shallow ecosystem and soil chemistry of a mediterranean pasture (latera, italy). intern. j. greenhouse gas control, 2(3): 373-387. bigi, s., milli, s., corrado, s., casero, p., aldega, l., botti, f., moscatelli, m., stanzione, o., falcini, f., marini, m., and cannata, d. (2009). stratigraphy, structural setting and thermal history of the messinian laga basin in the context of apennine foreland basin system. j. med. earth sciences, 1: 61-84. bigi, s., casero, p., ciotoli, g., (2011). seismic interpretation of the laga basin; constraints on the structural setting and kinematics of the central apennines. j. geol. soc. london, 168: 179–190. bigi, s., beaubien, s.e., ciotoli, g., d'ambrogi, c., doglioni, c., ferrante, v., lombardi, s., milli, s., orlando, l., ruggiero, l., tartarello, m.c., sacco, p. (2014). mantle-derived co2 migration along active faults within an extensional basin margin (fiumicino, rome, italy). tectonophys., 637:137–149. boni, c., bono., p., capelli, g. (1987). hydrogeological scheme of central italy. ed. centro di studio per la geologia dell'italia centrale, consiglio nazionale delle ricerche, roma. boni, c., petitta, m. (2007). studio idrogeologico per l’identificazione e la caratterizzazione degli acquiferi che alimentano le sorgenti dei corsi d’acqua perenni dei monti sibillini, esteso all’intera area del parco nazionale. rapporto definitivo. contratto di studio e ricerca. autorità di bacino del fiume tevere – parco nazionale dei monti sibillini dipartimento scienze della terra università di roma “la sapienza”. calamita, f., and pizzi, a. (1993). tettonica quaternaria nella dorsale appenninica umbromarchigiana e bacini intrappenninici associati. studi geol. camerti, 1: 17-26. 10 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 calamita, f., pizzi, a., and roscioni, m. (1993). i “fasci” di faglie recenti ed attive di m. vettore-m. bove e di m. castello-m. cardosa (appennino umbro-marchigiano). studi geol. camerti, 1: 81-95. centamore, e., adamoli, l., berti, d., bigi, g., bigi, s., casnedi, r., cantalamessa, g., fumanti, f., morelli, c., micarelli, a., ridolfi, m., and salvucci, r. (1992). carta geologica dei bacini della laga e del cellino e dei rilievi carbonatici circostanti. in: studi geologici camerti, vol. spec. università degli studi, dipartimento di scienze della terra. selca, firenze. chiodini, g., caliro, s., cardellini, c., frondini, f., inguaggiato, s., matteucci, f. (2011). geochemical evidence for and characterization of co2 rich gas sources in the epicentral area of the abruzzo 2009 earthquakes. epsl, 304: 389398. ciotoli, g., lombardi, s., annunziatellis, a. (2007). geostatistical analysis of soil gas data in a high seismic intermontane basin: fucino plain, central italy. j. geophys. res. 112, b05407. http://dx.doi.org/10.1029/2005jb004044. ciotoli, g., bigi, s., cavinato, g.p. (2015). radon distribution as shallow evidence of buried fault geometry in the fucino plain (central italy). conference: 6th international inqua meeting on paleoseismology, active tectonics and archaeoseismology, 19-24 april 2015, pescina, fucino basin, italy, at pescina (aq, italy), volume: miscellanea ingv, vol 27, issn 20396651. ciotoli, g., etiope, g., marra, f., florindo, f., giraudi, c., ruggiero, l. (2016). tiber delta co2-ch4 degassing: a possible hybrid, tectonically active sediment-hosted geothermal system near rome. j. geophys. res. solid earth, 121:48–69, doi:10.1002/2015jb012557. collettini, c., cardellini, c., chiodini, g., de paola, n., holdsworth, r.e., smith, s.a.f. (2008). fault weakening due to co2 degassing in the northern apennines: shortand longterm processes. in: wiberley, c.a.j., kurz, w., imber, j., holddsworth, r.e., collettini, c. (eds.), the internal structure of fault zones: implications for mechanical and fluid-flow properties. geological society, london, pp. 175–194. davidson, j.r.j., fairley, j., nicol, a., gravley, d., ring, u. (2016). the origin of radon anomalies along faults in an active rift and geothermal area. geosphere, doi: 10.1130/ges01321.1 fu, c.c., yang, t.f., du, j., walia, v., chen, y.g. (2008). variations of helium and radon concentrations in soil gases from an active fault zone in southern taiwan. radiat. meas. 43: s348-s352. ghosh, d., deb, a., sengupta, r. (2009). anomalous radon emission as precursor of earthquake. j. app. geophy.s 69: 67-81. hashemi, s., negarestani, a., namvaran, m., nasab, s.m.m. (2013). an analytical algorithm for designing radon monitoring network to predict the location and magnitude of, earthquakes. j. radioanal. nucl. chem. 295: 22492262. hinkle, m. (1994). environmental conditions affecting concentrations of he, co2, o2 and n2 in soil gases. appl. geochem., 9: 53–63. holub, r.f., brady, b.t. (1981). the effect of stress on radon emanation from rock. j. geophys. res., 86(b3):1776-1784. huxol, s., brennwald, m., hoehn, e., kipfer, r. (2012). on the fate of 220rn in soil material in 11 http://dx.doi.org/10.1029/2005jb004044 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 dependence of water content: implications from field and laboratory experiments. chem. geol., 298-299:116-122. king, c.y. (1985). impulsive radon emanation on a creeping segment of the san andreas fault, california. pure appl. geophys., 122: 340-352. king, c.y., king, b.s., evans, w.c., zhang, w. (1996). spatial radon anomalies on active faults in california. appl. geochem., 11:497–510. doi:10.1016/0883–2927(96)00003–0. koike, k., yoshinaga, t., and asaue, h. (2009). radon concentrations in soil gas, considering radioactive equilibrium conditions with application to estimating fault zone geometry. environ. geol., 56:1533–1549. lewicki, j.l., brantley, s.l. (2000). co2 degassing along the san andreas fault, parkfield, california. geoph. res. lett., 27:5-8. metzger, c., jansson1, p.e., lohila, a., aurela, m., eickenscheidt, t., belelli-marchesini, l., dinsmore, k.j., drewer, j., van huissteden, j., drösler, m. (2008). co2 fluxes and ecosystem dynamics at five european treeless peatlands – merging data and process oriented modeling. biogeosciences, 12:125–146, doi:10.5194/bg-12125-2015. milli, s., moscatelli, m., stanzione, o., falcini, f. (2007). sedimentology and physical stratigraphy of the messinian turbidite deposits of the laga basin (central apennines, italy). boll. soc. geol. it., 126: 255-281. mollo, s., tuccimei, p., heap, m.j., vinciguerra, s., soligo, m., castelluccio, m., scarlato, p., dingwell, d.b. (2011). increase in radon emission due to rock failure: an experimental study. geophys. res. lett., 38, l14304. namvaran, m., negarestani, a. (2012). measuring the radon concentration and investigating the mechanism of decline prior an earthquake (jooshan, se of iran). j. radioanal. nucl. chem., 298: 1-8. nanni, t., petitta, m. (2012). studio del bacino idrogeologico carbonatico (monti sibillini) del fiume aso finalizzato alla caratterizzazione delle condizioni di alimentazione e di circolazione idrica, alla valutazione del bilancio idrogeologico e analisi della sorgente di foce. seconda fase. ciip spa – ascoli piceno. pierantoni, p., deiana, g., and galdenzi, s. (2013). stratigraphic and structural features of the sibillini mountains (umbria-marche apennines, italy). italian journal of geosciences, 132(3): 497520. perez, n.m., hernandez, p.a., padron, e., melian, g., marrero, r. (2007). precursory subsurface 222rn and 220rn degassing signatures of the 2004 seismic crisis at tenerife, canary islands. pure appl. geophys. 164:24312448. petraki, e., nikolopoulos, d., panagiotaras, d., cantzos, d., yannakopoulos, p. (2015). radon222: a potential short-term earthquake precursor. j. earth sci. clim. change., 6: 282. doi:10.4172/2157-7617.1000282. reddy, d.v., sukhija, b.s., nagabhushanam, p., kumar, d. (2004). a clear case of radon anomaly associated with a microearthquake event in a stable continental region. geophys. res. lett. 31: l10609. rice, j.r. (1992). fault stress states, pore pressure redistributions, and the weakness of the san andreas fault. in: evans, b., wong, t.f. (eds.), fault mechanics and transport proper 12 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7242 ties of rock. academic press ltd., san diego, pp. 476–503 sciarra, a., cantucci, b., buttinelli, m., galli, g., nazzari, m., pizzino, l., quattrocchi f. (2012). soil-gas survey of liquefaction and collapsed caves during the emilia seismic sequence. ann. goephys., 55(4):803-809. doi: 10.4401/ag-6122 sciarra, a., fascetti, a., moretti, a., cantucci, b., pizzino, l., lombardi, s., guerra, i. (2014). geochemical and radiometric profiles through an active fault in the sila massif (calabria, italy). j. geoch. explor., 148:128-137. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.gexplo.2014.08.015. sibson, r.h. (2000). fluid involvement in normal faulting. j. geodyn. 29: 449–469.sinclair, a.j. (1991). a fundamental approach to threshold estimation in exploration geochemistry: probability plots revisited. j.geochem. explor., 41:1-22. tanner, a.b. (1964). radon migration in the ground: a review. nat. rad. env., i:161-268. tanner, a.b. (1978). radon migration in the ground: a supplementary review. nat. rad. env., iii:5-56. tavani, s., storti, f., bausà, j., and munoz, j.a. (2012). late thrusting extensional collapse at the mountain front of the northern apennines (italy). tectonics, 31 (4). doi: 10.1029/2011tc003059. wakita, h., nakamura, y., notsu, k., noguchi, m., asada, t. (1980). radon anomaly: a possible precursor to the 1978 izu-oshima-kinkai earthquake. science, 207: 882-883. walia, v., yang, t.f., hong, w. l., lin, s. j., fu, c. c., wen, k. l., chen, c. h. (2009). geochemical variation of soil-gas composition for fault trace and earthquake precursory studies along the hsincheng fault in nw taiwan. appl. radiat. isotopes 67:1855–1863, doi: 10.1016/j.apradiso.2009.07.004. xiaocheng zhou, x., jianguo du, j., chen, z., cheng, j., tang, y., yang, l., xie, c., cui, y., lei, l., yi, l., yang, p., li, y. (2010). geochemistry of soil gas in the seismic fault zone produced by the wenchuan ms 8.0 earthquake, southwestern china. geochem. trans., 11: 5, doi: 10.1186/1467-4866-11-5. zoran, m., savastru, r., savastru, d., chitaru, c., baschir, l. (2012). monitoring of radon anomalies in south-eastern part of romania for earthquake surveillance. j. radioanal. nucl. chem., 293:769-781. z.s. žunic, z.s., kozak, k., ciotoli, g., mazur, j., ramola, r.c., kochowska, e., ujic, p., celikovic, i., janik, m., yarmoshenko, i.v., demajo, a., birovljev, a., bochicchio, f., kryeziu, d., olko, p. (2007). a campaign of discrete radon concentration measurements in soil of niška banja town, serbia. radiation measurements 42: 1696 – 1702. 13 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.gexplo.2014.08.015 soil gas geochemical behaviour across buried and exposed faults during the 24 august 2016 central italy earthquake giancarlo ciotoli1,2*, alessandra sciarra2,1,5, livio ruggiero3, aldo annunziatellis4,1, sabina bigi3 1consiglio nazionale delle ricerche – istituto di geologia ambientale e geoingegneria, rome, italy 2istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy 3università degli studi di roma la sapienza, rome, italy 4istituto superiore per la protezione e la ricerca ambientale, rome, italy 5università degli studi di ferrara, ferrara, italy abstract estimate of ulf electromagnetic noise caused by a fluid flow during seismic or volcano activity annals of geophysics, 58, 6, 2015, s0655; doi:10.4401/ag-6767 s0655 estimate of ulf electromagnetic noise caused by a fluid flow during seismic or volcano activity vadim v. surkov1,*, vyacheslav a. pilipenko2 1 national research nuclear university mephi, moscow, russia 2 institute of physics of the earth, russian academy of science, moscow, russia abstract the elaboration of theoretical models, even oversimplified, capable to estimate an expected electromagnetic effect during earthquake preparation process is not less important than the advancement of observational technique to detect seismic-related electromagnetic perturbations. here possible mechanisms of ulf electromagnetic noise associated with seismic or volcanic activity are discussed. the electrokinetic (ek) and magnetohydrodynamic (mhd) effects due to an irregular flow of conducting rock fluid or magma flow are being revised. the conventional theory of ek effect in a water-saturated rock has been advanced by consideration of elliptic-shaped channels. a contribution of both mechanisms to observed ulf signal on the ground is shown to be dependent on the pore channel size/rock permeability. estimates of magnetic and electrotelluric perturbations caused by magma motion along a volcano throat indicate on the important role of the surrounding rock conductivity. these estimates have proven that the mechanisms under consideration are able to generate ulf electromagnetic perturbations which could be detected by modern magnetometers under favorable conditions. 1. introduction at the time being it is clear that the tectonic plate dynamics can provide long-term (tens-hundred years) earthquake prediction, but not short-term (days-weeks) seismic warning. this situation demands the search for alternative techniques for the short-term prediction of impending earthquakes. a special credit has been paid in the last decades to the study of a variety of electromagnetic and other non-seismic phenomena possibly associated with the earthquake preparation process. considerable efforts have been devoted to the study of electromagnetic signals/noise in the ultra-low-frequency (from few mhz to tens of hz) band (extensive list of references can be found in papers collected by hayakawa and molchanov [2002], molchanov and hayakawa [2008], and hayakawa [2013]). these studies were stimulated by effective detection of electromagnetic effects in a wide frequency band accompanying sample fracture in laboratory [e.g., cress et al. 1987, freund 2000, vallianatos et al. 2012]. easy availability of data from world-wide array (~200) of magnetometers favored an extensive search for seismic-related ulf anomalies. however, it was soon realized that ulf perturbations possibly related to the seismic activity are weak as compared with typical magnetosphere/ionosphere pulsations and industrial interference, so they can be directly recorded only under exceptionally favorable conditions: close proximity to an epicenter of impending earthquake and geomagnetically quiet period [e.g., molchanov et al. 1992]. therefore, much effort has been concentrated in search of peculiar features of seismic-related ulf perturbations that would make possible to reveal them even under low signal/noise ratio. there were numerous attempts to find anomalous ulf behavior with a simple measure of their spectral features the slope of averaged power spectrum (“fractal properties”) [e.g., gotoh et al. 2004]. another approach uses the ratio between the ulf vertical z and horizontal g components. it is expected that an underground source produces a signal on the ground with larger z/g ratio than a magnetospheric/ionospheric source does [hayakawa et al. 1996]. attempts to discriminate seismic and magnetospheric ulf sources were made with the use of the gradient observations [krylov and nikiforova 1995, kopytenko et al. 2006]. more advanced technique the principal component analysis, seems promising to identify and suppress magnetospheric pulsations and industrial interference [gotoh et al. 2002]. however, many of seemingly successful results of seismic-related ulf perturbation discovery could not pass simple tests: lack of correlation with geomagnetic activity and absence of claimed features at distant stations [campbell 2009, thomas et al. 2009, masci 2011]. article history received march 25, 2015; accepted july 31, 2015. subject classification: models and forecasts, earthquake source and dynamics, groundwater processes, volcano seismology, magmas. development in a contentious field of earthquake prediction requires an advance not only in monitoring technique, but in a reliable estimate of physical models plausibility. electromagnetic disturbances in the ulf frequency band, with the skin-depth corresponding to crustal earthquake hypocentral depth, are still considered as one of the most promising monitors of earthquake precursors. majority of modern theories predict that the amplitude of the seismic-related ulf signals can be of the order of or greater than background ulf noise at the epicentral distances no more than one hundred km. the generation mechanisms of seismic-related ulf electromagnetic fields considered so far (see the book by surkov and hayakawa [2014] for a complete review) comprise: the electric charge redistribution during microcracking [molchanov and hayakawa 1995]. however, the estimated amplitude of this effect seems to be much lower than the background noise level because of the random orientation of the dipole moments of individual microcracks [surkov and hayakawa 2014]; inductive geomagnetic response to the tension crack openings in a conductive rock [surkov 1997, surkov and hayakawa 2006]. an advantage of this mechanism is that the effective magnetic moments of all cracks are co-directed and anti-parallel to the earth magnetic field; therefore they operate as a coherent amplifier of ulf noise; the stress-induced electric current in the rock caused by the changes in mobility of charged dislocations [tzanis and vallianatos 2002] and/or point defects [freund 2000]. some theories interpreted the occurrence of ulf electromagnetic noise as a result of the crust fluid dynamics. the flow of high-pressure fluid in fault zones has an irregular character (“stop-and-start”) [byerlee 1993]. such non-steady filtration of conductive fluid is to be accompanied by electromagnetic disturbances due to magnetohydrodynamic (mhd) effect [draganov et al. 1991]. however, the importance of this mechanism was overestimated by four orders of magnitude by draganov et al. [1991] because of an unrealistic rock permeability used in this study [surkov and pilipenko 1997, 1999]. the electrokinetic effect (ek) is another promising candidate which can give a plausible interpretation of anomalous ulf electromagnetic disturbances observed before strong earthquakes [e.g., pride 1994]. the ek effect was applied to interpret both the occurrence of precursory ulf perturbation before earthquake [ishido and mizutani 1981, surkov et al. 2002] and a coseismic electric impulse caused by propagating seismic waves [nagao et al. 2000]. in realistic geophysical media a combination of several mechano-electromagnetic mechanisms may occur: for example, a high level of geoacoustic impulses produced by microcracking can enhance the fluid filtration and ek processes [pilipenko and fedorov 2014]. similar ulf electromagnetic effects may accompany volcano activity [johnston 1989, uyeda et al. 2002]. numerous underground chambers in the rock surrounding a volcano are filled with underground fluid whose pressure varies from hydrostatic level up to lithostatic pressure depending on the chamber sizes, rock permeability, and other parameters. the magma movement along the volcano throat and variations of tectonic stresses may cause the destruction of chambers followed by changes in pore fluid pressure, which in turn results in generation of ek currents [johnston 1997, zlotnicki and nishida 2003]. indeed, several days before and after a volcano eruption electromagnetic noise in the band 0.01-0.6 hz was observed by fujinawa et al. [1992]. at the same time, an irregular movement of a highly-conductive magma along a volcano throat can produce magnetic ulf noise by the mhd effect [kopytenko and nikitina 2004a, 2004b]. to evaluate the significance of possible effects and their dependence on crust parameters and to identify favorable locations for electromagnetic monitoring one needs an approximate but handy model. hopefully, on the basis of adequate theoretical models a special technique, but not standard magnetometers, for a search of seismic-related ulf perturbations will be designed. therefore, the development of analytical models, though sometimes oversimplified, is of primary importance for the progress in search of reliable ulf electromagnetic precursors. in this paper we revisit the conventional theory of the ek phenomenon by incorporating of the mhd effect in the description of pore fluid flow. then we compare contribution of the ek and mhd mechanisms for various sizes and shapes of pores/channel cross sections. we model pores/cracks as ellipsoidal channels and apply this model for a qualitative estimate of ulf magnetic perturbations caused by seismic or volcano activity. 2. the electrokinetic effect in a medium with elliptic-shaped channels the ek effect in multiphase porous media builds up as a result of fluid filtration followed by appearance of a contact potential drop at the interfaces. it is usually the case that the groundwater contains the electrolyte solutions including ions and dissociated molecules. the surfaces of cracks and pores can adsorb ions of certain polarity from the solution that results in a charge separation between the crack walls and fluid followed by surkov and pilipenko 2 3 the formation of electric double layer (edl) at the solidfluid interface. as a rule, the solid is negatively charged due to the adsorption of hydroxyl groups originating from acid dissociation [parks 1965]. the edl includes a diffuse mobile layer extending into the fluid phase. the moving fluid drags solvated cations thereby exciting the ek current. we introduce the model of a pore as a cylindrical channel with the elliptic cross-section x2/a2 + y2/b2 = 1, where a and b are the ellipse semi-axes. in this approach, we can analyze the effect of the cross-section shape on the ek phenomenon since this model involves either circular channels (a = b) or plane cracks (a>>b). a viscous fluid is assumed to flow along z axis. the channel is surrounded by an incompressible solid matrix. the crust is immersed in the geomagnetic field b. we assume a laminar fluid flow because of small value of reynolds number [sparnaay 1972]. the fluid velocity v is controlled by the fluid pressure gradient ∇p along a channel, so the velocity distribution over the channel cross-section v (x,y) is given by [landau and lifshitz 1959] (1) where h is the fluid viscosity. due to the ek effect the fluid contains an excess of ions, more frequently cations, while the channel wall adsorbs the opposite electric charges. as a result, the edl is formed in the fluid near the channel walls. the typical size of the edl is of the order of cation debye radius which is much smaller than the characteristic size of the channel [sparnaay 1972]. the electric potential { in the pore fluid satisfies the poisson equation (2) where q denotes the cation charge, dn is the number density of the cation excess, f is the dielectric permeability of the fluid, and f0 is the dielectric permittivity of a free space. the total current density inside the channel is composed from the conduction and hall currents, and the ek current with density jek= qdnv, as follows: (3) here vf is the fluid conductivity, and e = −∇{ is the electric field strength. it is generally accepted that the conduction current vf e is much larger than the hall current vf (v×b). the mean density of the ek current 〈jek〉, averaged over the channel cross-section, is determined from (2) through the following integral (4) where s =rab is the area of the cross-section and ds is the small element of this area. further, for the sake of simplicity we shall omit the symbol 〈〉. substituting equation (1) for v into equation (4) and taking into account the fact that { changes rapidly in the narrow edl near the channel walls, one can simplify the integral in equation (4). in the case of a circular cross-section (a = b), equation (4) is reduced to the known form [e.g., surkov et al. 2002] (5) here g is the potential drop across the edl, or socalled zeta potential. in the case of an elliptic cross-section some mathematical complications can arise due to the potential variations on the surface of channel. this problem is studied in a greater detail in the appendix. the analysis shows that if the potential is assumed to be constant on the channel surface then the ek current density is given by the same equation (5). thus, in the first approximation the ek currents through the circular and elliptic crosssections are described by the same equation. owing to a finite conductivity vr of the dry rock surrounding the channel the surface potential tends to be equal. the above approach holds true if the relaxation time ∝f0/vr is much smaller than the period of variations of pore fluid pressure and velocity, and this requirement is valid in the processes under consideration. in any homogeneous conducting medium with an arbitrary distribution of pore fluid pressure, the total magnetic effect due to ek effect vanishes [fitterman 1979]. that is, on average the magnetic effect of the electric current resulted from the motion of the pore fluid is cancelled by the effect of the backward conduction current. a non-zero magnetic effect occurs only in an inhomogeneous medium, and its magnitude depends on the degree of heterogeneity. 3. mhd effect and the onsager reciprocal relations in this section we ignore the ek effect for a moment and focus on the mhd effect only. the motion of the conducting underground fluid in the geomagnetic field b gives rise to the generation of hall current jh=vf (v×b) pointed normal to the channel axis. taking into account equation (1) for v we obtain ulf electromagnetic noise in the case of non-conductive rock the hall current is closed by the conduction and ek currents in the fluid. in fact, the total current may flow out of the channel due to a finite rock conductivity. the closed system of longitudinal and transverse electric currents excited in the rock and fluid is shown in figure 1. according to de groot and mazur [1962], the mean ek current density in rocks reads 〈jek〉= −lev∇p, where lev stands for the streaming current coupling coefficient. this coefficient can be derived from (4) to yield lev = −ff0gm/(hb 2), where m is the rock porosity, and b is the pore space tortuosity. similarly, generalizing (6) for the hall current density yields, 〈jh〉= −leb(∇p × b), where leb~levvf s/(4rff0g) = vf ms/4rhb 2 is the hall coefficient. in a more complete theory the relationship between leb and lev should depend on the rock permeability rather than on s. thus the total mean current density in a porous rock can be written as follows: (7) where ∑= lee stands for the mean rock conductivity. to summarize, we note that the electric current in porous rocks can result in electroosmotic and other kinetic effects. according to the onsager reciprocal relations the mean flux density of the fluid flow, j, is given by (8) where lev = lve, and leb= − lbe. the first term in the right-hand part of equation (8) describes the electroosmotic effect, the second term describes darcy law in a porous rock, while the last term arises from the magnetic force acting on a moving conductive fluid. the equations (7) and (8) permit the extension of basic thermodynamic principles [e.g., de groot and mazur 1962] to the case of rock immersed in ambient magnetic field. in order to compare the ek and hall current densities, we return to the consideration of individual channels. combining equations (5) and (6), assuming a ~ b and taking into account that the hall current reaches its peak value at the center of the channel, yields (9) where a is the angle between vectors ∇p and b. notice that if b< a): (14) where bx is the geomagnetic field component along x-axis. the magnetic disturbance decays away from the cylinder axis as ∝r -1. if the magma conductivity is much greater than the rock conductivity, that is vm >>vr , then the relationship (14) can be simplified (15) equation (15) differs from the relationship derived by kopytenko and nikitina [2004a, 2004b] by a small factor vr /vm << 1. this difference is due to the fact that they ignored the conductivity of the crust vr and thus ulf electromagnetic noise overestimated an expected magnitude of magnetic perturbations. the rock conductivity determines the current leakage from a channel into the environment, and thus may greatly affect the magnitude of magnetic perturbations. the transverse conduction current inside magma is directed opposite to the hall current thereby reducing it. as a result, the total current inside the cylinder is smaller than jh and is directed opposite to the electric field e: (16) it should be noted that both j and e are homogeneous inside the cylinder (see figure 1). the electric field induced in the surrounding rock due to the magma movement in the geomagnetic field is estimated to be (17) if vm >>vr , this field only weakly depends on the rock conductivity. the electric field disturbance decays away from the cylinder more rapidly ∝r -2 than the magnetic disturbance does. a typical amplitude of magnetic disturbance estimated from relationship (15) is as follows: dbmax~ n0a 2vr vmax b/r, where vmax is the amplitude of the magma flow velocity variations. for the same parameters vr =10 -3−10-2 s/m, b = 5 · 10-5 t, vmax = 5 m/s, a = 0,1−1 km as used by kopytenko and nikitina [2004a, 2004b] one gets the estimate of magnetic disturbance at distance r = 1 km of dbmax~ 3 · 10 -3− 3 nt. this estimate is compatible with observations of the magnetic perturbation, about several nt, during volcano activity [johnston 1997]. the electric component of disturbance estimated from (17) is as follows: emax~a 2vmax b/r 2. for the same parameters emax~ 2.5 − 250 nv/m. telluric fields of such amplitude can be detected by modern sensors. the apparent impedance of disturbance produced by the magma flow dynamics can be estimated as z =n0de/db ~ (vrr) -1. this value differs considerably from the apparent impedance of magnetospheric waves, and this distinction could be used for their discrimination. the spectrum of the ulf electromagnetic noise observed on the ground is determined by a source spectrum and by attenuation factor due to the skin-effect. the fluctuations of magma velocity along with oscillations of the magma surface or seismic vibrations of the underground cavity can contribute to the source spectrum. fundamental frequency of such vibrations is f ~vs/l, where l = 0.1−10 km is the cavity scale, and vs = 2 − 2.5 km/s is the magma sound velocity. for these typical values, this frequency, f ~ 0.2 − 25 hz, falls into ulf/elf band which is consistent with observations [fujinawa et al. 1992, johnston 1997]. the analytical relationships (14) and (15) show that magnetic perturbation depends mainly on the conductivity of the surrounding rocks rather than on magma conductivity. under low rock conductivity, the generated system of hall currents is nearly completely shortcircuited by the conductivity currents within magma, and the magnetic effect on the ground is to be weak. under high rock conductivity the conduction currents expand far into the rock, and the magnetic effect on the ground is more significant. 5. discussion the fact that some published results on ulf “precursors” were not supported upon a more detailed analysis [thomas et al. 2009, masci 2011] should not rule out the problem of seismo-electromagnetic phenomena entirely. for a search of seismic-related ulf signals just standard magnetic observations could be inappropriate because of a small value of signal-to-noise ratio. an elaboration of specialized detection methods of ulf seismic-related signals/noise, and their discrimination from the magnetospheric waves, are to be based on some models, even oversimplified. the elaboration of theoretical models capable to estimate an expected effect under observational conditions is not less important than the advancement of observational technique. the proposed paper is a step in this direction. the increase of ulf electromagnetic noises associated with enhancement of seismic or volcano activity can be explained in terms of different physical mechanisms. the average current densities and fluid fluxes can be described in terms of onsager reciprocal relations. the rough estimate of the ek and hall current amplitudes has shown that the ek effect plays a key role as the mean cross-section of channels is smaller than a certain critical value. this situation is typical for realistic water-saturated rocks with a weak permeability. the mhd effects dominate a macroscopic flow such as the groundwater migration through a broken rock with a high permeability or magma motion along a volcano throat. in the above consideration we have neglected the atmosphere-ground interface. the account of it may modify the estimates, but not significantly, less than by factor about 2 [fedorov et al. 2001]. our analysis has shown that the ek and hall currents in an individual channel have different structures. surkov and pilipenko 6 7 the ek and back conduction currents are directed along the fluid flow; that is, parallel to the channel walls, whereas the hall currents are predominantly concentrated in the cross-section of the channels. therefore, the resulted magnetic disturbances have different field polarization. the magnetic field perturbation due to the mhd effect is parallel to the axis of a channel (dbz component in figure 1). by contrast, the magnetic perturbation caused by the ek effect (dbr and dbi components) is perpendicular to the channel axis. the averaging of these effects over the rock volume cannot cancel this tendency since there is a predominant direction in ground fluid filtration or magma motion. however, in practice it seems very difficult to distinguish between these two factors only on the basis of signal polarizations. actually the fluid-filled cracks, pores and channels are randomly distributed in the rock. in order to interpret the observations adequately, the hall and ek current densities given by equations (5) and (6) should be averaged over the rock volume. this problem requires further consideration with a numerical modeling. it follows from our model that the ek current densities through the circular and elliptic cross-sections are described by the same equation. so, we may assume that the cross-section shape of pore channels has a minimal effect on the ek phenomena except for the case of very narrow cracks when the distance between the crack surfaces becomes comparable with the edl thickness. the latter case should be studied separately because of the overlap of the adjacent edls inside the crack space. it appears that the crack tortuosity may have a more significant effect on both the rock permeability and ek effect. using a simplified model of steady flow of conducting magma along a cylindrical channel we have estimated the amplitude of magnetic perturbations at small distances from a volcano. in contrast to [kopytenko and nikitina 2004a, 2004b], we have found that the rock conductivity reduces this estimate essentially. however, the upper limit of this estimate (~3 nt and ~250 µv/m) is close to the amplitudes of signals occasionally observed during volcanic eruption and the enhanced seismic activity possibly associated with magma motion. despite uncertainties with factual parameters of magma flows, volcano geometry, and crust parameters, the estimates prove that under favorable conditions ulf magnetic monitoring on the ground of the underground magma flow becomes feasible. the ulf electromagnetic effects possibly associated with enhancement of seismic activity can be explained in terms of different physical mechanisms. in this study we have reanalyzed only two such mechanisms the ek and mhd effects. the ulf magnetic perturbation produced by acoustic noise in conducting layers of the ground is another promising mechanism [surkov 1997, surkov and hayakawa 2006]. what mechanism makes a major contribution to the observed seismic-related signals is the key question to be answered. a progress in observational studies of possible anomalous seismic-related ulf electromagnetic fields would be impossible without elaboration of specialized detection methods, based on adequate models. elaboration of such models may indicate what ulf signatures (e.g., polarization, impedance, gradients, waveforms, etc.) can be used as an indicator of an impending earthquake or volcano eruption. 6. conclusions we have considered the ek and mhd effects due to an irregular flow of the crust fluid or magma as a possible mechanism of ulf electromagnetic noise associated with seismic or volcanic activity. the conventional theory of the ek effect has been advanced by considering elliptic-shaped channels. a contribution of both mechanisms to observed magnetic disturbance is shown to be different depending on the pore/channel permeability. magnitudes of magnetic and electric field perturbations depend on a contrast between fluid/magma and rock conductivities. the suggested model proves the possibility to estimate analytically by order of magnitude the expected electromagnetic effect of the fluid/magma flow under chosen geophysical parameters. such estimates prove a feasibility of the ulf electromagnetic monitoring of magma dynamics in a volcano conduit, supplementary to the observations of volcano tremor. acknowledgements. this study was supported by the grant no. 13-05-12091 from rfbr. we appreciate useful comments of all reviewers. references byerlee, j. (1993). model for episodic flow of high-pressure water in fault zones before earthquakes, geology, 21, 303-306. campbell, w.h. (2009). natural magnetic disturbance fields, not precursors, preceding the loma prieta earthquake, j. geophys. res., 114, a05307; doi:10.10 29/2008ja013932. cress, g.o., b.t. brady and g.a. rowell (1987). sources of electromagnetic radiation from fracture of rock samples in the laboratory, geophys. res. lett., 14, 331-334. de groot, s.r., and p. mazur (1962). non-equilibrium thermodynamics, north-holland, amsterdam; wiley, new york. draganov, a.b., u.s. inan and yu.n. taranenko (1991). ulf electromagnetic noise ulf magnetic signature at the earth surface due to ground water flow: a possible precursor to earthquakes, geophys. res. lett., 18, 1127-1130. fedorov, e., v. pilipenko and s. uyeda (2001). electric and magnetic fields generated by electrokinetic processes in a conductive crust, phys. chem. earth, 26, 793-799. fitterman, d.v. (1979). theory of electrokinetic-magnetic anomalies in a faulted half-space, j. geophys. res., 84, 6031-6040. freund, f. (2000). time-resolved study of charge generation and propagation in igneous rocks, j. geophys. res., 105, 11001-11019. fujinawa, y., t. kumagai and k. takahashi (1992). a study of anomalous underground electric-field variations associated with a volcanic eruption, geophys. res. lett., 19, 9-12. gaillard, f., and g.i. marziano (2005). electrical conductivity of magma in the course of crystallization controlled by their residual liquid composition, j. geophys. res., 10, b06204; doi:10.1029/2004jb003282. gotoh, k., y. akinaga, m. hayakawa and m. hattori (2002). principal component analysis of ulf geomagnetic data for izu islands earthquakes in july 2000, j. atmos. electricity, 22, 1-12. gotoh, k., m. hayakawa, n.a. smirnova and k. hattori (2004), fractal analysis of seismogenic ulf emissions, phys. chem. earth, 29, 419-424. hayakawa, m., r. kawate, o.a. molchanov and k. yumoto (1996). results of ultra-low frequency magnetic field measurements during the guam earthquake of 8 august 1993, geophys. res. lett., 23, 241-244. hayakawa, m., and o. molchanov, eds. (2002). seismo electromagnetics, terrapub, tokyo, 477 p. hayakawa, m., ed. (2013). earthquake prediction studies: seismo electromagnetics, terrapub, tokyo. ishido, t., and h. mizutani (1981). experimental and theoretical basis of electrokinetic phenomena in rockwater systems and its applications to geophysics, j. geophys. res, 86b, 1763-1775. johnston, m.j.s. (1989). review of magnetic and electric field effects near active faults and volcanoes in the usa, phys. earth planet. in., 57, 47-63. johnston, m.j.s. (1997). review of electric and magnetic fields accompanying seismic and volcanic activity, surv. geophys., 18, 441-475. kopytenko, yu.a., and l.v. nikitina (2004a). ulf oscillations in magma in the period of seismic event preparation, phys. chem. earth, 29, 459-462. kopytenko, yu.a., and l.v. nikitina (2004b). a possible model for initiation of ulf oscillation in magma, annals of geophysics, 47, 101-105. kopytenko, yu.a., v.s. ismaguilov, k. hattori and m. hayakawa (2006). determination of hearth position of a forthcoming strong eq using gradients and phase velocities of ulf geomagnetic disturbances, phys. chem. earth, 31, 292-298. krylov, s.m., and n.n. nikiforova, (1995). about ulf electromagnetic emission of active geological medium, fizika zemli, 6, 42-57. landau, l.d., and e.m. lifshitz (1959). fluid mechanics (vol. 6 of a course on theoretical physics), pergamon press, oxford. landau, l.d., and e.m. lifshitz (1960). electrodynamics of continuous media (vol. 8 of a course on theoretical physics), pergamon press, oxford. masci, f. (2011). on the seismogenic increase of the ratio of the ulf geomagnetic field components, phys. earth planet. in.; doi:10.1016/j.pepi.2011.05. 001. molchanov, o.a., yu.a. kopytenko, p.m. voronov, e.a. kopytenko, t.g. matiashvili, a.c. fraser-smith and a. bernardi (1992). results of ulf magnetic field measurements near the epicenters of the spitak (ms=6.9) and loma prieta (ms=7.1) earthquakes: comparative analysis, geophys. res. lett., 19, 14951498. molchanov, o.a., and m. hayakawa (1995). generation of ulf electromagnetic emissions by microfracturing, geophys. res. lett., 22, 3091-3094. molchanov, o.a., and m. hayakawa (2008). seismoelectromagnetics and related phenomena: history and latest results, terrapub, tokyo. nagao, t., y. orihara, t. yamaguchi, i. takahashi, k. hattori, y. noda, k. sayanagi and s. uyeda (2000). co-seismic geoelectric potential changes observed in japan, geophys. res. letters, 27, 1535-1538. parks, g.a. (1965). the isoelectric points of solid oxides, solid hydroxides, and aqueous hydroxo complex systems, chem. rev., 65, 177-198. pilipenko, v., and e. fedorov (2014). coupling mechanism between geoacoustic emission and electromagnetic anomalies prior to earthquakes, research in geophysics, 4:5008; doi:10.4081/rg.2014.5008. pride, s. (1994). governing equations for the coupled electromagnetics and acoustics of porous media, phys. rev. b 50, 15678-15696. sparnaay, m.j. (1972). the electrical double layer (vol. 4 of properties of interfaces; topic 14 of the international encyclopedia of physical chemistry and chemical physics), pergamon press, oxford. surkov, v.v. (1997). the nature of electromagnetic forerunners of earthquakes, transactions of the russian academy of science, earth science sections, 355, 945-947. surkov, v.v., and v.a. pilipenko (1997). magnetic effects surkov and pilipenko 8 9 due to earthquakes and explosions: a review, annali di geofisica, 40, 227-239. surkov, v.v., and v.a. pilipenko (1999). the physics of pre-seismic electromagnetic ulf signals, in: m. hayakawa (ed.), atmospheric and ionospheric phenomena associated with earthquakes, terrapub, tokyo, 357-370. surkov, v.v., s. uyeda, h. tanaka and m. hayakawa (2002). fractal properties of medium and seismoelectric phenomena, j. geodyn., 33, 477-487. surkov, v.v., and m. hayakawa (2006). ulf geomagnetic perturbations due to seismic noise produced by rock fracture and crack formation treated as a stochastic process, phys. chem. earth, 31, 273-280. surkov, v.v., and m. hayakawa (2014). ultra and extremely low frequency electromagnetic fields, springer geophysics. thomas, j.n., j.j. love and m.j.s. johnston (2009). on the reported magnetic precursor of the 1989 loma prieta earthquake, phys. earth planet. in., 173, 207215. tzanis, a., and f. vallianatos (2002). a physical model of electrical earthquake precursors due to crack propagation and the motion of charged edge dislocations, in: m. hayakawa and o. molchanov (eds.), seismo electromagnetics: lithosphere atmosphere ionosphere coupling, terrapub, tokyo, 117-130. uyeda, s., m. hayakawa, t. nagao, o.a. molchanov, k. hattori, y. orihara, k. gotoh, y. akinaga and h. tanaka (2002). electric and magnetic phenomena observed before the volcano-seismic activity in 2000 in the izu islands regions, japan, proc. natl. acad. sci. usa, 99, 7352-7355. vallianatos, f., a. nardi, r. carluccio and m. chiappini (2012). experimental evidence of a non-extensive statistical physics behavior of electromagnetic signals emitted from rocks under stress up to fracture. preliminary results, acta geophys., 60, 894-909. zlotnicki, j. and y. nishida (2003). review of morphological insights of self-potential anomalies on volcano, surv. geophys., 24, 291-338. * corresponding author: vadim v. surkov, national research nuclear university mephi, moscow, russia; email: surkovvadim@yandex.ru. © 2015 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. appendix a: ek current through a channel with elliptic cross-section to perform integration in equation (4) we first introduce the elliptic coordinates n and o according to x = c coshncoso, y = c sinhnsino, where n≥0, 0≤o<2r and c2 = a2 − b2 (a > b). the lines n(x,y) = c1 and o(x,y) = c2 (c1 and c2 are constants) determine the families of confocal ellipses and hyperboles which form an orthogonal grid. taking the notice of lame coefficients hn= ho= c (sinh 2n+ sin2o)½, the unit cross-section is ds = h2ndndo. the laplace equation for the potential { is given by (a1) since inside the edl the electric potential { varies most rapidly along the direction normal to the wall, the derivative with respect to o in equation (a1) can be neglected. taking into account this approximation and substituting equations (1) and (a1) into equation (4) we get: integrating equation (a2) by parts and taking into account that coshnmax= a/c, sin hnmax= b/c, and d{(0)/dn= 0, we come to (a3) considering the fact that { changes rapidly in the narrow edl near the walls and d{/dn tends to zero as n→ 0, we set n=nmax in the factor sin h 2n in the integrand. we can thus perform the integration in equation (a3), arriving at (a4) assuming that g={(nmax) −{(0) is a constant value and performing integration in equation (a4), we arrive at equation (5). ulf electromagnetic noise (a2) << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice vol49_1_2006def 219 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 1, february 2006 key words decomposition rates – hyper-spectral image – ndvi – co-kriging 1. introduction environmental assessment at landscape and regional level claims new and efficient technologies and procedures in order to take full account of both structural and functional properties of environmental systems on a broad spatial extent. nowadays, remote sensing is an essential tool for ecosystem and landscape status monitoring. multiand hyper-spectral remotely-sensed data are more and more frequently used for ecological data analysis, landscape unit mapping and spatial analysis of ecosystem structural organization. in the past few years, spatial data analysis has been frequently applied to remotely sensed imageries. only recently has attention been given to the spatial analysis of processes at landscape level (dugan et al., 1994; curran, 2001). yet coupling structures which are remotely detected with functioning still remains one major task of the environmental monitoring activities. litter decomposition is a key process in terrestrial ecosystem functioning because it controls nutrient availability in the soil, thus regulating primary production, improves soil structure and reduces soil erosion. decomposition is a complex process mapping litter decomposition by remote-detected indicators letizia sabetta (1), nicola zaccarelli (2), giorgio mancinelli (1), stefania mandrone (3), rosamaria salvatori (3), maria letizia costantini (4), giovanni zurlini (2) and loreto rossi (4) (1) laboratorio di ecologia, dipartimento di scienze e tecnologie biologiche ed ambientali, università degli studi di leccce, ecotekne, lecce, italy (2) laboratorio di ecologia del paesaggio, dipartimento di scienze e tecnologie biologiche ed ambientali, università degli studi di leccce, ecotekne, lecce, italy (3) istituto sull’inquinamento atmosferico (iia), cnr, roma, italy (4) dipartimento di genetica e biologia molecolare area ecologica, università degli studi di roma «la sapienza», roma, italy abstract leaf litter decomposition is a key process for the functioning of natural ecosystems. an important limiting factor for this process is detritus availability, which we have estimated by remote sensed indices of canopy green biomass (ndvi). here, we describe the use of multivariate geostatistical analysis to couple in situ measures with hyper-spectral and multi-spectral remote-sensed data for producing maps of litter decomposition. a direct relationship between the decomposition rates in four different corine habitats and ndvi, calculated at different scales from landsat etm+ multi-spectral data and mivis hyper-spectral data was found. variogram analysis was used to evaluate the spatial properties of each single variable and their common interaction. co-variogram and co-kriging analysis of the two variables turned out to be an effective approach for decomposition mapping from remote-sensed spatial explicit data. mailing address: dr. letizia sabetta, laboratorio di ecologia, dipartimento di scienze e tecnologie biologiche ed ambientali, università degli studi di leccce, ecotekne, sp lecce-monteroni, 73100 lecce, italy; e-mail: letizia.sabetta@unile.it 220 letizia sabetta et al. that occurs through different phases and depends on many environmental factors. the rate of litter decomposition is regulated by abiotic and biotic factors, such as climate, litter quality and decomposer activity (swift et al., 1979; gallardo and merino, 1993; aerts, 1997; perez-harguindeguy et al., 2000). a variety of litter quality indices based on the initial chemical composition (aber and melillo, 1980; aber et al., 1990) and leaf structure parameters (gallardo and merino, 1993) have been used as decay predictors; moreover, works on the use of near infrared reflectance spectroscopy (nirs) have shown that it is a powerful and rapid method for predicting the biochemical composition of forest foliage (card et al., 1988; martin and aber, 1994) and also litter decomposability (gillon et al., 1999). according to saunders (1976), decomposition rate is a function of both the substrate and decomposer concentrations as bimolecular secondorder reaction. in forested habitats, the substrate concentration strictly depends on litter input from canopies which can be remotely sensed and estimated through the normalized difference vegetation index (ndvi, rouse et al., 1974). in this study we present results from multivariate geostatistical analyses used to couple in situ measures of decomposition rates with hyper-spectral and multi-spectral remotely sensed data in terrestrial ecosystems. relationships between decomposition rates, estimated for four corine habitats, and ndvi values estimated at various scales from multi-spectral landsat etm+ and hyper-spectral mivis data, were investigated. variogram and co-kriging analyses were carried out to evaluate the spatial properties of each ecosystem variable, their common interaction and for mapping them from remotesensed spatially explicit data. 2. materials and methods study area – the study was carried out in the catchment-basin of lake vico, a volcanic area located in central italy about 50 km north of rome (42°19ln, 12°10le). since 1982 this area (about 3200 ha) has been part of a regional reserve, which includes the lake (510 m a.s.l.) and mount venere (851 m a.s.l.). plant communities follow a typical altitudinal gradient from reed thickets (phragmites australis) located along the lake shores and hazelnut cultivated areas to mixed forests. in this study we have considered four plant communities referring to four corine habitats (coordination de l’information sur l’environnament; european union/directorate general xi, 1991): hazelnut areas (dominated by corylus avellana, corine code 83.1), chestnut forests (dominated by castanea sativa, corine code 41.9), turkey oak forests (dominated by quercus cerris, corine code 41.74) and beech forests (dominated by fagus sylvatica, corine code 41.181). decomposition studies – plant litter breakdown was studied using the litterbag technique in 20 sampling sites (5 sampling sites for each corine habitat). sampling sites were georeferenced through a gps system. fifty litterbags (mesh-bags of 0.5 cm mesh size containing 3 dry-g of the dominant species leaves) were randomly placed at each sampling site to simulate the natural heaps of detritus. ten litterbags were retrieved monthly from each site from december to october. samples were carefully and separately placed in polythene boxes and then brought to laboratory, where their ash-free dry masses were measured after leaf cleaning, oven-drying (at 60°c for 72 h) and ignition (at 800°c for 3 h). remote sensing data – the remote sensed imageries came from landsat etm+ and mivis (daedalus aa5000 multispectral infrared & visible imaging spectrometer, italian national research council – lara project) and they were acquired by the end of the vegetative period, before leaves falling, in order to evaluate the detritus input. mivis scanner is a hyper-spectral airborne imaging system with 102 spectral bands covering visible and near infrared (0.43-0.83 nm, 1st sensor), middle infrared (1.15-1.55 nm, 2nd sensor; 1.98-2.50 nm, 3rd sensor) and thermal infrared (8.21-12.70 nm, 4th sensor) regions of the electromagnetic spectrum. mivis images had different spatial resolutions (4, 8, 10 m) corresponding to different fly heights (2000, 4000 and 5000 m a.s.l.). the resolution interval considered in this study thus ranged from 4 to 30 m (from landsat images). mivis data were acquired on 22 september 2000, at 12.00 am local time. all mivis images were geocoded by the 221 mapping litter decomposition by remote-detected indicators delaunay triangulation procedure using a common set of ground referenced points and ortophotos of the area (richards, 1994). maximum root mean square error (rms) was 0.3. landsat data were acquired on 16 august 2000, which was the only available scene with no cloud cover, and it was geocoded by an affine transformation of first order with an rms error of 0.2. landsat data radiometric calibration and conversion to radiance were performed by applying stored parameters derived by the calibration parameter file supplied with the original data and using chander and markham formulas (usgs, 2004). mivis data were acquired as radiance values by the provider. basic atmospheric corrections were applied to all images: landsat data were corrected using a dark object subtraction (dos) approach (chavez, 1988) with lake vico as a target; mivis data were corrected by an «empirical line calibration» procedures based on in situ collected spectra for the vegetation cover of the four corine habitats and bare soil (kruse et al., 1990). data analyses – leaf mass losses were fitted to the simple exponential model of decomposition, mt = m0 e−kt where m0 is the initial leaf afdm (ash free dry mass), mt is remaining leaf afdm at time t (in days) and k is a breakdown coefficient expressed in days−1 (olson, 1963). the half-life, i.e. the time necessary to reduce detritus mass to 50% of its initial afdm, was expressed as ln(2)/k. ndvi values were calculated using band number 3 (0.63-0.69 nm) and 13 (0.67-0.69 nm) as red channels and band number 4 (0.750.90 nm) and 19 (0.79-0.81 nm) as infrared channels from landsat and mivis data, respectively. in plots of 60 × 60 m2, centered on each sampling site, we determined the mean ndvi values at each spatial resolution. plot dimensions were based on the position accuracy of landsat data, which was at least of 30 m, i.e. one pixel, if the geocoding process was performed with rms error lower than 1. mean plot ndvi values were calculated for each pixel of each image of the study area. the relation between the litter half-life time and ndvi was investigated applying both classical and spatial statistics: classical linear regression analysis and ancova were performed to evaluate the scale information decay while a geostatistical approach based on variogram evaluation was carried out to model spatial dependency within scales. spatial continuity among observations of a given set of variables may be characterised by a variogram or a co-variogram, which reveals the random and the structured aspects of the spatial dispersion. the variogram and the co-variogram have been widely used to describe the spatial structure of ecological variables (legendre and fortin, 1989; rossi et al., 1992). the traditional estimator of the co-variogram is defined as (isaaks and srivastava, 1989) where z(xi), z(xi + h) and t(xi), t(xi + h) are measurements of two variables at locations xi and xi + h separated by the vector of directional distance h, and n(h) is the number of pairs of samples considered in the given distance class. this calculation is repeated for different values of h and provides the empirical co-variogram, which is a plot of the values of c(h) as a function of discrete distance h describing the joint spatial cross-covariance of two variables. when only one variable is analysed (i.e. z and t are the same) c(h) is called empirical variogram. to provide a smooth, continuous description of the covariance and cross-covariance spatial structure of the parameters, variogram models were derived by applying admissible functions (wackernagel, 1995) to empirical estimates calculated from the data sets. basic variogram models were added together in a nested structure and fitted to experimental estimates by an ordinary least square procedure (pebesma and wesseling, 1998). modeled variograms and covariograms were used in ordinary block kriging and cokriging techniques for spatial interpolation to produce decomposition maps (isaaks and srivastava, 1989; rossi et al., 1992). kriging is a weighted, moving-average interpolation method where the set of weights to estimate values at unmeasured points is computed as a function of the variogram model and locations of the ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ( )) ( ( ) ( )) n z z t tx x x x h h h h 2 1 i i i i i $ $ ) = + + c / fig. 1. ndvi values for mivis and landsat images at different spatial resolutions (lines) and leaf half-time life (bars) in the four vegetation types. data are mean values from five sampling sites per vegetation type. 222 letizia sabetta et al. samples. kriging is a blue estimator (best linear unbiased estimator, isaaks and srivastava, 1989) attempting to minimize the estimation variance of predicted values. estimation can be done for single points or blocks (i.e. block kriging) and exploiting the spatial properties of just one variable or the joint variation of two (i.e. cokriging). for a detailed description of the procedure refer to isaaks and srivastava (1989) or wackernagel (1995). 3. results litter mass loss showed a significant fit with the negative exponential model (olson, 1963) in all study sites and for each plant litter type. senescing leaves of hazelnut (corylus avellana) had shorter average half-life (199±22 days) showing faster decomposability than, in order, chestnut (castanea sativa, 356 ± 28 days), oak (quercus cerris, 237±17 days) and beech (fagus sylvatica, 461±37 days; table i; fig. 1); differences in the litter decomposition rate among vegetation types were significant (nested ancova, table ii(a)). we also observed significant differences of the decomposition rate among study sites within each vegetation type (nested ancova, table ii(a)). ndvi value differed both among vegetation types and among spatial scales; hazelnut area had lower average ndvi value at each considered spatial scale, showing lower vegetation cover, than chestnut, oak and beech areas (table i; fig. 1). on an average ndvi was lower from landsat than from mivis images, but the differences observed among plant types were scale-invariant (two-way anova, table ii(b)). in the studied area litter decomposition rate (half-life) and vegetation cover (ndvi) were positively related to all considered spatial resolutions (table iii). slopes of this observed relationships did not differ from each other (ancova, variable: litter half-life time, covariable: ndvi); on the contrary, intercepts of the linear relationships differed significantly between landsat and mivis (table iv), the former being lower than the latter (903 versus 1178 ± 85). significant spatial autocorrelations of the half-life and ndvi value were found within the study area (table v). a significant amount of the observed variation in half-life and ndvi was spatially structured; semivariograms showed that table i. litter half-life time and ndvi for mivis (three flight heights) and landsat images in the four vegetation types. mean values from 5 sampling points and standard errors (in brackets) are reported. type half-life (d) mivis ndvi landsat ndvi 5000 m 4000 m 2000 m corylus avellana 199 (22) 0.567 (0.013) 0.593 (0.021) 0.615 (0.015) 0.479 (0.062) castanea sativa 356 (28) 0.683 (0.042) 0.697 (0.049) 0.707 (0.051) 0.619 (0.093) quercus cerris 237 (17) 0.673 (0.012) 0.701 (0.013) 0.725 (0.009) 0.586 (0.013) fagus sylvatica 461 (37) 0.711 (0.014) 0.730 (0.014) 0.754 (0.011) 0.594 (0.030) 223 mapping litter decomposition by remote-detected indicators table ii. (a) nested ancova analysis of remaining litter mass as variable and time as covariable (sampling sites nested in vegetation type as main factor); (b) two-way anova analysis of ndvi as variate (factor a = spatial resolution, factor b = vegetation type) followed by tukey hsd test (main factor: vegetation type on the left and spatial resolution on the right). source df ms effect f p-level (a) nested ancova: litter mass (covariate: time) between vegetation types 3 0.34 8.699 1.22∗10−5 within vegetation types 16 0.076 1.943 0.015 (b) two-way anova: ndvi spatial resolution (a) 3 0.066 22.28 5.4∗10−10 vegetation type (b) 3 0.073 24.37 1.2∗10−10 interaction a×b 9 0.001 0.3 0.97 tukey hsd test corylus avellana quercus cerris fagus sylvatica landsat 2000 m 4000 m quercus cerris 1.5∗10−4 2000 m 1.5∗10−4 fagus sylvatica 1.5∗10−4 0.44 4000 m 1.5∗10−4 0.64 castanea sativa 1.5∗10−4 0.99 0.63 5000 m 1.7∗10−4 1.5∗10−4 0.59 table iii. regression and cross-variogram statistics of half-life time (y) and ndvi (x) from landsat etm+ and mivis images. regression cross-variogram function r p model r p landsat y = 903x−180 0.53 < 0.05 linear 0.98 < 0.001 5000 m y = 1256x−492 0.72 < 0.001 linear 0.95 < 0.001 mivis 4000 m y = 1087x−407 0.65 < 0.01 2000 m y = 1190x−500 0.71 < 0.001 table iv. summary statistics for estimated marginal means (a) and p-values for pairwise comparisons following tukey hsd test (b) from ancova analysis of half-life time as variate and ndvi as covariate after test for parallelism. (a) spatial scale mean (1) standard error 95% confidence interval lower bound upper bound landsat 397.93 26.87 344.34 451.51 2000 m 270.11 24.39 221.47 318.75 4000 m 289.86 23.48 243.04 336.68 5000 m 311.09 23.02 265.18 357.01 (b) landsat 2000 m 4000 m 2000 m 0.002 4000 m 0.005 0.548 5000 m 0.018 0.222 0.519 (1) adjusted means for ndvi equal to 0.646. fig. 2a,b. spatial variation of half-life time in 60 × 60 m-support block size. a) ordinary block kriging map. b) ordinary block co-kriging map based on ndvi from mivis data (5000 m). open circles locate the sampling sites (corylus avellana, no; quercus cerris, ce; castanea sativa, ca; fagus sylvatica, fa). 224 letizia sabetta et al. the proportion of sample variance (c0 + c) accounted for by spatially structured variance (c) was on average 81 ± 12%. the semivariance of ndvi increased regularly with the separation distance, up to 1541 m for landsat data and 2364 m for mivis data, following spherical model, and showed negligible nugget variance (table v). the decomposition rate had an increase of semivariance up to 1627 m and a high nugget variance. table v. variogram model parameters of ndvi from the landsat etm+ and mivis (5000 m) images and the litter half-life time. variable model semivariogram parameters proportion r 2 rss nugget (c0) sill (c0+c) range (m) c/(c0+c) landsat ndvi spherical 0.006 0.02 1541 0.700 0.993 9.2∗10−7 mivis ndvi spherical 0.002 0.01 2364 0.800 0.986 1.3∗10−6 half-life time linear with sill 1230 17870 1627 0.931 0.895 2.05∗10+7 a b 225 mapping litter decomposition by remote-detected indicators litter half-life and ndvi were also spatially co-structured; the cross-variogram analysis showed inter-relationships among the two autocorrelated variates with positive co-regionalization (table iii). the half-life increased northwards (fig. 2) from the hazelnut area to the beech forests. cokriging maps from landsat and mivis data did not differ. 4. discussion and conclusions some major points can be drawn from the results: – decomposition rate is both plant species-dependent and spatially dependent. in fact it varies with the vegetation type and within each forest type; it is significantly heterogeneous because of the heterogeneous decomposer (microorganisms and detritivores) distribution. ndvi, a remote-sensed index reflecting structural (i.e. cover and density of the leaf layer) and functional (i.e. physiological status of the leaf layer) properties of vegetation, is peculiar to the four corine habitats under study and satisfactorily relates with the decomposition rates, measured in situ. – the information content of ndvi varies at each resolution scale. differences between mivis and landsat data are related mainly to spatial and spectral resolution of the sensors, even if a residual atmospheric interference not accounted for dos approach has to be suggested. further investigation is needed to evaluate their relative importance. however, the information decay from mivis to landsat images does not modify the relationship existing with the litter decomposition rate. – using ndvi as co-variable, the co-kriging map of litter decomposition is better shaped than the kriging map. co-kriging offers additional advantages over kriging as it involves covariate that is cross-correlated with the variable of interest and that can be more easily sampled (isaaks and srivastava, 1989). ndvi, as spatially explicit co-variable, can thus sustains the mapping algorithm where decomposition information is scarce or missing. in conclusion, the results show that remote sensing techniques can provide outstanding help in developing the cartography of ecosystem functions, also when availability of the groundtruth data is low. landsat data are as useful as mivis data for the remote sensing analysis and multiple scales mapping of decomposition. this is a clear advantage since the landsat data can be more cheaply and regularly acquired than the mivis data. acknowledgements this research was founded by the joint program «progetto n. 2: conoscenza, conservazione e gestione della biodiversità» of the italian ministry of the environment and the italian national research council. we would like to acknowledge the contributions made by the two anonymous reviewers who helped with valuable comments. references aber, j.d. and j.m. melillo (1980): litter decomposition: measuring relative contribution of organic matter and nitrogen to forest soil, can. j. bot., 58, 416-421. aber, j.d., j.m. melillo and c. mcclaugherty (1990): predicting long-term patterns of mass loss, nitrogen dynamics, and soil organic matter formation from initial fine litter chemistry in temperate forest ecosystems. can. j. bot., 68, 2201-260. aerts, r. (1997): climate, leaf litter chemistry and leaf litter decomposition in terrestrial ecosystems: a triangular relationship, oikos, 79, 439-449. card, d.h., d.j. peterson, p.a. matson and j.d. aber (1988): prediction of leaf chemistry by the use of visible and near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy, remote sensing environ., 26, 123-147. chavez, p.s. jr. (1988): an improved dark-object subtraction technique for atmospheric scattering correction of multispectral data, remote sensing environ., 24, 459-479. curran, p.j. (2001): remote sensing: using the spatial domain, environ. ecol. stat., 8, 331-344. dugan, j.p., d.l. peterson and p.j. curran (1994): alternative approaches for mapping vegetation quantities using ground and image data, in environmental information management and analysis: ecosystem to global scales, edited by w. michener, j. brunt and s. stafford (taylor and francis, london), 237-261. european union/directorate general xi (1991): corine biotopes manual, habitats of the european community. a method to identify and describe consistently sites of major importance for nature conservation (bruxelles), eur 12587/3. gallardo, a. and j. merino (1993): leaf decomposition 226 letizia sabetta et al. in two mediterranean ecosystems of southwest spain – influence of substrate quality, ecology, 74 (1), 152161. gillon, d., r. joffre and a. ibrahima (1999): can litter decomposability be predicted by near infrared reflectance spectroscopy?, ecology, 80 (1), 175-186. isaaks, e.h. and r.m. srivastava (1989): applied geostatistics (oxford university press, oxford). kruse, f.a., k.s. kieren-young and j.w boardman (1990): mineral mapping at cuprite, nevada with a 63 channel imaging spectrometer, photogramm. eng. remote sensing environ., 56 (1), 83-92. legendre, p. and m.-j. fortin (1989): spatial pattern and ecological analysis, vegetatio, 80, 107-138. martin, m.e. and j.d. aber (1994): analysis of forest foliage, iii. determining nitrogen, lignin and cellulose in fresh leaves using near infrared reflectance data, j. near infrared spectrosc., 2, 25-32. olson, j.s. (1963): energy storage and the balance of producers and decomposers in ecological systems, ecology, 44, 322-331. pebesma, e.j. and c.g. wesseling (1998): gstat: a program for geostatistical modelling, prediction and simulation, comput. geosci., 24 (1), 17-31. perez-harguindeguy, n., s. diaz, j.h.c. cornelissen, f. verdramini, m. cabido and a. castellanos (2000): chemistry and toughness predict leaf litter decomposition rates over a wide spectrum of functional types in central argentina, plant soil, 218, 212-30. richards, j.a. (1994): remote sensing digital image analysis (springer-verlag, berlin), p. 340. rossi, r.e., d.j. mulla, a.g. journel and e.h. franz (1992): geostatistical tools for modeling and interpreting ecological spatial dependence, ecol. monogr., 62, 277-314. rouse, j.w., r.h. haas, j.a. shell, d.w. deering and j.c. harlan (1974): monitoring the vernal advancement of retrogradation of natural vegetation, nasa/ gsfc, greenbelt, md, final rep. saunders, g.w. (1976): decomposition in freshwater, in the role of terrestrial and aquatic organism in decomposition processes, edited by j.m. anderson and a. macfadyen (blackwell scientific), 341-374. swift, m.j., o.w. heal and j.m. anderson (1979): decomposition in terrestrial ecosystems (univ. calif. press, berkeley), pp. 509. usgs (2004): revised landsat 5 tm radiometric calibration procedures and post-calibration dynamic ranges, edited by j. chander and b. markham (usgs, landsat project; on line http://landsat7.usgs.gov/resource.html). wackernagel, h. (1995): multivariate geostatistics. an introduction with applications (springer-verlag, berlin). 479_495.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 3/4, june/august 2002 479 precursory scale increase and long-term seismogenesis in california and northern mexico frank evison (1) and david rhoades (2) (1) institute of geophysics, victoria university of wellington, new zealand (2) institute of geological and nuclear sciences, lower hutt, new zealand abstract a sudden increase in the scale of seismicity has occurred as a long-term precursor to twelve major earthquakes in california and northern mexico. these include all earthquakes along the san andreas system during 1960-2000 with magnitude m 6.4. the full list is as follows: colorado delta, 1966, m 6.3; borrego mt., 1968, m 6.5; san fernando, 1971, m 6.6; brawley, 1979, m 6.4; mexicali, 1980, m 6.1; coalinga, 1983, m 6.7; superstition hills, 1987, m 6.6; loma prieta, 1989, m 7.0; joshua tree, 1992, m 6.1; landers, 1992, m 7.3; northridge, 1994, m 6.6; hector mine, 1999, m 7.1. such a precursory scale increase ( ) was inferred from the modelling of longterm seismogenesis as a three-stage faulting process against a background of self-organised criticality. the location, onset-time and level of are predictive of the location, time and magnitude of the future earthquake. precursory swarms, which occur widely in subduction regions, are a special form of ; the more general form is here shown to occur frequently in a region of continental transform. other seismicity precursors, including quiescence and foreshocks, contribute to or modulate the increased seismicity that characterises . the area occupied by is small compared with those occupied by the seismicity precursors known as amr, m 8 and lurr. further work is needed to formulate as a testable hypothesis, and to carry out the appropriate forecasting tests. 1. introduction anomalies of seismicity are intuitively the most plausible of all proposed earthquake precursors. the universal power-law relating earthquake magnitude and frequency shows that each earthquake of magnitude m has associated with it, in a statistical sense, about three hundred earthquakes of magnitude m-2.5 or greater. for a shallow earthquake, aftershocks typically provide about one-tenth of these associated smaller earthquakes. immediate preshocks, commonly known as foreshocks, seldom provide more than a few, and often none at all. what about preshocks occurring over longer time periods, and perhaps larger areas? the m 8 model (kossobokov et al., 1999) and the accelerating moment release (amr) model (varnes, 1989; bowman et al., 1998) are both concerned with preshocks over moderately long time periods and over large areas. shorter time periods and large areas are specified in the load/unload response ratio (lurr) model (yin et al., 2000). in the present study, the time period is the longest so far suggested for a precursory phenomenon (apart from regular recurrence models), while the area is comparatively small. mailing address: prof. frank f. evison, institute of geophysics, victoria university of wellington, p.o. box 600, wellington, new zealand; e-mail: frank.evison@vuw.ac.nz key words precursory seismicity – seismogenesis – california – mexico 480 frank evison and david rhoades seismicity precursors are also the easiest to study, because of the very large database contained in observatory catalogues. many workers consider that it simplifies matters to decluster the catalogue, i.e. to remove aftershocks (reasenberg, 1985), and perhaps other concentrations of small earthquakes as well. in the present study the whole catalogue is used, apart from applying a magnitude threshold in the interest of homogeneity. earthquake concentrations, including aftershocks, are found to be highly relevant to the understanding of seismogenesis. second only to aftershock sequences, the easiest concentration of earthquakes to recognise in many catalogues is the swarm. swarms are common in the shallow seismicity of subduction regions: systematic studies in new zealand, japan and greece show that swarms make a large contribution to long-term preshock activity in subduction regions, where swarms are predictive of mainshocks (evison and rhoades, 2000). this phenomenon is explained by modelling seismogenesis as a three-stage faulting process occurring against a background of self-organised criticality (evison and rhoades, 1998, 2001). an inference from the model, however, is that preshocks need not occur as swarms. this has been confirmed in a region of continental collision (evison and rhoades, 1999a): the precursor is a long-term set of preshocks, irrespective of how they are distributed in time. the present paper extends the study to a region of continental transform, and better defines the precursor as a sudden increase in the scale of long-term minor seismicity in the neighbourhood of the future mainshock. the aim is to show that the scale increase is a seismogenic phenomenon, preparatory to formulating an hypothesis that can be tested by long-range forecasting. 2. the -phenomenon the precursory scale increase, here called the -phenomenon, is a seismicity pattern in space, magnitude and time. the essential features of the phenomenon are shown schematically in the three diagrams in fig. 1a-c. first, the area occupied by the phenomenon indicates the location and space-scale of the seismogenic process (fig. 1a). this is found by adjusting the position, size and shape of a rectangular area containing the main-shock and aftershocks, so as to obtain the highest seismicity rate in the precursory period relative to the rate in the prior period (see fig. 1c). such a procedure could be refined by formal optimisation, which could readily allow for areas to be elliptical, with any orientation, rather than the present n-s, e-w rectangles. for the 12 examples presented below, the median main-shock magnitude is m6.6, and the median area is 4500 km2. all earthquakes that occur in the rectangle (and have magnitudes at or above the threshold) are included in the analysis. secondly, the magnitude level m p of the precursory seismicity (fig. 1b) determines the magnitude-and-time scale of the seismogenic process. a robust measure of magnitude level, adopted here as in previous studies of the swarm precursor, is the average of the three largest magnitudes in the relevant time-period. since much of the precursory seismicity tends to occur early in the precursory period, a good estimate of this magnitude level, which is a crucial seismogenic parameter, is usually available at an early stage. thirdly, the jump in seismicity that marks the onset of seismogenesis is indicated by the sudden change of slope in fig. 1c. this graph is a cumulative magnitude anomaly (cumag), c(t), which is a type of cusum (page, 1954) designed to display the average rate of seismicity between any two points in time. c(t) is defined by (2.1) (2.2) where m i is the magnitude and t i the time of the ith earthquake, m c is the threshold magnitude, and k is the average rate of magnitude accumulation between the starting time t s and the finishing time t f . accordingly, each earthquake c t m m k t tts ti t i c s ( ) = +( ) ( )0 1. k m m t tts ti t f i c f s = +( ) ( )0 1. / 481 precursory scale increase and long-term seismogenesis in california and northern mexico micity rate expressed in units of magnitude per year (mu/yr) for the relevant area. (for example, if the chosen threshold magnitude (m c ) is 4.0, and in a particular interval of a year there occurs a single earthquake, with magnitude 4.9, the seismicity rate for that time interval is 1.0 mu/yr). a major upward jump in rate produces a sharp minimum in the c(t) graph; the low point is taken as the onset of the -anomaly, and the date of the low point marks the start of the precursor time t p . the precursory rate is then given by the gradient of the straight line joining the low point to the zero point immediately before the mainshock, while the prior rate is obtained by joining the initial zero point to the low point. throughout the sequence is represented by an upward jump equal to the amount by which the magnitude exceeds the baseline value, which is 0.1 below the threshold magnitude. the downward slope between successive earthquakes is equal and opposite to the sum of all the upward jumps, divided by the total time; thus, a given plot begins and ends at the value zero. unlike most cusum graphs, the cumag abscissa is a linear scale of time. from eqs. (2.1) and (2.2) it follows that the gradient of the line between any two points on the c(t) curve is a measure of the average rate of earthquake activity during the corresponding time period. gradients are translated into seismicity rates by means of a protractor, with seis. fig. 1a-c. -phenomenon: schematic. a) typical epicentral area of precursory seismicity, mainshock and aftershocks. b) prior magnitude level and jump to precursory level m p . magnitude level is derived from the data: it is the average of the three largest magnitudes in the relevant period of time. m m is the mainshock magnitude. c) prior and precursory seismicity rates, showing sudden change at start of precursor time t p . seismicity rate is derived from the data by means of the cumag (see eqs. (2.1) and (2.2)); it is averaged over the relevant period of time. a protractor is included to indicate the rate corresponding to any given slope; rate is given in units of magnitude above base-level, per year (mu/yr). 482 frank evison and david rhoades 3. the -phenomenon in california and northern mexico the -phenomenon is documented here for twelve major earthquakes in california and northern mexico, including all the earthquakes of magnitude m 6.4 that occurred along the san andreas system in the period 1960-2000. this exploratory study is a basis for the future development of a testable hypothesis, and the conduct of formal tests. for the special case of the precursory swarm phenomenon, such tests are already in progress in new zealand, japan and greece (evison and rhoades, 1997, 1999b, 2000). the earthquakes discussed here are the following: colorado delta, 1966, m 6.3; borrego mt., 1968, m 6.5; san fernando, 1971, m 6.6; brawley, 1979, m 6.4; mexicali, 1980, m 6.1; coalinga, 1983, m 6.7; superstition hills, 1987, m 6.6; loma prieta, 1989, m 7.0; joshua tree, 1992, m 6.1; landers, 1992, m 7.3; northridge, 1994, m 6.6; hector mine, 1999, m 7.1. the database used is the cnss worldwide earthquake catalog, 1954-2000. this catalog is contributed to by member networks of the u.s. council of the national seismic system, and is available from the northern california earthquake data center. since magnitude level is here defined by the three largest earthquakes in the relevant time-period, thresholds are adopted which abundantly satisfy the requirements of homogeneity: m 4.0 for two of the larger earthquakes, and m 3.5 for the rest. the areas within which the phenomenon and associated earthquake occurred are shown in the location map of fig. 2. the observations are shown in figs. 3i-xii. all the catalogued earthquakes within the indicated space and time windows, and above the magnitude thresholds, are included in the analysis and plotted in the diagrams. no processing such as declustering is applied, nor any transformation of the catalogued magnitudes into moment, energy or benioff strain release. the length of time preceding the onset is indeterminate on the view of seismogenesis adopted here, but where possible the period before the onset has been taken as about equal to that after. with this standard format a remarkable similarity is apparent between most of the examples. shorter pre-onset periods sometimes have to be accepted; this applies both at borrego mt. (fig. 3ii), near which a neighbouring earthquake occurred a few years earlier (rabbit peak, 1954.03.19, m 6.4), and at superstition hills (fig. 3vii), which occurred close to the preceding brawley earthquake (fig. 3iv). the essential features of the -phenomenon, as shown schematically in fig. 1a-c, are identified in figs. 3i-xii by means of dashed lines. the areas occupied by the phenomenon are typically much smaller than those occupied by some seismicity precursors, including m 8 (kossobokov et al., 1999), amr (bowman et al., 1998), and lurr (yin et al., 2000). in all twelve examples in figs. 3i-xii the data display the sudden increase in the rate of seismicity and the associated increase in magnitude level (figs. 3i-xii(b)). parameter values are given in table i. the times of the twelve seismicity jumps (i.e. the onset times) are widely fig. 2. areas within which the -precursor and associated major earthquake occurred at: i) colorado delta; ii) borrego mt.; iii) san fernando; iv) brawley; v) mexicali; vi) coalinga; vii) superstition hills; viii) loma prieta; ix) joshua tree; x) landers; xi) northridge; xii) hector mine. 483 precursory scale increase and long-term seismogenesis in california and northern mexico fig. 3i,ii. -phenomenon: data and interpretation for major earthquakes at (i) colorado delta and (ii) borrego mt. interpretation is explained in fig.1a-c. a) epicentres. b) magnitudes versus time, also showing (dashed lines) the derived prior and precursory magnitude levels. c) cumag (eqs. (2.1), (2.2)), also showing (dashed lines) the derived prior and precursory seismicity rates. (the cumag scale on the right-hand side refers to the mainshockaftershock period). 484 frank evison and david rhoades fig. 3iii,iv. -phenomenon: data and interpretation for major earthquakes at (iii) san fernando and (iv) brawley. for explanation see caption fig. 3i,ii. 485 precursory scale increase and long-term seismogenesis in california and northern mexico fig. 3v,vi. -phenomenon: data and interpretation for major earthquakes at (v) mexicali and (vi) coalinga. for explanation see caption fig. 3i,ii. 486 frank evison and david rhoades fig. 3vii,viii. -phenomenon: data and interpretation for major earthquakes at (vii) superstition hills and (viii) loma prieta. for explanation see caption fig. 3i,ii. 487 precursory scale increase and long-term seismogenesis in california and northern mexico fig. 3ix,x. -phenomenon: data and interpretation for major earthquakes at (ix) joshua tree and (x) landers. for explanation see caption fig. 3i,ii. 488 frank evison and david rhoades fig. 3xi,xii. -phenomenon: data and interpretation for major earthquakes at (xi) northridge and (xii) hector mine. for explanation see caption fig. 3i,ii. 489 precursory scale increase and long-term seismogenesis in california and northern mexico nb: m is the prior magnitude level; m p is the precursory magnitude level; t p is the time in days between the onset of seismogenesis and the mainshock; scale increase m is m p minus m ; scale increase rate is precursory rate/prior rate. table i. precursory scale increase ( ) data. locality prior onset precursory scale mainshock increase m rate date m p rate t p (d) m rate date m m colorado d. 4.2 0.82 1964.01.17 5.1 11.57 933 0.9 14.04 1966.08.07 6.3 borrego mt. 4.1 1.38 1957.01.24 5.1 5.42 4093 1.0 3.92 1968.04.09 6.5 s. fernando 3.5 0.03 1964.02.08 4.1 0.56 2558 0.6 19.79 1971.02.09 6.6 brawley 3.6 0.16 1974.12.06 4.8 6.55 1774 1.2 40.37 1979.10.15 6.4 mexicali 4.3 1.12 1976.01.03 5.0 5.89 1619 0.7 5.27 1980.06.09 6.1 coalinga 3.8 0.23 1975.01.06 5.1 2.07 3038 1.3 8.83 1983.05.02 6.7 super. hills 3.6 0.44 1981.04.25 5.6 4.22 2404 2.0 9.70 1987.11.24 6.6 loma prieta 4.7 0.30 1979.05.08 5.9 1.89 3816 1.2 6.34 1989.10.18 7.0 joshua tree 4.1 0.87 1986.07.08 5.0 4.00 2116 0.9 4.61 1992.04.23 6.1 landers 4.7 0.42 1979.03.15 5.7 2.37 4854 1.0 5.59 1992.06.28 7.3 northridge 3.5 0.07 1988.11.21 4.8 1.71 1883 1.3 23.00 1994.01.17 6.6 hector mine 3.5 0.05 1992.06.28 5.0 1.72 2667 1.5 32.29 1999.10.16 7.1 scattered between 1957 and 1992. this makes it unlikely that the -phenomenon in california and northern mexico could be an artificial effect produced by improvements in the seismograph network. the scale increase in magnitude ranges from 0.6 to 2.0 magnitude units, with a median of 1.1. the scale increase in rate ranges from 3.92 to 40.37, with a median of 9.27. these median values correspond rather closely; for two gutenberg-richter sets with b-values of unity, a jump of 1.0 magnitude units would correspond to a scale increase of 10. the wide range of values for each of the measures of scale increase is to be expected, on the present view of seismogenesis, since the level of seismicity in the prior period, like the length of that period, is indeterminate, and has no effect on the seismogenic process. (it should be noted that the rates in table i are not to be compared from one example to another, since they depend on the size of the relevant area, as well as on the adopted threshold magnitude). in many of the examples the mainshock epicentre is near the centre of the rectangle, but this is not always to be expected, since the hypocentre may occur at any point on the fracture. at colorado delta (fig. 3i) and at brawley (fig. 3iv), the mainshock epicentre is near the edge of the rectangle, while aftershocks are located among the precursory seismicity. once the occurrence of a jump in the rate of seismicity indicates that seismogenesis has begun, it is the time of the jump, and the value of the new magnitude level, that allow the parameters of the major earthquake to be estimated, as will be explained below. the precursory rate given in table i is that for the whole precursory period. the rate up to any earlier point can equally be obtained, from the slope of the cumag between the time of the jump and that of the point in question. thus it is easy to see to what extent the occurrence of a -anomaly would become apparent at an early stage, for example if the seismicity were being monitored in real time. the cumags in figs. 3i-xii show that rates that would be observed early in the precursory period are usually higher than the final value; i.e. lines from the low point to intermediate points along the precursory data-plot are usually steeper than the 490 frank evison and david rhoades dashed line. at superstition hills (fig. 3vii), this is so for about the first half of the precursory period, but the -anomaly could hardly have been recognised, because of the short time that elapsed between the nearby brawley earthquake (fig. 3iv) and the change of scale at superstition hills. in addition, many of the precursory earthquakes at superstition hills occurred as immediate foreshocks, thus adding to the unusual appearance of the cumag graph. (the dashed line in fig. 3vii(b) (lower), as in the other cumag graphs in figs. 3i-xii, indicates the average seismicity rate from the time of the scale increase to immediately before the mainshock). despite these complications, the parameter values given in table i for superstition hills are compatible with those for the other examples. the precursory earthquakes, like the aftershocks, contribute directly to the set of minor earthquakes associated with the major earthquake. the two contributions appear to be roughly comparable, since the magnitude levels are about the same (evison and rhoades, 1998). together, therefore, they contribute roughly one-fifth of the minor earthquakes that are statistically associated with the mainshock through the gutenbergrichter relation. the remaining four-fifths evidently occur outside the seismogenic locationtime space; in this larger space the mainshock would not stand out as anomalously large. the following correlations support the view that the -anomaly is a seismogenic phenomenon, and suggest how it might be applied to long-range earthquake forecasting. 4. predictive correlations the -phenomenon is related to the major earthquake in location, magnitude and time. the epicentres of the precursory seismicity are located close to those of the mainshock and aftershocks, as shown in figs. 3i-xii(a). secondly, the relation between mainshock magnitude (m m ) and precursor magnitude (m p ) agrees closely with the regression that has previously been calculated for the swarm phenomenon (fig. 4a). thirdly, agreement is also evident with the relation between precursor time (t p ) and precursor magnitude (fig. 4b). these agreements are to be expected, since precursory swarms are a special form of the phenomenon. the set of precursory earthquakes may occur in a variety of ways. in the shallow subduction regions of greece, japan and new zealand they occur in the highly organized and recognizable form of swarms. in california and northern mexico, on the other hand, many different types of distribution occur, as can be seen in figs. 3i-xii. the agreement with regard to fig. 4a,b. predictive regressions (after evison and rhoades, 2000) obtained from systematic studies in greece, japan and new zealand, with california and northern mexico data superimposed. a) mainshock magnitude versus precursor magnitude. b) precursor time versus precursor magnitude. nb: precursor magnitude and precursor time refer to the special case of the swarm precursor for the greece, japan and new zealand data, and to the more general -precursor for the california and northern mexico data. 491 precursory scale increase and long-term seismogenesis in california and northern mexico precursor time depends in part on the tendency of swarms to occur early in the precursory period, i.e. at or soon after the onset of seismogenesis. taking the swarm and results together, the relations between precursor and mainshock as regards magnitude and time are now supported, as fig. 4a,b shows, by 40 examples of major earthquakes in new zealand, japan, greece, california and northern mexico. the present study has yet to be extended to include a search for instances of the -phenomenon occurring unrelated to a mainshock event, or vice versa. nevertheless, the new results help to sharpen the definition of the -phenomenon, and they augment the empirical basis both for testing the predictive capability of the phenomenon and for modelling seismogenesis. 5. three-stage faulting model a minor variation on the accepted process of faulting crack formation, shear fracture, healing is sufficient to account for the above correlations. this variation is to regard crack formation as a stage that is separable in time from the consequent shear fracture. a major fault such as the san andreas is the result of many such faulting processes through geologic time. as a corollary of the separation of crack formation from shear fracture, it is postulated that a major crack generates a set of minor cracks, in the same way that, in the mainshock/aftershock phenomenon, a major fracture generates a set of minor fractures. modelling the faulting process in three separable stages was first proposed to account for the precursory swarm phenomenon (evison and rhoades, 1998). an inference from the model, however, was that precursory earthquakes need not occur as swarms. this extended the scope of the long-term seismicity precursor to regions where swarms do not usually occur, i.e. to other than subduction regions. in the continental collision region of new zealand, swarms are replaced by more dispersed groups of precursory earthquakes, which have been called quasi-swarms, or quarms (evison and rhoades, 1999a). the present study is the first in which a sudden increase in the scale of seismicity is taken as the precursor; this is the most general form suggested by the model. under the three-stage faulting model, the formation of a major crack starts the process which eventually culminates in a major shear fracture (and the resultant major earthquake). the major crack at once generates a set of minor aftercracks, which fracture over time, and it is these minor fractures that produce the precursory seismicity. healing of the set of minor fractures is a necessary condition for the fracture of the major crack, which generates the mainshock and aftershocks. finally, healing of these fractures restores the medium to the condition it was in before the particular process started. three-stage faulting accounts, then, for the following features of the -phenomenon. the jump increase in seismicity marks the onset of fracturing of the set of aftercracks generated by the major crack. it has been observed that the set of precursory earthquakes has a similar magnitude level to the aftershocks (evison and rhoades, 1998); this follows, in the model, from the major crack and fracture being necessarily of the same size. (in the 12 examples presented here the ratio of aftershock to precursor magnitude level ranges from 0.84 to 1.37, with a median of 0.99). the long duration of the seismogenic process is explained by the need, according to mogi’s (1963) criteria, for the stress field across a fault to become uniform before fracture can occur; uniformity across the major crack is attained by the healing of the set of aftercracks, after they have fractured and generated the precursory earthquakes. finally, the essential independence of major earthquakes from one another is explained by the healing which follows the mainshock and aftershocks. inter-earthquake triggering, while not excluded, occurs as a second-order effect. the failure of experiments based on the regular-recurrence hypothesis, such as the experiment at parkfield, california (roeloffs and langbein, 1994), is explained. the seismogenic process as modelled by three-stage faulting is further elucidated by the proposal that it takes place against a background of self-organised criticality (evison and rhoades, 2001). self-organised criticality (soc) systems display an extreme sensitivity to initial con492 frank evison and david rhoades ditions. thus under the model it is acknowledged that the sudden increase in seismicity may be the earliest recognisable signal of a future major earthquake, just as in meteorology, where soc is the widely accepted background condition, a tropical depression is the earliest signal of a future tropical cyclone. the scaling principle, which is also basic to soc, is exemplified in the model by the role of the major crack in determining the scale of the entire seismogenic process, with regard to space, magnitude and time. thus the term «major» is purely relative: the major crack can be of any absolute size. again, the soc principle of hierarchy is exemplified in the occurrence of smaller seismogenic processes embedded in larger ones, as with the joshua tree process (fig. 3ix), which was entirely embedded in the precursor to the landers earthquake (fig. 3x). more generally, the context of a given major earthquake can be understood in two distinct ways, depending on scale. on the larger scale, as already mentioned above, the earthquake belongs to a gutenberg-richter set, and occurs in a context of self-similarity. on the smaller scale, the earthquake is anomalous: as a mainshock, it is too large to belong to the gutenbergrichter set of its preshocks and aftershocks. this is the scale of the predictive correlations that have been presented above. under self-organized criticality, one can visualise that any of a large number of small earthquakes has the potential to avalanche, thus nucleating a large earthquake. this has been interpreted to mean that individual earthquakes are intrinsically unpredictable. the present model reconciles long-range forecasting with selforganized criticality by accommodating the avalanche-nucleation concept at the crackformation stage of seismogenesis. there is no reason to regard the initial cracking as predictable, but once it has occurred the remaining stages, including the major earthquake, are determined. this is somewhat analogous to the nucleation and development of a tropical cyclone. 6. associated precursors several types of precursor occur as fluctuations which modulate the average seismicity during the precursory period. large swarms mark the onset of seismogenesis at colorado delta (fig. 3i) and borrego mt. (fig. 3ii). foreshocks occur at the end of the precursory period, occasionally in large numbers, as at superstition hills (fig. 3vii) and at landers (fig. 3x). in contrast, quiescence frequently occurs, as at northridge (fig. 3xi) and hector mine (fig. 3xii), in both of which an interval occupying about 40% of the precursory period was devoid of earthquakes. the well-known accelerating moment release precursor will be discussed in detail below. a seismicity parameter frequently studied in the context of precursory phenomena is the b-value in the gutenberg-richter equation log10n(m) = a bm. a related parameter is the mean magnitude of a gutenberg-richter set (aki, 1965). the loma prieta and northridge earthquakes have been studied by smith (1998) in terms of precursory changes in mean magnitude. the areas considered are similar to those in fig. 3viii and fig. 3xi. using two different types of cusum graph, smith found an anomaly before the loma prieta earthquake, beginning at about the same time as the -anomaly reported above. this may be a coincidence, since anomalies are closely related to the a-value in the gutenberg-richter equation, and this is usually held to be independent of the b-value. precursors involving phenomena other than seismicity may in some cases be compatible with the present model. the crack-formation stage of faulting may produce anomalies in acoustic emission (scholz, 1990), and coda q 1 (jin and aki, 1989), due to a form of dilatancy. here, the dilatancy will consist of a fractal set of cracks, rather than pores of more or less uniform size. electromagnetic emissions, too, have been widely reported in association with cracking (e.g., guo et al., 1994). on the present model, all such crackrelated anomalies are to be looked for early in the precursory period. many of these precursors have been observed, but the reporting of examples remains largely anecdotal. this is consistent with the three-stage faulting model. the contributory precursors involving seismicity are possible but not necessary under this model; further, most studies of precursors related to cracking have concentrated on time periods rather close to the mainshock time. 493 precursory scale increase and long-term seismogenesis in california and northern mexico 7. and amr precursors contrasting interpretations of the seismicity preceding major earthquakes are suggested by the y and amr (accelerating moment release) patterns. a ready comparison can be made between these interpretations for california, since, of the earthquakes discussed above, bowman et al. (1998) have presented detailed amr interpretations of borrego mountain, san fernando, coalinga, superstition hills, loma prieta, landers, and northridge. the two studies have different backgrounds. the amr study was a search for empirical support of a theoretical model. the incentive for the study, on the other hand, was an inference from the three-stage faulting model, which was itself developed to explain the precursory swarm phenomenon. widely differing areas around the earthquake source are involved in the two interpretations. in amr theory, an increasing correlation length in the regional stress field reaches a critical point, and this is when the earthquake occurs. the process involves an area very much larger than the earthquake source area. in the case of , by contrast, a three-stage faulting process is postulated in the more immediate neighbourhood of the source area, although still involving faults besides that on which the major earthquake occurs. figure 5 shows the areas of the amr circles in bowman et al. (1998) and those of the rectangles, for the same set of earthquakes. also shown is utsu’s (1961) relation between aftershock area and mainshock magnitude, and parallel lines are fitted to the amr and sets of data. overall, the areas are 10 times larger, and the amr areas 140 times larger, than the aftershock areas. further, the scatter is considerably less for the areas (variance 0.07) than for the amr areas (variance 0.25). one might think that the amr phenomenon would extend into the source region, but according to jaumé and sykes (1999) it occurs primarily outside. that no vestige of accelerating seismicity occurs in most of the plots (figs. 3i-xii) is thus only to be expected. the exceptions are superstition hills (fig. 3vii), loma prieta (fig. 3viii), and landers (fig. 3x). these apparent occurrences of accelerating seismicity were not identified as amr by bowman et al. (1998), who showed (their fig. 5) that for all the earthquakes that they studied, except loma prieta, a linear or decelerating moment release was indicated for areas of intermediate size. widely differing distributions of the precursory seismicity with respect to time are also proposed by the two models. in amr, the increase in seismicity is initially emergent, and accelerates up to the time of the earthquake, while in , the jump in seismicity occurs at the start of the precursory period. this dominant feature of seems to be irrelevant to amr, since in the plots given by bowman et al. (1998, fig. 6) for the borrego mountain, san fernando, coalinga, superstition hills and northridge earthquakes, the starting date was later than the jump in seismicity. little in common can thus be found between the and amr precursors. they may nevertheless offer complementary information on the location, magnitude and time of future major mainshock magnitude a re a (1 0 0 0 sq . km ) 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 0 .1 1 .0 1 0 .0 1 0 0 .0 amra fters hoc ks ( uts u, 1 961 ) am r ψ ψ fig. 5. and amr precursory areas versus mainshock magnitudes for the earthquakes at borrego mountain (1968, m 6.5); san fernando (1971, m 6.6); coalinga (1983, m 6.7); superstition hills (1987, m 6.6); loma prieta (1989, m 7.0); landers (1992, m 7.3), and northridge (1994, m 6.6). the utsu (1961) relation between aftershock area and mainshock magnitude is shown for comparison, and parallel lines are fitted to the amr and data. 494 frank evison and david rhoades earthquakes. as regards location, the much larger areas involved in amr are nevertheless centred, in the study by bowman et al. (1998), on the earthquake epicentre. robinson (2000) has shown, however, in a study of three new zealand earthquakes, that the amr centre was best placed at a distance of 50-60 km from the earthquake epicentre. as regards magnitude, amr relates this to area, but as shown in fig. 5 above, there is much scatter in magnitude as a function of area. in the precursor, the mainshock epicentre can be anywhere in the rectangular area, as discussed above and exemplified in figs. 3i-xii(a), while the magnitude is given as a probability distribution, with scatter as shown in fig. 4a. the time of the major earthquake is indicated in amr by an exponentially increasing function of the time to failure. this seems superior to the probability distribution and scatter obtained for the -precursor (fig. 4b). but according to robinson (2000) the earthquake time estimated by amr is in practice only loosely constrained. 8. conclusions the -phenomenon is one of the simplest earthquake precursors so far identified. it is manifested in the origin times, locations and magnitudes routinely listed in earthquake catalogues. the predictive parameters that it supplies consist of a rather closely defined area, a date, and a magnitude, and these give longterm estimates, in the form of probability distributions, of the location, time and magnitude of the major earthquake. as the longest-term of all suggested precursors (unless one includes the hypothesised «seismic gap» as a precursor), it accommodates a variety of shorter-term anomalies. precursory swarms, when they occur, are a special case of the -precursor. thus the above examples from california and northern mexico can be added to the 28 examples previously published from japan, greece and new zealand, making in all 40 large earthquakes that are similarly related to the -precursor. this constitutes a clear description of the -phenomenon as a long-term precursor, and part of the seismogenic process, in some of the main types of seismotectonic environment. formulation of a testable hypothesis can now proceed, and by means of the appropriate methodology (rhoades and evison 1979, 1993) the -precursor in california, northern mexico and elsewhere can be evaluated for possible use in long-range earthquake forecasting. acknowledgements the authors thank e.g.c. smith, w. d. smith and j.j. taber for critical readings of the manuscript, and paolo gasperini and an anonymous reviewer for valuable comments. the work has been supported by the new zealand foundation for research, science and technology, under contract c05x0006. the first author acknowledges facilities provided under an honorary fellowship at victoria university of wellington. references aki, k. (1965): maximum likelihood estimate of b in the formula log n = a bm and its confidence limits, bull. earthquake res. inst. univ. toyko, 43, 237-239. bowman, d.d., g. ouillon, c.g. sammis, a. sornette and d. sornette (1998): an observational test of the critical earthquake concept, j. geophys. res., 103, 24,359-24,372. evison, f.f. and d.a. rhoades (1997): the precursory earthquake swarm in new zealand: hypothesis tests ii, n. z. j. geol. geophys., 40, 537-547. evison, f.f. and d.a. rhoades (1998): long-term seismogenic process for major earthquakes in subduction zones, phys. earth planet. inter., 108, 185-199. evison, f.f. and d.a. rhoades (1999a): the precursory earthquake swarm and the inferred precursory quarm, n. z. j. geol. geophys., 42, 229-236. evison, f.f. and d.a. rhoades (1999b): the precursory earthquake swarm in japan: hypothesis test, earth planets space, 51, 1267-1277. evison, f.f. and d.a. rhoades (2000): the precursory earthquake swarm in greece, ann. geofis., 43 (5), 991-1009. evison, f.f. and d.a. rhoades (2001): model of long-term seismogenesis, ann. geofis., 44 (1), 81-93. guo, z., b. liu and y. wang (1994): mechanism of electromagnetic emissions associated with microscopic and macroscopic cracking in rocks, in electromagnetic phenomena related to earthquake prediction, edited by m. hayakawa and y. fujinawa (terra scientific publishing co., tokyo), 523-529. jaume, s.c. and l.r. sykes (1999): evolving towards a critical point: a review of accelerating seismic moment/ energy release prior to large and great earthquakes, pure appl. geophys., 155, 279-305. 495 precursory scale increase and long-term seismogenesis in california and northern mexico jin, a. and k. aki (1989): spatial and temporal correlation between coda q 1 and seismicity and its physical mechanism, j. geophys. res., 94, 14,041-14,054. kossobokov, v.g., l.l. romashkova, v.i. keylis-borok and j.h. healy (1999): testing earthquake prediction algorithms: statistically significant advance prediction of the largest earthquakes in the circum-pacific, 19921997, phys. earth planet. int., 111, 187-196. mogi, k. (1963): some discussions on aftershocks, foreshocks and earthquake swarms the fracture of a semi-infinite body caused by an inner stress origin and its relation to the earthquake phenomena, bull. earthquake res. inst., 41, 615-658. page, e.s. (1954): continuous inspection schemes, biometrika, 41, 100-114. reasenberg, p. (1985): second-order moment of central california seismicity, 1969-1982, j. geophys. res., 90, 5479-5495. rhoades, d.a. and f.f. evison (1979): long-range earthquake forecasting based on a single predictor, geophys. j. r. astron. soc., 59, 43-56. rhoades, d.a. and f.f. evison (1993): long-range earthquake forecasting based on a single predictor with clustering, geophys. j. int., 113, 371-381. robinson, r. (2000): a test of the precursory accelerating moment release model on some recent new zealand earthquakes, geophys. j. int., 140, 568-576. roeloffs, e. and j. langbein (1994): the earthquake prediction experiment at parkfield, california, rev. geophys., 32, 315-336. scholz, c.h. (1990): the mechanics of earthquakes and faulting (cambridge university press, cambridge), p. 21. smith, w.d. (1998): resolution and significance assessment of precursory changes in mean earthquake magnitudes, geophys. j. int., 135, 515-522. utsu, t. (1961): a statistical study on the occurrence of aftershocks, geophys. mag., 30, 521-605. varnes, d.j. (1989): predicting earthquakes by analysing accelerating precursory seismic activity, pure appl. geophys., 130, 661-686. yin, x.c., y.c. wang, k.y. peng, y.l. bai, h.t. wang and x.f. yin (2000): development of a new approach to earthquake prediction: load/unload response ratio (lurr) theory, pure appl. geophys., 157, 2365-2383. (received february 4, 2002; accepted july 4, 2002) 169_175 adg v–5 n01 stanisl.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 169 forecasting of ionospheric characteristics during quiet and disturbed conditions iwona stanisl/awska and zbigniew zbyszyński space research centre, polish academy of sciences, warsaw, poland abstract an autocovariance forecasting procedure for single location ionospheric characteristics is presented. its accuracy is illustrated as a function of the amount of time extrapolation for selected european stations under quiet and disturbed conditions. 1. introduction day-to-day and hour-to-hour ionospheric variations are generally irregular. irregular ionospheric variations are variations that cannot be predicted by any linear prediction method. they are caused by irregular changes in amplitudes of ionospheric parameters as well as their time spread. in order to predict them much interest and efforts have been dedicated in the past. various non-linear techniques have been proposed. the latest publications deal with a statistical approach (muhtaov and kutiev, 1999), or with a modern neural network technique (wintoft and cander, 1999, 2000; tulunay et al., 2000). this paper presents a continuation of this work (stanisl/awska and zbyszyński, 2001) in the application of the autocovariance prediction method for ionospheric purposes. 2. the autocovariance prediction method application the autocovariance prediction method was originally elaborated at the space research centre for prediction of irregular variations in earth rotation (kosek, 1993, 1997). in this method the first prediction point outside the data time interval in the future and in the past is computed and added at the beginning or at the end of data, respectively, so the next prediction point can be computed. the difference between the prediction and data at a particular time in the future computed at different starting prediction epochs reveals unpredictable or irregular variations of the considered ionospheric parameter. along this line the analysis of potential application of this method in the ionosphere was presented in stanisl/awska (1994). the forecasting capabilities of the method for f0 f2 parameter were shown in stanisl/awska and zbyszyński (2001). this paper presents a similar analysis for other ionospheric characteristics as well as the forecast dependence on the time range considered. one of the advantages of the autocovariance method is that it does not require any additional parameters, which describe solar and/or geophysical conditions. it also means that any mailing address: dr. iwona stanisl/awska, space research centre pas, 00-716 warsaw, bartycka 18a, poland; e-mail: stanis@cbk.waw.pl key words forecasting of ionospheric characteristics 170 iwona stanisl/awska and zbigniew zbyszyński additional uncertainty connected with the need to use a prediction of these is avoided. the only information needed is a long enough period of observation. another advantage is that it can be used for forecasting without any knowledge of the morphological and physical processes in a medium, such as the ionosphere. 3. results and conclusions the present study investigates the f0 f2, f 0f1, f 0 e, and m(3000)f 2 parameters. data have been taken from ral-cd-rom, prepared by the rutherford appleton laboratory, united kingdom, for european cooperation in the field of scientific and technical research (cost) action 251 (hanbaba, 1999) and from the ionospheric despatch centre in europe (stanisl/awska et al., 1999) (http://www.cbk.waw.pl/rwc/idce.html), that is a cost 251 initiative. a list of relevant stations is presented in table i. in this method the prediction estimation is computed as a function of an observed variable (different ionospheric characteristic) from several ionospheric stations only. the sampling interval of ionospheric characteristics, in our case, is 1 h. in this paper, 1-, 2-, 4-, 8-, 12-, 24and 48-h-ahead forecast have been obtained. particular purposes of this application are to consider the needs of the forecast obtaining for instantaneous situation by operational service of the ionospheric situation. to deal with a real situation any specific method for gaps filling has been used. any data gaps were replaced by 7-days-smoothed average only. also the requirements of the time period of available data were limited. data from separate periods within september november 1998 were used. the number of data used in the computation for the presented statistics is shown in table ii. for the calculations of the short time forecast (up to 12 h ahead) 73 past values (3 days) hour by hour, have been taken, while for a longer time forecast (24-48 h ahead) 28 values from the previous 28 days, for each hour separately, have been taken. to satisfy the requirements of the method, as input data we used deviations of the measurements from the 7-days-smoothed table i. stations and their geographical coordinates. location station latitude, °n longitude, °e tortosa eb040 40.8 0.5 rome ro041 41.9 12.5 juliusruh jr055 54.6 13.4 sofia sq143 42.7 23.4 warsaw mz152 52.2 21.2 uppsala up158 59.8 17.6 lycksele ly164 64.6 18.8 kiruna ki167 67.8 20.4 table ii. number of considered data points. disturbed quiet total f0 e 1900 3900 5800 f 0 f 1 500 900 1400 f 0 f 2 6100 9200 15300 m(3000)f2 6100 8500 14600 171 forecasting of ionospheric characteristics during quiet and disturbed conditions fig. 1. bar chart created for rms errors for f0 f2 characteristic, for disturbed data (upper panel), quiet data (middle panel), and for all data together (lower panel). autocovariance forecasting method: for1, 1 h ahead for2, 2 h ahead, etc. persistence: p1. fig. 2. the same as fig. 1 for f0 f1 characteristic. fig. 3. the same as fig. 1 for f0 e characteristic. fig. 4. the same as fig. 1 for m(3000)f 2 characteristic. fof2 dist urbed dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.2 0.8 1.4 fof2 quiet dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.2 0.8 1.4 fof2 all dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.2 0.8 1.4 fof1 dist urbed dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.1 0.3 0.5 fof1 quiet dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.1 0.3 0.5 fof1 all dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.1 0.3 0.5 foe dist urbed dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.0 0.2 0.4 foe quiet dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.0 0.2 0.4 foe all dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.0 0.2 0.4 m(3000)f2 dist urbed dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.05 0.15 0.25 m(3000)f2 quiet dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.05 0.15 0.25 m(3000)f2 all dat a f o r1 f o r2 f o r4 f o r8 f o r1 2 f o r2 4 f o r4 8 p 1 it u -r 0.05 0.15 0.25 1 2 3 4 172 iwona stanisl/awska and zbigniew zbyszyński average value calculated for each hour separately. an additional correction factor for 1-hahead forecast is introduced in the following manner: for the forecast at time t, parameters at times t-1 and t-2 are calculated. if the values in t-1 and t-2 differ from the measurements by more than 30%, the current calculated forecast is changed exactly by the last value of the gradient. the forecast was analysed for the disturbed and quiet periods separately. for the distinction between quiet and disturbed conditions, the catalogue of disturbances (kouris et al., 1998) observed at selected ionospheric stations was used. the catalogue is available at the ionospheric despatch centre in europe. the prediction error is presented as an rms error and percentage deviation of the prediction against the measurements. for comparison with the forecast results using the itu-r-predicted median value and the measurement from the previous hours (persistence) have also been given. figures 1 to 4 show the bar charts of the rms error for four considered characteristics for quiet and disturbed conditions separately, as well as for all data together. the method has been used fig. 5. 1and 24-h-ahead forecast, and measurements for f0 f2 characteristic for three 5-day-periods in september 1998 at kiruna station. 173 forecasting of ionospheric characteristics during quiet and disturbed conditions fig. 6. the same as fig. 5 for f 0 e characteristic at uppsala station. for 1-, 2-h ahead, etc. samples of 1-, and 24-hahead forecast for f0 f2, f0 e and m(3000)f2 characteristics for the most quiet, incidentally chosen moderate disturbed and the most disturbed periods are shown in figs. 5 to 7. five day periods in october and september 1998 observations, 1and 24-h ahead, are presented. incidentally chosen, but representative for the numerical experiments performed, stations from midand high latitudes are presented. only the plot for f0 f1 characteristic (fig. 8) is presented for a 5-day-period in september 1998 for a mixed quiet and negatively disturbed period for the mid-latitude warsaw station only. for all the considered data the forecast shows much better results than medians and persistence. except for the most disturbed data for f 0 f 2 characteristic, when the persistence is better than the forecast 2-, 4-, etc. hours ahead. but obviously, while considering the forecast for longer than 1-h-ahead period, the persistence does not exist. it ought to be mentioned that itu-r prediction is never available with such accuracy, as used in this paper, because of the actual solar activity parameters used (not prediction). for m(3000)f 2 characteristic, increasing the time range of the forecast also increases the errors. this increase is not so 174 iwona stanisl/awska and zbigniew zbyszyński fig. 7. the same as fig. 5 for m(3000)f2 characteristic for three 5-day-periods in october 1998 at juliusruh station. fig. 8. the same as fig. 5 for f0f1 characteristic for one 5-day-period in september 1998 at warsaw station. 175 forecasting of ionospheric characteristics during quiet and disturbed conditions pronounced as for f 0 f 2 . for f 0 f 1 and f 0 e characteristics the situation is quite different. the impact of the data from sunrise and sunset hours, particularly for f 0 f 1 data, and night hours for f 0 e, enlarge the errors, because the forecast is sometimes given for non-existing f1 layer, and vice versa. generally, the quiet situation, which is represented by much more smoothed data than for the disturbances, is predicted with higher accuracy. during the disturbance lasting several hours, the method might generate some rapid fluctuations. when the method gives too high, or too low values, the correction by gradients improves the forecast, but only for the second, and higher measured values hours. so the forecast curve for later hours is much smoother and closer to observations. however, for individual disturbances the errors might still be substantial. this effect can be avoided using data with higher resolution sampling, as 15, or 5 min. in such a case 1-h-ahead forecast will follow the observations with higher accuracy after half an hour, or 10 min, respectively. generally, the autocovariance method shows the correctness of this approach for any ionospheric characteristics. the autocovariance method of ionospheric characteristics forecasting provides an acceptable accuracy. this might also be the crucial point for predicting the electron concentration height profiles. its quite reliable results for quiet, as well as for disturbed conditions allow us to conclude that this method can be used in operational services of ionospheric situation, as used to update the limited-area ionospheric forecast at the regional warning centre warsaw of the international space environment service. acknowledgements this research was partly supported by polish committee of scientific research grant 2 p03c 006 17. references hanbaba, r. (1999): cost 251 final report, src print. off., warsaw. kosek, w. (1993): the autocovariance prediction of the earth rotation parameters, in 7th international symposium «geodesy and physics of the earth», iag symposium no. 112, potsdam, germany, october 5-10, 1992, edited by h. montag and ch. reigber (springer verlag), 443-446. kosek, w. (1997): autocovariance prediction method of short period earth rotation parameters, artif. earth satell., 32 (2), 75-85. kouris, s.s., d.n. fotiadis and t.d. xenos (1998): on the day-to-day variation on f 0 f 2 and m(3000)f 2 , adv. space res., 22 (6), 873-876. muhtarov, p. and i. kutiev (1999): autocorrelation method for temporal interpolation and short-term prediction of ionospheric data, radio sci., 34 (2), 459-464. stanisl/ awska, i. (1994): a single-station prediction model as a contribution to instantaneous mapping, ann. geofis., 37 (2), 153-157. stanisl/ awska, i. and z. zbyszyński (2001): forecasting of the ionospheric quiet and disturbed f 0 f 2 values at single location, radio sci., 36 (5), 1065-1071. stanisl/ awska, i., t.l. gulyaeva and r. hanbaba (1999): ionospheric despatch centre in europe, phys. chem. earth (c), 24 (4), 355-357. tulunay, e., c. ozkaptan and y. tulunay (2000): temporal and spatial forecasting of the f0 f2 values up to twenty four hours in advance, phys. chem. earth (c), 25 (4), 281-285. wintoft, p. and lj.r. cander (1999): short-term prediction of f0 f2 using time-delay neural network, phys. chem. earth (c), 24 (4), 342-347. wintoft, p. and lj.r. cander (2000): ionospheric f 0 f 2 storm forecasting using neural networks, phys. chem. earth (c), 25 (4), 267-273. annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 comparison of the mipas products obtained by four different level 2 processors piera raspollini∗,a, enrico arnoneb, flavio barbaraa, bruno carlia, elisa castellib, simone ceccherinia, bianca maria dinellib, anu dudhiac, michael kieferd, enzo papandreae, and marco ridolfie aistituto di fisica applicata "n. carrara" (ifac) del consiglio nazionale delle ricerche (cnr), firenze, italy bistituto di scienza dell’atmosfera e del clima (isac) del consiglio nazionale delle ricerche (cnr), bologna, italy catmospheric, oceanic and planetary physics, clarendon laboratory, oxford university, uk dkarlsruhe institute of technology (kit), institute for meteorology and climate research (imk), karlsruhe, germany euniversità di bologna, bologna, italy i. introduction m ipas [fischer et al., 2008] is a midinfrared fourier transform spectrometer that sounded the atmospheric emission at limb onboard the envisat satellite. it was launched on 31 march 2002 in a sun-synchronous polar orbit of about 800 km altitude and operated until 8 april 2012. the limb scanning sequence observed by the instrument is made of spectra that sound the atmosphere at different tangent altitudes (the tangent altitude is the minimum altitude reached by the line of sight and is also the altitude from where most of the observed signal originates). the inversion of the measurements allows the determination of the vertical profiles of the atmospheric quantities of interest in the range of the tangent altitudes covered by the limb scanning sequence, which is 6-70 km for the nominal measurement mode. four different retrieval codes have been developed for the analysis of mipas measurements and have been used for the processing of the entire mipas mission. these are: • the esa processor [raspollini et al., 2013, raspollini et al., 2006, ridolfi et al., 2000]: ml2pp v6 of this processor and the corresponding dataset will henceforth be referred as ml2pp; • the gmtr, developed at bologna university [carlotti et al., 2006, dinelli et al., 2010]: this processor and the corresponding dataset v2.3 will henceforth be referred as bol; • the algorithm obtained by the joint effort of the institut für meteorologie und klimaforschung (imk) at karlsruhe institute of technology and the instituto de astrofísica de andalucía (iaa) [von clarmann et al., 2003a,von clarmann et al., 2009]: this processor and the corresponding dataset (v5r_222 for ch4 and n2o, v5r_220 for the other species) will henceforth be referred as imk; ∗piera raspollini, ifac-cnr, via madonna del piano 10, 50019 sesto fiorentino (fi), italy; p.raspollini@ifac.cnr.it, phone: +390555226307 1 annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 • the algorithm morse developed at oxford university [dudhia, 2008]: this processor and the corresponding dataset v1.4 will henceforth be referred as oxf. the four retrieval algorithms use the same level 1b data (calibrated and geolocated spectra) provided by esa. an assessment of the internal consistency of their products, which so far has been proven only by means of a blind test retrieval experiment based on synthetic spectra [von clarmann et al., 2003b], while a comparison using real data has been performed only for ozone products [laeng et al., 2013], is the objective of this paper. a comprehensive data set is now available and it represents a great opportunity to make a statistically significant comparison aiming at the determination of the possible systematic errors and at the identification of possible improvements. ii. differences between the four algorithms all algorithms use the global fit approach, i.e. the spectra of each scan are fitted simultaneously (minimizing the quadratic norm of the noise-weighted residuals between measurements and forward model calculations, with a constraint), but while three of them perform a one-dimensional (1d) retrieval, i.e. each scan is fitted separately, the forth one (bol) performs the simultaneous retrieval of all scans of the orbit (two-dimensional (2d) retrieval). generally the different species are retrieved sequentially, with some exceptions for bol and imk, and retrieved profiles from previous retrievals are used as assumed profiles in subsequent retrievals. the forward models of the four algorithms compute the radiative transfer integral along the line of sight taking into account the atmospheric vertical inhomogeneities, but different assumptions are made by the four algorithms about the horizontal inhomogeneities. the atmosphere is assumed to be in local thermodinamic equilibrium (lte) by all algorithms except imk, which is able to properly handle deviations from lte (non-lte), but it routinely uses only for selected species. scattering is not included in the radiative transfer integral, and the spectra affected by thick clouds, identified by the cloud filtering algorithm [spang et al., 2002, spang et al., 2004], are not included in the analysis. retrievals are performed limiting the fit to selected spectral intervals (called microwindows, mws) containing most information on the target parameters and minimizing the systematic errors also introduced by the assumptions in the forward model. the main differences between the four algorithms (constraints, retrieval grid, microwindows, forward model, cloud filtering thresholds) are summarized in table 1. iii. procedure for the comparison the performances of the four algorithms are compared in terms of seasonal averages of single scan retrieval error and seasonal averages of single scan vertical resolution of their products. possible biases between the products of the four algorithms are searched by computing differences between seasonal averages of each of the three algorithms oxf, bol and imk with respect to ml2pp. seasonal averages, in a three month period, of temperature profiles and volume mixing ratio (vmr) profiles of water vapor, nitric acid, methane, nitrous oxide and nitrogen dioxide are compared for six latitude bands (90◦n – 65◦n, 65◦n – 20◦n, 20◦n – 0◦, 0◦– 20◦s, 20◦s – 65◦s, 65◦s – 90◦s) and for daytime and nighttime observations. daytime (nighttime) profiles are identified with the sun elevation angle at the geolocation of the tangent altitude of the middle sweep of the scan. the analysis is performed considering the nominal mode measurements made in two years (2008 and 2009) that correspond to the second phase of the mipas mission (years 2005-2012). this phase is characterized, with respect to the first phase (years 2002-2004), by a reduced spectral resolution but an improved spatial resolution (optimized resolution – or). independent analyses are performed for two years (2008 and 2009) to 2 annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 table 1: main differences between the four algorithms retrieval approach assumptions in the forward model algorithm constraint retrieval grid multitarget 1d/2d retrieval spectral intervals (mws) horizontal homogeneity local thermodinamic equilibrium cloud filtering threshold* ml2pp levenberg-marquardt regularization approach and a posteriori self-adapting tikhonov regularization (for all species but h2 o retrieval). pressure grid corresponding to the 27 tangent altitudes of the nominal measurement mode. no 1d oxf mws yes yes 1.8 oxf optimal estimation. pressure grid corresponding to the 27 tangent altitudes. no 1d oxf mws yes yes 1.8 imk tikhonov regularization against ecmwf temperature for temperature retrieval, and with constant constraint for gas retrievals. altitude grid with spacing of 1 km up to 44 km and of 2 km between 44 and 70 km. ch4 , n2 o 1d imk mws assumed horizontal gradient of temperature along the line of sight. modelling of non-lte condition in no2 retrieval 4 bol optimal estimation and levenberg-marquardt regularization approach altitude grid, with 3 km vertical steps from 6 to 42 km and at 47, 52, 60 and 68 km. t, o3 , h2 o 2d dedicated mws for t, h2 o and o3 , oxf mws for the other species fitted horizontal gradients for all species yes 4 * ci=ratio of the integrated radiances in two mws, with the second mw mostly sensitive to aerosol and cloud emissions. spectra with ci smaller than ci threshold are filtered out. with a larger ci threshold more clouds are filtered out. evaluate if the results are consistent enough to consider the results of one year representative of or measurement performances. comparisons are made on a common pressure grid, corresponding to an altitude grid of 1 km below 56 km and 2 km above 56 km. this fine grid, chosen in order to reduce the resampling error in the comparison, approximately corresponds to the finest of the four retrieval grids. the averages are computed including all the retrieved profiles that passed the filtering procedure. for all datasets, only profile levels not filtered out for the clouds and profiles for which convergence has been reached are included in the average. furthermore, in bol database, all profiles with information gain less than 0.3 are filtered out, as well as all profile levels xi with absolute deviation from the median larger than 6 times the mad. mad is calculated by finding the median of the absolute deviation between observations xi and the median, m, of n data points: madn = median (|xi − mn|). in oxf database, any profile level whose retrieval random error is greater than 70% of the profile value is discarded. in the ml2pp dataset, profiles characterized by a chi-square larger than a species dependent threshold are discarded. in imk dataset, profile levels whose diagonal values of the averaging kernel matrix (akm) [ceccherini et al., 2010] are smaller than 0.03 are discarded. the consequence of the individual filtering procedure is that, for the different algorithms, not exactly the same measurements enter the averages. this has been verified not to introduce a significant difference in the seasonal averages, because the number of the averaged 3 annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 profiles for each latitude band and each season is always much larger than the number of different measurements. an exception may be encountered for night polar summer and day polar winter where averages are performed on a statistically small number of samples. however, also these differences are interesting, because the main objective here is to compare seasonal averages obtained by the different mipas algorithms in order to see how all the different choices made in the four algorithms (cloud filtering, microwindows, regularization, filtering and so on) have an impact on them. iv. comparison of diagnostic parameters of the four algorithms the performances of each retrieval are characterized by the trade-off that the retrieval constraints (either regularization or a-priori) determine between the two diagnostic parameters: the retrieval error and the vertical resolution. the retrieval error is the propagation of the measurement noise through the retrieval and its covariance matrix (cm) [ceccherini et al., 2010] is computed by the four algorithms and provided for each scan (oxf and bol products just include the diagonal elements of cm). the retrieval error depends on the sensitivity of the measurements to the target parameters, which, in turn, is driven by the amplitude of the emitted radiance and by the temperature of the atmosphere. given the large seasonal and latitudinal variability of the temperature profile, the retrieval errors are characterized by a large variability. the vertical resolution is estimated using the akm calculated by the four algorithms. the vertical resolution at altitude zi is computed, for each profile, as ∆zi /akmii, where ∆zi is the retrieval step at altitude zi and akmii is the diagonal element of the akm at the altitude zi. ml2pp and imk provide for each scan the full akm and its diagonal element respectively, and for their products it is possible to compute the vertical resolution in a rigorous way. bol provides representative akms for selected season and latitude bands. oxf does not provide routinely the akm of each scan in its products, neither the complete cm, and hence the akmii has been estimated as equal to 1 − (sdx /sda)2, with sdx and sda respectively the retrieval and the a priori error, that is only considering the diagonal terms of the cm. this approach, being rigorous only if the off-diagonal terms of the cm are negligible, and hence if the retrieved points are uncorrelated, overestimates the diagonal terms of the akm when an a priori constraint is used and consequently underestimates the value of the vertical resolution. seasonal averages of the diagnostic parameters are computed after interpolating both retrieval error profile and vertical resolution profile of each scan with the same method used for the temperature and vmr profiles, because the average performances on the native retrieval grid rather than the performances of the average are the objective of our analysis. figure 1 shows, for ozone, the seasonal averages of single scan absolute retrieval error (left plot) and the seasonal averages of single scan vertical resolution profile (right plot) for the four processors, for equatorial and southern hemisphere polar winter conditions. bol has the worst vertical resolution, with a peak of 8 km at high altitudes. this is a consequence of the used retrieval grid, being significantly coarser than the retrieval grid of the other algorithms (see table 1). furthermore, for temperature, ozone and water vapor, that are obtained with a joint retrieval, the retrieval error takes into account also the propagation of the error of the profiles that are jointly retrieved and this leads to a more comprehensive, but larger retrieval error. among the other three algorithms, oxf has the largest retrieval error and the best vertical resolution. the use of a selfadapting regularization strength based on the retrieval error of each scan allows ml2pp to maintain a fairly constant vertical resolution for different atmospheric conditions, while the retrieval error changes significantly. contrarily, imk uses a regularization with a fixed strength, and hence its regularization is stronger (and hence vertical resolution is worst) when the in4 annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 figure 1: ozone zonal means of single scan random error profile (left plot) and vertical resolution profile (right plot) of bol (red curves), oxf (green curves), imk (blue curves) and ml2pp (pink curves) for equatorial (curves with circles) and southern hemisphere polar winter (curves with triangles) conditions. formation content of the measurement is lower, while the retrieval error does not change significantly. similar considerations can be done for the other species. the plots of the seasonal averages of single scan absolute retrieval error and of single scan vertical resolution profile for the four processors for temperature, water vapour, nitric acid, methane, nitrous oxide and nitrogen dioxide are reported in the supplementary material (figs. s1-s6). v. differences in mean temperature and vmr profiles the differences between the zonal means of bol, oxf and imk with respect to ml2pp have been computed and reported in three pressure-latitude maps for each season and each year. absolute differences are reported for temperature and relative differences for the vmr of the various species. averages are performed also distinguishing between daytime and nighttime profiles to highlight possible problems due to diurnally varying systematic errors. figure 2 shows the maps for temperature relative to june-july-august 2009 period, for both daytime and nighttime conditions. the maps relative to other seasons and other species are reported in the supplementary material (figs. s7-s61) ), and here below the overall results are summarized. discontinuities in the maps are due to the coarse discretization of the latitude bands on which the comparison is performed. the mean profiles of the four algorithms, as well as the differences between oxf, imk and bol products with respect to ml2pp products, computed for five ’reference’ atmospheres (polar summer, polar winter, equatorial, midlatitude daytime and midlatitude nighttime) are collected in summary plots for each species. mean differences are compared with the systematic error profiles estimated for oxf microwindows for each reference atmosphere [dudhia, 2008], and hence representative of oxf, ml2pp, and, partly, bol systematic errors. imk systematic errors are generally comparable [von clarmann et al., 2009]. figure 3 reports the summary plots for ozone, the plots relative to the other species are contained in the supplementary material (figs. s62-s67). for all species, no significant difference was observed between the independent analyses performed for years 2008 and 2009. 5 annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 figure 2: maps of the differences between the temperature zonal means of bol and ml2pp (left plots), oxf and ml2pp (center plots), imk and ml2pp (right plots) for june-july-august 2009 period; upper plot: daytime conditions, lower plot: nighttime conditions. v.1 temperature between 100 hpa and 1 hpa temperatures from the four algorithms are consistent within 1◦k, apart from a few exceptions (see fig.2 and figs. s7-s13 and s62 of the supplementary material): • in the polar winter, between 100 and 30 hpa, ml2pp and oxf are colder than bol up to 3◦k and than imk up to 6◦k. impact of unaccounted polar stratospheric clouds could have a role here. • in midlatitude winter and autumn, mainly bol, but also imk, differ from ml2pp and oxf by about 1-3◦k and this difference changes sign for daytime/nighttime conditions. the cause of this behavior can be ascribed to the geometry of observation of mipas measurements and to the assumption of horizontal homogeneity done in ml2pp and oxf forward models. indeed, mipas looks backwards with respect to the satellite’s flight direction in the nominal observation mode. this means that during the descending part of the orbit (when flying from north to south), which away from the poles corresponds to daytime observations, the instrument looks northward, while during the ascending part (when flying from south to north), which away from the poles corresponds to nighttime observations, it looks southward. as a consequence, in a region with temperature increasing northwards it sees a negative temperature gradient in nighttime observations and a positive temperature gradient in daytime observations [kiefer et al., 2010]. this asymmetry in the observations, in presence of non-linearity effects, leads to a bias in the retrieved temperature when horizontal gradient are not taken into account and this is seen as a bias between the algorithms that 6 annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 figure 3: mean ozone profiles of the four algorithms and mean differences with respect to ml2pp, plotted versus ml2pp estimated systematic error profile, computed for five reference atmospheres (polar summer: seasonal mean of jja 2008 period, daytime profiles, latitude band: 90◦n – 65◦n; polar winter: seasonal mean of jja 2008 period, nighttime profiles, latitude band: 65◦s – 90◦s; midlatitudes day: annual mean of 2008, daytime profiles, latitude band: 20◦n – 65◦n; midlatitudes night: annual mean of 2008, nighttime profiles, latitude band: 20◦n – 65◦n; equatorial: annual mean of 2008, daytime profiles, latitude band: 0◦– 20◦s). take into account inhomogeneities and the others. the bias in the retrieved temperature of ml2pp and oxf is only visible when comparing the mean of ascending and descending profiles separately: when averages are performed including measurements from both daytime and nighttime observations, as well as from different seasons, differences compensate each other and the resulting bias is very small (see fig. s62 of the supplementary material). at high altitudes, in particular between 1 and 0.2 hpa, bol and oxf are 2-4◦k warmer than ml2pp in the tropics and in the summer and spring hemisphere for midlatitudes. between 0.2 and 0.08 hpa imk is up to 3◦k colder than bol, ml2pp and oxf almost at all latitudes. at low altitudes, in particular below 10 hpa, oxf and ml2pp are comparable within 1-1.5◦k with the exception of the tropical regions in some seasons, imk is more than 3◦k warmer than oxf and ml2pp at almost all latitudes. further investigations are needed to understand the causes of these differences, but these have to be searched in the use of different microwindows, different cloud filtering thresholds and different interferences due to sequential or multi-target retrievals. 7 annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 v.2 water vapor (h2o) between 60 hpa and 0.2 hpa water vapor profiles from the four algorithms are consistent within 10% (figs. s14-s21 and s63 of the supplementary material). in the troposphere, in particular between 200 and 70 hpa, differences between the four algorithms are larger than 40%, with the imk mean profile being the highest one and oxf and bol profiles being the lowest ones. differences between the vertical resolution of the different algorithms and hence difficulties in matching the hygropause can be responsible of some of the observed differences. in the mesosphere, in particular between 0.9 and 0.2 hpa, the bol mean profile is the smallest, while for pressures lower than 0.2 hpa oxf and imk profiles are the largest. error due to non-lte may have a major role here. v.3 ozone (o3) between 40 and 0.5 hpa ozone profiles from the four algorithms are consistent within 5-10% (see fig. 3 and figs. s22-s29 of the supplementary material), with the largest differences around the ozone peak. in particular, in the southern hemisphere polar winter, imk is biased low with respect to the three algorithms by more than 10% at ~3 hpa (near the ozone peak) and is biased high by ~15% at ~20 hpa (see fig. 3 and figs. s26 and s27 of the supplementary material). this could be an effect of the different regularization approaches used by the four algorithms and of the choice of microwindows. in the tropics, between 60 and 40 hpa ml2pp is biased high by about 15% with respect to the other three algorithms, while between 200 and 80 hpa ml2pp is always biased high with respect to imk but it is biased low with respect to bol and oxf. outside the tropics, oxf and ml2pp are consistent within 10% between 500 and 0.1 hpa. ml2pp and oxf are biased high with respect to imk for pressures larger than 100 hpa at all latitudes and with respect to bol for pressures larger than 200 hpa. the positive bias of ml2pp, oxf and bol with respect to imk in the troposphere, also confirmed by validation of mipas products with ground based measurements [laeng et al., 2013], can be attributed to the different microwindows used by the different retrievals. for pressures smaller than 0.08 hpa ml2pp is biased low for more than 30% with respect to all others algorithms. this is also true between 0.2 and 0.08 hpa, but only with respect to imk and partially bol, while oxf is even smaller than ml2pp in this pressure range. from fig. 3 we can also see that the mean differences between the profiles of the four algorithms are generally smaller than the systematic errors of the individual retrievals and this is true also for the other species. indeed, the estimation of the systematic errors includes all errors that are not just propagation of the random measurement error through the retrieval. given the length/time scale of variation of each systematic error, when averaging on a long period and a latitude band, some of these errors may even change sign and compensate each other. the results found for ozone are consistent with those of the comparison of the ozone profile retrieved by the four algorithms made in the frame of ozone climate change initiative [laeng et al., 2013]. v.4 nitric acid (hno3) between 100 and 5 hpa mean differences between the nitric acid profiles from the four algorithms are generally within 5-10% (see figs. s30-s37 of the supplementary material for the different seasons and fig. s64 for the summary plots), apart from in the tropics and in the southern hemisphere winter and spring polar conditions. in the tropics bol is about 10% larger than the other 3 algorithms between 20 and 6 hpa and up to 20% smaller between 60 and 25 hpa. oxf nitric acid value around 100 hpa is significantly larger than the values retrieved by the other three algorithms, probably due to difficulties in resolving the knee of the profile. in the southern hemisphere polar winter, mostly 8 annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 ml2pp, but also oxf, are biased low for more than 50% with respect to bol and imk between 80 and 30 hpa (see figs. s34-s35 and s64 of the supplementary material). in midlatitudes, especially in winter and summer (see figs. s30-s31 and s34-s35 of the supplementary material), (bol ml2pp) differences change sign for daytime and nighttime profiles. as in the case of temperature, this behavior can be attributed to the horizontal inhomogeneities that are only accurately handled in bol retrievals. the diurnal change of the differences is significantly less evident in the (imk ml2pp) differences, indicating that the approach used by imk for handling the horizontal inhomogeneities (i.e. modeling the gradient of temperature) only accounts for a part of the problem and only bol corrects for errors due to hno3 gradients. the fact that a similar behavior is not seen for the other species can be explained by the following two considerations. first, the temperature bias caused by horizontal gradients does not cause biases in the minor constituent retrievals because the non-linearities present in the radiative transfer of temperature and minor constituents are similar and the “effective” temperature, retrieved when neglecting the horizontal gradients, is the most suitable for the minor constituent retrieval. second, with the exception of nitric acid, either horizontal concentration gradients or species dependent non-linearities present in minor constituent retrievals are usually small [carlotti et al., 2013]. at high altitudes, i.e. for pressures smaller than 4 hpa, ml2pp is more than 40% smaller than the other three algorithms at all latitudes. at low altitudes, i.e. for pressures larger than 100 hpa, ml2pp is more than 20% larger than the other three algorithms. further investigations are needed to understand this behavior. v.5 methane (ch4) differences between the methane profiles from the four algorithms are within 10% between 50 hpa and 0.1 hpa (figs. s38-s45 and s65), with the exception of the southern hemisphere winter and spring polar conditions, where differences between oxf and imk with respect to ml2pp are larger. for pressures larger than 50 hpa, imk is 10-20% larger than ml2pp and oxf at all latitudes and seasons, even larger with respect to bol, that is about 10% smaller than ml2pp below 150 hpa. around 30 hpa, imk is smaller than the other three algorithms at almost all latitudes. the cause may be ascribed to the different microwindows used by imk. for pressures smaller than 0.2 hpa ml2pp is larger than imk and smaller than oxf. v.6 nitrous oxide (n2o) similar to methane, differences are within ~ 10% in the altitude range 100 hpa – 1 hpa (figs. s46-s53 and s66 of the supplementary material), with the exception of the southern hemisphere polar winter and spring, where oxf and imk nitrous oxide values are significantly larger than ml2pp and bol ones. for almost all latitudes and seasons, imk is about 10-15% larger than the other three algorithms for pressures smaller than 2 hpa, while between 1 hpa and 0.8 hpa ml2pp is more than 20% smaller than the others. v.7 nitrogen dioxide (no2) the nitrogen dioxide profiles have very different retrieval ranges in the four algorithms and also in the common retrieval range consistent results are obtained only in a limited interval: differences between the algorithms are within 10% in the altitude range 10 hpa – 0.3 hpa for nighttime measurements and in the altitude range 10-1 hpa for daytime measurements (figs. s54-s61 and s67 of the supplementary material). impact of non-lte, that is taken into account only in imk retrievals, can be responsible of some of the found differences. in the polar winter, oxf profiles are significantly different from the others. for pressures larger than 10 hpa ml2pp has a positive difference up to 30-40% with respect to the other three algorithms, especially for daytime measurements. this could be explained 9 annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 by the error coming from a wrong assumption of the profile below the lowest retrieved altitude. vi. conclusions the consistency of the different retrieval procedures implemented in the four algorithms performing mipas processing was here evaluated with the objective of obtaining information for the refinements of the algorithms themselves and for a better assessment of the systematic errors that affect the mipas products. very similar results are obtained for years 2008 and 2009, and these conclusions can be considered to be representative of mipas optimized resolution measurements. the trade-off between retrieval error and vertical resolution of the mipas products varies for different atmospheric conditions and different algorithms, and these differences are explained by the different retrieval strategies and regularization approaches adopted by the four algorithms. despite the significant differences in the four algorithms, in general in the stratosphere the seasonal averages of their products are consistent within 1◦k for temperature and within 5-10% for the vmr of the analyzed species, with differences smaller than the estimated systematic error of individual retrievals. differences larger than 10% are generally found in the troposphere, where clouds may have a major role, in the mesosphere, where contribution of non-lte may have an impact, and in the southern hemisphere winter polar conditions, where the retrieval error is significantly larger than in other conditions and hence also the impact of the different retrieval constraints may be larger. evidence of the impact of unaccounted horizontal inhomogeneities in ml2pp and oxf is seen, for middle latitude bands, in the temperature (bol ml2pp) and (imk ml2pp) differences and in nitric acid (bol ml2pp) differences. for the other species no evidence of the impact of the horizontal inhomogeneities is found in (bol ml2pp) differences, indicating that the “effective” temperature that is retrieved by 1d retrievals (ml2pp and oxf) is sufficient to compensate for temperature horizontal inhomogeneities in the vmr retrievals. some of the observed differences can be explained by the known differences in the forward model or in the retrieval of the four algorithms (handling of horizontal inhomogeneities, selected microwindows, cloud filtering, regularization strategies), but some differences are still unclear and deserve a deeper analysis. these findings, that however contribute in providing a better assessment of the systematic errors of mipas products, will be used as guidance for further investigations and future improvements in the algorithms. the final assessment of the accuracy of mipas products requires also the comparison of mipas measurements with accurate correlative measurements. acknowledgments this work has been performed under the esa study “support to mipas level 2 product validation”, contract esa-esrin no. 21719/08/iol. references [carlotti et al., 2006] carlotti, m., brizzi, g., papandrea, e., prevedelli, m., ridolfi, m., dinelli, b. m. and magnani, l. (2006). gmtr: two-dimensional geofit multitarget retrieval model for michelson interferometer for passive atmospheric sounding/environmental satellite observations. appl. opt., 45, 716–727. [carlotti et al., 2013] carlotti, m., arnone, e., castelli, e., dinelli, b. m. and papandrea, e. (2013). position error in profiles retrieved from mipas observations with a 1-d algorithm. atmos. meas. tech., 6, 419– 429, doi:10.5194/amt-6-419-2013 [ceccherini et al., 2010] ceccherini, s. and ridolfi, m. (2010). technical note: variancecovariance matrix and averaging kernels 10 annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 for the levenberg-marquardt solution of the retrieval of atmospheric vertical profiles. atmospheric chemistry and physics, 10, 3131–3139. [dinelli et al., 2010] dinelli, b. m., arnone, e., brizzi, g., carlotti, m., castelli, e., magnani, l., papandrea, e., prevedelli, m. and ridolfi, m. (2010). the mipas 2d database of mipas/envisat measurements retrieved with a multitarget 2-dimensional tomographic approach. atmos. meas. tech., 3, 355–374, doi:10.5194/amt-3-355-2010. [dudhia, 2008] dudhia, a. (2008). mipasrelated section of the web-site of the oxford university: http://www.atm.ox.ac. uk/group/mipas [kiefer et al., 2010] kiefer, m., arnone, e., dudhia, a., carlotti, m., castelli, e., von clarmann, t., dinelli, b. m., kleinert, a., linden, a., milz, m., papandrea, e. and stiller, g. (2010). impact of temperature field inhomogeneities on the retrieval of atmospheric species from mipas ir limb emission spectra. atmos. meas. tech., 3, 1487–1507. [fischer et al., 2008] fischer, h., birk, m., blom, c., carli, b., carlotti, m., von clarmann, t., delbouille, l., dudhia, a., ehhalt, d., endemann, m., flaud, j. m., gessner, r., kleinert, a., koopman, r., langen, j., lópez-puertas, m., mosner, p., nett, h., oelhaf, h., perron, g., remedios, j., ridolfi, m., stiller, g. and zander, r. (2008). mipas: an instrument for atmospheric and climate research atmos. chem. phys., 8, 2151–2188, doi:10.5194/acp-82151-2008. [laeng et al., 2013] laeng, a., hubert, d., verhoelst, t., von clarmann, t., dinelli, b. m., dudhia, a., raspollini, p., stiller, g., grabowski, u., keppens, a., kiefer, m., sofieva, v., froideveaux, l., walker, k. a., lambert, j.-c. and zehner c. (2013). the ozone climate change initiative: comparison of four level 2 processors for the michelson interferometer for passive atmospheric sounding (mipas), submitted to remote sensing of the enviroment for ozone cci special issue. [raspollini et al., 2006] raspollini, p., belotti, c., burgess, a., carli, b., carlotti, m., ceccherini, s., dinelli, b. m., dudhia, a., flaud, j.-m., funke, b., höpfner, m., lópez-puertas, m., payne, v., piccolo, c., remedios, j. j., ridolfi, m. and spang, r. (2006). mipas level 2 operational analysis. atmos. chem. phys., 6, 5605–5630, doi:10.5194/acp-6-5605-2006. [raspollini et al., 2013] raspollini, p., carli, b., carlotti, m., ceccherini, s., dehn, a., dinelli, b. m., dudhia, a., flaud, j.-m., lópez-puertas, m., niro, f., remedios, j. j., ridolfi, m., sembhi, h., sgheri, l. and von clarmann, t. (2013). ten years of mipas measurements with esa level 2 processor v6 – part 1: retrieval algorithm and diagnostics of the products. atmos. meas. tech., 6, 2419–2439, doi:10.5194/amt6-2419-2013, [ridolfi et al., 2000] ridolfi, m., carli, b., carlotti, m., von clarmann, t., dinelli, b. m., dudhia, a., flaud, j.-m., höpfner, m., morris, p. e., raspollini, p., stiller, g. and wells, r. j. (2000). optimized forward model and retrieval scheme for mipas near-real-time data processing. appl. optics, 39, 1323–1340. [spang et al., 2002] spang, r., eidmann, g., riese, m., preusse, p., offermann, d., pfister, l. and wang, p. h. (2002). crista observations of cirrus clouds around the tropopause. j. geophys. res., 107, 8174, doi:10.1029/2001jd000698. [spang et al., 2004] spang, r., remedios, j. j., and barkley, m. (2004). colour indices for the detection and differentiation of cloud types in infra-red limb emission spectra. adv. space res., 33, 1041–1047. 11 http://www.atm.ox.ac.uk/group/mipas http://www.atm.ox.ac.uk/group/mipas annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6338 [von clarmann et al., 2003a] von clarmann, t., glatthor, n., grabowski, u., höpfner, m., kellmann, s., kiefer, m., linden, a., mengistu tsidu, g., milz, m., steck, t., stiller, g. p., wang, d. y., fischer, h., funke, b., gil-lópez, s. and lópez-puertas, m. (2003). retrieval of temperature and tangent altitude pointing from limb emission spectra recorded from space by the michelson interferometer for passive atmospheric sounding (mipas). j. geophys. res., 108, 4736, doi:10.1029/2003jd003602. [von clarmann et al., 2003b] von clarmann, t., ceccherini, s., doicu, a., dudhia, a.,funke, b., grabowski, u., hilgers, s., jay, v., linden, a., lópez-puertas, m., martin-torres, f.-j., payne, v., reburn, j.,ridolfi, m., schreier, f., schwarz, g., siddans, t. and steck, t. (2003). a blind test retrieval experiment for infrared limb emission spectrometry. j. geophys. res., 108, 4746, doi:10.1029/2003jd003835, 2003 [von clarmann et al., 2009] von clarmann, t., höpfner, m., kellmann, s., linden, a., chauhan, s., funke,b., grabowski, u., glatthor, n., kiefer, m., schieferdecker, t., stiller, g. p. and versick (2009). retrieval of temperature, h2o, o3, hno3, ch4, n2o, clono2 and clo from mipas reduced resolution nominal mode limb emission measurements. atmos. meas. tech., 2, 159-175, doi:10.5194/amt-2-1592009. 12 introduction differences between the four algorithms procedure for the comparison comparison of diagnostic parameters of the four algorithms differences in mean temperature and vmr profiles temperature water vapor (h2o) ozone (o3) nitric acid (hno3) methane (ch4) nitrous oxide (n2o) nitrogen dioxide (no2) conclusions 699_701 adam.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 5, october 2002 699 letters to the editor remote effects in real induction arrows antal ádám geodetic and geophysical research institute (ggri), sopron, hungary in august 2001, annali di geofisica, 44 (4), pp. 659-669, published the paper: «anomalous directional behaviour of the real parts of the induction arrows in the eastern alps: tectonic and palaeogeographic implications» written by marcus gurk and pierre-andré schnegg. concerning this paper we have two brief comments. 1) the authors refer to the induction arrows (wiese vectors) measured in the western part of hungary as an indication of the eastward continuation of the directional behaviour of the real induction arrows hypothetically connected to the areal distribution of the mesozoic sediments of the north penninic bündnerschiefer-facies. as the hungarian results were not shown in their paper, for confirmation of the statement of gurk and schnegg, a map is given here in fig. 1 on all hungarian real induction arrows, emphasizing the difference between the generally southward directed induction arrows measured inside the country and those obtained in its western border where the arrows rotate strongly westward according to the anomaly described in the referred paper. the observed tendency is geologically proved by the outcrops of the penninic rocks in the köszeg-rechnitz mountains. the general southward direction of the induction arrows in hungary, i.e. in the pannonian basin, is best demonstrated by the arrows measured in transdanubia (nw hungary) south of the lake balaton where the supposed weak effect of the carpathian anomaly inside the basin (ádám et al.,1972) is strongly increased by the pinching out of the transdanubian conductivity anomaly (tca) (ádám, 2001) detected between the two great tectonic lines, i.e. the balaton and rába line in the area of the transdanubian central range and partly north of it in the little hungarian plain. 2) arora and ádám (1992) wrote about an other more general directional characteristics of the real induction arrows experienced in many areas in the world at long periods. we cite from this paper: «…it was found, that straddled between oppositedly directed induction arrows which signify the existence of a conductive structure, a narrow belt exists over which real induction arrows align with the strike of the conductor». a typical example of this phenomenon mentioned by arora and ádám is just from the transdanubian conductivity anomaly (tca) shown in fig. 2 where the direction of the arrows changes from north and south to southwest in two conductive stripes (wallner, 1977). in transdanubia, the regional strike is really nesw in the conductor as it was determined by different methods including the groom-bailey decomposition, the phase maps, the em distortions, etc. (ádám, 2001). what is very curious is that inside the conductive stripes, especially mailing address: dr. antal ádám, geodetic and geophysical research institute of the hungarian academy of sciences, csatkai e. u. 6-8, h-9401 pobox 5, sopron, hungary, e-mail: adam@ggki.hu 700 antal ádám in the southern one, the sw direction of the very small induction arrows is very stable, i.e. it does not change, indicating a remote effect, too. if we look at the block diagram of the geological structures of western transdanubia (in fig. 3, horváth, 1993), we can see that the with p marked penninic layer underplates, according to the idea of horváth, not only the austroalpine nappes (la,ua) but partly the transdanubian central range where the conductors are certainly embedded in the paleozoic layers as concluded from the layer sequences and the depth of the conductors (4-7 km). fig. 1. real wiese induction arrows (vectors) measured at a given period in hungary. fig. 2. long period (t > 20 min) wiese induction arrows in the area of the transdanubian conductivity anomaly measured by ggri (wallner, 1977). 701 remote effects in real induction arrows fig. 3. block diagram to illustrate the mechanism of lithospheric extension in the little hungarian plain, western part of the pannonian basin. note that there is no vertical exaggeration and block edges are about 100 km (front) and 80 km (side) long. legend: 1 = hp/lt metamorphic rocks of the penninic (p) nappes; 2 = mediumto highgrade metamorphic rocks of the lower austroalpine nappes represented by the wechsel series in this area; 3 = lowto medium-grade metamorphic rocks of the upper austroalpine nappes represented by the graz paleozoic in this area; 4 = late paleozoic low-grade metamorphic rocks of the tcr; 5 = jurassic and triassic of the transdanubian central range (tcr); 6 = ductile lower crust and the moho discontinuity; 7 = lower lithosphere and asthenosphere; 8 = thrust fault and its reactivation as normal fault and strike slip fault, respectively (horváth, 1993). of course, further geological and geophysical data will help to confirm this supposition. references ádám, a. (2001): relation of the graphite and fluid bearing conducting dikes to the tectonics and seismicity (review on the transdanubian crustal conductivity anomaly), earth planets space, 53, 903-918. ádám, a., j. vero'' and á. wallner (1972): regional properties of geomagnetic induction arrows in europe, acta geod. geophys. mont. hung., 7, 25l-287. arora, b.r. and a. ádám (1992): anomalous directional behaviour of induction arrows above elongated conductive structures and its possible causes, phys. earth planet. inter., 74, 183-190. gurk, m. and p.a. schnegg (2001): anomalous directional behaviour of the real parts of the induction arrows in the eastern alps: tectonic and palaeographic implications, ann. geofis. 44 (4), 659-669. hovárth, f. (1993): towards a mechanical model for the formation of the pannonian basin, tectonophysics, 6, 333-357. wallner, á. (1977): the main features of the induction arrows on the area of the transdanubian conductivity anomaly, acta geod. geophys. mont. hung., 12, 145-150. 702 antal ádám c o n t r i b u t o a l l o s t u d i o d e l l e c a r a t t e r i s t i c h e s i s m i c h e d e l m e d i t e r r a n e o c e n t r o o r i e n t a l e paolo emilio v a l l e premessa. e ' n o t o clic si i n u m o . i n c o r a p o c h e c o n o s c e n z e s u l l e c a r a t t e r i s t i c h e s i s m i c h e del m e d i t e r r a n e o c e n t r o o r i e n t a l e . h o q u i n d i r i t e n u t o o p p o r t u n o e s e g u i r e u n a r i c e r c a s u l l a p r o p a g a z i o n e d e l l e o n d e s p a z i a l i p r o d o t t e d a l l a scossa p r i n c i p a l e del t e r r e m o t o a v v e n u t o in c a l a b r i a i i i m a g g i o 1 9 4 7 . i r i s u l t a l i , s e b b e n e m o d e s t i a c a u s a d e l l a s c a r s e z z a di s t a z i o n i s i s m i c h e e f f i c i e n t i n e l l a s u d d e t t a r e g i o n e , m i s e m b r a p o s s a n o c o s t i t u i r e un c o n t r i b u t o di q u a l c h e i n t e r e s s e . l i n t e n s i t à d e l l a scossa p r i n c i p a l e , l a q u a l e t u p r e c e d u t a e s e g u i t a d a scosse m i n o r i , p u ò v a l u t a r s i d i g r a d o v i i ] n e l l a z o n a p i ù c o l p i t a , c o m e m o s t r a l a c a r t i na d e l l a fig. 1. elici h o c o m p i l a t o in b a s e a l l e n o t i z i e m a c r o s i s m i c h e p e r v e n u t e m i . e ' n o t e v o l e l a i r r e g o l a r i t à d e l l a d i s t r i b u z i o n e d e l l ' i n t e n s i t à d e l l a scossa n e i r i g u a r d i d e g l i effetti m a c r o s i s m i c i . coordinate epieentrali e tempo origine. p e r il c a l c o l o d e l l e c o o r d i n a t e e p i e e n t r a l i e del t e m p o o r i g i n e . h o u s a t o , i n m a n c a n z a di un n u m e ro s u f f i c i e n t e d i osserv a z i o n i s u l l e o n d e d i r e t t e , i t e m p i di a r r i v o d e l l e o n d e di d i l a t a z i o n e r i t r a i l e ( p n ) , r e g i s t r a t i in 9 s t a z i o n i s i l u a t e in un i n t e r v a l l o d e l l a contililllto 11.1.0 sti 1)10 i1ixi.i. c.aiia tti-ll i mici! k sismiche 2(>, d i s i a n z a e p i c e n t r a l e a c o m p r e s o ira ,")00 e 1100 k m e a . in quemo i n t e r v a l l o hi v e l o c i t à a p p a r e n t e d e l l e o n d e l'ii p u ò a n c o r a r i t e n e r i c o s t a n t e con b u o n a a p p r o s s i m a z i o n e . il m e t o d o di c a l c o l o è il s o l i t o . s u p p o s t a n o t a la d r o m o c i o n a , d e l t i rp', a, c // i v a l o r i a p p r o s s i m a t i d e l l e e o o r d i n a t e i ( g e o c e n t r i c h e ) d e l l ' e p i c e n t r o e del t e m p o o r i g i n e , -i c a l c o l a i l t e m p o di a r r i v o in ogni s t a z i o n e : a(cpì',xì; cp',à) [ 1 ] ' i r = r " + 1 1 i (i = 1 . 2 n ) d o v e (( i , /.; sono le c o o r d i n a t e ( g e o c e n t r i c h e ) d e l l a i"'a s t a z i o n e . il t e m p o di a r r i v o o s s e r v a t o è i n v e c e r e l a t i v o al v a l o r e v e r o <|,., h.i d e l l e c o o r d i n a t e e p i e e n t r a i i e del t e m p o o r i g i n e e q u i n d i : a(<| ì'./.ì ; ((•„',>.„) a + 11,. [ 2 ] "io i '« i i s v i l u p p a n d o in e i i e la d i f f e r e n z a (/•„, — /i(.) e t r a s c u r a n d o i le m i n i di o r d i n e u p e r i o r e al p r i m o , -i h a : [ 3 ] p o s t o : li,. 'ir — / i , «to' < ( ' = f. , '>•., à = il //,. // r , 1 i ja i b, , 1 r a r \ s r p ' i i v \ d i [ 4 ] -i o t t i e n e se n > 3 ii s i t e m a li e q u a z i o n i l i n e a l i i n c o m p a t i b i l i : t f b; f + ci i i + l , = l'i [ 5 ] dal q u a l e si r i c a v a n o i v a l o r i p i ù p r o b a b i l i d e l l e i n c o g n i t e r, e, il, m e d i a n t e il m e t o d o d e i m i n i m i q u a d r a t i . p e r s t a b i l i r e un v a l o r e a p p r o s s i m a t o del t e m p o o r i g i n e ho u a l o il m e t o d o di w a d a t i e i t e m p i ili a r r i v o d e l l e o n d e fri ed sri n e l l e stazioni di r o m a . s o f i a , i ' i r e n z e . b e l g r a d o , p r a t o . z a g a b r i a e i r i c s t e . l e ( f i l a l i , t r o v a n d o s i ai m a r g i n i del c o n t i n e n t e , è p r e s u m i b i l e s i a n o s i t u a t e in u n a zona di u n a c e r t a u n i f o r m i t à s i s m i c a . p a o l o k m 1 1 . 1 0 v a l l e k" r i s u l t a t o : ( 1 , 3 3 6 4 4 0 , 0 8 7 0 1 ) ( s „ — p n ) — p „ —07h 32 , n 14,"83 6 , « 8 4 [6] (/li s c a r t i sono c o n t e n u t i n e l l a t a b e l l a v 1. l ' e r r o r e m e d i o d i ii è m o l t o e l e v a t o , -i d e v e p e r ò o s s e r v a r e c l i c il m e t o d o u s a l o n o n c o n s e n te g e n e r a l m e n t e u n a g r a n d e p r e c i s i o n e . ho a s s u n t o c o m e v a l o r i a p p r o s s i m a t i d i cp', x e ii i s e g u e n t i : cp' = + 3 8 ' 2 8 ' , 7 à= + j6" 5 0 ' ii = 07" 32"1 i4 s ,9 a b e l l a n . 1 stazioni: vi s e c . r o m a — 0 . 3 8 s o l i a + 1 , 1 0 f i r e n z e x . — 0 , 9 3 b e l g r a d o + 3 , 4 8 p r a t o — 0 , 6 3 z a g a b r i a 1 . 5 2 t r i e s t e — 1 , 4 4 [v] p e r il t e m p o d i t r a g i t t o d e l l e o n d e l ' n b o r i t e n u t o v a l i d a , p e r p r o f o n d i t à n o r m a l i del e e n t r o s i s m i c o , la r e l a z i o n e ( j ) : /,.„ in sec. a i n k m a 8 + 11 [8] l e d i s t a n z e e p i e e n t r a l i e l e l ' e l a t i v e d e r i v a t e r i p e t t o a rp' e x n e l p u n t o d i coord i n a l e [ 7 ] sono s t a t e c a l c o l a t e con le noie f o r m u l e ("). l a t a b e l l a n . 2 c o n t i e n e i v a l o r i di b\, cj, i,; q u e s t i u l t i m i sono d a t i con t r e dei • i in a 1 i a p u r o scopo di c a l c o l o . t a b e l l a n . 2 stazione /i s e c . l), s e c . / p r i m i e-, s e c . / p r i m i s e c . r o m a + 0 , 5 7 5 — 0 , 1 6 5 + 0 , 1 2 6 + 0 5 1 5 s o f ì a — 0 . 6 0 0 — 0 , 1 5 2 — 0 . 1 3 6 — 0 , 0 3 4 f i r e n z e x . — 0 . 2 2 5 — 0 , 1 8 3 + 0 , 1 1 1 0 2 7 5 p r a t o + 0 , 6 0 0 — 0 , 1 8 3 + 0 . 1 1 1 + 0 . 5 5 0 z a g a b r i a + 0 . 1 2 5 — 0 , 2 3 0 + 0 , 0 1 5 + 0 . 2 3 2 t r i e s t e — 0 . 2 2 5 — 0 . 2 2 1 + 0 0 5 3 — 0 . 1 9 3 p a v i a — 0 , 8 5 0 — 0 , 1 8 0 + 0 , 1 1 4 — 0 9 0 3 c o i r à + 0 , 2 7 5 — 0 . 1 9 8 + 0 . 0 9 3 + 0 , 2 4 6 z u r i g o — 0 , 1 0 0 — 0 , 1 9 6 + 0 , 0 9 6 — 0 1 3 4 c o n t r i b u t o ai.i.o s t i d i o d e l l e c a r a t t e r i s t i c h e s i s m i c h e . ecc il v a l o r e p i ù p r o b a b i l e d e l l e i n c o g n i t e è r i s u l t a t o t = + 0 , s 4 6 1 1 / 4 2 4 e = 4f ' , 3 8 6 7 ' , 5 5 1 [ 9 ] u = 2 ' , 3 2 2 2 ' , 2 5 7 gli e r r o r i m e d i -ono r e l a t i v a m e n t e g r a n d i : c i ò è da a t t r i b u i r s i al1 i n i z i o d e l l a f a s e , c h e è (piasi s e m p r e consistito in u n ' e m e r s i o n e , e a l l a p o c o f a v o r e v o l e d i s p o s i z i o n e d e l l e stazioni r i p e t t o a l l ' e p i c e n t r o . d a l l e p o s i z i o n i [ 4 ] e d a i v a l o r i [ 9 ] , -i o t t i e n e in d e f i n i t i v a : -04 a l t i » a d r i a t i c o l7i u p . a l l a n o r m a l e 7.77 0 , 0 8 1,80 u-01 — ( ' a l a l i r i a n o r m a l e 7,9-1 11.18 1 -57_ 0 , 0 8 6 , 9 6 l l . l l 1.00 •0.091 1 o l e i o n i e m a r z o 1941 ini messo in e v i d e n z a un n o t e v o l e a n t i c i p o dei t e m p i di a r r i v o d i l l e o n d e di d i l a t a z i o n e e di d i s t o r s i o n e n e l l e s t a z i o n i p i ù v i c i n e a l i e p i c e n t r o . \ a p e r ò t e n u t o c o n i o d e l l a p r o f o n d i t à i p o c e n t r a l e , v a l u t a l a 8.~> k m . a n a l o g h e o s s e r v a z i o n i sono s t a t e f a t t e n e l l o s t u d i o del t e r r e m o t o d e l l e isole l i p a r i del ih a p r i l e 1938. la cui p r o f o n d i t à i p o e e n t r a l e e l a t a c a l c o l a t a 312 k m (™). osservazioni. i. a u m e n t o d e l l a v e l o c i t à d e l l e o n d e /'* ed e l ' a n t i c i p o dei tempi di a r r i v o d e l l e o n d e di d i l a t a z i o n e e di d i s t o r s i o n e i n d i e s t a z i o n i c h e d o v r e b b e r o e s s e r e c o n t e n u t e n e l n o r m a l e r a g g i o di r i c e z i o n e d e l l e o n d e d i r e t t e , mi s e m b r a c h e po—a t r o v a r e s p i e g a z i o n e nel v u l c a n i smo d e ! m e d i t e r r a n e o c e n t r o o r i e n t a l e ( " ) . lo s t r a t o i a l i c o s u p e r i o r e con r i u n i r ò u . i . o s n u r o m a . i r. i u m i l i u m h . h i s i s a i k i i i : . i:< < . d o v r e b b e m a n c a r e o, q u a n t o m e n o , e s e r e e l r e m a m e n l c o t l i l e in q u e s t a z o n a . d i r e t t a m e n t e al d i o t t o d e l l o i r a t o del b a s a l t o d o v r e b b e t r o v a r s i il m a g m a , nei q u a l e s e m b r a elle la v e l o c i t à d e l l e o n d e di d i l a t a z i o n e d i m i n u i s c a l e g g e r m e n t e . s e si s u p p o n e i c s i s t e n z a di un g r a d i e n t e t e r m i c o o r i z z o n t a l e dir e n o d a l c o n t i n e n t e al m e d i t e r r a n e o c e n t r o o r i e n t a l e , la d e n i l à dei m a t e r i a l i -illiati a l l a stessa p r o f o n d i l a d o v r e b b e e s e r e m i n o r e o l i o il m e d i t e r r a n e o e c n l r o o r i e n t a l e clic sotto il c o n t i n e n t e . d ' a l t r a p a r i e -i a v r e b b e una c o n t e m p o r a n e a d i m i n u z i o n e d e l l e c o s t a n t i /. e [t. d a l l e n o i e r e l a z i o n i : /. + 2 l i ., u v; = , iv = — i l o ] t> l» -i trova u b i l o la c o n d i z i o n e a cui d e b b o n o s o d d i s f a r e i r a p p o r t i i d). | /k , i d\l j / li, j dg j /q affinché nel pa--arcd a l c o n t i n e n t e al m e d i t e r r a n e o . -i osservi u n a p r o b a b i l e d i m i n u z i o n e d e l l a v e l o c i t à d e l l e u c c l e a t = 2 5 t < z c . 3 6 m |p" c o m p . e w •ii;. 6 h e l . w a n a i = 0.0 3 5 r n ip comp. e w |s fi". o n d e l'n ed un a u m e n t o di v e l o c i t à d e l l e o n d e sii. c o m e e m i l i a n o m o s t r a r e i r i s u l t a t i d e l l a p r e s e n t e r i c e r c a . d i f f e r e n z i a n d o le [ 1 5 ] -i ila: 2 7 0 p a o l o e m i l i o v a l l e d a t o clic d vp < 0, d va 0, r i s u l t a : < 0 l q da do _ ! l l1 s u p p o n e n d o c h e p e r r i n c r e i n e i i t o d e l l a t e m p e r a t u r a dk, d\i e d(t s i a n o n e g a t i v i , s a r à : d\ ^ dq ), " " e» da d(i ' il q e q u i n d i : ' / ! j • < ' h j < d f [ 1 6 ] ii {) x a p p e n d i c e tempi di arrivo 7h 33m 58" s 33 (19,9 i !' •• 34 09 2. t a r a n t o a = 2 0 2 k m ! p p * ? 2 9 , 5 p 07h 32m 49".0 1 sri 35 1 4 , 5 s 33 11 s* 27 3 . r o m a . a = 5 0 9 k m 6. b e l g r a d o a = 7 4 6 k m pn (i7!l 33m 29". 15 pn 07h 33m 58" p* 38 rp*? 34 3 2 , 5 iii"--? 55 sn 35 17.8 sn 34 25 s * 3 2 . 5 .s* 33 7. p r a t o a = 7 4 8 k m 4 . s o f i a a = 709 k m pn 07h 33m 59 s ,3 pn 07h 33m 55" p * 34 10 p * 34 05 sn 35 17 r p * ? 2 7 . 5 s * 33 sn 35 11 8. z a g a b r i a a = 7 9 1 k m s * 23 ; pn 07h 34m 0 5 \ 4 co m i t i ih i o a l . 1.0 s t i 1)10 d k i . i . e ( alta i t i i! i s t i c l l k s i s m i c i ! ] : . 1 ( 1 . 13 p * 2 0 , 7 sn 35 27 s * 4 6 , 5 trieste a = 8 1 2 k m pn 07h 34'" 08" sn 35 3 1 , 6 s * 47 p a v i a a 958 k m l ' n 07h 34m 2t c o i r à a = 1083 k m l'n 07h 34 m 41 s ,5 z u r i g o a = 1 i 72 k m l'n 07h 34"' 53s sn 36 54 b a s i l e a a = 1234 k m 1> 07h 35m 00 s ,5 s 37 07 s t o c c a r d a a 1275 k m p 07h 35m 05s s 37 16 p r a g a a 1278 k m /' 07h 35"' 05-.5 16. s t r a s b u r g o a 1317 k m p ' 07h 35'" 09 s .6 s 37 26 17. i ortosa a 1414 k m p 07h 35 m 21s s 37 48 18. j e n a a = 1420 k m p 07" 35'" 22s .s 37 49 19. h e h v a n a 1654 k m p 07h 35'" 47s s 38 17 20. u c c i e a 1662 k m p 071' 35m 51s s 38 4 2 , 5 21. t o l e d o a = 1798 k m p 07" 36m 0 5 s . 4 s 39 1 0 . 6 22. c o p e n a g h e n \ 1917 k m p 071' 36'" 18s s 39 3 5 , 5 roma, istituto nazionale di geofisica, dicembre 1917 r 1 a s s u \ t 0 sj espongono i risultati ili una ricerca sulle onde longitudinali e trasversali prodotte dalla scossa principale del terremoto avvenuto i 11 maggio 19 it in calabria. detcrminate le coordinate dell'epicentro, l' i. ha calcolato, in base ai dati delle stazioni clic si trovano ai margini del continente, le velocità delle onde p n , s n . p * ed s * . da un confronto con i valori delle analoghe velocità trovate da altri autori sembra che la velocità delle onde pn tenda a decrescere dal continente al mediterraneo centro-orientale, mentre la velocità delle onde sn tende a crescere. i n sensibile aumento della velocità risulta per le onde p * ed s : , : . dai sismogrammi delle stazioni di catania e t a r a n t o , che dorrebbero trovarsi nel normale raggio (li ricezione delle onde dirette, si rileva un notevole anticipo dei tempi di arrivo delle onde di dilatazione e di distorsione. l'autore ritiene che i risultati della ricerca trovino spiegazione nel vulcanismo del mediterraneo centro-orientale. lo strato 2 7 8 p a o l o k m 11.10 v a l l e sialico superiore iti ijtieslu zona dovrebbe mancare o, (pianto meno, essere esl remameli te sottile. ciò spiegherebbe l'aumento ili velocità delle onde ili dilatazione e di distorsione riscontralo nelle stazioni di catania e taratilo, e delle onde p * e s * . il magma inoltre jwlrebbe trovarsi direttamente sotto lo strato del basalto e ciò sarebbe in relazione alla diminuzione della velocità delle onde p n e all' aumento della velocità delle onde s u . b i b l i o g r a f i a l ' i c u o i i ' . : temili ili tragitto per terremoti ad origine vicina r i c . s f i n i i . . 5 . 3 8 8 3 9 7 ( 1 9 3 9 ) . -i camiiik !.. .).: tlic geocemric direction cosines o j seismological obscrrutorics • b r i l i l i w . \ < ! v a m . ol' s c i e n c e . ( 1 9 3 8 1 . valle l\ e . : sulla determinazione delle coordinale ipocentrali di un sisma lontano iì<> 11. s o c . s i m . i t a l i a n a . x i . . 7 3 8 1 l l 9 4 2 l . i l caloi i'. rosimi e . : sui tempi ili tragitto delle onde pg ed sg nell'india centrale r i c . s c i m i . . 12. 9 4 7 9 5 1 ( 1 9 4 0 1 . i ! i caloi i ' . : ricerche su terremoti ad origine vicina kit-, s c i e n l . . 7-8. i08-1i6 ( 1 9 3 8 i . i cai.(n i ' . : caraneristiche sismiche dell'appvnnino tosco-romagnolo r i c e r c a s c i e i i t . . i. 2 1 8 2 3 4 ( 1 9 4 0 1 . i"i rosi.m e . : il terremoto delta garfagnana del l j ottobre 1939 r i c e r c a s c i e n l . . 7 8 , 1 9 6 5 1 7 ( 1 9 4 0 ) . (") caloi 1 ' . : il terremoto adriatico del 30-11-1934 b o l l . s o c . s i ^ n i . i t a l i a n a . x x x v . 9 3 1 1 9 1 1 9 3 7 i . (sl agamennone g : il terremoto del 24-1-1912 e sua velocità di propagazioni a l l i v e r . l i n c e i . c i . s e . l i . . 2 1 . 6 1 6 6 5 2 ( 1 9 1 2 ) . i 'i giiai'k. i l . vo.n: dos \ordliroier ih ben i oni ii. october 193(1 z c i i d i r . g e o p h v i k 8 . 1 4 1 1 5 4 (1932.1. l j " i gì'tknhfc.ni; i!.: truvel-lime ciirves al snudi dislances and nave velociiii• > in southern california g e r l a m l s b e i t . g e o p h y i k 3 5 , 6 1 5 11932.1. ljll conha» \ . : l)as schwailorfer beben vnin ii. october 1927 g e r l a m l s u e i t r . g e o p l i v > i k 2 0 . 2 1 0 2 7 7 ( 1 9 2 8 ) . l'-i di i'iliim'0 1).: studio microsismico del terremoto del bassi> tirreno del 16 marzo 1911 b o l l . s o c . s i s m . i t a l i a n a x x x i x . 3 2 5 ( 1 9 4 1 ) . ii ;i demethesci i ) . : sur la delerminiilion des liypocentres par des observation proches b o l l . s o c . s i b i l i . i t a l i a n a x x x y i l i 19391. agamennone g . : sulla profondilii del foco del terremoto culiibro-siciilo del 1.: aprile 19311 b o l l . s o c . s i m . i t a l i a n a x x x v i i 119391. i j , i ciiitlkos x. a . : relazioni ira i fenomeni sismici e le manifestazioni vulcaniche nel mar l',geo e nella grecia orientale " g e o f i s i c a p u r a e d a p p l i c a l a , n i l i > 1 9 4 6 ) . a rate-state model for aftershocks triggered by dislocation on a rectangular fault: a review and new insights rodolfo console and flaminia catalli istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy e-mail: console@ingv.it, e-mail: catalli@ingv.it november 2005 submitted to annals of geophysics abstract we compute the static displacement, stress, strain and the coulomb failure stress produced in an elastic medium by a finite size rectangular fault after its dislocation with uniform stress drop but a non uniform dislocation on the source. the time-dependent rate of triggered earthquakes is estimated by a rate-state model applied to a uniformly distributed population of faults whose equilibrium is perturbated by a stress change caused only by the first dislocation. the rate of triggered events in our simulations is exponentially proportional to the shear stress change, but the time at which the maximum rate begins to decrease is variable from fractions of hour for positive stress changes of the order of some m p a, up to more than a year for smaller stress changes. as a consequence, the final number of triggered events is proportional to the shear stress change. the model predicts that the total number of events triggered on a plane containing the fault is proportional to the 2/3 power of the seismic moment. indeed, the total number of aftershocks produced on the fault plane scales in magnitude, m , as 10m . including the negative contribution of the stress drop inside the source, we observe that the number of events inhibited on the fault is, at long term, nearly identical to the number of those induced outside, representing a sort of conservative natural rule. considering its behavior in time, our model does not completely match the popular omori law; in fact it has been shown that the seismicity induced closely to the fault edges is intense but of short duration, while that expected at large distances (up to some tens times the fault dimensions) exhibits a much slower decay. key words: aftershocks, earthquake triggering, fault parameters, rate-and-state, omori law. 1 introduction studying the space-time interaction of earthquakes is important not only for the comprehension of earthquakes, but also for its possible application to the assessment of seismic hazard. in this paper we revisit the physical modeling of the interaction between seismic events, seeking a relationship between the source parameters of an earthquake and the rate of all other earthquakes that follow it. the results obtained from the simulations performed with 2 the physical model proposed in this study are not totally innovative; however, they are rarely taken into account by the numerous studies concerning the fault interaction and earthquake triggering. a purely statistical approach to this phenomenon exists with the name of ”epidemic model” (ogata, 1988, 1998; console et al., 2003). in the epidemic model each earthquake source is supposed capable of increasing the probability of new earthquakes according to a spatiotemporal kernel representing the probability distribution, which is decreasing from the causative source. the epidemic model is applicable not only to the aftershock phenomenon but also to the foreshock. however, despite it provides an accurate statistical representation of earthquake interaction, the physical interpretation is neglected. in order to formulate a more physical description of clustered seismicity, we consider that seismic events modify the stress field around the causative fault. our main goal in this work is to observe the spatio-temporal variation of the seismicity rate after an event introducing in the algorithm a rate-state model approach derived by ruina (1983) and dieterich (1986, 1992, 1994). in particular, we seek a physically based relationship between the magnitude of the causative earthquake and the number of its aftershocks. some recent studies put in evidence that sudden stress variations, even of small magnitude, can produce large variations of the seismicity rate. it is recognized as a phenomenon of triggering on faults that are already loaded by tectonic stress and in close-to-failure condition. the seismicity rate increases in general where the stress change (called coulomb stress change) is positive, according to the coulomb model (mendoza and hartzell , 1988; boatwright and cocco, 1996; stein et al., 1997; gomberg et al., 1998, 2000; harris, 1998; king and cocco, 2001; stein, 1999; toda and stein, 2000; kilb et al., 2002; belardinelli et al., 2003; nostro et al., 2005). these studies were able to give a physical interpretation for earthquake interaction observed in specific real cases, but were not suitable for the general application of the model in predictive way that can be tested for example using the information contained in a seismic catalog. in particular, the coulomb stress change criterion does not allow to model the hyperbolic time decay of the aftershock rate after a mainshock, known as the omori law. in this simple model all the impending earthquakes would be clock-advanced by a constant time that depends on the stress change and on the loading 3 rate but does not depend on the physical properties of the fault (gomberg et al., 1998). the experience shows that the earth does not rather behave in this way. the most popular empirical description of the phenomenon is the omori law, stating that the aftershock rate decays in time as t−1. among the various theories modeling the omori law, we have taken in consideration only the one that assumes the rate-and-state dependent constitutive model of faults. we have considered only the static stress changes created by an earthquake. we have not considered, even without rejecting them in principle, other hypotheses that predict a time variation in stress, like viscoelastic relaxation or the diffusion of fluids in the crust. the rate-state model for earthquake nucleation seems capable of substantially explaining all the phenomenology. in this model a promoted failure does not occur instantaneously at the exceeding of a threshold stress as for the coulomb-amonton criterion, but follows a more complex non-linear time history with different phases. this time history depends on the physical properties of the fault too. gomberg et al. (2005) have shown that the rate-state dieterich model may be derived from simple general ideas. the application of the rate-and-state model to the evolution of seismicity is not new; toda et al. (1998) have used this model to predict the spatio-temporal seismicity rate after the kobe earthquake. other examples of application of the same model can also be found in the literature (toda and stein, 2000, 2002, 2003). following the rate-state model it has recently been possible to simulate seismicity quite realistically, accounting for the rate of events triggered by stress changes even at large distance from the inducing earthquake (ziv , 2003; ziv and rubin, 2003). basing our work on the classical theory of the elasticity, we start from the formulation of the stress released by a rectangular fault with uniform stress-drop; then we apply the rate-state model (dieterich, 1994) obtaining the complete time and space distribution of the seismicity induced by a given earthquake. it is important to remark that for present purposes we neglect the interaction between subsequent events, supposing that only the first event perturbs the stress field. we also neglect the effect of the free surface of the earth. in this study we focus our attention on the behavior of induced seismicity in space (on the fault plane) and time and its relationship with the fault’s parameters. the results of simulations are analyzed to find out the scaling relationships existing between the free parameters of the model and the expected 4 seismicity in a way that will allow the validation of the model by real observations. 2 elastic model for a rectangular fault the theoretical approach of this work has been made as simple as possible, still preserving the capability of modeling the stress transfer from a seismic source to another. suppose that a fault is embedded in a homogeneous, isotropic, elastic medium where the stress tensor σ is uniform. at a particular moment, the fault slips generating an earthquake, and suppose that the earthquake fully releases the component of the traction parallel to the slip vector across the fault. we call ∆σ (the stress drop) the uniform negative change of traction on the fault. it is well known that the slip distribution on a fault in similar conditions is not uniform. the slip distribution will satisfy the theory of the elasticity at the new equilibrium, and it will be zero on the edges of the fault. it is also well known that the shear stress on the fault plane outside the edges of the fault increases significantly. the analytical solution for the slip distribution on a fault at the equilibrium does not exist except that for very simple geometries, such as a rectangular fault of constant width and infinite length (knopoff , 1957) and for a circular fault (keilis-borok , 1959; udias, 1999). as mentioned by kostrov and das (1998), the analytical solution is not known even for a geometry as simple as a rectangular shape of width w and length l. in the literature it is possible to find the computation of the stress field generated by an ideal rectangular fault with uniform slip in an infinite homogeneous space or half-space (chinnery, 1961; iwasaki and sato, 1979; okada, 1985, 1992). however, as mentioned above, this is not a realistic model since it implies the com-penetrability of the medium at the edges of the slip region. for this reason, here we make use of a non uniform slip distribution that is approximatively compatible with a uniform stress drop on the fault. to calculate the static displacement, stress and strain, we start from the somigliana tensor and we make use of the double couple point source elastic theory. we compute the modified coulomb failure stress from the relation: σc = ts + µ ′tn, (1) 5 where ts and tn are respectively the traction parallel to the slip vector and the traction normal to the fault plane (negative for compression); µ′ is the effective coefficient of friction incorporating the pore fluid pression that is commonly assumed to be proportional to normal stress change (although this assumption is not general, see cocco and rice (2002)). the effective coefficient of friction in coseismic stress change studies has varied from 0.0 to 0.75, with an average value of µ′ = 0.4 often used. this is the value we have used in our simulations. our model of an extended source is drawn heuristically from that of a rectangular fault infinitely extending in one direction and that of a circular fault, and it is characterized by a slip distribution as: ∆u = ∆σ µ √√√√[( w2 )2 − x2] [( l2 )2 − y2] lw 4 , (2) defined for −w/2 ≤ x ≤ w/2 e −l/2 ≤ y ≤ l/2, where x, y are the coordinates on the fault plane whose origin is coincident with the center of the rectangle, ∆σ is the stress drop and µ the shear modulus (rigidity) of the elastic medium. equation (2) satisfies the condition of zero slip on the edges of the rectangle. the slip distribution is of a form very similar to that obtained numerically by kostrov and das (1998) with the finite differences method. its analytical form is similar to the solution for a circular fault. moreover, for a fault of square shape (w = l) it achieves a seismic moment consistent with those obtained analytically for two circular faults, respectively inscribed and circumscribed to the square. bonafede and neri (2000) have shown that, when imposing a unidirectional traction release in the strike or dip direction, a minor component of slip is present, over the fault plane, even in the direction perpendicular to the released traction. we have neglected this component. for our numerical applications we discretize the continuous slip distribution of equation (2) with a set of point sources densely and uniformly distributed on the fault. the more numerous are the point sources, the more accurate will be the approximation. in our numerical simulations, we arbitrarily, but without loss of generality, suppose that the fault is on the (x1, x3) plane. let us notice that some fault parameters are connected among each other; in particular, the scalar moment m0 is defined through the relation: m0 = µ∆uw l = π2 16 µ∆umaxw l = π2 32 ∆σ(w l)3/2, (3) 6 where ∆u is the average slip on the fault and the maximum slip, ∆umax, is defined as: ∆umax = ∆σ µ √ lw 2 . (4) we also assume that the magnitude m is proportional to the logarithm of the seismic moment m0 (measured in n m) according to the kanamori and anderson (1975) relation: log m0 = 9.1 + 1.5m. (5) the computer code allows the user to chose among several options: the focal mechanism characterizing the causative fault and the induced events constrained by the strike φ, the dip δ and the rake λ angles; dimensions and stress drop, seismic moment, or magnitude of the causative fault; type of output: displacement (3 components), stress or strain (6 independent components), traction parallel to the slip vector and perpendicular to the fault plane (2 component) and coulomb failure stress (1 component). the output values are given on a rectangular grid of points, whose orientation (horizontal, or vertical parallel to one of the co-ordinate axes), dimensions, and spacing are also selected by the user. see figure 1 for the conventions we adopted for the reference system and the angles. in this work we make, for sake of simplicity, the assumption that all the aftershocks have the same focal mechanism of the causative earthquake. figure 2 shows the component of the stress field σ12 parallel to the slip calculated through the parameters listed in table 1. note that this figure shows the stress change and not its absolute value. figure 2 clearly shows that the shear stress σ12 is maximum near the edges of the fault, in particular along the slip direction x1, and decreases with increasing the distance from the fault. inside the fault the stress change is negative and approximately equal to the imposed value of −∆σ. 3 the rate-state model as already stated, we assume that the time-dependent behavior of the seismicity triggered by a shear stress change in a population of faults is described by the rate-state model introduced by 7 dieterich (1992, 1994) where the constitutive model proposed by ruina (1983) and dieterich (1986) is used. according to this model the rate r of earthquakes due to a ∆τ shear stress perturbation is given by: r = r τ̇ τ̇r[ τ̇ τ̇r exp ( −∆τ aσ ) − 1 ] exp ( −t ta ) + 1 τ̇ 6= 0, (6) whose various parameters are defined in table 2. note that equation (6) does not account for the magnitude of the earthquakes, for the distribution of which we assume the classical gutenbergrichter frequency-magnitude relationship. however, both r and r refer to the number of earthquakes in a specific magnitude range. we make the assumption τ̇ = τ̇r. the meaning of this assumption is that the primary earthquake does not change the long-term stress rate due to the tectonic driving forces in the environment. it is easily understandable from (6) that the integral of r over infinite time diverges. this is due to the fact that the limit of r for t → ∞ is the background rate r. we prefer to deal with the net triggered seismicity rate r′ = r−r. the plot of r′ versus time for different values of ∆τ is shown in figure 3 (see also dieterich (1994)). it shows that the initial value of the triggered seismicity rate, immediately after the triggering event, is proportional to the exponential of the stress variation but the time period over which r(t) is maximum and relatively constant decreases exponentially by the same factor for increasing shear stress change. this time period, in substantial agreement with dieterich (1994), can be obtained computing the intersection between r′(t = 0) and the straight line corresponding to the limit of r′ when ∆τ → ∞. the difference with dieterich (1994) is that we have preferred to make use of r′, rather than r, and we ignore the case τ̇ = 0 which we judge not realistic. such time period ranges from few hours for a variation ∆τ = 5m p a to nearly one year for ∆τ = 1m p a. figure 3 finally shows that the total duration of the triggered seismicity is the same but the shape of the decay is different for different ∆τ . the integration of r′ over infinite time leads to the not completely trivial result that the total number of triggered events in an area of constant stress change is proportional to ∆τ : 8 ∫ ∞ 0 r′(t)dt = rta aσ ∆τ = r τ̇ ∆τ. (7) this relationship, predicted by the friction model, had been observed for ”landers aftershocks” by gross and kisslinger (1997). consider the integral over time of the triggered seismicity rate r′, once for a positive ∆τ , and then for a negative ∆τ of the same size, and we sum the two functions. we obtain a quantity that initially has a positive increase and then tends back to zero (figure 4). this result can be interpreted as a sort of conservative law of the seismicity, by saying that the expected total number of aftershocks generated in a place close to a fault can be balanced, at long range, by the total number of those events that are inhibited by the stress drop in a place internal to the fault if the stress drops are equal in absolute value. it seems to us that this circumstance has been ignored, so far, in all previous studies on this subject. for numerical applications it is necessary to define the value of the various parameters appearing in equation (6). table 3 contains a list of values inferred from several geophysical considerations and used in our simulations. the reference seismicity rate, r, is a quantity that should be known experimentally for a given area, and it is related to the average strain rate τ̇ of that area. we use for r a uniform value of four events of magnitude exceeding 3.0 per year per 1000 km2, and for τ̇ a value of 5 kp a per year. these are simplifications of the reality where r and τ̇ are not geographically uniform. these parameters seem however reasonable for an area of moderate seismicity. the reason why r is expressed as a number of events per unit area and time is given below. the parameter a of the constitutive law has a value ranging from 0.005 to 0.015 obtained from laboratory experiments (dieterich, 1995). generally, simulations that most nearly resemble earthquakes in nature were obtained with rather small values of a, near to a ≈ 0.001. the value of aσ has been evaluated for different sequences of earthquakes by several authors (stein, 1999; belardinelli et al., 2003). the parameter σ is the normal stress on the fault (of the order of some tens of m p a). the characteristic time of aftershocks, ta, depending on the other parameters through the relation ta = (aσ)/τ̇ , in this context is of the order of several tens of years. this value is essential to model a long term triggered seismicity, because the effect of the stress change disappears completely after a time of the order of the 9 double of ta. 4 application to a rectangular fault dieterich (1994) discussed in detail the case of a finite circular dislocation with uniform stress drop. in our simulations we have taken into consideration a vertical, rectangular strike-slip fault embedded in an infinite, homogeneous, isotropic, elastic medium. the values assumed for the fault parameters are again those reported in table 1. assuming a constant stress drop ∆σ, the scalar seismic moment m0 is proportional to the quantity (w l) 3/2, that can be considered a sort of equivalent source volume. scaling w and l by a given factor, m0 scales accordingly, and also the shape of the stress distribution in space scales by the same factor. assuming that the background seismicity rate is given as the number of events per unit volume and time, and integrating over the space, we find that the number of events triggered by the earthquake is proportional to the source volume, i.e. to the seismic moment m0, or to 10 3 2 m , where m is the magnitude. in this study we analyze only those aftershocks occurring on the fault plane neglecting off-fault seismicity and assuming that this is the plane of weakness optimally oriented with respect to the tectonic loading stress. the modeling of the space-time distribution of seismicity triggered by an earthquake is straightforward, introducing the expression for the coulomb failure stress σc in equation (6) for ∆τ considering that on the fault plane σc ≡ ∆τ . in fact, on the fault plane, the normal stress changes in a homogeneous and isotropic medium are likely to vanish. in this case, the number of triggered events would be proportional to the fault area of the triggering event and then to m 2/3 0 , or to 10 m . if this scaling is true, one earthquake of magnitude m would have a number of aftershocks ten times larger than one earthquake of one magnitude unit smaller. assuming, then, that the b value of the gutenberg-richter frequencymagnitude relation is equal to 1, it would follow that the earthquakes of magnitude m , all together, produce the same number of aftershocks as the earthquakes of one magnitude unit smaller. this hypothesis is supported by the statistical analysis of real observations (utsu, 1969; yamanaka and shimazaki, 1990; felzer et al., 2001; helmstetter , 2003; helmstetter et al., 2005) and will be used in the following of the paper. 10 a first group of simulations concerning the seismicity triggered by a fault as a whole have been performed to study the variation of the total number of triggered events (in space and time), ntot, versus the main free source parameters: the stress drop ∆σ, the linear dimensions l and w and the magnitude m . tables 4, 5 and 6 show the results obtained assigning a fixed value for one of the parameters at a time, and letting the others change according to equations (3) and (4). these simulations have been carried out by summation of the single contributions of the elementary cells constituting the area surrounding the fault. only the seismicity triggered on the fault plane, but outside the fault edges, has been considered. looking at table 4 one can notice that, under our hypotheses, for a constant stress drop, the total number of triggered events increases about proportionally to the fault area lw . theoretically it should be exactly proportional to the area of the source, but in the calculations there are numerical imprecisions due to the grid size approximations. these numerical simulations show, also, that the number of aftershocks is proportional to the 2/3 power of the scalar seismic moment or to the exponential of the magnitude (10m ), in agreement with the above theoretical arguments. table 5 clearly shows the proportionality existing between the stress drop ∆σ and ntot, having fixed the linear dimensions of the fault. this is a simple consequence of the proportionality between the stress drop, ∆σ, and the shear stress change, ∆τ , at any point of the space around the source; furthermore, it is an example of the proportionality expressed in equation 7 between ∆τ and the total number of triggered events, integrated on the whole space. the results reported in table 6 give credit to the hypothesis that, for a constant magnitude, the earthquakes of smaller linear dimensions generate a larger number of triggered events. indeed, a point source would yield the largest quantity of triggered events for the same magnitude. let us mention, lastly, the results of a simple numerical test. we just have theoretically shown in the previous section that the total number of events triggered by a stress change ∆τ per unit area is, after a time much larger than the characteristic time ta, identical to the number of events inhibited by a negative shear stress change −∆τ on the same area. the numerical simulations about an extended source, with parameter still shown in table 1, reflect this idea in a more general way. in fact, if we take the total number of aftershocks produced in a time 11 interval of 100 years by a fault of 100 km2 on the portion of an area of 104 km2 external to it, we find 353.2 events, while the same computation made including the negative contribution of the area internal to fault itself gives only 15.6 (less than 5%). the idea of an overall null balance is, then, substantially met: the phenomenon of clustering does not change the long term seismicity rate of a large area. this is in contrast with the opinion that trigger zones produce many more shocks than are missing from the shadows (toda and stein, 2003). we nevertheless regard for marsan (2003) that put in evidence the practical difficulty to observe in nature the lack of events (the quiescence) mainly when looking at weakly active regions and short timescales. 5 temporal behavior of the triggered seismicity let us now consider in more detail the dependence on time of the number of triggered events predicted by the present hypothesis. kagan and jackson (1991) and dieterich (1994) found, in their empirical works, that shallow aftershocks, above a given magnitude cutoff, decay globally (for different distance intervals) in about 10 years and this time decay appears to systematically decrease with increasing depth. in our model the behavior in different zones depends on the different values of the stress changes, that decrease with the increasing distance from the edges of the fault. it can be then noted that the plateau of the plot of the seismicity rate versus time (see figure 3) has a duration that increases with the increasing distance from the source. this result depends on our assumption of considering only aftershocks on the mainshock fault plane. it can also be biased by the fact that we consider only the effect of the static stress step ∆τ caused by a mainshock and we neglect the interaction between others events. we also do not account for heterogeneities of frictional or constitutive properties nor for the dynamic stress concentration at the crack tip. in spite of that, we believe that our model can describe a behavior not so far from reality. therefore we keep as our reference the model of fault given in table 1 again. as shown in figure 5a, in the close neighboring of the fault (within 0.5 km from the perimeter of the fault), most of the aftershocks occur within one day after the occurrence of the inducing earthquake, and more than 1/3 of them occur already in the first hour. this is clearly 12 not the case for further distance from the source: in the slice between 0.5 and 8.5 km from the fault, about half of the activity is exploited within about one year. the further we go apart from the source, the longer is the time interval necessary for the exploitment of the triggered activity. in fact, in the distant zone (from 20 to 100 km from the fault) most of the triggered events occur longer than 20 years after the inducing earthquake (figure 5b). the behavior shown in figure 5a and 5b is illustrated also by the snapshots of the spatial distribution of the seismicity rate at different times. figures 6, 7 and 8 clearly show how the distribution of aftershocks resembles that of the stress change (figure 2) and how the time decay is different in the different slices. these also show how shadow zones (where the seismicity is inhibited) have an effect longer in time. it should be noted again that we make the assumption that the aftershocks occur mainly on the fault plane and that these have the same focal mechanism of the causative event. we are now interested to check if the generalized omori law is suitable to describe the temporal behavior of r′(t) predicted by our model in every spatial slice and, in such case, by means of which free parameters. we refer to the generalized omori law as to the formula describing the decay of aftershock rate after a mainshock (utsu et al., 1995) through three free parameters a, c e p: r′(t) = a (c + t)p . (8) for this purpose we make use of an algorithm for the least squares best-fit of the sets of data reported in figure 5 by the integral of (8) over the time: y = ∫ t 0 r′(t′)dt′ = a [ (c + t) 1−p − c1−p 1 − p ] . (9) the results obtained for the best-fit are shown in table 7. it is evident that the values of the parameters obtained are quite different from case to case (for instance, the c parameter is extremely small for the slices closest to the fault edges), and that the standard deviation is larger for the slices that include the wider range of distances from the fault. these results show that the same set of parameters in equation (9) can not fit the synthetic values obtained for different zones. dieterich (1994) reached a similar conclusion for a source model represented by a circular shear crack. however, his analysis was limited to the spatial variation of p parameter letting c = 0. the observation that the omori p parameter varies spatially in real aftershocks 13 sequences has been documented not only by dieterich (1994) but also in a number of papers (wiemer and katsumata, 1999; wiemer , 2000; enescu and ito, 2002; wiemer et al., 2002; wiemer and wyss, 2002). wiemer et al. (2002) reported a case of significantly different c values in the northern and southern hector mine aftershock volume, respectively. enescu and ito (2002) in their study of aftershock activity of the 2000 western tottory earthquake found c-values very close to 0 except for larger magnitude earthquakes, arguing that this feature could result from incompleteness of data, or might also reflect the complexity of the rupture process. the situation is illustrated also by the plots of figures 9 and 10, showing the graphical comparison between the synthetic data and the relative theoretical approximation for different slices. 6 conclusions in the development of this model some approximations have been made. two of the most important are (a) having neglected the dishomogeneity of the stress drop on the fault, and consequently the very complicated pattern of slip (this must certainly have influence on the aftershock pattern: some aftershocks may even occur inside the fault, where the gradient of slip is high); (b) having neglected the interaction between subsequent events. the first step of our modeling, concerning the stress change in the medium following an earthquake, has given results comparable to those of previous papers as, for instance, chinnery (1961) and king and cocco (2001). this substantial agreement, though the simplifications introduced in this specific case of rectangular source, supports the validity of our methodology. neglecting the interaction among seismic events and using the rate-and-state model of dieterich (1994) entails that the total number of triggered events per unit area is proportional to the shear stress change. nevertheless, the time constant by which the rate of events decreases has a large variability, ranging from a fraction of hour for a shear stress change of several m p a, up to tens of years for stress variations smaller than 1 m p a. a first set of simulations carried out with a model of rectangular fault, based on the hypothesis that most of the aftershocks occur on the same plane of the fault, has lead to the relationship between the main source parameters and the number of triggered events. the 14 simulations lead to the conclusion that many earthquakes of small magnitude can produce, in total, a number of aftershocks comparable to that of fewer larger earthquakes. our model predicts, in fact, that, for a constant stress drop, the number of triggered events is roughly proportional to the seismic moment at the power of 2/3, or equivalently to 10m , as observed in various occasions. helmstetter (2003); helmstetter et al. (2005) suggest that this behavior can be related to the fractal structure of the spatial distribution of the seismicity and to the nature of earthquake interactions. for a costant stress drop we also observe that the total number of triggered events is proportional to the area of the fault; on the other way, if the linear dimensions of the fault are kept constant, the number of triggered events is proportional to the stress drop. an important aspect of the model concerns the time-space behavior of the triggered seismicity. the simulations show that the application of the rate-state model and equation (6) introduced by dieterich (1994) to the static model of stress change has as a consequence something more complicate than the conventional omori law for the temporal decay of aftershock rate. in fact, the seismicity is expected to be intense (in accordance to the stress change) and have a maximum constant value, close to the fault edges of the primary earthquake, but the time necessary for the starting of decay is shorter. on the contrary, the seismicity expected at larger distances (up to 10 times the linear dimensions of the fault) is weak, but the time necessary for the decay from the maximum value is longer (even some tens of years). we can conclude that the temporal behavior of aftershock rate varies in space. moreover, the model predicts that the total long term production of aftershocks, including wider areas, is not negligible respect to the short term production. in this respect, the regional background seismicity could be interpreted as a sort of noise, or memory, due to the superposition of the effect of many older earthquakes. the time decay described by the popular omori law could be interpreted as an apparent average result of the contribution from the various areas on the plane containing the primary fault. the rate-state model (dieterich, 1994) used in our algorithm for the time distribution of the seismicity produced by a dislocation on a rectangular fault, has allowed a partial justification of the omori law. we outline the following main conclusions obtained from the simulations: 15 • the seismic activity is very intense during the first few hours or days after the occurrence time of the primary earthquake, in the rectangular slice close to the edges of the fault; • the immediate decay of this intense activity is followed by a period of time during which the activity at larger distance (of the order of the linear dimensions of the fault) is nearly constant. for longer time (several years) the total number of triggered events in the external zone becomes comparable with that of the most internal one. • the number of events triggered over a long time scale at distances larger than the fault linear dimensions is significantly large; • the seismic activity inside the fault drops to negligible values at the occurrence of the primary earthquake and returns to normal values only after a time much longer than the characteristic time (several tens of years in our simulations); for a long time range the number of events inhibited inside the fault is comparable to that of the events triggered outside: the net balance can be considered null; the seismicity rate changes in space and time, but it does not have influence on the rate averaged over very large intervals of space and time. in light of the consequences derived from our model, both positive and negative perturbations of the seismic activities resulting from the interactions among earthquakes would last for a time of the order of decades. in this respect, it seems unrealistic to define and observe what is commonly called ”background seismicity” of an area. we can conclude that the model here analyzed, in spite of its very simple conception, gives a physical justification both to the very popular phenomenon of short term earthquake clustering (aftershocks and foreshocks in strict sense) and to that of the long term induction and quiescence, also observed in various occasions. we are confident that the refinement of the model and its validations with real catalogs will bring to even more interesting consequences. 16 acknowledgments we are grateful to massimo cocco and maria elina belardinelli for the stimulating discussions and their criticism which led to a significantly better version of the paper. we thank tom parsons for many useful suggestions to help make this paper clear. 17 authors r. console, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, via di vigna murata, 605 00142, rome, italy mailto: console@ingv.it phone:+39 06 51860417 fax:+39 06 5041181 f. catalli, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, via di vigna murata, 605 00142, rome, italy mailto: catalli@ingv.it phone:+39 06 51860571 18 tables table 1: source parameters used in numerical applications. parameter value strike, dip and rake 0, 90, 0 dimension of the fault 10 km×6 km spacing on the fault 0.1 km dimension of the grid 30 km×30 km spacing on the grid 0.5 km magnitude 6 table 2: constitutive parameters used in dieterich’s relation. symbol description r reference seismicity rate τ̇ shear stressing rate τ̇r reference stressing rate ∆τ earthquake shear stress change a fault constitutive parameter σ normal stress t time ta characteristic time for seismicity to return to the steady state 19 table 3: values of the parameters used in the numerical applications of the model for induced seismicity. parameter value r 4 events/(y · 1000km2) τ̇ 5 kp a τ̇r 5 kp a a 0.008 σ 30 m p a ta 48 y 20 table 4: relation between fault parameters and aftershock production. the value of ∆σ is fixed at 4 m p a; the grid used in this computation has an area of 104 km2, the spacing on it is 0.5 km. the spacing on the fault is 0.05 km. l · w [km2] m m0 [n m] ntot 4 4.6 9.9 · 1015 13.4 25 5.4 1.5 · 1017 78.2 100 6.0 1.2 · 1018 263.2 225 6.4 4.2 · 1018 532.8 table 5: relation between fault parameters and aftershock production. the area of the fault is fixed at the value of 100 km2, the spacing is of 0.05 km; the grid used in the computation has an area of 17 × 17 km2, the spacing on it is of 0.5 km. ∆σ [m p a] m m0 [n m] ntot 1 5.6 3.1 · 1017 51.8 2 5.4 6.2 · 1017 103.4 3 5.9 9.3 · 1017 155.2 4 6.0 1.2 · 1018 206.8 5 6.1 1.6 · 1018 258.6 table 6: relation between fault parameters and aftershock production. the value of m is fixed at 6.0; the output grid is of 20 km×20 km, the spacing is 0.5 km. the spacing on the fault is 0.05 km. l · w [km2] ∆σ [m p a] ntot 4 510.7 overf low 25 32.7 597.6 100 4.1 223.2 225 1.2 107.8 21 table 7: results obtained for the best-fit of the sets of data reported in figure 5 by the relation (9). the symbol rms indicates the standard deviation. slice a [yp−1] c[y] p rms (0 ÷ 0.5)km 3.24 ± 0.17 0.37 · 10−7 ± 0.2 · 10−6 1.02 ± 0.02 1.86 (0 ÷ 8.5)km 11.0 ± 0.76 0.23 · 10−7 ± 0.2 · 10−6 0.91 ± 0.032 9.16 (0.5 ÷ 8.5)km 83.7 ± 70.0 3.1 ± 1.96 1.44 ± 0.19 3.3 (0 ÷ 20)km 34.3 ± 8.0 0.13 · 10−1 ± 0.019 1.14 ± 0.077 9.22 (0 ÷ 100)km 36.8 ± 9.1 0.15 · 10−1 ± 0.023 1.12 ± 0.08 10.8 (20 ÷ 100)km 12.5 · 103 ± 10.9 · 103 61.0 ± 5.43 2.8 ± 0.96 · 10−3 0.45 22 references belardinelli, m., a. bizzarri, and m. cocco (2003), earthquake triggering by static and dynamic stress change, j. geophys. res., 108 (b3), 2135, doi:10.1029/2002jb001779. boatwright, j., and m. cocco (1996), frictional constraints on crustal faulting, j. geophys. res., 101 (10), 13,895–13,910. bonafede, m., and a. neri (2000), effects induced by an earthquake on its fault plane: a boundary element study, geophys. j. int., 141 (1), 43–56, doi:10.1046/j.1365-246x.2000.00074.x. chinnery, m. (1961), the deformation of the ground around surface faults, bull. seism. soc. am., 51, 355–372, doi:10.1046/j.1365-246x.2000.00074.x. cocco, m., and j. r. rice (2002), pore pressure and poroelasticity effects in coulomb stress analysis of earthquake interactions, j. geophys. res., 107(b2), 2030, doi:10.1029/2000jb000138. console, r., m. murru, and a. lombardi (2003), refining earthquake clustering models, j. geophys. res., 108 (b10), 2468, doi:10.1029/2002jb002130. dieterich, j. (1986), a model for the nucleation of earthquake slip, geophy. monogr. ser., 37, 36–49. dieterich, j. (1992), earthquake nucleation on faults with rate and state dependent strenght, tectonophysics, 211, 115–134. dieterich, j. (1994), a constitutive law for rate of earthquake production and its application to earthquake clustering, j. geophys. res., 99 (18), 2601–2618. dieterich, j. (1995), earthquake simulations with time-dependent nucleation and long-range interactions, nonlinear processes in geophysics, 2, 109–120. enescu, b., and k. ito (2002), spatial analysis of the frequency-magnitude distribution and decay rate of aftershock activity of the 2000 western tottori earthquake, earth planet space, 54, 847–859. 23 felzer, k. r., t. w. becker, r. e. abercrombie, g. ekstrm, and j. r. rice (2001), triggering of the 1999 mw 7.1 hector mine earthquake by aftershocks of the 1992 mw 7.3 landers earthquake, j. geophys. res., 107 (b9), 2190, doi:10.1029/2001jb000911. gomberg, j., n. beeler, m. blanpied, and p. bodin (1998), earthquake triggering by transient and static deformations, j. geophys. res., 103 (12), 24,411–24,426. gomberg, j., n. beeler, and m. blanpied (2000), on rate-state and coulomb failure models, j. geophys. res., 105 (14), 7857–7872. gomberg, j., p. reasenberg, m. cocco, and m. belardinelli (2005), a frictional population model of seismicity rate change, j. geophys. res., 110 (b05s03), doi:10.1029/2004jb003404. gross, s., and c. kisslinger (1997), estimating tectonic stress rate and state with landers aftershocks, j. geophys. res., 102 (b4), 7603–7612. harris, r. (1998), introduction to special section: stress triggers, stress shadows, and implications for seismic hazard, j. geophys. res., 103 (12), 24,347–24,358. helmstetter, a. (2003), is earthquake triggering driven by small earthquakes?, phys. res. lett., 91 (058501). helmstetter, a., y. kagan, and d. jackson (2005), importance of small earthquakes for stress transfers and earthquakes triggering, j. geophys. res., 110 (b05s08), doi: 10.1029/2004jb003286. iwasaki, t., and r. sato (1979), strain field in a semi-infinite medium due to an inclined rectangular fault, j. phys. earth, 27, 117–123. kagan, y. y., and d. d. jackson (1991), long-term earthquake clustering, geophys. j. int., 104, 117–133. kanamori, h., and d. l. anderson (1975), theoretical basis for some empirical realtions in seismology, bull. seism. soc. am., 65, 1073–1095. 24 keilis-borok, v. (1959), on estimation of the displacement in an earthquake source and of source dimensions, annali di geofisica, 12, 2,205–2,214. kilb, d., j. gomberg, and p. bodin (2002), aftershock triggering by complete coulomb stress changes, j. geophys. res., 107, doi:10.1029/2001jb0002002. king, g., and m. cocco (2001), fault interaction by elastic stress. changes: new clues from earthquake sequences, adv. geophys., 44, 1–39. knopoff, l. (1957), energy release in earthquake, tech. rep. 90, institute of gephysics, university of california, u.s.a. kostrov, b., and s. das (1998), principles of earthquake source mechanics, cambridge university press. marsan, d. (2003), triggering of seismicity at short timescales following californian earthquakes, j. geophys. res., 108 (b5), 2266, doi:10.1029/2002jb001946. mendoza, c., and s. hartzell (1988), aftershock patterns and main shock faulting, bull. seism. soc. am., 78, 1438–1449. nostro, c., l. chiaraluce, m. cocco, d. baumont, and o. scotti (2005), coulomb stress changes caused by repeated normal faulting earthquakes during the 1997 umbria-marche (central italy) seismic sequence, j. geophys. res., 110, b05s20, doi:10.1029/2004jb003386. ogata, y. (1988), statistical models for earthquake occurrence and residual analysis for point processes, j. amer. statist. assoc., 83, 9–27. ogata, y. (1998), space-time point-process models for earthquake occurrences, ann. inst. statist. math., 50, 379–402. okada, y. (1985), surface deformation due to shear and tensile faults in an half-space, bull. seism. soc. am., 75 (4), 1135–1154. okada, y. (1992), internal deformation due to shear and tensile faults in an half-space, bull. seism. soc. am., 82 (2), 10181040. 25 ruina, a. (1983), slip instability and state variable friction laws, j. geophys. res., 88 (b12), 10,359–10,370. stein, r. (1999), the role of stress transfer in earthquake occurrence, nature, 402, 605–609. stein, r., a. barka, and j. dieterich (1997), progressive failure on the north anatolian fault since 1939 by earthquake stress triggering, geophy. j. int., 128, 594–604. toda, s., and r. stein (2000), did stress triggering cause the large off-fault aftershocks of the 25 march 1998 mw=8.1 antarctic plate earthquake?, geophys. res. lett., 27 (15), 2301–2304. toda, s., and r. stein (2002), response of the san andreas fault to the 1983 coalinga-nunez earthquakes: an application of interaction-based probabilities for parkfield, j. geophys. res., 107 (b6), 2126, doi:10.1029/2001jb000172. toda, s., and r. stein (2003), toggling of seismicity by the 1997 kagoshima earthquake couplet: a demonstration of time-dependent stress transfer, j. geophys. res., 108 (b12), 2567, doi: 10.1029/2003jb002527. toda, s., r. stein, p. reasenberg, j. dieterich, and a. yoshida (1998), stress transferred by the 1995 mw=6.9 kobe, japan, shock: effect on aftershocks and future earthquake probabilities, j. geophys. res., 103 (b10), 24,54324,566. udias, a. (1999), principles of seismology, cambridge university press. utsu, t. (1969), aftershocks and earthquake statistics (i) – investigation of aftershocks and other earthquake sequences based on a new classification of earthquake sequences, j. of faculty of science, hokkaido univ., series vii (geophysics), 3. utsu, t., y. ogata, and r. matsuura (1995), the centenary of the omori formula for a decay law of aftershock activity, j. phys. earth, 43, 1–33. wiemer, s. (2000), introducing probabilistic aftershock hazard mapping, geophys. res. lett., 27 (20), 3405–3408. 26 wiemer, s., and k. katsumata (1999), spatial variability of seismicity parameters in aftershock zones, j. geophys. res., 104 (b6), 13,135–13,152. wiemer, s., and m. wyss (2002), spatial and temporal variability of the b-value in seismogenic volumes, adv. geophysics, 45, 259–302. wiemer, s., m. gerstenberger, and e. hauksson (2002), properties of the aftershock sequence of the 1999 mw 7.1 hector mine earthquake: implications for aftershock hazard, bull. seism. soc. am., 92 (4), 1127–1240. yamanaka, y., and k. shimazaki (1990), scaling relationship between the number of aftershocksand the size of the mainshock, j. phys. earth., 38, 305–324. ziv, a. (2003), foreshocks, aftershocks, and remote triggering in quasi-static fault models, j. of geophys. res. (solid earth), 108, 14,1–14,13. ziv, a., and a. m. rubin (2003), implications of rate-and-state friction for properties of aftershock sequence: quasi-static inherently discrete simulations, j. of geophys. res., 108, 2051, doi:10.1029/2001jb001219. 27 figure captions figure (1): conventions adopted for the reference system and for the parameters of the orientation of a fault: the strike φ, dip δ and rake λ angles and the unit vectors n and l. the x3 axis is positive toward the nadir direction. figure (2): shear stress, σ12, parallel to the slip direction for a strike-slip fault projected on the fault plane (x1x3, x2 = 0.2 km). figure (3): distribution of the triggered seismicity against time for different values of induced shear stress. the values of the parameters used are: r = 2 events/y, ∆τ = 3 m p a, aσ = 0.24 and τ̇ = 5 kp a/y. figure (4): distribution of the number of expected events in four different cases: (a) for a positive value of earthquake shear stress equal to 5 mpa, (b) for a negative value of it equal to -5 mpa, (c) the sum of (a) and (b) and (d) the integral of (c) over time. the values of r and ta are fixed at 1. figure (5): representation of the total number of induced events (on vertical axis) in six different arbitrary slices (red, green and blue columns) around the principal fault after different intervals of time (on horizontal axis). the distances of the limits of the slices are computed from the perimeter of the source and the reference magnitude in the simulation is 6.0. histogram (a) represents the distribution nearest to the source at shorter intervals of time (the time scale is purely qualitative). histogram (b) represents the distribution farther from the fault at longer intervals of time. 28 figure (6): spatial distribution of the density of induced events at t=0.01 year. figure (7): spatial distribution of the density of induced events at t=1 year. figure (8): spatial distribution of the density of induced events at t=100 year. figure (9): comparison between the temporal distribution of the cumulative number of induced events corresponding to synthetic data and the best fits obtained by the omori law for the closer slices from the source. figure (10): comparison between the temporal distribution of the cumulative number of induced events corresponding to synthetic data and the best fits obtained by the omori law for the farther slices from the source. 29 figures figure 1: figure 2: 30 figure 3: figure 4: 31 figure 5: 32 figure 6: figure 7: 33 figure 8: 34 figure 9: figure 10: 35 vol49_1_2006def 127 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 1, february 2006 key words radiative transfer code – water vapor – split windows – mivis – atmospheric correction 1. introduction the parameterization of variables defining the interaction between soil and atmosphere radiances plays an important role to define an operative methodology to characterize soil spectral properties over wide surfaces through mivis (multispectral infrared and visible imaging spectrometer) optical hyperspectral data. assessment of water vapor content from mivis tir data cristiana bassani (1), vincenzo cuomo (1), vito lanorte (1), stefano pignatti (1)(2) and valerio tramutoli (3) (1) istituto di metodologie per l’analisi ambientale (imaa), cnr, tito scalo (pz), italy (2) laboratorio aereo ricerche ambientali (lara), iia-cnr, tor vergata (rm), italy (3) dipartimento di ingegneria e fisica dell’ambiente (difa), università degli studi della basilicata, potenza italy abstract the main objective of land remotely sensed images is to derive biological, chemical and physical parameters by inverting sample sets of spectral data. for the above aim hyperspectral scanners on airborne platform are a powerful remote sensing instrument for both research and environmental applications because of their spectral resolution and the high operability of the platform. fine spectral information by mivis (airborne hyperspectral scanner operating in 102 channels ranging from vis to tir) allows researchers to characterize atmospheric parameters and their effects on measured data which produce undesirable features on surface spectral signatures. these effects can be estimated (and remotely sensed radiances corrected) if atmospheric spectral transmittance is known at each image pixel. usually ground-based punctual observations (atmospheric sounding balloons, sun photometers, etc.) are used to estimate the main physical parameters (like water vapor and temperature profiles) which permit us to estimate atmospheric spectral transmittance by using suitable radiative transfer model and a specific (often too strong) assumption which enable atmospheric properties measured only in very few points to be extended to the whole image. several atmospheric gases produce observable absorption features, but only water vapor strongly varies in time and space. in this work the authors customize a self-sufficient «split-window technique» to derive (at each image pixel) atmospheric total columnar water vapor content (twvc) using only mivis data collected by the fourth mivis spectrometer (thermal infrared band). mivis radiances have been simulated by means of modtran4 radiative transfer code and the coefficients of linear regression to estimate twvc from «split-windows» mivis radiances, based on 450 atmospheric water vapor profiles obtained by radiosonde data provided by noaa\nesdis. the method has been applied to produce maps describing the spatial variability of the water vapor columnar content along a trial scene. the procedure has been validated by means of the mivis data acquired over venice and the contemporary radiosonde data. a discrepancy within 5% has been measured between the estimate of twvc derived from the proposed self-sufficient split-window technique and the coincident radiosonde measurements. if confirmed by further analyses such a result will permit us to fully exploit mivis tir capability to offer a more effective (at image pixel level) and self-sufficient (no ancillary observations required) way to obtain atmospherically corrected mivis radiances. mailing address: dr. cristiana bassani, istituto di metodologie per l’analisi ambientale (imaa), cnr, c.da s. loja, 85050 tito scalo (pz), italy; e-mail: bassani@imaa.cnr.it 128 cristiana bassani, vincenzo cuomo, vito lanorte, stefano pignatti and valerio tramutoli atmospheric absorption and scattering processes by atmospheric constituents (mainly water vapor, carbon dioxide, oxygen and ozone) and aerosols, invalidate the interpretability of data to various degrees because of their interference with the energy at the sensor level. the correction of radiance values at the sensor level has been resolved by applying correction methods based on algorithms (like 6s, tanré et al., 1986; atrem, gao and goetz, 1990; acorn, aig, 2001, etc.), which enable atmospheric profiles (altitude, pressure, temperature, water vapor and ozone) and both standard and user-defined aerosol models to be managed. among all the parameters determining the revision process of the radiance measured at the sensor, water vapor plays the most important part as it is the foremost element for thermodynamics of the atmosphere. its very high spatial and time variability makes the water vapor measurement derived from a single meteorological balloon or ground station inadequate whenever these data are to be used for correcting scenes covering several kilometers. from this point of view, the definition of a spectralbased water vapor columnar content evaluation at image pixel level can assure better prospects. this paper proposes a split-window technique (following the approach proposed by kleespies and mcmillin, 1984) which establishes a linear relation between the radiances measured in two tir mivis channels and the total columnar water vapor content (tcwvc) in the atmosphere. the coefficients of the linear multiple regression are derived from synthetic mivis radiances and an experimental dataset of 450 radiosonde water vapor profiles supplied by noaa-nesdis (national environmental satellite, data and information service, www.nesdis.noaa.gov). the proposed method was validated using real mivis radiances measured during a flight over the venice lagoon to produce a (pixel by pixel) water vapor map over the whole scene and to give a first estimate of its accuracy by comparison with tcwvc achieved by contemporary radiosonde data. 2. measurement of the water vapor columnar content in order to correct data collected by different hyperspectral sensors (in particular aviris), the three channel rationing method proposed by gao and goetz (1990) was implemented in the atrem atmospheric correction code. it enables the tcwvc to be retrieved on a pixel by pixel basis using radiances measured in the water vapor absorption bands around 0.94 nm and 1.14 nm. this technique makes it possible to attain a fig. 1. mivis channel 99 (blue) and 101 (red) response functions versus trasmittance (green). 129 assessment of water vapor content from mivis tir data good assessment of the water vapor columnar content if 0.94 nm and 1.14 nm channels are used. it is then inapplicable to the mivis (which does not have the same spectral capability) and inefficacious when employed in the nir mivis channels sounding in the water vapor absorption bands at 0.72 nm and/or 0.82 nm. the split-window technique described by keesplies and mcmillin (1984), jedlovec (1990), ottle et al. (1997) and menzel and gumley (1998) instead defines the structure of a linear relation between the atmospheric tcwvc and radiances collected in the water vapor absorption bands in the 8-13 nm thermal infra-red (tir) spectral region. this region is well covered by the mivis with 10 channels (within 8.2 and 12.7 nm). figure 1 shows the spectral response of the mivis channels 99 and 101 versus water vapor transmittance. the mivis band 99 centered at 11 nm corresponds to a window region for water vapor, while the band 101 centered at 12 nm intercepts small water vapor absorption peaks. the combination of the 99 and 101 mivis bands allows the water vapor columnar content to be solved by means of a split window technique according to menzel’s theory. in the atmospheric window from 8 to 14 nm the water absorption is so low that the taylor series expansion of the atmospheric transmittance (xw) could be approximate to the first-order (2.1) where u and kw are respectively the total optical atmospheric column absorption path length due to the water vapor and the extinction coefficient at the absorbing water vapor wavelength (w) which is supposed constant from the ground to the sensor altitude. under this assumption, an infinitesimal variation of xw is expressed (2.2) in clear sky conditions the radiance received at the sensor at wavelength w is the sum of the radiance contributions from the earth’s surface (first addendum of eq. (2.3)) and from all levels in the atmosphere (second addendum of eq. (2.3)) until sensor level as follows (schwarzschild’s equation) .d k duw w= -x e k u1w k u w w= = -x (2.3) where us represents the total atmospheric column absorption path length due to water vapor, bw is the planck radiance from all the atmosphere levels from sensor altitude to the surface at the w wavelength, and bws expresses the black body radiance from the surface at the same wavelength. taking into consideration the integral medium value theorem eq. (2.3) could be expressed as follows: (2.4) as a consequence us could be expressed as (2.5) setting w equal both at 11 and 12 nm, respectively in a water vapor window and absorbing region spectrally close to it, it follows that: (2.6) (2.7) taking into consideration the split window approximation which allows b11s=b12s to be set, the eqs. ((2.6) and (2.7)) could be expressed as function of b11s=b12s, therefore 1/us is expressed as follows: (2.8) where is assumed proportional to bws by means of the proportionality coefficient aw (2.9)b a bw w ws= bw u a r r r b r r r1 s 12 11 11 12 11 12= + ( ) .u k b b r b s s s 12 12 12 12 12= ( ) u k b b r b s s s 11 11 11 11 11= ( ) .u k b b r b s w w w s w w s = ( ) .r b k u k b u1w w s w s w w s= + b du b du u w w u 0 0 s s = # # ( )r b k u k b du1w w s w s w w u 0 s = + # 130 cristiana bassani, vincenzo cuomo, vito lanorte, stefano pignatti and valerio tramutoli therefore (2.10a) (2.10b) consequently a and b are the coefficients to be estimated to assess the water vapor columnar content from eq. (2.8). in the case of the mivis, the r11 and r12 radiances, which solve the contrast between the surface and the atmosphere close to it (menzel and gumley, 1998), correspond to the band 99 (centered at 11 nm) and the band 101 (centered at 12 nm). the a and b (eqs. (2.10a) and (2.10b)) coefficients were derived by applying a multiple regression analysis (mra) to the synthetic mivis radiances obtained through be application of the radiative transfer code modtran (berk et al., 1989) to 450 nesdis radiosonde profiles. in order to obtain the expected mivis radiances in the channels 99 and 101, the tir radiances were estimated by modtran (setting time and geographic location variables according to the real mivis scene under examination) and then integrated on the mivis 4th spectrometer’s spectral response functions. the obtained data set simulates the radiances that the sensor would have if measured under the atmospheric condition of each nesdis radio sounding. .b k k a11 11 12= a k a k12 12 12= each nesdis radiosounding was then used to obtain 1/us in eq. (2.8) which determines an overestimated system of 450 linear equations. the radiances r11 and r12 simulated by modtran, for each nesdis profile, create the matrix of independent variables while real us value, derived from the nesdis observation, composes the vector of dependent variables. the reliability of the mra on this system made of 450 equations and two unknowns, a and b (eqs. (2.10a) and (2.10b)), is corroborated by the high value of the correlation index (r = 0.76) and by the relatively low value (0.57 cm) of root mean square (fig. 2). 3. experimental data set the mivis flight performed on july 26, 2001 at 11:30 local time over the venice lagoon at 4000 m a.s.l. corresponding to a pixel ground resolution of 8 m, was chosen to test the proposed method. the area selected for the test corresponds to the golf course of malamocco where ground truth and atmospheric measurement were taken during the mivis image acquisition. the mivis flight line was converted into instrument perceiving radiance with an ad hoc idl code running independently from the usual pre-processing chain that produces brightness temperature in the tir region. atmospheric profiling was achieved by means of a vaisala radiosonde launched according to the airborne survey. the radiosonde atmospheric profiles (from surface up to 10000 m a.s.l.) were acquired in either the ascending and descending phase. the radiances measured by the mivis channels 99 and 101 were employed (together with the a e b coefficients, previously determined) to estimate, on the basis of the eq. (2.8), the tcwvc at each image pixel. the derived water vapor content map stresses how the described procedure does not introduce rough numerical errors, since all the values found over the scene (4000 × 755 pixels) are compatible and comparable with those used by the most common radiative transfer models which adopt atmospheric profiles ranging from 0 to 6 cm of precipitable water. as matter of fact the water vapor spatial histogram of the exfig. 2. correlation index between the columnar content estimated and nesdis. 131 assessment of water vapor content from mivis tir data fig. 3. meteorological parameters profile, temperature and rhu (relative humidity) obtained with radiosounding balloon. fig. 4. selected portion of interest (516 pixels) over radiosounding launched area (malomocco, lat: 45°72ln; long: 12°52lw) into the nadir direction. the polygon is defined to apply the statistics of water vapor estimated by spectral-based method. amined scene has a gaussian shape centered at about 3 cm of water vapor with minimum value equal to 0.03 cm and maximum to 5.5 cm. such average spatial behavior of the tcwvc field is perfectly compatible with the measurement (tcwvc = 3.1 cm) performed by the radiosonde launched at the same time of the mivis flight. selecting an area of interest (aoi) of 516 pixels around the balloon launch area (fig. 3), into the nadir direction, the water vapor columnar content can vary with a range from 1.15 cm up to 3.63 cm with a mean value of 3.28 cm. in this aoi of about 13 000 m2 (comparable to a square with a side of more than 100 m), over which the balloon was supposed to move during the ascending phase (fig. 4), the difference between the tcwvc value estimated by the proposed method and the one measured by the radiosonde is 0.16 cm only (about 5%). 4. conclusions the procedure for water vapor assessment applied to the mivis images is based on a multiple linear regression technique, connected to the application of a split window technique to the instrument’s perceiving tir radiance data. the mra on the radio-sounding values of the nesdis data base and mivis simulated radiances in the tir region (channel 99 centered at 11 nm and channel 101 centered at 12 nm) allowed the production of maps describing the spatial variability of the water vapor columnar content along the studied scene. this procedure applied to the airborne hyperspectral data set acquired over the venice lagoon has given a difference of 0.16 cm (5%) with the tcwvc assessed by contemporary radiosounding. it is clear that just a single mivis image cannot be considered statistically significant to affirm the exactness and validity of this procedure. additional analyses will be carried out by using the mivis data collected during the campaigns in sweden and in sicily in june and july 2003. the several radiosoundings launched during these campaigns will be used to assess the reliability of this method in different landscapes. the data collected during the sweden campaign will be particularly useful for this purpose, since the 3 4 132 cristiana bassani, vincenzo cuomo, vito lanorte, stefano pignatti and valerio tramutoli survey will be conducted within an international context and different hyperspectral airborne sensors will be employed. the trial will include pushbroom sensor covering the vnir region and whiskbroom scanner like the mivis. concomitant data acquisition in the vnir region covering the 0.94 nm water absorption bands (not present in the mivis spectral range) and in the tir by mivis will allow a comparison of the straight line technique in the vnir and the split window technique in the tir. this experimental configuration based on the use of different methodologies to assess the water vapor columnar content will be an opportunity to better evaluate possible effects of surface material’s spectral behaviour on the tcwvc estimate. acknowledgements the authors are grateful to angela mirabelli for helping to improve the paper. references adler-golden, s.m., m.w. matthew, l.s. bernstein, r.y. levine, a. berk, s.c. richtsmeier, p.k. acharya, g.p. anderson, g. felde, j. gardner, m. hike, l.s. jeong, b. pukall, j. mello, a. ratkowski and h.-h. burke (1999): atmospheric correction for shortwave spectral imagery based on modtran4, spie proc., 3753, 61-69. aig (2001): acorn user’s guide, stand alone version, analytical imaging and geophysics (aig), llc, p. 64. berk, a., l.s. bernstein and d.c. robertson (1989): modtran: a moderate resolution model for lowtran7, rep. gl-tr-89-0122 (air force geophys. lab., bedford, ma). cuomo, v., v. tramutoli, n. pergola, c. pietrapertosa and f. romano, (1997): in place merging of satellite based atmospheric water vapor measurements, int. j. remote sensing, 18 (17), 3649-3668. gao, b.-c. and a.f.h. goetz (1990): column atmospheric water vapor and vegetation liquid water retrievals from airborne imaging spectrometer data, j. geophys. res. atmos., 95 (d4), 3549-3564. jedlovec, g.j. (1990): precipitable water estimation from high-resolution split window radiance measurements, j. appl. meteorol. , 29, 851-865. kleespies, t.j. and l.m. mcmillin (1984): physical retrieval of precipitable water using split window technique, in preprints conf. on satellite meteorology/remote sensing and applications, ams, boston, 55-57. menzel, w.p. and l.e. gumley (1998): modis atmospheric profile retrieval algorithm theoretical basis document, atbd-mod-07 (university of wisconsin, madison). ottle, c., s. outalha, c. francois and s. lemaguer, (1997): estimation of total atmospheric water vapor from split-window radiance measurements, remote sensing environ., 61 (3), pp.410-418. tanré, d., c. deroo, p. duhaut, m. herman, j.j. morchrette, j. perbos and p.y. deschamps (1986): simulation of the satellite signal in the solar spectrum (5s), users’s guide (u.s.t. de lille, 59655 villeneuve d’ascq, france: laboratoire d’optique atmospherique). ionospheric trends in southern hemisphere stations due to the increasing greenhouse gases concentration annals of geophysics, 58, 3, 2015, a0332; doi:10.4401/ag-6707 a0332 ionospheric trends in southern hemisphere stations due to the increasing greenhouse gases concentration josé v. venchiarutti1, blas f. de haro1,*, ana g. elías1,2 1 universidad nacional de tucumán, departamento de física, tucumán, argentina 2 consejo nacional de investigaciones científicas y técnicas, conicet, argentina abstract the lower and middle atmosphere present long-term variations in temperature and other parameters linked to anthropogenic sources, such as the increase in greenhouse gases concentration since the start of the industrial era. some examples are the well known temperature increase in the troposphere and stratosphere cooling. upper atmosphere parameters also present long-term variations. while in the case of the middle and lower atmosphere it is debated whether the origin of the trends is primarily anthropogenic or solar, in the upper atmosphere other sources are also able to induce long-term changes, such as long-term variations in geomagnetic activity and secular variations of the earth’s magnetic field. in this paper, trends of the f2 layer critical frequency, fof2, measured at three southern hemisphere stations (brisbane, canberra and christchurch) are analyzed to determine the importance of increasing greenhouse gases concentration effect. according to our results for the period covering solar cycles 18 to 21 (period 1944-1986), it is more important than natural forcings. update estimates including solar cycle 23 are presented although the difficulty due to two of the three stations present big data gaps during cycle 22 and traditional ionospheric filtering is no longer entirely reliable for cycle 23. the aim of this study is to contribute both to an active area of aeronomy as is the study of trends in the upper atmosphere, and to the understanding of climate change. 1. introduction since the beginning of the 1990s there has been a great interest in the study of long-term trends in the upper atmosphere and several papers have been published since then on this topic (see lastovicka et al. [2012] for a very good review). some of these studies associate trends in the ionosphere with cooling in the thermosphere due to increased concentration of greenhouse gases [roble and dickinson 1989, rishbeth 1990]. if the concentration of co2 is doubling, according to theoretical models a cooling of 30-40 k in the thermosphere should be expected together with a decrease in air density, a decrease of 15-20 km of the peak height of the f2 layer, hmf2, and a decrease in the critical frequency of the f2 layer, fof2, less than 0.5 mhz globally. however the overall pattern of hmf2 and fof2 trends estimated with experimental data of several worldwide stations is very complex and would not completely agree with the greenhouse gases hypothesis. another possible cause of the ionospheric trends would be the long-term variation of geomagnetic activity [mikhailov and marin 2000] and the secular variations of the earth’s intrinsic magnetic field [foppiano et al. 1999, elias 2009, cnossen 2014]. in this paper we estimate fof2 trends measured at three southern hemisphere ionospheric stations, which have records since solar cycle 18, and analyze them in terms of the cooling expected from the anthropogenic effects. being able to determine the causes of the observed ionospheric trends, would contribute to the study of variability in the ionosphere for predictive purposes and the problems of global change directly linked to increased concentration of greenhouse gases. 2. data analysis monthly median values of fof2 from damboldt and suessmann database [2012] (ftp://ftp.ips.gov.au/ wdc-data/iondata/medians/damboldt/) were used at 12 lt. three southern hemisphere stations which are listed in table 1 were selected which had long enough records and few data gaps. canberra is the only that presents an almost uninterrupted record for the period 1941-2009. christchurch presents a first almost complete period 1941 to1986, and then returns in 1993-2009, while in the case of brisbane the almost complete data periods are 1943-1986 and 1998-2009. due to the big data gap in solar cycle 22, trends are estimated first for the period 1944-1986 which covers four complete solar cycles, 18 to 21. then article history received december 3, 2014; accepted may 22, 2015. subject classification: ionospheric trend, euv proxies, forecasts, dynamics. they are updated to include solar cycle 23 with special care in the filtering process required in ionospheric trend estimation. 2.1. trends during period covering solar cycles 18 to 21 in order to minimize spurious effects introduced by the filtering process here applied [lastovicka et al. 2012, elias 2014], trends should be assessed for the same period in all the cases analyzed and include complete solar cycles. in our case this period corresponds to 19441986, that is solar cycles 18 to 21. the steps followed to estimate fof2 trend are: 1. seasonal variation was filtered out assessing 12month running mean of each data series analyzed. 2. periods with rz> 160 were eliminated due to saturation effect occurring in the f2 region. 3. solar cycle 23 was not considered due to lack of a close agreement between rz (or f10.7) and solar euv [emmert et al. 2010, chen et al. 2011, tapping and valdes 2011]. its inclusion is analyzed in the following section. 3. solar activity effect was filtered out estimating the residuals from the regression between the experimental fof2 values and the solar activity index rz, that is: fof2res =fof2exp − (a + b rz) (1) where fof2exp is the experimental fof2 value, rz is the sunspot number used as a proxy for the solar euv radiation, and a and b are the regression constants assessed with least squares. 4. the linear trend a (in mhz/year) is calculated from fof2res = a t + b (2) figure 1 shows fof2res together with the fitted linear trend. table 1 shows the values of the trends obtained. trend errors in all the cases are around 8-11% of trend values, that is ~6-9×10-4 mhz/year. all trend values are significantly different from zero at a 95% confivenchiarutti et al. 2 figure 1. fof2 residual for (a) brisbaen (27.5°s, 152.9°e), (b) canberra (35.3°s, 149.0°e) and (c) christchurch (43.6°s, 172.8°e), after filtering seasonal and solar activity effects using rz as solar euv proxy (black dots) and fitted linear trend (solid line). station geographic latitude geographic longitude fof2 trend [mhz/year] period cycles 18-21 period cycles 18-23 rz as proxy f10.7 as proxy rz as proxy f10.7 as proxy brisbaen 27.5°s 152.9°e -0.0086 -0.0120 +0.0004* -0.0102 canberra 35.3°s 149.0°e -0.0074 -0.0107 -0.0008* -0.0089 christchurch 43.6°s 172.8°e -0.0073 -0.0108 +0.0015 -0.0071 table 1. geographic coordinates of the southern hemisphere ionospheric stations here analyzed and linear fof2 trend in mhz/year calculated for four different conditions: filtering seasonal and solar activity effects using rz (4th and 6th columns) and f10.7 (5th and 7th columns), and for periods covering solar cycles 18 to 21 (4th and 5th columns) and 18 to 23 (6th and 7th columns) (values with * mean not significantly different from 0). a b c 3 dence level. the significance was assessed calculating the statistic t as a/v, where (3) v is the standard deviation of trend and r the correlation coefficient of the regression between fof2res and time. rz was chosen as solar euv proxy instead of f10.7, which is the one recommended [lastovicka et al. 2012, elias 2014], since f10.7 is not available since the beginning of cycle 18. in addition, since we are not including here cycle 23, the difference between filtering solar activity using rz or f10.7 should not be large. as a test, we linearly extrapolated f10.7 values to 1944, using a linear regression between rz and f10.7 for the period 1947-1986. trends, listed in table 1, were assessed following the same steps as in rz case. it can be noticed that although the difference is ~40-50% for the three stations, they are all significant decreasing trends. 2.2. extending period to cycle 23 the three stations here analyzed have available data records until year 2009. however two of them, christchurch and brisbane, present a big data gap during solar cycle 22, which cannot be easily interpolated for trend detection purposes. as a first approach, without interpolation, trends for the period covering cycles 18 to 23 were estimated. special care should be taken in fof2 filtering process when solar cycle 23 is included [elias et al. 2014]. the period 2007-2009 that corresponds to minimum activity level, is characterized by lower euv solar radiation than previous solar cycles [solomon et al. 2013]. in addition it is different than that deduced from traditional solar euv proxies as rz and f10.7. emmert et al. [2010] suggested that the long-term relationship between euv irradiance and f10.7 has changed markedly since around 2006 with euv levels decreasing more than expected from f10.7 proxy. rz instead, underestimates euv during the maximum and declining phase of the cycle [lukianova and mursula 2011]. in addition, rz and f10.7, which were used interchangeably as euv proxy, present a significant change in their relationship since solar cycle 23 [tapping and valdes 2011]. taking all this into account, trends were estimated for each station considering rz and f0.7 to filter solar activity effect. trend values are listed in table 1. figure 2 shows fof2res together with the fitted linear trend, considering both rz and f10.7 separately as solar activity filters. it can be clearly noticed that the inclusion of solar cycle 23 marks a significant difference not only trend values, but also in the sign, between both euv proxies. 3. geomagnetic activity effect danilov and mikhailov [1999], mikhailov and marin [2000] and danilov [2002] with a new approach, obtained a dependence of the trend magnitude on geomagnetic latitude (with more negative values at higher latitudes) indicating that f2-layer trends might be related to long-term changes in geomagnetic activity and t n 2 r r 1 r n 2 1 12 2v a a a = = = ionospheric trends in southern hemisphere figure 2. fof2 residual for (a) brisbaen (27.5°s, 152.9°e), (b) canberra (35.3°s, 149.0°e) and (c) christchurch (43.6°s, 172.8°e), after filtering seasonal and solar activity effects using rz (black dots) and f10.7 (red dots) as solar euv proxy and fitted linear trend (corresponding solid lines). a b c f2-layer storm mechanisms. they show those periods with negative and positive fof2 trends exist, which correspond to the periods of long-term increasing or decreasing geomagnetic activity. however, more recently, according to danilov [2012], the assumptions made at the end of 1990’s that the observed trends in ionospheric parameters are a manifestation of secular changes in geomagnetic activity could be proved only for the data before 1980-1990. in our case, the three stations here analyzed are mid-latitude stations, so the geomagnetic activity effect should not be large. to prove this, aa index was added to equation (1) to filter fof2, that is fof2res =fof2exp − (a + b rz + c aa) (4) this index is a global geomagnetic activity index which measures the disturbance level of the earth’s magnetic field. the index, in nt units, is available from http://www.wdcb.ru/stp/data/geomagni.ind/aa/ and from http://isgi.cetp.ipsl.fr/source/indices/. following the same steps described in section 2.2, trends were assessed considering period 1944-1986, and 1944-2009, using rz and f10.7 as solar euv proxies separately. trend values are shown in table 2. as can be noticed, in all the cases trend values are almost the same as those seen in table 1. this can be expected since the correlation coefficient between fof2 and rz or f10.7, is already greater than 0.97 meaning that rz (or f10.7) explain more than 94% of fof2 variance in all the cases. including aa into the linear regression model, only increases the correlation by ~0.005, that is it adds only 1% to the explained variance. taking into account the result of danilov [2012] that there is a different fof2 negative trend after ~19801990, and of lastovicka et al. [2012] that observes a change of dependency of f2 trends after 2000, we made a rough analysis in the case of canberra, which presents complete data set covering the period 19442009. we estimated the aa coefficient, c in equation (4), considering f10.7 as euv proxy, for the period 19441989 and 1990-2009 separately. in the first case it results −0.15±0.03 and in the latter −0.04±0.03, while b results 0.395±0.003 and 0.382±0.003. that is, after 1990 the coefficient of aa is almost null. this could be evidence of a decline in importance of aa, however when we look at trends estimated with and without aa in fof2 filtering, we cannot arrive to a definitive conclusion through this type of analysis. anyway as it has been observed by bremer [1992, 1998] and mikhailov and marin [2000] the inclusion of a geomagnetic index in the regression in fact does not remove the geomagnetic dependence. 4. earth’s magnetic field effect the possibility of ionospheric trends induced by the earth’s magnetic field secular variations was first suggested by foppiano et al. [1999], and followed then by other papers [elias 2009, cnossen 2014]. earth’s magnetic field, generated in the earth’s core, presents long term variations in the field’s strength and orientation. a simple mechanism through which trends in the earth’s magnetic field would affect the ionosphere is through changes in the dip angle (i). the sin(i)cos(i) factor, associated to effects of neutral winds on hmf2 [rishbeth 1998] will also change. the horizontal thermospheric wind u drives ions and electrons, up during the night and down during the day, along the geomagnetic field lines at speed u cos(i). the vertical component u sin(i) cos(i) raises the f2-peak during night time (when u blows from pole to equator) and lowers it during daytime (when u blows from equator to pole), increasing or decreasing the peak electron density. an increase in the sin(i)cos(i) factor would produce an additional lowering of the f-region with a decrease in fof2, during daytime, and an additional raise of the region with an increase in fof2 during the night. a decrease in the sin(i) cos(i) factor would produce the opposite effect. the region of strongest variations of fof2, lies between 10°n and 30°s in latitude and between 20°e and 80°w in longitude, which is also the region of strongest changes in i and sin(i) cos(i) factor [elias 2009, cnossen venchiarutti et al. 4 station fof2 trend [mhz/year] period cycles 18-21 period cycles 18-23 rz + aa f10.7 + aa rz + aa f10.7 + aa brisbaen -0.0083 -0.0118 +0.0001* -0.0101 canberra -0.0068 -0.0105 -0.0007* -0.0089 christchurch -0.0068 -0.0103 +0.0016 -0.0070 table 2. fof2 trend in mhz/year calculated for four different conditions: filtering seasonal and solar activity effects using rz and aa (4th and 6th columns) and f10.7 and aa (5th and 7th columns), and for periods covering solar cycles 18 to 21 (4th and 5th columns) and 18 to 23 (6th and 7th columns) (values with * mean not significantly different from 0). 5 2014]. at the mid-latitude zone, corresponding to the locations of the ionospheric stations here analyzed, the expected trends due to changes in i, should not be statistically significant different from zero. a qualitative analysis can be made through the sin(i) cos(i) factor. figure 3 presents the time variation of this factor calculated from the international geomagnetic reference field (igrf) model (http://ccmc. gsfc.nasa.gov/modelweb/models/igrf_vitmo.php), and for the three stations here analyzed, it can be noticed an increase for the period 1944-1986. this implies that although it is very small, an increasing trend in daytime fof2, is contrary to the values obtained from measured fof2 data. 5. conclusions all stations present a decreasing trend in fof2 during the period 1944-1986, covering complete solar cycles from cycle 18 to 21, consistent with the consequences expected in the ionosphere f2 region due to the increased concentration of greenhouse gases. for a doubling of co2 concentration qian et al. [2009] obtain a maximum decrease of 18% to 20% in fof2. making a linear extrapolation to the actual increase in co2 during the period analyzed in this paper, and assuming an average fof2 value of 10 mhz, a fof2 decrease of −0.005 mhz/year should be expected. according to the values here obtained when rz is used as solar euv proxy (~0.008 mhz/year), the greenhouse effect would account for 60% of these trends. when f10.7 is used as euv proxy, extrapolating to cover the complete period 1944-1986, this account diminish to 50%. with regard to natural forcings, in the case of longterm variation in geomagnetic activity, our results hardly vary when considering the aa index as another linear term in equation (1). probably in a different kind of analysis, and considering the result of danilov [2012] this could be more noticeable. in the case of secular variations of the intrinsic magnetic field of the earth, its ability to induce trends depends on the geographic location. the values of the expected trends are very small (even lower than those expected by anthropogenic effect) except in the region between 10°n and 40°s and 60°w and 10°e [elias 2009, cnossen 2014] . the stations considered are located outside this region. in addition a rough qualitative estimation of the expected effect does not even agree in the sign of the expected trends. when using the complete data sets that go until solar cycle 23, the most reliable trends are those obtained using f10.7 as euv proxy [lastovicka et al. 2012, elias 2014]. trend values are close to those corresponding to period 1944-1986, but less negative, very likely due to a lack of agreement between f10.7 and the solar euv radiation which f10.7 is supposed to represent. the importance of understanding and measuring trends in the upper atmosphere lies in: 1) the importance of understanding and predicting the behavior of the whole atmosphere, which is essential to human life. 2) the effect of the decreasing density on space debris. there are approximately 22,500 objects larger than 10 cm in earth orbit, and 95% of them is classified as “space debris”. these objects represent a significant risk to spacecraft operations due to possible collisions. recent studies [lewis et al. 2011] suggest that the decrease in the density of the upper atmosphere makes the space debris remains in orbit longer than expected. the results obtained here are intended to be a contribution to both topics. references bremer, j. (1992). ionospheric trends in mid-latitudes as a possible indicator of the atmospheric greenhouse effect, j. atmos. terr. phys., 54, 1505-1511. bremer, j. (1998). trends in the ionospheric e and f regions over europe, ann. geophysicae, 16, 986-996. chen, y., l. liu and w. wan (2011). does the f10.7 index correctly describe solar euv flux during the deep solar minimum of 2007-2009?, j. geophys. res., 116; doi:10.1029/2010ja016301. cnossen, i. (2014). the importance of geomagnetic field changes versus rising co2 levels for long-term change in the upper atmosphere, j. space weather space clim., 4, a18. damboldt, t., and p. suessmann (2012). consolidated database of worldwide measured monthly medians of ionospheric characteristics fof2 and m(3000)f2, inag bulletin on the web, inag-73; www.ips.gov. au/ipshosted/inag/web-73/2012/damboldt_con solidated_database.pdf. ionospheric trends in southern hemisphere figure 3. standardized sin(i) cos(i) factor estimated with international geomagnetic reference field (igrf) model (http://ccmc.gsfc.nasa. gov/modelweb/models/igrf_vitmo.php) for brisbaen (black solid line), canberra (red solid line) and christchurch (dashed black line). danilov, a.d., and a.v. mikhailov (1999). long-term trends in the parameters of the f2region: a new approach, geom. aeron., 39, 473-479. danilov, ad. (2002). overview of the trends in the ionospheric e and f2 regions, phys. chem. earth, 27, 579-588. danilov, a.d. (2012). long-term trends in the upper atmosphere and ionosphere (a review), geom. aeron., 52, 271-291. elias, a.g. (2009). trends in the f2 ionospheric layer due to long-term variations in the earth’s magnetic field, j. atmos. solar terr. phys., 71, 1602-1609. elias, a.g. (2014). filtering ionosphere parameters to detect trends linked to anthropogenic effects, earth, planets and space, 66, 113. elias, a.g., b.f. de haro barbas, s. kiyoto and j.r souza (2014). effect of solar cycle 23 in fof2 trend estimation, earth, planets and space, 66, 111. emmert, j.t., j.l. lean and j.m. picone (2010). recordlow thermospheric density during the 2008 solar minimum, geophys. res. lett., 37; doi:10.1029/2010 gl043671. foppiano, a.j., l. cid and v. jara (1999). ionospheric long-term trends for south american mid-latitudes, j. atmos. solar terr. phys., 61, 717-723. lastovicka, j., s.c. solomon and l. qian (2012). trends in the neutral and ionized upper atmosphere, space sci. rev., 168, 113-145. lewis, h.g., a. saunders, g. swinerd and r.j. newland (2011). effect of thermospheric contraction on remediation of the near earth space debris environment, j. geophys. res., 116. lukianova, r., and k. murusla (2011). changed relation between sunspot numbers, solar uv/euv radiation and tsi during the declining phase of solar cycle 23, j. atmos. solar terr. phys., 73, 235-240. mikhailov, a.v., and d. marin (2000). geomagnetic control of the fof2 long-term trends, ann. geophysicae, 18, 653-665. qian, l., a.g. burns, s.c. solomon and r.g. roble (2009). the effect of carbon dioxide cooling on trends in the f2-layer ionosphere, j. atmos. solar terr. phys., 71, 1592-1601. rishbeth, h. (1990). a greenhouse effect in the ionosphere?, planet. space sci., 38, 945-948. rishbeth h. (1998). how the thermospheric circulation affects the ionospheric f2 layer, j. atmos. solar terr. phys., 60, 1385-1402. roble, r.g., and r.e. dickinson (1989). how will changes in carbon dioxide and methane modify the mean structure of the mesosphere and thermosphere?, geophys. res. lett., 16, 1441-1444. solomon, s.c., l. qian and a.g. burns (2013). the anomalous ionosphere between solar cycles 23 and 24, j. geophys. res., 118, 6524-6535. tapping, k.f., and j.j. valdes (2011). did the sun change its behavior during the decline of cycle 23 and into cycle 24?, sol. phys., 272, 337-350. corresponding author: blas f. de haro, universidad nacional de tucumán, departamento de física, tucumán, argentina; email: blasdeharo2000@yahoo.com.ar. © 2015 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. venchiarutti et al. 6 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice 031_040 adg v–5 n01.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 31 the response of the ionosphere to faint and bright solar flares as deduced from global gps network data edward l. afraimovich, alexandre t. altynsev, victor v. grechnev and ludmila a. leonovich institute of solar-terrestrial physics sd, russian academy of sciences, irkutsk, russia abstract results derived from analysing the ionosphere response to faint and bright solar flares are presented. the analysis used technology of a global detection of ionospheric effects from solar flares as developed by the authors, on the basis of phase measurements of the total electron content (tec) in the ionosphere using an international gps network. the essence of the method is that use is made of appropriate filtering and a coherent processing of variations in the tec which is determined from gps data, simultaneously for the entire set of visible gps satellites at all stations used in the analysis. this technique is useful for identifying the ionospheric response to faint solar flares (of x-ray class c) when the variation amplitude of the tec response to separate line-on-sight to gps satellite is comparable to the level of background fluctuations. the dependence of the tec variation response amplitude on the bright flares location on the sun is investigated. 1. introduction the enhancement of x-ray and ultraviolet (uv) emission observed during chromospheric flares on the sun immediately causes an increase in electron density in the ionosphere. these density variations differ for different altitudes and are called sudden ionospheric disturbances (sid) (donnelly, 1969; davies, 1990). sids are generally recorded as the short wave fadeout (swf) (stonehocker, 1970); sudden phase anomaly (spa) (jones, 1971; ohshio, 1971); sudden frequency deviation (sfd) (donnelly, 1971; liu et al., 1996); sudden cosmic noise absorption (scna) (deshpande and mitra, 1972); sudden enhancement/decrease of atmospherics (ses) (sao et al., 1970). much research is devoted to sid studies, among them a number of thorough reviews (mitra, 1974; davies, 1990). sfd are caused by an almost time-coincident increase in electron densities in the eand fregion on the dayside of the earth (davies, 1990; donnelly, 1969; liu et al., 1996). a limitation of this method is the uncertainty in the spatial and altitude localization of the uv flux effect, the inadequate number of paths, and the need to use special-purpose equipment. the effect of solar flares on the ionospheric f-region is also manifested as a sudden increase of total electron content (sitec) which was measured previously using continuously operating vhf radio beacons on geostationary satellites (mendillo et al., 1974b; davies, 1980). a serious limitation of methods based on analyzing vhf signals from geostationary mailing address: p r o f . e d wa r d l . a f r a i m ov i c h , institute of solar-terrestrial physics sd, russian academy of sciences, p.o. box 4026, irkutsk, 664033, russia; e-mail: afra@iszf.ru key words sudden ionospheric disturbances (sid) – solar flare – gps 32 edward l. afraimovich, alexandre t. altynsev, victor v. grechnev and ludmila a. leonovich satellites is their small and ever decreasing (with time) number and the nonuniform distribution in longitude. hence it is impossible to make measurements in some geophysically interesting regions of the globe, especially in high latitudes. a further, highly informative, technique is the method of incoherent scatter (is) (thome and wagner, 1971; mendillo et al., 1974a). however, the practical implementation of the is method requires very sophisticated, expensive equipment. the is method’s time resolution is inadequate for the study of ionospheric effects from solar flares. the time of electron density enhancement in the e and f 1 regions during impulsive flares can be 2-3 min. consequently, none of the above-mentioned existing methods can serve as an effective basis for the radio detection system to provide a continuous, global sid monitoring with adequate space-time resolution. furthermore, the creation of these facilities requires developing special purpose equipment, including powerful radio transmitters contaminating the radio environment. it is also significant that when using the existing methods, the inadequate spatial aperture gives no way of deducing the possible spatial inhomogeneity of the x-ray and uv flux. the advent and evolution of a global positioning system (gps) and also the creation on its basis of widely branched networks of gps stations (at least 900 sites at the august of 2001, the data from which are placed on the internet) opened up a new era in remote ionospheric sensing. high-precision measurements of the tec along the line-of-sight (los) between the receiver on the ground and transmitters on the gps system satellites covering the reception zone are made using two-frequency multichannel receivers of the gps system at almost any point of the globe and at any time simultaneously at two coherently coupled frequencies f1 = 1575.42 mhz and f2 = 1227.60 mhz. the sensitivity of phase measurements in the gps system is sufficient for detecting irregularities with an amplitude of up to 10−3-10−4 of the diurnal tec variation. this makes it possible to detect ionospheric disturbances from different sources of artificial and natural origins. the tec unit (tecu) which is equal to 1016m–2 and is commonly accepted in the literature, will be used throughout the text. afraimovich (2000) and afraimovich et al. (2000b, 2001a,b) developed a novel technology of a global detection of ionospheric effects from solar flares and presented data from first gps measurements of global response of the ionosphere to powerful impulsive flares of september 23, 1998, july 29, 1999, and december 28, 1999, were chosen to illustrate the practical implementation of the proposed method. authors found that fluctuations of tec, obtained by removing the linear trend of tec with a time window of about 5 min, are coherent for all stations and los on the dayside of the earth. the time profile of tec responses is similar to the time behavior of hard x-ray emission variations during flares in the energy range 25-35 kev if the relaxation time of electron density disturbances in the ionosphere of order 50-100 s is introduced. no such effect on the nightside of the earth has been detected yet. the objective of this paper is to use this technology for analysing the ionosphere response to faint and bright solar flares. 2. processing of the data from the gps network following is a brief outline of the global monitoring (detection) technique for solar flares. a physical groundwork for the method is formed by the effect of fast change in electron density in the earth’s ionosphere at the time of a flare simultaneously on the entire sunlit surface. essentially, the method implies using appropriate filtering and a coherent processing of tec variations in the ionosphere simultaneously for the entire set of visible (during a given time interval) gps satellites (as many as 5-10 satellites) at all global gps network stations used in the analysis. in detecting solar flares, the ionospheric response is virtually simultaneous for all stations on the dayside of the globe within the time resolution range of the gps receivers (from 30 s to 0.1 s). therefore, a coherent processing of tec variations implies in this case a simple addition of single tec variations. the detection 33 the response of the ionosphere to faint and bright solar flares as deduced from global gps network data sensitivity is determined by the ability to detect typical signals of the ionospheric response to a solar flare (leading edge duration, period, form, length) at the level of tec background fluctuations. ionospheric irregularities are characterized by a power spectrum, so that background fluctuations will always be distinguished in the frequency range of interest. however, the spatial scale on which the averaging is carried out substantially exceeds the correlation scales of background fluctuations. with a typical length of x-ray bursts and uv emission of solar flares of about 5-10 min, the corresponding ionization irregularity size does normally not exceed 30-50 km; hence the condition of a statistical independence of tec fluctuations at spaced beams is almost always satisfied. therefore, coherent summation of responses to a flare on a set of los spaced throughout the dayside of the globe permits the solar flare effect to be detected even when the response amplitude on partial los is markedly smaller than the noise level (background fluctuations). the proposed procedure of coherent accumulation is essentially equivalent to the operation of coincidence schemes which are extensively used in x-ray and gamma-ray telescopes. if the sid response and background fluctuations, respectively, are considered to be the signal and noise, then as a consequence of a statistical independence of background fluctuations the signal/noise ratio when detecting the flare effect is increased through a coherent processing by at least a factor of , where is the number of los. the gps technology provides the means of estimating tec variations on the basis of phase measurements of tec i in each of the spaced two-frequency gps receivers using the formula (hofmann-wellenhof et al., 1992; calais and minster, 1996) (2.1) where l 1 λ 1 and l 2 λ 2 are the increments of the radio signal phase path caused by the phase delay in the ionosphere (m); l 1 and l 2 stand for the number of complete phase rotations, and λ1 and λ2 are the wavelengths (m) for the frequencies f1 and f 2 respectively; const is some unknown initial phase path (m); and nl is the error in determining the phase path (m). phase measurements in the gps system are made with a high degree of accuracy where the error in tec determination for 30-s averaging intervals does not exceed 1014m–2, although the initial value of tec does remain unknown (hofmann-wellenhof et al., 1992). the data analysis was based on using the stations where the local time during the flare varied from 10 to 17 lt. primary data include series of slant values of tec i (t), as well as the corresponding series of elevations θ (t) and azimuths α (t). these data are calculated using our developed convtec program which converts the gps system standard rinex-files on the internet (gurtner, 1993). the determination of sid characteristics involves selecting continuous series of i (t) measurements of at least a one-hour interval in length, which includes the time of the flare. series of elevations θ (t) and azimuths α (t) of the los are used to determine the coordinates of subionospheric points. in the case under consideration, all results were obtained for elevations θ (t) larger than 30°. the method of coherent summation of time derivatives of the series of variations of the «vertical» tec value was employed in studying the ionospheric response to solar flares. our choice of the time derivative of tec was motivated by the fact this derivative permits us to get rid of a constant component in tec variations; furthermore, it reflects electron density variations that are proportional to the flux of ionizing radiation. the coherent summation of time derivatives of the series of variations of the «vertical» tec value was made by the formula (2.2) where n is the number of los. the correction coefficient k i is required for converting the slant i f f f f l l= − −( ) +[1 40 308 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2. λ λ nl+ + ]const n n sd di t dt ki i i n = × = ∑ ( ) / 1 34 edward l. afraimovich, alexandre t. altynsev, victor v. grechnev and ludmila a. leonovich tec to an equivalent «vertical» value (klobuchar, 1986) (2.3) where r z is earth’s radius; and hmax is the height of the ionospheric f 2 -layer maximum. next the trend determined as a polynomial on a corresponding time interval is removed from the result (normalized to the number of los) of the coherent summation of the time derivatives. after that, the calculated time dependence (sd ex (t)) is integrated in order to obtain the mean integral tec increment ∆i(t) on the time interval specified [t1 − t2]. (2.4) this technique is useful for identifying the ionospheric response to faint solar flares (of xray class c) when the variation amplitude of the tec response to separate los is comparable to the level of background fluctuations. 3. ionospheric response to faint solar flare an example of a processing of the data for a faint solar flare july 29, 1999 (c2.5/ sf, 10:11 ut, s16w11) is given in fig. 1a-e. one hundred los were processed for the analysis of this event. panels (a) and (b) present the typical time dependencies of tec variations for separate los, and their time derivatives. the brus (prn14, thick line) and bahr (prn29, thin line) stations are taken as our example. it is apparent from these dependencies that no response to the flare is distinguished in the tec variations and in their time derivatives for the individual los, because the amplitude of the tec response for the individual los is comparable to the level of background fluctuations. a response to the solar flare is clearly seen in the time dependence (fig. 1c) which is a normalized result of a coherent summation sd k r r h i z z i= +         θcos arcsin cos max ( ) i t sd t dtex t t = ∫( ) ( ) . 1 2 ∆ 29.07.99 x-ray flare c2.5 fig. 1a-e. faint solar flare july 29, 1999 (c2.5/sf, 10:11 ut, s16w11). the typical time dependencies of tec variations for separate los (a) and their time derivatives (b) for stations brus (prn14, thick line) and bahr (prn29, thin line); a normalized result of a coherent summation sd of the time derivatives of the tec variations for all los (c); the same curve (c), upon subtracting the trend determined as a polynomial of degree 3 on the time interval 10:0710:19 ut (d); mean integral increment of tec (thick line) and soft x-ray emission flux (goes-10) in the range 1-8 å (thin line) (e). a b c d e brus prn14 bahr prn29 35 the response of the ionosphere to faint and bright solar flares as deduced from global gps network data of the time derivatives of the tec variations for all los. upon subtracting the trend determined as a polynomial of degree 3 on the time interval 10:07-10:39 ut, the same curve (c) is presented in fig. 1d as sd ex (t). next the calculated time dependence was integrated over the time interval 10:07-10:39 ut to give the mean integral increment of tec (fig. 1e, thick line). a comparison of the resulting dependence with the values of the soft x-ray emission flux (goes-10) in the range 1-8 å (fig. 1e, thin line) reveals that it has a more flattened form, both in its rise and fall. a maximum in x-rays is about 6 min ahead of that in tec. examples of the application of our technology for the analysis of the ionospheric response to faint solar flares are given in figs. 2a-h and 3a-h. figure 2a-h gives the data processing results on tec variations for solar fig. 2a-h. faint solar flare july 29, 1999 (c2.2, 11:00 ut) (a-d); soft x-ray emission flux (goes10) in the range 1-8 å (a); normalized result of a coherent summation sd of the time derivatives of the tec variations for all los (b); the same curve (b), upon subtracting the trend determined as a polynomial of degree 3 on the time interval 10:4811:11 ut; mean integral increment of tec (d). analogous dependencies for faint solar flare july 29, 1999 (c6.2/sn, 15:14 ut, n25e53) on panels (e-h). fig. 3a-h. faint solar flare november 17, 1999 (c7.0/ 1n, 09:38 ut, s15w53) (a-d); soft x-ray emission flux (goes-10) in the range 1-8 å (a); normalized result of a coherent summation sd of the time derivatives of the tec variations for all los (b); the same curve (b), upon subtracting the trend determined as a polynomial of degree 3 on the time interval 09:1809:54 ut (c); mean integral increment of tec (d). analogous de pendencies f or faint solar flar e november 14, 1999 (c5.0, 15:40 ut) on panels (e-h). 29.07.99 x-ray flare c2.2 29.07.99 x-ray flare c6.2 a b c d e f g h 17.11.99 x-ray flare c7.0 14.11.99 x-ray flare c5.0 e f g h a b c d 36 edward l. afraimovich, alexandre t. altynsev, victor v. grechnev and ludmila a. leonovich flares: july 29, 1999 (c2.2, 11:00 ut) on panels a, b, c, d, and july 29, 1999 (c6.1/sn, 15:14 ut, n25e53) on panels e, f, g, h. figure 3a-h shows the results of a data processing of tec variations for solar flares of november 17, 1999 (c7.0/1n, 09:38 ut, s15w53) on panels a, b, c, d, and november 14, 1999 (c5.0, 15:40 ut) on panels e, f, g, h. based on the above examples, it is possible to follow a correlation between the peak power of the faint flares in the x-ray range and the tec enhancement in the ionosphere. for class c2 flares (fig. 1a-e, fig. 2a-d), the respective amplitude of tec response is about twice as small as that for class c5-c7 flares (fig. 3a-h, fig. 2e-h). for c2.2 (fig. 2a-d) and c5 flares (fig. 3e-h), information about their localization on the sun is unavailable. 4. ionospheric response to bright solar flares an example of a processing of the data for the bright solar flare of july 14, 1998 (m4.6/ 1b, 12:59 ut, s23e20) is given in fig. 4a-e. fifty los were used in the analysis of this event. figure 4a presents the time dependencies of hard x-ray emission (cgro/batse, 25-50 kev, thick line on panels a) and of the uv line soho/summer 171 å, thin line) in arbitrary units (aschwanden et al., 1999). it should be noted that the time dependence of the uv 171 å line is more flattened, both in the rise and in the fall, when compared with the hard x-ray emission characteristic. the increase in the uv 171 å line starts by about 1.8 min earlier, and the duration of its disturbance exceeds considerably that of the hard xray emission disturbance. panel (b) presents the typical time dependencies of the tec variations for separate los. the aoml (prn24, thick line) and acsi (prn18, thin line) stations are taken as examples. a response to the bright flare is clearly distinguished for separate los. the normalized sum sd of the time derivatives of the tec variations for all los is presented in fig. 4c; panel (d) plots the same curve (c), upon subtracting the trend determined as a polynomial of degree 3 on the time interval fig. 4a-e. bright solar flare july 14, 1998 (12:59 ut, m4.6/1b, s23e20). time dependencies of hard x-ray emission (cgro/batse, 25-50 kev, thick line) and of the uv line (soho/summer 171 å, thin line) in arbitrary units (a); typical time dependencies of the tec variations for separate los for stations aoml (prn24, thick line) and acsi (prn18, thin line) (b); the normalized sum sd of the time derivatives of the tec variations for all los (c); same curve (c), upon subtracting the trend determined as a polynomial of degree 3 on the time interval 12:48-13:12 ut (d); the mean integral increment of tec (e). a b c d e 14.07.98 x-ray flare m4.6 37 the response of the ionosphere to faint and bright solar flares as deduced from global gps network data 12:48-13:12 ut. next the resulting time dependence was integrated in order to obtain the mean integral increment of tec (fig. 4e). it should be pointed out that the time dependence of the mean integral increment of tec has a more flattened form in the rise than the emission flux characteristics; however, the onset time of its increase coincides with that of hard x-ray emission, and is delayed by about 1.8 min with respect to the uv 171 å line. a total of 23 events was processed (see table i). the class of x-ray flares was from m 2.0 to m 5.7. it was found that the mean tec variation response in the ionosphere depends on the flare location on the sun (central meridian distance, cmd) (fig. 5a). 5. discussion our results are consistent with the findings reported by donnelly (1969, 1971, 1976), donnelly et al. (1986a), where a study of extreme uv (euv) flashes of solar flares observed via sfd was made. in the cited references it was shown that the relative strength of impulsive euv emission from flares decreases with increasing cmd and average peak frequency deviation is also significantly table i. bright solar flares. n data flare max time x-ray/optic δtec lat cmd dd.mm.yy ut class tecu degree 1 14.07.98 12:59 m4.6/1b 0.50 s23 e20 2 19.08.98 12:42 m2.3/sf 0.13 n35 e78 3 14.03.99 01:27 m2.1/1n 0.3 n13 e39 4 04.04.99 15:25 m5.4/1f 0.44 n18 e72 5 08.05.99 14:40 m4.6/1f 0.33 n23 w75 6 29.07.99 19:36 m5.1/1n 0.5 n25 e51 7 19.08.99 16:36 m3.0/2n 0.7 s31 e04 8 27.08.99 13:07 m5.5/2n 0.53 s23 w09 9 14.11.99 16:07 m5.6/0.31 n18 e60 10 22.12.99 19:04 m5.3/1b 0.66 n24 e19 11 28.12.99 00:48 m4.5/2b 0.27 n20 w56 12 10.01.00 13:50 m3.3/2n 0.13 s13 e69 13 23.03.00 12:14 m2.0/sf 0.5 n15 w69 14 26.03.00 17:34 m2.3/sf 0.26 s12 w55 15 08.04.00 02:40 m2.0/sf 0.6 s15 e26 16 10.06.00 16:02 m5.2/3b 0.5 n22 w38 17 23.06.00 04:07 m2.6/2b 0.67 n19 w30 18 12.07.00 18:49 m5.7/2f 0.30 n16 w64 19 14.07.00 13:52 m3.7/1n 0.53 n20 w08 20 16.07.00 02:03 m5.5/1n 0.08 n09 e81 21 18.07.00 14:19 m3.0/2n 0.4 s14 e15 22 20.07.00 20:25 m5.0/1b 0.67 s15 w11 23 19.09.00 08:26 m5.1/1n 0.46 n14 w46 38 edward l. afraimovich, alexandre t. altynsev, victor v. grechnev and ludmila a. leonovich lower for sfds associated with hα flares at large cmd. donnelly (1971) is of the opinion that percentage of hα flares with sfds tends to decrease for large cmd of hα flare location (fig. 5b). similar effects at the center and limb were observed in the ratio of euv flux to the concurrent hard x ray flux (kane and donnelly, 1971). using a fourth-order polynomial to fit the results in fig. 5b with cmd in degrees (donnelly, 1976) gives a(cmd) � 1 − 0.0484 ⋅ cmd + + 0.001426 ⋅ cmd2 − 1.79 ⋅ 10−5 ⋅ cmd3 + + 7.43 ⋅ 10−8cmd4. (5.1) equation (5.1) implies that on the average the fig. 6a,b. average central meridian distance dependence based on (mosher, 1979) for x-ray (riddle, 1969) and (aschwanden et al., 1999) for f10, and (samain, 1979) for the uv (a); modeling results on the sfd occurrence probability at the time of the solar flare as a function of the cmd (dashed lines) (donnelly, 1976), values of the mean amplitude of the tec response in the ionosphere to solar flares (dots), and cos(cmd) fitting curve for solar flares in the x-ray range m 2.0 – m 5.7 (solid lines) (b). flares x-ray m2.0 m5.7 a b fig. 5a,b. cmd dependence of the increment of the mean amplitude of the tec response to solar flares (in the range of x-ray class m 2.0 – m 5.7 (dots), cos(cmd) fitting curve for solar flares in the x-ray range m 2.0 – m 5.7 (solid lines) (a); percentage of hα-flares accompanied by sfd’s as a function of the central meridian distance of the hα flare (b). a b 39 the response of the ionosphere to faint and bright solar flares as deduced from global gps network data impulsive euv emission is more than one order of magnitude weaker for flares near the solar limb than for flares at the central meridian. donnelly (1976) has assumed that it results from the low-lying nature of the 104 k-106k flare source region and from absorption of euv emission in the surrounding cool nonflaring atmosphere. this conclusion is consistent with the findings reported by donnelly and puga (1990). in the cited reference it was found the empirical curves of the average dependence of active region emission on its cmd (fig. 6a) for several wavelengths (donnelly et al., 1986a,b). assume a quiet sun plus one average active region that starts at the center of the backside of the sun and rotates across the center of the solar disk with a 28-day period. figure 6b presents the result of a modeling of the sfd occurrence probability at the time of the solar flare as a function of cmd (dashed lines) in arbitrary units, as well as the values amplitude of the tec response in the ionosphere to solar flares (in the range of x-ray class m 2.0-m 5.7, dots) as a function of cmd. the modeling used eq. (5.1). the figure suggests that the results of our measurements do not contradict the conclusions drawn by donnelly (1976) donnelly et al. (1986b) that the relative strength of impulsive euv emission from flares decreases with increasing cmd. it should be noted that in the case of solar flares whose class is similar in x-ray emission, the dependence under study resembles cos(cmd) rather than a polynomial of degree 4. the fitting cos(cmd) curve for solar x-ray m 2.0-m 5.7 flares is plotted in figs. 6b (solid line) and 5a (solid line). 6. summary this paper suggests a new method for investigating the ionospheric response to faint solar flares (of x-ray class c) when the variation amplitude of the tec response to individual los is comparable to the level of background fluctuations. the dependence of the tec variation response amplitude on the flare location on the sun is investigated. in the case of solar flares whose class is similar in x-ray emission, the dependence under study resembles cos(cmd). the high sensitivity of our method permits us to propose the problem of detecting, in the flare x-ray and euv ranges, emissions of non-solar origins which are the result of supernova explosions. for powerful solar flares it is not necessary to invoke a coherent summation, and the ionospheric response can be investigated for each beam. this opens the way to a detailed study of the sid dependence on a great variety of parameters (latitude, longitude, solar zenith angle, spectral characteristics of the emission flux, etc.). with current increasing solar activity, such studies become highly challenging. in addition to solving traditional problems of estimating parameters of ionization processes in the ionosphere and problems of reconstructing emission parameters, the data obtained through the use of our method can be used to estimate the spatial inhomogeneity of emission fluxes at scales of the earth’s radius. acknowledgements authors are grateful to e.a. kosogorov and o.s. lesuta for preparing the input data. thanks are also due to v.g. mikhalkovsky for his assistance in preparing the english version of the manuscript. this work was done with support under rfbr grant of leading scientific schools of the russian federation no. 00-15-98509 and russian foundation for basic research (grants 99-05-64753, 00-05-72026 and 00-02-16819a), gntp «astronomy». references afraimovich, e.l. (2000): gps global detection of the ionospheric response to solar flares, radio sci., 35, 1417-1424. a f r a i m ov i c h , e.l., e.a. k o s o g o rov and l.a. leonovich (2000): the use of the international gps network as the global detector (globdet) simultaneously observing sudden ionospheric disturbances, earth, planets, and space, 52, 10771082. afraimovich, e.l., a.t. altyntsev, e.a. kosogorov, n.s. larina and l.a. leonovich (2001a): detecting of the ionospheric effects of the solar flares as deduced 40 edward l. afraimovich, alexandre t. altynsev, victor v. grechnev and ludmila a. leonovich from global gps network data, geomagn. aeron., 41 (2), 208-214. afraimovich, e.l., a.t. altyntsev, e.a. kosogorov, n.s. larina and l.a. leonovich (2001b): ionospheric effects of the solar flares of september 23, 1998 and july 29, 1999 as deduced from global gps network data, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 63 (17), 1841-1849. aschwanden, m.j., l.. fletcher, c.j. schrijver and d. alexander (1999): coronal loop oscillation observed with the transition region and coronal explorer, astrophys. j., 520, 880-894. calais, e. and j.b. minster (1996): gps detection of ionospheric perturbations following a space shuttle ascent, geophys. res. lett., 23, 1897-1900. davies, k. (1980): recent progress in satellite radio beacon studies with particular emphasis on the ats-6 radio beacon experiment, space sci. rev., 25, 357-430. davies, k. (1990): ionospheric radio (peter peregrinus, london), pp. 580. deshpande, s.d. and a.p. mitra (1972): ionospheric effects of solar flares, iv, electron density profiles deduced from measurements of scna’s and vlf phase and amplitude, j. atmos. terr. phys., 34, 255-261. donnelly, r.f. (1969): contribution of x-ray and euv bursts of solar flares to sudden frequency deviations, j. geophys. res., 74, 1873-1877. donnelly, r.f. (1971): extreme ultraviolet flashes of solar flares observed via sudden frequency deviations: experimental results, sol. phys., 20, 188-203. donnelly, r.f. (1976): empirical models of solar flare xray and euv emission for use in studying their e and f region effects, j. geophys. res., 81, 4745-4753. donnelly, r.f. and l.c. puga (1990): thirteen-day periodicity and the center-to-limb dependence of uv, euv and x-ray emission of solar activity, sol. phys., 130, 369-390. donnelly, r.f., h.e. hinteregger and d.f. heath (1986a): temporal variations of solar euv, uv, and 10.830 å radiations, j. geophys. res., 91, 5567-5578. donnelly, r.f., l.c. puga and w.s. busby (1986b): noaa tech. memo. erl arl-146, noaa erl, boulder, colo. hofmann-wellenhof, b., h. lichtenegger and j. collins (1992): global positioning system: theory and practice (springer-verlag wien, new york), pp. 327. gurtner, w. (1993): rinex: the receiver independent exchange format version 2.10i, http://igscb.jpl.nasa.gov:80/ igscb/data/format/rinex2.txt. jones, t.b. (1971): vlf phase anomalies due to a solar xray flare, j. atmos. terr. phys., 33, 963-971. klobuchar, j.a. (1986): ionospheric time-delay algorithm for single-frequency gps users, ieee trans. aeros. electron. syst., 23 (3), 325-331. klobuchar, j.a. (1997): real-time ionospheric science: the new reality, radio sci., 32, 1943-1952. kane, s.r. and r.f. donnelly (1971): impulsive hard xray and ultraviolet emission during solar flares, astrophys. j., 164, 151-163. liu, j.y., c.s. chiu and c.h. lin (1996): the solar flare radiation responsible for sudden frequency deviation and geomagnetic fluctuation, j. geophys. res., 101, 10,855-10,862. mendillo, m. and j.v. evans (1974): incoherent scatter observations of the ionospheric response to a large solar flare, radio sci., 9, 197-203. mendillo, m., j.a. klobuchar, r.b. fritz, a.v. da rosa, l. kersley, k.c. yeh, b.j. flaherty, s. ra n g a s wa m y, p.e. sc h m i d, j.v. eva n s, j.p. schodel, d.a. matsoukas, j.r. koster, a.r. webster and p. chin (1974b): behavior of the ionospheric f region during the great solar flare of august 7, 1972, j. geophys. res., 79, 665-672. mitra, a.p. (1974): ionospheric effects of solar flares (d. reidel, norwell, mass.), pp. 249. mosher, j.m. (1979): the height structure of solar active regions at x-ray wavelengths as deduced from oso8 limb crossing observations, sol. phys., 64, 109-115. ohshio, m. (1971): negative sudden phase anomaly, nature, 229, 239-248. riddle, a.c. (1969): the quiet and slowly varying components of 9.1 cm radio emission during the silar minimum, sol. phys., 7, 434-439. samain, d. (1979): solar continuum data on absolute intensities, center to limb variations and laplace inversion between 1400 and 2100 å, astron. astrophys., 74, 225-231. sao, k., m. yamashita, s. tanahashi, h. jindoh and k. ohta (1970): sudden enhancements (sea) and decreases (dsa) of atmospherics, j. atmos. terr. phys., 32, 1567-1571. stonehocker, g.h. (1970): advanced telecommunication forecasting technique in agy, 5th., ionospheric forecasting, agard conf. proc., 29, 27-31. thome, g.d and l.s.wagner (1971): electron density enhancements in the e and e regions of the ionosphere during solar flares, j. geophys. res., 76, 6883-6895. annals of geophysics, 56, 5, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6347 1 the surface layer observed by a highresolution sodar at dome c, antarctica stefania argentini1, igor petenko1, angelo viola1, giangiuseppe mastrantonio1, ilaria pietroni1, giampietro casasanta1,*, eric aristidi2, christophe ghenton3 1 istituto di scienze dell'atmosfera e del clima, cnr, rome, italy 2laboratoire lagrange, uns/cnrs/oca, nice cedex 2, france 3 laboratoire de glaciologie et géophysique de l’environnement, ujf-grenoble 1/cnrs, grenoble, france abstract a one-year field experiment started on december 2011 at the french italian station of concordia at dome c, east antarctic plateau. the objective of the experiment was the study of the surface layer turbulent processes under stable/very stable stratifications, and the mechanisms leading to the formation of the warming events. a sodar was improved to achieve the vertical/temporal resolution needed to study these processes. the system, named surface layer sodar (sl-sodar), may operate both in high vertical resolution (low range) and low vertical resolution (high range) modes. sl-sodar observations were complemented with in situ turbulence and radiation measurements. a few preliminary results, concerning the standard summer diurnal cycle, a summer warming event, and unusually high frequency boundary layer atmospheric gravity waves are presented. i. introduction t dome c, light wind and clear sky favor weak turbulence and mixing, and strong temperature gradients near the surface. the boundary layer height varies depending on the relative contribution of the mechanical and thermal generation of turbulence. because of the extremely low temperature and humidity, and the high elevation, dome c is a potentially ideal site for astronomical observations. for this reason, the optical turbulence over the antarctic plateau has been a subject of studies by astronomers [lawrence et al. 2004, aristidi et al. 2005, agabi et al. 2006, lascaux et al. 2009]. at dome c, ricaud et al. [2012] made an experiment to monitor the vertical evolution of the planetary boundary layer (pbl) temperature and humidity in the transition from winter to summer, by using a microwave radiometer operating at 60 ghz and 183 ghz. due to the instrument low vertical resolution, the fine structure of the thermal turbulence could not be evidenced. * corresponding author: giampietro casasanta, g.casasanta@isac.cnr.it a annals of geophysics, 56, 5, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6347 2 ghenton et al. [2010] analyzed the dome c 45 m meteo tower measurements (temperature, humidity, wind speed and direction measurements) for a three-week period in summer 2008. the main task of their work was to compare these measurements with the 6hourly european center for medium-range forecasts (ecmwf) analyses and the daily radiosoundings. pietroni et al. [2012], using the temperature profiles measured with a passive microwave radiometer [kadygrov and pick 1998, argentini et al. 2004], characterized the behavior of the surface-based temperature inversions over the course of a year. they found that during the winter and the summer “nights” strong temperature inversions allow for a mixing depth of a few tens of meters with a quiescent layer above, decoupled from the surface layer. during the summer, despite the low surface temperatures, weak convection generates the development of a mixed layer characterized by a maximum depth of 200-400 m [argentini et al. 2005]. the diurnal behavior of this mixed layer, monitored with a sodar, was described by mastrantonio et al. [1999], argentini et al. [2005], and king et al. [2006]. the sodar measurements, because of the membrane ringing just after the tone burst emission, allowed for a first echo recording starting at 20-30 m, depending on the membrane ringing time. because of this limitation, those measurements did not allow to study the surface turbulent layer under stable conditions, neither in summer nor in winter. an advanced high-resolution sodar named surface-layer sodar (hereafter sl-sodar), allowing for the lowest observation height at ≈ 2 m and a vertical resolution of ≈ 2 m, was developed by the isac-cnr [argentini et al. 2011]. the sl-sodar was deployed at concordia station after a preliminary test period at the isac-cnr research centre of rome [argentini et al. 2011]. in this paper, a few preliminary results from the summer season are shown. ii. site and instrumentation concordia is a permanent station located at dome c (75.1° s, 123.3° e, 3233 m a.s.l.), on the east antarctic plateau, at approximately 1000 km from the nearest coast. one-year in situ turbulence and radiation measurements, as well as sl-sodar observations, were carried out at concordia station from december 2011 up to december 2012. table 1. sl-sodar setting parameters. mode 1 mode 2 carrier frequency 2000 hz 4850 hz pulse duration 50 ms 10 ms repetition rate 3 s 2 s maximum range 430 m 280 m lowest height 8 m 2 m vertical resolution 8 m 2 m annals of geophysics, 56, 5, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6347 3 the sl-sodar [argentini et al. 2011] is an improved version of the sodar described by mastrantonio et al. [1999] and argentini and pietroni [2010], with the possibility of zooming in the atmospheric surface-layer thermal turbulent structure. the sl-sodar consists of 3 horn-type antennas, placed symmetrically around a 1.2 m diameter parabolic receiving antenna, emitting simultaneously acoustic pulses at the same frequency. the receiving antenna is noise-protected by a shielding structure of 1.5 m l x 1.5 m w x 2.0 m h in size. the transmitting and receiving circuits are kept separated to minimize the “cross-talk” between channels. the carrier frequency, the pulse duration, and the pulse repetition rate figure 1. sodargram for 28 december 2011 with mixing height estimate (straight line) (a), downwelling longwave radiation (𝐿𝑊 ↓ ) and sonic temperature ( 𝑇𝑠) (b), wind speed and direction (c), momentum (𝑢∗) and heat fluxes (𝐻0) (d). annals of geophysics, 56, 5, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6347 4 can change according to the two modes listed in table 1. “mode 1” allows to monitor the convective mixed layer, while “mode 2”, with higher vertical resolution, is used to investigate the near-surface stable layer. measurements of turbulence were made with a metek usa-1, a three-axes sonic thermoanemometer (sampling frequency of 10 hz) installed on a 3.5 m mast. the heat and momentum fluxes are estimated using the eddy covariance method [lee et al. 2004]. the longwave and shortwave radiation components (up and down) are measured using kipp & zonen cnr1 pyrgeometers and pyranometers, installed at 1.5 m above the snow surface. in this paper, unless told otherwise, the local standard time (lst) is used. iii. results summertime abl diurnal behavior the facsimile recording of the vertical/temporal variation of the acoustic backscattering (sodargram) “depicts” the thermal structure of the atmosphere. the scattering elements producing the change of echo intensity are the small-scale temperature inhomogeneities due to thermal turbulence. temperature fluctuations are usually associated with the convective plumes originating from the surface, or with potential temperature gradients and wind shear usually occurring in the inversion layers. during the summer, the boundary layer at dome c can reach a depth of 200-400 m. therefore, the “mode 1” setting (see table 1) was used to catch the whole vertical evolution during the daily cycle. figure 1a shows the typical boundary layer sodargram during a clear summer day (28 december 2011), with the superimposed estimate of the mixing height (mh, straight line). a stable boundary layer occurs between 0000 and 0900 lst; from 0900 to 1630 lst the mh increases because of the convective activity, and then it drops to 50 m because of the surface radiative cooling. the mh was estimated using a method originally proposed by beyrich and weill [1993], which uses the backscattered range corrected signal (rcs). under stable nocturnal stratification, the mh was determined either from the minimum of the first derivative or from the maximum curvature of the rcs, depending on the stage of the planetary boundary layer evolution, and on the shape of the sodar profile. under convective conditions, the mh was es figure 2. sodargram for 5 february 2012, the full dots represent the mixing height estimate. high amplitude waves are observed between 0800–0930 lst. annals of geophysics, 56, 5, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6347 5 timated as the height at which an elevated secondary maximum occurs (i.e. the height of the turbulent zone characterizing the top of the mixing layer). for the same day, figure 1b shows the downward longwave radiation 𝐿𝑊 ↓ and the sonic temperature 𝑇𝑠, figure 1c the wind speed and direction. the heat turbulent flux 𝐻0 and friction velocity 𝑢∗ are plotted in figure 1d. 𝐿𝑊 ↓ ranges between 100 and 150 w m-2, while 𝑇𝑠 reaches its minimum (35°c) at 0300 lst, and its maximum (-25°c) between 1200 and 1500 lst. the direction indicates a wind from the continent persisting the whole day. the maximum wind speed (6 ms-1) occurs because of the momentum transfer from the free atmosphere to the surface layer, as a consequence of the turbulent mixing (confirmed by the positive and increasing values for 𝐻0 and 𝑢∗) during convective hours. gravity waves in the abl between 2 and 5 february 2012, waves with periods of a few minutes are observed under stable stratification for more than 35% of the time. the resolution achieved by the sl-sodar with the “mode2” setting (table 1) allowed to visualize the fine structure of these wave patterns. at the transition time from the stable to the unstable boundary layer (between 0800 and 1000 lst) the capping inversion layer oscillates with an amplitude that reaches 70 m (figure 2). the apparent period of these oscillating structures was estimated through the spectral analysis of the sonic temperature and the wind components of the sonic anemometers, installed at 3 different levels (7.0, 22.8, and 37.5 m) on a 45-m meteorological tower [genthon et al. 2009] located at ≈ 1 km from the slsodar. in figures 3a and 3b, the sodargram and the power spectral density of the temperature and horizontal wind components measured at 37.5 m (between 0945 and 1000 lst on 5 february) are shown. a peak occurs simultaneously in the temperature and wind components power spectral density (psd) at 0.0098 hz, corresponding to a period of 102 s. the analysis of the sonic anemometers measurements at the three levels, limited to the time interval 0800 figure 3. sodar echogram for february 5, 2012 (0930 to 1000 lst) (a); power spectral density (psd) of the horizontal wind components (ux, uy) and sonic temperature (𝑇𝑠) at 39 m (b) for the indicated 10minutes interval (the scale is given in arbitrary units). annals of geophysics, 56, 5, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6347 6 0930 lst, gives an apparent period ranging between 90 and 120 s. the apparent period remains approximately the same also when the inversion strength and height change. this behavior indicates that the origin of these waves might be a disturbance (probably the wind shear) originating between the inversion layer and the free atmosphere. a similar behavior was observed during other days. a summer warming event warming events of particular intensity were regularly observed at dome c during the winter [argentini et al. 2001, petenko et al. 2007, ghenton et al. 2013]. during these events the surface temperature sometimes has a sharp increase of 20-40 °c [argentini et al. 2001], reaching then the typical summer values. studies carried out at south pole [carroll 1982, stone et al. 1990, stone and kahl 1991, stone 1993] have evidenced that these warming events are generally observed in presence of clouds. neff [1999], analyzing the particles trajectories across antarctica, found that these warming processes are mostly due to warm and moist air intrusion and to the condensation of nuclei originating from the weddell sea, producing a wide variety of cloud types. carroll [1982] suggested two possible mechanisms of this phenomenon: the advection of warm air, and/or the vertical mixing of air from different layers. schwerdtfeger and weller [1977] related the surface warming to the variation of long-wave radiation emitted by the clouds associated to the moist air in the upper part of the atmosphere. figure 4. downwelling longwave radiation (𝐿𝑊 ↓) and sonic temperature (𝑇𝑠) with superimposed the linear trends (a), the wind speed and direction (b), the heat (𝐻0) and momentum (𝑢∗) fluxes (c) for days 814 january 2012. annals of geophysics, 56, 5, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6347 7 the measurements collected during a summer warming event observed between 8 and 17 january 2012 have been analyzed. figure 4 shows the time series of the downwelling longwave radiation 𝐿𝑊 ↓ and the sonic temperature 𝑇𝑠 (figure 4a), the wind speed and direction (figure 4b), the heat flux 𝐻0 and the friction velocity 𝑢∗ (figure 4c) during the selected period. starting from 9 january 2012, wet and warm coastal air masses are advected from the coast toward the dome c area. until the end of january 10 the 𝐿𝑊 ↓ and 𝑇𝑠 (figure 4a) do not show the typical diurnal behavior observed during the previous and the following days. an increasing trend is evident starting on 9 january. the wind direction changes, rotating from s to ne-nw, and the wind speed is low up to 1200 lst of 10 january. due to the presence of the clouds, the downwelling long wave radiation and the surface temperature increase, initiating the convective activity shown in the sodargram of figure 5. the vertical mixing reduces the decoupling between the boundary layer and the free atmosphere. as a consequence, the wind speed increases: at 2400 lst of 11 january the wind speed is ≈ 6 m s-1 (figure 4b). 𝐻0 and 𝑢∗ (figure 4c) confirm this anomalous behavior. at the end of 11 january figure 5. sodargram for 10 january 2012 with the mixing height estimate (dots). annals of geophysics, 56, 5, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6347 8 the behavior is again the typical summer one, with a peak in the wind speed at 1200 lst. the sodargram for 10 january, with the mixing height estimate superimposed (dots), confirms this hypothesis. a clear and intense convective activity is observed during the whole day even in the nighttime between 9 and 10 january. iv. summary the main results of this observational study can be summarized as follows: • during the summer, under steady weather conditions, the atmospheric boundary layer thermal structure is characterized by the alternation of a stable stratified layer with a convective boundary layer, following a behavior similar to that observed at mid-latitudes. • a regular wave activity was observed within the inversion layer. the time period of these waves ranges between 90 s and 120 s, and their origin can be attributed to the wind shear across the inversion layer. • the summer warming events take origin from the presence of clouds advected from the coast toward the dome c area. clouds modify the surface radiation budget by increasing the downward longwave radiation, which in turn produces an increase of surface temperature, leading to convection. due to the decrease of the temperature inversion strength, the vertical mixing, combined with the wind shear, allows the transport of warm air from the upper parts of the atmosphere towards the surface, further contributing to the surface warming. acknowledgements. this research is supported by the italian national research programme (pnra) in the frame of french-italian projects for dome c. the authors thank mr. a. conidi, mr. n. ferrara, and mr. s. ciampichetti for the technical support provided in the realization of the sl-sodar antennas, and the logistics staff of the concordia station during the field work references [agabi et al. 2009] agabi, a., e. aristidi, m. azouit, e. fossat, f. martin, t. sadibekova, j. vernin, and a. ziad (2006). first whole atmosphere nighttime seeing measurements at dome c, antarctica, publ. astron. soc. pac., 118, 840, 344-348. [argentini et al. 2001] argentini, s., i. petenko, g. mastrantonio, v. bezverkhnii and a. viola (2001). spectral characteristics of east antarctica meteorological parameters during 1994, j. geophys. res., 106, 12463-12476. [argentini et al. 2004] argentini s, a. conidi, a. viola, g. mastrantonio, n. ferrara, i. petenko, e.n. kadygrov, a.v. koldaev and a. viazankin (2004). temperature measurements at dome c using a new microwave temperature profiler, x workshop on antarctic atmosphere, 22-24 october 2003. [argentini et al. 2005] argentini s., a. viola, a. sempreviva and i. petenko (2005). summer boundary-layer height at the plateau site of dome c, antarctica, boundary-layer meteorol., 115, 409-422. [argentini et al. 2011] argentini, s., i. pietroni, g. mastrantonio, i. petenko and a. viola (2011). use of a high-resolution sodar to study surface-layer turbulence at night. boundarylayer meteorol., 143, 177-188. [aristidi et al. 2005] aristidi, e., a. agabi, e. fossat, m. azouit, f. martin, t. sadibekova, t. travouillon, j. vernin, and a. ziad (2005), site testing in summer at dome c, antarctica, astron. astrophys., 444, 2, 651-659. [beyrich and weill 1993] beyrich, f. and a. weill (1993). some aspects of determining the annals of geophysics, 56, 5, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6347 9 stable boundary layer depth from sodar data, boundary-layer meteorol., 63, 97-116. [carrol 1982] carroll, j.j. (1982). long-term means and short-term variability of the surface energy balance components at the south pole, j. geophys. res., 87, 4277-4286. [genthon et al. 2010] genthon c. , d. six, v. favier, s. argentini. a. pellegrini (2010). meteorological atmospheric boundary layer measurements and ecmwf analyses during summer at dome c, antarctica, j. geophys. res. atmos., 115, d05104. [genthon et al. 2013] genthon c., h. gallee, d. six, p. grigioni, a. pellegrini (2013). two years of atmospheric boundary layer observation on a 45-m tower at dome c on the antarctic plateau, j. geophys. res. atmos. 118, 3218-3232. [kadygrov and pick 1988] kadygrov e.n., d.r. pick (1998). the potential for temperature retrieval from an angular-scanning singlechannel microwave radiometer and some comparisons with in situ observations, meteorol. appl., 5, 393-404. [king et al. 2006] king, j.c., s. argentini and p.s. anderson (2006). contrasts between the summertime surface energy balance and boundary layer structure at dome c and halley stations, antarctica j. geophys. res., 111, d02105. [lascaux et al 2009] lascaux, f., e. masciadri, s. hagelin, j. stoesz (2009). mesoscale optical turbulence simulations at dome c, mon. not. r. astron. soc., 398(3), 1093-1104. [lawrence et al. 2004] lawrence j.s., m.c.b. ashley, a. tokovinin, t. trouvillon (2004). exceptional astronomical seeing conditions above dome c in antarctica, nature, 431, 278281. [lee et al. 2004] lee, x., w. massman and b. law (2004). handbook of micrometeorology, kluwer academic publishers, dordrecht. [mastrantonio et al. 1999] mastrantonio, g., v. malvestuto, s. argentini, t. georgiadis and a. viola (1999). evidence of a convective boundary layer developing on the antarctic plateau during the summer, meteorol. atmos. phys., 71, 127-132. [neff 1999] neff, w.d. (1999). decadal time scale trends and variability in the tropospheric circulation over the south pole, j. geophys. res., 104, 217-251. [petenko et al. 2007] petenko i., s. argentini, i. pietroni, g. mastrantonio, a. viola (2007). warming events during winter in antarctica. in calacino, m. and rafanelli, c. (eds.), proc. 11th workshop italian research on antarctic atmosphere, rome, 10-12 april 2007, p.119132. [pietroni et al. 2012] pietroni, i., s. argentini, i. petenko and r. sozzi (2012). measurements and parameterizations of the atmospheric boundary layer height at dome c, antarctica, boundary-layer meteorol., 143, 189-206. [ricaud et al. 2012] ricaud p., c. ghenton, p. durand, j. l. attié, f. carminati, g. canut, j. f. vanacker, l. moggio, y. courcoux, a. pellegrini, t. rose (2012). summer to winter diurnal variabilities of temperature and water vapour in the lowermost troposphere as observed by hamstrad over dome c, antarctica. boundary-layer meteorol., 143, 227-259. [schwerdtfeger and weller 1977] schwerdtfeger, p., g. weller (1977). radiative heat transfer processes in snow and ice, in businger , j.a. (ed.), meteorological studies at plateau station, antarctic research series, 25, amer. geophys. union, 35-39. [stone et al. 1990] stone, r.s., g.e. dutton and j.j. deluisi (1990). surface radiation and temperature variations associated with cloudiness at the south pole, antarct. j. u. s, 24, 230-232. annals of geophysics, 56, 5, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6347 10 [stone and kahl 1991] stone, r.s., and j.d. kahl (1991). variations in boundary layer properties associated with clouds and transient weather disturbance at the south pole during winter, j. geophys. res., 96, 5137-5144. [stone 1993] stone r.s. (1993). properties of austral winter clouds derived from radiometric profiles at the south pole, j. geophys. res., 98, 12961-1297. the surface layer observed by a high-resolution sodar at dome c, antarctica stefania argentini1, igor petenko1, angelo viola1, giangiuseppe mastrantonio1, ilaria pietroni1, giampietro casasanta1,*, eric aristidi2, christophe ghenton3 1 istituto di scienze dell'atmosfera e del clima, cnr, rome, italy 2laboratoire lagrange, uns/cnrs/oca, nice cedex 2, france 3 laboratoire de glaciologie et géophysique de l’environnement, ujf-grenoble 1/cnrs, grenoble, france abstract table 1. sl-sodar setting parameters. 801 annals of geophysics, vol. 51, n. 5/6, october/december 2008 key words electric properties – complex conductivity – frequency – hematite – water saturation 1. introduction electrical spectra of porous rocks in the low frequency range reflect numerous polarization processes resulting mainly from rock heterogeneity. the first is the maxwell-wagner polarization (mendelson and cohen, 1982) due to differences in the electric bulk properties of rock components. maxwell-wagner theory allows the prediction of electrical spectra of mixtures from bulk partial volumes, the properties of their components and their microstructure. however, the maxwell-wagner theory was unable to explain the anomalously large polarization in water-bearing rocks at low frequencies. the problem is that the mixture theory does not take into account surface conductivity and polarization, as well as clustering of components in disordered mixtures. the surface conductivity (in s) of a mineral grain is defined as the anomalous conductivity existing in the close vicinity of the mineral surface and integrated over the electrical double-layer thickness (leroy and revil, 2004). surface conductivity is frequency dependent. surface conductivity has two contributions; one is associated with the stern layer and one with the diffuse layer in which counter-ion density obeys a boltzmann distribution. none of these contributions can be neglected but the stern layer contribution dominates. this paper studies the a. c. electrical conductivity and dielectric constant of a partially and fully saturated hematitic sandstone sample (aswan area, egypt) in the frequency range from 0.1 hz to 100 khz. this geological materelation between electric properties and water saturation for hematitic sandstone with frequency mohamed mahmoud gomaa national research centre, geophysical sciences dep., el-tahrir st. dokki, 12311, egypt abstract this paper focuses on the effect of water saturation on a. c. electrical conductivity and dielectric constant of fully and partially saturated hematitic sandstone sample (aswan area, egypt). the saturation of the sample was changed from partial to full saturation. complex resistivity measurements at room temperature (~16°c), were performed in the frequency range from 0.1 hz to 100 khz. experimental electrical spectra indicate, generally, that the electrical conductivity and dielectric constant vary strongly with water saturations and frequency. the low frequency electrical conductivity and dielectric constant are mainly controlled by surface conduction and polarization of the electrical double layer. the behaviour of the electrical conductivity and dielectric constant, with increasing water content, were argued to the orientational polarization of bound water for very low saturations, displacement of the excess surface charges for relatively low saturations, and free exchange of excess ions in double layer with the bulk electrolyte and generation of transient diffusion potentials which lag behind the applied field for high saturations. mailing address: dr. mohamed mahmoud gomaa, national research centre, geophysical sciences dep., eltahrir st. dokki, 12311, egypt.; e-mail: mmmsgomaa@ yahoo.com 802 m. m. gomaa 1) adsorption water that can be adsorbed by soil particle from the air. it consists of a monomolecular layer around negatively charged mineral surfaces and additional tightly and loosely bound adsorption water layers (mitchell, 1992). 2) capillary water: it is the moisture in soil which is not bound around grains, but does not respond to gravity. 3) free water: is attracted to the soil solids so loosely that it may respond to the pull of gravity and move downwards. the addition of a small amount of water causes dramatic increases in the values of dielectric constant and conductivity. the adsorbed liquid forms at first monoor polylayer islands. as saturation increases, continuous fluid films are formed on the grain surface. if water molecules form strong bonds with the surface so that they cannot migrate in an electrical field, the most probable polarization mechanism is the orientation polarization of adsorbed water molecules or reversible hopping of h ions along the surface (chelidze and guéguen, 1999; chelidze et al., 1999). 2. background on polarization phenomena of porous media the physical mechanism of the polarization of adsorbed layers can be either the orientational polarization of dipole molecules of water or the transfer of charges (ions in the helmoholtz or diffuse double layer or protons) along hydroxilic groups or chains, so-called surface charge transfer complexes (chelidze and guéguen, 1999; chelidze et al., 1999). pride (1994) referred to the mechanism of surface proton conduction, and he concluded that the hydrogen ions may efficiently conduct through the network of hydrogen-bonded water molecules present in the adsorbed layer, but he ignored this mechanism in his analysis. the mechanism of polarization due to formation of a physically adsorbed multilayer of water is much more effective than the orientational polarization of dipoles and results in high experimental values of dielectric constant; which are larger than the largest dielectric conrial is an example of a multi-component system, a sand/hematite/water/air system. the concentration of the sample is mainly sand (~60%) with hematite (~40 %). the grain size of sand in the sample is in the order of ~60 micrometer and the hematite is in the form of pigment. the porosity of the sample was calculated to be (~23%). the aim of this work is to study the effect of water on the electrical conductivity and dielectric constant of the sample and to try to find out the main conduction mechanisms that are responsible for the measured behaviour. the sample was chosen as an example of the composite material that does not have a chemical reaction at the surface like clay, so the only supposed response may be argued only due to the addition of water. the study of the electrical properties of the sample may be of good importance in the application of spectral induced polarization in the field and in the interpretation of dielectric and conductivity spectroscopic measurements (a. c. electrical conductivity and dielectric constant). the components of the wet hematitic sandstone interact strongly to affect the electrical behavior of the mixture. dry rocks without a metallic component at room temperatures are good dielectrics with conductivity of the order of 10-10 s/m and a relative dielectric constant of the order of several units. for partially and fully saturated rocks the water-rock interfaces give rise to large values of dielectric constant and strong frequency dependence (chelidze and guéguen, 1999; chelidze et al., 1999) which can be explained by surface conduction and polarization processes. in the absence of an applied electric field, ions form a double layer at the water-rock interface. when an oscillating electric field is applied, the ions polarize around the rock grains giving rise to large dipoles and to large apparent dielectric constants (chelidze and guéguen, 1999; gomaa, 2004). as the frequency increases, ions have less time to travel to polarize and contribute more to the conductivity, since they are more in phase with the applied oscillating electric field. saarenketo (1998) suggests that water in soils can be classified according to its electrical properties as: 803 relation between electric properties and water saturation for hematitic sandstone with frequency around the particles by an electric field. the displacement of counter-ions in the double layer is shown to be equivalent to the existence of a surface capacitance displaying a diffusion controlled relaxation. this effect can be expressed by an additional apparent dielectric constant of the particles, exceeding their actual dielectric constant at low frequencies by many orders of magnitude. a distribution of the activation energies of the counter-ion particle movement on the particle surface is introduced to account for the relaxation spectrum of the dispersion curves. chelidze et al. (chelidze and guéguen, 1999; chelidze et al., 1999) discussed the «gigantic low frequency polarization» theory (glfp) caused by polarization of the electrical double layer (edl) at the solid–liquid interface. the glfp theory allows for a free exchange of edl excess charges with the electrolyte (polarization). application of an electric field distorts the edl due to migration and diffusion of charges in it, which results in the appearance of local clouds with the excess of positive charges on one side of the particle and with their deficit on the other side within the bulk electrolyte, so concentration gradients near the particle appear, outside the edl, in addition to the electric polarization field of the deformed edl. however, steady-state polarization due to the induced concentration gradients is established controlled by diffusion over distances of the order of the linear dimension of the particle. the conduction currents lag behind the applied field, which appear as displacement currents and seen experimentally as high values of the dielectric constant. this results due to the large electric charge of a particle, and the large electrolyte conductivity. chew and sen (1982) studied the dielectric constant and conductivity of a dilute immobile ensemble immersed in an electrolytic solution. they concluded that the existence of double layer greatly enhances the counter-ion current in the double layer region in the presence of an external field. this counter ion current piles up charges at the polar ends of the particle, which discharge into the bulk solution through a diffusion process in addition to a conduction process. the diffusion current in the diffusion cloud stant of the mixture components (here hematite, sand, water or air). at low humidity, defect sites on grain surface present a high local charge density and a strong electrostatic field, that promote water dissociation providing protons as charge carriers of the hopping transport mechanism. subsequent layers of water molecules are physically adsorbed. charge transport occurs when h 3o[ ] + releases a proton to a neighboring water molecule which accepts it while releasing another proton, and so forth (grotthuss chain) (garrouch, 2001; garrouch and sharma, 1994; garcia-belmonte et al., 2003). at high humidity, liquid water condenses in the pores, and electrolytic conduction takes place along with protonic transport in the adsorbed layers. the contribution of surface processes to the ohmic conductivity of porous systems is considered by (glover et al., 1994a; pride, 1994; dukhin, 1971; glover et al., 1994b). also, modeling of surface conductivity from the modeling of the electrical double layer combined with complexation of the surface sites is due to (revil and glover, 1998) for silica and leroy and revil (2004) for alumino-silicates. revil and glover (1998) give a value of the specific surface conduction associated with proton transfer in pure water to be 2.4 × 10-9 s and examined the dependence of the surface conduction on salinity. surface migration and diffusion evoke polarization mechanisms, which are often much stronger than the mixture component polarization (chelidze and guéguen, 1999; chelidze et al., 1999). revil and glover (1998) concluded that the contribution of the electrical diffuse layer to the surface conductivity can be neglected for silica and alumino-silicates, and that the main contribution to surface conductivity is probably due to counterions located in the stern layer with surface mobilities approximately ten times smaller than in the bulk electrolyte. another contribution is related to the proton transfer directly on the mineral surface and is salinity independent. schwarz (1962) proposed that at low frequencies the dielectric dispersion (for colloidal particles suspended in electrolytes) is due to the polarization of the counterion atmosphere 804 m. m. gomaa been shown in studies by knight (knight and nur, 1987; knight and endres (1990). in these studies the real part of the dielectric constant of sandstone samples was measured as the level of water saturation was varied. the frequency range of the measurements was from 60 khz to 4 mhz. there was a general increase in the electrical conductivity and dielectric constant of the rock sample with the increase of water. they showed that there may be a critical saturation point for water wet samples, below which the conductivity increases gradually with saturation and above it the conductivity increase more slowly. they observed a power-law dependence of the dielectric constant (e) on the frequency (w). they related the power law exponent to the water saturation and the surface area to volume ratio of grains. the power law response is thought to be due to the random nature of the constituents within the samples (jonscher, 1999; gomaa et al., 2000). chelidze et al. (chelidze and guéguen, 1999; chelidze et al., 1999) gave an explanation for the large low-frequency polarization of the fully saturated rocks that it takes into account the heterogeneity in the distribution of the electrical charges on the mineral surfaces. in this model the relaxation time depends on the sizes of clusters of charges on the surfaces of minerals rather than on the grain size of particles. 3. experimental procedures laboratory measurements were made on a thin disk-shaped hematitic sandstone sample with the following dimensions: thickness 6 mm and diameter 37 mm. a two electrode technique was used with stainless electrodes (of agilant dielectric test fixture 16451b) on the two opposite faces of the sample disk. data were collected in the frequency range from 0.1 hz up to 100 khz using a hioki 352250 lcr hitester impedance analyzer. a voltage of 1v was applied. the current density in the sample was nearly 1×10-3 (microa/cm2) at a frequency of 10 hz for the saturated case and nearly 4×10-6 (microa/cm2) at the same frequency for the dry case. is out of phase with the applied field and has a pack up effect in the double layer causing the current to be out of phase. hence the charges piled up at the ends of the sphere have an out of phase dipole moment. at high frequencies there is no build up of a large diffusion cloud outside the double layer. wong (1979) idealized a disseminated ore by a system of electronically conducting metallic spheres randomly dispersed in an electrolytic ally conducting host medium. with an applied electric field the transport of cations and anions in the inter-phase region near the metal-electrolyte interface will involve both drift and diffusion flux densities. the presence of excess or deficit makes ions to accumulate, which are loosely held to the surface. the cloud of ions surrounding each particle and the diffusion-controlled charge transfer reaction at the interface are responsible for inducing a time or frequency dependent electric dipole moment on each particle. mehaute and crepy (1983) and (glover et al., 1994a; wong, 1987; ruffet et al., 1991a, 1991b) considered the geometric effects resulting from the existence of fractal surfaces. they assumed that the internal surfaces of rocks are rough and examined how the charge layer is built up at the interface. when an electric field is applied along the y-axis normal to the surface, ions have to migrate in this direction. as minerals are mainly dielectrics, ions do not penetrate into them and have to migrate along the rough surface in the x-direction in order to progress further in the y-direction. the main idea is that the exponent a of the cole and cole (1941) response function is closely related to the fractal dimension df of the surface of the solid or, in other words, the distribution of relaxation times corresponds to the distribution of asperities on a rough surface. for these models, the frequency dependent exponent reflects the distribution of relaxation times, which in turn is connected with ion fluxes passing obstacles of various sizes on the rough surface. the experimental data of (ruffet et al., 1991a, 1991b) has been made on the basis of the fractal surface model (mehaute and crepy, 1983; wong, 1987). the effect of rock/water interaction on the dielectric behavior of saturated sandstones has 805 relation between electric properties and water saturation for hematitic sandstone with frequency ws% = (sww-swd)/(sws-swd)×100 the saturation level by volume is given by wv% = [(sww-swd) × wvd × 100]/(sww) where the ws%= relative water saturation percentage by weight, sww = sample weight wet, swd = sample weight dry, sws = is the sample weight saturated, wv% = water volume percentage, and wvd = wet volume density. 4. interpretation and discussion of results the conductivity and dielectric constant increase with the increase of relative saturation level. figures 1 and 2 show the variation of the dielectric constant and conductivity, respectively, with frequency at different levels of relative saturation. if the sample is dry it is supposed that there is no water and the pores are completely filled with air. as the saturation increases the adsorbed water forms the first monolayer around the grain surfaces and as the saturation increases gradually the adsorbed water tends to make another layer and so on until it makes multi-layers of water. the first monolayers are supposed to be bound to the surface of the grains and the others are supposed to be looser. the properties of adsorbed water differ significantly from those of the bulk liquid. this means that the properties of adsorbed molecules are intermediate between bulk water and ice (chelidze and guéguen, 1999; chelidze et al., 1999; knight and nur, 1987; knight and endres, 1990; hoekstra and doyle, 1971). as the water saturation increases the adsorbed water coats completely the surfaces of the grains and begins to contact with each other forming islands of water between grains but those islands are still isolated from each other. the inner layers of water molecules form strong bonds with the surface so that they cannot migrate in an electrical field, and the most probable polarization mechanism is the orientation polarization of adsorbed water molecules or reversible hopping of h ions along the surface (chelidze and guéguen, 1999; chelidze et al., 1999; glover et al., 1994a). as saturation inthe measured parameters are the series and parallel capacitance and the series and parallel resistance at different frequencies. measurement of the electrical properties of a material can be made in either the series or parallel mode. in the series mode, the complex impedance z is measured, z = rs - ixs, where rs is the series resistance (real impedance) and xs = 1/wcs is the reactance, cs is the series capacitance. the complex resistivity is ρ* = z × (a/d), where a is the cross-sectional area of the sample, d is its thickness. the parameters were calculated from the following equations, rez = rs, imz = 1/wcs. for the parallel model σ = 1/ρ, ρ = rp × (a/d). eʹ = cp/co, co = (a/d)e0, where w is angular frequency, rp is the parallel resistance, cp is the parallel capacitance, e0 is the permittivity of free space (8.85 × 10-12 f/m), gp is the parallel conductance, and cp is the parallel capacitance. the effect of water saturation on electrical conductivity is the most important parameter in this study. first, the sample was measured in the relative atmospheric humidity (~ 65%) in an isolated chamber (desiccators). the sample weight dry was 14.1 gm. the sample was fully saturated by initially evacuating it in a pressure vessel, then allowing distilled water to flow into the vessel. the saturated weight was 15.45 gm. measurements on the fully saturated sample were made quickly after it was removed from the pressure vessel. subsequent measurements, with the determination of weight, were made while the sample was let to dry. the bulk volume porosity of the interconnected pore volume of the vp sample was calculated as following: 1) the rock sample is weighed dry (w1); 2) the sample is then saturated with distilled water for 24 hours by using a vacuum pump; and 3) the completely saturated sample is weighed again (w2) and the following equation is then applied: vp = (w2 w1)/σf where; σf is the fluid density in g/cm3; σf = 1.0 g/cm3 for the distilled water. the uncertainty associated with this method is of the order of ± 5%. the relative saturation levels (in weight) were calculated as 806 m. m. gomaa nearly there is only one region. the high frequency region (region 2) has low values of the dielectric constant and nearly has no dispersion in dielectric constant for low saturations (below 11%), while there is a slight dispersion for the dielectric constant with a very minute slope (≈ - 0.1) for high saturations (above 11%). at low saturations (mainly region 2) the physical mechanism of the polarization in adsorbed layers can be either the orientational polarization of dipole molecules of water, which may be effective at higher frequencies, or the transfer of charges (ions in the helmoholtz or diffuse double layer or protons) along hydroxilic groups or chains, so-called surface charge transfer complexes (chelidze and guéguen, 1999; chelidze et al., 1999) or surface polarization in the stern layer (schwan et al., 1962; schwarz, 1962). the gradual increase in the dielectric constant with the increase of humidity may be attributed to the decrease of the air space distances between the wet grains that behave as capacitors (for low saturations). the capacitance gradually increases as the humidity increases, the electrodes become connected with continuous fluid film. figure 1 shows the variation of the dielectric constant with frequency at different levels of humidity and saturations. values of the dielectric constant at low frequency (0.1 hz) vary from 103 for low saturated hematitic sandstone to 2 × 106 for full saturation, while the values at high frequency (105 hz) range from 30 for low saturated hematitic sandstone to 200 for full saturation (nearly the order of water dielectric constant). the dielectric constant dispersion (fig. 1) can be generally divided into two regions with power law dependencies on frequency e∝f -a with different exponents (slopes on the curves), which are not clearly separated at a certain frequency. in the first region at low frequencies the slope is steep (≈ - 0.67) for high saturation while, for relatively lower saturations it reaches a slope of value ≈ - 0.5 for low saturations. that region ends at nearly 2 hz for ~ 1% saturations, and extends for higher saturations to 20 khz (for 50% saturation), while it takes the whole frequency range for higher saturations. for the fully saturated sample fig. 1. the variation of the dielectric constant with frequency at different levels of relative saturations (in volume). 4% 0, 8% 0, 11% 0, 14% 0, 18% 0, 25% 0, 32% 0, 40% 0, 50% 0, 55% 0, 96% 0, 100% 0, respectively. there are many symbols that are not present. fig. 2. the variation of the conductivity with frequency at different levels of relative saturations (in volume). 4% 0, 8% 0, 11% 0, 14% 0, 18% 0, 25% 0, 32% 0, 40% 0, 50% 0, 55% 0, 96% 0, 100% 0, respectively. there are many symbols that are not present. 807 relation between electric properties and water saturation for hematitic sandstone with frequency (0.1 hz) vary from 4 × 10-9 sm-1 for low saturated hematitic sandstone to 3 × 10-5 sm-1 for full saturation, while values for high frequency (105 hz) ranges from 6 × 10-6 sm-1 for low saturated hematitic sandstone to 2 × 10-3 sm-1 for fully saturation (near the distilled water conductivity). the first region is characterized by the presence of continuous paths of water and hematite between the electrodes (above about 10% saturation), thus causing nearly constant conductivity with frequency. below this critical saturation (region 2), the continuous paths of water between the grains increase with increasing water content, thus the conductivity increases. the low frequency conductivity (fig. 2) and dielectric constant change more than five decades with the change of saturation. it should be noted that these curves are not completely identical in behaviour to other samples of the same material. unlike curves may be attributed to the variation of the texture from sample to another (parkhomenko, 1967; efros and shklovskii, 1976; knight, 1983; olhoeft, 1985; sen, 1989; levitskaya and sternberg, 2000). the equivalent circuit shown in fig. 3 is assumed to represent the sample in the humid case. the conducting grains are completely insulated (blocked) from each other by air. here, cg and r∞ is the capacitance and resistance of the sample at high frequencies, respectively, where no space charges accumulate. ci is the interfacial capacitance (frequency independent) and ri is the interfacial resistance (macdonald, 1974). the resistance decreases as the frequency increases, at frequencies lower than the radio frequency range, where space charges are accumulated at interfaces. when continuous paths are formed (due to water and/or hematite) in the sample, the impedance behavior is represented by the equivalent circuit shown in fig. 4. here rd represents a direct frequency-independent conducting path between the two electrodes which is effective in the low frequency range (gomaa, 1996). the additional resistor rd is equivalent to the formed percolation or continuous paths (due to water or hematite) in the sample. creases. when the adsorbed water begins to form a continuous path between the electrodes additional mechanisms are involved to contribute to increase the dielectric constant, namely the gigantic low frequency polarization described in the introduction (chelidze et al., 1999; chelidze, guéguen, ruffet, 1999). the continuous increase of the dielectric constant with decreasing the frequency may be attributed to the presence of a distribution of relaxation times due to the presence of polarization centers of different dimensions on the grains surfaces. the frequency separating regions 1 and 2 increases with increasing the water saturation above the critical value (wilkinson et al., 1983). such critical relative water saturation is low (about 15%) for water coating grains (dukhin, 1971). charges either diffuse along the humidity coating the grains if it is unable to leave the surface, or diffuse through the bulk of the specimen. the data in the region of saturation is a result of the rock/water interaction. charge transport can occur either through the bulk of the solid matrix (hematite) or along the grain boundaries of solid aggregates (water). when soil minerals are exposed to water, exchangeable ions go into solution, forming an ionic halo around the particles. most of the ionic or covalent bonded rock forming minerals such as quartz, mica, and feldspars are nonconductors. when the surfaces of these minerals come into contact with liquid water, electrolytes are formed and ionic drift associated with the electrical field causes electrical conduction (knight and nur, 1987). in the conductivity curves (fig. 2), two nearly corresponding regions may be generally found with power law variation of the conductivity with frequency, which are also clearly identified with two regions with different slopes. in the first region at low frequencies, for low saturations, there is slight dispersion for the conductivity. that region ends at nearly 100 hz for saturations below 10 % and extends for higher saturations to 20 khz (for 25 % saturation), while it takes the whole frequency range for higher saturations. the second region has large slope (~ 0.9) for low saturation (below 10 %). values of the conductivity at low frequency 808 m. m. gomaa creases with the increase of the saturation, i.e. the conductivity increase (grant, 1958). such dominance of the real resistivity over the imaginary resistivity due to the increase of water saturation is representative to the increase in continuous conductor (hematite or water) paths in the sample. figure 9 can be divided into two parts, a high frequency part and a low frequency part. at higher frequencies the experimental points figures 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 show the complex resistivity plane representation of the sample for partial and fully saturated cases. the data are presented in 5 figures due to the wide range of values on a linear scale. for the low partial saturation case nearly a straight line can be identified fig. 5. as the saturation increases an arc of a depressed semicircle is obtained in figs 6, 7, 8 and 9, which reflects the effect of the resistance rd. the depression of the arc incg r ∝ zi ri ci cg rd r ∝ ri zi ci fig. 3. equivalent circuit that represent the sample in the low saturation case (cg and r∞ are the capacitance and resistance of the sample at the high frequency, respectively, ci is the interfacial capacitance and ri is the interfacial resistance). fig. 4. equivalent circuit that represents the sample in the high and full saturation case (cg, r∝, ci and ri is the same as shown in fig. 3). rd represents a frequency-independent conducting path between the two electrodes. fig. 5. the complex resistivity plane representation of the sample for relative saturations 4% ( ), 8% ( ), 11% ( ), 14% ( ), respectively. fig. 6. the complex resistivity plane representation of the sample for relative saturations 18% ( ), 25% ( ), respectively. 809 relation between electric properties and water saturation for hematitic sandstone with frequency fig. 5. the complex resistivity plane representation of the sample for relative saturations 4% ( ), 8% ( ), 11% ( ), 14% ( ), respectively. tivity or warburg impedance (macdonald, 1974). the warburg impedance behavior at the low frequencies was attributed to the electrode effect by (roberts and lin, 1997); and also by (knight and nur, 1987). the latter authors stated that the frequency range of electrode effect extends to higher frequencies with the increase of water. 5. conclusions effects of water saturation on the electrical conductivity and dielectric constant of humid, partially, and fully saturated hematitic sandstone sample is investigated in the frequency range from 0.1 hz to 100 khz. we change the saturation of the sample from normal relative humidity (~ 50% rh) to partially and fully saturated condition. experimental data indicate that the electrical conductivity and dielectric constant vary strongly with water saturations. a transition from nearly normal to gigantic transport is observed at a certain frequency depending on the water content. the rate of change of dielectric constant with saturation is found to decrease with frequency. lie on an arc of a semicircle. the low frequency part is a straight line that reflects diffusion controlled resistivity. at low frequencies the electrode polarization takes place, which is humidity or saturation dependent. the straight line may represent diffusion controlled resisfig. 7. the complex resistivity plane representation of the sample for relative saturations 32% ( ), 40% ( ), respectively. fig. 8. the complex resistivity plane representation of the sample for relative saturations 50% ( ), 55% ( ), respectively. fig. 9. the complex resistivity plane representation of the sample for relative saturations 96% ( ), 100% ( ), respectively. 810 m. m. gomaa chew, w.c., and p.n. sen (1982): dielectric enhancement due to electrochemical double layer : thin double layer approximation, j. chem. phys., 77 (9), 46834693. cole, k.s. and r.h. cole (1941): dispersion and adsorption in dielectrics (i), j. chem. phys., 137, 341-351. dukhin, s.s. (1971): dielectric properties of disperse systems, in «surface and colloid science», (matijevic, e., editor), wiley and sons, new york, vol. 3, pp. 83166. efros, a.l. and b.i. shklovskii (1976): critical behaviour of conductivity and dielectric constant near the metal– non-metal transition threshold, phys. status sol., 137, 475-489. garcia-belmonte, g., v. kytin, t. dittrich and bisquert (2003): effect of humidity on the ac conductivity of nanoporous tio2, j. appl. phys., 94 (8), 52615264. garrouch, a.a. (2001): effect of wettability and water saturation on the dielectric constant of hydrocarbons rocks, 41st annual logging symp. (spwla), paper nn. garrouch, a.a. and m.m. sharma (1994): the influence of clay content, salinity, stress and wettability on the dielectric properties of brine-saturated rocks: 10 hz to 10 mhz, geophysics, 137, 909-917. glover, p.w.j., p.g. meredith, p.r. sammonds and s.a.f. murrel (1994a): ionic surface electrical conductivity in sandstone, j. geophys. res., 99, b11, 21635-21650. glover, p.w.j., p.g. meredith, p.r. sammonds and s.a.f. murrel (1994b): measurements of complex electrical conductivity and fluid permeabilities in porous rocks at raised confining pressures, in rock mechanics in petroleum engineering, proc. eurorock94, 29-36, balkema, amsterdam. gomaa, m.m. (1996): frequency response study on iron ore bearing rock samples, (m. sc. thesis, cairo university, egypt). gomaa, m.m. (2004): induced polarization study on iron ore bearing rock samples, (ph. d. thesis, cairo university, egypt). gomaa, m.m., s.a. hussain, e.a. eldiwany, a.e. bayoumi and m. ghobashy (2000): modeling of a. c. electrical properties of humid sand and the effect of water content, 70th annual international meeting, society of exploration geophysics (seg) and international exposition, session «rock properties/borehole: rock physics 1», oral rpb6.7, calgary, alberta, canada, 6-11 august, 1850-1853. grant, f.a. (1958): use of complex conductivity in the representation of dielectric phenomena, j. appl. phys., 29, 1, 76-80. hoekstra, p. and w.t. doyle (1971): dielectric relaxation of surface adsorbed water, j. colloid interface sci., 137, 513-521. jonscher, a.k. (1999): dielectric relaxation in solids, j. phys. d: appl. phys., 32, r57–r70. knight, r. (1983): the use of complex plane plots in studying the electrical response of rocks, j. geomag. geoelectr., 137, 767-776. knight, r. j. and a. nur (1987): the dielectric constant of sandstones, 50 khz to 4 mhz, geophysics, 52, 644654. knight, r.j. and a.l. endres (1990): a new concept in modeling the dielectric response of sandstones: definthe changes in the electrical conductivity and dielectric constant due to humidity variation were argued to the mobile surface charges at watergrain interfaces. the simplest surface effect is due to surface migration and diffusion of charges under an applied field limited by a thin surface layer; this can be a conductive film or a closed electrical double layer. film polarization is especially strong at moderate partial saturations, where it can produce strong lf polarization. very strong dielectric effects are caused by the polarization of «open» electric double layers on the solid–liquid interface at large saturations. whereas polarization of bound charges in «closed» double layers produces relatively weak polarization, akin to that of films, diffusion potentials generated by the free exchange of ions between «open» deformed edl and the adjoining electrolyte produce out-of-phase currents, and hence large values of effective dielectric constant. this model is known as glfp; it can also be applied to heterogeneously charged surfaces. the anomalous dielectric properties of partially saturated rocks are also interpreted partially using percolation theory. this theory predicts that, when the conductive fraction (water) increases, clustering of conductive inclusions develops, and the thickness of insulating gaps (air) between conductive clusters decreases, causing a large increment in the capacitance of the sample and its conductivity. the results can be explained by electronic hopping conduction in the dry case, proton conduction in the humid case and low saturations, and electrolytic conduction along with protonic transport in the fully saturated case. as a recommendation for this paper more controlled saturated samples should be measured to study clearly the effect of grain size and grain shape on the electrical properties of rock samples. references chelidze, t. and y. guéguen (1999): electrical spectroscopy of porous rocks: a review i. theoretical models, geophys. j. int., 137, 1-15. chelidze, t., y. guéguen and c. ruffet (1999): electrical spectroscopy of porous rocks: a review -ii. experimental results and interpretation, geophys. j. int., 137, 16-34. fig. 8. the complex resistivity plane representation of the sample for relative saturations 50% ( ), 55% ( ), respectively. 811 relation between electric properties and water saturation for hematitic sandstone with frequency ing a wetted rock and bulk water system, geophysics, 55, 586-594. leroy, p., and a. revil (2004): a triple layer model of the surface electrochemical properties of clay minerals, journal of colloid and interface science, 270, 2, 371380. levitskaya, t.m. and b.k. sternberg (2000): application of lumped-circuit method to studying soils at frequencies from 1 khz to 1 ghz., radio science, 35, 2, 371-383. macdonald, j.r. (1974): binary electrolyte small-signal frequency response, electroanal. chem., interfac. electrochem., 53, 1-55. mehaute, a. and g. crepy (1983): introduction to transfer and motion in fractal media; the geometry of kinetics, solid state ionics, 137, 17-30. mendelson, k. s. and m.h. cohen (1982): the effect of grain anisotropy on the electrical properties of sedimentary rocks, geophys., 47 (2), 257-263. minor, m., h.p. van leeuwen and j. lyklema (1998): low-frequency dielectric response of polystyrene latex dispersions, journal of colloid and interface science, 206 (2), 397-406. mitchell, j.k. (1992): fundamentals of soil behaviour, 2nd edn., (wiley, new york), p. 437. olhoeft, g.r. (1985): low frequency electrical properties, geophysics, 137, 2492-2503. parkhomenko, e.i. (1967): electrical properties of rocks, (plenum press, new york), p. 314. pride, s. (1994): governing equations for the coupled electromagnetics and acoustics of porous media, phys. rev. b., 50, 1, 15678-15696. revil, a. and p.w.j. glover (1998): theory of ionic surface electrical conduction in porous media, physical review b., 55 (3) 1757-1773. roberts, j. and w. lin (1997): electrical properties of partially saturated topopah spring tuff: water distribution as a function of saturation, water resources research, 33, 577-587. ruffet, c., y. guéguen and m. darot (1991a): complex measurements and fractal nature of porosity, geophysics, 137, 758-768. ruffet, c., y. guéguen and m. darot (1991b): rock conductivity and fractal nature of porosity, terra nova, 137, 265-275. saarenketo, t. (1998): electrical properties of water in clay and silty soils, journal of applied geophysics, 40, 73-88. schwan, h.p., g. schwarz, j. maczuk and h. pauly (1962): on the low-frequency dielectric dispersion of colloidal particles in electrolyte solution, journal of physical chemistry, 66, 2626-2635. schwarz, g. (1962): a theory of the low-frequency dielectric dispersion of colloidal particles in electrolyte solution, journal of physical chemistry, 66, 2636-2642. sen, p.n. (1989): unified models of conductivity and membrane potential of porous media, phys. rev. b., 137, 9508-9517. shilov, v.n., a.v. delgado, f. gonzalez-caballero and c. grosse (2001): thin double layer theory of the wide-frequency range dielectric dispersion of suspensions of non-conducting spherical particles including surface conductivity of the stagnant layer, colloids and surfaces a: physicochemical and engineering aspects, 192, 253-265. wilkinson, d., j.s. langer and p.n. sen (1983): enhancement of the dielectric constant near a percolation threshold, phys. rev. b, 28, 2, 1081-1087. wong, j. (1979): an electrochemical model of the inducedpolarization phenomenon in disseminated sulfide ores, geophysics, 44, 1245-1265. wong, p.z. (1987): fractal surfaces in porous media, in physics and chemistry of porous media, 137, edited by j.p. bahavar, j. koplik and k.w. winkler, am. inst. phys., 154, 304-318. (received may 7, 2008; accepted june 30, 2008) adg vol5 n02 teis 393_399.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 393 electromagnetic radiation related to dislocation dynamics in a seismic preparation zone roman teisseyre and tomasz ernst institute of geophysics, polish academy of sciences, warszawa, poland abstract electromagnetic emission is observed frequently before earthquakes as high noise level in vlf and ulf bands. we present theoretical considerations on electromagnetic radiation caused by dislocation dynamics in the preseismic micro-sources (micro-crackings) located in an earthquake preparation zone. some of these micro-sources could be located near the ground surface and their electromagnetic signals could be accessible in some recording stations. the examples of the numerically simulated induction and radiation fields are given and one example of the observed radio-noise recording is shown. 1. introduction the preseismic micro-source activity may be followed by a rebound motion resulting in the main break: the earthquake. the dynamics of micro-sources is related to the accelerated motion of dislocations and to coalescences of the opposite dislocation arrays (micro-cracks). the theory of stress and dislocation evolution is based on the equation of motion with the self-stress field (continuum with defect distribution) on the slipfault plane; this equation is supplemented with the source/sink function entering in a similar way as the body forces in the equation of motion for displacements. this theory of stress evolution in a pre-seismic zone combined with the physics of the charge dislocations leads to precursory electromagnetic emission. 2. evolution of stresses most breaks start along the pre-existing faults or micro-faults. considering a plane problem containing a fault, we may assume that the rigidity on a fault µ* is smaller than the bulk value µ of the surrounding rocks: µ* < µ. for the boundary between the fault zone and the intact rocks y = 0, we can take the stressdislocations relation (see further on) which leads us to the condition *µ* = µ. this is due to the continuity of tangent stress derivatives. we obtain a jump of dislocation density on a fault: áá * > . (2.1) the preseismic micro-source activity may be mailing address: prof. roman teisseyre, polish academy of sciences, institute of geophysics, ul. ks. janusza 64, 01-402 warszawa, poland; e-mail: rt@igf.edu.pl key words stress evolution – instabilities – charge dislocations – electromagnetic emission µ = 1 s x 394 roman teisseyre and tomasz ernst followed by a rebound motion resulting in a main break: earthquake. the dynamic processes on a fault, or on micro-faults, can be described by the equation of motion for stresses including the interaction with the self-stress fields (dislocation stresses). we follow the results obtained in the papers by teisseyre (1996, 2001a,b) and teisseyre and yamashita (1999). according to kossecka and dewitt (1977), the motion equation is expressed by the balance of divergence of elastic stresses and elastic acceleration. elastic acceleration is introduced as a difference between the total acceleration and self (plastic) acceleration (the total acceleration can be expressed by time derivatives of displacements). we obtain in this way the motion equation for the elastic continuum with defects (2.2) where s are the elastic stresses, is the elastic velocity, u is the total displacement, s is the self/ plastic velocity (total velocity: u . = + s), is the source/sink function ( . corresponds to a body force). in 1d, a dislocation density is related to stresses s on a fault and also to a slip as follows: (2.3) where s f is the resistance stress (friction stress in the fracture phase) related to slip progress on fault, is here a certain reference thickness: when computing dislocation density related to slip process we count the dislocations comprised in this thickness. the commonly used stick-slip model, together with the elastodynamic equation, eliminates the self-stress fields from the objects on a fault plane. in our approach the self stresses in interaction with elastic stresses govern a slip evolution process. on a fault (x, t) the dynamic processes cause a rapid increase in the self-stress fields expressed by formation of dislocations and dislocation arrays (cracks – in the fracture phase). the total stresses can be split into elastic stress field and self-stress field, which for this case correspond to wave field and dislocation stress field: s t = s + s s . for dislocation density , dislocation velocity v and also for the selfstresses, we may assume, according to condition (2.1), a rapid decrease away from the fault plane (2.4) where a is a constant. the dislocation velocity can be also related to the local stress field (mataga et al., 1987). finally, for the near fault zone we come to the following equations for dislocation density (the 1d case {x, t}; teisseyre and yamashita, 1999; teisseyre, 2001a): (2.5) where c is shear wave velocity. the dynamic evolution is related to the dislocation fields and it depends mainly on the source/sink function . this function describes the nucleation of the new dislocations and the coalescence processes (mutual annihilation of dislocations of the opposite signs – the process equivalent to coalescence of two neighboring dislocated elements or formation of a crack). the source/sink function shall first of all describe the coalescence processes between the dislocation arrays of the opposite signs (the coalescence of the arrays well describes a nucleation process of a crack material fracturing). we may relate this function to a stress = + t t div d d d d s µ = 1 s, µ = ( )s s f x y t ay x t v x y t ay v x t s x y t ay s x ys , , , , , , , , , ( ) = [ ] ( ) ( ) = [ ] ( ) ( ) = [ ] ( ) exp exp exp 4 4 4 r r r = + 2 2t t t sdiv d d d s u d = 1 , 1 c t x = + 395 electromagnetic radiation related to dislocation dynamics in a seismic preparation zone surface curvature, or a gradient of dislocation density (inverse of a mean distance between the opposite dislocation groups). attraction forces between the opposite dislocations can effectively produce a weakening effect, and in this sense the function π acts equivalently to the friction weakening laws. for a review related to source/sink function π, see the paper by teisseyre and nagahama (1998). here, we use the modified form of this function (teisseyre, 2001b) in terms of dislocation density (2.6) the first term describes the formation process of new small elements of dislocations (stresses decrease as 1/r2 ) and proportional to dislocation density α and to square of stress curvature, while the second term describes coalescence process of the opposite dislocation lines (stresses decrease as 1/r) and proportional to square of dislocation density α 2 and to stress curvature; ε is a constant. 3. numerical simulations of dislocation evolution following the paper by teisseyre (2001b) we briefly present the results of the numerical simulations of dislocation evolution, assuming that a micro-source is represented by a microdomain {x}, {t} of the dimensions {0,2π .10−3[m]}, {0,1.6 . 10−5[s]}, and the initial conditions chosen as follows: according to eq. (2.5) and definition (2.6), we obtain the equation the numerical simulations show some instabilities in time which might be identified with the microseismic events acting in a premonitory domain. the computed fields remain much smoother along the x-axis. 4. electric current and electromagnetic field at micro-source the electric polarization induced by dislocation processes depends on the square of dislocation density, because both the electric charge and the coalescence break distance between the dislocations are proportional to dislocation density α. for polarization density and its derivatives we obtain while, according to ogawa et al. (1985), for electromagnetic exitations we have the following formulae expressing the near or electrostatic field, as well as the induction and radiation electric fields related to the dipoles activated in rocks (4.2) π π= ∂ ∂ − ∂ ∂         0 2α α εα α( ) x x . ( ) = ( )0 2 0α α πt, , . p = 1 2 2κα , p = καα˙ ˙ , p = +( )2κ αα α˙̇ ˙̇ ˙ (4.1) e p r near = 1 4 0 3πε , e p c r ind = 1 4 0 0 2πε ˙ , e p c r rad = 1 4 0 0 2πε ˙̇ α πx x, .0 0 05 10 16( ) = − −( )[ ] ⋅     0.2 sin m ∂α ∂ x t t ,( ) + α ∂ α ∂ x t x t x . . , , + − ⋅ ( )( ) ( ) +− −10 0 41 0 1 102 6 α αx t x t. , ,+ ⋅ ( ) ( ) =−1 5 10 11 α ∂α ∂ x t x t x . . , , − ⋅ ( ) ( ) ⋅−4 63951 5 10 13 α ∂α ∂ x t x t x , , .⋅ ( ) − ( ) −10 3( )2 396 roman teisseyre and tomasz ernst where 0 is the dielectric constant; the time derivatives are related to the source {x i 0} and related activity time t0; c0 is light velocity. of course, we are aware of the fact that the different processes related to excitation of the electromagnetic field take place in a precursory time domain and during an earthquake event (shevtsova, 1984; varotsos and alexopoulos, 1984, 1986; gokhberg et al., 1985; varotsos et al., 1992; park, 1993; teisseyre, 1992, 1995). for review on the dislocation processes and formation of electric charges, see whitworth (1975). here, we try to include also the electromagnetic emission from the pre-seismic microsources and to explain this emission by dislocation dynamic processes. 5. numerical estimations for electric current and electromagnetic radiation we refer to estimations presented by teisseyre (2001b). an order of magnitude of dislocation density at the time of micro-fracturing may be compared to density at the tip of dislocation array. for the dislocation density treated as a product of line density and the burgers vector (the definition used in theoretical papers) and referred here to the band width and the n dislocations with the burgers vector 0 (lattice constant), densely packed in an element d0 = m 0 , we obtain (5.1) while for the density of dislocation lines (the definition of line density used in papers on laboratory experiments, as a reference value we may cite its order for the elastic regime of a crystal body: 1011[m 2]) (5.2) the maximum of this density at local microfraturing (n m) may theoretically approach max (corresponding to the line density at a crack tip). the dislocation dynamics, as discussed in our model, can cause the appearance and activation of the electromagnetic dipoles in preseismic sources located in an earthquake preparation zone, but not exactly at the future main seismic spot. based on numerical simulations for the evolution dislocation fields, we can present here the numerical simulation of the dipole intensities in the pre-seismic sources; the dipole source intensities as a function of time for the induction and radiation terms (4.1) are presented in figs. 1 and 2 in the following scales: in the scale ; for x i = 1,2,3,4 . 10 3[m] and {t} in the scale [10 5 s], and in the scale for x i = 1,2,3,4 . 10 3[m] and {t} in the scale[10 5 s]. these electromagnetic phenomena evidently precede a seismic event; the sharp increases of the electric current source intensities both for the induction and radiation fields are observed. for density electric current, or induction field in a microfracture source we obtain the estimate (teisseyre, 2001b): while for the source intensity of radiation field x t x ti i, ˙ ,( ) ( ) 10 117 2m s x t x t x ti i i˙ , , ˙̇ ,( ) + ( ) ( )2 10 122 2 2 ; m s j ṗ ˙= = [ ] < [ ]10 100 9 2 6 2a m a m = n d 0 0 , = n m 0 0 1 , max [ ]106 1m = 0 = 0 0 1n m max = [ ]1016 2m . << << 397 electromagnetic radiation related to dislocation dynamics in a seismic preparation zone fig. 1. source intensities of electromagnetic induction field (x,t) . (x,t): the plots of (x i ,t) . (x i ,t) in the scale 1017 [1/m2s]; for x i =1,2,3,4 .10 3[m] and {t} in the scale [10 5s]. fig. 2. source intensities of electromagnetic radiation field . 2(x,t)+ (x,t) .. (x,t) : the plots of . 2(x i ,t)+ (x i ,t) .. (x i ,t) in the scale 1022 [1/m2s2]; for x i =1,2,3,4 .10 3[m] and {t} in the scale [10 5s]. 398 roman teisseyre and tomasz ernst we obtain such intensity peaks may appear at the isolated small areas of the precursory microfracturings; activation of such local peaks of the and . fields causes the electromagnetic emission. 6. example of the observed electromagnetic excitations there exist numerous examples of radio-noise excitations before earthquake events; there, we present one example. at l’aquila geophysical observatory (central apennines) a radio-noise recording system operating at frequencies of 10, 20 and 40 khz has been installed (cooperation between the institute of geophysics, polish academy of sciences, warszawa, and the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, roma). several seismic events with magnitudes over 4 and in some cases more than 5 were felt at the end of 1997 at distances of 60-80 km from the observatory. in fig. 3 (meloni et al., 2001; ernst et al., 2001) we present the radio-noise recording (here for 20 khz; similar records have been obtained for other frequencies) for the time when these seismic events occurred (marked on the plots). we shall note that for several years since the station was installed no such signals have appeared in the radio-noise observations; throughout this time, the seismicity was very low, with earthquakes reaching magnitudes of only m � 3. fig. 3. vlf/recording (20 khz) of radio-noise at l’aquila observatory (after meloni et al., 2001, and ernst et al., 2001): september and october, 1997; two greater seismic events with m 5 are marked by the black circles, straight intervals correspond to the gaps of recording. t j =0 d d ˙̇̇ ˙ ˙̇ .p = +( ) [ ]< [ ]10 109 2 2 11 2a m a sm 399 electromagnetic radiation related to dislocation dynamics in a seismic preparation zone references ernst, t., j. jankowski, r. teisseyre, a. meloni and p. palangio (2001): observations of electromagnetic radiation in the central apennines seismic region, acta geophys. pol., 49, 43-53. gokhberg, m.b., i.l. gufeld, n.i. gershenzon and v.a. pilipenko (1985): electromagnetic effects during rupture of the earth’s crust, izv. akad. nauk sssr, fiz. zemli, 1, 72-87 (in russian); izv. earth phys., 21 (1), 52-63. kossecka, e. and r. dewitt (1977): disclination kinematic, arch. mech., 29, 633-651. mataga, p.a., l.b. freund and j.w. hutchinson (1987): crack tip plasticity in dynamic fracture, j. phys. chem. solid, 48, 985-1005. meloni, a., d. di mauro, g. mele, p. palangio, t. ernst, and r. teisseyre (2001): evolution of magnetotelluric, total magnetic field, and vlf field parameters in central italy: relations to local seismic activity, ann. geofis., 44 (2), 383-394. ogawa, t., k. oike and t.miura (1985): electromagnetic radiations from rocks, j. geophys. res., 98 (d4), 6245-6249. park, s.k., m.s. johnston, t.r. madden, f.d. morgan and f.f. morrison (1993): electromagnetic precursors to earthquakes in the ulf band; a review of observations and mechanisms, rev. geophys., 31 (2), 117-132. shevtsova, i.n. (1984): charging of dislocations during deformation of crystals with ionic-type bonds, izv. earth phys., 20 (8), 643-648. teisseyre, r. (1992): earthquake premonitory processes: evolution of stresses and electric current generation, terra nova, 4, 509-513. teisseyre, r. (1995): electric field generation in earthquake premonitory process, in theory of earthquake premonitory and fracture processes, edited by r. teisseyre, 282-292, pwn, warszawa. teisseyre, r. (1996): motion and flow equation for stresses, acta geophys. pol., 44, 19-29. teisseyre, r. (2001a): evolution, propagation and diffusion of dislocation fields, in earthquake thermodynamics and phase transformations in the earth’s interior, edited by r. teisseyre and e. m a j e w s k i (academic press, san diego, san francisco, newyork, boston, london, sydney, tokyo), international geophysical series, vol. 76, 167-198. teisseyre, r. (2001b): dislocation dynamics and related electromagnetic excitation, acta geophys. pol., 49, 55-73. teisseyre, r. and h. nagahama (1998): dislocation field evolution and dislocation source/sink function, acta geophys. pol., 46, 13-33. teisseyre, r. and t. yamashita (1999): splitting stress motion equation into seismic wave and fault-related fields, acta geophys. pol., 47, 135-147. varotsos, p. and a. alexopoulos (1984): physical properties of the variations of the electric field of the earth preceding earthquakes. ii determination of epicenter and magnitude, tectonophysics, 110, 99-125. varotsos, p. and a. alexopoulos (1986): thermodynamics of point defects and their relation with bulk properties (north-holland publ. comp., amsterdam new york), pp. 474. varotsos, p., n.g. bogris and a. kyritsis (1992): comments on the depolarization currents stimulated by variations of temperature or pressure, j. phys. chem. solids, 53 (8), 1007-1011. whitworth, r.w. (1975): charged dislocations in ionic crystals, adv. phys., 24 (2), 203-304. ag_56.05.13_omotosho_finalonline:layout 6 annals of geophysics, 56, 5, 2013, a0568; doi:10.4401/ag-6342 a0568 cloud attenuation studies of the six major climatic zones of africa for ka and v satellite system design temidayo victor omotosho1,*, jit singh mandeep2, mardina abdullah2 1 covenant university, department of physics, ota, ogun state, nigeria 2 universiti kebangsaan malaysia, department of electrical, electronic and system engineering, bangi, malaysia abstract cloud cover statistics, cloud base and top height, cloud temperature, frequency of precipitation, freezing height, total cloud liquid water content (tclwc) and cloud attenuation data have been obtained for the six major climatic zones of africa. the present results reveal a strong positive correlation between the monthly distribution of low cloud cover, cloud top height, cloud temperature, and frequency of precipitation in the six zones. the cumulative distribution of the tclwc derived from radiosonde measurement in each climatic zone shows a departure from the tclwc recommended by the itu study group 3 data, with an exceedance percentage difference of 32% to 90% occurring 0.01% to 10% of the time. the underestimation of the tclwc is greatest in the tropical rain forest. a comparison of the cloud attenuation cumulative distribution in the ka and v bands reveals that the international telecommunication union – region (itu-r) is an intergovernmental organization that develops rain model based on collected data around the world. this model underestimates the cloud attenuation in all of the six climatic zones by 2.0 db and 4.7 db for the arid sahara desert, 1.3 db and 3.0 db in semi-arid north africa, 1.3 db and 1.5 db in savannah north africa, 2.0 db and 3.6 db in the tropical rain forest, 1.3 db and 2.9 db in savannah south africa and 0.9 db and 2.6 db in semi-arid south africa, respectively, at 30 and 50 ghz. overall, the cloud attenuation in the tropical rain-forest zone is very high because of the high annual total cloud cover (98%), high annual frequency of precipitation (4.5), low annual clear sky amount (8%), high cloud depth (10,937 m), high 0°c isotherm height (4.7 km), high tclwc (4.0 kg/m2 at 0.01%) and low seasonal cloud base height (356 m). 1. introduction raincis considered to be most important attenuator for high-availability satellite links. impairment caused by clouds is often ignored, but the frequent presence of clouds may cause persistent attenuation for low-margin modern systems operating in the ka (30/20 ghz) and v (50/40 ghz) bands [omotosho et al. 2011]. rain can be traced to the formation of clouds; therefore, for low-availability satellite services such as very small aperture terminals (vsat) and ultra small aperture terminals (usat), rain effects may only contribute a relatively small part of the total propagation link margin [omotosho and babtude 2010]. deep fades may occur because of the higher probability of the occurrence of clouds [salonen and uppala 1991, mattioli et al. 2009]. many experimental studies have been conducted on millimeter wave atmospheric attenuation. based on these studies, researchers can estimate with some confidence the losses arising from cloud attenuation up to approximately 200 ghz [slobin 1982, salonen and uppala 1991, al-ansari et al. 2003, sarkar et al. 2005, mandeep and hassan 2008, mattioli et al. 2009]. some models that use several effective input parameters have been developed [altshuler and marr 1989, dintelmann and ortgies 1989, dissanyake et al. 1997, wrench et al. 1999, itu-r 2009a]. technological advances in remote sensing, the increasing number of satellite missions (including nasa (a-train) atmospheric infrared sounder (airs), moderate resolution imaging spectroradiometer (modis) key instrument aboard the terra (eos am) and aqua (eos pm) satellites that collects complimentary observations of earth’s surface and atmosphere, cloud cover statistical analysis program (cloudsat) is an experimental satellite that will use radar to study clouds and precipitation from space, cloud-aerosol lidar and infrared pathfinder satellite observations (calipso) is a lidar that provides high-resolution vertical profiles of aerosols and clouds, tropical rain measurement mission (trmm) microwave imager is a passive microwave sensor designed to provide quantitative rainfall information over a wide swath under the trmm satellite, and the cloud and earth radiation sensor (ceres), direct measurements and recorded observations by weather staarticle history received april 22, 2013; accepted june 24, 2013. subject classification: cloud attenuation, ka band, satellite, v band, climate. tions, and the nasa student cloud observation online (scool) have contributed greatly to the wealth of cloud data available to the scientific community for indepth radio wave propagation studies. the most important properties of clouds for the cloud attenuation modeling of earth-space communication links in the ka and v bands are the statistics of cloud cover, cloud base and top height, cloud thickness, total cloud liquid water content, cloud temperature, horizontal extent and variability. cloud climatologies have recently been developed from two types of data: (1) radiance measured by satellites in geostationary and polar orbits and (2) visual observation of clouds from the earth’s surface, as coded in weather reports from stations on land and ships on the ocean. satellites principally detect clouds using the visible and thermal-infrared wavelengths. during the day, clouds can be detected in both wavelength regions, but at night they can be detected only in the thermal infrared. satellite observations of clouds are obtained more frequently than surface observations and cover more land and ocean area, but ground observation offers a useful adjunct to satellite observation. the surface observer views clouds from below; thus, they observe low clouds that are often hidden from the view of satellites by higher clouds. multiple cloud layers often occur together; consequently, the views from above and below are complementary [warren and hahn 2003]. in this work, we report the annual clear sky cloud cover statistics, cloud base and top height, cloud temperature, and frequency of precipitation based on cloud climatology data from ground and satellite observations from 1952 to 2008. additionally, we report the integrated cloud liquid water content (kg/m2) obtained from daily radiosonde data measurements from 1953 to 2011 for the six major african climatic zones and compare it with the integrated cloud liquid water content data of the recent itu-r study group 3 (sg3) [itu-sg3 website]. the above data sets were used as input climatic data to investigate the impact of clouds on the ka (30 ghz) and v (50 ghz) bands for the six major climatic zones of africa (the arid sahara desert, semi-arid north africa, the north african savannah, the tropical rain forest, the south african savannah and semi-arid south africa. table 1 presents the geographical coordinates and the climate summary for the six zones, including the rainfall type, annual rainfall accumulation, annual temperature, and vegetation type. figure 1 presents the map of africa and the boundary omotosho et al. 2 climatic zones latitude (degrees) longitude (degrees) rainfall type climate type annual rainfall accumulation (mm) vegetation type (1) arid sahara desert 15-32.5n 11.5w-32.5e sparse rainfall desert uniformly dry, no moisture, temperature is -4 to 54c less than 130 mm few oases exist (2) semi arid north africa 12-17.5n 11.5w-32.5e low rainfall steppe climate 100 to 200 mm confine to june and september relatively sparse grass, shrubs predominate (3) savannah north africa 7.5-12.5n 11.5w-32.5e moderate rainfall hot dry season (winter) wet season (summer) occupy one-fifth of africa land 100 to 400 mm vary vegetation open canopied forest, grassy under story dominate (4) tropic rain forest 7.5s-7.5n 11.5w-32.5e high-all-year rainfall wet and warm climate, tropical wet, no month is rainless 1800 to 3000 mm evergreen trees, oil palms, tropical hard woods, dense surface shrubs and ferns moses (5) savannah south africa 17.5s-7.5s 14-42.5e moderate rainfall hot dry season (winter) wet season (summer) occupy one-fifth of africa land 100 to 400 mm vary vegetation open canopied forest, grassy under story dominate (6) semi arid south africa 22.5s-17.5s 17-32.5e low rainfall steppe climate 100 to 200 mm relatively sparse grass, shrubs predominate table 1. climate summary and geographical coordinates of the of the six climatic zones. 3 of each climate zone [adeyewa and nakamura 2003]. finally, out of eight cloud attenuation models available in the literature, the two best estimates of cloud attenuation based on recent experimental data were used to estimate cloud attenuation, and the two results are compared for the african climatic zones. 2. cloud and radiosonde data sources cloud-cover data were collected for six major african climatic zones, and the average properties of the different cloud types from daily visual observations of cloud climatology at land stations worldwide between 1952 and 1996, developed by hahn [hahn and warren 1999], were used for their analysis. cloud-cover percentages were determined for different cloud types over land areas with a resolution of 5° × 5° in longitude and latitude. the data grid resolution is commensurate with the geographical distribution of the data collection centers, and this level of resolution is deemed reasonable for the calculation of cloud attenuation in the six major climate zones of africa. five cloud types were selected in this work for the study of cloud-cover statistics: stratus (st), stratocumulus (sc), cumulus (cu), cumulonimbus (cb) and nimbostratus (ns). the seasonal cloud base height data from 1970 to 1996 were obtained from hahn [hahn and warren 1999]. the mean cloud temperature and cloud top height were obtained from the international satellite cloud climatology project (isccp, 1983-2008) and the cloud-aerosol lidar and infrared pathfinder satellite observations (calipso, 2006-2011) data, respectively, for the six climate zones. the retrieved cloud data were processed and averaged on monthly, annual, and seasonal bases. radiosonde data were retrieved from the integrated global radiosonde archive (igra) [durre et al. 2006] from 1953 to 2011. six stations were chosen to represent each climatic zone: sebha, libya, representing the arid sahara desert; bamako-senou, mali, representing semi-arid north africa; bouake, côte d’ivoire, representing the north african savannah; lagos oshodi, nigeria, representing the tropical rain forest; nampula, mozambique representing the south african savannah; and bulawayo, zimbabwe, representing semi-arid south africa. table 2 presents detailed information about the six stations used in this study. consistent radiosonde (sonde model i1 vaisala rs80) measurements, obtained twice daily at 00 and 12 gmt from 1953 to 2011, contain data for pressure, temperature, relative humidity, and dew point temperature at different heights as well as 0°c isothermal height (freezing height) with a resolution varying from a few tens of meters to a few hundreds of meters to a height of 37 km. the best daily radiosonde data were selected for each station and used in this work, covering approximately 124 to 15,396 radiosonde launches. these data were used to estimate the cloud liquid water statistics for each of the six stations. the radiosonde data can indicate the presence of cloud liquid water if the relative humidity exceeds the critical humidity, as defined by [geleyn 1980]. the phase of the water within the cloud is determined by the temperature. if the temperature is greater than 0°c, the water is completely in the liquid phase; if the temperature is less than −20°c, only ice exists. the range of temperatures between 0°c and −20°c yields a mixture of liquid water and ice. salonen [salonen and uppala 1991] proposed a model for cloud water density in terms of the temperature and height from the cloud base that can be used to obtain the liquid water density profile within a cloud. the water density within a cloud can vary significantly. pure ice does not cause the attenuation of radio signals, but super-cooled water can cause significant attenuation [animesh and chakraborty 2009]. 3. theoretical considerations several models are available in the literature for the prediction of cloud attenuation [gunn and east 1954, staelin 1966, slobin 1982, altshuler and marr 1989, liebe 1989, salonen and uppala 1991, dissanyake et al. 1997, itu-r 2009a]. the salonen and uppala and itu-r models have been reported to produce the best estimates of cloud attenuation, based on experimental data in the equatorial and tropical climates [mandeep and hassan 2008]. these models are particularly effective because the cloud attenuation component is obtained from the liquid water content, which is calculated cloud attenuation for ka and v bands figure 1. major climatic zones of africa used in this study. their geographical coordinates are specified in table 1. omotosho et al. 4 c li m at ic zo n es w m o id c o u n tr y n am e st at io n n am e st at io n la ti tu d e st at io n lo n gi tu d e st at io n el ev at io n (m ) a ve ra ge su rf ac e re la ti ve h u m id it y (% ) a ve ra ge su rf ac e te m p er at u re (k ) a ve ra ge su rf ac e p re ss u re (h p a) r ad io so n d e d at a st ar t r ad io so n d e d at a en d t o ta l n u m b er o f go o d d ai ly ra d io so n d e d at a u se d in t h e st u d y (1 ) a ri d sa ha ra de se rt 62 12 4 l ib ya se b h a 27 .0 2 14 .4 3 44 0 29 30 0 96 7 19 74 20 11 2, 56 6 (2 ) se m i a ri d n or th a fr ic a 61 29 1 m a l i b a m a k o / se n o u 12 .5 3 -7 .9 5 38 1 51 30 1 97 0 19 68 20 11 15 ,3 96 (3 ) sa va nn ah n or th a fr ic a 65 55 5 c o t e d ’i v o r e b o u a k e 7. 73 -5 .0 7 37 6 70 29 9 97 0 19 88 19 97 12 4 (4 ) t ro pi c ra in fo re st 65 20 2 n ig e r ia l a g o s/ o sh o d i 6. 55 3. 35 38 73 29 8 10 06 19 53 20 09 3, 49 0 (5 ) sa va nn ah so u th a fr ic a 67 23 7 m o z a m b iq u e n a m p u l a -1 5. 1 39 .2 8 44 1 60 29 9 96 5 19 71 20 05 3, 00 0 (6 ) se m i a ri d so u th a fr ic a 67 96 4 z im b a b w e b u l a w a y o -2 0. 15 28 .6 2 13 44 62 28 8 87 1 19 69 20 05 5, 58 1 t ab le 2 .s u rf ac e m et eo ro lo g ic al d at a an d ge og ra ph ic al c oo rd in at es fo r ea ch o f th e re pr es en ta ti ve s ta ti on s fo r th e cl im at ic z on es . 5 for each radio-sounding profile. the procedures for the two models used in this work are given by [salonen, and uppala 1991] and itu-r model [itu-r 2009a, itu-r 2009b, p.840-4] and this method has been used in previous work for nigeria and tropical wet location yaounde, cameroon [omotosho and babtude 2010, omotosho et al. 2011] respectively. 3.1. slobin using the expression provided by slobin, the specific attenuation of radio waves by clouds at different wavelengths is given by the following expression: (1) where v is the specific attenuation caused by clouds (db/km), m is the cloud water particle density (g/m3), t is the cloud temperature (°k), and m is the wavelength of the radio wave (cm). the cloud particle temperature is the temperature of the region in which the cloud exists, measured at the height of the cloud. the mean cloud temperature and cloud top height were retrieved from the international satellite cloud climatology project (isccp). 3.2. cloud liquid water content (lwc) at different height level the formation of cloud is related to the high relative humidity whereby the radiosonde data indicate the presence of lwc depending on whether the relative humidity has exceeded its critical value. cloud is formed as the relative humidity exceeds 95% and the phase is determined by the temperature profile. the lwc for each height level can be calculated by the following expression: (2) where: t(z) = air density; cp = specific heat at constant pressure; l = latent heat of vaporization; cd = dry adiabatic lapse rate; cs = moist adiabatic lapse. the adiabatic condition produces a maximum value of the lwc that is given by equation (3) due to the circulation of air mass accompanied by precipitation and freezing temperatures. (3) where dh = height above the cloud base. lwc is then calculated at each pressure level at a particular radiosonde ascent. integrating the lwc profile over height, the total value of lwc is obtained at each ascent [chakraborty and animesh 2012] 4. results and discussion 4.1. low cloud cover and frequency of precipitation in this section, we present and discuss the annual low cloud type, monthly variation of low cloud amount, and monthly variation of precipitation frequency average results from 1970 to 1996 for the six climatic zones. these quantities are important for the basic understanding of the cloud impairment of radio wave signals in the six zones. figure 2 presents the annual distribution of the five low cloud types: stratus (st), stratocumulus (sc), cumulus (cu), cumulonimbus (cb) and nimbostratus (ns). the amount of all low cloud types was highest in the tropical rain forest (36.3%) because of the higher incidences of sc, cb and cu clouds, followed in decreasing order by the south african savannah (29%), semi-arid south africa (21.5%), the north african savannah (18.6%), the arid-sahara desert (11%) and semi-arid north africa (5.1%). stratocumulus clouds are well-known to produce drizzle or light precipitation, and their presence may precede or follow more severe weather. cumulus clouds are the product of free convective air mass instability, and they can become more storm-like, towering and vertical, thereby building into cumulonimbus, whose continued upward growth suggests showers and other precipitation. cumulonimbus clouds are violent; when they produce rain, it is often associated with lightning and thunderstorms. cumulus and cumulonimbus clouds have been reported by slobin to contain substantial cloud liquid water: up to approximately 0.67 g/m and 1 g/m3, respectively [slobin 1982]. figures 3 and 4 show the monthly variation of precipitation frequency and low cloud cover for the period 1970 to 1996 in the six climatic zones. figures 3 and 4 have exactly the same shape, which means that the frequency of precipitation and low cloud cover are positively correlated. the monthly low cloud cover reaches its maximum in august in the four climatic zones in northern africa (the arid sahara desert, semiarid north africa, north african savannah, and tropical rain forest), whereas it reaches its minimum in august in the southern climatic zones (south african savannah and semi-arid south africa maximum in january). the monthly precipitation frequency reaches its minimum in august in the south, but it peaks in the north, except for two zones: the arid sahara desert, which reaches its maximum in january, and the tropical rain forest, which has two maxima in april and october. these maxima correspond to the rainy season in the tropical rain forest. the period of higher cloud cover in the climatic zones corresponds to the rainy season for all six zones. cloud attenuation for ka and v bands . . ,m4 343 10 1 16 . ( )t 2 0 0122 291 1# # # v m = lwc ( ) ( ) ( )h z l c dzad p d st c c= -# lwc lwc (1.239 0.145 )ln had d= 4.2. percentage of clear sky and total cloud cover in this section, we present the monthly clear sky variation and monthly total cloud cover variation (low + middle + high cloud cover) from 1970 to 1996 for the six major climatic zones of africa. figures 5 and 6 present the clear sky and total cloud cover results. the two graphs are negatively correlated, with the same shape in the opposite direction. this result was expected because the month with the greatest amount of clear sky often corresponds to a period of little or no rainfall because rainfall is often preceded by the formation of certain types of cloud. the highest monthly amount of clear sky occurred in semi-arid south africa (67.8%), followed in decreasing order by the arid sahara desert (48%), the south african savannah (43.2%), the north african savannah (31.9%), semi-arid north africa (29%) and the tropical rain forest (17.5%). these patterns of monthly clear sky in the six zones were expected; dust storms in the arid sahara desert zone reduce the monthly values, but these events are rare in semi-arid south africa. the tropical rain forest zone has the least clear sky because of its high all-year rainfall pattern and highest rainfall accumulation (between 1,800 and 3,000 mm), as shown in table 1. the maximum total cloud cover for the south african savannah and semi-arid south africa zones occurs in january, with values of 75.4% and 62.9%, respectively. similarly, the northern semi-arid north africa and north african savannah zones experience their maximum total cloud cover in august, with values omotosho et al. 6 figure 2. annual low cloud distribution in the six major climatic zones of africa. 7 of 68.9% and 81.4%, respectively. the maximum total cloud cover in the tropical rain forest differs from that in the other zones, with two peak values of 72.2% and 74.2% in april and october, respectively. the arid sahara desert has its maximum total cloud cover in december (34.8%), which is the lowest among the six climatic zones (this result is shown in figure 3). the sahara zone also has the lowest frequency of precipitation. it is interesting to note that the months of maximum total cloud cover correspond to the month of maximum rainfall in the south african savannah and semi-arid south africa ( january), semi-arid north africa and the north african savannah (august), the tropical rain forest (april and october) and the arid sahara desert (december) [adeyewa and nakamura 2003]. table 3 presents the annual amount of clear sky, frequency of precipitation and cloud cover statistics for the six climatic zones. the annual total cloud cover is highest in the tropical rain forest (97.9%), followed in decreasing order by the north african savannah (85.4%), the south african savannah (72.7%), semi-arid north africa (62.2%), semi-arid south africa (49.9%) and the arid sahara desert (37.7%). the annual frequency of precipitation is highest in the tropical rain forest and the south african savannah cloud attenuation for ka and v bands figure 3. monthly distribution of precipitation frequency in the six climatic zones. (4.5%), followed in decreasing order by semi-arid south africa (3.5%), the north african savannah (2.5%), the arid sahara desert (1%) and semi-arid north africa (0.9%). the annual amount of clear sky is highest in the arid sahara desert (40.4%), followed in descending order by semi-arid south africa (32.1%), semi-arid north africa (19.8%), the south african savannah (17.5%), the north african savannah (12.7) and the tropical rain forest (8%). 4.3. average cloud temperature, seasonal and annual cloud base, top height and cloud depth table 4 presents the cloud temperature results for the six climatic zones. this value is an important input parameter for calculating the specific attenuation of radio waves within the cloud at different wavelengths (see equation 13) [slobin 1982]. the cloud temperature is higher in the arid sahara desert (281 k) and lower in semiarid south africa (245 k). the lowest seasonal cloud base height is found in the tropical rain forest (356 m), with an average cloud temperature of 261 k. the lowest annual cloud top height and cloud depth occur in the arid sahara desert, whereas the highest cloud top height and cloud depth are found in the north african savannah and the tropical rain forest, followed in descending order by semiarid north africa, the south african savannah and semiarid south africa. the results in tables 3 and 4 reveal that a radio wave signal passing through clouds over the tropical rain forest or the north african savannah will travel a longer distance because these two zones have the greatest cloud depth and total cloud cover. omotosho et al. 8 figure 4. monthly distribution of low cloud cover in the six major climatic zones. 9 4.4. monthly variation of freezing height figure 7 presents the monthly variation of freezing (the 0°c isothermal height) derived from daily radiosonde data for the six major climatic zones. the monthly distribution of the 0°c isothermal height in the south african savannah and semi-arid south africa follows exactly the same curve shape as the total cloud cover. the freezing height maximum for the two zones occurred in february at 4.61 km and 3.57 km, respectively, which corresponds to the same period as the maximum total cloud cover. however, for the arid sahara desert zone, the pattern follows a normal distribution, and the maximum freezing height occurs in august at 4.46 km. the freezing heights in semi-arid north africa and the north african savannah have three different peaks, and their maxima occur in november and june at 4.43 km and 4.54 km, respectively. the tropical rain forest freezing height distribution reaches its minimum in july at 4.53 km. the tropical rainforest zone has the highest 0°c isothermal height of approximately 4.8 km, and it reaches its minimum in july during the period of maximum low cloud cover (figure 4), which corresponds to the rainy season in the zone. 4.5. total cloud liquid water content derived from radiosonde data figures 8 and 9 present the daily tclwc and cumulative distribution of the total cloud liquid water content from 0.01% to 100% exceedance for the six climatic zones. in figure 9, the cumulative distribution of cloud attenuation for ka and v bands figure 5. monthly clear sky distribution in the six major climatic zones. the tclwc was plotted on the same graph with the data of the itu radiocommunication study group 3 [2011], as described in section 3.2.2, for comparison. the daily tclwc could be as high as 4.5 kg/m2 in the tropical rain forest, and it could exceed 4.0 kg/m2 0.01% of the time. figure 9 shows that the values of the tclwc recommended by itu underestimate the values of the tclwc in all six climatic zones at all percentages of exceedance. between 0.01% and 10% exceedance, the underestimation is as follows: the arid sahara desert, 37% to 86%; semi-arid north africa, 37% to 88%; the north african savannah, 32% to 86%; the tropical rain forest, 46% to 90%; the south african savannah, 37% to 82%; and semi-arid south africa, 34% to 81%. the highest underestimation occurs in the tropical rain forest climatic zone. 4.6. cloud attenuation in conjunction with the expression provided by slobin, the average cloud temperature shown in table 4 was used to compute the specific cloud attenuation of radio waves from 12 ghz to 100 ghz for the six climatic zones. the results are presented in table 5. the specific cloud attenuation decreases with increasing cloud temperature, which is highest for the arid sahara desert (281 k); therefore, it has the lowest specific cloud attenuation of 7.4 db/km at 100 ghz. this result was expected for a desert climatic zone. the north african savannah has the lowest cloud temperature (238 k); consequently, it has the highest specific cloud attenuation of 25.1 db/km at 100 ghz, followed in decreasing order by semi-arid south africa (245 k) at 20.6 db/km, the south african savannah omotosho et al. 10 figure 6. monthly distribution of total cloud cover in the six major climatic zones. 11 cloud attenuation for ka and v bands a fr ic an cl im at ic z o n es m o n th w it h m ax im u m cl ea rsk y m o n th w it h m ax im u m to ta l c lo u d c ov er m o n th w it h m ax im u m fr eq u en cy o f p re ci p it at io n a n n u al lo w c lo u d co ve r (% ) a n n u al m id d le c lo u d co ve r (% ) a n n u al h ig h c lo u d co ve r (% ) a n n u al to ta l c lo u d co ve r (% ) a n n u al fr eq u en cy o f p re ci p it at io n a n n u al cl ea r sk y am o u n t (% ) (1 ) a ri d sa ha ra d es er t ju ne d ec em be r fe br u ar y 11 .0 11 .5 15 .2 37 .7 1. 0 40 .4 (2 ) se m i a ri d n or th a fr ic a ja nu ar y a u gu st a u gu st 5. 1 17 .0 40 .1 62 .2 0. 9 19 .8 (3 ) sa va nn ah n or th a fr ic a ja nu ar y a u gu st a u gu st 18 .6 26 .4 40 .4 85 .4 2. 5 12 .7 (4 ) t ro pi c ra in fo re st ja nu ar y o ct ob er o ct ob er 36 .3 35 .2 26 .4 97 .9 4. 5 8. 0 (5 ) sa va nn ah s ou th a fr ic a ju ly ja nu ar y ja nu ar y 29 .0 26 .9 16 .8 72 .7 4. 5 17 .5 (6 ) se m i a ri d so u th a fr ic a a u gu st ja nu ar y fe br u ar y 21 .5 18 .9 9. 5 49 .9 3. 5 32 .1 t ab le 3 .a nn u al c lo u d co ve r st at is ti cs , c le ar s ky , a nd fr eq u en cy o f pr ec ip it at io n. omotosho et al. 12 g ro u n d o b se rv at io n o f se as o n al cl o u d b as e h ei gh t (m ) sa te ll it e o b se rv at io n ( c a l ip so ) o f se as o n al cl o u d t o p h ei gh t (m ) se as o n al c lo u d d ep th ( m ) a n n u al cl o u d b as e h ei gh t (m ) a n n u al cl o u d b as e h ei gh t (m ) a n n u al cl o u d b as e h ei gh t (m ) a fr ic an cl im at ic zo n es a n n u al cl o u d te m p er at u re fr o m i sc c p sa te ll it e (k ) d jf m a m jj a so n d jf m a m jj a so n d jf m a m jj a (1 ) a ri d sa ha ra de se rt 28 1 10 33 95 8 75 8 86 2 56 00 57 37 55 18 57 60 45 67 47 79 47 60 48 98 90 3 56 54 (2 ) se m i a ri d n or th a fr ic a 26 0 18 63 13 53 97 5 10 64 76 10 10 23 7 11 28 3 96 53 57 47 88 84 10 30 8 85 89 13 14 96 96 (3 ) sa va nn ah n or th a fr ic a 23 8 69 4 77 1 59 7 59 8 98 20 13 35 8 12 06 0 11 56 5 91 26 12 58 7 11 46 3 10 96 7 66 5 11 70 1 (4 ) t ro pi c ra in fo re st 26 1 41 0 43 6 41 2 35 6 12 05 0 13 72 5 91 85 10 40 0 11 64 0 13 28 9 87 73 10 04 4 40 4 11 34 0 (5 ) sa va nn ah so u th a fr ic a 25 1 42 3 48 4 46 6 46 9 13 41 0 10 29 5 55 42 91 92 12 98 7 98 11 50 76 87 23 46 1 96 10 (6 ) se m i a ri d so u th a fr ic a 24 5 50 8 48 6 45 2 60 5 12 60 0 90 75 49 78 87 40 12 09 2 85 89 45 26 81 35 51 3 88 48 t ab le 4 .a nn u al a ve ra ge c lo u d te m pe ra tu re a nd s ea so na l c lo u d ba se , t op h ei gh t an d cl ou d de pt h. 13 (251 k) at 17.1 db/km, semi-arid south africa (260 k) at 13.4 db/km and the tropical rain forest (260 k) at 12.9 db/km. figures 10 and 11 present the results of the cumulative distribution of cloud attenuation at 30 and 50 ghz obtained from radiosonde measurements. the same figure also shows the data obtained from the itu-r model for the six climatic zones for comparison. the itu-r model underestimates the cloud attenuation at all six zones because of the lower values of tclwc predicted by its database. between 0.01% and 10% exceedance, the difference at 30 ghz and 50 ghz is as high as 2 db and 4.7 db in the arid sahara desert, 1.3 db and 3.0 db in semi-arid north africa, 1.3 db and 1.5 db in the north african savannah, 2 db and 3.6 db in the tropical rain forest, 1.3 db and 2.9 db in the south african savannah, and 0.9 db and 2.6 db in semiarid south africa, respectively. the underestimation is highest in the arid sahara desert. the highest similarity in the results between the radiosonde measurements and the itu-r model was obtained in the north african savannah, with a difference of 1.3 db and 1.5 db at 30 and 50 ghz, respectively. overall, the maximal cloud attenuation was observed for the tropical rain forest at all percentages of time and at both frequencies as a result of the high annual precipitation frequency (4.5), low annual amount of clear sky (8%), high cloud depth (10,937 m), high 0°c isotherm height cloud attenuation for ka and v bands figure 7. monthly variation of 0°c isothermal height derived from daily radiosonde data. (4.7 km), high tclwc (4.0 kg/m2 at 0.01%) and low seasonal cloud base height (356 m). 5. conclusion based on long-term data measurements (19532011), the cloud cover statistics, cloud base height, top height, cloud temperature, frequency of precipitation, freezing height, tclwc and cloud attenuation have been determined for the six major climatic zones of africa. the present results reveal a strong positive correlation between the monthly distribution of low cloud cover, cloud top height, cloud temperature, and frequency of precipitation at the six zones. the cumulative distribution of the tclwc derived from radiosonde measurement at each climatic zone shows a departure from the tclwc predicted by the itu study group 3 data, with a difference of 32 to 90% for exceedance 0.01% to 10% of the time. the underestimation of the tclwc was highest in the tropical rain-forest. a comparison of the cloud attenuation cumulative distribution in the ka and v bands reveals that the itu-r model underestimates the cloud attenuation at 30 and 50 ghz by 2.0 db to 4.7 db in the arid sahara desert, 1.3 db to 3.0 db in semi-arid north africa, 1.3 db to 1.5 db in the north african savannah, 2.0 db to 3.6 db in the tropical rain forest, 1.3 db to 2.9 db the south african savannah and 0.9 db to 2.6 db in semi-arid south africa, respectively. overall, the cloud attenuation is very high in the tropical rain-forest zone because of the high annual total cloud cover (98%), high annual frequency of precipitation (4.5), low annual amount of clear sky (8%), high cloud depth (10,937 m), high 0°c isotherm height (4.7 km), high tclwc (4.0 kg/m2 at 0.01%) and low seasonal cloud base height (356 m). omotosho et al. 14 figure 8. daily distribution of total cloud liquid water content (kg/m2) obtained from radiosonde measurements in the six climatic zones. 15 acknowledgements. the support of stephen g. warren, and carole j. hahn, department of atmospheric sciences university of washington, seattle, washington 98195-1640 and imke durre, national oceanic and atmospheric administration (noaa) is gratefully acknowledged for download access to surface-based cloud climatology over land and ocean and the integrated global radiosonde archive data from their websites, respectively. the authors would also like to thank universiti kebangsaan malaysia for the support of this work. references adeyewa, z.d., and k. nakamura (2003). validation of trmm radar rainfall data over major climatic regions in africa, j. appl. meteor., 42, 331-347. al-ansari, k., p. garcia, j.m. riera and a. benarroch (2003). one-year cloud attenuation results at 50 ghz, electron. lett., 39 (1), 136-137. altshuler, e., and r. marr (1989). cloud attenuation at millimetre wavelengths, ieee trans. antennas propag., 37 (11), 1473-1479. animesh, m., and s. chakraborty (2009). cloud liquid water content and cloud attenuation studies with radiosonde data at a tropical location, j. infrared milli terahz waves, 30, 367-373. cloud attenuation for ka and v bands figure 9. cumulative distribution of total cloud liquid water content (kg/m2) obtained from radiosonde measurements; also shown is the data obtained from the itu-r model for the six major climatic zones of africa. chakraborty, s., and m. animesh (2012). a comparative study of cloud liquid water content from radiosonde data at a tropical location, int. j. geosci., 3, 44-49. dintelmann, f., and g. ortgies (1989). semiempirical model for cloud attenuation prediction, electron. lett., 25 (22), 1487-1488. dissanyake, a., j. allnut and f. haidara (1997). a prediction model that combines rainattenuation and other propagation impairments along earth satellite paths, ieee trans. antennas propag., 45, 1546-1558. durre, i., r.s. vose and d.b. wuertz (2006). overview of the integrated global radiosonde archive, j. climate, 19, 53-68. geleyn, i.f. (1980). some diagnostics of the cloud/radiation interaction in ecmwf forecasting model, in: ecmwf workshop on radiation and cloud-radiation interaction in numerical modelling (october 15-17, ecmwf), 133-162. gunn, k.l., and t.w. east (1954). the microwave properties of precipitation particles, quart. 1. royal meteor. suc., 80, 522-545. hahn, c.j., and s.g. warren (1999). extended edited cloud reports from ships and land stations over the globe, 1952-1996. numerical data package ndp-026c, carbon dioxide information analysis center (cdiac), department of energy, oak ridge, tennessee documentation. itu-r (2009a). attenuation due to clouds and fog, itur recomm. p.840-4, geneva, switzerland. itu-r (2009b). guide to the application of the propagation methods of radiocommunication study group 3, itu-r recomm. p.1144-5, geneva, switzerland. itu-r study group 3 (sg 3) (2011). software for ionospheric and tropospheric propagation and radio noise data; http://www.itu.int/oth/r0a04000065/en. omotosho et al. 16 frequency (ghz) band name (1) arid sahara desert specific attenuation (db/km) (2) semi arid north africa specific attenuation (db/km) (3) savannah north africa specific attenuation (db/km) (4) tropic rain forest specific attenuation (db/km) (5) savannah south africa specific attenuation (db/km) (6) semi arid south africa specific attenuation (db/km) 12 ku 0.11 0.19 0.36 0.19 0.25 0.30 14 ku 0.14 0.26 0.49 0.25 0.33 0.40 20 ka 0.29 0.53 1.00 0.51 0.68 0.83 30 k 0.66 1.20 2.26 1.16 1.54 1.86 40 v 1.18 2.14 4.01 2.06 2.73 3.30 50 v 1.84 3.34 6.27 3.21 4.27 5.16 75 w 4.15 7.51 14.10 7.23 9.60 11.61 100 w 7.37 13.36 25.07 12.85 17.06 20.64 table 5. specific cloud attenuation at various frequencies for the six climatic zones. 17 liebe, h.j. (1989). mpm, an atmospheric millimeter wave propagation model, int. j. infrared millimeter waves, 10 (6), 631-650. mandeep, j.s., and s.i.s. hassan (2008). cloud attenuation in millimeter wave and microwave frequencies for satellite applications over equatorial climate, int. j. infrared millimeter waves, 29, 201-206. mattioli, e., p. basili, s. bonafoni, p. ciotti and e.r. westwater (2009). analysis and improvements of cloud models for propagation studies, radio science, 44, rs2005; doi:10.1029/2008rs003876. omotosho,t.v, and e.b. babatunde (2010). study of cloud impact on fixed satellite communication link at ku, ka and v bands in nigeria, australian journal of basic and applied sciences, 4 (8), 3287-3298. omotosho, t.v., j.s.mandeep and a. mardina (2011). cloud-cover statistics and cloud attenuation at kaand v-bands for satellite systems design in tropical wet climate, ieee antennas and wireless propagation letters, 10, 1194-1196. salonen, e., and w. uppala (1991). new prediction method of cloud attenuation, electron. lett., 27 (12), 1106-1108. sarkar, s.k., i. ahmad, j. das and a.k. de (2005). cloud height, cloud temperature and cloud attenuation in microwave and millimeter wave frequency bands cloud attenuation for ka and v bands figure 10. cumulative distribution of cloud attenuation at 30 ghz obtained from radiosonde measurements. also shown is the data obtained from the itu-r model for the six major climatic zones of africa. over indian tropical east cost, int. j. infrared millimeter waves, 26, 329-340. slobin, s.d. (1982). microwave noise temperature and attenuation of clouds: statistics of these effects at various sites in the united states, alaska and hawaii, radio sci., 17, 1443-1454. staelin. d.h. (1966). measurements and interpretation of the microwave spectrum of the terrestrial atmosphere near i-centimeter wavelength, j. geophys. res., 71 (12), 2875-2881. warren, s.g., and c.j. hahn (2003). clouds/climatology, encyclopedia of atmospheric sciences, 476-483. wrench, c.l., p.g. davies and j. ramsden (1999). global prediction of slant path attenuation on earth space links at ehf, int. j. satell. commun., 17, 177-186. *corresponding author: temidayo victor omotosho, covenant university, department of physics, ota, ogun state, nigeria; email: temidayo.omotosho@yahoo.com. © 2013 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. omotosho et al. 18 figure 11. cumulative distribution of cloud attenuation at 50 ghz obtained from radiosonde measurements. also shown is the data obtained from the itu-r model for the six major climatic zones of africa. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice layout 6 annals of geophysics, 60, 6, s0667, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7333 a mixed automatic-manual seismic catalog for central-eastern italy: analysis of homogeneity marco cattaneo1,*, massimo frapiccini1, chiara ladina1, simone marzorati1, giancarlo monachesi1 1 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, ancona, italy article history received november 22, 2016; accepted october 20, 2017. subject classification: automatic picking; seismicity; seismic catalog; central-eastern italy. s0667 abstract a comparison between pickings and locations obtained by automatic and manual procedures in the analysis of the seismicity of central-eastern italy is presented. in a first step we compared automatic and manual pickings, demonstrating that in many cases the adopted algorithm, after some tuning, is able to reproduce both the timing and the weight assignment of a human operator. the comparison of automatic and manual locations allowed to demonstrate that, when the automatic procedure is able to reach a solution stable from the statistical point of view, these locations are comparable with the manual ones within the estimated error limits. once established these reliability criteria, we began to produce a mixed automatic-manual catalog: the events located by the automatic procedure with estimated errors below the selected thresholds (2 km in horizontal and 3 km in vertical) were directly introduced in the catalog, other events were revised by a human operator. in this way more than 64% of the events did not need human intervention, allowing to correctly manage also a period of increased seismicity, characterized by more than 4000 events per month: in total 121894 events were located with good accuracy in a time period of less than 7 years (august 2009 april 2016). in a last step, a further control of the reliability of the whole procedure was performed, by manually analyzing all the events occurred in the last month of the analyzed period and classified as reliable by the automatic procedure: two expert seismologists interpreted these events, and the comparison demonstrated that the differences between the automatic and manual pickings and locations are slightly larger, but comparable with the differences between two human operators. as further checks, an analysis of the distribution of the depth estimates on the whole catalog demonstrated that data from the manual or the automatic part are nearly indistinguishable for the central, better monitored area; furthermore the automatic system demonstrated to be able to correctly locate also quarry blasts, with a reasonable estimate of the depth of these very critical events. finally, a quick look at the geographical and depth distribution of the seismicity summarized in the catalog is presented; also in this case the main result is the good overlap of automatic and manual locations, at least for the well-monitored areas. 1. introduction reasons for a mixed catalog the routine work of analyzing the seismicity recorded by a seismic network by means of manual pickings performed by expert analysts can become heavy and time-consuming, particularly when dealing with dense networks and areas characterized by a rather high rate of seismicity. also to overcome these difficulties, in the last years many algorithms of automatic pickings both for p and for s phases have been developed [e.g. spallarossa et al. 2014, ross et al. 2016] and relevant quotations). these techniques allow to obtain reliable automatic pickings, and thus automatic locations, for many events, but can fail in particular circumstances: low signal-to-noise ratio in some stations, superposition of closely located nearly simultaneous events, stations characterized by non-stationary noise producing many false pickings. in these cases, the intervention of a human operator can allow the correct location of these events. this mixed approach has been adopted for the routine analysis of the seismicity in central-eastern italy; in this work we want to analyze the possible dis-homogeneity in the locations introduced by this technique. it is worth noting that a mixed approach (automatic first location and successive manual review) is a quite common procedure, and is adopted e.g. by the ingv national monitoring system [mazza et al. 2011]; the originality of our approach is that, when the automatic analysis obtains a stable result, the manual revision is completely skipped. a possible inconvenience of the automatic processing procedures is the mis-location inside the network of external events. this is particularly true for networks of limited extension, and dealing with p phases only: in these cases, sometimes the fake inner location could also be characterized by low error estimates. in our case, the extension of the network, and the systematic search of marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 1 s waves, limits the risk of such behavior. in our experience, the external events, when not correctly recognized, are located nevertheless outside the network, at the distance limit of the pn waves from the edges of the network itself, and are usually associated with high estimated location errors, so that they are sent to the manual revision phase. the seismic monitoring of central-eastern italy has been gradually improved during the last 20 years. after the 1997 colfiorito seismic sequence the ingv national seismic network (rsn) changed its configuration in the area, anticipating the process of re-design of the network geometry that interested the whole network starting on 2002 [amato et al. 2006]. in the same years, the regional networks of marche, umbria and abruzzo improved their instrumentation too, and, more important still, started a process of more efficient data sharing both between each other and with the rsn, under the coordination of ingv. some results of this process of data integration are presented in de luca et al. [2009]. starting in 2009, the network geometry and the procedures of data managements changed again: the whole regional network of the marches, and part of those of umbria and abruzzo, where merged in the rsn [d’alema et al. 2011, monachesi et al. 2013]; moreover, the beginning of the taboo experiment led to the installation of a dense multi-parametric network in the altotiberina area [chiaraluce et al. 2014]. obviously the continuous improvement of the network led to a progressive reduction of the detection threshold, so that the obtained catalog cannot be considered as completely homogeneous. the aim of this paper is just to analyze if the adoption of a mixed approach introduced a further, artificial level of dis-homogeneity. at the beginning of 2016, about 100 stations in the area 42.4-44.2;11.0-14.0 are centralized in the ingv office in ancona and managed in an homogeneous way. most of these data are shared between the acquisition systems of ancona and the central monitoring system of rome, where they are fully integrated in the rsn, allowing the real-time control of italian seismicity [mazza et al. 2011]. figure 1 shows the position of the stations, superimposed to the map of recent seismicity (2009-2016) and to the main geographical features of the area. a description of the tectonic framework is beyond the scope of this paper [see e.g. carannante et al. 2013, for a description of the same area]. besides a real time control of the seismicity, adopting the same tools utilized by rsn in rome, the data centralized in ancona are subjected to a more detailed off-line analysis procedure. in particular, the continuously registered waveforms are analyzed by means of a sta/lta algorithm cattaneo et al. 2 figure 1. map of the study area, reporting the located seismicity in the period 2009-2016 (size of the circles proportional to the magnitude), the stations position (green triangles) and the main geographical elements quoted in the text. marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 2 3 a mixed seismic catalog for c-e italy on the band-pass filtered signals, joined to a coincidence control based on the definition of sub-networks of key stations. more in detail, the signal is filtered between 2 and 15 hz, sta and lta windows are 1 and 100 s long respectively; the trigger is declared for ratio great then 5 with duration at least of 3 s; the duration is stopped when ratio is reduced below 2. between the 100+ stations, just 41, characterized by low background noise and low occurrence of transient noise, are selected, and divided in 10 groups of closely located stations (less than about 60 km). the coincidence control is thus performed on these groups of stations on 10 s long windows overlapped by 50 %. the crossing of the coincidence threshold is controlled by weights assigned at each single component of seismic stations, based on their level of noise, to enhance the contribution of better stations: this allows to maintain low sta/lta ratios (and thus high sensitivity) without increasing too much the probability of false events declaration due to coincidences happening by chance. in this way, even detecting events down to magnitude around -1, the number of false detections is very low (usually smaller then 5%, see figure 2 below). obviously, magnitude -1 is not the catalog completeness limit, neither the average detection threshold of the network: marzorati and cattaneo [2016] demonstrated that the detection threshold of this network is quite strongly spaceand time-dependent, spanning from values around -1 for the best monitored areas to values around 1.5 for the most marginal ones. up to may 2013, each detected earthquake was manually treated by human operators: all the steps of phase picking, earthquake location and magnitude computation were preformed by means of interactive programs. nevertheless, in the meantime automatic procedures were developed, mainly devoted to furnish nearly-real time results for the civil protection purposes. the continuous improvement of the detection capability of the seismic network, connected with a significant increase of the seismicity of the area during 2013, led to over-charge the manpower devoted to the seismic analysis. figure 2 shows the number of detected triggers and of located events for each month in the period august 2009 april 2016. it can be observed that, following a gradual increase of the mean number, with fluctuations linked to peculiar sequences, from april 2013 onwards we observed a strong increase of seismicity, reaching values between 6000 and 7000 events/month in the period december 2013 april 2014. it is also evident the small difference between the number of detected triggers and located events, confirming that the mean number of false events is very low. at the same time, the improvement of the automatic picking and location procedures led to obtain locations and magnitude estimates that were often comparable with the manual ones. obviously the automatic procedure cannot always reach the same results as a human expert; for this reason we decided to adopt a mixed approach, in which the human operator intervenes whenever the automatic procedure fails to reach a satisfying result. figure 2. number of triggers produced by the detection procedure, and of the located events, in the analyzed period (august 2009 april 2016). note the strong increase of seismicity from the end of 2013 to the beginning of 2015. marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 3 2. comparison between manual and automatic results before attempting this approach, we had to be sure that the automatic procedure was able to mimic the output of an human operator. the core of the automatic system is the rsni-picker [spallarossa et al. 2014, scafidi et al. 2016]. this picker is based on the akaike information criterion [aic, akaike 1974], but this technique is inserted in an iterative procedure, that allows to strongly reduce the occurrence of false pickings. moreover, a user-calibrated procedure allows to assign to each picking a weight that should mimic the weight assignment of a human operator. the adopted weight code is based on the so-called “hypo-family” code [lee and lahr 1972]: the best quality data have assigned weight 0 (full weight), while increasing uncertainty is represented by increasing code (from 1 to 4), meaning decreasing weight (¾, ½, ¼, no weight in the original hypo71 code). in our application, 0 code means uncertainty of the order of 0.01-0.03 s, 1 between 0.03 and 0.06 s, 2 between 0.06 and 0.2 s, 3 between 0.2 and 0.5 s, 4 larger than 0.5 s. in order to compare the picking performances of the automatic system with those of a human operator, we analyzed 2 months’ worth of data (january and february 2013, 1578 events) both with the automatic procedure and with the usual manual procedure. for the earthquakes for which the automatic procedure was able to furnish a stable location, we compared the p and s pickings with those obtained by a human operator; data are divided on the basis of the automatically assigned weight (figures 3 a-b). it is quite evident that for p phases most of the automatic pickings fall in the 0 weight class (or, better, most of the other pickings were discarded by the procedure), and that most of them differ from the manual pickings for very small amounts. more in detail, 87.5% of the automatic p picking with 0 weight show differences below 0.03 s with respect to the manual ones (the nominal upper limit of the 0 weight class); taking into account that also the manual pickings are affected by some uncertainty, we could consider a reading potentially correct if the difference lies below 0.05 s, in which case the percentage is 93.9%.while the percentage grows to 96.6% for differences below 0.1 s, i.e. readings not clearly wrong. the results of these comparisons between automatic and manual pickings and weights were used to re-calibrate the weight assignment procedure, adopted in the routine procedure starting in june 2013. on the basis of these pickings, earthquakes are located by using the hypoellipse code [lahr 1999]. the adopted propagation model is based on the 1-d model obtained by de luca et al. [2009], with station corrections re-computed for the stations installed after the publication of that paper. it is worth noting that the code allows to use the so-called jeffreys weighting [jeffreys 1973]: data producing residuals that fall in the non-gaussian tail of the error distribution are progressively cattaneo et al. 4 figure 3. differences between automatic and manual pickings in the period january february 2013. a): p pickings; b): s pickings. weights are related to hypo71 quality classes. (a) (b) marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 4 5 a mixed seismic catalog for c-e italy down-weighted during the iterations, and often completely cut off at the end. this is particularly important when dealing with automatic pickings, in which a small percentage of data could show errors completely outside the mean statistical distribution, and that could strongly influence the location procedure. as already stated, locations are computed using both pickings from the automatic procedures and pickings obtained by an expert seismologist revision of waveforms. a comparison of the whole dataset of automatic location (1226 earthquakes, figure 4) shows that more than 90% of the locations show horizontal differences below 3 km and vertical differences below 4 km. it can be noted that the good coherency of the automatically estimated depths with respect to the reference ones is mainly due to the reliability of the s-wave pickings. indeed, if we compare the results obtained by using only the p-wave pickings (figure 5), the distribution of horizontal errors is just slightly enlarged towards higher values, while the vertical error is strongly affected: in this case less than 80% of the locations show a vertical difference below 4 km. the location program (hypoellipse) furnishes also an estimate of the location error; the complete defigure 4. comparison between automatic and manual locations, period january-february 2013, all data. figure 5. comparison between automatic and manual locations, period january-february 2013, using just p pickings. marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 5 scription is represented by the 68% joint confidence ellipsoid, but this is often synthesized in the horizontal error (erh), related to the maximum elongation of the projection of the ellipsoid on the surface, and the vertical error (erz), related the maximum vertical elongation of the ellipsoid [lahr 1999]. obviously these values cannot represent the “true” location error, but only a statistical estimate, based on the estimated standard error of arrival times, the weight code assigned to each arrival time, and, for each station, the partial derivatives of travel time with respect to latitude, longitude and depth. we can thus select, from the automatic locations, only the events showing estimated errors below a particular threshold; adopting 2 km as erh threshold and 3 km as erz threshold, we obtain a sub-set of 759 more stable locations (48% of the analyzed triggers). the comparison of these locations with those obtained by the human revision is shown in figure 6; it is quite evident that the difference distribution is more concentrated towards low values; more than 90% of such events show horizontal differences below 2 km, and depth differences below 3 km. obviously the human expert location cannot be assumed as the “true” location; the most interesting result at this stage is that the automatic procedure is able to mimic the behavior of the human procedure, as regards the location accuracy, within the estimated error in most cases. 3. the mixed catalog and a-posteriori control on the basis of the previously shown results, we decided to assume as reliable the automatic locations showing estimated horizontal error below 2 km and vertical error below 3 km. as an exception, events showing an automatic local magnitude above 2.5 were in any case revised by a human operator, also to pick polarities for focal mechanism computation. from june 2013 till april 2016 this choice allowed to promote as reliable (and thus insert directly in the catalog) 51783 automatic locations, out of a total of 80296 events. this means that more than 64% of the events were located with the requested accuracy by the automatic procedure. this rate is significantly higher than that observed in the first two months of analysis (48%). there can be two reasons for this result: on one side, the first analysis has been used to re-calibrate the weight assignment scheme of the procedure, so that it is likely that the subsequent application of this scheme improved the location capability of the system; on the other side, starting in august 2013, a rich seismic sequence interested the altotiberina valley area, where the seismic network is more dense, and thus the probability of a good quality location is higher. in order to further verify the reliability of the whole automatic procedure, for the last month of analysis (april 2016) the data that were expected to be taken from the automatic procedure, on the basis of the selection criteria, were also analyzed by two human operators (the two seismologists that usually perform the control of the low-quality data). a first comparison is referred to the pickings: in figure 7 the difference of the automatic pickings with respect to those of one of the two human operators is represented, both for p and s waves. it is quite evident that for p pickings (3581 readings) the distribution of differences is quite symmetrical with respect to cattaneo et al. 6 figure 6. comparison between automatic and manual locations, period january-february 2013, selection with erh < 2 km and erz < 3 km. marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 6 7 the 0 line, and that about 90% of the pickings show differences below 0.1 s; on the other side, for s phases (4844 readings) the distribution has an asymmetrical tail (prevailing positive differences), and just about 83% of the pickings show differences below 0.2 s, confirming the higher criticality of the s picking. but, if we restrict the analysis to just the clearer readings (assigned weights, in the hypo code, of 0 or 1 both from the human and the automatic operators, figure 8), results are quite different: for p phases (3161 readings) the distribution is still narrower, and about 94% of the picking show differences below 0.1 s. for s phases (2771 readings) the asymmetry appears strongly reduced, and about 92% of the differences lie below 0.2 s. if on the contrary we compare the pickings of the two human operators, results are rather different: looking at the whole dataset (5695 p and 5689 s readings, figure 9), the distribution of differences is rather symmetrical with respect to the 0 line, with a scatter higher for s phases, as expected: about 92% of p phases show differences below 0.1 s and 97% below 0.2s, while for s phases we have to enlarge the interval to 0.2 and 0.4s in order to obtain 93% and 98%, respectively. if we restrict the analysis to the best quality data (weights 0 and 1, 3969 p and 3379 s readings, figure 10), the trend is the same observed for the automatic data, with a stronger narrowing of the distribution towards low values: more than 98% of the pickings show differences below 0.1 s for p phases and below 0.2 s for s phases. in summary, the automatic picker behaves quite difa mixed seismic catalog for c-e italy figure 7. comparison between automatic and manual pickings, period april 2016, all data. marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 7 ferently from a human operator mainly for low-quality s readings, while for p readings and for high-quality s readings differences from a human operator are just slightly higher than differences between two expert human operators. as the following step, we can see how these picking differences influence the location procedure: figure 11a shows the distances between the automatic locations and those obtained by one of the human operators; for the depth differences, both the absolute values of the depth differences and the difference itself are shown, in order to verify the asymmetry of the distribution. it can be observed that about 94% of the locations show distances below 2 km in the epicentral position, and about 95% below 3 km in depth difference (2 and 3 km were the adopted thresholds of estimated error for the selection of the automatic locations). if we restrict the analysis to the really best located events, mainly on the basis of the number of phases (> 12), of the maximum azimuthal gap of the recording stations (< 200°), of the rms of the residuals (< 0.3 s) and of the distance of the closest station (< 20 km), the results are just slightly better (figure 11b): about 95% of events lie within 2 km as horizontal distance, and 97% within 3 km in depth. this means that just in a very few cases the location, even with good statistical parameters, is somehow intrinsically unstable, also beyond the estimated errors. the same comparison can be made between the locations by the two human operators (figure 12a for the whole dataset and 12b for the dataset selected on the bacattaneo et al. 8 figure 8. comparison between automatic and manual pickings, period april 2016, hypo weights 0 and 1. marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 8 9 sis of the same quality criteria): in this cases very few events of the whole dataset show differences above the maximum estimated error, while in the restricted dataset only one event shows an horizontal distance slightly above 2 km and a depth distance above 4 km. 4. stability of the depth estimate as already stated, the most critical parameter of the location procedure is the focal depth; in particular, in areas where the station inter-distance is larger, the depth estimate becomes more critical, and more strictly dependent on the availability of good-quality s wave readings also for stations rather far from the epicenter. in these cases, the limits of the automatic picker can reduce the capability of a correct depth estimate. on the contrary, in areas where the station inter-distance is smaller, it is more probable that the automatic procedure can be able to compute depth estimates with good precision. in order to verify this a-priori hypothesis, we performed a statistical analysis of the geographical depth distribution in our catalog. at first, we analyzed the whole catalog: we selected the more stable solution (erh < 2 km, erz < 3 km), we subdivided the analyzed area in a grid sized 0.05° both in latitude and in longitude, and we computed the depth interval containing at least 80% of the events located within each cell. figure 13a shows a map view of the depth of the top and bottom of this layer. it can be observed that for a quite large subset of the analyzed area a rather narrow definition of the main a mixed seismic catalog for c-e italy figure 9. comparison between two manual pickings, period april 2016, all data. marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 9 seismogenic layer is possible; in particular some specific trends, already described e.g. in de luca et al. [2009] and in carannante et al. [2013] can be recognized. a detailed discussion of this result is beyond the scope of this paper; here we just want to compare this result with the analogous obtained by using just the automatic locations present in the catalog (figure 13b). it is evident that the well-resolved area is more limited, as expected: only the region monitored by the denser part of the seismic network can produce stable automatic locations. within this area, the main features of the depth distribution appear well reproduced by the automatic catalog with respect to the complete one. the main difference appears in the area around the point 43°18’ 12°20’: in this area, the complete catalog shows a patch of maximum depth around 16-20 km, while the automatic catalog does not show anything similar. in this case, a possible explanation can be found in the different time period covered by the two catalogs: the complete one spans a time interval of nearly 7 years (august 2009 april 2016), the automatic one covers about 3 years only (june 2013april 2016). the anomalously deep seismicity observed in this area (beneath the tiber valley close to umbertide) is rather episodic: it was recognized during a temporary experiment with a dense seismic network in this area during 2000-2001 [piccinini et al. 2003], and has been again observed in the following years, but without any regularity. the complete catalog shows 47 such events, enough in order to influence the depth statistics; on the contrary the automatic catalog shows just 14 such events, not sufficient to influence the seismogenic layer estimate. cattaneo et al. 10 figure 10. comparison between two manual pickings, period april 2016, hypo weights 0 and 1. marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 10 11 as a general issue, the comparison of the depth distribution in different time spans could be quite critical, being not assured the stationarity of the phenomenon. in this case, dealing mainly with lowlevel, probably background seismicity, we are quite confident of the correctness of this assumption, and our results seem to confirm it. 5. further control of automatic location quality: quarry blasts location the above presented analysis is based on data relevant to the so-called “tectonic earthquakes”. however, in this area different sources of non-tectonic earthquakes have been also recognized [cattaneo et al. 2014]. the routine procedure is able to identify these events, on the basis of preliminary locations and waveforms similarity. the events can thus be subtracted from the seismic catalog, while their data are stored, so that it is possible to use them for a further quality control. the use of quarry blasts for verifying the reliability of the whole location procedure (phase picking, propagation models, location programs, …) has been already presented [see e.g. cattaneo et al. 1999, or more recently viganò et al. 2015]. a mixed seismic catalog for c-e italy figure 11. comparison between automatic and manual locations, period april 2016; a): all data; b) selected dataset (see text for details). (a) (b) marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 11 it can be assumed that the location of quarry blasts is more critical than that of an earthquake of the same equivalent magnitude: on one hand, a shot does not generate strong direct s waves, but what we record in the far field is mainly composed by converted waves; moreover it is more critical to verify the location of a very shallow event is than of a deeper one, both for geometrical reasons and on account of the higher level of heterogeneity that we should expect in the shallowest layers, that for a deeper earthquake are crossed by the rays just close to the stations (and the possible inconsistency with respect to the propagation model is usually included in a station correction term), while for a quarry blast are crossed also near the source. in this sense, we can assume a quarry blast location as a “worst case scenario” for our location procedures. on the cattaneo et al. 12 figure 12. comparison between two manual locations, period april 2016; a): all data; b) selected dataset (see text for details). (a) (b) marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 12 13 other side, for quarry blasts we know with good precision the location, so that they represent an interesting tool in order to verify the reliability of our estimates. we thus selected 491 quarry blasts located by the automatic procedure in the period june 2013-april 2016 with the quality criteria already discussed in the previous paragraphs, and compared their locations with the location of the closest active quarry. the difference in horizontal location and in depth are presented in figure 14a; it can be noticed that about 90% of the events show horizontal and vertical errors below the adopted error thresholds (2 km and 3 km, respectively). still better results are obtained if we reduce the analysis to the quarries within the best monitored area (we just excluded quarries south of 43.00n and north of 43.55n), and we select the locations characterized by at least one station within 15 km; in this case (figure 14b), about 95% of the locations lie within 2 km from the quarry, and 99% within 3 km. as regards depth, about 93% show depth estimates shallower than 3 km, and more than 99% shallower than 4 km. taking into account the already discussed criticality of the quarry blast locations, we can thus be rather confident that the automatic procedure is able to correctly locate even low-magnitude very shallow events, with a good accuracy on the horizontal coordinates and with the capability at least to restrict the depth estimate to the shallowest layers. 9. preliminary analysis of the mixed catalog in summary, the analysis procedure above presented allowed to locate, in the period august 2009april 2016, 117430 tectonic earthquakes and 4464 a mixed seismic catalog for c-e italy figure 13. map of top and bottom of the main seismogenic layer (containing 80% of the seismicity for each cell of a grid); a) all data; b) just automatically located data. (b)(a) (d)(c) marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 13 non-tectonic earthquakes in the selected area. these locations are generated by the use of 1373646 p phases (824470 manual readings and 549176 automatic pickings) and 1668915 s phases (797326 manual readings and 871589 automatic pickings). the excess of s phases with respect to p phases, mainly for the automatic readings, could appear surprising, but it must be taken into account that, for low magnitude events recorded at distances larger than the focal depth, often the signal to noise ratio is higher for s waves than for p waves, and thus the automatic picker finds an easier job for s phases. this number of events can be considered rather high, taking into account the moderate seismicity of this part of italy and the lack of events with magnitude higher than 4.9 in the analyzed area and time period, that could generate strong sequences (see e.g. the mw 6.1 l’aquila earthquake of april 2009, that generated at least 64000 aftershocks in few months, valoroso et al., 2013). in our opinion, this catalog could represent an interesting tool in order to analyze the so-called “background seismicity”. the magnitude distribution of the events in the catalog is presented in figure 15: 87.4% of the located events shows a local magnitude below 1.0, and 40.8% below 0.0. a quite similar distribution is obtained by analyzing just the automatic locations (top histogram): 92.2% below 1.0 and 47.1% below 0.0. it is thus demonstrated the capability of the automatic picker to correctly manage events of even very low magnitude, if they are located in an area with a dense enough network. a quick look to the main characteristics of the seismicity depicted by this catalog can be furnished by some cross-sections perpendicular to the main apennines trend (figure 16). both in the map view and in the cross-sections, the manual locations are reported as black dots and the automatic ones as red dots. these sections can be compared with those presented in de luca et al. [2009] and in carannante et al. [2013]; the main difference is that in this case a very simplified location model is adopted and automatic locations are cattaneo et al. 14 figure 14. statistics of the distances of automatically located quarry blasts and the barycenter of the closest quarry, and of the estimated quarry blast depth; a) all data; b) data from quarries located in the best resolved area. (a) (b) marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 14 15 also included, but on the other side the number of located events is significantly higher. the main purpose of this analysis at this stage is to check the coherency of the data of this mixed catalog with the main results of the previous, more accurate works. starting from nw, two main trends are recognizable as regards the depth distribution: the shallower part shows a mean deepening from sw to ne, while the deeper part shows an opposite trend. the ne-deepening trend of the shallow part is very evident from section 5 to section 8; here the socalled altotiberina fault represents a quite sharp limit to the distribution of seismicity in depth [piccinini et al. 2003, chiaraluce et al. 2007], with few exceptions: the most evident is the already quoted seismicity of the umbertide area, recognizable in sections 6 and 7 at depths between 15 and 20 km. as anticipated, the deeper part shows an opposite trend, going from about 20 km beneath the adriatic coast down to about 60 km beneath the apennines chain. this trend is very evident for sections 1-11, less evident but present till section 15, and hardly recognizable in the se-most sections. this seismicity can be associated with the well-known sinking of the adria lithosphere beneath the apennines chain [selvaggi and amato 1992]. as already described in carannante et al. [2013], the most complex depth distribution is related to the central sections (from 11 to 15). here the ne-ward deepening of the shallow seismicity appears less evident, and a deeper seismogenic layer is present starting at the ne bound of this seismicity, concentrated between 15 and 25 km. a detailed analysis of this seismicity is beyond the scope of this paper: here we just wanted to be confirmed in the fact that our routine locations show a very good coherence with the previous results, and that the automatic part of our catalog completely overlaps the manual part. indeed, the main trends of the depth distribution are well represented also by the automatic locations (red dots) mainly in the central part of the central sections, as expected. we already noticed that the automatic system performs at its best where the seismic network is denser. on the contrary, for the more external locations (sw limits of section 15-18 and sections 19-20), the contribution of automatic locations is strongly reduced. another exception can be noticed for the seismicity at sea, very evident at the ne limit of sections 11-12, mainly related to the seismic sequence of july-august 2013 following a mw 4.9 earthquake: in this case, given the criticality of locations, characterized by a large azimuthal gap of stations, we decided to manually interpret all the events. 7. conclusions this study was aimed to convince first of all ourselves that a mixed automatic-manual approach can produce an homogeneous catalog of events. indeed, automatic procedures have already demonstrated their ability to achieve very accurate pickings and locations also for very large datasets [see e.g. valoroso et al. 2013 or scafidi et al. 2016], but usually in these cases no effort is made to maintain the whole completeness of the analyzed catalog: events not fulfilling the quality criteria are simply discarded from the analysis. on the contrary, when dealing with the long-term monitoring of micro-seismicity in an area, every effort should be made to maintain the completeness and the a mixed seismic catalog for c-e italy figure 15. magnitude distribution of the events in the whole catalog (august 2009 april 2016). top histogram: just automatic locations. bottom histogram: all data. marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 15 homogeneity of the location quality for all the events fulfilling some pre-defined detection criteria. in our opinion, the most efficient tool to achieve these requirements is the mixed approach, in which human intervention is required when the automatic procedure is unable to reach the target quality thresholds.. in a first step, pickings from the adopted automatic procedure were compared with pickings derived from the manual revision activity; as a by-product, this comparison allowed to re-calibrate the weight assignment of the automatic procedure, in order to better mimic the human assignment, following the procedure described in spallarossa et al [2014]. the comparison of the locations obtained from these pickings allowed to cattaneo et al. 16 figure 16. map view and anti-apennines cross-sections of the seismicity synthesized by the catalog (august 2009april 2016). black dots: manual locations; red dots: automatic locations. marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 16 17 verify the correctness of the statistical errors associated to these locations; in particular it was possible to verify that, when the automatic procedure is able to obtain a location stable from a statistical point of view, and thus with estimated error below reasonable thresholds (that we arbitrarily fixed in 2 km for the horizontal error, and 3 km for the vertical one), the difference with respect to the human location is nearly always smaller than the estimated error. based on these criteria, the mixed catalog started to be populated from june 2013, and is continuously updated. for a better characterization of the automatic pickings and locations, a further comparison has been carried out for data recorded in the last month of the analyzed time window (april 2016); the same data were picked by two different expert seismologists, in order to verify also the somehow intrinsic instability of our estimates. this analysis demonstrated that the automatic system produced differences slightly larger than, but comparable to the differences between the two human operators, thus confirming the reliability of the procedure. also the comparison of the geographical depth distribution, and the analysis of the automatically located quarry blasts, confirmed the overall stability of our locations. this procedure is now routinely applied to the seismic monitoring of central-eastern italy; in our opinion the produced mixed dataset (both pickings and locations) can be used as a whole for any seismological analysis in this area. data and sharing resources some figures were created using the gmt software package [wessel et al. 2013]. the catalog of tectonic events in central-eastern italy (august 2009 april 2016) is available in electronic supplements of the paper. record format: 1-12: event id in the rsm database 14-92: event location, hypo71 format 14-30: origin time 32-39: latitude 41-49: longitude 51-56: depth (km) 60-63: local magnitude 4-66: number of phases with non-zero weight in the location 68-70: maximum azimuthal gap 71-75: distance of the 3-rd closest station 76-80: root mean square of residuals of the final location 82-85: erh, max. horizontal projection of the error ellipsoid as computed by hypoellipse (km) 87-90: erz, max. vertical projection of the error e lipsoid as computed by hypoellipse (km) 92: summary location quality, as assigned by hypoellipse (a: best, d: worst) 94: flag for the adopted location; a: automatic, m: manual acknowledgements. this study was carried out thanks to the collaboration between the department of civil protection of the marche region and ingv for the seismometric monitoring in central italy. we thank viviana castelli for her revision of a preliminary draft, and two anonymous reviewers for their constructive comments, which helped to improve this paper. references akaike h. (1974). a new look at the statistical model identification. ieee transactions on automatic control, 19(6), 716-723, doi: 10.1109/tac.1974.1100705 amato a., l. badiali, m. cattaneo, a. delladio, f. doumaz and f. mele (2006). the real-time earthquake monitoring system in italy. geosciences-revue du brgm. carannante s., g. monachesi, m. cattaneo, a. amato, c. chiarabba (2013). deep structure and tectonics of the northern-central apennines as seen by regionalscale tomography and 3-d located earthquakes. j. geophys. res. 118(10), 5391-5403. doi: 10.1002/jgrb.50371 cattaneo m., p. augliera, s. parolai, d. spallarossa (1999). anomalously deep earthquakes in northwestern italy. j. seismology, 3, 421-435. cattaneo m., e. caffagni, s. carannante, e. d’alema, m. frapiccini, c. ladina, s. marzorati and g. monachesi (2014). a catalogue of non-tectonic earthquakes in central-eastern italy. ann. geophys., 57/3, doi: 10.4401/ag-6434. chiaraluce l., c. chiarabba, c. collettini and m. cocco (2007). architecture and mechanics of an active low-angle normal fault: alto tiberina fault, northern apennines, italy. journal of geophysical research, v112, b10310, doi:10.1029/2007jb005015. chiaraluce l., a. amato, s. carannante, v. castelli, m. cattaneo, m. cocco, c. collettini, e. d’alema, r. di stefano, d. latorre, s. marzorati, f. mirabella, g. monachesi, d. piccinini, a. nardi, a. piersanti, s. stramondo and l. valoroso (2014). the alto tiberina near fault observatory (northern apennines, italy). ann. geophys, 57/3, doi:10.4401/ag-6426. d’alema e., m. cattaneo, m. frapiccini, s. marzorati, g. monachesi and m. ferretti (2011). rete sismometrica marchigiana e sua integrazione con la rsn e con la rete avt. miscellanea ingv, 2011_10, issn 2039-6651. a mixed seismic catalog for c-e italy marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 17 de luca g., m. cattaneo, g. monachesi and a, amato (2009). seismicity in the umbria-marche region from the integration of national and regional seismic networks. tectonophysics, 476(1), 219-231. doi: 10.1016/j.tecto.2008.11.032. jeffreys h. (1973). on travel times in seismology. collected papers of sir harold jeffreys on geophysics and other sciences, h. jeffreys (editor), vol 2, gordon and brench sci. publ., london, 36-120. lahr, j.c. (1999, revised 2012). hypoellipse: a computer program for determining local earthquake hypocentral parameters, magnitude, and first-motion pattern. u.s. geological survey open-file report, 9923,version 1.1, 119 and software, available at http://pubs.usgs.gov/of/1999/ofr-99-0023/. lee w.h. and j.c. lahr (1972). hypo71: a computer program for determining hypocenter, magnitude, and first motion pattern of local earthquakes. us geological survey open-file report 72-224. marzorati s. and m. cattaneo (2016). stima automatica della magnitudo minima rilevabile dalla rete sismica resiico. quaderni di geofisica, 2016-136. mazza s., a. basili, a. bono, v. lauciani, c. marcocci, a. mandiello, f. mele, s. pintore, m. quintiliani, l. scognamiglio and g. selvaggi (2011). l’acquisizione e l’analisi dei dati sismici al cnt. miscellanea ingv, 2011_10, 108-112. monachesi g., m. cattaneo, c. ladina, s. marzorati, e. d’alema, m. frapiccini, s. carannante, m. ferretti, m. sebastianelli, a. delladio and g. selvaggi (2013). esperienze di monitoraggio integrato: il caso della rete sismometrica dell’italia centro orientale e dei suoi servizi. quaderni di geofisica, 2013/106, issn: 1590-2595. piccinini d., m. cattaneo, c. chiarabba, l. chiaraluce, m. demartin, m. di bona, m. moretti, g. selvaggi, p. augliera, d. spallarossa (2003). a microseismic study in a low seismicity area in italy: the città di castello 2000-2001 experiment. ann. geophysics, 46/6, doi:10.4401/ag-3476. ross z.e., m.c. white, f.l. vernon and y. ben-zion (2016). an improved algorithm for real-time s-wave picking with application to the (augmented) anza network in southern california. bull. seism. soc. am., doi: 10.1785/0120150230. scafidi d., d. spallarossa, c. turino, g. ferretti and a. viganò (2016). automatic p and s-wave local earthquake tomography: testing performance of the automatic phase-picker engine “rsni-picker”. bull. seism. soc. am., doi: 10.1785/0120150084. selvaggi g and a. amato (1992). subcrustal earthquakes in the northern apennines (italy): evidence for a still active subduction? geophys. res. letters, 19,21, 2127-2130. spallarossa d., g. ferretti, d. scafidi, c. turino and m. pasta (2014). performance of the rsni-picker. seism. res. lett., 85/6, doi:10.1785/0220130136. valoroso l., l. chiaraluce, d. piccinini, r. di stefano, d. schaff and f. waldhauser (2013): radiography of a normal fault system by 64,000 high-precision earthquake locations: the 2009 l’aquila (central italy) case study. journal of geophysical research, 118/3, 1156-1176, doi: 10.1002/jgrb.50130. viganò a., d. scafidi, g. ranalli, s. martin, b. della vedova and d. spallarossa (2015). earthquake relocations, crustal rheology, and active deformation in the central-eastern alps (n italy). tectonophysiscs, 661, 81-98. http://dx.doi.org/19.1016/j.tecto.2015.08.017. wessel p., w.h.f. smith, r. scharroo, j. luis and f. wobbe (2013). generic mapping tools: improved version released. eos trans. am. geophys. union, 94:409-410. doi:10.1002/2013eo450001. *corresponding author: marco cattaneo, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, centro nazionale terremoti, ancona, italy; email: marco.cattaneo@ingv.it. © 2017 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. cattaneo et al. 18 marzorati.qxp_layout 6 13/12/17 12:01 pagina 18 s u i p e r i o d i d i o s c i l l a z i o n e l i b e r a d e l v e r b a n o p i e t r o caloi 1. — i n u n l a v o r o p r e c e d e n t e , d e d i c a t o a l l e sesso d e l lago m a g g i o r e ( ' ) , o s s e r v a v a m o c h e la f o r m a d e l l a c u r v a n o r m a l e r e l a t i v a a l l a g o e r a c o s ì c o m p l i c a t a da r e n d e r e « a r d u a se n o n i m p o s s i b i l e » l ' a p p l i c a z i o n e di u n o d e i m e t o d i p r o p o s t i da c h r y s t a l . h o voluto! e g u a l m e n t e c i m e n t a r m i i n q u e s t o s e n s o , a n c h e p e r c h é , l a c o m p l e s s i t à d e l lago fa sì c l i c i v a l o r i c a l c o l a t i p e r i p e r i o d i d e l l e ses=c r e l a t i v e s i a n o s e n s i b i l m e n t e d i v e r s i a s e c o n d a d e l m e t o d o u s a t o , s p e c i e p e r q u a n t o si r i f e r i s c e a l l e o s c i l l a z i o n i di m i n o r n o d a l i t à . fig. 1 f r a q u e l l i p r o p o s t i da c h r y s t a l , h o r i t e n u t o c l i c il solo m e t o d o c h e s c h e m a t i z z a l a c u r v a n o r m a l e in t r a t t i r e t t i l i n e i r a c c o r d a t i f o s s e a p p l i c a b i l e , c o n q u a l c h e s p e r a n z a di s u c c e s s o . n e l l a s e c o n d a p a r t e di u n m i o l a v o r o s u l l e sesse del g a r d a ( 2 ) h o r i a s s u n t o la r e l a t i v a t e o r i a , r e t t i f i c a n d o u n a sua i n e s a t t e z z a . p e r t a n t o . m i l i m i t o q u i a r i p o r t a r e l e e q u a z i o n i c h e d a n n o gli s p o s t a m e n t i o r i z z o n t a l e e v e r t i c a l e lic = | ! jjiv) 4b y ^ o j sin n ( t — r) 'c = — i a jum + b * „ ( « > ) ! s i n n(l _ t ) , 2 a ( ) [1] s u i p e r i o d i r i o s c i l l a z i o n e l ì b e r a i e l \ e r r a n o 3 7 7 ..ve ti. li sono c o s t a n t i l e s a l e d a l l a r e l a z i o n e / i ( . 0 = /i(l —• ). r e l a u iva al f o n d o del lago ( s u p p o s t o a t r a t t i r e t t i l i n e i ) . .1 e b c o s t a n t i he r i s u l t a n o d a l l ' i n t e g r a z i o n e d e l l ' e q u a z i o n e di c h r y t a l . ji (.ir). 1 i ( " ' ) — i = 0 . 1 — f u n z i o n i di bessel e n e u m a n n deh'arsiomento ir— 2ri a | 1 x a | gh , ' 2] 2 rt -•cndo n = { i = p e r i o d o ) . t l a c u r v a n o r m a l e del \ e r h a n o . quale fu da noi d e t c r m i n a t a c o n ila fitta r e t e di 77 sezioni sl) u n a c a r t a h a t i m e t r i c a al 5 0 0 0 0 , è r i odotta n e l l a fig. 1. la s c h e m a t i z z a z i o n e c h e ne ho f a t t o è d e l tipo r a p p r e s e n t a t o ella fig. 2 . p o n i a m o o !,=«, o f , ii: 0 , 1 / il n o q m i, 2 o ! (( o o, r2 o o r () \ i, y . f = 3 o . i a, oa\ — h, o r --• /. 1 . m = 1 v i ! . r i f e r i a m o la curva n o r m a l e cosi s c h e m a t i z z a t a a t r e sistemi ili --i c a r t e s i a n i o r t o g o n a l i . l ' o r i g i n e del p r i m o si i l e n i a sia in o,: l a s s e d i r e t t o p o s i t i v a m e n t e verso a , , l ' a s e \ p o s i l i v a m e n l e verso m. ouelo p r i m o sistema r a p p r e s e n t a la p a r t e di curva n o r m a l e f r a a.j e a , , ia o l ' o r i g i n e del s e c o n d o sistema c a r t e s i a n o . l e c o o r d i n a t e di o.. i s p e t t o al p r i m o s i s t e m a sono ( — ' " . . o ) : x è i n t e s o p o s i t i v o da o, a, q aoj 0, 0 2 a, p a0 h, / / p i e t r o c a i x j i \erso ( ) , . y 2 p o s i t i v o d a o., v e r s o n , . il t e r z o s i s t e m a h a o r i g i n e ii (),, x:, e s s e n d o p o s i t i v o e o n l a l o v e r s o o , , y 3 p o s i t i v o d a 0:l v e r s o -v h e c o o r d i n a t e di 0 3 r i s p e t t o al p r i m o s i s t e m a s o n o (—r.... o> l i c e o le e q u a z i o n i d e l l e r e t t e i e 2 . r i f e r i t e al p r i m o s i s t e m a : hi{x)=hl 11 — j l j , h.jx) = jil 1 1 f . [ 3 ] l ' a n a l o g a d e l l a 3 r i f e r i t a al s e c o n d o s i s t e m a »:,(*) = »* (i—-] r-n e q u e l l a d e l l a i r i f e r i t a al t e r z o s i s t e m a ft1(*) = 7 l . , ( l + — j [ 5 ] v e n g o n o i n o l t r e l e r e l a z i o n i 1 "/ì 1 tv 1 i 1 a, 1 a'/', 1 2nn„ . i x : « . , 2r;2 « 1 1 v 1 g'>. 1 2na„ . : « . , 1 •~ — —r— 1 1 1 a., 1 g'>. 1 2na„ . 1 + :v ; f ' : i 2(i.. 2 ( 7 . . . f1 r„ 1 g'h 1 2 n n i 1 + a.. ; f ' : i 1 g^i ' 1 f1 a. 1 g'h 1 2 n n i ' 1 + x ; « i fi " <1 1 1 ' 1 + ; « i 1 a, [ 6 ] 5 e r le [ 1 ] a v r e m o ? , » ' , = } a j a i v j + b ^ , ( „ , ) | s i n ti (t t| -l = t " s a m « ' i ) + b i y m ! s i n n ( £ r ) ^ 2 o i t ) ? s « s = l . / 1 ( « r 2 ) i / i 2 y 1 ( , r 2 ) j sin „ ( / — t ) s u i p e 1 u 0 u i di o s c i l i . a z i o n e l i b e r a d e l \ e r r a n o l ' i = * ) aj0(h\j) + b2yu(ic2) j «in f i ( f — t ) 2(i„ i \ : , " • » = j ajxuj + b.y^w,) | « i n n ( f — t ) l,j,,(«•,)+ b:j„(u-,) { «in r i ( f — t ) r : i 2a.. i ' aj^irj + bj^ir,) j s i n r i ( f — t ) f ' ] j 1 j „ ( i o + £ f 4 y 0 ( i f 4 ) j « i n n ( t — t) -1 4 ' ' d o v e l e p r i m e d u e . la ó:l e la 6 a sono r i f e r i t e al p r i m o s i s t e m a , m e n t r e la 3 a e la f s o n o r i f e r i t e al s e c o n d o s i s t e m a e l e u l t i m e d u e a. terzo s i s t e m a . n e l l e [ 7 ] s o n o da d e t e r m i n a r e le n o v e e o s t a n t i i,. b,. l . b ... b,, n, v a l e n d o c i d e l l e c o n d i z i o n i ai l i m i t i . c o n s i d e r i a m o d e l l e p r i m e o t t o il r a p p o r t o ii/bi. l e c o n d i z i o n i a i l i m i t i « o l i o : a g l i e s t r e m i p e q del l a g o d e v ' e s s e r e c = 0 : x,p , ?. = 0 ; .v:; —q , ?< = () . [8] i n o l t r e , p e r * t = o ; , . [ 9 ] p e r il p u n t o f l . .r. = + r , , a\, = 0 ; = , [ 1 0 7 p e r iì p u n t o 0 •v1 ~~'ri , *i: = 0 i = u , = [ 1 1 ] d a l l e [ 7 ] , r i c o r d a n d o le [ 6 ] e ]>er l e 1 8 ] , si h a + = 0 , bja.,=—ji{nìk'] , [ 1 2 ] 1 t ( n |l) o p p u r e b„ l [ 1 3 ] p e r . t , = 0 è — = — ; p e r ;vt= + r , , = 0 «ì h a ir, ir.,— 3, u._ ir. a. p e r xl — —r... x = 0 è a n c o r a n\ i c , = p e r c u i , r i c o r d a n d o l e [ 9 j [ 1 0 ] e [ 1 1 ] e p o s t o p j t f l , " ; ) •"= l ' i ( n | l ) / , ( « « „ ) — j l [ n \ i i ) y 1 (rido) p 0 ( p s , a j = y , ( r i [ g / „ ( « « „ ) — / 1 ( n p 2 ) y „ f f i « ; ) n r f,!!'1), , (/1) = v 1 ( n p 4 ) ./,(nu.,)—,/,(ri|i,)l',(ri(i 4 ) pou'i 7 «i» = /clnit,) j . ( n ( 3 4 ) l ' 0 ( » « 4 ) , l'i p i e t r o calol h a .-/j/jinuj) i^y.jrmj = /(./-.lix.i : « , ! ' „ ( ; m , ) = a..j{(n () / 0 ! n p i ) "l 1*2 a : //, 1' 0 ( p . . « 8 ) 0 0 (1 0 0 0 0 r «.. 0 • " i l " : 0 0 0 (1 0 v (n p,3 ps p i i p a " , = 0 [ 1 6 j v . („,3..| " 4 l ' i ( " p j ) s u i p e r i o d i di o s c i l l a z i o n e l i b e r a d e l y e r b a n o l a [ 1 6 ] v a l e n e l ! i p o l e s i c l i c gli e s t r e m i del l a g o s i a n o s m u s s a t i . in r e a l t à , in .-/,,a„ il la~(i-,, q = al. n e l l e [ 4 ] , [ 5 ] a v r e m o p e r t a n t o e ' i n o l t r e , 1 , = 0 , p 4 = o . hm'i±wà=0 : l u n ^ ^ u 0 l ' i o ^ , ) j34 = 0 ì'i("ìjj.|1 p e r cui d a l l e [ 1 4 ] p . ( ? . ((..i , . . p01,3., , (/„) , hm 1 1 ' = , / , ( / ? « . , ) ; /im r — -./0(mh„) i m i ' r ' ^ = . / 1 ( n « j | ; /mi — ! = . / „ ( « « . , ) j34 = 0 , 3 4 = 0 5 ' i c " ^ ) l a [ 1 6 ] , o s s e r v a n d o c l i c j3( a , a., <7.. /;., «„ a, « 4 « 4 /(, (7, d i v i e n e a l l o r a , m o l t i p l i c a n d o la 5 a e la 6 1 r i g a p e r — , a.. ./,(/)((,) y , ( / u t , ) o — j j i m t . , ) y , ( r i a . , ) 0 / 0 ( n « , ) y 0 ( m v 0 •/„(««..) y o ( " < t : . ) <> « j x k , •/,(«?,) y i ( n ^ ) 0 0 0 ,) «i:-,,../,!., / . ( " p i ) w i > «a><«"«> 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 ^ ( n ^ , ) -/,(«'(.,) 0 0 » .7„(»p..) y „ ( " h , | , / 0 { n a t ) [ ! " ] 2 . — p a s s i a m o a l l a s o l u z i o n e d e l l a [ 1 7 ] . d a i dati r e l a t i v i a l l a c u r v a n o r m a l e , p e r i q u a l i r i m a n d o al lav o r o c i t a t o ( ' ) si o t t i e n e , n e l c a s o d e l l a s c h e m a t i z z a z i o n e p r e s c e l t a . /k = 16.0 x 10 o r ' , «, = 1.3025x 10'ni" . ir,= 1-1.8 x 10" m1 a , = 71* , 175 « , = •2920 x 10' ni r, = -256 x ] 0 " in" 88 «,. = 1212 . 6 « , = •1265 x 1 0 ' n r h, = 128,8 x 10" ni2 re, = 772 645 . ì l = . 0 7 4 6 6 <1., —i= 2 . 3 0 8 3 = . 0 3 3 7 8 p i e t r o caloi l e q u a z i o n e (lei p e r i o d i d i v i e n e p e r l a n l o i ) ( n ) j,( 164,29») ì^116l,29/i i 0 — j, • 71.175» i 1',(71.175»i n 70(164,29h) !'„( 164,29«.) il j,j 71.175//) v„i 71.175» i ii 7,157,688») 1,(57,688/n 7„l 772,645/n 0 ii ii () 7,(57,688») v*0(57,688»,l 7,(772.645/n i) 0 ii i) 0 ii 7,(41,977/11 1^(41,977/1) 7,(1242,6») 0 ii n 7„t41,977»i }"0(41,977//i 7„(1242.6»> [18] f.a r i s o l u z i o n e della [ 1 8 ] è s i a l a p r o p o s t a a l l ' i s t i l u t o p e r le a p p l i c a z i o n i del c a l c o l o , t a n t o b e n e m e r i t o p e r l ' a u s i l i o v a l i d i s s i m o c h e t o r n i s c e a l l a r i c e r c a s c i e n t i f i c a . f u r o n o d e s u n t i p e r le p r i m e sei r a d i c i p o s i t i v e di i ) ( n ) i seguenti v a l o r i = 0 . 0 0 2 3 1 , ri i = 0 . 0 0 6 8 2 71, = 0 . 0 0 3 5 2 ?i, = 0 . 0 0 7 7 8 7i, = 0 . 0 0 5 0 5 7i ,, = 0 . 0 0 9 6 3 . cui c o r r i s p o n d o n o , a m e n o d i 5\ i p e r i o d i t , = 15'",35 tv, = 2 0 " ' . 7 5 t , = 13"'.5 t-, = 29"', 75 j , = 1 5 " , 3 5 t , = i0"\85 p e r le p r i m e sei sesse del \ c i b a n o . 3 . — nel l a v o r o p r e c e d e n t e sulle sesse del l a g o m a g g i o r e si s o n o o t t e n u t i i s e g u e n t i v a l o r i p e r le sesse u n i b i e l r i n o d a l i : ri\ v , col m e t o d o d e f a n i 48"\7 3 7 " ' . 4 2 3 m , 4 » » h i d a k a 4 7 m , 4 3 3 " ' , 7 2 ] " ' , 0 . l a c c o r d o tra i v a l o r i o t t e n u t i c o n i ti c m e t o d i , s o d d i s f a c e n t e p e r la scssa u n i n o d a l e , cessa di e s s e r l o p e r la b i n o d a l e . m e n t r e è b u o n i s s i m o p e r la i r i n o d a l e . q u e s t e d i v e r s i t à , p a r t i c o l a r m e n t e sensibili p e r la b i n o d a l e , v a n n o a t t r i b u i t e a l l e n o t e v o l i v a r i a z i o n i c l i c il b a c i n o del iago p r e s e n t a in l a r g h e z z a e n e l l ' a n d a m e n t o d e l l a l i n e a dì v a l l e ; v a r i a z i o n i c h e lo d i s c o s t a n o s e n s i b i l m e n t e d a l l e i p o l e s i su ni p o g g i a n o le v a r i e t e o r i e . c o m u n q u e , e i n t e r e s s a n t e o s s e r v a r e e l l e , p r e s c i n d e n d o d a l l a b i n o d a l e . i p e r i o d i d e l l e scsse u n i n o d a l e ci t r i n o d a l e c a l c o l a t i con ire m e t o d i d i f f e r i s c o n o m o l t o p o c o e la d i f f e r e n z a è p a r t i c o l a r m e n t e p i c c o l a p e r la i r i n o d a l e . p e r la q u a l e i v a l o r i o t tenuti c o n i m e l o d i di h i d a k a e di c h r y s t a l p r a t i c a m e n t e c o i n c i d o n o . s u i p e r i o d i di o s c i l l a z i o n e l 1 i ì e r a d e l v e r s a n o 383 e " n o l o c l i c , q u a l u n q u e «ia il m e t o d o usato, i v a l o r i c a l c o l a t i p e r i pei iodi d e l l e sesse di m a g g i o r e n o d a l i t à d i n e r i s c o n o s e m p r e m e n o col c r e s c e r e d e l l a n o d a l i t à . p e r t a n t o i v a l o r i dei p e r i o d i d e l l e sess3 a q u a t t r o , c i n q u e e sei n o d i c a l c o l a t i in q u e s t o l a v o r o , possono r i t e n e r c i m o l t o p r o s s i m i a q u e l l i r e a l i . a n c o r a non è stalo p o s s i b i l e o t t e n e r e b u o n e r e g i s t r a z i o n i d e l l e se«-e del \ o r b a n o . c o m u n q u e dai v a l o r i finora o s s e r v a l i , s e m b r a c l i c i p e r i o d i f o r n i t i dal m e t o d o di h i d a k a s i a n o i p i ù a t t e n d i b i l i . roma — istituto nazionale (li geolìsica — aprile 1918. riassunto partendo dalle busi della teoria di clirystal, si sviluppa un metodo analitico per la determinazione dei periodi di oscillazione libera delle acque del lago maggiore. risolta vequazione dei periodi — costituita da un determinante di sesto ordine — . .si sono calcolati i ndori dei periodi corrispondenti alle oscillazioni libere di uno. due, tre. ... sei nodi. b i b l i o g r a f i a i ) c a l o i i ' . . d e p a n f i l i » m . . g i o i i c i m . . p e h o n a c i f . , le sesse del l.m>o maggiore. « a n n a l i di g c o f i s i e a » . i , 2 ( 1 9 4 8 ) . ( ) c a l o i /'.. le sesse del lago di garda. p a r t e i i « a n n . di g e o f . » i , 2 ( 1 9 4 8 1 . annals 47, 1, 2004, 01/07def 171 annals of geophysics, vol. 47, n. 1, february 2004 key words earth crust – tolman-stewart effect 1. introduction the excitation of magnetic oscillations by seismic waves has attracted considerable attention for a long time (e.g., breiner, 1964; eleman, 1966; belov et al., 1974; iyemory et al., 1996; tsegmed et al., 2000). the interest in seismomagnetic phenomena is motivated by the hope for advances in understanding mechano-magnetic transformations in the earth’s crust. the challenging task on this way is the detection of the rather small seismomagnetic signals against a noise background. strong interferences hamper the collection of experimental data. recently tsegmed et al. (2000) proposed the polarization method for recognition of signals. the method is based on the fact that the magnetic signal has circular polarization in the vertical plane regardless of the particular mechanism of magnetic field excitation by the seismic wave. the polarization plane is perpendicular to the seismic wave front, and the rotation direction of the magnetic vector is controlled by the direction of seismic wave propagation. in the present paper we describe the polarization method and apply it to the detection of the magnetic oscillations accompanying the propagation of surface love wave after a strong earthquake. the selection of this type of seismic waves is not accidental. it is motivated by some special physical reasons. the love wave is of immediate interest to the experimentalist because theoretically this wave induces the tolman-stewart effect in the earth’s crust, which is responsible for the magnetic field that is observable over the earth’s surface (guglielmi, 1992, 1999). on the excitation of magnetic signals by love waves anatol v. guglielmi (1), alexander s. potapov (2) and battuulai tsegmed (2) (3) (1) schmidt united institute of physics of the earth, russian academy of sciences, moscow, russia (2) institute of solar-terrestrial physics, siberian branch of the russian academy of sciences, irkutsk, russia (3) astronomy and geophysics research center, mongolian academy of sciences, ulaanbaatar, mongolia abstract the polarization method for recognition of seismomagnetic waves against a noise background is presented. the method is applied to detection of magnetic oscillations accompanying the propagation of surface love wave after a strong earthquake. a specific property of the love waves is that theoretically the tolman-stewart effect is alone responsible for the magnetic field that penetrates into the earth’s surface. data from the mondy magnetic observatory and the talaya seismic station suggest that the arrival time, duration, period, and polarization of magnetic signals conform with the idea of generation of alternating electric currents due to fluid vibrations in pores and fractures of rocks under the action of the inertial force associated with the love wave propagation. mailing address: dr. alexander s. potapov, institute of solar-terrestrial physics, siberian branch of the russian academy of sciences, p.o. box 4026, 664033 irkutsk, russia; e-mail: potapov@iszf.irk.ru 172 anatol v. guglielmi, alexander s. potapov and battuulai tsegmed 2. mechano-magnetic transformations the equation of the mechano-magnetic transformations in the earth’s crust makes it easy to understand our interest into the love waves. indeed, let us put b = ∇ × a. the equation for the vector-potential a has the form da s=t (2.1) where d t 2 2 2 d= at (2.2) is the evolution operator, and the term s m e u b v a0 0# $ #d d= + + -a b c (2.3) describes the underground sources of the magnetic field b (x, t) (guglielmi, 1999; tsegmed et al., 2000). we have used the following designations: c2 , , , ., lnc m e m p p p c u c u u x u x t t b u v u a v 2 2 i ll ij ij j ij t ij l t ij ij i j j i ef 2 0 1 2 0 2 2 2 $ 2 2 2 2 2 2 d 2 2 2 2 = = = = + = + = + = = = a f v b v i c m d m t t id i _ ^ _ i h i here the mechanical values a, v, and u are the acceleration, velocity and displacement of the rocks, pij and uij are the stress and strain tensors, e 0 is the electric field associated with the terrestrial currents, b0 is the geomagnetic field, ct and cl are the velocities of transverse and longitudinal elastic waves, c is the light velocity, ε 0 is the permeability of free space, ρ and σ are the density and conductivity of rocks, e and mef are the charge and effective mass of the conduction ion in the porous fluid. the four terms in the right-hand side of eq. (2.3) have the following interpretation: the first accounts for the piezomagnetic effect, the second describes the modulation of the terrestrial currents by the seismic vibrations, and the two last terms describe the induction and inertial effects. the five phenomenological parameters of the model have the following interpretation: α is the diffusion coefficient, and β, γ, λ1, λ2 are the coefficients describing the conversion of mechanical energy into the energy of magnetic field. we see that generally at least four mechanisms operate in the earth’s crust simultaneously and independently of each other. so we have a rather cumbersome superposition of fields. however, it is always interesting to select and clarify the limiting case when only one generation mechanism concerned prevails. and in this respect, the love wave is especially interesting. a specific property of this wave is that, theoretically, the inertial mechanism alone is responsible for the magnetic field which penetrates into the earth surface (guglielmi et al., 1996). moreover, the love wave makes it possible to switch on the least understood generation mechanism. the most striking feature of it is its universality. it operates in any conductive body and, therefore, it operates in the earth’s crust too. this simple and universal mechanism was brought into classical physics in 1936 by darwin in his attempt to explain the tolman-stewart effect. darwin’s theory predicts that the coefficient of mechano-magnetic transformation γ is proportional to the mass of electron (e.g., landau and lifshitz, 1984). this is true in the case of a metal. but in the case of the porous moist body, we expect that γ is proportional to some effective mass mef, which is many orders above the mass of electron (guglielmi, 1992). it should be noted that the tolman-stewart effect was never observed in the laboratory using rock samples and we assume that it is practically impossible because the typical skin-length is many orders higher than the feasible size of a rock sample. below we present our attempt to crack a problem by the full-scale observations. 3. polarization method it is common knowledge that observations of the seismomagnetic signals are impeded by the noise of magnetospheric origin. to suppress the magnetospheric interference, we have elaborated a special method based on the tapping of a priori information on the polarization state of seismomagnetic field (tsegmed et al., 2000). in this section, we present a general idea. the application of the polarization method to record 173 on the excitation of magnetic signals by love waves magnetic wave that accompany the love wave will be described in the next section. we introduce the cartesian coordinate system (x, y, z) such that the earth’s surface coincides with the (x, y) plane and the z-axis is directed upward (fig. 1). let a plane (∂ / ∂y = 0) monochromatic elastic wave travel in the positive direction of the x-axis in the lower halfspace (z < 0) supposed to be horizontally homogeneous. we are interested in the magnetic field b (x, z, t) in the upper half-space (z ≥ 0), where it obeys the laplace law ∇2b = 0 and the solenoidality condition ∇∴ b = 0. we suppose that the field b is excited by the elastic wave, and it is linearly related to the mechanical variables. then b ∝ exp (ikx − iωt), the solenoidality condition takes the form b k i z b x z 2 2 = (3.1) and the laplace equation yields z b k b 0 z z2 2 2 2 2 = (3.2) where k = ω /cl, ω is the frequency and cl is the horizontal velocity of elastic wave (in the next sections cl will be considered the velocity of love wave). the magnetic field tends to zero with increasing the height above the earth’s surface because the field sources are located beneath the surface. hence, the eq. (3.2) gives bz ∝ exp ⋅ ⋅ (− kz). substitution of this expression in (3.1) yields bz = ibx. as regards by component, it is negligible in comparison with bx and bz (in the particular case of the love wave by = 0) therefore we have , , .exp b i k ix z i tb 2 1 0= ~^ ]h g6 @ (3.3) this means that on the earth’s surface and above it the modulus bremains constant. the magnetic wave has circular polarization with counterclockwise rotation. the vector b rotates with the frequency ω in the vertical plane parallel to the direction of seismic wave propagation. these polarization properties are quite general. besides, these properties are so specific, that one can try to use them for the detection of seismomagnetic signals. 4. observations an earthquake with magnitude m = 7.9 occurred on june 18, 2000, at a depth of 10 km with epicenter in the indian ocean (see the site of the iris consortium at www.iris.washington.edu). to search for a seismomagnetic signal, we used data from the mondy magnetic observatory (51.6ºn, 100.8ºe) and the talaya seismic station (51.7ºn, 103.6ºe). the mondy observatory is equipped with a high-frequency digital three-component induction magnetometer developed at the university of tokyo and kindly provided by prof. k. hayashi. the main parameters of the magnetometer are as follows: frequency range, 0.001-3.0 hz; sampling rate, 10 hz; gps time synchronization; data storage on magneto-optical disks. the talaya seismic station 200 km east of mondy is equipped with a highly sensitive digital seismometer with a sampling rate of 1 hz. talaya seismic wave records were taken from the internet (www.fdsn.org/station_book/ii/tly/tly_3.html). the epicentral distances to the mondy observatory fig. 1. polarization of seismomagnetic oscillations (see the text). 174 anatol v. guglielmi, alexander s. potapov and battuulai tsegmed and talaya station are, respectively, 7280 and 7269 km. the azimuthal aperture between these two points is 4.2º. first, the seismogram was used to visually assess the arrival time (15:17:45 ut), characteristic period (t = 23 s), and amplitude (about 300 µm/s) of surface love waves. the onset of waves corresponds to an average velocity of 3.6 km/s. thus, the love wave delay at mondy is 3 s, i.e. it is small compared to the period of seismic waves. the distance between the observation points of magnetic and seismic waves is also small compared to the epicentral distance. therefore, for simplicity, we will ignore the effects due to the difference between locations of the observation points. for subsequent analysis, we transformed the initial numerical dataset to a coordinate system rotated about the vertical axis z in such a way as to bring the x-axis into coincidence with the tangent to the arc of the great circle passing through the epicenter and to direct it away from the epicenter. moreover, the initial data were subjected to broadband filtering with a passband of 5-200 mhz in order to eliminate high-frequency noise and long-period trends. finally, using the results of the preliminary visual analysis, we chose a frequency-time window containing love waves and constructed the wave amplitude spectrum, after which we determined more accurately the carrier frequency (f = 43 mhz) and the time interval (15:13:20-15:25:00 ut) suitable for detecting seismomagnetic oscillations. figure 2 shows oscillograms of mechanical and magnetic oscillations after the rotation of the coordinate axes and broadband filtering. here, vy is the transverse component of the velocity, and bx : and by : are time derivatives of the horizontal and vertical components of the magnetic field, respectively. the seismogram dis. b x, n t /s v y, n m /s -0.025 0 0.025 15:13:20 15:20:00 15:26:40 ut -0.025 0 0.025 -300 300 . b z, n t /s fig. 2. seismic waves and magnetic oscillations recorded at the talaya station and the mondy observatory, respectively, on june 18, 2000. here, vy is the transverse component of the displacement velocity, and bx : and by : are the horizontal and vertical components of the magnetic field, where dots mean the differentiation with respect to time. the coordinate system is oriented in such a way as to make the x-axis parallel to the arc of the great circle that passes through the earthquake epicenter (see text). 175 on the excitation of magnetic signals by love waves plays quasi-harmonic oscillations typical of love waves in the far-field zone. the record of the magnetic field is severely complicated by noise. against the background of this noise, the seismomagnetic signal cannot be detected by simple comparison of the oscillograms. we attempted to identify the seismomagnetic signal by the spectral method. figure 3 presents the spectra of mechanical and magnetic oscillations in the time interval 15:16:40-15:25:00 ut. the mechanical spectrum exhibits a distinct peak at a frequency of 43 mhz. however, this effect is not observed in the spectra of magnetic field components. therefore, we applied the method of spectral polarization filtering based on the theoretical idea that the electromagnetic field of harmonic love wave has the structure of an hwave with a left-hand circular polarization in the vertical plane. the state of polarization can be conveniently described by the ellipticity parameter varying from − 1 to + 1 and chosen such that its value − 1 corresponds to the lefthand polarization. the variation in the ellipticity of magnetic oscillations in the vertical plane at the frequency of 43 mhz is shown in the middle part of fig. 4. the lower plot shows the variation in the amplitude b of the circular component of oscillations with a left-hand rotation of the magnetic vector at the same frequency. as expected, the lowest values of the ellipticity and the highest amplitudes of magnetic oscillations with the left-hand circular polarization are observed during the passage of the 43 mhz love wavetrain. this leads to the assumption that we have detected seismomagnetic oscillations with the amplitude b = 0.02 nt. 5. discussion the period, polarization, onset time, and duration of the detected magnetic oscillations are consistent with the concept according to which these oscillations are excited by love wave. it is quite clear that the seismic waves are no more than a causa instrumentalis; i.e. they are only an external cause of the field generation, whereas the immediate cause is the current, and our task is to identify the current-generating mechanism. in the general case, this is a difficult problem because several mechanisms operate in the crust concurrently and independently of each other during seismic wave propagation. we chose the love waves because the theory (guglielmi et al., 1996) leaves no other alternative and unambiguously indicates an inertial generation mechanism in this particular case. this universal mechanism, describing by the equation t b b 2 2 2 d+ =c aω_ i (5.1) operates in the terrestrial and celestial conductive bodies which are in motion with time-dependent vorticity ω = ∇ × v. (the values v, α, u . b z( f) u, n t 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 f, mhz u . b x ( f) u, n t u v y( f) u, n t fig. 3. spectra of oscillations shown in fig. 2. 176 anatol v. guglielmi, alexander s. potapov and battuulai tsegmed and γ are defined above in the section 2). for example, sedrakian (1974) proposed that the magnetic fields of the neutron stars could be explained in part by the inertia effect. in his model the pulsar consists of the rotating superfluid of neutrons and protons, and the normal fluid of electrons. because the angular velocity of neutron star is not constant, the protons move relative to the electrons creating the toroidal electric currents that produce extremely strong magnetic field. this is a sort of tolman-stewart effect. we must realize that the tolman-stewart effect provides the generation of magnetic field in any conductive body, which moves with nonzero vorticity ω. in this regard there is no question that the love wave generates the magnetic field oscillations because ω ≠ 0 during the passage of this wave. the real problem is the amplitude of magnetic oscillations, which is determined by the coefficient of mechano-magnetic transformation γ = me f /e. in a metallic conductor mef = me, where me is the mass of electron. then γ = − 5.68⋅10− 12 kg/s⋅a, and it is likely that eleman (1966) expected just this case when he rejected a priori the inertial mechanism as a possible cause of seismomagnetic signals. the electronic mechanism of conductivity operates in the earth’s core and lower mantle, and here the tolman-stewart effect is truly negligible. in the upper mantle the ionic conductivity takes place, i.e. mef ≈ mi. however, the tolman-stewart effect is also negligible in the upper mantle. the earth’s crust may be considered as an ionic conductor too, but mef > > mi because the inertial force sets in motion the porous fluid, and not just the conduction ion (guglielmi, 1992). a rough estimate gives γ ≈ ρ f k, where k is the electrokinetic coefficient, and ρ f ≈103 kg/m3 is the density of porous fluid. laboratory experiments with the rock samples indicate that k varies from 10 mv/mpa to 10 v/mpa dependv y, n m /s 15:13:20 15:20:00 15:26:40 ut 0 0.01 0.02 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 -300 0 300 el li pt ic it y b , n t fig. 4. comparison of seismic oscillations vy (top panel) with variations in the ellipticity of magnetic oscillations (middle panel) and the amplitude of magnetic oscillations with a left-hand circular polarization in the tangent plane (bottom panel). 177 on the excitation of magnetic signals by love waves ing on the temperature and salinity of water and on the structure and saturation of the porous space. the coefficient of mechano-magnetic transformations γ varies correspondingly from 10−5 to 10−2 kg/s. let us show that our observations do not contradict these estimates. one can see from eq. (5.1) that γ ∼ β / kv, where k = ω / cl. according to our measurements b ∼ 2⋅10− 2 nt, v∼ ∼ 3⋅10− 4 m/s, cl ∼ 3.6 km/s, so that γ =10−3 kg/s⋅a. 6. summary we have presented the polarization method for recognition of seismomagnetic waves against a noise background. the method is applied to detection of magnetic oscillations accompanying the propagation of surface love wave after the strong earthquake. we have focused our attention on the love wave because theoretically the tolman-stewart effect in the earth’s crust is responsible for the magnetic field that penetrates to the earth’s surface. data from the mondy magnetic observatory and the talaya seismic station suggest that the arrival time, duration, period, and polarization of magnetic signal conform with the idea of generation of alternating electric currents due to fluid vibrations in pores and fractures of rocks under the action of the inertial force associated with the love wave propagation. the estimated ratio of the amplitude of magnetic oscillations to the amplitude of love waves is indirect evidence that the inertial mechanism of converting the seismic wave energy into the electromagnetic field energy is reasonably effective. we believe that the inferred result provides an additional basis for the interpretation of seismoelectromagnetic phenomena. our conclusion is as follows. in his ‘foreword’ to the recent monograph seismo-electromagnetics, prof. uyeda (2002) said that «the earthquakes are nothing but physical phenomena». these are remarkable and optimistic words in the context of the earthquake prediction research. the specifics of such research is that the laboratory modeling of the pre-seismic evolution of the geophysical fields is practically impossible. this resembles in some respects the situation with the inertial mechanism of magnetic field generation. it is rather difficult to carry out laboratory measurements because the skin-length is many orders higher than the feasible size of a rock sample. we hope that our modest experience in an effort to detect the magnetic signal due to the love wave may be useful for the prediction research as an example to crack a problem of the sort by full-scale measurements. acknowledgements we are grateful to prof. k. hayashi, who provided us with digital magnetometer data. this work was supported by the russian foundation for basic research, project no. 04-05-64265. references belov, s.v., n.i. migunov and g.a. sobolev (1974): magnetic effect of strong earthquakes in the kamchatka region, geomagn. aeron., 14, 380-382. breiner, s. (1964): piezomagnetic effect at the time of local earthquakes, nature, 202, 790-791. eleman, f. (1966): the response of magnetic instruments to earthquake waves, j. geomagn. geoelectr., 18, 43-72. guglielmi, a. (1992): elastomagnetic waves in a porous medium, phys. scr., 46, 433-434. guglielmi, a. (1999): some problems in seismoelectrodynamics: a review, in atmospheric and ionospheric electromagnetic phenomena associated with earthquakes, edited by m. hayakawa (terra scientific publishing co., tokyo), 931-938. guglielmi, a.v., v.t. levshenko and d.o. pokhotelov (1996): comparative analysis of the dynamic and quasi-static of seismomagnetic signals generation mechanisms, fiz. zemli, 12, 18-25. iyemori, t., t. kamei, y. tanaka, m. takeda, t. hashimoto, t. araki, t. okamoto, k. watanabe, n. sumitomo and n. oshiman (1996): co-seismic geomagnetic variations observed at the 1995 hyogokennanbu earthquake, j. geomagn. geoelectr., 48, 10591070. landau, l.d. and e.m. lifshitz (1984): electrodynamics of continuous media (pergamon, oxford), pp. 460. sedrakian, d.m. (1974): the magnetic fields of pulsars, in gravitational radiation and gravitational collapse, edited by c. dewitt-morette (d. reidel publ. co., dordrecht-holland/boston-u.s.a.), pp. 187. tsegmed, b., a.v. guglielmi and a.s. potapov (2000): application of the polarization method to the observation of seismomagnetic waves produced by strong earthquakes, fiz. zemli, 12, 41-50. uyeda, s. (2002): foreword, in seismo electromagnetics, edited by m. hayakawa and o.a. molchanov (terra scientific publishing co., tokyo), p. ix. microsoft word mipas-val_v3_shortref.doc annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6329 1 long-term intercomparison of mipas additional species clono2, n2o5, cfc-11, and cfc-12 with mipas-b measurements gerald wetzel, hermann oelhaf, felix friedlvallon, anne kleinert, guido maucher, hans nordmeyer, johannes orphal karlsruhe institute of technology, institute for meteorology and climate research, karlsruhe, germany gerald.wetzel@kit.edu i. introduction he michelson interferometer for passive atmospheric sounding (mipas) aboard the environmental satellite envisat is a limb-viewing fourier-transform emission spectrometer working in the mid-infrared spectral region between 685 cm-1 and 2410 cm-1 [fischer et al. 2008]. during the ten years of operation, mipas was able to observe temperature and a large number of climate-relevant trace gases from the upper troposphere up to the mesosphere (nominal observation mode) and even the thermosphere (special modes). for about two years after the launch of the satellite on 1 march 2002, mipas recorded spectra with full spectral resolution of 0.025 cm-1. after anomalies in the velocity of the interferometer drive unit and a subsequent interruption of the measurements (march 2004), a lower (so-called optimized) spectral resolution of 0.0625 cm-1 together with a higher spatial resolution was chosen such that operational observations could restart in january 2005. following the loss of communications with the satellite platform, there are no mipas data available since 8 april 2012. the description and characterization of the operational european space agency (esa) processor products have been presented by raspollini et al. [2006, 2013] and references therein. while previous operational product processing was limited to temperature and the molecules h2o, o3, hno3, ch4, n2o, and no2, the new ml2pp v6 data includes also the minor “additional” trace gases cfc-11 (ccl3f), cfc-12 (ccl2f2), n2o5, and clono2. in this paper we focus on the comparison of these additional species. several flights with mipas-b, the balloon version of mipas, have been carried out during the operational period of envisat. table 1 gives an overview of mipas-b flights where mipas-b observations coincide in space and time with mipas on envisat (mipas-e) measurements. mipas-b limb sequences recorded during these flights are compared to the corresponding mipas-e overpasses. mipas-b was strongly involved in the envisat validation activities and the high accuracy of the mipas-b data has been assessed in numerous mipas-e related validation studies [see, e.g., cortesi et al. 2007, höpfner et al. 2007, milz et al. 2009, payan et al. 2009, ridolfi et al. 2007, steck et al. 2007, wang et al. 2007a, 2007b, wetzel et al., 2007, 2013, zhang et al. 2010a, 2010b]. t annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6329 2 ii. mipas-b data analysis and intercomparison method mipas-b can be regarded as a precursor of the satellite instrument [see friedl-vallon et al., 2004 and references therein]. therefore, a number of specifications are quite similar, such as spectral resolution and spectral coverage. however, for some essential parameters, the mipas-b performance is superior, e.g. in terms of the nesr (noise equivalent spectral radiance), and in the case of the pointing accuracy. further improvement of the nesr is achieved by averaging multiple spectra taken at the same pointing angle. mipas-b measures all atmospheric parameters covered by mipas-e. essential for the balloon instrument is the sophisticated line of sight stabilization system, which is based on an inertial navigation system and supplemented with an additional star reference system leading to an after all knowledge of the tangent altitude in the order of 90 m (3 σ). the mipas-b data processing from interferograms to calibrated spectra including instrument characterization is described in friedl-vallon et al. [2004] and references therein. the measurements were done typically at a 1.5 km vertical grid. retrieval calculations of atmospheric target parameters were performed at a 1 km grid with a least squares fitting algorithm using analytical derivative spectra calculated by the karlsruhe optimized and precise radiative transfer algorithm [kopra; stiller et al. 2002; höpfner et al. 2002]. a tikhonov-phillips regularization approach [phillips, 1962, tikhonov, 1963] constraining with respect to a first derivative a priori profile was adopted. the resulting vertical resolution is typically between 2 and 5 km for the analyzed species and is therefore comparable to or slightly better than the vertical resolution of mipas-e. the species clono2, cfc-11, cfc-12, and n2o5 are analyzed in the spectral windows 779.7 780.7 cm-1, 840 860 cm-1, 918 924 cm-1, and 1220 1270 cm-1, respectively. different spectral windows within these molecular bands were used for the mipas-e data analysis [raspollini et al. 2013]. spectroscopic parameters for the calculation of limb emission spectra originate from the highresolution transmission (hitran) molecular absorption database [rothman et al. 2005]. the mipas-b error estimation includes random noise as well as the mutual influence (covariance) of the fitted parameters, temperature errors, pointing inaccuracies, errors of nonsimultaneously fitted interfering gases, and spectroscopic data errors (1 σ). for details on the mipas-b data analysis and error estimation, see wetzel et al. [2012] and references therein. since pressure is the primary vertical coordinate of mipas-e, vertical profiles of the satellite sensor have been interpolated to the mipas-b pressure-altitude grid. differences between measured volume mixing ratios (vmrs) of mipas-e and the validation instrument mipas-b are expressed in absolute units and relative differences. the mean difference δxmean for n profile pairs of compared observations is given as: )( 1 , 1 , nb n n nemean xx n x    (1) where xe and xb are vmr values of mipas-e and mipas-b at one altitude level. the mean relative difference δxmean,rel of a number of profile pairs is calculated by dividing the mean absolute difference by the mean profile value of the validation instrument mipas-b: annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6329 3 %100 1 1 , ,      n n nb mean relmean x n x x . (2) differences are displayed together with the combined errors σcomb of both instruments which are defined as: 22 becomb   , (3) where σe and σb are the precision, systematic or total errors of mipas-e and the validation instrument, respectively. precision errors characterize the reproducibility of a measurement and correspond, in general, to random noise errors. systematic errors of the v6 processor used for mipas-e data have been assessed in a corresponding esa study [raspollini et al. 2013]. the uncertainty of the calculated mean difference (standard error of the mean, sem) is given by σ/n0.5 where σ is the standard deviation (sd). a bias between both instruments is considered significant if the sem is smaller than the bias itself. the comparison between the vmr difference and the combined systematic error (for statistical comparisons) or total error (for single comparisons) is appropriate to identify unexplained biases in the mipas-e observations when they exceed these combined error limits. since the vertical resolution of the used vmr profiles of both instruments is of comparable magnitude, no smoothing by averaging kernels has been applied for the intercomparison of the observed profiles. iii. intercomparison results table 1: overview of mipas-b flights used for intercomparison with mipas-e. distances and times between coincident trace gas profile pairs observed by mipas-e and the validation instrument refer to an altitude of 20 km (kiruna) and 30 km (aire-sur-l’adour and teresina). location date distance (km) time difference (min) 20 mar 2003 16/546 14/15 11 mar 2009 187/248 5/6 kiruna (sweden, 68°n) 24 jan 2010 109/302 5/6 aire-surl’adour (france, 44°n) 24 sep 2002 21/588/4 10/146 12/13/15 /16 14 jun 2005 109/497/ 184/338 228/229/ 268/269 teresina (brazil, 5°s) 06 jun 2008 224/284/ 600/194 157/158/ 169/170 in this section, esa operationally processed (ml2pp v6) mipas-e vmr profiles of the molecules clono2, n2o5, cfc-11, and cfc-12 are compared to coincident mipas-b observations. table 1 summarizes corresponding balloon flights in terms of date, time, locations, and differences in time and space to the satellite measurements. mean deviations of all coincident clono2 profiles measured by mipas-b and mipas-e between 2002 and 2010 are shown in figure 1. up to 18 collocations are available per altitude. the agreement between the measured profiles appears to be quite good with a mean deviation over all altitudes of 7.2 %. some biases are visible in limited altitude regions but they are not significant with regard to the combined error limits. figure 2 displays the differences concerning the molecule n2o5. this molecule exhibits a pronounced diurnal variation in its mixing raannals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6329 4 tio. hence, a photochemical correction using a box model [wetzel et al. 1995], which takes into account the nighttime variation of n2o5, has been applied to the tropical mipas-e measurements where both, diurnal variation and the time difference of the observations (see table 1), are quite large. apart from the lowermost altitude region between 15 and 17 km (where only 2 collocations are available) there is no significant bias visible between the balloon and satellite measurements of mipas. the overall agreement between both sensors is fairly good with a mean deviation of -6.7 %. the comparison for the species cfc-11 is shown in figure 3. in contrast to the previously discussed molecules, significantly higher values are visible in the mipas satellite data in the complete altitude region under comparison. while below 19 km this positive bias is still within the combined systematic and total errors, it clearly exceeds these error limits above and therefore remains unexplained. figure 4 displays the observed differences for the molecule cfc-12. unlike the case of cfc11, the agreement of measured cfc-12 vmr is quite good with a mean difference of 11.5 %. no significant biases are visible at all. iv. conclusions vertical profiles of six mipas balloon flights between 2002 and 2010 have been used for an intercomparison study of the species clono2, n2o5, cfc-11, and cfc-12, which have been processed for the first time by the operational esa processor (ml2pp v6). for the molecules clono2, n2o5, and cfc-12 the agreement between both mipas instruments is generally good. no clear biases in the observed mixing ratios are visible. furthermore, no seasonal or latitudinal dependence of deviations could be recognized. however, standard deviations are slightly larger than the combined precision errors. concerning the species cfc-11 a significant positive bias is evident at all altitudes under comparison. above 19 km, this bias clearly exceeds the combined systematic and total errors and remains unexplained. hence, this molecule cannot be recommended for scientific users at the present state. investigations are ongoing within the esa processor development team to understand the reason of the bias. it should also be mentioned that some single mipas-e profiles of these additional species exhibit retrieval oscillations which show up in vmr differences (in limited altitude regions) to mipas-b observations but which may in turn be smoothed out in comparisons of mean differences. scientific users should therefore be careful in their interpretation when using single mipas-e profiles of these trace gases. 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 -0.2 -0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 -0.2 -0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 -40 -20 0 20 40 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 -40 -20 0 20 40 100 10 2 2 6 6 6 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 14 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 2 2 6 6 6 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 14 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 a lt itu d e ( km ) a lt itu d e ( km ) mipas-e mipas-b mean diff.: 0.02 ± 0.01 ppbv 7.2 ± 4.0 % difference ( sd) prec. systematic tot. mean comb. err. clono 2 vmr difference (ppbv) clono 2 vmr difference (%) p re ss u re ( h p a ) figure 1: mean absolute and relative clono2 vmr differences of all collocations between mipas-e and mipas-b (red solid lines) including standard deviation (red dotted lines) and the standard error of the mean, plotted as error bars around the mean deviation together with precision (blue dotted lines), systematic (blue dashdotted lines) and total (blue dashed lines) mean combined errors. red values indicate the number of collocations used for the statistical analysis. differences of clono2 mixing ratios are well within the combined error limits. annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6329 5 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 100 10 2 2 2 2 4 8 10 10 10 10 12 14 14 14 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 2 2 2 2 4 8 10 10 10 10 12 14 14 14 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 a lt itu d e ( km ) a lt itu d e ( km ) mipas-e mipas-b mean diff.: -0.02 ± 0.02 ppbv -6.7 ± 16.7 % difference ( sd) prec. systematic tot. mean comb. err. n 2 o 5 vmr difference (ppbv) n 2 o 5 vmr difference (%) p re ss u re ( h p a ) figure 2: same as figure 1, but for the molecule n2o5. the overall agreement of both sensors is fairly good. 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 -0.06 -0.04 -0.02 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 -0.06 -0.04 -0.02 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 -40 -20 0 20 40 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 -40 -20 0 20 40 100 10 2 2 4 6 7 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 12 14 15 16 17 17 18 18 18 18 2 2 4 6 7 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 12 14 15 16 17 17 18 18 18 18 a lti tu d e ( km ) a lti tu d e ( km ) mipas-e mipas-b mean diff.: 0.032 ± 0.003 ppbv 134.8 ± 66.2 % difference ( sd) prec. systematic tot. mean comb. err. cfc-11 vmr difference (ppbv) cfc-11 vmr difference (%) p re ss u re ( h p a ) figure 3: same as figure 1, but for the species cfc-11. a positive bias is visible in the mipas-e data, especially above 19 km. 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 -0.06 -0.04 -0.02 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 -0.06 -0.04 -0.02 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 -40 -20 0 20 40 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 -40 -20 0 20 40 100 10 2 2 4 7 9 9 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 15 16 16 16 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 2 2 4 7 9 9 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 15 16 16 16 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 a lt itu d e ( k m ) a lt itu d e ( k m ) mipas-e mipas-b mean diff.: 0.001 ± 0.003 ppbv 11.5 ± 9.4 % difference ( sd) prec. systematic tot. mean comb. err. cfc-12 vmr difference (ppbv) cfc-12 vmr difference (%) p re ss u re ( h p a ) figure 4: same as figure 1, but for the molecule cfc12. no significant bias is obvious between the measured profiles of both mipas instruments. acknowledgements financial support by the national aeronautics and space research centre dlr (project 50ee0020) and esa for the mipas-b balloon flights is gratefully acknowledged. we thank the centre national d'etudes spatiales (cnes) balloon launching team and the swedish space corporation (ssc) esrange people for excellent balloon operations and the free university of berlin (k. grunow and b. naujokat) for meteorological support. references cortesi, u., j. c. lambert, c. de clercq, et al. (2007). geophysical validation of mipasenvisat operational ozone data, atmos. chem. phys., 7, 4807-4867. fischer, h., m. birk, c. blom, et al. (2008). mipas: an instrument for atmospheric and climate research, atmos. chem. phys., 8, 21512188. friedl-vallon, f., g. maucher, m. seefeldner, et al. (2004). design and characterization of the balloon-borne michelson interferometer for passive atmospheric sounding (mipas-b2), appl. opt., 43, 3335-3355. höpfner, m., h. oelhaf, g. wetzel, et al. (2002). evidence of scattering of tropospheric radiation by pscs in mid-ir limb emission spectra: mipas-b observations and kopra simulations, geophys. res. lett., 29(8), 1278, doi:10.1029/2001gl014443. höpfner, m., t. von clarmann, h. fischer, et al. (2007). validation of mipas clono2 measurements, atmos. chem. phys., 7, 257-281. milz, m., t. v. clarmann, p. bernath, et al. (2009). validation of water vapour profiles (version 13) retrieved by the imk/iaa scientific retrieval processor based on full resolution annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6329 6 spectra measured by mipas on board envisat, atmos. meas. tech., 2, 379-399. payan, s., c. camy-peyret, h. oelhaf, et al. (2009). validation of version-4.61 methane and nitrous oxide observed by mipas, atmos. chem. phys., 9, 413-442. phillips, d. (1962). a technique for the numerical solution of certain integral equations of the first kind, j. assoc. comput. math., 9, 84–97. raspollini, p., c. belotti, a. burgess, et al. (2006). mipas level 2 operational analysis, atmos. chem. phys., 6, 5605-5630. raspollini, p., b. carli, m. carlotti, et al. (2013). ten years of mipas measurements with esa level 2 processor v6 – part 1: retrieval algorithm and diagnostics of the products, atmos. meas. tech., 6, 2419–2439. ridolfi, m., u. blum, b. carli, et al. (2007). geophysical validation of temperature retrieved by the esa processor from mipas/envisat atmospheric limb-emission measurements, atmos. chem. phys., 7, 4459-4487. rothman, l. s., d. jacquemart, a. barbe, et al. (2005). the hitran 2004 molecular spectroscopic database, j. quant. spectrosc. radiat. transfer, 96, 139–204. steck, t., t. von clarmann, h. fischer, et al. (2007). bias determination and precision validation of ozone profiles from mipas-envisat retrieved with the imk-iaa processor, atmos. chem. phys., 7, 3639-3662. stiller, g. p., t. von clarmann, b. funke, et al. (2002). sensitivity of trace gas abundances retrievals from infrared limb emission spectra to simplifying approximations in radiative transfer modeling, j. quant. spectrosc. radiat. transfer, 72(3), 249-280. tikhonov, a. (1963). on the solution of incorrectly stated problems and a method of regularization, dokl. acad. nauk sssr, 151, 501– 504. wang, d. y., m. höpfner, g. mengistu tsidu, et al. (2007a). validation of nitric acid retrieved by the imk-iaa processor from mipas/envisat measurements, atmos. chem. phys., 7, 721-738. wang, d. y., m. höpfner, c. e. blom, et al. (2007b). validation of mipas hno3 operational data, atmos. chem. phys., 7, 4905-4934. wetzel, g., t. von clarmann, h. oelhaf, and h. fischer (1995). vertical profiles of n2o5 along with ch4, n2o, and h2o in the late arctic winter retrieved from mipas-b infrared limb emission measurements, j. geophys. res., 100, 23173-23181. wetzel, g., a. bracher, b. funke, et al. (2007). validation of mipas-envisat no2 operational data, atmos. chem. phys., 7, 3261-3284. wetzel, g., h. oelhaf, o. kirner, et al. (2012). diurnal variations of reactive chlorine and nitrogen oxides observed by mipas-b inside the january 2010 arctic vortex, atmos. chem. phys., 12, 6581-6592. wetzel, g., h. oelhaf, g. berthet, et al. (2013). validation of mipas-envisat h2o operational data collected between july 2002 and march 2004, atmos. chem. phys., 13, 5791– 5811. zhang, g., g. wetzel, h. oelhaf, et al. (2010a). validation of temperature measurements from mipas-envisat with balloon observations obtained by mipas-b, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phy., 72, 837–847. zhang, g., g. wetzel, h. oelhaf, et al. (2010b). validation of atmospheric chemistry measurements from mipas, sciamachy, gomos onboard envisat by observations of balloon-borne mipas-b, sci. china earth sci., 2010, 53, 1533–1541. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 67 annals of geophysics, vol. 51, n. 1, february 2008 key words time gravity changes – gravity record – volcanic processes – air pressure admittance 1. introduction a wide set of dynamic phenomena (i.e. geodynamics, seismicity, volcanic activity) can produce temporal gravity changes, with a spectrum varying from short (1-10 s) to longer (more than 1 year) periods. an impending eruption, for instance, is generally associated with the ascent of magma producing changes in the density distribution at depth, and leading to ground deformation and gravity changes observed at surface. the amplitude of such gravity variations is often quite small, on the order of 10−9-10-8 g (10-102 nms−2; 1-10 µgal), so their detection requires high quality data and a rigorous procedure to split up from the records those weak gravity signals coming from different sources. what exactly would time-variable gravity (tvg) tell us about mass redistribution below a volcano? the detected tvg is the sum strategies in the processing and analysis of continuous gravity record in active volcanic areas: the case of mt. vesuvius umberto riccardi (1), giovanna berrino (2), gennaro corrado (1) and jacques hinderer (3) (1) dipartimento di scienze della terra, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», napoli, italy (2) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, osservatorio vesuviano, napoli, italy (3) ecole et observatoire des sciences de la terre (eost), institut de physique du globe de strasbourg, université louis pasteur (umr 7516 cnrs-ulp), strasbourg (france) abstract this research is intended to describe new strategies in the processing and analysis of continuous gravity records collected in active volcanic areas and to assess how permanent gravity stations can improve the geophysical monitoring of a volcano. the experience of 15 years in continuous gravity monitoring on mt. vesuvius is discussed. several geodynamic phenomena can produce temporal gravity changes. an eruption, for instance, is associated with the ascent of magma producing changes in the density distribution at depth, and leading to ground deformation and gravity changes the amplitude of such gravity variations is often quite small, in the order of 10-102 nms-2, so their detection requires high quality data and a rigorous procedure to isolate from the records those weak gravity signals coming from different sources. ideally we need gravity signals free of all effects which are not of volcanic origin. therefore solid earth tide, ocean and atmospheric loading, instrumental drift or any kind of disturbances other than due to the volcano dynamics have to be removed. the state of the art on the modelling of the solid earth tide is reviewed. the atmospheric dynamics is one of the main sources precluding the detection of small gravity signals. the most advanced methods to reduce the atmospheric effects on gravity are presented. as the variations of the calibration factors can prevent the repeatability of high-precision measurements, new approaches to model the instrumental response of mechanical gravimeters are proposed too. moreover, a strategy for an accurate modelling of the instrumental drift and to distinguish it from longterm gravity changes is suggested. mailing address: dr. umberto riccardi, dipartimento di scienze della terra, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», largo s. marcellino 10, 80138 napoli, italy; email: umberto.riccardi@unina.it vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 67 68 u. riccardi, g. berrino, g. corrado and j. hinderer could be useful to characterize the deformational behaviour in some geodynamic contexts. several investigations (e.g., melchior and ducarme, 1991; melchior, 1995; robinson, 1989, 1991) carried out to date show for instance that a correlation exists at «regional» scale between heat flow and the gravity tide. at very local scale arnoso et al. (2001) suggest that the tidal response can be strongly influenced by the structure and mechanical properties of the crust. those anomalies are associated, respectively, with areas of thin crust, high heat flow values, and recent basaltic-type volcanic activity, and with stable structures that have a deeper moho discontinuity and lower heat flow. robinson (1989, 1991) relates the correlation found in his studies to features in the upper crust, suggesting a measurable upper crustal tidal response. arnoso et al. (2001) obtained interesting results from the analysis of the gravity tide collected in two continuous stations in lanzarote island (canary islandsspain). after a suitable reduction of the otl effect by means of global ocean charts complemented with regional and local ones, they obtained anomalous m2 and o1 delta factors and phases consistent with a body tide effect. these results were interpreted as the response of a porous or cavity-filled, local, upper crust under the influence of tidal strain. moreover, knowledge of the specific tidal parameters for an area is required to calculate the luni-solar effect, which has to be removed from the gravity record to obtain gravity residuals. as we are interested in modelling the transfer function between the observed gravity and the underground mass redistribution due to volcanic activity, ideally we need residual gravity signals free of all effects which are not of volcanic origin. in fact, natural (mainly body tides), man-made and instrumental sources affect the signal to noise ratio and hide the subtle volcanic signals. therefore solid earth tide, ocean and atmospheric loading, instrumental drift, hydrological effects or any kind of disturbances other than due to the volcano dynamics have to be modelled to be reduced in the gravity signal. the atmospheric dynamics is one of the main sources precluding the detection of of the gravitational signals originating from all geophysical sources at work at any given time. sorting out different geophysical signals in the data is a challenge, but in principle can be facilitated by recognizing the different temporal and spatial characteristics of different geophysical phenomena (e.g., chao, 1994). unlike the repeated relative gravity measurements on network, there are limited data on continuous gravity observations at active volcanoes (e.g., imbò et al., 1965a; davis, 1981; vieira et al., 1991; goodkind and young, 1991; berrino et al., 1997; budetta and carbone, 1997; bonvalot et al., 1998; arnoso et al., 2001, carbone et al., 2003, 2006). two different approaches may be adopted to extract from the gravity records some insights related with the volcano dynamics, i.e., the analysis of the tidal gravimetric factor (delta: δ) and the analysis of gravity residuals. according to the recommendations of the working group on the theoretical tidal model (ssg of the earth tide commission sec. v of the iag), the delta factor (δ) is defined as the earth’s transfer function between the body tide signal (∆gn(r)) measured at the station by a gravimeter and the amplitude of the vertical component of the gradient of the external tidal potential (vn) at the station. where r is the radius of the earth and , ,are volume love numbers of degree n (complex value), which characterize the spherical elasticity of the earth. thus delta factor is the ratio between the observed gravity tide and the luni-solar gravitational attraction. as it defines the earth transfer function of the external tidal potential, the delta factor is frequency-dependent and is related to the elastic property of the earth. because of the viscoelastic behaviour of the earth, its reaction to the external perturbation due to the luni-solar gravitational attraction is characterized by a certain phase shift. so the study of the tidal parameters (delta factor and phase) for the main tidal waves and eventually their time evolution knuhnu n h n n k1 2 1 n n nδ = + +u u u ( ) n r g r vn n nδ∆=u u vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 68 69 strategies in the processing and analysis of continuous gravity record in active volcanic areas: the case of mt. vesuvius small amplitude gravity signals. pressure changes can reach several tens of hecto-pascal (say 50 hpa) in specific locations, so the amplitude of the atmospheric contribution to gravity is as large as 200 nms-2, then it could be higher than volcanic signal. this is why a large part of this paper have been devoted to illustrating the most advanced developments in that field of research and the experience of the authors is presented. the goal of this paper is to describe new strategies in the processing and analyses of continuous gravity record collected in active volcanic areas. the experience of about 15 years at mt. vesuvius (southern italy) is reported. the time dependent behaviour of the tidal gravimetric factors is compared with the results from relative and absolute gravity surveys and seismic activity. the results are interpreted in the framework of the present-day dynamics of mt. vesuvius. mt. vesuvius is a quiescent volcano whose last eruption occurred in march 1944. currently, its activity consists of a low level of seismicity, sometimes increasing in numbers of quakes and energy (hereafter called seismic crises), small ground deformation, gravity changes and moderate gas emission. 2. the mt. vesuvius permanent gravity station the mt. vesuvius recording gravity station (fig. 1) is located at the osservatorio vesuviano (fig. 1), where a recording gravity station has been operating since 1987 (berrino et al., 1993b) and where a first experiment of continuous gravity measurements dates back to 1960s (imbò et al., 1964, 1965a). the permanent station is assembled on a concrete pillar located in an artificial cave, 20 m deep (ϕ: 40.828n, λ: 14.408e; h: 608 m) (berrino et al., 1997), where the daily temperature variations are about 0.1°c and the annual ones are within 2°c. the gravity sensor is the lacoste and romberg model d, number 126 (lr-d126), equipped with a feedback system (van ruymbeke, 1991), with a range equivalent to 3⋅104 nm/s2 (implemented at the rob, royal observatory of belgium in brussels and upgraded in 1994). the data acquisition is provided by das or mdas systems developed at the rob (van ruymbeke et al., 1995) at a sampling rate of 1 data/min (0.01667 hz). here we focus on the results of gravity records since 1994 (fig. 2), when the instrument and siting of the station were improved. the station belongs to a relative gravity network, spanning the vesuvian area, periodically surveyed since 1982. it is close to an absolute gravity station established on the volcano in 1986. the absolute value of g was measured in 1994, 1996, 1998 and 2003 (berrino, 1995; berrino, 2000). in order to check the reliability of the gravity signals, the instrumentation is periodically calibrated and the background noise level at the station is analyzed. in fact, instrumental sensitivity can change, not always linearly, as a consequence of mechanical perturbations and the noise level at the gravity station. to characterize the background noise level, which could affect the instrumental response, the 1 min sampled residual gravity was analyzed to detect any fig. 1. location of the recording gravity station and gravity network on mt. vesuvius. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 69 70 u. riccardi, g. berrino, g. corrado and j. hinderer fig. 3. power spectra of the background noise level computed in each seasons at the mt. vesuvius gravity station, with the indication of the standard new low noise model (nlnm) as reference. fig. 2a,b. hourly values of gravity records (a), drift corrected gravity residuals (b). anomalous record with abnormal drift and very large residuals are highlighted in circles. possible seasonal dependence or the presence of spectral components which could hide or mask geophysical signals. several time windows lasting about 1 week were selected in each season. the amplitude and spectral content of the noise (berrino and riccardi, 2004) show a flat trend in the analyzed spectral band (fig. 3), according to the standard new low a b vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 70 71 strategies in the processing and analysis of continuous gravity record in active volcanic areas: the case of mt. vesuvius noise model [nlnm] (peterson, 1993). the high noise level during the autumn is a consequence of the meteorological condition (mainly wind) at mt. vesuvius during that season. changes through time of the calibration factors for different kinds of mechanical gravimeters have been detected by several authors (e.g., bonvalot et al., 1998; budetta and carbone, 1997; riccardi et al., 2002). however, a complete understanding of the physical processes affecting the instrumental sensitivity is still far from being achieved. as changes in instrumental sensitivity can prevent the repeatability of measurements and affect the phase and amplitude of the recorded gravity signals, the accurate calibration of gravimeters plays a key role in high precision gravity measurements (riccardi et al., 2002). the calibration of a gravimeter at an accuracy level of 10−8 to 10−9 g, is difficult to attain because of the many problems in pursuing a known gravity change («standard») at such a level of accuracy. the stability of the calibration factors of lr-d126 has been periodically investigated on site. this kind of calibration is obtained by inducing changes in the spring length through a known «dial» turning and fitting this, by least-squares, against the instrumental output. this is the most frequently table i. comparison between lr-d126 and superconducting sg-tt70-t015 meters: results (delta factor and phase) of the tidal analysis for the main tidal waves. in the last column the ratio (sg/d) of delta factors obtained by the records from the superconducting and d meters is listed. the tidal waves nomenclature is: o1-diurnal lunar; p1-diurnal lunar; k1-diurnal luni-solar; s1-diurnal solar; m2 semi-diurnal lunar; s2 semi-diurnal solar. lr-d126 sg-tt70-t015 wave delta phase (°) delta phase (°) lr/sg o1 1.147 ± 0.003 -0.2 ± 0.1 1.14 ± 0.01 -0.1 ± 0.6 1.006 ± 0.009 p1s1k1 1.137 ± 0.002 0.0 ± 0.09 1.130 ± 0.009 0.1 ± 0.6 1.006 ± 0.007 m2 1.184 ± 0.001 1.14 ± 0.06 1.176 ± 0.003 0.9 ± 0.2 1.007 ± 0.004 fig. 4. calibration factors obtained with on-site and absolute calibration for lr-d126 gravity meter; units of vertical axis (ndiv) are number of scale divisions. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 71 72 u. riccardi, g. berrino, g. corrado and j. hinderer adopted calibration procedure for continuous gravity station equipped with relative mechanical instruments. various schemes of dial turning have been tested at mt. vesuvius station (riccardi et al., 2002). hereafter, such calibrations are referred to as «on-site» calibrations. moreover, two additional calibrations of the feedback were carried out in june 1994 and november 1997 in sèvres, at the bureau international des poids et mesures (bipm) during the international comparison of absolute gravimeters (becker et al., 1995, 2000). a calibration of the instrumentation was also obtained in 1997 by means of a joint intercomparison with the superconducting gravimeter sgtt70-t015 (table i) and the absolute fg5-206 gravimeter (riccardi et al., 2002). the intercomparison between spring and superconducting gravimeters is the most suitable way to determine the transfer function of spring gravimeters in the tidal band. detailed information on the different calibrations and operational procedures carried out at this station are given in riccardi et al. (2002). the time distribution of the calibration factor is shown in fig. 4. in this plot the value from the intercomparison with the fg5-206 absolute gravimeter is shown and the suitable range of repeatability of the calibration factor at 1% level is also drawn. a large scattering of the calibration factor occurs from 1999 to 2001, when some anomalous signals were detected. the anomalous signals (highlighted in fig. 2a) were characterized by an abnormal drift and then very large gravity residuals. as a consequence, the tidal analysis on the 1998-2000 data furnished a sharp decrease of the δ factors at the beginning of 1999 (berrino and riccardi, 2001). a theoretical value of the instrumental sensitivity was computed and compared with the calibration factors monitored «on site» to evaluate whether the calibration factor truly reflects changes in the instrumental response or is merely due to the adopted «on site» calibration procedures. the theoretical instrumental sensitivity was determined by a regression analysis between the meter’s output signal and the synthetic gravity tide. thus, a set of weekly theoretical values of calibration factor was obtained and compared with the results from the repeated calibrations (fig. 5). a good agreement between the temporal evolution of the theoretical factors and those obtained through the «on site» calibration was detected (riccardi et al., 2002). moreover, the set of the «on site» and theoretical calibration factors has been plotted against the time occurrence of certain large worldwide earthquakes (ml > 5) that shook the meter strong enough to send it out of range (fig. 5). a time correlation between the larger changes of instrumental sensitivity and the occurrence of seismic events can be observed. more detailed discussion concerning the instrumental sensitivity changes on the occasion of large earthquakes is given in fig. 5. on-site and theoretical calibration for lr-d126 against the occurrence of some large earthquakes (ml >5); «shot» on vertical axis is the arbitrary unit for the feedback frequency output. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 72 73 strategies in the processing and analysis of continuous gravity record in active volcanic areas: the case of mt. vesuvius riccardi et al. (2002) and berrino and riccardi (2004). they suggest a mechanical perturbation of the sensor, due to some dominant frequencies of the noise at the station on the occasion of large earthquakes. in fact the higher frequency of the seismic free oscillation excited by large earthquakes includes the fundamental mode of oscillation (t0: 15 to 20 s) of the lacoste and romberg spring gravimeters (torge, 1989). these instrumental disturbances due to large earthquakes can last several weeks. 3. ocean loading and atmospheric reduction the state of the art of the modelling of the ocean loading effect on local gravity data is hereafter reviewed and the most advanced methods in pursuing the reductions of the atmospheric effects are presented. to focus on the methodological upgrades, we present our attempt to model the barometric «local» effect on gravity data in a stable non-volcanic area by means of a barometric array. however, by the way of the methodological approaches, these results can be fruitfully applied to fix the problem of air pressure effect on local tvg in volcanic areas. in a very general sense, ocean tide loading (otl) is the deformation of the earth due to the weight of the ocean tides. the ocean tides induces water mass redistributions causing periodic loading of the ocean bottom. the earth’s deformation (vertical and horizontal displacement, tvg, tilt and strain) under this load is called ocean tide loading. the ocean tides as well as the body tides have more than one periodicity, so they can be described as the sum of several harmonic components having their own period. problem areas are mostly islands and shallow seas with large tidal amplitude and fast varying phase lag. these include among the others in europe: the mediterranean sea and the north sea. to compute the ocean tide loading the ocean tides are integrated with a weighting function g (3.1) here l is the loading phenomenon (displacement, gravity, tilt or strain) at the station located at distance r. the ocean tide at r’ is given in its complex form z=aeiϕ, where ϕ is the phase; ρ is the mean density of sea water and g is green’s function for the distance |r−rl|. the integral is taken over all global water masses a. ( ) ( )l r z r g r r da a ρ= -l l# table ii. amplitude (l; in nm s-2) and phase (ϕ in degrees) of the main harmonics of the otl computed for mt. vesuvius station by means of different models. scw80 csr 3.0 fes 95.2 tpxo 6.2 tpxo 7.0 wave l ϕ l ϕ l ϕ l ϕ l ϕ m2 11.5 -85.4 9.2 -68.0 10.6 -69.1 9.5 -67.8 9.6 -66.9 s2 4.0 -58.8 3.1 -58.6 4.0 -58.1 4.6 -57.7 3.3 -49.6 n2 2.3 -100.3 1.7 -82.4 2.2 -84.9 2.1 -66.7 2.2 -80.5 k2 1.1 -58.9 0.8 -59.1 1.1 -63.4 0.9 -33.9 1.1 -37.6 k1 1.1 -131.8 2.0 -84.1 2.8 -76.6 1.5 -83.9 1.5 -81.1 o1 1.2 169.0 1.3 -131.7 2.0 -145.3 1.3 -147.4 1.3 -153.0 p1 0.4 -136.8 0.7 -90.0 0.9 -84.4 0.6 -100.3 0.4 -121.8 q1 0.3 116.2 0.1 167.7 0.3 168.2 0.4 129.9 0.4 131.4 mf 0.4 -16.8 0.5 27.1 0.5 27.1 0.4 33.8 0.3 32.2 mm 0.2 -109.7 0.3 23.2 0.1 22.9 0.3 30.3 0.2 21.0 ssa 0.3 -93.1 0.3 4.5 0.2 3.9 0.3 4.5 0.3 4.5 vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 73 74 u. riccardi, g. berrino, g. corrado and j. hinderer green’s function determines how much the earth deforms due to the point load (a general solution of this problem is given in farrel, 1972). the next step is to replace the convolution integral by a summation. most ocean models are given on a 0.5° by 0.5° grid, which justifies direct summation over these ocean grid cells if the station is more than 10 km from the coast. otherwise some re-gridding is necessary. some local solutions (models) are obtained by means of a re-gridding the model gradually towards the station. table ii lists the amplitude (l) and phase (ϕ) of the main 11 harmonics of the otl computed for mt. vesuvius station. these 11 harmonics are the largest in amplitude and represent most of the total tidal signal. these have been computed by means of a free otl provider developed at the onsala space observatory and maintained by m.s. bos and h.-g. scherneck (http://www.oso.chalmers.se/~loading/). solutions coming from classical (scw80) (schwiderski, 1980) and most recent models (csr 3.0; fes95.2, tpxo6.2, tpxo7.0) (eanes, 1994; le provost et al., 1998; egbert and erofeeva, 2002) have been obtained. if the stations are close to the coast, like the mt. vesuvius one, an automatic interpolation is applied using a mask having a coastline resolution of 0.6 km. schwiderski’s model (scw80) is one of the oldest and it has been considered the standard for many years. it is a hydrodynamic model, given on a 1° by 1° grid and uses an interpolation scheme to fit the tide gauges; scw80 model does not account for the mediterranean sea tide. fes95.2 is an upgrade of the fes94.1 model, a pure hydrodynamic tide model tuned to fit tide gauges globally, which includes the mediterranean sea tide. in fes95.2 the tides in the arctic were improved and topex/poseidon satellite altimeter data has been used to adjust the long wavelength behaviour of fes94.1. it has been calculated on a finite element grid with very fine resolution near the coast. the version used at mt. vesuvius station is given on a 0.5° by 0.5° grid. the csr3.0 models are nothing other than a long wavelength adjustment of fes94.1 model by using topex/poseidon data and are given on a 0.5° by 0.5° grid. tpxo.6.2 and 7.0 have been computed using inverse theory using tide gauge and topex/poseidon data. these models have a resolution of a 0.25° by 0.25° grid. the results lead to a maximum otl effect at mt. vesuvius of about 10 nm/s2 (1 mgal) with a slightly lower amplitude obtained by means of models accounting for mediterranean sea tides. the amplitude and phase of such effect has to be accounted for to avoid a tidal modulation (diurnal and semi-diurnal) in the residual gravity signals. besides solid earth and ocean tides, atmospheric pressure variations are one of the major sources of surface gravity perturbations preventing a highly accurate detection of small amplitude gravity signals (see e.g., hinderer and crossley, 2000, 2004). the continual redistribution of air mass in the earth’s atmosphere causes periodic variations in local gravity at the solar tidal frequencies as well as random variations (warburton and goodkind, 1977; spratt, 1982). gravity (measured positive down) and local atmospheric pressure correlate with an admittance of about −3.0÷−3.5 nms−2/hpa (e.g., warburton and goodkind, 1977; müller and zürn, 1983; merriam, 1992). knowing that pressure changes can reach 50 hpa in specific locations, the amplitude of atmospheric contribution to gravity may be as large as 200 nms−2, which is typically only 10 times less than the solid earth tides. moreover, because this effect varies both in time and with frequency (richter et al., 1995), the contribution is spread over a wide spectral domain and may inhibit the observation of small signals of non-tidal origin. the global atmosphere acts on surface gravity through two competing effects: a direct «newtonian» attraction by air masses and an elastic contribution due to the earth’s surface loading. the amplitude and polarity of these two effects vary with distance, so the net contribution of the atmosphere coming from different distances from the gravity station is variable (e.g., spratt 1982; merriam, 1992; mukai et al. 1995; boy et al. 1998). the coherence scale of pressure fluctuations and some considerations on the hydrostatic approximation of the atmosphere, led some authors to suggest a division of the globe into «local» (within 50 km), «regional» (501000 km) and «global» zones (> 1000 km) vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 74 75 strategies in the processing and analysis of continuous gravity record in active volcanic areas: the case of mt. vesuvius (atkinson, 1981; merriam, 1992). in the local zone (< 50 km) pressure can change rapidly in time, but is spatially coherent, so that pressure observations collected at the gravity site are sufficient to obtain an accurate reduction within a few tenths of nm/s2 except when a front is passing through the local zone (rabbel and zschau, 1985). when a pressure front moves through or larger horizontal gradients affect the local zone, the band from 1 to 10 km from the gravity station becomes a critical area for which more detailed pressure data are needed. atmospheric effects on gravity are routinely reduced using a barometric admittance, which is a simple transfer function adjusted by least square fitting between pressure and gravity, both measured locally. the use of a single scalar admittance has been well established (e.g., warburton and goodkind, 1977; crossley et al. 1995). when atmospheric pressure p (hpa) is recorded jointly with gravity g (nms−2) at a single station, the gravity can be reduced (gr) by using the relation (3.2) where pn is a reference pressure at the station and α is either a nominal value of −3.0 nms-2/hpa or determined by a least squares fit of p to g. the effectiveness and simplicity of this method has led to its widespread use in gravity studies for many purposes. this reduction typically accounts for some 90% of the total atmospheric effect. the drawback of this method is that the admittance shows some variation with time (e.g., richter, 1987; van dam and francis, 1998), usually on seasonal time scales, whereas the atmosphere is certainly variable on short time scales and local weather systems can move rapidly over a station in a few hours (müller and zürn, 1983; rabbel and zschau, 1985). so there is no guarantee that the correlation implied by eq. (3.2) is satisfied over all length and time scales. furthermore crossley et al. (2002) found that the admittance is sensitive to the time averaging windows applied on data, namely a higher admittance is found for shorter windowing. moreover, the simple reduction using only the local pressure measurements cannot take into account either the global scale or re( )g g p pr nα= gional (1000 km around the gravimeter) atmospheric effects. several approaches using the local pressure more effectively have been attempted, particularly with a frequency dependent admittance (e.g., warburton and goodkind, 1977; crossley et al. 1995; neumeyer, 1995; neumeyer et al., 1998; kroner and jentzsch, 1998; van dam and francis, 1998). the method represents a transformation of the eq. (3.2) from the time domain to the frequency (ω) domain and allowing the admittance (α) to be frequency dependent (3.3) minimising ⎮gr(w)⎮2 over the whole frequency range leads to (3.4) which is equivalent to the complex admittance defined by warburton and goodkind (1977). crossley et al. (1995) demonstrated that the complex admittance, as expressed in eq. (3.4), is a powerful and versatile tool to model both local atmospheric effect and contribution due to the solar harmonics sn and allows to select the frequency ranges of the air pressure reduction. 3.1. atmospheric reduction by means of a barometric array riccardi et al. (2007) investigated the efficiency of a barometric array (fig. 6) to improve the reduction of the «local» atmospheric effects on gravity data in normal weather conditions and also under extreme weather conditions. this research has been developed by using superconducting gravity (sg) data collected in strasbourg and barometric records in five sites around the sg station at distances ranging between 10 and 60 km (fig. 6). six months of gravity and air pressure records (fig. 7) have been analyzed both in the time and frequency domains. some further analyses have been addressed on three time intervals (highlighted in fig. 7) characterized by large and fast air pressure changes. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) p g p 2α ω ω ω ω = / / ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )g g pr ω ω α ω ω= vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 75 76 u. riccardi, g. berrino, g. corrado and j. hinderer riccardi et al. (2007) used the multi-linear regression (mlr) method of van camp and vauterin (2005) to express an objective signal sobj (gravity residuals) as a linear combination of a set of m component signals sc (air pressure record of each station) (3.5)drift residuals a sobj lm cm n m = + +/ fig. 6. location map of the superconducting gravimeter (filled circle) and the stations of the barometric array. fig. 7a-c. the strasbourg hourly data sets: a) gravity record; b) gravity residuals; c) air pressure. the time spans highlighted in gray are characterized by large and fast pressure changes and are the target of further analyses. b c a vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 76 77 strategies in the processing and analysis of continuous gravity record in active volcanic areas: the case of mt. vesuvius in this study we set n=1 (a linear regression). the drift term, which is used to model the longterm instrumental behaviour in the gravity record consists of a polynomial of degree k (t is the time) (3.6) the parameters a1 ... an, b1 ... bn, were estimated by least squares adjustment. b t$+fb b t b t b t$ $ $+ + + +=( )drift a p k0 1 2 2 3 3 fig. 8a-f. residual gravity obtained for a time span 11 days long during december 2000 (ref. fig. 7a-c). comparison of different kinds of reduction: a) by means of: a single admittance coefficient; b) a fit to pressure data from strasbourg only; c) a fit to pressure data from the whole array; d) a frequency dependent admittance; e) air loading computed with the hybrid model; f) fourier spectrum of the reduced residual gravity. a b c d e f vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 77 78 u. riccardi, g. berrino, g. corrado and j. hinderer the mlr approach allows us to jointly account for the atmospheric effect as it can be probed trough the barometric array. a similar methodology has also been applied by dittfeld (1995) and kroner and jentzsch (1998). the results obtained on the whole data set (6 months) demonstrated that negligible improvement in the «local» atmospheric reduction derives from the use of an array, as also shown by dittfeld (1995). moreover the short length of our study did not permit us to investigate seasonal variations in the pressure reduction to gravity. we further compared the efficiency of the atmospheric reduction by means of the barometric array with the one performed through global loading computation (boy et al., 2002; petrov and boy, 2004). we use ecmwf (european centre for medium-range weather forecasts) surface pressure fields from the 4dvar model as they have the highest temporal (3 h) and spatial (0.5°) resolution. a more detailed description of the global loading computation is given in riccardi et al. (2007) and petrov and boy (2004). the results showed that gravity residuals reduced by means of the atmospheric loading using the 4dvar surface pressure are slightly worse than those obtained by applying a single admittance coefficient. this is likely due to the low resolution of the loading model, which is unable to reconstruct high frequency local barometric changes. these considerations could be extended when the mean atmospheric conditions are not far from the hydrostatic equilibrium. so we decided to analyze data during shorter time intervals, mainly characterized by abnormal weather conditions like when an atmospheric front is passing. here the results for 11 days during december 2000 are shown (figs. 7 and 8). in order to improve the time and spatial resolution of the computed global atmospheric loading, we tested a hybrid method which consists in the following steps: – a global loading reduction using the 3 h and 0.5°×0.5° grided surface pressure fields everywhere except in the local zone. the global contribution has been recomputed from the 4dvar model and oversampled to 60 s with spline interpolating functions; – a local loading reduction obtained by dividing the local zone into a smaller grid using interpolated data and the 60 s pressure samples from the closest stations of the barometric array, except the central zone; – a central zone reduction using the j9 station pressure. all three contributions have been added leading to a hybrid time series of the atmospheric loading. the effect of the hybrid model in the load computation is clear, the increase in the model resolution has led to improve the efficiency of the global loading reduction giving results similar to those obtained through the barometric array (fig. 8c,e). to evaluate the potentiality of each aforesaid method of reduction riccardi et al. (2007) considered the standard deviation (σ) of the reduced gravity residuals as an estimator of the efficiency of the applied air pressure reduction. the standard deviations of gravity residuals reduced by means of the barometric array have been better than to those reduced by using an air pressure record collected in a single station. the use of the barometer array lowers the standard deviation of the gravity residuals by about 30%. the improvement is essentially due to a removal of an almost quadratic background trend by using the array (see fig. 8a-c). the trend could be related to some coherent features of the barometric field at local scale sensed by the array. moreover an improvement in the atmospheric reduction has been achieved with a frequency dependent admittance (fig. 8d); as demonstrated by several authors (crossley et al., 1995), the reduction is significantly better mainly at high frequency (>2 cpd), because large-scale pressure fluctuations are less correlated with gravity than are local pressure fluctuations. in only one of the 3 periods of rapid changes we investigated did the array improve on standard methods, and even in that case the improvement was noticeable only in the low frequencies, but actually worse at high frequencies. the spectra of the unreduced and reduced gravity residuals according to all the reduction methods are also drawn (fig. 8f). they clearly show that a single admittance coefficient is enough to reduce the energy in all the spectral bands. data from the barometer network improve the reduction at low frequenvol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 78 79 strategies in the processing and analysis of continuous gravity record in active volcanic areas: the case of mt. vesuvius cies (<2.5 cpd) while at higher frequencies the results are worse. in fact, comparing the gravity residuals reduced by a single admittance coefficient with those reduced through data from the barometric array (fig. 8a,c), an increase in high-frequency (>3 cpd) noise is quite evident. these features could be due to the summation of correlated high-frequency noise in the pressure data series. hence the use of pressure data acquired by an array to improve the gravity reduction requires special care, because they could introduce an artificial high-frequency noise. the application of the hybrid method improves the air pressure reduction in almost the entire spectral band except for the 2.0 cpd band (fig. 8e). this would be the result of two model defaults i.e. an inefficient tidal fitting in the residual gravity computation and an inadequate modelling of the air loading due to the thermal s2 component (see ponte and ray, 2002). finally we note that during normal atmospheric conditions, when the atmosphere is in apparent hydrostatic equilibrium, the use of our local array of barometers gave no improvement over the use of the pressure at the station itself. accounting for the geometry of the available barometric array and the typical amplitude (10−2 hpa) of the pressure signal in the «local» zone, we could expect some improvement with a more dense array of higher quality sensors using the methods described in this paper. a more general consideration arises from this experience: the highest level of development in air pressure reduction of local gravity data make sense only for gravity signals collected by superconducting gravimeters. otherwise a single barometer can be enough to account for the main part of the pressure effect originating in the local zone. however it is noteworthy that a significant progress in modelling atmospheric effects, as demonstrated by several authors, can be pursued by using a frequency dependent admittance, which allows us to model the weather contribution at different frequency ranges. the reduction is significantly improved mainly at high frequency (>2 cpd) and consequently the reduced gravity residuals are much smoother than the others obtained by applying different kind of reductions. 4. analysis of gravity record at mt. vesuvius and results this section reports the most remarkable results coming from the experience of about 15 years of gravity recording at mt. vesuvius (southern italy). the time dependent behaviour fig. 9. calibration functions (dotted and continuous lines) interpolating the factors obtained with the on-site calibrations (points with error bars) and polynomial fitting (dashed line). the thickest line is the calibration function adopted to convert gravity records in nm/s2. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 79 80 u. riccardi, g. berrino, g. corrado and j. hinderer of the tidal gravimetric factors is compared with the results from relative and absolute gravity surveys and seismic activity. the results are interpreted in the framework of the present-day dynamics of mt. vesuvius. to reduce the instrumental effect on tidal parameters (δ factors and phases) computed at mt. vesvius gravity station, a calibration function has been computed to convert the recorded signal into nm/s2 (fig. 9); this function derives from the available data-set of the calibration factors periodically checked at the gravity station. in detail, two calibration functions have been computed respectively by including or excluding the highest outlier of the calibration factors data-set obtained in 1999. the harmonic tidal analyses were repeated on the gravity record calibrated by means of the two functions to rule out any dependence of δ factors and phases from instrumental effects, namely the temporal changes of the calibration factors. thus, taking into account these results, the first calibration function (dotted line in fig. 9) was rejected and we adopted the second function (bold continuous line in fig. 9) to calibrate the gravity record (fig. 2) spanning 19992001 interval. all of the gravity records were analysed to obtain tidal parameters and gravity residuals (fig. 2). the latter have been computed by subtracting the luni-solar effect (body tide), according to tamura’s gravity potential catalogue (tamura, 1987) from the gravity record, as well as a first order correction for the atmospheric effect and instrumental drift. the mean coefficient, −3.5 nms−2/hpa, has been adopted to reduce the atmospheric effect in gravity record (berrino et al., 1997, 2000). the wahr-dehantzschau (wdz) earth model (wahr, 1981; dehant, 1987; zschau and wang, 1987) has been adopted to compute tidal parameters, while for the computation of gravity residuals a synthetic tide was calculated using tidal parameters computed from the local gravity records since 1994. as regards the reduction of the drift, accurate modelling is necessary to remove the instrumental drift and to distinguish it from longterm gravity changes due to volcanic sources. this is mainly required in quiescent volcanic areas, where «slow» and small temporal gravity changes are expected. otherwise in the case of large short-lasting (few hours or days) gravity variations, as observed in open-conduit volcanoes (carbone et al., 2006), the instrumental drift can be easily modelled. here, drift has been constrained by taking into account the temporal gravity changes obtained by both relative and absolute measurements periodically performed at mt. vesuvius. the latter show a negligible contribution on the trend observable in fig. 2b; thus, the long term component of the gravity record can be considered instrumental drift. the drift corrected gravity residuals are shown in fig. 2b. the data set has been analysed by means of an algorithm for tidal analysis: «eterna 3.3» (wenzel, 1996). the results for the main tidal waves are summarized in table iii. the analyses have been performed on the gravity record rearranged in some temporal subsets to check the time stability of the solutions and investigate the temporal changes of δ factors with a better resolution. the results of these tidal analyses have also been compared with the previous ones from 1987-1991 and the 1960 (table iii, fig. 10c). table iii. comparison among tidal gravimetric factors determined during the 1960s, 1987-91 and 1994-2000 (for tidal waves nomenclature refer to table i). wave 1959-1961 1961-1965 1987-1991 1994-1998 1999-2000 imbò et al. (1965a) imbò et al. (1965a) berrino et al. (1993b) o1 1.156 1.038 1.08±0.02 1.126±0.002 1.143±0.004 k1 p1s1k1:0.928 1.083 1.05±0.01 1.117±0.001 1.123v0.003 m2 1.154 1.068 1.11±0.01 1.1488±0.0007 1.155±0.001 s2 1.147 1.107 1.03±0.02 1.144±0.004 1.155±0.003 vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 80 81 strategies in the processing and analysis of continuous gravity record in active volcanic areas: the case of mt. vesuvius although a calibration function has been adopted, aimed at eliminating or at least reducing the instrumental effects, the results of the tidal analyses (table iii) show an increase in the δ factor in the period 1999-2000. anyway the assumption of a calibration function and all the efforts aimed at achieve a rigorous calibration of the lcr d126 do not rule out bona fide some instrumental effects on the observed delta temporal changes at mt. vesuvius gravity station. it is noteworthy that these variations are well correlated with some changes in the activity of mt. vesuvius. in fact a seismic crisis began in october 1999 (iannaccone et al., 2001) and a significant inversion of the trend of the gravity changes occurred in 1994 as deduced by both relative and absolute measurements. in order to better understand the relationship, if any, between the results of tidal analyses and volcano dynamics, δ factor and gravity changes have been reconstructed by the available data for the last forty years and interpreted in the context of the activity of mt. vesuvius (fig. 10a-c). fig. 10a-d. time behaviour of vesuvius dynamics from 1959 to 2001: a-b) seismic activity; c) tidal gravity factor for m2 tidal wave; d) gravity changes (µgal) at the osservatorio vesuviano station plus gravity and elevation changes at torre del greco. a b c d vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 81 82 u. riccardi, g. berrino, g. corrado and j. hinderer figure 10d shows the observed tvg at the osservatorio vesuviano station. the reliability of this gravity change may be strongly constrained by taking into account data from others stations of the mt. vesuvius relative gravity network. as an example, fig. 10d shows the gravity changes at torre del greco, about 5 km sw of the mt. vesuvius crater, and the vertical ground movement continuously obtained by tide gauge data. tide gauge data were collected very close to the torre del greco gravity station. an inversion of the trend, detected in 1993-1994, is also evident in the ground movement. a high degree of similarity in the changes observed at both stations is clear. the results of these tidal analyses have also been compared with the previous ones from 1987-1991 and the 1960s (table iii, fig. 10c). an increasing trend from 1961 to the present in the amplitude of the tidal waves is clearly detectable. taking into account the logistic and instrumental differences between the 1959-1965 (askania meter gs9, gs11) and 1987-2001 recording stations, a rough comparison among the different data can be made. from 19611965 to 1987-1991, changes in the tidal parameters cannot be considered significant, while an increase can be noted from 1991 to 1994 and, as previously discussed, in 1999-2000. the latter shows tidal parameters similar to the values determined in the 1959-61 time interval. it is noteworthy that the main changes in tidal parameters again seem well correlated with the temporal behaviour of the activity of mt. vesuvius (berrino et al., 2006). at least three crises (1989-1991, 1996, 1999-2000) (figs. 10a-b) are reported (berrino et al., 1993a; vilardo et al., 1996; iannaccone et al., 2001). moreover, an increase in seismicity was also well documented in 1963-1964 (imbò et al., 1965b). concerning gravity changes, here we focus on the results of the episodic gravity measurements since 1982 collected on mt. vesuvius relative gravity network (berrino, 2000; berrino and riccardi, 2000). the observed temporal gravity change at the osservatorio vesuviano station (fig. 10d) shows an increase (more then 20 µgal/year) in the 19591983 time interval (berrino and riccardi, 2000; 2001), as inferred by reviewing data collected during 1959-1960 (tribalto and maino, 1962) and 1965 (bonasia, unpublished data) gravity surveys. this trend fits the gravity data collected during the 1980s, when a continuous gravity increase affected the whole area (berrino, 2000). focusing on the most recent data (fig. 10), it is interesting to note that the increase of the d factor from 1991 to 1994 (fig. 10c) occurred during or soon after the 1989-91 seismic crisis. a gravity decrease of about 60 µgal (fig. 10d) (berrino et al., 1993a) was also detected between 1989 and 1991 at the osservatorio vesuviano gravity station by both relative and absolute gravity measurements. the tidal response of the investigated area could indicate a variation in the deformational behaviour probably due to the change in the mean mechanical properties of mt. vesuvius, as already suggested by berrino et al. (1997). up to now any additional information on volcanic sources may be inferred by the gravity residuals. although their time distribution clearly shows an increase in amplitude and scattering during 1998-2001, coinciding with the increasing seismicity, there are not enough clear gravity signals to detect or hypothesize the presence of volcanic input. 5. conclusions the above described results show how the continuous gravity record on active volcanoes could be a useful investigative tool to detect volcanic inputs, but much care must be taken to remove from the recorded signals the effects due to the instrumental response and non-volcanic sources. as changes in instrument sensitivity can reduce the repeatability of measurements and affect the phase and amplitude of recorded gravity signals, the accurate calibration of gravimeters in high-precision gravimetry is topical. the stability of the calibration factors has to be deeply investigated through different calibration methods (e.g., inter-comparison with ag and sg). concerning the modelling of the non-volcanic contribution to tvg, currently the tide generating potential is at a suitable level of acvol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 82 83 strategies in the processing and analysis of continuous gravity record in active volcanic areas: the case of mt. vesuvius curacy (1 nm/s2), so highly accurate catalogues of tide potential are available. even the otl modelling is highly accurate. the topex/poseidon satellite altimeter data deeply improved the studies on the otl effects. nevertheless some local solutions are needed for instance for volcanic islands. moreover the state of the art demonstrates that the gravity record could be able to characterize the deformational behaviour of the volcano through the time evolution of the δ factor. however, as mentioned by several authors (e.g., arnoso et al., 2001; robinson, 1991; melchior, 1995), this points out the existing necessity of theoretical studies and observations of the highest quality to answer the different questions regarding the significance of the tidal gravity anomaly and how it relates to mechanical properties of the upper crust. on the other hand, the capability of gravity residuals at least in the volcanic area characterized by a low level dynamics, requires a significant improvement in modelling mainly instrumental drift. however, the joint application of relative, absolute and continuous gravimetry is strongly recommended, to better remove the longterm instrumental drift. thus the recognition of real gravity changes from apparent ones, due to instrumental behaviour, becomes more reliable. currently, no additional information on volcanic sources may be inferred from the gravity residuals at mt. vesuvius permanent station. an improvement in the study of the mass redistribution due to volcanic processes by means of gravity residuals could derive from the use of at least a reference station outside the volcano, which would make it possible to model and exclude long-term and non-volcanic «regional» effects (berrino et al., 1997). in quiescent volcanic areas, undertaken by «slow» and small temporal gravity changes, it is hard to recover signals (residual gravity) related to volcanic activity by means of mechanical gravimeters. this is mainly due to the strong and non-linear instrumental drift affecting the signals acquired by such sensors. the availability of sgs in active volcanic areas is hoped for because of their very small instrumental drift, high and stable sensitivity. sgs would allow to detect very slow and small tvgs often related with re-filling process of magma chamber. the reduction of the air pressure effects on local gravity through the most advanced methods, such as global loading computation or array application, is redundant for tvg collected by means of mechanical gravimeters. acknowledgements the authors are very grateful to j.-p. boy from eost for the computation of the global loading air pressure effect on local gravity. the authors are deeply indebted to the anonymous referee who greatly improved the paper with his/her comments and suggestions. for the final form of this manuscript the comments of d. carbone have also been considered. the authors thank c. del negro from ingv for his editorial work. references arnoso, j., j. fernandez and r. vieira (2001): interpretation of tidal gravity anomalies in lanzarote, canary islands, j. geodyn., 31, 341-354. atkinson, b. w. (1981): meso-scale atmospheric circulations (academic press, london), pp. 495. becker, m., l. balestri , l. bartell, g. berrino, s. bonvalot, g. csapò, m. diament, v. d’errico , c. gagnon, c. gerstenecker, p. ,jousset, a. kopaev, j. liard, i. marson, b. meures, i. nowak, s. nakai, f. rehren, b. richter, m. schnüll, a. somerhausen, w. spita, g. szatmari, m. van ruymbeke,h-g. wenzel, h. wilmes, m. zucchi and w. zürn (1995): microgravimetric measurements at the 1994 international comparison of absolute gravimeters, metrologia, 32, 145-152. becker, m., g. berrino, a.g. camacho, r. falk, o. francis, j.e. friederich, c. gagnon, c. gerstenecker, g. läufer, j. liard, b. meures, f.-j. navarro, i. nowak, f. rehren, u. riccardi, b. richter, m. schnüll, d. stizza, m. van ruymbeke, p. vauterin and h. wilmes (2000): results of relative gravimeter measurements at the icag97 intercomparison, bureau gravim. int. bull. inf., 85, 61-72. berrino, g. (1995): absolute gravimetry and gradiometry on active volcanoes of southern italy, boll. geofis. teor. appl., 37 (146), 131-144. berrino, g. (2000): combined gravimetry in the observation of volcanic processes in southern italy, j. geodynamics, 30, 371-388. berrino, g. and u. riccardi (2000): non-statyonary components of the gravity field at mt. vesuvius (southern italy): correlations with different aspects of its present-day dynamics, comptes rendus of 88th journées luxembourgeoises de géodynamique (jlg), munsbach 32-37. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 83 84 u. riccardi, g. berrino, g. corrado and j. hinderer berrino, g. and u. riccardi (2001): gravity tide at mt. vesuvius (southern italy): correlations with different geophysical data and volcanological implications, j. geod. soc. japan, 47 (1), 121-127. berrino, g. and u. riccardi (2004): far-field gravity and tilt signals by large earthquakes: real or instrumental effects?, pure appl. geophys., 161, 1379-1397. dyn., 30, 371-388. berrino, g., u. coppa, g. de natale and f. pingue (1993a): recent geophysical investigation at sommavesuvius volcanic complex, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 53, 11-26. berrino, g., g. corrado, r. magliulo and u. riccardi (1997): continuous record of the gravity changes at mt. vesuvius, ann. geofis., 40 (5), 1019-1028. berrino, g., g. corrado, r. magliulo and u. riccardi (2000): continuous gravity record at mount vesuvius: a tool to monitor its dynamics, phys. chem. earth a, 25 (9-11), 713-717. berrino, g., g. corrado, u. riccardi (2006): on the capability of recording gravity stations to detect signals coming from volcanic activity: the case of vesuvius, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 150, 270-282. berrino, g., b. ducarme and r. magliulo (1993b): gravity tide and volcanic activity in southern italy, in proceedings of the xii national meeting gruppo nazionale geofisica della terra solida, 997-1001. bonvalot, s., m. diament and g. gabalda (1998): continuous gravity recording with scintrex cg-3m meters: a promising tool for monitoring active zones, geophys. j. int., 135, 470-494. boy, j.-p., p. gegout and j. hinderer (2002): reduction of surface gravity data from global atmospheric pressure loading, geophys. j. int., 149, 534-545. boy, j.-p., j. hinderer and p. gegout (1998): global atmospheric pressure loading and gravity, phys. earth planet. int., 109, 161-177. budetta, g. and d. carbone (1997): potential application of the scintrex cg-3m gravimeter for monitoring volcanic activity: results of field trials on mt. etna, sicily, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 76, 199-214. carbone, d., g. budetta, f. greco and h. rymer (2003): combined discrete and continuous gravity observations at mt. etna, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 123, 123-135. carbone, d., l. zuccarello, g. saccorotti and f. greco (2006): analysis of simultaneous gravity and tremor anomalies observed during the 2002-2003 etna eruption, earth planet. sci. lett., 245, 616-629. chao, b.f. (1994): the geoid and earth rotation, in geophysical interpretations of geoid, edited by p. vanicek and n. christou ( crc press, boca raton), 285-298. crossley, d. and j. hinderer (1995): global geodynamics project – ggp, cahiers du centre europeen de géodynamique et de séismologie, 11, 244-271. crossley, d.j., o.g. jensen and j. hinderer (1995): effective barometric admittance and gravity residuals, phys. earth planet. int., 90, 221-241. crossley, d.j., j. hinderer and s. rosat (2002): using atmosphere-gravity correlation to derive a time-dependent admittance, bull. inf. marées terrestres, 136, 10809-10820. davis, p.m. (1981): gravity and earth tides measured on an active volcano, mt etna, sicily, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 11, 213-223. dehant, v. (1987): tidal parameters for an inelastic earth, phys. earth planet. int., 49, 97-116. dittfeld, h.-j. (1995): non-tidal features in the sg-record at potsdam, cahiers du centre européen de géodynamique et de séismologie, 11, 79-88. eanes, r.j. (1994): diurnal and semidiurnal tides from topex/poseidon altimetry, eos, 75, 108. egbert, g.d. and l. erofeeva (2002): efficient inverse modeling of barotropic ocean tides, j. atmos. oceanic technol., 19, 183-204. farrell, w. e. (1972): deformation of the earth by surface loads, rev. geophys. space phys., 10 (3), 761-797. goodkind, j.m. and c. young (1991): gravity and hydrology at kilauea volcano, the geysers and miami, cahiers du centre européen de géodynamique et de séismologie, 3, 163-167. hinderer, j. and d. crossley (2000): time variations and inferences on the earth’s structure and dynamics, surv. geophys., 21, 1-45. hinderer, j. and d. crossley (2004): scientific achievements from the first phase (1997-2003) of the global geodynamics project using a worldwide network of superconducting gravimeters, j. geodyn., 38, 237-262. iannaccone, g., g. alessio, g. borriello, p. cusano, s. petrosino, p. ricciolino, g. talarico and v. torello (2001): characteristics of the seismicity of vesuvius and campi flegrei during the year 2000, ann. geofis., 44 (5-6), 1075-1091. imbò, g., v. bonasia and a. lo bascio (1964): marea gravimetrica all’osservatorio vesuviano, ann. osservatorio vesuviano, 5 (s6), 161-184. imbò, g., v. bonasia and a. lo bascio (1965a): variazioni della marea della crosta all’osservatorio vesuviano. ann. osservatorio vesuviano, 7 (s6), 181-198. imbò, g., l. casertano and v. bonasia (1965b): considerazioni sismo-gravimetriche sulle manifestazioni vesuviane del maggio 1964, in proceedings of the xiv convegno nazionale associazione geofisica italiana, 291-300. kroner, c. and g. jentzsch (1998): comparison of air pressure reducing methods and discussion of other influences on gravity, in proceedings of the 13th earth tide symposium, brussels, 423-430,. le provost, c., f. lyard, j.m. molines, m.l. genco and f. rabilloud (1998): a hydrodynamic ocean tide model improved by assimilating a satellite altimeterderived data set, j. geophys. res., 103 (c3), 55135529. melchior, p. (1995): a continuing discussion about the correlation of tidal gravity anomalies and heat flow densities, phys. earth planet. int., 88, 223-256. melchior, p. and b. ducarme (1991): tidal gravity anomalies and tectonics, in proceedings of the 11th inter. symp. earth tides, helsinki, edited by j. kakkuri, 445-454. merriam, j. b. (1992): atmospheric pressure and gravity, geophys. j. int., 109, 488-500. mukai, a., t. higashi, s. takemoto, i. nakagawa and i. naito (1995): accurate estimation of atmospheric effects on gravity observations made with a superconducting gravity meter at kyoto, phys. earth planet. int., 91, 149-159. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 84 85 strategies in the processing and analysis of continuous gravity record in active volcanic areas: the case of mt. vesuvius müller, t. and w. zürn (1983): observation of the gravity changes during the passage of cold fronts, j. geophys., 53, 155-162. neumeyer, j. (1995): frequency dependent atmospheric pressure corrections on gravity variations by means of cross spectral analysis, bull. inf. marées terrestres, 122, 9212-9220. neumeyer, j., f. barthelmes and d. wolf (1998): atmospheric pressure correction for gravity data using different methods, in proceedings of the 13th earth tide symposium, brussels, 431-438,. peterson, j. (1993): observations and modelling of seismic background noise, open file report 93-322 (u.s. department of interior geological survey, albuquerque, new mexico). petrov, l. and j.-p. boy (2004): study of the atmospheric pressure loading signal in vlbi observations, j. geophys. res., 109, b03405, 10.1029/2003jb002500. ponte, r.m. and r.d. ray (2002): atmospheric pressure corrections in geodesy and oceanography: a strategy for handling air tides, geophys. res. lett., 29, 2153, doi: 10.1029/2002gl016340. rabbel, w. and j. zschau (1985): static deformations and gravity changes at the earth’s surface due to atmospheric loading, j. geophys., 56, 81-99. riccardi, u., g. berrino and g. corrado (2002): changes in the instrumental sensitivity for same feedback equipping lacoste and romberg gravity meters, metrologia, 39, 509-515. riccardi, u., j. hinderer and j.-p. boy (2007): on the efficiency of barometric arrays to improve the corrections of atmospheric effects on gravity data, phys. earth planet. int., 161, 224-242. richter, b. (1987): das supraleitende gravimeter, ph.d. thesis (deutsche geodät. komm., c 329, frankfurt am main), pp. 124. richter, b., h.g. wenzel, w. zürn and f. klopping (1995): from chandler wobble to free oscillations: comparison of cryogenic and other instruments in a wide period range, phys. earth planet. int., 91, 131-148. robinson, e.s. (1989): tidal gravity, heat flow, and the upper crust, phys. earth planet. int., 56, 181-185. robinson, e.s. (1991): correlation of tidal gravity and heat flow in eastern north america, phys. earth planet. int., 67, 231-236. schwiderski, e.w. (1980): on charting global ocean tides. rev. geophys. space. physics., 18 (1), 243-268. spratt, r.s. (1982): modelling the effect of atmospheric pressure variations on gravity, geophys. j.r. astron. soc., 71, 173-186. tamura, y. (1987): a harmonic development of the tidegenerating potential, bull. inf. marées terrestres, 99, 6813-6855. torge, w. (1989): gravimetry (de gruyter, berlin, new york), pp. 465. tribalto, g. and a. maino (1962): rilevamento gravimetrico della zona circumvesuviana, ann. osservatorio vesuviano, 6 (s4), 134-172. van camp, m. and p. vauterin (2005): tsoft: graphical and interactive software for the analysis of time series and earth tides, comput. geosci., 31 (5), 631-640. van dam, t. and o. francis (1998): two years of continuous gravity measurements of tidal and non-tidal variations of gravity in boulder, colorado, geophys. res. lett., 25, 393-396. van ruymbeke, m. (1991): new feedback electronics for lacoste & romberg gravimeters, cahiers du centre européen de géodynamique et de séismologie, 4, 333-337. van ruymbeke, m., r. vieira, n. d'oreye, a. somerhausen and n. grammatika (1995): technological approach from walferdange to lanzarote: the edas concept, in proceeding 12th int. symp. on earth tides, (science press, beijing, china), 53-62. vieira, r., m. van ruymbeke, j. fernandez, j. arnoso and c. de toro (1991): the lanzarote underground laboratory, cahiers du centre européen de géodynamique et de séismologie, 4, 71-86. vilardo, g., g. de natale, g. milano and u. coppa (1996): the seismicity of mt. vesuvius, tectonophysics, 261, 127-138. wahr, j.m. (1981): body tides on an elliptical, rotating, elastic and oceanless earth, geophys. j. r. astr. soc., 64, 677-703. warburton, r.j. and j.m. goodkind (1977): the influence of barometric-pressure variations on gravity, geophys. j. r. astr. soc., 48, 281-292. wenzel, h.g. (1996): the nanogal software: earth tide data processing package eterna 3.30, bull. inf. marées terrestres, bruxelles, 9425-9438. zschau, j. and r. wang (1987): imperfect elasticity in the earth’s mantle. implication for earth tides and long period deformation, in proceedings of the 9th international symposium on earth tides, new york, 605-629. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:27 pagina 85 an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7500 1 geological services tow ards a sustain able use and management of the subsu rface: a geoethical imperative serge f. van gessel geological su rvey of th e n eth erlan d s (tn o), utrech t, th e n eth erlan d s serge.van gessel@tn o.n l klaus h in sby geological su rvey of den m ark an d green lan d (geus), cop en h agen , den m ark kh i@geu s.d k gerry stan ley geological su rvey of irelan d (gsi), du blin , irelan d gerry.stan ley@gsi.ie jø rgen tulstrup geological su rvey of den m ark an d green lan d (geus), cop en h agen , den m ark jtu @geu s.d k yvon n e sch avemaker geological su rvey of th e n eth erlan d s (tn o), utrech t, th e n eth erlan d s yvon n e.sch avem aker@tn o.n l kris piessen s royal belgian in stitu te of n atu r al scien ces – geological su rvey of belgiu m , bru ssels, belgiu m kp iessen s@n atu ralscien ces.be paul j.f. bogaard geological su rvey of th e n eth erlan d s (tn o), utrech t, th e n eth erlan d s p au l.bogaard @tn o.n l abstract a geological service for europe provides users with tailored and transnational consistent information on subsurface resources, capacities and processes within their surrounding environment. such information underpins the responsible management of subsurface space and its resources, which is often administered by different authorities. n ational and regional geological surveys have come together to develop much-needed innovations and improvements that will int egrate information and knowledge across different geological and geographical settings in europe. this cooperative framework aims to meet societal challenges and protect valuable resources for future generat ions while ensuring that geoethical principles are honored. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7500 2 1. backgroun d h e earth , alon g w ith en ergy from th e su n , is th e sou rce of all th at is n ecessary to su stain life an d p rovid e th e raw m at erials th at su p p ort h u m an kin d , society an d ou r w ay of life. wh en w e con sid er w h at su stain s life, w e th in k of food , p lan ts, an im als an d w ater. wh en w e con sid er w h at su p p orts ou r lifestyle, w e con sid er ou r sh elter (h om es an d cloth in g); sou rces of en ergy – in clu d in g h yd r ocarbon s, n u clear, an d ren ew ables su ch as solar, w in d an d geoth erm al; raw m aterials for ever yd ay livin g; m od ern tech n ologies in clu d in g th e m an u factu re of good s, d evices an d tools; tran sp ort (lan d , sea an d air); an d en ergy gen e ration , tran sm ission an d storage. altogeth er th e su bsu rface is a vital elem en t for th ese com m od ities, be it as p rovid er of cru cial resou rces (w ater, en ergy, m in erals), a reservoir for tem p orary bu fferin g of resou rces, a sin k for p erm an en t storage of w aste, a footin g for su rface an d su bsu rface con stru ction s an d in frastru ctu re in clu d in g tu n n els an d bu ild in gs, or th e fou n d ation for p reservin g clean en viron m en ts an d u n iqu e n atu re reserves. th e un forecasts th at in 2050 th e global p op u lation w ill reach 9.77bn from 7.6bn tod ay (un , 2017). with in creasin g n u m bers of p eop le com es in creasin g p ressu re for th e secu re su p p ly of raw m aterials, w ater an d en ergy to su p p ort th e p op u lation . in 1983 th e un ited n ation s establish ed th e bru n d tlan d com m ission to e xam in e issu es critical to th e en viron m en t an d d evelop m en t. th e com m ission focu sed its a tten tion on th e areas of p op u lation , food secu r ity, th e loss of sp ecies an d gen etic resou rces, e n ergy, in d u stry, an d h u m an settlem en ts realizin g th at all of th ese are con n ected an d can n ot be treated in isolation on e from an oth er. th e fin al rep ort w as p u blish ed in 1987 an d p r op osed th e con cep t of “su stain able d evelo p m en t” w h ich w as d efin ed as: “sustainable development is development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” it h as been w id ely ad op ted arou n d th e w orld an d led th e un ited n ation s to d evelop th e 2030 agen d a for su stain able develop m en t an d its 17 su stain able develop m en t goals (sdg) (un ited n ation s, 2015a an d 2015b). in p articu lar sdgs n o. 6 (clean w ater an d san itation ); 7 (afford able an d clean en ergy); 9 (in d u stry, in n ovation an d in frastru ctu re); 12 (resp on sible con su m p tion an d p r od u ction ), 13 (clim ate action ), 14 (life below w ater) an d 15 (life on lan d ) ap p ly to th e issu es u n d er d iscu ssion in th is p ap er – w ater, en ergy an d raw m aterials. sim ilarly, th e eu rop ean un ion focu sed its efforts on a total of 7 societal ch allen ges (scs) th rou gh th e h 2020 research an d in n ovation p rogram . asp ects of th ese ch allen ges are eith er d irectly (e.g. w ater, en ergy, raw m in erals) or in d irectly (e.g. food , h ealth , clim ate, en viron m en t an d biod iversity) related to th e u se or p reserv ation of su bsu rface sp ace an d resou rces an d th e w ater -food -en ergy n exu s (bazilian et al., 2011). th e far-reach in g im p act an d in flu en ce of scs an d sdgs exten d beyon d th e n ation al scale, an d th e n eed for tran sn ation al in form ation an d coop eration is illu strated by th e follow in g e xam p les: th e m arkets for som e m in erals (in p articu lar m etals) an d en ergy resou rces are in creasin gly globalized . in tern ation al d ep en d en cies w ith regard s to th eir su p p ly can stron gly in flu en ce econ om ies an d societies at a n ation al scale. secu re su p p ly of r esou rces is an im p ortan t factor in creatin g or m ain tain in g su ch stron g econ om ies an d a lso in p reservin g p olitical stability (a n d rew s-sp eed et al., 2017; ec, 2011). tran sn ation al collaboration on m an agem en t of resou rces is cru cial in th is con text, con sid e rin g th e fact th at m ost su bsu rface resou rces are d eterm in ed by location -sp ecific geological con d ition s an d th erefore u n equ ally d istribu ted by d efin ition . em ission red u ction an d tran sition from fo ssil fu el gen eration system s to ren ew able e n ergy gen eration system s p resen t u s w ith a sign ifican t ch allen ge to secu re an d balan ce fu tu re en ergy su p p ly strategies. th is r equ ires in tern ation al coop eration an d th e su ccessfu l m an agem en t of d ifferen t en ergy gen eration an d storage solu tion s in clu d in g th e exp loration an d safe extraction of var iou s typ es of su bsu rface en ergy resou rces. t an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7500 3 the m itigation and red u ction of hu m an im p acts on clim ate change is a m ajor societal challenge for eu rop e and m any other cou ntries across the globe (ec, 2014) as clim ate change w ill affect the entire planet. the pr ed icted changes in clim ate and rise in sea level w ill have a profou nd im pact on grou nd w ater and su rface w ater system s (treid el et al., 2012). the ability to ad apt to these changes and the options to accom m od ate to im p acts w ill vary from region to region. yet ou r su ccess in p rotecting ecosystem s, keeping areas habitable and secu ring the safety of citizens and su p p lies of clean d rinking w ater (h insby et al., 2008), w ill d ep end on how w e cooperate in d eveloping joint solu tions. it has been argu ed that the hu m an im p act on earth has severely affected the environm ent and crossed planetary bou nd aries and threshold s e.g. biogeochem ical flow s of nitrogen and phosph oru s in the anthrop ocene (steffen et al., 2007 and 2015). th e su bsu rface is an im p ortan t p art of th e sy stem s in tegration n eed ed for global su stain ability in th e fu tu re (liu et al., 2015), an d ou r sele ction of op tion s m u st be based on (geo)eth ica l con sid eration s (martín ez-frías, et al., 2011; pep p olon i an d di cap u a, 2017). 2. a parad igm for a geological service for europe geoscien tists an d geological su rvey organ iz ation s (gsos) h ave a key resp on sibility to su p p ort th e realization of sdgs an d societal ch allen ges w ith reliable an d u n biased su bsu rface in form ation an d ad vice. th e con tin u ou s im p rovem en t, m ain ten an ce an d p u blic d issem in ation of th is in form ation an d ad vice, as w ell as th e scien tific tools an d m eth od s n eed ed for su ch p rovision s, are togeth er d escribed in th is p ap er as “geological services”. geological services p rovid e th e in form ation for evid en ce-based d ecision -m akin g on issu es w ith both sh ort an d lon g -term p ersp ectives. geoscien tific in form ation is critical to th e p rovision of evid en ce to back w h atever cou rse of action is p rop osed for an y sp ecific situ ation . it is largely collected an d con stru cted for p u blic good by gsos – eith er n ation al or region al – th rou gh ou t eu rop e. as geology is su ch a w id e scien tific en d eavor, each gso m ay focu s on a p articu lar su b-d iscip lin e (ran gin g from geoh azard s to w ater resou rces an d th e en viron m en t; from h yd rocarbon s to geoth erm al; an d from con stru ction m aterials to m etal raw m aterials) d ep en d in g on n ation al p riorities. as a resu lt th e state of kn ow led ge in an y on e su b-d iscip lin e v aries from on e gso to an oth er. in form ation collected by on e gso m ay be d ifferen t from an oth er an d it is often n ot easy to in tegrate d ata an d in form ation across ju risd iction s. geology, h ow ever, d oes n ot recogn ize th e bord ers b etw een cou n tries – geological form ation s tran scen d th ese bou n d aries an d w ater an d oth er flu id s flow (freely) across th e bord ers above an d below grou n d . th e fore-m en tion ed tran sn ation al con text of societal ch allen ges an d con t in u ity of geological featu res an d resou r ces across bord ers sh ou ld th erefore be reflected by th e geological services as w ell. th e key scien tific ch allen ge for gsos an d associated scien ce in stitu tes is th u s to overcom e th e fu n d am en tal d ifferen ces in th e w ay geological services are establish ed an d com p osed at n ation al an d region al level. th ese d ifferen ces e xist for variou s reason s, e.g.: differen t scop e an d level of su bsu rface e xp loration an d exp loitation resu ltin g in co n trastin g d ata p attern s an d qu alities. differen t ap p roach es, form ats an d stan d ard s for m ap p in g, m od elin g an d an alyzin g su bsu rface d ata (e.g. 2d vs. 3d, d efin ition of geological u n its, scale an d accu racy). differen t ju risd iction s m ay h ave reg u lation s coverin g w h at d ata can or can n ot be sh ared an d u sed . in ord er to serve en d -u sers effectively, th e geoscien tist m u st tran sform d ata an d kn ow led ge in to solu tion s th at d irectly relate to th e d ecision or altern atives u n d er ev alu ation . for exam p le: “wh ere can co 2 be safely stored an d in w h at qu an tities?”, “sh ou ld a certain m in eral d ep osit be con sid ered for d evelop m en t?”, or “wh at m easu res m u st be im p lem en ted to m itigate an d m on itor im p acts on a grou n d w ater bod y?” geological su rveys p rovid e su ch an sw ers by m easu rin g an d m od elin g su bsu rface stru ctu re an d p rop erties in fou r d im en sion s, an d u sin g an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7500 4 resu ltin g d ata an d geo -m od els to assess th e d istribu tion an d exp loitability of resou rces an d cap acities, as w ell as th e p ossible effects in d u ced by su bsu rface activities. th e in tegration of th ese ou tcom es in th e m u lti-d im en sion al geo-m od el sp ace h elp s th e d ecision -m aker s to ap p reciate th eir sp atial-tem p oral relation sh ip s an d en ables fu rth er ap p raisal of th e viability an d p ossible con sequ en ces of d evelop m en t scen arios. th is ap p roach is reflected by th e g en erically ap p licable w orkflow p rin cip les in fig. 1. th e key to establish in g an effective an d su stain able geological service at eu rop ean level lies in a p rop er tran sn ation al h arm on ization of each step in th is w orkflow , w h ile resp ectin g th e u n iqu e an d h igh ly variable geological ch a racteristics an d societal asp ects w ith in in d ivid u al region s. in th e follow in g section s th e key scien tific ch allen ges tow ard s establish in g th is in a eu rop ean con text are briefly d escribed for each of th e m ain w orkflow stages. as w ill be d em on strated later in th is p ap er, t h e id ea to realize a eu rop ean geological service is n ot m erely d riven by p ragm atic reason s, alth ou gh am p le ben efits are associated w ith reach in g across n ation al an d geological bo rd ers. at th e h earth of th is lies th e realization th at geoeth ical p rin cip les requ ire an accep ted an d d u rable eu rop ean stru ctu re for sh arin g of d ata, m eth od s, exp ertise, view s an d even resp on sibilities. 2.1 geo -models and data su bsu rface d ata an d m easu rem en ts are typ ica lly con verted in to 2d, 3d or 4d geo -m od els rep resen tin g th e sp atial layou t of geological u n its an d stru ctu res, rock an d flu id p rop erties, in te ractin g su bsu rface p rocesses (van d er meu len et al., 2013) at variou s sp atial an d tem p oral scales. by extrap olatin g d ata an d in form ation in to a h igh er d im en sion al sp ace (e.g. 1d w ells or d rill h oles in to 2d cross-section s or 3d layer m od els) or con vertin g in form ation from on e typ e in to an oth er (e.g. 3d seism ic in to 3d stru ctu re an d p rop erties), p red iction s can be m ad e on figure 1: generic workflow underpinning the presented geological service for europe. in this concept, subsurface management and resource assessments are linked to the consistent 3d geomodels from which they are derived. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7500 5 w h eth er certain geological con d ition s are likely or p ossible at p articu lar location s. movin g in form ation in to h igh er d im en sion s also m akes it p ossible to assess v ariou s sp atial an d tem p oral relation sh ip s betw een d ifferen t rock u n its an d th e d yn am ic p rocesses w ith in th ese u n its. th e con sisten t correlation an d lin ka ge of m easu rem en ts w ith in geologically m od eled u n its en ables th eir an alysis in an ap p rop riate gen etic con text. th e effectiven ess of tran sn ation al su bsu rface m an agem en t stron gly relies on a co n sisten t collation an d correlation of geo -m od el in form ation across bord ers. th is brin gs a m ajor ch allen ge w ith regard s to h ow th e variety of m od els an d m easu rem en ts from d ifferen t r egion s an d geological settin gs can be m erged or in tegrated . in ad d ition to th e geological asp ects (e.g. stratigrap h ic d efin ition s), th is task also requ ires solu tion s in in form ation m an agem en t (e.g. d ealin g w ith d ifferen t scales, geom etries an d m od el stan d ard s). 2.2 resources and utilization: energy, groundw ater and minerals su bsu rface resou rces an d cap acities are eith er id en tified d irectly from observation s (e.g. in w ells or d rill h oles) or p red icted from a com b in ation of in d icative p rop erties an d favorable geological con d ition s rep resen ted in th e geo m od els. a h arm on ized eu rop ean overview of geological resou rces an d p oten tial su bsu rface u ses w ill of cou rse rely on th e qu ality an d co n sisten cy of u n d erp in n in g d ata (e.g. obtain ed from su rface or airborn e geop h ysics). th e a p p lication of com p arable an d u n iform asses sm en t m eth od ologies an d criteria is of equ al im p ortan ce, esp ecially w h en th e en d re su lts are u sed in in tern ation al resou rces an d reserves classification sch em es. makin g su re th at su ch m eth od ologies are able to d eal w ith th e sp ecifics of in d ivid u al region s (geological settin g, available d ata, exp loration level, etc.), an d th at th e variou s geological u n certain ties are p rop erly accom m od ated in th e en d resu lts, are key scien tific ch allen ges in th is resp ect. 2.3 effects, impacts and protection th e con sequ en ces of su bsu rface d evelop m en t are in m ost cases restricted to th e sp ecific location w h ere th e activities take p lace, yet th eir m an ifestation often h as a far -reach in g in flu en ce on society. th e evalu ation an d u n d erstan d in g of th e su bsu rface p rocesses an d con d ition s th at lead to in d u ced h azard s an d en viron m en tal im p acts p resen ts sign ifican t scien tific ch allen ges. relevan t on -site in form ation m ay often be sp arse an d ap p rop riate an alogu es d ifficu lt to fin d . geological su rveys can brin g m u ch -n eed ed in n ovation to th is field of research by sh arin g e xp erien ces, m ergin g an d in tegratin g cru cial d ata sets an d join tly d evelop in g best p ractice s an d in n ovative m eth od ologies. tran sn ation al h arm on ized 2d/ 3d/ 4d geo m od els w ill greatly assist in a p rop er exch an ge an d com p arison of an alogu e system s an d th ereby en able n ew in sigh ts in to cau ses, effects an d tren d s. th e sam e is tru e for th e efficien t d evelop m en t of in n ov ative ap p roach es th at r ely on h arm on ized in p u t d ata. it is th is broad collaboration th at w ill p ave th e w ay for im p roved n ation al an d eu gu id an ce on th e safe d evelop m en t of th e su bsu rface an d an im p roved an d com m on u n d erstan d in g of th e h azard s an d im p acts, both w ith in an d b etw een mem ber states. 2.4 subsurface management and decision support information th e establish m en t of in tegrated an d coh eren t m an agem en t of su bsu rface resou rces an d u ses in eu rop e is on e of th e im p ortan t goals of a eu rop ean geological service. th e step s ou tlin ed above w ill facilitate d ecision -m akin g th at is u n d erp in n ed by con sisten t an d com p arable d ata, in form ation an d kn ow led ge. su bsu rface m an agem en t an d d ecision su p p ort in volves th e d evelop m en t of com m on p rin cip les an d strat egies on h ow to tran sform an d in corp orate th is d ata an d in fo rm ation in to com m on su bsu rface d ecision an d m an agem en t p rotocols. again , th e 2d/ 3d/ 4d geological fram ew ork w ill be cru cial for th e ap p rop riate evalu a tion an d rep resen tation of sp atial-tem p oral in teraction s an d d ep en d en cies, an d th e an ticip ation of con flicts an d syn ergies arisin g from d evelo p m en t scen arios of d ifferen t resou rces by d iffe ren t mem ber states. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7500 6 3. in formation stan d ard s an d d issemin ation : a fun d amen tal pre-requisite for geological services a p rop er eu rop ean geological service can on ly fu n ction an d be relevan t if it can p rovid e co m p lete, u p -to-d ate an d in terop erable d ata an d in form ation on an on -goin g basis. th e eu rop ean un ion , as a p arty to t h e aarh u s con ven tion , recogn izes th e follow in g righ ts in th is con text : 1. provid e access to en viron m en tal in fo rm ation ; 2. provid e th e p u blic th e righ t to p articip ate in en viron m en tal d ecision m akin g; an d 3. provid e a m ech an ism to rev iew p roced u res on d ecision s m ad e w ith resp ect to th e en v iron m en t, w h ich h ave n ot resp ected th e tw o p reviou s righ ts or en viron m en tal law in gen eral. to th at en d a com m on in form ation p latform m u st be d evelop ed th at sh ares an d exch an ges d ata an d resu lts betw een all cou n tries an d d iscip lin es. n ot on ly w ill th e p latform be im p ortan t for th e d issem in ation of in form ation an d resu lts to en d -u sers. it w ill also d rive th e p rop er im p lem en tation of th e m easu rem en t -tod ecision w orkflow s by d eliverin g th e critical m od el arch itectu res, fu n ction alities, stan d ard s an d m etad ata stru ctu res. su ch stru ctu res an d fu n ction alities d efin e th e basis for ad d -on w ebservices d evelop ed by th ird p arties or w ith in pu blic-private-partn ersh ip s betw een th e gso’s an d relevan t stakeh old ers e.g. for th e eu rop ean en viron m en t agen cy. th e eu rop ean un ion in spire directive (ec, 2007) establish in g an in frastru ctu re for sp atial in form ation in th e eu rop ean com m u n ity aim s to facilitate th e h arm on ization an d stan d ard iz ation of sp atial d ata an d m ake th e d ata fin d able, accessible, in terop erable an d reu sable accor d in g to th e “fair” p rin cip les (wilkin son et al., 2016). geoscien ce d ata is on e of th e sp atial d ata th em es w ith in th e rem it of in spire. as su ch it requ ires th e con stru ction of a com m on term in ology. to th is p u rp ose gsos, am on g oth ers, h ave p articip ated in d evelop in g cod e-lists, e.g. for m in erals w ith in th e min erals4eu p roject. h ow ever, th e d evelop m en t an d im p lem en t ation of cod e-lists for oth er asp ects is a task th at sh ou ld be ach ieved by th e en vision ed geolog ical service for eu rop e. 4. societal challen ges an d geological services for the sustain able d evelopmen t: a geoethical imperative th e con cep t of geological services w ith in th e eu rop ean con text is in tertw in ed w ith th e fu n d am en tal p rin cip les of geoeth ics. th e d efin ition of geoeth ics, as p rop osed by th e in tern ation al association for prom otin g ge oeth ics (h ttp :/ / w w w .geoeth ics.org , accessed 15 may 2018), is: “geoethics consists of research and reflection on the values which underpin appropriate behaviors and practices, wherever human activities interact with the earth system. geoethics deals with the ethical, social and cultural implications of geoscience education, research and practice, and with the social role and responsibility of geoscientists in conducting their activities.” th e geoscien ce com m u n ity n eed s to p rom ote an eth ical ap p roach tow ard s scien ce an d p ra ctice of research . th is w ill be a core p rin cip al at th e h eart of d eliverin g a geological service for eu rop e. th e term “geoeth ics” is u sed from ’90 (pep p olon i an d di cap u a, 2015), an d th e grow in g aw aren ess in th e geological com m u n ity for th e n eed to take eth ics in to con sid eration in its w ork p reced es th e cu rren t d efin ition (wyss & pep p olon i, 2015). th e “cap e tow n statem en t on geoeth ics” (di cap u a et al., 2017) d escribes th e fu n d am en tal valu es of geoeth ics: en su rin g su stain ability of econ om ic an d social activities in ord er to assu re fu tu re ge n eration s’ su p p ly of en ergy an d oth er n atu ral resou rces. sh arin g kn ow led ge at all levels as a valu able activity, w h ich im p lies com m u n icatin g scien ce an d resu lts, w h ile takin g in to a ccou n t in trin sic lim itation s su ch as p robabilities an d u n certain ties. verifyin g th e sou rces of in form ation an d d ata, an d ap p lyin g objective, u n biased an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7500 7 p eer-review p rocesses to tech n ical an d scien tific p u blication s. th ese statem en ts p rovid e clear referen ces to th e em in en t p osition of geoeth ics as an u n d e rp in n in g p rin cip le for geoscien tists an d geoscien tific in form ation an d kn ow led ge to follow w h ile ad d ressin g societal ch allen ges an d th e sdgs. as su ch , geological services in clu d e g eoeth ics valu es as th ey are aim ed at safegu ar d in g th e exp loration an d safe d evelop m en t of n atu ral resou rces an d su bsu rface cap acities based on im p artial an d scien tifically v alid ated in form ation an d kn ow led ge, alw ays h avin g th e in terests of society as a core valu e. 6. con clud in g remarks an d outlook in tern ation al econ om ic d evelop m en ts, resou rce d ep en d en cies, clim ate ch an ge im p acts, en ergy tran sition , grow in g societal aw aren ess, an d th e n eed for n ew tech n ologies an d ad van ced u n d erstan d in g, are all im p ortan t d rivers for a u n iform an d in terop erable eu rop ean geological service. th is service su p p orts th e collaborative m an agem en t an d p rotection of su bsu rface r esou rces an d cap acities an d can on ly be relevan t if it can con tin u ou sly p rovid e com p lete, u p -tod ate, an d h arm on ized su bsu rface in form ation . to th at p u rp ose th e n ation al an d region al ge ological su rveys of eu rop e are takin g a m ajor step by establish in g th e p recu rsor of a eu rop ean geological service th rou gh close collabor ation w ith in th e d ed icated cross-th em atic eran et for ap p lied geoscien ces (geoera, 2017). th rou gh th is eran et th e m an y scien tific ch allen ges th at sep arate u s from a tru ly h arm on ized ap p roach , w ill be ad d ressed . ge ological an d tech n ical solu tion s at d ifferen t le vels of th e w orkflow w ill be d evelop ed an d tested for en ergy, grou n d w ater an d m in erals in variou s geological settin gs an d region s of eu rop e. th e resu lts from th is eran et w ill be in corp orated an d sh ared th rou gh a com m on in form ation p latform (egdi, 2016), w h ich w ill con n ect region al an d n ation al geological d at abases in a sin gle access p oin t. th e con tin u ed in volvem en t of local an d in tern ation al stak eh old ers w ill assist th e d elivery of th e geolog ical service so th at it w ill becom e an effective in stru m en t for n ation al an d eu rop ean en d u sers, an d a reliable in form ation sou rce for th e p u blic. it is on ly th rou gh this eu rop ean coo p eration th at th e n ation al an d region al gsos can con tin u e to p lay th eir cen tral role for society an d econ om y, w h ile gu aran teein g th at th e ge oeth ical p rin cip les of su stain ability, tran sp are n cy, verification , an d objectivity are fu lly r esp ected . ackn owledgemen ts th e con ten t of th is p ap er w as sh ap ed th rou gh n u m erou s d iscu ssion s w ith m an y colleagu es from gsos an d oth er in stitu tes, both eu rop ean an d n on -eu rop ean , as w ell as by exp erien cin g th e ben efits of in ten se coop eration in cross bord er p rojects. th e au th ors w ou ld like to th an k everyon e th at w as to som e d egree in volved , as w ell as th e region al, n ation al an d in tern ation al fu n d in g organ ization s th a t allow ed bu ild in g u p to th e geoera p roject. th e geoera p roject (establish in g th e eu rop ean geological su rveys research area to d eliver a geological service for eu rop e) h as received fu n d in g from th e eu rop ean un ion 's h orizon 2020 research an d in n ovation p rog ram u n d er gran t agreem en t n o. 731166. referen ces and rew s-speed p., bleischw itz r., boersm a t., johnson c., kem p g., vandeveer s.d. (2012). the global resou rce n exu s: the stru ggles for land , energy, food , water, and minerals. transatlantic acad em y. bazilian m., rogner h ., h ow ells m., h erm ann s., arent d., gielen d., sted u to p. et al. (2011). consid ering the energy, w ater and food nexu s: tow ard s an integrated m od elling ap p roach. energy policy 39(12), 7896–7906. d oi:10.1016/ j.enp ol.2011.09.039. di capu a g., pepp oloni s. and bobrow sky p.t. (2017). the cape tow n statem ent on geoethics, d oi: 10.4401/ ag-7553. in: pep p oloni s., di capu a g., bobrow sky p., cronin v.s. (ed s.), geoethics at the heart of all geoscience, annals of geophysics, vol 60, fast track 7. ec (2007). directive 2007/ 2/ ec of the eu rop ean parliam ent and of the cou ncil of 14 march 2007: establishing an infrastru ctu re for sp atial inform ation in the eu ropean com m u nity (in spire). an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7500 8 ec (2011). eu rop ean com p etitiven ess rep ort 2011. com m ission staff w orkin g d ocu m en t sec(1011), 1188. ec (2014). com m u n ication from th e com m ission to th e eu rop ean parliam en t, th e cou n cil, th e eu rop ean econ om ic an d social com m ittee an d th e com m ittee of th e region s: a p olicy fram ew ork for clim ate an d en ergy in th e p eriod from 2020 to 2030. com(2014), 15. egdi (2016). eu rop ean geological data in fr astru ctu re, h ttp :/ / w w w .eu rop e-geology.eu (accessed 15 may 2018). geoera (2017). establish in g th e eu rop ean geological su rveys research area to d eliv er a geological service for eu rop e. eu rop ean un ion 's h orizon 2020 research an d in n ovation p rogram m e, gran t agreem en t n o 731166. h in sby k., con d esso d e melo m.t., an d dah l m. (2008). eu rop ean case stu d ies su p p ortin g th e d erivation of n atu ral backgrou n d levels an d grou n d w ater th resh old valu es for th e p rotection of d ep en d en t ecosystem s an d h u m an h ealth . scien ce of th e total en viron m en t, volu m e 401, issu e 1-3, p ages 120, d oi: 10.1016/ j.scitoten v.2008.03.018. liu j., mooney h., hull v., davis s., gaskell j., hertel t., lubchenco j. et al. (2015). systems integration for global sustainability. science 347(6225), 1258832, doi:10.1126/ science.1258832. martín ez-frías j., gon zález j.l., an d pérez f.r. (2011). geoeth ics an d d eon tology: from fu n d am en tals to ap p lication s in p lan etary p rotection . ep isod es, 34(4), 257-262. pep p oloni s. and di capu a g. (2015). introd u ction. in: pep p oloni s. and di capu a g. (ed s.), geoethics: the role and resp onsibility of geoscientists, geological society, lond on, sp ecial pu blications, 419, isbn 978-1-86239-726-2. peppoloni s. and di capu a g. (2017). geoethics: ethical, social and cultu ral im plications in geosciences, d oi:10.4401/ ag-7473. in: peppoloni s., di capu a g., bobrow sky p., cronin v.s. (ed s.), geoethics at the heart of all geoscience, annals of geophysics, vol 60, fast track 7. steffen w., cru tzen j., an d mcn eill j.r. (2007). th e an th rop ocen e: are h u m an s n ow overw h elm in g th e great forces of n atu re? a m bio 36(8), 614–21. steffen w., rich ard son k., rockström j., corn ell s., fetzer i., ben n ett e., biggs r., et al. (2015). su stain ability. plan etary bou n d aries: gu id in g h u m an d evelop m en t on a ch a n gin g p lan et. scien ce, 347(6223), 1259855, d oi:10.1126/ scien ce.1259855. treid el h ., martin -bord es j.l., gu rd ak j.j., (ed s.) (2012). clim ate ch an ge effects on grou n d w ater resou rces: a global syn th esis of fin d in gs an d recom m en d ation s. in tern ation al association of h yd rologists. 1st ed ition . united nations (2015a). sustainable development goals (sdgs), http:/ / www.un.org/ sustainable development/ sustainable-development-goals/ # un ited n ation s (2015b). tran sform in g ou r w orld : th e 2030 agen d a for su stain able d evelop m en t. resolu tion ad op ted by th e ge n eral assem bly on 25 sep tem ber 2015 (70/ 1). united n ations (2017). world popu lation prospects 2017, https:/ / esa.u n.org/ u npd/ w pp/ (accessed 15 may 2018) un ited n ation s (2018). water action decad e h ttp s:/ / w w w .u n .org/ p ga/ 72/ even tlatest/ lau n ch -of-th e-in tern ation al-d ecad eof-w ater-for-su stain able-d evelop m en t-20182028/ (accessed 15 may 2018). van d er meu len m.j., doorn en bal j.c., gu n n in k j.l., stafleu j., sch okker j., vern es r.w., van geer f.c., van gessel s.f., van h eteren s., van leeu w en r.j.w., bakker m.a.j., bogaard p.j.f., bu ssch ers f.s., griffioen j., gru ijters s.h .l.l., kid en p., sch root b.m., sim m elin k h .j., van berkel w.o., van d er krogt r.a.a., wester h off w.e. an d van daalen t.m. (2013). 3d geology in a 2d cou n try: p ersp ectives for geological su rveyin g in th e n eth erlan d s. n et h erlan d s jou rn al of geoscien ces 92: 217-241. d oi:10.1017/ s0016774600000184. wilkin son m., du m on tier m., aalbersberg i.j., et al. (2016). th e fair gu id in g prin cip les for scien tific d ata m an agem en t an d stew ard sh ip . n atu re scien tific data 3: sd ata201618. d oi:10.1038/ sd ata.2016.18. wyss m. an d pep p olon i s (ed s.). (2015). geoeth ics: eth ical ch allen ges an d case stu d ies in earth scien ces. elsevier, walth am , ma, isbn 978‐0‐12‐799935‐7. 073_086 adg v–5 n01 belehak.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 73 investigation of the relative bottomside/topside contribution to the total electron content estimates anna belehaki and ioanna tsagouri institute for space applications and remote sensing, national observatory of athens, palaia penteli, greece abstract high-resolution vertical electron density true height profiles from athens digisonde are used to calculate the electron content up to the peak of the f2 layer (bottomside electron content) and also the topside electron content up to 1000 km, using the huang-reinisch method, to investigate the relative behavior of these two parameters during storm events. it was shown that the topside electron content represents roughly the 2/3 of the total electron content of the ionosphere and it is strongly affected by the geomagnetic activity, much more than the bottomside electron content. during daylight hours the values of the topside electron content exhibit intense fluctuations, while they become smoother in nature during events of night-time f 2 layer uplifting caused by the auroral activity. all these facts demonstrate that the huang-reinisch method provides a realistic tool for monitoring the variations of the ionospheric ionisation at a given location and it could be used in the frames of a world wide effort for the development of realistic models to accurately predict the electron content and to support effectively earth-space communications including navigation systems. 1. introduction so far, dual frequency transmissions from global positioning systems (gps) have been used to derive the total electron content (tec) of the ionosphere and to study aspects of the thermospheric/ionospheric storm event. as former studies have shown (e.g., titheridge and buonsanto, 1980; jakowski et al., 1990, 1999; ho et al., 1996), tec data can help to understand the complex behaviour of competing interactive processes in the course of ionospheric storms. a useful add-in to the study of ionospheric storms in the light of tec variations would be the study of the variation of electron content in various ionospheric layers, separately. the operation of a lowell dps4 in athens (38°n, 23.5°e) since september 2000, gave us the possibility to obtain a large amount of high quality ionospheric data with 15 min time resolution. among them, three parameters were selected to be used in this study to determine the structure of the f2 layer: the critical frequency f0 f2; the true height of the f2 peak, hmf2; and finally the lower boundary of the f 2 layer height, h m f 2 -b0, where b0 is the iri thickness parameter. three more parameters were derived to determine the electron content in various ionospheric layers, that is the vertical total electron content from ionograms, itec, the bottomside electron mailing address: dr. anna belehaki, institute for space applications and remote sensing, national observatory of athens, metaxa and vas. pavlou str., palaia penteli 15236, greece; e-mail: belehaki@space.noa.gr key words bottomside electron content – topside electron content – ionospheric storm effects 74 anna belehaki and ioanna tsagouri content btec and the topside electron content ttec. the method of derivation of these three parameters will be presented in detail in the following section. the aim of this contribution is to study the behaviour of the topside electron content, derived from ground ionograms, under various levels of geomagnetic activity and to investigate the contribution of bottomside versus the topside electron content to the total electron content estimates. 2. ionograms processing and electron content calculation athens digisonde portable sounder auto scales the ionograms and provides radio channel information in real time. data and ionograms are available in real time on the world wide web (http://www.iono.noa.gr). polarisation switching and multibeam forming are the important characteristics for successful auto scale under disturbed and undisturbed conditions. auto scaling algorithms find the leading edge of the o echo traces, i.e. h′( f ), and determine the standard ionosphere characteristics. artist software provides reliable vertical electron density profiles, using the chebyshev polynomial fitting technique (reinisch and huang, 1983; huang and reinisch, 1996). regarding the determination of the topside vertical electron density profile, the new technique of huang and reinisch (2001) is applied. this method uses information from ground based ionosonde measurements. according to this technique, the vertical total electron content from ground-based ionograms (itec) is given by where, n is the vertical electron density profile, n b is the vertical electron density profile up to f2 layer peak (bottom profile) calculated using the inversion program proposed by huang and reinisch (1996) and n t is vertical electron density profile above the f 2 layer peak (topside profile). n b (h) is calculated from the measured h′(f) traces in the ionogram (information directly provided from the ionograms). n t (h) is approximated by an a-chapman function with a constant scale height h t that is derived from the profile shape at the f2 peak, where and the characteristic parameters that define the shape of the bottomside electron density profile determine also the value of itec parameter. a preliminary itec validation was performed by huang and reinisch (2001) by comparing itec with tec values derived from incoherent scatter radar and geostationary satellite beacon measurements at middle latitudes, and with topex measurements at the equator. they concluded that since itec is obtained from vertical measurements it does not suffer from the uncertainties associated with converting slant tec to vertical tec. all ionograms used in this study to derive the itec values and also various parameters which characterize the state of the f2 layer, were further edited to ensure data integrity and minimize uncertainties especially during periods of high disturbances. 3. validation of itec values used in this analysis to validate of itec values extracted according to the huang and reinisch (2001) method using parameters from the vertical ground ionograms taken with athens digisonde, we compared the 15 min itec estimates with the tec values measured from the gps network. the gps-tec estimates were provided by luigi ciraolo of the istituto di ricerca sulle onde elettromagnetiche in florence, italy, using itec = = + ∞∞ ∫∫∫ n h dh n h dh n h dhb t h f h f m m ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 2 00 n n f z et m z= ⋅ − −( )      −exp2 1 2 1 z h h f h m t = − .2 75 investigation of the relative bottomside/topside contribution to the total electron content estimates a b fig. 1a,b. the gps-tec and the itec estimates for two time periods: a) a quiet one, from 11 to 15 december 2000, consisting of five consecutive days of geomagnetic and ionospheric conditions over athens; b) a disturbed period 21-26 december 2000, during which a geomagnetic storm caused positive storm effects in the ionosphere over athens. 76 anna belehaki and ioanna tsagouri slanting tec from matera and ankara gps receivers. an assumption of a mapping function and an approximation of the vertical tec by a linear development in latitude and longitude are involved to estimate gps-tec over athens (ciraolo and spalla, 1997). the comparison between the two data sets was concentrated on two time periods, a quiet one, from 11 to 15 december 2000, consisting of five consecutive days of quiet geomagnetic and ionospheric conditions over athens, and a disturbed period during which a geomagnetic storm caused positive storm effects in the ionosphere over athens. the time plots of the two data sets are presented in fig. 1a,b respectively for the quiet and the disturbed period. the main points that have to be discussed from the comparison between the two data sets are: a) the two parameters are generally in good agreement during either quiet or disturbed geomagnetic conditions. b) systematic bias during night-hours is observed. the gps-tec values are higher by 1-2 tec units in comparison to itec estimates. this bias might be caused by errors involved in the procedure followed to derive the gps-tec (l. ciraolo, personal communication), that are uncertainties in mapping function and in the vertical tec model, possible influence of multipath signal propagation and possible presence of gradients. also possible cause for the observed bias might be the different estimation of plasmaspheric fluxes contribution assumed by the two methods. c) systematic appearance of a discontinuity in gps-tec time series between the end of the day and the beginning of the next day, especially in presence of disturbances. this is probably due to the lack of observations at the processed local time, since the analysis is a single day analysis (l. ciraolo, personal communication). d) the gps-tec measurements appear to be smooth in nature in contrary to the highly fluctuated itec estimates, especially during day hours. the gps-tec estimates are resulted from the conversion of slant tec to vertical tec using values from matera and ankara averaged in space. in contrary, itec estimates are based on the athens digisonde measurements, which looks directly to the local zenith. in summary, the comparison shows a reliable behaviour of itec variation, which is consistent to the ionospheric storm effects over athens, as these are described with the gps-tec values. 4. variation of bottomside/topside electron content during specific storm events several storm events were selected to study the evolution of ionospheric disturbances over athens. 29 september 1 october 2000 – during this storm the dst index reached a minimum value of – 78 nt at 1400 ut on september 30. according to the imf observations from ace spacecraft (not shown here) the z component of the imf turned southward at the start of the initial phase of the storm. at the same time the solar wind velocity and density remain in their undisturbed values. the weak values of the imf have as a result a low level of solar wind magnetospheric coupling giving this storm event of moderate intensity that fully recovers on october 2 at 0600 ut. the f region characteristics, the critical frequency f 0 f 2 and the height boundaries of the f 2 layer (h m f2 and hmf2-b0) are presented in fig. 2, together with the itec, btec and ttec estimates over athens. the solid lines represent the observed parameters. the dotted lines represent the diurnal quiet time behaviour of athens station formed by the average of the quiet days october 20 (– 2 nt < dst < 7 nt and kp < 1) and october 21 (0 nt < dst < 18 nt and kp < 2 –), when no substorm activity was detected by the ae indices. also during the day before, october 19, 2000, only weak isolate substorm activity was recorded by the ae index at auroral latitudes, when – 13 nt < dst < 3 nt and k p < 3. the vertical dotted lines mark to local midnight. during this storm, negative effects were observed during day-time. true height disturbances resulting to the uplifting of the f 2 layer can be clearly seen, especially during the second night of the storm. itec variations in general follow the f0 f2 disturbances, presenting a noticeable fluctuation during daytime hours. the btec and ttec parameters are following 77 investigation of the relative bottomside/topside contribution to the total electron content estimates fig. 2. from the top to the bottom, the dst index in hourly resolution is presented to have an overall view of the magnetospheric disturbances recorded during the storm occurred between september 29 and october 1, 2000, the f region characteristics, the critical frequency f0 f2 and the height boundaries of the f2 layer (hm f2 and hm f2-b0) and finally the tec, btec and ttec estimates over athens. the solid lines represent the observed parameters. the dotted lines represent the diurnal quiet time behaviour of athens station. the vertical dotted lines mark to local midnight. 78 anna belehaki and ioanna tsagouri fig. 3. same as fig. 2 for the storm interval october 12-16, 2000. 79 investigation of the relative bottomside/topside contribution to the total electron content estimates the itec variations. the contribution of the bottomside electron content to the itec remains constant throughout the course of this event, as can be seen in the bottom panel of fig. 2. 12-16 october 2000 – the ionospheric response recorded over athens during this storm interval is presented in fig. 3 in the same format as in fig. 2. the diurnal quiet time behaviour of athens station, overplotted as dotted curve, is formed by the average of the quiet days october 20 and 21. at the beginning of this interval the magnetosphere-ionosphere system was in a moderately disturbed state as it is evident from the negative values of the magnetospheric index dst, but also from the ionisation depletion observed on october 12, 2000. the start of this storm can be determined as the time of occurrence of a storm sudden commencement (ssc) detected at 2228 ut on october 12. the ssc signify that the earth’s magnetic field has been compressed by a shock front from a flare. this results to a rapid ring current development. the dst index reached a minimum value of – 63 nt at 0500 ut on october 13. the storm recovery phase lasted 9 h. immediately afterwards the dst index started to decrease again, with a slow rate this time indicating that the large-scale magnetospheric convection caused a slow development of the ring current that gave the second storm observed during this period with the dst index reaching its minimum value of – 110 nt at 1600 ut on october 14. the main observations regarding the f2 layer response may be summarized as follows: – negative effects are observed at night from 12 to 13 october over athens. this is the ionospheric response to the first storm event caused by an ssc. the bottomside, topside and total electron content shows also a negative response, following the f0 f2 variations. during the second night of this time interval (13 to 14 october), that corresponds to the initial and main phase of the second storm, positive nighttime effects were seen in athens. the same pattern was observed during the next two nights (14 to 15 and 15 to 16 october) during which the magnetic storm was in its recovery phase. the electron content in the bottomside and topside ionosphere increases also in respect to their quiet values. the contribution of btec to the total electron content remains constantly equal to approximately the 1/3 as can be seen in the bottom panel of fig. 3. – a noticeable up lifting of the f2 layer is observed at night. the estimated h m f2 parameter is smoother in nature during these night-time uplifting events rather during daylight, where the height boundaries of the f 2 layer remain in their undisturbed values. this is reflected in the itec values also. these daytime fluctuations in itec, if really exist, are of great importance for navigation and positioning systems. 2-8 october 2000 – the second storm is more intense and its development consists of two distinct steps. the start of the dst decrease (~ 0700 ut on october 2) coincides with a weak southward turning of the imf, according to ace data (not shown here). a ssc, occurred at 0054 ut on october 3, marks the start of the main phase of the storm development. this storm seems to recover with the dst reaching a minimum of – 23 nt at 0200 ut on october 4. right afterwards, dst index starts to decrease again with a high rate of change, marking the initial phase of the second step of this storm. a well-defined ssc event occurred at 0326 ut on october 5 caused new storm intensification and a reactivation of the main phase of the storm, with the dst index reaching its maximum of – 192 nt at 1400 ut on october 5. this was also the start of the recovery phase of the storm. this storm can be classified as a type b storm (kamide et al., 1998) as the ring current presents a two-step development. this is initially the result of large-scale convection in the magnetosphere, and eventually substorm associated injection of ionospheric oxygen ions into the inner magnetosphere. the time variation of the f2 layer parameters is presented in fig. 4 in the same format as fig. 2. the diurnal variation of the quiet time is formed by the average of the quiet days october 20 and october 21. the variations of the f 0 f 2 critical frequency parameter are well correlated to the itec variations and the btec and ttec parameters are following. during day-time the itec over athens increases or decreases fol80 anna belehaki and ioanna tsagouri fig. 4. same as fig. 2 for the storm interval october 2-8, 2000. 81 investigation of the relative bottomside/topside contribution to the total electron content estimates fig. 5. same as fig. 2 for the storm interval september 16-21, 2000. 82 anna belehaki and ioanna tsagouri lowing the positive and negative storm phases, respectively. during night-time, ionisation enhancements recorded over athens (e.g., the nights between 2-3 and 4-5 october) are coincided with itec enhancements. the uplifting of the f2 layer that was detected during the first four nights of the storm development, caused probably to waves launched from the auroral oval at each substorm activation, are correlated neither to ionisation variations extracted by f0 f2, nor to itec variations. it is also noticeable that during night-time uplifting events of the f 2 layer, the electron content appears again to be smoother in nature compared to other intervals where no height variations are observed in f2 layer for instance during the last two days of this storm interval. 16-21 september 2000 – an interplanetary coronal mass ejection (icme) occurred during this interval caused a gradual increase of the solar wind velocity whose values reached the 850 km/s and large increase in solar wind density (from ace data, not presented here). the dst index was already depressed prior to the arrival of the shock, caused by two storm sudden commencements (ssc) occurred at 0450 ut and 1912 ut on september 15, 2000, according to noaa archives (http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/ stp/geomag/geomag1.html). a fast forward shock arrives at 1900 ut on september 17 causing rapid decrease in the dst index, reaching its minimum value equal to – 172 nt at 2300 ut on september 17. while the system recovered, at 1444 ut on september 18 a new ssc caused a deceleration in dst recovery. this time dst reached the minimum value of – 80 nt on september 19, which recovered slowly until the end of the next day. the behaviour of the ionosphere over athens is presented in fig. 5, showing the time plots of the critical f0 f2 frequency and of the height boundaries of the f2 layer together with the dst index. the variation of itec, ttec and btec parameters is presented at the bottom of fig. 5. the dotted lines represent the diurnal quiet time behaviour formed by the corresponding observations during the quiet day september 11 (9 nt < dst < 24 nt and k p < 1), when no substorm activity was detected by the ae indices. also during the day before, september 10, 2000, no substorm activity was recorded by the ae index at auroral latitudes, when 0 nt < dst < 20 nt and k p < 1. night-time ionisation depletion was observed over athens during this disturbed interval, which is deduced from f 0 f 2 and btec and ttec time variations. noticeable uplifting of the f2 layer is observed during the first two nights of this interval (16 to 17 and 17 to 18 september) with the maximum increase in height observed the second night of the major storm occurrence. large amplitude fluctuations are observed in electron content estimates during daytime whereas during nighttime f2 layer uplifting events these values are smoother in nature. all quantities btec, ttec and itec present the same behaviour and correlate perfectly with f0 f2 variations. the relative contribution of btec to the itec remains constantly equal to ~ 0.3. table i. the main characteristics of the five geomagnetic storms analysed in this paper. storm event dst-min ∂dst/∂t standard deviation standard deviation ∆ttec%−∆itec% ∆btec%−∆itec% 29 sept.-1 oct. 2000 −78 nt 2.8 nt/h 3.4 8.5 12-13 oct. 2000 −63 nt 5.3 nt/h 3.5 8.5 13-16 oct. 2000 −110 nt 4.1 nt/h 3.8 9.5 2-8 oct. 2000 −192 nt 1st step: 2.9 nt/h 4.1 10.4 2nd step: 4.8 nt/h 16-21 sept. 2000 −175 nt 51 nt/h 11.1 nt/h 4.9 11.1 83 investigation of the relative bottomside/topside contribution to the total electron content estimates 5. statistical analysis of observations in accordance with the above analysis, five geomagnetic storms were determined during the selected time intervals. their characteristics are summarized in table i. their intensity is expressed in terms of the minimum dst value at the end of the main phase and also in terms of the dst decrease rate. to distinguish between the behaviour of bottomside and topside electron content during storm intervals, we estimated the standard deviation of the relative disturbance of ttec and btec in respect to their quiet values (∆ttec% and ∆btec% respectively), from the corresponding itec relative deviations (∆itec%), for each storm separately. the results are plotted in fig. 6a-e and the numerical values are presented in the last two columns of table i. there are two groups of events: the first three storms are of rather moderate intensity, according to the minimum dst value; the last two are intense storms. it is concluded that as geomagnetic activity increases, the ttec is more drastically perturbed rather than btec. it follows that ttec is more sensitive to geomagnetic activity. as a next step, we studied the variations of the time derivative of ttec and btec in absolute values, with the h m f 2 time derivative. the results are presented in fig. 7a-e for the five storm intervals separately. it is obvious that the topside electron content varies much more drastically with the variations of the true height of the f 2 layer, giving one more evidence that ttec is more sensitive to geomagnetic activity, since height variations are mostly caused by geomagnetic disturbances, at least for the time intervals considered in this study. fig. 6a-e. the standard deviation of the relative disturbance of ttec and btec in respect to their quiet values (∆ttec% and ∆btec% respectively), from the corresponding itec relative deviations (∆itec%), for each storm separately. a b c d e 84 anna belehaki and ioanna tsagouri 6. discussion and conclusions in this work we analyzed ionospheric observations from athens digisonde (the f 0 f 2 critical frequency), and also various estimates that determine the structure of the ionosphere over athens such as: the true height of the peak of the f 2 layer, h m f 2 , extracted by the true height bottomside electron density profile according to the huang and reinisch (1996) inversion technique; the bottomside electron content (btec) estimated as the integral of the electron concentration up to the peak height of the f 2 layer; the topside electron content (ttec) according to the newly proposed technique of huang and reinisch (2001), estimated as the integral of the topside electron density profile up to the 1000 km; the total electron content (itec) estimated as the sum of the bottomside and topside electron content. it should be noted that btec and ttec estimates are two independent parameters, since two different techniques are followed for their derivation. the aim of this paper was to investigate the behaviour of the two parameters btec and ttec during storm events. to approach this goal, first we presented a comparison between the itec estimates over athens, and the tec estimates from the ground gps network provided by l. ciraolo (fig. 1). the two curves have a surprising good agreement during either quiet or disturbed periods. nevertheless both methods (the huang and reinisch, 2001 method for itec estimation from ground ionograms only, and the well known technique of tec estimation from ground gps networks) have fig. 7a-e. the variations of the time derivative of ttec and btec in absolute values, with the h m f 2 time derivative for the three storm intervals separately. a b c d e 85 investigation of the relative bottomside/topside contribution to the total electron content estimates some limitations. to obtain the optimum results using the huang and reinisch method, especially at times of ionospheric disturbances, the automatic ionogram scaling results should be checked for their correctness because faulty echo traces will produce wrong itec values. on the other hand, the method of deriving tec from gps measurements introduces significant errors during night-hours, which have to be taken under consideration. the next step of this investigation was to analyze the variation of ttec and btec parameters during storm events of different intensity. the first and the second storm (29 september 1 october and 12-13 october 2000) were of moderate intensity. the third one (13-16 october 2000) was a rather intense storm and the last two storms were very intense events (2-8 october and 16-21 september 2000). two of these storms were characterized by the occurrence of a ssc at the beginning of the initial phase (12-13 october 2000, 16-21 september 2000). the other three storms were the result of the large-scale convection system of the magnetosphere, and are characterized as «gradual driven» storms. the two different types of storms caused different ionospheric effects over athens (belehaki and tsagouri, 2002). the storms with ssc produced negative effects while the gradual driven storms caused ionisation depletion during the day and ionisation enhancements during the night, according to the f 0 f 2 variations. the itec variations are in very good correlation with the f0 f2 variations in both types of storms. the main characteristics of the topside electron content calculated according to the huang and reinisch (2001) method, as raised from this analysis, may be summarized as follows: the topside electron content represents roughly the 2/3 of the total electron content of the ionosphere and it is strongly affected by the geomagnetic activity, much more than the bottomside electron content as it is extracted from the analysis presented in fig. 6a-e. during daylight hours the ttec values exhibit intense fluctuations. ttec becomes smoother in nature during events of night-time f2 layer uplifting caused by the auroral activity. all these facts demonstrate that the itec proved to be a realistic tool for monitoring the variations of ionospheric ionisation. indeed, the variations of ttec and btec parameters reflect the effects of ionospheric disturbances at a given location. the great importance of the huang and reinisch (2001) method for a more comprehensive discussion of ionospheric storm phenomena, in particular if simultaneously measured gps derived tec data are available, is the most important conclusion of this study. the cooperation of as many as possible ground ionosondes having the capability to compute the itec parameter in association with the gps-tec measurements could lead to the development of realistic models for the accurate prediction of electron content during either disturbed or undisturbed intervals, to support effectively earth-space communications including navigation systems. acknowledgements we thank luigi ciraolo, istituto di ricerca sulle onde elettromagnetiche in florence, italy, for providing us with the gps-tec values and for the constructive comments; and bruno zolesi, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, for helpful discussions and useful suggestions. references belehaki, a. and i. tsagouri (2002): on the occurrence of storm induced nighttime ionization enhancements at ionospheric middle latitudes, j. geophys. res. (in press). ciraolo, l. and p. spalla (1997): comparison of ionospheric total electron content from the navy navigation satellite system and the gps, radio sci., 32 (3), 1071-1080. ho, m.c., a.j. mannucci, u.j. lindqwister, x. pi and t.t. ts u ru ta n i (1996): global ionosphere perturbations monitored by the worldwide gps network, geophys. res. lett., 23, 3219-3222. huang, x. and b.w. reinisch (1996): vertical electron density profiles from the digisonde network, adv. space res., 18 (6), 121-129. huang, x. and b.w. reinisch (2001): vertical total electron content from ionograms in real time, radio sci. (special issue for ies meeting), 36 (2), 335-342. jakowski, n., e. putz and p. spalla (1990): ionospheric storm characteristics deduced from satellite radio beacon observations at three european stations, ann. geophys., 8, 343-352. 86 anna belehaki and ioanna tsagouri jakowski, n., s. schluter and e. sardon (1999): total electron content of the ionosphere during the geomagnetic storm on 10 january 1997, j. atmos. solarterr. phys., 61, 299-307. kamide, y., n. yokoyama, w. gonzalez, b.t. tsurutani, i.a. daglis, a. brekke and s. masuda (1998): twostep development of geomagnetic storms, j. geophys. res., 103, 6917. reinisch, b.w. and x. huang (1983): automatic calculation of electron profiles from digital ionograms, 3, processing of bottomside ionograms, radio sci., 18, 477. reinisch, b.w., x. huang, a. belehaki and j.-c. jodogne (2001): bottom and topside ionospheric t e c o b t a i n e d f r o m g r o u n d b a s e d i o n o s o n d e measurements, in proceedings of the international beacon satellite symposium, boston college, ma. t i t h e r i d g e, j.e. and m.j. b u o n s a n to (1980): a comparison of northern and southern hemisphere tec storm behaviour, j. atmos. terr. phys., 50, 763-780. vol49_1_2006def 235 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 1, february 2006 key words hyperspectral data – surface temperature – spectral emissivity – solfatara (phlegraean fields) – dais 1. introduction surface temperature and spectral emissivity of materials are valuable parameters in volcanology since they provide information on several aspects of the current activity and of past events. mapping surface temperature allows us to estimate the heath flux from the surface and therefore to control activity inside vents and fractures. spectral emissivity in the thermal infrared is a physical parameter necessary to calculate temperature, and moreover it enables recognition of surface materials on the basis of their spectral pattern (salisbury and d’aria, 1992); it is particularly suitable to study volcanic materials because the main absorption bands of silicates are located in the thermal infrared (gillespie, 1985). remote separation and identification of surface deposits in volcanic areas is useful to map lava flows on the basis of their composition, to characterize surface alteration due to hydrothermal phenomena and to identify newly formed deposits related to fumarolic activity. surface kinetic temperature and emissivity properties of materials can be estimated with high accuracy by remote sensing if images collected on several channels in the thermal infrared are available. thermal infrared multi-channel sensors have been operating for a long time at low spatial resolution (less than one km, mainly for meteorologispectral emissivity and temperature maps of the solfatara crater from dais hyperspectral images luca merucci (1), maria paola bogliolo (2), maria fabrizia buongiorno (1) and sergio teggi (3) (1) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, roma, italy (2) istituto superiore per la prevenzione e la sicurezza del lavoro, monteporzio catone (rm), italy (3) università di modena e reggio emilia, modena, italy abstract quantitative maps of surface temperature and spectral emissivity have been retrieved on the solfatara crater at pozzuoli (naples) from remote sensing hyperspectral data. the present study relies on thermal infrared images collected on july 27, 1997 by the dais hyperspectral sensor owned by the german aerospace center (dlr). the emissivity spectrum normalization method was used to make temperature and emissivity estimates. raw data were previously transformed in radiance and corrected for the atmospheric contributions using the modtran radiative transfer code and the sensor response functions. during the dais flight a radiosonde was launched to collect the atmospheric profiles of pressure, temperature and humidity used as input to the code. retrieved temperature values are in good agreement with temperature measurements performed in situ during the campaign. the spectral emissivity map was used to classify the image in different geo-mineralogical units with the spectral angle mapper method. areas of geologic interest were previously selected using a mask obtained from an ndvi image calculated with two channels of the visible (red) and the near infrared respectively. mailing address: dr. luca merucci, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, via di vigna murata 605, 00143 roma, italy; e-mail: merucci@ingv.it 236 luca merucci, maria paola bogliolo, maria fabrizia buongiorno and sergio teggi table i. dais 7915 main technical and spectral characteristics. spectrometer spectral region no. of channels wavelength 1 0.4-1.0 nm 32 15-30 nm 2 1.5-1.8 nm 8 45 nm 3 2.0-2.5 nm 32 20 nm 3.0-5.0 nm 1 2.0 nm 4 8.0-12.6 nm 6 0.9 nm dynamic range 15 bit ground resolution 5-20 m (function of the flight altitude) scan line dimension 512 pixels fig. 1. topographic map of the solfatara crater. gray squares indicate the surface temperature measurement sites; the black circle (rs) locates the radiosonde launch site. 237 spectral emissivity and temperature maps of the solfatara crater from dais hyperspectral images cal or oceanographic use), and only few instruments provide multi-channel images at high spatial resolution in this spectral range. the airborne hyperspectral sensors tims (nasa), mivis (cnr-lara project) and dais (german aerospace center dlr: http://www.op.dlr.de/dais/) and the spaceborne sensor aster onboard terra and aqua satellites (nasa) are examples of this kind of instruments. with the aim of understanding the capabilities of the dais (digital airborne imaging spectrometer) hyperspectral sensor to provide information of volcanological interest, we analyzed the thermal infrared dais data of an active volcanic area, according to three work phases: 1) retrieval of the radiance emitted by the surface, through atmospheric modeling; 2) estimation of surface temperature and spectral emissivity; 3) application of spectral mapping techniques to produce a thematic map of the main surface units. 2. data set remote sensing data used in this study were provided by the dais 7915 spectrometer owned by the german aerospace center (dlr). the main spectral and technical characteristics of dais are summarized in table i. the image under investigation was collected on july 27, 1997 at 10:27 (local time) on the solfatara crater at pozzuoli (naples, italy) in the framework of the e.c. large scale facilities project, and under request and supervision of the remote sensing laboratory of the italian national institute of geophysics and volcanology (ingv) of rome. dais was flown on a do 228 aircraft at an altitude of 1600 m a.s.l., and the collected images ground resolution is about 5 m. the data spectral subset used here corresponds to the six dais infrared thermal channels. simultaneously with the dais flight, a ground measurement campaign was carried out to measure the parameters necessary to atmospheric correction and validation of the retrieved maps. vertical atmospheric profiles of pressure, temperature and relative humidity at about 10 m vertical resolution were measured by means of a radiosonde launch performed near the solfatara (fig. 1). surface brightness temperature was measured with an infrared thermometer (everest inters. inc.) at different sites (fig. 1), selected on homogeneous and horizontal surfaces easy to locate on the images. in order to compensate for the spatial scale difference between the ground measures and the remote sensing data, 10 measurements were acquired on different points at each site: the average value was considered to be representative of the site brightness temperature. temperature inside fumaroles was also measured with a thermocouple. 3. geological setting solfatara is a volcanic crater located in the central area of the phlegraean fields caldera complex, west of the city of naples (italy) (figs. 2, 3). it represents the most active zone of phlegraean fields, and sits inside the sprawling urban area of pozzuoli. activity in the phlegraean area has been dominated by two eruptions that produced widespread ash-flow deposits: the campanian ignimbrite and the smaller neapolitan yellow tuff (lirer et al., 1987; scandone et al., 1991). the eruption producing the campanian ignimbrite occurred 37 000 years bp and resulted in the collapse of a large area including campi flegrei and part of the gulf of naples. the eruption of neapolitan yellow tuff occurred 12 000 years bp, had a very complex history that led to the formation of a caldera of smaller dimensions inside that of the campanian ignimbrite. in the last 12 000 years, the bottom of the neapolitan yellow tuff caldera has been the site of intense volcanic activity and ground deformation (di vito et al., 1999). volcanism was concentrated in three periods: 12 000 and 9500 years bp, 8600 and 8200 years bp, and 4800 and 3800 years bp (e.g., at cigliano, agnano-monte spina, astroni, averno, solfatara), followed by the last eruption in 1538 that led to the formation of the monte nuovo (di vito et al., 1987). since 1800, sea-level measurements made at ancient roman ruins have indicated a slow sinking of the area. this slow sinking of the ground continued until 1968. in the periods 1970-1972 and 1982-1984 two important bradyseismic 238 luca merucci, maria paola bogliolo, maria fabrizia buongiorno and sergio teggi events (ground uplift) occurred in the pozzuoli area (corrado et al., 1976; berrino et al., 1984), (maximum uplift of 1.7 and 1.8 m respectively) accompanied by shallow seismicity. more recently, two minor sudden ground uplifts and seismic swarms were recorded in 1989-1990 and in 1994. the solfatara volcano is one of the most recent (about 4000 years bp) of the phlegraean fields caldera. it measures 0.5 × 0.6 km, with steep walls on the north, east and south sides. to the west the crater wall is missing. its rectangular shape is mostly due to the presence of faults at nw-se and sw-ne. the volcanic cone is made of pyroclastic rocks, with the exception of mt. olibano that is a dome of trachytic lava. the flat-floored crater (piano sterile) is characterized by strong fumarolic activity which fig. 2. schematic geological map of the phlegraean fields (scandone, 1997). 239 spectral emissivity and temperature maps of the solfatara crater from dais hyperspectral images causes both single vent emissions, with temperature up to 160°c, and diffuse degassing. the gases emitted are mostly composed by h2o, co2, h2s and smaller quantities of h2, ch4, he, hcl, ar (valentino et al., 1999). one of the most recent hydrothermal models (chiodini et al., 1997) describes a system divided into three parts: 1) a heat source which is made up of a relatively shallow magmatic chamber; 2) one or more aquifers located above the chamber; the degassing magma supplies fluids and heat to them; 3) an intensely fractured zone, sited above the uppermost aquifer and occupied by a pure vapor phase, which is produced through the boiling of the underlying aquifers. the intense fumarolic activity has given origin to strong hydrothermal alteration of the original rocks (de gennaro et al., 1980) and to secondary deposits. in fact, the trachytic rocks of the floor and of the flanks of the volcano are bleached and corroded by the effluent vapours, with formation of gypsum, alum, kaolin and alunite (valentino et al., 1999). moreover, sublimation of the emitted gas causes deposition of sulphur, arsenic sulphide (realgar), ammonium chloride (sal ammoniac), mercury sulphide and antimony sulphide. 4. atmospheric correction the spectral radiance ld received by a remote sensor in the thermal infrared can be expressed as (4.1) where lu is the upward atmospheric radiance, ld is the downward atmospheric radiance, ts is the surface kinetic temperature, f is the surface emissivity, x is the atmospheric transmittance between the surface and the sensor, and b(ts) is the plank function. in order to calculate the radiance emitted by the surface (l(m, ts) =f(m) ⋅ b (m, ts) ), remote sensing data must be corrected for atmospheric effects. to estimate the atmospheric radiative contributions (lu, ld and x), we used the modtran 3.5 radiative transfer code (berk et al., 1989), giving as input the atmospheric profiles measured during the field campaign. the obtained values were convolved with the sensor response functions of the six thermal infrared channels (fig. 4). the atmospheric terms were estimated for 20 different optical paths corresponding to view angle increments of ≈ 3° with respect to the nadir. lower angle increments result in negligi$=( ) ( ) ( , ) ( ( )) ( ) ( ) ( ) l b t l l 1d s d u $ $ $ + + m f m m f m m x m m 6 @ fig. 4. response functions of the dais thermal infrared channels. fig. 3. solfatara crater at pozzuoli (naples, italy). picture from «pozzuoli dal cielo» by aeromap data. 240 luca merucci, maria paola bogliolo, maria fabrizia buongiorno and sergio teggi ble variations. the different sets of atmospheric terms were used to apply separate corrections on image stripes corresponding to the view angle increments and parallel to the image axis. 5. evaluation of surface temperature and emissivity the spectral radiance emitted by a body having a kinetic temperature ts can be expressed as a function of the spectral emissivity f of its surface and of the plank function b (5.1) if the radiance l is measured at n wavelengths m, the relation is expressed by a system of n equations with n + 1 unknowns, i.e. the n values of spectral emissivity and the temperature. this makes it difficult to estimate surface temperature and emissivity from remote sensing data because the equation system is not closed. in the literature, different «non-exact» solutions are given to this problem, called «temperature and emissivity separation» (gillespie et al., 1998; li et al., 1999). in our work we applied the well established method of the emissivity spectrum normalization (esn) (gillespie, 1985; realmuto, 1990). according to this method, emissivity is normalized to a value fmax corresponding to the maximum value expected in the scene. this method demonstrated good capability to maintain the spectrum shape, that is the most important feature in applications of spectral analysis and mapping. assuming f=fmax for each value of m, the inversion of eq. (5.1) gives n values of temperature; the highest of them is assumed to be the estimate of the kinetic temperature ts. with this value, and using the plank equation, the black body spectral radiance of the pixel is calculated. finally, the emissivity is obtained dividing the surface radiance measured by the sensor by the calculated black body radiance, at each wavelength. repeating this procedure for every pixel, temperature and spectral emissivity maps are obtained. in this study we assumed a value fmax = 0.97 on the basis of the spectral libraries data (salisbury et al., ( , ) ( ) ( , ) .l t b ts s$=m f m m 1991; salisbury and d’aria, 1992) available for the typical minerals of the solfatara crater. 6. selection of the areas of interest the atmospheric correction and the temperature and emissivity estimation were performed on an image window chosen in the solfatara crater. urban areas adjacent to the solfatara were excluded applying a suitable mask cropped on the original image. on these areas reliable estimates of surface temperature and spectral emissivity cannot be obtained by the esn method due to the urban covers extreme heterogeneity that makes it impossible to define a value of fmax valid for the whole image. moreover, the estimated surface temperature can be considered validated only inside the crater, where the in situ temperature was measured during the ground campaign. in the images showing the elaboration results (figs. 5, 6 and 8), non-processed areas were masked with an image of a thermal channel to preserve topographic reference. a further selection was applied to identify the areas of interest for geo-mineralogical interpretation: the vegetation cover was excluded with a mask based on the normalized difference vegetation index (ndvi). the data of two channels of visible (red) and near infrared are transformed by ndvi in a new image related to the green biomass using a spectral property of green vegetation: the sharp increase in reflectance between 0.65 and 0.80 nm (red edge). the ndvi image was obtained using the dais channels 10 (0.659 nm) and 18 (0.802 nm); it was then converted in a mask by selecting a threshold value between vegetated and non vegetated pixels. 7. results figure 5 shows the quantitative map of surface kinetic temperature. values retrieved in the ground measurement sites (fig. 1) were extracted from this map and compared with ground temperatures: the comparison revealed a good agreement, as shown in table ii. table ii. comparison between ground measured temperature and image retrieved temperature at the sites shown in fig. 1. site measurement ground temperature image retrieved temperature start/end (local time) (°c) (°c) fumarole; dark grey soil (1ff) 11.10/11.15 45.18 ± 4.31 44.2 central area (1ca) 11.20/11.25 44.91 ± 2.60 42.7 white tuffs (1wt) 11.30/11.31 37.18 ± 0.24 36.9 campground (2cg) 10.40/10.43 44.54 ± 1.87 42.7 dry grass (2dg) 10.45/10.50 54.71 ± 3.31 50.7 tuffs (2t) 10.55/11.00 42.32 ± 2.32 40.0 fig. 5. surface temperature map of the solfatara crater retrieved by dais data. 241 spectral emissivity and temperature maps of the solfatara crater from dais hyperspectral images the six images of spectral emissivity allowed us to discriminate different surface covers on the basis of their spectral characteristics. an example is reported in fig. 6, where an rgb composition of spectral emissivity calculated in channels 78, 76 and 74 is reported. by analyzing the emissivity images and the corresponding spectra, we could discriminate 6 main units, whose spectra differ strongly from each other. fumarolic fields are well separable since they have a very distinctive spectral pattern, and materials with different emissive prop242 luca merucci, maria paola bogliolo, maria fabrizia buongiorno and sergio teggi fig. 6. spectral emissivity image in dais channels 78-76-74 (rgb). fig. 7. emissivity spectra retrieved from the dais data. average values were calculated on regions of interest selected on the main surface units. 243 spectral emissivity and temperature maps of the solfatara crater from dais hyperspectral images erties are recognizable, probably corresponding to different degrees of hydrothermal alteration of the surface and to depositions from fumarolic gases. an example of the emissivity spectra of the separated units is reported in fig. 7. spectral information retrieved from the emissivity images was used to produce a map of the main geo-mineralogical units outcropping at the solfatara crater, applying the spectral angle mapper (sam) technique (kruse et al., 1993) (fig. 8). sam is a physically-based spectral classification that uses an n-dimensional angle to match pixels to reference spectra (end-members). the algorithm determines the spectral similarity between two spectra by calculating the angle between the spectra, treating them as vectors in a space with dimensions equal to the number of bands (rsi, 2002). nonprocessed areas and zones covered by vegetation were previously masked as already described. pure spectra required by this technique were obtained averaging spectra of small groups of pixels, selected on the image on the basis of information drawn from field survey and spectral analysis (fig. 7). the six units detected were only separated but not yet identified at this stage of the work: to do this, representative emissivity measurements are needed to be compared with image spectra. emissivity spectra of surface materials are strongly influenced by various factors (salisbury and d’aria, 1992) such as granulometry, temperature, compaction level, water content. in a remote sensing scene, pixel spectra are also influenced by local un-homogeneities of the deposits. for these reasons, a direct comparison between image spectra and reference spectra of minerals from public spectral libraries is not feasible; field measurements of spectral emissivity are required to perform reliable comparisons. fig. 8. map of the main geo-mineralogical units outcropping at the solfatara crater. 244 luca merucci, maria paola bogliolo, maria fabrizia buongiorno and sergio teggi 8. conclusions and future work dais thermal infrared data were used to retrieve surface temperature ad spectral emissivity maps of the solfatara crater. our results confirm dais capability to provide valuable volcanological information based on the thermal infrared properties of materials. the quantitative temperature map of the area we obtained allows us to locate thermal anomalies corresponding to active fumaroles and to characterize their thermal properties. the spectral emissivity image allows the mapping of the main geo-mineralogical units on the basis of their spectral properties. this thematic map points out that six thermal infrared channels are sufficient to detect and separate not only different surface covers but also similar materials whose differences are mainly related to their alteration degree. in order to complete the image interpretation and perform the automatic identification of the classes, field acquisition of emissivity spectra is planned. spectral emissivity will be measured with a portable ftir (fourier transform infrared) spectrometer (design & prototypes ltd) working in the 2-16 nm spectral range with a spectral resolution between 2 and 16 cm−1. sampled materials will be analyzed in the laboratory to retrieve chemical and mineralogical features corresponding to the field collected spectra. references berk, a., l.s. bernstein and d.c. robertson (1989): modtran: a moderate resolution model for lowtran-7, af-gl technical report gl-tr-89-0122 (air force, hanscom, ma, u.s.a.). berrino, g., g. corrado, g. luongo and b. toro (1984): ground deformation and gravity changes accompanying the 1982 pozzuoli uplift, bull. volcanol., 47 (2), 187-200. chiodini, g., r. cioni, g. magro, i. marini, c. panichi, b. raco and m. russo (1997): chemical and isotopic variations of bocca grande fumarole (solfatara volcano, phlegraean fields), acta vulcanol., 8 (2), 228-232. corrado, g., i. guerra, a. lo bascio, g. luongo and r. rampoldi (1976): inflation and microearthquake activity of phlegraean fields, italy, bull. volcanol., 40 (3), 169-188. de gennaro, m., e. franco and d. stanzione (1980): le alterazioni ad opera di fluidi termali alla solfatara di pozzuoli (napoli), mineral. geochim., 49, 5-22. di vito, m., l. lirer, g. mastrolorenzo, g. rolandi and r. scandone (1985): volcanological map of campi flegrei (min. prot. civ., università degli studi di napoli). di vito, m., l. lirer, g. mastrolorenzo and g. rolandi (1987): the 1538 monte nuovo eruption (campi flegrei, italy), bull. volcanol., 49, 608-615. di vito, m.a., r. isaia, g. orsi, j. southon, s. de vita, m. d’antonio, l. pappalardo and m. piochi (1999): volcanism and deformation in the past 12 ka at the campi flegrei caldera (italy), j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 91, 221-246. gillespie, a.r. (1985): lithologic mapping of silicate rocks using tims, in the tims data user’s workshop, jet propulsion laboratory publ. 86-38, 29-44. gillespie, a., s. rokugawa, t. matsunaga, j.s. cothern, s. hook and a. kahle (1998): a temperature and emissivity separation algorithm for advanced spaceborne thermal emission and reflection radiometer (aster) images, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 36 (4),1113-1126. kruse, f. a., a.b. lefkoff, j.b. boardman, k.b. heidebrecht, a.t. shapiro, p.j. barloon and a.f.h. goetz (1993): the spectral image processing system (sips) – interactive visualization and analysis of imaging spectrometer data, remote sensing environ., 44, 145-163. li, z., f. becker, m. stoll and z. wan (1999): evaluation of six methods for extracting relative emissivity spectra from thermal infrared images, remote sensing environ., 69, 197-214. lirer, l., g. luongo and r. scandone (1987): on the volcanological evolution of campi flegrei, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 68, 226-234. realmuto, v.j. (1990): separating the effects of temperature and emissivity: emissivity spectrum normalization, in proceedings of the 2nd tims workshop, jpl publ. 90-55. rsi (2002): envi 3.6 user’s guide (research systems, inc.). salisbury, j.w. and d.m. d’aria (1992): emissivity of terrestrial materials in the 8-14 mm atmospheric window, remote sensing environ., 65, 83-106. salisbury, j.w., l.s. walter, n. vergo and d.m. d’aria (1991): infrared (2.1-25 µm) spectra of minerals (johns hopkins university press), pp. 294. scandone, r. (1997): campi flegrei (on line: http://vulcan.fis.uniroma3.it/campi_flegrei/geol.gif/, modified after di vito et al., 1985). scandone, r., f. bellucci, l. lirer and g. rolandi (1991): the structure of the campanian plain and the activity of neapolitan volcanoes, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 48 (1-2), 1-31. valentino, g.m., g. cortecci, e. franco and d. stanzione (1999): chemical and isotopic compositions of minerals and waters from the campi flegrei volcanic system, naples, italy, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 91, 329-344. vol50,2,2007 165 annals of geophysics, vol. 50, n. 2, april 2007 key words fourier transform – diffraction tomography – inverse scattering 1. introduction the reconstruction of a compact-supported function starting from a finite number of samples of its spectrum is a problem potentially of interest in various fields. in particular, inverse scattering problems in a loss-less background medium can be often recast as the reconstruction of some compact supported object function from a limited portion of its spectrum (lesselier and duchene, 1996; persico and soldovieri, 2004a). due to the regularity of the spectrum of a compactsupported (square-integrable) function, in some cases there is a theoretical possibility to prolong this spectrum outside the limited region directly related to the data (slepian and pollack, 1961) (apart from ill-posedness problems, not explicitly considered here). this rationale has given rise to various uniqueness theorems for the solution of several inverse problems (colton and paivarinta, 1992; sheen and shepelsky, 2000). however, uniqueness theorems always require a continuous set of data to be available and often assume some regularity of the object function, which is not achieved in many practical cases (ramm, 1990; colton and paivarinta, 1992). moreover, and above all, this regularity cannot usually be supposed a priori because, let us remember, the object function is the unknown of the problem. finally, even if the object function were regular (i.e. continuous with its spatial derivatives of the first order) and a continuous (multi-experiment) set of data were available, still the uniqueness might not be guaranteed in some cases (devaney, 1978; fisher and langenberg, 1984). if the number of data is finite, instead, it is just impossible to retrieve a compact-supported function from a finite number of samples of its fourier transform uniquely. it is opinion of the author that this fact is worth outlining at least once, because in any practical case one has at disposal necessarily only a finite number of data. the above mentioned impossibility stems from the fact that a compact-supported object function is isomorphic to a countable set of ex«paralipomena» on uniqueness in inverse scattering from a finite number of data raffaele persico istituto per i beni archeologici e monumentali (ibam), cnr, lecce, italy abstract this paper shows new proof of non-uniqueness of the solution for the retrieving of a compact-supported function starting from a finite number of samples of its spectrum. as will be shown, this is relevant for linear inverse scattering problems, that in many cases can be recast as the reconstruction of a compact supported function from a finite set of samples of its spectrum. since this reconstruction is not unique, from a practical point of view, any linear inverse scattering algorithm that can be recast in terms of a fourier relationship between unknowns and data necessarily «trusts» on the absence of invisible objects in the particular situation at hand. mailing address: dr. raffaele persico, istituto per i beni archeologici e monumentali (ibam), cnr, via monteroni, campus universitario, 73100 lecce, italy; e-mail: r.persico@ibam.cnr.it 166 raffaele persico pansion coefficients along some functional basis. this means that the object function is characterised by an infinite number of independent parameters, that cannot correspond in a biunique fashion to a finite number of data. the only way to solve this kind of inverse problem uniquely is to choose a suitable finite dimensional space wherein to look for the solution. in this way, a whole class of somewhat «improbable» solutions is discarded a priori. in spite of the simplicity of these considerations, however, it is not immediate to show explicitly (i.e. by providing an example) the nonuniqueness of the solution of the problem at hand, so that one could forget the fact that, when considering a finite number of data, the solution to any inverse scattering problem is actually only one of the possible solutions. from a practical point of view this means, for example, that when one performs the reconstruction of the inner of a subsurface region by elaborating gpr (alberti et al., 2002, 2003; daniels, 2004) data, they can never be mathematically sure of their reconstruction results. they can say that those results are reasonable and probable but, from a mathematical point of view, they cannot exclude the possibility that the actual buried objects are something strange and complicated, even very different from the foreseen objects but compatible with the same gathered data. finally, they should not ascribe this possibility only to the presence of some (even possible) non-radiating density of current or to the lack of conditions for the validity of some complicated uniqueness theorem. rather, they should recognize the much more immediate fact that they necessarily have only a finite number of data available. this paper is aimed to show this fact explicitly. more precisely, the pursued goal is to show, by means of a counterexample, the fact that the reconstruction of a compact supported function from a finite number of samples of its fourier transform is never unique. actually, the result demonstrated here is already known (levinson, 1940; levin, 1980). however, to show a systematic way to obtain counterexamples is, to the best of the author’s knowledge, a new result. moreover, apart from the «novelty» of the approach to this «old» problem, the effort presented here seemed worth making because the new proof is quite simple, in the sense that it does not require a deep knowledge of the properties of the entire functions (levin, 1980) in order to be understood. in particular, it is plainly accessible for people that have a non-trivial knowledge of mathematics (as, e.g., geophysicists and engineers), but nevertheless are not mathematicians. the next section provides some examples of physical inverse problems that can be recast as the reconstruction of a compact supported function from a finite number of spectral data. in this way, the physical sense of the mathematical problem dealt with here will be more precisely circumstantiated. then, in section 3 a method to construct the sought counterexample is exposed. an example is provided in section 4. conclusions follow. 2. spectral algebraic relationships in inverse problems this section provides some algebraic relationships connecting the available scattered field data to the object function to be reconstructed in microwave inverse problems. these relationships are picked up from that branch of electromagnetic inverse problems commonly referred to as diffraction tomography (dt) (lesselier and duchene, 1996), and the aim of this exposition is to give a physical sense to the (otherwise merely mathematical) dealing of the two next sections. in this paper, dt will be somewhat prompted and essentially referred. of course, this brief report does not claim to be a review and is, necessarily, far from complete. after this premise, in dt the problem is to retrieve buried objects, or more in general buried inhomogeneities, from scattered field data. the general three dimensional geometry of the problem is given in fig. 1, wherein the data are constituted by samples of the scattered field gathered within the observation domain γ at several frequencies within a fixed band ω, and the buried objects are described by means of the so called contrast function, defined as (2.1) elsewhere0 ( ) ( ) p p p d1 bkg r !χ ε ε = −* 167 «paralipomena» on uniqueness in inverse scattering from a finite number of data where εr ( p) is the unknown relative dielectric permittivity in the investigation domain d and εbkg is the relative background permittivity, i.e. the relative dielectric permittivity of the soil (or of the layered medium) where the object is buried. from eq. (2.1), we can see that the contrast expresses the relative difference between the dielectric permittivity of the buried inhomogeneities and that of the host medium surrounding them. in general, the contrast is also a function of the frequency, but this fact is often neglected in the adopted model, unless a dispersion law is a priori assumed (catapano et al., 2006). under a linear born model (chew, 1995), and with reference to fig. 1, the relationship between the contrast and the scattered field data is given by (lesselier and duchene, 1996) (2.2) where g is green’s function of the problem, einc is the incident field (i.e. the field that would pd)(p) χ, ω( ,e p p), ωk ( ,g p p=)( , , , , e p p p p incs o s s o s d s o 2 ! ! ω ω ω γ l l l l# be present in the investigation domain d in absence of any buried object), ks= is the wavenumber in the background medium (being c0 the propagation speed of the light in free space), po is the observation point and ps is the source point, both supposed variable within the observation domain γ and, finally, pl is the integration point variable in the investigation domain d. if losses can be neglected, several spectral relationships can be obtained by taking into consideration particular cases of eq. (2.2). some of them are provided in the following. 2.1. the case of a one dimensional half-space the case of a one dimensional half-space can be of interest (e.g.) when a humidity profile or any stratification profile only varying versus the depth is looked for. if the source is constituted by a plane wave impinging from the upper half-space, the inverse problem can be recast as a one dimensional scalar problem wherein a contrast χ(z) is looked for. in this case, it can be shown that the only independent observation parameter is the frequency, whereas some furcbkg 0ω ε fig. 1. geometry of the problem. 168 raffaele persico ther independent source parameters can be provided by diversity in incidence angle. for more details the reader is referred to pierri et al. (1999), persico and soldovieri (2004a) and, soldovieri and persico (2004). here, we limit to the case of transverse electromagnetic (tem) incidence. in this case, the substitution of the specific values of green’s function and of the incident field in eq. (2.2) provides, after some passages (soldovieri and persico, 2004) (2.3) where , being eo the amplitude of the impinging plane wave and k0 = ω/c0 the wavenumber in free space. in eq. (2.3), and also in the following equations, the hat symbols stand for «fourier transform». from eq. (2.3), it is clear that gathering scattered field data at n frequencies ω1...ωn corresponds to retrieving the spectrum of the contrast function in a finite set of points 2ks1...2ksn. moreover the contrast is compact supported because the investigation domain necessarily extends only up to a certain finite depth. 2.2. the case of a two dimensional half-space the case of a two dimensional half-space is of scientific interest for retrieving elongated objects (e.g., buried pipes or buried walls). moreover, a two dimensional model is of applicative interest in many three dimensional situations, because it often offers acceptable results in a much shorter time with respect to a three dimensional algorithm. in a two dimensional half-space, the object function is variable along the depth z and along a horizontal abscissa x (but it is constant along the other horizontal direction y). if the incident field is provided by a filamentary current parallel to the y-axis, the inverse problem can be recast as a two dimensional scalar problem. in particular, limiting to the case of two antennas that move on the soil along the x-axis with a fixed offset ∆ between each other (which corresponds to the so called common offset configuration, customarily adopted in gpr prospecting; daniels, 2004), substitution of the proper values of green’s function and of the incident field in eq. (2.2) provides, ( ) [( ) / ( ) ]g j k k e k k k2 o s o o s s 2ω = − + ( ) ( ) ( )e g k2s s !ω ω χ ω ω= t after some passages, the relationship (2.4) where (2.5) and where (2.6) in eqs. ((2.4)-(2.6)), p is the conjugate variable of the source position xs (the observation position is xs + ∆), whereas η and ζ are the conjugate variables of the horizontal abscissa x and of the depth z in the investigation domain, respectively. the object function is the quantities in eq. (2.4) also depend on the frequency, that appears both in the spectral weighting function g(p) and (above all) in the arguments of the spectrum of the contrast (see eq. (2.6)). at the right-hand side of eq. (2.5), f is the frequency, µo is the magnetic permeability of the free space and io is the level of the current. unlike the previously shown one dimensional situation, in this case we do not have a direct proportionality between the data and the spectrum of the object function, but rather we have proportionality between the spectrum of the data and the spectrum of the object function. this is due to the fact that in two dimensional problems we can extract information from spatial diversity of the observation point, which could not been done in one dimensional cases. from a practical point of view, however, this does not change the problem too much. in fact, on condition that the error ( , ) ( , ) / .x z x z z1χ χ= ( )p pη = p k p 2 4s s 2 2−w2= = .( )pς c m z [ \ ]] ]] ( )w p = ( ) k p w p s k p o s s 0 2 2 2 2 − = − * ( ) exp g p w p w p jk fi j p p w p w p 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 o s s o o 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 $ $ µ π π ∆ = + + + b cc cc c cc bc l mm mm m mm lm ( ) ( ) ( ( ), ( ))e p g p p ps 1χ η ς=t tt 169 «paralipomena» on uniqueness in inverse scattering from a finite number of data due to the truncation of the scattered field along xs can be neglected (which is reasonable when the source moves far from the buried objects), from a finite number of samples of the scattered field one can work out a finite number of independent samples of the spectrum of the scattered field by means of an fft algorithm. at this point, eq. (2.4) relates these samples of the spectrum of the scattered field to the corresponding samples of the spectrum of an object function linked to the contrast. in conclusion, also in this case, what we can retrieve from a finite number of data is essentially a finite number of samples of the spectrum of a proper object function. for more details, the interested reader is referred to persico et al. (2005). 2.3. the case of a three dimensional half-space in the case of a fully three dimensional halfspace the mathematics is more involved, and it is somewhat foreseeable. essentially, the point is that in three dimensions we cannot avoid the intrinsic vector aspects of the problem. in particular, green’s function of eq. (2.2) has to be considered a dyadic one, and we should understand the product between green’s function and the incident field as a matrix-vector product. in formulas we have . (2.7) equation (2.7) means that each of the components of the incident field influences all the components of the scattered field. in the following, the attention is focussed on hertzian dipole antennas placed on a soil parallel to each other along the y axis and moved in common offset along several lines parallel to the x axis. this is a case that describes quite well many gpr prospecting operations performed with linearly polarized antennas (daniels, 2004). in this case, we essentially gather a signal proportional to the y component of the scattered field and therefore, one more time, we can refer to a scalar inverse problem recast as g g g g g g g g g g e e e e inc inc inc incxx yx zx xy yy zy xz yz zz y z x = = j l k k k j l k k k n p o o o n p o o o (2.8) where the kernel of the integral operator is defined as (2.9) a substitution of the proper values of the incident field and of the green’s function in eq. (2.8) leads to a spectral relationship of the following kind: . (2.10) where (2.11) in eqs. ((2.10)-(2.11)), u is the conjugate variable of the first coordinative of the source position xs, v is the conjugate variable of the second coordinative of the source position ys (the observation position in this case is given by (xs+∆, ys)), η and ξ are the conjugate variables of the horizontal co-ordinates x and y and ζ is the conjugate variable of the depth z in the investigation domain, respectively. the object function is defined as χ2(x, y, z)= χ (x, y, z)/z. it can be seen that eq. (2.10) is a quite «natural» extension of eq. (2.4). with respect to eq. (2.4), we have a further spectral variable with regard to the scattered field (because the observation domain is a surface rather than a line) and a further spectral variable with regard to the contrast (because the investigation domain is a buried volume rather than a buried area). for more details, and in particular for the explicit expression of the spectral weighting function g(u, v), the interested reader is referred to hansen and johansen (2000). what is relevant here is to outline that, by means of a two dimensional fft, also in this case a finite number of sam( , ) ( , ) u v u u v v η ξ = = k u v4 s 2 2 2− −( , )u v =ζ . z [ \ ]] ]] ( , ) ( , ) ( ( , ), ( , ), ( , ))e u v g u v u v u v u vsy 2χ η ξ ζ=t t tt t ( , , , ) .kr p p p g e g e g einc inc inco s yx x yy y yz zω = + +l pd)(pχ)k , ω= ( , ,kr p p p)( , , , , e p p p p sy o s s o s d s o 2 ! ! ω ω ω γ l l l# 170 raffaele persico ples of the scattered field essentially provides a finite number of samples of the spectrum of the object function. therefore, one more time the problem can be recast as the reconstruction of the object function χ2, compact supported in the investigation domain d, from a finite number of samples of its spectrum. 2.4. prompts on further relevant cases several further possible cases of interest can be recast as the retrieving of some object function from a finite number of samples of its spectrum. the essential reason for this fact is that, in eq. (2.2), both green’s function and the incident field can be expressed by means of their plane wave spectrum (psw) (clemmow, 1996). due to this fact, the problem of retrieving inhomogeneities buried in any lossless layered medium (i.e. not only half-spaces) can be dealt with by making use of suitable dt spectral algebraic relationships. in particular, the case of a one dimensional slab (i.e. a one dimensional medium with three layers) has been dealt in persico and soldovieri (2004a,b), whereas the case of a two dimensional slab has been dealt with in crocco and soldovieri (2003). furthermore, also the radiation characteristics of the transmitting and receiving antennas can be included in a dt formulation. essentially, the radiation characteristics of the antennas affect the spectral weighting function g. a two dimensional dealing of this problem can be found in soldovieri et al. (2005a), whereas a three dimensional dealing can be found in meincke (2001). still, different configurations (other than common offset) can also be dealt with by means of a dt formalism. essentially, in these cases the arguments of the spectrum of the object function will be somewhat varied. for more details, the interested reader is firstly referred to persico et al. (2005), and then also to lesselier and duchene (1996) and soldovieri et al. (2005a,b). finally, even some aspects relative to the consequences of the truncation of the observation domain can be understood in terms of a dt formulation. details can be found in leone and soldovieri (2003) and persico et al. (2006). 3. a method to construct a counterexample in this section we come back to the mathematical problem presented in the introduction. in particular, this section is devoted to finding a (non null) function with a compact support such as its spectrum is equal to zero in a finite set of points k1, k2, ..., kn. in particular, the problem is afforded in the one dimensional case for the sake of simplicity in the exposition, but extensions to more complicated cases (two and three dimensional) are straightforward. of course, such a function is an element of the null space of the linear operator that transforms a compact supported function into the column vector of the values of its spectrum in the points k1, k2, ..., kn. therefore, to find such a function means to prove that the (semi-discrete) operator at hand can never be univocally inverted (bertero and boccacci, 1998). the searched function can be found as the limit of a succession of functions, i.e. it can be built. in order to initialize the algorithm, let χ1(z) be an arbitrary square integrable function supported in prefixed interval [−a, a], i.e. be χ1∈ l2(−a, a). let f1(k) be the fourier transform of χ1(z). as it is well known, f1(k) is a square integrable function (f1∈ l2(r)) and has relevant regularity properties (paley and wiener, 1934). for the purposes of this paper, at any rate, it is sufficient to outline the only fact that f1(k) is continuous (which is well known and, even if it were not known, it could be plainly proved directly). let us label a1, a2, ..., an the vector of the values assumed by f1(k) in the points k1, k2, ..., kn respectively. at this point, let us define a «corrected version of f1» as follows: (3.1) λ(k) being the well known roof function defined as (3.2) 0 elsewhere ( ) 1 ( , ) k k k 1 1! λ = − − * ( ) ( ) ... ... f k f k a m k k a m k k a m k k n n 2 1 1 1 2 2λ λ λ = − − − − − − − b b b l l l 171 «paralipomena» on uniqueness in inverse scattering from a finite number of data f2 is continuous because it is a linear combination of continuous functions. moreover, on condition that m is chosen small enough, we can impose that f2(k) = 0 in each of the points k1, k2, ..., kn. moreover, for any chosen positive k, on condition that m is chosen small enough we can also guarantee that . (3.3) in particular, we require here that k>1. in the end, f2 is a slight modification of f1 (as close as we like to f1) that shows the required roots. however, in general f2 is not the spectrum of a compact supported function, and therefore the searched result has not been reached yet. therefore, let χ2(z) be the inverse fourier transform of f2(k), and χ3(z) be the truncated version of χ2(z) in the interval [−a, a], i.e. χ3 be defined as (3.4) let us now outline two inequalities. first, since the fourier transform is an isometry (kantorovic and akilov, 1982), we have . (3.5) second, as an easy consequence of the definition of χ3(z) we have (3.6) in fact, reminding that both χ1 and χ3 have compact support included in [−a, a], it results (3.7) therefore, due to the first triangular inequality (kantorovic and akilov, 1982) = =$ + . + d d d d d z z z z z [ , ] [ , ] a a z a a a a z a a a a 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 3 1 3 2 χ χ χ χ χ χ χ χ χ χ χ χ − = − − − − g g − − − − − 2 2 2 2 2 # # # # # . k 1 1 3 1 2 ##χ χ χ χ− − f f k 1 1 2 1 2 #χ χ− = − ( ) ( ) [ , ] elsewhere z z z a a 0 3 2 ! χ χ = − .) f f k 1 1 2 #− . (3.8) at this point, let f3(k) be the fourier transform of χ3(k). f3(k) is a continuous function because it is the spectrum of a compact supported square integrable function. moreover, since the fourier transform is isometric, we have . (3.9) let f4(k) be a «corrected version of f3(k)» constructed in the same fashion in which f2(k) had been built starting from f1(k), so that f4(k) is equal to zero in the points k1, k2, ..., kn. moreover, this time we require a new value for m, such as it is guaranteed . (3.10) of course, we can do this because the choice of m is arbirtary. going on, χ4(k) is the inverse fourier transform of f4(k) and the cycle begins again. the procedure is iterated by subsequent truncations in the space domain and subsequent «corrections» in the spatial frequency domain. for each even value of the index w, a correction in the «k-domain» occurs, and it is imposed that . (3.11) consequently, for each even value of w, it results . (3.12) for each odd value of w, a truncation in the «zdomain» occurs. the truncation guarantees that, for each odd value of w, it results (3.13) and, consequently, it also results (3.14) in this way, two sequences of functions χ1, χ2, ..., χn, ... and f1, f2, ..., fn, ... are identified. .f f k 2 . ( )w w w1 0 5 1#− − − k 2 . ( )w w w1 0 5 1#χ χ− − − k 1 .w w w1 0 5#χχ − − f f k 1 .w w w1 0 5#− − f f k 1 4 23 #− f f k 2 2 3 2 3 #χ χ− = − k 2 32 13 1 2 ##χ χ χ χ χ χ− − −+ 172 raffaele persico from eqs. ((3.11)-(3.14)), both these successions verify the cauchy condition (let us remind that we have chosen k >1), i.e. the condition that the quantity = vanishes versus the index w. therefore, due to the completeness of the space l2, two limit functions χl and fl exist for the two successions χ1, χ2, ..., χn, ... and f1, f2, ..., fn, ... respectively (kantorovic and akilov, 1982). moreover, fl is the fourier transform of χl because of the continuity of the fourier operator. the sought function is χl. in fact, χl is a function supported within the interval [−a, a] because it is definitively closer and closer to any one of the truncated (compact supported) functions χ2w−1, on condition that w is high enough. moreover, the spectrum of χl assumes the value zero in the points k1, k2, ..., kn. in order to show this fact, let us outline that fl is a regular (in particular continuous) function, because it is the fourier transform of a compact supported function. therefore, we have that f1, f2, ..., fn, ... is a succession of continuous functions that converges towards a continuous limit. in these conditions, it is easy to recognize that the convergence in l2 also guarantees the punctual convergence, even if it does not in general (kantorovic and akilov, 1982). in order to complete the proof, however, we still have to guarantee that χl is not a null function, otherwise only a trivial result would have been found. in order to show this fact, let us note that, due to the first triangular inequality (3.15) in this last passage we have exploited again the hypothesis k > 1, which guarantees the convergence of the geometrical series of ratio 1/k. inequality (3.15) essentially means that the limit function can be found as close as we like to the initial function χ1 (in other words, the null space of the semi-discrete operator at hand is dense in l2(−a, a)). due to the arbitrary choice of χ1, therefore, it is easy to guarantee that χl is = .3=f+f= ++ +f f+ ...+ + + =++ + +# +# = k k k k k k k k k k k k 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 l w w n n n 1 1 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 f χ χ χ χ χ χ χ χ− − − − + − − − − b l f fw w 1− −w w 1χ χ− − a non null function. for example, one can require that (3.16) a being some positive constant. consequently, by virtue of the second triangular inequality (kantorovic and akilov, 1982), we have (3.17) and this completes the proof. 4. an example this section illustrates the method for the construction of a compact supported function whose spectrum shows some (imposed) roots, exposed in the previous section, in a particular case. therefore, let us suppose that we have to identify a function supported in the interval [−1, 1] on the z-axis, and let us suppose that we require that the spectrum of this function has to assume the value zero in the points −0.7π (≅−2.199) and 0.7π (≅+2.199) on the k-axis. the initial point is chosen equal to the function (4.1) therefore, the «first function» in the spectral domain is given by (4.2) which shows the first roots at k = ± π (here, sinc(k) is meant as sin(k)/k). according to the procedure explained in the previous section, let us choose k=1.2, and let us specify a corrected version of f1 which shows the required roots. based on eq. 12 and on the parity of the sinc function, f2 can be chosen as (4.3)+ ( ) ( ) ( . ) . . sincf k f k m k m k 2 0 7 0 7 0 7 2 1 1 1 π π π λ λ = − − + + b b l l ; e ( ) 2 ( )sincf k k2 = ( ) 1 [ 1, 1] 0 elsewhere z z z 21 ! χ π= = − b l ) a 0 l l l l 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 $ $ χ χ χ χ χ χ χ χ χ χ + − − − = − − = a k 1 3 1 $χ + − 173 «paralipomena» on uniqueness in inverse scattering from a finite number of data according to the previous section, we have to choose m1 such as (4.4) on condition that the supports of the correcting roof functions do not superpose to each other, it can be seen that the norm at the left-hand side of inequality (4.4) is equal to , and therefore relationship (4.4), joined to the condition that the supports of the roof functions do not superpose to each other, provides the condition (4.5) in the case at hand, the second member of (4.5) is equal to 0.7 π, so we can choose m1 = 0.7π. at this point, the inverse fourier transform of f2 provides ( . ) , . .min sinc m k4 0 7 3 0 71 2 2# π πc m 2 / (0.7 )sincm 31 π ( . ) . . . sincf f m k m k k 2 0 7 0 7 0 7 1 2 1 1 1 # π π π λ λ − = − + + + b b l l ; e (4.6) and the truncation in spatial domain provides (4.7) the fourier transform of χ3 provides (4.8) where the symbol ⊗ stands for convolution product. at this point, f4 is given by (4.9) ( ) ( ) ( . ) . . . f k f k f m k m k 0 7 0 7 0 7 4 3 3 2 2 π π π λ λ = − − + + + b b l l ; e ( ) 2 ( ) 4 ( ) (0.7 ) . . sinc sinc sincf k k k m k m k0 7 0 7 3 1 1 7 $ $ π π π λ λ = − − + + b bl l; e $sinc4 (0.7 )sincm ππ−π= z z m z 2 2 22 1 2 1 $ χ (0.7 )zπcos b b bl l l .( . )z0 7πcossinc( . )sincm4 0 7π−π= z m z 2 22 1 2 1χ b bl l fig. 2. graphs of χ2, χ4, χ6 and χ8, dimensionless units. 174 raffaele persico and m2 has to guarantee that (4.10) inequality (4.10) can be solved essentially in the same way of inequality (4.4). therefore, the condition on m2 is still given by relationship (4.5) on condition that we change k in k2 and 4sinc2(0.7 π) in ⎟f3 (0.7 π)⎥. for this numerical example, the «compatible» value m2 = 0.4 π has been chosen. the procedure, which at this point is straightforward, has been iterated up to χ8 and f8 (the subsequent compatible values m3 = 0.2 π and m4 = 0.1 π have been chosen). figure 2 represents the first four χn functions with even index (those with odd index are truncated, therefore they automatically verify the required condition about the support of the searched function). it can be seen that χ4 and χ6 are indistinguishable from a function supported in the interval (−1, 1). figure 3 represents the first four fn functions with odd index (those with even index are ( . ) . . f f f m k m k k 0 7 0 7 0 7 1 4 3 3 2 2 21 π π π λ λ − = − + + + . b b l l ; e «corrected», therefore they automatically show the two required roots ±0.7 π). it can be seen that the first roots of f5 and f7 occur very near to the required points ±0.7 π ≅ ± 2.199. 5. conclusions this paper has shown a new proof of the non-uniqueness of the solution of the problem of the reconstruction of a compact supported function from a finite number of samples of its spectrum. this problem is, in particular, related to diffraction tomography, as shown in section 2. the problem has been formally afforded in 1d cases, but the extension to 2d or 3d cases is straightforward. in fact, the isometric properties of the fourier transform hold also in n-dimensional cases (for any integer n), as well as the triangular inequalities and all the mathematical statements exploited in section 3. the only difference is that in an n-dimensional case we should perform the corrections in the spectral domain by making use of some n-dimensional version of the roof function (which can be provided by the product between n one-dimenfig. 3. graphs of f1, f3, f5 and f7, dimensionless units. 175 «paralipomena» on uniqueness in inverse scattering from a finite number of data sional roof functions versus each of the spectral variables). a further development thought of is the extension of the proof presented here to the case of a finite number of samples of the laplace transform rather than the fourier transform. this extension is not straightforward for several reasons (e.g., some isometric properties of the fourier transform do not hold any longer for the laplace transform). however, such an effort seems worth trying, because it would also allow lossy cases to be considered in a rigorous way (lesselier and duchene, 1996). references alberti, g., l. ciofaniello, m. della noce, s. esposito, g. galiero, r. persico, m. sacchettino and s. vetrella (2002): a stepped frequency gpr system for underground prospecting, ann. geophysics, 45 (2), 375391. alberti, g., l. ciofaniello, g. galiero, r. persico, m. sacchettino, g.m. signore and s. vetrella (2003): experimental results from a stepped frequency gpr, ann. geophysics, 46 (4), 707-717. bertero, m. and p. boccacci (1998): introduction to inverse problems in imaging (taylor & francis), pp. 352. catapano, i., l. crocco, r. persico, m. pieraccini and f. soldovieri (2006): linear and non-linear microwave tomography approaches for subsurface prospecting: validation on real data, ieee trans. antennas wireless propag. lett., 5, 49-53. chew, w.c. (1995): waves and fields in inhomogeneous media (ieee press, piscataway, n.j.), pp. 608. clemmow, p.c. (1996): the plane wave spectrum representation of electromagnetic field (wiley-ieee press), pp. 198. colton, d. and l. paivarinta (1992): the uniqueness of a solution to an inverse scattering problem for electromagnetic waves, arch. rational mech. anal., 119, 59-70. crocco, l. and f. soldovieri (2003): gpr prospecting in a layered medium via microwave tomography, ann. geophysics, 46, 559-572. daniels, d. (2004): ground penetrating radar (inspec/iee), 2nd edition, pp. 734. devaney, a.j. (1978): nonuniqueness in the inverse scattering problem, j. math. phys., 19, 1526-1531. fisher, m. and k.j. langenberg (1984): limitations and defects of certain inverse scattering theories, ieee trans. antennas propag., ap-32, 1080-1088. hansen, t.b. and p.m. johansen (2000): inversion scheme for ground penetrating radar that takes into account the planar air-soil interface, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 38, 496-506. kantorovic, l.v. and g.p. akilov (1982): functional analysis (pergamon press), 2nd edition, pp. 589. leone, g. and f. soldovieri (2003): analysis of the distorted born approximation for subsurface reconstruction: truncation and uncertainties effects, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 41, 66-74. lesselier, d. and b. duchene (1996): wavefield inversion of objects in stratified environments: from back-propagation schemes to full solutions, in review of radio science 1993-1996, edited by r. stone (oxford university press, oxford), 235-268. levin, b. (1980): distribution of zeros of entire functions (providence, r.i., am. math. soc.), 2nd edition, pp. 523. levinson, n. (1940): gap and density theorems (am. math. soc.), pp. 246. meincke, p. (2001): linear gpr inversion for lossy soil and a planar air-soil interface, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 39, 2713-2721. paley, r. and n. wiener (1934): fourier transform in the complex domain (am. math. soc., new york)). persico, r. and f. soldovieri (2004a): reconstruction of a slab embedded in a three layered medium from multifrequency data under born approximation, j. optical soc. am. a, 21, 35-45. persico, r. and f. soldovieri (2004b): effects of uncertainty on background permittivity in one dimensional linear inverse scattering, j. optical soc. am. a, 21, 2334-2343. persico, r., r. bernini and f. soldovieri (2005): on the configuration of the measurements in inverse scattering from buried objects under the distorted born approximation, ieee trans. antennas propag., 53, 1875-1886. persico, r., f. soldovieri and g. leone (2006): a microwave tomographic approach for multibistatic configuration: the choice of the frequency step, ieee trans. instrum. meas., 55 (6), 1926-1934, doi: 10.1109/ tim.2006.884346. pierri, r., r. persico and r. bernini (1999): information content of born field scattered by an embedded slab: multifrequency, multiview, and multivifrequency-multiview cases, j. optical soc. am. a, 16, 2392-2399. ramm, a.g. (1990): completeness of the products of solutions of pde and inverse problems, inverse problems, 6, 643-664. sheen, d. and d. shepelsky (2000): uniqueness in a frequency-domain inverse problem of a stratified uniaxial bianisotropic medium, wave motion, 31, 371-385. slepian, d. and h.o. pollack (1961): prolate spheroidal wavefunctions, fourier analysis and uncertainty i, bell syst. tech. j., 40, 43-64. soldovieri, f. and r. persico (2004): reconstruction of an embedded slab with born approximation from multifrequency data, ieee trans. antennas propag., 52, 2348-2356. soldovieri, f., r. persico and g. leone (2005a): effect of source and receiver radiation characteristics in subsurface prospecting within the dba, radio science, 40, rs3006. soldovieri, f., r. persico and g. leone (2005b): frequency diversity in a linear inversion algorithm for gpr prospecting, subsurface sensing technol. appl., 6, 25-42. (received february 2, 2006; accepted september 22, 2006) vol50,4,2007 547 annals of geophysics, vol. 50, n. 4, august 2007 key words radon – hydrogen – seismicity – geodeformation wave – earthquake 1. introduction for half a century work on soil radon recording was carried out in different geological structures using different equipment and showed the benefits of the seismic-emanation method (dubinchuk, 1991; king, 1991; rudakov, 2003). therefore, further development and perfection of this method, both in methodical (steinitz et al., 1999, 2003; utkin, 2000) and technical (kim et al., 1997) aspects, is an essential goal for earthquake forecasting purposes. a network for subsoil radon monitoring was created at the petropavlovsk-kamchatsky geodynamic proving ground in 1997-2000 with the purpose to search for the precursors of the avacha gulf strong earthquakes (firstov, 1999; firstov and rudakov, 2003). the network was extended and modernized in the following years. this report analyses the features of the soil radon mass transfer response to changes in stressed-deformed state of the lithosphere on the northern flank of the kuril-kamchatka subduction zone over the period july-august, 2004 the nexus of soil radon and hydrogen dynamics and seismicity of the northern flank of the kuril-kamchatka subduction zone pavel p. firstov (1), valentina s. yakovleva (2), vladimir a. shirokov (1), oleg p. rulenko (1), yury a. filippov (1) and olga p. malysheva (1) (1) institute of volcanology and seismology feb ras, petropavlovsk-kamchatsky, russia (2) tomsk polytechnic university, tomsk, russia abstract the comparison of kinematics and dynamic parameters of radon and molecular hydrogen concentration in subsoil air on the stations network at the petropavlovsk-kamchatsky geodynamic proving ground with seismicity of the northern flank of the kuril-kamchatka subduction zone was fulfilled in the period from july till august 2004. on the basis of correlation analysis of the regional seismicity and variations of radon flux density calculated using the data of gas-discharge counters of sts-6 type and ssntds it was shown that the radon mass transfer abnormal variations are conditioned by both regional seismicity in total and the subduction zone of proving ground. the azimuths of «geodeformation waves» coming to the registration points are calculated during clearly expressed anomaly beginnings, which coincide with directions to earthquake epicenters taking place at the same time. the geochemical anomalies recorded are presumptively deformative by nature and can be conditioned by processes of «quasi-viscous» flow of the lithosphere during rearrangement of tectonic stress fields of the subduction zone. the short-term (predicted time τ< 14 days) precursor of the earthquakes swarm was revealed in hydrogen dynamics on august, 4-5 (four earthquakes had m≥5.3 and epicentral distance about 130 km from the paratunka base station). mailing address: dr. pavel p. firstov, institute of volcanology and seismology feb ras, b. piip blvrd 9, petropavlovsk-kamchatsky 683006, russia; e-mail: firstov@kscnet.ru 548 pavel p. firstov, valentina s. yakovleva, vladimir a. shirokov, oleg p. rulenko, yury a. filippov and olga p. malysheva for the purpose of revealing short-term strong earthquake precursors. 2. space-time seismic characteristics of research areas and observation techniques the network consisting of 4 monitoring stations functioned in the examination period, its coordinates and conditions of detector placement are given in table i. the scheme of location of the monitoring stations is shown in fig. 1. two stations were located in the northern part of paratunka hydrothermal system, which structurally refers to the graben of the southern part of nachikinskaya fold-blocky zone. a structural feature of the examined area is blocky tectonics (serezhnikov and zimin, 1976). the block mosaic is caused by a combination of motions along long-standing ruptures. the majority of faults are reflected on a relief. some faults located at the valley of paratunka river under loose sediments were traced by geophysical methods. the faults divide the whole structure into four main blocks. the base station «paratunka» (prt) is located on the terrace of the korkina stream, which traces a sublatitude fault of the paratunka graben. a well developed network of hydrothermal groundwater reservoirs refers to paratunka graben. shows of thermal waters with the radon concentration up to 1500 bq m−3 were found in 700 m away from the prt station downstream. the annual radon-hydrogen measurements were conducted across the valley of korkina stream. figure 2 shows the schematic profile of table i. coordinates of soil radon monitoring stations of petropavlovsk-kamchatsky geodynamic proving ground (july-august, 2004). name of work station abbreviation coordinates short description of locality and measurement conditions lat (n) long (e) paratunka prt 52.90 158.26 hydrothermal system, zone of dynamic influencing of (base station) the fault, which is traced by the korkina stream. radon measurements were made by radiometer «revar» with 2 gas-filled counter tubes (sts-6 type). two depths of radon measurements (point 1 zone of aeration; point 2 zone of the full water saturation). institute of ikr terrace of the paratunka river (2 km from a bank). cosmophysical two depths of radon measurements (point 1 0.8 m and researches point 2 1.35 m). and radio wave propagation left avacha lvch 53.50 158.19 left avacha river fluvial terrace (150 m from bank). a fissile fault, two variable-depth points in a zone of aeration (point 1 0.9 and point 2 1.9 m). institute of ins 53.07 158.61 geology: sediments of old pyroclastic streams. volcanology radon measurements were made in: and seismology point 1 inside the basement of the institute building. point 2 inside a bunker of drilled hole at point 1, zone of aeration. point 3 inside a casing pipe of a drilled hole on depth of 5 m. point 4 measurement of radon flux from the earth surface in a bunker. 549 the nexus of soil radon and hydrogen dynamics and seismicity of the northern flank of the kuril-kamchatka subduction zone the stream valley, radon-hydrogenous monitoring results and placement of measure points on the prt station. the concentration of molecular hydrogen in soil air was measured by a hydrogen geophysical signaling device model vsg-2, in relative units (mv), and radon concentration was measured by a radiometer model «rga-1». high values of radon concentration and hydrogen concentration were recorded at two sites of the profile: on the left-hand slope and at the bottom of the valley. these sites should be attributed to disjunctive ruptures characterized by high permeability. the gas-filled counter tubes for continuous radon measurement were placed on those sites of the profile where the background level was observed, which proved to be evidence of the quasi-homogeneity of the medium. the second station (ikr) is located in the territory of the institute of cosmophysical researches and radio wave propagation. another two stations are located in the region of petropavlovsky horst. the station «left avacha» (lvch) is located at the bank of the left avacha river within the fault zone, traced by a river-bed. the fourth station (ins) is located in the territory of institute of volcanology and seismology. all stations are equipped with revar radiometers. passive measurements will be used on the basis of a chamber with an electrostatic field, in which the sensor is the gas-discharge geiger counter registering β-radiation decomposition product 222rn. it allows autonomous long-time observations to be performed with duration of a time period of accumulation from 10 s to 99 h with a step of 1 s. the stored data are saved in a plug-in module of a storage and are then transferred in the pc through a serial port rs-232. at the prt station the rn concentration was measured in alluvial-sandy sediments at a depth of one meter from the surface at two points: aeration zone (point 1, fig. 2) and total water saturation zone (point 2, fig. 2). two gas-filled counter tubes of the revar radiometer were put in alluvial-clay sediments on 2 depths (table i). in addition to standard radon measurements by instantaneous method, radon measurements by an integrated method with ssntds at point 3 (fig. 2) were carried out at different depths for the period from july 12 till august 26, 2004. two holes spaced 0.5 m apart were drilled by a customized soil auger; one hole was 50 cm deep, and the other was 100 cm deep. a plastic pipe casing with diameter 5.5 cm was inserted into the hole. radon radiometers with tracketch detectors of lr-115 type iii-b (nikolaev and iliç, 1999) were placed in the holes. then, the holes were covered to be air-tight and left for 96 h. the soil gas radon concentration was determined for the aist-tral complex by the fig. 1. the scheme of location of radon monitoring stations over the period of july-august 2004 and earthquake’s epicenters for the period of july 12-september 1, 2004, with energy class (k): 1 – 11; 2 – 12; 3 – 13; 4 – 14; and a focal depth: 5 – 0-19; 6 – 20-39; 7 – 4059; 8 – 60-100 km; 9 – monitoring stations; 10 – azimuth to the epicenter. 550 pavel p. firstov, valentina s. yakovleva, vladimir a. shirokov, oleg p. rulenko, yury a. filippov and olga p. malysheva method described elsewhere (yakovleva, 2005). the etching and track counting methodology are described elsewhere (nikolaev et al., 1993). the space-time characteristics of seismicity were studied using the operative catalogue of kamchatka experimental-methodical seismological department of geophysical service, ras. 3. results of observation for radon concentration and hydrogen concentration in subsoil air the results of radon monitoring for the period from july 12 to september 1, 2004 are given in fig. 3a-c. solid lines mark the moments of strong earthquakes which occurred on south kamchatka (4th and 30th august) and the time of stepwise radon anomaly observed on august 16. the temporal dynamics of air temperature, pressure and precipitations are given in fig. 3d. figure 3a shows the dynamics of radon concentration at the prt base station at two points. triangles mark the phase correlation between the signals of 4th and 16th august. firstov and rudakov (2003) found that synchronous increasing of radon concentration at both zones of full water saturation and the aeration zone (like that on august 4; fig. 3a) testifies the increase in convective soil gas velocity resulting from changes in stressed-deformed state of the geological medium. it should be noted that the positive anomaly of august 4-6 was also observed at both points of the station ikr (fig. 3b) located within paratunsky graben. at two other stations (ins and lvch) the anomalies were not observed with an abrupt front (fig. 3b). the weaker anomalies, which were qualitatively similar to previous ones in their forms, were recorded at all stations on august 12. the anomaly of 16th august represents a synchronous decrease of radon concentration at both points of station prt and nearly stepwise decrease at other stations (fig. 3b). anomalies of 4th and 16th august were also observed in the data obtained by ssntds (fig. 3c). figure 4a,b shows detailed dynamics of radon concentration at the stations ikr, ins and lvch, forming a triangle with an aperture of about 70 km for the periods of august 3-6 (a) and 15-17 (b). it is conditionally possible to separate the moments of the beginning anomalies and to determine the time of their delay comparatively to the station ins. assuming that the front of the incoming wave is plane, the azimuths fig. 2. schematic structural map of the prt station’s area and results of radon-hydrogen measurements across the valley of korkina stream. 551 the nexus of soil radon and hydrogen dynamics and seismicity of the northern flank of the kuril-kamchatka subduction zone f ig . 3a -d . r ad on c on ce nt ra ti on m ea su re d by r e v a r r ad io m et er s at t he s ta ti on s a) p r t a nd b ) ik r , in s , l v c h; c ) by s s n t d s at d if fe re nt d ep th s (i ) an d ca lc ul at ed r ad on f lu x de ns it y (i i) ; d) m et eo ro lo gi ca l pa ra m et er s. a b c d 552 pavel p. firstov, valentina s. yakovleva, vladimir a. shirokov, oleg p. rulenko, yury a. filippov and olga p. malysheva f ig . 4a ,b . r ad on d yn am ic s at t he s ta ti on s ik r , in s a nd l v c h fo r th e pe ri od s of a ug us t a) 3 -6 a nd b ) 15 -1 7. t ri an gl es m ar k th e ti m e of a no m al y co m in g to e ac h st at io n. f ig . 5a ,b . a ) a gg re ga te d si gn al s of r ad on c on ce nt ra ti on c on st ru ct ed o n th e ba si s of 4 m ea su re m en t po in ts o f s ta ti on s p r t a nd i k r ; b) h yd ro ge n co nc en tr at io n dy na m ic s. a b b a 553 the nexus of soil radon and hydrogen dynamics and seismicity of the northern flank of the kuril-kamchatka subduction zone of its arrival were calculated accounting for the differences in the coming delay for the stations ikr and lvch and it was 105°±15° in the first case and 72°±13° in the second (fig. 1). for those stations where the radon concentration was observed at two different depths, the values of radon flux density from the earth’s surface were calculated by the formula (yakovleva, 2005): (3.1) where a1 and a2 are the radon concentrations at depths h1 and h2 = 2h1; de is the radon diffusion coefficient; η is the soil porosity. for poorly humidified alluvial sediments with a porosity of about 23% the diffusion coefficient 0.0055 cm2 s−1 was considered (novikov, 1989). the values of radon flux density were calculated with the use of eq. (3.1) for the ikr and lvch stations (fig. 5a) and the prt station (fig. 3c). to reveal the common tendencies in behavior of radon concentration within paratunka graben the aggregated signals were constructed on the basis of a four-dimensional data sequence (2 measure points of stations prt and ikr) with the use of ljubushin’s methods (ljubushin, 1998). aggregated signals clearly reveal the anomaly of 4th august and weaker disturbances of 11th and 16th august that are marked by triangles (fig. 5a). figure 5b shows the temporal dynamics of molecular hydrogen concentration in subsoil air (dashed line). a clearly defined positive correlation between hydrogen concentration and air temperature is observed (the correlation coefficient, r = 0.4). the hydrogen concentration compensated for temperature by ljubushin’s methods and averaged by moving mean on 24 points is marked by a full line. two months’ average value was found to be 64±40 mv. in the period from july 27th till august 4th the measured values exceed 100 mv (the average value plus standard deviation), therefore, as a first approximation, this period can be counted as abnormal. due to the deep origin the response to changes in the stressed-deformed state of the ( ) lnq z d a a a h a a 2 1 1 1 0z e 1 2 1 1 1 2 $ $ $η= − − = f p lithosphere would be observed in hydrogen dynamics much earlier than in soil radon dynamics. therefore, it is possible to consider the marked excess of hydrogen concentration as a short-term precursor of the earthquake swarm of august 4-5 with mmax = 5.6 and epicentral distance of 130 km from the registration point. 4. seismicity of the northern flank of the kuril-kamchatka subduction zone the earthquakes which occurred in the kuril-kamchatka region reflect the time reorganization of seismotectonic stress fields connected with interaction processes between pacific and eurasian tectonic plates. from 10th july till 31st august 2004 an investigation of space-time seismicity characteristics of the northern flank of the kuril-kamchatka subduction zone stretching from commodore islands in the north up to paramushir island in the south was carried out. figure 1 shows the map of earthquake epicenters constructed on the basis of operative data of kamchatkan experimental and methodical seismological department, geophysical service, ras. the map indicates the earthquakes with energy class k≥10.5 (k = loge, j) for cross waves and hypocenter depth h≤100 km occurred on the northern flank of the kurilkamchatka subduction zone. the time distribution of these earthquakes is shown in fig. 6b. the value of seismotectonic movement velocity depends mainly on the number of seismic events (n) per unit of time and much less on other parameters of a seismic mode. at first, the value of seismotectonic movement velocity can be estimated by a density of events with k≥ ≥10.5 per unit of time (n=n/t) within an examined seismoactive volume (riznichenko, 1977). the velocity determines a slope of the earthquakes cumulative number plot. the size of seismotectonic movement velocity determines four phases of seismic activity on (fig. 6a): i – july, 12-august, 3; ii – the earthquake swarm in avachinsky gulf on august, 4-6; iii – august 7-15; iv – august, 16-30. in the first phase, the value n was close to the background value. in phases ii and iv the 554 pavel p. firstov, valentina s. yakovleva, vladimir a. shirokov, oleg p. rulenko, yury a. filippov and olga p. malysheva value n considerably exceeds the background value. however, if in phase ii the seismic process was located in a small area of avachinsky gulf, the earthquakes of phase iv occurred within all examined territory covering the komandor islands in the north up to paramushir island in the south (fig. 1). the last circumstance denotes the regional effect of increase in seismotectonic movement velocity, which may possibly be caused by an increase in the speed of the moving pacific plate. 4.1. results analysis let us compare the data of radon-hydrogen monitoring with the denoted phases of seismic activity. phase i is apparently connected with relaxation of tectonic stress field after last year’s strongest earthquake in kamchatka on 10th june, 2004. this earthquake had k=14.0 (m = 6.4), h = 200 km and occurred at the kronotsky cape area. due to relaxation processes which developed 16 days after this earthquake, a swarm of shallow-focus earthquakes (kmax= =11.6) took place in the same area on june 2627th and the following more powerful swarm of earthquakes (kmax=13.0) took place on august 4-6 in the adjacent avachinskaya «key». apparently increasing seismotectonic deformations preceded this swarm in the avachinskaja «key» area which triggered an appropriate decrease of radon flux density at the paratunka graben area (stations prt and ikr) and an 8 day anomaly in a hydrogen concentration at the prt station (fig. 5a,b). in recent years many researchers have focused on the rheological properties of a geological material and have devised a model of earthquake preparation process. morgunov (2001) in his work showed that in a focal zone a stage of quasi-viscous rock flow results from creep preceding a brittle rupture or an earthquake. the minimal time of this stage is estimated at not less than 10 h before a seismic event. let us consider the radon anomaly of august 4-5 in more detail. we will presumably consider the anomaly as a reaction of a soil radon field on the rock deformation resulting from quasi-viscous flow of geological material (in other words «a geodeformation wave»). this assumption is supported by the fact that the azimuth of the anomaly incoming to the radon monitoring stations is close to the direction towards the epicenter area of the earthquakes swarm of august 4 (fig. 1). this anomaly had started to shape (in aggregated signal) 11 h before the beginning of the earthquake swarm (fig. 5a) which allows it to be considered a short-term precursor. a b fig. 6a,b. events of earthquakes a) with energy class k≥10.5 per a day; b) maximal energy class. 555 the nexus of soil radon and hydrogen dynamics and seismicity of the northern flank of the kuril-kamchatka subduction zone as shown in ljubushin’s experimental work (ljubushin, 1993) the «geodeformation waves» influencing radon field and anomalies have various shapes depending on a location of measurement points relative to borders of different blocks. in phase iii a speed of seismotectonic movement was much lower than the background value which, in our opinion, reflects a stage of quasi-viscous creep within the whole seismic zone. at the final stage of this phase (august 15-16) a speed of plastic deformations caused by quasiviscous flow was increased and resulted in generation of a «geodeformation wave» owing to dislocation of blocks. it was reflected in a radon field as an anomaly. azimuth of its incoming is close to a direction on epicenter of the first earthquake (k = 10.9) of phase iv which occurred on august 16 in the south of kronotsky gulf (fig. 1). researchers at the institute of volcanology and seismology at kamchatka also revealed anomalies on august 15-16 in other geophysical fields. 5. conclusions on the basis of our analysis the following conclusions were derived: 1) the network of radon monitoring stations of petropavlovsk-kamchatsky geodynamic proving ground during the period june-august recorded abnormal behavior on august 4-5 and 16, which was interpreted as the reaction of a soil radon field to «geodeformation waves» caused by plastic deformations in a subduction zone. 2) on the basis of the analysis of spacetime seismic characteristics the four phases of seismic activity were defined on the northern flank of kuril-kamchatka islands line. 3) a satisfactory correlation was found between temporal dynamics of radon concentration and space-time characteristics of seismicity was found. moreover, the abrupt increase in the amplitude of the aggregated signal 11 h before a swarm of earthquakes on august 4-5 can be considered a short-term precursor. 4) the increase in molecular hydrogen concentration in subsoil air recorded at station prt before a swarm of earthquakes (mmax=5.6 and h=130 km) on august 4-5 exceeds the average value by two, which could be considered a short-term precursor. acknowledgements the work was undertaken with financial support of rfbr no. 02-05-64556, the grant of the president of the russian federation no. mk-3295.2004.5 and governmental scientific program «the development of scientific potential of the higher schools» under the section 1.2 «universities of russian federation» no. ur.09.01.416. references dubinchuk, v.t. (1991): radon as a precursor of earthquakes, in isotopic geochemical precursors of earthquakes and volcanic eruption, vienna, 37-42. firstov, p.p. (1999): monitoring of subsoil radon volumetric activity on paratunka geothermal system in 1997 1998 with the purpose to search for the precursors of strong earthquakes of kamchatka, volcanol. seismol., 6, 1-11 (in russian). firstov, p.p. and v.p. rudakov (2003): results of subsoil radon registration in 1997-2000 on the petropavlovsk kamchatsky geodynamic polygon, volcanol. seismol., 1, 26-41 (in russian). kim, i.s., a. ahhleby and g.h. sigel jr. (1997): observation of the trapping of radioactive inert gas radon on oxide glass surfaces: macroporous scintillating-glassfiber bundle alpha detector, nucl. instrum. methods phys. res., a390, 419-422. king, c.-y. (1991): gas-geochemical approaches to earthquake prediction, in isotopic geochemical precursors of earthquakes and volcanic eruption, vienna, 22-36. ljubushin, a.a. jr. (1993): the multivariate analysis of time series of systems of geophysical monitoring, phys. earth, 1, 103-108 (in russian). ljubushin, a.a. jr. (1998): the aggregated signal of systems of low-frequency geophysical monitoring, izvestiya (physics of the solid earth), 1, 69-74 (in russian). morgunov, v.a. (2001): the creep of the rocks at a finishing stage of preparation of earthquakes, izvestiya (physics of the solid earth), 4, 3-11 (in russian). nikolaev, v.a. and r. iliç (1999): etched track radiometers in radon measurements: a review, radiat. meas., 30, 1-13. nikolaev, v.a., m.g. buzynniy, i.b.vorobyev, a.v. gromov, a.s. krivokhatskiy, i.p. los, a.v. zelenskiy and yu.a. tomilin (1993): application of the track method for radon measurements in ukraine, nucl. tracks radiat. meas., 21 (3), 433-436. novikov, g.f. (1989): the radiometric exploration, lenin556 pavel p. firstov, valentina s. yakovleva, vladimir a. shirokov, oleg p. rulenko, yury a. filippov and olga p. malysheva grad, pp. 406 (in russian). riznichenko, yu.v. (1977): calculation of speed of deformations at seismic current of mountain weights, izvestiya (physics of the solid earth), 54-65 (in russian). rudakov, v.p. (2003): the seismoemanation effects of geological structures, in problems of geophysics of xxi century. the book 2 (znanije publ., moscow), 95-113 (in russian). serezhnikov, a.i. and v.m. zimin (1976): geological structure of paratunka geothermal area, influence of separate geological factors on modern geothermal activity, in hydrothermal systems and thermal fields on kamchatka, vladivostok, 115-142 (in russian). steinitz, g., u. vulkan and b. lang (1999): radon flux at the northwestern segment of the dead sea (dead sea rift) and its relation to earthquakes, isr. j. earth sci., 48, 283-299. steinitz, g., z.b. begin and n. gazit-yaari (2003): statistically significant relation between radon flux and weak earthquakes in the dead sea rift valley, geology, 6, 505-508. utkin, v.i. (2000): radon and problem of tectonic earthquakes, sozh, 6 (12), 64-70 (in russian). yakovleva, v.s. (2005): a theoretical method for estimating the characteristics of radon transport in homogeneous soil, ann. geophysics, 48 (1), 195-198. waymark-ace-fts-val-ag-30jan2014_ok annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6339   1   ace-fts version 3.0 data set: validation and data processing update claire waymark 1, kaley a. walker1, 2,*, chris d. boone2, and peter f. bernath3, 4 1department of physics, university of toronto, toronto, canada 2department of chemistry, university of waterloo, waterloo, canada 3department of chemistry and biochemistry, old dominion university, norfolk, virginia, usa 4department of chemistry, university of york, heslington, uk   i. introduction n 12 august 2003, the canadian-led atmospheric chemistry experiment (ace) was launched into a 74° inclination orbit at 650 km with the mission objective to measure atmospheric composition using infrared and uv-visible spectroscopy (bernath et al., 2005). the ace mission consists of two main instruments, ace-fts and maestro (mcelroy et al., 2007), which are being used to investigate the chemistry and dynamics of the earth’s atmosphere. here, we focus on the high resolution (0.02 cm-1) infrared fourier transform spectrometer, ace-fts, that measures in the 750-4400 cm-1 (2.2 to 13.3 µm) spectral region. this instrument has been making regular solar occultation observations for more than nine years. the current ace-fts data version (version 3.0) provides profiles of temperature and volume mixing ratios (vmrs) of more than 30 atmospheric trace gas species, as well as 20 subsidiary isotopologues of the most abundant trace atmospheric constituents over a latitude range of ~85°n to ~85°s. this letter describes the current data version and recent validation comparisons and provides a description of our planned updates for the acefts data set.1                                                                                                                 * corresponding author: kaley a. walker, kwalker@atmosp.physics.utoronto.ca ii. validation results an extensive validation exercise was undertaken for the ace-fts baseline species (vmr profiles of o3, h2o, ch4, n2o, no2, no, hno3, hcl, hf, co, ccl3f, ccl2f2, n2o5, and clono2) and temperature for the version 2.2 (+updates for o3, n2o5 and hdo) data set. the retrievals for this version have been described in detail in boone et al. (2005). the validation results were reported in a special issue of atmos. chem. phys. (http://www.atmoschem-phys.net/special_issue114.html). by building on these comparison results, a newer version of the ace-fts data set (version 3.0) was produced that incorporated a new set of microwindows and updated spectroscopic parameters. it addressed the unphysical oscillations that were found in the mesospheric temperature profiles and an artefact (or “glitch”) that occurred in the temperature profiles near 23 km. in addition, the altitude ranges for nearly all species have been extended. these increases range from a few km to as much as 35 km for n2o. these improvements have been briefly summarized in table 1 and are documented in boone et al. (2013). for the version 3.0 data set, work has been undertaken to characterize the results by performing both comparisons between versions and comparisons with measurements by other satellite instruments. herein, we focus on describing the direct version comparisons for the o annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6339   2   ace-fts baseline species. these comparisons have been carried out in order to identify the changes to the ace-fts retrievals between the new version 3.0 and the previous wellvalidated (version 2.2 +updates) data set. thethese results allow users to understand the data quality of the version 3.0 data set in relation to the earlier validation studies for the version 2.2+updates data set. table 1: summary of the processing differences between ace-fts v2.2 and v3.0. retrieval parameter version 3.0 (v3.0) versus version 2.2+updates (v2.2) altitude range ranges increased for most species by a few km up to ~35 km for n2o. upper altitude limits that varied with latitude were employed for some molecules in v3.0. microwindows updated to new set for all species, typically using more microwindows in v3.0 to improve the information content on the target constituent. vmr retrieval isotopologues can be treated as separate molecules, i.e., each isotopologue serving as an interferer in a retrieval has an independent vmr profile. in v2.2, different isotopologues of the same molecule were assumed to have the same vmr profile. spectral line list updated line list using hitran 2004 with several updates routinely processed species number of species routinely processed increased to include coclf, cocl2, o2, h2co, ch3oh and hcfc-141b, as well as a number of additional subsidiary isotopologues: 18o12c16o, 17o12c16o, 18o13c16o, 18o16o16o, 16o18o16o, 16o17o16o, n218o, oc34s, and o13cs empirical function in ils calculation a new empirical function was used to characterize the ace-fts’s self apodization, one which yielded improved residuals compared to v2.2. temperature interpolation in p/t retrieval altitude interpolation approach for temperature was changed to match what was used for vmr retrieval. this fixed the unphysical oscillations observed in v2.2 temperature profiles. issue at ~23 km no empirical function is used in the retrieval of pressure below 23 km in v3.0; pressure at each analysed measurement is used as a fitting parameter altitude lower limit in p/t retrieval changed from 12 km (v2.2) to 15 km (v3.0) high altitude retrieval in p/t retrieval the retrieved co2 vmr profile at high altitudes was forced to match fixed co2 vmr at the interface (near 60 km) tangent height separation in p/t retrieval the tangent height separation is calculated in a way that improves the stability of the retrieval compared to v2.2 annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6339   3   the comparison approach taken for this work follows the method described by dupuy et al. (2009). rather than finding pairs of “coincident” measurements by different instruments, the pairs used here are all ace-fts occultations for which profiles are available for both data versions. for each trace gas species (or subset of these data), the mean profiles and 1-σ standard deviation of the mean are calculated for each data version. the absolute and relative differences are calculated from individual pairs of profiles and then the means of these differences are calculated (see eqs. 3 and 4, respectively, in dupuy et al., 2009). to calculate the relative differences, the mean of the version 2.2+updates and version 3.0 vmr is used as the denominator. as was done for most of the version 2.2+updates validation studies, the standard deviation of the bias-corrected differences (which will be referred to as the “debiased standard deviation”) is calculated for these comparisons (e.g. eq. 5 in dupuy et al., 2009). this gives a measure of the combined precision of the two ace-fts data versions (von clarmann 2006). for the results shown here, no data screening has been applied in order to examine all of the profiles produced for the two ace-fts data versions. the ace-fts measurements made between 21 february 2004 (beginning of routine operations) and 30 september 2010 have been used in this work. this analysis has been performed for the full latitude range as well as for selected latitude bands (typically using 30º bins) for all fourteen of the ace-fts baseline species. an example of the direct version comparisons for o3 is shown in figure 1 for the latitude band between 30º s and 60º s. the results shown here are consistent with those seen in all of the different latitude bands. figure 2 shows two additional examples of these direct version comparisons for ch4 and h2o. in addition to subdividing the data into various latitude bands, the data have also been compared separately for different time periods. figure 3 shows an example for o3 where the relative differences for each year are calculated separately to examine the year-to-year 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 vmr [ppmv] a lti tu de [k m ] ftsv3 ftsv2 0 1 2 3 standard deviation [ppmv] 1.5 0.5 0.5 1.5 difference [ppmv] 40 20 0 20 40 difference [%]   figure 1: an example of the ace-fts direct version comparisons for o3 for the 30-60º s latitude range. this compares the version 2.2 o3 update (blue) product with the version 3.0 (red) product. the mean vmr profiles (solid lines) and the 1-σ standard deviations (dot-dashed lines) are shown in the left panel, the absolute differences are shown in the centre panel and the relative differences are shown in the right panel. the dashed lines in the centre and right panels indicate the de-biased standard deviation of the mean differences.   changes. it can be seen that these differences are quite consistent for most years, with all years seeing quite large variability below ~20 km. however, above ~20 km, 2008 has larger variability than the other years as shown in the de-biased standard deviation of the mean difference. this is primarily due to increased numbers of outlier profiles, which we are currently in the process of characterizing to understand their origin and to provide guidance to users to allow these to be filtered out as needed. a list of occulations with known issues is provided by the ace science operations centre (https://databace.scisat.ca/validation/data_is sues.php). in addition to consulting this list, users are encouraged to submit reports the ace team outlining any issues they find. a summary of the results obtained for the direct version comparisons of the ace-fts baseline species is shown in table 2. for each species, the reference describing the version 2.2+updates validation study and the altitude range for the version 3.0 retrievals are listed. annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6339   4     figure 2: two further examples of version 2.2 versus version 3.0 comparisons (mean profiles and absolute differences) for ch4 (left panels) and h2o (right panels). the legend for each pair of panels is the same as given for the corresponding panel in fig. 1. measurements from all latitudes are included in these comparisons.   in addition, brief summaries of the version 2.2+updates validation results are given in jones et al. (2012). the differences described for the version 3.0 data set, compared to version 2.2+updates, are consistent with the need to reduce the bias seen in the version 2.2+updates validation studies. a more detailed validation paper is in preparation in which the ace-fts v3.0 dataset is compared to the ace-fts v2.2+updates dataset as well as several other satellites (sage ii, sage iii, poam iii, haloe, osiris and mls). figure 3: the mean relative differences for the direct version comparisons for o3 are shown for each year from 2004 (far left) to 2010 (far right).   annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6339   5   table 2: summary of the version 2.2+updates and version 3.0 direct version comparisons. molecule altitude range (km) comparison result (behavior of version 3.0 relative to version 2.2+updates) previous validation results (version 2.2) o3 5-95 a reduction of ~5% is seen above the peak, at ~35 km and higher altitudes. dupuy et al. (2009) (version 2.2 o3 update) ch4 5-62 a reduction of ~10% is seen near ~35-40 km and slight reduction is seen at ~23 km. de mazière et al. (2008) h2o 5-89 small differences of ~±2% are seen over the altitude range between ~20 and ~55 km carleer et al. (2008) no 12-105 a slight increase of ~2 % is seen between ~25 and ~40 km and reduction of ~2% is seen above ~40 km. kerzenmacher et al. (2008) n2o 5-60 a reduction of ~10% is seen above ~35 km strong et al. (2008) no2 13-45 a reduction of ~10% is seen in the altitude range of ~40-45 km. kerzenmacher et al. (2008) n2o5 15-40 above ~20 km, an increase is seen that is up to ~0.04 ppbv at ~26-30 km. below ~20 km, a reduction is seen that is up to ~0.035 ppbv at ~15 km. wolff et al. (2008) (version 2.2 n2o5 update) hf 10-50 a reduction of ~5% is seen over profile. mahieu et al. (2008) hcl 8-57 a reduction of ~5% is seen over profile mahieu et al. (2008) ccl3f 2-22 a slight increase is seen around ~15 km. mahieu et al. (2008) ccl2f2 6-28 an increase of ~2-5% is seen over the ~6-22 km altitude range. mahieu et al. (2008) clono2 12-35 from ~17-22 km, a ~20-30% reduction is seen. a ~7% reduction was also seen above the peak, at ~30-32 km. wolff et al. (2008) co 5-105 below ~10 km and between ~35 and ~45 km, a small decrease is seen. between ~14 and ~18 km, a small increase is seen. clerbaux et al. (2008) hno3 5-37 above ~25 km, an increase of ~5% is seen. wolff et al. (2008) annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6339   6   iii. ace-fts processing plans the next processing version (version 4.0) is now in development (boone et al., 2013). the primary motivation for this update is to develop a data set that is more appropriate for studying longer-term changes and investigating trends. in ace-fts processing versions 3.0 and earlier, the assumed rate of change in co2 as a function of time is too low and will therefore be changed to match better with observations. in version 4.0, the shape of the co2 vmr profiles at low altitudes will vary with latitude, and a seasonal cycle will be included, features that were not present in previous processing versions. an issue was identified in the input a priori temperature/pressure profiles for low altitudes that has affected all ace-fts retrievals beginning in october 2010 (boone et al., 2013). because of this, data from both version 2.2+updates and version 3.0 should not be used after 30 september 2010. new processing versions (2.5 and 3.5) are being produced to provide corrected results for the affected time period (october 2010 onward). these new versions do not include any changes in the retrieval process other than employing more appropriate a priori pressure and temperature information (boone et al., 2013). iv. conclusion ace-fts and the scisat satellite continue to perform well in their tenth year in orbit and produce a valuable data set for investigating the composition of the earth’s atmosphere. through direct profile comparisons, the current ace-fts v3.0 data set is generally seen to improve on the v2.2+updates data set. comparisons with other satellite data sets are in progress and these results are being used to provide feedback for future ace-fts data versions. acknowledgements funding for ace is provided mainly by the canadian space agency (csa) and the natural sciences and engineering research council of canada. this work was supported by the csa. references [bernath et al., 2005] bernath, p.f., et al. (2005). atmospheric chemistry experiment (ace): mission overview, geophys. res. lett., 32:l15s01. [boone et al., 2008] boone, c. d. et al. (2008). retrievals for the atmospheric chemistry experiment fourier transform spectrometer, appl. optics, 44:7218–7231. [boone at al., 1013] boone, c. d. et al. (2013). version 3 retrievals for the atmospheric chemistry experiment fourier transform spectrometer (ace-fts) in the atmospheric chemistry experiment ace at 10: a solar occultation anthology, peter f. bernath (editor), a. deepak publishing, hampton, virginia. [carleer et al., 2008] carleer, m.r., et al. (2008). validation of water vapour profiles from the atmospheric chemistry experiment (ace), atmos. chem. phys. discuss., 8:4499–4559. [clerbaux et al., 2008] clerbaux, c., et al. (2008). co measurements from the ace-fts satellite instrument: data analysis and validation using ground-based, airborne and spaceborne observations, atmos. chem. phys., 8:2569–2594. [de mazière et al., 2008] de mazière, m., et al. (2008). validation of ace-fts v2.2 methane profiles from the upper troposphere to lower mesosphere, atmos. chem. phys., 8:2421–2435. [dupuy et al., 2009] dupuy, e., et al. (2009). validation of ozone measurements from the atmospheric chemistry experiment (ace), atmos. chem. phys., 9:287–343. [jones et al., 2012] jones, a. et al. (2012). technical note: a trace gas climatology deannals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6339   7   rived from the atmospheric chemistry experiment fourier transform spectrometer dataset, atmos. chem. phys., 12:5207–5220. [kerzenmacher et al., 2008] kerzenmacher, t., et al. (2008). validation of no2 and no from the atmospheric chemistry experiment (ace), atmos. chem. phys., 8:5801– 5841. [mahieu et al., 2008] mahieu, e., et al. (2008). validation of ace-fts v2.2 measurements of hcl, hf, ccl3f, and ccl2f2 using space-, balloonand ground-based instrument observations. atmos chem phys, 8:6199–6221. [mcelroy et al., 2007] mcelroy, c.t., et al. (2007). the ace-maestro instrument on scisat: description, performance and preliminary results, appl. opt., 46:4341–4356 [strong et al., 2008] strong, k., et al. (2008). validation of ace-fts n2o measurements. atmos. chem. phys., 8:4759–4786. [von clarmann et al., 2006] von clarmann, t. (2006). validation of remotely sensed profiles of atmospheric state variables: strategies and terminology, atmos. chem. phys., 6:4311–4320. [wolff et al., 2008] wolff, m.a., et al. (2008). validation of hno3, clono2, and n2o5 from the atmospheric chemistry experiment fourier transform spectrometer (acefts), atmos. chem. phys., 8:3529–3562. vol49,6,2006 1157 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 6, december 2006 key words hydrophones – bragg fiber-laser – pressure sensors 1. introduction in the field of acoustic detection, piezoelectric sensors are the most widely used devices. this well established technology offers high reliability and relatively low cost production. sensors based on optical fibers have well known advantages over conventional electro-mechanical sensors. they offer electrically passive operation and immunity from electromagnetic fields, since the fiber is realized entirely with dielectric materials (glass and plastic). they have very small dimensions (outer diameter ∼125 µm for a standard fiber), and have multiplexing capabilities for a quasi-distributed measurement configuration, by using a single opto-electronic control unit. remote measurement is also possible. indeed, the very low signal attenuation (∼ 0.3 db/km) of the fibers in the region around 1.55 µm makes it possible to place the opto-electronic control unit several km far from the measurement point. moreover, high sensitivity and wide dynamic measurement range can usually be achieved. 2. fiber bragg grating sensors a fiber bragg grating (fbg) consists of a periodic perturbation of the optical fiber core refractive index. this grating acts on the radiation traveling in the fiber as a wavelength selective mirror. if the grating pitch is λ, the reflection band is peaked at a wavelength (2.1) where λbragg is the so-called bragg wavelength and neff is the effective refractive index. the width of the reflection band can be regulated by controlling the reflectivity of the mirror, that is by controlling the length of the grating (its total number of lines) and the depth of the reflection index modulation. typical reflection bandwidth values are around 0.2 nm. radiation outside the bragg resonance condition will propagate in the fiber without perturbations (fig. 1). 2nbragg effλ λ= developing fiber lasers with bragg reflectors as deep sea hydrophones nicolò beverini (1)(3), riccardo falciai (2), enrico maccioni (1)(3), mauro morganti (1)(3), fiodor sorrentino (1) and cosimo trono (1)(2) (1) dipartimento di fisica «e. fermi», università degli studi di pisa, italy (2) istituto di fisica applicata «nello carrara» (ifac), cnr, firenze, italy (3) istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di pisa, italy abstract the present paper will discuss the work in progress at the department of physics of the university of pisa in collaboration with the ifac laboratory of cnr in florence to develop pressure sensors with outstanding sensitivity in the acoustic and ultrasonic ranges. these devices are based on optically-pumped fiber lasers, where the mirrors are bragg gratings written into the fiber core. mailing address: dr. nicolò beverini, dipartimento di fisica «e. fermi», università degli studi di pisa, largo pontecorvo 3, 56127 pisa, italy; e-mail: beverini@df.unipi.it 1158 nicolò beverini, riccardo falciai, enrico maccioni, mauro morganti, fiodor sorrentino and cosimo trono fbgs are fabricated using the phase-mask technique on special ge-doped fibers (hill and meltz, 1997). a phase-mask is a diffractive optical element which spatially modulates the uv writing beam (typically at λ = 248 nm, where the photosensitivity of the fiber is at its best). the near-field fringe pattern, which is produced behind the mask, photo-imprints a refractive index modulation on the core of the photosensitive fiber. these gratings are highly sensitive to external perturbations that affect the fiber. with regard to eq. (2.1), every strain and temperature or pressure variation on the fiber changes both the grating pitch and the refractive index, producing a shift in the bragg wavelength (fig. 2). the information is encoded on the wavelength, with the considerable advantage that a number of different gratings, with different bragg wavelengths, can be inscribed on the same fiber and interrogated by the same opto-electronic unit, thus enabling a quasi-distributed measurement. the typical sensitivities of a fiber bragg grating to strain, temperature, and pressure (which acts as an isotropic strain) are (2.2) (: )strain n p p p1 2bragg bragg eff 2 12 11 12λ λ ν ε ∆ − − −= 6 @& 0 fig. 1. fiber bragg grating reflection and transmission properties. fig. 2. strain, temperature and pressure effects on a bragg grating reflection spectrum. 1159 developing fiber lasers with bragg reflectors as deep sea hydrophones (2.3) (2.4) where neff is the fiber effective refractive index, ν is poisson’s ratio, ε=∆l/l is the strain (bragg grating length l), pij are pockel’s coefficients of the stress-optic tensor, αλ is the thermal expansion coefficient, αn represents the thermo-optic coefficient, and e is young’s modulus. for silica fibers, at 1550 nm the strain sensitivity is ∼1.2 pm/µε, the temperature sensitivity is ∼10 pm/°c, and the pressure sensitivity is ∼ −3.6 pm/mpa. a typical fbg sensor device includes a broad-spectrum source (i.e. a superluminescent led with ∼ 40 nm spectral emission width). its radiation is coupled into the fiber, and interacts with the grating. the wavelength shift of the reflection peak is then detected by means of spectro-photometric methods. fbgs sensors are robust, can have a wide dynamic range, and can be easily multiplexed in order to realize multipoint detection at a low cost. their ultimate sensitivity is limited, however, by the spectral bandwidth of the bragg grating which at best can be of the order of 0.2 nm. a typical application for fbg sensors is the control of deformations in structures to which the gratings can be attached or within which p∆ ( ) ( )pressure: e e n1 2 2 1 2 bragg bragg 2 12 11 $ λ λ ν ν ∆ − − + −= $ )p p2 +( : f ( )temperature: t bragg bragg λ λ α α ∆ ∆+ νλ= they can be embedded. the following is a summary of fbg sensor applications made by the ifac group: – applications for the cultural heritage (castelli et al., 2003): in situ measurement and continuous monitoring of deformations in painted wood panels. − automotive applications: monitoring of deformations in car windshields (falciai et al., 2004). − structural health monitoring: fbgs embedded in carbon fibers in composite strips for concrete beam reinforcement and monitoring (falciai et al., 2005). fbgs show only a limited responsivity to variations in pressure (the typical wavelength resolution of fbg interrogation systems is ∼1 pm, which means approximately 0.3 mpa, or 3 atm). therefore, their typical application is for high pressure sensing (xu et al.,1993). 3. fiber lasers a distributed bragg reflector fiber laser (dbr-fl) consists of two bragg gratings with identical reflection wavelengths (ball and glenn, 1992), which are directly inscribed in a singlemode erbium-doped optical fiber (fig. 3). when pumped with 980 nm radiation, this structure acts as an active medium inserted in a fabry-perot laser cavity, with an emission peak around 1530 nm. the power emitted is a function of the broadband source pumping power, the length of the laser cavity and the bragg gratings reflectivity, fig. 3. fiber laser pumping scheme. 1160 nicolò beverini, riccardo falciai, enrico maccioni, mauro morganti, fiodor sorrentino and cosimo trono but it is in any case some orders of magnitude higher than the power available on the reflected radiation from a passive fbg sensors. cavity length is an important laser parameter. the emitted laser power increases with the cavity length, but a shorter length means a larger separation between the resonant longitudinal modes (λ= =λ2/2l). with a cavity length of a few cm, only one cavity mode lies inside the optical bandwidth of the bragg gratings, and it becomes possible to operate with the laser in a stable single-frequency emission mode. in these conditions the laser linewidth is very narrow (<5 khz, equivalent to a coherence length of over 30 km). the comparison between the performances of devices using the fbg and the dbr is provided in table i. the very narrow line-width means that the dbr laser sensor is intrinsically more sensitive than the fbg sensor; for this reason, it seems particularly suitable for very low-pressure measurements. dbr fiber lasers were fabricated in the ifac laboratories. an excimer (krf) uv laser, with emission at 248 nm, was used for bragg gratings writing. we obtained a bragg grating with λbragg ≅ 1532 nm by a phase mask with a nominal spatial period of 1059.9 nm on an erbium doped fiber having an absorption coefficient of 14 db/m at 980 nm. the length of bragg gratings was 1 cm, and we chose the distance between the two fbg reflectors and the fbgs reflectivity in order to obtain the maximum power emission in stable, single longitudinal mode regime. typical values are: output fbg reflectivity: > 90%; back fbg reflectivity: > 99%; distance between the fbgs: 2 mm-2 cm; emission power: 10 µw-1 mw with about 200 mw of 980 nm pumping power. the laser line-width was measured by heterodyning on a fast photodiode the beams from two different lasers with slightly different emission wavelengths, and then observing the resulting beat note on a radio-frequency spectrum analyzer. we could estimate a line-width narrower than 5 khz. it is possible to inscribe several laser structures on a single doped fiber with the aim of multiplexing a few sensors, by working at slightly different wavelengths on the same fiber with a common pump laser. in order to test multiplexing operation, we wrote two lasers on the same optical fiber with a different grating pitch. figure 4 fig. 4. emission spectrum of an array of two fiber lasers. table i. comparison of fbg and dbr performances. power line-width line-width (khz) (nm) fbg (passive) 1-100 nw ∼ 107 ∼ 0.1 dbr (active) 100 µw-1 mw ~ 5 ∼ 5⋅10−8 1161 developing fiber lasers with bragg reflectors as deep sea hydrophones reports the emission spectrum of this two-laser array, acquired by means of an optical spectrum analyzer (wavelength resolution: 0.1 nm). 4. fiber laser hydrophone in developing highly sensitive hydrophones for deep sea applications, the ultimate goal is to achieve a sensitivity at the level of the acoustic background noise of the quiet ocean, which is conventionally represented by the so-called deep sea state zero (dss0) (wenz, 1962). at 1 khz, the dss0 level is 100 µpa/hz1/2, which should correspond (eq. (2.4)) to a wavelength shift of approximately 10−12 nm, 11 orders of magnitude less than the typical fbg bandwidth. the dbr fiber laser emits monochromatic radiation with a line-width of approximately 4⋅10−8 nm, and an interferometric detection technique provides the possibility of pushing the sensitivity a factor 103-104 below the laser line-width, thus approaching the sensitivity required by the dss0 level. figure 5 shows the scheme of an unbalanced mach-zender interferometer (mzi), which we used in our detection scheme. the interferometer converts the pressure-induced wavelength shift of the radiation emitted by the dbr fiber laser into a phase delay. the phase difference ∆ϕmz at the mzi output is dependent on the fiber laser output wavelength shift ∆λ and on the optical path difference (opd= = nl), which is the length difference l of the two interferometer arms times the fiber core refractive index n. the following relationship holds: (4.1) with λ of the order of 10−12 nm (dss0 conditions), an opd of 300 m gives a value of ϕmz ≈ 1 µrad, which is a resolution achievable with the present technology (kersey et al., 1992). 5. experimental tests we made a preliminary characterization of the sensor in our laboratory and tested the responsivity of our lasers by using a mzi with opds of 150 m and 450 m. according to eq. (4.1), the mzi responsivity increases by increasing the unbalance, up to the limit given by the coherence length of the laser radiation, which for these lasers consists of many km. the monotonic operative range and the dynamic range are, however, reduced proportionally. indeed, the phase detector signal is not univocally related to the wavelength shift, when the phase difference grows over 2π radians, and the low frequency noise of the laser exceeds this limit, yet with a few meter of length unbalance. we were then obliged to lock the mzi phase to the laser frequency at low fourier frequencies, with a cut-off of the order of several khz, by using a servo loop that acts on the length of one arm of the interferometer by stretching the fiber through a piezoelectric actuator. the interferometer was used in the condition usually defined as «quadrature» detection (kersey et al., 1992), with the mzi locked at one side of a fringe in the middle point, where the sinusoidal function is proportional to the phase and the responsivity has its maximum value. the experimental apparatus is sketched in fig. 6. the fiber laser was sink in a 1 m3 water tank, close to a conventional piezo-transducer (pzt) hydrophone for calibration and validation; a sdr hs/150 model was used with a nominal responsivity of 1.778 mv/pa (29 db . opd2 mz 2 $ ϕ λ π λ∆ ∆= fig. 5. the mach-zender interferometer. fig. 7. fiber laser spectral response to a 65 khz test tone (opd = 150 m). top (a): the fiber laser response (output of the mzi) to a 65 khz loud-speaker acoustic test note. bottom (b): the laser output spectrum (without the mzi). 1162 nicolò beverini, riccardo falciai, enrico maccioni, mauro morganti, fiodor sorrentino and cosimo trono amplification). a pzt loud-speaker provided a cw sinusoidal uncalibrated acoustic signal. the laser emission wavelength modulation, induced by the acoustic signal, was converted into phase modulation by the mach-zender interferometer, and analyzed by means of an electronic spectrum analyzer (125 hz resolution bandwidth). fig. 6. experimental setup. 1163 developing fiber lasers with bragg reflectors as deep sea hydrophones figure 7 compares the mzi output with the laser output spectrum in the absence of the interferometer when the fiber laser was stimulated with a 65 khz acoustic wave. from these two spectra we deduced a limit for the performance of a particular fl sensor, referred to a device of a specific optical power (100 µw), and a fixed orientation with respect to the acoustic source. in fact the upper base line −80 dbv/hz1/2 level, corresponding to about 56 mpa/hz1/2, was produced by the actual environmental noise level. the bottom −118 dbv/hz1/2 level, which corresponds to about 0.7 mpa/hz1/2, represented the opto-electronic noise level, and thus the lowest fig. 8. fl output signal versus pressure (measured with the calibrated reference hydrophone). fl optical power 10 µw, test note frequency 40 khz; opd ∼ 450 m. error bars represent the reading uncertainty. fig. 9. fl responsivity for different test note frequencies; opd ~ 450m; fl optical power 10 µw. 1164 nicolò beverini, riccardo falciai, enrico maccioni, mauro morganti, fiodor sorrentino and cosimo trono attainable limit for the minimum detectable signal of the fiber laser. the acoustic level in mpa was estimated by means of a comparison with the readings of a calibrated pzt hydrophone. we measured the response of the device to in-water acoustic notes at several fixed frequencies in the region between about 15 and 100 khz, for different intensities of loud-speaker excitation. by making a comparison with the calibrated pzt hydrophone, we observed a highly linear trend of the fl output signal versus pressure (fig. 8). in this particular experimental condition, we measured a responsivity of 76 mv/pa at 40 khz, where the voltage value refers to the photodiode signal at the mzi output. the reading error bars (± 0.5 db) on the single measurement are reported. however, the responsivity is changing significantly as a function of the acoustic wave frequency. figure 9 reports measured responsivities for a same fl and a same mach-zender opd. the large spread for the responsivity values depends strongly on the particular set of experimental parameters. in fact, it can be affected at some specific frequencies by the acoustic reflections between the walls of the water tank, due to its reduced dimensions. also mechanical resonances of the fiber laser holder, and of the fiber itself, may have caused a dependence of the frequency response. moreover, the acoustic perturbation in water may act differently on the two bragg gratings of the laser, because they are spatially separated. all these factors dictate that a true characterization of the sensors should be made only under better control of experimental conditions, operating in a large pool and in pulsed excitation regime, in order to avoid reflection effects. in particular, it will be important to study the dependence of the response on the orientation of the sensor. in any case, we can say that the pressure dynamic range for the fl sensor set-up shown in figs. 8 and 9 is roughly of four decades. in fact, the minimum detectable pressure in this experimental condition is of the order of 1 mpa/ hz1/2 at every frequency; this is, for example, the measured value of the first point on fig. 8. the output voltage of the device is linear with pressure up to about 1 v, that is, up to 10 pa with minimum responsivity in the 15-100 khz range of approximately 100 mv/pa (fig. 9). 6. conclusions the results of the study, development and experimental validation of a dbr fiber laser for acoustic sensing in marine environment, have been reported. single mode lasers were fabricated by writing two bragg gratings on an erbium-doped fiber core. the very narrow linewidth (< 5 khz), combined with an interferometric detection, could make possible a wavelength resolution of ∼ 10−12 nm. the comparison with a calibrated pzt hydrophone (15-100 khz frequency range) showed a highly linear trend of the fiber laser output signal versus pressure. on the other hand, fl responsivity was strongly frequency dependent. this fact was probably connected to the particular experimental set-up, such as the acoustic reflections between the walls of the water tank and the mechanical resonance of the fl holder and of the fiber itself. the fbg hydrophones offer a wide range of applications, ranging from the marine environmental acoustic monitoring to the deep-sea study and the survey of dolphins and whales. in general, a network of multiplexed fbg hydrophones could provide much information on what happens in the «under-the-sea world» in the acoustic and ultrasound regimes, whichever could be the origin of the propagating pressure wave. an interesting field of application could be the acoustic detection of particle showers produced in water by very high-energy neutrinos, as an alternative method to the more conventional photo-detection. acknowledgements this research was supported by the italian university ministry (miur), by the university of pisa, by national institute of nuclear physics (infn), and by the italian national research council (cnr). references ball, g.a. and w.h. glenn (1992): design of a singlemode linear-cavity erbium fiber laser utilizing bragg reflectors, j. lightwave tech., 10, 1338-1343. castelli, c., g. lanterna, r. falciai and c. trono 1165 developing fiber lasers with bragg reflectors as deep sea hydrophones (2003): continuous monitoring of wooden works of art using fiber bragg-grating sensors, j. cultural heritage, 4, 285-290. falciai, r., c. trono, p. castelli, r. galli, n. mattiucci and n. pallaro (2004): automotive applications of fiber bragg grating sensors, in proceedings of the 8th conference sensors and microsystems «aisem 2003», edited by c. di natale, a. d’amico, g. soncini, l. ferrario and m. zen (world scientific publisher), p. 545. falciai, r., j.m. kenny, a. terenzi, c. trono and r. mezzacasa (2005): reinforcing and monitoring of concrete structures with composites and fiber optic sensors, in proceedings of the 9th conference sensors and microsystems «aisem 2004», edited by c. di natale, a. d’amico, g. martinelli, m.c. carotta and v. guidi (world scientific publisher), 329-336 hill, k.o. and g. meltz (1997): fiber bragg grating technology fundamentals and overview, j. lightwave technol., 15 (8), 1263 kersey, a.d., t.a. berkoff and w.w. morey (1992): high-resolution fibre-grating based strain sensor with interferometric wavelength-shift detection, electron. lett., 28 (3), 236-238. wenz, g.m. (1962): acoustic ambient noise in the ocean: spectra and sources, j. acoust. soc. am., 34, 1936-1956. xu, m.g., l. reekie, y.t. chow and j.p. dakin (1993): optical in-fibre grating high pressure sensor, electron. lett., 29, 398-399. (received september 6, 2005; accepted may 17, 2006) 125_130 adg v5 n01 huang.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 125 electron density profiles of the topside ionosphere xueqin huang (1), bodo w. reinisch (1), dieter bilitza (2) and robert f. benson (3) (1) center for atmospheric research, university of massachusetts lowell, ma, u.s.a. (2) raytheon itss, gsfc, code 632, greenbelt, md, u.s.a. (3) gsfc, code 692, greenbelt, md, u.s.a. abstract the existing uncertainties about the electron density profiles in the topside ionosphere, i.e., in the height region from h m f 2 to ~ 2000 km, require the search for new data sources. the isis and alouette topside sounder satellites from the sixties to the eighties recorded millions of ionograms but most were not analyzed in terms of electron density profiles. in recent years an effort started to digitize the analog recordings to prepare the ionograms for computerized analysis. as of november 2001 about 350 000 ionograms have been digitized from the original 7-track analog tapes. these data are available in binary and cdf format from the anonymous ftp site of the national space science data center. a search site and browse capabilities on cdaweb assist the scientific usage of these data. all information and access links can be found at http://nssdc.gsfc.nasa.gov/space/isis/isisstatus.html. this paper describes the isis data restoration effort and shows how the digital ionograms are automatically processed into electron density profiles from satellite orbit altitude (1400 km for isis-2) down to the f peak. because of the large volume of data an automated processing algorithm is imperative. the topside ionogram scaler with true height algorithm topist software developed for this task is successfully scaling ~ 70% of the ionograms. an «editing process» is available to manually scale the more difficult ionograms. the automated processing of the digitized isis ionograms is now underway, producing a much-needed database of topside electron density profiles for ionospheric modeling covering more than one solar cycle. 1. introduction modeling of the topside ionosphere (from the f peak to about 2000 km) suffers from a scarcity of data because ground-based ionosondes only probe up to the f-peak. satellite-borne sounders provided information about the topside ionosphere. but only a small percentage of these mailing address: prof. bodo w. reinisch, center for atmospheric research, university of massachusetts lowell, 600 suffolk st., lowell, ma 01854, u.s.a.; e-mail: bodo_reinisch@uml.edu data have been processed into electron density profiles, which is the parameter of greatest interest for topside modeling. an ionosonde transmits signals sweeping through a typical frequency range and records the time delay it takes the signal to be reflected back to the receiver. the ionogram established in this way usually consists of an ordinary and extraordinary trace (oand x-trace). ionogram analysis includes finding these traces and then inverting them into an electron density profile. the problem of the topside sounder missions in the sixties and seventies and the reason for the low percentage of obtained electron density profiles is the fact that the scaling had to be done manually. in the eighties and nineties, automated scaling and inversion algorithms were developed key words electron density profile topside ionosphere ionogram processing 126 xueqin huang, bodo w. reinisch, dieter bilitza and robert f. benson and perfected (huang and reinisch, 1982) and are now well-established tools of space weather observations with ground-based ionosondes (reinisch et al., 2001; huang and reinisch, 2001). this paper describes an effort to apply these automated scaling and inversion routines to the large database established by the u.s./ canadian alouette and isis topside sounders. the alouette-1, -2 and isis-1, -2 satellites were the first satellites that were equipped with topside sounder instruments to monitor the topside ionosphere from the satellite orbit altitude down to the f-peak. the launch dates and orbit parameters are listed in table i. isis 1 launched in 1969 and isis 2 launched in 1971 were operated by nasa until 1979, then by crc (canada) until 1984, and finally by rrl (japan) until 1990. additional instruments carried by these satellites included vlfreceivers, energetic particle detectors (epd), ion mass spectrometers (ims), retarding potential analyzers (rpa) and photometers. these satellites either had limited onboard recording capabilities (isis) or none at all (alouette). data were therefore primarily recorded within the viewing area of several telemetry down-link stations. because of the great interest in these data many nations participated in the alouette/isis program and provided dedicated telemetry stations. table ii lists 24 of these stations illustrating their global distribution. a number of additional stations operated at various times, but these 24 are the ones considered in our data restoration effort. several institutions were also involved in data reduction efforts to obtain electron density profiles from manually scaled ionograms. of the close to a million ionograms recorded by the alouette/isis satellites several tens of percent are stored on more than 12 000 rolls of 35 mm microfilm at the national space science data center (nssdc). only a few percent of the ionograms were processed into electron density profiles. about 150 000 profiles were submitted to nssdc’s archives and are now available online from nssdc’s anonymous ftp site at ftp://nssdcftp.gsfc.nasa.gov/. this is also the story of a successful data restoration effort that saved a considerable portion of an irreplaceable data set from the brink of extermination. the alouette and isis telemetry data were stored on more than 100 000 7-track tapes in the canadian public archives (cpa). in the early nineties the cpa indicated its intent to discard these tapes because of storage space and cost limitations and the dormant state of these data. with help from g. james (crc, ottawa) and with funding from nasa/oss/ aisrp, r. benson managed to save about 18 000 of these tapes (specifically selected for time and location; see next section) and ship about 14 000 to the goddard space flight center (gsfc) for processing and analysis. the rest of the telemetry tapes was discarded and the information contained on them is now lost. 2. digitization of isis ionograms at gsfc the analog topside sounder recordings from the 7-track tapes were digitized and made available online through nssdc’s anonymous ftp archive. before this, however, the important first step in this data restoration effort was the selection of desirable tapes, because it became clear that it was feasible to only save about 10-20% of the tape total. the tapes were selected in order to obtain global coverage and to accommodate special requests that address subjects and time periods of particular interest. table i. isis-1 and -2 orbit parameters. satellite launch date height range/km inclination/degree alouette 1 1962-09-29 1000 80 alouette 2 1965-11-29 500-3000 80 isis 1 1969-01-30 550-3500 88 isis 2 1971-04-01 1400 88 electron density profiles of the topside ionosphere 127 the selection included data from 24 telemetry stations from the years 1972-1984. table ii provides some of the specifics in terms of the number of tapes from a specific satellite and stations and the years covered. in selecting these tapes we also considered the time periods already covered by nssdc’s data holdings. typically, 80-100 tapes/year were specified centered on each of the equinoxes and solstices. about 8000 tapes were selected with special emphasis on time periods coinciding with the de satellites and from stations close to the magnetic equator, an area not so well covered by the existing data sets. the digitization at gsfc’s data evaluation laboratory (del) was performed using an a/d converter and software device driver compatible with the os/2 operating system used by a 486based programmable telemetry processor (ptp). the digitized sounder data consist of 8-bit receiver-amplitude values collected at a 40 khz rate and contain the time and the frequency location station id lat. long. al1 al-2 isis-1 isis-2 a resolute bay, canada res 75 265 327 (76) 504 (73-79) a tromso, norway tro, trm 70 19 320 141 (73-76) a sodankyla, finland sod 67 27 63 (77-79) a fairbanks, alaska ula 65 212 1 (62) 244 (73-79) 439 (73-79) a winkfield, u.k. wnk 51 359 2 (66) 319 405 (73-79) a ottawa, canada ott 45 284 1187 (69-83) 991 (73-83) a kashima, japan ksh 36 141 103 (78-81) 879 (73-79) a las palmas canary island, spain can 28 345 106 (74-75) ahmedabad, india ame 23 73 265 (73-77) a ouagadougou, burkina faso odg 14 359 745 (73-?) 214 (73-75) a kwajalein, marshall islands kwa 9 168 140 a a kourou, french guyana kru 5 307 212 (74-77) a quito, equador qui 1 281 1 (62) 700 483 (69-72) 366 (73-79) a brazzaville, congo brz, bzv 4 15 34 (73-74) a ascension island, u.k. can 8 346 174 (75-77) a lima, peru lim 12 283 11 a johannesburg, south africa bur, job 26 28 192 (73-75) a santiago, chile snt, ago 33 298 428 209 (69) 240 (73-76) a orroral, australia orr 36 149 66 (72-?) 232 (73-78) a lauder, new zealand lau 45 170 604 (73-80) a kerguelen islands, france ker 49 70 98 (81-83) 464 (77-83) a falkland island, u.k. sol 52 302 421 45 (72) a terre adelie, antarctica adl 67 140 54 (82-83) 738 (73-83) a syowa base, antarctica syo 69 40 241 (78-82) a table ii. the 24 ground stations for which tapes were selected; for each of the four satellites the number of tapes is shown and in brackets the years covered. 128 xueqin huang, bodo w. reinisch, dieter bilitza and robert f. benson associated with each sounder pulse. the data are provided in full and average (4 consecutive range bins averaged to yield one amplitude sample) in os2 binary format; the average resolution data were also converted to cdf format at nssdc. the virtual range resolution is 3.75 km for the full resolution ionograms and 15 km for the average resolution data. as of november 2001 about 350 000 ionograms have been digitized. a small selection of these data has also been made available for plotting and browsing on cdaweb (http:// cdaweb.gsfc.nasa.gov/). other services available from the isis homepage include a search page for locating ionograms for specific times, locations, and other search criteria and software for an interactive idl interface for plotting, scaling, and inverting the ionograms based on the inversion program of jackson (1969). 3. topist description our goal was to automatically deduce the electron density profiles from the digitized ionograms. this is the logical next step after the digitization process since topside electron densities are one of the most important data products derived from ionograms. this requires locating and identifying the echo traces on the ionogram and then applying an inversion algorithm that inverts the echo traces into an electron density profile. because of the large volume of ionograms this has to be done automatically in order to provide the maximum input to ionospheric models. our first project step was therefore the development of a computer program for the automated tracing and inversion of topside ionograms. a topside ionogram scaler with true height algorithm (topist) program has been developed that is fig. 1. flow chart of topist. table iii. processing functions in topist. process reading ionogram file noise filter search for resonance frequencies consult model f 2 peak parameters trace scaling electron density profile calculation method full or average ionogram/os2 binary. individual threshold for each frequency. most probable amplitude at low ranges and at large ranges is determined. smaller value is selected as nominal threshold. 5-frequency comb with f n as free variable slides along frequency axis in search for maximum amplitude. f0f2 and hmf2 values are calculated from ursi and ccir coefficients and used as guide for the auto-scaling. if ground echo traces are observed, they also are used in the f0f2 search. find potential trace points for each frequency line storing their amplitude and connection length to neighbors. find optimal combination of resonance frequencies and oand x-traces using a family of generic functions. introduce a reduced frequency variable and represent profile with chebyshev polynomials. inversion can work with o-trace only, or x-trace only, or both traces and possibly the z-trace. electron density profiles of the topside ionosphere 129 fig. 2. topist opening window. successfully scaling ~70 % of the ionograms. the topist software also includes an «editing option» (called manual scaling in fig. 1) for the manual scaling of the more difficult ionograms, which could not be scaled during the automated topist run. the most difficult part of the task is the automatic scaling of the echo traces. unlike the ionograms from modern ionosondes (reinisch, 1996) the isis ionograms do not identify the wave polarization of the different echo traces, so physical logic must be applied to identify the o and/or x traces, and this is not always successful. characteristic resonance features seen in the topside ionograms include those at the gyro and plasma frequencies. an elaborate scheme was developed to automatically identify these resonance frequencies in order to determine the local plasma and gyro frequencies. this information helps in the identification of the o and x traces, and it provides the starting density of the electron density profile. the inversion of the echo traces into electron density profiles uses the same modified chebyshev polynomial fitting technique that is successfully applied in the analysis of topside ionograms and ground-based digisonde ionograms (huang and reinisch, 1982; reinisch and huang, 1983). 4. processing procedures the flowchart in fig. 1 and table iii describe the individual steps that topist takes to analyze the ionograms. the topist opening window (fig. 2) allows one to specify the processing parameters. the performance characteristics of topist are summarized in table iv. 130 xueqin huang, bodo w. reinisch, dieter bilitza and robert f. benson 5. summary and discussion a considerable amount of a very valuable data source for the topside ionosphere has been saved in a last minute effort. close to 340 000 topside ionograms have so far been digitized and this process continues at a rate of about 6000 per month. a software algorithm (topist) was developed for automated scaling and inversion of ionograms and is now successfully scaling about 70% of the digitized ionograms. the resulting topside electron density profiles are being made available online from nssdc’s anonymous ftp archive (nssdcftp.gsfc.nasa.gov). this unique new data source for modeling the topside electron density will more than triple the amount of electron density data previously available from the alouette and isis satellites, and it will greatly extend the solar cycle coverage of the combined alouette/isis database. a better representation of conditions during very high solar activity is especially important because the largest topside electron densities are found during these time periods and, as a result, the strongest space weather effects occur during such intervals. for real time space weather monitoring future topside sounders should provide for automatic scaling of the ionograms as proposed by reinisch et al. (2001). the data set will also help special investigation that were considered in selecting the original telemetry tapes, e.g., combining isis data with coincident de data, the investigation of sounder-stimulated plasma resonances, and studies of high latitude and low latitude plasma processes. the importance of these new digital data was recently demonstrated by benson and grebowsky (2001). they produced several orbitplane electron-density contours through the winter, nighttime polar cap ionosphere during solar minimum. their observations, combined with other data, suggest that an absence of an f-layer ionization peak may be a frequent occurrence at high latitudes. acknowledgements this work was supported through nasa/ oss applied systems and information research program (asirp) grant nag5-8145. we are grateful to w.b. schar of emergent/gsfc for his key role in producing the isis digital ionograms and transferring them to the nssdc under aisrp rtop grant # 370-03-00-04 at gsfc. references benson, r.f. and j.m. grebowsky (2001): extremely low ionospheric peak altitudes in the polar hole region, radio sci., 36, 277-285. hua n g, x. and b.w. re i n i s c h (1982): automatic calculation of electron density profiles from digital ionograms. 2. true height inversion of topside ionograms with the profile-fitting method, radio sci., 17 (4), 837-844. huang, x. and b.w. reinisch (2001): vertical electron content from ionograms in real time, radio sci., 36 (2), 335-342. jackson, j.e. (1969): the reduction of topside ionograms to electron-density profiles, proc. ieee, 57 (6), 960-976. re i n i s c h, b.w. and x. h ua n g (1983): automatic calculation of electron density profiles from digital ionograms. 3. processing of bottomside ionograms, radio sci., 18 (3), 477-492. reinisch, b.w. (1996): modern ionosondes, modern ionospheric science, edited by h. kohl, r. ruster and k. schlegel, european geophysical society, 37191 katlenburg-lindau, germany, 440-458. reinisch, b.w., d.m. haines, g.s. sales, r.f. benson, j.l. green and w.w.l. taylor (2001): radio sounding in space: magnetosphere and topside ionosphere, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 63, 87-98. table iv. topist performance. function test database success rate auto-scaling failures description ~ 800 digitized isis-2 ionograms 70% of manually scalable ionograms are successfully auto-scaled scaling errors occur during severe spread; when data are missing in a large frequency interval; in the presence of unidentified traces (oblique?); when resonance frequencies are incorrectly identified harmonizing and comparing single-type natural hazard risk estimations annals of geophysics, 59, 2, 2016, s0216; doi:10.4401/ag-6987 s0216 harmonizing and comparing single-type natural hazard risk estimations kevin fleming1,*, stefano parolai1, alexander garcia-aristizabal2, sergey tyagunov3, sergiy vorogushyn4, heidi kreibich4, holger mahlke5 1 gfz german research centre for geosciences, centre for early warning, potsdam, germany 2 amra center for the analysis and monitoring of environmental risk, naples, italy 3 institute for civil engineering, technical university of berlin, berlin, germany 4 gfz german research centre for geosciences, section 5.4 hydrology, potsdam, germany 5 institute for meteorology and climate research, karlsruhe institute of technology, eggenstein-leopoldshafen, germany abstract single-type hazard and risk assessment is the usual framework followed by disaster risk reduction (drr) practitioners. there is therefore a need to present and compare the results arising from different hazard and risk types. here we describe a simple method for combining risk curves arising from different hazard types in order to gain a first impression of the total risk. we show how the resulting total (and individual) risk estimates can be examined and compared using so-called risk matrices, a format preferred by some drr practitioners. we apply this approach to cologne, germany, which is subject to floods, windstorms and earthquakes. we then use a new series of risk calculations that consider epistemic uncertainty. the mann-whitney test is applied to determine if the losses arising from pairs of hazards are comparable for a given return period. this benefits decision makers as it allows a ranking of hazards with respect to expected damage. such a comparison would assist planners in the allocation of resources towards the most efficient mitigation actions. however, the results are dependent upon the distribution of estimates (i.e., level of uncertainty), which is in turn a function of our state of knowledge. 1. introduction although there is an increasing awareness of the importance of the potential interactions that arise between different hazard types and their associated risks, there is still a need for robust and meaningful comparisons between the risks arising from individual hazard types occurring in the same area [kappes et al. 2012, marzocchi et al. 2012]. the reason for this is partly due to the importance of single-type risks to stakeholders and decision makers owing to their relative ease of use, the different competencies in risk management (e.g., water boards are often only responsible for floods, not other hazards) and the (single-risk) mandate that authorities are usually assigned [e.g., komendantova et al. 2014]. therefore, while the single-type approach for natural hazard and risk assessment (i.e., individual types are treated separately, without considering how different hazards may interact with each other at the various levels of the risk assessment chain) is still the general one followed by the disaster risk reduction (drr) community [e.g., kreibich et al. 2014], it often lacks a common framework allowing for the comparability of quantitative risk assessments, both in terms of comparable spatial and temporal scales, and with respect to the metrics being employed. in addition, while several attempts have been made to provide a more holistic view in terms of comparing natural hazard risk curves [e.g., grünthal et al. 2006, schmidt-thomé et al. 2006, garcia-aristizabal et al. 2015], the issue of uncertainties has not usually been considered. these points therefore lead to a number of concerns. consider first the issue of what should be employed as the most appropriate risk metric (a matter of “comparing apples with apples”). such a metric must allow losses from different types of disaster to be meaningfully compared, assisting both responders to disasters and those involved in longer-term planning. for example, in the case of germany, although the summer 2003 heat wave resulted in the highest number of deaths from an extreme natural event for the period 1980-2010 (9,355 people), the associated economic losses were relatively low (€ 1.65 billion) compared to the floods of 2002 (€11.6 billion) which caused the deaths article history received february 10, 2016; accepted may 6, 2016. subject classification: natural hazards, risk, risk curves, risk matrices, mann-whitney. of 27 people (preventionweb website, www.prevention web.net/english/countries/statistics/?cid=66). similarly, comparing numbers of casualties arising from, for example, an earthquake and a hurricane, neglects how there is a greater capacity for early warning (hence the undertaking of mitigating actions) for the latter than for the former, leading to the suggestion that the numbers of people lacking shelter as a result of the event may be a more useful metric [monfort and lecacheux 2013]. the next question deals with the spatial and/or temporal scales being dealt with, each of which depends upon the hazard of concern. considering spatial scales, different hazards have their own spatial pattern, for example, direct losses from floods are generally restricted to lower-lying areas close to water bodies, and so a flood may be rather localized, although in larger events, the extent of direct damage may be considerable (e.g., germany, 2002, 2013, thailand, 2011). by contrast, the area affected by an earthquake is not limited by such factors and primarily depends upon the event’s magnitude, although again, depending upon geological conditions, there may be considerable spatial variability in the resulting ground shaking [e.g., parolai et al. 2007]. with regards to temporal scales, certain hazards display a degree of regularity, for example, seasonal winter storms or hurricanes, while others, such as earthquakes and volcanoes, follow less regular patterns or exhibit longer return periods and thus, must be considered over much longer times. this in turn leads to the difficulties in dealing with how to prioritize high probability/lower damage versus low probability/high damage events. however, a serious associated problem is that historical records may not be adequate to gain a proper understanding of what can be expected over a given time period, let alone potential extreme events. this may lead to the case where more familiar events (e.g., hurricanes) are accommodated, while rarer ones (e.g., earthquakes) are neglected, as was the case for older buildings in kobe, japan, whose heavy roofs were suitable for seasonal typhoons, but not for less-frequent earthquakes [otani 1999]. as mentioned above, individual hazards and risks are generally treated separately, leading to the possibility of underestimating the total risk an area may be threatened by. hence, there is the need to be able to combine the risk estimates associated with each hazard, while presenting uncertainties in a meaningful manner. this capacity is essential in that it allows an understanding of the relative importance of different hazards and risks in order to assist decision makers in their prioritizing of mitigation activities, especially given the frequent lack of resources available. associated with these issues is the need for a robust understanding of the associated uncertainties themselves, not only their actual magnitudes, but their nature when one considers them as being either aleatory, i.e., inherent in the system under consideration, or epistemic, i.e., related to our lack of knowledge about the processes involved. in this paper, we propose a framework that allows the estimation of the total risk arising from multiple independent hazards affecting an area that also allows for risk comparability, while considering uncertainties. it is worth noting that the approach presented in this work does not take into account hazard and risk interactions, which would require a much more in-depth multi-risk analyses [see e.g., garcia-aristizabal et al. 2015, liu et al. 2015]. we generally consider risk in the form of loss estimates from damaged/destroyed residential buildings over annual time scales and urban spatial scales, expressed as expected loss per annum (in euros) versus probability of exceedance. the test case is the city of cologne, the fourth-largest city in germany (1,036 million inhabitants, 2011; statistisches jahrbuch [2012]) and a major industrial, financial, and cultural center. it is also an important transport hub, including one of the largest inland ports in europe and a critical segment in east-west transport across europe. although the level of natural hazard risk in cologne is relatively low compared to many parts of the world, it is still under threat from three major hazard types: earthquakes, windstorms and floods, which are the most important hazards in germany [grünthal et al. 2006, kreibich et al. 2014]. there is also the potential for interactions at various levels of the risk assessment chain, in particular, earthquakes affecting flood defenses and hence increasing flood risk [fleming et al. 2014]. cologne has been a test case for a number of research programs dealing with hazard and risk (e.g., dfnk german research network natural disasters, matrix new multi-hazard and multi-risk assessment methods for europe, sensum framework to integrate space-based and in-situ sensing for dynamic vulnerability and recovery monitoring). specifically, the work presented here is part of the matrix project, which focused on multi-type hazard and risk assessment, including interactions at all levels of the disaster risk chain [e.g., garcia-aristizabal et al. 2013] and different forms of loss, i.e., direct versus indirect, and tangible versus intangible losses, as well as issues related to personal and institutional biases in decision-making within multi-risk environments. however, it by no means ignored the importance of single-type risk assessment and the issues just discussed [parolai et al. 2014]. in the following section we present a method for combining risk estimates leading to the harmonized comparison of natural hazard risk curves. such results fleming et al. 2 3 may be presented using the so-called risk matrix, a table where one dimension represents frequency, probability, etc. of an event, while the other dimension categorizes the event’s consequences, impact, etc. [e.g., cook 2008, cox 2008]. risk matrices are a commonly used form for quantitative and qualitative representation of risks (e.g., the german federal office of civil protection and disaster assistance; bbk [2011]) and were included in the european commission’s guidelines for risk mapping [ec 2010]. this is followed by a discussion that describes the use of the mann-whitney test (also known as wilcoxon-mann-whitney, or u-test; barlow [1989]). the mann-whitney test is a non-parametric test of the null hypothesis that two samples come from the same population (in our case, the samples are from different sources of loss estimates) against an alternative hypothesis that one population tends to have larger values than the other. we employ it to compare the range of risk estimates from different hazards for specific return periods; these ranges in risk estimates arise when considering uncertainties in the input parameters and models. we conclude with a discussion of the steps still required and the consequences such efforts may have on drr decision making. 2. combining single-type risks decision makers often have to deal with the effects of more than one type of risk. for this reason, providing them with information about the likelihood of a given loss value independent of its cause may be an important piece of data for planning purposes. therefore, considering the results of independent, non-interacting single-type risk assessments, we are interested in calculating a “total risk” curve relating the exceedance probability of a given loss value, independent of the risk source (or sources) causing it. if pi(lj) is the probability of exceedance of the jth loss per annum (lj) for the i th risk source (e.g., earthquakes, floods, landslides, etc.), then the total annual exceedance probability curve can be calculated as: p(lj)tot = 1 ∏ (1 − pi(lj)) (1) which is valid for i independent single-type risk sources (i.e., neglecting possible risk interactions). we apply this approach to the risk curves obtained by grünthal et al. [2006], which represent the annual probability of the exceedance of direct loss for each of the three hazards mentioned in the introduction. the exposed elements considered are buildings and contents in the sectors of private housing, commerce and industry, relative to the year 2000. the curves were shown only for the most probable estimates, meaning that uncertainties were not taken into account in the risk comparisons, nor the potential interactions between the different hazards, e.g., the flood estimates do not consider the failure of river dikes. figure 1 shows the three risk curves of grünthal et al. [2006] for earthquakes, floods and windstorms, along with each of the possible combinations among them single-type hazard and risk harmonization figure 1. the individual risk curves for the three main hazards (earthquakes eq, floods fl, windstorms ws) that affect cologne, as presented by grünthal et al. [2006], and their various combinations derived using equation (1). according to equation (1). note the original values from grünthal et al. [2006] were losses found for a series of probabilities. we took these and, from the loss estimates themselves, interpolated where necessary in order to find the resulting probability for all three hazards together exceeding a given loss. it is notable, although expected, that for the loss-range over which all hazards have results, the resulting combination of the three curves differs little from combining only floods and windstorms, which are the dominant risks for higher probability/low loss events. however, if, for example, we consider all risk-types for the cases of losses of the order of €100 million and combine them, the resulting curve indicates a greatly enhanced probability, from 15 to 35% in 50 years for the individual hazards, to over 50% in 50 years when combined, all the more important when one considers that potential interactions are still not considered. now we present such changes in risk by means of a risk matrix. figure 2 shows an example of a risk matrix for cologne using some of the estimates arising from the three hazards discussed in figure 1. the ranges of impacts (here economic losses, but such a format can be used for other forms of losses such as casualties) and likelihoods (annual probabilities of exceedance) have been divided into five categories over a logarithmic scale. for the likelihood, we employed the ranges presented in bbk [2011] and shown in table 1, where the probabilities range from ≤0.1/year for the upper range of very likely to ≤0.00001/year for the upper limit of very unlikely. for the impact, we adopted a similar form, with insignificant having a lower bound of ≥€1 million and disastrous being ≥€10 billion (see figure 1 of bbk [2011]). it should be pointed out, however, that we use these bounding values for only illustrative reasons and that different limits may be set based on more extensive expert judgment. similarly, we use the same color ranking of risk (expressed as likelihood x impact) as presented in bbk [2011], although we have modified slightly the actual distribution of the colors, recognizing, however, that according to some authors [e.g., cox 2008], the color distribution itself should be modified (again, this exercise is for illustrative purposes). for this case, considering earthquakes, it is easily recognizable how the impact is significant for events with recurrence periods of 10,000, bordering between significant and moderate for 1,000 years, and minor for those with return periods of the order of 100’s years. to show how the situation changes when we consider the combining of risk estimates, we present in fleming et al. 4 figure 2. risk matrix (exploiting the values presented in figure 1) showing how combining the risk associated with individual perils (eq earthquake, fl flood, ws windstorm) can lead to a significantly higher probability of exceeding a given level of loss (eq+fl+ws). the individual and combined risk estimates outlined by the ellipse correspond to the annual exceedance of losses of ⇔100 million, hence why they are all along the same impact row. the ranges for the different classifications are presented in table 1. the color scheme is derived from that used by bbk [2011]. 5 figure 2 the combination of the three risks probabilities that give an approximate loss of €100 million/annum. these examples are outlined by the ellipse, where the result of combining the windstorm (triangle), earthquake (diamond) and flood (square) is shown by the circle. as we are looking at the likelihood of occurrence here, all values have the same impact, i.e., aligned along the same y-axis value, hence they only vary in their location along the likelihood or x-axis. it can be seen how the total risk has moved towards the right from “likely” to “very likely”. one therefore can see how this form of presentation allows changes in risk to be identified, at a qualitative level, when considering different factors. in other words, it allows a ready means of presenting how the consideration (or otherwise) of different hazard combinations, as well as their interactions, may be seen and understood [e.g., mignan et al. 2014]. one can also imagine how, based on expert opinion, the relative distribution of the risk color scheme and boundaries between the impact and likelihood classifications may be altered to better reflect the case at hand. 3. prioritization of risk considering uncertainties in this section, we make use of a series of risk estimates that take into account uncertainties for the natural hazards relevant to cologne. for each peril, the same metric is used, that is direct damage to residential buildings, and the same total costs (which differ from those of grünthal et al. [2006], who also considered commercial buildings and other items). the value of the exposed assets was derived by considering commercial geomarketing data provided by infas geodat [infas 2010]. note that we did not use the results outlined below for the previous exercise, since for flood risk, estimates for only three return periods were available. we also note that the following are not intended to replace the previous results, but are meant to demonstrate our framework for allowing a quantitative comparison between hazard and risk types. for the seismic risk, the estimates were obtained using a logic tree approach that considers a range of input parameters for the hazard [e.g., grünthal et al. 2010, crowley et al. 2011a, 2011b], exposure, vulnerability [e.g., tyagunov et al. 2006, infas 2010, wieland et al. 2012] and loss components (e.g., ems-98; hwang et al. [1994]), representing different models and sources of information (see for details tyagunov et al. [2014]). in the end we obtained a family of 180 seismic risk curves, representing the risk in terms of probable monetary losses ranging from millions to billions of euros. what is important to note is that the calculated risk estimates show considerable uncertainties. the observed large spread can be explained by our assigning of equal weights to the different (both the regional and adapted) models used in the risk calculations. furthermore, comparing the uncertainty distribution for different return periods, one can observe the bimodal shape of the distribution, which is due to the fact that some of the used models neglected the contribution of small earthquake magnitudes. that is why the bimodality is especially distinct at lower hazard levels/shorter return periods, while for larger earthquakes/longer return periods the models give closer risk estimates and therefore the spread appears to lessen. the flood risk was derived using a coupled hybrid probabilistic-deterministic dike breach-hydrodynamic model iham [vorogushyn et al. 2010]. the model was setup for the rhine reach between river gauges andernach and düsseldorf, including a total of 123 river kilometers with the target area of cologne located in the middle of the reach. the iham model was run in a monte carlo simulation for scenarios with return periods of 200, 500 and 1,000 years, resulting in a set of about 1,000 inundation patterns for each return period. based on these inundation scenarios, economic damages to residential buildings were estimated using seven flood damage models to reflect the uncertainty associated with different damage model structures. these are four stage-damage curves [murl 2000, hydrotec 2001, 2002, icpr 2001, merz et al. 2013], multi-parameter flood loss estimation models (flemops, thieken et al. [2008]; flemops+r , elmer et al. [2010]) and the decision tree-based model rt2 [merz et al. 2013]. besides the damage model structure uncertainty, uncertainty single-type hazard and risk harmonization value likelihood classification annual probability expected return period impact classification lower value (× 106 euros) 5 very likely ≤ 0.1 10 disastrous 10,000 4 likely ≤ 0.01 100 significant 1,000 3 conditionally likely ≤ 0.001 1,000 moderate 100 2 unlikely ≤ 0.0001 10,000 minor 10 1 very unlikely ≤ 0.00001 100,000 insignificant 1 table 1. the bounding limits for the risk matrix presented in figure 2 (for the likelihood, see table 3 in bbk [2011], for the terms of likelihood and impact, see figure 1, bbk [2011]). associated with flood hydrograph and dike breach processes was also taken into account. the windstorm risk estimates employed the vienna enhanced resolution analysis or vera tool [steinacker et al. 2006]. the vera analysis provided gridded data of the 10 minutes mean wind for the area of cologne for a time period of 35 years (1971 to 2005). to estimate statistical uncertainty, a scheme was used that includes monte carlo simulation methods. as a result, a number of hazard and risk curves were produced (some 9,000,000 in this case), allowing a range in the overall uncertainty to be derived. the building damage estimation method of heneka and ruck [2008] was employed, where the monetary damage to buildings is proportional to gust wind speed, and the amount of damage is a function of the relative wind (i.e., the ratio of maximum wind gust speed during the event and the wind gust speed of a 50 year return period event). the losses are based on the reconstruction costs of residential buildings using the disaggregated data developed for the flood risk and the same totals as in the other hazards (see also heneka and hofherr [2011]). the objective of this comparative risk assessment is to assess if the losses arising from two independent typologies of hazards for a specific return period are significantly different. for this, we use the distributionfree ranking mann-whitney test mentioned above [e.g., barlow 1989]. this involves testing a null hypothesis asserting that two variables have the same probability distribution against an alternative hypothesis that one population tends to have larger values than the other [e.g., hollander and wolfe 1999]. this test has been used in a variety of hazard and risk related studies, for example, temporal changes in wildfires [salis et al. 2014] and inter-regional comparisons with respect to meteorological hazards [bommer and senkbeil 2010]. since in our cases the population distributions might not be normal for the different hazard types, we decided to repeat the test 10,000 times by resampling randomly each population (the number of tests was found by trial and error, in fact, the results differ little if only 1,000 tests were used). this is to reduce the consequence of situations where the random selections of samples are clustered in some way. the results are analyzed in term of the frequency of rejecting the null-hypothesis. we consider each pair of hazards (earthquake flood, earthquake windstorm, flood windstorm) for the return periods 200, 500 and 1,000 years when comparing earthquakes and floods, and 200 and 500 years for floods and windstorms, and windstorms and earthquakes (figure 3). fleming et al. 6 figure 3. comparing the distribution of results for each pair of risks. (ac) floods (green, fl) and earthquakes (red, eq) for (a) 200, (b) 500 and (c) 1,000 year return periods, (d-e) floods and windstorms (blue, ws) for (d) 200 and (e) 500 years, (f-g) windstorms and earthquakes for (f ) 200 and (g) 500 years. the vertical lines of the same colors are the respective medians. 7 considering first the earthquake loss distribution, we immediately note its tendency to have a bimodal character, especially for shorter return periods (see above and tyagunov et al. [2014]). this is an example of how an unreliable comparison may arise if we simply considered the resulting medians or averages of two distributions of risks. this is the added value of propagating uncertainties arising in the risk assessment process up to the resulting risk curve, as done in this work. to objectively compare risk curves obtained for different phenomena taking into account uncertainties, we confront the variability of these risk curves at different return periods (figure 3). in practice, we extract “slices” at different return periods and compare the resulting distributions in order to define if they are significantly different or not. from the results of the mann-whitney test comparing earthquake and flood loss distributions at different return periods, we observe that for the 200 year return period (figure 3a), the null-hypothesis is rejected, i.e., the two distributions are different. for the 500 and 1,000 years return periods (figure 3b and 3c, respectively), the null-hypothesis cannot be rejected and therefore these distributions can be considered to be comparable. these results indicate that when considering loss levels expected with a 200 return period, the losses tend to be higher for floods with respect to earthquakes; conversely, for longer return periods (i.e., 500 and 1,000 years), the losses from earthquakes and floods in this area are of the same order of magnitude. on the other hand, comparing the losses caused by windstorms and floods for both the 200 (figure 3d) and 500 (figure 3e) years return periods, the distributions can be considered as being significantly different, with floods of greater concern in both cases. finally, comparing losses caused by earthquakes and windstorms (figure 3f-g), these appear for the 200 year return period (figure 3f ) to be comparable, while for 500 years (figure 3g), this does not appear to be the case (with higher losses expected from earthquakes). 4. conclusions a simple method for combining different independent single-risk curves to derive a total exceedance probability loss curve, along with a means of graphically showing how total risk changes as one combines the individual components (namely the risk matrix) is demonstrated for the case of cologne. as other authors have demonstrated [e.g., komendantova et al. 2014, mignan et al. 2014], risk matrices are also useful in showing how total risk varies when interactions are considered, providing a bridge between the qualitative analysis commonly used by the drr practitioners and the quantitative assessment provided by the scientific community. however, some authors have expressed reservations as to the accuracy of the value of such schemes as risk matrices [e.g., cox 2008] and so care must be made when employing this method of presentation of results. a means of assessing the significance in the differences (or similarities) between pairs of risk types when considering a range of plausible values for a given return period was examined. in a rigorous quantitative context, the approach considers the uncertainties taken into account in the assessment of the single risks. such an exercise may be of benefit to the decision making process, whereby if the risks associated with two types of hazard are statistically significantly comparable (i.e., they have a similar likelihood of inflicting the same amount of damage), then the required risk management schemes may need to consider both of them for cost/benefit analyses, or at least help decision makers when deciding on how to allocate resources. for example, while the losses for two different hazards may be of the same order of magnitude for a given return period, it is possible that implementing mitigation actions for one may be much more expensive than for the other. it also shows that one needs to accommodate uncertainties, since as commented above (and suggested by the earthquake risk results’ distribution) simply using, for example, average curves, may yield misleading conclusions about the relative importance of a given combination of hazard types. however, it is also important to note that the actual results for the test case would vary as the range of employed input models and parameters are updated (i.e., the epistemic uncertainty is refined as our knowledge improves). there is also the point that the extent of the uncertainties may (or rather should) influence decision making, as a wide uncertainty range may suggest both serious and negligible consequences. still, the presented approach potentially allows the combination and comparison of updated risk estimates in an effective way using the proposed framework. acknowledgements. the work leading to this document has received funding from the european community’s seventh framework programme [fp7/2007-2013] under grant agreement no. 265138 (“new multi-hazard and multi-risk assessment methods for europe” or matrix). the documents referred to as project deliverables may be obtained from the project website (http://matrix. gpi.kit.edu/deliverables.php) where further details as to the computation of the risk curves may be found. references barlow, r.j. (1989). statistics a guide to the use of statistical methods in the physical sciences, john wiley & sons, 204 p. bbk (2011). method of risk analysis for civil protection, federal office of civil protection and disaster single-type hazard and risk harmonization assistance, wissenschaftsforum, 8, 64 p. brommer, d.m., and j.c. senkbeil (2010). pre-landfall evacuee perception of the meteorological hazards associated with hurricane gustav, natural hazards, 53, 353-369; doi:10.1007/s11069-010-9532-7. cook, r. (2008). simplifying the creation and use of the risk matrix, in: f. redmill and t. anderson (eds.), improvements in system safety, springer, 239-264. cox, l.a., jr (2008). what’s wrong with risk matrices, risk analysis, 28 (2), 497-512; doi:10.1111/j.1539-6924. 2008.01030.x. crowley, h., m. colombi, j. crempien, e. erduran, m. lopez, h. liu, m. mayfield and m. milanesi (2011a). gem1 seismic risk report: part 1. gem technical report 2010-5, gem foundation, pavia, italy. crowley, h., a. cerisara, k. jaiswal, n. keller, n. luco, m. pagani, k. porter, v. silva, d. wald and b. wyss (2011b). gem1 seismic risk report: part 2. gem technical report 2010-5, gem foundation, pavia, italy. ec (2010). risk mapping and assessment guidelines for disaster management, sec(2010), european commission, brussels, 21.12.2010. elmer, f., a.h. thieken, i. pech and h. kreibich (2010). influence of flood frequency on residential building losses, natural hazards and earth system sciences (nhess), 10, 2145-2159. fleming, k., s. tyagunov, s. vorogushyn, h. kreibich, s. parolai, c. muñoz jimenez and h. mahlke (2014). cologne test case. deliverable d7.5, new methodologies for multi-hazard and multi-risk assessment methods for europe (matrix project), contract no. 265138. garcia-aristizabal, a., w. marzocchi and a. di ruocco (2013). assessment of hazard interactions in a multirisk framework (probabilistic framework). deliverable d3.4, new methodologies for multi-hazard and multi-risk assessment methods for europe (matrix project), contract no. 265138. garcia-aristizabal, a., p. gasparini and g. uhinga (2015). multi-risk assessment as a tool for decision-making, in: s. pauleit et al. (eds.), climate change and urban vulnerability in africa, future city 4, chapter 7, 229-258; doi:10.1007/978-3-319-03982-4_7. grünthal, g., a.h. thieken, j. schwarz, k.s. radtke, a. smolka and b. merz (2006). comparative risk assessments for the city of cologne storms, floods, earthquakes, natural hazards, 38, 21-44; doi:10.1007/ s11069-005-8598-0. grünthal, g., r. arvidsson and ch. bosse (2010). earthquake model for the european-mediterranean region for the purpose of gem1, scientific technical report, srt10/04, gfz, 36 p. heneka, p., and b. ruck (2008). a damage model for the assessment of storm damage to buildings, engineering structures, 30, 3603-3609; doi:10.1016/j.eng struct.2008.06.005. heneka, p., and t. hofherr (2011). probabilistic winter storm risk assessment for residential buildings in germany, natural hazards, 56, 815-831. hollander, m., and d.a. wolfe (1999), nonparametric statistical methods, 2nd ed., new york, john wiley & sons. hwang, h.m., m. xu and j.-r. huo (1994). estimation of seismic damage and repair cost of the university of memphis buildings, center for earthquake research and information, university of memphis, memphis, tennessee. hydrotec (2001). hochwasser-aktionsplan angerbach (flood action plan for the river angerbach) (in german), part i: berichte und anlagen. a study for the national environmental agency of the city of düsseldorf, aachen, germany. hydrotec (2002). hochwasser-aktionsplan lippe (flood action plan for the river lippe) (in german), part i: berichte und anlagen. a study for the national environmental agency of the city of lippstadt, aachen, germany. icpr international commission for the protection of the rhein (2001). atlas on the risk of flooding and potential damage due to extreme floods of the rhine, koblenz, germany. infas (2010). database das datawarehouse, bonn, infas geodaten gmbh. kappes, m.s., m. keiler, k. von elverfeldt and t. glade (2012). challenges of analyzing multi-hazard risk: a review, natural hazards, 64, 1925-1958; doi:10.1007/ s11069-012-0294-2. komendantova, n., r. mrzyglocki, a. mignan, b. khazai, f. wenzel, a. patt and k. fleming (2014). multi-hazard and multi-risk decision support tools as a part of participatory risk governance: feedback from civil protection stakeholders, international journal of disaster risk reduction, 8, 50-67; doi:10.1016/j.ijdrr. 2013.12.006. kreibich, h., p. bubeck, m. kunz, h. mahlke, s. parolai, b. khazai, j. daniell, t. lakes and k. schröter (2014). a review of multiple natural hazards and risks in germany, natural hazards; doi:10.1007/s11069014-1265-6 liu, z., f. nadim, a. garcia-aristizabal, a. mignan, k. fleming and b. luna (2015). a three-level framework for multi-risk assessment, georisk: assessment and management of risk for engineered systems and geohazards; doi:10.1080/17499518.2015.1041989. marzocchi, w., a. garcia-aristizabal, p. gasparini, m.l. fleming et al. 8 9 mastellone and a. di ruocco (2012). basic principles of multi-risk assessment: a case study in italy, natural hazards, 62 (2), 551-573; doi:10.1007/s11069012-0092-x. merz, b., h. kreibich and u. lall (2013). multi-variate flood damage assessment: a tree-based data-mining approach, natural hazards and earth system sciences, 13 (1), 53-64; doi:10.5194/nhess-13-53-2013. mignan, a., s. wiemer and d. giardini (2014). the quantification of low-probability-high-consequences events, part i: a generic multi-risk approach, natural hazards, 73 (3), 1999-2022; doi:10.1007/s11069014-1178-4. monfort, d.c., and s. lecacheaux (2013). french west indies test site, deliverable d7.4, new methodologies for multi-hazard and multi-risk assessment methods for europe (matrix project), contract no. 265138. murl ministerium für umwelt, raumordnung und landwirtschaft des landes nordrhein-westfalen (2000). potentielle hochwasserschäden am rhein in nordrhein-westfalen düsseldorf. otani, s. (1999). disaster mitigation engineering the kobe earthquake disaster., presented at the jsps seminar on engineering in japan at the royal society, london, september 27, 1999. parolai, s., g. grünthal and r. wahlström (2007). sitespecific response spectra from the combination of microzonation with probabilistic seismic hazard assessment an example for the cologne (germany) area, soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 27, 49-50; doi:10.1016/j.soildyn.2006.03.007 parolai, s., k. fleming, a. garcia-aristizabal, s. tyagunov and h. mahlke (2014). harmonisation strategy, deliverable d2.3, new methodologies for multi-hazard and multi-risk assessment methods for europe (matrix project), contract no. 265138. salis, m., a.a. ager, m.a. finney, b. arca and d. spano (2014). analyzing spatiotemporal changes in wildfire regime and exposure across a mediterranean fire-prone area, natural hazards, 71, 1389-1418; doi:10.1007/s11069-013-0951-0. schmidt-thomé, p., s. greiving, h. kallioa, m. fleischhauer and j. jarva (2006). economic risk maps of floods and earthquakes for european regions, quaternary international, 150, 103-112; doi:10.1016/j. quaint.2006.01.024 statistisches jahrbuch (2012). kölner statische nachrichten 6/2012, amt für stadtentwicklung und statistik, 250 p. steinacker, r., m. ratheiser, b. bica, b. chimani, m. dorninger, w. gepp, c. lotteraner, s. schneider and s. tschannett (2006). a mesoscale data analysis and downscaling method over complex terrain, monthly weather review, 134, 2758-2771; doi:10.1175/mwr 3196.1. thieken, a., a. olschewski, h. kreibich, s. kobsch and b. merz (2008). development and evaluation of flemops a new flood loss estimation model for the private sector, in: d. proverbs, c.a. brebbia and e. penning-rowsell (eds.), flood recovery, innovation and response i, wit press, 315-324. tyagunov, s., g. grünthal, r. wahlström, l. stempniewski and j. zschau (2006). seismic risk mapping for germany, natural hazards and earth system sciences, 6 (4), 573-586; doi:10.5194/nhess-6-5732006. tyagunov, s., m. pittore, m. wieland, s. parolai, d. bindi, k. fleming and j. zschau (2014). uncertainty and sensitivity analyses in seismic risk assessments on the example of cologne, germany, natural hazards earth system science, 14, 1625-1640; doi:10.51 94/nhess-14-1625-2014. vorogushyn, s., b. merz, k.-e. lindenschmidt and h. apel (2010), a new methodology for flood hazard assessment considering dike breaches, water resource research, 46 (w08541); doi:10.1029/2009 wr008475. wieland, m., m. pittore, s. parolai, j. zschau, b. moldobekov and u. begaliev (2012). estimating building inventory for rapid seismic vulnerability assessment: towards an integrated approach based on multi-source imaging, soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 36, 70-83. * corresponding author: kevin fleming, gfz german research centre for geosciences, centre for early warning, potsdam, germany; email: kevin@gfz-potsdam.de. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. single-type hazard and risk harmonization << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice 497_511.pdf 497 annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 3/4, june/august 2002 nonparametric analysis of the time structure of seismicity in a geographic region graciela estévez-pérez (1), henrique lorenzo-cimadevila (2) and alejandro quintela-del-río (3) (1) departamento de matemáticas, facultad de ciencias, universidad de a coruña, spain (2) departamento de ingeniería de los recursos naturales y medio ambiente, escuela de ingeniería técnica industrial, universidad de vigo, spain (3) departamento de matemáticas, facultad de informática, universidad de a coruña, spain abstract as an alternative to traditional parametric approaches, we suggest nonparametric methods for analyzing temporal data on earthquake occurrences. in particular, the kernel method for estimating the hazard function and the intensity function are presented. one novelty of our approaches is that we take into account the possible dependence of the data to estimate the distribution of time intervals between earthquakes, which has not been considered in most statistics studies on seismicity. kernel estimation of hazard function has been used to study the occurrence process of cluster centers (main shocks). kernel intensity estimation, on the other hand, has helped to describe the occurrence process of cluster members (aftershocks). similar studies in two geographic areas of spain (granada and galicia) have been carried out to illustrate the estimation methods suggested. 1. introduction the problem of searching for stochastic models to describe the sequence of occurrence times of earthquakes from some geographic region is of great interest to seismologists. in effect, a detailed analysis of such process might reveal new aspects of the pattern of occurrence of earthquakes, and suggest important ideas on the mechanism of earthquakes. the development of detailed stochastic models to describe the list of origin times or equivalently that of time intervals between consecutive earthquakes is quite recent. vere-jones (1970) surveys some of the stochastic models (clustering models and stochastic models for aftershock sequences) proposed in the literature and describes their behavior in several data sets. more specifically, udias and rice (1975) propose the gamma distribution to describe the series of time intervals between consecutive shocks. these authors also deal with hazard and intensity functions. other more recent models include the trigger models (lomnitz and nava, 1983), the epidemic-type aftershock sequence (etas) model (ogata, 1988), whose extensions can be seen in ogata (1998), or refinements of hawkes’ (1971) self-exciting point process model, which describes spatial-temporal patterns in a catalog. mailing address: dr. graciela estévez-pérez, departamento de matemáticas, facultad de ciencias, universidad de a coruña, rua de maestranza s/n, 15003 a coruña, spain; e-mail: graci@udc.es. key words nonparametric estimation hazard function intensity function clustering dependent data 498 graciela estévez-pérez, henrique lorenzo-cimadevila and alejandro quintela-del-río however, standard models applied to seismic data do not always fit the data well. in part, this is because parametric models are usually only well suited for a sequence of seismic events that have similar causes. moreover, parametric models can be insensitive to poorly-fitting events, which often are at least as interesting as wellfitting ones (see ogata, 1989). in this article, we suggest nonparametric methods for analyzing seismic data. these methods do not require formulation of structural models, so they are not affected by the deficiencies noted above. they involve several different approaches to nonparametric estimation of the hazard and intensity functions of point processes that evolve with time. this enables us to split up and analyze the occurrence of temporal processes of earthquakes within a region without constraining them to having predetermined properties. we argue that nonparametric methods for the analysis of earthquake data are valuable supplements to more conventional parametric approaches, especially as tools for exploratory data analysis. the objective of our analysis is to show two statistical tools (hazard and intensity functions) which could help to describe the whole cycle of seismic activity in a region without imposing predetermined conditions on this activity. that is, our analysis is based on the information provided by the data and on the universally accepted assumption of temporal grouping of earthquakes. the hazard function is used to confirm this grouping and characterize the occurrence process of main shocks. on the other hand, the aftershock sequences (clusters) have been studied by means of the intensity function. the paper is organized as follows: in section 2 we describe the occurrence process of earthquakes in terms of its evolution in time. section 3 introduces the nonparametric estimator of hazard function and section 4 contains the analysis of seismic activity of two spanish geographic regions using the nonparametric methods beforehand mentioned. 2. the occurrence process of earthquakes earthquakes can be represented by point events in a five-dimensional space-time-energy continuum ( i , i , h i , t i , m i ) where i and i are the latitude and longitude of the epicenter, h i the depth of the focus, t i the origin time and m i the magnitude. a complete statistical analysis of earthquakes must consider the distributions and correlations of these five parameters. this would involve handling a five-dimensional series, which generally constitutes a very complex problem. the starting point of such problem is the consideration of the onedimensional series of occurrence times {t i }. to give a precise meaning to this time series, its space, time and magnitude boundaries must be specified. obviously, these boundaries will be chosen according to the objectives of the study: to characterize different seismic areas in the same time period, to analyze several seismic series in a particular region, etc. space specifications define the volume from which the population of earthquakes, represented by the time series {ti } is taken. this may be done in practice by specifying an area a and a lower limit in depth h. since detectability is limited, a lower limit of magnitude m0 must also be specified. this limit is a function of the station distribution and sensitivity, and defines the lowest magnitude for which all events from anywhere in the bounded region can be detected. a bounded set of earthquakes will then be a series {t i } defined for a certain area a, depth h and lower limit of magnitude m 0 , such that, it would include all shocks originating from inside the defined volume of magnitude larger than m0 for a particular time interval from t0 to tn. once a bounded set of time occurrence {t i } is established, a series can be constructed with the time intervals between consecutive earthquakes { t i }, such that t i = t i t i 1 for i = 1, ..., n. the distribution of the values of these intervals is of great interest to specify the time structure of the seismicity of a region. the simplest statistical model to fit a series of occurrence times of earthquakes is the poisson process, under which the time intervals between consecutive events are exponentially distributed. this model presupposes independence of the events, so that the occurrence of one earthquake is not influenced by that of previous ones, which is very far from reality. in effect, several authors (knopoff, 1964; lomnitz, 499 nonparametric analysis of the time structure of seismicity in a geographic region 3. kernel estimation of hazard function the distribution of time intervals between consecutive earthquakes can be characterized using the hazard function, which is defined by where t is the random variable that measures the time between consecutive shocks and p (. .) indicates the conditional probability. this function can also be written as with f (.) and f(.) being the density and distribution functions of t , respectively. thus, r(t) �t can be interpreted as the approximate probability of a shock in the time interval (t, t +�t) given that the immediately preceding one happened at time 0. in other words, it is considered the instantaneous hazard earthquake occurrence at time t. nonparametric estimation of hazard function started with watson and leadbetter (1964 a,b) who introduced the kernel estimator (see (3.1)), and from that time on many papers on this topic have appeared in the literature (see e.g., hassani et al., 1986 for a survey). most of this literature is based on the assumption of independence of the data. however, in the case of microearthquake studies, for instance, the hypothesis of dependence, that is, the existence of causality or interaction between the occurrence times of shocks, is more suitable (rice and rosenblatt, 1976). papers on dependent hazard estimation include sarda and vieu (1989), vieu (1991), estévez and quintela (1999, 2002) and many others. throughout this paper we will use the kernel estimator of the hazard function (watson and leadbetter, 1964 a,b) because it has been studied in great detail in dependence contexts. it is defined as (3.1) 1966; vere-jones, 1970; udias and rice, 1975) have found, for different populations of earthquakes, that the poisson fit to the time series of microearthquakes is very poor, especially for active periods. the deviation from the model is principally due to the existence of a much larger number of small intervals than expected. the reason for such a large number of small intervals is that the earthquakes happen forming clusters, that is, one main shock is followed and/or preceded by a stream of smaller shocks, called aftershocks and/or precursors (lomnitz and hax, 1967; vere-jones and davies, 1966) produced in the same general focal region. therefore, some authors (e.g., vere-jones, 1970; hawkes, 1971 and many others) have defined the occurrence process of earthquakes in terms of two components: i) a process of cluster centers; and ii) a subsidiary process defining the configuration of the members within a cluster. the final process is taken as the superposition of all the clusters. several possible models for these processes can be found in the literature, for example the compound poisson processes (vere-jones and davis, 1966), trigger models (vere-jones and davies, 1966; lomnitz and nava, 1983) or epidemic-type models (hawkes, 1971; lomnitz, 1974; ogata and akaike, 1982; ogata, 1988 and their references). all these models assume structural conditions on the occurrence of earthquakes, as for example, that the process of cluster centers is stationary and poissonian. in section 4.1, we will show that this hypothesis is not very likely either for particular cases. a drawback of these approaches is that they depend very much on the models, and so are subject to the instability and goodness of fit problems noted in section 1. because the standard parametric models do not always fit the earthquake time series well, we suggest making use of nonparametric analysis techniques. as mentioned in the previous section, nonparametric methods for analyzing the distribution of time intervals between consecutive earthquakes will be considered, obtaining another attempt to describe temporal behavior of an earthquake series in a geographic region. r t p t t t t t tt ( ) = < +( ) lim � � �0 r t f t f t ( ) = ( ) ( )1 r t f t f t h h h ( ) = ( ) ( )1 500 graciela estévez-pérez, henrique lorenzo-cimadevila and alejandro quintela-del-río estévez and quintela (1999, 2002) proposed two versions of the cross-validation method to select the bandwidth h when the data are dependent: the global and the local choice. the first one selects only one h, searching the lowest global estimation error. that is, if the global estimation error is the value of cross-validation bandwidth used by these authors is h cv , that satisfies , with (3.2) where and are the kernel estimators of f (t) and f(t), respectively; k(.) is a kernel function, , and h = h(n) r+ the smoothing parameter or bandwidth. this parameter is crucial in the estimation method since the shape of the resulting estimator varies greatly according to its value. f t nh k t t hh i i n ( ) = = 1 1 ( ) f t f x dx n h t t h h h i n it( ) = ( ) = = 1 1 0 ( ) h t k x dx t ( ) = ( ) mise h e r x r x dxh( ) = ( ) ( )( ) 2 h cv hcv h = ( )argmin cv h r x dxh( ) = ( ) 2 x n f x f x f x h i i h i i n ii n ( ) ( )( ) ( )( )=1 2 1 1 fig. 1. seismicity of granada in the period 1983-1999. 501 nonparametric analysis of the time structure of seismicity in a geographic region an estimation of global error mise(h). the functions f h i(.), f h i(.) in (3.2) are kernel estimations of density and distribution functions modified to take into account the dependence of the data and fn(.) is the empirical distribution function. note that mise(h) depends on r (.) that is an unknown function and hence it is necessary to estimate it. on the other hand, the local cross-validation method takes a different h cv, x for each estimation point x, obtaining the lowest estimation error for each x. in this case, with cv x (h) an estimator of local error mise x (h) = e(r h (x) r(x))2. we will illustrate these two approaches in the sections that follow. 4. examples in this section we try to study and compare the seismic activity of two spanish geographic regions: granada in the southeast and galicia in the northwest of spain. 4.1. granada earthquakes data the data-set to study is a group of microearthquakes recorded during the period 19831999 with epicenters between 36.5° to 37.7°n and 3.5° to 4.5°w and magnitude larger than or equal to 2.5 on the richter scale. the scatter plot of epicenters (fig. 1) for the n = 1117 shallow shocks (focal depths of less than 30 km) illustrates the seismicity of the region studied. basic descriptive plots of the event magnitudes are given in fig. 2a,b. the first one presents the cumulative number of shocks with time with the associated magnitudes. the second one represents the distribution of magnitudes in this region. note in particular the straight line fit in (b), which indicates that the gutenberg-richter h cv hcv x h x, = argmin ( ) fig. 2a,b. basic descriptive plots of the seismic data: a) cumulative number of shocks and plot of the magnitudes versus the occurrence times; b) cumulative distribution of magnitudes. a b 502 graciela estévez-pérez, henrique lorenzo-cimadevila and alejandro quintela-del-río time intervals between consecutive earthquakes { t i } i =1 1116 (fig. 4) show a prominent trend towards clustering, particularly clear in april, 1998 with more than 100 events per 5 days. note that large time intervals ( t i ) indicate slack periods and times close to 0 show strong clustering. arrows pointing downward at the upper part of the histogram mark the occurrence of one or more earthquakes (the number of bars indicates the number of shocks) with magnitude equal to or larger than 4 on the richter scale. the average number of earthquakes per day is 0.18 but the activity, as is shown by figs. 2a, 3 and 4, is not uniform with time. figure 2a shows five time periods whose seismic activity seems fairly different. combining the information provided by this graph and fig. 4, we can distinguish: a quite active time span from 1985 to 1989, a slack span from 1990 to 1995, and finally, strong seismic activity in april 1998. thus, it is obvious that the process { t i } i = 1 1116 is not stationary. a possible cause of the lack for stationarity could be that the studied time period is quite short because, as ogata (1988) points out, «stationary models are considered here in the prior belief that such geophysical activity for a long time span should be stationary». concerning the hypothesis of dependence of the data, the theory of runs and the analysis of autocorrelations establish that this hypothesis is verified. in effect, the run test up and down gives a p-value of 0.039, the run test above and below the median produces 2.81.10 18and the autocorrelation function in fig. 5 gives autocorrelations significantly different from zero. the previously mentioned non-stationarity makes the estimation of hazard function difficult, however, the transformed process y i = ln tj + 1 ln tj ; j =1,..., n, which is stationary as shown in fig. 6, solves the problem. in effect, as and the random variable ln t n+1 conditioned to has the same distribution as , that is (1944) law of magnitude frequency holds for these data. this relation suggests that the catalog includes essentially all the events of this magnitude that occurred. the histogram for the origin times in hours {t i } i = 1 1117 (fig. 3) and the sequence graph for the fig. 3. time history of seismic activity during the period 1983-1999 given in number of shocks per 208 days. arrows indicate the occurrence of one or more earthquakes with magnitude m 4. y t tn n n= +ln ln1 t t t t tn n n1 1 1,..., ,...,ln +( ) ln lnt t t y t t tn n d n n n+ +( )1 1 1,..., ,..., y t t t n n n +( )ln 1,..., fig. 4. sequence of time intervals between consecutive earthquakes { t i } i =1 1116. 503 nonparametric analysis of the time structure of seismicity in a geographic region so, first we compute with k(u) = the epanechnikov kernel and h calculated in the same way as in estévez and quintela (1999). then, by means of a translation and a change of variable, we estimate the hazard function of time intervals between earthquakes, given that the last one has happened at time t n 17/12/1999 at 22:31:59.06 h and t n = e 7 . 5= 1807.65 h, obtaining the curve in fig. 7. the shape of this curve (high hazard for small times and low hazard in other cases) suggests a prominent clustering. moreover, the last time interval, t n = e 7 . 5= 1807.65, plays an important role in the estimation process: if, for example, t n was equal to e3.9 5= 51.93 h or e5.25= 190.57 h (the two last shocks could be closer), the instantaneous hazard earthquake occurrence at time t n (dotted line and dashed line, respectively) would be higher. the main drawback of this method is that we can only estimate the hazard for time tn. now, let us suppose that the time series { t i } is stationary, that is, that we have not detected the lack of stationarity. in such case, we would estimate the hazard function of { t i } using for t > 0 and h the cross-validation bandwidth (estévez and quintela, 1999). by comparing this curve (fig. 8) with the previous ones, we can conclude that both methods engender very the hazard function of time intervals between consecutive earthquakes, given that the last registered time interval was t n , is estimated using the hazard function estimation of y n (r h,1 (.)). fig. 5. sample autocorrelation function for { t i } i =1 1116. fig. 6. sequence graph of transformed process { y j }. r y f y f y nh k y y h n h y y h h h h i i n i i n , , , 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( ) = ( ) ( ) = = = ( ) ( ) { 34 1 2( )u 0 r t f t f t h h h ( ) = ( ) ( )1 if u [ 1, 1] if u [ 1, 1] 504 graciela estévez-pérez, henrique lorenzo-cimadevila and alejandro quintela-del-río fig. 7. conditional hazard at t n (solid line). hazard estimation for ln t n = 3.95 (dashed line) and for ln t n = 5.25 (dotted line). fig. 8. hazard estimation under stationarity. similar estimations when ln t n is not an outlier. so, if we are interested in estimating the hazard at a particular time tn, the first procedure, which takes into account the information provided by tn, should be used. however, to estimate the hazard function globally, the stationary could be ignored and the second procedure, which is easier, would be used. in both cases the estimated hazard function suggests the natural strong clustering of the occurrence times of shocks. by defining a cluster as a set of earthquakes originating from a relatively small volume and separated in time by intervals smaller than a fixed duration («cluster length»), and cluster center as a representative of the cluster (the first shock, for instance), the occurrence process of earthquakes is taken as the superposition of all the clusters. in this problem we have considered clusters with «cluster length» of less than 120 h, obtaining a set of independent cluster centers. that is, after removing aftershocks and precursors, the remaining shocks can be taken as independent events. a length of 120 h was chosen because it was the smallest value producing independent shocks, that is, removing the effect of the aftershocks. figure 9a,b presents the sequence graphs of the cluster sizes (fig. 9a) and the magnitudes of the centers (fig. 9b). by comparing fig. 9a,b with fig. 3, we observe that the stronger earthquakes occur at the start of or within small clusters. in other words, the great clusters are formed by events of small magnitude. the largest cluster will be studied later. we begin by analyzing the occurrence process of cluster centers by means of the distribution of time intervals between them { t i �} i=1 345. these events happen independently (the p-values of runs test above and below the median, and up and down are 0.553 and 0.522, respectively) but they do not have exponential distribution (the p-value of the kolmogorov-smirnov test for goodness of fit is less than 0.01). thus, such centers do not form a stationary poisson process contrary to what vere-jones and davies (1966), vere-jones (1970) and udias and rice (1975) used. since several tests for goodness of fit show that any known model of distribution seems suitable to describe the distribution of { t i �} i=1 345, we resort to nonparametric methods to estimate this distribution. in particular, we use the kernel estimator of hazard function (3.1). figure 10 presents this estimation for { t i �} i=1 345 when the bandwidths have been globally selected (see estévez and quintela, 1999) (solid line) and locally selected 505 nonparametric analysis of the time structure of seismicity in a geographic region fig. 10. hazard estimation of time intervals between cluster centers with global bandwidth (solid line) and local bandwidths (dashed line). fig. 9a,b. a) sequence graph of cluster sizes (a total of 346); b) sequence graph of magnitudes of cluster centers. (see estévez and quintela, 2002) (dashed line). the low values of hazard function and the small fluctuations throughout indicate that clusters happen with a low occurrence rate and are almost constant with time. the occurrence process of the members within the largest cluster is formed by 133 events which happened from april 11 to april 30, 1998. their epicenters are concentrated in a small area close to loja, southwest of granada (spain). although the number of shocks per day was large (6.65), none exceeded magnitude 3.9 on the richter scale. the sequence graph of time intervals between consecutive cluster members { t i ��} i=1 132, shown in fig. 11, indicates that such process is not stationary and the last span t132 �� is large compared to the other ones. therefore, it will not be possible to estimate the distribution of time intervals between cluster members. the behavior of the cluster will be studied using the process of origin times {t i ��} i=1 133 and its intensity function. this function gives, for each time t , (t) the average number of earthquakes per unit of time, t hours after the main shock (cluster center). the advantage of using the intensity function is two-fold: firstly place is not affected by the lack of stationarity of the time intervals between shocks. secondly, it clearly shows the evolution of the cluster with time, and therefore, it is suitable for comparing the seismic activity of several geographic regions. in this work, we propose to estimate the intensity function by means of a kernel estimator, which a b 506 graciela estévez-pérez, henrique lorenzo-cimadevila and alejandro quintela-del-río is defined as (wand and jones, 1995; choi and hall, 1999 and their references), where k(.) is the kernel function and h the bandwidth, as in (3.1). for this example, the estimated curve appears in fig. 12, showing a clear increase in the number of shocks at the beginning of the cluster until the time with highest intensity (approximately at t = 30 h) and then a decrease. 4.2. galicia earthquakes data seismic activity increased in this region during the 1990’s. the data analyzed correspond to the 978 earthquakes occurring from january fig. 11. sequence graph of time intervals between consecutive cluster members. fig. 12. intensity estimation of the largest cluster. fig. 13. seismicity of galicia in the period 19872000. ˆ , '' t h k t t h t r i i n ( ) = = + 1 1 ( ) fig. 14. cumulative distribution of magnitudes. 507 nonparametric analysis of the time structure of seismicity in a geographic region 15, 1987 to may 3, 2000. their epicenters, scattered throughout galicia (fig. 13), show small spatial groupings at high risk areas: sarria, monforte and celanova. the magnitude distribution of this region is shown in fig. 14, which supports the gutenbergrichter law of magnitude frequency. the histogram of origin times {t i } i =1 978 , the sequence of time intervals between consecutive shocks { t i } i=1 977 and the graph of the cumulative number of shocks with their magnitudes are shown in fig. 15a-c. these graphs show a quiet period until c fig. 15a-c. a) histogram of origin times {t i } i =1 978, number of shocks per 208 days; b) sequence graph of time intervals between consecutive earthquakes { t i } i =1 977; c) cumulative number of shocks with sequence graph of magnitudes. a b 508 graciela estévez-pérez, henrique lorenzo-cimadevila and alejandro quintela-del-río september 1995 and three temporal groupings in december 1995, may 1997 and may-june 1998, which are related to the strongest earthquakes. the hazard function estimation (fig. 16), which was constructed as in the previous example, presents a common shape: it decreases suddenly in the first hours and then it fluctuates around a small risk. this shape confirms the well known fact that earthquakes form clusters. similarly, as in the granada case, 206 clusters with «cluster length» less than 144 h have been formed. the sequence of sizes and magnitudes of cluster centers (fig. 17a,b) show three important clusters, the first one beginning with a big shock (4.7 on the richter scale). figures 17a,b and 15c also suggest that the strongest earthquakes are related to small clusters, that is, such events are not followed or preceded by many earthquakes. the hazard estimation of time intervals between cluster centers (fig. 18) suggests small and stable risk of clusters in time. however, as in the granada case, the distribution of time intervals is not exponential either (the p-value of the kolmogorov-smirnov test for goodness of fit is 0.0006). finally, the occurrence of cluster members in each grouping was analyzed using the intensity function. the first cluster (fig. 19a) is composed of 147 shocks, whose epicenters are contained in a small area close to sarria (lugo). the intensity estimation indicates that: i) the cluster begins with a high number of shocks (the first of magnitude 4.6); ii) there is another grouping of fig. 16. hazard estimation of time intervals between consecutive shocks. fig. 17a,b. a) sequence graph of cluster sizes (a total of 206); b) sequence graph of magnitudes of cluster centers. a b 509 nonparametric analysis of the time structure of seismicity in a geographic region events coinciding with another earthquake of magnitude 4.6, and iii) the intensity function is low in the remainder of the range. the second cluster (fig. 19b) consists of 190 earthquakes, whose epicenters are also near sarria (lugo). the shape of the intensity function reflects the behavior of the cluster members: a small group of precursors warns that important shocks are to arrive (one of magnitude 5.1 and another of 4.9) and then there is a sequence of aftershocks. finally, the third cluster (fig. 19c) involves 79 events, with epicenters in celanova (orense). this is the weakest cluster (few shocks of low magnitude). its estimated intensity function shows fluctuations around quite small values the whole time. 5. conclusions in this work we show how the hazard and intensity functions represent another way of describing the temporal structure of seismic activity in a geographic region. kernel estimation of hazard function has confirmed what verejones (1970), udias and rice (1975) and many others have noted: earthquakes have the tendency fig. 18. hazard estimation of time intervals between center clusters with global bandwidth (solid line) and local bandwidths (dashed line). fig. 19a-c. intensity estimations for important clusters: a) december 1995; b) may 1997, and c) mayjune 1998. c a b 510 graciela estévez-pérez, henrique lorenzo-cimadevila and alejandro quintela-del-río to group. the occurrence process of these groups was also studied by means of the hazard function and each important cluster has been described using the intensity function. as we argued, a major advantage of nonparametric methods is that they do not require formulation of structural models, which are often well suited only for data that have closely related seismic causes. another novelty is that we take into account the possible dependence of the data to estimate the distribution of time intervals between earthquakes, which has not been considered in most statistics studies on seismicity. in reference to the results obtained on the seismic activity of granada and galicia, we may point out that: due to the effect of aftershocks, the hazard function of time intervals between consecutive shocks in an earthquake catalog will present a shape as that shown in fig. 8 and 16. its greater or smaller above zero is an indicator of the intensity of seismic activity of each region. in granada and galicia the maximum values of hazard are similar when shocks with magnitude from 2 to 5 are considered. next, to analyze the seismic activity of the granada and galicia region we formed clusters lasting less than or equal to 120 and 144 h, respectively. in both cases, a sequence of main shocks mutually independent with low rate of occurrence and almost constant with time has been obtained. thus, consecutive earthquakes far away from 120 or 144 h do not present interaction. the processes of main shocks seem very similar for both regions. concerning the greatest clusters, although the intensities take different shapes and values (see fig. 12 and 19a-c), there is a clear predominance of shocks at the beginning of clusters. however, the granada cluster is shorter and intense and in the galicia region the aftershocks are more aloof in time. moreover, the clusters of galician earthquakes present intensity functions with different shapes. this characteristic suggests the use of intensity function, of its shape in particular, to characterize and compare different seismic regions. note this characterization is possible thanks to the use of nonparametric methods, which do not predetermine the shape of such curves. it is important to point out that although our conclusions contradict the belief that granada has more seismic activity than galicia, seismicity in the latter has grown much in recent years. acknowledgements we would like to express our gratitude to j. ibáñez and j.a. esquivel (instituto andaluz de geofísica, universidad de granada, spain) for their generosity in providing the data used throughout the work and for their comments, which have helped prepare a better version of the paper. this research was financed by the xunta de galicia (spain) under research project pgidt01pxi10504pr and by the dges under research project pb98-0182-c02-01. references choi, e. and p. hall (1999): nonparametric approach to analysis of space-time data on earthquake occurrences, j. comput. graphic. stat., 8 (4), 733-748. estévez, g. and a. quintela (1999): nonparametric estimation of the hazard function under dependence conditions, commun. stat. theory methods, 28 (10), 2297-2331. estévez, g. and a. quintela (2002) : estimación no paramétrica de la función de riesgo: aplicaciones a sismología, questiió, 25 (3), 437-477. gutenberg, r. and c.f richter (1944): frequency of earthquakes in california, bull. seismol. soc. am., 34, 185-188. hassani, s., p. sarda and p. vieu (1986): approche non paramétrique en théorie de la fiabilité, rev. stat. appl., 35 (4), 653-676. hawkes, a.g. (1971): point spectra of some mutually exciting point processes, j. r. stat. soc., ser. b., 33, 438-443. knopoff, l. (1964): the statistics of earthquakes in southern california, bull. seismol. soc. am., 54, 1871-1873. lomnitz, c. (1966): statistical prediction of earthquakes, rev. geophys., 4, 377-393. lomnitz, c. (1974): global tectonics and earthquakes risk (amsterdam: elsevier). lomnitz, c. and a. hax (1967): clustering in aftershock sequences in the earth beneath the continents, geophys. monogr. 10, am. geophys. union. lomnitz, c. and f. a. nava (1983): the predictive value of seismic gaps, bull. seismol. soc. am., 73, 1815-1824. ogata, y. (1988): statistical models for earthquakes occurrences and residual analysis for point processes, j. am. stat. ass., 83 (401), 9-27. ogata, y. (1989): statistical model for standard seismicity 511 nonparametric analysis of the time structure of seismicity in a geographic region and detection of anomalies by residual analysis, tectonophysics, 169, 159-174. ogata, y. (1998): space-time point-process models for earthquake occurrences, ann. inst. stat. mathem., 50, 379-402. ogata, y. and h. akaike (1982): on linear intensity models for mixed doubly stochastic poisson and self-exciting point processes, j. r. stat. soc., ser. b, 44, 102-107. rice, j. and m. rosenblatt (1976): estimation of the log survival function and hazard function, sankhya, ser. a, 36, 60-78. sarda, p. and p. vieu (1989): empirical distribution function for mixing random variables. application in nonparametric hazard estimation, statistics, 20 (4), 559-571. udias, a. and j. rice (1975): statistical analysis of microearthquakes activity near san andres geophysical observatory, hollister, california, bull. seismol. soc. am., 65, 809-828. vere-jones, d. (1970): stochastic models for earthquake occurrence, j. r. stat. soc., ser. b, 32, 1-62. vere-jones, d. and r.b. davies (1966): a statistical survey of earthquakes in the main seismic region of new zealand. part 2. time series analyses, n. z. j. geol. geophys., 3 (9), 251-284. vieu, p. (1991): quadratic errors for nonparametric estimates under dependence, j. multivariate anal., 39, 324-347. wand, m.p. and m.c. jones (1995): kernel smoothing (chapman & hall), 167-168. watson, g.s. and m.r. leadbetter (1964a): hazard analysis i, biometrika, 51, 175-184. watson, g.s. and m.r. leadbetter (1964b): hazard analysis ii, sankhya, ser. a, 26, 110-116. (received february 15, 2002; accepted july 29, 2002) the first month of the 2016 central italy seismic sequence: fast determination of time domain moment tensors and finite fault model analysis of the ml 5.4 aftershock annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7246 the first month of the 2016 central italy seismic sequence: fast determination of time domain moment tensors and finite fault model analysis of the ml 5.4 aftershock laura scognamiglio*, elisa tinti, matteo quintiliani istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia *laura.scognamiglio@ingv.it abstract we present the revised time domain moment tensor (tdmt) catalogue for earthquakes with ml larger than 3.6 of the first month of the ongoing amatrice seismic sequence (august 24thseptember 25th). most of the retrieved focal mechanisms show nnw–sse striking normal faults in agreement with the main ne-sw extensional deformation of central apennines. we also report a preliminary finite fault model analysis performed on the larger aftershock of this period of the sequence (mw 5.4) and discuss the obtained results in the framework of aftershocks distribution. i. introduction he ml 6.0 amatrice earthquake, which occurred at 01:36:32 utc august 24th 2016 is the first mainshock of the amatrice seismic sequence. it is the largest earthquake to strike this portion of central apennines since the m 6.2, 1639 october 7th monti della laga earthquake archived as an i=ix-x (mcs) and m=6.2, [cpti15, rovida et al., 2016]. the earthquake caused 299 fatalities and partially destroyed the towns of amatrice, accumoli and several surrounding small towns. the hypocenter is located at 42.70° n, 13.23° e and at depth of 8km, only 1 km far from the accumoli village and just 9 km from the amatrice town [marchetti et al., this issue]. almost one hour after the mainshock, an aftershock of ml 5.4 occurred; it is located 12 km nw of the mainshock close to the norcia town. no significant foreshocks were recorded. soon after the mainshock evidence for 5.2 km of surface ruptures, preliminarily interpreted as a direct expression of coseismic fault rupture, was observed along the northwest striking mt. vettore fault trace by emergeo working group geologists [emergeo w. g., this issue] (figure 1). the average surface offsets found is in the order of 15-20 cm for both heave and throw components. the kinematic finite fault model, retrieved starting from the tdmt mainshock solution, shows that the amatrice earthquake ruptured a fault dimension 26 km long and 16 km width [tinti et al., 2016]. the most relevant features of this model are (i) clear bilateral rupture, (ii) relat annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7246 tively fast rupture velocity, (iii) heterogeneity of the slip distribution characterized by two main slip patches and iv) quite different value of the rake on the two patches [tinti et al., 2016]. the rupture from this normal fault earthquake propagates bilaterally to se and to n-nw directing the strongest shaking toward the city of amatrice, where peak ground accelerations (pgas) between 19%g and 43%g is recorded, and toward the town of norcia, where pgas ranges between 22%g and 37%g [faenza et al., this issue]. the preliminary aftershocks distribution defines a main fault plane sw-dipping with an average dip angle of ~50° in agreement with the computed moment tensor solution. the main fault plane is simpler to the south while it becomes more complex to the northernmost portion where it is evident the activation of a shallower and antithetic splay. the aftershocks distribution suggests an along strike fault length of about 35 km [michele et al., this issue]. here, we report on source geometries of the, still active, amatrice seismic sequence relatively to the period of time spanning from august 24thto september 25th. we present the revised moment tensor solutions of all the events with ml > 3.3. due to the complex aftershocks distribution on the northern part of the seismic sequence, we decided to try to understand the larger aftershock of the sequence with the aim of identifying which is the activated fault plane and the main characteristic of the rupture. we believe that understanding the main features of this first period of the amatrice seismic sequence could contribute to explain the complexity of the seismogenic processes active in the central apennines that has been marked by three mainshocks in two months of moment magnitude 6.0, 5.9 and 6.5 respectively (http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/en/tdmt). ii. seismic sequence moment tensor solutions moment tensor solution presented in this study are computed by following the full-waveform tdmt technique originally proposed by dreger & helmberger (1993) and implemented in an automatic-way at ingv by scognamiglio et al. (2009). starting from a given hypocentral location, the algorithm inverts local to regional three component broad-band velocity waveforms to estimate moment tensor in a point-source approximation. we adopt the pre-calculated and stored green’s functions obtained using the cia (central italian apennines) velocity model [herrmann et al., 2011] that has been inferred for the central apennines during the 2009 l’aquila sequence. quality and reliability of moment tensors are based on the goodness of fit between synthetic and observed waveforms, which is quantified through the variance reduction (vr) parameter, that represents an l2-like norm [scognamiglio et al., 2010]. for events in the magnitude ml 3.8 and larger range we have found that an appropriate filter is low-pass at 0.05 hz followed by a high-pass filter of 0.02 hz. lower magnitude earthquakes were inverted in the frequency band of 0.02-0.1hz. we have revised tdmt solutions for 64 events of the first month of the amatrice seismic sequence including all the events with ml larger than 3.2 for which we were able to obtain a well-constrained solution (figure 1 and table 1). comparing definitive to automatic solutions, computed immediately after the earthquakes, we found really smaller adjustments to quick determinations. this highlights the robustness of the methodology adopted and the appropriate choice of the velocity model, that allows us to reach for this sequence a magnitude lower threshold equal to mw 3.2. most of these solutions have ‘aa’ quality flag, that means very good fit between data and synthetics and high double-couple value (http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/en/help#tdmt). centroid depth of all solutions is between 1 and 8 km, in most cases shallower than the ingv released locations [marchetti et al., this issue]. the 01:36 mainshock moment tensor solution, obtained inverting 50 stations in a distance range is of ~65-260 km, shows normal faulting with annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7246 figure 1. map view of tdmt solutions of the first month of the amatrice 2016 seismic sequence. beach balls are colored as a function of magnitude that is also reported on top of each mechanism. white stars are mainshock and biggest aftershock location. red stars are the focal mechanism location. black dots are the michele et al. [this issue] relocated aftershocks. green triangles are the strong motion stations used for the finite fault analysis. nodal planes striking along the apenninic direction equal to strike 155°/331°, dip 49°/41° and rake −85°/-93°. the estimated scalar seismic moment is 1.07 10+18 n·m for a preferred centroid depth of 5 km, corresponding to a moment magnitude of mw 5.96. the ml 5.4 biggest aftershock, which occurred at 02:33:29 utc 24 august 2016, also features a normal fault mechanism, the obtained focal parameters are strike 135°/327°, dip 47°/43°, and rake –98°/-81°. the solution is calculated using 62 stations in the distance range of 51-130 km. the preferred centroid depth is 5 km, while the seismic moment is 1.33 10+17 n·m resulting in a mw 5.4. with the exception of the mainshock, this is the only earthquake of the first month of the sequence with mw larger than 5. the remaining 62 moment tensor solutions shows that nnw–sse striking normal faults dominate, which is in overall agreement with the trends of structures of this sector of central apennines. only in a few cases, a strike-slip kinematic characterizes the source geometry of the obtained mt, as for the august 31, 11:52 and 18:12 (utc) aftershocks, with magnitude mw 3.4 and 3.5 respectively, and for the september 3, 10:19 (utc) mw 4.3. these events are all located in annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7246 the northern portion of the area activated by this first month of the sequence, the same area that would have been affected by the other two mainshocks of 26th october, mw 5.9, and 30th october, mw 6.5. the complete information and the fit to recorded waveforms are available on the dedicated webpage (http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/en/tdmt), where automatic good quality solutions of smaller events are also available. date origin time longitude latitude depth strike 1 dip 1 rake 1 strike 2 dip 2 rake 2 mw 2016-08-24 01:36:32 13.23 42.7 5 155 49 -87 331 41 -93 5.96 2016-08-24 01:56:00 13.28 42.6 2 120 60 -123 353 43 -47 4.34 2016-08-24 02:33:28 13.15 42.79 5 135 47 -98 327 43 -81 5.35 2016-08-24 02:59:35 13.13 42.8 5 332 58 -105 179 35 -67 3.89 2016-08-24 03:08:10 13.25 42.62 5 331 64 -85 139 26 -101 3.69 2016-08-24 03:17:59 13.14 42.76 5 351 62 -104 198 31 -66 3.64 2016-08-24 03:40:10 13.24 42.61 6 329 59 -90 150 31 -89 4.12 2016-08-24 04:06:50 13.12 42.77 3 149 47 -97 340 44 -82 4.40 2016-08-24 04:25:58 13.24 42.64 6 345 59 -87 159 31 -96 3.44 2016-08-24 04:33:09 13.21 42.62 5 325 49 -93 149 41 -87 3.42 2016-08-24 04:38:09 13.22 42.63 6 334 67 -96 169 23 -76 3.39 2016-08-24 04:44:38 13.18 42.73 6 155 54 -71 305 40 -114 3.46 2016-08-24 04:57:37 13.04 42.85 2 105 48 -109 311 45 -71 3.48 2016-08-24 05:02:24 13.29 42.46 7 139 47 -107 343 45 -72 3.35 2016-08-24 05:31:32 13.19 42.66 6 175 59 -69 318 37 -122 3.33 2016-08-24 05:36:19 13.14 42.8 7 338 81 -117 231 29 -19 3.27 2016-08-24 06:54:54 13.19 42.8 6 320 58 -134 201 52 -42 3.21 2016-08-24 07:10:55 13.16 42.78 5 340 70 -71 116 27 -131 3.2 2016-08-24 09:31:43 13.19 42.81 12 53 89 24 323 66 179 3.38 2016-08-24 11:50:30 13.16 42.82 6 321 59 -88 137 31 -94 4.53 2016-08-24 14:02:20 13.24 42.8 3 207 56 -55 336 47 -130 3.77 2016-08-24 17:46:09 13.21 42.66 7 340 57 -89 158 33 -91 4.24 2016-08-24 20:21:36 13.15 42.78 5 317 56 -117 180 43 -56 3.32 2016-08-24 23:22:05 13.21 42.65 6 338 63 -89 156 27 -91 4.00 2016-08-25 03:17:16 13.19 42.75 6 345 61 -105 193 32 -65 4.34 2016-08-25 04:12:11 13.23 42.69 5 180 47 -84 350 44 -97 3.25 2016-08-25 04:51:40 13.33 42.63 2 143 60 -91 325 30 -88 3.76 2016-08-25 12:36:05 13.28 42.6 5 129 55 -115 347 42 -60 4.42 2016-08-25 19:40:44 13.29 42.59 5 119 59 -132 360 50 -41 3.43 2016-08-26 00:04:09 13.28 42.66 3 149 58 -95 338 33 -82 3.56 2016-08-26 04:28:25 13.29 42.6 5 128 53 -106 333 40 -70 4.76 2016-08-26 05:17:05 13.21 42.75 7 125 69 98 283 22 70 3.20 2016-08-26 05:32:52 13.15 42.77 6 342 71 -119 222 34 -35 3.30 2016-08-26 16:05:29 13.16 42.69 6 319 62 -92 143 28 -86 3.47 2016-08-27 01:26:39 13.24 42.84 2 162 54 -79 324 37 -105 3.73 2016-08-27 02:50:59 13.24 42.84 3 158 53 -83 327 38 -99 4.00 2016-08-27 06:20:30 13.31 42.55 3 334 50 -65 118 46 -117 3.23 2016-08-27 10:40:14 13.24 42.85 2 173 65 -60 299 39 -137 3.52 2016-08-28 06:37:19 13.2 42.72 7 326 56 -102 166 35 -73 3.33 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7246 2016-08-28 13:07:32 13.29 42.6 6 156 61 -100 356 30 -72 3.52 2016-08-28 15:37:38 13.12 42.77 6 342 52 -83 150 39 -99 3.45 2016-08-28 15:55:35 13.23 42.82 5 206 55 -87 22 35 -94 4.19 2016-08-28 16:42:01 13.14 42.82 5 340 51 -86 154 39 -95 3.73 2016-08-29 01:44:25 13.19 42.76 7 129 50 -113 342 45 -66 3.36 2016-08-30 00:35:55 13.14 42.8 6 347 60 -51 108 48 -137 3.27 2016-08-31 11:26:01 13.13 42.83 5 345 56 -80 147 35 -105 3.91 2016-08-31 11:52:31 13.22 42.85 4 99 89 177 189 87 1 3.41 2016-08-31 13:23:04 13.23 42.75 6 161 71 -67 288 29 -140 3.32 2016-08-31 18:12:52 13.26 42.82 7 318 83 -164 225 74 -8 3.48 2016-09-01 03:53:04 13.31 42.62 5 139 57 -88 315 33 -93 3.58 2016-09-01 11:35:57 13.3 42.56 5 290 81 -124 186 35 -17 3.27 2016-09-03 01:34:12 13.13 42.77 4 345 51 -92 169 39 -87 4.22 2016-09-03 10:18:51 13.22 42.86 8 199 88 -7 289 83 -178 4.30 2016-09-07 18:13:26 13.24 42.8 1 134 49 -91 315 41 -89 3.27 2016-09-15 14:40:52 13.13 42.77 2 356 54 -102 196 37 -74 3.67 2016-09-19 23:34:25 13.28 42.67 4 322 61 -52 83 46 -138 3.65 2016-09-20 01:20:53 13.29 42.68 6 323 87 -68 59 23 -173 3.23 2016-09-22 20:03:55 13.19 42.76 5 337 58 -71 123 37 -118 3.42 2016-09-30 19:22:28 13.25 42.9 5 177 57 -67 318 39 -122 3.34 2016-09-30 19:38:37 13.25 42.89 5 182 59 -61 315 41 -129 3.44 2016-10-02 23:47:07 13.23 42.79 2 133 53 -88 309 37 -93 3.21 2016-10-04 12:41:35 13.12 42.85 5 103 57 -136 345 54 -42 3.37 2016-10-08 12:19:03 13.17 42.74 3 334 47 -86 148 43 -94 3.53 2016-10-08 18:11:09 13.19 42.74 2 156 51 -91 338 39 -88 3.91 table 1. moment tensor solutions obtained using the tdmt technique. the complete information and the fit to recorded waveforms are available on the dedicated web-page (http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/en/tdmt). iii. analysis of the mw 5.4 aftershock fault plane one hour after the 24th august mainshock, a mw 5.4 event occurred almost 12 km nw from the mainshock. tdmt procedure reveals a normal faulting moment tensor solution having strike directions diverging from the mainshock fault rupture of ~20° for the west-dipping plane and ~4° for the east-dipping plane. this is the biggest aftershock of the sequence, the only one with magnitude larger than 5. it is located in the northern portion of the region activated by the amatrice seismic sequence, ~5 km far from norcia town. to unravel the ambiguity on what fault plane actually ruptured, we perform a series of inversions using waveform data recorded by 15 strong-motion ingv [michelini et al., 2016] and ran (http://ran.protezionecivile.it/et/index.php) stations, and adopting the tdmt source geometry (strike and dip) on an overly-large-dimension fault plane centered on the nll relocated hypocenter: latitude 42.793° n, longitude 13.162° e and depth 6.835 km [michele et al., this issue]. the epicentral distances of the selected recording sites are less than 45 km we use the inversion code based on the method of hartzell and heaton [1983], and implemented by dreger et al. [2005] consisting in a non-negative, leastsquares inversion method with simultaneous smoothing and damping, the same used to infer the source parameters of the mainshock. this approach assumes a constant rupture velocity and rise time and the best fitting values have been selected iteratively by performing annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7246 inversions with different values of these parameters and quantitatively measuring the fit based on a variance reduction, as defined above for tdmt solutions [scognamiglio et al., 2010]. rake parameter can be heterogeneous on the fault plane or assumed constant all over the fault and chosen iteratively as the rupture velocity. the slip velocity is modeled by imposing a simple box-car source-time function. the green’s functions are computed on a regular grid sampling the focal volume every 1 km horizontally and 1 km vertically and filtered between 0.02 and 0.5 hz, the same as for the recorded data. the velocity structure is cia model [herrmann et al., 2011], the same adopted for tdmt solutions. we are aware that the maximum selected frequency could prevent us to identify the details of the rupture history for a m 5 earthquake, but it allows us to reduce the impact of site effects like those reported for norcia station (nrc) for higher frequencies [bindi et al., 2011]. we run more than 1000 inversions for both planes by setting rise time and rupture velocity ranging between 0.3 ÷ 1 s and 2.0 ÷ 4 km/s respectively, while rake is allowed to vary in a 30°-long range respect to the tdmt values. the faults are parameterized using subfaults having a 2 x 2 km2 area. the overly-large modeled fault planes are 10 km x 10km. figure 2(a, b) shows the resulting preferred slip models for both the inverted planes and the corresponding waveforms fit. the east-dipping plane displays a main slip concentration located ~4 km southeastward from the hypocenter at similar depth. this patch accounts for a maximum slip of about 20 cm. the picked rise time is 0.3 s, the rupture velocity is 2.7 km/s, and the rake is -91°. the total inferred seismic moment is 9.78 1016 nm corresponding to mw = 5.29. the west-dipping plane features two slip patches both located 2 km deeper than the hypocenter. the first asperity is located just below the nucleation and has average slip equal to 16 cm, the second one is located ~ 4 km se and reports a maximum slip of 22 cm. the retrieved rise time is 0.3 s, while the rupture velocity is 3.7 km/s and the rake -115°. the total inferred seismic moment is 9.53 1016 nm corresponding to mw = 5.29. both the inverted rupture planes prefer the shortest rise time that, for the inverted frequencies, means to consider a delta-like slip velocity function. otherwise, while the preferred rupture velocity for the n327° plane finds a clear maximum within the explored rupture velocities, the high value found for the n135° plane cannot be considered well-constrained due to a very similar variance reduction (~30%) we obtain for rupture velocities between 3.0 and 3.9 km/s (figure 3a). although we adopt an overlylarge fault plane to image the model parameters, significant slip occurs only on an area of 8 x 5 km2. the comparison between recorded and synthetic data retrieved from the two rupture models is presented in figure 2c. the synthetic ground velocities generated by the n327° slip model match fairly well the main body wave pulses of the majority of the recorded seismograms. on the contrary, the rupture model obtained for the west-dipping plane poorly fits the main features of real data except for the three farthest stations and nrc. both models show discrepancies at some sites most likely resulting from 3d variations of velocity structure in this area not included in our adopted 1d velocity model [casarotti et al., this issue]. as an example, stations located in the northern side show a poor fit (e.g. fema) and would require a faster velocity structure to allow a better alignment between real and synthetic phases. figure 3b shows the evolution of the vr values for the performed inversions with rise time equal to 0.3s. among all the performed inversions, we have found more than 60% of the solutions adopting the east-dipping plane having vr larger than 30% with an overall vrmax= 35%, while, for the alternative west-dipping plane, only 13% feature vr larger than 30% with an overall vrmax= 31%. the finite fault inversion result opts for the activation of the strike 327° fault plane. however, the small difannals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7246 figure 2. rupture models imaged by inverting ground velocity time histories for the (a) east dipping plane (n327°) and (b) west dipping plane (n135°) respectively. the black arrows indicate the slip direction (rake angle) for slip larger than 15 cm. (c) fit to the data: synthetic ground velocity filtered between 0.02 and 0.5 hz (green and red lines are for the east and west dipping planes respectively) and recorded strong motions (black lines). numbers in box represent the amplitude range in cm/s. numbers in percentage represent the variance reduction for each station. ference between the resulting vrmax values do not allow us to exclude a priori the activation of the strike 135° fault. to solve the ambiguity of the kinematic result we decide to analyze the aftershocks distribution and verify the existence of earthquakes alignnrc rqt csc amt fema mnf lss sno spm guma spo1 tre trl tero ant 4 km 13 km 14 km 21 km 21 km 30 km 30 km 30 km 34 km 34 km 35 km 35 km 41 km 41 km 42 km yl im [1. 2 1. 2] c m /s yl im [0. 5 0. 5] c m /s 50.3% 31.4% 43.4% 16.3% -16.1% 36.6% 40.0% 47.5% 15.3% 33.7% 17.8% -8.4% 26.9% 17.3% 14.0% 62.5% 7.9% 41.0% -39.1% 12.9% -44.4% 16.5% -22.6% -1.6% -1.4% -2.1% -12.6% 34.6% 32.3% 22.6% 30 seconds 30 seconds 0. 5 0 .5 1 1 1 1.5 1. 5 1.5 2 2 2 0. 5 0 .5 1 1 1 1.5 1. 5 1.5 2 2 2 0. 5 0 .5 1 1 1 1.5 1. 5 1.5 2 2 2 2.5 2 .5 2 .5 3 327° strike, east dipping plane along strike (km) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 a lo n g d ip ( km ) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 .5 0 .5 1 1 1 1 1 1. 5 1.5 1.5 1. 5 0 .5 0 .5 1 1 1 1 1 1. 5 1.5 1.5 1. 5 135° strike, west dipping plane along strike (km) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 a lo n g d ip ( km ) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 se nw nw se (cm) (cm) east north vertical east north vertical annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7246 figure 3 (above). resulting variance reduction for a subset of 336 inversions performed with rise-time equal to 0.3s. rupture velocity and rake angle vary within the explored range. green dots are for the striking n327° plane while red dots are for the striking n135°plane. (a) vr is shown as a function of rupture velocity; (b) vr is sorted for increasing values. the variability of vr for each rupture velocity (panel a) reflects the variability in rake. figure 4 (right column). (a) map view of the relocated aftershocks [michele et al., this issue] with traces of the active mapped faults [emergeo w. g., this issue]. white stars represent the location of the largest events of the studied sequence. earthquakes are colored as a function of date of occurrence. yellow and green boxes are the map projection of the inverted fault while the yellow and green lines correspond to the vertical sections reported in panels (b) and (c) showing the earthquakes occurring within 8km from the vertical line. ment on the investigated rupture planes. we plot the first 8 days of the aftershocks sequence relocated by michele et al. [this issue] along two vertical sections oriented n45°e and n57°e, perpendicular to the strike of the tdmt planes (figure 4). due to the not completely 100% double couple component of the moment tensor solution, the profiles are rotated 12° from each other. aftershocks are shown with dots colored as function of date of occurrence. each section reports earthquakes occurring in the 8 x 15 km2 boxes mapped in figure 4a and the trace of the inverted fault planes, as well as the mapped main normal fault systems [emergeo w. g., this issue]. at first glance, both profiles show a cross-like events distribution that reveals the activation in this area of both synthetic and antithetic annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7246 structures. in the n45°e oriented a-a’ profile, the seismicity does not clearly image a continuous single west-dipping plane, but it is quite diffuse and probably related to the nw termination of the fault activated during the mainshock [tinti et al., 2016, michele et al., this issue]. on the contrary, along the b-b’ section, the distribution of the aftershocks along the dip of the inverted n327° rupture plane is irregular but in some way more evident. for this plane we also find a quite good geometrical correspondence with the mapped norcia antithetic fault. both the vertical sections also image a separated hypocenters cluster below the mt. vettore fault system. iv. conclusion in this paper we have presented the revised tdmt catalogue for all the events with ml larger than 3.2 belonging to the first month if the 2016 amatrice (central italy) seismic sequence. the moment tensor solutions immediately pointed up a prevalent normal faulting mechanism for the occurring earthquakes, in agreement with the present-day active stress field in this sector of the apennines. only in a few cases, mainly located in the northern portion of the area activated by the seismic sequence, a strike-slip kinematic characterizes the source geometry. centroid depths are between 1 and 8 km, typically shallower than the ingv released location [marchetti et al., this issue]. we have found a really good agreement between revised and automatic solutions, computed immediately after the earthquakes occurrence, confirming once again the implemented method as a robust and practical tool for real-time determinations of the point-source focal parameters and magnitude. we have analyzed the largest aftershock of the first month of the sequence (mw 5.4) in terms of finite rupture model with the aim of identifying the activated fault plane. we have performed more than 1000 inversions to model both the fault plane geometries identified by tdmt solution and we have found a quite satisfactory fit by using strong motion data at epicentral distance less than 45 km and frequencies up to 0.5 hz. the finite fault inversion results opt for the activation of the strike n327° fault plane. the small difference of variance reduction between the two best solutions does not allows us to exclude a priori the activation of the strike 135° fault. in any case, both the models reveal, as a common feature, a main asperity located south-east from the hypocenter characterized by a maximum slip of ~ 20 cm. to give an additional constraint to the kinematic result we have decided to analyze the first 8 days of aftershocks distribution and verify the existence of earthquakes alignment on the investigated rupture planes. the preliminary analysis of finite fault model and aftershocks distribution suggests that, for the mw5.4 aftershock, the most probably activated fault plane is the one striking n327°and dipping 43° toward ne. for this plane we find a quite good geometrical correspondence with the mapped norcia antithetic fault. references [bindi et al., 2011] bindi, d., l. luzi, s. parolai, d. di giacomo, and g. monachesi (2011). site effects observed in alluvial basins: the case of norcia (central italy), bulletin of earthquake engineering, 9(6), 1941-1959, doi:10.1007/s1051 8-011-9273-3. [dreger et al., 2005] dreger, d. s., l. gee, p. lombard, m. h. murray, and b. romanowicz (2005). rapid finite-source analysis and nearfault strong ground motions: application to the 2003 mw 6.5 san simeon and 2004 mw 6.0 parkfield earthquakes, seismological research letters 76 (1), 40-48. [emergeo w. g., this issue] emergeo working group (2016). coseismic effects of the 2016 amatrice seismic sequence: first geological results. annals of geophysics, this issue. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7246 [faenza et al., this issue] faenza, l., v. lauciani and a. michelini (2016). the shakemaps of the amatrice, m6, earthquake. annals of geophysics, this issue. [hartzell and heaton, 1983] hartzell, s.h., and t.h. heaton (1983). inversion of strong ground motion and teleseismic waveform data for the fault rupture history of the 1979 imperial valley, california, earthquake, bull. seis. soc. am 73 (6, part a),1553-1583. [herrmann et al., 2011] herrmann, r.b., l. malagnini, and i. munafò (2011). regional moment tensor of the 2009 l’aquila earthquake sequence, bull.seism.soc.am.,101(3), 975-993. [marchetti et al., this issue] marchetti a., m.g. ciaccio, a. nardi, a. bono, f.m. mele, l. margheriti, a. rossi, p. battelli, c. melorio, b. castello, v. lauciani, m. berardi, c. castellano, l. arcoraci, g. lozzi, a. battelli, c. thermes, n. pagliuca, g. modica, a. lisi, l. pizzino, p. baccheschi, s. pintore, m. quintiliani, a. mandiello, c. marcocci, m. fares, d. cheloni, a. frepoli, d. latorre, a.m. lombardi, m. moretti, m. pastori, m. vallocchia, a. govoni, l. scognamiglio, a. basili. a. michelini and s. mazza (2016). the italian seismic bulletin: strategies, revised pickings and locations of the amatrice seismic sequence, annals of geophysics, this issue. [michele et al., this issue] michele m., di stefano r., chiaraluce l., cattaneo m., de gori p., monachesi g., latorre d., marzorati s., valoroso l., ladina c., chiarabba c., lauciani v. and m. fares (2016). the amatrice 2016 seismic sequence: a preliminary look to the mainshock and aftershocks distribution, annals of geophysics, this issue. [michelini et al., 2016] michelini, a., margheriti, l., delladio, a., pintore, s., cecere, g., g. d'anna, g., moretti, m., cattaneo, m., marchetti, a., demartin, m., mazza, s., mele, f., lau ciani, v., bono, a., marcocci, c., quintiliani, m., scognamiglio, l., faenza, l., amato, a., basili, a., selvaggi, g., nardi, a., danecek, p., pignone, p., nostro, c., casale, p., mandiel-lo, a. and s. rao (2016). the italian national seismic network and the earthquake and tsunami monitoring and surveillance systems, (submitted to advances in geosciences). [rovida et al., 2016] rovida a., locati m., camassi r., lolli b., gasperini p., eds. (2016). cpti15, the 2015 version of the parametric catalogue of italian earthquakes, istituto na zionale di geofisica e vulcanologia; doi:http:// doi.org/10.6092/ingv.it-cpti15. [scognamiglio et al., 2009] scognamiglio, l., tinti, e. and michelini, a. (2009). real-time determination of seismic moment tensor for italian region, bull. seism. soc. am., 99(4), 22232242. [scognamiglio et al., 2010] scognamiglio, l., e. tinti, a. michelini, d. s. dreger, a. cirella, m. cocco, s. mazza, and a. piatanesi (2010). fast determination of moment tensors and rupture history: what has been learned from the 6 april 2009 l’aquila earthquake sequence, seism. res. lett., 81(6), 892-906; doi:10.1785/gssrl.81.6.892. [tinti et al., 2016] tinti, e., l. scognamiglio, a. michelini, and m. cocco (2016). slip heterogeneity and directivity of the ml 6.0, 2016, amatrice earthquake estimated with rapid finitefault inversion, geophys. res. lett., 43, 10,74510,752; doi:10.1002/2016gl071263. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice 177_189 adg v–5 n01 w.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 177 mapping plasma structures in the high-latitude ionosphere using beacon satellite, incoherent scatter radar and ground-based magnetometer observations jürgen watermann (1), gary s. bust (2), jeffrey p. thayer (3), torsten neubert (4) and clayton coker (2) (1) danish meteorological institute, copenhagen, denmark (2) applied research laboratories, the university of texas at austin, tx, u.s.a. (3) sri international, menlo park, ca, u.s.a. (4) danish space research institute, copenhagen, denmark abstract in the autumn of the year 2000, four radio receivers capable of tracking various beacon satellites were set up along the southwestern coast of greenland. they are used to reconstruct images of the ionospheric plasma density distribution via the tomographic method. in order to test and validate tomographic imaging under the highly variable conditions often prevailing in the high-latitude ionosphere, a time interval was selected when the sondrestrom incoherent scatter radar conducted measurements of the ionospheric plasma density while the radio receivers tracked a number of beacon satellites. a comparison between two-dimensional images of the plasma density distribution obtained from the radar and the satellite receivers revealed generally good agreement between radar measurements and tomographic images. observed discrepancies can be attributed to f region plasma patches moving through the field of view with a speed of several hundred meters per second, thereby smearing out the tomographic image. a notable mismatch occurred around local magnetic midnight when a magnetospheric substorm breakup occurred in the vicinity of southwest greenland (identified from ground-based magnetometer observations). the breakup was associated with a sudden intensification of the westward auroral electrojet which was centered at about 69° and extended up to some 73° corrected geomagnetic latitude. ground-based magnetometer data may thus have the potential of indicating when the tomographic method is at risk and may fail. we finally outline the application of tomographic imaging, when combined with magnetic field data, to estimate ionospheric joule heating rates. key words high-latitude ionosphere – ionospheric tomography – magnetospheric substorm – auroral electrojet – joule heating 1. introduction the high-latitude ionosphere is strongly coupled to the magnetosphere and influenced by its dynamic variations. the magnetosphere responds to variations of the solar wind (a stream of ionized particles, predominantly protons and electrons) and the embedded interplanetary magnetic field and thus ultimately to solar activity. the most important solar wind parameters which have significant bearing on the state of the mailing address: dr. jürgen watermann, danish meteorological institute, solar-terrestrial physics division, lyngbyvej 100, dk-2100 copenhagen ø, denmark; e-mail: jfw@dmi.dk 178 jürgen watermann, gary s. bust, jeffrey p. thayer, torsten neubert and clayton coker magnetosphere are plasma density, temperature, bulk speed, and the magnitude and orientation of the interplanetary magnetic field. variations in these parameters lead to variations of the state of the magnetosphere through electrodynamic interaction. they are eventually propagated to the high-latitude ionosphere via electric fields, fieldaligned currents and energetic particle precipitation. the coupled solar wind-magnetosphereionosphere system is generally very dynamic during and just after solar maximum (the most recent of which occurred in the years 2000-2001). since solar wind-magnetosphere-ionosphere interaction is most direct in the auroral zone and polar cap in a broad sense (i.e. at geomagnetic latitudes exceeding some ± 60°) the high-latitude ionosphere can be highly variable on time scales of solar wind changes, which may be less than a few minutes. ionospheric effects at high latitudes are particularly dramatic when the interplanetary magnetic field is oriented southward (i.e. opposite to the main geomagnetic field), in which case field line merging can occur, or when its orientation fluctuates a great deal. in recent years, with the advent of satellites equipped with stable multi-frequency radio transmitters (beacon satellites) the method of ionospheric tomography has become an important tool for imaging the ionospheric plasma density distribution. various measurement techniques, based on satellite-to-ground or satellite-to-satellite observations of the total electron content (tec), and different inversion schemes have been developed. initially, a differential doppler technique was applied simultaneously to a meridian chain of receivers in order to determine the latitudinal variation of tec profiles (leitinger et al., 1984). subsequently, computer tomography was developed to produce 2d images of the ionospheric plasma density (austen et al., 1988). the image reconstruction algorithm was further developed in various ways (e.g., vasicek and kronschnabl, 1995) to improve its accuracy. the tomographic method has successfully been applied to the mid-latitude ionosphere (e.g., bust et al., 1997) where the ionosphere tends to be stationary over the time interval needed for tomographic inversion (typically up to 20 min, depending on the satellites tracked). application of the method to high geomagnetic latitudes (auroral zone and polar cap) has also been reported (e.g., mitchell et al., 1995; pryse et al., 1997) though little experience has yet been gained. bernhardt et al. (1998) present tomographic images of the ionospheric trough and of narrow auroral arcs obtained at high latitudes under stable ionospheric conditions. since the ionosphere tends to be very variable at high geomagnetic latitudes, where its state may change on time scales shorter than those needed to collect reasonably complete satellite observations for reconstructing tomographic images, satisfactory performance of the tomographic method is not yet confirmed. in order to address some of the problems of tomographic imaging at high latitudes, a chain consisting of four satellite receivers was set up along the southwestern coast of greenland, colocated with several ground-based magne-tometer stations and the sondrestrom incoherent scatter radar (isr) facility. the ionospheric plasma density distribution, among other parameters, can be derived from isr measurements on relatively short time scales and be compared with tomographic images obtained from beacon satellite observations. we thus have a procedure at hand to test the tomographic method at high latitudes, validate it if possible, and try to determine under which conditions it fails. similar verification concepts were employed by foster et al. (1994) and mitchell et al. (1995). the former examined storm-time observations of the mid-latitude ionosphere and showed that largescale discrete f region ionization enhancements and a deep ionospheric trough were recognized in both, incoherent scatter radar data and tomographic images. the latter demonstrated, by comparing tomographic images with eiscat observations of the ionospheric plasma density, that the tomographic method can render accurate results in the auroral zone if the ionosphere remains stable. next we give a description of the experiment, specifically of the instruments used. this is followed by an evaluation of the performance of the tomographic method. we then outline the estimation of joule heating as a science application well suited for the particular situation in greenland. we finally summarize the results and elaborate on future work. 179 imaging high-latitude ionospheric plasma structures 2. experiment description a map of greenland is reproduced in fig. 1. it shows the magnetometer sites of the danish meteorological institute (dmi), the satellite receiver stations of the applied research laboratories at the university of texas, austin (arl:ut), and the sondrestrom incoherent scatter fig. 1. greenland with the magnetometer sites of the danish meteorological institute, dmi (full black circles with three-letter station codes), the satellite receiver stations of the applied research laboratories at the university of texas, austin, arl:ut (full gray diamonds with numbers), and the sondrestrom (stf) incoherent scatter radar facility operated by sri international (open black diamond). geomagnetic latitude contours (dashed) are plotted in addition to geographic coordinates (dotted), and the isr antenna scan trace at 350 km altitude is marked by a heavy line. radar facility operated by sri international. those instruments were used for this study and are described below. the southern part of greenland is most often located in the auroral zone and the central and northern parts in the polar cap. the boundary between auroral zone and polar cap is often found in the vicinity of sondrestrom but can also shift considerably in latitude, depending on the local time and interplanetary medium. we are thus in a situation where we apply tomographic imaging to the latitudes which cover both, auroral zone and polar cap. 2.1. satellite radio receivers the coherent ionospheric doppler receiver (cidr) was developed at arl:ut. it is capable of tracking the coherent beacon from the navy ionospheric measurements satellites (nims) as well as other satellites including radcal, argos and gfo, and can receive three different satellites simultaneously at data rates up to 1 khz. the measurements from an array of receivers are converted into relative tec profiles and ingested into an inversion algorithm which renders a threedimensional image of the ionospheric plasma density distribution. for an outline of the algorithm consult a recent paper by bust et al. (2001) and references therein. for our paper, twodimensional maps in a specific vertical plane were extracted from the 3d inversion results in order to facilitate comparison with radar and magnetometer measurements. the tomography algorithm requires, in its present form, an ionospheric plasma density pattern which is stationary over the time of the radio reception, typically between 10 and 20 min. 2.2. incoherent scatter radar the sondrestrom incoherent scatter radar (kelly, 1983) utilizes techniques which allow the direct measurement of basic ionospheric plasma parameters along the radar beam, including electron number density, electron and ion temperatures, and ion line-of-sight velocity. the 32-m parabolic antenna is fully steerable which 180 jürgen watermann, gary s. bust, jeffrey p. thayer, torsten neubert and clayton coker allows, for instance, to determine the plasma density distribution in a vertical plane oriented along the magnetic meridian through sondrestrom. we operated the radar in a mode in which the antenna performs a sequence of elevation scans between geomagnetic north (at a declination of 27° from geographic north) and geomagnetic south. each scan started at an elevation of 30° toward geomagnetic north, went through the zenith to geomagnetic south, stopped at an elevation of 30°, and returned the same way but in opposite sense, with a one-way scan taking about four minutes to complete. the antenna speed changed with elevation, using a lower velocity at lower elevation and higher velocity overhead, in order to provide equal ground distance increments irrespective of elevation angle. this also compensates for the greater signal power loss for lower elevation angles (longer distance from ionosphere). we used a signal integration time of 20 s which overhead is equivalent to about 100 km integration width at 350 km. the 1.3 ghz two-channel radar transmitter was operated using an alternating code and a 320-µs long pulse the latter of which gives a range resolution of about 48 km with sufficient return signal strength from the f region. the alternating code provides 3-km range resolution but f region backscatter is usually too weak to render reliable results. tomographic images in the antenna scan plane were then compared with twodimensional electron density maps produced from individual 4-min isr scans centered on the time interval used for tomographic reconstruction. 2.3. magnetometer chain the greenland west coast magnetometer chain (friis-christensen et al., 1985) comprises 12 variometer stations along the west coast of greenland, complemented by three geomagnetic observatories (colocated with variometer stations). the stations are approximately lined up along the same corrected geomagnetic (cgm) meridian so that they order quite naturally according to cgm latitude. the magnetometers sense the magnetic field of electric currents in the ionospheric e region (basically hall currents, also known as auroral electrojets). the magnetograms can be numerically inverted to infer the temporal and spatial distribution of the equivalent ionospheric current (thinsheet ionospheric hall current assumed to flow at a mean e region height of between 110 and 115 km) crossing the magnetometer chain (popov et al., 2001). the current density depends linearly on the product of electric field and hall conductance (height-integrated conductivity) the latter of which depends primarily on the electron density profile, c.f. section 4. significant variations in the current strength indicate significant variations of the electric field or the electron density or both. the magnetometer chain can thus serve as an indicator of a changing ionosphere which potentially poses problems to the tomographic method by rendering its assumption of stationary plasma density distribution invalid. on the other hand, can the magnetometers serve to complement tomographic images by providing a means to estimate the ionospheric electric field and joule heating rate. 3. performance evaluation in order to test the reliability of the tomographic method at high magnetic latitudes under various ionospheric conditions, we compared tomographic images obtained over southwest greenland with measurements from the sondrestrom isr. the time interval chosen for comparison covers the night from september 29, 2000, 2145 ut through september 30, 2000, 0500 ut during which the radar operated in the mode described above. this interval compares to 1820-0135 solar local time (slt) and 1930-0245 magnetic local time (mlt). the ionosphere was practically absent at e region altitudes, and only f region measurements above some 170 km are compared. it appears that the f region is sufficiently dynamic to pose problems so that it can well serve to test the tomographic method. figure 2 shows the f region plasma density obtained from isr measurements at a reference altitude of 350 km in a latitude-time diagram. the plasma density appears to vary significantly over latitude and time. at 0400 ut, for instance, we find 1.5 1011 m 3 around 72° and more than 1012 m 3 poleward of 75° geomagnetic latitude. more critical 181 imaging high-latitude ionospheric plasma structures to the tomographic method is the temporal variation which becomes apparent through a sequence of high-density ( 1012 m 3) plasma patches about two degrees wide in latitude which move through the isr scan plane with an equatorward velocity component between 200 and 600 m/s. seven 3d tomographic images were obtained during this time period, and cross sections along the radar scan plane were extracted. the satellite reception time intervals which were used for image reconstruction are marked by rectangles along the top and bottom abscissae. five out of the seven tomographic images show good agreement with isr electron density maps inferred from scans centered on the reconstruction intervals. the 0247 ut case is shown as an example of good agreement in fig. 3a. the tomographic image taken around 0247 ut (contour lines) is laid over the plasma density map obtained from the 0247-0251 ut isr scan (color-coded). the display is centered on sondrestrom, with ground distance projected from range and elevation on a spherical earth, such that «0» refers to the sondrestrom isr location. the two density peaks at about 350 km height, one above the radar and the other some 500550 km to the north, are well reproduced in the tomographic image as is the total extent of the plasma structure. the fit would be even better if the tomographic image were shifted down in altitude by 20-30 km. fig. 2. f region (350 km altitude) plasma density in a latitude-time diagram, obtained from isr measurements. each rectangle represents one 20-s integration cell expanded to the 8-min duration of the respective back-and-forth scan. the full rectangles along the top and bottom abscissae represent the time intervals from which satellite radio signals were used to reconstruct tomographic images. 182 jürgen watermann, gary s. bust, jeffrey p. thayer, torsten neubert and clayton coker fig. 3a,b. a) electron density map from isr measurements in the vertical plane of the antenna scan which lasted from 024649 ut through 025052 ut, and tomographic image reconstructed in the same reference plane as the antenna scan, centered on 0247 ut. 0 km ground distance and 0 km range refer to the sondrestrom isr site (stf). b) as (a) but for the 010348-010751 ut radar scan and the 0106 ut tomographic image, respectively. a b 183 imaging high-latitude ionospheric plasma structures fig. 4. low-pass filtered magnetic field variations along the greenland west coast (5 min cutoff), separated into geomagnetic north, east and vertical components. since all stations approximately line up along the same corrected geomagnetic (cgm) meridian the magnetic field amplitude is plotted in a cgm latitude versus time diagram. the stations are listed along the right-hand ordinate at their respective cgm latitude. the magnetic field intensity is colorcoded and white areas denote missing data. 184 jürgen watermann, gary s. bust, jeffrey p. thayer, torsten neubert and clayton coker the 0106 ut tomographic image shows partial agreement with simultaneous isr observations (fig. 3b). the enhanced plasma density structures at the poleward and equatorward edges of the isr antenna scan field, again at about 350 km height, are well reproduced in the tomographic image. the latter, however, shows an additional 350-km altitude peak 200-250 km south of stf, i.e. around 72° geomagnetic latitude, which does not appear in the 0104-0108 ut radar scan, and a minor peak at 500 km altitude on a field line just north of the radar. the major peak does appear, though, in the preceding isr scan, a few minutes earlier. that scan falls within the satellite reception interval (cf. fig. 2) so that the structure seen in that scan but not later is likely to be representative for the extra peak resolved in the tomographic image. the 0145 ut image (not shown) agrees poorly with isr measurements. this, too, can possibly be explained by the particularly disturbed state of the high-latitude ionosphere. the isr scan sequence coincident with the tomographic reconstruction interval (0135-0153 ut) reveals first the development and decay of mixed plasma density enhancements lacking uniform propagation characteristics, and then, from 0147 ut on, a new well defined equatorward moving plasma patch. the latter interval (after 0147 ut) is largely (though not entirely satisfactorily) reproduced in the tomographic image while the former, more turbulent interval, is not. the poorly matching 0145 ut case is interesting because of the geophysical conditions prevailing as inferred from ground-based magnetic field observations. figure 4 reveals that the horizontal magnetic field in the equatorward fig. 5. stacked high-pass filtered magnetic field variations along the greenland west coast (15 min cutoff ), separated into geomagnetic north, east and vertical components. 185 imaging high-latitude ionospheric plasma structures fig. 6. e region (130 km altitude) plasma density distribution in a format similar to fig. 2. section of the magnetometer chain was positive (northward) in the beginning and decreased after 23 ut to values around zero. at about 0145 ut it decreased suddenly to become strongly negative (southward). the vertical component was negative (upward) in the beginning, approached zero after 23 ut and at 0145 ut increased suddenly, simultaneously with the horizontal field, thereby exhibiting a steep latitudinal gradient from negative (upward) below 70° to positive (downward) above 70° cgm latitude. this is equivalent to a westward ionospheric current centered at about 70° and extending up to some 73° cgm latitude. the electrojet intensification is accompanied by the start of magnetic pi2 pulsations at 0145 ut with highest amplitudes between 66° and 70° cgm latitude and lasting for more than half an hour (fig. 5). taken together these observations are convincing substorm onset indicators. isr measurements of the plasma density at e region height confirm our view. figure 6 shows, in a format similar to fig. 2, that the plasma is tenuous at 130 km altitude prior to 0145 ut but increases to some 3 1010 m 3 after 0145 ut (in the middle of the night, at 2220 slt and 2330 mlt). this is most likely a consequence of auroral electron precipitation (electrons with a characteristic energy of several kev). it may turn out that the onset of a magnetospheric substorm will frequently pose a problem to the tomographic method, but a firm conclusion can only be drawn once more cases have been investigated. for the six cases of good and partial agreement between isr and tomography images we attempted to determine whether the match is improved by shifting the images against each other, in altitude as well as horizontally. this was done in a semi186 jürgen watermann, gary s. bust, jeffrey p. thayer, torsten neubert and clayton coker quantitative way by fitting the peaks and certain contours visually. it appeared that no substantial improvement can be gained by shifting the images. figure 7 shows the shifts applied to the tomographic images against the radar maps in order to obtain the best match. they can amount to some 40 km in horizontal and 30 km in vertical direction which is not more than the inherent resolution of the radar and radio beacon measurements in this experiment. the figure further reveals that the shift is probably randomly distributed. we are thus confident that tomographic reconstruction was not systematically biased with respect to isr observations. 4. joule heating inference inference of ionospheric joule heating rates constitutes one of our research objectives and one reason for operating satellite receivers colocated with magnetometers. joule heating is among the important high-latitude processes of transferring energy from the magnetosphere to the upper atmosphere, which ultimately means energy from the sun via the solar wind into the atmosphere. joule heating is thus a process which governs an important part of the effect the dynamic sun exercises on the terrestrial environment. while incoherent scatter radar measurements remain a superb way to determine joule heating rates, they suffer from limited radar operation time, a constrained radar field-of-view, and a multitude of antenna and transmitter modes not all of which are suitable for that purpose. a combination of ground-based magnetometer observations (basically measurements of the ionospheric hall current) and tomographic plasma density images yields, under certain conditions, estimates of the joule heating rate on a fairly regular basis. magnetometer measurements are performed continuously, and radio satellite reception occurs about 20 times per day, though at irregular time intervals. since most of the energy transfer from the magnetosphere into the upper atmosphere occurs in the lower ionosphere (below some 200 km altitude), sufficient resolution of the ionospheric e region is necessary for our method to work. the capability of the tomographic method to resolve an e region plasma density enhancement was demonstrated by mitchell et al. (1995) who used almost simultaneous eiscat incoherent scatter radar and beacon satellite observations above northern scandinavia. our tomography versus isr comparison discussed in the previous section is based on night time observations when e region ionisation was practically absent. however, prior to the start of the isr operation, tomographic images were reconstructed which indeed show the presence of plasma in the e region, see fig. 8. note that the plasma density increases to more than 10 · 1010 m 3 just below a 5 · 1010 m 3 valley observed at 150 km altitude in the center, and also in a blob located at – 800 km ground range and 100 km altitude. we lack, however, quantitative confirmation from radar observations. if we impose the condition of zero neutral wind speed in the ionosphere as a first approximation, we can derive joule heating rates 40 20 0 20 40 40 20 0 20 40 plasma density image shift tomography vs. isr < d o w n [k m ] u p > < south [km] north > fig. 7. horizontal and vertical shifts applied to the six tomographic images which agreed well or partially with sondrestrom isr observations, in order to achieve best agreement with the isr plasma density maps. 187 imaging high-latitude ionospheric plasma structures in the following way. the ionospheric pedersen and hall current densities, j p and j h , read (4.1) where p and h denote the pedersen and hall conductivities, respectively, and e the (horizontal) electric field. since the ionospheric electric field does not change along the magnetic field line because of the prevailing high parallel conductivity which exceeds the hall and pedersen conductivities by orders of magnitude, height-integrated conductivities and current densities can be used and are in the following represented by capital letters. from eq. (4.1) we obtain (4.2) and further (4.3) which leads to an estimate of the height-integrated joule heating rate, w, in the ionosphere (4.4) w = j e = jp p h h .2 2 in order to determine electric field and joule heating in the ionosphere we require information about the height-integrated hall current density and the pedersen and hall conductances. the heightintegrated hall current, j h , can be approximated by the equivalent ionospheric current (basically a thin-sheet hall current) which is derived from magnetometer measurements. the technique is well developed, and the algorithm which is applied to the greenland west coast magnetometer chain is described in detail by popov et al. (2001). the ionospheric conductivities depend primarily on theelectron number density, n e , and read (e.g., watermann et al., 1993) (4.5) here, the subscripts «e» and «i» stand for electrons and various ion species with partial pressure (relative abundance) p i , respectively. the ion population consists primarily of atomic and molecular oxygen and nitric oxide. the electron and ion gyro frequencies, e and i , are determined by the geomagnetic field, b0, which is accurately modeled by the international geomagnetic reference field (igrf), c.f. mandea and macmillan (2000). the electron and ion collision rates, e and i , reflect mainly collisions with neutral atoms and molecules since the neutral number density in the lower ionosphere is orders of magnitude higher than the ion number density. the neutral number density is well represented by the msis-86 model (hedin, 1987) and much less variable than the electron number density. the main unknown variable in these equations is therefore the electron density, n e . once the plasma density fig. 8. tomographic image reconstructed from satellite passes around 2000 ut, prior to the start of the incoherent scatter radar operation. p, h p, hj = e h h h h = e e = j j p p p h hj = e = j p e e e e e = e b n + + 0 ( 2 2 i i i i i+ + p ions 2 2 ) h e e e e = e b n + 0 ( 2 2 2 i i i i + p ions 2 2 2 ) . 188 jürgen watermann, gary s. bust, jeffrey p. thayer, torsten neubert and clayton coker profile along the magnetic field line is known, e.g., from tomographic images, the height-integrated conductivities can be modeled via eq. (4.5), and the joule heating rate can be inferred with the help of the equivalent ionospheric current via eq. (4.4). work on this topic is currently in progress. 5. summary and outlook we compared seven cases of simultaneous tomographic images and isr electron density maps from the high-latitude ionosphere and obtained in five cases good and in one case partial agreement. the lack of agreement could be traced back to the presence of plasma patches moving with a few hundred meters per second through the field-of-view. the tomographic method employed tends to reproduce the integrated effect of the plasma structures moving through the imaging plane during the satellite reception interval. but the method did not appear to produce results confused by the plasma motion and entirely misleading except for observations during the onset of a moderate substorm which constituted the worst agreement. since a substorm can easily be detected in ground magnetic field measurements, such observations may possibly serve as a means to predict the performance of the tomographic method in specific cases. however, this needs to be further investigated using a larger observational data base. the result has potentially significant bearing on the application of the tomographic method at high latitudes not only to ionospheric imaging but also to investigations of the lower atmosphere. we have further outlined a method to combine tomographic imaging with ground-based magnetometer observations to derive the ionospheric electric field and joule heating rate. this requires accurate mapping of the ionospheric e region, and it has yet to be confirmed that high-latitude tomography can reliably resolve the e region plasma density distribution. a test and validation of e region imaging will be performed in a way similar to the one described in this paper, namely by comparing tomographic images with isr maps of e region plasma density, electric field strength and joule heating rates. the assumption of negligible neutral wind speed is not always justified. from an analysis of sondrestrom isr measurements, thayer (2000) deduced that neutral winds can reduce the transfer of electrical energy from the magnetosphere to the upper atmosphere by some 20% for moderate energy deposition rates (< 10 mw/m) and between 30% and 50% for higher deposition rates. refinements to the method outlined here are needed in order to obtain a quantitatively more realistic assessment of the joule heating rate. acknowledgements the tomographic receivers on the greenland west coast are operated by the applied research laboratories, the university of texas at austin (arl:ut), with financial support from the national science foundation (nsf) through grant atm-9813864, and in collaboration with the danish meteorological institute (dmi). the sondrestrom incoherent scatter radar is operated by sri international under the nsf cooperative agreement atm-9813556 and in cooperation with dmi. the greenland ground-based magnetometers are operated by dmi. references austen, j.r., s.j. franke and c.h. liu (1988): ionospheric imaging using computerized tomography, radio sci., 23, 299-307. bernhardt, p.a., r.p. mccoy, k.f. dymond, j.m. picone, r.r. meier, f. kamalabadi, d.m. cotton, s. charkrabarti, t.a. cook, j.s. vickers, a.w. stephan, l. kersley, s.e. pryse, i.k. walker, c.n. mitchell, p.r. straus, h. na, c. biswas, g.s. bust, g.r. kronschnabel and t.d. raymund (1998): twodimensional mapping of the plasma density in the upper atmosphere with computerized ionospheric tomography (cit), phys. plasmas, 5, 2010-2021. bust, g.s., t.l. gaussiran ii and d.s. coco (1997): ionospheric observations of the november 1993 storm, j. geophys. res., 102, 14,293-14,304. bust, g.s., c. coker, d.s. coco, t.l. gaussiran ii and t. lauderdale (2001): iri data ingestion and ionospheric tomography, adv. space res., 27(1), 157-165. foster , j.c., m.j. buonsanto, j.m. holt, j.a. klobuchar, p. fougere, w. pakula, t.d. raymund, v.e. kunitsyn, e.s. andreeva, e.d. tereshchenko and b.z. khudukon (1994): russianamerican tomography experiment, int. j. imag. syst. tech., 5, 148-159. friis-christensen, e., y. kamide, a.d. richmond and s. matsushita (1985): interplanetary magnetic field control of high-latitude electric fields and 189 imaging high-latitude ionospheric plasma structures currents determined from greenland magnetometer data, j. geophys. res., 90, 1325-1338. hedin, a.e. (1987): msis-86 thermospheric model, j. geophys. res., 92, 4649-4662. kelly, j.d. (1983): sondrestrom radar initial results, geophys. res. lett., 10, 1112-1115. leitinger, r., g.k. hartmann, f.-j. lohmar and e. putz (1984): electron content measurements with geodetic doppler receivers, radio sci., 19, 789-797. mandea, m. and s. macmillan (2000): international geomagnetic reference field the eight generations, earth planets space, 52, 1119-1124. mitchell, c.n., d.g. jones, l. kersley, s.e. pryse and i.k. walker (1995): imaging of field-aligned structures in the auroral ionosphere, ann. geophys., 13, 1311-1319. popov, v.a., v.o. papitashvili and j.f. watermann (2001): modeling of equivalent ionospheric currents from meridian magnetometer chain data, earth planets space, 53, 129-137. pryse, s.e., l. kersley, m.j. williams, i.k. walker and c.a. willson (1997): tomographic imaging of the polar-cap ionosphere over svalbard, j. atmos. terr. phys., 59, 1953-1959. thayer, j.p. (2000): high-latitude currents and their energy exchange with the ionosphere-thermosphere system, j. geophys. res., 105, 23,015-23,024. vasicek, c.j. and g.r. kronschnabl (1995): ionospheric tomography: an algorithm enhancement, j. atmos. terr. phys., 57, 875-888. watermann, j., o. de la beaujardiére and f.j. rich (1993): comparison of ionospheric electrical conductances inferred from coincident radar and spacecraft measurements and photoionization models, j. atmos. terr. phys., 55, 1513-1520. miscellanea 553 annals of geophysics, vol. 51, n. 4 august 2008 key words geomagnetism – magnetic dating – relocation 1. introduction the geomagnetic field is commonly described through its potential, which can be represented by a spherical harmonic series. a series of coefficients (that are referred to as gauss coefficients) of the spherical functions are enough to accurately depict the features of the field for a given time. the international association of geomagnetism and aeronomy (iaga) publishes regularly estimates of the gauss coefficients at five-yearly intervals (maus et al., 2005) these constitute the so-called igrf models that cover the evolution of the geomagnetic field from 1900 up to present. another set of time-dependent gauss coefficients, covering the interval from 1590 to 1990, compose the gufm1 model by jackson et al. (2000). the historical part of the model is essentially based on ship log books. recently, both geomagnetic models (igrf9 and gufm1) have been used to compute the distribution of errors due to relocation of geomagnetic data (casas and incoronato, 2007). relocation is routinely carried out by archaeomagnetists and consists on reducing data to a central location. this procedure permits to compare geomagnetic data from different locaapplication of the relocation-error distribution on geomagnetic databases. analyses on the «historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue» lluís casas (1) and alberto incoronato (2) (1) departament de geologia, universitat autònoma de barcelona, spain (2) dipartimento di scienze della terra, università degli studi di napoli, italy abstract the reliability of the historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue, comprising 536 directions and 393 intensities, has been assessed by comparing the historical geomagnetic measurements with the gufm1 model predictions. such measurements were assessed at three selected relocation centres. for all the data contained in the catalogue it has been calculated the discrepancy between the relocated data and the gufm1-model prediction at the relocation centres. there is a correlation between relocation distance and the mean discrepancy. the upper limit of discrepancy assumable as relocation error has been selected using error distributions previously calculated using geomagnetic field models. angular and intensity threshold lines have been slightly shifted upwards to account for the estimated error of gufm1 model itself at the considered region, mainly due to the crustal field. the italian database proved to contain reliable data, as only a very low percentage of data (namely 14 directions and 20 intensities) can be considered anomalous. possible explanations for such questionable data are suggested. all the remaining data of this catalogue could thus be added to the databases used to produce regional or global geomagnetic models. mailing address: dr. lluís casas, departament de geologia, universitat autònoma de barcelona, edifici c, campus de la uab, 08193 bellaterra (cerdanyola del vallès), spain; e-mail: lluis.casas@uab.cat miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:41 pagina 553 554 l. casas and a. incoronato tions. the relocation process is usually performed using the «conversion via pole» method (cvp) and assumes a purely dipolar field within the area where the relocation is done. as is stated in casas and incoronato (2007) the distribution of relocation errors can be used by archaeomagnetists as an indication of the maximum error induced by such a practice. however, this conclusion is restricted to periods with similar or lower values of the ratio between dipole to non-dipole contributions than in the present geomagnetic field; this could cover at least the last 7000 years (korte and constable, 2005). fig. 1. map of italy and neighbouring areas with indication of several data locations: solid dots (•) indicate declination and inclination data at a given time from the historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue (cafarella et al., 1992a); open dots (�) indicate declination and inclination data at a given time from the database used to compute gufm1 model; small dots (·) indicate single data values (declination or inclination) from the database used to compute gufm1 model and finally open diamonds (�) indicate the three locations selected as relocation centres. miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:41 pagina 554 555 relocation-error distribution to analyse the «historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue» another possible application of the distribution of relocation errors can be found on observatory data from historical periods (last 400 years). the error distribution can be used to detect spurious data within historical geomagnetic databases. the historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue (cafarella et al., 1992a) has been used as a demonstrative example. this database, fully available at the cited reference (cafarella et al., 1992a) is an excellent compilation of declination, inclination and intensity data (both isolate and simultaneous determinations essentially from the 19th century) from many locations in italy obtained from libraries of old institutes and universities, as well as data from italian observatories (cafarella et al., 1992b). the limited resolution of historical (and older) models that often results in an imperfect representation of the non-dipole field structure, brings a worthy motive to apply the relocationerror distribution, which checks the self-consistency of data assemblies, instead of founding decisions on data quality solely on a geomagnetic field model. moreover, the methodology used and presented in this paper allows a quick survey on long lists of geomagnetic data without the need of computing the «true» values (from a global model) at every single location but only at a few selected relocation centres. 2. analysis on the historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue 2.1. methodology the geomagnetic field for the time period of the data from the italian catalogue is well described by the gufm1 model (jackson et al., fig. 2. comparison between the neapolitan geomagnetic data, circles, from the historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue (cafarella et al., 1992a) and the gufm1 (jackson et al., 2000) field model, grey line, in naples. inset: angular mismatch between data from the catalogue and the corresponding values computed using gufm1 model. miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:41 pagina 555 556 l. casas and a. incoronato 2000). it is worth to note that data from the italian catalogue were not used to build the gufm1 model (see fig. 1), one of the authors of this model (a. jackson) kindly provided us with the entire database used in his model and he also confirmed in a personal communication with the authors that the italian catalogue was not used to develop gufm1. however, the consistency between the italian catalogue and the model can be assessed by comparing the historical geomagnetic measurements made in naples (which is the most represented location within the italian catalogue) with the model predictions for this location (fig. 2), coefficient r2 is 0.995. the calculation of the relocation error for any given geomagnetic datum requires the knowledge of the «true» value of the magnitude considered (direction or intensity) at the relocation centre. relocation error distributions presented in casas and incoronato (2007) were calculated considering a grid of relocation centres. for each of them, geomagnetic data from neighbouring sites (within a radius of 1200 km) obtained from a model (igrf or gufm1) were relocated. the relocation error was calculated as the difference between the relocated data and the data predicted by the model at the relocation centre. relocation error distributions calculated using the historical database were computed similarly. the «true» values at the relocation centres were calculated using the gufm1 geomagnetic field model. data containing both declination and inclination of a given site and time were selected from the italian catalogue to carry out the directional analysis. for the intensity analysis, data containing both inclination and the horizontal fig. 3. angular discrepancy between the relocated italian-catalogue data and gufm1 values at viterbo as a function of relocation distance. correlation is apparent. miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 556 557 relocation-error distribution to analyse the «historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue» projection (h) of the magnetic vector were selected. all the selected data (536 directions and 393 intensity values) were relocated to each one of three central locations distributed along the italian latitude range (la spezia, viterbo and naples) and their alleged relocation error was evaluated as the discrepancy between the relocated values and the ones predicted according to the gufm1 model. the correlation between relocation distance and the mean «discrepancy» is the same found in casas and incoronato (2007). as an example the angular discrepancy between relocated data from the italian catalogue and gufm1 values at viterbo as a function of relocation distance is plotted in fig. 3. the correlation is apparent, r2 parameter is 0.167. to cancel out the dispersion effect the correlation parameter can be computed averaging the data at 10 km intervals, then r2 raises to 0.454 and using only data with a relocation distance lower than 450 km is already 0.815. however some data exhibit discrepancy values that cannot be explained as solely due to relocation error. the upper limit of discrepancy assumable as relocation error has been selected using error distributions presented in casas and incoronato (2007). figure 4 shows the evolution of the maximum values of relocation errors (both angular and intensity errors) through time according to the models. three types of maximum values have been plotted: the absolute global maxima, the maxima for the range of latitudes of italy and finally the actual italian maxima. the absolute global errors have kept increasing for the last 200 years, this is due to the decline of the dipole to non-dipole field ratio although it might be also partially due to the increasing resolution of the model for the most modern years. in any case, the local maximum errors (those across the italian latitude or simply those of the italian area) are similar and relatively constant through the time period analyzed. therefore, the upper limits of assumable discrepancy for fig. 4. evolution of the maximum values of (a) angular and (b) intensity relocation errors through time according to the gufm1 and igrf-9 models (dashed and continuous lines respectively). bold (italian maxima), dark grey (italian latitude maxima), light grey (global maxima). miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 557 558 l. casas and a. incoronato the italian region have been selected as 0.35º and 300 nt per every relocated hundred of kilometres. threshold lines have been shifted upwards 0.5º and 300 nt to account for the estimated error of gufm1 model itself at the considered region, which is mainly due to the crustal field (jackson, et al., 2000). this methodology allows a quick survey on long lists of geomagnetic data without the need of computing the «true» values (from a global model) at every single location but only at some relocation centres. 2.2. results figure 5 shows the discrepancy between relocated and predicted values at viterbo as a function of relocation distance. the shifted and unshifted upper limits have been plotted to reveal the outliers, though they show discrepancy values well above the average ones. the shift of the threshold lines reduces the number of outliers and can be considered as a cautious filter to avoid the exclusion of appropriate data. tables i and ii show the assembly of data that being relocated fail to lie below the line of assumable relocation error for at least one of the three relocation centres. these are 14 directions and 20 intensity data that could be regarded as anomalous. they only represent the 2.6% and the 5.1% of the total amount of directions and intensity values respectively. 3. discussion although some data are revealed as erroneous for any relocation centre considered, it is noticeable that every relocation centre has a higher sensitivity to detect outliers from nearby locations. for instance, spurious data from northern italy (milano, moncalieri…) are especially detected from la spezia, whereas spurious data from sicily (palermo, caltanissetta…) are particularly detected from naples. this indicates that the defined threshold could actually be logarithmic instead of linear. however, systematic evaluations described in casas and incoronato (2007) point to a linear dependence of the maximum errors up to relocation distances of 1200km. anyhow, this non-uniform sensitivity advises to perform this kind of analysis from a grid of relocation centres instead of a single central point. the anomalous values could be due to locally important crustal disturbances, for instance 50% of the spurious directional data comes from moncalieri and lanzo torinese (two locations from the piedmont only 30 km away from each other). these data were published by a single author (boddaert, 1907). however, most fig. 5. angular (a) and intensity (b) discrepancy between relocated data from the italian catalogue and gufm1 values at viterbo as a function of relocation distance. shifted line of maximum assumable relocation error has been plotted to identify anomalous data. miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 558 559 relocation-error distribution to analyse the «historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue» of the data in the italian database from these two locations and from superga, spelled as soperga in the database, (~10 km away from moncalieri) published by several authors lie just below the defined threshold. in fact, situating moncalieri and its surrounding locations on an aeromagnetic anomaly map of italy (caratori-tontini et al., 2004) one notices that they lie in a zone with important positive and negative magnetic anomalies and thus with important anomaly gradients which can result in high relocation errors. concerning the anomalous directional data from other locations, we could presume instrumental errors for one datum from naples (1829.5) and two data from rome (1640.5 and 1833.1) as they are the oldest measurements (comprising both declination and inclination) from these two locations. the correlation between time and angular mismatch observed in fig. 2 (inset) supports the signs of lower quality for the oldest data. although not being that old, possibly instrumental errors are also affecting the anomalous values registered in bormio and castelnuovo because they are detected for any of the three selected relocation centres and their associated relocation errors are several times the average relocation error values and thus the discrepancy cannot be merely attributed to the combined effect of relocation procedure and crustal field. anomalous intensity values can be partly explained by the low quality of their associated directional data which is fundamental to compute the relocation of intensity. for a significant part of the anomalous intensity data (40%) the associated declination values were not available and thus, for the relocation of the intensity, the position of the virtual pole obtained from a table i. directional data from the historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue (cafarella et al., 1992a) that fail to lie below the line of assumable relocation error for at least one of the three relocation centres: la spezia (s), viterbo (v) or naples (n). failure is indicated by ✓ sign. references are labelled according to cafarella et al. (1992a). location time reference s v n roma 1640.5 kircher*(1643) ✓ ✓ ✓ napoli 1829.5 fisher1 ✓ roma 1833.1 pianciani1 ✓ milano 1863.8 buzzetti*(1864) ✓ bormio 1887.0 chistoni*(1888) ✓ ✓ ✓ castel piano 1889.6 palazzo10 ✓ castelnuovo 1890.0 kesslitz10 ✓ ✓ ✓ moncalieri 1905.5 boddaert*(1907) ✓ moncalieri 1905.5 boddaert*(1907) ✓ lanzo torinese 1906.0 boddaert*(1907) ✓ moncalieri 1906.5 boddaert*(1907) ✓ moncalieri 1906.5 boddaert*(1907) ✓ moncalieri 1906.5 boddaert*(1907) ✓ lanzo torinese 1907.0 boddaert*(1907) ✓ ✓ miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 559 560 l. casas and a. incoronato table ii. intensity data from the historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue (cafarella et al., 1992a) that fail to lie below the line of assumable relocation error for at least one of the three relocation centres: la spezia (s), viterbo (v) or naples (n). failure is indicated by ✓ sign. values in italics indicate that the corresponding directional data (table i) also failed. references are labelled according to cafarella et al. (1992a). location time reference s v n napoli 1805.0 humboldt33 & humboldt1 ✓ ✓ ✓ a napoli 1829.5 fisher1 ✓ milano 1834.9 von waltershansen1 ✓ ✓ ✓ a firenze 1835.0 listing1 ✓ ✓ ✓ a palermo 1836.0 listing1 ✓ ✓ roma 1838.4 bache1 ✓ a mantova 1846.6 kreil1 ✓ ✓ ✓ napoli 1859.5 fox1 ✓ a ruta 1859.5 fox1 ✓ a spoleto 1859.5 fox1 ✓ a napoli 1860.3 quetelet1 ✓ ✓ a milano 1863.8 buzzetti*(1864) ✓ roma 1870.6 braun1 ✓ napoli 1871.0 secchi1 ✓ trapani 1881.0 chistoni*(1881) ✓ palermo 1881.9 chistoni*(1881) ✓ catania 1882.0 chistoni10 ✓ ✓ ✓ catania 1882.0 chistoni10 ✓ ✓ ✓ arenzano 1885.9 chistoni10 ✓ caltanisetta 1890.6 chistoni10 ✓ adeclination values were not available. nearby location datum of similar age was used. the higher incidence of such kind of values compared with their occurrence (9%) within the general database of intensity values is evidence for the additional source of error due to the lack of knowledge of declination. two more data have directional values already detected as anomalous and thus the corresponding relocated intensity could lack of meaning. it is worth noting that in these cases the original (non-relocated) intensity values could be in fact not erroneous at all. finally, from the 9 remaining anomalous intensity values it is remarkable the high rate of data from sicily (6 values from 5 miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 560 561 relocation-error distribution to analyse the «historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue» different locations) although it is difficult to explain this geographical concentration in terms of crustal anomalies as the sicilian directional data does not appear as doubtful. 4. conclusions the distribution of relocation errors calculated using igrf-9 and gufm1 models has been applied to a historical geomagnetic database (the historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue) to detect abnormal data. specific conclusions (on the italian database) and general conclusions (on the approach used) can be drawn. the italian database has proven to contain reliable data, only a very low percentage of data (14 directions and 20 intensities) can be considered anomalous. this catalogue could thus be added to the databases used to produce regional or global geomagnetic models. some reasons can be hypothesized to explain some of the outliers: i) poor quality of the measurements, this appears to correlate with the oldest data, ii) intensity data can appear anomalous as a consequence of the poor quality of their associated directional data, iii) local crustal disturbances of the internal field, grounds for this effect are found for several data from the piedmont area. the latter reason implies that not all anomalous values are actually erroneous; discrepancies can arise from the fact that gufm1 model was devised as a model for the core-mantle boundary and its extrapolation to the earth’s surface disregards crustal contributors. the described methodology takes advantage of the higher resolution of the geomagnetic models that describe the present field to define the limits to decide whether a value is consistent or requires additional explanation. simple comparison between the historical geomagnetic database values and its corresponding values computed from a model would evade an overview on the global structure of the field and it would be difficult to establish acceptance limits as there are no uncertainty indications related to the values predicted by the model. a secondary advantage of the described methodology over the simple comparison between every single data and its value computed from a model is precisely the fact that it is not necessary to compute all the data through the model. this could be important whenever the model is difficult to compute or simply not computable for some areas (e.g. when using a non-global model to evaluate data that lie outside the application limits of the model, the data could be relocated to a centre within the application area). finally, even without any model at all, the approach presented here could be used as a way to check the self-consistency of any assembly of data by relocating contemporaneous data to every neighbouring available data location. this should be helpful in areas where the existing models predict the field based on only a few historical records and specially when dealing with assemblies of archaeomagnetic data from a given area. acknowledgments financial support from aarch – research training network (ue, contract n. prnct2002-00219) and eme2005-42 projects is acknowledged. the paper benefited from constructive reviews by two anonymous reviewers. references boodaert, d. (1907): misure magnetiche nei dintorni di torino. declinazione e inclinazione, memoria della r. accademia delle scienze di torino, 58, series 2, 397-450. cafarella, l., a. de santis and a. meloni (1992a): the historical italian geomagnetic data catalogue, ing, rome, pp. 160. cafarella, l., a. de santis and a. meloni (1992b): secular variation in italy from historical geomagnetic field measurements, phys. of the earth and planet. int., 73 (3-4), 206-221. caratori-tontini, f., p. stefanelli, i. giori, o. faggioni and c. carmisciano (2004): the revised aeromagnetic anomaly map of italy, annals of geophysics, 47 (5), 1547-1555. casas, ll. and a. incoronato, (2007): distribution analysis of errors due to relocation of geomagnetic data using the «conversion via pole» (cvp) method: implications on archaeomagnetic data, geophys. j. int., 169, 448-454. jackson, a., a jonkers, and m. walker (2000): four centuries of geomagnetic secular variation from historical records, phil. trans. r. soc. lond., a. 358, 957-990. korte, m. and c.g. constable, (2005): the geomagnetic miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 561 562 l. casas and a. incoronato dipole moment over the last 7000 years–new results from a global model, earth and planet. sc. letters, 236, 348–358. maus, s., s. macmillan, t. chernova, s. choi, d. dater, v. golovkov, v. lesur, f. lowes, h. lühr, w. mai, s. mclean, n. olsen, m. rother, t. sabaka, a. thomson and t. zvereva (2005): the 10th generation international geomagnetic reference field, phys. of the earth and planet. int. 151 (3-4), 320-322. (received march 26, 2008; accepted april 23, 2008) miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 562 annals of geophysics, 60, 2, 2017; s0216; doi:10.4401/ag-7077 seda a software package for the statistical earthquake data analysis: a tutorial application to the 2009 l’aquila and the 2012 emilia (italia) sequences anna maria lombardi 1 1 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy article history received september 6, 2016; accepted november 30, 2016. subject classification: earthquake interactions and probability, statistical analysis, algorithms and implementation. abstract the main purpose of this paper is to provide a tutorial application of sedav1.0, the first version of a software package, recently designed for the statistical analysis of earthquake data. sedav1.0 consists of a user-friendly matlab-based interface, to facilitate the interaction with the application, and of a computational core of fortran codes, to guarantee fast running times. the main part of sedav1.0 is devoted to the etas modeling. for the first time, an almost complete set of consistent tools based on etas models is collected in a single, free software. moreover, seda guarantees the research reproducibility, which is becoming an increasingly major concern among scientists. the peculiarities of some routines of sedav1.0 are discussed in this paper, by the application to two important recent seismic sequences occurred in italy. specifically, the paper illustrates how using sedav1.0, to estimate the completeness magnitude and the b-value, to set and test the etas model and, finally, to identify the earthquakes sequences, basing on causal connections. 1. introduction this paper describes the use of the first version of seda (statistical earthquake data analysis, sedav1.0), a new software designed for the statistical analysis of earthquake data, by the application to two recent sequences occurred in italy. the tools collected in sedav1.0 are classified in two main topics (lombardi, 2016). the first class, called catalog analysis, allows the descriptive analysis of an earthquake catalog, the selection of its subsets and the estimation of the magnitude distribution. this set of tools includes original, but not innovative, codes and supports the user, in managing the database and in evaluating its homogeneity and magnitude completeness. the second group of tools, called etas model, is designed for the analysis of an earthquake database by the etas (epidemic type aftershock sequence) modeling (ogata, 1988; 1998). it is the core of sedav1.0 and contains original and partially innovative fortran codes. the design of software as sedav1.0 is requested by the code share policy, which is a main point for the reproducibility of published research results and highly recommended by the most important scientific journals (nature editors, 2014a). sharing a code means that the source or the executable code is freely accessible to the public. this allows replication of results, which is a key concept in science, and ensures that the scientific community can apply the methodology to their own data, without the need of re-implementing the algorithms. moreover, the free distribution of a code allows the evaluation of its performance and helps the comparison of different methodologies. sedav1.0 is freely provided via the zenodo open access platform (https://zenodo.org/), a service that allows deposit and doi assignment to software, besides of ensuring an easy and stable access. please refer to https://zenodo.org/record/55277 to download the first version of seda for the mac operating system (a windows version will be available soon), including the user manual. some technical details about sedav1.0 are discussed also in lombardi (2016). this paper illustrates the use of sedav1.0, by mean of an application to two important sequences, occurred in italy in the last years, following the l’aquila (april 6, 2009, ml5.9) and the emilia (may 20, 2012, ml5.9) earthquakes (see figure 1). firstly, i estimate the completeness and the b-value for the magnitude distribution. second, the etas model, implemented in sedav1.0, is applied and tested on both sequences. finally, the procedure for sequences identification is presented and discussed. s0216 lombardi 2. cases study: the 2009 ml5.9 l’aquila and the 2012 ml5.9 emilia sequences the l’aquila and the emilia sequences are located in areas with different tectonic structure and have specific peculiarities. the l’aquila region is inside the central apennines belt, with prevalent normal faulting, whereas the emilia area covers alluvial lowland, with thrust faulting. the l’aquila mainshock was preceded by at least 3 months of moderate-size seismicity and struck an highly hazardous seismic zone of italy (stucchi et al., 2010). the emilia sequence, occurred in a relatively low seismic hazard area, was characterized by a migration of the seismicity towards the e and ne and its strongest aftershock (may 29, 2012, ml5.8) has a magnitude close to the mainshock. the data of the italian seismicity are downloaded from the site of the official ingv bulletin, www.iside.rm.ingv.it. i select the events occurred from april 16, 2005 up to april 30 2016. the starting data marks the start-up of a new seismic network, causing a significant improvement of the earthquakes detection (bono and badiali, 2005; schorlemmer et al., 2010). the areas interested by the l’aquila and the emilia sequences are [13.15-13.65e, 42.10-42.70n] and [10.60-11.80e, 44.70-45.10n], respectively (see figure 1). the ingv bulletin collects 29,787 events (ml from 0.1 to 5.9 and depth above 28km), inside the first area, and 3,014 earthquakes (ml from 1.2 to 5.9 and depth above 37km), in the emilia region. the lower minimum magnitude of the l’aquila dataset is due to 5˚ 5˚ 10˚ 15˚ 15˚ 20˚ 20˚ 35˚ 35˚ 40˚ 40˚ 45˚ 45˚ 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 13˚30' 42˚30' 11˚00' 11˚30' 45˚00' de pt h l’aquila emilia figure 1. map of italian seismicity, occurred from 04/16/2005 to 01/05/2016, with magnitude above ml2.5 and depth above 40kms. the blue rectangles identify the areas of the two most important sequences of the last years: the april 6, 2009 l’aquila (ml5.9) and the may 20, 2012 emilia (ml5.9) sequences, of which seismicity is zoomed in the smaller panels. blue stars mark the events with magnitude above ml5.0. 2 a tutorial application of software seda the dense seismic network in this zone, whereas the deeper events of the emilia region are generated from the deep thrusting structures, well-recognized in this zone (vannoli et al., 2015). in the following sections i present and discuss the data analysis. the title of each of them contains, in the brackets, the reference to the sedav1.0 tools, used for the specific application discussed inside. all the results refer to a retrospective analysis: the parameters of the etas model are set on relocated earthquake data, including those of the l’aquila and emilia sequences. this strongly differs from the purely prospective, real-time earthquake forecast experiments, made during the l’aquila and the emilia seismic emergencies, using provisional data and models independently set (marzocchi and lombardi, 2009; marzocchi et al., 2012). 3. completeness magnitude and b-value estimation (catalog analysis tool “b-value analysis”) this first part of sedav1.0 is devoted to a quick descriptive analysis of an earthquake catalog, including the subsets selection and the magnitude completeness and b-value analysis (lombardi, 2016). in sedav1.0 the gutenberg-richer law is adopted for magnitudes; it has the following probability density function (1) where β=b⋅ln(10) is a parameter and mc is the completeness magnitude of the database. further magnitude distributions will be added in future versions. sedav1.0 assumes a magnitude step of 0.1 and uses two methods to estimate b and mc: the mc and b-value stability method (mbs; cao and gao, 2002; woessner and wiemer, 2005) and the goodness of fit test method (gft; wiemer and wyss, 2000). this last is performed in sedav1.0 both at 90% and at 95% confidence levels. moreover, sedav1.0 fixes a magnitude range equal to 0.5 to calculate the b-value means for the mbs method (see woessner and wiemer, 2005, for details). i run the sedav1.0 “b-value analysis” tool on the l’aquila and emilia databases. previous studies, based on the national seismic network detection, defined mc = 2.5 as a reasonable completeness magnitude for most of the italian territory, starting from april 16 2005 (schorlemmer et al., 2010). by applying the sedav1.0 “b-value analysis” tool on the l’aquila region, i find a completeness local magnitude mc=1.2, 1.5 and 1.8 by mean of the gft(90%), gft(95%) and mbs methods, respectively (table 1). the related b-values are b=0.85, 1.0 and 1.1. i find larger, more consistent, values of mc=2.1, 2.2, 2.2 for the emilia area, while the related b-values are b=0.9, 0.97, 0.97. the larger completeness magnitude of the emilia region, respect to l’aquila area, is due to the larger depth of the events and to the lower detection of the national seismic network. all the above results are consistent with schorlemmer et al. (2010). previous estimation does not take into account any possible temporal variations of the completeness magnitude. figure 2 shows the time/magnitude plots of the seismicity, soon after the occurrence of the strongest events of both sequences (april 06 2009, ml5.9, for the l’aquila sequence; may 20 2012, ml5.9, and may 29 2012, ml 5.8, for the emilia sequence). they reveal an increase of the minimum detection magnitude up to ml2.5. the values of mc and b, estimated on the seismicity of the first 12 hours after the strongest events, are reported in table1. for both sequences there is a significant increase of mc, up to ml2.5, respect to the overall sequence. moreover, the b-values decrease down to 0.7, in the emilia region. for all above said, i select the events above mc=2.5 for both sequences. the inferred b-values are 1.1 and 1.0 for the l’aquila (1153 events) and the emilia (964 events) regions, respectively (see table1 and figure 3). f (m)= β ⋅exp −β ⋅ m−mc( )⎡⎣ ⎤⎦ 2012.3825 2012.383 2012.3835 2012.384 2012.3845 2012.385 2012.3855 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 2009.26 2009.2605 2009.261 2009.2615 2009.262 2009.2625 2009.263 2009.2635 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 time (year) m ag ni tu de l’aquila emilia 2012.407 2012.4075 2012.408 2012.4085 2012.409 2012.4095 2012.41 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 emiliaml5.8 29 may 2012 ml5.9 20 may 2012 ml5.9 06 april 2009 figure 2. time-magnitude plot for the events occurred in the first day, after the strongest events, of the l’aquila and the emilia sequences. the plot shows an increase of the detection in the first hours after their occurrence. 3 lombardi magnitude 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 lo g1 0 of n um be r of e ar th qu ak es 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 fixed mc cumulative number histogram gr fit b fix mc = 0.31 (0.00) mc: 2.5 b fix mc = 1.08 (0.03) magnitude 1 2 3 4 5 6 lo g1 0 of n um be r of e ar th qu ak es 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 fixed mc cumulative number histogram gr fit b fix mc = 0.37 (0.00) mc: 2.5 b fix mc = 0.99 (0.04) a) b) figure 3. b-value estimation for the l’aquila and the emilia databases, obtained by sedav1.0, fixing mc=2.5. 4. etas model the core of sedav1.0 is a set of tools related to the temporal-magnitude (tm) and the time-magnitude-space (tms) etas modeling. a so comprehensive set of tools, based on etas, is collected in a single, free software, for the first time. some packages are been developed and made available in the past, but they refer to different versions of the etas model and allow only a partial analysis of an earthquake catalog (see lombardi, 2016, for a comprehensive list). sedav1.0 collects two classes of tools, based on the etas model. specifically, the etas basic tools are the most important algorithms concerning an etas model. they allow the estimation of the model (parameters and background), the log-likelihood calculation, the declustering of the catalog, the testing of an etas model on data, forecasting calculations and the simulations of earthquakes databases. the etas additional tools are designed to deep the investigation of a catalog. they allow the calculation of the background/triggering probabilities for all events, the selection of sequences and the computation of retrospective forecasts. the conditional intensities of the tm and tms etas models, implemented in seda are, respectively: (2) where f(m) = β ⋅exp −β ⋅(m−mc)[ ] 1−exp −β ⋅(mmax −mc)[ ] is the magnitude probability density function and mmax is the maximum magnitude allowed; ht is the history of the process up the time t; λtm t,m|ht( )= µ+ k⋅exp α ⋅ mi −mc( )⎡⎣ ⎤⎦ (t −ti +c) p ti95% and are more stable for smaller values of pl, down to about 75% for l’aquila and 60% for emilia. the remaining values of pl are probably too small for an unequivocal assignment of the events to the sequences, given also the limited size of both catalogs, due to the relatively high value of mc. 4.4 retrospective forecast (etas additional tool “retrospective forecast”) the retrospective forecast gives a further possibility to test a model. the “retrospective forecast” sedav1.0 tool was implemented in a module apart from the other tests, among the etas additional tools, since it is not still a formalized test. it currently consists in comparing the overall expected number of events above a magnitude mf≥mc, given by the catalog, with the analogue values, given by a certain number of simulated catalogs. specifically, sedav1.0 computes the forecasts fri tm (tm model) and frij tms (tms model) (i.e. the number of expected events, conditional on the past) for the i-th simulated catalog, by the formulae (7) where ht i is the history up time t, collected in the i-th simulated catalog. these quantities represent a probability distribution for the etas forecasts and give the probabilities to have larger values of the “observed” expected values frtm or frj tms, obtained by replacing the actual observed history ht, in formulas (7). the retrospective forecast can provide an impora tutorial application of software seda pi ej( )= 1 isi ,k=isj ,k{ }k=1 nrun ∑ nrun figure 10. screenshot from sedav1.0 showing the results of the l’aquila sequence identification for pl=0.95, choosing as target event the mainshock (april 6 2009, ml5.9; see text for details). the figure shows the time-magnitude plot of the identified events. figure 11. temporal limits (blue line) and number of events (red line) as functions of the probability threshold pl for both the l’aquila and the emilia sequences. the target events are the mainshocks (april 06 2009 ml 5.9 for the l’aquila and may 20 2012 ml 5.9 for the emilia). the probability threshold pl goes from 0 to 1, with a step of 0.01 (see text for details). pl 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 ti m e 01/01/09 01/01/10 01/01/11 01/01/12 01/01/13 01/01/14 01/01/15 01/01/16 01/01/17 l’aquila n e v 400 600 800 1000 1200 pl 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 ti m e 01/01/12 01/01/13 01/01/14 01/01/15 01/01/16 01/01/17 emilia n e v 600 800 1000 fri tm = λtmmf mmax ∫t1 t 2 ∫ (t,m|hti)dtdm frij tms = λ(t,x,y,m|ht i )dtdxdydm mf mmax ∫c j∫∫t1 t2 ∫ 9 lombardi tant feedback, regarding the performance of the etas model and may be applied in different way, by varying the forecast time period or the threshold forecast magnitude mf. two specific applications are shown in the following. the first is an evaluation of the probability to have an event above ml5.0, in the l’aquila area, during the day april 06 2009, when the mainshock actually occurred. in the second example, i compute the probability to have an event above ml5.5, during the day may 29 2012, in which the strongest aftershock occurred (see figure 12). in the first example, i set as learning period april 16 2005, 00:00:00 april 06 2009, 00:00:00 and i computes the forecasts frij tms by mean of 10,000 simulations. the value of mf is 5.0 and the forecast period is april 06 2009, 00:00:00 april 07 2009, 00:00:00. the overall median expected rate median{ } is equal to 0.0039 (the 95% confidence interval is [0.0029 0.015]). the observed value is equal to 0.32 that is outside the inferred distribution. 3 on 10,000 simulated catalogs have 2 events above ml5.0, as actually occurred in the forecast day. in the second example, related to the emilia sequence, the forecast period is may 29 2012, 00:00:00 – may 30 2012, 00:00:00 and mf=5.5. sedav1.0 gives an overall median expected rate equal to 0.0071 and a 95% confidence interval [0.0042 0.021]. the observed value is 0.16 that is outside the inferred distribution. 90 simulated catalogs on 10,000 have 1 event above ml5.5, at least, as actually observed. the comparison of these last results with those obtained by the model testing (see subsection 4.2) shows a good ability of the etas model to reproduce the overall seismic rate, but also the “unpredictability” of the time occurrence of specific strong shocks. 5. conclusions: the future of seda the program seda, presented in this paper, has been developed with the main aim of allowing an easy use of the tools. specifically, the matlab gui facilitates the user control and allows the display of the results. moreover the modular design of the gui allows an easy upgrade of the actual version and the inclusion of new modules. for the first time, the most important operations concerning the etas model are collected in a single, free, user-friendly, software. from a scientific point of view, the most important novelties are the estimation method: this ensures the reaching of the overall best solution and gives an effective evaluation of the model uncertainties. particular care has been taken in developing the algorithms for the model testing and for the identification of sequences. seda has been developed in order to guarantee the reproducibility of research. the computational methods used in many published papers are often not fully explained or described. this is due both to confrij tms j=1 nc ∑ ;i =1,...,10000 a) b) figure 12. screenshots from sedav1.0 showing the results of the retrospective forecasting for the l’aquila and the emilia sequences. a) retrospective forecasting of the seismicity occurred from april 06 2009, 00:00:00 to april 07 2009, 00:00:00, in the l’aquila area, with mf=5.0 and 10,000 simulations. the histogram shows the distribution of the number of events above 5.0 for the simulations. the observed number is 2. b) retrospective forecasting of the seismicity occurred from may 29 2012, 00:00:00 to may 30 2012, 00:00:00, in the emilia area, with mf=5.5 and 10,000 simulations. the map shows the spatial distribution of the expected median number of events (median { }) above 5.5 for each cell cj (of size 0.01°x0.01°). frjj=1 nc ∑ tms frij tms j=1 nc ∑ ;i =1,...,10000 10 straints imposed by the traditional research papers and to the reluctance to share intellectual property. as a consequence, it is difficult to reproduce research results, to verify their correctness and to build on them in future research and applications. reproducible research has become a prominent issue in several academic fields (see, for example, liu et al., 2015; irving, 2015, among many others published papers). journals as science and nature have published numerous articles about reproducibility and editorials in favor of policies that promote open science. finally the code sharing should at least lead to better quality of codes themselves (nature editors, 2014a; 2014b; mcnutt, 2014; geoscientific model development editors, 2013). the main aim of this paper is to provide a tutorial example for the use of sedav1.0, but it gives also important information on the etas modeling. the analysis reported here clearly shows that the two sets of etas parameters, estimated on the l’aquila and the emilia regions, are surprisingly very similar, considering the different regional tectonic settings of two sequences. significant differences are found only for the μ and α parameters (see table 2). the first parameter is a proxy of the seismic potential of the zone and the estimated values reveal the lower hazard of the emilia region. the α parameter is related to the magnitude distribution and to the presence of large aftershocks in major sequences. the magnitude distribution of the emilia dataset shows a clear bump for magnitudes above ml4.5. the l’aquila sequence has 5 aftershocks above ml5.0, with a magnitude ranging from ml5.0 to ml5.4, whereas the emilia sequence has 8 aftershocks above ml5.0, having a maximum magnitude equal to ml5.8. this may be the reason of the lower α value estimated for the emilia dataset. the tests of the etas models and the retrospective forecast calculations reveal a good agreement with observations (see figures 8 and 9). specifically, the inferred models are able to predict the temporal evolution of the overall rate, without the inclusion of time-varying parameters. nevertheless, they do not have good skill in forecasting specific large earthquakes and the following sudden increase of the seismic rate (figure 12). the future of seda is somewhat unclear and will be driven by research interests and by the collaborations, besides of suggestions and criticism. anyway, some advances and improvements are already scheduled (lombardi, 2016). great effort has been devoted to test all the tools of sedav1.0, nevertheless some undetected errors may exist and some features may remain cryptic to many users. please, send an e-mail at the address annamaria.lombardi@ingv.it, for questions, suggestions or bugs to report. references bono, a. and l. badiali (2005). pwl personal wavelab 1.0, an object-oriented workbench for seismogram analysis on windows system, comput. geosci., 31, 55-64. cao, a.m. and s.s. gao (2002). temporal variation of seismic b-values beneath northeastern japan island arc, geoph. res. lett., 29(9), doi:10.1029/ 2001gl013775. geoscientific model development editors (2013). editorial: the publication of geoscientific model developments v1.0, geosci. model dev., 6, 1233– 1242, doi:10.5194/gmd-6-1233-2013. harte, d. (2010). ptprocess: an r package for modelling marked point processes indexed by time, j. stat. softw., 35(8). ingber, l. (1996). adaptive simulated annealing (asa): lessons learned. control cybern, 25(1):33-54. irving, d. (2015). a minimum standard for publishing computational results in the weather and climate sciences, bull. am. met. soc., doi:10.1175/ bams-d-1500010.1. liu, l., s. peng, c. zhang, r. li, b. wang, c. sun, q. liu, l. dong, l. li, y. shi, y. he, w. zhao and g. yang (2015). importance of bitwise identical reproducibility in earth system modeling and status report. geosci. model dev., 8, 4375–4400, doi:10.5194/gmdd-8-4375-2015. lombardi, a.m. and w. marzocchi (2007). evidence of clustering and nonstationarity in the time distribution of large worldwide earthquakes, j. geoph. res., 112, b02303; doi:10.1029/2006jb004568. lombardi a.m. (2014). some reasoning on the relm-csep likelihood-based tests, earth planets space, 66(4). lombardi a.m. (2015). estimation of the parameters of etas models by simulated annealing, sc. rep., feb 12;5:8417. doi: 10.1038/srep08417. lombardi a.m. (2016). seda a software package for the statistical earthquake data analysis, sc. rep., accepted. marzocchi, w. and a.m. lombardi (2009). real-time forecasting following a damaging earthquake, geoph. res. lett., 36, l21302; doi:10.1029/ 2009gl040233. marzocchi, w., m. murru, a.m. lombardi, g. falcone and r. console (2012). daily earthquake forecast a tutorial application of software seda 11 lombardi during the may-june 2012 emilia earthquakes sequence (northern italy), ann. geophy., 55(4), 561567, doi: 10.4401/ag-6161. mcnutt, m. (2014). journals unite for reproducibility, science 346 (6210), 679, doi:10.1126/science. aaa1724. nature editors (2014a). code share. papers in nature journals should make computer code accessible where possible, nature, 514, 536, doi:10.1038/514536a. nature editors (2014b). journals unite for reproducibility. consensus on reporting principles aims to improve quality control in biomedical research and encourage public trust in science, nature, 515 doi:10.1038/ 515007a. ogata, y. (1988). statistical models for earthquake occurrences and residual analysis for point processes, j. am. stat. assoc., 83, 9-27. ogata, y. (1998). space-time point-process models for earthquake occurrences, ann. i. stat. math., 50, 379-402. ogata, y. (2006). ism computer science monographs, no. 33, the institute of statistical mathematics, tokyo, japan. schorlemmer, d., m.c. gerstenberger, s. wiemer, d.d. jackson and d.a. rhoades (2007). earthquake likelihood model testing, seism. res. lett., vol. 78, no. 1, 17-29. schorlemmer, d., f. mele and w. marzocchi (2010). a completeness analysis of the national seismic network of italy, j. geophy. res., 115, b04308; doi: 10.1029/2008jb006097. stucchi, m., c. meletti, a. rovida, v. d’amico and a.a. gomez capera (2010). historical earthquake and seismic hazard of the l’aquila area, progettazione sismica, 3, 23-34. vannoli, p., p. burrato, and g. valensise (2015). the seismotectonics of the po plain (northern italy): tectonic diversity in a blind faulting domain, pure appl. geophys., 172, 1105-1142. wiemer, s. and m. wyss (2000). minimum magnitude of complete reporting in earthquake catalogs: examples from alaska, the western united states, and japan, bull. seism. soc. am., 90, 859–869. woessner, j. and s. wiemer (2005). assessing the quality of earthquake catalogues: estimating the magnitude of completeness and its uncertainty, bull. seism. soc. am., 95 (2), 684-698. zhuang, j., y. ogata and d. vere-jones (2004). analyzing earthquake clustering features by using stochastic reconstruction, j. geophy. res., 109. *corresponding author: anna maria lombardi, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy email: annamaria.lombardi@ingv.it 2017 by istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved 12 overview on the ‘atmospheric emissions from volcanoes’ special issue annals of geophysics, fast track 2, 2014; doi: 10.4401/ag-6753 1 overview on the ‘atmospheric emissions from volcanoes’ special issue shona mackie1*, stefano corradini2, simona scollo3 and i. mattew watson1 1 school of earth sciences, university of bristol, bristol, u.k., 2 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, cnt, rome, italy 3 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, osservatorio etneo, catania, italy * shona.mackie@bristol.ac.uk i. introduction he session ‘atmospheric emissions from volcanoes’ formed part of the 2014 general assembly of the european geosciences union (egu), held in vienna from 27 april to 2 may. this special issue presents some of the work that was discussed during the session. volcanoes are a pathway between the lithosphere and atmosphere and are prodigious sources of fine ash < 63 micron diameters) and gases. it is estimated that they emit 1200 (+/500) mt of h2o and 600 (+/-200) mt co2 into the atmosphere annually [burton et al., 2013], as well as a range of trace gases, including 9 (+/ 1.5) mt so2 and h2s [halmer et al., 2002], and less well constrained amounts of halogen-bearing species, including hcl, hf, hbr and other gases [symonds et al., 1994]. volcanic plumes are complex, multi-phase physico-chemical environments and there are many reasons why it is important that we understand, monitor and predict their evolution. they provide an opportunity to investigate subsurface processes [e.g. aiuppa et al., 2007; holland et al., 2011]; they can have a profound impact on the local environment, affecting human, animal and crop health [e.g. delmelle, 2003; hansell et al., 2006]; they can affect both local and regional climate [e.g. robock, 2000; oppenheimer, 2003; gao et al., 2008] and they can present a significant hazard to aviation [e.g. casadevall, 1994; prata and tupper, 2009; thomas and prata, 2011]. satellite remote sensing has been used to detect [prata, 1989] and quantify [wen and rose, 1994] the presence of volcanic ash and so2 for decades, facilitating the creation of global inventories such as that compiled by carn et al. [2003]. more recently, the eruption of eyjafjallajokull in april and may 2010 highlighted the need to incorporate interpretations from satellite remote sensing data into operational procedures. the eruption also demonstrated some of the risks in using so2 as a proxy for volcanic ash, a practice sometimes followed because so2 is typically more straightforward (relative to ash) to detect in infrared observations, which are readily available day and night [thomas and prata, 2011]. in fact, when ash and so2 are co-erupted it can be challenging to separate their individual signals [prata and kerkmann, 2007; corradini et al., 2009; kearney and watson 2009]. recently launched hyperspectral imagers such as airs and iasi provide new opportunities for more advanced retrievals of ash, so2 and other species associated with volcanic eruptions t annals of geophysics, fast track 2, 2014 2 [carn et al., 2009; carboni et al., 2012; mackie and watson, 2014]. ground based instrumentation is also used for monitoring volcanic ash, both near and far from the volcanic source. weather radar has historically provided data that can be used to infer volcanic plume properties [e.g. harris and rose, 1983; marzano et al., 2010]. lidar and sun-photometer networks covering large geographical areas provide valuable measurements that can often provide information on parameters that are useful to the interpretation of satellite observations, and can well-constrained estimates of plume concentration and altitude [e.g. ansmann et al., 2010; gasteiger et al., 2011, scollo et al., 2012]. in addition, ground based instruments have the advantage of providing a different perspective in the case of thick volcanic plumes, particularly when these are at higher altitudes [scollo et al., 2014], since they are generally most sensitive to the base and lower layers of a volcanic plume, while satellite-borne instruments are generally more sensitive to the uppermost part of the plume. observations from ground-based instrumentation have been used to validate dispersion models and satellite-derived estimates of plume characteristics [e.g. devenish et al., 2012]. dispersion models are used to predict the evolution of a volcanic plume in space and time and form the basis of advice issued by volcanic ash advisory centres (vaacs). different vaacs use different models [witham et al., 2007], and there is a growing effort to incorporate observation data from satellite and/or ground-based systems in order to constrain the model predictions [stohl et al., 2010]. ii. special issue content in this special issue, koukouli et al. report on a satellite-based observation system for monitoring volcanic emissions, which is validated using observations from airand ground-based instrumentation. corradini et al. present a comparison between inversion procedures for the volcanic ash and so2 retrievals using synthetic multispectral satellite-based measurements. a technique for exploiting the output from dispersion models to constrain the ash properties retrieved from satellite data is presented by steensen et al., and spinetti et al. presents a study examining estimates of so2 flux from lava fountains on mount etna that are inferred from observations made by different satellite sensors, and by a ground-based observation network. advancements in the exploitation of radar measurements of volcanic plumes are proposed and demonstrated by marzano et al., and aranzulla et al. present a demonstration of how the global positioning system can be used to monitor volcanic emissions. trace elements present in volcanic plumes are investigated through soil analysis in a study by daskalopoulou et al., and through biomonitoring by calabrese et al. four studies focusing on dispersion modelling are also presented. wilkins et al. demonstrate a method for the assimilation of satellite-derived ash properties into a dispersion model, while egan et al. present a case study focusing on so2 dispersion, and pattantyus et al. and businger et al. use an ensemble approach to model so2 and sulphate aerosol dispersion. references [aiuppa et al., 2007] aiuppa, a., r. moretti, c. federico, g. giudice, s. gurrieri, m. liuzzo, p. papale, h. shinohara and valenza m. (2007). forecasting etna eruptions by real-time observation of volcanic gas composition, geology, 35, 1115-1118. [ansmann et al., 2010] ansmann, a., m. teche, s. gross, v. freudenthaler, p. seifert, a. hiebsch, j. schmidt, u. wandinger, i. mattis, d. mueller and weigner m. (2010). the 16 april 2010 major volcanic ash plume over central europe: earlinet lidar and aeronet photometer observations at leipzig and munich, germany, geophys. res. lett., 37. [burton et al., 2002] burton, m. r., g. m. sawannals of geophysics, fast track 2, 2014 3 yer, and granieri d.(2002). deep carbon emissions from volcanoes, rev. mineral. geochem., 75, 323-354. [carboni et al., 2010] carboni, e., r. grainger, j. walker, a. dudhia and siddans r. (2012). a new scheme for sulphur dioxide retrieval from iasi measurements: application to the eyjafjallajökull eruption of april and may 2010, atmos. chem. phys., 12, 11417-11434. [carn et a;., 2003] carn, s. a., a. j. krueger, g. s. j. bluth, s. j. schaefer, n. a. krotkov, i. m. watson and datta s. (2003). volcanic eruption detection by the total ozone mapping spectrometer (toms) instruments: a 22-year record of sulphur dioxide and ash emissions, geological society, london, special publications, 213, 177-202. [carn et al., 2009] carn, s. a., a. j. krueger, n. a. krotkov, k. yang and evans k. (2009). tracking volcanic sulfur dioxide clouds for aviation hazard mitigation, nat. hazards, 51, 325-343. [casadevall et al., 1994] casadevall, t. j. (1994), ed. volcanic ash and aviation safety: proceedings of the first international symposium on volcanic ash and aviation safety, vol. 2047, diane publishing. [corradini et al., 2009] corradini, s., l. merucci and prata a. j. (2009). retrieval of so 2 from thermal infrared satellite measurements: correction procedures for the effects of volcanic ash, atmospheric measurement techniques, 2, 177-191. [delmelle et al., 2003] delmelle, p. (2003). environmental impacts of tropospheric volcanic gas plumes, special publication, geological society of london, 213, 381-400. [devenish et al., 2012] devenish, b. j., d. j. thomson, f. marenco, s. j. leadbetter, h. ricketts and dacre h. f. (2012). a study of the arrival over the united kingdom in april 2010 of the eyjafjallajokull ash cloud using groundbased lidar and numerical simulations, atmos. environ., 48, 152-164. [gao et al., 2008] gao, c., a. robock and ammann c. (2008). volcanic forcing of climate over the past 1500 years: an improved ice core‐based index for climate models, j. geophys. res-atmos., 113, d23. [gasteiger et al., 2011] gasteiger, j., s. gross, v. freudenhaler and wiegner m. (2011). volcanic ash from iceland over munich: mass concentration from ground-based remote sensing measurements, atmos. chem. phys., 11, 2209-2223. [halmer et al., 2002] halmer, m. m., h-u. schmincke, and graf h-f. (2002). the annual volcanic gas input into the atmosphere, in particular into the stratosphere: a global data set for the past 100 years, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 115, 511-528. [hansell et al., 2006] hansell, a. l., c. j. horwell and oppenheimer c. (2006). the health hazards of volcanoes and geothermal areas, occup. environ. med., 63, 149-156. [harris et al., 1983] harris, d. m. and rose w. i. (1983). estimating particle sizes, concentration and total mass of ash in volcanic clouds using weather radar, j. geophys. res., 88, c15, 1096910983. [holland et al., 2011] holland, a. s. p., i. m. watson, j. c. philips, l. caracchi and dalton m. p. (2011). degassing processes during lava dome growth: insights from santiaguito lava dome, guatemala, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 202, 53-166. [kearney et al., 2009] kearney, c. s. and watson i. m. (2009), correcting satellite‐based infrared sulfur dioxide retrievals for the presence of silicate ash, j. geophys. res-atmos., 114, d22. [mackie et al., 2014] mackie, s. and watson m. (2014). probabilistic detection of volcanic ash using a bayesian approach, j. geophys. res-atmos., 119, 2409-2428. [marzano et al., 2010] marzano, f. s., s. marchiotto, c. textor and schneider d. j. (2010). model-based weather radar remote sensing of explosive volcanic ash eruption, ieee transactions on geoscience and remote sensing, 48, 3591-3607. [oppenheimer et al., 2003] oppenheimer, c. (2003). climatic, environmental and human consequences of the largest known historic eruption: tambora volcano (indonesia) annals of geophysics, fast track 2, 2014 4 1815, prog. phys. geog., 27, 230-259. [prata, 1989] prata, a. j. (1989). observations of volcanic ash clouds in the 10-12 μm window using avhrr/2 data, int. j. remote sens., 10, 751-761. {prata et al., 2007] prata, a. j. and kerkmann j. (2007). simultaneous retrieval of volcanic ash and so2 using msg‐seviri measurements, geophys. res. lett., 34. [prata et al., 2009] prata, a. j. and tupper a. (2009). aviation hazards from volcanoes: the state of the science, nat. hazards, 5, 239-244. robock, a. (2000). volcanic eruptions and climate, rev. geophys., 38, 191-219. [scollo et al., 2012] scollo s., boselli a., coltelli m., leto g., pisani, g., spinelli, n., wang, x. (2010). monitoring etna volcanic plumes using a scanning lidar. bull. volcanol., doi:10.1007/s00445-012-0669-y. [scollo et al., 2014] scollo s., prestifilippo, m., pecora, e., corradini, s., merucci, l., spata, g., coltelli, m. (2014). eruption column height estimation of the 2011-2013 etna lava fountains, annals of geophysics, 57, doi:10.4401/ag-6396. [stohl et al., 2010] stohl, a., prata, a. j., eckhardt, s., clarisse, l., durant, a., henne, s., kristiansen, n. i., minikin, a., schumann, u., seibert, p., stebel, k., thomas, h. e., thorsteinsson, t., torseth, k., and weinzierl b. (2010). determination of timeand height-resolved volcanic ash emissions and their use for quantitative ash dispersion modelling: the 2010 eyjafjallajokull eruption, atmos. chem. phys., 11, 4333-4351. [sysmonds et al., 1994] symonds, r. b., rose, w. i., bluth, g. j. s., and gerlach t. m. (1994). volcanic-gas studies; methods, results, and applications, rev. mineral. geochem., 30, 1-66. [thomas et al., 2011] thomas, h. e., and prata, a. j. (2011). sulphur dioxide as a volcanic ash proxy during the april–may 2010 eruption of eyjafjallajökull volcano, iceland, atmos. chem. phys., 11, 6871-6880. [wen et al., 1994] wen, s. and rose, w. i. (1994). retrieval of sizes and total masses of particles in volcanic clouds using avhrr bands 4 and 5, j. geophys. res-atmos, 99, d3, 5421-5431. [witham et al., 2007] witham, c. s., hort, m. c., potts, r., servranckx, r., husson p., and bonnardot f. (2007). comparison of the vaac atmospheric dispersion models using the 1 november 2004 grimsvotn eruption, meteorol. appl., 14, 27-38. vol49_1_2006def 133 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 1, february 2006 key words doas applications in urban areas – atmospheric pollutants tomography – aircraft measurements of atmospheric trace gases 1. introduction the growth in human activity over the last century has led to an enormous increase in energy consumption with the consequent emission of substances in quantities greater than those which the atmosphere can absorb. in metropolitan areas wide-gridded networks of in situ analysers are normally used for the continuous recording of gas pollutant concentrations. these networks are, however, expensive and the single point measurements are often insufficient to characterise the photochemical and transport phenomena even over small areas. remote sensing systems can play an important role, representing a good compromise between spatial resolution and sensitivity of the measurements, providing more extensive coverage. in particular, doas (differential perspectives of 2d and 3d mapping of atmospheric pollutants over urban areas by means of airborne doas spectrometers giorgio giovanelli (1), elisa palazzi (1), andrea petritoli (1), daniele bortoli (1)(2), ivan kostadinov (1)(3), federico margelli (1), simonetta pagnutti (1), margherita premuda (4), fabrizio ravegnani (1) and giuliano trivellone (1) (1) istituto di scienze dell’atmosfera e del clima (isac), cnr, bologna, italy (2) geophysics centre of évora university of évora (cge-ue), évora, portugal (3) solar-terrestrial influences laboratory (stil), bulgarian academy of science, stara zagora, bulgaria (4) enea, divisione fisica applicata, centro ricerche bologna, italy abstract in the field of air quality control, optical remote sensing systems can measure the spatial distribution of gas pollutants, offering numerous advantages over conventional networks of in situ analysers. we propose some innovative solutions in the field of doas (differential optical absorption spectroscopy) remote systems, utilizing diffuse solar light as the radiation source. we examine the numerous potentialities of minor gas slant column calculations, applying the «off-axis» methodology for collecting the diffuse solar radiation. one of these particular approaches, using measurements along horizontal paths, has already been tested with the spectrometer installed on board the geophysica aircraft during stratospheric flights up to altitudes of 20 km. the theoretical basis of these new measurement techniques using doas remote sensing systems are delineated to assess whether low altitude flights can provide 2d and 3d pollution tomography over metropolitan areas. the 2d or 3d trace gas total column mapping could be used to investigate: i) transport and dispersion phenomena of air pollution, ii) photochemical process rates, iii) gas plume tomography, iv) minor gas vertical profiles into the planetary boundary layer and v) minor gas flux divergence over a large area. mailing address. dr. giorgio giovanelli, istituto di scienze dell’atmosfera e del clima (isac), cnr, area della ricerca cnr, via gobetti 101, 40129 bologna, italy; e-mail: g.giovanelli@isac.cnr.it 134 giorgio giovanelli et al. optical absorption spectroscopy) remote sensors open up new perspectives in the field of pollutant analysis and control such as, for example, the monitoring of a large number of gases simultaneously with a single instrument and a better characterisation of the area examined through the integration of gas concentrations over the entire optical path of the measurements. in the field of air quality control and monitoring, one of the current, most important problems is how to measure the three-dimensional distributions of airborne pollutants in the lower atmospheric layers within the planetary boundary layer (pbl) over urban and industrial areas, and in a systematic way. over the past few decades diffusion and chemical modeling techniques have been developed which allow calculation of 3d trace gas distributions with a spatial resolution of less than 1000 m and the detailed control of air quality in urban and industrial areas has become a fundamental aim for keeping environmental health within acceptable limits (von kuhlmann et al., 2003). passive remote sensing systems, such as spectrometers used in conventional modes, can at best calculate 2d maps of columnar abundances of the gaseous species under investigation integrated over the given measurement path (for example, from the ground to the flight altitude with a spectrometer, on board the aircraft, making «nadir» measurements). even gas profiles obtained using inversion methods (petritoli et al., 2002a) from a series of zenithsky doas observations during twilight cannot supply the vertical and temporal resolution necessary for chemical transport models (ctms) validation (finzi et al., 2001). airborne differential-lidar (browell et al., 1998) could, theoretically, provide 3d mapping of gases but, besides the «eye-safe» power limits of the technique (several tens of mw), there are obvious economic and technical difficulties in reaching a payload compatible with the requirements of a local service carrying out atmospheric analyses and air quality control. thus, it would seem that there are, at present, no economically accessible remote sensing techniques available for systematic 3d mapping of pollutants in the lower atmosphere which could be utilized in widescale national air quality programs and surveys. on the other hand, there is a field to be explored with great attention: that of diffuse solar light measurements, with uv-vis or ir spectrometers utilised in non-conventional configurations, defined as «off-axis» methods, to distinguish them from the classic nadir and zenith observations. in this work we will examine the response of a spectrometric system with zenithal movement of the input optics and estimate the diffuse radiation flux values, collected by the input optics of the spectrometer, as a function of the angle from the zenith. the final purpose of these efforts is to formulate a new method for the quasi-real-time reconstruction of the 2d and 3d trace gas distributions in the atmospheric layers closest to ground level. for example, by flying at an altitude between 2000 and 4000 m, it will be possible to measure the vertical distribution of gaseous pollutants, such as no2, so2, o3, hno2, benzene, formaldehyde, toluene and xylene within the pbl. 2. doas methodology for pollutant gas measurements in urban areas the doas methodology was first introduced by noxon (1975) in the early 70’s for measurements of total atmospheric gas columns, using diffuse solar light along the vertical path as the source of radiation (passive mode). the use of this technique rapidly became widespread in ground-based climatic stations and in airborne (giovanelli et al., 2000) and satellite systems (geophysica, er2 stratospheric aircraft, gome and sciamashy) to study the climatic distribution of minor stratospheric gases and ozone loss phenomena. later, platt and perner (1980) began to use the method to measure optical depths of trace gases along horizontal trajectories, using a uv lamp as an artificial radiation source (active mode). more recently, the technique has also offered a method for environmental monitoring in urban and industrial areas (brocco et al., 1992; edner et al., 1993; evangelisti et al., 1995; ravegnani et al., 1997). in fact, the doas methodology permits the simultaneous measurement with 135 perspectives of 2d and 3d mapping of atmospheric pollutants over urban areas by means of airborne doas spectrometers a single instrument of the concentrations of various gases with distinct absorption bands in the uv/vis spectral range (conventional analysers are gas-specific) such as o3, no2, so2, formaldehyde ch2o (platt and perner, 1980), nitrous acid hno2 (platt et al., 1980), the nitrate radical no3 (platt et al., 1981), benzene c6h6, toluene c7h8 and other hydrocarbons of general formula cxhy. with the doas methodology, gas concentrations are retrieved from their absorption characteristics in the uv-vis spectrum. the method is based on the lambert-beer law in its differential form (the low frequency spectra are subtracted from the original ones) (2.1) where i0(m) is the reference spectrum, i.e. the radiance outside the atmosphere, i(m) is the radiation intensity after passing through a layer of thickness l, ∆vg is the differential absorption cross section (dcs) of the gth gas at the wavelength m, obtained by subtracting the low frequency spectrum from its absolute absorption cross section (acs). the summation is over all absorbers in the examined spectral range. the result of the equation gives the integral of the gth gas concentration (cg) along the measurement path (l). a more detailed description of doas methodology is available in solomon et al. (1987), giovanelli et al. (1990). at the isac-cnr institute various types of instruments, known as gascod (gas absorption spectrometers correlating optical differences), have been developed for the estimation of gas column quantities and profiles from zenith diffuse solar radiation measurements at groundbased stations. an airborne multi-input version (gascod/a4r) has been developed for measurement of both gas total columns and actinic flux on board the geophysica-m55 stratospheric aircraft, together with other remote sensing and in situ equipment. the gascod/a4r operated successfully during the ape-theseo (seychelles) and ape-gaia (ushuaia, argentina) campaigns in 1999 (petritoli et al., 1999) and, more recently, in a validation program of the envisat satellite (kostadinov et al., 2006). ( ) ( ) )(ln ln i i i i c lgg g n 0 0 1 = m m m m mv∆ = ] d ] d g n g n / a modified version of this spectrometer has also been used to measure pollution at ground level in urban areas along horizontal paths, employing a xenon lamp as radiation source. starting from this latest prototype, an italian company has developed a commercial version for installation in networks of in situ analysers for atmospheric analyses and air quality control in urban and industrial areas. in conventional ground-based networks active doas systems can be configured as bistatic, where the measurement path length l is defined by the instrument (receiver) and by the projector creating the beam (emitter), or monostatic (fig. 1), where the emitter and the receiver are deployed at the same site with the use of retroreflectors for probing of the same optical path examined in bistatic mode, but doubled. although the most immediate use of doas instrumentation is air quality control in an environmental monitoring network, its potential can be fully exploited when used in less conventional ways. there are innovations both in the measurement techniques and in the subsequent data analysis. often these two aspects become so intertwined that it becomes difficult to draw a distinction. as mentioned above, the doas methodology was first used to obtain slant columns of minor gases in the stratosphere by processing zenith diffuse solar radiation measurements from ground-based stations. the subsequent «off-axis» approach was a logical extension deriving from the need to detect the presence of gases, in the stratosphere, with low absorption coefficients and low concentrations (e.g., total o3 column, nitrofig. 1. monostatic configuration of a doas spectrometer for air pollution measurement. 136 giorgio giovanelli et al. gen oxides, chlorine and bromine during ozone depletion processes) (giovanelli et al., 2001). the most recent application of the off-axis method is the «horizontal view looking» technique, which allows quasi in situ trace gas concentration measurements (petritoli et al., 2002b). its application in «horizontal doas tomography» represents an important methodological innovation in the interpretation of doas data to obtain 2d and 3d pollutant distributions over a limited area (hashmonay et al., 1999; vogel et al., 2000). however, doas tomography in the groundbased configuration, recently proposed by the iup (institut für umweltphysik) of the university of heidelberg, requires the use of a significant number of spectrometers and retro-reflectors to obtain 2d and 3d pollutant mapping. in the 1980s a similar approach was attempted to obtain the bidimensional structure of a stack plume in terms of the optical depth of so2 using off-axis measurements with a mask correlation remote sensor (giovanelli et al., 1979). the reconstruction of plume structure was obtained by making a series of azimuthal scans of diffuse solar radiation downwind from the stack, and for each of these zenithal scans were also made. various european research groups, besides our own, are beginning to show increasing interest in off-axis measurements both in ground-based and airborne configurations, derived from doas methods, to obtain 2d or 3d air pollutant mapping inside the pbl in urban and industrial areas. 3. doas measurements with vertical view looking configurations usually, estimation of the columnar abundances of minor atmospheric gases from measurements of solar diffuse radiation (at zenith or in other directions) is quite complex, since it requires the derivation of a suitable atmospheric transfer equation (ate). processing of doas measurements in the vertical view looking configuration, includes the following steps: i) derivation of the ate, which provides the best description of the atmospheric transfer for diffuse solar radiance measurements along the vertical axis. ii) measurements and retrieval of the slant column of the given gas, using multiple linear regression or single value decomposition (svd). the slant column is the integral of the gas config. 2. schematic diagram of path lengths in the atmospheric transfer model of doas zenith solar light measurement. 137 perspectives of 2d and 3d mapping of atmospheric pollutants over urban areas by means of airborne doas spectrometers centration along the atmospheric slant paths defined with respect to the solar zenith angle (sza) i (fig. 2). iii) calculation of the intensity weighted optical path (iwop), which correlates the optical trajectory of the diffuse radiation with the radiation intensity along that trajectory. iv) calculation of the «air mass» or «enhancement» factor (amf), defined as the ratio between the slant column and the vertical column, defined as the integral of the gas concentration along the vertical path. in the ate model developed in our group (giovanelli et al., 1990), the atmosphere is subdivided into l = 120 spherical layers, each ∆z = 1 km thick (fig. 2) and summation is used instead of the integral. the irradiance scattered along the vertical path and collected on the ground can be represented by the following equation: (3.1) where l=1, 2, …, l denotes the lth scattering level and each il, s(m) is the contribution of the radiation flux towards the ground, produced by scat( ) ( )i i, ,ve s l s l l 1 =m m = / tering in the lth layer and defined by the equation (3.2) where i0(m) has the same meaning defined in (2.1), v0(m) represents the scattering cross section of air molecules, f(i) is the molecular scattering function, derived from the rayleigh scattering formula, which defines the fraction of the scattered radiation flux in the ground direction, versus the diurnal variation of szai, n0 is the average air molecule density and ∆z is 1 km. the bracketed terms [ave] and [asl] are, respectively, the absorption along the vertical path and along the slant path. [ave] is defined as follows: (3.3) where i = 1, 2,…, l is the ith vertical layer, vg(m) is the absorption cross section of the gth absorber with g = 0, 1, 2, …, n (the 0 subscript indicates the molecular cross section for rayleigh scattering), ni,g(m) is the average molecular -exp=[ ] ( ) ( ) ( )a n z,ve g i g g n i i l 01 $ $ $v m m ∆ == d n= g// ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) [ ] [ ]i i f n z a a,l s ve sl0 0 0$ $ $ $ $ $=m m v m i ∆ fig. 3. computed intensity of downward diffuse solar radiation as function of the scattering point along a vertical path. four curves are plotted for different sza, considering m= 330 nm and vis = 5 km. the accumulated probability trends, respectively due to the i= 70° irradiance curve and to the i= 90° irradiance curve are also shown. 138 giorgio giovanelli et al. density of the gth absorber in the ith layer. [asl] is defined by the equation (3.4) where j = (z+1), (z+2), …, l is the jth slant layer with z the scattering level, vg(m) and nj,g(m) have the same meaning defined in (3.3), ng(i) is the gth absorber’s air mass factor, including mie, rayleigh and ring amfs, computed for the most probable slant path obtained through computation of the iwop. by applying this atmospheric transfer equation it is possible to compute, for different wavelengths, the downward scattered radiation received by the spectrometer input optics, as a function of both the height at which the scattering occurs along the vertical direction and the varying sza. in fig. 3 the flux of zenith diffuse solar radiation is plotted for different i values and for m= 330 nm. it is interesting to observe how, in these irradiance curves, the level of the maximum scattering value increases as a function of higher -exp=[ ] ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) a n s , ( ) sl g j g g g n j z l j 01 $ $ $ $v m m n i i∆ == + $ d ^ n h = g // szas. this can also be observed in the two accumulated probability curves of irradiance. 4. doas off-axis measurements in order to increase the gas optical depth to measure compounds that do not show strong absorptions in the uv-vis range, measurements are performed along oblique atmospheric paths, generically called off-axis, by rotating the optical input of the spectrometer from the zenith. the off-axis measurements are divided into several configurations according to the field of application and the various ates. the latter have to be developed for an adequate interpretation of the flux of diffuse solar radiation along the particular off-axis direction being observed. the off-axis measurements are named according to the particular angle being examined: if the line of sight (los) of the input optics ({) changes from 90° towards 0°, the measurement method is known as oblique-up view looking, whose ate is briefly described below. there are two other configurations: «horizontal view looking» and «oblique-down view looking». the former is briefly described in the next parafig. 4. schematic diagram of path lengths in the atmospheric transfer model of doas solar light measurement at oblique-up view looking. 139 perspectives of 2d and 3d mapping of atmospheric pollutants over urban areas by means of airborne doas spectrometers graph and the latter is still the subject of study and experimental verification. the oblique-up view looking method is used to detect thin optical depth stratospheric minor gases, such as o3 and no2 in polar region during ozone depletion and denitrification periods and halogen compounds (bro and oclo), (giovanelli et al., 2001). by analogy with equations presented in the previous section, the ate can be derived for oblique paths. the irradiance scattered along the oblique path and collected at ground level can be represented by the following equation: (4.1) where the «ob» subscript defines the paths of the light collected by the input optics, which should not be confused with the slant paths of the solar radiation before scattering which are defined by the subscript «sl» (fig. 4) and each iob,s,l(m) is the contribution of the radiation flux towards the ground, produced by scattering in the lth layer and is defined by the equation (4.2) where i0(m), s0(m), f(i−{), n0 have the same meaning defined in the previous equations, { indicates the spectrometer’s los, ∆ob({) is the thickness of the layer in the los direction and the bracketed terms [aob] and [asl] are, respectively, the absorption along the oblique path and the slant path. as for the case of vertical view looking configuration, it is possible to evaluate the trends of the scattered radiation received by the spectrometer input optics as a function of both the height at which the scattering occurs along the oblique direction and the varying sza. 5. doas measurements with horizontal view looking configuration measurements with doas systems using the horizontal view looking configuration present $( )ob {∆$n$( )f -i {$( )v m$( )i m=( ) [ ] [ ] i a a , ,ob s l ob sl 0 0 0 $ $ m ( ) ( )i i, , ,ob s ob s l l l 1 =m m = / some interesting fields of application both in climatic studies as well as in air pollution control. regarding climatic studies in the stratosphere, our group has recently developed a novel application of horizontal view looking, using a uv-vis spectrometer on board the geophysica aircraft (petritoli et al., 2002b). the measurement geometry is very similar to the limb-scanning mode used so far by satellite borne instruments to measure atmospheric radiance (i.e., in the ir spectral region by mipas-e and in the uv-vis region by sciamachy for the doas methodology, and both together on board the envisat satellite). the scattered solar radiation collected along a horizontal trajectory is compared, in terms of the lambert-beer law, with the scattered solar radiation collected along a zenithal path (fig. 5). the differential slant column signal is composed of two contributions from the v and h0,4 path (fig. 5). radiative transfer calculations show that v is negligible with respect to h0,4 so that by calculating h0,4 with the model it is possible to obtain the average concentration of the trace gas along the horizontal direction at flight level. this method, which allows quasi in situ gas concentration estimates, combines vertical and horizontal measurements and is known as acila (average concentration inside the layer near the aircraft). h0,4 is a function of the spectral interval we are measuring and of the trace gas we are interested in. for ozone at 330 nm at an average flight altitude of 20 km, h0,4 is about 50-70 km. the method has already been tested with measurements carried out in the frame of ape-gaia campaign (15 september to 14 october 1999), during which the m55 geophysica aircraft flew over the antarctic peninsula (carli et al., 2000). in the field of air pollution control the question is whether a source of artificial radiation is indispensable for horizontal measurements or whether it is possible to operate with diffuse solar radiation, thus allowing a greater degree of freedom in the measurements. the latter hypothesis is innovative and opens up fields of application previously considered impossible, or extremely onerous due to the nature of the equipment required. the enormous potential of these near ground-level horizontal measurements of dif140 giorgio giovanelli et al. fuse solar radiation using doas lies, especially, in the field of air pollution control and monitoring. it will also allow a more rapid use of doas instruments, operating in the uv/vis region, in the new and expanding field of air pollution tomography. the analytical methodology is quite similar to that employed in horizontal measurements in fig. 5. measurement geometry used to retrieve acila. when spectra from the zenith are used as reference in the doas calculation the sv path and s0,4 paths cancel out and what remain in the signal is due to the absorption along v and h0,4. model calculations give h0,4 > > v so that v can be neglected. fig. 6. computed intensity of diffuse solar radiation collected along a horizontal path, as function of the scattering distance from the instrument. four curves are plotted for different sza and visibility values, considering m= 330 nm. the accumulated probability trends, respectively due to vis= 23 km and to vis= 5 km are also shown. 141 perspectives of 2d and 3d mapping of atmospheric pollutants over urban areas by means of airborne doas spectrometers the stratosphere: the value of the given gas slant column is found from the difference between measurements of diffuse solar radiation along a «vertical» (or equivalent) path and those along a «horizontal» path. however, compared to acila, this method requires the derivation of an ate which includes simulation of multiple scattering (palazzi, 2003) and a knowledge, during measurement, of additional parameters such as, for example the spectral extinction coefficient of the atmosphere along the horizontal measurement path, which is related to the visibility during the measurement time. figure 6 shows the results of calculations along a near-ground-level horizontal path for two different values both of sza (50° and 70°) and visibility (5 and 23 km) for a wavelength of 330 nm. it is interesting to observe that, when the visibility is known, one can obtain the integral of the given gas concentration along the horizontal measurement path. 6. conclusions the use of doas for the measurement of trace gases in the atmosphere is currently passing through a stage of rapid development. doas, as opposed to other remote sensing techniques, does not require absolute irradiance measurements since it exploits the differences in normalised radiation fluxes over the observed spectral region, thus allowing great flexibility and economy in making such measurements. doas measures the columnar abundances of trace gases such as: no2, so2, o3, no3, bro, oclo, hno2, ch2o, benzene, toluene and xylene. doas can also measure concentrations of the nitrate radical, no3 and oclo, which are not accessible using other techniques, as well as providing more accurate and reliable measurements of oh radicals, one of the main initiators of the chain of photochemical processes. the development of inversion algorithms, applied to sets of doas measurements for the determination of concentration profiles of trace gases, increases the information content as well as its range of applications, including the important area of the validation of satellite data. for these reasons, the interest in doas is shifting from climatic studies in the stratosphere to air quality control and monitoring. in fact, the high information content of doas measurements allows its use not only in air quality surveys or networks, but also in special investigations such as the interpretation of transport and dispersion processes, and the chemical transformations taking place within the pbl. because the installation of the spectrometer is relatively easy on board an aircraft, this system can be used to map atmospheric pollutants over large metropolitan areas. by flying at altitudes between 2000 and 4000 m, doas can detect the distribution of gas pollutant concentrations within the pbl. to fully exploit the multiplicity and flexibility of doas methodology for air quality control and monitoring, the development of a set of measurement procedures, including atmospheric transmission models, to be applied according to the particular application, will be crucial. this paper indicates the main areas of study necessary to bring on line the proposed methodologies, such as horizontal view looking or oblique-down view looking, which are both deduced from the classical configuration of measurement, i.e., the zenith-sky or vertical view looking approach. these new methodologies and their combined use under opportune conditions yields the 2d tomography of atmospheric trace gases. the information obtained by such kind of measurements will moreover be used to interpret the transport, dispersion and transformation of atmospheric pollutants in atmosphere, to obtain vertical profiles of pollutants in the lower troposphere (1-2 km) and to follow flux divergence within given areas (urban, industrial, etc.). acknowledgements this work was supported by asi, eu apeinfra project. the author daniele bortoli was financially supported by the subprograma ciência e tecnologia do 3° quadro comunitário de apoio. references brocco, d., r. fratarcangeli, l. lepore and i. ventrone (1992): spettroscopia ad assorbimento ottico 142 giorgio giovanelli et al. differenziale per la valutazione della qualità dell’aria in aree urbane, acqua-aria, 617-627. browell, e.v., s. ismail and w.b. grant (1998): differential absorption lidar (dial) measurements from air and soace, appl. phys. ser. b, 67, 399-410. carli, b., u. cortesi, g. redaelli, c. blom and m. chipperfield (2000): airborne polar experiment-geophysica aircraft in antarctica (ape-gaia), sparc newslett., 15, 21-24. edner, h., p. ragnarson, s. spännare and s. svanberg (1993): differential optical absorption spectroscopy (doas) system for urban atmospheric pollution monitoring, appl. opt., 32 (3), 327-333. evangelisti, f., a. baroncelli, p. bonasoni, g. giovanelli and f. ravegnani (1995): differential optical absorption spectrometer for measurement of tropospheric pollutants, appl. opt., 34 (15), 2737-2744. finzi, g., g. pirovano and m. volta (2001): gestione della qualità dell’aria. modelli di simulazione e previsione (mcgraw-hill). giovanelli, g., t. tirabassi and s. sandroni (1979): sulphur dioxide plume structure by mask correlation spectroscopy, atmos. environ., 13, 131-138. giovanelli, g., p. bonasoni and f. evangelisti (1990): o3 and no2 ground-based measurements at terra nova bay, antarctica, in proceedings of the conference «italian research on antarctic atmosphere», edited by m. colacino, g. giovanelli and l. stefanutti, sif, bologna, vol. 27, 255-268. giovanelli, g., a. petritoli, u. bonafè, d. bortoli, i. kostadinov and f. ravegnani (2000): stratospheric trace-gases measurements by gascod/a spectroradiometer during the antarctic ape-gaia campaign, in quadrennial ozone symposium, 3-8 july, sapporo, japan. giovanelli, g., d. bortoli, i. kostadinov, a. petritoli and f. ravegnani (2001): thin optical depth stratospheric gases detection with ground-based off-axis uvvis spectrometer at dome concordia ndsc station, polar atmospheres scientific and technical report series, 2, 47-53. hashmonay, r.a., m.g. yost and chang-fu wu (1999): computed tomography of air pollutants using radial scanning path-integrated optical remote sensing, atmos. environ., 33, 267-274. kostadinov, i., g. giovanelli, d. bortoli, a. petritoli, f. ravegnani and g. pace (2006): a multi-input uvvis airborne gascod/a4r spectroradiometer for the validation of satellite remote sensing measurements, ann. geophysics, 49 (1), 71-82 (this volume). noxon, j.f. (1975): nitrogen dioxide in the stratosphere and troposphere measured by ground-based absorption spectroscopy, science, 189, 547-549. palazzi, e. (2003): sviluppo di modelli a supporto della metodologia doas per la determinazione degli inquinanti in troposfera, tesi di laurea (università degli studi di bologna). petritoli, a., g. giovanelli, u. bonafè, d. bortoli, i. kostadinov and f. ravegnani (1999): an airborne uv and visible spectrometer for doas and radiometric measurements, spie proc., 3756, 544-554. petritoli, a., g. giovanelli, i. kostadinov, f. ravegnani, d. bortoli, p. bonasoni, f. evangelisti, u. bonafè and f. calzolari (2002a): tropospheric and stratospheric no2 amount deduced by slant column measurements at mt. cimone station, adv. space res., 29 (11), 1691-1695. petritoli, a., g. giovanelli, f. ravegnani, i. kostadinov, d. bortoli and a. oulanovsky (2002b): off-axis measurements of atmospheric trace gases from airborne uv/vis spectrometer, appl. opt., 41, 55935599. platt, u. and d. perner (1980): direct measurements of atmospheric ch2o, o3, no2 and so2 by differential optical absorption in the near uv, j. geophys. res., 85 (c10), 6329-6335. platt, u., d. perner, g.w. harris, a.m. winer and j.n. pitts jr. (1980): observation of nitrous acid in an urban atmosphere by differential optical absorption, nature, 285, 312-314. platt, u., d. perner, j. schroeder, c. kessler and a. toennisen (1981): the diurnal variation of no3, j. geophys. res., 86, 965-970. ravegnani, f., f. evangelisti, a. baroncelli, p. bonasoni, g. giovanelli and i. kostadinov (1997): measurement of atmospheric polluttants by a doas spectrometer in urban areas, spie proc., 3106, 179-186. solomon, s., a.l. schemeltekipf and e.w. sander (1987): on the interpretation of zenith sky absorption measurements, j. geophys. rev., 92, 8311-8325. vogel, b., u. corsmeier, h. vogel, f. fiedler, j. kühlwein, r. friedrich, a. obermeier, j. weppner, n. kalthoff, d. bäumer, a. bitzer and k. jay (2000): comparison of measured and calculated motorway emission data, atmos. environ., 34 (15), 2437-2450. von kuhlmann, r., m.g. lawrence, p.j. crutzen and p.j. rasch (2003): a model for studies of tropospheric ozone and nonmethane hydrocarbons: model evaluation of ozone-related species, j. geophys. res., 108 (d23), 4729-4755. vol49,4_5,2006 1041 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 4/5, august/october 2006 key words seismic array – microearthquakes – central apennines 1. introduction over the past 40 years, much attention has been given to the use of instrumental arrays to detect plane-wave signals in seismological time series and to measure wave slowness vectors (rost and thomas, 2002; schweitzer et al., 2002). compared to classical seismic networks, the main advantage of seismic arrays consists in their ability to detect weak or emergent signals, and to allow for an effective noise reduction through multichannel waveform stacking. moreover, once combined with data from adjacent networks, the wave azimuths determined at one or several arrays provide strong constraints on the location of low-magnitude events detected by a small number of stations (e.g., bratt and bache, 1985). such reduction in the detection threshold represents a critical step toward a successful assessment of the location, geometry and kinematics of active fault systems. following these arguments, the university of salerno, the italian national institute for nuclear physics and national institute for geoperformances of the underground seismic array for the analysis of seismicity in central italy gilberto saccorotti (1), bellina di lieto (2), fabrizio tronca (1), costantino fischione (1), roberto scarpa (2) and rosanna muscente (3) (1) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, osservatorio vesuviano, napoli, italy (2) dipartimento di fisica «e.r. caianello», università degli studi di salerno, baronissi (sa), italy (3) parco scientifico e tecnologico d’abruzzo, l’aquila, italy abstract this paper presents the first results from the operation of a dense seismic array deployed in the underground physics laboratories at gran sasso (central italy). the array consists of 13 short-period, three-component seismometers with an aperture of about 550 m and average sensor spacing of 90 m. the reduced sensor spacing, joined to the spatially-white character of the background noise allows for quick and reliable detection of coherent wavefront arrivals even under very poor snr conditions. we apply high-resolution frequency-slowness and polarization analyses to a set of 27 earthquakes recorded between november, 2002, and september, 2003, at epicentral distances spanning the 20-140 km interval. we locate these events using inversion of pand s-wave backazimuths and s-p delay times, and compare the results with data from the centralized national seismic network catalog. for the case of s-wave, the discrepancies among the two set of locations never exceed 10 km; the largest errors are instead observed for the case of p-waves. this observation may be due to the fact that the small array aperture does not allow for robust assessment of waves propagating at high apparent velocities. this information is discussed with special reference to the directions of future studies aimed at elucidating the location of seismogenetic structures in central italy from extended analysis of the micro-seismicity. mailing address: dr. gilberto saccorotti, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, osservatorio vesuviano, via diocleziano 328, 80124 napoli, italy; e-mail: gilberto@ov.ingv.it 1042 gilberto saccorotti, bellina di lieto, fabrizio tronca, costantino fischione, roberto scarpa and rosanna muscente physics and volcanology (hereinafter referred to as infn and ingv, respectively) conducted a joint effort for the deployment of a smallaperture, dense array of short period seismometers in the gran sasso (central italy) underground physics laboratories. designed and tested during the late 90’s, the underground array (underseis) became fully operative by early may 2002, providing low-noise, high-dynamic continuous recordings of ground shaking signals (scarpa et al., 2004). in italy, multichannel deployments have already been successfully tested for their detection capabilities on local seismicity (e.g., braun et al., 2004); however, underseis represents the first example of a seismic antenna deployed in an underground setting. this paper presents the first results from the operation of the underseis array. we first describe the array configuration and setting, and discuss its resolving capabilities in detecting and measuring plane-wave signals. we then describe the techniques routinely used for retrieving the propagation and polarization parameters from the multichannel recordings. examples of application are presented for a set of low magnitude (md < 3) earthquakes recorded at local and regional distances. s-p delay times and backazimuths of these events are then used to obtain epicentral estimates, the robustness of which is demonstrated by comparison with the catalogue locations from the ingv’s centralised national seismic network (cnsn). these results will be discussed further with special reference to the directions for future works aimed at a) improving the array performance, and b) investigating the details of wave propagation and the location of low-magnitude events in the investigated area. 2. the underseis arrey located in central italy, some 120 km ene of rome, the gran sasso is a limestone massif fig. 1. map of central italy with location of the gran sasso infn laboratories (square) and epicenters of the analysed earthquakes (black dots). sites mentioned in the text are labeled. the inset at the upper rigth shows the configuration of the underseis seismic array. performances of the underground seismic array for the analysis of seismicity in central italy constituting the highest peak (2914 m) of the apennines chain (fig. 1). since 1986, subnuclear particle physics laboratories have been hosted in underground tunnel systems located at a mean elevation of 1500 m, being therefore naturally shielded by a 1400-m-thick limestone cap. the area is affected by major seismicity associated with the mainly distensive tectonics affecting the apennines since the late pliocene. the major historical event was the 1915, ms = 6.8 avezzano earthquake, which caused about 32 000 casualties (amoruso et al., 1998). in addition, low-to moderate-size earthquakes occur quite frequently, the most recent in 1992, 1994 and 1996 (de luca et al., 2000; chiarabba et al., 2005). in the same area a temporary, large-scale seismic deployment was installed aimed at defining the location and geometry of seismogenic structures from microseismicity data (chiarabba et al., 2004). the low noise associated with the underground setting (de luca et al., 1998), and the quite considerable seismicity make the gran sasso labs an ideal site for high resolution seismic observations. the design of the underseis hardware and software components began on the late 90’s; the array became fully operative by may, 2002. underseis intersects a main seismogenetic fault where the occurrence of slow earthquakes has recently been detected through two wide-band geodetic laser interferometers (crescentini et al., 1999; amoruso et al., 2002). in its present configuration, the array consists of 13 elements, each equipped with a mark product l4c-3d, 1 hz 3-component seismometer, whose signals are digitized at a sampling interval of 0.01 s and a dynamic range of 24 bits. further details on the design and working principles of the array are reported in scarpa et al. (2004). in its present configuration, underseis depicts an average sensor spacing of about 90 m and the widest distance among sensors of about 550 m (fig. 1). location of the array elements was constrained by the geometry of the tunnel system, thus hindering the achievement of uniform station spacing and relative azimuths distribution which are warranted for multichannel analyses (fig. 2). recently, however, new galleries have been made available, and installation of additional array elements is already in progress with the specific goal of improving array aperture and geometry. 3. array performance in this section we investigate the array’s capabilities and limitations, in turn deriving useful hints for the selection of parameters to be adopted for the subsequent frequency-slowness measurements. 3.1. array response patterns the resolving capabilities of a multichannel system are conveniently represented by the «beam pattern» function (capon, 1969) 1043 fig. 2. histograms of station spacing (left) and relative orientation (right) for all the indepedent station pairs of the array. 1044 gilberto saccorotti, bellina di lieto, fabrizio tronca, costantino fischione, roberto scarpa and rosanna muscente (3.1) where ⎢k⎪= 2 π/ λ is the wave number corresponding to wavelength λ, n is the number of stations, the x r i s are the station coordinates, and x r 0 is the vector position of the reference sensor. this function describes the shape of the broad-band wave number spectrum for a vertically-incident plane wave. in practice, it represents the ’pulse response’ of the array in the wavenumber domain, and is particularly useful for investigating the effects of spatial aliasing which manifest as spurious peaks located at wave-numbers other than the origin. the underseis wavenumber spectrum is shown in fig. 3. as a consequence of the enewsw elongation of the array, the main spectral peak depicts a marked nnw-sse trend, this implying low resolving capabilites once measuring waves propagating along that particular direction. aliasing peaks appear at wavenumbers of abouts 20 cycles/km, corresponding to wavelengths in the order of 300 m. on the other side, b n e 1 s i x x i n k i 0= $− −2 2 ^ ^h h/ the lowest bounds for body waves apparent velocities correspond to the seismic velocities of the shallowest crust, here taken equal to 4 km/s (pwaves) and 2.3 km/s (s-waves). consequently, the nyquist frequencies for the two wavetypes are in the order of ≈ 13 hz and ≈ 6 hz, respectively. 3.2. signal coherency all multichannel processing methods are based upon the common waveform model of the signal: in other words, it is assumed that the signal recorded by each array element is the same except for a phase factor associated with the propagation across the deployment. in order to fullfil such assumption, it is crucial for the signal to maintain significant coherency throughout the different sensors. using a number of pand swave arrivals recorded at different snrs, we calculated the array-averaged signal coherency as a function of frequency for both type of waves using the formula (saccorotti and del pezzo, 2000): (3.2) where f is the frequency, np = n (n−1)/2 is the number of independent station pairs in the array, and czi,j is the fisher’s z-transform of the correlation coefficient among the band-pass filtered signals from stations i and j. signal coherency is expected to vary from event to event as a function of a number of factors, including snr and the frequency content of the signal and noise. however, we observed that in general p-waves maintain significant correlations over the 1-10 hz frequency range, while s-wave are significantly coherent only over the 1-6 hz frequency range. combined with the nyquist frequency limits for spatial aliasing mentioned above, these considerations provided constraints on the frequency bands to adopt for the analysis of earthquake wavefields described throughout the next sections. similar correlation analyses were performed over different noise windows collected at dayand nigh-times. for the whole set of interstation distances, significant noise coherency was only observed in association with marine microseisms, which typically manifest at frequencies c f a n cz i jtanh 1 , , p i j i j n !=^ eh o/ fig. 3. broad-band beam pattern spectrum (see eq. (3.1) in text) representing the response of the array to a monochromatic, vertically-inciding plane wave. kx and ky are the two components of the wavenumber vector with respect to a cartesian system in which the xand y-axes are oriented w-e and s-n, respectively. performances of the underground seismic array for the analysis of seismicity in central italy lower than ≈ 1 hz (fig. 4). at higher frequencies, the correlation plots reported in fig. 4 fully support the assumption of spatially-uncorrelated seismic noise required by the multichannel processing schemes presented in the following. 4. methods of analysis we analysed underseis data using upto-date techniques aimed at fully exploiting the resolving capabilities of a multi-channel system toward measurement of the propagation and polarization parameters of the incident wavefields. 4.1. polarization for polarization analysis, we adopt the technique proposed by jurkevics (1988), which consists of a multichannel extension of the original covariance method of kanasewich (1981). for a given signal window, the polarization parameters (azimuth and incidence angles, degree of linearity) are derived from the eigenvectors and relationships among eigenvalues of an array-averaged covariance matrix of the three-components of ground motion. in theory, the array-averaging procedure allows the contribution of noise (here assumed to be spatially uncorrelated) to be reduced by a factor to the covariance estimates. for each window of analysis, signals from individual stations should be aligned according to the slowness measured for that window. in our situation, however, alignment is not necessary considering that the inter-station time delays are much smaller than the dominant period of the signal. 4.2. frequency-slowness analysis for extracting the propagation parameters of underseis data we use music, the multiple signal classification technique (schmidt, n 1045 fig. 4. noise correlation as a function of frequency for different distance ranges. the correlation functions have been obtained from averaging the frequency-dependent correlation estimates associated with station pairs whose spacing d is included into the bounds reported at the top of each plot. 1046 gilberto saccorotti, bellina di lieto, fabrizio tronca, costantino fischione, roberto scarpa and rosanna muscente 1986; goldstein and archuleta, 1987, 1991). once compared to more classical methods (e.g., beamforming or capon’s (1969) high resolution), music has demonstrated superior performances for both the cases of low snr signals and more plane waves simultaneously impinging on the array (e.g., goldstein and archuleta, 1987, 1991; chiou and bolt, 1993). for a given window of analysis, the music slowness spectrum is expressed as (chiou and bolt, 1993) (4.1) where m is the number of signals impinging at the array, whose number is estimated applying akaike’s information criterium (aic; wang and kaveh, 1985) to the ordered set of eigenvalues of the spatial cross-spectral matrix (csm); vi is the i-th eigenvector of the csm, and a(s r )h is the hermitian of a column vector containing the expected inter-station phase delays for a monochromatic plane-wave of frequency ω0 propagating with slowness s r . note that the eleq s sa v1 1 h i i m 2 1 $ = − = ^ ^ h h/ ments of vector a correspond to the terms in the summation of eq. (3.1) above. maximizing eq. (3.2) means finding those slowness vector(s) for which the array response has a maximum projection onto the signal subspace, which is spanned by the i=1, ..., m eigenvectors vi. peaks in the q(s r ) function above are thus associated with the horizontal slownesses of individual plane-wave components crossing the array. the amplitude of these peaks gives a measure of the extent to which the observed inter-station phase delays fit the model of a plane-wave propagating at the particular slowness s r , and is completely independe of the actual amplitude of the signal. 4.3. uncertainties estimation we obtain an empirical estimate of the uncertainties associated with the measurement of propagation parameters by considering the range of horizontal slownesses and propagation azimuths associated with points of the slowness spectrum whose power is greater than 90% of fig. 5. sketch of the procedures used for retrieving uncertainties in the estimates of the propagation (left) and polarization (right) parameters. on the left, a sample slowness spectrum is displayed, with evidenced the contour line encompassing that region for which the power is greater than 90% of the main peak’s power. this region is used to define errors in azimuth and ray parameter estimates. on the right plot, the shaded area marks the projection onto the horizontal plane of the polarization ellipsoid. el are the horizontal projections of the three eigenvectors; ϕ is the estimated polarization azimuths, whose uncertainties are defined through the angles ∆ϕ. performances of the underground seismic array for the analysis of seismicity in central italy 1047 fig. 6a,b. a) raw velocity seismograms and amplitude spectra for the pand s-wave arrivals as recorded by the vertical-and rotated transverse-component, respectively, for a md = 2.4 earthquake on august 26, 2003, at 08:43:56 gmt. the epicentral range is about 25 km. seismograms and spectra are normalized to the largest-amplitude trace. thin lines in the spectral plots refer to noise spectra calculated over 2-s-long windows preceeding the onset of the event. b) the same as in a), but for a md = 3.3 earthquake on december 1, 2002, at 23:29:23 gmt. the epicentral range is about 124 km. the peak’s power (fig. 5, left). for the polarization azimuth, angular uncertainties are derived from the ratio of the horizontal projection of the principal and secondary eigenvectors (fig. 5, right). this procedure represents a first attempt toward accounting for the large azimuthal uncertainties which arise for small incidence angles, even when the motion is very rectilinear. a similar procedure is followed for obtaining the uncertainties on the incidence angle. 5. analysis of local and regional seismicity figure 6a,b shows sample seismograms and amplitude spectra for the vertical-and transversea b 10481048 component of ground velocity associated with two earthquakes recorded at local and regional distances. for both cases, the figure also reports the amplitude spectra associated with noise windows preceeding the onset of the events. despite the low magnitude of these earthquakes, seismograms depict an excellent signal-to-noise ratio, and significant wave coherence is observed among the different array elements. in the following, we proceed by describing application of the techniques illustrated above to an heterogenous set of earthquakes as recorded by underseis. the first step in calculating music slowness spectra is to obtain robust estimates of the narrow-band spatial covariance of the signal. therefore, we first band-pass-filter the array recordings over a narrow frequency band using a zero-phaseshift, 2-pole butterworth filter. the filtered signals are then hilbert-transformed, and converted to analytic signals which eventually serve to obtain the complex-valued estimates of the spatial covariance. eigenvalues and eigenvectors of the covariance matrix are derived using singular value decomposition. in order to account for the variable frequency content associated with different wavetypes, we conduct the analysis over consecutive, 2-hz-wide frequency bands spanning the 1-10 hz and 1-6 hz frequency range for pand s-waves, respectively. slowness spectra evaluated over individual frequency bands are then fig. 7a-e. a) vertical-component seismograms for an event occurred at 10:32:30 gmt on august 31, 2003. b) time interval used for p-wave slowness analysis. c) multichannel signal coherency (eq. (3.2) in text) over the frequency band selected for the analysis. the different lines refer to the five consecutive time position of the window of analysis. d) the ordered set of normalized eigenvalues derived from diagonalization of the spatial covariance matrix. e) time-frequency stacked slowness spectrum. propagation azimuth φ and ray parameter ⎢p⎪ associated with the peak value are reported at the bottom left of the plot. the arrow points to the direction of wave propagation. a b c d e gilberto saccorotti, bellina di lieto, fabrizio tronca, costantino fischione, roberto scarpa and rosanna muscente 1049 performances of the underground seismic array for the analysis of seismicity in central italy 1049 performances of the underground seismic array for the analysis of seismicity in central italy stacked to obtain a broad-band spectrum in which the contribution of body-waves is enhanced and the effects of the frequency-dependent peaks due to either spatial aliasing or surface-wave contaminations is instead attenuated (spudich and oppenheimer, 1986). this procedure is repeated over five consecutive time windows encompassing the selected wave arrival, and a final slowness spectrum is derived from the stack of these timevarying estimates. we first apply slowness analysis to p-wave arrivals recorded at the vertical components. then, we rotate the horizontal components into the transverse direction to the backazimuth obtained from the p-wave, and evaluate s-wave slowness spectra over the rotated components. examples of application of music slowness measurements are displayed in figs. 7a-e and 8a-e, which report pand s-waves slowness spectra obtained for a md = 2.4 earthquake recorded on august 31, 2003, at an epicentral distance of about 25 km. figure 9a-f depicts the particle motion patterns for the pand s-wave arrivals of the same event. in addition to the slowness spectra and coherence plots associated with the selected time windows, figs. 7a-e and 8a-e also report the ordered set of eigenvalues derived from diagonalization of the spatial covariance matrix. the absolute dominance of the main eigenvalue over the remaining ones indicates that a single signal is impinging on the array, in turn confirming the marked separation between the signal and noise subspaces previously postulated on the basis of noise correlation analyses. the performances of underseis toward detection and location of local seismicity become even more evident for the case of low fig. 8a-e. the same as in fig. 7a-e, but for the s-wave arrival measured on the transverse components. a b c ed 1050 gilberto saccorotti, bellina di lieto, fabrizio tronca, costantino fischione, roberto scarpa and rosanna muscente snr signals. an example is given by a md = 2 earthquake which occurred on december 27, 2002, and located by the rsnc at coordinates 41.938°n, 14.007°e, ese of the town of sulmona. this event was recorded by underseis with a very low amplitude, thus making impossible any visual estimate of the p-wave onset (fig. 10). however, the multichannel analyses provide consistent slowness estimates, which eventually permit a robust location of this event. for the sample earthquake reported in fig. 10, both the power of the stacked slowness spectrum and the multichannel coherency before the signal’s onset are very low, thus confirming that the background noise is essentially uncorrelated among the different array elements. based on this property, the power of the slowness spectra may be used as a powerful tool for automatic signal discrimination applied to real-time, routine analysis. the above procedures are extended to a further 25 earthquakes between november 2002 and september 2003. magnitudes and epicentral distances of these events span the 2.3 ≤ m ≤ 3.5 and 20-140 km ranges, respectively (table i). figure 11 illustrates the relationship among the measured pand s-waves ray parameters and the epicentral range, here presented in terms of s-p delay time. for the two farest events (∆ ≈ 140 km), p-wave ray parameters range between 0.1 s/km and 0.15 s/km, corresponding to apparent velocities spanning the 6.5-10 km/s range. once accounting for the measurement a b c d e f fig. 9a-f. a) three-component, array-stacked waveforms for the same event displayed in figs. 7a-e and 8a-e. b, c) time windows respectively used for pand s-wave polarization estimates. d, e) p-wave particle motion orbits over the horizontal and radial-vertical plane, respectively. f) s-wave particle motion over the horizontal plane. p-wave polarization azimuth and incidence angles obtained from the covariance analysis are 35° and 12°, respectively. the s-wave polarization azimuth is 110°. 1051 performances of the underground seismic array for the analysis of seismicity in central italy fig. 10. time behaviour of the propagation parameters for a md = 2 event at 12:42 gmt on december 27, 2002, at an epicentral distance of about 80 km. from top to bottom, sample vertical-component seismogram, propagation azimuth, ray parameter, multichannel coherency and power of the frequency-stacked slowness spectra. the p-wave arrival is marked by the sudden increase in both the slowness spectral power and coherency values about 4 s into the event. table i. list of analysed earthquakes. event id year month day ot ts-tp (s) md rsnc lat (°) rsnc long (°) 8 2002 11 20 02:31:51 3.1 2.4 42.480 13.240 9 2002 12 1 23:29:23 16.5 3.3 41.660 14.790 10 2002 12 2 20:52:59 18 2.7 41.670 14.860 12 2002 12 23 04:17:40 5.5 2.3 42.688 13.027 14 2002 12 24 07:14:05 3.3 2.7 42.490 13.240 15 2002 12 27 12:42:37 7.3 3 41.940 14.010 1 2003 1 1 20:23:40 7.5 2.6 41.900 13.690 3 2003 1 5 12:41:22 2.7 3 42.500 13.300 4 2003 4 7 15:01:15 2.8 2.5 42.320 13.450 5 2003 4 10 05:50:34 7.5 2.5 41.920 13.870 6 2003 4 11 11:49:10 3 2.5 42.510 13.270 7 2003 5 2 20:14:09 2.8 2.6 42.450 13.260 181 2003 6 30 22:32:20 3.5 2.5 42.300 13.240 186 2003 7 5 05:07:43 3.3 3.1 42.310 13.270 187 2003 7 6 09:13:40 3.4 2.2 42.310 13.230 fig. 11. pand s-waves ray parameters as a function of s-p delay times for all the events listed in table i. 1052 table i (continued). event id year month day ot ts-tp (s) md rsnc lat (°) rsnc long (°) 188 2003 7 7 12:37:12 3.8 2.2 42.340 13.230 192 2003 7 11 02:05:33 3.9 2.2 42.290 13.270 197 2003 7 16 05:09:26 3.2 2.6 42.330 13.280 238 2003 8 26 08:43:56 3.4 2.4 42.300 13.240 243 2003 8 31 10:33:00 3.6 2.4 42.370 13.310 239 2003 8 27 17:18:13 3.6 2.4 42.520 13.27 244 2003 9 1 00:07:40 3.9 2.4 42.310 13.260 251 2003 9 8 23:03:50 3 2.7 42.290 13.260 261 2003 9 18 21:00:40 3.8 2.4 42.300 13.230 267 2003 9 24 09:03:00 3.2 2.8 42.480 13.230 270 2003 9 27 17:35:25 4.35 3.5 42.220 13.250 errors, these values are compatible with those expected for pn waves. events located at smaller epicentral distances depict however similar, or even greater apparent velocities, indicating the steep incidence of pg waves from sources whose depth is comparable to the epicentral distance (braun et al., 2004). as previously mentioned by biondi and kostov (1989), ray parameter estimates are much more unstable than the measurement of azimuths. the comgilberto saccorotti, bellina di lieto, fabrizio tronca, costantino fischione, roberto scarpa and rosanna muscente 1053 performances of the underground seismic array for the analysis of seismicity in central italy parison of pand s-wave ray parameters shows a scattered pattern; however, the estimate of their mutual relationships provides a meaningful value (1.78 ± 0.24) for the p-to-s velocity ratio (fig. 12). within the error bounds of individual measurements, a general consistency is also observed among the pand s-waves wave propagation azimuths (fig. 13), as well as among the p-waves polarization and propagation azimuths (fig. 14). the large uncertainties of slowness estimates observed in figs. 11 and 12 for both pand s-waves result from the large width of the main peak in the array response pattern, which is in turn controlled by the array aperture. thus, major resolution improvements are expected following the enlargement of the array presently under completion. 6. location at the beginning, we had hoped to obtain consistent estimates on the locations of underseis data from back-tracing the seismic wave-vectors evaluated from frequency-slowness analysis (e.g., almendros et al., 2001). however, due to the large errors associated with ray parameter measurements, and the intrinsic fig. 12. comparison of the ray parameters derived from slowness analyses of pand s-waves. fig. 13. comparison of the propagation azimuths derived from slowness analyses of pand s-waves. width and height of the boxes correspond to the uncertainty on slowness estimates. fig. 14. comparison of the propagation and polarization azimuths derived from analyses of p-waves arrivals. width and height of the boxes correspond to the uncertainty on slowness and polarization estimates. 1054 gilberto saccorotti, bellina di lieto, fabrizio tronca, costantino fischione, roberto scarpa and rosanna muscente uncertainties in wave types for events located at ranges comparable to the cross-over distance, this procedure didn’t provide satisfactory results. we thus applied a much simpler procedure, deriving epicentral locations from propagation azimuths and using a factor γ of 7.5 to convert s-p time delays to epicentral ranges. error bounds on such locations are conveniently derived from the uncertainties in azimuths estimates, and considering a variation on γ of ± 0.5. such uncertainty accounts for errors in sp time delays estimates, and for the fact that the same s-p delay time may be associated with events having different depths and hence different epicentral distance. for all the cases, the epicenters given by the cnsn catalogue are included into the confidence bounds of our estimates. figure 15 reports the discrepancies among underseis and cnsn locations as a function of epicentral distance (top) and ray parameter (bottom) for both pand s-waves. we observe that locations from s-waves depict discrepancies which rarely exceed 10 km, and are much more consistent than those retrieved from p-wave data. this is quite surprising: one would expect slowness analysis on the s-wave to provide less robust estimates, caused by path and recording site effects and by inaccurate sensor orientation. on the other side, however, the amplitude of s-waves is generally larger than that of p-waves, thus implying significant snr improvements. moreover, we have to consider that our slowness spectra were calculated over a cartesian slowness grid of regularlyspaced grid nodes: therefore, slowness measurements become progressively less accurate as one moves toward the origin of the grid, i.e. as the apparent velocity increases. under such conditions, loss of precision is also induced by round-off errors once deriving very small interstation phase shifts from the eigen-structure of the spatial cross-covariance matrix. examination of the relationships among location errors and ray parameters shown in fig. 15 confirms these two latter observations. the largest location errors are in fact associated with p-wave propagating at low ray parameters, thus suggesting that wave amplitude and velocity are the main factors controlling the precision of slowness measurements. keeping in mind these limitations, the above location results may be considered rather satisfactorily, thus indicating that future operations of underseis will significantly help to fig. 15. location discrepancies as a function of epicentral distance (top) and ray parameter (bottom) from both pand s-waves data. 1055 performances of the underground seismic array for the analysis of seismicity in central italy better delineate the distribution of micro-seismicity in the central apennines. 7. discussion and conclusions 7.1. limitations of the array the two key factors controlling the accuracy of array-based location procedures are: 1) the precision of slowness measurements, and 2) the ability to correctly predict ray-paths through the region encompassing the array and the epicenter. as for the first factor, in the previous section we observed that the largest location errors were associated with steeply-inciding pwaves. this is in agreement with theoretical prediction of slowness uncertainties (e.g., goldstein and archuleta, 1991), in which for a given array configuration the robustness of slowness estimates are mostly controlled by snr and apparent velocity. thus, slowness measurements derived from the faster-propagating, lower-amplitude p-waves are expected to be less accurate than those retrieved from the corresponding swaves arrivals. at the time of revising this paper (early january 2006), 6 additional elements were added to underseis, which may now count on a total aperture of about 800 m. major technological upgrades are also under development in order to allow for sampling rates higher than actually available. from such improvements, we expect a significant increase in measurement precision: on one side, the larger array aperture will improve the resolving capabilities toward fast waves, while on the other the higher number of available stations will reduce the contribution of noise, whose effects are seen on the measurement accuracy scale as . regarding the second factor mentioned above, the accurate prediction of ray paths would require knowledge of the velocity structure down to scale lengths in the order of a few hundreds of meters, a task which is obviously beyond the purpose of this study. however, the currently missing assessment of source depths may be attained using gradient velocity models. such procedure, although producing biased estimates for individual event locations, would preserve the alignments depicted by clusters of n1 adjacent sources; final constraints on absolute locations of these clusters will eventually be gained by joint inversion of array wave-vectors and cnsn arrival-time data associated with the most energetic events. 7.2. future perspectives in the present study, we were mostly interested in evaluating the location performances of the array: therefore, we selected and analyzed only a subset of the array catalog for which cnsn locations were available. the present efforts are mostly aimed at developing procedures for the automatic detection of earthquake signals, and a prototype on-line processor based on the algorithms presented above is already under testing. following these efforts, the most immediate goal of underseis is to improve the completeness of the seismic catalogue for the central apennines. at present, the detection magnitude threshold of the cnsn varies between 1.5 and 2.6 throughout the national territory, and is about 2.2-2.4 for the central apennines (cattaneo et al., 2002). however, from the arguments presented above, we do expect underseis to contribute significantly to the detection and location of micro-earthquakes under poor snr conditions, thus opening the way to the precise definition of seismicity patterns in the surroundings of the array. in this work, we selected the relevant parameters for slowness measurements (frequency band and length of the time windows) based on sample estimates of the signal’s frequency content and coherency. these properties, however, vary significantly from event to event. any automatic array processing scheme should therefore include the possibility of performing the analysis only over those time-frequency windows for which the signal has maximum energy and coherency (cornou et al., 2003), in turn adjusting the length of the window of analysis to the frequency band being analysed. this process could be made faster without loss of resolution by adopting sophisticated time-frequency decompositions of the signal for the calculation of the frequency-dependent spatial covariance matrices. for this purpose, an extension of the polarization and slow1056 gilberto saccorotti, bellina di lieto, fabrizio tronca, costantino fischione, roberto scarpa and rosanna muscente ness measurements to the wavelet-transformed signals (e.g., bear and pavlis, 1997) is currently under development. such improvements would significantly simplify the computational tasks, thus permitting an easier implementation of automatic, on-line detection procedures. once systematically analysing underseis data, a further factor which should be taken into account regards the quantitative definition of the properties of seismic noise, and their variation over time. although we observed that the noise was spatially uncorrelated, there may be periods of particular meterological condition or intense human activity for which coherent seismic signals may propagate across the array. future studies must therefore address the problem of a systematic analysis of the characteristics of seismic noise throughout extended time spans, in order to fully elucidate the regions of the slowness space which may be affected by the propagation of coherent signals other than those associated with earthquake sources. acknowledgements editor a. rovelli and reviewers t. braun and g. milana provided many thoughtful comments which greatly helped to improving the quality of the manuscript. the financial support from consorzio gran sasso and laboratori nazionali del gran sasso made possibile the realization of the seismic array. we acknowledge e. bellotti and e. boschi for support and stimulation. this work has been conducted in the framework of the program agreement between ingv-osservatorio vesuviano and istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare. we also acknowledge financial support from miur-prin2005 project «analisi e modellistica dei processi sismici e deformativi nell’appennino centrale». references almendros, j., b.a. chouet and p.b. dawson (2001): spatial extent of a hydrothermal system at kilauea volcano, hawaii, determined from array analyses of shallow long-period seismicity, 1. method, j. geophys. res., 106, 13565-13580. amoruso, a., l. crescentini and r. scarpa (1998): inversion of source paraeters from near-and far-field observations: an application to the 1915 fucino earthquake, central appennines, italy, j. geophys. res., 103, 2998929999. amoruso, a., l. crescentini, a. morelli and r. scarpa (2002): slow rupture of an aseismic fault in a seismogenic region of central italy, geophys. res. lett., 29, 2.219, doi: 10.129/2002gl016027. bear, l.k. and g.l. pavlis (1997): estimation of slowness vectors and their uncertainties using multi-wavelet seismic array processing, bull. seismol. soc. am., 87, 755-769 biondi, b.l. and c. kostov (1989): high-resolution velocity spectra using eigenstructure methods, geophysics, 54, 832-842. bratt, s.r. and t.c. brace (1985): locating events with a sparse network of regional arrays, bull. seismol. soc. am., 78, 780-798. braun, t., j. schweitzer, r.m. azzara, d. piccinini, m. cocco and e. boschi (2004): results from the temporary installation of a small aperture seismic array in the central apennines and its merits for local event detection and location capabilities, ann. geophysics, 47 (5), 1557-1568. capon, j. (1969): high-resolution frequency-wavenumber spectrum analysis, proc. ieee, 57, 1408-1418. cattaneo, m., p. augliera and m. de martin (2002): seismic noise measurements for the italian seismic network, geophys. res. abs., sca/b-3. chiarabba, c., a. amato, p. augliera, s. bagh, m. cattaneo, l. chiaraluce, p. de gori, p. di bartolomeo, a. govoni, a. michelini, m. moretti, d. piccinini and m. romanelli (2004): the mafi project: mapping active faults in italy using microseismicity data, in fall meeting 2004, american geophysical union, s52a-01. chiarabba, c., l. jovane and r. di stefano (2005): a new view of italian seismicity using 20 years of instrumental recordings, tectonophysics, 395, 251-268. chiou, s.j. and b.a. bolt (1993): seismic wave slownessvector estimation from broad-band array data, geophys. j. int., 114, 234-248. cornou, c., p.y. bard and m. dietrich (2003): contribution of dense array analysis to the identification and quantification of basin-edge-induced waves, part i. methodology, bull. seismol. soc. am., 93, 2604-2623. crescentini, l., a. amoruso and r. scarpa (1999): constraints on slow earthquakes dynamics from a swarm in central italy, science, 286, 2132-2134. de luca, g., e. del pezzo, f. di luccio, l. margheriti, g. milana and r. scarpa (1998): site response study in abruzzo (central italy): underground array versus surface stations, j. seismol., 2, 213-226. de luca, g., r. scarpa, l. filippi, a. gorini, s. marcucci, p. marsan, g. milana and e. zambonelli (2000): a detailed analysis of two seismic sequences in abruzzo, central apennines, italy, j. seismol., 4, 1-21. goldstein, p. and r.j. archuleta (1987): array analysis of seismic signals, geophys. res. lett., 14, 13-16. goldstein, p. and r.j. archuleta (1991): deterministic frequency-wavenumber methods and direct measurements of rupture propagation during earthquakes using a dense array: theory and methods, j. geophys. res., 96, 6173-6185. 1057 performances of the underground seismic array for the analysis of seismicity in central italy jurkevics, a. (1988): polarization analysis of three-component array data, bull. seismol. soc. am., 78, 17251743. kanasewich, e.r. (1981): time sequence analysis in geophysics (university of alberta press, edmonton), 1-532. rost, s. and c. thomas (2002): array seismology: methods and applications, rev. geophys., 40, 1-27. saccorotti, g. and e. del pezzo (2000): a probabilistic approach to the inversion of data from a seismic array and its application to volcanic signals, geophys. j. int., 143, 249-261. scarpa, r., r. muscente, f. tronca, c. fischione, p. rotella, m. abril, g. alguacil, w. de cesare and m. martini (2004): underseis: the underground seismic array, seismol. res. lett., 75, 493-504. schmidt, r.o. (1986): multiple emitter location and signal parameter estimation, ieee trans. antennas propag., 34, 276-280. schweitzer, j., j. fyen, s. mykkeltveit and t. kvaerna (2002): chapter 9: seismic arrays, in iaspei new manual of seismological observatory practice (geoforschungszentrum potsdam), edited by p. bormann, vol. 1, pp. 46. spudich, p. and d. oppenheimer (1986): dense seismograph array observations of earthquake rupture dynamics, in earthquake source mechanics, edited by s. das, j. boatwright and c. scholz, am. geophys. un., geophys. monogr. ser.., 37, 285-296. wang, h. and m. kaveh (1985): coherent signal-subspace processing for the detection and estimation of angles of arrival of multiple wide-band sources, ieee trans. assp, 33, 823-831. (received january 19, 2006; accepted october 20, 2006) l a d e t e r m i n a z i o n e d e l l " a c c e l e r a z i o n e m a s s i c i v n e i f e n o m e n i m a c r o s i s m i c i p . caloi a . l o s u r . n o f . peronaci l ' a c c e l e r a z i o n e s i s m i c a n e l l e z o n e e p i e e n l i a l i -i d e t e r m i n a g e n e r a l m e n l c c o l m e t o d o s u g g e r i t o d a o m o r i , c h e c o n s i s t e n e l c a l c o l a r e l ' a c c e l e r a z i o n e n e c e s s a r i a p e r f a r c a d e r e a l c u n i c o r p i di f o r m a s e m p l i c e , c o m e c o l o n n e , p i l a s t r i e c c . c o n q u e s t o m e t o d o , q u a n d o n e l l a z o n a c o l p i t a d a l t e r r e m o t o si t r o v a n o o g g e t t i di f o r m a e d i m e n s i o n i a d a t t e , si p u ò d e t e r m i n a l e u n i n t e r v a l l o , p i ù o m e n o a m p i o , i n cui è c o m p r e s a , p e r c i a s c u n a c o m p o n e n t e o r i z z o n t a l e . i a c c e l e r a z i o n e m a s s i m a : i c o r p i c a d u t i f o r n i s c o n o il l i m i t e i n f e r i o r e , q u e l l i r i m a s t i in p i e d i il l i m i t e s u p e r i o r e . i l m e t o d o di o m o r i si presla a g r a v i c r i t i c h e . d i f a l l i i c o r p i a p p o g g i a l i su un p i a n o o r i z z o n t a l e «i t r o v a n o i n e q u i l i b r i o s t a b i l e e. p r e s e n t a n o q u i n d i p e r e f f e t t o d e l l a g r a v i l a , e n t r o c e r t i l i m i t i , u n a r e a z i o n e a l l o s p o s t a m e n t o c h e l e n d e a r i c o n d u r l i n e l l a p o s i z i o n e i n i z i a l e : si p o s s o n o p e r t a n t o c o n s i d e r a r e c o m e d e i s i s t e m i o s c i l l a n t i a v e n ti p e r i o d i p r o p r i di o s c i l l a z i o n e . la c a d u t a di q u e s t i c o r p i n o n d i p e n d o p e r c i ò s o l t a n t o d a l l a m a s s i m a a c c e l e r a z i o n e o r i z z o n t a l e r a g g i u n t a d a l t e r r e m o t o , m a a n c h e d a l l a l e g g e di v a r i a z i o n e d e l l ' a c c e l e r a z i o n e sis m i c a , c h e n o n si c o n o s c e : c o n i m p u l s i s u c c e s s i v i s i n c r o n i il c o r p o p u ò c a d e r e a n c h e se t a l e a c c e l e r a z i o n e è m o l t o p i ù p i c c o l a di q u e l l a c a l c o l a t a ; c o n i m p u l s i c o n t r a s t a n t i , i n v e c e , il c o r p o p u ò r i m a n e r e in p i e d i a n c h e p e r a c c e l e r a z i o n i m o l t o p i ù g r a n d i . s o l o n e l c a s o i n cui q u e s t a legge fosse c o n o s c i u t a e p a r t i c o l a r m e n t e s e m p l i c e , p e r e s e m p i o s i n u s o i d a l e , si p o t r e b b e r i s a l i r e al v a l o r e d e l l a m a s s i m a a c c e l e r a z i o n e : m a s i c c o m e n o n è p o s s i b i l e f a r e a l c u n a i p o t e s i s u l l a l e g g e tlcl m o l o n e l l e r e g i o n i e p i e e n l i a l i , o i n q u e l l e ad esse v i c i n e , q u e s t o m e t o d o m a n c a d i s i c u r o f o n d a m e n t o . a l f i n e di p o t e r o t t e n e r e d a t i a t t e n d i b i l i sul v a l o r e m a s i i n o ragg i u n t o d a l l ' a c c e l e r a z i o n e s i s m i c a d u r a n t e un t e r r e m o t o n e l l e r e g i o n i e p i c e n t r a l i , e r a s t a l o s u g g e r i t o ( ' ) l ' i m p i e g o di a p p a r e c c h i i d e a t i a p p o ( ' ) a . l o sl'kbo, rendiconti lecitili mia ilei lincei. v o i . n i x . 5" s e r i e , i>. 1 9 . r . c a l o ! a . lo s i lì do f . p e d o n a c i s i t a m e n t e p e r r e n d e r e p o s s i b i l e la d e t e r m i n a z i o n e del v a l o r e m a s s i m o d e l l ' a c c e l e r a z i o n e s i s m i c a i n d i p e n d e n t e m e n t e , e n t r o a m p i l i m i l i , d a l l ' i n f l u e n z a d e l l a legge di v a r i a z i o n e . e d a l l o s c o p o di p o t e r r a c c o g l i e r e a m p i e n o t i z i e sul v a l o r e d e l l ' a c c e l e r a z i o n e stessa n e l l e r e g i o n i e p i c e n t r a l i , era ~[uto p r o s p e t t a t o l ' i m p i e g o di a p p a r e c c h i assai s e m p l i c i , m e d i a n t e i q u a l i la d e t e r m i n a z i o n e potesse esser f a l l a s u b i t o d o p o il t e r r e m o t o , s e m p l i c e m e n t e e senza r i c h i e d e r e c o g n i z i o n i s p e c i a l i . a p p a r e c c h i così f a t t i p o s s o n o essere d i s t r i b u i t i l a r g a m e n t e n e l l e r e gioni s i s m i c h e ed affidati a p e r s o n e n o n d o t a t e di p a r t i c o l a r e c o m p e tenza t e c n i c a , c o m e si usa f a r e da t e m p o p e r i t e r m o m e t r i ed i p l u v i o m e t r i c h e s e r v o n o a l l o s t u d i o dei b a c i n i m o n t a n i e del r e g i m e d e l le a c q u e n e i c a n a l i e n e i fiumi. f i . 1 l ' i s t i t u t o n a z i o n a l e di g e o f i s i c a p r o v v e d e a t t u a l m e n t e a d o t a r e l a r e l è s i s m i c a i t a l i a n a di s p e c i a l i a c c e l e r o m e t r i i d e a t i a l l o s c o p o di ris p o n d e r e a d e g u a t a m e n te a l l e esigenze s o p r a i n d i c a t e . i p r i n c i p i f o n d a m e n t a l i su cui tal i s t r u m e n t i sono b a s a ti f u r o n o già e n u n c i a ti da l o s u r d o ( " ) . il (piale s u g g e r ì a l c u n i a c c o r g i m e n t i p e r la l o r o p r a t i c a r e a l i z z a z i o n e . ogni a p p a r e c c h i o è in sostanza c o s t i t u i t o da una m a s a s p o s t a b i le in una sola d i r e z i o n e , t r a t t e n u t a c o n t r o un o s t a c o l o da u n a forza c o s t a n t e c h e a g i s c e ( 2 ) a n n u a r i o del r . o s s e r v a t o r i o del m u s e o ili f i r e n z e . 1 9 1 1 , p . 3 6 . la d e t e r m i n a z i o n e d e l l ' a c c e l e r a z i o n e m a s s i m a nei f e n o m e n i m a c r o s i . s m i c i 3 1 7 n e l l a sles-a d i r e z i o n e : p e r c h é avvenga il d i s t a c c o d a l l ' o s t a c o l o o c c o r r e c h e la m a s s a >ia soggetta ad una f o r z a di i n t e n s i t à m a g g i o r e di q u e l l a c h e v e la t r a t t i e n e . q u e s t e c o n d i z i o n i possono e s s e r e r e a l i z z a t e , ad e s e m p i o , c o n l ' a p p a r e c c h i o r a p p r e s e n t a t o s c h e m a t i c a m e n t e n e l l a fìg. 1 c h e s e r v e pell e c o m p o n e n t i o r i z z o n t a l i . i n c o r p o o m o g e n e o m a v e n t e la f o r m a di un p a r a l l e l e p i p e d o r e t t a n g o l o è sospeso in m o d o c h e n e l l a p o s i z i o n e di r i p o s o le q u a t t r o f a c c e l a t e r a l i l i m i t i n o v e r t i c a l i , ed u n a d i esse c o i n c i d a col p i a n o 0 0 eli una p a r e t e v e r t i c a l e : la f o r z a c o s t a n t e c h e t t fig. 2 xigisee n e l l a stessa d i r e z i o n e in cui p u ò m u o v e r s i il c o r p o m è f o r n i t a da u n a m o l l a s . p o i c h é n e l l a p o s i z i o n e di r i p o s o d e l l a m a s s a sospesa n o n vi è a l c u n a c o m p o n e n t e d e l l a g r a v i t à n e l l a d i r e z i o n e in cui il c o r p o p u ò m u o v e r s i , e s o è t r a t t e n u t o c o n t r o il p i a n o o o . p e r p e n d i c o l a r e a q u e s t a d i r e z i o n e , s o l t a n t o p e r e f f e t t o d e l l a forza e s e r c i t a t a d a l l a m o l l a . i n d i c a n d o con v la c o m p o n e n t e d e l l o p o s t a m e n t o del n o l o , o q u i n d i a n c h e del sostegno di m e del p i a n o < >< >, n e l l a d i r e z i o n e stessa s e c o n d o cui p u ò m u o v e r s i il c o r p o m al d i s t a c c o dal p i a n o o o . avrem o c h e il c o r p o r e s t e r à s e m p r e a c o n t a t t o col p i a n o fino a t a n t o c l i c d-x dif dove / i n d i c a la l'orza e s e r c i t a t a d a l l a m o l l a in d i r e z i o n e n o r m a l e al p i a n o o o , ed m la m a s s a del c o r p o m . q u i n d i il d i s t a c c o di m dal ' i r a c h e l ' a c c e l e r a z i o n e s i s m i c a , nel verso in cui i a p p a r e r ìio è d e s t i n a t o a f u n z i o n a r e , ha s u p e r a l o il v a l o r e ' p i a n o 3 1 3 i ' . c a l c i " a . lo s u r do i \ p e k o n a c i vegli a c c e l e r o m e t r i p e r la c o m p o n e n t e v e r t i c a l e , fìg. 2 , il c o r p o m ( a n c h ' e s s o di l'orma s e m p l i c e , p e r es. p a r a l l e l e p i p e d o r e t t a n g o l o o c i l i n d r i c o ) è soggetto al suo p e s o mg, e ad u n a l'orza v e r t i c a l e v e r s o l ' a l t o e s e r c i t a t a d a l l a m o l l a s . le m a s e v e n g o n o s p ì n t e c o n t r o un p i a n o o r i z z o n t a l e : p o s a l e su di esso (piando si fa p r e v a l e r e il p e s o s u l l ' a z i o n e d e l l a m o l l a , m g > / , o s p i n t e in a l t o , c o n t r o il p i a n o i n f e r i o r e d e l l a b a s e , q u a n d o si fa p r e v a l e r e la f o r z a d e l l a m o l l a sul p e s o , mgul q u a l e a p p o g g i a il c o r p o è p r a t i c a t o u n f o r o v e r t i c a l e e n t r o c u i p a s s a , c o n a t t r i t o t r a s c u r a b i l e , l ' a s t i c e l l a a. i l p e r m e t t o fissato sul c o r p o m passa a t t r a v e r s o un f o r e l l i n o orizz o n t a l e e t r a t t i e n e in a l t o l ' a s t i c e l l a finché il c o r p o m è a c o n t a t t o c o n l a p a r e t e v e r t i c a l e : b a s t a u n o s p o s t a m e n t o d e l l a m a s s a di q u a l c h e d e c i m o di m i l l i m e t r o p e r c h é l ' a s t i c e l l a sia svincolat a , e q u i n d i c a d a . i d e t t a g l i di c o s t r u z i o n e d e g l i a c c e l e r o m e t r i p e r la c o m p o n e n t e v e r t i c a l e si r i l e v a n o d a l l a fig. 4 , dove sono r a p p r e s e n t a t i a s i n i s t r a e a d e s t r a r i s p e t t i v a m e n t e gli a p p a r e c c h i c h e s e r v o n o p e l l e a c c e l e r a z i o n i di segni ug u a l e ed o p p o s t o a q u e l l o d e l l a g r a v i t à . i n q u e s t i a p p a r e c c h i il c o r p o m è c i l i n d r i c o , l e as l i c e l l e a , c h e f a n n o da ind i c e . sono d i s p o s t e orizzont a l m e n t e e v e n g o n o s p i n t e v e r s o l ' i n t e r n o da u n a p i c c o l a m o l l a . l a t e n s i o n e d e l l a m o l l a s v i e n e e s e r c i t a t a v e r t i c a l m e n t e ed in d i r e z i o n e d e l c e n t r o di m a s s a ; u n p e r m e t t o v e r t i c a l e fissato sulla m a s s a m i m p e d i s c e lo s p o s t a m e n t o d e l l ' i n d i c e fin t a n t o c h e il c o r p o è a c o n t a t t o c o l p i a n o o r i z z o n t a l e . n e l l a fig. 5 si v e d e un c o m p l e s s o di a c c e l e r o m e t r i p e r le d u e c o m p o n e n t i o r i z z o n t a l i , e p e r ogni c o m p o n e n t e n e i d u e v e r s i , c h e s e r v e p e r la d e t e r m i n a z i o n e di sei g r a d i di u n a s c a l a sismica a s s o l u t a . ogni s t r u m e n t o v i e n e t a r a t o p e r u n a a c c e l e r a z i o n e l i m i t e . q u e s t a t a r a t u r a si fa c o m e si può v e d e r e n e l l a fìg. 6 p e r l ' a c c e l e r o m e t r o c e n t r a l e . s u l b o r d o d e l l a b a s e è fissata u n a s p e c i a l e p i c c o l a b i l a n c i a il cui giogo, e q u i l i b r a t o o p p o r t u n a m e n t e , ha d u e b r a c c i di e g u a l e l u n g h e z z a , u n o o r i z z o n t a l e , e l ' a l t r o v e r t i c a l e : a l p r i m o è a t t a c c a t o un p i a t t e l l o sul q u a l e si c o l l o c a n o i pesi o c c o r r e n t i p e r il d i s t a c c o ; f i n . 3 p . caloi " a . lo s l i 1 d o f . p e r o n ' a c i al secondo è a t t a c c a t o un filo c l i c l a c a p o ad u n g a n c e t t o fissalo nel c e n t r o d e l l a f a c c i a e s t e r n a del c o r p o m , p e r m o d o c l i c la f o r z a di t r a z i o n e agisca o r i z z o n t a l m e n t e ed in d i r e z i o n e del c e n t r o di m a s s a . s e si v u o l e c h e i a c c e l e r o m e t r o f u n z i o n i p e r u n a a c c e l e r a z i o n e lim i t e yi o c c o r r e c h e il d i s t a c c o di m c o r r i s p o n d a ad un peso c o m p l e s sivo del p i a l l i n o e dei pesi a g g i u n t i rn g t a l e c l i c 8 p e r c i ò si r e g o l a la t e n s i o n e / d e l l a m o l l a in m o d o c h e r i s u l t i e g u a l e d-x alla l'orza r n ' g . e a l l o r a se l ' a c c e l e r a z i o n e s i s m i c a dl~ s u p e r a y , , e n t r o i l i m i t i d e l l ' a p p r o s s i m a z i o n e c o n s e n t i t a d a l l ' a p p a r e c c h i o , si h a il d i s t a c c o del c o r p o dal p i a n o v e r t i c a l e e l a r e l a t i v a s e g n a l a z i o n e d e l l ' a s t i c e l l a c l i c fa da i n d i c e . v .s*s gg s ! 1 1 a j ; [vjyfyj~v:— n e l l a fig. 7 si v e d e il c o m p l e s s o degli acc e l e r o m e t r i p e r la c o m p o n e n t e v e r t i c a l e a n a l o g o a q u e l l o p e r l e c o m p o n e n t i orizzont a l i , fig. 5 . l a t a r a t u r a di q u e sti a c c e l e r o m e t r i si fa in m o d o a n a l o g o a q u e l l o avanti i n d i c a to. p e r le a c c e l e r a z i o n i n e l verso c o n t r a r i o a q u e l l o d e l l a g r a v i t à , al peso del c o r p o m si a g g i u n g e q u e l l o del p i a t t i n o e dei pesetti o c c o r r e n t i al d i s t a c c o , di m a s s a c o m p l e s s i v a m2 ( f i g . 8 , a sinistra) e si e q u i l i b r a il peso ( m -; m.,)g con la t e n s i o n e / d e l l a m o l l a : allora l ' a p p a r e c c h i o e r e g o l a l o p e r l ' a c c e l e r a z i o n e l i m i t e y 2 t a l e c h e d~z m„e=m =111-,'., dtfig. i i.a d e t e r m i n a z i o n e d e l l ' a c c i e l e r a z i o n e m a s s i m a n e i f e n o m e n i m a c r o s i s m i c i 3 2 1 f i g . 6 f i j r . 8 la d e t e r m i n a z i o n e d e l l a c c e l e r a z i o n e m a s s i m a n e i f e n o m e n i m a c i i o s i s m i l i p e r l e a c c e l e r a z i o n i n e l l o slesso v e r s o d e l l a g r a v i t à (fig. 8 , a des t r a ) , l a t a r a t u r a si fa p o r t a n d o a l l ' e q u i l i b r i o la t e n s i o n e d e l l a m o l l a con il peso del c o r p o m , d i m i n u i t o di m-,g, p e s o c o m p l e s s i v o del p i a t t e l l o e d e i p e s c t t i a g g i u n t i . l a verifica degli a c c e l e r o m e t r i qui d e s c r i t t i , f a t t a m e d i a n t e a p p o site p i a t t a f o r m e o s c i l l a n t i , ha c o n f e r m a t o c h e e>-i possono r i s p o n d e r e a g l i scopi cui sono d e s t i n a t i . 1 r i s u l t a t i d e l l ' a p p l i c a z i o n e di q u e s t o m e t o d o di r i l e v a m e n t o dell ' a c c e l e r a z i o n e n e i f e n o m e n i m a c r o s i s m i c i , a t t u a l m e n t e in c o r s o di org a n i z z a z i o n e p e r o p e r a d e l l ' i s t i l l i l o ^ a z i o n a l e di g e o f i l i c a , v e r r a n n o a suo t e m p o p u b b l i c a t i . roma — istillilo nazionale dì geofìlica — giugno 19-18. riassunto gli autori descrivono alcuni speciali apparecchi destinali alla determinazione del calore massimo dell' accelerazione sismica raggiunta durante un terremoto nelle regioni epicentrali. le indicazioni da essi fornite non di pendono, entro ampi limiti, dalla legge di variazione del moto, in quanto essi non costituiscono dei sistemi oscillanti. questi apparecchi, per la semplicità di costruzione e di uso. possono essere largamente distribuiti nelle regioni sismiche ed affidati a persone non dotale di particolare competenza tecnica. early warning of tsunami from seismo-ionospheric fluctuation after japan’s march 11, 2011, m=9.0 tohoku earthquake using two-dimensional principal component analysis annals of geophysics, 58, 4, 2015, a0442; doi:10.4401/ag-6710 a0442 early warning of tsunami from seismo-ionospheric fluctuation after japan’s march 11, 2011, m=9.0 tohoku earthquake using two-dimensional principal component analysis jyh-woei lin national cheng kung university, department of earth science, tainan, taiwan abstract two-dimensional principal component analysis (2dpca) is implemented to analyze the total electron content (tec) anomalies after japan’s tohoku earthquake that occurred at 05:46 on march 11, 2011 (utc) (mw=9). 2dpca and tec data processing were conducted just after this devastating earthquake. analysis results show an earthquakeassociated tec anomaly near the epicenter that began at 05:47. this may represent an extension of the precursor of the earthquake, to the precursor of china’s wenchuan earthquake on may 12, 2008, detected by the study of lin [2012], for which the data were obtained at a height of 150200 km by the formosat-3 satellite system. it is impossible that such precursor caused by the acoustic shock waves. another tec anomaly near the epicenter occurred at 05:53, and this initiated the propagation of the tsunami effect related to the ionosphere through the acoustic shock waves from the epicenter. however, the tec anomalies did not appear to be affected by a contemporaneous geomagnetic storm and other non-earthquake effects. the propagation of anomalous fluctuation could be an early warning of the tsunami for the regions far from the epicenter as it began to propagate with the higher speed of 3960-4950 km/h than the tsunami speed (720-800 km/h). 1. introduction research into total electron content (tec) anomalies associated with earthquakes has been greatly facilitated by the advent of global positioning system (gps) technology, especially the number of gps satellites and density of ground receivers [heki and ping 2005, otsuka et al. 2006, kakinami et al. 2010, liu et al. 2011, matsumura et al. 2011, saito et al. 2011a, saito et al. 2011b, tsugawa et al. 2011, khegai et al. 2013, jin et al. 2014]. a possible cause of earthquake-related tec anomalies is acoustic gravity waves (agws). agws are caused by vibrations at the solid-earth’s surface and at sea, resulting from earthquakes, meteor strikes and even anthropogenic activity [woulff and mcgetchin 1976, rothkaehl et al. 2004, shinagawa et al. 2007]. the data of global ionospheric maps (gims) analyzed with two-dimensional principal component analysis (2dpca) will be used to detect such anomalies. tsugawa et al. [2011] and saito et al. [2011b] have investigate tec maps over japan for this earthquake event and shown that the tec variation appeared approximately 7 minutes after the earthquake occurrence. this scenario is reproduced by computer simulations by matsumura et al. [2011]. effects of tsunami on the ionosphere propagate from the epicenter have been shown by makela et al. [2011]. occhipinti et al. [2011] describes the tsunami following mw=9 tohoku earthquake that occurred at 05:46 ut on march 11, 2011, produced internal gravity waves into the neutral atmosphere and large disturbances in the overlying ionospheric plasma while propagating through the pacific ocean. therefore the remote sensing of atmosphere and ionosphere can give new tools for tsunami monitoring and detection. liu et al. [2011] describe fast propagating plasma disturbances as a type of rayleigh waves [yuen et al. 1969] quickly travel away above the epicenter along the main island of japan with a speed of 2.3-3.3 km/s, followed by circular ripples and a tsunami speed of about is 720-800 km/h. gps users with single-frequency receivers need ionospheric electron content information in order to achieve positioning accuracy similar to dual-frequency receivers. the global differential gps (gdgps) system provides a global real-time map of ionospheric electron content. these maps are also of value in monitoring the effect of the ionosphere on radio signals, power grids, and on space weather. the maps are derived using data from the ~100 real-time gdgps tracking sites. the integrated electron density data along each receiver-gps satellite link is processed through a kalman filter to proarticle history received december 19, 2014; accepted july 22, 2015. subject classification: two-dimensional principal component analysis, total electron content, tohoku earthquake, geomagnetic storm, tsunami. duce the global ionospheric tec maps (gim). the maps are available from multiple gdgps operation centers (gocs) as images, as text files containing the gridded tec values, and tec is an integration of the plasma density from the height 150-450 km, or as a binary data stream containing the gridded tec values. tec measured errors (biases), and their correction using the kalman filter, are described in the following references: wu and bar-sever [2005], kechine et al. [2004], ouyang et al. [2008]. the gdgps system is a complete, highly accurate, and extremely robust realtime gps monitoring and augmentation system. employing a large ground network of real-time reference receivers, innovative network architecture, and awardwinning real-time data processing software, the gdgps system provides decimetre (10 cm)-scale positioning accuracy and subnanosecond-scale time transfer accuracy on ground, in air, and in space, independent of local infrastructure. a complete array of real-time gps state information, environmental data, and ancillary products are available in support of the most demanding gps augmentation operations assisted gps (a-gps) services, situational assessment, and environmental monitoring globally, uniformly, accurately, and reliably. the largest real-time tracking network on the ground is shown in figure 1. the global tec data were real-time measured by the sensors in the gdgps satellites, and then they were sent back to this network, therefore the spatial resolutions of the original tec data would have 5.0 and 2.5 degrees in longitude and latitude, respectively [hernández-pajares et al. 2009]. the estimated tec data have been corrected for biases during measurements of dual-frequency delays of gps signals e.g. carrier phase biases, satellite state corrections, ionospheric delay and troposphere, which need to be removed using ground-based post-processing software [mannucci et al. 1998, raman and garin 2005, wu and bar-sever 2005]. the gims contain vertical (vtec), which has been converted from the slant (stec) at the ionospheric pierce points as stec=vtec · me + b + r, where me = 1/cos(i) is the mapping function, i is the zenith angle of gps satellite at the single layer height of the ionosphere, b and r are the instrument biases of the satellites and receivers, respectively. then vtec and the instrument biases b and r are obtained by combining interpolation and least-square fitting procedure. for details of the method used to derive the vtec from gps measurements, please refer to mao [2007] and mao et al. [2008]. the estimated vtec data (after processing as stated above and later is named tec in this study) at 05:47, 05:53 and 06:47 (utc) on march 11, 2011, are examined just after tohoku earthquake that occurred 05:46 utc on march 11, 2011, at (38.322°n, 142.369°e) with a depth of 24.4 km during a contemporaneous geomagnetic storm. these estimated tec data are not interpolations and gims are used only for observation. in this study, the estimated tec data are used to process and plot the eigenvalues shown figures 4-6. for the reasons stated previously, building gims via interpolation is beyond the scope of this study and therefore, artificial effects due to interpolation have been avoided. 2. method 2.1. 2dpca for 2dpca, signals are represented by a matrix a (the dimension of n × m). linear projection of the form is considered as followed [sanguansat 2012], y = ax (1) here x is an n dimensional project axis and y is the projected feature of signals on x called principal component vector. sx = e(y − ey)(y − ey) t (2) here sx is the covariance matrix of the project feature vector. the trace of sx is defined; j(x) = tr(sx) (3) tr(sx)=tr{x t gx}, where g=e[(a − ea)t (a − ea)]. (4) the matrix g is called signal covariance matrix. the vector x maximizing equation (4) corresponds to the largest (principal) eigenvalue of g and is the largest eigenvalue of the most dominant component of the data and therefore represents the main characteristics and thus the inhomogeneity of the data is detected in this study. 2dpca can remove computing or artificial errors when dealing with small sample signal size (sss) jyh-woei lin 2 figure 1. the largest real-time tracking network on the ground (the global differential gps (gdgps) system; from www.gdgps.net). 3 (low-dimensional data) problem. non-linear pca and pca convert the one-dimensional data prior to the covariance matrix calculation. the covariance matrix of the non-linear pca and pca is based on an input matrix with dimensions of m × n, which is reshaped from one-dimensional data (length of m multiplied by n). reshaping the data will cause computing errors because non-linear pca and pca are tools for handling one-dimensional data. therefore, lin’s study [2012], for which the data were obtained at a height of 150-200 km by the formosat-3 satellite system and the international gnss service (igs) had computing or artificial errors. the formosat-3 satellite system has dense tec data and therefore, the computing or artificial errors should be suppressed by the tec anomalies related to the earthquake. the tec data used in this study were not dense; however, 2dpca can process such tec data to examine tec anomalies related to the earthquake and tsunami effects after the removal of computing or artificial errors. now backing to discuss the concept of 2dpca, for 2dpcd, the spatial structure and information cannot be well preserved due to some original information loss when inverting to original dimension under the condition of the matrix being small sample size (sss). such information loss is called sss problem. however, the covariance matrix in 2dpca is full rank for a matrix of low dimension. the curse of dimensionality and sss problem (low-dimensional data problem) can be avoided by 2dpca. therefore 2dpca will be performed to detect tec anomaly related to tohoku earthquake due to the non-dense tec data set. 2.2. data processing the estimated tec data (after processing stated in section 1) are processed at 05:47, 05:53 and 06:47 (utc) in figures 2-4 on march 11, 2011 (utc). this global region is divided into 600 smaller areas, 12° in longitude and 9° in latitude to detect more detailed tec information because the resolution of the original tec data for this gps system is 5.0 and 2.5 degrees in longitude and latitude, respectively [hernández-pajares et al. 2009], and therefore in each area at least 4 tec data points are taken (12/5=2.4, 9/2.5=3.6, the 2 and 2 tec data are taken in longitude and latitude, respectively. if 6 points are taken, which are 2 and 3 points in longitude and latitude, then more computing time is needed, however the results are the same as using 4 tec points). in any place of each smaller area (a grid) includes 4 tec data and thus 4 tec data are taken to analyze. the 4 tec data must not have uniform distribution in each smaller area (a grid). the 4 tec data form a matrix a of dimensions 2 × 2 in equation (1) in section 2.1. the matrix belongs to the sss data. therefore the 2dpca is more suitable for sss data. the tec data are not uniformly distributed in each grid. it means that the tec data are not uniformly distributed in the geographical coordinate. four of the tec data in each grid are sss data (low-dimensional data), and 2dpca is therefore able to manage such data. results showed an eigenvalue in any place within each grid (each grid is filled with a uniform color for convenience). this study therefore shows large eigenvalues near the epicenter at 05:47, 05:53, which spread out until at 06:47 (utc) on march 11, 2011. 3. results the first earthquake-related tec anomaly with a large eigenvalue near the epicenter began at 05:47 on march 11, 2011 (utc) shown in figure 5. this anomaly may be an extension of precursor just before this earthquake that was the same as the precursor of china’ wenchuan earthquake on may 12, 2008, detected by early warning of tsunami of tohoku earthquake figure 2. gim at 05:47 utc on march 11, 2011. figure 3. gim at 05:53 utc on march 11, 2011. figure 4. gim at 06:47 utc on march 11, 2011. lin’s study [2012] because the acoustic waves did not generate on the seasurface propagate into the ionosphere at this time [saito et al. 2011b, tsugawa et al. 2011]. after 05:47, the precursor disappeared quickly because it was slighter weaker than the tec anomalous fluctuation caused by the tsunami effect (i.e., in figure 5, the smaller magnitude of the eigenvalue near the epicenter compared with the later eigenvalue figures). this tec disturbance was caused by a different mechanism to that responsible for the tec anomaly, which will be discussed later, i.e., they represent different tec effects. therefore, these two tec disturbances (05:47, 05:53) were caused by different mechanisms for which it is possible to have a short time lag. moreover, in lin’s study [2012], the tec data were obtained from an integration of the plasma density from the height 150-200 km by the formosat-3 satellite system, and the p-type effects disappeared quickly. the p-type effects should result in lower temporal and spatial tec variations caused by slow rock-cracking under stress as compared to those caused by acoustic shock waves [freund 2003, liu et al. 2011], and therefore, it could be detected from the tec data of the formosat-3 satellite system with low temporal and spatial resolution [lin 2012]. the tec variations of the gdgps system would result in higher variations caused by acoustic shock waves as indicated by the findings of liu et al. [2011]. however, in this case, such tec variations may have included some low temporal and spatial tec variations at 05:47 (ut) on march 11, 2011, and therefore, the p-type effects could be found by 2dpca at this time. the tec data used in this study were obtained from the gdgps system and therefore, both tec data anomalies are different. both tec anomalies, separated by 1-7 minutes, should be considered as isolated events for which having a short time lag is reasonable. for comparing with other background noises, the global ionospheric tec data were examined using 2dpca. through this examining, other tec anomalies of other places (e.g. strong magnetic storm) and strong background noises resulted in small eigenvalues and thus a lager eigenvalue of 2dpca over the epicenter should be a pattern of earthquake-related tec anomaly. it means that the eigenvalues of non-earthquake effects have been suppressed by the eigenvalues of the earthquake and tsunami effects. therefore 2dpca method can distinguish an earthquake-related tec anomaly with a large eigenvalue from other tec anomalies during the examined time period. the reason to distinguish pattern of earthquake-related tec anomaly may be from the technology of 2dpca, which is suitable to deal with low dimension tec data, thereby pattern of earthquake-related tec anomaly was accidentally caught. the tec data after 05:47 were examined by 2dpca. another earthquake-associated tec anomaly (occurring simultaneously with the tsunami effects on the ionosphere at 05:53 initiated the propagation of an anomalous fluctuation through the acoustic shock waves from the epicenter (figure 6). after about 1 hour, this anomalous fluctuation spread out in a similar way to the propagated effects of the tsunami on the ionosphere (from the epicenter at 36° longitude and 45° latitude, as shown in figure 7). the types of tec variations represented by the principal (largest) eigenvalues were tec large disturbances, such as those in the study of liu et al. [2011]. another interesting aspect of this study is that the dst index (figure 8) indicates a geomagnetic storm for this time period [hamilton et al. 1988, mukherjee 1999, elsner and kavlakov 2001, plotnikov and barkova 2007]. studies of earthquake related tec anomalies often completely discount days when geomagnetic storms occur because such storms are believed to distort tec analysis profiles. however, in this case the tec anomalies were detected regardless of the geomagnetic storm and other background noises, which resulted in small eigenvalues. the principle eigenvalues shown in this study could represent the inhomogeneity of the tec within an area of 12° longitude and 9° latitude, which is why tec variations with a spatial scale size of several hundred kilometres are picked up. tec variations caused by geomagnetic disturbances and other non-earthquake effects could be smaller than the tec anomalies related to both earthquake and tsunami effects on the ionosphere. a large eigenvalue indicates the patterns of the tsunami effect jyh-woei lin 4 figure 5. the figure gives a color-coded scale of the magnitudes of principal eigenvalues corresponding to figure 2. the color within a grid denotes the magnitude of assigned principal eigenvalues, respectively. note it resulted in an eigenvalue in any place of each grid. however, for convenience to show, each grid was filled with a uniform color. this study has shown large eigenvalue near the epicenter. 5 and earthquake-related tec anomalies, and these patterns may represent the types of certain particular spatial tec frequencies or characteristics that were detected by the 2dpca. it is worth mentioning that if artificial effects caused by 2dpca really occurred and then the computing errors of the 600 eigenvalues (figures 5, 6 and 7) will have almost the same magnitudes, thus the larger eigenvalues could also show a relation to the earthquake and tsunami effects. 4. discussion 2dpca was able to detect a tec anomaly related to the earthquake that began at 05:47 near the epicenter, which is considered to possibly be an extension of the precursor of this earthquake which may be the same as stark p-type semiconductor effects [lin 2012]. after this tec anomaly disappeared, a tec anomaly at 05:53 initiated the propagation of an anomalous fluctuation and propagated the effects of the tsunami on the ionosphere through the acoustic shock waves from the epicenter. as stated previously, one reason should be acoustic shock waves. this anomaly resembled what one would expect from rising acoustic shock waves because of strong motion. as discussed in the introduction, earth’s atmosphere could act as a natural amplifier due to declining atmospheric density with height. a large earthquake, such as this earthquake, was characterized by many fine vibrations at the earth’s surface which could produce a vertical stark acoustic pressure wave of great amplitude by the time it reached the ionosphere. such a description could possibly represent the concentrated energy of an acoustic shock wave with fast speed being formed in the lower atmosphere after the earthquake traveling up into the ionosphere to cause the anomalous fluctuation near the epicenter. this anomalous fluctuation could be an early warning for the regions far from the epicenter when this anomalous fluctuation beginning to propagate as a type of rayleigh waves. as stated in section 3, this anomalous fluctuation spread out around the region of tec anomaly after 1 h in figure 4. when 1° is about 110 km and then the propagating speed of this anomalous fluctuation is about 3960-4950 km/h (1.1-1.3 km/s) during the examined time period. chen et al.’s study [2011] described the anomalous fluctuation propagate with the speed of 3600-6120 km/h (1-1.7 km/s) for the same early warning of tsunami of tohoku earthquake figure 6. the figure gives a color-coded scale of the magnitudes of principal eigenvalues corresponding to figure 3. figure 7. the figure gives a color-coded scale of the magnitudes of principal eigenvalues corresponding to figure 4. figure 8. this figure shows the dst indices in march 2011 (world data center for geomagnetism, kyoto). earthquake. therefore the result in this study should be reasonable. moreover, some studies had different results that the propagation velocity of the tec disturbances from the epicenter was quite larger e.g. liu et al. [2011] describe fast propagating plasma disturbances as a type of rayleigh waves [yuen et al. 1969] quickly travel away above the epicenter along the main island of japan with a speed of 2.3-3.3 km/s. however, they used another data source. the tsunami arrived with the speed being about 720-800 km/h at the far regions very slower than such anomalous fluctuation propagated. through this study, the tec fluctuation propagation could be as an early warning of the tsunami caused by this earthquake. please note that it resulted in an eigenvalue at any place within each grid (the largest eigenvalue locations were surely near the epicenter and spread out from the epicenter). however, for convenience, each grid was filled with uniform color. this study has shown many square regions that are presented only for convenience. the aim of this paper was to compute the propagation of the anomalous fluctuation with its speed of 3600-6120 km/h, and it was not focused on the shape of the propagating anomalous fluctuation. 5. conclusion 2dpca had the advantage to detect the tec anomalies related to the march 11, 2011, tohoku earthquake. results have shown that a local ranging tec anomaly may be an extension of the precursor of this earthquake and that another tec anomaly at 05:53 began the propagation of the effects of the tsunami on the ionosphere through the acoustic shock waves from the epicenter. the tec anomaly could be a tec anomalous fluctuation with the speed being 3960-4950 km/h. the anomalous fluctuation could be an early warning of the tsunami for far regions because the anomalous fluctuation propagating speed was fast than the speed of tsunami with about 720-800 km/h. acknowledgements. the author is grateful to nasa’s global differential gps (gdgps) system for the useful references data. the author is gratefully mourning the death of the japanese in this earthquake on march 11, 2011. references chen, c.h., a. saito, c.h. lin, j.y. liu, h.f. tsai, t. tsugawa, y. otsuka, m. nishioka and m. matsumura (2011). long-distance propagation of ionospheric disturbance generated by the 2011 off the pacific coast of tohoku earthquake, earth planets space, 63, 881-884. elsner, j.b., and s.p. kavlakov (2001). hurricane intensity changes associated with geomagnetic variation, atmos. sci. lett.; doi:10.1006/asle.2001.0040. freund, f.t. (2003). rocks that crackle and sparkle and glow strange pre-earthquake phenomena, j. sci. explor., 17 (1), 37-71. hamilton, d.c., g. gloeckler, f.m. ipavich, w. studemann, b.wilken and g. kremser (1988). ring current development during the great geomagnetic storm of february 1986, j. geophys. res., 93, 1434314355. heki, k., and j.s. ping (2005). directivity and apparent velocity of the coseismic ionospheric disturbances observed with a dense gps array, earth planet. sci. lett., 236, 845-855. hernández-pajares, m., j.m. juan, j. sanz, r. orus, a. garcia-rigo, j. feltens, a. komjathy, s.c. schaer and a. krankowski (2009). the igs vtec maps: a reliable source of ionospheric information since 1998, j. geod., 83, 263-275; doi:10.1007/s00190-008-0266-1. jin, s.g., r. jin and j.h. li (2014). pattern and evolution of seismo-ionospheric disturbances following the 2011 tohoku earthquakes from gps observations, j. geophys. res. space physics, 119, 7914-7927; doi:10. 1002/2014ja019825. kakinami, y., j.y. liu, l.c. tsai and k.i. oyama (2010). ionospheric electron content anomalies detected by a formosat-3/cosmic empirical model before and after the wenchuan earthquake, int. j. remote sens., 31, 3571-3578. kechine, m.o., c.c.j.m. tiberius, h. van der marel (2004). real-time kinematic positioning with nasa’s global differential gps system, gnss conference, st. petersburg, russia. khegai, v.v., a.d. legen’ka and v.p. kim (2013). anomalous variations in the fof2 critical frequency above japan prior to the earthquake of march 9, 2011, geomagn. aeronomy, 53 (4), 529-533; doi:10.1134/s00 16793213040099. lin, j.w. (2012). potential reasons for ionospheric anomalies immediately prior to china’s wenchuan earthquake on 12 may 2008 detected by nonlinear principal component analysis, int. j. appl. earth. obs. geoinf., 14, 178-191. liu, j.y., c.h. chen, c.h. lin, h.f. tsai, c.h. chen and m. kamogawa (2011). ionospheric disturbances triggered by the 11 march 2011 m9.0 tohoku earthquake, j. geophys. res., 116, a06319; doi:10.1029/ 2011ja016761. makela, j.j., p. lognonné, h. hébert, t. gehrels, l. rolland, s. allgeyer, a. kherani, g. occhipinti, e. astafyeva, p. coïsson, a. loevenbruck, e. clévédé, m.c. kelley and j. lamouroux (2011). imaging and modeling the ionospheric airglow response over hawaii to the tsunami generated by the tohoku earthquake of 11 march 2011, geophys. res. lett., jyh-woei lin 6 7 38, l00g02; doi:10.1029/2011gl047860. mannucci, a.j., b.d. wilson, d.n. yuan, c.h. ho, u.j. lindqwister and t.f. runge (1998). a global mapping technique for gps-derived ionospheric total electron content measurements, radio sci., 33 (3), 565-582. mao, t. (2007). nowcasting and modeling the ionospheric tec from the observation of gps network, ph.d thesis, institute of geology and geophysics, chinese academy of sciences. mao, t., w. wan, x. yue., l. sun., b. zhao and j. guo (2008). an empirical orthogonal function model of total electron content over china, radio sci.; doi:10.1029/2007rs003629. matsumura, m., a. saito, t. iyemori, h. shinagawa, t. tsugawa, y. otsuka, m. nishioka and c.h. chen (2011). numerical simulations of atmospheric waves excited by the 2011 off the pacific coast of tohoku earthquake, earth planets space, 63, 885-889. mukherjee, g.k. (1999). storm-associated variations of [oi] 630.0 nm emissions from low latitudes, terr. atmos. ocean. sci., 10 (1), 265-276. occhipinti, g., p. coisson, j.j. makela and s. allgeyer (2011). three-dimensional numerical modeling of tsunami-related internal gravity waves in the hawaiian atmosphere, earth planets space, 63, 847-851. otsuka, y., n. kotake, t. tsugawa, k. shiokawa, t. ogawa, effendy, s. saito, m. kawamura, t. maruyama, n. hemmakorn and t. komolmis (2006). gps detection of total electron content variations over indonesia and thailand following the 26 december 2004 earthquake, earth planets space, 58, 159-165. ouyang, g., j. wang, j. wang and d. cole (2008). analysis on temporal-spatial variations of australian tec, international association of geodesy symposia, 133 (4), 751-758; doi:10.1007/978-3-54085426-5_86. plotnikov, i.ya., and e.s. barkova (2007). advances in space research nonlinear dependence of dst and ae indices on the electric field of magnetic clouds, terr. atmos. ocean. sci., 40 (12), 1858-1862. raman, s., and l. garin (2005). performance evaluation of global differential gps (gdgps) for single frequency c/a code receivers, sirf technology, inc. rothkaehl, h., n. izohkina, n. prutensky, s. pulinets, m. parrot, g. lizunov, j. blecki, i. stanislawska (2004). ionospheric disturbances generated by different natural processes and by human activity in earth plasma environment, annals of geophysics, 47 (2/3), supplement. saito, a., t. tsugawa, y. otsuka, m. nishioka, t. iyemori, m. matsumura, s. saito, c.h. chen, y. goi and n.choosakul (2011a). acoustic resonance and plasma depletion detected by gps total electron content observation after the 2011 tohoku earthquake, earth planets space, 63, 863-867. saito, t., y. ito, d. inazu and r. hino (2011b). tsunami source of the 2011 tohoku-oki earthquake, japan: inversion analysis based on dispersive tsunami simulations, geophys. res. lett., 38, l00g19; doi:10.10 29/2011gl049089. sanguansat, p. (2012). principal component analysis, published by intech, rijeka, croatia, 300 pp. shinagawa, h., t. iyemori, s. saito and t. maruyama (2007). a numerical simulation of ionospheric and atmospheric variations associated with the sumatra earthquake on december 26, 2004, earth planets space, 59, 1015-1026. tsugawa, t., a. saito, y. otsuka, m. nishioka, t. maruyama, h. kato, t. nagatsuma and k.t. murata (2011). ionospheric disturbances detected by gps total electron content observation after the 2011 off the pacific coast of tohoku earthquake, earth planets space, 63, 875-879. woulff, g., and t.r. mcgetchin (1976). acoustic noise from volcanoes: theory and experiment, geophys. j. roy. astr. s., 45, 601-616. wu, s., and y. bar-sever (2005). real-time sub-cm differential orbit determination of two low-earth orbiters with gps bias fixing jet propulsion laboratory, california institute of technology, tx, usa, september 2005. yuen, p.c., p.f. weaver, r.k. suzuki and a.s. furumoto (1969). continuous, traveling coupling between seismic waves and the ionosphere evident in may 1968 japan earthquake data, j. geophys. res., 74 (9), 2256-2264. corresponding author: jyh-woei lin, national cheng kung university, department of earth science, tainan, taiwan; email: pgjwl1966@gmail.com. © 2015 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. early warning of tsunami of tohoku earthquake << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word 7358-18223-1-ed_bohle et al.-rev daniela.doc annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7358 1 a concept of society-earth-centric narratives martin bohle* directorate general research and innovation, european commission martin.bohle@ec.europa.eu anna sibilla* easme anna.sibilla@ec.europa.eu robert casals i graells* council of the european union robert.casalsgraells@consilium.europa.eu abstract this essay presents a concept of narratives as powerful means for people to associate themselves with anthropogenic global change. the starting point of our reflection is that people’s awareness is related to their story-telling practices to communicate insights and to induce or inspire behaviour. by analysing traditional and modern settings of "earthcentric" narratives and their respective societal context, one can sketch the necessary features of society-earth-centric narratives. these features seem suitable to raise public awareness, in particular of urban people, of the interaction of human activities and the earth system, and of anthropogenic global change. 1. introduction uman-driven change of natural environment has been a concern since the onset of the industrial revolution [fressoz, 2012; lewis and maslin, 2015; waters et al., 2016]. full understanding of earth system dynamics requires insight into people-people interactions and people-earth interactions. sound humanearth system interactions need reliable science and engineering expertise as well as the valueloaded considerations of the ethical, social and cultural implications of human activities [press, 2008; biermann, 2012; wilson, 2014; ellis, 2015; ellis et al., 2016; veland and lynch, 2016]. as anthropologists attest, humans are storytellers [pagel, 2012; wilson, 2012]. throughout the history of humankind, narratives were developed to share insights among people and to guide their behaviour. this essay sketches how the weaving of several concerns into common threads should lead to compelling narratives that can raise public awareness of the intersections of human activities with the earth system; that is, of anthropogenic global change. 2. earth-centric narratives: past and present traditional communities refer to the marvellous to ascribe meaning to natural phenomena and to maintain social cohesion. by the same means, these communities control the exploitation of the environment on which they depend. as an example arising from the western tradition, some rural alpine cultures in the aosta valley in the italian alps have maintained these approaches into contemporary times [sibilla, 2012]. their particular narration is about how the rugged mountains around the valley protects its greenest and most fertile grounds from human exploitation. these types of traditional narratives were earth-centric to inspire a behaviour that might sustain stable and lasting human-earth system interactions. the behaviour was justified with h annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7358 2 faith-based reasoning referring to the supernatural, which were common and shared views in the respective communities [durand, 1960; whitehouse and mccauley, 2005; botero et al., 2014]. although based mainly on faith and beliefs, the traditional thinking was functional because it had encoded practical experiences into a solid frame of reference values. when this traditional basis is disrupted by explanations that use insights into natural processes and technologies, the traditional balance in the community between "earth-centric" and “society-centric” goals can be altered. this alteration can disrupt the equilibrium of people's relationships with the earth system. to encourage an earth-centric behaviour, modern societies that dwell on science and technology, industrialisation, and global urbanisation will need to incorporate other narratives, as the traditional societies did. with a greater awareness of earth processes and the health of ecosystems, public concerns about pollution, hazard mitigation, demographics, and use of resources become familiar, in particular for urban populations [fressoz, 2012]. contemporary narratives of human-earth system interactions have to use natural science, humanities and history, anthropology, philosophy, and politics to strike a knowledge-based balance between "earthcentric" and “society-centric” contents [kleinhans et al., 2010; philipps, 2012]. 3. illustrating modern geoscience narratives landscapes, history, or art can furnish ample opportunities for narratives about geoscience matters and societal concerns. the following is an example to illustrate what we mean by "opportunities" [bohle, 2015]. crater lake is situated in a caldera in south-central oregon (usa). this unique lake was a sacred site for the native klamath tribe. their legends tell of battling gods, of sky and underworld, and establish crater lake as a profoundly spiritual place. the deep lake was formed around 7,700 years ago by the collapse of a volcanic caldera [zdanowicz et al., 1999]. it has neither surfacewater inflow nor outlet, and is known for the clarity and dark blue colour of its water, which reflects the sky and backscatters blue light. evidently, bringing the legend and modern science in context with the beauty and uniqueness of the site offers an attractive story. modern society-earth-centric narratives draw on scientific knowledge from humanities and natural sciences. it is postulated that additional features are needed to make the narrative operational that is, to render it society-earth-centric, namely: it must hold relevance for mundane matters; it must address value creation; and it must reflect urban lifestyle. • relevance for mundane matters. daily weather and, over longer time intervals, climate can exert significant impact on humans' lives. weather reports for specific professional audiences have been produced since the mid-19th century. regular weather forecast became feasible since the early 1950s [bauer et al., 2015]. today, modern media combine in a single narrative the weather forecast, information on meteorological phenomena, and impacts on economic activities. these meteorologist's narratives about mundane matters provide a benchmark. • addressing value creation. the application of geosciences allows modern societies to function. craftsman, technicians, architects, and engineers use geoscience when they create artificial environments, extract minerals, determine the stability of foundations, or in myriad other activities in which they create engineered works in a geological context. beyond offering economic value, geoscience provides cultural value it provides reliable knowledge about the lifesupporting functions of the earth's systems [hazen, 2012]. narratives about these cases of applied geosciences help us understand the development of human-geosphere interactions and the perception of history [latour, 2013]. • reflecting urban lifestyle. the gilgamesh poem and the story of uruk (a town built 5000 years ago in mesopotamia) are fascinating cultural artefacts through which ancient city-dwellers recorded their obvious connections with the geosphere [george, 1999]. in the modern urban environment, the experiential connections of people with the geosphere are constrained. experiential connections of urban people with the geoannals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7358 3 sphere are biased towards events that disrupt the proper functioning of the engineered structures that form their dwellings and support their lifestyles. when modern city dwellers are isolated from nature through engineered environments, their lives are dominated by social experiences. an urban lifestyle resonates in dense people-people interactions. any earth-centric narrative must link to these familiar societycentric narratives in order to be fully understood. modern society-earth-centric narratives are told in the context of anthropogenic global change, although the effect of people's activity on earth has been noticeable for several thousand years [foley et al., 2013]. today, human impact on earth's environment goes beyond regional industrial pollution, urbanisation of rural areas, or replacing pristine wilderness by rural landscapes [ellis et al., 2013], regardless of whether these impacts are endogenous or even understood by society. non-scientists perceive contemporary anthropogenic global change in their own ways, and public perception of the widespread effects of economic activity on the earth system is generally limited. moreover, it is not yet fully evident how these interactions depend on culture and the individual or shared values of people [bohle, 2016]. still, to handle these interactions efficiently and effectively, society will have to be aware of them. as most people live in towns, narratives for urban dwellers are particularly needed and must be focused on familiar societal perceptions and values in order to be useful. effective narratives should engage a wide cross section of society, including those who have expert knowledge, are practitioners, represent traditional knowledge, or share views of lobbies or political representatives [hulme, 2011]. 4. a framework for society-earthcentric narratives we can draw upon what we know to suggest what sorts of society-earth-centric narratives are needed. first, acknowledge that people shape their environment in response to their needs as these are perceived through the filter of their world-views and preferences. in that context, people use narratives to develop abstract mental concepts, compare them with observations, assess their cultural and social background, or influence others through making value statements. second, acknowledge that people's narratives about the intersections of their activities with the earth system have evolved throughout history. learn from that history, that narratives can have richer features than is provided by science alone, and should include a focus on people and social interactions. to achieve awareness of the public, narratives have to be both earth-centric and society-centric [gluckman, 2014]. third, acknowledge that everybody needs to understand the interactions of human economic activity and the earth system, and therefore narratives have to stay within the average person's ordinary value-loaded frame of reference [lidström et al., 2015]. society-earth-centric narratives benefit from geoscience expertise that is relevant for both economy and value setting, and is interwoven with arts, linguistic and cultural histories. 5. summary the historical and political discourse about the path of human development during recent centuries [malanima, 2010] shows how people entered the anthropocene: “ces histories nous invitent à reprendre politiquement la main sur des institutions, des élites sociales, des systèmes symboliques et matériels puissantes qui nous ont fait basculer dans l'anthropocène" [bonneuil and fressoz, 2013; page 27: "these stories invite us to take control of political institutions, social elites, powerful symbolic and material systems that have tipped us into the anthropocene."]. global anthropogenic change is now part of the public perception of ‘the state of the globe.’ many people in western culture perceive this scenario as a threat to their lifestyle and well-being [ehrlich et al., 2012; biermann et al., 2012; walton and shaw, 2015]. facing anthropogenic global change requires a public debate that is anchored in experiences [moore, 2016] and supported by society-earthannals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7358 4 centric narratives. rich narratives can be spun on a broad range of perspectives: (i) beauty or particularity of ordinary or unusual phenomena, (ii) evaluating hazards for or from mundane environments, (iii) relevance for everyday matters, creating value and (iv) relating to people-people interactions. only when geoscience matters are woven into engaging narratives can people connect to them within their framework(s) of values and culture. references bauer p., thorpe a. and brunet g. (2015). the quiet revolution of numerical weather prediction. nature, 525: 47–55, doi:10.1038/nature14956. biermann f., abbott k., andresen s., bäckstrand k., bernstein s., betsill m. m., bulkeley h., cashore b., clapp j., folke c., gupta a., gupta j., haas p. m., jordan a., kanie n., kulvánková-oravská t., lebel l., liverman d., meadowcroft j., mitchel r. b., newell p., oberthür s., olsson l., pattberg p., sánchez-rodríguez r., schroeder h., underdal a., camargo vieira s., vogel c., young o. r., brock a. and zondervan r. (2012). navigating the anthropocene: improving earth system governance, science, 335: 1306-1307. bohle m. (2015). simple geoethics: an essay on daily earth science. geological society london special publications, 419(1): 5-12, doi:10.1144/sp419.3. bohle m. (2016). handling of humangeosphere intersections. geosciences 6(1), doi:10.3390/geosciences6010003. http://www.mdpi.com/2076-3263/6/1/3. bonneuil ch. and fressoz j. b. (2013). l'événement anthropocène la terre, l'histoire et nous, paris: le seuil 1-271 pp. botero c., gardner b., kirby k. r., bulbulia j., gavin, m. c. and gray r. d. (2014). the ecology of religious beliefs, pnas 11147: 16784–16789, doi: 10.1073/pnas.1408701111. descola ph. (2011). l’écologie des autres. l’anthropologie et la question de la nature. paris: éditions quae. 1-112 pp. durand g. (1960). les structures anthropologiques de l'imaginaire. paris: press universitaire de france, 1-95 pp. ehrlich p. r., kareiva p. m. and daily g. c. (2012). securing natural capital and expanding equity to rescale civilisation. nature 486: 68-73. ellis e. c. (2015). ecology in an anthropogenic biosphere. ecological monographs 85(3): 287–331. doi:10.1890/14-2274.1. ellis e. c., kaplan j. o., fuller d. q., vavrus s., klein goldewijk k. and verburg p. h. (2013). used planet: a global history. proceedings of the national academy of sciences 110(20): 7978–7985. doi:10.1073/pnas.1217241110. ellis e. c., j. richerson p. j., mesoudi a., svenning j. ch., odling-smee j. and burnside w. r. (2016). evolving the human niche. proceedings of the national academy of sciences 113(31): e4436–e4436. doi:10.1073/pnas.1609425113. foley j.a., ramankutty n., brauman k. a., cassidy e. s., gerber j. s., johnston m., mueller n. d., o’connell ch., ray d. k., west p. c., balzer ch., bennett e. m., carpenter st. r., hill j., monfreda ch., polasky s., rockström j., sheehan j., siebert s., tilman d. and zaks d. p. m. (2013). solutions for a cultivated planet, nature 478:.337–342, doi:10.1038/nature10452. fressoz j. b. (2012). l'apocalypse joyeuse une histoire du risque technologique. paris: le seuil, 1-312 pp. george a. (1999). the epic of gilgamesh. london: pinguin books, 1228 pp. gluckman p. (2014). the art of science advice to government, nature 507: 163-165. hazen r. m. (2012). the story of earth. london: viking pinguin, 1-306 pp. hulme m. (2011). meet the humanities. nature climate change 1(4): 177–179. doi:10.1038/nclimate1150. http://www.nature.com/doifinder/10.103 8/nclimate1150. kleinhans m. g., buskes ch. j. j. and de regt h. w. (2010). philosophy of earth science. in: fritz allhoff [editor) philosophies of the sciences, 213–236. oxford: wiley-blackwell. doi:10.1002/9781444315578.ch9. latour b. (2013). facing gaia: six lectures on the political theology of nature. gifford lectures on natural religion, edinburgh, annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7358 5 18-28 february 2013: 1-144 pp. http://www.brunolatour.fr/sites/default/files/downloads/g ifford-six-lectures_1.pdf. lewis s. l. and maslin m. a. (2015). defining the anthropocene. nature 519:171-180, doi: 10.1038/nature14258. lidström s., west s., katzschner t., pérezramos m. i. and twidle h. (2015). invasive narratives and the inverse of slow violence: alien species in science and society. environmental humanities 7: 1–40. malanima p. (2010). europäische wirtschaftsgeschichte 10.-19. jahrhundert. vienna: böhlau verlag, 1-493 pp. moore a. (2016). anthropocene anthropology: reconceptualizing contemporary global change. journal of the royal anthropological institute 22(1): 27–46. doi:10.1111/14679655.12332. pagel m. (2012). wired for culture. origins of the human social mind, new york: w.w. norton & company, 1-423 pp. phillips j. (2012). storytelling in earth sciences: eight basic plots. earth-science reviews 115: 153-162. doi: 10.1016/j.earscirev.2012.09.005. press f. (2008). earth science and society. nature 451: 301–303. doi:10.1038/nature06595. sibilla p. (2012). approdi e percorsi, saggi di antrolologia alpina. firenze: leo olschki editore pp. 51 – 68. veland s. and lynch a. h. (2016). scaling the anthropocene: how the stories we tell matter. geoforum 72: 1–5. doi:10.1016/j.geoforum.2016.03.006. walton t. and shaw w. s. (2015). living with the anthropocene blues. geoforum 60:1-3. doi:10.1016/j.geoforum.2014.12.014. waters c. n., zalasiewicz j., summerhayes c., barnosky a. d., poirier c., galuszka a., cearreta c., edgeworth m., ellis e. c., ellis m., jeandel c., leinfelder r., mcneill j. r., richter d. deb., steffen w., syvitski j., vidas d., wagreich m., williams m., zhisheng a., grinevald j., odada e., oreskes n. and wolfe a. p. (2016). the anthropocene is functionally and stratigraphically distinct from the holocene. science 351: aad2622-aad2622. doi:10.1126/science.aad2622. whitehouse h. and mccauley r. (2005). mind and religion – psychological and cognitive foundation of religiosity. oxford: altamira press, 1-248 pp. wilson e. o. (2012). the social conquest of earth. new york: w.w. norton & company, 1331 pp. wilson e. o. (2014). the meaning of human existence. new york: w.w. norton & company, 1-207 pp. zdanowicz ch., zielinski g. a. and germani m. s. (1999). mount mazama eruption; calendrical age verified and atmospheric impact assessed. geology 277: 621–624. * disclaimer: all views expressed herein are entirely of the author, do not reflect the position of the european institutions or bodies and do not, in any way, engage any of them. acknowledgement: the authors are grateful to their employers for the consent to work on these matters outside their profession al duties. the authors declare no conflict of interest. this paper is the extended version of the author's contribution to the 35 international geological congress, 2016 cape town. the affiliation of third author was at the research executive agency (rea) when the work was performed. finally, the authors like to thank the anonymous reviewer for their help. 1 annex (doi: 10.4401/ag-6762) volcanic ash cloud observation using ground-based ka-band radar and nearinfrared lidar ceilometer during the eyjafjallajökull eruption marzano, f. s., et al. volcanic ash plumes are formed during explosive volcanic eruptions. after advection over several thousands of kilometers, volcanic ash particles are highly fragmented, dispersed and aged with micronsized sorting. this annex describes the ash microphysical modeling and the simulated radar and lidar signatures. a.1. volcanic ash microphysical modeling in this work all particles are assumed to be spheroids, i.e. ellipsoids with circular symmetry. this shape is, on the one hand, quite general and, on the other hand, simplifies the numerical treatment of scattering. similarly to what described in marzano et al. (2012), we set up a microphysical model of ash particle distributions. this means to specify: a) particle size distribution (psd); b) particle ellipsoidal axial ratio (ar); c) particle orientation distribution (pod); d) particle density and dielectric constant. ash psds are typically modeled through a normalized gamma or weibull size distribution [e.g., marzano et al., 2006; 2010]. in case of a multimode size distribution, it is always possible to suppose more than one analytical psd, characterized by different mean sizes and total number of particles. in this study, we have adopted the scaled gamma (sg) psd as a general model for all particles. if de is the diameter of a spherical volume-equivalent particle, the scaled-gamma psd np [mm-1m-3] for a generic class of ash particles p can be written as:                   np e np p d d np e npep e d d ndn  )( (1) where the “intercept” parameter nnp and the “slope” parameter np in a logarithmic plane are related to the “shape” parameter p and to the particle density p through: 1 4 6 10 4 4 6      pnp pnpp npp np d c n p    ; )( (2) with cp the mass concentration [g/m3] and dnp [mm] the number-weighted mean diameter. psd in (1) is completely specified by the three parameters p, dnp and cp (with a particle density p between 1 and 2.5 g/cm3). if particles are sphere equivalent, their mass is mp=p(/6)de3. the number of ash classes with respect to their average size is set to 5 as follows: i) very fine ash (va) with mean equivalent diameters uniformly distributed between 2-3-23 m (0.125-8 m); ii) fine ash (fa) between 23-26 m (8-64 m); iii) coarse ash (ca) between 26-29 m (64-512 m); iv) small lapilli (sl) between 29-212 m (0.512-4.096 mm); and finally v) large lapilli (ll) between 212-215 m (4.096-32.768 mm). with respect to previous studies [marzano et al., 2012], we have added the class of large lapilli and very fine ash to take into account ballistic fallout as well as dispersed small particles in order to deal with a fairly general observation scenario (closer to and farther from the volcanic vent). moreover, uniform distribution around the mean size has been assumed instead of gaussian probability. each diameter class may be subdivided with respect to other main parameters, e.g. the ash concentration and orientation angle [marzano et al., 2012]. the following sub-sets have been introduced: i) 4 classes of ash concentration, i.e.: very small (vc), small (sc), moderate (mc), and intense (ic) concentrations. these sub-sets are eventually compacted into 1 class uniformly going from 10-6 g/m3 up to 10 g/m3; 2 ii) 5 classes of particle orientation with gaussian pod characterized by a mean canting angle m, i.e.: tumbling with m=30° (to.1), tumbling with m=45° (to.2), tumbling with m=60° (to.3), oblate m=0° (oo); prolate m=90° (po). these 5 sub-sets are reducible to 3; iii) 2 classes of ar models, i.e.: ratio basalticandesitic (rb) and ratio rhyolitic (rr), even though we have here selected only the rb case; iv) 3 classes of va, fa, ca spherical particles (sp) with all 5 concentrations. particle dielectric constant models have been derived from literature; in particular, their dependence on sio2 weight wsio2 and relative humidity fraction (rh) is derived from the available data [e.g., adams et al., 1996; shettle and fenn, 1971]. ash classes can exhibit a mixed-phased permittivity due to liquid and ice water in the atmosphere. particle classes with a mixed refractive index have been also introduced [marzano et al., 2010]. in such a case, we have limited our attention to particles smaller than lapilli, so that 3 new mixed-phase classes have been labeled by vam, fam, cam for all 5 concentrations. liquid and ice water particle classes (e.g., cloud droplets, ice crystals, snowflakes) can be added to generalize the scenario. considering all combinations, the nominal number of classes is 233 (5·4·5·2+15+15+3) which can be effectively reduced to 20 (5·1·3·1+3+2), as we will discuss later on in this work. a.2. volcanic ash particle scattering and extinction the conditions allowing for the rayleigh scattering regime, depending on particle refraction index and the ratio between the particle diameter and the incident wavelength , are not always satisfied by the characteristics of the problem under discussion. simulated polarimetric radar observables for spheroidal particles can be obtained by using the t-matrix numerical method [mishchenko et al., 1996], implemented through the hydrometeor ash particle ensemble scattering simulator (hapess) [marzano et al., 2012]. in order to simulate the optical polarimetric signatures of volcanic particles we have included within hapess the geometrical optical limits which cannot be evaluated by t-matrix code due to numerical convergence problems [min et al, 2003; gasteiger et al., 2011]. in the next sub-sections we will introduce observables related to backscattering amplitude since those related to forward scattering phase are beyond the scopes of this paper [see marzano et al., 2012]. polarimetric radar observables using horizontal (h) and vertical (v) polarization states, copolar (zhh, zv) and crosspolar (zvh, zvh) radar reflectivity factors can be expressed in terms of ash psd. if  is the wavelength associated to a given frequency f, kp is the ash particle radar dielectric factor and  is the particle canting angle, sxy(b) are the backscattering components at x (x=h,v for the receiving mode) and y (y=h,v for the transmitting mode) polarization of the complex scattering matrix s, we can define:     ),(sin)( )(),,()( )( )(         e b xy p ep epe b xy p xy ds k dddp dnfds k fz 4 8 25 4 2 0 2 025 4 (3) in (3) angle brackets stands for average over psd np and pod pp, assuming a uniform azimuthally symmetric pod [marzano et al, 2012]. note that: i) zhv=zvh for cross-polarization reciprocity; ii) the canting angle  is defined in the polarization plane with respect to its vertical polarization unit-vector; iii) if zxy is expressed in [mm6m-3], then zxy=10log10(zxy) is conventionally expressed in dbz. 3 the derived differential reflectivity zdr, which is the ratio of reflectivity at the two polarization states, and the linear depolarization ratio ldr are defined as: )( )( )( fz fz fz vv hh dr  ; )( )( )( fz fz fl hh hv dr  (4) where zdr and ldr are unitless and usually expressed in db. the specific power attenuation hh (vv) at polarization h (v) can be obtained from:   ),,(im)( )( fdsf efxyxy  42 (5) the apex “f” of s indicates its forward components. note that, if xy is in [km-1], the above quantities are usually defined in db within the radar community xy=4.343xy. note that, if the ellipsoidal axial ratio shows an intrinsic variability, the particle non-sphericity can significantly affect the differential reflectivity zdr. the ldr is not dependent on the particle concentration and it is governed by the inverse of reflectivityweigthed axial ratio within the rayleigh scattering. the ldr signature will then increase with increasing canting angle and axial ratio variability. polarimetric lidar observables the lidar backscattering coefficients hh, vv and vh at horizontal (h) and vertical (v) polarization states can be expressed similarly to the corresponding radar coefficients. indeed, from (4) their definition can be written as:     ),(sin)( )(),,()( )( )(    e b xyep epe b xyxy dsdddp dnds 4 4 2 00 (6) where x=h,v again stands for the receiving mode and y=h,v for the transmitting mode polarization. note that xy is usually expressed in [km-1sr-1] so that xy=10log10(xy) is here conventionally expressed in db (in analogy to dbz for zxy). the same applies to the specific attenuation or extinction coefficient xy, which similarly to (5) is expressed in [km-1] and is defined as:   ),,(4im2)( )(  efxyxy ds (7) analogously to (7), if xy is in [km-1], xy=4.343xy is conventionally expressed in db. similarly to zdr and ldr in (4), the unitless lidar linear co-polarization ratio co and cross-polarization ratio cr can be defined by: )()( )()( )(    hhvv hhvv co    ; )( )( )(    hh vh cr  (8) radar and lidar polarimetric signatures in order to discuss combined polarimetric signatures, we have considered existing radar and lidar instrument setups, e.g. zenith-pointing kaband radars and colocated lidars operating at 355 nm, 532 nm and 1024 nm wavelength [e.g., madonna et al., 2010]. hapess outputs have been validated for volcanic ash with numerical simulations available in literature [e.g. wiegner et al., 2009]. figure 1a: correlation between zenith ka-band polarimetric radar observables in terms of copolar reflectivity zhh(36ghz), linear depolarization ratio ldr(36ghz), and specific attenuation hh(36ghz) for fa size class, using all ash concentrations classes (vc, sc, mc and ic) and for different particle orientations (oo, po, sp and to.2) with basaltic axial ratio model. -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 -10 3 -10 2 -10 1 ka: fine ash z hh [dbz] l d r h v [ d b ] -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 -10 3 -10 2 -10 1 ka: small lapilli z hh [dbz] l d r h v [ d b ] -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 10 -8 10 -6 10 -4 10 -2 ka: fine ash zhh [dbz]  h h [ d b /k m ] fa-oo fa-po fa-sp fa-to -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 10 -6 10 -4 10 -2 10 0 ka:small lapilli zhh [dbz]  h h [ d b /k m ] sl-oo sl-po sl-sp sl-to 4 this section illustrates examples of ash sub-classes, limited here for brevity to fa signatures in terms of ka-band and near infrared (nir) polarimetric observables (which are used for the combined system introduced later on). figure 1a shows how zhh(36ghz) correlates to linear depolarization ldr(36ghz) and specific power attenuation ahh(36ghz). note that the particle orientation has an impact on ldr(36ghz), with the oo (mainly horizontal with respect to the ground) providing values of about -40 db. specific attenuation is pretty low for fa (lower than 0.15 db/km), but larger of 1 db/km for larger particles. in figure 1a we have also added the behavior of spherical particles (sp) where we expect theoretically zhv=0 and ldr=0. figure 1b: same as in the figure 1a panels, but for the zenith lidar copolar backscatter coefficient hh(1064nm), linear crosspolarization ratio δcr(1064nm), and extinction coefficient hh(1064nm) with relative humidity ranging between 30 and 70%. in figure 1b panels show the correlation between zenith-pointing nir backscatter coefficient hh(λ), linear cross-polarization ratio cr(λ), and extinction coefficient ahh(λ) for fine ash. note that hh(1064nm) ranges from -80 todfor fa-po and -40 todfor fa-sp, whereas the sensitivity to orientation is no more evident for the larger particles.the extinction hh(1064nm) ranges from -80 to 40 db/km for fa, whereas hh (1064nm) from -110 to -10db/km for larger particles. it is worth noting that if hh(λ) increases with increasing ash concentration cp, it decreases with increasing particle mean diameter dn, a behavior which is explained by the optical limit regime of scattering taking place at nir for particles larger than few microns [wiegner et al., 2009; min et al., 2003]. on the opposite, the radar reflectivity zhh(f) increases with the increase of both cp and dn. references [adam et al. 1996] adams, r., et al. (1996). measurements of the complex dielectric constant of volcanic ash from 4 to 19 ghz. j. geophys. res., vol. 101, pp. 8175–8185. [ferguson and stephens 1983] ferguson, j. a., and stephens, d. h. (1983). algorithm for inverting lidar returns. appl. opt., 22, 3673-3675. [gudmundsson et al. 2012] gudmundsson, m. t., et al. (2012). ash generation and distribution from the april-may 2010 eruption of eyjafjallajo ̈kull, iceland, ng scientific report, 2 : 572 | doi: 10.1038/srep00572. [marzano et al. 2012] marzano, f. s., et al. (2012). synthetic signatures of volcanic ash cloud particles from x-band dual-polarization radar, ieee trans. geosci. rem. sens., 50, 193-211. [marzano et al. 2013] marzano, f. s., et al. (2013). inside volcanic clouds: remote sensing of ash plumes using microwave weather radars. bullettin am. met. soc., 1567-1586, doi: 10.1175/bams-d-1100160.1. [min et al. 2003] min, m., et al. (2003). scattering and absorption cross sections for randomly oriented spheroids of arbitrary size, j. quant. spectr. rad. transfer, 79–80, 939–951. -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 10 -15 10 -10 10 -5 10 0 10 5 ir: fine ash  hh [db]  c r fa-oo-ic fa-po-ic fa-sp-ic fa-to-ic -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 10 -15 10 -10 10 -5 10 0 ir: small lapilli  hh [db]  c r -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 ir: fine ash  hh [db]  h h [ d b ] -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 ir: small lapilli  hh [db]  h h [ d b ] sl-oo-ic sl-po-ic sl-sp-ic sl-to-ic 5 [mishchenko et al., 2002] mishchenko, m. i., et al. (2002). scattering, absorption and emission of light by small particles, cambridge university press, cambridge (usa). [o’dowd et al. 2012] o’dowd, c., et al. (2012). the eyjafjallajökull ash plumepart i: physical, chemical and optical characteristics., atmos. env., 48, 129-142. [shettle and fenn 1979] shettle, e. p., and fenn r. w. (1979). models for the aerosol of the lower atmospere and the effect of humidity variation on their optical properties. afgl-tr-79-0214 environmental research papers no.076. [wiegner et al. 2009] wiegner, m., et al. (2009). numerical simulations of optical properties of saharan dust aerosols with emphasis on lidar applications, tellus, 61b, 180-194. vol49_2_2006 643 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 2/3, april/june 2006 key words high energy neutrino telescopes – deepsea cabled laboratories 1. introduction ocean depths represent today a new frontier for the exploration of the earth. the study of these vast regions is a scientific and technological challenge that has been undertaken by scientists of various disciplines. the main problem in the exploration of deepsea regions is represented by the very harsh environment (high pressure, corrosion, etc.). up to now studies have been limited by the possibility to gather data only from surface vessels or by mooring instruments for limited time periods on the sea bottom. recent developments in the field of communication technology, robotics and sensors may now allow a completely different strategy: realising permanent underwater infrastructures that can allow in situ continuous monitoring of deep-sea environments in real time. the possibilities that this new approach can open are of utmost importance in many fields of research: oceanography, geophysics, seismology and deep-sea biology. ocean depths have recently also attracted the interest of astrophysicists and high-energy physicists. some years ago it was proposed to use deep waters as a detector of high energy cosmic particles. the proposed detector could be realized by setting up a lattice of optical sensors able to detect the faint light produced by the passage of these particles through the water. these apparatuses could detect the most elusive known particle, the neutrino, and open the new field of neutrino astronomy. 2. astronomy with neutrinos almost everything we know about the universe comes from its observation by means of underwater laboratories for astroparticle physics and deep-sea science emilio migneco (1) (2), antonio capone (3) and paolo piattelli (1) (1) laboratori nazionali del sud, catania, italy (2) dipartimento di fisica, università degli studi di catania, italy (3) istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di roma c/o dipartimento di fisica, università degli studi di roma «la sapienza», roma, italy abstract the exploration of deep-sea environments is currently at the dawn of a new era: underwater laboratories, permanently installed on the seafloor and offering power and on-line data transmission links to the shore, will allow continuous monitoring of oceanographical properties. an important boost in this direction has been provided by the high energy physics scientific community, that aims at the realization of an underwater detector for cosmic high energy neutrinos. neutrinos are considered a very promising probe for high energy astrophysics and many indications suggest that some of the most energetic sources known in the universe could also be high energy neutrino sources. the expected neutrino fluxes indicate that a km3-scale detector must be realised to achieve this ambitious aim. the quest for the realization of such a detector in the mediterranean sea has already started. mailing address: dr. paolo piattelli, laboratori nazionali del sud, via sofia 62, 95123 catania, italy; e-mail: paolo.piattelli@lns.infn.it 644 emilio migneco, antonio capone and paolo piattelli electromagnetic waves. from the observational point of view, electromagnetic waves offer many advantages: they are copiously produced, they are stable, electrically neutral and therefore insensitive to magnetic fields, and they are easy to detect over a wide energy range that spans from low energy radio waves to infrared, visible, ultraviolet, x-rays up to high energy gamma rays. the disadvantage is that the internal regions of the astrophysical objects, where energy production takes place, are completely opaque to photons and therefore inaccessible to direct observation. for example the light that comes from the sun comes from its «photosphere». properties of its internal core, where nuclear reactions take place, can only be inferred indirectly. nevertheless, the observation of the sky by means of electromagnetic radiation has allowed the discovery of extremely powerful sources, which are probably powered by massive black holes, located in the most remote regions of the observable universe. unfortunately, the observation of these sources through their gamma ray emission is strongly unfavoured since highenergy gamma rays are absorbed by the cosmic infrared and microwave background radiation. this limits the observable horizon for high energy gamma rays. in fact, this horizon is restricted to less than one million light years for gamma rays of more than 1015 ev (1 pev). additional information comes from the observation of cosmic rays: protons or heavier nuclei. unfortunately, due to their charge, these particles are deflected by the galactic and intergalactic magnetic fields, thus preventing the identification of their sources. moreover, the extremely high-energy charged particles interact with photons of the infrared radiation background and with the cosmic microwave background. this is known as the greisen-zatsepinkuz’min (gzk) effect (greisen, 1966; zatsepin and kuz’min, 1966). in order to observe the inner workings of the astrophysical objects and to obtain a description of the universe over a larger range of energies, we need a probe which is electrically neutral, such that its trajectory will not be affected by magnetic fields, stable, such that it will reach us from distant sources, and weakly interacting so that it will penetrate regions which are opaque to photons. the only candidate particle currently known to have these properties is the neutrino. several low energy neutrino detectors are currently active around the world (boger et al., 2000; fukuda et al., 2003). these detectors have allowed us to study the neutrino fluxes from the sun, resulting from the nuclear reactions that take place in its inside, which is not accessible to direct observation. these «telescopes» are also sensitive to neutrinos produced in supernova explosions. two detectors, kamiokande (hirata et al., 1987) and imb (bionta et al., 1987), have in fact recorded a short burst of neutrinos in coincidence with the explosion of supernova 1987a, which was the latest supernova explosion taking place at a relatively close distance from the earth. neutrinos interact so weakly with matter (gandhi et al., 1996) that only huge detectors can collect a sizeable sample of their interactions. thousands of tons are needed to detect the low energy neutrinos coming from the sun core, but these volumes are still not sufficient to detect low energy neutrino sources at cosmological distances. high energy neutrinos offer a better detection opportunity since their interaction cross section increases with energy and since the products of their interactions can be more easily detected as their energy increases. an instrument able to detect high-energy cosmic neutrinos and identify their direction of arrival, a «neutrino telescope», would enlarge the observation horizon allowing the study of objects at the limit of the universe. 2.1. high energy neutrino sources astrophysical sources of high-energy neutrinos have not yet been observed directly, but their existence can be inferred from the properties of cosmic rays. primary cosmic rays are protons, with some admixture of heavier nuclei. the energy spectrum follows a power law that extends up to extremely high energies: values exceeding 1020 ev have been observed in recent years. protons themselves have limited use as astrophysical messengers, because they are charged and therefore subject to deflection by cosmic magnetic 645 underwater laboratories for astroparticle physics and deep-sea science fields: only the very highest-energy protons are likely to retain any memory of their source direction but, as already mentioned, they suffer from interaction with the background radiation. the production mechanism of the highestenergy cosmic rays is currently unknown, although supernova remnants and active galactic nuclei have been proposed as their sources. whatever the source, it is clear that accelerating protons to such high energies implies also the production of a large flux of pions, originated in the interaction with the photon background. pions subsequently decay to yield gamma rays and neutrinos. for these reasons it is generally assumed that the existence of very high-energy protons in the cosmic rays implies the existence of a flux of high-energy neutrinos. extra-galactic objects, such as the sources of gamma-ray bursts (grbs) and active galactic nuclei (agn), plausibly generate cosmic rays up to the maximum observed energies, and are therefore likely sources of neutrinos in the tev (1012 ev) to pev (1015 ev) energy range. grbs are transient flashes of gamma-rays, lasting typically for 1÷100 s, that are observed from sources at cosmological distances. although we do not yet understand in detail the internal mechanisms that generate these powerful explosion, some evidences suggest that they are cataclysmic processes associated with the collapse of massive stars to a black hole. agn consist of both persistent and flaring sources with apparent luminosities reaching about 1048 erg/s. they are tought to be powered by mass accretion onto supermassive (106÷ 109 solar-mass) black holes residing at the centre of galaxies. in both grbs and agn, the mechanism of mass accretion is believed to drive a relativistic plasma outflow that results in the acceleration of high-energy particles. both agn and grbs have been proposed as high energy neutrino sources, and neutrino observations will provide unique information on the physics of the underlying engine, which is not well understood despite many years of research. other theorized neutrino sources are associated with compact astrophysical objects (supernova remnants, x-ray binaries and microquasars) or with the annihilation of the yet unobserved particles which may constitute the dark matter. a comprehensive review of candidate neutrino sources and flux model predictions can be found in learned and mannheim (2000) and in halzen and hooper (2002). neutrino observations are specifically interesting because the detection of high-energy (>tev) neutrinos will provide unambiguous evidence for cosmic acceleration of protons and nuclei, and their arrival direction will point to the location of the accelerators. neutrino telescopes will permit us not only to look into the engines driving powerful sources such as distant agn and grbs that cannot be explored directly with photon observations, but also to look far into the universe. cosmological sources cannot be observed at photon energies exceeding 100 gev because of attenuation by γγ pair production on the diffuse intergalactic infrared background radiation. by contrast, highenergy neutrinos will propagate unhindered directly to us from their sources. thus, neutrinos can provide a new window to explore the highenergy phenomena in the distant universe. a question still remains on how large a high energy neutrino telescope must be to allow for an unambiguous detection of some sources. as we have seen the strongest case is based on the existence of extreme high energy cosmic rays. from this observed high energy charged particle flux we can derive a neutrino flux assuming that a cosmic accelerator produces equal energies in cosmic rays, gamma rays and neutrinos. these flux estimates set the needed scale for a high energy neutrino telescope: a 1 km2 effective area telescope will be able to detect a few tens of events per year. 2.2. high energy neutrino detection the most promising method to achieve the ambitious goal of realizing a km2 scale neutrino telescope is the tracking of secondary muons produced in the interaction of neutrinos in the volume close to the telescope. high energy muons are extremely penetrating charged particles since they lose energy, interacting with matter, mainly through coulomb scattering. processes like the emission of high energy photons (bremsstrahlung), that is typical of high 646 emilio migneco, antonio capone and paolo piattelli energy electrons, is strongly reduced since muons are heavier (≈ 200 times) than electrons. when a high-energy muon, having a velocity υ close to the speed of light in vacuum (c), propagates in a transparent medium with index of refraction n > 1, its velocity will be greater than the speed of light in the medium that is equal to c/n. in these conditions visible light is radiated along the track with an angle θc, with respect to the muon direction, defined by the relation cos(θc)=1/(βn), where β= υ/c. this process, called cherenkov effect, is similar to the shock wave, the sonic boom, produced when an airplane exceeds the speed of sound in air. in the water, that has a refraction index n ≈ 1.35 in the blue light region, θc is approximately 42°. the light radiated by cherenkov effect forms a conical wavefront that propagates inside the detector, leading to a relation between the muon direction and the arrival time of photons in different points of the space (fig. 1). the energy loss of a muon via cherenkov radiation is only a negligible fraction of the total energy loss and the number of cherenkov photons emitted in water is roughly 300 per centimeter of track. nevertheless, numerical simulations show that equipping a large volume of a natural transparent medium (like the oceans or the antarctic ice) with optical sensors capable to detect even single photon signals one can identify a muon track and reconstruct its direction. water optical properties will determine the detector granularity (i.e. the optical sensor density). water is transparent only in a narrow range of wavelengths (350 ≤ ≤ µ ≤ 550 nm) in the blue light region of the spectrum. in this region the absorption length in clear ocean waters is about 70 m. this number roughly sets the spacing distance between the optical sensors of the detector. muons carry, on average, a significant fraction of the neutrino energy and propagate with nearly the same direction of the incident neutrino. for neutrino energies larger than 10 tev the angle between the originating neutrino and the emerging muon is on the average less than 0.2°. therefore the reconstruction of the muon, if performed with an accuracy of the order of 0.2° or better, can infer the direction of the incoming neutrino. a significant excess of neutrino events coming from the same direction would yield the identification of an astrophysical source. a high energy muon can travel up to several km in water. this implies that the cherenkov neutrino telescope will be sensitive to neutrino interactions occurring even far outside the detector instrumented volume. muons originated by astrophysical neutrinos have to be selected out of the more intense flux of muons (the background for our signal) produced in atmospheric showers resulting from the interactions of primary cosmic rays (protons and heavier nuclei) in the atmosphere. the atmospheric muon flux at sea level is about times 1011 times more intense than the flux of muons produced by astrophysical neutrinos but is typically less energetic, therefore these atmospheric muons cannot penetrate large thicknesses of matter. this property can be used to reduce the background by installing the detectors in an underground laboratory (like the gran sasso laboratory, near l’aquila in italy). obviously a km3 detector, like the one needed for high energy neutrino astronomy, cannot be hosted in a tunnel or in a natural cave, but one can obtain the same result by deploying it in the ocean depths where the overlaying water would reach the same effect. at 3000 m the flux of atmospheric muons would be reduced by a a factor 106 making it feasible the search for astrophysical neutrinos. fig. 1. detection principle of an underwater neutrino telescope. astrophysical neutrinos that interact close to the detector generate secondary muons that can be detected by means of their cherenkov light emission. the measure of arrival times of the cherenkov light on the optical modules allows to reconstruct the muon direction. 647 underwater laboratories for astroparticle physics and deep-sea science the role played by seawater is therefore threefold: it constitutes the target where astrophysical neutrinos interact to produce the secondary muons; it acts as a transparent radiator where relativistic muons induce the cherenkov light; it acts as a shield against the cosmic muon background. seawater above the detector can reduce the atmospheric muon background but not totally eliminate it. for each astrophysical neutrino about 105 down-going atmospheric muons will cross the detector. but none of these atmospheric muons can cross the earth, unlike neutrinos that can traverse the whole thickness of the earth and interact in the vicinity of the detector originating an up-going muon (fig. 2). this fact completely eliminates the atmospheric muon background: a track reconstructed as crossing the detector with up-going direction will be a clear signature of a neutrino-induced muon. the neutrino telescope will then be sensitive to neutrinos, originated in astrophysical sources or in atmospheric showers, coming from the southern hemisphere, from the «bottom» and not from the «sky» as all the other astronomical instruments we are used to. however, a remaining background exists, due to neutrinos that are produced in the interactions of charged particles in the atmosphere and are therefore called «atmospheric neutrinos». this background is isotropic and becomes negligible at very high energy (above 10 tev). point like sources of cosmic neutrinos can be identified if they can emerge from this background. 3. high-energy neutrino telescopes in recent years the water cherenkov technique has been successfully used to detect solar and atmospheric neutrinos in 103-104 m3 scale detectors, like sno (boger et al., 2000) and superkamiokande (fukuda et al., 2003). as we have seen, the expected number of neutrino events from astrophysical sources in the 1012÷ 1015 ev range is of the order of 10 ÷ 100 events per km2 per year, much less than the fig. 2. detection principle of an underwater neutrino telescope. this instrument will use the whole thickness of the earth to shield the charged particles cosmic flux and therefore its field of view will be restricted to the hemisphere below the horizon. nevertheless, a background of atmospheric neutrinos, originated by the interaction of charged particle in the atmosphere in the opposte hemisphere, will always be present. 648 emilio migneco, antonio capone and paolo piattelli number of events expected in the low energy range. therefore, only 109 m3 scale detectors could allow the source identification. as we have seen, conceptually the idea at the base of a cherenkov high energy neutrino telescope is simple. a high-energy muon neutrino interacts with a nucleus in the water and produces a muon travelling in nearly the same direction as the neutrino. the high-energy muon track can range from several hundreds metres up to few km, depending on its energy. the cherenkov light emitted along the muon track, with a well defined angle with the track itself, can be detected by a sparse array of optical sensors, deployed in deep-sea (3000-4000 m depth) and arranged in a geometry that allows the reconstruction of the track direction. the average distance in between the sensors will be a function of the light propagation properties in the water: the lower the light absorption, the higher can be the distance between sensors. also the detector cost is a function of the water transparency: the longer is the absorption length of deep-sea water the less is the number of light sensors needed to equip the same instrumented volume. light sensors, also called optical modules (om), constitute the active part of the detector. they are realised with large area (8 to 13 inches) photomultiplier tubes (pmt) hosted inside pressure resistant glass spheres. they have to provide the information of the intensity of the light that hits their surface and of the photons arrival time. these quantities are transformed locally into digital information that can be transmitted, by means of optical fibres, to a shore laboratory. on shore all the data received can be stored and analysed. the idea to construct a high energy neutrino detector by instrumenting large volumes of natural media was proposed long time ago by markov (1960) and markov and zheleznykh (1961), but only recently the technological developments in mechanics, electronics and data transmission system seems to be sufficient to transform the project in reality. the payoff for this choice is that one has to face several technological problems for the construction, deployment and maintenance of the instrument. the construction of km3 scale neutrino telescopes requires, in fact, detailed preliminary studies and intense r&d efforts. the layout of the detector must be optimized to achieve an effective detection area close to 1 km2 together with a pointing accuracy close to the intrinsic uncertainty due to the neutrino interaction and an energy resolution of the order of some tens percent. the choice of the underwater installation site must be carefully investigated, since water properties strongly influence the detector performance. the electronics design must limit power consumption and allow the transmission of high data flows from the detector to the shore. the mechanical design must allow easy deployment (and possibly maintenance and recovery) operations and the deployed structures must be reliable over a period of more than 10 years. the positioning system must be realised to determine the position of optical sensors with 10 cm accuracy. the pioneering effort to develop a neutrino telescope was carried out by the dumand collaboration (babson et al., 1990), starting more than twentyfive years ago in the ocean waters offshore hawaii island. after several years the project was abandoned, mainly because of the problems encountered in the deployment of the equipment in the sea (roberts, 1992). at present two small scale neutrino telescopes are in operation, one at lake baikal and the other, amanda, under the ice of the south pole. two other projects, antares and nestor, are aiming at the realization of deep-sea prototypal detectors in the mediterranean sea. studies and r&d activities towards the realization of a deep-sea km3 scale neutrino detector in the mediterranean have been up to now conducted by the italian nemo collaboration. these activities are expected to converge in the future in one large international collaboration to realize the mediterranean km3 detector. 3.1. the running neutrino telescopes 3.1.1. the lake baikal experiment baikal was the first collaboration to install an underwater neutrino telescope, which, after more than ten years of operation, is still the only one located in the northern hemisphere. the 649 underwater laboratories for astroparticle physics and deep-sea science lake baikal neutrino telescope (belolaptikov et al., 1997) exploits the deep fresh water of the great siberian lake as a detection medium for high energy neutrinos. its lifetime spans almost two decades from the small initial nt-36 detector, that has proven the capability of the experiment to search for neutrinos by the detection of first neutrino candidates (balkanov et al., 1999, 2000), to the present neutrino telescope nt200, which was put into operation in 1998. the experiment is located in the southern part of lake baikal, 3.6 km from the shore. the nt200 detector is an array of 200 optical modules moored between a depth of 1000 and 1100 m. the deployment and recovery operations are carried out at the end of the winter season, when a thick ice cap (about 1 m) is still present over the lake. the limited depth and the qualities of lake water (light transmission length of 15 ÷ 20 m, high sedimentation and bio-fouling rate, optical background due to bioluminescence) limit the detector performances as a neutrino telescope. 3.1.2. amanda the amanda (antarctic muon and neutrino detector array) detector (andres et al., 2000) is currently the largest neutrino telescope installed. it is located close to the amundsen-scott research station at the south pole and uses the deep antarctic ice as detection medium (more information on the amanda detector can be found on the experiment’s web site at http:// amanda.uci.edu). in the present stage, named amanda-ii, the detector consists of 677 optical modules all downward oriented. optical modules are arranged in 19 vertical strings deployed in holes drilled in the ice between 1.3 and 2.4 km depth, where the ice optical properties are suitable for cherenkov detection. thanks to the high absorption length in ice (about 100 m), amanda is a good calorimeter for astrophysical events. on the contrary, due to the small light scattering length in ice (tens of cm), the detector angular resolution is worse than the one expected for underwater neutrino telescopes. the main advantage of the amanda location is the absence of optical noise sources, like 40k and bioluminescent organisms in the bulk ice. the amanda data have permitted to measure for the first time the upgoing atmospheric neutrino spectrum in the energy range from few tev to 300 tev, proving the capabilities of the cherenkov detection technique and allowing to set what is up to now the most restrictive experimental bound on the diffuse high energy neutrino flux (ahrens et al., 2003; ackermann et al., 2005a). a search for cosmic point-like sources has also been attempted using a targeted search strategy focusing on known objects known to be candidate neutrino sources. however, among the collected sample of neutrino induced events, no significant excess due to astrophysical point sources has been observed (ackermann et al., 2005b). 3.2. small scale deep-sea demonstrator detectors 3.2.1. nestor nestor (neutrino extended submarine telescope with oceanographic research) was the first collaboration to propose the installation of a neutrino telescope in the mediterranean sea (tzamarias, 2003). the goal was to deploy a modular detector at about 4000 m in the ionian sea (more information on the nestor experiment can be found on the experiment’s web site at http://www.nestor.org.gr). the nestor site is located 20 km sw offshore methoni, in the peloponnese (greece). the proposed array should comprise a series of semi rigid structures called «towers». each tower would be 360 m high and 32 m in diameter and should be equipped with about 170 pmts looking both in upward and downward directions. in march 2003, after a long r&d activity, nestor has successfully deployed 12 optical modules at a depth of 3800 m acquiring, onshore, underwater optical noise data and cosmic muon signals (745 events reconstructed) for about one month (tzamarias, 2005). 3.2.2. antares the construction of the proposed antares (astronomy with a neutrino telescope and abyss environmental research) detector (an650 emilio migneco, antonio capone and paolo piattelli tares collaboration, 1999) is currently in a well advanced stage (more information on the antares experiment can be found on the experiment’s web site at http://antares.in2p3.fr). antares will be a demonstrator with a detection area of 0.1 km2 for high energy muons generated by astrophysical neutrinos, and will be a fundamental step towards the km3 telescope in deep-sea. the antares site is located at 2400 m depth, 40 km se off-shore the city of toulon (france). in the present design antares will be a high granularity detector consisting of 12 strings, each one equipped with 75 optical modules, placed at an average distance of 60 m. this configuration is optimized to reduce the muon detection threshold down to about 10 gev allowing the investigation of lower energy phenomena such as atmospheric neutrino oscillations and search for dark matter. with respect to amanda and baikal, strongly affected by light scattering in the medium, the dense antares detector is expected to reach a pointing accuracy which will be close to 0.1°. in december 2002 the detector installation started with the deployment of the so called junction box, which will interconnect electro-optical cables from the strings to the shore. after a first operation of two prototypal lines in spring 2003 a new and improved version of a short line equipped with oceanographic instruments and optical modules has been put in operation in april 2005 and is taking data since then. data recorded by the optical modules show an unexpectedly high optical background, strongly fluctuating, as a function of time, from a level of 50 khz to a level of more than 250 khz, with a strong contribution of bioluminescence bursts (anton, 2005). 3.3. future km3 neutrino telescopes the simultaneous observation of the full sky is an extremely important issue, since the distribution of some neutrino sources is expected not to be isotropic. to achieve this goal two km3 scale neutrino telescopes, one in each earth hemisphere, are needed. in the southern hemisphere, and therefore looking at the northern sky, the icecube telescope (botner, 2005) will be the natural extension of amanda to km3 size. its construction started in january 2005 with the deployment of the first string. when completed in 2010 it will be an array of 4800 pmt arranged in 80 strings. all the optical modules will be downward looking as in amanda and simulations show that an average spacing of 125 m between the strings is an optimal compromise between the two requirements of angular resolution of better than 1° and a high energy muon detection area of approximately 1 km2. it is worth mentioning that under-ice detectors are not affected by radioactive and biological optical noise. this makes them suitable for the search of low energy neutrino fluxes from galactic supernova explosions (more information on the icecube detector can be found on the experiment’s web site at http://icecube.wisc.edu). in the northern hemisphere the mediterranean sea offers the most favourable conditions for the construction and maintenance of an underwater km3 cherenkov neutrino detector: optimal water characteristics, deep-sea sites at close distance from shore, proximity to scientific and industrial infrastructures, good weather and sea conditions for a large fraction of the year. an underwater detector offers, compared to icecube, the possibility to be recovered, maintained and reconfigured. the long light scattering length of the mediterranean abyssal seawater preserves the cherenkov photon directionality and will permit excellent pointing accuracy (of the order of 0.1° for 10 tev muons). unlike deep polar ice, the sea is a biologically active environment where organisms produce background light. the selection of a marine site with optimal oceanographic and optical characteristics is therefore a major task for the collaborations involved in the km3 project. at present, the effort towards the construction of a large area underwater detector is focused on the development of submarine technologies. deep-sea is an extremely hostile environment where pressure (100 bars per 1000 m depth), together with salinity, reduces the lifetime of most of metals and alloys used in surface and shallow water applications. the efforts presently conducted by the three mediterranean collaborations (antares, nemo and nestor) will represent a valuable experience in the construction of 651 underwater laboratories for astroparticle physics and deep-sea science the underwater km3 detector, which should take place in the coming years. 4. research and development for the km3 detector the construction of an underwater km3 scale neutrino telescopes requires detailed preliminary studies: the choice of the underwater installation site must be carefully investigated to optimise detector performance; the readout electronics must have a very low power consumption; the data transmission system must allow data flow transmission, as high as 100 gbps, to shore; the mechanical design must allow easy detector deployment and recovery operations, moreover the deployed structures must be reliable over more than 10 years; the position monitoring system has to determine the position of om within ≈10 cm accuracy. in order to propose feasible and reliable solutions for the km3 installation the nemo (neutrino mediterranean observatory) collaboration has been conducting an intense r&d activity on all the above subjects since 1998 (migneco et al., 2004a), which will be briefly described in this section. 4.1. site selection and characterization the needs of the underwater neutrino telescope impose a series of requirements that the site must fulfill. depth – thickness of the overlaying water has to be enough to filter out the down-going atmospheric muon background to allow the selection capability of the up-going tracks originated from neutrino interactions in the earth and/or the water near the detector. distance from shore –the data transmission to the on-shore laboratory, as well as the transmission of power from the laboratory to the offshore detector, will be performed via an electrooptical multi-fibre cable. at distances closer than 100 km from the coast, commercial systems allow data and power transmission without special hardware requirements (e.g., amplifiers) that would increase the cost and reduce the reliability of the project. moreover, the proximity to the coast and to shore infrastructures simplifies the access to the site for deployment and maintenance operations. site geology – the seabed has to be flat and stable to allow the mooring of the telescope structures. for the detector safety, it should also be located at some tens of km far from the shelf break and submarine canyons. water transparency – the detector performance is not only directly determined by the extension of the instrumented volume but is also strongly affected by the light transmission properties of the water. mainly two microscopic processes affect the propagation of light in the water: absorption and scattering. light absorption directly reduces the effective area of the detector, the scattering spreads the photon arrival times and therefore worsens the detector angular resolution. optical background – optical background in seawater comes from two natural causes: the decay of 40k, which is present in seawater, and the so called bioluminescence that is the light produced by biological organisms. the first one shows up as a constant rate background noise on the optical modules (of the order of 30 khz for a single 10m pmt). the second one, when present, may induce large fluctuations (both in the baseline and as presence of high rate spikes) in the noise rate. the background directly affects the detector performances, in particular the quality of muon track reconstruction. in a high background environment severe cuts to the photon detector data must be applied, hence reducing the detector effective area. downward sediment flux – the presence of sediments in the water can seriously affect the performances of the detector. sediments increase the light scattering, therefore worsening the track reconstruction angular resolution. moreover, a deposit on the sensitive part of photon detectors, i.e. large surface photomultipliers, reduces the global detector efficiency. a direct consequence is that in a high sedimentation rate environment the operation of upward looking optical modules will not be possible. deep-sea currents – these must have low intensity and a stable direction. this is important for several reasons: 652 emilio migneco, antonio capone and paolo piattelli – it does not imply special requirements on the mechanical structures; – the detector deployment and positioning is easier if the water current is limited; – the optical noise due to bioluminescence, mainly excited by variation of the water currents, is reduced. the mediterranean sea offers optimal conditions, on a worldwide scale, to locate an underwater neutrino telescope. the nemo collaboration has performed a long-term research program to characterize deep-sea sites that could be appropriate for the installation of a deep-sea high-energy neutrino detector. studies of deep-sea water optical properties (absorption and diffusion) and the sites environmental properties (water temperature, salinity, biological activity, optical background, water currents and sedimentation) that will be briefly described in the following have been carried out. this activity has demonstrated that the abyssal plateau in the ionian sea (fig. 3) close to the southernmost cape of the coast of sicily (capo passero) shows excellent characteristics to host the km3 underwater neutrino detector. the site was selected after a series of measurements in the region at varying distances from the coast. its location at about 50 km from the shelf break about 80 km from the coast was chosen to ensure the best condition of stability in time of the water parameters and avoid any perturbation coming from the presence of the shelf break. a geological survey of the area verified the flatness and the absence of any evidence of recent turbidity events. deep-sea currents were measured to be, in the average, as low as 3 cm/s, never exceeding 15 cm/s. the study of optical properties in the selected site is extremely important and must be carried out with a long-term program of characterisation carried out in all different seasons. seawater, indeed, absorbs and scatters photons as a function of water temperature, salinity and concentration, dimension and refraction index of dissolved and suspended, organic/inorganic particulate. these parameters are different in different marine sites and change as a function of time. seawater oceanographic parameters (temperature and salinity) and inherent optical properties (light absorption and attenuation) were measured as a function of depth, showing that, while at shallow depths water properties change as a function of season, at large depth (>1500) the water column has stable characteristics. the average value of blue (λ = = 440 nm) light absorption length is of the order of 70 m, comparable with that of pure salt water. the optical background noise was measured at 3000 m depth in capo passero. data collected in spring 2002 and 2003, for several months, show that optical background induces on the optical modules a constant rate of 20-30 khz (compatible with the one expected from 40k decay), with negligible contribution of bioluminescence bursts. these results were confirmed by biological analysis that show, at depth larger than 2500, extremely small concentration of dissolved bioluminescent organisms. 4.2. the underwater km3 detector concept the underwater neutrino detector design must be optimised in order to reach the needed fig. 3. the south ionian sea, showing the location of the site selected and characterized by the nemo collaboration for the installation of the km3 neutrino detector. 653 underwater laboratories for astroparticle physics and deep-sea science effective area of ≈1 km2, a pointing accuracy better than 0.1° for 10 tev muons, an energy resolution of the order of some tens percent in log(e) and an energy threshold close to 100 gev. 4.2.1. detector architecture it is clear that the architecture of the km3 detector should stem from a compromise between performances and technical feasibility of the detector. as a first approach one can consider filling up a volume of about one km3 with a lattice of equally spaced sensors, with a spacing of the same order of the absorption length of light in water. taking the horizontal and vertical distance between down looking sensors equal to 60 m turns out in a total number of 5600 sensors arranged in 400 strings. although the solution of arranging the sensors along a string presents some advantages in terms of simplicity, this architecture can be difficult to realise due to the close distance between strings (60 m) compared with their total height (780 m). moreover, the large number of structures to be moored and connected raises the cost of the detector. therefore, alternative solutions should be studied for the architecture, in which the number of structures is reduced by gathering a relatively large number of sensors on each of them. in particular, constraints on the distance between structures (larger than about 120 m) and on their height (smaller than 1 km) were suggested by a preliminary feasibility study in terms of construction, deployment and maintenance operations of the detector within reasonable costs. following these suggestions a structure composed by a square array of «nemo towers», shown in fig. 4, was proposed. the proposed architecture is «modular», in the sense that it is expandable with the addition of extra towers, and configurable with different seafloor layouts. the performances of this architecture in terms of effective area and angular resolution were evaluated by means of computer simulations, which have shown that a detector built with this architecture can meet the required goal of a detection area larger than 1 km2 for muon energies larger than 10 tev with the required angular resolution. 4.2.2. mechanical structures the nemo collaboration has proposed an innovative structure, alternative to the string concept, to host optical modules: the nemo tower. it is a three dimensional flexible structure composed by a sequence of stories (that host the instrumentation) interlinked by a system of cables and anchored on the seabed. the structure is kept vertical by appropriate buoyancy on the top. the final features of the tower (number and length of stories, number of optical modules per storey, distance between the stories) can be optimized following the results of numerical simulations. however, the modular structure of the fig. 4. the proposed layout of the km3 detector. a hierarchical arrangement of junction boxes (jbs), a main one connected to the main electro-optical cable and a number of secondary jbs, will allow to concentrate the data flow coming from the detector structures and, at the same time, distribute the power. 654 emilio migneco, antonio capone and paolo piattelli tower will permit us to adjust these parameters to the experimental needs. in the preliminary design a 16-storey tower, where each storey is made with a 20 m long structure hosting two optical modules at each end (4 om per storey), has been considered. the vertical separation between storeys is fixed at 40 m, giving a total active height of 680 m. an additional spacing of 150 m is added at the base of the tower, between the anchor and the lowermost storey to allow for a sufficient water volume below the detector. in its working position each storey will be rotated by 90°, with respect to the up and down adjacent ones, around the vertical axis of the tower. the tower will also be equipped with an acoustic triangulation system for precise position reconstruction purposes and with environmental sensors. one of the advantages of this structure is the fact that it can be compacted, by piling each storey upon the other, to simplify transport and deployment. the structure is unfurled, reaching its operating configuration, only after its deployment on the seabed. 4.3. technological challenges for the km3 detector in recent years many innovations have been applied to underwater technology: dwdm (dense wavelength division multiplexing) is permitting a large increase in speed and bandwidth of the optical fibres data transmission; newly developed materials (synthetic fibres, alloys, plastics, ...) can improve long term underwater reliability of complex deployed structures; deep-sea (≈3000 m depth) operations with remotely operated vehicles (rov) or autonomous underwater vehicles (auv) have been developed and standardised. the design of the mediterranean km3 will directly profit of these ultimate technologies. concerning the km3 data transmission system, it is considered a wise approach to transmit all pmt signals, acquired at low threshold level, to shore. in such a way all filtering and event reconstruction procedures can be applied by on-shore data acquisition systems. this approach results in a very high data transmission rate (order of 100 gbps) that has to be transmitted about 100 km offshore. the above considerations impose the use of a fibre optics transmission system based on dwdm telecommunication technique and composed of mainly passive optical components to reduce power consumption and increase reliability. the proposed nemo architecture is designed to collect data hierarchically: each storey (hosting 4 oms) transmits data to a tower main module using an assigned wavelength (or colour). each tower module collects data from the stories and sends all data, multiplexed in one single fibre, to a collector. this collector can receive data from a number of towers, multiplexes them and sends them to the shore. a mirror system on shore de-multiplexes the signals, recovering data from each storey, then from each very single om. to cope with the problem of pressure and corrosion resistance of the underwater containers that have to host the electronics, a new concept has been proposed by the nemo collaboration. this innovative vessel decouples the two problems by placing an inner pressure resistant steel vessel inside an outer glass epoxy vessel filled with non-corrosive oil. another crucial issue for deep-sea detector installation is the feasibility and reliability of underwater connections. however, the technologies of underwater connections have considerably advanced in recent years and reliable connection systems exist that can be operated underwater by means of rovs. these connectors and their operability have been tested both by the antares and nemo collaborations. 4.4. the nemo phase 1 project: a multidisciplinary underwater laboratory at 2000 m the technological solutions proposed for the km3 detector require an adequate process of validation. for this reason the realization of a technological demonstrator is underway. it will consist of a subset of the proposed km3 detector, including some critical elements like a junction box, a tower complete with data transmission, power and calibration systems. this project is called nemo phase 1 (fig. 5) and will be installed at the 655 underwater laboratories for astroparticle physics and deep-sea science underwater test site of the laboratori nazionali del sud in catania at a depth of 2000 m. the test site of the laboratori nazionali del sud consists of an electro-optical submarine cable, that connects the underwater installation to shore, and a shore station. the cable system is composed of a 25 km main electro-optical cable, split in two branches, each one 5 km long. one branch dedicated to the nemo phase 1 experiment (migneco et al., 2004b; piattelli, 2005), and the other one to the sn-1 underwater seismic monitoring station realized by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (ingv) (favali et al., 2003). a shore station, located inside the port of catania, will host the energy power system of the laboratory, the instrumentation control system, the landing station of the data transmission system and the data acquisition, as well as a mechanics and electronics laboratory for the assembly of the components. in january 2005 the project achieved a major milestone with the installation of the two cable termination frames (that host the wet mateable underwater plugs) and the deployment and connection of a small acoustic detection station on the first branch and the sn-1 station on the second branch. both these stations have been operational ever since, continuously transmitting data to shore. the project will be completed in 2006 with the installation of the junction box and a prototype four storey tower. in its final configuration this project will not only represent a fundamental test of the technologies for the km3 detector but it will also be a fully functioning multidisciplinary laboratory at 2000 m depth, offering the possibility of on line connection to a variety of experiments. 4.5. the nemo phase 2 project: a deep-sea infrastructure at 3500 m although the phase 1 project will provide a fundamental test of the technologies proposed for the realization and installation of the detector, these must be finally validated at the depths needed for the km3 detector. for these motivations the realization of an infrastructure on the site of capo passero has been started. this infrastructure will consist of a 100 km deep-sea cable, linking the 3500 m deep-sea site to the shore, a shore station, located inside the harbour area of portopalo di capo passero, and the underwater infrastructures needed to connect prototypes of the km3 detector. the construction details of the cable have still to be defined, but it will have characteristics of power load (greater than 50 kw) and number of fig. 5. schematic layout of the nemo phase 1 project. 656 emilio migneco, antonio capone and paolo piattelli optical fibres (20 or more) sufficient to serve a detector such as the proposed nemo neutrino telescope. construction work to restore an already existing building that will become the shore station is going to start soon. the station will host the power system, data acquisition and control facilities, together with a large assembling area. the completion of this project is foreseen by the end of 2007. at this time it will be possible to connect one or more prototypes of detector structures, allowing a full test at 3500 m of the deployment and connection procedures. this project will also allow a continuous long term on-line monitoring of the site properties (light transparency, optical background, water currents, …) whose knowledge is essential for the installation of the full detector. the possibility of installing multidisciplinary observatories on the site is also foreseen. 5. multidisciplinary researches in a km3 scale underwater laboratory the core discipline served by an underwater neutrino telescope is astroparticle physics, but it also has potential to attract significant interest from other scientific communities. in fact, the possibility to monitor continuously over long periods and in real time the sea bottom at depths of the order of 3000 m is of utmost interest to a large number of sea-related disciplines like geophysics, biology, chemistry and environmental sciences. the underwater world has not yet been extensively explored. current technology allows autonomous vehicles or remotely operated vehicles (rovs) to carry out scientific experiments at great depths only for relatively short periods and with accompanying support ships. a deep-sea neutrino observatory will provide the community of deep-sea scientists with a continuous supply of power and a high bandwidth data channel, enabling them to make local real-time studies. moreover, the information gathered by the optical sensors and other oceanographic monitoring equipment needed for running the neutrino telescope can be of use to oceanographers and marine biologists. more generally, other types of instrumentation can be added to the observatory array. for example, ocean bottom seismometers can transmit their recordings in real time, thus permitting the localization of the epicenters of seismic events with greater accuracy. the effectiveness of this approach is shown by the realization of the test site laboratory of the nemo project, realized with the primary goal of testing technologies for the km3 project at 2000 m, but also hosting the sn-1 deep-sea seismic and environmental observatory of the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (favali et al., 2003), which constitutes the first active node of the european seafloor observatory network – esonet (more information about the esonet network can be found on the web site at http://www.oceanlab.abdn.ac.uk/research/ esonet.shtml) (priede et al., 2004). 6. conclusions the realization of a km3 telescope for highenergy astrophysical neutrinos is a challenging task at the frontiers of astroparticle science. several collaborations in europe are already working on the realization of first generation demonstrators. more efforts are needed to develop a project for the km3 detector. in its five years of activity the nemo collaboration has contributed in this direction by performing an intense r&d activity. an extensive study on a site close to the coast of sicily has demonstrated that it has optimal characteristics for telescope installation, in particular as concerns the water optical properties and its proximity to already existing infrastructures like the lns in catania. a complete study has been performed to analyse all the detector components both in term of their technical feasibility and their installation. this study, which has produced as a result a preliminary design of the detector, has shown that a detector with effective area over 1 km2 is realizable at an affordable cost. the realization of a demonstrator of some of the key technological solutions proposed for the km3 detector has been started at the underwater test site in catania. this project foresees 657 underwater laboratories for astroparticle physics and deep-sea science the realization of an underwater laboratory including prototypes of the proposed structures. the completion of this project is foreseen by the end of 2006. the design, construction and operation of a km3 neutrino telescope is a great challenge that must be pursued by a large international collaboration. recently, the scientific and technical experiences gathered by the antares, nemo and nestor collaborations have come together in the km3net consortium (more information can be found on the km3net web site at http://www.km3net.org), formed around the european institutes currently involved in the neutrino astronomy projects (thompson, 2005), with the aim of carrying out a design study for the km3 neutrino telescope. based on the leading expertise of these research groups, the development of the km3 telescope is envisaged to be achieved within a period of three years for preparatory r&d work plus five years for construction and deployment. the underwater km3 neutrino telescope will finally open a new observational window on the universe, but will also represent a multidisciplinary facility by construction, since it will offer the availability of deep-sea infrastructures (like connection systems, power distribution, wide band data transmission system, etc.) to scientists of disciplines other than astrophysics, opening the possibility of the continuous on-line monitoring of the deep-sea environment. references ackermann, n. et al. (2005a): flux limits on ultra high energy neutrinos with amanda-b10, astroparticle phys., 22, 339-353. ackermann, n. et al. (2005b): search for extraterrestrial point sources of high energy neutrinos with amanda-ii using data collected in 2000-2002, phys. rev. d, 71, 077102. ahrens, j. et al. (2003): limits on diffuse fluxes of high energy extraterrestrial neutrinos with the amandab10 detector, phys. rev. lett., 90, 251101. andres, e., p. askebjer, s.w. barwick, r. bay, l. bergstrom, a. biron, j. booth, a. bouchta, s. carius, m. carlson, d. cowen, e. dalberg, t. deyoung, p. ekstrom, b. erlandson, a. goobar, l. gray, a. hallgren, f. halzen, r. hardtke, s. hart, y. he, h. heukenkamp, g. hill, p.o. hulth, s. hundertmark, j. jacobsen, a. jones, v. kandhadai, a. karle, b. koci, p. lindahl, i. liubarsky, m. leuthold, d.m. lowder, p. marciniewski, t. mikolajski, t. miller, p. miocinovic, p. mock, r. morse, p. niessen, c.p. de los heros, r. porrata, d. potter, p.b. price, g. przybylski, a. richards, s. richter, p. romenesko, h. rubinstein, e. schneider, t. schmidt, r. schwarz, m. solarz, g.m. spiczak, c. spiering, o. streicher, q. sun, l. thollander, t. thon, s. tilav, c. walck, c. wiebusch, r. wischnewski, k. woschnagg and g. yodh (2000): the amanda neutrino telescope: principle of operation and first results, astroparticle phys., 13, 1-20. antares collaboration (1999): a deep-sea telescope for high energy neutrinos (available at http://antares.in2p3.fr/ publications/proposal/proposal99.html), (unpublished). anton, g. (2005): the antares neutrino telescope, nucl. phys. b proc. suppl., 143, 351-354. babson, j., b. barish, r. beckerszendy, h. bradner, r. cady, j. clem, s.t. dye, j. gaidos, p. gorham, p.k.f. grieder, m. jaworski, t. kitamura, w. kropp, j.g. learned, s. matsuno, r. march, k. mitsui, d. oconnor, y. ohashi, a. okada, v. peterson, l. price, f. reines, a. roberts, c. roos, h. sobel, v.j. stenger, m. webster and c. wilson (1990): cosmic-ray muons in the deep ocean, phys. rev. d, 42, 3613-3620. balkanov, v.a., i.a. belolaptikov, l.b. bezrukov, n.m. budnev, a.g. chensky, i.a. danilchenko, z.a.m. djilkibaev, g.v. domogatsky, a.a. doroshenko, s.v. fialkovsky, o.n. gaponenko, a.a. garus, t.i. gress, a.m. klabukov, a.i. klimov, s.i. klimushin, a.p. koshechkin, v.f. kulepov, l.a. kuzmichev, v.e. kuznetzov, j.j. laudinskaite, s.v. lovtzov, b.k. lubsandorzhiev, m.b. milenin, r.r. mirgazov, n.i. moseiko, v.a. netikov, e.a. osipova, a.i. panfilov, y.v. parfenov, a.a. pavlov, e.n. pliskovsky, p.g. pokhil, e.g. popova, m.i. rozanov, v.y. rubtzov, i.a. sokalski, c. spiering, o. streicher, b.a. tarashansky, t. thon, r.v. vasiljev, r. wischnewski and i.v. yashin (1999): registration of athmospheric neutrinos with the baikal neutrino telescope nt-96, astroparticle phys., 12, 75-86. balkanov, v.a., i.a. belolaptikov, l.b. bezrukov, n.m. budnev, a.g. chensky, i.a. danilchenko, z.a.m. djilkibaev, g.v. domogatsky, a.a. doroshenko, s.v. fialkovsky, o.n. gaponenko, d. kiss, a.m. klabukov, a.i. klimov, s.i. klimushin, a.p. koshechkin, v.e. kuznetzov, v.f. kulepov, l.a. kuzmichev, j.j. laudinskaite, s.v. lovtzov, b.k. lubsandorzhiev, m.b. milenin, r.r. mirgazov, n.i. moseiko, v.a. netikov, e.a. osipova, a.i. panfilov, y.v. parfenov, a.a. pavlov, e.n. pliskovsky, p.g. pokhil, e.g. popova, m.i. rozanov, v.y. rubtzov, i.a. sokalski, c. spiering, o. streicher, b.a. tarashansky, g. tothi, t. thon, r.v. vasiljev, r. wischnewski and i.v. yashin (2000): an upper limit on the diffuse fluxe of high energy neutrinos obtained with the baikal detector nt-96, astroparticle phys., 14, 61-66. belolaptikov, i.a., l.b. bezrukov, b.a. borisovets, n.m. budnev, e.v. bugaev, a.g. chensky, i.a. danilchenko, z.a.m. djilkibaev, g.v. domogatsky, l.a. donskych,a.a. doroshenko, g.n. dudkin, v.y. egorov, s.v. fialkovsky, a.a. garus, o.n. gaponenko, a.v. golikov, o.a. gress, t.a. gress, m.n. gushtan, r. heller, v.b. kabikov, h. heukenkamp, a. karle, a.m. klabukov, a.i. klimov, s.i. klimushin, 658 emilio migneco, antonio capone and paolo piattelli a.p. koshechkin, j. krabi, v.f. kulepov, l.a. kuzmichev, o.i. lanin, a.l. lopin, b.k. lubsandorzhiev, m.b. milenin, t. mikolajski, r.r. mirgazov, a.v. moroz, n.i. moseiko, m.n. nemchenko, s.a. nikiforov, n.v. ogievetsky, e.a. osipova, a.n. padusenko, a.i. panfilov, y.v. parfenov, a.a. pavlov, d.p. petukhov, k.a. pocheikin, p.g. pokhil, p.a. pokolev, m.i. rozanov, v.y. rubtzov, a.v. rzhestshitski, s.i. sinegovsky, i.a. sokalski, c. spiering, o. streicher, a.a. sumanov, l. tanko, t. thon, b.a. tarashansky, i.i. trofimenko, c. wiebusch, r. wischnewski and v.l. zurbanov (1997): the baikal underwater neutrino telescope: design, performance and first results, astroparticle phys., 7, 263-282. bionta, r.m., g. blewitt, c.b. bratton, d. casper, a. ciocio, r. claus, b. cortez, m. crouch, s.t. dye, s. errede, g.w. foster, w. gajewski, k.s. ganerez, m. goldhaber, t.j. haines, t.w. jones, d. kieleczewska, w.r. kropp, j.g. learned, j.m. losecco, j. matthews, r. miller, m.s. mudan, h.s. park, l.r. price, f. reines, j. schultz, s. seidel, e. shumard, d. sinclair, h.w. sobel, j.l. stone, l.r. sulak, r. svoboda, g. thornton, j.c. van der velde and c. wuest (1987): observation of a neutrino burst in coincidence with supernova 1987° in the large magellanic cloud, phys. rev. lett., 58, 1494-1496. boger, j. et al. (2000): the sudbury neutrino observatory, nucl. instr. meth. a, 449, 172-207. botner, o. (2005): the icecube neutrino observatory, nucl. phys. b proc. suppl., 143, 367-370. favali, p., sn-1 team and nemo collaboration (2003): sn-1: the first node of the italian seafloor observatory network, background and perspective, in proceedings 3rd international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables and related technologies, tokyo, japan, edited by j. kasahara and a.d. chave, ieee catalogue no. 03ex660, 19-24. fukuda, s. et al. (2003): the super-kamiokande detector, nucl. instr. meth. a, 501, 418-462. gandhi, r., c. quigg, m.h. reno and i. sarcevic (1996): ultrahigh-energy neutrino interactions, astroparticle phys., 5, 81-110. greisen, k. (1966): end to the cosmic ray spectrum?, phys. rev. lett., 16, 748-750. halzen, f. and d. hooper (2002): high-energy neutrino astronomy: the cosmic ray connection, rep. prog. phys., 65, 1025. hirata, k., t. kajita, m. koshiba, m. nakahata, y. oyama, t. kifune, t. suda, k. takahashi, t. tanimori, k. miyano, m. yamada, e.w. beier, l.r. feldscher, s.b. kim, a.k. mann, f.m. newcomer, r. van berg, w. zhang and b.g. cortez (1987): observation of a neutrino burst from the supernova sn1987a, phys. rev. lett., 58, 1490-1493. learned, j.g. and k. mannheim (2000): high energy neutrino astrophysics, ann. rev. nucl. part. sci., 50, 679-749. markov, m.a. (1960): on high energy neutrino physics, in proceedings of the x international conference on high energy physics, rochester, 579-581. markov, m.a. and i.m. zheleznykh (1961): on high energy neutrino physics in cosmic rays, nucl. phys., 27, 385-394. migneco, e., s. aiello, e. amato, m. ambriola, f. ameli, g. andronico, m. anghinolfi, m. battaglieri, r. bellotti, a. bersani, a. boldrin, m. bonori, f. cafagna, a. capone, l. caponnetto, m. circella, r. cocimano, r. coniglione, m. cordelli, m. costa, s. cuneo, a. d’amico, v. d’amico, c. de marzo, r. de vita, c. distefano, a. gabrielli, e. gandolfi, a. grimaldi, r. habel, a. italiano, m. leonardi, l. lo nigro, d. lo presti, a. margiotta, a. martini, m. masetti, r. masullo, t. montaruli, r. mosetti, m. musumeci, c.a. nicolau, r. occhipinti, r. papaleo, c. petta, p. piattelli, g. raia, n. randazzo, s. reito, g. ricco, g. riccobene, m. ripani, m. romita, a. rovelli, m. ruppi, g.v. russo, m. russo, p. sapienza, j.p. schuller, m. sedita, i. sokalski, m. spurio, m. taiuti, l. trasatti, l. ursella, v. valente, p. vicini, g. zanarini and s. zavatarelli (2004a): the nemo project, in proceedings of the workshop on technical aspects of a very large volume neutrino telescope in the mediterranean sea, 5-8 october 2003, amsterdam, 5-10. migneco, e., s. aiello, e. amato, m. ambriola, f. ameli, g. andronico, m. anghinolfi, m. battaglieri, r. bellotti, a. bersani, a. boldrin, m. bonori, f. cafagna, a. capone, l. caponnetto, t. chiarusi, m. circella, r. cocimano, r. coniglione, m. cordelli, m. costa, s. cuneo, a. d’amico, v. d’amico, c. de marzo, r. de vita, c. distefano, a. gabrielli, e. gandolfi, a. grimaldi, r. habel, a. italiano, m. leonardi, l. lo nigro, d. lo presti, a. margiotta, a. martini, m. masetti, r. masullo, t. montaruli, r. mosetti, m. musumeci, c.a. nicolau, r. occhipinti, r. papaleo, c. petta, p. piattelli, g. raia, n. randazzo, s. reito, g. ricco, g. riccobene, m. ripani, m. romita, a. rovelli, m. ruppi, g.v. russo, m. russo, p. sapienza, j.p. schuller, m. sedita, i. sokalski, m. spurio, m. taiuti, l. trasatti, l. ursella, v. valente, p. vicini and g. zanarini (2004b): nemo: status of the project, nucl. phys. b proc. suppl., 136, 61-68. piattelli, p. (2005): the neutrino mediterranean observatory project, nucl. phys. b proc. suppl., 143, 359-362. priede, i.g., p. favali, m. solan, f. gasparoni, j. mienert, n. zitellini, r. person, c. millot, t.c.e. van weering, h.w. gerber, o. pfannkuche, j.m.a. de miranda, n. o’neill, m. klages, a. tselepides, p. sigray and l. thomsen (2004): esonet – european seafloor observatory network, in proceedings of the oceans’04, mts/ieee techno-ocean’04, kobe, japan, ieee catalogue no. 04ch37600c, 2155-2163. roberts, a. (1992): the birth of high-energy neutrino astronomy: a personal history of the dumand project, rev. mod. phys., 64, 259-312. thompson, l.f. (2005): towards a cubic kilometre scale neutrino telescope in the mediterranean sea, nucl. phys. b proc. suppl., 143, 363-366. tzamarias, s.e. (2003): nestor: a deep-sea neutrino telescope, nucl. instr. meth. a, 502, 150-154. tzamarias, s.e. (2005): operation and performance of the nestor test detector: a measurement of the atmospheric muon flux, nucl. phys. b proc. suppl., 143, 355358. zatsepin, g. and v. kuz’min (1966): upper limit of the spectrum of cosmic rays, jetp lett., 4, 78-80. layout 6 annals of geophysics, 57, 1, 2014, g0188; doi:10.4401/ag-6361 g0188 geology and geophysics at the archeological park of vulci (central italy) marco marchetti 1,*, vincenzo sapia 1, adriano garello 2, donatella de rita 2, alessandra venuti 1 1 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione roma 2, rome, italy 2 università degli studi roma 3, dipartimento di scienze geologiche, rome, italy abstract the vulci archeological site was object of interest by the soprintendenza ai beni culturali dell’etruria meridionale (italian government department responsible for southern etruria’s cultural heritage) since the beginning of the 20th century. in 2001, the ministero dei beni culturali (italian ministry of cultural heritage) along with the local authorities, opened a natural-archeological park. in this area, it lies most of the ancient etruscan city of velch (today known by its latin name, vulci) including the osteria necropolis that is the object of this study. recently, new archaeological excavations were made and the local authorities needed major geological information about the volcanic lithotypes where the etruscans used to build their necropolis. the aim of this study is to define the geological and geophysical characteristics of the rock lithotypes present in the vulci park. for this purpose, a geological map of the area (1:10000) has been realized. moreover, two different geophysical methods were applied: measurements of magnetic susceptibility and electrical resistivity tomography. magnetic susceptibility analyses clearly identify magnetic contrasts between different lithotypes; the characteristics of the pyroclastic flow that originated the sorano unit 2 and its vertical facies variations are well recorded by this parameter that along with lithostratigraphic observations provides information about the depositional conditions. two electrical resistivity tomographies were performed, which show the sorano unit 2 thickness to be of c. 7 m with resistivity values ranging from 200 to 400 ω·m. this kind of multidisciplinary approach resulted to be suitable to study this type of archaeological sites, revealing that areas characterized by a relevant thickness and wide areal extension of volcanic lithotypes can be a potential site where etruscans might have excavated their necropolis. 1. introduction geophysical methods are often employed to investigate archeological sites and in a few cases buried necropolis. as reported by many authors [e.g. brizzolari et al 1992, cardarelli et al. 2008, quesnel et al. 2011], these techniques are non-destructive, fast and quite inexpensive. cammarano et al. [1998] used a multi-methodological approach (ground penetrating radar (gpr), electrical resistivity tomography (ert), self potential and magnetometric methods) in the sabine necropolis in rome, italy, to evidence structures through the study of different parameters. some years later cardarelli et al. [2008] investigated a new area in the same necropolis using ert, fluxgate and gpr methods. furthermore, quesnel et al. [2011] used ert and magnetic measurements to evidence a roman early medieval necropolis in provence. in the recent years local authorities focused their interests in valorizing the necropolis of vulci (figure 1). four necropolis areas dating from the 8th century b.c. have been found around the city of vulci, with the osteria necropolis towards the north. this was the main necropolis of vulci, with tombs dating from the villanovan period [eutizi et al. 2010]. tombs from the 6th and 5th centuries b.c. are generally of the hypogeal type. the habit of placing statues of mythical creatures to guard the tombs is characteristic of vulci. immensely valuable grave goods have been found in these tombs, in particular a large number of ceramics of greek production, and bronze objects of local production [moretti sgubini 1997]. the most important tomb located at the necropolis of ponte rotto is the françois tomb, famous for its paintings (now at villa albani in rome) portraying, as well as the deceased, episodes from greek mythology together with characters from etruscan myths and history [tamburini 1987]. the tombs of the osteria necropolis are mostly article history received may 29, 2013; accepted jannuary 20, 2014. subject classification: vulci archeological park, geological survey, electrical resistivity tomography, magnetic susceptibility. chamber tomb type with an open air vestibule. the sloping corridor led to an antechamber open to the sky. several side chambers completely hewn out of the rock with a ceiling opened on to this antechamber [banti 1973]. considering that the geological formations and structures present in the vulci park have never being studied so far, we retained necessary as first step to elaborate a geological map of the study area with a high resolution scale of 1:10000. the geology of vulci area was then interpreted in the context of vulsini volcanic district (vvd) which is well described in literature [washington 1907, nappi et al. 1986, nappi et al. 1998] and provides crucial information in order to understand the genesis and characteristics of the geological deposits in the vulci site. the geophysical prospections were used to define the electrical and magnetic characteristics of the volcanic lithologies outcropping in the necropolis of vulci. these analyses were conducted to find out if it might be possible, through the use of these methods, to identify other locations where etruscans excavated their tombs. therefore, magnetic susceptibility has been measured in situ and in a laboratory to evaluate magnetic contrasts between different lithostratigraphic units. ert were also performed along two profiles and made it possible to define the areal extension and thickness of the lithotype on which the osteria necropolis was excavated. 2. methods and results 2.1. geology and geological map the area of vulci park is part of the coastal plain of maremma which is characterized by the presence of clastic sedimentary rocks, deposited on pleistocene marine terraces. along the coastal area, the bedrock is mainly constituted by pliocene clays and silts, whereas in the hinterland it consists of cretaceous-oligocenic tuscan and liguride facies sediments [capelli et al. 1994]. in the hinterland, after the building of the apennine chain, extensional tectonics produced intense volcanism in the roman comagmatic province [washington 1907] of which the vvd is part [nappi et al. 1998]. the geological structure of vulci developed in this framework. the fiora river, characterized by huge flow in a ns direction separates the area into two main plateaus. in the past the river flowed along a more easterly course; later deviated by the emplacement of the latera pyroclastic deposits [fabbri and villa 1987]. the two main plateaus are laterally interested by river drainage with up to 30 meter high slopes, exposing outcrops of different lithotypes. rock falls occur along the slopes, mainly comprising tephrite-lava clasts and the bed of the fiora river is occupied by a huge volume of debris. the valley bedrock is a 35 m thick dark-grey colored lava deposit, with a compact fine-grained structure, named tefrite del castellaccio dei vulci [alberti et al. 1970], and characterized by a porphyric isotropic structure. the lava has a teprithic-phonolitic composition with plagioclase, pyroxene, and few sanidine phenocrysts (figure 2). in the fiora gorge this lithotype exhibits a well-developed columnar jointing, possibly due to the fast cooling of the lava in contact with the river water. the limited extension of the lava flow into the present fiora valley led the assumption [sposato et al. 1993] that the lava flow filled a proto fiora valley. the lava flow was probably erupted by local regional fractures now buried under the travertine plateau, on the eastern side of fiora river. the fractures were probably connected to the regional fault systems controlling the evolution of the marchetti et al. 2 figure 1. area location. figure 2. tephritic lava travertines contact. 3 siena-radicofani graben [vezzoli et al. 1987]. the age of this lava flow was investigated by fabbri and villa [1987] and it is dated to the medium pleistocene. in the vulci park area, the prevalent lithology is the sorano formation [palladino et al. 2010] erupted by the latera volcano between 194 ± 5 ka and 187 ± 8 ka ago [turbeville 1992]. this formation is subdivided in two units, characterized by different matrix colors, abundance of clasts and lithification rates. in this study, the units are named sorano unit 1 (the lower unit) and sorano unit 2 (the upper unit). the sorano unit 1 outcrops only near the fiora river, or in minor valleys excavated by secondary streams. the unit is a medium-fine grey-colored ash deposit, about 5 m thick, enriched with light-colored lapillus-sized pumices. the clasts/matrix ratio is about 30 %, this means that about 30% of the lithology is represented by clasts. this unit is poorly lithified and exhibits a pseudo-stratified base due to the presence of clay levels enriched with floating pumices (figure 3), as in sorano unit 2. the pseudostratification evidenced in the lower part of both the sorano units suggests that the volcanic flow entered locally in the water of a low-energy aqueous depositional environment characterized by the presence of several pools, like a shallow marsh. by this reconstruction it is plausible that both the sorano units entered the water of the marshy environment, following different paths. in fact, in distal areas pyroclastic flows might form finger-like lobes [jessop et al. 2012]. the sorano unit 2 is a fine-ash red-colored deposit, 8 m thick. the clasts/matrix ratio is lower than the geology and geophysics at vulci park figure 3. pseudo-stratified sorano unit i. figure 4. tephra lithics scattered in sorano unit 2. marchetti et al. 4 figure 5. sorano unit 2. figure 6. carved ceilings tombs, excavated in sorano unit 2. 5 basal unit (15 %). inside the deposit there are many cmsized lithics (figure 4), ripped up from the underlying tephritic lava. lithics show imbrication, with a ne-sw direction. a process of zeolitization of the glassy matrix could have caused the lithification of this lithology. the lithification and the extent of the sorano unit 2 explain the major number of tombs excavated in this unit. (figure 5). it is our opinion that the progressive cooling of the pyroclastic flow, facilitated by the interaction with the water of the marshy environment present in the area during the unit’s emplacement, have caused the lithification of this lithology. in fact this process in pyroclastic units increases the lithification of the tuffs without compromising their malleability [cerri et al. 2013] and it likely results in higher electrical resistivity values. these characteristics were known by etruscans that chose these lithotypes to excavate their necropolis. thin sections of the sorano units show the same characteristics (clasts/matrix ratios, matrix color) observed in the field. both of them include sanidine and monocline amphibole minerals. public access to tombs with carved ceilings enabled the observation of a few meters of sorano unit 2 (figure 6). the upper part of this unit (figure 7) mostly comprises a homogeneous medium-fine ashy matrix while the lower part is pseudo-stratified and includes a lava-conglomerate bank and three clay levels. above the sorano formation there are few exposures of the grotte di castro formation [palladino et al. 2010] near the vulci ruins. it has been hypothesized that this formation originally had greater extension than now, and that it has been progressively eroded. in the 1.5 m thick deposit, a 30 cm interval is recognizable, characterized by a succession of levels of dark and light pumices with sedimentary ripple structures (figure 8). the sorano formation in the western sector of the study area (figure 9) is based on sand sediments by an unconformity limit. these sediments have been ascribed to the pleistocene and correlated with the circumlittoral pleistocene sand formation known in literature [alberti et al. 1970]. in correspondence with the sands, the morphology of the area exhibits steeper slopes, a dendritic drainage network (figure 9), and a yellow-colored soil enriched with quartz clasts, unlike the brown-colored soil formed by the oxidation of the ferric minerals of the volcanic deposits. geology and geophysics at vulci park figure 7. lithostratigraphic column and magnetic susceptibility log of a section of the sorano unit 2. in the eastern part of the area, lying above the units already described, there is a 8 m thick travertine bank originated by hydro-thermalism (figure 2). travertine shows horizontal pseudo-stratification and contain volcanic clasts. the values of the isotope ratio u234/u238 indicate mixing of deep and shallow groundwater. th230 data suggest the travertine formation is 8.2 ± 1.6 ky old [taddeucci and voltaggio 1987]. 2.2. magnetic susceptibility magnetic susceptibility measurements are often used in archeological prospection in addition to other geophysical surveys both for investigating buried features and their characteristics and for mapping human habitations [schmidt 2007, 2009]. low-field magnetic susceptibility per unit volume (κ) of the vulci deposits was measured using a bartington ms2 susceptibility meter equipped with a d loop sensor [lecoanet et al. 1999]. in particular, measurements performed on a surficial trench revealed that brown-colored soils, derived from the alteration of the volcanic units, exhibit an average susceptibility of 500 x 10-5 si, with the exception of soil derived from alteration of the upper part of the sorano unit 2 which exhibits an average susceptibility of 200-300 x 10-5 si. this finding evidence a contrast between the two kind of soils derived by different parent material. thus, the measure of the magnetic susceptibility of the soil in this area could help in identifying buried tombs in the cases in which the upper part of the sorano unit 2 is near to the surface enough to significantly contribute to the formation of the overlaying top-soil. developing maps of magnetic susceptibility could be taken into account for future prospections. in this case the measurements were carried out on a trench but the effectiveness of the method could be tested also before the beginning of excavations. lava blocks, scattered within the sorano unit 2, present variable grain size and have an average susceptibility of 500 x 10-5 si (a punctual f sensor was employed in this case). a few lava blocks were measured at the laboratory of paleomagnetism of the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia using a kappabridge system agico (kly-2 model) and they exhibited a mass specific susceptibility of 850 x 10-8 m3/kg. near the tombs with carved ceilings, a 3.4 m deep stratigraphic section of the sorano unit 2 was selected for detailed geophysical investigation. in this section, the sorano unit 2 has vertical facies variations as the basal part of the pyroclastic flow likely emplaced underwater. the section is therefore ideal for investigating variations in susceptibility derived from different lithological characteristics of the unit. susceptibility marchetti et al. 6 figure 8. sorano unit 2 (lower unit) and grotte di castro formation (upper unit) contact. 7 was measured using an f sensor with sampling resolution of 10 cm. figure 7 shows the relative lithological and susceptibility log. from the bottom up to 1.8 m, the average susceptibility is 393 x 10-5 si and it is characterized by a peak that reaches the highest value of 600 x 10-5 si matching with a gravel bank made of volcanic clasts, and by two peaks corresponding to clay intervals. toward the top of the section, susceptibility decreases and becomes quite constant (average value of 132 x 10-5 si) while the lithology change by pseudostratified to a homogeneous medium-fine ashy matrix. the clasts occurring in the gravel bank have a major grain size compared to those contained in the ashy matrix and may contribute to increase the average susceptibility value. magnetic susceptibility is a concentration parameter and depends on the content of magnetic minerals in rocks and sediments [thompson and oldfield 1986]. therefore, peaks observed for the clay intervals are not surprising and indicate increases in concentration of magnetic minerals. moreover, a major concentration of magnetic minerals in the lower part of the unit (below 1.8 m) could be related to both different depositional conditions of the pyroclastic flow and energy of the system. a low energy system may have favored the deposition of high density magnetic minerals. similarly, in the albano maar in italy, it was recorded a major concentration of magnetic grains in the valley pond facies respect to the overlying ignimbrite veneer facies and it was explained with a lower density and higher turbulence of the flow during the deposition of the upper more diluted deposits [porreca et al. 2003]. in this framework it is likely that a lacustrine-marshy environment was present in the study area at the time of the pyroclastic flow emplacement as suggested by stratigraphic observations. 2.3. electrical resistivity tomography ert is a geophysical technique employed for imaging the sub-surface in many geological [zhou et al. 2000, chambers et al. 2006, rucker et al. 2011, omosanya et al. 2012] and archaeological applications [urbini et al. 2007, tsokas et al. 2007, bermejo et al. 2010, berge et al. 2011, alashloo et al. 2011]. the ert method consists of a multiple electrode string placed on the surface; by mean a computer controlled data acquisition, each electrode can serve both as a source and as a receiver, so at the same time a large amount of electrical data can be collected quickly. electrical resistivity data were collected using a georesistivimeter syscal r2 (iris instruments) equipped with 64 electrodes. it was used the wenner electrode array to investigate the resistivity contrasts of the subgeology and geophysics at vulci park figure 9. geological map (1:10000 scale) of the archeological park of vulci. soil up to a depth of 20 m. the profile length has been established based on the known geological layers depth informations. since the depth of investigation is roughly 1/5 and or 1/6 of the total length of the electrical profile [loke 1999], we collected electrical data by means of 64 electrodes, 2 m spaced, that fitted the requested depth of investigation. raw data have been manually pre-processed using prosys ii from geotomo software. the processing consisted to remove outliers from the measured data before the inversion is run. in our specific case, the collected data were not affected by high resistance contact at the electrode, and therefore no datum has been culled from our dataset. we used the algorithm proposed by loke and barker [1996] for the automatic 2d inversion of apparent resistivity data. the inversion routine is based on the smoothness-constrained leastsquares inversion [sasaki et al. 1992] implemented by a quasi-newton optimization technique. the optimization adjusts the 2d resistivity model trying to iteratively reduce the difference between the calculated and the measured apparent resistivity values (rms). the root mean squared (rms) error measures directly this difference, which in our case is lower than 2 %. the first profile tomography was realized over an outcrop consisting in the sorano formation and grotte di castro formation, in order to verify if the units could be distinguished by their electrical resistivity values. the outcrop, from the top to the bottom, consists of a 2 m thick grotte di castro formation, followed 7 m thick sorano unit 2, which in turn overlay the sorano unit 1, already known to be 5 m thick [conticelli et al. 1987]. the resulting tomography regards the first 20 m, including all the units recognizable in the outcrop. at the limit of the geophysical method resolution, electrostrata and lithological units show an excellent correspondence (figure 10). the upper electrostratum, visible in the first 2 m of the tomography, is characterized by resistivity values from 80 to 130 ω·m. it was associated to the grotte di castro formation and it records changing lateral resistivity. beneath the grotte di castro formation, the electrostratum recognized as the sorano unit 2 is defined by high resistivity values (200 – 400 ω·m). the resistive electrostratum thickness matches this unit, 6-8 m thick, and it decreases on the left of the tomography, because of a paleomorphology hidden on field by alluvial sediments and soil. we interpreted the underlying electrostratum to be the response of the sorano unit 1. this unit shows lower resistivity values (60-100 ω·m) compared to sorano unit 2, likely due to a higher water content or changes in physical characteristics. the resulting tomography shows an excellent match between lithological units and electrostrata produced by the inversion process, so a range of electrical resistivity can be assigned to each volcanic lithomarchetti et al. 8 figure 10. eletric resistivity tomography performed on a outcrop. 9 type (grotte di castro formation: 80-130 ω·m, sorano unit 2: 200-400 ω·m, sorano unit 1: 60-100 ω·m). the sorano unit 2 is geophysically recognizable because of its higher resistivity values compared to those of the underlying and overlying units. this peculiarity consents to identify in an easy way the sorano unit 2 by resistivity tomography. the second tomography was performed in the central part of the osteria necropolis, using 64 electrodes with 2 m spacing, in order to investigate the contact between the two sorano units (figure 11). the upper resistive layer (8 m thick) has resistivity values of 200-400 ω·m and is separated from a lower conductive layer (ca. 80 ω·m) by a limit 10 m deep. referring these resistivity values to those measured on the outcrop described above, the limit can be recognized as the stratigraphic contact between the two sorano units. considering the thickness of the sorano unit 2 (8 m) the presence of other tombs disposed on more levels could be possible in other sectors of the osteria necropolis. 3. conclusions in this work, the lithostratigraphical units present in the vulci park has been identified and interpreted within the context of the vvd. a geological map at 1:10000 scale has been developed, which shows the areal extension and thickness of the volcanic deposits outcropping in the area. magnetic susceptibility and electrical resistivity of the volcanic deposits record variations related to changes in the lithology. the basal part of both the sorano units were likely emplaced in a marshy environment as suggested by lithological observations and supported by magnetic susceptibility data. ert clearly indicates an average thickness of the sorano unit 2 of 7 m corroborated by high resistivity values (200-400 ω·m) and reveals a close match between the geophysical electrostrata and the existing geological units. these results are useful for defining the areal extension and thickness of the lithotype where etruscan necropolis were excavated and furnish new elements to archeologists for better planning new field surveys in the future. acknowledgements. the authors are extremely grateful to dr. anna maria moretti, superintendent for archaeological heritage of rome and southern etruria and dr. laura ricciardi for giving us the opportunity to carry out these studies in the park of vulci. the authors would also like to thank the mastarna company for allowing them to operate within the park, the director, dr. carlo casi and dr. emanuele eutizi for information and useful advice. references alberti, a., m. bertini, g..l. del bono, g. nappi and l. salvati (1970). note illustrative della carta geologica d’italia, foglio n. 136 tuscania e n.142 civitavecchia, servizio geologico d’italia. alashloo, s. y. m., r. saad, m. n. m. nawawi, m. saidin and m. m. alashloo (2011). magnetic and 2d electrical imaging methods to investigate an archaeological site at sungai batu, kedah, malaysia, 3rd international conference on chemical, biological and environmental engineering, ipcbee, 20, iacsit press, singapore. banti, l. (1973). the etruscan cities and their culture, university of californian press. bermejo, l., r. guérin and a. canals (2010). subsoil characterization by electrical resistivity tomography around rosières-la-terre des-sablons site (lunery, region centre, france), annali dell’università di ferrara, museologia scientifica e naturalistica, 6. berge, m.a. and m.g. drahor (2011). electrical resistivity tomography investigation of multilayered archaeological settlemets: part i modelling, archaeological prospection, 18 (3), 159-171. brizzolari e., e. cardarelli, m. feroci, s. piro and l. versino (1992). magnetic survey in the selinunte archaeological park, bollettino di geofisica teorica ed applicata 34, 157-168. cammarano f., p. mauriello, d. patella, s. piro, f. rosso and l. versino (1998). integration of high resolution geophysical methods. detection of shallow depth bodies of archaeological interest. annali di geofisica 41, 359-368. capelli, g. and r. mazza (1994). lineamenti idrogeologici dei terrazzi marini pleistocenici del lazio settentrionale, risultati della campagna ri rilevamento “1991 1992”, geologica romana, 30, 589-600. geology and geophysics at vulci park figure 11. eletric resistivity tomography performed on osteria necropolis. cardarelli e., f. fischanger and s. piro (2008). integrated geophysical survey to detect buried structures for archaeological prospecting. a case-history at sabine necropolis (rome, italy), near surface geophysics, 2008, 6, 15-20. cerri, g., a. brundu, p. mameli, p. cappelletti, a. langella, p. petrosino, g. rapisardo, r. de gennaro, a. colella, m. d'amore, m. de gennaro (2013). zeolitizazion of the “ignimbrite orvieto bagnoregio” central italy, xv international clay conference, rio de janeiro, 2013 chambers, j.e., o. kuras, p.i. meldrum, r. ogilvy and j. hollands (2006). electrical resistivity tomography applied to geologic, hydrogeologic and engineering investigations at a former waste-disposal site, geophysics, 71 (6), 231-239. conticelli, s, l. francalanci, p. manetti and a. peccerillo (1987). evolution of latera volcano, vulsinian district (central italy): stratigraphical and petrological data, periodico di mineralogia, 56, 175-199. eutizi, e., t. belardinelli, t. del papa, m. paganelli and d. petrino (2010). tesori, storie e leggende d’italia: vulci, 34, edizioni historia, viterbo. fabbri, m. and i.m. villa (1987). problemi cronologici del vulcano di monte calvo (lazio), rendiconti della soc. it. di min. e petr., 42, 182-183. jessop, d.e., k. kelfoun, p. labazuy, a. mangeney, o. roche, j.l. tillier, m. trouillet and g. thibault (2012). lidar derived morphology of the 1993 lascar pyroclastic flow deposits, and implication for flow dynamics and rheology; journal of volcanology and geothermal research, 245-246, 81-97 lecoanet, h., f. lévêque and s. segura (1999). magnetic susceptibility in environmental applications: comparison of field probes, physics of the earth and planetary interiors, 115, 191-204. loke, m.h. and r.d. barker (1996). rapid least-squares inversion of apparent resistivity pseudosections using a quasi-newton method, geophysical prospecting, 44, 131-152. loke, m.h. (1999). electrical imaging surveys for environmental and engineering studies, technical notes, http://www.heritagegeophysics.com/images/lokenote.pdf. moretti sgubini, a.m. (1997). il carro di vulci dalla necropoli dell’osteria, carri da guerra e principi etruschi, 139-145. nappi, g. and a. marini (1986). i cicli eruttivi dei vulsini orientali nell’ambito della vulcanotettonica del complesso, mem. soc. geol. it; 35, 679-687. nappi, g., f. antonelli, m. coltorti, l. milani, a. renzulli and f. siena (1998). volcanological and petrological evolution of the eastern vulsini district, central italy, j. of volcanologic and geothermal research, 87,. 211-232. omosanya, k.o., g.o. mosuro and l. azeez (2012). combination of geological mapping and geophysical surveys for surface-subsurface structures imaging in mini-campus and methodist ago-iwoye ne areas, southwestern nigeria, journal of geology and mining research, 4 (5), 105-117. palladino, d.m., s. simei, g. sottili and r. trigila (2010). integrated approach for the reconstruction of stratigraphy and geology of quaternary volcanic terrains: an application to the vulsini volcanoes(central italy), in g.groppelli e l. viereck (eds.) “stratigraphy and geology in volcanic areas”, geol. soc. am., spec. pap., 464, 66-84. porreca, m., m. mattei, g. giordano, d. de rita and r. funiciello (2003). magnetic fabric and implications for pyroclastic flow and lahar emplacement, albano maar, italy, journal of geophysical research, 108, b5, 1-14. quesnel, y., a. jrad, f. mocci, j. gattacceca, , p.e. mathé, j.c. parisot, d. hermitte, v. dumas, p. dussouillez, k. walsh, c. miramont, s. bonnet and m. uehara (2011). geophysical signatures of a roman and early medieval necropolis, archaeological prospection, 18, 105–115. doi:10.1002/arp.411. rucker, d., g.e. noonan and w.j. greenwood (2011). electrical resistivity in support of geological mapping along the panama canal, engineering geology, 117, 121-133. sasaki, y., y. yoneda and k. matsuo (1992). resistivity imaging of controlled-source audiofrequency magnetotelluric data, geophysics, 57, 952-955. schmidt, a. (2007). archaeology, magnetic methods, in d. gubbins and e. herrero-bervera (eds) encyclopedia of geomagnetism and paleomagnetism, encyclopedia of earth sciences series heidelberg, new york, springer. schmidt a. (2009). electrical and magnetic methods in archaeological prospection, in s. campana, s. piro (eds.), seeing the unseen, geophysics and landscape archaeology, 67-81, taylor and francis, london. sposato, a., d. de rita, a. bertagnini, p. landi and f. salvini (1993). guide geologiche regionali: lazio, be-ma editrice. taddeucci, a. and m. voltaggio (1987). th230 dating of the travertines connected to the vulsini mts. volcanism (northern latium, italy): neotectonics and hydrogeology, periodico di mineralogia, 56, 295-302. tamburini, e. (1987). i titoli funerari della tomba françois e il sepolcreto di vel saties, la tomba di vulci, catalogo della mostra (musei vaticani, 20 marzo-7 maggio 1987). marchetti et al. 10 11 thompson, r. and f. oldfield (1986). environmental magnetism, allen and unwin, london. tsokas, g.n., p.i. tsourlos, g. vargemezis and m. novack (2007). non-destructive electrical resistivity tomography for indoor investigation: the case of kapnikarea church in athens, archaeological prospection, 15 (1), 47-61. turbeville, b.n. (1992). ar40/ar39 ages and stratigraphy of the latera caldera, italy, bullettin of volcanology, 55, 110-118. urbini, s., l. cafarella, m. marchetti, p. chiarucci and d. bonini (2007). fast geophysical prospecting applied to archaeology: results at «villa ai cavallacci» (albano laziale, rome) site, annals of geophysics, 50 (3), 291-299. washington, h.s. (1907). the roman comagmatic region, nabu press. zhou, w., b.f. beck and j.b. stephenson (2000). reliability of dipolo-dipole electrical resistivity tomography for defining depth to bedrock in covered karst terranes, environmental geology 39 (7). vezzoli, l., s. conticelli, f. innocenti, p. landi, p. manetti, d.m. palladino and r. trigila (1987). stratigraphy of the latera volcanic complex: proposals for a new nomenclature, periodico di mineralogia, 56, 89-110. *corresponding author: marco marchetti, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione roma 2, rome, italy; email: marco.marchetti@ingv.it © 2014 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. geology and geophysics at vulci park acve_letter_v2_formatted_ok annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6330     1   13 years of mopitt operations: lessons from mopitt retrieval algorithm development h. m. worden1, m. n. deeter1, d. p. edwards1, j. gille1, j. drummond2, l. k. emmons1, g. francis1, s. martínez-alonso1 1national center for atmospheric research (ncar), boulder, co. 2dept. of physics and atmos. sci., dalhousie university, halifax, nova scotia, canada hmw@ucar.edu abstract the measurements of pollution in the troposphere (mopitt) instrument on the nasa terra platform has now acquired over thirteen years of global tropospheric carbon monoxide (co) observations, forming the longest satellite record for an important pollutant. mopitt products are routinely exploited for characterizing co sources and for analyzing air quality. for retrieving co concentrations in the lower troposphere, mopitt is equipped with both thermal-infrared and near-infrared channels. i. introduction measurements of carbon monoxide (co) from space have been critical for understanding global atmospheric chemistry and emissions. sources of co are incomplete combustion (both fires and fossil fuels) and hydrocarbon oxidation. co is destroyed primarily by oh oxidation and is a precursor of greenhouse gases carbon dioxide (co2) and tropospheric ozone (o3), giving co emissions an indirect radiative forcing of 0.2 w/m2 [ipcc, ar4: forster et al., 2007]. due to its medium-scale lifetime (weeks to months) co is a useful tracer of pollution since it is transported globally, but is not evenly mixed in the atmosphere, allowing measurements of elevated co that are easily distinguished above background levels. while development of the algorithms used to process mopitt measurements began several years before launch, these activities continue to be important. the mopitt retrieval algorithm has been steadily refined since launch because of the following experience: (1) measurements 'on-orbit' were somewhat different from pre-launch simulations; (2) quantifying and resolving radiance errors has required innovative methods and new analytical tools; (3) errors due to both instrumental and geophysical sources have been identified; (4) little was known about the global variability of co concentrations before launch; (5) ancillary datasets required by the retrieval algorithm have improved during the mission; (6) instrumental changes (both sudden and gradual) have occurred since launch, requiring adaptive algorithm changes; and (7) users have provided feedback with respect to product deficiencies. validation defines the accuracy of the retrieval product and thereby guides retrieval algorithm development. the goal of validation is to quantify and analyze retrieval errors through systematic comparisons with independent and trusted datasets. like retrieval algorithm development, validation is an ongoing long-term process. mopitt validation relies principally on co vertical profiles from aircraft in-situ measurements that represent diverse geophysical conditions and pollution levels. this letter discusses how mopitt retrieval products have improved, as compared to validation data, during the mission as the result of retrieval algorithm changes. ii. the mopitt instrument the mopitt instrument is a multi-channel thermal infrared (tir) and near infrared (nir) instrument on board the eos-terra satellite launched in december, 1999 into a sunsynchronous polar orbit with ~10:30 am local time descending node equator crossing. mopitt has horizontal spatial resolution around 22 km x 22 km and a swath width around 640 km, which allows global coverage every 3 days. mopitt uses gas-cell correlation radiometry to detect atmospheric co absorption at 4.6 µm (tir channels) and 2.3 µm (nir channels), [drummond et al., 2010 and references therein]. retrievals using the methane channels at 2.2 µm have not been possible due to the issues described in pfister et al. [2005]. the mopitt data record covers march 2000 to present. figure 1 shows a map of co total column measurements indicating mopitt daily coverage. annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6330     2   figure 1. mopitt co column observations (in 1017molecules/cm2) for jan 10, 2013. iii. mopitt algorithm history mopitt versions v1 & v2 products did not produce quantitative co measurements. these regression-based retrievals produced qualitative maps that were useful for demonstrating mopitt instrument functionality, but did not produce co profiles with error characterization that could be used in further analysis, such as an optimal estimation (oe) product. mopitt v3 products were from oe retrievals that used a single global a priori profile with an a priori covariance (sa) created from in situ profiles [deeter et al., 2003, 2004, 2007b; edwards et al., 2004; emmons et al., 2004, 2007, 2009]. v3, v4 and v5 retrievals all use the ncep (national centers for environmental prediction) global data assimilation system (gdas) product for temperature and water vapor fields, with cloudy scenes discarded following cloud screening using both mopitt radiances and collocated modis cloud detection. v3 processing also accounted for the loss of optical bench 1 (channels 1-4) in may 2001 with phase i data produced from mar. 2000 may 2001 and phase ii data starting aug. 2001 and thereafter. mopitt v4 was developed to address deficiencies in v3 that included a bias in southern hemisphere (sh) co due to the use of a single global apriori; an apriori covariance that over estimated the correlation length; a limited training set of co profiles in the fast radiative transfer (rt) algorithm that caused retrieval failures in extreme co events; and co retrieval parameters in volume mixing ratio (vmr) that did not represent the log-normal co error statistics resulting in retrieval errors for low and high co values [deeter et al., 2007a]. the v4 algorithms addressed these issues by using apriori (profiles and covariances) from a mozart monthly climatology [emmons et al, 2010], an expanded training set for the forward model rt and log10(vmr) co parameters in oe retrievals. the v4 algorithm and validation are described in deeter et al., [2010]. mopitt v5 was developed mainly to provide new products that exploit the mopitt nir radiance measurements. these include the nironly [deeter et al., 2009] and the multispectral tir+nir [worden et al., 2010] products as well as the standard tir-only product. in order to use the information from the nir channel, it was necessary to fully understand all sources of measurement noise. this led to an improved measurement noise characterization described as “geophysical noise” in deeter et al., [2011], that was implemented for all retrieval types. the v5 algorithm also includes a time-dependent radiative transfer model, which accounts for the slow, long-term instrumental degradation shown in figure 2 by using time-interpolated gas cell parameters (rather than static values, as used in previous versions). another change in v5 was a simplification in mapping the retrieval levels, which resulted in the co vertical profile product defined over pressure layers rather than on levels. finally, v5 has an improved co-alignment of modis data in the cloud detection algorithm. annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6330     3   v5 validation results are presented in deeter et al., [2012; 2013]. this improved dependence with time for the validation results has made it possible to compute decadal trends for co using mopitt data and compare these to other satellite co measurements [worden et al., 2013]. mopitt v6 (to be delivered in 2013) algorithm changes are more incremental than v5, but address some important deficiencies of the previous versions. v6 uses the merra reanalysis [rienecker et al., 2011] for water vapor, atmospheric temperature and surface temperature (h2o, t, t_surf) to improve the spatial resolution (0.66° x 0.5° vs. 1° x1°), the time resolution for t_surf (1hr. vs. 6 hr.) and problems with missing values as compared to the ncep fields. merra also has more accurate values (actual skin temperatures) for the t_surf initial guess used in mopitt retrievals. in addition, v6 will correct a small geolocation error identified in the previous versions that resulted from a misalignment in mopitt pointing angles with respect to the terra frame of reference. finally, v6 will use a new climatology based on 2000-2009 simulations from cam-chem [lamarque et al., 2012] that is more representative of the mopitt data record than the previous v4 & v5 climatology simulations that covered 1997-2004. iv. algorithm responses to instrument anomalies figure 2 shows a time series since launch for the pressure in lmc3 (length modulated cell #3) indicating sudden anomalies as well as a slow drift due mostly to long term instrument cooling [drummond et al., 2010]. the first cooler failure in may 2001 resulted in the loss of optical bench #1, however, mopitt was able to continue measuring co using the remaining 4 channels on optical bench #2, with adjustments to the algorithms. the l1 and l2 algorithms also required adjustments after the sieve heater anomaly in oct. 2009, and reverted to the preanomaly versions once the sieve heater began working again. no discontinuities in the data values or quality were detected once the algorithms were implemented. figure 2. mopitt pressure vs. time since launch for lmc3. the pressure change is slow (~ 5% in 10 years). phase i represents mopitt data with both optical benches operational; phase ii, after the cooler anomaly in may, 2001 uses only 1 optical bench. a transient molecular sieve heater fault in 2009 lowered the sieve temperature and pressure dropped ~6%, but corrections in l1 and l2 algorithms maintained data continuity and quality until normal operations were resumed on the restart in 2011. the spikes correspond to decontamination and calibration operations. the current trend is about 1% pressure loss per year. (courtesy of f. nichitiu, u. toronto). annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6330     4   v. conclusions on-orbit performance for satellite instruments will always present challenges to algorithm developers compared to the expectations from simulations and ground calibration activities. although it has operated successfully since 2000, the mopitt instrument has had instrument anomalies as well as very slow degradation that required adaptive algorithms. better characterization of instrument performance, such as understanding geophysical noise, has allowed the mopitt team to exploit both tir and nir channels, providing unprecedented sensitivity to near-surface co. improvements to the mopitt retrieval methods and ancillary datasets have also improved accuracy as compared to longterm validation data. given the current state of mopitt health, the outlook for tracking co trends for > 13 years is very promising. acknowledgements the mopitt project is supported by the nasa earth observing system (eos) program. the mopitt team also acknowledges support from the canadian space agency (csa), the natural sciences and engineering research council (nserc) and environment canada, along with the contributions of comdev (the prime contractor) and abb bomem. ncar is sponsored by the national science foundation. references [deeter et al., 2003] deeter, m. n., l. k. emmons, g. l. francis, d. p. edwards, j. c. gille, j. x. warner, b. khattatov, d. ziskin, j.-f. lamarque, s.-p. ho, v. yudin, j.-l. attié, d. packman, j. chen, d. mao, and j. r. drummond (2003). operational carbon monoxide retrieval algorithm and selected results for the mopitt instrument. j. geophys. res. (atmospheres), 108:4399. [deeter et al., 2004a] deeter, m. n., l. k. emmons, d. p. edwards, j. c. gille, and j. r. drummond (2004a). vertical resolution and information content of co profiles retrieved by mopitt. geophys. res. lett., 31:15112. [deeter et al., 2004b] deeter, m. n., et al. (2004b). evaluation of operational radiances for the measurements of pollution in the troposphere (mopitt) instrument co thermal band channels, j. geophys. res., 109, d03308, doi:10.1029/2003jd003970. [deeter et al., 2007a] deeter, m. n., d. p. edwards, and j. c. gille (2007a). retrievals of carbon monoxide profiles from mopitt observations using lognormal a priori statistics. j. geophys. res. (atmospheres), 112:11311. [deeter et al., 2007b] deeter, m. n., d. p. edwards, j. c. gille, and j. r. drummond (2007b). sensitivity of mopitt observations to carbon monoxide in the lower troposphere. j. geophys. res., 112:24306. [deeter et al., 2009] deeter, m. n., d. p. edwards, j. c. gille, and j. r. drummond (2009). co retrievals based on mopitt nearinfrared observations, j. geophys. res., 114, d04303, doi:10.1029/2008jd010872. [deeter et al., 2010] deeter, m.n., d. p. edwards, j. c. gille, l. k. emmons, g. francis, s.-p. ho, d. mao, d. masters, h. worden, j. r. drummond and p. novelli (2010). the mopitt version 4 co product: algorithm enhancements, validation, and long-term stability, j. geophys. res., 115, d07306, doi:10.1029/2009jd013005. [deeter et al., 2011] deeter, m. n., h. m. worden, j. c. gille, d. p. edwards, d. mao, and j. r. drummond (2011). mopitt multispectral co retrievals: origins and effects of geophysical radiance errors, j. geophys. res., 116, d15303, doi:10.1029/2011jd015703. [deeter et al., 2012] deeter, m. n., h. m. worden, d. p. edwards, j. c. gille, and a. e. andrews (2012). evaluation of mopitt retrievals of lower-tropospheric carbon monoxide over the united states, j. geophys. res., doi:10.1029/2012jd017553. [deeter et al., 2013] deeter, m. n., s. martınezalonso, d. p. edwards, l. k. emmons, j. c. gille, h. m. worden, j. v. pittman, b. c. daube and s. c. wofsy (2013).validation of mopitt version 5 thermal-infrared, near-infrared, and multispectral carbon monoxide profile retrievals for 2000-2011, j. geophys. res., 118, 1– 16, doi:10.1002/jgrd.50272. [drummond et al., 2010] drummond, j. r., j. zou, f. nichitiu, j. kar, r. deschambaut, j. hackett (2010). a review of 9-year performance and operation of the mopitt instrument, j. adv. space res., doi:10.1016/j.asr.2009.11.019. [edwards et al., 2004] edwards, d.p., l. k. emmons, d. a. hauglustaine, d. a. chu, j. c. gille, y. j. kaufman, g. pétron, l. n. yurganov, l. giglio, m. n. deeter, v. yudin, d. c. ziskin, j. warner, j.-f. lamarque, g. l. francis, s. p. ho, d. mao, j. chen, e. i. grechko, and j. r. drummond (2004), observations of carbon monoxide and aerosols from the terra satellite: northern hemisphere variability. j. geophys. res. (atmospheres), 109:24202. annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6330     5   [emmons et al., 2004] emmons, l. k., m. n. deeter, j. c. gille, d. p. edwards, j.-l. attié, j. warner, d. ziskin, g. francis, b. khattatov, v. yudin, j.-f. lamarque, s.-p. ho, d. mao, j. s. chen, j. drummond, p. novelli, g. sachse, m. t. coffey, j. w. hannigan, c. gerbig, s. kawakami, y. kondo, n. takegawa, h. schlager, j. baehr, and h. ziereis (2004). validation of measurements of pollution in the troposphere (mopitt) co retrievals with aircraft in situ profiles. j. geophys. res. (atmospheres), 109:3309. [emmons et al., 2007] emmons, l. k., g. g. pfister, d. p. edwards, j. c. gille, g. sachse, d. blake, s. wofsy, c. gerbig, d. matross, and p. nédélec (2007). measurements of pollution in the troposphere (mopitt) validation exercises during summer 2004 field campaigns over north america. j. geophys. res. (atmospheres), 112:12. [emmons et al., 2009] emmons, l. k., edwards, d. p., deeter, m. n., gille, j. c., campos, t., nédélec, p., novelli, and g. sachse, (2009). measurements of pollution in the troposphere (mopitt) validation through 2006, atmos. chem. phys., 9, 1795-1803, doi:10.5194/acp-91795-2009. [emmons et al, 2010] emmons, l. k., s. walters, p. g. hess, j.-f. lamarque, g. g. pfister, d. fillmore, c. granier, a. guenther, d. kinnison, t. laepple, j. orlando, x. tie, g. tyndall, c. wiedinmyer, s. l. baughcum, and s. kloster (2010). description and evaluation of the model for ozone and related chemical tracers, version 4 (mozart-4) geosci. model dev., 3, 43-67. [forster et al., 2007] forster, p., v. ramaswamy, p. artaxo, t. berntsen, r. betts, d.w. fahey, j. haywood, j. lean, d.c. lowe, g. myhre, j. nganga, r. prinn, g. raga, m. schulz and r. van dorland (2007). changes in atmospheric constituents and in radiative forcing. in: climate change 2007: the physical science basis. contribution of working group i to the fourth assessment report of the intergovernmental panel on climate change [solomon, s., d. qin, m. manning, z. chen, m. marquis, k.b. averyt, m.tignor and h.l. miller (eds.)]. cambridge university press, cambridge, united kingdom and new york, ny, usa. (ipcc ar4) [lamarque et al., 2012] lamarque, j.-f., et al., (2012). cam-chem: description and evaluation of interactive atmospheric chemistry in the community earth system model, geosci. model dev., 5, 369-411, 2012, doi:10.5194/gmd-5-3692012 [pfister et al., 2005] pfister, g., j. c. gille, d. ziskin, g. francis, d. p. edwards, m. n. deeter, and e. abbott (2005), effects of a spectral surface reflectance on measurements of backscattered solar radiation: application to the mopitt methane retrieval, j. atmos. oceanic technol., 22, 566, doi:10.1175/jtech1721.1 [rienecker et al., 2011] rienecker, m.m., m.j. suarez, r. gelaro, r. todling, j. bacmeister, e. liu, m.g. bosilovich, s.d. schubert, l. takacs, g.-k. kim, s. bloom, j. chen, d. collins, a. conaty, a. da silva, et al., (2011). merra: nasa's modern-era retrospective analysis for research and applications. j. climate, 24, 36243648, doi:10.1175/jcli-d-11-00015.1 [worden et al., 2010] worden, h. m., m. n. deeter, d. p. edwards, j. c. gille, j. r. drummond, and p. p. nédélec (2010). observations of near-surface carbon monoxide from space using mopitt multispectral retrievals, j. geophys. res., 115, d18314, doi:10.1029/2010jd014242. [worden et al., 2013] worden, h. m., et al., (2013). decadal record of satellite carbon monoxide observations, atmos. chem. phys., 13, 837–850, 2013 doi:10.5194/acp-13-837-2013. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7564 1 the marine environment: hazards, resources and the application of geoethics principles roberto a. violan te servicio d e h id rogr afía n aval, división geología y geofísica marin a, bu en os aires, argen tin a gevas red argen tin a asociación civ il iapg – in tern ation al association for prom otin g geoeth ics, argen tin a violan te@h id r o.gov.ar graziella bozzan o servicio d e h id rogr afía n aval, división geología y geofísica marin a, bu en os aires, argen tin a con sejo n acion al d e in vestigacion es cien tíficas y técn icas (con icet), bu en os aires, argen tin a gbozzan o@h id ro.gov.ar elizabeth i. rovere servicio geológico min ero argen tin o (segemar), in stitu to d e geología y recu rsos min er ales, dir. geología am bien tal y ap licad a, bu en os aires, argen tin a gevas red argen tin a asociación civ il iapg – in tern ation al association for prom otin g geoeth ics, argen tin a elizabeth .r overe@segem ar.gov.ar abstract oceans cover three quarters of the earth surface and represent a fundamental component of the global climate system. life on earth is closely tied to the climate system and thus to the oceans. m arine regions are subjected to numerous submarine natural hazards such as earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and landslides, in many cases producing tsunamis that threaten coastal areas and many onshore and offshore man-made facilities. on the other hand, as society and technological needs progressively increase, the impact of human activities on coastal and deep waters become more severe, with consequences that include global warming and sea-level rise, coastal erosion, pollution, ocean acidification, damage to marine resources and ecosystem degradation. n evertheless, humankind seems not to be adequately conscious about the different kind of hazards threatening the marine environment. the challenge for marine geoscientists is to be conscious of the geoethical compromise in order to alert society, industries and policy makers about the needs to minimize the risks of natural and human impacts in the ocean system. 1. in trod uction cean s cover 71% of th e ear th su rface an d accou n t for 96.4% of th e total w ater volu m e, p rovid in g th e largest livin g sp ace on th e en tire p lan et an d p r od u cin g abou t h alf of th e global biosp h eric n et p rim ary p rod u ction (gregg et al., 2003). ocean s are p art of th e com p lex ocean -atm osp h ere cou p lin g th at regu lates global clim ate, as th ey store m ost of th e su n ’s en ergy, d istribu te h eat arou n d th e p lan et an d beh ave as a co 2 reservoir (bigg et o an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7564 2 al., 2003). th erefore, life on earth basically d ep en d s on ocean s. as a fragile en viron m en t, u n d er a d elicate balan ce betw een clim ate an d m arin e p h ysicalch em ical p rocesses, ocean s are esp ecially vu ln erable to both n atu ral an d m an -in d u ced h azard s. n atu ral h azard s in clu d e su bm arin e earth qu akes an d volcan ic eru p tion s, lan d slid es an d oth er u n d erw ater gravity -d riven p rocesses, tsu n am is an d extrem e ocean ograp h ic an d clim atic even ts like storm s, h u rrican es an d w atersp ou ts, am on g oth ers. man -in d u ced th reaten in g factors, resp on d in g e ith er to m isu se or n egligen ce, en com p ass: a) coastal m a n agem en t an d h an d lin g of offsh ore stru ctu res, su ch as in d u strial an d tou ristic h arbou r op eration , p ort-access ch an n els d red gin g, coastal p rotection , d ep loym en t of oil rigs, su bm arin e d u cts an d cables, an d im p lem en tation of off-sh ore ren ew able m arin e en ergy farm s; b) over exp loitation of liv in g an d n on -livin g resou rces, w ith in ten se bottom traw lin g fish in g activities an d oil sp ills as th e m ost d an gerou s; an d c) ocean p ollu tion , iron fertilization an d ch em ical an d solid w aste d u m p in g. oth er h a zard s su ch as green h ou se gas em ission s, global w arm in g, sea-level rise an d coastal erosion m ay h ave both n atu ral an d an th rop ic cau ses. ocean s r esp on d to h u m an im p acts at d ifferen t rates. for exam p le, sh ort/ m ed iu m -term resp on ses in clu d e m od ification of littoral p r ocesses, coastal erosion , coastal flood in g, alteration of h igh ly bio-p rod u ctive n earsh ore areas (d eltas, estu a ries, w etlan d s) an d th reats to m arin e life. lon gterm resp on ses in clu d e sea -level rise, ocean acid ification an d alteration of seaw ater p rop e rties (tem p eratu re, salin ity, oxygen ) (pörtn er et al., 2014). in gen eral, h azard s at coasts an d sea are n ot ad equ ately con sid ered by th e scien tific co m m u n ity u n d er a social p ersp ective, an d et h ical p rin cip les are far from bein g ap p lied in m ost of th e cases. th u s, m arin e geoscien ces p rovid e a vast field for in tegratin g scien tific kn ow led ge an d eth ical p rin cip les, w ith th e objective of d evelop in g a scien ce-based , resp on sible an d su stain able m an agem en t strategies for su ch a large an d fu n d am en tal en viron m en t. th e p u rp ose of th e p resen t con tribu tion is to syn th esize som e of th e m u ltip le issu es related to n atu ral an d an th rop ic h azard s at sea, as w ell as u n d erlin in g th e n eed for a geoeth ical a p p roach for ad equ ately ev alu atin g en viron m e n tal an d social im p acts on ocean s. th ese are critical n eed s, con sid erin g th at t h e u se of th e m arin e sp ace, resou rces, an d en ergy w ill be esse n tial for fu tu re gen eration s (un closs, 1982). 2. geoethics, risk, hazard an d vuln erability at sea geoeth ical p rin cip les p oin t to m ake geoscie n tists m ore aw are of th eir resp on sibilities in an y situ ation w h ere scien tists in teract w ith society (e.g.: pep p olon i an d di cap u a, 2015; 2017). am on g th e fu n d am en tal v alu es of geoeth ics listed in th e cap e tow n statem en t on geoet h ics (di cap u a et al., 2017), th ree are of sp ecific in terest for m arin e geoscien ce: (1) resp ectin g n atu ral p rocesses an d p h en om en a, w h ere p o ssible, w h en p lan n in g an d im p lem en tin g in te rven tion s in th e m arin e en viron m en t; (2) en su rin g su stain ability of econ om ic an d social activ ities in ord er to assu re fu tu re gen eration s’ su p p ly of en ergy an d oth er n atu ral resou rces, an d (3) p rom otin g geo-ed u cation an d ou treach for all, to fu rth er su stain able econ om ic d evelo p m en t, geoh azard p reven tion an d m itigation , en viron m en tal p rotection an d in creased societal resilien ce an d w ell-bein g. th e ap p lication s of geoeth ical p rin cip les on th e ocean en viron m en t h ave been alread y d iscu ssed by several au th ors (e.g.: safin a, 2003, dallm eyer, 2005, zach arias an d gregr, 2005, au ster et al., 2008, pau ly an d stergiou , 2014, maron e et al., 2015). zach arias an d gregr (2005) stated th at all m arin e featu res (biotic an d abiotic) h ave been form ed an d evolved w ith in a certain ran ge of en viron m en tal con d ition s, an d th erefore th ey are sen sitive to d iverse d egrees of stress accord in g to th e in teraction am on g h azard , vu ln erability an d exp osu re, term s alread y d efin ed by tau ben böck et al. (2008) an d di cap u a an d pep p olon i (2014). con sid erin g th at th e con cep t of risk d ep en d s u p on th e d egree to w h ich th e h azard s th reaten vu ln erable an d exp osed h u m an facilities or r esou rces, for m arin e en viron m en ts it seem s obviou s th at th e h igh est risks are closest to in h a bited coasts (e.g.: dafforn et al., 2015). h ow ever, risk can also be h igh in d eep -sea en viron m en ts, p articu larly w h ere fragile ocean ecosystem s an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7564 3 terms causes processes r is k h a z a rd n atural earth qu akes volcan ic eru p tion s gravity-d riven p rocesses-lan d slid es ocean ograp h ic ch an ges large w aves (in clu d in g tsu n am is) n atural and/or anthropic clim ate ch an ge sea level rise coastal erosion coastal flood s sea-w ater p rop erties iron fertilization ocean acid ification meth an e em ission s anthropic coastal m an agem en t urban an d tou ristic facilities in sh ore an d offsh ore m an -m ad e stru ctu res dred gin g facilities for m arin e ren ew able en ergies livin g an d n on -livin g resou rces exp loitation min in g fish in g p ractices im p actin g sea -floor pollu tion (w aste, p lastic, oil d isp osal) v u ln e r a b il it y + e x p o s u re physical, social, economic, ecological geograp h y an d top ograp h y location pop u lation social stru ctu re prod u ctive activities cu ltu ral h eritage en gin eerin g stru ctu res an d in frastru ctu res en viron m en t livin g an d n on -livin g resou rces an d livin g resou rces h ave to coexist w ith offsh ore in frastru ctu res an d oth er m an -in d u ced im p acts (for exam p le p ollu tion an d bottom traw lin g fish ery). 3. marin e n atural an d an thropic hazard s ocean s are so vast th at in p rin cip le it w ou ld seem u n likely th at a locally gen erated h azard in a coastal area cou ld affect far d eep -sea location s. h ow ever, th e ocean circu lation system tran sp orts w ater th rou gh all th e ocean basin s by both su rface an d d eep -sea cu rren ts, so th at d isp ersal of an y com p on en t existin g in th e w ater m ass (ch em icals, p ollu tan ts) far aw ay from th e sou rce can occu r. on th e oth er h an d , th e en ergy gen erated by d eep -sea geological p r ocesses (e.g. su bm arin e earth qu akes, volcan ic eru p tion s or u n d erw ater slid es an d slop es in stabilities) can be tran sferred to su rface w aves, w h ich can p oten tially be tran sform ed in tsu n am is th at rap id ly p rop agate across th e seas. so, th e m arin e en viron m en t can be co n sid ered as a system of com m u n icatin g vessels tran sp ortin g m aterials an d en ergy all arou n d th e w orld . som e of th e n atu ral an d an th rop ic p rocesse s th at m ay p oten tially rep r esen t a risk to ocean s are listed in tab. 1. am on g th em , earth qu akes, table 1: general framework conceptualizing risk, hazard and vulnerability in the marine environment (modified after taubenböck et al., 2008) an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7564 4 volcan ic eru p tion s an d grav ity -d riven p rocesses are n atu ral h azard s th at can n ot be p reven ted , bu t th eir im p acts on society can be m in im ized if geoeth ical p rin cip les are ap p lied at d ifferen t stages of th e risk m an agem en t, like in th e early w arn in g, p reven tion an d m itig ation . after th ese p rocesses, several h u m an -in d u ced h azard s are d iscu ssed , an d h ow th ese can be avoid ed if societies w ill reach th e aw aren ess of th e d am age th ey m ean . 3.1 submarine earthquakes th ey are som e of th e m ost d an gerou s n atu ral p rocesses at sea, becau se th ey are p oten tial gen erators, am on g oth er im p acts, of large w aves in d u cin g tsu n am is. as th e m ost strikin g exam p le, th e 9.1 m agn itu d e su bm arin e earth qu ake of su m atra (2004) gen erated a com p lex series of tsu n am i w aves th at p rop agated at a sp eed of 640 km / h p rod u cin g a sign ifican t loss of lives, th ou san d s of d isp laced or m issin g p eop le an d severe d am ages to th e in frastru ctu res, affectin g th e coasts of 12 n ation s arou n d th e in d ian ocean . waves also travelled ou tsid e th e in d ian ocean reach in g areas very far aw ay in th e atlan tic an d pacific ocean s (e.g.: titov et al., 2005). in 2011, th e 9.0 m agn itu d e eart h qu ake in n orth eastern jap an also in d u ced a tsu n am i w ave th at h it an d d ram atically affected th e region , in clu d in g th e d estru ction of th e fu ku sh im a pow er plan t. th e earth qu akes of ch ile of 2010 an d 2015 also origin ated big tsu n am is w ith w aves as h igh as 11 m h ittin g n ot on ly th e local sh ores bu t also th e coasts of sou th am erica, californ ia, n ew zealan d , h aw aii, jap an an d m an y pacific islan d s, w ith h u n d red s of d eath s an d th ou san d s of d estroyed h ou ses. th ese exam p les sh ow h ow th e geoeth ic p rin cip les ap p lied to th e m arin e en v iron m en t are im p ortan t, esp ecially w h en geoh azard s affect rem ote coastal areas an d islan d s w h ere em ergen cies requ ire sp ecific action s, w h ich in clu d e social an d p olitical aw aren ess of th e p rean d p ost-crisis m an agem en t stages. 3.2 volcanism abou t 80% of th e volcan ic eru p tion s on earth take p lace u n d erw ater, p articu larly in volcan ic arcs associated w ith su bd u ction zon es an d ot h er typ es of su bm arin e volcan oes. h ow ever, volcan oes located in coastal region s an d in h a bited volcan ic islan d s are also very im p ortan t as th ey affect coastal com m u n ities. volcan ic eru p tion s close to th e sh ore are able to trigger ts u n am is (egorov, 2007) th rou gh d ifferen t m ech an ism s th at in clu d e su bm arin e lah ars, cald era collap ses, p h reatom agm atic p rocesses, am on g oth ers. in th is w ay, th e volcan ic h azard ch an ges in to a tsu n am i h azard , w ith th e p oten tial to im p act region s far from th e volcan ic sou rce. for exam p le, th e exp losive eru p tion of krak atoa in 1883 su p p lied several cu bic kilom eters of m aterial th at en tered th e sea d isp lacin g an equ ally h u ge volu m e of seaw at er, an d p rod u cin g a 45 m h igh tsu n am i w ave th at rea ch ed th e coasts of sou th africa (egorov, 2007). th e su bm erged volcan o protector sh oal in sou th sh etlan d islan d s (1962) gen erated a su bm arin e lah ar th at d isp laced 620x10 6 m 3 of tep h ras in d u cin g a big tsu n am i w av e (violan te et al., 2014), w ith n o ad verse effects as it reach ed th e u n in h abited sh ores of an tarctica. th e su bm arin e eru p tion at el h ierro islan d (can arian a rch ip elago, sp ain , 2011), occu rred w h en th e op en in g of a su bm arin e ven t an d th e on set of a fissu re eru p tion at 900 m w ater d ep th an d 5 km offsh ore th e tow n of la restin ga, gave p lace to th e ejection of volcan ic bom bs, ash an d p yr oclasts. in th at occasion , th e civil p rotection p r oceed ed to a m assive evacu ation of th e coastal p op u lation s th at afterw ard resu lted u n n ecessary w ith a n egative im p act on local econ om y (carraced o et al., 2012). th is is an exam p le th at sh ow s th e n eed of ad equ ate early w arn in gs an d solid scien ce-based recom m en d ation s for a p rop er crisis m an agem en t. for exp losive eru p tion s, th e volcan ic exp losivity in d ex (n ew h all et al., 2018) sh ou ld be establish ed by volcan o logists in ord er to evalu ate th e m agn itu d e of th e eru p tion s, foresee th e p ossible im p acts, an d ad vice au th orities on th e m ost reason able r esp on ses an d action s to im p lem en t. 3.3 gravity-driven mass transport un d erw ater tu rbid itic flu xes, slid es an d m ass tran sp ort p rocesses on steep slop es an d in su bm arin e can yon s n orm ally resu lt from slop e in stabilities an d collap ses, alth ou gh th ey can also be triggered by earth qu akes an d v olcan ic an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7564 5 eru p tion s in m an y cases. th ese p rocesses can d am age u n d erw ater m an -m ad e stru ctu res, su ch as oil rigs, d u cts an d cables. in fact, tu rbid ity cu rren ts w ere d iscovered after an eart h qu ake offsh ore th e coast of terran ova, can ad a (1929) broke telegrap h ic cables in th e ocean . an old er w ell-kn ow n su bm arin e slid e is th at of storegga, in th e n orw egian sea, w h ich o ccu rred at 8,200 years bp as a con sequ en ce of a h u ge earth qu ake. th is slid e in d u ced a series of tsu n am is w aves affectin g n u m erou s coastal a reas in th e n orth sea, record in g a m axim u m w ave h eigh t of 20-30 m in th e sh etlan d islan d s (bon d evik et al., 2003). like storegga, m an y su bm arin e slid es an d th eir associated tsu n am is w aves are ackn ow led ged as im p ortan t sou rces of geoh azard w ith a v ast im p act on th e safety both of p eop les livin g on th e coastal areas an d of th e offsh ore an d on sh ore in frastru ctu res (masson et al., 2006). 3.4 sea-level rise and coastal retreat presen t-d ay sea-level rise an d coastal retreat m ay h ave both n atu ral an d h u m an -in d u ced cau ses. th ey are a con cern as th ey stron gly a ffect m ost p op u lated coastal region s th reaten in g both th e littoral en viron m en t an d h u m an facilities. observed m ean sea level h as risen b etw een 17 an d 21 cm sin ce 1901 (ch u rch et al., 2013) d u e to global w arm in g, ocean th erm al exp an sion an d glaciers m elt. th ese valu es re p resen t an average an n u al in crease of 1.7 m m , alth ou gh estim ation s for th e last 25 years are m u ch h igh er (3.2 m m / year). accord in g to n ich olls et al. (2007), lon g -term global sh or elin e ch an ge rates are 50 to 200 tim es h igh er th an sea-level rise, w h ich m ean s th at 10 cm of sea-level in crease w ou ld im p ly 5 to 20 m of coastal retreat. of cou rse, n ot on ly sea -level rise bu t also clim ate (e.g. th rou gh th e en ergy of storm s su rges), u rban ization , an d h u m an in d u ced m isu se of th e sh ores p rom ote coastal erosion , by alterin g th e n atu ral alon g -sh ore sed im en t tran sp ort an d th e equ ilibriu m in th e beach con d ition s. th erefore, th e su stain able u se of th e littoral sp ace is on e of th e im p ortan t issu es w h ere geoeth ical p rin cip les sh ou ld be ap p lied , m ain ly th rou gh an ad equ ate social aw aren ess of its vu ln erability an d th e im p lem en tation of sh ore p rotection m an agem en t, w h ich sh ou ld be su stain ed by lon g -term p olicies aim ed at to p reven t or at least m in im ize th e d ram atic im p act of clim ate ch an ge an d m an -m ad e in frastru ctu res u p on coastal erosion an d recession . 3.5 pollution ocean p ollu tion is an oth er seriou s con cern th at h u m an kin d is facin g tod ay. th e largest am ou n t of p ollu tan ts at sea com es from activities on lan d , p articu larly d u m p in g trash an d litter, oil sp ills, ch em icals an d fertilizers. prod u cts r eleased from sh ip s also con tribu te sign ifican tly. accord in g to th e in form ation p rovid ed by n oaa (h ttp :/ / w w w .n oaa.gov/ resou rce collection s/ ocean -p ollu tion ), 1.4 billion p ou n d s of trash p er year en ter in to th e ocean . plastic d ebris accu m u lates alon g an d off th e coasts in garbage p atch es as a resu lt of ocean cu rren ts an d local ed d ies, an d m icrop lastics h ave been fou n d in d eep -sea sed im en ts (wod d al et al., 2014). its p ervasive p resen ce in a ll ocean s is a big issu e as th e im p act on m arin e ecosystem s an d u ltim ately u p on h u m an h ealth h as n ot been yet fu lly establish ed . th e tim e h as com e to better m on itor th e p ollu tan ts d isp ersal an d d isp osal in th e m arin e en viron m en t an d d eep sed im en ts, to red u ce lan d -based m arin e p ollu tion by im p rovin g sew age an d w astew ater treatm en t, to ed u cate you th an d in crease th e p u blic aw aren ess th rou gh th e m ed ia, an d to in flu en ce th e d ecision -m akin g p rocesses. th rou gh th ese action s, ou r u n su stain able co n su m p tion an d p rod u ction p attern s m ay even tu ally ch an ge in th e fu tu re (un esco, 2012). 3.6 ocean fertilization, acidification and eutrophication ocean fertilization (n atu ral or m an -in d u ced ) gen erally refers to su p p lyin g iron to th e sea w ith sign ifican t im p act on livin g resou rces (wallace et al., 2010). artificial fertilization u sed to in crease p h ytop lan kton to su p p ort fish eries, as w ell as fertilization tech n iqu es u sed to d raw -d ow n atm osp h eric co 2 (jin et al., 2008) are clear exam p les of h ow eth ical p rin cip les sh ou ld be ap p lied to p reven t certain sp ecies from bein g h arm ed w h en oth ers are in ten d ed to be ben efited . n atu ral fertilization an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7564 6 w ith iron sou rced in rivers an d airborn e vo lcan ic ash is an im p ortan t feed er of ocean ic su rface w aters (du ggen et al., 2010). th is is a com m on p rocess in th e sou th w estern atlan tic, w h ere large am ou n ts of iron -rich volcan ic ash es from th e an d ean volcan oes are tran sp orted eastw ard s by stron g w esterly w in d s, p rod u cin g abn orm al p h ytop lan kton an d algal bloom s (sign orin i et al., 2009) th at in som e cases m igh t be h arm fu l to m arin e fau n as. an oth er p roblem is ocean acid ification , w h ich is th e red u ction of seaw ater p h d u e to in creased atm osp h eric co 2. ocean s absorb m ore th an 26 % of th e co 2 released to th e atm osp h ere by green h ou se em ission , an d accord in g to un esco (2012) ocean s cou ld becom e 150 % m ore acid ic th an tod ay by 2100, w h ich w ou ld cau se d ram atic acceleration in loss of biod iversity an d irr eversible ecological tran sform ation s. eu trop h ication is th e en rich m en t of seaw ater w ith e xcessive d issolved n u trien ts, w h ich p rod u ces algal an d p h ytop lan kton bloom s th at m ay d ep lete an d con su m e oxygen , w ith con sequ en t d am age to m arin e life (an sari et al., 2011). a ccord in g to zach arias an d gregr (2005), ocean s h ave su ffered from a lack of qu an titative m et h od s aim ed at d elin eatin g areas w ith d ifferen t d egrees of vu ln erability. th u s, geoscien tists sh ou ld id en tify th e region s w h ere fragile ecosystem s are esp ecially u n d er th reat, m on itor th e occu rren ce of h arm fu l bloom s th at m igh t alter th e m arin e fau n a an d im p ly a risk for h u m an -h ealth an d foster th e p rotection of th e ocean an d its livin g resou rces. 3.7 n on-living resources exploitation as h yd rocarbon exp loration is exp an d in g to p reviou sly in accessible d eep w aters, p oten tial w ater p ollu tion an d d am age to ecosystem s d u e to offsh ore exp loration an d d rillin g n eed s to be evalu ated . deep -sea seism ic exp loration u su a lly em p loys airgu n s as a sou rce of en ergy th at p rod u ces p ressu re w aves th rou gh th e w ater colu m n , w h ich p oten tially d istu rbs m arin e fau n as. oth er, less-kn ow n bu t con tin u ou s con tam in ation effects of offsh ore d rillin g op er ation s con sist in th e d isp osal of d rillin g m u d , brin e w astes, d eck ru n off w ater an d flow lin e an d p ip elin e leaks. catastrop h ic sp ills rep r esen t a seriou s th reat for m arin e ecosystem s. alth ou gh m ore care an d resp on sibility cou ld lim it th e frequ en cy of m ajor accid en ts affectin g offsh ore rigs, p ip elin es an d oil storage, sh i p p in g rou tin es an d n atu ral d isasters p u t oil an d gas exp loitation s at u n p red ictable risk. an oth er p oten tial h azard is d eep -sea m in in g, w h ich con sists of u sin g m assive m ach in es to d red ge an d grin d th ou san d s of ton s of rock at th e sea floor to extract p reciou s m in erals (gold , cop p er, zin c, cobalt, m an gan ese, titan iu m ) from ore, h yd roth erm al an d p olym etallic n od u le d ep o sits. it rep resen ts an extrem ely exp en sive u n d ertakin g d u e to th e tech n ical ch allen ges in volved in retrievin g large am ou n ts of m aterials from great w ater d ep th s. from a geoeth ical p ersp e ctive, th e balan ce betw een econ om ic ben efits an d en viron m en tal an d social im p acts sh ou ld be accu rately estim ated in ord er to avoid vast an d irrem ed iable d am ages to fr agile an d u n iqu e d eep -sea life. ocean scien tists, w ater exp erts an d local com m u n ities sh ou ld coop erate w ith govern m en t, p rivate sector an d p olicy m akers to d evelop p lan s for su st ain able en viron m en tal m an ag em en t as w ell as to p r om ote th e gen eration of legal an d p olicy fram ew orks regu latin g th e a ccess to d eep seabed r esou rces (un esco, 2012). for th e fu tu re, an in creasin g d em an d for n on en ergy m in erals is exp ected to su p p ort even th e ren ew able green en ergies. th e p oin t is w h eth er a resp on sible d eep -sea m in in g is p ossible or n ot. local ben th ic co m m u n ities, w h ich are often extrem ely sp ecia lized , cou ld p erm an en tly be d am aged , an d p lu m es of sed im en t d riven by th e d red gin g m ach in es m igh t p oten tially im p act th e w h ole w ater colu m n by in trod u cin g ch em ical, n oise an d ligh t p ollu tion far aw ay from th e m in in g site. moreover, d eep -sea m in in g in clu d es ad d ed d ifficu lties w h en com p ared to lan d -based extraction : restoration of sea-bottom after m in in g can be slow er th an lan d soil recovery, in th e case th at th ere is an y ch an ce to restore sea -bottom to th e p reviou s u n d istu rbed con d ition s; th e h igh costs to op erate at great d ep th s m ake com p an y’s good p ractice m ore exp en sive an d th u s less p robable; fin ally, d eep -sea ecosystem s associated to h yd roth erm al ven ts are p oorly kn ow n , an d p olicies to p reserve an d restore th ese h abitats are so far in ad equ ate. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7564 7 3.8 living resources exploitation du rin g th e last 50 years, th e ecosystem s h ave been stron gly m od ified by th e in creased h u m an d em an d for food an d en ergy. th is is th e first con clu sion reach ed by “th e millen n iu m ecosystem assessm en t” (h ttp s:/ / w w w .m illen n iu m assessm en t.org/ en / syn th esis.h tm l, accessed 1 ju n e 2018) th at p rovid es a state-of-th e-art abou t th e p resen t -d ay con d ition s an d d eterioration of ecosystem s w orld w id e. th e in d u strial exp loitation of th e ocean ’s livin g resou rces is carried m ain ly by bottom traw lin g, w h ich is a n on -selective com m ercial fish in g tech n iqu e by w h ich h eavy n ets an d gear are p u lled alon g th e sea-floor w ith d irect n egative im p acts n ot on ly on fish p op u lation s an d ben th ic com m u n ities, bu t also on th e sea-floor, as th is p ractice affects an d som etim es d estroys th e su bstratu m w h ere be n th ic an d d em ersal sp ecies liv e an d feed (pu ig et al., 2012). bottom traw lin g is a global, regu lar an d h arm fu l rou tin e an d th u s th e n eed s for a p p lyin g eth ical p rin cip les to m in im ize its im p act an d d am age u p on th e en viron m en t are u rgen t. th ese m igh t in clu d e: red u ction of fish ery effort by lim itin g th e fleet m otor p ow er an d p rom otin g a m ore trad ition al w ay of fish in g (tra m m els, little lon g lin es an d tra p s); ed u cation ad d ressed to th e society for a m ore r esp on sible an d su stain able con su m e of th e livin g resou rces; resp ect of th e n atu ral p rocesses (co n su m e of season al sp ecies); im p lem en tation of p olicies th at p rom ote th e p rotection of th e m arin e en viron m en t in gen eral an d of sp ecific vu ln erable areas in p articu lar (e.g. creatin g m arin e p rotected areas for fish in g); an d fin ally, lau n ch of co-m an agem en t p rocesses, w h ere fish erm en , scien tists an d ad m in istration coo p erate to m ain tain an h ealth y statu s of th e stock. 3.9 marine energies en ergy con tain ed in w aves, tid es, cu rren ts an d offsh ore w in d s, as w ell as th at com in g from h igh grad ien ts of w ater p rop erties (th erm al an d osm otic en ergy) can be feasibly con verted in to electricity. th eir facilities in clu d e floatin g d evices or an ch ored bu oys th at catch th e en e rgy of th e w aves, tid al tu rbin es associated to d am s or barrages bu ilt at estu aries or at th e p assages betw een islan d s a n d arch ip elagos, an d w in d farm s w ith tu rbin e tow ers an ch ored to th e ocean floor. alth ou gh m an y cou n tries are in vestin g tod ay in ren ew able tech n ologies (un esco, 2017; yan g an d cop p in g, 2017) th e offsh ore stru ctu res th at th ese tech n ologies n eed are con sid erably exp en sive. in ad d ition , th ey often sign ifican tly im p act th e local en viro n m en t. for exam p le, w in d m ills m ay alter bird s m igratory corrid ors, tid al tu rbin es m ay h ave a n egative effect on m arin e fau n as, an d large w ave en ergy stru ctu res m ay lim it th e m ixin g of th e u p p er layers of sea-w aters w h ich cou ld ad versely im p act m arin e life an d fish eries, lead in g to th e d isp lacem en t an d alteration of ecosystem s. on th e oth er h an d , id eal sp ots for th eir in stallation are n ot as n u m erou s as on e can exp ect, for exam p le m ost m arin e region s can n ot be exp loited becau se th ey are too far rem ote an d th e costs of con stru ction an d cablin g th e p ow er to th e grid w ou ld be p roh ib itive. alth ou gh ocean ic ren ew able en ergy is t od ay a feasible tech n ology, en viron m en tal im p act assessm en ts, facilities lifetim e p red iction , stru ctu res ru p tu re an d costs-ben efits evalu ation s n eed to be estim ated u n d er a geoeth ical p ersp ective to d evelop a su stain able p oten tial for th eir im p lem en tation . 4. con clusion s th e ap p lication of geoeth ical p rin cip les at s ea in th e con text of n atu ral an d h u m an -in d u ced h azard s is a n ovel con cep t. th ese p rin cip les h ave been trad ition ally ap p lied to lan d -based p roblem s, p erh ap s becau se con tin en ts are w h ere p eop le live an d w h ere w ell-kn ow n geoh azard s (earth qu akes, volcan ic eru p tion s, flood in gs, d rou gh ts, etc.) m ost com m on ly a ffect every-d ay life of th ou san d s of p eop le. on th e oth er h an d , th ere is a gen eral p ercep tion abou t th e ocean s as a “w aterw orld ” con tain in g n oth in g bu t w ater, or at m ost en d less fish eries, w ith n o evid en t h azard s. both coastal an d d eep w aters are su bjected to in creasin g p ressu re from h u m an in frastru ctu res an d activities w ith ou t a clear aw aren ess of th e p oten tial risks. tsu n am is m ay be th e best -kn ow n n atu ral h a zard related to th e sea, bu t oth er sou rces of p oten tial d am ages com e from su bm arin e eart h qu akes, volcan ic eru p tion s an d gravity an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7564 8 in d u ced sed im en tary p rocesses, w h ich can a ffect n ot on ly th e coastal region s bu t also m an y offsh ore h u m an facilities like oil rigs, d u cts an d su bm arin e cables. man -in d u ced p ollu tion an d overexp loitation of livin g an d n on -livin g resou rces are oth er h azard s th at th reaten th e fragile ocean ic ecosystem . marin e cu rren ts are effective agen ts th at tran sp ort sed im en ts, p ollu tan ts an d en ergy across th e ocean basin s. with th e search in g of n ew resou rces an d tech n ologies, th e sea is con sid ered as th e m ain su p p lier of food an d en ergy for th e n ear fu tu re. th e com p reh en sion of th e m arin e en viron m en t is essen tial for p rotectin g h u m an s from ocean sou rced h azard s, an d geoeth ical p rin cip les can be su itable ap p lied on a w id e ran ge of cases. in ord er to p reven t th e im p act of m an -m ad e facilities an d in frastru ctu res on th e m arin e en v iron m en t, h u m an in terven tion s sh ou ld be d on e w ith in th e resp ect of th e n atu ral p rocesses an d p h en om en a of th e ocean ; to p reven t th e m arin e en viron m en t d eterioration , an d for th e fu tu re gen eration s’ ben efit, en ergy an d n atu ral r esou rces of th e ocean s sh ou ld be u sed in a su stain able w ay, avoid in g p ollu tion an d overe xp loitation ; to m in im ize th e risks an d to save lives, geoh azard p reven tion an d m itigation , en viron m en tal p rotection an d in creased societal resilien ce an d w ell-bein g cou ld be ach ieved th rou gh a correct early w arn in g m ech an ism s an d a geo-ed u cation ad d ressed to society an d p olicy m akers, so as to ap p ly th e m ost reason able resp on ses an d action s w h en a geoh azard is ap p roach in g. ackn owledgemen ts au th ors th an k giu sep p e di cap u a an d silvia pep p olon i for in vitin g an d en cou ragin g u s to w rite th is con tribu tion . we are in d ebted to th ree an on ym ou s review ers for th eir valu able correction s, com m en ts, su ggestion s an d recom m en d ation s th at h elp ed u s to su bstan tially im p rove th e qu ality of th e p ap er. an n a bozz an o con tribu ted to th e section “livin g resou rces exp loitation ”. referen ces an sari a.a., gill s.s., lan za g.r. an d rast w. (2011). eu trop h ication : cau ses, con sequ en ces an d con trol. sp rin ger scien ce+bu sin ess med ia b.v.: 394 p p , d oi 10.1007/ 978-90-481-9625-8. au ster p.j., fu jita r., kellert s.r., avise j., cam p agna c., cu ker b., dayton p., h enem an b., kenchington r., stone g., n otarbartolo di sciara g. and glynn p. (2008). develop ing an ocean ethic: science, utility, aesthetics, selfinterest, and different ways of know ing. conservation biology 23 (1): 233–235. bigg g.r., jickells t.d., liss p.s. and osborn t.j. (2003). the role of the oceans in clim ate. international jou rnal of clim atology 23: 1127–1159. d oi: 10.1002/ joc.926 bond evik s., mangeru d j., daw son s., daw son a. and lohne ø . (2003). record -breaking height for 8000-year old tsu nam i in the n orth atlantic. eos 84, 289–293. carraced o j.c., pérez torrad o f., rod rígu ez gonzález a., soler v., fernánd ez tu riel j.l., troll v.r. and wiesm aier s. (2012). the 2011 su bm arine volcanic eru p tion in el h ierro (canary island s). geology tod ay. the geologists’ a ssociation & the geological society of lond on, blackw ell pu blishing ltd . 28 (2): 53-58. chu rch j.a., clark p.u., cazenave a., gregory j.m., jevrejeva s., leverm ann a., merrifield m.a., milne g.a., n erem r.s., n u nn p.d., payne a.j., pfeffer w.t., stam m er d. and unnikrishnan a.s. (2013). sea level change. in: clim ate change 2013: the physical science basis. working grou p i contribu tion to the fifth assessm ent rep ort of the intergover nm ental panel on clim ate change, cam brid ge university press, 1137-1216. dafforn k.a., mayer-pinto m., morris r.l. and waltham n .j. (2015). ap plication of m anagem ent tools to integrate ecological principles w ith the d esign of m arine infrastru ctu re. jou rnal of environm ental managem ent 158: 61-73. dallm eyer d.g. (2005). tow ard a sea ethic. in: n orse e.a. and crow d er l.b. (ed s.). marine conservation biology: the science of maintaining the sea's biod iversity, island press, washington, 410-421. di capu a g. and pep p oloni s. (2014). geoethical aspects in the n atu ral h azard s managem ent. in: lollino g., et al. (ed s.). engineering geology for society and territory sp ringer intern ational pu blishing sw itzerland , 59-62., d oi: 10.1007/ 978-3-319-09303-1-11. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7564 9 di capu a g., pepp oloni s. and bobrow sky p.t. (2017). the cape tow n statem ent on geoethics. annals of geophysics, vol. 60, fast track 7, d oi: 10.4401/ ag-7553. du ggen, s., olgu n, n ., croot, p., h offm ann, l., dietze, h ., delm elle, p. and teschner, c. (2010). the role of airborne volcanic ash for the su rface ocean biogeochem ical iron -cycle: a review . biogeosciences 7: 827–844. egorov y. (2007). tsu nam i w ave generation by the eru ption of u nd erw ater volcan. n at. h a zard s earth syst. sci. 7: 65–69. gregg w.w., conkright m.e., ginou x p., o’reilly j.e. and casey n .w. (2003). ocean p rim ary p rod u ction and clim ate: global d ecad al changes. geoph ysical research letters 30 (15): 1809. d oi:10.1029/ 2003gl016889. jin x., gru ber n ., frenzel h ., doney s.c. and mcwilliam s j.c. (2008). the im p act on atm ospheric co2 of iron fertilization ind u ced changes in the ocean’s biological pu m p. biogeosciences 5, 385–406 marone e., cam argo r. and salced o-castro j. (2015). com m u nicating natu ral hazard s: m arine extrem e events and the im p ortance of variability and forecast errors. in: pep poloni s. and di capu a g. (ed s.). geoethics: the role and responsibility of geoscientists geological society, lond on, sp ecial pu blication 419, 125131. masson d.g., h arbitz c.b., wynn r.b., ped ersen g. and løvholt f. (2006). philos trans a math phys eng sci. 364(1845), 2009-2039. doi: 10.1098/ rsta.2006.1810 n ew hall c., self s., and robock a. (2018). anticip ating fu tu re volcanic exp losivity ind ex (vei) 7 eru ptions and their chilling im p acts. geosphere 14 (2): 572–603. d oi: http s:/ / d oi.org/ 10.1130/ ges01513.1. n icholls r.j., wong p.p., bu rkett v.r., cod ignotto j.o., h ay j.e., mclean r.f., ragoonad en s., and wood roffe c.d. (2007). coastal system s and low -lying areas. in: parry m.l., et al. (ed s.). clim ate change 2007: im p acts, ad aptation and vu lnerability. contribu tion of working grou p ii to the fou rth assessm ent rep ort of the intergovernm ental panel on clim ate change cam brid ge university press, 315-356. pau ly d. and stergiou k.i. (2014). the ethics of hu m an im p acts and the fu tu re of the earth’s ecosystem s: introd u ction. ethics in science and environm ental politics 14: 1-5. pep p oloni s. and di cap u a g. (2015). the meaning of geoethics. in: wyss m. and pep p oloni s. (ed s.). geoethics: ethical challenges and case stu d ies in earth science. elsevier, massachu setts, 3-14. d oi 10.1016/ b978-0-12-7999357.00001-0. pep p oloni s. and di capu a g. (2017). geoethics: ethical, social and cu ltu ral im plications in geosciences. in: pep p oloni s., di capu a g., bobrow sky p.t., cronin v. (ed s.). geoethics: at the heart of all geosciences. annals of geophysics, 2017, vol 60, fast track 7, d oi: 10.4401/ ag-7473. pörtner h .-o., karl d.m., boyd p.w., cheu ng w.w.l., llu ch-cota s.e., n ojiri y., schm id t d.n ., and zavialov p.o. (2014). ocean sy stem s. in: clim ate change 2014: im pacts, ad aptation, and vu lnerability. part a: global and sectoral aspects. contribu tion of wor king grou p ii to the fifth assessm ent rep ort of the intergovernm ental panel on clim ate change, cam brid ge university press, 411-484. pu ig p., canals m., com p any j.b., martín j., am blas d., lastras g., palanqu es a., and calafat a.m. (2012). plou ghing the d eep sea floor. n atu re 489: 286-290. safina c. (2003). lau nching a sea ethic. wild earth. winter 2002-2003: 2-5. signorini s.r., garcía v.m.t., piola a.r., evangelista h ., mcclain c.r., garcía c.a.e., and m ata m.m. (2009). fu rther stu d ies on the p hysical and biogeochem ical cau ses for large interannu al changes in the patagonian shelf sp ringsu m m er phytop lankton bloom biom ass. n asa/ tm–2009–214176. tau benböck h ., post j., roth a., zossed er k., stru nz g., and dech s. (2008). a conceptu al vu lnerability and risk fram ew ork as ou tline to id entify cap abilities of rem ote sensing. n atu ral h azard s and earth system s sciences 8 (3): 409-420. titov v., rabinovich a., mofjeld h ., thom son r., and gonzález f. (2005). the global reach of the 26 decem ber 2004 su m atra tsu nam i. science, 309:2045-2048. un closs (1982). united n ations convention on the law of the sea. division for ocean affairs and the law of the sea, office of legal affairs, united n ations. version 2013 an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ ag-7564 10 http:/ / www.un.org/ depts/ los/ convention_agr eements/ convention_overview_convention.htm. un esco (2012). h ealthy ocean, h ealthy people. rio+20 united n ations conference on su stainable developm ent. un esco. http:/ / w w w .u nesco.org/ new / en/ rioplu s20. un esco (2017). 2nd . int. conference on marine/ maritim e sp acial planning. intergovernm ental oceanograp hic com m ission and eu ropean oceanographic com m ission. dgmare 2017, paris, france, ioc workshop rep orts series 279. violante r.a., cavallotto j.l., rovere e.i., dragani w.c., and spoltore d.v. (2014). la problem ática d el riesgo am biental en los am bientes m arinos d e argentina. in: goso c. (ed .). n u evas m irad as a la p roblem ática d e los am bientes costeros, su r d e brasil, uru gu ay y argentina. dirac, montevid eo, 231-256. wallace d.w.r., law c.s., boyd p.w., collos y., croot p., denm an k., lam p.j. riebesell u., taked a s., and william son p. (2010). ocean fertilization. a scientific su m m ary for policy makers. ioc/ un esco, paris (ioc/ bro/ 2010/ 2). wood all l.c., sanchez-vid al a., canals m., paterson g.l.j., cop p ock r., sleight v., calafat a., rogers a.d., n arayanasw am y b.e., and thom p son r.c. (2014). the d eep sea is a m ajor sink for m icrop lastic d ebris. royal soc.open science 1:140317, http:/ / d x.d oi.org/ 10.1098/ rsos.140317. yang z. and cop ping a. (2017). marine renew able energies. sp ringer n atu re, sw itzerland , 390 p p. d oi: 10.1007.978-3-319-53536-4. zacharias m. and gregr e. (2005). sensitivity and vu lnerability in marine environm ents: an ap proach to id entifying vu lnerable marine areas. conservation biology 19 (1): 86-97. microsoft word 7506-18680-1-ed_pölzler-ortner.doc annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7506 1 ethical but upsetting geoscience research: a case study thomas pölzler institute of philosophy, university of graz, austria thomas.poelzler@uni-graz.at florian ortner department of geography and regional science, university of graz, austria fwf-dk climate change, university of graz, austria florian.ortner@uni-graz.at abstract geoscience research may upset people even though it is ethically acceptable. in this paper we attempt to explore three questions about such research. it will turn out that (1) under most circumstances ethical but upsetting geoscience research is morally permissible, (2) revising this research in response to upset-induced external interference is morally impermissible in the absence of strong countervailing pragmatic reasons and attempts to reduce upset, and (3) potentially upsetting geoscience research ought to be communicated truthfully and tailored to each individual situation. these general propositions are applied to a case of ethical but upsetting research that we ourselves are currently involved. 1. introduction eoscience research occasionally upsets people. in some instances, this is because it violates ethical norms. however, upset may also be caused by research that is perfectly ethically acceptable (abstracting from the fact that it upsets people, which may itself be ethically relevant). examples of ethical but upsetting geoscience research include hydrocarbon explorations near populated areas (e.g., vidic et al., 2013), seismological studies that indicate the possibility of major earthquakes (e.g., moernaut et al., 2018) and interviews with the colleagues of mine workers who died during mining activities or strikes (e.g. alexander et al., 2013). in this paper we attempt to explore the following three questions: (1) under what conditions, if any, is it ethically permissible to conduct ethical but upsetting geoscience research? (2) under what conditions, if any, is it ethically permissible to revise one’s research in response to interference by people outside the research who are upset by it? (3) how ought one to communicate ethical but upsetting research? we begin by explaining a case of ethical but upsetting geoscience research that led us to think about these questions. referring to this case, each of the questions is then explored in turn. our aim is not to develop fully comprehensive answers (i.e., to identify every factor that is relevant to answering the above questions with regard to every kind of upsetting geoscience research). rather, we will specify several factors that in our view are important to the assessment of the particular case with which we are concerned. these considerations can hopefully serve as a useful starting point for assessing and dealing with other cases of ethical but upsetting geoscience research as well. 2. the ee-con project: an example of ethical but upsetting research both authors of this paper are involved in the austrian academy of sciences project economic g annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7506 2 and ethical consequences of natural hazards in alpine valleys (ee-con). due to steep topographical relief, high population density and the economic importance of summer and winter tourism, the alps and their population are particularly vulnerable to geomorphological and hydrological hazards. this problem might be amplified by rising temperatures and more pronounced precipitation events due to climate change. focusing on two alpine valley regions in austria, the johnsbachtal and the sölktäler, ee-con addresses natural hazards by means of interdisciplinary cooperation between geographers, economists and philosophers. for example, we enquire into the causes, frequency and intensity of these hazards, as well as residents’ perception and knowledge, the costs of protection from and adaptation to the hazards, compensation for losses, and the potential resettlement of (parts of) the valleys (e.g. ortner et al., 2017). there are good reasons for believing that the research involved in ee-con is ethical (not the least of which is that the austrian academy of sciences approved it). however, the project has caused significant upset. shortly after ee-con started, it was covered by austria’s largest daily newspaper. following reports of past natural hazards in one of our study areas, as well as the possible impact of climate change, the last paragraph of the article addressed the theoretical option of abandoning parts of these areas. a member of the project team was quoted as follows: “from a purely economic perspective it may one day be reasonable to abandon villages (which are declining in population anyway). but of course, such a decision can never be exclusively grounded in economic considerations” (kronen zeitung, 2016). this is quite a weak statement. in fact, it only states what may be reasonable at some unspecified point in future if one considers the matter from only one relevant perspective. nevertheless, the above-mentioned article significantly upset residents of our study areas. only one day after its publication, the mayor of one of the areas called the university and threatened to withdraw his cooperation, which was important for the project to be properly accomplished. as he explained to us, residents of the valleys simply did not want the option of relocation to be examined in any way. it was, so to speak, a taboo issue for them. in the days that followed, we prepared for an emergency meeting with the mayor and other local representatives. this led us to reflect on the ethical questions raised in the introduction, in particular: was it permissible for us to pursue this project at all? if the mayor requested significant revisions to our original research plan, to what extent ought we to comply with these requests? and how can research such as ours be communicated more appropriately? 3. the permissibility of conducting ethical but upsetting research our first question asks about the conditions under which ethical but upsetting geoscience research is ethically permissible. at first sight, the answer to this question may appear to be trivial: if the research at issue is ethical how could it ever be ethically impermissible to engage in it? recall, however, that by “ethical” we here mean “ethical, abstracting from the fact that the research causes upset”. this means that it is possible that the research at issue, even though ethical in all other respects, is impermissible precisely for the reason that it causes upset. since the geoscience research addressed in this paper is not unethical in itself, any upset caused by this research cannot be a response to it being unethical. the upset must rather be caused by non-moral facts related to the research (facts that make people interpret this research in a certain way, facts about people’s specific nonbasic interests, etc.). in our view, this implication grounds a strong presumption for believing that ethical but upsetting geoscience research is generally permissible (compare mill, 1998 on offence). it is possible for this presumption to be defeated. in practice, however, this will only rarely happen, as it would require very strong reasons for the research to be impermissible, and typically these reasons do not hold. expected research output one fact that may constitute a strong reason against the permissibility of ethical but upsetting geoscience research in our view the most annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7506 3 important one concerns the expected output of the research. suppose experts unequivocally agree that a study will not yield any significantly valuable output, either in terms of expanding our geoscience knowledge or in terms of informing action. then the fact that this research upsets people may imply that the research ought not to be conducted. after all, it seems wrong to upset people for no good reason. reasons for the upset even though ex hypothesi the research addressed here cannot upset people because it is unethical, there are still good and bad reasons for people getting upset. consider our research about relocating communities. while this research may upset one person because he or she is genuinely concerned about having to leave and thus becoming unable to realize his or her life plans (a perfectly understandable reason), another person may be equally upset because of an insubstantial decrease in a financial investment that he or she made in the relevant area (a worse reason). in our view, upset can only possibly constitute a valid for not conducting ethical research to the extent that it is based on good reasons. number of upset people suppose the above two conditions (low expected scientific value and good reasons for upset) are fulfilled. then one among several further relevant factors that determine the permissibility of ethical but upsetting geoscience research is the number of people that this research upsets. the more people who are upset, the stronger one’s reason for not conducting the research. degree of upset in related terms, the extent to which people are upset also matters. the more the geoscience research at issue upsets them, the stronger the reason not to engage in it. distribution of research benefits finally, assuming that the geoscience research at issue is at least somewhat valuable, it also matters who will benefit from this research. when the upset people themselves are not among the recipients of benefits either directly or indirectly (for example, by having access to additional geoscience knowledge) it is more difficult to justify the research than when they are among these recipients. in most cases, geoscience research can be expected to yield valuable results. we accordingly would like to re-emphasize that the fact that a study provokes upset only very rarely implies that this study is impermissible. such an implication does not hold with regard to eecon either. admittedly, the upset caused by this project has to some extent been based on good reasons and has been strong. but it only affected a small number of people and, most importantly, the expected results of our project are valuable both in expanding our knowledge about natural hazards and in scientifically informing actions regarding the protection and potential resettlement of our study areas (thus benefitting the very people that the project upsets). 4. the permissibility of revising ethical but upsetting research let us suppose that an instance of ethical but upsetting geoscience research is permissible according to the above criteria. occasionally, such as with ee-con, research of this kind will nevertheless upset people to such a high degree that they demand revisions of this research. our second geoethical question is under what conditions, if any, is it permissible for researchers to comply with such demands, i.e., to revise their research in response to upsetinduced external influences? in answering this question, we assume the value of the autonomy (or, more broadly, the integrity) of science. admittedly, the notion “autonomy of science” is quite vague. there is agreement, however, that the value entails that science as a social system should be selfgoverning. within the domain of their expertise, and given certain practical limits, those who are part of this system should be free from external constraints (resnik, 2008). in our view, the importance of the autonomy of science creates a presumption against revising one’s research in response to external pressure caused by people who are upset. this presumption can annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7506 4 only be defeated by strong reasons in favor of revisions. persistence of the upset/ interference for it to become possibly permissible to revise one’s research in response to upset-induced interference, one would first have to attempt to alleviate this upset. depending on the details of the case one might have for example, to inform the media (more clearly) about the aims of this research, initiate a public discussion, or schedule a private meeting. only if serious attempts at mediation fail can it possibly become permissible to comply with requests for revision. scientific value of revised research a further relevant factor in determining the permissibility of requested revisions is the nature and extent of these revisions. sometimes, revisions can be implemented without significantly decreasing the expected value of the research. however, to the extent that this value is threatened, researchers should be much more reluctant to give in to external demands. costs of non-compliance for research in some cases, not complying with the upsetinduced request to revise one’s research may lead to a complication or partial or complete termination of the research. for example, this may happen when revisions were requested by one’s funding institution or by cooperation partners, or when subjects refuse to fill in questionnaires. obviously, the higher the risk of complications and some degree of termination of the project the more permissible is it to make concessions to the people who are upset (within ethical boundaries). costs of non-compliance for researchers finally, non-compliance may also involve serious costs for the researchers, who may be harassed or threatened, may lose the ability to acquire funding for future research, or lose their employment. the risk of such costs again renders it proportionately more permissible to conform to the upset people’s requests for revisions (within ethical boundaries). because of the value of the autonomy of science, ideally, researchers would resist all upsetinduced external requests for altering their research. however, we acknowledge that in reality pragmatic considerations may sometimes outweigh this value by calling for compromises. in ee-con, we concluded that, if requested, we would go at least some (but not all) way in accounting for the mayor’s hypothesized request not to study the potential resettlement of communities. this is because with revisions, the part of the project that deals with resettlement would still have delivered valuable results, and so would the parts that do no deal with resettlement. losing the support of the mayor would have involved a high risk of complicating aspects of our research and diminishing its value. 5. the communication of ethical but upsetting research the extent to which potentially upsetting geoscience research actually upsets people depends significantly on how this research is communicated. if it is based on a well-thoughtout communication strategy, such research will typically provoke far less upset than if it is based on a bad or non-existing strategy (stewart and lewis, 2017). information content one of the main determinants of whether research will upset people is what one communicates about it. in the case of potentially upsetting research, it might be tempting either to not inform people and stakeholders about potentially upsetting aspects, to downplay the importance of these aspects, or perhaps even to provide false information. but only in very rare cases would either of the first two options be morally permissible, and the third one certainly is not (see charlton 2009; di capua et al. 2017). to begin with, truth is an intrinsic value that is of primary importance within science. secondly, scientists have a social responsibility to adequately report their research to the public (especially when they are publicly funded). thirdly, omissions, trivializations and lies may have all sorts of bad consequences, ranging from lawsuits and public distrust (in specific projects annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7506 5 and in science in general) to harm to one’s academic reputation. clarity of information while potentially upsetting research must generally be communicated truthfully, there are more and less appropriate ways of doing so. in many cases information about research upsets people because they misunderstand it. it is thus important that researchers state objectives, methods, results, uncertainties, and probabilities as clearly and intelligibly as possible. in particular, they should minimize both ambiguity (the existence of multiple meanings), vagueness (the existence of borderline cases in meaning) and the complexity of their explanations. type of communication bultitude (2010) distinguishes three ways of communicating scientific research: traditional journalism (e.g., newspapers, radio and television), live or face-to-face events (e.g., public debates and lectures), and online interactions (e.g., websites and blogs). each of these types has advantages and disadvantages. for example, while traditional journalism reaches large audiences and is generally perceived as trustworthy, it typically does not allow scientists to report their research in detail, does not give them much control over how it is presented, and prevents audiences from responding by comments or questions (bultitude 2010; see also foresta martin and peppoloni 2017). the appropriateness of researchers’ communication strategies also significantly depends on how they choose the type of communication that best fits their respective situation. timing of communication suppose a person were informed that starting tomorrow, geologists will perform hydrocarbon explorations in the vicinity of his or her property. no doubt the person would become terribly upset and rightly so. by not informing the person earlier, the researchers engaged in this project would have prevented him or her from gathering more information, publicly objecting to the explorations, coming to terms with the project, etc. hence, the timing of the communication of potentially upsetting research matters as well. in particular, such research ought to be communicated as early as possible. recipients of information finally, the way in which potentially upsetting research is communicated must also be tailored to the recipients of the information. a fact sheet for experts of the department of agriculture, for example, requires a substantially different content and form (in terms of comprehensiveness, complexity, etc.) than does a fact sheet for the local population (alexander, 2007; marone et al., 2015; stewart and lewis, 2017). these considerations suggest that developing an appropriate strategy for communicating potentially upsetting research is complex and highly dependent on its context. in retrospect, it seems that in the ee-con project, we did not pay sufficient attention to this task. there probably would have been no need for us to address the resettlement aspect of our research in the newspaper interview mentioned above, as this is only one of several aspects of our project and the article did not aim for comprehensiveness. rather, in communicating this aspect, we should have employed selective, live or face-to-face types of communication, and we should have done so at a much earlier point in time. 6. conclusions in this paper, we have arrived at three conclusions about ethical but upsetting geoscience research. first, under most circumstances such research is morally permissible. secondly, revising this research in response to upsetinduced external interference is morally impermissible in the absence of strong countervailing pragmatic reasons and attempts to reduce upset. and thirdly, potentially upsetting research ought to be communicated truthfully and tailored to each individual situation. thinking about the above issues allowed us to draw valuable lessons with regard to ee-con. in particular, we entered the next meeting with stakeholders with a clear strategy that included a plan of communication and a plan about how much to comply with potential requests for revision. following constructive dialogue, the annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7506 6 mayor and other representatives of the study areas agreed to the project’s resettlement aspect after all and our research is well on the way. acknowledgements this work was funded by the austrian academy of sciences (oeaw) project economic and ethical consequences of natural hazards in alpine valleys (eecon) and the austrian science fund (fwf) under research grant w 1256-g15 (doctoral programme climate change – uncertainties, thresholds and coping strategies). for helpful comments we would like to thank david alexander and the three reviewers of this paper. references alexander d. (2007). making research on geological hazards relevant to stakeholders’ needs. quaternary international, 171–172, 186-192, doi.org/10.1016/j.quaint.2007.01.006. alexander p., sinwell l, lekgowa t., mmope b. and xezwi b. (2013). marikana: a view from the mountain and a case to answer. bookmarks publications, london. isbn: 978-1909026285. bultitude k. (2010). presenting science. in: brake m. and weitkamp e. (eds.), introducing science communication, palgrave macmillan, london, isbn: 978-0230573864. charlton b.g. (2009). are you an honest scientist? truthfulness in science should be an iron law, not a vague aspiration. medical hypotheses, 73 (5), 633-635. doi.org/10.1016/j.mehy.2009.05.009. di capua g., peppoloni s. and bobrowsky p. (2017). the cape town statement on geoethics. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, doi.org/10.4401/ag-7410. foresta martin f. and peppoloni s. (2017). geoethics in communication of science: the relationship between media and geoscientists. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, doi.org/10.4401/ag-7410. kronen zeitung (2016). klimawandel bedroht alpenraum. graz extra, issue: 9.03.2016, p. 19. marone e., camargo r. and salcedo-castro j. (2015). communicating natural hazards: marine extreme events and the importance of variability and forecast errors. in: peppoloni s. and di capua g. (eds), geological society london, special publications 419, 125-131, isbn: 978-1862397262. mill j.s. (1998). utilitarianism. new york, oxford university press, isbn: 9780198751632. moernaut j., van daele m., fontijn k., heirman k., kempf p., pino m., valdebenito g., urrutia r., strasser m. and de batist m. (2018). larger earthquakes recur more periodically: new insights in the megathrust earthquake cycle from lacustrine turbidite records in south-central chile. earth and planetary science letters, 481, 9-19, doi.org/10.1016/j.epsl.2017.10.016. ortner f., pölzler t., meyer l. and sass o. (2017). natural hazards and the normative significance of expectations in protecting alpine communities. in: egu (ed.): geophysical research abstracts: abstracts of the european geosciences union general assembly, munich, copernicus. resnik d.b. (2008). scientific autonomy and public oversight. episteme, 5 (2), 220-238, doi.org/10.3366/e1742360008000336. stewart i.s. and lewis d. (2017). communicating contested geoscience to the public: moving from ‘matters of fact’ to ‘matters of concern’. earth-science reviews, 174, 122133, doi.org/10.1016/j.earscirev.2017.09.003. vidic r.d., brantley s.l., vandenbossche j.m., yoxtheimer d. and abad j.d. (2013). impact of shale gas development on regional water quality. science, 340, 826-835, doi.org/10.1126/science.1235009. annex 1 to: trace elements mobility in soils from the hydrothermal area of nisyros (greece) trace hydr   map  of princip de geo e elements m rothermal a daskalo f  lakki  plain pe, c., vanderk logie (lausan annex 1   mobility in so area of nisyr opoulou, k., et n  and  samplin kluysen, l., h ne), 44].  enrichm oils from th ros (greece t al.  ng  sites.  loca hunziker, j.c.,  ment factors w he  e).            al  background  2005. geolog with respect to d  is  out  of  th gical map of n o the backgrou he  map  borde nisyros volcan und soil.  er.  [volentik,  no (greece). m a.c.m.,  memoires  francescocaprara typewritten text francescocaprara typewritten text francescocaprara typewritten text francescocaprara typewritten text sica 799_815.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 6, december 2002 799 seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures stefania sica, filippo santucci de magistris and filippo vinale dipartimento di ingegneria geotecnica, polo delle scienze e delle tecnologie, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», napoli, italy abstract this paper deals with some fundamental considerations regarding the behaviour of geotechnical structures under seismic loading. first a complete definition of the earthquake disaster risk is provided, followed by the importance of performing site-specific hazard analysis. then some suggestions are provided in regard to adequate assessment of soil parameters, a crucial point to properly analyze the seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures. the core of the paper is centered on a critical review of the analysis methods available for studying geotechnical structures under seismic loadings. all of the available methods can be classified into three main classes, including the pseudo-static, pseudo-dynamic and dynamic approaches, each of which is reviewed for applicability. a more advanced analysis procedure, suitable for a so-called performance-based design approach, is also described in the paper. finally, the seismic behaviour of the el infiernillo dam was investigated. it was shown that coupled elastoplastic dynamic analyses disclose some of the important features of dam behaviour under seismic loading, confirmed by comparing analytical computation and experimental measurements on the dam body during and after a past earthquake. 1. introduction on december 3rd and 4th 2001, the «earth sciences and natural disaster prevention. a japan-italy joint meeting in year 2001» was held in kyoto and kobe. session iii of the meeting was devoted to «civil engineering aspects of seismic and volcanic risk prevention». this paper summarizes the contribution from the department mailing address: dr. filippo santucci de magistris, dipartimento di ingegneria geotecnica, polo delle scienze e delle tecnologie, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», via claudio 21, 80125 napoli, italy; e-mail: filsantu@unina.it key words case histories − dams − f.e.m. − seismic design − soil dynamics of geotechnical engineering, university of naples (italy), at this session of the conference. after an introduction to the problem of seismic risk evaluation, the paper focuses on a few considerations of the geotechnical site characterization, including some notes on soil behaviour under cyclic loading and measurement of soil parameters. then, some analysis methods that are currently available in literature to study the seismic performance of earth structures will be assessed. finally the dynamic behaviour of an earth dam will be presented as a typical, though complex, case history. since the «seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures» theme is extremely broad, only some of the previously mentioned topics will be extensively treated in the next pages. more extensive details can be found in the references and in the technical literature for the specific topics. 800 stefania sica, filippo santucci de magistris and filippo vinale 2. risk analysis for over forty years, since the devastating 1964 alaska (u.s.) and niigata (japan) earthquakes occurred, considerable progress has been made in the field of soil dynamics and geotechnical earthquake engineering. significant development has been achieved in forecasting the strong ground motion after appropriate seismic hazard analysis, in understanding the mechanical behaviour of geomaterials, in evaluating the ground response during an earthquake and in modeling structures response under seismic loading. these studies provide an important contribution to the general field of seismic risk analysis. seismic risk studies are conventionally based on the analysis of a single component of risk, often directed at a particular region. more complete analyses require the definition of all factors on which an area’s earthquake disaster risk depends. furthermore, the risk level in a particular region should be periodically updated. in general, disaster could be considered not only a function of the expected physical impact of future earthquakes, but also of the capacity of the affected area to sustain that impact, as well as the implications on local economic and social affairs (davidson, 1997). as a matter of fact, while people may not be able to stop the occurrence of earthquakes, they might be able to regulate some of the other contributing factors (e.g., resources available for emergency response and recovery, vulnerability of the infrastructure), thereby reducing the frequency and severity of earthquake-induced damage. it should be considered also that worldwide earthquake disaster risk has grown significantly over the past decades due to exploding populations in seismic regions, unimpeded urbanization, and the increasingly interconnected and internally complex urban plan of most existing cities. therefore, if in a conventional perspective, any risk, including seismic risk, is a convolution of exposure, hazard, and vulnerability, a more extended definition might also include other factors such as external context (political and economic) and emergency response and recovery capability. figure 1 summarizes a proposed definition of earthquake disaster risk after davidson (1997). in this figure, hazard represents the geological phenomena that act as initiating events of an earthquake disaster. earthquake hazards include not only ground shaking but also collateral damage such as liquefaction, landslides, tsunamis, ground rupture and subsidence. exposure includes list of everything that is subject to the physical demands imposed by the hazard. vulnerability describes how easily and how severely physical infrastructures, population, economy, and social-political system can be affected by an earthquake. external context describes how damage to a city affects people and activities outside the city. it incorporates the reality that, depending on a city’s prominence with respect to economics, transportation, politics, and culture, damage to certain cities may have more far-reaching effects than damage to fig. 1. factors contributing to the definition of earthquake disaster risk (after davidson, 1997). 801 seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures others. emergency response and recovery capability describe how effectively and efficiently a community can recover from shortand long-term impact through formal, organized activities. while we have little control over seismic hazard, full awareness of structural and environmental seismic vulnerability, will help seismic engineers concentrate their efforts on reducing structural and environmental weaknesses. to help reach this objective, the seismic behaviour of structures, including geotechnical structures, should be fully understood. 3. the role of geotechnical engineers from the previous paragraph it clearly emerges that seismic risk analysis is a typical multidisciplinary study. while the obvious role of a seismic geotechnical engineer is that of detecting and examining the performance of geotechnical structures under dynamic loading, his «cultural» responsibility in the evaluation of free-field ground response (*) is essential too. here, it is worth remembering that ground response analyses are used to predict ground surface motion for the development of design response spectra, to evaluate liquefaction hazards or landslide occurrences and to determine the earthquake-induced forces on civil structures. thus, an essential responsibility of an earthquake geotechnical engineer consists of detecting ground surface motion that is strongly influenced by the soil strata that might lie above the bedrock. this influence, as well as the general behaviour of earth structures, cannot be fully understood without: 1) proper knowledge of the subsoil stratigraphy; 2) mechanical behaviour of any subsoil strata and of the materials constituting the earth structure, including a proper knowledge of experimental techniques, and 3) proper use of numerical models able to simulate the subsoil response, the geotechnical structure response, as well as their interaction. points (2) and (3) have some peculiarities that will be briefly emphasized in the following paragraphs. point (3) will be developed with the aim of detecting the seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures. 4. soil behaviour under cyclic loading the effect of earthquake loads on a soil element can be represented by a complex shear stress time history τ (t), acting after a previous loading history. depending on the level of the considered earthquake motion and the dynamic properties of the soil-structure system, the soil shear strain level induced by the seismic event can vary. consequently, the soil should be characterized by models of different complexity. typical gross distinctions can be made between soil behaviour at pre-failure and at failure conditions. in the first case, further distinctions are made among the so-called «small-strain region», the «medium strain region» and the «large strain region». distinction can be easily understood by considering the schematic soil behaviour as reported in fig. 2, which shows typical relationships existing between shear stiffness or damping ratio and the shear strain level. at small strains, soil stiffness and damping ratio attained their maximum and minimum values, respectively. soil response can be adequately represented by a linear model. at medium strains, soil shows a clear nonlinear behaviour but the response under cyclic loading is stable (i.e. no plastic volumetric strains or pore water pressure is detected). in this strain range soil behaviour can be represented by linearly equivalent models. finally, at large strains shear-volumetric coupling is apparent and the effect of the number of cyclic loadings cannot be neglected. in this case, elastoplastic effective stress models could be opportunely used to simulate soil behaviour. several parameters affect both initial shear strain and damping ratio and their strain dependency. readers can refer to, for instance, d’onofrio and silvestri (2001) for some information of this topic. (*) detailed explanations on the evaluation of ground motion during an earthquake can be found in kramer (1996). 802 stefania sica, filippo santucci de magistris and filippo vinale 5. measurement of soil parameters in geotechnical engineering design practice, field and laboratory investigation have advantages and disadvantages. therefore, it might be useful to employ both in situ and laboratory measurement procedures to obtain a proper soil characterization. as shear modulus g0 and damping ratio d0 at small strain levels might be affected by sample disturbance, less so in the case of soil non-linearity, the strain dependence soil stiffness might be evaluated through (5.1) and the strain dependency of soil damping by (5.2) in the previous equations (g 0 ) field and (d 0 ) field are preferably evaluated by measurement of in situ shear wave velocity; g( )/g 0 should be determined by laboratory tests, as should d _ ( ). the latter represents the measured damping ratio scaled to the relevant small strain value d0. as the scope here is not to detail experimental techniques and procedures, a list of the most common techniques is reported in table i. some other special apparatuses not listed in table i have been developed at some universities and research centers (refer to, for instance, http:/ /www.iis.u-tokyo.ac.jp/~hayanodex2.html; http:/ /geotle.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp/; http://www.entpe.fr/ prive/index-recherche.htm). however, such machines are still prototypes and not widely available. in situ soil tests for earthquake geotechnical engineering are typically geophysical, including surface tests such as spectral analysis surface waves (sasw), and borehole tests such as downhole (dh) test and cross-hole (ch) test. laboratory tests can be categorized as either: 1) static tests, in which stress-strain properties derive from the direct measure of stress and strain; or fig. 2. typical variation of the soil response under cyclic loading at increasing strain level in terms of shear modulus and damping and stress-strain loops. g g g g ( ) = ( ) ( )0 0 field lab d d d( ) = ( ) + ( )[ ]0 field lab . 803 seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures 2) dynamic tests, in which the soil properties are derived from a dynamic equilibrium analysis of a soil element. static tests usually include cyclic triaxial tests (ctx), cyclic simple shear tests (css) and cyclic torsional shear tests (cts). resonant column tests (rc) and bender element tests (be) are typically considered dynamic tests. choice of experimental technique for soil characterization is a matter of compromise between technical and economic factors. as far as in situ tests are concerned, it is well known that the ch test is the most reliable, albeit most expensive, system for evaluating initial soil stiffness. the multi-receiver ch test also allows for the measurement of field small strain damping ratio d 0 . on the other hand, multistation testing configuration for analyzing surface waves appears to be a promising, although complex, in situ experimental technique that provides not only the stiffness profile but also the damping ratio profile (foti, 1999). as for laboratory tests, sound laboratory practice in itself might be able to mitigate the influence of sample disturbance. a suitable reconsolidation technique up to the in situ stress state (that includes appropriate anisotropic reconsolidation stress-path and ageing time) can be, for instance, of some benefit to obtain more realistic subsequent stress-strain behaviour of soils (vinale et al., 2000). for the resonant column tests, conventional interpretation criteria are based on the assumption that soil can be modeled as a linear visco-elastic medium, an idealization typically made in solving some boundary value problems in seismic geotechnical engineering. it is worth noting that linear viscoelasticity is insufficient for understanding some important features regarding time-dependent behaviour of geomaterials (see tatsuoka et al., 2000), while new non-linear three-component rheology models have been proposed (di benedetto et al., 2002; tatsuoka et al., 2002). in any case, time-dependency in the stress-strain betable i. in situ and laboratory experimental techniques to obtain some relevant properties for analyzing the seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures (after international navigation association, 2001). in geotechnical earthquake engineering cpt and spt should be properly used only providing empirical correlation with relevant soil properties. v s = shear wave velocity; v r = rayleigh wave velocity; f r = resonant frequency; h.p. = half-power method; r.f. = resonance factor method; n = spt blow count; q c = cpt tip resistance; φ ′= friction angle in effective stresses; c u = undrained shear strength; c = coarse grained; f = fine grained soils; q /σ ′ r = deviator/radial stress ratio; τ /σ ′ v = shear/vertical stress ratio; n c = number of cycles. test class test type consolidation shear strain frequency stiffness damping strength stress state γ [%] f [hz] c f spt n→v s →g0 φ ′ penetration cpt q c →v s →g0 φ ′ cu field down-hole lithostatic v s →g0 − geophysical cross-hole < 10−3 10-100 v s →g0 possible sasw v r →v s →g0 − triaxial axisymmetric > 10−2 0.01-1 q:ε a →ε→g q /σ ′ r : n c cyclic simple shear axisymmetric > 10−2 0.01-1 τ :γ → g w d / w s →d τ /σ ′ v : n c torsional axisymmetric 10−4-1 0.01-1 τ :γ → g 0 ,g laboratory shear or true triaxial resonant axisymmetric 10−4-1 > 10 fr→ g0,g h.p., r.f.→d dynamic column or true triaxial bender axisymmetric < 10−3 > 100 v s → g 0 elements 804 stefania sica, filippo santucci de magistris and filippo vinale haviour of soil should be strongly considered in designing any experiment involving geomaterials. recent developments in triaxial apparatuses allow stress-strain properties of soil to be obtained under a wide range of strain and strain rates (tatsuoka et al., 1994; santucci de magistris et al., 1999). it must be emphasized, however, that only young’s soil modulus can be directly obtained from the triaxial apparatus, unless reliable radial strain measurements and a proper soil model are available. a relationship between young’s modulus and shear modulus is not easy to acquire, even in the case of undrained tests (vinale et al., 2001). in general, while the resonant column test (rc) is relatively common in italy (cavallaro et al., 2001), a recent survey shows that this apparatus has become less popular in japan (kuwano and katagiri, 2001). 6. analysis methods many approaches have been developed to analyze the seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures. they can be classified on several bases: geometry assigned to the soil-structure system (i.e. one-dimensional, two-dimensional, three-dimensional), constitutive model describing the material stress-strain response (i.e. linear elastic, non linear elastic, elastoplastic with or without hardening), the modeling of the interaction phenomena among different phases present in a soil (soil, water and air), the way in which the seismic loads are described (i.e. peak ground acceleration, response spectrum, acceleration time history). for the sake of simplicity, all the methods available in literature can be grouped into three main classes, including: 1) simplified analyses, which allow for evaluating the safety factor of a soil-structure mass by simple global force equilibrium. 2) simplified dynamic analyses, which provide the earthquake-induced displacement on the basis of an assumed failure mode of the soilstructure system. 3) full dynamic analyses, in order to evaluate both magnitude of displacements and failure modes. until the sixties, among the simplified analysis methods the pseudo-static approach represented the main tool used to assess the seismic safety of most geotechnical structures (retaining walls, embankments, earth dams, port structures). nowadays this method is still widely used since it is imposed by several national regulations (in italy, the d.m. 24/3/82) and because engineers have confidence in its use. both the commercial codes that implement it and the quantitative definition of the required parameters are very simple. in the pseudo-static approach, the dynamic inertia forces induced by an earthquake are considered static actions proportional to the soil mass by a seismic coefficient (fig. 3). the value of such a coefficient is determined on the basis of the expected peak ground acceleration in the area where the structure is located. national standards generally prescribe the seismic coefficient value according to the seismic category of the site. in the case of retaining walls (gravity and sheet pile walls), the pseudo-static approach requires determination of both active and passive earth pressures. they are usually estimated using the mononobe-okabe equation (mononobe, 1924; okabe, 1924) obtained by modifying the coulomb classical earth pressure solution to account for inertia forces. one of the main limits of the pseudostatic method consists of considering the failure along a well-defined sliding surface as the only type of damage that an earth structure could suffer during an earthquake. this assumption could be reasonable in the case of retaining walls, but it might be misleading for other geotechnical structures. in the case of earth dams, for instance, fig. 3. pseudostatic loads acting on a sliding mass. 805 seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures additional information is required about freeboard loss and safety against liquefaction or fracture of dam elements (core or filter) that assure water tightness. literature documents many case histories of earth dams that failed either partially or totally during earthquakes, even if the pseudo-static approach had given a positive result about their seismic safety. lower san fernando dam (seed, 1979) and hebgen dam (steinbrugge and cloud, 1962) are two classic examples. the simplified dynamic approach, first introduced by newmark, still idealizes the soilstructure system as rigid blocks of soil and structural masses. moreover, the method allows computation of the displacement of the sliding masses by integrating the acceleration time history overcoming the so-called critical acceleration, i.e. the threshold acceleration that causes the block to slide (fig. 4). the seismic safety of the earth structure is evaluated in terms of an acceptable permanent displacement rather than a factor of safety against global instability, as is typical in the pseudo-static approach. simplified dynamic analyses, including the original newmark method (newmark, 1965) and the numerous newmark-derived methods (i.e. makdisi and seed (1978) for embankments and earth dams; yegian et al. (1991) for embankments; franklin and chang (1977) for dikes; richards and elms (1979) for gravity walls; towahata and islam (1987) for sheet pile walls; steedman (1998) for gravity and sheet pile walls) can prove very useful when a performance-based design philosophy is likely to be adopted to overcome the limitations of conventional seismic design. full dynamic analysis directly models the overall soil-structure interaction problem, assuming that both soil and structure behave as continuum and deformable media. the spatial domain is discretized using a numerical technique (generally, finite element or finite difference methods) and the differential equation governing the boundary value problem is solved over the time or frequency domain. since the solution in the frequency domain is admissible only when the material linearity hypothesis persists, it is worth noting that the solution over the time domain is mandatory when more sophisticated constitutive models (inelastic or elastoplastic) are assumed for the soil-structure system. as discussed previously, the choice between a linear or non-linear material model depends on the expected level of earthquake motion relative to the elastic limit of the soilstructure system. inside the class of full dynamic analysis methods, a more detailed distinction can be made in describing the interaction among the different phases − air, water and soil skeleton − of the soil constituting the structure and its foundation. according to this point of view, the dynamic methods can be further classified as: – one-phase or total stress approach; – simplified two-phase or simplified effective stress; – coupled twoor three-phase approaches. in the one-phase approach the interaction among the soil phases is actually neglected, and the soil is assumed to be an equivalent monophase continuum governed by dynamic equilibrium equations, continuity equations and fig. 4. newmark sliding block approach. 806 stefania sica, filippo santucci de magistris and filippo vinale constitutive law. in particular, the constitutive law refers to the behavior of the whole soil skeletonpore fluid system. inside this category, the equivalent linear procedure has been the most widely used technique for computing the dynamic response of soil deposits, embankments and soil-structure interaction. this approach is implemented in very popular codes, such as shake (schnabel et al., 1972), flush (lysmer et al., 1975) or quad-4 (idriss et al., 1973). notwithstanding the simplicity and popularity of the equivalent linear procedure, its main limitation lies in not providing any prediction of earthquake induced permanent displacements. as a matter of fact, the method is meaningless when higher strain levels are involved and permanent displacements should be forecast. many attempts in literature to overcome this limitation of the equivalent linear method are documented (seed, 1979). in the simplified two-phase approaches, a semi-empirical law (excess pore water model) is introduced to evaluate the pore water pressure induced by cyclic shear stresses. this law links the excess pore water pressure to the number and amplitude of the applied deviatoric cyclic stresses (martin et al., 1975; finn and bathia, 1981; dobry et al., 1985; matasovic and vucetic, 1992, 1995). the effect of the excess pore water pressure is incorporated into the equivalent linear analysis or into a direct non-linear analysis by reducing the actual stiffness of the soil. such an approach is implemented in computer codes as flush-l (ozutsumi et al., 2000) and tara-3 (finn et al., 1986). in the coupled two-phase approaches the constitutive law refers only to the soil skeleton. to account for the presence of the pore fluid, the continuity equation of the water is incorporated as well. the stress-strain behaviour of the soil can be described by different constitutive laws according to the level of sophistication required: linear elastic, hypoelastic, elastoplastic with kinematic or combined hardening. in this category, the effective stress methods implementing elastoplastic models based on the concept of combined hardening (isotropic and kinematic) have proven very powerful in computing residual displacements and/or evaluating the structure response beyond the elastic strain level (prevost, 1985; muraleetharan et al., 1988; iai et al., 1998; benzenati, 1993; sica et al., 2001). in the case of earth dams, for instance, these methods allow evaluation of the structure’s safety against most types of earthquake-induced damage: freeboard loss, liquefaction due to excess pore water pressures and post seismic effects. the choice of analysis approach should be based on the principle that structures requiring higher performance (structures with high exposure) should be designed/verified using more sophisticated methods. in light of this, simpler approaches may be used for preliminary design, screening purposes or to evaluate earth structure response in case of low seismic excitation levels. since earth dams can be quite complex geotechnical structures, the next section will focus on seismic response evaluation by applying some of the outlined analysis procedures to a real case history. 7. some issues regarding earth dams the structural complexity of earth dams and the high risk associated with them due to major social, economic and environmental consequences of failure, require very reliable analysis tools to study their performance, especially when carrying out a safety assessment involving seismic loads. principal damage that earth dams may suffer during an earthquake consists of (seed, 1979): – settlements and fractures of the dam body; – freeboard loss up to the limit of overtopping; – global instability of upstream and downstream slopes; – reduction of shear strength up to liquefaction of construction and/or of foundation soils; – differential displacements between embank ment, abutments and spillway; – failure of outlet works crossing the dam body; – disruption of dam by major fault movement in foundation; – overtopping of the dam produced by soil masses sliding into reservoir. permanent displacements induced by earthquakes can be considered the integral effect of volumetric and deviatoric plastic strains devel807 seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures oped within the dam embankment. deviatoric strains produce, as an isolated effect, the so called «lateral spreading» of the dam body. significant crest settlements produce freeboard loss up to overtopping (fig. 5). even if this limit is not reached, differential settlements may induce other critical types of damage such as fractures within the dam body, which could then jeopardize the water tightness of the structure. global failure induced by earthquakes might occur if the shells are so steep that even static conditions are close to instability. seismic forces always produce an increase in instability loads and for some soils a decrease of shear strength as well. the failure mechanism may involve either the dam body and/or the foundation soils. other types of damage could derive from strength reduction of soils induced by excess pore water pressure. the latter might cause two different phenomena: liquefaction and cyclic mobility. liquefaction consists of a cyclic shear stress process that induces a reduction in strength not compatible with static stability conditions acting at the end of the cyclic process itself. cyclic mobility refers instead to a similar process where strength reduction is consistent with static stability. liquefaction induces high deformation in the earth structure even up to collapse either during or after the seismic event. rapid collapse occurred, for instance, in the lower san fernando dam (1971) and in the hebgen dam (1959) several seconds after the end of the earthquake. liquefaction phenomena occurred also in more than ten small irrigation dams in akiba (japan) during the oga earthquake (1939). in most cases failure occurred some hours after the seismic event. cyclic mobility, on the other hand, produces permanent deformations only during the seismic event. additional plastic strains develop only when shear stresses (static + seismic induced) exceed the soil shear strength. plastic deformations and related permanent settlements depend on cyclic number and amplitude of shear stresses. vulnerability to liquefaction of soils used as construction materials depends on the intrinsic soil properties and on the adopted construction technique. it has been observed (seed, 1979) that hydraulic fill dams are more prone to liquefaction than dams constructed using compaction. differential movements between dam body, abutments and spillway could cause internal fractures where water could find less resistance to seepage during post-seismic stages, giving rise to so-called «piping». these effects are very difficult to diagnose and are dangerous because piping could progress until abrupt failure of the dam. 8. the case history of el infernillo dam the el infiernillo dam (fig. 6) has been selected in this study as a case-history sample because it is a high zoned dam (h max = 145 m) located in a highly seismic area (i.e. the balsas river zone around 300 km sw of mexico city). the region is characterized by significant seismicity fed by the subduction mechanism of the pacific plate under the american continent. since its construction, the el infiernillo dam has experienced several earthquakes, among which two strong-motion events (on 14/03/1979 and 19/09/1985). with reference to the earthquakes of 14/03/1979 (richter magnitude equal to 7.6 and epicentral distance of 134 km) and 19/09/1985 (richter magnitude of 8.1 and epicentral distance of 68 km), accelerograms recorded both on the rock abutments of the dam and at reference points along the dam maximum cross section (crest and downstream shell) are available, together with some measurements of earthquake-induced permanent displacements. these field observations have been used in this study to verify the reliability of the selected analysis methods to evaluate the seismic performance of the dam. fig. 5. typical earthquake-induced damages to earth dams. 808 stefania sica, filippo santucci de magistris and filippo vinale 8.1. simplified analysis the stability analysis has been performed using the modified bishop method (bishop, 1955). the method is based on searching for the safety factor along pre-defined potential circular slip surfaces by a limit equilibrium analysis. a trial and error procedure was adopted to identify the location of the slip surface having the minimum safety factor, both in the upstream and in the downstream rockfill shells of the dam. the pseudostatic inertial forces were assumed to act in an outward direction to sliding (i.e. in the upstream and downstream directions, respectively, for the upstream and downstream shell) in order to maximize the effect of the active forces that induce sliding. the analysis was performed under the hypothesis of steady seepage inside the dam with the reservoir level fixed at its operational maximum. as a consequence, the buoyance unit weight was adopted in the computation regarding the upstream shell, while the actual unit weight of the construction soils was considered in searching for the slip surfaces within the downstream side. the seismic coefficient was assumed equal to 0.1, the peak ground acceleration during the 14/03/1979 earthquake at the rock base of the dam. from the two sets of analyses, it appears that higher instability is located in the upstream shell of the structure. potential sliding surfaces are concentrated in the upper part of the dam close to the external boundary. the minimum safety factor was 1.7, an acceptable value for assuring global stability of the dam. 8.2. simplified dynamic analysis among the simplified dynamic methods available in literature, the newmark approach was selected to evaluate the permanent displacement of the el infiernillo dam induced by the 14/03/1979 earthquake. as indicated before, this method requires the determination of the critical acceleration associated with an assumed sliding surface. the selected surface in this case had the lowest safety factor in the pseudostatic analysis and involved a dangerous failure mechanism involving the overtopping of the reservoir water. figure 7 shows the adopted sliding surface for the upstream side of the dam. figure 8 shows the reduction of the safety factor with increasing seismic coefficient. this plot was obtained by computing the pseudostatic safety factor (s f ) for different values of the seismic coefficient. in correspondence to the unit safety factor (s f = 1), a critical seismic coefficient (k c ) of 0.32 was evaluated. this means that if the average acceleration along the slip surface overtakes the fig. 6. main cross section of el infiernillo dam. 809 seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures critical value of 0.32 g (acrit = k c⋅ g), the sliding mass will start moving as a rigid block. the left hand side of fig. 7 shows the variation of the peak horizontal acceleration along the dam axis. this plot was obtained by assuming linear variation of acceleration from the measured value of 0.1 g at the dam base up to the value of 0.36 g that was recorded at the dam crest during the 14/03/1979 seismic event. therefore, an average value of 0.31 g could be reasonably attributed as the unique peak acceleration along the whole sliding surface. since the driving acceleration is lower than the computed critical acceleration, the newmark method does not predict any irreversible displacement within the dam. fig. 7. sliding surface adopted in the newmark analysis for the upstream shell of the el infiernillo dam. fig. 8. pseudostatic safety factor variation with increasing seismic coefficient along the sliding surface. 810 stefania sica, filippo santucci de magistris and filippo vinale 8.3. full dynamic analysis the dynamic analysis was performed using a two-phase coupled approach implemented in the finite element program gefdyn (aubry and modaressi, 1996). the approach is based on the u-p formulation of the biot generalized consolidation theory (zienkiewicz and shiomi, 1984). in particular, the overall dynamic equilibrium and the pore water flow equations were combined with hujeux’s elastoplastic kinematic hardening constitutive law (hujeux, 1985). this law describes some relevant features of the soil response under monotonic and cyclic loading conditions (hysteresis, liquefaction, cyclic mobility and ratcheting). since in a coupled effective stress method the predictions of the dynamic analysis are strongly affected by the pre-seismic conditions of stress and pore water pressure distribution within the structure, it was necessary to simulate all stages of the dam’s history up until the actual seismic event: construction, first impounding, service operations. in this study, the model parameters characterizing the materials of the el infiernillo dam were evaluated from the laboratory tests performed at the time of dam construction (conventional drained and undrained monotonic triaxial tests and oedometer tests) and on a back-analysis procedure of dam observed behaviour (sica, 2001). the dam geometry was discretized in about 400 2d quadratic elements (fig. 9). the acceleration time-history used as input motion at the base of the finite element model is the horizontal accelerogram (upstream-downstream direction) recorded on the outcropping rock during the 14/03/1979 earthquake. at the end of the seismic excitation, the effective stress analysis gives a deformed shape of the dam like that shown in fig. 10. the maximum vertical settlement computed at the end of the earthquake is around 9 cm at the dam crest; the maximum horizontal displacement in the upstream direction is about 8 cm and 4 cm in the downstream direction. these results are consistent with the observed deformed mode of the dam after the same earthquake (resendiz et al., 1982). as far as the excess pore water pressures are concerned, the analysis gives a maximum pore fig. 9. mesh geometry of the el infiernillo dam adopted in the f.e.m. analysis. fig. 10. deformed mesh geometry of the el infiernillo dam after the 14/03/1979 earthquake simulation. 811 seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures water pressure ratio inside the dam body of about 20%, a value far enough from the threshold limit of 100% at which soil liquefaction may occur. in conclusion, the effective stress analysis provided the required information about the dam safety in terms of: 1) overtopping: the computed freeboard loss, equal to the seismic induced vertical displacement at the dam top, is only 1% of the available freeboard ( 10m); 2) liquefaction: the computed pore water pressure ratio r u is less than 100%; 3) shell stability: the computed horizontal and vertical displacements at the end of the earthquake are very small (less than 10 cm) compared to the transverse dimension of the dam. 9. conclusions to properly analyze the seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures, a complete methodology typically employs several steps. first, a detailed evaluation of the regional seismicity should be performed in order to define the earthquake motion at the base formation where the structure is located. next, the specific hazard of the site should be assessed by considering either local amplification of ground motion and other problems like soil liquefaction, ground rupture or landslides. finally, the soil-structure interaction analysis should be performed. since the whole methodology cannot be described in a single paper, this report focuses only on some relevant aspects of the final step. the first point highlighted in the paper is a close interconnection between various technical branches (from seismology to geology, engineering and land planning) and government policy in seismic risk analysis. this means that the seismic response of geotechnical structures should be considered just one component of the wider topic of earthquake disaster risk protection and prevention. the second aspect emphasized in this paper is the importance of proper knowledge of the mechanical properties of the materials constituting the structure and its subsoil. this is a crucial problem for geotechnical engineers because it requires both high technical skill and economic resources for suitable in situ and laboratory investigation. it was further pointed out that for geotechnical structures, determination of soil properties should be adapted to the analysis method chosen to study seismic response. this choice is not simple, especially if one considers that national standards, except for some specific and recent releases, are usually not exhaustive on the safety evaluation of structures under seismic actions. in general, they account for the amplification of the ground motion due to site conditions in a very rough manner, and suggest only simplified analysis methods. conventional approaches provide information on the structure’s capacity to resist a design seismic force, but they are not able to predict structural performance during and after the earthquake. the performance-based design approach, first developed for buildings, is nowadays proposed for geotechnical structures as well. a comprehensive report on this topic, oriented towards port structures, can be found in international navigation association (2001). extracted from that report are the following points: 1) deformations in ground and foundation soils, together with corresponding structural deformation and stress states, are key design parameters; 2) conventional limit equilibrium-based methods are not well-suited to evaluate these parameters, and 3) some residual deformation may be acceptable. in performance-based design, appropriate levels of design earthquake motions must be defined along with acceptable levels of structural damage. for design purposes, two levels of earthquake motions are typically used: – level l1: earthquake motion that is likely to occur during the life-span of the structure (probability of exceeding is 50 %). – level l2: earthquake motion associated with rare events that typically involve very strong ground shaking (probability of exceeding is 10 %). the acceptable level of damage is set according to some specific structural (predicted amount of damage) and operational (level of loss ( )r uu = / vo ' 812 stefania sica, filippo santucci de magistris and filippo vinale of serviceability, time and cost for restoration) factors. once the design earthquake levels and acceptable damage levels have been properly defined, the required performance of a structure may be represented by a performance grade determined by the importance of the structure (critical and key structures, primary structures, ordinary structures and small, easily restorable structures). the principal steps taken in performancebased design are summarized in the flowchart of fig. 11. it is apparent that for geotechnical structures, appropriate damage criteria should be related to the deformation mode of the structure itself. as a consequence, sophisticated analyses should be adopted to model structure performance adequately. in this paper, the seismic behaviour of an earth dam was analyzed as a sample geotechnical structure. even if this case history was examined from a verification rather than design viewpoint, the study is very explanatory of the capability of a coupled dynamic analysis in predicting structure performance during and after a selected earthquake. in particular, this type of analysis method allows forecasting of seismically induced displacements in the dam body with good accuracy, as verified by comparing analytical results with monitoring data. figure 12 reports the computed vertical displacements profiles at three locations along the dam axis. on the right side hand of the figure the residual displacements are plotted together with the measured ones, showing good agreement between the analysis prediction and observed behaviour. fig. 11. steps required for the seismic behaviour analysis of a geotechnical structure using a performance-design based approach (modified after international navigation association, 2001). 813 seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures it is worth emphasizing that while the pseudostatic method does not directly predict displacements, no seismically-induced movements were forecast by the simplified dynamic analyses using the newmark method. in any case, the critical slip surface given by the pseudostatic approach, found by trial and error, lies very close to the area in which maximum plastic shear deformations were detected by the full dynamic analysis (fig. 13). fig. 13. contour plot of plastic shear strains at the end of the 14/03/1979 earthquake. fig. 12. time histories of vertical displacement at three points along the dam axis. 814 stefania sica, filippo santucci de magistris and filippo vinale acknowledgements the authors wish to give thanks to prof. h. akihama, nihon university, and prof. a. rapolla, university of naples, scientific organizers of the kyoto and kobe meeting, for offering us the opportunity to contribute our findings in a high level meeting that was useful for exchanging opinions with several experts in the area of natural disaster mitigation. a vote of thanks should be given to prof. m. nakashima and his staff at kyoto university for the tremendous effort in organizing the symposium; to dr. a. volpi, scientific attaché at the italian embassy in japan and the italian embassy in japan, for the care and the support received; to mr. m. di gianni, honorary consul of japan in naples, and to all participants in the symposium for their friendship and frank exchange of ideas. references aubry, d. and a. modaressi (1996): gefdyn, manuel scientifique, ecole centrale de paris (in french). benzenati, i. (1993): modeling of dynamic behaviour of saturated soils applied at dams and site effects, ph.d. thesis, ecole centrale de paris (in french). bishop, a.w. (1955): the use of the slip circle in the stability analysis of slopes, geotechnique, 5 (1), 7-17. cavallaro, a., v. fioravante, g. lanzo, d.c.f. lo presti, o. pallara, s. rampello, a. d’onofrio, f. santucci de magistris and f. silvestri (2001): report on the current situation of laboratory stress-strain testing of geomaterials in italy and its use in practice, in advanced laboratory stress-strain testing of geomaterials, edited by f. tatsuoka, s. shibuya and r. kuwano (swets and zeitlinger publishers lisse, netherlands), 15-44. davidson, r. (1997): an urban earthquake disaster risk index, the john a. blume earthquake engineering center, report n. 121, stanford, california, blume center. d’onofrio, a. and f. silvestri (2001): influence of microstructure on small strain stiffness and damping of fine graded soils and effects on local site response, in fourth international conference on recent advances in geotechnical earthquake engineering and soil dynamics, march 2001, san diego, california. di benedetto, h., f. tatsuoka and m. ishihara (2002): time-dependent shear deformation characteristics of sand and their constitutive modelling, soils and foundation, 42 (2), 1-22. dobry, r., w.g. pierce, r. dyvik, g.e. thomas and r.s. ladd (1985): pore pressure model for cyclic straining of sand, internal report, civil engineering dept. rensselaer polytechnic institude troy, new york. finn, w.d.l. and s.k. bathia (1981): prediction of seismic porewater pressures, in proceedings of the tenth international conference on soil mechanics and foundation engineering (balkema, rotterdam), vol. 3, 201-206. finn, w.d.l., m. yogendrakumar, n. yoshida and h. yoshida (1986): tara-3: a program to compute the response of 2d embankments and soil structure interaction systems to seismic loadings, department of civil engineering, university of british columbia, vancouver, canada. foti, s. (1999): multistation methods for geotechnical characterization using surface waves, ph.d. thesis, politecnico di torino. franklin, a.g. and f.k. chang (1977): earthquake resistance of earth and rockfill dams, report 5: permanent displacements of earth dams by newmark analysis, us army corps of engineers, waterways experiments station, miscellaneous paper, 2-71-17. hujeux, j.c. (1985): une loi de comportement pour le chargement cyclique des sols, in genie parasismique, edited by v. davidovici (presses encp), 287-302 (in french). iai, s., k. ichii, h. liu and t. morita (1998): effective stress analyses of port structures, special issue on geotechnical aspects of the january 17, 1995 hyogokennambu earthquake, soils and foundation, 2, 97-114. idriss, i.m., j. lysmer, r. hwang and h.b. seed (1973): quad-4: a computer program for evaluating the seismic response of soil structures by variable damping finite element procedures, report n. eerc 73-16, earthquake engineering research center, university of california, berkeley. international navigation association (2001): seismic design guideline for port structures, working group n. 34 of the maritime navigation commission (swets and zeitlinger publishers lisse, netherlands). kramer, s.l. (1996): geotechincal earthquake engineering (prentice hall inc., new jersey), pp. 653. kuwano, j. and m. katagiri (2001): recent state of laboratory stress-strain tests and geomaterials in japan, in advanced laboratory stress-strain testing of geomaterials, edited by f. tatsuoka, s. shibuya and r. kuwano (swets and zeitlinger publishers lisse, netherlands), 47-52. lysmer, j., t. udaka, c.f. tsai and h.b. seed (1975): flush: a computer program for approximate 3d analyses of soil-structure interaction, report eerc 7530, earthquake engineering research center, university of california, berkeley. makdisi, f.i. and h.b. seed (1978): simplified procedure for estimating dam and embankment earthquake-induced deformations, asce, j. geotech. eng. div., 104 (gt7), 849-867. martin, g.r., w.d.l. finn and h.b. seed (1975): fundamentals of liquefaction under cyclic loading, asce, j. geotech. eng. div., 101 (gt5), 423-438 matasovic, n. and m. vucetic (1992): a pore pressure model for cyclic straining of clay, soils and foundation, 32 (3), 156-173 matasovic, n. and m. vucetic (1995): generalized cyclic815 seismic behaviour of geotechnical structures degradation-pore pressure generation model for clays, asce, j. geotech. eng. div., 121 (1), 33-42. mononobe, n. (1924): consideration on vertical earthquake motion and relevant vibration problems, j. jpn. soc. civ. eng., 10 (5), 1063-1094. muraleetharan, k.k., c. mish, k. yogachandran and k. arulanandan (1988): dysac2: dynamic soil analysis code for 2-dimensional problems, department of civil engineering, university of california, davis. newmark, n.m. (1965): effects of earthquakes on dams and embankments, geotechnique, 15 (2), 139-160. okabe, n. (1924): general theory on earth pressure and seismic stability of retaining walls and dams, j. jpn. soc. civ. eng., 10 (6), 1277-1323. ozutsumi, o., k. yuu, m. kiyama and s. iai (2000): residual deformation analysis of sheetpile quay wall and backfill ground at showa-ohashi site by simplified method, in proceedings of 12th world conference on earthquake engineering, auckland (balkema, rotterdam). prevost, j.h. (1985): wave propagation in fluid-saturated porous media: an efficient finite element procedure, soil dyn. earthquake eng., 4 (4), 183-202 resendiz, d., m.p. romo and e. moreno (1982): el infiernillo and la villita dams: seismic behaviour, asce, j. geotech. eng. div., 108 (gt1), 109-131. richards, r. jr. and d. elms (1979): seismic behavior of gravity retaining walls, asce, j. geotech. eng. div., 105 (gt4), 449-464. santucci de magistris, f., j. koseki, m. amaya, s. hamaya, t. sato and f. tatsuoka (1999): a triaxial testing system to evaluate stress-strain behaviour of soil for wide range of strain and strain rate, astm, geotech. testing j., 22 (1), 44-60. schnabel, p.b, l. lysmer and h.b. seed (1972): shake: a computer program for earthquake response analysis of horizontally layered sites, ucb/eerc-72/12, earthquake engineering research center, university of california, berkeley, december 1972. sica, s. (2001): dynamic analysis of earth dams, ph.d. thesis, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii» (in italian). sica, s., l. pagano and a. modaressi (2001): numerical simulation of the el infiernillo dam response by a coupled dynamic approach, asce, j. geotech. geoenviron. eng. (submitted). seed, h.b. (1979): considerations in the earthquake-resistant design of earth and rockfill dams, geotechnique, 29 (3), 215-263. steedman, r.s. (1998): seismic design of retaining walls, geotechical engineering, proc. inst. civ. eng., 131, 12-22. steinbrugge, k.v. and w. cloud (1962): epicentral intensities and damages in the hebgen lake, montana earthquake of august 17, 1959, bull. seismol. soc. am, 52 (2), 118-234. tatsuoka, f., t. sato, c.-s. park, y.-s. kim, j.n. mukabi and y. kohata (1994): measurements of elastic properties of geomaterials in laboratory compression tests, astm, geotech. testing j., 17 (1), 80-94. tatsuoka, f., f. santucci de magistris, k. hayano, y. momoya and j. koseki (2000): some new aspects of time effects on the stress-strain behaviour of stiff geomaterials, in 2nd international conference of hard soils and soft rock, napoli october 1998, edited by a. evangelista and l. picarelli (balkema, rotterdam), vol. 3, 1285-1371. tatsuoka, f., m. ishihara, h. di benedetto and r. kuwano (2002): time-dependent shear deformation characteristics of geomaterials and their simulation, soils and foundation, 42 (2), 103-129. towhata, i. and s. islam (1987): prediction of lateral movement of anchored bulkheads induced by seismic liquefaction, soils and foundation, 27 (4), 137-147. vinale, f., a. d’onofrio and f. santucci de magistris (2000): recent development in geotechnical experiments, in 20th conference of the italian geotechnical association, parma september 1999, riv. ital. geotec., 3, 38-69 (in italian). vinale, f., a. d’onofrio, c. mancuso, f. santucci de magistris and f. tatsuoka (2001): the pre-failure behaviour of soils as construction materials, in 2nd international symposium on pre-failure deformation characteristics of geomaterials, is torino, italy, 28-30 september 1999, edited by m. jamiolkowski, r. lancellotta and d. lo presti (balkema, rotterdam), vol. 2, 955-1007. yegian, m.k., e. marciano and v.g. gharaman (1991): earthquake-induced permanent deformation: probabilistic approach, asce, j. geotech. eng., 29 (1), 93104. zienkiewicz, o.c. and t. shiomi (1984): dynamic behaviour of saturated porous media; the generalised biot formulation and its numerical solution, int. j. num. anal. methods geomech., 8, 71-96. baskaradas_final:layout 6 annals of geophysics, 57, 1, 2014, a0187; doi:10.4401/ag-6345 a0187 description of ionospheric disturbances observed by vertical ionospheric sounding at 3 mhz james a. baskaradas1, silvio bianchi2, marco pietrella1, michael pezzopane1, umberto sciacca1,*, enrico zuccheretti1 1 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy 2 università “la sapienza”, dipartimento di fisica, rome, italy abstract high frequency radio waves reflected by the ionosphere can provide a relevant amount of information within the composite received signal. the ionosphere is indeed a frequency dispersive, bi-refractive, absorbing medium, in which multipath propagation occurs due to disturbance on a varied time-spatial scale. on the time-spatial level of small scale disturbances (ssd) the ionosphere dynamics, detectable by vertical ionospheric sounding (vis), is mainly dependent on wrinkled layers acting as multi-reflectors. the present paper discusses different aspects of the effects of multipath fading suffered by the wave along the propagation path and potentially associated with ssd. to achieve these objectives, a vis campaign at a fixed frequency of 3.0 mhz was conducted at the ionospheric observatory in rome (latitude 41.8 n; longitude 12.5 e), by collecting a series of measurements of the power variations in received echo signals recorded between two consecutive ionograms whose sounding repetition rate was set to 15 min. the obtained results show that: 1) the fading suffered by the wave follows either a rayleigh trend or a nakagami-rice trend, or a mix of them, the mixed case being the most frequent (about 65 % of the analysed cases); 2) the predominant periodicities characterizing the power variation are less than 25 s; such values are compatible with the small scale ionospheric disturbances; 3) for all the 24 hours of the day the ionospheric reflector is pretty stable and for time intervals of 10-30 s the periods of stability occur with a percentage of occurrence ranging between 55% and 95 %; for time intervals of 190210 s the periods of stability occur instead with a percentage of occurrence ranging between 5% and 54 %. 1. introduction vertical ionospheric sounding (vis) is a consolidated technique that was first applied nearly a century ago to unveil the existence of the ionosphere, i.e. the density and altitude of the ionospheric layers. it is still widely applied and generates the largest ionospheric parameter database [reinisch and galkin 2011]. this technique relies on reflection of radio waves from ionospheric plasma exhibiting plasma frequencies equal or higher to the radio frequencies employed for radio sounding. the vis technique uses radio waves propagated in the high frequency (hf) range and reflected by the ionospheric layers acting like mirrors, with the corresponding echo delay related to the reflection virtual height of the reflecting layers. nowadays advanced digital sounders are used in the vis technique for observations that provide detailed information about the structure and dynamics of the bottom side ionosphere. the underlying concepts of the technique remain the same, but modern sounders measure more than just the travel time and amplitude of the echoes. in a measurement campaign, the ais-ingv (advanced ionospheric sounder istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia) ionosonde, with minor modifications and calibrations, was adapted to measure only power in dbm and virtual height in km (pvh), at a fixed frequency, assuming that the critical frequency and reflection altitude of the ionospheric layers to be investigated were known from routine vis measurements [bianchi et al. 2013a]. the latter is important because only starting from this knowledge the pvh measurements can be usefully conducted. consequently, it is possible to measure the level of received power in nearly controlled conditions, evaluating only certain echo signal characteristics. in the vis technique the emitted pulses are reflected back in a mirror-like way if the frequency of the radio waves is lower than the critical frequency, simplifying the propagation path and other relevant parameters. when operating at a fixed frequency, the vis technique highlights variations in the electron density and virtual heights of the iso-density surfaces, based on the amplitude and article history received may 13, 2013; accepted december 20, 2013. subject classification: fading fluctuation, ionospheric irregularities, multipath fading, ionograms. phase analyses of the echo signal. however, single mirror-like reflections are seldom observed in vis measurements, while dominant multi-reflectors are more probable, following either rayleigh or ricean trends, characterized by a single dominant reflector with other less relevant contributions [bianchi et al. 2013b]. this happens because ionospheric disturbances on a variable time-spatial scale can tilt the ionosphere and corrugate the bottom layer, producing peculiar reflecting characteristics. moreover, these irregularities travel at different horizontal and vertical velocities, as reported in literature [leitinger and rieger 2005, crowley and rodrigues 2012]. the moving reflectors introduce a further complication, making the propagation path time variant. echo signals reflected from the ionosphere and measured by the vis technique are subject to a degree of variability, according to the traveling irregularities on the small, medium, and large scale [blanc 1985, krasnov et al. 2006]. the presence of traveling irregularities in the ionosphere causes the phase difference between different paths vary over time, with consequent time variable signal fading, from a few seconds to tens of seconds. the power signal variations at the receiver input match the time-spatial scale of the irregularities. due to multipath, different paths can interfere constructively or destructively at the receiving point depending on the phase of the wave components. among the periodicity times, this paper addresses the ones related to small scale disturbances (ssd), which are characterized by random processes, by exploiting pvh measurements. the narrow band signal propagating in the ionosphere here analyzed was modelled by rice [1944], nakagami [1960], and watterson et al. [1970], and the corresponding temporal power variations have recently been investigated by bianchi et al. [2013a] by using pvh measurements. depending on the position and the shape of the irregularities, the ionosphere acts like convex-concave mirror for hf waves. when radio waves are reflected from a concave iso-density surface, the waves will undergo a focusing gain; conversely when the surface is convex there is a loss due to the defocusing effect. the latter phenomenon, together with multipath fading, defines the behavior of the ionospheric irregularities considered in this paper, where a series of measurements of radio echo power were performed to study and monitor some dynamic characteristics of the ionospheric propagation path and related reflecting layers potentially associated with ssd. 2. experimental setup and measurement campaign the vertical ionospheric sounding system used for this study was derived from a phase coded hf radar [bianchi et al. 2003] with the purpose of studying the ionospheric fading under definite controlled conditions. a single fixed frequency pvh sounding, lasting a few minutes, was carried out between two consecutive vertical ionospheric soundings. the inspection of these two ionograms, whose sounding repetition rate was set to 15 minutes, is important to be sure that the investigated ionospheric layer is present and falling in the flat part of the ionogram trace corresponding to the base of the f region (see figures 1 and 2). the pvh sounding was performed using the aisingv ionosonde [zuccheretti et al. 2003], employing complementary phase code of 16 chips, which is a low power hf radar based on the pulse compression technique with a mathematical processing gain of 25 db; about 13 db derive from the correlation process while the remainders are related to coherent integration [bianchi et al. 2013a]. the system records pairs of data: power in dbm and virtual height in km are given for the highest signal peak returning from the ionosphere, and previous calibration allows determination of the correct values. the system employs low gain, long wire, cross coupled delta antennas with a beam angle of about 60 degrees. this seems a limiting factor, but by applying a range gating function, a limited portion of the reflecting layer can be selected, making it possible to study a return echo signal from a known ionospheric region. range gating can filter off the unwanted off vertical echoes and noise out of the selected time interval when the receiver is active. the environmental noise always present is instead characterized by an average level of 30 db lower than the strongest signal peak. for this purpose a session of pvh measurements lasting 512 s were performed in alternation with the normal soundings, lasting approximately 180 s. the integration time used to increase the signal to noise ratio should be relatively small so that the ionosphere can be assumed stable within the measurement interval. therefore in order to obtain a good quality signal from the ionosphere, pulses at a rate of 60 hz were considered, providing after 30 integrations a pvh measurement every 0.5 s. figure 1 shows how the power peak (figure 1b) of the received echo at the frequency f = 3.0 mhz is related to the routine vertical ionograms recorded before (figure 1a) and after (figure 1c) the pvh measurement session. in the illustrated case the virtual height of the layer is at 200 km (figure 1a,c), and the corresponding position of the power peak recorded during the pvh measurement is shown in figure 1b. as the pvh measurement session lasts 512 s and the integration time chosen is 0.5 s, the correlation process generates 1024 narrow peaks (see figure 1b) clearly emerging baskaradas et al. 2 3 from the noise level and corresponding to the ionospheric reflectors with an accuracy of about ±0.5 db for the power and ±5 km for the virtual height . figure 2 shows instead two cases for which the inspection of the two consecutive ionograms helped the data analyzer in discarding the corresponding pvh data segment. figure 2a shows that the ionogram recorded just before the pvh measurement shows a maximum reflected frequency below the value of 3.0 mhz, which is right the pvh operating frequency. figure 2b shows instead that the pvh operating frequency would deeply penetrate the plasma, up to heights of the f region critical frequency; these pvh data segments were discarded because in these conditions the polarization losses could be no more neglected (see section 3). pvh measurements were performed at the ionospheric observatory of rome (italy, 41.8 n, 12.5 e), collecting a series of data during the period from january 3 to 22, 2008. over the measurement campaign 1920 sequences of pvh 512 s data segments were acquired. the environmental noise level was also analyzed during all the hours of the day in the campaign period, considering that the band of the receiving section is about 66 khz. the noise resulted approximately around −94 dbm, with the signal ranging from this level up to −64 dbm. as it will be seen in the next paragraph, it is possiionospheric dynamics observed at 3 mhz figure 1. ionograms recorded by vis (a) before and (c) after the (b) pvh measurements of the received echo every 0.5 s at the frequency f = 3.0 mhz highlighted by an open circle in (a) and (c). the ionogram sounding repetition rate is 15 minutes. the pvh measurement session lasts 512 s, which corresponds to 1024 samples of pvh. figure 2. cases for which the inspection of the two consecutive ionograms helped the data analyzer in discarding the corresponding pvh data segment because: (a) the maximum reflected frequency of the first ionogram is below the value of 3.0 mhz (highlighted by an open circle and corresponding to the pvh operating frequency); (b) the pvh operating frequency propagates up to the highest ionospheric layers and this fact prevents from neglecting the polarization losses (see section 3). ble to ignore the term of the frequency shift in the analytic description. this fact is due to the peculiar condition of the near vertical line of sight (los), as inferred from figure 3 [crowley and rodrigues 2012]: only the paths received off-vertical could be affected by a doppler effect due to the horizontal drift of the layer, but they can be easily cut-off by means of a proper range gating. for example, applying a gating of 10 km, if the height is 100 km, the area of the ionospheric layer actually investigated is some hundreds of square km. 3. analytic signal characterization in a multipath time-varying propagation path the signal at the receiving point is the sum of the multipath components generated by the irregularities in the ionosphere. each path is subject to several attenuating factors as shown in table 1. considering table 1, partially derived from [mcnamara 1991], it is important to establish which terms are approximately constant and which terms vary in the observed excursion range under the experimental conditions of pvh measurements. this makes it possible to measure the level of received power in nearly controlled conditions and evaluate specific contributions. the complete mathematical expression of the received echo signal is expressed by the following relation: (1) where t is the time, r(t) is the sum of time delayed attenuated frequency shifted replica of the emitted signal with envelope u(t) containing the bi-phase code, m is the number of paths, dependent on time, ai(t) is the attenuating factor of the i-th path (it assumes values from 0 to 1, taking into account all the loss contributions given in table 1), u(t-xi(t)) is the received waveform, xi(t) is the time dependent delay, f0 is the carrier frequency, {i(t) is the phase, dependent on the time delay xi(t), and n(t) is the noise [bianchi et al. 2013a]. when the layers move the signal can experience a doppler frequency shift that changes the phase according to 2rf0[dxi(t)/dt]·t, approximating to the first order of the taylor series expansion. this latter term is ignored in the present paper together with the term {i(t) because of their irrelevant contributions to the power variation of the signal. given that in this context only variations in the time interval of 512 s are important, that is those related to ssd, the impulsive noise is mitigated by the integration process and has less effect on the overall signal power. with these assumptions, the echo signal is then down converted to the baseband as described in the following relation: ,cos r t t u t t f t t t n t2 i i m i i i 0 0 $ $ $ a x r x { = + + = ^ ^ ^^ ^ ^ ^ h h hh h h h6 @" , / baskaradas et al. 4 loss in the ionospheric propagation path in pvh measurement typical values (db unit) free space loss (lg) ≈ constant 50-150 ionospheric absorption (la) ≈ constant 0-20 ionospheric deviative absorption (ld) ≈ constant <1 scattering (ls) ≈ constant <1 differential doppler (ld) ≈ constant 0.5 blanketing sporadic e (le) ≈ constant 0-1 polarization losses (lp) ≈ constant 3-6 focusing losses (lf) (negative = gain) not constant ±0-1 multipath losses (lm) not constant 0-25 figure 3. multi-reflectors produced by traveling irregularities. signals off vertical represented by dashed line are filtered out by the range gating threshold of the receiver. table 1. loss contributions in the pvh ionospheric propagation path. 5 this is the attenuated composite envelope signal whose components have different times of arrival (multipath components), with different phases interfering in constructive or destructive ways. the attenuating terms in table 1 are carefully evaluated individually in the limited condition of vis operating at a fixed frequency. the free space loss lg as well as the ionospheric absorption la are practically constant because of the range gating that excludes longer or shorter paths, and the 3.0 mhz frequency wave does not penetrate deeply into the plasma, being it often reflected by the flat part of the ionogram trace corresponding to the base of the f region. the terms ld, ls, ld, have the values indicated in table 1, assumed as constants. concerning the le loss, the presence of the es layer is rare, or at least during the measurements. polarization losses lp [james et al. 2006] are not considered since in the considered pvh measurements the low frequency employed does not deeply penetrate the plasma (see figures 1 and 2). for the same reason faraday rotation is ignored while in general this fading can produce a loss from 0 to a few db units. considering the irregular time changing contours of the iso-density surfaces, statistically it is rare to have only one flat reflector. on the contrary, reflectors with a convex-up or concave-up shape and producing respectively further gain or loss to the signal can be expected [bianchi et al. 2003]. these are the focusing losses lf that in the selected experimental conditions do not exceed ± 1 db. in the constraints given by vis the experimental multipath losses lm is the only term that really produces deep fading on the echo signal. 4. data analysis and results this paragraph presents different ways of expressing the results in terms of radio electric parameters from different physical points of view of the effects of the ssd. the ssd undulate the reflecting iso-density surfaces, producing multipath echoes and making different reflection sources possible. from the power variation of the echo signal potentially associated to ssd and observed in the vis technique, three main phenomena have been studied and described in the following paragraphs. in table 2 the main features of the ssd and the other types of tids are summarized, so that it is possible to compare the corresponding horizontal scales (l) of the irregularities, the period (t), the phase velocity and the characteristics of the associated fading. 4.1. trends of the signal the ionospheric propagation path exhibits different trends, according to whether there is a dominant single reflector or multiple reflectors, inferred by the power variation in time of the echo signal. the received power ranges approximately from −64 to −97 dbm, with an excursion of ≈ 33 db over the various hours of the day. the same peculiar trends, rayleigh or nakagami-rice, within the same hour or from hour to hour, were observed in the acquired 512 s time-sequences of the signal. as an example, figure 4 shows one of the time sequences recorded showing a well defined rayleigh trend. in this case a large number of reflecting sources are contributing to the composite signal. the two trends have different peak amplitudes (note the different scale between figures 4 and 5) even if the time periodicity does not differ to a significant degree. in general, the most common trend we obtained (65% of the considered pvh time sequences) is the mixed case nakagami-rice and rayleigh as in figure 6. in general, it is possible to state that ssd cause multi-reflections showing a trend, except in some particular ionospheric conditions. figure 7a,b shows the results of the fft analysis of the temporal sequences shown in figures 4 and 5 respectively for rayleigh and nakagami-rice trends. they show the typical power density behavior and the spectral content of the two sequences. it can be observed that the rayleigh behavior .y t t u t ti i m i 0 $a x= = ^ ^ ^^h h hh/ ionospheric dynamics observed at 3 mhz scale-irregularities l (km) t (min) phase velocity (m/s) associated fading ssd: small-scale disturbances (infrasonic variability) < 100 < 10 < 50 multipath fading less relevant focusing /defocusing phenomena mstid: medium-scale traveling ionospheric disturbances 100 300 10 30 50 300 amplitude fading focusing / defocusing phenomena lstid: large-scale traveling ionospheric disturbances; acoustic gravity waves 300 3000 30 300 300 1000 amplitude fading focusing / defocusing deep fading due to ionospheric tilt table 2. tid classes according to their horizontal scales derived from crowley and rodrigues [2012]. (2) has a higher spectral content at lower frequencies with respect to nakagami-rice. figure 7c highlights the two trends as a result of a 100-values running mean performed on the spectral density sequences of figure 7a,b. baskaradas et al. 6 figure 4. (a) power observations of the radio echo reflected from the ionosphere on january 7, 2008, at 12:25 ut; (b) corresponding rayleigh probability density distribution. figure 5. (a) power observations of the radio echo reflected from the ionosphere on january 13, 2008, at 07:40 ut; (b) corresponding nakagami-rice probability density distribution. figure 6. (a) power observations of the radio echo reflected from the ionosphere on january 7, 2008, at 19:55 ut; (b) corresponding mixed behavior rayleigh -nakagami-rice probability density distribution. 7 4.2. effects of ssd on signal fading as regards the excursion of power variation, it was often observed that a few tens of dbm is not rare, especially when ionospheric tilts or large scale disturbance are present. as an example in this context, considering only the ssd, two almost consecutive 210 s sequences of signal, are shown in figure 8 (power vs. time). it is possible to note completely different fading characteristics. either periodicities or power excursion values can change rapidly during the observation time periods. the power variation imposed by the ionospheric disturbances causes multipath fading in an unpredictable way at different time intervals. it was however observed that short time periodicities are much more frequent compared to longer periodicities (figure 9). nevertheless, this does not exclude longer time periods compatible with mstid and lstid, but these were not considered in the present analysis. however, by and large, these results suggest that the observed power and periodicity excursions are potentially caused by small time-spatial scale disturbances compatible with ssd, as illustrated in table 2. finally, it is worth noting that this phenomenology is a characteristic of the normal ionosphere, that is it is not caused by high levels of the geomagnetic activity. 4.3. effects of ssd on coherence time the time variant propagation path affects the performances of systems that have to rely on stability of the ionospheric reflector for at least some tenths of a second. these include over the horizon radar (othr) and other remote sensing applications that exploit ionospheric reflections. some hf communication systems employing broader band techniques can also be affected by time propagation path variation. in other terms, these systems need to exploit the stability of the propagation path to establish the coherent integration time (cit). the vis technique also relies on this mathematical process, integrating the received echo signal for the necessary time under stable conditions [yau et al. 2006, bianchi et al. 2013a]. in order to determine stability periods, a software program [pietrella and zuccheretti 2010], capable to elaborate the data of the whole measurement campaign, was employed. this software uses a statistical parameter to identify time periods of maximum signal stability over time. the term “maximum ionospheric stability intervals” is used here to refer to periods of time during which the ionosphere does not exhibit significant dynamic changes, which means that the signal power will range within the values to be established according to the criteria described below. standard deviation proved to be an appropriate parameter for quantifying the dispersion of power values and altitude, since it is an index of dispersion, i.e. a measurement of variability of a random variable around a central value. therefore, standard deviation of power (vdbm) and of virtual height (vh') identify periods in which the observed variation data are not significant; in such cases the ionosphere can be considered stable. for each pvh data segments, subsets of different duration, from 10 to 210 s, can be selected and the standard deviation vdbm and vh' can be calculated. reduced vdbm and vh' values ionospheric dynamics observed at 3 mhz figure 7. fft spectral analysis (log of power density vs. frequency) of the (a) rayleigh and (b) nakagami-rice behavior shown in figures 4 and 5 respectively. (c) fft comparison between the rayleigh (continuous curve) and nakagami-rice (dashed curve) behavior obtained by doing a 100-values running mean of the values plotted respectively in (a) and (b). result in greatly reduced power and virtual height variations for the period considered. consequently, choosing the threshold values tdbm and th' , the conditions: (3) can be assumed as the criteria to identify the stability through time of the ionospheric propagation path. applying criterion (3) the maximum duration of stability were calculated [bianchi et al. 2013a]. in order to obtain an overall view, representative of the stability through time of the reflected ionospheric echoes, all the 24 hours of the entire measurement campaign were analyzed. as expected, it was found that the number of time periods of stability are generally less frequent at dusk and dawn compared to night and day. some relevant percentages of occurrence calculated by means of (3) are reported as a bar histogram for each hour in figure 10, which shows the results for stability over the time interval 10-30 s using a threshold of tdbm = 1 dbm and th' = 5 km. in this case the periods of stability occur with a percentage of occurrence ranged between 55-95 %. the analysis results carried out to identify longer stability time periods from 190 to 210 s are reported in figures 11 and 12. when this longer time period is required, the ionospheric layers rarely reveal a stability within the restrictive threshold of 1 dbm and 5 km (figure 11). by relaxing the threshold values to 5 dbm and 10 km, an higher percentage of occurrences ranged between 5-54 % is found (figure 12). it is worth noting that these kind of analyses are often considered for othr applications aimed to target detection. 5. conclusions the study described in this paper had three main objectives: to study the effect of small time-spatial scale irregularities on the ionospheric propagation path, multipath fading, and determination of the time stability characterizing the coherence time of the ionospheric reflectors. these three issues derive from the same unpredictable phenomena, which are the small scale disturbances propagating in the ionosphere. a first aspect that emerges from the analysis is the behavior of the ionospheric channel, which can show a rayleigh or a nakagami-rice trend, or a combination of them. the latter could be applicable for characterizing models for ionospheric propagation path simulators. another aspect is the analysis of the deep fading fluctuations due to ionospheric time-variant propagation path behavior. this permits the identification of a series of ionospheric characteristics varying in time and potentially related to the ssd phenomena. a third asandt tdbm dbm h h1 1v v l l^ ^h h baskaradas et al. 8 figure 8. power observations of two almost consecutive data segments of 210 s showing different fading levels and different periodicities recorded on january 14, 2008, at (a) 06:55 ut and (b) 07:55 ut respectively. figure 9. percentage of occurrence of the periodicities at the various time intervals. 9 pect is the determination of coherence time periods useful for remote sensing, radio, and oth radar in order to maximize the coherent integration time. the described results suggest that the propagation path trend, the multipath fading characteristics, and the time coherence of the ionospheric reflectors, are ionospheric dynamics observed at 3 mhz figure 10. percentages of occurrence of coherence for periods of 10-30 s calculated with the threshold values tdbm = 1 dbm and th' = 5 km. figure 11. percentage of occurrence of coherence for periods of 190-210 s calculated with the threshold values tdbm = 1 dbm and th' = 5 km. figure 12. percentage of occurrence of coherence for periods of 190-210 s calculated with the threshold values tdbm = 5 dbm and th' = 10 km. mainly associated with ssd, which drive all these phenomena. the ssd are not predictable at least in the time-spatial scale considered in table 2. the periodic analysis, limited to 512 s, showed that at this time scale of periodicity no pre-determined trend was observed and the fading follows a rayleigh or a nakagami-rice trend, or a combination of them, with a predominance of the mixed case. it has been found that the irregularities do not maintain a coherent motion for periods in the order of tens of seconds, while the prevalent periodicities are less than 25 s compatible with the ssd characteristics as illustrated in table 2, and that the ionospheric reflector is characterized by periods of stability of 10-30 s for all the 24 hours. references bianchi, c., u. sciacca, e. tabacco, a. zirizzotti and e. zuccheretti (2003). on the shape of reflecting surfaces investigated by a 60 mhz radar, int. j. remote sens., 24 (15), 3049-3058. bianchi, c., j.a. baskaradas, m. pietrella, u. sciacca and e. zuccheretti (2013a). power variation analysis of echo signals from ionospheric reflectors, adv. space res., 51 (5), 722-729; http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. asr.2012.09.045. bianchi, c., j.a. baskaradas, m. pezzopane, m. pietrella, u. sciacca and e. zuccheretti (2013b). fading in the hf ionospheric channel and the role of irregularities, adv. space res., 52 (3), 403-411; http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.asr.2013.03.035. blanc, e. (1985). observations in the upper atmosphere of infrasonic waves from natural or artificial sources: a summary, annales geophysicae, 3, 673-688. crowley, g., and f.s. rodrigues (2012). characteristics of travelling ionospheric disturbances observed by the tiddbit sounder, radio science, 47, rs0l22; doi:10.1029/2011rs004959. james, h.g., r.g. gillies, g.c. hussey and p. prikryl (2006). hf fades caused by multiple wave fronts detected by a dipole antenna in the ionosphere, radio science, 41, rs4018; doi:10.1029/2005rs003385. krasnov, v.m., y.v. drobzheva and j. lastovicka (2006). recent advances and difficulties of infrasonic wave investigation in the ionosphere, surv. geophys., 27, 169-209; doi:10.1007/s10712-005-6203-4. leitinger, r., and m. rieger (2005). the tid model for modulation of large scale electron density models, annals of geophysics, 48 (3), 515-523. mcnamara, l.f. (1991). the ionosphere: communications, surveillance, and direction finding, krieger pub. co., 237 pp. nakagami, m. (1960). the m-distribution, a general formula of intensity distribution of rapid fading, in: w.c. hoffman (ed.), statistical methods in radio wave propagation, new york, pergamon press, 3-36. pietrella, m., and e. zuccheretti (2010). coerenza: a software tool for computing the maximum coherence times of the ionosphere, computers & geosciences, 36 (12), 1504-1511; doi:10.1016/j.cageo.20 10.03.020. reinisch, b.w., and i. galkin (2011). a global ionospheric radio observatory (giro), earth planets space, 63, 377-381. rice, s.o. (1944). mathematical analysis of random noise, bell systems technological journal, 23, 282-332. watterson, c.c., j.r. juroshek and w.d. bensema (1970). experimental confirmation of an hf channel model, ieee transaction communication technology, com-18, 792-803. yau, k.s.b., c.j. coleman and m.a. cervera (2006). investigation on fading of high frequency radio signals propagating in the ionosphere results from a jindalee radar experiment, in: 10th iet international conference on ionospheric radio systems and techniques, iet conference, publication issue cp517, 7-11. zuccheretti, e., g. tutone, u. sciacca, c. bianchi and j.b. arokiasamy (2003). the new ais-ingv digital ionosonde, annals of geophysics, 46 (4), 647-659. *corresponding author: umberto sciacca, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione roma 1, rome, italy; email: umberto.sciacca@ingv.it. © 2014 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. baskaradas et al. 10 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice adg vol5 n02 toz 279_287.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 279 detecting geomagnetic field nonlinearities by bispectral analysis and a phase coupling nonlinear technique roberta tozzi and angelo de santis istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, roma, italy abstract the earth’s magnetic field varies over a wide range of characteristic times, say, from years to centuries, and more. in order to detect some nonlinear features of the geomagnetic field evolution we first apply a nonlinear spectral technique, i.e. bispectral analysis, to the secular variation of hartland geomagnetic observatory (u.k.). then, due to difficulties of bispectral analysis inherent in the shortness of data, we introduce a simpler, but more efficient, technique called spectral phase analysis for quadratic coupling estimation (spaqce). both nonlinear spectral methods here applied are based on the presence of a phase (sum and difference) coupling in case of quadratic interactions between two constituent components of the physical system underlying the generation of the geomagnetic field. the application of spaqce to annual means of a u.k. combined geomagnetic time series allows us to discriminate nonlinear interactions between couples of characteristic times (specifically 5-6, 5-8 and 2-26 years) of the field generated in the outer core. 1. introduction it is well known that to study a gaussian process and to completely describe its statistical properties, it is sufficient to use simple mathematical tools such as the autocorrelation function or the power spectrum. however, these methods are phase blind so, a general random additive process (for instance a coloured noise) cannot be completely discriminated from a random multiplicative process (such as nonlinear cascade process) or a deterministic nonlinear process (e.g., a chaotic phenomenon) throughout second order statistics or conventional fourier power spectrum. in the past, this lack of appropriate analytical tools has led scientists to treat non-gaussian pro-cesses (i.e. the greatest number of natural processes), as if they were gaussian. nevertheless, in recent decades, some powerful techniques have been developed to study nonlinear and non-gaussian phenomena. among them, an important role is played by the higher order spectral analysis (hosa) or, equivalently, higher order statistics (hos) (e.g., mendel, 1991). hosa is an extension of second order spectral analysis (i.e. conventional fourier analysis) to higher orders and is a technique to estimate higher order power spectra, the so-called polyspectra (subba rao and gabr, 1984). polyspectra discriminate nonlinear processes (i.e. processes characterised mailing address: dr. roberta tozzi, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, via di vigna murata 605, 00143 roma, italy; e-mail: tozzir@ingv.it key words bispectral analysis – nonlinearity – geomagnetic field secular variation 280 roberta tozzi and angelo de santis by a nonlinear relation between any perturbing input and the corresponding output of the system) because of their aptitude to reveal not only amplitude information, but also phase information. for instance, two random processes such as a gaussian and a non-gaussian process can be distinguished only by evaluating their third order spectrum (i.e. the bispectrum). in practice, considering that the bispectrum of a signal can be viewed in terms of a decomposition of the third statistical moment over frequency, it is easy to understand that the bispectrum of a gaussian process is identically zero (e.g., fig. 1b). on the contrary, that related to a non-gaussian process contains very interesting information such as the presence of some quadratic coupling. in this paper we introduce the basic concepts of bispectral analysis which, evidently, is the simpler case of hosa together with its attractive application to a situation of geophysical interest, namely that of the geomagnetic field secular variation (sv). due to the shortness of available geomagnetic data, the results from the application of the hosa are not always reliable. in order to give more robustness to our results we will introduce a simpler, but more efficient technique that allows a sharper and even more consistent discrimination of any quadratic coupling. in the light of these considerations, the intention of this work is to open a new way to verify and even to give a quantitative description of the geomagnetic field sv nonlinear properties. the main interest in this kind of analysis lies in the importance it would have for a better comprehension of the underlying dynamo processes that generate and sustain the field. of course, nothing excludes the possibility to apply the new technique to other kinds of geophysical data, since typically most of them are very short time series. the next sections of this paper are arranged in the following way. the second section defines bispectral analysis and describes the main aspects of the theory. the third section illustrates the application of this methodology to synthetic as well as to experimental geomagnetic data, namely the sv data deduced as annual means first differences; then it shows a simpler alternative to bispectral analysis in the case of short time series, as is the case of sv data. finally, in the last section we discuss the results provided by this technique. 2. bispectral analysis bispectral analysis is a powerful mathematical tool to reveal the presence of quadratic couplings between two harmonics (different or not) each associated with a given frequency. from introductory considerations it follows that the bispectrum provides interesting information only if the third moment (or skewness) of a time series is non-zero. recal-ling that skewness is connected to the asymmetry of the probability density function, we deduce that the bispectrum is a helpful tool to analyse only systems with asymmetric nonlinearities. if this condition is not satisfied, it is necessary to verify successive higher order spectra (i.e. the trispectrum); but higher order spectra are not here considered as the error of spectral estimation increases with the order of spectral analysis. auto-bispectrum b(f i , f j ) of a stationary time series (e.g., nayfeh and balachandran, 1995) defined in time interval t corresponds to a sort of two dimensional fourier spectrum and it is used to check out interactions between pairs of harmonics within a single time series; it is expressed as follows (2.1) where x(f) represents the fourier amplitude spectrum of the time series x(t) at frequency f and x * (f) is the complex conjugate; the < > brackets stand for an ensemble averaging over many statistically similar realisations of the process under scrutiny; in general, the bispectrum (from this point onwards we will omit the preceding term «auto») defined in eq. (2.1) is a complex quantity. evidently, b f fi j ,( ) = t x f f x f x f t i j i j * *= < +( ) ( ) ( ) >lim 1 281 detecting geomagnetic field nonlinearities by bispectral analysis and a phase coupling nonlinear technique evaluation of x( f ) makes use of the finite fourier transform algorithm, which takes into account the narrowness of the analysed series; in fact, when working with data coming from experimental measurements, we usually know x(t) only for a finite time t. in practical applications, it is customary to work only with the magnitude of the bispectrum that gives the strength of quadratic interaction, so graphic representation of the bispectrum is essentially a two-dimensional function in terms of an f i -f j diagram. it is quite evident that the corresponding contours contain a high degree of symmetry owing to symmetrical properties of the bispectrum defined in (2.1). it is possible to demonstrate (chandran and elgar, 1994) that the knowledge of the bispectrum in the principal domain (or non-redundant area), corresponding to the triangular region {f i , f j > 0}, is enough for its complete description. one of the methods to evaluate b(f i , f j ) is the socalled direct method based on a segment averaging approach. some studies (dalle molle and hinich, 1989) have shown that to calculate the nth order spectrum, the length of each segment should be about the (n-1)th root of the time series size. collis et al. (1998) showed that the variance associated with the bispectrum is strictly related to the power spectrum properties of the signal; for this reason instead of the bispectrum of eq. (2.1), another spectral function is used to detect more punctually quadratic interactions, the so-called auto-bicoherence or simply bicoherence. this function, analogous to the bispectrum from which it derives, is rated (normalised) to the power at each contributing frequency; thus, the bicoherence varies between zero and one, just like the square of the correlation coefficient in linear analysis. the main difference is that bicoherence is useful to detect quadratic phase coupling (qpc); the latter phenomenon occurs when two distinct harmonic components in a signal are nonlinearly related so that there is a phase correlation between components at frequencies f i and f j (macdonald, 1989). let us define the auto-bicoherence b2(f i , f j ) as the function that measures the fraction of power at frequency values of f = f i ± f j that is (2.2) from eq. (2.2), it is quite evident that, as already mentioned, bicoherence is a sort of normalised bispectrum and, in practice, it expresses frequency dependence of correlation. if b2( f i , f j ) = 1, there is a complete quadratic coupling between frequency components at fi and fj; if b 2( f i , f j ) = 0 there is no coupling at all while intermediate values of bicoherence correspond to partial quadratic coupling. 2.1. nonlinear coupling in synthetic data in order to verify the potentiality of bispectral analysis, we estimated the bicoherence for some synthetic data, properly generated with known linear and/or nonlinear quadratic couplings. consequently, we studied the time series representing white noise, nonlinear and chaotic sequences (i.e. lorentz, henon and logistic maps) and, of course, also periodic signals. these tests (here not completely presented) disclosed that this technique is really a good method not only to discriminate linear from nonlinear processes but also to estimate the periods of possible quadratically interacting modes. bicoherences obtained from white noise (fig. 1a) are practically flat (fig. 1b). one of these experiments involved a very simple function of time t in terms of a linear combination of two sine functions i(t) = a1sin(2 f1t) + a2sin(2 f2t) (2.3) where a 1 and a 2 are two constant coefficients and f 1 and f 2 are two different given frequencies (we chose 0.64 and 1.11 hz respectively). the function defined in (2.3) can be viewed as an input to a given system. if this system operates nonlinearly, its output contains nonlinear terms; b f fi j,( ) =2 b f f x f f x f x f i j i j i j , = ( ) < +( ) >< ( ) ( ) > 2 2 2 282 roberta tozzi and angelo de santis -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 white noise f 1 (hz) f 2 ( h z ) 0.1750 - 0.2000 0.1500 - 0.1750 0.1250 - 0.1500 0.1000 - 0.1250 0.0750 - 0.1000 0.0500 - 0.0750 0.02500 -0.0500 0 - 0.02500 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 w hi te n oi se t (s) fig. 1a,b. a) white noise (arbitrary amplitudes); b) the bicoherence of a white noise is a practically flat twodimensional function. a b fig. 2a,b. a) a period of the function i(t)2; b) bicoherence of the function i(t)2 obtained from i(t) defined in eq. (2.3) with a 1 = a 2 = 1, f 1 = 0.64 hz and f 2 = 1.11 hz. this is the case of a short data set (128 values); it shows that bicoherence gives a good estimation of the actual coupling frequencies although it is characterised by a large variance. -4 -2 0 2 4 -4 -2 0 2 4 (0.77,1.15)hz bicoherence (128 data) f 1 (hz) f 2 ( h z ) 0.1225 - 0.1400 0.1050 - 0.1225 0.0875 - 0.1050 0.0700 - 0.0875 0.0525 - 0.0700 0.0350 - 0.0525 0.01750 - 0.0350 0 - 0.01750 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 1 2 3 4 i ( t )2 t (s)a b 283 detecting geomagnetic field nonlinearities by bispectral analysis and a phase coupling nonlinear technique for example if the system squares the input, then the output, o(t) = i 2(t), includes three quadratic terms. a conventional (i.e. second order) power spectrum of the function i 2(t) shows four peaks (corresponding to the two interacting frequencies f1, f2 together with their sum and difference frequencies f 1 ± f 2 ), while the plot of bicoherence displays clearly the quadratic coupling between the two modes with frequencies f 1 and f 2 appearing in eq. (2.3); this result is illustrated in figs. 2b and 3 for the cases of two data sets of 128 and 1024 values, respectively. the comparison of the results from the two analyses shows that bicoherence indeed reveals nonlinear couplings but that the length of the time series is a very critical point. in fact, in the former case the relative error is around 20%, while using more data it decreases to about 2%. this is the reason why in the next paragraph we will propose a method that is particularly suitable for scanty series. of course, this is only a simple example to demonstrate that through the observation of bicoherence, quadratic phase couplings can be discriminated. the application of the method to synthetic data of different origin has shown that the bicoherence of signals associated with linear processes is always flat, whereas signals characterising nonlinear processes may produce both flat and non-flat bicoherence depending only on the presence of quadratic couplings. this means that a flat bicoherence may come from the signal analysis of both linear and nonlinear processes, but if bicoherence is not flat then this is necessarily due to the presence of quadratic phase couplings in the signal, typical of a nonlinear process. -4 -2 0 2 4 -4 -2 0 2 4 (0.63, 1.12) hz bicoherence (1024 data) f 1 (hz) f 2 ( h z ) 0.1225 - 0.1400 0.1050 - 0.1225 0.0875 - 0.1050 0.0700 - 0.0875 0.0525 - 0.0700 0.0350 - 0.0525 0.01750 - 0.0350 0 - 0.01750 fig. 3. bicoherence of the function i(t)2 obtained from i(t) defined in eq. (2.3) with a1 = a2 = 1, f1 = 0.64 hz and f2 = 1.11 hz. this is the case of a longer data set (1024 values); it shows that in this situation bicoherence gives a better estimation of the quadratic frequency coupling with a smaller variance than the case of fig. 2b. 284 roberta tozzi and angelo de santis 2.2. spectral phase analysis for quadratic coupling estimation synthetic tests showed that bispectral analysis might become inaccurate when analysing short time series, therefore to gain in faithfulness we developed a different spectral method. in the following, we will call it spectral phase analysis for quadratic coupling estimation or briefly spaqce, and use it essentially to verify information provided by hosa. this is a nonlinear technique in the common sense that it is a technique suitable to detect nonlinear properties of time series. spaqce is a very direct and, in some ways, crude method that mainly applies the basic concept underlying qpc. we know that a qpc occurs when two characteristic processes are coupled by a nonlinear interaction producing a new signal characterised by a phase that is simply the sum and the difference of the phases of the original signals. in practice, we implemented a fortran algorithm able to compare, for each pair of frequencies, the sum and the difference of their phases with the phases corresponding to the sum and difference of these two starting frequencies, this algorithm can also keep note of the corresponding spectral amplitudes. an example of a quadratic coupling in a short synthetic time series (composed of 128 data) produced by multiplying two sines with slightly different periods (5.5 and 8.5 years) is illustrated in fig. 4. our software returns two series of data: one for the sum of the phases (white circles) and one for the difference (black squares). only points common to both groups of data correspond to a quadratic coupling. an appropriate choice of a threshold in the spectral amplitudes discloses only the most significant phase coincidences. practically this threshold is an appropriate percentage of all spectral amplitudes as appears in figs. 4 and 7. as fig. 4 shows, this method gives good results even for 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 synthetic signal spectral amplitude threshold = 10% (9.2,5.5) year sum difference f 2 ( y e a r1 ) f 1 (year -1 ) fig. 4. the method of spaqce applied to a short synthetic signal composed of 128 data and consisting of a product of two sines with periods of 5.5 and 8.5 years respectively. this figure evidences the quadratic phase coupling in terms of overlapping between black squares (representing couplings in the differences of couples of frequencies) and white circles (representing couplings in the sums of couples of frequencies). this diagram is based on the largest 10% spectral amplitudes. 285 detecting geomagnetic field nonlinearities by bispectral analysis and a phase coupling nonlinear technique short time series and the relative error associated with this kind of procedure decreases to around 8% against 20% of hosa. 3. the case of geomagnetic field from magnetohydrodynamic equations, it follows that the geomagnetic field enjoys deterministic and nonlinear properties. as a matter of fact, some recent studies (e.g., barraclough and de santis, 1997; hongre et al., 1999) have shown some evidence that geomagnetic data contain clear nonlinearities. in the preceding section, we observed that hosa is a very robust method to detect nonlinearities but it needs many data, which is not the case of annual mean datasets. nevertheless, we can apply the technique of spaqce; with this kind of analysis we are, in principle, able to observe nonlinear couplings between the different harmonics components into which a signal could be split. therefore, we have estimated the bicoherence and applied the spaqce technique as a confirmation to hosa results to geomagnetic data. analysed data consists of annual means of the y component of the secular variation of the geomagnetic field measured in the u.k.; they were formed by a combination of greenwich, abinger and hartland annual means obtained by comparing the annual means from three successive relocations of a british observatory (the most recent at around 51°n, 355°e), properly connected to coincide at their short overlapping running periods. hereafter we will refer to this combination of time series simply as hartland observatory data, i.e. with the name of the most recent observatory. hartland observatory is characterised by a long first-rate tradition in monitoring the geomagnetic field. therefore, the selection of this observatory was made on the basis of the quality of data; in particular we have taken into account of the apparent low degree of noise (statistically determined) and of the significant length of time series if compared with most observatories. figure 5 shows the firstdifferences of y component annual means, it is quite evident the potential presence of larger experimental errors for years preceding 1870; this is the reason why we have analysed only the last 128 years (1871.5 to 1999.5) of the combined time series. considering that the aim of this work is to study eventual nonlinear properties of the earth’s magnetic field of internal origin in terms of its secular variation, we have given particular relief to the y component alone because, among the three geomagnetic components, it is the least dependent on the variations of the field of external origin. this fact can be explained expressing the y component in terms of spherical harmonics (sh). it is a matter of fact that the magnetic effect of the solar activity perturbation can be represented as a combination of zonal harmonics and they are not contained in the sh expression of y. before starting with the bicoherence estimation, we checked the value of time series skewness verifying that is effectively non-zero. equation (2.2) contains averaging over many statistical realisations of the same process. since we have only one record of data, we replaced this average by the average on shorter segments of the time series (i.e. using the direct method). therefore, after preliminary operations to obtain reliable data to be analysed with bispectral analysis we performed bicoherence for sv time series. bicoherences of y component shows very interesting results; a sharp peak corresponding to high values of bicoherence are clearly 1825 1850 1875 1900 1925 1950 1975 2000 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 hartland sv y [ n t /y e a r] year fig. 5. secular variation of the y component of the geomagnetic field measured at greenwich-abingerhartland evaluated by first-differentiation. 286 roberta tozzi and angelo de santis -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 (7,5) year 0.2625 - 0.3000 0.2250 - 0.2625 0.1875 - 0.2250 0.1500 - 0.1875 0.1125 - 0.1500 0.0750 - 0.1125 0.0375 - 0.0750 0 - 0.0375 f 1 (year -1 ) f 2 ( y e a r1 ) bicoherence hartland observatory fig. 6. estimation of bicoherence for the y component of geomagnetic field sv. it returns a quadratic coupling between 7 and 5 years. fig. 7. the method of spaqce applied to the y component of geomagnetic field sv from the combination of u.k. observatories reduced at hartland location: three quadratic phase couplings are quite evident. qpc emerges from the superimposition of black squares and of white circles representing evidences of quadratic couplings in terms of differences and sums of couples of frequencies, respectively. the diagram is based on the 25% largest spectral amplitudes. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 (2.4,25.6) year (5.5,8.5) years (5.1,5.8) years hartland observatory spectral amplitude threshold = 25% sum difference f 2 ( y e a r1 ) f 1 (year -1 ) 287 detecting geomagnetic field nonlinearities by bispectral analysis and a phase coupling nonlinear technique observed in fig. 6. according to the interpretation of bispectral analysis, this peak corresponds to a quadratic coupling between two periodic signals with periods of about 5 and 7 years. results very similar to hosa are obtained considering spaqce technique that returns some quadratic couplings (fig. 7), one of which is between two components with periods of 5.5 and 8.5 years. we consider the latter results more reliable on the basis of the estimated relative errors. 4. conclusions the importance of this work lies in the consideration that bispectral analysis is a formal method that discloses out the presence of nonlinearities in a time series. it is frequently applied in physics with successful results (e.g., hidalgo et al., 1995), but it has rarely been used to study geophysical phenomena (e.g., clark and bergin, 1997), especially those related to the geomagnetic field. the most important fact we deduce from our work is that bispectral analysis is a powerful method to detect nonlinearities in a sufficiently long time series. however, it may suffer, like other nonlinear techniques, from the shortness of time series such as the geomagnetic datasets. to overcome this problem we proposed a simple but more efficient nonlinear technique such as spaqce that gives results with a lower relative error. in fact, from the application of the method to synthetic data, quadratic couplings were always detected, thus confirming the nonlinearity of the investigated sv time series. in particular, the application of spaqce to annual means of a u.k. combined geomagnetic time series shows quadratic interactions between pairs of characteristic times, specifically 5-6, 5-8 and 2-26 years, providing important clues for the physical mechanisms generating the magnetic field in the outer core. certainly to reach more accurate results, more data and analyses are needed, and this will be the next step of this work, together with the search for the physical origin of the quadratic coupling in y found here. at the moment, we can only make a suggestive hypothesis: for example it may be related to the variation of the length of the day, whose decadal variation is in turn probably correlated to electromagnetic and mechanic couplings between core and mantle. another interesting hypothesis that would require more investigation is that of possible effects due to the differential rotation of the inner core. acknowledgements we thank drs. g.p. gregori, v. korepanov and prof. a. rivola for their valuable suggestions and comments, as well as drs. g. consolini and p. de michelis for some discussion on the nonlinear characteristics of the geomagnetic field. references barraclough, d.r. and a. de santis (1997): some possible evidence for a chaotic geomagnetic field from observational data, phys. earth planet. inter., 99, 207-220. chandran, v. and s. elgar (1994): a general procedure for the derivation of principal domains of higher-order spectra, ieee trans. sign. proc., 42, 229-233. clark, r.r. and j.s. bergin (1997): bispectral analysis of mesosphere winds, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 59, 629-639. collis, w.b., p.r. white and j.k. hammond (1998): higher-order spectra: the bispectrum and trispectrum, mech. sys. sign. proc., 12, 375-394. da l l e mo l l e, j.w. and m.j. hi n i c h (1989): the trispectrum, in proceedings of the workshop of higher order spectral analysis, 68-72. hidalgo, c., r. balbín, b. brañas, t. estrada, i. garcía-cortés, m.a. pedrosa, e. sánchez and b. van milligen (1995): nonlinear phenomena and plasma turbulence in fusion plasmas, phys. scr., 51, 624-626. hongre, l., p. sailhac, m. alexandrescu and j. dubois (1999): nonlinear and multifractal approaches of the geomagnetic field, phys. earth planet. inter., 110, 157-190. nayfeh, a.h. and b. balachandran (1995): applied nonlinear dynamics (john wiley & sons inc.), pp. 685. macdonald, g.j. (1989): spectral analysis of time series generated by nonlinear processes, rev. geophys., 27, 449-469. mendel, j.m. (1991): tutorial on higher-order statistics (spectra) in signal processing and system theory: theoretical results and some applications, proc. ieee, 79, 278-305. subba rao, t. and m.m. gabr (1984): an introduction to bispectral analysis and bilinear time series models, in lecture notes in statistics, edited by d. brillinger , s. fienberg, j. gani, j. hartigan and k. krickeberg (springer-verlag), pp. 280. g0218 annals of geophysics, 60, 2, 2017, g0218; doi: 10.4401/ag-7129 global nonlinear optimization for the interpretation of source parameters from total gradient of gravity and magnetic anomalies caused by thin dyke arkoprovo biswas1,*, mahesh prasad parija1, sushil kumar1 1 wadia institute of himalayan geology (wihg), dehradun, uttarakhand, india article history received august 5, 2016; accepted december 12, 2016. subject classification: gravity and magnetic anomaly, dyke-type structure, vfsa, uncertainty estimation, ore exploration. abstract an efficient approach to estimate model parameters from total gradient of gravity and magnetic data based on very fast simulated annealing (vfsa) is presented. this is the first time vfsa has been applied in interpreting total gradient of potential field data with a new formulation estimation caused due to isolated causative sources embedded in the subsurface. the model parameters interpreted here are the amplitude coefficient (k), exact origin of causative source (x0) depth (z0) and the shape factors (q). the results of vfsa optimization show that it can uniquely determine all the model parameters when shape factor is controlled to its actual value. the model parameters estimated by the present method, mostly the shape and depth of the buried structures were found to be in excellent agreement with the actual parameters. the method has also the proficiency of evading highly noisy data points and improves the interpretation results. study of histogram and cross-plot analysis also suggests the interpretation within the estimated uncertainty. inversion of noise-free and noisy synthetic data for single structures as well as field data demonstrates the efficacy of the approach. the technique is warily and effectively applied to real data examples (leona anomaly, senegal for gravity, pima copper deposit, usa and matheson area, northern ontario, canada for magnetic/aeromagnetic data) with the presence of ore bodies. the present method can be extremely applicable for mineral exploration or ore bodies of dyke-like structure embedded in the shallow and deeper subsurface. the computation time for the whole process is very small. 1. introduction gravity and magnetic surveying has been extensively used over the years to map regional geological structures, basin researches, especially through the reconnaissance and analysis of anomalies. moreover, it has been widely used in different branches of earth science studies such as mineral exploration, hydrogeological, environmental studies, geodesic, seismological studies, isostatic compensation, subsurface cavity detection, archaeo-geophysics, glacier thicknesses, subsurface modelling and engineering applications as well [telford et al. 1990, reynolds 1997, kearey et al. 2002, jacoby and smilde 2009, hinze et al. 2013]. the idea is based on measuring the variations in the earth’s gravitational as well as magnetic field due to the effects of anomalous density and magnetic susceptibility differences between the subsurface rocks [al-garni 2013, ekinci et al. 2013, pallero et al. 2015, ekinci and yiğitbaş 2015]. within those investigations cited above, mineral or ore explorations take a significant place because of the economic reasons. evaluation of the depth of such anomalous buried bodies from the gravity, magnetic and other geophysical or multi-parametric data has drawn significant consideration in exploration of minerals [mandal et al. 2015, 2013, biswas et al. 2014a, b]. the isolated gravity and magnetic anomaly due to single ore body is commonly interpreted in terms of few model parameters such as location, source geometry, depth and shape [roy et al. 2000, essa 2007, biswas 2015, biswas 2016b]. to interpret the different parameters of the estimated structure, numerous interpretation methods was developed. assuming a fixed simple geometry, various methods was developed for determining some model parameters of the gravity and magnetic sources. the techniques include graphical methods [nettleton 1962, 1976], curves matching standardized techniques [gay 1963, 1965, mcgrath and hood 1970], monograms [prakasa rao et al. 1986], characteristic points and distance approaches [grant and west 1965, abdelrahman 1994], ratio methods [bowin et al. 1986, abdelrahman et al. 1989], neural network [elawadi et g0218 biswas et al. 2 al. 2001], fourier transform [odegard and berg 1965, bhattacharyya 1965, sharma and geldart 1968], euler deconvolution [thompson 1982], mellin transform [mohan et al. 1986], hilbert transforms [mohan et al. 1982], least squares minimization approaches [gupta 1983, silva 1989, mcgrath and hood 1973, lines and treitel 1984, abdelrahman 1990, abdelrahman et al. 1991, abdelrahman and el-araby 1993, abdelrahman and sharafeldin 1995a], werner deconvolution [hartmann et al. 1971, jain 1976, kilty 1983]; walsh transformation [shaw and agarwal 1990], continual least-squares methods [abdelrahman and sharafeldin 1995b, abdelrahman et al. 2001a, b, essa 2012, 2013], euler deconvolution method [salem and ravat 2003], fair function minimization procedure [tlas and andasfahani 2011a, asfahani and tlas 2012], dexp method [fedi 2007], deconvolution technique [tlas and asfahani 2011b]; regularised inversion [mehanee 2014, mehanee and essa 2015]; simplex algorithm [tlas and asfahani 2015], simulated annealing methods [gokturkler and balkaya 2012], very fast simulated annealing [biswas and acharya 2016, biswas and sharma 2016a, b; biswas 2015, biswas and sharma 2015, biswas and sharma 2014a, b, sharma and biswas 2013a], particle swarm optimization [singh and biswas 2016] and differential evolution [ekinci et al. 2016] have been used to solve similar kind of non-linear inversion problems for different types of subsurface structures. also, there are different interpretation methods for gravity and magnetic data that can be found in different literatures [abdelrahman et al. 2015, 2012, 2009, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2003, 1996, 1994, asfahani and tlas 2007, 2004, tlas et al. 2005]. amongst several interpretation methods mentioned above, mostly inverse modelling processes aim to best appraisal of the model parameters whose responses are similar to the measured data. in this way, the fittings between the observed and modeled anomalies can be investigated. however, the well-known non-unique, non-linear problem and ill-posed nature of the potential field data inversion makes the processing and interpretation rather difficult. hence, the inverse modelling problem of potential field anomalies strongly require some constraints in order to recover interpretable and realistic model solutions [last and kubik 1983, li and oldenburg 1996, 1998, ekinci 2008, zhdanov 2009, feng et al. 2014, biswas 2015, biswas 2016, ekinci et al. 2016]. however, in most of the cases, the measured potential field anomaly was interpreted for residual anomalies. the objective of the present work is to develop an integrated approach for quantitative interpretation of gravity and magnetic fields over dyke like structure fulfilling laplace’s condition. this procedure is based on the calculation of first order horizontal and vertical derivatives of the observed gravity and magnetic anomaly. the square root of the sum of the squares of these derivatives [horizontal and vertical] is called as total gradient [tg] and is identical with the amplitude of the analytical signals [nettleton 1971, nabighian 1972, nabighian et al. 2005a, b]. a detailed explanation about the tg is explained in appendix i. further, to develop the method, a variant of simulated annealing [sa], called as very fast simulated annealing [vfsa] is used to determine the various model parameters related to thin dyke type structures for tg of gravity and magnetic anomalies. this algorithm has a competence to escape local minima by performing a stochastic search within the model space and does not require well-constructed initial model providing a robust and versatile search processes without negotiating the resolution [sen and stoffa 2013, sharma and kaikkonen 1998, 1999a, b, sharma and biswas 2011, sharma 2012, sharma and biswas 2013a, b, biswas and sharma 2015, biswas and sharma 2016a, b, biswas, 2016a] and is used in interpreting the tg of gravity and magnetic anomaly data. the application of the proposed technique is performed with the help of synthetic data and two examples from leona anomaly, south saint-louis, western coastline, senegal and pima copper deposit, arizona, usa from ground based survey and one magnetic anomaly from matheson area, northern ontario, canada from aeromagnetic survey. the method can be used to interpret the gravity and magnetic anomalies occurred due to thin dyke-type mineralized bodies. 2. methodology 2.1. mathematical formulation for forward modeling the general expression of a tg of gravity and magnetic anomaly v(x) for thin dyke at any point on the surface (figure 1) is given by the equations [after abdelrahman et al. 2001a, b, srivastava et al. 2014]: (1) where, k is the amplitude coefficient, z is the depth from the surface to the top of the body (thin dyke), x0 (i = 1,…,n) is the horizontal position coordinate, q is the shape factor. the q value for gravity and magnetic anomaly is 0.5 and 1.0 respectively. the detailed derivation of mathematical formulations can be found in nettleton [1971], nabighian [1972], srivastava and agarwal [2010], srivastava et al. [2014]. for brevity, v(x) =k[ 1 [(x x0 ) 2 +(z)2 ]q ] vfsa in gravity and magnetic anomaly 3 the derivation is not discussed here and is shown in the appendix ii. for multiple structures, the equation can be written as [biswas and sharma, 2014a]: (2) where vj (xi) is the gravity or magnetic anomaly at xi location for jth body and m is the number of bodies. 2.2. inversion method: very fast simulated annealing global optimization different conventional least-squares approaches are mainly used for potential field inverse problems. however, in present days, the problems in least-square approaches were overcome by metaheuristic algorithms which do not require good initial estimates to reach the global minimum. such metaheuristic algorithm or now-a-days the global optimization methods such as simulated annealing, genetic algorithms, artificial neural networks, particle swarm optimization and differential evolution have been used in various geophysical data sets [e. g., rothman 1985, 1986, dosso and oldenburg 1991, sen and stoffa 2013, sharma and kaikkonen 1998, 1999a, b, zhao et al. 1996, juan et al. 2010, sharma and biswas 2011, sharma 2012, sharma and biswas 2013a, b, biswas and sharma 2014a, biswas and sharma 2014b, biswas and sharma 2015, biswas 2015, singh and biswas 2016, ekinci et al. 2016]. the basic idea of very fast simulated annealing (vfsa) is a global optimization method; the process of chemical thermodynamics where heating a solid in a heat bath and then slowly allowing it to cool down and anneal into a state of minimum energy. the main advantage of vfsa over other methods is its flexibility and its ability to approach global optimality. it has the ability to avoid becoming trapped in local minima, high resolution, and fast computation as well as less memory [ingber and rosen, 1992]. the main difference between sa and vfsa is the faster cooling schedule in vfsa due to a sharper cauchy probability distribution for the random selection of model parameters. further, sa takes samples at the predefined interval that limits the model resolution, while vfsa can take any value in the model space and increase resolution. further, vfsa does not remember all models in the optimization process, and hence needs very small memory. further detailed explanation can be found in various literatures [sharma and biswas 2011, sen and stoffa 2013, sharma and biswas 2013a]. the same principal is used in geophysical inversion which aims to minimize an objective function called error function or the misfit. the error function is analogous to the energy function in a way that error function is directly proportional to the degree of misfit between the observed data and the modeled data. in the present study, the misfit (φ) between the observed and model response is used for potential field data interpretation [after sharma and biswas 2013a]. (3) where n is number of data point, vi 0 and vi c are the ith observed and model responses and v0max and v0min are the maximum and minimum values of the observed response respectively. the details of the inversion process can be found in different literatures such as sen and stoffa [2013], sharma [2012] and sharma and biswas [2013], biswas [2015], biswas [2013]. in the present vfsa optimization process, parameters such as initial temperature 1.0, cooling schedule 0.4, number of iterations 2000 and number of moves per temperature 50 is used in the present study. next, to find the global model, probability density function (pdf) and uncertainty analysis, it has been done based on the procedures established by mosegaard and tarantola [1995], sen and stoffa [1996]. this code is developed in window 7 environment using ms fortran developer studio on a simple v(xi)= vjj=1 m ∑ (xi) ϕ = 1 n vi 0 −vi c |vi 0 |+(vmax 0 −vmin 0 )/2 ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ i=1 n ∑ 2 figure 1. a diagram showing cross-sectional views, geometries and parameters for thin dyke-type structure. biswas et al. 4 figure 2. convergence pattern for various model parameters and misfit for (a) gravity data and (b) magnetic data. figure 3. gravity data: (a) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-4 for noise-free synthetic data when q is uncontrolled (b) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-2 for noisy synthetic data (10% random) when q is uncontrolled for thin dyke-model 1, (c) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-4 for noise-free synthetic data when q is uncontrolled (b) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-2 for noisy synthetic data (20% gaussian) when q is uncontrolled for thin dyke-model 2. figure 4. gravity data: (a) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-4 for noise-free synthetic data when q is controlled (b) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-2 for noisy synthetic data (10% random) when q is controlled for thin dyke-model 1, (c) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-4 for noise-free synthetic data when q is controlled (b) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-2 for noisy synthetic data (20% gaussian) when q is controlled for thin dyke-model 2. vfsa in gravity and magnetic anomaly 5 desktop pc with intel core i7 processor. for each step of optimization, a total of 106 forward computations (2000 iteration×50 number of moves×10 vfsa runs) are performed and accepted models stored in memory. the total time taken to complete a single inversion is 35 seconds. 3. results and discussion 3.1 synthetic example the vfsa global optimization is used considering noise-free and noisy synthetic data (10% random noise and 20% gaussian noise) for gravity and magnetic anomaly over a thin dyke-type model. initially, all model parameters are optimized for each data set. the general interpretation for both gravity and magnetic method using vfsa is applied for all synthetic and field examples. at first, synthetic data is generated using eq. (1) for a dyke-model and 10% random and 20% gaussian noise is added to the synthetic data. vfsa inversion is employed using noise-free and noisy synthetic data to recover the actual model parameters and study the effect of noise on the interpreted model parameters. principally, a suitable search range for each model parameter is selected and a single vfsa optimization is executed. afterward the proper convergence of each model parameter is studied (k, x0, z, and q) and misfit by adjusting vfsa parameters (such as initial temperature, cooling schedule, number of moved per temperature and number of iterations). next, to access the reliability of the method and to get mean model, 10 vfsa runs are performed. then, histograms are prepared using accepted models whose misfit is lower than10-4. next, a statistical mean model was computed using models that have misfit lower than 10-4 and lie within one standard deviation. moreover, cross-plots are also studied to check whether the model parameters arewithin the high pdf region (one standard deviation). also, comparison between the observed and model data is shown for each model. this method is followed for every synthetic and field example. 3.1.1 model 1 (gravity model with 10% random noise) inversion of the gravity data is implemented as mentioned above using noise free and noisy synthetic data. figure 2a shows the convergence pattern for all model parameters. figure 3a shows the histogram for all model parameters (k, x0, z, and q). the histogram reveals that the location of the body can be well resolved after inversion. however, there is a slight wide range in the other parameters. in the next step, since the shape factor q shows near its actual value, it is set to its actual value and the inversion procedure is repeated again. figure 4a shows that the histogram shows a definite peak at the actual value and all the parameters are well resolved. the cross-plots analysis (figure 5a) also shows that there is a wide range in the other model parameter. after controlling q to its actual value, the model parameters are very close to its actual value (figure 5b). the fittings between the observed and model data are shown in figure 6a. the interpreted parameters and mean model is shown in table 1. next, 10% random noise is added to the data and the procedure is repeated to check the effect of noise. figure 3b shows the histogram when q is uncontrolled and figure 4b shows the histogram when q is controlled. analysis of cross-plots (figure 5c and d) also suggests the effect of noise added in the data however, the estimated model parameters are within the uncertainty limits and within high pdf. table 1 shows the interpreted mean model for noisy data. a fitting between the observed and model data for noisy model is shown in figure 6b. 3.1.2 model 2 (gravity model with 20% gaussian noise) additional synthetic data for a dyke model (table 2) and 20% gaussian noise is also added to the synthetic data to check the effect of more noise. inversion is implemented using noise-free and noisy synthetic data to retrieve the actual model parameters and study the effect of higher noise on the interpreted model parameters. figure 3c and d shows the histogram of noise free synthetic and noisy data model parameters actual value search range mean model (noise-free) mean model (noisy data) q uncontrolled q controlled q uncontrolled q controlled k(mgalxm) 1000 0-2000 1001.6±10.1 1000.3±2.3 1002.9±34.4 982.5±9.7 x0 (m) 200 0-500 200.0±0.0 200.0±0.0 199.9±0.2 199.9±0.3 z (m) 15 0-30 15.0±0.1 15.0±0.0 14.7±0.3 14.6±0.3 q 0.5 0-2 0.50±0.0 0.50 (fixed) 0.50±0.0 0.50 (fixed) misfit 4.2x10-8 2.6x10-8 1.3x10-3 1.3x10-3 table 1 actual model parameters, search range and interpreted mean model for noise free, 10% random noise with uncertainty-gravity data (model 1). biswas et al. 6 when q is uncontrolled. figure 4c and d shows the histogram of noise free synthetic and noisy data when q is controlled. cross-plots also suggest the same as shown in model 1 and for brevity, it is not presented here. fittings between the observed and model response for this noise free and noisy model is shown in figure 6c and d. 3.1.3 model 1 (magnetic model with 10% random noise) inversion of the magnetic data is executed as mentioned above using noise free and noisy synthetic data. figure 2b shows the convergence pattern for all model parameters. figure 7a shows the histogram for all model parameters (k, x0, z, and q). the histogram reveals that the location of the body can be well resolved after vfsa inversion. however, there is a slight wide range in the other parameters such as k. hence, in the following step, the shape factor q is controlled to its actual value and the inversion procedure is repeated again. figure 8a shows that the histogram shows a definite peak at the actual value and all the parameters are well resolved. the cross-plots analysis (figure 9a) also shows that there is a wide range in the other model parameter. after constraining q the model parameters are very close to its actual value (figure 9b). the fittings between the observed and model data are shown in figure 10a. the interpreted parameters and mean model is shown in table 1. next, 10% random noise is added to the data and the procedure is repeated to check the effect of noise in magnetic data as well. figure 7b shows the histogram when q is free and figure 8b shows the histogram when q is controlled. cross-plots also suggest the same as shown in model 1 (gravity data) and for brevity, it is not presented here, and however, it is also within the uncertainty model parameters actual value search range mean model (noise-free) mean model (noisy data) q uncontrolled q controlled q uncontrolled q controlled k(mgalxm) 5000 0-8000 4986.5±96.4 4996.4±12.6 3740.9±162.3 4765.3±37.8 x0 (m) 250 0-500 250.0±0.1 250.0±0.0 250.0±0.2 250.0±0.4 z (m) 25 0-50 24.9±0.2 25.0±0.1 22.2±0.4 24.5±0.4 q 0.5 0-2 0.50±0.0 0.50 (fixed) 0.47±0.0 0.50 (fixed) misfit 5.3x10-8 2.8x10-8 5.5x10-3 5.5x10-3 table 2. actual model parameters, search range and interpreted mean model for noise free, 20% gaussian noise with uncertainty-gravity data (model 2). model parameters actual value search range mean model (noise-free) mean model (noisy data) q uncontrolled q controlled q uncontrolled q controlled k(nt) 800 0-1000 786.4±29.4 800.0±3.6 964.0±56.8 795.5±16.6 x0 (m) 200 0-500 200.0±0.0 200.0±0.0 199.9±0.2 199.9±0.2 z (m) 10 0-20 9.9±0.1 10.0±0.0 10.3±0.2 9.9±0.2 q 1.0 0-2 1.0±0.0 1.0 (fixed) 1.0±0.0 1.0 (fixed) misfit 4.1x10-8 3.9x10-10 1.7x10-4 1.6x10-4 table 3. actual model parameters, search range and interpreted mean model for noise free, 10% random noise with uncertainty-magnetic data (model 3). model parameters actual value search range mean model (noise-free) mean model (noisy data) q uncontrolled q controlled q uncontrolled q controlled k(nt) 400 0-800 409.5±30.6 399.9±1.4 635.26±60.2 385.1±7.1 x0 (m) 250 0-500 250.0±0.1 250.0±0.0 250.1±0.2 250.1±0.3 z (m) 30 0-50 30.1±0.3 30.0±0.1 31.4±0.4 29.5±0.4 q 0.5 0-2 1.0±0.0 1.0 (fixed) 1.1±0.0 1.0 (fixed) misfit 4.7x10-7 1.3x10-8 3.6x10-3 3.6x10-3 table4. actual model parameters, search range and interpreted mean model for noise free, 20% gaussian noise with uncertainty-magnetic data (model 4). vfsa in gravity and magnetic anomaly 7 limits and within high pdf. table 3 shows the interpreted mean model for noisy data. a fitting between the observed and model data for noisy model is shown in figure 10b. figure 6. gravity data: fittings between the observed and model data for thin dyke: model 1(a) noise-free synthetic data and (b) 10% random noisy synthetic data, and model 2(c) noise-free synthetic data and (d) 20% gaussian noisy synthetic data. figure 5. gravity data: (a) scatter-plots between amplitude coefficient (k), depth (z), shape factor (q) for all models having misfit60.65% (red) for noise free data when q is uncontrolled; (b) scatter-plots between amplitude coefficient (k), depth (z), shape factor (q) for all models having misfit60.65% (red) for noise free data when q is controlled; (c) scatter-plots between amplitude coefficient (k), depth (z), shape factor (q) for all models having misfit60.65% (red) for noisy data when q is uncontrolled; (d) scatter-plots between amplitude coefficient (k), depth (z), shape factor (q) for all models having misfit60.65% (red) for noisy data when q is controlled. figure 7. magnetic data: (a) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-4 for noise-free synthetic data when q is uncontrolled (b) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-2 for noisy synthetic data (10% random) when q free for thin dyke-model 1, (c)histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-4 for noise-free synthetic data when q is uncontrolled (b) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-2 for noisy synthetic data (20% gaussian) when q is uncontrolled for thin dyke-model 2. figure 8. magnetic data: (a) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-4 for noise-free synthetic data when q is controlled (b) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-2 for noisy synthetic data (10% random) when q fixed for thin dyke-model 1, (c) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-4 for noise-free synthetic data when q fixed (b) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-2 for noisy synthetic data (20% gaussian) when q is controlled for thin dyke-model 2. biswas et al. 8 3.1.4 model 2 (magnetic model with 20% gaussian noise) another synthetic data for a dyke model (table 4) and 20% gaussian noise is also added to the synthetic data to check the effect of more noise. inversion is implemented using noise-free and noisy synthetic data to retrieve the actual model parameters and study the effect of higher noise on the interpreted model parameters. figure 7c and d shows the histogram of noise free synthetic and noisy data when q is uncontrolled. figure 8c and d shows the histogram of noise free synthetic and noisy data when q is controlled. cross-plots also suggest the same as shown in model 1 and are shown in figure 9c and d to check the effect of higher amount of noise in the data. the estimated model parameters for 20% gaussian noisy data also reveals that the interpreted parameters are within the estimated uncertainty limits and high pdf. fittings between the observed and model response for this noise free and noisy model is shown in figure 10c and d. 3.2 field example to show the efficacy of the approach three field examples of gravity and magnetic anomaly were presented. it is worth to make a note that the field data is often corrupted with noise and in common, exact shape of the subsurface structure cannot be found in geological nature. hence, field data cannot be fitted accurately well with the model response from the dyke like structure. moreover, it is important to note that in nature, real structures might not have the standard geometrical shape and structure. along these lines, modeling and inversion of real field information utilizing the specified standard geometrical definition may not yield the genuine subsurface structure. any, deviation of the real structure from the displayed structure can be comprehended as systematic erraticism from the demonstrated curves brought on by the distinction from dyke like structures. under such conditions, the multi-dimensional objective function will be to a great degree of unpredictable and straightforward inversion methodology may neglect to show the subsurface structure. henceforth, global optimization is much more important to manage such conditions. besides, it ought to be highlighted that unpredictable modeled bodies can’t be resolved correctly utilizing any interpretation strategy unless and until numerous bore-hole data are accessible. hence, the primary objectives is to find out the near probable shape, depth at where the body is located and the exact location of the body from the surface, which can be successfully utilized for drilling purposes. figure 9. gravity data: (a) scatter-plots between amplitude coefficient (k), depth (z), shape factor (q) for all models having misfit60.65% (red) for noise free data when q is uncontrolled; (b) scatter-plots between amplitude coefficient (k), depth (z), shape factor (q) for all models having misfit60.65% (red) for noise free data when q is controlled; (c) scatter-plots between amplitude coefficient (k), depth (z), shape factor (q) for all models having misfit60.65% (red) for noisy data when q is uncontrolled; (d) scatter-plots between amplitude coefficient (k), depth (z), shape factor (q) for all models having misfit60.65% (red) for noisy data when q is controlled. figure 10. magnetic data: fittings between the observed and model data for thin dyke: model 1(a) noise-free synthetic data and (b) 10% random noisy synthetic data, and model 2(c) noise-free synthetic data and (d) 20% gaussian noisy synthetic data. vfsa in gravity and magnetic anomaly 9 3.2.1 leona anomaly, south saint-louis, western coastline, senegal a residual gravity anomaly over an area (30 km length) on the west coast of senegal in west africa [nettleton, 1976] is shown in figure 13. this anomaly was interpreted by several authors as spherical structure [tlas et al. 2005, asfahani and tlas 2012, mehanee 2014]. vfsa optimization is repeated for this profile as mentioned for synthetic data. table 5 depicts the interpreted model parameters and comparison with other published results. histogram shows that the model parameters are well resolved when q is controlled (figure 11a) and cross plots also suggest that the estimated parameters are within the uncertainty limits (figure 12a) and high pdf. the depth of the body estimated in the present study is 4.6 km. the depth obtained by tlas et al. 2005 (z = 9.17 km), asfahani and tlas, 2012 (z = 9.13 km), mehanee, 2014 (z = 12.2 km) are presented as interpreted as sphere. moreover, mehanee, 2014 and biswas, 2015 also interpreted the same anomaly as vertical cylinder as well where the depth is estimated at 4.59 and 4.6 km respectively. in the present study, it is found that the shape factor is pointing towards a thin dyke and interpreted the same. comparison of interpretation results by various methods also reveal that present approach is in good agreement with other interpretation methods. a comparison between the field data and modeled data is shown in figure 13. 3.2.2 pima copper deposit, arizona, usa a 750 m-long magnetic anomaly profile caused due to a thin dike over the pima copper mine, arizona, united states (gay 1963) is taken (figure 14). this anomaly was interpreted by several authors (tlas and asfahani, 2015, abdelrahman and essa, 2015, asfahani and tlas, 2007, asfahani and tlas, 2004, abdelrahman and sharafeldin, 1996, gay, 1963) assuming a thin dyke model. the anomaly is interpreted using vfsa to obtain the different parameters. the vfsa process is applied in this magnetic field anomaly keeping q free and fixed as discussed in synthetic model data. the histogram shows that all the model parameters are well determined when q is controlled (figure 11b) and cross-plots also advocate that the estimated parameters are within the uncertainty limits (figure 12b) with high pdf. the interpreted results are shown in table 6. the depth of the body estimated in the present study is 68 m. the depth obtained by other workers such as gay, 1963 (z = 70 m), abdelrahman and sharafeldin, 1996 figure 11. (a) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-2 for field data when q fixed for gravity anomaly, (b) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-2 for field data when q is controlled for magnetic anomaly, (c) histograms of all accepted models having misfit<10-2 for field data when q is controlled for aeromagnetic anomaly. figure 12. (a) scatter-plots between amplitude coefficient (k), depth (z), shape factor (q) for all models having misfit60.65% (red) for field data when q is controlled for gravity data; (b) scatter-plots between amplitude coefficient (k), depth (z), shape factor (q) for all models having misfit60.65% (red) for field data when q is controlled for magnetic data, (c) scatter-plots between amplitude coefficient (k), depth (z), shape factor (q) for all models having misfit60.65% (red) for field data when q is controlled for aeromagnetic data. biswas et al. 10 (z = 66 m), asfahani and tlas, 2004 (z = 71.50 m), asfahani and tlas, 2007 (z = 71.50 m), abdelrahman and essa, 2015 (z = 60 m), tlas and asfahani, 2015 (z = 64.1 m), ekinci, 2016 (z = 67.9 m using derivative method and 68.3 m using pso) and abo-ezz and essa, 2016 (z = 61.5 m) are in good agreement with the other published literatures as shown in table 6. figure 14 depicts the fitting between the observed and interpreted mean model. the other results are also in respectable agreement. 3.2.3 matheson area, northern ontario, canada another field example is taken from the total field aeromagnetic anomaly (srivastava and agarwal, 2010) over a magnetic body associated with a mapped bedrock diabase dyke in the matheson area of northern ontario, canada (figure 15). the amplitude of 2-d analytic signal, from the measured magnetic field anomaly for the same example is taken from srivastava and agarwal, 2010. the aeromagnetic data was taken over a flight height of 12 m (salem et al. 2005). the anomaly is interpreted using the same approach as discussed earlier. the histogram and cross-plots are shown in figure 11c and 12c. the interpreted results are shown in table 7. the depth of the body estimated in the present study is 133.4 m. the depth obtained by srivastava and agarwal, 2010 (z= 135.2 m), vallee et al., 2004 (z= 145), salem et al., 2005 (z= 139.6 m) and agarwal and srivastava, 2008 (z= 142.6 m) are in good agreement. figure 14 depicts the fitting between the measured amplitude of 2-d analytical signal and model amplitude. a borehole taken at that location intersects the bedrock at 41 m (vallee et al. 2004). 4. conclusions in the present work, an attempt is being made to test the applicability and effectiveness of vfsa on the parameter estimations from potential field anomalies using total gradient method. as far as this work is concerned, this is the first attempt of applying vfsa for model parameter estimations using total gradient of gravity and magnetic anomaly. in the present algorithm, the test studies are performed using theoretically produced data and field data sets. the determination of the appropriate amplitude coefficient, location, depth and shape, of a buried structure from total gradient anomaly profile can be well resolved using the present method. synthetic data experiments are performed using both noise-free and noisy gravity data sets due to simple-shaped causative bodies. the present study reveals, while optimizing all model parameters (amplitude coefficient, location, depth, shape) together, the vfsa method yields very good results. the resulting histogram and cross-plots analysis suggests that figure 13. fittings between the observed and model data for leona anomaly, south saint-louis, western coastline, senegal. figure 14. fittings between the observed and model data for pima copper deposit, arizona, usa. figure 15. fittings between the measured amplitude of 2d analytical signal and model amplitude for matheson area, northern ontario, canada. vfsa in gravity and magnetic anomaly 11 the obtained parameters are within the high probability areas. the efficacy of this approach has been successfully proved, established and validated using noise-free and noisy synthetic data. the applicability of this method for practical application in mineral exploration is effectively illustrated on three field examples. the method can also be used to interpret multiple structures from the anomaly data. the estimated inverse parameters for the field data are found to be in excellent agreement with the other methods as well as from the geological results. acknowledgements. we thank the editor prof. paola de michelis and an anonymous reviewer whose comments and suggestion has improved the quality of the manuscript. the authors would like to thank prof. a. k. gupta, director, wadia institute of himalayan geology for necessary facilities to complete this work. appendix i we present here the detail explanation of tg. it is well known what is currently normally called the 3d analytical signal (and same for 2d case additionally) ought to accurately be known as the total gradient. it might be called attention to here that the analytical signal in 3d for total magnetic anomaly does not comply with the state of being analytic unless the anomaly is reduced to pole [haney et al. 2003]. all in all, tg has been approximated by a bell-shaped function [nabighian 1972, green 1976, stanley and green 1976, srivastava and agarwal 2009, 2010, srivastava et al. 2014] for 2d source geometries (or profile information) and it is additionally valid for 2d circularly symmetrical anomalies (in perception plane) created by 3d circularly symmetrical sources, to be specific, a sphere or a vertical cylinder delivering different potential field. moremodel parameters search range present method (vfsa) thin dyke tlas et al. [2012] ashfahani and tlas [2012] mehanee [2014] (sphere) mehanee [2014] (vertical cylinder) biswas [2015] (vertical cylinder) k(mgalxkm) 10-1000 433.6±2.94 6971.83 mgalxkm2 6931.78 mgalxkm2 13026.03 mgalxkm2 436.31 94.7±0.7 x0 (km) -5-5 -0.4±0.0 0.22 -0.4±0.0 z (km) 0-20 4.6±0.0 9.17 9.13 12.2 4.59 4.6±0.0 q 0.5 0.5 1.499 1.499 1.5 0.5 0.5 misfit 3.8x10-4 3.8x10-4 table 5. search range and interpreted mean model for leona anomaly, south saint-louis, western coastline, senegal. table 6. search range and interpreted mean model for pima copper deposit, arizona, usa. model parameters search range present method (vfsa) thin dyke abo-ezz and essa [2016] ekinci [2016] pso tlas and asfahani [2015] abdelrahman and essa [2015] asfahani and tlas [2007] asfahani and tlas [2004] abdelrahman and sharafeldin [1996] gay [1963] k(nt) 0-1000 613.0±2.2 1219 39267.31 42700 577.6 577.61 596.5 x0 (km) -50-50 -4.3±0.2 z (km) 0-100 68.0±1.7 61.5 68.29 64.1 60 71.50 71.50 66 70 θ (°) -90-90 -66.4 -50.76 -44.7 -50.50 -50.46 -53 -50 q 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.95 misfit 8.3x10-4 model parameters search range present method (vfsa) srivastava and agrawal, 2010 agrawal and srivastava, 2008 salem et al., 2005 vallee et al., 2004 k(nt) 100-106 586830.2±6333.87 4286 x0 (km) 400-700 561.9±0.7 563.6 567 752.2 z (m) 0-200 133.4±0.9 135.2 142.6 139.6 145 q 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.16 1.13 1.2 misfit 8.1×10-4 table 7. search range and interpreted mean model for matheson area, northern ontario, canada. biswas et al. 12 over, the total magnetic field anomaly (in 2d) must be reduced to pole (rtp) before tg examination [haney et al. 2003]. the anomaly constriction rate [ravat 1996] or decay rate (β) – see appendix ii) of tg is represented by a power law which is identified with source geometry. the analytical signal, albeit broadly utilized as a part of magnetic, is utilized little as a part of gravity systems, fundamentally due to the sparser way of gravity information, which makes the count of subordinates less dependable. for magnetic profile information the level and vertical derivatives fit actually into the genuine and nonexistent parts of analytic signals [nabighian 1972]. in two dimensions [nabighian 1972], the amplitude of the analytical signal is the same as the tg. in three dimensions, roest et al. [1992] presented the tg of magnetic anomaly data as an augmentation to the 2d case. the outcomes acquired for magnetic anomaly data can be reached out to gravity information too. assist, the surmised horizontal area of the causative source corresponds to the pinnacle of tg. amplitude of the 2-d analytic signal of the magnetic anomaly profile is autonomous of the bearings of the earth’s magnetic field vector and leftover polarization of the causative source. it shows crests relating to the areas of the sides of a causative source, demonstrated by say a polygon. it likewise shows a pinnacle comparing to various source geometries identified with the structural indices. this amplitude is figured from the first order horizontal and vertical derivatives of the field magnetic anomaly and is moderately less eccentricity than second order derivatives. appendix ii we show the detailed derivation of the tg. following srivastava et al. [2014], let us assume that d (x) correspond to the potential field function satisfying the laplace’s equation in 2-d. this means that a profile perpendicular to the strike length of the contributing source from any structure. the first order horizontal (x) and vertical (z) derivatives, computed via the wave number domain computation or any other appropriate method is represented as the amplitude of the total gradient, d(x) is defined by (1) the total gradient (tg) field over several idealized source geometries can be approximated by (2) where r2=|(x-x0) 2+z2| (3) x0 and z0 are the horizontal location and depth of causative source, β – a positive integer called ‘source geometry factor’ (sgf), and b is a constant governing the amplitude of tg. the first order horizontal and vertical derivatives of the magnetic anomaly over a corner formed by two infinite extending edges of a horizontal faulted slab are related through hilbert transform pair as shown by nabighian [1972]. the concept of analytic signal (as) in complex domain is written as (4) where and its amplitude is given by equation (2) and can be approximated by a generalized equation as (5) where k is the amplitude factor related to the physical properties of the source and q is the shape factor [abdelrahman et al. 2001, srivastava et al. 2014]. references abdelrahman, e. m., essa, k. s., (2015). a new method for depth and shape determinations from magnetic data. pure and applied geophysics, 172(2), 439–460. abdelrahman, e. m., abo-ezz, e. r., essa, k. s., (2012). parametric inversion of residual magnetic anomalies due to simple geometric bodies. exploration geophysics, 43, 178–189. abdelrahman, e. m., soliman, k. s., el-araby, t. m., abo-ezz, e. r., and essa, k. s., (2009). a least-squares standard deviation method to interpret magnetic anomalies due to thin dikes. near surface geophysics, 7, 41-46. abdelrahman, e. m., abo-ezz, e. r., essa, k. s., el-araby, t. m., soliman, k. s., (2007). a new least-squares minimization approach to depth and shape determination from magnetic data. geophysical prospecting, 55, 433–446. abdelrahman, e. m., abo-ezz, e. r., essa, k.. s., el-araby, t. m., and soliman, k. s., (2006). a least-squares variance analysis method for shape and depth δd δx ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟and δd δz ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟respectively. a(x)= b rβ a(x)= dd dx −i dd dz v(x)=k[ 1 [(x −x0) 2 +(z)2]q ] a(x) = δd δx ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ 2 + δd δz ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟ 2⎛ ⎝ ⎜⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟⎟ vfsa in gravity and magnetic anomaly 13 estimation from gravity data. journal of geophysics and engineering, 3, 143-153. abdelrahman, e. m., and essa, k. s., (2005). magnetic interpretation using a least-squares, depth-shape curves method. geophysics, 70, l23-l30. abdelrahman, e. m., el-araby, t. m., and essa, k. s., (2003). a least-squares minimisation approach to depth, index parameter, and amplitude coefficient determination from magnetic anomalies due to thin dykes. exploration geophysics, 34, 241-248. abdelrahman, e. m., el-araby, t. m. el-araby, h. m. and abo-ezz, e. r., (2001a). three least squares minimization approaches to depth, shape, and amplitude coefficient determination from gravity data. geophysics, 66, 1105–1109. abdelrahman, e. m., el-araby, t. m. el-araby, h. m. and abo-ezz, e. r., (2001b). a new method for shape and depth determinations from gravity data. geophysics, 66, 1774–1780. abdelrahman, e. m., sharafeldin, s. m., (1996). an iterative least-squares approach to depth determination from residual magnetic anomalies due to thin dikes. applied geophysics, 34, 213–220. abdelrahman, e. m. and sharafeldin, s. m., (1995a). a least-squares minimization approach to depth determination from numerical horizontal gravity gradients. geophysics, 60, 1259–1260. abdelrahman, e. m. and sharafeldin, s. m., (1995b). a least-squares minimization approach to shape determination from gravity data. geophysics, 60, 589–590. abdelrahman, e. m., (1994). a rapid approach to depth determination from magnetic anomalies due to simple geometrical bodies. journal of university of kuwait science, 21, 109–115. abdelrahman, e. m. and el-araby, t. m., (1993). a least-squares minimization approach to depth determination from moving average residual gravity anomalies. geophysics, 59, 1779–1784. abdelrahman, e. m., bayoumi, a. i., and el-araby, h. m., (1991). a least-squares minimization approach to invert gravity data. geophysics, 56, 115–118. abdelrahman, e. m., (1990). discussion on ‘‘a least-squares approach to depth determination from gravity data’’ by gupta, o.p., geophysics, 55, 376–378. abdelrahman, e. m., bayoumi, a. i., abdelhady,y. e., gobash, m. m., and el-araby, h. m., (1989). gravity interpretation using correlation factors between successive least –squares residual anomalies. geophysics, 54, 1614–1621. abo-ezz, e. r., and essa, k. s., (2016). a least-squares minimization approach for model parameters estimate by using a new magnetic anomaly formula. pure and applied geophysics, 173, 1265-1278. agarwal, b. n. p., srivastava, s. (2008). fortran codes to implement enhanced local wave number technique to determine location, depth and shape of the causative source using magnetic anomaly. comput. geosci., 34, 1843–1849. al-garni, m. a., (2013). inversion of residual gravity anomalies using neural network. arab. j. geosci., 6, 1509–1516. asfahani, j., and tlas, m., (2012). fair function minimization for direct interpretation of residual gravity anomaly profiles due to spheres and cylinders. pure and applied geophysics, 169, 157–165. asfahani, j., tlas, m., (2007). a robust nonlinear inversion for the interpretation of magnetic anomalies caused by faults, thin dikes and spheres like structure using stochastic algorithms. pure and applied geophysics, 164, 2023–2042. asfahani, j., tlas, m., (2004). nonlinearly constrained optimization theory to interpret magnetic anomalies due to vertical faults and thin dikes. pure and applied geophysics, 161, 203–219. bhattacharyya, b. k., (1965). two-dimensional harmonic analysis as a tool for magnetic interpretation. geophysics, 30, 829–857. biswas, a., acharya, t. (2016). a very fast simulated annealing method for inversion of magnetic anomaly over semi-infinite vertical rod-type structure. modeling earth systems and environment, 2(4), 198. biswas, a., (2016a). a comparative performance of least square method and very fast simulated annealing global optimization method for interpretation of self-potential anomaly over 2-d inclined sheet type structure. journal of the geological society of india, 88(4), 493–502. biswas, a., (2016b). interpretation of gravity and magnetic anomaly over thin sheet-type structure using very fast simulated annealing global optimization technique. modeling earth systems and environment, 2(1), 30. biswas, a., sharma, s. p. (2016a). interpretation of self-potential anomaly over 2-d inclined thick sheet structures and analysis of uncertainty using very fast simulated annealing global optimization. acta geodaetica et geophysica, (doi: 10.1007/s40328-0160176-2). biswas, a., sharma, s. p., (2016b). integrated geophysical studies to elicit the structure associated with uranium mineralization around south purulia shebiswas et al. 14 ar zone, india: a review. ore geology reviews, 72, 1307–1326. biswas, a., (2015). interpretation of residual gravity anomaly caused by a simple shaped body using very fast simulated annealing global optimization. geoscience frontiers, 6(6), 875–893 biswas, a., sharma, s. p., (2015). interpretation of self-potential anomaly over idealized body and analysis of ambiguity using very fast simulated annealing global optimization. near surface geophysics, 13 (2), 179–195. biswas, a., sharma, s. p., (2014a). resolution of multiple sheet-type structures in self-potential measurement. journal of earth system science, 123 (4), 809–825. biswas, a., sharma, s. p. (2014b). optimization of self-potential interpretation of 2-d inclined sheet-type structures based on very fast simulated annealing and analysis of ambiguity. journal of applied geophysics, 105, 235–247. biswas, a., mandal, a., sharma, s. p., mohanty, w. k., (2014a). delineation of subsurface structure using self-potential, gravity and resistivity surveys from south purulia shear zone, india: implication to uranium mineralization. interpretation, 2(2), t103–t110. biswas, a., mandal, a., sharma, s. p., mohanty, w. k., (2014b). integrating apparent conductance in resistivity sounding to constrain 2d gravity modeling for subsurface structure associated with uranium mineralization across south purulia shear zone. international journal of geophysics 2014, article id 691521, 1–8. biswas, a., (2013) identification and resolution of ambiguities in interpretation of self-potential data: analysis and integrated study around south purulia shear zone, india. ph.d thesis, department of geology and geophysics, indian institute of technology kharagpur, 199 pp, doi: http://www.idr.iitkgp. ac.in/xmlui/handle/123456789/3247 bowin, c., scheer, e. and smith, w., (1986). depth estimates from ratios of gravity, geoid and gravity gradient anomalies. geophysics, 51, 123–136. dosso, s. e., oldenburg, d. w., (1991). magnetotelluric appraisal using simulated annealing. geophysical journal international, 106, 370–385. ekinci, y. l., balakaya, c., gokturkler, g., turan, s., (2016). model parameter estimations from residual gravity anomalies due to simple-shaped sources using differential evolution algorithm. journal of applied geophysics, 129, 133–147. ekinci, y. l., (2016). matlab-based algorithm to estimate depths of isolated thin dike-like sources using higher-order horizontal derivatives of magnetic anomalies. springer plus, 5(1), 1384. ekinci, y. l., yiğitbaş, e., (2015). interpretation of gravity anomalies to delineate some structural features of biga and gelibolu peninsulas, and their surroundings (north-west turkey). geodin. acta., 27 (4), 300–319. ekinci, y. l., ertekin, c., yiğitbaş, e., (2013). on the effectiveness of directional derivative based filters on gravity anomalies for source edge approximation: synthetic simulations and a case study from the aegean graben system (western anatolia, turkey). j. geophys. eng., 10, 035005. ekinci, y.l., (2008). 2d focusing inversion of gravity data with the use of parameter variation as a stopping criterion. j. balkan geophys. soc., 11 (1), 1–9. elawadi, e., salem, a. and ushijima, k., (2001). detection of cavities from gravity data using a neural network. exploration geophysics, 32, 75–79. essa, k. s., (2013). new fast least-squares algorithm for estimating the best-fitting parameters due to simple geometric-structures from gravity anomalies. journal of advanced research, 5(1), 57–65. essa, k. s., (2012). a fast interpretation method for inverse modelling of residual gravity anomalies caused by simple geometry. journal of geological research, volume 2012, article id 327037. essa, k. s., (2007). a simple formula for shape and depth determination from residual gravity anomalies. acta geophysica, 55, 182-190. fedi, m., (2007), dexp: a fast method to determine the depth and the structural index of potential fields sources. geophysics, 72(1), i1–i11. feng, j., meng, x., chen, z., zhang, s., (2014). three-dimensional density interface inversion of gravity anomalies in the spectral domain. j. geophys. eng., 11, 035001. gay, s. p., (1965). standard curves for the interpretation of magnetic anomalies over long horizontal cylinders. geophysics, 30, 818–828. gay, s. p., (1963). standard curves for the interpretation of magnetic anomalies over long tabular bodies. geophysics, 28, 161–200. grant, r. s., west, g. f., (1965). interpretation theory in applied geophysics. mcgraw-hill book co, new york. green, r. (1976). accurate determination of the dip angle of a geological contact using the gravity method. geophysical prospecting, 24, 265–272. vfsa in gravity and magnetic anomaly 15 gokturkler, g., balkaya, c., (2012). inversion of self-potential anomalies caused by simple geometry bodies using global optimization algorithms. journal of geophysics and engineering, 9, 498–507. gupta, o. p., (1983). a least-squares approach to depth determination from gravity data: geophysics, 48, 375–360. haney, m., johnston, c., li y. nabighian, m. (2003). envelopes of 2d and 3d magnetic data and their relationship to the analytic signal: preliminary results. seg expanded abstract 22, 596. hartmann, r. r., teskey, d. and friedberg, i., (1971). a system for rapid digital aeromagnetic interpretation. geophysics, 36, 891–918. hinze, w. j., von frese, r. r. b., saad, a. h., (2013). gravity and magnetic exploration.cambridge university press. ingber, l., rosen, b., (1992). genetic algorithms and very fast simulated reannealing: a comparison. mathematical and computer modeling, 16(11), 87–100. jacoby, w., smilde, p. l., (2009). gravity interpretation, fundamentals and application of gravity inversion and geological interpretation.springer-verlag. jain, s., (1976). an automatic method of direct interpretation of magnetic profiles. geophysics, 41, 531–541. juan, l. f. m., esperanza, g. josé, g. p. f. á. heidi, a. k. and césar, o. m. p., (2010). pso: a powerful algorithm to solve geophysical inverse problems: application to a 1d-dc resistivity case. journal of applied geophysics, 71, 13–25. kearey, p., brooks, m., hill, i., (2002). an introduction to geophysical exploration. blackwell publishing, oxford. kilty, t. k., (1983). werner deconvolution of profile potential field data. geophysics, 48, 234–237. last, b., kubik, k., (1983). compact gravity inversion. geophysics, 48, 713–721. lines, l. r., and treitel, s., (1984). a review of least-squares inversion and its application to geophysical problems. geophysical prospecting, 32, 159–186. li, y. g., oldenburg, d. w., (1996). 3-d inversion of magnetic data. geophysics, 61, 394–408. li, y. g., oldenburg, d. w., (1998). 3-d inversion of gravity data. geophysics, 63, 109–119. mcgrath, p. h., hood, p. j., (1973). an automatic least-squares multi-model method for magnetic interpretation. geophysics, 38(2), 349–358 mcgrath, h., (1970). the dipping dike case: a computer curve-matching method of magnetic interpretation. geophysics, 35(5), 831. mandal, a., mohanty, w. k., sharma, s. p., biswas, a., sen, j., bhatt, a. k., (2015). geophysical signatures of uranium mineralization and its subsurface validation at beldih, purulia district, west bengal, india: a case study. geophysical prospecting, 63, 713–724. mandal, a., biswas, a., mittal, s., mohanty, w. k., sharma, s. p., sengupta, d., sen, j., bhatt, a. k., (2013). geophysical anomalies associated with uranium mineralization from beldih mine, south purulia shear zone, india. journal of the geological society of india, 82(6), 601–606. mehanee, s., (2014). accurate and efficient regularized inversion approach for the interpretation of isolated gravity anomalies. pure and applied geophysics, 171 (8). 1897–1937. mehanee, s., essa, k. s. (2015). 2.5d regularized inversion for the interpretation of residual gravity data by a dipping thin sheet: numerical examples and case studies with an insight on sensitivity and non-uniqueness. earth, planets and space, 67, 130. mohan, n. l., sundararajan n., seshagiri rao, s. v., (1982). interpretation of some two-dimensional magnetic bodies using hilbert transforms. geophysics, 46, 376–387. mohan, n. l., anandababu l., roa, s., (1986). gravity interpretation using mellin transform: geophysics, 52, 114–122. mosegaard, k., tarantola, a., (1995). monte carlo sampling of solutions to inverse problems. journal of geophysical research, 100 (b7), 12431–12447. nabighian, m. n., grauch, v. j. s., hansen, r. o., la fehr, t. r., li y., peirce, j. w., phillips j. d. and ruder m. e., (2005a). the his¬torical development of the magnetic method in exploration. geophysics, 70, 33nd–61nd. nabighian, m. n., ander, m. e., grauch, v. j. s., hansen, r. o., lafehr, t. r., li, y., pearson, w. c., peirce, j. w., philips, j. d., ruder, m. e., (2005b). the historical development of the gravity method in exploration. geophysics, 70, 63nd–89nd. nabighian, m. n. (1972). the analytic signal of two-dimensional magnetic bodies with polygonal crosssection: its properties and use for automated anomaly interpretation. geophysics, 37, 507–517. nettleton, l. l., (1962). gravity and magnetics for geologists and seismologists. aapg 46, 1815–1838. nettleton, l. l., (1971). elementary gravity and magnetic for geologists and seismologists. seg, tulsa, ok. nettleton, l. l., (1976). gravity and magnetics in oil prospecting. mcgraw-hill book co, 1976. odegard, m. e. and berg, j. w., (1965). gravity interprebiswas et al. 16 tation using the fourier integral. geophysics, 30, 424–438. pallero, j. l. g., fernandez-martinez, j. l., bonvalot, s., fudym, o., (2015). gravity inversion and uncertainty assessment of basement relief via particle swarm optimization. j. appl. geophys., 116, 180–191 prakasa rao, t. k. s., subrahmanyan, m., srikrishna murthy, a., (1986). nomograms for direct interpretation of magnetic anomalies due to long horizontal cylinders. geophysics, 51, 2150–2159. ravat, d. (1996). analysis of the euler method and its applicability in environmental magnetic investigations. journal of environmental engineering and geophysics, 1, 229–238. reynolds, j. m., (1997). an introduction to applied and environmental geophysics.wiley, chichester. roest, w. r., verhoef, j., pilkington, m. (1992). magnetic interpretation using 3d analytic signal. geophysics, 57, 116–125. rothman, d. h., (1986). automatic estimation of large residual statics correction. geophysics, 51, 337–346. rothman, d. h., (1985). nonlinear inversion, statistical mechanics and residual statics estimation. geophysics, 50, 2784–2796. roy, l., agarwal, b. n. p. and shaw, r. k., (2000). a new concept in euler deconvolution of isolated gravity anomalies. geophysical prospecting, 48, 559–575. salem, a., and ravat, d., (2003), a combined analytic signal and euler method (an-eul) for automatic interpretation of magnetic data. geophysics, 68(6), 1952–1961. salem, a., ravat, d., smith, r. s., ushijima, k. (2005). interpretation of magnetic data using an enhanced local wave number (elw) method. geophysics, 70, l7–l12. sen, m. k., stoffa, p. l., (2013). global optimization methods in geophysical inversion.2nd eds. cambridge publisher, london. sen, m. k., stoffa, p. l. (1996). bayesian inference, gibbs sampler and uncertainty estimation in geophysical inversion. geophysical prospecting, 44, 313–350. sharma, s. p., biswas, a., (2013a). interpretation of self-potential anomaly over a 2d inclined structure using very fast simulated-annealing global optimization–an insight about ambiguity. geophysics, 78, wb3–15. sharma, s. p., biswas, a. (2013b). a practical solution in delineating thin conducting structures and suppression problem in direct current resistivity sounding. journal of earth system science, 122(4), 1065–1080. sharma, s. p., (2012). vfsares– a very fast simulated annealing fortran program for interpretation of 1-d dc resistivity sounding data from various electrode array. computers and geosciences, 42, 177–188. sharma, s. p., biswas, a., (2011). global nonlinear optimization for the estimation of static shift and interpretation of 1-d magnetotelluric sounding data. annals of geophysics, 54(3), 249–264. sharma, b., and geldart, l. p., (1968). analysis of gravity anomalies of two-dimensional faults using fourier transforms. geophysical prospecting, 16, 77–93. sharma, s. p., kaikkonen, p., (1999a). appraisal of equivalence and suppression problems in 1-d em and dc measurements using global optimization and joint inversion. geophysical prospecting, 47, 219–249. sharma, s. p., kaikkonen, p., (1999b). global optimisation of time domain electromagnetic data using very fast simulated annealing. pure and applied geophysics, 155, 149–168. sharma, s. p., kaikkonen, p., (1998). two-dimensional nonlinear inversion of vlf-r data using simulated annealing. geophysical journal international, 133, 649–668. shaw, r. k. and agarwal, b. n. p., (1990). the application of walsh transforms to interpret gravity anomalies due to some simple geometrically shaped causative sources: a feasibility study. geophysics, 55, 843–850. silva, j. b. c., (1989). transformation of nonlinear problems into linear ones applied to the magnetic field of a two-dimensional prism. geophysics, 54, 114–121. singh a., biswas, a., (2016). application of global particle swarm optimization for inversion of residual gravity anomalies over geological bodies with idealized geometries. natural resources research, 25(3), 297–314. srivastava, s., datta, d., agarwal, b. n. p., mehta, s., (2014). applications of ant colony optimization in determination of source parameters from total gradient of potential fields. near surface geophysics, 12, 373–389. srivastava, s., agarwal, b. n. p., (2010). inversion of the amplitude of the two-dimensional analytic signal of the magnetic anomaly by the particle swarm optimization technique. geophysical journal international. 182, 652–662. srivastava, s., agarwal, b. n. p. (2009). interprettaion of self-potential anomalies by enhanced local wave number technique. journal of applied geophysics, 68, 259–268. stanley, j.m., green, r. (1976). gravity gradients and interpretation of the truncated plate. geophysics, 41, 1370–1376. vfsa in gravity and magnetic anomaly 17 telford, w. m., geldart, l. p., sheriff, r. e., (1990). applied geophysics. cambridge university press. thompson, d. t., (1982). euldph-a new technique for making computer-assisted depth estimates from magnetic data. geophysics, 47, 31–37. tlas, m., asfahani, j., (2015). the simplex algorithm for best-estimate of magnetic parameters related to simple geometric-shaped structures. mathematical geosciences, 47 (3), 301–316. tlas, m., asfahani, j., (2011a). fair function minimization for interpretation of magnetic anomalies due to thin dikes, spheres and faults. journal of applied geophysics, 75, 237–243. tlas, m., asfahani, j., (2011b). a new-best-estimate methodology for determining magnetic parameters related to field anomalies produced by buried thin dikes and horizontal cylinder-like structures. pure and applied geophysics, 168, 861–870. tlas, m., asfahani, j. and karmeh, h., (2005). a versatile nonlinear inversion to interpret gravity anomaly caused by a simple geometrical structure. pure and applied geophysics, 162, 2557–2571. vallee, m. a., keating, p., smith, r. s., st-hilaire, c. (2004). estimating depth and model type using the continuous wavelet transform of the magnetic data, geophysics. 69, 191–199. zhao, l. s., sen, m. k., stoffa, p. l., frohlich, c., (1996). application of very fast simulated annealing to the determination of the crustal structure beneath tibet, geophysical prospecting, 125, 355–370. zhdanov, m. s., (2009). new advances in regularized inversion of gravity and electromagnetic data. geophysical prospecting, 57, 463–478. *corresponding author: arkoprovo biswas wadia institute of himalayan geology (wihg), general mahadev singh road, dehradun, uttarakhand, india.; email: arkoprovo@gmail.com 2017 by istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved microsoft word 7411-18628-1-ce_keane-boland.doc annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7411 1 dilemmas of promoting geoscience workforce growth in a dynamically changing economy christopher m. keane and maeve boland american geosciences institute keane@americangeosciences.org, mboland@americangeosciences.org abstract the geosciences as an occupation are experiencing substantial change, with a combination of economic cycles, mass retirements, and rapid technological innovation. for the next generation of geoscientists, flexibility and well-defined competencies will be key to employment resilience. these required core competencies reflect the new economy that the geosciences function in, yet most educational programs reflect the economy of the past. we examine the human capital dynamics of the geosciences in the united states as an example, and the critical challenges faced in recruiting the right next generation workforce best prepared for the rapid changes in the market including the likely new phase of the long-term cyclicity of geoscience labor demand. mismatching educational goals and workforce needs negatively impacts individuals’ career prospects without their knowledge or recognition. historical trends inform us on likely changes with the emerging political, economic, and demographic realities that will affect the geosciences. some of the competing interests within the workforce development process are examined for their ethical challenges, such as the need to maximize enrollments while challenging students to be ready for the workforce. this has profound implications regarding how we promote the science to students, so that we are not leading people down paths that will not yield productive careers and in turn not foster a healthy profession. 1. introduction eoscience-related employment in the united states is cyclic. historically the center of gravity has shifted as the fortunes of various industries such as petroleum, mining, and environmental consulting expand and contract. like many technical fields in the developed world, the geosciences also face the challenge posed by the retirement of the baby boom generation, which is warping the dynamics of the employment cycle (carnevale et al., 2014). together these forces necessitate providing geoscience students and early-career employees with the skills and awareness to cope with the current and expected future dynamic change in the discipline. students and junior employees look to educators and employers for advice to make informed career choices. it is incumbent on educators and employers to fulfill their ethical duty to act responsibly, honestly, and with integrity (american geosciences institute, 2015) even as they face their own employment and professional pressures. understanding the context of geoscience employment will help mentors provide accurate information and training to the next generation of geoscientists who must be adaptable and flexible.. 2. a brief history of u.s. geoscience human capital geoscience employment in the united states was first measured by the agi manpower committee in 1955, as the post-war economic expansion shifted in response to the cold war. demonstrable growth in the demand for geoscientists in industry and government occurred in the late 1950s and early 1960s as the united states aggressively implemented petroleum and mineral strategic reserve programs and became a major buyer of commodities. however, demand decreased following this initial buildg annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7411 2 out. through the 1960s and into the 1970s employment levels remained flat, but university geoscience enrollments grew in concert with general increases in college enrollments. with the oil embargos of the 1970s and the rapid rise in oil prices, enrollments and employment in the geosciences rose dramatically. at its highest levels, demand for geoscientists was so strong that energy companies recruited “at the endpoints” – hiring both the best faculty and lower caliber graduates (milling, 2002). oil prices fell dramatically in 1986 and so did employment for geoscientists (keane et al., 2008). as the petroleum industry shed positions, many talented individuals left the field. a number migrated, along with new geoscience graduates, to employment opportunities related to superfund and other projects in the environmental industry. employment demand in this new sector was met quickly, however, and created a relatively slow hiring environment for geoscience graduates until the 2010s. genuine structural growth in geoscience employment resumed with the broad use of hydraulic fracturing that rejuvenated the u.s. onshore oil and gas industry. this growth yielded dramatic demand for geoscientists not only working directly in the oil and gas industry but also in support services and the environmental and engineering consulting industry. the decline in oil prices in 2014 once again saw a slowing of geoscience hiring in the energy sector. however, demand has remained strong in the environmental and geoengineering industries (wilson, 2016). geoscience enrollment, and especially the number of degrees awarded, most closely tracks demand from the petroleum industry. this trend is particularly marked for male students. data from agi’s annual enrollment surveys demonstrate that between 2010 and 2014 most enrollment growth was male and, as hiring in the energy sector slowed, those individuals exited geoscience degree programs and the gender balance returned to traditional levels of approximately 44 percent female (keane, 2016). a recent phenomenon is the rapid increase in the number of master’s degrees awarded, with a one-year increase of 46 percent in 2012. in many industrial geoscience fields, a master’s is regarded as an appropriate terminal degree (wilson, 2016). perhaps not surprisingly, some geoscience departments report that occasionally doctoral students have transferred to the master’s degree to enable them to enter the industry workforce more rapidly (wilson, 2016). 3. current predictions for the geoscience workforce currently there are approximately 324,000 individuals employed in geoscience-related occupations in the united states (wilson, 2016). this number is derived from u.s. bureau of labor statistics data using several key relationships between occupations and geoscience activities. based on an estimate of general economic growth of 1.5 percent per year and u.s. government projections (u.s. bureau of labor statistics, 2017) for additional growth in the energy and in environmental and engineering industries, aggregate demand of 355,00 geoscience full-time equivalents (ftes) is predicted by 2024 (wilson, 2016). this prediction already accommodated expected substantial decreases in government employment. with current graduation rates there would be a deficit of 90,000 geoscience ftes by 2024. open markets respond to labor shortages through several mechanisms. first, labor shortages may stifle projects especially in the resource development and infrastructure sectors. second, individuals from other science, technology, engineering, and math (stem) fields, especially physics, mathematics, and civil engineering, may substitute for geoscientists. even actuarial professionals may substitute for geoscientists who work on risk assessment in sectors such as hazards and the extractive industries. the increasing use of “big data” for statistical assessments in place of technical assessments may lead to more computational experts filling traditional geoscience positions in both the private sector and government. finally, innovation and developments in technology may reduce the demand for geoscientists. given these potential scenarios, it will be increasingly important for geoscientists to develop a broad portfolio of skills. 4. challenges for academia annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7411 3 geoscience, in general, has been a countercycle labor market, where high commodity prices slow down the general economy but yield rapid expansion in geoscience employment. likewise, given the inherent upstream nature of much geoscience work, low commodity prices lead to softening geoscience employment. young adults entering the university or the workforce should understand this phenomenon and be equipped with skills to cope with cyclicity and its likely impacts on their careers. university students choosing a major are making a profound life choice, one that may take nearly a decade to realize success. in the geosciences, a master’s degree is the degree required for many positions, especially in the private sector, so for many students, the total time from enrolling in college to employment is approximately six years. students may choose geoscience at a time when employment prospects are high but by the time they graduate demand for geoscientists, which is often on a 5–10-year cycle, may have changed. completing a doctoral degree may open additional options for employment, but this imposes additional time and financial costs. educators and mentors should help students manage expectations with some fundamental precepts. students need to understand that economic cycles are real. resilience depends on the student’s flexibility; the geoscience workforce and profession is global and mobile so there are fewer opportunities for people who are unwilling to move (keane and gonzales, 2010). it is also important to impart to students that while getting a degree doesn’t guarantee a job, not getting a degree will certainly reduce earnings (carnevale et al., 2014). however, it is true that even in the worst of times the best students still get hired (mobil oil company, 1999). the mismatch between cycles of hiring and the production of students creates dilemmas for universities. academic departments are under pressure to increase revenue from tuition fees and grants as well as graduate more students within six years of enrollment. this pressure is due, in part, to the u.s. department of education’s college scorecard, which rates colleges and universities on three metrics: average actual out-of-pocket annual cost, six-year graduation rate, and the median income of graduates 10 years after entering the school. these metrics motivate schools to reduce costs, increase completions, and seek ways to improve employability for the majority of their students. they also, in some cases, encourage schools to close down high-cost programs with low student numbers (heads and chairs meeting of the american geophysical union in 2015). the success rate for geoscience grant applications at the national science foundation is currently approximately 25 percent (wilson, 2016). increasing enrollments is seen in some departments as an alternative way to boost income. geoscience enrollments have been at record levels since 2013 and many graduate programs report that they are at capacity (wilson, 2016). with larger class sizes, faculty-intensive comprehensive field classes have been reduced, and the large pool of students has not countered the trend that geoscience majors have the lowest mean sat scores of all stem fields. employers report that advanced math courses are a good predictor of graduate success in the workplace (keane, 2016). nevertheless, there are continued deficiencies in quantitative coursework in the geosciences, in part because rigorous math requirements tend to reduce enrollments and retention (malcolm and feder, 2016). consequently, u.s. universities are producing more geoscience graduate than ever, but they are not necessarily meeting industry requirements for high-quality workers available on demand. efforts to diversify the geoscience profession by attracting specific target populations have not yielded substantive changes in the diversity of the geoscience student body and workforce (wilson, 2016). efforts to engage underrepresented populations are well-motivated and can be transformative (houlton et al., 2012), but the lack of progress raises questions of their efficacy. other areas that may need additional attention are the lack of problemsolving skills by incoming students, the assumption that exposure to earth science in secondary schools will lead to increased geoscience enrollments, and the need to support the “middle third” of secondary students – those students who are academically capable of uniannals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7411 4 versity study but face critical social, spatial, temporal, and economic barriers that prevent them from pursuing additional formal education (smith, 2010). 5. conclusion: systemic approaches to lifetime career management given employment cycles, students and early career geoscientists must be prepared to maximize their employment resilience (keane, 2015). the geoscience profession needs to develop a common perception of the geosciences that will facilitate movement between technical sectors within the profession. systemic structures are needed to help individuals selfmanage their education and careers. faculty and academic advisors need to separate themselves from the perspective that the preparation pathway for an academic career is applicable across all geoscience occupations, or that the skill sets and experiences which have made them successful apply uniformly to their students and advisees. the skillset of a successful mid or late career professional is not the same of an early career individual, and nor can assumptions be made that what constitutes necessary skills for later in a career will remain the same as the science evolves and technology changes processes. by utilizing an objective competency-based approach, the variations of skill-needs to career-desires and phases can be identified, which has been utilized in the energy sector already. competency-based career planning is used in parts of the energy industry (gelling, 2013), and is central to the geospatial community’s education, training and employment strategies (johnson and davis, 2010). rather than focusing on the degree as the key qualification for employment, the emphasis shifts to a portfolio of competencies. developing a competency matrix for the geosciences, in which individuals can map the learning outcomes from their degree programs and identify skills needed for future pathways, would help geoscientists identify beneficial educational opportunities that strategically enhance their career path. it would also provide a common language for employers and educators to discuss geoscience education that supports employment. the u.s. department of labor has promoted the idea of competency pyramids that show the progression from basic functionality to higherlevel critical thinking as new learning outcomes or skills develop. competency pyramids highlight the need for lifelong learning and ongoing professional development. lifelong learning experiences, however, are only required in selected licensure jurisdictions, so the onus is on individuals to take responsibility for continuously developing their competencies. the geoscience community needs to come together to create structures and expectations that support resilient career pathways for geoscientists. scientific and professional societies, in addition to universities, can play a major role in providing the educational opportunities, career advice, and institutional structures needed by geoscientist throughout their careers. references american geosciences institute (2015). agi guidelines for ethical professional conduct. alexandria, va, american geosciences institute. carnevale a.p., smith n., and stohl j. (2014). recovery job growth and education requirements through 2020, washington, dc, georgetown university. gelling r. (2013). technical capability building in shell. geoskill, london, european association of geoscientists and engineers. houlton h., keane c., seadler a., and wilson c. (2012). developing a diverse professoriate: findings from a professional development workshop. program with abstracts geological society of america, boulder, geological society of america. johnson a. and davis p. (2010). identifying the skills and competencies for geospatial technology careers and curriculum: http://civilgeo.teicm.gr/userfiles/files /geo/ekdiloseis/university_gtcm_final. pdf, accessed 30 october 2017. keane c. (2015). workshop on transitioning from post doc to the private sector, bend, oregon, iris consortium. keane c. (2016). the changing landscape of the next generation of geoscientists. aipg annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7411 5 annual meeting program and abstracts, santa fe, nm, american institute of professional geologists. keane c. and gonzales l. (2010). how global science has yet to bridge global differences. eos abstracts and proceedings, san francisco, american geophysical union. keane c., gonzales l., and martinez c. (2008). assessing undergraduate curriculum through student exit vectors. agu annual meeting, san francisco, american geophysical union. malcolm s. and feder m. (2016). barriers and opportunities for 2-year and 4-year stem. washington, dc, national academies press, doi:10.17226/21739. milling m. (2002). trends in teh geosciences; education, employment, and careers. abstracts with program geological society of america, boulder, geological society of america. mobil oil company (1999). the quest for energy rewarding careers in petroleum exploration. agi academic associates conference, houston, tx, american geological institute. smith p. (2010). harnassing america's wasted talent: a new ecology on learning, san francisco, jossey-bass. u.s. bureau of labor statistics (2017). occupational outlook handbook. from u.s. bureau of labor statistics: https://w w w .bls.gov/ooh/lifephysical-and-social-science, accessed 30 october 2017. wilson c. (2016). status of the geoscience workforce. alexandria, va, american geosciences institute. a new md-ml relationship for mt. etna earthquakes (italy) annals of geophysics, 58, 6, 2015, s0657; doi:10.4401/ag-6830 s0657 a new md-ml relationship for mt. etna earthquakes (italy) tiziana tuvè*, salvatore d’amico, elisabetta giampiccolo istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di catania, osservatorio etneo, catania, italy abstract a homogenous database of magnitude observations is a basic requirement for seismic hazard estimation and other seismic studies. unfortunately, the magnitude reported in the seismic catalogue of mt. etna is not homogenous. only the duration magnitude (md) is available up to 2005, while since then the more stable local magnitude (ml) has also been calculated. to have a uniform dataset, earthquake data recorded at mt. etna during the period 2005-2014 were used to derive a new relationship between local and duration magnitude, by applying the general orthogonal regression (gor), which is an alternative to least squares when the ratio between errors on the independent and the dependent variables can be estimated. the relationship obtained is: ml = 1.164 (±0.011) * md − 0.337 (±0.020) the new relationship allows to back-extend the local magnitude dataset to cover a period of about 15 years. 1. introduction mt. etna, in eastern sicily, italy, is a basaltic stratovolcano with persistent volcanic activity. it is located in a seismically active region astride the complex tectonic zone marking the boundary between the african and european plates [mckenzie 1970, barberi et al. 1973, lentini 1982, montalto et al. 1996], where major regional structural lineaments play a key role in the dynamic processes of the volcano [bonaccorso et al. 1996]. volcano-tectonic earthquakes mainly occur at mt. etna in the form of swarms, whereas foremainaftershocks sequences are rarely recorded and seldom exceed magnitude 4.0 [e.g., azzaro et al. 2011, alparone et al. 2015]. the strongest historically recorded events, albeit of low magnitude (m≤5.2 according to cmte [2014]), produced severe damage or even destruction in the epicentral area where the observed intensity reached up to ix-x ems-98 [grünthal 1998]. most of the seismicity is located in the eastern flank of the volcano and is characterized by shallow volcano tectonic earthquakes with focal depth less than 7 km b.s.l. (figure 1). it shows mediumto low-frequency seismic signals and complex signatures at stations just a few kilometers away from the epicentral area [patanè and giampiccolo 2004]. earthquakes characterized by high frequency content and sharp arrivals, typical of tectonic areas, are instead mainly located below the volcano between 5 and 20 km. despite the low values of magnitude, studies on seismicity are extremely important for the high seismic hazard given the strong effects observed in the epicentral areas; hence, the estimation of magnitude is a crucial parameter to be routinely measured with minimum uncertainty. among the different ways of estimating magnitude, the richter [1935] “local magnitude” (ml) represents a reference milestone because of its simple definition and widespread usage in different parts of the world [gasperini 2002]. the local magnitude (ml) of an earthquake, as defined by richter [1935], is the logarithm of half the peak-to-peak amplitude measured in microns, recorded by a wood–anderson seismograph at a distance of 100 km from the epicenter of that earthquake. the wood– anderson (wa) is a standard torsion seismograph measuring a high-pass filtered displacement with a frequency domain response. a correction factor describes the variation of maximum amplitude taking into account the distance from source to receivers. since standard wa seismometers are often not available, local magnitudes are generally computed from amplitude recordings of other types of seismometers, digitally simulating a wa seismometer. at mt. etna, seismic signal recordings have been available since the early 1990s, although at that time seismic stations were mostly equipped with vertical rather than horizontal seismometers, which are required by the richter [1935] definition. therefore, the earthquake magnitude at mt. etna has been estimated by the duration (md) of the seismogram coda calibrated for article history received july 16, 2015; accepted november 6, 2015. subject classification: mt. etna, duration magnitude, local magnitude, general orthogonal regression. mt. etna by the caltabiano et al. [1986] relationship: md = −1.367 + 2.068 log x + 0.212 log d (1) where x is the duration time of the event in seconds and d is the hypocenter distance in km from the reference station. the advantage of the above method is that the duration, defined as the time interval between the onset of the first pulse and the time when the amplitude of the seismogram coda decreases below the noise level, is influenced minimally by inaccuracies in the instrumental response function and the hypocentral location [gasperini et al. 2013]. however, in volcanic areas the decay of the earthquake coda may be masked by the presence of noise, volcanic tremor or other shocks [del pezzo and petrosino 2001, d’amico and maiolino 2005], so that calculation of the local magnitude, based on the less ambiguous signal amplitude, is desirable to estimate magnitude properly. a first attempt to estimate the local magnitude ml was performed by d’amico and maiolino [2005], who used a dataset of 288 earthquakes, recorded by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, osservatorio etneo (ingv-oe) during the 2002-2003 eruption, and the lahr [1999] relationship: ml = log a + a log d − b (2) where a is maximum half-amplitude of the horizontal component of the seismic recording, measured in mm, and the term «+a log d − b» takes the place of the term «− log(a0)» of richter’s [1935] relationship with a = 0.15, b = 0.16 for d< 200 km). beginning in 2005, thanks to the improvement of the ingv-oe seismic network of mt. etna and the installation of digital stations equipped with broadband three-component sensors, local magnitude estimation became a routine procedure in monitoring the seismicity of the volcano. today, ml is estimated as the mean value from several stations simulating a wa seismometer, as described in d’amico and maiolino [2005]. to ensure the continuity of a long dataset of coherent magnitude observations, the duration magnitude is still evaluated. magnitude estimation in md and ml, though mutually related, do not produce the same results. for this reason, it is mandatory to adopt an empirical conversion to produce a homogeneous catalogue for the mt. etna region. the use of earthquake data compiled at different tuvè et al. 2 figure 1. map of mt. etna volcano and spatial distribution of the earthquakes used in this study. 3 times, subjected to different magnitude scales or from different networks, means dealing with the problem of magnitude homogeneity [e.g. habermann 1991, zùniga and wyss 1995, wiemer and wyss 2000]. for reliable estimates of seismicity and hazard it is also necessary to make use of as much data as possible. in order to overcome this difficulty, many studies have relied on magnitude conversions based on linear regressions without regard for the time and method of the original observations on which they are based [zùniga and figueroa-soto 2012]. for mt. etna volcano-tectonic earthquakes, some authors have proposed relationships between md and ml through linear regression using selected datasets related to the large seismic sequences of 2001 and 2002-03 eruptions [d’amico and maiolino 2005, giampiccolo et al. 2007], or using algorithms that take into account errors in both md and ml with the same weight as in murru et al. [2007]. the purpose of this study is to determine the md-ml relationship by applying the general orthogonal regression (gor) [e.g. carrol and ruppert 1996] procedure, which has been widely used in the recent literature, to a dataset of 3921 ml and md available for earthquakes recorded at mt. etna from 2005 to 2014 [gruppo analisi dati sismici 2015]. the relationship obtained is then used to produce a homogeneous magnitude for the whole mt. etna ingv-oe catalogue from 2000 to present, by calibrating the older md with the more recent and reliable ml. 2. instruments and dataset at mt. etna, spatial density and quality of the stations of the permanent seismic network run by ingvoe have been improved over time. in particular, starting from 2005, the technology of several stations has been upgraded from analogical short period 1-component to digital broadband 3-component. at present, the seismic monitoring network comprises about 50 stations, mainly equipped with broadband (40-second periods), 3-component, nanometrics trillium seismometers and distributed all over the volcano. the dataset used in this study consists of 3921 earthquakes (figure 1) occurring from 2005 to 2014 and selected from the “earthquakes catalogue of eastern sicily and southern calabria from 1999 to 2015” of ingvoe [gruppo analisi dati sismici 2015]. iterative linear earthquakes location was performed by using the hypoellipse algorithm [lahr 1999] and the 1d crustal velocity model proposed for mt. etna area by hirn et al. [1991]. both duration and local magnitudes are available for the whole dataset. the accuracy of the ml estimates performed by ingv-oe, has been tested through the comparison with the ml estimates furnished, at national scale, by ingv seismic network in the “italian seismic bulletin” [bsi 2012] and in the “italian seismic instrumental and parametric data-base” [iside 2015]. in figure 2, the solid line represents the best-fit curve defining the relationship between the local magnitude computed with data from the two networks. coefficients of the relationship show that ml values of ingva new md-ml relationship for mt. etna earthquakes figure 2. plot of ml values of earthquakes occurring at mt. etna from 2005 to 2014 calculated by both local and national seismic network. y-coordinate data from mt. etna permanent seismic network [gruppo analisi dati sismici 2015]; x-coordinate data from the italian seismic bulletin [bsi 2012] and italian seismological instrumental and parametrical database [iside 2015]. figure 3. plot of md vs. ml values of the earthquakes occurring at mt. etna from 2005 to 2014. the grey scale indicates the number of earthquakes for each md-ml bins. black squares indicate the md value that occurs most often (mode) for each ml bin (0.1 unit). oe are in good agreement with those estimated using the national seismic network stations of ingv. it is known in literature that a degree of bias is present when comparing md vs. ml estimates [e.g. gasperini 2002, d’amico and maiolino 2005, castello et al. 2007]. in particular, for the our dataset md values of small earthquakes are overestimated with respect to ml values and, conversely, they are underestimated for the strongest events. in figure 3, the magnitude values are plotted in terms of density of number of couples of md-ml, classified by grey scale. mode of md distribution for each ml bin (0.1 unit) is plotted with black squares. the plot shows a wide scatter of the data points that can be attributed to the uncertainties in the magnitude estimate. in fact, both duration and local magnitudes are calculated as the mean value from several stations. moreover, in a volcanic area like mt. etna, where the noise is mainly related to the volcanic activity recorded by the instruments, uncertainties of coda duration have to be taken into account. on the other hand, uncertainty in the estimate of the ml depends on the measurement of the maximum amplitude, which may be influenced by site effects due to soil amplification [di grazia et al. 2001]. the modes of md distributions for each ml bin show a good linear trend for ml > 1.0. below this threshold, the same md value is calculated for several ml bins. in particular, earthquakes with ml < 1.0 are often estimated in md as 1.1-1.2. similar behavior may be observed for earthquakes with ml > 3.0 that are often estimated as md= 3.0. moreover, it is noteworthy that two strong earthquakes (ml≥4.5) had much smaller md estimations. since duration magnitude estimation of smaller earthquakes appears to be unreliable, we removed 352 md-ml data having ml< 1.0 from the dataset used to calculate the gor. the absence of duration magnitudes outside the range 1.0-4.0 may clearly be observed also by computing the gutenberg-richter (g-r) frequency magnitude distribution of the catalogue shown in figure 4a, for both duration and local magnitude. small magnitude values are well-represented by ml but not by md. the distribution seems very similar from 1.0 to 3.0. in addition, the slope (b-value) of the cumulative curve is higher for md than for ml. this must be taken into account in carrying out studies using the b-value or seismicity rate, since it may have implications for both source processes and hazard estimation. similarly, the cumulative plot of the seismic energy released in time (figure 4b) enhances this md-ml behavior. the overall difference in terms of cumulative energy strain, released between that calculated in md and that calculated in ml is 3.61 × 10 6 j0.5. since the dataset is the same for both magnitudes, the observed difference has to be ascribed to the different estimation of the two magnitude scales, and it is particularly evident during the most powerful seismic sequences, such as those of may 2008 and december 2009. 3. regression analysis and results the standard linear regression (slr) is the simplest and most commonly used regression procedure applied in literature [e.g. gasperini and ferrari 2000, gasperini 2002, bindi et al. 2005, braunmiller et al. 2005]. however, its application implies that error on the independent variable is negligible compared with the error on the dependent variable. therefore, the use of slr, without checking whether its basic requirements are satisfied, may lead to erroneous results [castellaro et al. 2006]. another approach is the simple orthogonal regression (sor), which assumes that both varituvè et al. 4 figure 4. (a) frequency magnitude distributions, in normal and cumulative scale, and (b) cumulative seismic strain release calculated using the richter [1958] relationship for the earthquakes used in this study. blue for md dataset and red for ml dataset. 5 ables have the same uncertainty [ambraseys 1990, gutdeutsch et al. 2002]. as the above conditions are not fully appropriate for magnitude data sets, the use of the general orthogonal regression (gor), which is designed to account for the effects of measurement errors on both linearly related variables [castellaro and bormann 2007, das et al. 2011], is generally preferable [castellaro et al. 2006, gasperini et al. 2013]. gor basic procedure is described in detail in literature [madansky 1959, kendall and stuart 1979, fuller 1987, carroll and ruppert 1996, castellaro et al. 2006, das et al. 2011] and only a brief description of the main aspects involving magnitude is therefore given below. the principle of gor involves the minimization of (3) in the unknowns a, b and xi. each measurement is sampled from a two-dimensional normal distribution centered at the value represented by the couple (xi, yi) and with major and minor axes equal to vx and vy, which represents the standard deviation error of x and y, respectively. the paths from the observed (xi, yi) to the “true” (xi, yi) have slopes which depend on the errors affecting the two magnitudes. equation (3) represents the weighted orthogonal distance when h ≠ 1 and the squared euclidean distance when h = 1. one drawback of the gor application is that knowing the variance ratio (4) between the two variables (md and ml) is mandatory. the variance (v2) needs to be known for both magnitude scales. this requires that several independent estimations, based on data of different stations for the same earthquake, must be available. when the square root of the error variance ratio h is in the range between 0.7 and 1.8, gor relation is qualitatively better than slr relation [e.g. castellaro and bormann 2007]. to perform the regression analyses, a great deal of effort was made to assess the magnitude uncertainties that are required for the application of the gor method. the local magnitude, for each earthquake in the catalogue, is calculated as the average generally by using a number of stations between 5 and 18. the standard deviation for each ml value is known. for the whole dataset, the standard deviation of the estimated magnitudes ranges between 0.14 and 0.67, with average vml= 0.27. conversely, notwithstanding that the duration magnitude is estimated as an average value, no information about its uncertainty is known. to overcome this problem and obtain a reliable value of uncertainty on the estimation, for a subset of 210 events the duration of the seismogram coda was re-estimated for all available recording stations (generally from 2 to 12). we were thus able to estimate mean md and its standard deviation v for each of the 210 events. for this subset of events, v of the estimated magnitudes ranges between 0.11 and 0.64 with average vmd= 0.22. given that neither the procedure to measure the coda duration nor the seismic instruments used have changed since 2005, we may assume that this subset is representative of the whole dataset. since the square root of h= 1.23, we are confident that the application of gor gives better results than slr [castellaro and bormann 2007]. the gor relationship obtained is: ml = 1.164 (±0.011) * md − 0.337 (±0.020) (5) where the rms between calculated ml and observed ml is 0.25. the relationship (figure 5, black line) is in good agreement with the trend of the mode of the distribution of md per ml bins (see figure 3). dashed segments indicate the magnitude values outside the range used for the regression. figure 5 also shows slr, inverse-sr (isr) and other relations known in literature [murru et al. 2007, d’amico and maiolino 2005]. in particular, the murru et al. [2007] relationship, although similar to gor, calculates smaller values of magnitude ml m 2 2 h v v= md 2 y x x xi i i ii n 2v 2v1 h a b+ = q q 2v 2v# &| a new md-ml relationship for mt. etna earthquakes figure 5. plot of the obtained gor relationship between ml and md (black line). grey boxes indicate md-ml couples. for comparison, slr, isr, murru et al. [2007] and d’amico and maiolino [2005], are also plotted. dashed lines indicate data outside the range of definition of the relationships. (0.2 unit difference for md= 1.0) for the less powerful events. conversely, slr and isr show good agreement only for small earthquakes. to verify the goodness of the new relation, a t-test was performed between the observed ml and calculated ml by gor. in particular, the null hypothesis that the means of the two populations are equal has been tested. the test indicates that there is a probability lower than 6.48% that the observed and calculated magnitude are different. in figure 6 the difference between observed and calculated ml versus md is plotted; black circles indicate the most frequent values for each md bin. they fall within the range defined by the standard error of the relationship (±0.25) for md values between 1.0 and 3.2, although there is some disagreement over such range. 4. conclusions for seismological applications, including homogenization of earthquake catalogues, it is important to know how different magnitude determinations compare as well as the associated measurement errors. mt. etna catalogue covers earthquakes occurring in the area since the 90s and, as in most cases, changes in instrumentation and the network involved in the monitoring, may have introduced changes in magnitude with time. in this study, a new relation to convert md magnitude to ml of mt. etna earthquakes has been derived using a dataset of earthquakes recorded in the period 2005-2014 and applying the most commonly used gor approach. a retrospective analysis of the cumulative energy strain release of the last 14 years (figure 7), calculated by ml (observed or estimated, red line), shows that, overall, the energy strain release is increased by about 1×107 units with respect to the estimated md (blue line). this behavior is particularly noticeable during the seismic crisis of 2001 and 2002 related to the volcanic eruptions and it is coherent with that observed in 2008 and in 2009 (see also figure 4b for a detailed magnification of this time span). the grey areas in background indicate when a calculated ml was used. the calibration of various magnitude data sets described above has been used to build a homogenized catalogue in ml from 2005 to 2014. the new relationship is an effective way to back extend the more reliable local magnitude to the whole mt. etna catalogue and allows obtaining a homogeneous dataset of magnitudes. moreover, taking into account that ml calculated with the seismic stations of the mt. etna permanent tuvè et al. 6 figure 6. residuals between observed ml and calculated ml with respect to observed md. thin horizontal lines indicate the standard error threshold of the md-ml relationship. figure 7. cumulative seismic strain release of mt. etna volcano from 2000 to 2014 calculated using the richter [1958] relationship. dotted blue line for md dataset and red line for observed or calculated ml dataset. grey areas indicate when a calculated ml was used. 7 network are in good agreement with those calculated by the national seismic network (figure 2), the relationship may be used to integrate ingv-oe data with those of different networks. references alparone, s., v. maiolino, a. mostaccio, a. scaltrito, a. ursino, g. barberi, s. d’amico, g. di grazia, e. giampiccolo, c. musumeci, l. scarfì and l. zuccarello (2015). instrumental seismic catalogue of mt. etna earthquakes (sicily, italy): ten years (2000-2010) of instrumental recordings, annals of geophysics, 58,4, 1-11. ambraseys, n.n. (1990). uniform magnitude reevaluation of european earthquakes associated with strongmotion recordings, earthq. eng. and struct. dyn., 19, 1-20. azzaro, r., s. d’amico and t. tuvè (2011). estimating the magnitude of historic earthquakes from macroseismic intensity data: new relationships for the volcanic region of mount etna (italy), seismol. res. lett., 82 (4), 533-544. barberi, f., p. gasparini, f. innocenti and l. villari (1973). volcanism of the southern tyrrhenian sea and its geodynamic implications, j. geophys. res., 78 (23), 5221-5232. bindi, d., d. spallarossa, c. eva and m. cattaneo (2005). local and duration magnitude in northwestern italy and seismic moment versus magnitude relationships, b. seismol. soc. am., 95 (2), 592-604. bonaccorso, a., f. ferrucci, d. patanè and l. villari (1996). fast deformation processes and eruptive activity at mt. etna (italy), j. geophys. res., 101 (b8), 17467-17480. braunmiller, j., n. deichmann, d. giardini, s. wiemer and the sed magnitude working group (2005). homogeneous moment-magnitude calibration in switzerland, b. seismol. soc. am., 95 (1), 58-74. bsi (2012). bollettino sismico italiano / italian seismic bulletin, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome; http://bollettinosismico.rm.ingv.it/. caltabiano, t., d. condarelli, s. gresta and d. patanè (1986). analisi preliminare dei dati della stazione sismica di serra pizzuta calvarina, cnr iiv open file rep., 10/86. carroll, r.j., and d. ruppert (1996). the use and misuse of orthogonal regression in linear errors-in-variables models, american statistician, 50 (1), 1-6. castellaro, s., f. mulargia and y.y. kagan (2006). regression problems for magnitudes, geophys. j. int., 165, 913-930. castellaro, s., and p. bormann (2007). performance of different regression procedures on the magnitude conversion problem, b. seismol. soc. am., 97, 1167-1175. castello, b., m. olivieri and g. selvaggi (2007). local and duration magnitude determination for the italian earthquake catalog, 1981-2002, b. seismol. soc. am., 97, 128-139. cmte working group (2014). catalogo macrosismico dei terremoti etnei, 1832-2013, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, catania; http://www. ct.ingv.it/macro/. d’amico, s., and v. maiolino (2005). local magnitude estimate at mt. etna, annals of geophysics, 48 (2), 215-229. das, r., h.r. wason and m.l. sharma (2011). global regression relations for conversion of surface wave and body wave magnitudes to moment magnitude, nat. hazards, 59, 801-810. del pezzo, e., and s. petrosino (2001). a local-magnitude scale for mt. vesuvius from synthetic wood– anderson seismograms, j. seismol., 5, 207-215. di grazia, g., h. langer, a. ursino, l. scarfì and s. gresta (2001). on the estimate of earthquake magnitude at a local seismic network, annals of geophysics, 44 (3), 579-591 fuller, w.a. (1987). measurement error models, john wiley, new york. gasperini, p., and g. ferrari (2000). deriving numerical estimates from descriptive information: the computation of earthquake parameters, annals of geophysics, 43 (4), 729-746. gasperini, p. (2002). local magnitude revaluation for recent italian earthquakes (1981-1996), j. seismol., 6, 503-524. gasperini, p., b. lolli and g. vannucci (2013). empirical calibration of local magnitude data sets versus moment magnitude in italy, b. seismol. soc. am., 103, 2227-2246. giampiccolo, e., s. d’amico, d. patanè and s. gresta (2007). attenuation and source parameters of shallow microearthquakes at mt. etna volcano (italy), b. seismol. soc. am., 97 (1b), 184-197. grünthal, g. (1998). european macroseismic scale 1998 (ems-98), european seismological commission, subcommission on engineering seismology, working group macroseismic scales, conseil de l’europe, cahiers du centre européen de géodynamique et de séismologie, 15, luxembourg, p. 99; http://ww w.ecgs.lu/cahiers-bleus/. gruppo analisi dati sismici (2015). catalogo dei terremoti della sicilia orientale calabria meridionale, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, catania; http://www.ct.ingv.it/ufs/analisti/catalogolist. php. a new md-ml relationship for mt. etna earthquakes gutdeutsch, r., d. kaiser and g. jentzsch (2002). estimation of earthquake magnitudes from epicentral intensities and other focal parameters in central and southern europe, geophys. j. int., 151 (3), 824-834. habermann, r.e. (1991). seismicity rate variations and systematic changes in magnitudes in teleseismic catalogs, tectonophysics, 193, 277-289. hirn, a., a. nercessian, m. sapin, f. ferrucci and g. wittlinger (1991). seismic heterogeneity of mt. etna: structure and activity, geophys. j. int., 105, 139-153. iside (2015). italian seismological instrumental and parametric data-base, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome; http://iside.rm.ingv. it/iside/standard/index.jsp. kendall, m., and a. stuart (1979). the advanced theory of statistics, vol. 2, charles griffin, london. lahr, j.c. (1999). hypoellipse: a computer program for determining local earthquake hypocentral parameters, magnitude, and first motion pattern (y2k compliant), u.s. geol. survey open file rep., 99-23. lentini, f. (1982). the geology of the mt. etna basement, mem. soc. geol. it., 23, 7-25. madansky, a. (1959). the fitting of straight lines when both variables are subject to error, j. am. stat. assoc., 54, 173-205. mckenzie, d. (1970). plate tectonics of the mediterranean region, nature, 226, 239-243. montalto, a., s. vinciguerra, s. menza and g. patanè (1996). recent seismicity of mount etna: implication for flank instability, in: w.j. mcguire, a.p. jones and j. neuberg (eds.), volcano instability on the earth and other planets: geological society of london, special publications, 110, 169-177. murru, m., r., console, g. falcone, c. montuori and t. sgroi (2007). spatial mapping of the b value at mount etna, italy, using earthquake data recorded from 1999 to 2005, j. geophys. res., 112, b12303; doi:10.1029/2006jb004791. patanè, d., and e. giampiccolo (2004). faulting processes and earthquake source parameters at mount etna: state of art and perspective, in: a. bonaccorso, s. calvari, m. coltelli, c. del negro and s. falsaperla (eds.), mt. etna: volcano laboratory, american geophysical union, 143, 167-189. richter, c. f. (1935). an instrumental earthquake magnitude scale, b. seismol. soc. am., 25 (1), 1-32. richter, c.f. (1958). elementary seismology, w.h. freeman and co., san francisco. wiemer, s., and m. wyss (2000). minimum magnitude of completeness in earthquake catalogs: examples from alaska, the western us and japan, b. seismol. soc. am., 90, 859-869. zùniga, f.r., and m. wyss (1995). inadvertent changes in magnitude reported in earthquake catalogs: influence on b-value estimates, b. seismol. soc. am., 85 (6), 1858-1866. zùniga, f.r., and a. figueroa-soto (2012). converting magnitudes based on the temporal stability of aand b-values in the gutenberg-richter law, b. seismol. soc. am., 102 (5), 2116-2127. * corresponding author: tiziana tuvè, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di catania, osservatorio etneo, catania, italy; email: tiziana.tuve@ingv.it. © 2015 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. tuvè et al. 8 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice vol. 48, 01, 05ok.qxd 1 annals of geophysics, vol. 48, n. 1, february 2005 key words methane – lithosphere degassing – mud volcanoes – greenhouse gas – geodynamics 1. introduction geodynamics and geophysical processes of lithosphere degassing are generally neglected in contemporary global climate change research. nevertheless, recent studies have suggested that lithosphere carbon dioxide (co2) and methane (ch4) outgassing is an important component of the natural greenhouse gas sources (etiope and klusman, 2002; morner and etiope, 2002). this is particularly evident for methane, whose geological sources have been object of detailed investigations during recent years. methane is one of the main greenhouse gases playing a significant role in global climate changes, on geological, quaternary and contemporary time scales. natural sources of methane include wetlands (> 100 mt yr–1), termites (20 mt yr–1) and oceans (10 mt yr–1). the intergovernmental panel on climate change (ipcc, 2001) does not include in its official tables any geological source of methane, apart from hydrates (5-10 mt yr–1). only recently, it has been suggested that several geologic processes may lead to the release of significant amounts of methane into the atmosphere, mainly from submarine seepage, mud volcanoes and microseepage (etiope and klusman, 2002; etiope et al., 2003, 2004a; milkov et al., 2003; etiope and milkov, 2004). today’s global estimates available for methane flux from these sources are probably underestimated and have a great potential of being increased. this work aims at evaluating this potential for mud volcanoes and microseepage, discussing present limits and introducing new data. the global microseepage estimate is re-calculated on the basis of an upgraded experimental data set and on a new evaluation of the global microseepage area. mailing address: dr. giuseppe etiope, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, via vigna murata, 605, 00143 roma, italy; e-mail: etiope@ingv.it mud volcanoes and microseepage: the forgotten geophysical components of atmospheric methane budget giuseppe etiope istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, roma, italy abstract mud volcanoes and microseepage are two important natural sources of atmospheric methane, controlled by neotectonics and seismicity. petroleum and gas reservoirs are the deep sources, and faults and fractured rocks serve as main pathways of degassing to the atmosphere. violent gas emissions or eruptions are generally related to seismic activity. the global emission of methane from onshore mud volcanoes has recently been improved thanks to new experimental data sets acquired in europe and azerbaijan. the global estimate of microseepage can be now improved on the basis of new flux data and a more precise assessment of the global area in which microseepage may occur. despite the uncertainty of the various source strengths, the global geological methane flux is clearly comparable to or higher than other sources or sinks considered in the tables of the intergovernmental panel on climate change. 2 giuseppe etiope 2. mud volcano emissions mud volcanoes (mvs) are the largest surface expression of migration of hydrocarbon fluids through neotectonic faults in petroleumbearing sedimentary basins (fig. 1). geology and formation mechanisms are described in a wide literature (e.g., milkov, 2000; dimitrov, 2002; revil, 2002). methane flux from mvs is object of detailed studies only starting from 2001, when the main terrestrial mvs of europe, located in romania and italy were investigated (etiope et al., 2002, 2003, 2004a). more recently, gas flux has been measured in azerbaijan, which hosts the world’s biggest mvs and densest mv population (etiope et al., 2004b). thanks to these studies, it has been possible to elaborate a first estimate of global emission of methane from mvs to the atmosphere, that is at least 6-9 mt yr –1 (etiope and milkov, 2004). this is the same level of the estimates today considered for ocean and hydrates sources. methane emission from mvs (fig. 2) includes not only the gas flux from localised vents (craters, gryphons, bubbling pools and salses) but also the diffuse exhalation from soil, known as microseepage, whose mechanisms are discussed in the next section. the data collected from 2001 to 2003 in europe and azerbaijan (etiope et al., 2002, 2003, 2004a,b) refer to the quiescent degassing. it is known however that many mvs, especially those in azerbaijan, can erupt violently, generally in relation to seismic activity, injecting huge amounts of gas into the atmosphere within a few hours. so far, however, only some rough estimates of the eruptive flux of mvs in azerbaijan have been reported, generally based on subjective visual observations. for example, it has been reported that during the eruption of the touragai mud volcano (azerbaijan) in 1946, about 0.36 mt of ch4 were emitted, and more than 40 000 t of ch4 emitted from the duvannyi island volcano in 1961. bolshoi maraza erupted for three days in 1902 injecting more than 80 000 t of ch4 into the atmosphere (guliyev and feyzullayev, 1997). from 1810 until the present, about 250 eruptions of 60 mud volcanoes have been observed in azerbaijan. sokolov et al. (1969) described violent eruptions of mud-volcanoes in the southern caspian basin, which have released hundreds of millions of cubic meters of gas and estimated that mud volcanoes in azerbaijan have produced 106 mt of gas in the last million years. most of these eruptions followed large earthquakes. in their global estimation of gas flux from mud volcanoes, milkov et al. (2003) concluded that the global eruptive degassing may be approximately equal to the global quiescent degassing. in contrast, dimitrov (2002) suggests that gas flux from quiescent periods is significantly (by a factor of up to 30) less than the gas flux during eruptions. direct measurements of methane flux from submarine mvs have rarely been performed (linke et al., 2005), and only in a few active points. some rough estimates, generally based on the volumes of mud extruded, are available as reviewed by kopf (2002). on the basis of available data, including mvs dimensions, depth and gas dissolution models, etiope and milkov (2004) have estimated that at least 0.5 mt of methane are injected into the atmosphere from mvs occurring at depths less than 200 m (shelf mvs). however, recent discoveries (e.g., holland et al., 2003) suggest that shelf mvs are fig. 1. sketch of methane origin and emission in hydrocarbon-prone basins. 3 mud volcanoes and microseepage: the forgotten geophysical components of atmospheric methane budget more abundant than previously assumed and that many of them release significant amounts of gas bubble plumes, which may easily cross the water column and enter the atmosphere. therefore detailed studies and measurements of gas flux during eruption, and direct measurements of gas flux from submarine mud volcanoes appear to be critical to further constrain the global gas flux from mvs. 3. microseepage etiope and klusman (2002) defined microseepage as the slow, continual loss of ch4 and light alkanes from depths of 2-5 km in sedimentary basins where thermal degradation of indigenous organic matter is occurring. microseepage is basically a pervasive, diffuse exhalation of methane from soil resulting from natural gas migration from underground hydrocarbon reservoirs. it is assumed that microseepage is a general phenomenon driven by buoyancy of the gas phase relative to connate waters (price, 1986; klusman, 1993; klusman and saeed, 1996; matthews, 1996); frequently, gas migration can be considered in terms of microbubbles, bubbles and slug flows along faults and fractured rocks (etiope and martinelli, 2002). it is evident that microseepage is enhanced along faults, especially those produced by neotectonics (klusman, 1993; etiope, 1999). in dry lands, methane flux is generally negative, from the atmosphere to the soil, due to methanotrophic oxidation by ch4-consuming fig. 2. typical mud volcano morphology and methane emission structures: (top) single crater mv, trinidad (from the geological society of trinidad and tobago); (bottom) multi-crater (gryphons) mv, paclele (eastern romania). 4 giuseppe etiope bacteria in the soil. due to this biological activity, dry lands are considered a net sink of atmospheric methane, on global scale (around 30 mt yr–1), with fluxes generally in the order of –5 to –1 mgm–2d–1 (dong et al., 1998). microseepage is instead responsible for less negative or positive fluxes of methane, indicating that soil consumption can be lower than the input from underground sources. the positive fluxes are typically of a few units or tens of mgm–2d–1, but may be at the hundreds level over wide tectonised and faulted areas in the most active microseeping regions. these values are comparable with the ch4 emission in wet, anaerobic ecosystems, which are typically in the range 1500 mgm–2d–1 (batjes and bridges, 1994). in mv areas microseepage may easily reach fluxes in the order of 103-105 mgm–2d–1. the highest microseepage flux ever reported has been found close to the fire of yanardag, in azerbaijan: > 560 000 mgm–2d–1 (etiope et al., 2004b). a review is made by etiope and klusman (2002), and data on microseepage linked to mvs are in etiope et al. (2002, 2003, 2004a,b). the global coverage of microseepage is unknown. potentially, microseeping areas are all the sedimentary basins in a dry climate, with petroleum and gas generation processes at depth: this area has been estimated to be around 43 366 000 km2 (klusman et al., 1998). preliminary models suggest that this area can produce a mean microseepage flux of 4.42 mg ch4 m–2d–1 (klusman et al., 1998, 2000) and 90% of methanotrophic consumption leading to a global emission of methane of about 7 mt yr–1. this is only a first, rough estimate, very likely quite conservative. today it is possible to suggest another estimate, based directly on experimental values and on the area of the tectonic zones (faulted) actually hosting gas reservoirs. we have first to distinguish microseepage close to mvs (mv microseepage) and microseepage far from mvs or in sedimentary basins without mvs (simply microseepage). global emission of mv microseepage has already been estimated by etiope and milkov (2004), who considered the diffuse flux occurring within the mv morphologic structure (hill, muddy cover, and external bound of 250 m); this mv microseepage is at least 1-2.4 mt yr–1. 3.1. upgraded microseepage data-set in order to estimate the global non-mv microseepage it is possible to refer to an upgraded data-set, including microseepage from united states (klusman et al., 2000), former soviet union (voitov, 1975; balakin et al., 1981) and new data from reconnaissance surveys, carried out in 2002, in non-mv zones of transylvania, central romania and along the adriatic coast of central italy. these are two of the most important gas producing areas of europe (schlumberger, 1987; cranganu and deming, 1996). in these areas, 40 soil-atmosphere flux measurements were carried out in soils hosting wheat and grass communities, typical of temperate climates, by closed-chamber method; gas was analysed in duplicate by portable micro-gc (etiope et al., 2002). the flux values ranged from – 5 to 142 mgm–2d–1, with a mean of 20 mgm–2d–1. only 6 flux values were negative (from –5 to –1.5 mgm–2d–1); the highest values (from 90 to 142 mgm–2d–1) were measured in the «cupello» gas reservoir (vasto) on the italian adriatic coast. here biogenic gas is exploited from sandy reservoirs at depths between 800 and 1100 m and thermogenic gas occurs in deeper carbonate reservoirs (schlumberger, 1987). the average microseepage value derived from the surveys cited in table i (excluding the higher values of great caucasus and azerbaijan) is around 10 mgm–2d–1. 3.2. new estimate of global microseepage area the flux data available today suggest that microseepage corresponds closely to the spatial distribution of underground petroleum reservoirs. instead of considering the whole area covered by sedimentary basins, as made by klusman et al. (2000), it is today possible to estimate the global area of the onshore petroleum reservoirs. this has been made elaborating the data from the last us geological survey world petroleum assessment (usgs, 2000). this work named and mapped 159 of the largest total petroleum systems (tps’s) in the world using geographic information system. the tps’s are the hydrocarbon-fluid systems in the lithosphere including the essential elements and processes table i. microseepage in hydrocarbon-prone (no mud volcanos) areas. reference no. of sites flux range (mean) mgm–2d–1 denver-julesburg basin (colorado) klusman et al. (2000) 84 – 41 to 43.1 (0.57) piceance (colorado) klusman et al. (2000) 60 – 6.0 to 3.1 (– 1.1) powder river (wyoming) klusman et al. (2000) 78 – 14.9 to 19.1 (0.02) railroad valley (nevada) klusman et al. (2000) 120 – 6.1 to 4.8 (– 0.2) great caucasus balakin et al. (1981) unknown 430 lesser caucasus balakin et al. (1981) unknown 12 kura depression balakin et al. (1981) unknown 8 azerbaijan voitov (1975) unknown 28-200 transylvania (central romania) tarnaveni-bazna this work 5 2 to 64 (24) abruzzo adriatic coast (central italy) vasto this work 30 – 5 to 142 (22) pescara this work 5 – 4 to 13 (3.5) 5 mud volcanoes and microseepage: the forgotten geophysical components of atmospheric methane budget needed for oil and gas accumulations, migration and seeps. it is assumed, therefore, that microseepage occurs throughout the onshore tps areas. based on a careful analysis of tps map and gis data-sets, the global microseepage area can be estimated in the order of 8 × 106 km2. assuming conservatively a mean microseepage in the range 5-10 mgm–2d–1, a simple scalingup would give a global emission of 14-28 mt yr–1. 4. conclusions mud volcanoes and microseepage are closely related to neotectonic and seismic processes, and represent two important natural sources of atmospheric methane. the estimate of global emission of methane from onshore mud volcanoes has recently been refined thanks to new experimental data sets acquired in europe and azerbaijan. global microseepage has been estimated with less accuracy due to the few measurements available. a refinement is here proposed considering new data from hydrocarbon areas in u.s.a., former soviet union, romania, italy, and a more accurate assessment of the global area in which microseepage may occur. potentially, the resulting global microseepage output can be in order of 14-28 mt yr–1. this is a provisional estimate based on the assumption «microseepage area = tps area». a large number of data over wide areas, from different tps, and more accurate scaling-up procedures are necessary to reach a more constrained estimate. given these uncertainties, the global emission of methane from geological sources, including mvs (6-9 mt yr–1), marine seepage (20 mt yr–1), geothermal flux (2.5-6.3 mt yr–1) and microseepage in petroliferous basins (14-28 mt yr–1) would amount at least to 40-60 mt yr–1. the previous estimate was 35-45 mt yr–1 (etiope and milkov, 2004). these numbers are of the same level of or higher than other sources or sinks considered in the tables of the intergovernmental panel on climate change (ipcc, 2001), such as biomass burning (40 mt yr–1), termites (20 mt yr–1), oceans (10 mt yr–1) and soil uptake (30 mt yr–1). these results show clearly that geologic methane sources, strictly controlled by geodynamic and tectonic processes, have a primary role in the atmospheric greenhouse gas budget. acknowledgements thanks are due to feliks persits (usgs, central energy resources team) for providing the gis data-set for tps. 6 giuseppe etiope microseepage data of transylvania are from preliminary surveys carried out with calin l. baciu (babes-bolyay university of cluj-napoca), franco italiano and antonio caracausi (ingv, palermo section), in the framework of a nato project (contract est.clg.977422). references balakin, v.a, g.a. gabrielants, i.s. guliyev, f.g. dadashev, v.m. kolobashkin, a.i. popov and a.a. feyzullayev (1981): test of experimental study of hydrocarbon degassing of lithosphere of south caspian basin and adjacent mountains systems, using laser gasanalyzer «iskatel-2», dokl. akad. nauk sssr, 260 (1), 154-156 (in russian). batjes, n.h. and e.m. bridges (1994): potential emissions of radiatively active gases from soil to atmosphere with special reference to methane: development of a global database (wise), j. geophys. res., 99 (d8), 16,479-16,489. cranganu, c. and d. deming (1996): heat flow and hydrocarbon generation in the transylvanian basin, romania, aapg bull., 80 (10), 1641-1653. dimitrov, l. (2002): mud volcanoes – the most important pathway for degassing deeply buried sediments, earthsci. rev., 59, 49-76. dong, y., d. scharffe, j.m. lobert, p.j. crutzen and e. sanhueza (1998): fluxes of co2, ch4 and n2o from temperate forest soil: the effect of leaves and humus layers, tellus, 50b, 243-252. etiope, g. (1999): subsoil co2 and ch4 and their advective transfer from faulted grassland to the atmosphere, j. geophys. res., 104 (d14), 16,889-16,895. etiope, g. and r.w. klusman (2002): geologic emissions of methane to the atmosphere, chemosphere, 49, 777-789. etiope, g. and g. martinelli (2002): migration of carrier and trace gases in the geosphere: an overview, phys. earth planet. int., 129, 3-4, 185-204. etiope, g. and a.v. milkov (2004): a new estimate of global methane flux from onshore and shallow submarine mud volcanoes to the atmosphere, environ. geol., 46 (8), 997-1002. etiope, g., a. caracausi, r. favara, f. italiano and c. baciu (2002): methane emission from the mud volcanoes of sicily (italy), geophys. res. lett., 29 (8), doi:10.1029/2001gl014340. etiope, g., a. caracausi, r. favara, f. italiano and c. baciu (2003): reply to comment by a. kopf on «methane emission from the mud volcanoes of sicily (italy)», and notice on ch4 flux data from european mud volcanoes, geophys. res. lett., 30 (2), 1094, doi:10.1029/2002gl016287. etiope, g., c. baciu, a. caracausi, f. italiano and c. cosma (2004a): gas flux to the atmosphere from mud volcanoes in eastern romania, terra nova, 16 (4), 179-184. etiope, g., a. feyzullayev, c. baciu and a.v. milkov (2004b): methane emission from mud volcanoes in the eastern azerbaijan, geology, 32 (6), 465-468. guliyev, i.s. and a. feyzullayev (1997): all about mud volcanoes (baku pub. house, nafta-press), pp. 120. holland, c.w., g. etiope, a.v. milkov, e. michelozzi and p. favali (2003): mud volcanos discovered offshore sicily, mar. geol., 199, 1-6. ipcc (intergovernmental panel on climate change) (2001): climate change 2001: the scientific basis, edited by j.t. houghton, y. ding, d.j. griggs, m. noguer, p.j. van der linden, x. dai, k. maskell and c.a. johnson (cambridge univ. press., cambridge, u.k.), pp. 881. klusman, r.w. (1993): soil gas and related methods for natural resource exploration (john wiley and sons, chichester, u.k.), p. 483. klusman, r.w. and m.a. saeed (1996): comparison of light hydrocarbon microseepage mechanisms, in hydrocarbon migration and its near-surface expression, edited by d. schumacher and m.a. abrams, am. assoc. petrol. geol. mem. 66 (tulsa, ok), 157-168. klusman, r.w., m.e. jakel and m.p. leroy (1998): does microseepage of methane and light hydrocarbons contribute to the atmospheric budget of methane and to global climate change?, assoc. petrol. geochem. explor. bull., 11, 1-55. klusman, r.w., m.e. leopold and m.p. leroy (2000): seasonal variation in methane fluxes from sedimentary basins to the atmosphere: results from chamber measurements and modeling of transport from deep sources, j. geophys. res., 105 (d20), 24,661-24,670. kopf, a.j. (2002): significance of mud volcanism, rev. geophys., 40 (2), 1005, doi:10.1029/2000rg000093. linke, p., k. wallmann, e. suess, c. hensen and g. rehder (2005): in-situ benthic fluxes from an intermittently active mud volcano at the costa rica convergent margin, earth planet. sci. lett. (in press). matthews, m.d. (1996): hydrocarbon migration-a view from the top, in hydrocarbon migration and its nearsurface expression, edited by d. schumacher and m.a. abrams, am. assoc. petrol. geol. mem. 66, (tulsa, ok), 139-155. milkov, a.v. (2000): worldwide distribution of submarine mud volcanoes and associated gas hydrates, mar. geol., 167 (1-2), 29-42. milkov, a.v., r. sassen, t.v. apanasovich and f.g. dadashev (2003): global gas flux from mud volcanoes: a significant source of fossil methane in the atmosphere and the ocean, geophys. res. lett., 30 (2), 1037, doi:10.1029/2002gl016358. morner, n.a. and g. etiope (2002): carbon degassing from the lithosphere, global planet. change, 33 (1/2), 185-203. price, l.c. (1986): a critical overview and proposed working model of surface geochemical exploration, in unconventional methods in exploration for petroleum and natural gas-iv, edited by m.j. davidson (southern methodist university, dallas, tx), 245-309. revil, a. (2002): genesis of mud volcanoes in sedimentary basins: a solitary wave-based mechanism, geophys. res. lett., 29 (12), 1574, doi:10.1029/2001gl014465. schlumberger (1987): well evaluation conference, wec 1987, schlumberger. 7 mud volcanoes and microseepage: the forgotten geophysical components of atmospheric methane budget sokolov, v.a., z.a. buniat-zade, a.a. geodekian and f.d. dadashev (1969): the origin of gases and mud volcanoes and the regularities of their powerful eruptions, in advances in organic geochemistry edited by p.a. schenck and i. havenaar (oxford, pergamon press), 473-484. usgs world energy assessment team (2000): us geological survey world petroleum assessment 2000, description and results, digital data series – dds-60 (us dept. of the interior, usgs). voitov, g.i. (1975): gas breath of earth, nature, 3, 9198 (in russian). 191_200 adg vol5 n02 xenos.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 191 the effects of f0 f2 variability on tec prediction accuracy thomas d. xenos department of electrical engineering, aristotelian university of thessaloniki, greece abstract in this paper hourly daily f2-layer critical frequency data recorded at rome and one minute daily tec data recorded at florence were used and the relevant variabiles were calculated. it was concluded that there was no clear evidence as to how they correlated. in order to obtain a measure of the f0f2 and tec variability, the normalised differences df 0 f 2 and d tec from the relevant monthly median values were also considered. since no clear evidence could be obtained as of how df0f2 and d tec correlate, a new parameter, the ∆ ap/∆ r ratio was tried. ∆ ap was taken as the difference between the maximum value of a p measured at the relevant disturbance and that corresponding at the beginning of the disturbance. ∆ r corresponded to the two above mentioned values of a p . this parameter was compared to the differences of the corresponding df 0 f 2 values called ∆ df and d tec values called ∆ dt. in wintertime, when ∆ a p /∆ r was negative, for the vast majority of the occurrences either ∆ df or ∆ dt was negative; ∆df and ∆dt were never observed to be negative at the same time whereas they were both positive in fewer than 10% of the observations. when ∆ a p /∆ r was positive then either ∆ df or ∆ dt were negative. in summertime when ∆ a p /∆ r was negative both ∆ df and ∆ dt were negative. when ∆ a p /∆ r was positive, while a positive ∆ df corresponded almost always to a positive ∆ dt, a negative ∆ df would equiprobably indicate either a positive or a negative ∆ dt. 1. introduction the prediction of ionospheric total electron content (tec) is a complex problem. the greatest contribution to the tec is from the ionospheric f-layer, which in turn is a very variable ionised region of the higher atmosphere, whose electron concentration and distribution are governed (kouris et al., 1998, 1999) mainly by solar and geomagnetic phenomena. the introduction of f0 f2 in neural network based, one-hour ahead, one-day ahead, two-days ahead and seven-days ahead tec forecasting models has been recently investigated (xenos, 1999) and proved very successful. in fact these models are far more accurate than the well known and widely used physical or empirical models that incorporate statistical or numerical methods. however, the tec variability is not governed exactly by the same factors as f 0 f 2 variability, since the topside ionosphere and influences from the plasmasphere above the f-region are important contributors to tec. although recently, the f 0 f 2 was used successfully as an index in tec prediction models (xenos et al., 2000), due to its strong variability (kouris, 1999), it is reasonable to investigate the correlation between the f0 f2 and tec variability. the present work, investigated the problem of the correlation between the f 0 f 2 and tec variability. therefore, f2-layer critical frequency data recorded at rome and tec data recorded at florence have been used. mailing address: dr. thomas d. xenos, aristotle university of thessaloniki, faculty of technology, department of electrical engineering, telecommunications division, 54006 thessaloniki, greece; e-mail: tdxenos@vergina.eng.auth.gr key words ionosphere – ionospheric modelling – ionospheric variability – neural networks 192 thomas d. xenos 2. data and analysis hourly-daily tec values produced from one minute faraday-rotation measurements, from geostationary satellites, recorded at florence (spalla et al., 1987) from the years 1975-1982 and 1989-1991 were correlated to f0 f2 hourly-daily data measured at rome. the daily a p and r indices were used to define whether the ionosphere was quiet or disturbed. therefore, f 0 f 2 , tec, a p and r graphs were compiled. when a p exceeded 40 the ionosphere was characterised disturbed and the consequences of the disturbance on f 0 f 2 and tec were studied. for a more detailed analysis the time span of the study preceded and followed the disturbance occurrence by 24 h. in order to obtain a measure of the f0 f2 and tec variability, the normalised differences df 0 f 2 and d tec from the relevant monthly median values were also considered. the formulas used for these calculations were (2.1) (2.2) where f0 f2obs the observed hourly daily f0 f2 values; tecobs the observed hourly daily tec values; f 0 f 2med the hourly monthly median f 0 f 2 values; tec med the hourly monthly median tec values. since no clear evidence could be obtained as to how df 0 f 2 and d tec correlated, a new parameter, the ∆ a p /∆ r ratio was tried. ∆ a p was taken as the difference between the maximum value of a p measured at the relevant disturbance and that corresponding at the beginning of the disturbance i.e. as soon as a p exceeded 40. ∆ r corresponded to the two above mentioned values of ap. this new parameter was compared to the differences of the corresponding df0f2 values called ∆ df and d tec values called ∆ dt. 3. results and discussion from figs. 1a-c it can be seen that when a p increased and exceeded 40, i.e. when the ionosphere could be considered as disturbed, f 0 f 2 showed a steep increasing trend whereas tec usually, though not always, had an increasing one with respect to what was shown before the disturbance occurrence. a cross correlation analysis using a variable correlation period showed that the response time difference between the f0 f2 and the tec was of the order of 3-5 h, the f0 f2 leading. the gradients measured between the f 0 f 2 and tec values corresponding to the start of the phenomenon and their maximum or minimum values, depending on the trend, were almost always proportional to the a p values, more specifically to the a p increase rate, and were stronger at high solar activity periods. it is worth mentioning that after the end of the disturbance, the f0 f2 value reached a minimum, which almost always coincided with the minimum value of the month for the specific hour (kouris and fotiadis, 2000). since no clear evidence of the behavioural differences between f0 f2 and tec values could be obtained, a comparison between their variability was attempted. using eqs. (2.1) and (2.2), the normalised differences df 0 f 2 and d tec for the above data set were obtained. figures 2a-d show several characteristic cases. again, no clear evidence could be obtained as to how df 0 f 2 and d tec correlate, since a positive df0 f2 may be accompanied by a positive or negative d tec and vice versa. therefore, the ∆ a p /∆ r ratio was compared to ∆ df and ∆ dt. it can be observed (fig. 3a) that in winter and when the ionosphere is characterised as disturbed, the ∆ a p /∆ r ratio is usually negative, whereas this ratio takes positive values for over 60% of the occurrences in summer (fig. 3b). in wintertime, when ∆ a p /∆ r was negative (fig. 4a), for the vast majority of the occurrences either ∆ df or ∆ dt was negative; ∆ df and ∆ dt were never observed to be negative at the same time whereas they were both positive in fewer than 10% of the observations. when ∆ a p /∆ r was positive then either ∆ df or ∆ dt were negative. df f f f f f f f 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 = − obs med med dtec tec tec tec = −obs med med 193 the effects of f 0 f 2 variability on tec prediction accuracy 0 40 80 120 160 200 a p aug 1982 3 6 9 12 15 18 f0 f 2 [ m h z] 0 20 40 60 80 100 t e c [ t e c u ] 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 1 101 201 301 401 501 601 701 hours r fig. 1a. characteristic month showing the f0 f2 (solid line) and the tec (dashed line), ap and r values. 194 thomas d. xenos 0 20 40 60 80 100 t e c [ t e c u ] 3 6 9 12 15 18 fo f 2 [ m h z] oct 1989 0 40 80 120 160 200 a p 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r 1 101 201 301 401 501 601 701 hours fig. 1b. characteristic month showing the f 0 f 2 (solid line) and the tec (dashed line), a p and r values. 195 the effects of f 0 f 2 variability on tec prediction accuracy 0 20 40 60 80 100 t e c [ t e c u ] nov 1989 3 6 9 12 15 18 fo f 2 [ m h z] 0 40 80 120 160 200 a p 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 1 101 201 301 401 501 601 701 hours r fig. 1c. characteristic month showing the f0 f2 (solid line) and the tec (dashed line), ap and r values. 196 thomas d. xenos fig. 2a. presentation of df0 f2 (solid line), d tec (dashed line), ap and r. -2 0 2 4 6 8 d t e c -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2.5 d fo f 2 feb 1978 0 40 80 120 160 200 a p 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 1 101 201 301 401 501 601 hours r 197 the effects of f 0 f 2 variability on tec prediction accuracy fig. 2b. presentation of df0 f2, d tec, ap and r. jun 1978 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 d fo f 2 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 d t e c 0 40 80 120 160 200 a p 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 1 101 201 301 401 501 601 701 hours r 198 thomas d. xenos -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 d fo f 2 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 d t e c 0 40 80 120 160 200 a p 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 1 101 201 301 401 501 601 701 hours r jul 1991 fig. 2c. presentation of df 0 f 2 , d tec, a p and r. 199 the effects of f 0 f 2 variability on tec prediction accuracy fig. 2d. presentation of df 0 f 2 , d tec, a p and r. jun 1990 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 d fo f 2 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 d t e c 0 40 80 120 160 200 a p 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 1 101 201 301 401 501 601 701 hours r 200 thomas d. xenos fig. 3a. ∆ a p /∆ r behaviour in winter. fig. 3b. ∆ a p /∆ r behaviour in summer. fig. 4a. ∆ df versus ∆ dt behaviour in wintertime and when ∆ a p /∆ r is negative. fig. 4b. ∆ df versus ∆ dt behaviour in summertime and when ∆ a p /∆r is positive. in summertime, when ∆ a p /∆ r was negative both ∆ df and ∆ dt were negative. on the other hand, when ∆ a p /∆ r was positive (fig. 4b), while a positive ∆ df corresponded almost always to a positive ∆ dt, a negative ∆ df would equiprobably indicate either a positive or a negative ∆ dt. acknowledgements the author thanks dr. paolo spalla for providing the tec data together with the necessary interpretation and valuable explanations. references kouris, s.s. and d.n. fotiadis (2000): a study on the variability of some ionospheric characteristics, paper 1252 presented at ap-2000 meeting at davos, switzerland kouris, s.s., d.n. fotiadis and t.d. xenos (1998): on the day-to-day variation of f0f2 and m(3000)f2, adv. space res., 22 (6), 873-876. kouris, s.s., d.n. fotiadis and b. zolesi (1999): specifications of the f-region variations for quiet and disturbed conditions, phys. chem. earth, 24 (4), 321-327. spalla, p., e. capannini and l. ciraolo (1987): sirio: a good chance for eight years of ionospheric research, alta freq., lvi (1-2), 167. xenos, th.d. (1999): neural network based single station models of the f 0 f 2 and m(3000)f 2 ionospheric characteristics, ursi 99, xxvi general assembly. xenos, th.d., p. spalla and c. mitchell (2000): neural network based tec forecasting models, paper 0904 presented at ap-2000 meeting at davos, switzerland. winter 0 20 40 60 80 (-) (+) ∆ a p /∆ r winter ∆ap / ∆r negative -100 -80 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 (−) ∆df (+) ∆ d t -60 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 summer ∆ap/∆r -100 100 (-) ∆df (+) ∆ d t summer 0 20 40 60 80 (-) (+) ∆ a p /∆ r adg vol5 n02 fili 233_245.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 233 aerial remote sensing hyperspectral techniques for rocky outcrops mapping carolina filizzola (1), nicola pergola (1), stefano pignatti (1) and valerio tramutoli (2) (1) istituto di metodologie per l’analisi ambientale, cnr, tito scalo (pz), italy (2) dipartimento di ingegneria e fisica dell’ambiente, università della basilicata, potenza, italy abstract in this work the mivis (multispectral infrared and visible imaging spectrometer) hyperspectral data, acquired during aerial campaigns made in 1998 over the pollino national park in the framework of the «progetto pollino», have been used to set up a supervised technique devoted to identify the presence of selected rocky outcrops. tests have been performed over an extended area characterised by a complex orography. within this area, serpentinite was chosen as a test-rock because it is present in isolated outcrops, distributed all over the test-area, besides subtending important problems of environmental nature as it contains asbestos. geological information, coming from field observations or geological maps, was used to trigger the algorithms and as ground truth for its validation. two spectral analysis techniques, sam (spectral angle mapper) and lsu (linear spectral unmixing), have been applied and their results combined to automatically identify serpentinite outcrops and, in some cases, to mark their boundaries. the approach used in this work is characterised by simplicity (no atmosphere and illumination corrections were performed on mivis data), robustness (material of interest is identified for certainty) and intrinsic exportability (the method proposed can be applied on different geographic areas and, in theory, to identify any kind of material because no datum about atmospheric and illumination conditions is required). 1. introduction it is well-known that any material reflects or emits radiation with different intensity at different wavelength, according to its own physicalchemical properties. theoretically, it is possible to identify different materials by analysing their characteristic spectral response (spectral signature, in absorption, emission or reflection) on the basis of suitable multi-spectral radiometric measures (fig. 1). that has been easily done in controlled laboratory conditions and attested by a number of published works reporting laboratory spectral signatures of almost any material (e.g., clark et al., 1990; salisbury and d’aria, 1992). a number of additional problems arise when surface material identification is attempted by airborne multispectral sensors. the e.m. signal leaving the investigated surface, before reaching the airborne remote sensor, is affected by spectrally selective atmospheric absorption and mailing address: dr. valerio tramutoli, dipartimento di ingegneria e fisica dell’ambiente, università della basilicata, campus di macchia romana, 85100 potenza, italy; e-mail: tramutoli@unibas.it key words hyperspectral sensor – airborne remote sensing – robust techniques – geological mapping – lsu – sam – mivis – serpentinite – pollino 234 carolina filizzola, nicola pergola, stefano pignatti and valerio tramutoli scattering that corrupt the original spectral behaviour of the signal making the identification of surface properties by simple comparison with laboratory spectra misleading. other known variable factors, not present during laboratory observations, which could affect remotely sensed spectra are mainly related to the illumination conditions (in the solar spectral range) the angles of view and surface homogeneity within the ground resolution cell. in particular, even considering the same relative sun position and ground target characteristics, atmospheric conditions and topography greatly influence the electromagnetic signal which, leaving the ground, achieves the airborne sensor. the presence of atmosphere, as a transmission medium through which radiation travels, modifies e.m. signals according to three main physical processes (atmosphere-radiation interaction): absorption, scattering and emission. absorption is a spectrally selective process (mainly due to atmospheric molecules of water, carbon dioxide, ozone and oxygen) that selectively reduces the incoming e.m. signal, whereas scattering is the result of diffused multiple reflections of e.m. radiation by atmospheric gases and suspended particles which, similarly, affect the intensity (but also the spatial distribution) of the signal received by the sensor. moreover, the atmosphere acts as a source of e.m. radiation due to its thermal state, according to planck’s law. topographic effects are particularly important for observations in the solar spectral range. the local landscape orientation with respect to the sensor view angle and the sun controls both the incoming sun radiation and the signal reflected toward the airborne sensor. the effects on the reflected radiances can be severe, especially in areas of high and variable relief. figure 2a,b shows, as an example, how the reflectance spectra of the same materials (limer e fl e c ta n c e [ % ] wavelength [ µm] 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 limestone serpentinite vegetation fig. 1. laboratory reflectance spectra of limestone, vegetation and serpentinite samples collected in the test-area using an asd, fieldspec fr(350-2500 nm) spectroradiometer. r e fl e c ta n c e [ % ] wavelength [µm] 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 limestone serpentinite vegetation r a d ia n c e [ n w /s tr / n m /c m 2 ] wavelength [µm] 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 10500 limestone serpentinite vegetation a b fig. 2a,b. mivis spectra (not atmospherically corrected) for limestones, vegetation and serpentinites present in the test-area: a) reflectances, b) radiances at the sensor: they were used as reference for the sam and as end-members for lsu processing steps (see text). 235 aerial remote sensing hyperspectral techniques for rocky outcrops mapping stone, serpentinite and vegetation) represented in fig. 1 change when retrieved from multispectral radiances acquired by an airborne sensor (mivis in this case) instead of controlled laboratory conditions. comparing fig. 1 and fig. 2a, the differences between mivis reflectance spectra and the laboratory ones (due mainly to the presence of the atmosphere, different observational conditions and possible soil heterogeneity within the ground resolution cell) are quite evident. 2. mivis nowadays, many airborne hyperspectral sensors (aviris, hydice, dais, hymap, etc.) are active. they are able to acquire data in a great number of narrow spectral bands which, in theory, obtain from airborne or spaceborne platforms, spectral response curves comparable with those obtained in the laboratory. among the other hyperspectral sensors, mivis (bianchi et al., 1994) offers a wide range of wavelengths (from the visible to the thermal-ir) allowing the collection of accurate spectra of any exposed material on the whole optical range. mivis, operational since 1994 in the framework of the «cnr-lara (airborne laboratory for environmental studies) project», is a multispectral imaging system with a spectral resolution ranging between 8 and 540 nm (moving from the vis to the tir range) over 102 spectral bands. its main features are reported in table i. mivis data were acquired during two flights (in june and november 1998) carried out in the framework of the «pollino project» (cuomo et al., 2001) over the whole lucan area of the pollino national park (fig. 3a,b). during each flight (made at around local noon), 15 data strips (about nnw-sse flight direction) were collected at a (relative) altitude of 3000 m and with a scan rate of 17 scans/s. according to orography and angular view, the dimensions of ground resolution cells range between 5.8 and 13.5 m. figure 3c points out the test-area among mivis strips. 3. methodology to identify a material by remotely sensed radiances usually they are compared with laboratory spectra (fig. 4a), after a preliminary correction step to clear atmospheric, topographic and illumination effects out of the measured signal (mcardle et al., 1992; ben-dor et al., 1994; farrand et al., 1994; clark et al., 1995; smith and milton, 1999). digital elevation models are needed to correct topographic effects, while the atmospheric ones are usually evaluated by applying well-tested radiative transfer models (rtm) like 6s, modtran, etc. such models simulate atmosphere-radiation interactions on the basis of information to be given on atmospheric (chemical-physical) and observational conditions at the time of the observations. contemporary table i. main characteristic of the mivis sensor. fov (field of view) 71.059° ifov (instantaneous fov) 2 mrad spatial resolution 6 m at 3000 m of (relative) flight height swath width 4.2 km at 3000 m of (relative) flight height 102 bands simultaneously sampled and recorded visible (0.43-0.83 µm) 20 bands near-ir (1.15-1.55 µm) 8 bands mid-ir (2.0-2.5 µm) 64 bands thermal-ir (8.2-12.7 µm) 10 bands 236 carolina filizzola, nicola pergola, stefano pignatti and valerio tramutoli fig. 3a-c. a) position of lucan area of the pollino national park in southern italy; b) flight plan of mivis airborne hyperspectral sensor; c) mivis strips (the test-area is indicated by a black box). b c a 237 aerial remote sensing hyperspectral techniques for rocky outcrops mapping ground-based measurements of atmospheric parameters (like vertical temperature and water vapour profiles, aerosol dimensional distribution and optical thickness, etc.) if available, otherwise standard atmospheric models, are required, to give the appropriate inputs to rtm codes. whether based on punctual ground-based measurements or on standard atmospheric models, rtm codes assume an horizontally homogeneous atmosphere (physically and chemically) to perform those corrections on the whole scene. but because of the high spatial dynamic of atmospheric chemical-physical properties, the radiometric correction process will suffer errors which still remain high. so the use of traditional radiometric correction methods can reveal poorly reliable results (large errors due to the use of not appropriate atmospheric models) and difficulties of application (requiring contemporary ground observations not always available). in this paper, a different method (fig. 4b) is proposed to map surface materials using hyperspectral radiances at the airborne sensor and a limited set of field observations. it starts from the experimental observation that raw (i.e. not corrected for atmospheric effects) reflectance spectra (fig. 2a), notwithstanding the atmospheric effects that make them different from laboratory spectra, still distinguish different materials. this is still evident as far as radiances at the sensor are considered (fig. 2b). in this case, moreover, it is possible to see (fig. 5) how the same material, under different illumination conditions, presents traditional method proposed method mivis hyperspectral radiances at the sensor ground measures atmospheric models dem radiometric and geometric corrections mivis corrected data laboratory spectra identification ground observations on a small area reference spectral curves identification mivis hyperspectral radiances at the sensor fig. 4a,b. material identification by hyperspectral data: flow diagrams for traditional (a) and proposed (b) methods. a b 238 carolina filizzola, nicola pergola, stefano pignatti and valerio tramutoli different spectra but still with the same shape (excluding noising bands). starting from such considerations, spectral shapes of mivis radiances at the sensor (instead of mivis reflectance spectra obtained after correction for atmospheric effects) were considered for materials identification. to this aim, the sam (spectral angle mapper, kruse et al., 1993) supervised classification technique was implemented: it identifies surface materials not by comparison with reference laboratory spectra but using, as reference, spectral shapes exhibited by selected pixels on the scene, whose actual composition is independently (for instance by field observations) known (fig. 4b). 4. application of the proposed method on a test-area the proposed method was applied to identify serpentinite outcrops in a topographically complex area of the pollino national park. the area is geologically characterised by ophiolitic rocks, meso-cenozoic platform units and plioquaternary sediments (monaco et al., 1995; schiattarella, 1996). for this area a detailed geological survey together with a 1:50 000-scale map were available. among ophiolitic rocks, serpentinite was chosen as a test-rock because it is present in isolated outcrops in the test-area, besides subtending important environmental problems as it contains asbestos. before describing, step by step, the application procedure, some aspects must be pointed out: – the e.m. radiation, detected by airborne sensors operating in the optical range, transports information related only to the earth surface skin (from 50 µm up to few centimetres of depth moving from the vis to the tir spectral range). this means that rocks covered by vegetation cannot be detected and identified. for this reason, a vegetation mask was generated to restrict the fig. 5. mivis spectra (in the range 0.4-2.5 µm) for limestones and serpentinites present in the test-area under different illumination conditions. 239 aerial remote sensing hyperspectral techniques for rocky outcrops mapping following image processing steps only on areas with well outcropping rocks. – rocks to be identified can be under different illumination conditions (fig. 5): this possibility was considered choosing supervised classification algorithms less affected by these effects (as the above mentioned sam working on the shapes of the spectra). – each ground pixel can be composed by mixing distinct materials (different kinds of rocks, soil, vegetation, etc.): this circumstance was considered when the possibility to estimate rocky outcrops boundaries was verified. all 102 mivis channels, except noisy bands (at 2.234 µm, 2.265 µm, 2.411 to 2.474 µm), were processed and used in the following steps. 4.1. step 1: vegetation mask generation vegetated areas were excluded from the following processing steps by generating a vegetation mask on the basis of spectral signatures, specific to the vegetated surfaces, in the available vis and tir mivis channels: the mivis bands ratio, channel 6/channel 13 (i.e. 0.542 µm/0.682 µm), is known to be generally higher whereas the radiant temperature in channel 93 (8.37 µm) is expected systematically lower for vegetated pixels compared with non-vegetated areas. to discriminate non-vegetated areas and, notwithstanding substantial agreement (fig. 6a,b) between the two different tests, the most restrictive solution (radiant temperature test) was chosen and applied to the whole scene to detect fig. 6a,b. vegetation masks (s. severino area) obtained considering: a) mivis radiant temperature in channel 93 (8.37 µm) not greater than 303 k; b) bands ratio 6/13 (0.542 µm/0.682 µm) greater than 1.3. vegetated areas are black, the non-vegetated ones are white (see text). a b 240 carolina filizzola, nicola pergola, stefano pignatti and valerio tramutoli «well exposed areas» to be retained for the following steps. 4.2. step 2: reference radiance spectra selection supervised processing techniques, used in the following steps for rocky outcrops identification as well as for the evaluation of outcrops boundaries, require spectral curves to be used as reference for the materials to be identified on the scene. for this purpose, on the basis of geological maps and aerial photos, limited areas, representative of different materials, were identified on the scene and the corresponding mean spectral radiances (obtained by averaging mivis radiances at the sensor for each area) were used, instead of laboratory spectra, as reference (in fig. 7a, for instance, the region of interest chosen for serpentinite is indicated). 4.3. step 3: serpentinite identification to identify serpentinite outcrops, a supervised classification was used. such a technique identifies in a scene pixels which have radiance spectra the most similar to the ones exhibited by selected pixels assumed as reference. identification is made by rules which differ depending on the chosen method. in particular, to identify serpentinite outcrops in fig. 7a,b. sam results corresponding to some zones of the test-area: s. severino area (a) and the torno outcrop (b). serpentinite identified by sam is indicated in green. small circles, indicated in different colors, point out isolated pixels corresponding to unmapped serpentinite identified by sam. the blue circle indicates the site where the photo shown in fig. 9a was taken during the field check. s.severino lucano region of interest of serpentinites a b torno 241 aerial remote sensing hyperspectral techniques for rocky outcrops mapping where r i denotes the measured radiance of the mixed spectrum in band i, r ij is the radiance in the same band expected for the end member j, f j is the fraction of material j in the mixture and ε i is the residual error on r i . lsu was applied to define boundaries of serpentinite outcrops, where serpentinite presence was already identified by sam. we will discuss here, in particular, the case of the torno outcrop because its outcropping conditions (vegetated hillside without visible reference points) made it difficult to accurately delimit its boundaries even by direct field observations. in the selected area dominant materials were limestones, serpentinites and vegetation. so their reference spectra were considered as end members to be used in lsu. they have been defined in step 2 and are represented (in the range 0.4-2.5 µm) in fig. 2b. 5. results in order to verify sam results, mivis imagery and image processing products were preliminarily co-registered upon available digital geological maps of the investigated area. in situ observations were moreover performed where serpentinite outcrops identified by sam were not documented elsewhere. figure 7a,b shows sam results in two zones, s. severino area (a) and the torno outcrop (b), of the test-area: pixels recognized as serpentinitemade are green. all the small circles, indicated in different colors, emphasize isolated pixels (otherwise not easily visible on the image) identified as serpentinite.they were all checked in field and a photo was taken in the site indicated by the blue circle in fig. 7a and reported in fig. 9a. sam results were overlaid on geological maps: fig. 8 shows two examples of that. pixels recognized as serpentinites by sam are red coloured. the overlaying of sam results over geological maps shows that wherever sam identifies serpentinite it is really present. in particular, the identification takes place where: • serpentinite outcrops as bodies which are also pointed out in geological maps (90% of observational conditions which can be variable across the scene, the sam method (kruse et al., 1993) was chosen. working on spectral shapes (instead than on absolute values) the sam classifier is expected to be less affected by the variable contributions of illumination, topographic and atmospheric effects across the scene. in particular, sam considers the angle ϑ between the n-dimensional vector r ≡ (r 1 , r 2 , r 3 , ..., r n ) associated with the reference radiance spectra (being r i the radiance measured in the band ∆λ i and n the total number of bands) and the one, r ≡ ( r 1 , r 2 , r 3 , ..., r n ), measured at the pixel on the scene to be identified the smaller are the θ angles, the closer the resemblance to the reference spectrum. pixels further away than a specified maximum angle threshold θ max are identified as not belonging to the class of materials identified by the specific reference spectral curve r. in our case, the mivis reference spectrum r for serpentinite (plotted in fig. 2b) was chosen in the well exposed zone of timpa della guardia (shown in fig. 7a) and the sam classifier applied to the whole study area using a strong cut with θ max = 0.1 rad. 4.4. step 4: rocky outcrops boundaries evaluation the possibility to estimate rocky outcrops boundaries was verified, combining sam and lsu (linear spectral unmixing; adams et al., 1989). the latter is a technique which attempts to model the observed spectral radiance r i as a mixture of representative «prototype» spectra (end-members) as given below r i = f j . r i j + ε i with ∑ j f j = 1 ∂ = ⋅ ⋅ =arccos( )r r r r = + + + + + +( ) + + +( )           arccos r r r r r r r r r r r r n n n n 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 ... ... ... 242 carolina filizzola, nicola pergola, stefano pignatti and valerio tramutoli 1 km0 present-day and recent alluvium landslide bodies and detritus covers frido unit: shales frido unit: calc-shists metabasites serpentinites granitoides gneisses calabro-lucano flysch unit saraceno fm castronuovo conglomerates 1 km0 fig. 8. serpentinite identified by sam (red), laid on geological map of s. severino area (left) and frido stream (right). a b fig. 9a,b. some photos showing unmapped serpentinite grounds identified by the proposed method. left: serpentinite ground along a country road crossing geologically different grounds; right: serpentinite used as road-bed. «well exposed» outcrops in the test-area were identified by sam); • it is present as serpentinite soils which are not mapped elsewhere. field check (fig. 9a,b) has shown that such serpentinite soils: – correspond to landslide bodies or alluvial grounds; – are present, because of man’s action, along country roads crossing geologically different grounds; 243 aerial remote sensing hyperspectral techniques for rocky outcrops mapping fig. 10a,b. outcrop boundaries definition by combined use of sam and lsu (see text): a) geological map of the area around torno with serpentinites outcrop boundaries as recognized during field geological survey; b) result of lsu analysis. grey tones represent different levels, from low (dark) to higher (bright), of serpentinite contributions. pixels already recognized as serpentinite-made by sam are coloured in red. the new identified boundaries are indicated in light-blue by comparison with the previously ones (pink). 1 km0 serpentinites bifurto and cerchiara fms. cretaceous platform limestones calabro-lucano flysch unit frido unit: shales legend of the geological map a b 244 carolina filizzola, nicola pergola, stefano pignatti and valerio tramutoli – are present, because of gravity action, along roads below serpentinite outcrops. sam was able to locate serpentinite outcrops, but not to determine their true extension. this happens because of vegetation (which masks the signal leaving the underlying soil), but also because of the presence of mixed pixels whose spectral response is, as already pointed out, the result of the mixing of the contribution of many materials (not exclusively serpentinite). the less is the serpentinite contribution in each mixed pixel, the more the similarity between the pure serpentinite spectral end member and the observed spectra decreases. as a result, sam does not identify that such pixels also contain serpentinite. the combined use of sam and lsu estimated selected outcrop boundaries. figure 10a,b shows the combined use of sam and lsu analysis in the case of the torno serpentinite outcrop. figure 10a shows the geological map of the area around torno with serpentinites outcrop boundaries as recognized, or simply inferred, during field geological survey. such boundaries are reported, as a pink transparency, also in fig. 10b where pixels recognized by sam as serpentinite-made are coloured in red. the underlying grey-tone image in fig. 10b is the result of lsu analysis performed using only three end-members corresponding to the dominant surface material (vegetation, limestones and serpentinites) present in the torno area. grey tones represent different levels, from low (dark) to higher (bright), of serpentinite contributions. such interpretation remains valid wherever the mixing of surface materials includes the ones considered for the torno area and not where the presence of other materials (not included as end-members in the lsu processing) can make such an interpretation misleading (see for example as even asphalt roads appear bright in fig. 10b). starting from this consideration, it is correct to suppose that at least white pixels around the red ones (already recognized as serpentinite by sam) have a really high probability of being dominated by the presence of serpentinite in concurrence of lower percentages of vegetation and limestones. in this way, considering the combination between sam and lsu results, it is possible to give evidence of an underestimation of the outcrop extension whose northern boundary has to be moved to nw with respect to boundaries derived from field geological survey (fig. 10b). in conclusion: • test-rock identification by sam shows: – starting from field information relative to small areas (reference outcrops), it is possible to locate the same rock within a rather wide area, pointing out hyperspectral data possibility in searching any material within a wide area of distribution; – possibility to identify test-rock along riverbeds, which can be important in detecting a particular material within alluvial ground; – the proposed technique can be used to locate materials containing polluting substances (serpentinite contains asbestos). • the combined use of lsu and sam shows that such a methodology could be helpful in geological mapping when ground conditions do not allow an easy survey. • the proposed methodology can be exported to any kind of material, any geographical area (even with complex orography) and independently on the availability of coincident information on atmospheric parameters, as no atmospheric or topographic correction are required. acknowledgements this work was carried out within the framework of the «progetto pollino» (pop-fesr 1994-96), funded by european economic community and regione basilicata. references adams, j.b., m.o. smith and a.r. gillespie (1989): simple models for complex natural surfaces: a strategy for the hyperspectral era of remote sensing, in proceeding of the igarss ’89 symposium, july 10-14, vancouver, canada, 16-21. ben-dor, e., f.a. kruse, a.b. lefkoff and a. banin (1994): comparison of 3 calibration techniques for utilisation of ger 63-channel aircraft scanner data of makhtesh-ramon, negev, israel, photogramm. eng. remote sensing, 60, 1339-1354. bianchi, r., c.m. marino and s. pignatti (1994): airborne hyperspectral remote sensing in italy, in proceedings europto series «recent advances in 245 aerial remote sensing hyperspectral techniques for rocky outcrops mapping remote sensing and hyperspectral remote sensing» spie roma, 27-29 september 1994, 2318, 29-37. clark, r.n., t.v.v. king, m. klejwa, g.a. swayze and n. vergo (1990): high spectral resolution reflectance spectroscopy of minerals, j. geophys. res., 95, 12,653-12,680. clark, r.n., g.a. swayze, k. heidebrecht, r.o. green and a.f.h. goetz (1995): calibration to ground reflectance of terrestrial imaging spectroscopy data: comparison of methods, in proceeding of the 5th annual jpl airborne geoscience workshop, jpl publication 95-1 (pasadena, ca: jet propulsion laboratory), 41-42. cuomo, v., n. afflitto, m. blumetti, a. bonfiglio, o. candela, t. carone, g. di bello, c. filizzola, t. lacava, a. lanorte, v. lanorte, r. lasaponara, m. macchiato, l. minervini, f. mundo, n. pergola, c. pietrapertosa, s. pignatti, e. romano, t. simoniello, v. tramutoli and a. zaccagnino (2001): pollino project action d: a multi-scale approach, in the space-time domain, to environmental risk monitoring, in remote sensing for environmental monitoring, gis applications and geology, edited by m. eh l e r s, e. zi l i o l i and h.j. ka u f m a n n, proceedings of spie 4545-02. farrand, w.h., r.b. singer and e. merenyi (1994): retrieval of apparent surface reflectance from aviris data – a comparison of empirical line, radiative-transfer and spectral mixture methods. remote sensing environ., 47, 311-321. kruse, f.a., a.b. lefkoff, j.b. boardman, k.b. heidebrecht, a.t. shapiro, p.j. barloon and a.f.h. goetz (1993): the spectral image processing system (sips)-interactive visualization and analysis of imaging spectrometer data, remote sensing environ., 44, 145-163. mcardle, s.s., j.r. miller and j.r. freemantle (1992): airborne image acquisition under cloud: preliminary comparisons with clear-sky scene radiance and reflectance imagery, in proceedings of the 15th canadian symposium on remote sensing (toronto: canadian remote sensing society & canadian aeronautics and space institute), 446-449. monaco, c., l. tortorici, l. morten, s. critelli and c. tansi (1995): geologia del versante nord-orientale del massiccio del pollino (confine calabro-lucano): nota illustrativa sintetica della carta geologica alla scala 1:50.000. boll. soc. geol. it., 114, 277-291. salisbury, j.w. and d.m. d’aria (1992): emissivity of terrestrial materials in the 8-14 µm atmospheric window. remote sensing environ., 42, 83-106. schiattarella, m. (1996): tettonica della catena del pollino (confine calabro-lucano). mem. soc. geol. it., 51, 543-566. smith, g.m. and e.j. milton (1999): the use of the empirical line method to calibrate remotely sensed data to reflectance, int. j. remote sensing, 20, 2653-2662. ac and dc global electric circuit properties and the height profile of atmospheric conductivity annals of geophysics, 59, 5, 2016, a0545; doi:10.4401/ag-6870 a0545 ac and dc global electric circuit properties and the height profile of atmospheric conductivity irina g. kudintseva1, alexander p. nickolaenko2,*, michael j. rycroft3,4, anna odzimek5 1 v.n. karazin kharkov state university, kharkov, ukraine 2 a.ya. usikov institute for radio-physics and electronics, national academy of sciences of the ukraine, kharkov, ukraine 3 caesar consultancy, cambridge, united kingdom 4 university of bath, department of electronic and electrical engineering, bath, united kingdom 5 institute of geophysics, polish academy of sciences, warsaw, poland abstract an apparent discrepancy is pointed out at all heights, and by up to an order of magnitude between the height profiles of atmospheric conductivity derived at ac using elf propagation studies, especially from information on schumann resonance of the earth-ionosphere cavity, and using a model of the dc global atmospheric electric circuit. this serious issue is resolved by creating a hybrid profile of these two mid-latitude profiles, the first of which refers to conditions by day and the second by night. this hybrid profile is thus a first order attempt to represent globally averaged conditions. close to the earth’s surface, where the resistance of the atmosphere is largest, the properties of the dc global model exert the greatest influence, whereas in the middle atmosphere, at heights between 40 and 100 km, full wave computations show that the ac results are the more crucial. the globally averaged hybrid profile presented here has some limitations, and the physical reasons for these are addressed. they are due to the presence of aerosol particles of ice and/or of meteoric material which reduce the ionospheric d-region conductivity by an order of magnitude over only ~2 km of height, thereby causing ledges of ionisation. in the context of the globally averaged profile, published observations of the ionospheric effects of the giant gamma-ray flare from sgr 1806-20 (a neutron star having an enormously large magnetic field) occurring at 21:30 u.t. on december 27, 2004, are briefly discussed. 1. introduction the atmospheric electrical conductivity is defined as v = e (µ+n+ + µ−n−), where e is the magnitude of the charge on the electron, µ+ and µ− are, respectively, the mean positive and negative ion mobilities (where the ion mobility is the stationary velocity acquired by an ion in a unit electric field) and n+ and n− are the concentrations of small positive and negative ions present in the atmosphere [rycroft et al. 2008]. the conductivity thus depends mainly on the positive and negative ion densities. knowledge of the vertical profile of the atmospheric electrical conductivity is important when solving many problems in geophysics. for example, the conductivity within the boundary layer essentially determines the strength of the fair weather electric field at the earth’s surface. the conductivity of the air controls the leakage current in the global earth–ionosphere electric circuit. the conductivity at 70 90 km altitude determines the crucial properties of the earth– ionosphere waveguide, namely the phase velocity and the attenuation rate of radio waves from vlf transmitters. at lower frequencies, natural electromagnetic oscillations of the earth–ionosphere cavity, termed schumann resonances, were predicted theoretically by schumann [1952]. they have been observed at frequencies between a few hz and several tens of hz and they have been interpreted to give conductivity information; see, e.g., balser and wagner [1960], chapman and jones [1964], galejs [1965], rycroft [1965], jones [1976], sao et al. [1973], bliokh et al. [1977], tran and polk [1979a,b], polk [1983], sentman [1990, 1995, 1996], fullekrug [2000, 2005], fullekrug et al. [2002], nickolaenko and hayakawa [2002, 2014], kulak et al. [2003], rakov and uman [2003, section 13.4], sato and fukunishi [2003], roldugin et al. [2004], williams et al. [2006], sátori et al. [2013] and dyrda et al. [2015] and references therein. for their interpretation, the air conductivity has to be considered across the entire range article history received september 15, 2015; accepted september 1, 2016. subject classification: vertical conductivity profile of atmosphere, global electric circuit, elf radio wave propagation, schumann resonances, characteristic heights, d-region ionosphere, effects of aerosols, fair weather field. of altitudes from 0 to 100 km. having a realistic conductivity profile is mandatory for successful modelling of the schumann resonances using modern direct techniques of computation such as the finite difference time domain (fdtd) method; see, e.g., simpson and taflove [2002], otsuyama et al. [2003], soriano et al. [2005], yang and pasko [2005], yang et al. [2006], simpson [2009], and zhou and qiao [2015]. unfortunately, experimental data on middle atmosphere conductivity are rather scarce. one of the reasons for this is that for radio physical remote sensing methods in the elf frequency range ( f < 3 khz) there are no man-made sources available. direct measurements made from aircraft can only be undertaken at up to about 15 km altitude or from balloons up to about 35 km [e.g., holzworth 1991, curto et al. 2001]. only geophysical rockets are able to provide information on the conductivity in the altitude range from 35 100 km, but such launches are relatively rare and very expensive. thus, the observational base of directly measured conductivity profiles is rather limited. much information on the electron and ion concentrations in the lower ionosphere is obtained by different methods including various probes aboard sounding rockets, and radio wave propagation experiments to receivers aboard rockets (see, e.g., hale et al. [1981], hale [1984], friedrich and torkar [2001]) and also different ground-based radar systems. hale [1984] shows a sharp electron density ledge at the bottom of the d-layer. using such data sets, mechtly et al. [1972], park and dejnakarintra [1973], widdel et al. [1976], swider [1988] and croskey et al. [1990] published models of the height profile of conductivity. a fairly recent and very valuable review by friedrich and rapp [2009] presented rocket observations, which typically show sharp gradients of electron density (termed “ledges”) and also a variation of electron density at any particular height above 70 km by up to ± one order of magnitude, particularly at auroral latitudes. friedrich and rapp [2009] considered the importance of nanometer-sized particles as aerosols in the lower ionosphere. electrons are captured by these aerosols, causing a marked reduction of the electron density and hence of the electrical conductivity. aerosol ions are heavier than atmospheric molecular ions and this effect also contributes to reducing the conductivity. tiny ice crystals (especially at high latitudes during summer) and ablated meteoric material [plane 2003] form these aerosols. mcneil et al. [1998] showed that the bottoms of the sodium, calcium and magnesium ion layers were found at altitudes between 83 and 90 km. williams et al. [2015] have emphasized the role played by meteoric ions in forming a sharp ledge in the conductivity at ~85 km altitude. their calculations show that “the conduction current and the displacement current are matched at the height of the observed ledge over a wide range of vlf frequencies, pinning this altitude as the sharp boundary for the global vlf waveguide”. friedrich et al. [2013] presented high latitude rocket observations obtained by several techniques simultaneously which show a very sharp ledge at night at 80 km on one night and at 79 km on two other occasions. the electron density (and hence also the conductivity) increases by two orders of magnitude from 80 to 90 km altitude. schlegel and fullekrug [2002] evaluated the conductivity profile, v(h), from 70 to 100 km using eiscat measurements at high latitude. they showed that the conductivity was between 3.10-5 and 3.10-4 s/m at 84 km, and with the scale height for the variation of log10 v with altitude lying between 6 and 8 km. in their figure 2d, kero et al. [2014] have compared eiscat (high latitude) observations made at altitudes down to 60 km with results derived from their new spectral riometer technique. han et al. [2011] have interpreted observed daytime mid-latitude vlf sferics produced by lightning discharges to find the electron density profile from 50 to 90 km, with the electron density typically increasing from 107 to 1010 m-3. they compared this with values derived from other observations of vlf transmitter signals, from the ionospheric reference ionosphere (iri) model and from the firi model of friedrich and torkar [2001]. a general, rather than near perfect, agreement was found. sferics observed at night, known as tweeks, exhibit a fundamental cut-off frequency near 1.8 khz and higher harmonics (see han et al. [2011], and references therein). these are interpreted by tan et al. [2015] to show that at low latitudes the average electron density increases from 3·107 m-3 at 82 km to 2·108 m-3 at 87 km, i.e. by nearly an order of magnitude over a height range of 5 km. their electron density values were slightly less than those given by the iri-2012 model. however, these observations do not show a sharp ledge in the electron density. the relative lack of observations is compensated in part by modern numerical simulations. equations for the ionisation balance are used for the multi-component plasma in the framework of a more or less realistic model of the density and composition of the atmosphere, and accounting for the ionising electromagnetic radiation. for example, pavlov [2014, 2016] has investigated the photochemistry of the ionospheric d-region in detail. in such a way the altitude profiles for the concentration of the conducting particles (heavy ions from several different sources, ion complexes and various aerosols and dust particles) and free electrons kudintseva et al. 2 3 may be calculated and the resulting conductivity of the medium may be determined. the system of balance equations comprises up to 200 equations, which are solved by modern computers using the monte carlo method, e.g., inan et al. [2007]. it is found that the conductivity v(h) increases rapidly at altitudes above about 55 km, where the concentration of electrons exceeds the negative ion density. therefore, the v(h) profile bends sharply at around 55 km; it exhibits a “knee” at this altitude. the objective of the present paper is simply to demonstrate the applicability of schumann resonance phenomena as a probe for testing the conductivity profiles found by other techniques, including for models of the dc global circuit, many important contributions to which have been discussed by wilson [1929], roble and tzur [1986], williams [2003, 2009], markson [2007], rycroft et al. [2008, 2012], rycroft and harrison [2012], and williams and mareev [2014]. for these demonstrations we shall use the particular profiles suggested by cole and pierce [1965], which is a model daytime profile, and by rycroft et al. [2007], a model night-time profile designed to apply to conditions when sprites are observed (see also huang et al. [1999], and fullekrug et al. [2006]). it is noteworthy, but not at all surprising, that the values of conductivity in the first model exceed these of the second one at all heights by about an order of magnitude. 2. conductivity profiles using dc and ac global circuit data in models of the dc global atmospheric electric circuit (see, e.g., rycroft et al. [2000]), various different empirical or semi-empirical height profiles of the conductivity of the air have been used; see, for example, hays and roble [1979], roble and hays [1979], makino and ogawa [1984, 1985], ogawa [1985], roble and tzur [1986], sapkota and varshneya [1990], tinsley and zhou [2006], rycroft et al. [2007, 2008], tinsley [2008], rycroft and odzimek [2010], odzimek et al. [2010], rycroft and harrison [2012] and rycroft et al. [2012]. in all such models the conductivity of the air is considered to be produced near the earth’s surface by radioactive elements escaping from the surface and, higher up, by galactic cosmic rays colliding with air molecules [harrison et al. 2014]. in some models, spatial variations due to orography and temporal variations due to changing solar/geomagnetic activity and to volcanic aerosols are included. electrons become detached and then rapidly attach themselves to molecules of air to form relatively heavy negative ions. the peak ion production rate occurs at heights near 15 km [harrison et al. 2014]. thus the conductivity of the air rises rapidly from values ~10-14 s/m just above the surface of the earth to values about a thousand times greater at 30 km altitude, in the stratosphere. the conductivity continues to increase, reaching values exceeding 10-7 s/m in the lowest ionosphere. figure 1 depicts the average conductivity profiles of the atmosphere considered in this work. the original smooth red line is the night-time profile used for dc global electric circuit studies [rycroft et al. 2007]. for the dc circuit, the most crucial region is below 15 km altitude; as shown by rycroft et al. [2008], more than 95% of the resistance of the global circuit lies here. this profile was defined up to 80 km altitude, and we have extended it above 75 km with an exponential function having a scale height of 2.57 km. it may be noted that in this night-time model the conductivity increases by two orders of magnitude from 80 km up to 91 km, but there is no 2 km thin ledge. the black line with dots shows the classical profile introduced by cole and pierce [1965]. this daytime profile was derived by considering theoretically the production and loss (but not transport) of ionisation throughout the atmosphere due to radioactivity from the ground, cosmic rays and solar radiation. ions heavier than normal atmospheric ions were, however, not considered; thus, their conductivity value at a particular height may be an overestimate. ionic conductivity dominates below 50 km and electron conductivity above 60 km. the knee in this profile near 55 km altitude is crucial for the ac circuit properties owing to the fact that the so-called “electric” characteristic height is found here. this is the height where the conduction current density and the displacement current density become equal at the fundamental schumann resonance frequency of 8 hz. physically, this is the height above which the electric field of this schumann resonance starts to decrease rapidly with altitude [greifinger and greifinger 1978, nickolaenko and rabinowicz 1982, kirillov 1993, sentman 1995, kirillov 1996, sentman ac and dc gec properties and air conductivity figure 1. comparison of height profiles of air conductivity v, given in units of s/m. 1996, fullekrug 2000, mushtak and williams 2002, pechony and price 2004, williams et al. 2006, greifinger et al. 2007, pechony 2007, galuk et al. 2015]. the other important characteristic (“magnetic”) height is ~95 km: the wave magnetic field penetrates to this altitude. unfortunately, the cole and pierce [1965] profile does not match either the dc or ac observational data. the function v(h) must be transformed to somewhat lower values in the troposphere and to higher conductivities above 40 km altitude, thus forming the hybrid day/night profile, which is thus a global profile, averaging over all local times (blue line with stars in figure 1). this modification allows us to fit the schumann resonance data well [nickolaenko et al. 2016]. the hybrid profile is coincident with the dc red profile in the troposphere and it matches the classical cole and pierce [1965] height dependence around 25 30 km altitude, remaining rather close to this profile above 40 km. as we shall see below, deviations from this classical profile lead to realistic values of the elf radio propagation constant and to reasonable schumann resonance patterns. the values relevant to this global hybrid profile are listed in table 1 in the appendix. the table contains the altitude above the ground, the relevant conductivity of the air column of 1 m2 cross-section, and the logarithm of air conductivity, in units of s/m. 3. full wave solution of the schumann resonance problem and standard elf propagation constant a realistic model of the earth–ionosphere cavity incorporates the perfectly conducting spherical earth surrounded by a poorly conducting air shell bounded by the horizontally stratified ionospheric plasma. the relative dielectric constant of the medium above the ground is given by f(r) =1+ i v(r)— ~f0 , where r is the radius vector in a spherical coordinate system (r, i, {) with the origin at the earth’s centre. the electromagnetic problem in an isotropic inhomogeneous resonator is solved via the following steps (see, e.g., bliokh et al. [1980], nickolaenko and hayakawa [2002]). after writing maxwell’s equations for the electric and magnetic field components and introducing scalar (or debye) potentials, we choose the potential and the helmholtz equation corresponding to the transverse magnetic wave (e wave), as only this wave propagates at elf. the earth–ionosphere cavity is taken to be uniform in the angular coordinates i and {, while its electric properties vary along the radius; the relative permittivity of the atmosphere is f=f(r, ~). this allows us to separate variables in the usual way, to obtain the standard tesseral functions, and to arrive at the following equation for the radial function [bliokh et al. 1980]: (1) the solutions to equation (1) are expressed as the spherical hankel functions h(1)n (kr√f) and h (2) n (kr√f). the relevant details can be found in the books by wait [1962, 1970], galejs [1972], bliokh et al. [1980] and nickolaenko and hayakawa [2002]. the electromagnetic problem is solved for a system of thin horizontal layers of constant f for both upward going and down going radio waves. the continuity condition holds at each interface for the tangential fields. thus, a system of linear algebraic equations is obtained for the amplitudes of waves within the layers. if one applies n layers, the linear system contains 2n equations. such a treatment is regarded as the full wave solution, e.g., wait [1970]. it was used in the schumann resonance band by knott [1998] and jones and knott [1999, 2003]. a more convenient variant of the full wave solution exploits the ratio of horizontal electric to horizontal magnetic field at each boundary, d(r), i.e. the surface impedance. the problem is reduced to a nonlinear differential equation of the first order (riccati equation), see, e.g., wait [1970]. its solution is constructed numerically using an iterative procedure [e.g., hynninen and galuk 1972, bliokh et al. 1977, galuk and ivanov 1978, bliokh et al. 1980, galuk et al. 2015]. for the time dependence exp[+i~t], we obtain the following equation: (2) here, d(r) is the spherical surface impedance at the strata interface (see nickolaenko and hayakawa [2002], chapter 2), o(~) is the sought complex propagation constant, ~ = 2rf is the circular wave frequency, k =~/c is the wave number in free space, c is the velocity of light in free space, and r is the radius vector of the spherical coordinate system (r, i, {); f(r) is the complex dielectric constant of the medium varying with height, and f0 is the permittivity of free space. the operator of the problem is defined in the height interval from zero to infinity, and its eigen-value is m=o(o+1). at the perfectly conducting ground, the spherical surface impedance d(a) = 0, where a denotes the earth’s radius. this is the first boundary condition. an elf radio wave of frequency f penetrates into the ionosphere and rapidly attenuates there, so that the plasma properties above some virtual altitude given by dr d k r r n n r dr d r rrrr r 1 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 f f f + + = q q q q q v v v v v# & g j .dr d r r r ik r ik ikr 1 02 2d f d f o o + + + =q q q q qv v v v v kudintseva et al. 4 5 r1 have only a very minor impact on the sub-ionospheric radio propagation. this altitude varies with frequency. however, it does not exceed the 100 km level: r1 = a + 100 km. we may suggest that the ionosphere is vertically uniform above this 100 km altitude, and the surface impedance at r1 is equal to d(r1) = [f(r1)] -½, where |f(r1)|= const >> 1. this is the second boundary condition for equation (2). the problem of finding the complex eigen-value is reduced to solving the equation (3) with respect to the parameter m. the d(a; m) function is found by the numerical integration of equation (2) from the top r = r1 to the bottom r = a. the roots of the equation are found by iterations starting from o= ka. let mm be the m-th iteration to the eigen-value m; then the next, m + 1, iteration is found by following newton’s procedure: after obtaining the (m + 1)-th iteration, we repeat the downward integration of equation (2) along the radius with the new eigen-value, and thus we obtain the surface impedance at the ground for the next iteration. the initial value is: m0 = ka (ka + 1). the iterations stop when the relative difference between the new and the previous eigen-value is smaller than 10-7. the derivative —̂̂ m d(a; m) is found concurrently with the d(r) function by integrating the differential equation for the function d1(r) = —̂̂m d(r,m). the relevant equation and the condition at r = r1 are obtained by differentiation of equation (2) with respect to the parameter m: the upper height r1 was established by an exhaustive search when the solutions were constructed for a set of r1 values. finally, the height r1 = 100 km was chosen since the relative change of the output eigenvalue did not exceed 10-7 when the starting height exceeded 100 km. it is only above this height that the anisotropy of the ionosphere, which is due to the presence of the earth’s magnetic field [madden and thompson 1965, rishbeth and garriott 1969], becomes very important in determining the tensor value of the conductivity. it is interesting to note that the approach described allows us to obtain not only the eigen-value of the zeroth mode in the earth–ionosphere waveguide, but also the roots of the “trapped” higher order modes. newton’s method converges toward the eigen-value closest to the initial one. to treat the higher order modes, we have to exclude the roots of lower modes that have already been found. for this purpose we use bézout’s theorem [korn and korn 1968, section 1.7.2]: the function is used in the process instead of the initial function {(m) = 0, where m are the roots of the {(m) function which have already been found, and n denotes the number of these already established roots. prior to computing the elf field components, we have to compute the so-called normalizing integrals. these are found automatically in the above scheme, as the following relation is valid: the normalizing integral n0 allows us to obtain the lower characteristic height of the earth–ionosphere cavity [kirillov 1993, kirillov 1996, kirillov et al. 1997, kirillov and kopeykin 2002]: (8) (heights which are complex quantities are shown as capital (upper case) letters, to emphasize this fact). this characteristic height is regarded as the “capacitance”, or the “electric”, height of the earth–ionosphere system: (9) it is used when obtaining the capacitance elements of the artificial two-dimension rlc circuit of the earth–ionosphere cavity resolved with the help of the 2d telegraph equations [madden and thompson 1965, kirillov 1993, kirillov 1996, kirillov et al. 1997, kirillov and kopeykin 2002, pechony and price 2004, pechony 2007] or in the approximate formulas for the elf propagation constant [greifinger and greifinger 1978, nickolaenko and rabinowicz 1982, mushtak and williams 2002]. the upper characteristic height, the “inductance” (or the “magnetic”) height m m1 m m= -+ ; ; . a a m m 2 2 m d m d mq q v v . . dr d r ik r r r ikr r r 2 1 0 0 21 1 1 d f d d f d + = = q q q q q qv v v v v v n i n 1 { { { = = q% imv ; .n ika a ika a0 2 2 12 2 m d m d= =q qv v .h f i h dh ika a 1c 00 2 1, v ~f d = 3 q q qv v v# , , .h e a e a dr1c r r a i i i= 3 q q qv v v# ;a 0d m =q v ac and dc gec properties and air conductivity (4) (5) (6) (7) is introduced by using the relation: (10) heights hc and hl are physically equivalent to the now popular electric and magnetic characteristic heights he and hm. these are the altitudes above which the relevant fields start to rapidly decrease. the distinction is that heights hc and hl are found from the rigorous full wave solution, which exploits the continuous conductivity profile, while the characteristic heights he and hm are introduced by the approximate heuristic relations [e.g., mushtak and williams 2002, williams et al. 2006]. to stress this distinction, we use different notations for the heights. the standard description for sub-ionospheric radio wave propagation in the extremely low frequency band (elf: 3 hz 3 khz) uses the propagation constant o( f ), the source–observer distance i, and the current moment of the dipole source mc( f ). the relevant equations can be found in nickolaenko and hayakawa [2002, 2014]. we use here the commonly accepted standard frequency dependence o( f ) suggested by ishaq and jones [1977], which incorporated the vast collection of experimental material from the global array of the schumann resonance observatories available at that time. according to this model, the complex propagation constant o( f ) is found from the following heuristic equations presented by ishaq and jones [1977]: where o is the dimensionless elf propagation constant, s is the complex sine function relevant to brillouin waves in the earth–ionosphere cavity [e.g., wait 1970], v and c are the phase velocity of radio wave and velocity of light, respectively, the parameter a which accounts for the wave attenuation is in napier/radian, and f is measured in hz. figure 3 shows frequency variations of the imaginary part of the propagation constant, or the losses in uniform cavity. we must remind the reader here that we take into account only the vertical (radial) non-uniformity of ionosphere. the real ionosphere is characterized by the day-night boundary and the polar non-uniformity, and the plasma becomes an anisotropic medium above ~80 km altitude. all these features are ignored at present, as our goal is only to present an average (on the global scale) v(h) profile, which is in reasonable agreement with both dc and ac observations and models. accounting for the above mentioned details is a possible area of demanding future work. it is interesting to note in this regard that recent satellite observations have demonstrated the presence of schumann resonance signals in the topside ionosphere [simoes et al. 2011, dudkin et al. 2015], indicating that energy is being lost from the cavity, even though this is inconsistent with considerations of r1 discussed earlier. this indicates that an explanation of the space-borne observations of sub-ionospheric schumann resonances should be based on the possible in, ,h h a a r h r dr1l 0 i i i= 3 { { q q qv v v# hl1 hlo o+ =q v .hl c . . , . ,f . . . , . ln ln f kas s c v i f c v f f f 0 25 0 5 5 49 1 64 0 1759 0 01791 0 063 / . 2v 1 2 2$ 0 64 o a a = + = = + = q q q q v 2v v v ! ! $ 2$ kudintseva et al. 6 figure 2. real parts of the elf propagation constant obtained with the full wave solution for the cole and pierce [1965] profile (black line with dots); profile based on the global circuit data (red smooth line); the hybrid profile (blue curve with stars). these are compared with the reference model (green curve with diamonds). figure 3. imaginary part of the elf propagation constant obtained with the full wave solution for the cole and pierce [1965] profile (black line with dots); profile based on the global circuit data (red smooth line); the hybrid profile (blue curve with stars). the elf standard reference model (equations 10 to 13) is shown by the green curve with diamonds. (11) (12) (13) (14) 7 fluence of ionospheric anisotropy on elf propagation through the plasma. consider a sub-ionospheric transverse electromagnetic (tem) wave entering the ionospheric plasma; its magnetic field reaches the altitude of 80 90 km where the plasma anisotropy becomes important. here, the electromagnetic wave transforms into an elf hydromagnetic wave that penetrates up to satellite altitudes, as was mentioned by madden and thompson [1965] in their seminal paper which contains rigorous numerical computations for both day and night conditions. the theoretical treatment of madden and thompson [1965] estimated that one third of the schumann resonance energy escapes from the cavity at night, that the “ionisation levels at around 40 50 km are very important for the schumann resonances” and that most damping occurs near these heights. they also stated that “conduction currents dominate over the displacement currents above about 60 km”. further, they mentioned that dust from meteor showers could influence schumann resonances. the full wave solutions of madden and thompson [1965] are obtained only at altitudes above about 25 km. below this altitude, of great relevance for the global circuit, their system of linear algebraic equations cannot obtain the reflection and transmission coefficients at the interfaces between different slabs. that is why we have used the riccati equation for the surface impedance [bliokh et al. 1977], which works below 25 km. the models of the imaginary part of the propagation constant provide different results here. the values deduced from parameters of the night-time dc global circuit (red curve) result in the smallest radio wave attenuation. the black line with dots based on the cole and pierce [1965] daytime model shows the highest attenuation rate. the elf standard reference model (green line with diamonds) is rather close to the blue line with stars computed for the hybrid (global average, over all local times) conductivity profile, which is introduced in this paper. the plots presented in figure 2 and figure 3 indicate that the red profile describing the leakage current between the earth and the ionosphere (the dc circuit) overestimates the phase velocity of radio wave and underestimates the elf attenuation rate. in contrast, the cole and pierce [1965] profile underestimates the phase velocity and the schumann resonance frequencies correspondingly, and it overestimates the elf attenuation rate. physically this means that the real conductivity at altitudes ~50 km and above is somewhat higher than dc model predicts and lower than that of classical conductivity profile. however, such a detail could not be sensed in the static electric field within the troposphere where the major part of the ionosphere-toground potential difference exists; only schumann resonance parameters are sensitive to the conductivity at this altitude. the very small modifications of the dc electric field at ground level are within the measurement accuracy and within the variations with universal time, known as the carnegie curve [harrison 2013]. if we turn to the earth–ionosphere leakage current, changes in the air conductivity around 50 km altitude definitely will not alter the fair weather field at the ground. it is only at the “electrosphere”, the height where “horizontal spreading” of the current occurs, that will be reduced from, say, 70 to 60 km. the classical conductivity profile presented by cole and pierce [1965] overestimates the losses in the cavity. to match the elf standard propagation model, we have to slightly increase the air conductivity starting from the stratosphere. in this case the blue curve is obtained as being very close to the elf standard model. 4. power spectra for globally uniform distribution of lightning strokes the dispersion curves of figure 2 and figure 3 allow us to compute the power spectral density of the vertical electric field in the schumann resonance band, which was first observed experimentally by balser and wagner [1960]. the resonance pattern depends on the source–observer distance. to eliminate any influence of this factor, we apply a globally uniform spatial distribution of lightning strokes [bliokh et al. 1977, bliokh et al. 1980, sentman 1995, sentman 1996, nickolaenko and hayakawa 2002, williams et al. 2006, nickolaenko and hayakawa 2014]. we suggest that independent random lightning strokes occur with the same probability at any point of the globe, i.e., the probability density of the source coordinates is the constant: electromagnetic radiation from global thunderstorms forms a random succession of independent elf pulses at the radio receiver, and the delay of the pulse arrival times is supposed to have an exponential distribution. in this case we speak of a poisson random process [middleton 1960, korn and korn 1968 (section 18.11.5), tikhonov 1982]. the mutual interference of pulses disappears in the averaged power spectrum of such a process, and “individual power spectra of pulses are summed”. the resulting power spectrum of the vertical electric field is found from the following equation: ,w 4 1 i { r =q v ac and dc gec properties and air conductivity (15) where n = 0, 1, 2, 3... is the schumann resonance mode number. the series in equation (16) was obtained by integrating the probability density (15) multiplied by the product of two zonal harmonic series for the electric field (see bliokh et al. [1980], nickolaenko and hayakawa [2002], nickolaenko and hayakawa [2014], for details). the series (16) converges rather fast, and the computations are simple. figure 4 shows the power spectra given by (16) computed for the three propagation constants o( f ), except the one relevant to the cole and pierce [1965] profile. the abscissa here shows the frequency ranging from 4 to 50 hz, and the ordinate depicts the power spectral density in arbitrary units. we may note that the schumann resonance pattern is clearly observed in all graphs. as was expected, the maxima of the red curve occur at higher frequencies, and this is explained by the higher values of re[o( f )] noted in figure 2. owing to the smaller attenuation factor (figure 3), the peaks of the red resonance curve (based on the dc global circuit model) have smaller widths in comparison with those for the standard black spectrum and for the global hybrid profile (blue line). the green and blue lines in figure 4 are close to each other in the vicinity of the first three resonance modes (i.e. for n = 0, 1, 2, 3). this is explained by the proximity of the relevant lines in figure 2 and figure 3. however, we notice that the resonance pattern is more sensitive to the slight deviations in the dispersion curves. indeed, the green and blue lines of re[o( f )] functions (phase velocities) are almost coincident in figure 2, while the positions of the spectral peaks are obviously different in figure 4. deviations in the phase velocity and in the wave attenuation cause the evident differences between the green and blue spectra, especially at the higher modes n ≥ 4. this indicates that the hybrid profile does not exactly match the standard elf propagation model. such deviations are quite acceptable from the practical point of view, as only three schumann resonance modes are clearly observed in the experimental records and are used in interpretations. of course, this does not mean that a better conductivity profile might be constructed that fits the standard spectrum (and observations) in a better way. when comparing the red (the dc data) and blue (ac data) spectra in figure 4, we note obvious deviations. these are due to differences between the profiles within the middle atmosphere. the global electromagnetic resonance is sensitive to the conductivity in the mesosphere and thus it can be used for selecting the models based on the dc ground-based observations. 5. discussion the validity of the vertical profiles of atmospheric conductivity at different altitudes might be checked by measurements of the low frequency electromagnetic fields and of the fair weather field observed in the troposphere and at ground level [e.g., harth 1982, holzworth and chiu 1982, holzworth 1991, 1995]. the elf/ vlf radio waves are particularly sensitive to the properties of the ionosphere over narrow (~ few km) height ranges between 50 and 120 km [galejs 1961, wait 1962, madden and thompson 1965, wait 1970, galejs 1972], whereas the fair weather field mainly depends on the conductivity of the troposphere [e.g., ogawa 1985, rycroft et al. 2007, rycroft et al. 2008]. schumann resonance signals “sense” the conductivity in the range of heights from ~40 to ~100 km and therefore their interpretation can contribute to the information derived from the sparse data derived from different observations. the applicability of the blue conductivity profile can be verified by comparing the wave attenuation with direct measurements of monochromatic radio signals from elf transmitters [bannister 1999, nickolaenko 2008]. data used in the paper by bannister [1999] exploit the amplitude monitoring of elf signals from the us navy transmitter, regarded as the wisconsin test facility (wtf). the average attenuation at the 76 hz frequency was equal to 1.08 db/mm, and the relative standard deviation due to seasonal variations was ±25%. the imaginary part of the propagation constant at this frequency for the hybrid profile is equal to im[o( f )] f =76 hz = 0.86 napier/radian, and this value corresponds to the attenuation factor c(76 hz) = 1.17 db/mm. this attenuation is practically coincident with observations, and this fact is certainly in favour of the model. ,e fq fr n nq n 2 1 1 1 2 1 n 2 2 2 0 \1 2 fr o oq o oq + + + + 3 = fq oq nq oqv v v v| kudintseva et al. 8 figure 4. power spectra of vertical electric field in arbitrary units (see text for a full explanation). (15) 9 the wave attenuation measured at 82 hz was also published by nickolaenko [2008]. it was equal to im[o( f )] f =82 hz = 0.92 napier/radian, which corresponds to the attenuation factor c(82 hz) = 1.25 db/mm. this attenuation rate was inferred from the distance dependence of the signal amplitude detected in the vertical electric field of the radio wave emitted by the soviet kola peninsula transmitter [velikhov 2014]. the model attenuation is exactly equal to the value measured experimentally. thus, the comparison with observations of man-made elf radio transmissions supports the validity of the hybrid conductivity profile very well. we now evaluate the value of the fair weather field for the three conductivity profiles. the altitude variations of atmosphere conductivity v(h) shown in figure 1 were transformed into the air resistance t(h) = 1 /v(h) for this purpose. the relevant plots are shown in the upper frame of figure 5 for all three model profiles. the smooth red curve shows the global circuit model of rycroft et al. [2007], and the blue and black lines depict profiles pertinent to the hybrid model and to the classical cole and pierce [1965] profile, respectively. the upper plot in figure 5 indicates that the resistance of the air column having 1 m2 cross-section varies from 1014-1013 ohm m at the ground to about 1010 ohm m at around 40 km altitude. the values obtained for the different models vary by about one order of magnitude. plots in the lower frame of figure 5 depict the voltage drop across a 1 m gap in the air (the strength of the fair weather field at different altitudes) corresponding to the three conductivity profiles. these values are readily obtained using ohm’s law, by multiplying the air resistance t(h) = 1 /v(h) by the leakage current of global circuit of j = 1.3 pa/m2 [rycroft et al. 2000]. the relevant fair weather field at ground level becomes equal to 86 v/m in the hybrid and the global circuit models and 12 v/m in the cole and pierce [1965] model. if we integrate the voltage drop with altitude, we find that the ionosphere-to-ground potential difference, vi, is equal to 247 kv for the hybrid model, 263 kv for the rycroft et al. [2007] model, but only 61 kv for the cole and pierce [1965] profile. that value is unrealistically low, due to the large daytime conductivity values of that profile. the resistance profile based on the conductivity of the global circuit model of rycroft et al. [2007] proved to be useful in elaborating the source of a parametric q-burst [nickolaenko 2011] caused by the giant galactic gamma-ray flare that arrived from the magnetar sgr 1806−20 at earth at 21:30:26 u.t. on december 27, 2004. the illuminated hemisphere was practically coincident with the dayside of the globe: the sub-flare point was only 450 km away from the centre of the daytime hemisphere. the gamma-flare also transformed the schumann resonance spectra for a short time [nickolaenko et al. 2010, tanaka et al. 2011]. feasible “parametric” pulsed excitation of the earth–ionosphere cavity was predicted [nickolaenko 2011] caused by modification of the global electric circuit. such a source deviates from the ordinary lightning strokes, which excite schumann resonances, and the major features of elf transient are conditioned by the great horizontal size of the modification to the cavity, covering almost a hemisphere. such a coherent source drives only the lowest modes of schumann resonance, and this was confirmed experimentally [nickolaenko et al. 2010, schekotov et al. 2013, nickolaenko et al. 2014]. in modeling the parametric elf source, vlf information was also used, being relevant to the particular gamma-flare; the lower edge of the dayside ionosphere fell suddenly from 60 to 40 km as a result of ionisation produced in the mesosphere and upper stratosphere [inan et al. 2007]. the modification covered the whole ac and dc gec properties and air conductivity figure 5. altitude profiles of the air resistance (upper plot, in ohm m) and fair weather field amplitude (in v/m, lower plot). the corresponding value of the ionospheric potential vi is shown in the legend for the lower plot found in the rycroft et al. [2007] model, for the hybrid model presented here, and for the cole and pierce [1965] model (cp). the value derived for the latter model is certainly far too low, whereas the small discrepancy between the red and blue values is within the range of variations with universal time on a particular day and within the observed day-to-day variability. of the pacific ocean, and it was recorded at the antarctic palmer station for different vlf paths up to 60° from the sub-flare point. the modification of the air resistance was estimated by using the conductivity profile of rycroft et al. [2007] as a starting model for several modifications [nickolaenko 2011]. computations indicated that changes below the tropopause were definitely important for the source current of the parametric elf transient. the final model provided a sudden increase of the earth–ionosphere leakage current from 1 pa/m2 to 6 pa/m2 associated with the two-fold reduction of the air resistance at ground level (the modification of air conductivity increased linearly with altitude). we do not know whether there are any experimental observations, which could confirm or negate this prediction of a much increased fair weather conduction current density during this most unusual event. 6. conclusions we have shown here that a model for the globally averaged height profile of air conductivity which is a hybrid (blue curve) between the early cole and pierce [1965] daytime profile (black curve) and the empirical night-time profile (red curve) used in a model of the dc global electric circuit by rycroft et al. [2007] satisfies both observations of schumann resonance (ac global circuit properties) and fair weather observations of the electric field throughout the atmosphere (dc global circuit properties) very well. the crucial height regions for the dc part are the lowest 15 km, i.e. the troposphere; around the knee in the profile at ~55 km altitude is most crucial for the ac part. this new hybrid model leads to a realistic variation of the electric field strength through the fair weather regions of the atmosphere and to a realistic value of the potential of the ionosphere with respect to the earth’s surface, namely vi = 247 kv. this value fits within the range observed by markson [2007]. we suggest that this hybrid profile, a global profile which harmonises ac and dc profiles, which is in overall agreement with many different types of observations but not those associated with aerosols and showing a sharp conductivity ledge from 84 to 86 km altitude at some locations and at some times should be useful in future studies of both ac and dc global circuit phenomena. acknowledgements. the authors are most grateful to many colleagues in different countries for sharing their ideas on the topics discussed here, and especially to the referee for raising several points which necessitated further consideration and clarification before publication. references balser, m., and c. wagner (1960). observations of earth-ionosphere cavity resonances, nature, 188, 638-641. bannister, p.r. (1999). further examples of seasonal variations of elf radio propagation parameters, radio sci., 34, 199-208. bliokh, p.v., yu.p. galuk, e.m. hynninen, a.p. nickolaenko and l.m. rabinowicz (1977). on the resonance phenomena in the earth-ionosphere cavity, izv. vuzov, radiofizika, 20 (14), 501-509, (in russian). bliokh, p.v., a.p. nickolaenko and yu. f. filippov (1980). schumann resonances in the earth–ionosphere cavity, d. ll. jones (ed.), peter peregrinus, new york, london, paris, 168 p. chapman, f., and d. jones (1964). earth–ionosphere cavity resonances and the propagation of extremely low frequency radio waves, nature, 202, 654-657. cole, r.k., and e.t. pierce (1965). electrification in the earth’s atmosphere from altitudes between 0 and 100 kilometers, j. geophys. res., 70, 2735-2749. croskey, c.l., l.c. hale and j.d. mitchell (1990). electrical stratification in the middle atmosphere, adv. space res., 10, 49-52. curto, j.j., l.f. alberca, r.h. holzworth, b. de la morena, j. battlo, j.g. sole and d. altadill (2001). electric conductivity and electric field in the stratosphere: middle-latitude balloon flight results, j. geophys. res., 106, 21337-21342. dudkin, f., v. korepanov, d. dudkin, v. pilipenko, v. pronenko and s. klimov (2015). electric field of the power terrestrial sources observed by microsatellite chibis-m in the earth’s ionosphere in frequency range 1-60 hz, geophys. res. lett., 42, 5686-5693; doi:10.1002/2015gl064595. dyrda, m., a. kulak, j. mlynarczyk and m. ostrowski (2015). novel analysis of a sudden ionospheric disturbance using schumann resonance measurements, j. geophys. res., 120, 2255-2262; doi:10.1002/2014j a020854. friedrich, m., and k.m. torkar (2001). firi: a semiempirical model of the lower ionosphere, j. geophys. res., 106, 21409-21418; doi:10.1029/2001ja900070. friedrich, m., and m. rapp (2009). news from the lower ionosphere: a review of recent developments, surv. geophys., 30, 525-559. friedrich, m., k.m. torkar, u.-p. hoppe, t.-a. bekkung, a. barjatya and m. rapp (2013). multi-instrument comparisons of d-region plasma measurements, annales geophysicae, 31, 135-144. fullekrug, m. (2000). dispersion relation for spherical electromagnetic resonances in the atmosphere, physics letters a, 275, 80-89. fullekrug, m., a.c. fraser-smith and k. schlegel (2002). global ionospheric d-layer height monitoring, europhys. lett., 59, 626-632. kudintseva et al. 10 11 fullekrug, m. (2005). detection of thirteen resonances of radio waves from particularly intense lightning discharges, geophys. res. lett., 32, l13809; doi:10.1 029/2005gl023028. fullekrug, m., e. mareev and m. rycroft, eds. (2006). sprites, elves and intense lightning discharges, vol. 225, springer, dordrecht, the netherlands, 398 p. galejs, j. (1961). terrestrial extremely low frequency noise spectrum in the presence of exponential ionospheric conductivity profiles, j. geophys. res., 66, 2789-2793. galejs, j. (1965). schumann resonances, j. res. nbs, 69d, 1043-1055. galejs, j. (1972). terrestrial propagation of long electromagnetic waves, pergamon press, new york, 362 p. galuk, yu.p., and v.i. ivanov (1978). deducing the propagation characteristics of vlf fields in the cavity earth non-uniform along the height anisotropic ionosphere, in problems of diffraction and radio wave propagation, leningrad state university, 16, 148-153 (in russian). galuk, yu.p., m. hayakawa and a.p. nickolaenko (2015). knee model: comparison between heuristic and rigorous solutions for the schumann resonance problem, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 135, 85-91, 13646826; doi:10.1016/j.jastp.2015.10.008. greifinger, c., and p. greifinger (1978). approximate method for determining elf eigenvalues in the earth-ionosphere waveguide, radio sci., 13, 831837. greifinger, p.s., v.c. mushtak and e.r. williams (2007). on modeling the lower characteristic elf altitude from aeronomical data, radio sci., 42, rs2s12; doi:10.1029/2006rs003500. hale, l.c., c.l. croskey and j.d. mitchell (1981). measurements of middle-atmospheric electric fields and associated electrical conductivity, geophys. res. lett., 8, 927-931. hale, l.c. (1984), middle atmosphere electrical structure, dynamics, and coupling, adv. space res., 4, 175-186. han, f., s.a. cummer, j. li and g. lu (2011). daytime ionospheric d region sharpness derived from vlf radio atmospherics, j. geophys. res., 116, a05314; doi:10.1029/2010ja016299. harrison, r.g. (2013). the carnegie curve, surv. geophys., 34, 209-232. harrison, r.g., k.a. nicoll and k.l. aplin (2014). vertical profile measurements of lower troposphere ionisation. j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 119, 203-210; doi:10.1016/j.jastp.2014.08.006. harth, w. (1982). theory of low frequency wave propagation, in: h. volland (ed.), crc handbook of atmospherics, vol. 2, crc press inc., boca raton, florida, 134-203. hays, p.b., and r.g. roble (1979). a quasi-static model of global atmospheric electricity, 1. the lower atmosphere, j. geophys. res., 84, 3291-3305. holzworth, r.h., and y.t. chiu (1982). spherics in the stratosphere, in: h. volland (ed.), crc handbook of atmospherics, vol. 2, crc press inc., boca raton, florida, 2-19. holzworth, r.h. (1991). conductivity and electric field variations with altitude in the stratosphere, j. geophys. res., 96, 12857-12864. holzworth, r.h. (1995). quasistatic electromagnetic phenomena in the atmosphere and ionosphere, in: h. volland (ed.), crc handbook of atmospherics, crc press inc., boca raton, florida, 235-266. huang, e., e. williams, r. boldi, s. heckman, w. lyons, m. taylor, t. nelson and c. wong (1999). criteria for sprites and elves based on schumann resonance observations, j. geophys. res., 104, 1694316964. hynninen, e.m., and yu.p. galuk (1972). field of vertical dipole over the spherical earth with non-uniform along height ionosphere, in problems of diffraction and radio wave propagation, leningrad state universtity, 11, 109-120 (in russian). inan, u.s., n.g. lehtinen, r.c. moore, k. hurley, s. boggs, d.m. smith and g.j. fishman (2007). massive disturbance of the daytime lower ionosphere by the giant gamma-ray flare from magnetar sgr 1806-20, geophys. res. lett., 34, l08103; doi:10.10 29/2006gl029145. ishaq, m., and d.ll. jones (1977). method of obtaining radiowave propagation parameters for the earthionosphere duct at elf, electronic lett., 13, 254255. jones, d.ll. (1976). schumann resonances and e.l.f. propagation for inhomogeneous isotropic ionospheric profiles, j. atmos. terr. phys., 29, 1037-1044. jones, d.ll., and m. knott (1999). comparison of simplified and full-wave elf propagation models, abstracts of reports at ursi general assembly, toronto, session e6, august 1999. jones, d.ll., and m. knott (2003). computations of electromagnetic resonance in the earth–ionosphere cavity using full wave solution and approximate model, radio-physics and electronics, 8, 55-66 (in russian). kero, a., j. vierinen, d. mckay-bukowski, c.-f. enell, m. sinor, l. roininen and y. ogawa (2014). ionospheric electron density profiles inverted from a spectral riometer measurement, geophys. res. lett., 41, 5370-5375; doi:10.1002/2014gl060986. ac and dc gec properties and air conductivity kirillov, v.v (1993). parameters of the earth-ionosphere waveguide at elf, in: problems of radio wave diffraction and propagation, leningrad state universtity, 23, 35-52 (in russian). kirillov, v.v (1996). 2d theory of elf electromagnetic wave propagation in the earth–ionosphere cavity, izv. vuzov, radiofizika, 39, 1103-1112 (in russian). kirillov, v.v., v.n. kopeykin and v.c. mushtak (1997). electromagnetic waves of elf band in the earthionosphere cavity, geomagn. aeron., 37, 114-120 (in russian). kirillov, v.v., and v.n. kopeykin (2002). solution of 2d telegraph equations with anisotropic parameters, izv. vuzov radiofizika, 45, 1011-1024 (in russian). knott, m. (1998). computations of elf em fields in the earth-ionosphere duct. report, physics dept., king’s college, london, 45 p. korn, g.a., and t.m. korn (1968). mathematical handbook, second edition, mcgraw-hill, new york, san francisco, toronto, sydney, 831 p. kulak, a., j. kubisz, a. michalec, s. zięba and z. nieckarz (2003). solar variations in extremely low frequency propagation parameters: 2. observations of schumann resonances and computation of the elf attenuation parameter, j. geophys. res., 108, 1271-1279; doi:10.1029/ 2002ja009305. madden, t., and w. thompson (1965). low frequency electromagnetic oscillations of the earth–ionosphere cavity, rev. geophys., 3, 211-254. makino, m., and t. ogawa (1984). responses of atmospheric electric field and air-earth current to variations of conductivity profile, j. atmos. terr. phys., 46, 431-445. makino, m., and t. ogawa (1985). quantitative estimation of global circuit, j. geophys. res., 90, 5961-5966. markson, r. (2007). the global circuit intensity: its measurement and variation over the last 50 years, bull. am. meteorol. soc., 88, 223-241. mcneil, w.j., s.t. lai and e. murad (1998). differential ablation of cosmic dust and implications for the relative abundances of atmospheric metals, j. geophys. res., 103, 10899-10911. mechtly, e.a., s.a. bowhill and l.g. smith (1972). changes of lower ionosphere electron concentrations with solar activity, j. atmos. terr. phys., 34, 1899-1907. middleton, d. (1960), an introduction to statistical communication theory, vol. 1, ch. 11.2-2, mcgrawhill, new york, san francisco, toronto, sydney. mushtak, v.c., and e.r. williams (2002). elf propagation parameters for uniform models of the earthionosphere waveguide, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 64, 1989-2001. nickolaenko, a.p., and l.m. rabinowicz (1982). possible global electromagnetic resonances on the planets of the solar system, translated from kosmicheskie issledovaniya, vol. 20, no. 1, plenum publishing corporation, 82-88. nickolaenko, a.p., and m. hayakawa (2002). resonances in the earth-ionosphere cavity, kluwer academic publishers, dordrecht, boston, london, 380 p. nickolaenko, a.p. (2008). elf attenuation factor derived from distance dependence of radio wave amplitude propagating from an artificial source, telecomm. radio eng+, 67, 1621-1629. nickolaenko, a.p., i.g. kudintseva, o. pechonaya, m. hayakawa, t. nakamura, y. hobara and y. tanaka (2010). impact of a gamma-ray burst on the schumann resonance, radiophys. quantum el., 53 (9/10), 542-556; doi:10.1007/s11141-011-9249-9. nickolaenko, a.p. (2011). source models for “parametric” q-burst, journal of atmospheric electricity, 31, 95-110. nickolaenko, a., and m. hayakawa (2014). schumann resonance for tyros (essentials of global electromagnetic resonance in the earth-ionosphere cavity), springer, geophysics series xi, 348 p. nickolaenko, a.p., a.yu. schekotov, m. hayakawa, y. hobara, g. sátori, j. bor and m. neska (2014). multipoint detection of the elf transient caused by the gamma flare of december 27, 2004, radiophys. quantum el., 57, 125-140. nickolaenko, a.p., yu.p. galuk and m. hayakawa (2016), vertical profile of atmospheric conductivity that matches schumann resonance observations, springerplus, 5, 108, doi:10.1186/s40064-016-1742-3. odzimek, a., m. lester and m. kubicki (2010). egatec: a new high-resolution engineering model of the global atmospheric electric circuit currents in the lower atmosphere, j. geophys. res., 115, d18; doi:10.1029/2009jd013341. ogawa, t. (1985). fair weather electricity, j. geophys. res., 90, 5951-5961. otsuyama, t., d. sakuma and m. hayakawa (2003). fdtd analysis of elf wave propagation and schumann resonances for a subionospheric waveguide model, radio sci., 38, 1103; doi:10.1029/2002rs00 2752. park, c.g., and m. dejnakarintra (1973). penetration of thundercloud electric fields into the ionosphere and magnetosphere: 1. middle and subauroral latitudes, j. geophys. res., 78, 6623-6633; doi:10.1029/j a078i028p06623. pavlov, a.v (2014). photochemistry of ions at d-region altitudes of the ionosphere: a review, surv. geophys., 35, 259-334; doi:10.1007/s10712-013-9253-z. kudintseva et al. 12 13 pavlov, a.v (2016). influence of atmospheric solar radiation absorption on photodestruction of ions at d-region altitudes of the ionosphere, surv. geophys., 37; doi:10.1007/s10712-016-9371-5. pechony, o. (2003). modeling and simulations of schumann resonance parameters observed at the mitzpe ramon field station, ph.d. thesis, tel-aviv university, israel, 92 p. pechony, o., and c. price (2004). schumann resonance parameters computed with a partially uniform knee model on earth, venus, mars and titan, radio sci., 39, rs5007; doi:10.1029/2004rs003056. plane, j.m.c. (2003). atmospheric chemistry of meteoric metals, chem. rev., 103, 4963-4984. polk, c. (1983). natural and man-made noise in the earth-ionosphere cavity at extremely low frequencies (schumann resonances and man-made ‘interference’), space sci. rev., 35, 83-89. rakov, v.a., and m.a. uman (2003). lightning: physics and effects, cambridge university press, 687 p. rishbeth, h. and o.k. garriott (1969). introduction to ionospheric physics, academic press, new york and london, 331 pp. roble, r.g., and p.b. hays (1979). a quasi-static model of global atmospheric electricity, 2. electrical coupling between the upper and lower atmosphere, j. geophys. res., 84, 7247-7256. roble, r.g., and i. tzur (1986). the global atmospheric-electrical circuit, in: e.p. krider and r.g. roble (eds.), the earth’s electrical environment, national academy press, washington, d.c., 206-231. roldugin, v.c., y.p. maltsev, a.n. vasiljev, a.y. schokotov and g.g. belyajev (2004). schumann resonance frequency increase during solar x-ray bursts, j. geophys. res. 109, a01216; doi:10.1029/2003ja010019. rycroft, m.j. (1965). resonances of the earth-ionosphere cavity observed at cambridge, england, j. res. nbs, 69d, 1071-1081. rycroft, m.j., s. israelsson and c. price (2000). the global atmospheric electric circuit, solar activity and climate change, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 62, 15631576. rycroft, m.j., a. odzimek, n.f. arnold, m. fullekrug, a. kulak and t. neubert (2007). new model simulations of the global atmospheric electric circuit driven by thunderstorms and electrified shower clouds: the roles of lightning and sprites, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 69, 2485-2509. rycroft, m.j., r.g. harrison, k.a nicoll and e.a. mareev (2008). an overview of earth’s global electric circuit and atmospheric conductivity, in: f. leblanc et al. (eds.), planetary atmospheric electricity, springer, 83-105; doi:10.1007/978-0-387-87664-1_6. rycroft, m.j., and a. odzimek (2010). effects of lightning and sprites on the ionospheric potential, and threshold effects on sprite initiation, obtained using an analog model of the global atmospheric electric circuit, j. geophys. res., 115, a00e37; doi:10.1029/ 2009ja014758. rycroft, m.j., and r.g. harrison (2012). electromagnetic atmosphere-plasma coupling: the global atmospheric electric circuit, space sci. rev., 168, 363-384; doi:10.1007/s11214-011-9830-8. rycroft, m.j., k.a. nicoll, k.l. aplin and r.g. harrison (2012). recent advances in global electric circuit coupling between the space environment and the troposphere, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 90-91, 198211; doi:10.1016/j.jastp.2012.03.015. sao, k., m. yamashita, s. tanahashi, h. jindoh and k. ohta (1973). experimental investigations of schumann resonance frequencies, j. atmos. terr. phys., 35, 2047-2053; . sapkota, b.k., and n.c. varshneya (1990). on the global atmospheric electric circuit, j. atmos. terr. phys., 52, 1-22. sato, m., and h. fukunishi (2003). global sprite occurrence locations and rates derived from triangulation of transient schumann resonance events, geophys. res. lett. 30, 1859-1863; doi:10.1029/2003gl017291. sátori, g., m. rycroft, p. bencze, f. märcz, j. bór, v. barta, t. nagy and k. kovács (2013). an overview of thunderstorm-related research on the atmospheric electric field, schumann resonances, sprites, and the ionosphere at sopron, hungary, surv. geophys., 34, 1-38. schekotov, a.yu., a.p. nickolaenko, m. hayakawa, y. hobara, g. sátori, j. bor and m. neska (2013). worldwide detection of elf transient associated with the gamma flare of december 27, 2004, telecomm. radio eng+, 72, 1695-1718; doi:10.1615/ telecomradeng.v72.i18.60. schlegel, k., and m. fullekrug (2002). a d-region conductivity model from eiscat vhf measurements, annales geophysicae, 20, 1439-1445; doi:10.5194/ angeo-20-1439-2002. schumann, w. (1952). uber die strahlungslosen eigenschwingungen einer leitenden kugel, die von einer luftschicht und einer ionospharenhulle umgeben ist, z. naturforsch., 7a, 149-154. sentman, d.d. (1990). approximate schumann resonance parameters for a two scale-height ionosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 52, 35-46. sentman, d.d. (1995). schumann resonances, in: h. volland (ed.), handbook of atmospheric electrodynamics, vol. 1, atmospheric electricity, crc press inc., boca raton, florida, 267-298. ac and dc gec properties and air conductivity sentman, d.d (1996). schumann resonance spectra in a two-scale-height earth–ionosphere cavity, j. geophys. res., 101, 9479-9487. simoes, f.a., r.f. pfaff and h.t. freudenreich (2011). satellite observations of schumann resonances in the earth’s ionosphere, geophys. res. lett., 38, l22101; doi:10.1029/2011gl049668. simpson, j.j., and a. taflove (2002). two-dimensional fdtd model of antipodal elf propagation and schumann resonance of the earth, ieee antenn. wirel. pr., 1, 53-56. simpson, j.j. (2009), current and future applications of 3-d global earth-ionosphere models based on the full-vector maxwell’s equations fdtd method, surv. geophys., 30, 105-130; doi:10.1007/s10712-009-9063-5. soriano, a., e.a. navarro, d.l. paul, j.a. portí, j.a. morente and i.j. craddock (2005). finite difference time domain simulation of the earth-ionosphere resonant cavity: schumann resonances, ieee antenn. wirel. pr., 53, 1535-1541. swider, w. (1988). ionic mobility, mean mass, and conductivity in the middle atmosphere from near ground level to 70 km, radio sci., 23, 389-399. tanaka, y.t., m. hayakawa, y. hobara, a.p. nickolaenko, k. yamashita, m. sato, y. takahashi, t. terasawa and t. takahashi (2011). detection of transient elf emission caused by the extremely intense cosmic gamma-ray flare of 27 december 2004, geophys. res. lett., 38, l08805; doi:10.1029/2011gl047008. tikhonov, v.i (1982). statistical radio technique, second edition, radio and communications, moscow, ch. 2.7 (in russian). tinsley, b.a., and l. zhou (2006). initial results of a global circuit model with variable stratospheric and tropospheric aerosols, j. geophys. res., 111, d16205; doi:10.1029/2005jd006988. tinsley, b.a. (2008). the global atmospheric electric circuit and its effects on cloud microphysics, rep. prog. phys., 71; doi:10.1088/0034-4885/71/6/066801. tran, a., and c. polk (1979a). schumann resonances and electrical conductivity of the atmosphere and lower ionosphere i. effects of conductivity at various altitudes on resonance frequencies and attenuation, j. atmos. terr. phys., 41, 1241-1248. tran, a., and c. polk (1979b). schumann resonances and electrical conductivity of the atmosphere and lower ionosphere ii. evaluation of conductivity profiles from experimental schumann resonance data, j. atmos. terr. phys., 41, 1249-1261. velikhov, e.p., ed. (2014). interaction of electromagnetic fields of elf controlled sources with the ionosphere and earth’s crust, in: proceedings of the all-russian (with the international participation) research and practice workshop, russian academy of sciences, department of earth sciences, geological institute kola science centre, vol. 1, 206 p.; isbn 978-5-902643-23-4. wait, j.r. (1962). electromagnetic waves in stratified media, 1st edition, pergamon press, oxford, 372 p. wait, j.r. (1970). electromagnetic waves in stratified media, 2nd edition, pergamon press, oxford, 608 p. widdel, h.u., g. rose and r. borchers (1976). experimental results on the variation of electric conductivity and ion mobility in the mesosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 81, 6217-6220. williams, e.r. (2003). the global electrical circuit, in: j.r. holton, j. pyle and j.a. curry (eds.), encyclopedia of atmospheric sciences, vol. 2, 724-732. williams, e.r., v. mushtak and a.p. nickolaenko (2006). distinguishing ionospheric models using schumann resonance spectra, j. geophys. res., 111, d16107; doi:10.1029/2005jd006944. williams, e.r. (2009). the global electric circuit: a review, atmos. res., 91, 140-152. williams, e., and e. mareev (2014). recent progress on the global electrical circuit, atmos. res., 135-136, 208-227. williams, e.r., y.-j. wu, m. friedrich and r.-e. hsu (2015). meteor ablation as origin for the d-region ledge in electrical conductivity, paper ae22a-04, presented at agu fall meeting, san francisco, december 2015. wilson, c.t.r. (1929). some thundercloud problems, j. franklin institute, 208, 1-12. yang, h., and v.p. pasko (2005). three-dimensional finite difference time domain modeling of the earth– ionosphere cavity resonances, geophys. res. lett., 32, l03114; doi:10.1029/2004gl021343. yang, h., v.p. pasko and y. yair (2006). three-dimensional finite difference time domain modeling of the schumann resonance parameters on titan, venus, and mars, radio sci., 41, rs2s03; doi:10.1029/2005 rs003431. zhou, h., and x. qiao (2015). studies on the variations of the first schumann resonance frequency during the solar flare on 7 march 2012, j. geophys. res., 120, 4600-4612; doi:10.1002/2014jd022696. *corresponding author: alexander p. nickolaenko, a.ya. usikov institute for radio-physics and electronics, national academy of sciences of the ukraine, kharkov, ukraine; email: sasha@ire.kharkov.ua; sashanickolaenko@gmail.com. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. kudintseva et al. 14 15 appendix 1. here we show the data describing the hybrid profile. ac and dc gec properties and air conductivity h, km v(h), s/m lg(v) h, km v(h), s/m lg(v) 0 1.512e-14 -13.820 50 3.380e-10 -9.482 1 2.160e-14 -13.665 51 3.514e-10 -9.465 2 4.090e-14 -13.403 52 3.710e-10 -9.441 3 6.962e-14 -13.172 53 3.998e-10 -9.409 4 1.049e-13 -12.994 54 4.299e-10 -9.377 5 1.482e-13 -12.844 55 5.229e-10 -9.292 6 2.019e-13 -12.709 56 6.160e-10 -9.221 7 2.712e-13 -12.581 57 8.044e-10 -9.105 8 3.549e-13 -12.464 58 9.929e-10 -9.013 9 4.651e-13 -12.346 59 1.398e-9 -8.864 10 5.943e-13 -12.240 60 1.803e-9 -8.754 11 7.629e-13 -12.131 61 2.731e-9 -8.573 12 9.578e-13 -12.032 62 3.659e-9 -8.446 13 1.209e-12 -11.931 63 5.896e-9 -8.239 14 1.499e-12 -11.837 64 8.133e-9 -8.099 15 1.867e-12 -11.742 65 1.365e-8 -7.874 16 2.285e-12 -11.654 66 1.916e-8 -7.726 17 2.796e-12 -11.567 67 3.249e-8 -7.497 18 3.375e-12 -11.485 68 4.582e-8 -7.347 19 4.093e-12 -11.401 69 6.887e-8 -7.170 20 4.891e-12 -11.323 70 9.636e-8 -7.024 21 5.864e-12 -11.244 71 1.419e-7 -6.848 22 6.930e-12 -11.172 72 1.893e-7 -6.723 23 8.227e-12 -11.097 73 2.839e-7 -6.547 24 9.634e-12 -11.029 74 4.258e-7 -6.371 25 1.135e-11 -10.957 75 5.678e-7 -6.246 26 1.320e-11 -10.892 76 7.570e-7 -6.121 27 1.545e-11 -10.823 77 9.463e-7 -6.024 28 1.788e-11 -10.760 78 1.183e-6 -5.927 29 2.085e-11 -10.693 79 1.467e-6 -5.834 30 2.416e-11 -10.629 80 1.751e-6 -5.757 31 2.774e-11 -10.569 81 2.176e-6 -5.662 32 3.164e-11 -10.512 82 2.602e-6 -5.585 33 3.626e-11 -10.452 83 3.265e-6 -5.486 34 4.207e-11 -10.388 84 3.927e-6 -5.406 35 4.925e-11 -10.319 85 5.157e-6 -5.288 36 5.762e-11 -10.251 86 6.388e-6 -5.195 37 6.821e-11 -10.178 87 8.895e-6 -5.051 38 7.947e-11 -10.111 88 1.145e-5 -4.941 39 9.359e-11 -10.040 89 1.713e-5 -4.766 40 1.101e-10 -9.970 90 2.285e-5 -4.641 41 1.3461e-10 -9.882 91 3.686e-5 -4.433 42 1.555e-10 -9.819 92 5.091e-5 -4.293 43 1.840e-10 -9.746 93 9.042e-5 -4.044 44 2.097e-10 -9.689 94 1.230e-4 -3.886 45 2.410e-10 -9.629 95 2.652e-4 -3.576 46 2.651e-10 -9.587 96 4.005e-4 -3.397 47 2.855e-10 -9.555 97 9.690e-4 -3.014 48 2.991e-10 -9.535 98 1.538e-3 -2.813 49 3.183e-10 -9.508 99 2.338e-3 -2.631 table 1. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice vol49,6,2006 1189 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 6, december 2006 key words ionosphere-atmosphere interaction – mid-latitude ionosphere – ionospheric disturbances – atmospheric waves 1. introduction various processes in the lower-lying layers of the atmosphere, particularly in the troposphere, summarized for simplicity under the term ‘meteorological processes’, can affect the ionosphere basically through two channels: i) electrical and electromagnetic phenomena, and ii) upward propagating waves in the neutral atmosphere. we treat the latter category, with upward propagating waves in the neutral atmosphere, which are more important from the point of view of energy deposition and atmospheric modification than the phenomena under (i). namely we focus on the effects of planetary waves on the ionosphere. various tropospheric and to a limited extent stratospheric and mesospheric «meteorological» processes and periodic solar heating and cooling excite waves in the neutral atmosphere. upward propagating waves in the neutral atmosphere and their modifications, interactions and modulations affect the ionosphere, when and if they reach it. those waves are planetary waves, tidal waves, gravity waves, and infrasonic waves. most of the ‘meteorological influences’ on the ionosphere arise from the upward propagating gravity, tidal and planetary waves (e.g., kazimirovsky et al., 2003). the meteorological influences play an important role in the overall ionospheric variability (e.g., forbes et al., 2000; rishbeth and mendillo, 2001). laštopersistence of planetary wave type oscillations in the mid-latitude ionosphere jan laštovička, petra šauli and peter križan institute of atmospheric physics, academy of sciences of czech republic, prague, czech republic abstract planetary wave type oscillations have been observed in the lower and middle atmosphere but also in the ionosphere, including the ionospheric f2 layer. here we deal with the oscillations in fof2 analysed for two japanese and two us stations over a solar cycle (1979-1989) with the use of the morlet and paul wavelet transforms. waves with periods near 5, 10 and 16 days are studied. only events of duration of three wave-cycles and more are considered. the results are compared with the results of a similar analysis made for fof2 and the lower ionosphere over europe (laštovička et al., 2003a,b). the 5-day period wave events display a typical duration of 4 cycles, while the 10and 16-day wave events are less persistent with typical duration of about 3.5 cycles and rather 3 cycles, respectively, in all three geographic regions. the persistence pattern in terms of number of cycles and in terms of number of days is different. in terms of number of cycles, the typical persistence of oscillations decreases with increasing period. on the other hand, in terms of number of days the typical persistence evidently increases with increasing period. the spectral distribution of event duration is too broad to allow for a reasonable prediction of event duration. thus the predictability of the planetary wave type oscillations in fof2 seems to be very questionable. the longitudinal size of the planetary wave type events increases with increasing wave period. the persistence of the planetary wave type events in fof2 and the lower ionosphere is similar in europe, but the similarity in occurrence of individual events in fof2 and the lower ionosphere is rather poor. mailing address: dr. jan laštovička, institute of atmospheric physics, academy of sciences of czech republic, bocni ii, 14131 prague, czech republic; e-mail: jla@ufa.cas.cz 1190 jan laštovička, petra šauli and peter križan vička (2006) briefly reviewed effects of atmospheric waves (planetary, tidal, gravity and infrasonic) on the ionosphere. planetary waves (periods of about 2-30 days) are very predominantly of tropospheric origin and can penetrate directly to heights slightly above 100 km. they have to propagate upwards into the f-region ionosphere via an indirect way. their effects were observed in the lower ionosphere (e.g., laštovička et al., 1994), in the ionospheric e region in h’e (e.g., cavalieri, 1976) and sporadic-e layer (e.g., haldoupis et al., 2004), and in the f2 region (e.g., forbes and zhang, 1997; altadill and apostolov, 2001, 2003; laštovička et al., 2003b; altadill et al., 2004). typical planetary wave periods are broad spectral peaks around 2, 5, 10 and 16 (very broad spectral peak) days, but the planetary wave spectrum is very variable and on individual days it can be much different. they roughly correspond to eigenfrequencies of the atmosphere, which slightly differ for various modes; for instance for the wave with the zonal wave number 1 they attain values of 1.2, 5, 8 and 12 days (these periods are doppler shifted by the prevailing wind). all planetary wave periods are quasi-periods with the exact period varying within a period range. amplitudes of planetary waves are unstable, as well; planetary waves typically occur in bursts of a couple of waves. the duration of such wave bursts in the critical frequency of the f2 region, fof2, in other words the persistence of the planetary wave type events, is the main topic of the paper. laštovička et al. (2003b) made such investigations for four representative european stations listed in table i. the primary aim of this paper is to make such investigations for representative stations from the mid-latitude u.s.a. and japan in comparison with our previous results on the persistence of planetary wave events over europe. it should be mentioned that in the f region it is correct to use the term planetary wave type oscillations, because not all oscillations in the planetary wave period range are related to planetary waves in the neutral atmosphere; some of them are caused by periodic variability of geomagnetic activity (e.g., altadill and apostolov, 2003). planetary waves cannot propagate directly to the f2 region heights. they have to propagate indirectly via modulation of other agents like upward propagating tides or gravity waves, vertical drifts, or the turbopause height and its properties. laštovička et al. (2003a) studied the persistence of planetary wave events in the lower ionosphere over europe. data and methods used by laštovička et al. (2003a,b) allow examine the possible similarity of planetary wave type oscillations in the lower ionosphere and fof2, which is the second topic of the paper. the third topic is to use similarity and/or dissimilarity of planetary wave events in fof2 over europe, japan and the u.s.a. for rough estimate of the longitudinal size of planetary wave type events. 2. data and methods as the basic ionospheric parameter we use the main characteristics of the f2 region, the table i. co-ordinates of ionospheric stations and missing intervals from period 1979-1989. station geographic latitude geographic longitude missing intervals boulder 40.0°n 105.3°w 1982/1983 wallops island 37.9°n 75.5°w 1979, 1987/1988, 1988, 1988/89, 1989 akita 39.7°n 140.1°e 1984/1985, 1988/1989, 1989 wakkanai 45.4°n 141.7°e 1988/1989 juliusruh 54.6°n 13.4°e slough 51.5°n 0.6°w pru° honice 50.0°n 14.6°e 1988/1989, 1989 rome 41.8°n 12.5°e 1979 1191 persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in the mid-latitude ionosphere widely available critical frequency fof2. data from four representative stations in europe, two in the u.s.a. and two in japan are used over the period 1979-1989 (from maximum to maximum of the solar cycle). the co-ordinates of those stations are listed in table i. noontime (10-14 lt) average values of fof2 are used. sometimes there are problems with quality and availability of fof2 data with some stations for some periods (e.g., burešová, 1997). the above stations and the analyzed period were selected with respect to reduction such problems to minimum. therefore good quality data with minimum gaps are used in the paper. single data gaps were interpolated with the use of data of the same station at other local times and/or from neighboring stations at the same time, or combination of both, based on availability of data. nevertheless, some intervals have not been taken into analysis due to more data gaps. the selection of the optimum period was made for european stations, therefore the number of missing data intervals for the us and japanese stations are larger. for the «vertical» comparison of the planetary wave type oscillation events in europe we need data representing the lower ionosphere. the radio wave absorption measurements obtained by the a3 method utilizing the oblique wave propagation are used. data from two radio paths from central europe are used. the path luxembourg-panská ves has parameters as follows: f = 6.09 mhz, feq = 2.1-2.2 mhz (equivalent vertical frequency), reflection point 50°04ln, 10°18le, transmitter-receiver distance 610 km. the path deutschlandfunk-panská ves has different parameters: f = 1539 khz, feq = 650700 khz, reflection point 50°16ln, 11°47le, transmitter-receiver distance 390 km. the absorption along the former radio paths is formed very predominantly at altitudes of about 90-100 km, whereas the latter absorption is formed mostly at altitudes of about 85-90 km. as a mathematical tool for the description of the persistence of planetary wave type oscillations within time series of fof we use wavelet analysis (torence and compo, 1998; vidakovic, 1999). the continuous wavelet transform (cwt) is an excellent tool for analysing changing properties of non-stationary signals. in analyses of signals, the wavelet representations allow us to view a time-domain evolution in terms of scale/period components. the cwt is a convolution of the data sequence with scaled and translated version of the mother wavelet. varying the wavelet scale and translating along the localised time is possible to construct a picture showing both the amplitude of any feature versus the scale/period and how this amplitude varies with time. for a thorough introduction to wavelet transforms, the reader is referred, e.g., to mallat (1998). the wavelet transform of the data x(t, z) is defined as (2.1) where ψ0(t) is a mother-wavelet. in the present work, we used morlet and paul (complex) mother-wavelets, defined as (2.2) (2.3) where param counts the number of oscillations of the (real part of the) wavelet and provides the user with a degree of freedom that can be easily tuned to a given purpose. wavelets, as building blocs of models, are well localized in both time and scale (period, frequency). as the paul wavelet decays more quickly in the time-domain then morlet, it enables better time localization. the greater difference is in frequency/ period domain. for the given count of evident oscillations in the wavelet the paul wavelet is much less efficient. as a source matlab code the wavelet software for morlet wavelet computations provided by torrence and compo was used. matlab codes are available at url: http://paos.colorado.edu/research/wavelets/. since laštovička et al. (2003a) used only less suitable meyer wavelet in analysis of the planetary wave activity in the lower ionosphere, we use for the «vertical» comparison over eun ( ) ( ) ! ! ( )paul: param t n i it n 2 2 1, ( ) n n n n 0 1ψ π = − = − + ( 2 )exp exp i tπν=morlet: ( ) param t t 2 2 , / n0 2 1 4 2 2 0 0 ψ πσ σ πσν − = − ] bg l z!, z0>aduψ( , )x u z=( , , )t a t z a a u t1 x r 0 − b l# 1192 jan laštovička, petra šauli and peter križan rope only the results of the mayer wavelet transform as published by laštovička et al. (2003a,b). the mayer (e.g., daubechies, 1994) and morlet wavelet transforms yielded the same statistical characteristics of the planetary wave type event persistence for fof2 over europe (laštovička et al., 2003b). commercial matlab-wavelet software has been used to compute the meyer wavelet transform. the wavelet analysis is applied to consecutive 1-year long intervals, shifted by half a year (january-december 1979, july 1979-june 1980, january-december 1980, etc.). thus for slough and juliusruh we have 21 partly overlapping intervals for the period 1979-1989, for other stations a bit less due to data gaps. only wave events with duration of at least three wave cycles are taken into account. 3. persistence of planetary wave type events in fof2 figure 1 presents an example of the normalized wavelet power spectrum for the morlet wavelet transform. the morlet wavelet transform results are evaluated for the normalized absolute power, i.e. we search for intervals with values larger than a fixed value. in terms of colours in fig. 1 it means that we consider only intervals with yellow and red colour of the duration of at least three wave cycles. only results inside of the conus-of-influence (black thin curve) are taken into account. the border effects affect the information out of the thin curve. even though the values shown in fig. 1 are normalized, the way of their interpretation with respect to a fixed level is hereafter called «abfig. 1. planetary wave type activity inferred from fof2 for akita, 1 july 1981-30 june 1982, morlet wavelet transform. top panel: time series of raw fof2 data. bottom panel: wavelet power spectrum of the planetary wave activity changing by colour from white and black-blue (minimum values) through green to red and black-red (maximum values). wavelet power spectrum is normalized to 1. 1193 persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in the mid-latitude ionosphere solute» power. however, the morlet wavelet transform results are also evaluated in terms of «relative» power, when the seasonally variable level of the background fof2, shown in the top panel, is taken into account. we consider relative intensifications with respect to the vicinity of the events with duration of at least three wave cycles to be planetary wave type events. this allows us to compare the results of the relative and absolute power approach to interpretation of the results as it was done for european data by laštovička et al. (2003b). figure 2 shows an example of the results of the paul wavelet transform. the results of the paul wavelet transform are evaluated in terms of the «absolute» power in the same way as morlet results. the most pronounced feature of figs. 1 and 2 is a large temporal and partly spectral variability of the planetary wave activity. the migration of periods of planetary wave activity is also well visible. the large temporal variability of planetary wave activity has to result in a limited persistence of the individual planetary wave events. the statistics of duration of individual events of the enhanced planetary wave activity for all yearly intervals and period bands centred at 5, 10 and 16 days is summarized in tables ii, iii and iv for paul transform, «absolute» evaluation, morlet transform, «absolute» evaluation and morlet transform, «relative» evaluation, respectively. the tables present the number of events together with their mean, median and the most often occurring number of cycles for individual stations and the average values for all four stations. tables ii-iv reveal for the 5-day wave the typical persistence of well-developed wave events to be of 4 cycles consistently for all three ways of analysis. for the 10-day wave, both the fig. 2. the same as fig. 1 but for paul wavelet. 1194 table ii. statistics of persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in fof2 for stations from the northern america and japan based on the paul wavelet transform («absolute» evaluation). the average values for medians and the most frequent values are presented with a step of 0.5. station period (days) number of events median value mean value most frequent value boulder 5 24 4 4.3 4 10 15 4 4.0 3.5 16 20 3.5 3.9 3 wallops island 5 20 4 4.2 4 10 15 3.5 3.6 3.5 16 16 3.5 3.5 3 wakkanai 5 15 4 3.9 4 10 12 3.5 4.0 3.5 16 13 3.5 3.5 3 akita 5 18 4 4.0 4 10 14 3.5 3.8 3 16 15 3.5 3.5 3 average values 5 19 4 4.1 4 10 14 3.5 3.7 3.5 16 16 3.5 3.6 3 table iii. statistics of persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in fof2 for stations from the northern america and japan based on the morlet wavelet transform (absolute values). the average values for medians and the most frequent values are presented with a step of 0.5. station period (days) number of events median value mean value most frequent value boulder 5 45 4 4.4 3 10 33 3.5 4.2 3 16 32 3.5-4 4.9 3 wallops island 5 49 4 4.3 3.5 10 31 4 4.5 3.5-4 16 21 5 5.1 3 wakkanai 5 43 4 4.4 4 10 34 3.5-4 4.7 3.5 16 34 3.5 4.1 3 akita 5 52 4 4.5 4 10 38 4 4.0 3.5 16 33 4 4.8 3 average values 5 47 4 4.4 3.5 10 34 4 4.4 3.5 16 30 4 4.7 3 table iv. statistics of persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in fof2 for stations from the northern america and japan based on the morlet wavelet transform (relative values). the average values for medians and the most frequent values are presented with a step of 0.5. station period (days) number of events median value mean value most frequent value boulder 5 85 4 4.2 4 10 59 3.5 4 3 jan laštovička, petra šauli and peter križan 1195 persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in the mid-latitude ionosphere median values and the most frequent occurrences provide the typical persistence of 3.5 cycles. for the 16-day wave, medians point to a typical persistence of 3.5 cycles and the most frequent values reveal a typical persistence of just 3 cycles. thus the persistence in terms of the number of cycles slightly decreases with increasing period. in terms of days the typical duration is 20 days for t = 5 days, about 35 days for t = 10 days and about 55-60 days for t = 16 days. in other words, the duration of the wave events in terms of days is longer, not shorter for longer periods. the median, mean and most frequent values are mostly very similar for all four stations and in tables ii-iv. this means that american and japanese stations reveal essentially the same statistical characteristics of persistence of the planetary wave type events in fof2, and that the «absolute» evaluation of the paul wavelet transforms and the «absolute» and «relative» evaluation of table v. statistics of persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in fof2 over europe based on the morlet wavelet transform (relative values). the average values for medians and the most frequent values are presented with a step of 0.5. after laštovička et al. (2003a). station period (days) number of events median value mean value most frequent value juliusruh 5 45 4 4.5 4 10 39 4 4.0 3+4 16 35 3.5 3.8 3-3.5 slough 5 37 4 4.3 4 10 29 3.5 3.6 3.5 16 34 3.5 3.6 3-3.5 pru° honice 5 49 4.5 4.7 4 10 42 4 4.1 3 16 33 3.5 3.8 3 rome 5 31 4 4.0 3.5-4 10 33 3.5 3.7 3.5 16 25 3 3.5 3 average values 5 40 4 4.3 4 10 36 3.5-4 3.9 3.5 16 32 3.5 3.7 3 table iv (continued). station period (days) number of events median value mean value most frequent value 16 42 4 4.8 3 wallops island 5 89 4 4.4 4 10 45 3.5 3.9 3.5 16 35 3.5 4.2 3 wakkanai 5 98 4 4.4 4 10 61 3.5 4.1 3.5 16 35 3.5 3.8 3 akita 5 106 4 4.5 4 10 55 4 4.1 3.5 16 40 3.5-4 4 3 average values 5 95 4 4.4 4 10 55 3.5 4 3.5 16 38 3.5 4.2 3 1196 jan laštovička, petra šauli and peter križan the morlet wavelet transforms yield very similar statistical characteristics of the planetary wave type events. the only substantial difference is in the number of events derived by different methods, as tables ii-iv clearly demonstrate. however, it does not affect the statistical characteristics of the persistence. one source of differences between the «absolute» and «relative» evaluation is the existence of relatively long intervals of high but variable activity. such an interval is evaluated as one event in «absolute» way, but may provide two or even three events in «relative» way due to that internal structure of the interval. the different number of identified events for the morlet wavelet transform compared with the paul wavelet transform is probably influenced by different mother wavelets. tables v and vi show statistical characteristics of the persistence of the planetary wave type events over europe obtained with the morlet wavelet transform. they are either identical with or very slightly larger than such values from the u.s.a. and japan for all three periods of waves. this means that the statistical characteristics of planetary wave type event persistence are essentially the same in all three geographic regions and, thus, may be considered to be representative for middle latitudes of the northern hemisphere. 4. planetary wave type events in fof2 and the lower ionosphere over europe as for the «vertical» comparison, we can compare the similarity of statistical characteristics of persistence of events, and of occurrence of individual planetary wave type events in fof2 and the lower ionosphere in europe using data and results of laštovička et al. (2003a,b). the typical persistence of the 5-day wave in fof2 is four wave cycles (laštovička et al., 2003b). this is slightly less than the typical persistence of 5 cycles for the 5-day wave in the lower ionosphere (laštovička et al., 2003a). for the 10-day and 16-day waves, the typical persistence in fof2 and the lower ionosphere is identical. thus the typical persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in the lower ionosphere and fof2 appears to be almost identical. a quite different pattern is provided by comparison of individual events. the similarity of table vi. statistics of persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in fof2 over europe based on the morlet wavelet transform (absolute values). the average values for medians and the most frequent values are presented with a step of 0.5. after laštovička et al. (2003a). station period (days) number of events median value mean value most frequent value juliusruh 5 55 4 4.8 4 10 39 4.5 4.6 4.5 16 30+1* 4 4.8 3 slough 5 52 4.5 4.8 3-4 10 38 4-4.5 4.7 3.5 16 35 4 4.3 3 pru° honice 5 33 4 4.6 4 10 42 4 4.4 3 16 31 4.5 4.7 4 rome 5 55 4.5 4.9 3.5-4 10 52 4 4.2 4.5 16 38 4 4.6 4 average values 5 49 4-4.5 4.8 4 10 43 4 4.4 4 16 34 4 4.6 3.5 1* = ∼220 days long period of persistent occurrence in 1980. 1197 persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in the mid-latitude ionosphere occurrence of individual events in fof2 and the lower ionosphere is mostly poor, worse than expected from the results of some studies, which compared neutral wind oscillations in the mlt region with oscillations in fof2 or in the radio wave absorption in the lower ionosphere (e.g., pancheva et al., 1994). the quasi-simultaneous occurrence of events in fof2 and the lower ionosphere is rare. the reason might be that the absorption fluctuations are related to fluctuations in the prevailing wind (e.g., pancheva et al., 1989), while those in fof2 seem to be related more to fluctuations in the tidal winds (e.g., laštovička and šauli, 1999). the planetary wave type fluctuations in the prevailing wind and the tidal wind differ to some extent. why and to what degree these fluctuations differ should be examined. another reason of the poor similarity might be the geomagnetic origin of a significant part of planetary wave type fluctuations in fof2 (altadill and apostolov, 2003), whereas the geomagnetic activity does not play a role in planetary wave type oscillations in the lower ionosphere (pancheva et al., 1989). on the other hand, probably not all planetary wave type oscillations from the lower ionosphere have chance to be (indirectly) transported to heights of fof2. 5. longitudinal size of planetary wave events we analysed the planetary wave events for eight stations, which represented europe, japan, and the mid-latitude u.s.a. similarity of occurrence (in the sense of simultaneous occurrence) of individual planetary wave type events observed in these three separated regions makes possible to estimate the longitudinal size of events or at least to put some constraints on that size. altadill and apostolov (2003) used another approach and found a typical longitudinal size of the planetary wave type events in fof2 as follows: t = 5-6 days, 80° t = 10 days, 100° t = 16 days,180° with individual events covering up to the whole globe. our analysis reveals that there is almost no simultaneous occurrence of the t = 5 days events observed in europe, japan and us, even though statistical characteristics of their persistence are closely similar. table vii shows an example of such a t = 5 days event. the event first occurs in us (wallops), immediately after the end of the event in us it appears in europe, and a few days after the end of the event in europe it appears in japan, which looks like an eastward propagation of an event of limited longitudinal size. however, if we consider the longitudinal difference between the regions (stations) and the typical longitudinal size of 80° found by altadill and apostolov (2003), the observed absence of simultaneous occurrence of wave events coincides with the typical longitutable vii. a t = 5 days event and a t = 10 days event, both observed in the second half of 1986, morlet wavelet transform. too short means shorter than 3.0 cycles; short bursts means only short, separated bursts occur. period 5 days 10 days station days cycles duration days cycles duration juliusruh 300-316 3.2 16 days 245-279 3.4 34 days slough too short 240-283 4.3 43 days pru°honice 300-316 3.2 16 days 240-281 4.1 41 days roma short weak too short boulder too short no effect wallops 266-299 6.6 33 days short bursts wakkanai 320-336 3.2 16 days no rffect akita 320-335 3.0 15 days no effect 1198 jan laštovička, petra šauli and peter križan dinal size of such events established by altadill and apostolov (2003). we analysed several t = 7 days events. such events observed at european, japanese and us stations showed again almost no simultaneous occurrence of individual events. the t = 10 days events also mostly displayed absence of simultaneous occurrence, as the event shown in table vii, in correspondence to their typical longitudinal size of 100° as found by altadill and apostolov (2003). on the other hand, a few t = 16 days events, which were studied, revealed much often simultaneous or partly simultaneous occurrence of wave events between european, us and japanese stations. one such event happened in 1984 with beginning around day 60 and persistence of four wave cycles in europe (at all four stations), and beginning slightly later and persisting again about four wave cycles for wakkanai, boulder and wallops island (at southernmost akita persistence shorter than three wave cycles). this is consistent with their much larger typical longitudinal size found by altadill and apostolov (2003). 6. discussion we investigate the persistence of planetary wave type oscillations over europe among others in order to clarify possible predictability of such oscillations with applications to the predictions of the radio wave propagation conditions. for the sake of predictions, not only the typical values of the persistence of planetary wave type events, but also the spectral distribution of persistence of individual events (= event duration) is required. an example of the spectral distribution of event duration is shown in fig. 3, which presents for each region one station. the spectral distribution of event duration is too broad to allow a reasonable prediction of event duration from fof2 measurements themselves. moreover, figs. 1 and 2 display many events of duration shorter than three cycles, which is the lower limit of studied events. thus the predictability of the planetary wave type oscillations in fof2 from the measurements of fof 2 itself seems to be very questionable. we have to look for other predictors, which is complicated due to different physical origin of different planetary wave type events. unfortunately, we will probably be unable to separate predictable planetary wave type events, which mean that they remain a part of the prediction noise. improvement of the quality of radio wave propagation predictions in such a way seems to be rather impossible, or at least very difficult. some planetary wave events have sharp onset and end. then the determination of planetary wave persistence depends on the time/period resolution of the used wavelet. shape of selected wavelet influences how the wavelet captures/detects each wave-like event. however, the onset and end of most events is not so sharp and the accuracy of the determination of onset duration in such cases may be up to a few days, particularly for the «relative» evaluation. therefore we can consider the accuracy of determination of the typical persistence of planetary wave events to be rather around half a cycle for 5-day waves, and better for longer periods in terms of wave cycles. fig. 3. spectra of event duration (number of wave cycles) for the 5-day oscillations, morlet wavelet transform for boulder («absolute» evaluation, solid curve), akita («relative» evaluation, long-dash curve), and juliusruh («absolute» evaluation, short-dash curve). 1199 persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in the mid-latitude ionosphere 7. conclusions the basic characteristics of the f2 region, the critical frequency fof2, were analyzed for two us stations, boulder and wallops island, two japanese stations, akita and wakkanai, and the results were compared with the results of laštovička et al. (2003b) for four european stations juliusruh, slough, pru° honice and rome, and laštovička et al. (2003a) for the lower ionosphere above central europe. all data were analyzed over the period 1979-1989 (one solar cycle). noontime average values (10-14 ut) of fof2 were used. the persistence of planetary wave type oscillations at periods near 5, 10 and 16 days and sometimes 7 days was studied with the use of the paul, morlet and meyer wavelet transforms. only events of duration of three cycles and more were considered. the main results are as follows: 1) there is a large temporal and partly spectral variability of planetary wave type activity. the migration of periods of planetary wave activity is also well visible. the large temporal variability of the planetary wave activity results in a limited persistence of the individual planetary wave type events. 2) for the 5-day wave, a typical persistence of well-developed wave events in fof2 is 4 wave cycles. for the 10-day wave, it is rather 3.5 wave cycles. for 16 days, the most frequent values provide typical persistence no more than 3 wave cycles. 3) in terms of the number of wave cycles in the planetary wave type events, the persistence decreases towards longer periods. however, the persistence of wave events in terms of days increases towards longer periods. 4) the planetary wave type wave persistence characteristics for europe are either identical with or very slightly larger than corresponding values from the u.s.a. and japan. 5) the spectrum of event duration is very broad. the character of the spectrum does not allow us to predict the duration of an event when we observe its beginning or, say, first 2-3 wave cycles. 6) the longitudinal size of the planetary wave type events increases with increasing period, making the 5-day and 10-day period events in europe, america and japan essentially dissimilar, and the 16-day oscillations much more similar among the three regions. 7) while the typical persistence of planetary wave type oscillations in fof2 and the lower ionosphere over europe is similar, the correspondence of occurrence of individual events is rather poor. acknowledgements this work has been supported by the academy of sciences of the czech republic under project avoz30420517. references altadill, d. and e.m. apostolov (2001): vertical propagating signatures of wave type oscillations (2 and 6.5 days) in the ionosphere obtained from electron density profiles, j. atmos. solar-terr. phys., 63, 823-834. altadill, d. and e.m. apostolov (2003): time and scale size of planetary wave signatures in the ionospheric fregion. role of the geomagnetic activity and mesosphere/lower thermosphere winds, j. geophys. res., 108 (a11), 1403, doi: 10.129/2003ja010015. altadill, d., e.m. apostolov, j. boška, j. laštovi čka and p. šauli (2004): planetary and gravity wave signatures in the f-region ionosphere with impact on radio propagation predictions and variability, ann. geophysics, 47 (suppl. to n. 2/3), 1109-1119. burešová, d. (1997): results of fof2 data testing with the undiv program, studia geophys. geod., 41, 82-87. cavalieri, d.j. (1976): travelling planetary-scale waves in the e-region ionosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 38, 965974. daubechies, i. (1994): ten lectures on wavelets, cbms, siam, 61, 117-119. forbes, j.m. and x. zhang (1997): quasi 2-day oscillation of the ionosphere: a statistical study, j. atmos. solarterr. phys., 59, 1025-1034. forbes, j.m., s. palo and x. zhang (2000): variability of the ionosphere, j. atmos. solar-terr. phys., 62, 685-693. haldoupis, c., d. pancheva and n.j. mitchell (2004): a study of tidal and planetary wave periodicities present in mid-latitude sporadic e layers, j. geophys. res., 109, a02302, doi: 10.1029/2003ja010253. kazimirovsky, e.s., m. herraiz and b.a. de la morena (2003): effects on the ionosphere due to phenomena occurring below it, surv. geophys., 24, 139-184. laštovička, j. (2006): forcing of the ionosphere by waves from below, j. atmos. solar-terr. phys., 68, 479-497. laštovička, j. and p. šauli (1999): are planetary wave type oscillations in the f2 region caused by planetary wave modulation of upward propagating tides?, adv. space res., 24, 1473-1476. laštovička, j., v. fišer and d. pancheva (1994): long1200 jan laštovička, petra šauli and peter križan term trends in planetary wave activity (2-15 days) at 80-100 km inferred from radio wave absorption, j. atmos. terr. phys., 56, 893-899. laštovička, j., p. križan and d. novotná (2003a): persistence of planetary waves in the lower ionosphere, studia geophys. geod., 47, 161-172. laštovička, j., p. križan, p. šauli and d. novotná (2003b): persistence of the planetary wave type oscillations in fof2 over europe, ann. geophysicae, 21, 1543-1552. mallat, s. (1998): a wavelet tour of signal processing (academic press, san diego), pp. 577. pancheva, d., e. apostolov, j. laštovička and j. boška (1989): long-period fluctuations of meteorological origin observed in the lower ionosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 51, 381-388. pancheva, d., l.f. alberca and b.a. de la morena (1994): simultaneous observation of the quasi-two day variations in the lower and upper ionosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 56, 43-50. rishbeth, h. and m. mendillo (2001): patterns of ionospheric variability, j. atmos. solar-terr. phys., 63, 1661-1680. torrence, c. and g.p. compo (1998): a practical guide to wavelet analysis, bull. amer. met. soc., 79 (1), 61-78. vidakovic, b. (1999): statistical modelling by wavelets (a wiley-interscience publication, john wiley & sons), pp. 408. (received october 14, 2005; accepted may 17, 2006) vol50,2,2007 191 annals of geophysics, vol. 50, n. 2, april 2007 key words permo-triassic – pangaea – absolute reconstruction – earth magnetic field – polarity transition 1. introduction different rock types are capable of recording the directions of the earth’s magnetic field (emf). through these records, we know that the dipolar component of the geomagnetic field periodically inverts its polarity. our knowledge on what happens as the field reverses comes from the evaluation of transition palaeomagnetic records. the earliest analysis of geomagnetic polarity reversals was that determined for the jurassic stormberg volcanic rocks of lesotho in southern africa (van zijl et al., 1962). however, most studies of this intriguing process of the emf have used cainozoic data (see coe and glen, 2004), because transitional records are difficult to determine in older lithologies; as these rocks have probably undergone more geological processes that resulted in remagnetizations resetting total or partially the original data. analysis of a permo-triassic polarity transition in different absolute reconstructions of pangaea, considering a model with features of the present earth magnetic field haroldo vizán and maría andrea van zele consejo nacional de investigaciones científicas y técnicas (conicet) and departamento de ciencias geológicas, facultad de ciencias exactas y naturales, universidad de buenos aires, argentina abstract the main objective of this paper is to show that the distribution of transitional palaeomagnetic data recorded at 250 ma are in agreement with simulated data that depend on the sampling site, using a model that considers features of the present earth magnetic field. the analysis was performed comparing simulated reversals with the permo-triassic polarity transition recorded in the siberian trap basalts. the palaeomagnetic data were corrected according to the palaeo-latitude and palaeo-longitude of siberia (absolute reconstruction) at 250 ma using hotspot tracks. to obtain the motion of siberia relative to hotspots from the present time back to 250 ma, three different pangaea models were considered (pangaea a, pangaea a2, pangaea b). in spite of the uncertainties associated with the use of hotspot frameworks and pangaea configurations, both the modelled and recorded data show a remarkable fit when absolute reconstructions of pangaea a and a2 configurations are performed. the agreement between both simulated and recorded data suggests that similar features to that of the present earth magnetic field could have been involved in reversals since the permo-triassic. mailing address: dr. haroldo vizán, consejo nacional de investigaciones científicas y técnicas and departamento de ciencias geológicas, facultad de ciencias exactas y naturales, universidad de buenos aires, intendente güiraldes 2160, ciudad universitaria, pabellón ii, 1er piso, c1428ega buenos aires, argentina; e-mail: haroldo@gl.fcen.uba.ar 192 haroldo vizán and maría andrea van zele on the other hand, for all of geological time (including the cainozoic) transition records depend on the capabilities of rocks to act as natural magnetic recorders. lava flows are considered to record the most accurate spot readings of the geomagnetic field (hoffman, 1992) but due to the episodic nature of eruptions, their transition records can be discontinuous or multiple lava flows can be emplaced over a shorter time span compared with the rate of variation of the emf, in which case the flows will preserve redundant records of this field (prévot and camps, 1993). sedimentary rock sequences can be quasi-continuous records but they become magnetized by physical and chemical processes of relatively long duration that occur from the deposition of the sediment till the diagenesis. magnetic directions of sedimentary rocks considered as transitional records could be, indeed, artefacts and not real readings of the emf (langereis et al., 1992). in spite of these problems, longitudinal confinements of virtual geomagnetic poles (vgps) of cainozoic transitional records were interpreted as representative of geomagnetic behaviours (clement, 1991; laj et al., 1991; hoffman, 1992; love, 1998) and different geodynamo models have been suggested to explain cainozoic polarity transitions. hoffman (1992) has suggested that inclined dipolar reversal states of the emf have dominated cainozoic reversals. gubbins and coe (1993) and gubbins (1994) provided an explanation to link longitude-confined vgp paths to variations in the magnetic flux on the earth’s core surface based on a model proposed by gubbins (1987). glatzmaier et al. (1999) simulated a suite of reversals which examples were presented by coe et al. (2000); the most interesting of these simulated reversals is that produced by the tomographic geodynamo model where the heat-flux at the core-mantle boundary is patterned on the large-scale variation of seismic velocity from tomographic studies of the lowermost mantle. as indicated above, transition records for reversals older than the cainozoic are much more difficult to determine and there are no specific models to explain the polarity transitions of the emf during the mesozoic or palaeozoic times. however, reliable transition records of those times can be analyzed considering the models proposed for the cainozoic and then, speculate about the mechanisms that manage mesozoic or palaeozoic reversals. a recent study by heunemann et al. (2004) provided reliable directions and intensities for a reversal of the emf recorded in the permo-triassic (ca. 250 ma) siberian trap basalts. heunemann et al. (2004) corrected the corresponding vgps of the recorded directions for a permo-triassic palaeo-geography of siberia and invoked two alternatives, based on the models presented by coe et al. (2000) and hoffman (1992), to account for the characteristic features observed in their data. it is noteworthy that the euler rotation pole used by heunemann et al. (2004) is just to determine the palaeo-latitude of siberia at 250 ma (smethurst et al., 1998) but not the palaeolongitude of this continental block at that age. this paper compares simulated reversals determined by the model proposed by gubbins (1994) with the permo-triassic polarity transition recorded in the siberian trap basalts. palaeomagnetic data were corrected in accordance with the palaeo-latitude and palaeo-longitude of siberia at 250 ma using hotspot tracks as has been done for the analysis of the jurassic transition recorded in the stormberg lavas (vizán and van zele, 1995; prévot et al., 2003). to obtain the motion of siberia relative to hotspots from the present back to 250 ma, several relative reconstructions from a variety of sources were used assuming that three different models of pangaea are valid for 250 ma (pangaea a, pangaea a2, pangaea b). remarkable agreements between the simulated and recorded transitional data were obtained after latitude and longitude palaeo-geographic corrections, especially if pangaea a and a2 models were used. 2. discussion on the data and methodologies the analyzed palaeomagnetic data were compiled from table 2 of heunemann et al. (2004). the extremely high lava productivity makes the siberian trap basalts a possible continuous record for the palaeo-directions of the emf. according to heunemann et al. (2004) its stratigraphically lower section contains three 193 analysis of a permo-triassic polarity transition successive flows of reversed polarity followed by flows that record a transitional state of the emf. the upper section shows normal polarity and a group of directions that is tentatively interpreted by heunemann et al. (2004) as an excursion. analysis in this paper concentrates on data that record the transitional state (considering also those three data of reverse polarity in the lower section and some of normal polarity of the upper section). data belonging to the possible excursion as interpreted by the same authors were not analyzed. the transitional record shows a clustering of data that may be explained as a rapid succession of lava flows; however the palaeo-intensity results indicate that this phenomenon has a geomagnetic cause as several independent field states are recorded (huenemann et al., 2004). this paper uses the geomagnetic polarity reversals mechanism proposed by gubbins (1994) to analyze the transitional record of the siberian trap basalts, because it is based on the configuration of emf at the core surface derived from historical records (gubbins, 1987) and has the interesting feature that for the same reversal, different paths of vgps are predicted at different measurement sites (see gubbins, 1994; his figs. 12 and 13). the present work analyses whether the vgps simulated by gubbins’ model are comparable to the cluster of vgps recorded in the location of the siberian trap basalts at about 250 ma. hotspot models were used to determine palaeo-latitudinal and palaeo-longitudinal corrections in our analysis. whether hotspots move slowly enough with respect to one another to provide a useful reference frame to make absolute reconstructions has been the subject of discussion (i.e. torsvik et al., 2002). for some workers hotspot models are not very reliable, but others use them in tectonics and geomagnetic models. absolute reconstructions, for the last 120 ma, for africa based on a moving hotspot reference frame, have been recently suggested by o’neill et al. (2005) many tectonics and geomagnetism studies (i.e. engebretson et al., 1985; besse and courtillot, 2002; prévot et al., 2003) have used an earlier model that considered that hotspots are reasonably fixed and form a convenient reference frame to determine absolute motions of africa for the last 200 ma (morgan, 1983). hotspot tracks have been recognized by zonenshain et al. (1985) to calculate a clockwise rotation of siberia from 130 to 280 ma. this paper used all three of these hotspot models and also determined if an absolute reconstruction of the sampling site based on these models, gives a better agreement between simulated and recorded data. in order to determine the motion of the sampling site with respect to the hotspots it is necessary to perform a relative reconstruction of eurasia with africa at present geographic coordinates using a reconstruction of pangaea at 250 ma. however, after more than 25 years of discussions among palaeomagnetists, there is no general consensus about the configuration of pangaea during the late palaeozoic-early mesozoic. it is generally agreed that the pangaea configuration proposed by wegener (1922), named pangaea a and quantified by bullard et al. (1965), was the starting point for the break up of this super continent in the middle jurassic. however, palaeomagnetic poles (pps) of gondwana and laurasia for the late carboniferous to middle triassic cannot be reconciled with this reconstruction and show a systematic discrepancy that could be due to different factors such as inclination shallowing in sediments, unrecognized overprints that have not been removed during demagnetization, underestimation of rock ages (rochette and vandamme, 2001; mcelhinny, 2004; van der voo and torsvik, 2004). this systematic misfit between pps has also been interpreted in geodynamic or geomagnetic terms. briden et al. (1971), van der voo and torsvik (2001) and torsvik and van der voo (2002) propose that a possible explanation for this disagreement is the existence of persistent non-dipolar (octupolar) fields. many other workers have invoked different reconstructions of pangaea called pangaea b (i.e. morel and irving, 1981; torcq et al., 1997; muttoni et al., 2003; rakotosolofo et al., 2005) and pangaea a2 (i.e. van der voo and french, 1974; van der voo et al., 1976; smith and livermore, 1991) to produce an agreement between the laurasia and gondwana pps. pangaea a2 is not very different from pangaea a and the transition of one to another, involves a small dextral mega shear of about 500 km but the transforma194 haroldo vizán and maría andrea van zele tion of pangaea b to pangaea a involves a large dextral mega shear (of 4000-3500 km). muttoni et al. (1996) proposed the evolution of pangaea from pangaea b to a2 during the mid-permian and from a2 to a during the late triassic. the polarity transition analysis presented here also determined which pangaea model gives the better agreement between the transition data produced using the gubbins (1994) model and the data recorded from the siberian trap basalts. 3. palaeoreconstructions of the palaeomagnetic data recorded in siberian trap basalts the sections studied by heunemann et al. (2004) are located in the listvjanka (69°28ln, 88°43le) and icon/abagalakh river valleys (70°22ln, 90°04le). for the present study the geographic localities were averaged and the palaeomagnetic data were normalised to 69°55ln, 89°23le. the geographic coordinates of this locality in the permo-triassic were determined from a mean siberian trap pp using the different models of pangaea and hotspot frameworks mentioned above. we considered a pp that is the mean of four entries as a representative pole position for the siberian trap basalts. the four entries are 1) a mean siberian trap pole at 54.7°n/140.5°e given in torsvik and andersen (2002); 2) global palaeomagnetic database (gpmdb)-refno 2832 (59°n/150°e), see also gurevitch et al. (1995); 3) a pole from gurevitch et al. (2004: 54.6°n/146°e); 4) a pole from heunemann et al. (2004: 57.1°n/148.2°e). the geographic coordinates and the fisherian statistical parameters of the mean pp are: lat = 56.4°n, long = =146.0°e, a95 = 3.5°, k = 677.9. this mean pp is quite similar to that obtained with 3 entries by van der voo and torsvik (2004) for the siberian traps (lat = 56°n, long = 150°e, a95 = 6°). in our case the mean pp includes the pole yielded by the stable reverse and normal directions of the sections that recorded the transition (heunemann et al., 2004) and then the a95 is reduced from 6° to 3.5°. recently van der voo and torsvik (2004) compared their mean siberian trap pole with the mean gondwana pp for 250±10 ma of torsvik and van der voo (2002) in a pangea a configuration assuming that siberia formed part of eurasia at ca. 250 ma (smethurst et al., 1998; fig. 1a-c. comparison of gondwana mean palaeopole (gp) for 250 ± 10 ma and siberian trap mean palaeopole (stp) in different pangaea reconstructions with central africa held fixed at present geographic coordinates. a) pangaea a model, notice the discrepancy between the mean palaeopoles. b) pangaea a2 model, the mean palaeopoles are indistinguishable at 95% of confidence level, although there is a great circle distance of about 9° between them. c) pangaea b model, the mean palaeopoles get the better fit. a supposed mega-shear of about 3700 km is required to pass from this pangaea configuration to a pangaea a model (the starting point of the break up of this super-continent during middle jurassic time). a b c table i. rotation poles for the sampling site in pangaea a model. euler pole latitude (°n) longitude (°e) rotation (degree) reference 1) eurasia relative 88.5 27.7 −38 bullard et al. (1965) to north america 2) north america relative 66.95 −12.02 75.55 klitgord and schouten (1986) to nw africa 3) nw africa relative 12.23 19.01 3.44 schettino and scotese (2005) to central africa 4) africa relative to hotpots 17.03 −27 −29.72 o’neill et al. (2005) (0 to 120 ma) 5) africa relative to hotpots 31.38 3.4 32.18 morgan (1983) (*) (120 to 200 ma) 6) eurasia relative to hotspots 85.03 252.46 25 zonenshain et al. (1985) (**) (200 to 250 ma) 7) true polar wander 0 187.46 28.15 (***) (*) stage pole calculated using the euler poles of 120 ma and 200 ma of morgan (1983). (**) the geographic coordinates of this euler pole (now at 54°n, 104°e) were calculated for 200 ma in pangaea a model. (***) rotation about an equatorial euler pole to account for the displacement of the rotation (palaeomagnetic) axis with respect to core/mantle boundary (cox and hart, 1986). 195 analysis of a permo-triassic polarity transition torsvik et al., 2001). van der voo and torsvik (2004) noted that using these poles there is still a continental overlap of 1000 km if pangea a is used. this paper also compare the new siberian trap mean pp with a gondwana pp for 250 ma ± 10 ma in three models of pangea (a, a2 and b, see fig. 1a-c). thirteen poles for the stable parts of gondwana continents compiled by torsvik and van der voo (2002) were combined with the reconstruction parameters for gondwana continents recently proposed by schettino and scotese (2005). these new reconstruction parameters were used noting that torsvik and van der voo (2002) were not entirely satisfied with published gondwana fits. the resulting mean gondwana pp in present central africa geographic coordinates is based on a conventional fisherian calculation; its geographic coordinates and statistical parameters are: lat = = 48.4°n, long = 249.3°e, a95 = 8.4°, k = 25.6. the comparison was made with central africa held fixed and transferring the siberian trap pole to the geographic coordinates of this continental block through a plate circuit (euler poles 1, 2 and 3 in table i). the first rotation of the siberian trap pole was to reconstruct the continent of laurasia «closing» the north atlantic through the movement of eurasia towards north america. for this reconstruction the bullard et al. (1965) euler pole was used because van der voo (1990) and torsvik et al. (2001) have demonstrated that this reconstruction gives best agreement between late carboniferous-late triassic european and north american pps. the second rotation of the siberian trap pole used the reconstruction parameter of klitgord and schouten (1986) from north america to northwest africa, which belongs to a model of pangaea a. finally the pole was transferred from northwest africa to central africa using the reconstruction parameters of schettino and scotese (2005). figure 1a shows gondwana and siberian trap pps in central africa geographic coordinates using the pangaea a configuration. the pps do not fit, they are distinguishable at 95 % of confidence level and the great circle distance between them is of 15.2°. to compare both mean pps with a model of pangaea a2, the siberian trap pole was rotated using also the finite pole of rotation of van der voo and french (1974) «closing the gulf of 196 haroldo vizán and maría andrea van zele mexico». figure 1b shows the pps of gondwana and siberian traps transferred to central africa geographic coordinates (euler poles 1, 2, 3 and 4 in table ii) in a pangaea a2 configuration. the great circle distance between the mean pps is of 9.1°; however there is an overlap between the 95% confidence level intervals and the 4 poles of siberian trap basalts share a common mean at 95% confidence (mcfadden and lowes, 1981) with gondwana pps. to compare gondwana and siberian trap mean pps with a model of pangaea b, a finite pole of rotation to obtain the motion of north america relative to central africa was calculated using the analysis of morel and irving (1981) and the reconstruction parameters of klitgord and schouten (1986) and schettino and scotese (2005). this rotation parameter has its pole at lat = 36.2°n, long = 04.0° w, and an angle of rotation = 77.35° (counter clockwise). the relative position between the atlantic bordering continents obtained with this reconstruction parameter is shown in fig. 1c together with gondwana and the siberian trap mean pps transferred to central africa geographic coordinates (euler poles 1, 2, 3 and 4 in table iii). the great circle distance between these pps is 2.5° and, obviously, they are undistinguishable at 95% of confidence level. to perform our transition record analysis, absolute reconstructions of the sampling site were made by considering the siberian trap mean pp (as representative of the palaeomagnetic spin axis at 250 ma), different models of pangaea and the hotspot frameworks already mentioned. firstly we transferred the siberian trap mean pp to present central africa coordinates using the reconstruction parameters to build the different models of pangaea. after that, we rotated the plates and the pole position according to the euler pole of o’neill et al. (2005) for 120 ma. then again we rotated the plates and the pole potable ii. rotation poles for the sampling site in pangaea a2 model. euler pole latitude (°n) longitude (°e) rotation (degree) reference 1) eurasia relative 88.5 27.7 −38 bullard et al. (1965) to north america 2)north america relative 66.95 −12.02 75.55 klitgord and schouten (1986) to nw africa 3) nw africa relative 12.23 19.01 3.44 schettino and scotese (2005) to central africa 4) rotation to close 17.38 −8.91 16.13 van der voo and french (1974) (*) the gulf of mexico 5) africa relative to hotpots 17.03 −27 −29.72 o’neill et al. (2005) (0 to 120 ma) 6) africa relative to hotpots 31.38 3.4 32.18 morgan (1983) (**) (120 to 200 ma) 7) eurasia relative to hotspots 69.17 268.5 25 zonenshain et al. (1985) (***) (200 to 250 ma) 8) true polar wander 0 187.03 44.17 (****) (*) re-calculated considering the reconstruction parameter of klitgord and schouten (1986) for north america relative to nw africa and the rotation parameter of schettino and scotese (2005) for nw africa relative to central africa. (**) stage pole calculated using the euler poles of 120 ma and 200 ma of morgan (1983). (***) the geographic coordinates of this euler pole (now at 54°n, 104°e) were calculated for 200 ma in pangaea a2 model. (****) rotation about an equatorial euler pole to account for the displacement of the rotation (palaeomagnetic) axis with respect to core/mantle boundary (cox and hart, 1986). 197 analysis of a permo-triassic polarity transition ative to hotspots from 200 to 250 ma, we used mongolian hotspot tracks that indicate that siberia rotated 75° in a clock wise direction from 280 to 130 ma about an euler pole that is now located at 54°n, 104°e (zonenshain et al., 1985). we transferred this pole to its geographic position at 200 ma in accordance with the different pangaea models and using the hotspot frameworks of o’neill et al. (2005) and morgan (1983). assuming siberia rotated at a constant velocity, we proposed a rotation of 25° of this continent between 200 and 250 ma. the mean siberian trap pp and the plates were then rotated using the corresponding euler poles for each pangaea model accounting for the movement of siberia relative to the hotspot track between 200 and 250 ma. finally we calculated the displacement of the rotation (palaeomagntic) axis with respect to the hotspot frameworks for every pangaea model and rotated all the plates about the equatorial table iii. rotation poles for the sampling site in pangaea b model. euler pole latitude (°n) longitude (°e) rotation (degree) reference 1) eurasia relative 88.5 27.7 −38 bullard et al. (1965) to north america 2) north america relative 66.95 −12.02 75.55 klitgord and schouten (1986) to nw africa 3) nw africa relative 12.23 19.01 3.44 schettino and scotese (2005) to central africa 4) transition from pangaea −25.79 47.49 35.79 morel and irving (1981) (*) a to b 5) africa relative to hotpots 17.03 −27 −29.72 o’neill et al. (2005) (0 to 120 ma) 6) africa relative to hotpots 31.38 3.4 32.18 morgan (1983) (**) (120 to 200 ma) 7) eurasia relative to hotspots 59.77 314.62 25 zonenshain et al. (1985) (***) (200 to 250 ma) 8) true polar wander 0 198.77 47.9 (****) (*) re-calculated considering the reconstruction parameter of klitgord and schouten (1986) for north america relative to nw africa and the rotation parameter of schettino and scotese (2005) for nw africa relative to central africa. the motion of north america relative to central africa in a pangaea b model can be determined through a cumulative rotation including the reconstruction parameters 2), 3) and 4). (**) stage pole calculated using the euler poles of 120 ma and 200 ma of morgan (1983). (***) the geographic coordinates of this euler pole (now at 54°n, 104°e) were calculated for 200 ma in pangaea b model. (****) rotation about an equatorial euler pole to account for the displacement of the rotation (palaeomagnetic) axis with respect to core/mantle boundary (cox and hart, 1986). table iv. absolute reconstructions of eurasia in different pangaea types and geographic coordinates of the sampling site at 250 ma. pangaea absolute reconstruction sampling site type euler poles lat °n long °e angle (°) lat °n long °e a 58.37 85.38 66.89 62.46 63.08 a2 59.09 86.34 68.49 62.46 64.97 b 42.15 71.89 45.89 62.46 36.10 sition, using a stage euler pole for the time span between 120 and 200 ma (lat = 31.38° n, long = = 3.4° e, and an angle of counter clockwise rotation = 32.18°) calculated from the reconstruction parameters proposed for africa by morgan (1983). to perform the rotation of the plates rel198 haroldo vizán and maría andrea van zele euler pole that belong to each case. the rotation poles to obtain the absolute reconstructions of the sampling site at 250 ma in different versions of pangaea are listed in tables i, ii and iii. these poles are numbered in the sequential order that should be followed to perform the reconstructions. the cumulative rotation for all the movements described before has different reconstruction parameters for the different pangaea models. in table iv are listed the euler poles for the absolute reconstruction of siberia in pangaea a, a2 and b and the corresponding palaeogeographic coordinates of the sampling site at 250 ma. 4. analysis of the transitional record and discussion the analysis was carried out comparing calculated and recorded data. the behaviour of the emf is currently analyzed by plotting the vgps as computed by palaeomagnetic directions. however, a vgp is calculated assuming a dipole model, which is at variance with the strong non-dipolar field expected during a reversal (i.e. gubbins and coe, 1993). for this reason we have analyzed not only the computed vgps but also their directions. the simulated data were determined according to the geographic coordinates of the measured site at 250 ma for the different absolute reconstructions of pangaea configurations using one of the models of gubbins (1994). gubbins (1994) developed two models (e and w) assuming the structure of the transitional field is substantially non-dipolar. since the reversal recorded in the siberian trap basalts is from reverse to normal and according to the path of its transitional vgps, the model w was adopted to simulate the transitional record. figures 2, 3, 4 and 5 compare modelled and recorded data; declinations, inclinations and palaeointensities are represented versus the latitude of the corresponding vgps. notice that unfortufig. 2. modelled and measured data of the polarity transition recorded in siberian trap basalts. the data have just a palaeo-latitudinal correction according to the reconstruction parameter of smethusrt et al. (1998) also used by heunemann et al. (2004). the transitional modelled and recorded data form similar vgps clusters however they do not agree. 199 analysis of a permo-triassic polarity transition fig. 3. modelled and measured data of the polarity transition recorded in siberian trap basalts in an absolute reconstruction of pangaea type a configuration. the palaeo-latitudinal and palaeo-longitudinal corrections were done on the basis of hotspots frameworks and the mean siberian trap palaeopole. notice the remarkable fit between both the modelled and recorded data. fig. 4. modelled and measured data of the polarity transition recorded in siberian trap basalts in an absolute reconstruction of pangaea type a2 configuration. the palaeo-latitudinal and palaeo-longitudinal corrections were done on the basis of hotspots frameworks and the mean siberian trap palaeopole. notice the remarkable fit between both the modelled and recorded data as in fig. 3. 200 haroldo vizán and maría andrea van zele nately heunemann et al. (2004) could not determine the corresponding palaeointensites for all the recorded palaeomagnetic directions. figure 2 shows the modelled and recorded data after the palaeo-latitudinal reconstruction of smethrust et al. (1998) that was also used by heunemann et al. (2004). figures 3, 4 and 5 show the data in the different pangaea models after the palaeo-latitudinal and palaeo-longitudinal reconstructions based on the mean siberian trap pp and the hotspot frameworks. in all analyzed reconstructions there is a good fit between the modelled and recorded inclinations meanwhile the fit between the declinations is better for data which vgps are in the north hemisphere. in all the cases the modelled transitional data show a cluster of vgps in the north hemisphere as that represented by the recorded transitional data. both transitional clusters are better grouped in the models of pangaea with palaeo-latitudinal and palaeo-longitudinal (absolute) reconstructions (compare fig. 2 with figs. 3, 4 and 5). pangaea a and a2 models show better fits between the transitional vgps clusters than does the pangaea b model (compare fig. 3 and 4 with fig. 5). 5. conclusions an analysis of the reversal recorded in the siberian trap basalts suggests that similar features to those considered by gubbins (1994) could have driven even reversals in the permotriassic. in spite of the uncertainties associated with the hotspot frameworks and pangaea configurations, the modelled and recorded data show a better fit when both palaeo-latitudinal and palaeolongitudinal reconstructions are considered. pangaea a and a2 show remarkable fits between the recorded and modelled clusters of transitional vgps. pangaea b, shows the best fit between the mean siberian trap pp and a permo-triassic gondwana pp but has fewer geofig. 5. modelled and measured data of the polarity transition recorded in siberian trap basalts in an absolute reconstruction of pangaea type b configuration. the palaeo-latitudinal and palaeo-longitudinal corrections were done on the basis of hotspots frameworks and the mean siberian trap palaeopole. the modelled and recorded data are similar but they do not get as good fits as in a or a2 pangaea models (figs. 3 and 4). 201 analysis of a permo-triassic polarity transition logical arguments in favour for 250 ma (hallam, 1983; irving, 2004) and does not show as good fit between the recorded and our modelled transitional clusters of vgps. acknowledgements we would like to thanks to conicet (consejo nacional de investigaciones científicas y técnicas, argentina) and universidad de buenos aires (argentina) for supporting our investigations. thanks also to dr. robert ixer (univeristy of birmingham) for his suggestions after reading an early version of this paper. comments of the anonymous referee are greatly appreciated. references besse, j. and v. courtillot (2002): apparent and true polar wander and the geometry of the geomagnetic field over the last 200 myr, j. geophys. res., 107 (b11), 2300, doi: 10.1029/2000, jb 000050. briden, j.c., a.g. smith and j.t. sallomy (1971): the geomagnetic field in permo-triassic time, geophys. j. r. astron. soc., 23, 101-118. bullard, e.c, j.e. everitt and a.g. smith (1965): the fit of continents around the atlantic, philos. trans. r. soc. london ser. a, 258, 41-51. clement, b.m. (1991): geographical distribution of transitional vgps-evidence for non-zonal equatorial symmetry during the matuyama brunhes geomagnetic reversal, earth planet. sci. lett., 104, 48-58. coe, r.s. and j.m.g. glen (2004): the complexity of reversals, in timescales of the paleomagnetic field (am. geophys. un.), geophys. monogr. ser., 145, 221-232. coe, r.s., l. hongre and g.a. glatzmaier (2000): an examination of simulated geomagnetic reversals from a palaeomagnetic perspective, philos. trans. r. astron. soc. london ser. a, 358, 1141-1170. cox, a. v. and b.r. hart (1986): plate tectonics: how it works (blackwell scientific, palo alto), pp. 392. engebretson, d.c., a. cox and r.g. gordon (1985): relative motions between oceanic and continental plates in the pacific basin, geol. soc. am., spec. pap. 206, pp. 59. glatzmaier, g.a., r.s. coe, l. hongre and p.h. roberts (1999): the role of the earth’s mantle in controlling the frequency of geomagnetic reversals, nature, 401, 885890. gubbins, d. (1987): mechanism for geomagnetic polarity reversals, nature, 326, 167-169. gubbins, d. (1994): geomagnetic polarity reversals: a connection with secular variation and core-mantle boundary interaction?, rev. geophys., 32, 61-83. gubbins, d. and r.s. coe (1993): longitudinally confined geomagnetic reversal paths from non-dipolar transition fields, nature, 362, 51-53. gurevitch, e.l., m. westphal, j. daragan-suchov, h. feinberg, j.p. pozzi and a.n. khramov (1995): paleomagnetism and magnetostratigraphy of the traps from western taimyr (northern siberia) and the permo-triassic crisis, earth planet. sci. lett., 136 (3-4), 461-473. gurevitch, e.l., c. heunemann, v. rad’ko, m. westphal, v. bachtadse, j.p. pozzi and h. feinberg (2004): palaeomagnetism and magnetostratigraphy of the permian-triassic northwest central siberian trap basalts, tectonophysics, 379, 211-226. hallam, a. (1983): supposed permo-triassic megashear between laurasia and gondwana, nature, 301, 499-502. heunemann, c., d. krása, h.c. soffel, e. gurevitch and v. bachtadse (2004): directions and intensities of the earth’s magnetic field during a reversal: results from the permo-triassic siberian trap basalts, russia, earth planet. sci. lett., 218, 197-213. hoffman, k.a. (1992): dipolar reversal states of the geomagnetic field and core-mantle dynamics, nature, 359, 789-794. irving, e. (2004): the case for pangea b, and the intrapangean megashear, in timescales of the paleomagnetic field (am. geophys. un.), geophys. monogr. ser., 145, 13-27. klitgord, k.d. and h. schouten (1986): plate kinematics of the central atlantic, in the geology of north america, the western north atlantic region, edited by p.r. vogt and h. tucholke (geol. soc. am., new york), 351-378. laj, c., a. mazaud, r. weeks, m. fuller and e. herrero-bervera (1991): geomagnetic reversal paths, nature, 351, 447. langereis, c.g., a.a. van hoof and p. rochette (1992): longitudinal confinement of geomagnetic reversal paths as a possible sedimentary artefact, nature, 358, 226-229. love, j.j. (1998): paleomagnetic volcanic data and geometric regularity of reversals and excursions, j. geophys. res., 103, 12,435-12,452. mcelhinny, m. (2004): geocentric axial dipole hypothesis: a least squares perspective, in timescales of the paleomagnetic field (am. geophys. un.), geophys. monogr. ser. , 145, 1-12. mcfadden, p. l. and f.j. lowes (1981): the discrimination of mean directions drawn from fisher distributions, geophys. j. r. astron. soc., 67, 19-33. morel, p. and e. irving (1981): paleomagnetism and the evolution of pangea, j. geophys. res., 86, 1858-1872. morgan, w.j. (1983): hotspot tracks and early rifting of the atlantic, tectonophysics, 94, 123-139. muttoni, g., d.v. kent and j.e.t. channell (1996): evolution of pangea, paleomagnetic constraints from the southern alps, earth planet. sci. lett., 140, 97-112. muttoni, g., d.v.kent, e. garzani, p. brack, n. abrahamsen and m. gaetani (2003): the mid-permian revolution from pangea ‘b’ to ‘a’, earth planet. sci. lett., 215, 379-394. o’neill, c., d. müller and b. steinberger (2005): on the uncertainties in hot spot reconstructions and the significance of moving hot spot frames, geochem. geophys. geosys., 6, 1-35. 202 haroldo vizán and maría andrea van zele prévot, m. and p. camps (1993): absence of preferred longitudinal sectors for poles from volcanic records of geomagnetic reversals, nature, 366, 53-57. prévot, m., n. roberts, j. thompson, l. faynot and m. perrin (2003): revisiting the jurassic geomagnetic reversal recorded in the lesotho basalt (southern africa), geophys. j. inter., 155, 367-378. rakotosolofo, n.a., j.a. tait, v. carlotto and j. cárdenas (2005): palaeomagnetic results from the early permian copacabana group, southern peru: implication for pangaea palaeogeography, tectonophysics, 413, 287-299. rochette, p. and d. vandamme (2001): pangea b: an artefact of incorrect paleomagnetic assumptions?, ann. geofis., 44 (3), 649-658. schettino, a. and c.r. scotese (2005): apparent polar wander paths for the major continents (200 ma to the present day): a palaeomagnetic reference frame for global plate tectonic reconstructions, geophys. j. inter., 163, 727-759. smethurst, m.a., a.n. khramov and t.h. torsvik (1998): the neoproterozoic and palaeozoic data for the siberina platform: from rodinia to pangea, earthsci. rev., 43, 1-24. smith, a.g. and r.a. livermore (1991): pangea in permian to jurassic time, tectonophysics, 187, 135-179. torcq, f., j. besse, d. vaslet, j. marcoux, l.e. ricou, m. halawani and m. basahel (1997): paleomagntic results from saudi arabia and the permo-triassic pangea configuration, earth planet. sci lett., 148, 553-567. torsvik, t.h. and t.b. andersen (2002): the taimyr fold belt, arctic siberia: timing of pre-fold remagnetisation and regional tectonics, tectonophysics, 352, 335-348. torsvik, t.h. and r. van der voo (2002): refining gondwana and pangea palaeogeography: estimates of phanerozoic non-dipole (octupole) fields, geophys. j. inter., 151, 771-794. torsvik, t.h., r. van der voo, j.g. meert, j. mosar and h. walderhaug (2001): reconstructions of the continents around the north atlantic at about the 60th parallel, earth planet. sci. lett., 187, 55-69. torsvik, t.h, r. van der voo and t.f. redfield (2002): relative hotspot motions versus true polar wander, earth planet. sci. lett., 202 (2), 185-200. van der voo, r. (1990): phanerozoic paleomagnetic poles from europe and north america and comparisons with continental reconstructions, rev. geophys., 28, 167206. van der voo, r. and r.b. french (1974): apparent polar wandering for the atlantic bordering continents: late carboniferous to eocene, earth sci. rev., 10, 99-119. van der voo, r. and t.h. torsvik (2001): evidence for late paleozoic and mesozoic non-dipole fields provides an explanation for the pangea reconstruction problems, earth planet. sci. lett., 187, 71-81. van der voo, r. and t.h. torsvik (2004): the quality of the european permo-triassic paleopoles and its impact on pangea reconstructions, in timescales of the paleomagnetic field (am. geophys. un.), geophys. monogr. ser., 145, 29-42. van der voo, r., f.j. mauk and r.b. french (1976): permian triassic continental configurations and the origin of the gulf of mexico, geology, 4, 177-180. van zijl, j.s.v., k.w.t. graham and a.l. hales (1962): the palaeomagnetism of the stormberg lavas of south africa 1: evidence for a genuine reversal of the earth’s field in triassic-jurassic times, geophys. j. r. astron. soc., 7, 23-39. vizán, h. and m.a.van zele (1995): analysis of a lower jurassic geomagnetic reversal based on a model that relates transitional fields to variations of flux on the core surface, studia geophys. geod., 39, 177-188. wegener, a. (1922): origin of continents and oceans, english translation of 3rd edition by j.g.a. skerl (methuen), pp. 1-212. zonenshain, l.p., m.i. kuzmin and m.v. kononov (1985): absolute reconstructions of the paleozoic oceans, earth planet. sci. lett., 74, 103-116. (received april 3, 2006; accepted june 1, 2007) adg vol5 n02 albe 375_391.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 375 a stepped frequency gpr system for underground prospecting giovanni alberti, luca ciofaniello, marco della noce, salvatore esposito, giovanni galiero, raffaele persico, marco sacchettino and sergio vetrella co.ri.s.t.a., consortium for research on advanced remote sensing systems, napoli, italy abstract in the framework of archeo, a national research project funded by the italian ministry for universities and scientific and technological research (murst), a new ground penetrating radar (gpr) has been developed by the italian consortium for research on advanced remote sensing systems (co.ri.s.t.a.). the system has been specially designed to satisfy archaeological requirements and it will be used to identify and characterise buried objects. the system is a stepped frequency gpr. it can work within a wide band of frequencies both in gated and ungated mode, and it has been already widely described in alberti et al. (2000). this paper describes the results of calibration tests in ungated mode performed in the co.ri.s.t.a. laboratory. in particular, it is shown that the system can guarantee a dynamic range of about 96 db. 1. introduction it is well known that electromagnetic waves propagate beyond the physical discontinuities that are between different media, and this makes it possible to investigate the internal features of dielectric (possibly lossy) bodies. an important aspect of this property is the possibility to investigate the presence of objects buried in the soil. with regard to this aspect, a number of experiments are reported, focused on hardware of gpr systems (daniels, 1996; stickley et al., 1999; alberti et al., 2000) or possible kinds of processing of gpr data (kooij et al., 1996; bucci et al., 2000; pierri et al., 2000; wright et al., 2000). there are, moreover, many papers focused mostly on the results of experimental campaigns performed (colla et al., 1995; ferrucho da rocha et al., 2000; meglich, 2000). in this paper, we focused on the aspect of the hardware of a gpr system developed by the consortium for research on advanced remote sensing systems (co.ri.s.t.a.). this system was conceived within the framework of the scientific project archeo, financed by italian murst and aimed to develop advanced devices and techniques to be used for detection and recovery of archaeological zones (alberti et al., 2000). before entering the subject of this paper, however, let us outline that, within the project archeo, the data processing has been taken into account. the present system is equipped with a positioning system (alberti et al., 2000) that collects data in a multiview and multistatic configuration (and at several frequencies) in order to use an inverse scattering algorithm exploiting this measurement configuration (persico et al., 2000). mailing address: ing. giovanni alberti, co.ri.s.t.a., consorzio di ricerca su sistemi di telesensori avanzati, piazzale tecchio 80, 80125 napoli, italy; e-mail: alberti@unina.it key words stepped frequency – gpr 376 giovanni alberti et al. within archeo, some instruments other than the gpr have also been designed (see the two papers by fiorani et al., 2000a,b), in order to have a more complete set of tools useful for archaeological purposes. before choosing to develop a stepped frequency gpr system, an investigation on some further non-destructive techniques available was conducted. the possibility to exploit seismic methods, inductive electromagnetic methods, magnetic methods, resistive methods and methods based on gravity strength were first studied (alberti et al., 2000) and the gpr technique was the most suitable for the purposes of archeo. the final choice was a stepped frequency system because it ensures, with respect to the traditional impulsive gpr systems, a larger dynamic range and a greater signal to noise ratio, due to the larger amount of processed energy and to the narrow if band (noon, 1996). moreover, a stepped frequency system is the most suitable instrument to gather data for a multifrequency inverse scattering algorithm (persico et al., 2000; pierri et al., 2000). however, the choice of a stepped frequency system can be considered innovative because, although the advantages of the stepped frequency have been known since the seventies (robinson et al., 1974), most of the gpr systems currently adopted are still impulsive. to give a rough (but not meaningless) quantification of this statement, in the proceedings of the international gpr congress of the years 1998 and 2000, there are two archaeological sections reporting only experiments performed with impulsive systems. even the stepped frequency was deemed unsuitable for archaeological applications by conyers and goodman (1997), but without a precise justification. undoubtedly, the technology of impulsive systems is more assessed and therefore there are more manufacturers of impulsive systems (daniels, 1996). however, we think that it is worth trying to exploit the theoretically better performances offered by the stepped frequency technology, that may only need some more efforts. the gpr system at hand has been conceived to match some requirements specified by interacting with archaeologists (festinese, 2000; signore, 2000). so, it was established that the radiation has to penetrate the soil to a depth of about three meters (in a dry soil), with a vertical resolution of 15 cm and a horizontal resolution of 50 cm. the system is conceived to look for dielectric targets like walls, floors, foundations, wells, ovens, temples, graves, roads and waterworks. the system presented here can work both in ungated and gated mode, in order to exploit the greater dynamic range obtainable in ungated mode but also (in gated mode) to avoid saturation drawbacks due to the leakage or to strong reflections from very shallow objects (noon, 1996; stickley et al., 1999). however, at the moment only laboratory tests in ungated mode are available. the present paper is organised as follows: section 2 describes the architecture of the system and section 3 outlines some tests performed on the system in ungated mode, followed by conclusions and future developments. 2. architecture of the system in this section we show and explain the block diagram of the system. the scheme of the system is shown in fig. 1. to simplify the exposition, we deal with the ungated and the gated modes separately. 2.1. ungated mode in ungated mode, the two frequency synthesisers tx and rx (see fig. 1) generate two tones at distance 1 mhz on the frequency axis. the coherent oscillator (coho) is not enabled and, consequently, the mixers r1 and s1 and the filters r1 and s1 are not enabled either (the signal bypasses them). a small part of the signal generated by the tx transmitter is picked up by a directional coupler and is combined by the mixer s1 with half of the signal generated by the rx synthesiser, picked up by a power splitter. analogously, the signal received by the rx antenna is combined, by the mixer r2, with the other half of the signal generated by the rx synthesiser. the filters s2 and r2 have the task to reject the harmonic components at frequency 377 a stepped frequency gpr system for underground prospecting switch rx timing adc lna coho mixer r1 switch s1 switch r1 filter r1 power splitter switch r2 mixer s2 mixer s1 filter s1 switch s2 lo lo rfrf switch driver rx antenna lo lo rf rf directional coupler tx synthesiser tx antenna digital attenuator tx switch power amplifier power splitter rx synthesiser amplifier mixer r2 filter r2filter s2 computer digital attenuator switch driver switch r1, r2, s1, s2 sy nc hr o ni s m ch ai n fig. 1. block diagram of the gpr system. 378 giovanni alberti et al. sum. so, the signals in output of the two filters (when a steady condition is reached) are two tones at 1 mhz, whose phase difference is related to the electrical path of the signal into the soil (once the electrical path inside the system is excluded by calibration). the bandwidths of the filters s2 and r2 are different (see table i). in particular, the bandwidth of s2 is the larger one, so to make the filter faster in reaching the steady condition at each of the swept frequencies. in fact, this output has to provide, by passing through the timing system, the clock signal to sample the 1 mhz tone at the output of the filter r2. the sampling clock is implemented by a frequency triplication followed by a threshold device, both included in the timing system. the wider bandwidth of the filter s2 with respect to the filter r2 also implicates the theoretical possibility that a stronger noise affects the output of s2. this is not a severe problem, because s2 is on the synchronism chain, and therefore the signal at its input only has propagated inside the system. the signal at the input of the filter r2, instead, can be corrupted by external kinds of noise or interference or clutter gathered by the receiving antenna. this is the reason why the two filters have different bandwidths. apart from these specifications, the overall result provided by the system is a tone at 1 mhz (at the output of the filter r2) sampled with three samples out of a period, and this for each of the radiated frequencies. the discrete data so obtained can be averaged at each frequency and then stored. after this storage, an inverse fft can provide the response to the radiated synthetic pulse (daniels, 1996; noon, 1996). 2.2. gated mode in the gated mode, the reception is inhibited while radiating the signal and the radiating is inhibited while receiving. this is done by a switch signal provided by the computer syntable i. some of the main characteristics of the system. frequency range of the radiated waves 100-900 mhz frequency range of the synthesizers 10 khz-1 ghz frequency resolution of the synthesizers 0.2 hz length of a single frequency step from 10 µs up to 10 s intermediate frequency for both gated and ungated modes 1 mhz coho frequency for the gated mode 100 mhz resolution of the adc 23 bit band of the filter r1 2 mhz band of the filter r2 25 khz band of the filter s1 12 mhz band of the filter s2 140 khz range of the output power level of the synthesizers from – 137 dbm up to 13 dbm power level resolution of the synthesizers 0.1 db maximum switching time of the synthesizers 15 s maximum number of steps of the synthesizers 8192 nominal dynamic range of the adc more than 100 db maximum sampling ratio of the adc 20 mhz power at the antenna feed point up to 10 w size of the positioning system 320 × 320 × 100 cm3 resolution of the positioning system 1 cm 379 a stepped frequency gpr system for underground prospecting chronised with the coho at 100 mhz, in the sense that the switch happens after a certain (integer) number of periods of the coho, and this number is established via computer. in gated mode, the two synthesisers produce two tones at distance 101 mhz on the frequency axis. therefore, after the first mixing and filtering there are two signals centred on the frequency 101 mhz, one on the receiving chain (at the output of the filter r1) and the other on the synchronism chain (at the output of the filter s1). in particular, r1 is an antialiasing filter aimed not only to attenuate the component at frequency sum (which is obvious) but also to reject the possible image band centred about the frequency 99 mhz. therefore, the bandwidth of the filters r1 is 2 mhz (centred about 101 mhz). again, the first filter on the synchronism chain is allowed to have a larger bandwidth (and therefore to be faster in reaching the steady condition), because the signal does not pass through an external path, and so one can reasonably suppose that there is no image band to be rejected. after the first mixing and filtering, the signal on the receiving chain and the signal on the synchronism chain are mixed again with the tone at 100 mhz provided by the coho. so, after the second filtering (which is performed by the same filters exploited in the ungated mode) there are two tones at 1 mhz, likewise the ungated mode. the processing on these two tones is the same as that for the ungated mode. 3. tests performed in ungated mode as a first test, we measured the noise introduced by the clock that we have implemented within the timing system. in fact, this clock is a possible bottleneck for the dynamic range of the overall system (sheer, 1993). incidentally, other components were also tested, although specialised manufacturers guaranteed them. in particular, the adc is by hp and is equipped with a high quality internal clock at 20 mhz. however, the internal clock of the adc cannot be adopted within the overall system because it is needed to synchronise the sampling of the received signal with the transmitted signal, which requires a dedicated device. in particular, the frequency switches are associated with some random phase shift of the transmitted signal, which needs the exploitation of a synchronism signal that «follows» the same shifts. this is why the acquisition is driven by the synchronism chain. in order to measure the noise introduced by the timing system, the output of the filter r2 was disconnected from the adc (see fig. 1). in these conditions there is no signal coming from the receiving chain and the signal delivered to the computer is the noise introduced by the clock. instead, if the clock of the timing system is not enabled, whereas the internal clock of the adc is enabled, the output delivered to the computer is the noise that would introduce the internal clock of the adc if it could be adopted. as said, the clock internal to the adc cannot be adopted, but the measure of its noise is interesting for comparison purpose. the noise introduced by the clock of the timing system is shown in fig. 2, and the noise introduced by the internal clock of the adc is shown in fig. 3. in figs. 2 and 3 the average power of the noise is measured versus the frequency all over the band of the system. for the tests shown in figs. 2 and 3, a full scale of – 6dbm was adopted for the input of the adc. this is a trial value: in general the full scale adopted is a compromise between the need to retrieve signals as weak as possible and to reduce the probability of truncation of too strong signals. as can be seen, the noise introduced by the timing system is of the same order as the noise of the adc internal clock (just a few db stronger). in particular, this noise level guarantees a dynamic range of at least 93 db (corresponding about to 16 bits). this noise level can be further decreased if some averaging is performed on the data. figure 4 shows the noise signal of the timing system, after an average performed on 32 samples (at each frequency) whereas fig. 5 shows the homologous quantity referred to internal clock of the adc. we are speaking of an average performed via software. actually, the adc already performs via hardware some averaging which we do not dwell upon, but that is to be quoted for sake of completeness. in particular, it can reliably be assumed that each of the samples that reaches the computer (to be stored and/or 380 giovanni alberti et al. 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 -145 -140 -135 -130 -125 -120 -115 -110 -105 -100 -95 gpr clock (3 mhz) frequency [mhz] p o w e r [d b m ] 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 -135 -130 -125 -120 -115 -110 -105 -100 -95 adc internal clock (20 mhz) frequency [mhz] p o w e r [d b m ] fig. 2. noise generated by the timing system. fig. 3. noise generated by the clock internal to the adc. 381 a stepped frequency gpr system for underground prospecting 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 -135 -130 -125 -120 -115 -110 -105 gpr clock (3 mhz) frequency [mhz] p o w e r [d b m ] 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 -145 -140 -135 -130 -125 -120 -115 -110 adc internal clock (20 mhz) frequency [mhz] p o w e r [d b m ] fig. 4. result of an averaging performed on the noise generated by the timing system. fig. 5. result of an averaging performed on the noise generated by the clock internal to the adc. 382 giovanni alberti et al. processed) represents a sample of the steady condition harmonic response of the system at the current frequency. in other words, we can be confident that there is no meaningful transient effect in the samples in input at the computer. it can be seen that the noise introduced by our clock guarantees a dynamic range of about 103 db, and that of the internal clock of the adc would guarantee a dynamic range only slightly larger (let say about 108 db). on the other hand, this test also shows that a sort of spurious modulation appears superimposed on the noise signal generated by the clock of the gpr. this indicates that the behaviour of the averaged noise is going to reach some steady condition. therefore, it is hopeless to think that an average on many more samples would provide further dramatic improvements: only a very few further db might be obtained, at the cost of making the acquisition time twice longer if not even more. let us now show some tests performed on the coupling. the term «coupling» is meant to indicate all the spurious signals that enter the adc from the receiving chain and that are due to the electromagnetic interaction by the different electronic components of the system. to quantify this coupling, for a fixed value of the power of the signal generated by the tx synthesiser (precisely 5 watt, corresponding to 37 dbm), the receiving antenna was removed and the relative coaxial cable connected to a matched load. moreover, the output of the filter r2 was again connected to the adc (see fig. 1). in these conditions, the signal that enters the adc from the receiving chain is substantially due to spurious electromagnetic couplings internal to the system itself. figure 6 shows the coupling signal recorded versus the frequency, with a full scale of – 6 dbm (which is again a trial value). in fig. 6 no average on the output samples is performed: the shape itself of the signal makes us understand that there is a very little «degree of randomness», and therefore any averaging is substantially useless with regard to the coupling. as an explicit verification, fig. 7 shows the coupling signal after an averaging performed on 32 samples. the reason for this uselessness of the averaging is that the coupling signal reaches the adc by passing through the narrow-band filter r2. therefore, the coupling is by its own nature a someway-averaged signal. there is an important difference between the noise introduced by the clock and the coupling: the former is meaningfully dependent on the quantization introduced by the adc, because it substantially results in a sampled quantization noise. instead, the coupling is related to the power level of the signal produced by the tx synthesiser (that, let us remember, has been fixed at 5 watt). consequently, the noise of the clock is expected to depend on the full scale adopted, whereas the coupling does not. in other words, with regard to the clock noise, what can be considered as «absolute» is the dynamic range with respect to the full scale adopted whereas, with regard to the coupling, what is to be regarded as «absolute» is the noise level in dbm. based on these considerations, a suitable choice for the full scale of the adc might be one that «shifts» the clock noise on the same level of the coupling. in these conditions, there will be the maximum dynamic range. in fact, a lower full scale would decrease the dynamic range available, because the coupling would remain unchanged. on the other hand, a larger full scale would not enlarge the dynamic range because the clock noise would follow the increasing of the full scale. actually, it might be useful to increase the full scale only if the truncation probability were greater than the probability to receive a signal weaker than the adc resolution. in the situation at hand, the full scale that makes equal to each other the power level of the clock noise and that of the coupling is 24 dbm, corresponding to 0.25 watt. received signals stronger than this level are extremely improbable in our applications, because the power radiated is less than 5 watt whereas the attenuation encountered can be expected of the order of several tens of db even if a reflection at less than one meter occurs (noon, 1996). to be more precise, the overall attenuation and amplification between the tx synthesiser and the transmitting antenna compensate each other, so the incident power at the input terminal is nominally 5 watt. therefore, the radiated power can only be lower than this value, due to some unavoidable mismatch and losses in the antenna. with the choice of a full scale of 24 dbm, fig. 8 shows the comprehensive 383 a stepped frequency gpr system for underground prospecting 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 -100 -95 -90 -85 -80 -75 hardware coupling frequency [mhz] p o w e r [d b m ] 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 -95 -90 -85 -80 -75 hardware coupling frequency [mhz] p o w e r [d b m ] fig. 6. electromagnetic coupling internal to the gpr system. fig. 7. result of an averaging performed on the electromagnetic coupling. 384 giovanni alberti et al. noise (coupling plus clock) recorded at the output of the adc. in fig. 8, no average is performed on the data: the weakest signal that can be recovered is at level of – 66 dbm, and therefore the dynamic range can be quantified at 90 db. however, if an average on 32 samples is performed, then the dynamic range grows to 94 db, as can be understood by glancing at fig. 9. for most of the radiated frequencies, the dynamic range can be considered equal to 96 db or even more, therefore it is not unfair to assess that that dynamic range is indeed about 96 db. again, an average performed on many more samples is not expected to provide dramatic improvements of the dynamic range because, as said, the randomness of the clock noise has already been reduced and, above all, the averaging does not influence the coupling meaningfully. let us now show some tests on the phase and amplitude error at each frequency. these tests are relative both to the noise and to the possible distortion phenomena arising inside the system, that could deform the shape and position of the expected returned synthetic pulse. in particular, in the performed tests the nominal harmonic signals generated have all been of the same amplitude, and therefore the theoretical received synthetic pulse is expected to be sinc-like. in order to test it, the two antennas were removed (see fig. 1) and the input of the transmitting antenna connected to the output of the receiving antenna with a coaxial cable that only introduces a known delay. in this manner the delay introduced by the overall gpr system was also measured, for calibration purposes. by this insertion, the theoretical signal to be received is known, based on the knowledge of the generated signal and on the knowledge of the components of the system. therefore we can compare the received signal with the theoretical one. figure 10 shows the relative amplitude error versus the frequency, whereas fig. 11 shows the phase error. since the phase error is not a relative error but an absolute error, its effective entity cannot be evaluated by simply glancing at its behaviour. rather, some criterion is to be introduced to evaluate the weight of this phase error. to do this, the synthetic pulse received and the theoretical one can be compared: the discrepancy between them provides a quantification of the effects of the phase (and amplitude) error. figure 12 reports these two pulses. in particular, the test pulse in fig. 12 is synthesised by switching the frequency of the tx synthesiser from 100 mhz up to 902 mhz with a step of 2 mhz. moreover, 64 samples were collected at each frequency, and the average of the last 20 samples were stored as the response of the system to the current frequency. to retrieve the synthetic pulse from the amplitude and the phase at each frequency, an ifft on 8192 points was performed (daniels, 1996; noon, 1996). the ideal pulse is depicted as a solid line, whereas the actual recorded one is depicted in a dotted line: they are almost indistinguishable. to provide a worst case result, we show the ideal and the recorded synthetic pulse that we have (for the same experimental data) if only the frequencies from 802 up to 902 mhz are processed in retrieving the synthetic pulse. in fact, while the percentage amplitude error is quite low throughout the band (fig. 10), the higher frequencies of the swept band are those with a higher phase error. the result is shown in fig. 13 (again, the ideal pulse is in solid line whereas the actual pulse is in dotted line). the difference between them is slightly more evident on the secondary lobes, but substantially the main lobe remains unperturbed. finally, we show a test on the whole system working in ungated mode, i.e. a system with the overall system (including the antennas) mounted and working. we have looked for the reflection from the bottom of the floor of the laboratory in which the system (including the positioning system) is mounted. in fact, since there is another room under the laboratory, if the system is made to work in such a situation (with the two antennas positioned on the floor) the main reflection is expected from the ceiling of the room below. to synthesise the pulse, a band of 512 mhz was exploited, swept with a step of 2 mhz starting from the frequency of 100 mhz. the laboratory is a small (a surface of 5.7 × 3.6 m2 and a tallness of 3.3 m) non anechoic environment, with the possibility of several multiple reflections from the walls, floor, ceiling, and the many metallic and dielectric objects present 385 a stepped frequency gpr system for underground prospecting 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 -100 -95 -90 -85 -80 -75 -70 -65 gpr clock (3 mhz) plus hardware coupling frequency [mhz] p o w e r [d b m ] 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 -90 -88 -86 -84 -82 -80 -78 -76 -74 -72 -70 gpr clock (3 mhz) plus hardware coupling frequency [mhz] p o w e r [d b m ] fig. 8. electromagnetic coupling plus timing system’s noise. fig. 9. result of an averaging performed on the sum of the electromagnetic coupling and the noise generated by the timing system. 386 giovanni alberti et al. 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 -0.06 -0.05 -0.04 -0.03 -0.02 -0.01 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 relative amplitude error frequency [mhz] a m p li t u d e 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 phase error frequency [mhz] p h a s e ( ° ) fig. 10. relative error (db) between the nominal and the registered amplitude of a test signal versus frequency. fig. 11. absolute error (degrees) between the nominal and the registered phase of a test signal versus frequency. 387 a stepped frequency gpr system for underground prospecting synthetic pulses for the ideal and real received signals time [ns] a m p li t u d e synthetic pulses for the ideal and real received signals time [ns] a m p li t u d e fig. 12. comparison of theoretical and received synthetic pulses making use of the stepped frequency signal on the overall band. fig. 13. comparison of theoretical and received synthetic pulses making use of the stepped frequency signal on the «worst band» between 802 and 902 mhz. 388 giovanni alberti et al. in the laboratory. therefore, the conditions for this kind of measurement are not favourable at all. on the other hand, there is the a priori information that a reflection is expected from a plane surface parallel to the floor plane. the configuration of the measurement was in common source, and the receiving antenna was placed in eight different positions. the first four positions were arranged as follows: the receiving antenna was placed on one side of the transmitting antenna and the distance between the gaps was 40, 50, 60 and 70 cm respectively. the other four positions were chosen so that the receiving antenna was placed on the opposite site with respect to the transmitting antenna at the same distances. due to the particular case at hand, the a priori supposition that the main reflection always occurs at the same depth was adopted. therefore, even if the measurement configuration is a common source, the data were processed as if they were in common depth point, according to the scheme illustrated in the appendix. figure 14 reports one of the 8 synthetic time responses (the others show all a quite similar behaviour). there is a strong reflection at the time of 18 ns, but there is also a meaningful reflection at about 420 ns, probably due to the floor of the underlying room. the depths worked out for all the distances (see appendix) were averaged, and so the final result of 48 cm was worked out. the time values at which the various maxima occurred were exploited in working out the thickness of the floor. actually, the external wall of the building in which co.ri.s.t.a. is located has zones where the plaster has fallen down, and therefore we were able to measure directly the thickness of the floor: it is 38.5 cm. due to the bandwidth of the signal exploited, the uncertainty is expected of the order of 20 cm (see appendix), and therefore the obtained result can be considered satisfactory. fig. 14. one of the received synthetic time responses gathered in the laboratory of co.ri.s.t.a. the function is normalised and expressed as a function of time in ns. 389 a stepped frequency gpr system for underground prospecting appendix this appendix outlines the processing performed to work out the thickness of the floor of the laboratory. as said, the processing was performed as if the data were gathered in a common depth point: therefore we refer to fig. 1a in order to explain the processing. the procedure is simple and conceptually similar to that exposed by daniels (1996) for the case of a multimonostatic (common offset) configuration. with respect to fig. 1a, we have (a.1) (a.2) for the pythagorus theorem. moreover (a.3) (a.4) where c is the (unknown) propagation velocity of the electromagnetic radiation in the medium under consideration, assumed homogeneous. 4. conclusions and future developments a stepped frequency gpr system devised by the research consortium co.ri.s.t.a. within the financed project archeo has been described. the system can work both in ungated and gated mode and is equipped with a positioning system to allow measurements in a multistatic multiview configuration. laboratory tests performed in the co.ri.s.t.a. laboratory have been described. they show that the system is able to guarantee a dynamic range of the order of 96 db in ungated mode. following developments of the work, within the project archeo, experimental tests will be performed in a pool filled with sand or clay soil in which known buried targets will be buried (alberti et al., 2000). during the outdoor tests, innovative inverse scattering algorithms of the gpr data will also be tested (persico et al., 2000). afterwards, the system is to be tested in an archaeological site in southern italy. acknowledgements this study has been funded by the italian ministry for universities and scientific and technological research under research contract 179201-1325/458. p d l1 2 1 2= + p d l2 2 2 2= + t p c 1 12 = t p c 2 22 = 390 giovanni alberti et al. therefore, by substitution of (a.1) in (a.3) and (a.2) in (a.4), we obtain (a.5) the inversion of (a.5) with respect to d provides (a.6) once d is retrieved, these passages allow retrieving the propagation speed c, by substitution of the known value of p1 in (a.3) or p2 in (a.4). in the case at hand, by averaging the 8 velocities obtained along the 8 electrical path considered, we have worked out c = 10 cm/ns. once the propagation speed has been retrieved, one can estimate the order of magnitude of the spatial uncertainty as the product of this velocity times the temporal resolution. the temporal resolution can be estimated as 1/b, where b is the bandwidth of the synthetic pulse (daniels, 1996; noon, 1996). in the case at hand, as said, the band is 512 mhz and so the temporal resolution is about 2 ns. therefore the order of magnitude of uncertainty on the evaluation of the depth is 2 ns times 10 cm/ns, i.e. 20 cm. to be more precise, this calculation provides the uncertainty 2 p on the length 2p of some average path of the signal within the floor (see eqs. (a.1) and (a.2) and fig. 1a), which is not d. by differentiating eq. (a.1) or (a.2) one might say that the uncertainty on the depth would be d = (p/2d) p, expected lower than 2 p but of the same order of magnitude. on the other hand, this calculation neglects the uncertainty on the propagation velocity itself and the fact that, actually, the floor is not really homogeneous. d l t l t t t 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 = t t d l d l 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 = + + fig. 1a. geometrical scheme to retrieve the depth of a reflection from several measurements in common depth point. p1 p2 d l1 l 2 391 a stepped frequency gpr system for underground prospecting references alberti, g., l. ciofaniello, m. della noce, s. esposito, g. galiero, r. persico and s. vetrella (2000): advanced stepped frequency gpr development, in proceedings of the conference on subsurface sensing technologies and applications ii, at spie’s annual meeting in july/august 2000, san diego, u.s.a., 484-492. bucci, o.m., l. crocco, t. isernia and v. pascazio (2000): inverse scattering problems with multifrequency data: reconstruction capabilities and solution strategies, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 38 (4), 1749-1756. colla, c., p. das, d. mccann and m. forde (1995): investigation of stone masonry bridges using sonics, electromagnetics and impulse radar, in proceedings of international symposium on non-destructive testing civil engineering (ndt-ce), september 1995, 629-636. conyers, l.b. and d. goodman (1997): ground penetrating radar – an introduction for archaeologists (alta mira press, a division of sage publications). daniels, d.j. (1996): surface-penetrating radar, the institution of electrical engineers, london. ferrucho da rocha, p.l., g. da silva cezar and a. buarque (2000): archaeological sites at rio de janeiro state, brazil, with their contents enhanced by the use of ground penetrating radar, in proceedings of the 8th international conference on ground-penetrating radar, queensland, australia, 607-617. festinese, c. (2000): archeo-apparecchiature e tecniche avanzate per il rilevamento ed il recupero delle zone archeologiche, in «rischio archeologico: se lo conosci lo eviti, edited by m.p. guermandi. proceedings of convegno su cartografia archeologica e tutela del territorio, ferrara, march 24-25 2000», ibc, documenti 31, firenze 2001, 381-383. fiorani, l., m. bortone, s. mattei, c. ruocchio, a. salomé and s. vetrella (2000a): miniaturized electrooptical sensors for archaeological prospecting, in proceedings of the conference on subsurface sensing technologies and applications ii, at spie’s annual meeting in july/august 2000, san diego, u.s.a., 442-446. fiorani, l., m. bortone, s. mattei, c. ruocchio, a. salomé and s. vetrella (2000b): miniaturized laser range-finder for the volumetric characterization of underground cavities, in proceedings of the conference on subsurface sensing technologies and applications ii, at spie’s annual meeting in july/august 2000, san diego, u.s.a., 457-463. kooij, b.j., m. lambert and d. lesselier (1999): nonlinear inversion of a buried object in transverse electric scattering, radio sci., 34 (6), 1361-1371. meglich, t.m. (2000): use of ground penetrating radar in detecting fossilized dinosaur bones, in proceedings of the 8th international conference on ground-penetrating radar, queensland, australia, 536-541. noon, d.a. (1996): stepped-frequency radar design and signal processing enhances ground penetrating radar performance, ph.d. thesis, department of electrical and computer engineering, university of queensland, australia. persico, r., g. alberti, s. esposito, g. leone and f. soldovieri (2000): on multifrequency strategies of use of g.p.r. systems, in proceedings of the conference on image reconstruction from incomplete data, at spie’s annual meeting in july/august 2000, san diego, u.s.a., 26-34. pierri, r., a. brancaccio and f. de blasio (2000): multifrequency dielectric profile inversion for a cylindrically stratified medium, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 38 (4), 1716-1724. robinson, l., w.b. weirand and l. yung (1974): location and recognition of discontinuities in dielectric media using synthetic rf pulses, proc. ieee, 62 (1), 36-44. sheer, j.a. (1993): aa. vv.: coherent radar performance estimation (j.l. kurts editor, artech house). signore, g.m. (2000): progetto archeo: cales, un’applicazione, in «rischio archeologico: se lo conosci lo eviti, edited by m.p. guermandi. proceedings of convegno su cartografia archeologica e tutela del territorio, ferrara, march 24-25 2000», ibc, documenti 31, firenze 2001, 384-390. stickley, g.f., d.a. noon, m. cherniakov and i.d. longstaff (1999): gated stepped-frequency ground penetrating radar, j. appl. geophys., 43 (2000), 259-269. wright, d.l., d.v. smith, j.d. abraham, r.s. hutton, e.k. bond, t.j. cui, a.a. aydiner and w.c. chew (2000): imaging and modelling new vetem data, in proceedings of the 8th international conference on ground-penetrating radar, queensland, australia, 146-150. t e m p i d i t r a g i t t o d e l l e o n d e « ivi » p e r l ' i t a l i a c e n t r a l e m . giorgi p . e . v a l l e i n una n o s t r a p r e c e d e n t e r i c e r c a a b b i a m o o s s e r v a t o c l i c l t e m p i di e m e r s i o n e d e l l e o n d e « m » del t e r r e m o t o del m o n t e a m i a t a ( ' ) p o s sono e s s e r e c a l c o l a t i p e r l ' i t a l i a c e n t r a l e m e d i a n t e la r e l a z i o n e ( " ) : ' 5 , m s e c /, = + 0 . 4 5 + jt, [ 1 ] a i n k m 2 , 6 0 0 , 0 8 11 d e n o m i n a t o r e c l i c c o m p a r e n e l l a [ 1 ] r a p p r e s e n t a la v e l o c i t à a p p a r e n t e d e l l ' i n i z i o d e l l a l a s c , la q u a l e , nel n o s t r o c a s o , r i s u l t a c o s t a n t e . a l m e n o p e r le d i s t a n z e c o m p r e s e e n t r o i 4 0 0 k m . d a t o c h e l e o n d e « m » p r e s e n t a n o c o s p i c u i e f f e t t i di d i s p e r s i o n e ed a s s o r b i m e n t o c o m b i n a t i , il t e m p o di e m e r s i o n e , a l l e v a r i e d i t a n z e e p i c e n t r a l i . v a r i a ili r e l a z i o n e a l l o s p e t t r o d e l l a p e r t u r b a z i o n e i n i z i a l e e q u i n d i , a r i g o r e , l a ! 1 i s a r e b b e v a l i d a s o l t a n t o p e r t e r r e m o t i i d e n t i c i al t e r r e m o t o d e l m o n t e a m i a t a ; p e r a l t r o l a [ i j r a p p r e s e n t e r à t a n t o m e g l i o i t e m p i di e m e r s i o n e d e l l e o n d e « ini » n e l l ' i t a l i a c e n t r a l e , q u a n t o p i ù l o s p e t t r o di u n a p e r t u r b a z i o n e sìsmica s a r à v i c i n o a q u e l l o del t e r r e m o t o s u d d e t t o . la n a t u r a fisica e i i n t e n s i t à dei s i s m i c h e a v v e n g o n o n e l l i t a l i a c e n t r a l e , p r e s e n t a n o in g e n e r e u n a c e r t a a n a l o g i a c q u i n d i a b b i a m o r i t e n u t o u t i l e c o m p l e t a r e le t a b e l l e dei t e m p i di t r a g i t t o d e l l e o n d e di d i l a t a z i o n e e di d i s t o r s i o n e p e r d e t t a r e g i o n e (''') c o n l ' a g g i u n t a d e i t e m p i r e l a t i v i a l l e o n d e « ivi » c a l c o l a l i m e d i a n t e l a |1|. d e l r e s t o a b b i a m o la p o s s i b i l i t à di d a r e un c r i t e r i o p e r s t a b i l i r e , c a s o p e r c a s o , la v a l i d i t à d e l l a [ 1 ] in r e l a z i o n e a l p e r i o d o m e d i o a s s o c i a t o al m a s s i m o d e l l ' a m p i e z z a d e l l a f a s e ( ' ) . a b b i a m o p o t u t o i n f a t t i s t a b i l i r e c h e l ' a n d a m e n t o di d e t t o p e r i o d o m e d i o con la d i stanza e p i c e n t r a l e nel t e r r e m o t o del m o n t e a m i a t a è r a p p r e s e n t a l o a b b a s t a n z a b e n e d a l l a r e l a z i o n e : t r a a x i n s e c , ' a + 9 0 , 6 8 a in k m " " s f 8 , 2 0 4 4 9 tempi di tltacitto delle onde « m ,1 l'eli i."italia centiiai.e 477 i n mi i n t e r v a l l o d e l l a distanza e p i c e n t r a l c c o m p r e s o f r a 50 e 100 k m , il p e r i o d o m e d i o associato al m a s s i m o d e l l ' a m p i e z z a v a r i a tra •li e 7.7 s c c . : o c c o r r e p e r t a n t o t e n e r c o n t o , n e l l ' u s o c o r r e t t o della t a b e l l a , a n c h e di q u e s t o e l e m e n t o . e " o p p o r t u n o q u i n d i v e r i f i c a r e di v o l t a in volta c h e il p e r i o d o osservato e c o r r i s p o n d e n t e al m a s s i m o d e l l a m p i e z z a n o n si discosti e c c e s s i v a m e n t e dai v a l o r i c o n t e n u t i n e l l a t a b e l l a a fianco di c i a s c u n t e m p o di t r a g i t t o . a m-h t m •pg m-sg a m h r m-pg m-sg max max k m m s e c . s e c . m . sec. m . s e c . k m ni s s c . s e c m s e c . in. s e c . 50 00 1 9 j 4 . 1 00 10.3 00 (13.2 230 01 2 8 . 9 6.3 (io 4 5 . 5 00 1 3 . 0 60 2 3 , 6 4 . 3 » 1 2 . 3 )) 0 3 . 8 2 4 0 » 3 2 , 8 6 . 3 )) 4 7 . 5 » 1 3 , 6 70 » 2 7 . 4 4 , 1 » 1 4 , 2 » 0 4 , 3 2 5 0 )) 36.(i 6 , 4 » 4 9 . 4 » 1 4 , 1 : 80 » 3 1 . 2 4 . 6 » 1 6 . 1 )) 0 1 , 8 260 » 4 0 , 5 6 . 5 5 1 . 4 » 1 4 . i 90 » 3 5 . 1 4.7 » 1 8 . 1 » 0 5 , 4 270 )) 14,3 6 . 6 » 5 3 . 4 » 1 5 . 2 1 0 0 » 3 8 . 9 4 , 8 » 2 0 . 0 » 0 5 . 9 280 » 4 8 . 2 6.7 » 5 5 . 4 » 1 5 . 8 ) 1 1 0 iì 12.8 4 . 9 » 2 2 . 0 » 0 6 , 5 2 9 0 )) 5 2 . 0 6 . 8 » 57.3 » 16.3 i 120 „ 16-6 5.1 » 2 4 , 0 )) 0 7 . 0 300 )) 5 5 . 9 6 . 9 5 9 . 3 ,, 1 6 . 9 1 3 0 x 5 0 . 5 5 . 2 » 2 6 , 0 )) 0 7 . 6 310 ,) 59,7 7.0 1 0 1 . 2 « 1 7 , 4 1 1 0 y, 5 4 . 3 5 . 3 » 2 7 . 9 » 0 8 , 1 320 2 0 3 . 6 7.1 » 0 3 . 2 » 1 8 , 0 1 5 0 » 5 8 , 2 5.4 » 2 9 , 9 0 8 . 7 330 » 0 7 . 4 7.2 „ 0 5 . 1 « 1 8 . 5 160 01 0 2 . 0 5 , 5 a 3 1 , 8 » 0 9 , 2 340 » 1 1 . 2 7.2 » 0 7 . 0 » 1 9 . 0 1711 » 0 5 , 9 5.o » 3 3 . 8 » 0 9 , 8 350 » 1 5 . 1 7 . 3 09.1 » 1 9 . 6 1 8 0 „ 0 9 . 7 5 . i » 3 5 . 7 )) 10,3 360 » 1 8 . 9 7,1 » 1 1 . 0 » 20-1 1 9 0 0 1 3 . 6 5 . 8 „ 37.7 » 1 0 , 9 370 2 2 . 8 7 , 5 » 1 3 . 0 » 2 0 . 7 2 0 0 1 7 , 4 6 . 0 « 39.7 » 1 1 . 4 380 » 2 6 . 6 7.6 » 1 4 . 9 )i 2 1 . 2 210 » 2 1 . 2 6 . 1 i) 4 1 , 6 » 1 1 . 9 390 » 3 0 . 5 7.7 » 16.9 » 2 1 . 8 221) lì 2 5 . 1 6.2 » 4 3 . 6 » 1 2 . 5 4 0 0 y) 3 4 , 3 7.7 » 18.8 « 2 2 . 3 i roma -— istillilo nazionale di geofisica — febbraio l'i ih. riassunto i iene proposta lina tabella dei lcm])i di tragitto delle onde m . valida per l'italia centrale, avuto riguardo alla natura ed alle modalità della propagazione della fase. b i b l i o g r a f i a ( j i gioisci m . . il terremoto del minile 1minti: del 16 ottobre 191(1. r i c . s e i o n l i l . 1 1 . i 116-1159 (19111. i ì gioisci m. valle p . f... contribuiii allo studio delle onde « 1/ ». a n n u i i ili g e o f i s i c a i , 8 7 1 0 2 (19481. i cai.oi p . rosini e . . sui tempi di tragitto delle onde pg ed sg nell'india ci nirale. r i e . s c i e n t . i l (19401. (•!•, \ ai. le i'. e . . sul coefficienze di assorbimento delle onde sismiche su per hfiali. r i e . s c i e n l . e r i c o s t r u z . 11 ( 1 9 4 6 ) . layout 6 1 annals of geophysics, 64, 1, pa109, 2021; doi:10.4401/ag-8528 a relationship between temperature, oxygen dissolved in blood and viral infections dario camuffo national research council of italy institute of atmospheric sciences and climate, corso stati uniti 4, 35127 padua, italy article history: received july 21, 2020; accepted january 5, 2021 abstract an investigation is made on the environmental factors that may determine the seasonal cycle of respiratory affections. the driving role of temperature is examined, for its inverse synergism with the dissolution of oxygen in human plasma. two best-fit equations are discussed to interpolate the experimental data about the oxygen solubility and the saturation levels reached at various temperatures, referring to the value of the basic alveolar temperature. a vulnerable condition is when the airways temperature is lowered, e.g. breathing cold air, or increasing the breathing frequency. in winter, the upper airways reach lower temperatures and greater oxygen concentrations; the opposite occurs in summer. as low temperatures increase the dissolution of oxygen in plasma, and blood oxidation favours viral activity, an explanation is given to the seasonality of infections affecting the respiratory system. keywords: temperature; oxygen solubility; body temperature; respiratory disease; viral infection; covid-19. 1. introduction since the period of the earliest meteorological observations, attention was paid to investigate the relationships between climate, agricultural production and human diseases. among the most famous scientists who gave the most significant contributions to this field, specific mention should be made to bernardino ramazzini for his yearly reports about agricultural and human epidemics related to the seasonal climate variability [ramazzini, 1718] and his book on occupational illnesses and injuries [ramazzini, 1700] in which he considered the impact of the environmental conditions on health. james jurin coordinated an international network of the royal society, london, concerning indoor observations useful for climate and health studies [jurin, 1723], especially useful considering the conditions of the sick buildings in the 18th century. this network was followed by a similar one organized by felix vicq d’azyr and father louis cotte. they set up a series of national and international records on behalf of the newly founded societé royale de médecine (royal society of medicine), paris, [cotte 1774; 1788]. giuseppe toaldo took and analyzed meteorological records studying the relevance of seasonal and astronomical cycles. he published a famous meteorological essay to relate the influence of the moon and other celestial bodies, the seasonal cycles, the dry or rainy weather, the extreme weather events and the frequency in human mortality [toaldo, 1770]. this book was translated in french, english and german and was reprinted several times. today it is known that certain viral forms, but not all, have a seasonal character. the relationship with temperature is clear for sars-cov-2 [chin et al., 2020]. as far as covid-19 is concerned, briz-redón and serrano-aroca [2020] found no evidence. on the other hand, roy [2020] found that global temperature played an important role and a moderately cool environment was the most favourable state for virus transmission. the risk from the virus was reduced significantly for warm places and countries. the seasonal risk has been confirmed by the european centre for disease prevention and control [ecd, 2020]: the number of covid-19 deaths in europe, as of 29 december 2020, shows a marked peak in april, a flat minimum over summer and then a sharp rise starting from october. however, even in cases where seasonality is evident, the complete mechanism has not been clarified, especially for diseases transmissible person-to-person [shek and lee, 2003; lofgren et al., 2007; chan et al., 2011; fisman, 2012; alvarez-ramirez and meraz, 2020; chen et al., 2020; gutierrez-hernandez and garcia, 2020; moriyama et al., 2020]. explanations have been based on a series of environmental, physical, chemical, biological, medical, social and other factors, that may be grouped into three categories: • environment and climate-related factors, e.g. temperature, humidity, solar radiation and in particular uv radiation acting as a disinfectant for contaminated nonporous materials or because it favours the synthesis of vitamin d in the body and the body defence [sloan et al., 2011; azziz baumgartner et al., 2012; beck et al., 2016; isaia and medico, 2020; isaia et al., 2020; sagripanti and lytle, 2020; schuit et al., 2020; ratnesar-shumate et al., 2020]; air pollution [lebowitz, 1996; cui et al., 2003] and transport of viruses (e.g. arrival of migratory birds) [fao, 2007]. • social activities and human behaviour that may increase transmission (e.g. longer residence time inside poorly ventilated rooms, crowding, contagion opportunities, droplet transmission) [willem et al., 2011; zayas et al., 2012; han et al., 2013; van doremalen et al., 2020; liu et al.; 2020]. besides, low relative humidity levels, either caused by heating or air conditioning, enhance indoor dustiness and the suspension time of airborne particulate matter [chan et al., 2011; camuffo, 2019] thus increasing the probability of inhaling viruses. • human body defence (e.g. response of the mucosal surface of the respiratory tract), physiological risk factors (e.g. age, obesity) and other medical items [fokkens and scheeren, 2000; iwasaki et al., 2017; li et al., 2011; moriyama et al., 2020]. the above factors, alone or in synergism, are supported by reasonable explanations, correlations and statistical calculations. some researchers [fisman, 2012; gutierrez-hernandez and garcia, 2020] agree that cool and dry environments are most frequently related to the virus diffusion, but their feeling is that there are only indications, rather than scientific evidence, i.e. atmospheric conditions may explain a limited part of the dynamics of viral affections. this paper is not intended to analyse the virus life, viral concentration in air, diffusion in indoor and outdoor environments, transmission from person to person etc. that are widely studied in scientific literature. this paper investigates other possible linkages to relate viruses to environmental conditions, in particular the potential effect of some small changes in temperature of certain organs inside the body. the inhaled air, with its physical characteristics, constitutes the starting point, regardless of where it is breathed, either indoors or outdoors. a three-step mechanism is considered, i.e. the relationship between specific physical characteristics of the inhaled air (e.g. temperature, relative humidity, ventilation rate) and the oxygen dissolved in blood; how the temperature of the various parts of the body is subject to change; why the consequences of this fact may be relevant for viral infections. the work is organized in three sections. the first section calculates the amount of oxygen dissolved in blood as a function of the ambient temperature. the second deals with the temperature of the respiratory system, that is neither constant nor homogeneous, because the temperature of the upper airways is driven by the temperature of the inhaled air. the third considers that different temperatures will cause different saturation levels of the oxygen in the blood and that some viral affections may take advantage from higher oxygen concentrations. 2. air temperature and the oxygen dissolved in blood the oxygenation of blood is a mechanism that may explain a significant synergism between environmental and physiological factors. oxygenation is highly relevant because oxygen acts as terminal electron acceptor at the end of the electron transport chain whereby oxidative phosphorylation results in the synthesis of adenosine triphosphate (atp). this coenzyme supplies energy to all active metabolic processes [dunn et al., 2016], including viral activity. in addition, it has been demonstrated that antioxidants display relevant antiviral activity [silva et al., 2011; wangkheirakpam, 2018]. therefore, an elevated oxygen concentration in blood constitutes a vulnerable situation because it favours viral activity. gaseous oxygen is first dissolved in plasma and then most of it is chemically combined with the haemoglobin. dario camuffo 2 oxygen dissolution constitutes the input of the complex system that distributes oxygen to all parts of the body. oxygen delivery in the human respiratory system depends on several factors including the partial pressure of oxygen, the efficiency of gas exchange, the concentration and affinity of haemoglobin to oxygen and cardiac output [law and bukwirwa, 1999]. the highest oxygen concentration is typically found in the respiratory tract, from where it is distributed throughout the body. the oxygen content of arterial blood is the sum of the oxygen bound to haemoglobin and oxygen dissolved in plasma [dunn et al., 2016]. the solubility of oxygen in an aqueous solution is regulated by the henry’s law [pauling, 1947] that states that, at a constant temperature, the concentration of oxygen in the aqueous phase is proportional to the partial pressure of oxygen in the gaseous phase in equilibrium with the liquid. however, the coefficient of proportionality is an inverse function of temperature, i.e. decreasing when temperature increases and may be represented with a single or a combination of exponential functions. this has been established for pure water, ponds, aquacultures, marine environments [millero et al., 2002; geng and duan, 2010; karbowiak et al., 2010; valderrama et al., 2016; eze and ajmal, 2020], but also for physiological aqueous solutions of nacl and human plasma [christoforides et al., 1969; christmas and bassingthwaighte, 2017]. christoforides et al. [1969] measured the concentration of oxygen xo2 [ml(gas)/l(fluid)] dissolved in human plasma at different temperatures t (°c) in the interval from 10 to 60° c, at standard atmospheric pressure. the observed data may be interpolated with two best-fit equations (figure 1). the logarithmic best-fit is 𝑋�₂ = ‒9.401 ln(𝑇)+55.684 (1a) with excellent determination coefficient r2 = 0.997 and, over the whole range, the observed values depart less than 1 [ml(gas)/l(fluid)] from the logarithmic best-fit. the exponential best-fit is 𝑋�₂ = 36.616 exp(‒0.014 𝑇) (1b) with slightly smaller r2, i.e. r2 = 0.971. the exponential approximation is equally good within the 20-40°c interval 3 temperature, oxygen and viral infections figure 1. solubility of oxygen in human plasma xo2 [ml(gas)/l(fluid)] at standard atmospheric pressure. circles: experimental data by christoforides et al. [1969]; continuous line: logarithmic interpolation; dashed line: exponential interpolation. dario camuffo 4 but, externally to it, the observed values depart from the best-fit, reaching 2 [ml(gas)/l(fluid)] at the lower extreme (i.e. 10° c), and a similarly at the upper one (i.e. 60° c). however, in the 20-40° c interval, that is the most relevant for the human body, both approximations are satisfactory. 3. uneven distribution of temperature in the respiratory system the temperature of the body of a healthy person has an uneven distribution. under normal conditions, the internal organs benefit of thermoregulation and keep a fairly constant temperature, i.e. 37°c that is the basic situation for the blood oxygenation in the lung alveoli [d’amato et al., 2018]. as opposed, the temperature of the peripheral areas of the body, the skin and the upper airways may be variable. this temperature is determined by complex exchanges of heat and moisture (i.e. sensible heat and latent heat) between the body and the environment. the environmental factors that should be considered for this complex heat balance are: air temperature, infrared radiation and, secondarily, relative humidity and ventilation [fanger, 1982; iso-7730, 2005]. the airways represent an internal interface between the body and the environment. the epidermis is the external interface and constitutes a very small secondary respiratory system, i.e. 5% of the total. over the year, the various parts of the body undergo a temperature cycle whose relevance is determined by their position and function. the exhaled breath temperature can be easily measured [popov et al., 2012]. however, with the use of catheters with thermistors, fiberoptic bronchoscopes and other devices, also the temperature inside the respiratory ways has been monitored. it has been found to be determined by ambient temperature and ventilation, i.e. exchanged air volume [afonso et al., 1962; mcfadden et al., 1985]. in winter, when cold air is inhaled, the upper airways from nose to trachea are severely affected by cooling and the cooling decreases progressing in the lower airway inside lungs. the expiration too is affected: the greater the cooling during inspiration, the lower the temperature during expiration. for instance, experiments made with very cold air (i.e. -18.6° c) at various ventilations (ve) per minute shown that during inspiration the glottis temperature falls from 28° c at ve = 15 min-1 to 20.5° c at ve =100 min-1 and during expiration from 29.5° c at ve 15 min-1 to 22.5° c at ve=100 min-1 [mcfadden et al., 1985]. each cold inhalation is followed by a milder, humid exhalation, determining a sinusoidal trend in which the solubility of oxygen is favoured during the colder inhalation phase. in winter, under normal conditions, each breath brings in cold, dry air, that exchanges sensible and latent heat at a frequency of 12 to 20 inhalations per minute [flenady et al., 2017]. when cold air is inhaled, the airway tissues are cooled and dried, with negative effects on the lungs for people with respiratory diseases and in particular asthma [d’amato et al., 2018]. 4. consequences of the different saturation levels reached by oxygen in blood the studies concerning the gas solubility in plasma and the temperature changes of the respiratory airways may be combined to explain some respiratory morbidity related to the seasonal climate cycle. this means to calculate how the dissolved concentration of oxygen in blood changes in relations to the reference value xo2 = 21.4 [ml(gas)/l(fluid)] found by christoforides et al. [1969] at normal lung temperature, i.e. 37° c, and at standard atmospheric pressure. in this paper, the amount of oxygen dissolved in the human plasma has been calculated for temperatures from 20 to 45° c and the result has been expressed in percent (%) of the typical saturation value at 37° c, assumed to be 100%. (figure 2). the result is a comparison between the various oxygen saturation levels (slo2); the percent representation is similar to the output of a saturimeter, also called oximeter, i.e. the medical instrument to monitor the blood oxygenation level. the selected range is representative of the upper airways [mcfadden et al., 1985]. this variable has been calculated with the equation (2) in the 20 to 45°c range, the logarithmic and the exponential interpolations 𝑆𝐿�₂ (𝑇) = 100 +100 𝑋�₂ (𝑇)‐𝑋�₂(37° 𝐶) 𝑋�₂(37° 𝐶) 𝑆𝐿�₂ = ‒48.28 ln(𝑇) + 275 (3a) 𝑆𝐿�₂ = 171.8 exp(‒0.014 𝑇) (3b) are characterized by similar determination coefficients, i.e. r2 = 0.998 for the logarithmic interpolation and r2 = 0.994 the exponential one. both equations can be used to evaluate how much the oxygen solubility and the reached saturation level are increased when the blood cools, or depressed when the blood warms. to illustrate the mechanism, some hypothetical examples of oxygen dissolved in blood at selected temperatures are reported in table 1. the first row includes the headings with selected temperatures. the next two rows report the percentage difference compared to the normal alveoli temperature assumed to be 100%. table 1. comparison between the levels of oxygen dissolved at saturation in human plasma at selected temperatures, making reference to the basic value at normal alveoli temperature, i.e. 37° c. the table shows the example that, if the temperature drops to 30° c or 20° c, the oxygen saturation level will increase by +11% or +29% respectively, compared to the reference value at 37° c. conversely, it decreases if the temperature rises. in particular, in the interval around the normal alveolar temperature, the change rate is 1.4 %/° c. in winter, the respiratory system lowers its temperature, oxygenation increases efficiency and tends to hyperoxemia, like the effect of higher ventilation. airborne viruses find more oxygenated cells that constitute the very first hosting site and determine the prerequisite for their development and harmfulness. generally, viruses temperature 20° c 25° c 30° c 35° c 40° c 45° c saturation value 129 % 120 % 111 % 103 % 97 % 92 % difference from 37° c +29 % +20 % +11 % +3 % -3 % -8 % 5 temperature, oxygen and viral infections figure 2. saturation level of the oxygen dissolved in human plasma at various temperatures, referring to the value at 37° c, assumed to be 100%. circles: saturation of experimental data; continuous line: logarithmic interpolation; dashed line: exponential interpolation. horizontal lines pinpoint the 90, 100 and 110% levels. that naturally infect well-oxygenated organs (i.e. in the cold season) are less able to infect cells under hypoxic conditions (i.e. in the warm season) and vice-versa [gan and ooi, 2020]. some viral affections, typical of the cold season, take advantage from the higher oxygen concentration in blood. this suggests that the greatest vulnerability is in winter, when one enters a crowded building, because the temperature of the upper airways is lower, the oxygenation level higher, and the virus transmission easier. as opposed, any temperature increase, such as the febrile response, would decrease the oxygen dissolution and increase the resistance to viruses [ogoina, 2011]. fever generates a temporary increase in body temperature to fight infections, reducing the availability of oxygen and reproduces the mechanism determined by the warm season. in this respect, besides to filter air, protective face masks provide, although to the minimum extent, another unexpected advantage. they reduce the free exchange of air and the co2 dissipation, which implies fewer airways cooling and lower oxygenation rate and both these factors contribute to reduce viral infections. the inhalation of hot summer air raises the airway temperature and oxygenation will decrease tending to hypoxemia, with an effect similar to lower ventilation. it is known that summer heat waves may lead to hypoxia, as it has been observed in human communities, animals and marine environments [frölicher and laufkötter, 2018; stillman, 2019; mcarley et al., 2020]. it is also known that cardiovascular affections dramatically increase in hot days [petralli et al., 2012; grasso et al., 2017] and in urban heat islands [paravantis et al., 2017] for the effort of combining thermoregulation with intense heart activity needed to compensate for the lower oxygen concentration. last but not least, if high summer temperatures represent an adverse situation for viruses living in cold environments, rooms overcooled with air conditioning systems may break the physiological protective cycle that the warm season offers to the upper airways, altering the degree of oxygenation with not easily predictable implications for respiratory morbidity. the saturation level of peripheral oxygen, as well as the respiratory frequency, are considered the first and second most sensitive vital signs, used as predictors of in-hospital mortality [barfod et al., 2012]. 4. conclusions this paper has considered that the ambient air temperature, its influence on the upper airways, the dissolution of oxygen in blood and the viral activity generate a sequential mechanism and each step of it is in accordance with findings reported in the literature. this mechanism may offer the key to understanding some relationships between environmental and physiological factors, including the seasonality of viral infections. of course, this study does not include the contribution of human factors and transmission opportunities. the applications to human health are of potential interest but need a thorough multidisciplinary analysis and verification before being applied. the upper airways are exposed to direct contact with inhaled air, airborne aerosols and viruses and follow a dynamic equilibrium with the external temperature and, secondarily, relative humidity. the seasonal cycle of environmental variables (i.e. the temperature and, secondarily, relative humidity) affects the temperature and the moisture balance of the upper tract of the respiratory system. it has been found that the best-fit of the oxygen solubility may be represented either by a logarithmic or an exponential function, but the logarithmic one is supported by a slightly higher determination coefficient. this investigation has shown that the seasonal cycle of temperature determines a cycle of the oxygen concentration in blood and the saturation level changes at a rate of 1.4 %/° c. the temperature-oxygenation relationship and related hypothermia and hyperthermia, are physical mechanisms and the human body can take advantage of them (e.g. the fever as a form of defence of the organism against viral infections) or disadvantage (e.g. heat waves and hypoxia; weak immune defence). global warming, heatwaves, urban heat islands and bad climatisation are new challenges affecting the oxygen dissolution and the potential increase of morbidity for respiratory and cardiovascular diseases. acknowledgements. this research has been made in lockdown conditions, without funding support. special thanks are due to the anonymous reviewers and the editorial board for their useful comments and suggestions. dario camuffo 6 references afonso s., g.g. rowe, c.a. castillo and c. w. crumpton (1962). intravascular and intracardiac blood temperatures in man, j. appl. physiol., 17, 706–708, doi:10.1152/jappl.1962.17.4.706. alvarez-ramirez, j. and m. meraz (2020). role of meteorological temperature and relative humidity in the januaryfebruary 2020 propagation of 2019-ncov in wuhan, china, medrxiv, doi:10.1101/2020.03.19.20039164. azziz baumgartner e., c.n. dao, s. nasreen, m. u. bhuiyan, s. mah-e-muneer, a. al mamun, m. a.y. sharker, r.u., zaman, p.y. cheng, a.i. klimov, m.a. widdowson, t.m. uyeki, s.p. luby, a. mounts and j. bresee (2012). seasonality, timing and climate drivers of influenza activity worldwide, j. infect. dis., 206 (6), 838–846, doi:10.1093/infdis/jis467. barfod c., m.m. lauritzen, j.k. danker, g. sölétormos, j.l. forberg, p.a. berlac, f. lippert, l.h. lundstrøm, k. antonsen and k.h. lange (2012). abnormal vital signs are strong predictors for intensive care unit admission and in-hospital mortality in adults triaged in the emergency department – a prospective cohort study, scand. j. trauma resusc. emerg. med., 20, 28, doi:10.1186/1757-7241-20-28. beck s.e., r.a. rodriguez, m.a. hawkins, t.m. hargy, t.c. larason and k.g. linden (2016). comparison of uv induced inactivation and rna damage in ms2 phage across the germicidal uv spectrum, appl. environ. microbiol., 82, 1468-74, doi:10.1128/aem.02773-15. briz-redón a. and a. serrano-aroca (2020). a spatio-temporal analysis for exploring the effect of temperature on covid-19 early evolution in spain, sci. total environ., 728, 138811, doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.138811. camuffo d. (2019). microclimate for cultural heritage – measurement, risk assessment, conservation, restoration and maintenance of indoor and outdoor monuments, elsevier, amsterdam, isbn 9780444641069, oclc 1105987521. chan k.h., j.s.m. peiris, s.y. lam, l.l. m. poon, k.y. yuen and w.h. seto (2011). the effects of temperature and relative humidity on the viability of the sars coronavirus, adv. virol., 734690, doi:10.1155/2011/734690 chen b., h. liang, x. yuan, y. hu, m. xu and y. zhao (2020). roles of meteorological conditions in covid-19 transmission on a worldwide scale, medrxiv, doi:10.1101/2020.03.16.20037168. chin a.w.h., j.t.s. chu, m.r.a. perera, k.p.y. hui, h.l. yen, m.c.w. chan, m. peiris and l.l.m. poon (2020). stability of sars-cov-2 in different environmental conditions, lancet microbe, 1 (1), e10, doi:10.1016/s26665247(20)30003-3. christmas k.m. and j.b. bassingthwaighte (2017). equations for o2 and co2 solubilities in saline and plasma, combining temperature and density dependences, j. appl. physiol., 12 (5), 1313-1320, doi:10.1152/japplphysiol.01124.2016. christoforides c., l.h. laasberg and j. hedley-whyte (1969). effect of temperature on solubility of o2 in human plasma, j. appl. physiol., 26, 56–60, doi:10.1152/jappl.1969.26.6.866-t. cotte l. (1774). traité de météorologie, contenant 1. l’histoire des observations météorologiques, 2. un traité des météores, 3. l’histoire & la description du baromètre, du thermomètre & des autres instruments météorologiques, 4. les tables des observations météorologiques & botanicométéorologiques, 5. les résultats des tables & des observations, 6. la méthode pour faire les observations météorologiques, imprimerie royale, paris. cotte l. (1788). mémoires sur la météorologie, pour servir de suite et de supplément au traité de météorologie publié en 1774, imprimerie royale, paris. cui y., z.f. zhang, j. froines, j. zhao, h. wang, s.z. yu and r. detels (2003). air pollution and case fatality of sars in the people’s republic of china, an ecologic study, environ, health, 2, 15, doi:10.1186/1476-069x-2-15. d’amato m., a. molino, g. calabrese, l. cecchi, i. annesi-maesano and g. d’amato (2018). the impact of cold on the respiratory tract and its consequences to respiratory health, clin. transl. allergy, 8, 20, doi:10.1186/s13601018-0208-9. doremalen van n., t. bushmaker, d.h. morris, m.g. holbrook, a. gamble, b.n. williamson, a. tamin, j.l. harcourt, n.j. thornburg, s.i. gerber, j.o. lloyd-smith, e. de wit and v.j. munster (2020). aerosol and surface stability of sars-cov-2 as compared with sars-cov-1, n. engl. j. med., 382 (16), 1564-1567, doi:10.1056/nejmc2004973. dunn, j.o.c., m.g. mythen and m.p. grocott (2016). physiology of oxygen transport, b.j.a. education, 16 (10), 341– 348, doi:10.1093/bjaed/mkw012. ecd (2020). covid-19 situation update for the eu/eea and the uk, as of week 51 2020. european centre for disease 7 temperature, oxygen and viral infections https://doi.org/10.1152/jappl.1962.17.4.706 https://doi.org/10.1093/infdis/jis467 https://doi.org/10.1186/1757-7241-20-28 https://dx.doi.org/10.1128%2faem.02773-15 https://doi.org/10.1152/jappl.1969.26.6.866-t https://doi.org/10.1186/1476-069x-2-15 https://doi.org/10.1093/bjaed/mkw012 prevention and control (ecd), stockholm, https//www.ecdc.europa.eu/en/cases-2019-ncov-eueea (retrieved 29-12-2020). eze e. and t. ajmal (2020). dissolved oxygen forecasting in aquaculture, a hybrid model approach, appl. sci., 10, 7079, doi:10.3390/app10207079. fanger p.o. (1982). thermal comfort, krieger publishing co., malabar, florida, isbn 0898744466 9780898744460. fao (2007). wild birds and avian influenza, an introduction to applied field research and disease sampling techniques. animal production and health manual, d. whitworth, s. h. newman, t. mundkur and p. harris (editors). fao, no. 5. rome, http//www.fao.org/3/a1521e/a1521e00.htm. fisman d. (2012). seasonality of viral infections, mechanisms and unknowns, clin. microbiol. infect., 18, 946–54, doi:10.1111/j.1469-0691.2012.03968.x. flenady t., t. dwyer and j. applegarth (2017). accurate respiratory rates count, so should you!, australas. emerg. nurs. j., 20, 4547, doi:10.1016/j.aenj.2016.12.003. fokkens w.j. and r.a. scheeren (2000). upper airway defence mechanisms, paediatr. respir. rev., 1, 336–341, doi:10.1053/prrv.2000.0073. frölicher t.l. and c. laufkötter (2018). emerging risks from marine heat waves, nat. commun., 9, 650, doi:10.1038/s41467-018-03163-6. gan e.s. and e.e. ooi (2020). oxygen, viral friend or foe?, virol. j., 17, 115, doi:10.1186/s12985-020-01374-2. geng m. and z. duan (2010). prediction of oxygen solubility in pure water and brines up to high temperatures and pressures, geochim. cosmochim. acta, 74 (19), 5631-5640, doi:10.1016/j.gca.2010.06.034. grasso v., a. crisci, m. morabito, p. nesi and g. pantaleo (2017). public crowdsensing of heat waves by social media data, adv. sci. res., 14, 217-226, doi:10.5194/asr-14-217-2017. gutierrez-hernandez o. and l. v. garcia (2020). do weather and climate influence the distribution of the novel coronavirus (sars cov-2)? a review from a biogeographical perspective, invest. geog., 73, 31-55, doi:10.14198/ingeo2020.ghvg. han z.y., w.g. weng and q.y. huang (2013). characterizations of particle size distribution of the droplets exhaled by sneeze, j. r. soc. interface, 10, 20130560, doi:10.1098/rsif.2013.0560. isaia g., h. diémoz, f. maluta, i. fountoulakis, d. ceccon, a. di sarra, s. facta, f. fedele, g. lorenzetto, a.m. siani and g. isaia (2020). does solar ultraviolet radiation play a role in covid-19 infection and deaths? an environmental ecological study in italy, sci. total environ., 757, 143757, doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.143757. isaia g.c. and e. medico (2020). associations between hypovitaminosis d and covid-19, a narrative review, aging clin. exp. res., 23, 1879–1881, doi:10.1007/s40520-020-01650-9. iso 7730 (2005). ergonomics of the thermal environment — analytical determination and interpretation of thermal comfort using calculation of the pmv and ppd indices and local thermal comfort criteria, international organization for standardization (iso). geneva, switzerland, https//www.iso.org/standard/39155.html. iwasaki a., e.f. foxman and r.d. molony (2017). early local immune defences in the respiratory tract, nat. rev. immunol., 17, 7–2074, doi:10.1038/nri.2016.117. jurin j. (1723). invitatio ad observationes meteorologicas communi consilio instituendes, philos. trans. royal soc., 32, 422–27, doi:10.1098/rstl.1722.0082. karbowiak t., r.d. gougeon, j.b. alinc, l. brachais, f. debeaufort, a. voilley and d. chassagne (2010). wine oxidation and the role of cork, crit. rev. food sci. nutr., 50 (1), 20-52, doi:10.1080/10408398.2010.526854. law r. and h. bukwirwa (1999). the physiology of oxygen delivery, update anaesth., 10, 20-25, http//e-safeanaesthesia.org/e_library/02/oxygen_delivery_update_2008.pdf. lebowitz m.d. (1996). epidemiological studies of the respiratory effects of air pollution, eur. respir. j., 9, 1029-54, doi:10.1183/09031936.96.09051029. li m., q. li, g. yang, v.p. kolosov, j.m. perelman and x.d. zhou (2011). cold temperature induces mucin hypersecretion from normal human bronchial epithelial cells in vitro through a transient receptor potentialmelastatin 8 (trpm8)-mediated mechanism, j. allergy clin. immunol., 128, 626–34, doi:10.1016/j.jaci.2011.04.032. liu y., z. ning, y. chen, m. guo, y. liu, n.k. gali, l. sun, y. duan, j. cai, d. westerdahl, x. liu, k. ku, k. ho, h. kan, q. fu and k. lan (2020). aerodynamic analysis of sars-cov-2 in two wuhan hospitals, nature, 582, 557–560, doi:10.1038/s41586-020-2271-3. lofgren e., n.h. fefferman, y.n. naumov, j. gorski and e.n. naumova (2007). influenza seasonaliy, underlying dario camuffo 8 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-0691.2012.03968.x https://doi.org/10.1053/prrv.2000.0073 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gca.2010.06.034 https://doi.org/10.1098/rsif.2013.0560 https://doi.org/10.1080/10408398.2010.526854 causes and modeling theories, j. virol., 81, 5429–36, doi:10.1128/jvi.01680-06. mcarley t.j., a.j. r. hickey and n.a. herbert (2020). acute high temperature exposure impairs hypoxia tolerance in an intertidal fish, plos one, 15 (4), e0231091, doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0231091. mcfadden e.r., b.m. pichurko, h.f. bowman, e. ingenito, s. burns, n. dowling and j. solway (1985). thermal mapping of the airways in man, j. appl. physiol., 58 (2), 564-570, doi:10.1152/jappl.1985.58.2.564. millero f.j., f. huang and a.l. laferiere (2002). solubility of oxygen in the major sea salts as a function of concentration and temperature, mar. chem., 78 (4), 217–230, doi:10.1016/s0304-4203(02)00034-8. moriyama m., w.j. hugentobler and a. iwasaki (2020). seasonality of respiratory viral infections, annu. rev. virol., 7, 2. 1–2. 19, doi:10.1146/annurev-virology-012420-022445. ogoina d. (2011). fever, fever patterns and diseases called ‘fever’ – a review, j. infect. public heal., 4 (3), 108-124, doi:10.1016/j.jiph.2011.05.002. paravantis j, m. santamouris, c. cartalis, c. efthymiou and n. kontoulis (2017). mortality associated with high ambient temperatures, heatwaves and the urban heat island in athens, greece, sustainability, 9, 606, 1, doi:10.3390/su9040606. pauling l. (1947). general chemistry, freeman and co. san francisco. petralli m., m. morabito, l. cecchi, a. crisci and s. orlandini (2012). urban morbidity in summer, ambulance dispatch data, periodicity and weather, cent. eur. j. med., 7, 775-782, doi:10.2478/s11536-012-0056-2. popov t.a., t.z. kralimarkova and v.d. dimitrov (2012). measurement of exhaled breath temperature in science and clinical practice, breathe, 8, 186-192, doi:10.1183/20734735.021811. ramazzini b. (1718). operum omnium, in ii. constitutiones epidemicas mutinenses annorum 1690, 1691, 1692, 1693, 1694, conzatti, padua. ramazzini b. (1700). de morbis artificum diatriba, capponi, modena. ratnesar-shumate s., g. williams, b. green, m. krause, b. holland, s. wood, j. bohannon, j. boydston, d. freeburger, i. hooper, k. beck, j. yeager, l.a. altamura, j. biryukov, j. yolitz, m. schuit, v. wahl, m. hevey and p. dabisch (2020). simulated sunlight rapidly inactivates sars-cov-2 on surfaces, j. infect. dis., 222 (2), 214–222, doi:10.1093/infdis/jiaa274. roy i. (2020). the role of temperature on the global spread of covid-19 and urgent solutions, int. j. environ. sci. technol., doi:10.1007/s13762-020-02991-8. sagripanti j. l. and c.d. lytle (2020). estimated inactivation of coronaviruses by solar radiation with special reference to covid-19, photochem. photobiol., 96, 731–737, doi:10.1111/php.13293. schuit m., s. gardner, s. wood, k. bower, g. williams, d. freeburger and p. dabisch (2020). the influence of simulated sunlight on the inactivation of influenza virus in aerosols, j. infect. dis., 221 (3), 372–378, doi:10.1093/infdis/jiz582. shek l.p. and b. lee (2003). epidemiology and seasonality of respiratory tract virus infections in the tropics, paediatr. respir. rev., 4, 105–11, doi:10.1016/s1526-0542(03)00024-1. silva a.r.a., s.m. morais, m.m.m. marques, d.m. lima, s.c.c. santos, r.r. almeida, i.g.p. vieira and m.i.f. guedes (2011). antiviral activities of extracts and phenolic components of two spondias species against dengue virus, j. venomous anim. toxin. incl. trop. dis., 17 (4), 406-413, doi:10.3109/13880209.2011.627347. sloan c., m.l. moore and t. hartert (2011). impact of pollution, climate and sociodemographic factors on spatiotemporal dynamics of seasonal respiratory viruses, clin. transl. sci., 4, 48–54, doi:10.1111/j.17528062.2010.00257.x. stillman j.h. (2019). heat waves, the new normal, summertime temperature extremes will impact animals, ecosystems and human communities, physiol. j., 34 (2), 86-100, doi:10.1152/physiol.00040.2018. toaldo g. (1770). della vera influenza degli astri, delle stagioni e delle mutazioni di tempo, saggio meteorologico, manfré, padua, https//archive.org/details/b30408337. valderrama j.o., r.a. campusano and l.a. forero (2016). a new generalized henry-setschenow equation for predicting the solubility of air gases (oxygen, nitrogen and argon) in seawater and saline solutions, j. mol. liq., 222, 1218-1227, doi:10.1016/j.molliq.2016.07.110. wangkheirakpam s. (2018). chapter 2 traditional and folk medicine as a target for drug discovery, in natural products and drug discovery, s. c. mandal, v. mandal and t. konishi (editors), elsevier, 29-56, doi:10.1016/b978-0-08-102081-4.00002-2. willem l., k. van kerckhove, d.l. chao, n. hens and p. beutels (2012). a nice day for an infection? weather 9 temperature, oxygen and viral infections https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0231091 https://doi.org/10.1152/jappl.1985.58.2.564 https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-virology-012420-022445 https://www.researchgate.net/deref/http%3a%2f%2fdx.doi.org%2f10.3390%2fsu9040606 https://doi.org/10.1093/infdis/jiaa274 https://doi.org/10.1093/infdis/jiz582 https://doi.org/10.3109/13880209.2011.627347 https://doi.org/10.1152/physiol.00040.2018 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molliq.2016.07.110 conditions and social contact patterns relevant to influenza transmission, plos one, 7, e48695, doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0048695. zayas, g., m.c. chiang, e. wong, f. macdonald, c.f. lange, a. senthilselvan and m. king (2012). cough aerosol in healthy participants, fundamental knowledge to optimize droplet-spread infectious respiratory disease management, b.m.c. pulm. med., 12, 11, doi:10.1186/1471-2466-12-11. *co r r e s po n d i n g a u t h o r: dario ca m u f f o, national research council, institute of atmospheric sciences and climate, corso stati uniti 4, 35127 padua, italy, e-mail: d.camuffo@isac.cnr.it © 2021 the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved dario camuffo 10 https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0048695 vol. 48, 01, 05ok.qxd 101 annals of geophysics, vol. 48, n. 1, february 2005 key words radon – hydrology – tracer – hydrograph separation 1. introduction naturally occurring isotopic and chemical tracers are among the most useful tools in the study of river flow generation. such tracers are often applied in the context of simple mixing models that attempt to separate the relative contributions to river flow from different geological reservoirs. a well-known example is the use of 18o or 2h to separate storm river flow into ‘new’ water (storm precipitation) and ‘old’ water (prestorm subsurface water) (e.g., sklash et al., 1976; hooper and shoemaker, 1986). the understanding of hydrological flow and river flow generation has gained an increasing importance in a wide range of studies for water resource, contaminant transport and geochemical and even biochemical issues. in the last 40 years, many publications have tried to elucidate the mechanisms by which water is collected in catchments and how it moves down hillslopes into small rivers (hoehn et al., 1989). among the many methodologies, those involving naturally occurring tracers have become important. tracer studies generally lead to the separation of river flow into two or more components and eventually, through the radioactive tracers like anthropogenic tritium, natural radon and radium isotopes, give an estimation of the groundwater residence times. numerous studies demonmailing address: dr. antoine kies, laboratoire physique des radiations, centre universitaire de luxembourg, 162a avenue de la faïencerie, l-1511 luxembour; e-mail: kies@cu.lu using 222rn for hydrograph separation in a micro basin (luxembourg) antoine kies (1), harald hofmann (1), zornitza tosheva (1), lucien hoffmann (2) and laurent pfister (2) (1) laboratoire physique des radiations, centre universitaire de luxembourg, luxembourg (2) centre de recherche public – gabriel lippmann (crebs), luxembourg abstract in order to obtain information on the hydrological signature of rivers during and after heavy rain events, small catchment areas are selected as experimental sites. hydrograph separations based on environmental tracers are performed. natural isotopic tracers such as 18o, 2h and particularly 222rn may help to distinguish the components dominating the outflow, particularly of ‘pre-event waters’, ‘event waters’ and ‘post-event waters’. even with moderate concentrations in groundwater, radon can be a very sensitive indicator of groundwater input into rivers. the selected microbasin under investigation is situated in the western part of luxembourg and belongs to the attert river catchment. at chosen points at the basin’s outflow radon detectors continuously measure radon activity in water. the radon monitors are installed together with high precision thermometers, conductivity meters, flow meters and automatic water samplers for chemical analysis. besides the continuous measurements, grab water samples are taken at different locations along the stream, most of them during periods of heavy rain events. presented are the results of a one year measurement campaign. during the dry season i.e. during more or less continuous discharge conditions, the observed mean values do not show substantial variations and can be used as reference values. fluctuations of the measured data during rain events are discussed and the interplay between the different parameters analysed. 102 antoine kies, harald hofmann, zornitza tosheva, lucien hoffmann and laurent pfister strate the utility of the stable hydrogen isotope deuterium 2h and the stable oxygen isotope 18o. studies involve other tracers like calcium (genereux et al., 1993), silicium and various other major ions, depending on the ionic strength of the waters and their possibility to acquire substantial amounts of those elements from the soil and rocks. many of common tracer studies focus on the effect of storm flow, the most common type of analyses being a separation of hydrographs into ‘old’ water present in the watershed before the start of the rain event and the ‘new’ water mixing in during the event of interest. for the study of river flow generation it is unrealistic to expect that whatever tracer methods are applied, all the answers to the important questions concerning hydrological flow paths on watersheds and information on the water movement in a catchment during a rainfall-runoff event are given. it is in applying multiple field techniques that an optimal approach can be achieved. in the cycleau project the aim is to use a multifunctional approach. in the present paper only the involvement of the tracer element radon together with temperature and electrical conductivity are presented and discussed. differences in radon content of subsurface waters arise from differences in radon emanation by porous media (bedrock or soil) and from the differences in the degree of subsurface degassing. the factors influencing the behavior of 222rn in the subsurface have been the subject of numerous investigations (e.g., clements and wilkening, 1974; schery et al., 1984 for the elder references) and are not part of the present paper. here we expect only markedly different radon concentrations in the natural waters, especially corresponding to zones of unsaturated and saturated soils. simple three-end-member mixing models may provide a useful framework for riverflow generation, the three different waters being superficial water (vadose zone water), soil ground water and bedrock water (genereux et al., 1993). merot et al. (1995) suppose a four-component hydrograph separation in studying the complex variations of groundwater, riparian zone seepage, hillslope subsurface flow and event water. 222rn can be useful in distinguishing between saturated zone water and unsaturated superficial water; the former usually has a much higher radon content than the latter. water in unsaturated zones may lose much of its radon to the atmosphere by degassing to soil air, whereas water in saturated zones generally retains most of its radon. superficial water that enters a saturated zone begins to accumulate 222rn, acquires the 222rn signature of the rock and soil underground at a rate controlled by the retention time and the radioactive decay. superficial water having been in a saturated zone for several days can be considered groundwater. radon can reach relatively high concentrations in groundwater but, because of its low solubility, it degasses rapidly in surface waters. therefore it can be a very sensitive indicator of groundwater input to streams. the 222rn content of river water is strongly affected by volatilization to the atmosphere, and this must be accounted for in using radon data to estimate a possible groundwater influx from subsurface water sources, important in river flow generation. in the following we consider a given length ∆x of a river and two sampling sites at the upstream and downstream ends. a simple one-dimensional model equation can be proposed as q q q x kqrn rn rn rn q avg avg2 2 1 1 = + x∆5 5 5 5? ? ? ? where q (m3/s) is the river discharge, the subscripts 1 and 2 designate the upstream and downstream ends, q (m3s–1m–1) the inflow rate per unit of river length, τ the travel time, k a radon-degassing rate constant; qavg and [rn]avg are the mean river discharge and the mean radon volumetric concentration in the stream. we assume that the length is sufficiently small allowing the same radon concentration for lateral inflowing water. as the travel time is very short, a loss of radon due to decay (t = 3.8 d) is negligible. due to the turbulent runoff of the small rivers, the primary mechanism of radon removal is gas exchange. 2. material and methods to obtain information on the hydrological signature of small rivers during and after heavy 103 using 222rn for hydrograph separation in a micro basin (luxembourg) rain events, four small catchment areas of the same river were selected as experimental sites. ephemeral or first-order streams drain those watersheds of 10-100 ha. the selected sub-catchments under investigation are situated in the western part of luxembourg and belong to the attert river basin, the latter being integrated in the european network of experimental research basins (erb). the catchment area of the river basin is 318 km2. the altitudes vary from 540 m to 210 m, with slopes presenting a maximum of 16°. the geological underground is formed of devonian schist in the highest northern part, triassic marls und mudstones for the middle part and liassic sandstones for the southern part. the present paper concerns the micro basin h (fig. 1), located in the southern part of the attert basin. it is covered to 93% by forest and 7% by pasture; the underlying rocks and soils are over 81% sandstone, 13% marls, 3% marls/mudstones and 3% alluvium deposits. the topography stratifies the watershed into two subunits, hilltops and valleys, with altitudes between 380 and 320 m. 2.1. radon in water measurements liquid scintillation counting (lsc) is used for the determination of α-emitters in environmental samples. presently, this technique is used for radon and radium in water measurements. for radon measurements, normally 14 ml of water are mixed to 7 ml of scintillation cocktail betaplate, out of which 5 ml are counted in the triathler portable liquid scintillation device. this device provides efficient alpha-beta discrimination. for the very low concentrations of river water, the sample volume is increased to 250 ml, thus a limit of detection down to 50 mbq/l can be obtained. samples are prepared by carefully introducing the water under the cocktail prepared in a glass vial. measurements are performed after a waiting time of at least 3 h, permitting equilibrium between radon and the decay products. concerning continuous radon-in-water measurements, for radioprotection purposes, a detection limit of 10 bq/l is needed, but for hydrogeological studies detection limits lower than 1 bq/l are required. when deciding which fig. 1. map of the catchment areas of the attert river, shown are the four micro basins under study. the present work concerns micro basin h. 104 antoine kies, harald hofmann, zornitza tosheva, lucien hoffmann and laurent pfister method to use, an important point is how much measuring time is necessary to obtain an acceptable precision and give a signal that significantly differs from the background. radon concentrations in a spring can vary considerably with time. the sampling frequency has to be adapted to the dynamics of the corresponding aquifer. however, one rarely knows how fast an aquifer will react to changing environmental conditions, e.g., to heavy precipitations. extreme cases are karst springs where discharges are reported to increase by two orders of magnitude within hours after a storm (eisenlohr and surbeck, 1995). even springs emerging from an aquifer containing old water may react quickly to precipitation because of a rapid change in hydraulic pressures. in order not to miss important features, our continuous radonin-water monitors have a temporal resolution of half an hour. there are several possibilities to monitor radon continuously in water. we decided to use the principle of radon gas measurements in a closed circuit coupled to the water. the coupling consists either in bubbling air through the water, or replacing the bubbling facility with a diffusion tube (fig. 2). in combining the degassing unit or the diffusion tube with a radon detector based on 222rn and 218po, it is possible to have a resolution below 1 bqm–3. this is necessary if one wants to monitor continuously radon concentrations in river water far away from the sources where nearly all of the radon has degassed. if one puts the diffusion tube into the water it is essential to have a high water flow as a depleted or enriched zone exists around the diffusion tube, not having the same radon concentrations as the water flowing in. in order to avoid this drawback we let water circulate in the tubing, measuring the radon concentration in the vessel, either by putting a small radon monitor (doseman, sarad company, dresden) into the exchange vessel, or pumping the air from the exchange vessel to the measuring chamber of the radon monitor. as the semiconductor devices normally have to work under dry conditions, air passes a drierite column prior to counting. another drawback with the diffusion tube is the change in the oswald coefficient with temperature. water temperature has to be measured and a correction performed. preferably we use the diffusion-tube method to monitor the water at springs where temperature variations are small. temperature and conductivity measurements are performed each time a grab sample is taken for radon measurements. continuous radon measurements are always coupled with continuously working thermometers and conductivity meters. a locally installed weather station informs on atmospheric parameters, namely rainfall. fig. 2. principle of the use of an accurel diffusion tube for radon-in-water measurements (surbeck, 1996). fig. 3. variations with time of the grab-samples taken at different sources (with concentrations higher than 10 bq/l) and at 2 points along the river (h1 and h6). table i. summary of results of radon measurements in 8 sources of the catchment area under study. location no. of meas mean min max (bq/l) (bq/l) (bq/l) h4 14 13 9.6 15 h5 9 23 22 25 h6 14 4.8 2.8 8.4 h8 14 10 6.8 12 h10 12 16 9.5 19 h11 14 12 11.0 14 h17 7 13 10.6 14 h18 6 14 12.0 17 water. nevertheless, if the water output is on a hillside, often prior to the physical output, radon degassing may occur due to underground turbulent flow and small water cascades. figure 3 shows the temporal evolution of radon concentrations measured at 8 sources. during this period no major rain event was observed and the radon concentrations do not experience wide variations. nevertheless a rainy period at the end of august and at the end of november induced a slight increase in radon concentrations. figure 4 shows radon concentrations measured during a december rainy period at the outlet of the microbasin. among the data, most interesting are those documenting continuous measurements of radon, electric conductivity and temperature; barometric pressure did not influence the measured data. the data of fig. 4 were collected at the outflow point h1 of the microbasin under study. for the period under investigation, every major rain event induced a rapid decrease of the electric conductivity and an increase in radon concentrations. often a time lag between conductivity and radon is observed. the drop in conductivity is due to the input of superficial water to river water, whereas increased radon concentrations are due to groundwater. infiltrating water to the aquifer has a piston effect on residential groundwater in the fracture systems close to the main underground pathways and canals. radon-rich water is pressed out of the fracture system and enters the river, sometimes with a time delay to the conductivity, the lat105 using 222rn for hydrograph separation in a micro basin (luxembourg) 3. results and discussions to quantify the influx of groundwater to surface discharge, it is necessary to define a typical 222rn value for the groundwaters of the basin. this value was established by measuring the 222rn concentration of a number of springs in the investigated microbasin (table i). radon concentrations in the springs entering the river range between 10 and 25 bq/l, which is about a factor 10 higher than river radon concentrations. spring water is generally collected less than 1 m from the point where it first emerged from the ground. degassing over a short distance can be admitted as insignificant, and no volatilization correction has to be applied to 222rn spring 106 antoine kies, harald hofmann, zornitza tosheva, lucien hoffmann and laurent pfister ter tracing the direct superficial flow. radon peaks, consecutive to a rain event, last much longer as do conductivity lows thereby documenting a difference in their contribution of hillslope subsurface and groundwater or superficial runoff water. there exists an apparent contradiction between the hydrometric evidence of rapid flow along surface and near-surface pathways and the radon evidence of a high portion of old water contributing to storm flow. storm flow generation results in a rapid increase in groundwater level increasing the hydrostatic pressure and thus the underground flow in near channel areas (mulholland, 1990). one can expect higher radon concentrations at the output as water normally retained in underground fracture zones close to the main flow channels is pushed into the flow channels. 4. conclusions radon occurs naturally in all groundwater with varying concentrations depending on lithology and geological structure. here we describe a methodology that uses 222rn to provide information on river inflows by admitting that water from different pools contributing to riverflow differs in 222rn concentration. superficial water has a markedly different radon content from groundwater, the latter differing in radon concentrations if originating from saturated soils or from fractures in the bedrock. levels of 222rn found in rivers are at least one order of magnitude lower than the associated groundwater concentrations, thus radon is a sensitive way of detecting groundwater inflow. 222rn data can be used in a simple mass-balance equation in conjunction with river discharge data to quantify groundwater inputs to surface flow. in addition, in order to allow the location and quantification of groundwater and surface water deliveries, independent estimates of groundwater discharge and recharge or aquifer storage capabilities are possible. the response of a forested watershed to advective rain events is the main purpose of the present study. the results, even if preliminary, are very promising and partly illustrate the given objectives. acknowledgements the research was undertaken in the framework of the «cycleau» national project based on the study of the interactions between different parameters in the water cycle, at several scales. cycleau (fnr/01/03/02) is funded by the luxembourg national research fund. fig. 4. river water radon and conductivity versus time measured at h1, the outflow of the microbasin area. very high water levels, consecutive to a very strong rain event on 2nd january 2003, upset the radon measuring device. radon concentrations measured after are those of outside air. 107 using 222rn for hydrograph separation in a micro basin (luxembourg) references clements, w.e. and m.h. wilkening (1974): atmospheric pressure effects on 222rn transport across the earthair interface, j. geophys. res., 79 (33), 5025-5029. eisenlohr, l. and h. surbeck (1995): radon as a natural tracer to study transport processes in a karst system. an example in the swiss jura, c.r. acad. sci. paris 321, ser. iia, 761-767. freyer, k., h.-ch. treutler, j. dehnert and w. nestler (1997): sampling and measurement of radon-222 in water, j. environ. radioactivity, 37, 327-337. genereux, d.p. and h.f. hemond (1990): naturally occurring radon 222 as a tracer for streamflow generation: steady state methodology and field example, water resour. res., 26 (12), 3065-3075. genereux, d.p., h.f. hemond and j.p. mulhoplland (1990): use of radon-222 and calcium as tracers in a three-end-member mixing model for streamflow generation on the west fork of walter branch watershed, j. hydrol., 142, 167-211. hoehn, e. and h.r. von grunten (1989): radon in groundwater: a tool to assess infiltration from surface groundwater to aquifers, water resour. res., 25, 1795-1803. hooper, r.p. and c.a. shoemaker (1986): a comparison of chemical and isotopic streamflow separation, water resour. res., 22 (10), 1444-1454. merot, p., p. durand and c. morisson (1995): four-component hydrograph separation using isotopic and chemical determinations in an agricultural catchment in western france, phys. chem. earth, 20 (3-4), 415425. mulholland, p.j., g.v. wilson and p.j. jardine (1990): hydrogeochemical response of a watershed to storms: effects of preferential flow along shallow and deep pathways, water resour. res., 26 (12), 3021-3036. schery, s.d., d.h. gaeddert and m.h. wilkening (1984): factors affecting exhalation of radon from a gravelly sand loam, j. geophys. res., 89, 7299-7309. sklash, m.g., r.n. farworden and p. fritz (1976): a conceptual model of watershed response to rainfall, developed through the use of oxygen-18 as a natural tracer, can. j. earth sci., 13, 271-283. surbeck, h. (1996): a radon-in-water monitor based on fast gas transfer membranes, in proceedings of the international conference on technologically enhanced natural radioactivity (tenr) caused by non-uranium mining, szczyrk, poland, 177-192. 513_526.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 3/4, june/august 2002 513 source parameters of the m 6.5 skyros island (north aegean sea) earthquake of july 26, 2001 christoforos benetatos (1), zafeiria roumelioti (1), anastasia kiratzi (1) and nikos melis (2) (1) department of geophysics, aristotle university of thessaloniki, greece (2) institute of geodynamics, national observatory of athens, greece abstract teleseismic body wave modelling, time domain moment tensor inversion of regional waveforms and spectral analysis of the far-field p-wave pulses are used to derive the source parameters of the july 26, 2001 skyros earthquake (m 6.5). its epicentre is located south of the sporades islands in the north aegean sea (greece). previous focal mechanism solutions indicate motion on strike-slip faults. the time domain moment tensor inversion is applied for the first time to the regional waveforms of the recently established broadband network in greece. its application gave results which are highly consistent with teleseismic waveform modelling. the results of this study, in combination with the distribution of aftershocks, indicate left-lateral strike slip motion on a nw-se striking fault with parameters: fault plane (strike = 151°, dip = 83°, rake = 7°) and auxiliary plane (strike = 60°, dip = 84°, rake = 173°), depth 12 km and m0 = 5.98e18 n m. moreover, the time domain moment tensor inversion technique yielded a pure double couple source with negligible clvd. the spectral analysis of the far-field p-wave pulses resulted in a fault length l ~ 32 km, stress drop ~ 9 bars and average displacement u ~ 30 cm. these values are in very good agreement with those estimated from empirical scaling relations applicable to the aegean area. 1. introduction on july 26, 2001 an earthquake of m 6.5 occurred in the aegean sea, a few kilometres nw of the island of skyros (fig. 1). despite its large magnitude and the fact that it was felt in a wide region, the earthquake did not cause extensive damage as its epicentre was located at sea (38.995°n, 24.382°e; geophysical laboratory, aristotle university of thessaloniki). limited damage was only observed in the island of skyros, concerning mainly old residential buildings, a 1000-year-old monastery located inside the island’s castle and limited landslides and rock falls. the aim of this paper is to investigate in detail the source parameters of the skyros mainshock. we use teleseismic data from the global seismograph network (gsn) as well as regional broadband waveforms recorded by the recently installed broadband network operated by the national observatory of athens (noa). the focal mechanism and related parameters are determined through a comparative application of two different methodologies: teleseismic waveform modelling (nábelek, 1984) and time mailing address: prof. anastasia a. kiratzi, department of geophysics, aristotle university of thessaloniki, gr 54124, thessaloniki, greece; e-mail: kiratzi@geo.auth.gr key words source parameters skyros earthquake aegean greece 514 christoforos benetatos, zafeiria roumelioti, anastasia kiratzi and nikos melis domain moment tensor inversion (dreger, 2000). the latter methodology is applied for the first time in the study of aegean earthquakes. furthermore, the dimensions of the causative fault, the stress drop and the average displacement across the ruptured area, are determined from the far-field displacement spectra of the event. 2. teleseismic waveform modelling 2.1. methodology and application the technique of body-waveform modelling, described in detail by nábelek (1984) and mccaffrey et al. (1991), was used to calculate the focal mechanism of the skyros mainno rth ae ge an tro ug ht sporades isl. m fig. 1. regional map showing the sites of the broadband stations, operated by the geodynamic institute of the national observatory of athens, and the epicentre location (asterisk) of the skyros july 26, 2001 earthquake. 515 source parameters of the m 6.5 skyros island (north aegean sea) earthquake of july 26, 2001 .fig. 2. teleseismic waveform modelling results: comparison between observed (solid line) and synthetic (dashed line) p and sh long-period waveforms. the estimated strike, dip and rake (in degrees), the depth (in km) and the seismic moment (in n m) are shown at the top of the figure. stations are ordered clockwise by azimuth and the station code of each waveform is accompanied by a letter corresponding to its position within the focal sphere. vertical bars show the inversion window. the employed source time function and the waveform time scale are depicted at the centre of the figure. waveform amplitude scales (in microns) are shown to the left of the focal sphere. the insets show the first motion polarities at stations with epicentral distances lower than 30°, not included in the inversion, but complimentary used to constrain the nodal planes. 516 christoforos benetatos, zafeiria roumelioti, anastasia kiratzi and nikos melis shock. the employed data consist of p and sh waveforms from stations of the global seismograph network (gsn). all waveforms have a sampling frequency of 1 hz and were recorded at epicentral distances ranging from 30° to 90°. the nodal planes of the focal mechanism were constrained by the use of p-wave polarities from stations located at distances less than 30°. the applied methodology has been extensively described in past papers (e.g., kiratzi and louvari, 2001; louvari and kiratzi, 2001) and therefore we will only present a brief description of it. a fir (finite impulse response) band pass filter was first applied to the data, in order to remove the high frequency noise. the corner frequencies of the filter were determined visually, by comparing the fft amplitude spectrum of the signal with the corresponding spectrum of the noise. in most cases, the frequencies of intertable i. source parameters of the july 26, 2001 skyros earthquake derived from the two applied methodologies. in the case of the teleseismic waveform modelling, the numbers in the brackets indicate the lower and upper bounds of the uncertainties. method time lat. long. m m0×10 18 depth 1st plane 2nd plane h:m:s (°n) (°e) (n m) (km) strike (°) dip (°) rake (°) strike (°) dip (°) rake (°) teleseismic 00:21:38 38.99 24.38 6.4 4.46 12 145 80 8 54 82 170 waveform modelling (+1/-3) (+5/-2) (+3/-3) (+4/-2) time domain moment 00:21:38 38.99 24.38 6.5 5.43 14 156 86 5 66 85 176 tensor inversion fig. 3. comparison of the «minimum misfit solution» obtained in this study (upper part) to the harvard cmt solution (lower part). the solutions are not very different but our solution gives a considerably better fitting (hia and aak for instance). 517 source parameters of the m 6.5 skyros island (north aegean sea) earthquake of july 26, 2001 fig. 4. presentation of the tests performed in order to define the uncertainties in strike, dip, rake and depth (as discussed in the text and listed in table i). 518 christoforos benetatos, zafeiria roumelioti, anastasia kiratzi and nikos melis est in the long-period waveforms covered the range from f 1 = 0.01 hz to f 2 = 0.1 hz. the aforementioned frequency limits were used as corner frequencies of the filter. all waveforms were integrated to displacement prior to the inversion. we used the mt5 version of mccaffrey and ambers (1988) algorithm to invert p and sh waveform data in order to obtain the strike, dip, rake, centroid depth, seismic moment and source time function of the examined event. the methodology assumes that the source can be represented as a point (the centroid) in space, although not in time. the time history of the displacement on the fault is represented by a source time function made up of a series of overlapping isosceles triangles, whose number and duration are defined by the user. the inversion routine yields amplitudes for each triangular shape. amplitudes were corrected for the geometrical spreading, the epicentral distance (langston and helmberger, 1975), and the attenuation using futterman’s (1962) operator with t* = 1 s for pand t* = 4 s for sh-waves. the inversion adjusts the relative amplitudes of the source time function elements, the centroid depth, the seismic moment and the source orientation (strike, dip, rake) to minimize the misfit between observed and synthetic seismograms. we refer to this solution as the «minimum misfit solution». the covariance matrix associated with the «minimum misfit solution» usually underestimates the true uncertainties associated with the source parameters. to find more realistic uncertainties, we followed the methodology of mccaffrey and nábelek (1987) and molnar and lyon-caen (1989) by fixing some of the source parameters at values close to, but different from those of the «minimum misfit solution» and allowing all the other parameters to vary during the inversion. the errors are determined by visual examination when the match of the observed to synthetic seismograms significantly deteriorates. synthetics were generated for a point source buried in a half-space. we used a p-wave velocity of 6.5 km/s, s-wave velocity 3.7 km/s and density 2.75 g/cm3. we also used a 300 m water layer overlying the half-space. 2.2. inversion results the focal mechanism of the 26 july 2001 earthquake was computed by inverting 24 p and 22 sh long-period waves with good azimuthal coverage (fig. 2). the results are shown in table i. first-motion polarities of pwaves recorded at 8 stations located at epicentral distances 0°-30° are compatible with the inversion solution. the inversion yielded a source time function of boxcar shape and duration of ~ 8 s. our solution is in good agreement with the solution published in the harvard cmt catalogue, although the synthetics produced by the cmt solution (strike, dip and rake fixed, all other parameters free) indicate poor amplitude fitting for some stations like hia, aak and kdak as shown in fig. 3. figure 4 summarizes some of the tests that were carried out, in order to investigate the errors of our minimum misfit solution. the fixed values for strike, dip, rake and depth tests are 135° and 170°, 70° and 90°, 20° and 0° and 16 km and 7 km, respectively. 3. time domain moment tensor inversion 3.1. methodology in addition to the teleseismic waveform modelling, we applied the time domain moment tensor inversion technique, which uses digital waveform data recorded at regional distances. the employed inversion code has the capability of revealing the seismic moment tensor using a single three-component station, although the use of a larger number of stations provides greater stability (dreger and helmberger, 1991). generally, the methodology can be applied successfully if the following conditions are met: 1) the regional crustal model is sufficiently well known to explain the lowfrequency part of the recorded waveforms; 2) the event location can be well represented by the high-frequency hypocentral location, and 3) the source time history is synchronous for all of the moment tensor elements and may be approximated by a delta function (dreger, 519 source parameters of the m 6.5 skyros island (north aegean sea) earthquake of july 26, 2001 2000). furthermore, the inversion procedure accounts only for the deviatoric tensor, neglecting any volumetric changes in the source area. the applied methodology is based on a simplified general representation of the seismic source by considering a point source in both space and time (3.1) where u n is the nth observed component of displacement, g ni, j is the nth component of the theoretical green’s function for specific forcecouple orientations, x corresponds to the sourcestation distance, z is the source depth and m ij is the scalar seismic moment tensor. the general force-couples for the deviatoric moment tensor are represented by the three fundamental faults, namely a vertical strike-slip, a vertical dip-slip and a 45° dip-slip (jost and herrmann, 1989). equation (3.1) is solved using linear least squares, assuming a constant source depth for each inversion. the estimated scalar seismic moment tensor, m ij , is then decomposed into the scalar seismic moment, a double-couple moment tensor and a compensated linear vector dipole moment tensor. the procedure of the decomposition is described in detail in jost and herrmann (1989). the optimum hypocentral depth is found iteratively through an examination of both an objective function and the variance reduction. the objective function, f, depends upon the rms of the difference between the observed waveforms (d ) and the synthetic waveforms (s), modulated by the percent double couple ( pdc): (3.2) while the variance reduction (vr), is estimated through the relation (3.3) u x t m g x z tn ij ni j, , ,,( ) = ( ) f d s = ( )rms pdc successful applications of the methodology result in small values of the objective function and large values of the variance reduction, indicating that both the waveform fit and the percent double couple are large. 3.2. application and inversion results in order to apply the time domain moment tensor inversion technique for estimation of the skyros mainshock focal mechanism, an appropriate 1d velocity model had to be chosen. unfortunately, due to the geological and seismotectonic complexity of the aegean area, one single 1d model is not adequate to explain the low-frequency wave propagation along the different wave paths (see fig. 1 and http:// www.gein.noa.gr for more information on the noa stations). recently, zahradnik (2001) tested the model proposed by novotny et al. (2001), through a forward simulation of the same waveforms used in the present study (regional broadband data of noa) and found that the examined 1d model can satisfactorily explain the frequency range 0.05-0.08 hz of the waveforms recorded at stations ape, prk and ath (fig. 1). these stations are among the closest to the mainshock epicentre (their epicentral distances range from 135 to 245 km) and present the larger signal to noise ratios. we also employed the model of novotny et al. (2001) and used it as input in the frequencywavenumber integration code (fkrprog) developed by saikia (1994) in order to compute synthetic green’s functions for the examined epicentre-station distances. the synthetic green’s functions were then used in the time domain moment tensor inversion code to derive the focal mechanism of the examined event. we found that the employed velocity model works very well for stations ath, prk and ape (variance reduction is larger than 90% for all three stations), although it is inadequate for the rest of the epicentre-station paths. nevertheless, the applied methodology gives reliable results by using one single station, thus the combination of three stations provides high levels of accuracy in the derived focal mechanism. vr d s dt d dt = [ ] 1 0 2 . . 2 520 christoforos benetatos, zafeiria roumelioti, anastasia kiratzi and nikos melis the results from the time domain moment tensor technique are presented in fig. 5 and table i. the observed tangential, radial and vertical components at stations ape, prk and ath (solid lines) are compared to the synthetics (dashed lines). table i shows that the two applied methodologies gave converging results. 4. source parameters from far-field displacement spectra 4.1. methodology source parameters such as moment (m0), fault length (l), average displacement (u _ ) across the fault and static stress drop ( ), were determined for the skyros mainshock, using the far-field amplitude displacement spectra. the data consist of long period p-waves (sampling frequency 1 hz) recorded at teleseismic distances (30°90°) from the gsn stations. we used a time window starting at the p-arrival and ending before the s-wave arrival. the displacement waveforms were corrected for the instrument response, attenuation and radiation pattern. for the latter correction we used an average radiation pattern over the focal sphere, which in the case of the pwaves is assigned the value r = 0.51 (fletcher, 1980). the far-field amplitude displacement spectra are characterized by 3 parameters: i) the low frequency level 0, which is proportional to seismic moment; ii) the corner frequency, f c , and iii) the power of the high frequency asymptote. following brune (1970, 1971), we shall define corner frequency at the intersection fig. 5. results of the time domain moment tensor inversion. in the left part the comparison between observed (solid line) and synthetic (dashed line) regional broadband waveforms is shown. in the right part the beach-ball, of strike, dip and rake for the two nodal planes, the scalar seismic moment, m 0 , and the moment magnitude, m are also given. the time scale is shown below the vertical component, while information on the station name, examined frequency range, maximum observed amplitude (in cm) and variance reduction is shown below waveforms. tangential radial vertical 30.00s 30.00s 30.00s strike = 156; 66 rake = 5; 176 dip = 86; 85 mo = 5.43e+25 = 6.5 percent dc = 99 percent clvd = 1 m station: ath frequency_interval: 0.05-0.08 hz max_ampl= 2.92e-01cm vr=91.7% station:prk frequency_interval: 0.05-0.08 hz max_ampl= 4.03e-01cm vr=94.3% station:ape frequency_interval: 0.05-0.08 hz max_ampl= 4.53e-01cm vr=92.0% 521 source parameters of the m 6.5 skyros island (north aegean sea) earthquake of july 26, 2001 0.01 0.1 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 = 1.7 e-04 f c = 0.07a m p li tu d e (m *s ) frequency (hz) brvk 0.01 0.1 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 = 1.92 e-04 f c = 0.069a m p li tu d e (m *s ) frequency (hz ) cmla 1e-3 0.01 0.1 1e-7 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 = 7.24 e-05 f c = 0.067a m p li tu d e ( m *s ) frequency (hz) dwpf 1e-3 0.01 0.1 1e-7 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 = 9.03 e-05 f c = 0.065a m p li tu d e (m *s ) frequency (hz) hrv 0.01 0.1 1e-7 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 = 9.93 e-05 f c = 0.064a m p li tu d e (m *s ) frequency (hz) sfj 0.01 0.1 1e-7 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 = 1.14 e-04 f c = 0.077a m p li tu d e (m *s ) frequency (hz ) tly 0 0 0 0 0 0 fig. 6. far-field amplitude displacement spectra used to estimate the fault dimensions and other parameters of the skyros mainshock. the low and high frequency asymptotes (fitted by eye) are depicted as straight lines. the corresponding values of the low-frequency part of the spectrum, 0, and the corner frequency, fc, are also shown for each spectrum. 522 christoforos benetatos, zafeiria roumelioti, anastasia kiratzi and nikos melis of lowand high-frequency asymptotes in the spectrum. almost all far-field displacement spectra were characterized by a constant low-frequency level, 0 , and a fall-off above a corner frequency f c , at a rate proportional to f y. spectra that did not show such a shape were not analysed. determination of the spectral parameters ( 0, f c ) was performed be eye fitting lowand highfrequency asymptotes to the observed spectra. figure 6 shows indicatively the displacement amplitude spectra for 6 stations together with their best fitting results. the scalar seismic moment was calculated from the relation (keilis-borok, 1959) (4.1) where 0(p) denotes the low-frequency asymptote of the spectrum, the density, r the radiation pattern coefficient for p-waves from a double couple point source, r the epicentral distance and the p-wave velocity at the source. in order to calculate the source dimensions and the stress drop, a circular fault of radius r was assumed. following madariaga (1976), the radius of the source can be estimated from relation (4.2) where f cp is the corner frequency of the p-wave spectra and is the velocity of the s-waves. we have also assumed that the diameter of the circular fault area is equal to the observed fault length (hanks and wyss, 1972). stress drop was calculated from the relation of keilis-borok (1959) (4.3) and the average displacement, u, was calculated from the relation of aki (1966) (4.4) where µ is the shear modulus (taken equal to 3.3 * 10 10 n/m2) and a is the fault surface in km2. average values < x > were computed for each parameter (stress drop, fault length, average displacement) following archuleta et al. (1982): (4.5) where n is the number of stations used. the basic reason for using this relation is that in the case of simple arithmetic average, the mean values are biased towards the larger values. the corresponding standard deviation of the logarithm sd(log< x >) and the multiplicative error factor, e x , were also calculated from the relations of archuleta et al. (1982): (4.6) (4.7) 4.2. source parameters of the mainshock from the spectral analysis the distance, azimuth, the radiation pattern of the p-waves, r (p), the low frequency asymptote, 0 , and the corner frequency, f c , of the stations used are listed in table ii. table iii lists the average values and the multiplicative error factor of the stress drop, the radius of the circular fault and the average displacement across the ruptured area. in our calculations, we used 6.5 km/s for the p-wave velocity, 3.7 km/s for the s-wave velocity, 2.6 g/cm3 for density and 3.3 * 10 10 nt/m2 for the shear modulus, µ. m p p r p r0 0 34( ) = ( ) ( ) = 7 16 0 3 m r m au0 = µ < > = =x n xii n anti log ( )1 1 log sd log log log< >( ) = < >( ) = x n x x i i n 1 1 2 1 1 2 e sd x x = < >( )( )anti log log . r p fcp ( ) = 0 32. 523 source parameters of the m 6.5 skyros island (north aegean sea) earthquake of july 26, 2001 station epicentral azimuth take-off angle omega corner frequency code distance (°) (°) (m.s) (hz) (km) ma2 5232 27 21 1.45e-04 0.064 majo 7241 48 18 1.02e-04 0.071 tly 4233 49 27 1.14e-04 0.077 brvk 2618 50 32 1.70e-04 0.070 bjt 5734 56 23 1.13e-04 0.070 wmq 3855 63 29 1.47e-05 0.075 mdj 6006 64 21 9.00e-05 0.071 xan 5802 65 23 1.85e-04 0.074 chm 3130 67 31 1.59e-04 0.080 tkm2 3184 67 31 1.46e-04 0.083 usp 3104 67 31 1.23e-04 0.092 enh 6147 68 24 1.30e-04 0.072 aak 3128 68 31 1.59e-04 0.087 eks2 3084 68 31 1.86e-04 0.081 kbk 3155 68 31 1.82e-04 0.079 ulhl 3250 68 31 1.63e-04 0.069 uch 3146 69 31 1.67e-04 0.079 aml 3099 69 31 1.59e-04 0.081 chto 6356 85 23 1.35e-04 0.065 msey 5370 140 28 1.02e-04 0.089 bosa 7196 180 23 1.18e-04 0.078 ascn 6167 227 25 1.05e-04 0.088 bdfb 9182 247 17 5.29e-05 0.075 sacv 4737 254 28 1.24e-04 0.070 sjg 7648 285 19 8.16e-05 0.070 cmla 3382 285 31 1.92e-04 0.069 dwpf 7715 302 18 7.24e-05 0.067 hrv 5786 308 22 9.03e-05 0.065 wvt 7245 311 18 6.21e-05 0.075 borg 2545 329 31 1.00e-04 0.087 sfj 3292 330 28 9.93e-05 0.064 cola 5232 357 20 9.73e-05 0.063 table ii. station parameters and spectral parameters obtained from the far-field displacement spectra of p-waves for the july 26, 2001 skyros earthquake. 524 christoforos benetatos, zafeiria roumelioti, anastasia kiratzi and nikos melis table iii. mean values and multiplicative error factors of the seismic moment, m0, the fault radius, r, the stress drop, and the average displacement, u, as defined by means of the far-field p-wave spectral analysis. m 0 r (km) (bars) u (cm) (1018 n m) mean value 8.06 15.9 8.7 31 multiplicative error 1.94 1.11 1.97 1.92 standard deviation ± 5.34 ± 1.7 ± 5.9 ± 20.0 fig. 7. regional map showing the focal mechanism of the skyros mainshock, the distribution of the aftershocks, the orientation of the fault that moved during the earthquake, and other focal mechanisms previously determined. the activation of an nw-se striking fault is evident. 525 source parameters of the m 6.5 skyros island (north aegean sea) earthquake of july 26, 2001 the scalar moment, based on eq. (4.1), is m0 = 8.06.10 18 n m. this value is larger compared to the values obtained by the teleseismic body waveform modelling and the time domain moment tensor inversion. nevertheless, the previously determined values for the seismic moment of the examined event lie within the range of ± 1 standard deviation of the present estimation from the spectral analysis. 5. conclusions we investigated the source parameters of the skyros m 6.5 earthquake that occurred in the northern aegean sea using body wave teleseismic waveform modelling, time domain moment tensor inversion using regional waveforms, as well as spectral analysis of the farfield displacement p-wave spectra. we used the first two methodologies, in parallel, both to ensure reliable estimation of the focal mechanism, for further use in more detailed studies of the source process during the skyros event (e.g., slip distribution studies), and to validate the results of the time domain moment tensor inversion, which is applied for the first time in the aegean area. the converging results of both methodologies were quite encouraging for further application of the time domain moment tensor inversion scheme to study moderate size aegean earthquakes. the parameters of the july 26, 2001 skyros earthquake, averaging the values obtained, are: fault plane (strike = 151°, dip = 83°, rake = 7°) and auxiliary plane (strike = 60°, dip = 84°, rake = 173°), depth 12 km and m 0 = 5.98e18 n.m, fault length l ~ 32 km, stress drop ~ 9 bars and average displacement u ~ 30 cm. figure 7 shows the focal mechanism of the mainshock together with previously determined focal mechanisms of earthquakes of the area (papazachos et al., 1998 and references therein). in the same figure, the aftershock distribution is also shown for comparison (melis et al., 2001). it is seen that the nw-se striking plane is the fault plane which implies sinistral strike-slip motion contrary to what is expected from the strands of the north anatolian fault zone that terminates in this area, which is well known for its dextral strike-slip character. this observation of sinistral strike-slip motion in the northern aegean sea is documented for the first time from the study of an earthquake recorded by the modern global and regional networks. the significance of the nw-se striking structures, inherited from the old compressional phase of the aegean tectonics will be further discussed in another paper. however, this event gave strong evidence that these structures can be activated from the modern stress field presently acting in the aegean area. acknowledgements green’s functions were computed using the fkrprog software developed by chandan saikia with urs granger, woodward clyde federal services. the time domain moment tensor inversion was based on the code developed by douglas dreger of the berkeley seismological laboratory, and kindly provided to us. this work was partially supported by the earthquake planning and protection organisation (oasp) of greece through project 20246/2000 and by projects 972342 (seis albania) and 1868/99 gsrt. references aki, k. (1966): generation and propagation of g-waves from the niigata earthquake of june 16, 1964. part 2. estimation of earthquake moment, released energy, and stress-strain drop from the g-waves spectrum, bull. earthquake res. inst., tokyo univ., 44, 73-88. archuleta, r.j., e. cranswinck, ch. mueller and p. spudich 1982): source parameters of the 1980 mammoth lakes, california, earthquakes sequence, j. geophys. res., 87, 4595-4607. brune, j.n. (1970): tectonic stress and the spectra of seismic shear waves from earthquakes, j. geophys. res., 75, 4997-5009. brune, j.n. (1971): correction (to brune, 1970), j. geophys. res., 76, 5002. dreger, d. (2000): manual of the berkeley automatic seismic moment tensor code, release 1.0, berkeley seismological laboratory, pp. 21. dreger, d.s. and d.v. helmberger (1991): complex faulting deduced from broadband modelling of the 28 february 1990 upland earthquake (m l = 5.2), bull. seismol. soc. am., 81, 1129-1144. fletcher, j.b. (1980): spectra from high-dynamic range 526 christoforos benetatos, zafeiria roumelioti, anastasia kiratzi and nikos melis digital recordings of oroville, california aftershocks and their source parameters, bull. seismol. soc. am. 70, 735-755. futterman, w.i. (1962): dispersive body waves, j. geophys. res., 67, 5279-5291. hanks, t.c. and m. wyss (1972): the use of body-wave spectra in the determination of seismic-source parameters, bull. seismol. soc. am., 62, 561-589. jost, m.l. and r. herrmann (1989): a student’s guide to and review of moment tensors, seismol. res. lett., 60, 37-57. keilis-borok, v.i. (1959): on the estimation of the displacement in an earthquake source and of source dimensions, ann. geofis., 12, 205-214. kiratzi, a. and e. louvari (2001): source parameters of the izmit-bolu 1999 (turkey) earthquake sequences from teleseismic data, ann. geofis., 44 (1), 33-47. langston, c. and d.v. helmberger (1975): a procedure for modelling shallow dislocation sources, geophys. j. r. astron. soc., 42, 117-130. louvari, e. and a. kiratzi (2001): source parameters of the september 7, 1999 athens (greece) earthquake from teleseismic data, j. balkan geophys. soc., 43, 51-60 (http://www.balkangeophysoc.org). madariaga, r. (1976): dynamics of the expanding circular fault, bull. seismol. soc. am., 66, 639-666. mccaffrey, r. and j. nabelek (1987): earthquakes, gravity, and the origin of the bali basin: an example of a nascent continental fold-and-thrust belt, j. geophys. res., 92, 441-460. mccaffrey, r. and g. abers (1988): syn3: a program for inversion of teleseismic body waveforms on microcomputers, air force geophysics laboratory technical report, afgl-tr-88-0099, air force geophysics laboratory, hanscom afb, ma. mccaffrey, r., g. abers and p. zwick (1991): inversion of teleseismic body waves, international association of seismology and physics of the earth’s interior, pp. 166. melis, n.s., g.n. stavrakakis and j. zahradnik (2001): focal properties of the m w = 6.5 skyros, aegean sea, earthquake, orfeus newsletter, 3 (http://orfeus.knmi.nl/ newsletter/vol3no2/skyros.html). molnar, p. and h. lyon-caen (1989): fault plane solutions of earthquakes and active tectonics of the tibetan plateau and its margins, geophys. j. int., 99, 123-153. nábelek, j.l. (1984): determination of earthquake source parameters from inversion of body waves, ph.d thesis, mit, ma. novotny, o., j. zahradnik and g.-a. tselentis (2001): north-western turkey earthquakes and the crustal structure inferred from surface waves observed in western greece, bull. seismol. soc. am., 91, 875-879. papazachos, b.c., e.e. papadimitriou, a.a. kiratzi, c.b. papazachos and e.k. louvari (1998): fault plane solutions in the aegean sea and the surrounding area and their tectonic implication, boll. geofis. teor. appl., 39, 199-218. saikia, c.k. (1994): modified frequency-wavenumber algorithm for regional seismograms using filon’s quadrature; modelling of lg waves in eastern north america, geophys. j. int., 118, 142-158. zahradnik, j. (2001): modelling the skiros island, aegean sea m w = 6.5 earthquake of july 26, 2001, http:// w w w. s e i s 3 0 . k a r l o v. m ff . c u n i . c z / p a p e r s / s k y r o s / index.html. (received february 21, 2002; accepted may 27, 2002) accelerated ice-sheet mass loss in antarctica from 18-year satellite laser ranging measurements annals of geophysics, 59, 1, 2016, s0101; doi:10.4401/ag-6782 s0101 accelerated ice-sheet mass loss in antarctica from 18-year satellite laser ranging measurements shuanggen jin1,2,*, mosta abd-elbaky1,3, guping feng1 1 shanghai astronomical observatory, chinese academy of sciences, shanghai, china 2 bulent ecevit university, department of geomatics engineering, zonguldak, turkey 3 university of chinese academy of sciences, beijing, china abstract accurate estimation of the ice-sheet mass balance in antarctic is very difficult due to complex ice sheet condition and sparse in-situ measurements. in this paper, the low-degree gravity field coefficients of up to degree and order 5 derived from satellite laser ranging (slr) measurements are the first used to determine the ice mass variations in antarctica for the period 1993-2011, which are compared to gravity recovery and climate experiment (grace). results show that the ice mass is is decreasing at the rate of −36±13 gt/y in antarctica, −42±11 gt/y in west antarctica and increasing at 6±10 gt/y in east antarctica from 1993 to 2011. the ice mass variations from the slr 5×5 have a good agreement with the grace 5×5, grace 5×5 (1&2) and grace (60×60) for the entire continent since 2003, but slr solution of 5×5 is not sufficient to quantify ice losses in west and east antarctica, respectively. the rate of ice loss in antarctica is −28±17 gt/y for 1993-2002 and −55±17 gt/y for 2003-2011 within one sigma, indicating significant accelerated ice mass losses since 2003. furthermore, the results from slr are comparable with grace measurements. 1. introduction the antarctic ice sheet is the largest ice sheet on earth, which contains 26.5 million km3 of ice [steig et al. 2009]. accurate estimates of its mass variability would greatly contribute to understand global climate change and sea-level change. however, measuring and monitoring antarctic mass variability is difficult because of the ice sheet’s size, thickness and complexity as well as sparse in-situ measurements. larger differences in estimating the glacier mass balance were found with different time spanning observations [shepherd and wingham 2007]. recent geodetic techniques provided mass balance estimates, such as satellite radar altimetry, interferometric synthetic aperture radar (insar) and recent gravity recovery and climate experiment (grace) [wahr et al. 1998, tapley et al. 2004, jin et al. 2011, shepherd et al. 2012, jin et al. 2014]. the satellite laser altimetry showed mass gain in east antarctica at 45±7 gt/yr in 1992-2003 [davis et al. 2005], –31±12 gt/yr in 1992-2002 [zwally et al. 2005], +27±29 gt/yr in 1992-2003 [wingham et al. 2006] and about [–84,–103] gt/yr in 2003-2007 from ice, clouds, and land elevation satellite (icesat) [gunter et al. 2009]. satellite observations showed large ice loss from –48 to –132 gt/yr in west antarctica and from –4 to +22 gt/yr in east antarctica within one sigma [thomas et al. 2004, shepherd et al. 2012]. the significant loss of ice mass in antarctica was observed from grace measurements [ramillien et al. 2006, velicogna and wahr 2006, chen et al. 2009, wu et al. 2010, barletta et al. 2012, king et al. 2012]. however, larger differences of ice-mass change in antarctica are found due to some uncertainties and errors, such as technique-specific systematic errors, different glacial isostatic adjustment (gia)models, smoothing and filtering effects and leakage errors [velicogna and wahr 2013]. in particular, the gia has been recognized as the major difference in quantifying the mass change in antarctica from grace [velicogna and wahr 2006, barletta et al. 2008]. furthermore, the observation time span is relatively short. satellite laser ranging (slr) technique measures the round trip time of flight of ultrashort pulses of light to determine the distance from ground-based stations to satellites equipped with retroreflectors. currently the slr provides millimeter level precision to determine satellite’s orbits, which are influenced by temporal variations in the earth’s gravity field. therefore, slr can accurately determine the temporal variations of the earth’s low-degree gravity field [cheng et al. 2013], which can be used to estimate the large-scale temporal article history received april 21, 2015; accepted january 8, 2016. subject classification: gravity variations, ice mass balance, antarctica, slr, grace. mass variations, including ice volume change. in this paper, the ice-sheet mass variations in antarctica with monthly resolution are the first derived from approximate 18 years of monthly low-degree stokes coefficients of the earth’s gravity field with degree and order of up to 5 based on slr measurements ( january 1993 may 2011). the new gia model (w12a) is used from whitehouse et al. [2012b]. in order to evaluate our results, we compare with ice-sheet mass variations in antarctica from grace observations since 2003. section 2 shows the observation data and methods. section 3 presents the results of ice-sheet mass variations in antarctica and comparison with grace observations. conclusions are given in section 4. 2. observation data and methods the weekly low-degree stokes coefficients of the earth’s gravity field with up to degree and order 5 are determined from slr measurements with the same strategies as grace solution by cheng et al. [2011]. these products are derived from five geodetic satellites measurements (lageos 1 and 2, starlette, ajisai, and stella). the coefficients are given as variations relative to the mean gravity field ggm02c. the slr-derived weekly gravity field coefficients are used to estimate the mass lose in antarctica. the effects of land-ocean leakage are corrected using the forward modelling technique [e.g., jin and zou 2015]. in order to evaluate our results, we compare with results from the monthly grace data (csr level-2 rl05) with harmonic degree and order of up to 5 from january 2003 to may 2011. the degree 1 gravity field coefficients (c10, c11 and s11) are used from swenson et al. [2008]. on one hand, the degree 2 gravity field coefficients are not replaced by slr in order to keep the data independent between grace and slr (grace 5×5). on the other hand, the degree 2 gravity field coefficients are replaced by slr [cheng and tapley 2004] as grace 5×5 (1&2). in addition, the 300 km width of gaussian filter and a special de-striping filter are used [swenson and wahr 2006]. in order to compare with slr solutions, the monthly grace data set with harmonic degree and order of up to 60 is also used to obtain the ice-sheet mass variations in antarctica (grace 60×60). the ice-sheet mass variations in antarctica in water equivalent thickness can be directly determined by gravity coefficient anomalies (dclm, dslm) of slr and grace observations as [jin and feng 2013, hassan and jin 2014]: where tave is the average density of the earth, tw is the density of fresh water, a is the equatorial radius of the earth, ~plm is the fully-normalized associated legendre polynomials of degree l and order m, kl is load-deformation coefficient of degree l [han and wahr 1995], i is the co-latitude, and z is the longitude. in order to estimate the accurate secular variations of ice-mass change, the gia influence should be removed. the gia models describe the ongoing viscoelastic response of the solid earth to past changes in surface loading by ice and water. here, we use the recent gia model w12a for antarctica, which was driven by a glaciologically-consistent antarctic deglacial history and constrained to fit observations of past ice extent [whitehouse et al. 2012a, 2012b]. therefore, the monthly ice-sheets mass changes in antarctica can be obtained from slr (1993.01-2011.05, about 18 years) and grace (2003.01-2011.05, about 8 years). 3. results and discussions since the ice-sheet mass variation time series have strong seasonal signals, seasonal signals are removed from the slr and grace time series of the ice mass variations at each grid point. the secular and quadratic signals of ice mass variations are estimated in antarctica after removing the seasonal signals. 3.1. secular variations of ice-sheets the trends of ice-sheet mass variations in antarctica from january 2003 to may 2011 are estimated from , , cos cos sin t a pl kl l c m s m 3 1 2 1 land w ave plmm l l kl lm lm 00 hd i z t t i z z hd d d+ = = + + +3 == q q q q q v v v v v || jin et al. 2 figure 1. the trends of ice-sheet mass variations over antarctica from (a) slr 5×5, (b) grace 60×60, (c) grace 5×5, and (d) grace 5×5 (1&2) with replacement of degree 1 and c20. unit is mm/y of equivalent water thickness change. the gia effect is removed. ~ (1) 3 slr and grace solutions. figure 1 shows the linear term of ice-sheet mass variations over antarctica from (a) slr 5×5, (b) grace 60×60, (c) grace 5×5, and (d) grace 5×5 (1&2) with replacement of degree 1 and c20. unit is millimeter of equivalent water thickness change per year, mm/y. the gia effect is removed. the linear trend of ice-sheet mass variations from slr almost agrees with the grace results, indicating that the low-degree gravitational coefficients obtained by slr are sensitive and efficient to correctly capture the ice mass change in antarctica. the ice mass is significantly losing in west antarctica and gaining in east antarctica, which almost agree each other. the linear trend of ice sheets variations in antarctica is –55±17 gt/y based on slr 5×5, –45±18 gt/y based on grace 60×60, –36±19 gt/y based on grace 5×5, and –31±17 gt/y based on grace 5×5 (1&2). for west antarctica, the linear trend is –66±13 gt/y based on slr 5×5, –105±12 gt/y based on grace 60×60, –51±18 gt/y based on grace 5×5, and –61±15 gt/y based on grace 5×5 (1&2) within one sigma. for east antarctica, the linear trend is 11.58±15.05 gt/y based on slr 5×5, 60±15 gt/y based on grace 60×60, 16±13 gt/y based on grace 5×5, and 30±16 gt/y based on grace 5×5 (1&2) (table 1). it indicates that the mass losses from slr in west antarctica are the dominant contributor to ice mass loss from antarctica. the values with grace 60×60 are twice bigger than grace 5×5. in contrast, there seems to be a better agreement for the entire continent. when we process grace data using 300 km width of gaussian filter, the noise is attenuated, but the geophysical signal too. it may apply a restoration factor to grace data after filtering [landerer and swenson 2012]. in addition, we also estimate the ice-sheet mass variations over antarctica from january 1993 to may 2011 based on slr 5×5. the ice-sheet mass is significantly losing at –36±13 gt/y in antarctica, –42±11 gt/y in west antarctica, and 6±10 gt/y in east antarctica, which are close to the combined results by shepherd et al. [2012]. 3.2. accelerated variations of ice-sheets the time series of ice mass-loss from both slr and grace clearly shows a accelerating variation in ice mass. for example, figure 2 shows the time series of ice mass variations from 1993-2011 at (74.5° s, 144.5° w). a quadratic trend is estimated from the monthly time series of ice-sheet mass variations in antarctica. figure 3 shows the quadratic term of ice-sheet mass variations over antarctica from (a) slr 5×5, (b) grace 60×60, (c) grace 5×5, and (d) grace 5×5 (1&2). the acceleration in ice sheet mass loss for the observed period is –18±9 gt/y2 based on slr 5×5, –5.8±9 gt/y2 based on grace 60×60, –15±7 gt/y2 based on grace 5×5, and –5.8±8 gt/y2 based on grace 5×5 (1&2). these are consistent with grace and satellite altimetry observations, e.g., the ice depletion of –4.4±16 gt/y2 from grace by king et al. [2012], while velicogna [2009] showed larger ice-loss acceleration of –26±14 gt/y2 based on grace data over the period 2002 to 2009. furthermore, the quadratic term of the ice-sheet mass variations over antarctica is estimated from january 1993 to may 2011 based on slr 5×5. the acceleration of ice sheets variations in antarctica is –2.6±5 gt/y2, ice-sheet mass loss in antarctica from slr models january 2003 may 2011 west antarctica (gt/y) east antarctica (gt/y) antarctica (gt/y) slr 5×5 –66±13 12±15 –55±17 grace 60×60 –105±12 60±15 –45±18 grace 5×5 –51±18 16±13 –36±19 grace 5×5 (1&2) –61±15 30±16 –31±17 january 1993 may 2011 slr 5×5 –42±11 gt/y 5.9±10 gt/y –36±13 gt/y table 1. the trends of ice mass variations in antarctica based on four gravity models. figure 2. time series of ice-sheets mass variations in (74.5° s, 144.5° w) from slr 5×5, grace 5×5 and grace 60×60. which is smaller than rignot et al. [2011]’s solution of –14.5±2 gt/y2. 3.3. interannual variations the ice mass-loss from both slr and grace clearly has a significant interannual variation in antarctica. in order to analyze the interannual variability of the ice sheets in antarctica, the trends of ice mass variations are obtained every 3-year (in mm of equivalent water thickness change) in antarctica from january 1993 to january 2011 based on slr 5×5 (figure 4). here the 3-year rate is estimated for matching same time spanning for 1993-2011(slr) and 2003-2011 (grace). significant melting of ice mass in west antarctica was starting since 2005 and before it has almost less ice mass loses. we furthermore compare with grace solutions from january 2003 to january 2011 (figure 5). excluding the different trends with short observations of two years from grace, the other two trends for 2005-2008 and 2008-2011 are similar, which confirm significant decrease in east antarctica since 2005 from grace. even though the rate of ice mass change from slr 5×5 is smaller than those from grace 60×60, the spatial pattern and trend agree with each other. we also compare with the in-situ global positioning system (gps) observations, which measures vertical crustal displacement that reflects ice mass loading variations. figure 6 shows the time series of vertical displacement estimated from slr 5×5, gps, grace 60×60 and grace 5×5 at syog station (69.5° s, 39.5° e) from 2003 to 2011. they show quite similar secular trend, especially gps, slr 5×5 and grace 5×5. the linear trend is –0.37 mm/y from slr 5×5, jin et al. 4 figure 3. the quadratic term of ice-sheet mass variations over antarctica from (a) slr 5×5, (b) grace 60×60, (c) grace 5×5, and (d) grace 5×5 (1&2). figure 4. the trends of ice mass variations every 3-year (in mm of equivalent water thickness change) in antarctica from january 1993 to december 2010 based on slr 5×5. 5 –0.16 mm/y from gps, –0.29 mm/y from grace 5×5 and –0.77 mm/y from grace 60×60. the difference between slr 5×5 and grace 5×5 is only –0.08 mm/y. the difference between slr 5×5 and gps is –0.21 mm/y, mainly because the gps observations just reflect deformation only in the specific locations, while the slr 5×5 results reflect the mass variations averaged over a large spatial scale. the grace 60×60 result is larger than the other three results, mainly due to the influence of higher spherical harmonics coefficients. in addition, we evaluate the ice-sheet mass variations over antarctica from january 1993 to may 2011 based on slr 5×5. figure 7 shows the linear and quadratic term of ice-sheet mass variations over antarctica from 1993 to 2011 based on slr 5×5. the gia effect is removed. in recent 19 years, the ice-sheet mass is substantially losing in west antarctica, the ice-sheet is slowly gaining in east antarctica. the linear trend of ice sheets variations is –36.43±13.41 gt/y in antarctica, –42.11±11.42 gt/y in west antarctica, and 5.68±10.19 gt/y in east antarctica with one sigma. the quadratic term of ice sheets variations is –2.63±4.78 gt/y2 in antarctica, –3.75±4.17 gt/y2 in west antarctica and 1.70± 3.07 gt/y2 in east antarctica with one sigma. 4. conclusions in this paper, the monthly ice-sheets mass variations in antarctica are the first obtained and investigated from low-degree time-variable gravity field of up to degree and order 5 based on slr data from 1993 to 2011. the trend of ice mass variations is –36±13 gt/y in antarctica, –42±11 gt/y in west antarctica and ice-sheet mass loss in antarctica from slr figure 5. the trends of ice mass variations every 3-year (in mm of equivalent water thickness change) in antarctica from january 2003 to december 2010 based on grace 60×60. figure 6. time series of vertical displacement estimated from slr 5×5 (green), gps (red), grace 60×60 (blue) and grace 5×5 (black) at syog station (69.5° s, 39.5° e). figure 7. the linear and quadratic term of ice-sheet mass variations over antarctica from 1993 to 2011 based on slr 5×5. 5.7±10 gt/y in east antarctica from 1993 to 2011. the ice mass variations from the slr 5×5 have a good agreement with the grace 5×5, grace 5×5 (1&2) and grace (60×60) for the entire continent.since 2003, but slr solution of 5×5 is not sufficient to quantify ice losses in west and east antarctica, respectively. in addition, significant accelerated ice-sheet mass losses are found since 2003 with the rate of –28±17 gt/y for 1993-2002 and –55±17 gt/y for 2003-2011. the acceleration of ice sheets variations is –2.6±5 gt/y2 from 1993 to 2011 and –7.5±9 gt/y2 from 2003 to 2011 in antarctica. therefore, ice mass in antarctica has less loses during 1993-2002 and fast loses from 2003-2011, particularly since 2005. these results indicate that slr observations can provide insights into antarctic ice mass variations from 1993 to 2011 and allow us to monitor the monthly antarctic ice mass variations prior to the launch of grace mission in 2002. in addition, some gaps after grace may be expected to be made up for with more slr satellites observations in the near future. acknowledgements. we gratefully thank the center for space research of university of texas at austin for providing gravity field coefficients from grace and slr. this research is supported by the main direction project of chinese academy of sciences (grant no. kjcx2-ew-t03), shanghai science and technology commission project (grant no. 12dz2273300) and national natural science foundation of china (nsfc) project (grant no. 11173050 and 11373059). references barletta, v.r., r. sabadini and a. bordoni (2008). isolating the pgr signal in the grace data: impact on mass balance estimates in antarctica and greenland, geophys. j. int., 172, 18-30. barletta, v.r., l.s. sørensen and r. forsberg (2012). variability of mass changes at basin scale for greenland and antarctica, cryosphere discuss., 6, 33973446. chen, j.l., c.r. wilson, d. blankenship and b.d. tapley (2009). accelerated antarctic ice loss from satellite gravity measurements, nature geosci, 2, 859-862. cheng, m., and b.d. tapley (2004). variations in the earth’s oblateness during the past 28 years, j. geophys. res., 109, b09402. cheng, m., j.c. ries and b.d. tapley (2011). variations of the earth’s figure axis from satellite laser ranging and grace, j. geophys. res., 116, b0140 9. cheng, m.k., b.d. tapley and j.c. ries (2013). deceleration in the earth’s oblateness, j. geophys. res. solid earth, 118, 1-8. davis, c.h., y. li, j.r. mcconnell, m.m. frey and e. hanna (2005). snowfall-driven growth in east antarctic ice sheet mitigates recent sea-level rise, science, 308, 1898-1901. gunter, b., t. urban, r. riva, m. helsen, r. harpold, s. poole, p. nagel, b. schutz and b. tapley (2009). a comparison of coincident grace and icesat data over antarctica, j. geodesy, 83, 1051-1060. han, d., and j. wahr (1995). the viscoelastic relaxation of a realistically stratified earth, and a further analysis of post-glacial rebound, geophys. j. int., 120, 287-311. hassan, a.a., and s.g. jin (2014). lake level change and total water discharge in the east africa rift valley from satellite-based observations, global planet. change, 117, 79-90; doi:10.1016/j.gloplacha.2014. 03.005. jin, s.g., l.j. zhang and b.d. tapley (2011). the understanding of length-of-day variations from satellite gravity and laser ranging measurements, geophys. j. int., 184 (2), 651-660; doi:10.1111/j.1365-246x.2010. 04869.x. jin, s.g., and g.p. feng (2013). large-scale variations of global groundwater from satellite gravimetry and hydrological models, 2002-2012, global planet. change, 106, 20-30; doi:10.1016/j.gloplacha.2013.02.008. jin, s.g., g.p. feng and o. anderson (2014). errors of mean dynamic topography and geostrophic currents estimates in china’s marginal sea from goce and satellite altimetry, j. atmos. ocean. tech.; doi:10.11 75/jtech-d-13-00243.1. jin, s.g., and f. zou (2015). re-estimation of glacier mass loss in greenland from grace with correction of land-ocean leakage effects, global planet. change, 135, 170-178; doi:10.1016/j.gloplacha.2015.11.002. king, m.a., r.j. bingham, r. moore, p.l. whitehouse, m.j. bentley and g.a. milne (2012). lower satellitegravimetry estimates of antarctic sea-level contribution, nature, 491, 586-589. landerer, f.w., and s.c. swenson (2012). accuracy of scaled grace terrestrial water storage estimates, water resour. res., 48, w04531, 11 p.; doi:10.1029/ 2011wr011453. ramillien, g., a. lombard, a. cazenave e.r. ivins, m. llubes, f. remy and r. biancale (2006). interannual variations of the mass balance of the antarctica and greenland ice sheets from grace, global planet. change, 53, 198-208. rignot, e., i. velicogna, m.r. van den broeke, a. monaghan and j.t.m. lenaerts (2011). acceleration of the contribution of the greenland and antarctic ice sheets to sea level rise, geophys. res. lett., 38, l05503. shepherd, a., and d. wingham (2007). recent sea-level contributions of the antarctic and greenland ice sheets, science, 315, 1529-1532. shepherd, a., e.r. ivins, a. geruo et al. (2012). a recjin et al. 6 7 onciled estimate of ice-sheet mass balance, science, 338 (6111), 1183-1189; doi:10.1126/science.1228102. steig, e.j., d.p. schneider, s.d. rutherford, m.e. mann, j.c. comiso and d.t. shindell (2009). warming of the antarctic ice-sheet surface since the 1957 international geophysical year, nature, 457 (7228), 459-462. swenson, s., and j. wahr (2006), post-processing removal of correlated errors in grace data, geophys. res. lett., 33, l08402; doi:10.1029/2005gl025285. swenson, s., d. chambers and j. wahr (2008). estimating geocenter variations from a combination of grace and ocean model output, j. geophys. res., 113, b08410. tapley, b.d., s. bettadpur, m.m. watkins and c. reigber (2004). the gravity recovery and climate experiment; mission overview and early results, geophys. res. lett., 31, l09607. thomas, r., e. rignot, g. casassa, p. kanagaratnam, c. acuña, t. akins, h. brecher, e. frederick, p. gogineni, w. krabill, s. manizade, h. ramamoorthy, a. rivera, r. russell, j. sonntag, r. swift, j. yungel and j. zwally (2004). accelerated sea-level rise from west antarctica, science, 306, 255-258. velicogna, i., and j. wahr (2006). measurements of time-variable gravity show mass loss in antarctica. science, 311, 1754-1756. velicogna, i. (2009). increasing rates of ice mass loss from the greenland and antarctic ice sheets revealed by grace. geophys. res. lett., 36, l19503. velicogna, i., and j. wahr (2013). time-variable gravity observations of ice sheet mass balance: precision and limitations of the grace satellite data, geophys. res. lett., 40, 3055-3063; doi:10.1002/grl.50527. wahr, j., m. molenaar and f. bryan (1998). time variability of the earth’s gravity field: hydrological and oceanic effects and their possible detection using grace, j. geophys. res., 103, 30205-30229. whitehouse, p.l., m.j. bentley and a.m. le brocq (2012a). a deglacial model for antarctica: geological constraints and glaciological modelling as a basis for a new model of antarctic glacial isostatic adjustment, quat. sci. rev., 32, 1-24. whitehouse, p.l., m.j. bentley, g.a. milne, matt a. king and ian d. thomas (2012b). a new glacial isostatic adjustment model for antarctica: calibrated and tested using observations of relative sea-level change and present-day uplift rates, geophys. j. int., 190, 1464-1482. wingham, d.j., a. shepherd, a. muir and g.j. marshall (2006). mass balance of the antarctic ice sheet, phil. trans. r. soc. a., 364, 1627-1635. wu, x.p., m.b. heflin, h. schotman, b.l.a. vermeersen, d. dong, r.s. gross, e.r. ivins, a.w. moore and s.e. owen (2010). simultaneous estimation of global present-day water transport and glacial isostatic adjustment, nat. geosci., 3, 642-646. zwally, h.j., m.b. giovinetto, j. li, h.g. cornejo, m.a. beckley, a.c. brenner, j.l. saba and d. yi (2005). mass changes of the greenland and antarctic ice sheets and shelves and contributions to sea-level rise: 1992-2002, j. glaciol., 51, 175, 509-527. * corresponding author: shuanggen jin, shanghai astronomical observatory, chinese academy of sciences, shanghai, china, and bulent ecevit university, department of geomatics engineering, zonguldak, turkey; email: sgjin@shao.ac.cn; sg.jin@yahoo.com. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. ice-sheet mass loss in antarctica from slr << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7193 1 the ingv real time strong motion data sharing during the 2016 amatrice (central italy) seismic sequence marco massa*, ezio d'alema*, claudia mascandola*, sara lovati*, davide scafidi **, gianlorenzo franceschina*, antonio gomez*, simona carannante*, davide piccarreda*, santi mirenna*, paolo augliera* *istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, milano, via alfonso corti 12, 20133, milano, italy ** università degli studi di genova, distav, viale benedetto xv, 5, 16132, genova, italy marco.massa@ingv.it abstract during the august-september 2016 amatrice, mw 6.0, seismic sequence, the real time ingv strong motion data sharing was assured by the ingv strong motion database (ismd). starting on august 24th, the main task of the web portal was to archive, process and distribute the strong-motion waveforms recorded by the permanent and temporary ingv accelerometric stations for the earthquakes with magnitude ≥ 3.0, occurring in the amatrice area and surroundings. at present (i.e. september 30th, 2016), ismd freely provides more than 21.000 strong motion waveforms to all users. in particular, about 2.200 strong motion waveforms were recorded by the temporary network installed for the earthquake sequence monitoring in the epicentral area by sismiko and emersito working groups. in addition, for each permanent and temporary recording site, the web portal provides a comprehensive description of the necessary information to properly use the strong motion data. i. introduction n august 24th, 2016, at 01:36:32 utc, a mw 6.0 (http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/) earthquake struck a wide area of the central apennines (italy), located between the towns of norcia and amatrice (figure 1, top panel). the mainshock resulted in diffuse building collapses and about 290 casualties. between august 24th and september 30th, the seismic sequence produced thousands of earthquakes, 16 of which with magnitude ≥ 4.0 (http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/). the strongest aftershock (mw 5.4) was recorded on 201608-24 at 02:33:29 utc. during important seismic sequence the scientific research in the seismological and engineering fields requires rapid acquisition of strong motion data for several purposes, such as the evaluation of the available ground motion prediction equations (gmpes) and the verification of ground o annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7193 2 shaking scenarios and probabilistic seismic hazard maps. nowadays the great demand of strong motion data is satisfied by several strong motion databases, each one with different aim and philosophy. at italian scale, data and metadata are freely available both from the ingv strong motion database (ismd, http://ismd.mi.ingv.it) and the italian accelerometric archieve (itaca, http://itaca.mi.ingv.it). while ismd publishes the real time strong motion data recorded by the permanent and temporary stations of the national seismic network (rsn, http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/instruments/network /iv), itaca provides once a year the manually post processed data recorded by the italian accelerometric network (ran, http://www.protezionecivile.gov.it/jcms/it /ran.wp), even if, since 2014 also a set of ingv stations are included in the database. at european scale, the related counterparts are the rapid raw strong motion database (rrsm, www.orfeus-eu.org/rrsm/) and the engineering strong motion database, http://esm.mi.ingv.it/), respectively. during the amatrice seismic sequence (i.e. from august 24 to september 30, 2016) ismd gave freely available strong motion data (and related metadata) in sac raw and ascii corrected formats of 118 events with 3.0 ≤ m ≤ 6.0. a subset of 71 events (not including the temporary stations for emergency) with m ≥3.5 were also available at rrsm web site, where data are downloadable in miniseed raw format by consulting the european integrated data archive (eida, www.orfeuseu.org/eida). moreover, a manual revision of the 16 events with mw ≥ 4.0 occurred during the sequence was published some days after the earthquakes occurrence on esm web site. this paper describes in detail, the ismd real time strong motion data set made available to the community through the website http://ismd.mi.ingv.it since the early morning of the 24th august 2016. ii. ismd 2.0: database and website ismd 2.0 is based on postgresql (www.postgresql.org), an advanced and reliable open source object-relational database management system. the earthquakes parametric data and the ground motion parameters, as resulting from the automatic analyses, are stored in the postgresql database in order to have a complete integrated archive, easily accessible and ready for use. waveform data and images are linked to the database and stored as separate files, organized by year and event-id, in order to ensure a direct data access for different purposes. data and metadata are freely available after the user registration. through the unique event-id, each earthquake is directly linked to the related web-pages of shakemaps (http://shakemap.rm.ingv.it/) and time domain moment tensor (http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/tdmt/) databases. both permanent and temporary seismic stations are characterized in terms of instrumentation and features of the recording site (i.e. geology, morphology, passive seismic analyzes and seismic code classifications). in case of earthquakes with magnitude ≥ 4.0, ismd 2.0 provides a revised version of the published data in order to avoid false ground motion parameters calculated on recordings with http://ismd.mi.ingv.it/ http://itaca.mi.ingv.it/ http://www.orfeus-eu.org/rrsm/ http://esm.mi.ingv.it/ http://www.orfeus-eu.org/eida http://www.orfeus-eu.org/eida http://ismd.mi.ingv.it/ http://shakemap.rm.ingv.it/ http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/tdmt/ annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7193 3 low signal to noise ratio or biased by spurious spikes, malfunctioning in data transmission or event superimposition. the revision is operated by an expert seismologist in the first 48 hours after the event origin time (see man in the last column of the earthquake-list web page). figure 1. top: ingv strong motion stations analyzed during the 2016 amatrice sequence. bottom: pga map for the 24th august, mw 6.0, mainshock. the yellow star indicates the epicenter of the mainshock. the website was written in html 5 (https://www.w3.org/tr/html5/) to meet the most recent validation standards of the w3c (world wide web consortium) and in php (http://www.php.net/). all published materials are licensed under a creative commons license. iii. amatrice 2016 data set on august 24th, 2016, at 05:57:52 (utc) ismd published the first automatic report of the mw 6.0 mainshock. in this case the delay of about 4 hours with respect to the event origin time (i.e. 01:36:32 utc) depended on the time required to revise both the event location (operated by ingv-cnt) and the ground motion parameters calculated from the ismd automatic data processing. moreover, due to the high density of stations installed in the epicentral area, the automatic report required almost 1 hour to make online waveforms available, together with the related metadata and all the automatic analyses (massa et al., 2014). in order to publish data as fast as possible, only the accelerometric stations with epicentral distance less than 200 km were considered in the automatic analyses. for the mainshock, ismd contains a total of 126 accelerometric waveforms related to 42 permanent rsn strong motion stations (figure 1, top panel). further 7 stations were discarded after the manual revision. the two stations closest to the mainshock (figure 1, bottom panel) were rm33 (montereale) and tero (teramo), located 22 km south and 31 km east of the epicenter, respectively. rm33 and tero recorded maximum pgas of 91 https://www.w3.org/tr/html5/ http://www.php.net/ annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7193 4 and 84 cm/s2, respectively, both on the n-s horizontal components. however the highest value of acceleration, 241 cm/s2, was recorded at fema (monte fema), located 32 km nw of the epicenter (figure 2). the total dataset collected between august 24th and september 30th, 2016, consists of ~ 21.000 strong motion waveforms recorded by the real-time permanent and temporary ingv accelerometric stations. data are shown in figure 3, considering the soil categories as indicated in eurocode8 (cen, 2003). the data set includes 433 waveforms with pga from 10 cm/s2 to 50 cm/s2, 64 waveforms with pga from 50 cm/s2 to 100 cm/s2 and 8 waveforms with pga > 100 cm/s2 (figure 3, top panel). concerning the pgv, 152 waveforms are characterized by pgv ranging from 1 cm/s to 5 cm/s, 19 with pgv ranging from 5 cm/s to 10 cm/s and 1 with pgv > 10 cm/s (14.5 cm/s recorded at fema during the mainshock). figure 2. top: acceleration (left), velocity (center) and displacement (right) recorded at fema during the mw 6.0 event. bottom: recorded and predicted (bindi et al., 2011) elastic acceleration response spectra. figure 3. top: pga recorded from ingv strong motion stations during the sequence. data are shown for different ec8 soil categories. in red the 24th august mainshock. bottom: data recorded by the permanent (black) and the temporary (red) ingv stations. in particular, the installation of the temporary seismic network allowed us to collect a high quality near field strong motion data set including ~2,200 recordings with the epicentral distance < 30 km (figure 3, bottom panel). between the temporary stations, the highest pga (96 cm/s2) was recorded by t1201 during the mw 4.8 event (2016/08/26 04:28:25 utc). in particular, ismd analyzed in quasi real time ~1,600 strong motion data recorded by sismiko (moretti et al., 2016) and ~600 recorded at amandola by emersito (cultrera et al., 2016). all the strong motion data analyzed during the sequence are downloadable both in raw sac and in processed ascii formats. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7193 5 iv. discussion figure 4 shows the pga and pgv values recorded during the main italian seismic sequences that occurred in the past 10 years (l’aquila, mw 6.1; mirandola mw 5.8; lunigiana mw 5.1; amatrice mw 6.0; http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/tdmt/). the apparent higher values of pga and pgv observed during the l’aquila (ameri et al., 2009) and the mirandola sequences (luzi et al., 2013) are due to the presence of strong motion stations with epicentral distance < 10 km. indeed, if we consider a range of distances from 20 to 70 km, it is possible to verify that ground accelerations and velocities recorded during the amatrice and l’aquila sequences are fully comparable. the pga distribution observed during the amatrice mainshock (figure 1, bottom panel) shows the highest values of ground motion in n-ne direction. this distribution is also recognizable in the seven aftershocks with mw ≥ 4.5, and can be due to the rupture directivity involving the normal fault (spagnuolo et al., 2016) and/or to the seismic waves propagation effects. the latter property was already observed during the 2009 l’aquila sequence by ameri et al. (2009). the collection of strong motion data published on ismd after the manual revision allows to evaluate the gmpe currently available for italy (bindi et al., 2011). concerning the 24th august mainshock, figure 5 shows that the current models (at least in terms of pga and pgv) tend to slight underestimate the near source and near field data, while at distances > 50 km it is possible to note as the recorded data decay faster with respect to the current predictions, independently from the ec8 sites classification. figure 4. pga (top) and pgv (bottom) recorded from ingv strong motion stations during the main italian sequences occurred in the last 10 years. the same comparison were made considering the 16 events with magnitude ≥ 4.0 (~ 3.200 accelerograms) recorded in the analyzed period. the results are presented in figure 6 in terms of bias, defined as the residual between observed and predicted ground motion, evaluated using the maximum likelihood formalism proposed by spudich et al. (1999). negative and positive bias indicate that the predicted model overestimates and underestimates the recorded ground motion, respectively. specifically, the slope of the straight line that annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7193 6 best fits the residuals as a function of logdistance (fig. 6, left) or magnitude (fig. 6, right) is indicative of the dependence of the residuals on the independent variable considered. figure 5. pga (top) and pgv (bottom) for the 24th august mainshock (mw 6.0) compared to the bindi et al. (2011) italian gmpes. stars indicate data at distance < 30 km recorded by ran. colors indicate different ec8 (cen, 2003) site categories. in general, both pga and pgv show a good agreement between observed and predicted data. in both cases (fig. 6), the bias indicates a slight overestimation of the predictions. however, figure 6 highlights a clear increasing overestimation of the predictions with increasing distance (more evident for pga, top left panel) and an increasing underestimation of the models with increasing magnitude (more evident for pgv, bottom right panel). in particular, a reason for the pga overestimation at large distance might be the contribution of the anelastic attenuation. in general, it is worth mentioning that the preferential propagation pattern in north direction (fig. 1, bottom) combined to the not uniform distribution of stations around the epicenters might slightly influence the final results. even if this preliminary consideration has to be carefully corroborate with further tests, the results might however represent a warning on the necessity to revise the current models for the central italian apennines in order to assure a more accurate evaluation of the regional seismic hazard. references [ameri, 2009] ameri g., massa m., bindi d., d’alemae., gorini a., luzi l., marzorati m., pacor f., paolucci r., puglia r. and smerzini c. (2009). the 6 april 2009, mw 6.3, l’aquila (central italy) earthquake: strong-motion observations, seism. res. lett., 80, n 6, 951966. [bindi, 2011] bindi, d., pacor, f., luzi, l., puglia, r., massa, m., ameri, g. and r. paolucci (2011). ground motion prediction equations derived from the italian strong motion data base, bull. earth. eng. 9, n. 6, 1899-1920. [cen, 2003] cen (2003). pren 1998-1eurocode 8: design of structures for earthquake resistance. p1: general rules, seismic actions annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7193 7 and rules for buildings. draft 6, doc cen/tc250/sc8/n335, jan 2003, brussels. [cultrera, 2016] cultrera g., d’alema e. and emersito working group (2016). emersito task force activities after the mw 6.0 amatrice earthquake (august 24th, 2016, central italy). ann. geoph., this issue. [luzi, 2013] luzi l., pacor f., ameri g., puglia r., burrato p., massa m., augliera p., castro r., franceschina g., lovati s. (2013). overview on the strong motion data recorded during the may-june 2012 emilia seismic sequence, seism. res. lett., vol. 84, n. 4. [massa, 2014] massa m., lovati s., franceschina g., d’alema e., marzorati s., mazza s., cattaneo m., selvaggi g., amato a., michelini a., augliera p. (2014). ismd, a web portal for the real time processing and dissemination of ingv strong-motion data, seism. res. lett., vol. 85, n. 4, 727-734. [moretti, 2016] moretti m., pondrelli s., margheriti l. and sismiko working group (2016). sismiko: emergency network deployment and data sharing in the 2016 amatrice seismic sequence. ann. geoph., this issue. [spagnuolo, 2016] spagnuolo e., cirella a., akinci a. (2016). investigating the effective ness of rupture directivity during the august 24, 2016 mw 6.0 central italy earthquake. ann. geoph., this issue. [spudich, 1999]. spudich, p., w. b. joyner, a. g. lindh, d. m. boore, b. m. margaris, and j. b. fletcher (1999). sea99: a revised ground motion prediction relation for use in extensional tectonic regimes, bull. seism. soc. am., 89, 1156-1170. figure 6. residual analysis of pga (top) and pgv (bottom), for 16 events with mw≥4.0 recorded in the amatrice area from august 24 to september 30, 2016 with respect to the bindi et al. (2011) gmpes. left and right panels indicate the dependence of the residuals on epicentral distance and magnitude respectively. effects of march 20, 2015, partial (~50%) solar eclipse on meteorological parameters in the urban area of naples (italy) annals of geophysics, 59, 1, 2016, a0106; doi:10.4401/ag-6899 a0106 effects of march 20, 2015, partial (~50%) solar eclipse on meteorological parameters in the urban area of naples (italy) nicola scafetta, adriano mazzarella* osservatorio meteorologico, università di napoli federico ii, distar, naples, italy abstract during the partial (~50%) solar eclipse occurred on march 20, 2015, morning, various meteorological parameters were monitored to study their evolution above the urban area of naples, central italy. the experimental conditions were optimal because of the clear sky situation all over italy, and in naples in particular. the eclipse last about 2 hours between 9:25:06 (ut+1, local italian time) and 11:43:09 (local italian time, ut+1). from the observation site, the incoming solar radiation diminished by about 50% at the eclipse peak at 10:32:18 (local italian time, ut+1), as expected. on the contrary, the uv radiation diminished significantly less, about 25%. this frequency response was likely due to rayleigh scattering. it suggests that about 50% of the uv radiation reaching the surface was direct light and 50% scattered light. during the eclipse, the urban surface temperature and humidity values stayed almost constant instead of increasing and decreasing, respectively, as predicted by their daily cycle. this result was used to estimate that the average emissivity of the city of naples is about f = 0.86. the wind speed decreased significantly during the event while the atmospheric pressure stayed constant to decrease only after the eclipse. finally, we propose a simple empirical method to approximately estimate the cooling effect of an eclipse, which meteorologists could use to correct the temperature model forecast that normally ignores the occurrence of an eclipse. consistency of these results with the literature and its importance is briefly discussed. 1. introduction meteorologists have found solar eclipses attractive for studying the response of the atmosphere under the peculiar condition of an abrupt change of the incident solar radiation [zerefos et al. 2007]. numerous studies have reported abrupt changes in meteorological parameters such as surface temperature, humidity, wind speed intensity and direction and atmospheric pressure [anbar 2006, founda et al. 2007, zerefos et al. 2007, muraleedharan et al. 2010, and references therein]. also direct effects of a solar eclipse on solar and uv surface radiation have been typically studied for better understanding the interaction between the solar irradiance spectrum and the atmosphere [kazadzis et al. 2007, kazantzidis et al. 2007, tzanis et al. 2008]. the response of the atmosphere to an eclipse event strongly depends on the local coordinates, geography and meteorological conditions. studying total and partial eclipses is equally important for a better understanding of the phenomenon. on march 20, 2015, an equinoctial solar eclipse occurred from 7:40 ut to 11:50 ut. the eclipse peak occurred around 9:46 ut on the ocean between iceland and norway (lat. 64°25'54" n, lon. 6°38'48" w). figure 1 depicts the eclipse path map and summarizes its timing and other relevant geographical and astronomical information. the eclipse was mostly visible from the north sea, the faeroe islands and svalbard, and it was partially visible throughout europe. in italy, the sun was obscured by 39% to 67% depending on the latitude and longitude of the observation: see figure 2. herein, we are interested in studying the meteorological changes in the urban area of naples, on the west coast of central italy, during the march 20, 2015, partial eclipse where a nearly 50% solar eclipse was observed, and to use this information to deduce a general meteorological response to an eclipse. 2. data analysis and physical implications table 1 reports the timing and obscuration percent of the eclipse as seen in major italian cities. during march 20, 2015, most italy benefited of meteorological conditions favorable to study the meteorological consequences of the eclipse because of the sunny and cloud-free sky weather. figure 2 shows the weather forecast for the day and the result is confirmed in figure 3 by the high pressure (1020-1025 hpa) and temperature of the day that were higher than the seasonal average present throughout the italian peninsula and throughout most of west europe. this favorable condition could be used to deduce how an eclipse could inarticle history received november 3, 2015; accepted january 11, 2016. subject classification: radiation, solar-terrestrial interaction, meteorological effects of an eclipse. fluence meteorological parameters. figure 4 shows a series of photographs of the various phases of the eclipse as observed in pescara (lat. 42°27'51"n, long. 14°12'51"e), which is located in central italy on the adriatic sea. as reported in table 1, in this location the eclipse started at 9:26:50 (ut+1, local time) and ended at 11:45:56 (ut+1, local time). in pescara, the sun’s maximum obscuration was about 53%, like in rome, at 10:34:38 (ut+1, local time). thus, central italy was an optimal location for studying the meteorological response under the specific condition of an abrupt decrease of incident solar radiation by about 50%. however, the specific 50% condition was better met by the city of naples, where the eclipse screening was 49.40% (table 1). in the following we study what happened in naples. data were collected at the meteorological observatory of the university of naples federico ii [palumbo and mazzarella 1984, di cristo et al. 2007, mazzarella and giuliacci 2011].(1) meteorological data are currently colscafetta and mazzarella 2 figure 1. map of the march 20, 2015, eclipse path on earth. total eclipse is visible within the dark blue areas; partial eclipse is visible within the light blue areas. the eclipse occurs at sunrise or sunset in the pink areas. light blue lines represent a constant fixed fraction of coverage. green lines show the time for greatest coverage. figure from http://eclipse.gsfc.nasa.gov/seplot/seplot2001/se2015mar20t.gif. 3 meteorological effects of the 2015 solar eclipse in naples city coordinates beginning (ut+1) maximum (ut+1) end (ut+1) sun’s dimminglatitude longitude aosta 45°44'14"n 7°19'14"e 9:22:32 10:30:11 11:41:58 67.32% turin 45°04'00"n 7°42'00"e 9:21:59 10:29:36 11:41:24 65.62% milan 45°27'51"n 9°11'25"e 9:24:13 10:32:09 11:44:03 64.88% trento 46°04'00"n 11°07'00"e 9:27:19 10:35:38 11:47:33 64.09% genoa 44°24'40"n 8°55'58"e 9:22:28 10:30:12 11:42:01 62.99% venice 45°26'23"n 12°19'55"e 9:28:02 10:36:25 11:48:17 61.44% bologna 44°29'38"n 11°20'34"e 9:25:30 10:33:35 11:45:26 60.59% trieste 45°38'10"n 13°48'15"e 9:30:05 10:38:37 11:50:26 60.35% florence 43°46'17"n 11°15'15"e 9:24:27 10:32:22 11:44:08 59.15% perugia 43°06'44"n 12°23'20"e 9:25:05 10:32:57 11:44:35 56.50% ancona 43°37'00"n 13°31'00"e 9:27:13 10:35:19 11:46:56 56.31% rome 41°53'35"n 12°28'58"e 9:23:45 10:31:16 11:42:38 53.76% pescara 42°27'51"n 14°12'51"e 9:26:50 10:34:38 11:45:56 53.01% cagliari 39°13'00"n 9°07'00"e 9:16:06 10:22:15 11:32:58 51.65% campobasso 41°33'40"n 14°40'06"e 9:26:27 10:33:57 11:44:57 50.51% naples 40°50'50"n 14°15'29"e 9:25:06 10:32:18 11:43:09 49.40% potenza 40°38'00"n 15°48'00"e 9:27:13 10:34:19 11:44:48 47.12% bari 41°07'31"n 16°52'00"e 9:29:24 10:36:40 11:47:07 46.93% palermo 38°06'56"n 13°21'41"e 9:47:00 10:26:41 11:36:30 44.36% reggio calabria 38°06'52"n 15°39'00"e 9:24:30 10:30:14 11:39:33 41.62% table 1. timing and sun’s dimming of the march 20, 2015, eclipse in major italian cities. the reported timing is in ut+1 to fit the local italian time. figure 2. (left) percent of the sun’s dimming (see also table 1), and (right) meteorological conditions in italy on march 20, 2015. figure from http://www.meteoweb.eu. lected from three automatic stations located on the turret of the building of san marcellino (lat. 40°50'50.2"n, long. 14°15'28.7"e, altitude 50 m). the stations are run by the following weather sensors: temperature (°c), atmospheric pressure (hpa), relative humidity (%), wind speed (m/s), wind direction (°north), precipitation (mm), global and direct solar radiation (w/m2), uv radiation (w/m2). figure 5 shows the total solar irradiance and the uv irradiance records measured at the observatory on the eclipse day. the data are 10-minute averages. the colored area highlights the period of the eclipse’s occurrence in naples from 9:25 to 11:43 local time: see table 1. the dimming of the surface solar and uv radiation records during the eclipse is evident. until noon the meteorological solar radiation record is very smooth, scafetta and mazzarella 4 figure 3. (a) 500 hpa geopotential (gpdm), temperature (°c) and sea-level pressure (hpa), and (b) 850 geopotential (gpdm) and temperature (°c) in europe on march 20, 2015. figure from http://www.wetterzentrale.de. a b 5 a fact that confirms that the sky was clean and cloudfree during the entire eclipse period. we also note that the solar irradiance daily peak last about one hour from about 11:50 to 12:50, while the uv peak last only about 15 min from 11:50 to 12:05, as expected by the geographical position on naples. this behavior could be explained by the fact that the uv band is very narrow (280-400 nm) compared with the band of the solar irradiance. this covers a far larger interval peaking in correspondence of the visible light at 380750 nm making the irradiance measure more variable. at the eclipse’s beginning (9:25 local time) the total solar irradiance was 552 w/m2. it reached a minimum of 334 w/m2 at the eclipse’s apex at 10:32 local time and it increased to 760 w/m2 when the eclipse ended at 11:43 local time. at the eclipse’s maximum in naples, the sun was covered by 49.40%: see table 1. without the eclipse the total solar irradiance at the surface had to be about 660 w/m2, which is slightly larger than the average between the values at the beginning and at the end of the eclipse, that is, 656 w/m2. note that the observation occurred during the late morning when these indexes are expected to rise approximately linearly as indicated in the figure with dash lines. figure 5 shows also the uv record. at the eclipse’s beginning (9:25 local time), the uv irradiance was 0.39 w/m2 and it increased to 0.52 w/m2 when the eclipse ended (11:43 local time). without the eclipse’s obscuration, at 10:32 the uv irradiance had to be about the average between the two values, that is 0.46 w/m2. however, at the eclipse’s apex at 10:32 local time the meteorological effects of the 2015 solar eclipse in naples figure 4. set of photographs of various phases of the march 20, 2015, eclipse as observed in pescara (central italy). the reported timing is in ut+1 to fit the local italian time. photo from http://www.zazoom.it/newsnotizia/post/305603/eclissi-solare-del-2032015-osservata-daterra-e-dallo-spazio. figure 5. total solar irradiance and uv irradiance measured in naples on march 20, 2015. the colored area highlights the period from 9:25 to 11:43 (ut+1, local time) when the eclipse occurred in naples: see table 1. the blue and red broken lines show approximately the expected normal behavior of the uv and solar irradiance at the same day without eclipse. measured uv irradiance was 0.34 w/m2, that is about 75% of the above no-eclipse expected value despite about 50% of the sun was covered by the moon. an uv dimming by only 25% suggests that about 50% of the uv reaching the surface in naples was direct light while the leftover 50% of the uv surface radiation was scattered light.(2) this result could be explained as follows. an eclipse can only block the direct uv light (duv) because only this component is screened by the solar eclipse, whose percent in naples was about se = 50%. because the observed uv radiation (ouv) at the surface was 75% of the expected noeclipse value, 50% of the uv surface radiation has to be direct uv light (duv) and 50% scattered uv light (suv), which is not blocked by the eclipse. in fact, we have that the observed uv radiation during the eclipse must be made of two components as follows: ouv = duv · se + suv = 50% · 50% + 50% = 75%. (1) figure 6 summarizes a number of meteorological variables (temperature, relative humidity, wind speed and atmospheric pressure) measured in naples on march 20, 2015. the meteorological effects of the eclipse, occurred from 9:25 to 11:43 local time, are quite evident in these records. figure 6a shows that during the eclipse, from 9:25 to about 11:00 local time the temperature first slightly increased from about 14.7 °c to 14.9 °c and then decreased again to about 14.8 °c. thus, during the first 1.5 hour of the eclipse the temperature stayed approximately fixed at about 14.8 °c. this temperature standstill is indirectly confirmed by the relative humidity that also halted its morning natural decrease and stayed fixed at about 42.5%. in fact, under moderate wind condition the temperature and the relative humidity are inversely related. after the eclipse, at about 12:00, the temperature raised to about 16.0 °c. using a simple linear interpolation it is possible to calculate that without the eclipse at 10:30 the temperature had to be 0.6-0.7 °c warmer than at 9:30, that is about 15.3-15.4°c. thus, in this occasion the 49.4% eclipse observed in naples has caused a cooling of about 0.50.6 °c relative to the expected temperature. the stationary climatic condition observed during the eclipse from 9:25 to 11:00 can be used to roughly calculate the average emissivity e of the city of naples by taking into consideration that the meteorological observatory of san marcellino is located nearly in the center of the city. we use the stefan–boltzmann law: j = fvt4. (2) here, the stefan’s constant is v= 5.67 * 10-8 wm-2k-4 and the temperature is t=14.8°c + 273.15°c = 287.95 k. scafetta and mazzarella 6 figure 6. meteorological variables versus solar irradiance values measured in naples on march 20, 2015. the colored area highlights the period from 9:25 to 11:43 (ut+1, local time) when the eclipse occurred: see table 1. (a) temperature; (b) humidity; (c) wind speed; (d) atmospheric pressure. 7 the calculation is based on the assumption that the infrared average radiation j emitted by the city had to be equal to the incoming solar radiation because during the eclipse the temperature staid nearly constant, which indicates a balance between the two radiations. thus, we have j = 334 w/m2. using equation (2) and under the above hypothesis we found that the average emissivity of the city of naples is about f = 0.86. during the eclipse, the wind speed decreased from about 3.0 m/s to about 1.5 m/s, which could also be a consequence of the missing increase of the temperature. probably, as the incoming radiation decreased, a moderate temperature inversion between the surface and higher atmospheric layers occurred and partially blocked the lower layer air circulation. to test this hypothesis, we compared the temperature values measured at the observatory of san marcellino versus those measured at the observatory located at monte sant’elmo, which is located at 250 m asl about on the vertical of san marcellino: see table 2. we observed that during the eclipse, between 10:00 and 11:00, the potential temperature difference between sant’elmo and san marcellino was 0.2 °c higher than before and after the eclipse. this indicates a moderate reduction of the thermodynamic instability that could be consistent with the reduced wind stress. the wind was coming mostly from north and no direction change was observed during the eclipse. the wind direction switched to south since 13:30 local time. finally, the atmospheric pressure remained relatively constant at 1023.3 hpa from 8:00 to 11:30 local time: it decreased after 11:30 local time since the eclipse ended. we also suggest a simple methodology to be used by meteorologists to improve the weather forecast in case of an eclipse. in fact, the models used to forecast weather do not take into account the occurrence of an eclipse and meteorologists may be interested in a simple empirical method to correct the theoretical meteorological temperature forecast by a certain eclipse cooling effect dteclipse. let us suppose that: (1) the city of naples is indicative of other cities and locations relatively similar and close to the coast such as most italian cities; (2) in such locations, an eclipse-related reduction of the total solar irradiance by about 326 w/m2 from the expected 660 w/m2 to 334 w/m2 in one hour causes a cooling respect to the expected temperature by about 0.55 °c as observed in naples. the empirical equation must be calibrated against the expected temperature values at the times of the our observed eclipse in naples, when the temperature would have increased by about 0.65 °c from 9:30 to 10:30 if no eclipse had occurred. thus, if texpected is the forecast temperature at the apex of the eclipse in a given location, t9:30 is the expected temperature at that location at 9:30 local time, t10:30 is the expected temperature at that location at 10:30 local time, ssi is the expected solar irradiance at the surface in absence of the eclipse at the time of the eclipse and se is the obscuration percent of the eclipse at the same location, then the temperature teclipse at the apex of the eclipse at that location should be about teclipse = texpected − dteclipse. (3) in fact, if se = 0% (that is an eclipse does not occur) then t ≈ texpected; if se = 49.4% = 0.494, as observed in naples in this occasion, then using the expected temperature values t9:30 = 14.7 °c and texpected = t10:30 = 15.35 °c and the expected solar irradiance at the surface ssi = 660 w/m2 reported above, equation (3) gives t ≈ texpected − 0.55 ≈ 14.8 °c, as observed. the eclipse cooling effect dteclipse in equation (3) should be corrected by a given factor c measuring the average daily variation of ssi in presence of clouds. for example, if during the eclipse the sky remains as cloudy as during the times of reference at 9:30 and 10:30 local time c≈1; if the cloudiness of the sky during the eclipse was lower than during the times of reference at 9:30 and 10:30 local time c would be larger than 1, and vice versa. 3. discussion and conclusion meteorological parameters and solar and uv surface irradiance indices were measured in naples, central italy, during the partial (~50%) equinoctial solar eclipse occurred on march 20, 2015. the observations were optimal for the purposes of this study because the sky was clear and cloud free. during the eclipse, which last about two hours from 9:25 to 11:43 local italian time, the surface solar irradiance dropped by about 50% in about a hour, at 10:32 local time in correspondence of apex of the eclipse. this abrupt irradiance decrease caused a halt in both the urban temperature and relative humidity. without . . . . t t t9 se ssi t t t9 sese ssi 0 55 0 65 0 494 600 0 0026 : : : : exexpxpected exexpxpected 10 30 t9 30 10 30 t9 30 . . c c -q v meteorological effects of the 2015 solar eclipse in naples time interval sant’elmo san marcellino temperature gradient 8:30-9:30 11.9 °c 14.3 °c -2.4 °c 10:00-11:00 12.6 °c 14.8 °c -2.2 °c 11:30-12:30 13.5 °c 15.9 °c -2.4 °c table 2. air temperature gradient between sant’elmo and san marcellino meteorological observatories. the data from sant’elmo were taken from http://www.campanialive.it. · · · · · · the eclipse, these indices had to increase and decrease, respectively, due to their daily cycle. the stationary temperature and relative humidity were likely also favored by naples’ surrounding environment: mainly by the thermal damping effect of the sea-water influence. in fact, a similar response occurred in a number of greek coastal sites during the total solar eclipse of march 29, 2006 [founda et al. 2007]. the sea thermal damping effect is indirectly evident in figure 6a showing that in naples the temperature daily peak occurs 2-3 hours after the peak of the surface irradiance, that is at 14:00-15:00 while in naples the theoretical surface irradiance peak occurs about 10 minutes after noon. on the contrary, the meteorological effects of an eclipse are more significant in arid lands far from the sea coast, where water thermal damping effect is less significant. for example, during a partial (~60%) eclipse in 2005 in the makkah region, a location far from the coast in south arabia, the temperature decreased slightly by about 1 °c and the relative humidity increased [anbar 2006]. significant eclipse-modified boundary layers were also observed in new mexico, u.s.a., during the may 10, 1994, partial (94%) solar eclipse over the desert [eaton et al. 1997]. the stationary temperature and relative humidity occurred during the eclipse could also be used to estimate that the average emissivity of the city of naples is f = 0.86. we observe that this result is realistic because naples is densely built and concrete has an emissivity of about f= 0.85. typically, general constructions materials and asphalts have an emissivity between 0.80 and 0.95 [sobrino et al. 2012, tab. 7 and fig. 4]. as a further confirmation of such an approach, we repeated the analysis using the data from the observatory of casamicciola in ischia known as the green island. we found an emissivity equal to about 0.96 that corresponds to the value for a mostly green surface with few constructions. we have also observed that surface wind-speed, whichwas relativelyweak, decreased during the eclipse from about 3.0 m/s to about 1.5 m/s. this effect was also observed in most sites in greece during the total solar eclipse of march 29, 2006, as a result of the partial cooling and/or stabilization of the atmospheric boundary layers [founda et al. 2007]. thus, likely during the eclipse a moderate thermal inversion occurred between the surface and higher atmospheric boundary layers and this was observed also in naples by comparing the temperature records of the observatories at sant’elmo and san marcellino, located about on the same vertical 200 m apart. we have compared the surface total solar irradiance record against the surface uv record. uv radiation at the surface depends on the total ozone air column. on naples the total ozone integrated vertical profile column density was about 350 dobson units according to an estimate based on the ozone measurement instrument (omi) (http://www.temis.nl/protocols/o3total. html). while at the eclipse peak the surface total solar irradiance value dropped by about 50%, which is a percentage consistent with the moon screening of the sun, the uv record dropped only by 25%, that is equal to the 75% of the expected value if the eclipse had not occurred. the result confirms a strong wavelength dependency of the atmospheric response to surface solar irradiance spectra [rayleigh 1899] where high frequency light is scattered more and, therefore, should be less screened by an eclipse than low frequency light. in particular, we have determined that our observation implies that about 50% of the uv radiation reaching the surface in naples is direct light and 50% was scattered light. our result could be typical of the orography of naples. future studies could determine whether and how this property could be generalized. for example, it could be investigated the influence of the tropospheric ozone, which with clear sky and in metropolitan areas could have play an important uv diffusion. finally, we have proposed a simple methodology, equation (3), to be used by meteorologists to improve the weather forecast in case of an eclipse. the equation attempts to evaluate the cooling associated to a generic eclipse as a proportion relative to the relevant parameters measured in naples in this occasion. the fact that themarch 20, 2015, partial eclipse obscured the sun in naples by about 50% and had its apex at about 10:30, that is during the middle of the warming phase of the temperature diurnal cycle from about 7:00 to 14:00, could make equation (3) a mean estimate that could work in most cases. according to equation (3), if on march 20, 2015, the eclipse was total, in naples the temperature would have dropped by about 1.1 °c respect to the expected 15.3-15.4 °c. thus, we expect that in italy and in other comparable locations an eclipse could cause a cooling of the order of 1 °c respect to the expected temperature in absence of an eclipse. according to equation (3), the eclipse effect should be greater in locations where the diurnal temperature cycle is greater than in naples on march 20, and vice versa. an extensive testing of equation (3) is left to further study. however, herein we can approximately test this empirical equation against some of the results already published in the literature. for example, founda et al. [2007] studied the effect of the total solar eclipse (from 100% to 75%) of march 29, 2006, on meteorological variables in greece. in the city of kastelorizo (lat. 36°9' n, long. 29°35' e, a small greek island near the coast of southern turkey) the eclipse obscuration was scafetta and mazzarella 8 9 nearly 100% and, at the time of the eclipse (about 10:53 ut, 12:53 local time), the solar irradiance at the surface dropped from the expected value ssi ≈ 900 w/m2 to nearly zero. from 9:30 to 10:30 local time (7:30 to 8:30 ut) the temperature increased by about 1.4 °c (cf. founda et al. [2007], fig. 3). thus, equation (3) predicts an eclipse related cooling of about 3.3 °c relative to the expected temperature in absence of the eclipse: by visual interpolation of figure 3 in founda et al. [2007] this is what appears to have occurred. similarly, in the city of thessaloniki (lat. 40°38' n, long. 22°57' e, a city in the north of greece) the eclipse obscuration was nearly 75%. at the time of the eclipse (about 10:49 ut, 12:49 local time), the solar irradiance at the surface dropped significantly from the expected value ssi ≈ 800 w/m2. from 9:30 to 10:30 local time (7:30 to 8:30 ut), the temperature increased by about 3.0 °c (cf. founda et al. [2007], fig. 3). thus, equation (3) predicts an eclipse related cooling of about 4.7 °c relative to the expected temperature in absence of the eclipse, which is again about what appears to have occurred (cf. founda et al. [2007], fig. 3). although approximate, we believe that these results are remarkable given the simplicity of equation (3) that further study could improve and better calibrate. notes (1). the meteorological observatory is attached to the department of earth sciences, environment and resources and is located in the center of naples, italy, in largo s. marcellino. it was established by dictatorial decree of giuseppe garibaldi, on october 29, 1860, at the request of prof. luigi palmieri, holder of the first chair of meteorology after the unification of italy in 1860. the meteorological observatory of san marcellino is, therefore, the highest institution regarding the knowledge of meteorological events of the city of naples and one of the major meteorological centers in italy. (2). rayleigh [1899] found that the particle scattering of electromagnetic radiation is proportional to the fourth power of the frequency so that in air high frequency radiation is more scattered than the low frequency one. references anbar, o.m.y. (2006). solar eclipse effects on the air layer near the surface over makkah region, journal of king abdulaziz university-meteorology, environment and arid land agriculture sciences, 18 (2), 47-59. di cristo, r., a. mazzarella and r. viola (2007). an analysis of heat index over naples (southern italy) in the context of european heat wave of 2003, nat. hazards, 40, 373-379; doi:10.107/s11069-006-0033-7. eaton, f., j. hines, w. hatch, r. cionco, j. byers, d. garvey and d. miller (1997). solar eclipse effects observed in the planetary boundary layer over a desert, bound.-lay. meteorol., 83, 331-346. founda, d., d. melas, s. lykoudis, i. lisaridis, e. gerasopoulos, g. kouvarakis, m. petrakis and c. zerefos (2007). the effect of the total solar eclipse of 29 march 2006 on meteorological variables in greece, atmos. chem. phys., 7, 5543-5553. kazadzis, s., a.f. bais, m. blumthaler, a. webb, n. kouremeti, r. kift, b. schallhart and a. kazantzidis (2007). effects of total solar eclipse of 29 march 2006 on surface radiation, atmos. chem. phys., 7, 5775-5783. kazantzidis, a., a.f. bais, c. emde, s. kazadzis and c.s. zerefos (2007). attenuation of global ultraviolet and visible irradiance over greece during the total solar eclipse of 29 march 2006, atmos. chem. phys., 7, 5959-5969. mazzarella, a., and a. giuliacci (2011). urbanizationinduced variations in air temperature and rainfall in naples southern italy, romanian journal of climatology, 2, 67-77. muraleedharan, p.m., p.g. nisha and k. mohankumar (2010). effect of january 15, 2010 annular solar eclipse on meteorological parameters over goa, india, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phy., 73, 1988-1998. palumbo, a., and a. mazzarella (1984). local recent changes in extreme air temperatures, clim. change, 6, 303-309. sobrino, j.a., r. oltra-carrió, j.c. jiménez-munoz, y. julien, g. sòria, b. franch and c. mattar (2012). emissivity mapping over urban areas using a classification-based approach: application to the dualuse european security ir experiment (desirex), int. j. appl. earth obs., 18, 141-147. strutt, j. (lord rayleigh) (1899). on the transmission of light through an atmosphere containing small particles in suspension, and on the origin of the blue of the sky, philosophical magazine, series 5, 47, 375-394. tzanis, c. ,c. varotsos and l. viras (2008). impacts of the solar eclipse of 29 march 2006 on the surface ozone concentration, the solar ultraviolet radiation and themeteorological parameters at athens, greece, atmos. chem. phys., 8, 425-430. zerefos, c., n. mihalopoulos and p. monks, eds. (2007). the total solar eclipse of 2006 and its effects on the environment, atmos. chem. phys., special issue. * corresponding author: adriano mazzarella, osservatorio meteorologico, università di napoli federico ii, dip. di scienze della terra, dell’ambiente e delle risorse, naples, italy; email: adriano.mazzarella@unina.it. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. meteorological effects of the 2015 solar eclipse in naples << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice profiles of relative permittivity and electrical conductivity from unsaturated soil water content models annals of geophysics, 59, 3, 2016, g0320; doi:10.4401/ag-6990 g0320 profiles of relative permittivity and electrical conductivity from unsaturated soil water content models roberta porretta*, fabio bianchi istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy abstract a mathematical model of water diffusion in the vadose zone has been implemented for different types of soil textures in order to determine the soil water content (swc) profiles in dependence of depth and time. from these profiles, obtained for different soils, we derived the characteristic electrical parameters, such as relative permittivity (fr ) and electrical conductivity (v), and their variation in time, employing empirical relations available in the scientific literature. the simulation through mathematical models has been performed taking into account different types of soils characterized by the percentage composition of sand, clay and silt in the textural triangle, which provides some physical and chemical properties that affect the water retention in the soil. the resulting simulated profiles of swc and consequently permittivity and conductivity profiles, span over a certain range of values suggesting the best techniques and the limits in geophysical investigation. moreover this a-prior knowledge helps in the elaboration and interpretation of permittivity and conductivity data obtained by the measurements. permittivity and conductivity profiles are particularly useful in some environmental applications when the soil textures are (or supposed to be) known as in the typical case of landfill leachate dispersion. since the soil textures beneath or nearby a disposal waste are characterized by a swc, the values of fr and vat various depth can be directly inferred. 1. introduction electrical conductivity (v) and relative dielectric permittivity (fr ) are two independent physical properties that characterize the behavior of soil when excited by electric currents or electromagnetic fields [settimi 2011]. the electrical conductivity and dielectric permittivity of the constituent minerals are the main controlling factors of the electrical properties of soils [kriaa et al. 2014]. the derivation of these quantities related to the water content provides useful information regarding the practical use of geophysical investigation (gpr, tdr, etc.), applied to unsaturated subsurface vadose zone of medium. this zone has relevant importance in different ambits and especially in geophysical prospection [huisman et al. 2003]. the unsaturated portion of soil concerns the first meters beneath the ground level down to the water table, where the saturated zone begins. in this section hydrogeological properties (physical and chemical) are important since they dominate the electric properties of soil, described by the two quantities v and fr . these last quantities can be directly measured through several techniques or theoretically deduced (constitutive relations) in a homogeneous medium. in this paper these parameters are estimated through soil hydrologic models [huisman et al. 2003]. in the latter case the swc in vadose zone plays an important role to determine both relative permittivity and electrical conductivity since they are strongly dependent on it. the different soil textures can retain different percentage of water, due to its porosity, under the action of two agents: the gravity potential and the matrix potential. the diffusive equation is driven by these quantities and cannot be solved without models. these models need in input physical parameters that quantify the textures of soil. in the past decades authors proposed different numerical parameters [mualem 1976, van genuchten 1980] to solve the so-called richards equation that well describes the water diffusion in the vadose zone. once the input parameters for the particular type of soil are established it is possible to numerically calculate the swc, which is function of time and depth. swc is the most important hydro-geological parameters that jointly to salinity and porosity affects the electrical properties in the unsaturated soils. this paper deals with simulations of soil model in order to evaluate the swc and consequently through topp and archie empirical relationships to determine the electrical parameters of soil. in this specific case, we obtained 3d profiles that show temporal and spatial variation of the electrical properties. the study focuses on soil investigation theoretical approach, that could be a useful tool in some environmental and geophysiarticle history received february 19, 2016; accepted may 17, 2016. subject classification: soil texture, diffusion, water content, conductivity/permittivity profiles. cal applications. furthermore it could represent a preliminary phase which precedes the measurements and facilitates the interpretation of the results (gpr, tdr, ert and other similar geophysical investigation techniques e.g. after raining survey or in landfill control). 2. water content models water flows in saturated porous medium and water content retention in different kind of soils has been subject of many studies. to describe this phenomenon in the vadose zone richards proposed an equation which is a combination between the flux equation and mass conservation, and it characterizes the swc trend over time [richards 1931]. the software developed to derivate swc presented in this paper it’s based on well-known literature models such as van genuchten, mualem, brooks and corey. the introduction of these models was necessary, due to the impossibility to analytically solve the richards’ equation. the water diffusion equation into unsaturated soil in one-dimensional terms can assume the following form: where i is the swc [m3/m3], h represents the hydraulic head: h = } + z , being } the matrix potential and z the elevation above a reference plan (level). k is hydraulic conductivity in (m/s). the above is the socalled richard’s equation that has no closed form solution because k is depend dependent on i. the substitution of the hydraulic head h with }+ z , leads to the so-called richard’s mixed form: (2) here please note that k is the hydraulic conductivity in [cm/day] and i is the soil water content [cm3/cm3]. it describes the movement of the fluid (fluid motion) in a non-saturated and porous medium. it is a non linear partial differential equation and, as such, it has no analytical closed form solution and must be integrated numerically. furthermore, k(i) is not a constant in the strict sense, as it depends on the same i, hence the problem need an appropriate model to be treated. here it is presented in one-dimensional term along the vertical z. equations (2) and (3) have a two dependent variables i and h (or }), so the resolution of the two forms requires the definition of a constitutive equation that binds i and } as in figure 1 [mualem 1976]. from usda (united states departement of agriculture) triangle textures shown in figure 2 typical van genuchten parameters are reported in table 1 [leij et al. 1996]. as mentioned earlier k is not a constant, because of its dependence on i and for this reasons, a model for each different soil textures is required. this demands a constitutive equation that takes into account the water retention curve. such a curve depends on the soil pososity, or, even better depends on the effective saturation se [leij et al. 1997]. the latter can be expressed as: (4) where: is is the water content in saturated conditions and ir is the residual water content. it means that if se = 0 the fluid can be found only in gaseous phase, t kz2 2 2 2 2 2i = s hz2 2 x t z z z z z k zk 12 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2i w w = ++ =s sx x" "% % t z k2 2 2 2 i i = q" z 12 2 i w +sv x% se ri i= -q v rsi i-q v porretta and bianchi 2 (1) (3) figure 1. water retention curve that links the two variables i or } depending on the type of soil [tuller and or 2005]. figure 2. usda (united states departement of agriculture) textures triangle. 3 while if se = 1 we are in saturated conditions. because the hydraulic conductivity k depends on se, therefore the introduction of models [brooks and corey 1964, mualem 1976] that take into account such a dependence k→k (se) is necessary. in this work the following model proposed by van genuchten has been adopted: (5) such a model [van genuchten 1980] is widely employed in this field. in this work was also introduced the dependence on the matrix potential like: (6) with tabulated parameters a, n = 1 − 1/m (7) equation (3) after some few arrangements becomes equation (8) is numerically solved in matlab program through the van genuchten’s model, given in relations (5), (6) and (7). this allows to obtain both i(z,t) and }(z,t) variables in function of time and depth. since the implemented model it’s based on equations having validity in vadose zone the simulated depth can only reach the water table. limits on the depth parameter are intrinsic in the matrix potential that cannot act on more than 10 m above the water table in ideal conditions, which reflects in a 2-5 m action in real conditions depending on soil texture. also the heterogeneity of the soil has been strongly simplified and the missing data interpolated with a statistical algorithm. 3. empirical relations to derive relative permittivity of the soil many physical and empirical models have been suggested for the evaluation of the i−fr relationship in the literature. the relative permittivity is the main electric quantity employed to define swc in the soil since it can be easily measured through various techniques. the relation that ties these two quantities was empirically established [topp et al. 1980]. this equation is valid for a wide range of mineral soils and independent from soil bulk density, ambient temperature, and salt content. this led many authors to the use of the term “universal” for this equation with appropriate caveat that “in organic soils or heavy clay soils problems arise which may require site-specific calibration” [cosenza et al. 2003, and the reference therein]. in this specific study the topp’s formula [topp et al. 1980] has been used . from well-known water content profiles, obtained by a modeling software [bianchi et al. 2015], topp’s relation (9) allows to derivate the relative permittivity values of soil from the swc. this empirical model was generated using time-domain reflectometry (tdr) at a frequency between 1 mhz and 1 ghz to measure fr for several mineral soils. the estimated error in this model is 0.013. general topp’s model can be expressed: (9) where fr is the relative permittivity and i is the soil volumetric water content. they also provided another inverse relation as follows: z k zt 12 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 i i w w w = +q sv x" % nm h 1 n mv s r nv 1 1 2 2i a} i i a a w + = + -q q qv mv nv se 1 1= +q n mva} mv k s k se e=q v s1 /e m mw1 2%r mw" 2% . . .3 03 9 3 146 76 7r 2 3 f i i i= + + electrical profiles from swc models (8) textural class n ir [cm3/cm3] is [cm3/cm3] a [1/cm] n sand 126 0.058 0.37 0.035 3.19 loamy sand 51 0.074 0.39 0.035 2.39 sandy loam 78 0.067 0.37 0.021 1.61 loam 61 0.083 0.46 0.025 1.31 silt 3 0.123 0.48 0.006 1.53 silt loam 101 0.061 0.43 0.012 1.39 sandy clay loam 37 0.086 0.40 0.033 1.49 clay loam 23 0.129 0.47 0.030 1.37 silty clay loam 20 0.098 0.55 0.027 1.41 silty clay 12 0.163 0.47 0.023 1.39 clay 25 0.102 0.51 0.021 1.20 table 1. typical van genuchten model with parameters (a, n) including residual (ir) and saturated (is). (10) a specific calibration is needed for soils with higher water content or organic matter: (11) for organic soil; (12) for 450 µm glass beds [mukhlisin and saputra 2013]. the model relationships works better for frequencies around 100 mhz. at higher frequencies and moisture contents near to saturation (i~0.4) the topp-model over-predicts relative permittivity by up to 20%. at very low water contents the topp-model doesn’t perform well, particularly for soils with a large clay content [van dam et al. 2005]. however, later studies have shown the dependency of the i−fr relationship on clay content [persson et al. 2000, bouksila et al. 2008] and mineralogy [cosenza and tabbagh 2004], organic matter and porosity or soil density [malicki et al. 1996 and persson et al. 2002], and soluble salt content [dalton 1992, nadler et al. 1999, persson et al. 2000]. ledieu et al. [1986] have shown another form of empirical equations to describe the i−fr relationship, that can be used to expand the topp model for higher water content [van dam et al. 2005] of the form: (13) where b0 and b1 are two empirical parameters depending on soil type. in the same paper ledieu et al. [1986] found the following relationship: (14) this relationship appears to work better for most mineral non-magnetic soils over a range of frequencies between 1 mhz and 10 ghz [hamed et al. 2006]. roth et al. [1990] for mineral soil proposed this empirical relationship: (15) while for organic soil and material is: (16) the error estimations of these equations for mineral soil and organic soil are 0.015 and 0.035 cm3/cm3, respectively [mukhlisin and saputra 2013]. although a comparison of all the above relationships showed a similar trend (figure 3), topp’s formula (blue curve) resulted the relationship that best fitted the input data, since is calibrated for soils that can hold a water content up to 50%. indeed in unsaturated zone the pores in the soil can be filled not only by water but also by air. 4. empirical relations to derive conductivity of the soil another major controlling factor, of the soil electrical proprieties estimated in this study, is electrical . . . . w 5 3 10 2 92 10 5 5 10 4 3 10 r r r r 2 2 4 6 # # # # i f f f f =+ + q v . .1 74 0 34 135 55r 2 3 f i i i= + .. .13 57 31 7 1 68 2r 2 3 f i i i= + bbr 0 1f = + i .0 1138 .r 0 5 i f= .0 17585 . . . .0 0728 0 044 0 00195 0 0000361r r r 2 3 i f f f=+ + . . . .0 0233 0 0285 0 000431 0 00000304r r r 2 3 i f f f=+ + porretta and bianchi 4 figure 3. empirical relations comparison. 5 conductivity. although usually geoelectric investigations are focused on the measurement of soil resistivity, in this paper conductivity is preferred to resistivity (i.e. the inverse quantity), since prevalently we refer to rain water data given in terms of conductivity entering in the following equations. the empirical relation to estimate the electrical conductivity both for saturated and unsaturated soil is the archie’s law [shah and singh 2005] also spread in the literature. this last one connect electrical conductivity of saturated rocks (vo ) to the conductivity of the electrolyte pore of soils (vw ) , it can be expressed as: where vqo is the conductivity contribution which characterizes high clay percentage soils. it can only be neglected for high saline water content filling high porosity soils. f is the formation factor which is equal to: (18) the parameter z is the porosity, and m is the cementation exponent which increases with compaction, cementation and consolidation; it varies between 1.3 and 2.5. unconsolidated sands have values in the range between 1.3 and 1.5 [dannowski and yaramanci 1999, and the reference therein]. generally, the resistivity value is greatly influenced by basic soil characteristics variation such as fraction of solid, air and water. according to [griffiths and king 1981, telford et al. 1990], resistivity value was highly influenced by pore fluid and grain matrix of geomaterials. in compact condition, it was found that at high compaction values corresponds lower resistivity value (or higher electrical conductivity). the volumes of pore in compact condition were reduced and cause the current to easily propagate especially during the existing of water [abidin et al. 2013]. another form has been proposed, known as archie’s second law: which has been developed as an extension for unsaturated rocks and soils including the i factor (20) the saturation index i depends on the degree of saturation sw and the saturation exponent n. this latter was observed to be about 2 for consolidated rocks and to range from 1.3 to 2 for unconsolidated sands [lesmes 2005, and the reference therein]. archie’s second law (19) has been chosen and implemented in the modeling software to obtain profiles of electrical conductibility trend over time which characterizes the vadose zone. this physical quantity depends on a number of parameters as soil texture, water holding capacity, organic matter, salinity and ions exchange capacity. the conductivities of water filling pores is an important factor in the process of electric current flow through the soil; especially when a quantity of salts are dissolved in it. 5. simulations and results the software estimation of the effective water content, in a porous soil is determined by richard’s equation (equation 3). the latter is a partial differential equation that can only be solved with the implementation of the van genuchten soil models. hence water content is strongly affected by physical property of soil material (porosity, capillarity, etc.) and fluid properties (viscosity). indeed at equal initial conditions, retention water content only depends on matrix potential in opposition to the effect of gravity, preventing leaching through the ground till the water table. in the performed software simulation, specific initial condition (infiltration velocity), boundary conditions (water table depth, ground level and saturated zone hydraulic head) and simulation parameters as time and depth have been taken into account. infiltration is the volume of water passing into the soil per unit of area per unit of time. simplifying it has the dimensions of velocity [m3 m-2 s-1]. depth is intended not only as the depth of the water table, or line of saturation, but also the points in the modeled spacef i 1 1 o wv v= w qov+ i sw n= f 1 o wv v= + oqv f mz= electrical profiles from swc models (17) (19) soil type porosity [cm³/cm³] infiltration velocity [cm/day] vw [ms/m] cementation exponent saturation exponent water table depth [cm] time [day] sand 0.375 4.010 5 1.4 2 200 4 silt 0.489 1.688 5 1.4 2 200 4 clay 0.459 1.603 5 2.5 2 200 4 table 2. simulation parameters. where the solution is calculated. hydraulic head is an equivalent measure of the pressure expressed in height of water column, and it is the sum of pressure head (fluid internal pressure) and elevation head (pressure due to gravity). following a summarizing table 2 of the main simulation coefficients, parameters and physical quantities that were used to determinate the electrical conductivity, permittivity and water content relative to the soil textures object of this paper. the simulation through mathematical models of the wc profiles has been reported, respectively for the most common texture soils types (figures 4, 5, 6). the picture obtained by the modeling software, shows range of water content up to 50%, and the relative permittivity and electrical conductivity values linked to it, plotted in a 3d space. a time of four days has been chosen because sand soils after that amount of time lose all the water retained in it, and resulted completely dry. due to this quite fast change in swc, the electrical properties are also subject to a rather remarkable variation. so the results of the simulation show how taking a measure on a certain soil texture (after-rain survey) could be misleading if the soil retention is not taken in consideration. from figure 4 it is possible to see how, in a typical clay soil, water content in the topsoil layer changes very little due to its high degree of retention. in the other hand, sand soil (figure 5) with mediumsize texture have a low moisture holding capacity, which results in a seep through the ground downwards. silt take up an intermediate behavior between sand and clay soils (figure 6). topp’s derivated relative permittivity as shown below for clay, sand and silt (figures 7, 8, 9) and table 3 shown an average of relative permittivity values (fr ). porretta and bianchi 6 figure 4. water content section in clay soil textures. figure 5. water content section in sand soil textures. 7 electrical profiles from swc models figure 6. water content section in silt soil textures. figure 7. relative permittivity section in clay soil textures. figure 8. relative permittivity section in sand soil textures. since relative permittivity is an electrical physical characteristic which exclusively depends on inner water content, for high degree of moisture content, relative permittivity in simulation test increase. indeed, clay soils texture are characterized by higher relative permittivity values than sand soils, which generally shows much lower relative permittivity. silt soils, show a range of values between 0 and 24. profiles for the electrical conductivity have been present in according to archie’s second law (equation 19). also in this case, the profiles were obtained simulating a time of four days as shown in figures 10, 11 and 12. since electrical conductivity is linked to total dissolved solids (tds) and increase considerably in function of this quantity. to simplify the model, a fixed total solute concentration has been considered, which results porretta and bianchi 8 figure 9. relative permittivity section in silt soil textures. i [cm3/cm3] fr 0.10 5.343 0.15 7.451 0.20 10.116 0.25 13.281 0.30 16.889 0.35 20.881 0.40 25.201 0.45 29.791 0.50 34.592 figure 10. electrical conductivity section in clay soil textures. table 3. relative permittivity and corresponding swc values according to topp relation. 9 in a typical rain water electrical conductivity value of about 5 ms/m. furthermore, in the specific case of clay model, the contribution of the surface grains or particle conductivity (of about 90.94 ms/m) has been taken into consideration. clay surface’s mineral particles influence considerably the electrical conductivity of this specific texture which results in an increase of the total current flow through soil as shown in figure 10 and table 4. 6. conclusions this paper dealt with the estimation of relative permittivity and electrical conductivity profiles inferred from swc models for different soil textures. as well known the different percentages of the soil components, namely sand, clay and silt, described trough a numerical model allows to solve the richards diffusion equation and determine the swc in dependence of depth and time. such quantity is mainly responsible for the values assumed by the relative permittivity and conductivity along depth and time. because of seldom geophysicists have a prior knowledge of the subsoil electrical parameters even in the case of homogeneous soil’s composition these simulation yields of swc along the vadose zone once recognized some characteristic properties of soil textures. conversely, more commonly, this information can be used in the opposite sense inferring the swc from the relative permittivity and conductivity. the prior knowledge of the permittivity and conductivity modelled profiles could help geophysicists and operators to better interpret the field measurement’s results as in application of landfill monitoring where the soil textures are known. the modelled swc and corresponding electric parameters are useful to choice the suitable techelectrical profiles from swc models figure 11. electrical conductivity section in sand soil textures. figure 12. electrical conductivity section in silt soil textures. niques to be employed and the optimal mathematical inversion algorithm to retrieve the electric profiles. the results of these simulations as reported in tables 3 and 4, and figures 7, 8 and 9 show the strong dependence of the permittivity from the swc. other soil parameters have negligible influence on this quantity. different is the case in which we consider the conductivity. in fact swc dependence is important even if salinity, temperature, etc. are less relevant but still important for soil conductivity. the estimation of this two profiles have relevance especially when the soil textures are well characterised. in such a case this allows to simulate swc through the above discussed model and consequently estimate these two electric quantities in function of depth and time in unsaturated soil. a comparison with others studies carried out previously [zhou et al. 2001, michot et al. 2003, schwartz et al. 2008], showed the validity of the inverse method to convert soil moisture content to electrical resistivity using ert with a modified form of the archie’s law. starting from a given water content, electrical resistivity trend in time can be traced. application in landfill monitoring is one the fruitful application since leachate dispersion can be profitably inferred through the measurements of the soil electric parameters fr and v. references abidin, m.h.z., f. ahmad., d.c. wijeyesekera., r. saad and m.f.t. baharuddin (2013). soil resistivity measurements to predict moisture content and density in loose and dense soil, applied mechanics and materials, 353/356, 911-917. bianchi, f., m. chiappini and r. giordano (2015). formazione, diffusione e distribuzione del percolato: modelli matematici integrati del progetto siglod (formation and distribution of leachate: integrated mathematical models of siglod project), quaderni di geofisica, 128, 25 p., issn 1590-2595, (in italian). bouksila, f., m. persson, m.r. berndtsson and a. bahri (2008). soil water content and salinity determination using different dielectric methods in saline gypsiferous soil, hydrological sciences journal, 53 (1), 253-265. brooks, r.h., and a.t. corey (1964). hydraulic properties of porous media, hydrology papers, 3, colorado state university, fort collins, colorado. cosenza, p., c. camerlynck and a. tabbagh (2003). differential effective medium schemes for investigating the relationship between high-frequency relative dielectric permittivity and water content of soils, water resources research, 39 (9). cosenza, p., and a. tabbagh (2004). electromagnetic determination of clay water content: role of the microporosity, applied clay science, 26, 21-36. dalton, f.n. (1992). development of time-domain reflectrometry for measuring soil water content and bulk soil electrical conductivity, in: g.c. topp and w.d. reynolds (eds.), advances in measurement of soil physical properties: bringing theory into practice, soil science society of america spec. publ. no. 30, madison, wisconsin, usa, 143-167. dannowski, g., and u. yaramanci (1999). estimation of water content and porosity using combined radar and geoelectrical measurements, technical university of berlin, dept. of applied geophysics, ackerstr. 71-76, d-13355 berlin, germany. griffiths, d.h., and r.f. king (1981). applied geophysics for geologist and engineers, the element of geophysical prospecting, pergamon press, oxford. hamed, y., s. ghada and m. persson (2006). evaluation of the wet sensor compared to time domain reflectometry, hydrological sciences journal, 51 (4), 671-681. huisman j.a., s.s. hubbard., j.d. redman and a.p. porretta and bianchi 10 i [cm3/cm3] v sand [ms/m] v silt [ms/m] v clay [ms/m] 0.1 9.010e-05 7.680e-05 9.094e+01 0.15 2.026e-04 1.728e-04 9.094e+01 0.2 3.603e-04 3.072e-04 9.094e+01 0.25 5.629e-04 4.800e-04 9.094e+01 0.3 8.106e-04 6.912e-04 9.094e+01 0.35 1.103e-03 9.409e-04 9.094e+01 0.4 1.441e-03 1.229e-03 9.094e+01 0.45 1.824e-03 1.555e-03 9.094e+01 0.5 2.252e-03 1.920e-03 9.094e+01 table 4. electrical conductivity and corresponding swc values according to archie relation. 11 annan (2003). a measuring soil water content with ground penetrating radar: a review, vadose zone journal, 2, 476-491. kriaa, a., m. hajjib, f. jamoussib and a.h. hamzaouib (2014). electrical conductivity of 1:1 and 2:1 clay minerals, surface engineering and applied electrochemistry, 50 (1), 84-94. ledieu, j., p. de ridder, p. de clerk and s. dautrebande (1986). a method of measuring soil moisture by time domain reflectometry, journal of hydrology, 88, 319-328. leij, f.j., w.j. alves., m.th. van genuchten and j.r. williams (1996). the unsoda unsaturated hydraulic database. epa/600/r-96/095, u.s. environmental protection agency, cincinnati, oh. leij, f.j., w.b. russell and s.m. lesch (1997). closedform expression for water retention and conductivity data, ground water, 35 (5), 848-858. lesmes, d.p., and p. shmulik friedman (2005). relationships between the electrical and hydrogeological properties of rocks and soils, in: y. rubin and s.s. hubbard (eds.), hydrogeophysics, springer, dordrecht, the netherlands, ch. 4, 87-128. malicki, m.a., r. plagge and c.h roth (1996). improving the calibration of dielectric tdr soil moisture determination taking into account the solid soil, european journal of soil science, 47, 357-366. michot, d., y. benderitter., a. dorigny, b. nicoullaud, d. king and a. tabbagh (2003). spatial and temporal monitoring of soil water content with an irrigated corn crop cover using electrical resistivity tomography, water resources research, 39, 1138. mualem, y. (1976). a new model for predicting the hydraulic conductivity of unsaturated porous media, water resources research, 12 (3), 513-522. mukhlisin, m., and a. saputra (2013). performance evaluation of volumetric water content and relative permittivity models, the scientificworld journal, vol. 2013, article id 421762, 7 p. nadler, a., a. gamliel and i. peretz (1999). practical aspects of salinity effect on tdr-measured water content: a field study, soil science society of america journal, 63, 1070-1076. persson, m., r. berndtsson, s. nasri, j. albergel, p. zante and y. yumegaki (2000). solute transport and water content measurements in clay soils using time domain reflectometry, hydrological sciences journal, 45, 833-847. persson, m., b. sivakumar, r. berndtsson, o.h. jacobsen and p. schjønning (2002). predicting the dielectric constant-water content relationship using artificial neural networks, soil science society of america journal, 66, 1424-1429. richards, l.a. (1931). capillary conduction of liquids through porous mediums, physics, 1 (5), 318-333. roth, k., r. schulin, h. fluhler and w. attinger (1990). calibration of time domain reflectometry for water content measurement using a composite dielectric approach, water resources research, 26, 2267-2273. schwartz, b.f., m.e. schreiber, p.s. pooler and j.d. rimstidt (2008). calibrating access-tube time domain reflectometry soil water measurements in deep heterogeneous soils, soil science society of america journal, 72 (4), 917-930. settimi, a. (2011). performance of electrical spectroscopy using a resper probe to measure salinity and water content of concrete and terrestrial soil, annals of geophysics, 54 (4), 400-413. shah, p.h., and d.n. singh (2005). generalized archie’s law for estimation of soil electrical conductivity, journal of astm international, 2 (5), 1-20. telford, w.m., l.p. geldart and r.e. sheriff (1990). applied geophysics, 2nd ed., cambridge university press, cambridge, 792 p. topp, g.c., j.l. davis and a.p. annan (1980). electromagnetic determination of soil water content: measurements in coaxial transmission lines, water resources research, 16, 574-582. tuller, m., and d. or (2005). retention of water in soil and the soil water characteristic curve, in: d. hillel (ed.), encyclopedia if soils in the environment, elsevier. van dam, r.l., b. borchers and j.m.h. hendrickx (2005). methods for prediction of soil dielectric properties: a review, in: proceedings of spie the international society for optical engineering 5794, 188-197. van genuchten, m.th. (1980). a closed-form equation for predicting the hydraulic, conductivity of unsaturated soils, soil science society of america journal, 44, 892-898. zhou, q.y., j. shimada and a. sato (2001). three-dimensional spatial and temporal monitoring of soil water content using electrical resistivity tomography, water resources research, 37 (2), 273-285. * corresponding author: roberta porretta, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy; email: roberta.pr@live.com. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. electrical profiles from swc models << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice layout 6 annals of geophysics, 57, 1, 2014, s0189; doi:10.4401/ag-6363 s0189 the seismic microzonation of level 3 of sant’agata fossili (northern italy) based on a multidisciplinary approach giuseppe di capua1,*, massimo compagnoni2, giuseppe di giulio3, marco marchetti1, giuliano milana1, silvia peppoloni1, floriana pergalani2, vincenzo sapia1 1 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy 2 politecnico di milano, dipartimento di ingegneria civile e ambientale, milan, italy 3 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, l’aquila, italy abstract in this paper the results of a detailed seismic microzonation, performed at sant’agata fossili (piemonte region, northern italy) are presented. we study the local seismic response of this small village using a level 3, that is the most accurate level following the italian code of seismic microzonation. the activity steps consist in a gradual widening of knowledge of the different aspects of the amplification phenomena. a multidisciplinary approach has been performed to obtain the local seismic response: including a study of local geology, geophysical and geotechnical characterization of the lithologies, and numerical and experimental analyses. we finally compare the obtained elastic response spectra to the prescribed spectra of the italian building code (in italian: norme tecniche per le costruzioni). our results show the geologic and geophysical differences of the subsoil, that produce different local seismic response in terms of amplification factors and acceleration response spectra. 1. introduction the seismic hazard is usually connected to a high building vulnerability and to significant historic values of the urban centres, especially in italy. in the activities finalized to the assessment of the local seismic hazard and the seismic risk, the geological and geophysical studies can be considered as fundamental to perform activities of prevention and reconstruction. the aim of a study of seismic microzonation is the evaluation of the expected local seismic hazard, related to the expected seismic input and to geologic and geomorphologic properties of the subsoil. on the basis of these considerations the piemonte region (northern italy) has performed, in a strategic european project risknat (http://webgis.arpa.piemonte.it/risknat/), a study of seismic microzonation for the small municipality of sant’agata fossili (approximately 500 citizens). this municipality was affected by the low magnitude seismic event of april 11, 2003 (mw=4.9), and has suffered the most damage in the epicentral area, reaching a macroseismic intensity of imcs=vi-vii. starting from the recent “indirizzi e criteri per la microzonazione sismica” (guidelines and criteria for the seismic microzonation) (icms) [gdl ms 2008], a study of level 3 has been carried out. the level 3 consists of an accurate analysis of seismic microzonation based on geophysical surveys and numerical simulation. a multidisciplinary group has been created and the fundamental steps of the project can be summarized as follows: (1) study of local geology; (2) geophysical and geotechnical characterization of the lithologies; (3) numerical and experimental analyses to evaluate the local seismic response. in our study, the geological and geophysical heterogeneities of the subsoil properties have been defined. these heterogeneities can be considered as responsible for differences in the local seismic response, in terms of amplification factors and acceleration response spectra. furthermore, the resulting acceleration response spectra have been compared to those proposed by the italian seismic code “norme tecniche per le costruzioni” (technical standards for construction) [ntc 2008] in order to have a correct article history received may 30, 2013; accepted november 21, 2013. subject classification: seismic microzoning, amplification factors, elastic acceleration response spectra, seismic refraction, electrical resistivity tomography, hvsr, masw, down-hole, italian building code. level of seismic protection in the project design phases. finally, our study gives some results in term of comparison among different geophysical techniques (noise measurements, down-hole tests dh, multichannel analysis of surface waves method-masw, 2d array, electrical tomography). 2. historical and recent seismicity the information on the historical seismicity for sant’agata fossili is scarce. this could be due to the small dimension of the municipality and therefore its little political and economical importance, that can lead to poor consideration in the historical bibliography. an alternative explanation could be the low local seismicity and consequently the absence of damages; probably all the two causes are present. considering the seismic events in the “catalogo parametrico dei terremoti italiani” (parametric catalogue of italian earthquakes: gdl cpti [2004] and rovida et al. [2011]), the area has been hit by low energy earthquakes. particularly the strongest and nearest events are: 1541 (imcsmax=8), 1680 (imcsmax=7), 1828 (imcsmax=8) and 1913 (imcsmax=5) earthquakes, with magnitude between 4.9 and 5.8, producing minor damage in the municipality (figure 1). the recent seismicity shows events characterized by magnitude lesser than 4 and only the event of april 11, 2003 has reached magnitude producing a damage equal to imcs=vi-vii. 3. experimental setting to investigate the subsoil, 19 pre-existent boreholes (with thicknesses between 15 and 20 m) have been collected, 2 new boreholes (s1 and s2, with thicknesses between 40 and 30 m) and 2 standard penetration test (spt) have been performed, with the collection of 6 undisturbed samples to carry out the dynamic and static laboratory tests. different geophysical investigations, as 2 down-hole surveys (dh), 27 noise measurements, 1 passive 2d array, 1 masw, 1 seismic refraction line, 2 electrical tomography, have been conducted (figure 2). the investigations have pointed out a homogeneous lithological sequence, characterized by different thickness of the deposits. the sequence is generally formed by anthropic filling material or eluvial-colluvial deposits approximately 2 m thick over-imposed to silts, sands and clays. below these deposits, marls can be considered as a geologic bedrock. in the northern-western area, gravels and cemented gravels have been found below the anthropic filling deposits or silts. in the central area an artificially stabilized landslide has been recognized. on the 6 samples, collected in the silts sands and clays, the following geotechnical analyses have been performed: classification tests, oedometric tests, shear and resonant column tests. a series of seismic noise measurements have been carried out (figure 2), finalized to obtain information on the resonant frequencies (f0). di capua et al. 2 figure 1. location of the strongest and closest earthquakes to sant’agata fossili. the orange points show the most important towns in the area closest to sant’agata fossili, the squares indicate the epicentres of historical and recent earthquakes, the stars show the epicentre of the april 11, 2003 earthquake. figure 2. location of the existing and new geotechnical and geophysical investigations. 3 the average spectral ratios h/v have been calculated [hvnsr; nakamura 1989], and the curves are represented in figure 3. the results show clear resonance peaks, characterized by a f0 values varying between 2.1 hz and 7.4 hz in the northern and western sector of sant’agata fossili, whereas, in the eastern sector, the hvnsr curves show the absence of clear resonance peaks, indicating likely the absence of a strong vs contrast in the subsoil [ibs-von seht and wohlenberg 1999, delgado et al. 2000a,b, parolai et al. 2002, bonnefoyclaudet et al. 2006, gosar and lenart 2010, benjumea et al. 2011]. in these two identified sectors, two dh (s1 and s2) have been performed and the results in term of vp and vs velocity profiles are reported in figure 4 (location in figure 2) together with the borehole stratigraphy. the vs velocity profiles show some differences: s1 is characterized by a gradually increment of the vs with depth, and the seismic bedrock (vs > 800 m/s) is reached at a depth of about 40 m (eastern sector), whereas s2 shows an high increment of vs at the contact between the silts and marls (depth 11 m), a second velocity contrast is present in the lower part of the profile at a depth of approximately 30 m (western sector). in the area (blue polygon in figure 2) between the sectors characterized by the different behavior of vs profile, some integrative investigations have been performed, finalized to the study of the limit between the two sectors; particularly a 2d small-aperture array recording seismic noise and a 1d array of 72 geophones aimed to perform a masw analysis [park et al. 2005], using both active (minigun-like) and passive source to derive surface-wave dispersion curves. the hvnsr curves of the 11 stations of the 2d array indicate a f0 varying spatially, in a short distance, from 4 hz to 6 hz. the inversion of surface-wave dispersion curves, measured with the 2d and with the 1d arrays, allows to derive a vs profile. however, the surface wave analysis the seismic microzonation of sant'agata fossili figure 3. location of the seismic noise measurements. the h/v curves and the resonant frequencies are reported. in the gray polygon, in the northern area, the passive measures in array configuration have been performed. indicate a heterogeneity of the vs between the western and eastern sectors of the array area (figure 5), confirming also the variability of the hvnsr curves. summarizing, it is possible to notice from the two vs profiles of figure 5 a first thin layer with a vs of about 100 m/s; then a second layer characterized by different vs and thickness values in the two sectors: western sector of the array area with a thickness of about 10 m and vs of about 340 m/s, eastern sector with a thickness of about 15 m and vs of about 480 m/s and a third layer characterized by a vs greater than 800 m/s. in the studied area 2 electrical tomography lines (figure 6, location in figure 2) have been conducted: the line x-x’ shows the presence of 3 intervals of resistivity values: 5-15 ohm*m, 15-25 ohm*m and 25-45 ohm*m and the line y-y’, performed on the stabilized landslide, shows a large resistivity contrast between surface layers (50-80 ohm*m) and the bottom layers (40 ohm*m) and indicates that the landslide thickness is about 8-10 m. summarizing, on the basis of borehole stratigraphies and results of geophysical measurements, we have identified 4 sectors for the studied area (figure 7). sector 1 in the eastern side of the village shows nearly flat hvnsr curves. this agrees with the results of the dh-s1, which show increasing shear velocity with depth. the vs profile does not indicate a strong velocity contrast between the anthropic filling material and silt deposits and the underlying clayey marl. the lack of a high contrast can be noticed, considering the results of the electrical tomography (thickness of 10-12 m). in sector 2, the noise measurements indicated a clear resonance peak with f0 varying from 3.6 to 4.9 hz. the dh-s2 in this sector shows a thickness of 12 m for a low-velocity deposit (vs < 200 m/s) overlaying a stiffer basement and the electrical tomography shows that this deposit can be correlated to a low resistivity layer (5-45 ohm*m). sector 3 is characterized by the presence of conglomerates outcropping in the northwest portion of di capua et al. 4 figure 4. vp and vs velocity profiles obtained by down-holes in the s1 and s2 boreholes. the different colours identify the man-made deposits and the eluvial-colluvial deposits, the silts and clays as well as the marls. figure 5. inversion of surface-wave dispersion curves, measured with the 2d and with the 1d arrays. 5 the village with a resonance frequency between 2.1 and 3.6 hz. sector 4 is in the central part of the village where a stabilized landslide is present. in sector 4 the two noise measurements show f0 of 7.4 and 5.2 hz, considering the vs values of 200 m/s as characteristic of the landslide material, these values allow to define the thickness of the landslide to about 8 m. the landslide thickness is consistent with the electrical tomography data (figure 6). in conclusion, the comparison of the results shows a good agreement among the different investigations, allowing a valid reconstruction of the subsoil. 4. geolithological models and sections the elaboration of all data (geologic, geophysical and geotechnical) give, as mentioned, 4 main geolithological sectors (figure 7) and different lithological models with the individuation of the geophysical characteristics of each layer. we derive several geo-lithological sections (figure 8), used in the 1d numerical analyses of the local seismic response. the layers consist in man-made and eluvial-colluvial deposits (1-2 m) over-imposed to silts and clays and locally gravels, while the bedrock is formed by marls and, in one area (sector 3), conglomerates. the silt and clay deposits show different characteristics in the 4 sectors: (1) in sector 1 the silt and clay deposits have vs of 250 m/s (figure 4) and a unit weight of 20 kn/m3. in this sector the h/v curves are characterized by a flat behaviour (figure 3); (2) in sectors 2, 3 and 4 the vs value of the deposits is 200 m/s (figure 4) and the unit weight is 19 kn/m3. the contrast of the vs between the deposits and the bedrock is significant, as shown by the clear resonance peaks in the h/v curves in the range 4-5 hz (figure 3). the marls present a different behaviour of the vs, as deduced by the results of the dh, considering the the seismic microzonation of sant'agata fossili figure 6. results of the electric tomography for the 2 analyzed sections. location in figure 2. in the section y-y’, it is traced the possible sliding surface of the landslide and is reported the stratigraphy of the closest borehole. figure 7. areas of the municipality where groups of geophysical investigation, using different techniques, have been performed. two sectors 1 and 2 (figure 7): (1) in sector 1 the s1 survey shows that marls are characterized by a gradual increase of the vs values; the unit weight is about 20-21 kn/m3. the bedrock depth is reached at about 35 m; (2) in sector 2 and 4 the marls are compact with a thickness of 17 m and vs equal to 700 m/s and a unit weight of 21 kn/m3 in the first layer, then the marls reach the vs values of 800 m/s. in sector 3 the sequence is characterized by silts and clays with a thickness of 3 m, over-imposed to cemented gravels and conglomerates characterized by vs values of 600 m/s and unit weights about 21 kn/m3, over-imposed to bedrock (conglomerate). the dynamic geotechnical tests have given the curves of the behaviour of the normalized shear modulus (g/g0) and the damping ratio (d) relating to the shear stain (γ%) for the silt and clay deposits (figure 9). the curves relating to the sample of depth 4.0-4.5 m are applied to the silts and clays of the sector 1, the curves relating to the sample of depth 9.0-9.5 m are applied to the silts and clays of the sectors 2, 3, 4 and to marls. the curves for gravels are taken from the scientific literature [rollins 1998]. in the sector 4, characterized by a stabilized landslide, the subsoil model takes into account the lithological and geophysical characteristics discussed in the previous paragraph. di capua et al. 6 figure 8. geolithological sections (location in figure 2): note the man-made and the eluvial-colluvial deposits, the silts and clays, and the geologic bedrock formed by marls. figure 9. behaviour of the g/g0 and d correlating to γ. 7 5. numerical analysis the numerical and experimental analyses are finalized to the evaluation of the expected seismic response in term of elastic acceleration response spectra and amplification factors, in order to derive a seismic microzonation map of level 3 [gdl ms 2008]. the numerical analyses, as prescribed by level 3 of microzoning, require realistic accelerograms and acceleration response spectra as seismic inputs. based on the seismic hazard of italy [gdl mps 2004] the expected maximum acceleration values (amax) and the values of the spectral ordinates of the acceleration response spectra are calculated for different return periods within the national territory. the return period chosen is 475 years, considered as conventional for the local seismic response analysis. the values of amax for the piemonte region are between 0.036 g and 0.150 g; for sant’agata fossili the closer 4 points of the grid to the coordinates (in latitude and longitude) of the municipality have been selected: the obtained amax is the average of the 4 points with the inverse of the distance between the municipality point and the grid points and it is 0.096 g. [gdl mps 2004]. recorded accelerograms have been extracted from the database itaca [luzi and sabetta 2006]: following the rules prescribed by the ntc [2008]. in particular for the selection of the seismic input we consider the: (1) historical seismicity and seismogenetic characteristic (strike fault) [diss working group 2010]; (2) couple magnitude-distance (from the data in gdl mps 2004, the characteristic event has a magnitude between 4.5 and 5.0 and a distance between 0-10 km); (3) maximum expected acceleration (0.096 g). only the accelerograms recorded on bedrock have been selected (subsoil category “a”; ntc [2008]). the selected accelerograms have been scaled in order to have their acceleration peak similar to the expected amax. the characteristics of the 5 accelerograms are reported in table 1, and are namely: the code of the station, the latitude and longitude of the station, the distance of the station from the epicentre, the name of the event, the name of the station, the component of the motion, the lithology of the station, and the peak ground acceleration (pga). the accelerograms are plotted in figure 10. the geologic and geomorphologic analyses of the area show the presence of horizontal layers and the presence of a ridge, so we use a mono-dimensional (1d) code [idriss et al. 1992] for the study of the lithological amplifications and a two-dimensional (2d) code [callerio et al. 2000] for the study of the topographic amplifications. in the 1d code the soil profile is idealized as a system of homogeneous, visco-elastic sub-layers of infinite horizontal extent. the response of this system is calculated considering vertically propagating shear waves. the bedrock is considered deformable, to avoid the reflection of waves into the model, in fact a rigid layer reflects all the reflected waves from the surface, instead in the case of the deformable layer, the waves are spread into the bedrock. the code adopts the equivalent linear analysis using an iterative procedure to obtain the characteristics of the soil compatible with the effective strain in each layer in each iteration. therefore, the process is iterative and the code works in the frequency domain, using the fourier analysis. on the basis of the total amount of the geological, geotechnical and geophysical data and of the 5 geo-lithological sections (figure 8), 18 1d geolithological columns have been pointed out (figure 11). the local seismic response has been computed for each column, using the 1d code and applying the 5 input accelerograms, g/g0 and d curves. the results are expressed as the average of the 5 analyses in terms of elastic acceleration response spectra (using a 5% of the critical damping) and in terms of amplification factors fa0.1-0.5 and fa0.5-1.5. these parameters were calculated considering the ratio of the elastic velocity the seismic microzonation of sant'agata fossili code lat. (°) long. (°) epicentral distance (km) earthquake station comp. lithology pga (g) pnr 44.877 7.344 16.0 val chisone pinerolo n-s rock 0.044 nzz 44.782 8.357 6.0 zona alessandria nizza monferrato w-e rock 0.090 trt 44.892 8.882 17.0 oltrepo pavese tortona n-s w-e rock rock 0.042 0.086 figure 8. geolithological sections (location in figure 2): note the man-made and the eluvial-colluvial deposits, the silts and clays, and the geologic bedrock formed by marls. response spectra between the integral of output and input in the period ranges between 0.1-0.5 s and 0.51.5 s [pergalani et al. 1999]. the obtained average acceleration response spectra have been compared with the response spectra prescribed by the national code [ntc 2008], assuming the correspondent category of subsoil for each analysed column (using the vs30 value). to perform this comparison, the calculated spectra have been adapted to the behaviour of the code spectra (using di capua et al. 8 figure 10. accelerograms used in the numerical analyses of the local seismic response. figure 11. location of the 18 lithostratigraphic columns used for the analyses of local seismic response 1d. 9 the procedure in gdl ms [2008]) and characterized by a segment of constant spectral acceleration, a segment of constant spectral velocity and a segment of constant spectral displacement. in figure 12 the graphs are reported. some analysed columns show the same response spectra, so they have been joined into one graph. as shown, some national code spectra are lower than the 1d calculated spectra, particularly for low periods. the results in terms of average amplification factors are reported in table 2. the fa0.1-0.5 values are included between the range of 1.5-2.2 and the fa0.5-1.5 values are included between the range of 1.1-1.6, typical values of a medium-high amplification. the 2d analyses were performed using a boundary elements method. the method considers, with linear segments, only the boundary of the real structure, reducing the computational time, using the green function and a linear elastic analysis. the structure is characterized by an elastic and homogeneous material. the code considers a continuous displacement field and works in the frequency domain applying fourier’s transformation to the motion equation. the topographic amplifications due to the presence of a ridge have been calculated by the application of a 2d code. the profile of the ridge is characterized by a width (l) of 1700 m and height (h) of 170 m. this morphology can be classified as a pointed ridge (ratio h/l equal to 0.1). in the numerical analysis a homogeneous, elastic bedrock characterized by a vs of 800 m/s and a unit weight of 22 kn/m3 has been considered. the average response spectra and the average amplification factors do not show morphological effects. 6. conclusions the level of seismic hazard of sant’agata fossili was computed for homogeneous sectors of the municipality, based on geological and geophysical investigations. the values of the amplification factors can be used in planning, for identifying the areas in which the mitigation actions are necessary and the areas suitable for new constructions. the acceleration response spectra can be used during the project design for new buildings the seismic microzonation of sant'agata fossili figure 12. acceleration response spectra of the analyzed columns (location in figure 11) and relative national code spectra. and for the evaluation of the safety of existent buildings. on the basis of the numerical and experimental analyses of the local seismic response, the seismic microzonation map of level 3 has been performed, in which the municipality has been subdivided in 4 main sectors (figure 13). in particular, for each sector the different response spectra are reported and the different sectors show different behaviour. in general, the results of the numerical analyses are higher than the relative national code spectra. only in the sector 3, in presence of the cemented gravels, the amplification phenomena are negligible. the values of the average amplification factors (fa0.1-0.5 and fa0.5-1.5), associated to each sector, are reported in table 3; also in this case, the variability of the amplification factors is evident. only in sector 3, the values of the amplification factors are equal to 1. the hvnsr results show clear resonance peaks, characterized by f0 values between 2.1 hz and 7.4 hz in the northern and western sector of sant’agata fossili, whereas, in the eastern sector, the hvnsr curves show the absence of clear resonance peaks. in any case, the interaction between soil resonance and building resonance effects needs further investigation, considering the height of reinforced-concrete or masonry buildings and of 2 prevailing storeys, that have likely frequencies > 7 hz [ntc 2008]. in conclusion, an integrated approach based on geological and geophysical data allows investigating the heterogeneities in the subsoil properties, also considerdi capua et al. 10 pa1 pa2 pa3 pa4 pb2 pd1 pb3 pc3 pc2 pd2 pe1 pe2 dh1 pc1 pe3 pe4 dh2 pb1 fa0.1-0.5 2.12 1.04 1.98 2.19 2.06 1.55 1.46 1.94 2.15 1.75 2.10 fa0.5-1.5 1.26 1.01 1.55 1.19 1.40 1.12 1.10 1.13 1.27 1.16 1.36 table 2. average amplification factors of the analyzed columns, considering the ratio of the elastic velocity response spectra between the integral of output and input in the period ranges between 0.1-0.5 s and 0.5-1.5 s. figure 13. seismic microzonation map of level 3 of sant’agata fossili. for each sector, similar response spectra as presented in figure 12 have been jointed in one graph. 11 ing a small spatial scale of investigation. this study shows that, in urban contexts, the seismic microzonation analyses are valid and that they offer an instrument of knowledge of the territory, used for the seismic prevention of buildings, if the seismic vulnerability is known. in fact a realistic evaluation of the expected amplifications is necessary to perform the reduction of the seismic risk and the safety of the buildings. acknowledgements. this project has been developed by the financial contribution of regione piemonte and by the technical contribution of mr. riccardo conte. references benjumea b., a. macau, a. gabàs, f. bellmunt, s. figueras and j. cirés (2011). integrated geophysical profiles and h/v microtremor measurements for subsoil characterization. near surface geophysics, 9. bonnefoy-claudet s., f. cotton and p.y. bard (2006). the nature of noise wavefield and its applications for site effects studies. a literature review. earth-science reviews, 79, 205-227. callerio a., v. petrini and f. pergalani (2000). elco, a program for two dimensional analyses using boundary element method, technical report, irrs, milano. delgado j., c. lòpez casado, a. estévez, j. giner, a. cuenca and s. molina (2000a). mapping soft soils in the segura river valley (se spain): a case studi of microtremors as an exploration tool. journal of applied geophysics (45), 19-32. delgado j., c. lòpez casado, j. giner, a. estévez, a. cuenca and s. molina (2000b). microtremors as a geophysical exploration tool: application and limitation. pure and applied geophysics (157), 1445-1462. diss working group (2010). database of individual seismogenic sources (diss), version 3.1.1: a compilation of potential sources for earthquakes larger than m 5.5 in italy and surrounding areas, http://diss.rm.ingv.it/diss/. gdl cpti (2004). catalogo parametrico dei terremoti italiani, versione 2004 (cpti04). ingv, bologna, http://emidius.mi.ingv.it/cpti04/index.html. gdl mps (2004). redazione della mappa di pericolosità sismica prevista dall’ordinanza pcm 3274 del 20 marzo 2003. rapporto conclusivo per il dipartimento della protezione civile, ingv, milano-roma, aprile 2004, 65 pp.+5 appendici, http://zonesismiche.mi.ingv.it/ (in italian). gdl ms (2008). indirizzi e criteri per la microzonazione sismica. conferenza delle regioni e delle province autonome-dipartimento della protezione civile, roma, 3 vol. e dvd (in italian). gosar a. and a.lenart (2010). mapping the thickness of sediments in the ljubljana moor basin (slovenia) using microtremors. bulletin of earthquake engeneering (8), 501-518. ibs-von seht m., and j. wohlenberg (1999). microtremor measurements used to map thickness of soft sediments. bulletin of the seismological society of america , 89 (1). idriss i.m. and j.i. sun (1992). user’s manual for shake91, a computer program for conducting equivalent linear seismic response analyses of horizontally layered soil deposits, report of dip. of civil and environmental engineering, university of california, davis. luzi l.and f. sabetta (2006). data base dei dati accelerometrici italiani relative al periodo 1972-2004, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia 2006. nakamura y. (1989). a method for dynamic characteristics estimation of subsurface using microtremor on the ground surface: quarterly report of the railway technical research institute of japan, 30, no. 1, 25-33. ntc (2008). norme tecniche per le costruzioni, dm 14 gennaio 2008, gazzetta ufficiale n. 29 del 4 febbraio 2008, supplemento ordinario n. 30. istituto poligrafico e zecca dello stato, roma (www.cslp.it) (in italian). park c.b., r.d. miller, n. ryden, j. xia and j. ivanov (2005). combined use of active and passive surface waves. journal of engineering and environmental geophysics (jeeg), 10, (3), 323-334. parolai s., p. bormann and c. milkereit (2002). new relationships between vs , thickness of sediments, and resonance frequency calculated by the h/v ratio of seismic noise for the cologne area (germany). bulletin of the seismological society of the seismic microzonation of sant'agata fossili sector 1 sector 2 sector 3 sector 4 fa0.1-0.5 1.7 2.1 2.1–1.0 2.2 fa0.5-1.5 1.2 1.4 1.3–1.0 1.2 table 3. average amplification factors for each geolithological sector. america, 92 (6), 2521-2527. pergalani f., r. romeo, l. luzi, v. petrini, a. pugliese and t. sanò (1999). seismic microzoning of the area struck by umbria-marche (central italy) ms 5.9 earthquake of the 26 september 1997. soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, elsevier science, vol. 18, 4, 279-296. regione piemonte, progetto risknat, http://www.risknat-alcotra.org/rna/index.cfm/b6.html (in italian). rollins k.m. (1998). shear modulus and damping relationship for gravels. journal of geotechnical and geoenvironmental engineering. rovida a., r. camassi, p. gasperini and m. stucchi (eds.) (2011). cpti11, the 2011 version of the parametric catalogue of italian earthquakes. milano, bologna, http://emidius.mi.ingv.it/cpti, doi: 10.6092/ingv.it-cpti11. *corresponding author: giuseppe di capua, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy; email: giuseppe.dicapua@ingv.it. © 2014 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. di capua et al. 12 vol49_1_2006def 209 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 1, february 2006 key words lai – inversion – polder – hymap – multi-angular 1. introduction the lsa saf project is part of the ground segment for the eumetsat missions meteosat second generation (msg) and european polar system (eps), developed by the esa. our aim is to develop robust and operational algorithms for retrieving vegetation parameters from the synergistic use of seviri/msg and avhrr-3/eps. these instruments will offer innovative angular capabilities for determining vegetation products over europe and africa thanks to concomitant multiple viewing and illumination geometries (van-leeuwen and roujean, 2002). remotely sensed brf data are the only way to monitor the vegetation on a global scale. traditional approaches rely on the exploitation of the reflectance variations in the spatial, temporal and spectral domains, in lack of directional information. however, observations demonstrate that the anisotropic behaviour of the surface is an important property and the absence of angular information inevitably produces a bias in the parameter evaluation (roujean et al., 1992; leblanc et al., 1997). our main concern is to retrieve fractional leaf area index (lai) corrected from the effects of the sun-target-sensor geometry. linear mixture is the basis hypothesis in some simple brdf (bidirectional reflectance distribution function) models (e.g., geometricaloptical or kernel-driven models) for simulation of scene reflectance or in remote sensing algorithms, e.g., spectral mixture analysis (sma). however, this technique is ineffective to address the presence of multiple scattering, surface anisotropy and the scaling processes (qin and retrieving leaf area index from multi-angular airborne data francisco javier garcía-haro, fernando camacho-de coca and joaquín meliá department of thermodynamics, university of valencia, spain abstract this work is aimed to demonstrate the feasibility of a methodology for retrieving bio-geophysical variables whilst at the same time fully accounting for additional information on directional anisotropy. a model-based approach has been developed to deconvolve the angular reflectance into single landcovers reflectances, attempting to solve the inconsistencies of 1d models and linear mixture approaches. the model combines the geometric optics of large scale canopy structure with principles of radiative transfer for volume scattering within individual crowns. the reliability of the model approach to retrieve lai has been demonstrated using data from daisex99 campaign at barrax, spain. airborne data include polder and hymap data in which various field plots were observed under varying viewing/illumination angles. nearly simultaneously, a comprehensive field data set was acquired on specific crop plots. the inversions provided accurate lai values, revealing the model potential to combine spectral and directional information to increase the likely accuracy of the retrievals. in addition, the sensitivity of retrievals with the angular and spectral subset of observations was analysed, showing a high consistency between results. this study has contributed to assess the uncertainties with products derived from satellite data like seviri/msg. mailing address: dr. francisco javier garcía-haro, department of thermodynamics, university of valencia, c/dr. moliner 50, 46100 burjassot, valencia, spain; e-mail: j.garcia.haro@uv.es 210 francisco javier garcía-haro, fernando camacho-de coca and joaquín meliá gerstl, 2000). most brdf one-dimensional models imply surface homogeneity within an image pixel and are, therefore, limited to address mixed landcovers pixels, which are common in coarse resolution satellites. different hybrid models have been developed in recent years to describe the radiation regime in forest canopies (li and strahler, 1992; chen and leblanc, 1997). these models assume a medium consisting of gaps and regions idealized by a turbid volume with a foliage density of small leaves. in the geometric-optical approach, an overlap calculated from the shape of the crowns allows the estimation of the proportion of shadows cast as a function of view direction relative to the hot spot direction. more recently, the ghost model (lacaze and roujean, 2001b) was developed to address the local scale angular structure of the hot spot, which can be judged relevant for patch and regional scales. although it was specifically designed to simulate the brdf of boreal forests, it is also suitable to study simpler vegetation canopies like crops and pasture (lacaze et al., 2002). this study proposes an operational approach, namely disma (directional sma), to deconvolve the angular reflectance into single landcovers reflectances, attempting to solve the inconsistencies of 1d models and linear mixture approaches. the model formalism and the volume scattering formulation are similar to the ghost model. however, the between-crown gap probability is formulated in terms of the fractional vegetation cover ( f cover) and a geometric variable (h) associated with the shape of plants. a random spatial distribution of plants is assumed to simplify its computation. the invertibility of the model to retrieve lai was demonstrated using airborne polder and hymap multi-angular measurements corresponding to cropland. the next section describes the model formulation. the inversion algorithm is presented in section 3. the model is validated in section 4. finally, the conclusions and future prospects are presented in section 5. 2. model formulation the scene consists of subcanopies idealized by geometric elements superposed on a flat background. the reflectance of an individual pixel is assumed to consist of an area weighted linear combination of the soil and vegetation contributions. the vegetation reflectance is expressed as the sum of single scattering (ss) and multiple scattering (ms) reflectances (hapke, 1981; lacaze and roujean, 2001b) (2.1) where leaf albedo ~ is the sum of the leaf reflectance (t) and transmittance (x), ns, v= cosis, v, p is the phase angle (i.e. the angle between the sun and the viewer), and the factors iss and ims model the proportion of radiation flux which is single/multiple scattered by foliage elements on the downgoing and outgoing optical pathways as a whole, h(ns, v) is the chandrasekhar function for multiple scattering (hapke, 1981) and p(p) is a turbid medium phase function (ross, 1981; lacaze and roujean, 2001b). the ghost model relies on the coupling between a simple hot spot formula (roujean, 2000) and the gfunction that describes the canopy geometry. in our model, g controls only the volume component depending on the within-crown element distribution, whereas the external geometric component depending on the crown shape and dimension is evaluated using an average theory of the gap probability. we assume that the geometrical component and the volume component of the radiation fluxes can be decoupled (2.2) the volume single/multiple scattered component can be described using beers’ law (2.3) where ωe is the clumping index of the shoots, which quantifies the level of foliage aggregation within the tree crown and is generally dependent on the view angle (kucharik et al., ( / ) ( / ) exp lai exp lai i g i g 1 1 1 1 , vol , vol ss e c ms e c = = c c ∆ ∆ ω ∆ ∆ ω l l 6 6 @ @ . i i i i i i , vol , geo , vol , geo ss ss ss ms ms ms $ $ = = $= ( ) ( )r p i h h i 4 1 1v s v ss s v ms+ ~ n n p n n_ i 6 @# 211 retrieving leaf area index from multi-angular airborne data 1997); ωe = 1 means random foliage distribution and ωe < 1 means clumped foliage; lai is the total canopy overstorey leaf area index; gc denotes the f cover and c is a band-specific factor, which was assumed to be dependent on the leaf transmittance (e.g., bégué, 1993). assuming plants with similar foliar density in the scene, lai/gc represents a mean value of the lai of individual plants. this term is more pertinent to describe crown trees transparency than total lai. ∆ denotes the (bidirectional) normalised extinction coefficient for singly scattered radiance. the model adopts the analytical expression derived by roujean (2000) to the hot spot effect, i.e. coupling the downgoing and outgoing optical pathways (2.4) where g is the well-known ross function (ross, 1981). for the multiple scattered component the hot spot phenomenon is ignored (qin and goel, 1995). the geometric component of the single scattering iss, geo is determined by the between-crown light penetration and the visibility of illuminated objects. this component is particularly relevant for discontinuous canopies. the downgoing and outgoing terms of the intercepted flux were formulated in terms of horizontal projection of the crown. let p0(i) denote the (between-crown) monodirectional gap fraction, which corresponds to the fraction of soil seen in the direction i (nilson, 1971). for homogeneous poisson distribution, the probability of observing the ground under the tree crowns in any given pixel approaches to p0(is) = (1−gc)(hs+1) (jasinski and eagleson, 1989), where h is defined as the ratio of ground projected shadow to plant area. it absorbs all the geometric factors that relate canopy area to shadowing area into only one variable. its analytical expression for the most common geometrical bodies is provided in jasinski and eagleson (1990). the probability of having sunlit ground/ crown (pig, c) and viewed ground/crown (pvg, c) can be expressed as follows: cos g g g g g g 2 s s v v s s v v s s v v 2 2 2 2 = + = + n n n n p n n ∆ ∆l (2.5) a functional relationship can also be found between subpixel shaded ground psg and fractional vegetation cover (2.6) this equation is applicable at large sampling scales, when imaging stands resolutions greater than the size of the tree crowns, as confirmed in a preliminary analysis using simulated data (garcía-haro et al., 2002). the probability of observing sunlit crown when pic and pvc are not correlated is simply the product of both probabilities pic pvc, where pic controls the amount of light intercepted by crowns and pvc controls the contribution of visible crowns to the scene radiance. however, hot spot kernels are necessary to account for the correlation between the two gap probabilities along sun and view directions (chen and leblanc, 1997; qin and goel, 1995). we assume that the hot spot has a minor influence on the multiple scattered interception at a crown level, i.e. ims, geo = pic pvc, but introduce a hot spot kernel fc to modulate the dependence between the optical paths for the single scattered radiation (2.7) where fc is usually obtained from the overlap function between viewing and illuminated shadows as projected on the background (li and strahler, 1992; schaff et al., 1994). finally, the soil contribution rs is expressed as the product of the background bidirectional reflectance cs and the vegetation transmittance t. the vegetation transmittance is the sum of the probability that a solar ray beam will reach the ground without intercepting any crown tgeo plus the probability of intercepting a crown without hitting any foliage element (1–tgeo)tvol, i.e. t = tgeo + (1 – tgeo)tvol. the following expressions were considered for the transmissions: i p p p p p f, geoss ic vc ic ic vc c= + -6 @ ( ) .p g g1 1 ( )sg c c 1s= +h ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . p p p p p p p p 1 1 vg v ig s vc v ic s 0 0 0 0 = = = = i i i i 212 francisco javier garcía-haro, fernando camacho-de coca and joaquín meliá (2.8) where fg is a hot spot kernel. it tends to zero as the sun and view directions are far apart (p>> 0o), i.e. when the viewer sees the sunlit ground through a gap different from that of illumination. the hot spot gradient function also decreases as the view zenith angle approaches a horizontal view perspective (iv → 90o) and as the leaf density decreases. in this work we have used hot spot kernels fg and fc similar to the hot spot function proposed by white et al. (2001), which match the hot spot region measured in many boreas sites (leblanc et al., 1997). our model neglects side scattered diffuse radiation incident on ground surface after multiple scattering with leaves of neighbouring plants, which can be significant over a bright background. the model is thus less accurate at near-infrared wavelengths at which multiple scattering in plant canopies is the strongest within the solar spectrum. considering also the presence of skylight irradiance, the reflectance can be expressed as a sum of the direct and isotropic diffuse components, where the component of diffuse reflectance is calculated as the average of the measurements in the principal plane. in addition, the model allows us to derive other parameters like the entire brdf distribution, albedo or absorptance, including the relative contribution of vegetation and soil. 3. model inversion the inversions are achieved simultaneously for all spectral bands, i.e. by coupling the spectral and directional data available. the variables to be retrieved are lai and f cover. without a priori information on these variables, the inverse problem typically consists in determining the optimal set of variables that minimizes the distance between observations and modelled values. given brdf values ri (i = 1,..., n), representing the conditions of observation (i.e. wavelengths and view and illumination geometries), the retrievals are performed by comparing observed and modelled yi (i = 1,..., n) ( / ) ( ) exp lait g t p p p p p f vol geo e c ig vg ig ig vg g = = + + c∆ ω brdf’s. the comparisons are evaluated for a full set of prescribed canopy realisations (fcover, lai) that cover a range of expected natural conditions. those pairs for which the canopy model generates inputs comparable with measured data within the limits of accuracy, i.e. (3.1) are considered acceptable solutions, where w is the covariance matrix of the measurements, which accounts for both data and model uncertainties. the distribution of solutions defines a domain for f cover and lai around the «true» values. weighted mean values of f cover and lai averaged over the set of acceptable solutions are taken as solutions. this procedure not only increases the numerical stability of the inversion but also enables us to derive the uncertainty and correlation of derived parameters. although secondary model parameters (lad, clumping, plant dimensions) can be optimised based on prior expected values for each different cover type, in this study they were assumed constant in order to represent a common situation found in global studies (i.e. absence of accurate land cover classification, presence of mixed pixels, etc.). we must note, however, that prior information about the most probable solution values, their uncertainty and their correlation may significantly improve the accuracy of the retrievals, especially for ill posed inversion problems (combal et al., 2002). in order to reduce the computations, we used an automatic method to select the solution bounds. firstly, spectral mixture analysis was applied to obtain f cover from anisotropically corrected reflectance using as input endmembers representing soil and vegetation. secondly, an empirical relationship was used to derive lai from estimated f cover (lacaze and roujean, 2001a). the estimated values for lai and f cover were finally used to define the bidimensional bounds in the solutions domain. the model requires the optical properties of the underlying soil as cs an input. we employed the rpv model (rahman et al., 1993) to extend the brf measured at a few angles to the entire brdf distribution. a variable configuration using two different soil brdfs was used to represent more realistically the influence on reflec( ) ( ) nr y w r yt 1 #-213 retrieving leaf area index from multi-angular airborne data tance of soil moisture and roughness (see fig. 1). although leaf reflectance and transmittance are not equal in many plants and vary greatly between species, it was assumed for simplicity that they are similar. we have proposed a method to estimate the leaf albedo ~ from the data themselves. the method relies on the assumption that pixels presenting a negligible contribution of the soil background (i.e. f cover = 1 and high lai values) can be found in the scene. in these pixels eq. (2.1) is inverted in order to retrieve ~ using an iterative method. results have indicated the adequate convergence of the method, providing reasonable results irrespectively of the data set considered (fig. 1). 4. validation the model invertibility was evaluated using data acquired during the 1999 digital airborne spectrometer experiment (daisex) campaign by the sensors hymap onboard the dlr do-228 aircraft and polder onboard an arat plane. the experiment site selected by esa for the daisex campaigns is a 4 km by 4 km area centred at 39º3ln, 2º5lw, which is located 28 km from albacete (spain), (camachode coca et al., 2002). the polder instrument allows a measurement of surface reflectance directional effects at nine spectral bands (centred at 443, 500, 550, 590, 670, 700, 720, 800 and 864 nm wavelength) in the visible and near infrared. the ccd matrix permits collection of bidimensional images in one shot. the along track and cross track fov is of ± 43º and ± 51º respectively. four flights were undertaken during 3-5 june 1999 at a typical airborne altitude of 3000 m, with a spatial resolution of 20 m. each flight recorded around 140 spectral images. they provide around 50 values of angular reflectance for every pixel, irregularly distribfig. 1. spectral inputs introduced to disma, which correspond to leaf albedo of green (solid) and dry vegetation (dotted), and reflectance of two different soils. 214 francisco javier garcía-haro, fernando camacho-de coca and joaquín meliá uted in the viewing hemisphere, and different for every pixel. the images were calibrated, geo-coded and corrected for atmospheric effects as it is specified in leroy et al. (2001). in this work the brdf was interpolated for the full range of view angles for every pixel. the brdf was then retrieved considering uniform sites of 3 × 3 pixels (60 × 60 m2). the model was inverted against a set of bidirectional reflectance factors taken along the principal plane (i.e. the region with the strongest anisotropy) and along the orthogonal plane. figures 2a,b and 3a,b show a few examples of measured brf’s along with the values predicted by disma. the results demonstrate the potential of the model to accurately explain the spectral and angular variations of the data. disma captures the essential brdf features such as bowl shape, backscattering increase in reflectance and broad hot spot, as well as the spectral contrast between soil and vegetation. the model works better in the visible regions, when the first order scattering effects predominate but in the nir region (band 8) the discrepancies are higher. in this region directional effects are less apparent due to the reduction of contrast between canopy components and the prevalence of multiple scattering. another source of error is attributable to unquantified influences of foliage clumping. the hymap instrument (http://www.hyvista.com/) has 128 spectral bands and a high fig. 2a,b. comparison of directional signatures in the principal plane measured by polder (symbols) and simulated by disma (dashed line) at five different bands for alfalfa. a) noon image (iv = 17°); b) 14:30 utc (iv = 40°). fig. 3a,b. idem to fig. 2a,b but considering another angular sampling (the orthogonal plane) and another vegetation type (sugar beet). the numbers (2, 3, 6, 7 and 8) refer to the considered polder bands. a b a b fig. 5a,b. angular effects in canopy reflectance of sugar beet associated to the six angular configurations considered in fig. 4a: a) measured hymap data; b) predicted by the model. a b 215 retrieving leaf area index from multi-angular airborne data signal-to-noise ratio. to be able to extract the brdf a complex flight scenario was chosen with data acquisition in two orthogonal flight lines (n-s and e-w) at three different sun geometries: early morning (8:00 utc), solar noon and late afternoon (15:00 utc), thus revealing angular reflectance changes also with illumination angle. hymap data were degraded to polder resolution and convolved with the spectral filters of landsat-5 tm and seviri sensors. figure 4a,b shows two examples of measured brf’s along with the values predicted by disma. we can observe that the model addresses the main directional variations found in the data. figure 5a,b shows another example of the influence of the angular effect on canopy reflectance of discontinuous canopies. we can observe strong differences in the spectral dependence for the different configurations (fig. 5a), which are mainly controlled by the directional changes in the proportion of illuminated components, as it is predicted by the proposed model (fig. 5b). these results are indicative of the ability of disma not only to extract useful properties of the vegetation but also to reduce the uncertainty of the derived products. another point of interest in this analysis was to emphasize the usefulness of the diurnal sampling as an angular signature of the surfaces related with the structure of the vegetation cover. fig. 4a,b. measured reflectance (dashed lines + symbols) and simulated (solid lines) at five different spectral channels over sugar beet (a) and alfalfa (b). configurations 1-3 correspond to the n-s flight and 4-6 to the e-w flight. within each flight line, consecutive numbers correspond to 8:00, 12:00 and 15:00 utc, respectively. the figures show several examples of tm-like wavebands derived from real hymap data. a b 216 francisco javier garcía-haro, fernando camacho-de coca and joaquín meliá vegetation in situ measurements corresponding to major agricultural units were taken during the campaign. the measured properties included lai, f cover, canopy height, biomass and chlorophyll content. the licor lai-2000 instrument was used to measure lai. sampling took place at several times along parallel transects inside the fields (garcía et al., 2001). the comparison between in situ lai measurements and the retrieved values using different spectroangular datasets is shown in fig. 6. a linear relationship was found in all cases, irrespective of the data set considered. table i shows the coefficients of the linear fit, revealing a significantly high correlation, with r2 values higher than 0.92 in all cases. a chi-square (|2) test was performed assuming a lai uncertainty of 0.4. it produced values below the chi-square critical value of 92 in all cases (for 71 degrees of freedom and a probability of 0.05), confirming thus the predicted linear relationship. moreover, results indicate a good correspondence between field measurements and retrievals, since the linear relationship is close to the 1:1 line, and the rmse is relatively low (0.35-0.48). another fig. 6. relationship between field-measured lai and airborne-derived lai using different data sets. the figure at the top corresponds to polder data in the principal (left) and orthogonal (right) plane. different symbols are used to represent corn ( ), sugar beet ( ) and alfalfa (∗).4z table i. statistics of the correlation between in situ measurements and retrievals of lai. data set offset slope rmse r 2 | 2 prob. polder 0.007 1.05 0.406 0.933 0.97 (principal) polder –0.03 1.12 0.481 0.926 0.06 (orthogonal) hymap 0.19 0.89 0.355 0.957 0.05 hymap 0.102 1.02 0.425 0.927 0.40 (tm bands) seviri 0.06 1.04 0.425 0.927 0.29 (tm bands) 217 retrieving leaf area index from multi-angular airborne data important result is that disma is able to produce reasonable results under sub-optimal conditions either in the angular sampling (i.e. taking the orthogonal plane) or with a small number of spectral channels, e.g., seviri wavebands. we must also note that even though the retrieved lai reproduces the between crops lai variability observed in the field measurements very well, it fails to address the within crop variability (e.g., lai retrievals tend to saturate within each individual crop). one reason for this is that pixel-by-pixel comparison is strongly hampered by the inaccuracies in the georegistration of field measurements and imagery. another reason is the averaging process performed to the images. one important aspect is the consistency of the retrievals, i.e. its sensitvity with respect to the set of spectro-angular measurements taken in the inversion. the crosscomparison between results from different data sets showed a high consistency between them, with rmse values typically lower than 0.30 (see table ii). finally, we must indicate that although in situ measurements included only a limited number of f cover sampling, the retrieved values were highly coherent with the available field information. 5. conclusions and prospects this study aimed to develop an operational approach to deconvolve the angular reflectance into single landcovers reflectances, attempting to solve the inconsistencies of 1d models and linear mixture approaches. the model relates the spectral and angular variation with the main optical and structural parameters of discontinuous canopies, like lai. the inversion revealed the model potential to combine spectral and directional information to increase the likely accuracy of the retrievals. results also indicate the effectiveness of the algorithm using only seviri channels and information of the diurnal sampling as an angular signature of the surfaces. we preferred to simplify the selection of secondary parameters and the inversion algorithm with specific intent that it not to be canopy dependent. however, for the application of disma to complex scenarios as in global studies the stratification of scene is convenient in order to optimise the model inputs to the knowledge of ecosystem characteristics, reducing misidentification and saving computations (garcía-haro et al., 2003). one important aspect is the sensitivity of retrieved variables to the information used to parameterise vegetation canopy radiative transfer. although the inversion algorithm was satisfactory, difficulties still arise. for example the estimation of leaf albedo is known to be impaired by canopy-level variables like lai. future research is also needed to test the model on brdf datasets comprising different vegetation types (shrubland, forest). acknowledgements this work was supported by the projects daisex and lsa saf. j. garcía-haro has currently a research position (ramon y cajal) from mcyt, spain. special thanks are due to the j. moreno team for providing us with field measurements. references bégué, a. (1993): leaf area index, intercepted photosynthetically active radiation, and spectral vegetation indices: a sensitivity analysis for regular-clumped canopies, remote sensing environ., 45, 45-59. camacho-de coca, f., f.j. garcía-haro and j. meliá (2002): quantitative analysis of cropland’s brdf anisotropy using airborne polder data, in proceedtable ii. statistics of the cross-comparison of lai as retrieved using different data sets. data set offset slope rmse r 2 | 2 prob. polder 0.05 0.90 0.175 0.994 1 principal versus orthogonal hymap –0.18 1.15 0.308 0.970 0.999 versus polder hymap –0.10 1.14 0.197 0.994 1 versus tm hymap –0.18 1.18 0.223 0.992 1 versus seviri 218 francisco javier garcía-haro, fernando camacho-de coca and joaquín meliá ings of the 1st international symposium on recent advances in quantitative remote sensing, 16-20 september 2002, torrent, spain (universitat de valencia, valencia), 303-308. chen, j.m. and s.g. leblanc (1997): a four-scale bidirectional reflectance model based on canopy architecture, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 35, 1316¯1337. combal, b., f. baret, m. weiss, a. trubuil, a. macé, a. pragnère, r. myneni, y. knyazihin and l. wang (2002): retrieval of biophysical variables from bidirectional reflectance using prior information to solve illposed inversion problems, remote sensing environ., 84, 1-15. garcía, j.c., c. cuñat, f. montero, a. brasa, l. alonso, m.c. gonzález, j.r. ruiz, c. martínez, a. palacios and j. moreno (2001): vegetation soil measurements at barrax (esa publication division sp-499, estec, the netherlands), 79-87. garcía-haro, f.j., f. camacho-de coca and j. meliá (2002): retrieval of biophysical parameters using directional spectral mixture analysis, in proceedings of the 1st international symposium on recent advances in quantitative remote sensing, 16-20 september 2002, torrent, spain (universitat de valencia, valencia), 963-970. garcía-haro, f.j, s. sommer and t. kemper (2003): variable multiple endmember spectral mixture analysis (vmesma), int. j. remote sensing (submitted). hapke, b. (1981): bidirectional reflectance spectroscopy, 1. theory, j. geophys. res., 86, 3039-3054. jasinski, m.f. and p.s. eagleson (1989): the structure of red-infrared scattergrams of semivegetated landscapes, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 27, 441¯451. jasinski, m.f. and p.s. eagleson (1990): estimation of subpixel vegetation cover using red-infrared scattergrams, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 28, 253¯267. kucharik, c.j., j.m. norman, l.m. murdock and s.t. gower (1997): characterizing canopy nonrandomness with a multiband vegetation imager (mvi), j. geophys. res., 102 (d24), 29455-29473. lacaze, r and j.l. roujean (2001a): retrieval of biophysical parameters over land based on polder directional and hot spot measurements, in proceedings of the 8th symposium on physical measurements and signatures in remote sensing, aussois, 487-492. lacaze, r. and j.l. roujean (2001b): g-function and hot spot (ghost) reflectance model. application to multi-scale airborne polder measurements, remote sensing environ., 76, 67-80. lacaze, r., j.m. chen, j.l. roujean and s.g. leblanc (2002): retrieval of clumping index using the hot spot signatures measured by polder instrument, remote sensing environ., 79, 84-95. leblanc, s.g., p. bicheron, j.m. chen, m. leroy and j. cihlar (1997): investigation of radiative transfer in boreal forests with an improved 4-scale model and airborne polder data, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 27, 1396¯1414. leroy, m., o. hatecoeur, f. ponchaut, l. alonso-chorda and j. moreno (2001): the airborne polder data in the daisex’99 campaign (esa publication division sp-499, estec, the netherlands), 13-22. li, x. and r.a. strahler (1992): geometrical-optical modeling of the discrete-crown vegetation canopy: effect of crown shape and mutual shadowing, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, ge-30, 276¯292. nilson, t. (1971): a theoretical analysis of the frequency of gaps in plant stands, agric. meteorol., 8, 25-38. qin, w. and s.a.w. gerstl (2000): 3d scene modeling of semidesert vegetation cover and its radiation regime, remote sensing environ., 71, 197-206. qin, w. and n.s. goel (1995): an evaluation hotspot models for vegetation canopies, remote sensing rev., 13, 121-159. rahman, h., m.m. verstraete and b. pinty (1993): coupled surface-atmosphere reflectance (csar) model, part 1. model description and inversion on synthetic data, j. geophys. res., 98, 20,779-20,789. ross, j.k. (1981): the radiation regime and architecture of plants stands (dr. w. junk publishers, norwell, ma), pp. 391. roujean, j.l. (2000): a parametric hot spot model for optical remote sensing application, remote sensing environ., 71, 197-206. roujean, j.l., m. leroy, p.y. deschamps and a. podaire (1992): evidence of surface reflectance bidirectional effects form a noaa/avhrr multitemporal data set, int. j. remote sensing, 13, 685-698. schaff, c.b., x. li and r.a. strahler (1994): topographic effects on bidirectional and hemispherical reflectances calculated with a geometrical-optical canopy model, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, ge-32, 1186¯1193. van-leeuwen, w.j.d. and j.l. roujean (2002): land surface albedo from the synergistic use of polar (eps) and geo-stationary (msg) observing systems. an assessment of physical uncertainties, remote sensing environ., 81, 273-289. white, h.p., j.r. miller and j.m. chen (2001): four scale linear model for anisotropic reflectance (flair) for plant canopies, part i. model description and partial validation, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 39 (5), 1072¯1083. microsoft word papandrea_accepted annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6332   1   validation of minor species of the mipas2d database enzo papandrea1,*, stefano casadio2, enrico arnone3, massimo carlotti1, elisa castelli3, marta de laurentis2, bianca maria dinelli3 1dipartimento di chimica industriale "toso montanari", università di bologna, italy 2ideas serco s.p.a., frascati (roma), italy 3istituto scienze dell’atmosfera e del clima, isac-cnr, bologna, italy enzo.papandrea@unibo.it i. introduction he mipas2d [dinelli et al., 2010] database has been developed applying the tomographic analysis technique gmtr. (geo-fit multitarget retrieval) [carlotti et al., 2006] to measurements acquired in the nominal observation mode of the complete (2002–2012) mipas (michelson interferometer for passive atmosphere sounding) [fischer et al., 2008] mission. the mipas nominal observation mode is the reference and most commonly adopted mode of observation used in the first (2002–2004) and second (2005–2012) parts of the mipas mission (see sect. ii): although different limb patterns have been adopted in the two periods the database has been developed on a single vertical-horizontal grid. the gmtr algorithm enables the vertical distribution of a variety of atmospheric trace gases to be obtained. mipas2d version 2.3 adopted in this work contains 2-d atmospheric fields of pressure, temperature and vmrs (volume mixing ratios) of h2o, o3, hno3, ch4, n2o, no2, n2o5, clono2, cfc-11, and cfc-12 on a fixed altitude/latitude grid for the full mipas mission. the complete validation exercise of the database is in progress. here we report the comparison of mipas2d data for cfc-11, cfc-12 and clono2 with ace (atmospheric chemistry experiment)-fts (fourier transform spectrometer) [bernath et al., 2005] data1. for the purpose we used ace level 2 data version 2.2+updates. the ace data consists of altitude profiles of temperature, atmospheric extinction and 14 atmospheric trace gas species. this work focuses on chlorine-related products of the mipas2d database because they have outstanding importance in the understanding of key atmospheric processes and were previously considered by papandrea et al. [2010], kiefer et al. [2010] and by arnone et al. [2013]. man-made chlorofluorocarbons (cfcs) have been widely used in the past decades and then replaced with substitutes such as hydrochlorofluorocarbons (hcfcs). transport of these long-lived compounds to the stratosphere leads to their photo-dissociation, with release of chlorine atoms that are strongly reactive and affect the stratospheric chemical                                                                                                                 1 this work has been performed in the frame of the mipas quality working group activities. t annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6332 2 [2010], kiefer et al. [2010] and by arnone et al. [2013]. man-made chlorofluorocarbons (cfcs) have been widely used in the past decades and then replaced with substitutes such as hydrochlorofluorocarbons (hcfcs). transport of these long-lived compounds to the stratosphere leads to their photo-dissociation, with release of chlorine atoms that are strongly reactive and affect the stratospheric chemical composition. among all the cfcs, the most used ones are ccl3f (cfc-11) and ccl2f2 (cfc-12), with the 2008 mean tropospheric concentrations of 245 and 535 pptv respectively [wmo report nr. 52, 2011]. the annual mean mixing ratio of cfc-11 decreased at a rate of 2.0 ± 0.6 ppt/yr from 2007 to 2008. the global atmospheric mixing ratio of cfc12, which accounts for about one-third of the current atmospheric chlorine load, decreased for the first time in the time span from 2005 to 2008 and by mid-2008 had declined by 1.3 % (7.1 ± 0.2 ppt) from the peak levels observed during 2000–2004. chlorine nitrate (clono2) is a major temporary reservoir gas of chlorine in the stratosphere. it plays an important role in the processes of ozone depletion [brasseur and solomon, 2005, and references therein]. the partitioning between active (ozone destroying) chlorine species like cl and clo and their ozone inactive reservoir gases clono2 and hcl controls the amount of polar ozone depletion through chlorine catalytic cycles. heterogeneous chemistry on polar stratospheric clouds particles converts the chlorine reservoirs clono2 and hcl into cl2. in the sunlit antarctic spring, chlorine molecules are converted into active radicals such as cl and clo, which destroy most of the vortex ozone at 14–20 km. cfc-11 and cfc-12 are diurnally stable molecules, and therefore they are easily comparable with correlative measurements. on the contrary, the species clono2 shows diurnal variability. this means that, when comparing measurements coming from different instruments, the different acquisition time must be kept into consideration. preliminary results are reported here. ii. envisat-mipas data mipas [fischer et al., 2008] was a limbscanning spectrometer developed by the european space agency (esa) for the study of the atmospheric composition deployed on board the envisat satellite on a nearly polar orbit. it measured the infra-red atmospheric emission with limb viewing geometry from 4.1 to 14.5 μm (685–2410 cm−1) mostly over the altitude range 6–70 km. mipas acquired atmospheric spectra from july 2002 to april 2012 with different spectral and spatial resolutions: at 0.025 cm−1 (full resolution measurements) at the beginning of the mission to march 2004 and since january 2005 at 0.0625 cm−1 (optimized resolution measurements). mipas measured both daytime and nighttime with a global coverage of the earth, into a sunsynchronous polar orbit with equatorial local crossing time of approximately 10:00 p.m. (ascending node). in a nominal (nom) orbit of the optimized resolution period, mipas limbscans covered the atmosphere from about 6 to 70 km in 27 views (every 1.5 km from 6 to 21 km, every 2 km from 21 to 31 km, every 3 km from 31 to 46 km, and every 4 km from 46 to 70 km), while in the full resolution period the limb scans were made of 17 views (from 6 to 42 km at 3 km steps then at 47, 52, 60 and 68 km). esa provides level 2 retrievals of the nom mode measurements as described in [ridolfi et annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6332 3 al., 2000; raspollini et al., 2013]. the esa retrieval code makes use of the global-fit approach [carlotti, 1988]. a collaboration between the university of bologna and the isaccnr of bologna led to the development of an innovative retrieval code for mipas observations, called gmtr [carlotti et al., 2006], using both the geo-fit approach [carlotti et al., 2001] and the multi-target retrieval (mtr) functionality [dinelli et al., 2003]. gmtr performs tomographic retrievals with the possibility to simultaneously retrieve interfering species. the tomographic approach enables the observations collected along a whole orbit to be analysed simultaneously. gmtr operates a 2-d discretization of the atmosphere, therefore enabling the horizontal atmospheric structures to be modelled. [carlotti et al., 2001]. in gmtr each limb observation contributes to determine the unknown quantity at a number of different locations among those spanned by its line of sight rather than only at the tangent points as in standard 1-d retrievals. using gmtr, a level 2 database has been obtained (mipas2d [dinelli et al., 2010]) of 2-d fields of pressure, temperature and vmr profiles of atmospheric constituents. each target has been retrieved at fixed latitudes on an altitude grid that corresponds to the nominal sampling of the mipas full resolution mission (from 6 to 68 km, with 3 km steps up to 42 km and then at the altitudes of 47, 52, 60 and 68 km). the retrievals make use of a priori information that, for the species considered in this paper, is derived from climatological data [remedios et al., 2007] and are operated on selected microwindows, i.e. narrow spectral interval (less than 3 cm-1 wide) containing major information on the target parameters to be retrieved. iii. ace-fts data ace [bernath et al., 2005] is a canadian satellite mission aimed at the study of the earth’s atmosphere using the limb scanning technique. it was launched into a high inclination (74°) circular low orbit (650 km) on 12 august 2003. primarily ace operates in solar occultation providing altitude profiles (typically 10–100 km) for temperature, pressure, and the vmrs for several atmospheric species. the ace instrument is a high spectral resolution (0.02 cm−1) limbscanning fts that measures between 2.2 and 13.3 μm (750–4400 cm−1), with high signal-tonoise ratios, in the altitude range from 5 (or cloud top) to 150 km. the ace orbit gives global earth coverage, useful to study a wide range of atmospheric processes. the ace-fts measures limb sequences of atmospheric absorption spectra during sunrise and sunset. level 2 data are retrieved by a non-linear least squares global fitting technique [carlotti, 1988] that operates on selected microwindows (generally 0.3–1 cm−1) [boone et al., 2005]. the analysis approach does not employ constraints from a priori information (i.e. optimal estimation). first pressure and temperature, as a function of altitude, are determined through the analysis of co2 lines, then vmrs are retrieved. the ace level 2 database used here is version 2.2+updates and is available at http://www.ace.uwaterloo.ca. iv. collocation and filtering criteria the mipas2d and ace-fts datasets obtained in the analysis of the measurements from 2005 to 2009 have been used for this validation exercise. only collocated data have been annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6332 4 figure 1. mipas2d (red) and ace-fts (blue) geolocations of the coincidences for the polar (830 collocations, left panel) and the trp-midlat (260 collocations, right panel) regions. compared: coincidence criteria were determined on the basis of spatial (by distance) and time limits. for all the considered species spatial collocation was assumed when the maximum distance between mipas2d and ace-fts measurements was ≤ 500 km. the latitude domain has been divided into two regions characterized by different time windows: polar: latitudes < -60° and > 60°, 2 hours time window tropical-mid latitudes (trp-midlat): -60° < latitude < 60°, 6 hours time window the reason for increasing the time window in the trp-midlat is to have a statistically suitable number of coincidences. in total we found 830 collocations for the polar regions and 260 for the trp-midlat regions. we then applied a filter to both mipas2d and ace-fts data in order to rejects single vmr values having an estimated standard deviation greater than 30%. this threshold has been chosen with dedicated tests on the basis of a trade-off between the amount of values kept in the statistics and the quality of the data. in case of multiple coincidence (more than one mipas2d match every ace-fts profile), we averaged the mipas2d results in order to obtain only one profile. the datasets have been compared in the pressure domain instead than in the altitude domain. this choice has been done in order to avoid possible additional mipas2d errors introduced by the different assumptions made by the analysis systems regarding the pressure to altitude transformation. therefore mipas2d profiles were logarithmically interpolated on the pressure levels of ace-fts before the comparison. in the comparison we did not smooth the profiles taking into account the averaging kernels. this is an acceptable approximation because the difference in the vertical resolution of the two datasets is small (about 4 km for ace-fts, 4-5 km for mipas2d), leading to similar smoothing errors. the two panels of figure 1 show the geolocations of the data used in the comparison: the red dots represents the geolocation of mipas2d data and the blue dots the geolocations of ace data. v. results annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6332 5 figure 2. from left to right: cfc-11, cfc-12, clono2 mipas2d-ace differences computed as (1) for polar (top) and trp-midlat (bottom) regions. in each panel the distribution of the differences is indicated using white circles (mean), star symbols (median), and black dots (mode). the horizontal black lines indicate the 80% percentile. the colour (arbitrary) scale indicates the number density of samples having same difference values for each pressure layer from blue to red in increasing order (grey = no data). fractional differences between the vmrs from mipas2d and ace-fts have been computed using the following expression: diff = 2 (1) and divided into fixed pressure bins for both the polar and the trp-midlat regions and for all the considered species. in the analysis the polar regions have been subdivided into acefts sunrise (sr) and sunset (ss) cases as some differences were observed between them. figure 2 shows the distribution of the frequency of the differences (mean, mode and median) in each pressure interval, for cfc-11, cfc-12, and clono2, computed with expression (1) for both the polar (top) and the trp-midlat (bottom) regions. in order to simplify the interpretation of the plots in table 1 we report the median of the differences (along with the number of samples) at each level of pressure. annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6332 6 table 1: percentage median of the differences between mipas2d and ace-fts. the parenthetical values are the number of coincidences. species cfc-11 cfc-12 clono2 pressure (hpa) polar trp-midlat polar trp-midlat polar trp-midlat 3 12 (10) 6 12 (405) 62 (119) 10 7 (968) 22 (557) 20 7 (2) -95 (2) -19 (443) -7 (528) 0 (1333) 0 (670) 40 45 (141) -1 (170) -13 (913) 0 (595) -2 (1128) -12 (356) 60 33 (463) 1 (349) -5 (864) 5 (446) -2 (743) 0 (117) 80 9 (586) 1 (285) -5 (759) 1 (360) 7 (350) 32 (28) 100 3 (557) 0 (214) -7 (693) -1 (269) 12 (192) 37 (10) 120 1 (653) 3 (212) -5 (780) 0 (268) 37 (68) 27 (7) 150 3 (846) 3 (276) -3 (1012) 0 (359) 42 (44) 12 (4) 200 5 (791) 0 (216) -3 (977) -3 (264) 92 (1) 250 5 (469) 1 (160) -1 (582) -3 (193) 300 5 (353) 5 (111) -3 (420) -5 (128) 400 3 (129) 11 (68) -5 (140) -9 (67) 500 23 (8) 7 (17) 37 (1) -7 (12) table 2: range of the bias (considered as percentage median of the differences in a statistically meaningful pressure range) between mipas2d and ace-fts. species polar (sr) [%] polar (ss) [%] polar (all) [%] trp-midlat (all) [%] cfc-11 3–5 (+) 0–9 (+) 1–5 (+) 0–5 (+) cfc-12 1–5 (-) 3–9 (-) 1–7 (-) 1–9 (-) clono2 (60-20 hpa range) ±2 0–2 (-) 0–2 (-) 0–12 (-) we notice in figure 2 that cfc-12 has a double distribution: one close to zero and the other close to 30-40% (polar) or 40-50% (trp-midlat). this non-physical behaviour is caused by some “anomalous” ace-fts profiles. these vmrs are indeed too low and cause the second distribution around 30-50% when computing the difference between mipas2d and acefts profiles. the occurrence of this problem and the dissimilarity between “normal” and “anomalous” ace-fts values are much higher in case of cfc-12 than in the other species. however, even if this problem causes distortions to the arithmetic average, the median is only marginally affected and the mode is totally unaffected. we point out that hereafter we discuss the biases only in terms of median of the differences therefore our conclusions are almost independent from the side distribution. annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6332 7 we summarize the biases that have been found in each atmospheric region for each target in table 2. in general, considering both sunrise and sunset ace-fts measurements, mipas2d cfc-11 shows a small positive bias (1-5%) between 400 and 100 hpa (8-18 km) in the polar regions and a similar bias (0 to 5%) between 300 and 40 hpa (10-24 km) in the trpmidlat. mipas2d cfc-12 generally shows a negative bias (1-7%) from 400 to 60 hpa (8-21 km) in the polar regions, and a similar one (19%) in the trp-midlat from 400 to 20 hpa (8-29 km). for these molecules the variability is lower than 15 % in the polar regions and lower than 20% in the trp-midlat. ace-fts cfc-11 and cfc-12 have been previously compared with a single firs-2 flight and with zonal mean mkiv balloon data [mahieu et al., 2008]. these comparisons show that the ace-fts vertical distributions are reasonably good for both the species, although they generally seem to be lower in most of the altitude range, i.e. between 12 and 20 km (230–70 hpa). however, this analysis was performed with a limited number of coincidences. in particular, for cfc11, below 16 km (130 hpa) differences were smaller than 10% while above they increased with increasing altitude, up to 87% at 19 km (85 hpa) w.r.t. firs-2, below 12 km (230 hpa) differences were about 20% and above of the order of 10% w.r.t mkiv. for cfc-12, they found below 20 km (73 hpa) a positive bias (up to 50%) when comparing ace-fts with firs2 and a negative bias (up to 160% at 24 km or 40 hpa) above. in the inter-comparison with mkiv the findings were similar to cfc-11 but the entity of the bias was smaller (up to 10%). mipas2d clono2 shows a very small negative bias in the trp-midlat (0-2%) between 60 and 20 hpa (21-29 km) and a larger one in the polar regions (0-12%) between 60 and 20 hpa (21-29 km). clono2 comparison has a larger (> 30%) variability. this is due to its diurnal variability that makes the measured vmr highly dependent from the acquisition time. wolff et al. [2008] reported a good agreement between ace-fts and mipas imk-iaa retrievals. the mean absolute differences they found were typically within ±0.01 ppbv and reached not more than −0.04 ppbv (±1%) for 130–27 hpa (16–27 km). the clono2 differences we are reporting can be mostly explained by the time mismatch. above 20 hpa (29 km), the differences tend to increase with altitude (even if is not possible to draw clear conclusions because of the large variability). a bias at high altitudes has been also observed by höpfner et al. [2007] when comparing mipas imk-iaa retrievals with ace-fts. they successfully removed the bias using a chemical transport model to correct mipas data for the time mismatch demonstrating that the reported behaviour is induced by photochemistry. v. conclusions mipas2d 2-d fields of clono2, cfc-11, and cfc-12, obtained applying the tomographic code gmtr to measurements acquired in the nominal observation mode of the complete mipas mission have been compared with ace-fts data. the comparison was restricted to data measured from 2005 to 2009. mipas2d cfc-11 shows a generally small positive bias ranging from 1 to 5%, cfc-12 a negative bias ranging from 1 to 9% and clono2 a very small negative bias in the tropical-mid latitude (0-2%). this bias becomes larger in the polar regions (0-12%). these annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6332 8 general conclusion are valid within the pressure range 300-100 hpa (10-18 km) for the two chlorofluorocarbons and within the more restricted pressure interval of 60-20 hpa (21-29 km) for the chlorine nitrate. in addition of the reasons that are usually cause of biases, some of the differences may be here explained by the two different retrieval approaches, ace-fts uses a 1-d approach while the mipas2d data have been obtained using a 2-d code. the 1-d retrievals may be indeed affected by systematic errors especially when the horizontal gradients of the atmosphere are strong [e.g. kiefer et al., 2010; puķīte et al., 2008]. we are planning to extend the analysis over a longer time period and to increase the number of species in the comparison. references [arnone et al., 2013] arnone, e., e. castelli, e. papandrea, m. carlotti, and b.m. dinelli (2012). extreme ozone depletion in the 2010– 2011 arctic winter stratosphere as observed by mipas/envisat using a 2-d tomographic approach, atmos. chem. phys., 12, 9149–9165. [brasseur and solomon, 2005] brasseur, g. p. and solomon, s. (2005). aeronomy of the middle atmosphere, 3rd revised and enlarged edition, springer. [bernath et al., 2005] bernath, p.f., c.t. mcelroy, m.c. abrams, c.d. boone, m. butler, c. camy-peyret, m. carleer, c. clerbaux, p.-f. coheur, r. colin, p. decola, m. demazie, j.r. drummond, d. dufour, w.f.j. evans, h. fast, d. fussen, k. gilbert, d.e. jennings, e.j. llewellyn, r.p. lowe, e. mahieu, j.c. mcconnell, m. mchugh, s.d. mcleod, r. michaud, c. midwinter, r. nassar, f. nichitiu, c. nowlan, c.p. rinsland, y.j. rochon, n. rowlands, k. semeniuk, p. simon, r. skelton, j.j. sloan, m.-a. soucy, k. strong, p. tremblay, d. turnbull, k.a. walker, i. walkty, d.a. wardle, v. wehrle, r. zander, and j. zou. (2005). atmospheric chemistry experiment (ace): mission overview. geophys. res. lett., 31, l15s01. [boone et al., 2005] boone, c.d., r. nassar, ,k.a. walker,y. rochon,s.d. mcleod, c.p. rinsland, and p.f. bernath (2005). retrievals for the atmo-spheric chemistry experiment fourier-transform spectrometrer, appl. opt., 44, 7218–7231. [carlotti, 1988] carlotti, m. (1988). global-fit approach to the analysis of limb-scanning atmospheric measurements, appl. opt., 27, no. 15, 3250. [carlotti et al., 2001] carlotti, m., b.m. dinelli, p. raspollini, and m. ridolfi (2001). geo-fit approach to the analysis of satellite limbscanning measurements. appl. opt., 40, 1872– 1885. [carlotti et al., 2006] carlotti, m., g. brizzi, e. papandrea, m. prevedelli, m. ridolfi, b.m. dinelli, and l. magnani (2006). gmtr: twodimensional geo-fit multitarget retrieval model for michelson interferometer for passive atmospheric sounding/environmental satellite observations. appl. opt., 45, 716–727. [dinelli et al., 2003] dinelli, b.m., d. alpaslan, m. carlotti, l. magnani, m. ridolfi (2003). multi-target retrieval (mtr): the simultaneous retrieval of pressure, temperature and volume mixing ratio from limb-scanning atmospheric measurements. j. quant. spec. radiat. transfer, 84, 141–157. [dinelli et al., 2010] dinelli, b.m., e. arnone, g. brizzi, m. carlotti, e. castelli, l. magnani, e. papandrea, m. prevedelli, and m. ridolfi (2010). the mipas2d database of mipas/envisat measurements retrieved with a multi-target 2-dimensional annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6332 9 tomographic approach. atmos. meas. tech., 2, 355–374. [fischer et al., 2008] fischer, h., m. birk, c. blom, b. carli, m. carlotti, t. von clarmann, l. delbouille, a. dudhia, d. ehhalt, m. endemann, j.m. flaud, r. gessner, a. kleinert, r. koopman, j. langen, m. lópez-puertas, p. mosner, h. nett, h. oelhaf, g. perron, j. remedios, m. ridolfi, g. stiller, r. zander. (2008). mipas: an instrument for atmospheric and climate research. atmos. chem. phys., 8, 2151–2188. [höpfner et al., 2007] höpfner, m., t. von clarmann, h. fischer, b. funke, n. glatthor, u. grabowski, s. kellmann, m. kiefer, a. linden, m. milz, t. steck, g.p. stiller, p. bernath, c.e. blom, th. blumenstock, c. boone, k. chance, m.t. coffey, f. friedlvallon, d. griffith, j.w. hannigan, f. hase, n. jones, k.w. jucks, c. keim, a. kleinert, w. kouker, g.y. liu, e. mahieu, j. mellqvist, s. mikuteit, j. notholt, h. oelhaf, c. piesch, t. reddmann, r. ruhnke, m. schneider, a. strandberg, g. toon, k.a. walker, t. warneke, g. wetzel, s. wood, and r. zander (2007). validation of mipas clono2 measurements. atmos. chem. phys., 7, 257–281. [kiefer et al., 2010] kiefer, m., e. arnone, a. dudhia, m. carlotti, e. castelli, t. von clarmann, b.m. dinelli, a. kleinert, a. linden, m. milz, e. papandrea, and g. stiller (2010). impact of temperature field inhomogeneities on the retrieval of atmospheric species from mipas ir limb emission spectra, atmos. meas. tech., 3, 1487-1507. [mahieu et al., 2008] mahieu, e., p. duchatelet, p. demoulin, k.a. walker, e. dupuy, l. froidevaux, c. randall, v. catoire, k. strong, c.d. boone, p.f. bernath, j.-f. blavier, t. blumenstock, m. coffey, m. de mazière, d. griffith, j. hannigan, f. hase, n. jones, k.w. jucks, a. kagawa, y. kasai, y. mebarki, s. mikuteit, r. nassar, j. notholt, c.p. rinsland, c. robert, o. schrems, c. senten, d. smale, j. taylor, c. tétard, g.c. toon, t. warneke, s.w. wood, r. zander, and c. servai (2008). validation of ace-fts v2.2 measurements of hcl, hf, ccl3f and ccl2f2 using space-, balloonand ground-based instrument observations. atmos. chem. phys., 8, 6199– 6221. [papandrea et al., 2010] papandrea, e., e. arnone, g. brizzi, m. carlotti, e. castelli, b.m. dinelli, and m. ridolfi (2010). twodimensional tomographic retrieval of mipas/envisat measurements of ozone and related species. int. j. rem. sens., 31: 2, 477–483. [puķīte et al., 2008]. puķīte, j., s. kühl, t. deutschmann, u. platt, and t. wagner (2008). accounting for the effect of horizontal gradients in limb measurements of scattered sunlight, atmos. chem. phys., 8, 3045–3060. [raspollini et al., 2013] raspollini, p., b. carli, m. carlotti, s. ceccherini, a. dehn, b.m. dinelli, a. dudhia, j.-m. flaud, m. lópez puertas, f. niro, j.j. remedios, m. ridolfi, h. sembhi, l. sgheri, and t. von clarmann (2013).ten years of mipas measurements with esa level 2 processor v6 – part i: retrieval algorithm and diagnostics of the products. atmos. meas. tech. discuss., 6, 461-518. [remedios et al., 2007] remedios, j. j., r. j. leigh, a.m. waterfall, d.p. moore, h. sembhi, i. parkes, j. greenhough, m.p. chipperfield, and d. hauglustaine (2007). mipas reference atmospheres and comparisons to v4.61/v4.62 mipas level 2 geophysical data sets, atmos. chem. phys. discuss., 7, 9973–10017. [ridolfi et al., 2000] ridolfi, m., b. carli, m. carlotti, t. von clarmann, b.m. dinelli, a. dudhia, j.-m. flaud, m. höpfner, p.e. morris, p. raspollini, g. stiller, and j.w. robert (2000). optimized forward and retrieval scheme for annals of geophysics, 56, fast track-1, 2013; 10.4401/ag-6332 10 mipas near-real-time data processing, appl. opt., 39, 1323–1340. [wolff et al. , 2008] wolff, m.a., t. kerzenmacher, k. strong, k.a. walker, m. toohey, e. dupuy, p.f. bernath, c.d. boone, s. brohede, v. catoire, t. von clarmann, m. coffey, w.h. daffer, m. de mazière, p. duchatelet, n. glatthor, d.w.t. griffith, j. hannigan, f. hase, m. höpfner, n. huret, n. jones, k. jucks, a. kagawa, y. kasai, i. kramer, h. küllmann, j. kuttippurath, e. mahieu, g. manney, c.t. mcelroy, c. mclinden, y. mébarki, s. mikuteit, d. murtagh, c. piccolo, p. raspollini, m. ridolfi, r. ruhnke, m. santee, c. senten, d. smale, c. tétard, j. urban, and s. wood (2008). validation of hno3, clono2, and n2o5 from the atmospheric chemistry experiment fourier transform spectrometer (ace-fts). atmos. chem. phys., 8, 3529–3562. [wmo report nr. 52, 2011] wmo report no. 52. (2011). scientific asses2sment of ozone depletion: 2010. global ozone research and monitoring project–report no. 52, 516 pp., geneva, switzerland. *corresponding author: enzo papandrea, dipartimento di chimica industriale "toso montanari", università di bologna, italy, email: enzo.papandrea@unibo.it. microsoft word 7507-18242-1-rv_pölzler_revised and edited.doc annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7507 1 on the contribution of philosophical and geoscientific inquiry to geoethics (qua applied ethics) thomas pölzler institute of philosophy, university of graz, austria thomas.poelzler@uni-graz.at abstract this paper is about the methodology of geoethics qua applied ethics. in particular, i investigate the contributions of philosophical and geoscientific inquiry. my investigation is based on a general model of geoethical research. for each stage of this model i explain the expected contribution of “the philosopher” and “the geoscientist” (assuming that they are different persons). these general considerations are illustrated by the example of a particular geoethical research question that is currently addressed in the austrian academy of sciences project ee-con. it turns out that geoethical research is a complex multi-step process that is highly contingent on philosophical assumptions. in advancing this research it will be helpful for philosophers and geoscientists to work together more closely than they have done so far. 1. introduction eoethics addresses questions at the intersection of geoscience and philosophy. one kind of geoethical questions, among many others, can be understood as a sub-category of what philosophers refer to as “applied ethics” (beauchamp, 2003). researchers in this area investigate controversial geoscience-related moral issues that people face in their everyday lives or that are relevant to political decision-making. in what follows i will be exclusively concerned with this particular area of geoethical research. geoethics is a growing field of research (see, e.g., bobrowsky et al., 2017; hourdequin, 2015; peppoloni and di capua, 2012; peppoloni et al., 2017; philips 2012; wyss and peppoloni, 2015). compared to bioethics, neuroethics and other areas of applied ethics, there has so far been little reflection on its methodology. in this paper i attempt to advance geoethics qua applied ethics by addressing a particularly important methodological issue, namely the contribution of philosophical and geoscientific inquiry. i hence conform to recent suggestions according to which philosophers engaged in geoethics are to “offer a synopsis of how the various disciplines relate within a given problem” (frodeman, 2003: 20), and are “to step into a […] kind of collaboration that investigates relationships between the disciplines […]” (stefanovic, 2015: 21). in clarifying the relation of philosophical and geoscientific inquiry in the above-mentioned area of geoethics i will refer to a general model of geoethical research in this area. for each stage of this model i will explain the expected contribution of “the philosopher” and “the geoscientist” (assuming that they are different persons). these general considerations will be illustrated by the example of a particular geoethical research question that is currently addressed in the austrian academy of sciences project ee-con (ortner et al., 2017). 2. developing a geoethical research question the first step in geoethical research is to develop appropriate research questions. research questions in this area need to conform to the same general requirements as research questions in other areas. most importantly, they must be feasible (in terms of the available methods, time, money, etc.), interesting (in adg annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7507 2 vancing knowledge or being practically relevant), and novel (in going beyond past findings) (see hulley et al., 2007). philosophers will often be able to contribute substantially to developing geoethical research questions. given their background in moral theory, they can identify potential moral issues reliably, and can formulate interesting and precise questions about these issues. at the same time, geoscientists are indispensable to this process as well. they can yield information about relevant facts, the results of related geoscientific studies, the expected feasibility and range of outcomes of future studies, etc. in ee-con geographers found that many residents of three austrian alpine valleys expect that despite their proper awareness of increasing natural hazards they will be able to continue to live in these areas. this expectation is likely to have shaped the residents’ plans. so if at some point in the future the state of austria decided to relocate these residents, it would thereby make it difficult or impossible for them to realize these plans. one important ethical question raised by this potential frustration of the residents’ plans — the question that we address in ee-con — looks as follows: is the harm caused by the frustration of residents’ expectation morally significant, i.e., does it ground a moral claim against relocation or for compensation? 3. adopting a general approach to applied ethics applied ethical questions can be approached in three main ways: top-down, bottom-up, and intermediate (see beauchamp, 2003; hourdequin, 2015). according to the top-down approach (e.g., singer, 1979), answers to such questions must be deduced from moral principles (i.e., general moral statements that apply to all or particular kinds of cases) and the relevant facts. on the most abstract level, for example, the question of where to build a new landfill might be addressed as follows: “we ought to act in such a way as to maximize overall happiness (utilitarian moral principle). building the landfill at place x will maximize overall happiness (relevant fact). ergo, the landfill ought to be built at place x.” according to the bottom-up approach (e.g., toulmin and jonsen, 1988), applied ethical questions are to be answered by paying close attention to the specific details of cases rather than by deduction from principles. proponents of casuistry, for example, argue that moral judgements about particular cases are to be justified by comparing these cases to similar cases, in particular to less controversial ones (e.g., comparing the planned landfill with a landfill at place z that caused severe groundwater pollution). the intermediate approach combines both topdown and bottom-up features. according to its most prominent variant (e.g., daniels, 1979), one’s general moral principles and considered moral judgements about particular cases are justified to the extent that they cohere. this state of “reflective equilibrium” can be approached by continued mutual adjustments at both levels. for example, if the above utilitarian principle conflicts with one’s considered moral judgement about where to build the new landfill one may refine/reject either or both this principle and one’s judgement. whether geoethical questions are approached in a top-down, bottom-up or intermediate manner is the most important determinant of this research’s methodology. here i will proceed under the assumption that justifying moral judgements in geoethics at some point and in some sense requires deductions from moral principles. this assumption is not only consistent with the top-down approach, but also with the reflective equilibrium model (proponents of this model just insist that principles are open to refinement or rejection) and even with some bottom-up approaches (see beauchamp, 2003: 9-10). my considerations will hence have very broad appeal. concerning the relation of philosophical and geoscientific inquiry, the adoption and potential adjustment of any of the above approaches requires considerable philosophical expertise. researchers need to fully understand how moral judgements are justified according to their preferred approach. but geoscientists are essential to this general methodological discussion as well. most importantly, they will stress annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7507 3 and contribute to implementing a problemsolving — as opposed to primarily theoretical — perspective. 4. developing, adopting and/or specifying a relevant moral principle given that geoethical research requires deductions from moral principles, the next step in this research consists in developing, adopting and/or specifying such principles. some moral principles are claimed to apply only to particular kinds of cases. geoscientists are necessary in determining whether the case at issue falls under the scope of such principles. for example, does a particular case of groundwater pollution only raise intragenerational or also intergenerational justice issues? in many other respects, developing, adopting and/or specifying appropriate moral principles is primarily the responsibility of philosophers (since they are familiar with existing moral principles, arguments for and against these principles, and methods of specifying principles). in ee-con we adopted two principles about the moral significance of expectations that were developed by meyer and sanklecha (2011, 2014). first, in order for an expectation to be morally significant it must be epistemically sound, i.e., based on good reasons, as specified by a plausible philosophical theory of justification (e.g., when a person for no good reason expects that she will be given €50 million by the state of austria this expectation’s frustration clearly does not ground a claim to compensation, apology, etc.). and second, the expectation must also be just, i.e., meet substantive constraints of pure procedural justice (e.g., when a person for good reasons expects that she will not be caught cheating on her income taxes this expectation’s frustration does not ground a claim to compensation, apology, etc. either). in order to be applicable to controversial cases moral principles must often be specified. drawing on meyer and sanklecha’s work (2011, 2014), we specified the epistemic soundness and justice principles roughly as follows. a person’s expectation is epistemically sound if (e1) the person has reason to believe that the state has ensured the expectation’s fulfillment in the past and will not discontinue to ensure this fulfillment in the future, or (e2) the person has reason to believe that the state expresses that it will ensure the expectation’s fulfillment. a person’s expectation is just if and only if (j1) the expectation is not based on impartial considerations, and (j2) the expectation is consistent with her general views about justice. 5. deriving a testable geoscientific hypothesis from the moral principle from their preferred moral principle(s) geoethicists must next derive testable geoscientific hypotheses. this will often be a two-step process. first, one must identify the kind(s) of facts about the particular case at issue that, according to the principle, are morally relevant (this step requires detailed knowledge of the principle, and is thus mainly within the domain of philosophy). and second, one must develop testable geoscientific hypotheses that allow for conclusions about the facts identified in step one (this step requires detailed knowledge about the particular case and about geoscientific methods, and is thus mainly within the domain of geoscience). recall the above principle according to which expectations can only be morally significant if they can be inferred from states’ past behavior (e1) or states’ expressions (e2). from this principle it can be inferred that determining the moral significance of residents’ expectation that they will be able to continue to live in our study areas requires investigating whether this expectation is grounded in past behavior or expressions by the state of austria (step 1). these questions may then be explored by testing various kinds of geoscientific hypotheses; for example, that help from disaster relief funds has not decreased over the last decades or that the state still issues building permits for our study areas (step 2). 6. identifying the geoscientific methods most appropriate for testing the hypothesis depending on the moral principle and the particular case, the geoscientific hypotheses at issue may be such that testing them requires annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7507 4 studies in both or either physical geoscience and human geoscience. many of the following considerations apply to studies of both kinds. my primary object of investigation, however, will be geoethical research that is based on studies in human geoscience (such as in eecon). human geoscientists use a variety of different methods. abstracting from any practical constraints, the method(s) that geoethicists should adopt in testing their geoscientific hypotheses is that (are those) method(s) that can be expected to provide the strongest evidence with regard to the hypothesis. in the ee-con project, for example, we investigated residents’ beliefs, emotions and behaviors regarding natural hazards and their potential resettlement both by questionnaires (to obtain more objective, unbiased data) and by structured interviews (to gain deeper insight into the underlying causes of these beliefs, emotions and behaviors). determining which method(s) can be expected to provide the strongest evidence with regard to the geoscientific hypothesis at issue requires both theoretical knowledge about geoscientific methods and experience in employing them. thus, it will typically fall in the domain of the geoscientist. 7. developing a specific research design based on their general choice of methods, researchers in geoethics next need to develop (a) specific design(s) for their geoscientific study (studies). questionnaire studies, for example, raise the following issues: what is the required sample size? how ought one to formulate instructions, scenarios, questions, and answer choices? should one use open-ended or closeended questions (or both)? obviously, the geoscientific studies employed in geoethical research should have as much internal and external validity as possible. ensuring this goal is again mainly the responsibility of the geoscientist (who is familiar with the relevant methods and with potential problems in employing them). in addition, philosophical expertise may be helpful in designing certain kinds of geoscientific studies in geoethics too. this is especially true for studies that attempt to test subjects’ philosophical views. such studies will only be internally valid if the philosophical concepts figuring in their instructions, scenarios, questions, and answer choices are used properly — and philosophers are typically more familiar with these concepts. recall j1, the first condition of ee-con’s justice principle (according to which a person’s expectation can only be morally significant if it is consistent with her general views about justice). in order to test whether residents’ expectation to be able to continue to live in our study areas fulfills this condition one’s study must include answer choices that, if residents chose them, would indicate that their expectation is not consistent with their general views about justice. a view that might be relevant here is libertarianism, which claims that states’ only legitimate function is to protect citizens from criminal behavior (e.g., nozick, 1974). suppose a resident’s study responses indicate that s/he is drawn to libertarianism. as this general view about justice in some sense conflicts with the expectation that the state will offer protection, aid and relief with regard to natural hazards, such a finding would support that the resident’s expectation lacks in moral significance. 8. conducting the geoscientific study with a complete research design at hand, researchers in geoethics can finally go on to test their morally relevant geoscientific hypothesis. several issues in the philosophy of science might be relevant to this task, e.g., the theorydependence and value-ladenness of scientific observations. apart from these general issues, however, testing the morally relevant geoscientific hypothesis is obviously the task of the geoscientist. hence, i will not explain this step any further. 9. assessing the study’s implications for the geoscientific hypothesis in order to be able to support or undermine a particular hypothesis the data resulting from one’s geoscientific studies must be interpreted. given their training and experience, geoscienannals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7507 5 tists are better suited to performing this task than philosophers. they identify trends in the data more rapidly and reliably, are more aware of common cognitive biases, etc. again, however, the philosopher’s conceptual knowledge may prove helpful as well — in particular with studies that address subjects’ philosophical views. in the study that led to ee-con’s geoethical research question, for example, many subjects in both the questionnaires and interviews strongly agreed that “[t]he society is responsible for the protection against natural hazards”. at first sight this finding might be thought to support the study’s hypothesis that most residents expect the society to protect them against natural hazards. but this interpretation would be flawed. to expect that an agent performs an action means to believe that the agent will perform that action (meyer and sanklecha, 2014: 2). by saying that an agent is responsible for performing an action, however, we express that the agent ought to perform rather than that s/he actually will perform that action — and it is possible and common to believe that agents ought to perform actions that they actually will not perform. hence, the finding that residents of our study areas agreed that the society is responsible for protecting them against natural hazards does not by itself entail that they expect the society to do so. 10. assessing the study’s implications for the geoethical research question given that all previous tasks were performed successfully, the interpretation of one’s geoscientific data will either support or undermine one’s geoscientific hypothesis. the final step in geoethical research qua applied ethical research is to assess the implications of this result for one’s geoethical research question. one important determinant of this assessment is one’s general approach to applied ethics. suppose one’s moral principle(s) (e.g., eecon’s justice principle) and geoscientific findings (e.g., our interview data) entail a moral judgement that conflicts with one’s considered judgement about the case at issue (e.g., that residents’ expectation that they will be able to continue to live in our study areas is morally significant). on the top-down approach one would then have to give up one’s considered moral judgement. the reflective equilibrium model, in contrast, also allows the rejection or refinement of the principle, and thus requires further philosophical (and perhaps geoscientific) research. when one assumes more than one moral principle, answering geoethical research questions may also require weighing the judgements entailed by one principle against the judgements entailed by others. moreover, issues of feasibility may have to be considered as well. suppose, for example, it turned out that residents’ above expectation grounds a claim to not being resettled. accounting for this expectation (i.e., protecting residents from increasing natural hazards) may be costly — so costly that the state of austria may become unable to (fully) meet other morally significant expectations of its citizens (such as students’ expectations to receive scholarships). to arrive at an all-thingsconsidered judgement, answering ee-con’s geoethical research question would thus require weighing this expectation against other morally significant expectations. in any case, as the above considerations demonstrate, assessing one’s study’s implications for the geoethical research question is primarily the task of the philosopher (as s/he is more familiar with approaches to applied ethics, the weighing of principle, the implications of infeasibility, etc.). the geoscientist will mainly be important when it comes to translating one’s findings into concrete practical solutions. 11. conclusion this paper focused on geoethics qua applied ethics. in particular, i asked about the contributions of philosophical and geoscientific inquiry to geoethics in this sense. it turned out that even on a simplified and idealized representation geoethical research is a complex multi-step process that is highly contingent on philosophical assumptions. moreover, there is no clearcut division of labor between philosophers and geoscientists. at various stages geoethical research requires intensive exchange and collaboration. in advancing geoethics it will thus be annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7507 6 helpful for philosophers and geoscientists to work together more closely than they have done so far. acknowledgements this work was funded by the austrian academy of sciences (oeaw) project economic and ethical consequences of natural hazards in alpine valleys (eecon). for helpful comments i would like to thank florian ortner, giuseppe di capua, and the two reviewers of this paper. references beauchamp, t. l. (2003). the nature of applied ethics. in: frey, r. g; wellman, c. h. (eds.). a companion to applied ethics. malden: blackwell, 1-16. bobrowsky p.; cronin v.; di capua g.; kieffer s.; peppoloni s. (2017). the emerging field of geoethics. in: gundersen, l. (ed.). scientific integrity and ethics: with applications to the geosciences. american geophysical union: new york. daniels, n., (1979). wide reflective equilibrium and theory acceptance in ethics. journal of philosophy 76 (5), 256-282. frodeman, r. (2003). geo-logic: breaking ground between philosophy and the earth sciences. albany: state university of new york press. hulley, s. b.; cummings, s. r.; browner, w. s.; grady, d. g.; newman, t. b. (2007). designing clinical research. philadelphia: lippincott williams & wilkins. hourdequin, m. (2015). environmental ethics: from theory to practice. london: bloomsbury. jonsen, a.r.; toulmin, s. (1998). the abuse of casuistry. berkeley: university of california press. meyer, l.; sanklecha, p. (2011). individual expectations and climate change. analyse & kritik 32 (2), 449-471. meyer, l.; sanklecha, p. (2014). how legitimate expectations matter in climate justice. politics, philosophy & economics 13 (3), 369393. nozick, r. (1974): anarchy, state, and utopia. basic books: new york. ortner, f.; pölzler, t.; meyer, l.; sass, o. (2017). natural hazards and the normative significance of expectations in protecting alpine communities. in: egu (ed.). geophysical research abstracts: abstracts of the european geosciences union general assembly. munich: copernicus. peppoloni, s.; di capua, g. (eds.) (2012). geoethics and geological culture. reflections from the geoitalia conference 2011. annals of geophysics 55 (3). peppoloni s.; di capua g.; bobrowsky p.t.; cronin v.s. (2017). geoethics at the heart of all geoscience. annals of geophysics (60), fast track 7. phillips, jonathan (2012). storytelling in earth sciences: eight basic plots. earth-science reviews 115 (3), 153-162. peter singer (1979). practical ethics. cambridge: cambridge university press. stefanovic, i. l. (2015). geoethics: reenvisioning applied philosophy. in: wyss, m.; peppolini, s. (eds.): geoethics: ethical challenges and case studies in earth sciences. amsterdam: elsevier. wyss, m.; peppoloni, s. (eds.) (2015). geoethics: ethical challenges and case studies in earth sciences. amsterdam: elsevier. vol49_2_2006 783 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 2/3, april/june 2006 key words submarine hydrothermal activity – fluids geochemistry – sulphur deposits – microbial communities 1. introduction the volcanic arc of the eolian archipelago consists of seven volcanic islands and some sea-mounts formed and developed during the quaternary. two islands are still active volcanoes: stromboli that erupts with regular low energy blasts and vulcano that is now in a state of solphataric activity. low temperature vents are at lipari and panarea islands; no in-land hydrothermal manifestations are recognisable on the other islands. recent investigations highlight the existence of both shallow and deep submarine hydrothermal exhalations off the coasts of all the islands (italiano and nuccio, 1991; francofonte et al., 1996; inguaggiato and italiano, 1998). the researches developed off the eastern coasts of panarea showed the presence of the most active submarine hydrothermal system at shallow depths of the eolian arc. the island of panarea (fig. 1) consists of a volcanic structure that has evolved in recent gethe submarine hydrothermal system of panarea (southern italy): biogeochemical processes at the thermal fluids-sea bottom interface concetta gugliandolo (1), francesco italiano (2) and teresa l. maugeri (1) (1) dipartimento di biologia animale ed ecologia marina, università degli studi di messina, italy (2) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di palermo, italy abstract among the submarine hydrothermal systems located off-shore the volcanic archipelago of the eolian islands (southern italy), the most active is located off the coasts of panarea island. thermal waters, gases and sulphur deposits coexist at the sea bottom where hydrothermal fluids are released from both shallow and deep vents. the chemical and isotopic composition of the fluid phase shows the presence of a significant magmatic component and the physico-chemical conditions of the geothermal reservoir allow the release of reduced chemical species that are microbially mediated towards the production of organic carbon as a form of biochemical energy. microorganisms inhabiting this environment possess nutritional requirements and overall metabolic pathways ideally suited to such ecosystem that represents a clear example of the close connection between geosphere and biosphere. microscopic examination of the white mat attached to rock surfaces showed the presence of thiothrix-like filamentous bacteria. moderately thermophilic heterotrophic isolates were identified as strains of the genus bacillus. although the hydrothermal system of panarea has to be considered a «shallow» system, it shows many characteristics that make it similar to the «deep» oceanic systems, giving a unique opportunity for improving our knowledge on such an unexplored world by working at this easily accessible site. mailing address: prof. teresa l. maugeri, dipartimento di biologia animale ed ecologia marina, università degli studi di messina, salita sperone 31, 98166 messina, italy; e-mail: tmaugeri@unime.it 784 concetta gugliandolo, francesco italiano and teresa l. maugeri ological times following different stages of activity: firstly, the central apparatus developed with the island of panarea, then the volcanic structure enlarged to the east by a fault system ne-sw oriented. a group of islets, located to the east of the main island, are recognised as the remnants of a crater rim (gabbianelli et al., 1986; rossi et al., 1986). as reported by italiano and nuccio (1991), several gaseous emissions spread over the sea-bottom around panarea area up to a depth of 150 m. the area surrounded by the islets (about 4 km2 wide) was investigated up to a depth of 30 m by scuba-diving, and a great number of underwater exhalative vents were identified and clustered as submarine fields (italiano and nuccio, 1991). their distribution is regulated by the ne-sw and nw-se fault systems, which were recognised as having been active in recent times. the released fluids consist of both gases and thermal waters whose temperatures, detected at the emission points, are in the range of 40÷95°c. generally the fluids come out from open fractures, but several areas with diffuse permeation of warm waters and gases through the sand on the seafloor were identified. a white mat surrounds all the areas where thermal waters discharge. the mat, sometimes, forms massive soft and white deposits (fig. 2) where rocky walls or any hard support is available. fig. 1. location of the hydrothermal area of panarea island and sampling sites. fig. 2. mat deposit at the c7 sampling site. the presence of a rocky wall as support allowed the large formation of thick, soft and white mat deposits mainly composed by bacteria. 785 the hydrothermal system of panarea: biogeochemical processes at the thermal fluids-sea bottom interface the input of energy due to the release of thermal fluids is considered to allow the production of biomass in the absence of light at deep-sea oceanic hydrothermal systems where the presence of chemosynthetic sulphur-oxidizing bacteria supports the hypothesis that chemosynthesis provides a substantial primary food source for the populations of invertebrates living close to the deep vents (karl et al., 1980; jannasch and wirsen, 1981; ruby et al., 1981; tuttle et al., 1983; jannasch, 1985). microbial mats which cover the substratum on the seafloor near the vents opening represent a common feature of various submarine hydrothermal environments (jannasch, 1985; jacq et al., 1989; taylor and wirsen, 1997). at shallow marine vent environments both photoand chemosynthetic organisms occupy the lowest levels of the food chain. in addition to chemical compounds such as metabolic energy for chemosynthesizers, solar radiation represents the energy source for phototrophic planktonic organisms. the shallow marine hydrothermal vents of the eolian islands provide easily accessible sampling locations for studying microorganisms inhabiting extreme marine ecosystems. the thermal springs in the baia di levante of vulcano (eolian islands) host dozens of aerobic and anaerobic, thermophilic, and hyperthermophilic microorganisms belonging to the eubacteria and archaea domain (stetter et al., 1983; fiala and stetter, 1986; huber et al., 1986; huber and stetter, 1989; hafenbradl et al., 1996; caccamo et al., 2000; maugeri et al., 2001). this paper focuses on the geosphere/biosphere relationships for which the submarine hydrothermal system of panarea represents a clear example. geochemical and microbiological considerations allowed to constrain the physicochemical characteristics of the deep-originated hydrothermal fluids feeding the vents where several microbial communities thrive. 2. sampling and analytical methods water samples were collected at three stations (fig. 1) by scuba divers. the thermal waters were collected by a syringe through a special stainless-steel probe which was inserted in the emission orifice in order to minimize the potential contamination by seawater (fig. 3). the sampling procedures for biological determinations followed those reported by gugliandolo et al. (1999), while the samples collection for geochemical analyses followed the procedures described in italiano and nuccio (1991). temperature was recorded in situ. some preliminary analyses were performed on board of the research vessel, where chemical and biological laboratories were installed. the bubbling gases were collected at the sea bottom by means of a stainless-steel funnel config. 3. schematic representation of the sampling system (gugliandolo et al., 1999). 786 concetta gugliandolo, francesco italiano and teresa l. maugeri nected to two-way sampling bottles. the gas composition was determined by gas-chromatography (perkin elmer 8500) using argon as carrier gas and molecular sieve 5a column for gas separation. in order to evaluate the concentration of h2, he, o2, n2, co2 a tcd detector was used while the ch4 and co concentrations were determined by a fid detector associated with a methanizer. the detection limits (ppm by vol) were about 3 for he, 2 for h2 and 0.5 for co and ch4. the h2s content was determined on board the research vessel using reactive tubes (drager) calibrated for both high and low sensitivities in the range 0.01-10 vol%. the 3he/4he ratios were measured by a vg 5400 tft mass spectrometer (resolving power of 600 at the 5% peak height; error <1%) and the 4he/20ne ratio by a quadrupole mass spectrometer vg mass-torr fx (accuracy ±5%). the ph and hco3values of water samples were determined immediately after sampling on board of the vessel. the cations and anions concentrations were determined in the laboratory by ion chromatography (dionex 2000i) with a reproducibility within ±2%. the microbial community was enumerated by direct counts of picoplankton (cells ranging from 0.2 to 2 µm in diameter) following the method of sieburth et al. (1978). water samples were prefiltered through 2-µm pore-size polycarbonate membrane filters, filtered onto 0.2-µm polycarbonate (black) filters and fixed with formaldehyde (2%). picoplanktonic cells were stained with 4l6diamidino-2-phenylindole (dapi) fluoro-chrome on 0.2-µm membrane filters (porter and feig, 1980) using epifluorescence microscopy (olympus bx-60m) at 1000x magnification. the microscope was equipped with an halogen (hg 100) light. g 330-385 exciter filter, ft 400 chromatic beam splitter and lp 420-barrier filter were used for picoplanktonic direct counts according to maugeri et al. (1990). to estimate the total number of autofluorescent cells, phototrophic picoplankton or picophytoplankton, filtered water samples were fixed with glutaraldehyde (1%), and microscopically counted according to the procedure described by maugeri et al. (1990). blue light excitation, g470-490 exciter filter, ft 510 chromatic beam splitter, and lp 520-barrier filter were used. picoplanktonic cell counts were converted to biomass values, according to the method of lee and fuhrman (1987), by multiplying the biovolume values by the conversion factor proposed by fry (1990). biovolume was determined by measuring cells under the microscope and calculating the mean diameter of 100 cells observed for each field. 3. results and discussion 3.1. hydrothermal fluids the analytical results of the sampled gases are reported in table i. both the bubbling and dissolved gases show the typical characters of the geothermal fluids. all the sampled gases were co2-dominated with o2/n2 ratios well below the atmosphere. h2s was present with concentrations up to 2.5%; other reactive gases (h2, co and ch4) were detected in concentrations up to 2000 ppm by vol; he was in the range of a few ppm by volume. the deep physical characteristics of the hydrothermal reservoir off-shore the island of panarea have been constrained by a geochemical table i. chemical composition of the gases sampled during august-september 1996 and estimated equilibration temperature and pressure. the analytical results are expressed in vol% for co2, h2s, n2 and o2; in ppm by vol for he, co, h2 and ch4. r/ra = helium isotopic ratio normalized to the atmosphere (atmospheric 3he/4he= =1.39×10−6). na = not analysed. the estimated equilibrium pressures are in bars. sample he h2 o2 n2 co ch4 co2 h2s 4he/20ne r/ra la calcara 9 5 0.040 2.2 3.8 2158 97.5 0.3 12 4.01 c5 12 15 0.045 1.1 3.4 1 96.5 2.3 26.7 4.1 c7 9 5 0.005 0.4 0.5 160 93.0 1.8 37.5 4.3 787 the hydrothermal system of panarea: biogeochemical processes at the thermal fluids-sea bottom interface method based on the reactive gases (co, ch4, co2 and h2) of the submarine hydrothermal vents (italiano and nuccio, 1991). the deep temperatures of the thermal fluids are calculated to be in the range 190-315°c by the application of the gas-geothermobarometry considerations to the system h2o-co2-co-ch4, and assuming the existence of biphase boiling system at depth. the computed ph2o values are relatively high, ranging between 13 and 105 bars. the calculated values of logpo2 range between −32÷−38 showing a reducing environment (table ii). table iii lists the analytical results of the water samples. the chemical composition of c5 and c7 samples, shows a depletion in na+, cl−, mg2+ and so4 2− compared to the seawater, while k+ and ca2+ are more concentrated. the sample taken at la calcara site seems to be diluted by continental water or, alternatively, by steam condensation. taking into considerations the calculated equilibrium temperatures, the recorded thermal water compositions agreed with high temperature water-rock interactions inside the deep geothermal body. italiano and nuccio (1991) considered these waters as the result of cold seawater mixed with waters of marine origin modified by high-temperature interaction with magmatic rocks (samples c5 and c7) or with low-salinity waters circulating beneath the main island (sample la calcara). the chemical characters of the submarine sampled thermal waters are similar to those reported for the hydrothermal solutions from the deep oceanic vents (edmond et al., 1982; von damm et al., 1985) showing that similar processes occur at these submarine sites whatever was their location at depth. 3.2. microbial abundances and biomasses table iv shows the results obtained by direct counts of microbial abundances. picoplankton table ii. estimated equilibrium temperature and pressures for the sampled gases. water pressure and oxygen fugacity expressed in bars. sample t °c ph2o log f o2 la calcara 236 30 −37.7 c5 314 105 −30.1 c7 192 13 −41.4 table iii. chemical composition of the thermal water samples in comparison with local seawater (sw). the depth of the sampling site is reported in meters, conductivity in ms/cm and concentrations in meq/l. nd = below the detection limits. sample depth ph t °c cond hco−3 li− na+ k+ ca2+ mg2+ cl− br− so4 2− la calcara 19.8 5.1 95.0 36.2 3.0 1.2 341.6 9.3 19.6 82.2 415.5 0.7 38.6 c5 18.4 4.7 48.0 41.1 1.5 nd 457.2 19.1 70.2 108.3 606.8 1.18 42.5 c7 21.3 5.4 54.0 47.0 3.0 0.1 479.0 12.3 31.2 119.3 600.1 0.92 44.6 sw 8.1 15.0 54.0 2.5 nd 552.3 12.1 22.5 120.5 654.5 0.99 58.9 table iv. picoplankton and picophytoplankton abundances and calculated picoplanktonic biomasses in thermal waters sampled at the sea-bottom of panarea. the local seawater (sw) is reported for comparison. nd = not determined. sample picoplankton picophytoplankton picoplanktonic (107cells/l) (106cells/l) biomass (µg c/l) la calcara 3.62 3.04 1.79 c5 5.83 3.12 2.88 c7 2.51 4.74 1.24 sw 100 30 nd 788 concetta gugliandolo, francesco italiano and teresa l. maugeri and picophytoplankton (autofluorescent cells) ranged from 2.51×107 to 5.83×107 cells/l and from 3.04×106 to 4.74×106 cells/l respectively. observations under blue light, showed that yellow-orange autofluorescent prokaryotic organisms, belonging to cyanobacteria, were more abundant than red autofluorescent ones, belonging to the eukaryotic domain. picoplanktonic biomasses were in the range of 1.24 and 2.88 µg c/l (table iv). heterotrophic thermophilic bacteria – isolation of thermophilic aerobic bacteria from samples of la calcara and their identification were carried out as described by maugeri et al. (2001). strains isolated from water and sediment samples were ascribed to the genus bacillus. the phenotypic and genotypic characterization of the 7 s strain has been reported in maugeri et al. (2001). microbial mat – from c7 vent site a sample of a white, filamentous mat was scraped from rocks adjacent to the hydrothermal vents and stored in a corning plastic tube (50 ml). on board, a subsample of this was fixed with formaldehyde (2%) for subsequent microscopic investigation, and the rest was available for culturing experiments. microscopic observation of a subsample from the whitish mat revealed a variety of morphologically distinct filamentous forms resembling to thiothrix genus (fig. 4). the adopted culture techniques did not allowed their cultivation. sulphur-oxidizing bacteria – all strains obtained from water samples after enrichment and isolation on tb medium (tuttle and jannasch, 1972) were small, gram-negative, motile, rodshaped microorganisms. the isolates deposited sulphur externally onto agarised tb medium (fig. 5) and produced sulphate (low final ph) in liquid tb medium. none of the organisms was able to grow on these media at 55 or 60°c, nor to grow on marine agar at any temperature investigated. based on growth characteristics and cellular morphology, the isolates were ascribed to the genus thiobacillus (kelly and harrison, 1989). 3.6. thermal fluids-sea bottom interface interactions oxidation reactions are thought to be the major phenomenon occurring at the benthic boundary layer (bbl) representing the geosphere/biosphere interface. it represents the interface between two natural systems: the oxidising (seawater) and the reducing (hydrothermal fluids) one. the oxygen content of the venting gases ranging from 50 to 500 ppm (0.005-0.05 vol%) (table i) cannot come from the deep magmatic source as also shown by the negligible oxygen fugacity calculated for the fluids rising from the deep hydrothermal reservoir. oxygen should fig. 4. thiothrix-like filamentous bacteria (800x) from the whitish mat sampled at c7 site. it is possible to see the presence of sulphur connected to the bacteria. fig. 5. scanning electron microscope picture (2340x) of short rod bacteria and sulphur crystals grown from the c7 thermal water sample. 789 the hydrothermal system of panarea: biogeochemical processes at the thermal fluids-sea bottom interface originate from an atmospheric component that mixes with the deep-originated hydrothermal fluids at shallow levels. since the investigated hydrothermal system is located in a submarine environment, we argue that air-saturated seawater is the carrier for the atmospheric-derived oxygen. the n2 concentration from 0.4 to 2.2 vol% (table i), implies that the oxygen was possibly consumed by redox reactions and also that n2 has also a different origin than from air. this agrees with the n2 excess always recorded in deep (volcanic and geothermal) gases. the h2 content in the sampled gases is seldom very low and not consistent with the values normally found in gas manifestations linked with geothermal fields. the possibility that h2 is lost because of oxidation processes due to the presence of atmospheric contribution to the hydrothermal fluids was taken into consideration, but the undetectable oxygen concentrations and the high 4he/20ne ratios (about 100 times higher than the atmosphere: ratm = 0.318) ruled out this possibility. alternatively this lost can be due to chemical reactions affecting the h2 content during a slow rising of the fluid from the reservoir to the seafloor which allows a partial equilibration in a chemical reaction involving h2s and so2 species. the reaction (3.1) involves most of the gaseous species of the submarine vents, and it allows expressing the ph2 as reported in the eq. (3.2) (3.1) (3.2) where «g» and «v» denote gas and vapour respectively. since from 300 to 100°c (the estimated deep temperature range for the submarine exhalations) the value of the 1/4logk declines from −6.67 to −8.35, while log ph2o declines from 1.94 to 0, we can expect a quite large h2 partial pressure decline in the fluid up to about 4 orders of magnitude during the fluid rising. it is worth of noticing how the gas flow rate is the main parameter governing the final composi/ / / / log logk log log log p ph p p 1 4 1 2 1 4 1 4 h so h s h o a 2 4 2 2 = + + + h s h o so h h4 2 4( ) ( )g v2 2 4 2 2+ = + + + tion of the venting gases; the proposed observations highlight the importance of the gas-water interactions occurring from the deep geothermal reservoir to the sea-bottom interface. 3.7. sulphur deposits the interaction of the gaseous h2s with marine sulphates and with the dissolved oxygen in the seawater, can be considered the inorganic origin of the white mat, due to the following reactions (housain and krouse, 1978): (3.3) . (3.4) the process schematized in (3.4) gives another explanation to the h2s oxidation to sulphur. however, even though the presence of the sulphur deposits (white mat) can be the consequence of chemical reactions at the sea-bottom interface of the hydrothermal fluids, the formation of elemental sulphur following the reaction (3.4) is considered unlike to occur due to energetic reasons. the origin of the white mat may also be microbially mediated. when brought into contact with the oxygenated waters, hydrogen sulphide becomes as energy yielding substrate for chemosynthetic colorless sulphur-oxidizing bacteria. from the oxidation of hydrogen sulphide different oxidation products may accumulate in the environment, most notably elemental sulphur in form of spherical globules or filaments of white precipitate (taylor and wirsen, 1997). 3.8. organic and inorganic mass output the total mass output was estimated on the basis of the measured co2 output (which is above the 90% of the release fluids) and considering the concentration ratios of other gaseous components (table i). the co2 output in the whole area has already been evaluated to be close to 107 litres per day (italiano and nuccio, 1991). most of the researches were concentrated on the submarine vent c7: at this site a daih s o h o s2 2 22 2 2+ = + h o so h h o s3 2 4 42 4 2 2+ + = + + 790 concetta gugliandolo, francesco italiano and teresa l. maugeri ly release of about 2×105 l of co2 was measured and the output of the ch4 and h2s gaseous components was computed as to be 0.15 and 16.5 kg per day respectively. the organic carbon content in the thermal water samples at the c7 site, was estimated on the basis of the picoplanktonic biomass to be about 1.2 µg/l (table iv). as the thermal water flux at that site has been measured to be 10 l/min, a daily organic carbon flux of about 18 mg is calculated. although the uncertainty of our estimations, it has to be noted that scaling this amount with the measured co2 output, the organic carbon represents an infinitesimal percentage to the respect of the inorganic one (3.9×105 g/day). the very high co2 flux and the reaction kinetics seem to control the organic carbon production from the inorganic co2 at these submarine vents. this preliminary hypothesis seems to find an agreement with the organic carbon estimations at the c5 site, which is three times higher than that of c7 site (about 3.9 µg/l), while the co2 output is only 20% respect of the c7 one (about 6.4×104 l/day). 4. conclusions the hydrothermal system of panarea releases geothermal fluids composed of thermal waters of marine origin modified by high-temperature water-rock interactions, and co2-dominated gases separated from a two-phase boiling system at an estimated temperature in the range of 190-314°c. the gases containing magmatic-type helium reveal a direct contribution of a magmatic source, either related to a cooling magma body or to a deeper connection with an active magmatic source that are both able to provide the thermal energy feeding the local geothermal reservoir. the released geothermal energy allows the life of a variety of microorganisms that possess different nutritional requirements and overall metabolic pathways ideally suited to such ecosystem. the picoplanktonic densities estimated in samples collected were in the order of 107 cells/l, values which were lower than those of coastal seawater samples. these values however were similar to the lower counts reported for the galapagos rift (karl et al., 1980; jannasch, 1985). the picophytoplanktonic densities were also lower than those observed in the local coastal seawater. chemolithotrophic, sulphur-oxidizing bacteria were isolated from thermal water samples collected at the site la calcara. these isolates exhibited uniform morphology of short rods, with extracellular deposits of sulphur, and were tentatively identified as thiobacillus-like bacteria. bacterial mats appear as a white film of sulphur deposits containing numerous filaments of colorless sulphur-oxidizing bacteria of the genus thiothrix. these formations could be a strategy for retainment in environments characterized by active fluid motion (taylor and wirsen, 1997). the whitish mat would also favor the growth of other microbes, since it stabilized the gradient between the sulfidic brine and the oxygenated waters. thermophilic, heterotrophic strains were isolated from panarea island and identified as bacillus spp. previous papers have described new species of bacillus and geobacillus spp. from different hot springs of the eolian hydrothermal vents (caccamo et al., 2000; maugeri et al., 2001; maugeri et al., 2002a). some new species are able to produce novel biomolecules of biotechnological interest (nicolaus et al., 2000; maugeri et al., 2002b). the close link between the geosphere (inorganic) and the biosphere (organic environment) is shown by the relationship between the deeporiginated hydrothermal fluids and the microbial communities displaying a mixed origin of the primary productivity (phototrophic and chemotrophic). this feature appears to be the main characteristic of the shallow hydrothermal vents when compared with other shallow-water regions (only phototrophic productivity) and with deep-sea hot vent areas (only chemotrophic primary productivity). references caccamo, d., c. gugliandolo, e. stackebrandt and t.l. maugeri (2000): bacillus vulcani sp. nov., a novel thermophilic species isolated from a shallow marine hydrothermal vent, int. j. system. evol. microbiol., 50, 2009-2012. 791 the hydrothermal system of panarea: biogeochemical processes at the thermal fluids-sea bottom interface edmond, j.m., c.i. measures, r.e. mc duff, l.h. chan, r. collier, b. grant, l.i. gordon and j.b. corliss (1982): ridge crest hydrothermal activity and the balance of the major and minor elements in the ocean; the galapagos data, earth planet. sci. lett., 46, 19-30. fiala, g. and k.o. stetter (1986): pyrococcus furiosus sp. nov. represents a novel genus of marine heterotrophic archaebacteria growing optimally at 100°c, arch. microbiol., 145, 56-61. francofonte, s., s. inguaggiato, f. italiano and p.m. nuccio (1996): ricerca di sistemi magmatici attivi delle isole eolie tramite la geochimica delle esalazioni sottomarine, in proceedings of the xii congr. aiol, 19-21 settembre 1996, vulcano, s32. fry, j.c. (1990): direct methods and biomass estimation, methods microbiol., 22, 41-85. gabbianelli, g., p.v. gillot, g. lanzafame, m. ligi, d. postpischl and p.l. rossi (1986): controllo strutturale nell’evoluzione vulcanica di panarea (isole eolie), iivcnr catania, pubbl. 239. gugliandolo, c., f. italiano, t.l. maugeri, s. inguaggiato, d. caccamo and j. amend (1999): submarine hydrothermal vents of the aeolian islands: relationship between microbial communities and thermal fluids, geomicrobiol. j., 16, 105-118. hafenbradl, d., m. keller, r. dirmeier, r. rachel, p. rossnagel, s. burggraf, h. huber and k.o. stetter (1996): ferroglobus placidus gen. nov., a novel hyperthermophilic archaeum that oxidizes fe2+ at neutral ph under anoxic conditions, arch. microbiol., 166, 308314. housain, s.a. and h.r. krouse (1978): sulphur isotope effects during the reaction of sulphide with hydrogen sulphide, stable isotopes in earth science, dsir bull., 220. huber, r. and k.o. stetter (1989): thiobacillus prosperus sp. nov. represents a new group of halotolerant metal-mobilizing bacteria isolated from a marine geothermal field, arch. microbiol., 151, 479-485. huber, r., t.a. langworthy, h. könig, m. thomm, c.r. woese, u.b. sleytr and k.o. stetter (1986): thermotoga maritima sp. nov. represents a new genus of unique extremely thermophilic eubacteria growing up to 90°c, arch. microbiol., 144, 324-333. inguaggiato, s. and f. italiano (1998): helium and carbon isotopes in submarine gases from the aeolian arc (southern italy), in proceeding of the 9th iinternational symposium on water-rock interaction-wri9, 30 march-3 april 1998, taupo, new zealand (arehart & hulston, rotterdam), 727-730 italiano, f. and p.m. nuccio (1991): geochemical investigations of submarine volcanic exhalations to the east of panarea, aeolian islands, italy, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 46, 125-141. jacq, e., d. prieur, p. nichols, d.c. white, t. porter and g.g. geesey (1989): microscopic exhaminations of fatty acid characterization of filamentous bacteria colonizing substrata around subtidal hydrothermal vents, arch. microbiol., 152, 64-71. jannasch, h.w. (1985): chemosynthetic support of life and the microbial diversity at the deep-sea hydrothermal vents, proc. r. soc. london, 225, 277-297. jannasch, h.w. and c.o wirsen (1981): morphological survey of microbial mats near deep-sea thermal vents, appl. environ. microbiol., 41, 528-538. karl, d.m., c.o. wirsen and h.w. jannasch (1980): deep-sea primary production at the galapagos hydrothermal vents, science, 207, 1345-1347. kelly, d.p. and a.p. harrison (1989): genus thiobacillus, in bergey’s manual of systematic bacteriology, edited by j.t. stanley, m.p. bryant, n. pfennig and j.g. holt (williams and wilkins press, baltimora), vol. 3, 1842-1858. lee, s. and a. fuhrman (1987): relationships between biovolume and biomass of naturally derived marine bacterioplankton, appl. environ. microbiol., 53, 12981303. maugeri, t.l., m.l.c. acosta pomar and v. bruni (1990): picoplancton, in metodi per lo studio del plancton marino, edited by m. innamorati, i. ferrari, m. donato and m. ribera d’alcalà, nova thalassia (trieste), vol. 11, 199-205. maugeri, t.l., c. gugliandolo, d. caccamo and e. stackebrandt (2001): a polyphasic taxonomic study of thermophilic bacilli from shallow, marine vents, system. appl. microbiol., 24, 451-468. maugeri, t.l., c. gugliandolo, d. caccamo and e. stackebrandt (2002a): three novel halotolerant and thermophilic geobacillus strains from shallow marine vents, system. appl. microbiol., 24, 450-455. maugeri, t.l., c. gugliandolo, d. caccamo, a. panico, l. lama, a. gambacorta and b. nicolaus (2002b): a halophilic thermotolerant bacillus isolated from a marine hot spring able to produce a new exopolysaccharide, biotechnol. lett., 24, 515-519. nicolaus, b., a. panico, m.c. manca, l. lama, a. gambacorta, t.l. maugeri, c. gugliandolo and d. caccamo (2000): a thermophilic bacillus isolated from an eolian shallow hydrothermal vent, able to produce exopolysaccharides, system. appl. microbiol., 23, 426432. porter, k.g. and y.s. feig (1980): the use of dapi for identifying and counting of aquatic microflora, limnol. oceanogr., 25, 943-948. rossi, p.l., g. bocchi, n. calanchi, g. lanzafame, f. lucchini and r. romano (1986): evoluzione vulcanotettonica e geochimica dell’apparato di panarea (isole eolie), rend. soc. ital. min. petr., 41 (1), 144-145. ruby, e.g., c.o. wirsen and h.w. jannasch (1981): chemolithotrophic sulphur oxidizing bacteria from galapagos rift hydrothermal vents, appl. environ. microbiol., 42, 317-324. sieburth, j.m., v. smetacek and j. lenz (1978): pelagic ecosystem structure: heterotrophic compartments of the plankton and their relationship to plankton size fractions, limnol. oceanogr., 34, 1256-1263. stetter, k.o., h. konig and e. stackebrandt (1983): pyrodictium gen. nov., a new genus of submarine discshaped sulphur-reducing archaebacteria growing optimally at 105°c, system. appl. microbiol., 4, 535-551. taylor, c.d. and c.o. wirsen (1997): microbiology and ecology of filamentous sulfur formation, science, 277, 1483-1485. tuttle, j.h. and h.w. jannasch (1972): occurrence and types of thiobacillus-like bacteria in the sea, limnol. oceanogr., 32, 591-607. 792 concetta gugliandolo, francesco italiano and teresa l. maugeri tuttle, j.h., c.o. wirsen and h.w. jannasch (1983): microbial activities in the emitted hydrothermal waters of the galapagos rift vents, mar. biol., 73, 293-299. von damm, k.l., j.m. edmond, b. grant, c.i. measures, b. walden and r.f. weiss (1985): chemistry of submarine hydrothermal solutions at 21°n, east pacific rise, geochim. cosmochim. acta, 49, 2197-2220. wirsen, c.o., j.h. tuttle and h.w. jannasch (1986): activities of sulfur-oxidizing bacteria at the 21°n east pacific rise vent site, mar biol., 92, 449-456. vol49,4_5,2006 1067 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 4/5, august/october 2006 key words photogrammetry – dtms generation – archival photographs – surface representation – landslide analysis 1. introduction the historical aerial photos are of fundamental importance not only for qualitative analysis of the territory (traditionally conducted by photointerpretation of stereoscopic models), but for a quantitative assessment as well. appropriate comparison of photogrammetric surveys of a zone realised in different years allows identification of geometric changes occurring during the time interval in question (differential photogrammetry, anzidei et al., 2000; baldi et al., 2002, 2005). this technique has many fields of application: for example, the study of changes in urban areas, farming activities and evolution of coastlines (dolan et al., 1980; overton and fisher, 1996), checking glaciers (kääb and funk, 1999) and monitoring unstable slopes (kääb, 2000). stereoscopic interpretation of two or more sets of aerial photographs taken over a sufficientqualitative and quantitative photogrammetric techniques for multi-temporal landslide analysis antonio zanutta (1), paolo baldi (2), gabriele bitelli (1), mauro cardinali (3) and alberto carrara (4) (1) dipartimento di ingegneria delle strutture, dei trasporti, delle acque, del rilevamento, del territorio (distart), università degli studi di bologna, italy (2) dipartimento di fisica, università di studi di bologna, italy (3) istituto di elettronica e di ingegneria dell’informazione e delle telecomunicazioni (ieiit), cnr, bologna, italy (4) istituto di ricerca per la protezione idrogeologica (irpi), cnr, perugia, italy abstract the results of two survey methods, geological photointerpretation and historical photogrammetry, are compared in order to evaluate the temporal evolution of a unstable slope located in the tuscan-emilian apennines (italy). historical aerial photos of the area, derived from photogrammetric surveys conducted in 1954 (scale 1:60 000), in 1971 (scale 1:20 000), and in 1976 (scale 1:17 000) were available. a photogrammetric flight was further conducted in 2000, at a scale of 1:4400, with a traditional gps ground survey support. first, the results of photographic analysis with the photointerpretation method are presented: the landslides are described from a geological point of view, showing its temporal evolution. to quantitatively assess the landslide movements, digital terrain models were generated by means of an analytical plotter and a digital photogrammetric workstation, with semi-automatic and automatic procedures. to generate these products, it was necessary to solve problems related to a lack of data concerning the aerial cameras used for the historical flights (internal orientation) and the difficulty identifying control points on the photos in order to define the external orientation. an unconventional photogrammetric methodology, based on identification of homologous points in zones considered outside the landslide area, has been there developed and tested to insert the various surveys into a single reference system. mailing address: dr. antonio zanutta, dipartimento di ingegneria delle strutture, dei trasporti, delle acque, del rilevamento, del territorio (distart), università degli studi di bologna, viale risorgimento 2, 40136 bologna, italy; e-mail: antonio.zanutta@mail.ing.unibo.it. 1068 antonio zanutta, paolo baldi, gabriele bitelli, mauro cardinali and alberto carrara ly long time span (20-30 years) is the most effective and popular technique for the identification and morphological characterisation of landslides (multi-temporal landslide mapping) (van westen and getahun, 2003). this procedure assumes particular theoretical and applicative importance due to the fact that most landslide motion tends to take place within or very close to pre-existing landslide deposits. therefore, knowledge of the location, type and distribution of landslides occurring over time in a territory, is an essential tool for forecasting future events. it must nevertheless be pointed out that the reliability of stereoscopic interpretation strongly depends on the experience of the photo-interpreter. thus, when studying landslide phenomena, it becomes important to utilise more quantitative techniques, such as analytic or digital photogrammetry, in association with photo-interpretation, which is intrinsically subjective and qualitative (brunsden and chandler, 1996; lane et al., 1998). applicability of the two methods obviously depends on the availability of aerial photos of the territory, covering a sufficiently long time span. in this regard, it should be remembered that the first italian national scale photogrammetric coverage, with classic pseudo-vertical photos (23×23 cm), was conducted in 19541955 by the istituto geografico militare (igm). these photos, even though at a scale (1:33 0001:60 000), may be a fundamental source of knowledge for the study of the temporal evolution of slope instability (there are also other old igm surveys, at different scales, taken of individual portions of the territory). starting from 1970, in order to produce large scale maps (technical regional maps) and also in the context of specific projects (for example, monitoring of river valleys, glacier faces, slope landslides, etc.), many public administrations managed the realization of local photogrammetric surveys. to assess the potential offered by the integration of qualitative and quantitative photogrammetric techniques in the study of landslides, we identified as test area an unstable slope located in the territory of the municipality of vergato, near the city of bologna (tuscan-emilian apennines, italy) where in recent years a warning system was implemented installing inclinometers and piezometers, measuring pore water pressure and ground displacements by means of wire extensometers, gps surveys, laser scanning and digital photogrammetric techniques (mora et al., 2003; bitelli et al., 2004; pesci et al., 2004; simoni et al., 2004; dubbini and zanutta, 2005). this work presents the results of photo-interpretive analysis of four sets of aerial photos. such analysis characterises the slope geo-morphologically, pointing out its temporal evolution based on morphological changes identified in the available stereoscopic models. a quantitative analysis of the landslide movements was performed comparing multitemporal dtms produced with an analytical plotter (digicart 40, officine galileo), and a digital photogrammetric workstation (helava system). 2. photo interpretation investigations of the landslide phenomena the territory of the municipality of vergato contains numerous slopes affected by landslides, many of which are currently active. due to its geological-geomorphologic structure and types of land use and settlement, this area may be considered highly representative of the mountainous territory of the emilia-romagna region, for which recent studies claim that of more than 32 000 landslides identified and mapped, approximately 26% are to be considered «active» (bertolini and pellegrini, 2001). table i. main characteristics of aerial photos utilised for production of multi-temporal map of landslides in instudy area. agency photo scale type year month gai, igmi 1:60 000 b&w 1954 june emilia-romagna 1:20 000 b&w 1971 region emilia-romagna 1:17 000 colour 1976 may region alifoto srl 1:4400 b&w 2000 april for enel hydro qualitative and quantitative photogrammetric techniques for multi-temporal landslide analysis a multi-temporal landslide map was produced for this area by means of a detailed interpretive study of photos taken during four photogrammetric flights, from 1954 to 2000, with photographic scale ranging from 1:60 000 to approximately 1:4400 (table i; fig. 1a-d). the multi-temporal landslide map was produced by means of careful photo-interpretive examination of all the available aerial photos, 1069 fig. 1a-d. multitemporal aerial photos details concerning landslide bodies (municipality of vergato, bologna, tuscan-emilian apennines, italy; φ = 44°17l25mn, ω = 11°07l16me): a) 1954; b) 1971; c) 1976; d) 2000. this work examines the instability phenomena affecting the slope on the right bank of the reno river, below the vergato-piandisetta road in the vicinity of cà di malta and cà del bosco (bologna). this slope is composed of terrains pertaining to the scaly clay complex: their poor mechanical properties make it one of the most unstable geological complexes in the entire apennine territory. a b c d 1070 antonio zanutta, paolo baldi, gabriele bitelli, mauro cardinali and alberto carrara using a stereoscope with continuous 2-20x zoom. interpretation began with an analysis of the 1954 aerial photos, in which it was possible to identify both large-scale landslides (mostly old and relicts) and smaller landslides, generally more recent. the aerial photos from the other flights were then analysed, separately and in combination with those from 1954, comparing similarities and differences in morphology in each portion of the slope under study. the landslides were classified on the basis of estimated depth, type of movement (slip-flow and flow) and relative age (old or recent). this last parameter was deduced from the degree of morphological «freshness» that the instability presented in each set of photos. the photo-interpreted landslides were first redrawn on map at 1:4400 scale and then digitised and stored in a gis for data display and analysis. figure 2 shows the distribution of the landslides identifiable on the 1954 photos. the oldest landslides may be classified as slip and slipflow within which (as described below) numerous landslides identified in the flights conducted from 1954 to 2000 have developed. the main landslide is a deep slip, mostly relict, with a surface area of about 160 000 m2 and average slope of 15°, extending from 320 m a.s.l, below the vergato-piandisetta road, until the reno river to 185 m a.s.l. over time, this landslide underwent partial reactivations with fig. 2. distribution of old or very old landslide bodies identified in 1954 aerial photos, classifiable as slip and slip-flow, with elements of activity. qualitative and quantitative photogrammetric techniques for multi-temporal landslide analysis movements of various magnitude that masked or cancelled some of the features of the main landslide, in some cases making it difficult to identify. the alimentation area, shown by a marked concavity on the slope, is characterized by a main scarp whose arched shape is recognisable at various points, and continues for more than a kilometre. locally, the slope’s concavity is more complex, marked by later landslides that created sudden changes in dip. the accumulation zone shows general longitudinal and transverse convexity to the slope, which becomes more accentuated at the foot, where the reno river was slightly deviated toward the west for more than 350 m. two old slip-flows, with a characteristic narrow, elongated accumulation shape which then fans out at the foot of the landslide, have developed at the sides of this relict landslide. the phenomenon that has developed on the right side of the main slip (hereafter called «cà del bosco») presents a complex and deep scarp area that reduces almost to a funnel around 225 m of high. on the other hand, the deposit presents a sharply lobed convex shape on which several generations or pulsations of landslides may be noted, superimposed on the accumulation of the old main slip. the landslide that developed on the left side of the main slip (hereafter called «cà di malta») presents less evident morphological characteristics. its scarp area is not very accentuated and is highlighted by a large concavity, while the deposit presents a marked lobe at the foot of the landslide that further reduces the reno river channel by a few meters. figure 2 also shows distribution of the landslides classified as slip and slip-flow, recent and/or active, traceable to around 1954. in the photos, these landslides show clear evidence of morphological «freshness», demonstrating movements in evolution. these movements are of low or medium magnitude, with extensions ranging between 1000 and 15000 m2. they are located almost exclusively in the scarp areas of the cà del bosco and cà di malta landslides, without ever pushing down to the base of the slope. the landslides which occurred during the period 1954-1971, are essentially two deep slipflows extending from 40 000 m2 to 70 000 m2, classifiable as reactivations of the previous cà del bosco and cà di malta landslides, within and at the borders of which small landslides no larger than 5000 m2 may be seen. in the period 1954-1971, at least two generations of movement may be seen for the cà del bosco landslide. the first involved the uppermiddle part of the previous instability, without reaching the base of the slope, whose foot appears changed at several points, the left side more convex downhill and advanced by about 20 m compared to its appearance in the 1954 photo. the second was a reactivation of the previous landslide. the scarp has receded by about 100 m, reaching almost near the vergatopiandisetta road, while the deposit has reached the base of the slope, very probably blocking the valley road. the activity of this movement is demonstrated by an irregular surface with mounds, landslips troughs, and numerous tension fractures open both longitudinally and transversely. the medium-high section of the flow (from high 250 to 220 m) is winding, with a sharply depressed and concave transverse profile developing within the centre of the valley. as evidence of the rapid flow of material, along the sides of this section of the flow one may clearly see levees that form crests a few meters high, extending for over 200 m in length. the foot of the flow is clearly convex, with an irregular surface lobed by pronounced bumps. in the cà di malta landslide area, the instabilities occurring in the period 1954-1971 reactivated the entire old body with slip-flow movements, considerably reducing the scarp and advancing its foot by about 20 m to within the reno river bed. specifically, the border has receded by over 50 m, touching the head of the cà del bosco landslide. the main scarp has steps of more than 10 m and extends continuously, mainly along the left side of the landslide for about 200 m. the deposit has an irregular surface, with a generally convex shape that has been remodelled and regularised in the centre section as the result of drainage works with channels and surface drains running rectilinear or transverse to the slope. as shown in the 1971 photos, the foot of the landslide is limited by blocks aligned in the reno river bed, seen for the entire width of the landslide front at about 20 m from the bank, which precisely in this sec1071 1072 antonio zanutta, paolo baldi, gabriele bitelli, mauro cardinali and alberto carrara tion is eroded and receded due to lateral undermining. in addition, the road’s path has been altered along this section of the landslide, making it straighter than it was in 1954. the movements which occurred in the period 1971-1976, identifiable in the colour aerial photos taken in 1976, are mainly due to small flows or slip-flows occurring in the centre channel of the cà del bosco flow or in the scarp area of the cà di malta landslide. on the border of this latter landslide, it is interesting to note the presence of an anthropic intervention that caused about 20 m of stripping and the creation of a rise of more than 1000 m2 halfway up the hill. it is important to point out that the most extensive reactivation began precisely at the site of such work, as seen on the 2000 photos. lastly, the landslides occurring between 1976 and 2000 were essentially a total or partial reactivations of previous cà del bosco and cà di malta landslides, with deep slip-flows measuring between 0.5 and 4.0 ha and small flows with surface area not exceeding 0.5 ha. the most evident reactivations might be traceable to movements occurring in october 1996 following long, heavy precipitation, or in november 1998 in the absence of exceptional rains. these photos show the cà del bosco landslide reactivated at its top, with the formation of a few slip-flows, the most evident of which is the one formed from the right side of the scarp at 290 m high near a few farm annexes of cà di sotto homes. the alimentation area of this landslide is characterised by a sharp depression, bounded by a main scarp of about 20 m and by a series of secondary scarps and tiers. the deposit is channelled in the medium-high section of the old 1971 flow, which is topographically depressed and concave, filling it with more than 10 m of sediment (estimated thickness). the fig. 3. three-dimensional perspective view of southern portion of slope under study, obtained by projecting the 2000 digital orthophoto onto the corresponding 2 × 2 m dtm (heigh exaltation: 30%). the image represents a vector/raster result which has metric characteristics, coming from photogrammetric restitution. the border of the cà di malta landslide is indicated with a yellow line; red lines show local roads. qualitative and quantitative photogrammetric techniques for multi-temporal landslide analysis flow stops at 225 high, where it forms a topographically pronounced and prominent lobe. in the area of the cà di malta landslide (fig. 3), the instabilities occurring in the period 19762000 reactivated most of the old 1971 body, with slip-flow and flow movements, considerably pulling back the scarp precisely at the site of the anthropic intervention observed during the 1976 flight. at this point, the border has receded by about 100 m, pushed back as far as the vergatopiandisetta road and creating, once again, a sharp depression with a main scarp of over 20 m. the other movements noted in the scarp area or at the borders of the cà di malta landslide also show a distribution of retrogressive activity, but with more limited retrograding of about 20-30 m. these movements are clearly seen in the medium-high part of the slope, where they all meet at around 200 m high. on the other hand, the medium-low sector of the slope has been heavily remodelled by work done to reinforce the landslide, with drainage and reprofiling of the slope. in these cases, man’s cancellation of shapes makes it very difficult, if not impossible, to define and map the real extent of the movement. nevertheless, careful examination and comparison of the last two aerial photo flights has provided elements useful for defining and extending the landslide up to the reno river. the hypothesis that the landslide may have reached the valley is supported by bibliographic information (mora et al., 2003) reporting partial obstruction of the waterway following the reactivation taking place in october 1996. 3. photogrammetric investigation of the landslide phenomena in order to define the shape and position of objects or portions of land by means of photogrammetry, it is necessary to reconstruct the geometric relationships on which the images were taken. the cameras used in photogrammetry produce photos, which, with sufficient approximation, may be considered central perspectives of the photographed object, that is all the rays going from the image to the object pass through the perspective centre. the basic mathematical model used to convert from a two-dimensional system (photo) to a three-dimensional system (object) is expressed by well-known colinearity equations (kraus, 1997) expressing that the perspective centre, the object points, and the image points are lying on the same projective straight lines. to transform the image coordinates in the corresponding object coordinates, at least two photos of the same object and the nine orientation parameters internal (iop), and external (eop) are needed. as known, in traditional photogrammetry, iops are determined in laboratory by means of camera calibration procedures; eops can be determined by spatial resection by using known ground control points (gcps), visible on the photos, whose coordinates are measured in the image reference systems. orientation parameters defining the camera station coordinates and the orientation angles are often unavailable for historical aerial photos. therefore, to produce the 3d model of the area, it is necessary to adopt an unconventional approach that gives results less precise than the rigorous one. the aerial photos can be considered taken by non metric cameras, and a selfcalibration procedure can then be performed (self-calibrating bundle block adjustment), based on the availability of a sufficient number of gcps. generally this method is not applicable because it is difficult to find enough gcps measured at the same time of the flight. since large-scale maps of the zone are available, one solution may be to detect the gcps from them (chandler et al., 1988a,b; chandler and brunsden, 1995), even if a variety of problems may be encountered: the maps may have been drawn from aerial photogrammetric surveys prior or subsequent to the one being analysed; it is difficult to assess the real error to be assigned to the coordinates of the points measured on the map (for example, altitudes derived by interpolation from level curves); it is often very difficult to identify equivalent points, i.e. the search for map gcps on stereoscopic models. the method adopted in this paper to solve the orientation problem and to co-register the multi-temporal three-dimensional models, is based on identification of a large number of 1073 1074 antonio zanutta, paolo baldi, gabriele bitelli, mauro cardinali and alberto carrara points, located outside the landslide bodies, and visible on multi-temporal stereoscopic models. as mentioned above, three sets of historical aerial photos (from 1954, 1971 and 1976) plus the large-scale photos obtained in 2000 with a calibrated aerial camera, are available for the area under study. simultaneously with the 2000 flight, a large number of ground points (gcps), well distributed in the zone, were measured in the frame of a gps campaign (mora et al., 2003). the procedure consisted of four steps: i) orientation of the 2000 photos. ii) identification of natural points on the 2000 stereoscopic model and editing of precise monographs. iii) photogrammetric measurement of 3d coordinates of such points in the 2000 reference system and identification of the same points on the old photos. iv) computation of eops of various historical models using gcps derived from the 2000 survey. the gcps were selected outside the landslide bodies, giving the preference to artificial elements (for example, buildings), homogeneously distributed in the area. the gcps selection procedure was based on assessment of space resection program for the historical images, rejecting, with an iterative approach, points showing high external orientation residuals respect to a theoretical value coming from the scale of the images. obviously, the ability to correctly identify points unusable for support the orientation is greater if a large number of points is examined. at the end of the procedure, all of the «historical» stereoscopic models were oriented into an absolute reference system derived from the 2000 survey, making it possible to perform comparisons between the dtms, as later discussed. the orientation and plotting steps for the stereoscopic models were first performed with a digicart 40 (officine galileo) analytical plotter. because no calibration certificates were available for the cameras used on the historical flights (1954, 1971, 1976), the internal orientation and image coordinates refinement procedure was applied using the focal length pressed on the films, ignoring effects due to lens distortion, non-planarity of the film, and non alignment of the principal point with its theoretical position. correction was made for the earth curvature. relative orientation was performed using a very large number of points distributed uniformly through the entire area of the models covering the landslide zone. absolute orientation was performed with the procedure described above. once the orientation parameters were known, it was possible to acquire three-dimensional data for the slope under study. dtms of the zone with grids of different size (2 × 2 m, 4 × 4 m, 8 × 8 m) were created from the four models in order to reveal any mass movements and to simultaneously determine the best cell size for describing morphological details. in assessing the degree of uncertainty of the results, it has to be considered that an unconventional method was used to solve the orientation problem, and that the available images are characterized by different scale, ranging from 1:60 000 to 1:4400. this fact created many problems: 1) errors of a 1:60 000 scale model are greater than those of a 1:4400 scale model. 2) it is difficult to identify homologous points to use as reference (especially between 1954 and 2000), due to the different resolution of the photos and to the lack of useful elements in the territory. the search procedure was conducted by dividing the common zone into subareas in which a large number of homologous points were then catalogued. analysis of residuals deriving from the external orientation procedure revealed, at any step, the points that could be considered useful for this purpose, because assumed not subject to movements. 3) in the 1:4400 photos points cover the entire observed area, whereas in the lower-scale images they are concentrated in a small zone of the model. in the absence of data from other sources, simple approaches such as computation of variance propagation and empirical assessments of the quality of results were utilised to estimate the precision of dtms acquired in stereoscopy and therefore to evaluate the significance of the measured deformations. assuming the so called normal case, in order to simplify the colinearity equation (the camera axes are considered parallel to each othqualitative and quantitative photogrammetric techniques for multi-temporal landslide analysis er and perpendicular to the base line) and applying the law of variance propagation, considering both the error assigned to measurement of horizontal parallax (assuming σparallax=±10 µm) and, only for the pre-2000 surveys, the camera focal length (assuming σcamera=±10 µm), we derived a theoretical mean square deviation value expected for z coordinate (elevation); if b is the distance between the camera’s centres relative to two stereo pairs, as known, for usual base-ratios (b/z > 0.5) this is generally greater than the planimetric ones. table ii shows the main flight data and the value of theoretical σz. table ii shows a clear correspondence between the mean standard deviations and the scale factors of the photos: the 1954 survey shows theoretical errors of a higher magnitude than those from 2000. moreover 1971 presents theoretical errors that are slightly lower than those from 1976 data; this is due to the base-ratios values. obviously, the error related to uncertainty in collimation of natural points must be added to the σz theoretical one. a measurement repeatability test was performed: dtms on sample area were generated in different periods, by the same operator, with the same analytical instrument, in semi-automatic mode. the comparison of such results (see table iii) shows good repeatability of the measurements and confirms the close correlation between image scale factor and errors. considering the above observations as a whole and the values listed in table ii, and in order to adopt a simple and homogeneous criterion, we have chosen 1 m as the significant range of movement in dtms comparisons, from 1971 up to 2000. the point differences lying within such interval have therefore been considered non-indicative of deformation due to landslide movement. if the 1954 dtm is used for comparisons, the significant range assumed is 2 m. to guarantee the quality of data to be used in this research, the above-described photogrammetric method was performed using both an analytical plotter and semi-automatic or manual vector procedures, with a significant amount of work of an expert operator, and the digital photogrammetry technique for the automatic generation of terrain models and orthophotos. in particular, in addition to the photogrammetric process performed by analytical stereoplotter, the 2000 survey images were used to generate a dtm with a high-level digital photogrammetric workstation (helava system), adopting semi-automatic and automatic procedures. the films were scanned with a rastermaster (wehrli & associates inc., ny, u.s.a.) photogrammetric scanner at a 1000 dpi resolution, 1075 table ii. characteristics of available photogrammetric surveys and theoretical assessment of level error, assuming σpξ = standard deviation (sd) in measurement of horizontal parallax = ±10 µm and, for pre-2000 surveys, σc = sd of focal length of camera = ±10 µm. values expressed in meters. year 1954 1971 1976 2000 mean flight 9509.9 3376.8 2973.9 1011.3 heigh (m) nominal 0.154 0.152 0.153 0.152 focal length base line 5729.2 1818.5 1137.7 365.6 mean topographic 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 heigh (m) mean 60000 20000 17500 4700 scale factor mean b / z 0.62 0.59 0.43 0.51 σz ± 1.45 ± 0.58 ± 0.72 ± 0.18 table iii. measurement repeatability test. 1971 1976 2000 no. points 214 214 850 standard deviation (m) 0.68 0.59 0.36 table iv. characteristics of images acquired with photogrammetric scanner. year of the survey 2000 photo scale 1:4.400 panchromatic film colour image resolution ( µm) 24 ground resolution (cm) 12 file image dimension (mb) 240 1076 antonio zanutta, paolo baldi, gabriele bitelli, mauro cardinali and alberto carrara fig. 4. comparison between the reference dtm (digicart 2 × 2 m) and dtm automatically generated with helava system; colour classified differences are shown overlapped the shaded relief model. fig. 5. high differences obtained from 1976 and 1954 surveys. differences (in meters) superimposed on 1976 ortho-photo are indicated by different colours. qualitative and quantitative photogrammetric techniques for multi-temporal landslide analysis sufficient to guarantee a high level of detail (ground pixel size about 12 cm; table iv). the dtm was firstly generated automatically, with post-editing by the operator to correct errors deriving from the correlation procedure; editing consisted mainly of manual insertion of breaklines into incorrect zones, with consequent local recalculation of the surface area. the dtm automatically generated by digital photogrammetry was then compared to the one generated by the analytical plotter; fig. 4 shows the differences between the two models. it may be seen that for 96.5% of the points, the difference between the two models is within an interval of ± 1 m, and that the largest differences are localized mainly in zones with complex morphology and shadowed areas. in addition, together with dtm and classic vector products, a digital orthophoto has been produced, to give a photographic representation, with metric characteristics, of the situation in a landslide area at a defined time. modern digital photogrammetry and gis programs can also generate highly effective three-dimensional views that combine the expressive potentials of ortho-photos and three-dimensional data of dtm. figure 3, generated with ermapper software, refers to the 2000 orthophoto. the comparison of multitemporal dtms, performed without the use of interpolators, allowed us to quantify the geometric variations occurring as a result of evolution of the landslide. the two following figs. 5 and 6 graphically show the results of comparisons of the 1954, 1976 and 1077 fig. 6. high differences between the 8 × 8 m dtms obtained from 2000 and 1976 surveys. differences (in meters) superimposed on 2000 orthophoto are indicated by different colours. 1078 antonio zanutta, paolo baldi, gabriele bitelli, mauro cardinali and alberto carrara 2000 surveys; the movement determined for individual cells is highlighted in colour. for better legibility of the figures, the digital orthophotos generated for the 1976 flight and the 2000 flight, respectively, have been used. figure 5 shows the result of the comparison between dtms from 1954 and 1976, with 8×8 m grid resolution. figure 6 refers to differences relative to the period 1976-2000, for which a histogram of heigh differences is shown in fig. 7. other comparisons, for example those involving the 1971 model, are not discussed in this paper, due to the lack of further information with respect to the presented data. 4. landslide map and differential dtm comparison comparative analysis of the multi temporal dtms indicate that the landslide reactivated in the time interval 1954-1971, while in the following period (1971-1976) the slope was almost inactive. the movements involved both the cà di bosco and cà di malta landslide bodies (fig. 5). the alimentation area is characterized by a main scarp with arched shape, locally complex, that is recognisable at various points. the movements observed in this area confirm a distribution of a moderate retrogressive activity along the left side of the landslide area, as detected by means of the photo interpretation investigations. the amount of material moved is less than assumed by qualitative inspection. the time interval 1976-2000 was characterized by a more important reactivation of the landslide in 1996, after a long period of relative inactivity (mora et al., 2003). subsequently, in 1998, a small rotational slide involved the upper part of the cà di malta main body. part of the effects of these movements, principally at the foot of the landslide, were remodelled by human activity in the frame of consolidation and drainage works. the results of natural and anthropic activities are shown in fig. 6. the largest mass movements occurred at the scarp areas of the cà di malta and cà del bosco landslides, where negative values ranging between 2 and 8 m are present in fairly limited areas. on the other hand, the most significant uplifts are also localized in very restricted areas, mainly at the foot of the landslides, and they do not exceed 4.5 m. over an area of about 15 × 104 m2 the volumetric analysis gives a negative variation of 75×10 3 m3 and an accumulation of about 25×103 m3. observing the statistic of the residual concerning areas assumed to be stable (differences <1.00 m) and assuming systematic errors due to model orientations of about 20 cm for the 1997fig. 7. statistic of differences between 2000 and 1976 dtms. 1079 qualitative and quantitative photogrammetric techniques for multi-temporal landslide analysis 2000 data, the estimation of the volumes is given with the precision of 20%. the difference between the depletion and accumulation volumes is principally due to the removal of material along the river and above the road at the foot of the slope. for more precise analysis of the relationships between the high residuals and the 1976 and 2000 landslides map, fig. 6 shows (with coloured rectangles and letters, points a to e) the areas in which the most significant surface lowering or uplifts occurred. the significant topographic changes may be seen at the slipflow that develops along the left side of the cà di malta landslide. point a corresponds to an area of about 4000 m2, with the largest negative variations, and coincides with the landslide alimentation area, quantitatively defining the extent of the depression and the distribution of the slopes of the scarp area. degradation values increase rapidly toward the centre of the area. this depressed area has arched borders located precisely at the main scarp and at the head of the landslide. at point b, the scarp is clearly shown in an area of the differentials map in which major level degradations may be observed. the values presenting the most significant variations (between 2 and 4 m) correspond to the alimentation area of the 2000 slip-flow, which caused a sharp depression bordered by a distinct main scarp and repeated secondary scarps and terracings. point d shows local uplifts. this zone coincides with the foot of the landslide, where the accumulation is elongated and slightly lobed. other significant topographic changes may be seen at points b and e, along the slip-flow that develops starting from the right side of the cà del bosco landslide. point e shows an area in which the differential map presents a distinct uplift of about 4 m. this area corresponds to the point where the landslide stopped, generating a lobe-shaped accumulation at the foot. significant topographic changes may also be seen at point c where the slope was remodelled by man for reinforcement and drainage works. lastly in the area at the foot of the landslide the topographic changes shown on the residuals map are not traceable to landslides, but rather to anthropic activity. in particular, the degradations are due to construction of a short section of road leading to the reno river, while the uplifts are caused by levelling of the slope by man to reclaim the foot of the cà di malta landslide. 5. conclusions stereoscopic analysis of four sets of aerial photos, taken over a time span of almost 50 years, allowed reconstruction of the complex sequence of landslide movements occurring on the slope under study. the 1954 photos, despite the low-scale (1:60 000), provided significant evidence of a slip-flow-type landslide body affecting the entire slope. this event may be considered the primary cause of all of the subsequent movements, which are therefore to be understood as partial reactivations of such landslide. of these, the cà di bosco and cà di malta landslides are the most extensive phenomena. the event cannot be dated on the basis of available data. nevertheless, studies conducted in the apennine area have demonstrated that most of the large landslides are hundreds or even thousands of years old (bertolini and pellegrini, 2001). a quantitative analysis of the territory has been obtained with an appropriate comparison of photogrammetric surveys of the zone realised in different years, allowing identification of geometric changes occurring during the time interval in question. the absence of fundamental information on geometric parameters of the images has been overcome by adopting an unconventional method to co-register all the datasets in the same reference frame, based on the detection of homologous points in the multi temporal models. the areas and the amount of masses involved in the reactivations of the landslides have been estimated, giving a contribution to the morphological interpretation of the landslide deformation phenomena in the last years. the availability of historical stereoscopic images assumes particular importance in the study of long time span phenomena, which produce surface deformations of the earth. furthermore the possibility of adopting the digital photogrammetry approaches will yield faster and higher 1080 antonio zanutta, paolo baldi, gabriele bitelli, mauro cardinali and alberto carrara resolution results, at lower costs with respect to the analytical analysis. the availability of highresolution satellite images which may become competitive with small-medium scale aerial photos will lead to the low-cost creation of image archives with repetition intervals that depend on the temporal resolution of the satellite. acknowledgements the work was partially financed by the prin2003 italian national research project «tecnologie innovative per la previsione, il controllo e la mitigazione dell’impatto delle emergenze ambientali» (nat. resp. prof. sergio dequal). the authors wish to thank to prof. luca vittuari and dr. francesco mancini for their support in data processing. references anzidei, m., p. baldi, f. chiocci, m. marsella, e. martorelli and a. zanutta (2000): integrazione tra un rilievo aerofotogrammetrico e batimetria swath: il dtmm del versante orientale e meridionale dell’isola di palmarola (lazio), boll. soc. geol. ital., 119, 767-775. baldi, p., g. bitelli, a. carrara and a. zanutta (2002): detecting landslide long term movements by differential photogrammetry, in proceedings of the european geophysical society, xxvii general assembly, 21-26 april, nice, france. baldi, p., m. fabris, a. marsella and r. monticelli (2005): monitoring the morphological evolution of the sciara del fuoco during the 2002-2003 stromboli eruption using multi-temporal photogrammetry, isprs j. photogramm. remote sensing, 59 (4), 199-211. bertolini, g. and m. pellegrini (2001): the landslides of the emilia apennines (northern italy) which resumed activity in the 1994-99 period and required civil protection interventions, quad. geol. appl., 8 (1), 27-74. bitelli, g., m. dubbini and a. zanutta (2004): terrestrial laser scanning and digital photogrammetry techniques to monitor landslide bodies, in proceedings of isprs, 12-23 luglio 2004, istanbul, turkey. brunsden, d. and j.h. chandler (1996): development of an episodic landform change model based upon the black ven mudslide, 1946-1995, in advances in hillslope processes, edited by m.g. anderson and s.m. brooks (j. wiley, chichester, u.k.), 869-896. chandler, j.h. and d. brunsden (1995): steady state behaviour of the black ven mudslide: the application of archical analytical photogrammetry to studies of landform change, earth surf. processes landforms, 20, 255-275 . chandler, j.h. and m. cooper (1988a): monitoring the development of landslides using archival photography and analytical photogrammetry, land miner. surveying (royal institution of chartered surveyors), 6, 576-584. chandler, j.h. and m. cooper (1988b): the extraction of positional data from historical photographs and their application in geomorphology, photogramm. rec., 13 (73), 69-78. dolan, r., d. hayden, d. may and s. may (1980): the reliability of shoreline change measurements from aerial photographs, shore beach, 48 (10), 22-29. dubbini, m. and a. zanutta (2005): terrestrial laser scanning to landslide movements detection, in proceeding to workshop italy-canada on «3d digital imaging and modeling, applications of heritage, industry, medicine and land», 17-18 may 2005, padova, italy. kääb, a. (2000): photogrammetry for early recognition of high mountain hazards: new techniques and applications, phys. chem. earth., 25 (9), 765-770. kääb, a. and m. funk (1999): modelling mass balance using photogrammetric and geophysical data: a pilot study at griesgletscher, swiss alps. instruments and methods, j. glaciol., 45 (151), 575-583. kraus, k. (1997): photogrammetry, advanced methods and applications (dümmler-bonn), vol. 2, pp. 466. lane, s.n., k.s. richards and j.h. chandler (1998): landform monitoring, modelling and analysis (john wiley & sons), pp. 454. mora, p., p. baldi, g. casula, m. fabris, m. ghirotti, e. mazzini and a. pesci (2003): global positioning systems and digital photogrammetry for the monitoring of mass movements: application to the cà di malta landslide (northern apennines, italy), eng. geol., 68, 103-121. overton, m.f. and j.s. fisher (1996): application of 3d computer modeling using digital photogrammetry to measure shoreline change, in proceedings of the 25th international conference on coastal engineering, asce, 3, 3750-3761. pesci, a., p. baldi, a. bedin, g. casula, n. cenni, m. fabris, f. loddo, p. mora and m. bacchetti (2004): digital elevation models for landslide evolution monitoring: application on two areas located in the reno river valley (italy), ann. geophys., 47 (4), 1339-1353. simoni, a., m. berti, m. generali, c. elmi and m. ghiotti (2004): preliminary result from pore pressure monitoring on an unstable clay slope, eng. geol., 73, 117-128. van westen, c.j. and f.l. getahun (2003): analyzing the evolution of the tessina landslide using aerial photographs and digital elevation models, geomorphology, 54, 77-89. (received january 22, 2006; accepted july 17, 2006) miscellanea 727 annals of geophysics, vol. 51, n. 4 august 2008 key words seismicity model – information gain – gutenberg-richter relation – kanto – japan 1. introduction a number of researchers (utsu, 1977, 1982; rhoades and evison, 1979; aki, 1981; hamada, 1983; grandori, et al., 1988) have formulated expressions of earthquake probabilities based on precursory anomalies detected by multidisciplinary observation. their formulas assume that different precursory phenomena occur independently of each other. in such a case, the probability expected from detecting multiple precursory phenomena is given by the product of probability gains for respective observations and the probability estimated from secular seismicity. imoto (2006, 2007) extended their formulas to cases in which precursory anomalies are observed as continuous measurements. he further considered the effects originating from mutual correlations between two precursory anomalies, where he assumed two distributions for each precursory parameter: those associated with only space-time volumes in the vicinity of target events (conditional density distributions) and those associated with space-time volumes excluding target events within a short distance (background density distributions). assuming normal distributions for the conditional and background densities from each discipline, he obtained analytical solutions for the general case in which mutual correlations exist among precursory anomalies in both distributions. in this paper we attempt to build statistic models for earthquake probability in kanto, central japan, based on three parameters: the aperformance of a seismicity model based on three parameters for earthquakes (m ≥≥ 5.0) in kanto, central japan masajiro imoto national research institute for earth science and disaster prevention, ibaraki-ken, japan abstract we constructed a model of earthquakes (m ≥ 5.0) in kanto, central japan, based on three parameters: the a and b values of the gutenberg-richter relation, and the νparameter of changes in mean event size. in our method, two empirical probability densities for each parameter, those associated with target events (conditional density distributions) and those not associated with them (background density distributions), are defined and assumed to have a normal distribution. therefore, three parameters are transformed by appropriate relations so that new parameters are normally distributed. the retrospective analysis in the learning period and the prospective test of testing period demonstrated that the proposed model performs better by about 0.1 units in terms of the information gain per event than the value summed up with those of the three parameters. the results are confirmed by a simulation with randomly selected model parameters. mailing address: dr. masajiro imoto, national research institute for earth science and disaster prevention, tennodai 3-1, tsukaba-shi, ibaraki-ken, 305-0006, japan; tel: +81-29-863-7594; fax: +81-29-863-7876; e-mail: imoto@bosai.go.jp miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 727 728 m. imoto and bvalues of the gutenberg-richter relation and a parameter representing changes in mean event size. we evaluate model performance in terms of information gain per event (igpe). we estimate igpe for the parameters and combinations of the parameters, which are compared with values estimated from data in both the learning period and a testing period. 2. method the hazard function is expressed as the expectation of the number of earthquakes in a space-time volume dx (daley and vere-jones, 2003). we consider unconditional and conditional probabilities of observing a parameter value of θ, which are represented by g(θ)dθ (the «background» density) and f(θ)dθ (the «conditional» density) and are empirically determined with random samples in the whole study volume and samples conditioned on occurrences of earthquakes. the hazard function at a space-time point, x, conditioned on a value of θ , is given by (2.1) where m0 is the number of target events and v0 is the space-time volume for study. taking the poisson model as the baseline, the information gain per event (igpe : daley and vere-jones, 2003; imoto, 2004) for a large number of target events is given by (2.2) where the integral is performed within the whole space of θ defined, r. the above equation represents the fact that igpe is equivalent to the kullback-leibler quantity of information expressing the distance between two probability distributions. assuming that f(θ) and g(θ) are normal distributions of multi-variables, imoto (2007) derived an analytical form to estimate the igpe value. hereafter referring to imoto (2007), the main results of previous works will be introduced for the sake of convenience in the later ( ) ( ) ( ) ,lnigpe f g f d r θ θ θ θ= # ( | ) g ( ) f ( ) ,x x xh d v m d 0 0θ θ θ = application of the present study. for a single parameter θ1, the igpe value for θ1, igpe(θ1), can be represented as follows: (2.3) where, µ1 and σ12 are the mean and variance of f(θ1) and those of g(θ1) have been fixed at 0. and 1. 2.1. correlations in neither the background nor the conditional distributions here, we consider n variables θ1, θ2, ...θn possessing joint density distributions f(θ1,θ2, ...θn) and g(θ1,θ2, ...θn) and their marginal distributions of θi are noted as fi(θi) and gi (θi) for the conditional and background distributions. if variables θ1, θ2, ...θn are mutually independent in both distributions and normally distributed, that is, (2.4) (2.5) the following equation can be obtained, where n(µi, σi2) refers to the normal distribution of the mean µi, and variance σi2 . (2.6) 2.2. correlated conditional distribution we assume here that the correlation among the n variables θ1,θ2, ...θn can be observed only in the conditional density distribution f(θ1,θ2, ..θn) and that the covariance matrix c can be expressed as (2.7) ( , , , ) 2 ( ) 1 2 1 ( ) ( ) c c det exp f 1 2 1 n n t gθ θ θ π θ µ θ µ = --& 0 ( , , ... ) lnigpe n 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 n n n n 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 $ $$ $$$ $$$ θ θ θ σ σ σ σ σ σ µ µ µ = + + + + + + + + + ( , , ... ) ( ) ( , )g g n 0 11 2 n i i i n i n 1 1 θ θ θ θ= = = = % % ( , , ... ) ( ) ( , ),f f n1 2 n i i i n i i i n 1 2 1 θ θ θ θ µ σ= = = = % % ( ) ,lnigpe 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 θ σ σ µ = + + miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 728 729 performance of a seismicity model based on three parameters for earthquakes (m ≥ 5.0) in kanto, central japan and (2.8) where the superscript -1 refers to the inverse of a matrix, ρij the correlation coefficient between θi and θj. by introducing an appropriate transformation of the coordinate system with an orthogonal matrix s, the covariance matrix can be expressed in a diagonal matrix. at the same time, the vector µ is transformed into µ′ with the same matrix. referring to the previous case, the igpe value is represented by (2.9) where trace denotes the sum of the diagonal elements and is an invariant parameter for a unitary transformation and λi2 (i=1,2,..n) eigen values. 2.3. correlations in both distributions now we consider a general case in which some correlations among parameters are observed in both distributions. it is assumed that the marginal distribution of each variable θi can be expressed in the form of a normal distribution and that correlations among variables are observed in the background distribution. let the correlation coefficient between θi and θj be γij, thus the joint density distribution for the background distribution, g(θ1,θ2,...θn), is given as follows: (2.10) ( , , , ) ( )b b det exp g 2 1 2 1 n n t 1 2 1 gθ θ θ π θ θ = -& 0 ( , , ... ) ( ) ( ) ' ln ln det igpe n trace n c c 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 ' ' ' n n n n 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 $ $$ $$$ $$$ θ θ θ λ λ λ λ λ λ µ µ µ µ = + + + + + + + + + = = + + [ ]c 1 2 2 2 2 ij i j ij i j n j σ σ ρ σ σ ρ σ σ σ = j l k k k kk n p o o o oo where matrix b is the covariance matrix (equivalent to the correlation matrix in this case), represented by (2.11) by operating successively appropriate transformations of the coordinate system with an orthogonal matrix and a diagonal matrix, the covariance matrix can be expressed in a unit matrix. the compatible transformations are applied to covariance matrix c, and vector µ. after these transformations, the igpe value can be estimated by eq. (2.9). once we have estimated the means and variances of the parameters together with the correlation matrices for both the conditional and background distributions, we can represent the hazard function of the combined model by substituting eqs. (2.7) and (2.10) into eq. (2.1). this function estimates the hazard rate at any point of interest conditioned on the parameter values observed at the respective point. 3. seismicity model based on three parameters as an application of the above formula, we attempt to build a seismicity model for moderate and larger earthquakes (target events m≥5.0) in kanto, central japan, based on three parameters: the aand bvalues in the gutenberg-richter relation (gr relation) and a parameter representing temporal change in mean event size, νvalue (imoto 2003). the latter parameter is obtained from the difference between two mean event sizes, long-term and short-term mean. the long-term mean is defined as a simple mean size of earthquakes (m≥2.0) within 20km of the point over a period of 960 days prior to the assessment. the short-term mean is calculated in the same way as the long-term one except that an exponentially decaying weight with a time constant of 400 days is used. these space and time windows are reasonably select1 1 1 b , ij ij j c c = j l k k k kk n p o o o oo miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 729 730 m. imoto ed with careful consideration of characteristic features of seismic activity in kanto, and optimization of respective parameters (imoto, 2003). the ν-value could be considered a sort of b-value short-term variation since the mean event size is inversely proportional to the b-value. in this study, we use the hypocenter parameters for the period from 1980 to 2006 located by the kanto-tokai network operated by the national research institute for earth science and disaster prevention (nied). taking a balance between the duration of the catalogue and stable estimation, a longer time window, 3650 days is selected for the aand bvalues. the same spatial window and cutoff magnitude as that of the νvalue are used so as to simplify conditions. the cut-off magnitude is selected at 2.0 since the magnitude-frequency relation of the earthquakes in the present study volume exhibits a linear relationship between size and the cumulative number of earthquakes down to a magnitude of 2.0 (imoto and yamamoto, 2006). we surveyed the a-, the band the νvalues within the study volume (200 x 200 x 90km3; imoto and yamamoto, 2006) from january 1990 to december 1999 for the region. in this specified space-time domain, clustering features of target earthquakes are not observed. the assessment was made at 2km-spaced points and at 10-day intervals. to ensure a reliable distribution, we selected only those points of assessment with both 100 or more earthquakes for 3650 days and 20 and more for 960 days. we classified the selected points into two categories, points of conditional distribution and points of background. a point of conditional distribution was defined as the grid point of assessment nearest to a target in space and immediately before it in time. this definition of a point belonging to the conditional distribution may be restrictive and other definitions could be explored. although a study from this viewpoint would be important, it is beyond the scope of the present study. only the present definition is considered in the study. the other grid points are classified as background. we thus obtained two distributions, the conditional distribution from 33 samples and the background distribution from about 6.6x107, for each of the a-, band νvalues. figures 1a, 1b and 1c illustrate the empirical background (solid line) and conditional (gray line) distributions for aband νvalues. we have already proposed two types of seismicity model, one based on the νvalue (imoto, 2003) and the other on the aand bvalues (imoto, 2006). the hazard functions, hab(x| a,b) and hν(x| ν) are represented as (3.1) and (3.2) where b denotes the beta function, and a1, b1, b2, c0, c1 and c2 are model parameters that have been optimized by the maximum likelihood method in the point process analysis. the hazard function of eq. (3.1) is not monotonic and takes its maximum at b=b1. equation (3.2) is similar to this. in transforming the band nparameters into new ones with a normal distribution, we make the hazard function be monotonically increasing with a transformed parameter. we assumed that the background distributions of the a-, band νvalues are respectively represented by an exponential function (dashed line in fig. 1a), a normal function (dashed line in fig. 1b), and a beta function (dashed line in fig. 1c), which are fitted by the maximum likelihood method. therefore, aband νvalues are transformed into the a’, b’ and ν’ values as follows: (3.3) (3.4) where b0 and s denote the mean and the standard deviation of the b-value in the background . s e db s e e dx 2 1 2 1 2 1 ( ) ( ) ' s b b b b s b b b x 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 π π π + = = 3 3 3 + # # # ( ) . exp a a a da e dx 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 0 0 ' a a x 2 2 2 π = = 3& 0# # ( | ) ( ( ) | , ) h x c x c c0 1 2ν νβ=o ( | , ) 10h x a b a1 ( ) ab a b b b1 2 2 $= miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 730 731 performance of a seismicity model based on three parameters for earthquakes (m ≥ 5.0) in kanto, central japan 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 background conditional a-value 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 b-value background conditional 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0.4 6.05.0 ν-value conditional background fig. 1a-c. cumulative background and conditional distributions for the parameters. (a) empirical background distributions for the avalue are plotted as a black solid curve, and conditional distributions as a gray step line. an exponential distribution is fitted to the background distribution (dashed curve). (b) same as fig. 1a but for the bvalue. a normal distribution is fitted to the background distribution (dashed curve). (c) same as fig. 1a but for changes in mean event size. beta function is fitted to the background distribution (dashed curve). a b c miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 731 732 m. imoto distribution, and b+ and bare related to the bvalue by the relation: , (3.5) (3.6) where c3 and c4 are the maximum likelihood estimates of the model parameters for the b function fitted to the background distribution of the νvalue. the upper limit of the integral of the first term on the left side in eq. (3.6), νand the lower limit of the second term, ν’+ satisfy the relations as follow: (3.7) figures 2a, 2b and 2c illustrate the background distribution in black and the conditional distribution in gray for a’, b’ and ν’. normal distributions fitted to the conditional and background distributions are indicated with dashed lines in gray and black. these figures indicate that two distributions in each set are more or less appropriately approximated with normal distributions. the parameters of these normal | , | , | , , , c c c c c c 1 2 1 2 1 2 – –$ ν ν ν ν ν β β β = = = + + ^ ^ ^ h h h ( | , ) ( | , ) , y c c dy y c c dy e dx 2 1 x 3 4 0 3 4 1 2 2 π β β+ = = 3 o o o + # # # ,b b b b b b b b2 2 2 2 2 2 – –$= = -+ +] ] ]g g g distributions are summarized in table i. the standard deviations of these estimates for the conditional distributions are given below in parentheses since those of the background distributions are much smaller. this could be justified as follows. the sample size of the background distributions is by far larger than that of the conditional distributions. the transformations have been performed so the background distributions follow a normal distribution with mean 0 and variance 1. only relative values of the conditional distribution to the background distribution are involved in calculating igpe. weak correlations among the three parameters are observed for the background distributions. tables iia and iib summarize the correlation matrices in the background and conditional distributions. in the latter table, the standard deviations of the correlation coefficients in the conditional distributions, which are estimated from fisher transformation (imoto, 2007), are given in parentheses. it can be concluded that at least the correlation between a′and ν′values is significant. this suggests that the formula of aki and others is not applicable to the present case. 4. results and discussion the last column in table i indicates igpe for each parameter, where both distributions are astable i. terms of normal distributions for each parameter and its igpe value. the standard deviations for the estimates in the conditional distributions are given in parentheses. background conditional igpe av std av std a′ 0 1 0.964 1.063 0.47 (0.180) (0.136) b′ 0 1 0.669 0.986 0.22 (0.172) (0.128) ν′ 0 1 0.283 0.649 0.18 (0.115) (0.088) miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 732 733 performance of a seismicity model based on three parameters for earthquakes (m ≥ 5.0) in kanto, central japan 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 background conditional a´ -value 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 background conditional b´-value 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 background conditional ν´ -value fig. 2a-c. cumulative background and conditional distributions for the transformed parameters. (a). empirical background distribution for the transformed avalue is plotted as a black solid curve, and the conditional distribution as a gray step line. their fitted normal distributions are plotted as dashed lines in black and gray. (b) same as fig. 1a but for the bvalue. (c) same as fig. 1a but for changes in mean event size. a b c miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 733 734 m. imoto sumed to be normally distributed with the parameters in the respective columns. if the three parameters are not correlated in the two distributions, the resultant igpe value, which is the case of aki (1981) and others, is given by the summation of each igpe value in the second to the last column. in the actual case, some correlation is observed in both distributions, as indicated in table iia (background distribution) and table iib (conditional distribution). following the procedure given in the previous sections, we can calculate an igpe value expected from a model combining three parameters. the first row of table iii lists the igpe values thus obtained. in order to confirm the validity of igpe estimates, we estimate the probability gain of each target event directly from the hazard function given in eq. (2.1) for each parameter. we can obtain the hazard function of the combined model by substituting eqs. (2.7) and (2.10) into eq. (2.1) with the correlation matrices. hereafter, the model with the parameters fixed is referred to as the combined model. using this hazard function, the retrospective analysis has been performed for data from 1990 to 1999 (learning period) and the forward test done for that from 2000 to 2006 (testing period). the results obtained are listed in the second and third rows in table iii. comparing each igpe value in the second row to the corresponding value in the first row, we can conclude that the parameter estimation and the model construction are consistent. results obtained from data independent of model construction (testing period) indicate some gaps between expectation and observation. a gain of 0.51 units and a loss of 0.09 units in igpe value from expectation are observed for a′and b′values. these gaps result in gains of 0.48 units for the simple sumtable iia,b. correlation matrix (a) observed in background distribution (b) observed in conditional distribution. the standard deviations are given in parentheses. a′ b′ ν′ a′ 1.000 0.049 0.108 b′ 0.049 1.000 0.079 ν′ 0.108 0.079 1.000 a′ b′ ν′ a′ 1.000 -0.215 -0.402 (0.225) (0.201) b′ -0.215 1.000 -0.022 (0.225) (0.236) ν′ -0.402 -0.022 1.000 (0.201) (0.236) table iii. summary of the igpe values. those expected from the formula are listed in the first row. those calculated as average values of probability gains for each target event are listed in the second row for the learning period and third row for the testing period. those obtained by simulation are listed in the last row, where the standard deviations of these estimates are given in parentheses. the sum in the third to last column indicates the simple summation of the three igpe values. the igpe value of the combined model is given in the second to last column. the difference between these two values gained by an effect of correlations is given in the last column. events a′ b′ ν′ sum_up combined diff. estimation 0.47 0.22 0.18 0.88 0.98 0.10 learning period 33 0.43 0.22 0.17 0.82 0.98 0.16 testing period 37 0.98 0.13 0.25 1.36 1.41 0.05 simulation 0.49 0.25 0.21 0.95 1.16 0.21 (0.17) (0.12) (0.10) (0.23) (0.30) (0.20) miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 734 735 performance of a seismicity model based on three parameters for earthquakes (m ≥ 5.0) in kanto, central japan mation and 0.43 units for our proposed combined model. even in this case, it is notable that the combined model performs better than simple summation. to confirm the above results, we estimated each igpe value and its standard deviation using 1000 sets of randomly generated samples. in generating a set of samples, we only consider the variations of parameter values in the conditional distributions, which are given in tables ii and iib. for each set of samples, we calculate values corresponding to each igpe in table iii, in just the same way as that of the first row. the means and standard deviations are estimated from the 1000 acquired sets of igpe values and listed. the values in the first row are more or less similar to the respective values in the last row. a relatively large gap is observed in the combined case, the second to the last column, but it is still in the range of the standard deviation. the difference in the igpe value in the last column suggests that the estimate by the simulation is no smaller than its standard deviation, and means that the igpe value produced by the combined model is probably larger than that estimated from the formula by aki and others. it should be noted again that the application of the latter formula is no longer appropriate in the present case with a significant correlation in the conditional distribution between two parameters. accordingly, it can be concluded that the combined model proposed in the present paper is more appropriate than that formulated by aki and others, from the viewpoints of its performance and assumption of independency. 5. conclusions this paper introduces a way to combine multi-disciplinary observations into one hazard function and demonstrates its superior performance to that expected from the well known formula of aki and others. the combined model was confirmed using actual data taken from both the learning period and the subsequent testing period. the quantitative matching between the igpe values predicted by our formula and those observed for the learning period is reasonable and demonstrates only the logical consistency in our derivations. however, this is not the case for the data taken from the testing period. the combined model performs only 0.05 units better than aki’s formula, but by 0.43 units better than that of the learning period. this gap is primarily because the igpe value of the a′ parameter for the testing period is 0.51 units greater than that observed for the learning period. this corresponds to an increase of about 1.6 times the probability gain. this change could be interpreted by an increase of this factor in the number of sample earthquakes since such increases raise the hazard rate by the same factor through eq. (3.1) with the baseline (the poisson rate) resuming the same value as before. the average number of earthquakes conditioned on a target event in the testing period exceeds that observed in the learning period by a factor of 1.5. this evidence is consistent with the fact that the seismicity rate of target events in the testing period, 37 events in 7 years, is 1.5 times larger than that in the learning period, 33 events in 10 years. in summary, we attempted to build up a seismicity model based on three parameters, the aand bvalues of the gutenberg-richter magnitude frequency relation and a parameter of changes in mean event size. applying the formula derived by imoto (2007) to the data observed by the kanto-tokai network (nied), we estimated that the igpe value of the model becomes about 0.1 units greater than that of the simple summation formulated by aki and others. the model performs consistently with this estimation both in the learning period and the testing period. acknowlegments this manuscript was greatly improved by the comments of two anonymous reviewers and editor massimo cocco. references aki, k. (1981): a probabilistic synthesis of precursory phenomena, in earthquake prediction, edited by d.w. simpson and p.g. richards, 566-574, agu. daley, d. j. and d. vere-jones (2003): an introduction to the miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 735 736 m. imoto theory of point processes, vol. 1, elementary theory and methods, second edition, (springer, new york), pp. 469. grandori, g., e. guagenti and f. perotti (1988): alarm systems based on a pair of short-term earthquake precursors, bull. seism. soc. am, 78, 1538-1549. hamada, k. (1983): a probability model for earthquake prediction, earthquake prediction res., 2, 227-234. imoto, m. (2003): a testable model of earthquake probability based on changes in mean event size, j. geophys. res., 108, ese 7.1-12 no. b2, 2082, doi:10.1029/ 2002jb001774. imoto, m. (2004): probability gains expected for renewal process models, earth planets space, 56, 563-571. imoto, m. (2006): statistical models based on the gutenberg-richter a and b values for estimating probabilities of moderate earthquakes in kanto, japan, in proceedings of the 4th international workshop on statistical seismology, january 9-13, 2006, ism report on research and education, ism, tokyo, japan, 23, 116-119. imoto, m. (2006): earthquake probability based on multidisciplinary observations with correlations, earth planets space, 57, 1447-1454. imoto, m. (2007): information gain of a model based on multidisciplinary observations with correlations, j. geophys. res., 112, b05306, doi: 10.1029/ 2006jb004662. imoto, m. and n. yamamoto (2006): verification test of the mean event size model for moderate earthquakes in the kanto region, central japan, tectonophysics, 417, 131-140. rhoades, d. and f. evison (1979): long-range earthquake forecasting based on a single predictor, geophys. j. r.astr. soc., 59, 43-56. utsu, t. (1977): probalities in earthquake prediction, zisin ii, 30, 179-185, (in japanese). utsu, t. (1982): probabilities in earthquake prediction (the second paper), bull. earthq. res. inst., 57, 499-524, (in japanese). (received july 6, 2007; accepted july 2, 2008) miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 736 adg vol5 n02 troyn 339_349.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 339 mathematical modeling to reconstruct elastic and geoelectrical parameters vladimir n. troyan and yurii v. kiselev institute of physics, st. petersburg state university, st. petersburg, russia abstract the monitoring of the underground medium requires estimation of the accuracy of the methods used. numerical simulation of the solution of 2d inverse problem on the reconstruction of seismic and electrical parameters of local (comparable in size with the wavelength) inhomogeneities by the diffraction tomography method based upon the first order born approximation is considered. the direct problems for the lame and maxwell equations are solved by the finite difference method that allows us to take correctly into account the diffraction phenomenon produced by the target inhomogeneities with simple and complex geometry. for reconstruction of the local inhomogeneities the algebraic methods and the optimizing procedures are used. the investigation includes a parametric representation of inhomogeneities by the simple and complex functions. the results of estimation of the accuracy of the reconstruction of elastic inhomogeneities and inhomogeneities of electrical conductivity by the diffraction tomography method are represented. 1. introduction diffraction tomography is an imaging technique that makes use of a large volume of input data (recorded traces) to produce the image of underground medium parameters with high spatial resolution. in contrast to ray tomography (travel time tomography), for which the resolution is connected with the fresnel zone and the large number of the source-receiver pairs is required, diffraction tomography (devaney, 1984; devaney and zhang, 1991; zhou et al., 1993; ryzhikov and troyan, 1994; alumbaugh and morrison, 1995; kiselev and troyan, 1997) provides information on the medium parameters with subwavelength resolution. in our study (a complete review of development of the diffraction tomography is introduced in (devaney and zhang, 1991)) most attention is given to an estimation of the accuracy of multiparametric reconstruction of elastic parameters and reconstruction of an electrical conductivity with the use of sounding by elastic wave and electromagnetic wave correspondingly. as a tool for our investigation, we use numerical simulation in 2d space domain. the direct problem is solved by the finite difference method that allows us correctly to take into account the diffraction phenomenon produced by the target inhomogeneities. the linearized inverse problem is solved by the diffraction tomography method with the use of the first order born approximation (keller, 1969). mailing address: dr. vladimir n. troyan, universitetskaya nab. 7/9, st. petersburg, 199034 russia; e-mail: troyan@hq.pu.ru key words diffraction tomography – mathematical modeling – seismic tomography – electromagnetic tomography 340 vladimir n. troyan and yurii v. kiselev the applicability of the first order born approximation in diffraction tomography is shown (slaney et al., 1984) by numerical simulation conducted on a single cylinder using analytical expressions for the exact scattering field. beylkin and burridge (1990) describe the multiparametric inversion in the time domain in the cases of acoustic and elasticity on the basis of the generalized radon transform. this approach requires a large number of the sourcereceiver pairs. we also implement multiparametric reconstruction in the time domain, but our numerical simulation is realized with not more than three sources and three receivers (nine source-receiver pairs). for the multiparametric reconstruction in the elastic case (reconstruction of the lame parameters, mass density and as a corollary – shear and longitudinal velocities) the optimizing procedures are used. the multiparametric reconstruction makes use of amplitude information connected to the scattering characteristic (wu and aki, 1985; beylkin and burridge, 1990) of the elementary disturbances of the reconstructed parameters. under tomography experiment, these scattering characteristics should be taken into account by the use of the relevant observation schemes. scattering by the elementary disturbances of the parameters can be described with the use of tomography functionals (ryzhikov and troyan, 1994; troyan and ryzhikov, 1994), which in a form of the ray series are represented for elastic and electromagnetic cases. 2. basic equations and algorithms for elastic case the numerical simulation to reconstruct the parameters of local inhomogeneities with a smooth change of the elastic parameters , µ and mass density is carried out for two-dimensional model of the elastic medium, containing the free surface and plane-parallel welded interfaces. the source f f (x, t), located in the point (x = x s , z = z s ) of the cartesian system of coordinates (x, y ,z; e 1 , e 2 , e 3 ), produces the wave field u u (x, z, t) u (x, t) which satisfies the equation (2.1) boundary condition at the free surface (z = 0) is and at welded interfaces (z = z i ) we assume that (2.3) the field u will be produced by the sources f , f 1, f 3 (2.4) with the time dependences f (t) and (t), which are located at the source point x = (x s , z s ) and at the observation point x = (x r , z r ). the velocities of longitudinal ( p ) and shear ( s ) waves, expressed through the quantities , µ, , read as (2.5) we introduce the differences = rf , µ = µ µ rf and = rf of the values , µ, , for the unknown medium, which are connected with µ µ2u u u+ + × + ( ) . 0 0tz z == f f x z t x x z zs s s s( ) = ( ) ( )ˆ ˆ , , ff t( )e3 x z t x x z z tr r r r( ) = ( ) ( ) ( )1 1 1ˆ ˆ , ,f f e x z t x x z z tr r r r( ) = ( ) ( ) ( )3 3 3ˆ ˆ , ,f f e µ µ p s= + = 2 , . (2.2) µ µ 2 2 u f u u t = + +( ) + +ˆ u u z z z zi i= = +=0 0 , t tz z z z z zi i= = +=0 0 . 341 mathematical modeling to reconstruct elastic and geoelectrical parameters the wave field u(x, t) (2.6) and the values λrf (x), µrf (x), ρrf (x) for the known, reference (rf) medium for which the wave field is u rf (x,t) (2.7) assuming δλ, δµ, and δρ are small we can write (2.8) where δu = u − urf is the difference field. the right hand side of (2.8) (2.9) can be considered as a source of this field. we shall represent the components of the difference field δu i from (2.8) at the observation point of x = x r , as following: (2.10) where s is the region of reconstruction; and , are the solutions of the eqs. (with sources from (2.4)) (2.11) and (2.12) respectively. after introducing the tomography functionals (troyan and ryzhikov, 1994) (2.13) the components of the difference field δu i (2.10) can be written down as (2.14) using the linear relations between δλ (x), δρ (x) and δµ (x) δλ (x) = cλδµ (x), δρ (x) = cρδµ (x), (2.15) (cλ = const, cρ = const) λ µ µl l= − ≡ +( ) ∇∇ ⋅ + +ˆu f, u u u∆ λ µ µl ≡ +( )∇∇ ⋅ + +rf rf rf rf rf rf rfu u u∆ u urf rf≈ −δ δl l u u erf rf rf= ∇ × ∇ ×( ) + ∇ ⋅ ∇   + = ∑δ δµ δµ 1 3 2l j j j , u δu ti s rx x, ,( ) = tru u x, x ,˜ ˜≡ ( )1 1 tru u x, x ,˜ ˜≡ ( )3 3 tsu u x, x ,≡ ( ) l u f̂= −rf l i iu f˜ ˆ= −rf p ti r s ρ x x x, , ,( ) = t di r sτ ∂ ∂τ τ τu x x u x x˜ , , , ,= − −( ) ⋅ ( ) ∞ ∫ 2 20 p ti s r λ x x x, , ,( ) = t t di r sτ τ τ u x x u x x˜ , , , ,= − ∇ ⋅ −( )∇ ⋅ −( ) ∞ ∫0 p ti s r µ x x x, , ,( ) = = + ∇ × ˜̃ , , , ,u x x u x xi r st −( ) ⋅ ∇ × ( ) −     ∞ ∫ τ τ0 δ δλ λu t p ti s r i s r s x x x x x x, , , , ,( ) = ( ) ( ) +[∫ δµ δρµ ρp t p t di s r i s rx x x x x x x x x, , , , , ,+ ( ) ( ) + ( ) ( )] . (i = 1, 3) l = − ˆrf rfu f , ˜ , , , , , x x x xij r j j st d) − ∇ −( ) ⋅ ∇ ( )     = ∑ τ τ τ2 1 3 u u u u uu u t + ∇ ∇ ⋅ + ∇ × + ∇ ⋅ ∇( ) −λ µ µ ρ ∂ ∂ 2 2 2 t rf rf rf rf rf rf rf u u u u + ∇ ∇ ⋅ + ∇ × + ∇ ⋅ ∇( ) −λ µ µ ρ ∂ ∂ rf 2 2 2 . δλ δρ ∂ ∂t u u rf rf+ ∇ ∇ ⋅( ) − 2 2 τ δ τ τt l d di s r ru x x u x x x˜ , , , ,) = −( ) ⋅ ( ) ∞ ∫∫ 0 342 vladimir n. troyan and yurii v. kiselev the eq. (2.14) can be rewritten as (2.16) after the digitization of the eq. (2.16), the system of equations for determination of δµ (vector dµ ), cλ and cρ can be written as p(cλ ,cρ )dµ = du (2.17) where d u are the samples of the scattered field. the final version of this system after introducing regularizing terms reads as (2.18) where α1, α2, α3 are the regularizing coefficients; matrices b x and b z are the finite difference images of second partial derivatives with respect to x and z correspondingly; c and d are penalty matrices for non-zero values of δµ at boundary and near boundary points of the reconstructed region s. we find δµ, cλ and cρ by using an iterative procedure. at the first step the system of linear eqs. (2.18) is solved with some initial values cλ (0) and cρ (0). by minimizing the sum of squared differences of the left-hand side and the right-hand side of (2.17), we find c λ (1) and cρ (1), which are the corrected values of cλ (0) and cρ (0). at the second step, the values c λ (1) and cρ (1) are used for solution of the system of linear eqs. (2.18). the convergence of this procedure is based on the distinctions of the scattering diagrams (wu and aki, 1985) created by the elementary disturbances of λ, µ, ρ. similar distinctions can be studied, for example, using formulas (2.21) given below. 2.1. ray representation of the tomography functionals the components of the wave field δu i (x s ,x r ,t) (i = 1, 3) scattered by local inhomogeneity (δλ, δµ, δρ) for incident wave field u (x, x s , t) are given by relations (2.14), (2.13). using the ray method the fields u (x, x s ,t), u~ i (x,x r ,t) (2.11)-(2.13) can be represented as following: (2.19) where τ~ q ≡ τ~ q (x,x r ) (τ q ≡ τ q (x,x s )) is the time of propagation of a wave from point x r , (x s ) to a point x. substituting of the relations (2.19) in (2.13) we write down the quantities in the form of the ray series (2.20) thus the coefficients read as (2.21) x x z zc c p c c b b b b, , ' '( ) ( ) + +( ) +[ λ ρ λ ρ αp' 1 uc c d d p c c' ' ' ,+ + ] = ( )µ λ ρα α d d2 3 f t f tj j( ) ,= ′ ( )+1 ˜ ( ) ˜f t f tj j= ′ ( )+1 p p pi i i, , ρ λ µ +( ) = ′ ( )j jt t1φ φ , ∫ ∞ ( ) = −( ) ( )t d dt f t f d0 2 2 00 0φ τ τ τ˜ p p piqq j iqq j iqq j′ ′ ′ λ µ ρ, , p p p iqq iq q iqq iq q q q iqq q iq q q ′ ′ ′ ′ ′ ′ ′ ′ = − ⋅( ) = − ⋅ ∇( ) ⋅ ∇( ) = ∇ ×[ ]⋅ ∇ ×[ ] − ρ λ µ τ τ τ τ ˜ ˜ ˜ ˜ ˜ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a a a a a a iq q′− ⋅( )˜2 0 0a a ∇∇ ⋅ ∇( )′˜ .τ τq q j =( )0 p p ti iqq j j q q q p sq p sj ρ ρ φ τ τ= − −( )′ ′ ′ === ∞ ∑∑∑ ˜ ,,0 p p ti iqq j j q q q p sq p sj λ λ φ τ τ= − −( )′ ′ ′=== ∞ ∑∑∑ ˜ ,,0 p p ti iqq j j q q q p sq p sj µ µ φ τ τ= − −( )′ ′ ′=== ∞ ∑∑∑ ˜ ,,0 δ λ λ u t c p ti s r i s rx x x x x, , , , ,( ) ≈ ( ) + s [∫ µpi sx x, ,+ xx x x x x xr i s rt c p t d, , , ,( ) + ( )] ( )ρ ρ δµ . ˜ , , ˜ , , ˜ ˜ , , , , , , u x x a x x u x x a x x i r iqj q p sj r j q s qj q p sj s j q t t f t t t f t ( ) = ( ) −( ) ( ) = ( ) −( ) == ∞ == ∞ ∑∑ ∑∑ 0 0 τ τ 343 mathematical modeling to reconstruct elastic and geoelectrical parameters 3. basic equations and algorithms for electromagnetic case numerical simulation to reconstruct the local inhomogeneities of electrical conductivity σ = σ (x), located in the uniform space (electrical conductivity σ = const, electrical permittivity ε′ = εε0 = const, magnetic permittivity µ′ = µµ0 = const) is implemented for the 2d problem. electrical (e = e(x,t)) and magnetic (h = h(x, t)) fields excited by a current density j ex = j ex (x, t) satisfy to the maxwell equations (3.1) electrical field e = e(x,t) in the medium, containing the local inhomogeneity (σ = σ (x), ε′ = ε′(x), µ′ = µ′(x)) (1) is given by a solution of the equation (3.2) the reference medium (rf ) is supposed to be known (σrf , εrf , µrf ) and electrical field erf satisfies to the equation (3.3) as in the case of scattering by elastic inhomogeneities discussed earlier, we assume that magnitudes of the values δσ = σ − σ rf , δε = ε′ − ε rf and δµ = µ′ − µ rf make it possible to write an approximate equality (3.4) where δe = e − erf is the difference field. thus, the value (3.5) can be considered as a source of this field. the components of the difference field δe i is possible to write down as (3.6) that coinciding to within notations with (2.10). wave fields e(x, x s , τ ) and e ~ i (x, x r , t − τ ) satisfy, respectively, the following equations: (3.7) where in a two-dimensional case the sources from (2.4) are used. introducing the tomography functionals (3.8) ∇ × = + + ∇ ⋅ = = ′ t ex ∂ ∂ ρ µ, ,h j j d d b h. = −l t ex ∂ ∂ e j = ′ ∇ × ∇ × + ′ + −l t tµ ε ∂ ∂ σ ∂ ∂ 1 2 2 e e e e − ′ ∇ ′ × ∇ ×[ ] µ µ . 1 2 e l t exrf rfe j= − ∂ ∂ l t rf= ∇ × ∇ × + + µ ε ∂ ∂ rf rf rf rf rfe e e1 2 2 t + − ∇ × ∇ ×[ ]σ ∂ ∂ µ µ 1 2 rf rf rf rf rf e e . l l≈ −δ δrf rfe e δ δε ∂ ∂ δσ ∂ ∂ δµ µ l t t e e e erf rf rf rf rf= + − ∇ × ∇ × 2 2 2 ( ) δ ti s r( ) =e x x, , l = − ˆrf e f l i i= −˜ ˆrf e f ( = 1, 3)i (1) the main relations considered below will be written down in general case, i.e. we will assume an existance of anomalies of electrical permittivity and magnetic permittivity. ∇ × = − ∇ ⋅ = = ′ =e b b d e j e ∂ ∂ ε σ t , , ,0 τ δ τ τe x x e x x xi s r st l d d ˜ , , , ,= −( ) ⋅ ( ) ∞ ∫∫ 0 p t t d p t t d p t i r s i r s i r s i r s i r s i ε σ µ τ ∂ ∂τ τ τ τ ∂ ∂τ τ τ x x x e x x e x x x x x e x x e x x x x x e , , , ˜ , , , , , , , ˜ , , , , , , , ˜ ( ) = −( ) ⋅ ( ) ( ) = −( ) ⋅ ( ) ( ) = − ∇ × ∞ ∞ ∫ ∫ 0 2 2 0 00 ∞ ∫ −( ) ⋅ ∇ × ( )x x e x x, , , ,r st dτ τ τ and 344 vladimir n. troyan and yurii v. kiselev the components of the difference field can be written as (3.9) we will consider the numerical experiments on reconstruction of the anomalies of electrical conductivity ( = 0, µ = 0). in this case, after the digitization, the integral eq. (3.9) can write as the system of linear equations pd = d e (3.10) with respect to vector d , which is sought for the value (x), where d e is the time samples of the components of the wave field scattered by inhomogeneity. the final version of these equations, after introducing the regularization terms, is coincident with the system of linear equations similar to (2.18). 3.1 ray representation of the tomography functionals in section 2.1 the expressions for the tomography functionals (2.13) were written out in the case of the ray description of the wave fields u and u~ i , which are included into the integrands of the right-hand sides of (2.13). by assuming that the value of electrical conductivity for the reference medium is equal to zero, we can represent the wave fields e and e ~ i from (3.8) as (3.11) and can write the tomography functionals (3.8) in a form of the ray series (3.12) in a case of n = 0 the values , and are represented by the amplitude factors of the zero approximation a 0i , a and eikonals ~, (from (3.11)) (3.13) the values (from (3.13)) describe the space characteristics of the scattered fields, which are produced by the elementary inhomogeneities ( , , µ) at the far-field region. the directivity diagrams in the cases of scattering by perturbation of electrical conductivity and electrical permittivity coincide. the wave field scattered by perturbation of electrical permittivity contains higher frequencies than the wave field scattered by perturbation of electrical conductivity. it should be noted that formula (3.13) for the values and coincides with the formula for scattering the elastic wave field by the elementary perturbation of mass density (2). f ti ni n n ˜ ˜ ˜ ˜ ,= ( ) = 0 e a f tn n n ,= ( ) = 0 e a f t f tn n ,( ) = ( )+1 ˜ ˜f t f tn n( ) = ( )+1 0 2 2 0 0 0t d dt f t f d( ) = ( ) ( )˜ , 1t tn n( ) = ( )+ . p i0 p pi i i0 0 0 0= = ( )ã a p i0 µ, ,0 0p pi i p i0 p i0 p i0 p i0 µ p i i0 0 0 µ = ×[ ] ×[ ]( )˜ ˜ .a a (2) graphic representation of directivity diagrams for the elastic and electromagnetic cases can be found in wu and aki (1985) and saintenoy and tarantola (2001). ~ p p ti ni n n= ( ) =0 ˜ p p ti ni n n= ( ) = + 0 1 ˜ p p ti ni n n µ µ= ( ) =0 ˜ e t ei s r ix x, ,( ) = µ µµp p p di i i s = + +( )rf .2 x 345 mathematical modeling to reconstruct elastic and geoelectrical parameters 4. numerical simulation 4.1. elastic case as the result of numerical simulation, we obtain the values , µ and . with formula from (2.5) we get value of p . the observation scheme and the location of inhomogeneity are represented in fig. 1. the sources and observation points (9 pairs) are located at the free surface. the results of reconstruction of p are represented in figs. 2a-d and 3a-d. figure 2a and fig. 3a show the models of two inhomogeneities with 20% contrast relatively to the reference medium. these inhomogeneities are located inside the layer with intermediate velocity. figure 2b,c and fig. 3b show the results of reconstruction obtained by the solution of the system of eqs. (2.18) with the different values of the regularizing coefficients. the relative error of the reconstruction in these cases is 20-25% (with the use of two components of the wave field). for the cases of more contrast inhomogeneities (20-40%) the accuracy of reconstruction can be ~ 50%. figure 2d and fig. 3c,d show the results of reconstruction using one (fig. 2d and fig. 3d) or three (fig. 3c) parametric functions. in these cases, we solve the system of the eqs. (2.17) by minimization of the sum of squared differences between the left-hand side and the right handside of (2.17). the reconstruction with the use of just one simple parametric function is very stable. from numerical simulation, we conclude that the realization of the diffraction tomography method offered in ryzhikov and troyan (1994), under appropriate observation scheme, allows satisfactory accuracy for velocity parameter reconstruction in the case of not very contrast inhomogeneities of size of ~ p at small number of source-receiver pairs. 4.2. electromagnetic case the model of inhomogeneity of electrical conductivity together with the results of reconstruction are represented in fig. 4a-c. the inhomogeneity, comparable in size with the wavelength of the sounding signal, is located inside the uniform space (reference medium) with parameters: = 10, µ = 1, = 0. the maximum . fig. 1. model of medium and observation scheme. s is the region for reconstruction; location of inhomogeneity black color; 1, 2, 3 are the source and the observation points locations; s ; s / p = 1/ .3 346 vladimir n. troyan and yurii v. kiselev a b c d fig. 2a-d. reconstruction of p for symmetric inhomogeneity. a) the model; b,d) results of reconstruction; b,c) solution of the system (2.18) with 3 = 0 and 3 0 respectively; d) reconstruction in case of representation of reconstructed inhomogeneity by simple parametric function. value of electrical conductivity is 10 3 s/m. an apparent frequency of the sounding signal is 5 × 106 hz. we use the observation scheme which is similar to the observation scheme represented in fig. 1. distance between the observation line and the center of inhomogeneity is 10 ( = 20 m). the system of the linear eqs. (3.10) is solved under introducing the minimum magnitudes of 347 mathematical modeling to reconstruct elastic and geoelectrical parameters a b c d fig. 3a-d. reconstruction of p for asymmetric inhomogeneity. a) the model; b,d) results of reconstruction; b) solution of the system of eq. (2.18) with 3 = 0; c,d) representation of reconstructed inhomogeneity by three and one simple parametric function correspondingly. the regularizing coefficients 1 , 2 , 3 (2.18). the errors of reconstruction in considered numerical example are 50% (fig. 4b) and 30% (fig. 4c). the accuracy of reconstruction of inhomogeneities of electrical conductivity has a stronger dependence on the values of the regularizing coefficients in comparison with the elastic case. this difference can be explained by greater 348 vladimir n. troyan and yurii v. kiselev fig. 4a-c. reconstruction of electrical conductivity. a) the model; b,c) results of reconstruction; in the case (b) the regularizing coefficients are ten times greater than in the case (c). a b c 349 mathematical modeling to reconstruct elastic and geoelectrical parameters distortion of a shape of the scattered signal in the case of reconstruction of electrical conductivity. acknowledgements this investigation was supported by intas99-1102, russian foundation of basic research (grant 02-05-65081), ministry of education (grant e00-9.0-82) and «intergeofizika». references alumbaugh, d.l. and h.f. morrison (1995): theoretical and practical consideration for crosswell electromagnetic tomography assuming a cylindrical geometry, geophysics, 60, 846-870. beylkin, g. and r. burridge (1990): linearized inverse scattering problems in acoustics and elasticity, wave motion, 12 (1), 15-52. devaney, a.j. (1984): geophysical diffraction tomography, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, ge-22 (1), 3-13. devaney, a.j. and d. zhang (1991): geophysical diffraction tomography in a layered background, wave motion, 14 (3), 243-265. keller, j.b. (1969): accuracy and validity of the born and rytov approximations, j. opt. soc. am., 59, 1003-1004. kiselev, yu.v. and v.n. troyan (1997): estimation of elastic parameters in diffraction tomography, in proceedings of the international seminar «day on diffraction-97», st. petersburg, russia, 3-5 june 1997, 135-139. ryzhikov, g.a. and v.n. troyan (1994): tomography and inverse sounding problems (st. petersburg university, st. petersburg), pp. 220. saintenoy, a.c. and a. tarantola (2001): groundpenetrating radar: analysis of point diffractors for modeling and inversion, geophysics, 66, 540-550. slaney, m., a.c. kak and l.e. larsen (1984): limitation of imaging with first-order diffraction tomography, ieee trans. microwave theory tech., mtt-32 (8), 860-874. troyan, v.n. and g.a. ryzhikov (1994): threedimensional diffraction tomography functionals, in proceedings of 2nd geophysics congress, thessaloniki, 340-348. wu, r. and k. aki (1985): scattering characteristics of elastic waves by an elastic heterogeneity, geophysics, 50, 585-592. zhou, q., a. becker and h.f. morrison (1993): audiofrequency electromagnetic tomography, geophysics, 58, 482-495. microsoft word 7413-18297-1-ed_lucchesi.doc annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7413 1 geosciences at the service of society: the path traced by antonio stoppani stefania lucchesi phd geologist, fiano romano (rm) italy srstefanialucchesi@libero.it abstract sometime ago, the italian geologist antonio stoppani (1824-1891) highlighted the importance of earth sciences for education, cultural awareness, development and progress of society. in his introduction of the concept “anthropozoic era”, he stressed the importance of human beings as a real “geological agent”, but also emphasized that mankind has the capacity and the responsibility to contribute to an ethical management of georesources. currently many consider him one of the “fathers of geoethics”, since he introduced some of the geoethical criteria that should guide researchers, scholars, professionals and decision makers in the field of earth sciences. among these ideas, he enhanced the dimensions of beauty and harmony of nature as foundations of geo-conservation and geodiversity and the necessity for interdisciplinary collaboration between physical and human sciences, including ethics, to manage the complexity of the ecosystem, for the assessment and mitigation of risk, and for a more integrated growth of human beings while in synergy with the environment. 1. who was antonio stoppani? toppani was born in lecco (lombardy, northern italy) in 1824 in a modest patriarchal family. the historical context in which he lived is characterized by strong political and social struggles in relation to the establishment of the unification of italy, events that deeply affected also his scientific career. after studying philosophy and theology, in 1848 he became a priest and began teaching latin, literature and music. he openly expressed his liberal ideas and participated actively in the independence wars of italy in 1848-49 against the austro-hungarian empire, but unfortunately, given his ideas and active political participation, he was discharged from his teaching position and considered as dangerous by the austrian chancellery. despite these events, his reputation as a scholar allowed him to find employment as a teacher for a family in milan, where he could also devote himself more assiduously to geology and paleontology. in 1856 he published his first great scientific work studi geologici e paleontologici sulla lombardia (geological and paleontological studies of lombardy), a true "revelation to scientists and to himself" (nangheroni, 1975) that earned him the nickname as the “founder of italian geology” by his contemporaries. in 1860, he obtained the high school teaching qualification in natural history from the government for his talents and abilities in the field of the natural sciences, even though he had never received a degree. in 1861, he was named "outstanding teacher" of geology at the university of pavia, in 1863 he taught geognosy (a field comprehensive of lithology, stratigraphy and paleontology) and applied mineralogy at the regio istituto tecnico of milan, the future politecnico, and from 1865 to 1868 he became curator of the civic museum of natural history in milan. in 1874 he was appointed president of the italian society of natural sciences, then in 1875 he was elected honorary member of the pontifical academy of nuovi lincei and in 1877 the ministry of education awarded him the title of officer of the order of the crown of italy for "the s annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7413 2 high services he presents in public education" (redondi, 2009). from 1877 to 1882 he was the chair of geology at the istituto di studi superiori pratici e di perfezionamento in florence, in 1882 he became director of the museum of natural sciences and philosophy in milan and lastly he taught geology at the istituto tecnico superiore until his death in 1891. the results of his studies are contained in many scientific works, but also in more informal writings, both entertaining and didactic works. among the major examples: studi geologici e paleontologici sulla lombardia (geological and paelontological studies on lombardy) (1856), paleontologie lombarde (paleontology of lombardy) (1856-1881), rivista geologica della lombardia in rapporto con la carta geologica della regione (geological review of lombardy in relation with the geological map of the region) (1859), corso di geologia (course of geology) (1871-1873), a treaty in three volumes on geology, petrography and geomorphology, l’ambra nella storia e nella geologia (the amber in history and geology) (1886), but also some more popular works such as il bel paese (the beautifull contry) (1875) and acqua ed aria, la purezza del mare e dell'atmosfera (water and air, the purity of the sea and of the atmosphere) (1875). 2. stoppani’s contribution to geoeducation and geoethics stoppani was an eclectic man with many interests and passions that blended with a great commitment to the different areas that affected his life: science, literature, education, social and political commitment, and faith. he is regarded by his contemporaries and scholars of all time as "a great scientist, a great naturalist, a great geologist" (nangheroni, 1975). his passion for the earth sciences began as a child as a spontaneous inclination and from 1850 onwards he devoted himself with more assiduity to the study of geology, paleontology, geomorphology and metamorphic petrography of northern italy, but also of the middle east and northern africa. in 1865 he was appointed chairman of the special section on prehistory at the international congress of prehistoric anthropology in la spezia (italy). later, he started to build the museum of natural sciences in milan with the purpose to make available to the general public the knowledge gained by science, and in particular the "treasures of nature", such as those kept in museum collections. the museum opened in 1892, one year after his death. stoppani is perhaps best known to the public as a great lecturer, conversationalist and disseminator for earth sciences. he was considered "the poet of geology" by his contemporaries, thanks to his outgoing character and the enthusiasm used in his lessons and expositions. his passion communicated what he believed, that "every mountain, every rock, every stone, every grain of earth, has a record to tell us" (stoppani, 1971-1973). even pope pius xi (1857-1939) said that “he had the incredibly beautiful gift of an enviable disclosure [...] so great was in him the art to exhibit and to make easy and understandable the scientific thought. dressing with beauty any scientific truth was his constant concern” (leucensis, 1921). his artistic temperament and his popular science vein were highlighted with il mare glaciale a’ piedi delle alpi (the glacial sea at the base of the alps) (1874) and he reached his most fame with il bel paese (1875) that made him one of the first italian writers who started the art of educating the scientific knowledge through storytelling. il bel paese, commonly used as schoolbook, consists of thirty “conversations” where an uncle, the author himself, in a colloquial form, but figure 1: stoppani teaching sciences of italy (il bel paese) to his grandchildren and friends (drawing by e. magistretti preserved at the natural history museum of lecco, italy). annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7413 3 with scientific rigor, describes the natural beauty, geology and physical geography of italy to an audience represented by grandchildren and their friends (fig. 1). this work had a dual purpose: first, it made accessible to italian citizens the knowledge of the beauties of their country, convinced that "we should start with the ‘know yourself’, by knowing that the physical and natural history of their own country" (stoppani, 1875); next, his work aimed to include the literary genre of science fiction, like that of jules verne (1828-1905), as well as to affirm the search of truth from a scientific point of view. 3. the bases of geoethics and the importance of earth sciences in cultural and social growth stoppani is one of the first scientists who understood and communicated the significance of earth sciences as a means for cultural and human growth of society. this may be appreciated as a precursor to geoethical thinking. in particular, he realized that human beings, with the use of reason, are able to change nature and to actively shape the earth surface, and thus define humans as a real "geological agent." having understood the importance of human impact on nature, he felt the need to introduce in the corso di geologia (course of geology” (1871-1873) the concept “anthropozoic era” for defining the latest geological period in which human action began to be significant and decisive in the evolution dynamic of the earth. this intuition, that somehow anticipates the modern concept of anthropocene (crutzen, 2002; steffen et al., 2004), can be considered a preamble of the thought which would deepen later, in nineteenth century, with the birth of geoethics (peppoloni and di capua, 2012; bobrowsky et al., 2017). figure 2: urban fossil on a sidewalk of the city of rome (italy): the travertine sedimentary structures are juxtaposed to the human footprints in cement. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7413 4 the intuition of an “anthropozoic era”, as well as other concepts developed by stoppani, highlights the topicality and foresight of his conception of science. below are some of the main pillars on which he developed his thinking and scientific approach, and that can be considered as the basis of geoethical thinking. 3.1 human beings as a geological agent stoppani, in the chronological description of the events that have characterized the different geological times, following the neozoic age, describes the “anthropozoic era” and divides it into stone age, bronze age and iron age. in this context, human beings are defined as "an agent, perhaps new, certainly still inexperienced of his power, ... called upon to put the last touches to the work of the ages" (stoppani, 1871-1873). in his vision it is therefore clear that “man” is the last of the agents involved in the evolution of the earth, a "new agent" able to "impose itself on nature" (stoppani, 1871-1873), to interact with it and to modify it with its action (fig. 2). from the awareness that human beings have of their action and ability to alter the dynamics of nature comes the responsibility that one has in respect to the earth system (bobrowsky et al., 2017): through knowledge and progress, human beings can actively promote geoconservation and sustainable development respectful of nature and society (peppoloni and di capua, 2016). these issues have been included in the “geoethical promise” (matteucci et al., 2014), intended as an oath for geoscientists in relation to their responsibilities towards the earth, society and future generations (di capua et al., 2016). 3.2 science as a service to the truth through the analyticalexperimental method in the exemeron (1894), stoppani examines the validity of the experimental method of analysis in scientific research, which consists mainly of a collection of research and experiential data, using reasoned comparison of phenomena and researching their causes according to an inductive process (stoppani, 1873 and 1894). he believes that only by using this approach could geology take on the role of a science and give a systematic approach to scientific research. at the same time stoppani asserts that intellectual speculation must also deal with its own limits as the history of science demonstrates: scientific research is performed through a continuous process of partial achievements and mistakes that allow it to reach, a bit at a time, some truth (stoppani, 1894). this method, although now accepted as part of scientific research, is relevant not only for its methodological meaning, but also for its values. this method commits us to look for and then communicate the objectivity seen and known by experimentation. only later, after a phase of data collection, can a series of elaborations, interpretative models and evolutionary scenarios be drawn, but remembering that they are still in the context of interpretations and one cannot claim to be absolutely certain. as a consequence, the objectivity and limits of the results of scientific research are to be declared also in the dissemination phase for the principle of intellectual honesty (peppoloni et al., 2015). stoppani claims that “sciences are called to give a service to the truth” (stoppani, 1894) thus highlighting the value that earth sciences have in overcoming ignorance, searching the common good for society, promoting geoconservation and developing a geoethical approach in environmental management and introducing geoethics in scientific curricula (peppoloni and di capua, 2016; vasconcelos, 2016; bobrowsky et al., 2017; stewart and gill, 2017). 3.3 the earth as a global heritage to be preserved in its uniqueness and geodiversity the great value attributed by stoppani to the natural sciences is linked to his conception of planet earth, perceived as a reality that has in itself its own sacredness. therefore for its preciousness and uniqueness is an asset to be preserved (stoppani, 1875 and 1881). annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7413 5 he underlines how often the "image of nature" unconsciously reminds all of a sort of "sacred" value that can be found in nature. the recognition of this value is linked to the dimensions of beauty and harmony of nature that are at the basis of geoconservation and the protection of geodiversity (lucchesi and giardino, 2012). in this context, stoppani promoted the educational role of the scientific museum for a positive “globalization” and popularization of knowledge (greco, 2007). he was also one of the first admirers of "geosites", of those places that for their scientific, environment and cultural value are to be considered true monuments of nature and part of the geological and geomorphological heritage of an area (reynard, 2003) (fig. 3). 3.4 holistic view of science and mankind for stoppani science was always at the service of mankind, and therefore also scientific progress, as it is part of human progress, should be respectful of every person (stoppani, 18711873). however, he believed as a critical point in the separation between scientific knowledge and human sciences and highlighted the need for a unified vision of knowledge in order to avoid a segmentation due to a partial or sectoral approach to the truth. he argued that the fragmentation of knowledge is a cause of error and cannot lead to a global response in a complex world ((stoppani, 1873). today more than ever, we are facing a strong fragmentation of knowledge that often does not allow one to have an integrated vision of human beings. that is why stoppani affirmed the need to grow within an interdisciplinary dialogue, marked by unity and distinction between scientific research and human sciences, between physical and metaphysical sciences, between science and ethics. a unified vision of science is therefore critical to the search for the integral good of human beings in the various dimensions that characterize their life and society, for the growth of the common good, the development of peoples and a responsible citizenship. such an integrated approach to science, including its economic, ethical, social, and cultural impact, is presently fundamental to manage the complexity of the figure 3: the toce fall (verbania, italy) in a drawing of 1875 from il bel paese (stoppani, 1875) (left) and in a recent photo (right). annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7413 6 earth system (mejlgaard and bloch, 2012; bobrowsky et al., 2017). 3.5 the earth system one of the most innovative and also modern aspects of stoppani’s thoughts is the vision of the earth that he conceived as a “great machine [...] governed by a supreme principle” that exists through a continuous and simultaneous competition including antagonism from endogenous agents, physical forces, chemical and mechanical properties, that “are called to entertain what you can call globe life", but which also contribute to "the biological forces [...] order to maintain that wonderful circle in motion, that noble balance, so there is variety together with units "(stoppani, 1871-1973 and 1873). for stoppani the force that maintains the balance in the world, considering the complexity and the relational system that characterizes the earth, is the continuous antagonism of natural agents. in this sense, stoppani approaches the more recent gaia hypothesis by james lovelock and lynn margulis, that conceives the earth as a single organism in which living and non-living things are connected to each other by negative retroactive processes that tend to maintain the stability of the main parameters that allow life on the planet (lovelock, 1979). stoppani, albeit in the simplicity of his language and based on the knowledge of his time, seems to have launched the foundations for a modern approach to the study of the earth system from a perspective of dynamic relationships between the various components of the ecosystem. this vision is now indispensable for environmental protection, proper management of georesources, evaluation and risk mitigation, all closely related with geoethical issues and common good (fig. 4). 7. conclusions stoppani as a passionate scholar of earth sciences was able to use his knowledge and his professional skills for training, education and human promotion of the society of his time. the contribution of stoppani is therefore of great significance in establishing the criteria that should guide, also nowadays, researchers, scholars, educators, professionals and decision makers in their work and activities in the field of earth sciences according to a geoethical approach. his importance is also due to his commitment to earth sciences education as mean to improve a proactive citizenship among the italian people, a great challenge that today has become a worldwide necessity. rightfully he should be considered as one of the fathers of geoethics and geoeducation. references bobrowsky p., cronin v.s., di capua g., kieffer s.w. and peppoloni s. (2017). the emerging field of geoethics. in: scientific integrity and ethics with applications to the geosciences, edited by gundersen l.c. figure 4: sketch of the dynamic relations inside the earth system and their interconnection and relationship with human’s responsibility. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7413 7 special publication american geophysical union, john wiley and sons, inc. crutzen p.j. (2002). geology of mankind. nature, 415: 23. di capua g., peppoloni s. and bobrowsky p. (2016). the cape town statement on geoethics. with the contributions of bilham n., bohle m., clay a., lopera e.h., mogk d. iapg international association for promoting geoethics. greco p. (2007). science museums in a knowledge-based society, journal of science communication, 6(2): 1-3. leucensis (1921). antonio stoppani, stab. tipografico l'italia, soc. anonima ed., milano. lovelock j. (1979). gaia, a new look at life on earth, oxford university. lucchesi s. and m. giardino (2012). the role of geoscientists in human progress, annals of geophysics, 55(3): 355-359. matteucci r., gosso g., peppoloni s., piacente s. and wasowski j. (2014). the geoethical promise: a proposal, episodes, 37(3): 190191. mejlgaard n. and bloch c. (2012). science in society in europe, science and public policy, 39(6): 695–700. nangheroni g. (1975). antonio stoppani (18241891): natura, patria, religione, atti soc. it. sc. nat. museo civ. st. nat., milano, 116(34): 161-182. peppoloni s., bobrowsky p. and di capua g. (2015). geoethics: a challenge for the research integrity in geosciences. integrity in the global research arena, pp. 287-294, in: steneck n., anderson m., kleinert s., and mayer t., eds. integrity in the global research arena, world scientific publishing co. peppoloni s. and di capua g. (2012). geoethics and geological culture: awareness, responsibility and challenges. in: peppoloni, s. and di capua, g. (eds.). geoethics and geological culture. reflections from the geoitalia conference 2011, annals of geophysics, special issue, 55(3): 335-341. peppoloni s. and di capua g. (2016). geoethics: ethical, social, and cultural values in geosciences research, practice, and education. pp. 17-21. in: wessel, g.r., and greenberg, j.k., eds. geoscience for the public good and global development: toward a sustainable future: geological society of america special paper 520, 2016. redondi p. (2009). stoppani in cattedra, nuovi documenti sull’insegnamento della geologia nel secondo ottocento, istituzioni, attori e ideali di un secolo di cultura scientifica a milano 1863 – 1963, lettera del ministero della pubblica istruzione a francesco brioschi al direttore del r. istituto tecnico superiore di milano, roma, 27 luglio 1877. www.milanocittadellescienze.it reynard e. (2003). “geosites” definition. in: routledge encyclopedia of geomorphology, ed. goudie a., school of geography and the environment, university of oxford. steffen w., sanderson a., tyson p.d., jäger j., matson p.a., moore b. iii, oldfield f., richardson k., schellnhuber h.j., turner b.l. and wasson r.j. (2004). the anthropocene era: how humans are changing the earth system. in: global change and the earth system: a planet under pressure, springerverlag berlin heidelberg new york, 81-141. stewart i.s. and gill j.c. (2017). social geology integrating sustainability concepts into earth sciences. proc. geol. assoc., 128 (2): 165–172. stoppani a. (1871-1873). corso di geologia, 3 voll., bernardoni, milano. stoppani a. (1873). acqua ed aria ossia la purezza del mare e dell'atmosfera fin dai primordi del mondo animato. conferenze. società editrice internazionale, tip. salesiana, torino. stoppani a. (1875). il bel paese, conversazioni sulle bellezze naturali la geologia e la geografia fisica d'italia, agnelli, milano. stoppani a. (1881). lo studio della natura come elemento educativo, in: i trovanti. il sentimento della natura e la divina commedia, discorsi accademici, necrologie. agnelli ed., milano. stoppani a. (1894). exemeron, storia della creazione, unione tipografico editrice, torino. vasconcelos c., torres j., vasconcelos l. and moutinho s. (2016). sustainable development and its connection to teaching geoethics. episodes, international journal of geosciences, 39(3): 509–517. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 147 annals of geophysics, vol. 51, n. 1, february 2008 key words ground penetrating radar – magnetic anomalies – electromagnetic scattering – microwave tomography – linear inverse scattering 1. introduction historically, electromagnetic inverse scattering has been focused much more on dielectric anomalies than on magnetic anomalies (colton and kress, 1992; chew, 1995). this is because in the microwave range «to deal with» a dielectric contrast is certainly more common than «to deal with» a magnetic contrast. however, in some cases magnetic anomalies can occur too. this can happen, for example, in the case of buried ceramic pipes or buried brick walls. also, the study presented in this paper is of interest in the diagnostics of new materials being invented nowadays, some of which show magnetic properties in the microwave range (jarvis et al., 2004; chen et al., 2005). moreover, in some situations the soil itself exhibits magnetic more than electric properties. this occurs in presence of some magnetic minerals (nabighian, 1987) such as magnetite, hematite, maghemite and/or iron in its free state, or when the soil is strongly polluted by industrial contaminants. finally, the very recent development of the mars exploration programmes, such as marsis and sharad, has aroused a significant interest in the influence of magnetic minerals on the loss and propagation characteristics of electromagnetic waves in the gpr frequency range (stillman and olhoeft, 2004, 2006). for this reason, the scattering from electric and magnetic anomalies in an electric and magnetic soil is also worth studying. some recent works have dealt with inverse scattering from magnetic anomalies. in particular, gustafsson and he (2000) tackled the two dimensional inverse scattering problem related to anomalies that show both dielectric and magnetic contrast starting from both the measurement of the electric and magnetic scattered field. in addition, abubakar and van der berg (2004) addressed the homologous three dimensional problem. computational problems related to the forward model were dealt with in nie et al. (2006). however, gustafsson and he (2000) and nie et al. (2006) two dimensional inverse scattering from buried magnetic anomalies raffaele persico (1) and francesco soldovieri (2) (1) istituto per i beni archeologici e monumentali (ibam-cnr), lecce, italy (2) istituto per il rilevamento elettromagnetico dell’ambiente (irea-cnr), napoli, italy abstract this paper deals with the problem of the electromagnetic linear inverse scattering from magnetic anomalies buried in a lossy half space, for a scalar and two dimensional case. first, the formulation of the exact model of the electromagnetic scattering is given. then, the linear inverse problem is solved by resorting to the well assessed singular value decomposition tool. the reliability of the solution procedure is tested with synthetic data achieved by a fdtd code. mailing address: dr. raffaele persico, istituto per i beni archeologici e monumentali (ibam-cnr), via per monteroni, campus universitario, 73100 lecce, italy; email: r.persico@ibam.cnr.it vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 147 148 r. persico and f. soldovieri refer to the case of objects embedded in a homogeneous medium, and gustafsson and he (2000) and, abubakar and van den berg (2004) cast the inverse problem by assuming as datum both the electrical and magnetic scattered fields. unlike from the papers mentioned above, here we consider a half space two-dimensional geometry and assume as datum of the problem only the scattered electric field. this choice is justified because in gpr prospecting one essentially gathers a quantity roughly proportional to the electric field in the observation point. the paper is organised as follows. section ii introduces the scattering equations relative to the «magnetic» two dimensional scalar scattering operator (providing all the relevant calculations in appendix). the same section also proposes an inversion algorithm based on a linear model of electromagnetic scattering. such a simplified model is similar to the well known born model widely exploited for dielectric objects (crocco and soldovieri, 2003; soldovieri et al., 2007). section iii presents numerical examples where the linear inversion is exploited to process exact scattered field data provided by means of an fdtd code. finally, conclusions follow. 2. formulation of the problem the 2d reference scenario is composed of two homogeneous half spaces, separated by a planar interface at z=0 (fig. 1). the upper half space is free space, whereas the lower half space is characterized by a relative dielectric permittivity εs and by a relative magnetic permeability µs. both εs and µs can be complex to account for losses. we consider the forward and inverse scattering problems in frequency domain. the source is assumed to be infinitely long and invariant along the y-axis. the considered measurement configuration is multi-bistatic (i.e. we consider a bscan prospecting with a fixed offset between the transmitting and the receiving antennas) within a prefixed band of frequencies ω = [ωmin,ωmax]. the source-observation point ranges within the observation domain σ=[−xm, xm] located at the air/soil interface (z=0). the objects are assumed infinitely long along the y-axis, embedded in the lower half space and they are assumed to be located in the investigation domain d=[−a, a]×[zmin, zmin + 2b]. our aim is to obtain a spatial map of the magnetic properties of the investigation domain d, and on the basis of this map to infer the presence, location and geometry of the magnetic anomalies. thus, the quantity of interest is the relative magnetic permeability µr(x, z) in the domain d; this drives to assume, as actual unknown of the problem, the magnetic contrast function . (2.1) it is assumed that the magnetic contrast is different from zero only inside the investigation domain d. in general, the magnetic contrast depends on the frequency. here, such a dependence will be neglected in the inversion model. it is supposed that the buried objects do not show a meaningful electric contrast with the surrounding soil. the equations of the exact electromagnetic scattering from buried magnetic anomalies are fully derived in the appendix. the final result is given as (2.2) ( , ) ( , ) ( , , , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) e x z e x z k g x z x z e x z x z x z dx dz x z d 1 inc s im d m m 2 4 d χ χ = + + l l l l l l l l l l ## ( , ) ( , ) x z x z m s r s χ µ µ µ = fig. 1. geometry of the problem for the two dimensional case and for the adopted multi-bistatic configuration vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 148 149 two dimensional inverse scattering from buried magnetic anomalies (2.3) where ks is the wave-number in the soil (lower half-space). equation (2.2) accounts for the total electric field inside the investigation domain d and is given as the sum of two contributions: the incident field (i.e., the field in the investigation domain d in absence of the magnetic anomalies) and the field due to the presence of scattering objects in the investigation domain. thus denotes the internal magnetic dyadic green’s function (row vector of two elements) where (2.4) equation (2.3) accounts for the scattered electric field on the measurement domain σ, that represents the datum of an inverse scattering problem. the scattered field can be regarded as the electric field radiated by a magnetic current density. this magnetic current is related to the product of the gradient of the electric field inside the investigation domain times the function involving the unknown contrast. the denotes the external magnetic green’s function (row vector of two elements) where [ , ]g g g imz eim emx e= ( , ) ( ( , ))x z x z1m mχ χ+l l l l = ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( exp exp g k sign z z jk u z z k u k u k u k u jk 4 1 1 imz s zs s zo o zs s zo o zs zs 2π µ µ µ µ + + 3 3 + ( ( ))exp ju x x du( ) ( ))u z z+ l l l l d n # ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) exp exp g k k u jk u z z k u k u k u k u ju x x du 4 1 imx zs s zs o zs s zo o zs s zo zs 2π µ µ µ µ = + + 3 3 + ( ( ) ( ))exp jk u z z+ + l l l d n # [ , ]g g im imx imz=g ( , ) ( , , , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) e x z k g x z x z e x z x z x z dx dz x z 1 s s em d m m 2 4 d / χ χ = + l l l l l l l l l l ## (2.5) the gradient vector of the total field is defined in terms of the unique component of the electric total field. in formulas, this gradient is defined as (2.6) similarly to the more widely studied case of dielectric buried anomalies (crocco and soldovieri, 2003; soldovieri et al., 2007), the scattering eqs. (2.2) and (2.3) make the inverse scattering problem non-linear and ill-posed. in order to cope with this difficulty, we adopt a simplified model of the scattering that allows us to deal with a linear inverse scattering problem. the linearization will prevent false solutions, intrinsically related to nonlinearity, and will ensure the stability of the solution by adopting well assessed regularization schemes based on the singular value decomposition (bertero and boccacci, 1998). conversely, the adoption of the linear model of the electromagnetic scattering, analogously to the case of reconstruction of dielectric anomalies, does not achieve a quantitative reconstruction of the buried objects but only retrieves information about their location, size and (approximately) shape. in order to achieve a linear model for the problem at hand, we assume the hypothesis of low contrast levels ⎜χm⎜<< 1. in this case we have (2.7) and (2.8) i.e. the total field inside the investigation domain can be approximated with the incident ( , ) ( , )e x z e x zinc, ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) x z x z x z 1 m m m,χ χ χ + l l l l l l e z e x e 4 2 2 2 2 = l l j l k k kk n p o o oo -= ( ( ) ( )) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ( )) exp exp exp g k k u k u jk u z jk u z k u ju x x du 2 1 emz s s o zs s zo o o zo zs zs 2π ε µ µ ε µ + 3 3 + l l # -= ( ( ) ( )) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ( )) exp exp exp g k k u k u jk u z jk u z u ju x x du 2 1 emx s s o zs s zo o o zo zs 2π ε µ µ ε µ + 3 3 + l l # vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 149 150 r. persico and f. soldovieri field. the approximation (2.8) can be «physically» justified by stating that the objects are small perturbations with respect to the host medium. at this point, we make the further assumption that (2.9) let us state that eq. (2.9) cannot be straightforwardly inferred from eq. (2.8). however, in the framework of low level contrast, eq. (2.9) essentially amounts to assuming some smoothness properties of the incident field. such an assumption is an increasingly reasonable hypothesis as far as the point in the investigation domain is farther and farther from the transmitting antenna. now, by substituting eq. (2.7) and eq. (2.9) in eq. (2.3), we obtain the linear inverse scattering model given by (2.10) thus, the problem at hand is reduced to the inversion of the linear integral relation (2.10), where es represents the datum of the problem while χm is its unknown. in order to completely specify the integral relationship (2.10), we still have to specify the incident field. since the primary source is a filamentary current, the incident field can be calculated in a fashion analogous to the calculation of the green’s functions provided in the appendix. the result is (2.11) where f is the frequency and io is the level of the current. thus, the gradient vector of the incident field is given by ( , , , ) ( ( ) ( )) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ( )) exp exp exp e x z x z f i k k jk z jk z jv x x dv inc s o s o s zo o zs zs zo s µ µ µ ν µ ν ν ν = + 3 3 + l l l l # ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) e x z k g e x z x z dx dz z s s em inc d m 2 4 d /χ = l l l l l l ## ( , ) ( , )e x z e x zinc4 4,l l l l . (2.12) 3. numerical results this section shows some numerical results to back-up the previous formulation. the synthetic scattered field data have been obtained by means of the fdtd code gprmax (giannopulos, 2003). therefore, the code for the data is totally independent from the inversion code. in particular, gprmax provides total field data in time domain, therefore we have to preprocess these data to obtain scattered field data in the frequency domain. the pre-processing essentially consists of muting the first part of the traces, relative to the answer to the air-soil interface and to fourier transform the traces after this muting (soldovieri et al., 2006). the zero time is chosen in the first maximum of the simulated traces. equation (2.10) has been discretized by exploiting methods of moments (collin, 1985). in particular a point matching is considered in data space, while the magnetic contrast function has been represented thanks to a functional basis made up of fourier harmonics along the horizontal direction (x-direction) and pulse function along the depth (z-direction). the inversion of the linear system obtained from the discretization of eq. (2.10) has been performed thanks to the truncated svd (tsvd) (bertero and boccacci, 1998) that achieves a stable solution of the problem. in a first example, we considered a square object with sides of 0.2 m, buried in a soil at the depth of 1.7 m (referred to the upper side). the data are gathered in air at 0.01 m from the interface with a spatial step of 0.02 m and an offset between the transmitting and receiving antennas of 0.1 m. the observation line from the first to the last source point is 1.88 m long, so that we have 95 gpr traces. the investigation domain is 1.98m large and 2m deep, and starts ( ( ) ( )) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ( )) exp exp exp e f i k k jk z jk z jv jk v jv x x dv inc o s o o zs s zo zs zo zs s µ µ µ ν µ ν ν ν = + 3 3 + l ld n # vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 150 151 two dimensional inverse scattering from buried magnetic anomalies from the air-soil interface. the work frequency band ranges from 200 mhz to 1 ghz with a frequency step of 25 mhz. the soil exhibits a relative dielectric permittivity equal to 9 and a conductivity equal to 0.01 s/m. which corresponds to a complex equivalent permittivity equal to , with εo=8.854× ×10−12 f/m being the dielectric permittivity of the free space. the relative magnetic permeability of the soil is µs=1. the homogeneous buried object shows the same equivalent permittivity of the soil, whereas its relative magnetic permeability is µr=5. we added a white gaussian noise to the synthetic data, so that the signal to noise ratio for the total field was 20 db. for the inversion scheme, we chose to retain in the tsvd expansion only the terms for which the singular values were larger than 0.01 times the maximum singular value. figure 2 depicts the amplitude of the retrieved contrast function normalized with respect to its maximum; the reconstruction is compared with the actual object depicted with a solid line. the tomographic reconstruction ac( . )j f9 0 01 2r oε π ε= curately locates the upper side of the object and determines its horizontal extent. in order to show possible effects of the shape and mutual interactions between the objects, we propose a further example where the parameters are unchanged with respect to the previous one except that we have two circular buried objects instead of one square target. the two circular objects are buried at 0.7 m (with respect to their centres), their radius is 0.1 cm and the distance between the centres is 0.25 m. the reconstruction is now obtained by considering in tsvd expansion the singular values larger than 0.1 the maximum singular value. the tomographic reconstruction is shown in fig. 3 and compared to the actual objects. since the objects are shallower than the previous case, this time we reconstruct both the upper and lower parts of them. however, the reconstruction of the lower parts is deeper than the actual bottom of the objects because the probing wave propagates in the object more slowly than in the surrounding soil, and this is not accounted for fig. 2. modulus of the retrieved contrast function for a square buried magnetic object at the depth of 1.7 m. the reconstruction essentially images the upper side of the object. fig. 3. modulus of the retrieved contrast function for two circular buried magnetic objects at the depth of 0.7 m. the reconstruction essentially images the upper side of the objects and the spot at the dept of 1 m arises for the mutual interactions between the two objects. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 151 152 r. persico and f. soldovieri within a linear model (crocco and soldovieri, 2003; soldovieri et al., 2007). moreover, the mutual electromagnetic interferences (not accounted by a linear model) between the two objects add constructively in a point at the depth of about one meter thereby creating an artefact. finally, let us stress that the adoption of the two different thresholds in tsvd (0.01 for the first case and 0.1 for the second case) makes it possible to investigate regions at different depth in the investigation domain. in particular, by lowering the tsvd threshold, we have the possibility to exploit in the reconstruction a larger number of singular functions. as a matter of fact, this allows us to image deeper objects because the «support» of higher order singular functions are located at progressively increasing depth. 4. conclusions this paper has dealt with the scattering from magnetic buried anomalies. this topic has been rarely addressed in literature, where in most cases it is assumed that both the soil and the buried objects do not have any magnetic property. some times, however, one can meet a situation where the soil or the buried objects or both can have meaningful magnetic properties. as future developments we are working on a complete model of the 2d scattering from buried objects that show both dielectric and magnetic properties. moreover, we will propose an analysis of the errors related to the fact that one may meet a magnetic object while looking for dielectric objects or, conversely, a dielectric object while looking for magnetic ones. as further future developments, we would also like to address the question of the choice of the type of basis functions exploited to represent the unknowns. in fact, this choice affects both the numerical efficiency of the solution algorithm and the accuracy in the representation of the singular functions characterizing the linear operator to be inverted. finally, let us stress that this paper is only the first step towards the application of the approach also in realistic situations: experimental validations are in order. appendix this appendix works out the mathematical formulation of the 2d scattering equations for magnetic anomalies, the source being constituted by a filamentary electrical current (the reference geometry is in fig. 1). let us start from maxwell’s equations (a.1) and let us write the total fields as the superposition of the incident (unperturbed) fields and of the scattered fields. (a.2) . (a.3) due to the two-dimensional geometry and to the kind of source, we know a priori that the electrical h h h inc s = + e e e inc s = + j h h j e j h e e 0 0 0 4# 4# 4$ 4$ ωµ ωε ε ρ µ = = + = = z [ \ ] ]] ] ]] vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 152 153 two dimensional inverse scattering from buried magnetic anomalies field is directed along the invariance direction, whereas the magnetic field is orthogonal to it. with respect to the reference system of fig. 1, therefore, we have . (a.4) by substitution of eq. (a.2) and eq. (a.3) in eq. (a.1), after some straightforward passages, we obtain maxwell equations for the scattered fields (a.5) being (a.6) where ∆µ is the difference between the object and the background magnetic permeability. from the third equation in (a.5), we can rewrite the scattered electric field by means of a potential vector (also reported as fitzgerald vector; collin, 1985) f as (a.7) this equation also means that, in general, we can write the potential vector as (a.8) substituting (a.7) in the second of maxwell eq. (a.5) we have (a.9) therefore, we can express the vector (hs−jωf) as the gradient of a scalar potential function φ, and so we have (a.10) by substitution of this equation in the first of maxwell eq. (a.5), we obtain. (a.11) from which, by means of a well known vector identity (collin, 1985) we have (a.12) kb being the wavenumber of the background medium, equal to (a.13) ( ( ) )im k k z k z d k 0 b b b s s s s 0 0 0 d d # / ω µ ε ω µ ε ω µ ε = = = = * ( )f f k f j jb b b b meq 224 4 4: 4 ωε µ εφ= -( )f j j f j 1 b b meq 4# 4# 4ε ωµ ω φ= + h j f h j f s s &4 4ω ωφ φ= = + ( )h j f 0 s 4# ω= ( , ) ( , )f f x z i f x z ix x z z= + e f 1 s b 4#ε= j j h meq ω µ∆= e j h j h j e e h j j 0 1 s b s meq s b s s s b meq 4# 4# 4$ 4$ 4$ ωµ ωε ωµ = = = = z [ \ ] ] ] ] ] ] ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) e e x z i h h x z i h x z i s sy y s sx x sz z = = + vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 153 154 r. persico and f. soldovieri where ko and ks are the wave number in the free space and in the lower half space, respectively. from eq. (a.12) we have (a.14) at this point, by exploiting the gauge of lorentz (collin, 1985), we can impose (a.15) so that eq. (a.14) evolves in . (a.16) moreover, eq. (a.15) substituted in eq. (a.10) arises the expression of the magnetic scattered field vs. the only potential vector . (a.17) at this point, the problem is recast as the resolution of helmotz eq. (a.16) with radiating boundary conditions at infinity. in order to solve it, let us begin by writing eq. (a.16) along its components. (a.18) in order to solve the problem, as is customary, we consider the fourier transform of all quantities along the x-axis. the adopted convention is (a.19) therefore, in the transformed domain (u, z) eqs. (a.18) are rewritten as (a.20) being . (a.21) the imaginary part of the square roots in eqs. (a.21) is meant to be negative to ensure that the amplitude of the fields vanishes far from the sources. since eqs. (a.20) are linear, we can solve them by adding the solutions of suitable impulsive answers, as it is well known, therefore, let us begin to consider impulsive sources placed in some generic (buried) point (x', z'): (a.22) ( , ) ( ) ( ) ( , ) ( ) ( ) j x z i x x z z j x z i x x z z meqx meqx meqz meqz δ δ δ δ = = l l l l k k u k k u z k k u z d zb b z zs s 2 2 0 0 2 2 2 2 d d / = = = = * ( ) ( ) . z f k u f j z f k u f j x zb x b meqx z zb z b meqz 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ε ε + = + = t t t t t t ( , ) ( , ) ( ) ,expf u z f x z jux dx i x zi i= = 3 3 + t # . x f z f k f j x f z f k f j x x b x b meqx z z b z b meqz 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ε ε + + = + + = ( ) h j f j f s b b 4 4$ ω ωε µ= f k f jb b meq 2 24 ε+ = f j 0b b4$ ωµ ε φ+ = ( )f k f f j jb b b b meq 2 24 4 4$ ωµ ε εφ+ = + + vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 154 155 two dimensional inverse scattering from buried magnetic anomalies which in the transformed domain becomes (a.23) with this sources, eqs. (a.20) are recast as (a.24) because of the radiation condition at infinity (collin, 1985), both (a.24) equations have a general solution that can be written as (a.25) in order to find the four functions a, b, c and d we have to impose four conditions. these are given as: 1) continuity of the tangential component of the electric field at the air-soil interface. 2) continuity of the tangential component of the magnetic field at the air-soil interface. 3) continuity of the potential vector at the depth zl of the source 4) integrability of the source and of the potential vector (i.e. of eqs. (a.24)) about the depth of the source. an important point is the fact that we can look for a solution parallel to the source both with respect to the x-component and to the z-component of the magnetic current density, i.e. we can solve for two uncoupled problems synthesized as follows: (a.26) thanks to this (not trivial) fact, we can retrieve the eight quantities ax, bx, cx, dx, az, bz, cz, dz, from two uncoupled linear systems the calculations are long but straightforward, and the procedure is quite known. therefore, we can limit to provide the final results of these passages, that are (a.27) ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ( )) exp exp exp exp exp exp exp exp exp f k k u k u j k u i jux jk u z jk u z z k u j i jux jk u z z k u k u k u k u jk u z z z z k u j i jux jk u z z k u k u k u k u jk u z z z z 0 2 0 2 < < < < x zo o zs s zo o o zs meqx zo zs zs s meqx zs s zo o zs s zo o zs zs zs s meqx zs s zo o zs s zo o zs zs µ µ ε µ ε µ µ µ µ ε µ µ µ µ = + + + + + + + l l l l l l l l l l t d d n n = = g g z [ \ ] ] ]] ] ] ]] f f i j j i f f i j j i x x meq meqx x z z meq meqz z , , = = = = t t t t ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( , ) exp exp exp exp f a u jk u z z b u jk u z c u jk u z z z d u jk u z z z i x z 0 0 < < < < i i z i zs i zs i zs 0 = + =l l t z [ \ ]] ]] ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) exp exp z f k u f i jux z z z f k u f i jux z z x zb x b meqx z zb z b meqz 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ε δ ε δ + = + = l l l l t t t t ( , ) ( ) ( ) ( , ) ( ) ( ) exp exp j u z i jux z z j u z i jux z z meqx meqx meqz meqz δ δ = = l l l l t t vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 155 156 r. persico and f. soldovieri and (a.28) from the potential vector, we can express the scattered electric field thanks to eq. (a.7), being the curl meant in the transformed domain. the result is (after some further straightforward passages) (a.29) this is the solution in the transformed domain and for an impulsive source. in order to pass to the distributed solution relevant to the case at hand, we express eq. (a.6) versus the scattered field and along its components (a.30) therefore, the elementary magnetic currents to be substituted and then integrated in eq. (a.29) are given by (a.31) after substitution of eq. (a.31) in eq. (a.29) and after integration in the variables and in the inves( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) i x z j x z dx dz x z x z z e x z dx dz i x z j x z dx dz x z x z x e x z dx dz 1 1 meq meq m m y meqz meq m m y x x z 2 2 2 2 χ χ χ χ = = + = = + l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) j x z j h x z j j z e x z z e x z x z x z z e x z j x z j h x z j j x e x z x e x z x z x z x e x z 1 1 1 1 meq x y b b b y m m y meq z y b b b y m m y x z 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ω µ ω µ ωµ µ µ µ µ µ χ χ ω µ ω µ ωµ µ µ µ µ µ χ χ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ = = = + = = + = = = + = = + l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l ( ( ) ( ))exp jk u z z++ ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ( )) exp exp exp exp exp exp exp exp exp exp exp e k u k u k u i jux jk u z jk u z k u k u u i jux jk u z jk z z i jux sign z z jk u z z k u k u k u k u k u ui jux jk u z z k u k u k u k u jk u z z z d 2 2 sy s o zs s zo o o z meq zs zo s o zs s zo o o meqz zs zo meqz zs s zo o zs s zo o zs zs zs meqz zs o zs s zo o zs s zo zs s x d d / ε µ µ ε µ ε µ µ ε µ µ µ µ µ µ µ µ µ = + + + + + + + + + + l l l l l l l l l l l t d d n n = = g g z [ \ ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]] ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( ) ( )) exp exp exp exp exp exp exp exp exp f k u k u j i jux jk u z jk u z z k u j i jux jk u z z k u k u k u k u jk u z z z z k u j i jux jk u z z k u k u k u k u jk u z z z z 0 2 0 2 < < < < z o zs s zo o o meqz zs zo zs s meqz zs o zs s zo o zs s zo zs zs s meqz zs o zs s zo o zs s zo zs µ µ ε µ ε µ µ µ µ ε µ µ µ µ = + + + + + + + l l l l l l l l l l t d d n n = = g g z [ \ ] ] ]] ] ] ]] vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 156 157 two dimensional inverse scattering from buried magnetic anomalies tigation domain d, the scattered field in the domain is obtained. in order to achieve the scattered field in the spatial domain an inverse fourier transform is still required. again, the passages are long but straightforward, therefore we only provide the final result of them a.32 in air and a.33 in the soil. at this point, since the total field in the investigation domain is given by the sum of the incident and the scattered field, eqs. ((a.31)-(a.33)) provide quite immediately eqs. (2.1) and (2.2) in the section 2. ( , ) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) exp exp exp exp exp exp e x z k k sign z z jk u z z k u k u k u k u jk z z ju x x du x z x z z e x z dx dz k k k u jk u z z k u k u k u k u jk z z ju x x du x z x z x e x z dx dz z 4 1 1 4 1 1 0> sy s s zs s zo o zs s zo o zs d zs m m s s zs zs o zs s zo o zs s zo d zs m m 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 π µ µ µ µ χ χ π µ µ µ µ χ χ = + + + + + + + + + + 3 3 3 3 + + l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l df df n n n o = = f f ### ### ( , ) ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ( )) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( ( ) ( )) ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ( )) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) exp exp exp exp exp exp e x z k k k u k u k u jk u z jk u z ju x x du x z x z z e x z dx dz k k k u k u u u jk u z jk u z ju x x du x z x z x e x z dx dz z 2 1 1 2 1 1 0 sy s s s o zs s zo o o zs zo zs d m m s s s o zs s zo o o zo zs d m m 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 π ε µ µ ε µ χ χ π ε µ µ ε µ χ χ = + + + + + + 3 3 3 3 + + l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l f f p p ### ### references abubakar, a. and p.m. van den berg (2004): iterative forward and inverse algorithms based on domain integral equations for three-dimensional electric and magnetic objects, j. comput. phys., 195, 236-262. bertero, m. and p. boccacci (1998): introduction to inverse problems in imaging (iop, bristol, u.k.). chew, w.c. (1995): waves and fields in inhomogeneous media (ieee ppress, piscataway, n.j.). chen, p., r.x. wu, t. zhao, f. yang and j.q. xiao (2005): complex permittivity and permeability of metallic magnetic granular composites at microwave frequencies, j. phys. d appl. phys., 38, 2302-2305. collin, r.e. (1985): antennas and radiowave propagation (mcgraw-hill). colton, d. and r. kress (1992): inverse acoustic and electromagnetic scattering theory (springer verlag). crocco, l. and f. soldovieri (2003): a microwave tomographic approach for imaging targets buried in a layered medium, ann. geophys., 46 (3), 559-572. dural, d. and m.i. aksun (1995): closed-form green’s functions for general sources and stratified media, ieee trans. microwave theory techniques, 43 (7), 1545-1552. giannopulos, a. (2003): gprmax2d v 1.5 (electromagnetic simulator for ground probing radar). gustafsson, m. and s. he (2000): an optimization approach to two-dimensional time domain electromagnetic inverse problems, radio sci., 35 (2), 525-536. jarvis, j.b., m.d. janezic, b.f. riddle, r.t. johnk, p. kabos, c.l. holloway, r.g. geyer and c.a. grosvenover (2004): measuring the permittivity and permeability of lossy materials: solids, liquids, metals, buildings materials, and negative-index materials, nist technical note 1536. nabighian, m. (1987): electromagnetic methods in applied geophysics-theory (society of exploration geophysics), vol. 1. nie, x.c., n. yuan, l.w. li, y.b. gan and t.s. yeo (2006): a fast combined field volume integral equation solution to em scattering by 3d dielectric objects of vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 157 158 r. persico and f. soldovieri tic gpr applications, near surface geophys., 5 (1), 29-42. stillman, d.e. and g.r. olhoeft (2004): gpr and magnetic minerals at mars temperatures, in tenth international conference on ground penetrating radar, 735738. stillman, d.e. and g.r. olhoeft (2006): electromagnetic properties of martian analog minerals at radar frequencies and martian temperatures, in proceedings of the 37th lunar and planetary science conference. young, j.l. and c.m. johnson (2004): a compact recursive trans-impedance green’s function for the inhomogeneous ferrite microwave circulator, ieee trans. microwave theory techniques, 52 (7), 1751-1759. arbitrary permittivity and permeability, ieee trans. antennas prop., 54 (3), 961-969. piscitelli, s., e. rizzo, f. cristallo, v. lapenna, l. crocco, r. persico and f. soldovieri (2007): gpr and microwave tomography for detecting shallow cavities in the historical area of sassi of matera (southern italy), near surface geophysics (accepted). soldovieri, f., r. persico and g. leone (2006): a microwave tomographic imaging approach for multibistatic configuration: the choice of frequency step, ieee trans. instrumentation measurements, 55 (6), 19261934. soldovieri, f., j. hugenschmidt, r. persico and g. leone (2007): a linear inverse scattering algorithm for realisvol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 158 bais 779_790.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 6, december 2002 779 earth modeling and estimation of the local seismic ground motion due to site geology in complex volcanoclastic areas antonio rapolla (1), giovanni bais (1), pier paolo g. bruno (2) and vincenzo di fiore (1) (1) dipartimento di scienze della terra, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», napoli, italy (2) osservatorio vesuviano, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, napoli, italy abstract volcanic areas often show complex behaviour as far as seismic waves propagation and seismic motion at surface are concerned. in fact, the finite lateral extent of surface layers such as lava flows, blocks, differential welding and/or zeolitization within pyroclastic deposits, introduces in the propagation of seismic waves effects such as the generation of surface waves at the edge, resonance in lateral direction, diffractions and scattering of energy, which tend to modify the amplitude as well as the duration of the ground motion. the irregular topographic surface, typical of volcanic areas, also strongly influences the seismic site response. despite this heterogeneity, it is unfortunately a common geophysical and engineering practice to evaluate even in volcanic environments the subsurface velocity field with monodimensional investigation method (i.e. geognostic soundings, refraction survey, down-hole, etc.) prior to the seismic site response computation which in a such cases is obviously also made with 1d algorithms. this approach often leads to highly inaccurate results. in this paper we use a different approach, i.e. a fully 2d p-wave «turning ray» tomographic survey followed by 2d seismic site response modeling. we report here the results of this approach in three sites located at short distance from mt. vesuvius and campi flegrei and characterized by overburdens constituted by volcanoclastic deposits with large lateral and vertical variations of their elastic properties. comparison between 1d and 2d dynamic amplification factor shows in all reported cases entirely different results, both in terms of peak period and spectral contents, as expected from the clear bidimensionality of the geological section. therefore, these studies suggest evaluating carefully the subsoil geological structures in areas characterized by possible large lateral and vertical variations of the elastic properties in order to reach correct seismic site response curves to be used for engineering projects. 1. introduction volcanic areas are often strongly heterogeneous. they may present large vertical and horizontal variations both in geometry and in their physical characteristics due to their peculiar sedimentation mechanism and to sin-depositional and post-depositional chemical processes. in particular, surge or pyroclastic flow deposits may show strong horizontal and vertical heterogeneities due to both variable granulometry and variable ambient deposition, temperature and chemistry. variations of these parameters cause lithification processes to proceed differently even at a very small scale ( few or tens of meters). despite this heterogeneity, it is common practice, even in a geologically complex environment, like a volcanic area, to evaluate the seismic site response by means of the seismic dynamic amplification factor (or daf, see mailing address: prof. antonio rapolla, dipartimento di scienze della terra, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», largo san marcellino 10, 80138 napoli, italy; e-mail: rapolla@unina.it key words dynamic amplification factor − seismic tomography − pyroclastic rocks − neapolitan area − finite element method 780 antonio rapolla, giovanni bais, pier paolo g. bruno and vincenzo di fiore later) with monodimensional investigation methods. this approach may lead to highly inaccurate results. a correct (2d or even 3d) daf estimation requires in fact an accurate reconstruction of the subsurface velocity field with a detail that is impossible to obtain in complex areas using conventional seismic methods. such seismic surveyings (i.e. downhole, seismic refraction or even seismic reflection) are specifically directed towards obtaining layered models with sharp interfaces and constant material properties. on the other hand, pyroclastic deposits may show heterogeneities at all scales as demonstrated by geology or welllogs. each ‘layer’ may contains numerous small scale variations of the material properties and these inhomogeneities are so irregularly distributed that they can hardly be imaged with traditional techniques. we have utilized a 2d tomographic technique to correctly define the subsurface structures. then, by means of a 2d daf methodology, the seismic site response was evaluated in such geological complex environments. 2. brief review of pyroclastic deposits properties a pyroclastic deposit is the result of the sedimentation of clastic material produced by one or more pyroclastic eruptions. pyroclastic products can be classified according to the mechanism of emplacement in: a) pyroclastic flow deposits; b) surges deposits; c) fallout deposits. pyroclastic flows are heavier-than-air cloudflows that travel across the ground at velocities ranging from 10 m/s to 300 m/s. they can attain high temperatures and range from high density flows that move down valleys to dilute flows that extend over mountains (fisher, 1966; fisher and smincke,1984). pyroclastic flows are gravity flows and some properties (density and viscosity, for example) can change during transport and consequently influence the depositional properties. pyroclastic surges are relatively low-concentration and highly expanded density currents with particles supported mainly by turbulence (fisher, 1971) and particle concentration increasing within the lower part of the surge (valentine, 1987). pyroclastic surges may be frequently considered equal to «dilute pyroclastic flow». lateral facies transitions in pyroclastic flow deposits show that pyroclastic flows and surges commonly evolve one from the other. flow and surge, hence, may move as turbulent flows, in which the fragments with the higher settling velocities tend to migrate toward the base of the flow, gradually increasing fragment concentration and causing a vertical gradual variation in bulk density (fisher, 1966, 1971, 1983). lateral variation may also be found for example in the ignimbritic deposits (i.e. rich pumice and glass pyroclastic flow deposits) depending on emplacement temperature; ignimbrites range in fact from unconsolidated to welded ignimbrites (fisher and smincke, 1984). on the other hand, pyroclastic fallout consists of fragments that have been ejected from vents and have travelled through the atmosphere before falling (frequently almost cold) down to the earth. due to their depositional mechanism and the consequent granulometric sorting with distance and homogenous deposition temperature, fallout deposits are less chaotic than surge and flow deposits at the scale of the engineering aimed seismic prospecting. the interaction of depositional mechanism with topographic irregularities is also an important factor in the development of the pyroclastic properties. whereas fall out falling down to the earth, drapes over the landscape and pyroclastic surges, due to their dilute characters can override the sides of a valley and may mantle topography similarly to fallout, flow deposits tend to fill depressions (fisher, 1966). therefore, topography strongly affects geometry and thickness of pyroclastic deposits. 3. seismic imaging with traveltime tomography seismic refraction traveltime data for imaging the subsurface is a standard, easy and lowcost technique. however, conventional processing of refraction data generally uses simplified modeling. on the contrary, the information on the geometry and mechanical characteristics of the shallow subsurface is essential for seismic site response when in the 781 earth modeling and estimation of the local seismic ground motion due to site geology in complex volcanoclastic areas presence of heterogeneous subsurfaces like pyroclastic flow and surge deposit. traveltime tomography may furnish a better detailed subsurface velocity model from picked traveltimes measured from seismic data associated with a variety of source-receiver configurations. traveltimes are then used to infer the velocity distribution of the medium through which the seismic energy has propagated. it should be noted that the «traveltime tomography» reconstructs earth velocity models with lower resolution than the other well know technique called «waveform tomography» (lo and inderwiesen, 1994), but, on the other hand, traveltime tomography is, in general, easier to apply and computationally faster. the tomographic method employed in this study (see stefani,1995) is the turning ray tomography (trt). trt is based on first arrivals and this fact is appealing because first arrival times can be generally clearly identified and represent the best data available for near-surface velocity estimation. as said, trt is useful for estimating near surface velocity structure in areas where conventional refraction techniques fail because of the lack of sharp velocity discontinuity and works well in those sites where the overburden is heterogeneous. the method utilizes first-arrival turning rays (continuously refracted direct rays) and head waves from conventional acquisition geometries to iteratively solve for p wave velocity in the near surface between sources and receivers. therefore, trt parametrization includes only velocity gradients without sharp surface discontinuities and utilizes an inversion algorithm based on the «backprojection method» (langan et al., 1984; stork and clayton, 1991). traveltime tomography and particularly trt, have been used mainly for near-surface velocity determination, e.g., for the purpose of «statics» solutions for seismic reflections (e.g., in the areas with large lateral velocity variations; see for example the paper by bell et al. (1994) relative to the mississippi delta area characterized by mudlumps), with the aim of improving the stacking and migration of the deep seismic reflection image, to image salt domes or to check the area of dams (yilmaz, 1988; hale et al., 1992; marsden, 1993; frasheri et al., 1999). other applications can be found in zhu and mcmechan (1989), zhu et al. (2000). these studies suggest great caution when assuming a simple and regular stratification and homogeneity in the overburden as could be in a first approximation assumed for sake of simplification of the computation and mainly for surveying cost reduction. this approximation can only be assumed for a very limited range of divergence from the 1d modeling. 4. dynamical amplification factor: monodimensional versus bidimensional evaluation it is well known that the correct evaluation of the seismic site amplification is fundamental in seismic hazard areas (e.g., italy and japan), for the prevention of damage. such evaluation may be complicated by the complexity of the subsoil which can strongly influence the path, the amplitude and the spectral content of the seismic waves at the surface. many efforts have been made up to now to derive algorithms that take into account all the parameters linked with the seismic wave propagation in the overburden volume of engineering interest (aki et al., 1988; bravo et al., 1988; lee et al., 1989a,b, 1990; fishman and ahmad, 1995; rassem et al., 1995; sherif et al., 1996; bard, 1998; field et al., 2000). the ground motion (g (t )), can be expressed as the convolution operation between the overburden transfer function (t (t )) and the input motion at the basement (i (t )). t (t ) is related to the dynamical and geometrical parameters of the overburden while i (t ) depends on the earthquake source, the path from the epicenter and the elastic parameters of all the crossed rock bodies. for a continuous system g (t ) is given by the following relation: (4.1) where t is the time and τ is the lag time of the convolution operator. in frequency terms, the relation (4.1) can be written as (4.2) where ω is the angular frequency. g t t i t dt() = ( ) ⋅ −( ) ⋅ −∞ +∞ ∫ τ τ g t iω ω ω( ) = ( ) ⋅ ( ) 782 antonio rapolla, giovanni bais, pier paolo g. bruno and vincenzo di fiore to evaluate the seismic site response, we compute the dynamic amplification factor (daf) which represents the spectral ratio between the above said ground motion and input motion (4.3) when the overburden is homogeneous and geometrically regularly layered, the estimation of i(ω) is fairly simple and the daf can be computed by means of 1d modeling (see, for example, idriss and seed, 1968; rapolla and mele, 1996). one of the well known computing techniques is based on a generalized, non linear, viscoelastic model (idriss et al., 1992). this 1d method solves the propagation of harmonic vertical shear waves in a one-dimensional system in the frequency domain. the input physical model for the 1d code can consist of n infinite horizontal layers lying on the bedrock. each layer, considered as homogeneous and isotropic, is characterised by given values of density (ρ), thickness, and shear modulus (g ). the equation utilized in 1d computing is the kelvin-voigt linearized visco-elastic equation (4.4) where u is the displacement, ξ is the viscosity coefficient, t is the time and x is the position. daf computation becomes instead much more complicated when we deal with irregular structures and/or heterogeneous material. many authors have studied the influence of irregular subsoil conditions and/or topography on seismic site response. aki et al. (1988) saw that the finite lateral extent of surface layers and/or their irregular geometry can introduce additional effects such as resonance and focusing of the surface and body waves. bravo et al. (1988) applied the boundary analysis method to study the response of a two dimensional horizontal stratified deposit of arbitrary shape under the incidence of sh waves. the response of a basin with two layers was analysed and the comparison with results from one-dimensional analysis shows significant differences. lee et al. (1989a,b, 1990) published several studies on the scattering and diffraction of sv waves, plane sh waves, and p waves by circular cylindrical canyons with variable depth/width ratios. this study showed that focusing and resonance effects are greater on the valley flanks. recently, other studies have investigated problems of the dynamic amplification factor (daf) evaluation on geological structure with finite lateral extension. fishman and ahmad (1995) modelled alluvial valleys subjected to sh, sv and p waves, and demonstrated the influence on the seismic response of key parameters, such as valley depth, seismic impedance ratio, frequency and angle of incidence on surface ground motion. rassem et al. (1995) reviewed the simple one-dimensional (1d) and the twodimensional (2d) finite element model concluding that the 1d model approach provides a poor approximation of the free-field motion in a valley with limited width, particularly near the valley edge. sherif and lee (1996) studied the diffraction due to plane sh waves around a circular alluvial valley in an elastic wedge-shaped medium. they demonstrated the influence on the surface displacement profile of the angle of the wedge, the frequency of the incident wave, the material properties of the media and the waves angle of incidence. bruno et al. (1999) showed that in the case of a dipping bedrock if the dip angle is higher than about 10°, the results of daf spectra computation by 1d and 2d algorithms start to diverge, both in terms of amplitude and peak periods. 2d modeling methods are based on finite differences (vidale and helmberger, 1988), or on boundary elements analysis (kawase, 1988) or also on finite elements algorithms. as regards the latter (more used) methods, beikae et al. (1994) solved the motion equations at the nodal points of a discrete grid being able to predict a strong generation of rayleigh waves at dipping bedrock when sv waves are incident. their 2d program is based on a dynamic, time domain equivalent linear algorithm and each nodal point is characterised by a value of the stiffness (k ), density (ρ), thickness (h) shear modulus (g) and daf .= ( ) ( ) g i ω ω ρ δ δ δ δ ξ δ δ δ 2 2 2 2 2 2 u t g u x u x t = + 783 earth modeling and estimation of the local seismic ground motion due to site geology in complex volcanoclastic areas damping modulus (d). in addition, their code, incorporates a wave transmitting basement so that the half-space beneath the mesh can be modelled and therefore the need to assume a rigid boundary can be eliminated. in order to compute the seismic site response, the 2d algorithm solves the following set of equations: (4.5) where [m ] is the mass matrix; [d ] is the damping matrix; [k ] is the stiffness matrix; u is the nodal displacement vector and i(t) is the earthquake load vector (input motion). in this non linear system, once the input motion is known, the ground motion estimation is linked to the knowledge of the subsoil geometry and of the elastic parameters. obviously, the more complex the subsoil is, the more detailed the knowledge of its properties needs to be. 5. results the 2d daf evaluation approach described previously was applied to several sites in the neapolitan area, italy, covered by different pyroclastic deposits in the neighbourhood of somma vesuvius and campi flegrei volcanoes. the sites are located are within highly urbanized areas and are often close to high risk buildings (schools, city halls, hospitals, etc.). the vp tomographic models were already described by bais et al. (2002). the other input parameters necessary for daf estimation, specifically density, poisson’s ratio, and damping ratio were obtained from bibliographic data (pellegrino, 1967; nicotera and lucini, 1967; carrara et al., 1987; guadagno et al., 1988; rapolla and mele, 1996) and are summarised in table i. in order to avoid lateral reflective effects during 2d modeling, we extended the length of the model of 50 m at both ends. the reference accelerogram for the sites close to somma vesuvius (fig. 2) was calculated by deriving, with respect to the time, a digitally recorded vesuvian earthquake of local magitude equal to 4.2. on the contrary, the reference accelerogram used for 1d and 2d daf modeling analysis for the campi flegrei site (fig. 3), is a synthetic input motion obtained from the fourier antitransform of the spectral shape of the seismic motion at the rigid bedrock, given by italian seismic law. the maximum peak value of the spectral acceleration was set according to italian seismic law to be 0.04 g and in the fourier domain the signal was recomposed by considering minimum phase shift for all frequencies of interest. in this paper, only three typical examples are reported. the first site is lagno maddalena, near the town of s. anastasia (fig. 1). the tomographic model (fig. 4a) shows an irregular morphology with a central low velocity structure that might probably reflect an erosion feature (fig. 4a), possibly related to a paleochannel. lagno maddalena is indeed located over an alluvial fan derived from the reworking of pyroclastic soils. cross sections cutting the fan (cioni et al., 1999) show old anastomosing drainage patterns withm u t d u t k u i t[ ]       + [ ]      + [ ] {} = (){ }∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ 2 2 table i. average seismic of main lithotypes that characterize the subsoil of the neapolitan volcanic areas. γ is the density, vp the p-wave velocity, vs the s-wave velocity, g the dynamic shear modulus, ν the poisson’s ratio, d the damping ratio (pellegrino, 1967; nicotera and lucini, 1967; carrara et al., 1987; guadagno et al., 1988; rapolla and mele, 1996). lithotype γ vp vs g ν d t/m3 m/s m/s mpa vegetal soil 1.05 450 200 400 0.40 0.05 pumices 0.85 600 250 500 0.39 0.05 pozzolana 1.30 900 400 2000 0.37 0.05 tuff 1.50 1600 800 9400 0.33 0.01 784 antonio rapolla, giovanni bais, pier paolo g. bruno and vincenzo di fiore in the lower pyroclastic units that were subsequently buried by more recent pyroclastic flows and by reworked volcanoclastic sediments. figure 4a also shows the 2d finite element mesh modeling the subsoil of lagno maddalena. the model uses 235 nodal points and 199 cells. figure 4b plots the 1d (black line) and 2d (red line) daf (for both horizontal components) calculated at three surface nodal points. comparison between 1d and 2d daf shows, in all reported cases, different results both in terms of peak period and spectral contents, as was expected. generally speaking, we can see that on 2d curves referred to all tested nodal points, the energy content shifts toward high frequencies with respect to the monodimensional curves. ns and ew daf curves calculated at the nodal point #74, show a main peak at about 0.28 s on the 2d spectrum that is not visible on the 1d spectrum. at the central nodal point #130, the main peak does not differ substantially from the 2d main peak. both spectra have a main period at 0.18 s. this result is probably due to the fact that the nodal point #130 is in the middle of a symmetrical paleochannel. symmetry possibly may cause reciprocal destructive interference of the 2d effects. at nodal point #155 the 1d and 2d daf curves again become different. in fact, the 2d daf curve has several peaks while the 1d daf curve has only one peak at 0.1 s. node 155 is located above the right flank of the paleochannel and the difference between the 1d fig. 1. map of the investigated neapolitan urban and sub-urban areas. the study areas were located in sant’anastasia and giugliano. 785 earth modeling and estimation of the local seismic ground motion due to site geology in complex volcanoclastic areas and 2d response may again here be due to the fact that the monodimensional model does not take into account focusing effects. the second example refers to beneduce site, a place also located near sant’anastasia town (fig. 1). generally speaking, this site is characterized by a gradual lateral variation of the velocity field without strong contrasts (fig. 5a). the final tomographic model (fig. 5a) is characterized by a high velocity structure located between position 0 and 40 m. figure 5a shows the 2d finite element mesh modeling which uses 154 nodal points and 130 cells. daf computations were made on the right side of the trt investigated section (fig. 5d). daf curves are shown at nodal points 21, 71 and 111. at nodal point #21 a peak at 0.26 s on the 2d spectra is not visible on the 1d curve. focusing effects may be again invoked to explain this difference. at nodal point #71, the main peak of the 2d daf curves is at 0.3 s while that of the 1d daf curves is at 0.18 s. at nodal point 111, away from the flanks of the high velocity structure, the 1d and 2d daf curves instead become almost similar. the third example refers to a site near giugliano (fig. 1). the trt model (fig. 6a) shows an articulate bedrock morphology that is fig. 3. the input motion used for 1d and 2d daf modeling in the test sites of giugliano (below). its spectral contents are reported in the upper part of the figure. it is a synthetic accelerogram obtained from the fourier reconstruction of the spectral response of the italian seismic low. fig. 2. input motion utilised for 1d and 2d daf calculation in s. anastasia sites. (courtesy of the vesuvian observatory, naples, italy). 786 antonio rapolla, giovanni bais, pier paolo g. bruno and vincenzo di fiore probably due to erosion of the basement during the emplacement of the upper pyroclastic unit. cole and scarpati (1993) report that in this area during the deposition of member b of the so called neapolitan yellow tuff, representing the overburden of this site, the top floor of the lithic member a (the basement) was strongly eroded. the 2d finite element mesh modeling is shown in fig. 6a. the trt output model was parametrized using 208 nodal points and 182 cells. dafs were computed (fig. 6d) at nodal points 29, 109 and 136. fig. 4a-c. a) finite element model related to lagno-maddalena site; b) 2d (red lines) and 1d (black lines) daf curves (2d daf. the daf was calculated in three nodal points: 74, 130, 155; c) final tomographic model (bais et al., 2002). a b c 787 earth modeling and estimation of the local seismic ground motion due to site geology in complex volcanoclastic areas fig. 5a-d. a) finite element model related to beneduce site; b) 2d (red lines) and 1d (black lines) daf curves (2d daf. the daf was calculated in three nodal points: 21, 71, 111; c) stratigraphic sequence near to the site test: 1) vegetail soil; 2) incoherent pyroclastic products; 3) volcanic sand; d) final tomographic model (bais et al., 2002). a b c d 788 antonio rapolla, giovanni bais, pier paolo g. bruno and vincenzo di fiore comparison between 1d and 2d daf modeling related to this site (fig. 6b) shows significant differences at the nodal points 109 and 136, that is in correspondence of the maximum complexity of the geometry of bedrock high velocity structure while at the nodal point #29, where the subsurface morphology only slightly deviates from the monodimensional case, the 1d and 2d daf curves are more similar. 6. conclusions the problem of the evaluation of real surface seismic motions by daf analysis in volcanic fig. 6a-d. a) finite element model related to pantano site; b) 2d (red lines) and 1d (black lines) daf curves (2d daf. the daf was calculated in three nodal points: 29, 109, 136; c) stratigraphic sequence near the site test: 1) incoherent pyroclastic deposits; 2) volcanic and marine sand; 3) lithoid element «brecce basali»; d) final tomographic model (bais et al., 2002). a b c d 789 earth modeling and estimation of the local seismic ground motion due to site geology in complex volcanoclastic areas areas characterized by a thick heterogeneous overburden have been discussed in the present paper. 2d trt surveys followed by a 2d non linear, viscoelastic daf modeling allowed us to obtain a bidimensional seismic site response in many urban and suburban sites located at short distance from mt. vesuvius and campi flegrei. for all sites, daf was also estimated with 1d non linear viscoelastic monodimensional algorithms. comparison between 2d and 1d daf estimations shows, as can be seen in all reported cases, results significantly different both in terms of peak period and spectral contents, as could have been expected from the clear bidimensionality of the geological profile as deduced from the 2d trt survey. as a matter of fact, many authors have shown that the simplification of the geological problems for daf estimation may lead to unacceptable results. we have confirmed this statement showing that estimation of a 2d structure with 1d algorithms leads to gross mistakes. obviously better results could be obtained by using 3d modeling, where the geometrical boundary conditions require it. in volcanic areas, where large lithological heterogeneities may be present, it is of fundamental importance for engineering purposes to account for subsoil complexity. our results suggest careful evaluation of the subsoil geological structures in these areas characterized by possible large lateral and vertical variations of the elastic properties, to reach correct seismic site response curves to be used for engineering projects. acknowledgements the authors wish to thank the japanese scientific organizers of the kyoto and kobe meeting: prof. h. akihama, of nihon university and prof. m. nakashima and his staff at kyoto university for the tremendous effort in organizing the symposium; to dr. a. volpi, scientific attaché at the italian embassy in japan and the italian embassy in japan. thanks are due to region campania for financial support (grant l.r. 49/85). references aki, k. (1988): local site effects on ground motion, in earthquake engineering and soil dynamics ii − recent advances in ground motion evaluation, edited by j.l. von thun, geotechnical special pubblication, n. 20, asce, new york, 103-155. bais, g., p.p.g. bruno, a. rapolla and v. di fiore (2002): characterization of shallow volcanoclastic deposits by turning ray seismic tomography: an application to urban enviroments in naples area (south italy), j. appl. geophys. (in press). bard, p.y. (1998): microtremor measurements: a tool for site effect estimation? in proceeding of the 2nd international symposium on effect surface geology on seismic motion, yokohama, japan, 1st-3rd december, vol. 3, 1251-1282. beikae, m., m. hudson and i.m. idriss (1994): quad-4m: a computer program to evaluate the seismic response of soil structures using finite element procedures and incorporating a compliant base, center for geotechnical modeling department of civil and environmental engineering: davis, university of california, california. bell, m.l., r. lara and w.c. gray (1994): application of turning-ray tomography to the offshore mississippi delta, in 64th annual international meeting, society of exploration geophys., expanded abstracts, 15091512. bravo, m.a., f.j. sanchez-sesmaa and f.j. chavezgarcia (1988): ground motion on stratified alluvial deposits for incident sh waves, bull. seismol. soc. am., 78, 436-450. bruno, p.p.g., v. di fiore, a. rapolla and n. roberti (1999): influence of geometrical and geophysical parameters on the seismic site amplification factor, ejeeg, 4, 51-70. carrara, e., f.m. guadagno, a. rapolla, p. cristiano and n. roberti (1987): indagini sismiche a rifrazione nell’area flegrea per la determinazione dei parametri elastici dinamici dei principali litotipi superficiali, boll. soc. nat. napoli, 94, 29-39. cioni, r., r. santacroce and a. sbrana (1999): pyroclastic deposits as a guide for reconstructing the multi-stage evolution of the somma-vesuvius caldera, bull. volcanol., 60, 207-222. cole, p. and c. scarpati (1993): a facies interpretation of the eruption and emplacement mechanisms of the upper part of the neapolitan yellow tuff, campi flegrei, southern italy, bull. volcanol., 55 (5), 311-326. field, e.h. and scec phase iii working group (2000): accounting for site effect in probabilistic seismic hazard analysis of southern california: overview of the scec phase iii report, bssa, 90 (6b), s1-s31. fisher, r.v. (1966): mechanism of deposition from pyroclastic flows, am. j. sci., 264, 350-363. fisher, r.v. (1971): features of coarse-grained, highconcentration fluids and their deposits, j. sed. petrol., 41, 916-927. fisher, r.v. (1983): flow transformations in sediment gravity flows, geology, 11, 273-274. fisher, r.v. and h.u. smincke (1984): pyroclastic rocks 790 antonio rapolla, giovanni bais, pier paolo g. bruno and vincenzo di fiore (springer verlag, berlin), pp. 474. fishman, k.l. and s. ahmad (1995): seismic response for alluvial valleys subjected to sh, p and sv waves, soil dyn. earthquake eng., 14, 249-258. frasheri, a., p. nishani, l. kapllani, e. xinxo, b. çanga and f.d. hima (1999): seismic and geoelectric tomography surveys of dams in albania, the leading edge, 18 (12), 1384-1388 guadagno, f.m., a. rapolla, n.i. sheng-huoo and k.h.ii stokoe (1988): dynamic properties of pyroclastic soils of the phlaegraean fields, naples, italy in proceedings of the ix world conference on earthquake engineering, tokio-kyoto, japan, vol. iii, 35-40. hale, d., n.r. hill and j. stefani (1992): imaging salt with turning seismic waves, geophysics, 57, 1453-1462. idriss, i.m. and h.b. seed (1968): seismic response of horizontal layers in proceedings of asce, j. soil mech. found. div., 94, 1003-1031. idriss, i.m. and j. sun (1992): shake91: a computer program for conducting equivalent linear seismic response analyses of horizontally layered soil data. user’s manual, center for geotechnical modeling department of civil and environmental engineering: davis, university of california, california. kawase, h. (1988): time-domain response of a semi-circular canyon for incident sv, p, and rayleigh waves calculated by the discrete wavenumber boundary element method, bssa, 78, 1415-1437. langan, r.t., i. lerche and r.t. cutler (1984): tracing rays through an heterogeneous medium: an accurate and efficient procedure, geophysics, 50, 1456-1465. lee, v.w. (1990): on the scattering of plane sh waves by a semi-parabolic cylindrical canyons in an elastic halfspace, geophys. j., 100, 79-86. lee, v.w. and h. cao (1989a): diffraction of sv waves by circular cylindrical canyons of various depth, asce, engineering mechanics division, 115, 2035-2056. lee, v.w. and h. cao (1989b): scattering of plane sh waves by circular cylindrical canyons with variable depth-towidth ratios, eur. j. earthquake eng., 3, 29-37. lo, t. and p. inderwiesen (1994): fundamentals of seismic tomography, geophys. monogr. ser., soc. expl. geophys. (fiterman editor), pp. 178. marsden, d. (1993): static corrections − a review, part 2, the leading edge, 12 (2), 115-120. nicotera, p. and p. lucini (1967): la costituzione geologica del sottosuolo di napoli nei riguardi dei problemi tecnici, in agi, vii convegno di geotecnica, cagliari, 45-104. pellegrino, a. (1967): proprietà fisico-meccaniche dei terreni vulcanici del napoletano, in agi, vii convegno di geotecnica, cagliari, 113-148. rapolla, a. and r. mele (1996): geophysics and the safe city: microzonation of a territory and seismic site response, in the safe city, proceedings italian-japanese symposium on earthquake, eruption and civil defense, napoli messina (italy), edited by a. rapolla and a. nazzaro, 121-123. rassem, m., a.c. heidebrecht and a. ghobarah (1995): a simple engineering model for the seismic site response of alluvial valleys, soil dyn. earthquake eng., 14, 199-210. sherif, r.i. and v.w. lee (1996): diffraction around a circular alluvial valley in an elastic wedge-shaped medium due to plane sh waves, eur. earthquake eng., 3, 21-28. stefani, j.p. (1995): turning-ray tomography, geophysics, 63 (4), 1339-1347. stork, c. and e.w. clayton (1991): linear aspects of tomographic velocity analysis, geophysics, 56, 483-495. valentine, g.a. (1987): stratified flow in pyroclastic surges, bull. volcanol., 49, 616-630. vidale, j.e. and d.v. helmberger (1988): elastic finitedifference modeling of the 1971 san fernando, california earthquake, bssa, 78, 122-141. yilmaz, o. (1988): seismic data processing, society of exploration geophys. zhu,t., s. cheadle, a. petrella and s. gray (2000): firstarrival tomography: method and application, in 69th annual international meeting, society of exploration geophys., expanded abstracts. zhu, x. and g.a. mcmechan (1989): 2d tomographic imaging of velocities in the wichita uplift-anadarko basin region of southwestern oklahoma, bull. seismol. soc. am., 79, 873-887. recovering external contribution from the monthly mean series of a given geomagnetic observatory annals of geophysics, 59, 3, 2016, g0321; doi:10.4401/ag-6971 g0321 recovering external contribution from the monthly mean series of a given geomagnetic observatory bejo duka1,*, eni duka2, klaudio peqini1 1 university of tirana, faculty of natural sciences, department of physics, tirana, albania 2 university of zurich, department of informatics, zurich, switzerland abstract the differences between monthly mean values of the observed geomagnetic field and monthly values predicted by different models of the internal geomagnetic field (named “model biases”) for the time period 2000-2015 at several geomagnetic observatories are analyzed. we notice that increasing the maximum degree of the model is not always followed by the decrease of such “model bias”. the time series of these “model biases” reduced by their average resulted to be approximately the same for all models and should represent the external (non-modeled) contribution to the observed geomagnetic field. these time series for different observatories (close or away to each other) are compared and their power spectra are analyzed. such spectra have common features like the annual and semi-annual variation with some possible sporadic cases of seasonal variation. 1. introduction the magnetic field measured at any geomagnetic observatory is the result of several magnetic contributions generated by various sources. more than 90% of the measured field is of internal origin and is mostly generated in the earth’s outer fluid core. also, of internal origin is the magnetic field generated by the remanent magnetization of the crust and by the induced magnetization of the crust produced from the core and external fields. the known contributions of external origin are magnetospheric and ionospheric fields, fields of ring currents and aligned field currents. the global models of the geomagnetic field and its secular variation (sv), like igrf, wmm, emm, pomme, cm, gufm, mf, etc., are based on spherical harmonic analysis (sha). the magnetic field potential (w) is expressed as the sum of spherical harmonic functions. the internal sources contribution to the radial variation of these functions is quite different from the external sources contribution: respectively (a/r)l+1 and (r/a)l, where a is the reference radius of the earth, and l the spherical harmonic degree. the internal source magnetic field is presented by br, bi, b{ orthogonal components in the geocentric reference frame or x (north), y (east), z (downwards) as: using different data sets of ground or/and satellite measurements in disposal, different models define the gauss coefficients (gml ; h m l ) of spherical harmonic expansion up to a maximum number of degrees l and their time derivative up to a maximum number of degrees l’ < l. generally, the denser and numerous the data used by the model, the greater is the maximum degree of harmonics (l) and the shorter is the minimum wavelength of harmonics i.e. more detailed is the model description of the geomagnetic field, according to the formula [backus et al. 1996]: (2) the separation of internal contributions into the core and the crustal (actually lithospheric) origin is . cos sin cos cos sin cos sin cos sin cos b l r a g m h m p b r a gq m h m p b r a mgmg m mh m p 1 r m l l l l w l m l m l m l w m l l l l m l m l m l w m l l l l m l m l m 01 2 2 01 2 01 2 2 { { i { { i i { { i i = + + = + = + { i == + + == + == q r r r gq q q q q q l w l w v l w v v v v v v|| || || a l2.m r +q / .1 2+ v article history received january 22, 2016; accepted june 24, 2016. subject classification: geomagnetic field model, geomagnetic observatory, internal geomagnetic field, power spectrum, spherical harmonics. (1) based on the spherical harmonics spatial power spectrum [lowes 1974, langel and estes 1982]. it is known that the spherical harmonics up to maximum degree l = 13 represent the core field, while the spherical harmonics of degree greater than 13 represent the lithosphere field and there is an overlap of contributions in between 12 and 14 [cain et al. 1984]. in fact, lithosphere sources have some small contributions to the spherical harmonics of degrees < 13 and core sources have also some small contribution to the spherical harmonics of degrees > 13. some models aim to describe the earth’s magnetic field with high spatial and temporal resolution, for example chaos-5 model robustly determined spherical harmonics up to degree l = 90 for the lithosphere field, up to degree l = 20 for the core field and up to degree l’ = 16 for the time-varying core field [olsen et al. 2014]. temporal changes of the field of internal origin up to degree 16 are usually attributed to changes in the core field itself and temporal changes of the field of internal origin produced by the induced part of the lithosphere magnetization could dominate the core field signal beyond degree 22-24 [hulot et al. 2009]. the time-varying lithosphere field dominates and conceals the time-varying core field beyond that critical degree (22-24), just as the permanent lithosphere field dominates and conceals the permanent of the core field beyond degree 14 [hulot et al. 2009]. it is more difficult to separate the crustal contribution into parts coming from remanent magnetization and from induced magnetization. [lesur and gubbins 2000] developed a new method for such separation, but its application for several observatories was unsuccessful. the so named “crustal bias” [mandea and langlais 2002] in an observatory is estimated by comparing the magnetic components measured in the observatory with those predicted by a geomagnetic model truncated to its nuclear part (i.e., up to degree and order of 13). these models are based only on the satellite data sets [bloxham and gubbins 1986], where the crustal sources contributions are negligible, therefore the differences between observed values and model values are considered as the signature of the crustal field of induced or remanent magnetization origin. such “crustal biases” of annual means over 42 years period are well investigated [verbanac et al. 2007a] for 46 european geomagnetic observatories by using models based on magsat, ørsted, champ and sac-c satellites. also, the temporal evolution of the observatory monthly means (over 9 years period) “crustal biases” are analyzed by verbanac et al. [2015] using the g-field model [lesur et al. 2015]. even in this analysis, “crustal biases” are considered the differences of the magnetic components measured at the observatory with the values predicted by a model obtained from satellite data only. verbanac et al. [2007b] attempted to separate, interpret and explain the external field signals obtained by subtracting from the annual means the core field predicted by models truncated at the maximum degree 14. from the obtained external signal they removed magnetospheric contributions of the external field predicted by the pomme-2.5 model and a sq variation predicted by the cm4 model. averaging these residuals over representative european observatories, they found interesting results regarding the correlations of the residuals with external sources such as solar cycles. here we will study a kind of “bias”, which is estimated as the difference of the monthly mean values of the geomagnetic field components registered at a given observatory with the respective values predicted by the geomagnetic field models based on ground and satellite data. the models are truncated at different maximum degrees providing different “biases” that have mostly signatures of non-modeled local sources of the crust and of external sources. different models provide different “biases” (named “model bias”) at the same observatory. we will compare the results of three different models for different observatories that are geographically close to each other (wik: latitude 48.265°n, longitude 16.318°e, altitude 0.4 km; ngk: latitude 52.072°n, longitude 12.675°e, altitude 0.078 km; fur: latitude 48.17°n, longitude 11.28°e, altitude 0.572 km) and two other observatories located far away from them (her: latitude 34.43°s, longitude 19.23°e, altitude 0.026 m) (kak: 36.23°n, longitude 140.18°e, altitude 0.036 km). we expect that the difference (“model bias”) between the observed value and predicted value given by a model should decrease as the maximum degree of spherical harmonics of the model increases. but this does not happen always for all components at every place on earth, as it will be shown in section 2. the global geomagnetic models supply gauss coefficients and their secular variation for every 0.5 year, 1 year, 2.5 years, etc. then the geomagnetic field at a given time is calculated from such models by interpolating the gauss coefficient values in between time intervals, i.e. each model has limitations on time distinction. when the monthly values of the internal geomagnetic field are predicted by a model, the time distinction of one month is considered. on the other side, the monthly values series of observatories are calculated by averaging the observatory minute registrations for all days of a month. therefore the geomagnetic field variations with period less than a month (pulsations, quite daily variations sq, substorms/storms effects) duka et al. 2 3 are principally removed. by removing the averages of the differences between the predicted monthly series and the respective monthly mean of observed value series, we can recover the un-modeled external source contributions to the geomagnetic field at the given observatory (see section 3). in section 4, we will compare the time series of un-modeled external contributions for different observatories (ngk, fur, wik, kak, her) that are of the same length (2000-2015) and will try to find some common features from their spectral analysis (section 5). 2. differences of different degree models we considered three different models that have a large maximum degree: cm4 (l = 65)/cm5 (l = 85), pomme-9 (l = 133), emm2015 (l = 720). the comprehensive model, cm4 [sabaka et al. 2004], covers the whole time interval from 1960 to 2002. it has been derived from quiet-time pogo, magsat, ørsted and champ satellite data in combination with observatory hourly means. the internal field is expanded to different number of maximum degree of spherical harmonics up to 65, resolving magnetic anomalies down to 611 km. the model also calculates primary and induced magnetospheric field, primary and induced ionospheric field. it offers calculation of the geomagnetic field by two steps. in each step, the user inputs the first and second maximum number of degrees. using codes from (http:// core2.gsfc.nasa.gov/cm/codes.html), the monthly values series of core field (l = 14) and lithospheric field (with different values of maximum degree, from l =15 to l = 65) at different observatory locations are generated. the new generation of cm models, cm5 model [sabaka et al. 2015] used an extended data set and defined the gauss coefficients of the core field up to maximum degree of 20 for the period 2000-2015 and the gauss coefficients of the crust field up to maximum degree of 100. using cubic b-spline, the gauss coefficients of sv with 6 month knot spacing are saved. using matlab code from (http://www.spacecenter.dk/files/magnetic-models/ chaos-5), the monthly series (2000-2015) of core and lithospheric field are generated. pomme-9 (http://geomag.org/models/pomme9.html) is an internal field model representing the geomagnetic field in the region from the earth’s surface to an altitude of a couple of thousand kilometers [maus et al. 2004, 2006, 2010]. the time variations of the internal field are given by a piece-wise linear representation of the spherical harmonic (gauss) coefficients of the magnetic potential. pomme-9 was produced from champ satellite vector magnetic measurements from july 2000 up to september 2010, ørsted satellite total field measurements from january 2010 to june 2014 and swarm satellite vector magnetic measurements from december 2013 to january 2015. it has the same parameterization of the magnetospheric field as pomme-6, pomme-7 and pomme-8. pomme-9 extends the maximum degree of spherical harmonics to 133, resolving magnetic anomalies down to 300 km. the gauss coefficients of every year (from 2000 to 2015) are embedded into the header (.h) files for the core and crust field. the program calculates the core geomagnetic field every day from the starting year 2000, while the crust field coefficients are static from degree 16 to 133. enhanced magnetic model (emm2015) based on the ellipsoidal harmonic representation of earth’s lithospheric magnetic field [maus 2010] represents the main field with maximum degree l =15 and the lithospheric field up to l = 720. it was compiled using a vast amount of data from satellite, marine, aeromagnetic and ground magnetic surveys. it also includes data from the european space agency’s swarm satellite mission. this model (https://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/geomag/emm/emm surveysph.shtml) covers the 2010-2020 period resolving magnetic anomalies down to 56 km. non-modeled external contribution figure 1. comparison of short monthly series of geomagnetic field observed at ngk observatory and predicted by different models (cm4, cm5, pomme-9, emm2015). we tried to find a common time interval for all considered models. all considered models have a short common time interval 2000-2002. we firstly compare the monthly mean series of the ngk geomagnetic observatory with respective monthly values series predicted by these models for that short time period (figure 1). one can see that series predicted by cm4, cm5, emm2015 represent a smooth variation, while the series predicted by pomme-9 model have some irregular variations much like the series of observations. even the monthly values series received by averaging the daily values series generated by pomme-9 show the same behavior. it seems that this model fits better to the observed monthly values series than other models. the cm5 model represents a greater baseline jumps from the observed monthly values series. in figure 2, the “model biases” are presented, i.e. the differences of monthly means of x, y, z components observed at niemegk observatory (ngk) during the common time interval 2000-2015 with respective values predicted by: a) emm2015 model of maximum degree of 720 (dashed line), b) pomme-9 model of maximum degree of 133 (solid line) and c) cm5 model of maximum degree of 85 (dotted line). comparing the results of different models, one can see that for the x component, the pomme-9 model fits the observations better (see also table 1, where the values of averaged “bias” and their errors for different models and different maximum degree are presented). while for the y and z components the emm2015 model (respective averaged “bias”: −1.9 nt and −7.2 nt) fits better with the observations than the pomme-9 model (respective averaged “bias”: 4.9 nt and −56.1 nt). the cm5 model fits the observations worse than the two other models for all three components. it seems that cm5 model gives worse results than cm4 model. see for example figure 4, where the results of cm5 at wik observatory are presented, and table 2, where the averaged “biases” of cm4 model at ngk for a long period (1960-2002) are presented. the same comparison for two observatories, furstenfeldbruck (fur) and wien kobenzl (wik) observatories are presented respectively in figure 3 and figure 4. as it is seen in these figures, the pomme-9 and emm2015 models fit the observed data better than cm5 model. also all models provide the same time variations. in order to study the impact of the maximum degree number of the model on the fitting quality between duka et al. 4 figure 2. differences between monthly mean values observed at niemegk observatory and respective values predicted by emm2015 model (dashed line), pomme-9 model (solid line) and cm5 model (dotted line). ngk 2000-2015 emm2015 model averaged “bias” (in nt) pomme-9 model averaged “bias” (in nt) cm5 model averaged “bias” (in nt) l = 720 l = 520 l = 320 l = 120 l = 133 l = 95 l = 65 l = 45 l = 100 l = 85 l = 60 l = 40 x -24.5± 0.6 -21.7±0.6 -20.5±0.6 -3.6±0.6 1.5±0.7 -20.2±0.7 -43.5±0.7 -43.8±0.7 -24.5±0.6 -21.7±0.6 -20.5±0.6 -3.6±0.6 y -1.9±0.2 12.1±0.2 5.6±0.2 28.1±0.2 4.9±0.3 25.9±0.3 4.0±0.3 -3.5±0.3 -1.9±0.2 12.1±0.2 5.6±0.2 28.1±0.2 z -7.2±0.5 17.2±0.5 7.1±0.5 -32.9±0.5 -56.1±0.6 -34.9±0.6 1.4±0.6 -33.8±0.6 -7.2±0.5 17.3±0.5 7.1±0.5 -32.9±0.5 table 1. averaged “bias” of different models at ngk observatory (2000-2015 period). 5 the observed and predicted series, the monthly values series are generated by emm2015, pomme-9, cm4 and cm5 models with different numbers of maximum degrees at different observatories. some results are presented in the plots of figures 5, 6, 7, and in table 1. in figure 5, one can see that decreasing the maximum number of degrees from l = 133 to l = 95, or l = 65 for the pomme-9 model worsened the fitting quality for x component, but not for z component. in figure 6 (emm2015 model), one can see that changing the maximum number of degrees from 720 to 520 gives better fitting for the x component (see also table 1), while for y and z components the fitting quality is poorer. when the maximum number of degrees is decreased to 120 we see the fitting is worsening for all components. in figure 7 (cm5 model), one can see that fitting behaves differently for different components when the maximum number of degrees (l) is changed. the difference series of y component is always decreased when l is changed from 100 to 40, while difference series of non-modeled external contribution ngk 1960-2002 cm4 model averaged “bias” (in nt) l = 65 l = 45 l = 35 l = 25 x -62.25 ± 0.43 -58.83 ± 0.43 -64.1 ± 0.43 -50.6 ± 0.43 y 17.1 ± 0.15 4.84 ± 0.15 -8.75 ± 0.15 1.53 ± 0.15 z 8.57 ± 0.25 -16.7 ± 0.25 -36.55 ± 0.25 -54.9 ± 0.25 figure 3. differences between monthly mean values observed at fur observatory and respective values predicted by emm2015 model (dashed line), pomme-9 model (solid line) and cm5 model (dotted line). table 2. averaged “bias” of cm4 model at ngk observatory (19602002 period). figure 4. differences between monthly mean values observed at wik observatory and respective values predicted by emm2015 model (dashed line), pomme-9 model (solid line) and cm5 model (dotted line). duka et al. 6 figure 5. x, y, z component differences between monthly mean values at ngk observatory and respective values predicted by pomme-9 model with maximum degrees l: a) 133 (dash-dotted line), b) 95 (solid line), c) 65 (dotted line), d) 45 (dashed line). figure 6. x, y, z component differences between monthly mean values at ngk observatory and respective values predicted by emm2015 model with maximum degrees l: a) 720 (dash-dotted line), b) 520 (solid line), c) 320 (dotted line), d) 120 (dashed line). figure 7. x, y, z component differences between monthly mean values at ngk observatory and respective values predicted by cm5 model with maximum degrees l: a) 100 (dash-dotted line), b) 85 (solid line), c) 60 (dotted line), d) 40 (dashed line). 7 x and z components are considerable increased when l changes from 100 to 85 then shift a little when l changes from 85 to 60 and from 60 to 40. regarding the cm4 model, as its validity period is 1960-2002 we have applied this model for the period 1987-2002 to wik observatory and for the period 19602002 to ngk observatory. as can be seen in figure 8 and in table 2, there is a tendency of decreasing of the average “bias” by increasing of the maximum number of degrees from 25 to 65 for the z component at ngk observatory, that is not so clear for x and y components almost the same happened for wik observatory (the results are not shown here). 3. recovering external contribution we have considered the averaged “biases” as contributions of the crustal sources: remanent magnetization and induced magnetization from the internal sources that are not modeled by the given model. therefore, the residuals of subtracting such average from the model “bias” should represent the contribution of non modeled external sources at a given place (observatory). the time series of differences between the geomagnetic field values observed at an observatory (that are the superposition of magnetic fields from internal and external sources) and respective values predicted by a model of the internal geomagnetic field, are: where i = 1, 2 …n indexes the series of months, k indexes the different models. the averages of these series are: where the first term is the averaged of the internal part not modeled by the k-th model and the second one is the average of external contribution to the observations. subtracting these averages from the series of differences dxi, we have: considering the un-modeled part of internal contribution is almost unchanging during the considered time interval (16 years), then: and these series of residuals do not depend on the kindex, i.e. the series are principally the same for all models and should represent the non-constant external contribution to the given observatory. these series are calculated as residuals of average subtraction from differences between monthly mean values and respective values predicted by different models. these series for three different models emm2015 (l = 720), pomme-9 (l = 133) and cm5 (l = 85), at ngk observatory are plotted in figure 9. the graphs are almost the same for all models and they coincide for each component x, y, z. that means such series have the time variation contributions of the external sources at the ngk observatory for the period 2000. int int int x xd averagage k x x exext x x x exext ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) mod mod mod mod i k i k i obs i obs i k un k obs dl xd = + -= + + dl r rq q q q q qv v v v v v int int intx x x( ) ( )mod modi obs i k un k, + rq q qv v v .x x exext x exext( )modi k i obs obsd = -l rq qv v ,v int int int x n x exext n x x exext averaragage k n x 1 1 1 ( ) ( )mod mod i obs i obs i i k i obs i un k = + = +r r q q q q q q v v v v v ,v | | | ,vint int intxd x x x x xexext ( ) ( ) ( ) mod mod mod i k i obs i k i obs i obs i k xd = = = + -q q q qv v v ,v non-modeled external contribution figure 8. x, y, z component differences between monthly mean values at ngk observatory and respective values predicted by cm4 model with maximum degrees l: a) 65 (solid line), b) 45 (dashed line), c) 35 (dash-dotted line), d) 25 (dotted line). (2) (3) 2015. while the averages x– obs(ext) provide the averaged “bias” at ngk observatory that is not modeled by the given model. their values are presented in table 1. the same calculations are carried out for different observatories. when plotted for the same observatory, the series of residuals calculated by different models should collapse together. here we present the results for fur nearby ngk observatory (see figure 10) and two other observatories far away from ngk: her (see figure 11) and kak (see figure 12). in all figures one can see that after removing the averages, the “model bias” is the same for all models. again, we noticed that averaged “bias” (non modeled static contribution) for cm5 model is greater than for other models (see table 3, where the averaged “bias” for different models and different components are presented). 4. comparison of external contributions from different geomagnetic observatories plotting the external contributions, calculated as described in section 3, at three nearby observatories ngk, fur, and wik, one can see (figure 13) that the external contributions in these observatories are almost the same. this can be seen in all components. the external contribution to the eastward component (y), which is supposed to be the least affected by the external fields [mandea et al. 2010], looks like noise. in figure 14, the external contributions at three observatories (ngk, kak and her), located far away each other, are plotted. it can be seen that the differences between such contributions, at the three observatories that are more than 100° in latitude or longitude apart, are small ones, especially for the x component. duka et al. 8 figure 9. the external contribution to the ngk observatory, calculated as shown in the text for three models: pomme-9 (solid line), emm2015 (dashed line) and cm5 (dotted line). figure 10. the external contribution to the fur observatory, calculated as shown in the text for three models: pomme-9 (solid line), emm2015 (dashed line) and cm5 (dotted line). 9 while the time series for the z components are similar, but the series of north observatories (ngk, kak) are inverted in phase from the series of the south observatory (her). this reflects the sign change of the z component from north to south hemisphere. regarding the y component, one can notice the expressed noise-like character of these series and the phase inversion can be noticed more between eastern observatories (kak) and less eastern observatories (ngk and her). 5. spectral analyses of the external contribution the external contributions to the monthly mean series of the geomagnetic field observed at different observatories should contain signatures from the same external sources. in order to investigate any common contributors in the series plotted in figures 9 to 14, we have applied the same spectral analysis method (fft) on all of these series. the frequency contents (until the nyquist frequency) of power spectrum of non-modeled external contribution observatory 2000-2015 pomme-9 model averaged “bias” (in nt) emm2015 model averaged “bias” (in nt) cm5 model averaged “bias” (in nt) x y z x y z x y z her -15.67±0.76 -8.58±0.35 -34.68±0.37 -19.51±0.77 -18.23±0.33 -24.97±0.35 83.75±0.80 31.78±0.22 -42.29±0.33 kak 16.9±0.85 9.81±0.27 -79.01±0.31 -1.81±0.87 -1.24±0.14 -44.52±0.27 300.67±0.86 37.68±0.18 -503.78±0.33 table 3. averaged “bias” at her and kak observatories. figure 11. the external contribution to the her observatory, calculated as shown in the text for three models: pomme-9 (solid line), emm2015 (dashed line) and cm5 (dotted line). figure 12. the external contribution to the kak observatory, calculated as shown in the text for three models: pomme-9 (solid line), emm2015 (dashed line) and cm5 (dotted line). these time series (16 years long) with 1 month time sampling are shown in figures 15, 16 and 17, respectively: figure 15 for pomme-9 model, figure 16 for emm2015 model and figure 17 for cm5 model. the resolution of these power spectra, i.e. the ability to discriminate the smaller spectral frequency feature of the signal, is about 0.0052 month-1. in these plots, one can see several peaks that are common for all series, lightly shifted for different components, different observatories and different models. the first one being in the frequency interval 0.0039 ÷ 0.0055 month-1 (period interval 21.37 ÷ 15.15 years), should belong to the time series length (16 years). the second peak is in frequency interval 0.02 ÷ 0.025 month-1 (period interval 4.16 ÷ 3.2 years) and the third one is in the frequency interval 0.049 ÷ 0.051 month-1 (period interval 1.7 ÷ 1.6 years). these two last peaks are not so clear. however there are two distinct and clear peaks in the intervals: 0.082 ÷ 0.086 month-1 (period interval 1.01 ÷ 0.97 years) and 0.165 ÷ 0.168 month-1 (period interval 6.06 ÷ 5.96 months). the amplitudes of these peaks are different for different components and different observatories. in case of pomme-9 model, the greatest peak is reached at kak observatory for x and y components and at ngk observatory for the z component at the first frequency and the feeble maximum is reached at her observatory for the z component. the reason is that the absolute values of x and y components at kak observatory are greater than those at other observatories. it can be noticed that the frequency content of the y component for the pomme-9 model (only for this model) represents a series of small peaks that correspond to the frequencies: 0.3555 month-1 (period 2.82 months); duka et al. 10 figure 13. the external contribution (by pomme-9 model) to: a) ngk observatory (solid line), b) fur observatory (dashed line), c) wik observatory (dotted line). figure 14. the external contribution (by pomme-9 model) to: a) ngk observatory (solid line), b) her observatory (dashed line), c) kak observatory (dotted line). 11 non-modeled external contribution figure 15. power spectrum of x. y, z components of external contribution (pomme-9 model) at different observatories: ngk (dotted line), fur (dashed line), kak (dash-dotted line) and her (solid line). figure 16. power spectrum of x, y, z components of external contribution (emm model) at different observatories: ngk (dotted line), fur (dashed line) kak (dash-dotted line) and her (solid line). figure 17. power spectrum of x, y, z components of external contribution (cm5 model) at different observatories: ngk (dotted line), fur (dashed line) kak (dash-dotted line) and her (solid line). 0.4375 month-1 (period 2.3 months); 0.4766 month-1 (period 2 months). maybe these frequencies can indicate some external contributions with seasonal origin. we think that such distinction of the y component of pomme-9 model can be explained by the way the time series of this model is generated. the model is more accurate if the present state of the magnetosphere is provided as an input in the form of magnetic indices [lühr and maus 2010]. unfortunately, these indices are presently not available in real-time, so during real-time evaluation of the model we have to set these indices to zero. then the time series (especially of y component) of this model should bear some additional magnetosphere contribution. similar results are found in the cases of the emm2015 and cm5 models. the most visible peaks are located in the following frequency intervals: 0.0039 ÷ 0.0059 month-1 (period 21.37 ÷ 14.12 years), 0.0215 ÷ 0.0234 month-1 (period 3.88 ÷ 3.56 years), 0.0332 ÷ 0.0352 month-1 (2.51 ÷ 2.37 years), 0.0488 ÷ 0.0508 month-1 (1.71 ÷ 1.64 years), 0.0820 ÷ 0.0840 month-1 (1.02 ÷ 0.99 years) and 0.1602 ÷ 0.1621 month-1 (6.24 ÷ 6.17 months) for the x component; 0.0039 ÷ 0.0059 month-1 (21.37 ÷ 14.12 years), 0.0332 ÷ 0.0352 month-1 (2.51 ÷ 2.37 years), 0.0488÷ 0.0508 month-1 (1.71 ÷ 1.64 years), 0.0781 ÷ 0.0801 month-1 (1.07 ÷ 1.04 years) and 0.1602 ÷ 0.1621 month-1 (6.24 ÷ 6.17 months) for the y component; 0.0039 ÷ 0.0059 month-1 (period 21.37 ÷ 14.12 years), 0.0215 ÷ 0.0234 month-1 (period 3.88 ÷ 3.56 years) and 0.0820 ÷ 0.0840 month-1 (1.02 ÷ 0.99 years) for the z component (figures 16, 17). interestingly none of the contributions with seasonal origin are visible in the power spectrum of the y component in both emm2015 and cm5 models. however the y component in the case of the cm5 model has a spiky power spectrum, especially in the high frequency part, although there are not any distinguishable peaks. this fact indicates the contributions from external sources of different time scales. a major problem in the spectra of finite length time series is that they suffer from “spectral leakage”. while the infinite-length signal has its power concentrated exactly at the discrete frequencies, the truncated signal has a continuum of power “leaked” around these discrete frequencies. this “spectral leakage” is more evident when data series are short as our monthly time series are (192 month long). thompson’s multitaper method (mtm) provides an improved psd estimate [thomson 1982] by using a bank of optimal bandpass filters. these optimal filters, i.e. with minimal leakage, are derived from a set of sequences known as discrete prolate spheroidal sequences (dpsss, also known as slepian sequences) [percival et al. 1993]. another problem when working with truncated time series is variance. it is shown that while reducing spectral leakage one can increase variance and viceversa. thus an important issue is the appropriate choice of parameters so that a trade-off between spectral leakage and variance is achieved [percival et al. 1993]. wardinski and mandea [2006] used this method in order to investigate the geographic dependence of the annual and semi-annual variations. they use the notation of previous workers, defining k, the number of slepian tapers, and p which is basically the number of points in the bandwidth w of the time series in the frequency domain. the relation between the two parameters is k = 2p − 1. it is proven that only 2p − 1 tapers are good enough for reducing spectral leakage, while averaging their results [percival et al. 1993] also helps reducing variance. for further details we refer the reader to formulas (1)-(3) of wardinski and mandea [2006]. the mtm method with parameters described above is provided by “pmtm” matlab function. for large values of time series length n, one can construct the sequence of slepian tapers for all the values of p usually used (1, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4). in our case (n = 192), we have used p = 3.5, that means k = 6. so we use 6 slepian tapers which is considered accurate enough for short time series like what we use in this study [park et al. 1987]. apart from the power spectrum density function of frequency: psd ( f ), the “pmtm” matlab function calculates the confidence interval. according to our calculations, for a 95% confidence level, the true spectral density function lies within the interval from 0.52 to 2.3 of calculated psd ( f ) function. decreasing the confidence level one can reduce this interval, but the form of psd ( f ) function does not change. we present here the results for the time series of three different observatories (pomme-9 model; see figure 18). similar plots are obtained for emm and cm5 models that are not shown here. beside the greatest peak corresponding to the series length (192 months), there are two clear and wide peaks centered in the frequencies: 0.08 and 0.16 month-1 corresponding to annual (12.5 months) and semiannual (6.25 months) variations. in case of the y component psd (only for pomme-9 model) there appear to be three peaks centered in the frequencies: 0.36, 0. 44 and 0.48 month-1, corresponding respectively to the periods: 2.78, 2.27 and 2.08 months. 6. conclusions different models of the geomagnetic field of internal origin use different maximum degrees of the spherical harmonic expansion of the geomagnetic field components. comparing the differences between monthly mean values of the geomagnetic field at a given place on duka et al. 12 13 the earth and the respective values predicted by different models, we noticed that these differences have almost the same time dependency for the period considered (20002015). these time dependencies are shifted from each other and this shift can be removed by subtracting from these differences their averages. the resulting residuals representing the external contributions for the different models (emm2015, pomme-9, cm5) at different observatories (wik, ngk, kak, her) show some common features. they are almost in the same amplitude at all observatories (order of 20 nt for the x and z components, order of 5 nt for the y component) are almost the same at the nearly observatories (ngk, fur, wik). in particular the x component varies almost the same in all observatories. the time series of the z component at observatories located in different hemispheres show inversion of the phase differences, whilst the time series of the y component show much more noisy-like behavior. the spectral analyses of these time series for different models, different observatories and different components evidenced some common frequency contents, with maximum of power spectrum for periods of 16 years, 1 year, and 0.5 year. these latest variations show the presence of an annual non-ionospheric and a seasonal modulation of sq [wardinski and mandea 2006]. by varying the maximum degree for a given model of the internal field, the changes on the predictions at given place are seen. we noticed that increasing the maximum degree of the model does not go along with the best fitting of predicted values to the observed values of any geomagnetic field component at any place, i.e. the un-modeled internal or external contributions are not always decreased by increasing the maximum degree. however, we noticed that the shape of the plotted time series is not affected by the change of maximum degree as it is always shifted a little bit up or down according to the considered component, model and maximum degree. by removing this shift, we can easily detect the external contribution in a given place that is not modeled by the models of internal field with different maximum degree. it is easy to notice that the time dependence is practically the same for all series. we have not studied the correlation of these unmodeled external signals with dst-index or for other indices, such as f10.7, suggested by wardinski and holme [2011], that would help in specifying their external sources. removal of these signals enhances the resolution of fine-scale detail in secular variation; this is useful in considering the phenomenology of geomagnetic jerks [wardinski and holme 2011]. acknowledgements. the results presented in this paper rely on the data collected at magnetic observatories: koblenz (wik) austria, niemegk (ngk) and furstenfeldbruck germany, kakioka (kak) japan and hermanus (her) south africa. we thank: zentralanstalt für meteorologie und geodynamik (vienna) for supplying data to us, the national institutes that supported ngk, kak and her observatories and intermagnet for promoting high standards of magnetic observatory practice (www.intermagnet.org). references backus, g., r.l. parker and c. constable (1996). foundations of geomagnetism, cambridge university press, cambridge, uk. bloxham, j., and d. gubbins (1986). geomagnetic field analysis-iv. testing the frozen-flux hypothesis, geophys. j. r. astr. soc., 84, 139-152; doi:10.1111/j.1365246x.1986.tb04349.x. cain, j., d.r. schmitz and l. muth (1984). small-scale features in the earth’s magnetic field observed by magsat, j. geophys. res., 89 (b2), 1070-1076. hulot, g., n. olsen, e. thebault and k. hemant (2009). non-modeled external contribution figure 18. power spectrum density (psd in nt2/frequency units) calculated by pmtm method for external contributions series of pomme9 model at different observatories: ngk (solid line), fur (dashed line), her (dotted line), kak (dash-dotted line). crustal concealing of small-scale core-field secular variation, geophys. j. int., 177, 361-366; doi:10.1111/ j.1365-246x.2009.04119.x. langel, r.a., and r.h. estes (1982). a geomagnetic field spectrum, geophys. res. lett., 9 (4), 250-253; doi:10.1029/gl009i004p00250. lesur, v., and d. gubbins (2000). using geomagnetic secular variation to separate remanent and induced sources of the crustal magnetic field, geophys. j. int., 142, 889-897. lesur, v., k. whaler and i. wardinski (2015). are geomagnetic data consistent with stably stratified flow at the core-mantle boundary?, geophys. j. int., 201 (2), 929-946; http://doi.org/10.1093/gji/ggv031. lowes, f.j. (1974). spatial power spectrum of the main geomagnetic field, and extrapolation to the core, geophys. j. r. astr. soc., 36, 717-730. lühr, h., and s. maus (2010). solar cycle dependence of quiet-time magnetospheric currents and a model of their near-earth magnetic fields, earth planets space, 62 (10), 843-848. mandea, m., and b. langlais (2002). observatory crustal magnetic biases during magsat and ørsted satellite missions, geophys. res. lett., 29 (15), ors 4-1 ors 4-4; doi:10.1029/2001gl013693. mandea, m., r. holme, a. pais, k. pinheiro, a. jackson and g. verbanac (2010). geomagnetic jerks: rapid core field variations and core dynamics, space sci. rev., 155, 147-175. maus, s., h. lühr, g. balasis, m. rother and m. mandea (2004). introducing pomme, potsdam magnetic model of the earth; http://www.geomag.us/ info/smaus/doc/champ-2-pomme.pdf. maus, s., m. rother, c. stolle, w. mai, s.-c. choi, h. lühr, d. cooke and c. roth (2006). third generation of the potsdam magnetic model of the earth (pomme), geochem. geophys. geosyst., 7, q07008; doi:10.1029gc001269. maus, s. (2010). an ellipsoidal harmonic representation of earth’s lithospheric magnetic field to degree and order 720, geochem. geophys. geosyst., 11, q06015; doi:10.1029/2010gc003026. maus, s., c. manoj, j. rauberg, i. michaelis and h. lühr (2010). noaa/ngdc candidate models for the 11th generation international geomagnetic reference field and the concurrent release of the 6th generation pomme magnetic model, earth planets space, 62 (10), 729-735; doi:10.5047/eps.2010.07.006. olsen, n., l. hermann, c.c. finlay, t.j. sabaka, i. michaelis, j. rauberg and l. tøffner-clausen (2014). the chaos-4 geomagnetic field model, geophys. j. int., 197, 815-827. park, j., c.r. lindberg and f.l. vernon (1987). multitaper spectral analysis of high-frequency seismograms, j. geophys. res., 92, 12675-12684. percival, d.b., and a.t. walden (1993). spectral analysis for physical applications. multi-taper and conventional univariate techniques, cambridge university press, cambridge, uk. sabaka, t.j., n. olsen and m. purucker (2004). extending comprehensive models of the earth’s magnetic field with ørsted and champ data, geophys. j. int., 159 (2), 521-547. sabaka, t.j., n. olsen, h.t. robert and a. kuvshinov (2015). cm5, a pre-swarm comprehensive geomagnetic field model derived from over 12 yr of champ, ørsted, sac-c and observatory data, geophys. j. int., 200 (3), 1596-1626. thomson, j.d. (1982). spectrum estimation and harmonic analysis, ieee proc., 70 (9), 1055-1096. verbanac, g., m. korte and m. mandea (2007a). on long-term trends in european geomagnetic observatory biases, earth planets space, 59, 685-695. verbanac, g., h. lühr, m. rother, m. korte and m. mandea (2007b). contributions of the external field to the observatory annual means and a proposal for their corrections, earth planets space, 59, 251-257. verbanac, g., m. mandea, m. bandi and s. subaši (2015). magnetic observatories: biases over champ satellite mission, solid earth, 6, 775-781; doi:10.519 4/se-6-775-2015. wardinski, i., and m. mandea (2006). annual and semiannual variations of the geomagnetic field components analysed by the multi-taper method, earth planets space, 58, 785-791. wardinski, i., and r. holme (2011). signal from noise in geomagnetic field modelling: denoising data for secular variation studies, geophys. j. int., 185, 653-662; doi:10.1111/j.1365-246x.2011.04988.x. * corresponding author: bejo duka, university of tirana, faculty of natural sciences, department of physics, tirana, albania; email: bejo.duka@fshn.edu.al. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. duka et al. 14 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice ag.58.01.15_cover+front+index+preface_layout 6 [special issue_58_01_2015] earthquake model central asia: seismic hazard and risk assessment in central asia. edited by stefano parolai, jochen zschau, ulugbek begaliev. annals of geophysics [special issue_58_1_2015] earthquake model central asia: seismic hazard and risk assessment in central asia preface stefano parolai, jochen zschau, ulugbek begaliev s0101 articles central asia earthquake catalogue from ancient time to 2009 natalya n. mikhailova, aidyn s. mukambayev, irina l. aristova, galina kulikova, shahid ullah, marco pilz, dino bindi s0102 probabilistic seismic hazard assessment for central asia shahid ullah, dino bindi, marco pilz, laurentiu danciu, graeme weatherill, elisa zuccolo, anatoly ischuk, natalya n. mikhailova, kanat abdrakhmatov, stefano parolai s0103 an overview on the seismic microzonation and site effect studies in central asia marco pilz, tanatkan abakanov, kanatbek abdrakhmatov, dino bindi, tobias boxberger, bolot moldobekov, sagynbek orunbaev, natalya silacheva, shahid ullah, sheyshenaly usupaev, pulat yasunov, stefano parolai s0104 probabilistic seismic hazard assessment of bishkek, kyrgyzstan, considering empirically estimated site effects shahid ullah, dino bindi, marco pilz, stefano parolai s0105 towards a cross-border exposure model for the earthquake model central asia marc wieland, massimiliano pittore, stefano parolai, ulugbek begaliev, pulat yasunov, jafar niyazov, sergey tyagunov, bolot moldobekov, saidislom saidiy, indalip ilyasov, tanatkan abakanov s0106 focus maps: a means of prioritizing data collection for efficient geo-risk assessment massimiliano pittore s0107 a summary of hazard datasets and guidelines supported by the global earthquake model during the first implementation phase marco pagani, julio garcia, damiano monelli, graeme weatherill, anselm smolka s0108 global seismic hazard assessment program gshap legacy laurentiu danciu, domenico giardini s0109 building monitoring in bishkek and dushanbe by the use of ambient vibration analysis bojana petrovic, dino bindi, marco pilz, matteo serio, sagynbek orunbaev, jafar niyazov, farhod hakimov, pulat yasunov, ulugbek t. begaliev, stefano parolai s0110 toward a cross-border early-warning system for central asia jacek stankiewicz, dino bindi, adrien oth, stefano parolai s0111 on-site early-warning system for bishkek (kyrgyzstan) dino bindi, tobias boxberger, sagynbek orunbaev, marco pilz, jacek stankiewicz, massimiliano pittore, iunio iervolino, enrico ellguth, stefano parolai s0112 the contribution of emca to landslide susceptibility mapping in central asia annamaria saponaro, marco pilz, dino bindi, stefano parolai s0113 annals of geophysics annals of geophysics preface earthquake model central asia: seismic hazard and risk assessment in central asia central asia is one of the regions of the world with the highest seismic hazard. a number of large events have occurred in this region between the end of the 19th and the beginning of the 20th century, when urbanization was still limited. however, the recent increase in population and, in particular, the expansion of urban areas after the collapse of the soviet union has greatly increased the seismic risk of central asian countries. within the framework of the earthquake model central asia (emca), the regional partnership of the global earthquake model (gem) for central asia, new probabilistic seismic hazard models have been recently derived, along with site effects studies in several cities, and new models for exposure and vulnerability generated based on newly acquired data sets. this volume consist of 12 papers providing both an overview of the activities undertaken and a general description of the main results of the first phase of the emca initiative and of other projects that directly benefited from their cooperation with emca. mikhailova et al. presents the earthquake catalog compiled for the emca project, consisting of 33,620 historical and instrumental events, where the main sources and procedures used to compile the catalogue are discussed. ullah et al. (a) show the area source and the different approaches used for the probabilistic seismic hazard assessment (psha) for central asia, providing a comprehensive comparison of the results obtained by different methods. pilz et al. provide an overview of the experiments carried out for the assessment of site effects in several urban areas in central asia, while ullah et al. (b) presents a first attempt to take them into account for the psha of bishkek, where the importance of site effects in modifying the ground motion is highlighted. wieland et al. provide insights into the development of the first harmonized exposure model for central asia. this model combines commonly used data sources and acquisition techniques with novel rapid assessment approaches (e.g., satellite remote sensing and omnidirectional imaging). pittore introduces the concept of focus maps, and illustrates its application in central asia for an efficient georisk assessment. in the paper of pagani et al., a description of the main outcomes of the gem global initiatives (e.g., global instrumental catalogue, global database of active faults) is provided and some of their initial applications illustrated. danciu and giardini, present a short retrospective overview of the achievements as well as the pitfalls of the gshap. also, they focus their attention to the next generation of seismic hazard models, as elaborated within the global earthquake model regional programs and partnerships: the 2013 european seismic hazard model, the 2014 earthquake model for the middle east, and the 2015 earthquake model for central asia. petrovic et al. report on the results from experiments aiming at assessing the dynamic characteristics of buildings in central asia, while stankiewicz et al. and bindi et al. show how the data collected can be useful for developing regional and on site earthquake early warning (eew)/rapid response systems, allowing real time risk assessment. finally, the paper of saponaro et al. presents results dealing with earthquake-triggered landslide susceptibility for the whole central asian region. the editors are thankful to g. ameri, o. ozel, d. di giacomo, c. geiss, m. garcia-fernandez, d. ehrlich, r. ditommaso, c. milkereit and o. polat who reviewed the submitted manuscripts. stefano parolai jochen zschau ulugbek begaliev helmholtz center potsdam helmholtz center potsdam international university german research center german research center of innovation technologies, for geosciences, for geosciences, bishkek, kyrgyzstan potsdam, germany potsdam, germany annals of geophysics, 58, 1, 2015, s0101; doi:10.4401/ag-6784. © 2015 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice vol. 48, 01, 05ok.qxd 9 annals of geophysics, vol. 48, n. 1, february 2005 key words heat flow – helium isotope ratio – geothermal energy – mass transfer 1. heat flow-age dependence a long time ago, regional research showed that the background (regionally averaged) values of conductive heat flow density, q, are inversely correlated with the age, t, of tectono-magmatic activity in both continental and oceanic crust (polyak and smirnov, 1966, 1968; hamza and verma, 1969; sclater and francheteau, 1970). this «heat flow-age dependence» was repeatedly checked, confirmed and refined (cermak, 1976; chapman and pollack, 1976; kutas et al., 1976; chapman and furlong, 1977; vitorello and pollack, 1980; etc.). some of the q versus t plots are shown in fig. 1a-d. the accumulation of the data resulted in the growing scatter of the observable q-values, i.e. the values measured at different sites or in different depth intervals. this scatter came to shade a general trend, so that some researchers began to think that this trend was «a fantasy» (rao et al., 1982). this assumption was wrong as already shown by sclater et al. (1980, 1981), who emphasised the difficulties in the geological dating of q-values (fig. 1c). the scatter of the individual q-values observed in the continental tectonic units of the same age results from many reasons. some of them are the factors disturbing the conductive heat flow distribution near the earth’s surface. these disturbing factors are the following: i) the topography of this surface and the contrasts in thermal conductivity of rocks (thermal remailing address: dr. boris g. polyak, geological institute, russian academy of sciences, pyzhevskii per. 7, 119017 moscow, russia; e-mail: polyak@ginras.ru heat and mass transfer from the mantle: heat flow and he-isotope constraints boris g. polyak geological institute, russian academy of sciences, moscow, russia abstract terrestrial heat flow density, q, is inversely correlated with the age, t, of tectono-magmatic activity in the earth’s crust (polyak and smirnov, 1966; etc.). «heat flow-age dependence» indicates unknown temporal heat sources in the interior considered a priori as the mantle-derived diapirs. the validity of this hypothesis is demonstrated by studying the helium isotope ratio, 3he/4he = r, in subsurface fluids. this study discovered the positive correlation between the regionally averaged (background) estimations of rand q-values (polyak et al., 1979a). such a correlation manifests itself in both pan-regional scales (norhtern eurasia) and separate regions, e.g., japan (sano et al., 1982), eger graben (polyak et al., 1985) eastern china rifts (du, 1992), southern italy (italiano et al., 2000), and elsewhere. the r-q relation indicates a coupled heat and mass transfer from the mantle into the crust. from considerations of heat-mass budget this transfer can be provided by the flux consisting of silicate matter rather than he or other volatiles. this conclusion is confirmed by the correlation between 3he/ 4he and 87sr/86sr ratios in the products of the volcanic and hydrothermal activity in italy (polyak et al., 1979b; parello et al., 2000) and other places. migration of any substance through geotemperature field transports thermal energy accumulated within this substance, i.e. represents heat and mass transfer. therefore, only the coupled analysis of both material and energy aspects of this transfer makes it possible to characterise the process adequately and to decipher an origin of terrestrial heat flow observed in upper parts of the earth crust. an attempt of such kind is made in this paper. 10 boris g. polyak fraction), producing quasi-stationary anomalies mainly of local scales; ii) the changes in climate, i.e. temperature at the upper boundary of the solid earth responsible for non-stationary anomalies; and iii) underground fluid circulation disturbing conductive heat transfer. besides, the abyssal heat flow can be disturbed by iv) tectonic displacements of rock masses. heat flow anomalies of tectonic origin are similar to those generated by fluid circulation in the formation mechanism which represents advective transfer of thermal energy. these anomalies are non-stationary and, in some cases, can exist tens and even hundreds myr (khutorskoi, 1996). when the individual q-values are averaged within a huge tectonic province such as hercynides, alpides, etc., antipodal effects of each factor can be mutually compensated to some extent. therefore, the regionally averaged, i.e. background q-values approach the undisturbed values of the abyssal heat flow density. theoretically, thermal effects of the factors mentioned above can be quantified. however, the full set of the data needed for such calculations at each measurement site is usually unavailable. when these data are known with sufficient accuracy, the measured q-value can be corrected. these corrected individual q-values fig. 1a-d. «heat flow-age dependence». the plots of conductive heat flow density, q, versus age of tectonomagmatic activity: a) from polyak and smirnov (1968); b) dots from polyak and smirnov (1968), triangles from cermak et al. (1976), diamonds from kutas et al. (1976); c) reproduced from data in sclater et al. (1980, 1981), the mean q-values in four age-specific provinces of continents and the relevant data scatters are shown as the lengths of straight line and shaded band, respectively; d) from vitorello and pollack (1980, fig.1), the data points, the standard errors of the mean and the standard deviations are shown for cenozoic, mesozoic, late and early paleozoic, late and early proterozoic an archean provinces, the heat flow components correspond to radiogenic heat from the crust (i), effect of «transient thermal perturbation associated with tecto-genesis» (ii) and background heat flow from deeper sources. hfu (heat flow unit) = 1 ×10 – 6 cal·s–1·cm–2 = 41.868 mw·m–2. a b c d 11 heat and mass transfer from the mantle: heat flow and he-isotope constraints in the same region are more uniform and close to the background (abyssal) value. there is one more reason for the local q-value scatter, namely, v) the lateral variations in radiogenic heat generation (a) in the near-surface rocks. as was shown in roy et al. (1968), lachenbruch (1970) and elsewhere, the values of q and a correlate positively with each other. at the same time, one can see some evidence for increasing avalues in the younger tectonic units (see, e.g., fig. 1a-d in pollack, 1980). the traditional concept on the downward decreasing of radioactive element abundance in the crust forces to consider the nearsurface a-variations and the relevant q-variations as a consequence of the regional (local?) differences in erosion scale. other processes occurring within the interior (metamorphism, seismicity, etc.) are also able to distort the abyssal heat flow and, therefore, to cause a scatter in the measured q-values as well. but energy effects of these processes are difficult, if at all, to quantify because of the uncertainty of the initial data. as a result, the relation between qand tvalues, or «heat flow-age dependence» manifests itself only when the background (average) estimations of the heat flow density in huge tectonic provinces are compared. a cause of the dependence cannot be elucidated on the base of the heat flow data alone. the observed q-t trend discloses the presence of the unknown abyssal heat sources, which exist temporally in more or less limited fragments of the interior. the solution of inverse problems, that is a traditional approach in geophysics, cannot determine unequivocally shape, size, depth, thermal potential and residence time of such sources, allowing only to fit one or another combination of these parameters of source with the observed q-t trend. the material essence of such sources, i.e. their geological nature, remains a mystery. a priori, the sources were postulated to be mantle-derived (asthenospheric) diapirs. the validity of this hypothesis can be proven only if any material evidence of mantle diapirism is found in zones of the highest heat flow. this was done by studying helium isotopes in the fluids freely circulating in the earth crust. this study discovered (i) the large difference between the values of the 3he/ 4he = r in the mantle, where this ratio amounts to ∼1.2·10–5 in the derivatives of the morb reservoir and up to ∼ 5·10–5 in those of mantle plumes (hot spots) like hawaii, iceland, etc., and in the helium generated in the continental crust owing to radioactive decay of u and th, where the «canonic radiogenic» rvalue ≈ 2 · 10–8 (see, mamyrin and tolstikyin, 1984, and references herein), and (ii) the positive correlation between the regionally averaged (background) estimations of rand q-values, i.e., the triple relationship between r, q and t (polyak et al., 1979a). 2. heat flow-3he /4he dependence coupled analysis of the terrestrial heat flow density, q, and the 3he / 4he ratio in geologic objects (polyak et al., 1979a; o’nions and oxburgh, 1983; polyak and tolstikhin, 1985; oxburgh and o’nions, 1987; polyak, 1988; etc.) is very fruitful and fully justified due to the immanent common feature of these parameters: both qand 3he / 4he-values are changed in time due to cooling of the interior (heat sources) and radiogenic generation of 4he, respectively. this feature cardinally discriminates q and 3he/4he from any other quantitative geological, geophysical, and geochemical parameters (except for those referring to other radiogenic isotopes). just for this reason the synthesis of heat flow and he isotope data takes on crucial importance in studying the earth evolution. the 3he/4he ratio values in rocks and minerals vary in a very wide range because of their genetic, structural and compositional features. however, he eventually goes away from rocks into surrounding free-circulating fluids (gerling, 1957). there isotopic composition of he is naturally averaged in proportion to contributions from all the he-sources, and the resulting r-value represents a background characteristic of a given tectonic unit. in itself, the presence of mantle-derived helium in underground fluids does not suggest the same origin for their other components. however, as is known, these origins can be refined due to the juxtaposition of the contents of these components with the concentration of attendant 3he. fig. 3a,b. heat flow3he/4he dependence, inter-regional juxtapositions. a) the plot of individual 3he/4he values versus background heat flow density in the fsu area from (polyak et al., 1979a); b) the relation of background 3he/4he and heat flow density values in different tectonic units of the northern eurasia from (polyak, 1988). a b 12 boris g. polyak this approach was offered by i.n. tolstikhin (polyak et al., 1976) and developed by h. craig, r.k. o’nions and other researchers in application to c-bearing gases (see, e.g., jenden et al., 1993). another fruitful approach in gas geochemistry is the juxtaposition of the r-values with the total helium content, (he), in gas phase of various fluids. such analysis shows, that the variations in the 3he / 4he ratio reflect the mixing of crustal and mantle-derived end-members, whereas the dispersion of the [he]-values results from i) solubility-related fractionation of he and other gases in gas-water system and ii) generation or consumption of other gases (co2, ch4, n2) serving as he-carriers in the earth crust. the studies of gas phase in various underground fluids (waters, hydrocarbons, volcanic emanations, etc.) have revealed i) an extremely wide spectrum both of the contents of he isotopes and the r-values and ii) tectonic ordering of the r-variations (fig. 2). the similar spatial variability of he isotopic composition in underground fluids and background conductive heat flow density stimulated to study the q-r relation. indeed, the q-r dependence was found out firstly as an inter-regional direct correlation on the territory of the fsu and northern eurasia as a whole (fig. 3a,b). then the regional manifestafig. 2. the relation between the contents of [3he] and [4he] in subsurface fluids freely circulated in rocks (from mamyrin and tolstikhin (1984), added). 1 – pre-ryphean eastern european platform, eep; 2 – the eep parts re-activated in ryphean-paleozoic; 3 – baikalides (timan-pechora province); 4 – hercynides (scythian plate, sp); 5 – the sp parts re-activated in cenozoic; 6 – hercynian central french massif re-activated in cenozoic; 7 – italian volcanic areas; 8 – iceland hot spot. 13 heat and mass transfer from the mantle: heat flow and he-isotope constraints tions of this dependence were demonstrated for japan (sano et al., 1982), the ohrje and baikal rifts, eastern carpathians, northern caucasus (polyak et al., 1982, 1992, 1999, 2000), the eastern china rift system (du, 1992) and italy (italiano et al., 2000). this dependence is a typical paragenetic relation reflecting geophysical and geochemical consequences of the same cause: discharge of the ascending heat-mass flux transferring the mantle-derived helium and an excess of thermal energy to the earth surface. what is a mechanism of this process? what is an agent of this coupled transfer? although helium is second only to hydrogen in thermal capacity, such an agent cannot consist of he alone, since its output from the interior is negligible in mass: the total flux of terrestrial 4he to atmosphere is estimated as low as ∼1010 atom·m–2·s−1 (ozima and podosek, 1983) or even lower (o’nions and oxburgh, 1988). heat output by ascending mass flux can be quantified as excess of thermal losses, q, in the flux discharge zones distinguished by higher magmatic (volcanic) and tectonic activity in comparison with stable ancient (pre-riphean) units of continents. according to heat flow study, this excess is 40-50 mw·m–2 or ≥ 0.42·1012 w in total (polyak, 1988). could this q really be provided by a flux of other volatiles? q ≥ 0.42·1012 w could be provided by the h2o flux with flow rate of ≥ 3 km3/year at ρ = 1 g/cm3 and enthalpy of 4180 kj/kg ∼ 103cal/g (similar to supercritical fluid with t ∼ 900°c). this flux would fill the world ocean (1.37·109 km3) for a period no longer than 430 myr, i.e. during the post-silurian time only. therefore, a coupled ascending flux of abyssal heat and mass marked by mantle-derived he cannot be identified as an autonomous flux of volatiles. it leads to the conclusion that such a flux consists of silicate substance. this deductive inference has empirical confirmation. 3. 3he/4he-87sr/86sr dependence such a confirmation resulted from the comparison of isotopic compositions of volatile (atmophile) he and lithophile sr in products of the recent volcanic and hydrothermal activity. the expedience of this juxtaposition of these elefig. 4. 3he/4he-87sr/86sr dependence in the products of volcanic and hydrothermal activity in italy (polyak et al., 1979b). fig. 5. the q-t-3he/4he triple relationship. see explanation in the text. 14 boris g. polyak ments sharply distinguished in their properties and behaviour in the nature was already noted a long time ago by tolstikhin et al. (1976). shortly later, this approach was used in our researches of geothermal activity in italy (polyak et al., 1979b). the comparison of the values of the 3he / 4he ratio in gases issued from thermal and mineral springs in tuscany, latium, campania, and sicily with those of the 87sr / 86sr ratio in volcanics of the same areas revealed the close negative correlation of these parameters. the plot shown in fig. 4 reflects the merging of the crustal and mantle-derived components. these observations were confirmed by the following researches (hooker et al., 1985; parello et al., 2000). the inverse correlation between the 3he/4he and 87sr / 86sr values in products of volcanic and hydrothermal activity is seen in other places as well: in the east sunda and banda island arcs (hilton and craig, 1989), along the pacific margin of south america (hilton et al., 1993) and in the caucasian segment of the alpine fold belt (polyak et al., 2000). it may be inferred that the 3he/4he-87sr/86sr correlation indicates the coupled transfer of these elements from the mantle into the crust. the only agent capable of transporting both atmophile he and lithophile sr is silicate matter. so, this conclusion supports the above mentioned postulate on relation of q-variations with intrusions of mantle-derived substance into the crust. 4. the coupled q-3he/4he evolution the mantle-derived intrusions create the excess thermal potential in activated zones of the crust (fig. 5). this potential provides both enhanced heat losses observed in these zones and structural and metamorphic transformations of the interior. subsequently, an unspent remnant of thermal energy is evacuated from the interior through overlying sequences by weakening conductive heat flow. at the same time, the mantle signature of he, issued from cooling intrusive bodies into circumambient fluids, becomes erased gradually by generation of 4he within the crust at constant dissipation of earth helium in the atmosphere and then in cosmic space. eventually the mantle-derived matter «forgets» its origin. 5. geothermal «age» of the continental crust the triple r-q-t relationship supporting the above mentioned a priori postulate on asthenospheric diapirs, showed that the q-values measured near the earth’s surface could partially relate to the mantle-derived thermal impulses manifested in tectono-magmatic activity as well. geological observations show that this activity manifested itself repeatedly in the history of almost any block of the continental crust. the recurrence of this activity in sepa15 heat and mass transfer from the mantle: heat flow and he-isotope constraints rate geoblocks indicates several subsequent mantle-derived impulses. each of these impulses would influence the thermal state of the interior. the age of one or another tectonic phase dates the relevant impulse, whereas the impulse magnitude, i.e. rock mass and thermal energy accumulated in them, remains obscure. it is known, however, that the intensities of synchronous tectono-magmatic activity in the different regions are usually different, as well as those of its subsequent manifestations in the same region. this fact indicates the different magnitudes of the relevant mantle-derived impulses and, hence, the different duration of their relaxation. the different intensities of both subsequent impulses in the same geological province and synchronous impulses in the different provinces seem to be the main cause for concealment of the q-t relationship. the new impulses in particular parts of the same province would change the q-values there. hence, these impulses can be considered a primary cause of the q-value dispersion that is naturally influenced by all of the disturbing factors enumerated above. if the magmatic activity manifests itself only once in the geological history of the given geoblock, the heat flow evolution should be described by an expression like qab → f (m1/t1), where m denotes a mass of the mantle-derived melt intruded into the crust at the time t, and qab designates a value of the abyssal heat flow density at the given site nowadays. the q-values corrected for influence of the disturbing factors must be equal to each other in all geological units formed by synchronous impulses equivalent in mass (e.g., by mass m1 in the moment t1). if a geoblock was reactivated by several impulses with the same enthalpy, the qab magnitude at the given site should be described by an expression like , , , , ,q f t m t m t m t m t mab n n n n 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 1 " f b l. if m1, m2, m3 … were known, it would be possible to calculate the «average» age of tectonomagmatic activity t av in the observation site as .t t m m 1 i i av = ! ! this expression is merely a convention. such t avvalues could present only the formal estimations of «geothermal age» which do not correspond to any real dates of thermal (geological) events taken into consideration. but using the t av-values (if they were possible to be calculated) would decrease the dispersion of the q-values assigned to the same times of the geologic history. fig. 6. heat flow and thermal events in the earth crust. 1 – crustal block formed by the impulse m1 during the epoch t1; 2 – its fragments re-activated by m2 during t2; 3 – by m3 during t3. (*) english versions of russian journals: doklady earth science section russian academy of science reports; geotectonics geotektonika; international geological review transactions of the russian academy of science, geological series; geochemistry international geokhimiya. 16 boris g. polyak in the light of this approach, one can explain a specific relation of q-values determined in the geoblock formed by the impulse m1 at the times t1, if two parts of this block were reactivated by the impulses m2 and m3 at the times t2 and t3, respectively (fig. 6). in this case q2>q1q2, but if m2/m1>m3/m1, q3 can be both higher and lower than q2. unfortunately, the accurate estimates of the m-values are incredible. such estimates are impossible to make without a quantification of the hidden (plutonic) discharge of the mantle-derived melts into the crust. the scales of this discharge may be much more than the traces of volcanic activity, which are more or less removed by the following erosion. but the above consideration rules out the doubts about the existence of the q-t trend in the continental crust. 6. conclusions mantle-derived helium is transferred from the interior toward the earth’s surface by silicate flux along with abyssal heat. this flux is evident in the mors, island arcs, continental rifts, etc., and supposedly exists in mature continental crust as «magmatic underplating» (lachenbruch and morgan, 1990). this concept agrees with the triple q-t-3he/4he relation observed in the post-ryphean continental units. however, i) the data on the antiquity of the continental crust (mcculloch and wasserburg, 1978; o’nions et al., 1983; allegre and rousseau, 1984; etc.), and ii) the ideas on intracrustal thermal activation of collisional origin (leonov, 1993; rozen and fedorovsky, 2001; yakovlev, 2002; etc.) show that the problem needs further study. acknowledgements this work was supported by the russian foundation for basic researh, project no. 03-0564869. the author is grateful to sächsische akademie der wissenschaften, technische universität bergakademie freiberg and copernicus gmbh for the invitation to attend and to present this work at 7th international conference on gas geochemistry in freiberg, 22-26 september 2003. references (*) allegre, c.j. and d. rousseau (1984): the growth of the continents through geological time studies by nd isotopic analysis of shales, earth planet. sci. lett., 67, 19-34. cermak, v. (1976): heat flow investigation in czechoslovakia, in geoelectric and geothermal studies, edited by a. adam (akad. kiado, budapest), 414-424. chapman, d. and k. furlong (1977): continental heat flow-age relationships, trans. am. geophys. un., 58, 1240-1251. chapman, d. and h. pollack (1976): global heat flow: a new look, earth. planet. sci. lett., 28, 23-32. du, j. (1992): 3he/ 4he ratios and heat flow in the continental rift-valley, in works of gas geochemistry, edited by y. xu (gansu science and technology press, lanzhou), 165-171. gerling, e.k. (1957): he migration from rocks and minerals, in proceedings of the khlopin radium institute of russian academy of science, 6, 64-87 (in russian). hamza, v.m. and r.k. verma (1969): the relationship of heat flow with the age of basement rocks, bull. volcanol., 33 (1), 123-152. hilton, d.r. and h. craig (1989): a helium isotope transect along the indonesian archipelago, nature, 342, 906-908. hilton, d.r., k. hammerschmidt, s. teufel and h. friedrichsen (1993): helium isotope characteristics of andean geothermal fluids and lavas, earth. planet. sci. lett., 120, 265-282. hooker, p.j., p.j. bertrami, s. lombardi, r.k. o’nions and e.r. oxburgh (1985): helium-3 anomalies and crust-mantle interaction in italy, geochim. cosmochim. acta, 49 (12), 2505-2513. italiano, f., m. martelli, g. martinelli and p.m. nuccio (2000): geochemical evidence of melt intrusions along lithospheric faults of the southern apennines, italy: geodynamic and seismogenic implications, j. geophys. res., 105 (b6), 13569-13578. jenden, p.d., d.r. hilton, i.r. kaplan and h. craig (1993): abiogenic hydrocarbons and mantle helium in oil and gas fields, u.s. geol. surv. prof. pap. 1570, 31-55. khutorskoi, m.d. (1996): geothermics of central asian folding belt (rudn publ., moscow), pp. 289 (in russian). kutas, r.i., e.a. lubimova and ya. b. smirnov (1976): heat flow map of the european part of the ussr and its geological and geophysical interpretation, in geoelectric and geothermal studies, edited by a. adam (akad. kiado, budapest), 443-449. lachenbruch, a.y. (1970): implication of linear heat flow relation, j. geophys. res., 76, 3852-3860. lachenbruch, a.h. and p. morgan (1990): continental extension, magmatism and elevation; formal relations and rules of thumb, tectonophysics, 174, 39-62. 17 heat and mass transfer from the mantle: heat flow and he-isotope constraints leonov, yu.g. (1993): platform tectonics in the light of concepts on tectonic stratification of the earth crust, geotektonika, 6, 3-29 (in russian). mamyrin, b.a. and i.n. tolstikhin (1984): helium isotopes in nature (amsterdam, elsevier). mcculloch, m.t. and g.j. wasserburg (1978): sm-nd and rb-sr chronology of continental crust formation, science, 200, 1003-1011. o’nions, r.k. and e.r. oxburgh (1983): heat and helium in the earth, nature, 306, 429-431. o’nions, r.k. and e.r. oxburgh (1988): helium, volatile fluxes and the development of continental crust, earth planet. sci. lett., 90, 1331-1347. o’nions, r.k., p.j. hamilton and p.j. hooker (1983): nd isotope invesdtigation related crustal development in the british isles, earth planet. sci. lett., 63, 229-240. oxburgh, e.r. and r.k. o’nions (1987): helium loss, tectonics, and terrestrial heat budget, science, 237, 15831588. ozima, m. and f.a. podosek (1983): noble gas geochemistry (cambridge university press, cambridge). parello, f., p. allard, w. d’alessandro, c. federico, p. jean-baptiste and o. catani (2000): isotope geochemistry of the pantelleria volcanic fluids, sicily channel rift: a vantle volatile end-member for volcanism in southern europe, earth planet. sci. lett., 180 (3/4), 325-339. pollack, h. (1980): the heat flow from the earth: a review, in mechanisms of continental drift and plate tectonics, edited by p.a. davies and s.k. runcorn (acad. press), 183-192. polyak, b.g. (1988): heat-mass flux from the mantle in the main units of the crust (nauka publ., moscow), pp. 192 (in russian). polyak, b.g. and ya.b. smirnov (1966): heat flow in the continents, russ. acad. sci. rep., 168 (1), 170-172 (in russian). polyak, b.g. and ya.b. smirnov (1968): a relationship of heat flow with tectonic structure of the continents, geotektonika, 4, 3-19 (in russian). polyak, b.g. and i.n. tolstikhin (1985): isotopic composition of the earth’s helium and the motive forces of tectogenesis, chem. geol., 52, 9-33. polyak, b.g., v.i. kononov, i.n. tolstikhin, b.a. mamyrin and l.v. khabarin (1976): the helium isotopes in thermal fluids, in «thermal and chemical problems of thermal waters», proceed. grenoble symp., august/september 1976, iahs publ. 119, 17-33. polyak, b.g., i.n. tolstikhin and v.p. yakutseni (1979a): helium isotope composition and heat flow as geochemical and geophysical aspects of tectogenesis, geotektonika, 5, 3-23 (in russian). polyak, b.g., e.m. prasolov and g.i. buachidze et al. (1979b): isotopic distribution of helium and argon isotopes of fluids in the alpine-apennine region and its relationship to volcanism. russ. acad. sci. rep., 247 (5), 1220-1225 (in russian); 1981: dokl. earth sci. sec., 247 (1-6), 77-81. polyak, b.g., e.m. prasolov, v. cermak and a.b. verkhovsky (1985): isotopic composition of noble gases in geothermal fluids of the krusne hory mts. (czechoslovakia) and geothermal anomaly, geochim. cosmochim. acta, 49, 695-699. polyak, b.g., e.m. prasolov, i.n. tolstikhin, s.v. kozlovtseva, v.i. kononov and m.d. khutorskoy (1992): helium isotopes in fluids from the baikal rift zone, trans. russ. acad. sci., ser. geol., 10, 18-33 (in russian). polyak, b.g., v.v. gordienko, a.l. cheshko, l.l. kamenskti, e.m. prasolov and v.n. tarasov (1999): helium isotopes in subsurface fluids of the eastern carpathians, russ. acad. sci. rep., 367, 244-249 (in russian). polyak, b.g., i.n. tolstikhin, i.n. kamenskii, l.e. yakovlev, b. marty and a.l. cheshko (2000): helium isotopes, tectonics and heat flow in the northern caucasus, geochim. cosmochim. acta, 64 (11), 1925-1944. rao, r.u.m., g.v. rao and g.k. reddy (1982): a dependence of continental heat flow – fantasy and facts, earth planet. sci. lett., 59 (2), 288-302. roy, r.f., d.d. blackwell and f. birch (1968): heat generation of plutonic rocks and continental heat flow provinces, earth planet. sci. lett., 5, 1-12. rozen, o.m. and v.s. fedorovsky (2001): collisional granitoids and stratification of the earth crust (scientific world publ., moscow), pp. 186 (in russian). sano, y., t. tominaga, y. nakamura and h. wakita (1982): 3he/4he ratios in methane-rich gases in japan, geochem. j., 16, 237-245. sclater, j. and j. francheteau (1970): the implication of terrestrial heat flow observations on current tectonics and geochemical models of the crust and upper mantle of the earth, geophys. j. r. astron. soc., 20 (5), 509-542. sclater, j., c. jaupart and d. galson (1980): the heat flow through oceanic and continental crust and heat losses from the earth, rev. geophys. space phys., 18 (1), 269-311. sclater, j., b. parsons and c. jaupart (1981): oceans and continents: similarities and differences in the mechanism of heat loss, j. geophys. res., 86 (12), 1153511552. tolstikhin, i.n., e.r. drubetskoi, e.n. erlikh and b.a. mamyrin (1976): on the origin of acid volcanic rocks in kamchatka, geokhimiya, 5, 682-695 (in russian). vitorello, i. and h. pollack (1980): on the variation of continental heat flow with age and thermal evolution of continents, j. geophys. res., 85, 983-995. yakovlev, l.e. (2002): the earth crust hydration of and generation of chemogenic heat, geokhimiya, 12, 13141322 (in russian). vol49_2_2006 515 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 2/3, april/june 2006 key words multidisciplinary seafloor observatories – marine science and technology 1. introduction much of what we know about the oceans is the result of ship-based expeditionary science dating back to the late 19th century. but, it is now clear that to answer many important questions in the ocean and earth sciences, a co-ordinated research effort of long-term investigations is required. experiments and research programmes, from the 1980s to the present, reflect the progressive enhancement of monitoring systems in the ocean basins. during this time we have witnessed the achievement and strengthening of the concept of «seafloor observatories» and the integration of earlier, quite simple, stand-alone seafloor mono-parameter monitoring modules inside more complex multi-parameter platforms with extended lifetime and performance. simple stand-alone modules like obss (acronyms and abbreviations are listed before the references), already in use, although with a power autonomy up to 1 year, are characterised by local data storage and a very limited set of sensors, while deployment and reseafloor observatory science: a review paolo favali (1) (2) and laura beranzoli (1) (1) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, roma, italy (2) università degli studi di roma «la sapienza», roma, italy abstract the ocean exerts a pervasive influence on earth’s environment. it is therefore important that we learn how this system operates (nrc, 1998b; 1999). for example, the ocean is an important regulator of climate change (e.g., ipcc, 1995). understanding the link between natural and anthropogenic climate change and ocean circulation is essential for predicting the magnitude and impact of future changes in earth’s climate. understanding the ocean, and the complex physical, biological, chemical, and geological systems operating within it, should be an important goal for the opening decades of the 21st century. another fundamental reason for increasing our understanding of ocean systems is that the global economy is highly dependent on the ocean (e.g., for tourism, fisheries, hydrocarbons, and mineral resources) (summerhayes, 1996). the establishment of a global network of seafloor observatories will help to provide the means to accomplish this goal. these observatories will have power and communication capabilities and will provide support for spatially distributed sensing systems and mobile platforms. sensors and instruments will potentially collect data from above the air-sea interface to below the seafloor. seafloor observatories will also be a powerful complement to satellite measurement systems by providing the ability to collect vertically distributed measurements within the water column for use with the spatial measurements acquired by satellites while also providing the capability to calibrate remotely sensed satellite measurements (nrc, 2000). ocean observatory science has already had major successes. for example the tao array has enabled the detection, understanding and prediction of el niño events (e.g., fujimoto et al., 2003). this paper is a world-wide review of the new emerging «seafloor observatory science», and describes both the scientific motivations for seafloor observatories and the technical solutions applied to their architecture. a description of world-wide past and ongoing experiments, as well as concepts presently under study, is also given, with particular attention to european projects and to the italian contribution. finally, there is a discussion on «seafloor observatory science» perspectives. mailing address: dr. paolo favali, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, via di vigna murata 605, 00143 roma, italy; e-mail: paolofa@ingv.it 516 paolo favali and laura beranzoli covery are performed either by means of rovs or by free-fall landing and pop-up procedures. more complex systems with better performance, namely seafloor observatories, have been developed to overcome the limitations of the stand-alone modules with respect to multidisciplinary monitoring and (near)-real-time communications and integration. much of seafloor observatory research is interdisciplinary in nature and has the potential to greatly advance the relevant sciences. to obtain further advances, long time-series measurements of critical parameters, such as those collected using seafloor observatories, are needed to supplement traditional seagoing investigations (nrc, 1998a, 1999, 2003c). in 1991 the ec promoted feasibility studies aimed at identifying both the scientific requirements (thiel et al., 1994) and the possible technological solutions for the development of seafloor observatories, the abel concept (berta et al., 1995). the «symposium on seafloor observatories» (islamorada, florida, 2000) was an opportunity to discuss the scientific potential and technical needs associated with the establishment of a network of seafloor observatories. this meeting was followed by the nrc report «illuminating the hidden planet. the future of seafloor observatory science». in this report a complete definition of the term «seafloor observatories» was given for the first time: «[…] an unmanned system, at a fixed site, of instruments, sensors, and command modules connected to land either acoustically or via a seafloor junction box to a surface buoy or a fibre-optic cable […]» (nrc, 2000). in the fall of 1999, nsf asked nrc to investigate the scientific merit, technical requirements, and overall feasibility of establishing the infrastructure needed for a network of unmanned seafloor observatories. the nrc committee on seafloor observatories was appointed to carry out this task and concluded that seafloor observatories present a promising and in some cases essentially new approach for advancing basic research in the oceans. nsf was thus encouraged to move ahead with plans for a seafloor observatory programme (nrc, 2000). the scientific benefit of seafloor observatory investigations has been recognised for many years, and, as such, numerous independent national and international efforts have been proposed or are underway. many of these challenging initiatives are described here (see section 4). although seafloor observatories have primarily research goals, the data collected by them will also provide an important contribution to operational observing systems such as goos (nrc, 1997; goos, 1999). this paper reviews the efforts made world-wide in a new emerging science, «seafloor observatory science» and its perspectives, focusing on european and italian contributions. 2. scientific motivation for seafloor observatories the question we have to answer is: «why establish seafloor observatories?». in recent decades oceans, earth and planetary sciences have been shifting from a discontinuous, expeditionary mode toward a mode of sustained in situ observations. this change in the mode of investigation stems from the realisation that earth and its oceans are not static, but are dynamic on many time and space scales, not just the short time scales involved in catastrophic events. as examples of catastrophic events we may note the influence on global weather of the el niño events of 1982-1983 and 1997-1998 or earthquakes, with associated tsunami waves, like the catastrophic earthquake (mw 9.5 main shock) and related tsunami that occurred at the end of december 2004 in the indian ocean (lomnitz and nilsen-hofseth, 2005; merrifield et al., 2005). understanding earth and its oceans means investigating processes as they occur. a scientifically powerful component of the observatory concept is the long time-series collection of multiple variables at a single location. these multidisciplinary data sets will enable the enhancement of more traditional methods, giving strong benefits to many disciplines, like geophysics (favali et al., 2002), physical oceanography (millot, 2002) and biology (thiel et al., 1994). seafloor observatories could offer earth and ocean scientists new opportunities to study multiple, interrelated processes over time scales ranging from seconds to decades. scientific processes with various time scales should benefit from data collected by seafloor observatories. these include: a) episodic processes; b) process517 seafloor observatory science: a review es with periods from months to several years; c) global and long-term processes. episodic processes include, for instance, eruptions at midocean ridges, deep-ocean convection at high latitudes, earthquakes, and biological, chemical and physical impacts of storm events. the category «b» includes processes like hydrothermal activity and biomass variability in vent communities. the establishment of an observatory network will be essential to investigate global processes, such as the dynamics of the oceanic lithosphere and thermohaline circulation. 2.1. role of the ocean in climate climate variations have widespread societal, economic, and environmental impact (nrc, 2003b). as a result, vigorous research efforts are currently aimed at improving our understanding of the spectrum of climate system variations. the ocean is a component of earth’s climate system, playing an increasingly important role in determining the nature of climate variability, as time scales expand. the goal is ultimately to predict climate variability and change. another important issue is to separate natural interannual-tocentennial climate variations from anthropogenically induced climate change. this aspect is critical for predicting future variations and magnitudes of climatic changes. therefore, we rely increasingly on models of the climate systems. even though present ocean circulation models are much improved, our knowledge of ocean physics is not comprehensive enough. a substantially improved observational basis for determining the necessary model enhancements is required. oceanographic variability has a significant influence on climate. the deep-sea has also recently been warming significantly (e.g., fuda et al., 2002) and it is very important to understand the causes and its role in a climate change context. it is essential to fully resolve many scales of variability and this requires nested, complementary observing systems. moreover, such observing systems provide the physical oceanographic context for interpreting biological and chemical distribution. to further our understanding of the role of the ocean in climate, seafloor observatories should be long-term facilities. a fundamental change achieved by pursuing the observatory concept would be the maintenance of existing sites and establishment of new sites. this may be the key to moving from the current focus on long-term science projects, such as jgofs or clivar, to the implementation of a sustained global ocean-observing system (nrc, 1998a,b; 2004). the main scientific goals achievable by using seafloor observatories are listed in table i. for instance, reliable samtable i. list of scientific goals where the seafloor observatory science is very useful (nrc, 2000). sectors scientific goals role of the ocean – to test and improve ocean circulation models. in climate – to understand the physics of the exchange processes between the ocean and atmosphere. – to observe the ocean climate anomalies from generation to destruction. – to predict climate variability and change. – to monitor, understand and predict: ° the sequestration of carbon dioxide in the ocean; ° productivity and biomass variability, including factors controlling chemistry; ° the full temporal and vertical evolution of thermohaline structure; ° rapid episodic changes of the ocean; ° changes in water mass transformation processes; ° air-sea exchanges (e.g., heat and gases); ° vertical exchanges of heat, salt, nutrients and carbon; ° thermohaline variability in the arctic and antarctic; ° the pathways of ocean transports; ° the role of eddies in transport and mixing. 518 paolo favali and laura beranzoli table i (continued). sectors scientific goals – to provide reference sites for calibration or verification of: ° air-sea fluxes for numerical weather prediction models, satellites; ° absolute interior and eckman layer velocities; ° remote sensed variables (e.g., sea surface temperature, sea level, wind); ° model statistics, physics and parameterisations. fluids and life – to investigate the chemical and biological response to episodic volcanic in the ocean crust and hydrothermal events. – to inquire into marine food webs on the seafloor. – to understand the linkages between geological, biological and chemical processes in ocean crust. – to assess the extent of sub-seafloor biosphere and determine its biological and chemical character. – to assess the impact of fluid and gas flow and related processes on crustal structure and composition, ocean chemistry, and biological productivity. – to determine the fluid flow patterns on ridge crests and flanks, and in convergent margins through space and time. – to directly observe the changes in heat, chemical fluxes, and biological diversity produced by ridge-crest magmatic and tectonic events. – to determine how hydrothermal-event plumes form and assess their global importance. – to directly observe how biological productivity and diversity change in response to fluctuations in fluid and chemical fluxes at vents and seeps on ridge crests and flanks, and at convergent margins. – to assess the extent to which sediment cover and spreading or subduction rates affect fluid chemistry and biological diversity at ridge crests and flanks, and subduction zones. – to quantify the importance of chemosynthetic productivity on the seafloor. – to understand the relations between tectonic and fluid processes in subduction zones. – to determine rates of gas hydrate formation and dissociation in response to perturbations of pressure, temperature, and fluid chemistry and flow rate and determine the influence on ocean chemistry, biology and climate. dynamics of oceanic – to investigate: lithosphere and ° global earth structure; imaging earth’s ° core-mantle dynamics; interior ° seismogenesis at subduction zone megathrusts; ° seismogenesis at convergent margins; ° ridge-crest processes and creation of oceanic crust; ° marine volcanism; ° upper mantle dynamics; ° oceanic plate kinematics, plate deformation and faulting; ° geo-hazard mitigation. coastal ocean – to investigate: processes ° sediment transport; ° coastal eutrophication; ° the impacts of global environmental change on the coastal environment; ° fishery; ° the structure and function of coastal ecosystems. turbulent mixing – to observe and understand processes that modulate vertical turbulence statistics. and biophysical – to generalise turbulence flux parameterisations. interactions – to determine the relationships between temporal and spatial distribution of turbulence in the ocean. – to map sub-surface distribution of mesoscale and sub-mesoscale horizontal turbulence. – to determine the impacts of turbulent mixing on biochemical distribution. 519 seafloor observatory science: a review pling of the deep-sea environment (over 50% of the earth’s surface) is important for reconstructing episodes linked to past climatic variability; to do this appropriate tools for sediment sampling and for deep-sea geotechnics are necessary (e.g., oebius and gerber, 2002). 2.2. fluids and life in the ocean crust although ocean chemistry is greatly influenced by the movement of fluids through oceanic crust, the processes controlling this flow are poorly understood. four different environments are important for research on fluids and life in the oceanic crust: ridge crests, ridge flanks, convergent margins, and coastal areas on passive margins. within each of these environments, it is critical to determine the nature and the linkages among tectonic, thermal, chemical, and biological processes at different temporal and spatial scales. previous observations of fluids related to the ocean crust have been made mainly by deploying single, short-duration experiments that stored data rather than transmitted information in real time. to make significant advances, it is essential to observe co-varying processes by making large-scale simultaneous collections of measurements over a variety of time scales. furthermore, real-time data collection through seafloor observatories is essential, as it will allow scientists to respond to unusual events or modify experiments if necessary. the chemistry and biology of fluids within the oceanic crust is a cutting edge research field for which seafloor observatories are an essential investigative approach (table i). one of the most exciting scientific problems that can be addressed using observatory science concerns the nature of the sub-surface biosphere. this is thought to contain a population of dormant microbes that are periodically driven into a population explosion by input of heat and volatiles into the crust during magma emplacements. eruptive events on the seafloor can release great volumes of hydrothermal fluid that affect the chemistry and biology of the overlying water and generate a unique type of hydrothermal plume, called an event plume. although it is not known how event plumes are formed, it is clear that they are produced by a sudden catastrophic release of large quantities of hot water. eruptions also extrude lavas on the seafloor, creating new habitats for endemic vent faunas and increasing production and export of deep-living microbial populations (delaney et al., 1998; summit and baross, 1998). initial changes in the water column and the seafloor after an eruption are very difficult to study using expeditionary approaches; a seafloor observatory system near a volcanically active site would provide an important platform for characterising the early stages of an event while also monitoring longer-term changes. a good example is the nemo observatory (see section 4.2). another exciting and closely related scientific problem concerns the general response of the hydrothermal system and associated biota to seafloor spreading events in which magma is injected into the crust. this research would include the response of seafloor biological communities at convergent margin seepage sites to abrupt changes in fluid and chemical fluxes caused by seismic activity. table i (continued). sectors scientific goals ecosystem dynamics – to detect and follow episodic ecological events (e.g., faunal responses to volcanic and biodiversity eruptions or hydrothermal fluid events). – to characterise and understand long-term (annual to decadal) ecological cycles. – to characterise and understand shorter-term (diel, tidal to seasonal) biological cycles. – to detect and monitor ecosystem responses to anthropogenic perturbations (e.g., influences of climate change on nutrients, trace metals and trace gases). – to forecast population and community changes (e.g., forecasting changes in fisheries stocks). 520 paolo favali and laura beranzoli similarly, the dynamics of gas hydrate formation and dissociation, especially in response to perturbations produced by tectonic cycles or global warming, is a problem of current interest that could be addressed by observatory science. for future studies of fluids and biota in the oceanic crust, access to the sub-surface is a critical requirement. one possibility for sampling and observing fluids and biota in the crust is by drilling, and some seafloor observatory experiments would be conducted in conjunction with boreholes drilled into the crust, like the corks observatories (see section 4.1). thus, odp, its continuation iodp and the development of new drilling capabilities will be an essential adjunct to seafloor observatory studies. 2.3. dynamics of oceanic lithosphere and imaging earth’s interior geoscience research in the oceans is moving beyond the exploration and mapping of the seafloor and is focusing on the dynamics of the solid earth system and the interaction of geological, chemical and biological processes through time. many of earth’s dynamic tectonic systems will be difficult to understand fully without continuous observations provided by the establishment of seafloor observatories. these include the complex magmatic and tectonic systems at ridge crests and submarine volcanoes; the genesis of destructive earthquakes and tsunamis and their relationships to largescale plate motions, strain accumulation, fault evolution, and sub-surface fluid flow; the geodynamics of earth’s interior and the origin of earth’s magnetic field; and the motion and internal deformation of lithospheric plates. seafloor observatories also have the potential to play a key role in the assessment and monitoring of geo-hazards, as many of earth’s most seismogenic zones and most active volcanoes occur along continental margins. the short-term expeditionary approach, common in the ocean sciences in the past, is poorly suited to detect or understand longertime changes. continuous measurements are required with the ability to react quickly to episodic events, such as earthquakes and volcanic eruptions. geophysical observatories have long been an integral component of earth science research on land; advances in technology and our understanding of the oceans now make it feasible to establish long-term observatories on the seafloor, as many experiments and projects have demonstrated (see section 4 for details). many areas of earth science would be advanced through the collection of time-series observations on the seafloor (table i), these include: a) global earth structure and core-mantle dynamics; b) seismogenesis at subduction zone megathrusts, and at convergent margins; c) ridge-crest processes and oceanic volcanism; d) oceanic plate kinematics, plate deformation, and faulting; e) geo-hazard mitigation. the scientific objectives that can be addressed particularly with geophysical data from long-term ocean-bottom observatories include two broad subject areas: earth structure and natural hazards. these two areas can each be divided into sub-areas according to the global, regional, and local spatial scale under investigation: a) global scale: mantle dynamics, core studies, moment tensor inversion; b) regional scale (between 500 and 5000 km): oceanic upper mantle dynamics, lithosphere evolution, and tsunami warning and monitoring; c) local scale (< 500 km): oceanic crustal structure, sources of noise, and detailed earthquake source studies (tomography of the source, temporal variations). for the global earth structure, there are fundamental scientific questions concerning the dynamics of earth’s mantle and core; for instance, the spatial scale of convection and the existence of distinct mantle geochemical reservoirs. the nature and origin of hotspots and their interaction with the lithosphere are other important questions in mantle dynamics. new paleomagnetic data are inconsistent with the idea of «fixed» hotspots (e.g., torsvik et al., 2002) and geochemical data appear to be compatible with different origins for hotspots, including the 670km discontinuity, a boundary in the lower mantle, or the core-mantle boundary (e.g., zhao, 2001; de paolo and manga, 2003). four centuries after the demonstration by gilbert that earth’s magnetic field is largely of internal origin, our understanding of the dynamo process responsible for generating the field remains incom521 seafloor observatory science: a review plete. improved spatial sampling provided by long-term seismic and geomagnetic observations in the ocean promises great gains in understanding the geodynamics of earth’s interior and the origin of earth’s magnetic field. large gaps exist in the global network of seismic and geomagnetic stations, since the oceans cover 7/10 of the whole earth surface. these gaps can not be filled with island stations only, particularly in the eastern pacific and southern oceans. many authors have recognised the importance of filling these gaps by using seafloor observatories (e.g., purdy and dziewonski, 1988; montagner and lancelot, 1995; lowes, 2002). the osn, first proposed over a decade ago, is envisioned as part of a larger ion, and would include about eight seafloor magnetic observatory sites as necessary for an improved global characterisation of the shortterm behaviour of earth’s magnetic field. for seismogenesis, plate tectonic theory provides a quantitative framework within which lithospheric deformation and faulting can be understood as well as a first-order explanation of the global distribution of seismicity. however, investigations are focusing on the deformation process itself and the still poorly understood interplay among tectonic stress, rock rheology, fluid distribution and faulting (e.g., monna et al., 2003 and references therein). subduction zone megathrusts produce the largest and potentially most destructive earthquakes and tsunamis on earth. despite the societal impact of these great earthquakes, little is known about the seismogenic zones. understanding the origin of major earthquakes at subduction zones, such as offjapan, central america and cascadia, is the key focus of the seize international initiative (moore and moore, 1998). the scientific strategy employed by seize involves a combination of geophysical imaging, drilling, and long-term monitoring over an earthquake cycle at a few representative subduction zones. these observations, in concert with laboratory experiments on the behaviour of material and theoretical modelling, offer the potential for major advances in our understanding of earthquake processes. a seafloor observatory programme would complement land-based studies by providing the capability to monitor deformation and faulting of offshore active fault systems. for ridge-crest processes and oceanic volcanism, the volcanism controls the heat flux, mass and volatiles from earth’s interior. the circulation of hydrothermal fluids transfers heat from the crust to the overlying ocean, and modifies ocean chemistry. hydrothermal processes affect the chemical, thermal and biological balance of oceanic environments. as a result of successful interdisciplinary international programmes, such as ridge and interridge, the importance of understanding the links among geological, physical, chemical, and biological processes in submarine volcanic systems is well established. current ship-based studies allow only periodic visits, at intervals of months to years. thus, hydrothermal and biogeochemical processes that occur at and immediately after the time of an eruption have never been observed. the links, mentioned above, can be studied by installing long-term observatory nodes at sites along the global mid-ocean ridge system and at a few oceanic volcanoes. for oceanic plate kinematics, deformation, and faulting, our picture of plate tectonics is largely based on historical data sets, such as the geomagnetic reversal record averaged over million of years, geomorphologic estimates of transform-fault azimuths, and present-day earthquake slip vectors. these data have provided input to a plate tectonic model. but this model lacks detail because most of the plate boundaries are underwater. seafloor observatories provide an opportunity to advance the embryonic science of monitoring geodetic motions on the seafloor. it will finally be possible to continuously observe motion near plate boundaries. for geo-hazard mitigation, as the human population continues to grow, the potential social and economic dislocation provoked by natural hazards, such as earthquakes, volcanoes, submarine landslides and tsunamis, has increased. these impacts are especially detrimental to developing nations. the destructive earthquakes and related tsunamis that occurred at the end of 2004 in the indian ocean, and that strongly affected sumatra, malaysia, indonesia, the andaman islands, thailand, myan mar, bangla desh, sri lanka, india and the maldives in terms of lives and economic impact, are only the most recent examples. another cause of hazard is the 522 paolo favali and laura beranzoli natural leakage of gaseous hydrocarbons at the seafloor, gas bubbles in the sediment, leaking hydrates, mud volcanoes on land and on the seafloor, and submarine gas seepage in pockmark fields (etiope and favali, 2004). new submarine gas sources are being continuously discovered (e.g., holland et al., 2003). off-shore gas leakage has not been adequately explored, but is an important hazard for off-shore oil exploration, exploitation and construction of related infrastructures (etiope et al., 2002). autonomous multidisciplinary benthic observatories can be used for reliable characterisation and monitoring of specific sites, like pockmarks (marinaro et al., 2004). the main advantage of long-term monitoring is to assess the temporal variability of the phenomena. 2.4. coastal ocean processes an important factor limiting coastal ocean research is the inability to quantify vertical and horizontal transport of water, elements and energy through the coastal ocean system. long time-series measurements of critical parameters, such as temperature, salinity, nutrients and trace elements, will help to provide the necessary data to remedy this deficiency. the coastal ocean includes estuaries, and the continental shelf and slope, and incorporates a great deal of environmental diversity. furthermore, the coastal ocean is where terrestrial influences encounter the broader ocean. it is the area of the ocean most strongly affected by anthropogenic impacts, it displays a strong geographic diversity, and it is the most biologically productive part of the ocean and hence is most heavily fished. some major problems in coastal ocean science are the following: a) coastal ecosystems are extremely productive, but not very well understood in terms of how their structures and functions respond to variations in environmental conditions; b) there are concerns both about how global change might affect littoral areas, and about how the resulting variations within the coastal zone might affect the rest of the ocean; separating natural from anthropogenic changes is essential; c) coastal management issues will require long, high-resolution time series of coastal ocean processes. the need to understand oceanographic change then implies a need to document environmental changes and their potential forcing agents. because the oceanographic variability can change with time over weeks to years, there is a great need to collect long-time series in order to document important variations in critical parameters (table i). one way of making long-term measurements in the coastal ocean would be to deploy arrays of moorings equipped with a wide spectrum of sensors. a low-cost model for a moored-buoy observatory has been proposed by frye et al. (1999). 2.5. turbulent mixing and biophysical interactions successful modelling of the distribution of organisms and chemical compounds in the ocean depends directly on the predictive quality of circulation models, which are limited by our ability to model turbulent mixing in the ocean. because turbulent motions result from highly non-linear dynamics acting across a range of time and space scales, progress in understanding these motions is difficult. advances depend on systematically collecting long-term measurements and resolving small vertical and horizontal scales throughout the range of turbulent regimes that are controlled by extremes of mechanical forcing, buoyancy forcing and topography. turbulent mixing occurs over a broad spectrum of time and space scales, strongly affecting the distribution of momentum, heat, chemical compounds and living organisms in the ocean. turbulent mixing at the sea surface mediates airsea exchange of biologically reactive compounds, such as dimethyl sulfide and carbon dioxide. turbulence in the bottom boundary layer plays a role in benthos-pelagic coupling of nutrients, and affects chemical signalling, habitat choice and genetic exchange in benthic communities. the grand objective is a parameterisation of turbulence statistics as a function of larger scale, more deterministic flows. the physical oceanography community has identified sub-regions of general circulation models that are greatly in need of improvement, including deep 523 seafloor observatory science: a review convection, boundary currents and benthic boundary layers, the dynamics and thermohaline variability of the upper mixed layer, fluxes across the air-sea interface, diapycnal mixing, and topographic effects. there is a strong connection between the understanding of coastal ocean processes and diapycnal mixing. because of the bottom slopes, flow across depth contours implies a vertical density transport that can determine transport in the boundary layer. flow near the bottom is important because of its role in the transportation of materials, such as sediments and benthic biota, between shallow and deep water. these bottom flows govern the behaviour of stronger alongshore flows in the overlying water column. as with the diapycnal turbulent fluxes, there is a clear need to improve our knowledge of horizontal turbulence. this research is a new frontier for physical oceanography. furthermore, in this case also effective tools for sampling the benthic boundary layer can greatly help (e.g., oebius and gerber, 2002). the main challenge for the parameterisation of turbulent mixing is to obtain high-quality turbulence statistics and their variation. to develop a universal parameterisation it is necessary to conduct observational studies in a broad range of environmental conditions (table i). in this context, a seafloor observatory programme would be of great benefit to advance our understanding and parameterisation of mixing in different dynamic regimes. some of these dynamic regimes that need to be observed include: a) a smooth bottom dominated by steady geostrophic flows; b) rough-bottom topography; c) dense water formation; d) internal tidal solitons; e) sill overflows; f) extreme atmospheric forcing at the near-surface boundary layer; g) double diffusive regime; h) hydrothermal vent fields; i) the continental shelf; j) vortex shedding; k) baroclinic instability; l) sediment gravity flows. 2.6. ecosystem dynamics and biodiversity the biological, ecological and biogeochemical questions likely to benefit most from sustained ocean time-series observations are those involving time-dependent processes or episodically triggered events, and those requiring longterm data sets. seafloor observatories are crucial for addressing many of the major scientific problems (table i). it is also important to note that the observatory approach, while necessary for solving many problems in marine ecology and biological oceanography, is not sufficient alone, and must be used in concert with other approaches. oceanic ecological observatories will extend into deep water the concept of the lter network. the mission of lter is similar to that proposed for seafloor observatories in that it aims to understand ecological phenomena occurring over long temporal and broad spatial scales and to increase our understanding of major natural and anthropogenic environmental perturbations at selected sites. just as restricting a seismic network only to land limits the ability of geophysicists to understand the dynamics of the earth, restricting ecological observatories only to land limits the ability of ecologists to fully understand the dynamics of the biosphere. leo-15 constitutes a good example of a long-term ecosystem underwater observatory (schofield et al., 2002). in this case, a seafloor observatory is considered in the broadest sense as a system supporting measurements from the seafloor to the ocean surface. an observatory might consist of a series of stationary observatory nodes to monitor the seafloor and the water column and auvs dispatched to provide broader spatial and temporal coverage. this definition does not include lagrangian drifters or floats, but their use will greatly complement an array of fixed observatories. the exploitation of deep-sea resources, begun more than 50 years ago, is expected to increase in the next future. in these activities, impact assessments must be conducted to avoid any misuse of the environment, by using the deep-sea either for waste deposition or for ore mining and hydrocarbon extraction (thiel, 2002 and references therein). 3. technical solutions for seafloor observatory architecture the principal characteristic of a seafloor observatory is a two-way communication between platforms and instruments and shore. during the 524 paolo favali and laura beranzoli last 30 years deep-sea investigations moved from scarce observations to continuous measurements of a wide set of parameters in selected areas. until the 1980s, deep-sea investigations relied on autonomous bottom landers, in the middle of the 1980s they were based on deep manned submersibles (table ii). starting from the 1990s, the concept of benthic stations and (relocatable and long-term) seafloor observatories appeared (person et al., 2006). seafloor observatories are characterised by the following basic elements: a) multiple payload; b) autonomy; c) capability to communicate; d) possibility to be remotely reconfigured; e) accurate positioning; f) data acquisition procedures compatible with those of shore observatories. it is also useful to introduce some definitions: 1) seafloor observatory is an unmanned station, capable of operating in the long-term on the seafloor, supporting the operation of a number of instrumented packages related to various disciplines. seafloor observatories can have as possible configurations: autonomous, acoustic linked and cabled. autonomous – observatory in stand-alone configuration for power, using battery packs, and with limited capacity of connection, using, for instance, capsules or an acoustic link from the surface, which can transfer either status parameters or a very limited quantity of data. table ii. deep-rated rovs (r) and manned submersibles (s) for research purposes (operation depth greater than 2000 m) (e.g., nrc, 2000; romanowicz et al., 2001; sagalevitch, 2004). vehicle type depth rating (m) support research vessel operating institution pisces iv s 2000 ka‘imikai-o-kanaloa noaa pisces v s 2000 ka‘imikai-o-kanaloa noaa shinkai 2000 s 2000 natsushima jamstec aglantha r 2000 opportunity imr cyana s 3000 opportunity ifremer dolphin 3k r 3000 natsushima jamstec hyper-dolphin r 3000 kaiyo jamstec little hercules r 4000 opportunity ife hercules r 4000 opportunity ife quests r 4000 opportunity marum modus(*) r 4000 opportunity tub tiburon r 4000 western flyer mbari alvin s 4500 atlantis whoi ropos ii r 5000 opportunity cssf nautile s 6000 nadir/la thalassa ifremer victor 6000 r 6000 l’atalante/la thalassa ifremer mir-1 s 6100 akademik keldysh shirshov institute mir-2 s 6100 akademik keldysh shirshov institute jason ii r 6500 atlantis/opportunity whoi shinkai 6500 s 6500 yokosuka jamstec isis r 6500 opportunity noc urov7k r 7000 kairei jamstec kaiko (**) r 11000 kairei jamstec (*) primarily designed for geostar; (**) lost in 2003. 525 seafloor observatory science: a review acoustically linked – observatory able to communicate by acoustics to an infrastructure, such as a moored buoy or another observatory. cabled – observatory having as infrastructure a submarine cable (retired cables, dedicated cables or shared cables devoted to other scientific activities, such as neutrino experiments). 2) infrastructure is any system providing power and/or communications capacity to an observatory (e.g., a submarine cable, a moored buoy, another observatory); an infrastructure may also serve as support for other instrumented packages. 3) instrumented package is a sensor or instrument devoted to a specific observation task; it may be hosted inside the observatory, be operated autonomously, be directly connected to an infrastructure or be placed near an observatory and interfaced to it (thus having the observatory as its infrastructure). the technological issues regarding longterm observatories versus temporary stations are quite similar. however, the technological developments are largely dependent on the period of operation of the station; a long-term observatory is much more difficult to maintain than a temporary ocean bottom station, due to the problems of power supply, failures in data retrieval and transmission, and corrosion and bio-fouling. long-term observatories can be used as reference stations and as nodes for short-term experiments with a dense coverage of stations (montagner et al., 2002). these temporary arrays, for instance of obs/h, are needed to study seismicity in particular areas. many experiments have already demonstrated the importance of integrating obs/obh with landbased seismic stations or of using a dense array of obs/obh, thereby greatly improving the quality of results (e.g., hino et al., 1996; dahm et al., 2002; montuori, 2004; shinohara et al., 2004; barberi et al., 2006; sgroi et al., 2006). this approach is completely different from the long-term seafloor observatories: it is a sort of mobile network for specific experiments similar to terrestrial ones. the obs/obhs are normally deployed in a free-falling mode, and this introduces an uncertainty in the positioning, in the orientation of the three components, and in the coupling of sensors with the seabed. depending on the sampling rate, they also have a limited autonomy. moreover, there is no control of the instrument while it is on the seafloor. only a posteriori, after recovery with a pop-up system, is it possible to discover if the sensor has worked correctly and to recover the collected data. for studying local seismicity deployments of a few months are sufficient. on the contrary for global tomographic studies 1-2 year deployments are preferable (bialas et al., 2002). at present, there are two ways to provide two-way connection: using either a cabled or an acoustic link (e.g., stojanovic, 1996; sozer et al., 2000) from the seafloor to a surface buoy that communicates via satellite and/or radio to shore, or using submarine electro-optic cables linked directly to a shore station. the links through cables can be made using either new cable deployments or decommissioned cables (e.g., nagumo and walker, 1989). on the other hand, individual nodes established for various scientific purposes can differ in size, complexity, scientific instrumentation, and technical capabilities in order to balance overall network objectives and cost. the actual designs must be driven by science needs. standardisation is one of the key issues. another important issue is to have proper marine logistics for the management of fixed seafloor observatories (ships and rovs) and joint use of auvs able to extend the capabilities of mapping and sampling. other important requirements for establishing a seafloor observatory network are sensors, power and data telemetry. although many sensors are currently available for underwater use, there is a lack of new sensors, especially for long-term use in the deep-sea environment. one of the most crucial aspects of the seafloor observatory is to furnish and to maintain the necessary power, especially in the autonomous mode. finally, there are concerns related to data telemetry and management. the energy and telecommunications industries can be involved in many aspects of ocean observatories, from supplying the cables, buoys, and instruments for observatory infrastructure to the ships, rovs, and support services needed to maintain and operate this infrastructure over the long term (nrc, 2003a). 526 paolo favali and laura beranzoli 3.1. autonomous observatories this type of observatory is characterised by a stand-alone configuration. therefore they are powered by battery packs and their autonomy depends on the battery capacity, but lifetimes are typically at least one year. the connection between the seafloor autonomous observatory and the surface is provided through releasable data capsules able to send information on the status of the observatory and a limited quantity of data. acoustic systems constitute another possibility to provisionally link the seafloor observatory to the surface. these systems are composed of an underwater transducer and acoustic modem, and a surface transducer and surface acoustic unit. examples are, for instance, the japanese «mobile seafloor observatory» equipped with data capsules (momma et al., 2001), geostar when using the messengers (beranzoli et al., 1998, 2000a,b; marvaldi et al., 2002), or sn-1 and mabel in experiments where they can be interrogated acoustically from the surface (see section 4.5). 3.2. acoustically linked observatories these observatories can have long-term acoustic links either with a moored buoy or another observatory as a node of an underwater network, as in the orion-geostar-3 project. in the first option the observatories transmit data to a surface buoy acting as a central communication node, with a satellite and/or direct radio link to shore. this surface buoy is anchored to the seafloor and communicates with the sub-sea nodes acoustically or via an electrical or fibre-optic cable. in contrast to cabled observatories, moored-buoy systems are generally less expensive to install, but the trade-off is a greatly diminished data bandwidth and reduced power availability. data transfer rate, power consumption, and system stabilisation requirements are all interdependent, but it is possible to obtain high data transfer rates in balance with power and buoy stability. some satellite systems, because of the need to use a directional antenna, impose strict stability requirements on the surface buoy (< 10 degrees per second in pitch, roll and yaw). satellite communications can also consume substantial power. data transfer requirements range from less than 1 to up to 100 kb/s. in order to prevent disruption to the time-series data sets, a back-up communication system should be included in the design. furthermore, the system must have the capacity to store data. moored-buoy systems will need to be engineered for deployment in different environments, including those at high latitudes. deployment location will greatly impact mooring design due to variations of sea state, wind velocity, ocean and air temperatures, water depth and satellite coverage. furthermore, other factors have to be taken into consideration, such as the suitability of solar panels at high latitudes, potential for vandalism and visibility of the mooring in shipping lanes. it is estimated that, at present, the average maintenance interval for a moored-buoy observatory will be about 12 months. 3.3. cabled observatories cabled seafloor observatories use undersea communications cables to supply power, communications, and command and control capabilities to scientific monitoring equipment at nodes along the cabled system (e.g., chave et al., 2004, 2006). each node can support a range of devices that may include an auv docking station. cabled systems will be the preferred approach when power and data telemetry requirements are great. early generation commercial optical undersea cables that are soon to be retired will have the communications capacity, but will possibly have insufficient power capability. if these cables are suitably located for seafloor observatory research, their use could reduce the need for expensive new cables. more than 35000 km of electro-optical telecommunications cables on the ocean floor will be retired in-place by the industry within the next few years, and more are likely to follow during ensuing years (nrc, 2003a). there are many good examples of the re-use of retired cables, such as h2o, geo-toc and venus (jp) (see sections 4.2 and 4.3 for details). 527 seafloor observatory science: a review the major components of a cabled observatory are: a) shore station (containing high-power and -voltage, direct-current generation, network and science experiment management); b) undersea cable (containing optical fibres and power conductors); c) undersea observatory nodes (containing power conditioning, network and science experiment management, and standardised interfaces); d) network and science experiment command and control, and communications systems; e) specific sensors and auvs. the current generation of commercial optical cables can satisfy all the seafloor observatory data requirements for long (greater than approximately 300 km) and short systems. these cables can provide data transfer rates on the order of 500 gb/s per fibre pair. undersea mateable connectors are currently available. but substantial engineering development will be required for the design and packaging of the power conditioning, network and science experiment management to be placed at the observatory nodes. in order to meet the necessary specification for high system-operational time, low repair costs, and overall equipment lifetime, significant trade-offs will have to be considered between the use of commercially available and custom-built equipments. 3.4. ships, rovs and auvs ships must have suitable characteristics to execute sea operations related to seafloor observatories, particularly dgps, navigation system and dp, and adequate a-frame and handling systems. for instance, medium size vessels, like the italian r/v urania owned by cnr (fig. 1), have already demonstrated the feasibility of managing seafloor observatories such as geostar-class observatories in the mediterranean and in the deep-sea (over 3000 m w.d.). the use of vehicles, like rovs and auvs, is complementary to seafloor observatories. rovs are likely to play an important role in installing, servicing, and repairing seafloor observatories, fig. 1. r/v urania, a medium-size vessel (overall length: 61 m; gross tonnage: 1100 t) owned by cnr and managed by sopromar. the top-left corner shows the ship during the launch of a geostar-class observatory. 528 paolo favali and laura beranzoli even if the payload is limited to a few hundred kilos. rov technology is available with a wide range of capabilities and has been advancing, both within the oceanographic community and industry. the largest pool of rovs is in the offshore industry, but their depth rating normally does not exceed 2000 m (3000 m in a few cases). presently only rovs specifically developed for scientific applications have depth ratings exceeding 3000 m (see table ii). in fig. 2 the french rov victor 6000 is shown as an example. some common uses for rovs include: a) high-resolution site mapping (seafloor maps are important for site preparation prior to the seafloor observatory installation; towed vehicles are routinely used for these surveys, but rovs and auvs capable of flying precision tracks produce the highest quality maps); b) installation of instrumentation; c) servicing installed instrumentation (instrumentation positioned at depth can experience biofouling or short-term failures); d) servicing node components; e) plugging and unplugging platforms and instruments; f) burying cables and sensors. the ocefig. 2. the french deep-rated rov victor 6000 built and managed by ifremer (see also table ii). a detailed view of the rov is shown in the bottom-left corner. 529 seafloor observatory science: a review anographic community has already demonstrated the use of rovs in aspects of observatory work, such as scripps at osn-1, whoi for h2o and mbari for work in monterey bay (see section 4.2). auvs have the potential to undertake a variety of mapping and sampling missions while using fixed observatory installations to recharge batteries, off-load data and receive new instructions. a major use for auvs will be to map seafloor and water-column properties and to document horizontal variability. another use will be to extend the spatial observational capability of seafloor observatories. scenarios for employing auvs as elements of seafloor observatories envision small vehicles, weighing at most a few hundred kilos, with docking capabilities. vehicle endurance is dictated by survey speeds (typically about 5 km/h) and power consumption by onboard computer and sensor payload. general goals of auv missions include: a) seafloor mapping (auvs operate very close to the seafloor and they can collect high-resolution, high-accuracy mapping data, in addition to other geophysical parameters, such as bathymetry and magnetics); b) water-column mapping (auvs provide the capability to map physical and chemical parameters, horizontally, vertically or in three-dimensions); c) measuring fluxes (auvs provide this capability at specific locations); d) initialising and constraining models (auvs are capable of obtaining the physical parameters needed). recently, the oil and gas industry has demonstrated a growing interest in auvs for deep-water surveys driven by the combination of the move of off-shore drilling to greater water depths and the increasing maturity of auv capabilities. 3.5. scientific instrumentation a wide variety of sensors are already available for undersea research, and there are many instruments that are being deployed for long durations (e.g., thermistors, seismometers, hydrophones and current meters). there are also several types of samplers available for the collection of fluids and biological samples that require shore-based analysis. many of these sensors and samplers are not suitable for long-term deployments for a variety of reasons (e.g., instability of chemical reagents, sensitivity to biofouling, or loss of calibration). it is clear that development of new sensors will be critical in order for seafloor observatories to be fully effective. sensor technology (e.g., in chemistry and biology), especially for long-term use in the deep-sea, is not sufficiently advanced to take advantage of the seafloor observatory infrastructure. in addition, enhancements of existing sensors are necessary for unattended operations for a long time. the general requirements for new sensors or for enhanced types are: low power consumption, longterm stability, standard interface and adequate choice of materials. if an ocean observatory infrastructure is to be established, it will be necessary to make substantial parallel investments in sensor technology (e.g., brewer et al., 2002, 2004) or packages, for example seabass developed as a vlf system (2-50 hz) to study ambient noise at and below the seafloor (stephen et al., 1994), sappi an autonomous pore-pressure instrument (kaul et al., 2004), hydrophone arrays for measuring ocean temperature (atoc project; dushaw et al., 1999) or geodetic measurements using both gps and acoustics (spiess et al., 1998; gagnon et al., 2005a,b). much effort has been made to develop prototypes in parallel with the activities of the ec geostar and related italian projects (see sections 4.4 and 4.5). each sensor has its own requirements for correct installation and data acquisition in terms of sampling rate (see favali et al., 2006). an important issue is the synchronisation of all the sensors. it can greatly help to understand better the mutual relationship among different processes when one is comparing data sets acquired by accurately synchronised sensors. this is particularly true for seismometers, where the required clock stability is <10−9 s. another important issue for seismometers is how to minimise the level of noise recorded in different frequency bands (depending on the noise sources), so as to keep within the high and low background noise reference models (peterson, 1993). different modes of sensor installation and of «cleaning» the seismological data using other types of instruments sampled at high rates (like current meters and/or dpgs) are the tools used for minimising noise (e.g., stakes et al., 530 paolo favali and laura beranzoli 1998a; webb, 1998; webb and crawford, 1999; crawford and webb, 2002; monna et al., 2005; shinohara et al., 2006). a challenge for any observatory data management structure will be the processing, distributing and archiving of the large data sets produced (e.g., momma et al., 2001). a fully integrated plan for data handling should be developed in the early stages for any seafloor observatory programme. redundancy must always be built in. 3.6. technology for power supply power supply is one of the most critical aspects in seafloor observatories, especially those in stand-alone configurations. at present, for these applications primary lithium batteries are normally used, as in geostar-class observatories (see section 4.4). this type of battery easily supports multidisciplinary experiments for more than one year. efforts must be made to develop new sources of energy (e.g., fuel cells) and to design systems that are re-chargeable from the surface using the surface buoy as primary source, or substituting battery packs on the seafloor systems by rovs. for a cabled observatory, the power aspects are less critical, but significant engineering development will be necessary to provide sufficient power and to adapt the power transmission schemes used in the sub-sea telecommunications industry. the following developments in seafloor power hardware will be required: a) design of specific direct-current conversion hardware with the required reliability; b) provision of a workable thermal environment for the power conditioning, network and science experiment management (the physical design of the thermal paths from the electronics to seawater need to be carefully engineered); c) the physical power path to the observatory will need to be designed so as to minimise the probability and effects of corona discharge; d) the configuration and hardware for power surge protection need to be designed to provide a fault-tolerant observatory network. these scenarios could be quite complex for an observatory with many nodes and more than one shore station. 4. world-wide past and ongoing experiments the scientific benefits of establishing a seafloor observatory network for geophysical, oceanographic, climatological and meteorological investigations have been recognised for many years. following the pioneering efforts in the 1960s (sutton et al., 1965), the importance of filling the existing gaps in the global landbased networks (particularly in the network of seismic and geomagnetic stations) by using seafloor observatories has been recognised (e.g., purdy and dziewonski, 1988; montagner and lancelot, 1995; lowes, 2002). since the 1990s, many important workshops have been organised outlining long-term scientific strategies for the use of observatories: for instance, the three «international workshops on the scientific use of submarine cables» organised in 1990 in honolulu (chave et al., 1990), in 1997 in okinawa (utada et al., 1997) and in 2003 in tokyo (kasahara and chave, 2003), the international conference «science-technology synergy for research in marine environment: challenges for the xxi century» held in erice (sicily) in 1999 (beranzoli et al., 2002), the «symposium on seafloor observatories» held in 2000 in islamorada (florida), the ohp/ion joint symposium «long-term observations in the oceans» in yamanashi (japan) (romanowicz et al., 2001) and oceans’04 in kobe (yada et al., 2004). this section aims at reviewing all the relevant past and ongoing experiments, projects and programmes on seafloor observatories in a world-wide context. table iii lists the twentyeight seafloor observatories validated through long-term missions at sea. 4.1. international 4.1.1. experiments and projects corks – from 1991 to 1997 odp installed 13 long-term hydrogeological observatories (corks) to study fluid flow processes in situ in two flow regimes: sedimented young oceanic crust and accretionary prisms (e.g., davis et al., 1992; becker et al., 1998; becker and malone, 531 seafloor observatory science: a review 2001). these observatories involve sealing a borehole at the throat of the re-entry cone with a sensor string suspended in the hole. a longterm data logger is positioned so as to be accessible by a submersible on the seafloor for periodic data transfer and re-programming. international initiatives like seize, funded within the nsf programme margins, can greatly benefit from permanent observatories including seafloor seismic and fluid flow, and borehole monitoring devices. corks can provide a realtime record of sub-surface transient events in temperature, pressure and water chemical data. seize was developed to study the shallow subduction zone interface that is locked and accumulates elastic strain which is periodically released in large or great earthquakes, often tsunamigenic (margins, 2003). dsdp legs 52, 88 and 91, and odp leg 128 – borehole seismology was introduced to ocean drilling on dsdp leg 52 in 1976-1977 at site 417 in the atlantic ocean (stephen, 1978; stephen et al., 1980a,b); then on dsdp leg 88 table iii. twenty-eight seafloor observatories validated at sea; a: autonomous; al: acoustic linked; c: cabled. name type starting year country jma omaezaki c 1978 japan jma off-boso c 1985 japan jamstec off-hatsushima c 1993 japan eri off-ito city c 1994 japan eri off-sanriku c 1995 japan nied hiratsuka c 1995 japan leo-15 c 1996 u.s.a. geo-toc c (re-used) 1997 japan hugo c 1997 u.s.a. jamstec off-muroto peninsula c 1997 japan moise a 1997 u.s.a. nemo al (buoy) 1997 u.s.a. h2o c (re-used) 1998 u.s.a. mobile seafloor observatory a 1998 japan jamstec off-kushiro-tokachi c 1999 japan venus (jp) c 1999 japan geostar al (buoy) 2000 eu mvco c 2000 u.s.a. nereid-1 a 2000 japan nereid-2 a 2000 japan wp-2 a 2000 japan wp-1 a 2001 japan mobb a 2002 u.s.a. orion-geostar-3 (node 3) al (observatory) 2003 eu orion-geostar-3 (node 4) al (observatory) 2003 eu assem (4 nodes) al (buoy) 2004 eu gmm c 2004 eu sn-1 nemo(*) c 2005 italy-eu (*) sn-1 was used in autonomous configuration in 2002. 532 paolo favali and laura beranzoli in 1982 at site 581 in the pacific ocean with the emplacement of a seismometer built by the hawaii institute of geophysics (duennebier et al., 1987); and finally on dsdp leg 91 in 1983 at site 595 in the pacific ocean, during the ngendie programme (adair et al., 1987; jordan et al., 1987). in all cases the glomar challenger vessel drilled a cased hole. in september 1989, a feedback-type accelerometer capsule was installed in hole 794d in the japan sea during odp leg 128 (ingle et al., 1989; suyehiro et al., 1995). the instrument recorded a teleseismic event (mb 5.4 at about 4000-km epicentral distance) that clearly showed a surface wave dispersion train (tamaki et al., 1992). technologies for re-entering boreholes with observatory style sensors have played a vital role in the evolution of the seafloor observatory concept. these include the ifremer nadia systems (versions 1 and 2) (legrand et al., 1989; gable, 1992) and the sio wireline re-entry system (spiess et al., 1992; stephen et al., 1994; becker et al., 2004). nero (odp leg 179) – odp leg 179 in april-june 1998 set out with two primary objectives (pettigrew et al., 1999). one of these was to prepare the nero site where researchers could establish a gobo as part of the future network of seafloor observatories proposed in the ion programme, drilling a cased re-entry hole into basaltic basement on the ninety east ridge. this objective specifically included drilling a single hole as deep as possible into the basement, and installing a re-entry cone and casing beyond basement to prepare for the future installation of the observatory. the depth of penetration below the seafloor (493.8 m) in a water depth of 1648 m as well as the firm attachment of casing to the basement, should isolate the instrument from noise. geophysical observatories currently operating world-wide share a common attribute and shortcoming in that they are only emplaced on continents or islands. since the world’s oceans cover more than two-thirds of the planet’s surface, the coverage given by observatories on oceanic islands is incomplete. installation of a downhole observatory at this location in the east indian ocean will fill one of the major gaps in global seismic monitoring coverage. the nero project is a joint initiative among jamstec, ifremer and ipgp. odp leg 186 – two borehole geophysical observatories were installed (about 1100 m below the seafloor) in august 1999 on the deepsea terrace of the japan trench during odp leg 186 at site 1150 (nereid-1; 39°11ln, 143°20le) and at site 1151 (nereid-2; 38°45ln, 143°20le) (sacks et al., 2000). the sites are located in areas with contrasting seismic characteristics. the northern site is within a seismically active zone where microearthquakes are frequent and m 7 earthquakes recur. the southern site is within an aseismic zone where no microearthquakes are observed. these features coexist within the seismogenic zone of the japan trench plate subduction zone, where the > 100-ma portion of the pacific plate is subducting at a fast rate (∼ 9 cm/yr) beneath northern japan causing major earthquakes along the trench. leg 186 is the first scientific venture to succeed in installing state-of-the-art strain, tilt, and seismic sensors for long-term operation in seafloor boreholes. the systems started collecting data in september 1999. these stations make invaluable additions to the existing geophysical network over the western pacific. this type of multiple-sensor seismo-geodetic observatory can now be emplaced by the joides resolution drilling vessel in many other areas where active processes wait to be monitored. although not always the case, normal coring objectives and observatory objectives often overlap and are interrelated as in this leg or recent cork legs. once an observatory is established, ways and means to recover the data and to keep the station running become necessary. such tasks are not easily undertaken even if a site only needs servicing once a year. a new fibre-optic cable owned by the university of tokyo already exists and currently terminates near site 1150. once site 1150 proves to be functioning, connections will be made to supply power, send commands, and retrieve data in real time on land. furthermore, a 50-km cable extension is planned to connect site 1151 as well. the borehole geophysical observatories at 533 seafloor observatory science: a review sites 1150 and 1151 greatly improve source location (particularly depth) and focal mechanism and rupture process determinations for earthquakes near the japan trench (nishizawa et al., 1990, 1992; suyehiro and nishizawa, 1994; hino et al., 1996). near-field data, obtained from these observatories with the aid of ocean bottom seismographs, will particularly improve the resolution of source mechanisms for very slow rupture events such as tsunami earthquakes (hino et al., 2001; hirata et al., 2003), or tsunamis generated by submarine landslides (e.g., driscoll et al., 2000), contributing to better constraint simulation (e.g., ohmachi et al., 2001). odp leg 191 – odp leg 191 (july-september 2000) had two main goals: to drill and case a borehole at a site in the north-west pacific ocean between japan and the shatsky rise and to install therein a borehole seismic observatory (kanazawa et al., 2001). the seismic observatory was successfully installed at site 1179 (called wp-2) and left ready for activation by a future rov cruise. a high priority for ion has been to install a station beneath the deep seafloor of the north-west pacific to gain a better understanding of regional earthquake patterns and to enhance tomographic images of the earth’s interior. the seismometer augments a regional network consisting of land stations in eastern asia, japan, and the western pacific islands and borehole seismometers installed during odp leg 186 (sacks et al., 2000) and planned at that time for odp leg 195 (see below). owing to its location, the site 1179 seismometer will provide critical seismic observations from the seaward side of the japan trench. the objective is to understand the processes driving earth’s dynamic systems from a regional to a global scale by imaging the earth’s interior with seismic waves. unfortunately, few seismometers are located on the 71% of the earth’s surface covered by oceans. the asymmetry and non-uniformity of seismic station distribution makes high-resolution imaging of some parts of the mantle nearly impossible. ocean-bottom seismometers are needed to accomplish the goals of international geoscience programmes that use earthquake data. downhole instruments for these western pacific borehole observatories have been developed under the ongoing japanese ohp programme (see section 4.3). aside from plugging an important gap in the global seismic array, the site 1179 observatory produces high-quality digital seismic data (shinohara et al., 2006). tests with other borehole seismometers show that the background noise level for oceanic borehole instruments is much less than most of their counterparts on land (e.g., stephen et al., 1999). odp leg 195 – odp leg 195 (march-may 2001), among three distinct objectives, dedicated the first segment to coring and setting a longterm geochemical observatory (cork) at the summit of south chamorro seamount (site 1200). the second segment was devoted to coring and casing a hole in the philippines sea abyssal seafloor (site 1201) and the installation of broad-band seismometers for a long-term sub-seafloor borehole observatory (salisbury et al., 2002). the drilling and observatory installation at chamorro was designed to: a) examine the processes of mass transport and geochemical cycling in the subduction zones and forearcs of non-accretionary convergent margins; b) ascertain the spatial variability of slabrelated fluids in the forearc environment; c) study the metamorphic and tectonic history of non-accretionary forearc regions; d) investigate the physical properties of the subduction zones as controls over dehydration reactions and seismicity; e) investigate biological activity associated with subduction zones. a high-quality digital seismic observatory was therefore installed in the west philippine basin as an important component of the ion seismometer net. the observatory (called wp-1) allows more precise study of the seismic structure of the crust and upper mantle in the philippine plate, as well as better resolution of earthquake locations and mechanisms in the north-west pacific subduction zone. the observatory is designed as a stand-alone system with its own battery pack and recorder on the seafloor so that it can be serviced and interrogated by a rov, like the borehole observatories installed at sites 1150 and 1151. however, there is a coaxial tpc-2 cable near site 1201 (shinohara et al., 2006) 534 paolo favali and laura beranzoli and there are plans to connect data, control and power lines to this cable. this will also be done under the auspices of ohp (see section 4.3). odp leg 196 – leg 196 was the second of a two-leg program of coring, logging, and installing acork long-term subseafloor hydrogeological observatories in the nankai trough, a convergent margin accreting a thick section of clastic sediments (mikada et al., 2002). the nankai subduction zone off southwest japan forms an «end-member» sediment-dominated accretionary prism. the philippine sea plate underthrusts the margin at a rate of about 4 cm/yr along an azimuth of 310°-315° (seno et al., 1993) down an interface dipping 3°-7° (kodaira et al., 2000), causing repeated great earthquakes (magnitudes > 8) with an average recurrence interval of about 180 years (ando, 1975). although the role of fluid is thought to be a key factor in the study of seismogenic zones (hickman et al., 1995), the magnitude and location of active fluid flow in this accretionary prism and the potential linkage to the nankai seismogenic zone are not clearly defined. the investigation of this system motivated the deployment of long-term hydrogeological and geochemical monitoring systems. leg 196 (may-july 2001) focused on logging while drilling and installing acorks at two sites (808 and 1173) near the toe of the nankai prism. odp leg 203 – the odp leg 203 science programme is part of a multidisciplinary project that primarily represents the interests of the nsf’s component of the international deos(b) planning effort, and ion (orcutt et al., 2003). the leg (may-july 2002) drilled a cased re-entry hole (hole 1243a, osn-2, 3882 m w.d. at 5°18ln, 110°4lw) in the eastern equatorial pacific, the location of a future deos multidisciplinary observatory. the drill site was located in 10to 12-ma lithosphere. the hole was drilled to a total depth of 224 m, which included 121 m of sediment and 103 m of basement penetration. hole 1243a will subsequently be used to install an observatory-quality broadband three-component seismometer (0.001-5 hz) as well as a high-frequency three-component seismometer (1-20 hz) to ensure high-fidelity recording over the range of frequencies normally recorded by the terrestrial gsn. the seismic system, as well as other instrumentation associated with the observatory, will be connected to a deos(b) mooring, for both power and high-speed data telemetry, to a land station and to the internet. the equatorial site satisfies two scientific objectives of crustal drilling: a) it is located in one of the high-priority regions for the osn and deos(b); b) it is in oceanic crust created by fast seafloor spreading, providing a rare opportunity to examine crustal genesis, evolution, and crust/mantle interaction for a seafloor-spreading end-member responsible for generating the majority of the oceanic lithosphere. the drilling and establishment of a cased legacy hole at the remote equatorial pacific ion multidisciplinary observatory site provides an ideal location for the initial installation of a moored observatory. this site is one of the high-priority prototype observatories for the osn (purdy, 1995) (see section 4.2). odp leg 205 – costa rica is an important area for studies of the seismogenic zone and subduction factory for several reasons. science objectives for leg 205 (september-november 2002) had two primary foci, both related to seismogenic zone and subduction factory questions. the first was to determine the igneous and alteration history of the uppermost part of the downgoing plate at reference site 1253. the second was to characterise and monitor two of the three hydrological systems: in basement at site 1253 and along the décollement (or upper fault zone) at sites 1254 and 1255 (morris et al., 2003). these goals were accomplished by 1) targeted coring at selected intervals, 2) downhole temperature and pressure measurements, 3) logging at site 1253, and (4) installation of long-term observatories (cork-iis) to monitor temperature and pressure and to sample fluids and gases in each of the hydrologic systems. installation of long-term seafloor observatories was a major focus of leg 205. two boreholes were drilled on the costa rica subduction zone to study the geochemical fluxes and related processes. the holes (1253a and 1255a) were outfitted with modified corks (cork-iis) that include instruments capable of fluid sam535 seafloor observatory science: a review pling and measuring flow rates, temperature, and pressure (jannasch et al., 2003). 4.1.2. programmes ion – the ion committee was established in june 1993 and the iaspei executive committee granted it commission status. it is an international association affiliated to iugg (romanowicz and suyehiro, 2001). ion was formed to foster synergies among different disciplines, and to promote international co-operation in the development of critical elements of the seafloor observing systems, harmonisation of those elements of the system that would allow shared maintenance of the observatories and development of common plans for the use of international resources (e.g., goos, iodp). ion was originally created for the purposes of the seismological community; the seismic data from a wwssn, established in the early 1960s, accelerated advances in seismology and were a great resource for new discoveries till the 1970s. during the past 15 years, our knowledge of the processes of the deep earth has been greatly improved by the development of new generations of global monitoring networks in seismology and geodesy and by the continuation of long-term observations in geomagnetism (e.g., geoscope, iris, geofon, and mednet). improvements in the observatory locations for seismology, geodesy, and geomagnetism, particularly in the oceans, can greatly enhance our understanding of the earth’s interior. ion emphasises that «oceans are seismic deserts» (this also applies to geomagnetic observatories). except for a few stations on oceanic islands, very large zones are unmonitored, particularly in the pacific, south atlantic, and east indian oceans. in 1995 participation in ion was enlarged to include the geoscience community, and in 2001 to include the oceanographic community. during its meetings ion has formulated recommendations, among the most important of which are: a multidisciplinary approach to ocean observatories is essential; extension of observing systems to the oceans is essential not only for solid earth geosciences, but also in other disciplines such as biology. at the end of 2004 ion gained an inter-association status. under its umbrella several experiments have been performed, among them moise and nero, and many observatories installed in boreholes have been supported. 4.2. u.s.a./canada 4.2.1. experiments and projects leo-15 – the leo-15 real-time cabled underwater observatory was established in august 1996 in 15 m of water 7 km off-shore of great bay (new jersey). one of the major goals of leo-15 is to develop a real-time capability for rapid environmental assessment and physical/ biological forecasting in coastal waters (glenn et al., 2000). it provides communications and power for different instruments at many sub-sea nodes via a cable, and shore facilities. continuous measurements made at each node are used to model and to aid biologists in their research into benthic communities and phytoplankton ecology (traykovski et al., 1999; howe et al., 2002; schofield et al., 2002). mvco – another coastal observatory (mvco) has recently been installed starting in 2000 by whoi off the south coast of martha’s vineyard (massachusetts) to monitor coastal atmospheric and oceanic conditions (edson et al., 2000; austin et al., 2002). the observatory is able to provide scientists with direct access to the coastal environment and to allow continuous measurements of environmental parameters. based on a telemetry system, the observatory has been designed to be in operation for a minimum of 25 years with minimal maintenance. spare power conductors and optical fibres in the main cable provide for significant expansion capability for future nodes, auv docking stations and other special experiments. hugo the university of hawaii developed the hugo project, a seafloor observation system cabled to an on-shore station by means of a 47-km fibre-optic cable (duennebier et al., 2002a). hugo was installed in 1997 and aimed at creating a permanent multidiscipli536 paolo favali and laura beranzoli nary ocean-floor laboratory at the top of the loihi submarine active volcano through the integration of marine electro-optical cables with existing sensor technologies (fig. 3). hugo has the potential of supporting experiments from many disciplines, including volcanology, biology and geochemistry. the main components of hugo are the shore station, supplying power to the observatory and recording data; the electro-optical cable; the junction box; the power distribution and data collection centre on lahoi; multiplexing nodes and secondary distribution points. hugo could potentially supply electrical power, command capability and real-time data services to more than 100 instruments connected to and removed from the ocean floor by submersible or rov. unfortunately in april 1998 the main hugo cable developed a short circuit to sea water and a new cable must be obtained and installed. despite the failure, this experiment accomplished several important tasks, among them the transmission of high-rate, high-fidelity data from the top of loihi. fig. 3. a multibeam map of the summit of the submarine volcano loihi (hawaii) where the hugo experiment was performed (rectangle). the route of the 47-km fibre-optic cable is shown on the right (duennebier et al., 2002a). 537 seafloor observatory science: a review h2o – in mid 1998 a similar experiment was undertaken for the development of h2o based on a retired commercial submarine telephone cable (burns, 1999; butler et al., 2000; chave et al., 2002; petitt et al., 2002). it consists of a cable termination and a junction box in 4979 m of water placed in the eastern pacific, roughly half-way between california and hawaii (141.6°w, 28.5°n). in fig. 4 a photograph of the junction box is shown, together with a map of its location and the route of the decommissioned cable used, an at&t telephone cable system that originally connected san luis obispo, california, and makaha, on oahu island, hawaii. instruments are connected by means of a rov to the junction box, which provides two-way digital communication at variable data rates and a total of about 500 w for both junction box systems and user equipment. there are two shallow buried seismometers (∼ 1 m below the seafloor), consisting of a modified guralp cmg-3t broad-band seismometer and a conventional 4.5 hz three-component geophone (duennebier et al., 2002b). this sensor has been transmitting seismic data to shore (oahu) continuously and in real time for >2 years. the seismic data are forwarded to the iris data management center in seattle and are included in the gsn database for use in global and regional earthquake studies. to reduce the noise level significantly (collins et al., 2001), it was decided in future to place the broad-band seismometer in a borehole. during odp leg 200 (december 2001-january 2002) a re-entry hole was drilled and cased into basement near the existing hawaii-2 cable and the h2o junction box in order to establish a longterm borehole geophysical observatory for continuous real-time seismic monitoring, as well as for other geophysical experiments. the longterm h2o site satisfies three scientific objectives of crustal drilling: 1) it is located in one of the high-priority regions for the osn; 2) its proximity to the hawaii-2 cable and the h2o junction box makes it a unique site for realtime, continuous monitoring of geophysical, microbiological, and geochemical experiments in the crust; and 3) it is on fast-spreading pacific crust (71 mm/yr half-rate) (stephen et al., 2003a). moise and mobb – as part of the mbari margin seafloor experiment, conducted from 1996 through 1999, the moise experiment deployed a suite of geophysical and oceanographic instruments by means of the rov ventana (< 2000 m operative depth) on the western side of the st. andreas fault system off-shore of fig. 4. the h2o junction box (on the left). a map of the h2o location and the route of the retired cable used is shown on the right (chave et al., 2002). 538 paolo favali and laura beranzoli central california. the experiment ran in autonomous mode at around 1000 m w.d. and collected three months of data in the summer of 1997, having developed a corehole seismometer for low-noise seismic data (stakes et al., 1998a) to constrain continental margin seismicity by extending the seismic network to offshore sites (begnaud and stakes, 2000). periodical rov reconnection to moise’s logger permitted data download from the sensor package (romanowicz et al., 1998; stakes et al., 1998b, 2002; stutzmann et al., 2001). in april 2002, mbari also installed mobb at 1000 m w.d., 40 km off-shore, using a rov, as a direct follow-up of moise. this observatory was buried and besides a broad-band three-component seismometer comprises a current meter and a dpg. the ultimate goal is to link mobb by continuous telemetry to the shore, so that it becomes part of bdsn. this awaits the installation of the mars cable (romanowicz et al., 2003, 2006). in the next iodp leg 312 (october-november 2005) an engineering leg is planned for the development of a borehole observatory as part of the mars activity. mbari is also testing several high-risk technologies associated with a cable-linked moored buoy observatory at the moos test mooring site in 1860 m of water (nrc, 2003a). deos – the deos(a) seafloor observatory initiative, concentrating on geophysics, started in 1997. initially the focus was on deep-water geo-observatories, but this was subsequently expanded to include near-shore observatories and water-column studies. to reflect this effort to engage the wider oceanographic community, the acronym was changed in 1999 to deos(b). the deos(b) steering committee includes representatives of the major u.s.a. geo-science observatory programmes and additional members from the microbiological community. the deos(b) planning initiative in the u.s.a. and the u.k. (supported by nsf and nerc respectively), in co-ordination with partners in several member states of the eu and japan, represented by iaspei/ion, has identified a network of sites for multidisciplinary observatories focused on the atmosphere, ocean, and the earth beneath it. whereas for centuries observatories have been commonly used on land for many purposes, long-term continuous observations of natural phenomena in the oceans represent a new frontier for the sciences. a component of deos(b) seeks to establish a global network of 20 moored-buoy ocean observatories that could comprise the global network component of the ooi (fig. 5; nrc, 2003a). in other locations, generally those closer to land, deos(b) calls for fig. 5. location of proposed ooi global observatory network sites (nrc, 2003a). 539 seafloor observatory science: a review the use of direct submarine cable connections to shore. the deos(b) ocean observatory planning initiative was launched to foster a long-term continuous observational presence at the air-sea interface, throughout the water column, on the seafloor, and below. deos(b) transitioned into ooi/orion (see below). another major international ocean observatory programme with close ties to the nsf’s ooi is the b-deos programme (nrc, 2003a). the b-deos programme plan calls for the establishment of multidisciplinary moored ocean observatories at 3 sites: south of the azores on the mid-atlantic ridge, on the reykjanes ridge south of iceland, and in the drake passage-east scotia risesouth sandwich islands area. neptune – one major component of the deos(b) and ooi/orion planning effort is neptune, a project to establish a lithospheric-plate scale multidisciplinary observatory network on the juan de fuca plate, located a few hundred kilometres off the us-canadian west coast, and connected to two land-based research laboratories (shore stations) using highspeed, fibre-optic submarine communications cables (fig. 6; delaney et al., 2000; neptune, 2000). the project started in june 1998 with the u.s.a. neptune feasibility study, completed and published in june 2000. the canadian neptune feasibility study started in june 1999 and was completed and published in october 2000. the deployment of a 3000-km cable, largely along the margins of the juan de fuca plate is planned, with approximately 30 nodes spaced roughly at 100-km intervals and «extension cords» to permit the location of instruments 50 km or more from a node (massion et al., 2004). the multidisciplinary approach covers as preliminary examples: a) cross-margin particulate fluxes; b) seismology and geodynamics, seafloor hydrogeology and biogeochemistry; c) ridge-crest and subduction zone processes (fluid venting and gas hydrates); d) deep-sea ecology; e) water-column processes; f) fisheries and marine mammals. the system has been designed to provide real-time data transmission, interactive control and power to instruments and vehicles. the planned lifetime is 30 years. in 2002-2003 both cabled-observatory test beds, venus (can) in the strait of georgia, the strait of juan de fuca and saanich inlet, british columbia (3 different cables), and mars in monterey bay (a 62-km cable down to 1220 m w.d.) were funded (nrc, 2003a). nemo – the nemo observatory was established in autumn 1997 at the axial seamount (1520 m w.d.) on the juan de fuca ridge (weiland et al., 2000), and will form part of the future neptune network. nemo is acoustically linked to a surface buoy and has the objective to monitor and sample geophysical, geochemical, and microbial variability on an active segment of a mid-ocean ridge system to determine of the relationships between sub-seafloor magma movement, faulting, and changes in the biologic, chemical and physical properties of the subsurface biosphere (e.g., daughney et al., 2004). fig. 6. picture of the 3000-km cable planned in the neptune project to establish a lithospheric-plate scale multidisciplinary observatory network on the juan de fuca plate (delaney et al., 2000; neptune, 2000). 540 paolo favali and laura beranzoli osn – another major component of deos(b), ooi/orion and ion programmes is the establishment of a permanent osn consisting of about 20 sites throughout the world’s oceans for improved geophysical imaging of the internal structure of earth, as part of the iris/gsn networks (orcutt and stephen, 1993). the intention is to deploy sensor packages reentering in boreholes, such as odp holes, using a special thrustered tool. these planetary-scale fixed ocean observatories may also serve as long-term measurement sites for other types of oceanographic and climate studies, such as those envisioned by the geo system of moorings, now called oceansites. the oceansites goal is to establish oceanographic observatories at selected sites around the world’s oceans for the collection of time-series measurements of surface meteorology; air-sea exchanges of heat, fresh water and momentum; and full-depth profiles of water properties, including temperature and salinity, and ocean velocity. time-series measurements will be an essential element of the strategy developed to build accurate fields of air-sea fluxes. these observation stations have been proposed as an important component of goos. as part of the osn activity, between february and june 1998 osnpe collected data over 115 days from a broad-band borehole seismometer at odp site 843b in 4407 m w.d. offoahu about 200 km south-west of hawaii (called osn-1) (stephen, 1998; stephen et al., 1999, 2003b; collins et al., 2001, 2002; sutherland et al., 2004). 4.2.2. programmes orion-ooi – the nsf’s division of ocean science established the orion in 2003 programme to operate and manage existing and future ocean observing sites funded by nsf some of which will be constructed using funds for ooi. the total 5-year construction costs are budgeted at 208 m usd for the period 20062010 (nrc, 2003a). the ooi infrastructure is an integrated observatory with three elements: 1) a regional cabled network consisting of interconnected sites on the seafloor spanning several geological and oceanographic features and processes, such as neptune; 2) relocatable deep-sea buoys that could also be deployed in harsh environments, such as the southern ocean; 3) new construction or enhancements to existing facilities leading to an expanded network of coastal observatories (nrc, 2003a; isern, 2005). the research-focused observatories enabled by the ooi will be networked, becoming an integral part of the proposed ioos, that is an operationally-focused national system and in turn will be a key to enable the u.s.a. contribution to the international goos and the geoss (summerhayes, 2002). the orion programme will also co-ordinate the science driving the construction of this research observing network as well as the operation and maintenance of the infrastructure; development of instrumentation and mobile platforms and their incorporation into the observatory network; and planning, co-ordination, and implementation of educational and public outreach activities. the orion programme will be the most complex initiative that ocean scientists have undertaken within the u.s.a. and it will revolutionise the way that oceanographers study the sea. the nsf-supported ooi will have close ties to ocean and earth observing systems supported by other agencies including noaa, nasa and usgs (isern, 2005). in addition to the programmes listed above, there are other international research programmes that include significant observatory related research initiatives which ooi infrastructure could facilitate. examples include: 1) the interridge initiative for long-term monitoring of the northern midatlantic ridge (momar); 2) the intermargins international consortium to understand seismogenic zones in subduction settings; 3) ion activities to co-ordinate global network observatory efforts; 4) the international oceansites for studying climate and ecosystems in the world’s oceans; and 5) iodp. 4.3. japan in 1978, japan started to manage cabled seafloor observatories for scientific use, and also for real-time monitoring for seismic and tsunami warning. submarine cable-based seismic moni541 seafloor observatory science: a review toring began in five sea areas as part of the national earthquake preparedness efforts (asakawa et al., 2003) following the recommendations of the headquarters for earthquake research promotion. for instance, in 1993, off-hatsushima island a cable connected multidisciplinary observatory was installed by jamstec (momma et al., 1998). the observatory was equipped with geophysical and oceanographic sensors and video-cameras. continuous observations were made for about six years. in july 1999 the observatory stopped working because of a short circuit of the submarine cable. since then the replacement of the primary observatory and the design of a new one, enhanced to acquire additional measurements (e.g., tsunami pressure gauge, γray spectrometer) and based on new technologies, has been completed. in 2000 a new observatory was deployed with a new cable. at present, eight cabled experiments are running (table iii and fig. 7) and all these experiments will be part of a larger project based on cable technology, called arena (massion et al., 2004) and proposed in 2002 by ieee-oceanic engineering society of japan. arena plans to deploy electro-optical cables all around japan including in this network all the eight existing experiments. a feasibility study is presently ongoing for the development of the arena project. arena will be used for many scientific fields such as seismology, geodynamics, oceanography, marine environmental sciences, ecology, biology and exploitation of mineral resources. the arena architecture will be based on a mesh-like network, connecting underwater observatories and terrestrial stations, and covering the vast research area with 3600 km of cable powering the observation nodes. to satisfy the power requirements a new current-to-current converter has been proposed (asakawa et al., 2005). when fully operational, the system will be equipped with 320 observation nodes (one every 20-50 km) over a total cable length of 16000 km (shirasaki et al., 2003). a wide-band optical system to transmit high-definition images will also be developed. finally, expandable and mobile real-time monitoring systems for deep-sea use have also been developed (kawaguchi et al., 2001, 2002). geo-toc and venus (jp) – although long-term (a few months) seafloor experiments have been carried out with mobile stations (e.g., momma et al., 2001), the main trend of the scientific and technological research has been toward the use of underwater cables. while all the submarine cables described above have been specifically deployed for scientific purposes, the utilisation of decommissioned underwater telecommunications cables for scientific observation has also been considered. the use of these latter cables makes possible a low-cost implementation of scientific submarine cable systems. typical examples of the utilisation of a submarine communications cable are the geo-toc project using the japan-u.s.a. cable tpc-1, which connects ninomiya and guam, and venus (jp) which uses the tpc-2 cable running between okinawa and guam islands. a map of the two cables is shown in fig. 8 (kasahara et al., 1995, fig. 7. map of the cable-connected ocean bottom observatories in japan (shirasaki et al., 2003): a) jma – omaezaki; b) jma – off-boso; c) eri – offito city; d) eri – off-sanriku; e) nied – hiratsuka; a) jamstec – off-hatsushima; b) jamstec – off-muroto peninsula; c) jamstec – off-kushirotokachi. a map of the planned arena cable is shown in the top-left corner. 542 paolo favali and laura beranzoli 1998a,b, 2000; hirata et al., 2002; kasahara, 2002). in january 1997, as part of the geo-toc project, a multidisciplinary observatory was deployed on the forearc slope of the izu-bonin trench at 2708 m w.d. the observatory included a hydrophone, accelerometers and a quartz pressure and temperature sensor. under the venus (jp) project, in august-september 1999 a multidisciplinary observatory was installed at a depth of 2170 m on the slope of the ryukyu trench, and attached to the okinawa-guam cable. the observatory was equip-ped with a triaxial broadband seismometer, a tsunami pressure sensor, a hydrophone array, a precision range meter for crustal movement observations, an ad hoc observation system, a potentiometer, a magnetometer and a video-camera. these instruments were connected to the junction box via an underwater mateable connector using a deep-towed unit, rov and manned submersible (fig. 8; kasahara et al., 2006). this arrangement allows the maintenance of instruments by means of a rov and future up-grading of sensors to those with new functions. in addition, it is planned to insert sensors into the geo-toc system. the venus (jp) system enabled the continuous acquisition of observational data from sensors installed on the ocean floor until a break down in communications occurred after several months caused by the failure of an underwater connector on the junction box. ohp – the ohp project plans to cover the east asia-west pacific area by a permanent geophysical network. ohp is a long-term multidisciplinary project funded by the ministry of education, culture, sports, science and technology and started in april 1996. the ohp aims to study and to build a new concept of the structure and dynamics of the earth’s deep interior by constructing a global network of multidisciplinary geophysical observations on the hemisphere including the whole of the pacific ocean. this network consists of three components: seismic, electromagnetic and geodetic. each network is further composed of observations using different fig. 8. map of the tpc-1 and tpc-2 cables. the junction box used in the venus (jp) experiment is shown on the right (kasahara et al., 2006). 543 seafloor observatory science: a review technologies and/or methods. ohp will improve and expand the broad-band seismic network in the north-western pacific region, unifying the observation system, and also deploying semibroad-band obss, such as the experiment in the philippines sea (nine months in 2000-2001). another goal of the project has been the installation of four seafloor borehole geophysical stations (nereid-1, nereid-2, wp-1 and wp-2; see previous section 4.1.), established by odp and managed by jamstec (suyehiro et al., 2002; shinohara et al., 2006). this type of installation of a long-term observatory has shown that a properly cemented ocean-floor borehole in bedrock can also be very quiet at long periods (araki et al., 2004). moreover, under ohp three types of long-term obs have been developed for seafloor observations: 1) lt-vbb (360-0.05 s); lt-bb (30-0.05 s); lt-obs (1-0.05 s). the geoelectromagnetic network aims to study the electrical conductivity structure of the earth’s mantle, earth’s main magnetic field variations and core-mantle dynamics, using the same type of magnetometer. the distribution of permanent geomagnetic observatories is not dense enough. therefore to improve the spatial resolution three types of temporary stations were established: obem, mt and sfems (toh et al., 1998; shinohara et al., 2006). in the last case ohp uses trans-continent submarine retired coaxial cable for measuring geoelectrical potentials, in collaboration with the iris consortium (iris, 1994). finally, geodetic measurements were performed by a permanent network of 10 gps stations, called wing (kato et al., 1998), and by seafloor instruments. as part of ohp, instruments for seafloor geodesy have been developed and tested (fujimoto et al., 1998; osada et al., 2005) jointly with sio, which was the first to develop precision acoustic transponders with a sub-cm resolution in 4-5 km (spiess et al., 1998; gagnon et al., 2005a,b). 4.4. europe ecord-jeodi – esf has created a european research structure, ecord that will serve as the basis for all aspects of scientific ocean drilling research in europe as part of the iodp programme. recently (from 2001) the ec has funded a thematic network (jeodi) to implement ecord and move towards a single research and operational funding structure for science in europe enabled by ocean drilling. ofm – as part of the french efforts to contribute to the establishment of «permanent» seafloor observatories (montagner et al., 1998), the technical goal of the french pilot experiment ofm conducted in april and may 1992 (montagner et al., 1994a-c) was to show the feasibility of installing and recovering two sets of threecomponent broad-band seismometers, one inside an odp borehole and another inside a benthosphere in the vicinity of the hole. all the logistic support for the sea operations was provided by ifremer; the oceanographic vessel nadir, the submersible nautile and the re-entry logging system nadia-2 were used. secondary goals were to obtain the seismic noise level to conduct a comparative study of broad-band noise on the seafloor, downhole, and in continental regions, and to determine the detection threshold of seismic events on the seafloor. after the installation of both sets of seismometers, seismic signals were recorded continuously for 10 days. it was observed that the noise level tends to decrease as time goes by for both ocean-bottom and borehole seismometers, which means that the equilibrium stage had not yet been attained by the end of the experiment (beauduin et al., 1996a,b). the characteristics of microseismic noise in oceanic and continental areas are completely different. the background microseismic noise is shifted toward shorter periods for ocean-bottom and borehole seismometers compared to a continental station. this might be related to the difference in the crustal structure between oceans and continents. the experiment was a technical and scientific success and demonstrated that the installation of a permanent broad-band seismic and geophysical observatory on the seafloor as well as in a borehole is possible and can provide the scientific community with high-quality seismic data. ec feasibility studies – as already mentioned (see introduction), since the early 1990s the ec has promoted feasibility studies aimed at 544 paolo favali and laura beranzoli identifying the scientific requirements (thiel et al., 1994) and the possible technological solutions for the development of seafloor observatories (abel; berta et al., 1995). in particular, abel proved the feasibility of the concept of a benthic laboratory managed by a surface deployer. the configuration proposed by tecnomare (a member of the eni group) was a network of co-operating fixed nodes associated with an auv that can interact with the fixed observing station nodes and extend their capabilities by surveying the area investigated (berta et al., 1995; gasparoni et al., 2002). such a configuration has inspired the ec geostar, geostar-2 and orion-geostar-3 projects (see below). in parallel, other studies and activities, such as desibel (rigaud et al., 1998), have been carried out at ec level, aimed at defining the needs and expectations for longterm investigations at abyssal depths. within desibel four concepts have been investigated: a) an active docking system with a mobile hook; b) an active docking system with a special rov; c) a light scientific rov; d) a free swimming vehicle. the main outcomes of the feasibility studies abel and desibel were the victor 6000 rov of ifremer, and a special rov able to deploy and recovery heavy payloads on the deep seafloor. this rov, called modus, was built as part of the geostar projects (clauss and hoog, 2002; clauss et al., 2004). geostar and geostar-2 – starting in 1995, after the feasibility studies described above, the ec supported the geostar and geostar-2 projects aimed at the development and testing in actual deep-sea conditions of a single-frame seafloor autonomous observatory for long-term (up to one year) multidisciplinary monitoring at abyssal depths (at present, the maximum operative depth is 4000 m). the power supply is provided by a primary lithium battery. beranzoli et al. (1998) describe the main sub-systems: a) bottom station; b) modus; c) the communications systems. the bottom station (i.e. the seafloor observatory) manages all the scientific payload, provides the power supply, and hosts the underwater part of the communications system. the data acquisition is driven and controlled by a central unit called dacs (gasparoni et al., 2002) using a single clock signal to provide a common reference and quickly compare the different time series. modus is the deployment/recovery vehicle, which is lighter and smaller than traditional rovs. although lacking manipulation devices, modus takes care of the observatory from the sea surface to the sea bottom and during the deployment/recovery operations is also the primary communications link with the observatory. the geostar communications are based on different parallel systems: data capsules (messengers) releasable upon surface command or automatically in case of emergency, that can transmit their position on the sea surface and small quantities of data via argos; acoustic seafloor-sea surface links with a buoy or a portable surface station on a ship of opportunity (marvaldi et al., 2002). near-realtime communication with the observatory on the seafloor is assured by a surface buoy able to link by acoustics with the bottom station, and by radio/satellite links with an on-shore station. details of the geostar sub-systems and characteristics of the sensors used can be found in clauss and hoog (2002), gasparoni et al. (2002), marvaldi et al. (2002), clauss et al. (2004) and favali et al. (2006). figure 9a-d shows all the geostar sub-systems. in 1998, a demonstration mission was carried out in the shallow waters of the northern adriatic (42 m; jourdain, 1999; beranzoli et al., 2000a) collecting multiparameter data (beranzoli et al., 2000b). the analysis of the data demonstrated the complete reliability of the whole system, including modus functionality, and in particular demonstrated the scientific potentiality of unique time-referenced multiparameter data (beranzoli et al., 2003). also the effect of the observatory structure on the reliability of the measurements was considered (fuda et al., 2006). in 2000-2001 the first long-term deep-sea mission (geostar-2 project) took place at about 2000 m w.d. in the southern tyrrhenian sea for seven months. a surface buoy was deployed in the vicinity of the mission site to test the near-real-time communication with the observatory on the seafloor. the long-term mission validated the ability of the system to work properly in actual deep-sea conditions. the quality of 545 seafloor observatory science: a review the data collected was also high, as shown, for instance, by magnetic (de santis et al., 2006), gravimetric (iafolla et al., 2006), and geochemical and oceanographic data that evidenced ocean-lithosphere interactions in the benthic boundary layer (etiope et al., 2006). all the marine operations, either for the adriatic shallowwater or for the tyrrhenian deep-sea missions, were managed by the r/v urania. also during the geostar-2 deep-sea mission fourteen obss and obhs were deployed in an area between ustica island and the aeolian islands as far as stromboli to better monitor the seismicity of that area. the experiment, called tyde, lasted six months from the end of november 2000 to the middle of may 2001. details can be found in dahm et al. (2002). some scientific results of tyde are presented and discussed in montuori (2004), sgroi et al. (2006) and barberi et al. (2006). a significant example of technological spin-off from the geostar projects is the use of modus for the management of an instrumented frame, called scipack, for exploratory surveys (casts and profiles) as part of the ec biodeep project. in particular, the exploration of the deep (> 3000 m w.d.) hypersaline anoxic basins of the eastern mediterranean sea has been conducted by acquiring real-time video images, measurements and accurate videoguided samplings (malinverno et al., 2006). the geostar projects represent the starting point of a set of european and italian initiatives, which have led in around 10 years to the development and operation of other geostarclass observatories. the next step, promoted in fig. 9a-d. the complete geostar sub-systems: a) bottom station, which includes dacs, power supply, underwater acoustic communications and scientific payload, with modus on the top; b) modus ship-based remote control system; c) surface communication buoy (geostar-2 configuration); d) five messengers within the bottom station, the orange argos antennas are visible (see also favali et al., 2006). a c d b 546 paolo favali and laura beranzoli 2002 by the ec, was to move from a single benthic observatory to seafloor observatory networks. the two ec projects assem and orion-geostar-3 have such a goal. assem – assem is a project funded by the ec in the period 2002-2004 which developed a seafloor network for the long-term monitoring of geotechnical, geodetic and chemical parameters over a seabed area with maximum extent of 1 km2 (blandin et al., 2003). the network consists of light nodes able to communicate with a surface buoy and providing power supply and data logging resources to a set of sensors placed inside or around the node frame. one of the monitoring nodes also acts as a gateway for the data transmission to the buoy and land stations for processing and access through fig. 10. bathymetric map of the gulf of corinth where one of the assem pilot experiments was carried out. the dots represent the locations of the underwater nodes, the two red circles indicate the m1 node (a, underwater photograph on the right); and the orion-geostar-3 node 4 (b, underwater photograph on the right) (blandin et al., 2003). 547 seafloor observatory science: a review the internet. the network deployment and recovery requires the use of traditional rovs with manipulation functionalities to assist the operations on the seafloor. assem nodes were deployed in 2004 down to 400 m in the gulf of corinth, down to 40 m in the patras gulf (both sites in greece) and down to 50 m at finneidfjord (off-shore norway). the experiments lasted in total seven months. in the gulf of corinth the array included three nodes equipped with geodetic sensors based on acoustic distance meterzzs and tiltmeters, ctd methane and oxygen sensors. the array was integrated with a guest station (node 4) developed as part of the orion-geostar-3 project, to demonstrate the full compatibility between the two networks, assem and orion-geostar-3 (see below). figure 10 shows the bathymetric map of the gulf of corinth in which the experiment was carried out and the location of the nodes. an additional node, gmm, was developed and deployed within a methane-bearing pockmark in the patras gulf at 40 m w.d. this module was equipped with three methane sensors, a h2s sensor and ctd and was linked to shore by submarine cable for real-time data transmission (marinaro et al., 2004). orion-geostar-3 – the oriongeostar-3 ec project (2002-2005) has the objective to make a significant step forward in ocean networking starting from the results of fig. 11. swath bathymetry of the southern tyrrhenian sea, on the right a 3d picture viewed from the north of the marsili underwater volcanic seamount (central tyrrhenian bathyal plain) (marani et al., 2004). the yellow star indicates the site of the orion-geostar-3 experiment at the nw base of the seamount (over 3300 m w.d.). photographs of geostar (right) and node 3 (left) are shown at the bottom of the figure. 548 paolo favali and laura beranzoli the geostar projects (beranzoli et al., 2004). as part of orion-geostar-3, geostar was upgraded to operate as the gateway node of a seafloor network, two satellite observatories were developed (named orion nodes 3 and 4) and horizontal acoustic telemetry was developed to provide a bi-directional communications link between geostar and the satellite nodes. communication between the seafloor network and land is once again performed by the geostar surface buoy via radio/satellite link to a shore station. the deployment/recovery of each network node is made by modus. this opens a large perspective in the standardisation of observatory management. the long-term pilot experiment ran from december 2003 at over 3300 m w.d. nw of the marsili volcanic seamount (southern tyrrhenian sea) (fig. 11; marani et al., 2004) involving geostar, an additional node placed 1 km away (orion node 3), the improved geostar buoy, and a shore-station, sited in the ingv observatory of gibilmanna (northern sicily). the surface buoy allows the automatic transmission to the shore station of periodic messages coming from node 3 to the gateway (geostar node) via horizontal acoustics and then via vertical acoustics from the gateway. the buoy-shore link is by radio through the relay station on salina island (aeolian islands) and/or by satellite (iridium). it is also possible to retrieve pieces of waveforms collected by the seismometer by interrogating either the geostar node or orion node 3 from the shore. although the experiment was ongoing at the time of preparation of this paper, the full set of multiparameter data related to the period december 2003-april 2004 was recovered during a maintenance intervention. the r/v urania has been used for all the sea operations in this project. as part of the assem experiment in the gulf of corinth, one of the orion-geostar-3 nodes (orion node 4) was deployed and integrated as far as the communications were concerned. the demonstration of the compatibility of the two networks was required by the ec to favour the synergy between similar projects and to enhance the results of individual projects. this can assess the capability of european research and technology to provide advanced systems for marine monitoring in (near)-real-time from coast to deep-sea. the results of the orion-geostar-3 project open a new perspective for safe and relatively inexpensive management of seafloor observatories and for the potentiality of a multiparameter approach to the improvement of our knowledge of processes in the benthic boundary layer. esonet – the esonet project promotes activities to develop the multidisciplinary «seafloor segment» of the esa-ec gmes profig. 12. map of the «key-sites» of the european ocean margins proposed by esonet (priede et al., 2003, 2004). 549 seafloor observatory science: a review gramme. these activities are particularly aimed at contributing to research into geo-hazards, global change and biodiversity. esonet has produced guidelines for the establishment of a european seafloor network of observatories from the baltic sea to the black sea. in this context one of the most important outcomes has been the definition of «key-sites» (fig. 12) at which cabled multidisciplinary observatories should be deployed (priede et al., 2003, 2004). at several sites several scientific activities have been running for a long time in preparation for the introduction of cabled observatories. among these sites, the one in eastern sicily is already operative in real-time, having, at the end of january 2005, connected the sn-1 observatory to an electro-optical cable and acquired data at the shore station (see section 4.5 for details). at other sites, such as porcupine (off-shore western ireland), actions to acquire and deploy an electro-optical cable are being developed (waterworth, 2004). 4.5. italian initiatives the italian coasts have in some cases been affected by tsunamis (tinti et al., 2004), most of them directly linked to earthquakes or to volcanic eruptions and consequent submarine landslides (e.g., tinti et al., 1995; piatanesi and tinti, 1998; de martini et al., 2003), as at the end of 2002 when an unusual eruption of stromboli (aeolian islands, southern tyrrhenian sea) occurred together with the collapse of a flank of the volcano. this collapse caused submarine slumping associated with tsunami waves. ingv has recently established a permanent laboratory on stromboli, which is an ideal natural laboratory, and an extensive interdisciplinary programme is being planned (chiappini et al., 2002). one of the most exposed areas to tsunami hazard is eastern sicily, where the biggest italian earthquakes have occurred, often associated with tsunamis (1693, m 7.4; 1908, m 7.1; boschi et al., 1997; tinti et al., 2004). therefore, the first pilot station of the italian tsunami warning system has been installed there, as a result of the ec gitec-two project (19961998) (maramai et al., 2002). the seafloor observatory sn-1 has also been installed and connected in real time to the shore in that area (see below). sn-1 – in the period 2000-2004 the italian gndt funded a project proposed by ingv to set up and operate off-shore eastern sicily in the western ionian sea (central mediterranean) a multiparameter deep-sea observatory, sn-1, mainly devoted to seismological and oceanographic measurements. sn-1 is a geostarclass observatory with reduced size compared with geostar and represents the effort of italian marine research towards the realisation of a seafloor network in the seas surrounding the peninsula (fig. 13). the site of sn-1 was chosen as the first one, because it is the most fig. 13. map of the nodes of the future italian «permanent» multidisciplinary seafloor network. the numbers indicate the sites of geophysical (particularly seismological and/or volcanological) interest in order of priority from 1 to 10, while the letter «a» indicates sites of environmental interest. the number 1 represents the sn-1 location, the first existing realtime connected node. 550 paolo favali and laura beranzoli exposed in italy to destructive earthquakes and the tsunamis that are often connected with them (boschi et al., 1997; tinti et al., 2004). sn-1 has basically the same features of geostar: it is deployed/recovered by modus, it hosts a set of sensors, and is equipped with a dacs providing data streams with a unique time reference. in contrast to geostar, sn-1 has a standard vertical acoustic system enabling the surface unit to control its status and to retrieve portions of data and it is not supported by a surface moored buoy. from october 2002 to may 2003 sn-1 successfully completed its first longterm mission at 2105 m w.d. off-shore catania. during this mission, sn-1 acquired, in autonomous mode, around 10 gb of data, 7.65 gb of which were collected by a 100 hz sampling rate broad-band seismometer (favali et al., 2003). sn-1 has demonstrated the improvement of seismic event detection obtainable with an observation site at sea. in fact, it acquired hundreds of events not recorded on land, fully demonstrating that seismicity in marine areas is poorly monitored and localised by the on-shore network only (favali et al., 2004b). moreover, the relatively simple procedure, already used in previous geostar experiments, of de-coupling the seismometer housing from the frame, protecting the housing with another external bell, and coupling the instrument with the seabed has been definitively validated and has resulted in the collection of high-quality seismological data (monna et al., 2005). at the end of january 2005, the sn-1 observatory was again deployed at the same site (about 25 km east of etna volcano at 2060 m w.d.) and connected to a submarine cable owned by infn (fig. 14). the sea operations have been carried out by the c/v pertinacia, owned by elettra tlc; the sn-1 connection to the cable termination was made through a rov mateable connector managed by the deep-rated rov available on board. in this way sn-1 receives power from shore and is able to communicate in real-time with a shore station. this makes possible the integration of sn-1 with the existing italian land-based network, providing a significant contribution to our knowledge of a fig. 14. sketch of the infn cable from the shore laboratory in catania harbour to a plateau of the malta escarpment located about 25 km east of etna volcano (> 2000 m w.d.). a photograph of sn-1 is also shown in the top-right corner (favali et al., 2003). the geographic location of the observatory is indicated by a red dot on the map in the bottom-left corner (2060 m w.d.). 551 seafloor observatory science: a review key sector of central mediterranean geodynamics. the infn cable will also carry out a scientific experiment to detect natural neutrinos in deep-sea waters (nemo pilot experiment, see section 4.6). these scientific achievements have been achieved through joint activities between ingv and infn, regulated by a specific mou. moreover, sn-1 is also one of the keysites defined by the esonet project around the european ocean margins as sites for the development of seafloor observatories connected in real time to the shore (priede et al., 2003, 2004). sn-1 is the first operative cabled observatory in europe. mabel – mabel is a deep-sea multiparameter observatory for polar seas under development as part of pnra (calcara et al., 2001). it is designed to acquire geophysical, geochemical, oceanographic and environmental time series, and to operate autonomously for one year. because mabel is a geostar-class observatory with the same dimensions of sn-1, the launch and recovery of the observatory will be managed by modus. the first long-term mission has started at the end of 2005 in the weddell sea, using the r/v polarstern. the use of this vessel is regulated by a mou between ingv and awi. the mechanical and electronic behaviour of the whole system at low temperatures has been tested in the hsva basin, where it is possible to simulate polar water and air conditions and therefore to indicate the weak points that must be overcome (cenedese et al., 2004). sensor prototypes – an intense parallel activity has been planned and carried out to develop sensor prototypes suitable for long-term use in deep-sea single-frame multiparameter platforms, such as geostar-class observatories. in particular, a triaxial fluxgate magnetometer (de santis et al., 2006), a very sensitive gravity meter (iafolla and nozzoli, 2002) and an automatic chemical electrode analyser have been developed, tested and used in long-term missions down to over 3300 m w.d. the main characteristics of the scientific payload, the dimensions and weights of the available geostar-class platforms are summarised in favali et al. (2004a, 2006). 4.6. neutrino telescopes in the last few years high energy particle physicists have become very interested in carrying out experimentsto detect neutrinos in the deep oceans. solar and supenova physics have indicated the specific role of neutrinos in the processes involved in stellar evolution, opening the way to so-called «low energy neutrino astrophysics». the underwater/ice čerenkov technique is widely considered to be the most promising experimental approach to building high energy neutrino detectors. the first generation of underwater/ice neutrino telescopes, baikal (belolaptikov et al., 1997) and amanda (andres et al., 2001), despite their limited sizes, have already set the first constraints on tev neutrino astrophysical models. the construction of km2 size detectors has already started: at the south pole the icecube neutrino telescope is under construction (ahrens et al., 2004); the antares (katz et al., 2004), nemo (capone et al., 2002) and nestor (zhukov et al., 2004) collaborations are working towards the installation of a neutrino telescope in the mediterranean sea. neutrino detectors must identify faint astrophysical neutrino fluxes against a diffuse atmospheric background. the cosmic muon flux, which at sea surface is about 10 orders of magnitude higher than the number of neutrino-induced up-going muons, strongly decreases below the sea surface as a function of depth and of zenith angle, falling to zero near the horizon and below. for this reason astrophysical neutrino signals are searched for among upward-going muons. at 3000 m depth, an underwater neutrino telescope is hit by a cosmic muon flux that is about 106 times greater than the up-going atmospheric neutrino signal. another background source is the optical noise in seawater. this background is due to the presence of bioluminescent organisms and radioactive isotopes. radioactive elements in water (mainly 40k) produce electrons above the čerenkov threshold. the expected number of detectable high energy astrophysical neutrino events is of the order of 10-100 per km2 per year (gaisser et al., 1995; bahcall and waxman, 2001) and only detectors with an effective area (aeff ) of order 1 km2 would allow the identification of their 552 paolo favali and laura beranzoli sources. after the pioneering work carried out by the underwater dumand collaboration offshore hawaii island (roberts, 1992), starting in the second half of the 1990s, two small-scale neutrino telescopes, the underwater baikal (aeff =104 m2; belolaptikov et al., 1997) and the under-ice amanda (aeff = 0.1 km2; andres et al., 2001), have demonstrated the possibility of using the underwater/ice čerenkov technique to track eν >100 gev neutrinos and thus measuring the atmospheric neutrino spectrum at high energies. baikal was the first underwater neutrino telescope and, after more than ten years of operation, it is still the only neutrino telescope located in the northern hemisphere. baikal is an array of 200 photomultipliers, moored between 1000 and 1100 m depth in lake baikal (russia). amanda is currently the largest neutrino telescope. in the present stage, amanda ii, the detector consists of 677 optical modules of pressure-resistant glass hosting downward-oriented photomultipliers and readout electronics. the optical modules are arranged in 19 vertical strings, deployed in holes drilled in the ice between 1.3 and 2.4 km depth. the success of these two experiments has opened the way to the construction of km3 underwater neutrino telescopes. icecube (ahrens et al., 2004), which will extend the amanda detectors to km3 size at the south pole, will be deployed starting in austral summer 2004-2005, to be completed by 2010. when completed it will consist of 4800 photomultipliers deployed in 80 strings. in the northern hemisphere three collaborations, antares, nemo and nestor, are building demonstration detectors and prototypes, aimed at the construction of a km3 detector in the mediterranean sea. the simultaneous observation of the whole sky with at least two neutrino telescopes in opposite hemispheres of the earth is essential for the study of transient phenomena. nestor (zhukov et al., 2004) the first collaboration to operate in the mediterranean sea, will deploy a modular detector at 3800 m depth in the ionian sea, near the peloponnese coast (greece). antares (katz et al., 2004) will be a demonstration neutrino telescope with an effective area of 0.1 km2 for astrophysical neutrinos. it is located at a marine site near toulon (france), at 2400 m depth. between december 2002 and march 2003 the collaboration has deployed a junction box and two prototype lines equipped with oceanographic instruments and optical modules. the construction of km3 scale neutrino telescopes requires detailed preliminary studies: the choice of the underwater installation site must be carefully investigated to optimise detector performance; the readout electronics must have a very low power consumption; the data transmission system must allow data flow as high as 100 gb/s to shore; the mechanical design must allow easy detector deployment and recovery, and the deployed structures must be reliable over more than 10 years. in order to propose feasible and reliable solutions for the km3 installation the nemo collaboration has been conducting intense research and development on all the above subjects since 1998 (capone et al., 2002; migneco et al., 2004). nemo has intensively studied the oceanographic and optical properties at several deep-sea sites (depth ∼ 3000 m), close to the italian coast. results indicate that a large region located 80 km se of capo passero (sicily) is excellent for the installation of the km3 detector. in recent years many innovations have been applied to underwater technology. dwdm is permitting a large increase in the speed and bandwidth of optical fibre data transmission; newly developed materials can improve the long-term underwater reliability of complex deployed structures; deep-sea operations with rovs or auvs have been standardised. the design of the mediterranean km3 telescope will directly profit from these advanced technologies. in order to test the technical solution for the km3 installation, the infn installed a deep-sea test site at over 2000 m depth deploying an electrooptical cable, 25 km e of the harbour of catania (sicily) supported by the infrastructure of lns (fig. 14). an underwater station consisting of a basic nemo module (junction boxes, towers and data acquisition system) will be installed by 2007. the neutrino telescopes can provide infrastructures that support other experiments and seafloor observatories, as the nemo test site has already demonstrated. in fact it also hosts other experiments such as geophysical ones through the deployment and real-time connec553 seafloor observatory science: a review tion to the cable of the sn-1 multidisciplinary observatory (favali et al., 2003) made at the end of january 2005 (see section 4.5). the research and development activities conducted by the three mediterranean collaborations have provided valuable experience in the construction of the underwater km3 detector, which will be the result of their efforts. a step in this direction is represented by their joint effort in the ec km3net project for a design study of the km3 mediterranean neutrino telescope. further details on neutrino telescopes can be found in this volume (migneco et al., 2006). 5. conclusions and perspectives the establishment of a network of seafloor observatories will represent a new direction in ocean science research, and it will require a major investment of human and economic resources over many decades. potential benefits and risks are envisaged (nrc, 2000). the potential risks include: – installation of poorly designed and unreliable observatory systems. – potential for interference between experiments. – lack of standardisation and inter-operability. – inefficient use of resources if important technological questions are not adequately resolved. – possible compromise in system performance if critical technologies are not available when needed. the potential benefits include: – establishment of a basis for new discoveries and major advances in the ocean sciences. – advances in relevant areas of research, such as marine biotechnology, the ocean’s role in climate change, and the assessment and mitigation of natural hazards (like earthquakes and/or tsunamis). – improved access to oceanographic and geophysical data, enabling researchers to study the ocean and earth in real-time or near-realtime by providing multidisciplinary observatory infrastructures. – establishment of permanent observation sites over the 70% of earth’s surface covered by oceans to provide truly global geophysical and oceanographic coverage. – enhancement of interdisciplinary research for improving the understanding of interactions between physical, chemical and biological processes in the oceans. – increased public awareness of the oceans by proving new educational opportunities for students at all levels using seafloor observatories as a platform for public participation in real-time experiments. carefully evaluating the potential risks and benefits, seafloor observatories represent a promising approach for advancing basic research in the earth and ocean sciences. however, adequate resources are required, estimated at several tens of million euros per year. a comprehensive sea-floor observatory programme should include both cabled and moored-buoy systems to adapt to the diverse possible applications. because of the scientific need to study transient events, it is also important to develop rapidly deployable observatory systems. applications demanding high telemetry bandwidth and large amounts of power will preferably use submarine communication cables. retired cables may become available from time to time in areas of scientific interest. alternatively, new cables may be deployed as part of a seafloor observatory programme. moored-buoy observatories will be the preferred approach at remote sites, when bandwidth and telemetry requirements are modest, or when the duration of experiment does not justify the cost of a fibre-optic cable. scientific benefit should be the leading factor influencing the future technological developments in marine instrumentation. needs for the future may be summarised: a) extend the number and type of platforms, with particular reference to landing systems, benthic observatories and rovs; b) extend in time the acquisition of time series by more traditional stations (like buoys or moorings); c) collect in real time, increase the number and type of instrumented packages. a promising perspective is the linking of fixed observatories with auvs, which have the potential of being more cost effective than survey ships. the need for more technological developments related to long-term 554 paolo favali and laura beranzoli multidisciplinary deep-sea observatories promises a more fruitful relationship between scientific institutions and industries that are moving into deeper waters. standardisation is one of the key issues for globality, modularity, common installation and recovery tools, and could provide easier maintenance procedures (ollier et al., 2002). the first step in establishing a seafloor observatory system should be the development of a detailed programme and project implementation plan. this includes a management structure to ensure access to observatory infrastructure. this last requirement is likely to be similar to other large, co-ordinated programmes in the earth, ocean and planetary sciences (e.g., joides, iris and na-sa). a phased implementation strategy should be developed, with adequate prototyping and testing, before deployment of sea-floor observatories on a large scale. a seafloor observatory programme should include funding for three key elements: observatory infrastructure, new sensors and auv technology. it is essential that this programme be only one component of a much broader ocean research strategy. new mechanisms should be developed for the evaluation of highly interdisciplinary proposals requiring long time-series observations. an open data policy should be agreed upon to support information centres for archiving observatory data and disseminating data products and information. also an active public outreach and education programme should be a high-priority component of a seafloor observatory programme. the seafloor observatory programme must include co-operation within international initiatives, like ion. acknowledgements first of all, we are indebted to the ec which has supported «seafloor observatory science» in europe by funding many projects as part of the mast and environment programmes (fp 4, 5 and 6). the authors also wish to thank their partners in the european and italian projects: geostar (ec): ingv (co-ordinator; paolo favali, giuseppe smriglio); ismar-cnr (michael p. marani); tecnomare-eni spa (francesco gasparoni); tub (günther clauss); tfh (hans w. gerber); ifremer (jean marvaldi); lob-cnrs (claude millot); orca instrumentation, now sercel-underwater acoustic division (jean-michel coudeville). geostar-2 (ec): ingv (co-ordinator; paolo favali, giuseppe smriglio); ismarcnr (michael p. marani); tecnomare-eni spa (francesco gasparoni); tub (günther clauss); tfh (hans w. gerber); ifremer (jean marvaldi); lob-cnrs (claude millot); orca instrumentation, now sercel-underwater acoustic division (david fellmann); ipgp (jean-paul montagner). assem (ec): ifremer (co-ordinator; jean-francois rolin, jerome blandin); ipgp (pierre briole); ingv (giuseppe etiope); hcmr (vasilios lykousis); patras university (george ferentinos); capsum technologie gmbh (michel masson); ngi (james strout); fugro engineers (david cathie). orion-geostar-3 (ec): ingv (co-ordinator; paolo favali, laura beranzoli); ismarcnr (fabiano gamberi); tecnomare-eni spa (francesco gasparoni); tub (günther clauss); tfh (hans w. gerber); ifremer (jean marvaldi); orca instrumentation, now sercelunderwater acoustic division (michel nicot); ifm-geomar (ernst r. flueh). tyde (ec): ingv (co-ordinator; paolo favali); ismar-cnr (michael p. marani); ifm-geomar (ernst r. flueh); university of hamburg (torsten dahm). esonet (ec): university of aberdeen oceanlab (coordinator; monty priede, martin solan), ingv (paolo favali), tecnomare-eni spa (francesco gasparoni); ismar-cnr (nevio zitellini); university of tromsø (jürgen mienert, stephanie guidard); ifremer (roland person); royal nioz (tjeerd c.e. van weering); ifm-geomar (olaf pfannkuche, peter linke); csa group ltd. (nick o’neill, ed slowey, martin davies, eamonn kelly); imbc (anastasios tselepides); iub (laurenz thomsen); awi (michael klages, thomas soltwedel); marum (christoph waldmann); lob-cnrs (claude millot); tfh (hans w. gerber); cgul (jorge m. a. de miranda). sn-1 (gndt): ingv (laura beranzoli); tecnomare-eni spa (francesco gasparoni); 555 seafloor observatory science: a review tub (günther clauss); tfh (hans w. gerber); university of roma-3 (claudio faccenna); university of catania (stefano gresta); university of messina (giancarlo neri); university of palermo (dario luzio); ogs (marino russi); ismar-cnr (fabiano gamberi, michael p. marani); ifsi-inaf (valerio iafolla). mabel (pnra): ingv (paolo favali, massimo calcara); tecnomare-eni spa (francesco gasparoni); ogs (renzo mosetti); tub (günther clauss); tfh (hans w. gerber); collaborations: awi (wilfried jokat); dna-iaa (josé febrer). special thanks to claudio viezzoli and marcantonio lagalante (marine logistics); capts. emanuele gentile and vincenzo lubrano and the crew of r/v urania, vessel owned by cnr and managed by sopromar; capt. alfio di giacomo and the crew of m/p mazzarò, vessel owned by gestione pontoni spa; capt. vincenzo primo and the crew of c/v pertinacia, owned by elettra tlc spa (giuseppe mauge-ri, chief of mission). the authors are grateful to reviewers for their help to improve the quality of the paper and to david barraclough for his comments and revision of the text. this paper is dedicated to the memory of giuseppe smriglio and luc floury, who pioneered this science and clearly recognised its novelty and its great potential many years ago. list of acronyms and abbreviations used in the text abel: abyssal benthic laboratory. acorks: advanced circulation obviation retrofit kits. agu: american geophysical union (www site: http:// www.agu.org). amanda: antarctic muon and neutrino detector array (www site: http://amanda.uci.edu). antares: astronomy with a neutrino telescope and abyss environmental research (www site: http:// antares.in2p3.fr). arena: advanced real-time earth monitoring network in the area (www site: http://homepage.mac.home/ ieee_oes_japan/ arena). argos: advanced research and global observation satellite (www site: http://www.cls.fr/html/argos/ welcome_en.html). assem: array of sensors for long-term seabed monitoring of geo-hazards (www site: http:// www.ifremer.fr/ assem). atoc: acoustic thermometry of ocean climate (www site: http://atoc.ucsd.edu). at&t: american telephone and telegraph (www site: http://www.att.com) auv: autonomous underwater vehicle (www site: http:// www.cacs.lo-uisiana.edu/~kimon/auv). awi: alfred-wegener-institut für polarund meeresforschung (www site: http://www.awi-bremerhaven.de). b-deos: british-dynamics of earth and ocean systems (www site: http://www.deos.org). bdsn: berkeley digital seismic network (www site: http://quake.geo.berkeley.edu/bdsn). biodeep: biotechnologies for the deep (www site: http:// www.geo.uni-mib.it/biodeep). cgul: centro de geofìsica da universidade de lisboa (www site: http://www.cgul.ul.pt). clivar: climate variability and predictability programme (www site: http://www.clivar.org). cnr: consiglio nazionale delle ricerche (www site: http://www.cnr.it) cnrs: centre national de la recherche scientifique (www site: http://www.cnrs.fr). corks: circulation obviation retrofit kits (www site: http://www.rbr-global.com/cork.htm). cssf: canadian scientific submersible facility (www site: http://www.ropos.com/cssf/cssf.htm). ctd: conductivity, temperature and depth. c/v: cable vessel. dacs: data acquisition and control system. deos(a): deep earth observatories on the seafloor (www site: http:// www.coreocean/deos). deos(b): dynamics of earth and ocean systems (www site: http:// www.deos.org). desibel: deep-sea intervention on future benthic laboratory (www site: http://dbs.cordis.lu/cordis-cgi/ srchidadb?caller=projadvancedsrch&srch&qf_ep_rcn_ a=27267&action=d). dgps: differential global positioning system (www site: http://chartmaker.ncd.noaa.gov/staff/dgps.htm). dna-iaa: direccion nacional del antartico-istituto antartico argentino (www site: http://www.dna.gov.ar). dp: dynamic positioning. dpg: differential pressure gauge. dsdp: deep-sea drilling project (www site: http:// www-odp.tamu.edu) dumand: deep underwater muon and neutrino detection (www site: http:// www.phys.hawaii.edu/dmnd/ dumand.html). dwdm: dense wavelength division multiplexing (www site: http://www.iec.org/online/tutorials/dwdm). ec: european commission (http://europa.eu.int/comm). ecord: european consortium for ocean research drilling (www site: http://www.ecord.org). eni: ente nazionale idrocarburi (www site: http:// www.eni.it). eri: earthquake research institute (tokyo) (www site: http://www.eri.u-tokyo.ac.jp). esa: european space agency (www site: http:// www.esa.int). esf: european science foundation (www site: http:// www.esf.org). esonet: european seafloor observatory network (www site: http://www.abdn.ac.uk/ecosystem/esonet). 556 paolo favali and laura beranzoli eu: european union (www site: http://europa.eu.int). fp: framework programme (www site: http:// europa.eu.int/ comm/research). geo: global eulerian observatories (www site: http:// www.oceantimeseries.org/oceansites). geofon: geoforschungsnetz (www site: http://www.gfzpotsdam.de). geoscope: réseau geoscope de sismologie globale (ipgp programme) (www site: http://geoscope.ipgp.jussieu.fr). geoss: global earth observing system of systems (www site: http://earthobservations.org). geostar: geophysical and oceanographic station for abyssal research (www site: http://www.ingv.it/ geostar/geost.htm). geostar-2: geostar 2nd phase: deep-sea mission (www site: http://www.ingv.it/geostar/geost2.htm). geo-toc: geophysical and oceanographic trans ocean cable (www site: http://wwweprc.eri.u-tokyo.ac.jp/ kaiiki/geo_eng.html). gev: giga electronvolt. gitec-two: genesis and impact of tsunamis on the european coasts-tsunami warning and observations. gmm: gas monitoring module (www site: http:// www.ifremer.fr/assem/corinth/photo_gallery/photo_ gallery.htm). gmes: global monitoring for environment and security (www site: http://www.gmes.info). gndt: gruppo nazionale per la difesa dai terremoti (www site: http://gndt.ingv.it). goals: global ocean-atmosphere-land system (www site: http://www.nap.edu/books/0309051800/html). gobo: geophysical ocean-bottom observatory. goos: global ocean observing system (www site: http://ioc.u-nesco.org/goos). gps: global positioning system (www site: http:// gps.losangeles.af.mil) gsn: global seismographic network (www site: http:// www.iris.edu/ about/gsn). hcmr: hellenic centre for marine research (www site: http://www.hcmr.gr). hsva: hamburgische schiffbau-versuchsanstalt gmbh (www site: http://www.hsva.de). hugo: hawaii undersea geo-observatory (www site: http://www.soest.hawaii.edu/hugo). h2o: hawaii-2 observatory (www site: http:// www.soest.hawaii.edu/h2o). iaspei: international association for seismology and physics of the earth interior (www site: http:// www.iaspei.org). ieee: institute of electrical and electronics engineers (www site: http://www.ieee.org). ife: institute for exploration (www site: http:// www.mystica-quarium.org/). ifm-geomar: leibniz-institut für meereswissenschaften an der universität kiel (www site: http://www.ifmgeomar.de). ifremer: institut français de recherche pour l’exploitation de la mer (www site: http://www.ifremer.fr). ifsi-inaf: istituto di fisica dello spazio interplanetarioistituto nazionale di astrofisica (www site: http:// www.inaf.it). imbc: institute of marine biology of crete (www site: http://www.imbc.gr). imr: institute of marine research (norway) (www site: http://www.imr.no). infn: istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (www site: http://www.infn.it). ingv: istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (www site: http://www.ingv.it). insu: institut national des sciences de l’univers (www site: http:// www.insu.cnrs.fr). interridge: international ridge interdisciplinary global experiments (www site: http://interridge.org). iodp: integrated ocean drilling programme (www site: http://www.iodp.org). ion: international ocean network (www site: http:// www.iaspei.org/commissions/ion.html). ioos: integrated and sustained ocean observing system (www site: http://www.ocean.us). ipcc: intergovernmental panel on climate change (www site: http://www.ipcc.ch). ipgp: institut de physique du globe de paris (www site: http://www.ipgp.jussieu.fr). iris: incorporated research institutions for seismology (www site: http://www.iris.washington.edu). ismar: istituto di scienze marine-cnr, sezione di geologia marina di bologna (www site: http:// www.bo.ismar.cnr.it). iub: international university bremen (www site: http:// www.iu-bremen.de). iugg: international union of geodesy and geophysics (www site: http://www.iugg.org). jamstec: japan marine science and technology centre (www site: http://www.jamstec.go.jp). jeodi: joint european ocean drilling initiative (www site: http://www.ecord.org/about/j/jeodi1.html). jgofs: joint global ocean flux study (www site: http:// usj-gofs.whoi.edu) jma: japan meteorological agency (www site: http:// www.jma.go.jp). joi: joint oceanographic institutions (www site: http:// www.joi-science.org). joides: joint oceanographic institutions for deep earth sampling (www site: http://poseidon.palaeoz.geomar.de). km3net: km3 network (www site: http://www.km3net. org). ldeo: lamont-doherty earth observatory (www site: http://www.ldeo.columbia.edu). leo-15: long-term ecosystem underwater observatory, 15 m b.s.l. (www site: http://marine.rutgers.edu/nurp/ factech.html). lns: laboratori nazionali del sud (www site: http:// www.lns.infn.it). lob: laboratoire de océanologie et de biogeochemie (www site: http://www.com.univ-mrs.fr/lob). lter: long-term ecological research network (www site: http://lternet.edu). lt-bb: long-term broad band. lt-obs: long-term ocean bottom seismometer. lt-vbb: long-term very broad band. mabel: multidisciplinary antarctic benthic laboratory (www site: http://www.ingv.it/geostar/mabel.html). margins: margins programme (www site: http:// www.mar gins.wustl.edu). mars: monterey accelerated research system (www 557 seafloor observatory science: a review site: http://www.mbari.org/mars). marum: zentrum für marine umweltwissenschaften (www site: http://www.marum.de). mast: marine science and technology (www site: http://www.cor-dis.lu/mast). mbari: monterey bay aquarium research institute (www site: http://www.mbari.org). mednet: mediterranean network (www site: http:// mednet.ingv.it). mobb: monterey bay ocean broad-band observatory (www site: http://quake.geo.berkeley.edu/bdsn/ mobb.overview.htm). modus: mobile docker for underwater sciences. moise: monterey bay ocean bottom international seismic experiment (www site: http://www.mbari.org/ shake/moise). momar: monitoring the mid-atlantic ridge (www site: http://www.momar.org). moos: monterey bay ocean-observing system (www site: http:// www.mbari.org/moos). mou: memorandum of understanding. m/p: moto pontoon. mt: magneto telluric (array). mvco: martha’s vineyard coastal observatory (www site: http://www.whoi.edu/mvco). nasa: national aeronautic and space administration (www site: http:// www.nasa.gov). nemo: new millennium observatory (www site: http:// www.pmel.noaa.gov/vents/nemo). nemo: neutrino mediterranean observatory (www site: http://nemoweb.lns.infn). neptune: north east pacific time-series undersea networked experiments (www site: http://www.neptune.washington.edu). nerc: natural environment research council (www site: http://www.nerc.ac.uk). nereid: neath seafloor equipment for recording earth’s internal deformation nero: ninety east ridge observatory (www site: http://www.ifre-mer.fr/dtmsi/programmes/nero.htm). nestor: neutrino experimental submarine telescope with oceanographic research (www site: http:// www.nestor.org.gr). ngi: norges geotekniske institutt (www site: http:// www.ngi.no). nied: national research institute for earth science and disaster prevention (www site: http://www.bosai.go.jp). noaa: national oceanic and atmospheric administration (www site: http://www.noaa.gov). noc: national oceanography centre, southampton (www site: http://www.noc.soton.ac.uk). nrc: national research council (www site: http:// www.nationalacademies.org/nrc). nsf: national science foundation (www site: http:// www.nsf.gov). obem: ocean bottom electro magnetometer. obh: ocean bottom hydrophone. obs: ocean bottom seismometer. oceansites: ocean sustained interdisciplinary time series environment observation system (www site: http://www.ocean-sites.org/oceansites). odp: ocean drilling programme (www site: http:// www.odp.tamu.edu). ofm: observatorie fond de mer (www site: http:// www.dt.insu.cnrs.fr/ ofm/ofm.php). ogs: istituto nazionale di oceanografia e geofisica sperimentale (www site: http://www.ogs.trieste.it). ohp: ocean hemisphere network project (www site: http://eri-ndc.eri.u-tokyo.ac.jp/en/ohp/index.html). ooi: ocean observatories initiative (www site: http:// www.orionprogram.org/ooi). orion: ocean research interactive observatory networks (www site: http://www.orionprogram.org). orion-geostar-3: ocean research by integrated observation networks (www site: http://www.ingv.it/ geostar/orion.htm). osn: ocean seismic network. osnpe: ocean seismic network pilot experiment. pnra: programma nazionale di ricerche in antartide (www site: http://www.pnra.it). ridge: ridge interdisciplinary global experiments. ropos: remote operated platform for ocean science (www site: http://www.ropos.com). rov: remote operated vehicle (www site: http:// my.fit.edu/~swood/ rov_pg2.html). royal nioz: royal netherlands institute for sea research (www site: http://www.nioz.nl). r/v: research vessel. sappi: satellite-linked autonomous pore pressure instrument. seabass: seafloor borehole array seismic network. seize: seismogenic zone experiment (www site: http:// www.margins.wustl.edu/seize/seize.html#webinfo). sfems: seafloor electro magnetic station. sio: scripps institution of oceanography (www site: http://sio.ucsd.edu). sn-1: submarine network-1 (www site: http://www.ingv.it/ geostar/sn.htm). tao: tropical atmosphere-ocean array (www site: http://www.p-mel.noaa.gov/tao). tev: tera electronvolt. tfh: techniche fachhochschule berlin (www site: http:// www.tfh-berlin.de). tpc: transoceanic phone cable. tub: technische universität berlin (www site: http:// www.tu-berlin.de). tyde: tyrrhenian deep-sea experiment (www site: http://www.ingv.it/geostar/tyde.htm). usgs: united states geological survey (www site: http://www.usgs.gov). ussac: united states science advisory committee (www site: http://www.usssp-iodp.org). venus (can): victoria experimental network under the sea (www site: http://www.venus.uvic.ca). venus (jp): versatile eco-monitoring network by undersea-cable system (www site: http://wwweprc.eri.utokyo.ac.jp/haiiki/cable_eng.html). vlf: very low frequency. whoi: woods hole oceanographic institution (www site: http://www.whoi.edu). wing: western pacific integrated network of gps (www site: http://sps.unavco.org/crustal_motion/ dxdt). wp: western pacific. wwssn: world-wide standardised seismograph network (www site: http://www.seismo.com/msop/msop79/ msop.html). 558 paolo favali and laura beranzoli references adair, r.g., m.m. harris, j.a. orcutt and t.h. jordan (1987): description and performance of the marine seismic system during the ngendei experiment, init. rep. dsdp, 91, 335-345. ahrens, j., j.n. bahcall, x. bai, r.c. bay, t. becka, k.h. becker, d. berley, e. bernardini, d. bertrand, d.z. besson, a. biron, e. blaufuss, d.j. boersma, s. böser, c. bohm, o. botner, a. bouchta, o. bouhali, t. burgess, w. carithers, t. castermans, j. cavin, w. chinowsky, d. chirkin, b. collin, j. conrad, j. cooley, d.f. cowen, a. davour, c. de clercq, t. deyoung, p. desiati, r. ehrlich, r.w. ellsworth, p.a. evenson, a.r. fazely, t. feser, t.k. gaisser, j. gallagher, r. ganugapati, h. geenen, a. goldschmidt, j.a. goodman, r.m. gunasingha, a. hallgren, f. halzen, k. hanson, r. hardtke, t. hauschildt, d. hays, k. helbing, m. hellwig, p. herquet, g.c. hill, d. hubert, b. hughey, p.o. hulth, k. hultqvist, s. hundertmark, j. jacobsen, g.s. japaridze, a. jones, a. karle, h. kawai, m. kestel, n. kitamura, r. koch, l. köpke, m. kowalski, j.i. lamoureux, h. leich, m. leuthold, i. liubarsky, j. madsen, h.s. matis, c.p. mcparland, t. messarius, p. mészáros, y. minaeva, r.h. minor, p. mioinovi, h. miyamoto, r. morse, r. nahnhauer, t. neunhöffer, p. niessen, d.r. nygren, h. ögelman, ph. olbrechts, s. patton, r. paulos, c. pérez de los heros, a.c. pohl, j. pretz, p.b. price, g.t. przybylski, k. rawlins, s. razzaque, e. resconi, w. rhode, m. ribordy, s. richter, h.-g. sander, k. schinarakis, s. schlenstedt, t. schmidt, d. schneider, r. schwarz, d. seckel, a.j. smith, m. solarz, g.m. spiczak, c. spiering, m. stamatikos, t. stanev, d. steele, p. steffen, t. stezelberger, r.g. stokstad, k.-h. sulanke, g.w. sullivan, t.j. sumner, i. taboada, s. tilav, n. van eijndhoven, w. wagner, c. walck, r.-r. wang, c.h. wiebusch, c. wiedemann, r. wischnewski, h. wissing, k. woschnagg and s. yoshida (2004): sensitivity of the icecube detector to astrophysical sources of high energy muon neutrinos, astropart. phys., 20, 507-532. ando, m. (1975): source mechanisms and tectonic significance of historical earthquakes along the nankai trough, japan, tectonophysics, 27, 119-140. andres, e., p. askebjer, x. bai, g. barouch, s.w. barwick, r.c. bay, k.-h. becker, l. bergström, d. bertrand, d. bierenbaum, a. biron, j. booth, o. botner, a. bouchta, m.m. boyce, s. carius, a. chen, d. chirkin, j. conrad, j. cooley, c.g.s. costa, d.f. cowen, j. dailing, e. dalberg, t. deyoung, p. desiati, j.-p. dewulf, p. doksus, j. edsjoe, p. ekström, b. erlandsson, t. feser, m. gaug, a. goldschmidt, a. goobar, l. gray, h. haase, a. hallgren, f. halzen, k. hanson, r. hardtke, y.d. he, m. hellwig, h. heukenkamp, g.c. hill, p.o. hulth, s. hundertmark, j. jacobsen, v. kandhadai, a. karle, j. kim, b. koci, l. köpke, m. kowalski, h. leich, m. leuthold, p. lindahl, i. liubarsky, p. loaiza, d.m. lowder, j. ludvig, j. madsen, p. marciniewski, h.s. matis, a. mihalyi, t. mikolajski, t.c. miller, y. minaeva, p. mio, p.c. mock, r. morse, t. neunhoffer, f.m. newcomer, p. niessen, d.r. nygren, h. igelman, c. perez de los heros, r. porrata, p.b. price, k. rawlins, c. reed, w. rhode, a. richards, s. richter, j. rodriguez martino, p. romenesko, d. ross, h. rubinstein, h.-g. sander, t. scheider, t. schmidt, d. schneider, e. schneider, r. schwarz, a. silvestri, m. solarz, g.m. spiczak, c. spiering, n. starinsky, d. steele, p. steffen, r.g. stokstad, o. streicher, q. sun, i. taboada, l. thollander, t. thon, s. tilav, n. usechak, m. vander donckt, c. walck and c. weinheimer (2001): observation of high-energy neutrinos using čerenkov detectors embedded deep in antarctic ice, nature, 410, 441-443. araki, e., m. shinohara, s. sacks, a. linde, t. kanazawa, h. shiobara, h. mikada and k. suyehiro (2004): improvement of seismic observation in the ocean by use of seafloor boreholes, bull. seismol. soc. am., 94, 678-690. asakawa, k., y. shirasaki, m. yoshida and t. nishida (2003): feasibility study on long-term continuous monitoring from seafloor with underwater cable network, in proceedings 4th international workshop on very large floating structures, 350-357. asakawa, k., j. kojima and j. muramatsu (2005): current-to-current converter for scientific cable networks, sea technol., 46 (7), 41-43. austin, t.c., j.b. edson, w.r. mcgillis, m. purcell, r.a. petitt jr., m.k. mcelroy, c.w. grant, j. ware and s.k. hurst (2002): a network-based telemetry architecture developed for the martha’s vineyard coastal observatory, ieee j. oceanic eng., 27, 228-234. bahcall, j. and e. waxman (2001): high energy astrophysical neutrinos: the upper bound is robust, phys. rev., d64, 023002-1-8. barberi, g., l. beranzoli, p. favali, g. neri and t. sgroi (2006): seismic location improvements from obs/h temporary network in sicily, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 739-749 (this volume). beauduin, r., p. lognonné, j.-p. montagner, j.-f. karczewski and m. morand (1996a): the effects of atmospheric pressure changes on seismometers: a matter of installation, bull. seismol. soc. am., 86, 760–1769. beauduin, r., j.-p. montagner and j.-f. karczewski (1996b): time evolution of broad-band seismic noise during the french pilot experiment ofm/sismobs, geophys. res. lett., 23, 2955-2998. becker, k. and m.j. malone (editors) (2001): cork hole 395a, proc. odp, sci. results, 174b (cd-rom), (available from ocean drilling program, texas a&m university, college station, tx 77845-9547, u.s.a.). becker, k., m.j. malone, e.m. arnold, a.c.m. bartezko, j. farrell, m.d. fuller, d. goldberg, r.n. harris, s. hirano, s.d. hurst, t. matsumoto, k. moran, p.a. pezard and y.-f. sun (1998): cork hole 395a, proc. odp, initial rep., 174b (cd-rom), (available from ocean drilling program, texas a&m university, college station, tx 77845-9547, u.s.a.). becker, k., e.e. davis, f.n. spiess and c.p. demoustier (2004): temperature and video logs from the upper oceanic crust, holes 504b and 896a, costa rica rift flank: implications for the permeability of upper oceanic crust, earth planet. sci. lett., 222, 881-896. 559 seafloor observatory science: a review begnaud, m.l. and d.s. stakes (2000): constraining continental margin seismicity by extending on-shore seismograph stations to critical off-shore sites, bull. seismol. soc. am., 90, 414-424. belolaptikov, i.a., l.b. bezrukov, b.a. borisovets, n.m. budnev, e.v. bugaev, a.g. chensky, i.a. danilchenko, j.-a.m. djilkibaev, v.i. dobrynin, g.v. domogatsky, l.a. donskych, a.a. doroshenko, g.n. dudkin, v.yu. egorov, s.v. fialkovsky, a.a. garus, a. gaponenko, a.v. golikov, o.a. gress, t.a. gress, m.n. gushtan, r. heller, v.b. kabikov, h. heukenkamp, a. karle, a.m. klabukov, a.i. klimov, s.i. klimushin, a.p. koshechkin, j. krabi, v.f. kulepov, l.a. kuzmichov, o.yu. lanin, a.l. lopin, b.k. lubsandorzhiev, m.b. milenin, t. mikolajski, r.r. mirgazov, a.v. moroz, n.i. moseiko, m.n. nemchenko, s.a. nikiforov, n.v. ogievetsky, e.a. osipova, a.n. padusenko, a.i. panfilov, yu.v. parfenov, a.a. pavlov, d.p. petukhov, k.a. pocheikin, p.g. pokhil, p.a. pokolev, m.i. rosanov, v.yu. rubzov, a.v. rzhestshitski, s.i. sinegovsky, i.a. sokalski, ch. spiering, o. streicher, a.a. sumanov, l. tanko, t. thon, b.a. tarashanski, i.i. trofimenko, ch. wiebusch, r. wischnewski and v.l. zurbanov (1997): the baikal underwater neutrino telescope: design, performance, and first results, astropart. phys., 7, 263-282. beranzoli, l., a. de santis, g. etiope, p. favali, f. frugoni, g. smriglio, f. gasparoni and a. marigo (1998): geostar: a geophysical and oceanographic station for abyssal research, phys. earth planet. int., 108, 175-183. beranzoli, l., t. braun, m. calcara, d. calore, r. campaci, j.-m. coudeville, a. de santis, g. etiope, p. favali, f. frugoni, j.-l. fuda, f. gamberi, f. gasparoni, h.w. gerber, m.p. marani, j. marvaldi, c. millot, p. palangio, g. romeo and g. smriglio (2000a): european seafloor observatory offers new possibilities for deep-sea study, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 81, 45-49. beranzoli, l., t. braun, m. calcara, a. de santis, d. di mauro, g. etiope, p. favali, f. frugoni, c. montuori, p. palangio, g. romeo, g. smriglio, f. gamberi, m.p. marani, j.-l. fuda and c. millot (2000b): geostar, an observatory for deep-sea geophysical and oceanographic researches: characteristics, first scientific mission and future activity, mem. soc. geol. ital., 55, 491-497. beranzoli, l., p. favali and g. smriglio (editors) (2002): science-technology synergy for research in marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, pp. 268. beranzoli, l., t. braun, m. calcara, p. casale, a. de santis, g. d’anna, d. di mauro, g. etiope, p. favali, j.-l. fuda, f. frugoni, f. gamberi, m.p. marani, c. millot, c. montuori and g. smriglio (2003): mission results from the first geostar observatory (adriatic sea, 1998), earth planets space, 55, 361-373. beranzoli, l., d. calore, p. favali, j. marvaldi and m. nicot (2004): orion-geostar-3: a prototype of seafloor network of observatories for geophysical, oceanographic and environmental monitoring, in proceedings 14th international off-shore and polar engineering conference (toulon, france), vol. ii, 371-376. berta, m., f. gasparoni and m. capobianco (1995): abyssal benthic laboratory (abel): a novel approach for long-term investigation at abyssal depths, j. mar. syst., 6, 211-225. bialas, j., e.r. flueh, j. phipps morgan, k. schleisiek and g. neuhauser (2002): ocean-bottom seismology in the third millennium, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 37-44. blandin, j., r. person, j.m. strout, p. briole, g. etiope, m. masson, s. smolders, v. lykousis, g. ferentinos and j. legrand (2003): assem: a new concept of regional observatory, in proceedings 3rd international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables and related technologies, tokyo, japan, edited by j. kasahara and a.d. chave, ieee catalogue no. 03ex660, 240-243. boschi, e., e. guidoboni, g. ferrari, g. valensise and p. gasperini (editors) (1997): catalogue of the strong earthquakes in italy from 461 bc to 1990 (ing, roma sga, bologna), pp. 973. brewer, p.g., j. pasteris, g. malby, e. peltzer, s. white, j. freeman, b. wopenka, m. brown and d. cline (2002): laser raman spectroscopy used to study the ocean at 3600-m depth, eos, trans. am. geophys.. un., 83, 469-470. brewer, p.g., g. malby, j. pasteris, n. sheri, e. peltzer, b. wopenka, j. freeman and m. brown (2004): development of a laser raman spectrometer for deep-ocean science, deep-sea res., 51, 739-753 burns, r.f. (1999): hawaii-2 observatory, sea technol., 40 (9), 10-18. butler, r., a.d. chave, f.k. duennebier, d.r. yoerger, r. petitt, d. harris, f.b. wooding, a.d. bowen, j. bailey, j. jolly, e. hobart, j.a. hildebrand and h. dodeman (2000): hawaii-2 observatory pioneers opportunities for remote instrumentation in ocean studies, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 81, 157 and 162-163. calcara, m., l. beranzoli, t. braun, d. calore, a. de santis, g. etiope, p. favali, f. frugoni, f. gasparoni, c. montuori and g. smriglio (2001): mabel: a multidisciplinary benthic laboratory for deep-sea, long-term monitoring in the antarctic, terra antarctica, 8, 115-118. capone, a., m. ambriola, r. bellotti, f. cafagna, m. circella, c. de marzo, t. montaruli, m. romita, a. gabrielli, e. gandolfi, g. giacomelli, a. margiotta, m. masetti, p. ricci, m. spurio, g. canarini, r. habel, s. aiello, g. andronico, f. burgio, l. caponnetto, g. giansiracusa, l. lo nigro, d. lo presti, l. pappalardo, c. petta, n. randazzo, g.v. russo, s. trovato, m. anghinolfi, m. battaglieri, a. bersani, s. cuneo, r. de vita, g. ricco, m. ripani, m. taiuti, s. zavatarelli, m. cordelli, a. martini, l. trasatti, v. valente r. cocimano, r. coniglione, c. distefano, d. garufi, e. migneco, m. musumeci, r. occhipinti, r. papaleo, p. piattelli, g. raia, g. riccobene, p. sapienza, m. sedita, e. amato, v. d’amico, a. italiano, f. ameli, m. bonori, f. massa, r. fasullo and e. salusti 560 paolo favali and laura beranzoli (2002): nemo: a project for a km3-scale neutrino telescope in the mediterranean sea near the south italy coasts, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 121-129. cenedese, s., m. calcara, g. d’anna, k.-u. evers, p. favali and f. gasparoni (2004): mabel: the first seafloor observatory for multidisciplinary long-term monitoring in polar environment, in proceedings 14th international off-shore and polar engineering conference (toulon, france), vol. i, 787-794. chave, a.d., r. butler and t.e. pyle (editors) (1990): proceedings 1st international workshop on scientific uses of undersea cables, january 30-february 1, 1990, honolulu, hawaii (joi, washington dc), pp. 310. chave, a.d., f.k. duennebier, r. butler, r.a. petitt jr., f.b. wooding, d. harris, j.w. bailey, e. hobart, j. jolly, a.d. bowen and d.r. yoerger (2002): h2o: the hawaii-2 observatory, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 83-91. chave, a.d., g. waterworth, a.r. maffei and g. massion (2004): cabled ocean observatory systems, mar. tech. soc. j., 38, 31-43. chave, a.d., e. massion and h. mikada (2006): science requirements and the design of cabled ocean observatories, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 569-579 (this volume). chiappini, m., g.p. gregori, g. paparo, c. bellecci, g.m. crisci, g. de natale, p. favali, i. marson, a. meloni, b. zolesi and e. boschi (2002): stromboli: a natural laboratory of environmental science, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 113, 429-442. clauss, g. and s. hoog (2002): deep-sea challenges of marine technology and oceanographic engineering, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 133-142. clauss, g., s. hoog, f. stempinski and h.w. gerber (2004): advanced deepwater intervention with modus – latest results from model tests and full-scale operations, in proceedings 14th international off-shore and polar engineering conference (toulon, france), vol. ii, 377-386. collins, j.a., f.l. vernon, j.a. orcutt, r.a. stephen, k.r. peal, f.b. wooding, f.n. spiess and j.a. hildebrand (2001): broad-band seismology in the oceans: lessons from the ocean seismic network pilot experiment, geophys. res. lett., 28, 49-52. collins, j.a., f.l. vernon, j.a. orcutt and r.a. stephen (2002): upper mantle structure beneath the hawaiian swell: constraints from the ocean seismic pilot experiment, geophys. res. lett., 29, 1522, doi: 10.1029/ 2001gl013302. crawford, w.c. and s.c. webb (2002): removing tilt noise from low frequency (< 0.1 hz) seafloor vertical seismic data, bull. seismol. soc. am., 90, 952-963. dahm, t., m. thorwart, e.r. flueh, t. braun, h. herber, p. favali, l. beranzoli, g. d’anna, f. frugoni and g. smriglio (2002): ocean bottom seismometers deployed in tyrrhenian sea, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 83, 309-315. daughney, c.j., j.-p. rioux, d. fortin and t. pichler (2004): laboratory investigation of the role of bacteria in the weathering of basalt near deep-sea hydrothermal vents, geomicrobiol. j., 21, 21-31. davis, e.e., k. becker, t.l. pettigrew, b. carson and r. macdonald (1992): cork: a hydrologic seal and downhole observatory for deep-ocean boreholes, proc. odp initial rep., 139, 43-53 (cd-rom). delaney, j.r., d.s. kelley, m.d. lilley, d.a. butterfield, j.a. baross, w.s.d. wilcock, r.w. embley and m. summit (1998): the quantum event of oceanic crustal accretion: impacts of diking at mid-ocean ridges, science, 281, 222-230. delaney, j.r., g.r. heath, b. howe and a.d. chave (2000): neptune: real-time, long-term ocean & earth studies at the scale of a tectonic plate, oceanography, 13, 71-79. de martini, p.m., p. burrato, d. pantosti, a. maramai, l. graziani and h. abramson (2003): identification of tsunami deposits and liquefaction features in the gargano area (italy): paleoseismological implication, ann. geophysics, 46 (5), 883-902. de paolo, d.j. and m. manga (2003): deep origin of hotspots; the mantle plume model, science, 300, 920921. de santis, a., d. di mauro, l. cafarella, r. d’anna, l. gaya-pique, p. palangio, g. romeo and r. tozzi (2006): deep seafloor magnetic observations under geostar project, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 681693 (this volume). driscoll, n., j.k. weissel and j.a. goff (2000): potential for large-scale submarine slope failure and tsunami generation along the us mid-atlantic coast, geology, 28, 407-410. duennebier, f.k., r.a. stephen, j.f. gettrust, f. avedik, j.a. ballard, d. bibee, m. fehler, a. inderbitzen, r. jacobsen, g. pascal and j.h. natland (editors) (1987): initial reports of the dsdp, 88, pp. 165. duennebier, f.k., d.w. harris, j. jolly, j. caplan-auerbach, r. jordan, d. copson, k. stiffel, j. babinec and j. bosel (2002a): hugo: the hawaii undersea geo-observatory, ieee j. oceanic eng., 27, 218-227. duennebier, f.k., d.w. harris, j. jolly, j. babinec, d. copson and k. stiffel (2002b): the hawaii-2 observatory seismic system undersea geo-observatory, ieee j. oceanic eng., 27, 212-217. dushaw, b.d., b.m. howe, j.a. mercer, r.c. spindel and the atoc group (1999): multimegameter-range acoustic data obtained by bottom-mounted hydrophone arrays for measurement of ocean temperature, ieee j. oceanic eng., 24, 202-214. edson, j.b., w.r. mcgillis and t.c. austin (2000): a new coastal observatory is born, oceanus, 42, 31-33. etiope, g. and p. favali (editors) (2004): gem-geologic emissions of methane from lands and seafloor: mud volcanoes and observing systems, environ. geol., 46 (8), 987-1135. etiope, g., p. carnevale, f. gasparoni, m. calcara, p. favali and g. smriglio (2002): off-shore hydrocarbon 561 seafloor observatory science: a review leakage: hazard and monitoring, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 217-228. etiope, g., p. favali, j.-l. fuda, f. italiano, m. laubenstein, c. millot and w. plastino (2006): the benthic boundary layer: geochemical and oceanographic data from the geostar-2 observatory, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 705-713 (this volume). favali, p., g. smriglio, l. beranzoli, t. braun, m. calcara, g. d’anna, a. de santis, d. di mauro, g. etiope, f. frugoni, v. iafolla, s. monna, c. montuori, s. nozzoli, p. palangio and g. romeo (2002): towards a permanent deep-sea observatory: the geostar european experiment, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 111-120. favali, p., sn-1 team and nemo collaboration (2003): sn-1: the first node of the italian seafloor observatory network – background and perspective, in proceedings 3rd international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables and related technologies, tokyo, japan, edited by j. kasahara and a.d. chave, ieee catalogue no. 03ex660, 19-24. favali, p., l. beranzoli, m. calcara, g. d’anna, g. etiope, f. frugoni, n. lo bue, g. marinaro, s. monna, c. montuori, t sgroi, f. gasparoni, s. cenedese, f. furlan, g. ferentinos, g. papatheodorou, d. christodolou, j. blandin, j. marvaldi, j.-f. rolin, g. clauss, h.w. gerber, j.-m. coudeville, m. nicot, e.r. flueh, f. gamberi, m.p. marani and g. neri (2004a): single-frame multiparameter platforms for seafloor geophysical and environmental observations: projects and missions from geostar to orion, in proceedings oceans’04 (kobe, japan), 2000-2007. favali, p., l. beranzoli and a. maramai (2004b): review of the tyrrhenian sea seismicity: how much is still to be unknown?, in from seafloor to deep mantle: architecture of the tyrrhenian back-arc basin, edited by m.p. marani, f. gamberi and e. bonatti, mem. descr. c. geol. ital., lxiv, 57-70. favali, p., l. beranzoli, g. d’anna, f. gasparoni, j. marvaldi, g. clauss, h.w. gerber, m. nicot, m.p. marani, f. gamberi, c. millot and e.r. flueh (2006): a fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 659-680 (this volume). frye, d., k. von der heydt, m. johnson, a. maffei., s. lerner and b. butman (1999): new technologies for coastal observatories, sea technol., 40 (10), 29-35. fuda, j.-l., g. etiope, c. millot, p. favali, m. calcara, g. smriglio and e. boschi (2002): warming, salting and origin of the tyrrhenian deep water, geophys. res. lett., 29, 18, 1898, 34/1-4. fuda, j.-l., c. millot, s. hoog and h.w. gerber (2006): analysis of adcp data in a heterogeneous current field, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 715-728 (this volume). fujimoto, h., k. koizumi, y. osada and t. kanazawa (1998): developments of instruments for seafloor geodesy, earth planets space, 50, 905-911. fujimoto, h., m. mochizuki, k. mitsuzawa, t. tamaki and t. sato (2003): ocean bottom pressure variations in the south-eastern pacific following the 1997-98 el niño event, geophys. res. lett., 30, 1456, doi: 10.1029/ 2002gl016677. gable, r. (1992): introduction to the dianaut program: a scientific wireline re-entry in deep ocean boreholes, geophys. res. lett., 19, 493-496. gagnon, k., c.d. chadwell and e. norabuena (2005a): measuring the onset of locking in the peru-chile trench with gps and acoustic measurements, nature, 434, 205-208. gagnon, k., c.d. chadwell and f.n. spiess (2005b): evolving method to measure seafloor plate tectonic motions, sea technology, 45 (7), 49-52. gaisser, t.k., f. halzen and t. stanev (1995): particle astrophysics with high energy neutrinos, phys. rep., 258,173-236. gasparoni, f., d. calore and r. campaci (2002): from abel to geostar: development of the first european deep-sea scientific observatory, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 143-159. glenn, s.m., t.d. dickey, b. parker and w. boicourt (2000): long-term real-time coastal ocean observation networks, oceanography, 13, 24-34. goos (global ocean observing system) project office (1999): welcome to the world of goos (available on line: http://ioc.unesco.org/goos/). hickman, s., r. sibson and r. bruhn (1995): introduction to special session: mechanical involvement of fluids in faulting, j. geophys. res., 100b, 12831-12840. hino, r., t. kanazawa and a. hasegawa (1996): intraplate seismic activity near the northern japan trench deduced from ocean bottom and land-based seismic observations, phys. earth planet. int., 93, 37-52. hino, r., y. tanioka, t. kanazawa, s. sakai, m. nishino and k. suyehiro (2001): micro-tsunami from a local intraplate earthquake detected by cabled off-shore tsunami observation in north-eastern japan, geophys. res. lett., 28, 3533-3536. hirata, k., m. aoyagi, h. mikada, k. kawaguchi, y. kaiho, r. iwase, s. morita, i. fujisawa, h. sugioka, k. mitsuzawa, k. suyehiro, h. kinoshita and n. fujisawa (2002): real-time geophysical measurements on the deep seafloor using submarine cable in the southern kurile subduction zone, ieee j. oceanic eng., 27, 170-181. hirata, k., h. takahashi, e. geist, k. satake, y. tanioka, h. sugioka and h. mikada (2003): source depth dependence of micro-tsunamis recorded with oceanbottom pressure gauges: the january 28, 2000 mw 6.8 earthquake off-nemuro peninsula, japan, earth planet. sci. lett., 208, 305-318. holland, c.w., g. etiope, a.v. milkov, e. michelozzi and p. favali (2003): mud volcanoes discovered offshore sicily, mar. geol., 199, 1-6. howe, b.m., h. kirkham and v. vorperian (2002): power system consideration for undersea observatories, ieee j. oceanic eng., 27, 267-274. iafolla, v. and s. nozzoli (2002): gravimeter for deep562 paolo favali and laura beranzoli sea measurements, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 183-197. iafolla, v., s. nozzoli, e. fiorenza and v. milyukov (2006): deep-sea gravity measurements: geostar-2 mission results, ann. geophysics 49 (2/3), 695-704 (this volume). ingle jr., j.c., k. suyehiro, m.t. von breymann, j.s. bristow, l.h. burkle, j. charvet, b.a. cragg, p. de menocal, r.b. dunbar, k.b. follmi, j.r. griffin, k.a. grimm, y. hamano, n. hirata, p. holler, c.m. isaacs, m. kato, r. kettler, t. kheradyar, k.a.o. krumsiek, h. ling, r. matsumoto, j.p. muza, r.j. parkes, a. pouclet, s.d. scott, r. stein and a.a. sturz (1989): japan sea, covering leg 128 of the cruises of the drilling vessel joides resolution, proc. odp init. rep., 128, pp. 402. ipcc (intergovernmental panel on climate change) (1995): climate change 1995: the science of climate change, contribution of working group i to the second assessment of the ipcc, edited by j.t. houghton, l.g. meira filho, b.a. callender, n. harris, a. kattenberg and a. maskell (cambridge university press, cambridge, u.k.), pp. 572. iris (incorporated research institutions for seismology) (1994): science plan for a new global seismographic network (iris incorporated, washington dc). isern, a.r. (2005): national science foundation’s ocean observatory initiative, sea technol., 45 (6), 55 and 57-59. jannasch, h.w, e.e. davis, m. kastner, j.d. morris, t.l. pettigrew, j.n. plant, e.a. solomon, h.w. villinger and c.g. wheat (2003): cork-ii: longterm monitoring of fluid chemistry, fluxes, and hydrology in instrumented boreholes at the costa rica subduction zone, in fluid flow and subduction fluxes across the costa rica convergent margin: implications for the seismogenic zone and subduction factory, edited by j.d. morris, h.w. villinger, a. klaus, d.m. cardace, v.m.c. chavagnac, p.d. clift, m. haeckel, t. hisamitsu, m. kastner, m. pfender, d.m. saffer, c. santelli, b. schramm, e.j. screaton, e.a. solomon, m. strasser, m. kyaw thu and p. vannucchi, proc. odp init. rep., 205, 1-36 (cd-rom). jordan, t.h., h.w. menard, j.h. natland and j.a. orcutt (1987): introduction: objectives and results of deep-sea drilling project leg 91 and the ngendei seismic experiment, and explanatory notes for volume 91, init. rep. dsdp, 91, 185-203. jourdain, j.y. (1999): first trial of geostar, the geophysical and oceanographic european station for abyssal research, in ec project information booklet eur18885, edited by g. ollier, pp. 31. kanazawa, t., w.w. sager, c. escutia, e. araki, j.e. arney, r.l. carlson, w.s. downey, f. einaudi, s.l. haggas, y. hayasaka, k. hirata, b.c. horner-johnson, k.w. mandernack, f.m.g. mccarthy, r. moberly, m. mochizuki, r.ø. pedersen, a.r.m. salimullah, m. shinohara and c.-d. werner (2001): northwest pacific seismic observatory and hammer drill tests, proc. odp init. rep., 191 (cd-rom). kasahara, j. (2002): development of seismic real-time monitoring systems at subduction zones around japanese islands using decommissioned submarine cables, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 47-57. kasahara, j. and a.d. chave (co-chairs) (2003): proceedings 3rd international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables and related technologies, tokyo, japan, edited by j. kasahara and a.d. chave, ieee catalogue no. 03ex660, pp. 315. kasahara, j., h. utada and h. kinoshita (1995): geotoc project-reuse of sub-marine cables for seismic and geoelectrical measurements, j. phys earth, 43, 619-628. kasahara, j., t. sato, h. momma and y. shirasaki (1998a): a new approach to geophysical real-time measurements on a deep-seafloor using decommissioned submarine cables, earth planets space, 50, 913-925. kasahara, j., h. utada, t. sato and h. kinoshita (1998b): submarine cable obs using a retired telecommunication cable: geo-toc program, phys. earth planet. int., 108, 113-128. kasahara, j., y. shirasaki and h. momma (2000): multidisciplinary geophysical measurement on the ocean floor using decommissioned submarine cables: venus project, ieee j. oceanic eng., 25, 111-120. kasahara, j., r. iwase, t. nakatsuka, y. nagaya, y. shirasaki, k. hawaguchi and j. kojima (2006): multidisciplinary venus observations at the ryuku trench using guam-okinawa geophysical submarine cable, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 595-606 (this volume). kato, t., y. kotake, s. nakao, j. beavan, k. hirahara, m. okada, m. hoshiba, o. kamigaichi, r.b. feir, p.h. park, m.d. gerasimenko and m. kasahara (1998): initial results from wing, the continuous gps network in the western pacific area, geophys. res. lett., 25, 369-372. katz, u.f., j.a. aguilar, a. albert, p. amram, m. anghinolfi, g. anton, s. anvar , f.e. ardellier-desages, e. aslanides, j.-j. aubert, r. azoulay, d. bailey, s. basa, m. battaglieri, y. becherini, r. bellotti, j. beltramelli, v. bertin, m. billault, r. blaes, f. blanc, r.w. bland, n. de botton, j. boulesteix, m.c. bouwhuis, c.b. brooks, s.m. bradbury, r. bruijn, j. brunner, f. bugeon, g.f. burgio, f. cafagna, a. calzas, l. caponetto, e. carmona, j. carr, s.l. cartwright, s. cecchini, p. charvis, m. circella, c. colnard, c. compère, j. croquette, s. cooper, p. coyle, s. cuneo, g. damy, r. van dantzig, a. deschamps, c. de marzo, j.-j. destelle, r. de vita, b. dinkelspiler, g. dispau, j.-f. drogou, f. druillole, j. engelen, s. favard, f. feinstein, s. ferry, d. festy, j. fopma, j.-l. fuda, j.-m. gallone, g. giacomelli, n. girard, p. goret, j.-f. gournay, g. hallewell, b. hartmann, a. heijboer, y. hello, j.j. hernandez-rey, g. herrouin, j. hößl, c. hoffmann, j.r. hubbard, m. jaquet, m. de jong, f. jouvenot, a. kappes, t. karg, s. karkar, m. karolak, p. keller, p. kooijman, e.v. korolkova, a. kouchner, w. kretschmer, v.a. kudryavtsev, h. lafoux, p. lagier, p. lamare, j.-c. languillat, l. laubier, t. 563 seafloor observatory science: a review legou, y. le guen, h. le provost, a. le van suu, l. lo nigro, d. lo presti, s. loucatos, f. louis, v. lyashuk, p. magnier, m. marcelin, a. margiotta, c. maron, a. massol, f. mazéas, b. mazeau, a. mazure, j.e. mcmillan, j.-l. michel, c. millot, a. milovanovic, f. montanet, t. montaruli, j.-p. morel, l. moscoso, e. nezri, v. niess, g.j. nooren, p. ogden, c. olivetto, n. palanque-delabrouille, p. payre, c. petta, j.-p. pineau, j. poinsignon, v. popa, r. potheau, t. pradier, c. racca, n. randazzo, d. real, b.a.p. van rens, f. réthoré, m. ripani, v. roca-blay, a. romeyer, j.-f. rolin, m. romita and h.j. rose (2004): status of the antares project, eur. phys. j., c33, s971-s974. kaul, n., h.w. villinger and m. kruse (2004): satellitelinked autonomous pore pressure instrument (sappi), sea technol., 45 (8), 54-58. kawaguchi, k., k. hirata and h. mikada (2001): an expandable deep seafloor monitoring system, sea technol., 42 (10), 49-54. kawaguchi, k., k. hirata, t. nishida, s. obana and h. mikada (2002): a new approach for mobile and expandable real time deep seafloor observation adaptable observation system, ieee j. oceanic eng., 27, 182-192. kodaira, s., n. takahashi, j. park, k. mochizuki, m. shinohara and s. kimura (2000): western nankai trough seismogenic zone: results from a wide-angle ocean bottom seismic survey, j. geophys. res., 105, 5887-5905. legrand, j., a. echardour, h. floc’h, l. floury, j. gieskes, f. harmegnies, g. loaëc, j.-p. pozzi, y. raer and r.a. stephen (1989): campagne fare: wireline reentry of dsdp hole 396b using the nadia system, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 70, 729-730 and 741. lomnitz, c. and s. nilsen-hofseth (2005): the indian ocean disaster: tsunami physics and early warning dilemmas, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 86, 65 and 70. lowes, f.j. (2002): why global geomagnetism needs oceanbottom observatories, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 27-35. malinverno, e., f. gasparoni, h.w. gerber and c. corselli (2006): the exploration of eastern mediterranean deep hypersaline anoxic basins with modus: a significant example of technology spin-off of geostar program, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 729-737 (this volume). maramai, a., a. piscini, g. d’anna and l. graziani (2002): the italian tsunami warning system: state of the art, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 247-259. marani, m.p., f. gamberi and e. bonatti (editors) (2004): from seafloor to deep mantle: architecture of the tyrrhenian back-arc basin, mem. descr. c. geol. d’it., lxiv, pp.195. margins (2003): nsf margins program science plans 2004 (margins office at ldeo of columbia university, new york), pp. 170 (available on line: http://www.margins.wustl.edu). marinaro, g., g. etiope, f. gasparoni, d. calore, s. cenedese, f. furlan, m. masson, p. favali and j. blandin (2004): gmm-a gas monitoring module for long-term detection of methane leakage from the seafloor, in gem-geologic emissions of methane from lands and seafloor: mud volcanoes and observing systems, edited by g. etiope and p. favali, environ. geol., 46 (8), 1053-1058, doi: 10.1007/s00254-004-1092-2. marvaldi, j., y. aoustin, g. ayela, d. barbot, j. blandin, j.-m. coudeville, d. fellmann, g. loaëc ch. podeur and a. priou (2002): design and realisation of communication systems for the geostar project, in sciencetechnology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 161-181. massion, g., k. asakawa, a.d. chave, b. howe, t. mcginnis, p. phibbs, d. rodgers, y. shirasaki, h. mikada and k. kawaguchi (2004): new scientific cabled observing systems: neptune and arena, suboptic2004, th b2.1, 197-199. merrifield, m.a., y.l. firing, t. aarup, w. agricole, g. brundrit, d. chang-seng, r. farre, b. kilonsky, w. knight, l. kong, c. magori, p. manurung, c. mccreery, w. mitchell, s. pillay, f. schindele, f. shillington, l. testut, e.m.s. wijeratne, p. caldwell, j. jardin, s. nakahara, f.-y. porter and n. turetsky (2005): tide gauge observations of the indian ocean tsunami, december 26, 2004, geophys. res. lett., 32, l09603, doi: 10.1029/2005gl022610. migneco, e., s. aiello, e. amato, m. ambriola, f. ameli, g. andronico, m. anghinolfi, m. battaglieri, r. bellotti, a. bersani, a. boldrin, m. bonori, f. cafagna, a. capone, l. caponnetto, t. chiarusi, m. circella, r. cocimano, r. coniglione, m. cordelli, m. costa, s. cuneo, a. d’amico, v. d’amico, c. de marzo, r. de vita, c. distefano, a. gabrielli, e. gandolfi, a. grimaldi, r. habel, a. italiano, m. leonardi, l. lo nigro, d. lo presti, a. margiotta, a. martini, m. masetti, r. masullo, t. montaruli, r. mosetti, m. musumeci, c.a. nicolau, r. occhipinti, r. papaleo, c. petta, p. piattelli, g. raia, n. randazzo, s. reito, g. ricco, g. riccobene, m. ripani, m. romita, a. rovelli, m. ruppi, g.v. russo, m. russo, p. sapienza, j.p. schuller, m. sedita, i. sokalski, m. spurio, m. taiuti, l. trasatti, l. ursella, v. valente, p. vicini and g. canarini (2004): nemo: status of the project, nucl. phys., 136b (proc. suppl.), 61-68. migneco, e., a. capone and p. piattelli (2006): underwater laboratories for astroparticle physics and deep-sea science, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 643-658 (this volume). mikada, h., k. becker, j.c. moore, a. klaus, g.l. austin, n.l. bangs, s. bourlange, j. broilliard, w. brückmann, e.r. corn, e.e. davis, p.b. flemings, d.s. goldberg, s.s. gulick, m. bak hansen, n. hayward, d.j. hills, s. hunze, m. ienaga, h. ishiguro, m. kinoshita, r.d. macdonald, l. mcneill, s. obana, o. swee hong, s. peacock, t.l. pettigrew, s. saito, t. sawa, n. thaiprasert, h.j. tobin and h. tsurumi (2002): deformation and fluid flow processes in the 564 paolo favali and laura beranzoli nankai trough accretionary prism: logging while drilling and advanced corks, proc. odp init. rep., 196 (cdrom). millot, c. (2002): deep physical oceanography, experimentation and benefits from bottom observatories, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 19-26. momma, h., r. iwase, k. mitsuzawa, y. kaiho and y. fujiwara (1998): preliminary results of a three-year continuous observation by a deep seafloor observatory in sagami bay, central japan, phys. earth planet. int., 108, 263-274. momma, h., k. kawaguchi and r. iwase (2001): longterm seafloor monitoring data recovery – new approach, sea technol., 42 (7), 55-59. monna, s., l. filippi, l. beranzoli and p. favali (2003): rock properties of the upper-crust in central apennines (italy) derived from high-resolution 3d tomography, geophys. res. lett., 30 (7), 1408, doi: 10.1029/ 2002gl016780. monna, s., f. frugoni, c. montuori, l. beranzoli and p. favali (2005): high quality seismological recordings from the sn-1 deep seafloor observatory in the mt. etna region, geophys. res. lett., 32, l07303, doi: 10.1029/ 2004gl021975. montagner, j.-p. and y. lancelot (editors) (1995): proceedings international workshop multidisciplinary observatories on the deep seafloor (insu/cnrs, ifremer, osn/ussac, odp-france and odp-japan, marseille, france), pp. 229. montagner, j.-p., j.-f. karczewski, b. romanowicz, s. bouaricha, p. lognonné, g. roult, e. stutzmann, j.l. thirot, j. brion, b. dole, d. fouassier, j.-c. koenig, j. savary, l. floury, j. dupond, a. echar-dour and h. floc’h (1994a): the french pilot experiment ofm/sismobs: first scientific results on noise level and event detection, phys. earth planet. int., 84, 321-336. montagner, j.-p., b. romanowicz and j.-f. karczewski (1994b): a first step toward an oceanic geophysical observatory, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 75, 150-151 and 154. montagner, j.-p., j.f. karczewski, l. floury and p. tarits (1994c): towards a geophysical ocean bottom observatory, seismic waves, 3, 7-9. montagner, j.-p., p. lognonné, r. beauduin, g. roult, j.-f. karczewski and e. stutzmann (1998): towards multiparameter networks for the next century: the french efforts, phys. earth planet. int., 108, 155-174. montagner, j.-p., j.-f. karczewski, e. stutzmann, g. roult, w. crawford, p. lognonné, l. beguery, s. cacho, j.-c. koenig, j. savary, b. romanowicz and d.s. stakes (2002): geophysical ocean bottom observatories or temporary portable networks?, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 59-81. montuori, c. (2004): geodynamic characterisation of the southern tyrrhenian basin, ph.d. thesis (chieti university, italy), pp. 118. moore, g. and c. moore (1998): the seismogenic zone experiment (seize) workshop, june 3-6, 1997, waikoloa, hawaii, final report (published on the web http://www.soest.hawaii.edu/moore/seize/). morris, j.d., h.w. villinger, a. klaus, d.m. cardace, v.m.c. chavagnac, p.d. clift, m. haeckel, t. hisamitsu, m. kastner, m. pfender, d.m. saffer, c. santelli, b. schramm, e.j. screaton, e.a. solomon, m. strasser, m. kyaw thu and p. vannucchi (2003): fluid flow and subduction fluxes across the costa rica convergent margin: implications for the seismogenic zone and subduction factory, proc. odp init. rep., 205 (cd-rom). nagumo, s. and d.a. walker (1989): ocean bottom geoscience observatories: re-use of transoceanic telecommunication cables, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 70, 673-677. neptune (north east pacific time-series undersea networked experiments) (2000): neptune: a fiberoptic telescope to inner space (available on line: http:// www.neptune.washington.edu). nishizawa, a., t. kono, a. hasegawa, t. hirasawa, t. kanazawa and t. iwasaki (1990): spatial distribution of earthquakes off sanriku, north-eastern japan, in 1989 determined by ocean-bottom and land-based observation, j. phys. earth, 38, 347-360. nishizawa, a., t. kanazawa, t. iwasaki and h. shimamura (1992): spatial distribution of earthquakes associated with the pacific plate subduction off north-eastern japan revealed by ocean bottom and land observation, phys. earth planet. int., 75, 165-175. nrc (national research council) (1997): the global ocean observing system: users, benefits and priorities (national academy press, washington dc), pp. 92. nrc (national research council) (1998a): a scientific strategy for us participation in the goals component of the clivar programme (national academy press, washington dc), pp. 88. nrc (national research council) (1998b): decade-tocentury-scale climate variability and change (national academy press, washington dc), pp. 160. nrc (national research council) (1999): global ocean science: toward an integrated approach (national academy press, washington dc), pp. 184. nrc (national research council) (2000): illuminating the hidden planet. the future of seafloor observatory science (national academy press, washington dc), pp. 135. nrc (national research council) (2003a): enabling ocean research in the 21st century: implementation of a network of ocean observatories (national academy press, washington dc), pp. 240. nrc (national research council) (2003b): estimating climate sensitivity: report of a workshop (national academy press, washington dc), pp. 62. nrc (national research council) (2003c): exploration of the seas: interim report (national academy press, washington dc), pp. 48. nrc (national research council) (2004): review of the us clivar project office (national academy press, washington dc), pp. 50. oebius, h.u. and h.w. gerber (2002): the deep-sea as an area for geotechnical intervention, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: chal565 seafloor observatory science: a review lenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 201-216. ohmachi, t., h. tsukiyama and h. matsumoto (2001): simulation of tsunami induced by dynamic displacement of seabed due to seismic faulting, bull. seismol. soc. am., 91, 1898-1909. ollier, g., p. favali, g. smriglio and f. gasparoni (2002): perspectives and challenges in marine research, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 3-9. orcutt, j.a. and r.a. stephen (1993): osn seismograph system is underway, seismic waves, 2, 3-5. orcutt, j.a., a. schultz, t.a. davies, k. artita, c. bonadiman, a. buysch, r.l. carlson, j. carlut, k.l. heft, t. ishii, r. moberly, s. revillon and x. zhao (2003): dynamics of the earth and ocean systems, proc. odp init. rep., 203 (cd-rom). osada, y., h. fujimoto, s. miura, a. sweeney, t. kanazawa, s. nakao, s. sakai, j.a. hildebrand and c.d. chadwell (2005): estimation and correction for the effect of sound velocity variation on gps/acoustic seafloor positioning: an experiment off hawaii island, earth planets space (in press) person, r., y. aoustin, j. blandin, j. marvaldi and j.-f. rolin (2006): from bottom landers to observatories networks, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 581-593 (this volume). peterson, j.r. (1993): observations and modelling of seismic background noise, us geol. surv. open file rep. 93-322, pp. 94. petitt, r.a., f.b. wooding, d. harris, j.w. bailey, e. hobart, j. jolly, a.d. chave, f.k. duennebier and r. butler (2002): the hawaii-2 observatory, ieee j. oceanic eng., 27, 245–253. pettigrew, t.l., j.f. casey, d. jay miller, e. araki, r. boissonnas, r. busby, f. einaudi, m. gerdom, z. ping guo, h. hopkins, g. myers, d. gopala rao, t. shibata and p. thy (1999): hammer drilling and nero, proc. odp init. rep., 179 (cd-rom). piatanesi, a. and s. tinti (1998): a revision of the 1693 eastern sicily earthquake and tsunami, j. geophys. res., 103 (b2), 2749-2758. priede, i.g., m. solan, j. mienert, r. person, t.c.e. van weering, o. pfannkuche, n. o’neill, a. tselepides, l. thomsen, p. favali, f. gasparoni, n. zitellini, c. millot, h.w. gerber, j.m.a. de miranda and m. klages (2003): esonet – european seafloor observatory network, in proceedings 3rd international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables and related technologies, tokyo, japan, edited by j. kasahara and a.d. chave, ieee catalogue no. 03ex660, 263-265. priede, i.g., p. favali, m. solan, f. gasparoni, j. mienert, n. zitellini, r. person, c. millot, t.c.e. van weering, h.w. gerber, o. pfannkuche, j.m.a. de miranda, n. o’neill, m. klages, a. tselepides, p. sigray and l. thomsen (2004): esonet – european seafloor observatory network, in proceedings oceans’04 mts/ieee techno-ocean’04, kobe, japan, ieee catalogue no. 04ch37600c, 2155-2163. purdy, g.m. (1995): a five year plan, in broad-band seismology in the oceans towards a five-year plan, edited by g.m. purdy and j.a orcutt (joi, washington, dc), 68-75. purdy, g.m. and a.m. dziewonski (editors) (1988): proceedings of the workshop on broad-band downhole seismometers in the deep ocean, woods hole, massachusetts, pp. 331. rigaud, v., d. semac, m. nokin, desibel team, g. tietze, h. amann, v. goetz and a. pascoal (1998): new methods for deep-sea intervention on future benthic laboratories, desibel project – final results, comparison of concepts and at sea validation, in proceedings of the ieee conference oceans ’98 (nice, france) (on cd-rom). roberts, a. (1992): the birth of high-energy neutrino astronomy: a personal history of the dumand project, rev. modern phys., 64, 259-312. romanowicz, b. and k. suyehiro (2001): history of the international ocean network, in ohp/ion joint symposium long-term observations in the oceans. current status and perspectives for the future. workshop report, yamanashi pref., japan, edited by b. romanowicz, k. suyehiro and h. kawakatsu, 1-3 romanowicz, b., d.s. stakes, j.-p. montagner, p. tarits, r. uhrhammer, m. begnaud, e. stutzmann, m. pasyanos, j.-f. karczewski, s. etchemendy and d. neuhauser (1998): moise: a pilot experiment towards long-term seafloor geophysical observatories, earth planets space, 50, 927-937. romanowicz, b., k. suyehiro and h. kawakatsu (editors) (2001): ohp/ion joint symposium long-term observations in the oceans. current status and perspectives for the future. workshop report, yamanashi pref., japan, pp. 188. romanowicz, b., d.s. stakes, r. uhrhammer, p. mcgill, d. neuhauser, t. ramirez and d. dolenc (2003): the mobb experiment: a prototype permanent offshore ocean bottom broad-band station, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 84, 325-332. romanowicz, b., d.s. stakes, d. dolenc, d. neuhauser, p. mcgill, r. uhrhammer and t. ramirez (2006): the monterey bay broad band ocean bottom observatory, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 607-623 (this volume). sacks, i.s., k. suyehiro, g.d. acton, m.j. acierno, e. araki, m.v.s. ask, a. ikeda, t. kanamatsu, g.y. kim, j. li, a.t. linde, p.n. mcwhorter, g. mora, y.m.r. najman, n. niitsuma, b.k. pandit, s. roller, s. saito, t. sakamoto, m. shinohara and y.-f. sun (2000): western pacific geophysical observatories, proc. odp init. rep., 186 (cd-rom). sagalevitch, a. (2004): new birth for the mir-1 and mir-2 submersibles, sea technology, 45 (12), 27-33. salisbury, m.h., m. shinohara, c. richter, e. araki, s.r. barr, m. d’antonio, s.m. dean, b. diekmann, k.m. edwards, p.b. fryer, p.j. gaillot, w.s. hammon iii, d. hart, n. januszczak, s.c. komor, m.b. kristensen, j.p. lockwood, m.j. mottl, c.l. moyer, k. nakahigashi, i.p. savov, x. su, k.-y. wei and t. yamada (2002): seafloor observatories and the kuroshio current, proc. odp init. rep., 195 (cd-rom). schofield, o., t. bergmann, p. bisset, j.f. grassle, d.b. haidvogel, j. kohut, m. moline and s.m. glenn (2002): the long-term ecosystem observatory: an inte566 paolo favali and laura beranzoli grated coastal observatory, ieee j. oceanic eng., 27, 146-154. seno, t., s. stein and a.e. gripp (1993): a model for the motion of the philippine sea plate consistent with nuvel-1 and geological data, j. geophys. res., 98, 17941-17948. sgroi, t., t. braun, t. dahm and f. frugoni (2006): an improved seismicity picture of the southern tyrrhenian area by the use of obs and land-based networks: the tyde experiment, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 801-817 (this volume). shinohara, m., t. yamada, t. kanazawa, n. hirata, y. kaneda, t. takanami, h. mikada, k. suyehiro, s. sakai, t. watanabe, k. uehira, y. murai, n. takahashi, m. nishino, k. mochizuki, t. sato, e. araki, r. hino, k. uhira, h. shiobara and h. shimizu (2004): aftershock observation of the 2003 tokachioki earthquake by dense ocean bottom seismometer network, earth planet space, 56, 295-300. shinohara, m., e. araki, t. kanazawa, k. suyehiro, m. mochizuki, t. yamada, k. nakahigashi, y. kaiho and y. fukao (2006): deep-sea borehole seismological observatories in the western pacific: temporal variation of seismic noise level and event detection, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 625-641 (this volume). shirasaki, y., m. yoshida, t. nishida, k. kawaguchi, h. mikada and k. asakawa (2003): arena: a versatile and multidisciplinary scientific cable network for next generation, in proceedings 3rd international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables and related technologies (tokyo, japan), edited by j. kasahara and a.d. chave, ieee catalogue no. 03ex660, 226231. sozer, e.m., m. stojanovic and j.g. proakis (2000): underwater acoustic networks, ieee j. oceanic eng., 25, 72-82. spiess, f.n., d.e. boegeman and c.e. lowenstein (1992): first ocean-research-ship-supported fly-in re-entry to a deep ocean drill hole, j. mar. technol. soc., 26, 3-10. spiess, f.n., c.d. chadwell, j.a. hildebrand, l.e. young, g.h. purcell jr. and h. dragert (1998): precise gps/acoustic positioning of seafloor reference points for tectonic studies, phys. earth planet. int., 108, 101-112. stakes, d.s., j.s. mcclain, t. van zandt and p. mcgill (1998a): corehole seismometer development for lownoise seismic data in a long-term observatory setting, geophys. res. lett., 25, 2745-2748. stakes, d.s., b. romanowicz, j.-p. montagner, p. tarits, j.-f. karczewski, s. etchemendy, d. neuhauser, p. mcgill, j.c. koenig, j. savary, m.l. begnaud and m. pasyanos (1998b): moise: monterey bay ocean bottom international seismic experiment, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 79, 301-309. stakes, d.s., b. romanowicz, m.l. begnaud, k.c. mcnally, j.-p. montagner, e. stutzmann and m. pasyanos (2002): the mbari margin seismology experiment: a prototype seafloor observatory, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 93-110. stephen, r.a. (1978): the oblique seismic experiment on deep-sea drilling project leg 52, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 59, 244. stephen, r.a. (1998): ocean seismic network seafloor observatories, oceanus, 41, 33-37. stephen, r.a., k.e. louden and d.k. matthews (1980a): the oblique seismic experiment on deep-sea drilling project leg 52, init. rep. dsdp, 51-53, 675-704. stephen, r.a., k.e. louden and d.k. matthews (1980b): the oblique seismic experiment on deep-sea drilling project leg 52, geophys. j. r. astr. soc., 60, 289-300. stephen, r.a., d. koelsch, h. berteaux, a. bocconcelli, s. bolmer, j. cretin, n. etourmy, a. fabre, r. goldsborough, m. gould, s. kery, j. laurent, g. omnes, k. peal, s. swift, r. turpuring and c. zani (1994): the seafloor borehole array seismic system (seabass) and vlf ambient noise, mar. geophys. res., 16, 243-286. stephen, r.a., j.a. collins, k.r. peal, j.a. hildebrand, j.a. orcutt, f.n. spiess and f.l. vernon (1999): seafloor seismic stations perform well in study, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 80, 592. stephen, r.a., j. kasahara, g.d. acton, r.s. calhoun, s. haraguchi, h. hoskins, s. kittredge, m. lustrino, w. manz, m. nakamura, j.h. natland, i. nielsen, h. paul, g. schumann-kindel, s. sherman, y.-f. sun and j. wilson (2003a): drilling at the hawaii-2 observatory (h2o) and the nuuanu landslide, proc. odp init. rep., 200 (cd-rom). stephen, r.a., f.n. spiess, j.a. collins, j.a. hildebrand, j.a. orcutt, k.r. peal, f.l. vernon and f.b. wooding (2003b): ocean seismic network pilot experiment, geochem. geophys. geosys., 4 (10), 1092 doi: 10,1029/2002gc000485. stojanovic, m. (1996): recent advances in high-speed underwater acoustic communications, ieee j. oceanic eng., 21, 125-136. stutzmann, e., j.-p. montagner, a. sebai, w.c. crawford, j.-l. thirot, p. tarits, d.s. stakes, b. romanowicz, j.-f. karczewski, d. neuhauser and s. etchemendy (2001): moise: a prototype multiparameter ocean-bottom station, bull. seismol. soc. am., 91, 885-892. summerhayes, c.p. (1996): ocean resources, in oceanography: an illustrated guide, edited by c.p. summerhayes and s.a thorpe (manson publishing ltd., london), 314-337. summerhayes, c.p. (2002): goos project update: implementation progress, sea technol., 43 (10), 46-49. summit, m. and j.a. baross (1998): thermophilic subseafloor microorganisms from the 1996 north gorda ridge eruption, deep-sea res. ii, 45, 2751-2766. sutherland, f.h., f.l. vernon, j.a. orcutt and r.a. stephen (2004): results from osnpe: low detection threshold magnitudes for ocean-bottom recording, bull. seismol. soc. am., 94, 1868-1878. sutton, g.h., w.g. mcdonald, d.d. prentiss and s.n. thomson (1965): ocean bottom seismic observatories, proc. ieee, 53, 1909-1921. suyehiro, k. and a. nishizawa (1994): crustal structure and seismicity beneath the forearc off north-eastern japan, j. geophys. res., 99, 22331-22348. suyehiro, k., t. kanazawa, n. hirata and m. shinohara (1995): ocean downhole seismic project, j. phys. earth, 43, 599-618. 567 seafloor observatory science: a review suyehiro, k., e. araki, m. shinohara and t. kanazawa (2002): deep-sea borehole observatories ready and capturing seismic waves in the western pacific, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 83, 621. tamaki, k., k.a. pisciotto, j. allan, j.m. alexandrovich, d.a. barnes, s. boggs, h.-j. brumsack, c.a. brunner, a. cramp, l. jolivet, o.e. kawka, i. koizumi, s. kuramoto, m.g. langseth, j. mcevoy, j.a. meredith, k.a. mertz jr., r.w. murray, d.c. nobes, a. rahman, r. schaar, k.p. stewart, r. tada, p. thy, l. vigliotti, l.d. white, j.j.m. wippern, s. yamashita, j.c, ingle jr., k. suyehiro, m.t. von breymann, j.s. bristow, l.h. burckle, j. charvet, b.a. cragg, p.b. demenocal, r.b. dunbar, k.b. foellmi, j.r. griffin, k.a. grimm, y. hamano, n. hirata, p. holler, c.m. isaacs, m. kato, r. kettler, t. kheradyar, k.a.o. krumsiek, h.-y. ling, r. matsumoto, j.p. muza, r.j. parkes, a. pouclet, s.d. scott, r. stein and a.a. sturz (1992): japan sea, covering legs 127 and 128 of the cruises of the drilling vessel joides resolution, proc. odp sci. results, 127 (128), pp. 1427. thiel, h. (2002): research for the protection of the deepsea, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 11-18. thiel, h., k.o. kirstein, c. luth, u. luth, g. luther, l.a. meyer-reil, o. pfannkuche and m. weydert (1994): scientific requirements for an abyssal benthic laboratory, j. mar. syst., 4, 421-439. tinti, s., a. maramai and p. favali (1995): the gargano promontory: an important italian seismogenic-tsunamigenic area, mar. geol., 122, 227-241. tinti, s., a. maramai and l. graziani (2004): the new catalogue of italian tsunamis, natural hazards, 33, 439-465. toh, h., t. goto and y. hamano (1998): a new seafloor electromagnetic station with an overhauser magnetometer, a magnetotelluric variograph and an acoustic telemetry modem, earth planets space, 50, 895-903. torsvik, t.h., r. van der voo and t.f. redfield (2002): relative hotspot motions versus true polar wander, earth planet. sci. lett., 202, 185-200. traykovski, p., a.e. hay, j.d. irish and j.f. lynch (1999): geometry, migration and evolution of wave orbital scale ripples at leo-15, j. geophys. res., 104, 1505-1524. utada, h., k. noguchi, c. harayama and n. natsushima (editors) (1997): proceedings international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables (okinawa, japan), pp. 234. waterworth, g. (2004): connecting long-term seafloor observatories to the shore, sea technol., 45 (9), 10-13. webb, s.c. (1998): broad-band seismology and noise under the ocean, rev. geophys., 36 (1), 105-142. webb, s.c. and w.c. crawford (1999): long period seafloor seismology and deformation under ocean waves, bull. seismol. soc. am., 89, 1535-1542. weiland, c.m., g.a. barth, b. chadwick, r.w. embley and j. getsiv (2000): virtual exploration of the new millennium observatory (nemo) at axial volcano, juan de fuca ridge, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 81, 1265-1266. yada, t., n. namba and t. ura (co-chairs) (2004): proceedings oceans’04 mts/ieee techno-ocean’04, kobe, japan, ieee catalogue no. 04ch37600c, pp. 2365. zhao, d. (2001): seismic structure and origin of hotspots and mantle plumes, earth planet. sci. lett., 192, 251-265. zhukov, v.a., a. aloupis, e.g. anassontzis, n. arvanitis, a. babalis, a. ball, l.b. bezrukov, g. bourlis, a.v. butkevich, w. chinowsky, p.e. christopoulou, a. darsaklis, l.g. dedenko, d. eilstrup, e. fahrun, g. gialas, c. goudis, g. grammatikakis, c. green, p.k.f. grieder, s.k. karaevsky, p. katrivanos, u. keusen, j. kiskiras, t. knutz, d. kolostelov, k. komlev, j. kontaxis, p. koske, j.g. learned, v.v. ledenev, a. leisos, g. limberopoulos, j. ludvig, j. makris, a. manousakis-katsikakis, e. markopoulos, s. matsuno, j. mielke, t. mihos, p. minkowski, a.a. mironovich, r. mitiguy, s. nounos, d.r. nygren, k. papageorgiou, m. passera, c. politis, p. preve, g.t. przybylski, j. rathlev, l.k. resvanis, m. rosen, n. schmidt, t. schmidt, i. siotis, a.e. shnyrev, j. sopher, t. staveris, g. stavrakakis, r. stokstad, n.m. surin, v. tsagli, a. tsirigotis, j. tsirmpas, s. tzamarias, o. vasilev, o. vaskine, w. voigt, a. vougioukas, g. voulgaris, l.m. zakharov and n. ziabko (2004): nestor experiment in 2003, phys. at. nucl., 67, 2054-2057. zhukova.qxp_layout 6 annals of geophysics, 61, 3, gm334, 2018; doi: 10.4401/ag-7582 1 “plasma acceleration on multiscale temporal variations of electric and magnetic fields during substorm dipolarization in the earth’s magnetotail„ elena igorevna parkhomenko1, helmi vitalevna malova2,1,*, elena evgenevna grigorenko1, victor yurevich popov4,3,1, anatolii alekseevich petrukovich1, dominique c. delcourt5, elena aleksandrovna kronberg6,7, patric w. daly6, lev matveevich zelenyi1 (1) space research institute, russian academy of sciences, moscow, russia (2) nuclear physics institute, moscow state university, moscow, russia (3) physics department of lomonosov moscow state university, moscow, russia (4) national research university “higher school of economics”, moscow, russia (5) laboratoire de physique des plasmas, ecole polytechnique, cnrs, france; institut des sciences de la terre d'orleans, université d'orléans, orléans, cnrs, france (6) max planck institute for solar system research, göttingen, germany (7) ludwig-maximilian university of munich, germany 1. introduction a number of observational and theoretical investigations have revealed the importance of accelerated particle flows in the earth’s magnetotail [sharma et al., 2008; retino et al., 2008; yamada et al., 2010; fu et al., 2011; runov et al., 2011a; birn et al., 2012, 2013; ashour-abdalla et al., 2015; grigorenko et al., 2015], that conversely point to specific regions for energy conversion during substorms [zelenyi et al., 2008; zelenyi et al., 2011 and references therein; angelopoulos et al., 2013]. thanks to geotail, cluster, themis, mms and other spacecraft observations in the earth’s environment, significant information on the acceleration mechanisms has been collected [e.g., artemyev et al., 2012; lui, 2014 , runov et al., 2014; grigorenko, 2015; kronberg et al., 2017; liang et al., 2017] but details of these mechanisms are not completely understood up to the present day. some satellite missions demonstrated the presence of particles with energies up to hundreds of kev in the earth’s magnetotail [e.g., zhou et al., 2010; ashour-abdalla et al., 2015; kronberg et al., 2017] but their origin and the processes at work remain unclear, although studies during the last decades [baker et al., 1985, zelenyi et al., 2011; grigorenko et al., 2011; angelopoulos et al., 2013, and references there in] have made clearer the role of magnetotail current sheet evolution in the energy conversion during substorms [birn article history receveid november 9, 2017; accepted march 15, 2018. subject classification: magnetotail; dipolarization; electric field fluctuations; particle acceleration; numerical modeling. abstract magnetic field dipolarizations are often observed in the magnetotail during substorms. these generally include three temporal scales: (1) actual dipolarization when the normal magnetic field changes during several minutes from minimum to maximum level; (2) sharp bz bursts (pulses) interpreted as the passage of multiple dipolarization fronts with characteristic time scales < 1 min, and (3) bursts of electric and magnetic fluctuations with frequencies up to electron gyrofrequency occurring at the smallest time scales (≤ 1 s). we present a numerical model where the contributions of the above processes (1)-(3) in particle acceleration are analyzed. it is shown that these processes have a resonant character at different temporal scales. while o+ ions are more likely accelerated due to the mechanism (1), h+ ions (and to some extent electrons) are effectively accelerated due to the second mechanism. high-frequency electric and magnetic fluctuations accompanying magnetic dipolarization as in (3) are also found to efficiently accelerate electrons. et al., 2012; lui, 2014]. during the growth phase of substorms, magnetic flux in the magnetospheric lobes is increased, leading to thinning of the magnetotail current sheet from a thickness of 1 to 2 re down to a thickness of a few ion gyroradii (250-2000 km) [sergeev et al., 1993; sergeev et al., 1996; runov et al., 2008, nakamura et al., 2008]. such a thin current sheet (tcs) configuration has been shown to be metastable and can be a reservoir of free magnetic energy that is explosively released during current sheet destruction [galeev, 1979; baker et al., 1985; zelenyi et al., 1990; zelenyi et al., 2008]. later phases of substorms are characterized by abrupt changes of magnetotail magnetic field and earthward propagation of dipolarization fronts (df) [runov et al., 2009, 2011, 2012; yao et al., 2016] that are step-like structures with sharp enhancements of the normal magnetic field bz [e.g., nakamura et al., 2002; runov et al., 2009; sergeev et al., 2009] (note that gsm coordinate system is used in the present study). these fronts are often associated with an enhancement of plasma and magnetic pressure as well as bursty bulk flows (bbf) that are accelerated earthward [e.g. angelopoulos et al., 1992; sergeev et al., 2011; runov et al., 2011; fu et al., 2011]. dfs typically appear in the midtail region after substorm onsets [lui, 2014] and have a tendency to slow down and to thicken during their motion toward the earth [hamrin et al., 2013 ]. several mechanisms have been proposed to explain the generation of dfs: (1) bbf-type flux ropes [slavin et al., 2003], (2) nightside flux transfer events [sergeev et al., 1992], (3) generation of burstlike magnetic structures by impulsive magnetic reconnection in the magnetotail [heyn and semenov, 1996; semenov et al., 2005; longcope and priest, 2007, sitnov et al., 2009; sitnov and swisdak, 2011]. evidences of such dfs have been found in a variety of spacecraft observations [e.g., nakamura et al., 2002; sharma et al., 2008; runov et al., 2009] and their relation with reconnection processes is now clearly established. acceleration of charged particles as a result of magnetic reconnection is now considered as one of the most effective mechanisms to accelerate particles to high energies [yamada et al., 2010]. furthermore, in a number of instances, the passage of dfs is accompanied by strong plasma turbulence or electrostatic fluctuations [ono et al., 2009; el-alaoui et al., 2013; lui, 2014; grigorenko et al., 2016] and by plasma acceleration [zhou et al., 2010; fu et al., 2011; artemyev et al., 2012; birn et al., 2012, 2013; grigorenko et al., 2011, 2015, 2017]. ions with energies about a few hundreds of kev have been frequently observed during substorm dipolarization in the near-earth tail [e.g., ipavich et al., 1984; nosé et al., 2000; ono et al., 2009; keika et al., 2010] or in the presence of turbulent electromagnetic field in the plasma sheet [cattell and mozer, 1982; hoshino et al., 1994; bauer at al., 1995, ono et al., 2009]. because dfs travel over large distances from the middle (or deep) magnetotail toward the planet without significant evolution [runov et al., 2009], particle acceleration in the course of the interaction with dfs can be effective due to the long time dynamics of such fronts. generally several mechanisms responsible for particle acceleration or heating by dfs have been proposed: 1) nonadiabatic (in the sense of violation of the first adiabatic invariant) plasma acceleration by the inductive electric field that results from the magnetic field reconfiguration [delcourt et al., 1990; veltri et al., 1998; delcourt, 2002; ono et al., 2009; greco et al., 2015 ]. works by [perri et al., 2009; greco et al., 2009; ono et al., 2009] also demonstrated the importance of nonadiabatic acceleration of h+ ions in the course of their resonant interaction with the low-frequency magnetic fluctuations in the region behind the dipolarization front. 2) adiabatic energy gain of magnetized electrons and ions due to local increase of the magnetic field [delcourt et al., 1990; birn et al., 2004; apatenkov et al., 2007; fu et al., 2011; birn et al., 2012]; 3) particle acceleration near the magnetic reconnection site by the cross-tail electrostatic field ey [e.g., hoshino, 2005; retino et al., 2008]; 4) reflection from fronts [zhou et al., 2010, 2012] and resonant capture by fronts [artemyev et al., 2012b; ukhorskiy et al., 2017] can also lead to nonadiabatic gain of energy because df thickness is comparable to the gyroradii of hot ions. 5) particle pick-up in outflows near reconnection regions and consequent heating up to thermal velocities of the order of the alfvén speed [drake et al., 2009]. from a theoretical viewpoint, most of these mechanisms have been investigated with help of numerical simulations in model magnetotail current sheets, and estimates of their efficiency have been provided in different studies [e.g., zelenyi et al., 1990; veltri et al., 1998; zelenyi et al., 2008; greco et al., 2009; artemyev et al., 2012, greco et al., 2015]. acceleration by the dawn-dusk electrostatic potential drop is clearly limited in efficiency and can reach maximum energies about 30-90 kev in the potential drop of about ~50 70 kv across the magnetotail [grigorenko et al., 2009]. on the other hand, electromagnetic turbulence can provide sevparkhomenko et al. 2 eral orders of magnitude in particle energy increase, but this effect was only investigated in the distant (about 100 re) magnetotail where the normal magnetic field component becomes weak and stochastic [perri et al., 2008; zelenyi et al., 2008, 2011]. acceleration of heavy ions due to plasma turbulence has also been investigated in [greco et al., 2015; grigorenko et al., 2015; catapano et al., 2016; liang et al., 2017]. all the above mentioned works put forward a spatial resonance character between particles and fields, that depends upon the larmor radius and the nonstationary structures of the magnetic field. the purpose of the present work is to put into perspective the combination of the different processes occurring during magnetic dipolarization, from (1) local large-scale dipolarization including (2) multiple front passages and (3) subsequent high-frequency electromagnetic oscillations with f ≤ fce (fce being the electron cyclotron frequency). these latter oscillations that are observed during the late stage of dipolarization have been shown to contribute to electron energization [grigorenko et al., 2016]. in the following, we will emphasize the multiscale temporal character of the overall dipolarization process (1)-(3) and the distinct resonant contributions to particle acceleration. this acceleration will be investigated using a simple numerical model taking into account different time scales, a temporal analog of the well known russian “matreshka” consisting of many dolls embedded one into the other as it is shown in figure 1. more specifically, to reconstruct the above mentioned (1)-(3) processes during magnetic dipolarization, three different time scales were considered in the present study. we will compare the numerical results obtained with in situ measurements, and will discuss the role of the acceleration mechanisms on different temporal scales. 2. numerical model test particle simulations performed to examine the particle dynamics in the magnetotail configuration b0 in the presence of dipolarization processes δb(t) followed by high frequency fluctuating electric field δe(r,t) and related induced magnetic field δb(r,t) . the time varying magnetic field is considered to be a superposition of the following components: (1) where b0 (z) is the initial field in the magnetotail current sheet before the dipolarization onset, δb(t) = δ{bd(t) + bdf(t)} is the time-dependent magnetic field, which comprises both the general dipolarization δbd(t) and the multiple dfs δbdf(t) arriving to the observer at distinct times t; δb(r,t) is the amplitude of the induced fluctuating magnetic component. the magnetotail field is taken in the form of the harris solution [harris, 1962; lembege and pellat, 1982] for a tangential magnetic component bx(z) supplemented by a nonzero normal component of the magnetic field bz (t). at t = 0, its value is equal to bz0: (2) the electric field is taken as: (3) where the large-scale dawn to dusk electric field e0 = ey ey is considered constant in the modeling region, the components of electric field δe(r,t) were found by means the maxwell equations: (4) while δe(r,t) is the fluctuating electric field component. as for the second and third terms in (1), they were taken from adhoc cluster observations of |b|, bx, by, bz on july 20, 2013 (from 01:33:08 to 01:48:11 ut). as for the 3 substorm particle acceleration figure 1. illustration of multiscale embedded property of time scales during geomagnetic dipolarization and the resonance character of particle acceleration, where the maximum energization is achieved when the scales of magnetic disturbances are about particles gyroperiods. b(r,t) = b0 (z)+ �b(t)+δb(r,t) bx = bx0 ⋅ tanh z l ⎛ ⎝ ⎜ ⎞ ⎠ ⎟,by = 0,bz = bz0 e(r,t) = e0 + δe(r,t)+δe(r,t) ∇ × δe=-1 c ∂δb ∂t ∇ ⋅ δe = 0 parkhomenko et al. 4 third term in (3), it was considered as a set of plane waves δe(r,t) as proposed earlier in [veltri et al., 1998; greco et al., 2009; perri et al., 2009 ]: (5) here gk = cos(kr + ϕ 1 κ tωκ)hk = sin(kr + ϕ 2 κ tωκ); . initial phases ϕ1κ, ϕ 2 κ are chosen randomly with uniform distribution over the interval [0,2π]. in the present simulations, five hundred harmonics were launched into the system. also, we chose the frequency ωk and amplitude δe(k) of each harmonic consistently with cluster data (recorded by c4) on july 20, 2013. the components of the fluctuating magnetic fields δbx, δby, δbz can be obtained from maxwell equations (assuming quasi-neutrality of plasma and the absence of free charges): (6) in our simulations, 5·105 particles were injected near the neutral plane and their equations of motion were numerically integrated inside a box having the following 3-d boundaries: z∈[-lz, lz] (lz = 2·103 km); x∈[-lx, lx] and y∈[-ly, ly], where lx=7.5·104 km; ly =2·lx = 15·104 km. the thickness lz of the current sheet was set equal to lz = 2000 km, which is comparable to the proton larmor radius (note that all quantities are normalized to the proton characteristics). when test particles leave the simulation box, their final energy is recorded to reconstruct energy distributions of plasma in the investigated region. the initial particle velocity distribution has the form of a shifted kappa distribution that is typical for the plasma sheet of the earth's magnetotail, viz., (7) here n0 is the plasma density; νκε = νt is the thermal velocity; κε = 3 was chosen to make the distribution (6) in accordance with the real one; parameter νd=1400 km/s is the macroscopic characteristic of the initial distribution (6), taken constant within the simulation box. the average thermal energies e of e-,h+ and o+ were chosen to be consistent with cluster data on july 20, 2013 (from 01:33:08 to 01:48:11 ut) and equal to e =1 kev, 6 kev and 12 kev, respectively. typical values of the electric and magnetic field in the earth magnetotail were taken as: bz0 = 4 nt, b0 = 20 nt and ey = 0.2 mv/m. the frequencies ωk and waves amplitude δe(k) are taken for each harmonic according to the data of cluster observations; k are distributed in the range 2π/l·[0.05,4]. the combined profile of magnetic field perturbations considered in the model is shown in figure 2. here two time intervals from t = 0 to t1 = 64s and from t1 = 64s to t2 = 220s describe correspondingly the quiet period and period of multiple dipolarizations during the time interval td = 2.6min in the magnetotail observed by clusters on july 20, 2013; the later time interval demonstrates telf > 220s magnetic field fluctuations on electron gyroperiod scale, calculated accordingly equation (4). in this figure, the onset of strong bz increase (t0 = 60 s) is marked by a vertical dashed line. during ~2.6 min (until t1 ≈ 220s), about 10 short intervals of large bz variations are observed with the average duration of about 20-30 s. at the end of dipolarization, the high-frequency electric and magnetic fluctuations with f ≤ fce are observed. in the following, we examine the maximum particle energies emax and average energies e gained during this event, and we analyze the evolution of the spectral index γ to characterize the acceleration mechanisms. 3. simulation results figure 3 shows selected trajectories of a test proton (in blue), a test oxygen ion (in red), and a test electron (in grey) during the magnetic field dipolarization shown ∂ex=∑k ∂e(k) k⊥ k g k(r,t) ∂ey =∑k ∂e(k) kykx k⊥ k g k(r,t) + kz k⊥ hk(r,t) ∂ez=∑k ∂e(k) −kzkx k⊥ k g k(r,t) ky k⊥ hk(r,t) ∇ × ∂b = 1 c ∂ e ∂t ∇ ⋅∂b = 0 f(v)= n0ak ε2( π kvkε ) 3 ⋅ 1+ v⊥ 2 +(v ii -(-1)s vd) 2 κ ε ⋅ υ 2κ ε s=1,2 ∑ −(κ +1) ε figure 2. combined profile of dipolarization δb over time interval δtd = 2.6 min, which includes multiple dfs observed at time scale tdfs. the dipolarization is followed by the high-frequency magnetic fluctuations observed during the interval telf = 6.3 min. k⊥ = kz 2 + ky 2 , k = kz 2 + ky 2 , k = kx 2 + ky 2 + kz 2 5 substorm particle acceleration in figure 2. it is apparent from figure 3b that, during the time interval preceding t = 220s, protons and oxygen ions can be accelerated by dfs from initial energies of 6 kev and 12 kev up to about 250 kev and 350 kev, respectively. during the same time interval electrons experience a strong acceleration from 1 kev and up to ~100 kev. note also that the particle acceleration consists of sequences of energy gains and losses during the successive dipolarization fronts. after t = 220s, when the high-frequency electromagnetic turbulence started to be observed. figure 3a,b displays different particle behaviors. at this time protons and oxygen ions do not experience any significant acceleration, while electrons are effectively accelerated from ~100 kev up to the 200-250 kev. this clearly demonstrates that different plasma particles may be effectively accelerated during different periods and on multiple temporal scales. while protons and oxygen ions are essentially affected by the induced electric field in the course of dfs, the most prominent electron acceleration occurs after dfs in conjunction with the electric and magnetic fluctuations. figure 4 presents the energy spectra obtained for the different plasma populations, h+, o+ and e, and for three distinct cases of acceleration, viz., passage of a single dipolarization only (case a), passage of a general dipolarization with small-scaled dfs (case b), and passage of a general dipolarization with dfs accompanied by electromagnetic turbulence (case c). particle acceleration manifests in itself as the decrease in the spectral indices. the dependence of particle spectra upon the various time scales of the acceleration processes is also clearly noticeable in this figure. for instance, figure 4a shows that acceleration by a single dipolarization mechfigure 3. (a) model trajectories in xy plane and (b) energy variations as a function of time for test electron (coded in grey), proton (coded in blue) and oxygen ion (coded in red) in the model magnetic field variation shown in figure 1. figure 4. energy spectra of e-, h+, o+ in the case of: (a) single dipolarization; (b) dipolarization with df bursts; (c) dipolarization with df bursts followed by electric and magnetic fluctuations. (a) (b) (c) parkhomenko et al. 6 anism (case a) can lead to the energy gain by one order of magnitude or slightly more for all types of particles. for protons and oxygen ions, the passage of successive dfs (case b) with duration less than 1 min leads to the resonant interactions and energy transfer from the field to the particles (figure 4b). here, electrons are less affected because of their small gyroperiods. in contrast, high-frequency electric and magnetic fluctuations following the passage of dfs (case c) can effectively lead to resonant energization of electrons (figure 4c) with gain of energies about two orders of magnitude. in other words, combination of dfs passage and electric and magnetic fluctuations appears as the most effective mechanism of particle acceleration. table 1 summarizes energetic characteristics obtained for protons, oxygen ions and electrons, viz., initial average energy e 0; final average energy e , maximum energy emax, net average energy gain δe, computed spectral index and spectral index obtained from in situ measurements. note that the spectral index γ is here calculated according to equation (6) of [kronberg and daly, 2013] for the following energy ranges: 70-95 kev for e-, 90-160 kev for h+, and 274-498 kev for o+. in table 1, the smaller the value of γ is, the larger the net particle energization. more specifically, in case b (i.e., dipolarization with df bursts), the smallest γ value is obtained for protons (γh+ = 2.0) while the largest value is observed for electrons γe= 4.7, which reflects their less efficient energization as described above. in case c (dipolarization with dfs and electromagnetic fluctuations), a hardening (i.e., γ decrease) of the electron energy spectra is obtained with γe= 1.2. no significant energization of h+ and o+ ions is noticeable in this case with γh+ = 1.6 and γo+=4.5 compared to the case b. the right column of table 1 shows spectral indexes measured by the rapid instrument onboard cluster-4 on july 20, 2013 [wilken et al., 2001]. specifically, before the dipolarization onset (around 01:37:00 ut) the following spectral indices are observed for electrons (γ0e), protons (γ0p) and o + ions (γ0o+): γ0e = 3.3; γ0p = 4.0; γ0o+ = 5.0. unfortunately, there are many gaps in the rapid observations of energetic oxygen fluxes and the γ index for oxygen ions at dipolarization onset cannot be calculated. as for protons and electrons, rapid observations display a decrease of γ near dipolarization onset (around 01:37:40 ut, case a). during the development of dipolarization, when the multiple dfs are observed a (around 01:39:50 ut, case b) protons and oxygen ions experience resonant acceleration and γ indices accordingly decrease to minimum values. on the contrary, γe does not decrease during this period. equivalently, nonadiabatic electron energization does not operate during this time. at a later stage of dipolarization, when bz stops increasing and highfrequency fluctuations are observed (after 01:47 ut, case c) the γe decreases to its minimum value. at this time, no significant changes of γp and γo are noticeable. in summary, although γevalues measured by cluster and those derived from our numerical simulations cannot be compared one to one, they exhibit very similar time evolutions. the viewpoint developed in the present study is that these time evolutions closely reflect different sequences of resonant energization in the course of dipolarization. acceleration process particles e _ 0, [ kev] e _ , [ kev] e max, [ kev] δe=efin-eini, [kev] |γ| |γcluster| d (a) e1 11 60 10 3.0 h+ 6 7 100 1 3.5 o+ 12 13 200 1 no data d+dfs (b) e1 12 150 11 4.7 3.5 h+ 6 8 300 2 2.0 2.5 o+ 12 15 450 3 3.2 2.8 d+dfs+elf (c) e1 20 250 19 1.2 2.2 h+ 6 8 320 2 1.6 5.0 o+ 12 15 500 3 4.5 4.0 table 1. energetic characteristics of plasma particles before and after acceleration by (from top to bottom) : (a) a single dipolarization (labeled d), (b) dipolarization with df bursts (labeled d+dfs), (c) like case b but followed by electric and magnetic fluctuations (labeled d+dfs+elf). the right column shows spectral indexes measured by cluster on july 20, 2013 (01:33:08 01:48:11 ut). 7 substorm particle acceleration 4. conclusion in this work, we focused on the effectiveness of particle energization during dipolarization events that have a complex multiscale character, being composed of successive dipolarization fronts followed by pile-up and consequent excitation of electric and magnetic fluctuations. we have shown that the multiscale changes of magnetic fields lead to the generation of induced electric fields that interact with plasma particles in a resonant manner, that is, the closer the time scale of the field variation to the particle gyroperiod, the more effective the transfer of energy from fields to particles. the three main time scales considered here are: (1) overall magnetic field dipolarization (of the order of a few minutes), (2) dipolarization fronts observed at smaller scales (typically, 20-30 s), (3) high-frequency fluctuations of electric and magnetic fields near electron cyclotron frequencies. it was shown that oxygen ions are more efficiently accelerated by the induced electric field due to the large scale dipolarization but are less sensitive than protons to dfs on the shorter time scales. protons can be significantly accelerated by mechanisms (1) and (2) but the maximum net energy gain was found during df passage. electrons are less sensitive than ions to mechanisms (1) and (2) but are efficiently accelerated by the fast electric field fluctuations as summarized in the figure 1. work by e.i.z., h.v.m., e.e.g., v.yu.p., e.a.k , p.w.d. was done in the frame of volkswagen foundation grant az90 312. l.m.z. acknowledges rfbr grants №16-02-00479 and 16-52-16009 ncnila.. references angelopoulos, v., w. baumjohann, c. f. kennel, f. v. coronti, m. g. kivelson, r. pellat, r. j. walker, h. luehr, g. paschmann (1992). bursty bulk flows in the inner central plasma sheet, j. geophys. res., 97, 4027-4039, doi:10.1029/91ja02701. angelopoulos, v., a. runov, x. z. zhou, d. l. turner, s. a. kiehas, s.-s. li, and i. shinohara (2013). electromagnetic energy conversion at reconnection fronts, science, 341, 1478–1482, doi:10.1126/science.1236992. apatenkov, s. v., v. a. sergeev, m. v. kubyshkina, r. nakamura, w. baumjohann, a. runov, i. alexeev, a. fazakerley, h. frey, s. muhlbachler, p. w. daly, j.a. sauvaud, n.ganushkina, t. pulkkinen, g. d. reeves, y. khotyaintsev (2007). multi-spacecraft observation of plasma dipolarization/injection in the inner magnetosphere, ann. geophys., 25, 801-814, doi:10.5194/angeo-25-801-2007. artemyev, a. v., v. n. lutsenko, and a. a. petrukovich (2012). ion resonance acceleration by dipolarization fronts: analytic theory and spacecraft observation, ann. geophys., 30, 317–324, doi:10.5194/angeo30-317-2012. ashour-abdalla, m., g. lapenta, r. j. walker, m. elalaoui, h. liang (2015). multiscale study of electron energization during unsteady reconnection events, j. geophys. res., 120, 4784-4799, doi:10.1002/2014ja020316. baker, d. n., t. a. fritz, r. l. mcpherron, d. h. fairfield, y. kamide, w. baumjohann (1985). j. geophys. res., 90, 1205-1216, doi:10.1029/ja090ia02p01205. bauer, t. m., w. baumjohann, r. a. treumann, n. sckopke, h. luhr (1995). low-frequency waves in the near-earth plasma sheet, j. geophys. res., 100, 9605-9618, doi:10.1029/95ja00136. birn, j., m. f. thomsen, m. hesse (2004). electron acceleration in the dynamic magnetotail: test particle orbits in three-dimensional magnetohydrodynamic simulation fields, j. plasma phys., 11, 1825-1833, doi:10.1063/1.1704641. birn, j., a. v. artemyev, d. n. baker, m. echim, m. hoshino, l. m. zelenyi, (2012). particle acceleration in the magnetotail and aurora, space sci. rev., 173, 49-102, doi: 10.1007/s11214-012-9874-4. birn, j., m. hesse, r. nakamura, and s. zaharia (2013), particle acceleration in dipolarization events, j. geophys. res. space physics, 118, 1960–1971, doi:10.1002/jgra.50132. birn, j., a. runov, and m. hesse (2014). energetic electrons in dipolarization events: spatial properties and anisotropy, j. geophys. res. space physics, 119, 3604–3616, doi:10.1002/2013ja019738. birn, j., a. runov, and m. hesse (2015). energetic ions in dipolarization events, j. geophys. res. space physics, 120, 7698–7717, doi:10.1002/2015ja021372. catapano, f., g. zimbardo,s. perri, a. greco, a.v. artemyev (2016). proton and heavy ion acceleration by stochastic fluctuations in the earth's magnetotail, ann. geophys., 34, 917-926, doi:10.5194/angeo34-917-2016. cattell, c. a., f. s. mozer (1982). electric fields measured by isee-1 within and near the neutral sheet during quiet and active times, geophys. res. lett., 9, 10411044, doi: 10.1029/gl009i009p01041. delcourt, d. c., a. pedersen, and j.-a. sauvaud, dynamics of single-particle orbits during substorm expansion phase (1990). j. geophys. res., 95, 20853-20865, doi: 10.1029/ja095ia12p20853. delcourt, d. c., particle acceleration by inductive electric fields in the inner magnetosphere (2002). j. atm. solar ter. phys., 64, 551-559, doi:10.1016/s13646826(02)00012-3. drake, j. f., m. swisdak, t. d. phan, p. a. cassak, m. a. shay, s. t. lepri, r. p. lin, e. quataert, and t. h. zurbuchen (2009). ion heating resulting from pickup in magnetic reconnection exhausts, j. geophys. res., 114, a05111, doi:10.1029/2008ja013701. el-alaoui, m., r. l. richard, m. ashour-abdalla, m. l. goldstein, r. j. walker (2013). dipolarization and turbulence in the plasma sheet during a substorm: themis observations and global mhd simulations, j. geophys. res. space physics, 118, 7752-7761, doi:10.1002/2013ja019322. fu, h. s., y. v. khotyaintsev, m. andre, a. vaivads (2011), fermi and betatron acceleration of suprathermal electrons behind dipolarization fronts, geophys. res. lett., 38, l16104, doi:10.1029/2011gl048528. galeev, a. a. (1979). the mechanism of magnetosphere substorms, sov. phys. usp., 22, 196–197, doi:10.1070/pu1979v022n03abeh005432. greco, a., a. artemyev, g. zimbardo (2015). heavy ion acceleration at dipolarization fronts in planetary magnetotails, geophys. res. lett., 42, 8280-8287, doi: 10.1002/2015gl066167. greco, a., s. perri, g. zimbardo, l. m. zelenyi (2009). particle acceleration by stochastic fluctuations and dawn-dusk electric field in the earth’s magnetotail, adv. space res., 44, 528-533, doi:10.1016/j.asr.2009.05.012. grigorenko, e.e., m. hoshino, m. hirai, t. mukai, l. m. zelenyi (2009) ‘‘geography’’ of ion acceleration in the magnetotail: x-line versus current sheet effects, j. geophys. res., 114, a03203, doi:10.1029/2008ja013811. grigorenko, e. e., l. m. zelenyi, m. s. dolgonosov, a. v. artemiev, c. j. owen, j. a. sauvaud, m. hoshino, m. hirai (2011). non-adiabatic ion acceleration in the earth magnetotail and its various manifestations in the plasma sheet boundary layer, space sci. rev., 164, 133-181, doi:10.1007/s11214-011-9858-9. grigorenko, e. e.; a. yu. malykhin, e. a. kronberg, kh. v. , malova, p. w. daly (2015). acceleration of ions to suprathermal energies by turbulence in the plasmoid-like magnetic structures, j. geophys. res. space physics, 120, 6541-6558, doi: 10.1002/2015ja021314. grigorenko, e. e., e. a. kronberg,p. w. daly, n. yu. ganushkina, b. lavraud, j.-a. sauvaud, l. m. zelenyi (2016) . origin of low proton-to-electron temperature ratio in the earth's plasma sheet, j. geophys. res. space physics, 121, 9985-10,004, doi: 10.1002/2016ja022874. grigorenko, e. e., e. a. kronberg, p. w. daly (2017) . heating and accleration of charged particles during magnetic dipolarizations, cosmic research, 55, 5766, doi: 10.1134/s0010952517010063. hamrin, m., p. norqvist, t. karlsson, h. nilsson, h. s. fu, s. buchert, m. andre, o. marghitu, t. pitkanen, b. klecker, l. m. kistler, i. dandouras (2013) . the evolution of flux pileup regions in the plasma sheet: cluster observations, j. geophys. res. space physics, 118, 6279-6290, doi:10.1002/jgra.50603. harris, e. g. (1962) . on a plasma sheath separating regions of oppositely directed magnetic fields, nuovo chimento., 23, 115-119, doi:10.1007/bf02733547. heyn, m. f, v. s. semenov (1996) . rapid reconnection in compressible plasma, j. plasma phys., 3, 2725-2741, doi:10.1063/1.871723. hoshino, m., a. nishida, t. yamamoto, s. kokubun (1994) . turbulent magnetic field in the distant magnetotail: bottom-up process of plasmoid formation, geophys. lett., 21, 2 2935-2938, doi:10.1029/94gl02094. hoshino, m. (2005) . electron surfing acceleration in magnetic reconnection, j. geophys. res.: space physics, 110, a10215, doi:10.1029/2005ja011229. ipavich, f. m., a. b. galvin, g. gloeckler, d. hovestadt, b. klecker, m. scholer (1984) .energetic (greater than 100 kev) o(+) ions in the plasma sheet, geophys. res. lett., 11, 504-507, doi:10.1029/gl011i005p00504. keika, k., p. c. brandt, s. ohtani, d. g. mitchell, k. min, m. nose, t. obara, h. koshiishi, h. matsumoto (2010) .mass-dependent evolution of energetic neutral atoms energy spectra during storm time substorms: implication for o+ nonadiabatic acceleration, j. geophys. res., 115, a00i12, doi:10.1029/2010ja015889. kronberg, e. a. and daly, p. w. (2013). spectral analysis for wide energy channels, geosci. instrum. method. data syst., 2, 257-261, doi:https://doi.org/10.5194/gi-2-257-2013. kronberg, e. a., e. e. grigorenko, d. l. turner, p. w. daly, y. khotyaintsev, l. kozak (2017) . comparing and contrasting dispersionless injections at geosynchronous orbit during a substorm event, j. geophys. res., 122, 3055-3072, doi:10.1002/2016ja023551. lembege, b., r. pellat (1982) . stability of a thick two-dimensional quasineutral sheet, phys. fluids, 25 , doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1063/1.863677. parkhomenko et al. 8 liang, h., g. lapenta, r. j. walker, d. schriver, m. elalaoui, j. berchem (2017) . oxygen acceleration in magnetotail reconnection, j. geophys. res., 122, 618-639, doi:10.1002/2016ja023060. longcope, d. w., e. r. priest (2007). fast magnetosonic waves launched by transient, current sheet reconnection, j. plasma phys., 14, 122905, 11, doi:10.1063/1.2823023. lu, s., a. v. artemyev, v. angelopoulos, q. lu, and j. liu (2016), on the current density reduction ahead of dipolarization fronts, j. geophys. res. space physics, 121, 4269–4278, doi:10.1002/ 2016ja022754. lui, a. t. y. (2014) . evidence for two types of dipolarization in the earth's magnetotail, j. atm.sol. terr. phys., 115, 17-24, doi:10.1016/j.jastp.2013.10.002. nakamura, r., w. baumjohann, b. klecker, y. bogdanova, a. balogh, h. reme,; j. m. bosqued, i. dandouras, j. a. sauvaud, k.h. glassmeier, l. kistler, c. mouikis, t. l. zhang, h. eichelberger, a. runov (2002). motion of the dipolarization front during a flow burst event observed by cluster, geophys. res. lett., 29, 3-1, 1942, doi:10.1029/2002gl015763. nakamura, r., w. baumjohann, m. fujimoto, y. asano, a. runov, c. j. owen, a. n. fazakerley, b. klecker, h. reme, e. a. lucek, m. andre, y. khotyaintsev (2008). cluster observations of an ion-scale current sheet in the magnetotail under the presence of a guide field, j. geophys. res. space phys., 113, a07s16, doi:10.1029/2007ja012760. nosé, m., s. ohtani, a. t. y. lui, s. p. christon, r. w. mcentire, d. j. williams, t. mukai, y. saito, k. yumoto (2000). change of energetic ion composition in the plasma sheet during substorms, j. geophys. res., 105, 23277-23286, doi:10.1029/2000ja000129. ono, y., m. nose, s. p. christon, a. t. y. lui (2009). the role of magnetic field fluctuations in nonadiabatic acceleration of ions during dipolarization, j. geophys. res., 114, a05209, doi:10.1029/2008ja013918. perri, s., f. lepreti, v. carbone, a. vulpiani (2009). dynamical properties of test particles in stochastic electromagnetic fields, communications in nonlinear science and numerical simulation, 14, 23472352, doi:10.1016/j.cnsns.2008.06.023. retino, a., r. nakamura, a. vaivads, y. khotyaintsev, t. hayakawa, k. tanaka, s. kasahara, m. fujimoto, i. shinohara, j. p. eastwood, m. andre, w. baumjohann, p. w. daly, e. a. kronberg, n. cornilleauwehrlin (2008). cluster observations of energetic electrons and electromagnetic fields within a reconnecting thin current sheet in the earth's magnetotail, j. geophys. res. space physics, 113, a12215, doi:10.1029/2008ja013511. runov, a., v. angelopoulos, v. a. sergeev, k.h. glassmeier, u. auster, j. mcfadden, d. larson, i. mann (2009). global properties of magnetotail current sheet flapping: themis perspectives, ann. geophys, 27, 319-328, doi: http://www.ann-geophys.net/27/319/2009/. runov, a., v. angelopoulos, m. sitnov, v. a. sergeev, r. nakamura,y. nishimura, h. u. frey, j. p. mcfadden, d. larson, j. bonnell, k.h. glassmeier, u. auster, m. connors, c. t. russell, h. j. singer (2011). dipolarization fronts in the magnetotail plasma sheet, planetary and space science, 59, 517-525, doi: 10.1016/j.pss.2010.06.006. runov, a., v. angelopoulos, x.z. zhou, x.j. zhang, s. li, f. plaschke, j. a. bonnell (2011). themis multicase study of dipolarization fronts in the magnetotail plasma sheet, j. geophys. res., 116, a05216, doi:10.1029/2010ja016316. runov, a., v. a. sergeev, v. angelopoulos, k.h. glassmeier, h. j. singer (2014). j. geophys. res. space phys., 119, 1643-1657, doi:10.1002/2013ja019384. semenov, v. s., t. penz, v. v. ivanova, v. a. sergeev, h. k. biernat, r. nakamura, m. f. heyn, i. v. kubyshkin, i. b. ivanov (2005). reconstruction of the reconnection rate from cluster measurements: first results, j. geophys. res. space phys., 110, a11217, doi:10.1029/2005ja011181. sergeev, v. a., r. c. elphic, f. s. mozer, a. saint-marc, j. a. sauvaud (1992). a two satellite study of nightside flux transfer events in the plasma sheet, planetary and space science, 40, 1551-1572, doi:10.1016/0032-0633(92)90052-p. sergeev, v., v. angelopoulos, s. apatenkov, j. bonnell, r. ergun, r. nakamura, j. mcfadden, d. larson, a. runov (2009). kinetic structure of the sharp injection/dipolarization front in the flow-braking region, geophys. res. lett., 36, l21105, doi:10.1029/2009gl040658. sergeev, v., v. angelopoulos, m. kubyshkina, e. donovan, x.z. zhou, a. runov, h. singer, j. mcfadden, r. nakamura (2011). substorm growth and expansion onset as observed with ideal ground-spacecraft themis coverage, j. geophys. res., 116, a00i26, doi:10.1029/2010ja015689. sitnov, m. i., m. swisdak, a. v. divin (2009) .dipolarization fronts as a signature of transient reconnection in the magnetotail, j. geophys. res., 114, a04202, doi: 10.1029/2008ja013980. sitnov, m. i., m. swisdak (2011). onset of collisionless magnetic reconnection in two-dimensional current 9 substorm particle acceleration sheets and formation of dipolarization fronts, j. geophys. res., 116, a12216, doi:10.1029/2011ja016920. sharma a. s., nakamura r., runov a., grigorenko e.e., hasegawa h., hoshino m., louarn p., owen c.j., petrukovich a., sauvaud j.-a., semenov v.s., sergeev v.a., slavin j.a., sonnerup b.u.o., zelenyi l.m., fruit g., haaland s., malova h., snekvik k. (2008) . transient and localized processes in the magnetotail, rev. ann. geophys., 26, 1–51, doi: 10.5194/angeo-26-955-2008. slavin, j. a., c. j. owen, m. w. dunlop, e. boralv, m. b. moldwin, d. g. sibeck, e. tanskanen, m. l. goldstein, a. fazakerley, a. balogh, e. lucek, i. richter, h. reme, j. m. bosqued (2003) .cluster four spacecraft measurements of small traveling compression regions in the near-tail, doi:10.1029/2003gl018438. ukhorskiy, a. y., m. i. sitnov, v. g. merkin, m. gkioulidou,d. g. mitchell (2017) . ion acceleration at dipolarization fronts in the inner magnetosphere, j. geophys. res. space physics, 122, 3040-3054, doi:10.1002/2016ja023304. veltri, p., g. zimbardo, a. l. taktakishvili, l. m. zelenyi (1998) . effect of magnetic turbulence on the ion dynamics in the distant magnetotail, j. geophys. res., 103, 14897-14916, doi:10.1029/98ja00211. yamada, m., r. kulsrud, h. ji, magnetic reconnection (2010) . rev. mod. phys., 82, 603-664, doi:10.1103/revmodphys.82.603. yao, z., a. n. fazakerley, a. varsani, i. j. rae, c. j. owen, d. pokhotelov, c. forsyth, r. l. guo, s. c. bai, s. t. yao, n. doss (2016) . substructures within a dipolarization front revealed by high-temporal resolution cluster observations, j. geophys. res. space physics, 121, 5185-5202, doi:10.1002/2015ja022238. zelenyi, l. m., j. g. lominadze, a. l. taktakishvili (1990). generation of the energetic proton and electron bursts in planetary magnetotails, j. geophys. res., 95, 3883–3891, doi:10.1029/ja095ia04p03883. zelenyi, l.m., v. a. milovanov (2004) . fractal topology and strange kinetics: from percolation theory to problems in cosmic electrodynamics, phys. usp., 47, r01, doi:10.1070/pu2004v047n08abeh001705. zelenyi l. m., m. oka, h. v. malova, m. fujimoto, d. delcourt, w. baumjohann (2007) . particle acceleration in mercury’s magnetosphere, space sci. rev., doi:10.1007/s11214-007-91693. zelenyi, l.m, a. v. artemyev, h. v. malova and v. yu. popov (2008) . marginal stability of thin current sheets in the earth’s magnetotail, j. atmos. sol. terr. phys., 70, 325–333. zelenyi, l. m., a. v. artemyev, h. v. malova, a. v. milovanov, g. zimbardo (2008) . particle transport and acceleration in a time-varying electromagnetic field with a multi-scale structure, phys. lett., 372, 62846287, doi:10.1016/j.physleta.2008.08.035. zelenyi, l. m., a. g. korgov, h. v. malova, v. yu. popov, a. v. artemyev and d. c. delcourt (2010) . charged particle acceleration in the hermean magnetosphere: the role of dipolarizations, plasma turbulence and induction electric fields, adv. geoscienc., 9-28. zelenyi, l.m., h.v. malova, a.v. artemyev, v.yu. popov and a.a.petrukovich (2011) . thin current sheets in collisionless plasma: equilibrium structure, plasma instabilities, and particle acceleration, plasma phys. rep., 2011, 37, 118-160, doi: https://doi.org/10.1134/s1063780x1102005x zimbardo, g., a. greco, p. veltri, a. l. taktakishvili and l. m. zelenyi (2004) . double peak structure and diamagnetic wings of the magnetotail current sheet, ann. geophys., 22, 2541–2546, doi: https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00317515. zhou, x.z., v. angelopoulos, v. a. sergeev, and a. runov (2010). accelerated ions ahead of earthward propagating dipolarization fronts, j. geophys. res., 115, a00103, doi:10.1029/2010ja015481. zhou, x.z., y. s. ge, v. angelopoulos, a. runov, j. liang, x. xing, j. raeder, q.g. zong (2012). dipolarization fronts and associated auroral activities: 2. acceleration of ions and their subsequent behavior, j. geophys. res., 117, a10227, doi:10.1029/2012ja017677. *corresponding author: h. v. malova, nuclear physics institute, moscow state university, moscow, russia email: hmalova@yandex.ru © 2018 the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. parkhomenko et al. 10 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice vol49,6,2006 1201 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 6, december 2006 key words forced neural network – gravity anomaly – modeling – synthetic model – gulf of mexico 1. introduction a classical problem in gravity and magnetic exploration is the computation of theoretical anomalies caused by idealized models of known shapes. many workers have published different methods for carrying out such computation, and textbooks on potential theory, e.g. routh (1908), provided various formulas for these models. early publications like barton (1929) dealt with the computation of the gradients of the gravity field. hubbert (1948) used line-integral approach for the computation of gravitational attraction of two-dimensional masses. bhattacharyya (1964), nagy (1966), and plouff (1976) presented closed form of analytical solutions for prism shaped bodies. talwani and ewing (1960), talwani (1965) used numerical integration techniques for the computation of the fields due to models of arbitrary shape by dividing them into polygonal prisms or laminas. parker (1974) tried to find depth and density values using gravity data. green (1975) studied an inverse solution of gravity profiles. last and kubik (1983) estimated underground density distribution with recursive inverse solution techniques. lines and treitel (1984) applied a singular value decomposition (svd) approach for problems in evaluation of gravity and seismic projections. mareschal (1985) used fourier transform for inverse solution of gravity density distributions. murty et al. (1990) focused on density differences of 2d and 3d gravity models. murty and rao (1993a,b) calculated inverse solution of gravity and magnetic a new approach for residual gravity anomaly profile interpretations: forced neural network (fnn) onur osman (1), a. muhittin albora (2) and osman nuri ucan (3) (1) istanbul commerce university, eminonu, istanbul, turkey (2) istanbul university, engineering faculty, geophysical department, avcilar, istanbul, turkey (3) istanbul university, engineering faculty, electrical & electronics dept, avcilar, istanbul, turkey abstract this paper presents a new approach for interpretation of residual gravity anomaly profiles, assuming horizontal cylinders as source. the new method, called forced neural network (fnn), is introduced to determine the underground structure parameters which cause the anomalies. new technologies are improved to detect the borders of geological bodies in a reliable way. in a first phase one neuron is used to model the system and a back propagation algorithm is applied to find the density difference. in a second phase, density differences are quantified and a mean square error is computed. this process is iterated until the mean square error is small enough. after obtaining reliable results in the case of synthetic data, to simulate real data, the real case of the gulf of mexico gravity anomaly map, which has the form of anticline structure, is examined. gravity anomaly values from a cross section of this real case, result to be very close to those obtained with the proposed method. mailing address: dr. onur osman, istanbul commerce university, ragip gumuspala cad. no. 84 eminonu, 34378 istanbul, turkey; e-mail: oosman@iticu.edu.tr 1202 onur osman, a. muhittin albora and osman nuri ucan anomalies of polygonal structures using marquart algorithm. murthy and rao (1993b) proposed some methods in inverse solution of gravity anomalies for circular, cylindrical, and vertical discs. mosegaard and tarantola (1995) applied monte carlo method. tsokas and hansen (1997) studied on crustal thickness with gravity anomalies in greece. artificial neural networks are part of a much wider field called artificial intelligence, which can be defined as the study of mental facilities through the use of computational models (charniak and mcdermott, 1985). they encompass computer algorithms that solve classification, parameter estimation, parameter prediction, pattern recognition, completion association, filtering, and optimization problems (brown and poulton, 1996). they have gained popularity in geophysics during the last decade because these tools can approximate any continuous function with an arbitrary precision (van der baan and jutten, 2000). the location of the buried steel drums is estimated from magnetic dipole source using supervised artificial neural network (salem et al., 2001). neural networks are used to speed up the detection of ferro-metalic objects (selam and ushijima, 2001). depth and radius of subsurface cavities are determined from microgravity data using back propagation neural networks (eslam et al., 2001). neural networks are studied to solve 1d and 2d resistivity inverse problems (el-qady and ushijima, 2001). for 2d modeling cnn (cellular neural networks) is applied to the separation of regional/ residual potential sources in geophysics by albora et al. (2001a,b). artificial neural networks can be divided into two main categories: unsupervised recurrent and supervised feed-forward networks. in the unsupervised recurrent type, the networks allow information to flow in both directions. these modals are called unsupervised because there is no teacher to set the input-output mapping relation during the learning phase. in the supervised because through a set of correct input-output pairs, called the training set, the network learns the relation between the input-output pairs. in this paper, a new algorithm, denoted «forced neural network (fnn)» is proposed. the aim of fnn is to estimate the physical parameters of buried objects. it is first applied to synthetic examples and then real data. we have found satisfactory results for both cases. 2. forced neural network the artificial neural network is composed of many simple processing elements, which are massively interconnected and operate in parallel. the processing elements commonly known as neurons, receive the input from previous elements and send the output to other elements through synaptic connections. these connections have different weights. in order to find the effective values of inputs and outputs, these values are multiplied by these weights. the main purpose of neural networks is to compute such weights giving the best output. to obtain the eligible values for weights, back propagation method being the most popular learning algorithm for neural networks, is used in this study. 2.1. back propagation algorithm the error signal at the output of neuron j at iteration n, is defined by (2.1) where neuron j is an output node, dj(n) is desired output and yj(n) is actual output of neural networks (nn). the instantaneous value of the error energy for neuron j can be defined as . correspondingly, the instantaneous value e(n) of the total error energy is obtained by summing over all neurons in the output layer; only «visible» neurons are the ones for which error signals can be calculated directly. we may thus write, (2.2) where, the set c includes all the neurons in the output layer of the network (haykin, 1999). let n denote the total number of patterns (examples) contained in the training set. the average squared error energy is obtained by summing ( ) / ( )e n e n1 2 j j c 2= ! / / ( )e n1 2 j 2 / ( )e n1 2 j 2 ( ) ( ) ( )e n d n y nj j j= − 1203 a new approach for residual gravity anomaly profile interpretations: forced neural network (fnn) e(n) over all n and then normalizing with respect to set size n, as shown by, . (2.3) the instantaneous error energy e(n), and therefore the average error energy eav, is a function of all the free parameters (i.e. synaptic weights and bias levels) of the network. for a given training set, eav represents the cost function as a measure of learning performance. the objective of the learning process is to adjust the free parameters of the network to minimize eav. to do this minimization, we use an approximation similar in rational to that used for the derivation of the least mean square (lms) algorithm. we consider a simple method of training in which the weights are updated on a pattern-by-pattern basis until one epoch, that is, one complete presentation of the entire training set has been dealt with (2.4) where δj(n) is the local gradient and η is learning speed (haykin, 1999). local gradient points are required changes in synaptic weights and we obtain back-propagation (bp) formula for the local gradient δj(n) as ( ) ( ) ( )w n n y nij j iηδ∆ = / ( )e e nn1av n n 1 = = / (2.5) neuron j is hidden. figure 1 shows the signal-flow graph representation of eq. (2.5), assuming that the output layer consists of ml neurons. the factor involved in the computation of the local gradient δj(n) in eq. (2.5) depends solely on the activation function associated with hidden neuron j. the remaining factor involved in this computation, namely the summation over k, depends on two sets of terms. the first set of terms, δk(n), requires knowledge of the error signals ek(n), for all neurons that lie in the layer to the immediate right of hidden neuron j, and that are directly connected to neuron j which is shown in fig. 1. the second set of terms, wkj(n), consists of the synaptic weights associated with these connections. we may redefine the local gradient δj(n) for hidden neuron j as (2.6) (2.7) neuron j is hidden. ( ( ))v nj( ) ( ) y n e n j j2 2 ϕ= − l ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) n y n e n n y n vj j j j 2 2 2 2 δ = − ( ( ))v nj jϕl ( ( ))v n( ) ( ) ( )n n w nj j j k kj k δ ϕ δ= l / fig. 1. signal flow graph of a part of the adjoint system pertaining to back-propagation of error signals. 1204 onur osman, a. muhittin albora and osman nuri ucan the local field parameter vj(n) produced at the input of the activation function associated with neuron j is therefore (2.8) where m is the total number of inputs (excluding the bias) applied to neuron j (haykin, 1999). the synaptic weight wj0 (corresponding to the fixed input y0 = +1) equals the bias bj applied to neuron j. hence the function signal yj(n) appearing at the output of neuron j at iteration n is . (2.9) next differentiating eq. (2.9) with respect to vj(n), we get (2.10) where the use of prime (the right-hand side) signifies differentiation with respect to the argument haykin (1999). 2.2. forced neural network for gravity anomaly this method could be used in modeling arbitrary subsurface body geometry and density contrasts. we begin with a horizontal cylindrical structure, whose gravity anomaly function is shown below, (2.11) ∆ρ is density difference, h and x are the depth and the total length of the cross section respectively, i and j are the levels of the depth and the distance of the cylinder from the starting point, and finally xref is the concerned distance point where the anomaly value is observed. we use as an input of the neuron, which is shown in fig. 2, and there should be (h × x) inputs and these inputs are constant for every a(xref). in fig. 2, ϕ(.) is an activation function. we use partially linear activa( ( )k i i j xref 2 2$ + −7 a ( ) ( ( ) ) a x k i j x i ,ref ref i j j x i h 0 1 1 2 2$ $ρ∆= + − = − = // ( ( ))v n ( ) ( ) v n y n j j j j2 2 ϕ= l ( ) ( ( ))y n v nj j jϕ= ( ) ( ) ( )v n w n y nj ij i m i 0 = = / tion function (haykin, 1999), which gives linear output values between zero and ∆ρ depending on its input. the neuron can be modeled as below: in the method, weights of the neuron are assigned as ∆ρi,j for each pixel and linear function is assumed as an activation function. after using the back propagation, ∆ρi,j are updated and the output of the neuron gives the gravity anomaly. although the density differences are found, the results of this system are not sufficient because of non-uniqueness and horizontal locations that are constrained. therefore, the value of ∆ρ is set to zero if its value is very close to the zero according to the density difference which is obtained form geological features of the region. otherwise, the value of ∆ρ is set to the density difference of the geological region after back propagation. forced neural network means that after sufficient epoch is applied, fixed values are assigned to the output of the neuron according to the density difference ∆ρ, and this process is continued until the mean square error of the output, a(xref) which is shown in fig. 2, becomes sufficiently small. 3. performance of the algorithm in synthetic data our synthetic data are obtained from a cylindrical structure of having a depth of 1 m and a rafig. 2. forced neural network (fnn) design for gravity anomaly. 1205 a new approach for residual gravity anomaly profile interpretations: forced neural network (fnn) dius of 2 m for ∆ρ= 1 mgal as shown in fig. 3. the anomalies of this model are considered as the input data provided to the fnn. in synthetic examples, every learning cycle is comprised of 350 epochs, and two-level quantization (∆ρ or zero) is applied after every 10 learning cycles, which is found to be optimum through experiments. the estimated geological structure obtained via fnn application results in an anomaly profile (dashed line) that is similar to the observed anomaly (solid line), as shown in fig. 3. for a second synthetic model, we choose ttype prismatic structure with ∆ρ = 1mgal. we use the talwani and ewing (1960) 2d method. the estimated geological structure obtained via fnn application results in an anomaly profile (dashed line) that is similar to the observed anomaly (solid line), as shown in fig. 4. in both examples, satisfactory results are obtained. 4. example of application on real data as an example for application of real data in fnn, we use the bouguer anomaly reported by nettleton (1943), whose reproduction is shown in fig. 5. the anomaly was recorded in the gulf of mexico about 241 km away from galveston and at a small distance inside the edge of the continental shelf. the importance of basement architecture to the hydrocarbon exploration in the gulf of mexico basin has been debated on for years. alexander (1999) studied on tectonic and stratigraphic in gulf basin. the origin of the topographic feature was not established until the gravity survey indicated a large closed minimum coincident with the contours of the elevated mound that could be accounted for only by the assumption of a salt dome. the survey was not extensive enough to fig. 3. results of fnn for synthetic horizontal cylinder. fig. 4. performance of fnn for synthetic t-type prismatic structure. 3 4 1206 onur osman, a. muhittin albora and osman nuri ucan define the gravity anomaly, but judicious extrapolation indicated the maximum negative anomaly to be about 9 mgal. the gravity anomaly map given in fig. 5 is obtained from dobrin and savit (1988). figure 6 is composed from the ab cross section of this map and demonstrates nettleton’s interpretation of the salt structure giving rise to the anomaly. the solid line shows the observed anomaly and dotted line shows the anomaly, which is derived from fnn. the results of the proposed method are very close to the observed one. 5. conclusions the forced neural networks (fnn) presented in this paper shows that the gravity field at any point due to a solid body with uniform volume density can be computed as the field due to a fictitious distribution of surface mass-density on the same body. first of all, we applied the fnn technique to two synthetic data. these tests provide successful results in fitting the calculated to observed data. as a real data application, a salt dome gravity anomaly map taken fig. 5. gravity map observed over inferred salt dome causing anomaly in water-bottom tomography in gulf of mexico (contour interval is 5 mgal) (modified form dobrin and savit, 1988). 1207 a new approach for residual gravity anomaly profile interpretations: forced neural network (fnn) from the nw part of the gulf of mexico is considered. this anomaly shows a negative closure from 1060 mgal to 990 mgal. the reason for this negative closure is mostly because of the geological properties of the salt dome. the density contrast in salt dome of the gulf is lower than those in the surrounding rock formations. the anomaly of ab cross-section is modeled using fnn and the anomaly of this model is very close to the observed one. to make a comparison between the methods of nettleton and fnn, we can see that by using fnn the model better fits the observed anomaly. the determination of the depth of a buried body from the gravity anomaly has been solved using forced neural network. our model has approximately the upper surface at about 1 km depth, while the lower one is at 9 km, and its approximate width is 15 km. the advantage of the proposed algorithm, fnn over the classical inversion techniques is that there is no need for initial information on the parameters of the buried structure such as depth and width. acknowledgements this project is supported by research fund of istanbul university. fund no. 28/03092002. references albora, a.m., o.n. ucan, a. ozmen and t. ozkan (2001a): evaluation of sivas-divrigi region akdag iron ore deposits using cellular neural network, j. appl. geophys., 46, 129-142. albora, a.m., o.n. ucan and a. ozmen (2001b): residual separation of magnetic fields using a cellular neural network approach, pure appl. geophys., 158, 1797-1818. alexander, m. (1999): northern gulf of mexico basement architecture: crustal study to prospect leads, in society of exploration of geophysics sixty-ninth annual meeting workshop, houston tx-u.s.a. barton, d.c. (1929): calculations in the interpretation of observations with the eötvös torsion balance, am. inst. mining met. eng., 2, 481-486. bhattacharyya, b.k. (1964): magnetic anomalies due to prism-shaped bodies with arbitrary polarization, geophysics, 29, 517-531. brown, m.p. and m.m. poulton (1996): location buried objects for environmental site investigations using neural networks, j. environ. eng. geophys., 1, 179-188. charniak, e. and d. mcdermott (1985): introduction to artificial intelligence (addison-wesley), pp. 701. dobrin, m.b. and c.h. savit (1988): introduction to geophysical prospecting (mcgraw-hill), pp. 867. el-qady, g. and k. ushijima (2001): inversion of dc resistivity data using neural networks, geophys. prospect., 49, 417-430. eslam, e., a. salem and k. ushijima (2001): detection of cavities and tunnels from gravity data using a neural network, explor. geophys., 32, 204-208. green, w.r. (1975): inversion of gravity profiles by use of a backus-gilbert approach, geophysics, 45, 403-419. haykin, s. (1999): neural networks (prentice hall international inc.), pp. 852. hubbert, m.k. (1948): a line integral method of computing the gravimetric effects of two-dimensional masses, geophysics, 13, 215-225. fig. 6. inferred structure of salt dome believed to be causing offshore gravity anomaly of fig. 5. agreement between observed and calculated gravity profiles supports choice of model for structure (for ab cross-section; -•observed anomaly; -++fnn output; -��-nettleton output). 1208 onur osman, a. muhittin albora and osman nuri ucan last, b.j. and k. kubik (1983): compact gravity inversion, geophysics, 48, 713-721. lines, l.r. and s. treitel, (1984): tutorial a review of least-squares inversion and its application to geophysical problems, geophys. prospect., 32, 159-186. mareschal, j.c. (1985): inversion of potential field data in fourier transform domain, geophysics, 50, 685-691. mosegaard, k. and a. tarantola (1995): monte carlo sampling of solutions to inverse problems, j. geophys. res., 100, 12431-12447. murthy, i.v.r. and p.r. rao (1993a): inversion of gravity and magnetic anomalies of two-dimensional polygonal cross sections, comput. geosci., 19, 1213-1228. murthy, i.v.r. and p.r. rao (1993b): gravity inversion of horizontal circular discs and vertical circular cylinders, comput. geosci., 20, 821-838. murthy, i.v.m., p.r. rao and s.j. rao (1990): the density difference and generalized programs for two and three-dimensional gravity modeling, comput. geosci., 16, 277-287. nagy, d. (1966): gravitational attraction of a right rectangular prism, geophysics, 31, 362-371. nettleton, l.l. (1943): recent experimental and geophysical evidence of mechanics of salt-dome formation, bull. assoc. pet. geol., 27, 51-63. parker, r.l. (1974): best bounds on density and depth from gravity data, geophysics, 35, 644-649. plouff, d. (1976): gravity and magnetic fields of polygonal prisms and application to magnetic terrain corrections, geophysics, 41, 727-741. routh, e.j. (1908): a treatise on analytical statics (cambridge university press), vol. ii, 2nd edition, 280-296. salem, a. and k. ushijima (2001): automatic detection of uxo from airborne magnetic data using a neural network, subsurf. sensing tecnol. appl., 2 (3), 191-213. salem, a., d. ravat, r. johnson and k. ushijima (2001): detection of buried steel drums from magnetic anomaly data using a supervised neural network, j. environ. eng. geophys., 6, 115-122. talwani, m. (1965): computation with the help of a digital computer of magnetic anomalies caused by bodies of arbitrary shape, geophysics, 30, 797-817. talwani, m. and m. ewing (1960): rapid computation of gravitational attraction of 3d bodies of arbitrary shape, geophysics, 25, 203-225. tsokas, g.n. and r.o. hansen (1997): study of the crustal thickness and the subducting lithosphere in greece from gravity data, j. geophys. res., 102, 20585-20597. van der baan, m. and c. jutten (2000): neural networks in geophysics, geophysics, 65, 1032-1047. (received november 18, 2005; accepted july 14, 2006) i n v e r n i f r e d d i . r i g i d i . r i g i d i s s i m i e i n v e r n i c a l d i . m i t i . .mit i s s i m ! g i u s e p p i n a a t j y k r t i q u a n d o in m e t e o r o l o g i a -i parl a di inverno i n t e n d e il p e r i o d o e o i n p r e n d e n l e i mesi di d i c e m b r e , g e n n a i o e f e b b r a i o , e s s e n d o in media questi t r e m e s i i p i ù f r e d d i di tutto l ' a n n o . non e i t e p e r ò a n c o r a un c r i t e r i o c o n v e n u t o dai m e t e o r o l o g i per la d e f i n i z i o n e por (•••empio di « i n v e r n o r i g i d o », c q u e s t a l o c u z i o n e -i a d o p e r a f r e q u e n t e m e n t e ; d i s p o n e n d o di n u m e r o s e a n n a t e eli osservazioni m e t e o r o l o g i c h e è p o s s i b i l e t u t t a v i a s t a b i l i r n e uno e q u i n d i i d e n t i f i c a r e con p r e c i s i o n e gli i n v e r n i e c c e z i o n a l i sia rigidi s i a m i t i . p e r f a r e c i ò è n a t u r a l m e n t e o p p o r t u n o ohe le osservazioni di cui -i fa l ' e l a b o r a z i o n e s t a t i s t i c a p r e s e n t i n o un a l l o grado di o m o g e n e i t à : a l l o s c o p o di sceg l i e r e l ' a g g e t t i v o a p p r o p r i a l o da a p p l i c a r e a l l ' i n v e r n o 1 9 1 6 1 7 . ver a m e n t e e c c e z i o n a l e , h o p r e s o q u i n d i in c o n s i d e r a z i o n e i dati m e t e o r o l o g i c i o s s e r v a l i a p a v i a d u r a n t e 53 i n v e r n i e p r e c i s a m e n t e a p a i l i r e dal 189-1-95 fino a q u e l l o ora dei o r s o . i dati in q u e s t i o n e -olio «lati lutti r a c c o l t i india c a p a n n a m e t e o r i c a della sede a t t u a l e d e l l ' o s s e r v a t o r i o g e o f i s i c o (a s . s p i r i l o ) e press a poco s e m p r e con le s l e s e r e g o l e . i risultati d e l l a e l a b o r a z i o n e c o m p i l i l a p r e s e n t a n o n o t e v o l e i n t e resse c l i m a l o l o u i e o . si d e d u c e da c a c h e il valore normale ( c i o è la inedia d e l l e 53 m e d i e s i n g o l e ) d e l l a temperatura malia invernale (') a p a v i a è di 1".52, v a l o r e del m i t o e o n c o r d a n ' i c con q u e l l o d e d o l i o dal p r o f . f . f r c d i a d a l l e m i s u r e e s e g u i l e nel p e r i o d o 1 8 6 6 1 9 0 6 alla s p e c o l a ì n i v e r s i t a r i a in c i t t à . c a l c o l a l o lo s c a r t o di c i a s c u n a m e d i a dal v a l o r e n o r m a l e p r e d e t t o si o l t i c n e uno scarto medio di 1 . 1 2 . o r a si p o t r e b b e r o d e f i n i r e freddi tutti gli i n v e r n i la cui t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a s c a r t a in m e n o c o m u n q u e d a l l a n o r m a l e : ma e v i d e n t e m e n t e gli inverni con t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a a p i c c o l o s c a r t o non i n t e r e s s a n o ai fini ( r ) media d i l l o leiiiperalnre medio giornaliere dei mesi di dieemlire, gennaio e 1 ('libraio. m i m : i t i . \ a m . r v i a i t i della c l a s s i ( n a z i o n e c l i m a t o l o g i c a e a l l o r a c o n v i e n e d e f i n i r e freddi tulli gli inverni la cui t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a s c a r t a in m e n o dal v a l o r e n o r m a l e più d e l l o «cario m e d i o , per p a v i a piti di 1 . 1 2 . d o n una t a l e d e f i n i z i o n e , dei i n v e r n i , r i s u l t a n o freddi ii e p r e c i s a m e n t e : 189-1-95. 1900.1) 1. 1 9 0 1 0 5 . 1 9 0 6 0 7 , 1 9 2 8 2 9 . 1 9 3 1 3 2 . 1933-3 1. 1 9 3 9 4 0 , 1 9 1 0 4 1 . 1 9 4 1 4 2 . 19-16-17: ira c-si ve n e s o n o d i v e r s i c l i c non sono p a r s i tali a l l a p o p o l a z i o n e e d u r a n t e i (piali la t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a g i o r n a l i e r a ila avuto m a g a r i ell'eltiv a u l e n t e un m i n i m o m a r c a l o m a s t r e t t o : co-i p e r e s e m p i o dur a n l e i i n v e r n o 1900-01 in -oli d i c i o l l o giorni c o n s e c u t i v i di f e b b r a i o sono c o m p r e s i l u l l i i d i e c i inorili con t e m p e r a t u r a m i n i m a al di sotto di i(>\ p u r c o n s e r v a n d o la c l a s s i f i c a z i o n e g e n e r i c a di « fr e ddi » p e r gli i n v e r n i ora e l e n c a l i , c o n v i e n e q u i n d i i n t r o d u r r e la d i c i t u r a inverno rigido per q u e l l i di essi p e r i q u a l i lo s c a r t o d e l l a t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a i n v e r n a l e dal v a l o r e n o r m a l e valga due o tre volte ( c i o è por pavia r i s p e t t i v a m e n t e 2 . 2 4 o p p u r e 3 . 3 6 ) lo s c a r t o m e d i o . nel p r i m o ea»n r i s u l t a n o rigidi i s egu ent i i n v e r n i : 1894-95 1928-29 1 9 4 6 4 7 : nel s e c o n d o caso s o l t a n t o il 1 9 4 6 4 7 . ci -ì p u ò a l l e n e r ò alla p r i m a d e f i n i z i o n e elio c o r r i s p o n d e b e n e a n c h e a l l e i m p r e s s i o n i u m a n e ; inl a t i i tulli r i c o r d a n o c o n i o e c c e z i o n a l e l ' i n v e r n o 1 9 2 8 2 9 : ed e v e n t u a l m e n t e d e f i n i r e rigidissimi gli inver ni per i q u a l i lo s c a r t o v a l e ire v o l l e lo s c a r t o m e d i o . la s e g u e n t e t a b e l l a c o n t i e n e in una c o l o n n a la t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a i n v e r n a l e dei c i n q u e anni c h e l ' h a n n o a v u t a p i ù bassa liei p e r i o d o c o n s i d e r a l o ( 1 8 9 4 1 9 4 7 ) e in una seconda c o l o n n a i c o r r i s p o n d e n t i scarti dal v a l o r e n o r m a l e c i t a l o più -u : t e m p e r a t u r a s c a r t o dal i n v e r n o m e d i a i n v e r n a l e v a l o r e n o r m a l e 1 8 9 1 9 5 — 1 . 7 — 3 , 1 8 1 9 0 6 0 7 — 0 . 2 — 1 , 7 6 ] 9 2 8 2 9 1 . 1 — 2 . 6 7 1 9 4 0 4 1 0 . 3 — 1 . 8 4 1 9 4 6 1 7 1 2 3 , 7 1 inverni freddi. rigidi. i m i . m l l s s n n e inverni caldi. miti. a1itissiaii p e r c i a s c u n o dei c i n q u e i n v e r n i ora c o n s i d e r a l i d ò n e l l a seguenti /alleila il n u m e r o dei g i o r n i con t e m p e r a t u r a m i n i m a s o t t o /ero i con m i n i m a i n f e r i o r e a — 1 0 ' ; i n o l i l e il n u m e r o dei g i o r n i con l e m p e l a t u r a m e d i a s o t t o z e r o e con t e m p e r a t u r a m a s s i m a p u r e s o m io z e r o : inverni) n" giorni a min. sotto 0° n° giorni a min. sotto —10<> n" giorni con media sotto ii" n giorni a mass, sullo ii" 1894-95 87 l 62 17 1906-07 7 4 l 15 hi 1 9 2 8 2 9 7 0 ] o 5 3 14 1940-41 i .'> 1 47 15 1 9 4 6 4 7 8 8 16 02 3 0 i n f i n e , a n c o r a nei r i g u a r d i n i m i assoluti : inverno 1 8 9 4 9 5 1 9 0 6 0 7 1 9 2 8 2 9 1 9 4 0 4 1 1 9 4 6 1 7 ila t e m p e r a t u r a , i n t e r e s s a n o i mim i n i m a assillala — 1 5 . 7 — 1 3 , 6 — 1 5 , 7 — l ì . 3 il 1946-47 non lui la m i n i m a assoluta |)iù bassa m a ila avut o due v o l l e la t e m p e r a t u r a m i n i m a o l i o 1 5 ' : una volta il 7 gennai ( " 1 3 , 1 ) e un a l t r a il 27 g e n n a i o ( — 1 5 . . 2 ) . la t e m p e r a t u r a è n a t u r a l m e n t e 1 e l e m e n t o p r e m i n e n t e per la de f i n i z i o n e di i n v e r n o r i g i d o , m a non i u n i c o . h a n n o i m p o r t a n z a h n e v e e la n e b u l o s i t à e p e r questi d u e e l e m e n t i e p e r gli inver ni con s i d e r a l i si h a n n o i seguenti n u m e r i : inverno neve radula (in il" giorni ii" giorni sereni 1 8 9 4 9 5 1 3 0 41 28 1906-07 7 0 3 0 2 8 1 9 2 8 2 9 39 4 1 21 1 9 4 0 4 1 74 4 8 1 6 19-16-47 164 4 8 10 (.11 m j ' i ' l . n a u . i v e h t t dall e s a m e c o m p a r a t i v o ilei (lati r i p o r t a l i n e l l e p r e c e d e n t i t a b e l l e e m e r g e d u n q u e con e v i d e n z a c h e l ' i n v e r n o testé p a s s a l o è il più f r e d d o v e r i f i c a t o s i nel p e r i o d o 189-1-1947; lui i n f a t t i la p i ù b a s s a t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a i n v e r n a l e ( 2 . 2 ) , ini il n u m e r o più g r a n d e di g i o r n i con t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a sotto z e r o ( 6 2 ) . ha il n u m e r o p i ù g r a n d e di g i o r n i con t e m p e r a t u r a m i n i m a e m a s i m a sotto z e r o ( r i s p e t t i v a m e n t e 88 e 3 0 ) , e con t e m p e r a t u r a m i n i m a s o t t o — 1 0 ' ( 1 6 ) , il più a l t o spess o r e di n e v e ( ( i n 161), il più gran n u m e r o di g i o r n i c o p e r t i ( 4 8 ) e il più p i c c o l o n u m e r o di giorni s e r e n i ( 1 0 ) . i n f i n e , p o i c h é lo s c a r t o d e l l a sua t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a i n v e r n a l e dal v a l o r e n o r m a l e v a l e più di tre v o l t e lo s c a r t o m e d i o , a l l ' i n v e r n o 1 9 4 6 4 7 -i p u ò a p p l i c a r e la q u a l i f i c a di « r i g i d i s s i m o >•. inverno 19-17 calabrosa sopra una r i n g h i e r a . i a l e q u a l i f i c a è g i u s t i f i c a l a a n c h e da a l t r i f a l l i c h e h a n n o reso v e r a m e n t e m o l t o p e s a n t i o l t r e c h e i i n v e r i l o a n c h e a l c u n i mesi p r i m a e d o p o . i n f a t t i l ' i n v e r n o è s t a t o p r e c e d u t o e s e g u i l o da m e s i c o n t e m p e r a t u r e i n f e r i o r i a l l e n o r m a l i : i n o l t r e i g i o r n i con m i n i m a s o l t o z e r o sono stati in t o t a l e 105 p e r c h è se ne e b b e r o o l t r e c h e in d i c e m b r e , g e n n a i o e f e b b r a i o a n c h e in o t t o b r e , in n o v e m b r e e p e r s i n o in m a r z o (il g i o r n o 2 di m a r z o -i e b b e una m i n i m a di — 6 , 6 ) ; e il c i c l o c o p e r t o da n o v e m b r e a m a r z o si e b b e p e r 89 g i o r n i . inverni freddi, hicidl, r i u n i s s i vii e inverni cai.di. m i t i . m i t l s s i m l \ p r o p o s i l o dei ire i n v ern i più freddi or o r a s e g n a l a l i e da n o t a r e elle essi sono stati rigidi per tpiasi tutta la p i a n u r a p a d a n a . -dai d a t i p u b b l i c a l i dal p r o f . k r c d i a l'elativi al q u a r a n t e n n i o 1 8 6 6 1 9 0 6 si ]>iiò i n o l t r e d e d u r r e elle l ' i n v e r n o r i g i d o , a n z i r i g i d i s s i m o . p r e c e d e n t e il 1 8 9 1 9 5 è l a l o p e r la p i a n u r a p a d a n a il 1 8 7 9 8 0 . a p a v i a -i e b b e in q u e l l ' i n v e r n o u n a t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a di — 2 ',(> con uno s c a r t o dal v a l o r e n o r m a l e di 'quel p e r i o d o di — 1 . 2 , il più e l e v a t o q u i n d i di q u e l l i c o n s i d e r a t i . p e r ò si p u ò s e g n a l a r e elle a n c h e n e i r i g u a r d i di q u e l l ' i n v e r n o r i g i d i s s i m o il 1946-47 p r e s e n t a un c a r a t t e r e di p r e m i n e n z a ; i n f a t t i m e n i l e nel 1 8 7 9 8 0 la t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a d e c a d i c a fu sotto z e r o sei d e c a d i c o n s e c u t i v e ( d i c e m b r e e genn a i o ) , n e l l o scorso i n v e r n o lo fu per o t t o d e c a d i c o n s e c u t i v e ( d u e di d i c e m b r e , g e n n a i o , f e b b r a i o ) . in c o n c l u s i o n e l ' a b b a s s a m e n t o di temp e r a t u r a n e l l o scorso i n v e r n o o l t r e c h e m o l l o p r o n u n c i a t o è s l a t o a n c l i e m o l l o a m p i o , il più a m p i o del p e r i o d o 1 8 7 9 1 9 4 7 . f a t t a i a n a l i s i ora s u n t e g g i a t a per gli i n v e r n i f r e d d i , rigidi e r i g i d i s s i m i m i è vernilo in n i e n t e di c o n s e g u e n z a di e s a m i n a r e la dis t r i b u z i o n e degli inverili c h e s c a r t a n o d a l l e c o n d i z i o n i n o r m a l i in senso o p p o s t o a q u e l l i f r e d d i . ili c o n t r a p p o s t o al l a d e f i n i z i o n e di i n v e r n o f r e d d o , r i g i d o e rigid i s s i m o -i può d a r e ora q u e l l a di i n v e r n o rullio, mite e rattissimo a p p l i c a n d o l a agli i n v e r n i n e i quali la t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a scarta in j>iù dal v a l o r e n o r m a l e r i s p e t t i v a m e n t e di una, di iluc e di tre volte lo s c a r t o m e d i o . d a l l ' e s a m e dei d a t i c a l c o l a l i r i s u l t a n o c a l d i : 1 8 9 6 9 7 , 1 8 9 7 9 8 , 1 8 9 8 . 9 9 , 1 9 0 3 0 4 , 1 9 0 7 0 8 , 1 9 0 9 1 0 , 1 9 1 1 1 2 , 1 9 1 9 2 0 , 1 9 2 0 2 1 . 1 9 2 1 2 5 . 1 9 2 7 2 8 , 1 9 3 5 3 6 , 1 9 1 3 4 4 , c i o è t r e d i c i i n v e r n i , dei q u a l i s o l t a n t o d u e m e r i t a n o poi la classifica di m i t i : 1 8 9 8 9 9 , 1 9 2 0 2 1 ; nessuno r i s u l t a u n t i s s i m o , p o i c h é nessuno i n f a t t i d e g l i i n v e r n i c o m presi f r a i 53 a n n i c o n s i d e r a l i ha una t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a i n v e r n a l e c h e s c a r t i dai v a l o r e n o r m a l e t r e v o l l e lo s c a r t o m e d i o . q u i n d i -i p u ò d i r e c h e in quel p e r i o d o non c ' è s t a l o 1 o p p o s t o dell i n v e r n o rig i d i s s i m o 1 9 4 6 4 7 . il m i t e dei d u e i n v e r n i 1 8 9 8 9 9 e 1920-21 è a p p e n a p a r a g o n a b i l e in v a l o r e a s s o l u t o al r i g i d o del 1 9 2 8 2 9 . e c c o i dali r e l a t i v i ai q u a t t r o i n v e r n i c h e h a n n o la t e m p e r a t u r a m e d i a p i ù e l e v a l a : cll'seppl-na al.iyehti inverno!) temperatura media invernale scarto dal valore normale 1 8 9 8 9 9 4 , 1 2 , 5 6 1 9 1 1 1 2 3 , 4 1 , 9 1 1 9 1 9 2 0 3 , 5 2 , 0 0 1 9 2 0 2 1 3 , 9 2 , 3 5 inverno n" giorni con min. sotto 0° n° giorni con media sotto 0° n" giorni ma-i. sullo ii" minima assoluta 1 8 9 8 9 9 37 7 0 — 7 , 2 1 9 1 1 1 2 4 7 8 2 — 6 , 7 1 9 1 9 2 0 4 9 1 3 0 — 6 , 2 1 9 2 0 2 1 3 6 0 0 — 3 . 8 inverno neve eadula cm n° giorni coperti il" giorni 1 8 9 8 9 9 4 , 5 4 1 17 1 9 1 1 1 2 3 5 , 0 4 9 1 0 1 9 1 9 2 0 0 , 0 2 3 3 0 1 9 2 0 2 1 0 , 5 3 6 18 p e r c o n c l u d e r e si p u ò e s a m i n a r e q u a l c u n a d e l l e c a r a t t e r i s l i c l i e stat i s t i c h e d e l l a d i s t r i b u z i o n e d e g l i i n v e r n i c o n s i d e r a t i ; è n o l o c l i e p e r u n a d i s t r i b u z i o n e gaussiana f r a s c a r t o m e d i o e s c a r t o m e d i o q u a d r a t i c o v a l e a p p r o s s i m a t i v a m e n t e la r e l a z i o n e a = 1 , 2 5 3 3 i l ; o r a p e r il n o s t r o c a s o lo s c a r t o m e d i o q u a d r a t i c o fi r i s u l t a 1 , 3 6 6 e q u i n d i la c o s t a n t e di p r o p o r z i o n a l i t à fra i d u e s c a r t i è 1 , 2 1 5 e f f e t t i v a m e n t e p o c o d i f f e r e n t e da q u e l l a n o r m a l e . si p u ò i n o l t r e c a l c o l a r e la p r o b a b i l i t à del v e r i f i c a r s i di i n v e r n i l i g i d i o m i t i , c o m e d e f i n i t i p i ù su, e si t r o v a c l i c essa è del io',1 ù c i r c a n e l l a d i s t r i b u z i o n e g a u s s i a n a ; n e i c i n q u a n t a t r e a n n i c o n s i d e r a t i si s o n o p r e s e n t a t i in t o t a l e 5 i n v e r n i c h e r i s p o n d o n o alla d e f i n i z i o n e d a t a , t r e r i g i d i e d u e m i t i . i n f i n e se si c a l c o l a la p r o b a b i l i t à del v e r i f i c a r s i di i n v e r n i r i g i d i s s i m i e u n t i s s i m i si trova c h e essa c o r r i s p o n d e . s e m p r e n e l l a d i s t r i b u z i o n e g a u s s i a n a , a p o c o p i ù d e l l ' 1 % ; inverni freddi, rigidi, r i g i d i s s i m i e inverni cvi.di. m i t i . m i t l s s i m l 1 1 5 n e i c i n q i i a n t a t r e i n v e r n i c o n s i d e r a t i da noi s o l t a n t o u n o . il 1 9 4 6 1 7 , r i s u l t a r i g i d i s s i m o e ne—uno i n i t i s s i m o . n a t u r a l m e n t e q u a l u n q u e c o n s i d e r a z i o n e s t a t i s t i c a s a r e b b e m o l t o p i ù i n t e r e s s a n t e se il p e r i o d o di a n n i c o n s i d e r a t o fo^sc p i ù l u n g o . pavia osservatorio geojisico dell'i.a.g. aprile 1917. riassunto si propone lina classificazione e definizione di inverni freddi, rigidi, rigidissimi e ili inverni caldi, miti, utilissimi. in base alla elaborazione xεg(ω) and xω0(ω) >> >>xεi (ω), then we can try to retrieve γ directly from the recordings following this procedure: i) use a high resolution seismometer for taking measurements of ambient noise time histories. accelerometers provide insufficient resolving power, as shown for measurements on soil by mucciarelli (1998) and confirmed recently by the sesame project (duval et al., 2004). ii) after a standard correction procedure (baseline correction and high-pass filtering), integrate the time-history to obtain displacements. iii) select only positive values that are local maxima. build a 2 × m matrix: amplitudes x(ti) of maximum in one column and time of occurrence ti in the other. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )x x x xg i0ω ω ω ω= + +ω ε ε ( ( ) ; ( ) ( ) ) .x t x x t t x t 0>∆= + −l 261 non-parametric analysis of a single seismometric recording to obtain building dynamic parameters iv) for each subsequent row in the above matrix, verify if x(ti)>x(ti+1); if yes, calculate piecewise pseudo-frequency and damping as (2.2) . (2.3) v) build a 2-histogram, binning piecewise pseudo-frequencies and damping. vi) produce a graphic output to visualise the maximum of the empirical distribution, that is the main result of this non-parametric damping analysis (hereafter nonpadan), providing the fundamental frequency and its associated damping. we implemented the above procedure using matlab: the relevant m-file is freely available for download at the address . to verify the above procedure and hypothesis, we built a numerical model using simulink. figure 1 shows the relevant block diagram. the input is the sum of repeated, large pulses and ( / ) ( ( ) / ( ))x t x t1 2i i i 1:γ π= + / ( )t t1 i i1 1υ = −+ gaussian white noise with variable amplitude. the mass and stiffness of the building model are tuned to obtain a fundamental frequency equal to 3 hz. the damping is set to 3%. before the recording, more gaussian white noise is added to simulate the presence of instrumental noise. figure 2 reports the output of different simulations with increasing noise, both at the base and at the top of the building. it is possible to see how the nonpadan method retrieves correctly both damping and frequency if the noise is absent (maximum is the black dot inside the red area). the increase of input noise leaves the frequency unchanged but makes the damping peak broader. nevertheless, the maximum in the 2d histograms shows the correct values for damping and fundamental frequency. on the contrary, sparse, spurious pseudo-frequencies arise when we add instrumental noise, and the damping is not correctly preserved. this simulation shows that the initial hypothesis is correct: to obtain a reliable estimate it is necessary to keep at a minimum the instrumental noise. fig. 1. simulink block model implemented to verify the assumptions underlying the nonpadan method. 262 fig. 2. effects of increasing input and instrumental noise on the simulated recording atop a sdof building. marco mucciarelli and maria rosaria gallipoli fig. 3. nonpadan estimate of frequency and damping as a function of recording length (left: 30 min; right: 10 min). 263 non-parametric analysis of a single seismometric recording to obtain building dynamic parameters 3. empirical data analysis the first check performed on the reliability of nonpadan is relevant to the duration of the signal. if using randomdec, a minimum of 30 min of recording is required to obtain a stable estimate, according to dunand et al. (2002). a 30 min recording at the 5th floor of the engineering faculty building at the university of basilicata was performed using a digital tromometer (micromed tromino). then, the damping was estimated using both the whole record and a section of 10 min. figure 3 shows the comparison: the fundamental frequency is the same and the damping remains centred at around 3%. in this case it is also possible to identify a higher mode, but one can see in the following that it is not always so. the second check was about the comparison with published results obtained using different methods to estimate frequency and damping. di giulio et al. (2005) used the horizontal to vertical spectral ratio (hvsr) and the horizontal to horizontal spectral ratio (hhsr) technique to estimate the fundamental frequency of some buildings in the town of palermo, italy. the recordings were collected with a lennartz 5 s seismometer and a marslite digitiser. we analysed 30 min of ambient vibration they recorded at the 5th floor of the r.c. building code-named pal8. figure 4 shows the result, with a clear estimate of fundamental frequency (3.2 hz) and damping (3.5%). the estimation of frequency is in a good agreement with the result given by di giulio et al. (2005). during 2005 a series of tests were conducted on a r.c. scale model on the enea shaking table at the casaccia (rome) facility to study retrofit systems (cardone et al., 2003). the input ranged from random noise to real strong motion. cardone et al. (2005) estimated from clear transients a damping around 3% and a fundamental frequency of about 2 hz. figure 5 reports the results obtained with nonpadan, in good agreement with the estimate from cardone et al. (2005). fig. 4. nonpadan estimate of frequency and damping for a r.c. building (pal8 in di giulio et al., 2004). fig. 5. nonpadan estimate of frequency and damping for a scale model tested with random vibration at the enea casaccia shaking table (rome). 4 5 264 marco mucciarelli and maria rosaria gallipoli the last check is relevant to the ability of nonpadan to estimate the variations of frequency and damping due to large displacements, damage or changes in the structural characteristics. for the first two items, the recordings obtained during the 2002 molise earthquake sequence inside a building in bonefro, italy are re-analysed. the record comprises 1 min of ambient vibration, the 1st november shock (mw = = 5.6) that damaged the building and whose vibration lasted 2.5 min and finally 1 min of ambient vibration. mucciarelli et al. (2004) analysed this records using different techniques (gabor transform, wavelets, moving window hvsr). the building has an initial frequency of 2.5 hz. during the large oscillations and subsequent damage the frequency lowers to 1.5 hz, to reach a final value for the damaged building at about 2 hz. figure 6 reports the result of nonpadan obtained for three 1 min windows: the first minute of ambient vibration, the coda of the shock and the last minute of ambient vibration. the frequency shift estimated with nonpadan agrees with the result of mucciarelli et al. (2004). moreover, it is worth noting that during the damaging large oscillations, a secondary, isolated damping emerges with a value of 10%. this is fig. 7. nonpadan estimate of frequency and damping for a 4 stories r.c. building in potenza, italy with the bare frame only (left) and completed with infills (right). fig. 6. nonpadan estimate of frequency and damping for a r.c. building in bonefro, italy, during the damage induced by the 1st november 2002 molise earthquake. 265 non-parametric analysis of a single seismometric recording to obtain building dynamic parameters 2.5 times the starting damping, in agreement with observation on damage in laboratory tests (see for example cardone et al., 2004; and dolce et al., 2004). the estimated damping factors are confirmed by a numerical modelling of the building, as described in dolce et al. (2007). the reliability of nonpadan to estimate the damping variation due to different building characteristics was checked taking advantage of a 4 storey, r.c. building under construction in potenza, italy. the first measurement was taken when the bare frame was completed and the bricks for the infills were loaded at each floor. the second measurement took place after the infills were completed. in this way, a variation of the stiffness occurred while the total mass of the building remained constant. in both case 10 min of ambient vibration were sampled with a micromed digital tromometer. figure 7 shows that nonpadan is able to capture the increase of frequency and the decrease of damping that was expected as a consequence of the increase in stiffness. using this last example, we take the proposed method a step further, suggesting a possible parameterisation of the model and thus the possibility of performing quantitative statistical tests. the best way of observing the true damping of a structure is after forcing, when the free oscillations’ amplitude decreases. the ambient noise is a particular case of output-only, unknown-input system: the forcing is random in amplitude and phase, so the structure cannot fully develop its damped free oscillation. nevertheless, an improved strategy is to look for damping on more than two relative maxima separated by the same pseudo-period. these consecutive, decreasing local maxima are the best approximation of damped free oscillation that ambient noise measurement can produce. of course a compromise is needed, between the search for long sequences (that would provide the best, more stable result) and the fact that the number of available sequences decrease exponentially when increasing their length. if we select only the damping values calculated on three consecutive maxima, the result is less dispersed and the size of the sample still permits to estimate their statistical distribution, which is log-normal. for the r.c. building with and without infills the plot of the two distributions (fig. 8) reveals that there is a constant shift of the damping by a factor 1.3. moreover, a kolmogorov-smirnov test allows rejecting the hypothesis that the two cdfs derive from the same distribution with a 97.5% confidence level. this approach could be useful for measurements perfomed before and after an earthquake to establish if there is a significant frequency and damping shift due to damage: the ratio between cdfs appears to be more stable than the comparison between two couples of values. 4. conclusions we proposed a simple method for the nonparametric analysis of damping of buildings (nonpadan). it is able to capture the fundamental mode and its associated damping with a short, single measurement of ambient vibration atop a building. the resolving power is less than that provided by more advanced techniques and the higher modes and associated damping are rarely visible. however, the advantage of the proposed method is related to the limited resources it requires in terms of time, instrumentation and manpower. this candidates nonpadan as a tool to be used for dense measurement campaigns, when it is more important fig. 8. comparison of cdfs of damping derived by more than two subsequent maxima for the same building of fig. 7. 266 marco mucciarelli and maria rosaria gallipoli to know the fundamental dynamic parameters of large sets of buildings rather than focusing on the detailed behaviour of a single item. acknowledgements this work was funded by nato grant sfp 980857. thanks are due to antonio rovelli and giuseppe di giulio for providing recordings of pal8, felice carlo ponzo for providing recordings of enea test and mauro dolce for comments and suggestions. references cardone d., g. de canio, m. dolce, r. marnetto, c. moroni, m. nicoletti, d. nigro, a. pizzari, f.c. ponzo, e. renzi, g. santarsiero and d. spina (2003): comparison of different passive control techniques through shaking table tests, in proceedings of the 8th world seminar on seismic isolation, energy dissipation and active vibration control of structures, october 6-10, 2003, yerevan, armenia. cardone, d., e. coelho, m. dolce and f. ponzo (2004): experimental behaviour of r/c frames retrofitted with dissipating and re-centring braces, j. earthq. eng., 8 (3), 361-396. cardone, d., a. di cesare, m. dolce, c. moroni, d. nigro, f.c. ponzo and m. nicoletti (2005): comparison of shaking table and pseudodynamic test on a base isolated r/c structure, in proceedings of the 9th world seminar on seismic isolation, energy dissipation and active vibration control of structures, june 13-16, 2005, kobe, japan. clough, r.w. and j. penzien (1975): dynamics of structures (mac graw-hill, new york), 2nd edition, pp. 576. di giulio, g., r m. azzara, g. cultrera, m.s. giammarinaro, p. vallone and a. rovelli (2005): effect of local geology on ground motion in the city of palermo, italy, as inferred from aftershocks of the 6 september 2002 mw 5.9 earthquake, bull. seismol. soc. am., 95, 2328-2341. dolce, m., d. cardone, f.c. ponzo and c. valente (2004): shaking table tests on reinforced concrete frames without and with passive control systems, earthq. eng. struct. dyn., 34, 1687-1717. dolce, m., f.c. ponzo, a. masi, m. mucciarelli, m.r. gallipoli, a. di cesare, m. tetta and m. vona (2007): identification of the structural model and analysis of the global seismic behaviour of the iacp bonefro building, bull. earthq. eng. (submitted). dunand, f., p.-y. bard, j. l. chatelain, ph. guéguen, t. vassail and m.n. farsi (2002): damping and frequency from randomdec method applied to in situ measurement of ambient vibrations: evidence for effective soil structure interaction, in proceedings of the 12th european conference on earth engineering, london, u.k., cd-rom edition, pap. no. 869. duval, a.-m., j.-l. chatelain, b. guillier and sesame project wp02 team (2004): influence of experimental conditions on h/v determination using ambient vibrations (noise), in proceedings of the 13th world conference on earthquake engineering, august 1-6, 2004, vancouver, b.c., canada, pap. no. 306. huang, c.s., y.b. yang, l.y. lu and c.h. chen (1999): dynamic testing and system identification of a multi-span highway bridge, earthq. eng. struct. dyn., 28, 857-878. lamarque, c.-h., s. pernot and a. cuer (2000): damping identification in multi-degree-of-freedom systems via a wavelet-logarithmic decrement, part 1. theory, j. sound vib., 235, 361-374. mucciarelli, m. (1998): reliability and applicability range of the nakamura’s technique, j. earthq. eng., 2 (4), 625638. mucciarelli, m., a. masi, m.r. gallipoli, p. harabaglia, m. vona, f. ponzo and m. dolce (2004): analysis of a r.c. building dynamic response and soil-building resonance based on data recorded during a damaging earthquake (molise, italy 2002), bull. seismol. soc. am., 94 (5), 1943-1953. mucciarelli, m., m. r. gallipoli, d. di giacomo, f. di nota and e. nino (2005): wind influence on seismic noise measurements, geophys. j. int., 161, 303-308. navarro, m., f. vidal, m. feriche, t. enomoto, f.j. sánchez and i. matsuda (2004): expected ground-rc building structures resonance phenomena in granada city (southern spain), in proceedings of the 13th world conference on earthquake engineering, august 1-6, 2004, vancouver, b.c., canada, pap. no. 3308. vandiver, j.k., a.b. dunwoody, r.b. campbell and m f. cook (1982): a mathematical basis for the random decrement vibration signature analysis technique, j. mech. des., 104, 307-313. (received october 27, 2006; accepted april 4, 2007) vol. 48, 01, 05ok.qxd 109 annals of geophysics, vol. 48, n. 1, february 2005 key words radon-indoor-bedrock relationship – radon mapping 1. introduction the czech geological survey (cgs) has been participating in solving the problems of the inhabitants’ irradiation caused by natural radionuclides since 1990 (barnet, 1996). the radon programme of the czech republic (cr) started within the scope of the governmental decision no. 538 in 1999. present research on radionuclides in dwellings has revealed that the cr is one of the countries with the highest level of average 222rn concentration in buildings. therefore great attention is paid to indoor rn measurements. a number of houses above the guidance level of 200 bqm–3 of equilibrium equivalent concentration being detected in the last five years is given in table i. the main target of research work was to process all data and information from available databases and approve the existing relationship between increased indoor radon values and rock types in bedrock considering that a significant part of the territory of the cr is formed by the bohemian massif, which belongs to the european variscan belt represented by the proterozoic and pre-variscan paleozoic crystalline basement. (mísař et al., 1983). similar studies were performed by kies et al. (1996), kemski et al. (2000), popit and vaupotic (2002). 2. data sources geologically based radon data originates from cgs measurements and also from more than 100 private companies of the association mailing address: dr. jitka mikšová, czech geological survey, prague 1, klárov 3, 118 21 czech republic; email: miksova@cgu.cz radon data processing and outputs for the needs of the state office for nuclear safety (according to the czech radon programme) jitka mikšová and ivan barnet czech geological survey, prague 1, czech republic abstract much of the population living in the czech republic is exposed to radiation from natural sources, especially to the radon effect. the aim of geological research defined by the state office for nuclear safety (sons) was to detect areas with estimated high radon concentration in soil gas. a uniform method of measurements and uniform methodology of radon risk category assessment of geological units and a centralized radon database was established. radon risk classification was based on statistical evaluation of soil gas radon concentration and permeability in investigated geological units. prognostic radon risk maps in various scales were the main outputs of this research. with the help of gis tools spatial analyses were found a correlation between soil gas radon values in selected geological units and indoor measurements in dwellings. after verification of the efficiency of track etch detectors placed in dwellings with the help of prognostic maps 75% reliability of these maps was proven. this reliability of analyses induced the sons to widely use radon risk maps to determine areas with predicted high radon risk category. 110 jitka mikšová and ivan barnet radon risk. data sources used for gis applications come mostly from state organizations. – czech geological survey (cgs): soil gas radon database (about 9000 test sites in different rock units), vectorized geological maps (214 map sheets 1 : 50 000). – czech office for surveying, mapping and cadastre: raster topography. – ministry for regional development of the czech republic: database – uir (special data register of regional identification), contours of cadastres, database of residential units and other details of measured dwellings. – national radiation protection institute: indoor radon database (indoor radon measurement – 130 000 points, geometric mean in cadastre – 6299 cadastres). – czech statistical office: database of geographic position (of measured dwellings) and character of dwellings. the field method of soil gas radon measurements and methodology of radon risk category assessments are standardized. a uniform method for soil gas radon measurements is used by all organization dealing with building site assessment. the soil gas sample is taken from a depth of 0.8 m using rods with a «lost tip». at least 15 measurements are performed at each test site. the 75% quantile of radon data set serves as an input parameter for radon risk classification. the permeability is derived from grain-size analysis or from permeametric measurements in situ. all subjects dealing with soil gas radon measurements pass the calibration of devices in radon chamber and field-testing at the reference sites to ensure the comparability and reliability of results. in the czech geological survey the portable radonmeter rda 200 (scintrex) with exchangeable lucas cells is used for soil gas radon measurements. 3. data processing all data are placed in a centralized database administrated by cgs. a sufficient number of measurements (nearly 9000 measured test site with 15 measurements and 29 items concerning localization, radon, geological and classification data for every test site) makes a statistically reliable data set to determine radon risk from bedrock in particular geological units and rock types (mikšová and barnet, 2002). the construction of predictive radon risk maps is based on contours of geological units. the division of rock types into prevailing radon risk categories is done with the help of statistical methods using soil gas radon concentration and permeability. the predictive radon risk maps are not based on the uranium data from the territory of the czech republic but solely on the soil gas radon and permeability measurements (mikšová and barnet, 2002). the rock units are classified after prevailing radon risk category: low risk (mostly younger sediment formations from cretaceous to neogene), interstage risk (mostly inhomogeneous quaternary sediments), medium risk (mostly paleozoic sediments and crystalline gneisses), high risk (granitoids). table i. number of indoor rn measurements in the czech republic in 1998-2002. year number of measured dwellings number of dwellings with range of measured eec (bqm–3) > 200 200-299 300-600 >600 1998 5634 2014 925 773 316 1999 5257 1171 533 455 183 2000 6760 1570 668 684 218 2001 11546 2150 1107 802 178 2002 10841 1749 850 722 177 111 radon data processing and outputs for the needs of the state office for nuclear safety (according to the czech radon programme) fig. 1. the selection of cadastres performed by simple intersection of cadastres and contours of durbachite bodies (bold outlined). the building projects of newly built houses are modified after the radon risk category measured on the building ground (czech technical norm 730601, 1996). the spatial analysis was made to find significant information on the relationship between soil gas radon concentration and indoor measurements. three different approaches for spatial comparison of cadastre’s polygons and contours of the geological units were tested. the way combining the demand for geographical preciseness and the demand for statistical reliability for further analyses was chosen. this method comprised the selection of cadastres with centroidal points situated inside the contour of rock unit, but the border of the cadastre was partially intersecting the contour of the geological unit (barnet et al., 2002). an example of resulting selection performed by three methods is given for cadastres situated in the durbachite bodies of třebíč massif in moravia (figs. 1, 2 and 3). the indoor radon means calculated for different rock types on the basis of spatial analysis are given in table ii. the «indoor intersection» values represent the results of the first method of analysis where polygons of cadastres are intersecting the polygons of geological units with no respect to ratio of aerial intersection. the «indoor inside» values are calculated for polygons of cadastres, which are fully situated inside the contours of the geological unit. the «indoor centroid» values correspond to geographical centroids of cadastres, which lie inside the contour of the geological unit, but the polygon of cadastre can intersect partially the contour of the geological unit. the values placed in shaded columns in table ii approve the relationship of mean soil gas radon values in rock types and mean indoor radon values. 112 jitka mikšová and ivan barnet fig. 3. the selection of cadastres based on placing the centroids of cadastres inside the rock contours plus intersecting the contours of durbachite bodies (bold outlined). this selection represents the shape of rock body most precisely. fig. 2. the selection of cadastres based on placing the polygons of cadastres inside contours of durbachite bodies (bold outlined) without intersecting. table ii. the values of indoor radon geometric means in major rock types calculated by three different methods. major rock types indoor rn (means bqm–3) soil gas rn (means kbqm–3) indoor no. indoor no. indoor no. mean no. intersection int inside ins centroid cent rock rock moldanubian paragneisses 99.24 570 116.96 79 100.53 275 28.08 528 – monotonous series moldanubian crystalline 104.2 464 91.27 42 95.19 236 31.25 465 rocks – variagated series proterozoic – phyllites, 95.81 1062 101.76 54 94.69 470 26.61 345 metamorphosed shales orthogneisses, granulites, 106.01 583 109.49 23 110.62 181 32.05 383 migmatites – moldanubian ultrabasic rocks 96.03 51 0 0 139.93 3 17.2 4 – moldanubian granitoids – cadomian 89.89 192 80.6 3 95.74 59 17.2 155 palaeozoic 91.1 201 103.75 2 96.18 87 39.25 154 – metamorphosed palaeozoic 93.7 552 102.65 121 99.51 320 27.92 402 – unmetamorphosed volcanites – proterozoic, 91.12 606 64.4 2 97.13 99 37.11 45 palaeozoic granites – variscan 104.32 547 128.64 36 105.98 209 58.8 424 granodiorites – variscan 152.38 390 203.09 39 177.86 197 66.3 307 durbachites, syenites 205.36 165 334.91 39 272.3 77 56.78 180 diorites, gabbros – cadomian 107.67 133 0 0 87.23 20 22.63 55 mesozoic – alpine folding 54.39 128 47.53 4 52.74 53 17.35 1788 tertiary – alpine folding 65.22 429 71.76 53 67.15 273 20.28 759 permocarboniferous 74.46 515 72.36 20 75.29 234 33.72 326 mesozoic – sediments 62.23 1224 60.46 67 60.72 590 17.53 1788 tertiary – sediments 78.35 820 66.99 9 72.57 192 20.28 759 neovolcanites – tertiary 65.47 306 69.2 3 60.64 52 21.55 35 quaternary 73.06 2274 73.25 199 68.57 1003 25.37 525 113 radon data processing and outputs for the needs of the state office for nuclear safety (according to the czech radon programme) 4. software platform the source soil radon gas database was based on visual foxpro, for predictive radon risk map production converted to oracle 8i. the data model for geological maps was originally created in arcinfo (esri corp.). later this model was converted into microstation (bentley systems corp.) – mge (intergraph corp.) – oracle (oracle corp.). this model was also used for radon risk maps formation. the spatial analyses were done in esri software arc gis. 5. outputs in 1998 the cgs issued the digital atlas geocr500 – the geological, radiometric and radon risk maps on the scale 1 : 500 000 together with eight maps with geoscientific topic. this radon risk map was based on the vectorized contours of geological units and on the results of gamma dose rate measurements. this atlas was published on cd-rom in gis project for arcview 3.0 (barnet and mikšová, 2001). 114 jitka mikšová and ivan barnet in 1998 the cgs finished the vectorization of geological maps at the scale 1 : 50 000. these maps covered the whole state territory. this fact allowed the formation of more detailed radon risk maps based on geological maps. since 1999 about 154 map sheets of radon risk maps at the scale 1:50 000 (from total number of 214 sheets) have been published up to 2003 (fig. 4). these maps are available in digital and printed form. the digital outputs are published on cd-rom. the selection from the mosaic map enables to open the full view of the map and detailed view of four single quadrants. the points of the test sites are linked to the selected items from the radon database in a separate window. 6. conclusions by comparing the values of radon concentration in dwellings and the measured values on the test sites in geological units, the close correlation between the radon concentration and geological bedrock was established, especially in the areas where igneous and metamorphosed rocks were found. the data processing based on vectorized geological maps was proven as a highly efficient and relevant tool for determination areas where increased indoor radon values caused by radon exhalation from bedrock can be detected. after verification of the efficiency of track etch detectors placed in dwellings with the help of prognostic radon risk maps at the scale of 1:50 000, 75% reliability of these maps was proven. the outputs of geological research are used by regional centers of sons and municipal authorities to set the priority for distributing the track-etch detectors in dwellings. in the case of randomly distributed track-etch detectors only 2% of measured dwellings exceeded the guidance level 200 bq m–3 eec. using radon risk maps on a scale 1:50 000 for setting of detectors into areas with assumed medium or high radon risk category in bedrock the number of affected dwellings increased to 20%. fig. 4. czech republic – completed radon risk map sheets 1:50 000 (bold framed). the priority of map sheets processing was oriented to cover dominantly the extent of granitoid bodies within the czech republic. 115 radon data processing and outputs for the needs of the state office for nuclear safety (according to the czech radon programme) predictive radon risk maps were issued by cgs in the form of printed maps or on interactive cd-rom in gis projects. presentation of radon research work, especially radon risk mapping, are accessible to the wider public on the portal of cgs – www.geology.cz – radon mapping – in czech and english versions. references barnet, i. (1996): the research project no. 3310 radon risk in the czech republic – the activities of the czech geological survey, in third international workshop on the geological aspects of radon risk mapping, edited by i. barnet and m. neznal, prague, 1-9. barnet, i. and j. mikšová (2001): the gis approach to radon risk mapping in the czech republic, in proceedings of the «5th international conference on rare gas geochemistry», debrecen, hungary, 189-196. barnet, i., j. mikšová and i. fojtikova (2002): the gis analysis of indoor radon and soil gas radon in major rock types of the czech republic, in radon investigations in czech republic ix and the sixth international workshop on the geological aspects of radon risk mapping (czech geol. surv. and radon comp.), prague, 5-11. czech technical norm 730601 (1996): protection of building against radon from soil (cni, prague), pp. 27. kemski, j., a. siehl, r. stegemann and m. valdiviamanchego (2000): mapping the geogenic radon potential in germany, in proceeding workshop radon in the living environment, athens, greece, 645-663. kies, a., a. biell and l. rowlinson (1996): radon survey in the grand-duchy of luxembourg – indoor measurements related to house features, soil, geology and environment, environ. int., 22, 805-808. mikšová, j. and i. barnet (2002): geological support to the national radon programme (czech republic), bull. czech geol. surv., prague, 77 (1), 13-22. mísař, z., a. dudek, v. havlena and j. weiss (1983): geology of cssr, i. bohemian massif (spn, prague), pp. 333 (in czech). popit, a. and j. vaupotic (2002): indoor radon concentrations in relation to geology in slovenia, environ. geol., 42, 330-337. 473_478.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 3/4, june/august 2002 473 the exploding-reflector concept for ground-penetrating-radar modeling josé m. carcione (1), laura piñero feliciangeli (2) and michela zamparo (1) (1) istituto nazionale di oceanografia e di geofisica sperimentale (ogs), sgonico, trieste, italy (2) instituto de ciencias de la tierra, departamento de geofísica, universidad central de venezuela, caracas, venezuela abstract the simulation of a stacked radargram requires the calculation of a set of common-source experiments and application of the standard processing sequence. to reduce computing time, a zero-offset stacked section can be obtained with a single simulation, by using the exploding-reflector concept and the so-called non-reflecting wave equation. this non-physical modification of the wave equation implies a constant impedance model to avoid multiple reflections, which are, in principle, absent from stacked sections and constitute unwanted artifacts in migration processes. magnetic permeability is used as a free parameter to obtain a constant impedance model and avoid multiple reflections. the reflection strength is then implicit in the source strength. moreover, the method generates normal-incidence reflections, i.e. those having identical downgoing and upgoing wave paths. exploding reflector experiments provide correct travel times of diffraction and reflection events, in contrast to the plane-wave method. mailing address: dr. josé m. carcione, istituto nazionale di oceanografia e di geofisica sperimentale (ogs), borgo grotta gigante 42c, 34010 sgonico, trieste, italy; e-mail: jcarcione@ogs.trieste.it 1. introduction the computation of synthetic seismograms for simulating zero-offset (stacked) seismic sections, and the reverse time migration of these sections, requires the use of the explodingreflector concept (loewenthal et al., 1976; carcione et al., 1994) and the so-called nonreflecting wave equation (baysal et al., 1984). this non-physical modification of the wave equation implies a constant impedance model to avoid multiple reflections, which are, in principle, absent from stacked sections and constitute unwanted artifacts in migration processes (baysal et al., 1983). the increasing use of ground-penetrating radar (gpr) for solving a wide range of engineering and environmental problems has been facilitated by the application of standard seismic techniques, such as multi-fold coverage and processing (fisher et al., 1992; pipan et al., 1996). modeling, as an interpretation tool, and migration methods are two of the most important processing techniques. in particular, it is necessary to migrate events generated by nearsurface dipping reflectors and buried elements, such as boulders and localized inhomogeneities. in many cases, the radargrams can also be contaminated by surface events generated by trees and metallic objects. therefore, it is important to develop the concepts of exploding reflector and non-reflecting wave equations for gpr applications. there are two efficient ways for simulating a zero-offset synthetic survey avoiding calculation of common-shot records: the planekey words exploding reflector – zero-offset section – gpr modeling 474 josé m. carcione, laura piñero feliciangeli and michela zamparo wave method and the exploding reflector method. both approaches involve a single calculation with a time-domain modeling algorithm. the first consists in sending a horizontal localized plane-wave front down from the surface and recording the response of the subsurface model back at the surface. the travel times obtained with this method are not those obtained with the standard processing sequence. a simple example is given by a single diffraction point at (0, z). if v is the phase velocity of the medium, the travel time at offset (x, 0) is while a source and a receiver at (x, 0) imply a travel time the method is also approximate for dipping layers. in the exploding-reflector method (baysal et al., 1984; carcione et al., 1994), each reflection point in the subsurface explodes at t = 0 with a magnitude proportional to the normalincidence reflection coefficient. the equation is a modification of the wave equation, where the impedance is constant over the whole model space. in this way, non-physical multiple reflections are avoided and the recorded events are primary reflections. moreover, the method generates normal-incidence reflections, i.e. those having identical downgoing and upgoing wave paths. in order to obtain the two-way travel time, the phase velocities are halved. due to sampling constraints, halving the velocities implies doubling the number of grid points. therefore, the method is less efficient than the plane-wave approach. in the seismic case, the density is used as a free parameter to obtain a constant impedance model and avoid multiple reflections. from the analogy between acoustic and electromagnetic waves (carcione and cavallini, 1995), the density is mathematically analogous to the magnetic permeability. we scale this property by a factor depending on the permittivity, to obtain a model where all the media have the same electromagnetic impedance. in addition, the condition that the phase velocity remains unchanged also requires the scaling of the permittivity and the conductivity. in an example, we consider the transverse-magnetic (tm) wave equations and compare synthetic radargrams computed with both the plane-wave and the exploding-reflector methods. the numerical solver used here consists of the pseudospectral fourier method for computing the spatial derivatives, and a runge-kutta method for time integration (carcione, 1996). however, any other full-wave equations method, finitedifferences, pseudospectral, or finite-elements, can be used. 2. maxwell’s equations maxwell’s equations for isotropic media and time harmonic fields with time dependence exp (i t ), where is the angular frequency, read × = +e h mi µ0 (2.1) and (2.2) where the symbol × denotes the vector product, e is the electric field, h is the magnetic field, j s is the electric source, m is the magnetic source, µ0 is the magnetic permeability of vacuum (appropriate for gpr applications), is the dielectric permittivity, is the con-ductivity, and (2.3) is the complex permittivity (chew, 1990). 3. the exploding reflector implementation of the exploding reflector method in gpr modeling implies the following: 1) a source is placed at every point on the subsurface interface of interest. 2) the phase velocity of each medium is halved, to obtain the correct two-way travel time t v x z v= +/ + /z 2 2 t x z v= + 2 / .2 2 × = + + = +h e e j e ji is s* * ( ) = i the exploding-reflector concept for ground-penetrating-radar modeling 475 given by (3.5) where (3.6) is the electromagnetic impedance (chew, 1990, p. 48), with µ = µ 0 here. equation (3.5) is the reflection coefficient for the electric field of the te or tm waves. the corresponding normalincidence reflection coefficient for the magnetic field of the te or tm waves has the opposite sign. the source strength should be proportional to | r |. since r depends on the frequency , this requirement cannot be satisfied for all frequencies when using a time-domain solver. in this case, we consider the source strength to be proportional to | r ( d ) |, where d is the dominant frequency of the source. 4) we can avoid normal-incidence multiple reflections if all the media have the same electromagnetic impedance. this is evident from eq. (3.5). in order to do this we must scale the material properties accordingly, that is, substitute µ 0 , and with new properties µ, and . the complex impedance can be made constant by using the perfectly matched layer (pml) method introduced by berenguer (1994); i.e. using a complex magnetic permeability. however, this approach gives a different complex velocity compared to eq. (3.2). we may impose that the «instantaneous» impedance is the same for all the media. the instantaneous impedance is defined as (3.7) which corresponds to the unrelaxed response of the medium (t = 0). in this limit / 0, in general. then, we assume (3.8) with k a real constant. moreover, we must impose that the complex velocity (3.2) remains unchanged after introduction of the scaled proand amplitude decay for every diffraction and reflection event. 3) the source strength is proportional to the normal-incidence reflection coefficient at each point on the interface (a zero-offset raypath is normal to the reflecting interface). 4) we require that the electromagnetic impedance be the same for all media. because the algorithm generates non-physical events (the downgoing waves) and approximates a zero-offset stacked section, we must avoid multiple reflections. we propose the following approximations to meet requirements (2.1) to (3.1): 1) the algorithm used here solves the electromagnetic equations in the time domain, and it is based on a grid method for computing the spatial derivatives. this implies a discretization of the model space. then, at every grid point of each interface a source with the same time history is initiated at time t = 0. 2) the phase velocity is given by (3.1) where is the real-part operator, and (3.2) is the complex velocity (carcione, 1996). halving the phase velocity can be achieved by the following substitution: (3.3) since the attenuation factor is (3.4) (carcione, 1996), where is the imaginary-part operator, eq. (3.3) ensures that the amplitude decay corresponds to that of the two-way travel path. 3) the normal-incidence reflection coefficient between medium 1 and medium 2 is v v p = ( )1 1 v = 1 0 µ µ µ0 04 . = ( ) 1 v r i i i i = + 2 1 2 1 i v= µ i i= =( ) i k= = ˜ ˜ µ 476 josé m. carcione, laura piñero feliciangeli and michela zamparo are computed in the space-time domain. let us denote by e and h and j and m the corresponding time-domain electric and magnetic fields and sources, and for convenience, the medium properties are indicated by the same symbols, in both, the time and the frequency domains. under these conditions, ex, ez and hy are decoupled from ey, hx and hz, and the first three fields obey the tm wave differential equations (4.1) (4.2) (4.3) the set of properties (µ, , ) is equal to (µ 0 , , ) for the plane-wave method, and to (µ 0, , ) for the exploding-reflector method. let us consider the model shown in fig. 1. the ray-paths represented with solid lines are perties, i.e. (3.9) the choice (3.10) (the impedance of vacuum) implies (3.11) where (3.12) then, i = i 0 and eq. (3.9) is satisfied. 4. example we assume an isotropic medium, propagation in the (x, z)-plane, and that the material properties and source characteristics are constant with respect to the y-coordinate. the radargrams fig. 1. model and electromagnetic properties. the ray-paths represented with solid lines are the direct arrivals. the dotted line is a physical multiple. the dashed lines represent non-physical multiple events due to the presence of down-going waves in the exploding-reflector experiment (carcione et al., 1994). µ µ0 * ˜ ˜ ˜= ( ).i k i= =0 0 0 µ a = 0 . µ � �z x y yx z t = + h m = + + h j y x x sxz t � � h j y z z szx t = + +� � . ˜ , ˜ ˜µ µ = = = 0 a a a and the exploding-reflector concept for ground-penetrating-radar modeling 477 the synthetic radargrams because the medium is electromagnetically «transparent» due to the requirement (3.1). the quality factor is given by (4.4) (carcione and cavallini, 1995). using 0 = 8.85 10 12 f/m, the quality factors at 100 mhz of the media in fig. 1 are q 1 = , q 2 = 28 and q 3 = 11. the numerical mesh for the plane-wave experiment has n x = n z = 125 grid points, with a grid spacing d x = dz = 15 cm. the source is a horizontal electric current (j sx ), whose time history is a ricker-type wavelet with a central frequency f c = 100 mhz and a cut-off frequency of 200 mhz. the nyquist criterion implies (4.5) where dmax is the maximum allowed grid size, and v pmin is the minimum phase velocity. the minimum phase velocity is that of medium 3 (see fig. 1), with an unrelaxed (optical) value of 6.7 cm/ns. note that a maximum spacing of 16.77 cm is allowed. because the velocities are halved in the exploding-reflector method, we use d x = d z = 7.5 cm, and n x = n z = 243. the algorithm, similar to that developed by carcione (1996), is based on the fourier method for computing the spatial derivatives and a rungekutta algorithm for the time evolution of the wave field. we use a time step of 0.05 ns. figure 2a,b shows the synthetic radargrams of the magnetic-field component, obtained with the plane-wave method and the exploding-reflector method, respectively (the pictures have been scaled to obtain comparable amplitudes for the step-interface response). the differences in travel times of the diffraction hyperbolae are evident. the exploding-reflector travel times are greater than the plane-wave travel times, as indicated in the section 1. moreover, there is a change of polarity in the plane-wave response of the step. the weak event that peaks at 162 ns in fig. 2a is the multiple indicated by a dotted line in fig. 1. note that the non-physical multiples (dashed lines in fig. 1) are absent in fig. 2b. the direct arrivals. the dotted line is a physical multiple, present in the plane-wave response (at 150 ns). the dashed lines represent non-physical multiple events due to the presence of downgoing waves in the exploding-reflector experiment (with arrival times of 148 and 194 ns, respectively). the latter events do not appear in fig. 2a,b. synthetic radargrams of magnetic field component, computed with the plane-wave method (a) and the exploding-reflector method (b) (carcione et al., 1994). q v v = ( ) ( ) = re im 2 2 d v f p c max min = 4 a b 478 josé m. carcione, laura piñero feliciangeli and michela zamparo 5. conclusions we have developed the exploding-reflector method for gpr applications. it provides the correct travel times of diffraction and reflection events, in contrast to the plane-wave method. moreover, unlike one-way equations, the method can simulate ray-paths which turn around via refraction in the presence of large velocity gradients. the use of a nearly constant impedance condition avoids the non-physical multiple events caused by the presence of down-going waves. the method can be used to approximate stacked radargrams with a single calculation, and in migration algorithms, where it is necessary to avoid interlayer reverberations. acknowledgements l. piñero feliciangeli thanks the «consejo de desarrollo científico y humanístico» of ucv for partially funding the research. references baysal, e., d.d. kosloff and j.w.c. sherwood (1983): reverse time migration, geophysics, 48, 1514-1524. baysal, e., d.d. kosloff and j.w.c. sherwood (1984): a two-way nonreflecting wave equation, geophysics, 49, 132-141. berenguer, j.p. (1994): a perfectly matched layer for the absorption of electromagnetic waves, j. comput. phys., 114, 185-200. carcione, j.m. (1996): ground radar simulation for archaeological applications, geophys. prospect., 44, 871-888. carcione, j.m. and f. cavallini (1995): on the acousticelectromagnetic analogy, wave motion, 21, 149-162. carcione, j.m., g. böhm and a. marchetti (1994): simulation of a cmp seismic section, j. seism. explor., 3, 381-396. chew, w.c. (1990): waves and fields in inhomogeneous media (van nostrand reinhold, new york), pp. 637. fisher, e., g.a. mcmechan and p. annan (1992): acquisition and processing of wide-aperture ground-penetrating radar data, geophysics, 57, 495-504. loewenthal, d., l. lu, r. roberson and j.w.c. sherwood (1976): the wave equation applied to migration, geophys. prospect., 24, 380-399. pipan, m., i. finetti and f. ferigo (1996): multi-fold gpr techniques with applications to high-resolution studies: two case histories, j. environ. eng. geophys., 1, 83-103. (received january 10, 2002; accepted march 13, 2002) n u o v o s m o r z a t o r e p e r i s i s m o g r a f i t i p o w i e c h e r t p. caj.oi a. l o surdo l noto c l i c in t u t t i i t i p i d i s i s m o g r a f i \\ i e c l i e r t r a z i o n e fren a n t e v i e n e o t t e n u t a con s m o r z a t o r i ad a r i a : u n p i s t o n e c i l i n d r i c o c a v o , a o s p e o a ( i n a l i l o s o t t i l i fili di b r o n z o fosforoso, p u ò o s c i l l a r e e n t r o un c i l i n d r o di m e t a l l o , di d i a m e t r o l i e v e m e n t e m a g g i o r e , c o m u n i c a n t e con l ' e s t e r n o m e d i a n t e d u e f o r i , l a cui a p e r t u r a p u ò e s c r e r e g o l a l a a p i a c e r e , cosi d a p o t e r p o r t a l e , v o l e n d o , lo s m o r z a m e n t o d e l i m o g i a l o a l l ' a p e r i o d i c i t à . q u e s t o s m o r z a t o r e p r e s e n t a v a r i i n c o n v e n i e n t i di cui i p i ù notevoli sono la d i f f i c o l t à di m e s s a a p u n t o e l ' i n c o s t a n z a di f u n z i o n a m e n t o d o v u t e al s i s t e m a di s o s p e n s i o n e del p i s t o n e e l a r i d u z i o n e del p e r i o d o . d o v u t a al f a l l o e l l e lo s m o r z a t o r e ad a r i a , così coni è s t a l o r e a l i z z a l o d a w i e c b e r t , c o s t i t u i s c e u n » i s t e r n a o s c i l l a n t e di p i c colo p e r i o d o , l a cui m a s s a è r i g i d a m e n t e c o l l e g a t a c o n il s i s t e m i p e n d o l a r e d e l s i s m o g r a f o . i n o l t r e è d a osserv a r e c l i c nei m o d e l l i p i c c o l i (2(10 e 8 0 k g ) il p i s t o n e m o b i l e d e l l o s m o r z a t o r e è c o l l e g a t o con l ' e s t r e m i t à d e l l a p r i m a l e v a d ' i n g r a n d i m e n t o . i n m o d o elle ... , r ìi;1 q u e s t a f o r m a a n g o l o r e t t o con l'as.-e del p i s t o n e . i v a r i p u n t i d e l l a l e v a d i n g r a n d i m e n t o e d e l l ' a s s e d e l l o s m o r z a t o r e si m u o v o n o q u i n d i s e c o n d o t r a i e t t o r i e c i r c o l a r i d i p o s l e in p i a n i f r a l o r o p e r p e n d i c o l a r i ( o r i z z o n t a l e q u e l l o d e l l a l e v a , v e l l i c a l e q u e l l o d e l l ' a s s e ; d a l c o l l e g a m e n t o f r a i d u e s i s t e m i , c h e d o v r e b b e e s s e r e r i g i d o , n e r i s u l l a p e r c i ò u n a s e n s i b i l e a z i o n e p e r t u r b a t r i c e . in q u e s t a n o t a d e s c r i v i a m o un n u o v o di l i p o di s m o r z a t o r e a d a r i a , g i à a d o t l a t o d a l l ' i s t i t u t o n a z i o n a l e di c.eofisica p e r i s i s m o g r a f i nuovo smorzatore per i sismografi tipo wiechert • a b d e g l i osservatori d e l l a rete s i s m i c a i t a l i a n a ; s m o r z a t o l e i d e a t o a p p o s i t a m e n t e p e r o v v i a r e a g l i i n c o n v e n i e n t i a v a n t i a c c e n n a t i . i n q u e s t o n u o v o s m o r z a t o r e ( f i g . 3 ) . il p i s t o n e è p o r t a t o d a l l a p r i m a l e v a di t r a s m i s s i o n e : e s s o r o i n o n f u n z i o n a p i ù c o m e m a — a d i 1111 s i s t e m a p e n d o l a r e , e q u i n d i n o n i n t r o d u c e u n a r e a z i o n e a l l o s p o s t a m e n t o d e l s i s m o g r a f o . c o n q u e s t a d i s p o s i z i o n e si l u i a n c h e il v a n t a g g i o d i e l i m i n a l e i fili d i s o s p e n s i o n e c h e r a p p r e s e n t a n o , c o m e è n o t o , u n a c a u s a d i i n c e r t e z z a n e l f u n z i o n a m e n t o d e l s i s m o g r a f o . al pisto n e o b b l i g a l o a s e g u i r e il mov i m e n t o d e l l a m a s s a del s i m o g i a l o . g i à a m p l i f i c a t o d a l l a p r i m a l e v a , e q u i n d i ad o s c i l l a r e i n t o r n o a l l ' a s s e di q u e s t a , è s t a l a d a t a la f o r m a di un s e t t o r e di toro. p e r s e m p l i c i t à d i c o s t r u z i o n e si è c e l l o il loro g e n e r a l o d a un q u a d r a t o r u o t a t i l e i n t o r n o a l l ' a s s e d e l l a l e v a , d i s p o s t o c o n 2 l a i i p a l n . l . r a l l e l i a l l ' a s s e st-e-so. k s o q u i n d i l i t t l l t l i m i t a l o ( f i g . i ) o r i z z o n t a l m e n t e d a d u e f a c c e m a n e p a r a l l l c , e v e r t i c a l m e n t e d a d u e s u p e r f i c i e c i l i n d r i c h e c o n c e n t r i c h e e d a d u e f a c c e su p i a n i v e r t i c a l i i n t e r s e c a n t i i s u l l ' a s s e d i r o t a z i o n e d e l l a l e v a p o r |.j„ | l a u t e . q u e s t o p i s t o n e è c o n t e n u t o i n u n a c a s s e t t a , il c u i i n t e r n o c o s t i t u i s c e u n o p a z i o d i f o r m a l o r i c a , l a c u i s e z i o n e v e l l i c a l e è q u e l l a s l e s s a d e l p i i o n e , l i e v e m e n t e p i ù g r a n d e o n d e r e n d e r e p o s s i b i l e l o s p o s t a m e n t o c i r c o l a r e d e l p i i o n e s e n z a c o n l a l l o . m a c o n s u f f i c i e n t e t e n u t a . l a c a s s e t a c ( f i g . 2 ) è fissala u l s u p p o r t o d e l l e l e v e m e d i a n t e l e i r e \ i l i i , , i e ' 3 c h e s e r v o n o p e r f a r l e a u m e r e l a p o s i z i o n e n e c e s s a r i a e r e n d e r e l i b e r o il m o v i m e n t o d e l p i s t o n e . l a v i t e o r i z z o n t a l e 1 „ s e r v e p e r r e g o l a r e l ' a p e r t u r a d e l f o r o d i e o m u n i c a z i o n • f r a l e d u e c a r n e i e d ' a r i a l a t e r a l i : l ' a p p o s i ta l e v a ! , c o n s e n t e d i l i m i t a r e o p p o r t u n a m e n t e la c o m u n i c a z i o n e d i d e t t e c a m e r e c o n r e s t e r n o . l a l i g . 3 m o s t r a u n s i s m o g r a f o m u n i t o d e l n u o v o s m o r z a t o r e . 1 p a r s e z i o n e mn l i e o l a r i d i c o s t r u z i o n e d e l l o s m o r z a t o r e s o ! j n o r i l e v a b i l i d a l l e s e z i o n i r i p r o d o t t e n e l l e li figlile 4 e •">. l ' i , 5 1 1 1 ,n : i f •f ' ^ j f m ' . b p. cai.01 " m) sl1iiio k s a m i n i a m o ora l ' i n f l u e n z a d e l l a r e a z i o n e del s i s t e m a p e n d o l a r e c o l i t u i t o d a l l o s m o r z a t o r e o r i g i n a l e d i w i e e h e r l sul p e r i o d o d e l i s m o g r a f o . i n d i c h i a m o con / il m o m e n t o d ' i n e r z i a del s i s t e m a r i s p e l l o a l l ' a s s e o r i z z o n t a l e o, a t t o r n o a cui a v v i e n e il m o v i m e n t o a n g o l a r e cp d e l l a m a s s a : con a la d i s t a n z a del putito di c o n t a t t o i \ d e l l a p r i m a l e v a d i n g r a n d i m c n t o , sul s u p p o r l o d e l l a m a s s a , d a l l ' a s s e ( ) ; con y r i n g r a n d i m e n l o elle il moto d i l \ s u b i s c e p e r effetto d e l l a p r i m a l e v a nel p u n t o di c o n n e s s i o n e p* fra q u e s t a l e v a e l ' a s s e del p i s t o n e : con , la r e a z i o n e p e r u n i t à d i s p o s t a m e n t o d e l l a m a s s a del s i s t e m a , i n / ' , , e con li., la r e a z i o n e p e r u n i t à di s p o s t a m e n t o d e l l a m a s s a del p i s t o n e , ili 1'.,. il moto non s m o r z a t o del i s t e i n a d e v e s o d d i s f a r e q u i n d i a l l ' e q u a z i o n e 1 — +à-/<|+/uy<() = 0 . ch'il p e r i o d o ila p e r t a n t o i e s p r e s s i o n e t0 = 2x\ 1 il t e r m i n e y k-,, c h e si trova nel d e n o m i n a t o l e d e l l e s p r e s s i o n e sotto r a d i c e , è (ptello clic dà u n a r i d u z i o n e d e l p e r i o d o del s i s m o g r a f o p e r effetto d e l l a r e a z i o n e d e l l o s m o r z a t o r e . nel nostro s m o r z a t o r e , es s end o k., — \), r ' il p e r i o d o è q u i n d i m a g g i o r e a p a r i t à di i n g r a n d i m e n t o . i l f u n z i o n a m e n t o dei s i s m o g r a f i d e l l ' i s t i l l i l o n a z i o n a l e di geofisica, n e i q u a l i è stato a d o t t a t o lo s m o r z a t o r e d e s c r i t t o , ha c o n f e r m a t o p i e n a m e n t e la p r a t i c i t à e l ' i m p o r t a n z a del p e r f e z i o n a m e n t o con esso r e a l i z z a t o . roma — istillilo ."vazionale di geo fisica — marzo 19-18. riassumo in t/uosla noia gli autori descrivono un nuovo tipo ili smorzatori' ad aria, già adottato dall' istituto nazionale di (.ivo fisica per i sismografi tipo ii iecliert (irgli osservatori della rete sismica italiana. con (jucslo nuovo smorzatore vengono eliminali alcuni inconvenienti riscontrati con i uso degli smorzato! i originali di ii irclicrt ed il funzionamento dei sismografi asiatici viene resa più seni/ilice, sicuro ed e f ficiente. special issue “the tomo-etna experiment” prologue [special issue_59_04_2016] the tomo-etna experiment. edited by josé morales and giuseppe puglisi. annals of geophysics issn 2037-416x [special issue_59_4_2016] the tomo-etna experiment prologue josé morales, giuseppe puglisi s0425 articles the tomo-etna experiment: an imaging active campaign at mt. etna volcano. context, main objectives, working-plans and involved research project jesús m. ibáñez, janire prudencio, alejandro díaz-moreno, domenico patanè, giuseppe puglisi, birger-gottfried lühr, francisco carrión, juan josé dañobeitia, mauro coltelli, francesca bianco, edoardo del pezzo, torsten dahm, veronica willmott, valérie mazauric s0426 tomo-etna experiment at etna volcano: activities on land jesús m. ibáñez, alejandro díaz-moreno, janire prudencio, domenico patanè, luciano zuccarello, ornella cocina, birger-gottfried lühr, francisco carrión, mauro coltelli, pier paolo g. bruno, francesca bianco, margaret hellweg, rafael abreu, gerardo alguacil, isaac álvarez, carolina aranda, carmen benítez, luisa buontempo, mercedes feriche, luz garcía, daniel garcía-quiroga, josé b. martín, josé morales, inmaculada serrano, manuel titos, lucia urbano, gianpiero aiesi, raffaele azzaro, graziella barberi, massimo cantarero, pasqualino cappuccio, danilo cavallaro, danilo contrafatto, sergio di prima, susanna falsaperla, marco firetto carlino, elisabetta giampiccolo, graziano larocca, carla musumeci, mario paratore, daniele pellegrino, mario pulvirenti, salvatore rapisarda, marco sassano, luciano scarfì, luciano scuderi, antonino sicali, giuseppina tusa, tiziana tuvè, edoardo del pezzo, stefano fiore, danilo galluzzo, mario la rocca, mariantonietta longobardi, luciano nocerino, solange scognamiglio, carla bottari, fabio criscuoli, pasquale de gori, lucian giovani, alfio messina, marcello silvestri, simone salimbeni, torsten dahm, araceli garcía-yeguas, alfonso ontiveros, enrique coello, maría cordero, cayetano guillén, m. carmen romero, hannah mccann, mauricio bretón, sierra boyd, ivan koulakov, sergey abramenkov s0427 the marine activities performed within the tomo-etna experiment mauro coltelli, danilo cavallaro, marco firetto carlino, luca cocchi, filippo muccini, antonino d’alessandro, maria eloisa claude, clara monaco, jesús m. ibáñez, fabrizio zgur, domenico patanè, cosmo carmisciano, giuseppe d’anna, maria teresa pedrosa gonzales, teresa teixidó, roberto d’anna, gioacchino fertitta, giuseppe passafiume, stefano speciale, fausto grassa, aristomenis p. karageorgis, lorenzo sormani, lorenzo facchin, giampaolo visnovic, diego cotterle, rita blanos, paolo mansutti, attilio sulli, fabrizio cultrera, francisco carrión, salvatore rapisarda s0428 seismic and volcanic activity during 2014 in the region involved by tomo-etna seismic active experiment graziella barberi, elisabetta giampiccolo, carla musumeci, luciano scarfì, valentina bruno, ornella cocina, alejandro díaz-moreno, simona sicali, giuseppina tusa, tiziana tuvè, luciano zuccarello, jesús m. ibáñez, domenico patanè s0429 acquisition and preliminary analysis of multi-channel seismic reflection data, acquired during the oceanographic cruises of the tomo-etna experiment marco firetto carlino, fabrizio zgur, pier paolo g. bruno, mauro coltelli, lorenzo sormani, danilo cavallaro, jesús m. ibáñez, domenico patanè s0430 acquisition procedures, processing methodologies and preliminary results of magnetic and rov data collected during the tomo-etna experiment danilo cavallaro, luca cocchi, mauro coltelli, filippo muccini, cosmo carmisciano, marco firetto carlino, jesús m. ibáñez, domenico patanè, marco filippone, erika buttaro s0431 p-wave scattering and the distribution of heterogeneity around etna volcano toni zieger, christoph sens-schönfelder, joachim r.r. ritter, birger-gottfried lühr, torsten dahm s0432 shallow velocity model in the area of pozzo pitarrone, mt. etna, from single station, array methods and borehole data luciano zuccarello, mario paratore, mario la rocca, ferruccio ferrari, alfio messina, stefano branca, danilo contrafatto, danilo galluzzo, salvatore rapisarda, luz garcía s0433 annals of geophysics advances on the automatic estimation of the p-wave onset time luz garcía, isaac álvarez, carmen benítez, manuel titos, ángel bueno, sonia mota, ángel de la torre, josé c. segura, gerardo alguacil, alejandro díaz-moreno, janire prudencio, araceli garcía-yeguas, jesús m. ibáñez, luciano zuccarello, ornella cocina, domenico patanè s0434 partos passive and active ray tomography software: description and preliminary analysis using tomo-etna experiment’s dataset alejandro díaz-moreno, ivan koulakov, araceli garcía-yeguas, andrey jakovlev, graziella barberi, ornella cocina, luciano zuccarello, luciano scarfì, domenico patanè, isaac álvarez, luz garcía, carmen benítez, janire prudencio, jesús m. ibáñez s0435 cetacean behavioral responses to noise exposure generated by seismic surveys: how to mitigate better? clara monaco, jesús m. ibáñez, francisco carrión, l. mario tringali s0436 annals of geophysics prologue in 1989 the first bases of what is now a strong and consolidated spanish-italian scientific relationship in seismology and in volcano-seismology were established. the first stage took place at the university of catania, in the former department of earth sciences, placed in the old science faculty, when a predoctoral student from the university of granada, cartuja observatory (now called andalusian institute of geophysics), arrived to complete his formation in seismology. during this stage, in addition to the training process, new contacts with researchers and mainly with pre-doctoral students of the former international institute of volcanology of the italian national research council (iiv-cnr) were stablished. these contacts have endured, grown and created a strong international scientific network with consolidated and credible research production. in a short time new working groups were integrated such as the osservatorio vesuviano in naples or the department of physics of the university of salerno from the italian side, and the department of applied physics of the university of almería or the volcanology department of the spanish research council (csic) in spain. at the present this non-official (but very active) network comprises many italian research centers belonging to the national institute of geophysics and volcanology (ingv) such as catania, naples, rome, palermo, pisa or bologna; italian universities as salerno, naples, l’aquila or calabrian, several spanish universities such as granada, almería, jaen, complutense, cádiz or la laguna, but also from other countries such as usa, russia, ireland, portugal, méxico, argentina, germany, france, norway or uk among others. this collaboration includes a continuous pre-doctoral students training protocols in which the exchange of fellows among the different institutions is fluent. a great achievement of this network has been the joint participation in many national, international and eu research projects, and the collaboration in several field experiments in different volcanoes around the world. each action included innovative ideas in term of instrumentation, data analysis and models, presenting a large number of high quality research papers in high impact journals. these works follow the philosophy of joint collaborative publications, in which in many cases more than 3 or 4 different institutions appear as participant of them. nowadays this policy is worldwide well considered, but in the 90s of last century this idea was something innovative being the work of ibáñez et al. [1990] the pioneer work of this consortium in which three institutions were involved. this idea of a joint work was also applied to doctoral thesis, being the first that done by ibáñez [1990] in which data and joint direction was established, but at the present more than 20 doctoral thesis have been done under this collaborative philosophy. one of the key advances of this teamwork was the use of seismic antennas in different volcanic environments. the first experiment was performed in teide volcano [del pezzo et al. 1997; almendros et al. 2000] using self-developed technology both in hardware and software [havskov and alguacil 2016]. the development of own products have permitted to the consortium to address more experiment with additional autonomy. this experience was exported primary to the antarctica, deception island volcano, producing an intense and high quality scientific production always under the joint collaborative relationship [e.g. almendros et al. 1997; ibáñez et al. 1997, 2000; alguacil et al. 1999; saccorotti et al. 2001, among others]. contemporaneously, different joint experiment were performed in several volcanoes around the world such as stromboli island [e.g. del pezzo et al. 1998; la rocca et al. 2000, 2004], mt. etna volcano [e.g. del pezzo et al. 2000; saccorotti et al. 2004a; ibáñez et al. 2009], vesuvius and campi flegri [e.g. del pezzo et al. 1999; la rocca et al. 2001; bianco et al. 2005], sao miguel in azores islands [e.g. saccorotti et al. 2004b; martini et al. 2009], copahue volcano in argentina [e.g. ibáñez et al. 2008a], volcán de fuego de colima in mexico [e.g. palo et al. 2009; petrosino et al. 2011; de lauro et al. 2012] or arenal volcano in costa rica [e.g. almendros et al. 2012, 2014] among other places. seismic attenuation analysis is probably the most productive research line of this consortium, both in tectonic and volcanic environment, and it is always present in whatever analysis or experiment performed by this team. the list of high impact papers published by this group is large and comprises different techniques [e.g. ibáñez et al. 1993; akinci et al. 1995; prudencio et al. 2013a, 2013b; del pezzo et al. 2016], places [e.g. del pezzo et al. 1995; bianco et al. 1999, martínez-arévalo et al. 2003; prudencio et al. 2015a] or focal depths [e.g. badi et al. 2009; mancilla et al. 2012]. some of the most remarkable results of these analyses are: a) the importance of scattering processes in volcanic environments [e.g. del pezzo et al. 1996; prudencio et al. 2015b]; b) how high intrinsic attenuation is not always associate with the presence of magma [e.g. de siena et al. 2010]; c) the possibility to perform separate seismic attenuation tomography to better constrain the inner structure of volcanoes [e.g. patanè et al. 2002; martínez-arévalo et al. 2005; prudencio et al. 2015c]. it is noteworthy that other research lines associated to volcano seismology have specific dedication inside of the consortium such as: precise location [e.g. saccorotti et al. 2002; carmona et al. 2010; díaz-moreno et al. 2015], moment tensor inversion [e.g. lockmer et al. 2007], shear-waves splitting and coda waves interferometry [e.g. martínez-arévalo et al. 2003; del pezzo et al. 2004; bianco and zaccarelli 2009; zaccarelli et al. 2009], among others. the necessity to know the inner structure of the studied volcanoes induced this consortium to focus their effort in the analysis of seismic tomography, mainly in velocity producing a set of high quality research products [e.g. chiarabba et al. 2004; patanè et al. 2006; zandomeneghi et al. 2008; alparone et al. 2012; garcía-yeaguas et al. 2014]. contemporaneously, these works showed the necessity of homogeneous distribution of high quality data and seismic stations, not always available in volcanic environments. the success of two important seismic active experiment performed in vesuvius volcano [e.g. gasparini 1998; auger et al. 2001] and campi flegrei [e.g. zollo et al. 2003] aimed this consortium to prepare similar active seismic experiments in other active volcanoes. the tomo-dec experiment carried out in january of 2005 in deception island caldera in antarctica was their first great success [e.g. barclay et al. 2009; ben-zvi et al. 2009; zandomenghi et al. 2009; garcía-yeguas et al. 2011]. the quality of the obtained data, and the exceptional international consortium created under the umbrella of this experiment, allowed this team to face a new challenge: to analyze a larger and complex region as the volcanic island of tenerife in the canary archipelago. thus the so called tom-teidevs experiment was performed in 2007 [e.g. ibáñez et al. 2008b; de barros et al. 2012; garcía-yeguas et al. 2012]. at the same time other active seismic experiment was performed around the stromboli island [castellano et al. 2008; prudencio et al. 2015a]. figure 1. two pictures showing the eruptive activity occurred in mt. etna volcano in the period june-november 2014. pictures kindly provided by (left) dr. jesús ibáñez from andalusian institute of geophysics; (right) by dr. boris benke from ingvsection of catania osservatorio etneo. the obtained results remarked the importance to integrate active and passive seismic sources and to use dense temporal seismic networks to study volcanic structures. these new data provide additional advantages that complement the information given by the earthquakes, mainly covering areas with lack of natural seismicity and eliminating the uncertainty of the position of the focal source. thus, when the eu project med-suv started to be conceived, one of the potential actions to be developed was to perform an ambitious seismic active experiment focused in the study of etna volcano, but also associated region, comprising aeolian island. in this framework the tomo-etna experiment was conceived with the idea of complementing the already available information of the largest active volcano in europe. taking into account the acquired experience of this consortium in previous experiments, and the potential high impact in research of the international collaborations, the tomoetna experiment was conceived. this experiment was designed to integrate marine and terrestrial activities and performing multidisciplinary approaches including wide angle seismic refraction (was), multi-channel seismic (mcs) reflection surveys, magnetic surveys and rov (remotely operated vehicle) dives. the complexity of this experiment, performed between june and november 2014, is reflected by the integration of different research projects from the eu, spain and germany. during this period an important volcanic activity took place in the volcano (figure 1). the experiment used several research vessels as: the spanish oceanographic research vessel (r/v) “sarmiento de gamboa”, the italian hydrooceanographic vessel (h/v) “galatea” and the greek oceanographic research vessel (r/v) “aegaeo” and two support vessels from the italian navy. in total 26 research and academic institutions from italy, spain, germany, ireland, usa, russia, france, greece and mexico were involved and including participation of more than 120 researchers and technicians. it also demonstrated the powerful capacity of the integration between different european funding schemes to support the research, namely the collaborative project (med-suv) and the coordination and support actions for integrating activities (eurofleet). in this special volume we present a set of representative works describing: the nature of the experiment; the activities developed on-land and offshore; the seismic and volcanic activity occurred during the experiment; some preliminary marine analysis; array studies; the analysis of the scattering properties of the wave-field; the preliminary signal processing analysis; the joint inversion tomography software; the impact of this experiment in the marine mammals life. according to previous experiences described above, scientific results will continue along next years (at least 10 years), expecting a high impact scientific productivity. josé morales giuseppe puglisi director coordinator eu med-suv project instituto andaluz de geofísica, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, universidad de granada, sezione di catania, osservatorio etneo, granada, spain catania, italy references akinci, a., del pezzo, e., and ibáñez, j.m. (1995). separation of scattering and intrinsic attenuation in southern spain and western anatolia (turkey), geophys. j. int., 121, 337-353. alguacil, g., almendros, j., del pezzo, e., garcía, a., ibáñez, j.m., la rocca, m., morales, j., and ortiz, r. (1999). observations of volcanic earthquakes and tremor at deception island antarctica, annali di geofisica, 42, 417-436. almendros, j., ibáñez, j.m., alguacil, g., del pezzo, e., and ortiz, r. (1997). array tracking of the volcanic tremor source at deception island, antarctica, geophys. res. lett., 24, 3069-3072. almendros, j., ibáñez, j.m., alguacil, g., morales, j., del pezzo, e., la rocca, m., ortiz, r., araña, v., and blanco, m.j. (2000). a double seismic antenna experiment at teide volcano: existence of local seismicity and evidence for the non existence of volcanic tremor, j. volcanol. geoth. res., 103, 439-462. almendros, j., abella, r., mora, m., and lesage, p. (2012). time-dependent spatial amplitude patterns of harmonic tremor at arenal volcano, costa rica: seismic-wave interferences?, b. seismol. soc. am., 102(6), 2378-2391. almendros, j., abella, r., mora, m.m., and lesage, p. (2014). array analysis of the seismic wavefield of longperiod events and volcanic tremor at arenal volcano, costa rica, j. geophys. res.: solid earth, 119(7), 5536-5559. alparone, s., barberi, g., cocina, o., giampiccolo, e., musumeci, c., and patanè, d. (2012). intrusive mechanism of the 2008-2009 mt. etna eruption: constraints by tomographic images and stress tensor analysis, j. volcanol. geoth. res., 229, 50-63. auger, e., gasparini, p., virieux, j., and zollo, a. (2001). seismic evidence of an extended magmatic sill under mt. vesuvius, science, 294(5546), 1510-1512. badi, g., del pezzo, e., ibáñez, j.m., bianco, f., sabbione, n., and araujo, m. (2009). depth dependent seismic scattering attenuation in the nuevo cuyo region (southern central andes), geophys. res. lett., 36, l24307, doi:10.1029/2009gl041081. barclay, a., wilcock, w., and ibáñez, j.m. (2009). bathymetric constraints on the tectonic and volcanic evolution of deception island volcano, south shetland islands, antarct. sci., 21(1), 153-167, doi:10.1017/s0954102008001673. ben-zvi, t., wilcock, w.s.d., barclay a.h., zandomeneghi, d., ibáñez, j.m., and almendros, j. (2009). the pwave velocity structure of deception island, antarctica, from two-dimensional seismic tomography, j. volcanol. geoth. res., 180, 67-80. bianco, f., castellano, m., del pezzo, e., and ibáñez, j.m. (1999). attenuation of the short period seismic waves at mt. vesuvius, italy, geophys. j. int., 138, 67-76 bianco, f., cusano, p., petrosino, s., castellano, m., buonocunto, c., capello, m., and del pezzo, e. (2005). small-aperture array for seismic monitoring of mt. vesuvius, seismol. res. lett., 76(3), 344-355. bianco, f., and zaccarelli, l. (2009) a reappraisal of shear wave splitting parameters from italian active volcanic areas through a semiautomatic algorithm, j. seismol., 13(2), 253-266, doi:10.1007/s10950-008-9125-z. carmona, e., almendros, j., peña, j.a., and ibáñez, j.m. (2010). characterization of fracture systems using precise array locations of earthquake multiplets: an example at deception island volcano, antarctica, j. geophys. res., 115, 1-20, doi:10.1029/2009jb006865. castellano, m., et al. (2008). seismic tomography experiment at italy’s stromboli volcano, eos trans. agu, 89(30), 269-270. chiarabba, c., de gori, p., and patane, d. (2004). the mt. etna plumbing system: the contribution of seismic tomography, in: a. bonaccorso, s. calvari, m. coltelli, c. del negro and s. falsaperla (eds.), mt. etna: volcano laboratory, american geophysical union, washington, d.c., 191-204. de barros, l., martini, f., bean, c.j, garcía-yeguas, a., and ibáñez, j.m. (2012). imaging magma storage below teide volcano (tenerife) using scattered seismic wavefields, geophys. j. int., 191, 695-706, doi:10.1111/j.1365246x.2012.05637.x. de lauro, e., de martino, s., palo, m., and ibáñez, j.m. (2012). self-sustained oscillations at volcán de colima (mexico) inferred by independent component analysis, b. volcanol., 74, 279-292, doi:10.1007/s00445-0110520-x. de siena, l., del pezzo, e., and bianco, f. (2010). seismic attenuation imaging of campi flegrei: evidence of gas reservoirs, hydrothermal basins, and feeding systems, j. geophys. res.: solid earth, 115(b9). del pezzo, e., ibáñez, j.m., morales, j. akinci, a., and maresca, r. (1995). measurements of intrinsic and scattering seismic attenuation in the crust, b. seismol. soc. am., 85, 1373-1380. del pezzo, e., simini, m., and ibáñez, j.m. (1996). separation of intrinsic and scattering q for volcanic areas: a comparison between etna and campi flegrei, j. volcanol. geoth. res., 70, 213-219. del pezzo, e., la rocca, m., and ibáñez, j.m. (1997). observation of high frequency scattered waves using dense arrays at teide volcano, b. seismol. soc. am., 87, 1637-1647. del pezzo, e., la rocca, m., petrosino, s., grozea, b., maritato, l., saccorotti, g., simini, m., ibáñez, j.m., alguacil, g., carmona, e., abril, m., almendros, j., ortiz, r., garcía, a., pingue, f., and esposito, t. (1998). twin digital short period seismic array experiment at stromboli volcano (september 1997), open file report, osservatorio vesuviano, 1/1998. del pezzo, e., bianco, f., castellano, m., petrosino, s., pingue, f., capello, m., esposito, t., augusti, v., saccorotti, g., la rocca, m., maresca, r., galluzo, d., cirillo, a., grozea. b., ibáñez, j.m., carmona, e., and alguacil, g. (1999). a seismic array on mt. vesuvius, open file report, osservatorio vesuviano, 3/1999; www.osve.unina.it. del pezzo, e., castellano, m., capello, m., giudicepietro, f., la rocca, m., martini, m., petrosino, s., saccorotti, g., ibáñez, j.m., abril, m., almendros, j., carmona, e., martínez, c., vílchez, j., privitera, e., alparone, s., di grazia, g., and gresta, s. (2000). a double seismic array experiment on mt. etna, open file report, osservatorio vesuviano, 1/2000; www.osve.unina.it. del pezzo, e., bianco, f., petrosino, s., and saccorotti, g. (2004). changes in the coda decay rate and shear wave splitting parameters associated to seismic swarms at mt. vesuvius, italy, b. seismol. soc. am., 94(2), 439-452. del pezzo, e., ibáñez, j.m., prudencio, j., bianco, f., and de siena, l. (2016). absorption and scattering 2d volcano images from numerically calculated space-weighting functions, geophys. j. int., doi:10.1093/gji/ggw171. díaz-moreno, a., ibáñez, j.m., de angelis, s., garcía-yeguas, a., prudencio, j., morales, j., tuvè, t., and garcía, l. (2015). seismic hydraulic fracture migration originated by successive deep magma pulses: the 2011-2013 seismic series associated to the volcanic activity of el hierro island, j. geophys. res., doi:10.1002/2015jb012249. garcía-yeguas, a., almendros, j., abella, r., and ibáñez, j.m. (2011). quantitative analysis of seismic wave propagation anomalies in azimuth and apparent slowness at deception island volcano (antarctica) using seismic arrays, geophys. j. int., 184(2), 801-815, doi:10.1111/j.1365-246x.2010.04864.x. garcía-yeguas, a., kulaikov, i., ibáñez, j.m., and rietbrock, a. (2012). high resolution 3d p wave velocity structure beneath tenerife island (canary islands, spain) based on tomographic inversion of active-source data, j. geophys. res., doi:10.1029/2011jb008970. garcía-yeguas, a., ibáñez, j.m., koulakov, i., jakovlev, a., romero-ruiz, m.c., and prudencio, j. (2014). seismic tomography model reveals mantle magma source of recent volcanic activity at el hierro island (canary islands, spain), geophys. j. int., 199, 1739-1750, doi:10.1093/gji/ggu339. gasparini, p. (1998). looking inside mt. vesuvius, eos trans. agu, 79(19), 229-232. havskov, j., and alguacil, g. (2016). instrumentation in earthquake seismology, springer international publishing, switzerland, 414 p., isbn 978-3-319-21314-9, doi:10.1007/978-3-319-21314-9. ibañez, j.m. (1990). atenuación de ondas coda and lg en el sur de españa e italia a partir de sismogramas digitales, doctoral dissertation, phd. thesis, university of granada, spain. ibáñez, j.m., del pezzo, e., de miguel, f., herraiz, m., alguacil, g., and morales, j. (1990). depth dependence seismic attenuation in granada zone (south spain), b. seismol. soc. am., 80, 1232-1244. ibáñez, j.m., del pezzo, e., martini, m., patanè, d., de miguel, f., vidal, f., and morales, j. (1993). estimates of coda-q using a non-linear regression, j. phys. earth, 41, 203-219. ibáñez, j.m., morales, j., alguacil, g., almendros, j., ortiz, r., and del pezzo, e. (1997). intermediate-focus earthquakes under south shetland islands (antarctica), geophys. res. lett., 24, 531-534. ibáñez, j.m., del pezzo, e., almendros, j., la rocca, m., alguacil, g., ortiz, r., and garcía a. (2000). seismo volcanic signals at deception island volcano (antarctica): wavefield analysis and source modeling, j. geophys. res., 105(6), 13905-13931. ibáñez, j.m., del pezzo, e., bengoa, c., caselli, a., badi, g., and almendros, j. (2008a). volcanic tremor and local earthquakes at copahue volcano, southern andes, argentina, j. volcanol. geoth. res., 174, 184-294. ibáñez, j.m., rietbrock, a., and garcía-yeguas, a. (2008b). imaging an active volcano edifice at tenerife island, spain, eos trans. agu, 89(32), 289-290, doi:10.1029/2008eo320001. ibáñez, j.m., benítez, c., gutiérrez, l.a., cortés, g., garcía-yeguas, a., and alguacil, g. (2009). discrimination between different volcanic signals using hidden markov model: an example of stromboli and etna volcanoes, j. volcanol. geoth. res., 187, 218-226, doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores. 2009.09.002. la rocca, m., petrosino, s., saccorotti, g., simini, m., ibáñez, j.m., almendros, j., and del pezzo, e. (2000). location of the source and shallow velocity model deduced by the explosion quakes recorded by two seismic antennas at stromboli volcano, phys. chem. earth, 25, 731-736. la rocca, m., del pezzo, e., simini, m., scarpa, r., and de luca, g. (2001). array analysis of seismograms from explosive sources: evidence for surface waves scattered at the main topographical features, b. seismol. soc. am., 91(2), 219-231. la rocca, m., saccorotti, g., del pezzo, e., and ibáñez, j. (2004). probabilistic source location of explosion quakes at stromboli volcano estimated with double array data, j. volcanol. geoth. res., 131, 123-142. lokmer, i., bean, c.j., saccorotti, g., and patanè, d. (2007). moment-tensor inversion of lp events recorded on etna in 2004 using constraints obtained from wave simulation tests, geophys. res. lett., 34(22). mancilla, f., del pezzo, e., stich, d., morales, j., ibañez, j.m., and bianco, f. (2012). qp and qs in the upper mantle beneath the iberian peninsula from recordings of the very deep granada earthquake of april 11, 2010, geophys. res. lett., 39, l09303, doi:10.1029/2012gl050947. martínez-arévalo, c, bianco, f., ibáñez, j.m., and del pezzo, e. (2003). shallow seismic attenuation and shear waves splitting in the short period range of deception island volcano (antarctica), j. volcanol. geoth. res., 128, 89-113. martínez-arévalo, c., patanè, d., rietbock, a., and ibáñez, j.m. (2005). the intrusive process leading to the mt. etna 2011 flank eruption: constrain from 3-d attenuation tomography, geophys. res. lett., 32, 21309-21313. martini, f., bean, c.j., saccorotti, g., viveiros, f., and wallenstein, n. (2009). seasonal cycles of seismic velocity variations detected using coda wave interferometry at fogo volcano, são miguel, azores, during 2003-2004, j. volcanol. geoth. res., 181(3), 231-246. palo, m., ibáñez, j.m., cisneros, m., bretón, m., del pezzo, e., ocaña, e., and posadas, a. (2009). analysis of the wavefield properties of the volcanic explosions at volcán de colima, méxico: insight of the source mechanism, geophys. j. int., 177, 1383-1398. patanè, d., chiarabba, c., cocina, o., de gori, p., moretti, m., and boschi, e. (2002). tomographic images and 3d earthquake locations of the seismic swarm preceding the 2001 mt. etna eruption: evidence for a dyke intrusion, geophys. res. lett., 29(10). patanè, d., barberi, g., cocina, o., de gori, p., and chiarabba, c. (2006). time-resolved seismic tomography detects magma intrusions at mount etna, science, 313(5788), 821-823. petrosino, s., cusano, p., la rocca, m., galluzzo, d., orozco-rojas, j., bretón, m., ibáñez, j.m., and del pezzo, e. (2011). source location of long period and low frequency seismicity at colima volcano, b. volcanol., 73, 887-898, doi:10.1007/s00445-011-0447-2. prudencio, j., del pezzo, e., garcía-yeguas, a., and ibáñez, j.m. (2013a) spatial distribution of intrinsic and scattering seismic attenuation in active volcanic islands, i: model and the case of tenerife island, geophys. j. int., 195, 1942-1956, doi:10.1093/gji/ggt361. prudencio, j., ibáñez, j.m., garcía-yeguas, a., del pezzo, e., and a. posadas (2013b). spatial distribution of intrinsic and scattering seismic attenuation in active volcanic islands: ii deception island images, geophys. j. int., 195, 1957-1969, doi:10.1093/gji/ggt360. prudencio, j., del pezzo, e., ibáñez, j.m., giampiccolo, e., and patanè, d. (2015a). two-dimensional seismic attenuation images of stromboli island using active data, geophys. res. lett., 42, 1-8, doi:10.1002/2015gl063293. prudencio, j., de siena, l., ibáñez, j.m., del pezzo, e., garcía-yeguas, a., and díaz-moreno, a. (2015b). the 3d attenuation structure of deception island (antarctica), surv. geophys., 36(3), 371-390, doi:10.1007/s10712015-9322-6. prudencio, j., ibáñez, j.m., del pezzo, e., martí, j., garcía-yeguas, a., de siena, l. (2015c). 3d attenuation tomography of the volcanic island of tenerife (canary islands, spain), surv. geophys., 36(5), 693-716, doi:10.1007/s10712-015-9333-3. saccorotti, g., almendros, j., carmona, e., ibáñez, j.m., and del pezzo, e. (2001). slowness anomalies from two dense seismic arrays at deception island, antarctica, b. seismol. soc. am., 91, 561-571. saccorotti, g., carmona, e., ibáñez, j.m., and del pezzo, e. (2002). spatial characterization of the agron, southern spain, 1988-1989 seismic series, phys. earth planet. int., 129, 13-29. saccorotti, g., zuccarello, l., del pezzo, e., ibáñez, j.m, and gresta, s. (2004a). quantitative analysis of the tremor wavefiled at etna volcano, italy, j. volcanol. geoth. res., 136, 223-245. saccorotti, g., wallenstein, n., ibáñez, j.m., bonagura, m. t., damiano, n., la rocca, m., quadrio, a., silva, r., and zandomeneghi, d. (2004b). a seismic field survey at fogo furnas volcanoes, são miguel island, azores, in: geophysical research abstracts, vol. 6, p. 04493. zaccarelli, l., pandolfi, d., bianco, f., saccorotti, g., bean, c.j., del pezzo, e. (2009) temporal changes in seismic wave propagation toward the end of the 2002 mt etna eruption, geophys. j. int., doi:10.1111/j.1365246x.2009.04219.x. zandomeneghi, d., almendros, j., ibáñez, j.m., and saccorotti, g. (2008). seismic tomography of central sâo miguel, azores, phys. earth planet. in., 167, 8-18. zandomeneghi, d., barclay, a., almendros, j., ibáñez, j.m., wilcock, w.s.d., and ben-zvi, t. (2009). crustal structure of deception island volcano from p wave seismic tomography: tectonic and volcanic implications, j. geophys. res., 114, b06310, doi:10.1029/2008jb006119. zollo, a., judenherc, s., auger, e., d’auria, l., virieux, j., capuano, p., chiarabba, c., de franco, r., makris, j., michelini, a., and musacchio, g. (2003). evidence for the buried rim of campi flegrei caldera from 3-d active seismic imaging, geophys. res. lett., 30(19). annals of geophysics, 59, 4, 2016, s0425; doi:10.4401/ag-7078. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice ag_56.02.13_cover+front+index+intro+ackn_corrected_okok:layout 6 the editors thank the scientific committee for antarctic research for supporting the publication of this volume. [special issue_56_02_2013] grape, gnss research and application for polar environment, expert group of scar. edited by giorgiana de franceschi and maurizio candidi. annals of geophysics special thanks: the editors gratefully acknowledge the help of the following scientists who took some of their time to review the papers in this issue. battacharyya archana, indian institute of geomagnetism, mumbai, india cander ljiljiana, rutherford appleton laboratory, didcot, uk candidi maurizio, istituto nazionale di astrofisica, rome, italy cilliers pierre, south african national space agency, hermanus, south africa correia emília, instituto nacional de pesquisas espaciais, são josé dos campos, sp, brazil delladio alberto, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy di mauro domenico, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy materassi massimo, istituto dei sistemi complessi, cnr, florence, italy notarpietro riccardo, politecnico di torino, turin, italy sato natsuo, university of tokyo, japan spogli luca, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy sreeja veettil, university of nottingham, uk terzo olivier, istituto superiore mario boella, turin, italy wang junhong, national center for atmospheric research, boulder, usa wernik andrzey, space research centre, warsaw, poland zuccheretti enrico, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy special thanks go to scar for supporting the activities of the grape expert group. [special issue_56_2_2013] grape, gnss research and application for polar environment, expert group of scar preface grape, solar terrestrial physics in an operational environment giorgiana de franceschi, maurizio candidi p0215 articles an interhemispheric comparison of gps phase scintillation with auroral emission observed at the south pole and from the dmsp satellite paul prikryl, yongliang zhang, yusuke ebihara, reza ghoddousi-fard, periyadan t. jayachandran, joe kinrade, cathryn n. mitchell, allan t. weatherwax, gary bust, pierre j. cilliers, luca spogli, lucilla alfonsi, vincenzo romano, baiqi ning, guozhu li, martin j. jarvis, donald w. danskin, emma spanswick, eric donovan, mike terkildsen r0216 characterization of gps total electron content (gps-tec) in antarctica from 2004 to 2011 emília correia, amanda junqueira paz, mauricio a. gende r0217 electron precipitation events in the lower ionosphere and the geospace conditions josé henrique fernandez, emília correia r0218 measuring gnss ionospheric total electron content at concordia, and application to l-band radiometers vincenzo romano, giovanni macelloni, luca spogli, marco brogioni, giuditta marinaro, cathryn n. mitchell r0219 gps scintillations and total electron content climatology in the southern low, middle and high latitude regions luca spogli, lucilla alfonsi, pierre cilliers, emilia correia, giorgiana de franceschi, cathryn n. mitchell, vincenzo romano, joe kinrade, miguel angel cabrera r0220 thirteen years of integrated precipitable water derived by gps at mario zucchelli station, antarctica pierguido sarti, monia negusini, claudio tomasi, boyan h. petkov, alessandro capra r0221 probabilistic forecasting of ionospheric scintillation and gnss receiver signal tracking performance at high latitudes paul prikryl, veettil sreeja, marcio aquino, periyadan t. jayachandran r0222 eswua: a tool to manage and access gnss ionospheric data from mid-to-high latitudes vincenzo romano, silvia pau, michael pezzopane, luca spogli, enrico zuccheretti, marcio aquino, craig m. hancock r0223 the idipos project: is a multidisciplinary data infrastructure for weather and space weather feasible? vincenzo romano, luca spogli, alberto salvati, claudio rafanelli, lili cafarella r0224 annals of geophysics annals of geophysics preface grape, solar terrestrial physics in an operational environment brief historical outline the scientific committee for antarctic research (scar) action group gps for weather and space weather forecast (gwswf) was established in saint petersburg in july 2008, as a joint group that links the standing scientific groups of physical sciences (ssg/ps) and geosciences (ssg/gs). this happened in response to the invitation of the scar secretariat that initiatives should be encouraged to create cross-disciplinary groups to address new advanced scientific objectives. as detailed on the original webpage for the group, http://www.gwswf.scar.org/, the scientific framework for the operation of gwswf was designed to address the issue of lack of global navigation satellite system (gnss) high-rate sampling receiver coverage over the polar regions, and particularly in antarctica. the aims of the action group are to contribute to answering the questions that are still open within the sun-earth interactions studies. some of the issues of particular interest in the scientific international debate were: 1. characterization of the cause-effect mechanisms driving the formation and evolution of ionospheric irregularities; 2. distribution and evolution of precipitable water vapor in the polar regions that has a key role in the characterization and evolution of the global climate of the earth. the group is to address the following scientific objectives: 1. encourage the establishment of a permanent network of gnss receivers for multi-purposes investigations over the arctic and antarctica. 2. stimulate international collaboration in bi-polar investigations, particularly in conjugate regions. the objectives that were indicated as cross-linking the activities of ssg/ps and ssg/gs included: 1. ionospheric imaging over antarctica. 2. exchange of data and expertise for the application of tomography to other fields of interest for both communities (e.g., three-dimensional water vapor reconstruction). 3. exchange of technologies to install and manage remote global positioning system (gps) stations. 4. possibility to host instruments in the polar stations that the two communities manage. the xxxi scar delegates meeting in buenos aires, argentina (august 9-11, 2010) encouraged the action group gwswf to explore synergies with the geodetic infrastructure for antarctica (giant) and international polar earth observation network (polenet) groups of ssg-gs. the interhemispheric conjugacy effects in solar-terrestrial and aeronomy research (icestar) was reported to be considering ways to interact with gwswf, generating joint scientific objectives. at the scar 4th cross linkages meeting, may 5-6, 2011, in ottawa, canada, the chief officer of ssggs, reported that the action group gwswf intended to upgrade to an expert group, with revised terms of reference. it was noted that the new terms of reference overlapped with those of the icestar expert group, such that the two groups should discuss the best way forward. an action was established with ssg-ps and the chairs of the icestar eg to determine the way forward with regards to the new terms of reference of the gwswf, and to address the question whether they should be merged into a single expert group. in portland, usa, from july 23-25, 2012, at the xxxii scar ssg/ps and ssg/gs meeting, the delegates approved the conversion of the action group gwswf to the expert group gnss research and application for polar environment and weather and space weather forecast (grape/wswf). on that occasion, grape was also included in the framework of the new ssg/gs scientific research program solid earth response and influence on cryosphere evolution (serce) (http://www.scar.org/researchgroups/progplanning/serce_proposal_apr2012.pdf ), that states: the serce and grape (www.grape.scar.org) groups will work collaboratively to apply gnss data to better understand the cause-effect mechanisms driving the formation and evolution of ionospheric irregularities, to improve mapping of the distribution and evolution of precipitable water vapour in polar regions, and to encourage both use of current gnss data for multidisciplinary studies and to encourage establishment of a co-located network of high-rate gnss receivers specifically for research on climate and space weather phenomena. the current terms of reference for the expert group can be found at www.grape.scar.org. research framework according to the statement in the scar strategic plan (http://www.scar.org/strategicplan2011/ scar_strat_plan_2011-16.pdf ): antarctica also serves as a unique vantage point to look outwards from our planet to observe near-earth space, our solar system and beyond. in this statement, scar defines the motivation for research from antarctica concerning solar-terrestrial effects, and for the operation of the grape group. the physics of polar ionospheric phenomena was studied classically in the xx century, with passive remote observations made by dedicated instrumentation, both ground-based and satellite-borne auroral imagers, and riometer stations. active instrumentation was introduced with the ionospheric sounders. sporadic flights of sounding rockets have provided sparse in-situ data in this region that is not accessible to satellite in-situ observations. more recently, extended arrays of ionospheric radars (superdarn) have been established, and these are being deployed to cover the southern polar region in full. although maybe designed for other uses that are generally of commercial interest, a new tool has been recently made available with the development of satellite services, providing data as a side product of the gps infrastructure (gnss in perspective). gps signals propagate from the gps satellite sources to the receivers, most of which are ground based. the signals traverse the ionospheric layers situated along the geometrical path between source and receiver. the ionospheric plasma is highly inhomogeneous and dynamical, it can show the presence of small-scale structures or irregularities embedded in the large-scale ambient plasma. these irregularities can produce short-term phase and amplitude fluctuations in the carrier frequency of the radio waves which pass through them, which are commonly called ionospheric phase and amplitude scintillations. these fluctuations can be analyzed to investigate the physical processes causing them, and conversely, to understand how and when the operational capabilities of gnss receivers are affected, in order to develop countermeasures to improve their performance against the ionospheric threats. the special issue the collection of papers that forms this special issue represents the whole amplitude of research that is being conducted in the framework of grape, while also connecting to other initiatives that address the same objectives in regions outside the polar regions, and worldwide, such as the training research and applications network to support the mitigation of ionospheric threats (transmit; www.transmitionosphere.net), a seventh framework programme (fp7) marie curie initial training network that is focused on the study of ionospheric phenomena and their effects on systems embedded in our daily life, near-earth space data infrastructure for e-science (espas), an fp7-funded project that aims to provide the e-infrastructure necessary to support the access to observations, for the modeling and prediction of the near-earth space environment, concept for ionospheric scintillation mitigation for professional gnss in latin america (cigala) and its follow-up and extension countering gnss high-accuracy applications limitations due to ionospheric disturbances in brazil (calibra), both of which are funded by the european commission in the frame of fp7, for facing the equatorial ionosphere and its impact on gnss. the main objective of the present special issue of annals of geophysics is to collect recent reports on work performed in the polar regions and on the datasets collected in time by the instrumentation deployed across various countries. this collection will set the starting point for further research in the field, especially in the perspective of the new and very advanced space system that will be available in the next few years. in the following, papers will be found that describe the initiatives to deploy instrumental arrays to observe the ionospheric scintillation phenomenon (romano et al., measuring gnss...); to build hardware/ software structures to store the relevant data and to make it available in appropriate formats (romano et al., eswua: a tool...; and romano et al., the idipos project..., in the national context of the italian antarctic programme). other papers deal with more proper scientific analyses of the available data, ranging from the analysis of the relation between scintillation and conditions in the interplanetary medium, and originally on the sun (prykril et al.), also in their bipolar conjugate manifestation (prykril et al.), to the evaluation of the effects taking place in the near earth regions, in the inner magnetosphere (fernandez et al.), and in the statistical representation of ionospheric conditions (correia et al.); a climatological description of a scintillation scenario is given both for the polar regions and for the mid-latitudes (spogli et al.); a different, but no less relevant, analysis is given with respect to the water vapor content and its effects at tropospheric levels (sarti et al.). according to the content of the various papers, they belong to the grape work packages, as follows: work packages 1. s-t interactions and ionospheric effects in the current solar-cycle multi-instruments investigation of the upper atmosphere plasma dynamics and scintillation generation (superdarn, gnss, ionosondes, vlf, etc.). – paul prikryl, yongliang zhang, yusuke ebihara, reza ghoddousi-fard, periyadan t. jayachandran, joe kinrade, cathryn n. mitchell, allan t. weatherwax, gary bust, pierre j. cilliers, luca spogli, lucilla alfonsi, vincenzo romano, baiqi ning, guozhu li, martin j. jarvis, donald w. danskin, emma spanswick, eric donovan, mike terkildsen, an interhemispheric comparison of gps phase scintillation with auroral emission observed at the south pole and from the dmsp satellite. – emília correia, amanda junqueira paz, mauricio a. gende, characterization of gps total electron content (gps-tec) in antarctica from 2004 to 2011. – josé henrique fernandez, emília correia, electron precipitation events in the lower ionosphere and the geospace conditions. – vincenzo romano, giovanni macelloni, luca spogli, marco brogioni, giuditta marinaro, cathryn n. mitchell, measuring gnss ionospheric total electron content at concordia, and application to l-band radiometers. scintillation climatology, tec fluctuations, structure scale, c/n statistics, etc. – luca spogli, lucilla alfonsi, pierre cilliers, emilia correia, giorgiana de franceschi, cathryn n. mitchell, vincenzo romano, joe kinrade, miguel angel cabrera, gps scintillations and total electron content climatology in the southern low, middle and high latitude regions. 2. lower atmosphere delay in gnss-based systems (water vapor reconstruction, etc.) – pierguido sarti, monia negusini, claudio tomasi, boyan h. petkov, alessandro capra, thirteen years of integrated precipitable water derived by gps at mario zucchelli station, antarctica. 3. modelling and models testing – paul prikryl, veettil sreeja, marcio aquino, periyadan t. jayachandran, probabilistic forecasting of ionospheric scintillation and gnss receiver signal tracking performance at high latitudes. 4. data management strategy – vincenzo romano, silvia pau, michael pezzopane, luca spogli, enrico zuccheretti, marcio aquino, craig m. hancock, eswua: a tool to manage and access gnss ionospheric data from mid-to-high latitudes. – vincenzo romano, luca spogli, alberto salvati, claudio rafanelli, lili cafarella, the idipos project: is a multidisciplinary data infrastructure for weather and space weather feasible? 5. coordination with other programmes inside and outside scar (e.g. ursi, cawses ii, superdarn, eiscat 3d) this very introduction to the special issue details the framework of international cooperation in which grape is to be considered. giorgiana de franceschi maurizio candidi istituto nazionale istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy di astrofisica, rome, italy annals of geophysics, 56, 2, 2013, p0215; doi:10.4401/ag-6366. © 2013 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. acknowledgements we acknowledge pnra (programma nazionale di ricerche in antartide) and cnr-dsstta (consiglio nazionale delle ricerche, dipartimento scienze del sistema terra e tecnologie per l'ambiente) for supporting the italian activities in the arctic and antarctica. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7194 1 strong-motion observations recorded in strategic public buildings during the 24 august 2016 mw 6.0 amatrice (central italy) earthquake chiara ladina*, simone marzorati, giancarlo monachesi, marco cattaneo, massimo frapiccini, viviana castelli istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, italy *chiara.ladina@ingv.it abstract the marche region, in collaboration with ingv, has promoted a project to monitoring public strategic buildings with permanent accelerometer installed at the base of the structures. public infrastructures play a primary role to maintain the functionality of a local community. information about vibratory characteristics of the building and subsoil, in addition to the seismic instrumental history that describe the seismic shaking at the base of the structure are collected for each buildings. the real-time acquisition of seismic data allows to obtain accelerometric time history soon after the occurrence of an earthquake. the event of 24 august 2016 in central italy was an opportunity to test the functionality of this implemented system. in this work the parameters obtained from strong motion data recorded at the base of the structures were analyzed and the values obtained were inserted with some empirical relationships used to provide intensity microseismic values and damage indices. i. introduction he real-time acquisition of seismic data allows to define quickly the location and focal parameters of an earthquake, through the inversion of the data recorded directly on the surface by a seismic network. one of the immediate benefits is to be able to inform the civil protection authorities about the location and size of the earthquake, and its potential effects, in order that the procedure of intervention and relief are started as soon as possible. so, it is important to determine in a short time the seismic event impact on the territory, assuming mainly the areas with damage to civil and public infrastructures. t annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7194 2 public infrastructures, such as municipal buildings, hospitals, schools, police stations, firehouses, play a primary role in maintaining the functionality of a local community. for this reason, a project to monitor strategic public buildings, in the framework of the european holistic project (n. 1 st / 0001 project code, cofunded by european instrument for preaccession assistance, ipa adriatic cross-border cooperation) started in the year 2014 by the functional centre of the integrated security policies and civil protection department marche region (dpispc) and the ancona branch of national institute of geophysics and volcanology (ingv). currently in the marche region 14 testbuildings are monitored, through accelerometers installed at the base of the structures; in some cases the project made use of already installed low-cost accelerometers, in other cases new installations were required. seismic data are transmitted in real time and integrated into the seismic network resiico and then used for standard procedures of seismic monitoring [ladina et al., 2015]. this type of monitoring is not exhaustive for knowing the real dynamic behavior of structures during the seismic event and the damage of the structure, obtainable only by means of instruments installed in all parts of the building, as in the standard for the observatory of structures [dolce et al., 2015]. on the contrary, in this project, the aim is to deduce the likely effect suffered by the structure from the ground shaking at the site. the objective is monitoring considerable number of structures spread all over the territory, in order to identify, in a short time after the event, its impact on the territory and the possible disaster areas. the earthquake of 24 august 2016 in central italy was an opportunity to test the functionality of this implemented system by analyzing the strongmotion parameters obtained from strong motion data recorded at the base of the structures. in this work we make use of some empirical relationships to provide intensity macro seismics values and damage indices. ii.building monitoring strategic public buildings are important to maintain the administrative and social functions of a community. after catastrophic events such as earthquakes, it is necessary to estimate in a short time which is the impact and the effect on the territory, identifying the critical issues. the damage of strategic public buildings aggravates the emergency situation resulting from a destructive seismic event. being able to estimate as soon as possible how many strategic public buildings may have been damaged without directly detect the effects on the territory, contributes to program the civil protection assistance through a rapid response. the marche region, in collaboration with ingv, has promoted a project to enhance the accelerometer monitoring to get a better estimate of the seismic events in the region. some accelerometers have been installed at the base of public buildings in order to take advantage of wifi transmission networks and internet inside the structures and so integrate accelerometers in the seismic monitoring network [monachesi et al., annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7194 3 2013]. later, these accelerometers have been used, in addition to others, to develop seismic monitoring of strategic buildings in the european project holistic. on each of these buildings, environmental seismic noise measurements were performed to identify the fundamental periods of oscillation of the structures [ladina et al., 2015]. at present 14 accelerometers are installed at the base of strategic public buildings (figure 1 and table 1). the acquisition system is gaia2 and sampling rate 200 sps for all stations. in 12 cases, the strong motion stations are equipped with memes accelerometers (colibrys sf3000), cheaper than the standard force-balance accelerometers but anyway assuring a dynamic range adequate to record moderate and strong seismic events. in 2 cases (mntp and mrsc) the strong motion stations are equipped with accelerometers episensor fba es-t. then, in table 1 the eurocode 8 subsoil classes (ec8geo) [cen, 2004] and topographic index (ec8topo) is assigned to the stations. ec8geo is based on lithological and surface geology and classes are assigned according to eurocode8 part1 (class a for rock or other rock-like geological formation (vs30> 800m/s); other classes (b to e) for deposits with vs30 descending). ec8topo is defined in the italian technical norms [ntc, 2008], a simplified classification of landforms divided into four categories (t1 flat surface with i ≤ 15°; t2 slopes with average inclination i > 15°; then, reliefs with ridge top width much smaller than the base, and average inclination 15° ≤ i ≤ 30° for t3 and i > 30° for t4). stations have been classified for these parameters in the project holistic collecting the details of fundamental geological information and geotechnical investigations. the continuous data are transmitted and centralized to contribute to the monitoring of seismicity and then to locate and determine the parameters of earthquakes. continuous recording is useful to collect an instrumental database of ground motion accelerations suffered the structure, thus constructing a seismic history of all events undergone by the building. potentially, the data may be available after the identification of the seismic event as a result of the following procedures: detection, windowing, fine picking of arrival times [cattaneo et al., 2016] and calculating parameters. these procedures, already active at the headquarter of ingv-ancona, would make the data available after about 20 minutes. in particular, the aim is to store up the memory of all events that generated an acceleration greater than 0.001 g at the base of the structure; the value is the threshold beyond which the earthquake can be perceived by people, as shown by some empirical relationships [faenza and michelini, 2010; wald et al., 1999]. it is possible to estimate the impact sustained by a structure at its base, even if it is not possible to know the damage, and then hypothesize possible damage or immediately recommend a check of the structure. the evaluation takes place either by empirical relationships that provide an intensity degree, or by fragility curves that provide probability values for different levels of damage from strong-motion parameters. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7194 4 figure 1. map of the stations at the base of the strategic buildings (red triangles). epicenter of 24 august 2016 (red star). mcs intensity map modified by shakemap available online (http://shakemap.rm.ingv.it). the shakemap available does not cover the northern part of marche region. iii. data analysis of the 24 august, 2016 amatrice earthquake during the event of august 24, 2016 01:36 utc of magnitude mw 6.0 that struck central italy, 13 of the 14 strong motion stations were active. the distances of the stations from the epicentral area range from 25 to 135 km. in figure 2 the waveforms of the 6 accelerometric stations that registered the greater acceleration peaks are shown. the data transmission of three seismic stations (msm4, mtl1 and mcif) is not complete because of a power supply fault. for the station msm4 the recording lasts up to few seconds after the arrival of the s phase, but stop before the end of the most energetic part of the event. for the station mtl1 the recording includes the most energetic part of the event and stop 10 seconds after the s phase where the amplitude are already decaying. we are confident that the pga calculated value is reliable for mtl1 station. for all accelerometric data some strong-motion parameters were calculated, including peak ground acceleration (pga), peack ground velocity (pgv), housner intensity (hi). the accelerometric waveforms were filtered with bandpass filter between 0.2 20 hz. table 2 shows the results obtained for each station. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7194 5 code mun depi az buil typol n_f ec8geo ec8topo mmo1 monte monaco 24 19 town hall stone and bricks 3 a t2 msm4 monte san martino 41 25 school reinforced concrete 3 b t2 mntp montappone 52 21 town hall solid bricks and lime mortar masonry 3 b t2 crm1 castelraimondo 58 346 town hall solid bricks and lime mortar masonry 3 c t1 mrsc moresco 59 43 town hall stone and bricks 3 c t2 ssm1 san severino marche 59 355 town hall stone masonry and solid bricks 4 c t1 fiu1 fiuminata 60 335 town hall partially dressed stone masonry with good bonding 2 a t2 mtl1 matelica 64 343 town hall solid bricks and lime mortar masonry 3 c t1 tre1 treia 68 5 town hall solid bricks and lime mortar masonry 3 a t3 apec apecchio 115 325 town hall stone masonry 3 c t1 saiv sant’angelo in vado 126 328 town hall stone masonry and bricks 4 a t1 fano fano 128 352 town hall reinforced concrete 4 c t1 mcif montecalvo in foglia 133 338 town hall partially dressed stone masonry with good bonding 2 b t2 sscv sassocorvaro 133 333 town hall reinforced concrete 2 a t2 table 1: abbreviations, coordinates and technical characteristics of sites. station code (code), municipality (mun), epicentral distance (depi, km), epicenter/station azimuth (az, degrees from n), building type (buil), typology of building (typol), number of floors (n_f), soil (ec8geol) and morphological (ec8topo) categories. information about buildings from holistic project. figure 2. waveforms with greatest acceleration peaks. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7194 6 code hypod pgamax pgamean pgvmax pgvmean himax mmo1 24 138.48 127.233 6.669 5.880 20.552 msm4 41 66.732 64.245 3.284 3.260 7.417 mntp 53 80.575 75.939 4.309 3.626 12.793 mrsc 60 24.97 21.133 2.743 2.449 8.584 ssm1 60 59.684 35.175 2.589 1.761 7.363 fiu1 61 40.386 34.350 1.652 1.526 4.467 mtl1 65 56.316 52.710 6.048 4.593 21.786 tre1 69 68.233 64.952 5.743 4.457 16.855 apec 117 8.38 7.206 0.897 0.795 3.166 saiv 127 6.587 6.153 0.554 0.503 2.049 fano 130 22.764 20.770 2.769 2.750 11.015 mcif 134 3.270 3.151 0.257 0.227 0.864 sscv 135 7.787 7.717 0.889 0.741 3.332 table 2: results obtained for seismic stations. station code (code), hypocentral distance (hypod, km), maximum peak ground acceleration of horizontal components (pgamax, cm/s^2), geometric mean of peak ground acceleration of horizontal components (pgamean, cm/s^2); maximum peak ground velocity of horizontal components (pgvmax, cm/s), geometric mean of peak ground velocity of horizontal components (pgvmean, cm/s), maximum value of horizontal components of housner intensity (himax, cm). iv. intensity estimates starting from strongmotion parameters it is possible to apply some empirical relationships to estimate the intensity at the site and hypothesize a possible damage scenario. this information can be used as indicator to decide where to focus the investigation and assessment of damage, knowing the strong-motion parameters collected to the base of the structures. as a first test, the relationships of faenza and michelini [2010] were chosen, which are currently used to provide intensity maps from the production of shake maps (shakemap.rm.ingv.it). the reports use pga, pgv to indicate an intensity degree according to the mercalli-cancani-sieberg (mcs) scale. the maximum value of the horizontal component and horizontal geometric mean were used for the pga and pgv estimation. several authors [masi et al., 2010; pergalani et al., 1999; decanini et al., 2002; marcellini et al., 2004] indicate the housner intensity (hi) as more meaningful as damage indicator than pga and pgv. the hi estimates were included in the chiauzzi et al. [2012] relation obtained from the accelerometer data to the base of the buildings. the report use different coefficients for the threshold hi = 0.18 m and refers to the european macroseismic scale (ems98) intensity scale. the table 3 presents the results of intensity estimates according to various relations. although conscious that this is maybe an oversimplification to translate in ordinal values the numeric values resulting from the relations, we have used the annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7194 7 following procedure: if the value obtained is greater than half a degree and less than the lower and upper half-degree (for example, vi degree is assigned to values from 5.5 to 6.5). the intensities estimates are not always consistent between stations, even referring to different macroseismic scales, but indicate a trend. this trend is of course dependent on the distance of the stations from the epicentral area but do not respect it exactly. on average, the intensity resulting from the faenza and michelini [2010] regression are greater than those obtained by chiauzzi et al. [2012]. the building that may have been affected to a degree ≥ vi, and therefore potentially damaged for all relationships, is the nearest station (monte monaco, station code mmo1), about 20 km from the epicenter. this building was evacuated because it was damaged, by order of the mayor (26 of 31.8.2016, prot.3849 / 2016). the next-to-last building (monte san martino, station code msm4), whose distance from the epicenter is double than that of the mmo1, has an uncertain situation. code iems (hi) imcs (pgamh) imcs (pgagm) imcs (pgvmh) imcs (pgvgm) imcs (pgash) mmo1 6 7 7 7 7 7 msm4 5 6 6 6 6 8 mntp 5 7 7 7 6 7 mrsc 5 5 5 6 6 6 ssm1 5 6 6 6 6 7 fiu1 5 6 6 6 6 6 mtl1 6 6 6 7 7 6 tre1 6 6 6 7 7 7 apec 5 4 4 5 5 saiv 5 4 4 5 4 fano 5 5 5 6 6 mcif 5 3 3 4 4 sscv 5 4 4 5 5 table 3: results of intensity estimates according to various relations. code: station code. iems (hi): intensity from hi [chiauzzi et al., 2012]. imcs (pgamh): intensity from maximum pga of horizontal components [faenza & michelini, 2010]. imcs (pgagm): intensity from geometric mean of the pga of horizontal components [faenza & michelini, 2010]. imcs (pgvmh): intensity from maximum pgv of horizontal components [faenza & michelini, 2010]. imcs (pgvgm): intensity from geometric mean of the pgv of horizontal components [faenza & michelini, 2010]. imcs (pgash) punctual values of intensity obtained from shakemap in figure 1 using faenza & michelini [2010]. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7194 8 for this building are planned seismic upgrading work although during this earthquake it had no serious damage but only cracks at the seismic joint. its seismic data are incomplete and the peak of the events could not be transmitted. hi is then reduced by the lack of a part of the waveform; the indicated intensities may be considered a lower limit. for the group of stations between 50 and 70 km the intensity response range from vi to vii degree according to faenza and michelini [2010] and from v to vi degree according to chiauzzi et al. [2012]. this range of distances probably indicates a wider area of mild but widespread damage. finally, the group of stations situated more than 100 km from the epicenter, although still in areas where the earthquake was felt, are not indicated as potential damaged sites, having degree < vi according to all relationships. following a request to the municipalities involved, it was confirmed that there was no damage to these buildings. starting from the characteristics of the buildings and with an estimate of vulnerability, the strongmotion parameters pga and hi were compared with fragility curves [rota et al., 2008a; rota et al, 2008b; rota et al, 2008c]. these curves indicate the probability for a particular typology of building to overcome a certain state of damage. even if the application of the fragility curves are not directly applicable, they represent a mean vulnerability for this type of building [rota et al., 2008a]. figure 3 shows the results for the building of mmo1 station. the building has the following characteristics: 3 floors, the type of construction is masonry, irregular and flexible plans and without tie-rods. according to the classification of rota et al. [2008a], the building belongs to the category ima6. the results in figure 3 show that considering the pga, the building has 91% chance of passing the state of mild damage (ds1) and 58% to have exceeded the level of moderate damage (ds2). the estimates considering the hi are respectively 76% for the state ds1 and 36% for the ds2. in both cases, the probability of passing a ds1 damage remains high. with the aim to deduce the likely effect suffered by the single structure, the example of mmo1 station shows that the approach used is more informative compared to methods that averaged / interpolated on a surface (figure 1 and table 3) although it can give similar results. this result is related to a precise acceleration point measurement to the ground. in fact, the municipal building was damaged, but it was an isolated case inside the residential area as shown by the v degree assigned by the macroseismic survey [quest w.g., 2016]. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7194 9 figure 3. results for the building of mmo1 station modified by rota et al [2008]. a) fragility curve in pga for the typology ima6. b) fragility curve in hi for the typology ima6. v. conclusions the monitoring of strategic public buildings is important to check the status of the structures and collect instrumental seismic history and helps to evaluate the damage scenario following a destructive earthquake in the area. a monitoring approach is in testing phase, using a single accelerometer placed at the base of a structure with low-cost instrumentation, with the dual purpose of improving the estimates of shaking on the territory increasing the points at which accelerometer data are recorded and evaluating the potential damage of public buildings to contribute to the rapid response of civil protection. during the earthquake that struck central italy on 24 august 2016 (mw 6.0), ground accelerations were recorded at the base of public structures with seismic instrumentation. starting from the strong-motion parameters calculated from the waveforms, pga, pgv and hi have been applied to the empirical relationships to estimate a degree of macroseismic intensity and a damage index through fragility curves. for different buildings, placed in a range of 25 to 135 km from the mainshock epicentral area, the results of the intensity relations indicate that the only building with a high probability of being damaged is the closest one (mmo1, i ≥ vi), for the buildings located at the distance between 50 and 70 km, our results indicate lower degrees of damage though in some buildings minor damage cannot be excluded. for the building which has undergone the largest impact, fragility curves corresponding to the type of construction have been applied to estimate a damage index based on an average vulnerability. for the mmo1 station, the estimates indicate a high probability of passing the state of mild damage, both for the pga and for the hi. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7194 10 the results show that an extension of this kind of seismic monitoring throughout the region would be a useful tool to define, remotely and quickly, an approximate scenario of the impact of future earthquake on strategic public buildings. this type of monitoring, although unsuitable to determine with certainty the degree of damage suffered by each structure, can be a useful tool for civil protection management and decision-making in emergency. acknowledgments the authors thank emanuela ercolani for helpful conversation about macroseismic survey. the authors thank francesca sini and gianni scamuffa for information about buildings from holistic project. figure 1 was created using arcgis®. references [cattaneo et al., 2016] cattaneo, m., frapiccini m., ladina c., marzorati s., monachesi g., a mixed automatic-manual seismic catalog for centraleastern italy: analysis of homogeneity, 2016, annals of geophysics, submitted. [chiauzzi et al., 2012] chiauzzi, l., masi, a., mucciarelli, m., vona, m., pacor, f., cultrera, g., gallovič, f. and emolo, a. (2012). 10: 517. bull earthquake eng doi:10.1007/s10518-011-9309-8. [cen 2004] comité européen de normalisation pren 1998-1eurocode 8: design of structures for earthquake resistance. part 1: general rules, seismic actions and rules for resistance. part 1: general rules, seismic actions and rules for buildings, 2004, brussels. [decanini et al., 2002] decanini, l., mollaioli, f. and oliveto, g. (2002). structural and seismological implications of the 1997 seismic sequence in umbria and marche, italy. in innovative approaches to earthquake engineering, g. oliveto (editor), southampton, wit press, 229-323. [dolce et al., 2015] dolce, m., nicoletti, m., de sortis, a., marchesini, s., spina, d. and talanas, f. (2015). osservatorio sismico delle strutture: the italian structural seismic monitoring network, bull. earthquake eng., 1-21, doi:10.1007/s10518015-9738-x. [faenza and michelini, 2010] faenza, l. and michelini, a. (2010). regression analysis of mcs intensity and ground motion parameters in italy and its application in shakemap, geophys. j. int.,180,1138–1152. [ladina et al., 2015] ladina, c., marzorati, s., frapiccini, m., monachesi, g., cattaneo, p., paratore, m., sini, f. and ferretti, m. (2015). attività sperimentali per l’implementazione del monitoraggio sismico di edifici pubblici nella regione marche. quaderni di geofisica ingv, 127, issn 1590-2595 (in italian). [marcellini and pagani, 2004] marcellini, a. and pagani, m. (2004). seismic zonation methodologies with particular reference to the italian situation. recent advances in earthquake annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7194 11 geotechnical engineering and microzonation, a. ansal (editor), kluwer academic publisher, printed in the netherlands. [masi et al, 2010] masi, a., vona, m. and mucciarelli, m. (2010). selection of natural and synthetic accelerograms for seismic vulnerability studies on rc frames. journal of structural engineering, asce special issue devoted to “earthquake ground motion selection and modification for nonlinear dynamic analysis of structures”. doi: 10.1061/(asce)st.1943541x.209. [monachesi et al., 2013] monachesi, g., cattaneo, m., ladina, c., marzorati, s., frapiccini, m., carannante, s., ferretti, m., sebastianelli, m., delladio, a. and selvaggi, g. (2013). esperienze di monitoraggio integrato: il caso della rete sismometrica dell’italia centro orientale, di quella accelerometrica marchigiana e dei suoi servizi, quaderni di geofisica, issn: 1590-2595, 106, pp.30. [ntc, 2008] nuove norme tecniche per le costruzioni. part 3: categorie di sottosuolo e condizioni topografiche, gazzetta ufficiale n. 29 del 4 febbraio 2008. [pergalani et al., 1999] pergalani, f., romeo, r, luzi, l., petrini, v., pugliese, a. and sanò, t. (1999). seismic microzoning of the area struck by umbria–marche (central italy) ms 5.9 earthquake of 26 september 1997. soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 18, 4, 279-296. [quest w. g. 2016] quest w.g, the 24 august 2016 amatrice earthquake: macroseismic survey in the damage area and ems intensity assessment, annals of geophysics, vol. 59, fast track 5, 2016. [rota et al., 2008a] rota, m., penna, a. and strobbia, c. l. (2008a). processing italian damage data to derive typological fragility curves. soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 28(10-11), 933-947. [rota et al., 2008b] rota, m., penna, a., strobbia, c. l. and magenes, g. (2008b). direct derivation of fragility curves from italian post-earthquake survey data, the 14th world conference on earthquake engineering, october 12-17, beijing, china. [rota et al., 2008c] rota, m., penna, a. strobbia, c. l. and magenes, g. (2008c). derivation of empirical fragility curves from italian damage data, iuss press, research report rose 2008/08. [wald et al., 1999] wald, d.j., quitoriano, v., heaton, t.h. and kanamori, h. (1999). relationships between peak ground acceleration, peak ground velocity, and modified mercalli intensity in california, earthq. spectra, 15(3), 557– 564. s0435 annals of geophysics, 60, 4, 2017, s0435, doi: 10.4401/ag-7140 analysis of the seismic site effects along the ancient via laurentina (rome) francesca bozzano1, anna buccellato2, fulvio coletti2, salvatore martino1, fabrizio marra3, stefano rivellino1, chiara varone1,* 1 research centre for geological risks (ceri), university of rome “la sapienza”, rome, italy 2 soprintendenza speciale per il colosseo, museo nazionale romano e area archeologica di roma, rome, italy 3 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy article history received september 1, 2016; accepted may 10, 2017. subject classification: seismic site effects, numerical modelling, ancient via laurentina, rome abstract this paper presents an evaluation of the local seismic response (lsr) along the route of the ancient roman road via laurentina, which has been exposed in several areas of southwest rome over the last decade during the construction of new buildings and infrastructures. it is an example of lsr analysis applied to ancient and archaeological sites located in alluvial valleys with some methodological inferences for the design of infrastructure and urban planning. since the ancient road does not cross the alluvial valley (namely the fosso di vallerano valley) normal to its sides, it was not possible to directly perform 2d numerical modelling to evaluate the lsr along the road route. therefore, outputs of 2d numerical models, obtained along three cross sections that were normal oriented respect to the valley, were projected along the route of the via laurentina within a reliable buffer attributed according to an available high-resolution geological model of the local subsoil. the modelled amplification functions consider physical effects due to both the 2d shape of the valley and the heterogeneities of the alluvial deposits. the 1d and 2d amplification functions were compared to output that non-negligible effects are related to the narrow shape of the fluvial valley and the lateral contacts between the lithotecnical units composing the alluvial fill. the here experienced methodology is suitable for applications to the numerical modelling of seismic response in case of linear infrastructures (i.e., roads, bridges, railways) that do not cross the natural system along physically characteristic directions (i.e. longitudinally or transversally). 1. introduction several studies, focused on local seismic response in rome [bozzano et al. 2008, bozzano et al. 2012, bozzano et al. 2016, caserta et al. 2012, martino et al. 2015]; [rovelli et al. 1994, 1995], have already highlighted that the urban areas can be affected by amplification of seismic shaking. the heterogeneous composition of the alluvial deposits of the tiber river and its tributaries is responsible for both 1d amplification effects, which are mainly related to soil stratigraphy and 2d amplification effects, which can be related to wave refraction at the edge of the valley as well as lateral heterogeneities [martino et al. 2015]. while 1d amplification can be evaluated by simple 1d numerical simulations, to evaluate the 2d amplification, the numerical models should take into account the effects related to the shape of the valley and the lateral heterogeneities of the alluvial deposits. this study focuses on the local seismic response (lsr) along the ancient roman road via laurentina (figure 1), which was recently excavated in the fosso di vallerano valley, a left tributary valley of the tiber river. in the literature, the identification of the via laurentina has long been considered secondary to the question of the existence of laurentum and has been linked to the hypothesis of two roads leading to the coast, both of which branch off from the via ostiense road. the western road is thought to correspond to the line formed by the via pontina vecchia road (which replaced the via di decima road in the 1930s) and the via di pratica road. the eastern road initially corresponds to the modern via laurentina road, then follows the via di trigoria road and finally joins the via di pratica road in the direction of lavinio. the identification of laurentum with lavinium and castagnoli’s identification of the town as the vicus augustanus laurentium of later written sources has favoured the recognition of the via laurentina as the road that leads to the town of the laurentes, which is lavinium, the former route being that followed by the via pontina vecchia road. the idenbozzano et al. 2 tification of the town was later confirmed by evidence from excavations conducted by the “soprintendenza speciale per il colosseo il museo nazionale romano e l’area archeologica di roma” (sscol), mnr (museo nazionale romano) and “area archeologica di roma”, between 2007 and 2016, which documented the typical characteristics of the viae publicae. in particular, virgilian records state that the route crosses the valley of the fosso di vallerano basin, ascends a tufa ridge in the tor de’ cenci estate and descends through the valley of the malafede river to the coast; it runs nne-ssw and cuts all the other valleys at a significant angle with respect to the river courses [ascani et al. 2008 and references within]. the choice of this route for the road, which implies in-depth knowledge of the territory during the roman period and even in the proto-historic period, was based on linking routes from castel di decima, probably tellenae, which was one of the autonomous centres of latium vetus that, according to pliny, were destroyed by ancus marcius during rome’s expansion toward the coast. in the fosso di vallerano valley, the road is interesting in terms of the lsr because the ancient route does not cross the fluvial valley normal to the valley sides, which is the expected orientation of 2d effects due to the interaction between the main resonance and lateral seismic waves [bard and bouchon 1985]. as a result, a 2d numerical model of a representative geological cross section of the ancient via laurentina route cannot represent the real 2d response that can occur along a section that is oriented normal to the sides of the valley. to provide a suitable solution to this problem, several cross sections that were oriented normal to the valley were analysed to determine the “physically-based” seismic response of the natural system, and the results were applied to the route of the ancient road by projecting them based on an engineering-geological model of the site. the aim of this study is to propose and demonstrate a reliable methodology that can be applied to seismic response evaluations of linear infrastructure (i.e., roads, bridges, railways) that do not cross the natural system along physically characteristic directions (i.e. longitudinally or transversally). in the case of archaeological structures that are mainly linear (e.g., aqueducts, bridges or walls), such an approach can contribute to their preservation and resilience to expected seismic events. 2. archeological setting of the ancient via laurentina the excavations that have been carried out by sscol have exposed more than one kilometre of the road and have documented the characteristics of the major roman roads and the interventions that were necessary for their management, including: 1. land reclamation, excavation of trenches and dumps of earth and gravel; 2. a road bed width of at least 4 m to allow the simultaneous transit of carts in both directions; 3. construction on foundation layers of large stones (rudus) and a core of crushed stone and paved with perfectly abutting polygonal basalt blocks that form a crowned surface. the roadbed is bordered by edge stones (umbones) that are placed with the flat face on the interior and the wedged side facing outwards, which contained the sidewalks of beaten gravel. gonphi, which were taller stones that prevented the carts from mounting the sidewalks and helped travellers to get on and off the carts, were spaced along the sidewalks. sections paved with earth with a gravel surface (glareata) or basalt, which can be dated to the first century of the empire based on the associated funerary figure 1. views (from s) of the via laurentina road (mile 6). the two towers of the “europarco business park” can be seen in the background. seismic response in ancient via laurentina 3 contexts, are present in several areas. starting from the south between miles 8 and 9 (figure 2) below the via pontina road outside the highway grande raccordo anulare (near the junction with the via degli eroi di cefalonia), two levels of paving were documented at 52.55 m a.s.l. for a length of c. 150 m, which show evidence of intense traffic and maintenance work. in both phases, the road, which was between 4 and 6 m wide, was composed of a bed of stone chips mixed with gravel that was bordered by two rows of basoli and was contained within two opus reticulatum structures, which were built to protect the road from the effects of ground wash (figure 3, frame 1) [buccellato 2005]. the section between miles 5 and 6 was crucial for the identification and recognition of the structural and infrastructural characteristics (figure 3, frame 2). the segment that was discovered on a rise, near the point where the modern via decima and via pontina roads meet, represents the earliest evidence of the road from the late archaic period. in the southern sector, which runs along a ridge, the earliest phase of the road surface that can be identified from cart tracks that are directly on a layer of pyroclastic material can be dated to the late archaic early republican periods based on the stratigraphic sequence and the typology of two chamber tombs in the eastern wall of the road cut. the third level, which had an earth and gravel surface and was dated to the 2nd century b.c. based on the discovery of a coin, revealed restructuring work, including the rectification of the axis and the use of more complex technical solutions, to which the inscription probably refers. further numismatic evidence dates the re-laying of the road surface to after the 2nd century b.c. the new surface was composed of gravel bonded with mortar and was raised by the use of a substantial layer of leucitite stones and was partially supported with tufa blocks in a depression. the northern sector of the final level, which includes basalt paving that dates to the julio/claudian period, represented an important structural work that indicates that geometric and geological criteria were used to calculate the line of the road. the saddle within which the road formed a sharp bend was artificially transformed into a large cut that was 15 to 20 m wide at the summit and 9 m wide at the base. the walls are vertical or terraced in layers of pozzolan sediments that alternate with paleo-soils, while in the lower levels, the clays are up to 5 m high. this allowed the route from the hill at 35.38 m a.s.l. to connect to the plain that leads to the castellaccio valley at 21.38 m a.s.l. with a gradient of 13%. the northern part passed through a ravine that showed substantial anthropic activity. the road showed several signs of use. the cart tracks have an average inter-axis width of 1.4 m. the width of the road increased from 4.1 m to 6 m in the steeper segments to allow vehicles to pass each other and at stopping points near funerary areas. inside the cut, the road was flanked on the east by segments with leucitite paving, which was mainly for pedestrian use. at mile 5, which is below the present via di decima and via dell’acqua acetosa ostiense roads, the first stretch was 4.20 m wide, paved in perfectly adhering basalt polygons, and bordered by a row of basoli placed on edge (umbones, including a gomphus) and a 1.30-m-wide sidewalk made from stone chips. the second segment, which is 20 m long, showed evidence of a later restoration, was up to 6 m wide, and indicates the importance of the route even in a period of general abandonment that can be correlated with the shift of the economic epicentre away from the ostiense area by constantine. descending into the fosso di vallerano basin in the alluvial plain of the ciuccio, acqua acetosa and vallerano creeks, which are tributaries of the tiber, a straight stretch of the road that is approximately 500 m long was exposed at castellaccio [buccellato 2007, buccellato and coletti 2013 and references within]. it showed several levels of construction and maintenance from the archaic to late antique periods, which documented the organisational and technical efforts of the roman state, particularly regarding the need to keep the roadbed above the water table (figure 3, frame 3). figure 2. map of the common “agro romano”: route of the ancient via laurentina, with roman milestones (black line); the red numbers indicate the sites in figure 3. bozzano et al. 4 stratigraphic relationships indicate that the first level, which had a paved of earth and gravel surface, was in use in the 2nd century b.c., but it was probably in use as early as the late 4th century b.c., as was suggested by the first phase of an important necropolis and the rural building located at the junction with a branch road. during the 1st century b.c., a substantial new, raised road surface of earth and gravel, which was supported by an opus incertum wall, was built. a more technically complex intervention occurred in approximately the middle of the 1st century a.d.; the road surface, which was an average of 6 m wide, was raised and paved with basalt polygons, which were contained by opus reticulatum walls that were buttressed at regular intervals. in addition, infrastructure that was probably made of timber made up figure 3. (1) intersection of the via pontina road with the via degli eroi di cefalonia road: photo and section of street levels; (2) intersection of the via pontina road with the via di decima road: photo and section of street levels; (3) basin of the fosso di vallerano (loc. castellaccio): photo, planimetry and section of street levels; 4. basin of the fosso di vallerano: photo and section of street levels. seismic response in ancient via laurentina 5 a land drainage system for the catchment area of the three tributaries of the tiber. this regimentation of the acqua acetosa stream, which has been identified across the entire plain, was intended to reclaim the areas that were subject to flooding and to drain the floodwaters of the tiber. the infrastructure consisted of the improvement of the riverbanks with a lining of opus reticulatum that was c. 2 m high. the road, which ran north-south, crossed the river in the stretch that is presently buried by an arched bridge, of which only the brick parapets survive, that was presumably built as part of the restoration in 177 a.d. based on an inscription that refers to marcus aurelius or commodus. the strict spatial and functional correlation with the acqua acetosa river, which is identified with the border of the ager romanus antiquens, denotes cult interest from proto-historic times at the site. based on the milestones that begin at the servian walls, this site is located within the 6th mile, where sources record the presence of the ancient sanctuary of the god terminus, which was the site of the celebration of the terminalia or lustratio of the borders. this was one of the cults and sanctuaries that were located along the roads that led into the city and delimited the urban territory as early as the late 8th or early 7th centuries b.c. the interventions by the roman state, which had been defined by maintenance and rebuilding, now turned to the creation of infrastructure. this is indicated by the presence of a necropolis along the road, which was dated to the republican and imperial periods, by a rural building that dates to between the 4th and 2nd centuries b.c. at the location where the via laurentina met a secondary road that headed east along the original line of the acqua acetosa ostiense ditch, and by a large architectural complex that covers c. 1380 m2 along the stretch where the basalt paving is preserved. finally, like all of the consular roads, the laurentina was flanked by a necropolis that covered c. 1000 m2 and included more than 250 tombs, mainly inhumation burials and some cremations. the stratigraphy of the burial levels and analyses of the grave contents indicate at least three phases of use between the late 4th and early 3rd centuries b.c. and during the first two centuries of the empire. the road was rebuilt in the late antique period, between the 3rd and 4th centuries, by reusing the surface from the 2nd century. this temporary intervention, which was limited to a few stretches, narrowed the road to 4.50 m wide, removed its borders and shifted the central axis with respect to the original line. during subsequent periods until the middle ages, parts of the road earthwork fell into disuse and were radically altered and heavily robbed for construction materials (figure 3, frame 4). a final 50-m-long stretch was uncovered on the edge of the urbanised area of eur quarter, which has compromised the preservation of the ancient road. this section documents the interventions that were performed on the earliest levels of the road that date to the early republican period, including an increase in the level of the road surface to 8.97 m a.s.l. with rows of tufa blocks up to one metre high that rest directly on sterile soil. through various reconstructions, the third earth and gravel road, which dates to the early imperial period, was 6 m wide and was supported by the canonical structure, contained by rows of stones and flanked by sidewalks. 3. geological setting the city of rome is located on the coast of the tyrrhenian sea in central italy, sw of the apennine mountain chain, and is crossed by the tiber river. after the main development of the central apennine thrust and fold belt, crustal extension has affected the area of rome since the late messinian due to the development of the tyrrhenian back-arc basin [parotto and praturlon 1975]; [sani et al. 2004]. neo-autochthonous marine sedimentation occurred from the pliocene to the early pleistocene, which led to the deposition of the two transgressive cycles of monte vaticano and monte mario formations [bonadonna 1968, conato et al. 1980, marra 1993, marra and rosa 1995]; [cosentino et al. 2009]. since the late pliocene, continuous regional uplift has caused the progressive shift to continental sedimentation that is provided by a primitive drainage network controlled by the paleo-tiber river [marra and florindo 2014]. the area around rome has hosted the delta of the paleo-tiber river since the middle pleistocene [milli et al. 2013], and its geologic evolution is the result of complex geological processes, including tectonics, volcanism and glacio-eustatic fluctuations [karner et al. 2001, and references therein]. the continental to coastal sedimentary successions of the paleo-tiber river have been deposited since 800 ka in response to sea-level rise during the pleistocene glacial terminations, which have been demonstrated by a series of recent studies that used the 40ar/39ar ages of tephra intercalated within the sedimentary deposits to provide geochronologic constraints that link these aggradational successions to the marine isotopic stages (mis) [karner and renne 1998]; [karner and marra 1998]; [marra et al. 1998]; [florindo et al. 2007]; [marra and florindo 2014]; [marra et al. 2016]. the aggradational successions near rome therefore represent a discontinuous stratigraphic record that is composed of a succession of ten major aggradational bozzano et al. 6 units that were deposited during mis 22-21 thorough mis 2-1 and several minor successions that correspond to the more pronounced sub-stages and represent the physical remnants of the glacio-eustatic sea-level cycles during this time period. these successions fill the fluvial valleys and the coastal plain incisions that were excavated during the sea-level lowstands and interfinger with the pyroclastic products of the colli albani and monti sabatini volcanic districts, whose activity spanned 600-20 ka [marra et al. 2009, 2014]; [gaeta et al. 2016 and references therein]. a thick succession of pyroclastic flow deposits and subordinate air-fall deposits interfingers with the continental sediments that were deposited within palaeovalleys during periods of sea-level rise, which caused significant lateral and vertical facies variability. since the middle pleistocene, the volcanic activity has been mainly responsible for the present landforms in terms of the production of rocks that shape the natural landscape, particularly on the left side of the tiber river [del monte et al. 2013]. however, after the most recent volcanic activity in the upper pleistocene, the volcanic plateau was deeply incised during the last glacial maximum, and the palaeovalleys were then filled by thick packages of fluvial deposits [bozzano et al. 2000, mancini et al. 2013, marra et al. 2013]. according to bozzano et al. [2016], 4 main lithostratigraphic groups were identified in the fosso di vallerano valley area: figure 4. geological cross section along the route of the ancient via laurentina (shown in figure 7). legend: recent alluvial deposits: 1) anthropic filling material (al-af); 2) sandy clays characterized by a significant volcanic component (al-vsc); 3) peaty clays (al-pc); 4) clays and silts (al-cs); 5) sands and silty sands (al-sd); 6) polygenic and heterometric gravels (al-gr). pre-wurmian deposits (valle giulia san paolo aurelia vitinia formations): 7) fluvio-palustrine deposits composed of loose gravels, sands and silts (fl). volcanic deposits from the alban hills district (vc): 8) pozzolanelle; 9) pozzolane nere; 10) conglomerato giallo; 11) pozzolane rosse; 12) vallerano lava; 13) tufo terroso con pomici bianche; 14) tufo del palatino; 15) tufo pisolitico di trigoria. paleo-tiber 4 deposits (santa cecilia formation): landslide deposits: 16) clay and silty clay (pt-ls, cl) 17) loose gravels (pt-ls (gr)); 18) sands and silty sands. (pt-sd); 19) clays and silts with peaty layers (pt-cl); 20) loose gravels (pt-gr). plio-pleistocene bedrock (marne vaticane monte mario monte delle piche formation): 21) marine clays and silty clays; 22) marine sands and silty sands. 23) fault. 24) borehole. the black marker indicates the urbanized portion of the cross section, and the red marker indicates the discovered portion of the ancient via laurentina. red numbers indicate the locations of the photos shown in figure 3. the locations of the noise measurement points and seismic station v are also indicated. figure 5. photo of the decima archaeological site. the outcropping volcanic formations are labelled, and the stratigraphc limits are shown by the dashed white lines. seismic response in ancient via laurentina 7 plio-pleistocene marine sediments (pp) (marne vaticane, monte mario and monte ciocci/delle piche formations) that represent the geological bedrock; pleistocene alluvial sediments deposited by the paleo-tiber river (pt) (santa cecilia formation; 650-600 ka; marra and florindo, [2014]; volcanic deposits that erupted from the alban hills and the monti sabatini volcanic district (vc) (561-365 ka); recent alluvial deposits that have filled the incised valley from the end of the würmian regression to the present (al) (18 ka-present); a geological cross section (figure 4) was derived just along the route of the ancient via laurentina as reconstructed by sscol (figure 7). this section is therefore not geometrically cut respect to the valley and its direction continuously changes depending on the route of the ancient roman road. the southern part of the section corresponds to an inhabited area (torrino hill) that is characterized by the presence of vc deposits. to the north, the section crosses the alluvial plain of the fosso di vallerano valley. this portion is characterized by al deposits that overlap the pt deposits, which results in a horst and graben structural setting due to the synsedimentary pleistocene tectonic activity. along the track of the ancient via laurentina that corresponds to the decima archaeological site, a portion of the alban hill volcanic sequence outcrops because of the excavation of the hill during the construction of the ancient via laurentina (figure 5). 4. geophysical data as reported by bozzano et al. [2016], from june until july 2009, a free-field seismic array in short time average to long time average (sta/lta) acquisition mode was installed in the fosso di vallerano valley to record weak-motion events during the tail of the l’aquila seismic sequence. the array was composed of two stations (figure 7) that were instrumented by three single component 1 hz velocimeters (ss1 kinemetrics), which were triaxially arranged and connected to a 24 bit data logger (k2 kinemetrics) and a gps device for absolute timing. one station (v) was located on the alluvial deposits in the ne part of the valley (figure 7), while a reference station (r) [sensu borcherdt 1994] was located on seismic bedrock in the volcanic hills that border the valley (figure 7). the seismic array recorded approximately 30 earthquakes with magnitudes from 2.6 to 4.6. a 5% cosine-taper window starting 1 s before the p-phase onset was applied to the earthquake records to obtain signals with durations of 100 s. the signals were converted to the frequency domain and pass-band filtered in the frequency range of 0.2-10 hz. one of the earthquakes figure 6. time-history (a) and fourier spectrum (b) of the earthquake recorded at the fosso di vallerano valley on 23 june 2009 here used for the visco-elastic numerical modelling. figure 7. location of the ancient via laurentina road in the southern part of rome and sites of noise measurements along the route. the shaded areas correspond to outcrops of seismic bedrock. v and r indicate the seismic stations on alluvial deposits and seismic bedrock, respectively. bozzano et al. 8 that were recorded at the r station was used for the numerical modelling of the lsr along the route of the ancient via laurentina (figure 6). to quantify the local seismic amplification along the route of the via laurentina, seismic noise measurements from previous studies were collected [bozzano et al. 2016], and a new campaign of geophysical measurements was performed, including 13 measfigure 8. results of h/v measurements at 10 sites along the ancient via laurentina. red line: average h/v spectral ratio; dashed black lines: standard deviation of the h/v spectral ratio; dotted zone: unreliable frequency range of the h/v spectral ratio. seismic response in ancient via laurentina 9 urements at excavated sites along the via laurentina as well as locations where the presence of the road has been hypothesized (figure 7). the investigations were performed using a reftek 130 (24 bit) data logger with a lennartz 5s seismometer. the records were obtained for approximately 1 hour at a sampling rate of 250 hz and processed according to the technique of nakamura [1989] and the sesame [2004] standard using the open source software geopsy and the following analysis procedure: subdivision of each time series in 40 s windows with overlaps of 25%; correction, tapering to 5%, calculation of the fast fourier transform (fft) and smoothing of the spectrum for each window using the algorithm of konno and omachi [1998] with the b parameter equal to 40; calculation of the amplitudes of the three spectral components (n-s, w-e, up-down (v)), the geometric mean (h) between the two horizontal components and the spectral ratio (h/v) in each time window; calculation of the average spectral amplitudes for the three components and the average spectral ratio (h/v) in all of the selected time windows; directional analysis of the site response through the graphical representation of the h/v values as functions of frequency and azimuth. a total of 27 noise measurements (see examples in figure 8) were available along the analysed route of the via laurentina across the fosso di vallerano valley. the results of the new campaign well fit the geological model of the valley: in the southern portion of the route, the processed data (lv_27, lv_26, lv_25 and lv_24 in figure 8) show no amplification. this result is related to the outcrops of the volcanic units and the presence of shallow seismic bedrock (approximately 30 m below the soil level) without a significant impedance contrast; in the middle part, no clear peaks are present on figure 9. results of noise measurements (fourier spectra and h/v) performed on the north eurosky tower. t1: roof; t2: middle floor; t3: ground floor. note the attenuation of the peak amplitude from the top of the tower to the bottom and the shift of the peak frequency from the vibration mode of the tower (t1 and t2) to the site main vibration (t3). red line: average h/v spectral ratio; dashed black lines: standard deviation of the h/v spectral ratio; dotted zone: unreliable frequency range of the h/v spectral ratio. bozzano et al. 10 the average h/v spectral ratio (lv_23 in figure 8) except for site lv_22, which has an amplification peak at 4.5 hz related to a shallow impedance contrast. in the northern portion of the route, all of the processed data show a clear stratigraphic peak at 0.8 hz (lv_3 and lv_10 in figure 8) or between 0.7 and 0.9 hz (lv_11, and lv_13 in figure 8) due to the strong impedance contrast between the alluvial deposits that fill the valley (up to 60 meters thick) and the basal gravels. such a contrast, already observed and discussed by bozzano et al. [2016] for the fosso di vallerano valley as well as by martino et al. [2015] for the tiber river valley in the historical centre of rome, justifies that the seismic bedrock generally does not coincide with the geological one in the alluvial context of the rome urban area. in the northern part of the route, the only exception to the above described local seismic response consists in the spectral ratio (h/v) resulting at station lv_13, which includes a weak peak at approximately 4 hz that is likely due to a local and shallow horst in the seismic bedrock. it is worth noting that the significant resonance peak at lv_10 derives from a strong site energization at frequencies of 0.6 to 0.8 hz, which is likely induced by the vibration mode of the nearby towers (figure 9). to verify this effect, h/v seismic noise measurements were performed on the north eurosky tower (top (t1), middle (t2) and base (t3) in figure 9). the processed data clearly show that the main vibration mode of the building is very close to 0.6 hz; this peak is particularly intense on the roof of the tower (t1), but it is also visible with a lower amplitude on the middle floor (t2). the same peak is strongly attenuated at the ground floor, while a main peak (t3) is visible at approximately 1 hz, which is closer to the resonance mode of the alluvial fill measured at stations lv_10 and lv_11. a double seismic resonance effect [chen and scawthorn 2003] is therefore recognizable between the free-field site and the eurosky towers because the soil resonance frequency and the building’s first vibration mode are very similar. 5. numerical modelling 1d and 2d numerical simulations were performed to define the lsr in terms of amplification function along the via laurentina, considering the geological setting of the site in terms of both the valley shape and the heterogeneity of the alluvial fill. the ancient via laurentina does not cross the alluvial valley in the direction in which the main 2d physical effect (i.e., the interaction between the soil resonance and the lateral waves from the sides of the valley) is expected [bard and bouchon 1985]. therefore, 2d numerical modelling along the via laurentina cross section cannot be considered representative of the real 2d effects due to the physical interaction between the seismic waves and the valley system. figure 10 shows the here proposed procedure for extrapolating the lsr from a series of physically-based transverse cross sections to a non-transverse one. considering a generic alluvial valley and a line of interest (lin) which is not normal to the valley’s axis, it is possible to derive the (a(f )x) distribution of the 2d amplification functions along the lin by modelling the a(f ) along a series of figure 10. sketch illustrating the solution used to extrapolate the amplification functions (a(f )) from 2d numerical simulations along several cross sections that are oriented transverse to the alluvial valley to a line of interest (lin) that crosses the valley in a generic direction. the a(f )x distribution along the line is the transposition of several punctual a(f ) functions with physical meanings. figure 11. route of the ancient via laurentina and reliable geological buffers, which include the three cross sections that were used for the 2d numerical modelling. seismic response in ancient via laurentina 11 cross sections that are normal to the axis of the valley. the a(f ) functions that are modelled along each cross section can be transposed (through an orthogonal projection) to the lin if the corresponding projections along lin is inside the representative buffer of the cross section; otherwise, a different cross section is used to perform the transposition. the width of the representative buffer, and thus the number of physical transverse sections required, depends on the local geological setting. the resulting a(f )x function is formed along the lin even though it derives from 2d models that are developed along different cross sections; in this way, the final solution merges the physical effects due to the seismic response of the natural system (valley) with the engineering-geological model of the subsoil. following this approach, in our geological reconstruction of the geological setting of the valley, the route of the ancient via laurentina has to be included in three geological buffers respectively including a transversal section (figure 11). the three geological sections are representative of the lithological and stratigraphic setting of the ancient via laurentina and highlight the geological peculiarities of the valley. section aa’ (figure 12, top) represents the geological setting of the western portion of the ancient via laurentina and is used to simulate the presence of a landslide in the western portion of the fosso di vallerano valley. section bb’ (figure 12, middle) crosses the valley in the middle portion and is representative of the structural setting of the area; i.e., it highlights the presence of the buried horst in the central portion of the valley [bozzano et al. 2016]. finally, the geological section cc’ (figure 12 bottom) characterizes the southern part of the ancient via laurentina and is used to simulate the area that is characterized by volcanic deposits and the transition towards the valley. the 1d and 2d modelling figure 12. geological cross sections along aa’, bb’, cc’ in figure 11. see figure 4 for the key to the legend. bozzano et al. 12 were performed by attributing the parameter values proposed by bozzano et al. [2016] to the lithotecnical units and by assuming visco-elastic conditions with the damping distribution shown in table 1. as reported by bozzano et al. [2016] the attribution of dynamic properties to the subsoils of the fosso di vallerano valley was derived at a single location and seismometric records were used to calibrate the local seismo-stratigraphy taking into account the available high-resolution engineering-geological model of the local subsoil. a total of 27 soil profiles, representative for the different geological conditions along the ancient via laurentina were selected for the 1d numerical models, and the respective amplification functions were calculated using the free software strata [kottke and rathje 2008]. the main resonance frequencies resulting by the modelling along this section are in good agreement with the ones measured. the highest amplification values (i.e., up to 6) of the modelled a(f ) functions are located in the central portion of the ancient via laurentina, which corresponds to the deepest part of the fosso di vallerano valley in the frequency range of 0.7-1.4 hz. this is due to the impedance contrast between the alluvial deposits and the basal gravels (unit al-gr; table 1), which represents the local seismic bedrock [bozzano et al. 2016]. in areas of shallow seismic bedrock (i.e., in the central part of the route; figure 4) as well as near the external portions of the buried sides of the valley, the main amplification values are in the higher frequency range (2-4.6 hz). in the southern part of the ancient via laurentina (near the pontina archaeological site), the outcrops of volcanic rocks that overlie the basal gravels explain the absence of amplification effects. to obtain a a(f )x distribution of the 1d functions that were modelled along the route (figure 13), these functions were interpolated using kriging considering 52 functions (27 simulated and 25 extrapolated assuming constant geological conditions) with an average spacing of 40 m. the 2d models were performed using the cesar-lcpc code [humbert et al. 2005] based on the finite element method (fem) and assuming the same conditions that were used for the 1d simulations. the geological cross sections were discretized using a triangular mesh with linear interpolation; the size of the elements was chosen according to the equation (1): (1) where λ = the wavelength, and δh = the element size. considering the lowest s wave velocity of the alluvial deposits (118 m/s) and the highest s wave velocity of the seismic bedrock (1100 m/s), element sizes of 1 m for the alluvial deposits and 10 m for the seismic bedrock were chosen to allow for reliable numerical solutions up to 10 hz. the same weak motion that was used in the 1d simulation was applied as a shear wave (sh) for the displacements at the bedrock level. fixed boundary conditions were applied to the model boundaries; i.e., the degrees of freedom of each node in the mesh are equal to zero, which means that no movement (horizontal or vertical) is allowed. the numerical a(f ) functions were obtained by considering the spectral ratio between the signals in the valley and the input recorded at the outcropping seismic bedrock (point r in figure 7) [borcherdt 1994]. the resulting amplificaδh= λ 12 litotechnical unit γ (kn/m3) vs (m/s) d (%) al-af 17.0 118 1 al-vsc 16.5 225 1 al-cl 18.3 235 2 al-pc 17.2 150 3 al-gr 21.0 713 1 al/pt-sd 19.2 417 1 pt-cl 18.3 650-357 3 pt-ls(cl) 18.3 250 3 pt-ls(gr) 21.0 550 3 vc 17.5 550 2 la 27.0 850 1 fl 19.2 450 1 seismic bedrock 22.0 750-1100 1 table 1. parameter values attributed to the lithotecnical units reported in figure 4 according to bozzano et al. [2016]. (γ: weight per unit volume; vs: s wave velocity; d: damping). seismic response in ancient via laurentina 13 tion functions were interpolated with kriging to obtain the a(f )x distribution, which can be compared with the distribution obtained from the 1d modelling (figure 14). the modelling results show a significant resonance peak at 0.7 to 1.4 hz where the ancient via laurentina crosses the deepest part of the vallerano valley, while the frequency of the first resonance mode increases to 2.5 hz where the seismic bedrock is shallower (i.e., corresponding to the horst in the middle portion of the route). it is worth noting that the a(f ) values are greater in the 2d results than in the 1d results, and the frequencies that correspond to the higher resonance modes are different. these results demonstrate the non-negligible role of 2d effects on the lsr in the fosso di vallerano valley. to quantify the differences between the 2d and 1d outputs and highlight where the former are better than the latter, an aggravation factor aag(f )x was derived according to the equation (2): (2) the aag(f )x distribution along the route of the via laurentina (figure 15) in this case was also obtained using a kriging interpolator. the analysis of the aag(f )x distribution shows that the 2d effects cannot be neglected along the entire route of the via laurentina (figure 15). in particular, several aag(f ) values up to 2 indicate that the 2d a(f ) value is twice that of the 1d value (figure 15). nevertheless, it is worth noting that this evidence does not include the first resonance frequency (0.8 hz) but only aag ( f )x = a( f )x 2d a( f )x 1d figure 13. 1d a(f )x distribution (top) along the route of via laurentina (bottom). see figure 4 for the key to the legend. location of noise measurements along the route (and related first h/v peak) is also reported. bozzano et al. 14 higher resonance modes, (i.e., 3.5, 6, and 8.5 hz), which may be of interest for buildings or infrastructure. the comparison between the normalized acceleration response spectra (elastic condition at a 5% of damping), which result from 1d and 2d modelling (figure 16), outputs a general good fit in terms of spectral shape even if some specific difference can pointed out: 1d response spectrum are generally more conservative than the 2d ones (b, c and e in figure 16); 1d stratigraphic effects are prevalent out of the valley (a and f in figure 16); 2d amplifications are prevalent close to the sides of the valley (d in figure 16) and they are responsible for higher response spectrum values respect to the 1d models, especially at the lowest periods (i.e. < 0.5 s). 6. conclusions this study presents 2d modelling of the lsr along a reference line that is generically oriented with respect to a natural valley system. the ancient roman via laurentina road was considered because it has been excavated over the last decade in the fosso di vallerano valley, which is located south of the historical centre of rome, during the construction of the “europarco business park”. many specific directives have been issued regarding the insertion of the ancient road into the present urban fabric (excluding the remains that were found beneath the modern road network) to preserve its structures and to make it visible at the surface. in particular, the urban plan in the fosso di vallerano valley has been modified, including changes to the locations of the construction sites and the alignfigure 14. 2d a(f )x distribution (top) along the ancient route of via laurentina (bottom). see figure 4 for the key to the legend. location of noise measurements along the route (and related first h/v peak) is also reported. seismic response in ancient via laurentina 15 ment of the eurosky towers with the ancient road. the remains could not be preserved at their original levels due to the substantial increases in the surface water system and the water table and the presence of modern structures. therefore, the road and monumental structures were adequately protected and covered with soil, and their presence was marked at the surface by lawns that reproduce their plans and are visible within the new central pedestrian square. a route with information about the topography of the area and the use of the ancient structures was also created. the urban plan of the pontina site was also modified to include provisions for preserving the road within the original cut in a private garden with a solution that allows the visualisation of the castellaccio tower’s skyline, which reproduces the line of the ancient road. to account for the physical interaction of the valley system with the seismic waves (i.e., to consider the effects related to the valley shape and the heterogeneity of the alluvial deposits), three 2d cross sections were modelled, and the results were transposed to the route of the ancient via laurentina by projecting the obtained amplification functions (a(f )). an engineering-geological criterion was applied to verify the reliability of the performed projection within a representative buffer. the derived a(f )x distribution is physically based and geologically constrained. a comparison with the results of 1d modelling demonstrates that the 2d effects are not negligible in the study area. moreover, the obtained a(f )x distribution is reliable for evaluating the expected seismic amplification at the foundations of new buildings (i.e., the eurosky towers) that have been designed also to preserve the archaeological site figure 15. aag(f )x distribution (top) along the ancient via laurentina (bottom). see figure 4 for the key to the legend. bozzano et al. 16 figure 16. comparison between 1d and 2d normalized response spectra in different position along the ancient route of via laurentina (bottom). see figure 4 for the key to the legend. seismic response in ancient via laurentina 17 and are therefore aligned with the route of the ancient roman road. 1d and/or 2d numerical models can be regarded as suitable for designing linear structures or infrastructure (e.g., bridges, aqueducts or viaducts) as well as for analysing the lsr of similar archaeological remnants. acknowledgements. this paper reports preliminary results of ph.d. research at the department of earth sciences of the “sapienza” university of rome (chiara varone, phd student). the authors wish to thank l. lenti, ph.d., the university paris-est lcpc and ifsttar (french institute of science and technology for transport, development and networks), who allowed the use of the cesar lcpc software for the phd research. references ascani f., bozzano f., buccellato a., del monte m., matteucci r., vergari f. (2008) evoluzione del paesaggio e antiche vie di drenaggio nell’area de “il castellaccio” (roma) da indagini geologiche, geomorfologiche e archeologiche. in geologica romana 41:55-77. bard, p.y. and m. bouchon (1985). the two-dimensional resonance of sediment-filled valleys, bull. seismol. soc. am. 75, 519-541. bonadonna f.p. (1968). studi sul pleistocene del lazio. v. la biostratigrafia di monte mario e la “fauna malacologica mariana” di cerulli-irelli. mem. soc. geol. it., 7, 261-321. borcherdt, r.d. (1994). estimantes of site-dependent response spectra for design (methodology and justification), earthq. spectra 10, 617-653. bozzano, f., caserta a., govoni a., marra f. and s. martino (2008). static and dynamic characterization of alluvial deposits in the tiber river valley: new data for assessing potential ground motion in the city of rome. journal of geophysical research, 113, b01303. bozzano, f., martino, s., giacomi, a.c., lenti, l., martini, g. and m.p. santisi d’avila, (2012). numerical modeling of nonlinear dynamic shear strains in heterogeneous soils by 1d-3c finite difference swap. proc. 15 world conference on earthquake engineering, 24-28 september 2012, lisboa, paper 0427. bozzano, f., marra f., martino s., paciello a., scarascia mugnozza g., and c. varone (2015). the local seismic response of the fosso di vallerano valley (rome, italy) based on a high-resolution geological model. rend. online soc. geol. it., 35, 29-32. bozzano, f., lenti, l., marra, f., martino, s., paciello, a, scarascia mugnozza, g. and c. varone (2016). seismic response of the geologically complex alluvial valley at the “europarco business park” (rome italy) through instrumental records and numerical modelling. italian journal of engineering geology and environment., 16(1), 37-55. buccellato, a. (2005). laurentina via, lexikon topographicum urbis romae iii, roma, 213-27. buccellato, a. (2007). l’antica via laurentina: l’arteria e le infrastrutture. fasti on line, folder 88. buccellato, a. and coletti, f. (2013). resti di un tabernacolo privato e di un ripostiglio monetale da un edificio presso la via laurentina antica (scavi 2007). in m. barbera (ed.), costantino 313, roma, 67-69. caserta, a., martino, s., bozzano, f., govoni, a. and f. marra (2012). dynamic properties of low velocity alluvial deposits influencing seismically-induced shear strains: the grottaperfetta valley test-site (rome, italy), bull earthquake eng, 10, 1133-1162. chen w., c. schawthorn (2003). earthquake engineering handbook. conato v., esu d., malatesta a. and f. zarlenga (1980). new data on the pleistocene of rome. quaternaria. storia naturale e culturale del quaternario roma, (22), 131-176. cosentino d., cipollari p., di bella l., esposito a., faranda c., giordano g., gliozzi e., mattei m., mazzini i., porreca m. and r. funiciello (2009). tectonics, sea-level changes and palaeoenvironments in the early pleistocene of rome (italy). quaternary research, 72 (1), 143-155, doi:10.1016/j. yqres.2009.03.003. del monte m., d’orefice m., luberti g.m., marini r., pica a. and f. vergari (2016). geomorphological classification of urban landscapes: the case study of rome (italy). journal of maps, 1-12, 1 pls, doi: 10.1080/17445647.2016.1187977 florindo f., karner d.b., marra f., renne p.r., roberts a.p. and r. weaver (2007). radioisotopic age constraints for glacial terminations ix and vii from aggradational sections of the tiber river delta in rome, italy. earth and planetary science letters, 256, 61-80, doi: 10.1016/j.epsl.2007.01.014. gaeta m., freda c., marra f., arienzo i., gozzi f., jicha b. and t. di rocco (2016). paleozoic metasomatism at the origin of mediterranean ultrapotassic magmas: constraints from time-dependent geochemistry of colli albani volcanic products (central italy). lithos, 244, 151-164, doi:10.1016/j. lithos.2015.11.034. humbert p., fezans g., dubouchet a. and d. remaund (2005). cesar-lcpc: a computing software package dedicated to civil engineering uses. bozzano et al. 18 bullettin del laboratoires des ponts et chaussée, 256/257: 7-37. karner d.b. and f. marra (1998). correlation of fluviodeltaic aggradational sections with glacial climate history: a revision of the pleistocene stratigraphy of rome. geological society of america bulletin, 110, 6, 748-758. karner d. b. and p.r. renne (1998) . 40ar/39ar geochronology of roman volcanic province tephra in the tiber river valley: age calibration of middle pleistocene sea-level changes. geological society of america bulletin, 110, 6, 740-747. karner d.b., marra f., florindo f. and e. boschi (2001). pulsed uplift estimated from terrace elevations in the coast of rome: evidence for a new phase of volcanic activity? earth and planetary science letters, 188, 135-148. konno, k. and omachi, t., (1998). bull. seism. soc. am., 88, 228-241. kottke, albert r., and m.e. rathje (2008). technical manual for strata. peer report 2008/10. university of california, berkeley, california. mancini m., moscatelli m., stigliano f., cavinato g.p., milli s., pagliaroli a., simionato m., brancaleoni r., cipolloni i., coen g., di salvo c., garbin f., lanzo g., napoleoni q., scarapazzi m., storoni ridolfi s. and r. vallone (2013). the upper pleistocene-holocene fluvial deposits of the tiber river in rome (italy): lithofacies, geometries, stacking pattern and chronology. journal of mediterranean earth sciences, special issue, 95-101. marra f. (1993). stratigrafia e assetto geologico-strutturale dell’area romana tra il tevere e il rio galeria. geologica romana, 29, 515-535. marra f. and c. rosa (1995). stratigrafia e assetto geologico dell’area romana in: la geologia di roma: il centro storico. mem. descr. carta geol. d’it., 50, 49 -118. marra f. and f. florindo (2014). the subsurface geology of rome: sedimentary processes, sea-level changes and astronomical forcing. earth science reviews, 136, 1 20, doi: 10.1016/j.earscirev.2014.05.001. marra f., florindo f. and d.b. karner (1998). paleomagnetism and geochronology of early middle pleistocene depositional sequences near rome: comparison with the deep sea δ18o climate record. earth planet. sci. lett., 159, 147-164. marra f., florindo f. and e. boschi (2008). history of glacial terminations from the tiber river, rome: insights into glacial forcing mechanisms. paleoceanography, 23(2), 1-17, doi:10.1029/2007pa001543. marra f., karner d.b., freda c., gaeta m. and p.r. renne (2009). large mafic eruptions at the alban hills volcanic district (central italy): chronostratigraphy, petrography and eruptive behavior. journ. of volc. and geoth. res., 179, 217-232, doi:10.1016/j.jvolgeores.2008.11.009. marra f., bozzano f. and f.r. cinti (2013). chronostratigraphic and lithologic features of the tiber river sediments (rome, italy): implications on the post-glacial sea-level rise and holocene climate. global and planetary change, 107, 157-176, doi:10.1016/j.gloplacha.2013.05.002. marra f., sottili g., gaeta m., giaccio b., jicha b., masotta m., palladino d.m. and d. deocampo (2014b). major explosive activity in the sabatini volcanic district (central italy) over the 800-390 ka interval: geochronological geochemical overview and tephrostratigraphic implications. quaternary science reviews, 94, 74-101, doi:10.1016/j.quascirev.2014.04.010. marra f., rohling e.j., florindo f., jicha b., nomade s., pereira a. and p.r. renne (2016a). independent 40ar/39ar and 14c age constraints on the last five glacial terminations from the aggradational successions of the tiber river, rome (italy). earth planet sci. lett., in press., http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. epsl.2016.05.037. martino s, lenti l, gelis c, giacomi ac, santisi d’avila p, bonilla f, bozzano f, semblat jf (2015). influence of lateral heterogeneities on strong motion shear strains: simulations in the historical center of rome (italy). bssa, 105(5):2604-2624. doi:10.1785/0120140180. milli s., d’ambrogi c., bellotti p., calderoni g., carboni m. g., celant a., di bella l., di rita f., frezza v., magri d., pichezzi m.r. and v. ricci (2013). the transition from wave-dominated estuary to wave-dominated delta: the late quaternary stratigraphic architecture of tiber river deltaic succession (italy). sedimentary geology, 284-285, 159-180. nakamura, y. (1989). a method for dynamic characteristics estimation of subsurface using microtremors on the ground surface. quaterly rept. rtri, jpn, 30, 25-33. parotto m. and a. praturlon (1975). geological summary of the central apennines. in: structural model of italy. maps and explanatory notes. quaderni della ricerca scientifica, 90, 257-311. rovelli, a., caserta, a., malagnini, l. and f. marra (1994). assessment of potential strong motions in the city of rome, ann. geofisc. 37: 1745-1769. seismic response in ancient via laurentina 19 rovelli, a., malagnini, l., caserta, a. and f. marra (1995). using 1-d and 2d modelling of ground motion for seismic zonation criteria: results for the city of rome, ann. geofisc. 38: 591605. sani f., del ventisette c., montanari d., coli m., nafissi p. and a.piazzini (2004). tectonic evolution of the internal sector of the central apennines, italy. marine and petroleum geology, 21 (10), 1235-1254, doi:10.1016/j.marpetgeo.2004.09.004. sesame (2004). guidelines for the implementation of the h/v spectral ratio technique on ambient vibrations. http://sesame.fp5.obs.ujf/grenoble.fr/ index.htm. *corresponding author: chiara varone, research centre for geological risks (ceri), university of rome “la sapienza”, rome, italy; email: chiara.varone@uniroma1.it 2017 by istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved s0440 annals of geophysics, 60, 4, 2017, s0440, doi: 10.4401/ag-7154 seismic hazard assessment for the protection of cultural heritage in greece: methodological approaches for national and local scale assessment (pilot areas of aighio, kalamata and heraklion) sotiris sboras1,*, john andrew dourakopoulos1, evaggelos mouzakiotis1, pavlos dafnis1, theodoros palantzas1, vassilios k. karastathis1, nikolaos voulgaris2, gerasimos-akis tselentis1 1 national observatory of athens, institute of geodynamics, lofos nymfon, athens, greece 2 university of athens, faculty of geology and geoenviromment, athens, greece article history received september 15, 2016; accepted june, 16 2017. subject classification: historical monuments, sha, structural assessment, geodatabase, greece. abstract the rich greek cultural heritage has been always threatened by the intense seismic activity in the broader aegean region. the objective of the presented project is to develop an integrated tool for the engineers in order to protect the greek monuments, museums and archaeological sites against strong earthquakes. in order to achieve this goal a gis-based database was developed with a bidirectional purpose: to collect and combine all necessary data about the monuments and their regional geological and seismotectonic conditions and to assess seismic hazard for each and every monument using the most modern techniques. in this paper we present the structure and development of our database, we propose a methodological procedure for estimating seismic hazard in greece which will be the basis for the structural assessment of historical structures. the preliminary results show that the estimated values of maximum ground acceleration are quite high for areas in close proximity with large faults, especially when combined with loose ground conditions. therefore an update of the protection code would be necessary. subsequently the estimated values of maximum ground acceleration have been applied to three cases of monuments for the determination of the most vulnerable parts of the structure and the verification of the observed pathology. 1. introduction greece is the most seismologically active region in europe. earthquakes are not only a threat for human lives and infrastructure, but also for monuments that have survived during the centuries and are spread all over the greek territory. for this reason, the earthquake protection policy in greece should be updated by incorporating modern seismic hazard assessment techniques. work package 3 (wp3) of the “aspida” project, which was recently completed, focuses on historical monuments protection. one of the primary targets of “aspida” project is to create a valuable gis-based database providing much of the information required for seismic hazard assessment. the development of such a database delivers multiple benefits: i) it provides a multilevel data management, ii) the input and output data are fully updatable and adjustable, iii) analyses and calculations between data and/or datasets are significantly facilitated, iv) results can be presented in multithematic maps at the scales of interest, and v) the final structure offers ease of use by any end-user. to meet this specific goal, a fourstep procedure was followed: i) development of a gis based geospatial database of sites of cultural interest (monuments, museums, archaeological sites, etc.) summarized by the term ‘monuments’, integrated with geological and seismotectonic data, ii) application of state-of-the-art methodologies for seismic hazard assessment at national scale, i.e. for all monuments inside the greek borders, iii) application of methodologies for seismic hazard and structural assessment of monuments to three case studies in different localities (aighio, kalamata, heraklion), iv) proposal of a frame of instructions and regulations regarding earthquake protection for monuments. in this paper the procedure and the results for both national (steps i and ii) and local (step iii) scale seismic hazard assessment adapted for the historic monuments are presented. the frame of instructions and regulations (step iv) will be presented in a future publication. the final data and sboras et al. 2 results of wp3 are published on a dedicated website (http://aspida3.gein.noa.gr/). for the scope of seismic hazard assessment, a stochastic methodology [exsim algorithm; motazedian and atkinson 2005] was implemented taking advantage of the numerous information regarding the seismic source and the local site conditions. using this technique allowed the determination not only of the distribution of the peak ground acceleration, velocity and displacement, but also the pseudospectral acceleration, velocity and displacement spectra for each monument site. during the presented project, one monument for each one of the three pilot areas were examined: agios nikolaos in platani (aighio pilot area), agioi theodoroi in kampos of avia (kalamata pilot area) and agios minas and pantanassa in crete (heraklion pilot area) are churches built more than six hundred years ago and more specifically in middle byzantine and post byzantine period. throughout their life, earthquakes, either caused from near or far active faults, constitute one of the major reason for various partial or total collapses and extended damages on the structure and therefore, a particular analysis based on seismic hazard assessment should be elaborated. this analysis required a detailed site investigation, highlighting the different approaches when working in such contrasting scales (national and local). 2. seismic hazard assessment at national scale 2.1 the “aspida” geodatabase the “aspida” database is designed and developed using arcgis software in discrete layers in order to serve two purposes: to form a well-organised databank with geographic reference and to comprise a tool for facilitating sha calculations. data can be categorized into two groups: i) the input data, which correspond, but are not constrained, to all available information needed for the sha calculations, and ii) the output data including all calculated strong motion parameters (e.g. pga, pgv, etc.). within the database, strong ground motion values calculated with probabilistic methodologies [papaioannou et al. 2008], as well as the greek seismic code regulation – eak 2000 [eppo 2001] seismic hazard values are included only for reference and for the informative character of the database. three are the important datasets (or layers): the main dataset of monuments and the datasets of the seismic sources and the geotechnical soil conditions. all datasets are referenced to the geographic (longitude/latitude) projection system and wgs84 datum. the main dataset of monuments is updated with the results of the seismic hazard assessment. additional material, such as topographic-morphological data (e.g. hypsometric contours, triangulation points, drainage network) and infrastructural-administrative data (e.g. transportation, municipalities) are also available for producing thematic maps. the structure and data can be accessed in the dedicated website hosted in the servers of noa (the included data are in greek language until the english version is ready): http://aspida3.gein.noa.gr/. 2.2 the monuments dataset/layer the ‘master’ dataset of the database is the monuments dataset. according to the greek legislation (3028/02), ‘immovable monuments’ are “monuments which are attached to and remain on the ground, the seabed or on the bed of lakes and rivers, as well as monuments which are found on the ground, the seabed or on the bed of lakes and rivers and cannot be removed without damage to their values as testimonies. immovable monuments also include installations, structures decorative and other elements, which form an integral part of monuments as well as their surroundings. ancient immovable monuments are the monuments that are dated up to 1830”. the only officially published geographic database of cultural and historic monuments in greece is hosted in the website of “odysseus” (http://odysseus. culture.gr/) under the aegis of the hellenic ministry of culture and sports (hmcs). the database counts over 2000 entries which are categorized in three main groups: museums (279 entries), monuments (1573 entries) and archaeological sites (463 entries). the website version consists of an interactive map and supporting general historic information (descriptive and not parameterized) for every monument. since the beginning of wp3, the data of “odysseus” database were not available due to maintenance. for this reason, “odysseus” data were retrieved manually, directly from the interactive map of the official website, they were crosschecked for the accuracy of position and information, then processed and finally parameterized. nevertheless, further available sources were tracked down and used in order to complement the monuments that miss from “odysseus”. these are: i) the database of voulgaris et al. [2006], an updated database partially based on “odysseus”, ii) the “ongoing catalogue of the listed archaeological sites and monuments of greece”, published since 1993 by the directorate of the national archive of monuments (hmcs), which contains only immoveable monuments, archaeological sites and historic places that seismic hazard assessment for the cultural heritage of greece 3 require a specific legal act of designation, demarcation and protection, and iii) various public data collections and information. all aforementioned data were manually compared for duplicate entries, filtered, individually processed and combined in a single dataset. the compilation of the above mentioned catalogue resulted in a database containing more than 2900 entries (533 museums, 2004 monuments and 953 archaeological sites; figure 1a), containing fields of general information (e.g. type of monument, geographic and administrational location), which was enriched with geological information (e.g. geological formation under foundations) and sha information from literature (e.g. pga from the greek seismic code regulation). at the end of the project, our sha results from both national and local scale investigations were imported in the dataset. 2.3 the seismic sources dataset/layer the most important input for seismic hazard estimation is the dataset of the seismic sources. it was only until recently when such databases started to be developed for the aegean region. “gredass” (greek database of seismogenic sources; pavlides et al. 2010; sboras 2011; caputo et al. 2012) is an updatable openfile gis-based database of the seismic sources in the broader aegean region that uses multi-layer fault/source modelling according to the needs of the end-user. since the prime purpose of gredass is seismic hazard assessment, the fault/source models are geometrically simplified, but fully parameterized with explicitly defined seismotectonic parameters. thus, only seismic sources with magnitude potential greater than 5.5 are included. consequently, gredass prefers the completeness of the parametric information rather than the completeness of the seismic sources. another active fault database in greece of different philosophy is “noafaults” [ganas et al. 2013] which is a single-layered database aiming at the most accurate geomorphological representation of the tectonic structures. thus, this database prefers the completeness of the sources rather than the completeness of the parametric information. both gredass and noafaults are mainly based on published data (articles, maps, technical reports, etc.). as complementary information, the catalogue of “seismic sources and faults” compiled by karakaisis et al. [2010] was also considered. this catalogue explicitly contains earthquake-associated seismic sources of the broader aegean region with their basic seismotectonic parameters obtained from seismological – and only – data. although gredass demonstrates higher compatibility towards the parametric information needed for seismic hazard assessment calculations, the contents and parameters of all available sources were reviewed, compared, complemented and homogenised in a new dataset called “aspida faults” (figure 1b). more specifically, all seismic sources were qualitatively reviewed and filtered one-by-one. in case of data conflict on specific seismic sources, a study of the original source was carried out, but also more recent literature was taken into account for deciding the reliability of the seismic source occurrence and/or its appropriate parameters. there were also few cases for which seismic sources had to be reassessed and parameterized from scratch. within the three pilot areas and close to the monuments, smaller sources capable of producing damage to the monuments were imported in the final dataset after local field mapping. all collected information had to be parameterized (when necessary) and homogenised according to the standards of the new “aspida faults” dataset. the new dataset of seismic sources “aspida faults” (figure 1b) is strictly based on the needs of sha calculations. the total 231 sources are modelled as straight lines, representing the upper part of the fault plane, according to the strike and length of the fault plane. each seismic source contains all the necessary identification and seismotectonic parameters that describe the full geometry of the fault plane (e.g. length, down-dip width, minimum depth of the upper part, strike and dip), as well as its kinematic character (normal, reverse and strike-slip motion). it should be mentioned that fault modelling for the needs of sha is simplified and does not represent the complexity of the faults found in nature; thus, detailed fault traces completely lack from this dataset. 2.4 the seismological dataset/layer the seismological dataset comprises the compilation of two earthquake catalogues (figure 1c), one of the seismological station of the aristotle university of thessaloniki [papazachos et al. 2000, 2010; papazachos and papazachou 2003] for the time period between 550 bc and ad 1963 (included) and the catalogue of the institute of geodynamics (national observatory of athens) for the time period of ad 1964 and afterwards. 2.5 the geological dataset/layer the local soil conditions and their attributes have a major impact in the amplification or mitigation of strong ground motion. this makes local soil conditions an important parameter for seismic hazard essboras et al. 4 timation. the available datasets for the national-scale investigation are obtained as raster data from the basic 1:500,000 scale geological and geotechnical maps of the greek institute of geology and mineral exploration [igme 1983; 1993]. these data were further processed and vectorised. subsequently, geological formations were grouped into categories according to the descriptions of the first four categories (a-d) of eurocode 8 for ground types (figure 1d). each category was assigned an average vs30 value based on the eurocode 8 ground types. an amplification spectrum was attributed for each vs30 value, based on existing literature [margaris and boore 1998, klimis et al. 1999]. it should be noted that due to the national-scale of the project, no specific site amplification function could be derived for each monument site, however, in order to partially account to the site geology the above scheme was utilized in combination with the geotechnical maps of igme. the local-scale categorization in the three study cases involved a different approach, following more detailed investigations (e.g. 1:5,000 scale geological mapping around each monument, geophysical investigations, etc.) in order to classify the foundations soil more accurately according to eurocode 8. 3. methodology strong ground motion parameters were calculated using the exsim algorithm [motazedian and atkinson 2005]. the algorithm utilizes the stochastic methodology of ground motion simulation, as proposed by boore [2003] and expanded by motazedian and atkinson [2005] for finite sources. each seismic source is represented by a number of point sources distributed over a plane which represents the fault. for each point source the acceleration spectrum is defined by a “ω2” spectrum. the synthetic accelerograms for each source are then convolved, after shifting them appropriately in time with regards to the rupture speed figure 1. the basic datasets of the “aspida” geodatabase: (a) monuments categorised, (b) seismic sources, (c) combined seismicity from the catalogues of papazachos et al. [2000], for the period between 550 bc and ad 1963 (included), and noa, since ad 1964, (d) ground geotechnical characterization. seismic hazard assessment for the cultural heritage of greece 5 and source-to-site travel time differences, thus obtaining the complete acceleration time series for the fault. the use of such finite fault models is particularly advantageous for calculating ground motions near large faults, since it takes into account finite-fault effects such as directivity, attenuation and rupture geometry. it should be mentioned, though, that the directivity effect is only partially confronted, since we cannot predict the rupture initiation location on the fault for a possible future event. the use of exsim algorithm also allows the incorporation of a time dependent corner frequency which eliminates the dependence of the results from the number of subsources. when using a static corner frequency, low frequency energy is found to be proportional to the subfault dimensions, whereas high frequency energy is inversely proportional. total energy is inversely proportional to the subfault size [motazedian and atkinson 2005]. the above described procedure was used for the scope of seismic hazard assessment for the whole greek region. for each seismic source (shown in figure 1b), a staggered grid was constructed around the fault trace, with minimum node distance of 1 km near the fault. the grid was rotated towards the direction of the fault trace and for each node, the synthetic acceleration time series was calculated. for each case, several points on the fault were considered as enucleation points and for each one, 20 simulations were performed. the final synthetic time series were an average of the above simulations. based on these synthetic waveforms, the values of pga, pgv and pgd were obtained. calculations were performed for all modelled faults of the database. as a final step, the calculated pga, pgv and pgd grids for every fault were combined into a composite grid, covering the whole greek territory, containing the maximum values for these parameters. in order to produce this composite grid, all the initial grids were interpolated to finer grids with the same node locations. for the construction of the final grid, the highest value of pga for each node was selected. apart from the fault geometry and the site amplification, the main input parameters used in the stochastic simulation are the stress drop, the pulsing percentage, the anelastic attenuation model, the geometrical spreading and the duration model. the stress drop and pulsing percentage parameters were selected on the basis that for near fault simulations, most of the energy is attributed to higher frequencies. for the stress drop parameter a value of 140 bars was used, as suggested by atkinson and boore [2006]. in their work, this average value was found to provide the best fit between the synthetic and the observed accelerogramms for the higher frequency part of the acceleration spectrum (5-10 hz) for 8 well recorded earthquakes. this value was also tested for some well recorded earthquakes on the broader study region and was found to provide sufficient fit between the observed acceleration spectrum and the synthetic one. the pulsing percentage parameter has a much lower effect on the higher frequency part of the synthetic acceleration spectra [motazedian and atkinson 2005, atkinson and boore 2006]. the mean value of 50% suggested by atkinson and boore [2006] was used. anelastic attenuation (q), geometrical spreading and duration models, are related to the propagation medium. for this study, we used q model proposed by hatzidimitriou [1994] for the area of northern greece. with regards to the geometrical spreading model, we used the one proposed by atkinson [2004]. finally, we incorporated the duration model proposed by atkninson and boore [1995]. the above models are presented in table 1. site amplification functions were derived from the microtremor data. more specifically the h/v spectral ratios were calculated on the recorded signals, after applying the instrument transfer function and after filtering the signal. for the survey, broadband sensors were used with a flat response curve above 0.01 hz. for the calculation of the spectral ratios, a 0.1 – 20 hz band pass filter was applied. the signal portions were selected so that frequencies from 0.1 hz and above could be resolved. additionally an anti-triggering window was applied in order to avoid adding sudden energy fluctuations to the calculations. it should be noted that more detailed data and information are required in order to accurately calculate the above parameters for each monument in greece. this was the aim of the three case studies. on the one hand, the national-scale investigation provides an initial, uniform approach of sha for all monuments in greece based on data and information model type model anelastic attenuation [q(f )] 60f0.79 geometrical spreading [g(r)] 1/r1.3 (r < 70km), 1/r (70km < r < 140km), 1/r0.5 (140km < r) duration [d(r)] t0 (r < 10 km), t0 +0.16r (10km < r < 67km), t0 + 0.03r (67km < r < 130km), t0 +0.04r (130km < r) table 1. models used in the simulations. sboras et al. 6 mainly deriving from the literature; on the other hand, new focused investigations were conducted for the local-scale sha, briefly described in the next sections. the earthquake magnitude that was used for each simulation procedure was the maximum credible earthquake (mce) of each seismic source separately, related to the source dimensions as proposed by wells and coppersmith [1994] and papazachos et al. [2004] for the area of greece. although this approach does not result in a probability of exceedance for each earthquake scenario, like the typical probabilistic seismic hazard assessment techniques, it was selected on the basis that historical monuments have survived for hundreds of years and should be preserved for as long as possible. therefore the time aspect of the hazard assessment becomes inf inite and so we use the worst case earthquake scenario with regards to the magnitude and fault distance. the results of the application of the above methodolog y for the whole reg ion of greece (national-scale investigation) can be seen in figure 2. as expected, highest values of pga were calculated for areas in close proximity with large faults, especially when combined with loose ground conditions (e.g. ground type d). usually, such areas represent tectonically controlled basins and valleys, where both active faults and sediments accumulation are met. on the other hand, in reg ions with no signif icant seismic sources nearby, very low values of maximum expected pga were calculated. three large areas of very low values (< 0.1 g) can be distinguished i) along the pindos mountain-chain (western greece), ii) in the mountainous central peloponnesus, and iii) in cyclades. all these areas lack of both signif icant active faults and sedimentary basins. however, as mentioned before, for more accurate results more detailed investigation in a local scale is needed. such investigation was implemented for the following three pilot areas. figure 2. map showing the maximum pga distribution that was calculated in the scopes of this project. the monuments are also shown as black dots. seismic hazard assessment for the cultural heritage of greece 7 4. seismic hazard assessment at local scale: three case studies the “aspida” project required the detailed investigation of three monuments, each within three highly seismically active pilot areas of greece: aighio, kalamata and heraklion areas. the detailed investigations had to be constrained in non-destructive methods only, such as a microtremor survey and further geophysical investigations (unpublished results), while near-field morphotectonic and geological investigations were carried out. as for the needs of the monument final selection procedure, a five-grade scale was applied according to four basic factors: i) seismic activity of the area, ii) selection of a representative historical structure (as for the architectural form, the construction materials, etc.) of the considered period, iii) existence of different discontinuities and cracks or/and construction phases, and iv) cultural heritage importance. in contrast with the national scale sha, the active faults within the pilot areas (15 km radius around each monument – near field) had to be reassessed in order to fill in possible missing sources of lower potential magnitude, but capable of producing a destructive earthquake, and to provide a more detailed parameterisation to the seismic sources. for this reason we also adopted the active faults that were investigated in more detail in wp1 of the same project (e.g. kazantzidou-firtinidou et al. 2016, zygouri et al. 2016]. these faults had to be parameterised in order to provide the necessary data inputs for sha calculations. the seismic sources of the three pilot areas are shown in figure 3 (aighio pilot area), figure 4 (kalamata pilot area) and figure 5 (heraklion pilot area) and in table 2. it should be mentioned that both near filed and far field seismic sources where used in local-scale sha. 4.1 monument #1 (aighio pilot area): agios nikolaos, platani (achaia, n. peloponnesus) the byzantine church of agios nikolaos, is located in platani village in n. peloponnesus, greece (figure 3). the structure which is dated back to the 12th century a.d., is a single-aisle triconch type church with a narthex on the west side. the main part of the church, called ‘naos’ is covered by a dome while the narthex is covered by three cross vaults. the inner faces of the walls of the naos are of rubble masonry contrary to the greater part of the external façades which are made of a combination of cloisonne masonry (local limestone and bricks). the church of agios nikolaos was chosen due to its very special architectural form single-aisle triconch type with a narthex typology). it’s one of the very few still existing characteristic examples of the helladic school (middle byzantine period). the three construction phases in combination with the absence of coating therefore making possible the observance of its pathology, were some of the key points for this selection. the monument is located on a gentle slope at the northern front of the panachaikon mt, in a small distance ne of xylokera river. the geological basement in the narrow area corresponds to plio-pleistocene post-alpine sediments (marls overlain by conglomerates). the underlying marls are cohesive, thinbedded, consisting of clays with some sandy layers. at the upper layers, marls are usually weathered. their total thickness is at the order of 300 m. the overlaying conglomerates, consist of well cemented pebbles in a sandstone matrix with local marl intercalations. their total thickness is at the order of 300 m. plio-pleistocene formations are covered by recent sediments of alluvial fans consisting of clayey sand and gravel, and river and terrace deposits consisting of loose material (pebbles, sand). the broader area belongs to one of the most tectonically active regions worldwide: the gulf of figure 3. (a) small-scale map of the broader aighio pilot area where the monument of agios nikolaos is located. the near field seismic sources are also shown (see text and table 2 for details). seismicity derives from the catalogues of papazachos et al. [2000], for the period between 550 bc and ad 1963 (included), and noa, since ad 1964; the occurrence year and magnitude are also shown for events with m ≥ 5.5. (b) large-scale aerial photograph mosaic (national cadastre and mapping agency s.a.) with the location of the monument. (c) structural plots of agios nikolaos (floor plan and longitudinal cross-section). (d) the structural model and photos of the monument. sboras et al. 8 corinth. there are two basic interpretations for the structure of the gulf. the first one [e.g. king et al. 1985, rietbrock et al. 1996, rigo et al. 1996, flotté and sorel 2001, lyon-caen et al. 2004, gautier et al. 2006], which is the most accepted, is the occurrence of a n-dipping, low-angle, normal detachment fault that branches toward the surface through a system of parallel listric faults that control the morphology of the broader northern peloponnesian coast. the second interpretation considers the gulf as an asymmetric half-graben [e.g. jackson et al. 1982, taylor et al. 2011] or a symmetric graben [moretti et al. 2003, mcneill et al. 2005, bell et al. 2008], depending on the given significance of the north bounding, s-dipping faults. chéry [2001] and jolivet et al. [2010] consider the western part of the gulf as an initial stage of a metamorphic core complex. whichever the case, the northern coast of peloponnesus is occupied by both offshore and onland n-dipping normal faults with directions that range between nesw [mainly near the gulf of patras, e.g. palyvos et al. 2007] and se-nw [mainly east of rion, e.g. doutsos and poulimenos 1992]. numerous greater than mw 6 events have occurred in the broader area in historical and instrumental times. the most recent strong event occurred on june 15, 1995 (mw 6.3) in aighio (ca. 20 km ese of the monument) due to the reactivation of the homonymous fault. the near-field seismic sources in this area are shown in table 2 and figure 3. 4.2 monument #2 (kalamata pilot area): agioi theodoroi, kampos (avia, s. peloponnesus) the post-byzantine church of agioi theodoroi [bouras 2006] is located in kampos village, s. peloponnesus (figure 4). the construction of the monument is dated back to the turkish dominance period (15th – 16th century ad). with respect to the architectural form, it is a slight variant of the cross-in-square typology (with two columns instead of four), topped by a dome, while the construction of the triple layered masonry was made with the use of local limestone. the church of agioi theodoroi was chosen among other monuments, because of its architectural form (cross-in-square typology), which is actually the most popular of the middle and late byzantine period. its small size and its location (non-adjacent to other buildings or monuments) gives the possibility for a further and deeper research (in situ measurements etc.), without having any seismic interference with the othfigure 4. (a) small-scale map of the broader kalamata pilot area where the monument of agioi theodoroi is located. the near field seismic sources are also shown (see text and table 2 for details). seismicity derives from the catalogues of papazachos et al. [2000], for the period between 550 bc and ad 1963 (included), and noa, since ad 1964; the occur-rence year and magnitude are also shown for events with m ≥ 5.5. (b) large-scale aerial photograph mosaic (national cadastre and mapping agency s.a.) with the location of the monument. (c) structural plots of agioi theodoroi (floor plan and longitudinal cross-section). (d) the structural model and photos of the monument. figure 5. (a) small-scale map of the broader heraklion pilot area where the monument of agios minas and pantanassa is located. the near field seismic sources are also shown (see text and table 2 for details). seismicity derives from the catalogues of papazachos et al. [2000], for the period between 550 bc and ad 1963 (included), and noa, since ad 1964; the occur-rence year and magnitude are also shown for events with m ≥ 5.5. (b) large scale aerial photograph mosaic (national cadastre and mapping agency s.a.) with the location of the monument. (c) structural plots of agios minas and panta-nassa (floor plan and longitudinal cross-section). (d) the structural model and photos of the monument. seismic hazard assessment for the cultural heritage of greece 9 er constructions. the different types of cracks (some of them hairlike and some of them more severe), the traces of a prior to the existing foundation, the realization of some non-compatible restoration works (1967-1968) and also the fact that the construction is still functional until today as a religious monument by the local community, were the basic criteria for the final selection in this pilot area. the morphological relief of the surrounding area is smooth with low-height hills. alpine bedrock is represented by flysch and limestone of the tripoli unit. alpine formations are covered by pliocene marine sediments (marly limestone, sandstone, marl, conglomerates). pleistocene terrace deposits (red clays, clayey sand with conglomerate intercalations) are met at the surface covering all the above mentioned formations. terrace deposit thickness varies from a few meters to 50 m. recent alluvial deposits are met locally, consisting of pebbles-gravel and sandy clay. sw peloponnesus lies at the back-arc of the western hellenic subduction, where the quasi-oceanic crust is subducted under the aegean due to the collision between europe and africa [e.g. caputo et al. 1970, le pichon and angelier 1979, 1981; hatzfeld et al. 1989, jolivet et al. 2013]. in contrast with the n-s extension at the central part of the hellenic subduction’s backarc, the western part exhibits a roughly e-w direction of extension [e.g. lyon-caen et al. 1988, papanikolaou et al. 1988, papazachos et al. 1988, hatzfeld et al. 1990, jolivet et al. 1999, 2013] due to the arc’s curvature. this results in the occurrence of n-sto sse-nnw-trending normal faults in sw peloponnesus. strong earthquakes in this region are quite often since historical times. two are the most famous events: the 464 bc sparta [m 6.8 according to papazachos and papazachou 2003] earthquake, caused by the at least 48 km-long, sse-nnw-trending taygetos fault at the western front of the homonymous mountain, and the september 13, 1986 kalamata (mw 5.8) earthquake, caused by the homonymous, ca. 18 km-long, w-dipping normal fault just few kilometres east from the town of kalamata. the seismic sources for the agioi theodoroi monument are shown in table 2 and figure 4. 4.3 monument #3 (heraklion pilot area): agios minas and pantanassa (heraklion, crete) the byzantine church of agios minas and pantanassa is located in the old town of heraklion city, in crete, greece (figure 5). although the initial structure, which was actually a single space topped by a vaulted roof, is dated back to the venetian period (1211-1669), it has two sequential construction phases: the first one took place during the turkish dominance period (1669-1777) with the construction of a south wing covered by a vaulted ceiling and a second one, during the late years (1900-1901) with the construction of a narthex-like (pseudonarthex) structure on the west side [detorakis 1995]. as for the triple layered masonry, it was made with the use of local limestone. the church of agios minas and pantanassa was chosen because of its initial characteristic architectural form (single space topped by a vaulted roof typology) which is actually very close to the one of the greek island churches and at the same time, differentiates from the other study cases that have been selected. the presence of three sequential construction phases coupled with the fact that this monument used to be the first orthodox metropolis of the city of heraklion, comprised two of the most significant criteria from this selection. the broader heraklion area is characterized by a smooth morphological relief on a gentle slope towards the sea. pliocene, marls of the foinikia formation are considered as the geological bedrock of the area. they consist mainly of marls with sandstone beds of 2-5 m thickness. the upper layers of the formation are weathered. thickness of the weather layer varies from 5 m to 15 m. at the monument area, marls are covered by manmade deposits of 2-5 m of thickness. the neotectonic regime of crete is quite complex: the uppermost 10-20 km of the crust are characterized by extension and mainly normal faulting of various directions as it is revealed from kinematic indicators and focal mechanisms [e.g. le pichon and angelier 1979, 1981; taymaz et al. 1990, fassoulas 2001, jost et al. 2002, benetatos et al. 2014, caputo et al. 2010, mountrakis et al. 2012, gallen et al. 2014, mason et al. 2016], whereas the deeper parts, i.e. the subducting lithosphere, are characterized by compression due to the hellenic subduction zone. the shallow extension is ascribed to the southward slab-rollback of the hellenic margin, the southwestward expulsion of the aegean microplate and the anti-clockwise rotation of the african lithosphere relative to eurasia [e.g. ring et al. 2010, jolivet et al. 2013]. extension occurs orientated both arc-perpendicular and arc-parallel, which has led to a complex pattern of normal faulting throughout the region. crustal scale normal faults affect both offshore [e.g. leite and mascle 1982, alves et al. 2007] and on land areas [fortuin and peters 1984, postma and drinia 1993, ten veen and meijer 1998, sboras et al. 10 ten veen and postma 1999, fassoulas 2001, kokkalas and doutsos 2001, monaco and tortorici 2004, peterek and schwarze 2004, caputo et al. 2010, wiatr et al. 2013, mouslopoulou et al. 2014, mason et al. 2016]. the crustal seismic sources near the agios minas and pantanassa monument are shown in table 2 and figure 5. name/code length (km) width (km) strike (°) dip direction dip (°) kinematics mce magnitude aighio pilot area (agios nikolaos) ag01 4.7 4.7 55 s 60 n 5.3 ag02 4.2 4.2 240 n 60 n 5.2 ag03 11.2 11.2 273 n 60 n 6.1 ag04 9.5 9.45 81 s 60 n 5.9 ag07 9.8 9.8 268 n 60 n 6.0 ag08 9.8 9.8 288 n 60 n 6.0 ag09 9.3 9.3 306 n 60 n 5.9 ag10 3.8 3.8 291 n 60 n 5.1 ag11 9.7 9.7 286 n 60 n 5.9 ag14 24.8 24.8 69 s 60 n 6.8 ag19 21.3 10.65 229 w 90 s 6.4 ag28 15.1 15.1 225 n 40 n 6.3 ag29 11.8 11.8 317 n 60 n 6.1 ag30 12.5 12.5 309 n 60 n 6.2 ag34 6.9 6.9 241 w 40 n 5.6 kalamata pilot area (agioi theodoroi) m12 4.8 4.8 169 w 60 n 5.3 kitries 10.8 10.8 177 w 60 n 6.0 m2 6.2 6.2 199 w 60 n 5.5 doli 10.0 10.0 356 e 60 n 6.0 kouris 10.4 10.4 341 e 60 n 6.0 kardamili 12.5 12.5 154 w 60 n 6.2 m4 10.9 10.9 151 sw 60 n 6.0 lefktro 6.0 6.0 141 sw 60 n 5.5 m1 7.4 7.4 195 w 60 n 5.7 m3 7.5 7.5 108 s 60 n 5.7 kourtissa 21.0 21.0 127 sw 60 n 6.6 asprochoma 7.1 7.1 156 w 70 n 5.7 verga 11.2 11.2 193 w 70 n 6.1 heraklion pilot area (agios minas & pantanassa) hr2 3.3 3.3 22 se 60 n 5.0 hr1 3.8 3.8 149 sw 60 n 5.1 hr4 3.4 3.4 175 w 60 n 5.0 gazi 7.3 7.3 354 e 70 n 5.7 kroussonas 11.0 11.0 22 e 65 n 6.1 tilissos 10.8 10.8 4 e 65 n 6.0 yuchtas west 7.8 7.8 174 w 60 n 5.8 yuchta east 6.0 6.0 13 e 50 n 5.5 episkopi 4.4 4.4 212 nw 60 n 5.2 vasilies 6.1 6.1 195 w 70 n 5.5 kounavoi 5.4 5.4 386 e 60 n 5.4 agios syllas 3.8 3.8 189 w 60 n 5.1 table 2. the seismic sources of the three pilot areas with their basic parameters. for kinematics r = reverse, n = normal and s = strike-slip. mce = maximum credible earthquake, calculated from m versus rupture area (ra = length × width) after wells and coppersmith [1994]. seismic hazard assessment for the cultural heritage of greece 11 5. method of structural assessment and results in order to obtain information on the level of seismic noise in the monuments, but also for the natural frequency of the monument, microtremor measurements were performed by placing a special sensor both on the ground and various positions on the monument (roof, floor and window arches; figure 6). from the hvsr analysis results that are shown in figure 6, it can be clearly seen that the resonant frequencies of the monuments range between 5 and 8.2 hz (8.5 hz for agios nikolaos in aighio, 5 hz for agioi theodoroi in kalamata and 8.2 hz for agios minas and pantanassa in herakleion). the fact that the dominant frequencies measured on the ground in the near vicinity of the monuments are much lower (2.3 hz for aighio, 0.65 hz for kalamata and 2.2 hz for herakleion) than those measured over the monument gives further proof regarding the validity of the values that were calculated for each monument. the results were used, after processing, as input for the monument analysis. georadar measurements were also performed in order to define the monument structure (construction materials, thickness etc.) and to detect any non-visible elements in the monument structure. gpr survey was implemented in coordination with the civil engineers in order to cover all areas of interest of the monument. for the analysis of the three churches, solid finite element models have been developed and subjected to scenarios of seismic time-history loading. the data collected from microtremor measurements were used for the calibration of the developed numerical model and the verification of its validity. strong ground motion has been modeled using stochastic simulation methodologies for point sources, as well as finite sources, attributed to local active faults. the aim was to accurately simulate the seismic motion by taking into account the specific source, path and site characteristics, for each earthquake scenario. for each case, source parameters relative to each fault were used in the simulations. regarding path parameters, we used the duration model proposed by atkinson and boore [1995] and a geometrical spreading model of 1/r [atkinson and boore 1995] for the first 50 km of distance (since all scenarios were calculated for small epicentral distances). the q models that we used were the ones proposed in greek literature. more specifically we used the model proposed by tselentis et al. [1988] for the kalamata monument case, since it figure 6. h/v spectral rations resulting from microtremor measurements for the agios nikolaos (aighio pilot area), agioi theodoroi (kalamata pilot area) and agios minas and pantanassa (heraklion pilot area) monuments (left, central and right column, respectively), on the top of the monuments (top row) and on the ground (bottom row). sboras et al. 12 is attributed to this specific region and the model proposed by hatzidimitriou [1994], for the rest, as it has been found to be applicable in previous greek studies. as for site parameters, these were different and relative to each site. more specifically a vs30 value was assigned for each site relative to its soil conditions according to the eurocode 8. for this value the empirical attenuation parameters and kappa values that were proposed by margaris and boore [1998] for soil category b and by klimis et al. [1999] for soil categories c and d were used. more specifically, according to eurocode 8 (design of structures for earthquake resistance), the earthquake motion at a given point on the surface can be represented by an elastic ground acceleration response spectrum, henceforth called an “elastic response spectrum”. moreover, the seismic motion may also be represented in terms of ground acceleration time histories and related quantities (velocity and displacement). when a spatial model is required, the seismic motion consists of three simultaneously acting accelerograms without using the same accelerogram simultaneously along both horizontal directions. depending on the nature of the application and on the information actually available, the description of the seismic motion may be made by using artificial accelerograms and recorded or simulated accelerograms. in the cases of the examined monuments however, where the “life” of the structures is more than 600 years, the use of the maximum expected magnitude was selected over specific magnitudes with specific return periods, in order to simulate the effects of a worst case scenario that could occur during the large lifespan of a monument. it should be noted here that synthetic acceleration time histories for all possible seismic scenarios and local active faults were calculated using the stochastic methodology described in a previous session. the synthetic accelerograms for the three case studies were generated so as the duration ts of the stationary part of the accelerograms that exceeded the minimum of eurocode 8 namely 10 sec. moreover, the mean of the zero period spectral response acceleration values (calculated from the individual time histories) was not smaller than the value of ag·s (where ag is the design ground acceleration on type a ground for the aforementioned examined cases and s is the soil factor) for the site in question. finally, in the range of periods between 0.2t1 and 2t1, where t1 is the fundamental period of the structure in the direction where the accelerogram was applied, no value of the mean 5% damping elastic spectrum, calculated from all time histories, was less than 90% of the corresponding value of the 5% damping elastic response spectrum. in the model for the entire structure, the seismic actions were imposed at the foundation level of the model, by applying the artificial time histories of the examined figure 7. (a) geometry of a modelled byzantine cross vault. (b) the first predominant eigen mode of the entire models of agios nikolaos and agioi theodoroi monuments. seismic hazard assessment for the cultural heritage of greece 13 scenarios. as already mentioned, the entire model of the churches was developed using three-dimensional, tetrahedral finite elements. all geometric details of the structure, including the imperfections in the alignment of the walls, were introduced into the numerical model. the thickness of the walls and the roof varies following the actual geometry in detail. the various parts of the entire model were considered as statically dependent. this is a realistic assumption, since the interlocking of cornerstones is evident across the structure, typical of the byzantine construction method of masonry. the models consist of cross vaults, numerous arches, squinches, pendentives, hemispherical vaults representing the domes, and quarterspherical vaults. in figure 7a, a typical byzantine cross vault is pictured, and simulated with the abaqus code. the boundary conditions of the model (considerably stiff springs) were imported. the mechanical properties of the materials assigned to the entire model were set according to the bibliography concerning the characteristics of the masonry of each monument and the data collected from microtremor tests (table 1 and table 3). with the aforementioned procedure, a reliable calibration of the numerical model representing the structure of the katholikon was ensured. masonry rubblework brickwork marble young’s modulus (mpa) 1600 1100 1000 56000 density (kg/m³) 2240 2200 1800 3000 poisson ratio 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 table 3. example of the mechanical properties for the materials of agios nikolaos, platani (aighio pilot area). figure 8. (a) maximum pga distribution for the aighio pilot area that was calculated in the scopes of this project. (b) the calculated synthetic accelerogram at the site of the agios nikolaos monument produced by the ag11 seismic source. (c) the calculated spectrum for the same site. (d) and (e) the monument’s structure response to ground motion after the hypothetical rupture of ag11 seismic source. sboras et al. 14 the first eigenmode for the first and second case study monuments, namely agios nikolaos and agioi theodoroi, computed from the frequency analysis, correspond to deformation of the entire structure (figure 7b) along s-n direction while for the case of agios minas and pantanassa, the first eigenmode corresponds to the motion of the belfry. therefore, the data from the microtremor test was compared to the third eigenmode obtained from the frequency analysis which corresponds to the motion of the monument along s-n direction. after the frequency analysis, the dynamic analysis of the structures subjected to the time-history scenarios was established. in the case of agios nikolaos the network of cracks on the walls due to previous earthquakes was visible contrary to the other two cases of monuments where the recent interventions or existing coating of walls impeded the observation of the masonry pathology. therefore, the results of the numerical analysis concerning time-history analyses for one of the examined scenarios are presented herein, verifying that linear analysis can interpret the existing crack pattern. to this aim, the model regions in which principal tensile (or compressive) stresses significantly outrun the strength of the masonry were compared with the surveyed crack pattern of the monument. in figures 8, 9 and 10 the principal tensile stresses are presented as obtained from the numerical analysis for a specific moment of one of the time histories of the seismic motion examined. after applying all the possible scenarios of the seismic motion in the numerical analysis, it was feasible to determine the most vulnerable parts of each structure. in the case of agios nikolaos, for example, the figure 9. maximum pga distribution for the kalamata pilot area that was calculated in the scopes of this project. (b) the calculated synthetic accelerogram at the site of the agioi theodoroi monument produced by the doli seismic source. (c) the calculated spectrum for the same site. (d) and (e) the monument’s structure response to ground motion after the hy-pothetical rupture of doli seismic source. seismic hazard assessment for the cultural heritage of greece 15 seismic analysis showed that the maximum values of the principal tensile stresses appeared at the upper part of the three conches where nowadays several cracks are visible and at the base of the cross vaults where permanent deformation has been observed. similarly, the analysis of agioi theodoroi showed that the stresses at various parts such as the upper part of the perimetric walls, the vaulted roof and the dome could not be ignored and in the case of agios minas and pantanassa, significant stresses were noticed in several parts such as the base of the belfry and the upperpart of the arches of the northern aisle. 6. conclusions for the needs of “aspida” project, all available data for the historical monuments of greece were collected, assessed, processed and compiled in a gis database arranged in layers. the monuments’ dataset/layer counts more than 2900 entries (monuments) along with their relative data, such as administrative, geological and sha information. pga values were calculated for each and every monument in the greek territory and integrated in the database, providing for the first time an initial, but uniform perception of the seismic hazard for all monuments in greece. the geodatabase is scale-free and can host data of various scales according to the detail of the data. it is designed to be updateable and adaptable in order to process and integrate new data and receive new outputs. the future purpose of the database is to gradually replace the national-scale inputs and outputs with more accurate data and results that will derive from focused investigations such the ones followed in the three pilot areas. the end-user is able to retrieve information easily for the items of each dataset (monuments, seismic sources, etc.), while data can be visualised using the backfigure 10. maximum pga distribution for the heraklion pilot area that was calculated in the scopes of this project. (b) the calculated synthetic accelerogram at the site of the agios minas and pantanassa monument produced by the vasilies seismic source. (c) the calculated spectrum for the same site. (d) and (e) the monument’s structure response to ground motion after the hypothetical rupture of vasilies seismic source. sboras et al. 16 ground layers of google (map or satellite). determination of seismic sources and geological conditions for the whole greek territory was carried out by assessing mostly bibliographic data. these data were then associated with morphological, seismological and other data. note that this determination resulted from small-scale data (1:500,000) that do not have the required accuracy for the detailed assessment of seismic risk. the scope of the national-scale seismic hazard map, based on deterministic approach, is the initial and uniform seismic hazard assessment on every position. in case of specific buildings for which detailed assessment of seismic risk is required, detailed investigation of both the geological conditions around the monument and the detailed mapping and investigation of fault zones in the broader area are necessary. such an approach was followed for the three pilot areas of aighio, kalamata and heraklion. as seen in figure 2, calculated pga values greatly exceed those proposed by the greek earthquake protection law and in many cases reach values close to 1 g. this is mainly due to the fact that the values proposed in the greek seismic code regulation [eppo 2001] are based on probabilistic methodologies and are linked to specific return periods. this approach however is not optimal for the case of monuments, where the life expectancy is expected to be as much as possible and therefore their seismic behaviour should be investigated on the basis of the worst case scenario. additionally, it should be noted that the distribution of the seismic hazard values in the greek earthquake protection law does not explicitly take into account the detailed seismotectonic as well as the specific geotechnical conditions in greece. on the other hand, the greek seismic code regulation [eppo 2001] incorporates the site effect, as well as other design motion multiplying factor differently. furthermore, large pga values, calculated with the previously described stochastic methodology, usually correspond to singular pulses and are not representative of the level of energy released by the shock. subsequently, it is obvious that the earthquake protection code of greece should be updated, using all available seismotectonic and local site condition data in conjunction with modern methodologies which can lead to more accurately calculated seismic hazard. subsequently, based on the calculated seismic hazard, a structural analysis can be implemented so as to determine the most vulnerable parts of the structures and propose the appropriate strengthening measures. the geodatabase of the “aspida” project contains a number of important strong motion parameters for the whole region of greece, being thus a valuable tool to the engineers for the scope of fortifying any important building in the region. the geodatabase also organizes various information from the fields of active tectonics, geology, seismology, engineering and others, in a practical gis environment accessible to all interested parties. in this particular study, the geodatabase was utilized in the scope of sha for a wide region. the database applications however are not limited only to this field of natural hazards. as it keeps being developed, it could also be utilized for landslide hazard assessment, liquefaction potential, tsunami hazard and other fields regarding public safety. acknowledgements. in the frame of the research action “development proposals of research institutions-kripis” of the general secretariat of research and technology, the institute of geodynamics has undertaken the responsibility of conducting the project “upgrading infrastructure for earthquake protection in greece and enhancing services through actions of excellence” (aspida). aspida was a three components project. one of these components was the “measures for cultural heritage protection against strong earthquakes”. the present work was concluded in the context of this component and was supported by a large working group. we also like to thank prof. k. makropoulos (the former director of the institute of geodynamics) and dr d. papanastasiou for their contribution to the project design. thanks to all members of the working group of the project, all referred in the website http://www.gein.noa.gr/aspida3. we also thank an anonymous reviewer and the editors for their fruitful comments that helped improving the article. references alves, t.m., lykousis, v., sakellariou, d., alexandri, s. and nomikou, p. (2007). constraining the origin and evolution of confined turbidite systems: southern cretan margin, eastern mediterranean sea (34°30–36°n), geomar. lett., 27, 41-61, doi:10.1007/s00367-006-0051-1. atkinson, g. m. and boore, d. m. (2006). earthquake ground-motion prediction equations for eastern north america, bull. seismol. soc. am., 96(6), 2181-2205. benetatos, c., kiratzi, a., papazachos, c. and karakaisis, g. (2004). focal mechanisms of shallow and intermediate depth earthquakes along the hellenic arc, j. geodyn., 37(2), 253-296. boore, d. m. (2003). simulation of ground motion using the stochastic method, pure appl. geophys., 160, 635-676. bouras, c. (2006). byzantine and post-byzantine architecture in greece, melissa publishing house, 311 pp. [in greek] seismic hazard assessment for the cultural heritage of greece 17 caputo, m., panza, g. f. and postpischl, d. (1970). deep structure of the mediterranean basin, j. geophys. res., 75(26), 4919-4923. caputo, r., catalano, s., monaco, c., romagnoli, g., tortorici, g. and tortorici, l. (2010). active faulting on the island of crete (greece), geophys. j. int., 183(1), 111-126. caputo, r., chatzipetros a., pavlides, s. and sboras, s. (2012). the greek database of seismogenic sources (gredass): state-of-the-art for northern greece, ann. geophys., 55(5), 859-894. detorakis, t. e. (1995). minas o megalomartus, o agios toy megalou kastrou: agiologika, hymnologika, historika, publ. iera mitropolis naou agiou mina, heraklion, greece, 613 pp. [in greek]. doutsos, t. and poulimenos, g. (1992). geometry and kinematics of active faults and their seismotectonic significance in the western corinth-patras rift (greece), j. struct. geol., 14(6), 689-699. earthquake planning and protection organization (e.p.p.o.), (2001). greek code for seismic resistant structures – eak 2000, e.p.p.o., athens, 257 pp. fassoulas, c. (2001). the tectonic development of a neogene basin at the leading edge of the active european margin: the heraklion basin, crete, greece, j. geodyn., 31(1), 49-70. fortuin, a. r. and peters, j. m. (1984). the prina complex in eastern crete and its relationship to possible miocene strike-slip tectonics, j. struct. geol., 6, 459-476. gallen, s. f., wegmann, k. w., bohnenstiehl, d. r., pazzaglia, f. j., brandon, m. t. and fassoulas, c. (2014). active simultaneous uplift and margin-normal extension in a forearc high, crete, greece, earth plan. sci. lett., 398, 11-24. ganas, a., oikonomou, i., a. and tsimi, c. (2013). noafaults: a digital database for active faults in greece, bull. geol. soc. greece, 47, 518-530. hatzfeld, d., pedotti, g., hatzidimitriou, p., panagiotopoulos, d., scordilis, m., drakopoulos, i., makropoulos, k., delibasis, n., latousakis, i., baskoutas, j. and frogneux, m. (1989). the hellenic subduction beneath the peloponnesus: first results of a microearthquake study, earth planet. sci. lett., 93(2), 283-291. hatzfeld, d., pedotti, g., hatzidimitriou, p. and makropoulos, k. (1990). the strain pattern in the western hellenic arc deduced from a microearthquake survey, geophys. j. int., 101(1), 181-202. hatzidimitriou, p. m. (1994). scattering and anelastic attenuation of seismic energy in n. greece, pure and appl. geophys. 143 (4), 587–601. holzer, l. t., padovani, c. a., bennett, j. m., thomas, e. n. and tinsley, c. j. (2005). mapping nehrp vs30 site classes, earthquake spectra, 21 (2), 1-18. jolivet, l., faccenna, c., d’agostino, n., fournier, m. and worrall, d. (1999). the kinematics of back-arc basins, examples from the tyrrhenian, aegean and japan seas, geol. soc. london, sp. publ., 164(1), 21-53. jolivet, l., faccenna, c., huet, b., labrousse, l., le pourhiet, l., lacombe, o., lecomte, e., burov, e., denele, y., brun, j.p. and philippon, m. (2013). aegean tectonics: strain localisation, slab tearing and trench retreat, tectonophysics, 597, 1-33. jost, m. l., knabenbauer, o., cheng, j. and harjes, h. p. (2002). fault plane solutions of microearthquakes and small events in the hellenic arc, tectonophysics, 356(1), 87-114. institute of geology and mineral exploration (igme), (1983). geological map of greece, 1:500,000 scale, igme, athens. institute of geology and mineral exploration (igme), (1993). engineering geological map of greece, 1:500,000 scale, igme, athens. karakaisis, g .f., papazachos, c. b. and scordilis, e. m. (2010). seismic sources and main seismic faults in the aegean and surrounding area, bull. geol. soc. greece, 43(4), 2026-2042. kazantzidou-firtinidou, d., kassaras, i., ganas, a., tsimi, c., sakellariou, n., mourloukos, s., stoumpos, p., michalaki, k. and giannaraki, g. (2016). seismic damage scenarios in kalamata (s. greece), bull. geol. soc. greece, 50, paper 159. klimis, n. s., b. n. margaris and p. k. koliopoulos (1999). site dependent amplification functions and response spectra in greece, j. earthq. eng., 3(2), 237-247. kokkalas, s. and doutsos, t. (2001). strain-dependent stress field and plate motions in the south-east aegean region, j. geodyn., 32, 311-332. le pichon, x. and angelier, j. (1979). the hellenic arc and trench system: a key to the neotectonic evolution of the eastern mediterranean area, tectonophysics, 60(1-2), 1-42. le pichon, x. and angelier, j. (1981). the aegean sea, phil. trans. r. soc. lond. a, 300(1454), 357-372. leite, o. and mascle, j. (1982). geological structures on the south cretan continental margin and hellenic trench (eastern mediterranean), mar. geol., 49, 199-223. lyon-caen, h.e.a., armijo, r., drakopoulos, j., baskoutass, j., delibassis, n., gaulon, r., kouskouna, v., sboras et al. 18 latoussakis, j., makropoulos, k., papadimitriou, p. and papanastassiou, d. (1988). the 1986 kalamata (south peloponnesus) earthquake: detailed study of a normal fault, evidences for east-west extension in the hellenic arc, j. geophys. res., 93(b12), 14967-15000. mamaloukos, s. (2010). church of agios nikolaos in platani of achaia. supplementary information [in greek], deltion of the christian archaeological society, 31(4), 33-46. margaris, b. n. and boore d. m., 1998. determination of δσ and κ0 from response spectra of large earthquakes in greece, bull. seism. soc. am., 88, 170-182. mason, j., schneiderwind, s., pallikarakis, a., wiatr, t., mechernich, s., papanikolaou, i. and reicherter, k. (2016). fault structure and deformation rates at the lastros-sfaka graben, crete. tectonophysics, 683, 216-232. monaco, c. and tortorici, l. (2004). faulting and effects of earthquakes on minoan archaeological sites in crete (greece), tectonophysics, 382, 103-116. motazedian, d. and atkinson, g.m., 2005. stochastic finite-fault modeling based on a dynamic corner frequency. bull. seismol. soc. am., 95, 995-1010. mountrakis, d., kilias, a., pavlaki, a., fassoulas, c., thomaidou, e., papazachos, c., papaioannou c., roumelioti, c., benetatos c. and vamvakaris, d. (2012). neotectonic study of western crete and implications for seismic hazard assessment. j. virt. expl., 42, 2. mouslopoulou, v., moraetis, d., benedetti, l., guillou, v., bellier, o. and hristopulos, d. (2014). normal faulting in the forearc of the hellenic subduction margin: paleoearthquake history and kinematics of the spili fault, crete, greece, j. struct. geol., 66, 298-308. palyvos n., sorel, d., lemeille f., mancini m., pantosti d., julia r., triantaphylou m. and de martini p.m. (2007). review and new data on uplift rates at the w termination of the corinth rift and the ne rion graben area (achaia, nw peloponnesos). bull. geol. soc. greece, 40(1), 412-424. papaioannou, c., voulgaris, n., karakaisis, g. f., koutrakis, s., latousakis, j., makropoulos, k., papazachos, c., sokos, e., stavrakakis, g., tselentis, g., 2008. the utilization of new seismological data in the compilation of the new seismic hazard map of greece, 3rd greek conference on earthquake engineering and engineering seismology, 5-7 november 2008, athens, article 2025. papanikolaou, d., lykousis, v., chronis, g. and pavlakis, p. (1988). a comparative study of neotectonic basins across the hellenic arc: the messiniakos, argolikos, saronikos and southern evoikos gulfs, basin res., 1(3), 167-176. papazachos b. and papazachou k. (2003). the earthquakes of greece, 3rd ed. ziti editions, thessaloniki, greece, 286 pp. [in greek] papazachos, b., kiratzi, a., karacostas, b., panagiotopoulos, d., scordilis, e. and mountrakis, d. m. (1988). surface fault traces, fault plane solution and spatial distribution of the aftershocks of the september 13, 1986 earthquake of kalamata (southern greece), pure appl. geophys., 126(1), 55-68. papazachos, b.c., comninakis, p.e., karakaisis, g.f., karakostas, b.g., papaioannou, ch.a., papazachos, c.b. and e.m. scordilis (2000). a catalogue of earthquakes in greece and surrounding area for the period 550bc-1999, publ. geophys. laboratory, university of thessaloniki, 1, 333 pp. papazachos, b., scordilis, e., panagiotopoulos, d., papazachos, c. and karakaisis, g. (2004). global relations between seismic fault parameters and moment magnitude of earthquakes, abstract volume of the 10th congress of the geological society of greece, 15 – 17 april, thessaloniki, 539 540. papazachos, b.c., comninakis, p.e., scordilis, e.m., karakaisis, g.f. and c.b. papazachos (2010). a catalogue of earthquakes in the mediterranean and surrounding area for the period 1901 2010, publ. geophys. laboratory, university of thessaloniki. pavlides, s., caputo, r., sboras, s., chatzipetros, a., papathanasiou, g. and valkaniotis, s. (2010). the greek catalogue of active faults and database of seismogenic sources, bull. geol. soc. greece, 43 (1), 486-494. peterek, a., & schwarze, j. (2004). architecture and late pliocene to recent evolution of outer-arc basins of the hellenic subduction zone (south-central crete, greece), j. geodyn., 38(1), 19-55. postma, g. and drinia, h., 1993. architecture and sedimentary facies evolution of a marine, expanding outer-arc half-graben (crete, late miocene). basin res., 5, 103-124. ring, u., glodny, j., will, t. and thomson, s. (2010). the hellenic subduction system: high-pressure metamorphism, exhumation, normal faulting, and large-scale extension, ann. rev. earth planet. sci., 38, 45-76. sboras, s. (2011). the greek database of seismogenic sources: seismotectonic implications for north greece, pubblicazioni dello iuss, 5(1), 1-274. seismic hazard assessment for the cultural heritage of greece 19 taymaz, t., jackson, j. and westaway, r. (1990). earthquake mechanisms in the hellenic trench near crete, geophys. j. int., 102(3), 695-731. ten veen, j. and meijer, p. (1998). late miocene to recent tectonic evolution of crete (greece): geological observations and model analysis, tectonophysics, 298, 191-208. ten veen, j.h. and postma, g. (1999). neogene tectonics and basin fill patterns in the hellenic outer-arc (crete, greece), basin res., 11, 223-241. tselentis, g-a., drakopoulos, j., makropoulos, c. (1988). on the frequency dependence of q in the kalamata (south greece) region as obtained from the analysis of the coda of the aftershocks of the kalamata 1986 earthquake, tectonophysics, 152, 157-159. voulgaris, n., kaviris, g. and makropoulos, k., 2006. seismic hazard and greek monuments, proc. of the 1st european conference on earthquake engineering and seismology (sc-a1-ii) and 30th general assembly of the european seismological commission, geneva, switzerland, 3-8 september 2006. wells, d.l. and coppersmith, k.j., 1994. new empirical relationships among magnitude, rupture length, rupture width and surface displacement. bull. seismol. soc. am., 84, 974-1002. wiatr, t., reicherter, k., papanikolaou, i., fernández steeger, t. and mason, j. (2013). slip vector analysis with high resolution t-lidar scanning, tectonophysics, 608, 947-957. zygouri, v., koukouvelas, i. and ganas, a. (2016). palaeoseismological analysis of the east giouchtas fault, heraklion basin, crete (prelimenary results), bull. geol. soc. greece, 50, paper 120. *corresponding author: sotiris sboras national observatory of athens, institute of geodynamics, lofos nymfon, thiseio, athens, greece; email: sboras@noa.gr. 2017 by istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved vol49_1_2006def 245 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 1, february 2006 key words hyperspectral – iron bearing minerals – paleoclimate 1. introduction the las tablas de daimiel natural park frames a lake at the head of the river guadiana draining to the atlantic, settled in the large plain of la mancha in central spain (fig. 1). this continental dry plain is subject to a mediterranean dry, semi-arid climate with dry summer and winter and relatively short rainy seasons in fall and spring. periods of drought are recurrent within mapping of semi-arid iron bearing red sands on emerged areas around lake marshes (tablas de daimiel, spain) using hyperspectral dais 7915 spectrometer data asunción riaza (1), eduardo garcia-melendez (2), mercedes suárez (3), andrea hausold (4), ulrich beisl (4) and harald van der werff (5) (1) instituto geológico y minero de españa (igme), madrid, spain (2) área de geodinámica externa, facultad de ciencias ambientales, universidad de león, spain (3) departamento de geología, universidad de salamanca, spain (4) dlr_german aerospace research establishment, remote sensing data centre, oberpfaffenhofen, wessling, deutschland (5) international institute for aerospace survey and earth sciences (itc), enschede, the netherlands abstract wetlands are particularly sensitive environments receiving attention from the natural sciences community due to their wealth of both flora and fauna, and often considered as natural parks. in the tablas de daimiel (la mancha, central spain), digital airborne imaging spectrometer data (dais 7915) have been analyzed to map geological processes on areas around the receding wetland which have never been flooded by water in the past. sediments permanently exposed to the atmosphere dehydrate and oxide, developing different mineralogical associations arranged on planation surfaces. such planation surfaces are key in the geological knowledge of recent climate change and landscape evolution. progressive iron oxide/hydroxide rate and decarbonation can be spectrally followed on the holocene sands framing the current marshy area. such mineralogical changes are geologically registered on flat surfaces at different heights over the receding shore of the paleolake. interacting erosion and sedimentation processes are responsible for the development of the flat morphological surfaces with increasing dryness. maps are built for four different morphological units consisting of planation surfaces following chronologically the receding marsh during the last 2000 years before the present. interactive spectral responses of mineralogical associations are described on the imagery, field and laboratory spectra. mailing address: dr. asunción riaza, instituto geológico y minero de españa (igme), rios rosas 23, 28003 madrid, spain; e-mail: a.riaza@igme.es 246 asunción riaza, eduardo garcia-melendez, mercedes suárez, andrea hausold, ulrich beisl and harald van der werff the lapse of five years. it is a wetland with a linear morphology associated with alluvial river flats and hollows, resulting from the overflooding of the rivers cigüela and guadiana, joining and developing the tablas, and the natural discharge of the underlying aquifer, through upwelling water at locations termed «ojos» (eyes). the study area is located at the northern las tablas within the floodplain of the cigüela river, carrying silty and evaporitic sediments from tertiary and triassic gypsum materials underlying the upstream river course. the floodplain is formed by silty and clay sediments with organic matter and gypsum. the recent sedimentological record of the quaternary deposits in the area points to recent harsh paleoenvironmental conditions (2500-2300 years before present) with diminishing humidity and lowering of groundwater levels (garcía antón et al., 1986). intensive use of groundwater for cereal crop irrigation has produced a serious descent on the groundwater level and coverage, an already irreversible environmental problem. the spectral behaviour of iron bearing minerals has long been studied because of their widescale presence on lunar rocks (hunt et al., 1971). limonitic alteration was one of the first features attracting the attention of geological remote sensing (rowan et al., 1977; hunt and ashley, 1979; segal, 1983; townsend, 1987). weathering processes produce the same minerals as hydrothermal alteration processes (buckingham and sommer, 1983), and mask the spectral response of underlying rocks with coatings and internal mineralogical transformations (lyon, 1997). space imagery is able to depict subtle variations in the reflectance properties of desert surfaces, which are indicative of changes in mineralogical composition. the intensity of the red colour of sands in namibia (logan, 1960) has been used as an indication of age in the dunes. in australia, the intensity of dune reddening resulted in information on the distance from the source (el baz and prestel, 1980). recent use of spectral response of iron bearing minerals in fluvial sediments is addressed to map the contamination of mine waste disposals (farrand, 1997) using hyperspectral imagery. traditional studies on laterite soils are conducted using the relative amount of iron oxides and hydroxides (madeira et al., 1997) in humid rainforest climate. weathering of rock and soil surfaces responsible for the exterior mineral mixtures mainly fig. 1. geological map composed from dais images indicating the main morphological units not previously mapped on emerged areas overprinting the holocene underlying sands. geographical location of the tablas de daimiel wetland and natural park in central spain and the northeastern area within dais data selected for mapping. 247 mapping of semi-arid iron bearing red sands around lake marshes using hyperspectral dais 7915 data contributing to the spectral response detected by remote sensors has gained attention among the remote sensing geological community (pontual, 1987; amos and greenbaum, 1989; riaza et al., 1995, 2000, 2001; lyon, 1997; younis et al., 1997). different stages on weathering products and textures have been used for relative dating of lava flows of the same chemical and mineralogical composition with thermal infrared data (kahle et al., 1988; abrams et al., 1991). the mixtures of iron and clay minerals produced by weathering alteration associated with posthercynian erosion paleosurfaces in the duero basin (central spain) developed under different paleoclimate have been mapped helping to model sediment patterns on various stages of the evolution of the sedimentary basin (riaza et al., 2000). climate-dependent saline soils, carbonate, organic matter and iron oxide surfaces have been mapped along different stages of flooding and emersion in the past 2000 years using hyperspectral data on prior work (riaza et al., 2002). emphasis is focused here towards the areas which have always been over the shoreline. lakes are environments particularly sensitive to climate changes, both actual and paleoclimate. open system lakes fed by groundwater and seasonal runoff show a fluctuating shoreline. the most recent sediments hosting the tablas de daimiel wetland are holocene sands arranged on several morphological units descending towards the marshy area. on a semiarid climate, the well ventilated and open sand deposits which are emerged, easily lose water. the iron bearing minerals decrease in hydroxides (goethite) to gain anhydrous ferric oxide (hematite) (duchaufour, 1984) with the time of exposure to the atmosphere. as the wetland recedes, the whole sedimentological system on the riversides is demantled down towards the river. four geomorphologic units not previously mapped can be traced through the imagery on the everemerged sands surrounding the marsh, based on their different height from the coastline, confirmed by fieldwork and aerial photography interpretation. these units are related to terraces, eolian deposits and desiccated areas. the earlier units are topographically high, and show a bright strong brown colour to the eye because of the comparatively higher hematite contents. further loss of material by erosion and sedimentation produced by rain, runoff, and wind break the planation surfaces, which appear as both continuous and remanent sparse encased surfaces showing different stages of landscape development. 2. data set dais 7915 (digital airborne imaging spectrometer, vis-nir-tir) hyperspectral spectrometer data were recorded in july 2000, aiming at minimum vegetation vigour and maximum soil exposure. flight altitude was decided to ensure the better sensor performance minimizing noise. non-coherent noise was corrected after inflight calibration for dais (strobl et al., 1996) to remove the sensor sensitivity effects on the 79 dais channels. dais data have a spatial resolution of 5 m. two overlapping flight lines were recorded and georeferenced (schläpfer and richter, 2002). different spectral imaging processing tools were tested on atmospherically corrected data with a radiative transfer code using a midlatitude summer profile (richter, 1996; richter et al., 2002) and field spectra from dark and light targets. black body radiance surface and temperature were calculated using thermal infrared channels from field temperature measurements on a water body (richter, 1996; richter and coll, 2002). field reflectance spectra were collected with a ger spectrometer for thematic analysis on geologically representative targets, to be used for interpretative image processing. nonconsolidated soil samples were collected at different stages of the study of the imagery lead by image processing suggestions on sedimentology and time-dependent geomorphological processes resulting in mineralogical changes. laboratory reflectance spectra were acquired on these samples using a perkin-elmer lambda 6 spectrometer (400-2400 nm) provided with an integrating sphere using a standard of barium sulphate. non-consolidated rock samples were dry-sieved before measurement. munsell soil colour indexes (munsell, 1990) were assigned in the laboratory to soil samples under a constant illumination source. 248 asunción riaza, eduardo garcia-melendez, mercedes suárez, andrea hausold, ulrich beisl and harald van der werff x-ray diffraction (xrd) analysis was performed on selected non-consolidated rock samples to confirm field observations regarding mineralogical contents. further spectral measurements were made on powdered samples after xrd aiming to ascertain spectral features which might appear on fine grained samples. image processing was conducted using envi (rsi, 2000) hyperspectral modules and reference spectral libraries. the spectral interpretation of imagery, field and laboratory spectra was led by geological knowledge of the area and conventional geological field and laboratory survey. interaction of all data and multidisciplinary analysis have been used throughout the study at every stage of progress. 3. digital image processing dais images were processed aiming to separate different sediments and minerals indicative of geological processes of palustrine, fluvial and eolian environments (fig. 1). mosaics were composed with the two flight lines for synoptic view of the area, and for selection of areas of interest (fig. 1). masks were built for densely vegetated areas using channels 17 (0.7780 nm) and 13 (0.7070 nm) for a red/near infrared ratio. masks for water were also built using digital number 26 on channel 1 (0.4900 nm) as threshold. a false colour composite with channels 19 (0.8130 nm), 6 (0.5850 nm) and 53 (2.1330 nm) (brg) was selected gathering information on wavelength ranges related to iron bearing minerals, and carbonate, for a preliminary estimation of the spectral variability in the area. the six thermal infrared channels were used for an early evaluation of lithological variety (riaza et al., 1998). both principal components and minimum noise fraction transforms were useful to identify the main lithological regions indicating further hyperspectral image processing. following field sedimentological observations suggested by previous image processing, masks were built using thresholds on selected minimum noise fraction transforms from thermal infrared dais channels to isolate geological units within the sands (riaza et al., 2002). within the areas assigned to each unit, pixel purity index and n-dimensional analysis were run on the 72 vnir dais channels, helping to understand the geological spectral meaning of the various statistical populations among the sands (boardman and kruse, 1994). 4. laboratory spectra the holocene red sands surrounding the tablas de daimiel wetland are sediments composed of sand with quartz as a main component. comparison with usgs mineral spectral library on individual isolated minerals present on soil was made to identify the spectral features on the laboratory spectra possibly related to the minerals present on the mixture (fig. 2a). x-ray diffraction analysis showed no presence of clays on the red sands, but rather widespread carbonate. spectra acquired on clay size powder from soil samples showed the presence of carbonate on most red sands. strong brown colour (munsell, 1990) occurs on the earlier and topographically highest early morphological units rich in hematite resulting in deeper iron absorption in the visible and higher overall reflectance (fig. 2b). dark brown colour on soil samples from recent units with more abundant iron hydroxide in the mineral mixture is associated with spectral lower overall reflectance. the early topographically higher morphological units rich in hematite display a smooth absorption at 850 nm because of the presence of ferric cation (hunt et al., 1971). hematite is also shown by the inflexion point at 548 nm in the visible (fig. 2b). the recent units display a less steep straight line response in the visible and lower overall reflectance, due to the more abundant iron hydroxide. recent units also show a relatively emphasized shape at 2300 nm due to carbonate (hunt and salisbury, 1971). 5. dais spectral response spectral profiles are extracted from the areas finally mapped on dais imagery (fig. 1). the spectra shown in this chapter are highly fig. 3a,b. a) vnir spectral profiles from dais images from areas representative of morphological units on the map in fig. 1. b) tir spectral profiles from dais images from areas representative of morphological units on the map in fig. 1. 249 mapping of semi-arid iron bearing red sands around lake marshes using hyperspectral dais 7915 data mixed areas both in geological and land use terms. the four morphological units are sands containing mixtures of iron bearing minerals which can be spectrally traced by relative transitional mineralogical abundances produced by increasing dehydration and decarbonation with time. the sands are cultivated with vineyard crops, regularly spaced plants which cannot be spectrally removed from data with a spatial resolution of 5 m. crops diminish near the natural fig. 2a,b. a) spectra of the main minerals present in the sediments of the area of study related to dehydration and oxidation of sands exposed to the atmosphere (united states geological survey spectral library). b) laboratory spectra from field non-consolidated rock samples measured with a perkin elmer lambda 6 spectrometer on representative morphological units. a b a b 250 asunción riaza, eduardo garcia-melendez, mercedes suárez, andrea hausold, ulrich beisl and harald van der werff park and the land use changes to an intermittent ploughed and natural vegetation pattern, where the recent and most recent units occur. the following spectral observations must be considered trends of spectral behaviour. no single mineral influence is expected to be identified. dais images present a distinguishing response between once flooded and everemerged areas surrounding the wetland (riaza et al., 2002). spectra of all the emerged areas, whether sand deposits or continental aprons or fluvial deposits, show depressions in the visible mainly due to the presence of iron bearing minerals (fig. 3a). the wide depression in the visible related to iron bearing minerals on red everemerged sands is more pronounced, consistent with their strong brown colour (fig. 3a). in all of the mapped units, early emerged sands display the highest overall reflectance. the areas which were once flooded are less expressive in the visible (riaza et al., 2002) because of the presence of organic matter. the areas emerged display a shoulder between 2.2-2.3 nm non-existent on the flooded areas. this might suggest abundance of clays, which is not confirmed by xrd mineralogical analysis or by sedimentological expectations. widespread carbonate is more likely to contribute to this spectral feature. four systems of reddish sands arranged on four morphological units have been spectrally identified based on different iron minerals related to variable time of exposure to the atmosphere and weather conditions. such morphological units can be distinguished in the field and spectra by intensity of reddening that is directly related to age (figs. 2a and 3a). the intensity of redness in semi-arid environments is related to the increasing hematite contents (duchaufour, 1984) by loss of water in the environment. goethite decreases in the iron bearing mineral mixtures with increasing dryness. such mineralogical changes are spectrally recorded by the imagery. the topographically upper and early morphological units show a shoulder on 0.85 nm which would be related to the ferric ion from hematite (hunt et al., 1971). this is not present on the lower and recent morphological units. the two recent morphological units display a smooth depression between 0.70-0.74 nm due to the iron hydroxide goethite (hunt et al., 1971). vegetation has been discarded as contributing to this feature, since vineyard crops are homogeneously distributed. carbonate is also suggested on the two recent morphological units by a subtle 2.3 nm absorption or weakened shape in comparison with spectra from hematitic surfaces. this absorption is not present on spectral profiles of the two earlier units, which have been exposed long enough to be decarbonated. carbonate is widespread throughout the area both in emerged and flooded areas. imagery is too noisy on the near infrared to be able to show carbonate-related absorption, which is relatively weak on the laboratory spectra. spectral profiles on dais imagery do not depict a clear spectral response due to the low energy available for the fourth detector on the 2000-2500 nm wavelength range, but tendencies of more abundant carbonate are suggested on the early more hydrated units. the thermal infrared channels from dais images display a varied spectral response for the four morphological units (fig. 3b). the recent units rich in hydroxides show a higher radiance surface at 8.58 nm decreasing comparatively to the older units at longer wavelength ranges. further laboratory spectral analysis is necessary to explain diversity on the spectral response. 6. conclusions morphological units developed over sediments not previously mapped have been outlined. such morphological units are planation surfaces which developed during a certain period of time. the four morphological units have been mapped using dais images, and their spectral properties described in terms of geological processes resulting in different mineral mixtures. image processing has helped to lead the identification by conventional geological survey. further image processing produced the final map. hyperspectral imagery has been able to distinguish four morphological units descending towards a receding wetland due to different iron bearing mineral contents associated with variable times of exposure to the atmosphere and 251 mapping of semi-arid iron bearing red sands around lake marshes using hyperspectral dais 7915 data increasingly dry weather conditions. mineralogical variations on iron oxides and hydroxides developed when sediments are emerged are easily recorded in the visible wavelength range. the older units rich in hematite and poor in carbonate depict a distinguishing convex shape in the visible with a shoulder at 850 nm due to the ferric ion from hematite. on the contrary, the younger less dehydrated units, display a smooth depression between 700-740 nm likely due to goethite, and a subtle absorption or flattened response at 2300 nm because of the presence of carbonate. both features are displayed by imagery and laboratory spectra. dais thermal infrared, particularly sensitive to topography, orientated the first image processing to depict spectrally variable areas. a more detailed map of the emerged morphological units has been drawn from the imagery, with further hyperspectral image processing in the 72 vnir channels on selectively masked areas for wide geological areas outlined from thermal infrared. acknowledgements the fifth framework program, improvement of human potential, access to research infrastructures (contr. hpri-ct-1999-00075, ref hs2000-es1) and the science and technology commission in spain (cycit ren 00204433-c02-01) funded this work. luis pascual assisted with the use of the laboratory spectrometer. thanks are due to s. martin alfageme and iñigo martin for software and hardware assistance (stig, university of salamanca). references abrams, m., e. abbott and a. kahle (1991): combined use of visible, reflected infrared, and thermal infrared images for mapping hawaiian lava flows, j. geophys. res., 96 (b1), 475-484. amos, b.j. and d. greenbaum (1989): alteration detection using tm imagery. the effects of supergene weathering in an arid climate, int. j. remote sensing, 10 (3), 515-527. boardman, j.w. and f.a. kruse (1994): automated spectral analysis: a geologic example using aviris data, north grapevine mountains, nevada, in proceedings of the tenth thematic conference on geologic remote sensing, environmental research institute of michigan, ann arbor, mi, i-407-i-418. buckingham, w.f. and s.e. sommer (1983): mineralogical characterization of rock surfaces formed by hydrothermal alteration and weathering. application to remote sensing, econ. geol., 78, 664-674. duchaufour, ph. (1984): edafogénesis y clasificación (masson ed., barcelona), tomo 1, pp. 493. el baz, f. and d.j prestel (1980): desert varnish on sand grains from the western desert of egypt: importance of the clay component and implications to mars, in lunar and planetary science xi, houston, texas (lunar and planetary institute), part i, 254-256. farrand, w.h. (1997): identification and mapping of ferric oxide and oxyhydroxide minerals in imaging spectrometer data of summitville, colorado, u.s.a., and the surrounding san juan mountains, int. j. remote sensing, 18 (7), 1543-1552. garcía antón, m., c. morla, b. ruiz zapata and h. sais ollero (1986): contribución al conocimiento del paisaje vegetal holoceno en la submeseta sur ibérica: análisis polínico de sedimentos higroturbosos en el campo de calatrava (ciudad real, españa), in quaternary climate in western mediterranean, edited by f. lópez vera (universidad autónoma de madrid publications). hunt, g.r. and r.p. ashley (1979): spectra of altered rocks in the visible and near-infrared, econ. geol., 74, 1613-1629. hunt, g.r. and j.w. salisbury (1971): visible and nearinfrared spectra of minerals and rocks, ii. carbonates, mod. geol., 2, 23-30. hunt, g.r., j.w. salisbury and j. lenhof (1971): visible and near-infrared spectra of minerals and rocks, iii. oxides and hydroxides, mod. geol., 2, 191-205. kahle, a.b., a.r. gillespie, e.a. abbott, m.j. abrams, r.e. walker and g. hoover (1988): relative dating of hawaiian lava flows using multispectral themal infrared images: a new tool for geologic mapping of young volcanic terranes, j. geophys. res., 93 (b12), 15239-15251. logan, r.f. (1960): the central namib desert, n.a.s., n.r.c. publ., 785, pp. 162. lyon, r.s.p. (1997): weathering products and other coatings on rock surfaces: problems with airborne scanner imagery (rss97-112), in 23rd annual conference and exhibition of the remote sensing society, 2-4 september 1997, the university of reading, 54-59. madeira, j., a. bedidi, b. cervelle, m. puget and n. flay (1997): visible spectrometric indices of hematite (hm) and goethite (gt) content in lateritic soils: the application of a thematic mapper (tm) image for soilmapping in brasilia, brazil, int. j. remote sensing, 18 (13), 2835-2852. munsell, color co. (1950, revised 1990): munsell soil color charts, munsell color, macbecth division of kollmorgen corporation, baltimore, md. pontual, a. (1987): the effect of weathering minerals on the spectral response of rocks in landsat thematic mapper imagery, in proceedings of the 13th annual conference of the remote sensing society, 7-11 september 1987, nottingham, 549-558. riaza, a., r. mediavilla, j.i. santisteban, p. villar and s. martin alfageme (1995): regolitos en una cuenca 252 asunción riaza, eduardo garcia-melendez, mercedes suárez, andrea hausold, ulrich beisl and harald van der werff terciaria. propiedades espectrales según su mineralogía en función de la evolución climática, in coloquio internacional sobre propiedades espectrales y teledetección de los suelos y rocas del visible al infrarrojo medio, 24-27 april 1995, la serena (chile), 100-104. riaza, a., h. kaufmann, a. zock and a. müller (1998): mineral mapping in maktesh-ramon (israel) using dais 7915, in proceedings 1st workshop on «imaging spectroscopy», 6-8 october 1998, zürich, switzerland, 365-374. riaza, a., r. mediavilla and j.i. santisteban (2000): mapping geological stages of climate-dependent iron and clay weathering alteration and lithologically uniform sedimentary units using thematic mapper imagery, int. j. remote sensing, 21 (5), 937-950. riaza, a., p. strobl, a. müller, u. beisl and a. hausold (2001): spectral mapping of rock weathering degrees on granite using hyperspectral dais 7915 spectrometer data, int. j. appl. earth obs. geoinf., 3 (4), 2001, 345-354. riaza, a., r. mediavilla, e. garcía-meléndez, m. suárez, a. hausold, u. beisl and h. van der werff (2002): mapping paleoflooded areas on evaporite playa deposits over sandy sediments (tablas de daimiel, spain) using hyperspectral dais 7915 and rosis spectrometer data, in proceedings of the 1st international symposium recent advances in quantitative remote sensing, torrent, spain, 16-20 september 2002; in recent advances in quantitative remote sensing, edited by j.a. sobrino, 371-379. richter, r. (1996): atmospheric correction of dais hyperspectral image data, comput. geosci., 22 (7), 785-793. richter, r. and c. coll (2002): bandpass-resampling effects for the retrieval of surface emissivity, appl. optics, 41, 3523-3529. richter, r., a. müller and u. heiden (2002): aspects of operational atmospheric correction of hyperspectral imagery, int. j. remote sensing, 23 (10), 145-158. rowan, l.c., a.f.h. goetz and r.p. ashley (1977): discrimination of hydrothermally altered and unaltered rocks in the visible and near infrared multispectral images, geophysics, 42 (3), 522-535. rsi (2000): envi, the environment for visualizing images manual (research systems, inc.). schläpfer, d. and r. richter (2002): geo-atmospheric processing of airborne imaging spectrometry data, part 1. parametric ortho-rectification process, int. j. remote sensing, 23 (13), 2609-2630. segal, d.b. (1983): use of landsat multispectral scanner data for the definition of limonitic exposures in heavily vegetated areas, econ. geol., 78, 711-722. strobl, p., r. richter, f. lehman, a. müller, b. zhukov and d. oertel (1996): preprocessing for the digital airborne imaging spectrometer dais 7915, in spie’s aerosense ‘96 conference, april 8-12, 1996, orlando, spie proc., 2758, 375-382. townsend, t.e. (1987): discrimination of iron alteration minerals in visible and near-infrared reflectance data, j. geophys. res., 92 (b2), 1441-1454. younis, m.t., a.a., gilabert and j. meliá (1997): weathering process effects on spectral reflectance of rocks in a semi-arid environment, int. j. remote sensing, 18 (16), 3361-3377. 001_029 adg v–5 n01.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 1 coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review edward s. kazimirovsky institute of solar-terrestrial physics, russian academy of sciences, siberian division, irkutsk, russia abstract the purpose of this paper is to review shortly some observational backgrounds for the suggestion of a genuine link between processes in the lower atmosphere and ionospheric response. attention is concentrated on the waves which are thought to couple the lower atmosphere with the thermosphere/ionosphere system. mailing address: prof. edward s. kazimirovsky, institute of solar-terrestrial physics, russian academy of sciences, siberian division, post box 4026, 664033 irkutsk 33, russia; e-mail: ekazimirovsky@hotmail.com 1. introduction the study of the earth’s upper atmosphere is of interest to scientists from many disciplines and present day knowledge and understanding of the upper atmosphere to the highest levels is the result of the combined contributions of m e t e o r o l o g i s t s , p h y s i c i s t s , c h e m i s t s , a s t r o n o m e r s , g e o m a g n e t i c i a n s , r a d i o engineers and space scientists. this range of scientific disciplines has, not unexpectedly, been matched by an equally extensive variety of experimental approach from standard meteorological instrumentation to the modern optical, radio and space-vehicle techniques yielding data from distances out to and far beyond, the limits of the atmosphere. these experimental studies have, over the years, been supplemented by much theoretical work to give the picture we now have of the physical state of the earth’s upper atmosphere. the terrestrial ionosphere is a part of the upper atmosphere, it is a cold magnetized plasma environment enveloping the earth whose behaviour is often described as ionospheric aeronomy. the chambers dictionary of science and technology denotes the term «aeronomy» as «the branch of science dealing with the atmosphere of the earth and other planets with reference to their chemical composition, physical properties, relative motion and reaction to radiation from outer space». but the international meteorological glossary (1991) defines it more precisely: «a term sometimes used to denote that branch of the earth’s atmospheric physics which is concerned with those regions, upwards of about 50 km, where dissociation and ionization are fundamental processes». key words planetary waves − gravity waves − middle-upper atmosphere interaction «every truth is fated to enjoy only one moment of triumph between the infinity when it is considered misleading, and the infinity when it is considered trivial...» h. poincare 2 edward s. kazimirovsky the principal physical, chemical and electrical properties of the earth’s upper atmosphere are very largely the result of its interaction with solar wave and particle radiation. the ultraviolet and x-radiations are absorbed at various levels between about 40 and 200 km. the selective absorption of the ultraviolet and x-radiation by particular atmospheric constituents gives rise to the unique electrical properties of the upper atmosphere by providing a series of ionized strata (layers) collectively known as the ionosphere. other ultraviolet radiation is very effectively absorbed lower down in the atmosphere by ozone. owing to the pervasive influence of gravity, the atmosphere and ionosphere are to first order horizontally stratified and conventionally divided into layers based on the vertical structure of different parameters. the atmospheric structure can be neatly organized by a representative temperature profile, while the ionosphere is more sensibly organised by the number density of plasma. a schematic representation of atmospheric regions is shown in fig. 1 (whitten and poppoff, 1971). in the following text we use the terms «upper atmosphere» and «middle atmosphere», which are absent in fig. 1. in the past, meteorologists often designated the entire region above the tropopause as the «upper atmosphere». but rather recently the term «middle atmosphere» became popular in referring to the region from the tropopause to the turbopause and even to the lower thermosphere. in addition to electromagnetic (wave) radiations, the sun also emits continuously streams of energetic electrically charged particles – mainly protons and electrons. this is the so-called «solar wind» – an outward flow of charged particles moving at velocities of a few hundred kilometers per second. they interact with the geomagnetic field in a complicated way, and with the gases of the upper atmosphere. as a result, we can observe the geomagnetic storms, the disturbances to long-distance radio-wave communication via the ionosphere and the visible auroral displays at high latitudes. all these events are closely associated with the occurrence of sunspots and show characteristic time variations over 11 years and 27 days, respectively, related to the sunspot cycle and the period of rotation of the sun. the upper atmosphere/ionosphere acts as the intermediary between the plasma-dominated magnetosphere and the bulk of the neutral atmosphere below. this region is highly complex. interacting dynamic, chemical, radiative and electrical variations occur there. to understand how these coupled elements interact to produce the great variability characteristic of the system is one of the major problems in solar-terrestrial relations. for example, the three-dimensional circulation of the thermosphere changes during and following geomagnetic storms; yet the consequences of the change in circulation on the temperature, density, composition and electric currents of the region are poorly understood. energetic solar particles penetrate the middle atmosphere and produce chemical changes in radiatively important species such as ozone, but their global consequences are not fully appreciated. deeper in the atmosphere, solar induced variations in the flux of cosmic rays may produce variations in the electrical structure of the lower atmosphere, but the effects of these variations on the earth’s global electrical circuit (including the ionosphere) are not fully understood. the earth’s ionosphere is a partially ionized gas that envelops the earth and in some sense forms the interface between the atmosphere and space. since the gas is ionized it cannot be fully described by the equations of the neutral fluid dynamics. on the other hand, the number density of the neutral gas exceeds that of the ionospheric plasma and certainly neutral particles cannot be ignored. therefore the knowledge only of two «pure» branches of physics: classical fluid dynamics and plasma physics is not sufficient. in addition to atmospheric dynamics, space physics, ion chemistry and photochemistry are necessary to understand how the ionosphere is formed and buffeted by sources from above and below and to deal with production and loss processes. until recently, the ionosphere was studied as a merely magneto-active plasma without consideration of the general properties of the atmosphere. it was known that the neutral atmosphere (thermosphere) and ionosphere are coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 3 fig. 1. schematic representation of atmospheric regions. classification of atmospheric layers in accordance with temperature (right) and with electron concentration (left) (whitten and popoff, 1971). 4 edward s. kazimirovsky linked by electrodynamic and momentum transfer. nevertheless, almost nobody believed that the terms «meteorology» and «climatology» can be applied to the ionosphere, it was thought that no connection existed between events occurring in the troposphere/ stratosphere system on one hand, and in the ionosphere on the other. meanwhile, however, it has become apparent that the composition, chemistry, energetics, dynamics and resulting structure of the lower and upper atmosphere, which are functions of location and time, are so intricately interrelated that it is not really possible to discuss each of them in isolation. gradually, the viewpoint that the lower and upper atmosphere are substantially uncoupled was rejected. many discoveries and experimental results have confirmed the existence of detailed correlations between the parameters of the lower and upper atmosphere (kazimirovsky and kokourov, 1991). but what is the reason for the correlations? as part of a physical mechanism, the influence of internal atmospheric waves may be considered. the upward propagation of internal atmospheric waves (planetary waves, tides and gravity waves) from the troposphere and stratosphere is an essential source of energy and momentum for the thermosphere and ionosphere. of course, the study of internal waves is the province of meteorology, a discipline that has enjoyed a long and independent development of its own and has its own complicated problems, sufficiently different from ionospheric physics that the two are regarded as separate but neighbouring disciplines. however, the internal waves launched by weather fronts or any other sources in the troposphere and stratosphere sometimes appear to be capable of penetrating into the ionosphere, where they dissipate their energy. the leakage of wave energy from the troposphere and stratosphere at least up to 100115 km was introduced as «coupling from below» (bowhill, 1969) and is considered as a mechanism of the meteorological influence on the ionosphere. this influence has been assumed and is presented by various models. the meteorology of the thermosphere differs considerably from that associated with the familiar weather patterns we experience at the earth surface, although the fluid motions are governed by the same equations as those used by meteorologists studying the weather systems. in the thermosphere, temperature increases with altitude, making for a dynamic system that is less dominated by instabilities than the troposphere, where the temperature gradient is in the opposite direction. also, the viscous and ion drag forces are very important in the thermosphere, with the former tending to transfer momentum between various altitudes and the latter acting to strongly couple the neutral thermosphere to the ionosphere and thereby, to the magnetosphere. it is now established beyond doubt that the atmosphere extends from the ground to the thermosphere, behaving as a complex system coupling fairly closely over wide height ranges. for the aeronomical models, the major questions now posed relate to the interactions or coupling between regions, interactions that are currently only crudely parameterized within the separate models. this is particularly true for the upper atmosphere, where a rich set of physical processes have been identified that couple the various regions together, as well as to the stratosphere and troposphere below and to the magnetosphere above. therefore, the principal scientific challenge facing us today is to understand the coupled system as a whole, including the effects of energy, momentum and compositional interchange between regions. the analysis of «traditional» meteorological and ionospheric data is not only of interest for the exploration of purely theoretical aspects of the stochastic atmosphere system, but also of relevance for modern climatological research. for instance, it is a still unsolved question as to how much the general state of the middle and thus the lower atmosphere and its circulation systems are influenced by changes with various timescales at the upper boundary thermosphere/ ionosphere. such changes may even be left in the troposphere. since the upper atmosphere is generally a good indicator of solar activity, one might assume that the correlation between tropospheric and ionospheric parameters indicates such a solar-atmosphere or solarweather effect. although it is easier to picture coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 5 upward dynamic coupling because of the much greater energy density that resides in the lower atmosphere relative to that of the upper atmosphere, it is possible that changes in the upper atmosphere can give rise to significant changes in the lower atmosphere. the subject of solar activity effects on tropospheric weather is still controversial. less controversial, however, is the possibility of solar activity effects on climate. but the very interesting problem «the role of the sun in climate change» requires special consideration elsewhere. our main concept is that the science of the whole atmosphere-ionosphere system becomes greater than the sum of its component parts. the scientific focus is placed on the interactive processes among the various physical regimes. this concept is in the base of international solarterrestrial energy program (step) and poststep activity, comprehensive study of the mutual linkages between the various regions of space in addition to the traditional study of the individual regions themselves. many of the ionospheric phenomena cannot be explained only in terms of the ionizing radiation variations, photochemical processes, solar particle injections or solar flare effect. it seems likely that there are some events due to the effect of atmospheric oscillations, such as the winter anomaly of radiowave absorption, e-sporadic layer occurrence and structure, thermospheric wind regime, the variations of atmospheric emissions, travelling ionospheric disturbances, day-to-day midlatitude ionospheric variability, f-spread event, etc. finally, the atmosphere and ionosphere are linked dynamically, radiatively and chemically. it is why in the following paragraphes we discuss the atmospheric dynamics and ionosphere from the meteorological positions. aeronomy is now the study of the upper atmosphere physical and chemical processes including ionospheric processes. electrical engineers are interested in the propagation of radiowaves; physicists in plasma processes; chemists in the dissociation and diffusion of atmospheric molecules and atoms; meteorologists in dynamics; and so on. as the body of knowledge grew, it became apparent that all aspects are important and that, in fact all processes are interdependent. in upper atmosphere research, as in no other field, the disciplines of electrical engineering, meteorology, chemistry and physics are intertwined (whitten and poppoff, 1971; danilov et al., 1987; hargreaves, 1992; johnson and killeen, 1995; wickwar and carlson, 1999; solomon, 2000; forbes et al., 2000 ). the purpose of this paper is to review briefly some observational backgrounds for the suggestion of a genuine link between processes in the lower atmosphere and ionospheric response. attention is concentrated on the waves which are thought to couple the lower atmosphere with the thermosphere/ionosphere system. detailed explanations of the observations and theories are not provided. of course, the survey presented here will be affected by the personal biases of the author and the limitations of space. since the discussion is intended to be «tutorial» in nature, only a few key references to the literature will be given, and the interested reader can consult these for more detailed discussion and for links to the more extensive literature. 2. internal atmospheric waves one exciting aspect of modern ionospheric research is the significant role of the lower atmosphere in upper-atmospheric variability. the forcing could come from internal atmospheric waves (planetary waves, tides, internal gravity waves). planetary waves are a well-documented group of atmospheric waves, a class of zonally travelling structures of global scale, which have periods of a few days (typically 2-30 days). such waves appear for example in surface pressure data, in standard analyses of upper tropospheric radiosonde data and in satellite stratospheric data. a significant part of the energy of the planetary wave disturbances of the troposphere may propagate into the upper atmosphere and the effective index of refraction for the planetary waves depends primarily on the distribution of the mean zonal wind with height. the international reference atmospheric model (cira-1990) includes the description of planetary waves up to 85 km with the following general features: 6 edward s. kazimirovsky 1) wave amplitudes are small in the tropics throughout the year, slightly larger in the summer season at mid and high latitudes and much larger during the winter season. 2) maximum amplitudes occur at about 6070° north or south latitude during local winter. 3) amplitudes are generally largest in the stratosphere and lower mesosphere but they remain relatively large up to the top level lower thermosphere. there is one important peculiarity in the theory of planetary wave propagation, associated with the existence of critical surfaces or layers, where the basic zonal wind matches the zonal phase speed of wave. the dissipation and nonlinearity become very important in this critical layer. it may be expected to be an enhanced dissipative region for planetary waves or under some conditions the critical layer remains a perfect reflector of planetary waves. the most spectacular manifestations of planetary waves activity in the middle atmosphere, associated with strong coupling between the stratosphere and lower atmosphere, occur during stratospheric sudden warming events. the zonal-mean climatological temperature and zonal wind configuration is dramatically disrupted, with polar stratospheric temperatures increasing rapidly with time, leading on occasion to reversals of zonal-mean winds from westerlies to easterlies (naujokat and labitzke, 1993). current theories suggest that a major sudden warming is initiated by an anomalous growth of a planetary-wave disturbance (mainly comprising wave-number 1 and 2 components) that propagates from the troposphere into the stratosphere and interacts strongly with the preexisting circulation there. the stationary planetary waves that propagate energy upward also transport heat southward (andrews et al., 1987). our understanding of all the observed details of these events, the necessary conditions for their occurrence, interannual variability between one stratospheric winter and another is still by no means complete. much further work will need to be done before a full understanding of the phenomenon is attained. in general, the implication of the theory for the modelling of planetary waves and for interpretation of atmospheric observations are not yet absolutely clear and new experimental information concerning the behaviour and effects of planetary waves, especially in the lower and upper thermosphere is very important. since the seasonal and year-to-year variability of planetary wave activities cannot be simply explained by the steady-state propagation theory, the variations of forcing in the lower atmosphere would be important. atmospheric tides are global-scale oscillations, which are primarily forced by variations of heating due to absorption of solar ultraviolet radiations by atmospheric water vapour in the troposphere, ozone in the middle atmosphere and molecular oxygen o2 in the lower thermosphere. the solar and lunar gravitational forcing that produces ocean tides is much less important for the atmosphere. the migrating tides (diurnal, semi-diurnal, etc.) can propagate through great depths of the atmosphere and can attain large amplitudes at some heights especially in the thermosphere. the semidiurnal tide plays a particularly important role in the lower thermosphere, where the global temperature and density variations are dominated by this mode. at higher altitudes the semi-diurnal tide is dissipated by viscosity and ion drag. in the upper thermosphere, at 300 km, the amplitude of the semi-diurnal tide decreases, and thermospheric density variations are dominated by the diurnal tide that has been forced by the thermospheric absorption of euv solar radiation. in the modern theoretical calculations the semidiurnal tide in the thermosphere is considered as a result of propagation from below. the non-migrating tides (associated, for example, with orography and geographically fixed tropospheric heat sources) would give rise to longitudinal differences in tidal structure. in the classical tidal theory (in viscid atmosphere, background temperature is independent of latitude) the governing equation is separable, giving rise to vertical and latitude structure equations. but in the real atmosphere with winds and meridional gradients of temperature the governing equation may be solved only numerically. coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 7 now the modellers try to include in the models the seasonal, latitudinal and longitudinal variations, realistic temperature and wind structures, molecular and eddy diffusion, acceleration and heating of the mean flow by tides, the effect of tides on minor constituent concentration, hydromagnetic coupling all for viscid, rotating, spherical atmosphere (e.g., forbes, 1991). internal gravity waves (igw) are disturbances which are allowed to propagate as a consequence of buoyant forces present in the atmosphere. the temperature and wind structures determine the wave’s propagation characteristics. many seasonally and latitudinally varying sources for middle atmosphere gravity waves have been identified. these include airflow over orography, severe weather fronts, cyclones, instabilities in the planetary boundary layer and in jet stream shears, turbulent motions of different scales, thunderstorms ( e.g., vincent, 1990; gavrilov, 1992). at heights above 85-90 km, the internal gravity waves may be «saturated» and even be broken with deposition of energy and momentum. the «trapping» of igw is also possible, so that one would expect igw to be ducted in the region near the mesopause. it is now believed that the level of gravity wave activity determines the mean state of the mesosphere. moreover, in the lower thermosphere the waves manifest themselves in wind, temperature, density, pressure, ionization, vertical profiles of na, measured by lidars, and airflow fluctuations in the 80-120 km height range and the amplitudes are so large that they can dominate at these altitudes (e.g., krassovsky, 1977; vincent, 1990; gavrilov, 1992). it is now well appreciated that internal gravity waves play an important role in determining the mean circulation and thermal structure of the middle and upper atmosphere. there are theoretical models of the interaction between a gravity wave and the ionization oscillations of ionic velocity and temperature, influence on the electron density, effect on the electron temperature, generation of ionospheric irregularities, etc. 3. the lower thermosphere/ionosphere an atmospheric layer located at about 60 to 100 km altitude can be defined as a transition region, where different fundamental physical mechanisms, dominant in the lower and upper height regions, coexist, showing complicated atmospheric characteristics. for instance, the d-region, the ionosphere at 60-90 km, weakly ionized (mainly in daytime), is an interface between the neutral and ionized atmospheric layers. the d-region is the lowest lying ionospheric region and hence is produced by the most penetrating of the ionizing radiation (galactic cosmic radiation, x-rays, the intense solar hydrogen lyman-alpha emission line and extra-ultra-violet); it is a region of weaklyionized plasma and large neutral species numberdensity as well as complex ion-interchange and electron attachment and detachment reactions (the latter processes are the most distinguishing feature of the d-region). the perturbations of this region greatly affect the absorption of high frequency radio waves and the reflection of the low-frequency signals. various techniques are available for the exploration of the plasma density in the d-region. much observational evidence has accumulated showing that its behaviour is far less simple and straightforward than the regular «chapman-layerlike» behaviour controlled only by solar energy influx and the geometry of its penetration into the atmosphere. the diurnal and especially seasonal variations sometimes demonstrate the significant abnormal peculiarities especially in winter. at the same time groundbased, rocket and satellite-board soundings of temperatures and winds in the upper mesosphere-lower thermosphere (mlt-region) exhibit variation patterns with temporal and spatial scales which are to be described by the term «meteorology». thus, nowadays it is possible to introduce into practice the «meteorological control» of the d-region for the explanations of some events (taubenheim, 1983; danilov et al.,1987). it means that the lower ionosphere exhibits not only a solar, but also a strong non-solar control which is partly of a meteorological nature. the most suitable for the study of meteorological effects upon the d-region are groundbased 8 edward s. kazimirovsky radio propagation observations, because they provide data records continuous in time in addition to the singular rocket launches. the experimental basement for the intensive investigations of the coupling so far are the ionospheric radiowave absorption and dynamic regime (prevailing winds and wave-like fluctuations) measurements in the mlt region. the radiosignals reflected from or propagated through the ionosphere depend on the effect known as absorption, or attenuation of electromagnetic wave energy due to collision of ionospheric electrons with neutral atoms. without considering the details of magnetoionic theory it could be summarized that absorption has a direct relationship with the product of plasma density and the collision frequency and an inverse relationship with the emitted radiowave frequency. the most investigated d-region absorption data are produced by the measurements known as a3 method described in all details by schwentek (1976). that consists in measuring the attenuation of mf radiowaves radiated from a distant transmitter with constant power. the best known manifestation of a meteorological influence upon the d-region is the winter anomaly, i.e. excessive enhancement of both the average level and especially day-to-day variability («spikes») of radio-wave absorption in winter, noted by many investigators even in the first years of ionospheric science. the example of winter anomaly in terms of absorption at a constant solar zenith angle during 19671969 is shown in fig. 2 (taubenheim, 1983). there are two components: 1) «normal» winter anomaly with a rather slow increase and decrease, i.e. in average daytime absorption for usual winter day is higher than for usual summer day; 2) superimposed spikes, «excessive» winter anomaly. although enhancements of absorption may be connected with increasing electron density and/or collision frequency in ionospheric plasma, it is nowadays assumed that the winter anomaly is connected primarily with enhanced electron densities at the mesopause level and above. why do we assume that the winter enhancement of electron density has an internal («meteorological») nature? 1) it occurs on both the northern and the southern hemispheres during the respective winter months. 2) the correlation between the time variations of d-region ionization and solar l-alpha fluxes (measured by ae-e satellite), which is weak but detectable during summer months, is completely missing during winter. 3) the amplitude of interdiurnal variations of absorption in winter months cannot be explained by solar l-alpha variations. 4) the time and spatial scales of anomalous absorption, wave-like structures, are compatible with planetary waves pattern (e.g., de la morena and kazimirovsky, 1996). there are some «scenarios», concerning the d-region meteorological control (e.g., taubenheim, 1983; offerman et al., 1982): 1) «concerted» scenario. – the general enhancement of d-region electron densities is caused by enhanced downward eddy diffusion of no, accumulated in the polar night thermosphere. – in addition, at heights below 85 km, the electron rate is reduced by inhibition of cluster ion formation because of warm mesopause temperatures. – independently, «patchy» (with respect to time and longitude) downward transports of excess no into the d-region are effected by diffusion and/or bulk motions connected with planetary wave patterns. displacement of these patches by enhanced horizontal winds, possibly launched by transient perturbations from below, causes rapid changes in the no distribution within 1-2 days. 2) «unitary» scenario. – winter meteorology at d-region heights is predominantly controlled by the circumpolar vortex of zonal westerly winds, reaching from the stratosphere up into the lower thermosphere. this cyclonic vortex is always tied with: 1) warm mesopause temperatures, inhibiting cluster ion formation. 2) downward vertical wind components (bulk motion). 3) low pressure near the mesopause, decreasing optical depth for solar uv radiation coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 9 and hence increasing the ionization rate. all three of these conditions act in the same direction – to increase the d-region electron density. in this «unitary» scenario the enhanced eddy diffusion in winter raises the average background level of d-region ionization and all global or local perturbations of the zonal vortex flow (for instance induced by planetary wave energy transfer from below) cause a prompt decrease or even «breakdown» of the winter anomaly in d-region. both scenarios have their own merits and demerits. it seems still necessary to improve the empirical base to define coupling processes throughout the atmosphere during the winter anomaly. the numerous experimental case studies on the stratosphere-lower ionosphere coupling in middle latitudes analyze the stratospheric temperature variations and lower ionosphere plasma density (radiowave absorption). the correlation between the temperature increment fig. 2. winter anomaly of ionospheric radio wave absorption in terms of the absorption at a constant zenith angle during 1967-1969. the dashed line extrapolates the trends from summer (taubenheim, 1983). a b so rp ti o n ( d b ) at c o s χ = 0 .1 10 edward s. kazimirovsky in the stratosphere and ionospheric absorption during the winter sudden warmings were noted for both hemispheres long ago. figure 3 (shapley and beynon, 1965) demonstrates the supe-rimposed epoch analysis comparing 10 mb temperatures over berlin and radiowave absorption over lindau (germany). the increase in absorption for the day of 10 mb warming is evident. d-region electron density changes accompanying a winter stratospheric warming at 25-30 mb in june and july for new zealand (christchurch, 43°s,173°e) are fig. 3. superimposed epoch analysis comparing 10 mbar temperature over berlin, and radiowave absorption over lindau (germany) (shapley and beynon, 1965). coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 11 shown in fig. 4a,b (gregory and manson, 1975). it is interesting that for rather low latitudes the response of absorption to the stratospheric temperature rise cannot exist for all types of warmings, but only for the strong final warmings connected with a radical change in atmospheric circulation, as demonstrated in fig. 5 for el arenosillo, spain (37°6′n, 6°44′w) (de la morena and kazimirovsky, 1996). it is noteworthy that in principle we can observe the inverse correlation between both parameters, in such a way that the appearance of stratospheric warming (i.e. temperature rise at the fixed stratospheric level) coincides with a significant decrease in absorption in the dregion (e.g., lastovicka, 1983). possibly, the effect on ionospheric variability could depend on the region (lastovicka and de la morena, 1987), the meridional wind variability in the d-region (lastovicka et al., 1990) and even on the height of stratospheric level with increasing temperature. fig. 4a,b. ionospheric d-region changes accompanying a winter stratospheric warming in june and july 1963, at christchurch, new zealand, 43°s, 173°e. a) noon electron concentration n; b) stratospheric temperature at 20-30 mbar level (about 25 km altitude) (gregory and manson, 1975). a b 12 edward s. kazimirovsky the height dependence was found recently (pietrella et al., 2001) for antarctic, terra nova bay station, located close or even inside the polar cusp region, where the geomagnetic field lines provide a direct connection between the ionosphere and magnetosphere. it means that in this area the ionospheric variability could be predominantly controlled by the interaction with the magnetosphere. so, it would be difficult to distinguish between the ionospheric variability due to meteorological effects, coming «from below» (if they exist), from the principal cause due to the influx of the energetic particles that increase the electron density and then the ionospheric absorption. nevertheless, during the period with rather low solar activity (f10,7 < 100 ), we found by multiregression analysis (with statistical significance) that at the stratospheric levels between 15 and 22 km the influence of stratospheric temperature on ionospheric absorption seems to be more important than those due to the solar and geomagnetic activity. fig. 5. effect of stratospheric winter warming on daytime absorption of radio waves. a3 method. transmitted frequency f = 2830 khz, 1976-1993, el arenosillo, spain (37°06′n, 6°44′w). key day: day of maximum stratospheric temperature on 30 mbar level (de la morena and kazimirovsky, 1996). coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 13 moreover, the superimposed epoch analysis showed that the behaviour of ionospheric absorption response to the rising of the stratospheric temperature is different for the lower and upper stratosphere. on the average, for the range 13-18 km the ionospheric absorption increases after the stratospheric temperature maximum (so called «zero day»), but in the range 19-26 km the ionospheric absorption decreases after «zero day». during the last 15-20 years, a significant number of papers have appeared with observations of regular or quasi-regular fluctuations, observed both in the neutral as well as in the ionized component of the middle atmosphere and lower ionosphere. in some of them, an attempt was made to connect the fluctuations in the d-region or e-region of the ionosphere with similar fluctuations of the meteorological parameters in the lower parts of the atmosphere. we suggest that the wellcorrelating fluctuations in the ionized and neutral component of the d-region, mesosphere and stratosphere are probably due to the large-scale upward propagating planetary disturbances generated in the troposphere (see numerous references in de la morena and kazimirovsky, 1996). the seasonal variation in the amplitudes of quasi-periodical fluctuations of ionospheric parameters with periods of planetary waves, tides, internal gravity waves show that the amplitudes usually are maximal in winter, when conditions of upward leakage of internal waves (depending on the wind and temperature profiles between the troposphere and thermosphere) are preferable (e.g., taubenheim, 1983). it was shown that the quasi-periodical fluctuations observed in absorption are caused not by fluctuations in the solar ionizing flux, but probably by planetary waves in the stratosphere/troposphere (e.g., pancheva et al., 1987). later the model of the transformation of planetary waves of tropospheric origin into waves in absorption in the lower ionosphere was developed (lastovicka et al., 1993). the example of the typical 7-8 and 12-13 days absorption fluctuations is presented in fig. 6 (pancheva et al., 1991). the main features of amplitude variations are very similar at all 3 radio-frequencies (the measurements were provided by a3 method for 3 radiopaths – at bulgaria, czechia and spain) for 7-8 days fluctuations while for 12-13 day fluctuations such a good similarity is observed only in december-january. h 1,2 in fig. 6 are the amplitudes of the 30 hpa height wave 1 (full line) and 2 (dashed line) at 60°n. the intervals of amplification of the fluctuations coincide well with the stratospheric warmings during the winter under consideration. the first «minor» warming developed with two phases: around 10 january, 1986 (h 2 peak) and 20 january, 1986 (h 1 peak), the second «minor» warming takes place around 18 february, 1986 and the major «final» warming occurs after march 20, 1986 both as a consequence of h2 intensification. this cold winter 1985/1986 had an enhanced tendency for the development of an elongated polar vortex, that is a pronounced planetaryscale height wave h2 (naujokat and labitzke, 1993). it can be clearly seen in fig. 6 that almost each amplification of the quasi-stationary planetary waves h2 in the stratosphere leads to the activation of the 7-8 days variations in the ionospheric absorption. the behaviour of the longer-period fluctuations in absorption shows a response to the simultaneous amplification of both height waves (h1, h2 ) in the stratosphere. therefore, we can conclude that the quasiperiodical fluctuations observed in the ionospheric absorption are really connected with the large-scale planetary disturbances generated in the lower atmosphere, which cause the stratospheric warmings. the ionospheric dynamics certainly must be sensitive to the coupling from below. the close connection between the circulation in the lower thermosphere, mesosphere and stratosphere, e.g., nearby radar and rocket measurements demonstrate the consistent crosssections from 20 to 110 km (e.g., meek and manson, 1985). it is generally accepted that while the international reference models of the zonally averaged upper mesosphere/lower thermosphere wind field are still useful for many purposes, significant discrepancies exist between them and new experimental data. the latter demonstrate 14 edward s. kazimirovsky f ig . 6 . t he t im e va ri at io ns o f am pl it ud es o f ra di ow av e ab so rp ti on f lu ct ua ti on s (t = 7 -8 a nd 1 213 d ay s) f or 1 53 9 kh z, 1 41 2 kh z an d 28 30 k h z a n d fo r th e 3 0 h p a h ei g h t w av e 1 ( fu ll l in e) a n d h ei g h t w av e 2 ( d as h ed l in e) a t 6 0 °n , w in te r p er io d 1 9 8 5 /1 9 8 6 ( p an ch ev a et a l. , 1 9 9 1 ). coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 15 in addition to seasonal and latitudinal variations also longitude dependent variations; in addition to tides also planetary waves and intraseasonal quasiperiodical fluctuations. it is evident that sometimes the specific regional features of wind regime are very important. if, as has been demonstrated, there is meteorological control of the lower ionosphere, we may expect the existence of a longitudinal effect on the dynamic regime due to well known longitudinal inhomogeneity of the lower atmosphere processes and due to longitudinal differences in the conditions for upward propagation of internal atmospheric waves from the lower atmosphere. the longitudinal effect has really been revealed on the basis of the simultaneous upper mesosphere/lower thermosphere wind measurements (d-region) along one latitude circle at two or more sites (e.g., kazimirovsky et al., 1988). it has been well known since the first analyses of wind variations at the mid-latitude lower thermosphere that diurnal velocity variation could be well described as the sum of prevailing wind, diurnal wave and semidiurnal wave (e.g., sprenger and schminder, 1967). the existence of diurnal and semidiurnal tides at mlt-region was also demonstrated in numerous theoretical models (e.g., forbes, 1991). figure 7a demonstrates prevailing wind (v0) monthly averaged variations for observatory badary (east siberia, 52°n) and observatory collm (central europe, 52°n). the systematic climatological distinctions are evident, especially for the zonal circulation (v0x). during winter, the averaged wind over eastern siberia is about twice as strong as that over central europe. the seasonal variation of the zonal circulation depends on longitude as well: the autumn minimum over siberia occurs earlier than that over europe, and the spring minimum is accompanied by a reversal of wind only over europe, but not over siberia. the observed longitudinal effect may be partly interpreted as resulting from large scale stationary planetary waves formed at the lower thermosphere. in this case, the longitudinal variation of prevailing wind is due to the existence of such waves. figure 7b shows that the seasonal variation of the monthly averaged semidiurnal zonal tide amplitudes (v 2x ) at both observatories are very similar with small discrepancies mainly in the summer months. the systematic climatological distinctions (buth with similar character of seasonal variations) are evident for semidiurnal meridional tide amplitudes (v 2y ), which are systematically larger at east siberia than at central europe. the longitudinal variation of semidiurnal tidal amplitude is a consequence of the longitudinal variation of zonal flow (kazimirovsky et al., 1988, 1999). the zonal and meridional prevailing winds at the lower thermosphere reversed westwards and southwards in a period of less than a week during stratospheric warmings. there is an fig. 7a,b. the non-zonality in the wind field in the lower ionosphere (kazimirovsky et al., 1999). observatory badary, east siberia, 52°n, 1975-1995. observatory collm, central europe, 52°n, 19791997. data are monthly averaged. v ox prevailing zonal wind. v oy prevailing meridional wind. positive direction eastward and northward. v2x amplitude of the zonal semidiurnal tide. v2y amplitude of the meridional semidiurnal tide. a b 16 edward s. kazimirovsky increase in the semidiurnal tide amplitude and phase shift comparatively with undisturbed winter conditions. the response could depend on longitude as well, on the intensity and location of the warming area (e.g., kazimirovsky et al., 1988). this response of the prevailing zonal wind for 3 observatories located on the same geographical latitude (in canada, central europe and east siberia) is demonstrated in fig. 8. planetary waves contribute significantly to the variability of mlt winds. in the mesosphere and lower thermosphere the wave fluctuations are sufficiently large to often mask the prevailing or mean state of the atmosphere. tropospherically forced planetary waves with periods between 2 and 30 days have been observed under favourable conditions to penetrate up to heights near 110 km. a range of wave periods has been identified but the most commonly reported periods fall into four well defined intervals which are 14-20 days, 9-12 days , 4-7 days and 1.6-2.2 days. these are often referred to as «16-day», «10day»,«5-day» and «2-day» oscillations respectively, although a precise determination of the periods involved is often not possible. the observed periods vary around these values in an apparently random way possibly due to doppler shifting by the mean winds. thus, they form «period bands» (lastovicka, 1997). it should be noted that waves of other periods have also been reported. it is usually assumed that these transient oscillations of the wind field in the lower thermosphere are caused by rossby-gravity normal modes generated in the lower atmosphere (vincent, 1990). who may be a preferable carrier of upward influence (especially for planetary waves) across the mesopause to the lower thermosphere and ionosphere? the atmospheric tides are the most probable candidate.the non-zonal modulation of the stratospheric and mesospheric tides penetrating to the lower thermosphere appears to generate a quasi-stationary planetary wave by demodulating the tides by energy dissipation at the lower thermosphere (e.g., forbes, 1991). the modulation of the prevailing wind and semidiurnal tide with periods of planetary waves are shown for two midlatitude observatories (badary and collm) in figs. 9 and 10. the dynamic spectra were calculated for two-year interval with a data «window» of one month. really, the spectra of fluctuations are very wide and variable and differ for different longitudes. the general concept of significant longitudinal structure in the mlt winds was supported and developed during the international mltcs campaigns (manson et al., 1991), and the international dyana project (singer et al., 1994; portnyagin et al., 1994). clear longitudinal effects were observed either for prevailing wind or semidiurnal tides. the recent cooperative fig. 8. the response of the prevailing zonal wind (u m/s) in the lower ionosphere on the stratospheric warmings during winter 1984-1985 (rather low solar activity). positive direction eastward. arrows days of stratospheric warmings (kazimirovsky et al., 1988). 1 observatory badary, east siberia, 52°n; 2 observatory collm, central europe, 52°n; 3 observatory sakatoon, canada, 52°n, height 97 km; 4 observatory saskatoon, 89 km; 5 observatory saskatoon, 80 km. coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 17 fig. 9. lower thermosphere zonal prevailing wind dynamic spectra at east siberia and central europe. fig. 10. lower thermosphere zonal wind (semidiurnal tidal amplitude variations) dynamic spectra at east siberia and central europe. «crista/mahrsi campaign» also dealt partly with upper mesosphere/lower thermosphere wind measurements and revealed some regional distinctions (e.g., kazimirovsky et al., 1997). to determine the sources of planetary scale perturbations of the mesosphere and lower thermosphere is one of the topics in the ongoing international program psmos (planetary scale observing system). nevertheless, these processes operating in the mlt-region are still insufficiently understood. probably they include quasistationary planetary waves, psw (jacobi et al., 1999; forbes et al., 1999), but our current understanding of the nonzonal dynamic processes contains numerous unresolved contradictions. therefore, further experimental and theoretical investigations in this field will greatly help to extend our knowledge of the mlt-region spatial structure. coordinated program of the simultaneous measurements of winds might be carried out at a carefully chosen series of sites comprising an east-west chain 18 edward s. kazimirovsky spanning a large sector of longitude. such measurements in conjunction with results of the long-term zonal-mean modeling could be used to determine psw parameters and to estimate the relative contribution of non-migrating tides. it would improve our understanding of the vertical coupling between different atmospheric regions and the coupling mechanisms between tropospheric/stratospheric non-zonal circulation systems and those which may exist in the mltregion. the next ionospheric region e, intermediate between d-region and f-region, is rather less studied in the processes of coupling from below. nevertheless, we have some evidence concerning intensive gravity waves in the variations of the electron density and ion velocities at heights 100-140 km (e.g., nygren et al., 1990), measured by incoherent scatter radars. the sporadic ionization in the d-region, so-called e s (sporadic e-layer), on the meteorologically frontal days sometimes tends to occur more frequently and with higher electron concentration than for preceding and following days. the e s generation is usually connected with neutral wind shear. it is why the dynamics of the e-region could be crucial for e s . the daily averaged departures of the sporadic e parameters f b e s and h′e s from the corresponding monthly medians have been found to decrease during winter-time circulation disturbances connected with stratospheric warmings. the computed neutral wind shear shows decreased values during these disturbances. the effect may be due to a decrease of attenuation of agw, due to which the vertical wavelength increases and the e s producing wind shear decreases with growth of vertical energy flux (numerous references in kazimirovsky and kokourov, 1991). 4. upper thermosphere/ionosphere this topic is rather more speculative than the lower thermosphere/ionosphere. nevertheless, the ideas on dynamic coupling between weather at ground level and f-region behaviour appeared long ago (beynon and brown, 1951; martyn, 1952). of course, the attempts to forecast the surface weather from ionospheric data were too optimistic to be true. but it is evident that planetary, tidal and gravity waves launched by various sources in the troposphere and stratosphere really penetrate into the f2 region. there are short-term correlations between meteorological and ionospheric parameters, and a number of statistically significant correlations, that may be regarded as circumstantial evidence on a longterm basis. the ionospheric response to the forcing from below should be anisotropic and subject to diurnal and seasonal variations, and should vary with geomagnetic and geographic latitude and longitude. in fact, we know that both seasonal and daily, global and regional, composition changes at thermosphere/ionosphere heights can occur even during geomagnetically quiet periods. it is assumed that corresponding changes in the turbopause heights are responsible for the respective observations. but the turbopause heights variations could be sensitive to the meteorological dynamic influence from below. of course, it is generally agreed that there is significant turbulence in the region 80-120 km, although there is still some debate as to its temporal and spatial morphology. the main sources of turbulence are probably gravity waves and tides (including ones, propagating from below), and these generate turbulence by processes such as non-linear breaking, shear instabilities and critical level interactions. we believe that planetary waves sign could be recognized in the global distribution of electron density (n e ) in the f 2 region. the regional structure (so called continental effect) of n e which can be interpreted in terms of the manifestation of the climatic properties of the underlying atmosphere has been discussed on many occasions (danilov et al., 1987). the longitude-dependent distribution of noon critical frequency f0 f2 values (corresponding to maximal electron concentration) is reasonably well approximated by the sum of planetary waves with zonal wave-numbers n = 1 and n = 2. moreover, it was shown that the seasonal variations of planetary wave amplitudes in f0 f2 and in geopotential at 10 mb level are closely correlated but with changeable time lag. coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 19 studies of coupling between ionospheric and stratospheric parameters sometimes yield ambiguous conclusions due to the masking effect on the ionosphere from the various geophysical factors, such as the ionizing radiation of the sun, energetic particles fluxes, cosmic rays, etc. thus it is desirable to make the analysis in such a manner that variations caused by these factors are removed. we proposed and successfully realized the following technique. two stations are selected which have close geographic or geomagnetic latitudes but are well spaced in longitude so that they are likely to have substantial differences in meteorological characteristics of the lower atmosphere. for each day, the differences are determined in the ionospheric characteristics (e.g., f0 f2, fmin, absorption of radiowaves, etc.) between these two stations and the same differences in meteorological characteristics (e.g., stratospheric temperature, height of isobaric surface, etc.). from the comparison of the time variations of these differences, one may suppose that the effect of geophysical factors, which are almost the same for the two stations, is eliminated to a considerable extent. on the contrary, the meteorological effect due to different climatology for these two spaced locations will be stressed and thus can be identified. if meteorological factors do indeed have an influence upon the variations of ionospheric parameters, we should have a close correlation between variations of the differences described above. the example can be demonstrated for f0 f2 and stratospheric dynamics. it is well known that the winter cyclonic vortex in the stratosphere is highly dynamic and changeable. the subtropical areas of high pressure when moving northward, may deform and sometimes even split it into two independent cells. this circumstance leads to a substantial difference in the values of stratospheric pressure at two sites, located at the same latitude but at different longitudes. does the behaviour of the f2 ionospheric layer reflect these phenomena? figure 11 presents the seasonal variation of daily values of differences in noon f0 f2 (∆f0 f2) between two sites near 55 on spaced in longitude by 2000 km and the seasonal variation of daily values of the corresponding differences in height of 30 hpa surface (∆ h 30 ). we can see that both during winter and equinoxes the values of ∆ h30 and ∆ f0 f2 are greater than those during summer. by the method of «superposed epochs» it was found that negative extrema of ∆ f 0 f 2 correspond to positive extrema of ∆ h30 and vice versa (kazimirovsky and kokourov, 1991). for some time, the network of ionosonde stations in europe had been dense enough to study the meteorological behavior of the upper ionosphere (bibl, 1989). even the average behaviour of the f-region ionization shows substantial differences with location. in europe, the variations of the local gradients in ionization can differ by a factor of two over two locations separated by 1000 km. this is important for understanding the meteorology of the ionosphere and for precise radio predictions. the existence of quasi-periodic oscillations in the ionospheric f-region ( 2-35 days) which may be connected with planetary wave activity in the lower atmosphere is statistically evident in f 0 f 2 variations. figure 12 (apostolov et al., 1998) demonstrates the averaged periodograms of f0f2 in the periodic range from 30 h to 40 days for the whole solar cycle 21 calculated as a mean of 126 spectra of successive 4-month intervals shifted by 1 month.the 4 stations considered lie latitudinally between 42°n and 60°n. there are well expressed maxima close to 6 (4-7); 9 (7-11);14 (1116) and 29 (11-35) days. the relatively minor peaks occur near 2.5 (1.25-4) and 19 (16-21) days. well studied quasi-periodic oscillations with periods from 2 to 6.5 days have the following characteristics: the probability of existence and the occurrence frequency are maximum in local summer; the oscillation amplitude has maximum near equinoxes and the dominant zonal structure of the oscillations at middle latitudes is a westward traveling wave with zonal wave-number n = 1 and n = 2. these quasi-periodic oscillations contribute significantly to the day-to-day variability of f0 f2 and their contributions depend on the solar cycle, season and latitude (altadill, 2000). as far as the physical cause of planetary scale waves in f0 f2 is concerned, it seems possible that this is the sequence of planetary waves in the neutral atmosphere (rice and sharp, 1977; forbes et al., 1999), in thermospheric density. 20 edward s. kazimirovsky traveling ionospheric disturbances (tids) which are the quasi-periodical spatially large-scale and medium-scale electron density perturbations possess a horizontal component of propagation velocity. it is generally accepted now that they are caused by the passage of internal gravity waves. the sources of these waves could be diverse, but they must be below the f-region since the wave energy (i.e. group velocity) invariably was found to be directed upwards. from the earliest days of hf communications the presence of travelling ionospheric disturbances (tids) and ionospheric irregularities (including fspread event) were revealed and now we know that both are closely connected with internal gravity waves. at the same time, the solar cycle and seasonal variations of oscillations at different heights (e.g., lastovicka and mlch, 1996), the similarities in the f 2 -region and lower ionosphere are such that a common source of waves in the lower and upper ionosphere of tropospheric and stratospheric origin can be postulated. in addition, planetary wave type oscillations in the f2 region can be caused by modulation of upward propagating tides and gravity waves, so even the possibility of prediction of these oscillations from wind measurements in the lower thermosphere/ionosphere could be discussed (lastovicka, 1997, 1998). the sources of these waves have been identified which include severe weather disturbances, earthquakes, nuclear and industrial explosions. in the experiments provided by some investigators, for the majority of the waves the reverse group path can be followed down to the tropopause level, and comparison with meteorological data has shown that many of the possible source regions of the observed waves appear to lie in proximity to the jet stream, or close to regions of typhoons, thunderstorms, tornado, hurricanes, the convectively unstable cold polar air, subtropical heavy rainfalls, tropospheric mesoscale fig. 11. stratospheric effects on the ionospheric f-region. daily values of the difference in noon values of f 0 f 2 and in heights of an isobaric surface at 30 hpa for two stations: moscow (east europe) and ekaterinburg (ural mountains), located almost at 55° n. i, ii, iii...xii months, 1969 (kazimirovsky and kokourov, 1991). coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 21 kokourov, 1991; hung et al., 1991; manzano et al., 1998; hocke and tsuda, 2001). tid can be also related to tropospheric vortexes. recently such observations were provided in china where tids were statistically analyzed under the base of observation of an hf doppler array. the backward ray tracing shows that the sources of tids are located in the edges of qinghai-tibet plateau, i.e. in the lee sides of the bulging terrain of the plateau where the vortexes are most probably produced (wan et. al., 1998). f-spread event on ionograms is often connected with wave-like structures of f-region irregularities induced by upward propagating agw’s of meteorological origin. it is especially true for equatorial f-spread. for instance, spread-f occurrence in the african area was investigated by means of non great-circle radiowave propagation on the transequatorial path. the distribution of the horizontal velocity, the horizontal wavelength of the quasi-periodical structures, and the tilt of the irregularity patches led to the assumption that these structures of the equatorial f-spread are connected with agw in the equatorial region (numerous references in gershman et al., 1984). the small-scale ionospheric plasma events associated with severe weather-related gravity waves were also observed in situ (kelley, 1997). the variations of the total electron content (tec) over low-latitude stations sometimes (e.g., shoedel et al., 1973) also show wave-like structures at the time of unusual ground pressure variations with the same period and an amplitude much greater than the amplitude of the normally observed short-period changes in tec. the strong correlation between the oscillations of the ground pressure and the tec gives evidence that the agw were generated by a singular tropospheric event and propagated to ionospheric heights without significant changes in period as seen in fig. 13 for 3 african stations. now it is impossible to deny the possibility of an association between atmospheric disturbances at ground level and in the ionosphere (goodwin, 1980). recently, the effect of gravity waves was investigated successfully to estimate their contribution in the within-an-hour and hour-toconvective complexes (mcc) events, intertropical convergence zone in africa, etc. the possible generation mechanism is the non-linear interaction of shear flow instabilities in the jet stream and penetrative convection (waldock and jones, 1987; numerous references in kazimirovsky and fig. 12. averaged periodograms of f0f2 in the periodic range from 30 h to 40 days for the whole solar cycle 21, calculated as a mean of 126 spectra of successive 4-month intervals shifted by 1 month (apostolov et al., 1998). 22 edward s. kazimirovsky hour variability of f 0 f 2 (boska and lastovicka, 1996). figure 14 (boska et al., 1999) shows the agw spectra for el arenosillo, spain, for one day. in principle, the fluctuations for electron density on the fixed heights can be caused either by fluctuations in ionized matter (i.e. gravity waves) or by fluctuations in ionizing radiation, high-energy particles related geomagnetic/ magnetospheric activity, etc. but we can believe that at middle latitudes and for rather quiet geomagnetic conditions the fluctuations in the period range 10 min-3 h are not of solar or magnetospheric origin. in summary, to predict the effect of planetary and gravity waves on the variability of the ionospheric f-region it is necessary to know at least the scenario of indirect upward propagation of their effects. so far we have no complete modeling in this sense. fig. 13. atmospheric ground pressure variation at tsumeb (lower part), and total electron content variation at tsumeb (ts), outjo (ot), and okanhandja (ok) (upper part) on july 1, 1973 (schoedel et al., 1973). fig. 14. atmospheric gravity wave spectra in the variations of electron concentration on the fixed levels. digisonde-256, el arenosillo, spain (37.1°n, 6.7°w), december 14, 1997, 06ut-18 ut (boska et al., 1999). coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 23 5. thunderstorms and upper atmosphere/ ionosphere the widely accepted classical ideas of atmospheric electricity were: 1) thunderstorms are the main generators of the global electric circuit, causing an electric potential between earth and the ionosphere of about 200-500 kv. 2) the influence of thunderstorms and electrical events near the ground on the atmospheric layers well above the perfect conductor («electrosphere») near 60-70 km is forbidden. we know that the classical hypothesis has not yet been proved beyond doubt. moreover, it is now widely recognized that the current systems driven by global thunderstorms and by magnetospheric plasma phenomena coexist in the middle atmosphere and above. some recent models of thunderstorm current systems and experiments show that most of the return current from a thunderstorm generator penetrating the tropopause flows globally through the ionosphere and along plasmaspheric magnetic field lines. the lightning generates broad electromagnetic frequency spectra and some of the wave energy propagates into the ionosphere/ magnetosphere system, where it interacts with ambient plasma particles. we have evidence that thunderstorms can be important in the global ionospheric energy budget. the thundercloud electric fields influence the e-region and fregion of the ionosphere (suess and tsurutani, 1998). recent observations have shown that intense lightning produces a number of interesting and unexpected effects in the middle and upper atmosphere above thunderstorms. some new and diverse classes of energetic electrical effects of thunderstorms have been documented over the past 5-10 years. two of these classes called red sprites and blue jets are large-scale optical emissions excited by lightning. together they span the entire distance between tops of some thunderstorms and the ionosphere. these newly discovered classes of natural electric phenomena provide evidence that thunderstorms are both more energetic and capable of electrically interacting with the upper atmosphere and ionosphere to a far greater degree than has been appreciated in the past. sprites are very large luminous flashes that appear within the mesospheric d-region directly over active thunderstorm systems coincident with cloud-to-ground or intracloud lightning strokes. triangulation of their locations and physical dimensions using simultaneous images captured from widely spaced aircrafts has shown that their terminal altitude extends to the ionosphere. the brightest region of a sprite is red and lies in the altitude range 65-75 km. above this there is often a faint red glow or wispy structure extending upward to about 90 km, to the nighttime eregion ledge. jets are sporadic optical ejections, deep blue in color, that appear to erupt from the vicinity of the overshoot. following their emergence from the tops of the thundercloud, blue jets propagate upward in narrow cones, fanning out and disappearing by about 50 km over a lifetime of about 300 ms. theories proposed to date concerning only red sprites all involve lightning discharges acting either as a causative agent, or as a simultaneous but non-causative consequence of electrical breakdown triggered by cosmic rays. intensive efforts, both experimental and theoretical, are underway to determine the physical mechanisms at work to produce thunderstorm ↔ ionosphere effects. it is unclear whether the absorption within the ionosphere magnetosphere of the energy flowing upward from the lower atmosphere is capable of producing effects that are dynamically significant enough to qualify as a strong link between these layers. however, several longlived secondary effects within the neutral upper atmosphere may occur by way of joule heating, photoexcitation, or electron impact excitation or ionization. understanding where these new electrical processes fit in the solar-terrestrial system and earth’s global electrical circuit is a challenging, and inherently multidisciplinary, problem that spans traditional discipline boundaries separating the lower and upper atmosphere (sentman and wescott, 1995). the evidence for direct interactions between phenomena associated with thunderstorms and 24 edward s. kazimirovsky ionosphere includes perturbations of electron density and temperature (increase of ionization at e-region, e-sporadic occurrence, increase of temperature and electron density in f-region), excitation of electrostatic wave turbulence and enhanced optical emissions. there are some approximate hypotheses about the physical mechanisms – e.g., upward acceleration of electrons at the moment of lightning discharge, ionization by particles, etc. (e.g., pasko et al., 1997). there is theoretical and experimental evidence of magnetospheric electron precipitation simulated by lightning via radio waves, particularly in the elf-vlf range (less than 30 khz). because the precipitating particles may be the reason for dissociation and ionization processes, it is the next channel of thunderstorm influence on the ionosphere. we have vlf signatures of ionospheric disturbances associated with «sprites» (e.g., rycroft, 1994). recently, the numerical model of the interaction created in the bottom of the ionosphere above a strong horizontal (cloud-tocloud) lightning discharge was published (cho and rycroft, 2001). this simulation sheds light on the formation of spatially structured sprites, depending upon height, via the ratio of the elf/ lf wave electric field (radiated by the current in the discharge) to the atmospheric neutral density. it is interesting that the ulf-vlf electric fields were detected up to the external ionosphere over powerful pacific ocean typhoons (mikhailova et al., 2000). thunderstorms can generate agw as well. reverse group ray tracing computations of agw observed by ionospheric doppler sounder array, show that the wave sources are in the neighborhood of storm systems. agw at ionospheric heights are observed when severe thunderstorms are within a radius of several hundred kilometers of the ionospheric reflection points, the convective regions may be embedded in the stratiformanvils of thunderstorms. it is also known that the zones of maximal occurrence of f-spread over west africa and south america coincide well with the zones of high thunderstorm activity (e.g., references in kazimirovsky, 1983). 6. long-term ionosphere variations as a possible consequence of the greenhouse effect releases of trace gases from human activity have a potential to cause a major change in the climate of the earth. but there is no doubt that the subject of global climate warming due to the so called «greenhouse effect» has led to controversy, speculation and confusion. despite the many uncertainties that remain, the consensus of most scientists knowledgeable about these matters is that global warming will occur. some questions remain concerning the timing and the magnitude of change but there are few, if any, who dissent from this general conclusion. the troposphere is expected to warm, the stratosphere to cool, the ozone content to decrease: the consequences of these processes on the atmosphere above 60 km are considered at present and overall results indicate that global change resulting from trace gas variations (e.g., co2 and ch4 doubling) is not confined only to the lower atmosphere but also extends well into the mesosphere, thermosphere and ionosphere regions (golytsin et al., 1996). the projected changes should also lead to some alterations in global circulation, latitudinal distributions of temperature and composition and the response of the atmospheric system to solar and auroral variability (e.g., thomas, 1996). changes in a thin layer of sodium vapour, about 90 km above the earth, could reveal the far-reaching effects of greenhouse gases (from 1972 to 1987 its mean height had fallen by nearly a kilometre). although it is not possible to state with absolute certainty that the decrease in the altitude of the sodium layer is an indication of global cooling in the middle atmosphere, the behaviour of the layer clearly merits systematic surveillance in years to come (e.g., clemesha et al., 1997). the changes in occurrence frequency (a considerable increase) in noctilucent clouds caused either by changes in water vapour concentration or by changes in temperature, are possibly an indication of long-term anthropogenic changes. we should also consider the possible effect of anthropogenic changes in the coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 25 mesosphere that could result from aerosols and trace gases diffusing upward into the mesosphere, where they can change the aeronomy. polar mesosphere summer echoes (incoherent scatter radar) might prove to be sensitive tracers for such anthropogenic changes (e.g., thomas, 1996). long-term trends in planetary wave activity at altitudes of about 80-100 km, which are of possibly anthropogenic origin, have been extensively studied with the use of almost 30 years of absorption measurements along various radiopaths in europe. trends are more pronounced in daytime than night time (e.g., lastovicka, 1997). using different radar observations, bremer et al. (1997) detected trends in the prevailing wind components and the amplitudes of the diurnal and semidiurnal tidal wind components in the mlt-region, at heights between about 85 and 100 km. these trends, however, cannot be explained directly by an increasing greenhouse effect. but the well known decrease of the stratospheric ozone content may play an important role for the trends of the tidal characteristics. according to model predictions (e.g., rishbeth and roble, 1992), doubling of the greenhouse gases concentration should lead to a significant cooling of the upper atmosphere and resulting changes in f 2 -region parameters – a decrease of the height of maximal electron concentration (h m f2) by about 15 km with only small changes in f0 f2. the longterm changes in h m f 2 and f 0 f 2 which were in accordance with model predictions (at least qualitatively) were reported for some ionospheric stations in the northern and southern hemispheres, but the results do not present a consistent pattern. figure 15 shows an example of seasonal and yearly negative trends of h m f 2 determined from ionosonde data of the midlatitude ionospheric station juliusruh (germany), 1957-1990, after fig. 15. seasonal and yearly trends of h m f 2 at juliusruh (germany) after elimination of solar and geomagnetic influences (bremer, 1998). 26 edward s. kazimirovsky elimination of solar cycle and geomagnetic influences. trends for winter and the whole year are statistically significant with a confidence level of more than 99% (bremer, 1992). meanwhile rather recently (marin et al., 2000) analysed the long-term trends of the f0 f2 and h m f2 on northern hemisphere 30 ionosonde stations over the time period 1965-1991. whereas the majority of the observed f 0 f 2 trends were seen to be negative, the h m f 2 ones were positive. the opinion of these authors that a global warming in the lower atmosphere, accompanied by cooling in the upper atmosphere, due to the greenhouse effect cannot be the cause of the detected trends. but such longterm trends could be explained by an increase in f2-layer storm activity as a result of the increasing geomagnetic activity observed during the analysed time period. further studies are necessary testing data homogeneity (e.g., rishbeth, 1997; ulich and turunen, 1997; bremer, 1998; jarvis et al., 1998; danilov, 1998). 7. summary the ionosphere, embedded in and tightly coupled to the thermosphere, is strongly influenced by couplings to other geophysical regions. in addition to ionizing energetic solar irradiation, both the magnetosphere and plasmasphere greatly affect the ionosphere by the precipitation of soft and energetic particles, by heat conduction, and by fluxes of thermal particles. below, the middle atmosphere affects it with upwardly propagating waves (gravity waves, tides and planetary waves). exploring these couplings effectively furthers our understanding of at least the dominant processes and interactions that play such an important role in determining the character of this part of the earth’s environment. perhaps the major advance in recent years has been the acceptance of meteorological processes as at least a potential cause of ionospheric variability, and not something in the realm of science fiction. hopefully, progress will be even more rapid in the decades to come. studies of the meteorological effects in the ionosphere are actively underway and the main aim of this review was to stimulate these investigations. whilst some details about coupling between the middle atmosphere and ionosphere are moderately well understood, there are large gaps and deficiencies in our current understanding. further measurements and modeling are undoubtedly required. measurements of quantities associated with predominant neutral particles in the ionosphere are particularly important if this coupling is to be better understood. but due to the current paucity of the efficient experimental methods of measuring neutral parameters in the ionosphere, the importance of modeling studies in parallel with the new observations also must be recognized. we must look forward to a further breakdown of the traditional isolation of the ionosphere from the lower atmosphere. since the upper atmosphere is generally a good indicator of solar activity, one might assume that the correlation between tropospheric and ionospheric parameters may indicate such a solar-weather effect. the question of lower/upper atmosphere coupling is a major challenge for ionospheric physics to which the growing science of aeronomy and meteorology may make an important contribution. the only appropriate way to place these relationships on firm ground is via the study of causal mechanisms. because of the complexity of possible relationships, it is clear that a multidisciplinary approach is required in future investigations, i.e. contributions in the fields of meteorology, climatology, aeronomy, ionospheric physics, atmospheric electricity and plasma physics. further regional, national and international cooperative efforts are needed to organize a global monitoring system of atmospheric oscillations with various new techniques. continuous observations from these networks permit a resolution of planetary waves, atmospheric tides and gravity waves and the hypothesis that such motions propagate upward from the lower atmosphere or are generated in situ could be examined critically with observational data. ionospheric weather (hour-to-hour and coupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 27 day-to-day variability of ionospheric parameters) a waits an explanation and predictions in the framework of climatological, solar cycle and seasonal variations. if we are to understand and possibly forecast ionospheric variability, then all factors, including coupling from below need to be considered. what is desired is a quantitative appreciation of all the significant couplings, trigger mechanisms and feedback processes. of practical concern are chains of processes that have final results important to life processes, effects on communications and technological activities, and impacts on the scientific observation of natural phenomena. acknowledgements ek is grateful to prof. bruno zolesi for inviting him to present the review to the xxvi european geophysical society general assembly in nice, to department for geophysics and meteorology of the university complutense of madrid for its hospitality during his stay in spain (when this paper was prepared ) and to the nato science program for financial support. references altadill, d. (2000): planetary wave type oscillations in the ionospheric f-region, adv. space res., 26, 12871296. andrews, d.g., j.r. holton and c.b. leovy (1987): middle atmosphere dynamics (monograph), int. geophys. ser., 40 (academic press, new-york, u.s.a.). apostolov, e.m., d. altadill and r. hanbaba (1998): spectral energy contributions of quasi-periodic oscillations (2-35 days ) to the variability of f 0 f 2 , ann. geophys., 16, 168-188. beynon, w.j.g. and g.m. brown (1951): geophysical and meteorological changes in the period january-april 1949, nature, 67, 1012-1014. bibl, k. (1989): examples of meteorological behaviour of the ionosphere, agard conf. proc., 441, 36-39. boska, j. and j. lastovicka (1996): gravity wave activity in the lower ionosphere and in the f 2 region similarities and differences, adv. space res., 18, 127-130. boska, j., d. marin, g. miro, m. herraiz, b.a. de la morena and e.s. kazimirovsky (1999): agw spectra in the electron density, in proceedings wg cost-251, huelva, spain, 215-232. bremer, j. (1992): ionospheric trends in mid-latitudes as a possible indicator of the atmospheric greenhouse effect, j. atmos. terr. phys., 54, 1505-1511. bremer, j. (1998): trends in the ionosphere e and f regions over europe, ann. geophys., 16, 986-996. bremer, j., r. schminder, k.m. greisiger, o. hoffman, d. kuerschner and w. singer (1997): solar cycle dependence and long-term trends in the wind field of the mesosphere/lower thermosphere, j. atmos. sol.terr. phys., 59, 497-509. bowhill, s.a. (1969): interaction between the stratosphere and ionosphere, ann. iqsy (international quiet sun year), 5, 83-95. cho, m. and m.j. rycroft (2001): non-uniform ionization of the upper atmosphere due to the electrodynamic pulse from a horizontal lightning discharge, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 63, 559-580. clemesha, b.r., p.p. batista and d.m. simonich (1997): long-term and solar cycle changes in the atmospheric sodium layer, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 59, 1673-1678. danilov, a.d. (1998): review of long-term trends in the upper mesosphere, thermosphere, and ionosphere, adv. space res., 22, 907-915. danilov, a.d., e.s. kazimirovsky, g.v. vergasova and g.ya. khachikjan (1987): the meteorological effects in the ionosphere (monograph), (hydrometeorological press, leningrad, russia). de la morena, b.a. and e.s. kazimirovsky (1996): the experimental investigation of the lower ionosphere response to forcing from above and below, scientific report inta 1995, el-arenosillo, spain. forbes, j.m. (1991): middle atmosphere tides and coupling between atmospheric regions, j. geomagn. geoelectr., 43 (suppl. part 1), 597-609. forbes, j.m., s.e. palo and f.a. marcos (1999): longitudinal structures in lower thermosphere density, j. geophys. res., a104, 4773-4779. forbes, j.m., s.e. palo and x. zhiang (2000): variability of the ionosphere, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 62, 865-893. gavrilov, n.m. (1992): internal gravity waves in the mesopause region: hydrodynamical sources and climatological patterns, adv. space res., 12, 113-121. gershman, b.n., e.s. kazimirovsky, v.d. kokourov and n.a. chernobrovkina (1984): f-spread events in the ionosphere (monograph) (science press, moscow, russia). golytsin, g.s., a.i. semenov, n.n. shefov, l.m. fishkova, e.v. lysenko and s.p. perov (1996): longterm temperature trends in the middle and upper atmosphere, geophys. res. lett., 23, 1741-1744. g o o dw i n , g.l. ( 1980): an associa tion between atmospheric disturbances at ground level and in the ionosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 42, 899-906. gregory, j.b. and a.h. manson (1975): radiation temperatures and electron density, j. atmos. terr. phys., 37, 645-653. h a r g r e av e s , j.k. (1992): t he solar-terrestr ial environment. an introduction to geospace the science of the terrestrial upper atmosphere, ionosphere and magnetosphere (monograph) (cambridge university press, u.k.). 28 edward s. kazimirovsky hocke, k. and t. tsuda (2001): gravity waves and ionospheric irregularities over tropical convection zones observed by gps/met radio occultation, geophys. res. lett., 28, 2815-2818. hung, r.j., c.c. lee, d.l. johnson and a.j. chen (1991): remote sensing of mesospheric and thermospheric density perturbations induced by subtropical heavy rainfalls for spacecraft environment study, acta astronaut., 25, 379-393. jacobi, ch., yu.i. portnyagin, t.v. solovjova, p. hoffman, w. singer, a.n. fahrutdinova, r.a. ishmuratov, a.g. beard, n.j. mitchell, h.g. muller, r. schminder, d. kuerschner, a.h. manson and c.e. meek (1999): climatology of the semi-diurnal tide at 52°n-56°n from ground-based radar wind measurements 1985-1995, j. atmos. sol.terr. phys., 61, 975-991. jarvis, m.j., b. jenkins and g.a. rodgers (1998): southern hemisphere observations of long-term decrease in f-region altitude and thermospheric wind providing possible evidence for global thermospheric cooling, j. geophys. res., a103, 20,774-20,787. johnson, r.m. and t.l. killeen (editors) (1995): the upper mesosphere and lower thermosphere: a review of experiment and theory, geophys. monogr., am. geophys. union, 87. kazimirovsky, e.s. (1983): thunderstorm effects on the ionospheric processes a review, res. geomagn. aeron. solar phys. (science press, moscow, russia), 66, 170-192. kazimirovsky, e.s. and v.d. kokourov (1991): the tropospheric and stratospheric effects in the ionosphere, j. geomagn. geoelectr., 43 (suppl. part 1), 551-562. kazimirovsky, e.s., a.h. manson and a.h. meek (1988): winds and waves in the middle atmosphere at saskatoon, collm and badary, j. atmos. terr. phys., 50, 243-250. k a z i m i rov s k y , e.s ., v.d. k o ko u rov and g.v. vergasova (1997): the dynamical structure of the lower thermosphere during the crista/mahrsi campaign, adv. space res., 20, 1233-1236. kazimirovsky, e.s., o.m. pirog and g.v. vergasova (1999): the upper mesosphere/lower thermosphere wind field nonzonality as possible sign of the external forcing from above and below, adv. space res., 24, 649-655. kelley, m. (1997): in situ ionospheric observations of severe weather-related gravity waves and associated small-scale plasma events, j. geophys. res., a102, 329-335. krassovsky, v.i. (1977): internal gravity waves near the mesopause and the hydroxil emission, ann. geophys., 33, 347-352. la s tov i c k a, j. (1983): winter anomaly studies in czechoslovakia (a review), bulg. geophys. j., 9, 17-26. lastovicka, j. (1997): long-term trends in the upper middle atmosphere as detected by ionospheric measurements, adv. space res., 20, 2065-2074. l a s tov i c k a , j. (1998): can planetary wave type oscillations in the f 2 region be caused by modulation of upward propagating tides and be predicted from wind measur ements in the lower thermospher e?, in proceedings 2nd cost-251 workshop, rutherford appleton lab., didcot, u.k., 234-238. lastovicka, j. and b.a. de la morena (1987): the response of the lower ionosphere in central and southern europe to the anomalous stratospheric conditions, phys. scr., 35, 902-905. lastovicka, j. and p. mlch (1996): solar cycle effect on oscillations in the period range of 2-20 days in the fregion of the ionosphere, ann. geofis., 39 (4), 783-790. lastovicka, j., d. pancheva and x.-j. zhang (1990): on some differences in the behaviour of the upper and lower part of the lower ionosphere in relation to meteorological parameters, ann. geophys., 8, 599-608. lastovicka, j., a. ebel and a. ondraskova (1993): on the transformation of planetary waves of tropospheric origin into waves in radio wave absorption in the lower ionosphere, studia geophys. geodet., 38, 71-81. m a n s o n , a.h., c.e. m e e k , r. s c h m i n d e r , d . kuerschner, r.r. clark, h.g. mueller, r.a. vincent, a. phillips, c.j. fraser, w. singer and e.s. kazimirovsky (1990): tidal winds from the mlt global radar network during the first ltcs campaign september 1987, j. atmos. terr. phys., 52, 175-187. manson, a.h., c.e. meek, s.k. avery, r.a. fraser, r. schminder, d. kuerschner and e.s. kazimirovsky (1991): tidal winds from the mesosphere, lower thermosphere global radar network during the second ltcs campaign december 1988, j. geophys. res., a96, 1117-1126. ma n z a n o, j.r., s.m. r a d i c e l l a , m.m. z o s s i d e artigas, a.n. filippi de manzano and a.h. cosio d e r ag o n e (1998): tr oposphere-ionosphere interaction during tropospheric mesoscale convective complexes (mmc) events, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 60, 585-594. marin, d., a.v. mikhailov, b.a. de la morena and m. herraiz (2000): tendencias a largo plaza en region f 2 de la ionosfera y su relacion co la actividad magnetica, fisica de la tierra, universidad complutense de madrid, spain, 12, 263-280. m a rt y n , d.f. (1952): tr oposphere-ionosphere relationships, geophys. res. pap., u.s.a., 12, 31-33. meek, c.e. and a.h. manson (1985): comparison of primrose lake (54°n, 110°w) rocket winds (20-60 km) and saskatoon (52°n, 107°w) mf radar winds (60-110 km), j. atmos. terr. phys., 47, 477-487. meteorological glossary (1991): hmso, meteorological office, london,u.k. mikhailov, a.v. (2000): geomagnetic control of the f0f2 trends, ann. geophys., 18, 653-665. m i k h a i l ova , g.a., y u .m. m i k h a i l ov and o.v. kapustina (2000): ulf-vlf electric fields in the external ionosphere over powerful typhoons in pacific ocean, int. j. geomagn. aeron., 2 (2) (in internet). naujokat, b. and k. labitzke (1993): collection of reports on the stratospheric circulation during the winters 1974/1975 1991/1992, scostep secretariat, university of illinois, u.s.a. nygren, t., t. turunen and h. rishbeth (1990): interference of tidal and gravity waves in the ionocoupling from below as a source of ionospheric variability: a review 29 sphere and an associated sporadic e-layer, j. atmos. terr. phys., 52, 609-624. offerman, d., h. brukelman, j. barnett, k. labitzke, k. torkar and h. widdel (1982): a scale analysis of the d-region winter anomaly, j. geophys. res., 87, 8286-8306. pancheva, d., e. apostolov, j. lastovicka and j. boska (1987): long-period fluctuations observed in the ionospheric absorption variations, studia geophys. geod., 31, 301-306. pancheva, d., j. lastovicka and b.a. de la morena (1991): quasi-periodic fluctuations of ionospheric absorption in relation to planetary activity in the stratosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 53, 1151-1155. pasko, v.p., u.s. inan, t.f. bell and y.n. taranenko (1997): sprites produced by quasi-electrostatic heating and ionization in the lower ionosphere, j. geophys. res., a102, 4529-4561. pietrella, m., e.s. kazimirovsky, g. de franceschi, p. grigioni and c. scotto (2002): could we find any signal of the stratosphere-ionosphere coupling in antarctic?, ann. geophys., 45 (1), 145-153 (this volume). portnyagin, yu.i., n.a. makarov, r.p. chebotarev, a.n. nikonov, e.s. kazimirovsky, v.d. kokourov, v.v. sidorov, a.n. fahrutdinova, g. cevolani, r.r. clark, d. kuerschner, r. schminder, a.h. manson, c.e. meek, h.g. muller, j.c. stoddard, w. singer and p. hoffmann (1994): the wind regime of the mesosphere and lower thermosphere during the dyana campaign ii. semidiurnal tide, j. atmos. terr. phys., 56, 1731-1740. rice, c.j. and l.r. sharp (1977): neutral atmospheric waves in the thermosphere and troposphere weather systems, geophys. res. lett., 4, 315-317. rishbeth, h. (1997): long-term changes in the ionosphere, adv. space res., 20, 2149-2156. rishbeth, h. and r.g. roble (1992): cooling of the upper atmosphere by enhanced greenhouse gases modeling of thermospheric and ionospheric effects, planet. space sci., 40, 1011-1026. rycroft, m.j. (1994): some effects in the middle atmosphere due to lightning, j. atmos. terr. phys., 56, 343-348. schwentek, h. (1976): manual on ionospheric absorption measurements, world data center a, u.s.a., chapter 6. schoedel, j.p., j. klostermeyer, j. roettger and g. stilke (1973): evidence for tropospheric-ionospheric coupling by atmospheric gravity waves, z. geophys., 39, 1063-1066. sentman, d.d. and e.m. wescott (1995): red sprites and blue jets: thunderstorm excited optical emissions in the stratosphere, mesosphere, and ionosphere, phys. plasmas, 2, 2415-2419. shapley, a.h. and w.j.g. beynon (1965): winter anomaly in the ionospheric absorption and stratospheric warmings, nature, 206, 1242-1243. singer, w., p. hoffman, a.h. manson, c.e. meek, r. schminder, d. kuerschner, g.a. kokin, a.k. knyazev, yu.i. potnyagin, n.a. makarov, a.n. fahrutdinova, v.v. sidorov, g. cevolani, h.g. muller, e.s. kazimirovsky, v.a. gaidukov, r.r. clark, r.p. chebotarev and y. karadjaev (1994): the wind regime of the mesosphere and lower thermosphere during dyana campaign i. prevailing wind, j. atmos. terr. phys., 56, 1717-1730. solar-terrestrial energy program (step) 19901997 (1990): scostep secretariat, university of illinois, urbana, u.s.a. solomon, s.c. (2000): modeling of the thermosphere/ ionosphere system, phys. chem. earth (c), 25, 499503. s p r e n g e r , k. and r. sc h m i n d e r (1967): on the significance of ionospheric drift measurements in the lf-range, j. atmos. terr. phys., 29, 183-199. suess, s.t. and b.t. tsurutani (editors) (1998): from the sun auroras, magnetic storms, solar flares, cosmic rays (monograph), am. geophys. union, washington, d.c., u.s.a. taubenheim, j. (1983): meteorological control of the dregion, space sci. res., 34, 397-411. thomas, g.e. (1996): global change in the mesospherelower thermosphere region: has it already arrived?, j. atmos. terr. phys., 58, 1629-1656. ulich, t. and e. turunen (1997): evidence for long-term cooling of the upper atmosphere in ionosonde data, geophys. res. lett., 24, 1103-1107. vincent, r.a. (1990): planetary and gravity waves in the mesosphere and lower thermosphere, adv. space res., 10, 93-101. waldock, j.a. and j.b. jones (1987): source regions of medium traveling ionospheric disturbances observed at mid-latitudes, j. atmos. terr. phys., 49, 105-114. wan, w., h. yuan, b. ning, j. liang and f. ding (1998): traveling ionospheric disturbances associated with tropospheric vortexes around qinghai-tibet plateaux, geophys. res. lett., 26, 3775-3778. whitten, r.c. and i.g.poppoff (1971): fundamentals of aeronomy (monograph) (john wiley, new york, u.s.a.). wickwar, v.b. and h.c. carlson (1999): ionospheric and thermospheric couplings: vertical, latitudinal and longitudinal, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 61, 141-152. macroseismic intensity investigation of the november 2014, m=5.7, vrancea (romania) crustal earthquake annals of geophysics, 59, 5, 2016, s0542; doi:10.4401/ag-6998 s0542 macroseismic intensity investigation of the november 2014, m=5.7, vrancea (romania) crustal earthquake angela petruta constantin*, iren adelina moldovan, andreea craiu, mircea radulian, constantin ionescu national institute for earth physics, bucharest-magurele, romania abstract on november 22, 2014, at 21:14:17 local time (19:14:17 gmt) an earthquake of local magnitude ml= 5.7 occurred in the proximity of marasesti city in vrancea county (romania) in the lower crust (39 km depth). it was the largest event recorded since 120 years in this area (the maximum magnitude was estimated at mw 5.9 for an event occurred on march 1, 1894). the main shock was followed by more than 200 aftershocks detected and located by the romanian seismic network during two months. immediately after the main shock was recorded, the national institute for earth physics (niep) sent macroseismic questionnaires to all affected areas, in order to define the macroseismic field of ground shaking. according to the macroseismic questionnaires survey, the intensity reached vi msk in the epicentral area, and the seismic event was felt up to a distance of 600 km from the epicenter (practically in all the extracarpathian area). also, this intensity value was estimated at 25 localities. the earthquake caused general panic, but the building damage was minor to moderate only. according to macroseismic observations, the damage area was extended mostly to the east and north from epicenter. after the collection of the macroseismic data and the evaluation of the macroseismic effects of this earthquake, an intensity dataset has been obtained for 680 sites. the main purpose of this paper is to investigate the macroseismic effects associated to this earthquake using the msk-64 intensity scale in order to evaluate the impact on the regional seismic hazard assessment. 1. introduction macroseismic intensity obtained through the quantification of the earthquakes effects is an important parameter for seismological and seismic engineering research, government officials/institutions and earthquake insurance programs. this type of data is also useful for the development of the macroseismic intensity prediction equation for specific seismic zones and for the comparison and correlation between the observed intensities and peak ground accelerations and velocities. macroseismic effects in romania are dominated by earthquakes generated in the vrancea region. more than two thirds of the country’s territory are affected by seismicity generated in this region. vrancea is a complex seismic area situated at the triple junction of three tectonic plates: the east european plate, the intra-alpine micro-plate and the moesian micro-plate [constantinescu et al. 1976, airinei 1977, sandulescu 1984, knapp et al. 2005]. this area is well-known for the concentration of seismicity at intermediate depths within a welldefined lithospheric body descending into the mantle [bokelmann and rodler 2014, radulian 2014]. a rate of 3-4 destructive events (magnitude above 7) per century characterizes the activity of this source as pointed out in the romanian earthquake catalog [oncescu et al. 1999]. the seismic activity in the overlying crust is significantly lower in terms of frequency and moment release (mmax < 6.0). this type of seismicity is developed mainly east of the vrancea intermediate-depth source. the major earthquakes produced in the vrancea subcrustal source are destructive over vast areas, extending significantly beyond the country’s border [i.e., pantea and constantin 2011, kronrod et al. 2013, pantea and constantin 2013, constantin 2015]. for this reason, the database of associated macroseismic maps is relatively rich for these earthquakes, including instrumentally recorded and historical events. this is not the case when considering the earthquakes of the vrancea crustal domain. however, although at smaller scale, the effects of the earthquakes located in the vrancea crust may represent an important component in the regional seismic hazard assessment [constantin et al. 2016]. the goal of the present work is to analyze the macroseismic effects of a recent earthquake which occurred on november 22, 2014, in the vrancea crustal range (ml= 5.7, h = 39 km). it was the largest earthquake located in the vrancea crust since the end of 19th century when an earthquake with a magnitude estimated mw= ~5.9 article history received march 3, 2016; accepted october 2, 2016. subject classification: vrancea seismogenic zone, crustal earthquake, intensity, macroseismic questionnaires, intensity map. was reported. the event of 2014 was followed by a sequence of aftershocks lasting for more than two months: more than 200 events recorded by the permanent seismological network operated by the national institute for earth physics (romania) and located in the lower crust (16 to 50 km depth) (see figure 1). the largest aftershocks occurred on december 7, 2014 (ml= 4.5), and january 12, 2015 (ml= 4.2). soon after the earthquake occurrence, the national institute for earth physics (niep) organized a survey in the felt areas using macroseismic questionnaires, in order to assign macroseismic intensities according to the medvedev-sponheuer-karnik scale (msk-64) [medvedev et al. 1967]. in this paper, we evaluate the results of the macroseismic survey and draw conclusions on the implications for seismic hazard assessment in romania. 2. geological and seismotectonic settings of the area the seismic sequence that occurred in 2014 in the proximity of marasesti belongs to the seismicity characterizing the foredeep region of the south-eastern carpathians. this is divided into an internal folded foredeep, and an external unfolded one, with a maximum development in the south-eastern carpathians bending area. the crustal seismicity in the carpathians foredeep region is clustered near the se carpathians bending zone, and along the major faults such as the peceneaga–camena fault, separating the moesian platform from the north-dobrogea–scythian block, and the trotus fault separating the north-dobrogea orogen and scythian platform from the east european platform [mucuta et al. 2006, radulian et al. 2007]. the carpathian foredeep includes the focşani basin which is characterized on the western flank by a thick sequence of shallow lacustrine sediments, dipping towards the east [raileanu and diaconescu 1998, leever et al. 2006]. the focşani basin formed just in front of the se carpathian arc bend, between the intramoesian fault at the south and the trotus fault at the north (see figure 2). this basin has a neo-tectonic activity [matenco et al. 2003, tărăpoancă et al. 2003] evidenced by a large number of active normal faults with a nwse to nnwsse trend that seems to be related to the two major crustal faults existing in the area [mucuta et al. 2006]. the western limit of the basin is not so faulted. the eastern flank of the focşani basin is characterized by eastward floor shallowing affected also by a regional system of active normal faults [leever et al. 2006]. the most large-scale feature of the normal fault system along the eastern focşani flank is the siret fault. this system is juxtaposed with the peceneaga-camena fault [matenco et al. 2007]. according to raileanu et al. [2007] under the focşani basin the crust thickness reaches 46 km, but the crystalline crust does not exceed a thickness of 25 km, being covered by up to 15 km of sedimentary rocks. the crustal thickness is greater than in the surrounding foreland areas due to the major accumulation of neogene-quaternary sediments in the focşani basin [tărăpoancă et al. 2003, mucuta et al. 2006]. crustal epicenters seem to focus along the focşani basin flanks, especially along the eastern flank, highlighting the active tectonics structures that exist at the contact between the focşani depression and the north-dobrogea orogen [matenco et al. 2007, radulian et al. 2007] (figures 2 and 3). based on the historical data from the romanian earthquake catalogue [oncescu et al. 1999] six earthquakes with mw > 5 occurred in the vrancea crustal area in the last 300 years (figure 1). for two of them (march 1784 and march 1894) the maximum macroseismic intensity was estimated at vii on msk scale. the 1894 crustal earthquake had maximum intensities in panciu, focşani and adjud cities (all of them situated in vrancea county). in the epicentral area, especially in focşani, the walls of well-built buildings suffered cracks [hepites 1893, florinesco 1958]. constantin et al. 2 figure 1. mărăşeşti seismic sequence from november 22, 2014, to january 30, 2015. red star refers to the main shock of november 22 (ml= 5.7), the blue stars represent the aftershocks having magnitude greater than 3.0 and the pink dots are all the aftershocks of the sequence. yellow triangles represent niep seismic stations (plus accelerometers sensors) installed in the area and black squares are the cities. the epicenters of crustal earthquakes with m≥5 which occurred in the vrancea seismogenic area in historical time are also displayed in this figure with red dots. macroseismic intensity investigation of the vrancea crustal earthquake figure 2. the main tectonic units and crustal faults in front of the se carpathians (modified after badescu [2005]). the yellow star corresponds to the epicenter of the november 22, 2014, crustal earthquake. the ab line corresponds to the tectonic cross section presented in figure 3. figure 3. tectonic cross section across the se carpathians (after matenco et al. [2007]) along the line ab in figure 2. pcf is peceneaga-camena fault. earthquakes from vrancea zone were projected into the cross section as a function of depth and magnitude. empty circles represent the crustal earthquakes and black dots are intermediate depth earthquakes. green circle is the 2014 vrancea crustal earthquake focus. in the last 40 years several sequences of small to moderate magnitude earthquakes were recorded in the focşani basin area [popescu 2007]. they show a systematic orientation in ne sw direction, which is parallel to the carpathian orogen [bala et al. 2015]. in many cases the hypocenters are located in the lower crustal domain [tugui et al. 2009, popescu et al. 2011]. the most recent sequence of november 22, 2014, is the best ever recorded sequence in the area (82 strong-motion stations installed on the romanian territory, belonging to the niep strong-motion network). at the same time, the felt area was relatively wide, through the extra-carpathian area, and as far as ukraine, rep. of moldova, southern bulgaria and south-eastern turkey (www.emsc-csem.org). 3. macroseismic effects of the main shock and intensity map the macroseismic survey using questionnaires performed by the national institute for earth physics (niep) in the felt areas and the estimation of intensities followed the recommendations on the macroseismic scale application suggested in the msk-64 seismic intensity scale: the assessment of the intensity is based on the damage observed to the building stock and on the human perception of the effects caused by the earthquake. in other words the evaluation was done by identifying which of the descriptions for the various intensity degrees best fit all data collected for each analyzed location [e.g. midzi et al. 2015]. it means that the correct estimation is the one that best expresses the generality of the macroseismic observations [musson and cecić 2002, cecić and musson 2004]. for the assessment of the intensities the msk intensity scale was used because this scale is still employed in romania (see stas 3684-71). the type of macroseismic questionnaire used for this earthquake contains a number of questions related to construction types, nature and degree of damage, effects on the surroundings, and human and animal reactions. the first part of this questionnaire includes the administrative data (e.g., locality, owner, street), the typologies and vulnerability classes of buildings (i.e., a, b, and c structures), and the classification of damage to buildings (all five grades) according to the msk-64 macroseismic scale [pantea and constantin 2013]. each observer thus has the possibility to select the type of building and the level of damage caused by the earthquake to the building in question. another 54 questions are related to effects felt by the people, and the effects on objects and on the environment, and they cover the intensity degrees from ii to x of the msk-64 macroseismic scale [pantea and constantin 2013]. the histogram in figure 4 shows the number of the questions related to each intensity degree according to this type of questionnaire which was used for the macroseismic study of the last four major vrancea subcrustal earthquakes (1977, 1986 and two of 1990) [constantin 2015]. as can be seen in figure 4, 25 questions refer to the effects associated with the medium-low degrees of the msk-64 macroseismic scale. each question is directly related to a specific intensity degree, which means that every degree of the msk-64 scale is represented in the questionnaire by various questions [constantin and pantea 2013]. as mentioned above, the marasesti crustal earthquake was felt in all the extra-carpathian area, so questionnaires were sent to all the local authorities from that area. about 30 questionnaires were sent to each locality. the filled questionnaires were sent back to niep by the local authorities via e-mail, fax, and mail. the average number of questionnaires received for each locality is about 20, except bucharest with 159 forms received. also, soon after the earthquake, people submitted reports to the national institute for earth physics through dedicated online questionnaires, while others reported effects of the seismic event on social networks and various forums (or online newspapers). the online information was considered mainly as additional information to the macroseismic questionnaires. unfortunately, the number of online questionnaires submitted by individuals who had felt the shaking was small (224 questionnaires for 35 localities). also, analyzing the online questionnaires, we noticed that for 19 localities there were only one or two observations (questionnaires), thus reducing confidence constantin et al. 4 figure 4. number of questions related to each degree of the msk64 seismic intensity scale, according to the macroseismic questionnaire used for the november 22, 2014, earthquake. 5 in the evaluation of the effects for those localities. the total number of localities from which positive macroseismic questionnaires forms were received was 680. the answers to the questionnaires account for intensities between ii and vi msk degrees. for the neighboring areas (rep. of moldova, bulgaria) we used the information (testimonies) provided by the european-mediterranean seismological centre site (emsc). the degree of damage was reduced in its severity, but had stronger psychological effects on people. since the effects were not strong enough to cause important damage to the building stock, the assessment of the intensity for many sites was based only on the perception of the effects noticed or experienced by people during the earthquake [constantin and pantea 2013]. the most common building typologies existing in the localities where the earthquake was felt (questionnaire surveyed area) are old adobe dwellings and traditional brick houses, and also brick buildings with reinforced concrete. from the questionnaires it resulted that minor to moderate damage to buildings were reported, such as the appearance of small and sometimes open cracks in the walls, the fall of fragments of plaster in houses, and also large and extensive cracks in the walls of a few old buildings in the localities situated in the epicentral area (see figures 5 and 6), as well as east of the epicentral area. damages included also cracking of chimneys and ceilings. for the november 22, 2014, vrancea earthquake, the maximum intensity value, vi msk, was estimated for 25 localities (figures 7 and 8). the highest intensity values were assigned to localities where many cases of cracking and falling of fragments of plaster in the walls were observed in buildings from classes a and b (adobe and brick houses). in localities from vrancea county some old schools and buildings were seriously affected by the earthquake (deep and open cracks in the walls, macroseismic intensity investigation of the vrancea crustal earthquake figure 5. (a) earthquake damage in focşani (photo: georgiana loredana carab ; digi24); (b) photo with bottles thrown down from supermarket shelves in focşani (source: the vrancea newspaper; http://www.ziaruldevrancea.ro). figure 6. cracks in the school walls in focşani (source: the vrancea newspaper; http://www.ziaruldevrancea.ro). a b constantin et al. 6 figure 7. macroseismic map of the main shock of november, 2014, vrancea seismic sequence. an enlarged view of the rectangular area corresponding to the intensity distribution in the proximity of the epicenter is represented in figure 8. figure 8. intensity distribution of the november 22, 2014, vrancea crustal earthquake in the surroundings of the epicenter. 7 the fall of large fragments of plaster, see figure 6). according to news reports (digi24 television channel), the masonry facade of a very old abandoned house collapsed in tulcea. the earthquake caused power blackout in localities belonging to vrancea and galati counties. also, disruption and damage to water supply systems were noticed (according to inspectorate for emergency situations of galati). mobile phone networks were blocked during the earthquake because of the heavily increased number of telephone calls. table 1 gives the evaluated macroseismic intensities for some of the most important cities in the felt area, and for some localities with highest intensities, together with the epicentral distances. we present below a few examples of cities and localities where maximum effects were reported and highest intensities were estimated. for instance, in the settlement of umbraresti (a commune in galati county of about 6628 people), which is located 29 km southeast from the epicenter, the following effects were observed: small cracks in the walls and falling of fragments of plaster (damage of grade 2) of houses of type a, and in a few of type b; many people from inside were frightened and ran outdoors; in some cases objects were thrown down, including dishes and other glassware, and some of these objects were broken. taking into account these effects, the intensity in commune of umbraresti was estimated at vi msk. similar effects were observed in onesti (bacau), city situated at 50 km nnw from epicenter, and in tecuci town (galati county) (21 km east): many people were scared and ran outside, in different buildings falling of light objects was observed, few glass objects and dishes were broken, some unfixed objects (books and others) were tilted or/and felt from shelves, and of course, minor to moderate damage to buildings was observed. in focşani city, vrancea county (with approx. 79,000 inhabitants) located 18 km south from epicenter, the same effects as in the case of sites mentioned above were reported: small cracks in the walls of buildings with vulnerability classes a and b, the objects were thrown down and broken (dishes and other glassware), books thrown from shelves, etc. as peculiar phenomena observed in the area, loud noise accompanying the earthquake were reported. the intensity distribution in the felt areas of romania is somehow irregular and does not show a regular attenuation law of the intensity with the epicentral distance (see figure 7). for instance, the localities to the south had intensities of v degrees, while the others felt the earthquake with intensity iii or iv. similarly, anomalous high intensities were reported for some localities in the northern part of the country. these anomalies in several localities from south and north can be explained by the influence of the local soil conditions (due to some alluvial deposits in these areas) [pantea and constantin 2013]. also, these high values of intensity at great distances (>150 -200 km) could be due to a considerably long duration of the seismic waves. the distribution of intensity in degrees obtained after the evaluation of macroseismic effects is presented in figure 9. as it can be seen in this figure, 240 intensity data points (idps) have an intensity value of iv msk degrees. 4. conclusions the ml 5.7 earthquake occurred on november 22, 2014, close to mărăşeşti city was the strongest crustal earthquake that occurred in the vrancea seismic region in the last century, both regarding magnitude and macroseismic effects. the analysis of macroseismic observations performed in this study allows us to make the following remarks: the macroseismic investigation of the effects produced by this earthquake was based on information data coming from 680 sites, most of them situated within the extra-carpathian area. the maximum macroseismic intensity assessed after the questionnaires survey for the main shock of the seismic sequence was vi msk. this value was estimated at 25 locations, including one in braila, 90 km from the epicenter. the intensities were assigned on the basis of cumulative effects in the localities where the damages indicate these values. in general, in the affected area the building stock suffered minor to moderate damage; significant damages were observed only in a few old houses. according to macroseismic observations and macroseismic intensity investigation of the vrancea crustal earthquake figure 9. number of intensity data points (idps) obtained for each intensity degree. constantin et al. 8 no. county city/locality lat. n long. e i (msk) d (km) 1 arges mioveni 44.96 24.94 iii-iv 201 2 bacau bacau 46.57 26.90 v 81 3 bacau buhusi 46.72 26.70 v 99 4 bacau moinesti 46.48 26.48 iv 83 5 bacau onesti 46.25 26.77 vi 50 6 bacau racauti 46.22 26.79 vi 49 7 bacau tg. ocna 46.28 26.61 iv-v 61 8 botosani botosani 47.75 26.67 iii 212 9 botosani dorohoi 47.95 26.40 iii-iv 238 10 braila braila 45.28 27.96 vi 90 11 braila faurei 45.11 27.25 v 85 12 braila ianca 45.14 27.46 v-vi 84.5 13 braila insuratei 44.92 27.59 v 111 14 braila maxineni 45.40 27.62 vi 63 15 braila racovita 45.30 27.46 vi 68 16 brasov brasov 45.66 25.59 iii 124 17 brasov zarnesti 45.56 25.35 iii 145 18 bucharest bucharest 44.41 26.11 iv 181 19 buzau buzau 45.16 26.81 iv-v 81 20 buzau pogoanele 44.92 26.98 v-vi 106 21 buzau ramnicu sarat 45.39 27.03 v 56 22 calarasi calarasi 44.20 27.31 iv-v 186 23 calarasi oltenita 44.06 26.61 iv 206 24 constanta cernavoda 44.34 28.03 iv 184 25 constanta constanta 44.17 28.63 iv-v 222 26 constanta medgidia 44.26 28.27 iv-v 199 27 constanta techirghiol 44.06 28.59 iv-v 231 28 covasna sf. gheorghe 45.88 25.80 iii-iv 106 29 covasna tg secuiesc 46.01 26.13 iv 80 30 dambovita moreni 45.00 25.64 iv 153 31 dambovita pucioasa 45.09 25.43 iii 160 32 galati costache negri 45.70 27.73 vi 48 33 galati cudalbi 45.77 27.68 vi 42 34 galati frumusita 45.65 28.07 vi 75 35 galati galati 45.44 28.04 v 86 36 galati jorasti 46.00 27.87 vi 57 37 galati liesti 45.63 27.53 vi 39 38 galati pechea 45.62 27.81 vi 58 39 galati smulti 45.93 27.72 vi 44 40 galati tecuci 45.86 27.41 vi 21 41 galati tg. bujor 45.87 27.94 v 60 42 galati umbraresti 45.71 27.45 vi 29 43 giurgiu giurgiu 43.89 25.96 iv 240 44 ialomita slobozia 44.57 27.37 iv-v 145 45 ialomita urziceni 44.72 26.64 iv-v 134 46 iasi iasi 47.17 27.58 iii-iv 148 47 iasi targu frumos 47.20 27.01 iv 148 48 ilfov otopeni 44.57 26.07 iv 168 49 ilfov pantelimon 44.46 26.24 iv 172 50 neamt piatra neamt 46.93 26.37 iv 133 51 neamt roman 46.92 26.93 iv 118 52 neamt tg. neamt 47.19 26.36 iv 159 53 prahova mizil 45.00 26.43 iv 112 54 prahova ploiesti 44.95 26.02 iii-iv 136 55 suceava falticeni 47.46 26.31 iii 188 56 suceava suceava 47.65 26.26 iii-iv 209 57 teleorman turnu magurele 43.76 24.85 iii-iv 297 58 vaslui barlad 46.23 27.67 iv-v 56 59 vaslui vaslui 46.63 27.72 v 95 60 vrancea adjud 46.10 27.17 v-vi 26 61 vrancea focsani 45.70 27.17 vi 18 62 vrancea panciu 45.90 27.08 v 6.5 63 vrancea urechesti 45.58 27.05 vi 33 64 vrancea marasesti 45.88 27.23 v-vi 5.5 table 1. seismic intensities for the important cities in the felt area, and for some localities with maximum effects. 9 mapping, the damage area was extended mostly to the east and north from epicenter. the damage suffered by building stock and especially by the old (historical) buildings observed in several localities highlights the importance of buildings consolidation and for the future, the compliance with seismic design codes and specifications. the macroseismic study performed in the presented paper provides a valuable database of idps useful for the development of the seismic intensity prediction equation for the earthquakes of the vrancea crustal domain and, also for the evaluation of the impact on the regional seismic hazard. acknowledgements. we want to thank to public authorities for helping us in the collection of the macroseismic information, and especially to the general inspectorate for emergency situations (igsu). we also thank the two anonymous reviewers for helpful comments and recommendations which led to the improvement of the manuscript. this paper was partially carried out within nucleu program, supported by ancsi, projects no. pn 16 35 01 06, pn 16 35 03 01 and pn 16 35 03 05 and the partnership in priority areas program pnii, under men-uefiscdi, daring project no. 69/2014. references airinei, st. (1977). earth genesis. its evolution and internal structure (in romanian), ed. stiintifica si enciclopedica, bucuresti. badescu, d. (2005). the evolution of the tectonostratigraphy of the eastern carpathians during mesozoic and neogene times, ed. econ., bucharest, 308 p. (in romanian). bala, a., v. raileanu, c. dinu and m. diaconescu (2015) crustal seismicity and active fault systems in romania, rom. rep. phys., 67 (3), 1176-1191. bokelmann, g., and f.a. rodler (2014) nature of the vrancea seismic zone (easterncarpathians) new constraints from dispersion of first-arriving p-waves, earth planet. sc. lett., 390, 59-68. cecić, i., and r.m.w. musson (2004) macroseismic surveys in theory and practice, nat. hazards, 31, 39-61. constantin, a.p., and a. pantea (2013). macroseismic field of the october 27, 2004 vrancea (romania) moderate subcrustal earthquake, j. seismol, 17 (4), 1149-1156; doi:10.1007/s10950-013-9383-2. constantin, a.p. (2015). studies and researches in the field of macroseismology with application for earthquakes occurred on the romanian territory (in romanian), ed. granada, 978-606-8254-57-9, 212 p. constantin, a.p., r. partheniu and i.a. moldovan (2016). macroseismic intensity distribution of some recent romanian earthquakes, rom. journ. phys., 61 (5/6), 1120-1132. constantinescu, l., p. constantinescu, i. cornea and v. lăzărescu (1976). recent seismic information on the lithosphere of romania, rev. roum. géol., géophys. et géogr., géophysique, 20, 33-40. emsc (2014). european mediterranean seismological centre; http://www.emsc-csem.org. florinesco, a. (1958). catalogue of earthquakes felt in the territory of the people’s republic of romania (catalogue des tremblements de terre ressentis sur le territoire de la rpr), academia. com. nat. geod. geophys., bucharest, 167 p. hepites, st. (1893). registrul cutremurelor de pamant din romania, analele institutului meteorologic al romaniei, tom ix, part. ii, anul 1893. knapp, j.h., c.c. knapp, v. raileanu, l. matenco, v. mocanu and c. dinu (2005). crustal constraints on the origin of mantle seismicity in the vrancea zone, romania: the case for active continental lithospheric delamination, tectonophysics, 410, 311-323. kronrod, t., m. radulian, g. panza, m. popa, i. paskaleva, s. radovanovich, k. gribovszki, i. sandu and l. pekevski (2013). integrated transnational macroseismic data set for the strongest earthquakes of vrancea (romania), tectonophysics, 590, 1-23; doi:10.1016/j.tecto.2013.01.019. leever, k.a., l. matenco, g. bertotti, s. cloetingh and g.g. drijkoningen (2006). late orogenic verticalmovements in the carpathian bend zone seismic constraints on the transition zone from orogen to foredeep, basin res., 18, 521-545; doi:10.1111/j.13652117.2006.00306.x. matenco, l., g. bertotti, s. cloething and c. dinu (2003). subsidence analysis and tectonic evolution of the external carpathian–moesian platform region during neogene times, sediment. geol., 156 (1-4), 71-94. matenco, l., g. bertotti, k. leever, s. cloetingh, s.m. schmid, m. tărăpoancă and c. dinu (2007). largescale deformation in a locked collisional boundary: interplay between subsidence and uplift, intraplate stress, and inherited lithospheric structure in the late stage of the se carpathians evolution, tectonics, 26; doi:10.1029/2006tc001951. medvedev, s.v., w. sponheuer and v. karnik (1967). seismic intensity scale version msk 1964, publ. inst. geodynamik, 48, jena. midzi, v., b. zulu, b. manzunzu, t. mulabisana, t. pule, s. myendeki and w. gubela (2015). macroseismic survey of the ml 5.5, 2014 orkney earthquake, j. seismol, 19, 741-751; doi:10.1007/s10950015-9491-2. mucuta, d.m., c.c. knapp and j.h. knapp (2006). constraints from moho geometry and crustal thickness on the geodynamic origin of the vrancea seismogenic zone (romania), tectonophysics, 420, 23-36; macroseismic intensity investigation of the vrancea crustal earthquake doi:10.1016/j.tecto.2006.01.018. musson, r.m.w., and i. cecić (2002) macroseismology, in: w.h.k. lee, h. kanamori, p.c. jennings and c. kisslinger (eds.), international handbook of earthquake and engineering seismology (part a), academic press, 807-822; isbn 10: 0-12-440652-1. oncescu, m.c., v.i. marza, m. rizescu and m. popa (1999). the romanian earthquake catalogue between 984-1997, in: f. wenzel, d. lungu (eds.) and o. novak (coed.), vrancea earthquakes: tectonics, hazard and risk mitigation, kluwer academic publishers, dordrecht, netherlands, 43-47. pantea, a., and a.p. constantin (2011) reevaluated macroseismic map of vrancea (romania) earthquake occurred on november 10, 1940, rom. journ. phys., 56 (3/4), 578-589. pantea, a., and a.p. constantin (2013). re-evaluation of the macroseismic effects produced by the march 4, 1977 strong vrancea earthquake in romanian territory, annals of geophysics, 56 (1), 37-49, r0104; doi:10.4401/ag-5641. popescu, e. (2007). complex study of the earthquake sequences on the romanian territory, in romanian, phd thesis, ed. granada, bucharest. popescu, e., c. neagoe, m. rogozea, i.a. moldovan, f. borleanu and m. radulian (2011). source parameters for the earthquake sequence occurred in the ramnicu sarat area (romania) in november december 2007, rom. journ. phys., 56 (1/2), 265-278. radulian, m., k.-p. bonjer, m. popa and e. popescu (2007). seismicity patterns in se carpathians at crustal and subcrustal domains: tectonic and geodynamic implications, proc. of the international symposium on strong vrancea earthquakes and risk mitigation, october 4-6, 2007, bucharest, romania. radulian, m. (2014). mechanisms of earthquakes in vrancea, in: encyclopedia of earthquake engineering, springer-verlag, berlin, heidelberg, 1-9; doi:10. 1007/978-3-642-36197-5_302-1, online isbn: 978-3642-36197-5. raileanu, v., and c.c. diaconescu (1998). some seismic signatures in the romanian lithosphere, tectonophysics, 288 (1/4), 127-136. raileanu, v., f. hauser, a. bala, w. fielitz, c. prodehl, c. dinu and m. landes (2007). deep seismic sounding across the vrancea region, proc. of the international symposium on strong vrancea earthquakes and risk mitigation, october 4-6, 2007, bucharest, romania, 80-85. sandulescu, m. (1984). geotectonica romaniei (geotectonics of romania), ed. tehnica, bucharest, 450 p. (in romanian). stas 3684-71. seismic intensity scale. romanian institute for standardization, irs, bucharest (in romanian). tărăpoancă, m., g. bertotti, l. matenco, c. dinu and s.a.p.l. cloetingh (2003). architecture of the focşani depression: a 13km deep basin in the carpathians bend zone (romania), tectonics, 22 (6), 1074; doi:10.1029/2002tc001486. tugui, a., m. craiu, m. rogozea, m. popa and m. radulian (2009). seismotectonics of vrancea (romania) zone: the case of crustal seismicity in the foredeep area, rom. rep. phys., 61 (2), 325-334. *corresponding author: angela petruta constantin, national institute for earth physics, bucharest-magurele, romania; email: angela@infp.ro. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. constantin et al. 10 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice adg vol5 n02 del ne 361_374.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 361 marine magnetic investigation of the submarine base of mt. etna and hyblean plateau ciro del negro (1), fabrizio ferrucci (2) and rosalba napoli (1) (1) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di catania, italy (2) dipartimento scienze della terra, università della calabria, arcavacata di rende (cs), italy abstract two marine magnetic surveys were carried out during 1997 and 1999 in the ionian sea off the eastern coast of sicily to investigate the magnetic structures of the eastern base of mt. etna and the hyblean plateau. the investigated area is approximately 85 km long and 15 km wide, running from north to south, in the western ionian sea. models along two profiles parallel to the coast and over the entire area provide a possible distribution of volcanic bodies and volcaniclastic deposits off the eastern coast of sicily and their relations with the sedimentary substratum. 3d modeling suggests the presence of magnetized bodies, inserted in the sedimentary substratum, plausibly related to hyblean plateau volcanism in the south sector and to mt. etna activity in the north. we speculate that the malta escarpment could have produced preferential ways for magma ascents off the hyblean plateau. the spatial continuity of the volcanism affecting the entire investigated area could testify spatial transition between hyblean and etnean volcanism supporting the hypothesis that the magma process migrated with time from south-east to north-west. 1. introduction the geological and structural frame of sicily is the result of complex motions and interactions between the african and european plates, which have produced, in the mediterranean region, the calabro-sicilian subduction process (barberi et al., 1974; lentini, 1982). in this context, eastern sicily represents the connection area between the maghrebian-calabrian thrust belt (european plate), which occupies the northern part of sicily (fig. 1), and the african foreland, whose leading edge, the hyblean plateau, crops out in the southeastern corner of the island (grasso et al., 1983; grasso and ben-avraham, 1992; hirn et al., 1997). the hyblean plateau is cut off along the eastern coast by a regional fault system, the malta escarpment, which splits it from the thinned oceanic crust of the ionian basin (grasso et al., 1983; monaco et al., 1995). within this general compressional tectonic framework, an intense basaltic volcanic activity has intermittently affected eastern sicily for 200 ma (patacca et al., 1979; hirn et al., 1997). this activity, related mailing address: dr. rosalba napoli, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di catania, piazza roma 2, 95123 catania, italy; e-mail: napoli@ct.ingv.it key words magnetic survey – magnetic modeling – mt. etna – hyblean plateau 362 ciro del negro, fabrizio ferrucci and rosalba napoli 37° 25' 37° 15' 15°00' 15°10' 15°20' 15°30' 15°40' 15°50' 2000 catania plain riposto ridge m alta e scarpm ent simeto river augusta etna tyrrhenian sea ionian sea hp me 100 km ra c l mag h ca37° 35' messina rise 10 00 catania canyon 37° 35' 37° 45' 37° 55' catania aci castello capo mulini n 0 10 km taormina capo schisò pozzillo stazzo riposto mt. etna 15°00' 15°10' 15°20' n 0 10 km mt. etna etnean volcanic rocks main faults thrust 37° 45' alcantara river capo s. croce 37° 25' 37° 15' 1999 survey1997 survey hy ble an pla tea u pcr pdn fig. 1. simplified tectonic map of the eastern coast of sicily. the insets at the right show: at the top the relative position of the hyblean plateau (hp), the malta escarpment (me) and the maghrebian-calabrian thrust belt (magh-cal arc); at the bottom the investigated area in 1997 and 1999. lines represent measurement tracks. 363 marine magnetic investigation of the submarine base of mt. etna and hyblean plateau to different episodes of local extensional tectonics (barberi et al., 1974; grasso and benavraham, 1992), is responsible for the volcanism of both the hyblean plateau and etna. they have been connected to extensional processes, with wnw-ese trend, orientated along a rifting zone, which develops from the hyblean plateau to northern calabria (tapponnier, 1977; tortorici et al., 1986; monaco et al., 1995). in particular, marine seismic profiles executed by hirn et al. (1997) reveal how etna appears structurally linked to an extensional domain reaching offshore from catania and augusta. considering that the structures held accountable for the hyblean and etnean volcanism develop partly offshore along the border of a continental scarp, it is likely that most of the products representing their geological and volcanological evolution are submerged along the eastern ionian coast of sicily. marine geological and geophysical investigations, therefore, may represent a useful tool to support and integrate data gathered inland to improve the knowledge of both the hyblean plateau and etna evolution. since the early 1990s, the area off the eastern coast of sicily has been studied intensively, including two oceanographic campaigns promoted by the italian consiglio nazionale delle ricerche in 1997 and 1999. magnetic data as well as seismic and bathymetric data, integrated by drags and cores to investigate seafloors to a depth of about 2000 m, were collected during these survey cruises. this paper focuses on the analysis of magnetic data gathered along a more than 500 km line. their interpretation, in combination with previous geological and geophysical studies (e.g., gabbianelli et al., 1995), evidences the offshore prosecution of the etnean edifice and the area affected by magmatism off the hyblean coast. the presence of volcanic bodies, and especially their prosecution southwards to the main faults of the malta escarpment, could represent the spatial transition between hyblean and etnean magmatism and highlights the major role played by the regional discontinuities in the spatial and temporal evolution of the pliopleistocene volcanism of eastern sicily. 2. morphological and structural framework the submerged area off the eastern coast of sicily (fig. 1) is characterized by a 900 m wide continental platform related to the last glacialeustatic cycle which reached its maximum regression about 18 ka bp (gabbianelli et al., 1995). it develops parallel to the coast reaching variable depths (160-80 m) and joins the emerged zone and continental scarp. the latter, whose mean width is 17 km, is characterized by average inclinations of 4-6° and extends offshore to a depth of 1800-2000 m (bousquet et al., 1998) where it is replaced by the messina rise, a large sector of the ionian basin with a nnw-sse direction which represents a fragment of the hyblean plateau which collapsed after the middle pleistocene (sartori et al., 1991). the northern part of the investigated area (fig. 1) is dominated by the riposto ridge, a morphological lineament about 20 km long and 4 km wide, which reaches a depth of about 1500 m with an e-w trend. the riposto ridge, made of sedimentary substratum and affected by compressive structures, could represent the offshore prosecution of the units of the maghrebian-calabrian chain (gabbianelli et al., 1995; del negro and napoli, 2002). it is bounded to the north by a canyon while to the south the seafloor shows an irregular morphology up to the canyon of catania, a large depression extended off acicastello (bousquet et al., 1998) and bounded southwards by the catania plain (rossi and sartori, 1981). the area off the etnean edifice is also affected by the presence of ns and nnw-sse striking normal faults, which could be the offshore prosecution of the timpe system (sartori et al., 1991; lanzafame and bousquet, 1997). these faults appear as segments at least 20-30 km long stretching from etna southwards and reaching offshore from catania and augusta (hirn et al., 1997). these long faults define some pleistocene extensional basins which are isolated from each other by shorter faults oriented ene-wsw and ne-sw. some of them seem to represent the continuation of the main faults, which affect the hyblean inland area (sartori et al., 1991). moreover, the offshore area of augusta is characterized by the presence of the northern part of the malta escarpment whose morphologic drop is greater than 2000 m (sartori et al., 1991). 364 ciro del negro, fabrizio ferrucci and rosalba napoli 3. magnetic survey digital magnetic data were gathered simultaneously with bathymetric data during two cruises of r/v urania in 1997 and 1999. firstly, the area between taormina and catania along the eastern coastal side of mt. etna was surveyed, and subsequently the area between catania and capo s. croce off the hyblean coast (fig. 1). the data acquisition array was irregular, with the mesh ranging between 1 and 3 km. the whole area is placed in the western ionian sea between 37°07 0 n-37°53 00 n and 15°08 00 15°26 00 and is approximately 85 km long and 15 km wide. a geometrics g-811 proton precession magnetometer, with 1 nt resolution, was used to make measurements of the total intensity of the earth’s magnetic field. the sensor was dragged at 23 m below sea level by a steel cable about 300 m long to reduce the magnetic effects of the ship. we connected the sensor tip to a glass fiber ring to reduce possible sharp movements, oscillations or rotations produced by waves and currents. we collected about 100 000 readings at 5 s intervals, which is equivalent to a distance of approximately 10 m at the cruising speed of about 4 knots. positioning relied upon the gps (global positioning system) differential system, with base station located on shore at catania. moreover, a gyrocompass defining the direction of navigation allowed to correct the offset error related to the distance between the magnetic sensor and the ship. the magnetic surveys were carried out nighttime to minimize the effect of the solar activity. moreover, surveying was usually done during magnetically quiet days when the values of the magnetic activity k index were generally less than 1 (from j.d. 129:1997 to j.d. 133:1997, j.d. 21:1999, from j.d. 25:1999 to j.d. 26:1999 and from j.d. 31:1999 to j.d. 33:1999). strict control of the level temporal variations was obtained using data continuously recorded at stations of the permanent network for magnetic monitoring of mt. etna (del negro et al., 1997). during the marine cruises, only these stations were working. pcr and pdn stations were the most suitable for use as reference stations since they are located a few kilometers apart westward from the center of the investigated area (fig. 1). measurements of the total intensity field, collected every minute at pcr (in 1997) and pdn (in 1999), have thus been used to correct data for the diurnal variation. to compute the magnetic anomalies and apply secular variation correction, data reduction process included removal of the earth’s magnetic field using the igrf reference fields of the corresponding periods (iaga division v, working group 8, 1996). once the anomaly values were obtained, the magnetic data of each survey were adjusted to minimize discontinuities in the overlap regions (ishihara et al., 1999). the standard deviation of crossover differences was 83 nt for the uncorrected data, but is reduced to 35 nt by applying a constant bias to each cruise. finally, the data from these two surveys were merged to provide only one data set for the entire area. in order to prepare a contour map, the corrected data were gridded at a spacing of 0.5 km using a minimum curvature algorithm. the anomaly magnetic field, which is shown in fig. 2, appears particularly complex close to the coast where several anomalies with different intensity and extension were detected. taking advantage of the very close sampling step adopted (10 m) with respect to the real resolution of the survey (some kilometers) a low-pass filter, with a cutoff wavelength of 3 km was applied to reduce high frequency noise and to enhance the effects of deepseated bodies or broad shallow sources. the cut off frequency was established using a one-dimensional spectral procedure, less representative of the fields but more stable than the radial spectral procedure which is often affected by a migration phenomenon of minimum amplitude spectral points (faggioni et al., 2001). the resulting filtered magnetic map is shown in fig. 3. the general trend is not well correlated with the published magnetic anomaly map of italy and surrounding seas (chiappini et al., 2000). high anomalies with short wavelength and large amplitude, which do not appear on the published map, were observed. the northern part of the area is characterized by a wide anomaly located off the coast between stazzo and capo schisò. southwards, two more intense and well defined anomalies were detected respectively in correspondence of the capo mulini and aci castello lava flows and south of catania very close to augusta. each of these anomalies disappears offshore at 10-20 km from the coast. 365 marine magnetic investigation of the submarine base of mt. etna and hyblean plateau simeto river alcantara river catania aci castello capo mulini taormina capo schisò riposto pozzillo stazzo augusta io ni an s ea 37°45' 37°35' 37°25' 37°15' 15°00' 15°10' 15°20' n 0 10 km -400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 nt hy bl ea n pl ate au fig. 2. map of the total intensity magnetic field. dotted lines represent magnetic measurements. 4. modeling to obtain a picture of the sources of the magnetic anomalies we calculated models along two profiles parallel to the coast (aa′ and bb′) and then over the whole surveyed area (fig. 3). the modeling procedure was carried out by a 3d program (potent v3.06 produced by pc potentials, australia), which adjusts the model using a combination of manual (forward modeling) or automatic (inversion modeling) commands until it achieves a satisfactory fit. 366 ciro del negro, fabrizio ferrucci and rosalba napoli potent calculates magnetic anomalies by assuming that the source bodies are 3d prisms, both rectangular and polygonal, with uniform magnetization. in particular, the magnetic effect of a 3d rectangular prism is calculated using a formula derived along lines similar to those of bhattacharyya (1964). the calculation for the magnetic effect of a 3d polygonal prism is programmed in two stages. firstly, two orthogonal field components normal to the axis of -400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 nt simeto river catania aci castello capo mulini capo schisò riposto pozzillo stazzo augusta taormina a b 37°45' 37°35' 37°25' 37°15' 15°00' 15°10' 15°20' n 0 10 km a' alcantara river b' io ni an s ea hy ble an pl ate au fig. 3. low-pass filtered magnetic map of the investigated area. the cutoff wavelength is 3 km. black lines (aa′ and bb′) represent modeled profiles. 367 marine magnetic investigation of the submarine base of mt. etna and hyblean plateau the prism are calculated using formulas derived along the same lines as those given by cady (1980) for the gravity case. subsequently, the component along the third axis of the prism is evaluated using a numerical integration. this increases the calculation time considerably, but the field calculation is exact at any point external to the 3d polygonal prism. 4.1. rock magnetic properties no direct measurements of remanent magnetization (jnrm) and susceptibility ( ) are available for rock samples offshore eastern sicily. therefore, we decided to infer most of j nrm and values by comparison with petrographically similar rocks, even though petrographic similarity does not constrain complete magnetic similarity (the latter relates also to other factors including the history of each rock). however, unless severe geo-statistical rules are observed, laboratory data obtained from a few samples within a single outcrop would also undergo the same error (fleming and tréhu, 1999). since the chemical composition of dragged rocks matches quite well with the compositional range known for etnean and hyblean products outcropping along the ionian coast (pompilio, personal communication), we used the results of laboratory tests carried out on several samples of lava flows, volcaniclastic deposits and alluvium collected in the south eastern sicily (roberti and scandone, 1975; tabacco, 1998; del negro and napoli, 2002). these measurements reveal a magnetization mean value of 7 am 1 and a susceptibility mean value of 0.034 s.i. for lava flows. instead, volcaniclastic deposits and alluvium display lower values of jnrm (between 2 and 3 am 1) and (between 0.01 and 0.02 s.i.). therefore, we assumed the volcaniclastic deposits and volcanic rocks to have values of jnrm and ranging respectively between 2 and 7 am 1 and between 0.01 and 0.034 s.i., whereas we have assumed the sedimentary basement to have no magnetization. these initial model values required little subsequent modification to provide a reasonable match to the magnetic data. inclination (i) and declination (d) of remanent magnetization were set equal to that of the present-day earth’s field. this assumption is justified by the observation that the area northwards of the simeto river is mainly characterized by etnean products (about 0.5 ma; gillot et al., 1994) which show a remanent magnetization generally much greater than induced magnetization (königsberger ratio is > 1; see e.g., rolph, 1992; tric et al., 1994) and which were emplaced after the last field reversal (0.78 ma; tauxe et al., 1992). on the other hand, also for the hyblean area, which is characterized by volcanic rocks emplaced before the last field reversal (200 ma ago; patacca et al., 1979; hirn et al., 1997), susceptibility values calculated by arisi rota and fichera (1987) tend to exclude the remanent magnetization oriented in a direction not parallel to the present magnetic field, even in the opposite direction. in particular, we obtain the best result assigning to inclination and declination the values obtained by iaga (1996) for the igrf 1995 field (approximately i = 52°n, d = 1°w). since we have few constraints on the detailed crustal structure of the investigated area, the geometry and position of each body were estimated from the isolated magnetic anomaly patterns and varied until the rms error between the observed and calculated data was less than 20 nt for profiles and 100 nt for whole area. the bathymetric data collected simultaneously with the magnetic measurements were used to define sea bottom topography. 4.2. profile aa the first profile (aa’), about 80 km long, runs near the coast from taormina to augusta and consist of two parts nne-ssw and nnw-sse orientation, respectively. the geological outline obtained by the modeling is described below and illustrated in fig. 4. the wide anomaly located between stazzo and capo schisò off the main outcrop inland of the chiancone deposit (del negro and napoli, 2002) is modeled as a single body (a1) about 12-14 km long and outlined up to a depth of about 800 m under the sea level. the mean thickness of a1 is about 200 m and its magnetic properties jr = 3 am 1 and = 0.01 s.i. intermediate between lava products and 368 ciro del negro, fabrizio ferrucci and rosalba napoli sedimentary basement are referable to the chiancone outcropping with a fan morphology spreading from the outlet of the valle del bove to the ionic coast (calvari and groppelli, 1996). northwards a1 is replaced by the sedimentary basement which is overlaid at taormina by a thin lava coverage (a2) referable to the alcantara lava flows. the more intense anomaly located in the middle of the profile at capo mulini is well modeled as a 100-150 m thick lava body, jr = 5 am 1 = 0.034 s.i. (a3). it underlies the sedimentary basement and stretches, growing thinner, both northwards up to the chiancone, and southwards beyond catania. a3 is bounded southwards by a volcaniclastic deposit (a4), which spreads for about 8 km south of catania to the mouth of the simeto river. considering its location and its magnetic properties jr = 3 am 1 and = 0.01 s.i., the same as a1, it is reasonable to assume that a4 0 20 40 60 80 km nt 480 320 160 0 -160 0 -800 -1600 -2400 magnetic properties d ep th (m ) observed field calculated field taorminasimeto riveraugusta pozzilloacicastello a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 aa' sedimentary substratum 0.00 s.i j = 0 a/m = nrm etnean lava (a3 and a2) 0.034 s.i. j = 5 a/m = nrm chiancone deposit (a1) 0.01 s.i. j = 3 a/m = nrm volcaniclastic deposit (a4) 0.01 s.i. j = 3 a/m = nrm hyblean volcanic rock (a5 and a6) 0.03 s.i. j = 4 a/m = nrm . fig. 4. magnetic modeling of profile aa . at the top observed data compared to the modeled anomalies; at the bottom the geological models from which the modeled anomalies were computed. 369 marine magnetic investigation of the submarine base of mt. etna and hyblean plateau is formed by incoherent volcanic material sprung from dismantling of the volcanic outcrops on the western flank of etna, and subsequently carried away and settled at sea by the simeto river. at the southernmost tip of the profile very near to augusta two 100 m thick lava coverages (a5 and a6) 15 and 6 km long respectively were discovered. a susceptibility contrast of 0.03 s.i. between the volcanic products and the underlying sedimentary basement is assumed. 4.3. profile bb another profile (bb ), parallel to the former and about 5 km away from it, was selected and modeled. also this profile, like the aa profile, consists of two parts (fig. 3) and its schematic geological cross-section is shown in fig. 5. a considerable decrease in both extension and in thickness of the volcanic structures described in profile aa is evident, probably due to the great nt 160 0 -160 0 -800 -1600 -2400 -3200 observed field calculated field 80 -80 d ep th (m ) taorminapozzilloaugusta simeto river acicastello km0 20 40 60 80 a1 b2 b3 b1a3 a5 b' b magnetic properties sedimentary substratum 0.00 s.i j = 0 a/m = nrm etnean lava (a3 ) 0.034 s.i. j = 5 a/m = nrm chiancone deposit (a1) 0.01 s.i. j = 3 a/m = nrm volcaniclastic deposit (b1, b2 and b3) 0.01 s.i. j = 2 a/m = nrm hyblean volcanic rock (a5) 0.03 s.i. j = 4 a/m = nrm . fig. 5. magnetic modeling of profile bb . at the top observed data compared to the modeled anomalies; at the bottom the geological models from which the modeled anomalies were computed. 370 ciro del negro, fabrizio ferrucci and rosalba napoli simeto river catania aci castello capo mulini taormina capo schisò riposto pozzillo stazzo augusta io ni an s ea 37°45' 37°35' 37°25' 37°15' 15°00' 15°10' 15°20' n 0 10 km a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 b3 a6 alcantara river hy bl ea n pl ate au fig. 6. 3d interpretation of the entire area. for description of bodies see text. distance from the origin and/or derivation area. in particular, the volcanic bodies (a3 and a5) identified at capo mulini and augusta preserve their magnetic characteristics unaltered and show a mean thickness less than 100 m and an extension of about 12 and 8 km respectively. the thin lava coverage (a2) related to the alcantara lava flows at the northernmost end of the profile is replaced by a deposit (b1) whose magnetic properties jr = 2 am 1 and = 0.01 s.i. are similar to those of the chiancone but is not ascribable to it. as for the chiancone (a1), its extension is reduced to 8 km with a minimum thickness. other volcaniclastic deposits (b2 and b3) are observed to the south and north of augusta probably originated by accumulation driven by marine currents of volcanic products belonging to lava outcrops, which are present at the most proximal areas. 4.4. entire area on the basis of the schematic geological cross-sections described above, we produced a 3d forward model of the entire area. since the magnetic anomaly pattern is quite complicated, the 3d model can only be a semi-quantitative one. the first step was to create a starting model, constrained by the results obtained along profiles aa and bb , which approximately represent the magnetic survey data. afterwards we adjusted the model (fig. 6) by forward and inversion modeling using a combination of contoured plan and cross-sectional profiles until it provided a satisfactory fit to the data (fig. 7). a three dimensional multi-body inversion option supplements the interactive model fitting process. the basis of the method used for the inversion (of selected model parameters) is singular value decomposition of the jacobian matrix, as described by jupp and vozoff (1975). the residual anomalies are modeled using 3d polygonal prisms whose positions were inferred from the magnetic anomalies distribution. in particular, length, width, thickness, top and bottom depth of the prisms (table i) were controlled to find the best match to the waveform of the observed magnetic anomaly. among threedimensional models obtained we choose the simplest (fig. 6) with the minimum rms error (93 nt) between the observed (fig. 3) and calculated values (fig. 7). 5. discussion forward models of the magnetization distribution are not unique, and imply a degree of speculation when strong constraints such as rock magnetic properties, and complete knowledge of surface geology are unavailable. however, we produced geologically meaningful 371 marine magnetic investigation of the submarine base of mt. etna and hyblean plateau models taking advantage of the simple shapes of the magnetic anomalies, their amplitudes, and by restricting source bodies to the upper crust. the models provide a good correlation (rms less than 20 nt for profiles and 100 nt for the entire area) between observed and calculated anomalies, and also reveal a very similar geological outline to that outcropping inland. the intense anomaly detected off the volcanic outcrops of augusta can be interpreted as magnt capo schisò 37°45' 37°35' 37°25' 37°15' 15°00' 15°10' 15°20' -180 -150 -120 -90 -60 -30 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 simeto river catania aci castello capo mulini riposto pozzillo stazzo augusta n 0 10 km alcantara river taormina capo schisò hy ble an pl ate au io ni an s ea fig. 7. calculated anomalies corresponding to the 3d model shown in fig. 6. for magnetic properties and geometrical features of the bodies see table i. 372 ciro del negro, fabrizio ferrucci and rosalba napoli table i. magnetic properties and geometrical features of the bodies making up the 3d model shown in fig. 6. body remanent susceptibility strike dip maximum maximum mean magnetization ( ) length width thickness (j nrm ) a1 3 am 1 0.01 s.i. n 15.2°e 90° 13 km 14 km 200 m a2 5 am 1 0.034 s.i. n 15.2°e 90° 9 km 6 km 80 m a3 5 am 1 0.034 s.i. n 15.2°e 90° 20 km 16 km 150 m a4 3 am 1 0.01 s.i. n 163°e 90° 8 km 2.5 km 100 m a5 4 am 1 0.030 s.i. n 3.7°e 90° 15 km 13 km 100 m a6 4 am 1 0.030 s.i. n 10°e 90° 6 km 3 km 100 m b1 2 am 1 0.01 s.i. n 20°e 90° 13 km 2 km 100 m b2 2 am 1 0.01 s.i. n 2°e 90° 10 km 4 km 150 m b3 2 am 1 0.01 s.i. n 178°e 90° 20 km 4 km 200 m matic intrusions (a5 and a6), which according to zanolla et al. (1998) could have reached the seafloor surface and various sub-bottom levels by means of faults related to distension phases. in particular, a5 and a6 can be related to one or more stages of hyblean plateau volcanism. in this area, indeed, the volcanic activity continued intermittently up to the pliocene and submarine and subaerial volcanic products were found along the ionian coast from north of augusta to the vicinity of syracuse (outside the investigated area) both in outcrop and underground overlaid by sedimentary deposits (carbone et al., 1982; grasso et al., 1983). moreover, considering that they overlap the northern faults belonging to the malta escarpment it is likely that these magmatic intrusions were injected along this regional discontinuity system. further north, two volcanic bodies, a3 and a2, stretch normally to the coast and are ascribable to mt. etna volcanism. the former was discovered off the lava flows outcropping at capo mulini. it is consistent with the presence of etnean volcanic products (aa. vv., 1979) along the coast from pozzillo to catania and of volcanic bodies related to the submarine or pre-etnean hypo-abyssal activity which are found either offshore or inland inside the pleistocene clays forming the etnean basement (gabbianelli et al., 1995). the latter is the offshore prolongation of the alcantara lava flows, which starts from the northern flank of mt. etna and extends up to 4-5 km from the coast. it represents one of the longest etnean lava flows. modeling, according to drags executed in the same oceanographic cruises (corsaro and pompilio, personal communication), also reveals different deposits of incoherent volcanic material, whose origin, except for the chiancone deposit (a1) which was likely produced by a catastrophic event (del negro and napoli, 2002), can be attributed to transport and settling processes offshore driven by the simeto river (a4) or sea currents (b2 and b3). it is worth noting that far away from the coast (10-15 km), volcanic bodies get thinner and volcaniclastic deposits (b1, b2 and b3), characterized by a lower magnetization and susceptibility (table i) and probably sprung from dismantling of volcanic bodies, increase. here the magnetization contrast, essential for data inversion, diminishes because of the increase in prevalently sedimentary products whose magnetic properties are almost negligible. therefore, modeling reliability is strongly compromised especially concerning the incoherent volcanic deposits dipped in the sedimentary basement. 373 marine magnetic investigation of the submarine base of mt. etna and hyblean plateau 6. conclusions the magnetic anomalies observed off the eastern coast of sicily contribute to shed light on the spatial distribution of the magnetized bodies and provide pieces of information allowing the peculiar development and geodynamic significance of magmatism in this area to be better understood. in particular, the presence of the main magnetic anomalies close to the coast reveals the strong relation between the causative bodies (basaltic rocks and volcaniclastic deposits) and the geological features encountered inland. the modeling of the investigated area, indeed, reveals a sedimentary substratum where the first volcanic products of the hyblean and etnean activity are inserted. the presence of magma intrusions offshore the hyblean plateau in correspondence of the malta escarpment, besides enlarging the hyblean area affected by volcanic activity, points out the role played by this regional discontinuity system which, producing a zone of weak disrupting crust, could have created preferential ways for magma ascents. on the other hand, the volcanic bodies detected off the etnean edifice, and interpreted as the first products of etnean activity, show the spatial continuity of the volcanism affecting this area and could represent spatial transition between hyblean and etnean volcanism supporting the hypothesis that magma process migrated with time from south-east to north-west. acknowledgements the authors are grateful to s. tabacco, a. di bella, e. spadafora for their help during the oceanographic cruises. particular thanks are due to a. sicali who developed the software for magnetometer management and to r. comito for preliminary data analysis. the authors wish to thank cnr for the oceanographic ship urania, the captain v. lubrano and the crew which provided a valid support during data acquisition. references aa. vv. (1979): carta geologica del monte etna. 1:50.000, litografia artistica cartografica, firenze. arisi rota, f. and r. fichera (1987): magnetic interpretation related to geomagnetic provinces: the italian case history, tectonophysics, 138, 179-196. barberi, f., l. civetta, p. gasparini, f. innocenti, r. scandone and l. villari (1974): evolution of a section of the africa-europe plate boundary: paleomagnetic and volcanological evidence from sicily, earth planet. sci. lett., 22, 123-132. bhattacharyya, b.k. (1964): magnetic anomalies due to prism-shaped bodies with arbitrary polarization, geophysics, 29, 517-531. bousquet, j.c., g. gabbianelli, g. lanzafame and r. sartori (1998): évolution volcanotectonique de l’etna (sicilie): nouvelles données de géologie marine et terrestre, rapp. commission internationale pour l’exploration scientifique de la mer méditerranée, 35, 56-57. cady, j.w. (1980): calculation of gravity and magnetic anomalies of finite length right polygonal prisms, geophysics, 45, 1507-1512. calvari, s. and g. groppelli (1996): relevance of the chiancone volcaniclastic deposit in the recent history of etna volcano (italy), j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 72, 239-258. ca r b o n e, s., m. gr a s s o and f. le n t i n i (1982): considerazioni sull’evoluzione geodinamica della sicilia sud-orientale dal cretaceo al quaternario, mem. soc. geol. it., 24, 367-386. chiappini, m., a. meloni, e. boschi, o. faggioni, n. beverini, c. carmisciano and i. marson (2000): shaded relief magnetic anomaly map of italy and surrounding marine seas. ann. geofis., 43 (5), 983-989. del negro, c. and r. napoli (2002): ground and marine magnetic surveys of the lower eastern flank of etna volcano (italy), j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 114 (3/4), 357-372. del negro, c., f. ferrucci and r. napoli (1997): the permanent network for magnetic surveillance of mt. etna: changes in the geomagnetic total intensity observed in 1995, acta vulcanol., 9 (1), 67-72. faggioni, o., n. beverini, c. carmisciano and i. giori (2001): a metrologic method of anomaly field amplitude reduction in undersampled geomagnetic marine surveys, mar. geophys. res., 22, 63-79. fleming, s.w. and a.m. trehu (1999): crustal structure beneath the central oregon convergent margin from potential-field modeling: evidence for a buried basement ridge in local contact with a seaward dipping backstop. j. geophys. res., 104, 20431-20447. gabbianelli, g., g. lanzafame, f. lucchini, m. pompilio and r. sartori (1995): indagini di geologia marina alla base orientale dell’etna, in progetto-etna 1993-1995, edited by f. ferrucci and f. innocenti, cnr gruppo nazionale per la vulcanologia, 79-84. gillot, p.y., g. kieffer and r. romano (1994): the evolution of mount etna in the light of potassium-argon dating, acta vulcanol., 5, 81-87. 374 ciro del negro, fabrizio ferrucci and rosalba napoli grasso, m., f. lentini, a.e.m. nairn and l. vigliotti (1983): a geological and paleomagnetic study of the hyblean volcanic rocks, sicily, tectonophysics, 98, 271-295. grasso, m. and z. ben-avraham (1992): magnetic study of the northern margin of the hyblean plateau, southeastern sicily: structural implications, ann. tectonicae, 6 (2), 202-213. hirn, a., r. nicolich, j. gallart, m. laigle, l. cernobori and etnaseis scientific group (1997): roots of etna volcano in faults of great earthquakes, earth planet. sci. lett., 148, 171-191. iaga wo r k i n g gro u p v-8 (1996): international geomagnetic reference field, 1995 revision, geophys. j. int., 125, 318-321. ishihara, t., g.l. leitchenkov, a.v. golynsky, s. alyavdin and p.e. o’brein (1999): compilation of shipborne magnetic and gravity images crustal structure of prydz bay (east antarctica). ann. geofis., 42 (2), 229-248. jupp, d.l.b and k. vozof, (1975): stable iterative methods for the inversion of geophysical data, geophys. j. r. astron. soc., 42, 957-976. lanzafame, g. and j.c. bousquet (1997): the maltese escarpment and its extension from mt. etna to the aeolian islands (sicily): importance and evolution of a lithosphere discontinuity, acta vulcanol., 9, 113-120. lentini, f. (1982): the geology of the mt. etna basement, mem. soc. geol. it., 23, 7-25. monaco, c., l. petronio and m. romanelli (1995): tettonica estensionale nel settore orientale del monte etna (sicilia): dati morfotettonici e sismici, studi geologici camerti, special issue, 2, 363-374. patacca, e., p. scandone, g. giunta and v. liguori (1979): mesozoic paleotectonic evolution of the ragusa zone (southeastern sicily), geol. romana, 18, 331-369. roberti, n. and r. scandone (1975): thermomagnetic study of basalts from south eastern sicily. boll. geofis. teor. appl., 67, 259-264. rolph, t.c. (1992): high field intensity results from recent and historic lavas, phys. earth planet. inter., 70, 224-230. rossi, s. and r. sartori (1981): a seismic reflection study of the external calabrian arc in the northern ionian sea (eastern mediterranean), mar. geophys. res., 4, 403-426. sartori, r., m.l. colalongo, g. gabbianelli, c. bonazzi, s. carbone, p.v. curzi, d. evangelisti, m. grasso, f. lentini, s. rossi and l. selli (1991): note stratigrafiche e tettoniche sul «rise di messina» (ionio nord occidentale), g. geol., 53 (2), 49-64. tabacco, s. (1998): definizione del basamento etneo sottostante il deposito vulcanoclastico del chiancone (settore orientale dell’etna) attraverso metodiche geologico-strutturali e geofisiche, ph.d. thesis, università degli studi di catania, pp. 105. tapponnier, p. (1977): evolution tectonique du systeme alpin en mediterranée: poinonnement et encresement rigide-plastique, bull. soc. geol. fr., 19, 437-460. tauxe, l., a.d. deino, a.k. behrensmeyer and r. potts (1992): pinning down the brunhes/matuyama and upper jaramillo boundaries: as reconciliation of orbital and isotopic time scales, earth planet. sci. lett., 109, 561-572. tortorici, l., p. tapponier and t. winter (1986): faulting during the 1783 calabria earthquakes and tectonics of the messina strait, agu, eos, 67, 1188. tric, e., j.p. valet, p.y. gillot and i. lemeur (1994): absolute paleointensities between 60 and 160 kyear bp from mount etna (sicily), phys. earth planet. inter., 85, 113-129. zanolla, c., c. morelli, and i. marson (1998): the magnetic anomalies of the mediterranean sea (ibcmm), boll. geofis. teor. appl., 39, 1-36. layout 6 1 annals of geophysics, 64, 1, se105, 2021, doi:10.4401/ag-8544 pgs1, a new low cost and low power portable geophysical station “all in one”. design and test antonio costanza1, gioacchino fertitta1, william yang1, giuseppe d’anna1, claudio chiarabba2 (1) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di catania, osservatorio etneo (2) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, osservatorio nazionale terremoti, rome, italy article history: received august 3, 2020; accepted november 11, 2020 abstract pgs1 is a new compact portable seismic station, designed at ingv obs and earth lab, that is specifically intended for the deployment of dense arrays of seismographs on-shore. with its low cost, compact design, high data-quality and long battery life, pgs1 is a perfect solution for seismic monitoring networks. pgs1 design is based on a solid polypropylene suitcase, containing a complete data acquisition system, two battery packs and a photovoltaic panel. the new earth lab 5s medium-period seismic sensor is included. the whole system meets the ip67 standard requirements both in transport and in acquisition configuration. pgs1 is normally equipped with one battery pack, one more pack can be added inside the suitcase achieving 40 days of battery life. the station is equipped with a photovoltaic panel, useful to extend the deployment length. inside the suitcase, there are compartments where to store the seismic sensor, the photovoltaic panel and all the cables. therefore, the station is very easy to transport. keywords: portable seismic station; seismic monitoring network; pgs1; etl3d/5s; obs and earth lab. 1. introduction in the last three decades, the use of mobile digital seismic stations has become increasingly widespread both for active and passive seismological studies. some manufacturers already offer small-size and low-power portable seismic stations. being ready-to-use is probably their greatest advantage. with no development time to wait for, the project for a new seismic array can quickly move into the phase of deployment. of course, this benefit should be weighed against unit price, because portable stations can be quite expensive. in order to reduce costs, researchers often build custom portable stations by assembling off-the-shelf parts, but seldom this approach leads to compact and power efficient solutions; in other cases, some obsolete portable seismic stations were updated introducing new commercial data acquisition systems [castellano et al., 2007; cappello et al., 2007]. here the main benefit comes from reusing components, which helps cut down on cost at the expense of performance. however, portable stations should be suitable for working in forests, snow, deserts and other extreme environments where size, weight and power consumptions considerably matter. the considerations above suggest the existence of a gap between commercial stations, technologically advanced but expensive, and custom stations, cheap but suboptimal. filling the gap means starting new designs, with low production costs, aimed at maximizing ease of transport and power efficiency. in this regard, some attempts have already been made [jing et al. 2015; chiu et al., 1991]. the main purpose of this work is to inform the scientific community of the new low cost and low power portable geophysical station pgs1 “all in one”. pgs1 is the result of an effort to develop an effective solution for dense seismic arrays. one of the project goals was to simplify the logistics of deployment, by designing a small size and low weight station. remarkably, the whole station weighs only 11 kg and occupies a volume of just 28 l. the project, including the production of a first batch of 10 units, was funded by the ministero per lo sviluppo economico (mise). the development and assembly was carried out by the obs and earth lab (formerly obs lab) of the geophysical observatory of gibilmanna. in order to reduce the development time and production costs, some devices and parts were chosen among products available on the market and customized, some others reused from other projects and others designed from scratch. all new parts were made in outsourcing production. the power supply system consists of a photovoltaic panel, a charge regulator, a battery pack (or two if needed) and a step down switching converter. all these parts were found on the market. the photovoltaic panel was customized so that it can be secured to the station during transport and acquisition. the acquisition system consists of the earth lab 5s medium period sensor [fertitta et al., 2020] and the ingv seismolog recorder; both have been entirely designed at the obs and earth lab. the sensor was developed within the mise project, integrating low power electronics, designed for marine applications, with a new housing. the recorder, produced with emso medit funds, was originally intended for ocean bottom seismometers (obs). in 2014, a fleet of obs’, equipped with seismolog recorders, took part to the tomo-etna experiment [coltelli et al., 2016]. as the electronics was originally intended for marine applications, the station has low power consumptions, 500mw on average. the battery life is 40 days with two battery packs. all 10 pgs1 units except one reflect the original design, the same described above. the remaining one is reserved for testing new ideas. to give an example, this unit is currently equipped with a single board computer (sbc), a raspberry pi3. the sbc allows downloading real time data in miniseed format, through a seedlink server over an ethernet link. the sbc is powered off when the user interface is inactive, so that its power consumption, which is quite high, does not affect battery life noticeably. within the ewas project, the catania urban seismic observatory (osu-ct) work group has contributed to this testing by writing and updating the software running on the sbc. in transport mode, all the parts of the station fit inside a commercial polypropylene suitcase. the suitcase was customized by opening holes for cables and connectors, and adding supports for the photovoltaic panel. a metal box was designed to support the electronics and the sensor inside the suitcase. pgs1 is specifically intended for the deployment of dense arrays of seismographs. it can perform different monitoring tasks, detecting local and regional earthquakes, either natural or induced by industrial activities [mise, 2014]. pgs1 produces high quality data and exhibits a long battery life. with its low cost, compact design and high power efficiency, pgs1 is a perfect solution for building seismic monitoring networks. it is intended for harsh natural or artificial environments, including zones damaged by earthquakes. 2. 3d-modeling the design of pgs1 is based on a solid polypropylene suitcase, explorer cases model 3818, and includes the new earth lab 5s medium period sensor, a recorder, one or two rechargeable li-ion battery packs, a photovoltaic panel, a battery charge regulator and other power supply circuits. the whole system meets the ip67 standard requirements, both in transport and in acquisition configuration. on one side of the suitcase, are two bayonet-type connectors, one for the seismic sensor and one for the photovoltaic panel. each one has a rubber o-ring at the interface with the suitcase. the o-ring guarantees water tightness, in compliance with the ip67 standard. in the engineering process, the pgs1 was entirely 3d modeled both in transport (figure 1a) and in acquisition configuration (figure 1b); the 3d modeling allowed an easy choice of commercial components, an effective customization of some of them and a correct design of the original parts. the pgs1 was 3d modeled also with the purpose of simplifying the production and the assembly process [costanza et al., 2017]. 3d software tools were useful in different ways. one of the project goals was making sure that a user would feel antonio costanza et al. 2 comfortable carrying the suitcase. this would mean walking to a distant place, while holding the station by its handle. in this scenario, the suitcase would be in the so-called transport configuration, with the sensor, photovoltaic panel and cables stored inside, as shown in figure 2. achieving the goal above not only means keeping weight low but also balancing. in order to balance the suitcase, the center of gravity must be directly below the handle. otherwise, a neat moment of force would arise. as a result, the suitcase would tend to turn and the user would have to exert an opposite moment to keep the suitcase flat, which could cause premature fatigue in the hand and arm. in figure 2, the green dots represent the projections of the center of gravity on the principal views. figures 2a-c show that the center of gravity is located directly below the suitcase handle. achieving such an accurate placement is all but a trivial task, because the location of the center of mass depends on the placement of all the components inside the suitcase. in addition, every time a component is moved to a different position, the center of gravity must be updated. the use of 3d tools made it possible to try different configurations, focusing on the solution and letting the software do the hard work. the photovoltaic panel, used to extend the deployment length beyond 40 days, is visible in figure 1a-b (in the two configurations). the 3d-modeling allowed choosing a commercial panel that could be adapted to the two different configurations. 3 portable geophysical station pgs1 figure 1. 3d assembly model of pgs1; a) transport configuration (with open suitcase and without pocket), b) acquisition configuration. figure 2. position of the centre of gravity (green dot) and dimensions in transport configuration; a) top view; b) front view; c) lateral view. antonio costanza et al. 4 during transport, the panel is stored inside a pocket, attached to the inside of the suitcase lid. during data acquisition, the panel stays outside the suitcase, gathering solar energy. in order to provide a continuous power income, the panel should maintain a stable tilt and orientation, even resisting moderate winds. a custom frame, fixed to the panel’s original frame, helps secure the latter to the suitcase. on the suitcase shell, are four anchoring points, where it is possible to fasten the custom frame. this system holds the panel at a 52° angle of inclination to the horizontal. as the custom frame is foldable, the panel and frame can still fit inside the internal pocket. noteworthy, the panel installation requires no tools (figure 3). the photovoltaic panel (1) is connected, by means of two hinge-screws, to two foldable brackets (2). by means of an auxiliary frame and two hinge-screws, it is also connected to two foldable pegs (3). to assembly the panel on the suitcase, the operator must simply open the pegs (3), insert them in the appropriate holes of the suitcase, open the brackets (2) and fit them into the relative pins fixed to the case. the mechanical constraints ensure a stable connection and a fixed angle of inclination. 3d-modeling was essential also to define a convenient distribution of the electronic devices inside the suitcase. one of the main goals was to preserve the data-quality, while keeping the assembly procedures as simple as possible. figure 4 shows a photo of the real pgs1. the plastic panel, that normally hides from view the electronic devices, was removed to show internal elements. an aluminum box (1), open on the top side, provides support for the electronics. the box base is fitted with a set of threaded holes, making it easy to fasten each device with screws. another set of screws, evenly distributed along the upper edges, fastens the box to the suitcase. the sensor compartment (2) occupies the box upper-right corner, leaving an l-shaped space available inside the box. the recorder (3) is in the upper left corner of the box, and the frequency reference (4) is installed on top of it. the concerns about dataquality came from the analog inputs of the recorder and relative cables, possibly picking-up noise from other electronic sources. the power supply circuits, on the other hand, are perfect candidates to generate electromagnetic interference (emi). the recorder is in the upper part of the “l” vertical branch, oriented with the analog inputs facing upwards. the analogue cables run for the most part in between the suitcase and the external walls of the box, except for the short segment that goes to the recorder inputs. the switching regulator (5) is directly below the recorder, followed in counterclockwise order by the charge regulator (6) and batteries (7), the farthest object from the analogue inputs. as the battery voltage is quasi-static in normal use, the process underlying noise generation depends on the applied load. lithium batteries are close to ideal voltage sources, thanks to an extraordinary low electronic series resistance (esr). when connected to a switching circuit, they will be able to source very large figure 3. fixing system of the photovoltaic panel to the suitcase, during the acquisition configuration. current pulses. the magnetic fields, associated with the pulses, could be coupled to external circuits producing noise. the considerations above apply to the presented station too, because the charge regulator is actually a switching circuit. however, with the battery and its cables far from the analogue inputs, the risk of picking-up induced noise is very low. the design of the box posed the problem of providing adequate support for the sensor, the most sensitive part to mechanical shocks, during transport. for this purpose, the sensor compartment features a shockproof padded seat that can hold the sensor securely. the angle profile (8), constrained to the sensor compartment, holds the serial port connector, sd card slot, ethernet connector, on/off switch and a set of four leds. 3. the electronics the following sections will briefly describe the pgs1 subsets and the user interface. 3.1 seismolog recorder pgs1 is equipped with seismolog, a geophysical recorder developed by the obs and earth lab, ingv. before seismolog, ingv had already produced two recorders, gaia [cardinale et al., 2010] and gilda [giudicepietro et al., 2015; orazi et al., 2006; orazi et al., 2008]. both projects met their goals, releasing reliable instruments, which served and are still serving ingv’s needs in different fields. however, more than a decade ago, the obs and earth lab, undertaken the construction of a new class of marine instruments for geophysical monitoring, the ocean bottom seismometers (obs). these instruments, with the potential to bring a sensible improvement in the study of marine geophysics, were battery powered and had to work autonomously for long time. the new requirements on power consumption led to rule out both gaia and gilda as viable solutions. 5 portable geophysical station pgs1 figure 4. pgs1 without closing panel. from the beginning, the obs and earth lab has acquired different off-the-shelf solutions. while this strategy worked well in most cases, some limitations, related to the use of commercial instruments, became also evident. often, data acquisition systems are required to implement custom functions, which seldom the manufacturer can provide for an affordable price. in 2014, the obs and earth lab released the first version of seismolog. the new recorder consumed only 120 mw and was intended for passive geophones. in the subsequent years, a new version followed, whose analogue inputs were suitable for active sensors, including broadband seismometers. however, the overall consumption increased to 200 mw. therefore, the two versions coexisted for different applications. a simplified diagram of seismolog, broadband version, is shown in figure 5. the input noise level is one of the most important parameters for seismic recorders. broadband sensors exhibit excellent dynamic range values, over outstandingly large frequency bands, extending to periods higher than 100 s. however, low frequencies are especially problematic for most electronic devices. both active (transistors, operational amplifiers, adcs) and passive electronic devices (resistors) produce higher noise densities at lower frequency. the physical phenomena involved are different for each device, but the effects are similar for most of them: at low frequency the noise power spectral density is proportional to the inverse of frequency, tending to infinity when frequency approaches zero. this kind of noise density is commonly referred as 1/f noise. an effective way to reduce 1/f noise is to use a special family of amplifiers, designed to cancel their own 1/f noise, commonly referred as chopper amplifiers. some adcs implement this technology too. the analogue inputs of seismolog broadband version are designed with chopper amplifiers and chopping-input adcs. as the pgs1 does not include a broadband sensor, the use of seismolog broadband version would not be strictly necessary. however, the electrical characteristics of the 5s sensor, in particular the output-voltage swing, would not be compatible with antonio costanza et al. 6 figure 5. simplified system diagram for the seismolog recorder. the geophone version. therefore, pgs1 is equipped with seismolog broadband version. for this version, the dynamic range, i.e. the ratio of maximum input signal to short-circuit noise power, is greater than 122 db when the sampling rate is 200 hz. this dynamic range translates to an equivalent resolution of 20-bit. seismolog uses a high stability frequency reference to generate the sampling frequency. the reference can be either a state-of-the-art temperature compensated crystal oscillator (tcxo) or a global positioning system (gps) disciplined clock. the latter is the preferred choice for terrestrial use, because achieves the same long-term stability as the gps system. the diagram in figure 6 shows how the recorder synchronizes the data samples with the gps signal. the gps disciplined clock produces two reference frequencies, 1 hz and 4.096 mhz respectively. the latter is an integer multiple of the former, and both are phase-locked to the 1 pps coming from the gps receiver. the residual phase error is about ± 200 ns, when the gps antenna has a clear view of the sky. the 4.096 mhz signal is routed to both the adcs and the microcontroller unit (mcu) inside the recorder. the mcu uses this signal to run the system clock, which exhibits a resolution of 2-16 sec (about 15 μs). clocking the adcs through the reference frequency ensures that the number of samples per second is a constant integer value. the method used to assign a time stamp to each sample is to read time from the system clock, as soon as a sample arrives. this process occurs inside an interrupt service routine (isr), with a latency of a few microseconds. storing the time stamp for every sample would waste memory, because the sampling interval is constant. in fact, the recorder uses the system clock only once in a recording session, when it reads the time of the very first sample. when sample time is to be determined, it is calculated, based on the time of the first sample and the number of samples acquired from start. this is just a conceptual description though, leaving out implementation details and optimizations. for marine 7 portable geophysical station pgs1 figure 6. clock distribution network of the seismolog recorder. applications, the recorder works in a similar way. the tcxo generates the same reference frequencies as the gps disciplined clock. however, the lesser stability of the tcxo affects sample times, limiting accuracy in the long term. 3.2 earth lab 5s (etl3d/5s) seismic sensor pgs1 includes the new earth lab 5s (etl3d/5s) seismic sensor [fertitta et al., 2020], a three-component velocimeter with 5 second period and 100 hz high cut-off frequency. this sensor was designed for monitoring of medium-range earthquakes and can be used in areas where industrial activities may induce seismicity. the sensor has very small size (97 mm diameter, 117 mm height) and low weight (1.7 kg). its low power electronics consumes only 75 mw of quiescent power. the housing, made of aisi 316l stainless steel, is resistant to atmospheric agents and is ip67 waterproof. the sensor is based on a set of three geophones, combined with a low power and low noise amplifier. a revised version of lippmann’s method [romeo and braun, 2007] is used to extend geophone natural period up to 5 seconds. the transfer function of the lippmann’s circuit depends on the geophone’s coil resistance. temperature affects the resistance value, making the transfer function vary over time [mikhail and boulaenko, 2002]. the earth lab 5s implements a temperature compensation scheme that mitigates the effect of temperature variations, keeping period and gain stable. 3.3 power supply system pgs1 uses 14.8 v-17.5 ah lithium battery packs. one or two packs can be housed in the suitcase depending on user needs. if the installation site offers some clear view of the sky, the photovoltaic panel can be used to further extend the acquisition length. the incoming solar energy is transferred to the battery packs by a genasun gv5 charge regulator, a high efficiency controller with maximum power point tracking (mppt) function [xiao et al., 2011]. the gv5 provides also over discharge protection, disconnecting the load when the battery state of charge (soc) drops below a fixed threshold. northern italy average insolation data were used to design the power supply system, whose theoretical energy production exceeds the station’s needs over the entire year. these data can be downloaded from atlante italiano della radiazione solare, a website provided by agenzia nazionale per le nuove tecnologie, l’energia e lo sviluppo economico sostenibile (formerly ente per le nuove tecnologie, l’energia e l’ambiente, enea). the site uses a mathematical model that takes into account the orientation of the panel, which is defined by a couple of quantities, the tilt and azimuth angles. as already said, the panel tilt is fixed at 52°. the azimuth was assumed 0°, which is the orientation of a panel facing south. with these input values, the model yielded satisfactory insolation values, which guarantee continuous operation throughout the year. in january, for example, it is estimated that the energy production will exceed energy consumption by 20%. remarkably, even if the energy balance were negative, for example by -20%, it would take more than 3 months for one battery pack to be completely depleted. a dcdc switching converter supplies power to the recorder at 9 vdc. the dcdc input is connected to the gv5 power output. when the battery voltage becomes too low, the gv5 suddenly disconnects the load from the battery. in order to prevent data losses, the dcdc switching converter is designed to hold the output voltage for a few seconds after the disconnection. during this time, the dcdc output voltage is not perfectly stable, but decreases slowly. when the voltage drops below a certain threshold, the recorder closes the acquisition files and enters the sleep-mode. as a result, the battery disconnection, operated by the gv5, does not produce any data losses. pgs1 schematic diagram, in figure 7, shows how pgs1 holds the recorder supply voltage when the charge regulator shuts the battery load off. a 10 mf capacitor, connected to the recorder power input, stores electric charge during normal operations. this charge can be delivered to the recorder, as a supply current, when the dcdc is switched off. at the same time, the diode across the dcdc prevents the dcdc output from being at higher voltage than the dcdc input, a destructive condition known as voltage inversion. antonio costanza et al. 8 3.4 user interface pgs1 can be controlled through a computer, connected to the rs232 port. any terminal-type software can be used to send commands and monitor acquisition parameters. the command set can be divided into a few categories: channel-configuration, acquisition-control, synchronization, interface control, special commands. channel-configuration commands let user set up the analog inputs. for example, these functions include turning inputs on and off, or assigning a sampling frequency to each input. the recorder has more inputs than pgs1 requires. actually, the etl3d/5s seismometer is the only sensor connected to the recorder, and the unused inputs are free for future developments. therefore, turning inputs on and off is generally not necessary, as the default configuration enables the seismometer inputs only. for these inputs, selectable frequencies are 1, 10, 20, 25, 50, 100 and 200 hz. acquisition-control commands allow starting and stopping data recording. the recorder responds to each command in this class with a message containing the current configuration and status of input channels, storage memory, and battery voltage. synchronization commands affect the system clock and real time clock (rtc). the former is a mixed hardware and software unit that produces a stable sampling frequency during data acquisition; the latter is a hardware module, which runs on a back-up battery when the recorder is powered off. at boot, the system clock is set to rtc time. upon reception of a specific command, the recorder will try to align both clocks with the utc time, provided by the gps disciplined clock. after a successful synchronization, the time error is very low, actually negligible. the system clock will be continuously aligned with the disciplined clock, even without user’s intervention. therefore, as long as there is a clear view of the sky and the disciplined clock tracks an adequate number of satellites, the time error will stay low. among the synchronization commands is the delay command, which can be used for measuring the time error without altering the system clock. the interface-control commands determine how the user interface work. one of the most important function is to make the interface switch to data-dump mode. in this mode, the recorder sends data over the serial link, in miniseed or in a proprietary format. however, the recorder keeps listening to user commands, so that it can switch back to user mode, upon reception of a specific request. the special commands let the user perform different actions, not required by ordinary operations, such as formatting the data storage memory or updating the firmware of the recorder. a new user interface, based on an embedded web server is currently under development. in the meanwhile, with the help of osu-ct team, a prototype has been developed which can be accessed over an ethernet link, thanks to the introduction of a single board computer (sbc). the pgs1 can now be configured via secure shell (ssh) and can run a seedlink server. however, the sbc cannot operate continuously because of its high power consumption. to overcome this problem, pgs1 powers on the sbc only when a device is connected to the ethernet port. once the ethernet device is disconnected, the sbc is turned off immediately, thus saving energy. once the ssh connection to the sbc is established, the user launches a phyton script stored in the sbc memory. the logic of the script makes the sbc transparent to the user, allowing direct communication with the recorder. 9 portable geophysical station pgs1 figure 7. pgs1 schematic diagram. 3.5 reading data pgs1 stores its data to an sd or sdhc card. binary data, like analog input samples, are written to miniseed files, organized in monthly created folders. data can be easily copied to a computer by means of a flash card reader. table 1 summarizes the most important technical specifications. table 1. electrical and physical specifications. sensor type three-component velocimeter bandwidth 3db points at 5 s and 100 hz sensitivity 360 v/(m/s) +/5% after calibration clip level 12.5 mm/s dimensions diam. 97 mm, height 117 mm cable length 5 m recorder sampling rate 1, 5, 10, 20, 50 ,100 and 200 hz dynamic range 122 db equivalent resolution 20 bit conversion factor 3.32258•107 (counts / v) time accuracy 15 μs (with gps) interface control port type rs232 control port connector db9 female data memory sd or sdhc file format miniseed memory usage up to 4 months with a 16 gb sdhc, three channels at 200 hz synchronization internal gps receiver battery configuration 20 cells, lithium inr18650-35e, 4 series 5 parallel nominal voltage 14.4 v capacity 16.7 ah protection low voltage disconnection (without data loss) battery life 20 days with 1 battery pack 40 days with 2 battery packs endless with photovoltaic panel pv panel peak power 10 w open circuit voltage 21.96 v short circuit current 0.63 a power average consumption 500 mw physical suitcase explorer cases model 3818 transport dimensions 415 x 340 x 200 mm operative dimensions 415 x 480 x 200 mm weight 11 kg (with two battery packs) environmental operating temperature -10 to 50 °c (by design, not tested) ip degree ip67 antonio costanza et al. 10 11 portable geophysical station pgs1 4. testing this paragraph describes different tests conducted on pgs1. the first is a power consumption test aimed at measuring battery life without solar energy. battery life is defined as the time difference between two events. the first is acquisition start. the second is the disconnection of any load from battery, operated by the charge regulator when the low voltage condition (voltage < 12.4 v) results true. this time value is available in a log file, automatically stored to data memory by pgs1. the same file contains battery voltage samples as swell, taken at least once a day. figure 8 shows the test results, with just one battery pack installed. the graph on the left is the battery discharge curve. this goes from the initial 16.7 v to 12.8 v, in about 20 days. the log file tells that battery voltage dropped to 12.4 v a few hours later, triggering a shutdown, as expected. the test did not end at that point, in fact the photovoltaic panel was connected. the goal was to verify if pgs1 could restart with solar energy only, from the state of having a completely depleted battery. the graph on the right of figure 8 shows what happened. the charge regulator kept the acquisition system off until the battery voltage rose above 14 v, which occurred after about two days. then battery voltage increased slowly from this point on, because the acquisition system started to consume power. the plot on the right of figure 8 shows a steady increase in battery voltage over time. this is a desirable result, but the operating conditions needs to be described in more detail, because the test took place in sicily, thus at a relatively low latitude, and in august. in addition, the sky was mostly clear throughout the test. with all the favorable conditions above, pgs1 would have exhibited a very high and optimistic charge rate, if solar energy had not been artificially limited. this was accomplished by placing pgs1 in a site hit by sunlight between 08:30 and 10:30 a.m. only (a few large buildings surrounds the spot, shading it the rest of the day). the second test presented was conducted in 2017. six pgs1s, installed a few kilometers away from one another, acquired about three days of seismological data. the location chosen for this test was the sulcis, a large area in the southwestern part of sardinia, italy. figure 9 shows two pictures from this test, taken during data acquisition (a) and setup (b) respectively. the recordings contain ambient noise and no seismic events, which is consistent with ingv official data for the same dates. data show a strong microseismic activity, probably generated by the nearby sea. this phenomenon produced large peaks of power spectral density, in a frequency range between 0.35 and 0.40 hz for the figure 8. the graph on the left shows the voltage across the lithium battery pack during a 20-days uninterrupted recording, with one battery pack and without photovoltaic panel. the graph on the right shows what happened when the photovoltaic panel was connected. the horizontal line labeled soc 50% shows the point where the battery charge (state of charge, or soc) is 50%. three components, see figure 10. all the spectra compare well at low frequency, which is a predictable result considering the mutual distances between the stations. at high frequency, the spectra diverge instead, but this too is in line with the scale of the experiment, and is ascribable to natural differences in local ambient noise among the sites. despite these differences, for each component all the traces look similar in the time domain. this is because the microseismic peak, which is common to all, represents the most part of the total noise power. the microseismic activity manifests itself as a slow fluctuation, with a series of maxima (and minima) spaced by 2.5 to 2.8 s. as an example, figure 11 shows a comparison among the e/w time series. the two other components are not included because they look similar. in an attempt to measure the self-noise of pgs1, one of the stations was brought to a low noise environment, where it recorded 30 minutes of ambient noise. in the same area is the station of castelbuono, a node of the italian seismic network, run by istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (ingv), italy. figure 12 shows the spectra from this recording. the dotted curve is the sensor’s self-noise, as resulted from simulations; the dashed curves are the peterson models, high and low; the continuous curve are the measured spectra. the curves stay within peterson model high and low and above theoretical self-noise. below 0.2 hz, selfnoise becomes higher than ambient noise. as the three components share the same hardware architecture, they also show comparable self-noise levels. this is the reason why the spectra almost coincide at very low frequencies. antonio costanza et al. 12 figure 10. power spectral densities from the recordings made in the sulcis, in 2017. the horizontal components from station pgs1 9 are not included, because the corresponding time series are affected by strong noise, in the form of a train of periodic pulses, which prevents the correct evaluation of the spectra. the cause of this noise was a faulty electrical connection, inside pgs1 9. figure 9. a) pgs1 in acquisition; b) in configuration mode. 13 portable geophysical station pgs1 the last test presented in this paragraph is a comparison with another node of the italian national seismic network, the node gib, located at osservatorio geofisico di gibilmanna, italy. the two seismic stations operated in parallel for a few weeks, and on october 1st 2020 both recorded an earthquake of magnitude 5.2, occurred in greece at 11:05:37 utc time. figure 13 shows the complete waves on the left, and the phase arrival on the right. the node gib has a higher period than pgs1 and is capable of achieving a much higher dynamic range, especially at low frequencies, thanks to the seismic sensor nanometrics trillium 120 s. for this event though, the two wave sets compare well without additional filtering, as shown in figure 13. in the same figure, mean values were cancelled from every wave. this test, once more, confirmed the correct behavior of the analog circuits implemented in both the sensor and recorder. furthermore, the plots show no time shift between the waves, meaning that pgs1 clock was synchronized to gib when the earthquake was recorded. figure 11. ambient noise recorded in sulcis in 2017. only the e/w axis is shown. the time series produced by pgs1 9 are affected by strong noise, in the form of a train of periodic pulses, due to a faulty electrical connection. the data segment above was chosen so that the pulses are not visible. antonio costanza et al. 14 figure 12. component spectra of a data segment, recorded by pgs1 n° 06. the dotted curve is the sensor’s self-noise, as resulted from a simulation; the dashed curves are the peterson models, high and low; the continuous curve is the measured spectrum. 15 portable geophysical station pgs1 5. discussion and conclusion in this work the new low cost and low power portable geophysical station “all in one” pgs1 has been presented. this station was designed and assembled at ingv obs and earth lab of gibilmanna, italy. 3d modeling played a key role; through virtual modeling it was indeed possible to select commercial components, to design new parts, to customize existing ones, and finally, to choose the most suitable distribution of the internal components in order to obtain a convenient position of the centre of gravity. furthermore, 3d modeling allowed selecting a proper configuration of the electronic components, which could minimize the risk of emi problems. the pgs1 is equipped with a photovoltaic panel that extends the battery life. in the natural environment, many agents, like snow or growth of vegetation, can cause complete or partial obscuration of photovoltaic panels, reducing the energy production rate and causing discontinuities in the data acquisition. pgs1 has very low power consumption, because its electronics is derived from battery-powered marine instruments. as a result, the station can operate for long periods without solar energy production. pgs1 is equipped with a compact sensor and a high-resolution acquisition system, which combined produce high quality data, as confirmed by various recordings of ambient noise and seismic waves. figure 13. earthquake of magnitude 5.2, occurred in greece on oct 1st 2020, utc time 11:05:37, as recorded by pgs1 n°8 and by the seismic station gibilmanna (code gib). the final cost of the station, including an estimate for the sensor calibration and pgs1 assembly, is of about 3500 euros. however, a significant margin for cost reduction could come from scale manufacturing and process engineering. future developments include the release of a new user interface, based on a web-server. acknowledgments. we gratefully acknowledge domenico patanè as responsible of the ewas project and of the osu-ct working group. this work has been partially supported by the pon-ars01_00926 project ewas “an early warning system for cultural heritage”. references capello m., m. castellano and p. ricciolino (2007). commercial digital audio recorders: a new life for portable lennartz pcm 5800 seismic stations, orfeus newsletter, 7(2), 1-7. cardinale v., a. castagnozzi, c. d’ambrosio, l. falco, a. memmolo, f. minichiello (2010). wi-fi mesh network: integrazione dell’infrastruttura telematica della rete sismica e geodetica nazionale, rapporti tecnici ingv, 141. castellano m., c. buonocunto, m. capello and p. ricciolino (2007). stazioni sismiche obsolete: il recupero del sistema lennartz pcm 5800, quaderni di geofisica, 48. chiu j.m., g. steiner, r. smalley and a. c. johnston (1991). panda: a simple, portable seismic array for local to regional-scale seismic experiments, bull. seismol. soc. am., 81, 3, 1000-1014, june 1991. coltelli m., d. cavallaro, m. firetto carlino, l. cocchi, f. muccini, a. d’alessandro, m.e. claude, c. monaco, j.m. ibáñez, f. zgur, d. patanè, c. carmisciano, g. d’anna, m.t pedrosa gonzales, t. teixidò, r. d’anna, g. fertitta, g. passafiume, s. speciale, f. grassa, a.p. karageorgis, l. sormani, l. facchin, g. visnovic, d. cotterle, r. blanos, p. mansutti, a. sulli, f. cultrera, francisco carrión, s. rapisarda (2016). the marine activities performed within the tomo-etna experiment, annals of geophysics, 59 (4), s0428, doi:10.4401/ag-7081. costanza a., g. d’anna, a. d’alessandro, g. vitale, g. fertitta and p. cosenza (2017). mechanical aspects in a tide gauge station design, conference paper, oceans’17 mts/ieee aberdeen, scotland. fertitta g., a. costanza, g. d’anna and d. patanè (2020). the earth lab 5s (etl3d/5s) seismic sensor. design and test, ann. geophys, 63, 2, dm215, doi: 10.4401/ag-7857. giudicepietro f., m. orazi and r. peluso (2015). test della nuova versione del datalogger gilda: applicazione alla caratterizzazione del rumore sismico registrato in prossimità delle fumarole del vulcano solfatara nella caldera dei campi flegrei, rapporti tecnici ingv, 322. jing w., l. chuan, y. qing-yu and z. yan (2015). design of a low cost non-cable seismic acquisition station, chinese j. geophys., 58(4), 1425-1433, doi:10.6038/cjg20150428. mikhail e. and b.sc. boulaenko (2002). novel tools for research and education in seismology, master of science thesis. institute of solid earth physics, university of bergen. ministry of economic development (mise) (2014). guidelines for monitoring seismicity, ground deformation and pore pressure in subsurface industrial activities. orazi m., m. martini and r. peluso (2006). data acquisition for volcano monitoring, eos transactions agu, 87, 38, 385-392. orazi m., r. peluso, a. caputo, m. capello, c. buonocunto and m. martini m. (2008). a multiparametric low power digitizer: project and results. in w. marzocchi and a. zollo eds., conception, verification and application of innovative techniques to study active volcanoes, doppia voce, 498. romeo, g. and t. braun. (2007). appunti di sismometria, quaderni di geofisica, 46. xiao w., a. elnosh, v. khadkikar and h. zeineldin (2011). overview of maximum power point tracking technologies for photovoltaic power systems, iecon 2011 37th annual conference of the ieee industrial electronics society, melbourne, vic, 3900-3905, doi:10.1109/iecon.2011.6119946 antonio costanza et al. 16 17 portable geophysical station pgs1 *co r r e s po n d i n g a u t h o r: antonio co s ta n za, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di catania, osservatorio etneo, italy, e-mail: obslab@ingv.it © 2021 the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved adg vol5 n02 vall 313_320.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 313 a note on the topographic distortion of magnetotelluric impedance filippos vallianatos technological educational institute of crete, branch of chania, crete, greece abstract magnetotelluric surveys are prone to interpretation errors in the presence of rough topography, which may need to be compensated for. in the present work we assume that the surface of the earth is simulated by a single-valued, twice differentiable function f (x, y). by appropriately expanding the surface magnetic field, we obtain the distorted magnetotelluric impedance tensor in terms of an expansion depending on the external radii of curvature of f (x, y) at the observation point and on skin depth. based on first principles, an analytic estimation of the topographic corrections of the magnetotelluric impedance tensor is obtained. 1. introduction a problem commonly appearing in magnetotelluric (mt) surveys is topographic distortion (schnegg et al., 1983, 1986; chouteau and bouchard, 1988; fischer, 1989), especially in the case of measurements carried out in mountainous areas (e.g., draget et al., 1980; kurtz et al., 1986; vallianatos, 1995). interpretation errors may occur if the distortion is not taken into account, or compensated for. telluric currents flowing parallel to the surface of the earth, converge beneath valleys and diverge beneath hills. therefore the current density j and the associated mt field tend to increase under a valley and decrease under a hill. the reduction of this distortion is therefore an important step toward the correct detection and interpretation of subsurface conductivity distributions. several studies exist on the effect of topography on mt measurements, most of which adopt a numerical modeling approach (jiracek, 1973; harinarayana and sarma, 1982; wannamaker et al., 1985, 1986; jiracek et al., 1986; xu and zhou, 1997). under static conditions, the topographic effects have also been calculated analytically, using schwarzchristoffel transformations (thayer, 1975; harinarayana and sarma, 1982; harinarayana, 1986). in the present short work, we present a formulation to analytically estimate the topographic effect, to first and second order correction terms. the proposed approach is based on the simulation of the earth surface by a singlevalued, twice differentiable function and an appropriate expansion of the magnetic field. the estimated corrections depend on frequency and the external radii of curvature of the earth surface at the observation point. mailing address: dr. filippos vallianatos, technological educational institute of crete, department of natural resources engineering, laboratory of geophysics and natural hazards, 3 romanou str., chalepa, gr-73133 chania, crete, greece; e-mail: fvallian@chania.teiher.gr key words magnetotellurics topography 314 filippos vallianatos normal to the surface is (lipschutz, 1989; morse and feshbach, 1963) where in order to generalize eq. (2.1), we note that and (2.2) combining eqs. (2.1) and (2.2), gives or equivalently (2.3) where the sum over j is implied (einstein notation). in the case of a simple one dimensional (1d) structure c gij = zo cij where cij are the elements of a «normalized» surface impedance tensor. it is straightforward to see that for a flat surface c ij = ij . we note that e// and have only components in the tangent plane, so that the normalized surface impedance tensor c, being a surface tensor in curvilinear coordinates, is represented by a 2 × 2 matrix. hereafter, in order to simplify the mathematical formulation, we assume one dimensional structure with a surface profile function f (x, y). 2. mathematical formulation as physical basis for the analysis of any magnetotelluric problem, consider maxwell’s equations for an isotropic, source-free region. in the frequency domain, with the constituent relations d = e, b = µ h, j = e incorporated, these are (see for example rokityansky, 1982): × h = ( i )e = e × e = i µ h h = 0 and e = 0. by combining the curl equations and using the vanishing divergences, it can be seen (jackson, 1975) that both fields satisfy the homogeneous wave equation (helmholtz equation) (wait, 1987) where the propagation constant is k 2= i µ . the mt impedance, can be expressed as a rank 2 tensor. if x and y are orthogonal measurement axes on the earth surface, the tangential to the surface electric field variations e// = (ex, ey) t is directly related to the variations of the two magnetic fields h// = (hx, hy) t by the frequency domain relation or (2.1) where zij are the elements of the impedance tensor (kaufman and keller, 1981). next, consider an earth interface (airearth interface) described by a profile function f (x, y), which is assumed to be single valued and twice differentiable. the vector + =2 2 0 e h e h k = ex ey zxx zxy zyx zyy hx hy =e z h// // ˆ , ˆ ,n z= ( ) ( )[ ]x y f x y , , .( ) = + ( )( )[ ]x y f x y1 2 1 2 n̂ h= ×( )hx y ˆ .n h= ×( )hy x ex ey zxy zxx zyy zyx x y = ×( ) ×( ) ˆ ˆ n h n h e c i ij g j//, ˆ= ×( )n h n̂ h× 315 a note on the topographic distortion of magnetotelluric impedance the equation for the next term with a solution that vanishes at re(w)→−∞ (bronson, 1973; morse and feshbach, 1963) where continuing in way, we expand the magnetic field in terms that include the expression the arbitrariness of the latter term is partially removed by the remaining maxwell equation ∇⋅h = 0. after extensive algebra and differential geometry, we can write for z approaching f (x, y) from below, the component of e tangential to the surface is we introduce the coordinate variables u = x, υ = y, w = [z – f (x, y)]/d where d(ω) = i/k (ω), in which the helmholtz vector equation for h is expanding h in powers of d(ω) (see appendix) we obtain the recursive relation for n = 0, the solution that vanishes at re (w)→−∞ is h (0) = a (0) (u,υ) exp(φw). inserting this in the above recursive relation, we obtain e e n n e// ˆ ˆ= − ⋅( ) 0 h d hi= ( ) = ∞ ∑ i i 62v a= − ∇ ⋅∇∇ ⋅∇( )φ f f f (0) 3 2 22w = ∇ − ∇ ⋅∇∇ ⋅∇ +[φ φf f f f 2+ ∇ ⋅∇( )f ]a(0). ∑ di i iα( ). n a a n+ × + ∇ × + ×km ˆ ˆ(0) (0) φ f a n n a× ∇ ⋅∇( ) − ⋅∇ ×( )  ˆ ˆ(0) (0) ( ) ∂ ∂ 2 2 2 w − = +( ) ( )φ φh w v(1) expw w . h a w v v (1) (1) exp= + − +         ( )( ) 2 4 42 2 φ φ φ φw w w i = − ∇ × − ⋅ ∇ ×( )[ ]{ }ˆ ˆ .h n n h1 σ ωµ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ 2 2 2 2 2 2 w d f f w − − ∇ + ∇ ⋅∇ +     φ φ ( ) ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂υ 2 2 2 2 2 2 0d u h+ +    =φ ( ) ( )∂ ∂ 2 2 2 w h− =φ ( )n ∂ ∂ 2 2 2f f w h n= ∇ + ∇ ⋅∇( ) −( )φ 1 ( )∂ ∂ ∂ ∂υ 2 2 2 2 2u h n-− + ( )φ .2 e n a n a// ˆ ˆ= −( ) × + × +     −σ ωεi 1 d (0) (1) 316 filippos vallianatos where the mean surface curvature and s is the extrinsic curvature tensor of the surface (lipschutz, 1989). finally, by applying vector calculus we obtain at w = 0 (2.4) where is the projection operator in the tangent plane, which in matrix terms is given as since the operator p acts in the same way as the identity applied on × h, eq. (2.4) could be written as (2.5) where s = p f p is the extrinsic curvature tensor of the surface (lipschutz, 1989). a comparison of eqs. (2.3) and (2.5) leads to the conclusion that the normalized impedance tensor c = (c ij ) has the form c = i + dc (1), where c (1) is simply the traceless part of the extrinsic curvature tensor of the surface s, given by the expression c (1) = s – k m p. we note that the eigenvalues of c (1) are 0 and ± where since the aforementioned first order correction is expressed by terms that include the second spatial derivatives of f (x,y), it is apparent that the topographic profile with linear slope introduces a topographic correction given by a second order term. following the same procedure and keeping second order terms in our approximations, we reach an expression for the normalized impedance tensor where according to the aforementioned mathematical formulation, it is obvious that a crucial parameter in our expansion is the dimensionless product i n̂ e// = i p p p n h * ˆ= + ( )[ ] ×( ) = 1 d d f km i s p n hˆ= + ( ) ×( )[ ]0z d km = 1 2 1 1 r rmin max ( ). c i c i= + ( )[ ]d d tr c(1) (1) ( ) 2 2 4 ( )[ ] = =tr c(1) 2 22 = ( )[ ] ( ) +tr f f f2 2 4 22 + ( )f f f km 6 2 22 . ( )d f x xi j 2 k r r tr sm = + = ( ) = 1 2 1 1 1 2 ( ) min max e n h// ˆ= ( ) × +i d km 1 1( ) p i n n= ˆ ˆ f f f f= ( )1 2 2 2 p n hˆ+ ×( )f p = ( )1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( ) ( ) f x f x f y f x f x f y f y f y f x f y 2 2 317 a note on the topographic distortion of magnetotelluric impedance the external radii of curvature of the earth’s surface at the observation point, leading to accurate results, as the dimensionless product is small. the formulation does not make any assumption about the type of topographic profile (i.e. slopes, height). applying the presented first principles approach, we estimate the correction terms as functions of the lateral second derivatives of the topographic profile. in this way we have obtained a general expression for the topographic correction of the surface mt impedance tensor up to first and second order correction terms. the first order correction c (1) term is given by the traceless part of the extrinsic surface curvature tensor s, while the second order correction is just a scalar given in terms of trace of c (1). where x 1 = x and x 2 = y. it is expected that when they are small the retention of only the first few terms in the expansion should yield inaccurate results. alternatively, we can say that our approximation should be valid as long as k t d( ) is much smaller than unity, where k t is the wavenumber that characterizes the roughness of our terrain. 3. concluding remarks in the present preliminary work we present a formulation to analytically approximate the topographic distortion of the magnetotelluric impedance tensor up to first and second order correction terms. the proposed approach is based on the simulation of the earth’s surface with a singlevalued, twice differentiable function and an appropriate expansion for the magnetic field. the estimated corrections depend on frequency and on ( )d f x xi j 2 appendix consider a time-harmonic plane wave incident from free space into a homogeneous earth surface described by a terrain function f(x,y). in formulating the problem one assumes that the topography acts as a scatterer. since the currents flowing parallel to the earth’s surface converge beneath valleys and diverge beneath hills, it is straightforward to describe the scattering from the topography by a volume distribution of currents induced inside the «effective topographic scatterer». maxwell’s equations corresponding to this representation of the electric field is (verdin and bostick, 1992; habashy et al., 1993) where the wavenumber k2 b = i µ b and the topography factor q t (r) are the terms describing the scattering of currents due to the presence of topography. the solution to eq. (a.1) can be expressed with a dyadic green’s function which is governed by the appropriate boundary conditions and satisfies the equation where i is the identity dyadic. for a homogeneous background, the solution to eq. (a.2) is (kong, 1986) , where g (r, r ) is the scalar, green’s function which satisfies and is given by × × =e r e r r e r( ) ( ) ( ) ( )k qb t 2 × × = ( )g r g r i r r( ) ( ) 'kb 2 ( ) + ( ) = ( )r r, ' , ' 'g r r k g r rb2 2 (r r, 'g )) = = e eik db r r r r r r r r ' '4 4 ' ' . (a.1) (a.2) g r r i r r, ,' '( ) = ( )+ 1 2k g b 318 filippos vallianatos thus the solution to eq. (a.1) is given by (yaghjlan, 1980; habashy et al., 1993; chave and smith, 1994; kong, 1986) (a.3) where vt is the effective volume related to the topography and supports the appearance of q(r). applying ampere’s law to (a.3) gives an analogous integral equation for the magnetic field (a.4) we seek to obtain h as an expansion of d. in order to accomplish this we make the following change in variables x = x + dq1, y = y + dq2. introducing the dimensionless variables q1 and q2 the scalar green’s functions where possesses the expansion (a.5) where (see morse and feshbach, 1963; nietro-vesperinas, 1991) ( ) = ( ) + × ( ) ( ) i d g qth r h r r' r r r, ' ' µ 1 b ( ee r'( ) vt ). ( ) = d g e r r r r r r , ' ' ' 4 = ( ) + ( ) + ( ) ( )( )[ ]r x x y y f x y f x y, , / 2 2 2 2 1 2 ' ' ' ' , ' ,( ) = + ( ) r g r r d e r d r r f q q 0 0 0 2 3 1 2 1 1 2 1 10 ( ) ++ 2 0 0 2 4 1 2 0 2 0 3 0 4 3 2 1 2 0 3 0 4 4 1 2 3 1 2 1 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 8 1 1 + + ( ) + + + ( ) + + ( ) + ( ) =d r r g q q r r r f q q r r h q q o d( ) ( ) ( ), , , == = 1 0 0 0 d e r k d r n n n ( ) r q q q q f x y q f x y q0 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 , , ,( ) = + + ( ) + ( )( )[ ] 1 2 b b t vt i k d g qe r e r r r r r e r( ) = ( ) + + ( ) ( ) ( )' , ' ' '( )( )1 2 319 a note on the topographic distortion of magnetotelluric impedance when the latter expansion is substituted into eq. (a.5) we obtain (a.6) from the preceding equation we see that the magnetic field can be expanded in powers of the parameter d = i/k according to . f x y f x1 , /( ) = f q q f q f q qi i ij i j3 1 2,( ) = ( )( ) g q q f q f qi i ijk i4 1 2 1 3 ,( ) = ( ) qq q f q qj k ij i j( ) + ( ) 1 4 2 h q q f q f q qi i ij i j( ) = ( ) ( )4 1 2 2 , . d e r k d qb r n n n t vt ( ) = ( ) + × ( ) ( )+ = 0 1 0 0 'h r h r r r' e r'( ( ) ) . d n n n ( ) = 0 h = h( )) f x y f y2 ,( ) = references bronson, r. (1973): introductory differential equations (mcgraw-hill), pp. 130. chave, a.d. and j.t. smith (1994): on electric and magnetic galvanic distortion tensor decompositions, j. geophys. res., 99, 4669-4682. chouteau, m. and k. bouchard (1988): two dimensional terrain correction in magnetotelluric surveys, geophys., 53, 854-862. dragert, h., l.k. law and p.o. sule (1980): magnetotelluric soundings across the pemberton volcanic belt, british columbia, can. j. earth sci., 17, 161-167. fischer, g. (1989): a strong topographic valley effect in amt and vlf-r measurements, geophys. j., 96, 469-475. habashy, t.m., r .w. groom and b.r. spies (1993): beyond the born and rytov approximations: a nonlinear approach to electromagnetic scattering, j. geophys. res., 98, 1759-1775. harinarayana, t. (1986): distortion of telluric field measurements near a hill, in 8th workshop on em induction in the earth and moon, neuchatel, switzerland, pp. 87. harinarayana, t. and s.v. sarma (1982): topographic effects on telluric field measurements, pageoph, 120, 778-783. jackson, j.d. (1975): classical electrodynamics (wiley), pp. 450. jiracek, g.r. (1973): numerical comparisons of a modified rayleigh approach with other rough surface em scattering solutions, ieee trans. antennas propagat., ap-21, 393-396. jiracek, g.r., r.p. reddig and r.k. kojima (1986): application of the rayleigh-fft technique to magnetotelluric modeling and correction, in 8th workshop on em induction in the earth and moon, neuchatel, switzerland, pp. 114. kaufman, a. a. and g. keller (1981): the magnetotelluric sounding (elsevier), pp. 470. kong, j.a. (1986): electromagnetic wave theory (wiley), pp. 696. kurtz, r.d., j.m. delaurier and j.c. gupta (1986): a magnetotelluric sounding across vancouver island detects the subducting juan de fuca plate, nature, 321, 596-599. lipschutz, m.m. (1989): theory and problems in differential geometry (mcgraw-hill), pp. 263. mo r s e, p.m. and h. fe s h bac h (1963): methods of theoretical physics, part ii (mcgraw-hill), pp. 1978. nietro-vesperinas, m. (1991): scattering and diffraction in physical optics (john wiley), pp. 397. rokityanski, i.i. (1982): geoelectromagnetic investigation of the earth’s crust and mantle (springer-verlag), pp. 381. schnegg, p.a., b.v. le quang, g. fiscer and j.t. weaver (1983): audio-magnetotelluric study of a structure with a reverse fault, j. geomagn. geoelectr., 35, 653-671. schnegg, p.a., g. fischer, m. burkhard and i. muller (1986): vlf studie eines engen alpentales, protokoll kolloquium elektromagnetische tiefenforschung, 320 filippos vallianatos bergisch-glacbach, marz, 131-136. thayer r.e. (1975): topographic distortion of telluric currents: a simple calculation, geophysics, 40, 91-95. vallianatos, f. (1995): galvanic distortion of the mtimpedance tensor: application to ioannina van-station (greece), acta geophys. pol., 42 (2), 115-127. verdin, c.t. and f.x. bostick (1992): implications of the born approximation for the magnetotelluric problem in threedimensional environments, geophysics, 57, 587-602. wait, j.r. (1987): electromagnetic wave theory (john wiley & sons), pp. 250. wannamaker, p.e., j.a. stodt and l. rijo (1985): pw2dfinite element program for solution of magnetotelluric responses of two-dimensional earth resistivity structure; user documentation, univ. utah res. inst. rep. esl-158, pp. 40. wannamaker, p.e., j.a. stodt and l. rijo (1986): twodimensional topographic responses in magnetotellurics modeled using finite elements, geophysics, 51, 2131-2144. wannamaker, p.e., j.a. stodt and l. rijo (1987): a stable finite element solution for two-dimensional magnetotelluric modeling, geophys. j. r. astron. soc., 88, 277-296. xu, s. and h. zhou (1997): modelling the 2d terrain effect on mt by the boundary-element method, geophys. prospect., 45, 931-943. yaghjian, a.d. (1980): electric dyadic green’s functions in the source region, proc. ieee, 68, 248-263. vol49_2_2006 819 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 2/3, april/june 2006 key words m and g time-variations – satellite geodesy – orbit perturbations – expanding earth 1. introduction for many years unequivocal evidence has accumulated in favour of an expanding earth (scalera, 1993a,b, 1994, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2002, 2003c, 2006). i have tried to test this promising new global tectonics scenario, and in particular the branch that envisages the possibility that earth expansion is directly linked to still unknown properties of the gravitational field – an old idea with roots in the works of yarkovsky (1888), beekman (2006) and hilgenberg (1929, 1931, 1933), but with more ancient background in the mechanical explanation of gravity due to georges-louis le sage (1724-1803) (edwards, 2002). a first significant result has been the possibility to link the actual polar motion (pm) to the expected – and observed – extrusion of new crust with maximum rate in the nazca triple point (scalera, 2002, 2003a,c, 2006). a second result has been to become aware that many geophysical, geodetic and geological data and reasoning lead to the possibility that the earth’s local gravity can increase through geological time (scalera, 2003b). in this short paper my purpose is to discuss the possibility that the anomalies detected in the orbits of the artificial satellites could be linked not only to the mechanical causes of the earth’s shape variations – namely tidal deceleration and glacial isostatic rebound – but can be caused by other ongoing terrestrial physical processes, which are customarily neglected, but which can also play a role in explaining fine details in the detected secular trend of the involved observational quantities. 2. neglected quantities in the j2 variation estimations let us examine the further possibility that the observed anomalous higher value of j2 variation could be a still unrecognized combination of gradients of different quantities. initially, it can be recalled that the j2 variation is usually detected are artificial satellites orbits influenced by an expanding earth? giancarlo scalera istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, roma, italy abstract the possible role played by parameters linked to the expanding earth on the effects we observe in the orbital motion of the artificial satellites is discussed here. the important result in this short note is the discrimination between the reality of the glacial rebound process and/or the relaxation of the 100 m excess of equatorial bulge testified by the high rate of , and the improbable role that glacial rebound can have in driving pm and tpw. it is recommended that the new technology of drag-free satellites be used (gravity-probe b is the first step) to reveal possible residual orbital parameter variations ascribable to formerly unrecognized fictitious drag terms due to earth radial increase. j2o mailing address: dr. giancarlo scalera, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, via di vigna murata 605, 00143 roma, italy; e-mail: scalera@ingv.it 820 giancarlo scalera from the precession of the artificial satellites’ orbits. if an equatorial bulge is present, the satellites experience a perturbing force that acts trying to transform the orbits to equatorial ones. but the reaction of the orbit is to precess and a retrogradation of the ascending node is observed. the retrogradation rate is not constant but because the earth is moving toward a more spherical shape (due at least to the tidal deceleration and glacial rebound), the distance between two successive nodes is a series of values converging to zero – in the limit of a perfect spherical earth and without considering the apparent drift of the node due to the tidal slowing down of the earth and all the other earth spin irregularities. measuring this deceleration of the node, , it is possible to evaluate using the following formula (kaula, 1966; caputo, 1967), neglecting higher order small terms and recalling that jl = = (with the harmonic expansion coefficients) (2.1) with and as = satellite’s semimajor axis; e = orbit eccentricity; i = orbit inclination; n0 = mean motion; r= =earth radius. with the value of i=109.9° for lageos the node velocity is greater than zero and directed eastward. in this first order approximation the satellite’s semimajor axis is assumed constant and in the following considerations its variations will be assumed as caused only by the several types of drag affecting the satellites’ orbits. if we define , and then we can write (2.2) and then – in the classical way of evaluating – the j2 variation is and also finally holds. ==c c j j20 20 2 2 ω ωo o p o ω$k$p=j=2 2j t2 2 o p ( ) cos j i n e r a p g m r a p k 3 2 1 s s 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 7 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ = = = = ω ω ωo o o b l k g m r as 2 2 1 2 1 2 7 $ $ $= cos p i3 2 2 = ( )e2 1 n t a gm2 s 0 3/ = π ( ) cos t e i n a r j 2 1 3 s 2 2 0 2 2 $ 2 2 = = ω ωo b l cl0l c2 1 l0$+ j2o ωp while in (2.2) the parameter p can be considered constant, the value of k is affected at least by satellite altitude decay due to different types of drag – atmospheric drag, solar radiation drag, albedo, etc. – which are properly taken into account in the computations of j2 variation that are commonly found in literature (milani et al., 1987). it is evident in the above classic elaboration (2.1) and (2.2) that no possibility is envisaged for secular variation of m, g, and r – all contained in k. but this is not the case if an expanding earth with increasing mass and/or g is assumed. if the time variations of g, m, and r are not neglected, it is easy to see that differentiating eq. (2.2), the expression for can be written or (2.3a) which can also be rearranged . (2.3b) from this last expression (2.3b) it is more clear that the astronomically observable quantity is not determined only by – apart from the satellite decay – but it is also under the influence of variations of g, m and r. other factors can produce the total amount of and then there exists the possibility that the value of is in some amount incorrectly estimated because quotas of the observed are not distributed to the other addends of the right side of (2.3b). 3. discussion let us examine the typical values that can be assigned to and to the five addends which appear in the righthand side of the expression (2.3b), listed in table i. now it can be considered: i) among the mechanical causes of the decreasing polar flatness of the earth the isostatic glacial rebound is today considered a main /ω ωp o ωp j/j2 2o ωp /aas so j/j2 2o ωp j j g g m m r r a a 2 1 2 1 2 2 7 s s 2 2= + + + ω ω o p o o o o o j j g g m m r r a a 2 1 2 1 2 2 7 s s 2 2 = + ω ωo o p o o o o $ω$k$p=j g g m m r r a a 2 1 2 1 2 2 7 s s 2 + ω ωo o o p o o o o d n j2o 821 are artificial satellites orbits influenced by an expanding earth? cause, but recently some doubts have been raised – on geologic and geomorphologic basis – about the real cause of the uplift of the fennoscandian mountains (not due to deglaciation) (lidmarbergström et al., 2000). ii) different causes – linked to expanding earth – can be envisaged on the origin of the polar motion (scalera, 2002, 2003a,c, 2006). polar motion was formerly explained as being due to the deglaciation of an irregularly distributed ice cap (peltier, 1976, 1981; sabadini et al., 1982, 1983; peltier and jiang, 1996) (also this irregularity has been criticized: the main difficulty in this view is the estimation of the extensions and thickness of the paleo-icecap on canadian and siberian shields respectively. see clark et al., 2001), but this phenomenon is incapable of explaining pm during the deep geological time (true polar table i. typical values that can be assigned to and to the five addends which appear in the right hand side of the expression (2.3b). kind quantity value comment observed 3.3⋅10–8 if = − 15 marcs/yr2 (based on llr modelling of ut1) (other elaborations of observational data span from − 10 marcs/yr2 by rubincam to − 18 marcs/yr2 based on bih modelling of ut1; see yoder et al., 1983). considering orbital parameters for lageos: – period = 3.758 h; – semimajor axis = a = 12270 km; – eccentricity = e = 0.004; – inclination = i = 109.94°; – equatorial node period = 1046 days. actual value j2 0.00108263 estimated value −2.8⋅10–11 two order of magnitude higher than the expected value. expected value –5.5⋅10–13 expected value taking into account only the decreasing flatness due to the increasing lod (varga, 2002). estimated value –2.6⋅10–8 expected value –5.1⋅10–10 taking only the value coming from the slowing down of the earth spin. neglecting the isostatic glacial rebound contribution. upper limit –10–9÷ –10–10 while precise orbital estimates provide a value of −10–11 (wesson, 1978; müller, 1991), these estimates do not consider the possibility of a variation of the involved masses and consequent compensations in the searched effects. upper limit 10–9 from geological records of heap of uncemented materials (mann and kanagy, 1990; scalera, 2003b), and from palaeogeography linked to secular polar motion (scalera, 2003a,c, 2006). reasonable value 0.8⋅10–10 if =0.5 mm/yr from considerations on an actual low tectonic activity in the recent, following the map of the spreading rates in the geologic time (müller et al., 1997; mcelhinny and mcfadden, 2000). mean value 2.4⋅10–9 if =1.5 cm/yr from palaeogeography on a geologic time window of 220 myr from triassic to recent (scalera, 2001, 2003c). typical value −3.8⋅10–8 if = −1.3 mm/day ≅ − 47 cm/yr.aso/a as so ro/r ro ro/r ro /m mo /g go /j j2 2o /j j2 2o j2o j2o ωp/ω ωp o /ω ωp o 822 giancarlo scalera wander lasts hundreds of myr and cannot be sustained by a glacial rebound that lasts a few myr or a fraction of a myr). iii) the absurd situation is that the same phenomenon, pm and tpw (tpw should be considered the prolongation of pm in the geological past), is explained today in two different ways, in the recent as due to glacial rebound and before recent attributed to the convective motions in the mantle. keeping in mind that the equalities i will write below cannot be perfect – because this is a first order analysis and serves only to make general considerations – i attempt heuristically to neglect completely the glacial rebound contribute with the aim to make evident other possible contributions to the anomalous high value of node deceleration, writing in (3.1b) only the expected value of the addend , and assigning arbitrarily a rate of radius increase of 0.5 mm/yr (3.1a) (3.1b) or, in the case of a rate of radius increase of 1.5 cm/yr (the average rate determined by paleogeography on a triassic-recent time window; scalera, 2001, 2003c) (3.1c) from (3.1c) it is possible to become aware that the dominant term is the last one, the drag term, which produces an acceleration of the node, and that the m and r – if both increasing – reinforce this accelerating effect. it is to be noted that what is really observed is acceleration, because of the dominant effect of the spiralling of the satellites down to lower altitudes where the effect of the equatorial bulge is stronger. the observed value of the nodal deceleration has to be corrected by adding the term of acceleration coming from drag effects. +10$ 10. .10 3 8+ + $ $$ 10 .2 4 10 $= $ $ 2 . j j 3 3 2 1 2 1 2 7 8 2 2 9 9 9 8 -+ o + 10 10 .3 8+ $ $ $ 10 + $ 10$.0 8 =10 $ 10 $ 2 j j 2 1 2 1 2 7 8 2 2 9 9 8 .3 3 + o j j g g m m r r a a 2 1 2 1 2 2 7 2 2= + + + ω ω o p o o o o o j/j2 2o 4. conclusions from the above considerations and from an examination of the magnitude orders of the quantities in (3.1b) and (3.1c) it can be concluded: i) only several centimetres of annual radius increase can have a non-negligible effect on the total of the summation (3.1a). indeed, from the global palaeogeography, the mean rate on the geological time window triassic-recent, nearly 220 myr, is ≅1.5 cm/yr (scalera, 2001, 2003c), and this value does not seem sufficient to have important effects on the (3.1a) balance, remaining the relative addendum one order of magnitude below the required 10–8. due to the low rate of the present global tectonic activity (map of the oceans expansion rate in: müller et al. 1997; mcelhinny and mcfadden, 2000) we should expect a rate in the recent in the order of a few millimetres. moreover the effect of an increasing radius can only be an increase of the velocity of the node (acceleration), while a deceleration is the reality. consequently, a role of increasing radius in forming the observed value of the node deceleration can be excluded. ii) the glacial rebound seems to be the real phenomenon capable of causing the ongoing higher than expected decreasing of the earth’s flatness, but additional contributions to j2 variations, impossible at present to be separated, can come from the relaxation of the well known excess of equatorial bulge (caputo, 1965, 1967; alessandrini and papi, 1987; alessandrini, 1989), and from variations in the distribution of the earth’s waters – also underground water – (dickey et al., 1999; rodell and famiglietti, 1999; grace project). iii) we can continue to consider polar motion (and true polar wander) and decreasing earth’s flatness as independent phenomena. indeed both the following statements can hold: 1) pm-tpw can be driven – with a common explanation – by causes linked to an expansion of the earth (scalera, 2002, 2003c, 2006); 2) ice cap melting can easily explain the decreasing flatness of the earth, but only using complicated modelling can it provide an explanation of pm – that however cannot be prolonged into the deep geological time to explain tpw. thus polar ice caps melting is a suspicious explanation 823 are artificial satellites orbits influenced by an expanding earth? of pm because it produces a lack of unitary cause for clearly identical phenomena. iv) ice cap melting is also a suspicious cause of uplift of mountains because geological and geomorphological clues indicate different causes, eventually analogous to the causes of uplift of mountains at latitude far from the glacial circle parallel (lidmar-bergström et al., 2000; ollier, 2006). v) a decreasing g gives an addend in ((3.1a) to (3.1c)) that can contribute only a minute term – in the order of 10–9 or less (olive and qian, 2004) – to the summation. the same holds for an increasing planetary mass, but with the same unfavourable trend (node acceleration instead of deceleration) as the increasing radius. then g and m play an irrelevant role in this problem and an expansion of the earth, whether due to inner changes of phases or to an increase in mass by an unknown cosmological process, cannot be distinguished by present artificial satellite technology. vi) finally, we may consider the improbable possibility that the increasing earth radius could episodically reach a rate able to produce an acceleration of the node nearly equal to the mean deceleration – a situation of absence of deceleration really observed in the twenty-five years of data (1979-2003) in the four years time window 19972001 and still unexplained (cazenave and nerem, 2002; cox and chao, 2002). to produce a similar total compensation the radius time gradient should be of several cm/yr, which i think may be resolved without ambiguity from astrogeodetic global baseline measurement techniques (vlbi, gps, ...). moreover an episodic radius variation should not be compensated, as that concerns consequences on global angular moment, by deep earth material ongoing differentiation, which is a different and independent process. then we would have to expect a strong effect on lod that has not been observed. vii) the problem of the difficulty in separating the global expansion, with its effect of an increasing radius on the equator, and the glacial isostatic rebound and/or relaxation of the ≅100m excess of equatorial bulge (caputo, 1965, 1967; alessandrini and papi, 1987; alessandrini, 1989) with their effect of a decreasing equatorial radius, is still open (scalera, 2003c). viii) the problem of a precise separation of the drag driven orbital decay from the global uplift of the earth surface (global expansion) is not resolvable at present. the annual rate of radius increase is only from 1/10 (a few centimetres, too optimistic) to 1/100 (a few millimetres, more realistic) of the annual orbit decay (several tens of centimetres). thus variation of the radius, of g and of m can be easily contained in the decay as a small additional unrecognized term. the only way to detect the non-classic parameters variation rate in the satellites’ orbits is to eliminate all sources of drag. in this light, the new experimental development of gravity probe b (anonymous, 2005), which – besides the investigation of minute relativistic effects – may be the first example of an orbiting mass shielded from the causes of drag, promising to open a new epoch in global positioning satellite geodesy. acknowledgements my gratitude and thanks to dr. matt edwards and prof. michele caputo, who provided invaluable suggestions for the improvement of this short note. references alessandrini, b. (1989): the hydrostatic equilibrium figure of the earth: an iterative approach, pepi, 54, 180-192. alessandrini, b. and g.m. papi (1987): the shape of a planet in hydrostatic equilibrium: an application to the earth, nuovo cimento, 10c (4), 349-363. anonymous (2005): gravity probe b – testing einstein’s universe, nasa facts, february 2005, 1-6. beekman, g. (2006): i.o. yarkovsky and the discovery of ‘his’ effect, j. hist. astron., xxxvii, 71-86. caputo, m. (1965): the minimum strenght of the earth. j. geophys. res., 70 (4), 955-963. caputo, m. (1967): the gravity field of the earth (academic press, new york), pp. 198. cazenave, a. and r.s. nerem (2002): redistributing earth’s mass, science, 297, 783-784. clark, p.u., a.c. mix and e. bard (2001): ice sheets and sea level of the last glacial maximum, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 82 (22), 241-247. cox, c.m. and b.f. chao, (2002): detection of a largescale mass redistribution in the terrestrial system since 1998, science, 297, 831-833. dickey, j.o., c. bentley, r. bilham, j.a. carton, r.j. eanes, t.a. herring, w.a. kaula, g.s.e. lager824 giancarlo scalera loef, s. rojstaczer, w.h.f. smith, h.m. van den dool, j.m. waher and m.t. zuber (1999): gravity and hydrosphere: new frontier, hydrol. sci. j., 44 (3) 407-415. edwards, m.r. (editor) (2002): pushing gravity – new perspectives on le sage’s theory of gravitation (apeiron – c. roy keys inc., montreal, canada), pp. 316. hilgenberg, o.c. (1929): das rätsel gravitation gelöst (solution to the mystery of gravitation) (kassel), pp. 14. hilgenberg, o.c. (1931): über gravitation, tromben und wellen in bewegten medien (on gravitation, vortices and waves in moving bodies), (berlin), pp. 78. hilgenberg, o.c. (1933): vom wachsenden erdball (the expanding earth) (giessmann & bartsch, berlin), pp. 56. kaula, w.m. (1966): theory of satellite geodesy – applications of satellites to geodesy (braisdell publ. company, waltham, reprinted by dover publ. inc. 2000), pp. 124. kaula, w.m. (1983): the changing shape of the earth, nature, 303, 756-756. lidmar-bergström, k., c.d. ollier and j.r. sulebak (2000): landforms and uplift history of southern norway, global planet. change, 24, 211-231. mann, c.j. and s.p. kanagy (1990): angles of repose that exceed modern angles, geology, 18, 358-361. mcelhinny, m.w. and p.l. mcfadden (2000): paleomagnetism, continents and oceans (academic press, new york), pp. 380. milani, a., a.m. nobili and p. farinella (1987): non-gravitational perturbations and satellite geodesy (adam hilger, bristol), pp. 125. müller, j. (1991): analyse von lasermessungen zum mond im rahmen einer post-newton’schen theorie – dissertationen (deutsche geodätische kommission, münchen), pp. 132. müller, r.d., w.r. roest, j.y. royer, l.m. gahagan and j.g. sclater (1997): digital isochrons of the world’s ocean floor, j. geophys. res., 102, 3211-3214. olive, k.a. and y.-z. qian (2004): were fundamental constants different in the past?, physics today, 57 (10), 40-45. ollier, c. (2006): mountain uplift, climate and isostasy, new concepts in global tectonics newsletter, 40, 14-17. peltier, w.r. (1976): glacial isostatic adjustment, 2. the inverse problem, geophys. j. r. astron. soc., 46, 669-705. peltier, w.r. (1981): ice age geodynamics, ann.rev. earth planet. sci., 9, 199-225. peltier,w.r. and x. jiang (1996): glacial isostatic adjustment and earth rotation: refined constraints on the viscosity of the deepest mantle, j. geophys. res., 101, 3269-3290. rodell, m. and j.s. famiglietti (1999): detectability of variations in continental water storage from satellite observations of the time dependent gravity field, water resour. res., 35 (9), 2705-2723. sabadini, r., d.a.yuen and e. boschi (1982): polar wandering and the forced responses of a rotating, multilayered, viscoelastic planet, j. geophys. res., 87, 2885-2903. sabadini, r., d.a. yuen and e. boschi (1983): dynamic effects from mantle phase transitions on true polar wander during ice ages, nature, 303, 694-696. scalera, g. (1993a): a model of the evolution of the trencharc-backarc zones without subduction, eos, trans., am. geophys. un., 74 (43), 647. scalera, g. (1993b): non-chaotic emplacements of trench-arc zones in the pacific hemisphere, ann. geofis., xxxvi (5-6), 47-53. scalera, g. (1994): earth complexity versus plate tectonic simplicity, in frontiers of fundamental physics edited by m. barone and f. selleri (plenum press, new york), 257-273. scalera, g. (1997): the relation among seismic activity, volcanic rock emplacement and bouguer anomalies in italy, natural hazards, 15, 165-181. scalera, g. (1998): paleogeographical reconstructions compatible with earth dilatation. ann. geofis., 41 (5-6), 819825. scalera, g. (2001): the global paleogeographical reconstruction of the triassic in the earth’s dilatation framework and the paleoposition of india, ann. geofis., 44 (1), 13-32. scalera, g. (2002): possible relations among expanding earth, tpw and polar motion, in proceedings international symposium on new concepts in global tectonics, edited by l. maslov, may 2002, la junta, colorado (otero junior college press, la junta), 37-50. scalera, g. (2003a): relations among expanding earth, tpw and polar motion, in atti del 20° convegno nazionale gngts (proceedings 20th national meeting of the national group geophysics of solid earth) edited by d. slejko, 6-8 november 2001, roma, (cnr-ogs, roma), (on cd-rom). scalera, g. (2003b): gravity and expanding earth, in atti del 20° convegno nazionale gngts (proceedings 20th national meeting of the national group geophysics of solid earth) edited by d. slejko, 6-8 november 2001, rome, (cnr-ogs, roma), (on cd-rom). scalera, g. (2003c): the expanding earth: a sound idea for the new millennium, in ‘why expanding earth? a book in honour of ott christoph hilgenberg’, proceedings of the 3rd lautenthaler montanistisches colloquium, edited by g. scalera and k.-h. jacob, mining industry museum, lautenthal (germany), may 26, 2001, (ingv, rome), 181-232. scalera, g. (2006): tpw and polar motion as due to an asymmetrical earth expansion, ann. geophysics, 49 (suppl. to no. 1), 483-500. varga, p. (2002): geophysical geodesy beyond 2000, in quo vadis geodesia ...?, edited by f. krumm and v.s. schwarze, tech. rep. dep. geodesy geoinf. no.199 (university of stuttgart, germany), 487-496. wesson, p.s. (1978): cosmology and geophysics (hilger/ oxford university press, new york), pp. 240. yoder, c.f., j.g. williams, j.o. dickey, b.e. schutz, r.j. eanes and b.d. tapley (1983): secular variation of earth’s gravitational harmonic j2 coefficient from lageos and nontidal acceleration of the earth rotation, nature, 303, 757-762. yarkovski, j. (1888): hypotèse cinétique de la gravitation universelle en connexion avec la formation des éléments chimiques (kinetic hypothesis of the universal gravitation and its connection with the formation of chemical elements), (chez l’auteur, moscou), pp.139 (in french). microsoft word 7420-17766-1-ed_nurmi_ag-rev daniela.doc annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7420 1 green mining a holistic concept for sustainable and acceptable mineral production pekka a. nurmi geological survey of finland, espoo, finland pekka.nurmi@gtk.fi abstract mining has become increasingly difficult for societal and environmental reasons all over the world. there is an increasing competition with other land uses, and water and energy are scarce in many important mining regions. people are not ready to radically reduce the use of mineral-based products, but increasingly oppose mining. the industry faces major challenges to improve its performance and image. the green mining concept (gm) was developed as a major tool to make finland the forerunner in sustainable mining. it promotes material, water, and energy efficiency to reduce the environmental footprint of mineral-based product life cycles. gm allows the recovery of all useful minerals and minimises mining waste. gm aims to ensure the availability of mineral resources for future generations, which requires long-term investment in mineral exploration supported by geoscientific mapping, mineral systems research and the development of exploration techniques. an important goal of gm is to minimise adverse environmental and social impacts in all stages of the operations, and to maximise local benefits. gm helps to organise the operations in such a way that they are safe and meaningful to employees, and harmless for local residents and the environment. after mine closure, gm helps to restore the mining areas to make them safe and preferably to allow other types of land use. the broadbased participation of local residents and other stakeholders is crucial throughout the mining life cycle, from early exploration to mine closure. societies, governments, and investors should not tolerate unsustainable mining companies in the future. the mining industry has to solve increasing social, ecological and technical problems of the future by applying holistic concepts, such as the green mining concept, if they hope to earn the social license to operate. 1. introduction lobalization, the growth of the middle class in most developing economies, and the rapid development of technologies have created growing interest in mineral resources. according to the united nations, the world’s population will rise to 9 billion and 3 billion new people will move to cities by 2050 (united nations, 2012). the total consumption of metals will definitely be higher in the future due to the increasing global population and numbers of middle-class people, although consumption per capita will be lower because of improved resource efficiency, recycling, better product design, and substitution of traditional metals by new materials (world economic forum, 2015). economic mineral deposits are very special rock types that are rare and typically small occurrences within earth’s crust. the formation of economic mineral deposits is governed by complex processes, and their occurrences are typically controlled by large-scale structures and characteristic geological formations. the mining of minerals and their use in downstream industries or as final products largely take place in different continents and countries. for example, eu member countries consume 20-30% of the metals produced globally, but metal mine production within the eu accounts only for a few per cent of global production and many metals are not produced at all (brown et al., 2016). on the other hand, minerals-based industries are of crucial importance for the eu. the combined annual economic effect of the construction, chemical, automobile, aeroplane, machinery and equipment-manufacturing industries is about 1,300 billion euros, and they provide employment for 30 million people (tiess, 2010). g annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7420 2 resource efficiency will reduce dependency on primary minerals, but eu industries will remain vulnerable to disruptions in the metal supply and to market volatility for many decades to come. thus, one of the challenges for the sustainability of the raw material supply chain in europe is to enhance domestic production of not only the critical metals but also the traditional ferrous and base metals (nurmi and mólnar, 2014). the eu has reacted to the situation by launching the raw materials initiative (european commission, 2008) and by listing the critical minerals (european commission, 2014), which are particularly important for the industries and have potentially uncertain availability due to their concentrated production in certain countries, such as rare earth elements in china or cobalt in the democratic republic of congo (nansai et al., 2014). most people are actively seeking a better standard of living and a modern life style, and they are not therefore ready to radically reduce their consumption. despite this, many are increasingly opposed to mining activities in or near their communities, or within environmentally vulnerable areas, such as the arctic region. many people seem to have little or no understanding of the role of minerals in their urban-style everyday life, or that mining is the only way to obtain the minerals necessary for making all the infrastructure and wanted goods. anti-mining groups can be globally organised or locally active. they are typically driven by ideological enthusiasm. they are well organized and have good visibility, partly due to their good social media skills. people also increasingly oppose mineral exploration, and it is very difficult to make the difference understood between exploration projects, which can operate over large areas, cause very low impacts and which seldom lead to mining operations, and mining itself, which may cause high impacts but in small areas. the mining industry has a poor image. it is based mainly on past mistakes and neglecting the voice of local communities, or on various more recent conflicts and severe accidents that have gained global visibility. although most mines operate in a sustainable way and the industry has improved, in general, the failures can be actively used as examples to hinder new mine development in any area. the mining industry as a worldwide entity has also failed to eliminate ongoing problems with pollution and human-rights abuses (e.g., conflict minerals, working conditions in artisanal mines, etc.), or to mitigate the problems of past mining activities that remain with us today. public scepticism of mining is rooted in this reality. 2. challenges for the mining industry the mining industry is facing multiple problems (pricewaterhousecoopers international, 2013), which makes the long-term planning of sustainable mineral production and prediction of the availability of various commodities a difficult task for individual companies, nations or globally (ali et al., 2017). geology defines the occurrence of ore deposits. most traditional mining regions have been explored and mined for decades, and the remaining ore bodies are located deeper in the earth’s crust, making exploration expensive and discoveries much more difficult. geologists have to go to new areas, which are located in remote regions with a less developed infrastructure and more difficult working conditions. new deposits, moreover, tend to be of lower grade and/or more difficult to process. decision making in connection with exploration investments is never based solely on the geological potential, but takes into account numerous other issues. land access and the legal framework are critical factors for the minerals industry. competition with other land use purposes (such as agriculture, the conservation of natural or historical landscapes, infrastructural building) are causing increasing hurdles for mineral exploration. there is a threat that only limited areas will be available for mineral exploration surveys in the future. mine development is also becoming increasingly difficult for societal and environmental reasons. there is increasing competition with other interests in society, such as biological diversity, tourism, and recreation. tightening laws and regulations will make future mining more difficult in many countries. in some regions, it is impossible to find enough energy and water, and it may be difficult to find feasible means of transport. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7420 3 the mining industry seems to have lost much of its attractiveness among younger generation. it has an image of an old fashioned, polluting and dangerous business. for example, many universities ended their mining-related curricula in the 1990s, and now it is difficult to rebuild them due to the lack of competent teaching personnel and reduced appeal among young students. the mining industry needs long-term planning, requires adequate capital and includes high risks. successful mineral exploration is the basis for sustainable mining. exploration needs high-risk investment in projects that only seldom lead to economic discoveries. the time needed to bring a new deposit into production from the start of the exploration project can easily be 10 to 15 years. commodity prices are highly volatile, and during the operation time of a major mine there are many ups and downs. one of the difficulties is the timing of the initial investment to be able to turn the cash flow positive within the first few years. few companies are willing to invest during a low commodity price cycle. mine building typically takes several years, and investment during the peak may mean that at the start of production the good times could be over for multiple years. the use of many critical minerals changes with time and technological development, which makes long-term investments risky in the hi-tech commodities sector. investors also feel a threat from the strengthening demands of resource nationalism. mining is a global business, and in many countries foreign companies are involved in exploring and developing mines. people are asking about the benefits to their country and local communities. operating rules and conditions in an area might change in unpredictable ways because of a new legal framework, taxation regime or, in the worst case, due to a national takeover. 3. the green mining concept finland’s green mining concept was developed in 2011 as a major tool to make finland the forerunner in sustainable mining (nurmi and wiklund, 2012). this concept is based on five pillars (fig. 1). promoting materials and energy efficiency green mining promotes materials and energy efficiency, which reduces the environmental footprint of mineral-based product life cycles. methods that save energy and materials in mining and the enrichment of minerals have to be developed. the purpose of these new solutions is to allow the recovery of all useful minerals and byproducts, and to minimise the amount of waste. solutions for reducing water and energy consumption are being developed. in order to achieve a result that is best for the entire mining operation, there needs to be a reliable way of measuring the material and energy efficiency and the environmental footprint during the life cycle. the lifespan of many mineral-based products is long and commodities are recyclable in most applications. therefore, once produced, metals and minerals remain available for future generations, and sustainable societies will create effective mechanisms for recycling and reducing the growing need for primary resources. ensuring the availability of mineral resources for the future mineral raw materials are unevenly distributed across the earth and concentrated in small volumes of the crust through distinct geological processes. mineral deposits as such are nonrenewable and ore reserves at existing metal mines are finite. continuously increasing demand for mineral resources will exhaust most existing mines within the next few decades, although many mines will have a much longer lifetime than can be estimated according to present ore reserves. green mining aims to ensure the availability of figure 1: the green mining concept of finland. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7420 4 mineral resources for the future. sustainable development requires that our current use of mineral resources does not endanger the ability of future generations to satisfy their needs. in order to ensure the availability of mineral resources for future needs and to fulfil the so-called “mineral debt”, we must continue geoscientific mapping and research, and invest in mineral exploration. the development of exploration, mining and processing techniques is also needed to be able to discover and use new types of deposits. exploration surveys for economic minerals should be performed in such a way that their impacts on the environment and surrounding societies remain minimal. societal judgment of contrasting land use purposes and a decision on possible mine development cannot be made in a balanced way without detailed knowledge of the reserves in an area or the feasibility of the mineral deposit. minimising adverse environmental and social impacts mining operations always impact on the natural environment, economy and social structure of the region. the goal of green mining is to minimise the adverse environmental and social impacts in all stages of the operations. at the same time, the operations strive to maximise social and local benefits. minimising the adverse environmental impacts requires the development of better control and measurement methods that take into consideration the special characteristics of mining operations and the local natural conditions. maximising the societal, economic and cultural impacts in a sustainable way requires research, communication and methods that allow broadbased community participation. participation is especially important at the regional level, because this allows the corporate social responsibility of the mines to be executed in the best possible way. an important question concerns the sharing of benefits. green mining aims at the fair sharing of benefits. all stakeholders must benefit from mining, and the industry should create a long-term positive impact on regional development. improving work and organisational practises mining takes place in harsh conditions, often underground, employing heavy machinery and a variety of chemicals and explosives, which always involves potential safety hazards. work must be organised in such a way that it is safe and meaningful to employees. this can be achieved by automating processes and making them more efficient, as well as by developing new practices and working methods in cooperation with the entire staff. the need for strict health and safety standards and practices is self-evident, as well as education aiming at a good working culture. occupational safety aiming at zero accidents is an important starting point in all development. operations must also be safe for local residents and the environment. increasing automation and the development of technologies helps to reduce the need for a workforce and will improve safety. the mining organisation will become lighter and most operations will be executed in mines and enrichment plants using remote control. ensuring sustainable land use following mine closure the operating time for individual mines can be over a hundred years, but is always limited. after this, the mining areas must be restored to make them safe and allow other kinds of land use. planning of the controlled ending of mining operations and the proper measures for achieving this is started well before the commencement of mining operations, and is developed throughout the project’s life cycle with the broad-based participation of local residents and other stakeholders. closure of a mine also requires functional and tested technical and scientific methods, so that the quarries, waste areas and other infrastructure can be restored in a way that allows further sustainable use of the area according to the plans. the costs of reclamation must be factored into the commodity cost, and funds to accomplish reclamation must be set aside. finland’s green mining programme many companies, nations and international organizations plan, finance and systematically develop technologies and practices for resource efficiency. a good example is the circular annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7420 5 economy initiative by the eu, and the various project calls in its horizon 2020 programme. in finland, following the suggestions of finland's mineral strategy (anonymous, 2010), the finnish fund for innovation launched the green mining r&d&i program (gmp) in 2011. the gmp was a comprehensive approach to green mining. it targeted technologies and service innovations and new businesses that bring together value networks of small and medium-sized companies, research institutes and universities in finland and globally. following the slogan “finland, a leader in green mining 2020,” this five-year gmp turned out to be a trigger for development in all green mining areas. gmp employed international networking and drew on the best international practices. gmp (operated in 2011–2016) had a budget of €115 million and included 98 projects performed by 175 partners from large and sme sector industry and service companies, research institutes and universities in finland and globally (tekes, 2016). the projects aimed at creating improvements in all areas of the green mining concept. the results and new innovations include resource efficient processing, water issues, waste problems, exploration techniques, social issues, improved measurement techniques, and new service and organizational practices (tekes, 2016). the full impact of the results will be seen in the future. 4. discussion mining of primary minerals will grow for at least several decades to come. a powerful circular economy is inevitable, but it cannot alone solve the growing mineral needs of billions of new urban people, and new technologies. the economy, society, energy, infrastructure, transportation and materials will look very different in the latter half of the 21st century compared to the present. metal consumption per capita will decrease, but global consumption will increase due to the growing population and numbers of middle-class people (world economic forum, 2015). therefore, the mining and metals industry will have a significant role to play in future societies (ali et al., 2017). future manufacturing will pay special attention to product design, which will allow effective recycling of all commodities. technological development will allow the substitution of some critical metals by other compounds. on the other hand, rapid technological development and new innovations will require new raw materials for the next generation low-carbon, hitech society, which makes it very difficult to forecast the future critical elements (vidal et al., 2013). therefore, it is impossible to estimate in detail the global needs for various mineral raw materials of the next generations. the availability of commodities is controlled not only by geological accessibility, but increasingly by the availability of water and energy, and by social constraints, politics, legislation and environmental regulations. gamechanging technological innovations for exploration and extraction are needed. many of the future intelligent mines will be based on safe robotics, digital technologies and safe automatic processes; they will use less energy and water, and will employ the concepts of zero waste and zero accidents. thus far, the majority of mining operations have used resources at or near the surface. a major challenge for future mineral production is the increasing difficulty of ore discovery. deep-seated deposits remain largely unknown and it is likely that many of the remaining undiscovered deposits are located deep in the crust, under thick overburden or water, or in remote or sensitive places, such as the arctic regions. better geological knowledge, including mapping, geophysics and mineral systems understanding, will have crucial importance for sustainable raw materials management. long-term investment in geoscientific mapping and research is the basis for mineral exploration, and is essential to ensure a sufficient supply of economic minerals for the future. some studies demonstrate that considerable resources of economic minerals remain undiscovered (herrington, 2013; singer, 2017). future mining will increasingly involve deep underground operations (e.g., sahu et al., 2015), but it will be difficult to find and economically extract all the commodities needed by future communities from deep in the crust, and large, low-grade, open-pit deposits cannot annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7420 6 be avoided. in the far future, the global resources base may be supplemented by resources from new frontiers, such as the oceans, seafloor and/or extra-terrestrial sources. companies need to improve stakeholder relationships and partnerships with a commitment to delivering shared value to industry, governments and communities. challenges in converting natural resource wealth into sustainable economic growth and the long-term development of mining regions have to be solved. in various countries, voices of resource nationalism are strengthening, demanding special mining taxes or domestic, often public involvement in the mining business. people also want limits for foreign ownership, and mandated beneficiation and export levies. the mining industry has largely failed to convince people of its necessity for future development. societies, governments and investors will not tolerate unsustainable mining companies in the future. the mining industry has to solve the increasing social, ecological and technical problems by applying holistic concepts, such as the green mining concept, to earn the social license to operate. acknowledgments i thank my numerous colleagues at the geological survey of finland, other institutes, universities and companies for successful co-operation in developing the green mining concept, and implementing it in numerous projects. i also thank vince cronin and giuseppe di capua for their constructive comments and helpful suggestions which helped me to improve the manuscript. references ali s.h., giurco d., arndt n., nickless e., brown g., demetriades a., durrheim r., enriquez m.a., kinnaird j., littleboy a., meinert l.d., oberhänsli r., salem j., schodde r., schneider g., vidal o. and yakovleva n. (2017). mineral supply for sustainable development requires resource governance. nature 543, 367-372. anonymous (2010). finland’s minerals strategy. geol. surv. finland. available online at http://projects.gtk.fi/export/ sites/projects/mineraalistrategia/documen ts/finlandsmineralsstrategy_2.pdf, last accessed 21 february 2017. brown t.j., hobbs s.f., idoine n.e., mills a.j., wrighton c.e. and raycraft e.r. (2016). european mineral statistics 2010-2014. british geol. surv., keyworth, nottingham, 378 p. european commission (2008). the raw materials initiative — meeting our critical needs for growth and jobs in europe. com (2008) 699, 14 p. available online at http://eurlex.europa.eu/lexuriserv/lexuriserv.do? uri=com:2008:0699:fin:en:pdf, last accessed 15 february 2017. european commission (2014). report on critical raw materials for the eu. available online at http://www.catalysiscluster.eu/ wp/wpcontent/uploads/2015/05/2014_cr itical-raw-materials-for-the-eu-2014.pdf. accessed 14 march 2017, last accessed 15 february 2017. herrington r. (2013). road map to mineral supply. nature geoscience 6, 892–894. nansai k., nakajima k., kagawa s., kondo y., suh s., shigetomi y. and oshita y. (2014). global flows of critical metals necessary for low-carbon technologies: the case of neodymium, cobalt, and platinum. environ. sci. technol., 48 (3), pp 1391–1400. nurmi p.a. and wiklund m.l. (2012). finland is developing green mining. géosciences 2012: 15, 36-41. nurmi p.a., molnár f. (2014). the future of metal minerals mining in the eu. european geologist 37: 12-19. pricewaterhousecoopers international (2013). mine – a confidence crisis. review of global trends in the mining industry – 2013, 59 p. available online at http://www.pwc.com/ en_gx/gx/mining/publications/assets/p wc-mine-a-confidence-crisis.pdf, last accessed 14 march 2017. sahu h.b., prakash n. and jayanthu s. (2015). underground mining for meeting environmental concerns – a strategic approach for sustainable mining in future. procedia earth and planetary science 11, 232 – 241. singer d.a. (2017). future copper resources. ore geol. rev. 86, 271–279. tekes (2016). green mining results of the tekes programme 2011-2016. available online at http://finlandinnovation.fi/ greenmining/, last accessed 10 march 2017. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7420 7 tiess, g. (2010). minerals policy in europe: some recent developments. resources policy 35, 190-198. united nations (2012). world urbanization prospects: the 2011 revision. united nations publication, st/esa/ser.a/322. united nations, new york, 302 p. vidal o., goffé b. and arndt n. (2013). metals for a low-carbon society. nature geoscience 6, 894–896. world economic forum (2015). mining and metals in a sustainable world. available online at http://www3.weforum.org/docs/wef_m m_sustainable_world_2050_report_2015.pd faccessed 15 march 2017 , last accessed 15 february 2017. miscellanea 609 annals of geophysics, vol. 51, n. 4 august 2008 key words solar cycle variation – single station model – geomagnetic index – monthly median fof2 1. introduction among ionospheric characteristic parameters, the critical frequency of the f region, fof2 is one of the most important ones. over decades, great efforts have been made to study the statistical model of fof2. an excellent review of many available models has been presented recently by bilitza (2002) and zolesi and cander (2000). among these models, the international reference ionosphere (iri) model, a global statistic model, is most widely used, and is recognized as the standard specification of ionospheric parameters by the committee on space research (cospar) and the international union of radio science (ursi). however, many research workers have developed the single-station model (ssm) for a particular station (moraitis et al., 1991; sizun, 1991; dick and bradley, 1992; kouris et al., 1993; pancheva and mukhtarov, 1998; liu et al., 2004). the basic advantages of the ssm are: i) more accurate results for a particular ionosonde station than the global one, a single-station spectral model of the monthly median fof2 over chongqing, china tong xu (1), zhensen wu (1) , jian wu (2), guohui wei (3) and jian feng (4) (1) school of science, xidian university, xi’an, china (2) national key laboratory of electromagnetic environment, china research institute of radiowave propagation, beijing, china (3) school of science, southwest petroleum university, chengdu, china (4) china research institute of radiowave propagation, qingdao, china abstract hourly values of the critical frequency of the ionospheric f region, fof2, obtained at chongqing ionospheric observatory (geographic 29.50n, 106.40e), china, during the interval of 1977 to 1997 (solar cycle 21 and 22) have been used to investigate the dependence of the monthly median fof2 on solar activity and geomagnetic activity, and to construct single-station model (ssm) using fourier expansion. the results of the present analysis show that there is a significant nonlinear relationship between monthly median fof2 and sunspot number r especially at daytime in each month and nighttime in summer. furthermore, introducing geomagnetic index ap further improves the description of variation of monthly median fof2, and the standard deviations decrease also dependently on time and month. thus the complex influence of solar activity and geomagnetic activity may be approximately expressed by a general multiple nonlinear function at chongqing station, china. the basic aim of this paper is to show that considering the nonlinear influence both of solar activity and geomagnetic activity improves the monthly median model. the ssm is in good agreement with observations, with standard deviation 0.65mhz, while iri model has a lower accuracy with standard deviation 0.96mhz. mailing address: dr. xu tong, school of science, xidian university, box 48, xi’an, shaanxi, 710071, china; email: xutong1104@126.com miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 609 610 t. xu, z. wu, j. wu, g. wei and j. feng and ii) the current updating of a ssm is usually a very easy process (pancheva and mukhtarov, 1996). it is well known that the fof2 depends strongly on solar activity. at middle and low latitudes, the primary source of ionization in the f region is the solar extreme ultraviolet (euv) irradiances. thus ionosphere empirical models depend on how to describe the relationship between fof2 and thesolar activity index. however, measurements of euv have been rather meager, especially in the past. traditionally sunspot number r is considered as an index of solar activity, although other indices, solar or ionospherically derived (liu et al., 1983; caruana, 1990; mikhailov and mikhailov, 1995), are also used. the sunspot number is convenient for use because of its long series of observations and its characteristics of reliability and predictability. the monthly median values of the ionospheric characteristic are frequently presented with linear dependence on r for every hour in the day and every month in the year, e.g. the international reference ionosphere (bilitza, 2001), ionospheric regional model (zolesi et al., 1993; de franceschi and desantis, 1994) as well as single-station model (pancheva and mukhtarov, 1996; holt et al., 2002). for low and medium sunspot numbers, the relationship is reasonably linear, nevertheless at large sunspot numbers, fof2 seems to show saturation effect (huang, 1963; kane, 1992). to take into account this behavior, a second-degree relationship between fof2 and solar activity indices is used frequently (sizun, 1992; xenos et al., 1996; pancheva and mukhtarov, 1998). this «hyseresis» effect depends on latitude (sethi et al., 2002) and historical solar activity (rao and rao, 1969; liu et al., 2004). in fact liu et al. (2004) and sethi et al. (2002) claimed that for low-latitudes, a second-degree relationship made much improvement, while, for european stations, kouris and nissopoulos (1994) have demonstrated that a second-degree equation is needed especially during evening and night hours in the winter and summer-time. moreover the variations of fof2 are complex and cannot be described considering only sunspot number. the ionosphere variations are due to the influence of the solar and geomagnetic activities as well as other sources (forbes et al., 2000; zhang et al., 2004). for the same r, fof2 may show different values during the ascending and descending of the cycle (rao and rao, 1969) and is attributed to possible geomagnetic storm effect (kane, 1992), a view also shared by apostolov et al. (1994). pancheva and mukhtarov (1996) developed a single-station spectral model over sofia with r and kr and demonstrated that in many cases the increase in the monthly standard deviation coincided with the increase in the geomagnetic activity index aa. kane (1992) argued that longterm prediction models need to take into account not just r but some solar index and geomagnetic index as two key parameters to which not much attention has been paid to date. one objective of this work is to assess both the solar activity and geomagnetic activity dependence of the monthly median fof2 over chongqing. because of the advantages of ssm and lack of ssm for fof2 yet at chongqing or in the chinese subcontinent, we develop a spectral model both taking sunspot number r and geomagnetic index ap into account based on the data from 1977 to 1997 over chongqing. the data description is presented in section 2; the relationship between fof2 and solar activity and geomagnetic activity are considered in section 3; the model and results are presented in section 4. the last section contains some discussions and conclusions. 2. data set the time series of monthly median hourly values of fof2 for the time interval 1977-1997 (solar cycle 21 and 22), or 21years, was processed at chongqing station (geographic 29.50n, 106.40e), which, located in central china, is away from the northern crest of equatorial anomaly in east asia. it has significant values for studying ionospheric dynamics in the equatorial anomaly region. because this observatory is in the transition area of middle latitudes to low latitudes, the fof2 variation is expected to be dependent both on nonlinear solar activity and geomagnetic activity. miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 610 611 a single-station spectral model of the monthly median fof2 over chongqing, china 3. solar activity and geomagnetic activity dependence of fof2 we first consider the statistical relationship between fof2 and sunspot number r and geomagnetic ap before constructing spectral model. ionospheric electron density is mainly due to the ionization of neutral atmosphere by solar radiation, thus electron density of f region increases with the increasing of solar activities (balan et al., 1994; kouris et al., 1998; richards, 2001; sethi et al., 2002), whereas the monthly median fof2 increase with solar activities in a rather complicated way (kouris et al., 1998; richards, 2001). monthly median fof2 linearly increases with the long-term solar activity, but saturates at extremely high solar epochs (kane, 1992; liu et al., 2003). many researchers have shown that the nonlinear relationship between fof2 and solar activity. we use regression methods to study the solar activity dependence of fof2 over chongqing. fist regression model is a linear approximation to describe the relationship between sunspot number r and fof2 (3.1) h and m are the hour and the month of interest while a0 and a1 are two matrices of 24×12=288 coefficients for each hour of day and each month of the year, and r is twelve-month running mean values of sunspot number. the linear model has been applied largely (dominici and zolesi, 1987; holt et al. 2002).the regression employing the method of least squares was performed between the measured fof2 data of each hour of each month, and the results at local time noon (12 h) and midnight (0 h) are presented in fig. 1 and fig. 2 with dotted lines. the second-degree regression is expected to make improvement, and the quadratic relationship between r and fof2 is described as (3.2) where b0, b1 and b2 also are the coefficients at specified time h and month m. sample fit results are also represented with solid lines in fig. 1 and fig. 2. 2f f b b r b r0 , 0 , 1 , 2 , 2 h m h m h m h m$ $= + + 2f f a a r0 , 0 , 1 ,h m h m h m $= + as shown in fig. 1, we find that the fof2 is almost entirely dependent on nonlinear solar activity, while in fig. 2 an evident non linear dependence is observed only in summer (may, june and july) which is nearly consistent with the conclusions of kouris and nissopoulos (1994). furthermore at noon in each month, b2<0, i.e. when sunspot number r reaches high enough, the monthly median fof2 decreases with the increasing solar activity. but at midnight in winter, b2>0, indicating that fof2 increases with the increasing solar activity, i.e. the saturation effect is unobvious. liu et al. (2004) firstly reported this phenomena based on the data from 1957 to 1991 at wuhan station (geographic 30.60n, 114.40e), china, which indicates that the phenomena may exist in low/middle-latitude in china but needs more ionosonde observations data to validate. it is well known that ionosphere is principally determined by the level of both solar activity and geomagnetic perturbations, but similar studies for the geomagnetic index dependence of fof2 have been more limited, but some exist (solé, 1988). further significant improvement is expected from a multiple regression model taking geomagnetic activity into account. therefore the third regression model can be expressed as (3.3) where ap is twelve-month running mean values. c0 to c5 are coefficients at given local time h for different month m, in which c3 represents of coaction of solar and geomagnetic activity, while c4 and c5 are the geomagnetic activity amplitudes. figure 3 illustrates the diurnal variations of standard deviations for these three regression fitted models from observed values, which shows that, in general, a second-degree regression of r gives a much lower standard deviations than the linear fit. the significant decreases in standard deviation occur in may from 0.9 to 0.4 and in october from 1.2 to 0.7. over chongqing, the solar cycle dependence of fof2 is obviously nonlinear, especially at 2f f c c r c r c ap r c ap c ap 0 , 0 , 1 , 2 , 2 3 , 4 , 5 , 2 h m h m h m h m h m h m h m $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ = + + + + + miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 611 612 t. xu, z. wu, j. wu, g. wei and j. feng daytime in each month and at nighttime in summer, which supports the conclusion of kouris and nissopoulos (1994). moreover, liu et al. (2004) obtained similar conclusions using the solar activity index f10.7. on the other hand, when we take geomagnetic activity into account, the standard deviations are smaller than only considering the nonlinear influence of solar activity, but its effect depends on time and month. generally, a decrease about 0.1mhz is obtained at daytime. at nighttime, the two model standard deviation is nearlythe same except in summer, in which the standard deviations decrease about 0.2 mhz using equation (3.3). over chongqing, the influence of magnetic activity on fof2 is evident at daytime in each season, and at nighttime in summer. fig. 1. the responses of the monthly median fof2 to solar activities represented by smoothed monthly mean sunspot number r at local time 12 h during the whole interval of 1977-1997 over chongqing. observed data are plotted with cross. dotted and solid lines represent the linear and quadratic fits, respectively. miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 612 613 a single-station spectral model of the monthly median fof2 over chongqing, china 4. model and results since there are diurnal periodicities inherent in all the geophysical data, fourier expansion generally has the highest priority in constructing empirical models. the diurnal variations can be well expressed by a fourier expansion of cosine and sine functions with periods of 24 hours and higher harmonics, and many ionospheric empirical models are established with fourier expansion (e.g. zolesi et al., 1993; de franceschi and desantis, 1994; pancheva and mukhtarov, 1996; liu et al., 2004). in this way, the diurnal variation of fof2 can be expressed as (4.1) where h is local time and n=6 is the harmonic number (24-, 12-,8-,6-,4.8and 4-hour) and t is equal to 24 hours. these spectral coefficients are a function of r and ap. in this model, these coefficients are approximately expressed as equation (3.3), and can be estimated with a least squares regression analysis for the data set in a specified month m. 2 ( , ) ( 24 2 24 2 ) cos sin fof h m c a ih b ih 0, , 1 , m i m i n i m π π = + + + = / fig. 2. same as fig. 1, but for local time 0 h. miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 613 614 t. xu, z. wu, j. wu, g. wei and j. feng the time series of monthly median hourly values of fof2 during the interval 1977-1997 was processed. figure 4 demonstrates the comparison between our model and the observed data. six years in which solar activity was high (1980 and 1991), in the ascending part of the solar cycles 21 and 22 (1978 and 1988) and in the descending part of the two cycles (1983 and 1994) are chosen. furthermore the years of high activity (2000) and descending part of the solar cycle 23 (2003) are also plotted in fig. 4 to illustrate the model ability in long-term prediction. it is obvious that the model describes the diurnal variation of fof2 successfully. the ssm is compared with iri by statistic errors shown in fig. 5 and fig. 6. figure 5 shows the yearly and diurnal variations of the standard deviations of the model and iri from the observed values for the whole interval 1977-1997. evidently this model is better than iri, and the standard deviations almost decrease about 0.3mhz for both yearly and diurnal variations with our model compared with iri except the yearly variations in 1981 and 1988. figure 6 shows the probability density histogram of fof2 errors with relative deviations from the obserfig. 3. diurnal variation of standard deviations of the values of three regression fits form observed fof2 for the whole interval of 1977-1997 over chongqing. miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 614 615 a single-station spectral model of the monthly median fof2 over chongqing, china vations. the error distribution is evidently normal which is reasonable. the solid thin line is the gaussian curve through least squares fit. as pancheva and mukhtarov (1996) processed, the relative deviations are not lager than 12% at the confidence level of 95% for the ssm, while the errors are about 22% at the same confidence for iri model. moreover, the standard deviation of the model from observations for the whole data set is 0.65 while is 0.96 for iri model. thus our new ssm provides a higher accuracy than iri model. figures 4-6 have basically demonstrated the advantage of our model. 5. discussions and conclusions because global models may smear out features unique to a particular region, single-station models are very useful and widely viewed as the milestone of any ionopheric services (holt et al., 2002, pancheva and mukhtarov, 1998; liu et al, 2004), and there is no stationspecific model over chongqing, we developed a ssm of monthly median fof2 based on the observations from 1977 to 1997. in our model, we chose twelve-month running mean values of sunspot number r and geomagnetic index ap fig. 4. comparison between observed (open circles) and modeled (lines) fof2 values for high solar activity (1980, 1991), the descending part of the solar cycle (1983,1994), the ascending part of solar cycle (1978, 1988), high solar activity (2003) and descending part of solar cycle 23 (2003) for long-term prediction. miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 615 616 t. xu, z. wu, j. wu, g. wei and j. feng rather than monthly average or monthly median indices. in practice, the latter may present the influence of solar or geomagnetic activity on ionopheric average action more effectively in specific month, and some empirical models chosen these indices (e.g. zolesi et al., 1993; fig. 5. the standard deviations (σ) and the distributions of relative deviation of the new ssm values and iri model from observed fof2 over chongqing during the whole interval of 1977-1997. the thin lines are gaussian fitting curves. fig. 6a,b. the (a) yearly and (b) diurnal variations of standard deviations of the ssm and iri model values form observed fof2 for the whole interval of 1977-1997 over chongqing. miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 616 617 a single-station spectral model of the monthly median fof2 over chongqing, china liu et al, 2004), nevertheless the indices are difficult to predict with a long lead time because of their severe variations. but the former are relatively smoother and have the advantages of availability, reliability and predictability. the results of this paper show that there is a nonlinear relationship between monthly median fof2 and solar activity. a second-degree fit gives a much better correlation than the linear fit dependent on hour and month. the standard deviations decrease significantly mostly during daytime in each season and nighttime in summer. moreover, introducing geomagnetic index ap further improves the description of variation of monthly median fof2. we conclude that the variation of fof2 is nonlinearly dependent both on solar activity and geomagnetic activity, at chongqing station, china. considering both nonlinear influence of solar activity and geomagnetic activity, our model are successfully constructed using fourier expansion, which is verified with standard deviation and relative deviations distributions compared with iri model. the ssm has a low standard deviation is 0.65mhz and its relative deviations are not lager than 12% at the confidence level of 95%, while standard deviation is 0.96mhz and the errors are about 22% at the same confidence for iri model. furthermore, the approach of our model could be used for the short-term prediction and disturbance. acknowledgements the authors are grateful to the anonymous referees for helpful comments. this work is supported by nsfc (national nature science foundation of china) under grant no.40310223, the national key laboratory of electromagnetic environment (leme) under grant no.9140c0801060803 and by the national key technology r&d program under grant no.2006bab18b06. references apostolov, e., l. alberca and d. pancheva (1994): longterm prediction of the fof2 on the rising and falling parts of the solar cycle, adv. space. res. 14, 47-50. balan, n., g.j. bailey, b. jenkins, p.b. rao and r.j. moffett (1994): variations of ionospheric ionization and related solar fluxes during an intense solar cycle, j. geophys. res., 99, 2243-2253. bilitza, d. (2000): the importance of euv indices for the international reference ionosphphere, phys. chem. earth., 25, 515-521. bilitza, d. (2001): international reference ionosphere 2000, radio sci., 36, 261-275. bilitza, d. (2002): ionospheric models for radiao propagation studies, in the review of radio science 1999-2002 edited by w. r. stone, ieee press, 625-679. caruana, j. (1990): the ips monthly t-index, proc. of the solar-terrestrial prediction workshop, leura, australia, 2, 257-263. de franceschi g. and a. desantis (1994): pasha: regional long term predictions ionospheric parameters by acha, ann. geophysics, 37, 209-220. dominici, p. and b. zolesi (1987): a model for the normal ionosphere over rome, ii nuovo cimento, 10c, 191208. dick, m. and p. bradley (1992): the ral multi-quasiparabolic model ionosphere, porc. of prime workshop, roquetes, memoria, 16, 67-83. forbes, j. m., s. e. palo and x.l. zhang (2000): variability of the ionosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 62, 685693. holt, j. m., s. r. zhang and m. j. buonsanto (2002): regional and local ionospheric models based on millstone hill incoherent scatter radar data, geophys. res. lett. 29, 1027. huang, y.n. (1963): the hysteresis variation of the semithickness of the f2-layer and its relevant phenomena at kokubunji, japan, j. atmos. terr. phys., 25, 647-658. kane, r.p. (1992): solar cycle variation of fof2, j. atmos. terr. phys., 54, 1201-1205. kouris, s.s., th.d. xenos, and s. goutzamanis (1993): proposals for the solar-cycle variations of fof2, porc. of prime workshop, graz. wissenschaftlucher bericht, 2, 79-88. kouris, s.s. and j.k. nissopoulos (1994): variation of fof2 with solar activity, adv. space res., 14, 163-166. kouris, s.s., p.a. bradley and p. dominici (1998): solarcycle variation of the daily fof2 and m(3000)f2, ann. geophysicae, 16, 1093-1042. liu, j. y., y. i. chen and j. s. lin (2003): statistical investigation of the saturation effect in the ionospheric fof2 versus sunspot, solar radio noise, and solar euv radiation, j. geophys. res., 108, 1067-1073. liu, l.b., w.x. wan and b.q. ning (2004): statistical modeling of ionospheric fof2 over wuhan, radio sci., 39, 2013. liu, r., p. smith and j. king (1983): a new solar index to improve fof2 prediction using the ccir, altas. telecomm. j. 50, 408-413. mikhailov, a. and v. mikhailov (1995): a new ionospheric index mf2, adv. space. res., 15, 93-97. moraitis, g., z. kecic and l. cander (1991): ionospheric modeling at single stations, porc. of prime workshop, rome, 154-160. pancheva, d. and p. mukhtarov (1996): a single-station spectral model of the monthly median f-region critical frequency, ann. geophysics, 39, 807-818. miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 617 618 t. xu, z. wu, j. wu, g. wei and j. feng pancheva, d. and p. mukhtarov (1998): a single-station spectral model of the monthly median fof2 and m(3000) f2, studia geoph. et geod., 42, 183-196. rao, m.s. and r.s. rao (1969): the hysteresis variation in f2 layer parameters, j. atmos. terr. phys., 31, 11191125. richards, p.g. (2001): seasonal and solar cycle variations of the ionospheric peak electron density: comparison of measurement and models, j. geophys. res., 106, 12803-12819. sethi, n.k., m.k. goel and k. k. mahajan (2002): solar cycle variations of fof2 from igy to 1990, ann. geophysicae, 20, 1677-1685. sizun, h. (1991): fof2 variation with r12 solar index, proc. of prime workshop, rome, 87-91. sizun, h. (1992): f2-layer critical frequency modelization as a function of upward and downward phase of solar activity cycle, proc. of prime/ursi workshop, roquetes, memoria, 16, 205-217. solé, j.g. (1988): relations between hourly monthly median values of fof2 and some geophysical indices. their application to an ionospheric single station model, acta geophys. polonica, 17, 77-88. xenos, th.d., s.s. kouris and b. zolesi (1996): assessment of the solar–cycle dependence of fof2, ann. geophysics, 6, 1157-1166. zhang, m.l., j.k. shi, x. wang and m. radicella (2004): ionospheric variability at low latitude station: hainan, china, adv. space. res., 34, 1860-1868. zolesi, b., lj.r. cander and g.d. franceschi (1993): simplified ionospheic regional model for telecommunication application, radio sci., 28, 603-612. zolesi, b. and lj.r. cander (2000): evolution of the ionospheric mapping and modeling during the last four decades, fisica de la tierra, 12, 127-154. (received november 21, 2007; accepted may 9, 2008) miscellanea 9-03-2009 14:42 pagina 618 s i l a c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e e i l s u o u s o l \ m i s u r e q u a n t i t a t i v e d i r a d i o a t t i v i t a ' a t m o s f e r i c a 0 . a l i v e i i i i e ' n o t o c l i c i! e o n l e i m l o in o l a n / e r a d i o a t t i v e dell a r i a a l i n o l ' e r i e a -i p u ò d e t e r m i n a r e o e s e g u e n d o la m i s u r a dirciluriicnlc siili a r i a a t t i v a |ier e m a n a z i o n e o indirettamente sui e o s i d e t t i d e p o s i t i a t t i v i l a e e o l t i da essa ( c i o è sii ha i rub e liac e r i s p e t t i v a m e n t e tlìa ti, lì e thc). in e n t r a m b i i casi -i t r a t t a di m i s u r a r e l ' a z i o n e i o n i z z a n t e degli a t o m i a i t i v i in q u e s t i o n e p o s t i in un r e c i p i e n t e , la c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e . si l i e n c o n t o e s s e n z i a l m e n t e d e l l ' a z i o n e i o n i z z a n t e d e l l e p a r t i c e l l e a l f a , e p e r f a r e u n a m i s u r a a s s o l u t a si d e v e c o n s e n t i r e a ogni p a r t i c e l l a a l f a e m e s s a di e s a u r i r e il « p e r c o r s o » e i n o l i l e o c c o r r e s t a b i l i r e n e l l a c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e 1111 l a m p o e l e t t r i c o ' a l e da av e r e la c o r r e n t e di sai in a z i o n e . n e l l e m i s u r e d i r e t t e n o n è p o s s i b i l e s o d d i s f a r e la c o n d i z i o n e di e s a u r i r e il p e r c o r s o p e r c h é gli a t o m i d e l l e e m a n a z i o n i p r e s e n t i n e l l a c a m e r a vi si t r o v a n o c o m e gas e ([iiindi sparsi o v u n q u e a n c h e i n p r o s s i m i t à d e l l e p a r e t i e d e l i e l e t t r o d o : p e r q u e s t a r a g i o n e il m e t o d o d i r e t t o r i c h i e d e t a r a t u r a d e l l a c a m e r a . c i ò j o t t i e n e o con s o l u z i o n i n o r m a l i di r a d i o o c o n f i a l e t t e t a r a t e di e m a n a z i o n e . n e i m e t o d i i n d i r e t t i di c e r d i c n e di a l i v e r l i è p o s s i b i l e i n v e c e p r o v v e d e r e a l l ' e s a u r i m e n t o del p e r c o r s o d e l l e p a r t i c e l l e a l f a p e r c h é gli a t o m i a i t i v i s o n o fissati «opra l ' e l e t t r o d o d e l l a c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e : p i ù p r e c i s a m e n t e di u n a m e t à d e l l e p a r l i e e l l c . a l t r e difficoltà c o m u n i a t u l l i i m e l o d i di m i s u r a qui c o n s i d e r a t i r i s i e d o n o poi nel f a t t o c l i c le q u a n t i t à di s o s t a n z a r a d i o a t t i v a da m i s u r a r e s o n o in g e n e r a l e p i c c o l e e c h e lo s p a z i o d o v e sia l a c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e p i u t t o s t o g r a n d e , è p e r c o r s o in ogni s e n s o da r a d i a z i o n i b e l a e g a m m a e p e n e t r a n t i p r o v e n i e n t i d a l l e s o s t a n z e r a d i o a t t i v e del s u o l o e d e l l ' a r i a c i r c o s t a n t e e d a l l a r a d i a z i o n e c o s m i c a l e (piali i o n i z z a n o p e r c o n t o l o r o l ' a r i a e o n l e n u l a n e l l a c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e p r o v o c a n d o un a u m e n t o d e l l a c o r r e n t e c h e -i m i s u r a : di ( m e sta a z i o n e c o n s i d e r e v o l e o c c o r r e c o n o s c e r e l ' e n t i t à e s e g u i r n e l e v a . 5 1 l a c a m l l i a i i i i o m z z a / . i o n l k i i . l o l s o r i a z i o n i v e r i l i c a n l c i d u r a m e la m i s u r a . e ciò per p o t e r r i s a l i r e a l l e l l c t t o p u r o di i o n i z z a z i o n e dovuto al l a r a d i o a t t i v i t à elle -i vuol mis u r a r e . o c c o r r e p e r c i ò v a l u t a r e la e o s i d e l t a prillila naturale della e liniera di ionizzazione. nella m i t i r a d i r e t t a di p i c c o l e r a d i o a t t i v i t à e q u a n d o non -i c o n i , p r i m e 1 a r i a n e l l a c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e -i raggiunge lo scopo u s a n d o il cosidcllo metodo della doppia camera: al r e c i p i e n t e nel q u a l e -i trova 1 a r i a da e s a m i n a r e si c o l l e g a m i secondo r e c i p i e n t e di f o r m a i d e n t i c a m a c o n t e n e n t e a r i a p u l i t a , c i o è non a t t i v a ; le p a r e l i dei due r e c i p i e n t i sono e l e t t r i c a m e n t e i s o l a t e e c a r i c a t e con p o t e n z i a l i di segno o p p o s t o : gli e l e t t r o d i d e l l e due c a m e r e sono in c o n n e s s i o n e met a l l i c a t r a loro e con i e q u i p a g g i o d e l l ' e l e t t r o m e t r o . la limita 1 r a p p r e s e n t a si l i e m a l i c a m e n t e il d i s p o s i t i v o . a n c h e n e l l e m i u r e i n d i r e t t e ( m e t o d i di g e r d i c n e di v i n c i t i ) serve un e l e t t r o m e t r o di piccola c a p a c i t à e a c a m p o a u s i l i a r i o , p e r e s e m p i o q u e l l o a filo di l u t z l i d c l m a n n , e la c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e h a la p a r e t e i s o l a t a e m a n t e n u t a a p o t e n z i a l e e l e v a t o ( 3 0 0 4 0 0 \ ). l ' e l e t t r o d o a t t i v a l o e da e s a m i n a r e è in c o n n e s s i o n e m e t a l l i c a col filo d e l l ' e l e t t r o m e t r o (\. fig. 2 ) e q u e s t o è a b i t u a l m e n t e t e n u t o in c o n n e s s i o n e m e t a l l i c a col s u o l o ; s o l t a n t o d u r a n t e la m i s u r a il filo v i e n e i s o l a t o da t e r r a e p e r c i ò la v a r i a z i o n e di p o t e n z i a l e ali e l e t t r o m e t r o si m i s u r a s e m p r e a p a r t i l o dal p o t e n z i a l e .zero. l a d e t e r m i n a z i o n e d e l l a p e r d i t a n a t u r a l e d e l l a c a m e r a ili i o n i z z a z i o n e assume i m p o r t a n z a p a r t i c o l a r e nel m e t o d o a l i v c r l i p e r c h é con t a l e m e t o d o occ o r r e d e t e r m i n a r e la curva di d i s a t t i v a z i o n e dell e l e t t r o d o c n o n solt a n t o un p u n t o di essa c o m e con il m e t o d o di g e r d i c n . l e o p e r a zioni c h e -i d e v o n o c o m p i e r e p e r g i u n g e r e alla d e t e r m i n a z i o n e ili q u e l l a curva sono le s e g u e n t i : i) \ eri fica d e l l ' a t t i v i t à p r o p r i a d e l l ' e l e t t r o d o sul q u a l e -i racc o g l i e r à il d e p o s i t o a t t i v o : più p r o p r i a m e n t e si può d i r e v e r i f i c a d e l l a p u l i z i a d e l l ' e l e t t r o d o in q u a n t o esso è c o s t i t u i t o da m a t e r i a l e non a t t i v o o p o c h i s s i m o a t t i v o ; c o n t e m p o r a n e a verifica di un e l e t t r o d o c l i c d i r e m o « t e s t i m o n e » e c h e resterà i m m i l l a t o d u r a n t e l u l l a la m i s u r a . e v e n t u a l m e n t e verifica di un terzo e l e t t r o d o per la t a r a t u r a dell app a r e c c h i o di r a c c o l t a . 21 \lli\az.ione d e l l ' e l e t t r o d o noli a p p a r e c c h i o di r a c c o l t a . 3 ) e s a m e d e l l ' e l e t t r o d o a t t i v a l o e c o n t e m p o r a n e o c o n t r o l l o dcll ' a t l i v i t à n a t u r a l o d e l l a c a m e r a con l ' e l e t t r o d o t e s t i m o n e . p e r i l l u s t r a r e p i ù c h i a r a m e n t e il procedimeli!;> r i p o r t o il proto4 8 0 ( ; . a m v l h t i c o l l o c o m p l e t o di una d e l l e m i s u r e di r a d i o a t t i v i l a e s e g u i l e r e c e n t e m e n t e presso i o s s e r v a t o r i o g e o f i s i c o dell i . x . g . in p a v i a con 1 a p p a r e c c h i o a l i v e r t i . e p e r i e n z a n. io. p a v i a . 2 6 s c l l e m b r e 1946 — v e r i f i c a l a la t e n s i o n e a p p l i c a l a a l l a p a r e t e d e l l a c a m e r a ( 3 3 0 \ ) ; — v e r i f i c a l a la s e n s i b i l i t à d e l l ' e l e t t r o m e t r o : 1 d i v . = 0 . 1 \ : — p u l i t o gli e l e t t r o d i 3 e 4 con c a r i a s m e r i g l i o 0 0 : — temila d e l l a c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e : 1 o r e d i v . e l e t t r o d o c a d u t a di p o t e n z i a l e ] \ /2min 16 0 8 0 9 10 1 . 0 3 . 9 6 . 7 n . 6 0 , 5 7 12 13 1.1 4 . 3 7 . 3 11. 3 0 , 6 2 1 4 15 16 1 , 0 4 . 0 6 , 8 n. 4 0 . 5 8 17 38 1 9 0 . 6 3 . 4 6 . 5 n . 6 0 . 5 9 2 0 21 2 2 lo 4 . 0 7 . 0 11. 3 0 . 6 0 1 23 2 4 2:; 1.0 4 . 1 7 . 2 11. 4 | 0 . 6 2 s 2 8 0 . 7 3 , 6 6 , 5 11. 6 0 . 5 8 l 1 1 -— r i a s s u n t o delia m i s u r a di t e m i l a : 1 e l e t t r o d o n. 6 ( t e s t i m o n e ) p e r d e 0 . 5 8 v ogni d u e m i n u t i . » n. 3 ( d a a t t i v a r e ) » 0 . 6 1 » » » » » n . 1 ( d a a t t i v a r e ) » 0 . 6 0 » « » n s u l a c a m e r a d i i o n i z z a z i o n e e i l s u o i s o 4 1 5 1 — raccolla degli a t o m i a t t i v i : i n i z i o : 16h 39'" l e t t u r a i n i z i a l e a l l ' a n e m o m e t r o di\. n„ = 0 , ó fine: 17 04 » » )> » n,, = 3 5 0 d u r a t a d e l l a r a c c o l t a : 2 5 m v e l o c i t à d e l l ' a r i a e f f l u i t a d u r a n t e l ' e s p e r i e n z a : 3 4 9 5 = 0 , 3 6 + 0 , 0 8 8 ^ = 1 . 2 2 8 litri/sec — esame degli elettrodi attivati: ora d i v . l e t t e e l e t t r o d o \ /2min \ /min 17 0 6 07 0 8 2 , 1 1 0 , 0 1 7 , 5 n . 3 1 . 5 4 1 , 5 4 — 0 , 6 2 0 . 9 2 0 . 4 6 0 9 10 1 1 1 . 8 6 . 3 i 1,2 n . 4 0 . 9 4 0 , 9 1 — 0 . 6 1 0 . 3 3 0 . 1 6 5 12 13 1 4 15 16 17 1.2 4 , 2 7 . 1 n . 6 0 , 5 9 12 13 1 4 15 16 17 2 , 7 9 , 7 17,0 n . 3 1 , 4 3 1 . 4 3 — 0 , 5 8 0 . 8 5 0 . 4 2 5 18 1 9 2 0 4 . 0 8 , 2 12.9 n. 4 0 . 8 9 0 . 8 9 — 0 . 5 7 0 . 3 2 0 . 1 6 0 2 1 22 2 3 3 , 0 5 . 4 8 . 2 n . 6 0 , 5 2 1 2 4 2 5 2 6 4 , 7 1 1 , 5 18.0 n . 3 1 , 3 3 1.33 — 0 . 5 6 0 . 7 7 0 . 3 8 5 27 3 , 5 2 8 8 . 2 2 9 12,5 1 0 . 9 0 n . 4 0 , 9 0 — 0 , 5 5 0 , 3 5 0 . 1 7 5 4 8 2 g . a l i v e r t i ora d i v . l e t t e e l e t t r o d o \ —m i n \ m i n 3 0 3 . 2 0 , 5 5 3 l 6 . 0 n . 6 3 2 8 . 7 i 33 4 , 3 1.27 1 . 2 7 — 0 . 3 3 5 34 1 0 . 6 1). 0 0 , 6 0 3.") 1 7 . 0 0 , 6 7 3 6 3 . 5 0 , 8 5 0 . 8 5 — 0 . 1 3 0 37 7 . 8 n . 4 0 . 5 9 3 8 12,0 0 . 2 6 3 9 4 0 3 , 1 6 . 0 0 , 5 9 n . 6 4 1 9 , 0 42 3 . 5 1 . 1 6 1 , 1 6 — 0 . 2 8 0 4 3 9 , 5 1 5 . 1 n . 3 0 . 6 0 0 . 5 6 4 5 3 . 0 0 , 8 0 0 . 8 0 — 0 , 1 0 5 4 6 6 . 9 n . 4 0 . 5 9 4 7 1 1 . 0 0 , 2 1 4 8 2 , 8 0 . 5 5 4 9 5 , 4 a . (i 50 8 , 3 51 3 . 9 1 . 1 2 1 . 1 2 — 0 . 2 6 5 52 9 . 5 n . 3 0 . 5 9 5 3 1 5 , 1 0 . 5 3 5 4 3 . 0 0 . 8 2 0 . 8 2 — 0 . 1 2 0 55 7 . 1 ii. 4 0 . 5 8 5 6 1 i 1 0 . 2 4 •> i 2 . 8 0 , 5 8 5 8 5 , 5 n. 6 5 9 8 . 6 s r l.a c a m m a di i o n i z z a z i o n e i", 11. s [ 0 l " < 0 •18,5 ora d i v . l e t t e elei i rodo v 2inin \ min 18 0 0 3.1 1 . 0 1 0 . 5 8 01 8 . 8 n . 3 1.01 — 02 13.2 0.-13 0 3 3 . 0 0 . 6 8 0 . 6 8 — 0 . 2 1 5 0-1 6,4 n . 1 0 . 5 7 0 5 9 . 8 0.11 0 6 o 0 . 5 2 0 . 0 5 5 07 5 . 2 n . 6 0 8 7 . 9 0 9 3.1 0 . 9 2 0 . 9 2 — 0 . 1 7 0 10 8 , 0 12.3 n . 3 0 . 5 8 0 , 3 4 12 13 14 3 . 0 7.1 10,-1 n . 1 0 . 7 4 0 . 7 1 0 . 5 7 0 . 1 7 0 , 0 8 5 15 2 . 5 0 . 5 8 16 n. 6 i 7 8 . 3 fi e. i f i l o d e l l ' e l e t t r o m e t r o s u l l a s c a l a ( ( l e n t e c o m e n e l l a t a b e l l a p r e c e d e i o s c r v a r e e d a s c r i v e r e , c o i p u r e al m i m i l o la m i s u r a ali e l e t t r o m e t r o a v v i e n e c o i : prefissato il m i n u t o in cui -i c o m i n c e r à ad oss e r v a r e si i n t r o d u c e l ' e l e t t r o d o nella c a m e ra e 15-20 secondi prim a del m i n u t o si isola il c o n t a t t o di t e r r a : al m i n u t o c s a t l o . per es. ifi"08'" ( v . t e n u t a ) i osserva la p o i z i o n c del i -i scrive a c c a n t o a l l ' o r a e o r r i p o n : al m i n u t o stieccs-ivo 0 9 si torna ad e a (picsio p u n t o , scritto 4 8 4 c . a l i \ e l r t ' l il n u m e r o sj r i m e t l e il c o n t a t t o eli l e n a , si a p r e la c a m e r a , -i l o g l i o l ' e l e t t r o d o 11. 6 e lo -i sostituisce con il 11. 3 c si p r o c e d e c o m e p r i m a , i s o l a n d o l ' e q u i p a g g i o e l c t t r o m e t r i c o i.">-20 s e c o n d i p r i m a de! m i n u t o i i ed e s e g u e n d o le l e t t u r e ad ogni m i n u t o 11. 12, 1 3 : al m i n u t o 13, eseguita la l e t t u r a si i n s e r i s c e il c o n t a t t o di t e r r a , si sos t i t u i s c e l ' e l e t t r o d o n . 3 c o n il n . 4 e si r i p e t e l ' o p e r a z i o n e ora des c r i t t a . si c o n t i n u a , c o m e è i n d i c a t o n e l l a t a b e l l a , a l t e r n a n d o gli e l e t t r o d i . c o n s t a t a t o clic la p e r d i l a dei vari e l e t t r o d i è r e g o l a r e si eseguo l ' e s p e r i e n z a di r a c c o l t a c o m e i n d i c a t o nel p r e c e d e n t e p r o t o c o l l o a p a g i n a 4 usando d u e tubi c o l l e t t o r i c o n s e c u t i v i ; finita l ' a t t i v a z i o n e si p r e l e v a n o s i i e l e t t r o d i e se n e i n c o m i n c i a i e s a m e n e l l a c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e a l t e r n a n d o v e l i fra loro e con l ' e l e t t r o d o t e s t i m o n e . g l i e l e t t r o d i a t t i v a t i v a n n o m a n e g g i a t i c o n d e l i c a t e z z a p e r evitarti c l i c si staccili da essi p a r t e del d e p o s i t o a t t i v o e q u i n d i , (piando non s t a n n o n e l l a c a m e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e , si a p p o g g i a n o a un s o s t e g n o a p p o sito di legno a v e n t e dei fori s u f f i c i e n t e m e n t e d i s t a n z i a t i f r a l o r o nei q u a l i si i n f i l a n o i g a m b i degli e l e t t r o d i . l e p r i m e i r e c o l o n n e ( i e l l e p r e c e d e n t i t a b e l l e c o n t e n g o n o i d a t i c l i c si o t t e n g o n o d u r a n t e l a m i s u r a d i t e n u t a e d u r a n t e q u e l l a d i d i s a t t i v a z i o n e : i n u m e r i d e l l e a l t r e c o l o n n e si d e d u c o n o d a q u e l l i o s s e r v a t i ; l ' u l t i m a c o l o n n a c o n t i e n e i d \ d i n e c e s s a r i p e r il c a l c o l o d e l n u m e r o d i a t o m i d i e m a n a z i o n e d i r a d i o ( e d i t o r i o , s<» d e l c a s o ) c o n t e n u t i p e r c m 1 n e l l ' a r i a e s a m i n a t a . a p r o p o s i t o d e l l a c o r r e z i o n e dovuta a l l a p e r d i t a n a t u r a l e b i s o g n a n o t a r e elle si lien c o n t o dei v a l o r i r e l a t i v i di p e r d i l a o t t e n u t i p e r i ire e l e t t r o d i nella m i s u r a p r e v e n t i v a di t e n u t a e d e l l a p e r d i l a d e l l ' e l e t t r o d o t e s t i m o n e d u r a n t e la s e r i e di m i s u r e con gli e l e t t r o d i a t t i v a t i . e c c e t t u a l o il p u n t o i n i z i a l e , p e r i successivi -i p r o c e d e c o s ì : -i fa la m e d i a d e l l e p e r d i l e n a t u r a l i d e l l ' e l e t t r o d o t e s t i m o n e c l i c c o m p r e n d o n o il pillilo in q u e s t i o n e , p e r es. a l l ' i s t a n t e i 7 h l 3 " ' l ' e l e t t r o d o n . fi p e r d e 0 . 5 9 \ in d u e m i n u t i , a l l ' i s t a n t e 17"22"' p e r d e 0 . 5 2 ; n e l l ' i n t e r v a l l o c o m p r e s o fra il ! 3 i n o e il 2 2 m o m i n u t o p e r d e in m e d i a 0 . 5 5 e a l l o r a al n. 3 -i a p p l i c a la c o r r e z i o n e — ( 0 . 5 5 40 . 0 3 ) — — 0 , 5 8 : al li. 4 a n a l o g a m e n t e la c o r r e z i o n e — 0 , 5 7 ; e c i ò p e r e b é r i s p e t t i v a m e n t e d u r a n t e la tenuta l ' e l e t t r o d o 3 p e r d e v a 0 , 0 3 in più del n . fi e il n. i ne p e r d e v a 0 . 0 2 p u r e in p i ù . s e g u e n d o il c r i l e r i o o r a illus t r a l o si c o r r e g g o n o tutte l e d e t e r m i n a z i o n i e s e g u i t e e -i o t t e n g o n o a p p u n l o i n u m e r i s c r i n i n e l l ' u l t i m a c o l o n n a elle si usali > por d e s c r i v e r e la curva di d i s a t t i v a z i o n e dei d u e e l e t t r o d i ( f i g . 3). s u l . a c a m m a d i i o n i z z a z i o n i : k 11. s i o i s o la p e r d i t a n a t u r a l e d e l l a cam e r a di i o n i z z a z i o n e d i p e n d e , c o m e s'è d e l l o , da diversi fai l o r i : in m o d o p a r t i c o l a r m e n t e e n i b i l e d a l l a r a d i o a t t i v i t à d c l i a r i a a m b i e n t e , poi d a l l a rad i o a t t i v i t à delle p a r e l i d e l l a stanza ove è i n s t a l l a t a la c a m e r a . d a l l a r a d i a z i o n e c o s m i c a e da ogni a l t r a causa i o n i z z a n t e e v e n t u a l m e n t e a g e n t e in prossim i t à d e l l a c a m e r a . q u i n d i essa p u ò essere d i v e r s a da u n a giornata a l i a l t r a e co-ì a n c h e da un p o t o ali a l t r o dove si f a n n o le m i s u r e . c i ò si vede b e n e c o n s i d e r a n d o i v a l o r i d e l l a pei dita n a t u r a l e osservati d u r a n t e serie di m i s u r e e s e g u i t e da m e s e m p r e con lo stesso d i p o s i t i vo. n e r e s e m p i o a p a v i a , a cortina d ' a m p e z z o , a f o r i n o : essa o«cilla c u l l o i seguenti lim i l i : infilili f i g . 2 li pila p e r t a r a t u r a e l e t t r o n i c i ™ : i' eletti-min: ir e b a n i t e : /> a l l i b r a : r = r o n t a l t o ili l e n a : /;= p i a l l o m e t a l l i c o : s c l i e r m o m e t a l l i c o a t e r r a . l a via ( ' o r l i m i f o r i n o da 0 , 3 6 lino a 0 , 6 8 \ ogni due m i n u t i :» 0 , 1 7 » » 0 . 0 2 » » a » » 0 . 8 0 » » 1.20 ii » ii » d ' a l t r a p a r i e il c o n t e n u t o m e d i o in l'a l o c a l i t à c o n s i d e r a l e risulta p e r i periodi sudile ;>er 1 aria pavia c o r t i n a t o r i n o 1.0 a t o m i di radon per cm ire l a p e r d i l a n a t u r a l e è q u i n d i d a v v e r o in m o d o s e n s i b i l e d e t e r m i n a l a d a l l a r a d i o a t t i v i t à d e l l ' a r i a e. c o m e q u e s t a , m u l e v o l e con le v i c e n d e m e t e o r o l o g i c h e e le c o n d i z i o n i di a m b i e n t e . la p e r d i l a n a t u r a l e varia a n c h e d u r a n t e una -ingola m i s u r a , co•136 ( . . a u v e h t i m e i v e d e d a l p r o t o c o l l o r i p o r t a t o p r i m a : q u e s t e v a r i a z i o n i , s e t u t t o v a i t e n e , n o n s o n o g r a n d i , d e l l ' o r d i n e d e l ó ' q u a n d o q u a l c u n a d e l l e p i l e c h e d a n n o l a t e n s i o n e a l l a p a r e t e o il c a m p o d e h ' e l e l l r o m e t r o n o n è p i ù i n b u o n e c o n d i z i o n i , il f i l o d e l l ' e l e t t r o m e t r o d i v e n t a i n s t a b i l e e a l l o r a o c c o r r e i n d i v i d u a l e e d e l i m i n a r e la p i l a g u a s t a ; p e r q u e s t a r a g i o n e n o n si p o s s o n o u s a r e b l o c c h i d i p i l e a l t r i m e n t i si s a r e b b e c o s t r e t t i a s o s t i t u i r e t u l i o il b l o c c o . : f i n . 3 i n b u o n e c o n d i z i o n i d e v o n o e m p i e e s s e r e a n c h e i c o n t a l l i d e g l i i n t e r r u t t o r i a m e r c u r i o . a n c h e la p r e s e n z a di q u a l c h e p e l u c e o i n p r o s i m i l à d e g l i i s o l a n t i p u ò d a r e d i s t u r b o ; p e r t a n t o è n e c e s s a r i a l a m a — i m a p u l i z i a e b i s o g n a a n c h e f a r e a t t e n z i o n e c l i c n o n i i n s t a l l i n o r a g n i i n p r o s s i m i t à d e l l a c a m e r a d i i o n i z z a z i o n e . e n e c e s s a r i o i n f i n e n o n f u m a r e n e l l a s t a n z a o v e si t r o v a il d i s p o s i t i v o d i m i s u r a . l a r a p p r e s e n t a z i o n e g r a f i c a d e i r i s u l t a l i e l a d e s c r i z i o n e d e l l a c u r v a c l i c m e g l i o li r a p p r e s e n t a s e r v e b e n e a d e l i m i n a r e l ' i n f l u e n z a d e l l e o s c i l l a z i o n i di s c h w e i d l c r c o n l e q u a l i -i h a s e m p r e a c h e f a r e i n q u o . s i c m i s u r e . d a l l a c u r v a si d e d u c o n o i v a l o r i f i n a l i d a i n t r o d u r r e n e l c a l c o l o d e l n u m e r o d i a t o m i d e l l e e m a n a z i o n i p r e s e n t i n e l l ' a r i a e s a m i n a l a : q u e s t o c a l c o l o è g i à l a t o i l l u s t r a t o n e i s u o i p a r t i c o l a r i i n p u b b l i c a z i o n i p r e c e d e n t i e p e r c i ò n o n è il c a s o di s o f f e r m a r v i s i q u i . s e l a t a r a t u r a d e l l ' a p p a r e c c h i o è g i à s t a t a e s e g u i t a b a s t a l ' a t t i v a z i o n e di un s o l o e l e t t r o d o e a l l o r a l e m i s u r e d i tenuta e di d i s a t t i v a z i o n e d i v e n t a n o p i ù s e m p l i c i p e r c h é -i a l t e r n a n o n e l l a c a m e r a s o l s u l.a c a m e r a 1)1 i o n i z z a z i o n i . ic 11. s u o u s o 4 8 7 l a u t o il t e t i m o n e e i e l e t t r o d o n . 5 : i j u i n l i d e l l a c u r v a d i d i s a t t i v a z i o n e r i s u l t a n o p i ù f i l l i e l a c u r v a i t r a c c i a p i ù f a c i l m e n t e . n e l m e t o d o di g e r d i c n n o n -i u s a d e s c r i v e r e u n l i m i l o t r a t t o d e l l a c u r v a d i d i s a t t i v a z i o n e , m a s o l t a n t o a l c u n i p u n t i p e r t r o v a r e , e s t r a p o l a n d o . l ' a t t i v i t à a l l ' i s t a n t e z e r o d e l l a d i a t t i v a z i o n e . l a c a m e r a d i i o n i z z a z i o n e è d e l t i p o d i q u e l l a o r a d c c i i t t a p e r il m i o m e t o d o . istituto \ azionale eli geo fìsica — osseti-. di pavia — ni aggio 7 9 / 7 . ri ass l ' s t o si descrive del tagliatamente la trinici/ delle misure indirette di contenuto di radon dell'aria atmosferica e si dà un protocollo completo di una di tali misure eseguita con il metodo diverti. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 159 annals of geophysics, vol. 51, n. 1, february 2008 key words induced polarization – electrical dispersion spectra – geophysical applications 1. introduction electric dispersion in rocks is the phenomenology on which the frequency-domain (fd) induced polarization (ip) geophysical survey method is based. fd ip effects are mostly investigated in mining, environmental and geothermal exploration. ip is the evidence that a complex mechanism of electrical conduction occurs in earth materials, necessitating an extension of the concept of resistivity, which in the fd can no longer be retained independent of frequency. many empirical models have been proposed to explain ip effects in rocks. extended treatments can be found in the review books by wait (1959), bertin and loeb (1976), sumner (1976) and fink et al. (1990). however, as pointed out by wait (1982), the characterization of ip by empirical laws is vague and confusing, since, fundamentally, non-physical descriptions have been employed. to overcome this conceptual drawback, a generalized physical model has been examined in a very recent paper (patella, 2003) by solving in the fd the following electrodynamic equation of a charge carrier subject to the action of an external electrical field e(ω) (1.1) where ω is the angular frequency, i is the imaginary unit, q and m2 represent the electric charge and the mass of the carrier, m0 is an elastic-like coefficient accounting for recall effects, m1 is a friction-like coefficient accounting for dissipative effects due, e.g., to collisions, and r(ω) is the ft of the trajectory of the charge carrier. assuming for simplicity that the dispersive material contains only one species of charge carriers, indicating with k the number of charge carriers per unit of volume, the following expression for the dispersive conductivity function σ(w), called admittivity (stoyer, 1976), has ( ) ( ) ( )m i qr ep p p 0 2 ω ω ω= = / modeling electrical dispersion phenomena in earth materials domenico patella dipartimento di fisica, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», napoli, italy abstract it is illustrated that ip phenomena in rocks can be described using conductivity dispersion models deduced as solutions to a 2nd-order linear differential equation describing the motion of a charged particle immersed in an external electrical field. five dispersion laws are discussed, namely: the non-resonant positive ip model, which leads to the classical debye-type dispersion law and by extension to the cole-cole model, largely used in current practice; the non-resonant negative ip model, which allows negative chargeability values, known in metals at high frequencies, to be explained as an intrinsic physical property of earth materials in specific field cases; the resonant flat, positive or negative ip models, which can explain the presence of peak effects at specific frequencies superimposed on flat, positive or negative dispersion spectra. mailing address: prof. domenico patella, dipartimento di fisica, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», napoli, italy; e-mail: patella@na.infn.it vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 159 160 d. patella been derived (patella, 2003) (1.2) equation (1.2) is a simple ip model, which describes the behavior of a circuit-like cell made of an rcl series combination. it is equivalent to the lorentz dispersion formula obtained as solution to the 2nd-order ordinary differential equation of harmonic oscillation (balanis, 1989). 2. non-resonant positive ip model let us consider now a system with two different species of charge carriers and put with kj, qj and mp,j (p=0,1,2) the number per unit of volume, the electric charge and the passive coefficients, respectively, of the carriers of the j-th species (j=1,2). such a pair of ionic species can be the result of ionic dissociation of a salt dissolved in pore water. an interesting case to discuss is when one species (j=1) is characterized by negligible recall and inertia terms, and the other species (j=2) by only negligible inertia. this compound can, in fact, be used to explain the well-known ip electrode effect, caused by the presence of metallic or electronic conducting mineral particles occluding pore paths in rocks (madden and cantwell, 1967). considering, for simplicity, a single-salt solution, only one ionic component, namely species 1, is assumed to undergo redox reactions at the two opposite contact faces, in order for the electric current to flow from the solution through the metallic mineral. this is equivalent to claiming that only the passage of the reacting species 1 is allowed. the non-reactant ionic species 2, instead, after running short distances under the influence of the impressed field, must remain blocked along the frontal metallic face, thus giving rise to the ip effect. this simple compound can also explain the ip membrane effect in porous rocks containing dispersed clay particles in contact with an electrolytic solution (madden and cantwell, 1967), generally less strong than the ip electrode effect. considering again a single-salt solution, species 1 ( ) m i m m i kq 0 1 2 2 2 σ ω ω ω ω = + and 2 would represent, respectively, the cations, carrying the electrical current fed by the external source, and anions, traveling, instead, short distances due to the blocking action by the negatively charged membranes (clay particles). referring to eq. (1.2), it is thus assumed that an elementary cell of a dispersive rock can behave like a two-branch parallel circuit, with a branch consisting of a single resistance and the other branch of a rc series sequence, i.e. (2.1) putting (2.2a) (2.2b) (2.2c) from eq. (2.1) we obtain σ(+)(ω) as (2.3) equation (2.3) represents a simple non-resonant positive ip model, whose real and imaginary parts are qualitatively drawn versus frequency in fig. 1. the real part of the admittivity is always positive and its high-frequency (hf) asymptote is located at a finite level higher than the low-frequency (lf) asymptote. the imaginary part, which is always positive, vanishes at both limits and presents a maximum in the inflexion point of the real part. the dispersion law expressed by eq. (2.3) is equivalent to the well known debye model (debye, 1928). generalizing, for each elementary cell either a parallel or a series combination of n twobranch circuits can be considered. for a parallel combination, the admittivity takes the form (2.4) and for a series combination the dispersive resistivity function ρ(+)(ω), called impedivity ( ) ( ) i i ( ) n n n n n n n 2 1 2 1 2 1 c c σ ω ω σ ω σ σ = + + ++ = / ( ) ( ) i i ( ) 2 1 2 1 2 c c σ ω ω σ ω σ σ = + + ++ m m , , 2 1 2 0 2 c = m k q , 2 1 2 2 2 2 σ = m k q , 1 1 1 1 1 2 σ = ( ) m k q m i m i k q( ) , , ,1 1 1 1 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 2 σ ω ω ω = + + + vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 160 161 modeling electrical dispersion phenomena in earth materials (patella, 1987), takes the form (2.5) putting (2.6a) (2.6b) (2.6c) equation (2.5) can be written in the following best known form (patella, 2003) . (2.7) however, it is the cole-cole (cc) model (cole and cole, 1941) that has reached the greatest popularity in ip analysis since the pioneering work by pelton et al. (1978), who reported the cc impedivity function ρcc(ω) in the form (2.8) where τ ≥ 0 and c∈[0,1] are heuristic parameters required to adapt eq. (2.8) to experimental data, and m∈[0,1] is the chargeability parameter introduced by seigel (1959). ( ) 1 ( ) ( ) m i i 1 cc c c 0ρ ω ρ ωτ ωτ = + < f ( ) i i 1 1 ( ) n n n n 0 1 ρ ω ρ ωτ ωβ = + + = d n/ n n n n 0 2 1 2 2 c β ρ σ σ= n n n n n 2 1 1 2 cτ σ σ σ= + ( )lim 1 n n n 0 0 1 1 ρ ρ ω σ= ="w + = b l/ ( ) ( )i i ( ) n n n n n n n 1 2 1 2 2 1 c c ρ ω σ ω σ σ ω = + + ++ = / the cc model, though considered an empirical law (wait, 1982), can physically be interpreted as a continuous distribution of debye dispersion terms (pelton et al., 1983), and hence approximated by an expression like eq. 2.7 (patella and di maio, 2003). following the theory developed by patella (1987, 1993), the cc model has been included in the magnetotelluric (mt) method to study the distortions provoked by ip on 1d (di maio et al., 1991) and 2d (mauriello et al., 1996) synthetic responses. ip effects in mt have been experimentally recognized in volcanic and geothermal areas (patella et al., 1991; coppola et al., 1993; giammetti et al., 1996; di maio et al., 1997, 2000; mauriello et al., 2000, 2004). 3. non-resonant negative ip model negative ip effects in earth materials are observed when |σ(ω)|<|σ0| for ω>0. in literature, negative ip is considered a geometric effect (bertin and loeb, 1976) and it was modeled for a polarizable sphere immersed in a uniform non-polarizable half-space (sumner, 1967; wait, 1982) and for certain layered media (nabighian and elliot, 1976). sumner (1976) maintains that positive ip effects are usually associated with negative ip in definite patterns, and that for most surveys, positive values are larger than negative. he warns that if these conditions are not seen in the data, there may well be equipment or coupling problems. madden and cantwell (1967) hint that negative ip effects can be caused by leakages between transmitting and receiving circuits, and bertin and loeb (1976) also mention inductive coupling, which is sometimes added to and sometimes subtracted from the ip. in conclusion, negative ip in the geophysical literature is not considered a physical effect, i.e. an intrinsic physical property of earth materials. this is rather surprising if one considers, for instance, that negative dispersion is an intrinsic physical property of electrons in metals at wavelengths sensibly less than about 10-2 cm (stratton, 1941). it is shown now that a non-resonant negative ip model can be easily derived in the frame of the theory exposed in section 1. fig. 1. sketch diagram of the non-resonant positive ip model in fd. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 161 162 d. patella let us consider again a system with two different species of charge carriers and discuss the case when both species consist of unbound charges and the first species (j=1) has negligible inertia. referring to eq. (1.2), it is thus assumed that an elementary cell of a dispersive rock can now behave like a two-branch parallel circuit, with a branch made of a single resistance and the other branch of a rl series combination, i.e. (3.1) using eq. (2.2a) and eq. (2.2b) and putting (3.2) eq. (3.1) is written as (3.3) equation (3.3) represents a simple non-resonant negative ip model. the similarity with eq. (2.3) allows σ(−)(ω) to be considered a reverse debye model. its real and imaginary parts are qualitatively drawn versus frequency in fig. 2. again the real part of the admittivity is always positive, but now its lf asymptote is placed at a fi( ) ( ) i i 1 ( ) 2 1 2 2 1σ ω ωλ σ σ ωλ σ = + + +m m , , 2 1 2 2 2λ = ( ) m k q m i m k q( ) , , ,1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 σ ω ω= + + nite level higher than the hf asymptote. the imaginary part is now always negative, vanishes again for ω→ 0, ∞ and presents a minimum in correspondence with the inflexion point of the real part. generalizing, for each elementary cell either a parallel or a series combination of n twobranch circuits can again be considered. for a parallel combination, the admittivity takes the form (3.4) while, for a series combination, the impedivity becomes . (3.5) 4. resonant ip models resonant ip effects are indeed included in the general solution given by eq. (1.2), hence a system with two different species of charge carriers is again considered by discussing the case when only the first species (j=1) is characterized by negligible recall and inertia terms. it is thus assumed that an elementary cell of a dispersive rock now behaves like a two-branch parallel circuit, with a branch made of a single resistance and the other branch of a rlc series combination, i.e. (4.1) which, recalling eqs.(2.2a) to (2.2c)) and eq. (3.2) can be rewritten as (4.2) equation (4.2) represents a simple non-resonant flat ip model. its real and imaginary parts are qualitatively drawn versus frequency in fig. 3. the real part of the admittivity is again always positive, but its lf and hf asymptotes are now placed at the same finite level (flat asymptotic ( ) ( ) ( ) i i ( )rf 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 c c σ ω ω ω λ σ ω λ ω σ σ = + + + ( ) m k q m i m m i k q( ) , , , , rf 1 1 1 1 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 σ ω ω ω ω = + + ( ) ( ) i i1( ) n n n n n n n 1 2 2 1 2 1 ρ ω σ σ ωλ σ ωλ= + + += / ( ) ( ) i i 1 ( ) n n n n n n n 2 1 2 2 1 1 σ ω ωλ σ σ ωλ σ = + + += / fig. 2. sketch diagram of the non-resonant negative ip model in fd. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 162 163 modeling electrical dispersion phenomena in earth materials line) and a bump appears with a maximum in correspondence with the resonance frequency ω=(γ2/λ2)1/2. the imaginary part goes to zero for ω→ 0, ∞ and shows an undulation with the positive peak followed by the negative peak and crossing the ω-axis in the resonance frequency. it is worth pointing out that a resonant effect can be considered a sequence of a positive and a negative ip effect. generalizing, for each elementary cell either a parallel or a series combination of n twobranch circuits can as before be considered. with no claim to be exhaustive, this survey on the ip physical modeling theory can now be concluded by considering resonance an additional phenomenon superimposed on either a positive or negative ip effect. it is thus assumed that an elementary cell of a dispersive rock can now contain three different ionic species (j=1,2,3) and behave like a three-branch parallel circuit, with a branch made of a single resistance (j=1), the second branch of either a rc or a rl series combination (j=2), and the third branch by a rcl series combination (j=3), i.e. (4.3) for the resonant positive ip, and ( ) m k q m i m i k q m i m m i k q ( ) , , , , , , r 1 1 1 1 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 2 0 3 1 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 σ ω ω ω ω ω ω = + + + + + + (4.4) for the resonant negative ip. using the same symbolism as above, eq. (4.3) and eq. (4.4) can be given, respectively, as (4.5) (4.6) figures 4 and 5 show qualitatively the behavior of the real and imaginary parts of the resonant positive ip model given by eq. (4.5) and the resonant negative ip model given by eq. (4.6). the result is the sum of the diagrams of the real and imaginary parts depicted in fig. 1 and fig. 2, respectively, plus the homologous diagrams in fig. 3, provided that a shift to the zero-level is applied to the common lf and hf asymptote of the real part. the influence of the resonant positive ip ( ) ( ) . i i i i 1 ( )r 2 1 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 c σ ω ωλ σ σ ωλ σ ω ω λ ωσ= + + + + + ( ) ( ) i i i i( )r 2 1 2 1 2 3 2 3 3 c c c σ ω ω σ ω σ σ ω ω λ ωσ= + + + + + + ( ) m k q m i m k q m i m m i k q ( ) , , , , , , r 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 3 1 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 σ ω ω ω ω ω = + + + + + fig. 3. sketch diagram of the resonant flat ip model in fd. fig. 4. sketch diagram of the resonant positive ip model in fd. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 163 164 d. patella phenomenon on transient em methods has been studied in detail by ageev and svetov (1999) and svetov and ageev (1999). they adopted the cc model given in eq. (2.8), by arguing that for small chargeability values its validity can be extended to values of c∈]1,2[ and that within this interval of c resonance effects can be modeled. 5. conclusions it has been shown that ip phenomena in rocks can be described using conductivity dispersion laws derived as solutions to a linear 2nd-order differential equation defining the motion of a charged particle immersed in an external electrical field. five dispersion laws have been discussed, namely: 1) the non-resonant positive ip model, which leads to the classical debye dispersion law and by extension to the cole-cole law, largely used in current practice; 2) the non-resonant negative ip model, which introduces the possibility of explaining negative chargeability values, known in metals at high frequencies, also as an intrinsic physical effect in some earth materials; 3) the resonant flat, positive or negative ip models, which explain the presence of peak effects at specific frequencies superimposed on flat, positive or negative dispersion spectra. though all the derived dispersion models are related to the physical parameters regulating the motion of charge carriers under the influence of an external electric field, it must once again be remarked that distinguishing ionic species in earth materials by ip spectra still remains a difficult task. however, decrypting field measurements by one of the derived ip models may be very useful in some exploration problems. to conclude, it is worth recalling that nonresonant positive ip responses constitute by far the largest majority of effects observed directly by the ip method in mineral, oil and groundwater investigations, and, indirectly by the mt method, also in geothermal areas. a wealth of literature exists on this topic, covering the last six decades almost continuously, since the pioneering intensive works started in the late 40’s of the last century. less known in literature are resonant ip responses, mostly studied by russian researchers, of which good examples are reported in safonov et al. (1996). finally, regarding the negative ip effect as a true physical property of rocks, there is not yet any documentation firmly attesting such a possibility. nevertheless, it is suspected that in environmental applications, for instance, the observation of nearsurface negative ip effects may be a useful indicator of the presence of massive ionic contaminants in conductive sediments. references ageev, v.v. and b.s. svetov (1999): the influence of rock polarizability on electromagnetic soundings, izvestia ras, physics of the solid earth, 35, 16-24. balanis, c.a. (1989): advanced engineering electromagnetics (j. wiley & sons, new york). bertin, j. and j. loeb (1976): experimental and theoretical aspects of induced polarization (gebrüder-bornträger, berlin), 2 vols. cole, k.s. and r.h. cole (1941): dispersion and absorption in dielectrics, j. chem. phys., 9, 341-351. coppola, b., r. di maio, i. marini, a. merla, d. patella, g. pulelli, f.m. rossi and a. siniscalchi (1993): study of the simplon area geothermal anomaly in the fig. 5. sketch diagram of the resonant negative ip model in fd. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 164 165 modeling electrical dispersion phenomena in earth materials frame of a transalpine deep railway tunnel feasibility projectin, in underground transportation infrastructures, proc. of an intern. conf. of the association française des travaux en souterrain, edited by j.l. reith (balkema, rotterdam), toulon, 1993, 93-102. debye , p. (1928): polar molecules (chemical catalogue company, new york). di maio, r., d. patella and a. siniscalchi (1991: sul problema del riconoscimento di uno strato elettricamente polarizzabile mediante misure magnetotelluriche (in italian), in atti del ii convegno di geomagnetismo ed aeronomia, edited by a. meloni and b. zolesi (istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, roma), 239-250. di maio, r., p. mauriello, d. patella, z. petrillo, s. piscitelli, a. siniscalchi and m. veneruso (1997): self-potential, geoelectric and magnetotelluric studies in italian active volcanic areas, ann. geofis., xl (2), 519-537. di maio, r., d. patella, z. petrillo, a. siniscalchi, g. cecere and p. de martino (2000): application of electric and electromagnetic methods to the study of the phlegrean fields caldera, ann. geofis., 43 (2), 375-390. fink, j.b., e.o. mcalister, b.k. sternberg, w.g. wieduwilt and s.h. ward (editors) (1990): induced polarization: applications and case histories, in investigations in geophysics, society of exploration geophysicists, tulsa, oklahoma, vol. 4, pp. 414. giammetti, s., d. patella, a. siniscalchi and a. tramacere (1996): the siena graben: combined interpretation of des and mt soundings, ann. geofis., xxxix (1), 189-200. madden, t.r. and t. cantwell (1967): induced polarization, a review, in mining geophysics, society of exploration geophysicists, tulsa, oklahoma, vol. 2, 373-400. mauriello, p., d. patella and a. siniscalchi (1996): the magnetotelluric response over two-dimensional media with resistivity frequency dispersion, geophys. prosp., 44, 789-818. mauriello, p., d. patella, z. petrillo and a. siniscalchi (2000): an integrated magnetotelluric study of the mt. etna volcanic structure, ann. geofis., 43 (2), 325-342. mauriello, p., d. patella, z. petrillo, a. siniscalchi, t. iuliano and c. del negro (2004): a geophysical study of the mt. etna volcanic area, in mt. etna: volcano laboratory, edited by a. bonaccorso, s. calvari, m. coltelli, c. del negro and s. falsaperla, american geophysical union, geophysical monograph series, 143, 273-291. nabighian, m.n., and c.l. elliot (1976): negative induced polarization effects from layered media, geophysics, 41, 1235-1255. patella, d. (1987): tutorial: interpretation of magnetotelluric measurements over an electrically dispersive onedimensional earth, geophys. prosp., 35, 1-11. patella, d. (1993): i principi metodologici della magnetotellurica su mezzi generalmente dispersivi (in italian), ann. geofis., xxxvi (5/6), 147-160. patella, d. (2003): on the role of the j-e constitutive relationship in applied geoelectromagnetism, ann. geophys., 46, 589-597. patella, d. and r. di maio (1989): on the analysis of cole-cole relaxations transients in the induced polarization prospecting method, in inverse modeling in exploration geophysics, edited by a. vogel, r. gorenflo, b. kummer and c.o. ofoegbu (f. vieweg & sohn, braunschweig/wiesbaden), 205-219. patella, d., a. tramacere, r. di maio and a. siniscalchi (1991): experimental evidence of resistivity frequency-dispersion in magnetotellurics in the newberry (oregon), snake river plain (idaho) and campi flegrei (italy) volcano-geothermal areas, j. volcanol. geoth. res., 48, 61-75. pelton, w.h., s.h. ward, p.g. hallof, w.r. sill and p.h. nelson (1978): mineral discrimination and removal of inductive coupling with multi-frequency ip, geophysics, 43, 588-603. pelton, w.h., w.r. sill and b.d. smith (1983): interpretation of complex resistivity and dielectric data. part i, geophys. trans., 29, 297-330. safonov, a.s., i.a. mushin, e.s. kiselev and a.s. goryunov (1996): a structural-formation model as the physical-geological basis for high-resolution electroprospecting, geofizika, 2, 12-23. seigel, h.o. (1959): mathematical formulation and type curves for induced polarization, geophysics, 24, 547565. stoyer, c.h. (1976): consequences of induced polarization in magnetotelluric interpretation, pure appl. geophys., 114, 435-449. stratton, j. (1941): electromagnetic theory (mcgrawhill, new york). sumner, j.s. (1967): the problem of negative ip anomalies, in proc. of the symposium on induced electrical polarization, engineering geoscience, department of mineral, technical university of california, berkeley, 32-50. sumner, j.s. (1976): principles of induced polarization for geophysical exploration (elsevier, amsterdam). svetov, b.s. and v.v. ageev, (1999): high resolution electromagnetic methods and low fequency dispersion of rock conductivity, ann. geofis., 42 (4), 699-713. wait, j.r. (editor) (1959): overvoltage research and geophysical applications (pergamon, oxford). wait, j.r. (1982): geo-electromagnetism (academic press, new york). vol51,1,2008_delnegro 16-02-2009 21:28 pagina 165 041_053 adg v–5 n01.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 41 gps detection of the instantaneous response of the global ionosphere to strong magnetic storms with sudden commencement edward l. afraimovich, eugene a. kosogorov, ludmila a. leonovich, oleg s. lesyuta and igor i. ushakov institute of solar-terrestrial physics sd, russian academy of science, irkutsk, russia abstract using a new technology for global gps detection of ionospheric disturbances, globdet, it has been established that a drastic increase in the time derivative of the magnetic field strength during magnetic storms is accompanied by an almost simultaneous decrease in mid-latitude total electron content on the entire dayside. the corresponding correlation coefficient is not below −0.8; the delay with respect to the time of a magnetic storm sudden commencement is about 3-10 min. this is most pronounced for magnetic storms with a wellmarked sudden storm commencement. the sudden storm commencements presented in the paper were observed during the initial storm phase. the analysis reported here was made for a set of from 90 to 300 gps stations for 10 days in 1998-2001 with a different level of geomagnetic activity (dst from −6 nt to −295 nt, and k p from 0 to 9). the «simultaneous» total electron content response for the events under consideration was 0.1-0.4 tecu, and the travel velocity of the disturbance from the dayside to the nightside was in the order of 10-20 km/s. results obtained are consistent with earlier ionospheric parameter measurements obtained using high temporal resolution methods. 1. introduction the ionospheric response to a sudden storm commencement (ssc) should be set off from the large number of phenomena observed during different phases of magnetospheric storm development. many morphological research efforts have been made to puzzle out the dynamic nature of the processes accompanying ssc. ssc response characteristics in mid-latitude vlfemissions were considered in mullayarov and muzlov (2000). observations of post-ssc ionospheric fluxes and particle precipitation events were presented in nielsen and honary (2000). the solar wind velocity and density effects on the cyclic behavior of the ssc occurrence frequency were investigated in makarov (1994). distinctive decreases in maximum ionization (n m ) and in ionization at fixed levels (n h ) after ssc were observed for a strong magnetic storm of july 11-19, 1959 (potapova and shapiro, mailing address: p r o f . e d w a r d l . a f r a i m o v i c h , institute of solar-terrestrial physics sd, russian academy of sciences, p.o. box 4026, irkutsk, 664033, russia; e-mail: afra@iszf.irk.ru key words global ionospheric response – sudden storm commencement – magnetic storms 42 edward l. afraimovich, eugene a. kosogorov, ludmila a. leonovich, oleg s. lesyuta and igor i. ushakov 1961). a valley in the diurnal variation of the f2-layer critical frequency (f0 f2), and a drastic increase in the height of the f2-layer maximum (h max f 2 ) occurred almost simultaneously with ssc on the entire day-side (for mid-latitude stations). the valleys during evening ssc are hidden by an abrupt diurnal change in the parameter f0 f2; therefore, a scatter of the delay time τ between the f 0 f 2 minimum and the ssc time was observed. the duration (∆t ) of the f0 f2 response to the ssc varied from 1 to 22 min. table i presents the following characteristics: magnetic storm date; reference to a relevant publication; τ delay between the ssc time and the ionospheric response; ∆t duration of the ionospheric response to the ssc; ∆ | a| amplitude increment relative to quiet values; v displacement velocity of disturbances, and n largest number of stations involved in the investigation. the post-ssc ionospheric response for the magnetic storm of june 15, 1965 was investigated in great depth by shashunkina (1968, 1972), based on data from a number of ionospheric stations located at different sites of the globe. using data on f 0 f 2 , the f 2 -layer maximum electron density (n max f 2 ), the maximum height hmaxf2, the f2-layer thickness y m , and electron density distribution profiles with height (n h ), it was found that the delay of the maximum of the ionospheric response to ssc varied from 0 to 90 min. the response duration according to f0 f2 data varied from 90 (low solar activity) to 180 min (high solar table i. characteristics of the ionospheric response to ssc. n date reference technique parameters τ, min ∆t, min ∆| a| v, m/s n 1 11-19.07-1959 potapova and sphiro i f0 f2, n(h) 0-138 1-22 0.2-2 mhz − 14 (1961) nmf2, nh 2 15.06.1965 shashunkina i f0 f2, n(h) 0-90 90-180 1-1.3 mhz 0.72-2.5 20 (1968, 1972) hmf2, nmf2, h′f2, ym 3 25-26.05.1990 buonsanto frlps, tec, nmf2, 108-300 102-360 10-32 tecu, − 4, (1995) isr h m f 2 180-300 150 km 1 4 25-26.09.1958 rüster (1965) i hmf2, f0 f2 150 120 100 km − 1 5 13-14.09.1959 rüster (1965) i hmf2 180 120 150 km − 1 6 3-4.10.1959 rüster (1965) i f0 f2 90 90 100 km − 1 7 8.07.1958 bowman i ∆h′f 3-3.5 180-540 20-100 km 0.37-0.72 5 (1965) hmf2 8 12-14.03.1989 huang and cheng i f0 f2, tec 0-0.6 30-60 5 mhz, − 1, (1991) frlps 65 tecu 3 9 15.02.1967; huang et al. fds ∆f 0-0.07 1-4 0.5-2 hz − 2 13.03.1970 (1973) 10 6.01.1998; − globdet tec 4-10 15-30 0.08-0.38 10-20 90-300 23.04.1998; 6.04.2000; 8.06.2000; 13-15.07.2000; 31.03.2001; 4-11.04.2001 i = ionosonde; frlps = faraday rotation of the linearly-polarized signal; isr = incoherent scatter radar; fds = frequency doppler shift measurements along the hf path; 1tecu = 1016m−2. 43 gps detection of the instantaneous response of the global ionosphere to strong magnetic storms with sudden commencement activity) depending on the station’s latitude. the delay of the ionospheric response to ssc increased from high to low latitudes. some publications (huang and cheng, 1991; buonsanto, 1995) contain estimates of variations of ionospheric parameters after ssc made on the basis of data from incoherent scatter stations (iss) and by determining the value of the total electron content (tec) from faraday effect measurements of the signal from geostationary satellites (goes2, goes7). the delay of the ionospheric response to ssc for the magnetic storm of may 25-26, 1990 was 108-300 min (according to tec measurements) and 180-300 min (according to data from iss) (buonsanto, 1995). the response duration ∆t was 102-360 min. for the magnetic storm of march 12-14, 1989, τ ranged from 0 to 36 min according to tec and f 0 f 2 data. the response duration ∆t was 30-60 min (huang and cheng, 1991). information on the ionospheric response to ssc for the magnetic storms of september 2526, 1958, september 13-14, 1959, october 3-4, 1959, and july 8, 1958 according to ionosonde data is reported by bowman (1965) and rüster (1965). the delay τ for these storms averaged 90-210 min. the ionospheric response to an instantaneous change in the magnetic field lasted 90-540 min. the ionospheric response to a ssc of the magnetic storms of february 15 and september 19, 1967; october 29, 1968; may 14, 1969; april 28, 1969, and of march 31, 1970, was investigated by measuring the frequency doppler shift along an hf path (huang et al., 1973). the delay τ between a maximum frequency doppler shift and the ssc time was 0-4 min; the response duration was 1-4 min. of all the abovementioned data these results are distinguished for the highest time resolution and hence for the highest reliability of determination of the response delay τ. investigations of the ionospheric response to ssc made by a number of authors to date, contributed significantly to the study of the phenomena described above. a demerit characteristic for most investigations is the low spatial and temporal resolution of measuring facilities (time steps of 5 or 15 min; the largest number of ionospheric stations involved in the study of the same event does not exceed 20). for that reason, in spite of the large body of experimental evidence available, it is impossible to obtain reasonably reliable estimates of the main parameters of ionospheric response to ssc. because of this, the results presented in table i are most likely to refer to different manifestations of geomagnetic disturbances in the mid-latitude ionosphere. thus, in some cases (lines 2 and 7 of table i) the ionospheric parameter variations were caused by large-scale traveling ionospheric disturbances (ls tid) with typical time periods of 1-2 h and wavelengths in the order of 1000 km (bowman, 1965; shashunkina, 1968, 1972). it is generally believed that ls tids are manifestations of acoustic-gravity waves (agw) whose generation regions lie in equatorial zones of the northern and southern hemispheres. these concepts received further support through recent experiments using gps data (ho et al., 1998; afraimovich et al., 2000b). the ls tid response delay of about 1-2 h is consistent with the idea that tids are generated in auroral regions and travel equatorward at a velocity of about 300-400 m/s. in other cases (lines 9 and 10 of table i) the response delay is too small to be consistent with the above mechanism associated with the generation and propagation of agw. a global spatial averaging of tec variation, obtained using data from the international gps network, seems to have been used for the first time by afraimovich et al. (2000a) in investigating the global ionospheric response to ssc. an «instantaneous» ionospheric response to a sudden commencement, ssc, of a strong magnetic storm of april 6, 2000 was detected; it appeared as a single negative tec disturbance with a duration of about 20 min, with about 200s delay with respect to the ssc at mid-latitudes, almost simultaneously on the entire dayside. the study reported by afraimovich et al. (2000a) used the new technology, globdet, developed at the istp sd ras for global detection of ionospheric disturbances of natural and artificial origins using data from the international network of two-frequency multi-channel receivers of the navigation gps system which substantially improves the sensitivity and space-time resolution of experiment (afraimovich, 2000). 44 edward l. afraimovich, eugene a. kosogorov, ludmila a. leonovich, oleg s. lesyuta and igor i. ushakov the objective of this paper is to obtain statistically more significant estimates of the main parameters of the response to ssc for magnetic storms with a different level of geomagnetic activity. the ssc presented in the paper were observed during the initial storm phase. 2. the method for determining the global ionospheric response to a sudden storm commencement we now outline the procedure of processing gps data which is directly used in this paper. the input data in our experiment are represented by series of «oblique» tec values along the beam to the gps satellite at selected receiving points, as well as the corresponding series of values of the elevation θ (t) and azimuth α (t) of the beam calculated from our developed convtec program to convert standard (for the gps system) rinex-files available through the internet (gurtner, 1993). the variations of the «oblique» tec i (t) are determined on the basis of phase measurements at each of the spatially separated two-frequency gps receivers using the known formula from hofmann-wellenhof et al. (1992) (2.1) where l 1 λ 1 and l 2 λ 2 are the increments of the radio signal phase path caused by the phase delay in the ionosphere (m); l1 and and l2 stand for the number of complete phase rotations, and λ 1 and λ 2 are the wavelengths (m) for the frequencies f1 = 1575.42 mhz and f2 = 1227.60 mhz, respectively; const is some unknown initial phase path (m); and nl is the error in determining the phase path (m). the sensitivity of phase measurements in the gps system permits irregularities and wave processes to be detected over a wide range of amplitudes (as large as 10–3 of the diurnal tec variation) and periods (from several days to a few minutes). standard data available via the internet have a time resolution of 30 s. ionospheric data provide their data with a time resolution of 5-15 min. hence the gps data have higher time resolution compared with ionosondes and incoherent scatter stations. to determine the characteristics associated with disturbances involves selecting several series of tec i(t) measurements with a duration of 1 h at least. to exclude the influence of the signal reception conditions, we used only observations with satellite elevations θ (t) larger than 30°. for the purpose of eliminating the variations of a regular ionosphere as well as trends introduced by the satellite motion, use is made of the procedure of removing the linear trend by preliminarily smoothing the initial series with the selected time window of a duration in the order of 30 min. the globdet software package used in this study performs a global coherent accumulation of tec variations over the time interval chosen for the analysis (afraimovich, 2000) (2.2) where di i is the filtered tec series; and n is the number of beam. the correction coefficient k i is required for converting the «oblique» tec to an equivalent «vertical» value (klobuchar, 1997) (2.3) where r z is earth’s radius; and hmax is the height of the ionospheric f2-layer maximum. 3. geometry of the experiment the investigation reported in this paper is based on data from the global network of gps receiving stations available via the internet. at present (as of february 2001), data from no fewer than 800 gps stations can be accessed through the internet. figure 1a illustrates the geometry of part of the global network used in nl+ + ]const i f f f f l l= − −( ) +[ 1 40 308 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2. λ λ s t di ki i i n = × = ∑ 1 ( ) k r r h i z z i= +         θcos arcsin cos max ( ) 45 gps detection of the instantaneous response of the global ionosphere to strong magnetic storms with sudden commencement 09:10 17:10 01:10 09:10 lt 0 60 120 180 240 300 360 90 60 30 0 -30 -60 -90 la tit ud e, d eg . longitude, deg. 0 60 120 180 240 300 360 90 60 30 0 -30 -60 -90 la tit ud e, d eg . a b fig. 1a,b. the geometry of the part of the global gps network used in this study when analyzing the ionospheric response to the ssc of the strong magnetic storms of june 8, 2000 (263 stations) (a). dots correspond to the location of gps stations. the upper scale indicates the local time lt, corresponding to the time 09:10 ut. panel (b) shows the coordinates of subionospheric points for the height of the f 2 -layer maximum h max = 300 km for all satellites visible at the ssc time june 8, 2000, for each of the gps stations marked on panel a (a total of 1325 los). 46 edward l. afraimovich, eugene a. kosogorov, ludmila a. leonovich, oleg s. lesyuta and igor i. ushakov this case study of the magnetic storm of june 8, 2000 (263 stations). as is evident from fig. 1a, the set of stations we selected from the part of the global gps network available to use, covers rather densely north america and europe, and to a much lesser extent asia. gps stations are more sparsely distributed on the pacific and atlantic oceans. however, such coverage of the surface of the globe makes it possible, even today, to tackle the problem of global detection of disturbances with hither to unprecedented spatial accumulation. this ensures the number of statistically independent series which is, as a minimum, by two orders of magnitude larger than could be realized when taking records with other measuring facilities. thus, in the western hemisphere the corresponding number of stations can reach no less than 500 today, and the number of beams to the satellite can be no less than 2000-3000. the upper scale in fig. 1a shows the local time (lt), corresponding to 09:10 ut (ssc time for the magnetic storm of june 8, 2000). for a variety of reasons, slightly differing sets of gps stations were selected for different events to be analyzed; however, the geometry of experiment for all events was virtually identical. the station coordinates are not given here for reasons of space. this information may be found at the electronic address http://lox.ucsd.edu/cgibin/allcoords.cgi? figure 1b presents the locations subionospheric points for the height hmax = 300 km for the whole set of gps satellites during the ssc of june 8, 2000, for each of the gps stations marked off in fig. 1a (the number of beams is 1325). 4. ionospheric response to a sudden commencement of the strong magnetic storm of april 6, 2000 figure 2a-d plots the tec time dependence i(t) on the dayside for april 6, 2000 (a), and the di(t) variations obtained upon removing the linear trend from the i(t) series and smoothing with the 30-min time window (b) for stations algo (prn02, thick line) and ohig (prn01, thin line). the same applies for the nightside for stations irkt (prn21, thick line), kerg (prn22, thin line) (c) and (d). as is evident from fig. 2b, the decrease of di(t) relative to the ssc time, which is characteristic for the algo and ohig stations, occurs with a delay τ of about 5 min. for the irkt and kerg stations (fig. 2d), there is a delay of about 32-37 min between the valley in s(t) and the ssc time. the geographic coordinates of gps stations ohig and algo are shown in fig. 2b, and those for stations irkt and kerg are indicated in fig. 2d. for the time interval 16:00-18:00 ut, april 6, 2000, fig. 3a plots the variations in magnetic flux at geostationary orbit of the goes10 satellite (135°w), fig. 3b the variations of the h component of the magnetic field h(t), and fig. 3c the time derivative of the h-component (thin line) for station irkutsk (52.20°n; 104.30°e). results of a global summation of s(t) are presented for the dayside (472 trajectories) in fig. 3d. the dependence s(t) for the nightside (245 trajectories) is plotted in fig. 3e. for comparison, fig. 3c plots the inverted curve s(t) for the dayside (thick line). the ssc time (16:39 ut) in fig. 3a-e is shown by the vertical dashed line. an analysis of the tec data for our entire chosen set of gps points for the time interval 16:30-17:30 ut, including the ssc time, shows a negative disturbance of a duration of about 20 min. the delay σ between a maximum of the dh(t)/dt and a maximum of the inverted s(t) series was 6 min. the delay τ between the ssc time and a maximum of the s(t) curve was 7 min. figure 4a plots the time of a minimum t min of the filtered tec series versus latitude, obtained for each beam; the amplitude of the tec response to the ssc of the strong magnetic storm of april 6, 2000 on the dayside; and the distribution of t min and of the response amplitude a as a function of local time (lt) (for the time interval 16:24-17:36 ut). the ssc time in fig. 4a,c is shown by the thin horizontal line. the scatter of the time t min is due to the fact that there exist background tec fluctuations with periods similar to periods of oscillations caused by the ssc; therefore, to improve the signal/noise ratio we apply a global coherent accumulation of di(t) series. 47 gps detection of the instantaneous response of the global ionosphere to strong magnetic storms with sudden commencement fig. 2a-h. time dependencies of tec i(t) on the dayside on april 6, 2000 (a), and variations of the di(t) with the linear trend removed and a smoothing with the 30-min time window (b) for stations algo (prn02 thick line) and ohig (prn01 thin line). same on the nightside for the station irkt (prn21 thick line) and kerg (prn22 thin line) (c) and (d). time dependencies of tec i(t) on the dayside on june 8, 2000 (e), and variations of the di(t) (f ) for stations pfan (prn03 thick line). same on the nightside for the station mem2 (prn02 thick line) and riog (prn01 thin line) (g) and (h). all panels show gps station names, prn numbers of the gps satellites and geographical coordinates of stations. 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 i ( t ) , t e c u o h i g a l g o 1 .8 1 .2 0 .6 0 0 .6 1 .2 d i ( t ) , t e c u 0 1 2 3 4 i ( t) , t e c u 1 6 :3 0 1 7 :0 0 1 7 :3 0 t i m e , u t 0 .4 0 .2 0 0 .2 0 .4 d i ( t ) , t e c u i r k t k e r g 0 4 8 1 2 i ( t ) , t e c u 0 .1 6 0 .0 8 0 d i ( t ) , t e c u p f a n s s c ( 6 3° n ; 3 0 2 ° e ) ( 4 6° n ; 2 8 2 ° e ) ( 4 9 .3° n ; 7 0 ° e ) ( 5 2° n ; 1 0 4 .3° e ) 0 2 4 6 i ( t ) , t e c u m e m 2 r i o g 0 9 :0 0 0 9 :3 0 1 0 :0 0 t i m e , u t 0 .2 0 .1 0 0 .1 0 .2 d i ( t ) , t e c u ( 3 5 .4 6 ° n ; 2 7 0 ° e ) ( 5 3 .8° n ; 2 9 2 .2° e ) s s c (47.5° n; 9.8° e) april 6, 2000 june 8, 2000 a b c e d g h f 48 edward l. afraimovich, eugene a. kosogorov, ludmila a. leonovich, oleg s. lesyuta and igor i. ushakov an examination of figs. 3a-d and 4a-d, suggests the conclusion that on the dayside of the earth the largest value of the tec response amplitude was 0.4 tecu (1-2% of the background value of the tec i0; 1tecu = 10 16 m–2). the value of i0 was determined from standard ionex-files (mannucci et al., 1998), available via the internet, by averaging the tec values for the latitude, longitude and time ranges of our interest. the duration of the ionospheric response to the ssc was 20 min. the delay τ between the largest value of the tec response amplitude and the ssc time, in mid-latitudes on the dayside, was 6 min. in high latitudes the delay τ lasts for more than 15 min. on the nightside, a = 0.1 tecu, and τ = 45 min. 5. ionospheric response to other magnetic storms similar results were also obtained for some other magnetic storms: of january 6 and april 23, 1998; june 8 and july 13, 14 and 15, 2000; and of march 31 and april 4, 11, 2001. data on the magnetic field were received from the goes spacecraft (the satellite numbers are 9 and 10 for april 23, 1998 and june 8, 2001; march 31 and april 4, 11, 2001, respectively). figure 2 (right) plots the time dependencies of the tec i(t) on the dayside for june 8, 2000 (e) and the di(t) variations (f ) for gps station pfan (prn03). the same applies for the nightside for stations mem2 (prn02, thick curve) and riog (prn01, thin curve). it is apparent from fig. 2f that for station pfan lying on the dayside, the delay τ between the ssc onset time and a minimum di(t) is about 3 min. on the nightside, τ = 7-9 min for stations mem2 and riog. the geographic coordinates of gps station pfan and for stations mem2 and riog are shown in fig. 2f,h respectively. figure 4e-h shows the same parameters as in fig. 4a-d, but for the magnetic storm of june 8, 2000. the response amplitude a in fig. 4h is plotted as a function of local time (lt) for the time interval 08:42-09:42 ut. figure 5a-e plots the same dependencies as in fig. 2a-h, but for the time interval 08:00-10:00 ut, june 8, 2000. the result of a global coherent summation for the dayside (fig. 5d) is shown for 406 beams. such a result for s(t) on the nightside (632 beam) is presented in fig. 5e. figure 6a-e plots the same dependencies as in fig. 2a-h, but for the time interval 15:30-17:30 ut, april 11, 2001. the result of a global coherent summation for the dayside (fig. 6d) is shown for 403 beams. such a result for s(t) on the nightside (97 beam) is presented in fig. 6e. fig. 3a-e. the variations in magnetic flux (a) at geostationary orbit of the goes10 station (135°w), the variations of the h-component of the magnetic field h(t) (b), and of the time derivative dh(t)/dt (c) (thin line) for the time interval 16:00-18:00 ut, april 6, 2000, at station irkutsk (52.2°n, 104.3°e). the result of a global spatial averaging of s(t) (d) for 472 los on the dayside. a similar result for 245 los on the nightside (e). for comparison, panel (c) presents the inverted curve s(t) (heavy line) on the dayside. the time of ssc is shown on panels (a-e) by a vertical dashed line. a b c d e 49 gps detection of the instantaneous response of the global ionosphere to strong magnetic storms with sudden commencement fig. 4a-h. the latitudinal dependencies (obtained for each los) of the tmin (a) and of the amplitude a (b) of the ionospheric response to the magnetic storm ssc on april 6, 2000, on the dayside; the total distributions of tmin (c) and a (d) as a function of local time lt (for the time interval 16:24-17:36 ut). the latitudinal dependencies of the t min (e) and of the amplitude a (f ) of the ionospheric response to the magnetic storm ssc on june 8, 2000, on the dayside; the total distributions of t min (g) and (h) as a function of local time lt (for the time interval 08:42-09:42 ut). the ssc times is shown on panels (a, c, e, g) by a horizontal straight line. 8 0 4 0 0 4 0 8 0 1 6 :3 0 1 7 :0 0 1 7 :3 0 t m i n , u t 6 8 1 0 1 2 1 6 :3 0 1 7 :0 0 1 7 :3 0 t m i n , u t 8 0 4 0 0 4 0 8 0 l a ti t u d e , d e g . 1 .5 1 .0 0 .5 0 .0 a , t e c u 6 8 1 0 1 2 t i m e , l t 2 .0 1 .5 1 .0 0 .5 0 .0 a , t e c u s s c s s c 8 0 4 0 0 4 0 8 0 0 9 :0 0 0 9 :1 1 0 9 :2 3 0 9 :3 5 0 9 :4 7 t m i n , u t 9 1 2 1 5 0 9 :0 0 0 9 :1 1 0 9 :2 3 0 9 :3 5 0 9 :4 7 t m in , u t 8 0 4 0 0 4 0 8 0 l a t i t u d e , d e g . 0 .4 0 .2 0 .0 a ,t e c u 9 1 2 1 5 2 t im e , l t 0 .6 0 .4 0 .2 0 .0 a ,t e c u s s c s s c june 8, 2000april 6, 2000 1 8 2 1 1 4 1 6 1 4 1 6 1 8 2 1 a b c e d g h f 50 edward l. afraimovich, eugene a. kosogorov, ludmila a. leonovich, oleg s. lesyuta and igor i. ushakov an examination of figs. 4a-h and 5a-h suggests that the ionospheric response to the ssc lasted 20 min. the delay σ between a maximum of the inverted curve s(t) and a maximum of the curve dh/dt is 3.5 min. the delay τ between the ssc time and a maximum of the s(t) curve was 4.5 min. on the dayside of the earth the largest value of the response in amplitude and the delay τ with respect to the ssc time were 0.1 tecu and 2 min, respectively. on the nightside, these values were 0.06 tecu and 8 min, respectively. the travel velocity of the disturbance from midto high-latitudes and from the dayside to the nightside averaged 10-20 km/s. fig. 5a-e. the same as fig. 2a-h, but for the time interval 08:00-10:00 ut, june 8, 2000. the result of a global spatial averaging of s(t) for 406 los on the dayside (d). a similar result for 632 los on the nightside (e). fig. 6a-e. the same as fig. 2a-h, but for the time interval 15:30-17:30 ut, april 11, 2001. the result of a global spatial averaging of s(t) for 403 los on the dayside (d). a similar result for 97 los on the nightside (e). the main values characterizing the magnetic storms being analyzed are presented in table ii: dst at the ssc time (according to the data from the goes satellite); the ssc time; max dh/dt maximum value of the derivative h(t); ∆t time interval under investigation; m number of averagings (of beams) in the case of a global coherent accumulation;a∑modulus of a maximum response amplitude for the s(t) series (it is shown on a percentage basis how much our measured value of the tec amplitude differs from the mean background value of i 0 calculated from standard ionex-files); σ delay between maxima of the series s(t) (inverted values) and 1 0 0 1 2 0 1 4 0 1 6 0 1 8 0 n t 1 0 1 2 d h (t )/ d t, n t /s ec 0 .1 0 0 .0 5 0 .0 0 s (t ), t e c u s s c n = 4 0 6 0 8 : 0 0 0 8 : 3 0 0 9 : 0 0 0 9 : 3 0 1 0 : 0 0 t i m e , u t 0 .0 4 0 0 .0 4 0 .0 8 s (t ), t e c u n = 6 3 2 4 0 0 4 0 8 0 h (t ), n t s ( t ) i r k u t s k june 8, 2000 g o e s 1 0 ( 1 3 5 0 w ) a b c d e a b c d e n = 403 n = 97 irkutsk 51 gps detection of the instantaneous response of the global ionosphere to strong magnetic storms with sudden commencement dh/dt; τ delay between a minimum of the s(t) series and the ssc time; and τ is the correlation coefficient between s(t) and dh/dt. the distinguishing features of the storms of april 6; june 8, july 15, 2000 and april 4, 2001 are the relatively high maximum values of dh/ dt at the ssc time 0.2, 0.4 nt/s, respectively. for these storms, high values of the correlation coefficient of s(t) and dh/dt, – 1 and – 0.9, were obtained. it is evident from the table that the global negative tec disturbance is quite well correlated with the derivative of the magnetic field strength (the correlation coefficient not below – 0.8) but is delayed with respect to these variations by about 3-9.5 min. 6. discussion and conclusions using the new technology for global gps detection of ionospheric disturbances, globdet, it has been ascertained that a drastic increase in the time derivative of the magnetic field strength at the time of magnetic storms is accompanied by an almost simultaneous table ii. statistics of experiments. n date dst, nt time of max dh/dt, ∆t, ut m | a∑|, σ, τ, r ssc, ut nt/s tecu min min 1 6.01.1998 102.25 14:16 0.1 14 15 395 0.1 −6 −6.5 −0.8 2 23.04.1998 148.84 18:25 0.1 18 18:50 401 0.1 −3 −4 −0.8 0.4 i 0 = 14.5 3 6.04.2000 144.82 16:39 0.2 16:30 18 472 2.6% −6 −7 −1 0.1 i 0 = 35.3 4 8.06.2000 114 9:10 0.2 8:55 9:52 406 0.3% −3.5 −4.5 −0.9 0.2 i 0 = 35.3 5 13.07.2000 88.32 9:42 0.1 9:19 10:32 227 0.3% −3 −13.5 −0.9 0.1 i 0 = 37.3 6 14.07.2000 101.45 15:32 0.1 15 16 350 0.4% −4.5 −6 −0.8 0.1 i 0 = 35.3 7 15.07.2000 166.5 14:37 0.4 14 15:21 203 0.3% −9.5 −10 −0.9 0.2 i 0 = 25.9 8 31.03.2001 143 00:52 0.15 00:22 01:19 103 0.8% −4.5 −7.5 −0.9 0.1 i 0 = 39.6 9 04.04.2001 132 14:55 0.15 14:32 15:17 91 0.2% −6 −3.5 −0.9 0.3 i 0 = 35.3 10 11.04.2001 30.6 15:47 0.2 15:30 17:30 403 0.8% −9.0 −51 −0.9 52 edward l. afraimovich, eugene a. kosogorov, ludmila a. leonovich, oleg s. lesyuta and igor i. ushakov decrease of the mid-latitude tec throughout the dayside. the corresponding correlation coefficient is not below – 0.8; the delay with respect to the time of the sudden magnetic storm commencement is about 3-10 min. this is most pronounced for magnetic storms with a clearly-defined ssc. the amplitude of the «instantaneous» tec response for the events under consideration was 0.1-0.4 tecu, and the travel velocity of the disturbance from the dayside to the nightside was in the order of 10-20 km/s. these results are in reasonably good agreement with data obtained by recording the ionospheric response to a sudden commencement of strong magnetic storms, based on measurements of the frequency doppler shift along a hf path (huang et al., 1973). thus the disturbances which we have analyzed do not fit in the model of acousticgravity waves (agw), and the appropriate physical mechanisms should be pursued when modeling the electromagnetic set of phenomena accompanying a strong geomagnetic disturbance. effects caused by electric fields in the ionosphere influence the behavior of its parameters and manifest themselves differently with a different latitude, which is due primarily to the geomagnetic field geometry. under quiet conditions, the electric field has no marked effect on the behavior of ionospheric parameters as a function of time. however, during magnetic disturbances when the electric field is enhanced significantly (kozelova et al., 2001), large variations in the height of the f2-layer maximum are observed, which can be caused by the vertical component of the e→ × β→ drift of ionospheric plasma (rüster, 1965). according to bryunelli and namgaladze (1988), ionospheric effects of magnetospheric electric fields in mid-latitudes are caused by the divergence of the vertical ion flux produced by the horizontal electric field. the electric field-induced transport during a disturbance in the f2-region with the e → × β→ drift velocity is effective both on day and night. the electric field can reach 10-15 mv/m in midlatitudes (ogawa et al., 1975); the unperturbed values of the field are smaller by a factor of 2-3. the influence of the vertical component of the e→ × β→ drift on the height distribution of electron density was investigated by different methods (tanaka and irao, 1973). as the e→ × β→ drift velocity is virtually independent of the f 2 layer height, the profile of the electron density distribution is displaced, under the action of the electric field, as a single whole without changing its form substantially (bryunelli and namgaladze, 1988). the eastward-directed electric field causes the height of the f2-layer maximum to rise, while the westward-directed field is responsible for its lowering. the h m f 2 variations are quite well correlated with zonal electric field variations, with a small delay, in the order of 20 min, at night and with a still smaller delay during the daytime. n m f 2 variations at the time of an instantaneous change of the field are poorly pronounced and show up as a decrease in critical frequencies by about 0.1-0.3 mhz. as suggested in park (1974), such effects corresponded to electric fields with an amplitude of 5-10 mv/m. unambiguous interpretation of the ionospheric effects in terms of the action of electric fields in earlier studies was made difficult by the fact that similar effects can also be caused by agw generated by auroral electrojets during substorms. the deciding criterion for separating the effects of electric fields and agw is the delay between geomagnetic and ionospheric effects. in the former case, where the influence of electric fields is predominant, the delay is a few minutes (bryunelli and namgaladze, 1988; volkov and namgaladze, 2001). in the latter case, where ionospheric effects are triggered by agw, the delay averages 45-60 min (shashunkina, 1968, 1972; afraimovich et al., 2000b). the analysis made in this paper which describes the occurrence of ionospheric effects on abrupt changes of the electric field, and also the data on tec variations together with dh/dt obtained in this study, point to the penetration of electric fields of magnetospheric origin with typical nonstationarity times of 30-60 min, into the mid-latitude ionosphere during periods of drastic magnetic disturbances. acknowledgements the author is grateful to n.n. klimov and e.a. ponomarev for their encouraging interest in this study and active participation in discus53 gps detection of the instantaneous response of the global ionosphere to strong magnetic storms with sudden commencement sions. we are grateful to s.a. nechayev and v.v. kharchenko for providing data from magnetic observatory irkutsk. thanks are also due to v.g. mikhalkovsky for his assistance in preparing the english version of the t e x manuscript. we greatly appreciate the referee’s efforts to improve the submitted manuscript. this work was done with support from both the russian foundation for basic research 00-05-72026 and rfbr grant of leading scientific schools of the russian federation 00-15-98509. references afraimovich, e.l. (2000): the gps global detection of the ionospheric response to solar flares, radio sci., 35, 1417-1424. afraimovich, e.l., e.a. kosogorov, l.a. leonovich, o.s. l e s y u ta and i.i. u s h a kov (2000a): instantaneous response of the ionosphere to a sudden commencement of the strong magnetic storm of april 6, 2000, http://xxx.lanl.gov/abs/physics/0007006. afraimovich, e.l., e.a. kosogorov, l.a. leonovich, k.s. palamarchouk, n.p. perevalova and o.m. pirog (2000b): determining parameters of large-scale traveling ionospheric disturbances of auroral origin using gps-arrays, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 62, 553-565. bowman, g.g. (1965): travelling disturbances associated with ionospheric storms, j. atmos. terr. phys., 27, 12471261. buonsanto, m.j. (1995): a case study of the ionospheric storm dusk effect, j. geophys. res., 100, 23,85723,869. bryunelli, b.e. and a.a. namgaladze (1988): the physics of the ionosphere (moscow: nauka), pp. 528 (in russian). gurtner, w. (1993): rinex: the receiver independent exchange format version 2, http://igscb.jpl.nasa.gov/ igscb/data/format/rinex2.txt. ho, c.m., b.a. iijima, x.p. lindqwister, a.j. mannucci, l. sparks, m.j. reyes and b.d. wilson (1998): ionospheric total electron content perturbations monitored by the gps global network during two northern hemisphere winter storms, j. geophys. res., 103, 26,409-26,420. hofmann-wellenhof, b., h. lichtenegger and j. collins (1992): global positioning system: theory and practice (springer-verlag, wien, new york), p. 327. h ua n g , y.-n. and k. c h e n g (1991): ionospheric disturbances at the equatorial anomaly crest region during the march 1989 magnetic storm, j. geophys. res., 96, 13,953-13,965. huang, y.-n., k. najita and p. yuen (1973): the ionospheric effects of geomagnetic sudden commencements as measured with an hf doppler sounder at hawaii, j. atmos. terr. phys., 35, 173-183. klobuchar, j.a. (1997): real-time ionospheric science: the new reality, radio sci., 32, 1943-1952. kozelova, t.v., b.v. kozelov and l.l. lazutin (2001): electric fields during the substorm according to data from the crres satellite, geomagn. aeron., 41, 39-49 (in russian). makarov, g.a. (1994): sudden geomagnetic storm commencements and conditions in the solar wind, geomagn. aeron., 34, 1-6 (in russian). mannucci, a.j., c.m. ho, u.j. lindqwister, t.f. runge, b.d. wilson and d.n. yuan (1998): a global mapping technique for gps-driven ionospheric tec measurements, radio sci., 33, 565-582. mullayarov, v.a. and e.o. muzlov (2000): sc effects in vlf emission, geomagn. aeron., 40, 102-106 (in russian). nielsen, n. and f. honary (2000): observations of ionospheric flows and particle precipitation following a sudden commencement, ann. geophys., 18, 908917. ogawa, t., y. tanaka, a. huzita and m. yasuhara (1975): horizontal electric fields in middle latitude, planet. space sci., 23, 825-830. park, c.g. (1974): a morphological study of substormassociated disturbances in the ionosphere, j. geophys. res., 79, 2821-2827. potapova, n.i. and d.b. shapiro (1961): height distribution of ion density during the june 1959 ionospheric distur-bances, ionos. issled., 6, 23-28 (in russian). rüster, r. (1965): height variations of the f2-layer above tsumeb during geomagnetic bay-disturbances, j. atmos. terr. phys., 27, 1229-1245. shashunkina, v.m. (1968). ionospheric effect of a sudden magnetic storm commencement in the years of maximum and minimum solar activity, geomagn. aeron., 8, 184-187 (in russian). shashunkina, v.m. (1972): research results on the sudden magnetic storm commencement effect, ionos. issled., 20, 154-165 (in russian). tanaka, t. and k. hirao (1973): effects of an electric field on the dynamical behavior of the ionospheres and application to the storm time disturbance of the f-layer, j. atmos. terr. phys., 35, 1443-1452. volkov, m.a. and a.a. namgaladze (2001): influence of the magnetospheric convection electric field on the formation of field-aligned currents of the substorm break-up phase, geomagn. aeron., 41, 33-38 (in russian). the effect of recent venus transit on earth’s atmosphere the effect of recent venus transit on earth’s atmosphere s. s. de1, b. k. de2, s. k. adhikari1, b. k. sarkar1, s. k. sarkar3, a. guha1, p. k. mandal1, s. k. mandal1, h. p. sardar1 and m. ray1 1centre of advanced study in radio physics and electronics, university of calcutta, kolkata 700 009, india. 2department of physics, tripura university, agartala 799 130, india. 3department of physics, university of calcutta, kolkata 700 009, india. abstract some experiments on june 8, 2004, the day of transit of venus across the sun, were undertaken at kolkata (latitude: 23034( n) to observe effect, if any, of transit of venus on fwf, elf and vlf amplitudes. the result shows good correlation between their temporal variations during the transit. the observation was unbelievable as the venus subtends only 1/32th of the cone subtended by sun on earth. this anomaly may be explained on the assumption that the height of venusian atmosphere with high content of co2, and nitrogen which absorbs electromagnetic and corpuscular radiations from sun, depleting the solar radiation reaching the earth to a considerable extent. as a result, relevant parameters of earth’s atmosphere are modulated and here we show how these changes are reflected in identical behaviour of fair weather field and elf and vlf spectra. key words venus transit, effects on atmospheric electric parameters 1. introduction the quasistatic electric field observed near earth’s surface, i.e., fair weather field (fwf), is maintained by global thunderstorm activities (rycroft and price 2000; bering et al., 1998). thunderstorm activity and lightning again put the earth-ionosphere waveguide into resonance producing characteristic spectra in elf and vlf ranges (nickolaenko, 1997; rycroft and cho, 1998). __________ mailing address: prof. s. s. de, centre of advanced study in radio physics and electronics, university of calcutta, 1, girish vidyaratna lane kolkata 700 009 india e-mail: de_syam_sundar@yahoo.co.in various parameters of the atmospheric electricity are directly related to the global thunderstorm activity and solar radiation. the discrete spectra of frequencies 8, 14, 20… hz due to schumann resonances are generated by electromagnetic emission from the lightning strokes and can be regarded as excitation of an ac global circuit (bering et al., 1998). some frequency changes of the peak values and also amplitude changes are found to be present in the observed data which are attributed by the uncertainties arising from spatial distribution of lightning sources exciting the schumann resonance modes (de et al., 2004). schumann resonance phenomenon as well as their measurement techniques and other aspects have been described by many workers (williams, 1992; tzanis and beamish, 1987; satori, 1996; huang et al., 1999). in three areas, namely, atmospheric potential gradient, elf and vlf, we are taking continuous records where some significant deviations are observed in the values of the involved parameters during the transit of venus on june 8, 2004. the transit started at 1044 hr local time and continued up to 1653 hr local time, which was visible from kolkata (latitude: 22034´n) throughout this period. the local sunrise and sunset times were 0452 hr and 1822 hr respectively. in this paper, the results of experimental observations during venus transit will be presented. 2. experimental arrangement we take observations from the roof top at a height of about 26 meters from ground. the vertical electric field is measured with an ac field-mill which has an aluminum rotor plate of 12 cm. in diameter. the output from the amplifier is recorded through computer sound card at a sample rate of 44,100 per second. the rms value of the recorded signal is used to find the required electric field from the calibration chart. we calibrated the field-mill in a vertical field setup between two large aluminum cover plates, electrically isolated at a given potential through a fixed distance between them. the outer shield of the field-mill is grounded properly to ensure possible field distortions. the sensitivity of the field-mill is (0.33±0.03) vm-1. for the observation of integrated field intensity (ifi) of vlf sferics at 9 khz, an 8 swg straight copper wire of 120 meter in length is used as the antenna. the antenna is sensitive to the vertical electric field component of the electromagnetic signal. it is installed horizontally at a height of about 30 meters above the ground. the signal processor is tuned to the desired frequency. the overall q-factor of the tuning circuit is around 300. the signal from the tuning stage is rectified and fed to a log amplifier. the time constant of the output from the signal processor is 10 seconds. the data is recorded using a 12 bit adc at a sample rate of 5. for observations on schumann resonances, two square loop antennas in series combination have been used. the length of each side of one of the loops is 1 meter with a total of 75 turns and other with 90 turns having a length of 1.3 meter for each side. the antennas are sensitive to the magnetic field component of the natural schumann resonance electromagnetic signals. a stereo-preamplifier-integrated circuit with la3161 chip, whose low frequency response starts below 5 hz, has been used to pre-amplify the signal from antenna. the chip is capable of detecting signals in the microvolt region. the pre-amplified signal is then amplified with a low pass amplifier with upper cut-off at 35 hz. the amplified signal is recorded using computer sound card at a sample rate of 44,100 per second. 3. analyses of the observed data (a) schumann resonances the temporal variations of the amplitudes of first three schumann resonance modes on 8th june, 2004, during the venus transit, together with their averaged values of 18 days are shown in figure 1. standard deviations from the average values have been plotted as error bars in the average plot. standard deviations have been calculated over 2nd and 3rd quartile of the frequency distribution curve. it is seen that the average amplitude of the first mode line in the average value graph is 0.025 a.u. (arbitrary unit) except almost a sharp 3 fold increase at 14 hr local time, whereas on the day of transit, the corresponding amplitude decreases gradually from 10 hr to 16 hr from 0.06 a.u. to 0.03 a.u. after 16 hr, the amplitude increases. the second mode amplitude in the average value graph remains steady at 0.01 a.u. except almost a two fold increase at 14 hr local time. on the day of transit, the corresponding amplitude shows the gradual decrease from 0.035 a.u. to almost zero at 13 hr local time which then gradually increases. the third mode amplitude in the average graph remains the same except a depression between 13hr to 14 hr local time, whereas on the day of transit, the amplitude decreases from 10 hr local time to 13 hr local time and shows a peak at 14 hr and then the amplitude decreases up to 15 hr local time and then again increases. (b) vlf atmospherics a comparative picture of the ifi at 9 khz atmospherics on 8th june, 2004, during the venus transit (blue line) and its 18 days’ average value over the same period (black line) is presented in figure 2. the dotted curves represent standard deviation. on the day of transit, there are some unique peaks that appear just before and after the beginning of the transit. the peaks are in decreasing order of magnitude. the ifi then slowly increases to a steady value showing considerable fluctuations before and after the end of the transit also. it is worthwhile to mention that in both the measurements of potential gradient and vlf ifi, just after the beginning of transit and before the end of transit, their values lie beyond the standard deviation limits of the average variation. in case of potential gradient, it decreases from higher value to a lower value whereas in case of vlf ifi, it increases from lower value to a higher value. in schumann resonance also, we obtained the similar trend. (c) potential gradient figure 3 represents the temporal variation of vertical potential gradient on 8th june, 2004 during the venus transit (red line) and its values averaged over other 18 days around that date (blue line) with standard deviations from the average value plotted as error bars. firstly, we notice that the maximum and minimum values of the potential gradient on the day of transit are around 300 vm-1 and 50 vm-1 respectively. but during the same period on other days, it is around 205 vm-1 and 152 vm-1, respectively. the high values owe to the higher level of pollution at the place. secondly, the curve during the transit shows significant deviation from the average values since the variation is well beyond the standard deviation of the average trend. there is sudden enhancement of potential gradient up to around 300 vm-1 after the start of the transit and then the gradual decrease extends up to around 50 vm-1. in the cases of potential gradient and vlf sferics and also in the case of first and second mode of schumann resonance, the “effect” of the venus transit reverses its nature at about 1400 hour local time (figure 1-3). this is probably due to the contribution from regional thunderstorm centre in se asia. the behaviour of the third mode of schumann resonance curves are not properly understood (figure 1). the atmospheric temperature recorded at an indian meteorological department observatory about 10 km from observation site did not show any outstanding change during transit. relative humidity was a little bit higher than normal throughout the day. 4. discussion the commonly accepted model explains fwf near the ground by the dynamic equilibrium between charging currents from lightning activity and the leakage current of the earth-ionosphere spherical capacitor (bering et al., 1998; fullekrug et al., 1999; rycroft et al., 2000).the idea is corroborated by the measurements of fullekrug et al. (1999) who showed a similarity in the monthly averaged pattern of fwf and elf amplitude. during the transit of venus, it obstructs 1/1000th part of incident solar radiation coming to the earth, since the angular diameter of venus compared to that of the sun as seen from the earth is of the ratio 1:32. therefore, apparently the transit of venus should have no significant effect on any terrestrial phenomenon. but, in spite of this fact, the changes observed in the atmospheric parameters at kolkata during the transit of venus are quite significant. this anomaly may be explained in terms of very large extent of the atmosphere of venus with about 96% co2 that produces atmospheric pressure of about 92 bars (http://pr.erau.edu/~holmesg). because of very high content of co2, and nitrogen (warby, 1943), its atmosphere absorbs high frequency radiations, protons as well as other ionizing particles from the sun thereby depleting to a considerable extent the solar radiation reaching the earth. hence, during the transit, there will be some changes in the depth of interaction between earth’s magnetosphere and solar radiations. it is expected that collision frequency would be affected little by such interaction. the main influence would be on the rate of ionization within the earth-ionosphere cavity. this in turn introduces perturbation in the atmospheric electrical conductivity (roble, 1991) which may give rise to the changes that have been observed. the modification of solar atmosphere under the influence of tidal forces from the venus during transit may also contribute the observed effects (harnischmacher and rawer, 1981). each plot has two distinct time zones, one up to 1330 to 1400 hr lt and other after that. a prominent feature of our observation is that the deviation of the average values of measured parameters changes signs at the boundary of two time zones. atmospheric potential gradient begins to increase from 2 hours before onset, reaches a maximum after 1 hour from onset and then gradually decreases and reaches a minimum at almost the same time as the end of transit. then it gradually increases and becomes equal to the average value about 4 hours after the end of transit. the beginning and end of transit mean the transit of solid core of venus. the times of 1st and 4th contact of atmosphere of venus are different than the times of transit, 1st contact being earlier and 4th contact later than the recorded time of transit. the cause of the observed phenomenon may probably due to the rise of lower boundary of the ionosphere. changes of convection current due to change in intensity of solar radiation may also contribute to the cause. of particular interest is the increase in potential gradient from sunrise which continues upto 1 hr after onset of transit. similar observation in case of solar eclipse is known (dhanorkar et al., 1989). the amplitudes of 3 modes of schumann resonance show gradual increase from average value from sunrise and this tendency decreases from 10 hr lt, i.e., one hour before transit. the gradual decrease continues up to 13 hr lt, after which the variations assume the characteristics of regional thunderstorm activity in asia (nickolaenko et al., 2002). amplitudes of 9 khz sferics descend from the average value about 1 hour before transit and then it slowly rises after 1 hour. it crosses the average graph gradually and again meets it after 1 hour from the end of transit (figure 2). at the end, it shows a fluctuation which may have its origin in local thunderstorm activity. the amplitude is significantly lower from about 1 hour before transit to about 14 hr lt. this portion of the ifi curve is structurally similar to the average curve. apparently, venus transit affects the attenuation parameter. for its explanation, calculation of amplitude under “eclipse” condition is necessary. atmospheric potential gradient on the day of transit of venus just before its onset increases which is probably due to the scattering of solar radiation and ionizing solar particles by the protruding part of venusian atmosphere (figure 3). after the onset of transit, absorption of solar radiation takes over causing gradual decrease of fwf, fft amplitude and ifi [figure 1 (red line), figure 2 (blue line) and figure 3 (red line)]. the peak around 1400 hr local time in figure 1 correlates with lightning activity of regional thunderstorm centre in asia (nickolaenko et al., 2002). it is interesting to note that all the modes of schumann resonance do not respond equally to the lightning activity, probably because of differences in nonlinear interaction with transverse resonance and differences in attenuation rates. 5. conclusion the transit of venus is an event encouraging detail study of its terrestrial effects. observations on schumann resonance spectra and earth’s atmospheric electric field were undertaken during the transit of venus. the results have been compared with our ongoing records. how so small a speck in the backdrop of solar disc can cause so large effect is an open question. we have tried to explain this anomaly in this presentation. acknowledgements the work has been funded by indian space research organization (isro) through s. k. mitra centre for research in space environment, institute of radio physics and electronics, university of calcutta, kolkata 700 009, india. references bering, e. a. iii, few a. a. and benbrook, j. r. (1998): the global electric circuit, physics today, 51, 24-30. de, s. s., saha, a. k. and de m. (2004): measurement of elf emission in the upper atmosphere over kolkata due to schumann resonances, ind. j. radio sp. phys., 33, 32-34. dhanorkar, s., deshpande, c. g. and kamra, a. k. (1989): atmospheric electricity measurements at pune during solar eclipse of 18th march 1988, j. atmos. terr. phys., 91, 1031-1034. fullekrug m., fraser smith a. c., bering e. a. and few a. a. (1999): on the hourly contribution of global cloud to ground lightning activity to the atmospheric electric field in the antarctic during december 1992, j. atmos. solar terr. phys., 61, 745-750. harnischmacher, e. and rawer, k. (1981): lunar and planetary influences upon the peak electron density of the ionosphere, j. atmos. terr. phys., 43, 643-648. huang, e., williams, e., boldi, r., heckman, s., lyons, w, taylor, m., nelson, t. and wong, c. (1999): criteria for sprites and elves based on schumann resonance observations, j. geophys. res., 104, 16943-16964. http://pr.erau.edu/~holmesg/ nickolaenko, a. p. (1997): modern aspects of schumann resonance studies, j. atmos. solar-terr. phys., 59, 805-816. nickolaenko, a. p. and hayakawa m. (2002): resonances in the earth ionosphere cavity, kluwer academic publisher, page 97. roble, r. g. (2000): on modeling component processes in the earth’s global electric circuit, j. atmos. solar-terr. phys., 53, 831-847, 1991.rycroft, m. j. and price, c., the global atmospheric electric circuit, solar activity and climatic change, j. atmos. solar-terr. phys., 62, 1563-1576. rycroft, m. j. and cho, m. (1998): modelling electric and magnetic fields due to thunderclouds and lightning from cloud top to the ionosphere, j. atmos. solar terr. phys., 60, 889-893. satori, g. (1996): monitoring schumann resonances-ii. daily and seasonal frequency variations, j. atmos. terr. phys., 58, 1483-1488. tzanis, a and beamish, d. (1987): time domain polarization analysis of schumann resonance waveforms, j. atmos. terr. phys., 49, 217-228. warby, r. e. (1943): phys. rev., 64, 207. williams, e. r. (1994): global circuit response to seasonal variations in global surface air temperature, monsoon weather review, 122, 1917-1929. williams, e. r. (1992): the schumann resonance: a global tropical thermometer, science, 256, 1184-1187. figure captions figure 1. variation of peak magnetic amplitude of the three modes of schumann resonance spectra on the day of venus transit, 8th june, 2004 (red line) and average variation of the same parameter around 8th june for 18 days (black line) figure 2. variation of atmospheric integrated field intensity (ifi) at 9 khz vlf on the day of venus transit, 8th june, 2004 (blue line) and average variation of the same parameter around 8th june for 18 days (black line) figure 3. variation of atmospheric vertical potential gradient on the day of venus transit, 8th june, 2004 (red line) and average variation of the same parameter around 8th june for 18 days (blue line) figure 1 figure 2 figure 3 page 6 649_656 vernon 12.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 5, october 2002 649 regional gps receiver networks for monitoring local mid-latitude total electron content angela vernon and ljiljana r. cander rutherford appleton laboratory, chilton, didcot, oxon, u.k. abstract two regional gps receiver networks from the ordnance survey u.k. (os) and the italian space agency (asi) have been used for monitoring mid-latitude total electron content (tec) during quiet and disturbed ionospheric conditions in the current solar cycle. a few quiet and disturbed days in march and april 2002 were examined. these showed how the temporal and spatial patterns of changes develop and how they are related to solar and geomagnetic activity for parameter descriptive of plasmaspheric-ionospheric ionisation. use is then made of computer contouring techniques to produce snapshots of daily maps of tec for these different regional areas. 1. introduction it is well known that the ionosphere, as a major region of the earth’s environment, shows great temporal and spatial variations. temporal variations include cyclical effects with diurnal, seasonal and solar cycle periods. spatial variations deal with geographical and also significant variations in ionospheric behaviour in different ionospheric layers. in studying these variations, particularly important are ionospheric disturbances with their damaging effects on radio communications systems that involve links between earth and space at frequencies up to at least 4 ghz (bishop et al., 1996). the determination of whether the ionospheric conditions will generate significant system degradation involves a continuous monitoring and extensive study of ionospheric variability at local, regional and global levels. in this paper the emphasise is on the regional ionospheric variability as seen from os and asi gps receiver networks in fig. 1a,b during the solar-terrestrial conditions given in table i. most of the studies so far indicate that in order to realistically specify the global undisturbed ionosphere, hourly ionospheric observation every 30° of longitude and 15° of latitude are needed. such a minimum world-wide grid network would provide at least 20% improvement in the specification of the ionosphere over the median condition (rush, 1972). however, during geomagnetic disturbances, the observations should be more frequent both in time and space (bradley and cander, 2002). such a network of observing gps sites is currently in existence (e.g., os and asi) giving the potential improvement to propagation forecasting. the scale size of the changes in the structure and ionisation content are quite variable and are investigated here on regional basis. mailing address: angela vernon, rutherford appleton laboratory, radio communications research unit, chilton, didcot, oxon ox11 0qx, u.k.; e-mail: angela.vernon@rl.ac.uk key words regional ionospheric modelling – ionospheric variability – ionospheric storm – total electron content (tec) 650 angela vernon and ljiljana r. cander the vertical tec estimations along all gps satellite links in view for elevation angles greater than 10° are derived using a technique developed by ciraolo (1993, 2000) and recently discussed by cander and ciraolo (2002). the residual rms values of the observations result generally in the order of approximately 2 tec units (1 tec unit = 1016 el/m2). 2. spatial and temporal regional tec structure the possible origins of plasmasphericionospheric variability can be the solar ionising flux, the interaction of the solar wind with the earth’s magnetic field and even meteorological influences (prölss, 1995). typical multi-point observational tec results for asi sites are given in figs. 2a-c. they show clearly geomagnetic activity effects at the regional plasmasphericionospheric conditions. evidently there is a part of scatter in figs. 2a-c that can be only attributed to the higher level of geomagnetic activity on both 5 and 6 march than on 8 march 2002, displaying pronounced upper atmospheric sensitivity to the rapidly changing solar-terrestrial activity as given in table i. in particular, ionospheric vertical tec variations are found to have relatively small magnitude (12 tecu during daytime and 8 tecu during night-time) for quiet conditions on 8 march 2002. thus, it is unlikely that short-term solar euv changes can produce the observed spatial tec variability. figures 2a-c show that there is a marked tec variation from hour to hour as well as within 1 h related to the receiver’s locations in a rather complicated way that cannot generally be linked directly to any single solar_terrestrial event. if the difference is of order of 30 tecu during daytime and 20 tecu during night-time between one location and another in the area of 15° longitude and 10° latitude on 5 and 6 march 2002, it is expected that the behaviour of the plasmasphere-ionospheres structure during major geomagnetic disturbances departs even more significantly from that described in figs. 2a-c. although daytime variability in tec is found to be considerably larger than night-time, fig. 3a,b shows important difference between two regional areas tec during nights hours on 4 march 2002. fig. 1a,b. maps of the os (a) and the asi (b) gps sites considered in this paper as two regional areas. a b 651 regional gps receiver networks for monitoring local mid-latitude total electron content date rc 10 cm ak bkg m x 2002 mar 03 178 183 012 b9.8 0 0 2002 mar 04 − 175 011 b7.3 0 0 2002 mar 05 − 172 024 b6.4 0 0 2002 mar 06 165 178 017 b9.9 0 0 2002 mar 07 − 180 008 b7.2 0 0 2002 mar 08 − 177 004 c1.0 0 0 2002 mar 29 − 181 007 b7.7 0 0 2002 mar 30 145 189 018 c1.8 2 0 2002 mar 31 179 204 024 c1.4 1 0 2002 apr 01 165 207 018 c1.0 0 0 2002 apr 02 220 206 012 c1.4 0 0 2002 apr 03 − 209 015 b8.1 0 0 2002 apr 04 248 216 006 c1.0 2 0 2002 apr 05 213 217 004 c1.3 0 0 2002 apr 06 249 206 004 c1.1 0 0 2002 apr 07 211 208 010 c1.5 0 0 table i. solar-terrestrial conditions in march and april 2002 (sidc (rwc-belgium) http://sidc.oma.be)). rc = sunspot index from catania observatory (italy); 10 cm = 10.7 cm radioflux (drao, canada); ak = ak index wingst (germany); bkg = background goes x-ray level (noaa, u.s.a.); m, x = number of x-ray flares in m and x class, see below (noaa, u.s.a.) fig. 2a. daily vertical tec at asi during disturbed 5 march 2002 day. 652 angela vernon and ljiljana r. cander fig. 2b. daily vertical tec at asi during disturbed 6 march 2002 day. fig. 2c. daily vertical tec at asi during quiet 8 march 2002 day. 653 regional gps receiver networks for monitoring local mid-latitude total electron content fig. 3a,b. night-time vertical tec from os (a) and asi (b) on 4 march 2002. a b 654 angela vernon and ljiljana r. cander the possibility of using the kriging contouring technique, which behaves nonlinearly with respect to the spatial co-ordinates (samardjiev et al., 1993; stanisl/awska et al., 1996; cander and vernon, 2000; stanisl/awska et al., 2002), for tec mapping over a limited geographical area in europe is further explored in this paper. grid values are generated at 10 min intervals to show the spatial extent of ionospheric tec changes over the os and asi areas. the kriging contouring of the gps vertical tec data from all stations shown in fig. 1a,b was performed for selected days in march and april 2002. results are presented only for 0005, 1205 ut over the asi area and 0805, 1405 ut over os area in figs. 4a,b and 5a,b, respectively. they reveal that the maps differ significantly by several tec units, which is expected from the structures in tec variations clearly seen at figs. 2a-c and 3a,b. this emphasises a unique opportunity to monitor the ionosphere regularly by numerous gps ground sites on the regional basis. accordingly, there is a considerable spatial/ temporal structure over limited asi and os areas that can be seen on the maps in figs. 4a,b and 5a,b, respectively. the 5 and 31 march minor storms affected the plasmasphere-ionosphere over these two areas in such a way that the tec variation appeared as a negative-value phase. more importantly the common pattern consists of significant tec variability at limited geographical areas. thus, it is obvious that such a fig. 4a,b. maps showing the ionospheric vertical tec over the asi for 6 and 8 march 2002 generated by kriging. contours are labelled in units of tec with fit of data from 1205 (a) and 0005 (b) ut. a b 655 regional gps receiver networks for monitoring local mid-latitude total electron content spatial/temporal structure in the ionospheric and plasmaspheric ionisation during minor geomagnetic storms creates the great difficulty in matching the rapid tec variations in forecasting models and data as storms develop. the physical mechanisms that lead to such a complex behaviour even at this limited area neither can be explained nor forecast easily with current knowledge (fuller-rowell, 1998). 3. discussion and conclusions advantage of the limited area tec observations with the regional gps networks is not only its wide coverage of space but its high spatial and temporal resolution, and wide temporal coverage. it helps in further understanding the relationships between the regional plasmaspheric-ionospheric structure and associated solar-terrestrial events. this should lead to a regional storm forecasting technique based on continuous and rapid measurements over limited areas as these at the asi and os. it is also important for determining the required geographical spacing of tec monitoring locations for different practical applications. the present study has been an area-centred one in which specific examples of regional tec variability were investigated. although ionospheric storms are global phenomena, the findings here emphasise the means for monitoring fig. 5a,b. maps showing the ionospheric vertical tec over the os for 31 march and 5 april 2002 generated by kriging. contours are labelled in units of tec with fit of data from 1405 (a) and 0805 (b) ut. a b 656 angela vernon and ljiljana r. cander and possibly forecasting storms and perturbations of the ionosphere over different spatial and temporal scales. the aim of any trans-ionospheric propagation-modelling project is to study the variability of the various physical parameters, such as the ionospheric critical frequency f0f2 and tec and relate them to solar-terrestrial events. therefore, the database of high time resolution tec gps receiver networks can be used for developing regional plasmaspheric-ionospheric model as a part of global ionospheric and space weather models. coupled with global real-time monitoring and warning systems, such a model will be able to identify the onset and location of the ionospheric storm conditions and forecast the immediate future. acknowledgements the radiocommunications agency of the dti has funded this work. the authors would like to express appreciation to the italian space agency and the ordnance survey u.k. for providing rinex data as well as to dr l. ciraolo for using his ‘tecmake’ software for tec evaluation. references bishop, g.j., a.j. mazzella, e.a. holland and s. rao (1996): an overview of ionospheric effects and mitigation in rf communication, navigation and surveillance, in proceedings of the ionospheric effects symposium, alexandria, u.s.a., 11-21. bradley, p.a. and lj.r. cander (2002): proposed terminology for the classification and parameters for the quantification of variability in ionosphere morphology, ann. geophysics, 45 (1), 97-103. cander, lj.r. and a. vernon (2000): tec mapping over europe by kriging contouring technique, paper presented at millennium conference on antennas and propagation, april, davos, switzerland, cd-rom p1172.pdf. cander, lj.r. and l. ciraolo (2002): first step towards specification of plasmaspheric-ionospheric conditions over europe on-line, acta geod. geophys. hung., 37 (2-3), 153-161. ciraolo, l. (1993): evaluation of gps l2-l1 biases and related daily tec profiles, in proceedings of the gps/ ionosphere workshop, neustrelitz, germany, 90-97. ciraolo, l. (2000): results and problems in gps tec evaluation, in proceedings of the radio communications research units, 1st gps tec workshop, chilton, u.k., 47-60. fuller-rowell, t.j., m.v. codrescu, r.j. moffett and s. quegan (1998): response of thermosphere and ionosphere to geomagnetic storms, j. geophys. res., 99, 3893-3914. prölss, g.w. (1995): ionospheric f-region storms, in handbook of atmospheric electrodynamics, edited by h. volland (crc press/boca raton), vol. 2, 195-248. rush, c. (1972): improvements in ionospheric forecasting capability, afcrl-72-0138, environmental research papers, n. 387, air force cambridge research laboratory, bedford, massachusetts, u.s.a. samardjiev, t., p.a. bradley, lj.r. cander and m.i. dick (1993): ionospheric mapping by computer contouring techniques, electron. lett., 29 (20), 1794-1975. stanisławska, i., g. juchnikowski and lj.r. cander (1996): kriging method of ionospheric parameter f 0 f 2 instantaneous mapping, ann. geofis., 39 (4), 845-852. stanisławska, i., g. juchnikowski, lj.r. cander, l. ciraolo, p.a. bradley and a. swiatek (2002): kriging method of tec instantaneous mapping, adv. space res., 29 (6), 1017-1020. (received may 6, 2002; accepted october 4, 2002) s u l l e m o d e r n e m i s u r e g r a v i m e t r i c h e e s e g u i t e i n a f r i c a giovanni boaga d u r a n t e gli a n n i c h e p r e c e d e t t e r o l a s e c o n d a g u e r r a m o n d i a l e v e n n e r o e f f e t t u a t e nel c o n t i n e n t e a f r i c a n o n u m e r o s i s s i m e m i s u r e g r a v i m e t r i c h e da p a r t e di o p e r a t o r i i n g l e s i , f r a n c e s i ed i t a l i a n i . 1 r i s u l t a t i finora o t t e n u t i , i n t e g r a l i da s u c c e s s i v e d e t e r m i n a z i o n i e c o l l e g a l i fra l o r o , p o r t e r a n n o n u o v a l u c e sui p r o b l e m i g e o l o g i c i e g e o f i s i c i c o n p e d a l e r i g u a r d o a q u e l l i c h e i n t e r e s s a n o l e d i s l o c a z i o n i s o t t e r r a n e e di q u e s t a v a s t a r e g i o n e , c h e p r e s e n t a : l u n g o t u t t o il suo p e r i m e t r o e s t e s e z o n e con ( p i o t e p i c c o l e , i n f e r i o r i a 2 0 0 m e t r i : f r a t t u r e in a l l i n e a m e n t i m e r i d i a n i c o s t i t u i t e dai laghi \ i a s s a , t a n g a n i c a , r o d o l f o , \ i n o l i a , a l b e r t o , c h e poi c o n t i n u a col c o r s o del n i l o . q u e s t o s i s t e m a di fi at t u r e , c o m p r e s o nel fuso m e r i d i a n o di c i r c a c i n q u e g r a d i di a m p i e z z a , l i m i t a l o d a l l e l o n g i t u d i n i 3 0 " e 3 5 " ad f.s| di g r e e n w i c l i . p r e s e n t a n o t e v o l i v a r i a z i o n i di d e n s i t à t e r r e s t r e e di m a g n e t i s m o : c c d r a n c h e di a r e e s i s m i c h e di q u a l c h e i m p o r t a n z a e t a l v o l t a da m a n i f e s t a z i o n i v u l c a n i c h e . si n o l a n o a n c o r a m a s s i c c i m o n t a g n o s i c h e r a g g i u n g o n o f a c i l m e n t e i 3 0 0 0 m e t r i e p e r f i n o i -1000 m e t r i ed o l t r e : c s i si s v i l u p p a n o lungo la p a r i e o c c i d e n t a l e e m e r i d i o n a l e del c o n t i n e n t e : ira questi n o t e v o l e è l ' a l t o p i a n o e t i o p i c o c h e si s v i l u p p a nel fuso m e r i d i a n o a d i a c e n t e a q u e l l o d i a n z i a c c e n n a l o d e l l e f r a t t u r e e c l i c c o m p r e n d e a n c h e n e l l a p a r i e m e r i d i o n a l e il k e n i a ed il k i l i m a n g i a r o c l i c sj e l e v a n o a q u o t e m o l t o e l e v a l e (52-12 m e 5 9 3 0 m ris p e t t i v a m e n t e ) . la p a r t e s e t t e n t r i o n a l e e q u e l l a n o r d o r i e n t a l e è car a t t e r i z z a t a dai d e p o s i t i e o l i c i , da f o r m a z i o n i p a l e o z o i c h e « a r e n a r i e d e s e r t i c h e » e più o m e n o f o s s i l i f e r e ( s a h a r a , e c c . ) . n e l l a p a r t e (•( lil i a l e ed in q u e l l a o c c i d e n t a l e -ì n o l a n o i s e d i m e n t i a r c a i c i e a l g o n k i a n i a l l e v o l l e più o m e n o m e t a m o r f o s a t i e r o c c e c r i s t a l l i n e a n t i c h e . nella p a r i e o c c i d e n t a l e a n o r d d e l l ' e q u a t o r e fino q u a s i a l l a l a t i t u d i n e lo" p r e d o m i n a n o le r o c c e e r u t t i v e di e t à r e l a t i v a m e n t e r e c e n t e e f o r m a z i o n i del g i u r a l i a s e del p a l l o g e n c p r e v a l e n t e m e n t e m a r i n e . g l i o c e a n i a t l a n t i c o ed i n d i a n o c h e b a g n a n o le coste o r i e n t a l e ed o c c i d e n t a l e del c o n t i n e n t e , r a g g i u n g o n o g r a n d i p r o f o n d i t à ( c i r c a 6 0 0 0 n i ) s l u . e m o d e r n e s i i s i r e g r a v i m e t r i c h e e s e t . l i t e in a f r i c a 3 2 5 a n c h e a n o n g r a n d e distanza d a l l e c o s t e . iv i n d u b b i o c h e in t a l e c o n t i n e n t e , c h e p r e s e n t a cosi n o t e v o l i e m a r c a t e c a r a t t e r i s t i c h e f i s i c h e , g r a n d e d e v e r i s u l t a r e il gioco d e l l e a n o m a l i e g r a v i m e t r i c h e ed int e r e s s a n t i le c o n c l u s i o n i che si p o s s o n o t r a r r e . n e l l ' a f r i c a o r i e n t a l e gli i n g l e s i ( b u l l a r d , 1933-193-1, h o r s l i e l d e l i s s e l l , 1 9 3 5 ) o s s e r v a r o n o c o i i i p l c s > i v a m c i i l c 9 4 s t a z i o n i g r a v i m e t r i c h e , così d i s t r i b u i t e : 2 3 n e l k e n i a , 16 n e l l ' u g a n d a , 8 nel congo b e l g a . 12 n e l t a n g a n i c a , 2 n e l s u d a n — ossia n e l l a f a s c i a e q u a t o r i a l e c o m p r e s a f r a le l a t i t u d i n i + 4a ( n o r d ) e — 10" ( s u d ) — ed una s t a z i o n e a c a p o t w o n , a l l a l a t i t u d i n e di 34° a sud. l e m i s u r e v e n n e r o e f f e t t u a t e c o n d u e p e n d o l i di invai' o s c i l l a n t i c o n t e m p o r a n e a m e n t e in a r i a r a r e f a t t a . l e d e t e r m i n a z i o n i di t e m p o v e n n e r o eseguite c o n ricezioni r a d i o t e l e g r a f i c h e . n e l l e p r e d e t t e s t a z i o n i i l b u l l a r d m o l t o o p p o r t u n a m e n t e inc l u s e tre stazioni ( d a r c s s a l a a m . m o s c h i n i . p a n g a n i ) già o s s e r v a l e nel 1 8 9 9 1 9 0 0 da k o h l s c h ù l t e r , o t t e n e n d o v a l o r i i n f e r i o r i di 5 , 6 , 7 m i l l i g a l r i s p e t t i v a m e n t e , da q u e l l i o t t e n u t i da k o h l s c h ù t t c r . c l i c p r e s e n t a n o e r r o r i m e d i d e l l ' o r d i n e di : 5 m i l l i g a l . m e n t r e quelli inglesi h a n n o i n c e r t e z z e i n f e r i o r i o e g u a l i a 1 m i l l i g a l . p a r t i c o l a r e i m p o r t a n z a p r e s e n t a la s t a z i o n e di c a p o t w o n , dove si h a n n o o s s e r v a z i o n i g r a v i m e t r i c h e , r i p e t u t e p e r o l t r e un s e c o l o . il v a l o r e d e t c r m i n a t o da b u l l a r d ( 9 7 9 , 6 4 5 g a l ) r i s u l t a s u p c r i o r e di app e n a 3 m i l l i g a l d i q u e l l o d e t e r m i n a t o nel 1897 da r e i l c r c l a n k e sis t e m a t i c a m e n t e i n f e r i o r e di 10 e p e r f i n o 2 0 m i l l i g a l dai v a l o r i det e r m i n a t i da a l t r i o s s e r v a t o r i negli a n n i .1910. 1 8 9 8 , 1 8 9 5 , 1890. 1 8 3 9 . 1 8 2 9 e 1 8 1 8 . ìnella m e m o r i a di b u l l a r d ( ' ) dove v e n g o n o d a t e a m p i e r e f e r e n ze sulle m i s u r e e s e g u i t e , v e n g o n o a l t r e s ì discussi i r i s u l t a t i o t t e n u t i e r i p o r t a t i i n t e r e s s a n t i grafici e c a r t e r i p r o d u e c n t i le c u r v e i s o a n o m a l e p e r la c o r r e z i o n e in a r i a l i b e r a o di l ' a v e , p e r q u e l l a di b o u g u e r e p e r la c o r r e z i o n e i s o s t a t i c a h a v f o r d i a n a estesa fino a l l a p r o f o n d i t à di i 13.7 k m . d a l l ' e s a m e d e l l e a n o m a l i e si p u ò c o n c l u d e r e c h e l ' a l t o p i a n o a f r i c a n o — n e l l a r e g i o n e b a t t u t a — è in e q u i l i b r i o i s o s t a t i c o , f a t t a e c c e z i o n e p e r la \ a l l e del h i l l , dove a p p a r e una f o r t e d e f i c i e n z a g r a v i m e t r i c a . l e q u o t e d e l l e stazioni v e n n e r o d e t c r m i n a t e col m e t o d o t e r m o b a r o m e t r i e o . n e l l e c o r r e z i o n i , p e r la d e n s i t à t e r r e s t r e s u p e r f i c i a l e , si t e n n e c o s t a n t e m e n t e il v a l o r e m e d i o 2 , 6 7 . d e l l e 9-1 s t a z i o n i b e n 61 s u p e r a n o i 1 0 0 0 in di q u o t a , di q u e s t e . -1 s u p e r a n o i 2 0 0 0 m . l a staz i o n e pili alta ( t h o m s o n ' s f a l l s ) h a la q u o t a 2 3 3 9 i n . a d o t t a n d o p e r il c a l c o l o d e l l a g r a v i l a n o r m a l e la f o r m u l a di g i o v a n n i boaga h e l m e r t ( 1 9 0 j ) le a n o m a l i e i s o s t a l i c h e r i s u l t a n o i n p a r t e p o s i t i v e ed in p a r t e n e g a t i v e . i n v a l o r i a s s o l u t i r i s u l t a n o c o s i d i s t r i b u i t e : l e a n o m a l i e i s o s t a l i c h e c o m p u t a n d o la g r a v i t à n o r m a l e con la f o r m u l a i n t e r n a z i o n a l e ( 1 9 3 0 ) -i o t t e n g o n o da q u e l l e r i c a v a t e con la f o r m u l a di h e l m e r t , a g g i u n g e n d o — 19 m g a l . g l i o p e r a t o r i f r a n c e s i ( l a g n i l a , e c c . ) ( ) n e g l i a n n i 1 9 3 3 , 1 9 3 5 e 1 9 3 6 e s e g u i r o n o n e l l e c o l o n i e f r a n c e s i a f r i c a n e n . 5 0 s t a z i o n i g r a v i m e t r i c h e allo scopo di o t t e n e r e l e a n o m a l i e del m a s s i c c i o di b o u z a r è o h , li. 3 0 stazioni in a l g e r i a , n . 7 n e l m a r o c c o , n . 13 n e l g r a n d e k a b y e i e . esse c o m p r e n d o n o d e t e r m i n a z i o n i e f f e t t u a t e c o l p e n d o l o ( r e t e f o n d a m e n t a l e ) e d e t e r m i n a z i o n i di d e t t a g l i o e s e g u i t e eoi g r a v i m e t r i h o h v c c k l e j a y . il c a p . r e i g n i e r h a eseguito con la m e n s o l a b i p e n d o l a r e m i o n i , a p p a r t e n c i i t c a l c o m i t a t o n a z i o n a l e f r a n c e s e e c o r r e d a t a da q u a t t r o p e n d o l i in b r o n z o , t i p o s t e r n e c k , il r i l e g a m e n l o di p a r i g i c o n l"()ss c r v a t o r i o d i a v e r r h o è s , n e l l e v i c i n a n z e d i b e r r c c h i d ( m a r o c c o ) o t t e n e n d o il v a l o r e g = 9 7 9 , 5 6 2 g a l . -velie c a m p a g n e d e l 1 9 3 4 e 1 9 3 5 l e 5 0 d e t e r m i n a z i o n i sono state d i s t r i b u i t e f r a le l a t i t u d i n i 3 1 ° 3 0 ' e 3 6 m 8 ' ( n o r d ) e f r a l e l o n g i t u d i n i 5 " 2 5 ' est e 8 1' ovest r i s p e t t o a g r e e n w i c h . n . 15 s t a z i o n i sono s t a t e e f f e t t u a l e a q u o t e s u p e r i o r i a 5 0 0 m e di q u e s t e 3 a q u o t e s u p e r i o r i ai 1 0 0 0 i n . l a s t a z i o n e p i ù a l t a ( a i n ' n ' s o u r ) è in a l g e r i a ( q u o t a 1 0 9 0 m ) . a i v a l o r i osservali v e n n e r o p o r t a t e solo le c o r r e z i o ni di f a y e e di b o u g u e r , q u e s t ' u l t i m a senza c o r r e z i o n e t o p o g r a f i c a , a d o t t a n d o p e r d e n s i t à m e d i a t e r r e s t r e s u p e r f i c i a l e v a l o r i c o m p r e s i f r a 2 , 2 e 2 , 7 . n o n v e n n e c a l c o l a t a la c o r r e z i o n e i s o s l a t i c a . l e a n o m a l i e di b o u g u e r , c a l c o l a t e c o n la f o r m u l a i n t e r n a z i o n a l e ( 1 1 3 0 ) p e r la gravità n o r m a l e , s o n o in p a r t e p o s i t i v e ( n . 2 4 ) ed i n p a r t e n e g a t i v e ( n . 2 6 ) . q u e l l e p o s i t i v e o s c i l l a n o f r a -r 2 e + 9 0 m i l l i g a l , q u e l l e negative f r a — ' 7 7 e — 8 m i l l i g a l . nel 1937 s e m p r e dai f r a n c e s i ( l a g n i l a e r o u x ) v e n n e r o f a t t e a l t r e 82 stazioni n e l s u d a l g e r i n o , nel s a h a r a e n e l s u d a n , in r e g i o n i c o m p l e t a m e n t e i n e s p l o r a t e dal p u n t o di vista g r a v i m e t r i c o , e n e l m a r o c c o . d i q u e s t e , 13 f u r o n o f a t t e n e l s a h a r a s e t t e n t r i o n a l e , 2 4 in q u e i da 0 a 15 m g a l )> 16 » 3 0 » » 3 1 » 5 0 « o l t r e 5 0 m g a l » l i . 5 4 s t a z i o n i » 2 9 » ). 8 » » 3 » s l i . i . e m o d e r n e m i s u r e cra vi m e t r i c h e e s e g u i t e in a f r i c a lo c e n t r a l e c n e l h o g g a r c 21 fra il m a s s i c c i o di h o g g a r ed il l a g o t c l i a d , 2 4 n e l m a r o c c o . n e l 1938 ( l a g n i l a ) v e n n e r o e f f e t t u a t e a l t r e 15 stazioni n e l l a reg i o n e degli a l t o p i a n i , n. 16 n e l l a zona di c o s l a n t i n a , n . 65 in i un i s i a , d o v e la c a m p a g n a fu c o n t i n u a t a fino al 1939. si h a cosi un c o m p l e s s o di 2 7 9 s t a z i o n i e s e g u i t e d a i f r a n c e s i . c i r c a i r i s u l t a t i c o n s e g u i t i con le u l t i m e c a m p a g n e ( 1 9 3 7 3 9 ) osserv i a m o solo c h e p e r la t u n i s i a le c u r v e i s o a n o m a l e grosso m o d o seg u o n o il c o n t o r n o d e l l i t o r a l e , l e s t a z i o n i di b i s e r t a e r a s e l a i n m e t t o n o in e v i d e n z a il c a r a t t e r e m a r i n o del l a g o di b i s e r t a . nella zona di s a l i c i si n o t a l ' e s i s t e n z a di u n a z o n a c o n a n o m a l i a n e g a t i v a : tale zona è p r e s u n t a p e t r o l i f e r a e qui c o n v e r r e b b e e s e g u i r e u n a r e t e g r a v i m e t r i c a di d e t t a g l i o p i ù fitta e c o r r e d a r e l e m i s u r e da a l t r e ind a g i n i . n e l l ' i s o l a di d j e r b a la s t a z i o n e e f f e t t u a t a a a g l i i r p r e s e n t a u n a a n o m a l i a n e g a t i v a l o c a l e . n e l l e p u b b l i c a z i o n i r i c h i a m a l e n e l l a b i b l i o g r a f i a a n n e s s a . s 0 n o r i p o r t a t i tutti i v a l o r i o s s e r v a t i , le q u o t e d e l l e s t a z i o n i , le a n o m a l i e . a n c h e p e r q u e s t e d e t e r m i n a z i o n i v a l g o n o le o s s e r v a z i o n i fatte p e r le p r e c e d e n t i e s e g u i t e n e g l i a n n i 1 9 3 5 , 1 9 3 6 e 1937 p e r q u a n t o si r i f e r i s c e a l l e c o r r e z i o n i a p p o r t a t e a l l e g r a v i t à o s s e r v a t e . i n a l g e r i a su iii d e t e r m i n a z i o n i si h a n n o s o l t a n t o li a n o m a l i e di b o u g u e r p o s i t i v e . n e l s u d a n e n e l s a h a r a su 4 7 d e t e r m i n a z i o n i s o l t a n t o 4 a n o m a l i e d i b o u g u e r r i s u l t a n o p o s i t i v e e di i m p o r t i + ' i, 49 . 1 1 . + 36 m i l l i g a l . l a m a s s i m a a n o m a l i a n e g a t i v a si b a ad a d a r a j e r e n e ( — 125 m i l l i g a l ) di (piota 211)0 i n . nel m a r o c c o si h a n n o 7 a n o m a l i e p o s i t i v e -u 2 4 d e t e r m i n a z i o n i . l a m a s s i m a a n o m a l i a n e g a t i v a p e r u n a s t a z i o n e di ([nota 1 5 0 0 m r a g g i u n g e il v a l o r e 97 m i l l i g a l ( e n j i l des a l t l a h s e n c ) . i n a l g e r i a su 37 d e t e r m i n a z i o n i si n o t a n o 13 a n o m a l i e p o s i t i v e ed in t u n i s i a su 65 d e t e r m i n a z i o n i sì h a n n o 33 a n o m a l i e di b o u g u e r posi ti ve. questa c a m p a g n a h a m e s s o in e v i d e n z a un e r r o r e s i s t e m a t i c o e quasi c o s t a n t e di u n a v e n t i n a di m i l l i g a l f r a l e m i s u r e f a t t e ad mgeri da d e f f o r g e s e b o u r g e o i s nel 1 8 9 0 e da b o u r g e o i s n e l 1 8 9 2 : a p h i l i p p e v i l l e , a n l e d . r i m i n o m i e m è d é a l i , a n c o r a osservate da b o u r geois negli a n n i 1 8 9 1 , 1 8 9 2 e 1 8 9 3 . i m p o r t a n z a p a r t i c o l a r e p o i a s s u m o n o l e m i s u r e g r a v i m e t r i c h e eseg u i t e in e t i o p i a d o p o il 1937 da o p e r a t o r i i t a l i a n i : b a l l a r i n ( ' ' ) , e p a c c l l a ( ' ) . il p r i m o di questi o p e r a t o r i p r e s e p a r t e con la m i s s i o n e g e o l o g i c a p r o m o s s a dall a . g . i . p . per r i l e v a m e n t i geofisici ad h a r r a r , •128 g i o v a n n i boaga g i g g i g a , d a g a b u r , a u b a r r e , aiscia. d e s i è , s a r d o , t e n d a h ò , b a l i e , d i r e d a m i , g a u a s i . i ilio dove v e n n e r o p u r e eseguite ( d a b a l l a r i n ) n u u r e di l a t i t u d i n e a l r o n o m i e a secondo il m e t o d o di h o r r e b o w l a l c o t t ed in t a l u n e ( a z i o n i a n c h e m i s u r e di l o n g i t u d i n i a s t r o n o m i c h e . l e osservazioni g r a v i m e t r i c h e c l i c v e n n e r o e f f e t t u a l e in tale o c c a s i o n e dal b a l l a r i n -i r i f e r i s c o n o a sei l o c a l i t à : h a r r a r , g i g g i g a , d a g a b u r , a u b a r r e , a i c i à . d i r e d a u a , a q u o t e v a r i a b i l i f r a 7 6 0 m c 1b47 m . l e f o r m a z i o n i g e o l o g i c h e d e l l e l o c a l i t à c i r c o s t a n t i le s t a z i o n i nell ord i n e c i t a t o , s o n o : g r a n i t o i n i e t t a t o in c i s t i c r i s t a l l i n i , s a b b i e a l l u v i o n a l i con sottosuolo p r o f o n d o g r a n i t i c o e scisto c r i s t a l l i n o , s a b b i e a l l u v i o n a l i c o n s o t t o s u o l o c a l c a r e o , scisti c r i s t a l l i n i , b a s a l t i s l r a t o i d i , s a b b i e a l l u v i o n a l i su a r e n a r i e r i c o p r e n t i c a l c a r i . g l i s t r u m e n t i a d o p e r a t i sono q u e l l i stessi a d o p e r a t i dal p r o f . dot e e dal p r o f . b a l l a r i n n e l 1 9 2 8 p e r le m i s u r e g r a v i m e t r i c h e eseguite s u l l ' a p p e n n i n o l o s e o e m i l i a n o , e c i o è : a p p a r a t o q t i a d r i p c n d o l a r e b a i n b e r g c o r r e d a l o di c a m p a n a p n e u m a t i c a . 11 t e m p o v e n n e d e t e r m i n a l o o con m i s u r e a s t r o n o m i c h e ( h a r r a r , g i g g i g a ) o c o n d e t e r m i n a z i o n i r a d i o t e l e g r a f i c h e ( p e r le a l t r e s t a z i o n i ) r i c o r r e n d o ai segnali o r a r i trasmessi da r u g b y . c r o n o m e t r i i m p i e g a l i : d c n t n . 1 9 9 6 2 , h a w c l k n . 5 0 e p e n d o l o r i e f l e r n . 1 0 9 6 ; i n s e r i t i n e l c i r c u i t o d e l r e l a i s d e l l e c o i n c i d e n z e . a l l e g r a v i t à o s s e r v a l e , o t t e n u t e con le o s c i l l a z i o n i m e d i e dei q u a t t r o p e n d o l i , s o n o s t a t e a p p o r t a t e le r i d u z i o n i di f a y e e di b o u g u e r , a d o t t a n d o p e r d e n s i t à s u p e r f i c i a l e il v a l o r e 2 . 6 7 . l e g r a v i t à n o r m a l i , c o m e è c o n s i g l i a t o d a l l a a . g . g . i . , sono state c a l c o l a t e c o n la f o r m u l a i n t e r n a z i o n a l e . l e q u o t e d e l l e singole stazioni sono s t a t e d e t c r m i n a t e p e r m e z z o di b a r o m e t r i ( f o n i t i ) a s s u m e n d o c o m e q u o t a ili p a r t e n z a il v a l o r e 1 2 0 0 m c o r r i s p o n d e n t e al p i a n o dei b i n a r i d e l l a s t a z i o n e f e r r o v i a r i a di d i r e d a u a . ed a p p l i c a n d o la f o r m u l a di l a p l a c e r i i h l n i a n n . l e p r e c i s i o n i c o n s e g u i t e n e l l e d e t e r m i n a z i o n i g r a v i m e t r i c h e r i s u l t a n o degli i m p o r t i c o m p r e s i n e l l ' i n t e r v a l lo 1 0 , 9 0 m i l l i g a l . 0 . 9 9 m i l l i g a l . l e a n o m a l i e di f a y e sono tutte p o s i t i v e , q u e l l e di b o u g u e r tutte n e g a t i v e . e s s e sono r i a s s u n t e n e l l o s p e c c h i o s e g u e n t e : stazione altezza gravità osservata anom. faye anom. bouguer i f a n a r it, 17 m 9 7 7 . 6 5 4 pai + 38 m g a l — 171 n m a l 1 6 3 4 , 7 1 1 + 2 9 156 d a g a h u r 1 0 8 9 . 8 2 3 + 4. — 120 a u b a r r e 1 6 0 3 . 7 5 5 + 50 — 131 a i c i à 760 9 7 3 . 0 4 2 + 47 4 5 d i r e d a u a 1 2 0 5 9 7 7 . 8 2 1 0 1 3 6 . s u l l e m o d e r n e m i s u r e g r a v i m e t r i c h e e s e g u i t e in a f r i c a 3 2 9 i l g r u p p o di d e t e r m i n a z i o n i g r a v i m e t r i c h e e s e g u i t e d a l p r o f . g . b . p a c e l l a , p e r i n i z i a t i v a e con m e z z i e s t r u m e n t i del n o s t r o i . g . m . c o m p r e n d e 1 4 s t a z i o n i d i s t r i b u i t e f r a l e l a t i t u d i n i 8 ° 5 4 ' e 1 1 " 3 0 " n o r d e di q u o t e c o m p r e s e f r a 8 0 0 m e 2 9 0 0 m . v e n n e i m p i e g a t o u n app a r a t o g r a v i f o t o g r a f i c o c o n y n g a m c o n tre p e n d o l i in i n v a r e c o l t e l l i di s t e l l i l e , c r o n o m e t r o m e r c e r , c r o n o g r a f o \ a r d i l i , a p p a r a t o r a d i o i . g . m . p e r la r e c e z i o n e dei s e g n a l i o r a r i p e r l e d e t e r m i n a z i o n i di t e m p o . v e n n e r o a l t r e s ì u s a t e p e l l i c o l e f e r r a n i a e lo s p o g l i o di q u e s t e v e n n e e f f e t t u a t o c o l m e t o d o di m e i n e s z . l a p r e c i s i o n e d e l l e d e t e r m i n a z i o n i g r a v i m e t r i c h e è di c i r c a 5 m i l l i g a l . l e q u o t e f u r o n o d e t e r m i n a t e col m e t o d o t e r m o b a r o m e t r i c o e f u r o n o a n c h e c a l c o l a t e l e r i d u z i o n i di f a v e e di b o u g u e r . o t t e n e n d o i s e g u e n t i r i s u l t a t i : stazione altezza gravità osservala unum. i'aya animi. bouguer m e l a h a r a 9 4 8 i i l 9 7 7 8 6 3 g a l — 1 6 n i g a l 1 2 7 n i g a l a d d i s a b e b a 2 4 2 6 , 4 6 5 + 3 8 — 2 4 6 p o n t e a u a s c 8 3 3 , 8 9 7 — 2 2 — 1 1 9 h a r r a r 1 8 5 4 . 6 3 3 + 2 1 — 1 9 6 g i g g i g a 1 6 3 3 , 7 1 4 + 33 — 1 5 8 d i r e d a u a 1 2 1 6 . 8 2 4 + 7 — 1 3 5 d e l i r a d e r h a 2 8 5 4 . 4 1 1 + 9 7 — 2 3 7 d e l i r a s i n a 2 7 1 6 •423 62 — 2 5 6 g i a i r à 1 4 5 6 . ( 5 7 — 1 5 — 1 8 5 c o n i l t o l e i à 1879 , 6 5 4 — 5 — 2 2 5 d e s s i è 2 7 0 3 . 4 7 2 6 6 — 2 5 0 b a l i e 1 6 7 6 , 7 6 0 + 3 4 — 1 6 2 c a n t i e r e , 4 4 9 1 3 , 9 5 3 — 1 0 — 1 1 7 u s c i a l l i 1 8 7 9 , 6 3 7 — 3 7 — 2 5 7 l e a n o m a l i e sono s t a t e d e t c r m i n a t e c o n la g r a v i t à n o r m a l e f o r n i t a d a l l a f o r m u l a i n t e r n a z i o n a l e ( 1 9 3 0 ) . t r e d e l l e p r e c e d e n t i s t a z i o n i e p r e c i s a m e n t e : h a r r a r , g i g g i g a , d i r e d a m i sono state o s s e r v a t e a n c h e dal p r o f . b a l l a r i n . p o i c h é n e i d u e p r o s p e t t i le q u o t e d e l l e s t a z i o n i sono d i f f e r e n t i , il c o n f r o n t o d e v e e s s e r e f a l l o c o n l e a n o m a l i e di f a v e . si o t t e n g o n o c o s ì l e d i f f e r e n z e : + 17 m i l l i g a l , -f 4 m i l l i g a l , — 7 m i l l i g a l , c h e r i e n t r a n o t i n t e e n t r o il t r i p l o d e g l i e r r o r i m e d i d e l l e d i f f e r e n z e s i e s t e , c o n s i d e r a t e c o m e d i f f e r e n z e di q u a n t i t à o s s e r v a t e , ed a f f e t t e da u n e r r o r e m e d i o n o n s u p e r i o r e a 6 m i l l i g a l . nei c a l c o l i p e r la c o r r e z i o n e di b o u g u e r il p r o f . p a c e l l a t e n n e p e r d e n s i t à m e d i a s u p e r f i c i a l e t e r r e s t r e il v a l o r e 2 , 8 . :j:ì() i . 1 0 v a n m hoai.a d o m e os-c'ivu il p r o f . macella, in nn t e r r e n o c o m e i a e r q e o r o ahi-.-ino "i i n i ] ) o r r e l ) h e una m a g g i o r cur a nella a p p l i c a z i o n e della riduz i o n e di b o u g u e r . c l i c in ogni m o d o d o v r e b b e , a p p e n a p o s s i b i l e , essere c o m p l e t a t a a l m e n o d a l l a r i d u z i o n e t o p o g r a f i c a fino a 4(1 k m dai punti staziono e c i ò o p r a i i ut i o p e r il v a l o r e c h e si de\c a t t r i b u i r e alla d e n s i t à s u p e r f i c i a l e nei singoli c o m p a r t i m e n t i . c o n f r o n tando le a n o m a l i e di b o u g u e r r i p o r t a t e noi due s p e c c h i , con le q u o t e d e l l e s t a z i o n i , si vedo s u b i t o c h e r i s u l t a n o c o n f e r m a t o le ben n o t e teor i e i s o s t a l i c h e . ci a u g u r i a m o c h e questi lavori u r a v i m e t r i o i . già iniziati su v a s t a -cal a da ii ' inglii i t e r r a , d a l l a f r a n c i a e d a l l ' i t a l i a , sui l e n i t o l i a f r i cani d e l l e loro g i u r i d i z i o n i p o l i t i c h e , n a n o al più p r e s t o r i p r e s i e p o t e n z i a t i , o n d e p o t e r in b r e v e a d d i v e n i r e a d e l l e c o n o s c e n z e c i r c a la s t r u t t u r a s o t t e r r a n e a di q u e s t o g r a n d e c o n t i n e n t e c h e p r e s e n t a forti legami geologici con l ' e u r o p a . roma — istillilo (li geodesia e tojìografia, delia facoltà ili ingegneria 1918. ri tssu\to si riferisce sulle misure gravimetriche eseguite in ijrica dal 1933 al 1939 da operatori inglesi, francesi, italiani, con apparati ]>cndolari e cori gravimetri e si riportano i valori ottenuti dagli operatori italiani nelle misure effettuate in etiopia. b i b l i o g r a f i \ l'i e . ('.. b l u \iii>. (irarily measuremeiiis in fusi lirica. « l ' h i l . t r a n s , o ! t h e r o v a i s o c i e t y ot l o n d o n ». s e r i e \. m a t l i e n i . and l ' i n s . s e . il. 7 5 7 . v o i . 235j). 1-15-531. i'-| j. laciiii.a. mesures ile iinlensilé ile hi iicsantctir eri urit/ne ila \oril. « 0 . l i . acuii. s c i . « t . 1 9 9 , 1 9 3 4 . p . 1 5 8 6 : t . 2111. 1 9 3 5 . p . 1 0 9 5 : i'. 2(11. 1 9 . ( 7 . p . 1 0 8 ; t . 2 0 6 . 1 9 3 7 . p . 1 5 5 3 : t . 2 0 8 . 1 9 3 9 . p . 7 3 1 : t . 2 0 8 . 1 9 3 9 . p . 1 2 0 7 : t . 2 0 8 . i 9 3 9 , p . 1627. g . r o l x . mesures ile l'intonsi/è de in /.esunteur un murar, u ( . . i ! . \ a d . s c i . „ t . 2117. 1 9 3 8 . p . 7 1 3 . i :> s . lìai.lmun. misure asirinmniiche e «eojìsieue. l s l r a t l o ila « m i s s i o n e g e o l o gica nella d a n c a l i a m e r i d i o n a l e e nel l ì a r r a r i n o ». p r o m o s s a d a l l a \ . g . 1 . i ' . . v o l u m e i l r o m a . i'm2. r e a l e \cad. d ' i t a l i a . o n l r o l u d i p e r i a f r i c a o r i e n l a l e i t a l i a n a . l ' i g . il l ' a d j h . deterniiiinziiini griiiimeiriclie in l'jìopia. t< h o m i . s e i . \ccad e m i a n a z i o n a l e dei l i n c e i ». :iniu> 1 9 1 8 . r o m a . coseismic effects of the 2016 amatrice seismic sequence: first geological results annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7195 1 coseismic effects of the 2016 amatrice seismic sequence: first geological results emergeo w.g.: pucci s. *, de martini p.m. *, civico r. *, nappi r. *, ricci t. *, villani f. *, brunori c.a. *, caciagli m. *, sapia v. *, cinti f. r. *, moro m. *, di naccio d. *, gori s. *, falcucci e. *, vallone r. *, mazzarini f. *, tarquini s. *, del carlo p. *, kastelic v. *, carafa m. *, de ritis r. *, gaudiosi g. *, nave r. *, alessio g. *, burrato p. *, smedile a. *, alfonsi l. *, vannoli p. *, pignone m. *, pinzi s. *, fracassi u. *, pizzimenti l. *, mariucci m.t. *, pagliuca n. *, sciarra a. *, carluccio r. *, nicolosi i. *, chiappini m. *, d’ajello caracciolo f. *, pezzo g. *, patera a. *, azzaro r. *, pantosti d.*, montone p. *, saroli m.° *, lo sardo l. ° *, lancia m. °, *istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia °university of cassino and southern lazio stefano.pucci@ingv.it abstract since the beginning of the ongoing amatrice seismic sequence on august 24, 2016, initiated by a mw 6.0 normal faulting earthquake, the emergeo working group (an ingv team devoted to earthquake aftermath geological survey) investigated coseismic effects on the natural environment. up to now, we surveyed about 750 km2 and collected more than 3200 geological observations including differently oriented tectonic fractures together with intermediateto smallsized landslides. the most impressive coseismic evidence was found along the known active mt. vettore fault system, where surface ruptures with clear vertical/horizontal offset were observed for more than 5 km, while unclear and discontinuous coseismic features were recorded along the laga mts. fault systems. i. introduction n august 24, 2016, at 1:36 utc an mw 6.0 earthquake hit a large portion of the central apennines fold and thrust belt, between the towns of norcia and amatrice, central italy (fig.1). the event nucleated at a depth of 8.2 km, with epicenter close to the village of accumoli (fig. 1) [ama_loc the mainshocks caused heavy damage in a wide area between the towns of norcia and amatrice and resulted in 298 fatalities, thousands of injured and over 3000 displaced people. focal mechanisms of the two main events show nw-se striking normal faulting (fig. 1). the seismic sequence was confined within the o mailto:stefano.pucci@ingv.it annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7195 2 upper 10 12 km of the crust and the volume affected by the aftershocks extends for about 50 and 15 km in the nw-se and ne-sw directions, respectively. this area of the central apennines is characterized by a quaternary extensional regime overprinting ne-verging thrust-sheets (i.e. vai and martini, 2001 and references therein), mostly made of meso-cenozoic carbonate rocks and miocene flysch deposits. the resulting dense array of nw-se and nnw-sse striking, mainly swdipping, up to 30 km-long active normal fault systems (galli et al., 2008 and references therein; fig. 1) accommodate the present-day 2-4 mm/yr regional ne-sw extension (galvani et al., 2013, and references therein). in this paper we present the dataset of coseismic effects on the natural environment collected by the emergeo working group together with a preliminary discussion. figure 1. location of the measurements and observations collected in the field. normal faults are compiled from geological maps [centamore et al., 1992; pierantoni et al., 2013]. hillshade from tinitaly 10m-dem [tarquini et al., 2012]. the 24 august 2016 mainshock and largest aftershock are reported with red stars. tdmt focal mechanisms available at http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/event/7073641 and http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/event/7076161. dgsd (deep-seated gravitational slope deformations) with evidence of coseismic fracturing are shown. http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/event/7073641 http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/event/7076161 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7195 3 ii. methods field surveying of the coseismic effects by emergeo was mainly performed by using smartphones equipped with a range of software that use the phone's gps, compass and orientation sensors. we used the rocklogger application (rockgecko.com) to measure and store the data of the coseismic effects (type of observation, strike, vertical dislocation, fracture opening, etc.). gps track loggers were used for monitoring and subsequent planning the survey coverage. low-altitude, easy deployable, aerial platforms (helikite and unmanned aerial vehicles uavs), together with a helicopter flight, have been used to support the post-earthquake documentation of surface ruptures. a webbased data sourcing was utilized to gather information on coseismic geological effects from local people. the collected data have been stored in a georeferenced-database (for details see emergeo working group, 2012). figure 2. map of the coseismic geological effects of the mt. vettore area. geological map from pierantoni et al. [2013]. hillshade from tinitaly 10m-dem [tarquini et al., 2012]. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7195 4 iii. results we surveyed an area of about 750 km2, recording more than 3200 measurements and observations. among them, we collected: 230 coseismic fracture (<1 cm displacements) and 2600 coseismic rupture (>1cm displacements) measurements; evidence for 160 mediumto small-sized coseismic landslides, 28 coseismic features related to the shaking (e.g. clast extrusions, soil remobilization, etc.), and 130 locations where we documented the lack of coseismic effects. in addition, a fracturing pattern is hypothesised in the trench sector and along the upper limit of 3 dgsd (deepseated gravitational slope deformations) between the villages of castelluccio and norcia as due to coseismic-induced acceleration (fig. 1). the inspection of the laga mts. fault system provided only few sparse observations of discontinuous (maximum 300 m-long) equivocal ruptures with small displacements (maximum 5 cm), mostly concentrated along its northern sector. a few ruptures exhibit a trend parallel to the mapped fault, whereas most of them do not have a systematic pattern. in contrast, in the central-southern portion of this fault, no clear coseismic fracturing or rupturing was observed, but several coseismic landslides (rotational and rock falls) occurred, possibly due to the shear strength of the outcropping pelitic formations. some of them are pre-existing landslides re-activated, partly known and mapped after the 2009 l’aquila earthquake (miccadei et al., 2013). conversely, to the north, along the mt. vettore fault system, a continuous alignment of newly formed coseismic ruptures was mapped for more than 5.2 km. the coseismic ruptures follow the cima del redentore and mt. vettoretto sw-dipping and n155°-striking normal faults (fig. 2). the coseismic ruptures occur along a cumulative fault scarp made by bedrock at the footwall (mostly corniola fm.) and by highly fractured bedrock as well as unconsolidated deposits (generally cryoclastic debris) at the hanging wall. a few additional coseismic ruptures parallel continuously a southern fault splay for more than 400 m along the sw-flank of the mt. vettore, and another discontinuous set occurs at the slope foot, resulting in an alignment 1.2 km long (fig. 2). in detail the 5.2 km-long rupture consists of 56m long segments, each up to 5-6 m-long, mostly displaying a right-stepping en-echelon arrangement (fig. 3, 4a). the deformation zone width is generally confined on a single ground crack, rarely exceeding 5 m where maximum three parallel ground cracks and ruptures were found. the orientation of the different elements composing the coseismic rupture is: 1) n125°-140° for the coseismic ruptures (with offset) affecting unconsolidated deposits; 2) n105°-140° for coseismic fractures (with no offset) affecting unconsolidated deposits; 3) n130°-175° for coseismic ruptures occurring on the bedrock fault planes (coseismic free faces) (fig. 3). notably, the trend of the ruptures south of mt. vettoretto is oblique with respect to the slope, while northward, it becomes perpendicular to the slope of the southwestern mt. vettore flank (fig. 3). the coseismic rupture pattern is not influenced by the bedrock bedding attitude, while locally it re-utilizes joints. the rupture trace preserves its trend, even when cutting through debris cone apexes. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7195 5 figure 3. geometrical pattern of the mt. vettore coseismic ruptures. the rose diagram shows different trends of the coseismic free face, rupture and fracture measurements with respect to the bedrock bedding and the average trend of the fault trace. on bedrock fault planes, the newly formed free face looks like a fresh, light-coloured stripe of rejuvenated bedrock surface, with no lichens and soil shade (fig. 4b). the coseismic ruptures always down-throw the sw side with vertical displacement being mostly below 16 cm and exceeding 35 cm in few locations of its northern portion (fig. 5a). moreover, the vertical displacement of the coseismic free faces is mostly between 16 and 20 cm. the width of open cracks is mostly below 16 cm with few outliers (up to 40 cm) along its central portion for both coseismic ruptures and free faces (fig. 5b). notably, the almost 2 km long coseismic ruptures south of mt. vettoretto tend to revert the topography. figure 4. photos of the mt. vettore coseismic ruptures. a) en-echelon coseismic ruptures (black arrows) affecting unconsolidated slope deposits and a trail, the red arrows mark the mt. vettore fault scarp; b) coseismic free face on bedrock fault plane (black arrows). iv. discussion and conclusion based on the characteristics and distribution of the coseismic effects related to the 24 august 2016 amatrice earthquake, we identified two areas: the laga mts. fault system, to the south and the mt. vettore fault system to the north. along the northern portion of the laga mts. fault system few sparse evidences of discontinuous coseismic ruptures with small displacements were surveyed, while in the central-southern portion of this fault, no significant fracturing at the surface was observed. in general, along the laga mts. fault system there is no clear deformation as expression of the seismogenic fault plane motion occurred at depth. a possible explanation for this negative evidence is due to the thick sequence (ca. 1-2 km) of flysch and marls, which may accommodate the coseismic annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7195 6 deformations without a purely brittle behavior. along the mt. vettore fault system sector we documented a localized and continuous concentration of coseismic ruptures with offset. main characteristics are: i) the considerable length of the continuous alignment (more than 5 km); ii) the consistency of the structural pattern (often characterized by right en-echelon arrangement with kinematically coherent oblique transfer zones); iii) the downthrown side is systematically the sw one; iv) the structural pattern, the kinematics and the offset distribution is not influenced by topography and morphology (e.g. erosional scarp and debris cone crosscut, figs. 3 and 5), v) the constant rupture characteristics over both bedrock and loose deposits. all these features lead to infer that the observed displacement could be defined as primary surface faulting (i.e. propagation up to the surface of the seismogenic motion occurred at depth). however, shaking/gravity effects may have locally contributed to part of the observed displacement. shaking/gravity effects may have locally contributed to part of the observed displacement. a number of authors (p. burrato, m. carafa, d. di naccio, u. fracassi, v. kastelic, r. vallone and p. vannoli) are doubtful in straightforwardly interpreting the surveyed brittle features as effects of primary surface faulting. rather, they maintain that the geologic and morphologic conditions have favored the instability of jointed and faulted rocks and unconsolidated sediments under dynamic conditions. therefore, the hypothesis of the observed fractures as secondary earthquake effects driven by blind faulting cannot be ruled out a priori. we all agree on the fact that future detailed comparison with other datasets like seismicity relocations, satellite data (insar and gps) and modeling inversions of different seismic parameters will help in better understanding and evaluating the gravitational component vs tectonic displacement. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7195 7 figure 5. variation in displacement along the strike of the mt. vettore coseismic ruptures. distribution of a) vertical displacement and b) opening values. the inset shows the frequency of the displacements for ruptures in coincidence of loose deposits (coseismic rupture) and along preexisting bedrock fault planes (coseismic free face). references ama_loc working group (2016). amatrice 2016 main events re-location (v1.0 – 20160902 12.00). istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. doi 10.5281/zenodo.61371 centamore, e., adamoli, l., berti, d., bigi, g., bigi, s., casnedi, r., cantalamessa, g., fumanti, f., morelli, c., micarelli, a., ridolfi, m., and salvucci, r. (1992). carta geologica dei bacini della laga e del cellino e dei rilievi carbonatici circostanti. in: studi geologici camerti, vol. spec. università degli studi, dipartimento di scienze della terra. selca, firenze. emergeo working group: alessio, g., l. alfonsi, c.a. brunori, p. burrato, g. casula, f.r. cinti, r. civico, l. colini, l. cucci, p.m. de martini, e. falcucci, f. galadini, g. gaudiosi, s. gori, m.t. mariucci, p. montone, m. moro, r. nappi, a. nardi, r. nave, d. pantosti, a. patera, a. pesci, m. pignone, s. pinzi, s. pucci, p. vannoli, a. venuti and f. villani (2012). technologies and new approaches used by the ingv emergeo working group for real time data sourcing and processing during the emilia romagna (northern italy) 2012 earthquake sequence, annals of geophysics, 55, 4, 2012; doi: 10.4401/ag-6117. galli, p., f. galadini and d. pantosti (2008). twenty years of paleoseismology in italy. earth-science reviews, 88, 89–117. galvani, a., m. anzidei, r. devoti, a. esposito, g. pietrantonio, a.r. pisani, f. riguzzi and e. serpelloni (2013). the annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7195 8 interseismic velocity field of the central apennines from a dense gps network, annals of geophysics, 55, 5, doi: 10.4401/ag-5634 miccadei, e., t. piacentini, n. sciarra and r. di michele (2013). seismically induced landslides in abruzzo (central italy): morphostructural control. in landslide science and practice (pp. 315-320). springer berlin heidelberg. pierantoni, p., g. deiana and s. galdenzi (2013). stratigraphic and structural features of the sibillini mountains (umbria-marche apennines, italy). italian journal of geosciences, 132(3): 497-520. tarquini, s., s. vinci, m. favalli, f. doumaz, a. fornaciai and l. nannipieri (2012). release of a 10-m-resolution dem for the italian territory: comparison with global-coverage dems and anaglyph-mode exploration via the web. computers & geosciences, 38(1), 168-170. vai, g.b., and l.p. martini (ed.), (2001). anatomy of an orogen: the apennines and adjacent mediterranean basins, kluwer academic publishers, dordrecht, the netherlands, 633 p. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7512 1 building bridges through science: increased geoscience engagement w ith canada’s n orthern communities pascale groulx office of th e ch ief scien tist, n atu r al resou rces can ad a p ascale.gr ou lx@can ad a.ca don n a kirkwood ch ief scien tist, n atu ral resou rces can ad a d on n a.kirkw ood @can ad a.ca dan iel lebel geological su rvey of can ad a, n atu ral resou rces can ad a d an iel.lebel@can ad a.ca abstract a decade ago, data uptake by industry was held as the principal indicator of success of the geological survey of can ada’s geo-mapping for energy and m inerals (gem ) program, an initiative aimed at modernizing geological knowledge of the country’s n orth to spur economic growth. upon renewal in 2013, the geoscience program evolved its approach for engaging local communities, putting principles of geoethics into practice. this cultural shift has not only enriched the gsc as a whole; but has set an example for other science endeavours in the n orth. it has nurtured enhanced dialogue and relationships, fostered more sustainable economic growth, and helped position the gsc as a more welcome partner to n orthern communities. 1. backgroun d eoeth ics is d efin ed in th e “cap e tow n statem en t on geoeth ics” as d ealin g “w ith th e eth ical, social an d cu ltu ral im p lication s of geoscien ces kn ow led ge, ed u cation , research , p ractice an d com m u n ication , an d w ith th e social role an d resp on sibility of geoscien tists in con d u ctin g th eir activities” (di cap u a et al., 2017). in can ad a, th ere are good exam p les in w h ich geoeth ics p rin cip les are r eflected in th e geoscien ce research at th e geological su rvey of can ad a (gsc), p art of th e fed eral govern m en t’s d ep artm en t of n atu ral resou rces (n rcan ). th e gsc is can ad a’s old est scien tific agen cy. it w as fou n d ed in 1842 to h elp d evelop a viable can ad ian m in eral in d u stry. as th e cou n try m atu red , p rovin ces an d territories establish ed th eir ow n geological su rveys to ad van ce r esou rce d evelop m en t allow in g th e gsc to sh ift its focu s to ad d ress broad er issu es of n ation al relevan ce. th is sh ift is exp licitly d efin ed in th e in tergovern m en tal geoscien ce accord (iga) w h ere roles, resp on sibilities an d p rin cip les of coop eration am on gst th e su rveys w ere first e n tren ch ed in 1996 (du ke, 2010). un d er th e iga, th e gsc is w ell p osition ed to exercise its lea d ersh ip an d con ven e th e cou n try’s geoscien ces to collaborate on n ation ally im p ortan t th em es. th is ch an ge also brou gh t th e gsc in lin e w ith th e fed eral govern m en t’s exp ectation s th at its organ ization s exercise resu lts-focu sed lead ersh ip by p lacin g in creasin g em p h asis on socio econ om ic con texts at h om e an d abroad . tod ay, th e gsc m obilizes scien ce to in form p u blic p olicy d evelop m en t on issu es associated w ith h igh social im p act su ch as grou n d w ater, g an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7512 2 clim ate ch an ge, n atu ral d isasters, an d m in eral an d en ergy su p p ly (bobrow sky et al., 2017). th is sh ift, in creasin gly relevan t in all asp ects of th e gsc’s w ork, is also con sisten t w ith th e grow in g in tern ation al tren d to ap p ly geo eth ical id eas, p rin cip les, an d p ractices to scie n tific research abou t th e earth an d its m in eral resou rces an d lan d scap es, as w ell as t o m in in g an d su stain able d evelop m en t (gill an d bu llou gh , 2017; n ickless, 2017; n u rm i, 2017). 2. a geoscien ces program for the can ad ian n orth can ad a is a geologically resou rce-rich n ation th at covers 9,984,670 km 2 , ap p roxim ately 40% of w h ich in is th e n orth (i.e., can ad a’s th ree territories an d th e n orth ern p ortion s of six p rovin ces). th is vast exp an se h as h istorically rep resen ted a d au n tin g m ap p in g ch allen ge. in fact, before 2008, 60% of can ad a’s n orth w as n ot m ap p ed to m od ern geological stan d ard s. th at’s w h en th e govern m en t of can ad a in itia ted th e geo-m ap p in g for en ergy an d min eral (gem) p rogram as p art of its n orth ern strategy a strategy w h ich in clu d ed a stron g p osition on ad v an cin g can ad ian sovereign ty in th e n orth an d th e p rioritization of n orth ern in d igen ou s en gagem en t. lau n ch ed w ith an in itial in vestm en t of $100 m illion over five years (gem -1: 2008-2013), gem w as th en ren ew ed for seven m ore years th rou gh an ad d ition al fu n d in g of $100 m illion in 2013 (gem-2: 2013-2020). ru n by th e gsc u n d er th e p u rv iew of n rcan , th e p rogram w orks to p rom ote an d m od ern ize geological kn ow led ge in th e n orth to sp u r econ om ic be n efits. in keep in g w ith th e iga, th is is ach ieved in collaboration w ith p r ovin cial an d territorial cou n terp arts. th e p rogram also w orks w ith n atio n al an d region al in d igen ou s organ ization s, territorial govern m en ts, an d th e fed eral d ep artm en t of in d igen ou s an d n orth ern affairs to h elp n av igate th e d istin ct socio-cu ltu ral an d econ om ic con text of can ad a’s n orth . 3. a geoethical evolution 3.1 the local context socio-econ om ic con d ition s are ch allen gin g in can ad a’s th ree n orth ern territories, yu kon , n orth w est territories (n wt), an d n u n avu t. th e u n em p loym en t rate is h igh er an d th e ed u cation level low er th an th e n ation al n orm (th e con feren ce board of can a d a, 2011). op tion s for econ om ic p rosp erity in th e territories are lim ited an d h eavily relian t on th e n atu ral r esou rce sectors, w ith m in in g oversh ad ow in g con tribu tion s from all oth er sectors (th e con feren ce board of can ad a, 2010). th e territories are h om e to a sm all p op u lation of ap p roxim ately 119,000 p eop le sp read across few er th an 100 sm all com m u n it ies in a rem ote lan d scap e. geoeth ics th erefore p resen ts an excellen t fou n d ation for en gagin g com m u n ities in th e n orth w h ere large p ortion s of th e p op u l ation are in d igen ou s p eop les w h o h ave a d eep con n ection to th e lan d an d a rich cu ltu ral h ist ory in th e region (pep p olon i an d di cap u a, 2012). in can ad a, p rin cip les of m u tu al recogn ition , resp ect, an d sh ared resp on sibility gu id e fed eral en gagem en t related to gov ern m en t activities th at in volve in d igen ou s lan d s, resou rces an d in som e cases su b-su rface righ ts. th ese p rin cip les are in ad d ition to resp on sibilities set ou t u n d er section 35 of th e constitution a ct, 1982 th at recogn izes an d affirm s th e existin g aborigin al an d treaty righ ts of th e aborigin al p eop les of ca n ad a. to su ccessfu lly establish research p r ogram s in th e n orth , it th erefore is im p erative to u n d erstan d an d con sid er local cu ltu ral p ractices, com m u n ity h istory, an d can ad a’s evolvin g relation sh ip w ith in d igen ou s p eop les. 3.2 changing scientific culture through gem th e gem p rogram ’s p rim ary aim w as, an d r em ain s, m ap p in g can ad a’s n orth . th ou gh th is m an d ate h as n ot ch an ged , th ere h as been a p rogressive sh ift in h ow gem is im p lem en ted . as w ith m an y p u blic geoscien ce p rogram s, gem w as origin ally d evelop ed to focu s on freely p rovid in g p u blic geoscien ce (e.g., m ap s an d syn th esis rep orts) to stim u late in d u stry in vestm en t (bern kn op f et al., 2007; du ke, 2010). fou r years in to th e p rogram , th e govern m en t an n ou n ced its resp on sible resou rce develo p m en t in itiative w h ich w ou ld in p art “prom ote p ositive an d lon g -term relation sh ip s w ith ab oan n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7512 3 rigin al com m u n ities in ord er to im p rove reco n ciliation an d facilitate greater p articip ation of aborigin al p eop le in th e d irect an d in d irect ben efits of n ew resou rce p rojects”. th e in itiative d em on strates th e fed eral p olicy sh ift t ow ard s in creased in d igen ou s en gagem en t. wh en th e tim e cam e to ren ew th e p rogram , m an agem en t d rew from in sigh ts gain ed d u rin g th e first years of th e p rogram , d irection from th e evolvin g p olicy con text, an d sp ecifics tools th at gu id e fed eral action w ith in d igen ou s p e op les (govern m en t of can ad a, 2011). gem’s m an agem en t evolved th e origin al a p p roach to also in clu d e m ore active in volvem en t by n orth ern ers. n orth ern er s, in clu d in g in d igen ou s com m u n ities, w ere con sid ered as an in tegral p art of ach ievin g gem’s m an d ate to su p p ort a stron g n orth ern econ om y. th is led to a m ore d yn am ic en gagem en t ap p roach w h ich evolved in to a p rogram firm ly rooted in geoeth ics (pep p olon i an d di cap u a, 2016). tod ay, th e p rogram is en tren ch ed in a belief th at th e m ore n orth ern com m u n ities kn ow abou t geology an d th e n atu ral resou rces arou n d th em , th e better able th ey are to m ake d ecision s abou t th eir fu tu re. gem n ow co n n ects n orth ern com m u n ities w ith critical d ata th at in form s th eir resou rce d evelop m en t an d lan d -u se d ecision s, an d it in vites th em to p a rticip ate in th e geo-m ap p in g p rocess. th is ap p roach is bu ild in g im p roved relatio n sh ip s betw een n orth ern ers an d govern m en t agen cies. n orth ern com m u n ities, in d u stry an d govern m en ts are exp ected to all ben efit from th is ap p roach . 4. the evolvin g approach lookin g forw ard , th e gem p rogram n ow in corp orates geoeth ical n orth ern en gagem en t th rou gh ou t its activities su ch as seekin g n ort h ern ers’ p ersp ectives, u n d ertakin g field w ork, an d su p p ortin g n orth ern er’s d ecision m akin g . 4.1 impact on gem leadership alth ou gh th e p ath to ach iev in g resu lts w as focu sed on gettin g in d u stry to u se th e n ew in form ation , an ad visory grou p of n orth ern ers (agn ) w as form ed as a b od y th rou gh w h ich th e gsc’s sen ior lead ersh ip an d n orth ern re p resen tatives cou ld sh are valu able kn ow led ge an d in form ation . its recom m en d ation s w ere rep orted to th e assistan t dep u ty min ister of th e earth scien ce sector th at oversees th e ge ological su rvey. o rigin al m em bers w ere p rim a rily d raw n from lon g -stan d in g p artn ers fam iliar w ith geoscien ces, su ch as in d u stry, territorial govern m en ts, an d n orth ern train in g organ iz ation s. over tim e an d w ith gu id an ce from th e agn , it becam e clear th at focu sin g on servin g th e n eed s of on ly on e en d u ser th e exp lor ation in d u stry w as n ot com p atible w ith th e socio cu ltu ral an d econ om ic realities of th e n orth . in creased en gagem en t w ith n orth ern ers n ee d ed to be p art an d p arcel of th e ren ew ed p r ogram ’s d esign for su ccess. with th e p rogram ’s ren ew al an d th e evolvin g geoeth ical sh ift tow ard s greater en gagem en t of n orth ern ers, a revived agn becam e a crit ical m ech an ism to seek p ersp ectives on h ow to m axim ize th e p rogram ’s ben efits to n orth er n ers. th e n ew grou p brin gs togeth er a d iv ersity of n orth ern stakeh old ers, in clu d in g com m u n ity eld ers, you th , acad em ics, local an d territorial govern m en t rep resen tatives, in d igen ou s association m em bers, an d in d u stry rep resen tatives. meetin gs occu r in p erson an n u ally an d teleco n feren ces su p p ort on g oin g d iscu ssion s betw een m eetin gs. in p erson m eetin gs leverage creative facilitation tech n iqu es su ch as op en sp ace tech n ology th at en cou rage p articip an ts’ in te rests d rivin g th e d iscu ssion s (sw an son , 2006), resu ltin g in m em bers id en tifyin g an d lead in g w orkin g grou p s on top ics th ey are p assion ately in terested in ad v an cin g. mem bers’ in sigh ts focu s on issu es im p ortan t to n orth ern ers su ch as: bu ild in g cap acity of n orth ern com m u n ities; en su rin g com m u n ication s p rod u cts su ch as vid eos, en gagem en t le tters, an d fin al rep orts are su itable; facilitatin g th e u se of d ata an d kn ow led ge by n orth ern ers; im p rovin g en gagem en t p rotocols, an d ad d res sin g n orth ern ers’ con cern s regard in g th e field w ork. th ere are several exam p les of tim es w h en th e agn p rovid ed con crete in sigh t th at reflected its u n iqu e n orth ern p ersp ective. most n otably, th e agn ad vised on h ow to in volve n orth ern stu d en ts in gem p rogram activities an d h elp ed gsc staff by review in g com m u n ication s p lan s an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7512 4 an d p rod u cts to ad ap t th em to n orth ern co n sid eration s an d realities. 4.2 impact on science culture th rou gh th eir “boots on th e grou n d ” activities, gsc geologists h ave an op p ortu n ity to sh are th eir in terest in an d resp ect for th e lan d w ith local com m u n ities. th ey act as im p artial in form ation brokers, sh arin g d ata an d kn ow led ge freely an d equ ally w ith all in teres ted p arties. com m on p ractice is to sh are resu lts op en ly, en su rin g th at com m u n ities an d in d u stry can access th e in form ation at th e sam e tim e. to su p p ort en gagem en t op p ortu n ities, tools an d gu id elin es w ere d evelop ed to h elp gsc team s en gage in d igen ou s com m u n ities. th ese in clu d e a strategy, gu id elin es, an an n u al critical p ath , an d en gagem en t p lan s. th e key to m ain stream in g en gagem en t con sid eration s as p art of th e field w ork p lan n in g w as establish in g an agreem en t am on gst th e gsc field team s on a critical p ath an d en gagem en t p lan s. th e an n u al critical p ath h elp s team s p lan th eir en gagem en t by settin g ou t tim elin es for key p h ases of en gagem en t lead in g u p to a p r op osed field cam p aign . th e critical p ath takes in to accou n t th e tim in g requ ired for logistics p lan n in g an d p erm its ap p lication s w h ile accom m od atin g th e rh yth m of life in th e co m m u n ities. resp ectfu l an d m ean in gfu l en gag em en t in clu d es recogn izin g w h en com m u n ity m em bers are m ore likely to be aw ay livin g on th e lan d an d n ot available to an sw er calls, co rresp on d , or atten d m eetin gs (see fig . 1). th e en gagem en t plan s are at th e core of p la n n in g com m u n ity en gagem en t an d are based on research , an alysis, an d valid ation as reco m m en d ed in th e u p d ated fed eral gu id elin es (govern m en t of can ad a, 2011). th e research an d an alysis p h ase seeks to cross referen ce p rop osed scien tifically relevan t sam p lin g sites w ith com m u n ity in terests an d righ ts. research h elp s th e team s learn abou t th e com m u n ities an d can reveal th e lan d scap e of ov erlap p in g settled an d u n settled lan d claim s, selfgovern in g n ation s, trad ition al lan d u se, organ ization al stru ctu re, an d h istory. th e an alysis p h ase th en com p ares th e p rop osed field w ork w ith th e com m u n ity -related in form ation to id en tify w h o an d h ow to en g age in a w ay th at resp ects com m u n ity govern an ce. valid ation w ith n orth ern ers is critical becau se th e avail able resou rces for research can be ou td ated an d p erson al con n ection is very im p ortan t to in d igen ou s com m u n ities. th e team s rely on several ap p roach es to valid ate in form ation , in clu d in g w orkin g w ith terr itorial govern m en t colleagu es, region al in d ig en ou s organ ization s, an d d irectly callin g th e com m u n ity to con firm n am es an d p osition s of key com m u n ity lead ers. en gagem en t p lan s are iterative an d evolve th r ou gh ou t th e p roject as team s are exp ected to be resp on sive to co m m u n ity feed back an d ad ju st th e en gagem en t in ten sity accord in gly. plan s are created at th e ou tset of each n orth ern research activity. th ey track p rogress to en su re th at su itable en gagem en t activities are con d u cted d u rin g th ree d istin ct p eriod s: figure 1: a nnual critical path for engagement by field work teams. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7512 5 pre-field w ork pre-field w ork activities in clu d e corresp on d en ce exch an ges an d com m u n ity visits. th ese aim to in trod u ce th e p rogram , p resen t p r op osed field p lan s, gath er feed back on h ow best to resp ect cu ltu rally sen sitiv e sites an d d iscu ss h irin g op p ortu n ities. critical lesson s learn ed in clu d e u sin g p lain lan gu age to d escribe th e p rop osed scien ce an d an ticip atin g qu estion s from local com m u n ities, su ch as “wh at is th e govern m en t d oin g h ere?” “are th ey g oin g to im p act ou r lan d , w ild life, or w ay of life?” “will th ere be ben efits for u s?” team s m ake u se of tow n h all com m u n ity m eetin gs, social m ed ia p latform s, com m u n ity rad io p resen tation s, an d ou treach tables set u p in local grocery stores, for exam p le. gsc staff som etim es offer training in com m u nities, su ch as a field school hosted in collaboration w ith the canad a n u navu t geosciences office. the team held half-d ay w orkshop s that w ere open to the com m u nity and provid ed an overview of basic elem ents of geolog ical research su ch as geo-caching, su rficial and bed rock geology, gis, am ong other top ics (see fig. 2). field w ork th e team s w ork w ith com m u n ity organ ization s d u rin g p re-field w ork en gagem en t activities to valid ate a h irin g p rocess con sisten t w ith th eir govern an ce, often th rou gh th eir h u n ter an d trap p er organ ization s. gem staff h ires locals to w ork in an d m an age th e field cam p s, an d h ire local h elicop ter op erators, w ild life m on itors, field gu id es, an d tran slators. th rou gh th ese p articip ation op p ortu n ities, local resid en ts becom e m ore aw are of th e field w ork an d can th en sh are th eir exp erien ce w ith th e com m u n ity. research ers also take ad van tage of bein g in th e com m u n ity to con d u ct sch ool an d com m u n ity visits, h ost op en in form ation se ssion s, w orksh op s, an d p r esen tation s to p rovid e an u p d ate on th eir research activities. for in stan ce, th e n askap i n ation an d th e fon d min ier d u qu ébec in vited a gem p rogram scien tist to sp en d a d ay w ith stu d en ts, p resen tin g basic con cep ts of geology w ith d isp lays of ore sam p les, an d review in g th e elem en ts u sed in m an y con su m er p rod u cts. th ey also d iscu ssed careers related to n orth ern scien tific research , m in eral exp loration , an d th e m in in g in d u stry. betw een an d a fter-field w ork regu lar com m u nications and visits p r ovid e an op p ortu n ity to u pd ate the com m u nity on r evised plans and share p relim inary resu lts. at an ou treach event in colville lake, n wt, for exam p le, the science crew p resented d isp lay -qu ality specim ens of local rocks and fossils collected d u ring the field season and d onated them , along w ith several sets of topograp hic m ap s, to the local com m u nity. ad d itionally, all gem p rojects pu blish an annu al rep ort that is shared w ith relevant com m u nities. upon requ est by the com m u nity, gem scientists m ay even retu rn to an area w hen the p roject is com plete to present resu lts and help ensu re that gem know led ge can be u sed by the com m u nity. th rou gh early an d on goin g en gagem en t, gem’s p roject team s h ave con n ected w ith over 60 com m u n ities an d h ave visited over 30 of th em sin ce th e lau n ch of th e ren ew ed gem p rogram in 2013. gem field w ork related en gagem en t h as in creased op p ortu n ities for op en com m u n ication , en h an ced u n d e rstan d in g, an d tru st all kn ow n m ech an ism s for bu ild in g an d stren gth en in g relation sh ip s am on g stakeh old ers (alm an y et al., 2010) (see fig. 3). 4.3 impact on funding tools figure 2: gem field school hosted in taloyoak, n u. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7512 6 gran ts w ere origin ally on ly p rovid ed to ge oscien ce acad em ics. as th e p rogram evolved it recogn ized th at allocatin g gran t fu n d s d iffe ren tly cou ld be a w ay to p rovid e n orth ern ers w ith tan gible ben efits. a sp ecial stream of p r ogram fu n d in g w as th erefore d ed icated to su p p ort th e d evelop m en t of ap p roach es an d tools th at facilitate th e u se of geoscien ce d ata an d kn ow led ge by n orth ern ers. n orth ern organ iz ation s are w ell p osition ed to id en tify th e w ays in w h ich gem d ata is m ost relevan t to th eir d ecision -m akin g. fou r calls for p rop osals w ere issu ed , in vitin g n orth ern in st itu tion s to su bm it ap p lication s for p rojects th at su p p orted th eir ability to in corp orate gem d ata in to th eir d ecision -m akin g p rocesses. th e p rogram fu n d ed p rojects th at are led by n ort h ern in stitu tion s su ch as colleges an d in d igen ou s organ ization s. a total of 16 p rojects w ere su p p orted th rou gh d irect in vestm en ts of n early $1m . 5. results 5.1 culture change at a leadership le vel th e agn p rovid ed a n op p ortu n ity for d ialogu e w ith sen ior lead ersh ip an d served as a sou n d in g board on th e n orth ern p ersp ective. en gagin g gem’s m ost sen ior lead ersh ip d irectly w ith n orth ern ers h ad a m u ltip lier effect, as d ecision s tricklin g d ow n from m an agem en t a ffect th e en tire p rogram . th e agn ’s m ost sign ifican t im p act is beyon d an y sp ecific in sigh t it p rovid ed on p rod u cts p resen ted to it for r eview . th e agn in flu en ced th e cu ltu re of th e p rogram ’s lead ersh ip on h ow to see an d u n d erstan d th e p rogram from a n orth ern er’s p e rsp ective. th e evolu tion of th e p rogram is a te stam en t to th at evolu tion in a cu ltu re th at starts at th e top an d can becom e h ard w ired th rou g h ou t th e p rogram . figure 3: m ap of communities in n orthern canada engaged since gem program renewed in 2013. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7512 7 5.2 culture change in field w ork planning en gagem en t p lan s h ave led to sign ifican t cu ltu ral ch an ges w ith in th e scien ce at th e gsc. en gagem en t p lan d evelop m en t is a team effort an d allow s for op en d iscu ssion s am on gst scie n tific team m em bers, en gagem en t officers, m a n agers, an d execu tives. each team m em ber p r ovid es th eir in p u t w h ile m akin g th e lin k w ith n orth ern ers p ersp ectives. en gagem en t officers w ith a backgrou n d in in d igen ou s relation s, lead th e research an d an alysis to id en tify relevan t com m u n ities, an d en su re th at everyon e h as th e op p ortu n ity to con tribu te in sigh ts from th eir exp erien ce an d m ake con n ection s w ith th e com m u n ities in qu estion . scien tists p rovid e geoscien ce targets for field w ork relevan t to th eir h yp oth esis, an d are ch allen ged to exp lain th eir ap p roach in p lain lan gu age. th ey also id en tify n orth ern ers’ p ercep tion s of th e kin d of sam p lin g, cam p set u p , an d equ ip m en t u sed (in clu d in g h elicop ters). th ey su ggest h ow com m u n ities cou ld be in volved , for exam p le in clu d in g servin g as th e base for th e field cam p . project m an agers u se th e p lan to h elp m an age bu d get an d field p lan n in g im p lication s an d p rep are for region al en gagem en t. th e a ccou n table execu tive ap p roves th e p lan an d u ses it to u n d erstan d th e local com m u n ity co n text. en gagem en t p lan s en su re th at all team m em bers are on board , u n d erstan d th e r ation ale for en gagem en t activities, an d can ad ap t th e p roject’s in ten sity based on com m u n ity resp on se. retu rn in g to com m u n ities h as been p articu larly n oted by n orth ern ers as a sign of resp ect an d op en n ess. 5.3 culture change in funding ad d in g a fu n d in g stream , th at d irectly su p p orted n orth ern in stitu t ion s’ u se of gem d ata an d resu lts, p aid d ivid en d s. gem fu n d in g an d kn ow led ge su p p orted th e d evelop m en t of th e qau jisarn ik n u n am ik ed u cation program (qn ep) at th e n u n avu t arctic college’s en v iron m en tal tech n ology program . stu d en ts th ere create m ap s th at lin k geoscien ce, in u it kn ow led ge, an d oth er relevan t d ata togeth er in an en gagin g an d in form ativ e w ay. th is ed u cation al p rogram h as been offered sin ce 2014, an d exp an d ed in 2016 to in clu d e p rofession al gis u sers an d an in stru ctor train in g p rogram so th at n u n avu m m iu t can teach th e cou rse th rou gh ou t th e territory (see figu re 4). in th e n orth w est territories, th e ɂehdzo got’ın̨ę gots’ę̨́ nákedı (sahtú renewable resources board) compiled and integrated existing gsc published geocience data and dene/métis landscape traditional knowledge into the online sahtú atlas. program fu n d in g also su p p orted w orksh op s to h elp sch ools an d com m u n ities learn abou t th is u ser-frien d ly m ap p in g tool. fu rth er w est, th e teslin tlin git cou n cil, a selfgovern in g first n ation sp an n in g th e yu kon british colu m bia bord er, in tegrated geoscien ce d ata as p art of its d igital m ap of areas w ith p oten tial for m in in g an d en ergy d evelo p m en t. th ese n ew kn ow led ge ap p lication op p o rtu n ities are ju st a few exam p les of th e p r ogram ’s su p p ort for com m u n ities’ lan d -u se an d resou rce d evelop m en t d ecision m akin g. com m u n ities can u se th e tools to recon cile r esou rce-based op p ortu n ities in relation to in d igen ou s kn ow led ge an d valu es 6. con clusion s prior to gem, th ere w as a geoscien ce gap for m ost of th e n orth . in m an y areas, th e geology w as p oorly u n d erstood an d th ere w as in su fficien t evid en ce to su p p ort in vestm en t resou rce d ecision s. sin ce 2008, th e p rogram h as closed m ore th an 40% of th is kn ow led ge gap , an d co n tin u es th is w ork w ith sign ifican t in p u t from n orth ern ers d esp ite th e ch allen gin g logistics of th e n orth . figure 4: qn ep students from a rctic college working on generating gis maps. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7512 8 th ou gh th ere w ere en gagem en t op p ortu n ities betw een p u blic geoscien ce an d n orth ern ers d u rin g th e first p h ase, th ese w ere sign ifican tly bolstered an d con sid ered essen tial d u rin g gem-2. in large p art d u e to th e fact th at ap p roxim ately h alf of gsc staff are in volved in d eliverin g th e p rogram , in d igen ou s en gag em en t before, d u rin g, an d after field w ork is n ow m ore p art of th e organ ization ’s cu ltu re an d a key con sid eration in p rogram p lan n in g exercises. th rou gh th e p rogram , scien ce d ip lom acy by th e gsc h as p layed a role in d efin in g a r en ew ed relation sh ip w ith n orth ern p op u lation s. gsc lead ersh ip h ave su p p orted th is objective by takin g a d eliberate an d ad ap tive ap p roach of com bin in g levers like gran ts an d p a rtn ersh ip s, ad visory m ech an ism s, an d p rocu rem en t. th e gsc’s m an d ate to m ap th e n orth rem ain s th e sam e, bu t its m eth od olog y h as ch an ged . usin g a m ore geoeth ical ap p roach h as brou gh t a rich n ess to geoscien ce p rogram s, created be tter relation sh ip s w ith com m u n ities, fostered econ om ic grow th in th e n orth , an d h elp ed p osition th e gsc as a m ore w elcom e scien ce p ar tn er in n orth ern com m u n ities. ackn owledgemen ts a d eep h earted th an ks to lin d a rich ard for h er lead ersh ip role, su p p ort an d en cou ragem en t in tu rn in g th is vision in to reality. we are gratefu l for everyon e th at h as been p art of th e gem coord in ation office, th e gem scien ce p roject team s an d th e gsc execu tive com m ittee, th is tran sform ation cou ld n ot h ave h ap p en ed w it h ou t you r su p p ort. jou rn al review ers p rovid e d th ou gh tfu l com m en ts th at h elp ed im p rove th e fin al version of th is p ap er. referen ces alm an y g., h am ilton r., william son d., ev an s r., jon es g., mataw ai m., potu ku t., rh od es k., ru ss g., saw yn ok b. (2010). research p artn ersh ip s w ith local com m u n ities: tw o case stu d ies from pap u a n ew gu in ea an d au stralia. coral reefs 29, 567–576. bernknop f r.l., wein a.m., st-onge m., lu cas s.b. (2007). analysis of im p roved governm ent geological m ap inform ation for m ineral exploration: incorporating efficiency, prod u ctivity, effectiveness, and risk consid erations. geological su rvey of canad a ottaw a. bobrow sky p., cron in v.s., di cap u a g., kieffer s.w., pep p olon i s. (2017). th e em ergin g field of geoeth ics, p ag. 175-212. in : gu n d ersen l.c. (ed .). scien tific in tegrity an d eth ics in th e geoscien ces, p . 336, am erican geop h ysical un ion , wiley, isbn 978-1119-06778-8. di capu a g., pepp oloni s. and bobrow sky p.t. (2017). the cape tow n statem ent on geoethics, d oi: 10.4401/ ag-7553. in: pep p oloni s., di capu a g., bobrow sky p., cronin v.s. (ed s.), geoethics at the heart of all geoscience, annals of geophysics, vol 60, fast track 7. du ke j. (2010). govern m en t geoscien ce to su p p ort m in eral exp loration : p u blic p olicy r ation ale an d im p act. prosp ectors develop ers association can ad a (pdac), h ttp :/ / w w w .n gsccan ad a.com / files/ gover n m en t_geoscien ce_du ke_pdac.p d f (accessed 11 may 2018). gill j.c. an d bu llou gh f. (2017). geoscien ce en gagem en t in global develop m en t fram ew orks, 10.4401/ ag-7460. in : pep p olon i s., di cap u a g., bobrow sky p., cron in v.s. (ed s.), geoeth ics at th e h eart of all ge oscien ce, an n als of geop h ysics, vol 60, fast track 7. govern m en t of can ad a (2011). aborigin al con su ltation an d accom m od ation : up d ated gu id elin es for fed eral officials to fu lfill th e du ty to con su lt. govern m en t of can ad a, pu blic works an d govern m en t services can ad a, in tegrated services bran ch , go vern m en t in form ation services, pu blish in g an d dep ository services. n ickless e. (2017). deliverin g su stain able d evelop m en t goals: th e n eed for a n ew in te rn ation al resou rce govern an ce fram ew ork, d oi: 10.4401/ ag-7426. in : pep p olon i s., di cap u a g., bobrow sky p., cron in v.s. (ed s.), geoeth ics at th e h eart of all geoscien ce , an n als of geop h ysics, vol 60, fast track 7. n u rm i p. (2017). green min in g a h olistic con cep t for su stain able a n d accep table min eral prod u ction , d oi: 10.4401/ ag -7420. in : pep p olon i s., di cap u a g., bobrow sky p., cron in v.s. (ed s.), geoeth ics at th e h eart of all geoscien ce, an n als of geop h ysics, vol 60, fast track 7. an n als of geoph ysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ a g-7512 9 pep p olon i s. an d di cap u a g. (2012). geoeth ics an d geological cu ltu re: aw aren ess, resp o n sibility an d ch allen ges, p p . 335-341, d oi: 10.4401/ ag-6099. in : pep p olon i s. an d di cap u a g. (ed s.). geoeth ics an d geological cu ltu re. reflection s from th e geoitalia co n feren ce 2011, an n als of geop h ysics, sp ecial issu e, 55, 3. pep p olon i s. an d di cap u a g. (2016). geoeth ics: eth ical, social, an d cu ltu ral valu es in geoscien ces research , p ractice, an d ed u cation , p p . 17-21, d oi: 10.1130/ 2016.2520(03). in : wessel, g.r., an d green berg, j.k., ed s., geoscien ce for th e pu blic g ood an d global develop m en t: tow ard a su stain able fu tu re: geological society of am erica sp ecial pap er 520, isbn : 978-0-8137-2520-8. sw an son j. (2006). a mod el for aborigin al facilitation : an op en , em p ow erin g way to get con sen su s an d action  : in trod u cin g op en sp ace tech n ology. th e jou rn al of aborigin al man agem en t. th e con feren ce board of can ad a (2010). map p in g th e econ om ic p oten tial of can ad a’s n orth . con feren ce board of can ad a. th e con feren ce board of can ad a (2011). bu ild in g labou r force ca p acity in can ad a’s n orth . con feren ce board of can ad a . adg vol5 n02 iuli 431_438.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 431 advanced magnetic visualization of mt. vesuvius shallow plumbing system by probability tomography teresa iuliano (1), paolo mauriello (2) and domenico patella (1) (1) dipartimento di scienze fisiche, università «federico ii», napoli, italy (2) istituto per le tecnologie applicate ai beni culturali, cnr, roma, italy abstract this paper reports the results of the application of a new magnetic probability tomography imaging method to the aeromagnetic data set collected by agip on mt. vesuvius in 1978. a magnetic dipole occurrence probability function is defined, in order to contain all information about the whole class of equivalent sources compatible with the original survey data set. an advanced 3d visual system is also applied for the first time to visualise the spacial pattern of the magnetic dipole occurrence probability function. it is shown that in the case of vesuvius, the shallow plumbing system is characterised by a high probability of occurrence of a dipole at 2 km of depth b.s.l., nearly directed along the present main earth’s magnetic field. this leads to hypothesize that the top terminal portion of the volcanic apparatus is completely filled with magnetised volcanic material. 1. introduction probability tomography was first introduced to image self-potential anomaly sources (patella, 1997a,b) and then extended to analyse geoelectrical (mauriello et al., 1998; mauriello and patella, 1999a), natural electromagnetic induction (mauriello and patella, 1999b, 2000), gravity (mauriello and patella, 2001a,b) and magnetic data (mauriello and patella, 2001c). it is an interpretation tool, which accounts for the inherently uncertain nature of the geophysical inversion problem, due to the many different source configurations that can be modelled compatibly with a given data set. probability tomography has been already applied to the analysis of self-potential, geoelectrical, gravity and magnetic data sets collected in the volcanic area of mt. vesuvius (naples, italy) (di maio et al., 1998; patella and mauriello, 1999; iuliano et al., 2001). the purpose of this paper is to repropose the to-mographic imaging of the magnetic sources beneath mt. vesuvius, using a new formulation of the magnetic probability tomography theory (mauriello and patella, 2001c) coupled with a 3d object-oriented advanced visual system (avs). in the following sections, the new magnetic probability tomography imaging method and the most important aspects of a 3d avs visual development tool are described. then mailing address: prof. domenico patella, dipartimento di scienze fisiche, università «federico ii», complesso universitario monte s. angelo, via cintia, 80126 napoli, italy; e-mail: patella@na.infn.it key words probability tomography – magnetic anomaly – vesuvius volcano 432 teresa iuliano, paolo mauriello and domenico patella the results of the application to the vesuvius aeromagnetic data set collected by cassano and la torre (1987) are presented and discussed. 2. probability tomography theory 2.1. the 3d magnetic occurrence probability function we assume a coordinate system with the (x, y)plane at sea level and the z-axis positive upwards. let b(r) be a static magnetic induction field, evaluated at a grid of points r s, where s is a portion of the earth’s surface characterized by a topography function z (x, y). in terms of total magnetization vector m(r), b(r) can be expressed as (jackson, 1998; mauriello and patella, 2001c) where v is a volume containing all the magnetic sources at r v and n is the unit vector in the direction of r-r . assuming the magnetic field on the earth’s surface as due to a finite distribution of q elementary magnetic sources, eq. (2.1) can be discretized as follows: where n q is the unit vector in the direction r r q and the q-th generic element is a small volume v q centred at r q with magnetization m(r q ) and magnetic moment d q given by using the principles of the probability tomography (patella, 1997a,b), at first the total power u , associated with the component b u (r) of b(r) along a generic direction identified by the unit vector u, is defined as (2.4) where the explicit expressions of the three uv (r – r q ) functions ( = x, y, z) are given by (2.5a) (2.5b) (2.5c) with n qv ( = x, y, z) being the components of the unit vector nq. then, a three-component magnetic occurb r n n m r' m r' r r' ( ) = ( )[ ] ( )µ0 3 4 3 dv v b r n n d d r r q q q q q ( ) = ( ) = 3 1 3 q q d m rq= ( ) µ0 4 dvq q . u u s b ds= ( ) = ( ) 2 r s d b dsqv u uv sv x y zq q = ( ) ( ) ( )==1 r r rq , , uy( ) =r rq = 1 r rq 3 3n n n nqy qx qy qzi u j u k u j u+ +( )[ ] uz r rq( ) = n n n nqz qx qy qz r r i u j u k u k u q = + +( )[ ] 1 3 3 ux( ) =r rq n n n nqx qx qy qz= + +( )[ ]3 1 3 r r i u j u k u i u q (2.1) (2.2) (2.3) 433 advanced magnetic visualization of mt. vesuvius shallow plumbing system by probability tomography rence probability (mop) function uv (m)(r q ) is defined as (mauriello and patella, 2001c) ( = x, y, z), (2.6) where ( = x, y, z), (2.7) and g (z), called the topographic surface regularization factor, is (2.8) each uv (m) function satisfies the bounding condition 1 uv (m)(r q ) +1 and three uv (m) values ( = x, y, z) can be computed at each r q . each value is interpreted as the probability, with which the homologous component m ( = x, y, z) of a m-field can at r q be considered responsible for the measured component for the magnetic field. in geophysical exploration, either the zcomponent or the modulus of the earth’s magnetic field is usually measured and a scalar secondary field (the anomalous field) is evaluated in order to identify local sources of magnetic anomaly. in the case of the so-called total field survey, the scalar anomalous field is obtained by subtracting from the measured modulus of the earth’s magnetic field the uv m( )( ) =rq uv m u y y x x uvc b g z dxdy ( ) = ( ) ( ) ( )r r rq , modulus of the known primary magnetic field. since the secondary field is always a very small fraction of the primary field, it can be readily shown that in the case of a total field survey the scalar secondary field is the projection of the secondary vector field along the direction of the primary vector field (blakely, 1996). this direction can generally be assumed uniform within the areas normally considered in geophysical prospecting (parasnis, 1997). thus, from now on we will consider b(r) as the secondary vector field, and the scalar component of b(r) along any fixed direction as the object of analysis in the new tomographic approach. 3. 3d probability tomography procedure the 3d tomography procedure for imaging the sources of a magnetic field, measured on a generally non-flat topography, consists in a reiterated computation code, involving the scanner functions u and the b u (r) field data set. in practice, since we do not know the position of the real sources generating the anomalous magnetic field, we use a synthetic source of unitary strength to scan the x, y, z half-space below the survey area (tomospace), in order to search where the real sources can be located in probabilistic sense. the scanning operation is performed by computing the crosscorrelation integrals in eq. (2.6) for each point (x q ,y q ,z q ) of a regular grid within the tomospace. at each point, the value of each integral is interpreted as the probability of occurrence of the relative magnetic source component, whose positive or negative orientation depends on whether it is > 0 or < 0. by scanning the tomospace, using, e.g., a sequence of horizontal slices spaced from each other by a constant depth interval, we can finally obtain a 3d image of the equivalent magnetic source distribution underground in a probabilistic sense. in order to improve the filtering property of the scanning procedure, for each r q of the tomospace it is advisable to use varying sizes of the integration surface in eq. (2.6). the smallest size is the [– x, x ] × [– y, y ] domain fully uv mc( ) = u y y x x uv y y x x b g z dxdy g z dxdy= ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )r r rq / 2 2 1 2 ,, g z z x z y .( ) = +( ) +( ) 1 2 2 434 teresa iuliano, paolo mauriello and domenico patella containing the surface trace of the magnetic response of the scanning source element placed at r q . the greatest surface is, of course, the largest rectangle fitting to the whole survey area. the highest (r q ) is taken with its sign as the most appropriate source occurrence probability at r q . 4. advanced data visualization in the most general term, data visualization is the process of representing data as a graphic display on a computer screen. in practice, data visualization gives an insight into data allowing the interpreter to graphically view structure and changes in the data. generally speaking, there are two things the interpreter wants to do with data: analyse it to obtain information and present it to others to share that information. in either case, an effective visualization is an important tool. an advanced visual system (avs) extends the obvious advantages of standard visualization by sophisticated 3d representations of data to be developed. modern 3d avs softwares are considered object-oriented, visual development tools, enabling one to build reusable application components and complex visualization applications. avs softwares become very useful when they can support different object-oriented techniques, such as encapsulation of data and methods, class inheritance, templates and instances, object hierarchies and polymorphism. very shortly, a 3d avs tool can be considered a visual development environment that can be used to connect, define, assemble and manipulate objects and related applications through mousedriven operations. the objects and applications that are connected and assembled control how data is processed and how it is displayed. the interpreter can even add a user interface to create a complete application that can be delivered as a stand-alone application. we have applied a 3d avs software (advanced visual systems inc., 1998) to visualize the results of the application of the magnetic probability tomography to the volcanic area of mt. vesuvius. of course, as we cannot reproduce all the dynamical capabilities of the 3d avs, we show in the following section only a particular perspective of the tomographic images from the most effective point of view. 5. mt. vesuvius magnetic tomography and avs imaging vesuvius is considered one of the most risky active volcanoes in the world, because of its volcanic history and closeness to the city of naples, italy. the results achieved so far (iuliano et al., 2001, and references therein) indicate that the shallow part of the volcano is made of a unique central plumbing system, entirely filled of altered volcanics in the summit portion. this peculiarity makes the volcano extremely hazardous, since explosion becomes a highly probable event in case of renewal of extruding activity. the magnetic study can notably help to ascertain whether such a condition really occurs. to this purpose, we show the results of the application of the probability tomography to the aeromagnetic total field data set collected in 1978 by the italian oil company agip to study the volcano-geothermal structure of mt. vesuvius. a cesium optical pumping magnetometer was used at the constant altitude of 1460 m a.s.l. figure 1 shows the original total magnetic field map (after cassano and la torre, 1987). subtracting a constant regional field in the survey area with intensity 30 100 nt, inclination 56.30° and declination 1°, the residual effect is a large and intense positive anomaly with peak value of approximately 1800 nt, located in the central part of the volcanic system. the 3d avs pictures in fig. 2a-c show the pattern of the mop functions ux (m), uy (m) and uz (m), respectively, drawn by plotting the mop isosurface of the lower limit of the coloured palette corresponding to the decimal step where the highest absolute mop values occur. only absolute mop values equal or greater than 0.6 have been considered in fig. 2a-c. in particular, fig. 2c shows a well defined nucleus centred at about 2 km b.s.l., including the lowest computed values of uz (m), falling in the range from – 0.9 to – 1. accordingly, fig. 2b shows a smaller nucleus, centred again at about 2 km b.s.l., including the highest computed values of uy (m), falling in the 435 advanced magnetic visualization of mt. vesuvius shallow plumbing system by probability tomography 0 5 10 15 20 25 x (km) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 y ( k m ) 29900 30500 31100 31700 total magnetic field (nt) castellamare s.anastasia mt somma vesuvius torre annunziata pomigliano naples trecase well fig. 1. the total field aeromagnetic map in the volcanic area of mt. vesuvius (after cassano and la torre, 1987). 436 teresa iuliano, paolo mauriello and domenico patella z (km) -1 -3 -5 -7 z (km) -1 -3 -5 -7 a b ux (m) 0.6 0.6 uy (m) 0.7 1 uz (m) 0.9c fig. 2a-c. 3d avs imaging of the magnetization occurrence probability function along the x-axis (a); y-axis (b) and z-axis (c). the top slice is the experimental map of the residual total magnetic field. z (km) -1 -3 -5 -7 range from 0.6 to 0.7. no signal above the threshold of 0.6 is present in the ux (m) tomography of fig. 2a. combining all these features, the relevant information is the high occurence probability of an inclined dipole centred at x = 12 km, y = 17 km and z = 2 km, with dominant negative vertical component and positive horizontal component directed along the y-axis. figure 3a,b shows the comparison between the experimental map of the residual total magnetic field (fig. 3a) and the synthetic map (fig. 3b) obtained assuming a magnetic dipole centred at x = 12 km, y = 17 km and z = 2 km, with magnetic moment of 110 nt, inclination 56.30° and declination – 1°. the misfit between the two maps is in modulus less than 2%. therefore, the synthetic dipole can represent a simple model of the observed residual magnetic anomaly field in the vesuvius volcanic area. concluding, this leads to hypothesize the existence of a uniformly magnetised material filling the top terminal portion of the volcano, exactly where gravity data indicate a low density (iuliano et al., 2001). 437 advanced magnetic visualization of mt. vesuvius shallow plumbing system by probability tomography references advanced visual systems inc. (1998): avs/express manual. waltham, ma, usa. blakely, r.j. (1996): potential theory in gravity and magnetic applications (cambridge university press), pp. 461. cassano, e. and p. la torre (1987): geophysics, in: somma vesuvius, edited by r. santacroce, quad. ric. sci., 114/8, 175-196, consiglio nazionale delle ricerche, rome. di maio, r., p. mauriello, d. patella, z. petrillo, s. piscitelli and a. siniscalchi (1998): electric and electromagnetic outline of the mount somma-vesuvius structural setting, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 82, 219-238. fig. 3a,b. comparison between the observed map of the residual total magnetic field (a) and the synthetic map (b) obtained assuming a magnetic dipole centred at x = 12 km, y = 17 km and z = 2 km, with magnetic moment 110 nt, inclination 56.30° and declination – 1°. 0 5 10 15 20 25 x (km) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 y ( k m ) 29900 30500 31100 31700 total magnetic field (nt) castellamare s.anastasia mt somma vesuvius torre annunziata pomigliano naples trecase well y ( k m ) 0 5 10 15 20 25 x (km) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 castellamare s.anastasia mt somma vesuvius torre annunziata pomigliano naples trecase well a b iuliano, t., p. mauriello and d. patella (2001): looking inside mount vesuvius by potential fields integrated probability tomographies, j. volcanol. geotherm. res. (in press). jackson, j.d. (1998): classical electrodynamics (j. wiley and sons, new york), pp. 832. mauriello, p. and d. patella (1999a): resistivity anomaly imaging by probability tomography, geophys. prospect., 47, 411-429. mauriello, p. and d. patella (1999b): principles of probability tomography for natural-source electro magnetic induction fields, geophysics, 64, 1403-1417. mauriello, p. and d. patella (2000): a physical pattern recognition approach for 2d electromagnetic induction studies. ann. geofis., 43 (2), 343-359. mauriello, p. and d. patella (2001a): gravity probability 438 teresa iuliano, paolo mauriello and domenico patella tomography: a new tool for buried mass distribution imaging, geophys. prospect., 49, 1-12. mauriello, p. and d. patella (2001b): localization of maximum-depth gravity anomaly sources by a distribution of equivalent point masses, geophysics, 66, 1431-1437. mauriello, p. and d. patella (2001c): magnetic buried sources discrimination by probability tomography, geophys. prospect. (submitted). mauriello, p., d. monna and d. patella (1998): 3d geoelectric tomography and archaeological applications, geophys. prospect., 46, 543-570. parasnis, d.s. (1997): principles of applied geophysics (chapman & hall, london), pp. 429. patella, d. (1997a): introduction to ground surface selfpotential tomography, geophys. prospect., 45, 653-681. patella, d. (1997b): self-potential global tomography including topographic effects, geophys. prospect., 45, 843-863. patella, d. and p. mauriello (1999): the geophysical contribution to the safeguard of historical sites in active volcanic areas. the vesuvius case-history, j. appl. geophys., 41, 241-258. on the radiative forcing of volcanic plumes: modelling the impact of mount etna in the mediterranean on the radiative forcing of volcanic plumes: modelling the impact of mount etna in the mediterranean pasquale sellitto1, pierre briole2∗ 1 laboratoire de météorologie dynamique (lmd), cnrs-umr8539, institut pierre simon laplace, école normale supérieure, école polytechnique, université pierre et marie curie, paris, france psellitto@lmd.ens.fr 2 laboratoire de géologie, cnrs-umr8538, école normale supérieure, paris, france abstract the impact of small to moderate volcanic eruptions on the regional to global radiative forcing and climate is still largely unknown and thought to be presently underestimated. in this work, daily average shortwave radiative forcing efficiencies at the surface (rfesurfd ), at top of the atmosphere (rfe toa d ) and their ratio (f), for upper tropospheric volcanic plumes with different optical characterization, are derived using the radiative transfer model uvspec and the libradtran suite. the optical parameters of the simulated aerosol layer, i.e., the ångströem coefficient (α), the single scattering albedo (ssa) and the asymmetry factor (g), have been varied to mimic volcanic ash (bigger and more absorbing particles), sulphate aerosols (smaller and more reflective particles) and intermediate/mixed conditions. the characterization of the plume and its vertical distribution have been set-up to simulate mount etna, basing on previous studies. the radiative forcing and in particular the f ratio is strongly affected by the ssa and g, and to a smaller extent by α, especially for sulphates-dominated plumes. the impact of the altitude and thickness of the plume on the radiative forcing, for a fixed optical characterization of the aerosol layer, has been found negligible (less than 1% for rfesurfd , rfe toa d and f). the simultaneous presence of boundary layer/lower tropospheric marine or dust aerosols, like expected in the mediterranean area, modulates only slightly (up to 12 and 14% for rfesurfd and rfe toa d , and 3 to 4% of the f ratio) the radiative effects of the upper tropospheric volcanic layer. i. introduction v olcanoes can have a direct effect on the atmospheric radiation budget, because of the the absorption and scattering of solar and terrestrial radiation by the emitted primary and secondary aerosols. the most important radiative forcing from volcanic emissions is the shortwave (solar) interaction by long-lived secondary sulphate aerosols, formed by the conversion of sulphur dioxide emissions [oppenheimer et al., 2011]. primary ash particles can also significantly modulate the radiation transfer. volcanic emissions forcing, ∗this work has been partially supported by the eu 7th framework program under the grants 603557 (stratoclim) and 308665 (med-suv) 1 mailto:psellitto@lmd.ens.fr francescocaprara typewritten text annals of geophysics, 58, fast track 3, 2015 francescocaprara typewritten text in particular from sulphate aerosols, has been proposed as one of the possible causes of the global warming hiatus observed in the last 15 years [santer et al., 2014]. a more detailed estimation of the radiative effects of volcanic emissions is hampered by the incomplete knowledge of their physico-chemical processes, especially in the upper troposphere, and in particular the mechanisms of new particle formation leading to sulphate aerosol droplets [andreae, 2013]. mount etna is a hotspot sulphur dioxide source in the mediterranean basin, accounting for more than 0.7·106 t s / yr, 10 times stronger and with injection altitudes significantly higher than anthropogenic sulphur emissions in the same area [graf et al., 1997]. despite its potential to form long-lived sulphate aerosols, the radiative forcing of mount etna’s emission is largely overlooked in aerosols impact studies in the mediterranean. in this paper, the surface and top of the atmosphere (toa) radiative forcing of simulated upper tropospheric volcanic plumes, with different optical characterization, is derived with a forward radiative transfer model. the aerosol layer (optical properties and vertical distribution) and environmental conditions (atmospheric profiles, surface albedo and properties of simultaneous aerosol layers at lower altitudes) are set-up to mimic mount etna emissions and the mediterranean environment. methods are described in section ii, results are discussed in section iii and conclusions are given in section iv. ii. methods the potential radiative impact of mount etna emissions in the mediterranean basin are estimated by means of the shortwave surface and toa radiative forcing. these two quantities are calculated using the uvspec radiative transfer model and the libradtran suite [mayer and kylling, 2005]. the general set-up of our simulations is reported in table 1. table 1: general set-up of uvspec. (sdisort=[pseudo-]spherical discrete ordinate radiative transfer, lowtran=low resolution atmospheric radiance and transmittance model, afgl=air force geophysics laboratory) radiative transfer solver sdisort [dahlback and stamnes, 1991] solar spectrum [kurucz, 1994] gas absorption model lowtran [pierluissi and peng, 1985] atmospheric state afgl mid-latitude summer standard surface albedo 0.09, as in [meloni et al., 2005] spectral range 300.0-3000.0 nm spectral resolution 0.1 nm the volcanic aerosol layer is modelled by means of its (wavelength-independent) optical properties and vertical distribution. the optical characterization of the aerosols has been defined by means of the single scattering albedo (ssa), ångström exponent (α) and asymmetry parameter (g). these three parameters describe the absorption properties, the size distribution of the aerosols, and the angular distribution of the radiation field after the interaction of the layer, respectively. different simulations are performed with varying parameters values; the explored intervals are summarized in table 2. these simulations are discussed in section iii.1. to gather indications on the impact of mount etna aerosols and gaseous precursors emissions in the mediterranean, this work is focused on aged volcanic plumes, i.e., plumes where the gas-to-particle conversion of so2 emissions has enriched the plume of sub-micrometric sulphate droplets and/or the coarse ash component is significantly reduced by gravitational settling. at these conditions, typical values of the mentioned optical parameters vary from 1.0 [hervo et al., 2012, e.g.] to more 2 francescocaprara typewritten text sellitto and briole than 1.6 [watson and oppenheimer, 2001, specific determination for a non-ash-bearing plume of mount etna] (α), from 0.8-0.9 [derimian et al., 2012] to 1.0 (ssa) and from 0.7-0.8 [derimian et al., 2012] to 0.7 (g), for ash and sulphate aerosols, respectively. in general ash is characterized by bigger (smaller α), more absorbing (smaller ssa) particles. the variability of g is of less immediate interpretation because it depends on both the size and the shape of the aerosol particles. in any case, slightly smaller values are expected for sulphate aerosol layers, due to the very small mean sizes of these particles. the variability of the aerosol optical properties of these simulations are then tought to mimic plumes dominated by sulphate aerosols, ash and mixed layers of these two compositions. finally, a total of more than 1000 (11x13x7 optical properties combinations) aerosol scenarios are tested. table 2: variability of the aerosol properties. (par.=parameter, min=minimum, max=maximum, incr.=increment, n=number of different values) par. min max incr. n ssa 0.80 1.00 0.02 11 α 0.6 1.8 0.1 13 g 0.60 0.90 0.05 7 the vertical distribution of the plume has been modeled by setting its aerosol optical depth (aod) profile. in our simulations, the aod has a maximum value at 11 km and linearly decreasing to zero at higher (up to 13 km) and lower altitudes (down to 8 km), see the distribution in red in figure 1. the thickness of the plume is then 6 km. different altitudes of the plume, i.e., with a rigid shift of the distribution 2 km upwards and downwards (distributions in orange and brown in figure 1) are also tested to estimate the impact of the plume altitude on the radiative forcing. the impact of different thicknesses of the plume have also been investigated by compressing the vertical distributions in a 3 km vertical interval, with constant aod (distributions not shown in figure 1). the results of these simulations are discussed in section iii.2. finally, the impact of the the presence of different aerosol typologies in the lower troposphere (lt, vertical distribution in blue in figure 1) is studied and the results are discussed in section iii.3. figure 1: vertical aod profiles used in the simulations. (v=volcanic, lt=lower troposphere, m=maritime, r=rural) a further baseline simulation is carried out, with the same atmospheric state but without aerosols. starting from the high spectral resolution spectra, the instantaneous shortwave radiative forcing has been calculated as the difference between the net flux with and without aerosols, integrated in the whole spectral range. the radiative forcing per unit of aod, also called radiative forcing efficiency (rfe), is discussed in the following rather than the absolute radiative forcing. this is done to obtain more general results and because it is difficult to single out the optical depth of volcanic-only aerosols in real world mixed aerosol layers. the simulations are made at different solar zenith angle values (from 0 to 90◦, with 15◦ steps) and 3 francescocaprara typewritten text on the radiative forcing of mt. etna's plume the daily mean value of the radiative forcing efficiency at the surface and at the toa (rfesurfd and rfetoad ), with the different aerosol characterization, is finally calculated (equinox simulations). the ratio f between rfesurfd and rfetoad is important to determine the reflective/absorbing properties of the layer and is also discussed in the present work. iii. results and discussion iii.1 dependence on volcanic aerosol optical properties the radiative forcing of the simulated volcanic plume varies significantly with the three varying aerosol optical parameters. rfesurfd and rfetoad vary between about -12 and -118 w/m2/aod and about 0 and -66 w/m2/aod, respectively (results not shown here). the variability of the ratio f is shown in figure 2. f varies between about 5 (very absorbing layer; higher values of f for small ssa and big g; slightly facilitated for high α) and 0.8 (very reflective layer; smaller values of f for bigger ssa and small g; at these conditions f is weakly sensitive to α). the most sensitive parameter determining f in our simulations is ssa, while g can also be important. the red cross in figure 2 indicates the measured values of ssa, α and g for the test case of [sellitto et al., 2015]. plume dispersion simulations and observations for that case study suggest that the plume is composed of sulphate aerosol; an f of about 1.0 was found. the present simulations suggest that, in this area of the ssa-α-g space, f does not vary rapidly with varying parameters. we conclude that sulphate aerosols plumes tend to have stable radiative forcings (reflective) for moderate oscillations of the optical properties (e.g., disregarding the micro-physics and composition of the sulphates or in presence of an ash component). ashy plumes, on the contrary, can be very absorbing (comparable with dust or urban tropospheric aerosols in the mediterranean, see e.g. [di biagio et al., 2010]) and their radiative forcing has the potential to vary more abruptly with varying optical properties. 5.0 2.9 0.8 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00 1.020.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00 1.020.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00 1.02 å n gs tr ö m ex p o n en t single scattering albedo f figure 2: f ratio as a function of single scattering albedo ssa and ångström coefficient α, for asymmetry factor g varying between 0.6 (a) to 0.9 (g). the red star indicates the ssa, α and g values for the case study discussed in [sellitto et al., 2015]. iii.2 dependence on volcanic plume altitude and depth the impact of different altitudes (orange and brown distributions in figure 1) and thicknesses of the plume are investigated on selected optical properties, i.e., sulphates-typical values of 0.98, 1.6, and 0.7 for ssa, α and g, respectively. the aod has been kept constant in these simulations. the rfesurfd , rfe toa d and f varied for less than 1% with these different configurations, indicating that the altitude and the vertical extent of the volcanic plume has a negligible effect on its radiative forcing. these results are consistent with earlier observations of 4 francescocaprara typewritten text sellitto and briole the small impact of the aerosol vertical distribution on radiative forcing [meloni et al., 2005]. iii.3 impact of the presence of other aerosols types in the lower troposphere the impact of the presence of a lt aerosol layer, at lower altitudes than the volcanic plume, is also investigated. to this aim, simulations are performed with: 1) a volcanic-only case (distribution in red in figure 1), 2) a volcanic plus maritime lt layer (distributions in red + blue in figure 1), 3) a volcanic plus rural lt layer (distributions in red + blue in figure 1). the optical characterization of the different layers is derived from [shettle, 1985]. for the volcanic plume, moderate volcanic conditions are selected. maritime and rural optical properties are selected to mimic sea salt-preponderant aerosols (maritime) and the dust component (rural), which are two typical conditions for the lt aerosols in the mediterranean. background conditions are then chosen as: 1) no aerosol (for the volcanic-only case), 2) lt maritimeonly aerosols (for the volcanic plus maritime case), 2) lt rural-only aerosols (for the volcanic plus rural case). the rfesurfd , rfe toa d and f for the 3 cases are reported in table 3. the interference of simultaneous lt aerosol layers on the volcanic plume radiative forcing are found relatively small. while the individual surface and toa components can reach up to 6 w/m2/aod smaller values, with respect to the volcanic-only case, the ratio f is only slightly perturbed, indicating a very small additional absorption component. please note that more consistent variations of the radiative forcing, due to the simultaneous presence of lt aerosols, are found for other aerosols types, like dust, in the mediterranean [gómez-amo et al., 2010]. one marked difference with respect to our simulations is the smaller altitude of the dust plume (1.5-4.0 km). table 3: radiative forcing efficiencies at the surface and the toa, and their ratio f, for 3 cases: volcaniconly (v-only), volcanic + maritime (v+m), volcanic + rural (v+r). conf. rfetoad rfe surf d f v-only -47.80 -47.83 1.00 v+m -41.37 -42.85 1.04 v+r -41.04 -42.08 1.03 iv. conclusion simulations have been carried out to estimate daily average shortwave radiative forcing efficiencies (rfesurfd ) and (rfe toa d ), and their ratio f, for upper tropospheric volcanic plumes with different optical characterization. we have shown how the optical characterization of the layer affects the reflective/absorbing nature of the plume. the dominating factors are ssa and g, with α being less important, especially with modelled sulphate-dominated layers. the altitude and thickness of the plume has a negligible impact on the radiative forcing, for a fixed optical characterization. the simultaneous presence of boundary layer/lt mediterranean aerosols (marine or dust aerosols) affects for only up to 12 and 14% (rfesurfd and rfetoad ), and 3-4% (f) the radiative effects of the upper tropospheric volcanic layer. more detailed simulations and dedicated observations are required to better constrain the volcanic radiative forcing in real world conditions, especially for a volcano like mount etna, which has a particularly complex and varied activity. references [andreae, 2013] andreae, m. o. (2013). the aerosol nucleation puzzle science, 22, 339 (6122), 911–912. [dahlback and stamnes, 1991] dahlback, a. and stamnes, k. (1991). a new spherical model for computing the radiation 5 francescocaprara typewritten text on the radiative forcing of mt. etna's plume field available for photolysis and heating at twilight. planet space sci, 39, 671–683. [di biagio et al., 2010] di biagio, c., di sarra, a, and meloni d. (2010). large atmospheric shortwave radiative forcing by mediterranean aerosols derived from simultaneous ground-based and spaceborne observations and dependence on the aerosol type and single scattering albedo. j geophys res, 115, d10209. [derimian et al., 2012] derimian, y., dubovik, o., tanre, d., goloub, p., lapyonok, t., and mortier, a. (2012). optical properties and radiative forcing of the eyjafjallajkull volcanic ash layer observed over lille, france, in 2010. j geophys res, 117, d00u25. [gómez-amo et al., 2010] gómez-amo, j.l., di sarra, a., meloni, d., cacciani, m., and utrillas, m.p. (2010) sensitivity of shortwave radiative fluxes to the vertical distribution of aerosol single scattering albedo in the presence of a desert dust layer. atmos environ, 44, 2787–2791. [graf et al., 1997] graf, h.-f., feichter, j., and langmann, b. (1997). volcanic sulfur emissions: estimates of source strength and its contribution to the global sulfate distribution. j geophys res, 102(d9), 10727–10738. [hervo et al., 2012] hervo, m. et al. (2012). physical and optical properties of 2010 eyjafjallajökull volcanic eruption aerosol: ground-based, lidar and airborne measurements in france. atmos chem phys, 12, 1721–1736. [kurucz, 1994] kurucz, r. (1994). synthetic infrared spectra, in: infrared solar physics, edited by rabin, d., jefferies, j., and lindsey, c. international astronomical union / union astronomique internationale, vol. 154, pp. 523–531, springer netherlands. [mayer and kylling, 2005] mayer, b. and kylling, a. (2005). technical note: the libradtran software package for radiative transfer calculations description and examples of use. atmos chem phys, 5, 1855–1877. [meloni et al., 2005] meloni, d., di sarra, a., iorio, t. d., and fiocco, g. (2005). influence of the vertical profile of saharan dust on the visible direct radiative forcing. j quant spectrosc radiat transfer, 93. [oppenheimer et al., 2011] oppenheimer, c., scaillet, b., and martin, r. s. (2011). source conditions, surveillance, plume chemistry and earth system impacts. rev mineral geochem, 72, 363–421. [pierluissi and peng, 1985] pierluissi, j. h. and peng, g.-s. (1985). new molecular transmission band models for lowtran. opt eng, 24, 243–541. [santer et al., 2014] santer, b. d. et al (2014). volcanic contribution to decadal changes in tropospheric temperature. nat geosci, 7, 185–189. [sellitto et al., 2015] sellitto, p. et al (2015). synergistic use of lagrangian dispersion modelling, satelliteand ground-based measurements for the investigation of volcanic plumes: the mount etna eruption of 25-27 october 2013. atmos chem phys discuss, 15, 31335-31383. [shettle, 1985] shettle, e. (1989). models of aerosols, clouds and precipitation for atmospheric propagation studies, in: atmospheric propagation in the uv, vis, ir and mm-region and related system aspects. agard conference proceedings, n. 454. [watson and oppenheimer, 2001] watson, i. and oppenheimer, c. (2001). photometric observations of mt. etna’s different aerosol plumes. atmos environ, 35, 3561– 3572. 6 francescocaprara typewritten text sellitto and briole introduction methods results and discussion dependence on volcanic aerosol optical properties dependence on volcanic plume altitude and depth impact of the presence of other aerosols types in the lower troposphere conclusion variation of the earth tide-seismicity compliance parameter during the recent seismic activity in fthiotida, central greece annals of geophysics, 59, 1, 2016, s0102; doi:10.4401/ag-6795 s0102 variation of the earth tide-seismicity compliance parameter during the recent seismic activity in fthiotida, central greece dimitrios n. arabelos, michael e. contadakis*, georgios vergos, spyrous spatalas university of thessaloniki, department of geodesy and surveying, thessaloniki, greece abstract based on the results of our previous studies concerning the tidal triggering effect on the seismicity in greece, we consider the confidence level of earthquake occurrence tidal period accordance as an index of tectonic stress criticality, associated with earthquake occurrence. then, we investigate whether the recent increase in the seismic activity at fthiotida in greek mainland indicates faulting maturity and the possible production a stronger earthquake. in this paper we present the results of this investigation. 1. introduction recent analyses on the problem of tidal triggering on earthquakes indicate that this effect is manifested [heaton 1982, rydelek et al. 1992, tsuruoka et al. 1995, vidale et al. 1998, wilcock 2001, tanaka et al. 2002, tolstoy et al. 2002, tanaka et al. 2006, cadicheanu et al. 2007, stroup et al. 2007]. in these studies, not only tidal triggering at the global [tanaka et al. 2002] and local [tanaka et al. 2006, cadicheanu et al. 2007, contadakis et al. 2012] scales was found. in addition, in the last three studies, an increase in the reliability of the tidalearthquake occurrence correlation was shown to be a precursory phenomenon for strong earthquakes. in the frame to this international effort, applying the hist(ogram)cum(ullating) method [van ruymbecke et al. 2007], we have analyzed the series of the earthquakes occurred in the last 50 years in seismic active areas of greece. these areas are: (a) the mygdonian basin [contadakis et al. 2009], (b) the ionian islands [contadakis et al. 2012], (c) the hellenic arc [vergos et al. 2015] and (d) the santorini [contadakis et al. 2013]. the result of the analysis for all the areas indicate that the monthly variation of the earthquake frequency of is in accordance with the period of the tidal lunar monthly and semi-monthly (mm and mf ) variations. similarly, the same happens with the corresponding daily variations of the earthquake frequency with the diurnal luni-solar (k1) and semidiurnal lunar (m2) tidal variations. in addition the confidence level for the identification of such period accordance between earthquakes frequency and tidal period varies with seismic activity. the higher confidence level corresponds to time periods with stronger seismic activity. these results are in favor of a tidal triggering process on earthquakes when the stress in the focal area is near the critical level. based on these results, we consider the confidence level of earthquake occurrence tidal period accordance, p, as an index of tectonic stress criticality for earthquake occurrence. we call it “earth tide-seismicity compliance parameter”. then we check on posterior weather the variation of the earth tide-seismicity compliance parameter p, indicate the fault matureness in the case of the recent seismic activity in the prefecture of fthiotida, central greece. in this paper we present the results of this test. 2. seismicity in the broader area of fthiotida on august 7, 2013, a magnitude 5.2 earthquake occurred in the prefecture of fthiotida, central greece followed by series of 18 earthquake with m > 4 until april, 2013. the area is a well known tectonically active area in greece. on april 20 and 27, 1894, two earthquakes of 6.4 and 6.6 ml with more than 250 dead and hundreds of injured in human casualties and cased extensive damages. [papazachos and papazachou 2003, ganas et al. 2006]. figure 1 displays the area and the shocks with magnitudes greater than 3.5 ml which occurred during 2013. in this figure the main faults of the area, as published by ganas et al. [2006], are presented. ganas et al. [2014], analyzing the aftershock sequence, conclude that the spatial distribution of the aftershock sequence points towards the reactivation of a n70° ± 10° e striking normal fault at crustal depths between 8 and 13 km. a nnw–sse cross-section imarticle history received may 14, 2015; accepted january 12, 2016. subject classification: earth tides, seismicity, hi(stogram)cum(ulating) method, schuster test. aged the activation of a steep, south dipping normal fault. they interpret the kallidromon seismic sequence as release of extensional seismic strain on secondary steep faults inside the fokida–viotia crustal block. table 1 displays the earthquakes with magnitudes greater than m = 4 that occurred in the area during 2013. in addition a seismic electrical signal (ses) activity, initiated on january 8, 2013, was recorded at a station of van network, labeled lam, in central greece. additional ses activities were recorded at lam from arabelos et al. 2 date time distance from the nearest city { degree m degree depth (km) magnitude 1 2013/12/11 13:00:53 17.4 km nw of lamia 39.01 22.29 21 4.2 2 2013/11/22 15:12:03 16.8 km n of lamia 39.05 22.41 21 4.2 3 2013/11/12 18:09:28 31.2 km nne of atalanti 38.92 23.10 17 4.8 4 2013/09/20 02:05:18 32.0 km nne ofkorinthos 38.18 23.13 23 4.4 5 2013/09/17 07:39:44 24.0 km wnw of atalanti 38.70 22.73 13 4.0 6 2013/09/16 15:01:14 23.8 km wnw of atalanti 38.72 22.74 17 4.9 7 2013/09/16 14:42:39 24.0 km wnw of atalanti 38.70 22.73 20 4.5 8 2013/08/18 16:39:21 24.8 km wnw of atalanti 38.70 22.72 13 4.0 9 2013/08/18 10:42:54 24.8 km wnw of atalanti 38.70 22.72 14 4.0 10 2013/08/09 13:10:10 30.0 km se of lamia 38.69 22.65 17 4.7 11 2013/08/09 11:49:56 28.0 km w of atalanti 38.69 22.68 9 4.6 12 2013/08/09 11:49:23 25.7 km wnw of atalanti 38.70 22.71 19 4.8 13 2013/08/07 13:44:32 29.8 km w of atalanti 38.69 22.66 15 4.7 14 2013/08/07 09:56:35 27.4 km wnw of atalanti 38.70 22.69 14 4.0 15 2013/08/07 09:06:51 28.2 km w of atalanti 38.70 22.68 8 5.2 16 2013/08/07 09:02:45 29.1 km w of atalanti 38.70 22.67 14 4.3 17 2013/04/28 04:49:55 14.7 km e of aegion 38.26 22.25 55 4.2 18 2013/01/30 04:27:25 35.2 km ene of atalanti 38.78 23.37 22 4.0 figure 1. the seismic activity of 2013 in fthiotida (shematic fault of the area; ganas et al. [2006]). (1) edipsos, (2) sperchios, (3) kadilli, (4,5) kamena vourla, (6) kallidromon, (7,8) atalanti, (9,10) tithorea. table 1. earthquakes with ml > 4.0, in the study area of figure 1. 3 march 31 to april 11, 2013 [sarlis et al. 2015]. this indicate that the area of central greece enter to a tectonically critical stage. then sarlis et al. [2015] analyzed the earthquake sequence from that moment on up to august 12, 2013, in the natural time domain, using the procedure developed in varotsos et al. [2005]. they found that the probability prob(l1) of the l1 values of seismicity in the area of the earthquake of august 7, maximized at l1 = 0.070 at times between 13:10 ut and 19:49 ut of august 9, 2013, exhibiting magnitude threshold invariance in the broad magnitude range mthres= 2.6 to 3.6 (which suggests that the system approaches the critical point). in conclusion, different approaches indicate that the area of fthiotida is found in tectonic excitation. for this area we apply the hi(stogram)cum(ulating)method in order to see if tidal triggering effect is been detected and if this effect is better traced in the period of the increased microseismicity i.e. the years 2011 february of 2012. in our analysis we use the seismological data of the earthquake catalogue of noa (http://www.gein. noa.gr). the set of data consist of a series of 33281 shallow and 769 of intermediate depth earthquakes with ml ranging from 0.2 to 6.3, occurred within the time interval from january 1964 to december 2013, in an area bounded by 38° ≤{≤ 39° and 21° ≤m≤ 23°. however, since 1964 the network of noa subjected three main upgrades. (1) in 1995 the instrumentation and processing passed from analog-to-digital mode. (2) gradually from the end of 2007 to 2011 developed the hellenic unified seismological network (husn), which combined the noa network to three university networks (athens, patras, and thessaloniki), and (3) in early 2011 the magnitude determination software has been upgraded [chouliaras 2009, chouliaras et al. 2013, mignan and chouliaras 2014]. as a result the completeness magnitude mc of the noa catalogue varies. thus in order to realize if the development of the seismicity from 1964 up to 2014 is real and not artificial due to the variation of the magnitude completeness mc, we pick earthquakes with magnitudes m > mc of the most insensitive period, from the catalogue. according to mignan and chouliaras [2014] recommendation, for statistical studies mc = mbmc + 3v, where mbmc and v are the bayesian magnitude completeness and the respective standard deviation. from the respective maps (figures 3 and 4) of the paper of mignan and chouliaras [2014] we get mbm = 2.5 and v = 0.1 for the most insensitive period, which is 1964-1995, for fthiotida. thus the magnitude completeness is mc = 2.8. the resulting development of the seismicity is similar to the seismicity development shown by the original catalogue. we conclude that the variation of the seismicity, shown by the original catalogue, is real. figure 2 displaces the development of the seismicity in the area from 1964, using both catalogues, the original and the one with m > 2.8. it is seen that the number of earthquakes is greatly increased since 2009. finally, it earth tide-seismicity compliance parameter in fthiotida symbol period t (min) signal/noise amplitude (nms-2) origin k1 1436 525.1 487.840 lunar and solar declination wave o1 1549 379.7 352.816 lunar principal wave m2 745 1208.5 510.350 lunar principal wave s2 720 564.5 238.393 solar principal wave figure 2. the development of the seismicity in the selected area from 1964 until december of 2013 using both the original and the one with m > 2.8 table 2. the strongest components of earth tides in thessaloniki. should be noted that only for the years 1964 and 1965 the total number of earthquakes was less than 30, rendering the results of shuster’s test doubtful. 3. tidal effect tidal effects on a rigid earth can be computed theoretically from the ephemerides of the moon, the sun and the planets. the earth tides are the combined effect of the mentioned celestial bodies and the reaction of the solid earth (like an elastic body) to the tidal forces. the ocean tides follow the law of hydrodynamics, with strong disturbances affecting adjacent seas, so that the ocean loading effect has to be taken into account. earth tides are discussed extensively in melchior [1983], baker [1984], torge [2001]. the constituents of the earth tides for the area of thessaloniki were determined gravimetrically by arabelos [2002]. table 2 displays the strongest components of the earth tides for thessaloniki. although the amplitude of the lunar tidal component m1 is equal 27.091 nms-2 (see arabelos [2002], table 3), i.e. it is much weaker than the listed components, we consider in addition the possible effect of this constituent by means of the lunar synodic month (i.e. period from new moon to new moon which is 29d.530589) as well as by lunar anomalistic month (i.e. time period between two successive passages of the moon from perigee which is 27d.554551). table 3 displays the actual ocean corrected tidal parameters of o1 and m2 for sofia, instabul and thessaloniki, and the corresponding values from the model of wahr-dehant-zschau [dehant 1987, dehant and zchau 1989], expressing the dependency of the tidal parameters on the latitude. as it is shown from table 3 the amplitude factors of the principal o1 and m2 tidal constituents agree within their error of estimation with the model. for the latitude of 38° which is the mean latitude of the area under consideration, the extrapolated model amplitude factors for o1 and m2 are equal to 1.156 and 1.158 respectively. consequently, the amplitudes of o1 and m2 might be changed to about 408 and 591 nms-2 respectively, which are very close to the amplitudes observed in the tidal station of thessaloniki. however, this estimation does not take into account the actual elastic properties of the lithosphere in the ionian zone. 4. method of analysis as we have done in previous studies [contadakis et al. 2009, contadakis et al. 2012, vergos et al. 2015], in order to check the possible correlation between earth tides and earthquake occurrence we investigate the time of occurrence of each earthquake in relation to the sinusoidal variation of earth tides and investigate the possible correlation of the time distribution of the earthquake events with earth tides variation. since the periods of the earth tides component are very well known and quite accurately predictable in the local coordination system we assign a unique phase angle within the period of variation of a particular tidal component, for which the effect of earthquake triggering is under investigation, with the simple relation: (1) where zi = the phase angle of the time occurrence of the i earthquake in degrees, ti = the time of occurrence of the i earthquake in modified julian days (mjd), to = the epoch we have chosen in mjd, td = the period of the particular tidal component in julian days. we choose as epoch to, i.e. as reference date, the time of the upper culmination in thessaloniki of the new moon of january 7, 1989, which has mjd = 47533.8947453704. thus the calculated phase angle for all the periods under study has 0 phase angle at the maximum of the corresponding tidal component (of course m2 and s2 has an upper culmination maximum every two cycles). as far as the monthly anomalistic moon concern the corresponding epoch to is january 14, 1989, which has mjd = 47541.28492. intt t t t tdtd 360i i i tdtd0 0 #z = --q qv v" "% %f fi i arabelos et al. 4 sofia (latitude = 42.71°) istanbul (latitude = 41.07°) thessaloniki (latitude = 40.63°) amplitude factor phase degree amplitude factor phase degree amplitude nm factor phase degree o1 1.1493±0.0014 -.1590±.060 1.1564±0.0035 -.281±0.174 1.1536±0.003 -.201±0.151 model 1.1540 -0.2 1.1542 -0.2 1.1543 -0.2 m2 1.1541±0.0005 -.207±0.026 1.1587±0.0011 -.039±0.026 1.1639±0.001 -.195±0.001 model 1.1541 -0.2 1.1583 -0.2 1.1583 -0.2 table 3. ocean corrected parameters of o1 and m2 in 3 neighboring stations. 5 we separate the whole period in 12 bins of 30° and stack every event according to its phase angle in the proper bin. thus we construct a cumulating histogram of earthquake events for the tidal period under study. in order to check the compliance of the earthquake frequency distribution periods with the tidal periods we use the well known shuster’s test [shuster 1897; see also tanaka et al. 2002, tanaka et al. 2006, cadicheanu et al. 2007]. in shuster’s test, each earthquake is represented by a unit length vector in the direction of the assigned phase angle ãí. the vectorial sum d is defined as: where n is the number of earthquakes. when ai is distributed randomly, the probability to be the length of a vectorial sum equal or larger than d is given by the equation: thus, p < 5% represents the significance level at which the null hypothesis that the earthquakes occurred randomly with respect to the tidal phase is rejected. this means that the smaller the p is the greater the confidence level of the results of the cumulating histograms is. finally it should be noted that the total number of the shocks for each year is greater than 30 for all the years since 1966. this means that the normal distribution approach on which shuster test is based is valid for all the years since 1966. 5. results figures 3 to 8 display the cumulating histogram for the 6291 earthquakes which occurred in the time interval from january 1st, 2013, to december 31, 2013. these figures correspond to the tidal periods of: anomalistic monthly period (i.e. time period between two successive passages of the moon from perigee which is 27d.554551) (figure 3), synodic monthy period (i.e. period from new moon to new moon which is 29d.530589) (figure 4), diurnal luni-solar constituents k1 (figure 5), diurnal luni-solar constituent o1 (figure 6), semidiurnal solar constituents s2 (figure 7), and semi-diurnal lunar constituent (figure 8), for the last year of the 50-year analyzed data, i.e. 2013. it is obvious that there is a perfect compliance of tidal and earthquake occurance distribution for monthly anomalistic and synodic period, diurnal luni-solar k1 and semi-diurnal solar s2 periods and a smaller compliance for the diurnal lunisolar o1 and semidiurnal lunar period. this is shown in table 4. this table displays the corresponding confi,cos sind a aii n ii n2 1 1 2w2w= + = = r r2w 2w| | expp n d2 = -a 2 d earth tide-seismicity compliance parameter in fthiotida figure 3. hist(ogram)cum(mulating) for the anomalistic monthly period for 2013. figure 4. hist(ogram)cum(mulating) for the synodic monthly period for 2013. figure 5. hist(ogram)cum(mulating) for the luni-solar k1 period for 2013. (2) (3) dence levels for all six tidal components for 2013 together with the same quantities for a year of low seismic activity, i.e. 1994 and the mean confidence levels for the 50 years. year 1994 was a year with apparently smaller seismic activity than 2013. table 4 displays the confidence level of earthquake-earth tide correlation for all earthquakes of the broader area of fthiotida for the year 2013. in comparison the mean values of the confidence levels for the last fifty years as well as those for the year 1994, a relatively quiet seismically year. this table indicates that the confidence level of the compliance of earthquake frequency distribution over the tidal period is very sensitive to the seismicity of the area. this is also shown in figures 9 to 14. these figures display the variation of the confidence level parameter in the time period 1964 to 2013 together with the earthquakes occurrence for each year. finally it has to be understood that the confidence level parameter p indicate that the tectonic stress in the area has reached a critical point. this also has been found by sarlis et al. [2015]. the magnitude of the potential earthquake depends on the tectonic morphology in the stress regime and seismic history of the area. the high confidence level of the monthly tidal components, despite their small intensity, may indicate that they provide in general favourable conditions for the action of the much stronger tidal components k1 and m2. in this point we may refer to the fact that the monthly tidal barometric variations are quite sensitive to the seismic activity [arabelos et al. 2008]. perhaps this peculiar coincidence merits further investigation. arabelos et al. 6 figure 6. hist(ogram)cum(mulating) for the luni-solar o1 period for 2013. figure 7. cumulation histogram for the semi diurnal solar s2 period for 2013. figure 8. hist(ogram)cum(mulating) for the semi diurnal lunar m2 period for 2013. manom. msynod k1 o1 s2 m2 mean 0.172 0.182 0.387 0.420 0.306 0.435 1994 0.971 0.481 0.470 0.791 0.816 0.812 2013 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.101 0.000 0.159 table 4. the confidence level of the correlation between earthquake and earth tide for all earthquakes of the broader area of fthiotida for 2013 in comparison to the corresponding mean of the last fifty years as well as those of 1994. 7 6. conclusions in this paper we investigate the tidal triggering evidence on the earthquakes of the area of fthiotida in greece. the result of our analysis using the hicum method, indicate that the monthly variation of the frequencies of earthquake occurrence is in accordance with the period of the tidal lunar monthly (mm) variations. the same happens with the corresponding diurnal and earth tide-seismicity compliance parameter in fthiotida figure 9. the confidence level parameter p between seismicity and tidal anomalistic monthly period. arrows indicate the 5.2 ml earthquakes at aegion on 2010 and fthiotida on 2013. figure 10. the confidence level parameter p between seismicity and tidal synodic monthly period. arrows indicate the 5.2 ml earthquakes at aegion on 2010 and fthiotida on 2013. figure 11. the confidence level parameter p between seismicity and diurnal tidal luni-solar k1 period. arrows indicate the 5.2 ml earthquakes at aegion on 2010 and fthiotida on 2013. figure 12. the confidence level parameter p between seismicity and tidal diurnal luni-solar o1 period. arrows indicate the 5.2 ml earthquakes at aegion on 2010 and fthiotida on 2013. figure 13. the confidence level parameter p between seismicity and tidal semi diurnal solar s2 period. arrows indicate the 5.2 ml earthquakes at aegion on 2010 and fthiotida on 2013. figure 14. the confidence level parameter p between seismicity and tidal semi diurnal lunar m2 period. arrows indicate the 5.2 ml earthquakes at aegion on 2010 and fthiotida on 2013. semi-diurnal variations of the frequencies of earthquake occurrence with the diurnal (k1), (o1) and semi-diurnal solar (s2) and semidiurnal lunar (m2) tidal variations. the confidence level of the tidal-earthquake frequency period compliance is very sensitive to the seismicity of the area and we call it tidal-earthquake frequency compliance parameter. we suggest that this parameter may be used in earthquake risk assessment. references arabelos, d. (2002). comparison of earth-tide parameters over a large latitude difference, geophys. j. int. (research note), 151, 950-956. arabelos, d.n., g. asteriadis, a. bloutsos, m.e. contadakis and s.d. spatalas (2008). correlation between seismisity and barometric tidal exalting, nat. hazards earth syst. sci., 8, 1129-1137. baker, t.f. (1984). tidal determination of the earth, sci. progr., oxford, 69, 197-233. cadicheanu, n., m. van ruymbeke and p. zhu (2007). tidal triggering evidence of intermediate depth earthquakes in vrancea zone (romania), nhess, 7, 733-740. chouliaras, g. (2009). investigating the earthquake catalog of the national observatory of athens, nat. hazards earth syst. sci., 9, 905-912. chouliaras, g., n.s. melis, g. drakatos and k. makropoulos (2013). operational network improvements and increased reporting in the noa (greece) seismicity catalog, adv. geosci., 36, 7-9. contadakis, m.e., d.n. arabelos and s. spatalas (2009). evidence for tidal triggering on the shallow earthquakes of the seismic area of mygdonia basin, north greece, in: d. arabelos, m.e. contadakis, c. kaltsikis and i. tziavos (eds.), terrestrial and stellar environment, ziti publishing thessaloniki, greece, 223-235. contadakis, m.e., d.n. arabelos and s.d. spatalas (2012). evidence for tidal triggering for the earthquakes of the ionian geological zone, greece, annals of geophysics, 55 (1), 73-81. contadakis, m.e., d.n. arabelos and g. vergos (2013). testing the recent santorini seismic activity for possible tidal triggering effect, ga. egu2013-8358. dehant, v. (1987). tidal parameters for the inelastic earth, phys. earth planet inter., 49, 97-116. dehant, v., and j. zschau (1989). the effect of mantle inelasticity on tidal gravity: a comparison between the spherical and the elliptical earth model, geophys. j. int., 97, 549-555. ganas, a., e. sokos, a. agalos, g. leontakianakos and s. pavlides (2006). coulomb stress triggering of earthquakes along the atalanti fault, central greece: two april 1894 m6+ events and stress change patterns, tectonophysics, 420, 357-369. ganas, a., v. karastathis, a. moshou, s. valkaniotis, e. mouzakiotis and g. papathanassiou (2014). aftershock relocation and frequency-size distribution, stress inversionand seismotectonic setting of the 7 august 2013 m = 5.4 earthquake in kallidromon mountain, central greece, tectonophysics, 617, 101-113 heaton, t.h. (1982). tidal triggering of earthquakes, b. seismol. soc. am., 72, 2181-2200. melchior, p. (1983). the tides of the planet eath, pergamon press, new york. mignan, a., and g. chouliaras (2014). 50 years of seismic network performance in greece (1964-2013): spatiotemporal evolution of the completeness magnitude, seismol. res. lett., 85 (3), 657-667. papazachos, b.c., and c.b. papazachou (2003). the earthquakes of greece, ziti publishing, thessaloniki, in greek. rydelek, p.a., i.s. sacks and r. scarpa (1992). on tidal triggering of earthquakes at campi flegrei, italy, geophys. j. int., 109, 125-137. sarlis, n.v., p.a. varotsos and e.s. skordas (2015). fluctuation theorem and natural time analysis; http:// arxiv.org/abs/1301.7634v4. schuster, a. (1897). on lunar and solar periodicities of earthquakes, proc. r. soc. lond., 61, 455-465. stroup, d.f., d.r. bohnenstiehl, m. tolstoy, f. waldhauser and r.t. weekly (2007). pulse of the seafloor: tidal triggering of micro earthquakes at 9°50´n east pacific rise, geophys. res. lett., 34, l15301. tanaka, s., m. ohtake and h. sato (2002). evidence for tidal triggering of earthquakes as revealed from statistical analysis of global data, j. geophys. res., 107 (5b10), 2211. tanaka, s., h. sato, s. matsumura and m. ohtake (2006). tidal triggering of earthquakes in the subducting philipine sea plate beneath the locked zone of the plate interface in tokai region, japan, tectonophysics, 417, 69-80. tolstoy, m., f.l. vernon, j.a. orcutt and f.k. wyatt (2002). breathingof the seafloor: tidal correlations of seismicity at axial volcano, geology, 30, 503-506. torge, w. (2001). geodesy, 3rd ed., walter de gruyter, berlin-new york. tsuruoka, h., m. ohtake and h. sato (1995). statistical test of the tidaltriggering of earthquakes: contribution of the ocean tide loadingeffect, geophys. j. int., 122, 183-194. van ruymbeke, m., p. zhu, n. cadicheanu and s. naslin (2007). veryweak signals (vws) detected by stacking method according todifferent astronomical pearabelos et al. 8 9 riodicities (hicum), nat. hazards earth syst. sci., 7, 651-656. varotsos, p.a., n.v. sarlis, h.k. tanaka and e.s. skordas (2005). similarity of fluctuations in correlated systems: the case of seismicity, physical review e 72, 041103. vergos, g., d.n. arabelos and m.e. contadakis (2015). evidence for tidal triggering on the earthquakes of the hellenic arc, greece, phys. chem. earth, 85-86, 210-215. vidale, j.e., d.c. agnew, m.j.s. johnston and d.h. oppenheimer (1998). absence of earthquake correlation with earth tides: an indication of high preseismic fault stress rate, j. geophys. res., 103, 24567-24572. wilcock, w.s.d. (2001). tidal triggering of microearthquakes on the juande fuca ridge, geophys. res. lett., 28, 3999-4002. * corresponding author: michael e. contadakis, university of thessaloniki, department of geodesy and surveying, thessaloniki, greece; email: kodadaki@eng.auth.gr. © 2016 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. earth tide-seismicity compliance parameter in fthiotida << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice experimentation of new tools for scientific learning in the eduseis project: the e-learning experiment new tools for scientific learning in the eduseis project: the e-learning experiment a. bobbio1, l. cantore2, n. miranda3 and a. zollo2 1 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, osservatorio vesuviano -, via coroglio 156, 80124 napoli, italy. tel: +39-081-2420319; fax: +39-081-2420334; e-mail: bobbio@na.infn.it 2dipartimento di scienze fisiche, università di napoli “federico ii”, italy. 3itis “e. majorana”, somma vesuviana, napoli, italy. abstract the educational seismological project (eduseis) is a scientific and educational project, the main aim of which is the development and implementation of new teaching methodologies in earth sciences, using seismology as a vehicle for scientific learning and awareness of earthquake risk. within this framework, we have recently been experimenting with new learning and information approaches that are mainly aimed at a high school audience. in particular, we have designed, implemented and tested a model of an e-learning environment in a high school located in the surroundings of the mt. vesuvius volcano. the proposed e-learning model is built on the eduseis concepts and educational materials (web-oriented), and is based on computer-supported collaborative learning. ten teachers from different disciplines and fifty students at the i.t.i.s. “majorana” technical high school (naples) have been taking part in a cooperative e-learning experiment in which the students have been working in small groups (communities). the learning process is assisted and supervised by the teachers. the evaluation of the results from this cooperative e-learning experiment has provided useful insights into the content and didactic value of the eduseis modules and activities. the use of network utilities and the “learning community” approach promoted the exchange of ideas and expertises between students and teachers and allowed a new approach to the seismology teaching through a multidisciplinary study. key words elearning – jigsaw method – eduseis web tools introduction the educational seismological project (eduseis) is a research and experimentation project that is aimed at involving research centres, universities, scientific museums and schools in the consolidation and maintenance of a prototype of a seismographic network that is formed of high technology and low cost components (bobbio and zollo, 2000). the project is designed to promote the earth sciences (especially seismology and geophysics) and an to increase awareness of seismic risk at the level of high schools and the public at large through the “città della scienza” science centre in naples. a network of digital seismographs has been installed in a number of high schools in central and southern italy (cantore et al., 2003). through the continuous updating of seismic data, and following its analysis and processing, relevant events are selected and made available on the eduseis website (http://eduseis.na.infn.it). the project has many educational, scientific and social goals. the main educational objectives are to train students and teachers in the analysis and interpretation of seismological data. for this purpose, modules and didactic activities have been designed and tested using informatics and web-oriented tools. the scientific objective is to introduce into high schools the use of advanced instruments and experimental methods that are usually restricted to research laboratories, with the main product being the creation of an earthquake waveform archive. thus a large amount of this data can be used by the students and teachers for educational purposes. for the social objectives, the project represents an effective instrument for informing and creating an awareness of the seismic risk, for experimentation into the efficacy of scientific communication, and for an increase in the direct involvement of schools and the general public. 1. the e-learning experiment in the i.t.i.s. majorana technical high school e-learning has been defined as the use of new multimedia technologies and the potential of the internet to improve the quality of teaching/ learning. according to this definition, rather than being a new tool for formal education that can be used in the classroom, e-learning should be considered as a modern method for teaching and learning that integrates and completes the work in classroom. on the “alpi” platform of the edulab cultural association, an e-learning model has been built that is based on the eduseis concepts and its related educational materials. this model is based on computer-supported collaborative learning (ligorio, 1995; trentin., 1998), which is an innovative method for teaching and learning that adopts modern information and communication technologies. the eduseis educational activities (e.g. earthquake location and magnitude estimate, seismogram analysis) are mainly based on web and internet communication tools and are suitable for this kind of experimentation. determination of their didactic value is also one of the main educational objectives of this project. a number of students at the i.t.i.s. “majorana” technical high school (naples) who are following the didactic strategy of the “learning community” and the “jigsaw” method (clarke, 1994) have been involved in this cooperative e-learning experiment. the basic idea is that the students work in small groups (communities) where each member evolves gradually from an initial stage as a “fellow learner”. this is followed by an intermediate level as a “teacher”, and then finally as a “scientist”. the learning process is assisted and supervised by the teachers, who have already improved their use of the internet and their knowledge of earth science. 1.1. the jigsaw method at the majorana school the jigsaw method uses the cooperative concept to promote individual learning, whereby this kind of structure creates interdependence and status equalization (clarke,, 1994). this jigsaw method is a very useful tool for helping students to integrate knowledge and understanding that has been drawn from various sources and experts. indeed, the basic idea behind the jigsaw method is very simple: a general theme and a number of related topics are identified, and the application of this strategy is carried through the following steps: 1. define the general theme that the class will work on; 2. split the class in small groups of students; 3. assign to each group a topic related to the general theme. each group member will become an expert in this topic, using didactic material and support from the teachers; 4. re-mix the students into new groups that include these experts of each topic; 5. reassemble the original groups where each member teaches the rest of the group what they have learnt about the other topics; 6. the groups each present their own analysis of the general theme to the entire class 1.2 trial of the e-learning platform with the eduseis tools ten teachers from different disciplines and fifty students at different educational levels have been involved in the trials around this eduseis-based e-learning platform. the fifty students were divided in five groups, so that students of different levels were present in each of these groups (miranda, 2004). the general theme chosen for this experiment was seismology. this choice was prompted by the collaboration between the school and the research staff of the eduseis project. indeed, during this collaboration, teachers of scientific disciplines trained themselves on and experimented with the tools provided by the eduseis website, which they evaluated as being suitable for this e-learning experiment. at the same time, to test the background knowledge of the students participating in the project, students were asked to initially complete a multiple-choice questionnaire on seismology and earth sciences in general. during the “kick-off” meeting, the teachers showed the “edulab” platform architecture to all of the student groups and illustrated the guidelines for using the tools built on this platform (edulab, 2001). one of each of the five didactic units concerning different topics on seismology that have been set-up on the eduseis website were attributed to each group; these five units relate to the following: 1. world-wide seismicity and earthquake genesis; 2. seismometry and seismic networks; 3. seismic waves and their propagation; 4. earthquake classification according to epicentral distance; 5. observation and interpretation of seismograms (complexity analysis). in the first step, each group became the experts on their own topic. this was achieved by their using both the didactic material available from the eduseis website, and advanced searching on the internet to improve their knowledge and to acquire further expertise on the subject (fig. 2). the exchange of data and information among the students within each group occurred through the internet, using the tools within the chat and forum services for document up-loading and down-loading, which were all made available through the platform. for each student the first approach is to consult and use the eduseis material and tools available on the website, improving the knowledge on the topic through an internet research, the results of which have shared with each member of its own group using the forum, the e-mail and the chat services. most of student activity for the e-learning experiment was carried out via computer both in the school and at home, only a 30% of all experimentation phases were face-to-face with and without the teachers presence. in this phase, all of the students were considered as being apprentices (or “fellow learners”), and they were involved in: · the learning of new concepts, and being opening to questioning their own knowledge; · the accessing of new information using various internet communication channels; · the discussing of their own ideas, doubts and problems, through the chat and forum services available through the platform. as a major result of this phase, a number of documents (e.g. powerpoint presentations, word documents, excel data and analysis sheets) were produced by each group, and the high quality of the content demonstrated their enthusiastic participation and the success that they had obtained through working in these collaborative communities. a typical starting point for the realization of each product in the e-learning experiment is the generation of conceptual maps which are diagrams showing the relationships between concepts in the form of propositions. concepts are included within boxes whereas the relations between them are explicated by means of connecting lines. these maps can often be used to communicate complex ideas. an example of a conceptual map produced by students is shown in fig.3 in the second phase, each group was split, and five new groups were formed in such a way that an expert on each seismology topic covered (see above) was present in each new group, so that each student could then be a teacher for the other members of their new group. in this phase, all of the students were considered as “teachers”, and this involved: · the sharing with each other of their own stock of knowledge; · the teaching of their acquired expertise to the other members of their new group; · the need to demonstrate the reasonableness of their own opinions to the other members of their new group. in the last phase, the original five groups were re-assembled, and each member progressed further on the basis of the experience they had gained in the previous phases. having acquired a deeper knowledge of these seismological topics, each group was ready to make full use of the eduseis activities implemented on the website, by using either the web tools supplied or analogue devices in the school laboratories. at the end of the experiment, each group presented its work to the whole community, i.e. to the classes and the teachers involved in the experiment. in this phase all of the students were considered as “scientists”, and they were faced with the need to demonstrate: · their acquiring of expertise within a new theme (i.e. seismology) that is not a part of the scholastic curricula; · their ability to promote the diffusion of seismological concepts and an increased seismic risk awareness to a widespread community. 2. the eduseis didactic unit: an example the didactic unit chosen for showing the architecture of a typical didactic unit is: “seismic waves and their propagation” four topics are correlated to this theme: · section 1: seismic wave propagation. · section 2: the interior of the earth. · section 3: the seismic wave. · section 4: travel-time curves. each section contains one or more activities that are designed around the use of web tools. in the following, the classical structure of an activity will be illustrated, with this example relating to the activity: “an analysis of the p and s waves on seismograms”. · objectives measurement of p-wave and s-wave first arrivals with the help of theoretical estimates from the jeffreys and bullen (1940) travel-time curves (these give the travel times of all of the main seismic phases from different depths of hypocentre to surface stations at different distances). · area of expertise: seismology the activity is subdivided into two main phases: first phase: inferring arrival times from jeffreys and bullen curves. ingredients: 1. an event selected from the eduseis archives; 2. the “distance applet” for the calculation of epicentral distance (fig. 4); 3. jeffreys and bullen tables; 4. a ruler. second phase: estimation of p-wave and s-wave arrival times inferred from seismograms. ingredients: 1. an event selected from the eduseis archives; 2. the “seisgram2k applet” (lomax, 2000) for the visualization and analysis of seismograms; 3. the origin time of the earthquake inferred from national and/or international seismic alerting agencies; 4. the theoretical values of the arrival times inferred from the jeffreys and bullen curves. in this activity, the use of web tools under the supervision of the teachers allows the students to compute the epicentral distance (the distance from the earthquake epicentre to the point of observation) of the chosen event, and to recognize the first arrival of the p and s waves using the jeffreys and bullen curves to provide reference values. the basic idea of each of these activities is to lead the student through a “learning by discovering” process. 3. results and conclusions one of the most interesting factors that has arisen from this e-learning experiment has been to promote the working of the students and teachers within a "community of learners”. in this model, the classroom is changed in a real community where everyone has different, but changing, roles, as apprentice, teacher and scientist, with the consequent exchanging of tasks and responsibilities. a selection of the products from this experiment have been published on the website of the school, and these have become a useful support for the didactic activities. the involvement of students in this high-social-impact activity represents an opportunity for the increasing of their own awareness of earthquake risk. this is thus seen as improving their understanding of seismic phenomena and the potential damage arising therefrom, along with their knowledge of the measures that can be implemented to mitigate these effects. fig. 5 shows a comparison between the input and output values of a questionnaire administered at the beginning and the end of this e-learning experiment for two different age-level classes. based on the number of correct answers, a quantitative value can be put on the knowledge that has been gained about the topic under consideration, and therefore the positive effects of this e-learning experiment. the evaluation of the results from this e-learning experiment has also provided useful insights into the contents and the didactic value of the eduseis didactic modules and activities. the success of this e-learning experiment is due to the great involvement and motivation of the students, who have provided a large number of high quality products that testify to their enthusiasm for working in cooperative communities. the use of the network utilities for the elaboration of the final products has provided each student with the opportunity to feel that they are themselves a protagonist of the experimentation, and it has promoted the exchange of ideas and expertise between students and teachers. this innovative method that is based on the strategy of the “learning community” has, moreover, allowed a new approach to seismology through a multidisciplinary study, promoting the ability to deal with such complex themes as the study of seismology. acknowledgements we are grateful to all of the teachers and students of the i.t.i.s. majorana technical school in naples who, with much enthusiasm, took on active roles in this project. we wish also to thank angela petrillo, mariella simini, andré herrero and luca d’auria for their contribution in the realization of eduseis web-site. we acknowledge the anonymous referee for his fruitful comments and suggestions. references bobbio, a. and zollo, a. (2000): the educational broadband seismic network at naples (southern italy), orfeus newsletter, 2, no 3. cantore, l., bobbio, a., di martino, f., petrillo, a., simini, m. and zollo, a. (2003): the eduseis project in italy: a tool for training and awareness on the seismic risk, seismological research letters, 74, no 5, 596-602. clarke, j. (1994): pieces of the puzzle: the jigsaw method, in sharan, s. educ., handbook of cooperative learning methods, greenwood press, westport, ct., 1994. edulab (2001): associazione culturale per la ricerca sulla didattica multimediale education laboratory, costituita il 27 luglio 2001. (http://www.edulab.it) jeffreys, h. and bullen, k.e. (1940): seismological tables, british association for the advancement of science, gray milne trust. l. cantore, a. zollo, a. bobbio, flora di martino, m. simini (2005): il progetto eduseis un triennio di esperienze didattiche in sismologia a cura di, edizioni cuen, settembre 2005. ligorio, m.b. (1995): “community of learners": strumenti e metodi per imparare collaborando, td tecnologie didattiche, vol. 1, n. 4 lomax, a. (2000): seisgram2k: seismogram visualization software for the internet. anthony lomax scientific software mouans-sartoux, france. miranda, n. (2004): eduseis con l’ambiente alpi, e-learning: formazione, modelli, proposte – seminario di studio università degli studi di macerata facoltà di scienze della formazione. april 2004. trentin g. (1998): insegnare e apprendere in rete, ed. zanichelli captions: fig. 1. the eduseis website (http://eduseis.na.infn.it) fig. 2. a scheme of the e-learning experiment at the i.t.i.s. majorana technical school, naples. fig. 3. an example of a typical product produced by the students in the 1st phase of the process. the products are included on the website and made available for the community. fig. 4 a web tool for a didactic activity fig. 5. a comparison between before and after values of a questionaire administered at the beginning and the end of the experiment for 1st and 2nd leveles (a) and 3rd and 4th levels (b). fig. 1. fig. 2. fig. 3. fig.4 (a) (b) fig. 5. page 1 annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7460 1 geoscience engagement in global development frameworks joel c. gill british geological survey, environmental science centre, nicker hill, keyworth, nottingham, ng12 5gg, uk geology for global development, uk joell@bgs.ac.uk florence bullough geological society of london, burlington house, piccadilly, london, w1j 0bg, uk florence.bullough@geolsoc.org.uk abstract during 2015, the international community agreed three socio-environmental global development frameworks, the: (i) sustainable development goals, (ii) sendai framework for disaster risk reduction, and (iii) paris agreement on climate change. each corresponds to important interactions between environmental processes and society. here we synthesize the role of geoscientists in the delivery of each framework, and explore the meaning of and justification for increased geoscience engagement (active participation). we first demonstrate that geoscience is fundamental to successfully achieving the objectives of each framework. we characterize four types of geoscience engagement (framework design, promotion, implementation, and monitoring and evaluation), with examples within the scope of the geoscience community. in the context of this characterization, we discuss: (i) our ethical responsibility to engage with these frameworks, noting the emphasis on societal cooperation within the cape town statement on geoethics; and (ii) the need for increased and higher quality engagement, including an improved understanding of the science-policy-practice interface. facilitating increased engagement is necessary if we are to maximize geoscience’s positive impact on global development. 1. introduction he agreement of three global development frameworks in 2015 reflects ‘a global consensus that business as usual is no option any longer, that changing the development trajectory is necessary’ (spangenberg, 2016, p.1). the un sustainable development goals (sdgs), sendai framework for disaster risk reduction (sfdrr) and cop21 paris climate change agreement (paris agreement) will be at the forefront of national and international policy discourse for the next 15 years. collectively they aim to shape the strategies that guide economic growth, human welfare, access to natural resources, and environmental management. each of the sdgs, sfdrr, and paris agreement relates to the interaction of human activities with the natural environment. advances in science and technology, including geoscience, are central to each framework (e.g., lubchenco et al., 2015; aitsi-selmi et al., 2016; boucher et al., 2016; gluckman, 2016; gill, 2017). for example, managing natural resources, characterizing natural hazards, or modelling future climate all require multi-scale (spatial and temporal) understanding of earth materials and/or processes. this requirement for geoscience input presents an opportunity for the geoscience community. it also places t annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7460 2 upon us a social responsibility to engage, which we define to mean ‘actively participating in framework design, promotion, implementation, monitoring and evaluation’. scientific business as usual, however, will not be sufficient, with changes to geoscience practice required for successful engagement (lubchenco et al., 2015). in this paper, we describe each global development framework and opportunities for geoscientists to help deliver their objectives (sections 2-4). we then discuss engagement by geoscientists, reflecting upon types of engagement, our ethical responsibility to engage, catalyzing increased engagement, and characterizing effective engagement (section 5). 2. sustainable development goals in september 2015, member states of the united nations formally adopted the sustainable development goals (sdgs), an ambitious set of 17 goals and 169 targets (un, 2015a). the sdgs aim to eradicate global poverty, end unsustainable consumption patterns, and facilitate sustained and inclusive economic growth, social development, and environmental protection over a 15-year period, 2015-2030 (un, 2015a). the sdgs have been described as ‘science intensive’ (gluckman, 2016), with their environmental focus meaning geoscience is essential to their success (lubchenco et al., 2015). gill (2017) produced a matrix, which illustrates the role of geoscience in the sdgs (fig. 1). the matrix was populated by analyzing the text of the specific sdg sub-goals and targets, identifying links between sdg requirements and geoscience. interconnections between many sdgs (nilsson et al., 2016) results in this approach giving a conservative estimate of the true impact of geoscience interventions. for example, goals on education (sdg 4) and gender equality (sdg 5) do not specifically refer to access to water/sanitation (sdg 6), but increased access to water/sanitation can support both. fig. 1 shows a role for geoscience within all 17 of the sdgs. contributions will be required from all sectors and sub-disciplines of geoscience, including those working in research, industry, the public sector and civil society. examples of geoscience activities helping to deliver the sdgs include research projects, industry engagement, and civil society activities. we provide specific examples in section 5. 3. sendai framework for disaster risk reduction (sfdrr) 2015-30 the sfdrr was adopted at the 3rd un world conference on drr in march 2015, supported by the un office for disaster risk reduction (unisdr). through its implementation, the sfdrr aims to reduce substantially disaster risk and losses in all forms (unisdr, 2015). the sfdrr includes four priorities for action (pfa), with a 2016 unisdr conference demonstrating the scope for science and technology in delivering each (aitsi-selmi et al., 2016). we introduce each pfa in table 1, with a description of geo-sciences’ role and examples of engagement. underpinning the four pfa of the sfdrr are 13 guiding principles, many of which require geoscience input. for example, one guiding principle requests that decisionmaking use a ‘multi-hazard approach’. unisdr (2017) defines multi-hazard as considering interrelationships between natural hazards, including hazardous events occurring simultaneously, in cascades, or cumulatively over time. geoscientists have experience in contributing to the understanding and communication of multi-hazard dynamics. for example, following the 2015 m7.8 earthquake in nepal, the british geological survey compiled inventories of triggered landslides (bgs, 2017a). inventories, and associated maps, demonstrate where landslides block rivers (potentially triggering floods), and can be used by organizations responding to disasters. other guiding principles can inform change within the geoscience community, helping to improve engagement in the sfdrr. for example, research collaborations should reflect on the principle ‘international cooperation to be effective, meaningful and strong’. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7460 3 figure 1: a matrix highlighting the role of geoscientists in helping to achieve the sdgs (gill, 2017). annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7460 4 table 1: geoscience and the sendai framework for disaster risk reduction. priority for action (pfa)1 description and use of geoscience example output 1. understanding disaster risk research on earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, landslides, subsidence, and other hazards addresses this priority. pfa-1 also requests comprehensive surveys of multi-hazard disaster risk, regional assessments and maps, and enhanced access to and support for long-term multihazard research. an interrelated hazards approach to anticipating evolving risk (duncan et al., 2016). 2. strengthening disaster risk governance to manage disaster risk geoscience information informs laws, regulations and policy tools. for example, understanding ground conditions is a necessary input to building codes. pfa-2 also emphasizes the development of strategies to strengthen environmental resilience, environmental and resource management standards, and policies to prevent settlement in disasterrisk prone zones. earthquake science in drr policy and practice in nepal (oven et al., 2016). 3. investing in disaster risk reduction for resilience resilience is enhanced through investment in both structural and non-structural measures. for example, retrofitting critical infrastructure to the effects of earthquakes (structural), and ensuring coherence of drr and urban development strategies (non-structural). pfa-3 seeks to mainstream disaster risk assessment into land-use policy development and implementation. it also encourages cooperation between scientific networks and the private sector to develop new products/services to reduce risk. setting, measuring and monitoring targets for reducing disaster risk (mitchell et al., 2014), with comment on insurance and catastrophe modelling. 4. enhancing disaster preparedness for effective response and to ‘build back better’ in recovery, rehabilitation, and reconstruction pfa-4 requests development and maintenance of peoplecentered multi-hazard, multisectoral forecasting, early warning systems, and hazard-monitoring communications. geoscience information will need integrating with appropriate knowledge in communications, development, and psychology. pfa-4 also encourages preparedness, response and recovery exercises, and sharing of resources. using video games for volcanic hazard education and communication (mani et al., 2016). 1 see unisdr (2015) for full description, and lists of local/national and regional/global objectives. 4. paris climate change agreement geoscience has significantly contributed to our understanding of anthropogenic climate change. for example, evidence of climate change in the geological record forms an important, independent evidence base for anthropogenic climate change (gsl, 2010). the paris agreement, published at the end of the 21st conference of the parties (cop21) in december 2015, secured a legislative agreement with a long-term goal to limit climate change to well below 2˚c above pre-industrial averages (un, 2015b). at the time of writing 132 parties ratified this agreement. the paris agreement consists of an opening statement and 29 ‘articles’ which detail the component parts of the agreement. many articles refer to requirements for which geoscience expertise and capacity are essential, as described in table 2. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7460 5 table 2: geoscience and cop21: the role of geoscience in delivering the agreement. relevant articles (un, 2015b) contribution of geoscience to article example output article 2.1(a): ‘holding the increase in the global average temperature to well below 2°c above preindustrial levels and to pursue efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5°c above pre-industrial levels.’ exploring for and extracting fossil fuels with a lower carbon impact; researching and implementing carbon capture and storage (ccs); investigating geothermal energy sources; and working to develop geological disposal for radioactive waste from nuclear power stations. geological disposal of depleted, natural and low enriched uranium (rwm, 2016) article 2.1(b): ‘increasing the ability to adapt to the adverse impacts of climate change and foster resilience…in a manner that does not threaten food production.’ for secure food production, geoscience is essential to (i) the mapping and understanding of groundwater resources to maintain water security for agriculture, (ii) mineral extraction for fertilizer, and (iii) mapping of soil quality. soil type influences crop mineral composition in malawi (joy et al., 2015) article 4.1: ‘… reach global peaking of greenhouse gas emissions as soon as possible… undertake rapid reductions thereafter in accordance with best available science… achieve a balance between anthropogenic emissions by sources and removals by sinks of greenhouse gases…’. globally we need to reduce greenhouse gas emissions to a point where there is a sustainable balance between gas emission and sequestration. this can be through both natural carbon sinks and ccs implementation. locating suitable reservoirs and characterizing these for co2 sequestration over large timescales will require geoscience expertise in stages of design, testing, and implementation. co2 sequestration and storage capacity at sleipner in the north sea (bgs, 2017b). article 7.1: ‘parties hereby establish the global goal on adaptation of enhancing adaptive capacity, strengthening resilience and reducing vulnerability to climate change, with a view to contributing to sustainable development and ensuring an adequate adaptation response…’ geoscientists support research into climatelinked hazards (e.g., flooding, landslides, drought). engineering, hydroand structural geology are essential for effective siting of infrastructure and homes. long-term monitoring data (e.g., slope movement) can be used to inform new development. geologists’ understanding of climate change in the deep past, and its impact on environments can inform mitigation and resilience strategies. resilience assessment for geotechnical infrastructure assets (shah et al., 2014) article 10: ‘parties share a longterm vision on the importance of fully realizing technology development and transfer in order to improve resilience to climate change and to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.’ the technical capacity required to realize the ambitions of the paris agreement will come, in part, from geoscientists. cooperation is needed over areas such as technology transfer and knowledge exchange. sharing of appropriate disciplinary knowledge across political and geographic borders will support the implementation of the paris agreement. collaborative geoscience research, such as that funded by the uk government’s global challenges research fund. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7460 6 5. discussion in sections 2-4, we describe geoscientists’ role in the sdgs, sfdrr and paris agreement, noting the significant scope for geoscientists to engage in all three. engagement can take many forms, as noted in table 3. here we outline four types of engagement, with examples of actual/potential activities associated with each. the examples in table 3 are illustrative, rather than exhaustive, and intended to promote discussion. in the remainder of this section, we consider this diversity of engagement in the context of (i) our ethical responsibility to engage, (ii) catalyzing increased engagement, and (iii) ensuring effective engagement for maximum development impact. 5.1 ethical responsibility to engage the geoscience community have a professional and social responsibility to reflect on the engagement required to help deliver these frameworks. there is a professional responsibility as the geoscience sector must be equipped and ready to respond to the demands placed on us by government and industry. there is a social responsibility, as our failure to engage, or engage well, can limit what is achieved or reduce sustainability. poor quality engagement (e.g., a weak understanding of the social context of a project, or limited dialogue with stakeholders) may detrimentally impact a project (gill, 2016). we discuss this in section 5.3. the cape town statement on geoethics (di capua et al., 2016) includes a set of geoethical values that help to frame our responsibility to engage in global development frameworks. for example, it encourages sharing knowledge and a spirit of cooperation, and promotes geoeducation and outreach to further sustainable development. the broad range of organizations supporting the cape town statement (e.g., american geophysical union, european federation of geologists, african association of women in geosciences) is indicative of the widespread international support for an outward looking geoscience community. 5.2 catalyzing increased engagement throughout this contribution, we have included examples of activities, projects, and publications that demonstrate existing engagement by the geoscience community in global development. there is scope, however, for this to expand (lubchenco et al., 2015; stewart and gill, 2017), as illustrated by one example. consider the engagement labelled ‘framework promotion’ in tab. 3. the 2017 european geosciences union (egu) general assembly included 1059 scientific sessions and side events (egu, 2017). in the session descriptions, only nine (0.85%) of these 1059 sessions referred to the sustainable development goals, five (0.47%) to the sendai framework, and five (0.47%) to the paris agreement or cop 21. the remaining 1040 (>98%) sessions did not refer to any of the global frameworks, despite many being on pertinent topics. the proactive promotion of development frameworks, including in settings such as the egu general assembly, would help improve awareness and foster greater engagement. it would also demonstrate the role of geoscience to other disciplines and the broader policy-making community. improved awareness could catalyze other types of engagement. for example, helping to shape new research questions, or improving research dissemination to policy makers. 5.3 effective engagement engagement must be effective, culturally appropriate, and sustainable. as previously noted, poor quality engagement can hinder development progress and does not serve society well. the cape town statement on geoethics (di capua et al., 2016) presents a helpful articulation of the necessary values if the geoscience sector is to make a full and positive contribution to the delivery of global development frameworks (e.g., honesty, integrity, competence, commitment to life-long-learning). annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7460 7 table 3: types and examples of engagement. type of engagement example of engagement sfdrr sdgs paris agreement a. framework design: informing the process that determines what is included, defining key terms, determining indicators of success. submission (individual or institutional) to unisdr expert working group on indicators and terminology. early-career scientists engaging with the un major group for children and youth submission to sdg negotiations. research contributions to ipcc assessment reports (ipcc, 2013). b. framework promotion: ensuring that members of the geoscience community are aware of the framework, and potential geoscience inputs. panel discussion on ‘geohazards: from sendai to the sdgs’ at a gfgd conference. sdgs workshop at the european geosciences union general assembly. joint learned societies’ ‘climate communiqué’ (gsl, 2015). c. framework implementation: research, outreach, and industry activities to support the successful delivery of the framework. research: triggered landslides after the 2015 m7.8 earthquake in nepal (bgs, 2017a). research: ‘unlocking the potential of groundwater for the poor’ (upgro, 2017). research: carbon capture and storage (nerc, 2017). practice: developing tools to support earthquake education (parsquake, 2017). practice: construction of sustainable water points (e.g., boreholes) and sanitation facilities. research: groundwater resilience to climate change in africa (macdonald et al., 2011). d. framework monitoring and evaluation: assessing the efficacy of interventions to support implementation. evaluation of landslide education to assess its impact on perceptions of landslide triggering. data collection on access to geoscience training, monitoring progress on sdg 5 (gender equality). long-term monitoring of ocean acidification (ioccp, 2017). professional and learned societies, such as the geological society of london (see www.geolsoc.org.uk), also play an important role in ensuring effective engagement through their focus on professionalism. chartership and the emphasis on continued professional development, encourages the geoscience workforce to reflect on the skills and experiences required to serve society. effective engagement is also rooted in understanding the science-policy-practice interface. this includes, for example, determining the information needs of stakeholders (e.g., policy makers, community groups, development ngos), how they will use this information, and how best to present it to support policymakers. translating geoscience knowledge into tools to support policy and practice requires dialogue and partnerships between geoscientists and other stakeholders (lubchenco et al., 2015). engaging diverse stakeholders early in the research-process helps to ensure a shared perception of the problem, defines data needs, and ultimately results in the production of useful knowledge (weichselgartner and kasperson, 2010). increased dialogue, critical to our contributions being relevant, may also require the geoscience community to invest in additional and complementary skills (gill, 2016). the geoscience annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7460 8 community readily embraces advances in technology, informatics, and other physical sciences to advance their science. in contrast, whereas cultural and ethical understanding, crossdisciplinary communication, and social science research approaches can also support effective engagement and enhance our science, they are rarely included in a geoscientist’s education (stewart and gill, 2017). to engage with policymakers, for example, we should enhance our socio-political understanding (e.g., how government works), and recognize the complexity of policy-making and the role of science as one form of evidence in this process (boyd, 2016; gluckman, 2016). dissemination approaches may also need to change if geoscience engagement is to be most effective. geoscientists are well trained in the skills required to collect, analyze and publish data in scientific journals, and present information at (geo)scientific conferences. these are important opportunities to communicate with other scientists, but may not be the most appropriate medium for communicating with other stakeholders (marker, 2016). priority for action 1 of the sfdrr, for example, includes an objective ‘promote the collection, analysis, management and use of relevant data and practical information and ensure its dissemination, taking into account the needs of different categories of users, as appropriate’ (unisdr, 2015). to realize this objective, we should embrace forms of communication other than the scientific journal, and be proactive at presenting information across disciplinary silos. 6. conclusions in this article, we have highlighted the role of geoscientists in three development frameworks, designed to address global priorities of sustainable development (sdgs), disaster risk reduction (sfdrr), and climate change (paris agreement). these frameworks offer the geoscience community an exciting opportunity for innovative research and application of our science. the successful implementation of these frameworks through 2015-30 will require increased engagement from the geoscience community. this engagement can take many forms, and we include in this contribution examples that demonstrate this broad scope. common across all engagement is the need for it to be of the highest quality, embracing the values and skills required to work at the science-policypractice interface. a geoscience community that invests in the skills and understanding that are required for effective engagement is wellpositioned to help deliver a sustainable future. acknowledgements this paper is the extended version of a contribution made at the 35th international geological congress, 2016 (cape town). we thank martin smith, peter bobrowsky and giuseppe di capua for their comments and guidance, and nic bilham for supporting fb’s contribution. this article is published with the permission of the executive director, british geological survey (nerc). references aitsi-selmi, a., murray, v., wannous, c., dickinson, c., johnston, d., kawasaki, a., stevance, a.s. and yeung, t. (2016). reflections on a science and technology agenda for 21st century disaster risk reduction. international journal of disaster risk science, 7(1), 1–29. bgs (2017a). nepal earthquakes response. available online: www.bgs.ac.uk/research/ earthhazards/epom/nepalearthquakerespons e.html (accessed 4 september 2017). bgs (2017b). co2 storage: sleipner field. available online: www.bgs.ac.uk/science/co2 (accessed 4 september 2017) boucher, o., bellassen, v., benveniste, h., ciais, p., criqui, p., guivarch, c., le treut, h., mathy, s. and séférian, r. (2016). opinion: in the wake of paris agreement, scientists must embrace new directions for climate change research. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 113(27), 7287–7290. boyd, i.l. (2016). take the long view. nature, 540(7634), 520–521. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7460 9 di capua g., peppoloni s., and bobrowsky p. (2016). cape town statement on geoethics. with the contributions of bilham n., bohle m., clay a., lopera e.h., mogk d. iapg international association for promoting geoethics. available online: www.geoethics.org/ctsg (accessed 4 sep-tember 2017). duncan, m., edwards, s., kilburn, c., twigg, j. (2016). an interrelated hazards approach to anticipating evolving risk. gfdrr (ed.) the making of a riskier future: how our decisions are shaping future disaster risk, global facility for disaster reduction and recovery, washington, usa (2016), 114– 121. egu (2017). general assembly programme. available online: https://www.egu2017.eu/ (accessed 4 september 2017). gill, j.c. (2016). building good foundations: skills for effective engagement in international development. geological society of america special papers, 520, 1–8. gill, j.c. (2017). geology and the sustainable development goals. episodes, 40, 70–76. gluckman, p. (2016). the science–policy interface. science, 353(6303), 969–969. gsl (2010). climate change: evidence from the geological record, geological society of london, 12 p. ioccp (2017). international ocean carbon coordination project – ocean acidification, available online: www.ioccp.org/index.php/oceanacidification (accessed 4 september 2017). ipcc (2013). the physical science basis. contribution of working group i to the fifth assessment report of the intergovernmental panel on climate change [stocker, t.f., d. qin, g.-k. plattner, m. tignor, s.k. allen, j. boschung, a. nauels, y. xia, v. bex and p.m. midgley (eds.)]. cambridge university press, cambridge, united kingdom and new york, ny, usa, 1535 p. joy, e.j., broadley, m.r., young, s.d., black, c.r., chilimba, a.d., ander, e.l., barlow, t.s. and watts, m.j. (2015). soil type influences crop mineral composition in malawi. science of the total environment, 505, 587-595. lubchenco, j., barner, a. k., cerny-chipman, e. b., and reimer, j. n. (2015). sustainability rooted in science. nature geoscience, 8(7), 741–745. macdonald, a.m., bonsor, h.c.; calow, r.c.; taylor, r.g.; lapworth, d.j.; maurice, l.; tucker, j.; o dochartaigh, b.e. (2011). groundwater resilience to climate change in africa. british geological survey open report 11/031, 32pp. mani, l., cole, p.d., and stewart, i. (2016). using video games for volcanic hazard education and communication: an assessment of the method and preliminary results. natural hazards and earth system sciences, 16, 1673–1689. marker, b.r. (2016). urban planning: the geoscience input. geological society, london, engineering geology special publications, 27(1), 35–43. mitchell, t., guha-sapir, d., hall, j., lovell, e., muir-wood, r., norris, a., scott, l. and wallemacq, p. (2014). setting, measuring and monitoring targets for reducing disaster risk. recommendations for post-2015 international policy frameworks. odi, 84 p. nerc (2017). carbon capture and storage research programme 2002-2014, available online: www.nerc.ac.uk/research/funded/programme/cc s/ (accessed 4 september 2017). nilsson, m., griggs, d. and visbeck, m. (2016). policy: map the interactions between sustainable development goals. nature, 534, 320–322. oven, k.j., milledge, d.g., densmore, a.l., jones, h., sargeant, s. and datta, a. (2016). earthquake science in drr policy and practice in nepal. odi, 36 p. parsquake (2017). earthquake education. available online: www.parsquake.org (accessed 4 september 2017). rwm (2016). geological disposal investigating the implications of managing depleted, natural and low enriched uranium through geological disposal, radioactive waste management nda report no. nda/rwm/142, 131 p. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7460 10 shah, j., jefferson, i. and hunt, d.v.l. (2014). resilience assessment for geotechnical infrastructure assets. proc. institute of civil engineers: asset management. spangenberg, j.h. (2017). hot air or comprehensive progress? a critical assessment of the sdgs. sustainable development, 25(4), 311-321. stewart, i.s., and gill, j.c. (2017). social geology integrating sustainability concepts into earth sciences. proceedings of the geologists' association, 128(2), 165–172. un (2015a). transforming our world: the 2030 agenda for sustainable development: united nations, geneva, 35 p. un (2015b). the paris agreement, united nations, geneva, 27 p. unisdr (2015). sendai framework for disaster risk reduction, united nations, geneva, 37 p. unisdr (2017). drr terminology, available online: www.unisdr.org/we/inform/terminology (accessed 4 september 2017). upgro (2017). https://upgro.org/ (accessed 4 september 2017). weichselgartner, j. and kasperson, r. (2010). barriers in the science-policy-practice interface: toward a knowledge-action-system in global environmental change research. global environmental change, 20(2), 266– 277. microsoft word 4_ferreira_appendix_ba_150721.docx 1 annals of geophysics, 64, 3, se324, 2021; doi:10.4401/ag-8559 appendix to using non-structural mitigation measures to maintain business continuity: a multi-stakeholder engagement strategy mónica amaral ferreira*,1, carlos sousa oliveira2, mário lopes3, francisco mota de sá4, gemma musacchio5, rajesh rupakhety6, danilo reitano7, isabel pais8 1 ceris, instituto superior técnico, ulisboa, portugal, monica.ferreira@tecnico.ulisboa.pt 2 ceris, instituto superior técnico, ulisboa, portugal, csoliv@civil.ist.utl.pt 3 ceris, instituto superior técnico, ulisboa, portugal, mariolopes@tecnico.ulisboa.pt 4 ceris, instituto superior técnico, ulisboa, portugal, fmotasa@gmail.com 5 ingv, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy, gemma.musacchio@ingv.it 6 eerc, earthquake engineering research centre, selfoss, university of iceland, rajesh@hi.is 7 ingv, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, catania, italy, danilo.reitano@ingv.it 8 consultant, instituto superior técnico, ulisboa, portugal, pais.isa@gmail.com keywords: business continuity; earthquake; resilience; non-structural elements; critical infrastructures annex 1. stakeholder’s perspective on non-structural elements priorities: diy= do-ityourself; ne= no engineer is needed; er= engineer is needed; h = high; m= medium; l= low nº class category life safety property loss functional loss required intervention priority stakeholder’s priority 1 furniture, fixtures, & equipment computer and communication equipment h h l diy h h 2 furniture, fixtures, & equipment hazardous materials storage h m h diy h h 3 furniture, fixtures, & equipment computer and communication equipment m h m ne h m 4 furniture, fixtures, & equipment miscellaneous contents m h h diy h h 5 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing ductwork m h l ne h m 6 furniture, fixtures, & equipment bookcases, shelving h m m diy h h 7 furniture, fixtures, & equipment miscellaneous ff&e h m m diy h h 8 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing light fixtures h m m ne h m 9 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing light fixtures h m m ne h m 10 furniture, fixtures, & equipment miscellaneous contents h l l diy h m 11 architectural components ceilings l h h ne h h 12 furniture, fixtures, & equipment computer and communication equipment l h m diy h l 13 architectural components canopies, marquees, and signs h h m er m h 14 architectural components exterior & interior walls h h h er m h 15 architectural components exterior wall components h h l er m h 16 architectural components exterior wall components h h l er m h 17 architectural components exterior wall components h h m er m h 18 architectural components interior patitions h h h er m h 19 architectural components parapets and appendages h h l er m h 20 architectural components stairways h m h er m h 21 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing storage tanks and water heaters h h l er m h 22 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing storage tanks and water heaters h h l er m m 23 architectural components interior floors m h h er m m 24 architectural components interior patitions m h m er m h 25 architectural components interior patitions m h h er m m 26 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing electrical and communications equipment m m h er m m 27 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing elevators and escalators m h h er m h 28 architectural components canopies, marquees, and signs h m m er m h 3 29 architectural components exterior wall components h m m er m h 30 architectural components exterior wall components h m m er m h 31 architectural components chimneys and stacks m m m ne m h 32 furniture, fixtures, & equipment miscellaneous ff&e m m m ne m m 33 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing electrical and communications equipment l m h er m m 34 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing electrical and communications equipment l h m er m l 35 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing electrical and communications equipment l h h er m l 36 architectural components ceilings l l m ne m h 37 furniture, fixtures, & equipment miscellaneous contents l l m diy m m 38 furniture, fixtures, & equipment miscellaneous contents l l l diy m m 39 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing electrical and communications distribution m m m er l h 40 architectural components exterior wall components h m m er m l 41 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing storage tanks and water heaters m m m er l l 42 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing electrical and communications equipment l m m er l l 43 mechanical, elec-trical, & plumbing mechanical equipment l m m er l l 44 furniture, fixtures, & equipment mechanical equipment h l l ne m m 45 architectural components canopies, marquees, and signs h m l ne h h 46 architectural components canopies, marquees, and signs h h m er m h 47 furniture, fixtures, & equipment miscellaneous contents m l l diy m h muography applied to nuclear waste storage sites annals of geophysics, 60, 1, 2017, s0106; doi:10.4401/ag-7381 s0106 muography applied to nuclear waste storage sites raffaello d’alessandro1,2,*, fabio ambrosino3,4, lorenzo bonechi2, luigi cimmino1,2, david g. ireland5, ralf kaiser5, david f. mahon5, nicola mori1,2, pasquale noli4, giulio saracino3,4, craig shearer6, lorenzo viliani1,2, guangliang yang5 1 università di firenze, dipartimento di fisica e astronomia, sesto fiorentino, florence, italy 2 istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di firenze, sesto fiorentino, florence, italy 3 università di napoli federico ii, dipartimento di fisica, naples, italy 4 istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di napoli, naples, italy 5 supa, school of physics and astronomy, university of glasgow, glasgow, scotland, uk 6 national nuclear laboratory, central laboratory, sellafield, seascale, cumbria, england, uk abstract legacy storage sites for nuclear waste can pose a serious environmental problem. in fact, since certain sites date from the middle of the last century when safety protocols had not been properly established and strict bookkeeping was not enforced, a situation has evolved where the content of storage silos is basically known only with a large uncertainty both on quantity and quality. at the same time maintenance work on old storage structures is becoming ever more urgent and yet this work requires exactly that information which is now lacking on the type of waste that was stored inside. because of the difficulty in accessing the storage silos and the near impossibility of making visual inspections inside, techniques have to be developed which can determine the presence or absence of heavy elements (i.e. uranium) within the structures. muography is a very promising technique which could allow the survey of previously inaccessible structures. we have begun an evaluation performing feasibility studies using simulations based on real case scenarios. this paper will outline the storage site scenarios and then present some of the results obtained from the monte carlo simulations. 1. introduction the monitoring of legacy storage sites for nuclear waste is growing the interest of the nuclear industry. the limited knowledge of the content of some storage facilities coming from an epoch when there were no strict rules for bookkeeping impairs the ability to perform the needed maintenance operations. investigation campaigns on these sites are strongly constrained by factors like the difficult access to high-radiation environments and the impossibility to make visual inspections. given the critical importance of this topic in the frame of environment conservation, new inspection methods which cope with these difficulties must be developed. muon radiography is a technique that is attracting much attention in many fields related to the investigation of the internal density structure of a given target body. its application to the detection and monitoring of high-z materials (such as uranium) inside various kind of containers ranging from a nuclear reactor [morris et al. 2014, miyadera et al. 2013] to cargos [blackwell and kudryavtsev 2013, riggi et al. 2013] has been studied recently. monte carlo simulations also show that muon radiography can be successful in detecting cm-sized uranium samples inside small storage canisters filled with concrete [clarkson et al. 2015]. this result, however, does not provide any firm evidence that the technique can scale up to storage facilities with typical dimensions of several meters. when enlarging the size of the inspected structure, two kinds of problems arise. the first one is connected to the geometric acceptance of the detection device and thus to the data acquisition time needed to collect a reasonable amount of muons. typically, the presence of high-z materials is investigated by measuring the scattering position inside the target and the scattering angle of an incoming muon: a large number of muons will be scattered at large angles when traversing dense regions inside the inspected structure. this technique requires at least two tracking devices, one upstream of the structure, to measure the direcarticle history received july 5, 2016; accepted october 5, 2016. subject classification: muons, radiography, nuclear waste. tion of the incoming muon, and one downstream, to measure the direction after traversing the structure. the distance between the trackers when they are placed at opposite sides of a large storing facility will reduce the geometric acceptance of the detection device, making the inspection of large volumes unfeasible (although the monitoring of a localized sample with known position would still be possible by means of a proper arrangement of the detectors). the second problem with large facilities is the increased background due to multiple scattering inside the structure itself. a shield of concrete which is several meters thick can add a non-negligible contribution to the scattering angle given by the passage through the high-z region, and increase the probability of a large-angle scattering in the concrete itself. these effects must be assessed by means of dedicated studies. in this paper we present the preliminary results of a monte carlo study of the performance of a muon radiography technique based on muon absorption when applied to large storage volumes. muon absorption is widely used in investigating large geological structures [tanaka et al. 2001, ambrosi et al. 2011, cârloganu et al. 2013] thanks to its large acceptance given by the usage of a single, downstream detector. in the next sections we describe the measurement scenario (storage silo, detector, measurement principle) and the data analysis techniques and then we briefly discuss the results. 2. measurement scenario in order to obtain results which are relevant to the real world, a real storage scenario has been considered. the storage facility is a cylindrical silo filled with concrete, with radius 3.5 m and height 4 m: this kind of facility is present e.g. in the storage site managed by sellafield ltd. (uk). the hypothesized uranium content of the real silos is an unknown number of cm-sized uranium debris in unknown locations. a monte carlo simulation based on geant4 [agostinelli et al. 2003] for the above described scenario has been set up. the simulated silo contains various uranium cubes with sizes of 2, 5 and 10 cm at different locations, and a cubic air bubble with a size of 10 cm in order to assess the effects of eventual low-density regions inside the concrete. the detector is made of two parallel planes spaced by 50 cm; each plane is (2×2)m2 wide and consists of two orthogonal layers of scintillating bars made of poly-vinyl-toluene. the assumed spatial resolution of the detector is 0.3 cm. these figures have been chosen in order to resemble a realistic, scaledup muon detector for geological surveys [ambrosi et al. 2011]. the simulation setup is shown in figure 1. a total number of 1.2×109 events inside the detector acceptance have been simulated, which corresponds to a data acquisition time of about 160 days. the energy and angular spectra of the muon flux used for random particle generation have been parameterized from ground measurements performed with a magnetic spectrometer [bonechi et al. 2005]. the simulated energy range is 0.7 130 gev, while the polar angle ranges from 0 (i.e. vertical muon) to 80 degrees. 3. data analysis the absorption technique seeks for missing muons due to enhanced absorption when traversing high-density regions inside the target. this requires an estimate of the expected number of detected events coming from any direction when no density fluctuation is present, in order to compute the amount of missing events from a given direction which will be proportional to the column density along that direction. for large targets like geological structures this method can only provide information about the column density of the target along a line of sight, since the detector is point-like when compared to the dimension of the target, thus resulting in a two-dimensional density map. however, in the storage silo scenario the dimension of the detector is not negligible, and this fact can be exploited to obtain a full three-dimensional estimate of the target density. as shown in figure 2, missing muon tracks due to a localized high-density region inside the target are detected along different directions, allowing for a stereoscopic reconstruction of the position of the absorption point. detected tracks can be back-extrapolated to the silo region, the intersections with yz planes at a given x can be computed and from those a yz histogram of intersection points can be built. this histogram (the “back projection map”) will show a deficit of events with respect to the d’alessandro et al. 2 figure 1. schematic representation of the simulated scenario. the direction of arrival of detected muons is from right to left. 3 homogeneous target case in the portion of the histogram (the “signal region”) where the yz plane intersects the high-density region inside the silo. together with the x position of the back-projection plane, the yz position of the deficit will give the full three-dimensional location of the high-density region. if the plane does not intersect the high density region then the signal region will be wider and the signal-to-noise will be less, analogously to what happens to optical images outside the focal plane of the optical system. many back-projection layers at different x coordinates can thus be considered, and the x position of the high-density region will be that of the layer giving the smallest signal region with the highest signal-to-noise ratio. this method is described in details in bonechi et al. [2015]. the above described method requires the knowledge of the expected event count for a silo containing no uranium debris. this information cannot be measured directly since the content of the silos is unknown and thus there is no known uranium-free silo. however, since uranium debris are much smaller than the silo and their positions are scattered randomly in the silo volume, it seems reasonable to assume that the position of a debris inside a silo will not match any of the positions of the debris inside another silo, so that the signal regions of the back projection maps at a given x for the two silos will never overlap. with this assumption, subtracting the back projection map of silo a from that of silo b will show signal regions for b as regions with a deficit of events (direct signal), and those for a as an excess of events (inverse signal). in order to avoid the necessity of acquiring data for two silos, the mirror symmetry about the z axis of the measurement scenario can be exploited. assuming that no uranium debris will lie exactly on the z axis, one can mirror the back projection map about the z axis and subtract it from the direct map. in this way, every direct signal region at coordinate (y, z) will have a mirrored inverse signal region at (−y, z). to investigate the presence of a signal from uranium debris and study its variation with acquisition time, simulated data have been analyzed by placing back projection layers so that they intersect the debris inside the silo. in a realistic scenario this would not be possible, since the positions of the debris would be unknown. a full stack of planes with a suitable regular spacing along x would be required to perform a tomographic scan of the silo, and suitable algorithms to find the plane containing the signal region with minimum extension and maximum signal-to-noise would have to be implemented in order to determine the position of the debris. this is far beyond the scope of this work, which only aims at assessing the eventual presence of a signal and its time dependence. so for this goal we relied on the knowledge of the positions given by the monte carlo truth. the simulated data have been processed with the mirror map technique in order to produce event count difference maps. each bin of the difference maps is computed as the difference of two independent poisson random variables (i.e. event counts), and thus follows a skellam distribution whose rms is given by the square root of the sum of the expectation values of the two poisson variables, which have been estimated with the event count themselves. signal-to-noise maps have thus been built by dividing each bin of the difference maps by its skellam rms. an example of these maps is shown in figure 3. the back projection layer is set at x = −100 cm, where muography applied to nuclear waste storage sites figure 2. measurement principle: missing tracks (dashed lines) due to absorption in a high-density region (black box) “hit” the detector with different angles, allowing for a stereoscopic view of the absorption point. figure 3. signal-to-noise map for an acquisition time of about 160 days computed at x = −100 cm. the direct (red) and inverse (blue) signal regions are clearly visible at z ~ 350 cm. a 5 cm uranium cube is present at coordinates (y, z) = (−15, 350) cm (see figures 1 and 2 for the details of the reference frame). the signal is clearly visible with a signal-to-noise value for the single bin around 6, thanks to the uranium sample being placed near to the detector and in the upper part of the silo. this condition increase the statistics since the muon flux increase with decreasing polar angle, and makes the effect of multiple scattering in the concrete less effective due to the reduced thickness of traversed material. indeed, the same 5 cm sample placed near the center of the silo does not produce a detectable signal. on the contrary, a 10 cm sample in the same position produce a signalto-noise of about 7. the detection capability is thus strongly influenced by the position of the uranium debris, other than their size. to put a lower limit on this last parameter, 2 cm samples have been placed in various positions, but none of them resulted to give a detectable signal with the available statistics. also, the 10 cm air bubble placed near the center of the silo resulted to be not visible as well. in order to define the lower signal-to-noise threshold for detection, the probability of having a statistical fluctuation in a single bin giving a signal-to-noise greater than a given value has been studied. when taking into account the look-elsewhere effect given by the ~2000 bins corresponding to the silo region in the signal-to-noise map, it turns out that the probability of having one or more bins with a signal-to-noise ratio greater than 4 due to statistical fluctuations is about 9%, decreasing to 0.08% when considering a threshold of 5. a signal-to-noise value of 5 have thus been assumed as a safe detection threshold. to assess the acquisition time needed to reliably detect a uranium sample, the analysis has been repeated by considering subsets of the whole simulation data set. a plot showing the dependence of the signal-to-noise ratio on the acquisition time for the 5 cm and the 10 cm visible samples is shown in figure 4. an acquisition time of 1-2 months result to be sufficient to detect both the 5 cm and the 10 cm samples. 4. discussion in this work the feasibility of searching legacy nuclear waste storage silos for uranium presence leveraging the absorption of atmospheric muons has been investigated. this is a novel application of a well established and developed technique in the field of the monitoring of geological structures, which present many peculiar aspects when applied to the nuclear storage scenario. this preliminary analysis based on monte carlo simulations shows that in a realistic case there is a good discovery potential for well-positioned uranium debris with a typical size greater than 5 cm. the required data acquisition time is of the order of a couple of months. the study of systematic effects given by e.g. non-uniform concrete density, the presence of other heavy debris like steel rods, surrounding buildings, different parameterizations of the muon flux etc. are beyond the scope of this preliminary, and will be addressed in a future work. references agostinelli, s., al. (2003). geant4 a simulation toolkit, nucl. instrum. meth. a, 506, 250-303. ambrosi, g., et al. (2011). the mu-ray project: volcano radiography with cosmic-ray muons, nucl. instrum. meth. a, 628, 120-123. blackwell, t.b., and v.a. kudryavtsev (2013). identification of nuclear materials in cargo containers using cosmic rays, nuclear science symposium and medical imaging conference (nss/mic), 1-8. bonechi, l., m. bongi, d. fedele, m. grandi, s. ricciarini and e. vannuccini (2005). development of the adamo detector: test with cosmic rays at different zenith angles, proceedings of the 29th international cosmic ray conference, 9, 283-286. bonechi, l., r. d’alessandro, n. mori and l. viliani (2015). a projective reconstruction method of underground or hidden structures using atmospheric muon absorption data, j. instrum., 10, p02003. cârloganu, c., et al. (2013). towards a muon radiography of the puy de dôme, geosci. instrum. meth., 2 (1), 55-60. clarkson, a., d.j. hamilton, m. hoek, d.g. ireland, j.r. johnstone, r. kaiser, t. keri, s. lumsden, d.f. mahon, d’alessandro et al. 4 figure 4. signal-to-noise ratios for the 10 cm (open squares) and the 5 cm (full squares) samples as functions of the data acquisition time. error bars represent the statistical errors. 5 b. mckinnon, m. murray, s. nutbeam-tuffs, c. shearer, g. yang and c. zimmerman (2015). characterising encapsulated nuclear waste using cosmicray muon tomography, j. instrum., 10, p03020. miyadera, h., k.n. borozdin, s.j. greene, e.c. milner, c.l. morris, z. luki , k. masuda and j.o. perry (2013). imaging fukushima daiichi reactors with muons, aip advances, 3, 052133. morris, c.l., et al. (2014). analysis of muon radiography of the toshiba nuclear critical assembly reactor, appl. phys. lett., 104, 024110. riggi, s., v. antonuccio-delogu, m. bandieramonte, u. becciani, a. costa, p. la rocca, p. massimino, c. petta, c. pistagna, f. riggi, e. sciacca and f. vitello (2013). muon tomography imaging algorithms for nuclear threat detection inside large volume containers with the muon portal detector, nucl. instrum. meth. a, 728, 59-68. tanaka, h., k. nagamine, n. kawamura, s.n. nakamura, k. ishida and k. shimomura (2001). development of the cosmic-ray muon detection system for probing internal-structure of a volcano, hyperf. int., 138 (1), 521-526. *corresponding author: raffaello d’alessandro, istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di firenze, sesto fiorentino, florence, italy; email: candi@fi.infn.it. © 2017 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. muography applied to nuclear waste storage sites << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice 131_143 adg v5 n01 mizrahi.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 1, february 2002 131 statistical properties of the deviations of f0 f2 from monthly medians eti mizrahi (1), ayşe h. bilge (1) and yurdanur tulunay (2) (1) department of mathematics, istanbul technical university, maslak, istanbul, turkey (2) faculty of aeronautics and astronautics, istanbul technical university, maslak, istanbul, turkey abstract the deviations of hourly ƒ0f2 from monthly medians for 20 stations in europe during the period 1958-1998 are studied. spectral analysis is used to show that, both for original data (for each hour) and for the deviations from monthly medians, the deterministic components are the harmonics of 11 years (solar cycle), 1 year and its harmonics, 27 days and 12 h 50.49 m (2nd harmonic of lunar rotation period l 2 ) periodicities. using histograms for one year samples, it is shown that the deviations from monthly medians are nearly zero mean (mean < 0.5) and approximately gaussian (relative difference range between %10 to %20) and their standard deviations are larger for daylight hours (in the range 5-7). it is shown that the amplitude distribution of the positive and negative deviations is nearly symmetrical at night hours, but asymmetrical for day hours. the positive and negative deviations are then studied separately and it is observed that the positive deviations are nearly independent of r12 except for high latitudes, but negative deviations are modulated by r12. the 90% confidence interval for negative deviations for each station and each hour is computed as a linear model in terms of r 12 . after correction for local time, it is shown that for all hours the confidence intervals increase with latitude but decrease above 60°n. long-term trend analysis showed that there is an increase in the amplitude of positive deviations from monthly means irrespective of the solar conditions. using spectral analysis it is also shown that the seasonal dependency of negative deviations is more accentuated than the seasonal dependency of positive deviations especially at low latitudes. in certain stations, it is also observed that the 4th harmonic of 1 year corresponding to a periodicity of 3 months, which is missing in ƒ0f2 data, appears in the spectra of negative variations. 1. introduction the ultimate goal of the work related to the ionospheric critical frequency ƒ 0 f 2 is prediction and forecast. however determination of reliability bounds is also important for planning in hf communication, radar and navigation systems. the median values for each hour can be considered as a first approximation to the data. the prediction of the median values, based on standard trigonometric expansions and parabolic models in terms of the 12 month smoothed sunspot number r12, proves to be satisfactory, with the mean square errors in the range of 3-7% (baykal, 1998; bilge and tulunay, 1998). the estimation of the actual hourly values of ƒ0f2 is called «forecasting», and it deals with neural network (tulunay et al., 2000) and feedback methods (bilge and tulunay, 2000), in addition to more standard autocorrelation techniques (stanislawska et al., 1999). in this paper, we concentrate on the deviations of ƒ0f2 from monthly medians, denoted by f = ƒ 0 f 2 – mailing address: dr. eti mizrahi, istanbul technical university, department of mathematics, 80626 maslak, istanbul, turkey; e-mail: mizrahi1@itu.edu.tr key words ƒ0f2 – critical frequency – variability 139 statistical properties of the deviations of f 0 f 2 from monthly medians that in night hours the negative deviations are below the positive deviations, while in day time the roles are reversed. the local time dependency can also be seen as a shift of the crossing points as we move longitudinally. we have obtained similar graphs for each latitude group in table i, where the similarities of the shapes of the curves inside each group justify the subdivisions with respect to latitude. 3.4. seasonal dependency as we worked with 1-year samples in the statistical analysis, we overlooked the seasonal dependency of the deviations. we can however make certain qualitative remarks based on our time domain plots and our frequency spectra. the time domain plots of f given in fig. 7a,b show that at high latitudes, for example uppsala, both positive and negative deviations have seasonal dependency while at lower latitudes, for example at rome, only negative deviations have seasonal dependency. the amplitudes are higher during equinoxes. this is consistent with the spectral analysis results given in fig. 3b, where it can be seen that the periodicity of 6 months has higher power for negative deviations. 3.5. long-term trend analysis in previous sections, we considered ( f +/ ) as a function of r12. it is also of interest whether there is a trend irrespective of the solar conditions. for this purpose, we selected years with r 12 = 100, r 12 = 50 and r 12 = 20 in rising and falling phases, obtaining 6 data groups. for example for r12 = 100 in the falling phase we have the years (1960, 1970, 1982, 1991). in each data group we take the difference of the data for consecutive years that we denote as f +/ . for example, if there is an increase in f +/ from 1982 to 1991, at a given hour and station, the corresponding entry in f +/ will be positive. the relative «strength» of the positive values in f +/ will be an indication of an increasing trend. in order to quantify these trends, we separated the positive and negative parts of f +/ and computed their norms, denoted as n p and n m . if the ratio n p /n m is larger than 1 there is a trend to increase from one year to the next in the same group, while if n p /n m is less than 1 there is a trend to decrease. we found that for positive deviations from monthly medians the ratio n p /n m fig. 5. comparison of the histogram plots of the deviations from monthly medians for rome at 24 ut and 9 ut. fig. 6. positive (solid line) and negative (dotted line) deviations for slough, juliusruh, kaliningrad, moscow (in the 50°n-57°n latitude band). plots are shifted each by 2 units. 140 eti mizrahi, ayşe h. bilge and yurdanur tulunay is larger than one for 15 out of 17 times, while for negative deviations from monthly medians, it is larger than one only for 10 out of 17 times. thus we can conclude that for positive variations there is a trend to increase with time irrespective of the solar conditions. in the literature, linear trends in ƒ 0 f 2 are tied to the lowering of the f 2 layer caused by the increasing greenhouse effect (bremer, 1992) and the increase in magnetic storm activity (clilverd et al., 1998; danilov, 2001). 4. modelling positive and negative variations separately for each station year and hour, we computed the 90% confidence interval, i.e. the value ( f +/ )c such that ( f +/ ) is less than ( f +/ )c with a probability of 0.9, for the given station, hour and year. we have seen that these upper deciles for positive deviations are virtually independent of r12 and we decided to investigate the negative deviations. in general ( f ) c for a given hour (ut) is expected to depend on r12, the latitude and longitude of the station and the month of the year. as we worked with yearly samples of data, we lost the information related, for example, to the semi-annual and seasonal dependencies. on the other hand, the time domain plots in fig. 6 suggest that the longitude dependency reflects in a shift of the curves, hence using a local time correction we may assume that ( f )c is a function of the latitude, local time and r12. we shall look for a linear model with respect to r 12 . as an example, in fig. 8 we show ( f ) c for sverdlovsk for each hour as a function of r12 . the data are quite scattered, but we can still look for a linear trend using least squares approximation: for each station and each hour we obtained the slope and the intercept of an approximating line, by minimizing the least squares error between the data and the linear model. for selected representative stations and hours these errors range between 9.9% and 21.3%, which indicates the existence of some linear trend. as a result, we obtain a model where we express the 90% confidence interval in terms of r 12 as below. ( f )c (latitude, local time, r12) = = a (latitude, local time) r 12 + + b (latitude, local time). where the «coefficients» a and b depend on the latitude and local time. in order to analyse the dependency on the latitude, we evaluate ( f )c (4.1) fig. 7a,b. yearly variation of the positive and negative deviations for uppsala (high latitude) and rome (low latitude). a b 141 statistical properties of the deviations of f 0 f 2 from monthly medians as given by eq. (4.1) for a representative value of r 12 , say the median, corresponding to (r 12 ) median = 62.63. this gives a representative value of ( f ) that we denote as ( f )m given below. ( f ) m (latitude, local time) = = a (latitude, local time)(r12) median + + b (latitude, local time). note that ( f )m is a function of two variables only. for each station, we plot ( f )m with respect to local time and present the results in fig. 9a-d grouped with respect to their latitudes. it can be seen that the graphs for stations between 60°n-70°n are less coherent, the maxima are located at 12-14 lt, and the amplitudes are less than 14 mhz. for the stations in the 50°n-57°n band, the variations fig. 8. upper deciles of ffor sverdlovsk, with respect to r 12 for all hours. are extremely coherent, there is a distinct peak at 12 lt, and the amplitudes reach 18 mhz. down to 45°n-51°n band, all graphs have a peak again around noon, but their amplitudes seem to have a shift, their respective maxima ranging from 10 to 16 mhz. in the lowest latitude band, 40°n-43°n, the peaks are located around 10-11 lt, the maxima range from 7 to 14 mhz, but the lowest value of 7 mhz, for tortosa is questionable, because the data for tortosa has large gaps. the incoherency of the graphs of equal latitude/ different longitude stations shows that the local time correction at high latitudes may not compensate for spatial dependency. on the other hand, graphs for lower latitude station groups are coherent; hence we may say that local time correction is successful at least below 60°n latitude. we also note that the variation curves shift up with latitude up to 143 statistical properties of the deviations of f 0 f 2 from monthly medians deviations have larger amplitude at 12 ut and the histograms are wider at daytime. the negative deviations are modulated by r12 at all latitudes, but positive deviations have a r12 dependency only at high latitudes. also from the frequency spectrum we observed that the 27 days periodicity disappears at night time (24 ut). at high latitudes both positive and negative deviations have seasonal dependency while at low latitudes positive deviations are nearly independent of season. the longitude dependency reflects as a shift with respect to local time. we quantified the r12 dependency of the positive and negative deviations as a linear model for the %90 confidence interval for each station. we found that the positive deviations were rather independent of r12, and we computed representative values for the upper deciles of negative variations for each station and local time. on the other hand, we found an increase in the 90% confidence intervals of positive deviations after elimination of r12 effects, which were not apparent in the negative deviations. for stations below 60°n, the longitude dependency was eliminated by a local time shift and the upper deciles have a coherent behaviour for stations grouped according to latitudes. the location of the peaks moves from 11 lt to 14 lt from south to north, and the peak amplitudes start from 10 mhz, increase to 18 mhz and then decrease to 16 mhz above 60°n. this latitude dependency agrees with recent investigations where kouris et al. (2000) also observed an increase in muf with latitude followed by a decrease above 60°n. as we worked with 1 year samples of data for the study of the deviations from monthly medians, we overlooked any seasonal dependencies in the quantitative study of the deviations. seasonal variations appeared only in frequency spectra. semi-annual (rishbeth et al., 2000) variations as well as the seasonal variations of the hysteresis effects (buresova and lastovicka, 2000) are discussed in the literature. acknowledgements this work is partially supported by the cost271 eeeag-tubitak project. the authors are indebted to the comments by the referees; section 3.5 was added on referee’s comments. references baykal, s.a. (1998): a model study of ionospheric critical frequencies for telecommunication purposes, m. sc. thesis, middle east technical university, ankara. bilge, a.h. and y. tulunay (1998): semi empirical single station modelling of f0f2 variations: spectral analysis, poster presented at the 23rd general assembly of european geophysical society, nice, france. bilge, a.h. and y. tulunay (2000): a novel on-line method for single station prediction and forecasting of ionospheric critical frequency f 0 f 2 1-hour ahead, geophys. res. lett., 27, 1383-1386. bremer, j. (1992): ionospheric trends in mid-latitudes as a possible indicator of the atmospheric greenhouse effects, j. atmos. terr. phys., 54, 1505-1511. buresova, d. and j. lastovicka (2000): hysteresis of f 0 f2 a t european middle latitudes, ann. geophysicae, 18, 987-991. clilverd, m.a., t.d.g. clark, e. clarke and h. rishbeth (1998): increased magnetic storm activity from 1868 to 1995, j. atmos. sol.-terr. phys., 60, 1047-1056. danilov, a.d. (2001): f2-region response to geomagnetic disturbances, j. sol.-terr. phys., 63, 441-449. kouris, s.s., d.n. fotiadis and b. zolesi (1999): specifications of the f-region variations for quiet and disturbed conditions, phys. chem. earth (c), 24 (4), 321-327. kouris, s.s., d.n. fotiadis and r. hanbaba (2000): on the day-to-day variation of the muf over europe, phys. chem. earth (c), 25 (4), 319-325. rishbeth, h., i.c.f. müller-wodarg, l. zou, t.j. fuller-rowell, g.h. millward, r.j. moffett, d.w. idenden and a.d. aylward (2000): annual and semiannual variations in the ionospheric f 2 layer:ii. physical discussion, ann. geophysicae, 18, 945-956. stanisl/ awska, i., lj. r. cander, e. tulunay, y. tulunay, a.h. bilge, g. juchnikowski, m. kadioglu, c. özkaptan and z. zbyszynski (1999): instantaneous mapping of 1-hour ahead f0f2 forecasting values over europe, in cost 251 4th workshop, madeira, portugal, 22-26 march 1999, 235-241. tulunay, e., c. özkaptan and y. tulunay (2000): temporal and spatial forecasting of the f 0 f 2 values up to twenty four hours in advance, phys. chem. earth (c), 25, 281-285. 703_708 ferrari.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 5, october 2002 703 letters in the earth sciences: their historic value and present-day scientific relevance graziano ferrari sga storia geofisica ambiente, bologna, italy 1. introduction scientific letters, of great importance in the history of science and scientific instrumentation, have a particular importance for those sectors of earth sciences in which structured observation networks are distributed across the territory, such as seismology, meteorology, geomagnetism and astronomy. it may come as a surprise to know that in the historical scientific letter collections there can be information having a certain scientific novelty. the current scientific relevance for seismology of the content of some historical letters is one of the aspects that most of all motivate an investment into this kind of research, more by the seismologists than by the historians of science. the experiences conducted up until now within the tromos project (ingv-sga) framework have led us to identify the following types of information: description on the effects of seismic events; scientific comments to theories, to publications, etc.; graphs; reproductions of seismograms; news of loans of recordings; information and drawings of instruments, their location and orientation within the observatories. the first three information types do not require particular comments, while the others are very important for seismological research and it is worth deepening several aspects. among the hundreds of the world’s seismological observatories that have recorded earthquakes ever since the early 1890s (ferrari, 2000), unfortunately not all of them have kept their recordings archives intact. in many cases these were partly or totally destroyed for a great variety of causes: human (state of abandonment, deliberate destruction or wars) and natural (fires, earthquakes, floods, etc.). at times the recordings of the most important earthquakes have been lost, with serious damage done to research. the reproductions of their seismograms and/or related information that can be gleaned from several letters, appropriately re-evaluated according to the current methods of analysis, can still provide important elements and return part of the information lost. within the framework of a broad international collaboration in the projects iaspei subcommittee historical instruments and documents in seismology and the esc working group history of seismometry (ferrari, 2000), realised on the experience of the tromos project, the idea of starting up a specific research strand and collaboration into the scientific correspondence in the earth sciences was born. it is true that the experience hitherto performed mainly refers to the seismological field and at most to the meteorological field, but is should nevertheless be observed that the disciplinary distinction is rather recent and that in any case in italy the meteorological and seismic observation has often been conducted in long-established astronomical observatories. thus the materials, mailing address: dr. graziano ferrari, sga storia geofisica ambiente, via bellombra 24/2, 40136 bologna, italy; e-mail: ferrari@sga-storiageo.it 704 graziano ferrari the observations and history of distinct disciplines mingle together. the astronomical observatories of brera at milan, turin, piacenza, the collegio romano in rome, capodimonte in naples and palermo, to mention just a few, are some examples of how a historical italian astronomical observatories have constituted the natural home that hosted meteorological observation first, followed by seismological observation (ferrari, 2002). numerous and largely identified files of historical correspondence of interest for meteorology and astronomy lie idle, uncatalogued, and even risking dispersion. the problem of cataloguing the files and above all managing them it with as view to consultation for study purposes has often been a disincentive that has prevented the preservation bodies from ever getting off the ground. within the scope of the tromos project, we are digitally scanning the files of scientific correspondence of some of the most important italian seismological observatories. the catalogues and scans are conducted in collaboration with the conservatories of documentation, both public and private, and is made for their benefit. the letters of the files of timoteo bertelli (1826-1905), pietro tacchini (1838-1905) and part of that of giulio grablovitz (1846-1928) have already been submitted to electronic scanning, respectively held at the centro studi storici barnabiti of rome (transferred there from its original site of production and preservation, the «alla querce» boarding school of florence), the ufficio centrale di ecologia agraria in rome and at the home of the descendants of grablovitz (temporarily kept at sga). it is no coincidence that the first systematic digital scan was performed on the tacchini file: he was an astronomer, ‘meteorologist’ and ‘seismologist’, at least from the institutional point of view. the digital archive hitherto produced has brought together over 7000 letters, for a total of over 11 000 pictures, received by tacchini, bertelli and grablovitz from over 800 correspondents, all surveyed in the tromos database and documented by all the biographical information available. modern computer technologies allow us to store and distribute, via dvd-rom and the internet, the most diverse information forms and thus make it possible to realise what only a few years ago was unthinkable: a single letters archive concerning the scholars of earth sciences. the project, enlarged to embrace a broader community of scholars, aims to promote and foster the identification, cataloguing, and electronic scanning of the letters, thus making available the files to of interest for the study of the history of earth sciences and astronomy. parallel to the project we also aim to enhance the recovery in electronic format of everything hitherto published: catalogues of letters, registers, integral letter transcriptions; this phase should also be flanked by a digital scanning of the letters themselves. cataloguing, scans and online availability are performed respecting the rights established by the law and by the specific agreements stipulated with the public or private bodies that preserve the files subjected to the study. in order to discuss the methodological aspects of the study of the scientific correspondence and their scientific relevance, a seminar has been organised for 10th may 2002, promoted by the author in collaboration with the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (ingv) and the ufficio centrale di ecologia agraria (ucea), at the congress hall of the ucea, historic headquarters of meteorology and seismology in italy. at the seminar, apart from the scholars most committed to studies of this kind over the past few years, the descendants of the most illustrious italian scholars of the earth sciences have also been invited: mario baratta (1868-1935), pietro caloi (1907-1978), michele stefano de rossi (18341898), giulio grablovitz (1846-1928) and quintino sella (1827-1884), besides a prestigious representation of the public, private and ecclesiastic italian archives, of interest to this sector. 2. the seminar the seminar was held under the splendid renaissance ceilings of the ucea, furbished to host congresses and exhibitions. in order to represent the various situations existing in this particular study sector and the 705 letters in the earth sciences: their historic value and present-day scientific relevance multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary characteristics of the various approaches, the day of study developed along five strands: 1) scientific letters: study traditions and prospects; 2) fragments of the european context; 3) case studies in italy; 4) places of observation; 5) places of preservation. domenico vento (director of the ucea, rome) opened the session with a welcoming message that traced back the stages from the birth and the transformations of the office he is directing. vento briefly discussed the great historic and scientific value of the documentary and instrumental assets of the ucea, generally acknowledged for some time. he also recalled the long and well-established tradition, within the tromos project, between the ucea on the one hand and ingv and sga on the other, and he expressed his hope that the renewed cultural understanding between these bodies could achieve new and important objectives. 2.1. scientific letters: study traditions and prospects this section was dedicated to the relating of research experiences having a consolidated tradition, and two talks on astronomy and seismology were given. there also emerged the international character that this kind of research can have, given the universal nature of the research itself and the relationship between the scholars. pasquale tucci (institute of general applied physics, university of milan) with his talk on the correspondence between otto struve and giovanni virginio schiaparelli (1864-1904), two eminent astronomers who lived between the 19th and 20th centuries, presented by means of the study of an important scientific collection, a clear-cut example of the potential that this kind of documentary evidence has for the history of science, embedding it in the cultural and political context of the day. in reconstructing, through some 280 letters preserved in milan and pulkovo (russia), the major stages in the scientific and public lives of the two scholars, tucci also paused to reflect on the specific value of the testimonies provided by this kind of documentation. for example, its crucial role in the reconstruction of the history of international scientific institutions such as the international astronomical union, established and developed thanks to those scholars whose collaboration went far beyond the official availability granted by the various states. graziano ferrari (sga storia geofisica ambiente, bologna) with his talk on correspondence in seismology, historical value and present-day scientific relevance outlines the role and the importance of the letters between scholars of seismology, developing and exemplifying some of the aspects alluded to in the introductory part of this text. he also mentioned the cataloguing project, the electronic reproduction and the dissemination of the scientific correspondence in the earth sciences, started up within the tromos project, inviting those in attendance to join in as well. 2.2. fragments of the european context a couple of experiences of recovery and analysis of correspondence performed in the european field help us to contextualise the italian experience in this sector. in one case it is a matter of a very advanced experience, belonging to the british tradition, which documents the status and the study method of the new dictionary of national biography (dnb) and the materials available to the researchers. the second case deals with a research experience performed in spain, similar to the one performed in italy within the tromos project. anita mcconnell (research editor, new dnb oxford university press) with her talk on the ‘new dictionary of national biography’: a new look at british earth scientists presented the contents of the dnb, with particular regard for the british earth scientists, and the places, the materials and the instruments of their research. the new dictionary of national biography: (http://www.oup.co.uk/newdnb) contains some 60 000 names of british people active from ca. 60 b.c. to 2000 a.d., in scotland, ireland, north america and other colonies, and of foreign people who were active in britain. it includes more than 100 people who were active in the earth sciences. in preparing their articles, 706 graziano ferrari searches were made for their correspondence and papers. the survival and whereabouts depends largely on the date, affiliation, and family interests of the scientists concerned. mcconnell also made an overview of the main institutions holding documents of interest for the dnb, such as university and the scientific societies archives, the public records office in london and the john milne library. josep batlló (crht dept. de matematica aplicada i, barcelona) with his contribution on scientists and scientific associations in catalonia (spain) in the early 20th century: manuscript versus published research brought his study experience within the seismological and meteorological field, relating to published and unpublished documentation on scholars, observatories and scientific associations in catalonia. he also highlighted the present-day relevance of the various kinds of documentation, and in particular the letters, in regard to the research in the meteorological and seismological fields, with some examples for catalonia of the reconstruction of the macroseismic maps of historical earthquakes and climatological maps. 2.3. case studies in italy one of the main figures in the history of the earth sciences at the end of the 18th century is pietro tacchini, a leading personality in astronomy, who from 1879 had the scientific, political and organisational skills to set up and develop the national meteorological and geodynamic services within the scope of the central meteorology office (and from 1887 also geodynamics). three talks outlined the complex biographical profile of this scientist seen from different disciplinary perspectives. letizia buffoni and edoardo proverbio (astronomical observatory of brera, milan) with the contribution of angelo secchi and pietro tacchini to the birth of earth and solar meteorology: the role of correspondence, developed some aspects of the scientific and human relations existing between pietro tacchini and angelo secchi, two of the greatest 18th century italian astronomers, through the study of the letters sent by tacchini to secchi preserved at the archives of the pontifical gregorian university, rome. ileana chinnici (astronomical observatory, palermo) in his talk on pietro tacchini ‘astronomer’ in the scientific correspondence preserved at the ucea outlined tacchini’s scientific biography with special regard for the contribution of this great scientist in reorganising the network of astronomical observatories, documented by the letters of the tacchini epistolary archive preserved in the library of the ucea. franca mangianti (central office of agrarian ecology, rome) pietro tacchini ‘meteorologist’ in the epistolary documentation of the ucea (1879-1899) went over the experience of tacchini as a meteorologist and the first director of the ucea, documenting it with letters from the tacchini epistolary archive of the ucea (wholly digitally scanned by the tromos project) and that of the archive of the pontifical gregorian university. francesco obrizzo (ingv-ov, naples) and edvige schettino (department of physics, university of naples) presented a contribution on the machines of the bourbons in naples between collection and museum: verbal sources and others (1840-1850) in which they recalled how the royal cabinet, made up of an initial nucleus of 200 scientific instruments, where magnetic, meteorological and time measurements were also made, acted as a teaching laboratory for the heir to the throne francis ii of bourbon. the instrumental resources recovered in the ten-year period 1985-1995 are the subject of study, supported by the documentary and epistolary evidence. 2.4. places of observation the changing strategies for monitoring the observation networks, both seismological and meteorological, many of which are often centralised and heavily automated, have radically modified the functions of several ancient observatories, the surviving ones, transforming them in some cases into places for the preservation of the historical materials of their history of observation. in other cases these 707 letters in the earth sciences: their historic value and present-day scientific relevance scientific institutes have been able to adapt to the new requirements of modern research and represent the places where modern monitoring systems cohabit with the preservation and the valorisation of the material traces of the long historical tradition of observation. in the hope of providing a broad picture of the sites having a long scientific tradition in the seismological and meteorological field, the representatives of the various observatories that are still active were invited, amongst which the «vincenzo nigri» observatory of foggia, still kept working by the descendants of the founder, and the ximenian observatory of florence of the scolopi fathers. owing to other commitments, only the piacenza observatory was able to accept the invitation. graziano ferrari (sga storia geofisica ambiente, bologna) and matteo cerini (director of the observatory «alberoni», piacenza) presented a contribution on the seismological correspondence of the ‘alberoni’ observatory of piacenza, first of all recalling that the observatory of piacenza is one of the rare cases of a long scientific tradition, still active, that has its roots in the 1870s, and where the modern instruments are side by side with the ancient ones and the related historical documentation. from the observatory’s letters archive, which cerini is patiently recomposing, the more recent history of the observatory and its instruments is emerging: from the events that brought them to piacenza in the 1920s and their characteristics. all these elements are of great scientific value today of we consider the fact that the observatory has intact over 15 000 original seismograms of enormous scientific value. 2.5. places of preservation the archive and the library of the barnabite study centre, the central state archive, the library of the neapolitan society for local history and the archive of the pontifical gregorian university are very important examples of the contribution that can come from these ‘historical containers’ both because of the importance of the historical documentary resources contained therein, and the availability to collaborate demonstrated by the bodies which took part in the seminar and the expertise of their representatives. filippo lovison (barnabite historical studies centre, rome) in his the earth sciences in the epistolary archives of the barnabite scientists briefly but incisively recalled the contribution of several 19th and 20th century barnabite scientists to the progress in several sectors of the earth sciences such as: timoteo bertelli, francesco denza (1834-1898), camillo melzi d’eril (18511929), to mention some of the most important. in recalling the long collaboration of the barnabites with the research performed within the tromos project, lovison stressed how important it is for the historical sites preserving the ancient epistolaries not to be considered merely as ‘document containers’, but as centres for the study and the valorisation of the historical documentation they are preserving. it is important for the archive to benefit, as in the case of the tromos project, of scientific collaborations that can help to draw from the documentation the historical and currently relevant scientific contents. in confirming the centre’s availability and its willingness to collaborate with the scholars and with the project on the scientific correspondence as described by ferrari, lovison underlined the need to reflect on some aspects of the dissemination of the digital copies of the letters, especially via the internet. nella eramo (central state archive, rome) with her talk on the archive of the general directorate of agriculture in the central state archive, outlined a brief historical and archival profile of the archive of the general directorate of agriculture, with special regard to the repercussions on the history of the earth sciences. these materials often document the reasons, the conditioning, the motivations behind the choices made and the paths taken by scientists and public administrators in the development of the meteorological and seismological observational networks. eramo also recalled the important documents in the history of geology, citing some documents dating back to the early 1870s in which the urgent need for a geological map of the kingdom of italy was manifest. paola milone (neapolitan society for the local history, naples − snspn) with her presentation on the seismic archive of the nea708 graziano ferrari politan society for the local history, milone first of all recalled the present-day knowledge on the origins of this important archive, established upon the nucleus of the library and archive belonging to the french naturalist alexis perrey, acquired by the club alpine of naples (cai), and the reasons that brought this wealth of information to naples in 1878, later given by the cai to the snspn in 1893 or 1894. the society is currently cataloguing all the library, documentary and iconographic material available in the archive, in which there stands out the substantial epistolary collection of perrey himself, that goes from 1842 to 1877 with some gaps, having nonetheless an indisputable historical and scientific value for seismology. lydia salviucci insolera (director of the archive of the pontifical gregorian university, rome) with her talk on the scientific archives of the pontifical gregorian university: research methods, coordination and future potential outlined the principal contents of the archive with particular regard to the most important jesuit scholars, particularly in physics and astronomy. she confirmed the opening and the great attention and interest of the gregorian university for collaboration with the scientific world and the historians of science. she put forward some proposals, amongst which that of setting up a communications network among the scholars who may be a point of reference for the archive’s operators, and selecting together the archive’s materials relating to jesuit scholars of special interest for the earth sciences. the scholars who took part in the seminar left one another hoping for further collaboration within the scope of the project, subsequently named letters in earth sciences, for the recovery, reproduction and valorisation of the scientific correspondence in the earth sciences. the seminar has also been followed up on a european scale during the 28th esc general assembly in genoa, where the letters in earth sciences project was presented, arousing positive feedback from a number of seismologists operating in the historical sites of european seismology preserving an important epistolary documentation. contacts are being fostered to formalise the collaboration between the ingv and bodies and scholars interested in participating in the project. a web site is under construction, for the moment a demo version is available (at the address http:// 80.117.141.2/letters), which will allow us to disseminate the historical epistolary materials, the reproductions, the elaborations and more generally the products of the collaborations developed. the project is open to all the researchers and the institutions that may be interested, and they are invited to get in touch with the author. references ferrari, g. (2000): the new iaspei sub-committee historical instruments and related documents in seismology: goals, objectives and first results, in proceedings of the xxii iugg general assembly, birmingham, 19-30 july 1999, sismol. res. lett., 71 (5), 553-561. ferrari, g. (2002): census, filing and elaboration of scientific letters in the earth sciences, nuncius, 17 (1), 307-320. annex 2 to: trace elements mobility in soils from the hydrothermal area of nisyros (greece) 1 annex 2 (doi: 10.4401/ag-6760) trace elements mobility in soils from the hydrothermal area of nisyros (greece). daskalopoulou, k., et al. a.1. analytical techniques all soil samples were air dried, thoroughly mixed and split into subsamples for analysis. particular care was taken using a riffle-type sample splitter to ensure that representative subsamples were obtained. all analyses were made after sieving the soil samples through a 2-mm sieve and, except for ph determination, ground with an agate mortar. xrd analysis was carried out for all soil samples with the use of xd diffractometer bucker (siemens) d5005, fully equipped with the software diffractplus of bucker (siemens). ph values were measured using a specific combination electrode on soil suspensions made with deionized water with a soil/solution weight ratio of 1/2.5 (thomas, 1996). samples were treated for chemical determinations, using hno3 + hcl (closed microwave digestion) in order to determine the pseudo-total composition and with ultrapure water (leaching extraction) to determinate the soluble fraction. the first case, about 100 mg (precision ±0.1 mg) of the sample dried at 40 °c overnight was dissolved in a teflon vessel with 4 ml hno3 (merck suprapur), 2 ml hcl (panreac suprapur) and 9 ml milliq water using a microwave oven. after cooling down, the solution was filtered (0.45 µm) and diluted with milliq water to 50 ml. the reproducibility of the chemical analysis was verified by using repetition of several random samples. for most of the elements the reproducibility was in the order of 2-5 %, except for be, cr, ni, zn about 10%. the reliability of results was checked analysing four certified references materials (crm) and quality control was assessed by comparing our results with the certified values. the recovery values, that are a measure of the difference in percentage between measured and certified values for each element, for most of the elements were in the range between 80 and 120 %. several replicates of the crm and random samples confirmed a good reproducibility of analytical procedures (microwave digestion and chemical analysis) between about 5 to 15 % difference, depending on the element. a second oven-dried sample aliquot was leached with milliq water with a sample/water weight ratio of about 1/50 for 4 hours with constant stirring. the solution was subsequently centrifuged and filtered through 0.45 µm filter. method blanks and duplicate samples were analysed too but certified standard was available for such kind of treatment. method blank values were subtracted from the raw concentrations of all samples. all the solutions were analysed for major and trace element contents by inductively plasma spectrometry (icp-ms and icp-oes). trace elements (al, as, b, be, bi, ba, cd, co, cr, cs, cu, fe, la, li, mn, mo, ni, pb, rb, sb, se, sr, te, th, ti, tl, u, v, y and zn) were analyzed by icp-ms using an agilent 7500ce instrument. the instrument was equipped with a standard peristaltic pump, a micro mist concentric nebulizer, a peltier-cooled spray chamber, the plasma forward power, the shield torch system, and a collision/reaction cell system. an autosampler (asx 520, cetac technologies) was employed to introduce the samples into the plasma of the icp-ms. introduction was done with a micro mist concentric nebulizer and scott-type quartz glass spray chamber. helium was used as the collision gas for as, co, cr, cu, fe, mo, ni, ti and zn analyses while hydrogen was used as a reaction gas only for se analysis. no cell gas was used for the other elements. the instrumental setting were optimized to minimize both oxide levels and double charges (ceo+/ce+ ratio < 1.5% and ce++/ce+ ratio <3%). francescocaprara typewritten text francescocaprara typewritten text francescocaprara typewritten text 2 calibration solutions of all investigated elements were prepared daily by appropriate dilution of 100 mg l-1 and 1000 mg l-1 stock standard solutions (merck) with 0.14 mol l-1 high-purity nitric acid. the accuracy of the method was checked analysing certified reference materials of natural waters (nist 1643e, environment canada tm-24.3 and tm-61.2, spectrapure standards sw1 and sw2) at regular intervals during sample analysis. the experimental concentrations determined in this study agreed well with these certified values (within ±5%). matrix induced signal suppressions and instrumental drift were corrected by internal standardization. indium was used for elements up to mass 138 (ba138), and rhenium was used for heavier elements. major elements (al, ca, fe, k, mg, na, s and si) were measured with icp-oes (jobin yvon ultima2). references [thomas, g.w., 1996] thomas, g.w. (1996). soil ph and soil acidity. in: methods of soil analysis – part 3 chemical methods (sparks d.l. ed.). soil science society of america book series n. 5, 475-490. vol. 48, 01, 05ok.qxd 19 annals of geophysics, vol. 48, n. 1, february 2005 key words eger rift – french massif central – eifel – carbon dioxide – gas fractionation – isotope composition 1. introduction in areas with both low co2 abundance and contents in the gas phase as for example in complexes of crystalline basement or in areas with younger volcanic activity, one frequently encounters co2 with isotopic compositions of δ13c values lesser than –10 ‰. in many cases, such values are interpreted as biogenic/organic co2 or mixtures between magmatic and biogenic co2 or respectively mantle and crustal end members (e.g., griesshaber et al., 1992). it appears that co2 gases with low δ 13c values occurring in the margin areas of regions with ascending magmatic co2 as for example in mineral springs of the western eger rift, the eifel or the french massif central (batard et al., 1982) confirm this interpretation. however, due to the high solubility of co2 in water and the hco3 formation, fractionations of the co2-rich gases take place (e.g., batard et al., 1982; capasso et al., 1997; d’alesandro et al., 1997; chiodini et al., 1999; weinlich et al., 1999). commonly, the isotopic data are compared and calculated with a single equilibration. however, in the peripheral areas of regions with magmatic co2 marked by longer migration mailing address: dr. falk h. weinlich, referat gasund isotopengeochemie, bundesanstalt für geowissenschaften und rohstoffe (bgr), stilleweg 2, 30655 hannover, germany; e-mail: falkweinlich@gmx.de isotopically light carbon dioxide in nitrogen rich gases: the gas distribution pattern in the french massif central, the eifel and the western eger rift falk h. weinlich bundesanstalt für geowissenschaften und rohstoffe (bgr), hannover, germany abstract based on characteristics of the distribution pattern of the western eger rift spring gases, a distribution pattern is presented for the gases of the french massif central. the central parts of these areas with ascending magmatic co2 are characterised by high gas fluxes, high co2 contents of up to 99.99 vol% and isotopially heavy co2. in the peripheries, the decrease of δ 13c values of co2 and co2 contents in the gas phase is compensated by a rise in n2 contents. it can be demonstrated that gas fractionation in contrary to mixtures with isotopically light biogenic or crustal co2 controls the distribution pattern of gas composition and isotopic composition of co2 in these spring gases. dissolution of co2 results in formation of hco3 – causing isotope fractionation of co2 and an enrichment of n2 in the gas phase. with multiple equilibrations, values of about –17 ‰ or lower are obtained. the scale of gas alteration depends on the gas flux and the gas-water ratios respectively and can result in n2-rich gases. essential for the interpretation are gas flux measurements with mass balances derived for most of the springs. without such mass balances it is not possible to discriminate between mixture and fractionation. the processes of isotopic and chemical solubility fractionations evidently control the gas distribution pattern in other regions as well. 20 falk h. weinlich pathways, it can be assumed that gases migrate in different water systems, for example along various faults where dissolution of co2 and fractionation with concomitantly formed hco3 – can take place several times. this results in a comprehensive gas fractionation concerning both gas composition and isotopic composition of co2 and can yield n2-rich gases. 2. gas distribution pattern in european areas with magmatic co2 2.1. western eger rift (czech republic) in the western eger rift the main release of magmatic co2-rich gases is bound to gas release-centres in the cheb basin and karlovy vary north and mariánské lázně south of the main structures of eger rift (weinlich et al., 1998). these structures of the krušné hory (erzgebirge) main fault together with the central fault both dipping to south and the litoměřice deep fault dipping to north form a y-structure. this y-structure splits the gas flux and forms a shielded gas free zone within the eger rift. the gases of the mofettes and springs in these areas with the highest gas fluxes are characterised by high co2 contents of up to 99.99 vol% and δ 13c values of –3.9 up to –1.9 ‰ (fig. 1). in some mofettes and springs the gas flux reach values up to 28 m3/h in bublák and 35 m3/h in soos (cheb basin) or about 100 m3/h in the mariiny mofette in mariánské lázně. the magmatic nature of these gases is indicated, besides these δ 13c values, by high proportions of mantle-derived helium with r/ra values up to 6 (weinlich et al., 1999). with increasing distances from these gas release-centres the gas flux falls and related to it the co2 becomes isotopically lighter whereas the co2 contents decrease and are compensated by a rise of the n2 and he contents. to the east and south of konstantinovy lázně the co2 contents drop linked with gas fluxes of lower than a half l/h up to values of 87 and 67 vol%, respectively. to the north of the eger rift nitrogen contents of 98 vol% are attained apart from 0.7 vol% co2 as in the schönbrunn fluorite mine or in other spring gases in the erzgebirge (weinlich, 1989). linked with the decrease of the co2 contents in the gas phase is a decrease of the δ13c values of co2. south of the eger rift, the δ13c values fall to –7.4 ‰ in the konstantinovy lázně area and to –8.8 ‰ in bavaria, respectively. in the same way, the δ13c values of co2 decrease north of the eger rift down to – 6.0 ‰ in bad elster and in the n2-rich gases of schönbrunn down to a value of –17.4 ‰. the gases in the mofettes and mineral springs in the western eger rift migrate upwards along faults in the area with exposed metamorphic rocks of variscian in the north and of moldanubian consolidated basement in the south or with exposed variscan granite intrusions. the metamorphic rocks in this area have very low potential if any for a co2 release because all organic carbon is fixed thermodynamically as very stable graphite. in the course of the variscan, metamorphism mobilised and displaced organic carbon with δ 13c values of – 14 ‰ is present in the form of co2 gases among others in the fluid inclusions of granitic quartz in schönbrunn. with a decrepitation temperature of 800°c (weise et al., 2001), the release of co2 gases by mineral waters is today hardly possible. 2.2. eifel (lower rhine graben, germany) co2-rich gases linked with quaternary volcanic activities occur also in the eifel. griesshaber et al. (1992) report isotopic compositions of co2 ranging from –7.8 ‰ up to –3 ‰. the lighter isotopic values are explained with the aid of lower r/ra values due to mixing of magmatic and biogenic co2. may (2002) describes the occurrence of co2-rich gases linked with higher gas fluxes within the central west eifel and the decrease of co2 contents in its margin areas (fig. 2). so gases with up to 98.3 vol% co2 predominate for e.g., in wallenborn in the central part of the west eifel and with up to 99 vol% in laach lake in the east eifel. the δ 13c values of co2 in the west eifel range from –5.7 up to –2.0 ‰ (hubberten, 2004, pers. comm.) and in the central parts of the east eifel from –5.1 up to –3 ‰ (griesshaber et al., 1992). in contrast, away from these areas with high gas fluxes, gases with higher n2 contents occur 21 isotopically light carbon dioxide in nitrogen rich gases fig. 1. distribution pattern of gas flux (free gas), gas composition (air-free) and δ 13c co2 values of gases in mineral springs and mofettes in the western eger rift, czech republic (data taken from weinlich et al., 1998, 1999, 2003). legend: ml – mariánské lázně; fl – františkovy lázně; half-filled squares – uranium mines with gas blowouts. fig. 2. gas flux distribution (moving average for circles with 8.6 km diameter), isotope composition of co2 and schematic profile of co2 flux, spring density and gas composition across the west eifel, after may (2002). carbon isotope data from griesshaber et al. (1992) and hubberten (2004, pers. comm.). the brubble spring of wallenborn (wallen – seethe, born – spring) is a geyser-like spring with gas release of 11.3 m3 per eruption period (may, 2002) the spring with the highest gas flux and the highest δ 13cco2 value (–2.0 ‰) in the west eifel. 22 falk h. weinlich in the spring gases of aachen (27 vol% n2, 72 vol% co2) located to the northwest of eifel or in the southeast at bad bertrich (90 vol% n2, 6.2 vol% co2) and bad wildstein (98.5 vol% n2, 0.13 vol% co2) (may, 2002). congruent with the alteration of gas composition beyer (1995) reports δ13c values of co2 ranging from –10.2 up to – 6.3 ‰ for the thermal springs of aachen. in the n2-rich gas of bad bertrich, δ 13c value of co2 amounts to –13.9 ‰ (own analysis). the δ13c values of co2 in these marginal springs are significantly lower than in the central parts. the gases ascent along faults in an area with exposed devonian sediments and are occur mainly in the areas of the maar-type quaternary volcanism in the east and west eifel. fig. 3. distribution of gas flux (free gas), gas composition and δ 13c co2 values of the gases of the mineral springs of the french massif central. compiled after data from moureu and lepape (1912), moureu (1923), baubron et al. (1979), schoeller and schoeller (1979), batard et al. (1982) and matthews et al. (1987). based on the hydrologic map (risler et al., 1973) and tectonic map (autran et al., 1980). fig. 4. rise of n2 (air-free) in gases with decreasing free gas-water ratio due to increased gas fractionation, i.e. selective co2 solution in water. the unavoidable scattering in the data is due to varying air proportions in the gases by different partial pressures influencing the bubble point pressure of the gas-water systems (data from weinlich et al., 1998, 2003). 23 isotopically light carbon dioxide in nitrogen rich gases 2.3. french massif central in the french massif central co2 occurs with δ13c values ranging from –23 ‰ up to – 4 ‰. the co2-rich gases of vichy, royat or mont dore and cezallier (>99 vol% co2) are bound to the area of limagne depression or its direct vicinity. matthews et al. (1987) proved the mantle-derived nature of these gases with r/ra of up to 5.5. gas flux measurements (moureu and lepape, 1912; batard et al., 1982) carried out on these spring gases in the above region also show that the co2-rich gases are linked with high gas fluxes. according to the gas composition and isotope data by moureu (1923), schoeller and schoeller (1979), baubron et al. (1979), batard et al. (1982) and matthews et al. (1987) a similar distribution pattern also prevails there. in the central part of the massif central isotopically heavy co2 with δ 13c values of –7 up to –5 ‰ occurs linked exclusively with co2-rich gases whereas isotopically lighter co2 with δ 13c values ranging from –23 up to –12 ‰ is linked with n2-rich gases of evaux (89-93 vol%), sail-les-bains (97.2 vol%) maizières (88.2 vol%) or santenay (86-88 vol% n2) in the margin areas (fig. 3). the latter values are in the range of «typical» biogenic co2. apart from the limagne depression filled with oligocene – quaternary sediments where the spring gases migrate upward along marginal faults and the volcanic complex of mont dore these spring gases migrate upward along faults in areas with exposed variscian metamorphic rocks or granites. 3. co2 fractionation 3.1. the gases in the western eger rift in contrast to other gases, co2 is very vulnerable to fractionation processes. firstly, due to its good solubility in water compared to n2, hc’s and rare gases, the gas composition can be altered solely by solubility fractionations. this results in enrichment of the inert gases as observed by an aureole of n2-richer gases in the surroundings of all regions with co2-rich magmatic gases in europe. figure 4 demonstrates that with an ongoing solution of co2 resulting in a decrease of the gas/water ratios the gases in the western eger rift are enriched in n2 in the gas phase (weinlich et al., 1998). secondly, linked with the solution of co2 are decreasing ph values of these waters. this results in leaching of cations from the adjacent rocks and formation of hco3 – ions. between the newly formed hco3 – and co2 in the gas phase exists an isotope fractionation of about 10 ‰ (at 10°c) (wendt, 1968). with ongoing hco3 – formation, the remaining co2 in the gas phase becomes isotopically lighter. consequently, the decreasing gas flux correlates with decreasing δ 13c value of co2 in the gas phase as demonstrated in the distribution pattern for the eger rift gases. however, isotopically lighter co2 can be also a result of mixing of biogenic and magmatic co2. the key for discrimination between mixing or fractionation is the compilation of complete mass balances of co2 for each mineral spring with a 24 falk h. weinlich scribed by the following equation: m m m m c c wdiss gas hco gas 13 13 gas total total total hco3 3 = + d d f f _ ` i j free gas phase consisting of gas flux, isotopic and chemical gas composition, contents of hco3 – and dissolved co2 contents and water discharge. according to wendt (1968) the isotope balance for co2 in the free gas phase can be defig. 5. dependence of δ 13c co2 values in free gas phase from the ratio of hco3 – transport (mhco3) in water to total co2 flux in mineral springs and mofettes in the western eger rift with complete mass balances, according to the isotope balance formula (see text) (data of hco3 –, dissolved co2 and water discharge are taken from kolářová and myslil, 1979 and weinlich et al., 1999, 2003). lines starting from the scattering range of the dry gas vents (on the y axis) in the mofettes wrap the field of theoretical fractionation according to the fractionation factor ε hco3-gas at 10°c. between these lines, the δ 13c values for the free gas are exclusively a result of fractionation by the means of formed hco3 – during a single equilibration, without the necessity to assume an additional biogenic carbon. the δ 13c values below the lines can be explained by twice equilibration. this results in an increase of n2. multiple equilibrations with solely dissolved co2 and single equilibration with hco3 – result in occurrence of n2-richer gases, which fall in between the fractionation lines. table i. measured and calculated δ 13c values of co2 for springs in the vicinity of mofettes in north bohemia demonstrate that the differences between mofettes and springs are solely caused by hco3 --fractionation. for the δ 13c primary (total) – value the isotope signature of the neighbouring mofettes, the hco3 as well as dissolved co2 and the water discharge of the respective spring were used according to isotope balance formula (data from weinlich et al., 1998, 1999). locality, spring co2 gas flux water co2 flux δ 13c co2 discharge free gas dissolved hco3 − total measured calculated vol% l/h l/h mol/h mol/h mol/h mol/h ‰ ‰ cheb basin soos, mofettes 99.946 21100 0 941.46 0 0 941.46 −− 2.9 soos, cisař sý 99.941 7600 2520 339.08 143.18 60.7 542.96 − 3.6 − 3.64 františkovy lázně kostelní spring 99.017 2500 8600 110.51 418.08 84.31 612.90 − 3.6 − 3.34 mariánské lázně smrad’och mofettes 99.923 5200 0 231.96 0 0 231.96 −− 2.27 farská spring 99.610 149 1166 6.63 67.73 11.55 85.91 − 2.8 − 2.55 mariiny mofette 99.990 87000 0 3883.54 0 0 3883.54 −− 2.7 ferdinand spring ii 99.969 8240 1440 367.74 70.85 71.86 510.45 − 4.0 − 3.88 kř ížový spring iii 99.625 135.6 72 6.03 4.74 3.27 14.04 − 3.9 − 4.52 martinov 99.280 4 90 0.18 5.28 1.06 6.52 − 3.5 − 3.22 chotěnov 85.570 4.1 171.1 0.16 8.54 2.35 11.05 − 4.0 − 3.75 dolní kramolín 99.370 164 324 7.28 19.29 1.58 28.15 − 2.6 − 2.35 25 isotopically light carbon dioxide in nitrogen rich gases where m is the amount of co2 and ε the fractionation factors of –1.3 ‰ for ε diss-gas and 9.6 ‰ for ε hco3-gas at 10°c (wendt, 1968; mook et al., 1974; zhang et al., 1995). in case of the mofettes the water discharge is 0, i.e. the ratios mdiss /mtotal and mhco3/mtotal are 0. consequently, the measured δ13c value of the free gas phase is identical to the total, i.e. the primary isotopic composition of magmatic co2 in this area. therefore mhco3/mtotal ratios near 0 can be used to identify the primary isotopic composition. in the case of mineral springs with a continuous transport of leached cations, mainly ca++ and mg++, isotopic fractionation occurs with contemporaneously formed hco3 – whereas remaining co2 in the gas phase becomes isotopically lighter and co2 contents can decrease. figure 5 exhibits this dependency of the δ13c value of co2 in the gas phase from the mhco3/mtotal ratios in the springs. in cases of spring gases in the close vicinity of mofettes it can be demonstrated that the differences in the isotopic composition are solely caused by hco3 – fractionation (table i). the spring gases, which are further away from the main gas release-centres, can be transported within more than one fault system and thus in different waters. therefore, the equilibration between co2 in the gas phase and hco3 – can occur several times and the calculated δ 13c co2-values are consequently higher than expected in a single equilibration. changes in isotopic composition can also be explained by mixing with lighter biogenic co2. however, the common change in isotopic and chemical composition (fig. 6) points to fractionation processes caused by multiple equilibrations as increasing nitrogen contents are not linked with biogenic co2 admixtures. in the gases of the western eger rift a correlation between n2 and he contents can be observed (fig. 7) which indicates one source and 26 falk h. weinlich fig. 6. plot of n2 content versus δ 13c values displays the common variations in gas and isotope composition of gases from the eger rift area, e.g., from the cheb basin/south vogtland area (cb-sv), konstantinovy lázně area (kl) and bavaria (by). these variations are caused by fractionation (co2 solution and hco3 – formation). in the case of waters with low tds contents and without hco3 – formation, the fractionation can only take place with dissolved co2 and the isotopic heavy co2 remains therefore in the gas phase. fig. 7. correlation between nitrogen and helium contents in gases of the western eger rift (data from weinlich et al., 1998). a continuous enrichment by solubility fractionation (weinlich et al., 1998). the assumption of an additional n2-source in case of the n2-richer gases is therefore not necessary. compared to the gas release centres the nitrogen flux decreases in the springs in the marginal areas. an exception is the water inflow about 500 m below the surface with 100 l/h n2 in the schönbrunn fluorite mine, caused by pressure release in this mine. a special case of these fractionations are springs with very low ca-mg-hco3 contents and with isotopic composition of co2 being still nearly unchanged due to lack of extensive hco3 – fractionation and where the co2 contents are solely decreased by the solution of co2. this can be explained by fractionation processes. however, in case of an interpretation of isotopically lighter co2 in the gas distribution pattern of the western eger rift caused by mixing with lighter biogenic co2 there should be no reason to elucidate why the mixing should not occur in springs with low total dissolved solids (tds) contents. regarding longer migration pathways as mentioned above it is considered that the gas migration occurs within different hydrological systems and therefore these fractionations can take place repeatedly during the migration. this results in a drastic drop of the co2 contents and the δ13c values in the remaining gas phase. figure 5 demonstrates the isotopic composition of the n2-rich gases in the fluorite mine of schönbrunn (one of the most northern springs shown in fig. 1) with a δ 13c value of –17.4 ‰ which can be explained alone under the assumption that the co2-hco3 – system is equilibrated twice. certainly, an admixture of biogenic co2 cannot be excluded but in this mine about 3.6 m3 of co2 gas and 3664 m3 of dissolved co2 per year were released. facing the fact that the granite surface is located only about 650 m below both the thermal water and gas inflows (kuschka and hahn, 1996) this amount is hardly explainable with noticeable proportions of biogenic co2. it is problematic to derive the nitrogen from crustal sources in terms of the 100 l/h n2 in the free gas phase and about 450 l/h dissolved n2 (air-free over dissolved ar; procedure in weinlich et al., 1998) accompanied by 0.45 l/h he and 5.72 l/h dissolved he (in total 54 m3/yr he). it should be considered that due to the intrusion of variscian granites the metamorphic rocks were exposed to far higher temperatures, as is the case today. therefore, the n2 is probably also mantle derived, because the n2 gas release including metamorphic co2 sourced from these crustal rocks took place during the variscian intrusions. the nitrogen isotope composition with δ 15n 0.7 (weinlich et al., 1999) exhibits a tendency to more positive values of a plume-like mantle (marty and dauphas, 2003) which occurs in central europe (wilson and downes, 1992). recalculating the co2 and n2 in the gas phase together with the dissolved n2, and co2 including the hco3 – the whole fluid system contains about 90 vol% co2 (possible caco3 precipitations would additionally increase this co2 content) and about 10 vol% n2 and thus this system is comparable with the eger rift gases. 3.2. the gases of the french massif central the distribution pattern and the isotopic signature of – 23 up to –12 ‰ of the n2-rich spring gases of the french massif central could be explained in the same way. as in the western eger rift, the co2-rich gases with δ13c values of –7 up to – 5 ‰ are linked with high gas fluxes in the concerned mineral springs. figure 8 demonstrates this correlation between δ13c values and the gas composition. batard et al. (1982) calculated initial isotope composition for some gases in this area with mass balances according to a single equilibration co2-hco3 – . the authors concluded a biogenic or mixed origin for the co2 because the isotopic composition of the total carbon ranges between –16 and –11 ‰. however, due to multiple equilibrations, it cannot be excluded a priori but only the mhco3/mtotal ratios near 0 should be used to avoid misinterpretations (the calculated δ13 c value of co2 for schönbrunn assuming a single equilibration is also –11 ‰). for the gases of the french massif central, it can be assumed that the gas of royat with a δ 13c value of –6.4 ‰ is unfractionated owing to its mhco3/mtotal ratio of 0.007 and displays the primary composition. further, geothermometer calculations (pauwels et al., 1997) indicate that 27 isotopically light carbon dioxide in nitrogen rich gases 28 falk h. weinlich fig. 8. correlation of gas composition and isotopic composition of co2 in gases of the massif central (data from batard et al., 1982 and matthews et al., 1987). fig. 9. mass balance plot displays δ 13c values versus ratio hco 3 – transport (mhco3) to total co2 flux (m0) for gases of mineral springs in the french massif central (data from batard et al., 1982). these waters emerging in the mont dore area reach temperatures of about 100-130°c at depth and in saint-nectaire (δ 13c value co2 –7.0 ‰) temperatures of 160-175°c at depth respectively. according to mook et al. (1974), the fractionation between co2 and hco3 – at temperatures of around 120°c is zero. based on the isotope composition of royat it can be shown that the low values of –12 and –23 ‰ can be reached (fig. 9) under the assumption fig. 10. long-term observation of isotopic composition of the gas of the eisen spring in bad brambach, eger rift (weise et al., 2002) and typical annual changes in the co2 production in soils (andrews and schlesinger, 2001). growing seasons – light grew. 29 isotopically light carbon dioxide in nitrogen rich gases that the equilibration between co2 and hco3 – takes place only twice and in two cases three times. therefore, it is not absolutely necessary to assume biogenic contributions in the region as well as in the eger rift. just two isotope values, which represent gases of santenay and saint honoré, situated at the edge of the morvan horst and which are associated with naso4 waters are lighter than those lying in the field of gases equilibrated three times. however, an uncertainty of these mass balances lies within the possibility of influence of non-mineralised groundwaters and/or mineral waters of different type, which «dilute» the hco3 – -rich mineral water in the respective springs. in the cézallier area, négrel et al. (2000) demonstrate such mixtures of mineral waters with meteoric and different mineralised waters in line with the ree distribution and strontium isotope ratios. pauwels et al. (1997) state similar processes in the mont dore region on the basis of the main element distribution in spring waters. this effect of «dilution» of these mineral waters can produce lower mhco3/mtotal ratios, present during equilibration in deeper regions as higher mhco3/mtotal ratios. since the co2 of these n2-rich gases is completely fixed as hco3 – , it is no longer possible to form new hco3 – in these waters. the δ 13c values were altered by the formed hco3 – and remained unchanged in less mineralised waters. this results in a shift of these gases in plot of the ratio of hco3 – versus total co2 flow (fig. 9) and acts as if a thrice equilibration took place. according to schoeller and schoeller (1979) the tds contents and especially the hco3 – contents decrease with increasing distances from the area of vichy-cantal-devès. 30 falk h. weinlich as in the western eger rift, the n2-rich gases in the massif central are enriched in helium. the extreme enrichment of helium, whose contents are the highest in europe, points rather to a complete fractionation than to a simple mixing with biogenic components. according to the gas flux measurement of batard et al. (1982) 30 l/h of n2 are also released in the co2rich gases of royat. on the other hand, n2 release in the case of n2-rich gases are ca. 2.8 l/h in bourbon-lancy, 29.6 l/h in evaux-les-bains, 0.5 l/h in sail-les-bains and 1.7 l/h n2 in the lithium spring in santenay. thus only the gas composition is fractionated and it is not necessary to assume additional n2 sources. an additional argument contradicting the influence of mixing processes is that outside these areas with magmatic co2 there are no springs with biogenic/organic co2 in the gas phase. the production rates of biogenic co2 in soils (andrews and schlesinger, 2001) are too small to nourish a free gas phase. a long-term measurement of isotope composition of co2 in the gas phase of the wettin spring in bad brambach (weise et al., 2001) compared with the biogenic co2 production rates (andrews and schlesinger, 2001) demonstrate that there is no influence (fig. 10). it is also problematic to derive biogenic/organic co2 from sedimentary rocks, especially in areas of metamorphic rocks, since these waters and gases circulate within fault systems. there, either a far-reaching co2 exchange between the gases migrating along fault pathways and the surrounding country rocks is impeded or the ascending magmatic co2 saturates the groundwater with co2 gas, as it is the case in the cheb basin. the co2 concentration gradient in the close vicinity of the faults prevents the admixture of co2 from other sources like for example the biogenic/organic co2. 4. conclusions as demonstrated, it is possible to elucidate low δ 13c values with gas fractionation, i.e. by isotope fractionation with formed hco3 – and not necessarily and exclusively by mixing with biogenic or organic co2. however, without complete mass balances it is not possible to discriminate between either or give reasons to prefer one of the interpretations. in some cases, it will not be possible to educe the «last proof» for the interpretation. therefore, it should always be considered that even enhanced co2contents in the soil air encountered in the vicinity of fractured rocks can also represent completely fractionated magmatic co2. however, if we have to assume that the isotopic composition and contents of co2 in the gas phase can be alternated by fractionation processes, an influence on the c/3he ratios should also be assumed. marty et al. (1989) described abating c/3he linked with reduced co2 contents. acknowledgements the author would like to express his gratitude to fausto grassa, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia sezione di palermo, for providing constructive comments to the review. the support of h.w. hubberten, a. wegner inst. f. polar marin res., potsdam in his permission to use his unpublished data is greatly appreciated. k. pütz, staatsbad bad bertrich is thanked for supplying gas samples. for constructive discussions i would like to thank jolanta kus and franz may, bgr hannover. references andrews, j.a. and w.h. schlesinger (2001): soil co2 dynamics, acidification, and chemical weathering in a temperate forest with experimental co2 enrichment, global biochem. cycles, 15, 149-162. autran, a., j-p. breton and j.c. chiron (coordinator) (1980): carta tectonquie de la france 1:1 000 000, mem. brgm 110, pp. 52. batard, f., j.c. baubron, b. bosch, a. marcé and j.j. risler (1982): isotopic identification of gases of a deep origin in french thermomineral waters, j. hydrol., 56, 1-21. baubron, j-p., b. bosch, p. desgranges, m. leleu, j.j. risler and c. sarcia (1979): recherches géocimiques sur les eaux thermals de la bordure oust de la limagne, bull. minéral, 102, 676-683. beyer, f. (1995): isotopenhydrogeologie der aachener thermalquellen, geol. inst. univ. köln, sonderveröffentlichungen 105, p. 148. capasso, g., r. favara and s. inguaggiato (1997): chem31 isotopically light carbon dioxide in nitrogen rich gases ical features and isotopic composition of gaseous manifestations on vulcan island, aeolian islands, italy: an interpretative model of fluid circulation, geochim. cosmochim. acta, 61, 3425-3440. chiodini, g., f. frondini, d.m. kerrick, j. rogie, f. parello, l. peruzzi and a.r. zanzari (1999): quantification of deep co2 fluxes from central italy. examples of carbon balance for regional aquifers and of soil diffuse degassing, chem. geol., 159, 205-222. d’alesandro, w., s. de gregorio, g. dongarrà, s. gurrieri, f. parello and b. parisi (1997): chemical and isotopic characterization of the gases of mount etna (italy), j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 78, 65-76. griesshaber, e., r.k. o’nions and e.r. oxburgh (1992): helium and carbon isotope systematics in crustal fluids from the eifel, the rhine graben and black forest (frg), chem. geol., 99, 213-135. kolářová, m. and v. myslil (1979): minerální vody západočeského kraje, uug (geol. surv.) praha, p. 286. kuschka, e. and w. hahn (1996): flußspatlagerstätten des südwestvogtlandes: schönbrunn, bösenbrunn, wiedersberg, bergbau in sachsen, bd. 2 (landesamt umwelt u. geol, sächs. oberbergamt), p. 281. marty, b. and n. dauphas (2003): the nitrogen record of crust-mantle interaction and mantle convection from archean to present, earth planet. sci. lett., 204, 397-410. marty, b., a. jambon and y. sano (1989): helium isotopes and co2 in volcanic gases of japan, chem. geol., 76, 25-40. matthews a., c. fouillac, r. hill, r.k. o’nions and e.r. oxburgh (1987): mantle-derived volatiles in continental crust: the massif central of france, earth planet. sci. lett., 85, 117-128. may, f. (2002): quantifizierung des co2-flusses zur abbildung magmatischer prozesse im untergrund der westeifel (shaker verlag), p. 170. mook, w.g., j.c. bommerson and w.h. staverman (1974): carbon isotope fractionation between dissolved bicarbonate and gaseous carbon dioxide, earth planet. sci. lett., 22, 169-176. moureu, ch. (1923): les gaz rares des gaz naturels, j. chem. soc., 123, 1905-1947. moureu, ch. and a. lepape (1912): sur quelques mélanges gazeux naturels particulièrement riches en hélium. gisements d’hélium, c.r. acad. sci. paris, 155, 197-200. négrel, ph., c. guerrot, a. cocherie, m. azaroual, m. brach and ch. fouillac (2000): rare earth elements, neodymium and strotium isotopic systemtics in mineral waters: evidence from the massif central, france, appl. geochem., 15, 1345-1367. pauwels, h. and c. foulliac (1997): the isotopic and chemical composition of co2-rich thermal waters in the mont-dore region (massif-central, france), applied geochmistry, 12, 411-427. risler, j.j., g. castany, j. margat, l. monition and d.b. ninard (1973): carte des eaux minérales et thermales de la france 1:1 000 000, mem. brgm. schoeller, h. and m. schoeller (1979): une étude des eaux thermominérales du massif central français, bull. brgm, sec. iii, 2, 121-156. weinlich, f.h. (1989): geochemie und genese des stickstoffs in den vogtländisch-erzgebirgischen quellgasen, z. angew. geol., 35, 129-135. weinlich, f.h., j. tesař, s.m. weise, k. bräuer and h. kämpf (1998): gas flux distribution in mineral springs and tectonical structure in the western eger rift, j. czech geol. soc., 43, 91-110. weinlich, f.h., k. bräuer, h. kämpf, g. strauch, j. tesař and s.m. weise (1999): an active subcontinental mantle volatile system in the western eger rift, central europe: gas flux, isotopic (he, c and n) and compositional fingerprints, geochim. cosmochim. acta, 63, 3653-3671. weinlich, f.h., k. bräuer, h. kämpf, g. strauch, j. tesař and s.m. weise (2003): gas flux and tectonic structure in the western eger rift, karlovy vary oberpfalz and oberfranken, bavaria, geolines, prague, 15, 171-177. weise, s.m., k. bräuer, h. kämpf, g. strauch and u. koch (2001): transport of mantle volatiles through the crust traced by seismically released fluids: a natural experiment in the earthquake swarm area vogtland/nw bohemia, central europe, tectonophysics, 336, 137-150. wendt, i. (1968): fractionation of carbon isotopes and its temperature dependence in the system co2-gas-co2 in solution and co3-co2 in solution, earth planet. sci. lett., 4, 64-68. wilson, m. and h. downes (1992): mafic alkaline magmatism associated with the european cenozoic rift system, tectonophysics, 208, 172-182. zhang, j., p.d. quay and d.o. wilbur (1995): carbon isotope fractionation during gas-water exchange and dissolution of co2, geochim. cosmochim. acta, 59, 107-114. vol. 48, 01, 05ok.qxd 117 annals of geophysics, vol. 48, n. 1, february 2005 key words radon – atmosphere – uranium – thorium – rock 1. introduction radon is released into the atmosphere mainly from soils and underlying rocks, from ground waters (especially thermal ground waters), but also from oceans, natural gases, caves and mines (gesell, 1983; khatir sam and holm, 1995; lozano et al., 2000; jha et al., 2001; papastefanou, 2001). spatial variation of outdoor radon activity and its dependence on the geological conditions, on the type of cover of earth surface (ocean, ice cap or snow cover) and on the variations in soil moisture (grasty, 1991) was investigated in many areas worldwide (gesell, 1983; gundersen, 1991). there is a large number of measurements of radon activity in the air above the ground surface, but due to the application of different methods, the results are not comparamailing address: dr. agnieszka anna ochmann, institute of geological sciences wroc l⁄ aw university, pl. m. borna 9, 50-204 wrocl⁄ aw, poland; e-mail: ochmannn@yahoo.com distribution of radon activity in the atmosphere above wzgórza niemczańsko-strzelińskie (south-west poland) and its dependence on uranium and thorium content in the underlying rock and indirect ground basement agnieszka anna ochmann institute of geological sciences wrocl⁄ aw university, wrocl⁄ aw, poland abstract radon activity in the atmosphere and its behavior in the environment have been investigated using lr-115 nuclear track detector. the complex geological structure of wzgórza niemczańsko-strzelińskie (south-west poland) enabled this problem to be studied in various geological conditions. the eu and eth content in rocks and soil was measured by gamma-spectrometer gr-320. uranium content of bedrock reached its maximum value of 15 ppm in the case of quartz-graphite schist. thorium reached its maximum value of 35 ppm in the case of granodiorite. radon activity was measured by means of long-term exposure of lr-115. the mean value of atmospheric radon activity was 21 bqm–3 in the air 2 m above the ground surface. the highest radon activities were measured in the area of granite and quartz-graphite schist outcrops and in the area of mylonitic rocks of the niemcza zone. radon activity in close to ground cup detectors varies from 25 to 300 bqm–3, these values depend on uranium and thorium content in indirect ground basement (soil and weathered rocks). not only uranium and thorium content but also rock disintegration due to tectonic events (shear zones) influenced atmospheric radon activity. seasonal variation is not strong, although higher values were measured in the autumn-winter period. 118 agnieszka anna ochmann ble. gesell (1983) compared the data from the area of united states, where the average radon activity in the air varies between 4-15 bqm–3. in canada outdoor radon activity, measured by one of the passive methods with an exposure period of 3 months, varied from 11 bqm–3 to 67 bqm–3 (the mean value for manitoba is 59 bqm–3 and saskatchewan − 61 bqm–3) (grasty, 1991). according to unscear (1983 fide wilkening 1990) the typical radon activity in the air above the ground surface averages 10 bqm–3. the aim of this investigation was to enrich the knowledge of radon behavior and to construct a map of spatial variation of radon activity on the eastern area of foresudetic block. 2. geological setting wzgórza niemczańsko-strzelińskie are located in the eastern part of the foresudetic bloc (sw part of poland). this area includes the periphery of the sowie góry block, niemcza zone, metamorphic of niemcza-kamieniec ząbkowicki, which is extended on the ne from the niemcza zone, and a crystalline massif of wzgórza strzelińskie (fig. 1). the north-east part of sowie góry block is composed mainly of paragneisses and migmatic gneisses. in the gneisses small bodies of amphibolite, gabbro and serpentinite are inserted (dziedzicowa, 1987). in the vicinity of the boundary of niemcza zone there are intrusions of quartz monzodiorite, which belongs to the plutonic rocks of niemcza zone (dziedzicowa, 1987). niemcza zone is extended along the east edge of góry sowie block. it is the zone of dislocation of the mass of rocks and is built of mylonites originated from deformations of gneisses of góry sowie (scheumann, 1937 fide dziedzicowa, 1987; mazur et al., 1995). the mylonitic rocks include the small bodies of amphibolites, quartz-graphite schist, the enclaves of gneisses and intrusions of plutonic rocks (mazur et al., 1995). in the south part of niemcza zone there are vast outcrops of serpentinite and gabbro (puziewicz and radkowska, 1990). the eastern edge of niemcza zone adjoins the series of mica schist or more general series of metamorphic rocks. this area is known as a metamorphic of niemcza-kamieniec ząbkowicki and its contact with the crystalline massif of wzgórza strzelińskie (strzelińskie hills) in the eastern part is covered with quaternary sediments (dziedzicowa, 1966). metamorphic of niemcza-kamieniec ząbkowicki is built mainly of mica schist with the inserts of quartz-feldspathic schist, quartz-graphite schist, amphibolites and marbles (dziedzicowa, 1966). between the metamorphic of niemcza-kamieniec ząbkowicki and wzgórza strzelińskie, near górka sobocka village, there are outcrops of granite intrusion and its southern metamorphic cover – gneisses of wzgórza lipowe (lipowe hills) (wojnar, 1977; bartz and puziewicz, 1999). according to oberc-dziedzic and szczepanski (1995) the granite from górka sobocka is the westernmost part of the crystalline massif of wzgórza strzelińskie. the series of crystalline rocks of the wzgórza strzelińskie massif can be divided into four groups (oberc-dziedzic, 1991): gneisses, the elder schist series, the younger schist series and plutonic rocks. the most common are gneisses. the rocks of the elder schist series (amphibolites, mica schist, limestone and marbles) appear in gneisses and are crimped with the rocks of younger series. the younger schist series, named jeglowa series, is composed of quartzite, quartz-sericite schist, mica-sillimanite-quartz schist. the youngest group of rocks are plutonic rocks: quartz diorite, tonalitie, granodiorite and granite. granite predominates in the northen part of massif (oberc-dziedzic, 1991). on the whole area of investigation there are the intrusions of tertiary basalts. complex geological structure of this area, a wide variety of types of rocks and the presence of tectonic zone between sowie góry block and crystalline massif of wzgórza strzelińskie (mazur et al., 1995), enabled the discussed problem to be studied in various geological conditions. 3. methods the fundamental equipment of this investigation was the lr-115 detector (production of kodak), which is one of many types of solid 119 distribution of rn activity in the atmosphere and its dependence on u and th content in the ground state nuclear track detectors. the application of solid state nuclear track detectors is based on the creation of structural defects on the sensitive surface of the detector due to alpha-particle hit against it (fleischer et al., 1965). the structural defects were enlarged during the process of etching, which enabled us to observe them even at slight magnification. a lr-115 detector was used for measuring the radon activity in the air (both in the open air and inside of a closed can). according to the information of its manufacturer, the lr-115 detector records the alpha-particles in a range of 1.24.8 mev, meaning that the alpha-particles emitted in a well-defined distance from the detector could be registered. this characteristic facilitates the elimination of recording alpha-particles emitted from the solid products of radon decay. in order to carry out the measurements of radon activity in the outdoor air, the detectors were fixed to the inner surface of a black plastic cup (of 8 cm diameter). the plastic cups provided shelter from the sun light and precipitations. we chose 27 monitoring points were situated on the outcrops of the different types of rocks. each monitoring point consisted of 4 cups fixed 2 m, 1 m, 0.5 m and 0.05 m above the ground surface (fig. 2a,b). the higher the level above the ground surface where the detector was fixed the more representative the measure was for the more exfig. 1. geological scheme of wzgórza niemczańsko-strzelińskie (scheme prepared on the basis of the geological maps made by badura, berezowska, cwojdzinski, dziemianczuk, gawronski, gazdzik, jerzmanski, oberc, trepka, walczak-augustyniak, wòjcik). 120 agnieszka anna ochmann tensive area. furthermore, detectors situated 0.05m above the ground registered thoron rn220 beside the radon rn222. the time of exposure was 6 months, twice a year: october-march (autumnwinter period) and april-september (spring-summer period). a long measurement period enables us to obtain the average values for the time of exposure and reduces the effect of diurnal fluctuations of pressure and temperature. the two sets of measurements were repeated the following year and the values obtained were similar to these which had been taken the year before. the radon activity in the outdoor air was calculated dividing the number of traces on 1 cm2 of the detector surface by the number of days of exposure and the result obtained multiplied by the calibration coefficient (in case of the atmospheric air it is 13.8), this model was elaborated by srivastawa et al. (1995). the lr-115 detector was also used during the measurement of the radon emanation from different types of rocks from the investigated area. to measure the radon emanation a modified method of the «can technique» was applied. the «can technique» was developed by alter and prize (1974 fide azam et al., 1995) and then applied with some modification, among others, by karamadoust (1988), azam et al. (1995) and solecki (1999). the basis of this method is that the total amount of radon in the investigated material consists of two parts, one – the atoms of radon stuck in the mineral crystals, the other – the radon atoms free to migrate in the interstitial spaces. the second part of radon atoms is the part which can get out of the rock material, enter the air above and could be registered by the detector. the ratio of these parts is defined by the emanation coefficient. the emanation coefficient was calculated introducing the total radium activity (content) ctra and effective radium activity cera k c ce era rat= . the total radium activity ct ra is the total amount of radon in the rock material calculated on the basis of gamma-spectrometric analysis of radium activity. in this case the analysis was made by radiometric laboratory of gig in katowice, using semi-conductor detector hpge, according to the polish norm pn-89/z-70073. the effective radium content cera is the fraction of radium which corresponds to the part of radon which has emanated from the sample. effective radium activity is expressed in bq/kg unit and can be calculated from the equation c kmt v e e ra = t where ρ is the track density on cm2 of the detector surface, v the volume of free space in the can, k a calibration constant (0.0245 track on cm2 in one day), m the mass of sample in kg and te the time of exposure in days (azam et al., 1995). crushed rock material (grain size of 3.51 cm) was closed in a hermetic can of the known fig. 2a,b. the measurements of radon activity in the outdoor air, a) a plastic cup with detector; b) diagram presenting the construction of the monitoring point. a b fig. 3. the instrument for measuring radon emanation from the rock material by «can technique» method; 1 – magnet, 2 – detector, 3 – metal plate. 121 distribution of rn activity in the atmosphere and its dependence on u and th content in the ground volume. on the inner surface of the cap, there was fixed a detector to register the alpha particles of radon in the air above the sample of rock (fig. 3). the important element is to start exposure after stabilization of the secular equilibrium between ra226 and rn222. the equilibrium (of 98%) between them stabilizes after 3 weeks in the closed space. because of this period of stabilization, 3 weeks after closing the can, the detector was covered by metal plate, which was held by a magnet from outside of the can. after this period the metal plate was removed by taking away the magnet and the detector starts to be exposed. this is a modification of the azam method introduced by solecki (1999). the detector mainly registers the alpha particles which come from the decay of rn222 and not from rn220. taking into account diffusion coefficients of radon in the air and in the crushed rock material, the half-life time of the thoron rn220 and the distance between the detector and the surface of the sample, it was estimated that alpha particles of thoron could be registered in 10%. the emanation coefficients of 14 different types of rocks were measured and estimated. moreover the emanation coefficient was measured for a grain size smaller than 1 cm and for a moisture content of 13% and 24% wt for each type of rock. these variations of conditions changed the ke values but the relative differences of ke between the different types of rocks remained the same. in this paper ke values are presented which were obtained for dry rock material of grain size of 3.5-1 cm. the field measurements of the uranium and thorium content in rocks and soil were performed using gamma-spectrometer gr-320. the gamma-spectrometer gr-320 is equipped with a detector, with a source cs of 0.5 mci (18.5 kbq). the gamma-spectrometer gr-320 measures contents of bi214 and tl208 and on this basis, it estimates the contents of u238 and th232. therefore the results are presented as an equivalent content of uranium (eu) and thorium (eth). a few zero values of measurements obtained on the outcrops of gabbro and serpentinites prove that the cosmic radiation does not influence the results of measurements. the 29 sets of measurements (in each place – 30 single measurements, each one lasting 300s) were collected above the outcrops of different type of rocks and above the soils which cover them. 4. results 4.1. the eu and eth content in soil and underlying rocks the mean eu contents in the rocks of investigated area vary from values close to zero (gabbro, serpentinite) up to 12 ppm, in the quartzgraphite schist in the south part of niemcza zone (fig. 4). the quartz-graphite schist which crops out in the north part of metamorphic of niemcza-kamieniec ząbkowicki, contains 7 ppm eu. the mean values for granitoides are 3-6 ppm eu, in mica schist of metamorphic of niemczakamieniec ząbkowicki and schist of wzgórza lipowe the measured contents are 2-4 ppm eu. a relatively high value was obtained for basalt in the north-east part of the metamorphic of niem122 agnieszka anna ochmann cza-kamieniec ząbkowicki – 3.2 ppm. the lowest values of uranium content were measured on amphibolites, quartzite, quartz-feldspathic schist and some basalts. the thorium content has a decisive impact the thoron activity in the environment. the relatively high eth contents (> 20 ppm) were measured on the outcrops of some granite and schist of wzgórza lipowe (fig. 4). the highest mean value – 32 ppm, was found on granodiorite near niemcza. the slightly lower thorium contents (20-15 ppm) were recorded in quartz-feldspathic schist of metamorphic of niemcza-kamieniec ząbkowicki, mica schist of wzgorza lipowe and mica-sillimanite schist in south part of wzgorza strzelinskie. the high value eth of the basalt in the north-east part of the metamorphic of niemcza-kamieniec ząbkowicki – 12.9 ppm is noteworthy. the uranium and thorium content in soil usually corresponds to the contents in the underlying rocks. in most places the eu and eth contents in soil (mean values: 2 ppm eu and 8 ppm eth) are slightly reduced in relation to the contents in underlying rocks (mean: 3 ppm eu and 12 ppm eth), but not in every place. on the areas composed of amphibolite, serpentinite, gabbro and quartzite the values measured on soil are higher than the values measured on the underlying rocks. it could be explained by the presence of loess material in the soil, which contains, after solecki (2000), 2-3 ppm eu and about 10 ppm eth. fig. 4. the mean eu and eth contents in the rocks of wzgórza niemczańsko-strzelińskie. 123 distribution of rn activity in the atmosphere and its dependence on u and th content in the ground 4.2. the emanation coefficient of the samples of selected rocks emanation coefficient (ke) is interpreted as a ratio of the amount of radon that emanated to the air above the sample to the whole radon which was generated in the sample. emanation coefficient is a feature of the material and quantifies the ability of this material to emanate radon-gas. the emanation coefficient of samples of 14 selected rocks vary in the range 0.003-0.13 (table i). according to unscear, the emanation coefficient varies in range of 0.01 – 0.8 (1988 fide robé and labed, 1995; markkanen and arvela, 1992). the emanation coefficients of investigated rocks fit in the lower range of the values published by unscear. the lower emanation coefficients were measured for basalts and the highest values of emanation coefficient were obtained for quartz-feldspathic schist, quartz-graphite schist and granite (górka sobocka). solecki (1999) measured for the metamorphic schist an emanation coefficient of 0.29. the higher emanation coefficient of metamorphic schist than that of the magmatic rocks could be explained by the textures of metamorphic schist, which were formed as a result of numerous transformations and deformations. therefore it could be presumed that the migration inside these rocks will be faster than in the solid magmatic rock. effective radium activity (content) (cera) quantifies the radon that come out to the atmosphere from the definite quantity of crushed rock. effective radium activity is the result of the total activity of ra228 and ra226 in rock and the emanation coefficient of this rock. the measurements inside the closed can partially include the thoron emanation, however in the atmosphere the presence of thoron is limited up to the height of 30-40 cm. therefore in the case of atmospheric radon the effective ra226 activity should by taken in consideration. the effective ra226 activity for the investigated samples is shown in the last column of table i. 4.3. atmospheric radon activity in the air 2 m above the ground surface the radon activity distribution above the area of wzgórza niemczańsko-strzelińskie is illustrated in fig. 5, the values are year-average. the highest radon activity, above 20 bq m3, is observed above the area of the outcrops of mylonite of niemcza zone, where the maximum values were measured above the outcrops of mylonitic gneisses, granodiorite and quartz-graphite schist. another area of high values is the region of górka sobocka, wzgórza lipowe and north-west part of wzgórza strzelińskie, with the maximum values above the outcrops of granites near górka sobocka and strzelin. these two geological situations of the higher radon activity in the atmosphere demonstrate the two general factors table i. emanation coefficient (ke) and effective ra226 activity of selected rocks from investigated area. type of rock ke cera226 [bq/kg] gabbro 0.01 0.03 serpentine 0.03 0.13 quartzite (wzgórza strzelińskie) 0.07 0.45 amphibolite (ne part 0.06 0.80 of sowie góry) basalt (e periphery of góry 0.007 0.26 sowie) basalt (metamorphic of niemcza0.003 0.17 -kamieniec ząbkowicki) basalt (s part of wzgórza 0.003 0.08 lipowe) quartz-feldspathic schist 0.13 3.39 (metamorphic of niemcza -kamieniec ząbkowicki) quartz-graphite schist 0.11 6.80 (niemcza zone) gneisses (wzgórza strzelińskie) 0.01 0.55 quartz monzodiorite 0.01 0.51 (ne part of sowie gory) granodiorite (niemcza zone) 0.06 4.43 granite (górka sobocka) 0.09 5.25 granite (strzelin) 0.03 1.90 124 agnieszka anna ochmann that influence the radon exhalation: uranium/ radium content in the rocks and their emanation coefficient. the influence of the high contents of uranium in rocks on the radon activity in the atmosphere is obvious. much more interesting seems to be the influence of the mylonitisation, fracturating and weathering of rocks in the tectonic zone, which can be observed above the niemcza zone. the increased migration of radon from fractured and weathered rocks was described among others by gates et al. (1990), ball et al. (1991), gundersen (1991), dubois et al. (1995) and ciężkowski and przylibski (1997). faults and cracks increase the surface of contact between rock and ground water, what promotes the possibility of radon migration too (ball et al., 1991; strzelecki and wolkowicz, 1993). the mean value of atmospheric radon activity, measured 2 m above the ground, on the area of wzgórza niemczańsko-strzelińskie was 21 bqm–3. this value corresponds to the radon activity measured above the central mountainous areas of the usa. the mean radon activity in the atmosphere on the area of usa varies in the range of 4-15 bqm–3, on the colorado plateau these values reach 18.5-27.8 bqm–3 (gesell, 1983). in canada outdoor radon activity measured 3 m above the ground surface reached the mean values for the provinces of manitoba 59 bqm–3 and saskatchewan 61 bqm–3 (grasty, 1991). fig. 5. atmospheric radon activity distribution above the area of wzgórza niemczańsko-strzelińskie. 125 distribution of rn activity in the atmosphere and its dependence on u and th content in the ground 4.4. radon activity in the air close to ground, 0.05 m above the ground surface the year-average values of radon activity close to the ground are shown in table ii. the values are not interpolated over the whole area because this parameter varies strongly, depending on the exhalation from the limited local ground. moreover, because of the way the cups with detectors are positioned (they were placed directly on the ground), the measurements were not influenced by dispersion in the atmosphere. the measurements carried out close to the ground include rn222 and rn220, so the radon activity values are influenced by both uranium and thorium content in soil and underlying rocks. the highest values of radon activity (>200 bqm–3) in air close to the ground were measured on granodiorite and granite, a little lower values (100-200 bqm–3) were measured on mylonitic gneisses of niemcza zone, on mica schist and quartz-feldspathic schist of metamorphic of niemcza-kamieniec ząbkowicki and on some basalts. the high values of radon activity are caused by the relatively high uranium and thorium content in soil (2-3 ppm eu and 7-18 ppm eth) and underlying rocks (3-6 ppm eu and 1126 ppm eth) in these places. the lowest activities (25-45 bqm–3) were measured on serpentinite and gneisses of góry sowie, where the uranium and thorium contents are: close to zero for eu and 23 ppm eth. the relatively low radon activity of 52 bqm–3 on quartz-graphite schist, where the contents of eu and eth in rock are 13 ppm and 6.6 ppm respectively, results from the unavoidable location of the detector outside of the old quarry, near the gneiss outcrops. the high values of radon activity in the air in relation to the low uranium and thorium contents in underlying rocks, were measured on amphibolites, gabbros and quartz. in these places the soil contains more radioactive elements (1.5-2 ppm eu and 6-9 ppm eth) than the rocks (0.1-0.5 ppm eu and 0.7-3.7 ppm th), which could result from the uranium and thorium concentration during the soil genesis process and from addition of loess material. 4.5. seasonal variation of radon activity in the air it is possible to observe slight seasonal variations of radon activity in the air at a height of 2 m (fig. 6). in spite of the fact that the modal value is located in the same range of activity valtable ii. radon activity in the air close to the ground above the outcrops of different rocks. number of type of rn activity monitoring underlying 0.05 m above point rock the ground (fig. 1) [bqm–3] 1 mylonitic gneisses 193 of niemcza zone 2 basalt 171 3 granodiorite 303 4 mica schist 90 of niemcza zone 5 amphibolite 118 6 quartz-graphite schist 52 7 gneisses of sowie góry 25 8 quartz monzodiorite 66 9 serpentinite 45 10 granodiorite 212 11 serpentinite 37 12 gabbro 85 13 amphibolite 165 14 mica schist 67 15 quartz-feldspathic schist 131 16 mica schist 137 17 mica schist 180 18 mica schist 155 19 basalt 87 20 basalt 101 21 granite 240 22 granite 200 23 gneisses 48 of wzgórza strzelińskie 24 gneisses 47 of wzgórza strzelińskie 25 quartzite and quartz schist 40 26 granite 145 27 erlanes 75 126 agnieszka anna ochmann ues for the autumn-winter and spring-summer period (10-20 bqm–3), in the autumn-winter period there are more measurements in the range of 20-30 and 30-40 bqm–3 than in the range of 0-10 bqm–3, the opposite situation is observed on the histogram for the spring-summer period. the slightly higher values in the autumn-winter period could be explained by increased exhalation in the conditions of temperature difference between the air in the ground and air above the ground surface. in the autumn-winter period the air temperature above the ground usually is lower than that in the ground, which causes convection of the air from ground to the atmosphere. these phenomena were described by wilkening (1990), hakl et al. (1995) and robé and labed (1995). the snow cover, described as a factor which decreases the radon activity in the atmosphere (juzdan et al., 1985; somogyj et al., 1986; feichter and crutzen, 1989; dörr and münnich, 1990; jacob and prather, 1990; ennemoser et al., 1995), is not the dominant factor because on this area the period of snow cover is very short. 5. conclusions the mean value of radon activity in the air 2 m above ground surface was 21 bqm–3. the highest values were measured in the area of granite and quartz-graphite schist outcrops (rocks of the high eu content) and in the area of mylonitic rocks of the niemcza zone. these observations confirm that the radon activity in the atmosphere depends on uranium/radium content in the rocks and their emanation coefficient and on the mylonitisation and fracturating grade of rocks in the tectonic zone. the slight seasonal variation of radon activity in the air is the result of weather conditions which control radon migration from soil-gas to atmosphere. radon activity close to the ground surface varies from 25 to 300 bqm–3 and accurately reflects the uranium and thorium content in the indirect ground basement (soil and weathered rocks). references azam, a., a.h. naqvi and d.s. srivastava (1995): radium concentration and radon exhalation measurements using lr-115 type ii plastic track detectors, nucl. geophys., 9 (6), 653-657. ball, t.k., d.g cameron, t.b. colman and p.d. roberts (1991): behaviour of radon in the geological environment: a review, quart. j. eng. geol., 24, 169-182. bartz, w. and j. puziewicz (1999): orientotion of quartz axes in the quartz-graphite schist of niemcza zone and the niemcz-kamieniec ząbkowicki metamorphic unit (lower silesia, poland) as an indicator of metamorphism and deformation conditions, arch. miner., lii (l), 113-129 (in polish). ciężkowski, w. and t.a. przylibski (1997): radon in waters from health resorts of the sudety mts. (sw poland), appl. radiat. isot., 48 (6), 855-856. dörr, h. and k.o. münnich (1990): rn-222 flux and soil air concentration profiles in west-germany. soil rn222 as tracer for gas transport in the unsaturated soil zone, tellus, 42b, 20-28. dubois, c., a. alvarez calleja, s. bassot and a. chambaudet (1995): modelling the 3-dimensional microfissure network in quartz in a thin section of granite, in gas geochemistry, edited by c. dubois, d. klein, a. chambaudet and m. rebetez (northwood: science reviews), 357-368. dziedzicowa, h. (1966): the schist series east of the niemcza zone in the light of new investigations, z geologii ziem zachodnich, wroc l⁄ aw, 101-118 (in polish). dziedzicowa, h. (1987): structural evolution and metamorphism of eastern border of the góry sowie, acta univ. wrat. no. 788, prace geologiczno-mineralogiczne, x, 221-247 (in polish). fig. 6. distribution of radon activity values, measured in the air 2 m above the ground surface in the two periods of the year, which demonstrates slight seasonal variation. 127 distribution of rn activity in the atmosphere and its dependence on u and th content in the ground ennemoser, o., s.m.g. giacomuzzi, p. brunner, p. schneider, v. stigl, f. purtscheller and w. ambach (1995): radon measurements in soil to predict indoor radon concentrations in new buildings in an area with unusually high radon levels, sci. total environ., 162, 209-213. feichter, j. and p.j. crutzen (1990): parameterization of vertical tracer transport due to deep cumulus convection in a global transport model and its evaluation with radon-222 measurements, tellus, 42b, 100-117. fleischer, r.l., p.b. price and r.m. walker (1965): solid-state track detectors: applications to nuclear science and geophysics, ann. rev. nuc. sci., 15, 1-28. gates, a.e., l.c.s. gundersen and l.d. malizzi (1990): comparison of radon in soil over faulted crystalline terranes: glaciated versus unglaciated, geophys. res. lett., 17 (6), 813-816. gesell, t.f. (1983): background atmospheric 222rn concentrations outdoors and indoors. a review, health phys., 45, 289-302. grasty, r.l. (1991): a cross canada radon survey, in proceedings of the fifth international symposium on the natural radiation environment, salzburg austria. gundersen, c.l.s. (1991): radon in sheared igneous and metamorphic rocks, u.s. geol. surv. bull. (on line: http://sedwww.cr.usgs.gov:8080/radon/shearl-6). hakl, j., i. hunyadi and a. varhegyi (1995): the study of subsurface radon transport dynamics based on monitoring in caves, in gas geochemistry, edited by c. dubois, d. klein, a. chambaudet and m. rebetez (northwood: science reviews), 391-398. jacob, d.j. and m.j. prather (1990): radon-222 as a test of convective transport in a general circulation model, tellus, 42b, 118-134 . jha, s., a.h. khan. and u.c. mishra (2001): a study ofthe technologically modified sources of 222rn and its environmental impact in an indian u mineralised belt, j. environ. radioact., 53 (2), pp. 183-197. karamadoust, n.a., s.a. durrani and j.h. fremlin (1988): an investigation of radon exhalation from fly ash produced in the combustion of coal, nucl. tracks, 15, pp. 667. khatir sam, a.k. and e. holm (1995): the natural radioactivity in phosphate deposits from sudan, sci. total environ., 162, 173-178. lozano, j.c., f. vera tome, v. gomez escobar and p. blanco rodriguez (2000): radiological characterization of uranium mine with no mining activity, appl. radiat. isot., 53, 337-343. markkanen, m. and h. arvela (1992): radon emanation from soils, radiat. prot. dosimetry, 45 (1/4), 269-272. mazur, s., j. puziewicz and d. józefiak (1995): the niemcza zone – a regional-scale shear zone between two areas of contrasting tectono-metamorphic evolution, in przewodnik lxvi zjazdu ptg «geologia i ochrona środowiska bloku przedsudeckiego», wroc l⁄ aw, 221-240 (in polish). oberc-dziedzic, t. (1991): geological setting of the strzelin granitoids, acta univ. wratisl., 1375, prace geol. miner., xxix, pp. 295-324 (in polish). oberc-dziedzic, t. and j. szczepański (1995): geology of the wzgórza strzelińskie cristalline massif, in przewodnik lxvi zjazdu ptg «geologia i ochrona środowiska bloku przedsudeckiego», wroc l⁄ aw, 111-126 (in polish). papastefanou, c. (2001): radiological impact from atmospheric releases of 238u and 226ra from phosphate rock processing plants, j. environ. radioact., 54, pp. 75-83. puziewicz, j. and m. radkowska (1990): morphology of the crystals of zircon from plutonic rocks of the niemcza zone (sudetes, sw poland), arch. miner., xlvi (1-2), 124-139 (in polish). robé, m.c. and v. labed (1995): explaining the variation in soil radon concentrations: a study of the influence of some intrinsic properties of a rock matrix on the radon emission factor, in gas geochemistry, edited by c. dubois, d. klein, a. chambaudet and m. rebetez (northwood: science reviews), 535-542. solecki, a.t. (1999): radon emanation of selected sudetic rocks, in 5th international conference on rare gas geochemistry, august 30-september 3, 1999, debrecen, hungary. solecki, a.t. (2000): radiometric anomalies of the central part of the sudetic foreland and their relation with geological environment, acta univ. wrat. no. 2210, prace geologiczno-mineralogiczne, lxix, 1-91 (in polish). somogyj, g., a.f. hafez, i. hunyadi and m. tóth-szilágyj (1986): measurement of exhalation and diffusion parameters of radon in solids by particle track detectors, int. j. radiat. appl. instrum., part d, nucl. tracks radiat. meas., 12 (1/6), 701-704 srivastava, d.s., p. singh, n.p.s. rana, a.h. naqvi, a. azam, t.v. ramachandran and m.c. subba ramu (1995): calibration factor for lr-115 type ii track detectors for environmental radon measurements, nucl. geophys., 9 (5), 487-495. strzelecki, r. and s. wolkowicz (1993): geological control on radon emanations, nukleonika, 38 (4), 109-120. wilkening, m. (1990): radon in the environment, studies in environmental science no. 40, pp. 138. wojnar, b. (1977): petrography of granite from górka sobocka in the foresudetic block, acta univ. wrat. no. 378, prace geologiczno-mineralogiczne, vi, 139-156 (in polish). preliminary analysis of radon time series before the ml=6 amatrice earthquake: possible implications for fluid migration annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7166 preliminary analysis of radon time series before the ml=6 amatrice earthquake: possible implications for fluid migration valentina cannelli, antonio piersanti, elena spagnuolo, gianfranco galli istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia valentina.cannelli@ingv.it abstract on august 24, 2016 a ml=6.0 earthquake occurred in central apennines, italy, between the towns of norcia and amatrice, causing severe destruction and casualties in a wide area around the epicenter. we present a preliminary analysis of continuous radon concentration data collected from the second half of 2012 to the day after the earthquake by a long term radon monitoring station, installed at cittareale (ri, italy), about 11 km south-west of the epicenter. we combine the field data analysis with the outcome of dedicated laboratory experiments, aimed to study real time radon emission dynamics from rock samples subject to normal and shear stress loads in absence of fluid transport and migration phenomena. our results suggest the possibility of a minor role played by phenomena related to fluid migration for the amatrice seismic event with respect to other recent apennine earthquakes. i introduction c urrent research on soil radon emanation in terms of analyses of long time series has revealed its potential informative power regarding the link between temporal variation of this noble gas concentration and seismogenic processes [stefansson(2011), piersanti et al.(2016)]. in fact, the radioactive nature of radon makes it a potentially efficient marker to study and monitor fluid flows. in recent years, new laboratory experiments gave unambiguous evidence of the link between the rock state of stress and variations in the radon emanation properties [tuccimei et al.(2010), mollo et al.(2011)]. however, the analysis is complicated by the susceptibility of radon emissions to meteorological parameters and site-specific features [jaishi et al.(2014), piersanti et al.(2015)]. we had the possibility of analyzing a three-years long time series of radon concentration acquired by a monitoring station installed at about 11 km south-west of the 24 august, 2016, ml=6.0 amatrice earthquake epicenter. we present the preliminary results obtained limiting the impact of meteorological effects on the measured radon time series and combining them with the results of a series of laboratory experiments to study radon concentration variations in connection with a process of gradual deformation in shear. ii methods ii.1 soil radon observations radon data were collected by a high sensitivity, high efficiency active radon monitoring station based on a lucas cell [lucas(1957)], installed at cittareale (cttr, 42◦37′3.0′′n 13◦9′33.5′′e) in may 2010, at about 960 m 1 mailto:valentina.cannelli@ingv.it annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7166 above sea level. in august 2012 a new radon concentration detector replaced the previous one. in this work we decided to employ only data from the latest (and currently working) detector. the station is located in a basement hosting the municipal archive of the city (occasionally accessible to technical staff only) and measures radon concentration with an adjustable acquisition time (currently is 115 minutes); its efficiency is 0.06 count min−1/bq m−3 and the minimum detectable concentration is as low as 6 bq m−3. cttr acquires simultaneously local temperature values by means of a specific sensor co-located with the radon one. all other daily values of meteorological parameters employed in our analysis (external temperature, pressure, precipitation) are approximated as short term (12-24h) weather forecast by an italian weather website (http://www.ilmeteo.it/). the complete time series of radon concentration data recorded at station cttr from august 1, 2012 to august 25, 2016, together with the time series of local temperature are shown in figure 1a and figure 1b, respectively. cttr radon concentration data show a marked seasonal signal, ascribable to a major correlation with temperature (see blue monthly moving-average of radon time series in figure 1a and daily average of local temperature in figure 1b), as laboratory tests [iskandar et al.(2004)] and long term radon monitoring studies [jaishi et al.(2014), piersanti et al.(2015)] indicate. the meteorological corrected radon concentration values that we will show and discuss in the following sections have been obtained applying the procedure described in [piersanti et al.(2016)]. jul12 oct12 jan13 apr13 jul13 oct13 jan14 apr14 jul14 oct14 jan15 apr15 jul15 oct15 jan16 apr16 jul16 oct16 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 a) r a d o n c o n c e n tr a ti o n ( b q /m 3 ) jul12 oct12 jan13 apr13 jul13 oct13 jan14 apr14 jul14 oct14 jan15 apr15 jul15 oct15 jan16 apr16 jul16 oct16 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 b) in te rn a l te m p e ra tu re ( ° c ) figure 1: a) radon concentration (bq m−3) at cttr for the period august 1, 2012 august 25, 2016 both as daily average (yellow dots) and as monthly moving-average (blue line). b) daily averaged time series of local temperature for the same period as in (a). ii.2 laboratory we conducted four laboratory experiments to study radon concentration variations in connection with a process of gradual deformation in shear. the use of controlled conditions of loading and ambient conditions (temperature and humidity), helps reducing the number of implicated variables affecting the natural radon emanation process and simplifies the interpretation of the results. we use the rotary shear apparatus shiva (slow to high velocity apparatus) installed in the high pressurehigh temperatures (hp-ht) laboratory of the ingv of rome simulating close to natural seismic deformation condition at depth of the upper-crust [di toro et al.(2010)]. the sample assembly is made of two cylinders 50 mm of external diameter sandwiched in frictional contact under a constant normal load of 5 mpa on tuffs and 15 mpa on tonalities, within a pressure-vessel. the vessel [violay et al.(2013)] is a device made of stainless steel equipped with sealing o-rings that ensure isolation of the sample pair and guarantee fluid confinement. rock type selection (tuff and tonalite) 2 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7166 was driven by the radon initial concentration, porosity and shear modulus. we used the same instrument employed in the field to continuously acquire radon/thoron concentration variations during the progress of the experiment, with an acquisition time of 1 sec. we use a simple pump to flux air in closed loop between the inlet valve of the vessel and the outlet flange of the radon detector to allow air circulation within the vessel and from the vessel to the detector (figure 2). variations of radon concentration are referred to an initial condition set at the achievement of secular equilibrium. secular equilibrium was ensured pre-stressing the sample pair in a uniaxial press for four days. experiments consisted in a step-wise increase in shear-stress (τ ≈ 0.2mpa, dt ≈ 5 min) under constant normal load until sample failure, resulting in a fast rotation of the rotary column at prescribed velocity and pronounced wearing and axial shortening of the contact surfaces. the shearstress was then re-established and increased again, for several cycles, until the initial bare rock is crushed to powder. deviation from the prescribed experimental conditions were possible due to the onset of mechanical oscillations in shear stress or a fast increase in the deformation rates, requiring a manual intervention. all experiments were well reproducible in both the mechanical behaviour and recorded radon emission variations. figure 2: the experimental apparatus (shiva, on the left modified from [di toro et al.(2010)]) essentially made of a rotary axes, a stationary axis and a sample chamber. the experimental assembly consists of the radon detect. (labelled with a), the connection (b) allowing for close loop circulation of fluids from the vessel (c) to the radon detect.; the air pump for air flux (d). iii results iii.1 soil radon observations our analysis is based on the phenomenological observation of the trend of radon concentration time series during the months of july and august for the four years from 2013 to 2016 and successively on their correlation with variations of meteorological parameters measured in the same periods, through an empirical correction procedure aimed at limiting the impact of their variations on the measured radon concentration levels (see for details [piersanti et al.(2016)]). in figure 3a daily averaged time series of radon concentration for the period july-august (20132014-2015-2016) are shown. radon concentration data acquired at station cttr show for these four time windows values variability comparable with the one of the complete time series but with higher absolute concentration values, as expected for summer months [iskandar et al.(2004), jaishi et al.(2014)]. namely, we registered sharp peaks ranging 3 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7166 from a few tens up to 400 bq m−3. the average values of radon concentration evaluated for the period july-august and for the month of august alone are reported in table 1, in the second and in the fourth column respectively. it is worth noting that 2016 average value is the lowest of all the four years and it is lower than the average values registered during the previous three years by more than 3 standard deviations (see last two rows of table 1). table 1: mean values of radon concentrations in (bq m−3). jul-aug jul-aug aug aug (uncorr.) (corr.) (uncorr.) (corr.) 2013 227 149 212 96 2014 228 129 222 90 2015 233 158 216 179 2016 214 71 196 63 avg. 229 145 217 122 std.dev. (± 3) (± 15) (± 5) (± 50) 25−jun 05−jul 15−jul 25−jul 04−aug 14−aug 24−aug 03−sep 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 a) r a d o n c o n c e n tr a ti o n ( b q /m 3 ) 2013 2014 2015 2016 25−jun 05−jul 15−jul 25−jul 04−aug 14−aug 24−aug 03−sep 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 b) r a d o n c o n c e n tr a ti o n c o rr e c te d ( b q /m 3 ) 2013 2014 2015 2016 figure 3: a) daily-average time series of radon concentration for the period july-august for 2013,2014,2015,2016. the black vertical line marks the occurrence of the ml=6 earthquake. b) the same as in (a) but with daily average time series corrected for meteorological parameters (ctmax , crmax = 5; cpmax = 1). in figure 3b we show the time series of figure 3a corrected for meteorological parameters, according to the empirical correction procedure developed by [piersanti et al.(2016)] in order to remove the effect of meteorological phenomena on measured radon concentrations. as described in cited work, the correction parameters are determined through a numerical optimization scheme whose results, in agreement with results obtained for the pollino range stations (south italy, calabrian arc), indicate temperature and precipitations as the most impacting variables on radon concentration data (ctmax , crmax = 5), while the role of the atmospheric pressure variations is not well constrained (cpmax = 1). the features of all the considered time series change noticeably after the correction. we focus our attention on the 2016 july-august corrected one (cyan solid line in figure 3b) that is significantly flattened with respect to all the others (see also the average values of corrected radon concentration in the third and fifth column of table 1). indeed, the 2016 july-august uncorrected time series show three low concentration peaks, the latest occurring two days before the earthquake (figure 3a). the peculiar behavior of 2016 july-august radon timeseries is confirmed also by the observation of relative variations of radon concentration during the period selected for our analysis. figure 4 shows that the largest relative variations of the whole radon time series occur just in the 90 days preceding the earthquake. 4 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7166 nov−12 jun−13 jan−14 jul−14 feb−15 aug−15 mar−16 sep−16 −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 r n r e la ti v e v a ri a ti o n 14 aug 21 jun 23 may figure 4: relative variations of radon concentrations for the period january 1, 2013 august 25, 2016 iii.2 laboratory we conducted two experiments on tonalite and two on tuff to test the instrument sensitivity and the reproducibility of radon concentration variations in case of laboratory faults. in the following we will focus on tonalite since we consider it more representative of a seismogenic setting with respect to tuff. experiments conducted at normal load of 15 mpa (experiments n. 1063 and s1095) show that the experimental fault responds to a gradual increase in shear stress (blue solid curve in figure 5) by sliding at slip rates (black solid curve) varying from less than a few mm s−1 up to 4 cm s−1. these episodic slip events are concomitant to a large increase in the axial shortening which typically ranges from 0 to 2 mm (red solid curve). after the application of the normal load and with the progressive increase in shear stress the number of radon counts (converted in counts per hour in figure top panel) was gradually decreasing (figure 5 top panel) until the onset of the largest event where we observed the largest decrease in radon counts. it is worth noting that this large negative radon concentration variation occurred, in the case of both the experiments, before sample failure and still far from a condition of seismic sliding (slip rates > 0.1m s−1). moreover, the correlation between the state of loading if the sample pair and the radon concentration variation follow almost instantaneously. the negative radon concentration variation prior sample failure was also reported in previous static analysis ([tuccimei et al.(2010)]) on tuff where the radon concentration variation was measured as a cumulative value prior and after the application of a normal load under an uniaxial press. 0 5 1 h , 2 4 ', 5 0 .8 '' 0 0.02 0.04 )s / m( et ar pi l s s h e a r s tr e ss ( m p a ) time 9 a p ri le . 2 0 1 5 0 8 .5 6 :1 6 ( g m t ) axial shortening 2mm 09:00 10:00 11:00 08:00 10:00 12:00 14:00 700 650 600 550 compression compression + shear 12:00 13:00 14:00 # / h o u r figure 5: radon variation concentration (top panel) as a function of the shear stress increase (blue solid line, bottom panel) in case of experiment number s1095. the mechanical response of the system made of fault + experimental apparatus is also shown (bottom panel) in terms of slip rate (black solid curve) and axial displacement (shortening, red solid line). the number of radon counts (averaged in counts/hour in top panel) decreases with increasing shear stress at constant normal load (compressive load of 15 mpa) and has a maximum negative slope corresponding to the highest recorded slip pulse with slip-rate of 0.04 m/s. the axial shortening (generally associated to sample grinding and wearing) was of the order of 0.1 mm. iv discussion we have presented the results of an analysis of radon concentration data acquired at cttr station from 2013 to the day after the ml=6.0 5 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7166 amatrice earthquake supplemented with data obtained from dedicated, original laboratory experiments. the field observations confirm the strong impact of meteorological parameters variations on observed radon time series, especially temperature and precipitations. at the same time, both daily average time series and the ones corrected for meteorological parameters evidence for july-august 2016 a different behavior with respect to the same time window of the previous years, showing overall lower average values of radon emanations and an increase of relative variations among different detections. when a meteorological parameter correction is applied, the previous behaviors are confirmed and a flattened trend in the days preceding the earthquake can be also evidenced. data obtained from laboratory experiments, aimed to study real time radon concentration variations in connection with a process of gradual deformation in shear and in absence of fluid transport and migration phenomena, give results compatible with the cttr radon time series behavior during the 2016 july-august period. these combined observations could pave the way to the hypothesis of a minor role played by processes associated with fluid transport and migration for the amatrice seismic event with respect to other recent apennine earthquakes. nevertheless, the available data, being limited to a single station, do not allow us to rule out the possibility that different portion of the seismogenic volume could have been subject to different styles of fluid dynamics related phenomena. in this respect, a multi-station monitoring of seismogenic areas would represent an important evolution of the presented investigative approach. acknowledgment the experimental part of this work was supported by the erc cog nofear project 614705 (p.i. giulio di toro) references [di toro et al.(2010)] di toro, g., niemeijer, a.r., tripoli a.; et al. (2010), from field geology to earthquake simulation: a new state-of-the-art tool to investigate rockfriction during the seismic cycle (shiva), rendiconti lincei, 21(supp.1), s95-s114, pp. 1-20, doi:10.1007/s12210-010-0097-x. [iskandar et al.(2004)] iskandar, d., yamazawa, h., and t. iida (2004), quantification of the dependency of radon emanation power on soil temperature, appl radiat isot, 60, 971–973. [jaishi et al.(2014)] jaishi, h., singh, s., tiwari, r. p.; et al. (2014), analysis of soil radon data in earthquake precursory studies, annals of geophysics, 57(5) s0544, doi:10.4401/ag-6513. [lucas(1957)] lucas, henry f. (1957), improved low-level alpha-scintillation counter for radon, review of scientific instruments, 28(9), 680–683, doi:10.1016/j.cageo.2003.08.011. [mollo et al.(2011)] mollo, s., tuccimei, p., heap, m. j.; et al. (2011), increase in radon emission due to rock failure: an experimental study, geophysical research letters, 38(14;), doi:10.1029/2011gl047962. [piersanti et al.(2015)] piersanti, a., cannelli, v. and g. galli (2015), long term continuous radon monitoring in a seismically active area, annals of geophysics, 58(4), s0437, doi:10.4401/ag-6735. [piersanti et al.(2016)] piersanti, a., cannelli, v. and g. galli (2016), the pollino 2012 seismic sequence: clues from continuous radon monitoring, solid earth, 7, 13031316, doi:10.5194/se-7-1303-2016. 6 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7166 [stefansson(2011)] stefansson, r.(2011), advances in earthquake prediction, springer-verlag, berlin, heidelberg, 300 pp, doi:10.1007/978-3-540-47571-2. [tuccimei et al.(2010)] tuccimei, p., mollo, s., vinciguerra, s.; et al. (2010), radon and thoron emission from lithophysae-rich tuff under increasing deformation: an experimental study, geophysical research letters, 37(5), doi:10.1029/2009gl042134. [violay et al.(2013)] violay,m., nielsen, s., spagnuolo, e.; et al. (2013), pore fluid in experimental calcite-bearing faults: abrupt weakening and geochemical signature of co-seismic processes, epsl, 361, 74-84. 7 introduction methods soil radon observations laboratory results soil radon observations laboratory discussion microsoft word 7360-18377-1-sp_lopera et al_final.doc annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7360 1 public policies, social perception and media content on fracking: an analysis in the spanish context emilia hermelinda lopera-pareja centro de investigaciones energéticas, medioambientales y tecnológicas (ciemat) emilia.lopera@ciemat.es ana garcía-laso domingo alfonso martín-sánchez polytechnic university of madrid ana.garcia.laso@upm.es domingoalfonso.martin@upm.es abstract energy supply and security is a topic that connects geoscience and ethics to economic, social and sustainable development. it also involves a wide range of interests and social actors, such as politicians, experts, industry, environmental ngo and citizen organizations and platforms. the fossil fuel extraction industry using hydraulic fracturing, and commonly known as fracking, is one of the most recent and controversial issues arising from the application of energy technologies in north america, south america and europe. this paper examines the public debate in spain on the topic of fracking from a multi-level and complementary perspective, based on data collected during 2012-2016 by exploring the development of public policies at national and regional levels, monitoring public perception through a survey, and analyzing the media content. from the theoretical frameworks of social amplification of risk and post-materialist values, a content analysis was applied to assess the relevance and the social, cultural and human values distributed by the press when dealing with fracking in spain. our results concerning public policies show that there are different positions on the matter between national and regional authorities, even if both authorities belong to the same political party. regarding social perception, almost 60 per cent of spaniards have admitted to having no opinion about fracking. finally, media discourse has been driven by pessimistic views, focused mainly on cost-benefit analysis and emphasizing how human health, natural resources and local communities might be negatively affected by fracking activities. 1. introduction urrently hydraulic fracturing techniques to extract fossil resources often do not meet with general social acceptability. the implementation of fracking has aroused public opposition in many local communities, becoming a controversial issue both in the united states and in european countries due to its potential consequences on the environment and human health (jaspal and nerlich, 2014; negro, 2012). in addition to economic and technical feasibility, the lack of public acceptance emerges as a complementary research field. in this context, this contribution examines the development of public policies, social perception and media discourse on fracking in spain with the aim to understand the dynamics and synergies that may be influencing the emergence and evolution of public opposition and the potential underlying ethical implications. for this purpose different sources and data were used: a) following and monitoring of public policies related to the topic at national c annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7360 2 and regional level from 2012 to 2016; b) data collected from the national survey on social perception of science and technology conducted in 2014 by the spanish foundation for science and technology; and c) data resulting from a content analysis applied to the press coverage on fracking published by the premium general information newspaper in spain, el país, during the timeframe 2013 and 2014. 2. results public policies spanish public policies on energy issues have experienced great changes since 2012 in updating and adapting the national regulatory framework in order to speed up and promote the implementation of fracking extractive technique. the sustained increase of oil prices from 2009 to 2014 and, as a consequence, the interest shown by fossil fuel companies to explore and exploit shale gas fields in several areas of the spanish territory were some of the key factors behind legal reforms developed by the national conservative government. at the same time, public policies on renewable energies also experienced significant changes following the entry into force of the decree law 1/2012 on the abolition of the subsidies to renewable energies (official state gazette, 2012). hydraulic fracturing was expressly included among the standard technologies for the exploitation of unconventional shale gas in spain under the law 17/2013 on the security of energy supply (official state gazette, 2013a), amending law 34/1998 on hydrocarbons (official state gazette, 1998). the environmental impact assessment for fracking projects was also included in law 21/2013 (official state gazette, 2013b), although preliminary projects to study viability through this technique were exempt. whereas licenses for exploration activities are granted by regional authorities when the whole area is located in a single region, this responsibility falls to the national authorities when the activity covers two or more regions. given this regulatory situation, three of the spanish northern regions – cantabria, la rioja and navarra – were adopting respective regional laws on the ban of fracking activities in its territories throughout 2013. but the national government immediately appealed these laws to the spanish constitutional court. at the european level, in january 2014 the european commission published a set of recommendations (2014/70/eu) on minimum principles for the exploration and production of hydrocarbons using high-volume hydraulic fracturing (official journal of the european union, 2014). but instead of setting a common framework, member states were simply ‘invited to’ plan developments, assess environmental impacts, ensure the best practice standards, check the quality of the local water, air and soil, control air emissions and inform the public. some months later, the three regional laws banning fracking were repealed by the constitutional court. the respective rulings were based on the existence of a conflict of political and administrative competences between regional and national authorities in the field of exploratory drilling and extraction of no conventional hydrocarbons. since hydrocarbon resources are deemed strategic, the regulation falls within the competence of national authorities. unlike in the united states, spanish landowners do not have property rights over the exploitation of fossil fuels from the subsoil. in fact, according to the aforementioned hydrocarbon law, gas and oil fields are considered strategic resources of state public domain. however, the strong opposition against fracking expressed by local and regional authorities plus the public rejection and protest movement promoted by local platforms on social networks and in the streets could have motivated the adoption of a new national regulation in 2015 that provided for economic benefits for individuals, local, and regional authorities. in fact, in order to further promote the use of fracking despite the controversial social debate at the local level, the new law 8/2015 called for a system of financial compensation and incentive for property owners, municipalities, and regions (official state gazette, 2015); in this latter case through taxes and fees paid by annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7360 3 the operating industry. but the promise of economic benefits did not prevent catalonia and the basque country from banning fracking in their territories over the course of 2015. at present, these laws await a ruling by the spanish constitutional court. disagreement over fracking was also a reason for the confrontation between regional and national political leaders, especially within the right-wing party, partido popular. generally, local and regional institutions geographically closer to the citizen daily life shared the same view against fracking including worries about possible negative effects derived from such energy facilities. the opposition to fracking shown by the conservative regional government of la rioja is a paradigmatic example of this situation. social perception and public interest the last edition of the spanish survey on social perception regarding science and technology (fecyt, 2015) featured two new questions about the consequences of scientific and technological development in general (q.14) and about specific technological applications (q.15) such as hydraulic fracturing and nuclear energy (muñoz-van den eynde, 2015). according to the results, almost 60 per cent of the respondents admitted they did not have an opinion on fracking whereas only 9 per cent reported the same answer regarding nuclear energy, a much more controversial issue in spain and abroad for a much longer time. from the remaining 40 per cent of respondents with an opinion on fracking, 24 per cent considered that it represented higher risks than benefits whereas 7 per cent believed the opposite. finally, for 10 per cent of the interviewers risks and benefits were balanced (fig. 1). figure 1: social perception on technological applications, fracking and nuclear energy in spain. data source: muñoz-van den eynde (2015). the fact that six out ten spaniards do not have an opinion on fracking should not be interpreted as a lack of concern or interest to know more about this matter. as in a previous study analyzing the fracking debate in the united states and united kingdom (mazur, 2016), we used the monthly frequency of web searches on “fracking” as reported by google trends as a measure of public interest (filtering on spain), along with media trends in the time period of 2013 and 2014. google trends and el país media attention is shown in fig. 2 using normalized data, that is, adjusted so that the month with the higher web searches and articles were indexed as 100, and numbers of searchers and articles for other months are a proportion of that number. this is an effective strategy to compare public and media interests on a similar issue. data represented in fig. 2 show that while media attention suffered great fluctuations during the period in question, the public interest remained more stable and increased on december 2014. accordingly, it could be interpreted that in some manner media attention boosted public interest during 2013 although public interest on fracking remained active and even surpassed media attention for most of the year 2014. by regions, web searches on fracking were much more frequent in northern regions of spain more affected by exploratory efforts and where local authorities tried to ban this activity: cantabria, basque country, la rioja and navarra. concern, public opposition and confrontations beannals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7360 4 tween regional and national governments could have made the issue more salient for online users from these communities. figure 2: spain web searched on “fracking” and reporting in el país, 2013-2014. media content on a quarterly basis (fig. 3), our results reveal that the tone of media discourse evolved from a perspective mainly dominated by pessimism concerning the viability of fracking in 2013 – representing the technique as a threat rather than as an alternative source of energy and prosperity – to an increase of news stories written from a neutral view in 2014. optimistic approaches supporting the implementation of this type of extraction were clearly scant throughout the studied timeframe. figure 3: tone of media discourse (el país) on fracking in spain, 2013-2014. in order to have a comprehensive understanding of how pessimistic and optimistic views about fracking were constructed in the spanish press coverage we applied a content analysis (data collection, sampling and complete list of variables are available in: lopera et al., 2015) whose risk and benefit variables were inspired by the sociological theory of post-materialism (inglehart, 2008). according to this theoretical framework it is assumed that western societies have been gradually switching from the acceptance of material values (calculated as benefit variables) to the defense of post-materialist values (calculated as risk variables) (table 1). table 1: categories and subcategories of the variables coded in the content analysis applied to the press coverage on fracking. risk variables (worries) environment water soil air quality human health induced seismic activity benefit variables (promises) economy job opportunities competitiveness energy supply and security post-materialism emphasizes non-material goods focusing on a clean and healthy environment instead of materialism positions that argue that economic growth is strongly articulated with energy security and supply. fig. 4 shows a quantitative snapshot of fracking social representation through the daily press in spain in terms of risks and benefits. our findings revealed that media content primarily highlighted certain endangered postmaterialist values, mainly focused on negative impacts on human health (51 per cent of the news articles) and several environmental aspects at a local scale such as water resources (groundwater) (49 per cent). to a lesser degree soil (23 per cent) and air quality (17 per cent) were shown to be under risk as well. possible induced seismic activity was also a narrative element taken into account by the news media (16 per cent). the connection between seismic movements and fracking was not only based on describing the tremors that annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7360 5 have occurred abroad (lancashire, in uk, and oklahoma, in usa) (el país, 2013a; el país, 2013b), but also those in spain along the mediterranean coast, in valencia region (el país, 2014). the occurrence of several earthquakes, with magnitude (m between 3.8 to 4.3) (juanes et al., 2017), forced the closure of a megaproject that was supposed to store injected natural gas using the old facilities of an oil exploitation in amposta, known as the castor project. the new york times made a connection between potential impacts of fracking and the severe consequences of the british petroleum oil spill in the gulf of mexico on april 2010 (mazur, 2016), whereas in spain el país connected the tremors occurred due to the gas storage of the castor project in 2013 to the potential impacts of induced seismic activity resulting from fracking activities. on the other hand, materialist values were highlighted as key narrative elements in the articles offering a neutral and/or optimistic approach, especially the economic benefits (39 per cent) and energy security and supply (30 per cent). we stress that whereas these benefits were depicted at a national scale in a very diffuse way, the aforementioned risks were represented as a close threat for local and traditional lifestyles based on agriculture, livestock and tourism. this results fall in line with the data obtained by davis and fisk (2014) when analyzing public attitudes toward fracking use and policies in the usa. previous studies analyzing representations of fracking on youtube videos from a cost and benefits angle identified threats to environmental, human and economic values (jaspal et al., 2014). social and psychological impacts on small communities were highlighted as well. figure 4: risks and benefits of implementing fracking according to the media content. 3. conclusions this paper reveals that the prevailing media discourse on the use of fracking in spain has been pessimistic and neutral, almost always underlining the potential negative impacts on human health, environment and local natural resources rather than as an exclusive energy issue providing economic growth arising from energy security and supply. this was combined with the lack of a clear public opinion at a national level despite strong local opposition in the affected regions. moreover, the analysis and monitoring of the public policies on this issue indicate a deep confrontation between national and regional governments, especially controversial in those regions where exploration studies have been completed or are being planned in order to study the economic and technical viability of the fracking projects: cantabria, la rioja, navarra, catalonia and basque country, among others. while national policies are designed to promote the implementation of fracking attending to the industry claims, the main goal of regional policies was to avoid the use of fracking in their territories. in this regard, local and regional authorities showed to be more sensitive and receptive to the instances of the public opposition than the directives of the national government. acknowledgment this work was carried out as part of the project “concept and dimensions of scientific culture” (mineco-15-ffi2014-58269-p) funded by the spanish ministry of economy and competiannals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7360 6 tiveness and by the department of economy and employment of the principality of asturias for the “grupo de estudios cts” (fc-15grupin14-128). references davis, c., and fisk, j.m. (2014). energy abundance or environmental worries? analizing public support for fracking in the united states, review of policy research, 31(1), 116. el país (2013a). el ‘fracking’ atrae réplicas de terremotos lejanos (7/12/2013). available from: https://elpais.com/sociedad/2013/07/ 12/actualidad/1373660760_579342.html (accessed 2 october 2017). el país (2013b). terremotos fruto de la actividad humana (3/27/2013). available from: https://elpais.com/sociedad/2013/03/ 27/actualidad/1364419029_235833.html (accessed 2 october 2017). el país (2014). los expertos confirman la relación entre los seísmos y el proyecto de gas castor (5/12/2014). available from: https://elpais.com/sociedad/2014/05/12/ actualidad/1399897547_384101.html (accessed 2 october 2017). fecyt (2015). cuestionario de la vii encuesta de percepción social de la ciencia y la tecnología en españa, percepción social de la ciencia y la tecnología 2014, madrid, fecyt, 365-396. available from: https://icono.fecyt.es/sites/default/files/filepu blicaciones/cuestionario_epscyt204.pdf (accessed 2 october 2017). inglehart, r. (2008). changing values among western publics from 1970 to 2006, west european politics, 31(1-2), 130-146. jaspal, r., and nerlich, b. (2014). fracking in the uk press: threat dynamics in an unfolding debate, public understanding of science, 23(3), 348-363. jaspal, r., turner, a., and nerlich, b. (2014). fracking on youtube: exploring risks, benefits and human values, environmental values, 23(5), 501-527. juanes et al. (2017). coupled flow and geomechanical modeling, and assessment of induced seismicity, at the castor underground gas storage project. assessment of induced seismicity at the castor project – final report, april 2017. available from: http://www.minetad.gob.es/eses/gabineteprensa/notasprensa/2017/doc uments/castor_final_report_final_signed.p df (accessed 2 october 2017). lopera-pareja, e. h., garcía-laso, a., and martín-sánchez, d. a. (2015). discourses and values underpin public debate on fracking in spain: a case study at the crossroad, geoethics for society: general aspects and case studies in geosciences european general union 2015 general assembly, vienna. mazur, a. (2016). how did the fracking controversy emerge in the period 2010-2012?, public understanding of science, 25(2), 207-222. muñoz-van den eynde, a. (2015). factores que contribuyen a construir la imagen pública de la ciencia. la relación entre percepción, interés y conocimiento, percepción social de la ciencia y la tecnología 2014, madrid, fecyt, 15-44. negro, s.e. (2012). fracking wars: federal, state and local conflicts over the regulation of natural gas activities, zoning and planning law report, 35(2), 1-16. official journal of the european union (2014). recommendations 2014/70/eu on minimum principles for the exploration and production of hydrocarbons (such as shale gas) using high-volume hydraulic fracturing. available from: http://eurlex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/ txt/pdf/?uri=celex:32014h0070&from=es (accessed 2 october 2017). official state gazette (1998). law 34/1998 on hydrocarbons. available from: https://www.boe.es/boe/dias/1998/10/08/pd fs/a33517-33549.pdf (accessed 2 october 2017). official state gazette (2012). decree law 1/2012 on the abolition of the subsidies to renewable energies. available from: https://www.boe.es/boe/dias/2012/01/28/pdfs /boe-a-2012-1310.pdf (accessed 2 october 2017). official state gazette (2013a). law 17/2013 on the security of energy supply. available from: https://www.boe.es/boe/dias/2013/10/30/pd fs/boe-a-2013-11332.pdf (accessed 2 october 2017). official state gazette (2013b). law 21/2013 on environmental assessment. available from: https://www.boe.es/boe/dias/2013/12/1 annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7360 7 1/pdfs/boe-a-2013-12913.pdf (accessed 2 october 2017). official state gazette (2015). law 8/2015 on tax and non-tax measures in respect of the exploration, research and exploitation of hydrocarbons. available from: https://www.boe.es/boe/dias/2015/05/2 2/pdfs/boe-a-2015-5633.pdf (accessed 2 october 2017). rapolla 733_751.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 6, december 2002 733 improved techniques in data analysis and interpretation of potential fields: examples of application in volcanic and seismically active areas antonio rapolla (1), federico cella (2), maurizio fedi (1) and giovanni florio (1) (1) dipartimento di scienze della terra, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», napoli, italy (2) dipartimento di scienze della terra, università della calabria, arcavacata di rende (cs), italy abstract geopotential data may be interpreted by many different techniques, depending on the nature of the mathematical equations correlating specific unknown ground parameters to the measured data set. the investigation based on the study of the gravity and magnetic anomaly fields represents one of the most important geophysical approaches in the earth sciences. it has now evolved aimed both at improving of known methods and testing other new and reliable techniques. this paper outlines a general framework for several applications of recent techniques in the study of the potential methods for the earth sciences. most of them are here described and significant case histories are shown to illustrate their reliability on active seismic and volcanic areas. 1. introduction gravity and magnetism are classical branches of the earth physics. potential field interpretation represents one of the oldest and most suitable approaches followed by geophysical researchers. this is also due to the high cost-benefit ratio which characterizes the application of these methods and by the relatively simple logistic management of a gravity and magnetic survey. the amount of computation often required by numerical algorithms has long prevented the mailing address: prof. antonio rapolla, dipartimento di scienze della terra, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», largo san marcellino 10, 80138 napoli, italy; e-mail: rapolla@unina.it key words potential fields – gravimetry – geomagnetism – signal enhancement techniques – boundary analysis – southern italy full use of many theoretical efficient methods of analysis and interpretation of the potential fields. this is the case of several methods involving computation of spatial derivatives. many of these interpretation techniques fall in the class of the enhancement methods (blakely, 1996). in the following, improvements to well established enhancement methods (downward continuation, vertical and horizontal derivatives, euler deconvolution and 3d boundary analysis) are described and illustrated by applications to italian seismic and volcanic active areas. 2. enhancement methods the advantages of using the vertical derivative of gravity were first recognized by evjen (1936). at the beginning of 80’s, rather different directions were suggested to develop techniques useful to geologic interpretation of gravity and magnetic maps. the horizontal derivative method 734 antonio rapolla, federico cella, maurizio fedi and giovanni florio (cordell and grauch, 1985) is the best example of such techniques. by this technique, it is possible to locate the horizontal position of the density or magnetization boundaries. afterwards, this method and others were implemented to give also an estimation of the depth to the sources. they assume particular source-models for which the depth estimates are valid, like the werner deconvolution (hartman et al., 1971), the analytic signal (nabighian, 1984; roest et al., 1992) and the enhanced analytic signal (hsu et al., 1996, 1998). information on the depth and other geometrical source parameters are provided by the method known as «euler deconvolution». it was first proposed by thompson (1982) and extended to the analysis of maps by reid et al. (1990). thurston and smith (1997), smith et al. (1998) and thurston et al. (1999) by their source parameter imaging method obtained essentially the same information as the euler deconvolution by computing the so-called ‘local wavenumber’. finally, another rapidly developing family of methods is that based on the continuous wavelet transform (cwt; see moreau, 1995; hornby et al., 1999, sailhac et al., 2000). using a particular class of wavelets, based on the poisson semigroup kernel, these authors explored the information contained in the continued and derived field. in such a way 2d magnetic problems may be solved for both the source depth and the homogeneity degree that is in turn related to the source shape. the determination of depth and other source parameters are here obtained from the knowledge of the field at several altitudes (or scales), similarly to what was already achieved by other authors (paul et al., 1966; mcgrath, 1991; fedi and rapolla, 1999). 2.1. stable downward continuation by integrated second vertical derivative (isvd) method: an application to the gravity field of the campanian plain (italy) 2.1.1. computational approaches the shape of a gravity and magnetic anomaly is intrinsically smoothed with respect to that of its source. a physical way to improve resolution of potential fields is to calculate the field to a level close to the sources by means of the downward continuation. nevertheless, the inherent instability of the process at high frequencies may limit its practical application. the downward continuation frequency response is defined as (2.1) where h is the difference of altitude between the original survey and the target level, u and v are spatial wavenumbers in the two orthogonal horizontal directions. the positive exponent in eq. (2.1) implies that an excessive amplification of high frequency noise, present in real data, cannot be avoided. thus, in some cases the computation of the downward continued fields could not lead to meaningful results. several approaches have been suggested to prevent this problem, e.g.: the attenuation of the highest frequencies of the potential field by means of the smoothing process (see dean, 1958; grant and west, 1965); the definition of a limit value of the continuation level (baranov, 1975); the attenuation of the amplitude spectrum only at higher wavenumbers according to a function determined by wiener filtering theory (pawlowski, 1995). an alternative approach to the fourier domain filtering is based on the approximation of the downward continued field by means of a taylor series expansion (evjen, 1936) (2.2) where f (x, y, z) is the potential field, z 0 is the measurement level and z the continuation level. therefore, the computation of m-order vertical derivatives of the potential field f (x, y) is needed. to calculate any order of vertical derivatives, fedi and florio (2001) suggested the integrated r u v e h u vdown ,( ) = + +2 2 f x y z f x y z f z z z z , , , ,( ) = ( ) + ( ) +0 0 0 f z z z m f z z z z m m z m + ( ) + ( ) ( ) 2 2 0 2 0 0 0 1 2 1 ! ! 735 improved techniques in data analysis and interpretation of potential fields: examples of application in volcanic ... second vertical derivative (isvd) method, by which the first vertical derivative of the potential field is computed in two different steps: a) vertically integrating the field by means of a frequency domain operator; b) computing the second vertical derivative of the integrated field by means of the sum of its second horizontal derivatives, according to the laplace equation. other vertical derivatives are computed by the laplace equation starting from the field (any order even derivatives) and its first vertical derivative (any order odd derivatives). rather stable horizontal derivatives may be computed in the space domain by finite-differences or by means of splines. such a scheme for the computation of a downward continued field (fedi and florio, 2002a) involves an intrinsically stable transformation in the fourier domain and the use of methods like finite differences for the computation of the second horizontal derivatives. the advantage is represented by the stability and the accuracy of the computation of the first vertical derivative, and consequently of all the higher order odd derivatives. the sum of stable vertical derivatives ensures the control of high wavenumber amplification in the downward continued field. 2.1.2. case history an example of isvd downward continuation concerning the application of the algorithm to the real case of the gravity field of the campanian plain (southern italy) is shown here (fedi and florio, 2002a). the gravity data set available for the area consists of the bouguer anomaly map (cassano and la torre, 1987; reduction density: 2.2 g/cm–3 ). the anomalies were digitized with a sampling step of 0.5 km (fig. 2a). fig. 1. regional sketch map of the campanian plain (southern italy). windowed areas indicate sectors specifically investigated: 1) phlegrean fields gulf of pozzuoli; 2) parete area. gray shading represents topography (darker colors = higher values). coordinates utm, zone 33n. 736 antonio rapolla, federico cella, maurizio fedi and giovanni florio a b 737 improved techniques in data analysis and interpretation of potential fields: examples of application in volcanic ... the parete volcanic and geothermal area is located within the campanian plain (italy). this is a plio-pleistocene tectonic depression filled with sediments of alluvial and volcanic origin and limited at nw, ne and se by mesozoic carbonate platforms and at sw by the tyrrhenian coast (fig. 1). the sinking of the carbonate platform reaches some thousands of meters (ippolito et al., 1973). its formation is thought to be related to the tectonic events accompanying the opening of the tyrrhenian sea and the anticlockwise rotation of the italian peninsula (scandone, 1979). these events produced a regional rise of the mantle and caused a phase of intense potassic volcanism along the italian perityrrhenian border, specifically in some areas, as the campanian plain, where the carbonate basement deepens of thousands of meters. here, volcanic complexes of quaternary age are located (somma-vesuvius and phlegrean fields). older evidence of volcanism was found in geothermal boreholes near parete (calc-alkaline andesitic and basaltic lavas 1.5 km thick; ortolani and aprile, 1978), and northward, in the villa literno area. a gravity low characterizes the campanian area. it is justified by the sediments filling the depression. it is split into three parts by the relative highs in the parete area and corresponding to the somma-vesuvius volcanic complex. the gravity high near parete was interpreted as due to a buried volcanic structure (baldi et al., 1976; aprile and ortolani, 1979) or to a buried carbonate horst with magmatic intrusions along its bordering faults, as inferred by studying the local magnetic signature (carrara et al., 1973). the reconstruction of the buried structure generating the gravity high in the parete area would be helped by a more detailed image of the gravity field. the isvd downward continuation to 0.7 km is shown in fig. 2b. this continuation level was c fig. 2a-c. a) bouguer gravity anomaly field in the parete area (near naples, italy); b) downward continuation to 0.7 km by isvd method; c) downward continuation to 0.7 km by using the fft linear filter. 738 antonio rapolla, federico cella, maurizio fedi and giovanni florio selected after a spectral depth estimation by the method of spector and grant (1970) modified by fedi et al. (1997). the maximum number of terms used in the taylor series was five. the increase in resolution is clearly visible with respect to the original gravity field (fig. 2a). for example, north of parete two highs are now clearly singled out instead of the single positive anomaly visible in the gravity field. the northeastern one assumes an elongated shape in the nw-se direction, while the south-western one shows now an elongation towards e and se. the gradients between the highs and the se low have increased considerably and are clearly w-e oriented in the southern part and n-s oriented in the northern one. starting from these results, interpretative steps can now be greatly improved in resolution. on the contrary, the downward continuation to the same level obtained by means of the frequency response in eq. (2.1) (fig. 2c) shows a large enhancement of noise in the data and, consequently, any later interpretation of this map should be necessarily preceded by a lowpass filtering step. 2.2. multiscale analysis by enhanced horizontal derivative method: an application to the southern apennines seismic active area (italy) 2.2.1. computational approaches potential fields are the result of the interference among anomalies of different extent presumably due to sources with different shape and extension located at different depths. therefore, methods allowing their analysis at different scales are needed. the multiscale derivative analysis technique (mda; fedi, 2002) yields valuable results without resorting to any sharp separation of the effects related to frequency ranges. mda is based on the enhanced horizontal derivative (ehd) properties (fedi and florio, 2001). ehd may be defined as (2.3) where (2.4) and f (1),…, f (m) are the m-order derivatives of the field f. finally, w0…wm is a set of weights. ehd involves numerical computation of high-order vertical derivatives. to this task some stable derivation scheme is needed as the integrated second vertical derivative method (isvd; fedi and florio, 2001). the horizontal derivative of the sum of eq. (2.4) tends to enhance the signal over the source boundaries and to suppress the other spurious maxima due to the single derivatives of different order. source boundaries are therefore defined by considering the location of maxima of the ehd function (eq. (2.3)). if a general case of sources of different depth/ extent is assumed so as to generate effects at various scales, the choice, of weight set, the starting term and the last term are decisive to obtain different images of the source boundaries. in case of correct choice, analysis of ehd for different values of the derivatives order m corresponds in practice to a multiscale boundary analysis (mda), that reinforces the potential field effects at a specific scale. mda technique acts similarly to a filtering process, however mda does not involve true separation of field components, but different mda signals related to different field ‘details’ are determined by a selective combination of (derivative-based) components, each one having a different inherent resolution. thus a multiscale boundary analysis consists in producing a number of ehd maps having selective enhancements, and since the concept of resolution is a relative one, we will refer in the following to large, intermediate and short scale maps. 2.2.2. case history mda should give the most interesting results where the superposition of effects due to local/ regional or shallow/deep sources, is likely to occur. therefore, a typical test site to evaluate the efficiency of the mda method can be rex y w f x y w f x y, , ,( ) = ( ) + ( ) +( )0 1 1 w f x y w f x ym m, ... ,+ ( ) + + ( )( ) ( )2 2 ehd x y x y ,( ) = +( ) ( )2 2 739 improved techniques in data analysis and interpretation of potential fields: examples of application in volcanic ... presented by a geological domain characterized by a complex setting made-up of different structural elements, located at various depths and with local and regional extension, overlapping each other. these conditions are typically observed in systems resulting in a thick pile of tectonic units like, for example, the southern sector of the apennine chain (fedi et al., 2002). in fact, such a chain can be described as a complex thrust and fold belt system, built from lower cretaceous to quaternary, as a consequence of the convergence between african and european plates (finetti and del ben, 1986; dewey et al., 1989; finetti et al., 1996). most of the structural and geological patterns outcropping along the southern apennine chain and surrounding areas, which cannot be easily described by means of the simple analysis of the potential field or of other traditional methods of signal enhancement, are instead clearly recognized by the mda method. however, the most significant result is represented by the existence of several structural lineaments poorly or not completely correlated to any outcropping feature, but well evidenced by mda and with an information content often so rich as to need a very careful geological interpretation. mda was carried out on both gravity and aeromagnetic data sets. gravity data windowed from the bouguer gravity anomaly map of italy published by the cnr (carrozzo et al., 1986; reduction density: 2.4 g/cm3) were sampled with a step grid of 1 km (fig. 3). aeromagnetic field was windowed from a data set prepared by agip (1981), merging flight lines data to an unique altitude of around 2600 m a.s.l. (8500 feet), with a 2 km sampling step (fig. 5). the example shown is relative to the area from the tyrrhenian to the adriatic sea, included between 40°30′n and 41°30′n. fig. 3. bouguer gravity anomaly field in the central-southern italy. grid step = 1 km. 740 antonio rapolla, federico cella, maurizio fedi and giovanni florio fig. 4a,b. a) intermediate scale mda map of bouguer anomaly gravity field in the area windowed as shown in fig. 3. b) short scale mda map of bouguer anomaly gravity field in the area windowed as shown in fig. 3. lineaments are represented by trends of maxima, which are graphically recognised by the colorbar in normalized units. a b 741 improved techniques in data analysis and interpretation of potential fields: examples of application in volcanic ... gravity data: intermediate scale map – the mda map showing the gravity source patterns at intermediate scale of the selected area (fig. 4a), was obtained by computing ehd starting from the gravity field as first term of eq. (2.2), and considering derivatives up to m = 7 (fedi et al., 2002). as far as the structural setting, the tectonic style and the shallow geological features are concerned, the regional pattern of mda reveals clearly the abrupt change in tectonic style passing from to western to the eastern side of the central and southern apennines. west of the front chain, the mda signal shows the prevalence of short, arc-shaped and variously oriented trends, together with some linear trends with anti-apennine direction. most of the mda trends within the chain seem to be related to its structural elements and generally coincide with normal faults systems and major overthrust fronts. this is consequence of the geodynamic evolution of the area, since the tectonic history of the structural units within the chain is much more complex than that at the external (eastern) side of the chain front. in fact, since tortonian an intense crustal shortening occurred, due to a complex, poli-phasic compressive regime and to the consequent mountain building forming the current apenninic belt. along the eastern side of the apennines, several long lineaments are clearly shown with predominantly nw-se direction. they may be fig. 5. aeromagnetic anomaly field of southern italy (agip survey, 1980). grid step = 2 km. 742 antonio rapolla, federico cella, maurizio fedi and giovanni florio related to the deformation of the external apennines domains and should evidence a series of regional thrust fronts with linear trends. more eastward, the mda map outlines the hidden deep normal fault systems bordering the western side of the undeformed foreland, represented by the gargano-apulia carbonate platform. gravity data: short scale map – the short scale mda map (fig. 4b) enhances the finest gravity source patterns. it was computed starting from the gravity field as first term and calculating ehd up to m = 9 (fedi et al., 2002). the great improvement in describing structural-geologic patterns with small extension and local significance is immediately evident, although some of them do not have a clear structural meaning to be inferred on the base of the outcropping features. one of the stronger ehd maxima in this area is an uncorrelated, long regional trend extended from abruzzo to the gulf of taranto, marking with high precision the position of the eastern boundary of the allochtonous chain front as inferred by well information and seismic data. another example is represented by a noticeable linear trend running from the gargano to the matera area. its meaning could be related to the presence of an inner margin of the apuliagargano platform sunk along a regional normal fault system and buried by the bradano units. the southern end is partially related to structural features at the surface, where the deep carbonate block outcrops near matera. northward, the trend is divided in two different branches. the first one continues in the same direction and is clearly visible at the short scale. the second one turns northward and probably indicates the internal margin of a buried carbonate sector connecting the outcropping murge and gargano carbonate blocks. the northern segment of this branch is clearly evidenced also at the intermediate scale. magnetic data: short scale map – the mda of the magnetic field of the southern apennines foreland area (fig. 6) was obtained starting from the magnetic scalar potential as first term of the summation and calculating ehd up to m = 8 (fedi et al., 2002). here, the main lineaments corresponding to ehd maxima are evidenced. they are mostly ne-sw oriented (anti-apenninic trend), but some of them show nw-se trends. the lineaments that roughly follow a nesw trend tend to disappear just w of the front of the appenines chain thrusts, and display an anastomosing and intersecting pattern. the absence of most of these lineaments in the gravity multiscale analysis can be explained by a small or zero density contrast along these lineaments and/or by a limited throw between the two faulted blocks. on the other hand, if faulting were ascribed to an old tectonic phase, only rocks actually lying at high depths would be affected, with a possible involvement of the crystalline basement. this may imply changes of magnetic properties, but without significant density contrasts across the fault. 2.3. euler deconvolution with no a priori definition of structural index: the case of the phlegrean fields volcanic district (italy) 2.3.1. computational approaches euler deconvolution is one the most popular methods based on the derivative of potential fields, due to its suitability to manage several classes of sources. an ‘automatic’ interpretation of magnetic profiles using the euler equation was proposed by thompson (1982) based on early studies by hood (1965) and slack et al. (1967). the computation was extended to the use of map data (reid et al., 1990) and to the gravity field and its vertical derivative (marson and klingélé, 1993). some difficulties in its use in practical cases are given by the a priori selection of a constant, called structural index, that depends on the shape of the source, and by the possible existence, in a small area, of sources characterised by different structural indexes. to solve these problems, it was proposed to repeat the deconvolution several times in a moving window, varying the structural index and analysing the degree of clustering of the solutions. it was shown that in the presence of a zero background, the deconvolution problem may be solved also for the structural index (roy et al., 2000). the theoretical base of the euler deconvolution method is that magnetic and gravity fields (and their horizontal or vertical derivatives) 743 improved techniques in data analysis and interpretation of potential fields: examples of application in volcanic ... of simple sources are homogeneous (e.g., stavrev, 1997; blakely, 1996) (2.5) where n is the degree of homogeneity. if f is homogeneous of degree n, it may be demonstrated that . (2.6) equation (2.6) is referred to as euler’s equation. if we consider a one-point source (that is a geometrical figure characterized by the coordinates of a unique singular point) located at (x0, y0, z0) and a magnetic (or gravity) field m measured on the plane z m(x, y) = f [(x – x0), ( y – y0), (z – z0)] eq. (2.6) can be rewritten as (thompson, 1982) f tx ty tz t f x y zn, , , ,( ) = ( ) fig. 6. short scale mda map of magnetic data field in the foreland area windowed as shown in fig. 5. lineaments are represented by trends of maxima, which are graphically recognized by the shown colorbar in normalized units. x f x y f y z f z nf+ + = 744 antonio rapolla, federico cella, maurizio fedi and giovanni florio (2.7) and rearranged as (2.8) in eqs. (2.7) and (2.8), n = – n represents the structural index. thompson (1982) pointed out that the presence of regional fields or dc offsets masking the absolute level of an anomaly, makes unstable the application to real data. thus thompson (1982) rearranged eq. (2.8) considering that the measured potential field is the sum of the anomaly field and a background: t = m + b. substituting in eq. (2.8) the expression m = t – b (2.9) the knowledge of the anomalous field and of its derivatives in eq. (2.9) leads to a linear system of equations. in the most common approach (thompson, 1982; reid et al., 1990), this system may be solved in a moving overlapping window for the unknown coordinates of the anomaly source (x 0 , y 0 , z 0 ) and b, assuming an a priori knowledge of the structural index n. the inversion is repeated using different values for n until the tightest clustering of solutions for a particular feature is finally selected. serious drawbacks must however be mentioned: – existence of sources with shapes intermediate between two simple models, thus having fractional structural indexes with a value variable with the distance between source and observations (e.g., slack et al., 1967; steenland, 1968). – implicit assumption that in each analysed window only the effect of a single source is present. – variation of n depending on the analysed single portion of the considered anomaly and, consequently, influence of the direction of the total magnetization vector (in the magnetic case) on the parameters estimation (ravat, 1996). – impossibility to simultaneously estimate the depth source and n, because they are linearly dependent. a new approach to euler deconvolution was recently suggested by fedi and florio (2002b). the technique consists in the application of eq. (2.8) to a n-order vertical derivative of the field, instead of the field itself (derivative euler deconvolution, ded). the application of eq. (2.8) to a n-order vertical derivative suppresses the constant background level, reduces long period trends and, increasing field spatial resolution, reduces the problems of interference between nearby anomalies. as a consequence, this allows eq. (2.8) to be solved simultaneously both for the position of the sources and the structural index, giving additional information about geologic structures. in this way, use of euler equation is generalized to any source model and there is no need to assume any a priori (and then subjective) value for the structural index. such an approach can be very useful in complex structural regions. obviously, the application of this method also implies the computation of k + 1 order horizontal and vertical stable derivatives. the problem can be solved by means of stable algorithms such as the integrated second vertical derivative method (isvd, see section 2.1; fedi and florio, 2001). 2.3.2. case history the derivative euler deconvolution provides a classification of the sources basing on their shape, so giving valuable information for the interpretation of complex geologic structures like a volcanic district. a volcanic environment is in fact characterized by very different structure typologies causing gravity effects (faults zones, lithology contacts, igneous bodies, dikes, etc.). phlegraean fields (fig. 1) is an area of active volcanism west of the town of naples (italy). in this area, the volcanic activity of the last 37 000 years was mainly explosive. most of the products x m x y m y z m z nm0 0 0+ + = x m x y m y z m z = + + . x t x y t y z t z nb0 0 0+ + + = x t x y t y z t z nt= + + + . x x m x y y m y z z m z nm( ) + ( ) + ( ) =0 0 0 745 improved techniques in data analysis and interpretation of potential fields: examples of application in volcanic ... are pyroclastic rocks, with composition ranging from trachybasalts to phonolitic alkali-trachytes (e.g., rosi and sbrana, 1987). great thickness of light pyroclastites was confirmed (san vito wells) in the central part of the district by geothermal exploratory well logs (cassano and la torre, 1987), together with the lack of thick lava complexes that, instead, are present along the peripheral sectors (agip, 1987). this supports the hypothesis of a caldera formed as a consequence of major eruptions which occurred in this area (37 000 years b.p. campanian ignimbrite eruption; 12 500 years b.p., neapolitan yellow tuff eruption). since about 5 ka, besides a recent minor eruption (monte nuovo eruption, 1538), the major tectonic event is represented by a series of uplifts inside the caldera. the last ones occurred in 1970-1972 and 1982-1983, centered in the area of the town of pozzuoli (i.e. orsi et al., 1996) with a net rise of about 3.5 m. these uplifts were interpreted as the consequence of the arrival of new magma into a shallow reservoir (bonafede, 1990; de natale et al., 1991) or as the combined effect of the latter with a pore pressure increase (casertano et al., 1976). gravity data were digitised from the agip (1987) bouguer anomaly map data (reduction density: 1.4 g/cm3; barberi et al., 1991). the most significant feature is represented by a circular gravity low centred on the gulf of pozzuoli and surrounded by a belt of positive anomalies. an intense positive anomaly is present in the sw area between procida and monte di procida, while the lower values are located in the ne area. the existence of a main structure reflecting the geometry of a collapsed caldera structure, was already inferred by florio et al. (1999) by analysing the horizontal derivative of the gravity and magnetic maps of phlegraean fields. other structures are present inside the caldera, and a good correspondence with epicenters of recent seismicity disclosed young ages for these features. other lineaments probably having regional importance were also found, with sw-ne direction. ded was applied (fedi and florio, 2002b) to the vertical derivative of gravity field (fig. 7a) to recover 3d coordinates of sources (fig. 7b) and structural indexes (fig. 7c). ded clearly delineates the sw sector of the inner boundary of the caldera. in the western sector it shows structural indexes typical of limited-throw faults (0.4 < n < 0.7), the top of which is computed to a depth of about 0.15 km. in the eastern sector, the structural index has higher values and the top of this structure seems to be at about – 0.2 km of depth. the same model (limited-throw faults) is confirmed for the most part of the outer boundary of the pericalderic magmatic intrusions, where computed depths range between – 0.1 and – 0.35 km. in correspondence with the belt of gravity highs, a number of structures having a higher n value (sheet-like sources, 0.75 n < 1.75) show up, consistently with the fact that in this area sources are expected to be sills. solutions associated with the highest structural index values (linear or point like sources, 1.75 n < 3.0) concentrate in a few points of the map that correspond to known volcanic vents. this is consistent with the probable presence of dense igneous bodies along the conduit. 2.4. boundary analysis of the 3d gravity anomaly field of southern apennines active seismic area 2.4.1. description of the method as broadly treated in the previous sections, the study of derivatives of the potential fields represents a signal enhancement technique experimented since a long time. it allows the information content inside the signal to be amplified without implying any arbitrary assumption. the simplest procedure is represented by the analysis of the horizontal derivative of the potential field, defined as follows: (2.10) where m is the potential field and h is its horizontal derivative. the horizontal derivative assumes the highest values just in correspondence with the lateral boundaries of the source anomaly. this additional h x y m x m y ,( ) = +( ) ( )2 2 746 antonio rapolla, federico cella, maurizio fedi and giovanni florio information, not immediately evident from the natural field, helps to provide a reconstruction of the geological setting of the structures investigated. however, this technique is fully reliable only in the case of vertical or sub-vertical discontinuities. in fact, in the presence of oblique surfaces, maxima of the horizontal derivative are located on the vertical correspondence of a point of the discontinuity located at an intermediate depth (grauch and cordell, 1987), without any information on the dipping direction. therefore, the efficacy of this simple method is good in the case of structural features typical of an extensional regime (normal faults, transform faults) or in the presence of dykes, volcanic conduits, plutonites, etc. on the contrary, it is scarcely exploitable when the structural setting is characterised by a compressive tectonic style (presence of inverse faults, transpressive faults, multiple thrust systems, etc.). a strategy to improve this method, consisting in several steps, was proposed (cella et al., 2000): a) application of a hanning tapering window to the potential field to prevent edge effects in the following step; b) upward continuation to different increasing levels of the potential field; c) computation of the horizontal derivative; d) automatic location and thresholding of maxima values of the gradient of the field continued at different levels, following the method suggested by blakely and simpson (1986). if the anomaly field, due to a density contrast along an oblique discontinuity, is upward continued at increasing levels, the resulting signal will be related to progressively deeper sectors of the discontinuity. therefore, the position of the maxima of the horizontal derivative of the continued field will be laterally shifted toward the dipping direction of the discontinuity, proportionally to the continuation level. synthetic tests, made on several kinds of simple sources, confirmed this prediction and showed that the shifting rate of maxima of the gradient is subjected to an asymptotic decrease with increasing continuation levels. thus, major shift is observed at lower continuation levels. fig. 7a. bouguer gravity anomaly field (step grid = 0.15 km) in the phlegrean fields (near naples, italy). 747 improved techniques in data analysis and interpretation of potential fields: examples of application in volcanic ... fig. 7b,c. b) ded solutions shown as function of their depth; c) ded solutions shown as function of the related structural index. the found depths, associated with n estimates between 0 < n < 3, are in the range + 0.12 > z 0 > – 1.28 km. gray shading represents topography (darker colours = higher values). coordinates utm, zone 33n. c b 748 antonio rapolla, federico cella, maurizio fedi and giovanni florio fig. 8. high pass filtered bouguer gravity anomaly field in the central-southern italy. fig. 9. trends of local maxima of the horizontal gradient of the field shown in fig. 8, upward continued to several increasing levels (from 1 to 30 km). 749 improved techniques in data analysis and interpretation of potential fields: examples of application in volcanic ... only in the presence of a regional trend or in complex cases (when several significant sources lay very close), the interference can be so intense as to hide the described effect. removing the long period component of the signal or, in the second case, decreasing the step grid of the data set can help to obtain good results. this allows the range of upward continuation levels to be concentrated to the lowest values, where the effect due to the dipping sense prevails. another strategy is the use of the vertical derivative instead of the horizontal one. the vertical gradient in fact allows a further increase in resolution of the local anomalies due to a higher signal decay with distance. another positive feature of 3d boundary analysis is that it allows a fast qualitative evaluation of the depth to sources basing on the progressive disappearance of the trends of maxima of the horizontal gradient increasing the continuation level. the higher the level at which the trend disappears, the deeper the source. 2.4.2. case history a preliminary application of the method on the bouguer gravity field of the central-southern apennine is presented (cella et al., 2000). to prevent the effect due to the presence of a regional field, data were filtered by using a high-pass numerical filter. the residual field (fig. 8) at several continuation levels was horizontally derived and maxima were plotted as points with different colours depending on the continuation level (fig. 9). as predicted by several tests, the results consist in many trends of maxima variously shaped and showing a different shifting with increasing continuation levels. this allows vertical discontinuities (no shifting) to be distinguished from oblique surfaces and, in this case, to recognise their dipping direction. consequently, many complex structural settings can be identified along the apennine belt (cella et al., 2000). 3. conclusions the spatial derivative-based techniques discussed above are included in a large number of methods that do not imply a data interpretation by means of classical approaches (forward or inverse method), but enhance the gravity and magnetic signals to extract a large amount of information inherent in such data sets, but not directly evidenced by the measured fields. this information generally concerns the horizontal position of the boundaries separating the anomaly sources. as the process of derivation is inherently unstable, to compute high order derivatives, it is necessary to use specially designed algorithms, such as the integrated second vertical derivative (isvd; fedi and florio, 2001). in this paper we illustrated several improvements of classical enhancement techniques. these improvements regarded: 1) a stable downward continuation scheme, based on a taylor series approach and on the computation of isvd vertical derivatives. 2) a multiscale boundary analysis (mda), based on the enhanced horizontal derivative technique. by mda it is possible to produce a number of boundary maps related to different scales without any true separation of field components. 3) a version of the euler deconvolution (derivative euler deconvolution) method in which there is no need to assume a model of source, but instead the type of source is one of the searched parameters, together with the 3d position of sources. 4) a 3d version of the horizontal derivative method, where the boundary analysis is performed on a set of upward continued fields. this can give additional information, specifically about the inclination of density/magnetization contrasts. acknowledgements thanks are due to the italian national volcanology group for a research grant to one of us (a.r.). references agip (1981): carta aeromagnetica d'italia (scala 1:500 000), att. min., direz. espl. idrocarburi, s. donato milanese. agip (1987): modello geotermico del sistema flegreo (sintesi), internal report (in italian). 750 antonio rapolla, federico cella, maurizio fedi and giovanni florio aprile, f. and f. ortolani (1979): sulla struttura profonda della piana campana, boll. soc. nat. napoli, 88. baldi, p., g.m. cameli, b. d’argenio, a. oliveri del castillo, t. pescatore, l. puxeddu, a. rossi and b. toro (1976): geothermal research in western campania (southern italy): a revised interpretation of the qualiano-parete structure, in proceedings of the congress on thermal waters geothermal energy and volcanism of the mediterranean area, athens. ba r a n o v, w. (1975): potential fields and their transformation in applied geophysics (gebruder borntraeger, berlin-stuttgart), pp. 121. barberi, f., e. cassano, p. la torre and a. sbrana (1991): structural evolution of campi flegrei caldera in light of volcanological and geophysical data, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 48, 33-49. blakely, r.j. (1996): potential theory in gravity and magnetic applications (cambridge university press), pp. 461. blakely, r.j. and r.w. simpson (1986): approximating edges of source bodies from magnetic or gravity anomalies, geophysics, 51 (7), 1494-1498. bonafede, m. (1990): axi-symmetric deformation of a thermo-poro-elastic half-space: inflation of a magma chamber, geophys. j. int., 103, 289-299. carrara, e., f. iacobucci, e. pinna and a. rapolla (1973): gravity and magnetic survey of the campanian volcanic area, southern italy, boll. geofis. teor. appl., 15 (57), 39-51. carrozzo, m.t., d. luzio, c. margiotta and t. quarta (1986): gravity anomaly map of italy, cnr: «progetto finalizzato geodinamica» − sub-project: «modello strutturale tridimensionale». casertano, l., a. oliveri and m.t. quagliariello (1976): hydrodynamics and geodynamics in the phlegrean fields area of italy, nature, 264, 161-164. cassano, e. and p. la torre (1987): geophysics, in phlegraen fields, edited by m. rosi and a. sbrana, quad. ric. sci., cnr, 114, 103-133. cella, f., m. fedi, g. florio and a. rapolla (2000): boundary analysis del campo 3d di anomalie gravimetriche (in italian), in xix convegno del gruppo nazionale di geofisica della terra solida − riassunti delle comunicazioni, novembre 2000, cnr, p. 131. cordell, l. and v.j.s. grauch (1985): mapping basement magnetization zones from aeromagnetic data in the san juan basin, new mexico, in the utility of regional gravity and magnetic anomaly maps, edited by w.j. hinze, society of exploration geophysics, 181-197. dean, w.c. (1958): frequency analysis for gravity and magnetic interpretation, geophysics, 23, 97-127. de natale, g., f. pingue, p. allarde and a. zollo (1991): geophysical and geochemical modelling of the 19821984 unrest phenomena at campi flegrei caldera (southern italy), j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 48 (1/2), 199-222. dewey, j.f., m.l. helman, e. turco, d.h.w. hutton and s.d. knott (1989): kinematics of the western mediterranean, in alpine tectonics, edited by m.p. coward, d. dietrich and r.g. park, geol. soc. london, spec. pub., 45, 265-283. evjen, h.m. (1936): the place of the vertical gradient in gravitational interpretations, geophysics, 1, 127-136. fedi, m. (2002): multiscale derivative analysis: a new tool to enhance gravity source boundaries at various scales, geophys. res. lett., 29 (2), 16-1/16-4. fedi, m. and g. florio (2001): detection of potential fields source boundaries by enhanced horizontal derivative method, geophys. prospect., 49, 13-25. fedi, m. and g. florio (2002a): a stable downward continuation by using isvd method, geophys. j. int., 151, 146-156. fedi, m. and g. florio (2002b): euler deconvolution with no a priori definition of structural index, in 27th general assembly of the european geophysical society, nice, france, april 21-26, 2002, geophys. res. abstracts, vol. 4. fedi, m. and a. rapolla (1999): 3d inversion of gravity and magnetic data with depth resolution, geophysics, 64, 452-460. fedi, m., t. quarta and a. de santis (1997): inherent power law behaviour of magnetic field power spectra from a spector and grant ensemble, geophysics, 62, 1143-1150. fedi, m., f. cella, g. florio and a. rapolla (2002): multiscale derivative analysis of the gravity and magnetic fields of southern apennines (italy), in deep seismic of the mediterranean region, edited by i. finetti, crop (elsevier sciences) (in press). finetti, i. and a. del ben (1986): geophysical study of the tyrrhenian opening, boll. geofis. teor. appl., 28 (110), 75-156. finetti, i., f. lentini, s. carbone, s. catalano and a. del ben (1996): il sistema appenninico meridionale − arco calabro − sicilia nel mediterraneo centrale: studio geofisico-geologico, boll. soc. geol. ital., 115, 529-559. florio, g., m. fedi, f. cella and a. rapolla (1999): the campanian plain and phlegrean fields structural setting from potential fields data, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 91, 361-379. grant, f.s. and g.f. west (1965): interpretation theory in applied geophysics (mcgraw-hill book company, new york). grauch, v.j.s. and l. cordell (1987): limitations of determining density or magnetic boundaries from the horizontal gradient of gravity or pseudogravity data, geophysics, 52 (1), 118-121. hartman, r.r., d.j. teskey and j.l. friedberg (1971): a system for rapid digital aeromagnetic interpretation, geophysics, 36, 891-918. hood, p. (1965): gradient measurements in aeromagnetic surveying, geophysics, 30, 891-902. hornby, p., f. boschetti and f.g. horovitz (1999): analysis of potential field data in the wavelet domain, geophys. j. int., 137, 175-196. hsu, s., j.c. sibuet and c. shyu (1996): high-resolution detection of geologic boundaries from potential field anomalies: an enhanced analytic signal technique, geophysics, 61, 373-386. hsu, s., d. coppens and c. shyu (1998): depth to magnetic source using the generalized analytic signal, geophysics, 63, 1947-1957. 751 improved techniques in data analysis and interpretation of potential fields: examples of application in volcanic ... ippolito, f., f. ortolani and m. russo (1973): struttura marginale dell’appennino campano: reinterpretazione dei dati di antiche ricerche di idrocarburi, mem. soc. geol. ital., 12, 227-250. mcgrath, p.h. (1991): dip and depth extent of density boundaries using horizontal derivatives of upwardcontinued gravity data, geophysics, 56 (10), 1533-1541 marson, i. and e.e. klingélé (1993): advantages of using the vertical gradient of gravity for 3d interpretation, geophysics, 58, 1588-1595. moreau, f. (1995): méthode de traitement de données géophysique par transformée en ondelettes, thése de doctorat, univ. de rennes i, france, pp. 177. nabighian, m.n. (1984): toward a three-dimensional automatic interpretation of potential field data via generalized hilbert transforms: fundamental relations, geophysics, 49, 780-786. orsi, g., s. de vita and m. di vito (1996): the restless resurgent campi flegrei nested caldera (italy): constraints on its evolution and configuration, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 74, 179-214. ortolani, f. and f. aprile (1978): nuovi dati sulla struttura profonda della piana campana a se del fiume volturno, boll. soc. geol. it., 97, 591-608. paul, m.k., s. datta and b. banerjee (1966): direct interpretation of two-dimensional structural faults from gravity data, geophysics, 31, 940-948. pawlowski, r.s. (1995): preferential continuation for potential field anomaly enhancement, geophysics, 60, 390-398. ravat, d. (1996): analysis of the euler method and its applicability in environmental magnetic investigations, j. environ. eng. geophys., 1, 229-238. reid, a.b., j.m. allsop, h. granser, a.j. millett and i.w. somerton (1990): magnetic interpretation in three dimension using euler deconvolution, geophysics, 55, 80-91. roest, w.r., j. verhoef and m. pilkington (1992): magnetic interpretation using the 3d analytic signal, geophysics, 57, 116-125. rosi, m. and a. sbrana (editors) (1987): phlegrean fields, cnr, quad. ric. sci., 114, pp. 175. rosi, m., a. sbrana and c. principe (1983): the phlegrean fields structural evolution, volcanic hystory and eruptive mechanisms, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 17, 273-288. roy, l., b.n.p. agarwal and r.k. shaw (2000): a new concept in euler deconvolution of isolated gravity anomalies, geophys. prospect., 48, 559-575. sailhac, p., a. galdeano, d. gibert, f. moreau and c. delor (2000): identification of sources of potential fields with the continuous wavelet transform: complex wavelet and application to aeromagnetic profiles in french guiana, j. geophys. res., 105, 19,455-19,475. scandone, p. (1979): origin of the tyrrhenian sea and calabrian arc, boll. soc. geol. ital., 98, 27-34. slack, h.a., v.m. lynch and l. langan (1967): the geomagnetic gradiometer, geophysics, 32, 877-892. smith, r.s., j.b. thurston, t.f. dai and i.n. macleod (1998): ispi − the improved source parameter imaging method, geophys. prospect., 46, 141-151. spector, a. and s. grant (1970): statistical models for interpreting aeromagnetic data, geophysics, 35, 293-302. stavrev, p.y. (1997): euler deconvolution using differential similarity transformations of gravity and magnetic anomalies, geophys. prospect., 45, 207-246. steenland, n.c. (1968): discussion on ‘the geomagnetic gradiometer’, by h.a. slack, v.m. lynch and l. langan (geophysics, october 1967, 877-892), geophysics, 33, 681-684. thompson, d.t. (1982): euldph: a new technique for making computer-assisted depth estimates from magnetic data, geophysics, 47, 31-37. thurston, j.b. and r.s. smith (1997): automatic conversion of magnetic data to depth, dip and susceptibility contrast using the spi method, geophysics, 62, 807-813. thurston, j.b., r.s. smith and j.c. guillo (1999): modelindependent depth estimation with the spi method, in 69th seg meeting, expanded abstracts. layout 6 annals of geophysics, 61, 1, se106, 2018; doi: 10.4401/ag-7424 reply to the comment on “assessing cn earthquake predictions in italy” by g. molchan, a. peresan, g.f. panza, l. romashkova, v. kossobokov matteo taroni1, warner marzocchi1, pamela roselli1 1 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy article history received april 3, 2017; accepted january 16, 2018. subject classification: earthquake prediction; model validation; italy. se106 molchan et al. [2018] raised concerns on the reliability of the main taroni et al.’s [2016] conclusion that reads “considering the data available so far, the molchan test does not show that cn prediction performance is significantly better than predictions based on the stationary poisson model.” in particular, molchan et al. [2018] discuss two main issues: 1) the taroni et al.’s [2016] results are based on too few data to achieve robust conclusions, and 2) the parimutuel gambling score (pgs) produce unfair results in comparing predictive models. we thank molchan et al. [2018] to give us this opportunity to clarify further some aspects of our paper, but we anticipate that we do not see any compelling reason to modify our original conclusion. 1. conclusions drawn from too few data molchan et al. [2018] dissert on the influence of few data on the outcome of a statistical test, claiming that “a priori the standard statistical methods may not be effective in any of the cn sub-regions”. in particular, molchan et al. [2018] argue that the rejection of the null hypothesis at a specific significance level of the test is unstable when the test is made with a few data. we agree with the general (and trivial) fact that the fewer the data, the smaller the power of the test. at the same time, we do not agree that with this number of target earthquakes in each sub-region, unavoidably, we cannot reach any meaningful conclusion. for example, if the cn alarm rate would have been smaller, say 0.10, 4/5 hits in the northern region would have been an excellent and robust proof of a significant superiority of cn predictive capability with respect to the poisson reference model (the null hypothesis of the test); in fact for 4/5 hits the p-value is 4.6 10-4, and if we remove one hit, i.e., 3/5 hits, the p-value is still very low (8.6 10-3). so, it is not only matter of how many target earthquakes we have used for the test, but also of the alarm rate imposed by the model that does not depend on the number of target earthquakes. if the alarm rate is high (as for cn), of course we will need many more earthquakes to detect a possible difference with the reference poisson model. but, in this case, we can still draw some conclusions about the cn predictive capability, e.g., (at best) it requires the occurrence of many earthquakes to show some statistically significant gain with respect to the reference poisson model. in taroni et al. [2016] we have tested each sub-region independently to avoid the problem of sub-region overlapping. conversely, molchan et al. [2017] adopt a strategy to test the cn model aggregating the three sub-regions. this aggregation introduces some further assumptions, but it allows the authors to test the model using simultaneously all target earthquakes. worthy of note, the results of molchan et al. [2017] do not contradict the ones showed in taroni et al. [2016]; in fact molchan et al. [2017] find a p-value of about 0.08 for the pooled test. the same result (p-value of 0.08) can be obtained aggregating the three p-values shown in taroni et al. [2016] through a classical fisher method [fisher 1925], once the p-values have been corrected for continuity. this is certainly interesting because it confirms the reliability of the analysis and results shown in taroni et al. [2016]. in their table 3, molchan et al. [2017] show other apparently “more significant” results (even if they never achieve a p-value less than 0.01) only review articles in two cases that we deem as inappropriate: i) when the target earthquake that occurred both in central and southern region (9/9/1998) is considered only as a success for the central region, and not also as a missed target earthquake for the southern region despite the latter was not in alarm (note that in taroni et al., 2016 this case has been considered both as a success for central region and as a missed target earthquake for southern region); ii) when the norcia earthquake (10/30/2017) is included as a target earthquake. the latter is unacceptable because it contradicts the rules imposed by the authors, which aim at predicting only independent mainshocks. in fact, the norcia earthquake is clearly related to the target amatrice earthquake (8/24/2017) that occurred nearby about two months before [marzocchi et al. 2017]; hence, if the norcia earthquake is considered as a target earthquake, the poisson assumption used for the reference model is violated, and the results of the test become unacceptable. as a final consideration on this section, we underline that in taroni et al. [2016] the null hypothesis h0 consists of the equality of predictive performance of cn with a reference model that is the poisson model (cn aims to predict only mainshocks and do not consider aftershocks). taroni et al. [2016] concluded that with the available data we do not reject this h0. at the risk of being trivial we emphasize that this does not mean that cn and poisson prediction performance are really equal, but only that the available data do not show any significant discrepancy from the null hypothesis. note that we never use the terms “verified” or “proved” as claimed by molchan et al. [2018]. at this point, it is worth explaining why we decided to carry out this analysis with this limited amount of data. since 2011, peresan et al. [2011] claimed that cn provides “successful and stable results” in italy when compared to the poisson model, cn predictions are “so far the only formally validated tools for anticipating the occurrence of strong italian earthquakes” [peresan et al. 2012], and the same authors repeatedly advocate through italian mass-media that cn predictions should be used by civil protection for risk reduction purposes (they provide these predictions to the civil protection of friuli venezia giulia since many years). we think that any prediction model to be used for practical purposes must prove its reliability and superior skill with respect to the present state of knowledge through prospective tests, i.e., using independent data [jordan et al. 2011]; the taroni et al.’s [2016] results show that so far cn prediction capability does not appear superior to random guess, even aggregating the results of the sub-regions (see before). 2. on the parimutuel gambling score (pgs) before addressing this comment, we emphasize that pgs is not an alternative method to the approach discussed before. pgs is a scoring procedure that tends to give higher score to the best performing model according to a specific metric. in other words, pgs is not used for hypothesis testing, and it gives a different type of information with respect to the previous test. in taroni et al. [2016] we apply correctly pgs, comparing the cn model with a random forecast (rf). molchan et al. [2018] is right when they claim that, under some specific conditions, pgs rewards more any reasonable random process with respect to the cn prediction scheme. according to equation 12 in molchan et al. [2017], these conditions are met when the alarm rate is much higher that the target earthquake rate (using as time unit the length of the prediction time interval), as in the present case of cn model. however, it is worth noting that when this condition is met, it says a lot on the prediction capability of the model, because it implies that the false alarm rate is large. at the same time, we acknowledge the fact that if we decide that a false alarm is less important from a practical point of view than a missed target earthquake, pgs should be applied weighing differently these kinds of errors. we do not do that in taroni et al. [2016], where both successes and errors are weighed symmetrically (i.e. hit and the correct negative give the same gain, likewise missed target earthquakes and false alarm give the same loss). the choice to weigh any kind of error in the same way is neither right nor wrong. it is just a possible decision for scoring, and others are possible. in taroni et al. [2016] we avoid to give different weights to a failure in terms of missing target earthquakes or false alarms, because this requires nonscientific information (e.g. the cost of a false alarm versus the cost of a missed target earthquake) that has to be decided by the decision makers. molchan et al. [2018] also claim that using rf instead of random guessing (rg) is not the same thing. as mentioned at the beginning of this section, we did not apply pgs to add a further significance test to the cn model, but to score cn against rf from a uniform poisson model, which is a standard model used in such a kind of comparison [e.g. rhoades et al. 2011]. taroni et al. 2 3 response to comment by g. molchan, a. peresan, g.f. panza, l. romashkova, v. kossobokov 3. additional considerations finally, we take this opportunity to add a few further considerations. in taroni et al. [2016] we have used the classical neyman-pearson approach of statistical testing with a significance level of 0.05. although this value is still widely used in science, we argue that this choice is very generous for the cn model; in fact, the recent general tendency is to use much smaller significance levels in testing any null hypothesis [singh chawla 2017]. on the other hand, if we decide to interpret the results of taroni et al. [2016] avoiding the somehow subjective choice of a significance level, we may interpret the p-value as a graded measure of the strength of evidence against the null hypothesis or the reference model [amrhein et al. 2017]. this raises the problem of the scientific quality of the reference model that has been used to evaluate the cn model; in fact, a weak reference model may easily lead to get small p-values [e.g. marzocchi et al. 2003]. in essence, the reference model used for testing is a spatially homogeneous poisson process inside each sub-region (and in all aggregated sub-regions). we think that this is a very crude reference model, and it does not represent what seismologists already know. in fact, we know that there is a substantial spatial variability of independent mainshock occurrences inside these regions (see, e.g., werner et al. [2010], and references therein; and the spatial variability of the seismicity rate model used for the new seismic hazard model for italy; meletti et al. [2017]). we also know that, even after applying some declustering procedures, in time intervals less than one year the poisson assumption for the mainshocks is not always applicable. more in general, since forecasting models for italian seismicity already exist [e.g. marzocchi et al. 2014], they could be more proper reference models to be used in testing cn. moreover, in taroni et al. [2016] we follow the same testing rules used by the cn authors. however, we think that these rules should be modified in the future to make more meaningful tests. for instance, if the ultimate goal is to predict earthquakes inside the italian territory, target earthquakes that occur in italy outside the macro-zones used by cn must be considered as failures, because the definition of the spatial macro-zones is part of the cn model that we aim to test. the two most remarkable examples of earthquakes in the italian territory, but not considered for cn testing are the m 6 earthquake occurred just offshore palermo on sept 9, 2002, and the m5.9 occurred in molise region on october 31, 2002 (a new region covering this part of italy has been included only after this earthquake). of course, the inclusion of these failures would strengthen the taroni et al.’s [2016] conclusions. 4. conclusions we thank again molchan et al. [2018] for their comments and for pointing out some interesting features of the pgs test. we would like also to emphasize that this scientific discussion is possible because the cn authors did a good job in allowing independent researchers to evaluate their predictions; this is a positive and rare attitude in this field. in this reply we show that we did not make any mistake in taroni et al.’s [2016] paper, and we do not feel to have oversold our conclusions. for this reason, we conclude this reply re-stating again that “considering the data available so far, the molchan test does not show that cn prediction performance is significantly better than predictions based on the stationary poisson model.” references amrhein, v., f. korner-nievergelt, and t. roth (2017). the earth is flat (p > 0.05): significance thresholds and the crisis of unreplicable research. peerj, 5, e3544. fisher, r.a. (1925). statistical methods for research workers. oliver and boyd (edinburgh). jordan, t.h., y.-t. chen, p. gasparini, r. madariaga, i. main, w. marzocchi, g. papadopoulos, g. sobolev, k. yamaoka, and j. zschau (2011). operational earthquake forecasting: state of knowledge and guidelines for utilization. ann. geophys.,54, 315-391. marzocchi, w., l. sandri, and e. boschi (2003). on the validation of earthquake-forecasting models: the case of pattern recognition algorithms. bull. seismol. soc. am., 93, 1994-2004. marzocchi, w., a.m. lombardi, and e. casarotti (2014). the establishment of an operational earthquake forecasting system in italy. seismol. res. lett., 85(5), 961-969. marzocchi, w., m. taroni, and g. falcone (2017). earthquake forecasting during the complex amatrice-norcia seismic sequence. sci. adv., 3, e1701239. meletti, c., marzocchi, w. and mps16 working group (2017). the 2016 italian seismic hazard model, 16th world conference on earthquake engineering, santiago de chile, 9-13 january. molchan, g., a. peresan, g.f. panza, l. romashkova, and v. kossobokov (2018). comment on “assessing cn earthquake predictions in italy” by m. taroni, w. marzocchi, p. roselli. ann. geophys., this volume. molchan, g., l. romashkova, and a. peresan (2017). on some methods for assessing earthquake predictions. geophys. j. int., 210, 1474-1480. peresan, a., e. zuccolo, f. vaccari, a. gorshov, and g.f. panza (2011). neo-deterministic seismic hazard and pattern recognition techniques: time-dependent scenarios for north-eastern italy, pure appl. geophys. 168, 583-607. peresan, a., v.g. kossobokov, and g.f. panza (2012). operational earthquake forecast/prediction, rend. fis. acc. lincei. rhoades, d., d. schorlemmer, m. gerstenberger, a. christophersen, j. zechar and m. imoto (2011). efficient testing of earthquake forecasting models. acta geophys., 59(4), 728-747. singh chawla, d. (2017). big names in statistics want to shake up much-maligned p value. nature, 548, 16-17 taroni, m., w. marzocchi, and p. roselli (2016). assessing cn earthquake predictions in italy. ann. geophys., 59(6), s0648. werner, m. j., j. d. zechar, w. marzocchi, and s. wiemer (2010). retrospective evaluation of the five-year and ten-year csep-italy earthquake forecasts. ann. geophys., 53, 11-30. *corresponding author: matteo taroni, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy; email: matteo.taroni@ingv.it © 2018 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. taroni et al. 4 annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 1 geoethics and professionalism: the responsible conduct of scientists david w. mogk* montana state university mogk@montana.edu abstract the primary focus of geoethics has traditionally been on the responsible conduct of science: issues such as plagiarism, fabrication or falsification of data, and topics related to the doing of science. equally as important to the success of the scientific enterprise are the personal attributes required of being a scientist and the responsible conduct of scientists in their personal interactions with colleagues and the public. in this contribution, numerous aspects of professionalism are addressed, which encompass behaviors and attitudes that impact the ability of scientists to do their work in the social environment of the workplace and with the public. principles of professionalism have their foundations in concepts related to power, trust, respect, and responsibility. these are topics that are typically not directly addressed in day-to-day workplace communications or in classrooms, but they are essential in providing a safe, inclusive and productive work environment. administrators, faculty, staff, students, managers and co-workers may encounter all manner of interpersonal conflicts that may affect the safety and productivity of their work environment. in particular, recent revelations about instances of sexual harassment and bullying in the geoscience workplace are of immediate concern and dictate that there must be changes in the geoscience work culture. know how to recognize the signs of potential trouble, intervene early to prevent a bad situation, know the rules, and have a plan in place about how to respond to and mitigate impacts of unprofessional behaviors. 1. introduction rofessionalism refers to the attitudes and behaviors that dictate the "climate" of the work environment through the many types of interpersonal relations between managers, colleagues, students and the public. the norms and standards established for these interpersonal relations have direct impact on the ability of scientists to do their work and for science to progress. in day to day practice, it is often the case that very little is said or acknowledged about the social environment in which we work, and lack of attention to interpersonal conflicts can lead to dysfunction in the workplace, exposure to civil liability, or even criminal prosecution. everyone has a right to a safe, inclusive, supportive, and productive work environment. professionalism addresses these fundamental rights. professionalism is built on concepts and principles such as power, trust, respect, responsibility, and justice that define the foundations for healthy professional relations. an awareness of these concepts provides a vehicle for self-reflection and institutional assessment: are you and your colleagues doing all you can to meet the highest standards of professional behaviors? start the conversation in your workplace! be proactive! the purpose of this contribution is to help geoscientists be cognizant of established standards and norms of professional behavior, recognize unprofessional behaviors as they emerge, prevent these issues from having destructive and irreversible consequences, and have the tools to act and mitigate to resolve these issues. continued education about professionalism in the classroom for students, and in professional development programs for p annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 2 working geoscientists, is needed for the longterm health of our profession. 2. principles of professionalism it’s all about power. in any social structure or work environment there is inevitably a hierarchical, asymmetric power structure that involves leaders and how they interact with subordinates that presents great potential for unethical behaviors. judicious use of power can support, enable and inspire. however, inappropriate use of power can lead to coercion, manipulation, intimidation, retribution, or denigration of individuals. it is worthwhile to reflect on the power structures in your work environment, where does power reside and how is it adjudicated? and in your personal interactions with peers and subordinates, are you aware of your power over others, and is this power used to enhance and enable or to erect barriers (whether deliberate or not) to the work of others? an important corollary of power is the concept of trust. the many dimensions of trust are realized in interpersonal relations between coworkers as part of the scientific enterprise, and with the larger civic community. “the scientific enterprise is built on a foundation of trust. society trusts that scientific research results are an honest and accurate reflection of a researcher's work. researchers equally trust that their colleagues have gathered data carefully, have used appropriate analytic and statistical techniques, have reported their results accurately, and have treated the work of other researchers with respect” (national academy of sciences, 2009). resnik (2011a) identified many key aspects of trust among individuals: relationships between or among people; between individuals and groups or the profession; to facilitate cooperative social interactions; as an expression of shared expectations of behavior; to enable risk taking; the expectation of appropriate use of skills and sound judgement; an expectation of competence, experience and good will; adherence to ethical and legal duties; and an obligation to do what is expected. trust in scientific research is closely aligned with responsible conduct of research (national academy of science, 2009). trust among scientists, and in the integrity of science as a discipline, is required to promote cooperative relationships and activities among researchers, such as collaborative work, publication, peer review, sharing data, replication of research results, teaching, and mentoring. among scientists, there must be trust regarding the fidelity of data including accuracy, repeatability and in reporting of inherent uncertainties related to the data. the bonds of trust between scientists and society are particularly important. society has made great investments in support of science, and must trust that scientific results are an honest and accurate reflection of a scientist’s work (national academy of science, 2009; 2017a). the public must be able to trust the scientific process to produce outcomes to inform public policy decisions (obama, 2009). scientists often serve on government advisory bodies and regulatory boards, give expert testimony to legislative committees or as major factor in criminal cases, products liability litigation, and malpractice lawsuits. trust in scientific leadership is necessary to help the public gain acceptance of new technologies, and in consideration of risks and benefits of new technologies. as with trust, there are many aspects of respect that bear on professional behavior: respect for individuals, the processes and products of science, equipment and their safe use, institutions, the profession, and the earth. the progress of science is inherently adversarial, based on hyperbolic skepticism (“... never accept anything as true that i did not know evidently to be so; that is, carefully to avoid precipitous judgment and prejudice, and to include nothing more in my judgments than what presented itself to my mind with such clarity and distinctness that i would have no occasion to put it in doubt …” (descartes, 1637)); testing and refutation of hypotheses (e.g., popper, 1959, 1963); and in the geosciences, inculcation of the scientific method (gilbert, 1886) notes that [the researcher] “... must be fertile in the invention of hypotheses and ingenious in the application of tests ... the great investigator is primarily and preeminently the man who is rich in hypotheses ... the man who can produce but one, cherishes and champions that one as his own, and is blind to its faults. with such men, the testing of alternative hypotheses annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 3 is accomplished only through controversy. crucial observations are warped by prejudice, and the triumph of the truth is delayed” and chamberlain’s (1890) method of multiple working hypotheses wherein “the dangers of parental affection for a favorite theory can be circumvented”. respect for the heritage of the accepted practices of science is essential, particularly through scrutiny of ideas, methods and outcomes, and by challenging research findings based on the strength of evidence. however, in doing so, the integrity and dignity of individuals who conducted the research must be respected and protected. appropriate professional behavior dictates that there is never cause to humiliate, denigrate, marginalize or abuse; ad hominem attacks on individuals and their personal attributes cannot be tolerated in the profession. responsibility is a key attribute of professionalism. scientists will have professional responsibilities at many levels, to: science, the profession, colleagues, students, employers and employees, clients and end users, the public and humanity. responsibility entails a personal duty or obligation to satisfactorily perform according to personal commitment or professional/social standards. a failure to act responsibly can lead to loss of personal or professional credibility, and possibly even legal actions. responsible conduct of research is closely connected to professional behaviors in many ways, and this has been directly addressed in numerous reports (e.g., national academy of science, 2009 and 2017) and in scientific integrity policies defined by federal agencies (e.g., u.s. department of the interior http://www.doi.gov/ scientificintegrity/index.cfm, accessed on 6 november 2017 and u.s. department of agriculture http://www.usda.gov/documents/ usdascientific-integrity-policy-handbook.pdf accessed on 6 november 2017). the singapore statement on research integrity (2010) establishes four basic principles that also articulate professional responsibilities: honesty in all aspects of research; accountability in the conduct of research; professional courtesy and fairness in working with others, and good stewardship of research on behalf of others. the cape town statement of the international association for promoting geoethics further articulates the responsibilities of geoscientists, “.... to improve both the quality of professional work and the credibility of geoscientists, to foster excellence in geosciences, to assure sustainable benefits for communities, as well as to protect local and global environments; all with the aim of creating and maintaining the conditions for the healthy and prosperous development of future generations” (di capua et al., 2017). one important professional behavior required of scientists is the need to self-police and report scientific misconduct, and there is a growing literature about how to address these issues (keithspeigel, 2010; koocher and keith-speigel, 2010). responsibilities to society have been articulated by aaas (1998): “... if the u.s. is to respond effectively to the challenges of the 21st century, we must find ways to reorganize our science and technology enterprise to address tomorrow’s needs and aspirations: maintaining global sustainability, improving human health, addressing economic disparities, understanding our place in the universe, promoting peace and security, and directing the products of technology toward the betterment of society, nationally and worldwide”. these values were affirmed in the aaas (2015) survey on social responsibility of scientists, engineers and health professionals. geoscientists have a particularly important responsibility in communicating the nature of science and results of scientific research to the general public, particularly with regard to uncertainties in the areas of natural hazards and resources (e.g., pollack, 2003; lelliott et al., 2009; lark, 2015; lachner and kirchengast, 2015; bilham, 2015; tinti et al., 2015). 3. the role of professional societies american geosciences institute (2016; boland and mogk, 2017) established guidelines for ethical professional conduct that articulates both personal and communal responsibilities of geoscientists. the american geophysical union (2017a) has updated its policies on scientific integrity and professional ethics that defines specific responsibilities of its members, and has developed related policies on conduct at meetings and publication ethics (american geophysannals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 4 ical union publication ethics. https://ethics.agu.org/home/publicationethics/, accessed 6 november 2017). the geological society of america code of conduct (https://www.geosociety.org/gsa/members hip/code_of_conduct/gsa/membership/co de_of_conduct.aspx?hkey=1a11cac9-2183-4e8f8cbd-3d930591fb56, accessed 6 november 2017) articulates responsibilities of members to the sciences and profession, students and colleagues, employer and employees, clients and end users, the public and humankind, and the environment and natural resources, and also defines principles of conduct for its members. the international association for promoting geoethics (http://www.geoethics.org) has further articulated the fundamental values of geoethics in the cape town statement of geoethics (di capua et al., 2017). these are just a few examples of the many codes of conduct that have been developed by sister professional societies in the geosciences. the important point is that our discipline has made issues of geoethics and professionalism a high priority, and has set high standards for behaviors that are expected and accepted in the geoscience community. 4. (un)professional behaviors: when things go bad to be blunt, we have a problem. recent revelations in the news have exposed an epidemic of unprofessional behaviors in the form of sexual harassment and bullying across society. in academic settings, libarkin (2017) reports 569 cases of academic sexual harassment (list updated november 9, 2017). these issues are not restricted to the academy. recent reports also demonstrate a culture of male entitlement and sexual hostility in the united states forest service and national park services (joyce, 2016). a shocking study by clancy et al. (2014) reports on the results of a survey of trainees in field settings, and over 70% of the respondents reported that they had experienced or observed unwanted sexual remarks and over 20% reported they had personally experienced sexual assault (i.e. physical sexual harassment, unwanted sexual contact without consent). the issues of sexual harassment and bullying in the geosciences have been directly addressed by marín-spiotta et al. (2016) and st. john et al. (2017). the geological society of america (2017) has proactively responded as they have instituted the respectful, inclusive, scientific events (rise) to the top program to ensure a safe and welcoming environment at its meetings. similarly, the american geophysical union (2017b) has sponsored safe agu: ethics, response to harassment, and work-climate related events at its annual meeting. most significantly, the agu scientific integrity and professional ethics policy (2017a) now specifically defines sexual harassment and bullying as a form of scientific misconduct with tough sanctions: “this policy takes a much stronger stance against harassment by including it in the definition of research misconduct and expanding its application to agu members, staff, volunteers, and non-members participating in agusponsored programs and activities including agu honors and awards, and governance” (davidson et al., 2017; mcphadden et al., 2017). these issues are not restricted to the geosciences, and a much larger initiative is in progress to address sexual harassment across the stem disciplines (e.g., national academy of sciences, engineering and medicine (2017b), workshops on impacts of sexual harassment in academia; american geophysical union (2016), workshop on scientific societies speak out against sexual harassment (wendel, 2016)). sexual harassment and bullying have had devastating consequences for the individuals involved and for our profession. too many colleagues, particularly women and those from underrepresented groups, have had to endure harassment, bullying, discrimination, and other offensive conducts, that have compromised their ability to work to their full potential, and all-too-often have driven these colleagues out of the field. in today's work climate, there is no excuse to not be aware; there is no justification for engaging in these behaviors; there is no place for these behaviors in the geoscience profession. there are many other professional relations that have the potential for abuse of power and http://www.geoethics.org/ annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 5 breach of trust. in any of these relations, it is important to recognize the inherent imbalance of power, the vulnerability of subordinates, and potential consequences for all parties involved. consider the following relations: • mentoring; mentors are more than advisors, they play a prominent role in the mentee's development, supporting professional development, facilitating networking, creating opportunities. mentors are in a position of trust, and yield great power over the professional prospects of their mentees. • letters of recommendation; colleagues and students rely on letters of recommendation to pursue their career goals. whitaker [2016] provides some practical advice on how to write a good letter of recommendation: decide whether you can write a good letter for the applicant; it's ok to say no; request as much information about the application before you begin writing; do some research about the job or appointment; provide ample time to write a good letter; be specific; avoid clichés and platitudes; organize the letter chronologically or thematically; be honest, original and genuine; and, follow through. be aware of biases that you may reveal in your letters. dutt et al. (2016) report: “our results reveal that female applicants are only half as likely to receive excellent letters versus good letters compared to male applicants ... these results suggest that women are significantly less likely to receive excellent recommendation letters than their male counterparts at a critical juncture in their career”. • publication ethics also encompasses a variety of interpersonal interactions that can be included in professionalism: relations between editors, authors and reviewers and among co-authors raise issues of confidentiality, conflicts of interest, attribution and credit, and related issues of trust. the committee on publications ethics (cope: https://publicationethics.org/, accessed 6 november 2017) has detailed guidelines and resources related to these issues, the national academy of sciences (2009) addresses issues of authorship and allocation of credit, and professional societies have broadly disseminated their guidelines on publication (e.g., agu’s scientific ethics for authors and reviewers). resnik (2011b) provides a nice summary of these issues in his essay “a troubled tradition, it’s time to rebuild trust among authors, editors and peer reviewers”. • data rights and policies; data provide the factual basis for scientific work, and the integrity of research depends on all aspects of data management including the collection, use and sharing of data. all researchers have an interest in, and responsibility for, protecting the integrity of the research record. data management presents many interesting questions that relate to professional behaviors: who controls information? is there (or should there be) an expectation of making information universally available? who has the right to use information, and under what circumstances? how should sources be cited or provided attribution for data that may not be published or placed in a repository? many types of data are of a proprietary nature and may have economic value. how scientists handle this type of data has implications for confidentiality, privacy, and conflict of interest. it is particularly important for all members of a research group, principal investigators, research staff, post-docs and students, to have a clear understanding of who has access and rights to publish data, and under what circumstances, to avoid potential interpersonal conflicts. • workplace safety; a culture of safety must be established in all work environments, in the lab, while traveling and in the field. professional standards must be adhered to in areas such as safe handling and disposal of laboratory materials, safe operation of instruments and equipment, emergency response plans are in place, and safety education programs are in place (national academy of sciences, 2009). field safety is a particular concern and has been addressed by oliveri and bohacs (2005) and whitmeyer and mogk (2013). workplace safety standards will vary according to jurisdiction (e.g., national, state, institution) and it is incumbent on managers and workers to obtain any required licensures, certifications, annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 6 and training, and to adhere to all relevant regulations to ensure the safety of workers, the workplace, and the environment. • contractor-client relations; professionalism in relations between contractors and clients may be dictated to some extent by licensure and certification requirements, although these requirements may vary according to national or state jurisdictions. practitioners need to be aware of issues related to competence, confidentiality, negligence, accurate representation of abilities, knowledge and expertise, and reporting standards regarding uncertainty. geoscientists canada (2014) have provided a comprehensive summary of a competency profile for professional geoscientists, and specific ethical guidelines for the profession. • serving as an expert witness; geoscientists may be called upon to serve as expert witnesses in civil or criminal cases. the role of the expert witness is to provide state-of-theart information pertaining to the issue, not to be an advocate for one side or the other. american association for the advancement of science (aaas) provides specific advice for court appointed scientific experts (case: https://www.aaas.org/page/courtappointed-scientific-experts-case, accessed 6 november 2017). the principles of professionalism described in the first part of this contribution provide a good road map for navigating the complex and diverse interpersonal relations that contribute to the landscape of professional activities in the geosciences. 5. cultivating a civil work environment this is a good time for the geoscientists across the profession, in departments, institutions, professional societies and in companies, to ask the question: is your department/workplace welcoming and inclusive for all people? professional behaviors of individuals in aggregate contribute to the workplace “climate”. awareness of these issues is the first step. but action is also needed. the following is a list of topics that could be considered in department/company meetings, in formal training sessions, and in day-to-day interactions to help create a safe, inclusive and productive work environment. • civility: uncivil behavior in the workforce impacts workers’ physical and mental health, productivity, and retention. cortina et al. (2001) report on “... interpersonal mistreatment in the workplace by examining the incidence, targets, instigators, and impacts of incivility (e.g., disrespect, condescension, degradation) ... negative effects on job satisfaction, job withdrawal, and career salience. uncivil workplace experiences were also associated with greater psychological distress”. does your department/company have an explicit statement of policy on inclusiveness, diversity, or intolerance? some examples from geoscience departments at universities in the united states include: baylor university where members of the baylor geosciences department, as part of the international geoscience community, are expected to abide by the agu scientific integrity and professional ethics policy; boise state university has advertised a strong statement of inclusiveness on their departmental webpage; and, colorado state university has developed a departmental values statement to “... represent our departmental culture, guide us as we interact as professional colleagues, influence how we make decisions, and frames a vision for our future”. • diversity: diversity is an opportunity, not an obstacle. our profession is stronger if we embrace the diversity of people, interests, experiences and abilities. we can’t afford to waste human capital. is your department/program/workplace welcoming for all people? are you proactively recruiting to broaden participation in the geosciences? the related topic of cultural sensitivity and literacy is increasingly important for geoscientists working in a globally interconnected world (see: integrate module on develop cultural competency: https://serc.carleton. edu/integrate/programs/diversity/dev_cult ural_comp.html, accessed 6 november annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 7 2017), and has been identified as a key competency by the summit on the future of undergraduate geoscience education (employers’ workshop, may 2015, http://www.jsg.utexas.edu/events/futureof-geoscience-undergraduate-education/, accessed 6 november 2017). • implicit bias: implicit bias refers to the attitudes or stereotypes that affect our understanding, actions that are activated involuntarily without an individual’s awareness or intentional control (american women in science aws: https://awis.siteym.com/?policyissues, accessed 6 november 2017). implicit bias refers to attitudes and stereotypes that affect perception and judgment without our being aware of it. there is a large literature documenting evidence of gender bias in academic hiring (e.g., moss-racusin, 2012; handley et al., 2015). do you have mechanisms in place to detect and prevent implicit biases in your selection of candidates, hiring practices, and rewards and recognition policies? related aspects of implicit bias include: the halo effect which is a cognitive bias where the overall impressions of an individual affect how we perceive other attributes of their character. for example, someone who appears to be physically attractive might also be considered to be a good leader, smart, funny, or well-liked. anchoring bias is a term used to describe the human tendency to rely too heavily on one trait (and often the first piece of information) when making decisions. beware of first impressions! confirmational bias is realized as people make decisions that confirm beliefs that are already developed. thoughts and actions are commonly influenced by ingrained stereotypes. aspects of confirmation bias include biased (or selective) searches for information, biased interpretation, and biased memories. • microaggressions are the casual degradation of any marginalized group through insults or dismissals, or other denigrating words or actions. whether intentional or not, the impacts are real, cumulative, and can lead to diminished self-confidence and self-image and potentially can lead to mental health problems such as depression, anxiety and trauma. jokes, comments, exclusion from group efforts have a cumulative negative affect on individuals (see runyowa, 2015, microaggressions matter). tolerance of these behaviors can lead to a hostile and even toxic work environment. • addressing bias, empowering bystanders: there are well established strategies to address unconscious bias in professional life. a compilation of these strategies developed by numerous u.s. national science foundation advance programs can be found at the virginia tech advance diversity and equity portal (http://www.portal.advance .vt.edu/index.php/categories/diversity, accessed 6 november 2017). to promote safety and prevent hostile situations, policies and training can be adopted to empower bystanders to intervene. the university of new hampshire prevention innovations research center has developed resources to help bystanders “identify behaviors on a continuum of violence, develop empathy or those who have experienced violence, practice safe and appropriate intervention skills, and commit to intervene before, during and after an incident occurs” (https://cola.unh.edu/preventioninnovations-research-center accessed 6 november 2017). the national sexual violence resource center also has resources on engaging bystanders to prevent sexual violence: a guide for preventionists (https://www.nsvrc.org/publications/nsvr c-publications-guides/engagingbystanders-prevent-sexual-violence-guide accessed, 6 november 2017). this is a sampling of aspects of professional life that can have profound effects, either positive or negative, on individuals, the work environment and the profession. 6. what is needed: be prepared, be proactive changes in the geoscience culture are needed at every level: personal, institutional, and as a profession. geoscientists must do all they can to make sure their work environments adhere annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 8 to the highest professional standards, so that all workers feel safe, welcomed and included in the profession. as a profession, we can’t afford to lose human capital by driving people out due to unprofessional behaviors. our workplaces, departments or companies, cannot afford to be exposed to liabilities for civil or even criminal charges when behaviors transgress from rude and boorish to illegal. an ounce of prevention is the best policy. here are some suggestions about what can be done to promote professionalism in the geoscience workplace: • be explicit in addressing the issues of workplace climate with managers, coworkers, faculty, students and the public (mogk, 2015). the cultural changes that are needed must be addressed openly and systemically from day-to-day interpersonal interactions to codified institutional or corporate polices. • develop a strategic plan that creates a collective vision for a healthy, successful science organization with clear targets and key performance indicators that directly address issues of discrimination, bias, harassment, bullying and other forms of abuse. take a collective stand against harassment and publish antidiscrimination/harassment policies on webpages and in departmental brochures. build a department that is inclusive, welcoming and safe. • be proactive and have policies in place to deal with professional issues; look for the warning signs, be aware of microaggressions and implicit bias; • build relations with the human resources department, affirmative action officer, campus security, counseling and psychological services, and other services to help prevent, and know how to respond to, disruptive behavioral issues if they should arise. • have an incident plan in place, know the policies and chains of communications so you can act quickly and appropriately if necessary. protecting personal safety must be your highest priority, but protecting privacy and confidentiality is also important. • recognize that leadership comes from the top, and that senior colleagues (department heads, deans, managers) have a responsibility to set the professional expectations for the work group. set the standard every day, every way. • make it easier to report abuse and harassment, and empower bystanders to act without fear of retribution or retaliation. • make safety in the work environment a day-to-day priority. • in matters of harassment and bullying, no one can be neutral. silence is not an option. the impacts on the individuals targeted by these behaviors will be devastating and irreversible. and, there will always be collateral damage to other workers and to the department or company. put a stop to harassment and bullying before the situation causes irreparable damage. • performance review (and recommendations for promotion and rewards) should include aspects of professionalism. in the academy, annual reviews are typically limited to research productivity (published papers and grants), teaching (student credit hour production, course evaluations, number of undergraduate or graduate students supervised), and some minor component of service to department, institution, profession or community. i recommend that a fourth category be included in performance reviews: call it civility, collegiality, or citizenship, but recognition should be given to those who have embodied the highest standards of professional behavior. those who have engaged unprofessional behaviors should be subject to lower performance reviews, required training or remediation, suspension, or even termination depending on the severity of the transgression. • there are additional responsibilities of department chairs, section heads, and managers and supervisors: keep the lines of communication open to everyone in your department; be aware of the climate in your department, and be proactive by intervening in interpersonal situations before they get out of hand; know the rules, what procedures are in place, and who to report to so that you can respond quickly and approannals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 9 priately when situations arise; realize that intent is irrelevant, and that actions have consequences whether intended or not. • finally, given the importance of geoethics and professionalism, it’s fair to ask where and how should professional ethics be taught? mogk et al. (2017) provide a detailed exploration of this question. the short answer is: everywhere. good professional behavior should be modeled by faculty and working geologists day-to-day in all our work environments. discussions of professionalism can be explicitly introduced into formal classes throughout the undergraduate and graduate geoscience curricula, and in research lab working groups. corporations can institute in -house training sessions. professional development workshops and short courses are routinely presented at meetings of professional societies, and students, peers, and colleagues should be encouraged to attend. professional behaviors are learned behaviors. all members of the geoscience profession have an interest in, and responsibility for, establishing and reinforcing the highest ethical standards of the profession. 7. closing thoughts most working scientists are knowledgeable about what is meant by responsible conduct of research. we are less conversant about responsible conduct of scientists. few geoscientists have the training, knowledge or interest to deal effectively with unprofessional, interpersonal behaviors as they arise. we have a lot to learn from our colleagues in the social sciences. the purpose of this contribution is to introduce some fundamental principles that inform professionalism, and how we can best work together when attending meetings, or when at work in the office, field or laboratory. as a discipline, we cannot afford to ignore the causes and consequences of interpersonal conflicts that may arise in the workplace, particularly with respect to discrimination, sexual harassment and bullying. hopefully, this brief introduction will provide the incentive for the geoscience community to be proactive in our personal lives and professional situations, and to make sure that all our colleagues are treated with the dignity and respect that they deserve. reflect personally, start the conversation among colleagues, take appropriate actions to make sure that high standards of professional behaviors are established and expected, so that we all will have a safe, welcoming and inclusive work environment. we are all better when we work together. acknowledgements work by the author on professionalism was originally supported by the nsf ethics education in science and engineering (eese) program, grant number nsf 133874 to develop the teaching geoethics across the geoscience curriculum website. subsequent participation by the author in the agi committee to revise the code of conduct for geoscientists, agu ethics task force, gsa committee on supporting success for women in the geosciences, and iapg sponsored events at igc meetings contributed greatly to the development of the ideas presented. reviews by giuseppe di capua and anonymous reviewers greatly improved the clarity of this contribution. more extensive resources on geoethics can be found at the associated website: https://serc.carleton.edu/74990. any opinions, findings, and conclusions or recommendations expressed in this material are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of the national science foundation or professional societies referred to in this contribution references american association for the advancement of science, board of directors (1998). a framework for federal science policy, (cited at resources for research ethics education. http://research-ethics.net/topics/socialresponsibility/), accessed 6 november 2017. american association for the advancement of science (2015). investigating the perceived social responsibilities of scientists, engineers and health professionals. https://mcmprodaaas.s3.amazonaws.com/ s3fspublic/aaas%20social%20responsibil ity%20questionnaire%20report_a%20preli minary%20inquiry.pdf, accessed 6 november 2017. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 10 american geophysical union (2016). scientific societies speak out against sexual harassment. https://news.agu.org/pressrelease/scientific-societies-speak-outagainst-sexual-harassment, accessed 6 november 2017. american geophysical union (2017a). agu scientific integrity and professional ethics, https://ethics.agu.org/files/2013/03/scien tific-integrity-and-professional-ethics.pdf, accessed 6 november 2017. american geophysical union (2017b). safe agu: ethics, response to harassment, and work-climate related events, http://fallmeeting.agu.org/2017/safeagu/, accessed 6 november 2017. american geosciences institute (2016). agi guidelines for ethical professional conduct. https://www.americangeosciences.org/com munity/agi-guidelines-ethical-professionalconduct, accessed 6 november 2017. bilham r. (2015). ethics of the maximum credible earthquake. in: wyss m. and peppoloni s. (eds.), geoethics: ethical challenges and case studies in earth sciences, 120-140, elsevier, amsterdam. boland m. and mogk d.w. (2017). the american geosciences institute guidelines for ethical professional conduct. in: gundersen l. (ed), scientific integrity and ethics in the geosciences, american geophysical union/wiley, isbn: 978-1-119-06778-8. chamberlain t.c. (1890). the method of multiple working hypotheses. science, 15: 92–96 (reprinted 1965, 148:754–759). clancy k.b.h., nelson r.g., rutherford j.n., hinde, k. (2014). survey of academic field experiences (safe): trainees report harassment and assault. plos one 9(7): e102172. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0102172. cortina l.m., magley v.j., williams j.h., and langhout r.d. (2001). incivility in the workplace: incidence and impact, jour. occupational health psychology, 6(1):64-80. davidson e., bell r., leinen m. (2017). a revised ethics policy: setting the bar high to end harassment in the sciences, american geophysical union from the prow. http://fromtheprow.agu.org/setting-thebar-high-to-end-harassment-in-thesciences/, accessed 6 november 2017. descartes r. (1637). discourse on method and meditations on first philosophy, translated by donald a. cress, hackett publishing co., indianapolis. di capua g., peppoloni s., and bobrowsky p. (2017). the cape town statement on geoethics. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, doi: 10.4401/ag-7553. dutt k., pfaff d.l., bernstein a.f., dillard j.s., and block c.j. (2016). gender differences in recommendation letters for postdoctoral fellowships in geoscience. nature geoscience, 9:805-808. geological society of america (2017). gsa meetings rise to the top, http://www.geosociety.org/gsa/events/e ventconductcode/gsa/events/conductintro.aspx, accessed 6 november 2017. geoscientists canada (2014). competency profile for professional geoscientists at entry to practice, https://geoscientistscanada.ca/wpcontent/uploads/2015/07/competencyprofile-for-professional-geoscientistsat-entryto-practice-combined-doc.pdf, accessed 6 november 2017. gilbert g.k. (1886). the inculcation of scientific c method by example, with an illustration drawn from the quaternary geology of utah. american journal of science, 31: 284– 299. handley i.m., brown e.r., moss-rausin c.a., and smith j.l. (2015). quality of evidence revealing subtle gender biases in science is in the eye of the beholder. pnas, 112(43):13201-13206. joyce k. (2016). out here, no one can hear you scream. huffington post highline, http://highline.huffingtonpost.com/article s/en/park-rangers/, accessed 6 november 2017. keith-spiegel p., sieber j., and kocher g.p. (2010). responding to research wrongdoing: a user-friendly guide. http://www.ethicsresearch.com/images/r rw_11-10.pdf, accessed 6 november 2017. koocher g.p. and keith-spiegel p. (2010). peers nip misconduct in the bud. nature, 466:438440. lachner b.c. and kirchengast g. (2015). communication and perception of uncertainty via graphics in disciplinary and interdiscipannals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 11 linary climate change research. geophysical research abstracts, 17, egu2015-2240, 2015 egu general assembly. lark m. (2015). map scale and the communication of uncertainty, geophysical research abstracts, 17, egu2015-1953, 2015 egu general assembly. lelliott m., cave m., wealthall g. (2009). a structured approach to the measurement of uncertainty in 3d geological models. quarterly journal of engineering geology and hydrogeology, 42(1). 95-105. libarkin j. (2017). not a fluke: that case of academic sexual harassment, sexual assault, sexual misconduct, stalking, violations of dating policies, violations of campus pornography policies, and similar violation is not an isolated incident, https://geocognitionresearchlaboratory.wo rdpress.com/2016/02/03/not-a-fluke-thatcase-of-sexual-harassment-is-not-anisolated-incident/, accessed 9 november 2017. marín-spiotta e., schneider b., and holmes m.a. (2016). steps to building a notolerance culture for sexual harassment, eos, 97, doi: 10.1029/2016eo044859. mcphaden m.j., gundersen l., and williams b.m. (2017). agu revises its integrity and ethics policy, eos, 98, doi: 10.1029/2017eo082469. mogk d.w. (2015). be explicit: geoscience program design to prepare the next generation of geoscientists. amer. geophys. union fall meeting, san francisco, ca. paper ed 21e07. mogk d.w., geissman j.w., and bruckner m.z. (2017). teaching geoethics across the geoscience curriculum: why, when, what, how, and where? in: gundersen l. (ed.). scientific integrity and ethics: with applications to the geosciences. special publication american geophysical union, john wiley and sons, inc., isbn: 978-1-119-06778-8. national academy of science (2009). on being a scientist: a guide to responsible conduct of research (3rd ed.), national academy press, washington d.c., 82 pp. national academies of sciences, engineering, and medicine (2017a). fostering integrity in research. the national academies press, washington d.c., https://www.nap.edu/ catalog/21896/fostering-integrity-in-research, accessed 18 december 2017. national academies of sciences, engineering, and medicine (2017b). impacts of sexual harassment in academia. http://sites.nationalacademies.org/pga/c wsem/shstudy/index.htm, accessed 6 november 2017. obama, b. (2009), scientific integrity, memorandum for the heads of executive departments and agencies 3-9-09, https://obamawhitehouse.archives.gov/th e-press-office/memorandum-headsexecutive-departments-and-agencies-3-9-09, accessed 6 november 2017. oliveri s.r. and bohacs k. (2005). field safety in uncontrolled environments. aagg/deg and exxonmobil, 150 pp. pollack h.n. (2003). uncertain science... uncertain world, cambridge university press, 241 pp. popper k.r. (1959). the logic of scientific discovery, london: routledge. popper k.r. (1963). conjectures and refutations: the growth of scientific knowledge, london: routledge. resnik d. (2011a). scientific research and the public trust. science engineering ethics, 17(3): 399-409. resnik d. (2011b). a troubled tradition it's time to rebuild trust among authors, editors, and peer reviewers. scientific american, 99(1):24-27. ross-macusin c.a., dovidio j.f., brescoll v.l., graham m.j., and handelsman j. (2012). science faculty’s subtle gender biases favor male students, pnas, 109(41):16474-16479. runyowa s. (2015). microaggressions matter. atlantic magazine, september 18, 2015, https://www.theatlantic.com/politics/arch ive/2015/09/microaggressionsmatter/406090/, accessed 6 november 2017. st. john k., riggs e., and mogk d. (2016). sexual harassment in the sciences: a call to geoscience faculty and researchers to respond. jour. of geoscience education, 64:255-257. singapore statement on research integrity (2010). 2nd world conference on research annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7584 12 integrity, singapore, 21-24 july 2010, www.singaporestatment.org, accessed 6 november 2017. tinti s., armigliato a., pagnoni g., and zaniboni f. (2015). geoethical and social aspects of warning for low-frequency and largeimpact events like tsunamis. in: wyss m. and peppoloni s. (eds.), geoethics: ethical challenges and case studies in earth sciences, 176-192, elsevier, amsterdam wendel j. (2016). agu-sponsored workshop targets sexual harassment in the sciences. eos, 97, doi: 10.1029/2016eo059651. whitaker m. (2016). tips for writing recommendation letters, inside higher education, https://www.insidehighered.com/ advice/2016/12/02/how-write-strongerletters-recommendation-studentsessay?utm_source=inside+higher+ ed&utm_campaign=af31fc1fbcdnu20161202&utm_medium=email&utm_ term=0_1fcbc04421-af31fc1fbc198468613&mc_cid=af31fc1fbc&mc_eid=b4 ec990e8e, accessed 6 november 2017 whitmeyer s. and mogk d.w. (2013). safety and liability issues related to field trips and field courses. eos, 94, 40, doi: 10.1002/2013eo400002 * further correspondence with the author can be sent to: david mogk, dept. of earth sciences, montana state university, bozeman, mt 59717 adg vol5 n02 aver247_258.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 247 depth model building by constrained magnetotelluric inversion paolo dell’aversana and sergio morandi enterprise oil italiana s.p.a., roma, italy 1. introduction an apparent paradox can arise when many different data have to be used to build a model of a complex geological system: the more data are available the less reliable and stable the model. apparently it seems that collecting more «objective» information has the effect of increasing the «subjective» character of the solution for a given problem. this situation is common for many categories of complex problems, where there is a predominance of nonlinear relationships and non-linear processes between data and model spaces and when the data set is itself something like an advanced interpretation. in exploration in a thrust belt environment, that situation is frequent, especially when the quality of the near vertical reflection seismic data is poor or very poor: in that case many efforts are addressed to apply alternative geophysical tools, such as wide angle reflection seismic, magnetotelluric, gravity and so on. also, during the last ten years, special efforts have been oriented to improve the efficiency of the seismic acquisition layouts in order to improve the quality of the data in difficult areas. in particular, the technological improvements of the recording systems (especially, but not only, in terms of number of available recording channels) yielded seismic data characterised by a fold much higher than in the past. for the same reasons, also the possibility to collect large offset seismic data has been increased significantly, without losing the benefits offered by multi-fold data sets. mailing address: dr. paolo dell’aversana, enterprise oil italiana s.p.a., via dei due macelli 66, 00187 roma, italy; e-mail: paolo.dellaversana@rome.entoil.com abstract in this paper we describe an approach aimed at integrating seismic and magnetotelluric data in a complex geological setting, characterised by thrust structures, in southern apennine, southern italy. seismic data were collected by the «global offset» technique that is designed to record high fold data in a wide range of offsets, without losing the benefit of near vertical reflection seismic. first arrivals picked from short to long offsets and the main reflections were inverted in order to produce a tomographic velocity-interface model. it was converted into a resistivity section applying an empirical relationship, obtained by well logs, between resistivity and velocity. that section was used as a reliable reference model for 2d inversion of magnetotelluric data collected along a parallel section very close to the seismic profile. the process was iterative and interactive and was aimed at producing consistent velocity and resistivity sections, honouring seismic and mt data set. the final mt model fits very well the observed apparent resistivity and phase, reproduces the main geological trends and is constrained by a well drilled close to the line. key words magnetotelluric seismic inversion integration 248 paolo dell’aversana and sergio morandi based on that point, during the last five years enterprise oil developed an acquisition technique, called «global offset», that is aimed to optimise simultaneously the benefits of both near-vertical reflection seismic, wide angle seismic and transmission-reflection tomography (dell’aversana et al., 1999, 2000). that goal can be obtained by using multi-channel recording systems typical of standard reflection seismic and conventional dynamite shots. the particularity is that the geophone layout is kept active throughout the seismic profile, so that each shot can be recorded, simultaneously in the whole range of available offsets, by densely spaced stations. the final data sets recorded by that kind of layout contain a huge amount of information (in terms of large offset turning rays and wide angle reflections) that is commonly lost when standard seismic, short offset layouts are used. at same time, the receiver coverage is maintained very high. a similar data set can be considered optimal for joint inversion of first breaks and reflections or, in other words, for transmission/reflection tomography. based on that idea, in the last few years, enterprise oil has been acquiring global offset data in s. apennines (s. italy), also using additional standalone stations in case of long seismic profiles and/or 3d surveys. on the other hand, strong improvements have recently been obtained for non seismic methods too, such as in the case of magnetotelluric, in terms of both recording equipment, acquisition scheme, processing tools and inversion algorithms. it is clear that the effects of these improving technologies reflect also on the exploration approach. especially in difficult areas where standard seismic methods fail to produce interpretable data volume, a possible solution can be to try to integrate the benefits derived by complementary methodologies and data sets, such as near vertical reflection seismic, wide-angle seismic, tomography, magnetotelluric and so on. in that viewpoint, in the period 1998-2000, eni agip and enterprise oil, together with the european union, founded a research project aimed to optimise the integration of global offset seismic data with magnetotelluric and gravity data in a difficult thrust belt area of s. italy (dell’aversana et al., 2001). in this paper we discuss a similar approach based on the integration of a tomographic seismic 2d model, obtained by global offset data, and a magnetotelluric section obtained by mt data collected along a profile parallel to the seismic line. the two parametric models (velocity and resistivity sections) have been linked together using empirical relationships between the two physical parameters, obtained by sonic and resistivity logs. the integration approach was based on an iterative and interactive procedure: before running any 2d mt inversion, a reliable reference model was obtained by inverting the whole data set recorded by a global offset acquisition layout. after obtaining a reliable tomographic velocity model, a resistivity section was derived from it using empirical relationships. also 1d mt inversions and borehole data were used to constrain the resistivity initial model. the successive step was to use that section as a reference model for 2d mt inversion based on a perturbative approach. using that procedure, the final resistivity model can be considered the results of an integrated process based on borehole, mt and global offset data. in that sense, we can say that the 2d mt inverse problem is solved constraining the solution in the direction of t h e g l o b a l o ff s e t t o m o g r a p h i c m o d e l . obviously that approach does not guarantee a unique solution for such a complex inverse problem, but at least it produces a consistent model honouring independent data set. it can be considered itself an interesting objective to realise in a difficult exploration area. in the present paper, we discuss mainly the magnetotelluric aspects of our integration approach. additional details on global offset data, transmission/reflection tomographic section, resolution synthetic tests and gravity data integration can be found in other specific papers (dell’aversana and morandi, 2000; dell’aversana, 2001). 2. seismic data figure 1 shows the final stack section produced applying a conventional processing 249 depth model building by constrained magnetotelluric inversion flow on a seismic line about 15 km long recorded, in s. apennines (s. italy), by using a standard roll along the layout. low reflectivity and poor quality of the stacked data are quite evident, although the theoretical fold was 60%. it is clear that an interpretation based only on that section could lead to a wrong model in time and in depth domains. the complexity of the geophysical/geological problem requires a more appropriate approach integrating the standard seismic data with other independent information. in our specific case, the acquisition layout consisted of a symmetrical spread (maximum offset = 3.6 km, move-up = 60 m, intertrace = 30 m, shot distance = 60 m). that layout was integrated by a series of stand-alone stations in order to define a «global offset» acquisition layout. vertical 4.5 hz geophones every 90 m and horizontal inline geophones every 450 m were kept active along the whole seismic line, in order to record the seismic energy produced by each single dynamite shot, in the whole range of available offsets (dell’aversana et al., 1999, 2000; improta et al., 1998, 2000a,b, 2001). fig. 1. conventional time-stack section obtained by a conventional processing flow in cdp domain. many factors can negatively affect the quality of seismic imaging in thrust belts, such as low signal to noise ratio, scattering phenomena, bad static corrections and so on. the final effect can be a seismic section very difficult to interpret, like that shown in the figure. 250 paolo dell’aversana and sergio morandi 3. magnetotelluric data assuming the presence of a conductive flysch above the resistive carbonate target (on the basis of a regional understanding of the geological setting), it was expected that magnetotelluric would have been useful to highlight the top of the platform. to obtain that goal an mt survey was performed in the same area. in particular, about 20 mt sites were acquired in a profile parallel to the seismic line shown in fig. 1. the first interpretation step of the mt data was 1d inversion for each site along the profile. assuming that te mode is less affected or distorted than tm by 3d lateral heterogeneity, 1d inversions were performed on transverse electric mode. in a second step, inversion tests of tm and 1d invariant mode were also performed. the one-dimensional models show the main features of the explored medium (fig. 2), with resistive thrusts alternating with more conductive layers. in particular, a thick (2-3 km) conductive body seems to be present above the resistive basement in almost all mt sites. the basement shows a lower resistivity (both apparent and modelled by 1d inversion) than expected; in fact the resistive layer at about 6.57.5 km depth could correspond to the limestone platform, which usually presents a much higher resistivity. a possible explanation is that the thick conductive layer overlaying the carbonates induces an effect of under-estimation in the modelled resistivity associated with the platform. also, the apparent resistivities are pushed down at middle-low frequencies. it is clear that the 1d inversion process alone cannot solve the problem of a correct definition of a so complex structure, although it discloses some of its important general features. 4. mt rotational analysis figure 2 shows resistivity and phase, for both te and tm modes on the left panel for each mt site. on the right panel, 1d models are shown: the blue curve represents the bostic model; the purple curve is the occam model; the green curve is the corresponding layered model (guess layered model, fixing the number of possible layers). lateral and vertical complexity is quite evident from the examples that are shown: mt curves vary significantly with location and frequency. the presence of resistive thrusts and conductive layers is clear, down to the resistive basement, although 1d modelling is not sufficient for a quantitative estimation of true resistivity and thickness: 2d and 3d effects can still affect the model parameter definition. in any case the presence of a thick conductive layer covering the resistive basement is evident, especially in the first two examples. it produces an under-estimation effect on the apparent resistivity of the basement itself. in order to improve the model building process, an accurate 2d magnetotelluric inversion flow was performed. in that approach, a 2d structure was assumed, although a 3d hypothesis would be more appropriate for the investigated geological setting. however, our hypothesis seems to be partially confirmed by rotational analysis. in fact we analysed several impedence parameters for varying rotational angles. figure 3 shows impedence skew and ellipticity, for site bg06br (at km 12 on the profile). the tipper, resistivity and phase curves are also shown. the skew can be considered a measure of three-dimensionality. it is an invariant for rotation of co-ordinates and should be zero for noise-free data, in 1d and 2d cases. on the other hand, impedence ellipticity varies with setup direction: it is zero only for 1d data and in 2d case when x or y axis is along the strike direction. in the example of fig. 3, the skew is about constant, for different rotational angles and frequency values, showing low values of about 0.1, due to some noise in the data. ellipticity varies with angles: the lower values appear for rotation of 15°, indicating the direction of the strike (or the orthogonal direction) in the area. tipper values vary between 0.1 and 0.4, remaining within an acceptable range for the main range of frequency. in any case, the 2d hypothesis is not perfectly valid for all mt sites along the profile and for the whole range of frequency. for example, in site aa02r, the skew values range between 0.1 and 0.5 and increase at low frequency, indicating 251 depth model building by constrained magnetotelluric inversion fig. 2. three examples of mt curves and corresponding te 1d models (aa04r, aa22r, ab26r, starting from top). see details in the text. 1 10 10010 252 paolo dell’aversana and sergio morandi fig. 3. rotational analysis for the mt station bg06br. several rotations were applied to the axis in order to evaluate possible 3d effects. for that purpose impedence skew and ellipticity were analysed for each rotation. a 253 depth model building by constrained magnetotelluric inversion fig. 4. polar diagram for mt site aa02r, at the beginning of the profile. 3d effects. they are also confirmed by looking at polar diagrams (fig. 4), where it is clear that, especially at low frequencies, z xx impedence is far from zero, as it should be in a perfect 2d case. it means that our 2d-inversion approach can solve only partially the problem of reconstructing a very complex three-dimensional structure, and that 3d inversion would be more appropriate to that exploration case. at the moment we are testing the possibility to apply 3d inversion algorithms to our data, but it will be the subject of a future study. 5. 2d magnetotelluric inversion returning to our profile we see that mt data distribution is quite irregular. in some cases, the mt stations projected on the line appear very close (less than 1 km) whereas, in other parts of the profile, the spacing is 6 km or more (aa16r and aa22r). that is a consequence of the variations in data quality (strongly dependent on local noise effects) that induced a necessary selection of the data to be inverted: in fact some bad data were rejected producing a gap of information. in that condition, it is highly probable that the mt 2d inverse problem is, in the best case, mixed determined (menke, 1989) and, in the worst case, underdetermined; as a consequence non-uniqueness problems have to be expected. this is a quite common problem in mt surveys, apart from those cases where a redundant acquisition layout is used. it is clear that using good constraints and a reliable starting model could be a good strategy to reduce the space of acceptable geophysical models. from that standpoint, we performed a series of 2d mt inversions using a robust reference model built on the basis of all available global offset seismic data. in particular, the large amount of seismic data collected within a wide range of offsets (using stand alone stations too), proved very useful to image shallow and deep structures by transmission/reflection tomography. all the first breaks and some reflection events were inverted to produce a parametric zxy impedence zxx impedence impedence strike tipper mag. strike ind. arrow o 1 0 1 * 254 paolo dell’aversana and sergio morandi depth section to be used as a guide for building a reliable reference model for 2d mt inversions. in other words we performed a transmission/reflection tomography using all first breaks available, near vertical and wide-angle reflections. after obtaining that tomographic model we transformed it into a resistivity model using an empirical relationship between velocity and resistivity. for that purpose, we used sonic and resistivity log information available from a well drilled along the profile. the analytic form of that relationship is v = a [ln (ln (rho))] + b where a and b are two constants, v is the velocity by sonic logs, rho is the resistivity by logs. the above resistivity section was completed by using the indications derived by 1d mt inversions. finally it was used as a reliable reference model for 2d magnetotelluric inversion. the used mt inversion method was a non-linear conjugate gradient algorithm (rodi and mackie, 1998). it is based on searching a «regularised solution» minimising an objective function, , defined by (m) = (d – f(m))t v -1 (d – f(m)) + mt lt l m for given , v and l. f is a forward modelling function, d is the data vector. is called «regularisation parameter» and is a positive number. v is a variance-covariance matrix of the error vector e. the second term of (m) is a «stabilising functional», where lm approximates the laplacian of log . a satisfactory fit has been obtained for almost all mt stations (figs. 6a and 6b) for both te and tm models. figure 5 shows the final mt model. colours represent the «true» resistivity distribution. high resistivity thrusts (in yellow) are very clear. some low resistivity (in blue) basins appear in the fig. 5. final magnetotelluric model. it honours mt data and, at the same time, it derives from a starting model based on global offset data. note the presence of a high resistivity thrust system, low resistivity shallow basins, low resistivity layers before reaching the high resistivity platform at about 6 km b.s.l. z (m) 1000 0 -1000 -2000 -3000 -4000 -5000 -6000 x (km) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 4096 2048 1024 512 256 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 rho (ω•m) 255 depth model building by constrained magnetotelluric inversion shallowest part of the section. also a quite continuous low resistivity layer is present below the thrusts; at a depth of about 6 km b.s.l., the high resistivity layer of the carbonate platform appears. on the basis of synthetic tests, the accuracy of the final resistivity model was estimated. the final model was used to simulate the real mt experiment using the true acquisition geometry: the synthetic curves were inverted using the same reference model based on seismic data. the final model was reproduced with an accuracy of about 5%. although this result does not represent a true estimate of the resolution, it confirms the stability of the 2d inversion when a reliable starting model is used. that is also true in the case of sparse data, as in our real experiment. finally, another local confirmation of the good model accuracy was obtained by comparing the final mt section with the available borehole information. fig. 6a. pseudo-sections for te mode. te and tm calculated pseudosections were compared with the observed pseudo-sections in terms of resistivity (upper panels) and phase (lower panels). the fit ranges from good to very good, indicating that the model of fig. 5 honours the mt data. app rho obs app rho calc phase obs phase calc 10-2 10-1 100 101 102 103 262144 131072 65536 32768 16384 8192 4096 2048 1024 512 256 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 app. rho ( •m) 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 phase (deg.) 10-2 10-1 100 101 102 103 10-2 10-1 100 101 102 103 10-2 10-1 100 101 102 103 256 paolo dell’aversana and sergio morandi fig. 6b. pseudo-sections for tm mode. te and tm calculated pseudosections were compared with the observed pseudo-sections in terms of resistivity (upper panels) and phase (lower panels). the fit ranges from good to very good, indicating that the model of fig. 5 honours the mt data. 6. conclusions in complex geological settings, such as thrust belt environment, the standard seismic approach often produces low quality images in both time and in depth domains. in those cases, a mt survey can significantly improve the process of depth model building. on the other hand, many additional problems can be associated with mt data utilisation, such as non-uniqueness and low resolution of the final models. 1d inversions present all the limits associated with a strong simplification of the real 3d nature of the problem. on the other hand, especially when the distance between stations is large and irregular, the reliability of 2d inversion can be very low and the final solution of the mt inverse problem can be extremely unstable. if the inversion is based on a perturbative approach, the reference model plays a fundamental role in the process. 257 depth model building by constrained magnetotelluric inversion in this sense, the choice of a robust starting model is very important in order to obtain reliable final 2d models. in this paper, we discussed an approach aimed to produce consistent and reliable magnetotelluric models by 2d mt inversions based on reliable reference models. the basic idea to build realistic reference sections was to use the whole available seismic information contained in a range of offsets much wider than the standard range of the conventional layout. in fact, increasing the maximum offset is a way to produce supercritical reflections and turning rays exploring at considerable depth. the tomographic inversion of the first breaks and of the wide-angle reflections produced a reliable parametric model in depth that guided the process of building a reliable starting model for 2d mt inversion. this approach was applied to a real case of exploration in a thrust belt environment (s. italy). an integrated model honouring the consistency between global offset, mt, borehole and geological data sets was obtained. it reflects the real complexity of the explored geological system, although additional 3d analysis could be appropriate in our case. strong lateral and vertical geophysical variations appear, consistently with the presence of high resistive thrusts alternating with low resistive layers. the top of the resistive carbonate platform has been clearly highlighted. the resolution and the level of accuracy have just been estimated: more accurate and appropriate tests are required to establish the level of non-uniqueness of the final solution. the process of depth model building described in this paper is clearly iterative and based on a non-linear approach. it means that a full comprehension of the real accuracy and resolution is not easy. on the other hand, it was possible to test the stability of the solution of the mt inverse problem by synthetic tests. they confirmed that the model obtained using a reliable starting model is very stable and consistent with the borehole information available along the line. references dell’aversana, p. (2001): integration of seismic, magnetotelluric and gravity data in a thrust belt interpretation, first break, 19 (6), 335-341. dell’aversana, p. and s. morandi (2000): integrated inversion of seismic and magnetotelluric data sets in thrust belt, in 62nd eage conference, glasgow (extended abstract). dell’aversana, p., s. morandi, l. improta and a. zollo (1999): tomographic images from «global offset» seismic data inversion in southern apennines, in 61st eage conference, helsinki (extended abstracts). dell’aversana, p., e. ceragioli, s. morandi and a. zollo (2000): a simultaneous acquisition test of high density «global offset» seismic in complex geological settings, first break, 18, 87-96. dell’aversana, p., d. colombo, s. morandi and m. buia (2001): thrust belt exploration by «global offset» seismic and reflection/refraction tomography, in 63rd eage conference, amsterdam (extended abstracts). improta, l., p. dell’aversana, a. herrero, s. morandi and a. zollo (1998): tomografia sismica di strutture crostali superficiali in appennino meridionale mediante inversione di dati acquisiti in configurazione «global offset», in 17th gngts meeting, rome, italy (abstract). improta, l., m. frattini, a. zollo, j. virieux, a. herrero and p. dell’aversana (2000a): non-linear inversion of global offset reflected arrivals in highly heterogeneous shallow crustal structure, in european geophysical society meeting, nice, france (abstract). improta, l., a. zollo, j. virieux, a. herrero and p. dell’aversana (2000b): mapping interfaces in an overthrust region by non linear travel time inversion of reflection data, am. geophys. un., fall meeting (abstract). improta, l., a. herrero, a. zollo, p. dell’aversana and s. morandi (2001): 2d non-linear travel time inversion of first arrivals and reflection data: application to the southern apennines thrust-belt (italy), in seg, san antonio (abstract). menke, w. (1989): geophysical data analysis: discrete inverse theory, int. geophys. ser., vol. 45. rodi, w. and r.l. mackie (2001): non-linear conjugate gradients algorithm for 2d magnetotelluric inversion, geophysics, 66 (1), 174-187. characteristics of local earthquake seismograms of varying dislocation sources in a stratified upper crust and modeling for p and s velocity structure: comparison with observations in the koyna-warna region, india annals of geophysics, 58, 6, 2015, s0656; doi:10.4401/ag-6714 s0656 characteristics of local earthquake seismograms of varying dislocation sources in a stratified upper crust and modeling for p and s velocity structure: comparison with observations in the koyna-warna region, india v. g. krishna retd. csir – national geophysical research institute, hyderabad, india abstract vertical component record sections of local earthquake seismograms from a state-of-the-art koyna-warna digital seismograph network are assembled in the reduced time versus epicentral distance frame, similar to those obtained in seismic refraction profiling. the record sections obtained for an average source depth display the processed seismograms from nearly equal source depths with similar source mechanisms and recorded in a narrow azimuth range, illuminating the upper crustal p and s velocity structure in the region. further, the seismogram characteristics of the local earthquake sources are found to vary significantly for different source mechanisms and the amplitude variations exceed those due to velocity model stratification. in the present study a large number of reflectivity synthetic seismograms are obtained in near offset ranges for a stratified upper crustal model having sharp discontinuities with 7%-10% velocity contrasts. the synthetics are obtained for different source regimes (e.g., strike-slip, normal, reverse) and different sets of source parameters (strike, dip, and rake) within each regime. seismogram sections with dominantly strike-slip mechanism are found to be clearly favorable in revealing the velocity stratification for both p and s waves. in contrast the seismogram sections for earthquakes of other source mechanisms seem to display the upper crustal p phases poorly with low amplitudes even in presence of sharp discontinuities of high velocity contrasts. the observed seismogram sections illustrated here for the earthquake sources with strike-slip and normal mechanisms from the koyna-warna seismic region substantiate these findings. travel times and reflectivity synthetic seismograms are used for 1-d modeling of the observed virtual source local earthquake seismogram sections and inferring the upper crustal velocity structure in the koyna-warna region. significantly, the inferred upper crustal velocity model in the region reproduces the synthetic seismograms comparable to the observed sections for earthquake sources with differing mechanisms in the koyna and warna regions. 1. introduction mobile seismograph networks in seismogenic regions provide significantly large database of local earthquake seismograms. record sections displaying the seismograms in the reduced time versus epicentral distance frame, similar to those obtained in seismic refraction profiling, can be assembled for an average source depth using the processed seismograms of earthquakes of nearly equal source depths with similar source mechanisms and recorded in a narrow azimuth range. vertical component seismogram sections, assembled from a state-of-the-art koyna-warna digital seismograph network, illuminating the upper crustal structure demonstrate this approach. the koyna-warna seismic region located in the western ghats, in the south-western part of the deccan volcanic province (dvp), in western india, reveals prolific seismicity confined to an area of 20 × 30 km2 and mostly originating in the upper crustal depths up to ~11 km in the north and 6-8 km in the south [srinagesh and sarma 2005]. figure 1a shows the location map with the epicenters of some well-located earthquakes in the koyna-warna seismic region [rai et al. 1999]. the seismicity pattern in this region starts as a single seismic tract in the north trending ne-sw, further branching into two distinct zones with nw-se trend in the south (see inset in figure 1a). figure 1b shows the depth distribution of seismicity in these three zones [rai et al. 1999]. the koyna-warna seismic activity has been attributed to both regional tectonism [wadia 1968, krishna et al. 1973] and to reservoir-triggered seismicity [gupta and rastogi 1974, gupta et al. 1980, gupta 1992, talwani 1997, gupta 2002, gupta 2005, srinagesh and sarma 2005, shashidhar et al. 2011]. rai et al. [1999] suggest that seismicity is related to lithology that extends into the lower crust. gahalaut et al. [2004], srinagesh and sarma [2005], and sarma and srinagesh [2007] sugarticle history received december 24, 2014; accepted october 28, 2015. subject classification: seismology, earthquake source and dynamics, waves and wave analysis, computational geophysics, data processing. gest that sustained seismicity in koyna-warna seismic zone is related to the geometry of existing faults and their interaction through stress transfer. most researchers classify the seismicity as resulting from reservoir induced high pore pressure on existing stressed tectonic faults. the structure and nature of these faults, however, are poorly known because the entire koyna-warna region is covered at the surface by up to ~1.5 km of deccan traps basalt. the ongoing seismic activity in the koynawarna region is primarily considered as the most outstanding example of reservoir-triggered seismicity [e.g., gupta et al. 1969, gupta et al. 1972, gupta and rastogi 1976, gupta 1985, gupta 1992, talwani 1997, gupta et al. 2012] essentially due to its proximity to the two reservoirs in the region, the koyna (impoundment in 1962) and the warna (impoundment in 1985). the seismicity in the koyna region is considered to be possibly related to the presence of a large number of faults and lineaments, predominantly striking nnw-ne, inferred from landsat images as well [langston 1981]. the inferred faults and lineaments tend to define a broad en-echelon zone that parallels the western ghats in this area. it is well known that essentially two different types of faulting mechanisms, strike-slip and normal dominate in the koyna-warna seismic region [talwani 1997]. further, there seems to be also a rapid variation of focal mechanisms from strike-slip type in the koyna region earthquakes to normal type in the warna region earthquakes [talwani 1997, sharma 2000, srinagesh and sarma 2005]. figure 1c illustrates the rapid variation of the earthquake focal mechanisms from a predominantly strikeslip type in the north in the clusters c1, c2, c3, c8 in the koyna region to a predominantly normal type in the south in the clusters c4, c5, c6, c7 in the warna region (compiled by sharma [2000]). a recent study by inversion of broad-band waveform data of warna earthquakes also indicates predominantly normal type focal mechanism solutions, some having a component of strike-slip [shashidhar et al. 2011]. upper crustal p and s velocity structure can be inferred reliably from the observed seismogram sections assembled from local earthquake sources as well by the synthetic seismogram modeling techniques. it is important to note that the seismogram characteristics of the local earthquake sources vary drastically for different source mechanisms as will be shown here. the amplitude variations for varying source mechanisms may often exceed those expected from velocity model variations. therefore in seismogenic regions of sharply varying source mechanisms (within a short distance range), it is necessary to assemble the seismogram sections separately for earthquakes of similar source mechanism. an understanding of local earthquake seismogram characteristics is important for determining the velocity structure models of the upper crust as well as the character and amplitude of near-source ground motions. the rupture directivity size, that controls the amplitude of near-source ground motion, depends on the dip angle and the direction of slip (rake angle) of the dislocation source [aagaard et al. 2004]. further, the local earthquake seismogram characteristics may vary significantly for different source regimes (e.g., strike-slip, normal or reverse) and even within each regime for different sets of source parameters (strike, dip, and rake) rather than depending only on the seismic velocity and q structure of the krishna 2 figure 1. (a) location map of the koyna-warna seismic region showing some of the seismograph stations (filled triangles) of the digital network operated, and the well located epicenters (filled circles) of the local earthquakes. the inset shows the observed seismicity pattern in the region described in the text. (b) depth distribution of seismicity along three sections ab, cd, and ef observed in the region. (figures 1a and 1b, after rai et al. [1999]). (c) composite source mechanism solutions for different earthquake clusters ci, c2, c3, and c8 in the koyna, and c4, c5, c6, and c7 in the warna seismic region (after sharma [2000]). 3 host region. some combinations of the source parameters of the upper crustal earthquakes may result in seismograms at local distances that do not reveal any signatures (like reflections and conversions) related to the vertically inhomogeneous seismic structure with presence of sharp interfaces of large velocity contrasts. a systematic study by numerical simulations for different source mechanisms can provide the necessary insight to understand the characteristics of local earthquake seismograms and their modeling for the upper crustal velocity structure. in the recent years, only a few studies [oglesby et al. 2000, aagaard et al. 2001a, aagaard et al. 2001b, aagaard et al. 2004] have systematically explored how the source parameters affect the near-source ground motions. similar efforts for studying feasibility of velocity modeling of record sections of local earthquake seismograms for varying source regimes are, however, yet to be initiated. because it is essential that the seismograms should be revealing and prominent phases as reflections, conversions and any other energetic phases generated by the existing velocity stratification are well recognized. a source effect leading to apparently missing or extremely low amplitude phases in a seismogram section should not be interpreted in terms of the velocity model features alone that suggest absence of prominent discontinuities. the source effect can be properly predicted by a systematic study of the characteristics of the seismograms for different source regimes. in the present study we investigate this problem by a large number of numerical simulations. reflectivity synthetic seismograms in near offset ranges are obtained for a stratified upper crustal model having sharp discontinuities with 7%-10% p and s velocity contrasts. the synthetics are obtained for different source regimes (e.g., strike-slip, normal, reverse) as well as for different sets of source parameters (strike, dip, and rake) within each regime. the characteristics of local earthquake seismograms generated for different dislocation sources in a stratified upper crust are systematically examined. the scenarios considered vary from strike-slip to normal faulting regimes of the upper crustal seismogenic zones, besides a few dip-slip and reverse (thrust) faulting models. various numerical simulations for different source regimes considered are obtained here for the same upper crustal p and s velocity models similar to those given by krishna et al. [1999] for the 1993 latur earthquake area in the deccan volcanic province (dvp), in the western indian shield. the p and s velocity models have sharp discontinuities with velocity contrasts of 7%-10% at the top and bottom boundaries of two prominent low-velocity layers (lvls), i.e., with significant stratification in the upper crust. it is the purpose of the present study to examine how well the existing velocity stratification is revealed and can be modeled from the seismograms of local earthquakes for different source regimes considered. seismogram sections of local earthquakes with dominantly strike-slip mechanism are found to be clearly favorable in revealing the velocity stratification in the upper crust for both p and s waves. in contrast the seismogram sections for earthquakes of other source mechanisms, particularly with rake angles around ±90°, seem to display the upper crustal p and p-to-s converted phases poorly with low amplitudes even in presence of sharp discontinuities of high velocity contrasts. the significance of this study has been realized as several local earthquake seismogram sections are assembled in the koynawarna seismic region in the dvp and their modeling attempted for obtaining the upper crustal p and s velocity structure [krishna, under review]. a few observed seismogram sections are illustrated here for the strikeslip and normal faulting regimes from the koyna-warna seismic region. the observed seismogram sections illustrated here for the earthquake sources with strikeslip and normal mechanisms from the koyna-warna seismic region in the deccan volcanic province in the western indian shield substantiate these findings. travel times and synthetic seismogram computations by the reflectivity method, are used for 1-d modeling of the observed virtual source local earthquake seismogram sections and inferring the upper crustal velocity structure in the koyna-warna region. significantly, the inferred velocity model for the upper crust in the region reproduces the synthetic seismograms comparable to the observed sections for earthquake sources with differing mechanisms in the koyna and the warna regions. earlier studies [e.g., talwani 1997, sharma 2000, srinagesh and sarma 2005] in this region reveal left-lateral strike-slip faulting in the north and rapidly changing to normal faulting in the south escarpment zones of the koyna seismic region, and normal faulting in the warna seismic region as well. 2. local earthquake data set as more reliable data sets became available over time in the koyna-warna seismic region, location estimates steadily improved. the csir national geophysical research institute (ngri) deployed a temporary seismic network consisting of 20 stations during 19961998, and rai et al. [1999] used some of those stations to relocate more than 400 of the recorded events. their events had estimated timing errors less than a few milliseconds, and 93% of their events had epicentral resolutions of 0.2 km or less and hypocentral resolutions of 1.0 km or less, but the locations were based on only about characteristics of local earthquake seismograms six stations. srinagesh and sarma [2005] and sarma and srinagesh [2007] applied double-difference methodology in more precisely relocating more than 600 earthquakes from this dataset. shashidhar et al. [2011] used the velest algorithm to jointly locate hypocenters and to determine the velocity structure in the koynawarna area, and their data were recorded on 11 seismographs. in an attempt to better characterize the seismogenic crust in the koyna-warna region, dixit et al. [2014] recently acquired seismic data using a portable network consisting of 97 taurus® seismographs, which is claimed to be denser than the previously deployed networks in the area. in the present study, we utilize the vertical component seismograms of local earthquakes well recorded by a state-of-the-art koyna digital seismograph network deployed by csir-ngri during 1996-1998 [rai et al. 1999]. the events were recorded (at 100 samples/s) by various stations of the seismograph network equipped with 24 bit reftek/passcal digital recorders of short period three-component seismometers and gps timing system. figure 1a shows the location map of the koyna-warna seismic region with the epicenters of the local earthquakes and the seismograph stations used in the present study. the inset shows the observed seismicity pattern in this region. table 1 gives the epicentral data of the local earthquakes in the koyna (clusters c2, c3) and warna (clusters c4, c5) regions considered here for creating the two vertical component seismic record sections ck-fr-sg, and ck-fr for an average source depth of 8 km. statistical analysis of a dataset of about 400 local earthquakes of the region by rai et al. [1999] reveals well-constrained estimates of the epicentral locations and the hypocentral depths for various events in the depth range to ~11 km of the seismogenic upper crust. srinagesh and sarma [2005] relocated more than 600 earthquakes in the koyna-warna seismic zone, separately for three spatially distinct clusters, namely the north escarpment zone (nez), south escarpment zone (sez) and warna seismic zone (wsz), based on the inferences by rai et al. [1999] during the analysis of seismicity patterns in this region. the constrained focal mechanisms show distinct styles of faulting amongst the various fault segments with nez predominantly showing the strike-slip faulting with left lateral motion on the ne-sw fault. in sez and wsz the focal mechanisms are basically normal on the steeply dipping nnw-sse to n-s faults [srinagesh and sarma 2005]. the epicentral-hypocentral resolutions estimated by rai et al. [1999] are found to be good enough for various events considered for investigating the problem krishna 4 eq no. cluster epicenter focal depth magnitude epicentral distances lat.° long.° (km) (mcoda) (km) record section ck-fr-sg (figure 9a) 9 c3 17.32 73.74 8.9 1.6 18.1, 12.8, 13.7 23 c3 17.28 73.74 7.3 1.6 16.3, 14.4, 10.7 24 c3 17.28 73.73 7.4 2.4 25 c2 17.35 73.75 8.2 2.1 20.7, 13.9, 16.7 30 c3 17.30 73.73 8.0 1.9 16.5, 13.2, 11.5 36 c2 17.33 73.73 7.8 2.3 12.0, 14.1 record section ck-fr (figure 10a) 21 c4 17.23 73.72 8.5 1.9 17.0, 13.5 26 c5 17.20 73.76 7.4 2.6 22.1 39 c5 17.22 73.76 7.7 1.6 20.2 cluster focal depth (km) strike° dip° rake° c1 4–7 40 90 10 c2 7–11 30 82 6 c3 7–11 30 82 6 c8 1–4 50 85 9 c4 1–11 340 50 -90 c5 1–11 340 50 -90 c6 1–11 340 50 -90 c7 1–11 340 50 -90 table 1. koyna (clusters c2, c3) and warna (clusters c4, c5) earthquakes (eq) data for the seismogram sections ck-fr-sg, ck-fr, for an average source depth of 8 km. table 2. source parameters for various earthquake clusters in the koyna-warna seismic region (after sharma [2000]). 5 being addressed in the present study, and thus no attempts are made here to further relocate the hypocentral parameters. the results of a preliminary study of composite focal mechanism solutions obtained by sharma [2000] are given in table 2, at different depth ranges of the spatially different clusters shown in figure 1c. as shown in figure 1c, analysis of the composite fault-plane solutions in the koyna-warna seismic region reveals two distinct faulting mechanisms, predominantly left-lateral strike-slip faulting in the koyna region in the north rapidly changing to predominantly normal faulting in the warna region in the south. 3. characteristics of seismograms of local earthquake sources with different source mechanisms in a stratified upper crust in order to examine the influence of different source mechanisms on the observed local earthquake seismograms for a stratified upper crustal structure with presence of sharp velocity discontinuities (e.g., with p and s velocity contrasts up to 7%-10%), a simulation study is thus attempted as shown in the following. a good number of reflectivity synthetic seismogram sections are obtained for different source regimes (e.g., strikeslip, normal, reverse) as well as for different sets of source parameters (strike, dip, and rake) within each regime for the same model of p and s velocity structure given in figure 2. the characteristics of the local earthquake seismograms, as will be shown here, vary significantly for different source mechanisms. the amplitude variations for varying source mechanisms may often exceed those expected from velocity model variations. therefore in seismogenic regions of rapidly varying source mechanisms within a short distance range, specifically in the koyna-warna seismic region of the present study, it is indeed necessary to assemble the seismogram sections separately for earthquakes of similar source mechanism. 3.1. synthetic seismogram gathers for varying source parameters a simulation study a large number of reflectivity synthetic seismograms [kind 1985, müller 1985] are computed in near offset ranges out to about 40 km for an arbitrary 6 km deep earthquake source in the upper crust with the vertically inhomogeneous p and s velocity models shown in figure 2. a double-couple point source with the source-time function of brüstle and müller [1983] is used for various computations. source mechanisms similar to the strike-slip, normal, reverse, and dip-slip models are considered for different computations. in each case the set of source parameters (strike, dip, and rake) are systematically varied (at 10°-20° intervals) and the synthetics are obtained for several combinations. while a qp/qs ratio of 9/4 is used in all the computations other ratios, e.g., 1 and 1/2 are used for a set of strike-slip and normal mechanisms to examine the resulting seismograms. various synthetics obtained as described above are displayed by using identical scaling of the true amplitudes, so that the seismogram sections shown in the following may be directly compared. figures 3-7 show the vertical component reflectivity synthetic seismogram gathers (true-amplitude plots with reduction velocity 6 km/sec) for the common offset range of 28 km. the theoretical travel-times computed for the vp and vs models (given in figure 2) are also shown as indicated on various seismograms by their onsets (p and s: refractions; p1, p2, p3, p4, and s1, s2, s3, s4: primary reflections). the source parameters, for which the seismograms are generated, are indicated with each gather in figures 3-7. each of the gathers illustrates variation of the seismogram characteristics with variation of one of the source parameters, with the other two parameters remaining unchanged. figures 3a and 3b and figures 4a and 4b reveal the seismogram characteristics varying due to the rake characteristics of local earthquake seismograms figure 2. upper crustal p and s velocity models used to compute the synthetic seismogram gathers shown in figures 3-7 to illustrate variations of the local earthquake seismogram characteristics for different source mechanisms. note the significant stratification in the upper crust that is examined as to how well the p and s reflections and the p-to-s conversions can be recognized in various synthetics for different source mechanisms. krishna 6 figure 3. (a) vertical-component reflectivity seismograms gather (true amplitudes plot with reduction velocity 6 km/sec) for a common offset range of 28 km showing amplitude variations of different phases due to rake angle variations of various source mechanisms. all the seismograms are computed for the source depth of 6 km using the p and s velocity models shown in figure 2. onsets of various travel-time branches are given to the right of the seismograms. note the p phase amplitudes are however recognizable for rake angles in the range of at least −20° to +20°. (b) same as figure 3a for the normal faulting mechanism. note very low amplitude p phases for the intermediate rake angles near −90°. figure 4. (a) same as figure 3a for the right-lateral strike-slip (rake 180°) and the dip-slip (rake ±90°) mechanism. note very low amplitude p phases and relatively high amplitude s phases for the rake angles ±90°. (b) same as figure 3a for the reverse (thrust) mechanism. note very low amplitude p phases for the intermediate rake angle 90°. 7 angle variations for the strike-slip, normal, reverse, and dip-slip mechanisms. it is clear that the amplitudes of the p phases (refractions and reflections) as well as the p-to-s conversions are significantly low for the intermediate rake angles around ±90° and these phases are recognizable only for the extreme rake angles around ±180° and 0°. seismograms for the strike-slip mechanisms generally appear to be favorable for revealing the phases of p velocity stratification (see figure 3a for the left-lateral strike-slip case, and the seismogram for rake angle 180° in figure 4a for the right-lateral strike-slip case). the s phases do not reveal significant amplitude variations as the p phases, although for intermediate rake angles around ±90° they are relatively low for the normal and reverse mechanisms. variations of the seismogram characteristics due to the dip angle variations are illustrated in figures 5a and 5b for the strike-slip and the normal mechanisms. amplitudes of the p phases and the p-to-s conversions are relatively low for the normal mechanisms as compared to the strike-slip mechanisms. however the amplitudes of the s phases are stronger for the normal mechanisms. it is again clear that the seismograms for the strike-slip mechanisms appear to be more favorable to delineate both p and s velocity stratification. similar differences, especially concerning the p phase amplitudes, between the seismograms for the strike-slip and normal mechanisms are also evident from figures 6a and 6b. in these figures the seismograms are shown for varying strike but the same dip and rake angles. figure 7 shows the differences between the seismograms for the strike-slip and normal mechanisms for varying qp/qs ratio. the source parameters (strike, dip, and rake) of the two source regimes considered here correspond to those inferred for some upper crustal earthquakes in the koyna-warna seismic region of the dvp in the western indian shield [sharma 2000]. qp/qs ratios in the upper crustal layers equal to or even less than 1 are not uncommon and similar ratios have been found in the 1993 latur earthquake area of the dvp [krishna et al. 1999], and the eastern dharwar craton [krishna and ramesh 2000] in the south indian shield. similar smaller qp/qs ratios, if exist in the koyna-warna region, may further degenerate the amplitudes of the p phases in the seismograms of the events with normal mechanisms as can be seen from figure 7b. the major result of interest in this simulation study is that, seismogram sections of local earthquakes with dominantly strike-slip mechanism are clearly favorable in revealing the velocity stratification in the upper crust for both p and s waves. in contrast the seismogram sections for earthquakes of other source mechanisms, particularly with rake angles around ±90°, seem to display the upper crustal reflected p and p-to-s converted phases poorly with low amplitudes even in presence of sharp discontinuities of high velocity contrasts. thus it is clearly necessary to assemble the seismogram sections from local earthquakes of similar source mechanisms for recognizing prominent phases from potential velocity discontinuities and their modeling leading to reliable upper crustal p and s velocity structure. 4. modeling of the koyna-warna local earthquake seismogram sections the development of 1-d crustal velocity models, particularly in seismogenic regions as the koyna-warna region, is the basis for a range of applications in earthquake seismology. a well-developed 1-d crustal model characteristics of local earthquake seismograms figure 5. same as figure 3a showing amplitude variations due to dip angle variations for (a) strike-slip, and (b) normal mechanisms. note higher amplitude p phases for the strike-slip mechanism. has been widely used to determine the source parameters of earthquakes. the computational efficiency to calculate green’s functions is a primary advantage of the 1-d model, which can be used in studies of the rupture processes of earthquakes [e.g., hartzell and heaton 1983, dreger and helmberger 1993]. furthermore, the 1-d krishna 8 figure 6. (a) same as figure 3a showing amplitude variations as the strike varies for the strike-slip mechanism. (b) same as figure 6a for the normal mechanism. note relatively low amplitude p phases as compared to those for the strike-slip mechanism. figure 7. same as figure 3a showing amplitude variations due to different qp/qs ratios in seismograms for (a) strike-slip, and (b) normal mechanism. note higher amplitude p phases for the strike-slip mechanism. 9 model can be used as an initial model for developing more complex 2-d and 3-d velocity models. the traditional way to develop a 1-d velocity model utilizes the traveltimes of seismic phases. synthetic seismograms modeling is recognized as the more efficient technique to determine the velocity structure mitigating nonuniqueness of the models obtained from the arrival times of a few recognized phases. by the approach given by krishna et al. [1999] seismogram sections in near distance ranges are assembled for a few common source depths using well located earthquakes with hypocentral depths agreeing within 1 km. figure 8 illustrates one such composite section for a common source depth of 8 km assembled for earthquakes recorded by various stations in the region. this record section is considered as a composite section generated by a virtual source at 8 km depth, because this section includes the seismograms from various azimuths and also those for different source mechanisms. it is clear that the direct and refracted p and s phases are well aligned in this section. however, any later arriving phases, in the p and s windows, may not be evidently recognizable in this section. therefore it is considered necessary to assemble only seismograms for a similar source depth as well as similar source mechanism and recorded in a narrow azimuth range from various seismograph stations. the earthquake epicentral data used for this purpose are given in table 1. the record sections thus assembled are shown in figure 9a for events with dominantly strike-slip mechanism and in figure 10a for events with normal mechanism. these record sections are band-pass filtered (5-20 hz) and plotted with a reduction velocity of 6 km/sec and amplitudes trace-normalized. significant variations in the seismogram characteristics as described in the earlier sections are clearly observable in the record sections for the strike-slip (figure 9a) and normal events (figure 10a). it should be considered here that the crustal volume sampled by the ray paths involved for the seismograms shown in figures 9a and 10a is of limited dimensions only. thus it is quite unlikely that the observed systematic variations of the seismogram characteristics can be caused by lateral velocity perturbations. both p and s velocity tomographic inversion using local earthquake arrival times revealed a maximum lateral variation of about 4% [rai et al. 1999]. further p and s velocity-depth profiles modeled in the nearby 1993 latur earthquake area of the dvp [krishna et al. 1999] reveal significant stratification of the upper crust with presence of prominent discontinuities having velocity contrasts of about 7%. the vp and vs models similar to those given in figure 2, used for computation of travel time curves in figures 9a and 10a also indicate similar order of the velocity contrasts at various interfaces in the upper crust in the koyna region as well [krishna 2006]. the high amplitude secondary phases in figure 9a fit the p2, p3, p4, and s2, s3, s4 travel-time curves which are primary reflections at the discontinuities with similar order of velocity contrasts. these travel-time curves shown in figure 10a also fit the lower amplitude secondary phases correlated in the record section. it is only the different source mechanism that causes the apparently low amplitudes of the secondary phases. synthetic seismograms thus obtained clearly resolve this problem by generating low amplitude secondary phases even in presence of discontinuities with similar high velocity contrasts. therefore the local earthquake seismogram sections as shown in figure 10a should be modeled only by considering the appropriate source mechanism, otherwise the existing stratification in the upper crust may be misinterpreted as a vertically hocharacteristics of local earthquake seismograms figure 8. composite observed record section with amplitudes normalized, in the epicentral distance versus reduced time (reduction velocity 6 km/s) frame, assembled from processed seismograms of local earthquakes with average source depth of 8 km. mogeneous medium. this is particularly applicable for regions like the koyna-warna seismic zones where the source mechanisms sharply vary from strike-slip to normal within a short distance range. the methodology for modeling the record sections in the present study is as follows. preliminary determinations of layer parameters are obtained from travel times modeling for inferring earth’s structure. further, synthetic seismograms are computed using the inferred p and s velocity models and initial set of source parameters (strike, dip, and rake) appropriate for the source depth of the record section. several forward problem runs are made by varying the source parameters to improve the synthetics in explaining various features of the seismogram. in the following, 1-d model computational results of the travel times and synthetic seismograms are presented for modeling the record sections of local earthquake seismograms available out to a maximum range of about 22 km as shown in figures 9 and 10. the virtual source parameters inferred from modeling of these record sections are further used to compute synthetics. by this modeling approach, plausible models of the p and s velocity structure of the upper crust are inferred. krishna 10 (a) (b) figure 9. (a) observed record section assembled from seismograms of local earthquakes with similar source mechanisms (the dominant mechanism is strike-slip), aligned to an average source depth of 8 km, and recorded at a combination of the seismograph stations ck, fr, and sg in the koyna-warna region. a reduction velocity of 6 km/sec is used for plotting. the amplitudes are trace-normalized. a band-pass filter 5-20 hz is applied. computed travel-time curves are shown for direct and refracted p and s phases, and primary reflection phases pi and si, as well as for the p and s phases leaving the source and reflected at the free-surface followed by reflection at an upper crustal boundary (unlabeled dotted curves in the time-increasing-order for reflections pfpi and sfsi, [i = 1-4]). the seismograph stations and their azimuth range are indicated on the top of the record section. (b) synthetic seismogram section computed by the reflectivity method for the virtual source parameters and using the inferred models of the upper crustal p and s velocity structure in the region. the amplitudes are trace-normalized. the left panel shows the p velocity model. 11 4.1. travel times modeling the upper crustal p and s velocity models inferred from the invsp (inverse vertical seismic profiling) gather [krishna 2006] for the station wr, are used as the initial models for travel times modeling computations. the following wave codes are considered for the purpose of illustration and modeling. p, s: up-going direct waves from a source as well as down-going refracted waves bottoming in the upper crustal layers and terminating on the free surface; pi, si: down-going waves from a source, reflected on i-th interface and terminating on the free surface (travel time curves are shown by continuous lines); and also pfpi, sfsi, unlabeled and dotted: up-going waves from a source reflected on the free surface followed by a reflection on i-th interface and terminating on the free surface (travel time curves are shown by unlabeled dotted curves in the order for reflection on the i-th interface, i = 1-4 for both p and s phases) figure 11 illustrates the ray paths of various wave types described above. it is clear that these wave codes are by no means exhaustive, but they certainly represent a set of prominent p and s phases being considered for modeling the upper crustal velocity structure using the travel times. possibly a large number of other multiples as well as converted phases from potential interfaces in the stratified upper crust, may be generated in the full wave synthetic seismogram computations ilcharacteristics of local earthquake seismograms (a) (b) figure 10. (a) same as figure 9a observed record section assembled from seismograms of local earthquakes with similar source mechanisms (the dominant mechanism is normal), aligned to an average source depth of 8 km, and recorded at a combination of the seismograph stations ck, and fr in the koyna-warna region. note significantly lower amplitudes of various phases, particularly p reflections and p-tos conversions, as compared to those in figure 9a. (b) same as figure 9b synthetic seismogram section computed for a different set of the virtual source parameters and using the same inferred models of the upper crustal p and s velocity structure in the region. the amplitudes are trace-normalized. the left panel shows the same p velocity model as in figure 9b. lustrated. travel time computations for the p and s as well as the later arriving pi and si and the unlabeled phases (pfpi and sfsi), consistent with the ray geometry (figure 11) in the stratified upper crust as illustrated in figure 2, for a good number of plausible velocity models starting with the initial models, are obtained. the travel time curves computed for the final models of upper crustal p and s velocity structure inferred in the study region are illustrated in the two observed record sections in figures 9a and 10a. as can be seen from these figures, the travel times modeling substantiates qualitatively the viability of the upper crustal p and s velocity models and the stratified structure with presence of low-velocity layers (lvls) inferred from the invsp gather for the station wr in the koyna-warna region [krishna 2006]. the synthetic seismogram sections, also illustrated in figures 9b and 10b, further confirm these models as discussed in the following. 4.2. synthetic seismograms modeling the travel times modeling of the koyna-warna local earthquake record sections given in the earlier section is limited to only a few prominent p and s phases in the stratified upper crust for inferring the preliminary models of the p and s velocity structure. the velocity models thus inferred are further substantiated with the aid of full wave synthetic seismogram computations for a set of source parameters (strike, dip, and rake) which are also progressively revised to generate the synthetic sections comparable to the observed sections (figures 9a and 10a). the synthetics are generated for the 1-d isotropic earth models in the present study. computation of synthetic seismograms in a layered half-space is an efficient technique for modeling the earth’s structure as well as the dynamic process of earthquake sources from well recorded seismic data. many numerical techniques are well developed for generating synthetic seismograms for point sources in plane layered media in order to model observed datasets. the generalized ray and wavenumber integration techniques are however more commonly used in seismic modeling studies. fourier transform techniques require some form of wavenumber integration [e.g., fuchs and müller 1971, kennett and kerry 1979, wang and herrmann 1980, bouchon 1981, kind 1985, müller 1985]. wavenumber krishna 12 figure 11. schematic ray diagram illustrating the ray paths of prominent wave types considered for computing the p and s travel time curves given in figures 9a and 10a. a: illustrates the upper crustal model, b: illustrates the ray paths for p (or s), c: illustrates the ray paths for pi (or si), and d: illustrates the ray paths for pfpi (or sfsi). 13 integration method for the generation of synthetic seismograms gives a complete solution, but can be computationally intensive. the complete solution, rather than individual rays, is considered in this full wave theory approach. this method can handle a larger number of plane layers, but requires considerable computational effort, especially at high frequencies. the reflectivity method for computing synthetic seismograms for an earthquake source [kind 1985] is used for modeling the observed seismogram sections shown in figures 9a and 10a. a trial and error approach of forward computations, initially for refining the p and s velocity models and later for fixing the virtual source parameters (strike, dip, and rake), yielded acceptable fits (based on visual check) of the synthetic seismogram sections with the observed sections. starting with the initial set of source parameters given in table 2, each of the three parameters are varied fixing the other two, and in the process a good number of synthetics are computed for the same set of p and s velocity models obtained from travel times modeling. the virtual source parameters (strike, dip, and rake) are inferred for the record section (assembled from earthquakes with different sets of the source parameters) being modeled. the azimuth used in the computations is the average azimuth for each of the observed sections in figures 9 and 10. qp and qs in the upper crustal layers are initially used as those inferred in the nearby 1993 latur earthquake area [krishna et al. 1999]. the qp/qs ratio is however suitably improved for the upper crust in order to obtain the synthetics that fit the observed sections. the final synthetic sections are selected based on the overall fits with the prominent phases in the observed sections, and shown in figures 9b and 10b. it may be noted here that the same set of the p and s velocity models, but different sets of the virtual source parameters (strike, dip, and rake), are used for modeling the sections in figures 9a and 10a. it is significant to note that the same set of final p and s velocity models as shown in figure 12 are able to reproduce the prominent features in both the seismogram sections, but different sets of the source parameters have to be used in order to generate the synthetics reasonably matching the observed sections. the viability of the inferred velocity models for the study region is thus established. 5. results and discussion the p and s velocity models and the resulting travel time curves given in figure 12 are inferred from modeling the seismogram sections (figures 9a and 10a) recorded at stations ck, fr, and sg. the maximum characteristics of local earthquake seismograms figure 12. inferred set of final p and s velocity models and the resulting travel time curves (for ray paths illustrated in figure 11) reproducing the prominent features in both the seismogram sections (figures 9 and 10), but with different sets of the source parameters in order to generate the synthetics reasonably matching both the observed sections. offset in the record sections modeled here is within 22 km. thus the inferred models are applicable to a limited area surrounding the epicentral region (see figure 1a). these p and s velocity models are consistent with those obtained from modeling the 28-km constant offset invsp gather at the seismograph station wr in the study region [krishna 2006]. significantly, the alternating lvls with an average velocity reduction of about 0.30 km/s (4%-5%) for p and about 0.18 km/s (4%-5%) for s waves at depths of 6.1-8.1 km and 10.8-12.6 km appear to be compatible with the travel times and synthetic seismograms generated (figures 9 and 10 using different sets of virtual source parameters) in the present study. the ratio of p and s velocities vp/vs in the upper crust is generally found to be ~1.7 in the study region. the p and s velocities in the upper crust (below a 1 km thick deccan traps layer with vp 4.65 km/s and vs 2.80 km/s as used in the present study) in the koyna-warna region are found to be varying from 6.34-6.45 km/s and 3.70-3.75 km/s (1.0-6.1 km depth), 6.45-6.48 km/s and 3.78-3.83 km/s (below the lvls up to 12.6 km depth), and 6.15 km/s and 3.57 km/s in the lvls. knowledge of the deccan traps thickness in the koyna region and the nature of the underlying basement has been a subject of considerable interest. recent results of scientific drilling (reported in 2013) through the deccan traps near koyna has revealed about a 933 m thick pile of basaltic flows, which is found to underlain by granitic basement rocks. the koyna bore hole-1 (kbh-1) located very near the koyna dam, in close proximity to the 1967 koyna earthquake of magnitude 6.3, reached a depth of 951 m at the time of the report [roy et al. 2013]. the transition from basalt to granite is marked by the occurrence of quartz and pink feldspar, followed by typical coarse grained granite deeper down. the p velocity model considered by srinagesh and sarma [2005] for relocating the local earthquakes recorded by the koyna-warna digital network has a 1 km of the deccan traps layer with vp 4.70 km/s underlain by the layer with vp 6.04 km/s and increasing in steps to 6.56 km/s at 16 km depth. shashidhar et al. [2011] have estimated a 1.2 km thickness for the deccan traps layer with vp 4.40 km/s underlain by a layer with krishna 14 figure 13. vp iso-velocity plots given by dixit et al. [2014] for a limited region (as shown by a square near the seismograph station dh in figure 1a) along with the ray paths obtained in the present study for two source depths at ~4 km and ~6 km and the resulting travel time curves for the direct p waves in the available offset range −8 to 8 km. 15 vp 5.96 km/s in their model. however, the lower crustal layers in their model could not be resolved unambiguously. a recent study by kilaru et al. [2015], based on the digital data set acquired by a dense network of 97 seismograph stations in the region, inferred a 1km thick deccan traps layer with vp 4.81 km/s, followed by an upper crustal layer with vp 5.94 km/s down to 10 km, and a middle crustal layer with vp 6.47 km/s extending to 25 km depth. a comparison of these models with the velocity model inferred in the present study reveals that the deccan traps layer thickness and the vp as well as the vp/vs ratio agree quite well, and also the upper crustal vp at ~10 km agrees well within 1%-2% in all the models. it may be noted here that all the 1-d velocity models inferred by srinagesh and sarma [2005], shashidhar et al. [2011], and kilaru et al. [2015] have been determined by velest software [kissling 1988, kissling et al. 1994]. it is generally recommended that, the velest runs have to begin without low-velocity layers (setting lowveloclay=0 by default) since they have strong effects on the ray paths and, thus, they increase the non-linearity of the problem. it is not clear whether presence of low-velocity layers in the upper crust in the study region is tested by any of these models. the inferred velocity models in the present study as well as those given by krishna [2006] in this region significantly differ and clearly suggest presence of alternating lowvelocity layers in the upper crust based on interpretation of the coherent later arriving secondary p and s phases as plausible reflections from them. these model features are also consistently well revealed by at least more than 20 similar record sections compiled in the study region. it is thus believed that the upper crustal velocity models inferred in the present study are quite compatible with majority of the seismic record sections compiled by using the local earthquake recordings revealing the wave-field in the available range in the study region. an attempt has also been made here to ray-trace through the complex velocity model recently given by dixit et al. [2014] and generate the first arrival travel times in the near-offset range available in their model to ~8 km distance from two sources at ~4 km and ~6 km depths. figures 13a and 13b show their vp iso-velocity plots along with the ray paths from the two source depths, and the resulting travel time curves for the direct p waves in the offset range −8 to 8 km. the region of study by dixit et al. [2014] is indicated as a square area in figure 1a, near the seismograph station dh. figures 14a and 14b show two record sections compiled in the region in the present study using the recordings at dh-wr stations for a source depth of 4 km and at dh-kn stations for a source depth of 6 km. the p and s travel time curves for the ray paths as given in figure characteristics of local earthquake seismograms figure 14. two record sections compiled in the region in the present study, using the recordings at dh-wr stations for a source depth of 4 km and at dh-kn stations for a source depth of 6 km. the p and s travel time curves for the ray paths as given in figure 11 are also given in these two record sections. the direct p travel time curves computed for the model given by dixit et al. [2014] are also indicated below these record sections. 11 are also given in the two record sections. the direct p travel time curves computed for the model given by dixit et al. [2014] are also indicated below these record sections. these travel times are found to be late by 0.030 s as compared to those obtained in the present study. further, it is clear that the two record sections given in figure 14 are more revealing as regards the upper crustal velocity structure in the region brought out with the aid of coherent and energetic secondary (reflection) phases. this is the great advantage of compiling the record sections using the local earthquake recordings in order to visualize the entire wave-field of interest and model the p and s velocity structure of the upper crust in the region of study. the recent and denser dataset collected by dixit et al. [2014] may be more resourceful to generate a large number of record sections as shown in the present study. the presence or absence of the upper crustal low-velocity layers may also be investigated reliably by this approach. it is also well known that the presence of low-velocity layers is a challenge to first-arrival tomography, because the ray paths stay above these layers. this point is generalized to a notion that it is challenging for seismic tomography, especially travel time tomography, to resolve low-velocity anomalies because ray paths tend to stay away from them. considering these problems, it is suggested compiling and modeling of a large number of local earthquake seismic record sections for several virtual sources in seismogenic regions as done in the present study may lead to reliable velocity models for the upper crust. 6. conclusions the present study, by several numerical simulations for varying source parameters, investigates an important problem concerning local earthquake seismogram characteristics, and their constraints for modeling the upper crustal velocity structure. seismogram sections of local earthquakes with strike-slip mechanism are clearly more favorable in revealing the velocity stratification in the upper crust for both p and s waves. specifically in seismogenic regions like the koyna-warna, where more than one type of source mechanisms are dominant within a short distance range, special care has to be taken to assemble the record sections of seismograms from events of similar source mechanisms. seismogram sections of local earthquakes with normal, reverse, and dip-slip mechanisms particularly with rake angles around ±90° seem to display the upper crustal p and p-to-s converted phases poorly with low amplitudes, even in presence of sharp discontinuities of high velocity contrasts. such record sections have to be modeled by considering the appropriate source mechanism and possibly by testing whether the synthetics obtained for significant stratification and high velocity contrasts consistently display low p amplitudes well matching the observed sections. it is clear that quite often the stratification resolved in the upper crust has important implications for the structure and physical state of the seismogenic crust. especially the upper crustal low-velocity layers well resolved in seismogenic regions help understand the physical state of the earthquake source regions [krishna et al. 1999]. 7. data and resources a state-of-the-art digital seismograph network was deployed in the koyna region during 1996-1998 to provide a reliable database for studying the earth’s structure and the seismicity in the region [rai et al. 1999]. in the present study, we utilized the vertical component seismograms of local earthquakes well recorded by 3 stations selected from the koyna digital seismograph network. the events were recorded (at 100 samples/s) by various stations of the seismograph network equipped with 24 bit reftek/passcal digital recorders of short period three-component seismometers and gps timing system. local earthquake seismogram sections illustrated here are assembled by an approach discussed by krishna et al. [1999]. synthetic seismogram computations are made by using the reflectivity software developed by kind [1985] for an earthquake source. acknowledgements. i am grateful to prof. dr. harsh k. gupta, panikkar professor at the csir national geophysical research institute, hyderabad, for inviting me to process and model the valuable dataset of local earthquake seismograms to derive the upper crustal velocity structure in the koyna-warna seismic region, as well as for his helpful discussions concerning this research. i gratefully acknowledge the kind advice of prof. dr. r. kind, gfz, germany, for successful implementation of his reflectivity software in the windows 7-cygwin 64 system, extensively used for rapid computation of a large number of synthetic seismogram sections in the present study. prof. dr. friedemann wenzel of kit, universitaet karlsruhe, germany contributed by helpful discussions. prof. dr. s.s. rai while at ngri, made available the digital seismograms data of local earthquakes acquired by their research group in the koynawarna seismic region illustrated here. computations were made on a vax-3100 system, and on a windows 7-cygwin 64 system. references aagaard, b.t., j.f. hall and t.h. heaton (2001a). characterization of near-source ground motion with earthquake simulations, earthq. spectra, 17, 177-207. aagaard, b.t., t.h. heaton and j.f. hall (2001b). dynamic earthquake ruptures in the presence of litho static normal stresses: implications for friction models and heat production, b. seismol. soc. am., 91, 1765-1796. aagaard, b.t., j.f. hall and t.h. heaton (2004). effects of fault dip and slip rake angles on near-source ground krishna 16 17 motions: why rupture directivity was minimal in the 1999 chi-chi, taiwan earthquake, b. seismol. soc. am., 94, 155-170. bouchon, m. (1981), a simple method to calculate green’s functions for elastic layered media, b. seismol. soc. am., 71, 959-971. brüstle, w., and g. müller (1983). moment and duration of shallow earthquakes from love-wave modeling for regional distances, phys. earth planet. inter., 32, 312-324. dixit, m.m., s. kumar, r.d. catchings, k. suman, d. sarkar and m.k. sen (2014). seismicity, faulting, and structure of the koyna-warna seismic region, western india from local earthquake tomography and hypocenter locations, j. geophys. res., solid earth, 119, 6372-6398; doi:10.1002/2014jb010950. dreger, d.s., and d.v. helmberger (1993). determination of source parameters at regional distances with three-component sparse network data, j. geophys. res., 98, 8107-8125. fuchs, k., and g. müller (1971). computation of synthetic seismograms with the reflectivity method and comparison with observations, geophys. j. roy. astr. s., 23, 417-433. gahalaut, v.k., kalpna and s.k. singh (2004). fault interaction and earthquake triggering in the koynawarna region, india, geophys. res. lett., 31, l11614; doi:10.1029/2004gl019818. gupta, h.k., h. narain, b.k. rastogi and i. mohan (1969). a study of the koyna earthquake of december 10, 1967, b. seismol. soc. am., 59, 1149-1162. gupta, h.k., b.k. rastogi and h. narain (1972). some discriminatory characteristics of earthquakes near the kariba, kremasta and koyna artificial lakes, b. seismol. soc. am., 62, 493-507. gupta, h.k., and b.k. rastogi (1974). will another damaging earthquake occur in koyna?, nature, 248, 214-216. gupta, h. k., and b.k. rastogi (1976). dams and earthquakes, 1st ed., elsevier scientific publishing company, amsterdam, 372 p. gupta, h.k., c.v.r.k. rao and b.k. rastogi (1980). an investigation of earthquakes in koyna region, maharashtra, for the period october 1973 through december 1976, b. seismol. soc. am., 70, 1833-1847. gupta, h.k. (1985). the present status of the reservoirinduced seismicity with the special emphasis on koyna earthquake, tectonophysics, 118, 257-507. gupta, h.k. (1992). reservoir induced earthquakes, elsevier publishers, amsterdam, 364 p. gupta, h.k. (2002). a review of recent studies of triggered earthquakes by artificial water reservoirs with special emphasis on earthquakes in koyna, india, earth-sci. rev., 58, 279-310. gupta, h.k. (2005). artificial water reservoir-triggered earthquakes with special emphasis at koyna, curr. sci., 88 (10), 1628-1631. gupta, h.k., n.p. rao, d. shashidhar, n. mallika and s. roy (2012). deep scientific drilling to study reservoir triggered earthquakes at koyna, india, in deep continental studies in india, newsletter, department of science and technology, government of india, new delhi, 22, 2-8. hartzell, s.h., and t.h. heaton (1983). inversion of strong ground motion and teleseismic waveform data for the fault rupture history of the 1979 imperial valley, california, earthquake, b. seismol. soc. am., 73, 1553-1583. kennett, b.l.n., and n.j. kerry (1979). seismic waves in a stratified half-space, geophys. j. roy. astr. s., 57, 557-583. kilaru, s., s. kumar, m.m. dixit and p. rama rao (2015). 1-d velocity model delineated using dense seismic network in the koyna-warna region, maharashtra, india, j. ind. geophys. union, 19 (2), 182-189. kind, r. (1985). the reflectivity method for different source and receiver structures and comparison with grf data, j. geophys., 58, 146-152. kissling, e.w. (1988). geotomography with local earthquake data, rev. geophys., 26, 659-698. kissling, e.w., w.l. ellsworth, d. eberhart-phillips and u. kradolfer (1994). initial reference models in local earthquake tomography, j. geophys. res., 99, 1963519646. krishna, b., n. negi and j.g. negi (1973). rift valley beneath deccan traps (india), geophys. res. bull., 2, 207-237. krishna, v.g., c.v.r.k. rao, h.k. gupta, d. sarkar and m. baumbach (1999). crustal seismic velocity structure in the epicentral region of the latur earthquake (september 29, 1993), southern india: inferences from modeling of the aftershock seismograms, tectonophysics, 304, 241-255. krishna, v.g., and d.s. ramesh (2000). propagation of crustal-waveguide-trapped pg and seismic velocity structure in the south indian shield, b. seismol. soc. am., 90, 1281-1294. krishna, v.g. (2006). invsp gathers of local earthquake seismograms: an approach for modelling the upper crustal p and s velocity structure, geophys. j. int., 166, 148-154. krishna, v.g. (under review). an approach of refraction seismology for processing and modelling of local earthquake seismogram sections of virtual sources at multiple depths in seismogenic regions – application to koyna-warna region, india for upper crustal characteristics of local earthquake seismograms p and s velocity structure; submitted to annals of geophysics, under review. langston, c.a. (1981). source inversion of seismic waveforms: the koyna, india, earthquakes of 13 september 1967, b. seismol. soc. am., 71, 1-24. müller, g. (1985). the reflectivity method: a tutorial, j. geophys., 58, 153-174. oglesby, d.d., r.j. archuleta and s.b. nielsen (2000). the three-dimensional dynamics of dipping faults, b. seismol. soc. am., 90, 616-628. rai, s.s., s.k. singh, p.v.s.s. rajagopal sarma, d. srinagesh, k.n.s. reddy, k.s. prakasam and y. satyanarayana (1999). what triggers koyna region earthquakes? preliminary results from seismic tomography digital array, proc. indian acad. sci. (earth planet. sci.), 108, 1-14. sarma, p.r., and d. srinagesh (2007). improved earthquake locations in the koyna-warna seismic zone, nat. hazards, 40, 563-571. sharma, j. (2000). focal mechanism studies in koynawarna seismic zone, m.tech. dissertation, kurukshetra univ., india, 38 p. shashidhar, d., n. purnachandra rao and h. gupta (2011). waveform inversion of broad-band data of local earthquakes in the koyna-warna region, western india, geophys. j. int., 185, 292-304. srinagesh, d., and p.r. sarma (2005). high precision earthquake locations in koyna-warna seismic zone reveal depth variation in brittle-ductile transition zone, geophys. res. lett., 32, l08310; doi:10.1029/ 2004gl022073. roy, s., n.p. rao, v.v. akkiraju, d. goswami, m. sen, h. gupta, b.k. bansal and s. nayak (2013). granitic basement below deccan traps unearthed by drilling in the koyna seismic zone, western india, news and notes, j. geol. soc. india, 81, 289-290. talwani, p. (1997). seismotectonics of the koyna-warna area, india, pure appl. geophys., 150, 511-550. wadia, d.n. (1968). the koyna earthquake, december 1967, special number on koyna earthquake 11th december 1967, j. indian geophys. union, 5, 6-8. wang, c.y., and r.b. herrmann (1980). a numerical study of p-, sv-, and sh-wave generation in a plane layered medium, b. seismol. soc. am., 70, 10151036. * corresponding author: v.g. krishna, 10-2-267/2, fashions’ apts., west marredpally, secunderabad500026, india; email: v_gopalak@yahoo.com, gopalakrishna.velamakanni@gmail.com. © 2015 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. krishna 18 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice vol49_1_2006def 253 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 1, february 2006 key words landslide movements – damage evaluation – differential sar interferometry – remote sensing of land surface – maratea 1. rationale and methods natural disasters caused by meteorological phenomena (such as hail, storms, floods, landslides), are affecting countries of the european union with increasing frequency, and are producing heavier and heavier damage, partly hampering the economic development of these countries. timely assessment of damage caused by natural disasters and, above all, their continuous monitoring, are of fundamental importance in a modern well organised society to understand the effects of climatic changes on the social and economic fabric. in fact, a fast and synoptic data acquisition is useful to guarantee rapid adequate intervention, and, on the other hand, it is fundamental in planning proper long-period countermeasures. in addition, loss pricing is highly interesting for institutions for socio-economic analysis, and also for insurance companies. most of such institutions and companies produce their analysis or set their annual premium on the basis of estimates of damage in the last period. currently, these estimates are based on very rough damage assessment performed immediately after the disaster by central or local administrations of the various european counsatellite differential sar interferometry for the evaluation of effects of hydrogeological disasters: definition of a scale for damage evaluation vincenzo rizzo (1) and antonio iodice (2) (1) istituto di ricerca per la protezione idrogeologica (irpi), cnr, rende (cs), italy (2) dipartimento di ingegneria elettronica e delle telecomunicazioni, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», napoli, italy abstract in this paper we present the results of monitoring soil movements over an about 10 km2 area around the border between the calabria and basilicata regions in italy. monitoring has been performed using the satellite differential sar interferometry measurements integrated with gps measurements. in particular, we used ers data acquired at time interval of several months (about two acquisitions per year), and after particularly strong pluvial events. terrain displacement spatial and temporal analysis has been performed by employing the original method described in berardino et al. (2002, 2003). obtained results allow us to characterise unstable areas, and can be used within projects aimed at territory classification and characterisation, and at performing damage evaluation. accordingly, this technique has been included in the framework of a proposed ue project (wedelop project) aimed at developing an integrated methodology to devise a damage scale for hydrogeological disasters. this scale is of great interest in many fields; in particular, definition of a damage scale would be highly desirable from the viewpoint of insurance companies. mailing address: dr. antonio iodice, dipartimento di ingegneria elettronica e delle telecomunicazioni, università degli studi di napoli «federico ii», via claudio 21, 80125 napoli, italy; e-mail: iodice@unina.it 254 vincenzo rizzo and antonio iodice tries. this assessment is largely approximated, and usually direct and indirect costs for damage fixing and for productive activity re-starting tend to significantly increase with respect to the initial estimate, due to necessarily unpredictable factors. in general, objective and uniform criteria for damage evaluation are still lacking, also in the case of low intensity, but more frequent, events. direct on site evaluation of damaged objects is sometimes impossible, and is often very costly. the consequence of such a situation is that large-scale reliable estimates are not available. by using modern well-established satellite remote sensing techniques, integrated with on site studies and measurements, an ad-hoc research can be conducted, aimed at defining damage scales. they will be functions of the event typology, its intensity, the urbanization degree, and so on. in order to do that, researches are needed on «sample events» used as a reference and to be investigated in detail. damaging events can be defined and coded first of all in terms of physical intensity using remote sensed data related to the considered event (e.g., height or duration of rain, wind strength, etc.). to these elements, some others can be added, relative to the intensity of effects on the physical environment. in fact, nowadays sufficiently experimented tools and methods are available for the analysis of soil changes and for the evaluation of the physical intensity of events. physical effects at the soil produced by strong meteorological events consist of changes that are partly temporary (such as soil saturation, flooding, sea strength, etc.) and partly permanent (such as debris cover, terrain displacements, variation of coastline, etc.). such effects can be detected and measured using remote sensing techniques (spectral and multispectral sensors, differential sar interferometry, etc.), and then coded in terms of their intensity. the coding of the intensity of physical effects measured on the territory (for instance in terms of percentage of affected areas or number of damaged sites per investigated area) will be then related to the coding of the event intensity. in order to obtain a better homogeneity of data, it is useful to consider a first distinction among different homogeneous physical and morphological environments (alpine or appenninic areas, coastal area, basins extension, kinds of rocks, etc.). accordingly, a number of possibly recent and well documented «sample events» that correspond to the above cited coding will be chosen. this set of events will be the basis for a detailed damage estimate, limited to areas that are representative of different urbanization degrees. obtained data will allow the availability of a large survey to establish a scale of relations among events, physical effects produced, and damage that allows an estimate relying on objective coded criteria. this general procedure was recently suggested within the 6th framework programme («weather damage evaluation and loss pricing», or wedelop proposal) for a large number of weather risks. in particular with regard to landslide activity, permanent effects should be monitored in terms of slope movements, and a specific methodology could be assessed using remote sensing data. fig. 1. block scheme for the damage scale definition procedure. 255 diffsar for the evaluation of effects of hydrogeological disasters: a scale for damage evaluation 2. application to landslide damage evaluation following the procedures proposed in wedelop we could also define a scale of damage for landslides scattered by rainy events whose elements are shown in fig. 1. the combination of these elements produces a large number of damage situations (and sampled events) to price: each combination of values of the geological settings, event magnitude, and urbanization degree indexes leads to one class of damage. however, to assess damage on large areas, some simplification can be made because only some factors are dominant. for example with regard to geological setting the «landsliding» and «morphodynamic» indexes are generally related: geodynamic areas showing a considerable amount of landslide are usually also characterized by a percentage increase in active landslide. more properly in certain cases (where available) the indexes of morphodynamic activity could be represented by the percentage of landslide remobilisation scattered by fig. 2. the investigated area. boxes a, b, c, and d show the locations of areas in the maps of fig. 5. 256 vincenzo rizzo and antonio iodice table i. interferometric pairs combined to generate the map of fig. 3. dates of sar acquisitions spatial baseline temporal baseline percentage of selected points b⊥ [m] [days] (coherence > 0.3) 13/08/1997 31/12/1997 30 140 33.11% 31/12/1997 15/04/1998 15 105 46.74% 13/08/1997 15/04/1998 45 245 30.34% 15/04/1998 02/09/1998 110 140 30.85% 02/09/1998 09/06/1999 2 280 33.17% 02/09/1998 14/07/1999 6 315 35.28% 09/06/1999 14/07/1999 4 35 52.46% 09/06/1999 05/01/2000 6 210 32.05% 14/07/1999 05/01/2000 10 175 29.53% destabilising events. finally, the degree of urbanisation is very important in relation to the potential damage, and should be immediately related to the events magnitude. geological setting (landslide and morphodynamic indexes for various lithological complexes) could be fixed on sampling areas; while differential sar interferometry could help in assessing and setting up landslide activity, so that the morphodinamic index (d, e, f) can be updated. 3. results of diffsar application on earth slope movements performed at maratea differential synthetic aperture radar (sar) interferometry (diffsar) is able, in principle, to measure very small movements of the ground and to cover in continuity large areas (godstein et al., 1994; franceschetti and lanari, 1999; ferretti et al., 2001), so that it can be considered an ideal tool to investigate landslides and other slope instability (acache et al., 1995; carnec et al., 1996). in our implementation of the diffsar technique, the problem of decorrelation noise is faced using a phase unwrapping approach that allows us to process sparse data, and the impact of atmospheric artefacts is reduced by performing a temporal analysis of the deformations observed in successive interferograms. as an example of the potentiality of this technique, we here show some results obtained by using it to improve our knowledge of the slope instability of a well investigated area (the maratea valley, see fig. 2) affected by continuous slow movements (berardino et al., 2002, 2003). in particular, using this technique, and employing the sar acquisitions reported in table i, we analysed the time evolution of ground movements from 1997 to 2000. this time interval had also been explored in the past using other techniques, such as distancemeter (edm) and gps measurements: gps and diffsar results were then compared. obtained results are summarised in figs. 3 to 5. in the map of fig. 3, by visual inspection it is possible to verify the agreement between data obtained by the sar technique (represented by the color scale defined in the bottom left of fig. 3) and those obtained by in situ gps measurements (blue arrows). a 3d view of the map is reported in fig. 4, and a table of sar versus gps results is shown in table ii. a full discussion of the comparison between sar and gps measurements can be found in (berardino et al., 2003). we here want to emphasize that the employed technique is also able to detect small scale events, possibly with antropic origin, as shown in fig. 5. results of fig. 3 have shown that it is possible to perform a temporal analysis of continuous slow landslide movements using a limited number of ers sar data sets and low precision topographic information. all the acquired data (edm, gps and diffsar) are consistent and allow a kinematic model of instability within the investigated time interval to be sketched. a map 257 diffsar for the evaluation of effects of hydrogeological disasters: a scale for damage evaluation fig. 3. diffsar displacement map relative to the period from july 1997 to january 2000, and gps data acquired in almost the same time interval. displacements must be understood as projected along the sar line of sight (about 23° from vertical and 104° from north direction, descending orbit). fig. 4. dem of the investigated area, showing diffsar displacements. the same color scale of fig. 3 is used, except for blue areas, showing slight positive vertical displacements: those are often low coherence area. 258 vincenzo rizzo and antonio iodice fig. 5. examples of geological validation for small phenomena, also of antropic nature, in the maratea area (parts of maps, in scale 1:25000, of the vertical soil movements in the interval 1996-1998, only for pixels with coherence coefficient greater than 0.3). top left (a): the maratea dump (a few pixels large) is perfectly visible and well delimited, and turns out to be moving towards the sensor (i.e., upwards). bottom left (b): last part of the noce river, where detected upward and downward movements are coherent with erosion and deposition phenomena, with dumps, quarries, and so on. top right (c): central part of the noce valley, where detected upward and downward movements are in reasonable agreement with low and progressive landslide movements. bottom right (d): movements to be verified by gps measurements, probably related to deep gravitative movements or tectonic alignments. 259 diffsar for the evaluation of effects of hydrogeological disasters: a scale for damage evaluation table ii. comparison of gps and diffsar measurements. displacements are both relative to the period from june 1997 to march 2000 and are projected along the sar line of sight. the obtained values show good agreement in the pixels at higher coherence. however, by considering all the points, the difference between gps and diffsar measurements has a mean value equal to 2.3 cm (diffsar underestimates the movements) and a standard deviation equal to 3.3 cm. these discrepancies can be explained by considering that in the low-coherence points the diffsar measurements are obtained by interpolating results obtained in surrounding high-coherence points, so that they can be considered as average displacement over a rather wide area, whereas gps measurements are strictly referred to each single ground point. gps gps diffsar coherence gps-sar benchmarck displacement displacement difference number (mm) (mm) (mm) 1 − 52 −54 0.3 2 2 −49 −63 0.6 14 3 −65 −63 0.5 −2 4 −52 −54 0.7 2 5 −69 −22 0.2 −47 6 −75 −24 0.6 −51 7 −18 −15 0.2 −3 8 −51 −8 0.3 −43 9 no −25 0.6 10 −28 −6 0.2 −22 11 −84 −56 0.2 −28 12 −13 −36 0.2 23 13 −105 −83 0.7 −22 14 −73 −52 0.3 −21 15 no −47 0.3 16 −32 −65 0.3 33 17 −17 −38 0.7 21 18 −112 −46 0.6 −66 19 no −14 0.4 20 −41 −15 0.4 −26 21 −102 −27 0.6 −80 22 no −58 0.3 23 −97 −51 0.3 −46 24 no −69 0.3 25 no −69 0.3 26 −104 −56 0.6 −48 27 −24 −75 0.2 51 28 −31 −18 0.3 −13 29 no 2 0.2 30 −47 −41 0.3 −6 31 −24 −18 0.2 −6 32 −120 −33 0.1 −87 33 −97 −13 0.2 −84 34 −83 −68 0.4 −15 35 −66 −61 0.5 −5 260 vincenzo rizzo and antonio iodice of slopes subject to different velocities and vertical displacements was delineated, modifying previous knowledge (berardino et al., 2003). within the valley a progressive and almost linear displacement over time was confirmed. displacement maps in figs. 3 and 5 detect areas subjected to movements, and hence the active landslides. this information can be used to set the morphodynamic index. 4. conclusions results of research on diffsar application to the monitoring of western basilicata (maratea and noce valley) show the possibility to use algorithms and operative conditions (integrated use of reference gps networks) such that slow and progressive soil deformations can be detected, even in small areas and in medium-low coherence areas. however, the obtained final maps have some limitations: they do not cover the entire monitored area (in the considered case-study for about 40% of the territory the coherence coefficient was below 0.3) and show some visual artefacts due to the sensor viewing geometry. obtained data, however, can be integrated by ground based observations and by other remote sensing images. these results encourage applications aimed at studying landslide movements and erosion and deposition processes close to rivers. therefore, the outlined procedures are suitable to develop a project aimed at monitoring permanent changes produced by hydrogeological events and at devising criteria for the definition of a relative damage scale. references achache, j., b. fruneau and c. delacourt (1995). applicability of sar interferometry for operational monitoring of landslides, in proceedings of the 2nd ers applications workshop, london, 165-168. berardino, p., m. costantini, g. franceschetti, a. iodice, l. pietranera and v. rizzo (2002): differential sar interferometry for the study of slope instability at maratea, italy, in proceedings of the international geoscience and remote sensing symposium, toronto, canada, 2693-2695. berardino, p., m. costantini, g. franceschetti, a. iodice, l. pietranera and v. rizzo (2003): use of differential sar interferometry in monitoring and modelling large slope instability at maratea (basilicata, italy), eng. geol., 68, 31-51. carnec, c., d. massonnet and c. king (1996): two examples of the use of sar interferometry on displacement-fields of small spatial extent, geophys. res. lett., 23 (24), 3579-3582. ferretti, a., c. prati and f. rocca (2001): permanent scatterers in sar interferometry, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 39 (1), 8-20. franceschetti, g. and r. lanari (1999): synthetic aperture radar processing (crc press, boca raton, fl), 25-28. goldstein, r.m., h.a. zebker, c.l. werner, p.a. rosen and a. gabriel (1994): on the derivation of coseismic displacement field using differential radar interferometry: the landers earthquake, j. geophys. res., 99, 19618-19634. table ii (continued). gps gps diffsar coherence gps-sar benchmarck displacement displacement difference number (mm) (mm) (mm) 36 −56 −38 0.2 −18 37 −37 −15 0.2 −22 38 −24 −56 0.2 32 39 −17 −9 0.2 −8 40 −25 −25 0.4 0 41 −15 −21 0.2 6 42 −9 −26 0.3 17 vol49_2_2006 659 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 2/3, april/june 2006 key words long-term multidisciplinary seafloor observatories – geophysical and environmental seabed monitoring 1. introduction the european experience on seafloor monitoring started in early 1990s with the ec mast (acronyms and abbreviations are listed before the references) programme. feasibility studies commissioned by the ec were addressed to identifying the scientific requirements (thiel et al., 1994) and to establishing the possible technological solutions for the development of seafloor observatories (abel, berta et al., 1995). in parallel, other studies and activities, such as desibel (ria fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor paolo favali (1) (2), laura beranzoli (1) , giuseppe d’anna (1) , francesco gasparoni (3) , jean marvaldi (4) , günther clauss (5) , hans w. gerber (6) , michel nicot (7) , michael p. marani (8) , fabiano gamberi (8) , claude millot (9) and ernst r. flueh (10) (1) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, roma, italy (2) università degli studi di roma «la sapienza», roma, italy (3) tecnomare-eni spa, venezia, italy (4) ifremer, centre de brest, plouzané, france (5) technische universität berlin, germany (6) tfh berlin – university of applied sciences, berlin, germany (7) sercel-underwater acoustic division (former orca instrumentation), brest, france (8) istituto di scienze marine (ismar), cnr, sezione di geologia marina, bologna, italy (9) laboratoire d’océanographie et de biogéochimie (lob), la seyne-sur-mer, france (10) ifm-geomar, kiel, germany abstract seafloor long-term, multiparameter, single-frame observatories have been developed within the framework of european commission and italian projects since 1995. a fleet of five seafloor observatories, built-up starting from 1995 within the framework of an effective synergy among research institutes and industries, have carried out a series of long-term sea experiments. the observatories are able to operate from shallow waters to deep-sea, down to 4000 m w.d., and to simultaneously monitor a broad spectrum of geophysical and environmental processes, including seismicity, geomagnetic field variations, water temperature, pressure, salinity, chemistry, currents, and gas occurrence. moreover, they can transmit data in (near)-real-time that can be integrated with those of the on-land networks. the architecture of the seafloor observatories follows the criteria of modularity, interoperability and standardisation in terms of materials, components and communication protocols. this paper describes the technical features of the observatories, their experiments and data. mailing address: dr. paolo favali, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, via di vigna murata 605, 00143 roma, italy; e-mail: paolofa@ingv.it 660 paolo favali et al. gaud et al., 1998), were carried out at ec level, aimed at defining needs and expectations for long-term investigations at abyssal depths. meanwhile, the most technologically advanced countries have launched a large number of projects and programmes addressed to long-term and multiparameter seafloor monitoring. favali and beranzoli (2006) review these international efforts. a widely accepted definition of seafloor observatories has progressively been affirmed at numerous international conferences and workshops (e.g., chave et al., 1990; montagner and lancelot, 1995; utada et al., 1997; romanowicz et al., 2001; beranzoli et al., 2002; kasahara and chave, 2003). this definition outlined by nrc (2000) is: « [...] unmanned system of instruments, sensors and command modules connected either acoustically or via seafloor junction box to a surface buoy or a cable to land. these observatories will have power and communication capabilities [...]». accordingly, a seafloor observatory is characterised by a data acquisition and control systable i. requirements for the instrumentation used in seafloor observatories. sensor typical sampling data acquisition installation constraints rates (bits) three-component 20÷100 hz 24 – positioning (error ≤100 m). broad-band seismometer – orientation to the north (known ≤1°). – good ground coupling. – fine levelling (if required). hydrophone 80 ÷ 100 hz 24 – positioning (error ≤100 m). gravity meter 0.01 ÷ 1 hz 24 – positioning. – temperature controlled. – fine levelling. scalar magnetometer 1 sample/min 16 – minimisation of possible electro-magnetic interferences. tri-axial fluxgate 1 sample/s 24 – minimisation of possible electro-magnetic interferences. precision tilt meter (x, y) 10 hz 24 – northwards orientation. tri-axial single-point 2 hz 16 – avoiding frame interference. current meter adcp 300 khz 1 profile/h – avoiding frame interference. transmissometer 1 sample/h – avoiding frame interference. ctd 1 sample/10 min (or 1 sample/h) ch4 sensor 1 hz 24 h2s sensor 1 sample/10 min 24 (averaged on 30 samples/s) ph sensor 1 sample/6 h (*) – ampling and self-calibration programmable – self-calibration every 24 samples (*). water sampler – 48 bottles, sampling depending on the mission targets. (*) orion-geostar-3 configuration. 661 a fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor tem, multiple sensors, long-term autonomy, communication systems, remote re-configuration of mission parameters, accurate positioning. another important constraint to be considered is a unique time reference for all measurements, giving us the chance to compare different processes for exploring possible reciprocal relationships. the sensors themselves are suitable for long-term operation, when properly installed to provide highly reliable data. the requirements for the instrumentation, used in seafloor observatories, are shown in table i. between 1995 and 2001 the ec funded the geostar and geostar-2 projects (beranzoli et al., 1998, 2000a,b; favali et al., 2002) which designed, developed and operated a prototype autonomous deep-sea observatory (hereafter geostar) hosting a wide range of sensors in a single frame and providing facilities for external experiments. geostar satisfied the definition of seafloor observatory mentioned above with multidisciplinary, long-term monitoring capabilities providing time-referenced data series, and the chance to transmit data in (near)-real-time through a surface buoy. moreover, the management of the observatory from the sea surface has represented an innovative approach exportable to other seafloor monitoring and survey applications. the geostar system has performed experiments both in shallow and deep waters, which confirmed the reliability and the feasibility of the deployment/recovery procedure even in a moderately perturbed sea state (jourdain, 1999; beranzoli et al., 2000a; favali et al., 2002). two paths were followed after the geostar experience: the development of other single-frame observatories devoted to specific applications and the enhancement of geostar as principal node of a network of seafloor observatories. these paths have led to the current availability of four more geostar-class observatories and the first european prototype of a deep seafloor observatory network. sn-1 and gmm systems were developed (favali et al., 2004a) among the single-frame geostar-class observatories. sn-1 is addressed to seismological, oceanographic and environmental measurements developed within a gndt-funded project (favali et al., 2003). gmm, built within the ec assem project (blandin et al., 2003) is devoted to seafloor gas monitoring (marinaro et al., 2004). within the framework of the ec oriongeostar-3 project (beranzoli et al., 2004), geostar was implemented to act as the main node of an underwater network of deep-sea observatories of geostar-class with the capability of (near)-real-time communication. in addition to this main node, two more observatories, with the function of satellite nodes (orion nodes 3 and 4), were built and equipped with seismological and oceanographic sensors. the concomitant running of the oriongeostar-3 and assem projects has given us the chance to integrate one of the orion nodes in the shallow water assem system during the assem pilot experiment in corinth gulf. this integration has been dedicated to demonstrating the compatibility of the two seafloor networks and the chance to operate a «coast-to-deep-sea» monitoring system in the near future. this paper gives a technical description of the five above-mentioned seafloor observatories, together with the presentation of the acquired data. a sixth single-frame system, called mabel, is being developed for polar sea applications within the framework of the italian pnra (calcara et al., 2001). a short description of mabel is also given. 2. the geostar system geostar is a single-frame autonomous seafloor observatory, based on three main sub-systems (beranzoli et al., 1998): a) the bottom station, that is the monitoring system; b) modus, the dedicated deployment/recovery vehicle; c) the communication systems. geostar is capable of long-term (more than one year) multidisciplinary monitoring at abyssal depths. at present, the maximum operative depth is 4000 m. 2.1. bottom station the bottom station (fig. 1) is a four-leg marine aluminium frame hosting the monitoring system including lithium batteries for power 662 paolo favali et al. supply; electronics mounted inside titanium vessels; hard disks for data storage; the underwater part of the communication systems; scientific and status sensors. the bottom station mission is driven and controlled by a central data acquisition and control unit (named dacs; gasparoni et al., 2002). geostar dacs (fig. 2) can perform the following tasks: management and acquisition from all scientific packages and status sensors; preparation and continuous update of hourly data messages to be transmitted on request including detection of events; actuation of received commands (e.g., data request, system reconfiguration, re-start); data back-up on internal memory. dacs manages a wide set of data streams at quite different sampling rates (from 100 hz to 1 sample/day) tagging each datum according to a unique reference time set by a central high-precision clock (stability within a fig. 1. geostar seafloor observatory: bottom station with modus vehicle on the top. 663 a fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor fig. 2. dacs equipped with central bottom station high-precision clock (left-bottom) provided by sercel (former orca instrumentation). table ii. dacs main technical characteristics of the geostar-class platforms (e.g., gasparoni et al., 2002). geostar sn-1 orion orion gmm mabel(1) node 3 node 4 configuration 4 cpu 3 cpu 3 cpu 3 cpu 1 cpu 2 cpu (mcu, sdu, (mcu, sdu, (mcu, sdu, (mcu, sdu, (mcu, sdu, hdu, dau) hdu) hdu) hdu) mass memory 3×8 gb 3×8 gb 3×8 gb 3×8 gb 512 mb 30 gb (2 hds sdu, (2 hds sdu, (2 hds sdu, (2 hds sdu, (flash) (hd sdu) 1 hd hdu) 1 hd hdu) 1 hd hdu) 1 hd hdu) 3×64 mb 1 gb 3×64 mb 3×64 mb 1 gb (flash mcu, (flash mcu) (flash mcu, (flash mcu, (flash mcu) sdu, hdu) sdu, hdu) sdu, hdu) 512 mb 2×64 mb 128 mb (flash dau) (flash sdu, hdu (flash sdu not used in rtl) power supply 24 vdc 12 vdc 12 vdc 12 vdc 12 vdc 12 vdc (battery) (battery or cable) (battery) (battery) (battery) (battery) power 70 ma (id) 200 ma (id) 120 ma (id) 120 ma (id) 80 ma (id) < 80 ma (id) consumption 300 ma (mm) 450 ma (mm) 350 ma (mm) 400 ma (mm) 150 ma (mm) < 200 ma (mm) 550 ma (peak) communication modus (2) modus (2) modus (2) h acoustics cable telemetry modus (2) interfaces v acoustics v acoustics h acoustics v acoustics h acoustics fibre-optic messengers telemetry (1) the first polar experiment started at the end of 2005; (2) during deployment. mcu – mission control unit; sdu – seismometer data acquisition unit; hdu – hydrophone data acquisition unit; dau – data acquisition unit; hd – hard disk; rtl – real time link [mode]; id – idle mode: all sensors switched off; cpus waiting command from the operator; mm – mission mode: all sensors switched on; cpus and communications active; v – vertical; h – horizontal. range 10–9 to 10–11, accordingly to supplier specifications and verified during the experiments controlling the clock drift). the sensors were selected also in order to keep power consumption lower than 350 ma at 24 v. table ii describes the geostar dacs’ main technical characteristics. devices were designed and implemented to install the seismometer and magnetometers with the aim of reducing the disturbances caused by the observatory frame and electronics. the former, installed in a benthosphere by the supplier, was included inside a heavy cylindrical housing. then the whole package was released by a special device after the bottom station touch down to guarantee a good coupling with the sea bottom, and was kept linked to the bottom station frame by a 664 paolo favali et al. slack rope. special care was taken in the choice of the electronic components of the ingv fluxgate magnetometer prototype. the resolution of this prototype is 1 nt and an absolute accuracy 5 nt. the magnetometers, used in the early version, were scalar (overhauser magnetometer) and bi-axial fluxgate (horizontal axes), then in all the subsequent experiments the ingv fluxgate prototype was fully tri-axial. they were installed at the end of two booms attached at opposite angles of the bottom station frame to keep them as far as possible from electronic noise sources. the booms, kept vertical during the descent, were opened by command from the surface through the umbilical cable, once the observatory was placed on the seafloor. the direction of the three components of the geomagnetic field was reconstructed using the scalar information (total field) deduced from the overhauser magnetometer and from calibrating the fluxgate magnetometer in the air close to the geomagnetic observatory of l’aquila (central italy). the results were also confirmed when compared with the horizontal component as deduced from a land magnetic station running during the first deep mission close to ustica island (sicily, italy) in 2000-2001 (see also de santis et al., 2006). 2.2. modus modus, a simplified rov, is the special vehicle for the deployment/recovery procedures (clauss and hoog, 2002; clauss et al., 2004; gerber and clauss, 2005). modus is remotely controlled from the ship through a dedicated electro-opto-mechanical cable. the telemetry system also provides the primary communication link with the observatory during the deployment phase. it is equipped with a latch/release device and thrusters mounted on a frame around the cone that assists the docking. the aim is to load, deploy and recover the bottom station in surface-assisted mode. the modus frame is also equipped with video cameras for visual seabed inspection, compass, sonar and altimeter. the main modus characteristics are listed in table iii, while the system is shown in fig. 3a-e including the latch/release scheme. table iv contains the main features of the handling system (winch, hydraulic unit and sheave) and cable (fig. 4). 2.3. communications systems two independent communication systems were originally developed for geostar, based on different principles (marvaldi et al., 2002). the first one consists of buoyant data capsules, named messengers, releasable upon surface command or automatically, when full of data or in case of emergency. two types of messengers are available: a) expendable (data storage capacity 64 kb); b) storage (data storage capacity larger than the expandable, 40 mb). they can transmit their position at sea surface and small quantities of data via argos satellites. the second communication system is based on a bi-directional vertical acoustic link table iii. modus main characteristics (clauss and hoog, 2002; clauss et al., 2004; gerber and clauss, 2005). purpose umbilical-driven frequent operations material aluminium (frame) stainless steel (docking device) titanium (pressure vessels) weight in air (kn) 10 weight in water (kn) 7 total length-l (m) 2878 total width-w (m) 2348 total height-h without cable 1700 termination (m) maximum payload (kn) 30 power (kw) 25 horizontal thrusters (n) 4×700 vertical thrusters (n) 2×700 altimeter range (m) 100 heading accuracy (degrees) 1 tilt accuracy (degrees) 1 360° sonar range (m) 300 video cameras (+ lights) 6 videos and recorders 4 depth rated (m) 4000 665 a fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor fig. 3a-e. modus, the geostar deployment/recovery vehicle: a) docking cone and b) pin; c) modus on the deck of r/v urania; d) modus on-board console; e) bottom station signature displayed on the sonar monitor. table iv. main characteristics of the winch (macartney) and cable (rochester). item dimensions (m) weight (kn) max payout load (kn) max pull (kn) notes speed (m/min) winch 3.80×2.35×2.40 181 70 (a) 80 (c) 102 (a) −20 ÷ + 45°c (l×w×h) 51 (b) 75 (b) remote control hpu (1) 1.77×1.15×1.71 20 325 bar (l×w×h) 75 kw (3×380 v-50 hz) sheave 1.05 (ø) 0.2 100 (d) instrumented (cable out, pull, speed) cable 0.0254 (ø) 22 (e) (in air) 89 (d) 3 optic fibres 4000 (length) 18 (e) (in water) 205 (f) 3×3000 vac-6a (1) hydraulic pump unit; (a) 1st layer; (b) 10th layer; (c) static, top layer; (d) working load; (e) kn/km; (f) breaking strength. a b c d e 666 paolo favali et al. fig. 4. the geostar handling system: power unit (right), cable spooled on the winch (left) and system console (insert) . fig. 5a-d. a) messengers installed on the bottom station (height 1.3 m); b) messengers storage and expendable-type in brest ifremer laboratory; c) surface buoy (weight: 35 kn; volume: 5 m3) geostar-2 version on board r/v urania; d) surface buoy orion-geostar-3 version just deployed. a b c d 667 a fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor with a ship of opportunity or moored buoy, called mats-12 (frequency: 12 khz; speed: up to 2400 bit/s). a surface relay buoy, equipped with a surface telemetry unit and radio/satellite transmitters, assures the (near)-real-time communication between a shore station and the observatory on the seafloor. pictures of the messengers and the buoy are shown in fig. 5a-d. 3. single-frame systems derived from geostar 3.1. sn-1 sn-1 is a reduced-size version of geo-star (fig. 6) and represents the recent effort of italian marine research and technology addressed to the fig. 6. sn-1 and modus (left) on the deck of the cable-vessel pertinacia before deployment; the rov connecting sn-1 observatory to the cable interface (top-right); sn-1 on the seafloor during the cable connecting operations (bottom-right). the cable route from catania harbour to 25-km east in the ionian sea is shown in top-left panel. 668 paolo favali et al. development of a seafloor network around italy (favali and beranzoli, 2006). sn-1 has the same features as geostar in regard to deployment/ recovery procedures based on modus, the data acquisition system (sn-1 dacs, see table ii) and the special device for seismometer installation developed in the geostar projects (see section 5 for details). compared with geostar, sn-1 hosts a reduced set of sensors, mainly seismological and oceanographic. like geostar, sn-1 has a vertical acoustic link from the seafloor to a surface unit managed by a ship of opportunity, while it is not supported by a surface-moored buoy. from october 2002 to may 2003 sn-1 successfully completed the first long-term experiment off-shore from catania (southern italy, eastern sicily) at 2105 m w.d. in autonomous mode (favali et al., 2003). after this experiment, sn-1 was fitted with a fibre-optic telemetry interface so as to be compatible with the electro-optical cable owned and deployed off-shore from catania by infn. in january 2005, the observatory was deployed at the same site as the first mission (about 25 km east from catania at 2060 m w.d.) by modus and connected to the submarine cable. the sea operations were carried out using the c/v pertinacia (elettra tlc spa) and the sn-1 connection was performed by the on-board deep-rated rov. sn-1 receives power from the shore, can communicate in real-time with the shore station located in the lns-infn laboratory inside catania harbour, and is integrated in the ingv landbased networks. sn-1 is the first real-time seafloor observatory in europe and one of the few in the world. it is also the first seafloor observatory operative in one of the «key-sites» planned in the ec project esonet (priede et al., 2003, 2004). these achievements were fulfilled thanks to a mou between ingv and infn, which is going to use the site for the nemo pilot experiment addressed to the underwater detection of neutrinos (favali et al., 2003; favali and beranzoli, 2006). 3.2. gmm designed and built within the framework of the assem project (blandin et al., 2003), gmm is another system developed on the basis of the geostar experience (marinaro et al., 2004). gmm is an autonomous station designed to monitor the gas seawater concentration close to the seabed. gmm is based on a light benthic circular tripod of aluminium alloy (fig. 7). it can also operate interfaced to external units (e.g., other seafloor nodes of an underwater network, on-shore stations) via a submarine cable. the system can be reconfigured either to be integrated in more complex observatories (like geostar) or operated as a payload of submarine vehicles for surveys. in particular, the gmm design allows for modification of the frame-top and the installation of the mechanical interface to be managed during deployment/recovery procedures by modus. gmm electronics performs similar tasks as the geostar dacs (see table ii). fig. 7. gmm module on the ship before the deployment in the corinth gulf. 669 a fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor 3.3. mabel mabel is another deep-sea multiparameter seafloor observatory under development specifically addressed to the acquisition of geophysical, geochemical, oceanographic and environmental time series in polar regions (calcara et al., 2001). mabel, sponsored by the italian pnra, is designed to operate autonomously for at least one year and will be the first seafloor observatory deployed in antarctica. the characteristics of its dacs are shown in table ii. its mechanical and electronic behaviour at low temperatures was already tested in 2002 at hsva basin (hamburg) in simulated polar conditions (air: −15°c, and icy waters: −2°c) (fig. 8; cenedese et al., 2004). the first antarctic mabel experiment started at the end of the 2005 having deployed the observatory in the weddell sea at over 1800 m w.d., with the logistic support of the r/v polarstern managed by awi, and it will last for at least one year. 4. orion-geostar-3 system within the framework of the ec oriongeostar-3 project, the geostar bottom station, the surface relay buoy and modus have been upgraded in order to be able to manage a network of geostar-class observatories, as a significant step towards deep-sea networking (beranzoli et al., 2004). two additional observatories have been developed (orion nodes 3 and 4) being able to communicate via acoustics with geostar bottom station. the communication system has been implemented in order to enable the geostar observatory to operate as the main node (gateway) of the orion network, exchanging data and status parameters with the satellite nodes and transferring data to the sea surface. a picture with the general scheme of orion-geostar-3 is shown in fig. 9. the bottom station has thus also been equipped with horizontal acoustics devoted to the communication among the nodes, based on mats modems. through the horizontal communication, geostar receives automatic messages from the satellite nodes, while the vertical communication to the surface buoy, enhanced with respect to the original version, is used to transmit data from both geostar and the nodes. connection between the buoy and a shore station is ensured by radio and satellite links. data, specifically pieces of seismic waveforms, can be retrieved on request. the horizontal modems use omni-directional transducers, whereas the vertical acoustic link is based on directional transducers. the buoy transmission system (drts) comprises an electronic unit (meu) managing the communications and interfacing the acoustic transmission system with two buoy-to-shore data links, vhf radio or iridium satellite. in case of vhf-link failure, a switch to the satellite transmission is automatically performed. fig. 8. mabel during the low temperature tests at hsva basin in hamburg. 670 paolo favali et al. to achieve the new required functionality, the dacs has been properly enhanced (beranzoli et al., 2004). the sampling rate of some sensors (e.g., gravity meter) has been increased and new sensor packages installed (e.g., electrode analyser, hydrophone). accordingly, additional acquisition channels have been made available. the following function was implemented: automatic event detection on the seismometer and hydrophone data, transmission of seismometer waveforms. the dacs interface to the communication system was properly enfig. 9. scheme of management and operation of the orion-geostar-3 deep-sea network of geostarclass seafloor observatories. table v. list of the geostar-class platforms and some specifications. platform overall dimensions (m) weight (kn) weight (kn) depth rated (m) (l×w×h) (in air) (in water) geostar 3.50×3.50×3.30 25.4 14.2 4000 sn-1 2.90×2.90×2.90 14.0 8.5 4000 orion node 3 2.90×2.90×2.90 14.0 8.5 4000 orion node 4 2.00×2.00×2.00 6.6 3.4 1000 gmm 1.50×1.50×1.50 1.5 0.7 1000 mabel 2.90×2.90×2.90 14.0 8.5 4000 671 a fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor hanced in order to make data and status parameter available for transmission to the communications system. the communications can be started by any of the orion-geostar-3 network nodes. the dacs hardware has been also upgraded in order to increase functions/capabilities and reliability with reduced power and volume requirements (see table ii): a) new cpu boards with increased power; b) new status boards with additional sensors, scientific data acquired at 24 bits; c) status sensors acquired at 16 bits (12 bits in the previous version); d) boards managing up to 32 gb on hard disk and 1 gbyte on flash card (see table ii). as already mentioned, the ec requested the orion-geostar-3 and assem networks to be compatible. accordingly, common communication protocols were defined and implemented in the nodes of both networks in regard to data communication. for this purpose, an orion node (node 4) was deployed and tested together with the assem nodes in the corinth gulf pilot experiment. the list of the geostar-class platforms with some specifications are summarised in table v. 5. experiments, data and prototyping activity the sea experiments performed are depicted in table vi including specific information and the sensors used in each experiment. figure 10 shows the map of the locations. all the experiments were carried out by means of mediumsize vessels with dgps and dp, like, for instance, the cnr r/v urania. only for the deployment of sn-1 and its connection to the electro-optical cable was a larger cable vessel used (c/v pertinacia). geostar performed its first sea demonstration mission in shallow waters in 1998 (jourdain, 1999; beranzoli et al., 2000a,b). the observatory was deployed on the seafloor of the adriatic sea (northern italy) about 50-km east of ravenna harbour. the selection of the mission site was based both on the knowledge of geological and geotechnical soil characteristics (flat and consolidated seabed, distance from turbulence sources, absence of pockmarks and gassy sediments) and safety factors (shallow water depth, vicinity to harbour logistics). the starting mission procedure foresaw that after the bottom station had touched down, all the sensor packages and devices were switched on through modus telemetry and their correct functioning was checked. after the positive outcome of this operation, the bottom station was released by modus and left on the sea bottom (beranzoli et al., 2000a,b). during the shallow water demo mission around 346 mb of data were acquired over roughly 440 operational hours, corresponding to 98% of the mission’s duration, see table vi for the list of the used sensors. an expandable messenger was automatically released and transmitted data via the argos satellite. a storage messenger was release acoustically just before the bottom station’s recovery. the experiment demonstrated the functionality of the whole system, including modus. temporary magnetic and seismological stations were also installed on land as a reference for geostar measurements. analysis of data acquired, even if during only 21 days, pointed out the reliability of the measurements and their scientific potentiality as a unique time-referenced multiparameter data. some interesting events, like regional earthquakes, water current and thermocline depth variations, and a magnetic storm were recorded (beranzoli et al., 2003). the first geostar long-term deep-sea mission was performed between september 2000 and april 2001 at about 2000 m w.d. in southern tyrrhenian sea (see table vi). the communication system was enhanced adding a surface moored buoy, equipped with the interface of the acoustic system and a radio/satellite link for (near)-real-time transmission between the bottom station and on-shore sites. data acquired, 4160 h corresponding to about 174 days (out of 205 because the batteries were exhausted), amount to more than 65 mb mostly from the gravity meter. an external self-recording hydrophone acquired 4 gb of data. also in this longterm experiment, the data quality was high, as demonstrated by de santis et al. (2006), iafolla et al. (2006), and etiope et al. (2006) pointed out ocean-lithosphere interactions at bbl level. during the 2002-2003 experiment off-shore from catania (southern italy, eastern sicily; 672 table vi. list of the seafloor experiments performed with geostar-class platforms and the sensors used (see fig. 10 for the map). experiments location depth year(s) days platform(s) sensors used (m) geostar northern adriatic 42 1998 21 geostar three-component broad-band (demo mission) sea (italy) seismometer; scalar magnetometer; fluxgate magnetometer (only x-y); adcp 300 khz; ctd; transmissometer; precision tilt meter (x, y). geostar-2 (1) southern tyrrhenian 1950 2000 205 geostar gravity meter; scalar magnetometer; (1st deep-sea sea (italy) 2001 tri-axial fluxgate magnetometer; mission) adcp 300 khz; ctd; transmissometer; tri-axial single-point current meter; precision tilt meter (x, y); water sampler (off-line); hydrophone (off-line). (2) sn-1 western ionian sea 2105 2002 213 sn-1 three-components broad-band (first mission) (off-eastern sicily, 2003 seismometer; hydrophone; gravity italy) meter; ctd; tri-axial single-point current meter. assem gulf of patras 40 2004 198 (3) gmm ch4 sensors (3); h2s sensor; ctd. (pilot experiment, (greece) 2005 in a pockmark) assem gulf of corinth 380 2004 214 orion three-component broad-band (pilot experiment) (greece) node 4 seismometer; hydrophone; (orion-geoch4 sensor. star-3 -assem clustering) orion-geo tyrrhenian sea 3320 2003 477(4) geostar (g) three-comp. broad-band star-3 (deep(marsili seamount, 2005 and orion seismometers (g, n3); sea networking) italy) node 3 (n3) hydrophones (g, n3); gravity meter (g); scalar magnetometer (g); tri-axial fluxgate magnetometer (g); adcp 300 khz (g); ctd (g); transmissometer (g); tri-axial singlepoint current meter (g); ph sensor (g); precision tilt meter (x, y) (g); water sampler (off-line) (g). nemo – sn-1 western ionian sea 2060 2005 ongoing sn-1 three-component broad-band (cabled january (off-eastern sicily, seismometer (5); hydrophone; 25, 2005) italy) gravity meter; scalar magnetometer; ctd; tri-axial single-point current meter. (1) this experiment included originally also a three-component broad-band seismometer and a chemical analyser prototype. these instruments were not used in the experiment, due to failures that occurred during the sea operations preceding deployment; (2) provided by ifm-geomar; (3) 91days from april 26 to july 26, 2004, and 107 days from september 29, 2004 to january 14, 2005; (4) 134 days from december 14, 2003 to april 26, 2004, and 337 days from june 14, 2004 to may 23, 2005; (5) installed in a titanium sphere. paolo favali et al. 673 a fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor table vi), sn-1 acquired in autonomous mode, around 10 gb of data, 7.65 gb of which belong to 100 hz sampling rate broad-band seismometer, guralp cmg-1t (favali et al., 2003). the double housings of seismometer, comprising a titanium benthosphere inside an external bell, and the relative simple procedure to release it allowed protection from sea-current effects and good coupling of the instrument to the seabed. these solutions, already used in the previous geostar experiments, were validated and allowed to collect high-quality seismological data (monna et al., 2005). the signals showed noise in the underwater environment (webb, 1998) with a level comparable with «quiet» terrestrial seismic stations, well within the high and low background noise reference models (peterson, 1993). it is worth noting that in our case, unlike the ocean experiments, long-period noise on the vertical component caused by infragravity waves is not a first-order effect. in fact, the energy of infragravity waves in the mediterranean sea is small as compared with the pacific and atlantic oceans. thanks to its good s/n ratio sn-1 demonstrated the relevant improvement of the seismic event detection recording hundreds of local events not recorded by the dense on-land networks (favali et al., 2004b). examples of the data collected are shown in fig. 11a-f. gmm was deployed in an active pockmark in the gulf of patras (corinth shelf, greece) in april 2004 as one of the nodes of the assem system (see table vi). the system was simply lowered down to the seafloor (40 m w.d.) with a mechanical cable and positioned in the right place by divers. gmm was linked to a submarine cable for real-time data transmission to an on-shore modem. the 12 v, 960 ah lithium battery pack made six-month autonomous operation possible. a remote link to the on-shore modem was active for the system checks and data retrieval. through this daily link, a malfunctioning in all of the methane sensors was detected at the end of july, so the system was recovered at the end of september, the ch4 and h2s sensors were replaced, and the mission re-started after one day. gmm was operating until mid-january 2005. data analysis is in progress. fig. 10. map of the seafloor experiments performed with geostar-class platforms, see table vi for details. 674 paolo favali et al. the first long-term mission of the oriongeostar-3 deep-sea network started in december 2003 (see table vi and fig. 12). the deployment site lies in the southern tyrrhenian sea at more than 3300 m w.d. at the nw base of the marsili complex volcanic seamount, one of the largest seamounts of the mediterranean basin (marani et al., 2004). the network configuration for this mission includes geostar as main node and one satellite (orion node 3) in horizontal acoustic communication with geostar deployed 1 km apart. a surface buoy enables the connection with geostar via vertical acoustics and the radio/satellite link with the on-shore station located at the ingv observatory of gibilmanna (northern coast of sicily). due to a malfunctioning in the acoustic communication link with the nodes (underwater fig. 11a-f. sn-1 measurements acquired in ionian sea at over 2000 m w.d. in stand-alone mode (first mission, 2002-2003) and in real-time acquisition mode (cable connected, since end of january 2005): a) regional earthquake of 27 december 2002, not reported by land-network bulletins, showing p-, s-, and t-phase arrivals; b) 2002-2003 mt. etna eruption, seismic activity of the volcano over one hour (27 october, 2002, 2:00-3:00 a.m.), including the major event of the sequence (ml = 4.8); c) temperature measured by ctd sensor over the mission period (the mean value is around 13.74°c); d) teleseism occurred in kuril islands (mw = 7.3) and recorded by the gravity meter on 17 november, 2002; e) water current velocity components over the mission period, the n-s component, running along the sicilian coast from/to the messina strait shows the most significant values (in average 5 cm/s); f) real-time acquired waveforms of the 28 march, 2005 sumatra earthquake (mw = 8.7). a c e b d f 675 a fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor part), they were recovered at the end of april 2004 and re-deployed at the same site at the middle of june until the final recovery in may 2005, always using the r/v urania. examples of the collected data are shown in fig. 13a-d. parallel to sea experiments with the geostar-class platforms, sensor prototypes also had to be developed, due to the lack of reliable instruments to collect long-time data series especially in the deep-sea environment. a fluxgate magnetometer (first version bi-axial, then tri-axial) built at ingv and subsequently manufactured industrially by tecnomare (a company of eni group) has been successfully used since geostar demo mission. its resolution is 0.1 nt, the absolute accuracy 5 nt, and the power consumption reduced to 2 w. the thermal drift of the three-component magnetometer (0.2-0.5 nt/°c for typical fluxgate magnetometers) is expected to be negligible because the sea temperature is quite constant at the working depths of more than 2000 m, within a fraction of 1°c. another prototype is a gravity meter derived from a prototype built for space applications, its marine version was developed in a joint venture between ingv and ifsi-inaf, and has been successfully used since geostar-2’s first deep-sea mission in the tyrrhenian sea. the main characteristics of the gravity meter are sensitivity 10−9 g hz−1/2; frequency range 10−5 to 10−1 hz; power consumption 300 mw; volume 10 cm3; weight 2 kg (iafolla and nozzoli, 2002). the last prototype developed and tested both in the laboratory and in the deepsea (in the orion-geostar-3 project) is an automatic electrode analyser. this analyser with self-calibrating capability is capable of performing longterm (six months) experiments. the instrument was developed and validated in a joint activity between ingv and tecnomare. at present, it is equipped with a ph electrode (amt), which is the only commercially electrode for the deepsea, but it can be equipped with other electrodes. the main characteristics of ph electrode fig. 12. geostar gateway seafloor observatory (right) and orion node 3 (left) on the deck of the r/v urania before the deployment at the base of marsili underwater volcano (orion-geostar-3 first mission). 676 paolo favali et al. are in ph units: range 2 to 11; accuracy 0.05; resolution 0.01. the electrode can operate at the maximum pressure of 600 bar, and at a t range from −2 to +38°c. all these prototypes are managed by the dacs. other sensors, like a nuclear spectrometer, are undergoing development. 6. conclusions geostar, derived platforms and the orion-geostar-3 deep-sea observatory network, have been tested during long-term missions (maximum duration over 330 days). the assets of these platforms lie in the reliability of the whole system, the chance to have (near)-realtime communications, and the data quality. the chance to perform quick comparisons of unique time-referenced data series of different sensors makes the development of multiparameter data analysis quite easy. the geostar-class platforms represent a fleet of five seafloor observatories among the twenty-eight available worldwide already validated at sea (favali and beranzoli, 2006). these platforms are perfectly compatible and can be easily re-configured according to the specific applications. all these features fit the requirements outlined within the framework of specific programmes, such as the esa-eu gmes joint programme. fig. 13a-d. orion network measurements acquired at the base of the marsili seamount: a) one month of magnetometer measurements (april 2004, red line) compared with the italian land reference observatory (l’aquila) in central italy; b) ph measurements by the electrode analyser compared with the chemical analysis (stronzium) performed on the samples collected by the water sampler; c) local event of the southern tyrrhenian sea (3 march 2004, ml = 4.6) recorded by the seismometer; d) teleseismic event recorded by the gravity meter (26 december 2003, ms = 6.8, iran). a b c d 677 a fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor acknowledgements first of all, we are deeply indebted to the ec that supported our activities and funded many projects within the framework of the mast and the environment programmes. the authors also wish to thank everyone who worked in the european and italian projects (a) geostar (ec), (b) geostar-2 (ec), (c) assem (ec), (d) orion-geostar-3 (ec), (e) sn-1 (gndt), (f) mabel (pnra): ingv (co-ordinator: a, b, d, e and f; partner: c): laura beranzoli, thomas braun, lili cafarella, massimo calcara, paolo casale, giuseppe d’anna, roberto d’anna, angelo de santis, domenico di mauro, manuela ditta, giuseppe etiope, paolo favali, francesco frugoni, louis gaya-pique, matteo grimaldi, cristina la fratta, nadia lo bue, luigi innocenzi, luigi magno, giuditta marinaro, sabrina mercuri (till 2003), caterina montuori, stephen monna, paolo palangio, giuseppe passafiume, giovanni romeo, stefano speciale, tiziana sgroi, giuseppe smriglio, roberto tardini, roberta tozzi. ismar-cnr (partner: a, b, d and e): fabiano gamberi, michael p. marani. tecnomare spa (partner: a, b, d, e and f; sub-contractor: c): marco berta (up to 1997), ercole boatto, gian mario bozzo (till 2000), daniele calore (till 2004), renato campaci, stefano cenedese, roman chomicz, felice da prat, flavio furlan, francesco gasparoni, mascia lazzarini, andrea marigo (till 1998), luciano pedrocchi, carmelo pennino (up to 1997), walter prendin, fabio zanon, marco zordan (till 2002). tub (partner: a, b, d, e and f): günther clauss, haiko de vries, sven hoog (till 2004), jorg kruppa, peter longerich. tfh (partner: a, b, d, e and f): hans w. gerber, wilfried langner. ifremer (co-ordinator: c; partner: a, b and d): yannick aoustin, jérôme blandin, gérard guyader, yvon le guen, david le piver, gérard loaëc, jean marvaldi, roland person, christian podeur, jean-francois rolin. lob-cnrs (partner: a and b): jean-luc fuda, claude millot, gilles rougier. sercel-underwater acoustic division, former orca instrumentation (partner: a, b and d; sub-contractor: c): gerard ayela, dominique barbot, david fellmann (till 2002), jeanmichel coudeville, michel nicot, alain priou. ifsi-inaf (partner: e; sub-contractor: b and d): emiliano fiorenza (till 2004), valerio iafolla, vadim milyukov, sergio nozzoli, matteo ravenna. ipgp (partner: b and c): pierre briole, jeanpaul montagner. ifm-geomar (partner: d): joerg bialas, ernst r. flueh. ogs (partner: e and f): renzo mosetti, marino russi. hcmr (partner: c): vasilios lykousis. university of patras (partner: c): dimitris christodoulou, george ferentinos, george papatheodorou. capsum technologie gmbh (partner: c): michel masson. ngi (partner: c): per sparrevik, james m. strout. fugro engineers (partner: c): david cathie. university of roma-3 (partner: e): andrea billi, claudio faccenna. university of catania (partner: e): stefano gresta. university of messina (partner: e): giancarlo neri. university of palermo (partner: e): dario luzio. special thanks to: claudio viezzoli and marcantonio lagalante (marine logistics); capts. emanuele gentile and vincenzo lubrano, and the crew of r/v urania, vessel owned by cnr and managed by so.pro.mar.; capt. alfio di giacomo and the crew of m/p mazzarò, vessel owned by gestione pontoni spa; capt. vincenzo primo and the crew of c/v pertinacia, owned by elettra tlc spa (giuseppe maugeri, chief of mission). the authors are very grateful to the reviewers for their comments able to greatly improve the clarity and quality of the paper. this paper is dedicated to the memory of luc floury and giuseppe smriglio, who embarked on this adventure many years ago, believing in the potential of this «new» science. 678 paolo favali et al. list of acronyms and abbreviations used in the text abel – abyssal benthic laboratory. adcp – acoustic doppler current profiler. argos – advanced research and global observation satellite (www site: http://www.cls.fr/html/argos/ welcome_en.html). assem – array of sensors for long-term seabed monitoring of geo-hazards (www site: http://www.ifremer.fr/ assem). awi – alfred-wegener-institut für polarund meeresforschung (www site: http://www.awi-bremerhaven.de). bbl – benthic boundary layer. cnr – consiglio nazionale delle ricerche (http://www.cnr.it) cnrs – centre national de la recherche scientifique (www site: http://www.cnrs.fr). ctd – conductivity, temperature and depth. c/v – cable vessel. dacs – data acquisition and control system. desibel – deep-sea intervention on future benthic laboratory (www site: http://dbs.cordis.lu/cordis-cgi/ srchidadb?caller=projadvancedsrch&srch&qf_ep_ rcn_a =27267&action=d). dgps – differential global positioning system (www site: http://chartmaker.ncd.noaa.gov/staff/dgps.htm). dp – dynamic positioning. drts – data radio transmission system. ec – european commission (www site: http://europa.eu.int/ comm). eni – ente nazionale idrocarburi (www site: http:// www.eni.it). esa – european space agency (www site: http:// www.esa.int). esonet – european seafloor observatory network (www site: http://www.abdn.ac.uk/ecosystem/esonet). eu – european union (www site: http://europa.eu.int). geostar – geophysical and oceanographic station for abyssal research (www site: http://www.ingv.it/ geostar/geost.htm) geostar-2 – geostar 2nd phase: deep-sea mission (www site: http://www.ingv.it/geostar/geost2.htm). gmm – gas monitoring module (www site: http:// www.ifremer.fr/assem/corinth/photo_gallery/photo_ gallery.htm). gmes – global monitoring for environment and security (www site: http://www.gmes.info). gndt – gruppo nazionale per la difesa dai terremoti (www site: http://gndt.ingv.it). hcmr – hellenic centre for marine research (www site: http://www.hcmr.gr). hsva – hamburgische schiffbau-versuchsanstalt gmbh (www site: http://www.hsva.de). ifm-geomar – leibniz-institut für meereswissenschaften an der universität kiel (www site: http:// www.ifm-geomar.de). ifremer – institut français de recherche pour l’exploitation de la mer (www site: http://www.ifremer.fr). ifsi-inaf – istituto di fisica dello spazio interplanetarioistituto nazionale di astrofisica (www site: http:// www.inaf.it). infn – istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (www site: http://www.infn.it). ingv – istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (www site: http://www.ingv.it). ipgp – institut de physique du globe de paris (www site: http://www.ipgp.jussieu.fr). ismar – istituto di scienze marine-cnr, sezione di geologia marina di bologna (www site: http:// www.bo.ismar.cnr.it). lns – laboratori nazionali del sud (www site: http:// www.lns.infn.it). lob – laboratoire d’océanologie et de biogéochemie (www site: http://www.com.univ-mrs.fr/lob). mabel – multidisciplinary antarctic benthic laboratory (www site: http://www.ingv.it/geostar/mabel.html). mast – marine science and technology (www site: http://www.cor-dis.lu/mast). mats-12 – multimodulation acoustic transmission system-12 khz (www site: http://www.sercel.fr). meu – multipurpose electronic unit. modus – mobile docker for underwater sciences mou – memorandum of understanding. m/p – moto pontoon. nemo – neutrino mediterranean observatory (www site: http://nemoweb.lns.infn). ngi – norges geotekniske institutt (www site: http:// www.ngi.no). nrc – national research council (www site: http:// www.nationalacademies.org/nrc). ogs – istituto nazionale di oceanografia e geofisica sperimentale (http://www.ogs.trieste.it). orion-geostar-3 – ocean research by integrated observation networks (http://www.ingv.it/geo-star/orion.htm). pnra – programma nazionale di ricerche in antartide (http://www.pnra.it). rov – remote operated vehicle (http://my.fit.edu/ ~swood/rov_pg2.html). r/v – research vessel. sn-1 – submarine network-1 (www site: http://www.ingv.it/geostar/ sn.htm). tfh – techniche fachhochschule (www site: http:// www.tfh-berlin.de). tub – technische universität berlin (www site: http:// www.tu-berlin.de). vhf – very high frequency. references beranzoli, l., a. de santis, g. etiope, p. favali, f. frugoni, g. smriglio, f. gasparoni and a. marigo (1998): geostar: a geophysical and oceanographic station for abyssal research, phys. earth planet. int., 108, 175-183. beranzoli, l., t. braun, m. calcara, d. calore, r. campaci, j.-m. coudeville, a. de santis, g. etiope, p. favali, f. frugoni, j.-l. fuda, f. gamberi, f. gasparoni, h.w. gerber, m.p. marani, j. marvaldi, c. millot, p. palangio, g. romeo and g. smriglio (2000a): european seafloor observatory offers new possibilities for deep-sea study, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 81, 45-49. beranzoli, l., t. braun, m. calcara, a. de santis, d. di mauro, g. etiope, p. favali, f. frugoni, c. mon679 a fleet of multiparameter observatories for geophysical and environmental monitoring at seafloor tuori, p. palangio, g. romeo, g. smriglio, f. gamberi, m.p. marani, j.-l. fuda and c. millot (2000b): geostar, an observatory for deep-sea geophysical and oceanographic researches: characteristics, first scientific mission and future activity, mem. soc. geol. it., 55, 491-497. beranzoli, l., p. favali and g. smriglio (editors) (2002): science-technology synergy for research in marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, pp. 268. beranzoli, l., t. braun, m. calcara, p. casale, a. de santis, g. d’anna, d. di mauro, g. etiope, p. favali, j.-l. fuda, f. frugoni, f. gamberi, m.p. marani, c. millot, c. montuori and g. smriglio (2003): mission results from the first geostar observatory (adriatic sea, 1998), earth planets space, 55, 361-373. beranzoli, l., d. calore, p. favali, j. marvaldi and m. nicot (2004): orion-geostar-3: a prototype of seafloor network of observatories for geophysical, oceanographic and environmental monitoring, in proceedings 14th international off-shore and polar engineering conference (toulon, france), vol. ii, 371-376. berta, m., f. gasparoni and m. capobianco (1995): abyssal benthic laboratory (abel): a novel approach for long-term investigation at abyssal depths, j. mar. syst., 6, 211-225. blandin, j., r. person, j.m. strout, p. briole, g. etiope, m. masson, s. smolders, v. lykousis, g. ferentinos and j. legrand (2003): assem: a new concept of regional observatory, in proceedings 3rd international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables and related technologies, tokyo, japan, edited by j. kasahara and a.d. chave, ieee catalogue no. 03ex660, 240-243. calcara, m., l. beranzoli, t. braun, d. calore, a. de santis, g. etiope, p. favali, f. frugoni, f. gasparoni, c. montuori and g. smriglio (2001): mabel: a multidisciplinary benthic laboratory for deep-sea, long-term monitoring in the antarctic, terra antarctica, 8, 115-118. cenedese, s., m. calcara, g. d’anna, k.-u. evers, p. favali and f. gasparoni (2004): mabel: the first seafloor observatory for multidisciplinary long-term monitoring in polar environment, in proceedings 14th international off-shore and polar engineering conference, toulon, france, vol. i, 787-794. chave, a.d., r. butler and t.e. pyle (editors) (1990): proceedings 1st international workshop on scientific uses of undersea cables, honolulu, hawaii (joi, washington dc), pp. 310. clauss, g. and s. hoog (2002): deep-sea challenges of marine technology and oceanographic engineering, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 133-142. clauss, g., s. hoog, f. stempinski and h.w. gerber (2004): advanced deepwater intervention with modus – latest results from model tests and full-scale operations, in proceedings 14th international off-shore and polar engineering conference, toulon, france, vol. ii, 377-386. de santis, a., d. di mauro, l. cafarella, r. d’anna, l. gaya-pique, p. palangio, g. romeo and r. tozzi (2006): deep seafloor magnetic observations under geostar project, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 681693 (this volume). etiope, g., p. favali, j.-l. fuda, f. italiano, m. laubenstein, c. millot and w. plastino (2006): the benthic boundary layer: geochemical and oceanographic data from the geostar-2 observatory, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 705-713 (this volume). favali, p. and l. beranzoli (2006): seafloor observatory science: a review, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 515-567 (this volume). favali, p., g. smriglio, l. beranzoli, t. braun, m. calcara, g. d’anna, a. de santis, d. di mauro, g. etiope, f. frugoni, v. iafolla, s. monna, c. montuori, s. nozzoli, p. palangio and g. romeo (2002): towards a permanent deep-sea observatory: the geostar european experiment, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 111-120. favali, p., sn-1 team and nemo collaboration (2003): sn-1: the first node of the italian seafloor observatory network – background and perspective, in proceedings 3rd international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables and related technologies, tokyo, japan, edited by j. kasahara and a.d. chave, ieee catalogue no. 03ex660, 19-24. favali, p., l. beranzoli, m. calcara, g. d’anna, g. etiope, f. frugoni, n. lo bue, g. marinaro, s. monna, c. montuori, t sgroi, f. gasparoni, s. cenedese, f. furlan, g. ferentinos, g. papatheodorou, d. christodolou, j. blandin, j. marvaldi, j.-f. rolin, g. clauss, h.w. gerber, j.-m. coudeville, m. nicot, e.r. flueh, f. gamberi, m.p. marani and g. neri (2004a): single-frame multiparameter platforms for seafloor geophysical and environmental observations: projects and missions from geostar to orion, in proceedings oceans’04, kobe, japan, 2000-2007. favali, p., l. beranzoli and a. maramai (2004b): review of the tyrrhenian sea seismicity: how much is still to be unknown?, in from seafloor to deep mantle: architecture of the tyrrhenian back-arc basin, edited by m.p. marani, f. gamberi and e. bonatti, mem. descr. c. geol. ital., lxiv, 57-70. gasparoni, f., d. calore and r. campaci (2002): from abel to geostar: development of the first european deep-sea scientific observatory, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 143-159. gerber, h.w. and g. clauss (2005): space shuttle modus – key system for the installation of networks of benthic stations, in proceedings omae05. 24th international conference on off-shore mechanics and arctic engineering, halkidiki, greece. iafolla, v. and s. nozzoli (2002): gravimeter for deepsea measurements, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for 680 paolo favali et al. the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 183-197. iafolla, v., s. nozzoli, e. fiorenza and v. milyukov (2006): deep-sea gravity measurements: geostar-2 mission results, ann. geophysics, 49 (2/3), 695-704 (this volume). jourdain, j.y. (1999): first trial of geostar, the geophysical and oceanographic european station for abyssal research, ec project information booklet eur18885, edited by g. ollier, pp. 31. kasahara, j. and a.d. chave (co-chairs) (2003): proceedings 3rd international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables and related technologies, tokyo, japan, edited by j. kasahara and a.d. chave, ieee catalogue no. 03ex660, pp. 315. marani, m.p., f. gamberi and e. bonatti (editors) (2004): from seafloor to deep mantle: architecture of the tyrrhenian back-arc basin, mem. descr. c. geol. d’it., lxiv, pp. 195. marinaro, g., g. etiope, f. gasparoni, d. calore, s. cenedese, f. furlan, m. masson, p. favali and j. blandin (2004): gmm-a gas monitoring module for long-term detection of methane leakage from the seafloor, in gem-geologic emissions of methane from lands and seafloor: mud volcanoes and observing systems, edited by g. etiope and p. favali, environ. geol., 46 (8), 1053-1058, doi: 10.1007/s00254-004-1092-2. marvaldi, j., y. aoustin, g. ayela, d. barbot, j. blandin, j.-m. coudeville, d. fellmann, g. loaëc ch. podeur and a. priou (2002): design and realisation of communication systems for the geostar project, in science-technology synergy for research in the marine environment: challenges for the xxi century, edited by l. beranzoli, p. favali and g. smriglio, developments in marine technology series (elsevier, amsterdam), 12, 161-181. monna, s., f. frugoni, c. montuori, l. beranzoli and p. favali (2005): high quality seismological recordings from the sn-1 deep seafloor observatory in the mt. etna region, geophys. res. lett., 32, l07303 doi:10.1029/ 2004gl021975. montagner, j.-p. and y. lancelot (editors) (1995): proceedings international workshop multidisciplinary observatories on the deep seafloor (insu/cnrs, ifremer, osn/ussac, odp-france and odp-japan, marseille, france), pp. 229. nrc (national research council) (2000): illuminating the hidden planet. the future of seafloor observatory science (national academy press, washington dc), pp. 135. peterson, j.r. (1993): observations and modelling of seismic background noise, us geol. surv. open file rep. 93-322, pp. 94. priede, i.g., m. solan, j. mienert, r. person, t.c.e. van weering, o. pfannkuche, n. o’neill, a. tselepides, l. thomsen, p. favali, f. gasparoni, n. zitellini, c. millot, h.w. gerber, j.m.a. de miranda and m. klages (2003): esonet – european seafloor observatory network, in proceedings 3rd international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables and related technologies, tokyo, japan, edited by j. kasahara and a.d. chave, ieee catalogue no. 03ex660, 263-265. priede, i.g., p. favali, m. solan, f. gasparoni, j. mienert, n. zitellini, r. person, c. millot, t.c.e. van weering, h.w. gerber, o. pfannkuche, j.m.a. de miranda, n. o’neill, m. klages, a. tselepides, p. sigray and l. thomsen (2004): esonet – european seafloor observatory network, in proceedings oceans’04 mts/ieee techno-ocean’04, kobe, japan, ieee catalogue no. 04ch37600c, 2155-2163. rigaud, v., d. semac, m. nokin, desibel team, g. tietze, h. amann, v. goetz and a. pascoal (1998): new methods for deep-sea intervention on future benthic laboratories, desibel project – final results, comparison of concepts and at sea validation, in proceedings of the ieee conference oceans ’98, nice, france (on cd-rom). romanowicz, b., k. suyehiro and h. kawakatsu (editors) (2001): ohp/ion joint symposium long-term observations in the oceans. current status and perspectives for the future, workshop rep., yamanashi pref., japan, pp. 188. utada, h., k. noguchi, c. harayama and n. natsushima (editors) (1997): proceedings international workshop on scientific use of submarine cables, okinawa, japan, pp. 234. thiel, h., k.o. kirstein, c. luth, u. luth, g. luther, l.a. meyer-reil, o. pfannkuche and m. weydert (1994): scientific requirements for an abyssal benthic laboratory, j. mar. sys., 4, 421-439. webb, s.c. (1998): broad-band seismology and noise under the ocean, rev. geophys., 36 (1), 105-142. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7197 1 surface faulting during the august 24, 2016, central italy earthquake (mw 6.0): preliminary results livio f. (1), michetti a.m. (1), vittori e. (2), gregory l. (4), wedmore l. (9), piccardi l. (6), tondi e. (11), roberts g. (3) and central italy earthquake working group blumetti a.m. (2), bonadeo l. (8), brunamonte f. (1), comerci v. (2), di manna p. (2), ferrario m.f. (1), faure walker j. (9), frigerio c. (1), fumanti f. (2); guerrieri l. (2), iezzi f. (3), leoni g. (2), mccaffrey k. (5), mildon z. (9), phillips r. (4), rhodes e. (7), walters r.j. (5), wilkinson m. (10). (1) università dell’insubria – dipartimento di scienza ed alta tecnologia – via valleggio 11, 22100 como (it). (2) ispra via brancati, 48 00144 roma (it). (3) birkbeck university of london malet st, london (uk) (4) university of leeds leeds ls2 9jt (uk) (5) centre for observation and modelling of earthquakes, volcanoes and tectonics (comet) durham university (uk) durham dh1 3le (uk). (6) cnr istituto di geoscienze e georisorse igg via g. la pira 4 50121 – firenze (it). (7) sheffield university western bank, sheffield s10 2tn, (uk). (8) ingv via di vigna murata, 605, 00143 roma (it). (9) institute for risk and disaster reduction, university college london, gower st, london, wc1e 6bt (10) geospatial research ltd, department of earth sciences, durham university, durham, dh1 3le, u.k. (11) università di camerino piazza cavour 19f, camerino – mc (it) abstract we present some preliminary results on the mapping of coseismically-induced ground ruptures following the aug. 24, 2016, central italy earthquake (mw 6.0). the seismogenic source, as highlighted by insar annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7197 2 and seismological data, ruptured across two adjacent structures: the mt. vettore and laga faults. we collected field data on ground breaks along the whole deformed area and two different scenarios of on-fault coseismic displacement arise from these observations. to the north, along the mt. vettore fault, surface faulting can be mapped quite continuously along a well-defined fault strand while such features are almost absent to the south, along the laga fault, where flysch-like marly units are present. a major lithological control affects the surface expression of faulting, resulting in a complex deformation pattern. i. introduction n august 24, 2016, an mw 6.0 earthquake hit central italy between norcia and amatrice (fig. 1), some tens of kilometers northwest of l'aquila, epicentre of a slightly larger earthquake in 2009 (mw 6.3). the epicenter of the 2016 normal faulting event was located near the village of accumoli at the border of umbria, marche and latium regions. one hour later, an mw 5.3 extensional event followed, with epicenter close to norcia. this region hosts several quaternary normal faults arranged along the axis of the apennines and capable of producing surface faulting (e.g., blumetti et al., 1993; calamita et al., 1994; blumetti, 1995; cello et al., 1997; piccardi et al., 1997; galadini and galli, 2003; roberts and michetti, 2004; mildon et al., 2016). for this reason, these are included in the ithaca database, that is, the inventory of capable faults in italy, managed by ispra (fig. 1). according to preliminary seismological, geodetic and geologic data (i.e. gruppo di lavoro ingv sul terremoto di amatrice, 2016b; ingv working group "gps geodesy", 2016), the seismogenic structure ruptured across a relay zone between two major nnw trending normal faults: the mt. vettore and laga faults. total rupture length is ca. 25-30 km and rupture width ca. 10-12 km. ii. earthquake surface faulting initial modeling of coseismic insar data suggests a complicated pattern of rupture with slip across two faults separated by a right-stepping relay zone (fig. 1). fault geometry at depth in this critical linking section is presently poorly understood. we started surveying the day after the o figure 1: on-fault ground breaks, possibly linked to surface faulting, and insar-derived vertical coseismic surface deformation: contours every 20 mm (sentinel-1; marinkovic and larsen, 2016). location of main shocks and focal mechanisms (http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/tdmt) are also shown; capable faults (after ithaca database https://goo.gl/55fwdh) are mapped for comparison. http://cnt.rm.ingv.it/tdmt https://goo.gl/55fwdh annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7197 3 mainshock and our observations were collected quite continuously for almost 15 days, including data on after-slip on mapped ground ruptures at one location?. in the following, we describe our collected evidence of on-fault ground rupturing along the mt. vettore and laga faults. the mt. vettore fault the western slope of mt. vettore is the morphologic expression of a nnw-sse trending sw dipping primary extensional tectonic element (total length 30 km), cutting through carbonates of the umbria-sabina mesocenozoic succession (i.e., umstz after pierantoni et al., 2013) with a total stratigraphic offset of ca. 1000 m. a major neogene thrust (i.e., the sibillini thrust), bordering the east side of the apennines, displaces the units of the usmtz over the miocene siliciclastic turbiditic deposits outcropping within the foothills and to the se of mt. vettore. compressional structures were later dissected by quaternary normal faults, mostly nnw-sse trending (e.g., the mt. vettore fault), and this is generally interpreted as soling into the sibillini thrust (e.g., pizzi & galadini, 2009; pierantoni, 2013). the south end of the fault has been coseismically reactivated in the august, 2016 earthquake. here the slope is marked by at least two major holocene bedrock fault scarps. the lower scarp runs at the base of the vettore mountain front and bounds the castelluccio basin. the upper scarp (i.e., “cordone del vettore”; e.g., pierantoni et al., 2013) runs very close to the drainage divide. we found evidence of ground ruptures on both these fault strands; nevertheless, major evidence of reactivation are reported for the upper scarp and will be described in the following. a set of ground ruptures was mapped in the southern sector of the vettore fault, along the the e slope of mt. vettoretto (fig. 2a a-a’ sector). these ruptures show normal movement (slip vector ca. n240) with a minor leftlateral component, strike ca. n150, and commonly show en-echelon right-stepping. data on recorded displacement are reported in figure 2a. ground breaks run continuously, from the road sp34 (fig. 2b) at the south end, up to the end of mt. vettoretto slope, where the ruptures bend slightly downslope, figure 2: a) map showing of the mt. vettore fault area with mapped ground breaks (in red): structural data (displacement vectors and great circles for bedrock faults) and displacement profiles are also reported google earth base image (8/9/2010); b – f) examples of ground breaks: note the typical right-stepping enechelon pattern and the post-seismic movement documented in b). annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7197 4 for a total distance of ca. 1.7 km (fig. 2a, between b and f). other roughly north-south ground ruptures were found south of the road sp34, quite well aligned with the major rupture but less continuous and not clearly associated to a bedrock fault plane. they mainly trend n120-150, with individual rupture lengths generally shorter than some tens of meters and opening of some centimeters. the observed end-to-end length of this rupture zone is 1.2 km. vertical offsets here may exceed 20 cm, but a gravity component may well add to the possible tectonic displacement. in the uphill sectors, ground ruptures were found along the “cordone del vettore” scarp (fig 2a, i.e., between point f and the northern tip), for a length of about 2.4 km. here, we record an average strike of n134 and the slip vector is ca. n230. the fractures generally affect colluvium and soil, close to the bedrock fault plane (e.g., fig. 2e) or, less frequently, at a distance of a few meters. here, in the first days, the observed throw ranged from 2 to 25 cm, while heave reached 10 cm. the end-to-end length of this surface rupture zone is thus, at least, 4.5 km. repeated field surveys have clearly pointed out a post-seismic evolution of the rupture, whose vertical offset is continuing to increase with time (as of 1st september). the phenomenon is clearly evident where the fault crosses the road sp34 (fig. 2b). in the castelluccio basin, a short ne-sw trending ground fracture (throw ≥ 10 cm; length ca. 100 m) runs just south of the village of castelluccio (fig. 2c), possibly along a secondary fault. discontinuous cracks were also recorded, over a length of ca. 400 m, at the foot of mt. vettore (fig. 2a), along a subdued fault trace investigated by galadini and galli (2003). the laga fault the laga fault, considered the source of the oct. 7, 1639, amatrice earthquake (diss working group, 2015 io = x mcs according to the cpti15 catalogue; rovida et al. 2016), is a normal structure running at the base of the mt. gorzano range and displacing flysch and marly units (i.e. infilling of the miocene laga basin; e.g., pierantoni et al., 2013) for a stratigraphic offset of ca. 1500 m (boncio et al., 2004). our survey along the n part of the fault, between accumoli and amatrice, has not detected unambiguous evidence of surface faulting to date. nevertheless, some effects may be in some way related to the coseismic slip on the fault, as suggested by insarderived surface deformation. annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7197 5 for instance, in the lower part of the slope between san tommaso village and the valley floor, several ground breaks were observed (fig. 3). these fractures follow the slope orientation and consist of 20 to 25 m long surface breaks, 5 to 20 cm wide, n140 n160 trending and west-dipping. the observed ground breaks are located near the head of a large landslide, suggesting that they may be tension cracks connected to the semicrescentic crown of a seismically-triggered slide. the surface ruptures affect the colluvial deposits covering the area andwe did not observe, if any, evidence of ruptured bedrock . nevertheless, the affected area corresponds to the zone where, according to insar data, significant deformation occurred (i.e., max. 15 – 18 cm of los vertical component near this area, see figure 1). we suppose that the reason why little or no ground rupture occurred is that the local clayey and arenaceous lithology in the amatrice area is less prone to reveal the expected modest surface faulting phenomena when compared to the limestone and hard compacted slope debris of mt. vettore. figure 3: a) map of the laga fault area: ground breaks are mapped in red; two known landslides are indicated (landslide crown in yellow –iffi database; https://goo.gl/be7utn ); b) and c) location are indicated figure 4: most recent and significant seismic sequence that hit central apennines during the last decades (modified after: gruppo di lavoro ingv sul terremoto di amatrice, 2016a). https://goo.gl/be7utn annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7197 6 iii. final remarks the assessed primary surface faulting along the mt. vettore fault is relevant to earthquake geology and paleoseismology, and therefore to seismic hazard assessment based on geological investigation. this earthquake is consistent with the observation that the threshold for surface faulting during extensional events in the apennines is between mw 5.5 and 6.0 (e.g., serva et al., 2002). however, it would be difficult to recognize such small slip events in paleoseismological trenches. for example, the paleoseismic site excavated by galadini and galli (2003) across a fault on the hangingwall of the mt. vettore fault revealed surface faulting events probably associated, according to the authors, with larger earthquakes (possibly mw ≈ 6.5-7.0). given the series of events with roughly decadal inter-event times that have hit the region between gubbio and the high sangro valley since 1984 along the apennine fault system, the 2016 central italy earthquake in some ways partially? fills the “gap” between the 1997 colfiorito and the 2009 l’aquila earthquakes. a similar “gap” may exist for the area southeast of l’aquila, between the 1984 and the 2009 earthquakes (e.g., tondi and cello, 2003). seismic gaps (sensu lato) and redistribution of coulomb stress from recent earthquakes need to be studied in more detail because they may suggest an increased probability of occurrence of an m ≥ 6 event on the laga fault between amatrice and campotosto. the overall scenario emerging from this earthquake, from macroseismic observations and earthquake-induced environmental effects (guerrieri et al., this volume) is complex. given that the seismogenic source ruptured in a relay zone between two major fault segments, with contrasting topography, lithology and buoldings vulnerability we have two different outcomes along these two segments: a) to the north, along the mt. vettore fault, evident primary and distributed surface faulting, tipically as re-activation of preexisting free-face scarps in limestone. little damage was recorded, due to the sparsely inhabited area (i.e., castelluccio plain) and to retrofitting of the buildings, performed following the sept. 19, 1979 norcia event (mw 5.9); b) to the south, little or no ground rupture, due to an evident lithological control, but extensive damage to villages with near-field site effects. the ongoing studies will hopefully shed light on this matter of great relevance for reliable seismic hazard assessment. references blumetti, a. m., dramis, f. and michetti, a.m. (1993). fault generated mountain fronts in the central apennines (central italy): geomorphological features and seismotectonic implications. earth surface processes and landforms, 18, 203-223. blumetti, a. m. (1995). neotectonic investigations and evidence of paleoseismicity in the epicentral area of the january–february 1703, central italy, earthquakes. perspectives in paleoseismology, 6, 83-100. boncio, p., lavecchia, g., milana, g., and rozzi, b. (2004). seismogenesis in central apennines, italy: an integrated analysis of minor earthquake sequences and structural annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7197 7 data in the amatrice-campotosto area. annals of geophysics. calamita, f., coltorti, m., farabollini, p., and pizzi, a. (1994). le faglie normali quaternarie nel-la dorsale appenninica umbromarchigiana: proposta di un modello di tettonica di inversione. studi geologici camerti, 211-225. cello, g., mazzoli, s., tondi, e. and turco, e. (1997). active tectonics in the central apennines and possible implications for seismic hazard analysis in peninsular italy. tectono-physics 272, 43–68. coltorti, m. and farabollini, p. (1995). quaternary evolution of the castelluccio di norcia basin (umbro-marchean apennines, central italy), il quaternario 8, 149– 166. diss working group (2015). database of individual seismogenic sources (diss), version 3.2.0: a compilation of potential sources for earthquakes larger than m 5.5 in italy and surrounding areas. http://diss.rm.ingv.it/diss/, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia; doi:10.6092/ingv.it-diss3.2.0 faure walker, j., roberts, g. p., cowie, p. a., papanikolaou, i., michetti, a. m., sammonds, p., ... & phillips, r. j. (2012). relationship be-tween topography, rates of extension and mantle dynamics in the actively-extending italian apennines. earth and planetary science letters, 325, 76-84. galadini, f. and galli, p. (2003). paleoseismology of silent faults in the central apennines (italy): the mt. vettore and laga mts. faults. annals of geophysics. gruppo di lavoro ingv sul terremoto di amatrice, . (2016a). primo rapporto di sintesi sul terremoto di amatrice ml 6.0 del 24 agosto 2016 (italia centrale). zenodo. doi: 10.5281/zenodo.61121 gruppo di lavoro ingv sul terremoto di amatrice. (2016b). secondo rapporto di sintesi sul terremoto di amatrice ml 6.0 del 24 agosto 2016 (italia centrale). zenodo. doi: 10.5281/zenodo.154400 ingv working group "gps geodesy (gps data and data analysis center)", . (2016). preliminary co-seismic displacements for the august 24, 2016 ml 6, amatrice (central italy) earthquake from the analysis of continuous gps stations. zenodo. doi 10.5281/zenodo.61355 marinkovic p. and larsen y. (2016). mapping and analysis of the central italy earthquake (2016) with sentinel-1 a/b interferometry. zenodo, doi 10.5281/zenodo.61133 mildon, z. k., roberts, g. p., walker, j. p. f., wedmore, l. n. and mccaffrey, k. j. (2016). active normal faulting during the 1997 seismic sequence in colfiorito, umbria: did slip propagate to the surface?. journal of structural geology, 91, 102-113. piccardi, l., sani, f., bonini, m., boccaletti, m., moratti, g. and gualtierotti, a. (1997). deformazioni quaternarie nell’appennino centro-settentrionale: evidenze ed implicazioni. il quaternario, 10 (2), 273-280. pierantoni, p., deiana, g., and galdenzi, s. (2013). stratigraphic and structural features of the sibillini mountains (umbria-marche apennines, italy). italian journal of geosciences, 132(3), 497-520. pizzi, a. and galadini, f. (2009). pre-existing cross-structures and active fault segmentation in the northern-central apennines (italy). tectonophysics, 476(1), 304-319. roberts, g. p. and michetti, a.m. (2004). spatial and temporal variations in growth rates annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7197 8 along active normal fault systems: an example from the lazio–abruzzo apennines, central italy. journal of structural geology, 26(2), 339-376. rovida a., locati m., camassi r., lolli b., gasperini p. (eds) (2016). cpti15, the 2015 version of the parametric catalogue of italian earthquakes. istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. doi:http://doi.org/10.6092/ingv.itcpti15 serva, l., blumetti, a. m., guerrieri, l., michetti, a. m. (2002). the apennine intermountain basins: the result of repeated strong earthquakes over a geological time interval. bollettino della società geologica italiana, 121(1), 939-946. tondi, e. and cello, g. (2003). spatiotemporal evolution of the central apennines fault system (italy). journal of geodynamics, 36(1), 113-128. adg vol5 n02 nuzzo 321_337.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 2, april 2002 321 application of 3d visualization techniques in the analysis of gpr data for archaeology luigia nuzzo, giovanni leucci, sergio negri, maria teresa carrozzo and tatiana quarta osservatorio di fisica e chimica della terra e dell’ambiente, dipartimento di scienza dei materiali, università di lecce, italy abstract in this work, some results of a gpr survey carried out in a 10 000 m2 large archaeological site, located in lecce (italy) near to a necropolis dating from the messapian to the roman imperial age, are reported. after a preliminary survey, performed on the entire area along parallel 1 m spaced profiles using a 200 mhz and a 500 mhz antenna in single-fold continuous mode, some smaller areas were selected, where the survey was repeated decreasing the profile spacing down to 0.50 m for the lower frequency antenna and to 0.25 m for the higher one. for two selected zones (d and b) the processed data were visualized in 3d space not only by the standard time slice technique, but also by two recently proposed approaches, namely by iso-amplitude surfaces of the complex trace amplitude and by 3d projection of energy and envelope stacks. the immediacy in revealing the spatial positioning of highly reflecting bodies, such as the anomaly interpreted as an old refilled cistern in zone d, makes 3d visualization techniques very attractive in archaeological applications of gpr. their sensitivity to the signal/noise ratio is, on the other hand, highlighted by the quite poor performance in zone b, where the only reliable result provided by all the techniques was the soil/bedrock reflection, whereas none of them could effectively enhance the visibility of weak dipping reflections noted on 2d sections and probably related to fractures or bedding planes in the calcarenitic basement. the performance of the various techniques in these two different situations allowed insights into their main advantages and drawbacks to be gained. 1. introduction ground-penetrating radar (gpr) is a fast and cost-effective electromagnetic (em) method which, in favourable conditions, i.e. mainly resistive non-magnetic environments, can provide valuable information on the shallow subsurface. since it is based on the propagation and reflection of em waves, it is sensitive to variations of the em parameters in the subsoil, especially the dielectric constant and the electric conductivity (davis and annan, 1989). despite its relatively low penetration depth (especially with high-frequency antennae and in moderately conductive environments), the gpr resolution capability (also depending on frequency and soil properties), by far greater than that obtained by other geophysical methods, makes this technique suitable for high-resolution shallow studies like archaeological applications and shallow stratigraphy mapping. the increasing need for detailed 3d imaging of the shallow subsurface makes 3d gpr one mailing address: dr. luigia nuzzo, dipartimento di scienza dei materiali, università di lecce, via per arnesano, 73100 lecce, italy; e-mail: luigina.nuzzo@unile.it key words ground-penetrating radar – archaeological investigations – visualization techniques 322 luigia nuzzo, giovanni leucci, sergio negri, maria teresa carrozzo and tatiana quarta of the most important current topics. although the significant advantages of 3d georadar surveying are well documented, especially for mapping geological features (grasmueck, 1996; grandjean and gourry, 1996; sigurdsson and overgaard, 1998), the higher horizontal and vertical resolution required in archaeological applications makes 3d gpr more expensive for large-area surveys. because of the small size of common archaeological targets, for a proper 3d acquisition a submeter line separation is generally needed, but in most cases 1 m spacing is used. subsequently data are processed by means of 1d and 2d techniques, since the crossline spacing is still too large to obtain remarkable improvements from 3d processing techniques. furthermore, the latter are very time-consuming and rarely available on common gpr processing software. so far, although widely appreciated, 3d acquisition techniques, using submeter spacing, have been applied only in test-areas of limited extensions or, using a coarser spacing, also in larger areas, but to image only large-scale archaeological features (goodman et al., 1994; malagodi et al., 1996; pipan et al., 1999; basile et al., 2000). the use of 3d visualization techniques is o f primary importance in archaeological applications in order to display complex data in an easily understandable fashion, thus improving the quality and efficiency of the archaeological interpretation. the most widespread way to display 3d radar data is in «time slice» (or depth slice) maps (conyers and goodman, 1997). horizontal slices may not be the more suitable visualization technique in the case of great subsurface complexity since, for example, false amplitude anomalies can occur when the slicing planes cross dipping or undulating reflectors. however, time slices still remain the easiest and most rapid means to provide a plan synthetical view of the anomaly pattern, especially for large areas. for small zones a more complete understanding of the subsurface can be achieved by means of various 3d data presentations, including 3d cubes, chair views and slices parallel to the axes or along arbitrary directions. two interesting visualization approaches, involving the extraction and 3d visualization of the most promising signal attributes, have been proposed in recent papers (zanzi and valle, 1999; valle et al., 2000), where they have been successfully applied in imaging three dimensional bodies in mine detection and non-destructive testing applications. in the present work, a trial of application of the two above-mentioned 3d visualization techniques, along with classical time slice representation, in archaeological prospecting has been made. the results obtained from two different situations encountered in an archaeological case history («buon pastore» lecce, italy) are presented, which allowed a comparison of the performance of the different visualization techniques, outlining the main advantages and drawbacks of each one. 2. site description the study area (fig. 1) is located in lecce (italy), about 500 m nw of «porta napoli», near the present cemetery and the norman monastery of «ss. niccolò e cataldo» (12th century). the site is just outside the north-western border of the ancient city. it has remained almost unchanged from the messapian to the modern age, as testified by the local coincidence of the quite well-preserved aragonese walls with the roman and the messapian ones. the potential archaeological interest of the site arise from the documented recovery of both messapian (4th2nd century b.c.) and roman tombs in the neighbourhood. the typology and sizes of the tombs recovered in lecce are quite variable. the burials can be classified in three main types: – «ipogei» (hypogeum type: dimensions of the order of 3 m × 1.5 m × 1.5 m). – «tombe a fossa» (grave pit type: average dimensions of 1.8 m × 0.5 m × 0.5 m; some of which covered by stone slabs). – «urne cinerarie» and «urne a cassetta in pietra» or «ciste litiche» (cinerary urn and stone chest types: dimensions of the order or smaller than 0.5 m × 0.5 m × 0.5 m). the second type seems to be the most common. also the depth of burial is highly variable from a minimum of 1 m to a maximum of about 4 m from the present ground level (giardino, 1994). as well as for the classical age, 323 application of 3d visualization techniques in the analysis of gpr data for archaeology the site is of archaeological interest also for the middle ages, since in past times it could have been belonged to the «ss. niccolò e cataldo» monastery and, potentially, remnants of structures related to the monastic property could be buried there. at present the site belongs to the university of lecce, which intends to enlarge the existing building, named «buon pastore», by adding further edifices. the risk of destruction of potential archaeological structures during the building works motivated archaeological investigations. the relatively large dimension of the area (almost 10 000 m2), together with time and cost constraints, made necessary the recourse to geophysical investigations as a faster means to ascertain the presence of relevant archaeological features and to delineate the geological fig. 1. location map of the «buon pastore» study site in lecce, italy. buon pastore ss. niccolò e cataldo porta napoli messapian and roman tombs n 324 luigia nuzzo, giovanni leucci, sergio negri, maria teresa carrozzo and tatiana quarta stratigraphy, with particular regard to the calcarenite bedrock. since the most important targets (tombs or wall remnants) were expected to be located at the soil-bedrock boundary, its depth was an important parameter for planning archaeological tests. 3. methodology 3.1. data acquisition and preliminary analysis the interpretation of a previous four-lines seismic refraction survey (s1, ..., s4 in fig. 2) led to a simple two-layer model for the entire area: an upper soil or weathered layer (v p 500600 m/s), extending from ground level to a relatively constant depth of about 1 m (locally increasing to less than 2 m), and a deeper layer, interpreted as the calcarenite bedrock (v p 2000 m/s). taking into account the two-fold objective (stratigraphical and archaeological) and the seismic indications, a gpr survey, using a gssi sir-system2 equipped with 200 mhz and 500 mhz antennae, was performed in autumn 1999 and spring 2000. because of the variety of sizes of the expected archaeological targets, a 1 m line spacing was used for the reconnaissance survey, carried out in continuous mode on all the accessible parts of the site. apart from rare exceptions, due to the presence of trees, shrubs and other obstacles, almost all profiles were surveyed with both antennae. subsequently, on the basis of the preliminary survey indications or proximity to zones being excavated in the meantime (test 1 to 7), some areas were selected (zones a, b and c), where the crossline spacing was lowered to 0.50 m and 0.25 m for the 200 fig. 2. location map of the geophysical surveys: seismic refraction (dashed lines s1,..., s4) and gpr (continuous lines); heavy lines refer to profiles whose sections are shown in the next figures. a, b and c denote zones of detailed 3d gpr surveys. the dots mark the centres of the cmp gathers carried out for velocity estimation. tests 1 to 7 denote archaeological excavations. 325 application of 3d visualization techniques in the analysis of gpr data for archaeology mhz and 500 mhz surveys, respectively. moreover some cmp gathers (dots in fig. 2) were carried out for velocity estimations. despite some small differences, they allowed us to estimate an average velocity of 0.09 m/ns for the entire area, also confirmed by the velocity analysis made on diffraction hyperbolas in the radar sections. this average value was used for depth conversion and migration. the radar sections shown in figs. 3a-d and 4a-c, exemplify the signal behaviour in different parts of the site, probably related to different rock and soil conditions and to variable moisture content. figure 3a-d shows the sections relative to two profiles acquired in the southern part of the site (l2 and l1 in fig. 2). on the 200 mhz section relative to profile l2 (fig. 3a) at time ranging from about 25 ns to about 35 ns (1.20 m ÷ 1.60 m in depth), a reflection event, slightly undulating and sometimes interrupted by diffraction hyperbolas, is easily identifiable. because of its high amplitude, denoting a strong electromagnetic contrast, this event was interpreted as due to the soil-bedrock interface. the same reflection, on the other hand, is barely recognisable on the 500 mhz section (fig. 3b), due to the proximity of the antenna frequency to the «clutter frequency» (annan and cosway, 1994), which causes an enhancement of the soil heterogeneity diffraction effect. apart from the bedrock reflection, a very strong anomaly (as that denoted by c in fig. 3c,d) was noted on the radar sections relative to l1 and to some profiles close to it. in fig. 4a,b which refers to a profile acquired in the northern part of the site (l4 in fig. 2), the bedrock reflection appears shallower (almost flat at about 20 ns) and more continuous. moreover, the overlying soil appears more homogeneous, while at times greater than 20 ns, although disturbed by noise, a slightly dipping event can be identified, probably related to fractures or bedding planes in the calcarenite bedrock. in such more favourable conditions the bedrock reflection is quite well distinguishable also on the 500 mhz section, while the more visible diffraction hyperbolas better mark its interruptions. as can be seen from the section (fig. 4c) relative to a profile from the middle part of the site (l3 in fig. 2), probably because of more gradual changes, the bedrock reflection is less evident even on the 200 mhz antenna (and sometimes is overlain by a shallower reflection). moreover, the signal behaviour in the deeper part of the section could be due to a lower degree of bedrock integrity (fractures) in this zone. from the interpretation of all the radar sections, the estimated bedrock depth varied between 1.2 and 2.0 m in the southern part and between 0.8 and 1.2 m in the northern part of the area, in agreement with the results of the seismic survey and of the archaeological excavations. moreover, the bedrock reflection was generally characterized by marked roughness (although less or more evident in different parts of the site) and in the overlying soil layer many anomalies of various types were noted. at a first sight, both the reflector roughness and the soil anomalies could be due to natural or anthropic causes, so recourse to visualization schemes which reveal geometrical (and in particular horizontal) relationships between the anomalies appeared unavoidable to resolve this ambiguity. as a first trial, two zones of different radar signal complexity were selected to test the methodology, namely zone d (fig. 2), where a very strong anomaly of limited size was noted (fig. 3c,d), and zone b (fig. 2) characterized by weaker but more complex gpr signal (fig. 4c). 3.2. data processing and visualization radar data were previously processed using standard 1d and 2d techniques, mainly consisting of: trace editing and horizontal normalization (0.1 m inline spacing), spectral analysis and band-pass filtering, horizontal highpass filtering (background removal), gain control and 2d kirchhoff migration using the average velocity value of 0.09 m/ns. 3d kirchhoff migration was tested on the 500 mhz data from zone a, but the minor improvements obtained in comparison to 2d migration, confirmed that even in this case the spacing (0.25 m) was too large for 3d migration to be effective. 2d migration appeared the best-suited method for the largerspaced 200 mhz data. the processed data were then visualized with three different techniques whose main characteristics are briefly outlined. 326 luigia nuzzo, giovanni leucci, sergio negri, maria teresa carrozzo and tatiana quarta fig. 3a-d. examples of radar sections from profiles relative to the southern part of the site: profile l2, 200 mhz (a) and 500 mhz (b); profile l1, 200 mhz (c) and 500 mhz (d). i denotes the soil-bedrock reflection; h a hyperbolic diffraction probably due to a ditch in the bedrock; c a strong anomaly probably due to an old refilled cistern. a b c d 327 application of 3d visualization techniques in the analysis of gpr data for archaeology time slice maps are built averaging the amplitude (or the square amplitude) of the radar signal within consecutive time windows of width t. sometimes a particular complex-trace attribute, the instantaneous amplitude or envelope (modulus of the hilbert transform), is used instead. being a measure for reflectivity strength, it helps to evidence high amplitude anomalies. previous spatial averaging is also useful to reduce small-scale heterogeneity noise. finally data are interpolated and gridded on a regular mesh (conyers and goodman, 1997). selecting the various parameters involved (basile et al., 2000) and in particular the width of the slice, t, is crucial. typically t must be of the order of the dominant period, but different widths can be used to enhance particular features. in common practice, non-overlapping time windows are fig. 4a-c. examples of radar sections from profiles relative to the northern part of the site: profile l4, 200 mhz (a) and 500 mhz (b); profile l3, 200 mhz (c). i denotes the soil-bedrock reflection. a b c 328 luigia nuzzo, giovanni leucci, sergio negri, maria teresa carrozzo and tatiana quarta chosen, although sliding windows could be used instead, with the advantage of greater resolution but higher computational costs. a two-fold approach for visualizing 3d radar data has been proposed by zanzi and valle (1999) for automatic mine detection. in the first case, after an appropriate processing of radar data, a 3d image of the sought diffracting or reflecting object could be easily obtained by: 1. extraction of a particular complex signal attribute (trace envelope). 2. thresholding. 3. 3d contouring by means of iso-amplitude surface. whereas this was effective in the case of a laboratory experiment, the low signal-noise ratio observed in a real case induced the authors to propose an alternative approach consisting of: 1. extraction of the most promising complex signal attributes (trace energy and envelope). 2. three stacks separately performed along each coordinate axis, providing separate 2d results: stacking of the energy along the depth or z axis, in order to obtain a plan view of the high-energy suspected zones; stacking of the trace envelope along x; stacking of the envelope along y. 3. thresholding. 4. 3d rendering of the presumed target by projection in 3d space of the automatically selected thresholded data. as pointed out by the authors, in both cases the threshold calibration is a very delicate task. in the following figures two examples of application of the three visualization procedures in an archaeological context are given. in both cases the 200 mhz gpr data were used because they are less noisy than the 500 mhz ones. for every figure the viewpoint is from the south corner. 4. results 4.1. zone d (crossline spacing: 1 m) in fig. 5a,b two time slice representations, using the absolute amplitude, are shown for zone d, obtained using the same grid cell sizes, but different time intervals: 8 ns (or approximately 0.36 m depth windows) and 16 ns (about 0.72 m). a clear rectangular anomaly, 6 m long and 4 m wide, is visible from the 8 ns (0.36 m depth) to the 32 ns (1.44 m) slices. moreover, although weak and thin, a ne-sw linear anomaly is visible on 24 ns and 32 ns slices ending at the base of the main anomaly. it corresponds to the hyperbola seen on radar sections (as, for example in fig. 3a) slightly deeper than the soil-bedrock reflection. the higher mean amplitude on slice 24 ns (1.08 m) is related to the soil-bedrock reflection, whose roughness is evident on this slice. the same main lineaments are also evident in fig. 5b, but the coarser slicing in t axis could lead to a less correct depth estimation, since for the non-overlapping window choice the depth error is at least half the depth window. as expected, amongst the other parameters, the time window selection appeared the most critical. apart from minor differences, using the square amplitude or the modulus of the hilbert transform led to analogous conclusions. in fig. 6a-e the same data set is displayed with iso-amplitude surfaces using two threshold values: 50% (a) and 40% (b) of the maximum complex trace amplitude. obviously, lowering the threshold value, increases the visibility of the main anomaly and smaller objects (the linear anomaly denoted by an arrow in fig. 6b), but also heterogeneity noise. to better evidence the main characteristics, three different views, obtained by simple rotations of the 3d volume (for the 40% threshold) are displayed: plan (c), front (d) and lateral view (e). in particular, the latter figures clearly show that the small-size anomalies are located at depth corresponding to the soilbedrock boundary (about 1.2 m), while the main body has a nearly flat top at about 0.5 m and a thickness of about 1 m. following the third approach, the trace energy and envelope were extracted from the processed data, stacked along the depth (energy) and along x and y (envelope) axes, normalized to the respective maximum and visualized as the three coordinate planes of a 3d volume (fig. 7a); after a careful selection of the threshold value (fig. 7b), data were projected in 3d space to produce the final display (fig. 7c). although a relatively strong continuous reflection is visible on the stacked and thresholded volumes (between 20 329 application of 3d visualization techniques in the analysis of gpr data for archaeology and 30 ns), the backprojection procedure images only the most energetic 3d anomalies. using a different attribute for the top plane, e.g., the complex trace amplitude, no major differences were noted in this case, provided a careful selection of the threshold value is made, which appeared in both cases the most delicate parameter. 4.2. zone b (crossline spacing: 0.5 m) the same visualization techniques were employed on the zone b processed data set. in the time slice technique the lower signal/ noise ratio than in zone d is clearly apparent from the more chaotic anomaly pattern on nearly every slice (fig. 8a). a general character fig. 5a,b. zone d. time slices obtained averaging the absolute amplitude of the data within different time windows: 8 ns (a) and 16 ns (b). the strong rectangular anomaly c is probably related to an old refilled cistern; arrows denote a weak and thin linear anomaly probably due to a ditch in the bedrock. a b 330 luigia nuzzo, giovanni leucci, sergio negri, maria teresa carrozzo and tatiana quarta is the amplitude variation between the western and the eastern corners, from the slice corresponding to the soil-bedrock boundary (16 ns) to the deepest one (48 ns). while in the fig. 6a-e. zone d. 3d visualization by means of iso-amplitude surfaces of the complex trace amplitude. perspective views (from the south) using different thresholds: 50% (a) and 40% of the maximum (b), and different views using the same threshold (40%): plan (c), front (d) and lateral view (e); the arrow denotes a linear anomaly probably due to a ditch in the bedrock. a b c d e shallower one the high-amplitude anomalies mainly concentrate on the western corner, the opposite situation occurs moving to greater depths, and a central low-amplitude zone 331 application of 3d visualization techniques in the analysis of gpr data for archaeology a b c fig. 7a-c. zone d. 3d visualization by means of a procedure consisting of: complex attribute extraction, thresholding and 3d rendering. energy stack on top and envelope stack on lateral sides (a), thresholding (b) and 3d rendering (c). separates the two areas. moreover, some localized strong anomalies are visible on different slices at the same location, probably indicating near vertical objects, although we could not rule out the possibility that the vertical distribution of energy could also be due to reverberations occurring at the top of the targets, because of local antenna/soil characteristics. the west-east trend of the amplitude anomalies with depth and the central low-amplitude zone may be more apparent using the 16 ns time window (fig. 8b), but this implies less precision in the vertical direction. an even lower threshold value (42% or 37%, as in fig. 9a,b), than that used for zone d, is needed in this case for the iso-amplitude visualization, because of the absence of highly reflecting bodies with respect to the host environment. the already outlined west-east differences are easily visible through this technique both in the perspective (b) and in the plan views (c), whereas the lateral views (d and e) better evidence the shallower location (less than 1 m) of the soil-bedrock anomalies and, to a much lesser extent, some dipping features (lines). within the third technique, by stacking the envelope along x and y coordinates, the visibility of the weak dipping features was slightly increased with respect to the host diffraction energy (fig. 10a). nevertheless, the thresholding and 3d rendering procedure inherently enhanced the contribution of threedimensional bodies in comparison to that of 2d (surfaces) or 1d (linear) features, so that the final image (fig. 10c) is quite similar to that obtained by the previous technique (fig. 9b). in this case, besides the threshold value, the technique is also rather sensitive to the complex attribute (energy or envelope) used for 332 luigia nuzzo, giovanni leucci, sergio negri, maria teresa carrozzo and tatiana quarta the top plane (in this case the envelope was used also for the top plane instead of the energy). with respect to the results obtained in zone d, a general consideration is that, in this lessfavourable case, every technique suffered from the lower signal/noise ratio. 4.3. data interpretation in zone b the anomaly concentration on the western corner at the soil-bedrock boundary, indicating a local higher roughness of the interface, could be compared with the results of the nearest archaeological excavation (test 6 in fig. 8a,b. zone b. time slices obtained averaging the absolute amplitude of the data within different time windows: 8 ns (a) and 16 ns (b). a b 333 application of 3d visualization techniques in the analysis of gpr data for archaeology fig. 9a-e. zone b. 3d visualization by means of iso-amplitude surfaces of the complex trace amplitude. perspective views (from the south) using different thresholds: 42% (a) and 37% of the maximum (b), and different views using the same threshold (37%): plan (c), front (d) and lateral view (e); the lines denote anomaly alignments probably related to dipping fractures. a b c d e fig. 2). in fact, in test 6 the bedrock was found at a depth varying from 0.9 and 1.1 m, below two different-coloured main soil units (fig. 11). moreover its surface was characterized by a complex network of artificial cuts, mainly oriented in the ns and ew directions. their average horizontal dimensions (about 1.6 m × 0.5 m) were comparable to grave pit sizes, but the vertical one (only 0.15 ÷ 0.25 m) was lower than the average grave pit thickness. for this reason, 334 luigia nuzzo, giovanni leucci, sergio negri, maria teresa carrozzo and tatiana quarta a b c fig. 10a-c. zone b. 3d visualization by means of a procedure consisting of: complex attribute extraction, thresholding and 3d rendering. envelope stack on top and lateral sides (a), thresholding (b) and 3d rendering (c). archaeologists interpreted them as ancient (maybe messapian) quarry works. their limited sizes (close to the vertical and lateral resolution allowed by the selected antennae), along with their closeness to each other, prevented their identification as individual anomalies in the gpr survey. on the other hand, the presence of boulders and natural bedrock undulations of almost the same sizes, could have masked the anthropical gpr anomalies. so only qualitative estimations, c o n c e r n i n g t h e i r h i g h e r o r l o w e r c o n centration in particular places, could have been derived from the gpr investigation. nevertheless, despite the low signal-noise ratio in zone b, some anomalies were noted on gpr data below the soil-bedrock reflection that could be related to particular geological features. almost all the walls of the subsequent founding pit revealed the presence of numerous various-sized colluvial deposits (most of them quasi-vertical), testifying the karstic character of the area, and some dipping fractures. in correspondence to zone b they dip south-eastward (fig. 12a,b), in agreement with the weak dipping reflections observed in gpr radar sections. although the proposed visualization techniques evidenced local alignments of anomalies following the geometric development of the fractures (figs. 9a-e and 10a-c), their performance in this zone was quite poor and strongly affected by the low signal/ noise ratio. a good correspondence was noted between the colluvial deposit location and the low-amplitude zone. the strong squared anomaly found in zone d seemed unlikely to be an hypogean tomb, both in base of gpr results and oral tradition. its shape and size, clearly evidenced by all the visualization techniques adopted, and the 335 application of 3d visualization techniques in the analysis of gpr data for archaeology connected linear anomalies, visible on particular slices using proper time windows, suggested that it could have been an old refilled cistern with connected water canals probably excavated in the rock. on the other hand, no evident grave pit anomaly was found by the analysis of the detailed gpr survey data, neither indication of grave pit presence was derived by the reconnaissance survey, although in the last case the large crossline spacing (1 m) could not completely exclude this possibility. however, no grave pit was found in any of the archaeological tests. fig. 11. photo of the excavation results from test 6: artificial cuts in the bedrock interpreted as ancient (maybe messapian) quarry works. 5. discussion and conclusions the primary importance of 3d visualization comes from the fact that it can provide a powerful and intuitive means of communicating complex information to non-geophysicists. aside from the archaeological meaning of the features imaged, the present study allowed a comparison of the performance of different visualisation techniques of gpr data in relatively complex environments. – time slice maps, used mainly to enhance the horizontal relationships between amplitude anomalies at the almost flat soil-bedrock 336 luigia nuzzo, giovanni leucci, sergio negri, maria teresa carrozzo and tatiana quarta interface, evidenced some alignments along directions consistent with those of the artificial cuts observed in the nearby excavations and allowed distinguishing zones probably more heavily quarried from other less disturbed. obviously this method failed in imaging dipping events. they are a more objective representation of the results than the other methods explored, but do not furnish an instantaneous view of the entire volume with the same immediacy. – the 3d contouring and isoanomaly plotting suffered from a certain degree of subjectivity in selecting the threshold value, but furnished very impressive pictures of 3d (and to a lesser degree also 2d or 1d) reflecting bodies, provided the data had a relatively high s/n ratio. – the alternative visualisation approach proposed, which involves a procedure of stacking, thresholding and 3d rendering of selected data attributes, has a higher degree of subjectivity (selecting the trace attribute and the threshold value), but is the most selective and effective in imaging only true 3d bodies. in the archaeological case study proposed, none of the visualisation methods was able to resolve the singular bedrock cuts due to intrinsic limits: – low thickness and width in comparison to the vertical and spatial resolution allowed by the antennae and acquisition geometry used. – relatively high depth that prevented the use of higher frequency antennae. – proximity of the archaeological target sizes to the natural bedrock undulation wavelengths and to the dimensions of the host heterogeneity. – generally weak electromagnetic contrast. in reality, 3d visualisation techniques, which enhance particular characteristics present in the data, can give very impressive images for understanding the 3d spatial relationship and, hence are very helpful for archaeological or geological interpretation. nevertheless the fundamental rule remains the same: features must be detected before fig. 12a,b. photo of the founding pit wall close to zone b revealing the presence of colluvial deposits and fractures in the calcarenite bedrock dipping to the south (a) and east (b). a b 337 application of 3d visualization techniques in the analysis of gpr data for archaeology they can be enhanced, so that particular care is needed both during the acquisition and the processing stages. acknowledgements the authors are grateful to the technicians: s. corriero, m. luggeri and d. fortuzzi for their valuable collaboration during data acquisition. they also wish to thank the archaeologists from the department of cultural heritage of the university of lecce (and in particular prof. l. giardino and prof. p. arthur) for giving them the opportunity to test the proposed methodology by correlation with the excavation results, and the referees for their valuable comments. references annan, a.p. and s.w. cosway (1994): gpr frequency selection, in proceeding of the fifth international conference on ground penetrating radar (gpr ’94), june 12-16, kitchener, ontario, canada, 747-760. basile, v., m.t. carrozzo, s. negri, l. nuzzo, t. quarta and a.v. villani (2000): a groundpenetrating radar survey for archaeological investigations in an urban area (lecce, italy), j. appl. geophys., 44, 15-32. conyers, l.b. and d. goodman (1997): groundpenetrating radar – an introduction for archaeologists (altamira press, a division of sage publications, inc.), pp. 232. davis, j.l. and a.p. annan (1989): ground-penetrating radar for high-resolution mapping of soil and rock stratigraphy, geophys. prospect., 37, 531-551. g i a r d i n o , l. (1994): per una definizione delle trasformazioni urbanistiche di un centro antico attraverso lo studio delle necropoli: il caso di lupiae, in studi di antichità 7 (congedo editore), 137-203. goodman, d., y. nishimura and k. tobita (1994): gprsim forward modeling software and time slices in ground penetrating radar surveys, in proceedings of the fifth international conference on ground penetrating radar (gpr ’94), june 12-16, kitchener, ontario, canada, 31-43. grandjean, g. and j.c. gourry (1996): gpr data processing for 3d fracture mapping in a marble quarry (thassos, greece), j. appl. geophys., 36, 19-30. grasmueck, m. (1996): 3d ground-penetrating radar applied to fracture imaging in gneiss, geophysics, 61 (4), 1050-1064. malagodi, s., l. orlando, s. piro and f. rosso (1996): location of archaeological structures using gpr method: three-dimensional data acquisition and radar signal processing, archaeol. prospect., 3, 13-23. pipan, m., l. baradello, e. forte, a. prizzon and i. finetti (1999): 2d and 3d processing and interpretation of multi-fold ground penetrating radar data: a case history from an archaeological site, j. appl. geophys., 41, 271-292. sigurdsson, t. and t. overgaard (1998): application of gpr for 3d visualization of geological and structural variation in a limestone formation, j. appl. geophys., 40, 29-36. valle, s., l. zanzi and g. lenzi (2000): 2d and 3d focusing of ground penetrating radar data for ndt, in proceedings of the 8th international conference on ground penetrating radar, may 23-26, gold coast, australia, cd-rom. zanzi, l. and s. valle (1999): elaborazione di dati gpr 3d per la ricerca di mine antiuomo, in atti del 18° convegno nazionale del gruppo nazionale di geofisica della terra solida, novembre 1999, roma, cd-rom, file 04.12. soldati 6603_revfc:layout 6 annals of geophysics, 57, 6, 2014, s0652; doi:10.4401/ag-6603 s0652 tomography of core-mantle boundary and lowermost mantle coupled by geodynamics: joint models of shear and compressional velocity gaia soldati1,*, lapo boschi2,3, steve della mora4, alessandro m. forte5 1 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy 2 sorbonne universités, institut des sciences de la terre paris (istep), paris, france 3 cnrs, institut des sciences de la terre paris (istep), paris, france 4 institute of geophysics, department of earth sciences, eth zürich, switzerland 5 geotop, université du québec à montréal, canada abstract we conduct joint tomographic inversions of p and s travel time observations to obtain models of dyp and dys in the entire mantle. we adopt a recently published method which takes into account the geodynamic coupling between mantle heterogeneity and core-mantle boundary (cmb) topography by viscous flow, where sensitivity of the seismic travel times to the cmb is accounted for implicitly in the inversion (i.e. the cmb topography is not explicitly inverted for). the seismic maps of the earth's mantle and cmb topography that we derive can explain the inverted seismic data while being physically consistent with each other. the approach involved scaling p-wave velocity (more sensitive to the cmb) to density anomalies, in the assumption that mantle heterogeneity has a purely thermal origin, so that velocity and density heterogeneity are proportional to one another. on the other hand, it has sometimes been suggested that s-wave velocity might be more directly sensitive to temperature, while p heterogeneity is more strongly influenced by chemical composition. in the present study, we use only s-, and not p-velocity, to estimate density heterogeneity through linear scaling, and hence the sensitivity of core-reflected p phases to mantle structure. regardless of whether density is more closely related to por s-velocity, we think it is worthwhile to explore both scaling approaches in our efforts to explain seismic data. the similarity of the results presented in this study to those obtained by scaling p-velocity to density suggests that compositional anomaly has a limited impact on viscous flow in the deep mantle. 1. introduction our understanding of the dynamics of earth's mantle is largely based on a precise imaging of its velocity structure. combining tomographic inversion with geodynamic modelling, and using seismicallyinferred density variations as a proxy for cmb topography, soldati et al. (2012) obtained mantle yp models which are physically sound (their geodynamic coupling to cmb topography is accounted for) and which fit the seismic data (isc data sets of p-wave arrivals) at least as well as models obtained from seismic data alone. their method requires that a tomography model of mantle seismic velocity be interpreted in terms of equivalent density anomalies via a constant or radially varying scaling factor. however, density and velocity heterogeneity are proportional to one another only if mantle heterogeneity is of purely thermal origin, and no compositional heterogeneity is present. this is certainly not strictly true, and it is still questioned to what extent it is a valid approximation of the real earth (e.g. karato, 2003; deschamps and trampert, 2003; trampert et al., 2004; della mora et al., 2011), at least for the uppermost and lowermost regions of the mantle. shear and compressional velocity are in principle sensitive to both composition and temperature, but we do not know a priori the relative importance of the two effects. while soldati et al. (2012) assume a linear relationship between temperature t and yp anomalies, we investigate here the other end-member model of density/velocity scaling, constraining t and ys. our goal is simply to try and explain seismic data with a broader range of seismic/geodynamic models, and we do not claim at this point that t and density are more closely related to ys than to yp (or vice-versa). we present here a new method to conduct joint article history received june 12, 2014; accepted november 28, 2014. subject classification: geological and geophysical evidences of deep processes, mantle and core dynamics, tomography and anisotropy, inverse methods. soldati et al. 2 ( ) ( ( ), ( ), ( )) ( , ) t v r v r s s s ds k c c pcp p p path pcp b b 2d d dh u h u = +# ( ) ( ) ,c b r r dr 1 lm cmb l c a lmd t dt d = # , t t t a a a a k v v 0 0 s p pcp mantle p mantle pcp mantle s cmb pcp pcp p s $ d d d d d = j l k kk f d n p o oo p n inversions of pand s-waves, which are no longer coupled via any assumption on their scaling; they are now indirectly coupled through the cmb, which is computed by integration of the dys heterogeneity structure weighted by the geodynamic sensitivity kernels (forte and peltier, 1991). this is different from previous joint p-s tomographic models (e.g., su and dziewonski, 1997; vasco and johnson, 1998; kennett et al., 1998; saltzer et al., 2001; kennett and gorbatov, 2004; houser et al., 2008), in that the inversion is now also constrained by the expected physical coupling between mantle and cmb, and no a-priori value for dys-to-dyp scaling is prescribed. furthermore, only ys, and not yp, is attached to density structure, while yp heterogeneities are completely free parameters. the assumption that dys (rather than dyp) be proportional to density anomaly is motivated by the observation of, e.g., boschi et al. (2007, 2008) that the distribution of deep plume roots correlates much better with lowermost-mantle dys than dyp. while density/velocity scaling in the mantle remains an open question, this could be an indication that dys is more sensitive than dyp to thermal variation, while dyp is more strongly affected by chemical heterogeneity. the mantle and cmb models we find following this new hybrid approach after scaling ys velocity to density are almost coincident with the ones obtained by soldati et al. (2012) scaling yp to density; this is a strong indication that the potential presence of compositional heterogeneity in the lowermost mantle, while it may have important local effects, does not heavily affect the viscous convective flow (simmons et al., 2009). 2. method we assume a linear relationship between travel time data and seismic velocities (boschi and dziewonski, 2000), and use the lsqr method (paige and saunders, 1982) to iteratively invert for dyp and dys the following system of equations m of equations (1) (2) (3) where r = r(s), i = i(s), z = z(s) is the ray-path equation, (ib, zb) are the coordinates at which the pcp raypath is reflected off the cmb, and kpcp the sensitivity of dt to cmb undulations (defined e.g. by dziewonski and gilbert (1976)). the cmb topography dc is the other unknown function to be determined; forte and peltier (1991) show that its spherical harmonic coefficients dclm coincide with the harmonic coefficients dtlm of density perturbation modulated by the viscositydependent cmb sensitivity kernels bl(r) (4) with c and a denoting the reference, mean radii of the cmb and earth’s surface, respectively, and dtcmb the density jump across the cmb according to prem (dziewonski and anderson, 1981). the sensitivity kernels bl are computed adopting the radial viscosity profile selected by mitrovica and forte (1997) on the basis of the fit to geoid and post-glacial rebound data, neglecting the effect of lateral viscosity variations (moucha et al., 2007). replacing dc in equation (3) with its harmonic expansion 4, and expressing dyp/yp and dys/ys as a linear combination of voxels (soldati et al., 2012), the system of equations above may be summarized in the compact formula (5) where the submatrices apmantle and a p cmb represent the sensitivity of the seismic phase p (s, p, pcp) to mantle and cmb structure, respectively. taking into account the mechanical relationship between deep mantle heterogeneity and cmb deflections allows the equations for dyp and dys to be coupled via the sensitivity kernels kpcp, and the resulting velocity models to be physically consistent with each other and with the cmb topography, obtained from equation (4) after scaling dys to dt. relative density anomalies are indeed assumed to be proportional to shear-velocity ones through the constant factor dlnt/dlnys = 0.27 (average of the profile proposed by karato (1993) on the basis of mineralogical experiments). this simplistic assumption has been proven to be a good approximation of the mineral properties of the mantle through a series of experiments using the depthdependent scaling factors employed by simmons et al. (2009) and shown in their figure 3. we employ a database of ~630,000 summary rays travel times of p waves and ~63,000 of pcp waves extracted from the international seismological centre (isc) bulletin, as corrected by antolik et al. (2001), plus ( ) ( ( ), ( ), ( )) t v r vp r s s s dsp ppath 2d d h u = # ( ) ( ( ), ( ), ( )) t v r v r s s s ds p path p p 2d d h u = # 3 the ~170,000 s waves arrivals computed by houser et al. (2008) via a cross correlation technique. this is a preliminary data set that we use in a first exploration of our new methodology; a more complete data set of core-related phases will be assembled in the future. with respect to our previous study (soldati et al., 2012), we neglect here the data set of pkp travel times because they are also sensitive to possible outer core structure. the resolving power of the data employed has been discussed in detail in soldati et al. (2012) (see their figures 4 and 5). the combination of the pand s-wave data sets provides a better coverage throughout most of the mantle and allows us to get a significant increase in information. the velocity models are parametrized in terms of 15 layers (200 km-thick) of 1656 equal area voxels each (plus 1656 pixels to describe the cmb topography), measuring 5°× 5° at the equator. multi-parameter inversions may be strongly influenced by factors like the weighting associated with different data or the misfit functions. following boschi and dziewonski (1999); soldati et al. (2012), we assign to each travel time a weight (exponential function) depending on its deviation from prem predictions. we select different values for the cutoff of our subsets of data, depending on their standard deviation, while we assume the same relative weight for each data set, despite the difference in the number of phase arrivals. the lsqr linearized inversion is regularized via radial and lateral roughness damping only (e.g. boschi and dziewonski, 1999). 3. results 3.1. mantle velocity and cmb topography models we first compute dyp and dys models of the earth’s mantle and the corresponding cmb topography map via classic tomographic (t) inversions of the entire tomography of core-mantle boundary... mantle/ cmb model s (%) p (%) pcp (%) dyp (t) / 25.4 10.2 dys (t) 60.3 / / dyp, dys (tg) 61.3 25.3 10.5 table 1. variance reductions of different databases (columns) achieved by models t and tg, as indicated. note that model t consists of the results of two entirely decoupled inversions (first and second row), as in della mora et al. (2011), while model tg (third row) is an individual, joint model including both ys and yp anomalies. figure 1. maps of relative yp and ys velocity variations (%) at (top to bottom) five different depths in the mantle, obtained from the entire p, pcp, s data set. the maps are derived by jointly inverting isc and houser et al. (2008) data with a purely tomographic approach t (columns 1, 3), and with a tomographic-geodynamic approach tg (columns 2, 4). the scale for the dyp maps is ±2% at 100 km depth and ±1% elsewhere, that for the dys maps is ±4% at 100 km depth and ±3% elsewhere; blue regions denote higher than average velocity, and red regions denote lower than average velocity. data set. in this case the inverse problem 5 is totally decoupled (the geodynamic part of the matrix being null) and therefore equivalent to separate inversions of the s, p, pcp data sets. the solution model dyp, shown in figure 1 (column 1), is consistent with previously published ones (e.g. boschi and dziewonski, 1999, 2000; tkalĉić and romanowicz, 2002; tkalĉić et al., 2002; soldati et al., 2003; young et al., 2013). the same holds true for the model of mantle dys anomalies (column 3), in close agreement with the results found by kennett et al. (1998); ritsema et al. (1999); houser et al. (2008); soldati et al. (2012); auer et al. (2014). compared to the dyp solutions, dys anomalies are considerably larger and the slow structures beneath southern africa and pacific ocean emerge much more clearly; this suggests a stronger sensitivity of ys to thermal anomalies. we also show in figure 1 the results of inverting the entire data set with the tomographic-geodynamic (tg) approach described in section 2, assuming the radial viscosity profile by mitrovica and forte (1997). the dyp and dys anomaly maps so obtained (column 2, 4, respectively) are almost coincident with the corresponding t models, derived without considering the mantle-cmb coupling. table 1 shows the variance reductions of inverted data associated with our models. as a general rule, inverting different data sets jointly results in lower variance reduction with respect to inversions of a single data set. the value of pcp variance reductions are only slightly lower than those found by soldati et al. (2012) (figure 10), while the variance reduction of p data is more significantly reduced. the same is true for s-data variance reduction with respect to the recent model of auer et al. (2014), who inverted similar data; but notice that auer et al.’s (2014) model included a much higher number of free parameters, since it allows for radial anisotropy and is parameterized in terms of an adaptive-resolution grid often much denser than ours. the tg model of dyp achieves similar or higher variance reduction to the different subsets of data than that associated with the purely tomographic t one, and similarly the tg model of dys fits the s data better than the corresponding t model. this is a nontrivial result, since the number of free parameters is reduced in the tg inversion (e.g. soldati et al., 2012). that a model achieves a higher variance reduction with a lower number of free parameters is an indication that the added regularization provided by geodynamic constraints helps the solution to converge to a better model. the dyp model of figure 1 is in agreement with those found by soldati et al. (2012) using the same approach to invert solely the isc p-wave data set, and scaling dyp (instead of dys) to dt heterogeneity. we show in figure 2a our model of cmb topography, obtained directly from the t inversion, and in 2b the model we obtained stepwise from the tg inversion and integration of dys as described by soldati et al. (2012). both models are dominated by harmonic degree 2, corresponding to systematically negative cmb topography under the circumpacific ring. this is generally consistent with the observations of, e.g., morelli and dziewonski (1987); boschi and dziewonski (1999); rodgers and wahr (1993); forte et al. (1995); soldati et al. (2003, 2013). with respect to the t model, the tg one is characterized by stronger cmb depression at very high and low latitudes, and an overall smaller amplitude (with a depthto-valley amplitude of 13.3 km, vs. a value of 14.6 km for the t model). 3.2. comparison of yp and ys models we show in figure 3a the correlation between shear and compressional velocity anomalies and that between shear and bulk sound velocity (yz) anomalies for t and tg mantle models. we observe a positive correlation between dyp and dys throughout the mantle, and a corresponding decorrelation between dyz and dys, with little or no difference between t and tg inversions. all the correlation curves tend to decrease in the midmantle and at d" depth, as also found by della mora et al. (2011) inverting direct p and s waves with a classic tomographic approach and with finer radial parameterization. the simultaneous drop of correlation dyp-dys and anticorrelation dyz-dys at the base of the mantle has been already observed by several studies (e.g. su and dziewonski, 1997; kennett et al., 1998; becker and boschi, 2002; antolik soldati et al. 4 figure 2. maps of cmb topography (km) obtained from the entire p, pcp, s data set. the maps are obtained by jointly inverting isc and houser et al. (2008) data with a purely tomographic approach t (a), and with a tomographic-geodynamic approach tg (b), integrating the mantle shear velocity anomaly modulated by the sensitivity kernels as in equation (4). the tg approach assumes a laterally constant scaling between seismic velocity (ys here) and density. 5 et al., 2003; simmons et al., 2010), and may indicate a non-thermal origin for the velocity heterogeneities (karato and karki, 2001; saltzer et al., 2001; hirose, 2006). another indicator of potential compositional heterogeneity is the ratio rs,p between shear and compressional velocity anomalies, which may be computed following various approaches. figure 3b shows in red the depth dependence of rs,p computed from equation (1) of della mora et al. (2011), while blue and green curves refer to the ratio of the rms of models dys and dyp, multiplied/not multiplied by the pearson’s correlation coefficient. this coefficient acts as a weight: wherever the correlation between dyp and dys is poor, it is meaningless to assume that they are proportional, and to compute their ratio. independently from the formula applied, and from the approach used to invert the data (t/tg), rs,p is positive throughout the mantle and increases (of different amounts depending on the formula used to compute it) below 2100 km depth, with a relative maximum around 2600 km depth. this trend is consistent with previous studies (saltzer et al., 2001; tkalĉić and romanowicz, 2002; della mora et al., 2011), and suggests at least a partial influence of chemical composition on the seismic velocity heterogeneities (karato, 2003). again, the importance of compositional effects does not appear to be altered by the inclusion of geodynamic constraints (tg) in the inverse problem. 4. discussion using a large data set of p, pcp and s travel time data and the fact that cmb deflections should be gravitationally related to velocity structure of the deep mantle, we apply the method by soldati et al. (2012) to joint inversion for both compressional and shear velocity anomalies. in this approach, cmb topography is not explicitly inverted for, but required to be coupled to mapped mantle heterogeneities according to the viscous flow theory of forte and peltier (1991). this is a entirely new approach to joint inversion, in that it does not require any assumption on the scaling between yp and ys anomalies, which are instead only coupled by the cmb. this study represents a significant extension to that of soldati et al. (2012), in that no scaling was assumed between yp and density anomalies, but rather between ys and density anomalies. interestingly, despite this important difference in approach, the results of soldati tomography of core-mantle boundary... figure 3. (a) radial correlation between ys and yp heterogeneities (red) and between bulk sound velocity and ys heterogeneities (blue), for t (solid) and tg (dashed) mantle models. (b) ratio between ys and yp heterogeneities as a function of depth (red); same ratio computed via the rms of both models as a function of depth (blue); same as the latter, but multiplied by the ys-yp correlation coefficients (panel a, red lines) (green). solid and dashed lines as in panel (a). et al. (2012) are confirmed: neither the cmb topography, nor the pattern of mapped low/high velocity are strongly perturbed with respect to theirs. given the lower sensitivity of ys to compositional heterogeneity, scaling density with ys is equivalent to assume a purely thermal origin of velocity anomalies. thus, the agreement between mantle models that we obtained by scaling density with ys and yp may interpreted as an indication of the limited influence on mantle flow of compositional heterogeneity. this has been proven even at the african superplume, where, despite the large chemical component of velocity anomalies, the viscous flows appear to be driven by thermal (buoyancy) forces (e.g. forte and mitrovica, 2001; simmons et al., 2009). the robustness of this result suggests that, while considerable compositional heterogeneity exists in the lowermost mantle, a flow model controlled by temperature/density heterogeneity alone is consistent with the mapped cmb topography and pattern of low/high seismic velocity in the mantle. acknowledgements. we thank hrvoje tkal i and an anonymous reviewer for helpful reviews of this manuscript. references antolik, m., g. ekström, and a. m. dziewonski (2001), global event location with full and sparse data sets using three-dimensional models of mantle p-wave velocity, pure appl. geophysics, 158 (1-2), 291-317. antolik, m., y. j. gu, g. ekström, and a. m. dziewonski (2003), j362d28: a new joint model of compressional and shear velocity in the earth’s mantle, geophysical j. int., 153 (2), 443-466. auer, l., l. boschi, t. w. becker, t. nissen-meyer, and d. giardini (2014), savani: a variable-resolution whole-mantle model of anisotropic shear-velocity variations based on multiple datasets, j. geophys. res., 119 (4), 30063034, doi:10.1002/2013jb010773. becker, t. w., and l. boschi (2002), a comparison of tomographic and geodynamic mantle models, geochemistry geophysics geosystems, 3; doi:10.12 9/2001gc000,168. boschi, l., and a. m. dziewonski (1999), high and lowresolution images of the earth’s mantle: implications of different approaches to tomographic modeling, j. geophys. res., 104 (b11), 25,567-25,594. boschi, l., and a. m. dziewonski (2000), whole earth tomography from delay times of p, pcp, and pkp phases: lateral heterogeneities in the outer core or radial anisotropy in the mantle?, j. geophys. res., 105 (b6), 13,675-13,696. boschi, l., t. w. becker, and b. steinberger (2007), mantle plumes: dynamic models and seismic images, geochemistry geophysics geosystems, 8, q10,006, doi:10.10292007gc001733. boschi, l., t. w. becker, and b. steinberger (2008), on the statistical significance of correlations between synthetic mantle plumes and tomographic models, phy. earth. planet. int., 167 (3-4), 230-238. della mora, s., l. boschi, p. j. tackley, t. nakagawa, and d. giardini (2011), low seismic resolution cannot explain s/p velocity decorrelation in the lower mantle, geophys. res. lett.; doi:10.1029/2011gl 047559. deschamps, f., and j. trampert (2003), mantle tomography and its relation to temperature and composition, phys. earth planet. inter., 140 (4), 277-291. dziewonski, a. m., and f. gilbert (1976), effect of small, aspherical perturbations on travel times and a re-examination of corrections for ellipticity, geophys. j. roy. astron. soc., 44 (1), 7-17. dziewonski, a. m., and d. l. anderson (1981), preliminary reference earth model, phy. earth. planet. int., 25 (4), 297-356. forte, a. m., and w. l. peltier (1991), viscous-flow models of global geophysical observables 1: forward problems, j. geophys. res., 96, 20,131-20,159. forte, a. m., j. x. mitrovica, and r. l. woodward (1995), seismic-geodynamic determination of the origin of excess ellipticity of the core-mantle boundary, geophys. res. lett., 22 (9), 1013-1016. forte, a. m., and j. x. mitrovica (2001), deep-mantle high-viscosity flow and thermochemical structure inferred from seismic and geodynamic data, nature, 410 (6832), 1049-1056. hirose, k. (2006), postperovskite phase transition and its geophysical implications, rev. geoph., 44. houser, c., g. masters, p. shearer, and g. laske (2008), shear and compressional velocity models of the mantle from cluster analysis of long-period waveforms, geophysical j. int., 174 (1), 195-212. karato, s. i., and b. b. karki (2001), origin of lateral variation of seismic wave velocities and density in the deep mantle, j. geophys. res., 106 (b10), 21,77121,783. karato, s. i. (2003), the dynamic structure of the deep earth, princeton university press. kennett, b. l. n., s. widiyantoro, and r. d. van der hilst (1998), joint seismic tomography for bulk sound and shear wave speed in the earth’s mantle, j. geophys. res., 103 (b6), 12,469-12,493. kennett, b., and a. gorbatov (2004), seismic heterogeneity in the mantle strong shear wave signature of slabs from joint tomography, phys. earth planet. inter., 146 (1-2), 87-100; doi:10.1016/j.pepi.2003. soldati et al. 6 7 07.033. mitrovica, j., and a. m. forte (1997), the radial profile of mantle viscosity: results from the joint inversion of convection and post-glacial rebound observables, j. geophys. res., 102, 2751-2769. morelli, a., and a. m. dziewonski (1987), topography of the core-mantle boundary and lateral homogeneity of the liquid core, nature, 325, 678-683. moucha, r., a. m. forte, j. x. mitrovica, and a. daradich (2007), lateral variations in mantle rheology: implications for convection related surface observables and inferred viscosity models, geophys. j. int., 169 (1), 113-135. paige, c., and m. saunders (1982), lsqr an algorithm for sparse linear-equations and sparse least-squares, acm transactions on mathematical software, 8. ritsema, j., h. j. v. heijst, and j. h. woodhouse (1999), complex shear wave velocity structure imaged beneath africa and iceland, science, 286 (5446), 1925-1928. rodgers, a., and j. wahr (1993), inference of coremantle boundary topography from isc pcp and pkp traveltimes, geophys. j. int., 115, 991-1011. saltzer, r. l., r. d. van der hilst, and h. karason (2001), comparing p and s wave heterogeneity in the mantle, geophys. res. lett., 28 (7), 1335-1338. simmons, n. a., a. m. forte, and s. p. grand (2009), joint seismic, geodynamic and mineral physical constraints on three-dimensional mantle heterogeneity: implications for the relative importance of thermal versus compositional heterogeneity, geophysical j. int., 177 (3), 1284-1304. simmons, n. a., a. m. forte, l. boschi, and s. p. grand (2010), gypsum: a joint tomographic model of mantle density and seismic wave speeds., j. geophys. res., 115, b12,310; doi:10.1029/2010jb007,631. soldati, g., l. boschi, and a. piersanti (2003), outer core density heterogeneity and the discrepancy between pkp and pcp travel time observations, geophys. res. lett., 30 (4), 1190. soldati, g., l. boschi, and a. forte (2012), tomography of core-mantle boundary and lowermost mantle coupled by geodynamics, geophys. j. int.; doi:10.1111/j.1365-246x.2012. 05413.x. soldati, g., p. koelemeijer, l. boschi, and a. deuss (2013), constraints on core-mantle boundary topography from normal mode splitting, geochemistry geophysics geosystems, 14 (20); doi:10.1002/ggge.20115. su, w. j., and a. m. dziewonski (1997), simultaneous inversion for 3-d variations in shear and bulk velocity in the mantle, phy. earth. planet. int., 100 (1-4), 135-156. tkalĉić, h., and b. romanowicz (2002), short scale heterogeneity in the lowermost mantle: insights from pcp-p and scs-s data, earth and planetary science lettters, 201, 57-68. tkalĉić, h., b. romanowicz, and n. houy (2002), constraints on d'' structure using pkp(abdf), pkp(bcdf) and pcpp traveltime data from broadband records, geophys. int., 148, 599616. trampert, j., f. deschamps, j. resovsky, and d. yuen (2004), probabilistic tomography maps chemical heterogeneities throughout the lower mantle, science, 306 (5697), 853-856. vasco, d. w., and l. johnson (1998), whole earth structure estimated from seismic arrival times, j. geophys. res., 103, 2633-2671. young, m. k., h. tkalĉić, t. bodin, and m. sambridge (2013), global p wave tomographyof earths lowermost mantle from partition modeling, j. geophys. res., 118, 5467-5486; doi:10.1002/jgrb.50391. *corresponding author: gaia soldati, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy; email: gaia.soldati@ingv.it. © 2014 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. tomography of core-mantle boundary... << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice s i i p e r i o d i d e l l a f a s e m a s s i m a d i t e r r e m o t i l o n t a n i maurizio giorgi l a lunga e s p e r i e n z a f a l l a n e l l o s p o g l i o q u o t i d i a n o dei s i s m o g r a m mi per 1 i n i c r p r c l a z i o n e dei dati presso la s t a z i o n e s i s m i c a s p e r i m e n t a l e di (ionia dell i s t i t u t o .nazionale di g e o f i s i c a , m i h a p e r m e s so di f a r e r i l i e v i m o l l o i n t e r e s s a n t i n e i r i g u a r d i d e l l e p a r t i c o l a r i t à (iei vari tipi di o n d e s i s m i c h e c h e si p r e s e n t a n o n e l l e r e g i s t r a z i o n i . in ijtiesla c o m u n i c a z i o n e mi p r o p o n g o di r i f e r i r e c i r c a a l c u n e oss e r v a z i o n i r i g u a r d a n t i i p e r i o d i d e l l a f a s e m a s s i m a di t e r r e m o t i lont a n i . l n o t o c h e la cosi d e l l a « lase m a s s i m a » o p r i n c i p a l e di un sism o g r a m m a è c o s t i t u i t a di o n d e s u p e r f i c i a l i di d i v e r s a s p e c i e , tra le q u a l i le più i m p o r t a n t i e più o m e n o e v i d e n t i in tutti i t e r r e m o t i n o r m a l i ( a d i p o c e n t r o non t r o p p o p r o f o n d o ) o n o le o n d e « l » ( o « q ») e le o n d e [2] d o v e v. j j , c , cj, i, g, p. sono c o s t a m i . s e si s o s t i t u i s c o n o le [ 2 ] n e l l e e q u a z i o n i e a r t e s i a n e p r o v e n i e n t i d a l l a | 1 ] , n e l l a i p o t e s i c l i c per i m a t e r i a l i d e l l o s t r a t o s u p e r f i c i a l e terr e s t r e il « c o e f f i c i e n t e di poisson » a, c o m e è a t t e n d i b i l e , a b b i a il valore di 0 . 2 5 . (/. : u), si a r r i v a ad u n ' e q u a z i o n e di 3 " g r a d o c l i c anim e l l e d e r a d i c i r e a l i : 3 / . " 2 4 7 . s + 5 6 7 . 3 2 = 0 [3] dove : vf * + è * v'i ( i m, l s, sono r i s p e l l i v a i n e n l e la v e l o c i t à d e l l e o n d e in q u e s t i o n e e la v e l o c i t à d e l l e o n d e t r a s v e r s a l i ) . d e l l e ire r a d i c i reali d e l l a [ 3 ] solo q u e l l a m i n o r e dell u n i t à (•/ 0 . 8 4 5 3 ) soddisfa al p r o b l e m a p e r c h è d e v e v a l e r e la c o n d i z i o n e : ( 1 x ) ( / f g " ) = <[~ [5] e s i s t e q u i n d i un o l o s i s t e m a di o n d e la cui v e l o c i t à si o t t i e n e d a l l a (''): r u = y ì ~ j\ = 0 , 9 1 9 4 f , [6] r e l a z i o n e valida n e l l e p r e s u p p o s t e c o n d i z i o n i di o m o g e n e i t à ed isotropia (hdlo i r a t o s u p e r f i c i a l e t e r r e s t r e . l" n o l o ( h e esistono a n c h e a l t r i sistemi di o n d e s u p e r f i c i a l i e m o l l i r i c e r c a t o r i ( c a l o i ( " ) , g u t e n b e r g . sczavva. s o m i g l i a m i ed a l t r i ) h a n n o m e s s o in e v i d e n z a , sia dal p u n t o di vista t e o r i c o c l i c da q u e l l o d e l l ' e s p e r i e n z a , gli a s p e t t i f o n d a m e n t a l i c h e li c a r a t t e r i z z a n o . le o n d e di l ì a v l c i g h . s e c o n d o la t e o r i a , v i b r a n o nel p i a n o p r i n c i p a l e , m e n t r e le « m » o s c i l l a n o in p i a n i diversi da q u e s t o ( ' ' ) ; i n o l tre l ' a m p i e z z a della c o m p o n e n t e v e r t i c a l e di q u e s t e u l t i m e o n d e è spesso s e n s i b i l m e n t e i n f e r i o r e ( 7 ) a l l ' a m p i e z z a d e l l a c o m p o n e n t e ori/.118 " u u i u z i o c t o n i a z o n l a l e , m e n t r e la t e o r i a di lord r a v l e i g h . in un m e z z o in cui r, 0,2.~). c o n d u c e ad un r a p p o r t o it a la p r i m a e la seconda di c i r c a i .."> = 1 , 4 6 8 ) . l v e r o elle ciò p o t r e b b e s p i e g a r s i s u p p o n e n d o una d i v e r s i t à dei coefficienti di a s s o r b i m e n t o p e r le due c o m p o n e n t i , m a è alleile v e r o c h e t a l e r a p p o r t o non si è p o l l i l o a n c o r a v e r i f i c a r e con s i c u r e z z a , alm e n o n e l l e v i c i n a n z e dell e p i c e n t r o , s o p r a l u l t o per la difficoltà di ind i v i d u a r e d e l l e o n d e n e i s i s m o g r a m m i r e l a t i v i a l l e p i c c o l e d i s t a n z e c p i e e n l r a l i ( s ) , d a t o elle a r r i v a n o s o v r a p p o s t e ad a l t r i lipi di o n d e c h e a l l e slesse d i s i a n z e c o n s e r v a n o a n c o r a a m p i e z z e c o m p a r a b i l i , se non m a g g i o r i , di ([nelle d e l l e o n d e ili q u e s t i o n e . m e n t r e le o n d e s p a z i a l i -i s m o r z a n o p i u t t o s t o r a p i d a m e n t e c la loro a m p i e z z a si r i d u c e n o t e v o l m e n t e c o n la d i s t a n z a , l e o n d e m a s s i m a l i , a causa del l o r o c a r a t t e r e s u p e r f i c i a l e , p o s s o n o p r o p a g a r s i a l l e m a g g i o r i d i s t a n z e e sono l e u l t i m e a d i s s i p a r s i ; il r a p p o r t o i r a le a m p i e z z e d e l l e o n d e m a s s i m a l i e d e l l e o n d e s p a z i a l i c r e s c e q u i n d i con l ' a u m e n t a r e d e l i a d i s i a n z a . j \ c i t e r r e m o t i v i o l e n t i di n o r m a l e p r o f o n d i t à ( 1 0 ^ '(ì k m ) possono p r o d u r s i o n d e m a s s i m a l i di a m p i e z z a e c c e z i o n a l e c l i c h a n n o la p o s s i b i l i t à di p e r c o r r e r e a n c h e più di u n a volta il g i r o del g l o b o ( w n . \\ iti, e i e . ) c o n s e r v a n d o u n a e n e r g i a sufficiente a p o t e r s i r i l e v a r e med i a n t e s t r u m e n t i di d i s c r e t a s e n s i b i l i t à . l i n i z i o del g r u p p o d e l l e « m », c o m e è n o l o , non è s e m p r e fac i l m e n t e i n d i v i d u a b i l e . e s o è più o m e n o g r a d u a l e e r a r a m e n t e b r u sco e n e l l o : c i ò è in a c c o r d o con le c o n c l u s i o n i a cui a r r i v a il g i a p p o n e s e i l .nakano ( ') c h e ha s t u d i a t o le p a r t i c o l a r i t à d e l l a p r o p a g a z i o n e di q u e s t o t i p o di o n d e pur l i m i t a n d o s i t r a t t a r e il p r o b l e m a b i d i m e n s i o n a l e . con le c o n s u e t e i p o l e s i di o m o g e n e i t à ed i s o t r o p i a del m e z z o . l ' i n i z i o di q u e s t a f a s e è s p e s s i s s i m o i n c e r t o p e r c h è -i c o n f o n d e c o n le u l t i m e o n d e d e l l a fase « l » : i p e r i o d i d e l l e o n d e di quesl ult i m a fase, n e i t e r r e m o t i r e m o l i e l o n t a n i , sono s e m p r e n o t e v o l m e n t e s u p e r i o r i a q u e l l i c l i c »i r i s c o n t r a n o n e l l a f a s e m a s s i m a l e , m a , p e r e f f e t t o d e l l a d i s p e r s i o n e , v e r s o la fine il g r u p p o stesso v i e n e ad a v e r e p e r i o d i c o n f o n d i b i l i c o n q u e l l i c h e si o s s e r v a n o agli inizi d e l l a fase (i m » e q u i n d i n e r i s u l t a una c o n f i g u r a z i o n e di s o v r a p p o s i z i o n e c h e 11011 l a s c i a i n d i v i d u a r e se n o n con e s t r e m a difficoltà il p u n t o di a l l a c c i a m e n t o d e l l e d u e f a i . 11 s i s m o g r a m m a d e l l a c o m p o n e n t e v e r t i c a l e s u i periodi della fase m a s s i m a di terremoti lontani 1 1 9 è q u e l l o elle p e s s o dà l ' i n d i c a z i o n e p i ù a t t e n d i b i l e p e r s t a b i l i r e i in i z i o . l a f a s e p r i n c i p a l e fino a l l e o n d e di c o d a elle v a n n o a t t e n u a n d o s i più o m e n o r a p i d a m e n t e a s e c o n d a d e l l a i n t e n s i t à e d e l l a n a t u r a d e l la p e r t u r b a z i o n e i n i z i a l e , si p r e s e n t a p e s s o c o m e la s u c c e s s i o n e di diverbi treni di o n d e d i s t i n t i e , t a l v o l t a , m o l t o d i s t a n z i a l i c o n a m p i e z ze m a s s i m e r e l a t i v e v i a via d e c r e s c e n t i . l ' a m p i e z z a m a s s i m a è in g e n e r e ad u n a d i s t a n z a di t e m p o dall ' i n i z i o d e l l a f a s e elle varia c o n la d i s t a n z a e p i e e n t r a l c , m a senza u n a legge c l i c possa p r e v e d e r n e l ' a n d a m e n t o . n o n è i n f r e q u e n t e il caso in i ni essa -i r i s c o n t r a a n o t e v o l e d i s t a n z a d a l l ' i n i z i o ; se n e p u ò a v e r e u n ' i d e a dai d a l i d e l l a t a b e l l a 11. 2 r i p o r t a t a più s o t t o . l a p a r t i c o l a r i t à p i ù s a l i e n t e di q u e s t o l i p o di o n d e , sulla q u a l e i n t e n d o s o f f e r m a r e i a t t e n z i o n e , è q u e l l a r i f e r e n t e i ai p e r i o d i elle più f r e q u e n t e m e n t e r i c o r r o n o n e l l e r e g i s t r a z i o n i r e l a t i v e a t e r r e m o t i n o r m a l i . con d i s i a n z e c p i c c n t r a l i c o m p r e s e t r a 3 . 0 0 0 e 2 0 . 0 0 0 k m . i p e r i o d i c l i c si osservano p e r d e t t e o n d e e n t r o t a l i d i s t a n z e var i a n o ali i n c i r c a da un m a s s i m o di 28' .'ilf e a . , r i s c o n t r a b i l e ali i n i zio o in v i c i n a n z a d e l p r i m o m a s s i m o , ad un m i n i m o di 14s <—̂ 16' d e l l e o n d e di c o d a , p a s s a n d o p i u t t o s t o g r a d u a l m e n t e a t t r a v e r s o i valori i n t e r m e d i . p . c a l o i , in 11110 i n d i o s u l l ' a n a l i s i p e r i o d a l e d e l l e o n d e sismielle ( j " ) . ila t r o v a l o elle il s i s m o g r a m m a è c o s t i t u i t o dal c o n t i n u o susseguirsi di o n d e di r i n c a l z o aventi p e r i o d o c v e l o c i t à via v i a m i n o r i . i p e r i o d i p i ù f r e q u e n t i sono q u e l l i di 2 2 ~ 24 s n e i t e r r e m o t i con d i s t a n z e c p i c c n t r a l i da 5 . 0 0 0 k m in p o i . 1 p e r i o d i c o m p r e s i tra 2 4 e 3 0 sono 1111 p ò m e n o f r e q u e n t i anzi -i p u ò d i r e e poi -i c o n s i d e r a n o le o n d e c h e h a n n o c o m p i l i l o t r a g i t t i n o t e v o l m e n t e lunghi s t i l l a s u p e r f i c i e l e r r e s t r e . c o m e le « \v », « ^ », e i e . , fino c i o è a • o p e r a r e un g i r o e o l t r e lungo il c e r c h i o m a s s i m o p a s s a n t e per l ' e p i c e n t r o e la s t a z i o n e , si o s s e r v a n o p e r i o d i a t t o r n o ai l<> . o r a m e n t r e la d i p e r i o n e e i a s s o r b i m e n t o possono giusti f i c a i e p i e n a m e n t e i a s p e t t o della f a e m a s s i m a in un s i s m o g r a m m a , non p i e g a n o da soli il l a t t o d e l l a p r e v a l e n z a del p e r i o d o s o p r a i n d i c a t o [ielle o n d e c h e h a n n o p e r c o r s o un c a m m i n o l u n g h i s s i m o . d o b b i a m o i n v o c a r e q u a l c h e a l t r o f a t t o r e c o m e causa d e t e r m i n a n t e di q u e s t a s p e c i e di t r a s p a r e n z a p r e f e r e n z i a l e p e r d e t t o p e r i o d o . i t a l u l l e le s v a r i a l e t e o r i e c h e sono s t a l e e l a b o r a l e nei r i g u a r d i d e l l e o n d e -upeittciali. da l o r d r a v l e i g h in p o i . nessuna p r e v e d e q u o t o f a t t o . il c o m p l e s s o dei r i s u l t a t i dell e s p e r i e n z a può s p i e g a r s i q u a l i t a t i v a m e n t e c o s i : la e n e r g i a d e l l e o n d e s u p e r f i c i a l i , c h e si g e n e r a n o c i o è n e l l a c r o s t a t e r r e s t r e , ha al! o r i g i n e un p a r t i c o l a r e s p e t t r o di d i s t r i b u z i o n e c h e d i p e n d e d a l l a n a t u r a «iella scossa i n i z i a l e e d a l l e c a r a t t e r i s t i c h e d e l l o s t r a t o più e s t e r n o ( n a t u r a , s p e s s o r e , c o s t a n t i fisiche, e i e . ) . s i i l'ili unii deli. v fase m a s s i m a di tehhe.m0t1 lontani 1 2 1 q u e l l o p e l i l o , inali m a n o itile l ' e n e r g i a si p r o p a g a , va m o d i f i c a n d o s i p e i p e r d i l e d o v i n e a r i f l e s s i o n i , r i f r a z i o n i , d i s p e r s i o n e , a s s o r b i m e n t o s e l e l l i v o ( p e r p u r l i c o l a r i s t r a l i f i c a z i o n i ) , a s s o r b i m e n t o p e r ( ' i l l u s i o n e , e i e . , a s e c o n d a d e l l a d i r e z i o n e ili p r o p a g a z i o n e , p e r c h è con la d i r e / i o n e di p r o p a g a z i o n e v a r i a n o le c o s t a n t i e l a s l i c b e e le p r o p r i e t à fisiche d e l l o s t r a t o s u p e r f i c i a l e c h e n a t u r a l m e n t e è b e n l o n t a n o d a l i e s s e r e o m o g e n e o e i s o t r o p o c o m e (piasi t u l l e l e t e o r i e p r e s u p p o n g o n o , s a l v o a l c u n e c l i c t u l l ' a l p i ù -i l i m i t a n o a c o n s i d e r a r e d u e o t r e s t r a t i f i c a z i o n i o r i z z o n t a l i d i f f e r e n t i . l e v a r i a b i l i più i m p o r t a n t i c h e p o s s o n o m o d i f i c a r e la s t r u t t u r a d e l l o s p e t t r o e n e r g e t i c o s o n o : l o s p e s s o r e e s t e r n o ( p e r e s . . l o p e o r c a u m e n t a s o t t o l e g r a n d i c a l c i l e di m o n t a g n e e s o t t o gli o c e a n i è i n i n o i e c h e s o l t o i c o n t i n e n t i ) e le e t e r o g e n e i t à i n c o n t r a t e o r i z z o n t a l m e n t e c h e v a r i a n o n e l l a m a n i e r a p i ù i m p r e v e d i b i l e ( c i ò s p i e g a la g r a n d e d i v e r s i t à c h e p r e s e n t a n o i s i s m o g r a m m i r e l a t i v i a t e r r e m o t i p r o v e n i e n t i d a d i v e r s e d i r e z i o n i a n c h e p e r u n a slessa p r o f o n d i t à i p o c e n l r a l e e p r e s s o c h é i d e n t i c a n a t u r a d e l l a scossa o r i g i n e , s p e c i a l m e n t e a l l e p i e cole. d i s i a n z e c p i c c n t r a l i ) . 1 p i c c o l i p e r i o d i s o n o q u e l l i c l i c m a g g i o r m e n t e r i s e n t o n o d e l l e e t e r o g e n e i t à i n t e r e s s a n t i z o n e di l i m i t a l a e s t e n s i o n e d i s s e m i n a t e l u n go il t r a g i t t o d e l l a p e r t u r b a z i o n e e q u i n d i v e n g o n o r a p i d a m e n t e e s t i n t i . n e l l a t a b e l l a c h e s e g u e ( ') si p u ò c o n s t a t a r e c o m e v a r i a i n m a n i e r a a c c e n l u a l i s s i m a il c o e f f i c i e n t e di a s s o r b i m e n t o g l o b a l e p a s s a n d o d a i pei i o d i b r e v i ai p i ù l u n g h i . si p u ò v e d e r e , p e r e s . . c o m e il c o e f ficiente di a s s o r b i m e n t o g l o b a l e p e r un p e r i o d o (li 4 è p i ù d i m i l l e v o l l e m a g g i o r e di q u e l l o c o r r i p o n d e n t e ad un p e r i o d o di 2 0 " . t a b e l l a n. 1 . i in see. 5 (> 8 10 12 15 20 k 155. ir.-" 50.1c-:1 20,6.10-" 5,58.10-2,0.10-1,02.1c-0,11.10-0,14.10-i n k m 1 l e m o d i f i c a z i o n i d e l l o s p e t t r o d e l l ' e n e r g i a s o n o q u i n d i tali c l i c , v e n e n d o ad e s s e r e m a g g i o r m e n t e a s s o r b i t e le v i b r a z i o n i di b r e v e l u n g h e z z a d ' o n d a , le o n d e di m a g g i o r p e r i o d o p o s s o n o p r o p a g a r s i a l l e m a g g i o r i d i l a n z c e r i s u l t a così c l i c l o s p e t t r o d e l l a f a s e m a s s i m a , c o m e si p r e s e n t a in un s i s m o g r a m m a di un l e r r e m o t o l o n t a n o ( a = 5 0 0 0 ~ 2 0 . 0 0 0 k m ) finisce p e r c o n t e n e r e p e r i o d i v a r i a b i l i d a i 3 0 s ai 1 6 " ; i n f a t t i . 1 2 2 m a u r i z i o giorgi più g r a n d e d i v i e n e la d i s i a n z a , p i ù s e m p l i c e è l ' a s p e t t o di q u e s t a p a r t e del s i s m o g r a m m a . in un t r a g i t t o c l i c c o m p r e n d a m a g g i o r i d i s t a n z e p e r c o r s e da q u e l l o l i p o di o n d e , le e t e r o g e n e i t à e la v a r i a b i l i t à degli s p e s s o r i d e l l a s t r a t i f i c a z i o n e p i ù e s t e r n a '(ino tali c l i c s o l t a n t o le o n d e con p e r i o d i a t t o r n o ai 16' r i e s c o n o a r e s i s t e r e a l l ' u s u r a e c o s t i t u i s c o n o l ' u l t i m o r e s i d u o d e l l a f i l t r a z i o n e . p e r c o n f e r m a r e q u a n t o sopì a è s t a t o i l l u s t r a t o e p e r d a r e u n ' i d e a d e l l a d i s t r i b u z i o n e d e i p e r i o d i d e l l e o n d e « m » al v a r i a r e d e l l a u 16 59 08 17 4 6 40 1 20 47 5 17 59 '6 1 7 12 n i j| 12 " 18 57 27 19 00 2 2 4 6 5 19 58 52 21 25 i. 13 04 13 16 05 00 00 4 6 7 05 14 54 1ì. m il m u 13° w 4 ° s 01 52.1 5 700 02 19 15 15.27 2 29 1 20 55 1 5 m 00 16. ' 15 23 .. >u m0° e 51° 5 — 15.950 0 6 13 25,~ 06 17 58 2 2 06 51 0 0 il 16 3 maggio » " u 159°5 e 27.% 5 22 00.! b c i s 16 6 0 0 23 co 8 4 1 82 2 23 38 50 26.23 00 18 14 7 17 8 9 8 ° e 1° s 0 5 202 u s c ù s 9 700 06 11 25 71 •> 51 2 4 8 . 6 j 18 ,. ,. „ > u 143° e 2° s 09 456 b.c i . s . 13 300 10 51 56 2 3 6 5 . 3 66 2 11 0 2 38 19 1 ) 58 00 1 6 10 7 19 15 ., .. 9 6 ° w • 6 ° n 22 10.s 1 5 a 10 3 0 0 22 5 9 0 0 4 3 4 51 5 25 0 8 20 9 3 i i 20 2 g i u g n o 121° e 2 3 ° n 01 09.1 b.c 1 s 9 750 01 5 8 06 4 9 . 0 4 8 . 8 0 2 0 7 0 9 169 0 li 21 6 10° w 7 ^ 5 10 39 10 u r 5 . 5 . 5 950 ii 07 28 16 s 2 8 . 3 30 4 14 2s jj 22 7 " u 94°6 w 16?7 n 04 13 18 j . 5 . a 10.100 05 00 50 2 2 47 1 5 0 6 od 05 26 19 12 .. „ ' u i44°3 e 12?j n 16 0 8 27 b. c 1 5 12 250 17 09 06 6 0 6 6 1 . 0 16*50 2 0 ló 28 00 1 6 7 7 ' 24 15 „ „ 129° e 3° 5 19 29. i 12 300 20 >1 00 26.6 1 . 7 6 1 . 3 20 46 24 2 0 21 47 00 18. 1-1.4 ji 1 25 20 .. „ i r 6 6 ° e 2 9 ° n 00 34 55 5.000 01 01 0 0 16 • 2 6 1 01 10 30 : 9.5 "26 26 „ ,. ' u i7i°5 e 43°; s 12 34u.s.c s s. 18 300 14 05 4 0 22 91.0 9 0 . 6 ;4 12 55 2 0 14 21 30 17 6 9 27 28 „ „ " 07 12» " " 0 8 4 4 30 2291.7 03 55 10 1909 02 00 16. 10.7 i il s i i periodi 111:1.1. \ l'asi: m a s s i m a 111 terremoti lontani 1 2 . 3 f ' s l a t o p r e s o il p e r i o d o da! i g e n n a i o al 3 0 g i u g n o 1 9 4 6 , l e n e n d o presenti sol l a u t o i t e r r e m o t i l o n t a n i le r u i regi-t r a z i o n i f o s s e r o a b b a stanza c i l i a r e da p o l e n t e t r a r r e dati s i c u r i . q u e l l i s o p r a r i p o r t a t i -i r i f e r i s c o n o a l l e m i s u r e f a t t e sulle r e g i s t r a z i o n i d e l l a -ola c o m p o n e n t e v e l l i c a l e di un s i s m o g r a f o l i p o w i l i p g a l i l z i n a r e g i s t r a z i o n e l'olografica d e l l a s t a z i o n e s p e r i m e n t a l e di r o m a d e l l ' i s t i t u t o n a z i o n a l e di g c o f i s i c a . nella t a b e l l a 11. 2 v e n g o n o r i p o r t a t i i d a t i d e l l e osservazioni r i g u a r danti i t e m p i di a r r i v o e i p e r i o d i d e l l e o n d e « m » e « w n » ed i n o l t r e i t e m p i ed i p e r i o d i r e l a t i v i al m a s i m o d e l l ' a m p i e z z a . l e c o o r d i n a t e g e o g r a f i c h e e t e m p o r a l i d e l l e scosse sono s t a t e p r e s e dai b o l l e t t i n i s i s m i c i n a z i o n a l i e s t r a n i e r i e ad essi si fa r i f e r i m e n t o nella t a b e l l a . le d i s t a n z e c p i c c n t r a l i sono state c o m p u t a l e su una c a r t a d e l l e l i n e e e q u i d i s t a n t i ed i s o a z i m u t a l i a v e n t e c e n t r o in r o m a ( ' " ) e c i ò e sufficiente ai fini d e l p r e s e n t e studio. d a l l a t a b e l l a i n t a n t o a p p a r e s u b i t o c o n f e r m a t o il d i v e r s o valored e l i a v e l o c i t à di p r o p a g a z i o n e d e l l e o n d e « m » r e l a t i v a m e n t e ai tragitti s u b a t l a n t i c i e c o n t i n e n t a l i : la v e l o c i t à nei p r i m i è m a g g i o r e c l i c n e i s e c o n d i : q u e s t o f a l l o è l a t o già osservato da insigni s i s m o l o g i a ( g u t e n b e r g , c a l o i ( i n 1 e i e . ) . dai dati d e l l a t a b e l l a a p p a r e in m a n i e r a e v i d e n t e una d i v e r s i t à nei t e m p i di t r a g i t t o r e l a t i v i a t e r r e m o t i c o n e p i c e n t r o noli e m i s f e r o o c c i d e n t a l e r i s p e t t o al m e r i d i a n o di r o m a e n e l l ' e m i s f e r o o p p o s t o . nella t a b e l l a si è posto, a fianco del t e m p o o s s e r v a t o , q u e l l o c o r r i s p o n d e n t e al l a d i s t a n z a d a t a , l e t t o s u l l e t a b e l l e del m a c e l w a n e . si n o t a così c l i c le « m » sono in a n t i c i p o r i s p e t t o ai t e m p i d e l l e t a b e l l e p r e d e l l e q u a n d o si r i f e r i s c o n o a t e r r e m o t i avvenni i ad o c c i d e n t e della l a z i o n e . q u a n t o ali i n t e r v a l l o di i e m p o tra i i n i z i o d e l l a fase ed il m a s i m o d e l l ' a m p i e z z a non -i può t r a r r e a l c u n f a l l o n o t e v o l e e n o n v ' ò a l c u n i n d i z i o c l i c lasci i n t r a v e d e r e una q u a l s i a s i d i p e n d e n z a c o n la d i s t a n z a (•piceni l'ale. nel d i a g r a m m a c h e segue sono stati r i p o r t a l i i p e r i o d i in c o r r i s p o n d e n z a d e l l e d i s i a n z e e p i c c n t 1 ali e -0110 stati c o n t r a s s e g n a l i con i m b o l i d i v e r s i i p e r i o d i i n i z i a l i r e l a t i v i a l l e o n d e » m » di t e r r e m o t i aventi e p i c c n i r o ad f l e ad ovest di r o m a . a n a l o g a m e n t e è l a l o f a l l o per i p e r i o d i a s s o c i a l i al l a m a s s i m a a m p i e z z a . s i vede c h i a r o l ' e f f e t t o di d i s p e r s i o n e e a s s o r b i m e n t o : il p e r i o d o i n i z i a l e e dei m a s s i m i c r e s c e con la d i s t a n z a c p i c e n l r a l e . i dilli n e l l ' i n s i e m e n o n p e n n e l l e r e b b e r o di c a l c o l a r e una q u a l siasi legge di v a r i a z i o n e dei p e r i o d i i n i z i a l i con la d i s i a n z a , o n d e verificare le f o r m u l e d e t t a l e da a l t r i r i c e r c a t o r i ( s e w a z a . g a l o i . g u t e n b e r g , e i e . ) ; p e r ò la d i s t i n z i o n e m e d i a n t e diversa p u n t e g g i a t u r a , i n c i l e in evidenza un f a l l o m a i finora o s s e r v a t o n e l l a vasta l e t t e r a t u r a s c i e n t i fica d e l l e o n d e s u p e r f i c i a l i , e c l i c s a r e b b e d ' a l t r a p a r i e o p p o r t u n o sott o p o r r e a r i c e r c h e più r i g o r o s e -u s t a t i s t i c h e più n u m e r o s e : i p e r i o d i i n i z i a l i d e l l e « ìy1 » di t e r r e m o t i con e p i c e n t r o ad lisi di r o m a s o n o , g e n e r a l m e n t e , s e n s i b i l m e n t e m i n o r i , a p a r i t à di d i s t a n z a , dei c o r r i r p o n d c n l i p e r i o d i di t e r r e m o t i a v e n t i o r i g i n e n e l l ' e m i s f e r o o p p o s t o . la d i s t r i b u z i o n e dei p e r i o d i a s s o c i a t i a l l e m a s s i m e a m p i e z z e non ì t a l e da p e r m e i t e l e di f a r e a n a l o g a d i s t i n z i o n e ; e c i ò è s p i e g a b i l e in q u a n t o i p e r i o d i i n i z i a l i d i p e n d o n o d a l l ' e l l ' e l i o di d i s p e r s i o n e e a=sorbii c o n f e r m a n o ( p i a n t o s o p r a è s i a l o d e l l o . essi r e s t a n o c o m p r e s i f r a i 1-1 e 18\ 121 maurizio gloltci t tnsec. '26 9 11 1 3 1 5 1 7 1 9 2 1 2 5 a i n m i g l i a i a di k m . s i i neuroni h i j . i . a f a s i ; m a s s i m a ni t e i i i i k m o t i i . o n t a n i riassunto do/io niellilo considerazioni sulle /trincipilli caratteristiche delle onde massimali, con speciale riguardo ai periodi che si riscontrano sulle regi si razioni di terremoti lontani, si dà una spiegazione ipialitativa del fallo che i periodi delle onde che hanno percorso tragitti lunghissimi, come, per es., le « i! ^ ». si aggirano attorno a! valore di ](>•'. i engono quindi riportati i dati delle osservazioni riferentisi al pi imo semestre dell'anno 1916. le risultanze di delle osservazioni costituiscono una ullerìoic conferma di quelle a cui sono pervennii. in stilili analoghi, emiliani si smologhi. i iene successivamente messa in evidenza una sensibile differenza, a parità di disianza epicentrale. nei periodi iniziali della fase massima relativamente a terremoti con epicentro ad est di roma e nell emisfero opposto. j ì i r l i o g r a f i a ! 1 1 r a y i i : m ; h . i.nril lstrilli. j . w . l , oli naves propngntcd aloni: the illune surface ii/ un elusile solili. p r o r . malli. s u r . l o n d o n 1 7 : h i < 1835). l~l i .a ai il i i . . ()n lite propalinoli of tremors over lite solfaci' of un elusile solili. p l i i l . t r a n s . r o y . s o r . l o n d o n i \ i 2 0 3 : 1-12 (1904'). ( ; t l i . o m : . some probleins of geodynaniics. c a m b r i d g e l niversily p r e s s , l ' i g a i . i t / i n h . . i orlesungen iibcr seistnonielrie. i ) c a i . n i p . . sopra alcuni nuovi sistemi iìì mule sismiche a dirimere supi'ificiale oscillanti nel pianti principale. r e m i . r . are. d ' i t a l i a . ci. s e . i'i>. m a l . e nat. s. \ 11 \. ii puh. 1111 p w n o c u i i a g . . sluiiio sulla fuse massima ili un lerremoto lontano. r i e . s r i e n l . 12. 595-613 il<11 l i . i 7 i i 11 r 1.. don. empiricid investigatimi of surface icares generateli hy disumi ciirlhipiah'es. l'ulti. dominion ohserraiory. otlawa 1931. ( s ) glolu.i m.-\ al i.]-; p . e . , c.ontribulo allo studio delle onde « 1/ ... ann. ili g e . i l i i r a . 1. 19181. i ' 1 ) y a k a n o i i . . on raylcigh tiare.s. j a p . j o u r n . of a l r . and g e o p l i . 5. 233326 119251. i j " i c a i . o i p._ inalisi periodale delie onde sismiche e problemi, mi i ssa connessi. r i e . s e i e n i . a. \ n. 1 119391. ( l ' i s t o n k i . k y r . . dispersimi ni seismie ienres. m . n . r a . s . geophy>. s n p p l . voi. i . 11925). i ' i r o i : s i : m : h i ' . . ì'ergleicliende t nlersiieliungen iibcr die periodai der erdb " benwcllen inil hesonderer lieriicksichtigiing iler \ncliliiitfcnccllcn. g e r l a n d s lìeilriige z. g e o p l i y s i k 12. 2117-276 119121. ( j ; 1 i cai ni i ' . . onde sismiche superficiali e loro assorbimento da parie del. mezzo. 1 nivorso, a. x x i i i . n. 7 ( 1 9 1 2 ) . ( l r) l.o s i uno i.a registrazione e lo studio dei fenomeni sismici nell'istituto nazionale di geofisien del c.is.r. r i e . s c i e n t . a. xi n. 10 ( 1 9 1 0 ) . vol49_2_2006 715 annals of geophysics, vol. 49, n. 2/3, april/june 2006 key words adcp sensitivity – current lines inclination – observatory’s wake 1. introduction adcps have now proven their capabilities to sample phenomena ranging from surface waves, to small-scale internal waves, to mesoscale eddies and to general circulation. however, adcps are generally operated in current fields that can be assumed as homogeneous at a given level and at beam-spacing scale; hence, they generally work at best, which does not reveal their utmost performances. as shown hereafter, less favourable conditions, for instance when a relatively huge structure prevents from having a homogeneous mean current field around it, reveal unexpected aspects of their performances. the geostar group has developed a prototype observatory aimed at being deployed with a carrier as deep as ∼6000 m mainly to study geophysical phenomena (beranzoli et al., 2000, fig. 1). the observatory is a three-ton, semi-cubic (2.5×2.5×1.0 m3) structure on which is set, among other oceanographical and geophysical instruments (ctd, seismometer, gravimeter, etc.), a 300-khz adcp (workhorse sentinel from rd instruments) whose beams (20° angle) are unobstructed by the docking/undocking tetrahedral armature on top of the observatory. this relatively short-range (∼150 m) adcp was set instead of the long-range (∼500 m, 75 khz) initially planned because of funding cuts, even though the observatory is obviously too massive to allow the accurate study of near-bottom dyanalysis of adcp data above a bottom observatory jean-luc fuda (1), claude millot (1), sven hoog (2) and hans w. gerber (3) (1) laboratoire d’océanographie et de biogéochimie (lob), la seyne-sur-mer, france (2) institute of naval architecture and ocean engineering, technical university of berlin, germany (3) tfh berlin – university of applied sciences, berlin, germany abstract a 300-khz adcp was set on geostar, a six-m3 deep-sea observatory. it was operated with cells of 80 cm during a three-week test experiment at 42-m water depth in the northern adriatic sub-basin. although it provided valuable data on the horizontal current field over most of the water column, it also specified the wake disturbances induced by the observatory. these disturbances are characterised by vertical velocities that are significant up to ~ 20 m above seafloor (echo intensity data suggest that the wake can even reach the surface), and by inclinations of the bottom nepheloïd layer (as deduced from differences in echo intensities from beam to beam). our analysis is validated by consistent relationships between the horizontal current direction and speed on one side and the characteristics of both dynamic (vertical velocity) and non-dynamic (echo intensity) parameters on the other. it is in good agreement with the simulations from a numerical model, and hence specifies the sensitivity (especially with respect to echo intensity) and accuracy of an instrument usually operated within fields of current and scatterers not disturbed by the device supporting it. in addition, the error velocity parameter displays specific characteristics that easily specify the thickness of the layer disturbed by the observatory, thus providing a technique to validate the quality of data acquired in similar conditions. mailing adress: dr. claude millot, laboratoire d’océanographie et de biogéochimie (lob), bp 330, f-83507 la seyne-sur-mer, france; e-mail: cmillot@ifremer.fr 716 jean-luc fuda, claude millot, sven hoog and hans w. gerber namic phenomena. although wake disturbances induced on the near current field by such an observatory were anticipated, we did not expect the adcp to be able to specify them and only expected to get data noisier than usual. during a three-week test, from august 13 to september 1, 1998, at a depth of ∼ 42 m in the northern adriatic sub-basin, eastern basin of the mediterranean sea, the adcp was checked for oceanographic purposes (since we did not imagfig. 1. the geostar observatory during deployment. the conical upper part, the base of which is protected by a black rubber fender, is the mobile docker that is removed when the observatory is set on the bottom; it masks the upper part of the docking/undocking tetrahedral armature. then, the docker is used only for recovery, hence as a female, to clamp the observatory via a pin system set on top of the four inclined tubes. the two vertical arms terminated by yellow spheres that contain magnetometers will be lowered on the bottom, i.e. away from the observatory. during the experiment, the adcp is thus nearly on top of the observatory. also shown is the deployment location. 717 analysis of adcp data above a bottom observatory ine being able to specify the wake disturbance). hence, it was set to record earth co-ordinates velocities calculated from 200 pings evenly transmitted during 10 min every hour (were it operated to specify the wake disturbances around the observatory, it would have been set to record single-ping values). figure 2a specifies the beams numbers and the orientation of the adcp with respect to the observatory and to magnetic north; the adcp axis was roughly vertical (pitch and roll ∼ 0.2°). profiles were set to 50 cells 80 cm thick. due to the adcp location and to the blank zone, cell #1 was ∼ 4.4 m above seafloor (asf). due to the secondary lobe reflection on the sea surface, data are available up to a depth of ∼ 5 m (cell #42). figure 2b provides a sketch of the general experimental conditions. the overall circulation in the study area is usually thought to be southwards along the largescale isobaths (orlic et al., 1992). the circulation encountered during the experiment in the deep layer below the seasonal pycnocline, as illustrated by the progressive vector diagrams from cells #1-30 (fig. 3), was thus unexpected and rather complex. diagrams from cells #31-42 are a b fig. 2a,b. a) actual orientation of the adcp with respect to the observatory and magnetic north. b) beams configuration and tens of cell numbers as seen when looking towards north; the upper and lower blank zones are delimited by dashed lines; the arrows represent an homogeneous current flowing towards east while the dotted lines schematise the current lines close to the bottom, and thus the structure (in both shape and concentration of suspended particles) of the nepheloïd layer as disturbed by the observatory. fig. 3. progressive vector diagrams from cells #130 plotted with respect to north (upwards) and with a 100-km scale. 718 jean-luc fuda, claude millot, sven hoog and hans w. gerber markedly different from long-term ones too, and from the deeper ones since they were always in the surface mixed layer; hence, they are not plotted for clarity. most of the variability shown by fig. 3 comes from tidal and inertial oscillations that induced relatively intense currents towards nearly all directions. as indicated by vertical profiles from a shiphandled transmissometer operated at the beginning and end of the experiment and the time series from a transmissometer mounted on the observatory, a bottom nepheloïd layer several metres thick was present in permanence during the experiment. however, for sake of simplicity, we just consider hereafter that the concentration in suspended sediments decreases upwards. as schematised in fig. 2b, this layer is obviously uplifted by the station; just above the adcp, one can thus easily expect that the layer will generally be inclined, so that echo intensity must differ from beam to beam in a way related to the current direction and speed. these expected characteristics of dynamic (vertical velocity) and non-dynamic (echo intensity) parameters will be analysed thoroughly. in addition, we have analysed the error velocity parameter that represents the heterogeneity of both horizontal currents and the sums of beam-paired vertical velocities. we show that the error velocity distribution displays characteristics that allow specifying the depth range over which the current field is made significantly heterogeneous by the observatory or by a similar bottom irregularity. we thus provide criteria to check the current homogeneity, hence to validate bottom adcp measurements. to understand the data analysis in an easier way, the current field around the observatory simulated with a numerical model is described first (section 2). adcp characteristics and the speed data screening steps are presented in section 3. the dynamic and non-dynamic data as well as the error velocity parameter are analysed in sections 4 and 5, respectively. 2. the numerical current field around the observatory numerical simulations of the current field around the observatory were performed using the commercial cfd (computational fluid dyfig. 4a. 2d current in a plane through the centre of the observatory with a far-field speed of 300 mm/s along a diagonal. note that current is coming from the left. 719 analysis of adcp data above a bottom observatory namics) software fluent (2000). the effect of turbulence was considered by means of the rng (re-normalization-group) code for a κ-ε model derived from the instantaneous navierstokes equations. the analytical derivation results in a model with constants different from those in the standard κ-ε model, and additional terms and functions in the transport equations for κ and ε. the near-wall layer was approximated by a standard logarithmic function approach. the observatory was schematised by a block of 2.5×2.5×1.0 m3 and by the 4 booms of the docking/undocking frame on top, which gives a total height of ∼ 2.7 m asf. several sets of experiments were performed: two values of the mean speed (100 and 300 mm/s), two configurations for the observatory orientation (mean current parallel to a side or to a diagonal) and two domains (30 m/x – direction of the mean current –, 20 m/y and 20 m/z; 45 m/x, 20 m/y and 40 m/z) were investigated. parameters were adjusted (i.e. seafloor roughness down to 0) to obtain vertical velocity values as large as possible (i.e. more similar to the observed ones). although the simulated vertical velocities were still lower than the observed ones, they reached the surface, consistently with the measured echo intensity data. the results illustrated in fig. 4a,b represent the smaller domain (to provide more visible details of the current field around the observatory) and a mean current of 300 mm/s parallel to a diagonal. although the adcp is then located at ±∼ 1 m from the observatory centre in both x and y, simulations are considered in a vertical plane through the centre of the observatory. although the current vectors at some distance from the observatory do not seem in fig. 4a to be strongly modified (due to the large difference between the vertical and horizontal components), significant vertical velocities are in fact induced over the whole water depth (fig. 4b). maximum vertical velocity values that can be compared with those from the adcp, i.e. at ∼ 4-5 m asf (cell #1), reach ∼ 10 mm/s, when values of ∼ 1 mm/s are still encountered at ∼15 m asf. slopes of the simulated current lines (i.e. lines of iso-concentration in suspended sediments) are thus maximum (∼ 1/30) at ∼ 4-5 m asf. there, they correspond to a difference in depth along two opposite beams of ∼ 6 cm that is much lower than the cell size (80 cm), and thus a priori hard to be shown. this is a fortiori valid for the upper cells since w decreases more rapidly than the beam separation. 3. the adcp data processing to verify the basic assumption for adcp technique, the 3d current field must be homogefig. 4b. vertical velocity in a plane through the centre of the observatory with a far-field speed of 300 mm/s along a diagonal. note that current is coming from the right. 720 jean-luc fuda, claude millot, sven hoog and hans w. gerber neous horizontally, i.e. over ∼2 m for cell #1 and ∼15 m for cell #40. from the four beam velocities, each pair of opposite transducers (1-2 and 34) gives one horizontal and one vertical components. the two horizontal components are directly associated with u and v. with a homogeneous current field, the two vertical components (w12 and w34) are identical; hence, the 3d current profile is defined with some redundancy. practically, a mean vertical velocity w=(w12+w34)/2 is computed, as well as an error velocity ev= c ⋅ ⋅ (w34−w12) where c=1/(sqrt(2).tan(20°)) is a normalisation constant (rdi technical booklet, 1998). another parameter to deal with is the echo intensity (eib in db) for each beam (#b) and cell, which represents the amount of energy echoed at given distances. the workhorse sentinel model uses the broadband method based on the propagation delay computed from correlation between one ping and its echo (gordon, 1996). in fact, single-ping beam velocities are generally not accurate enough so that ensemble-averages are performed (we used 200 pings emitted during 10 min every hour). in the earth-coordinates mode, and for each single ping, there are three kinds of screening on velocity data: the correlation test, the fish rejection algorithm and the error velocity test. the correlation test compares the correlation level and results to thresholds. beam velocities either associated with a poor signal-tonoise ratio (that occurs in waters too much depleted in scatterers) or larger than a pre-defined ambiguity velocity are rejected. these problems were not often encountered. the fish rejection algorithm detects an abnormal beam velocity for a specific cell or an echo much greater from one beam than from the others, which would make the strong echo from the «fishy» beam heard by the others, and the same velocity computed for all beams. the large concentration and gradient of suspended particles in the bottom nepheloïd layer, and the sometimeslarge inclination of this layer, often led to such problems. in some cases, more than 80% of single-ping beam velocities were rejected. in a heterogeneous current field, w12 and w34 are markedly different in general, so that ev is large. this often occurred for the lower cells, resulting in uncertainties larger than usual on the horizontal components. however, it is «frustrating» to eliminate all horizontal current values associated with an ev larger than a threshold, and not convenient to have gaps in a time series (i.e. for a given cell; we used the option «3-and-4beam solution»). an analysis of the ev characteristics will show that it is possible to appreciate, in a statistical way, the thickness of the layer significantly disturbed by such an observatory. 4. the adcp data analysis 4.1. the dynamic parameters up to 15-20-m asf, w (fig. 5) reached relatively large upward values (up to 40-50 mm/s) when ev (fig. 5) displayed variations that were similar both in time and on the vertical. the similarity between large w (i.e. large w12+w34) and large ev (i.e. markedly different w12 and w34) is consistent with what was expected. the relationship between w and the horizontal current speed m=[u 2+ v 2]1/2 is also noteworthy. the regression lines for some specific cells and all directions (fig. 6) indicate that w∼ 0 when m = 0 everywhere, that w increases with m, and that this increase diminishes with the cell number (i.e. distance from the observatory). for cells numbers >15, w values are relatively small and no more depend on m. these features are consistent with the deformation of the schematised (fig. 2b) and simulated (fig. 4) current field. simulated w’s can also be compared with the measured ones (fig. 7). obviously, the measured w’s are more scattered than the simulated ones, due to the ranges in both speed and direction of the in situ currents, and to the inaccuracies in the w computations, especially those due to the heterogeneity of the current field. therefore, only mean measured w’s were plotted, hence showing that they are ∼ 3 times larger than the simulated ones. however, the mean curves have a roughly similar shape and they all reach ∼ 0 at ∼ 20 m asf. we are unable to specify which kind of curves is the most realistic one. furthermore, vertical velocities are in fact induced up to the surface, as shown hereafter (although not just above the observatory, i.e. non-measurable by the adcp and not in the domain considered 721 analysis of adcp data above a bottom observatory for the simulations). since inaccuracy in w computation does not necessarily mean large w, we are tempted to think that measured ws are, on average, more realistic than simulated ws. 4.2. the non-dynamic parameters as schematised in figs. 2b and 4a,b, the nepheloïd layer being uplifted and inclined should induce a marked heterogeneity in the echo intensity eib along every beam and for every cell. in the open sea, eib mainly provides information on the amount and distribution of zooplankton. in the present case, this information mainly concerns i) the zooplankton diurnal migration on the vertical, and ii) the concentration and thickness of the bottom nepheloïd layer above the observatory, which partially depends on the current speed and direction. plots fig. 5. vertical velocity w (up), absolute value of the error velocity ev (middle) and standard deviation of the echo intensity ei in arbitrary units (down) as a function of depth (i.e. cells #) and time (julian days). 722 jean-luc fuda, claude millot, sven hoog and hans w. gerber of the measured eib versus depth versus time (not shown) thus depend on several phenomena and are not clearly instructive. it can be assumed that «natural» eib variations (due to both the nepheloïd layer per se – i.e. undisturbed by the observatory – and the zooplankton vertical migrations) are horizontally homogeneous. in order to eliminate them, we consider eib variations along a specific beam relatively to variations along the other beams (eibs must first be normalised since transducers are not of equal quality). figure 8 illustrates, for the 4 beams (b), the difference dib between a given eib and the average over the 3 other eibs as a function of the current direction (north is upward) and depth (represented by the cell #1-42). dib thus represents relative echo intensity. mainly for cells close to the observatory (cells #1-15) and for upper cells, a specific dib appears to be larger or lower than the others depending on the current direction. for instance, di4 is relatively large when the current is directed towards south to west. for most cells, this corresponds to a nepheloïd layer denser along beam #4 than along the other beams above the observatory. as expected from figs. 2a,b and 4a,b, the nepheloïd layer is higher along beam #4 than along the other beams for currents towards south to west. similar features occur for the other beams. the analysis of relative echo intensity signals thus allows showing slopes of the bottom nepheloïd layer that were not thought, according to simulation, to be measurable. especially for di4 and di2, large values are encountered over the whole water depth (∼42 m), hence showing that the wake of the observatory sometimes reached the surface, thus probably inducing changes in particles concentration, i.e. in colour, at the surface, eventually downstream from the zone sampled by the adcp. the reverse (dib relatively low) occurs, for all beams, in the opposed and perpendicular directions (i.e. where one of the others dibs is relatively large). also to be noticed is that the negative parts of di2 and 6 7 fig. 6. relationships and linear regression lines between w and the current speed m (in mm/s) for cells #3, 7, 11 and 15 (i.e. at 6, 9.2, 12.4 and 15.6 m above the bottom). fig. 7. simulated ws (+) for mean currents of 100 (black) and 300 (red) mm/s parallel to a diagonal are those obtained in a prism centred on the observatory and having a 4-m side at ∼20 m asf. to get a sufficient number of measured ws to compare with, we considered altogether currents towards sectors of 45° roughly aligned with the diagonals (∼45°, 135°, 225° and 315°) and in the ranges of 80-120 mm/s (solid black) and 250-350 mm/s (solid red). since measured values are much more scattered than simulated ones, we just reported the corresponding averaged profiles. the blue dashed line represents the averaged ws whatever the mean current direction and module. 723 analysis of adcp data above a bottom observatory di4 are more negative than those of di1 and di3. these asymmetrical features are related to the fact that more beams are in the wake of the observatory (i.e. eibs are more similar and dibs are lower) when the current is towards east than when it is towards west. this is due to the fact that the adcp is located on the eastern side of the observatory and is consistent with the distribution of the data computed from either 4 beams (p4) or 3 beams only (p1) as indicated in fig. 9a-c for a fig. 8. differences dib between the normalised eib and the average over the 3 other eibs versus the current direction (north is upward) and cell number. the diagrams can be analysed as if the observatory were in between them. fig. 9a-c. a) distribution of samples for cells #1-5 as a function of the current direction and speed up to 150 mm/s (north is upward). b) distribution of the percentage of data computed from 3 beams only (p1) and corresponding scale. c) distribution of the percentage of data computed from 4 beams (p4) and corresponding scale. ab c 724 jean-luc fuda, claude millot, sven hoog and hans w. gerber given cell (#15). indeed, more data are computed from the 4 beams when the current is towards west, hence not strongly disturbed above the adcp, than when it is towards east, hence the adcp being in the wake of the observatory. it can thus be concluded that: i) the wake induced by the observatory can extend several tens of metres above it, and ii) the slightly out of centre location of the adcp (∼ 1 m) is consistently reflected on the wake signature (over several tens of metres). the concentration in particles within the nepheloïd layer per se increases downwards and varies with time. hence, it is impossible (without any measurement in distance to the observatory) to identify and separate the influences, on the dibs, of either the concentration in particles or the inclination of the nepheloïd layer. in order to deal with a somehow synthetic parameter representative of the eibs heterogeneity, we computed, for each cell and over time, the eib standard deviation [1/4⋅σb(eib−eim)2]1/2, whereas eim is the average of the eibs over b. it is clear that the eib standard deviation (fig. 5c) and w (fig. 5a) have very similar distributions, especially in the 15-20-m bottom layer where both can be large. this direct correspondence between a priori independent (one non-dynamic and one dynamic) parameters clearly validates fig. 2a and 4a,b and shows that the larger the inclination of the nepheloïd layer, the larger the vertical velocity. it must be emphasised that the eib standard deviation, and consequently the inclination of the surfaces of equal concentration in suspended particles, is computed from differences between eib’s in cells that are separated horizontally by a few metres only (e.g., ∼2 m for cell #1 and ∼15m fig. 10. spectra of u (red), v (blue), w (black), eim (orange) and di4 (green) at cell #5 averaged over 2 pieces to give 4° of freedom. the confidence interval is the 90% one. 725 analysis of adcp data above a bottom observatory for cell #40). whatever the current field homogeneity is, and thus whatever the quality of the current computations, this analysis demonstrates that the echo intensity is a very sensitive signal that provides significant information (not perceptible with a homogeneous current field). 4.3. spectral analysis figure 10 displays dynamic (u, v, w) and non-dynamic (eim, di4) parameters spectra at cell #5 (representative of the 15-20-m bottom layer). classically, the u and v spectra show a similar amount of energy at the inertial frequency (clockwise-polarised circular oscillation at ∼ 0.06 cph) while the semidiurnal (∼ 0.08 cph) and diurnal (∼ 0.04 cph) frequencies are shown mainly on the v spectrum (north-south rectilinear currents in the northern adriatic). since eim and w are purely integrated (over beams) parameters, they do not change markedly according to a circularly polarised current (the inertial frequency will not appear on the spectra) while they change according to a rectilinear current (at twice the corresponding tidal frequency). both eim and w are also sensitive to the zooplankton diurnal migration, which is not a purely diurnal signal so that energy is also introduced at the semidiurnal frequency (and higher harmonics as well). therefore, the fact that only tidal frequencies, i.e. not the inertial frequency, are shown on both eim and w is consistent with our analysis. in addition, all peaks (diurnal, inertial, semidiurnal) must appear on the spectrum of a parameter such as di4 (insensitive to zooplankton diurnal migration) since tidal currents and inertial currents induce an inclination of the nepheloïd layer at corresponding frequencies. as shown by fig. 10, a peak (at the inertial frequency) on the spectrum of a non-dynamic variable (di4) coming from a purely dynamic phenomenon (the inertial oscillations) definitely validates our analysis. 5. more on the error velocity parameter theoretically, a homogeneous current field leads to an error velocity ev=0. practically, ev≠ 0 indicates that the data are not accurate and/or that the current field is heterogeneous. let us consider an adcp suitably mounted (nearly centred) on a symmetrical (with respect to current direction) structure, and collecting data at best (in terms of e.g., pings averaging). the analysis below shows that the ev characteristics allow specifying which cells are markedly influenced by the structure, hence validating the data from a statistical point of view. with a heterogeneous current field, and for a given cell, ub and wb (b = 3, 4) define the actual current components from beams 3 and 4, and vb and wb (b = 1, 2) the actual current components from beams 1 and 2 (fig. 11a). f being the angle from the adcp axis, the radial velocities rb and the computed vertical velocities are (for more details see van haren et al., 1994) r1 = − v1sinf−w1cosf r2 = v 2sinf−w2cosf r3= − u3sinf−w3cosf r4 = u4sinf−w4cosf w34=−(r3+r4)/2cosf=−[(u4−u3)tanf+ +(w3+w4)]/2 w12=−(r2 + r1)/2cosf = − [ (v 2−v1)tanf+ +(w1+w2)]/2. in case the actual current field is homogeneous, u3=u4=u, w3=w4=w34, v2=v1=v, and w1= =w2=w12, with the consequence that the u-v-w field is specified with measurement inaccuracies that are quantified by ev/c = (w34 −w12). in case that the current field is heterogeneous, with du = u3−u4 and dv=v1−v2, it results in ev/c=(du−dv)tanf+(w3+w4)−(w1+w2). assuming a simplified cubic observatory oriented northwards (fig. 11b), and an adcp located on its eastern side, two relationships can be expected. for currents of similar speed towards directions a and al that are symmetrical with respect to the east-west axis, identities between the ub and vb of both situations lead to eva=−eval. for currents towards either east or west, w2 = w4, w1=w3, u3=v1 and u4=v2; hence ev=0 (also obvious from the previous re726 jean-luc fuda, claude millot, sven hoog and hans w. gerber a b fig. 11a,b. a) beams and current components configuration in case of an heterogeneous current field; b) horizontal components of currents towards directions a and al symmetrical with respect to east-west, and components correspondence. fig. 12a-c. a) distribution of samples for cells #1-20 as a function of the current direction and speed up to 200 mm/s (north is upward). b) distribution of the error velocity (scale on the left) for cells #1-20 versus current direction and speed. this diagram displays neither the number of samples (shown in a) in a specific area of the diagram, nor the variance in that specific area. the error values that are indicated are interpolated from the errors associated with each sample, so that errors for areas with few samples are less significant. c) the same for the vertical velocity (scale on the right). ab c 727 analysis of adcp data above a bottom observatory lationship). if the adcp were centred, ev would have been = 0 for currents towards either north and south, and eva= ev− a for currents towards opposed directions (a and −a). in a given data set, any indication of such relationships will account for a significant heterogeneity of the current field. conversely, if ev does not display any specific distribution (i.e. is only noisy), the current field can be considered homogeneous. considering these relationships over depth can specify, from a statistical point of view, the thickness of a significant wake disturbance. verifying these ev specific relationships with our data set can be hampered by the fact that both the speed and the direction are not homogeneously distributed. to get a distribution as homogeneous as possible, we considered all couples speed-direction from cells #1-20 for the whole experiment (fig. 12a) and their associated ev (fig. 12b) and w (fig. 12c) values. we have neglected the difference between north and the 3° actual orientation. figure 12b shows that, whatever the horizontal speed is, the ev sign changes when crossing the eastwest axis, which validates the corresponding theoretical relationship (ev= 0) for currents towards east or west. also, for all directions and speeds, the theoretical relationship eva= − eval is clearly validated. to be noticed is the (sole) other sign change near directions towards southeast and northeast, i.e. the north-south axis is clearly not a symmetry axis as would have been the case for a adcp located in the centre of the observatory. in such a case, the relationships (ev= 0 for north and south directions, and eva = ev−a or opposed directions) are clearly not validated. therefore, the ev distribution in fig. 12b clearly shows that i) the current field is heterogeneous and ii) the adcp is not centred. although the interpolation procedure is rough for very large speeds due to the low number of points, it can be considered that the larger/lower the speed, the larger/lower the ev absolute values. for what concerns w, most values are positive and, the larger the speed the larger w. also, w values are larger for currents towards west than for currents towards east. these results are consistent with what was intuitively thought and previously demonstrated with the simulation (fig. 4b) and the data analysis (fig. 6). it can thus be concluded that, in case heterogeneity of the current field is induced by some semi-cubic structure set on the bottom, the ev distribution actually displays those characteristics that are expected from the algorithms. analysing this parameter’s distribution can thus allow specifying the layer thickness modified by such a structure. obviously, these remarks also apply to a structure set at intermediate depths and to the current field above and below it. they can also be extended to structures that are parallelepipedic and currents that are symmetric with respect to the adcp location. 6. conclusions a 300-khz adcp set on a semi-cubic (2.5× ×2.5×1.0 m3) bottom observatory has allowed specifying the wake disturbances induced on the current field. with a far field general current of 20-40 cm/s, upward vertical velocities of 40-50 mm/s were computed in a 15-20-m bottom layer. although these experimental values are noisier than usual, mainly due to the heterogeneity of the current field above the observatory, they are consistent with (although larger than) simulated values, and hence considered significant. in such conditions, the wake of the observatory can probably extend ∼ 40 m above seafloor at least (even if not directly above the observatory). differences in echo intensities along the beams have demonstrated that surface of isoconcentration in suspended particles were inclined over the observatory, consistently with what was expected from the general current direction and speed. the relationships between the horizontal current direction and speed on one side and the characteristics of both dynamic (vertical velocity) and non-dynamic (mean echo intensity as well as relative echo intensities along the beams) parameters on the other side are also consistent with the oscillatory character of mesoscale (i.e. inertial and tidal) currents. indeed, spectral characteristics expected for all these parameters, in association with currents polarised at the inertial frequency as well as with rectilinear currents at diurnal and semidiurnal frequencies, are clearly retrieved. 728 jean-luc fuda, claude millot, sven hoog and hans w. gerber finally, we have shown that the error velocity parameter displays specific characteristics that specify the thickness of the layer disturbed by such a semi-cubic observatory from a statistical point of view. this parameter can thus be used to check the validity of adcp data collected in such a way, hence providing a criterion for qualifying this or that time series. more generally, our analysis demonstrates how sensitive (especially for what concerns echo intensity) and accurate is an instrument usually operated in more favourable conditions (such as on a mooring line or directly on the bottom with a profiled mooring frame), which does not allow its utmost performances to be appreciated. considering the importance of induced vertical velocities compared to that of undisturbed horizontal currents (up to o(10−1) within a depth range corresponding to a few times the observatory height), such a massive observatory is obviously not adequate to study finely currents close to the bottom. such an observatory can efficiently host long range adcps devoted to the study of the general circulation and of mesoscale processes within bottom layers several 100s-m thick. acknowledgements the geostar group has been supported by eu (grants mas3-ct95-0007 and mas3ct98-0183). references beranzoli, l., t. braun, m. calcara, d. calore, r. campaci, j.-m. coudeville, a. de santis, g. etiope, p. favali, f. frugoni, j.-l. fuda, f. gamberi, f. gasparoni, h.w. gerber, m. marani, j. marvaldi, c. millot, p. palongio, g. romeo and g. smriglio (2000): european seafloor observatory offers new possibilities for deep-sea study, eos, trans. am. geophys. un., 81 (5), 45-49. fluent (2000): cfd software, online manuals (fluent germany gmbh, darmstadt). gordon, r.l. (1996): acoustic doppler current profilers. principles of operation: a practical primer (rd instruments publication), 2nd edition for broadband adcps. orlic, m., m. gacic and p. la violette (1992): the currents and circulation of the adriatic sea, oceanol. acta, 15 (2), 109-124. rdi technical booklet (1998): adcp coordinate transformation; formulas and calculations (rd instruments publication). van haren, h., n. oakey and c. garrett (1994): measurements of internal wave band eddy fluxes above a sloping bottom, j. mar. res., 52, 909-946. vol. 48, 01, 05ok.qxd 129 annals of geophysics, vol. 48, n. 1, february 2005 key words antarctica – radon – uranium – thorium – spectrometry 1. introduction the area under investigation (fig. 1) is a part of the shetland microplate which originated at the subducting pacific margin of gondwana and contains cretaceous-early miocene island arc extrusives (mainly basalts and andesites) and intrusives (gabros, diorites, monzonites) (birkenmajer et al., 1991). oceanic basalts are normally of low uranium and thorium content. and atmospheric radon activity is extremly low over oceanic island areas. in such a situation any migration of air from the continents, where radon activities are ten times higher can be easily detected, making radon a useful tracer of atmospheric circulation (see lambert et al., 1970; turekian et al., 1977; reiter, 1978; polian et al., 1986; balkanski and jacob, 1990; jacob et al., 1997). however, locally, even within oceanic islands, magmatic differentiates of andesitic and granodioritic character and hydrothermal zones occur. they can be enriched in uranium and thorium making them a significant local source of radon emmanation. this possibility should be taken into account in the case of any meteorological interpretation. a pioneering paper on radon activity in the king george island area published by evangelista, pereira (2002) did not contain elements of radiometric mapping, in spite of the consolidated geophysical experience of both authors probably because of logistic problems. because this, mapping was performed during austral summer 2002/2003 by the present mailing address: dr. andrzej tomasz solecki, institute of geological sciences wrocl⁄ aw univeristy, pl. m. borna 9, 50-204 wrocl⁄ aw, poland; e-mail asol@ing.uni.wroc.pl radon and thoron daughter activities in the environment of the king george island (west antarctica) andrzej tomasz solecki institute of geological sciences wrocl⁄ aw univeristy, wrocl⁄ aw, poland department of antarctic biology polish academy of sciences, warsaw, poland abstract results of 253 gamma spectrometric analyses of radon daughters in soil and bedrocks of the king george island (west antarctica) are presented. measured values range from 0.1 to 58.4 bq/kg, and from 4.9 to 75.5 bq/kg for 214bi and 208tl respectively, but most measurements fall in the lower part of this range due to predominantly basaltic character of the geological basement. obtained gamma spectrometric data correspond well to very low soil gas radon content measured by means of kodak lr115 being below 454 bqm–3. low soil gas radon content and characteristic type of architecture is responsible for low indoor radon activity in arctowski station being as low as 1015 bqm–3. the highest 105 bqm–3 indoor rn activity has been measured in the greenhouse bungalow of the station. this increased value was probably connected with the presence of about 1000 kg of imported soil material in the greenhouse room of the bungalow. local zones of increased uranium and thorium content, discovered as a result of radiometric mapping, can potentaily influence atmospheric radon used for meteorological interpretation. 130 andrzej tomasz solecki author by means of a portable gammaspectrometer gr-320. 2. analytical method measurements of bedrock radon daughter activity were performed using an exploranium gr-320 gamma radiation spectrometer with the standard nai (tl) gpx-21a detector of 0.35 l volume. calibration of the detector was performed by the manufacturer using traceable test pads. impulses supplied by the detector units were classified using channels 70-204 of the 256 channels of the spectrometer covering the energy window 850-2810 kev. three bands (regions of interests roi) corresponding to energy windows of radionufig. 1. localisation of the study area, three northernmost sites are located in the keller peninsula close to ferraz station. table i. gamma ray spectrometer gr-320 energy window characteristics. band radionuclide peak channels energy window (kev) sensitvity ro/2 40k 1460 kev 109-122 1370-1570 0.661 cps/% ro/3 214bi 1760 kev 129-142 1660-1860 0.067 cps/ppm ro/4 208tl 2620 kev 179-204 2410-2810 0.025 cps/ppm 131 radon and thoron daughter activities in the environment of the king george island (west antarctica) clide peaks 40k, 214bi and 208tl were set up (table i). the problem of stabilization of energy windows of channels was solved by means of continous measurement of caesium 662 kev photons from internal source in the band ro/1 covering channels 51-60 (600-730 kev). gain parameter responsible for fitting channels to energy windows was continously updated using the least-squares fit of a gaussian caesium peak shape every time the 5000 level of cs counts was exceeded. this ensured that system gain was always correct and selected channels corresponded to the desired energy windows. measured activities of radon and thoron daughters were recalculated into uranium and thorium concentrations (in ppm) assuming existence of equilibrium in uranium and thorium decay series, a common practice in this kind of measurements marked by eu and eth notation instead of u and th. for each measurement the detector was deployed in the field using a geometry as close as possible to 2π. sampling time ranged from 15 to 30 min depending on local radionuclide content to reach statistically significant counts in all roi’s. ambient temperature during measurements was in the range –2 to + 6°c, well above the recommended limit of –10°c radon activity was measured by means of the kodak lr115 solid state nuclear track detectors. in the case of indoor measurements detectors were placed on the wall at a height of 2 m. soil-gas radon activity was measured in five sites at a depth of 20 cm and the detectors were fixed inside a plastic cap of 15 cm internal diameter. in both cases free air space around the detector was greater than 7.5 cm to avoid irradiation by plateout particles. real soil with organic matter horizon (3 cm thick) existed only in one case in other cases physically weathered fine grained material of bedrock prevailed. 3. results average measured bedrock radon and thoron daughter activity was 14.6 and 18.9 bq/kg for 214bi and 208tl, respectively, reaching its maximum values 58.4 and 75.5 bq/kg for granodioritc dropstone (table ii). in the case of basalts, 214bi activity was often below detection limit, while for 208tl the lowest recorded value was 4.9 bq/kg. trimodal distribution of the obtained data was especially well visible in the case of thoron activity (fig. 3). three groups of radon activities (214bi): 4, 16 and 36 bq/kg visible in the fig. 2 corresponded to basement composed of: basalts, andesites and granodioritic quarzt lode, respectively. the same rocks in the case of thoron activity (208tl) data yielded three maximas: 4, 20 and 52 bq/kg (fig. 3). quartz lodes of 2.8 ppm eu and 12.6 ppm eth seem to be a potentialy high source of radon, and especially thoron emanation. its outcrop tens of meters wide was covered with high table ii. mean values of rn daughter activities for various rocks types. 214 bi activity 208 tl activity eu ppm calculated eth ppm calculated number of bq/kg bq/kg from 214 bi activity from 208 tl activity measurements basalt 5.6 8.7 0.45 ± 0.07 2.12 ± 0.29 35 lahar (tillite) 13.7 18.5 1.10 ± 0.07 4.50 ± 0.15 24 cobble beach 18.2 20.0 1.46 ± 0.11 4.87 ± 0.27 16 andesite 21.0 25.4 1.69 ± 0.12 6.19 ± 0.43 11 tuffite-zeolite 21.9 26.5 1.76 ± 0.13 6.45 ± 0.32 20 granodiorite 58.4 75.5 4.70 18.4 1 ezcurra fault zone 19.4 23.3 1.56 ± 0.15 5.68 ± 0.46 8 keller peninsula 35.2 51.9 2.83 ± 0.12 12.65 ± 0.36 12 mineral vein 132 andrzej tomasz solecki amounts of crushed material which resulted due to physical weathering in polar climate. locally significant chemical weathering was superimposed due to abundance of pyrite. all these factors resulting in a strong increase in porosity and permeability can be responsible for significant radon flux towards brazilian ferraz station located few tens meters down slope. the highest result of five measurements of rn soil gas activity 454 bqm–3 was measured in the weathered volcanoclastic-zeolitic material of 21 and 26 bq/kg for 214bi and 208tl respectively. indoor radon activity values obtained were as low as 10-15 bqm–3 (five measurements) in social rooms of polish henryk arctowski station. the highest 105 bqm–3 indoor rn activity was measured in the greenhouse bungalow of the station. this increased value was probably connected with the presence of about 1000 kg of imported soil material in greenhouse room of the bungalow. 4. conclusions obtained results indicate that king george island area is of extremely low rn potential due to low uranium and thorium content and low emanation coefficient of the chemically unweathered bedrock material. measured values are slightly lower than those based on 22 gamma-spectrometric measurements published by evangelista and pereira (2002), but a much better fit to godoy et al. (1998) data and world scale data for areas of such a geology. however, the local increase in uranium and thorium concentration observed locally can result in significant radon flux in favourable meteorogical conditions. rapid pressure changes connected with cyclones can promote radon flux from such zones (see schery and gaeddert, 1982), which can be interpreted as influx of remote continental air. from this point of view, results obtained at brasilian ferraz station (evangelista and pereira, 2002) should be interpreted very carefully since it is located downslope of the quartz lode outcrop covered with a high dump of crushed and weathered rocky material of relatively high uranium and thorium content. acknowledgements the author would like to thank prof. s. rakusa-suszczewski and other colleagues from the department of antarctic biology polish academy of sciences for their kind support, help and companionship in the remote area of west antarctica. the author is also grateful to brazilian colleagues form ferraz station for their kind hospitality. research was partly funded by grant no. 2022/w/ing of the institute of geological sciences wroclaw university. references balkanski, y.j. and d.j. jacob (1990): transport of continental air to the subantarctic indian ocean, tellus, 42b (1), 62-75. birkenmajer, k., l. francalanci and a. peccerillo (1991): petrological and geochemical constraints on the genesis of mesozoic-cenozoic magmatism of king george island, south shetland islands, antarctica, antarctic sci., 3 (3), 293-308. fig. 2. histogram of radon activity distribution. fig. 3. histogram of thoron activity distribution. 133 radon and thoron daughter activities in the environment of the king george island (west antarctica) evangelista, h. and e.b. pereira (2002): radon flux at king george island, antarctic peninsula, j. environ. radioact., 61, 283-304. godoy, j.m., l.a. schuch, d.j.r. nordemann, v.r.g. reis, m. ramalho, j.c. recio, r.r.a. brito and m.a. olech (1998): 137cs, 226ra, 228 ra and 40k concentrations in 0-5 cm soil samples collected at several south shetland islands, j. environ. radioact., 41 (1), 33-45. jacob, d.j., m.j. prather, p.j. rasch, r. shia, y.j. balkanski, s.r. beagley, d.j. bergman, w.t. blackshear, m. brown, m. chiba, m.p. chipperfield, j. grandpre, j.e. dignn, j. feichter, c. genthon, w.l. grose, p.s. kasibhatla, i. koehler, m.a. kritz, k. law, e.j. penner, m. ramonet, c.e. reeves, d.a. rotman, d.z. stockwell, p.f.j. van velthoven, g. verver, o. wild, h. yang and p. zimmermann (1997): evaluation and intercomparison of global atmospheric transport models using 222 rn and other short-lived tracers, j. geophys. res., 102 (d5), 5953-5970. lambert, g., g. polian and d. taupin (1970): existence of periodicity in radon concentrations and in the largescale circulation at latitudes between 40 and 70 south, j. geophys. res., 75, 2341-2345. polian, g., g. lambert, b. ardouin and a. jegou (1986). long-range transport of continental radon in subantarctic and antarctic areas, tellus, 38b, 178-189. reiter, e.r. (1978): atmospheric transport processes – part 4: radiactive tracers (technical information center, us department of energy). schery, s.d. and d.h. gaeddert (1982): measurements of the effect of cyclic atmospheric pressure variation on the flux of 222 rn from the soil, geophys. res. lett., 9 (8), 835-838. turekian, k.k., y. nozaki and l.k. benninger (1977). geochemistry of atmospheric radon and radon products, ann. rev. earth planet. sci., 5, 227-255. a possible point of contact between cosmic ray physics and archaeology: muon absorption radiography at the tharros phoenician-roman site annals of geophysics, 60, 1, 2017, s0107; doi:10.4401/ag-7382 s0107 a possible point of contact between cosmic ray physics and archaeology: muon absorption radiography at the tharros phoenician-roman site lorenzo bonechi1,*, fabio ambrosino2,3, luigi cimmino2,3, raffaello d’alessandro1,4, nicola mori1,4, pasquale noli3, giulio saracino2,3, paolo strolin2,3, lorenzo viliani1,4 1 istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di firenze, sesto fiorentino, florence, italy 2 università di napoli federico ii, dipartimento di fisica, naples, italy 3 istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di napoli, naples, italy 4 università di firenze, dipartimento di fisica e astronomia, sesto fiorentino, florence, italy abstract several on-going activities exploiting the potential of the muon-absorption radiography technique are focusing on the study of large volcanic structures located in different geographical regions. nonetheless, the possible application of this non-destructive surveying method to other fields is also under consideration by different groups. looking backward to the history of muon radiography, we can learn how the first important success of this technique was achieved in the archaeological field by the physicist luis w. alvarez in the 1960s. further examples of possible applications can be found concerning geological and mining applications. in this paper a possible application of muon absorption radiography in the context of the archaeological research is proposed. results of a simulation of a simplified case study are presented. 1. introduction many activities exploiting the muon absorption radiography (or muon transmission radiography) technique are currently under consideration or development in fields other than volcanology, as partially reported in other contributions to this workshop. this technique, which can be properly contextualized in the generic framework of monitoring or imaging of material structures, has the potential to be applied in many different areas. each area of application, and often each application itself, requires an independent feasibility study for this technique to be validated. this is due to several reasons, which can be summarized in the following main points: 1) the different materials and material thicknesses encountered by the incident muons, 2) the muon energy range relevant for the selected case study, 3) the relative detector-target geome-try, 4) the type of detector which can be used for the measurement and 5) the purpose of the measurement itself. the first practical cases where muon absorption radiography was successfully applied were in the fields of geology and archaeology. in the 1950s e.p. george measured the thickness of the ice burden over the guthegamunyang tunnel in australia [agostinelli et al. 2003]. a decade later l.w. alvarez studied the interior of the second pyramid of chephren in egypt, looking for a hypothetic hidden chamber [bonechi et al. 2015]. in the latter case, alvarez was able to demonstrate the absence of any large chamber hidden over the already discovered one. drawing on the idea of alvarez, in this work we propose a possible application of muon absorption radiography in the framework of archaeology, based on the use of a robust, low cost and low power consumption particle detector. in section 2 a description of the case study is presented; in section 3 the preliminary results of a simulation are shortly discussed; finally, in section 4 the first activities for the production of a prototype detector are presented. 2. detecting hidden tombs at tharros the tharros site (see figure 1) is a beautiful punicroman site located at the south end of the sinis peninsula near the town of oristano in the sardinia island (italy). in 2014 we had contacts with the managers of the site who illustrated some relevant details about the anarticle history received july 5, 2016; accepted october 5, 2016. subject classification: muon radiography, muon absorption, archaeology, tharros necropolis. cient town. in summer, we had the possibility to visit the site to evaluate a possible usefulness of exploiting muon radiography for a survey of unknown parts of the site. apart from the main ruins of tharros, related to the old town itself, a large area of the peninsula hosts an important necropolis, which is still hidden underground for the greatest part. only a few points have been brought to light by excavations and later covered again to preserve the status of the site. part of these excavations are still visible (see figure 2). surveys by means of a gpr device have been only partially conducted due to the difficulty of moving this kind of device over large areas covered by the mediterranean scrub, which is protected by the italian legislation. therefore, the presence of tombs in several parts of the site (e.g. figure 3) is currently only a guess. thanks to the muon radiography technique, the placement of a muon detector in a fixed measuring position, possibly ten or fifteen metres underground or under a cliff, would give the possibility to make a survey of some hundred square metre surface searching for empty cavities. the minimum volume of a hidden tomb that can be reasonably detected with this method varies from one to a few cubic metres, assuming the tomb is located a few metres underground. to assess the possibility of identifying such hypothetic hidden tombs by exploiting the information carried by the detected muons, a data analysis method [anastasio et al. 2013] has been proposed, based on the comparison of the measured flux with a simulated expected flux, calculated for the same data acquisition time. the required simulations must take into account all the relevant aspects of the problem, from the functional shape of the muon energy/angular spectra at ground level, to its modification while traversing the material along the detector’s field of view. this method is based on the back-projection of the detected and simulated muon tracks to parallel planes at increasing distances from the detector, or to spherical surfaces centred on the detector’s centre for increasing radius. two hit map distributions are therefore produced for each surface and then subtracted from each other. as a result of the different muon absorption in the real and in the simulated cases, the resulting “difference map” should present regions with an accumulation or deficit of hits beyond the statistical fluctuations in correspondence of a sufficiently large unknown empty cavity or a place containing a material much heavier than the surrounding earth or rock. 3. preliminary study with the geant4 high energy physics simulation package preliminary simulations of a simplified case study have been implemented based on the geant4 simulation package [agostinelli et al. 2003], a toolkit that is commonly used in high energy physics for simulating the passage of particles through matter. details of this study are published in bonechi et al. [2015]. a homogeneous terrain with a flat surface has been considered, with a generic “reasonable” chemical composition. a realistic muon detector, based on the technology used for the muray experiment [anastasio et al. 2013], has been positioned 7 m underground and a one cubic metre empty cavity has been placed 4 m undersoil on its field bonechi et al. 2 figure 1. view of the tharros remains. figure 2. tombs found in the tharros necropolis. figure 3. the region of the excavation shown in figure 2. a necropolis is thought to occupy large parts of this place. 3 of view, 8 m far from it. a sketch of the com-plete geometry implemented in geant4 is shown in figure 4. a realistic muon flux generator has been integrated in the geant4 code. this generator is based on experimental measurements of cosmic rays at ground level by the adamo experiment [bonechi et al. 2005] in the momentum range between 100 mev/c and 130 gev/c, which is relevant for this application. two different simulated data sets, with and without the presence of the empty cavity, have been generated and the results compared (see bonechi et al. [2015] for details). for each of these simulations a number of muon events, corresponding to a data acquisition time ranging from two weeks up to 130 days, entering the detector’s field of view and passing through a region surrounding the cavity has been generated. muon tracks are reconstructed and the final trajectories saved to file only if crossing all tracking planes. the sets of reconstructed tracks are back projected to vertical planes or spherical surfaces and a two dimensional hit density map is produced for both simulations in correspondence of each surface, as shortly described at the end of the previous section. from the comparison of the two simulations, a hit map difference is obtained for all the selected surfaces. due to geometrical reasons, a focused image of the cavity is expected as the back projection surface approaches the position of the cavity. in figures 5, 6 and 7 the difference maps on spherical surfaces of radii 1 m, 4 m and 7 m are shown in the azimuth-zenith plane. these figures show how the image of the cavity gets more detailed while the radius of the back projection sphere increase from 1 m to 7 m (see the rms values of the distributions). as shown in bonechi et al. [2015], the best focusing of the image of the cavity can be obtained when the back projection sphere (or plane) crosses a region in proximity of the real position of the cavity itself. in figure 8 the dependence of the width of the reconstructed image along the azimuth axis, as function of the radius of the back projection sphere (equivalent to the distance from the centre of the detector) is shown. the minimum of this function is found for a distance d = 6.1 ± 0.7 m, approximately compatible with the position of the face of the cavity closer to the detector. the angle subtended in this example by the cavity with respect to the detector’s centre is approximately 125 mrad. a detector with an angular resolution of 10÷50 mrad is therefore required for this measurement. 4. development of a prototype borehole tracking detector based on the experience derived from the muray experiment, a prototype borehole muon tracker is under development for a demonstration of the technique promuon radiography in archaeology figure 4. a sketch of the geometry implemented in the geant4 simulation. figure 5. projection on a 1 m radius spherical surface. figure 6. projection on a 4 m radius spherical surface. figure 7. projection on a 7m radius spherical sur-face. posed in bonechi et al. [2015]. this detector is a 40 cm × 40 cm × 40 cm cubic tracker made of two x and two y planes. each plane is made of 22 scintillator bars with isosceles triangular section (figure 9). the scintillator material is ups-923a by de-tecrad, which has a good light yield and a fast rising time. the bar section has a 40 mm base and 20 mm height and the total length of each bar is 40 cm. each bar is enveloped in an aluminized mylar film to guarantee the optical insulation of the scintillator from the external environment (figure 10). the triangular bars are assembled one with the base facing upwards and the adjacent one with the base facing downwards, in such a way to fill a 20 mm height parallelepiped volume (with oblique faces at two ends). signals from the two adjacent bars crossed by a muon can be used to determine the crossing point of the muon tracks with a better resolution with respect to the simple digital algorithm. for the single tracking plane, made of 22 bars, we expect a spatial resolution around 3÷4 mm, according to previous tests with similar bars [carlà 2009/2010]. considering two planes at 40 cm distance, it means therefore an angular resolution of 10 mrad or better. each bar is readout by two silicon photomultiplier (sipm), one on each side. the selected model for this device is asd-nuv4s-p by advansid, which is a 4×4 mm2 device optimized for near ultra violet light detection. a transparent epoxy layer protects the surface of each sipm, therefore the optical contact between sipm and scintillator bar can be achieved by means of a thin layer of optical grease directly applied to the surface of the sipm. these sensors are kept faced to the triangular faces of the bars thorough dedicated plastic supports produced at a 3d printer. a photo of such a plastic support is shown in figure 11. these parts are fixed head on to the bars thanks to standard double sided tape. some pieces of kapton tape is finally applied for safety to fix the support laterally. the readout electronics is currently under development. it is based on the easiroc chip by omega, a 32 channels chip dedicated to readout sipm detectors. bonechi et al. 4 figure 8. dependence of the rms value associ-ated to the image of the cavity as a function of the radius of the back projection sphere. a minimum can be identified for a radius around 6-7 m. figure 9. one scintillator bar used for the con-struction of the prototype muon tracker. figure 10. one scintillator bar enveloped in the aluminized mylar film. figure 11. plastic support use to fix the sipm sensors to the scintillator bars. at the centre a slot used to host the sensor is visible, with a small hole to drive the signal to the readout electronics. 5 the same chip is used for the muray and muraves projects. 5. conclusions the possibility to exploit the potential of muon absorption radiography for surveys in the archaeological field is under consideration. in particular, the application of this technique for the study of the necropolis of the tharros site in the sardinia island is under consideration. for this purpose a prototype borehole muon tracker based on scintillators and silicon photomultipliers in under development. the readout electronics will be similar the muray and muraves projects. the first test of the technique is foreseen for 2016 in a controlled underground environment at the infn unit of florence (italy). acknowledgements. we would like to thank prof. anna chiara fariselli, who has the ministerial concession for archaeological research at tharros, dr. federica boschi from university of bologna and dr. roberto carrus, president of cooperativa “penisola del sinis”, for their availability for discussions and for the invitation to visit the site of tharros. we would like also to thank mr. massimo falorsi, head of the workshop of the department of physics and astronomy of university of florence, and mr. marco manetti of infn unit of florence for the production of scintillators and mechanics. references agostinelli, s., et al. (2003). geant4 a simulation toolkit, nucl. instrum. meth. a, 506, 250-303. anastasio, a., et al. (2013). the muray experiment. an application of sipm technology to the understanding of volcanic phenomena, nucl. instrum. meth. a, 718, 134-137. bonechi, l., m. bongi, d. fedele, m. grandi, s. ricciarini and e. vannuccini (2005). development of the adamo detector: test with cosmic rays at different zenith angles, proceedings of the 29th international cosmic ray conference, 9, 283-286. bonechi, l., r. d’alessandro, n. mori and l. viliani (2015). a projective reconstruction method of underground or hidden structures using atmospheric muon absorption data, j. instrum., 10, p02003. carlà, m. (2009/2010). misura della risoluzione spaziale di un odoscopio realizzato con scintillatori a sezione triangolare, bachelor’s degree in physics, academic year 2009/2010, university of florence, italy (in italian). *corresponding author: lorenzo bonechi, istituto nazionale di fisica nucleare (infn), sezione di firenze, sesto fiorentino, florence, italy; email: lorenzo.bonechi@fi.infn.it. © 2017 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. muon radiography in archaeology << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice preliminary macroseismic survey of the 2016 amatrice seismic sequence annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7172 1 preliminary macroseismic survey of the 2016 amatrice seismic sequence mariano angelo zanini*, lorenzo hofer, flora faleschini, paolo zampieri, nicola fabris, carlo pellegrino university of padova, dept. of civil, environmental and architectural engineering, padova, italy *marianoangelo.zanini@dicea.unipd.it abstract after the recent destructive l’aquila 2009 and emilia-romagna 2012 earthquakes, a sudden mw 6.0 seismic event hit central italy on august 24, 2016. a low population density characterizes the area but, due to its nighttime occurrence, about 300 victims were registered. this work presents the first preliminary results of a macroseismic survey conducted by teams of the university of padova. macroseismic intensities were assessed according to the european macroseismic scale (ems98) for 180 sites. i. introduction n august 24, 2016, at 3:36 local time (1:36 utc), most of the inhabitants of central italy were woken up by a mw 6.0 earthquake that occurred at the boundaries of lazio, umbria, marche and abruzzo regions. the epicenter was located by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (ingv) seismic network [iside 2016] at 42.70°n and 13.24°e, between the municipalities of accumoli and amatrice, in the lazio region. the central apennines sector is highly prone to seismic hazard: in recent years other devastating events occurred with epicenters located in a range of 30 km far from the actual one, like the april 6, 2009 (mw 6.29) l’aquila event and the 1997 umbria seismic sequence, characterized by a mw 5.97 mainshock. according to the parametric catalogue of italian earthquakes (cpti15) [rovida et al. 2016], historical information reveals that the seismic activity in the monti sibillini area is frequent and in the past centuries was characterized by highly destructive events: from the eighteen century a mean annual rate of about 0.25 events with magnitude mw higher than 4.0 was observed. the first evidences of damage induced by earthquake occurrences in the area of accumoli were related to the effects of the july 1627 monti della laga event (mw 5.3, io 7-8 mcs) [monachesi and castelli 1992]. it was followed by the severe october 7, 1639 (mw 6.21, io 8-9 mcs) [castelli 2013] amatrice earthquake, that seemed very similar to the actual seismic scenario. the accumoli area suffered extensive damages also after the most destructive january 14, 1703 (mw 6.92, io 10 mcs), and was re-struck by the may 12, 1730 valnerina event (mw 6.04, io 7 mcs) [guidoboni et al. 2007]. after about 150 years these territories were hit again by the november 7, 1883 monti della laga earthquake (mw 5.10, io 7 mcs) and in the twentieth century by other significant events with io mcs 7-8 in 1916, 1950 [tertulliani et al. 2006] and 1979. in the days following the august 24 event, teams of the university of padova organized a field survey of the damaged areas with the aim to develop an exhaustive macroseismic assessment of the o annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7172 2 earthquake scenario, according to the european macroseismic scale (ems98) [grünthal 1998]. the survey was continuously updated until september 6, 2016 to better define the damage effects induced by the mainshock event. ii. survey methodology the teams surveyed 180 sites, assessing the intensity level on the basis of the structural damage suffered by the residential building stock and classifying it according to the european macroseismic scale (ems98) [grünthal 1998]. industrial buildings were not taken into account due to their lack of representativeness for intensity assessment purposes in the region. short interviews on the perception of the effects experienced by the inhabitants integrated damage data. a vulnerability class was identified for each analyzed building, and failures were classified according to the ems98 damage grades. the most common residential building types in the area are: one-or-two-story old masonry buildings in stone and low quality mortar, with lack of connections (vulnerability class a and b); recently retrofitted masonry buildings (mostly renovated after the 1997 umbria sequence, to which a vulnerability class d was assigned); and two-story seismically designed reinforced concrete frame structures (vulnerability class c). historical buildings like churches, castles and towers were considered for the intensity assessment purposes only in sites where the building stock was undamaged or slightly affected. iii. intensity assessment differently from the 2012 emilia-romagna seismic sequence, characterized by relevant aftershocks comparable to the may 20 mainshock, only one event was characterized by a magnitude mw greater than 5.0, about one hour after the 1:36 utc mw 6.0 mainshock: for this reason, the intensity map can be reasonably viewed as the effects of the main event. intensity values were defined on the basis of the damage grades detected on the different vulnerability classes observed in the analyzed villages. in some centers, difficulties in the intensity assessment were experienced mainly due to differences between damage levels observed in old centers and on recent reinforced concrete buildings: hence, teams surveyed such sites more times, to reduce subjectivity judgment. figure 1 illustrates the intensity iems distribution over the struck territories and table 1 lists iems values for each site surveyed. major intensities were observed in amatrice and pescara del tronto, which were mainly justified by a diffused level 5 of damage to several masonry buildings (figure 2). damages compatible with a iems 8 were detected in villages in an area within a radius of about 12 km far from the instrumental epicenter: in these cases, most of the vulnerability class b residential masonry buildings suffered level 3 of damage. some particular situations of very slight damage were observed close to the instrumental epicenter zone in the villages of vezzano, colle d’arquata and spelonga, probably due to beneficial site effects. the iems 6 area instead extended asymmetrically northwards, about 30 km from the instrumental epicenter, whereas southwards effects seemed significantly attenuated. some difficulties were encountered in the intensity evaluation of damage in the southeastern towns of the abruzzo region, since many buildings were still presenting damage caused by the 2009 l’aquila sequence, and the relatively slight level of ground shaking induced in these areas by the mw 6.0 mainshock, if compared to the epicentral zones. another challenging issue was related to the assessment in the umbria towns, since most of them were seismically retrofitted after 1997 sequence: here the critical issue annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7172 3 figure 1: macroseismic intensities observed after the august 2016 seismic sequence (damage up to september 6, 2016). annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7172 4 table 1: localities surveyed after the august 2016 seismic sequence. d(*) municipality locality iems d(*) municipality locality iems ap arquata del t. pescara del t. 10-11 ri amatrice nommisci 6-7 ri amatrice saletta 10 pg norcia savelli 6-7 ri amatrice amatrice 9-10 pg norcia valcadara 6-7 ri accumoli illica 9 ap arquata del t. trisungo 6-7 ri amatrice san lorenzo fl. 9 ri accumoli roccasalli 6 ap arquata del t. arquata del t. 9 ri amatrice pasciano 6 ri accumoli accumoli 8-9 ri amatrice san giorgio 6 ri accumoli fonte del campo 8-9 ri amatrice santa giusta 6 ri accumoli villanova 8-9 pg norcia agriano 6 ri amatrice casale 8-9 pg norcia campi 6 ri amatrice preta 8-9 ap acquasanta t. acquasanta t. 6 ap arquata del t. capodacqua 8-9 ap arquata del t. colle 6 ap arquata del t. tufo 8-9 ap arquata del t. faete 6 ri accumoli grisciano 8 ap arquata del t. spelonga 6 ri accumoli san giovanni 8 ap arquata del t. vezzano 6 ri accumoli tino 8 ap montegallo montegallo 6 ri amatrice casteltrione 8 fm montefortino montefortino 6 ri amatrice cornelle di sotto 8 mc tolentino tolentino 6 ri amatrice cossito 8 mc visso visso 6 ri amatrice mosicchio 8 ri accumoli terracino 5-6 ri amatrice petrana 8 ri amatrice cornillo nuovo 5-6 ri amatrice retrosi 8 ri amatrice forcelle 5-6 ri amatrice sommati 8 ri amatrice varoni 5-6 pg norcia castelluccio 8 pg cascia cascia 5-6 ap arquata del t. piedilama 8 pg cascia castel s. maria 5-6 ap arquata del t. pretare 8 pg cascia civita 5-6 ri accumoli macchia 7-8 pg norcia ospedaletto 5-6 ri amatrice bagnolo 7-8 pg norcia pescia 5-6 ri amatrice capricchia 7-8 pg norcia piè la rocca 5-6 ri amatrice collepagliuca 7-8 pg preci preci 5-6 ri amatrice colli 7-8 ap montegallo bisignano 5-6 ri amatrice cornillo vecchio 7-8 ap montegallo castro 5-6 ri amatrice moletano 7-8 ap montegallo uscerno 5-6 ri amatrice scai 7-8 fm amandola amandola 5-6 ri amatrice torrita 7-8 fm montefortino cerretana 5-6 pg norcia san pellegrino 7-8 mc castelsantangelo castelsantangelo 5-6 ri amatrice collegentilesco 7 mc sarnano sarnano 5-6 ri amatrice colleposta 7 mc ussita ussita 5-6 ri amatrice configno 7 aq campotosto poggio cancelli 5-6 ri amatrice patarico 7 aq montereale aringo 5-6 ri amatrice poggio vitellino 7 ri borbona borbona 5 ri amatrice roccapassa 7 ri cittareale cittareale 5 ri amatrice san benedetto 7 ri cittareale santa croce 5 ri amatrice voceto 7 ri posta bacugno 5 pg cascia avendita 7 ri posta fontarello 5 pg norcia fontevena 7 ri posta posta 5 pg norcia frascano 7 pg norcia aliena 5 pg norcia norcia 7 pg norcia fogliano 5 pg norcia nottoria 7 pg norcia maltignano 5 aq montereale santa lucia 7 pg norcia puro 5 ri accumoli collespada 6-7 pg norcia sant’andrea 5 ri amatrice collemoresco 6-7 pg preci collescille 5 ri amatrice domo 6-7 pg preci piedivalle 5 annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7172 5 d(*) municipality locality iems d(*) municipality locality iems pg preci saccovescio 5 aq capitignano capitignano 5 ap ascoli piceno castel trosino 5 aq capitignano collenoveri 5 ap ascoli piceno mozzano 5 aq capitignano pago 5 ap acquasanta t. arli 5 aq capitignano paterno 5 ap acquasanta t. centrale 5 aq capitignano sivignano 5 ap acquasanta t. corneto 5 aq montereale casale bottone 5 ap acquasanta t. novele 5 aq montereale castiglione 5 ap acquasanta t. paggese 5 aq montereale cesaproba 5 ap acquasanta t. ponte d’arli 5 aq montereale cesariano 5 ap acquasanta t. quintodecimo 5 aq montereale lonaro 5 ap acquasanta t. san martino 5 aq montereale marana 5 ap acquasanta t. santa maria 5 aq montereale montereale 5 ap montegallo forca 5 aq montereale piedicolle 5 ap montemonaco montemonaco 5 aq montereale san vito 5 ap montemonaco pignotti 5 aq montereale santa vittoria 5 ap montemonaco rocca 5 aq montereale verrico 5 ap montemonaco san giorgio isola 5 aq montereale ville 5 ap roccafluvione roccafluvione 5 te cortino cortino 5 mc caldarola caldarola 5 te crognaleto alvi 5 mc camerino camerino 5 te crognaleto cesacastina 5 mc camerino san luca 5 te crognaleto crognaleto 5 mc camerino san marcello 5 te crognaleto nerito 5 mc castelsantangelo gualdo 5 te crognaleto poggio u. 5 mc gualdo gualdo 5 te crognaleto san giorgio 5 mc muccia muccia 5 te crognaleto tottea 5 mc pieve torina apennino 5 te valle castellana ceraso 5 mc pieve torina capriglia 5 te valle castellana cerquito 5 mc pieve torina pieve torina 5 te valle castellana morrice 5 mc pievebovigliana pievebovigliana 5 te valle castellana pascellata 5 mc ripe s. ginesio ripe s. ginesio 5 te valle castellana pietralta 5 mc san ginesio san ginesio 5 te valle castellana san vito 5 mc ussita calcara 5 te valle castellana valle castellana 5 mc ussita cuore di sorbo 5 ap ascoli piceno ascoli piceno 4-5 mc ussita frontignano 5 ap ascoli piceno casette 4-5 mc visso borgo s. antonio 5 ap venarotta venarotta 4-5 aq campotosto campotosto 5 mc belforte belforte 4-5 aq campotosto ortolano 5 mc muccia maddalena 4-5 (*) districts: rieti (ri), perugia (pg), ascoli piceno (ap), fermo (fm), macerata (mc), aquila (aq), teramo (te). was to define the most reliable ems98 vulnerability class, for properly derive the iems degree. a review of the local strengthening techniques suggested to adopt, in such cases, a vulnerability class d for masonry structures. unreinforced buildings, if present, were also considered in these localities to check the reliability of the assigned intensity value. iv. conclusions results of a macroseismic survey performed in the area struck by the august 24, 2016 amatrice sequence were presented. a total number of 180 sites were surveyed and for each of them a iems value was defined. according to the results shown in this work, it can be concluded that site effects annals of geophysics, 59, fast track 5, 2016; doi: 10.4401/ag-7172 6 figure 2: diffused collapses in amatrice (left) and aerial view of pescara del tronto (right, retrieved on www.meteoweb.eu). significantly influenced the 2016 central italy sequence. additionally, a key aspect of this work related the evaluation of the effects induced by the analyzed earthquake to predamaged and seismically retrofitted residential buildings, for a proper derivation of the a iems value. finally, a preliminary analysis based on statistical inference of the ems intensities assessed was performed, evidencing how the macroseismic epicenter seems located 4 km southeastwards with respect to the instrumental one. references castelli, v. (2013). revisione delle conoscenze sui terremoti del 1558 (valdambra), 1561 (campania-basilicata), 1639 (amatriciano) e 1747 (nocera umbra – gualdo tadino). rapporto tecnico ingv-mi, milano, 16 pp. grünthal, g., ed. (1998). european macroseismic scale 1998 (ems-98). european seismological commission, subcommission on engineering seismology, working group macroseismic scales. conseil de l’europe, cahiers du centre europèen de gèodynamique et de sèismologie, 15, luxembourg, 99 pp. guidoboni, e., g. ferrari, d. mariotti, a. comastri, g. tarabusi and g. valensise (2007) cfti4med, catalogue of strong earthquakes in italy (461 b.c. – 1997) and meditteranean area (760 b.c. – 1500). ingvsga. http://storing.ingv.it/cfti4med. iside working group (ingv) (2016). italian seismological instrumental and parametric database: http://iside.rm.ingv.it, doi: 10.13127/iside, last accessed september 2016. rovida, a., m. locati, r. camassi, b. lolli, p. gasparini, eds. (2016). cpti15, the 2015 version of the parametric catalogue of italian earthquakes. istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. doi:http://doi.org/ 10.6092/ ingv.it-cpti15. tertulliani, a., f. galadini, f. mastino, a. rossi and m. vecchi (2006) studio macrosismico del terremoto del gran sasso (italia centrale) del 5 settembre 1950: implicazioni sismotettoniche. il quaternario, 19, 2: 195-214. http://storing.ingv.it/cfti4med http://iside.rm.ingv.it/ r e g i s t r a z i o n e d e l l e o m ) e l o n g i t ì d i n a l i di b r e v e p e r i o d o ri:n\to li \i ni v l n oncia l o n g i t u d i n a l e p r o v o c a u n a c o n d e n s a z i o n e d e l m e z z o att r a v e r s o il q u a l e e—a -i p r o p a g a . i a l e c o n d e n s a z i o n e p u ò e s s e r e r i v e l a t a con un a p p a r a l o s u g g e r i t o d a b e n i o i l ' ( ' ) nel c a s o p a r t i c o l a r e ilei le o n d e s i s m i c h e l o n g i t u d i n a l i . k-so c o n s i s t e i n u n a c a v i t à s i e r i c a r i c a v a t a i n u n t e r r e n o , p r e f e r i b i l m e n t e r o c c i o s o ( f i g . 1). d e t t a c a v i t a c o m u n i c a con l ' a t m o s f e r a p e r m e z z o di u n t u b o t a n c h e r i p i e n o in p a r t e di l i q u i d o . u n p i c c o l o c a p i l l a r e m a n t i e n e c o s t a n t e il l i v e l l o del l i q u i d o e fa sì c h e non -i r i s e n t a n o l e v a r i a z i o n i l e n t e di v o l u m e , c a u s a t e d a v a r i a z i o n i di t e m p e r a t u r a o di p r e s s i o n e a t m o s f e r i c a . l n ' o n d a l o n g i t u d i n a l e i n c i d e n t e fa v a r i a r e il v o l u m e d e l l a f e r a e q u i n d i p r o d u c e u n o s p o s t a m e n t o del l i v e l l o del l i q u i d o n e l t u b o . s i a s = a s e n cn|/ — 1 e q u a z i o n e d e l l o n d a l o n g i t u d i n a l e r i f e r i t a al c e n t r o d e l l a s f e r a ( e è la v e l o c i t à eli p r o p a g a z i o n e d e l l e o n d e l o n g i t u d i n a l i nel t e r r e n o ) : il l i v e l l o del l i q u i d o nel t u b o 7 -i s p o s t e r à a l l o r a di h = —co a cos cot [ 2 ] ac dove v„ è il v o l u m e d e l l a f e r a ed i l a s e z i o n e del t u b o . q u e s t a form u l a è s l a t a s t a b i l i t a d a .benioil' p a r t e n d o d a l l a v a r i a z i o n e d i v o l u m e a v= — i a d v [ 3 ] d o v e o è la c o n d e n s a z i o n e d o v u t a a l i o n d a i n c i d e n t e d e f i n i t a d a ss a — , e f a c e n d o la s e g u e n t e i p o t e s i : c/) la v i b r a z i o n e l o n g i t u d i n a l e i n c i d e n t e h a u n a l u n g h e z z a di onda m o l t o p i ù g r a n d e del r a g g i o d e l l a f e r a : q u e s t a i p o t e s i è q u a s i t ' j bknioff 11.. b u l l , ol' t h e s e i i u o l o g i c a l s o e . o f . a n i . 1 9 3 5 , 25, p a g . 3 0 7 . 2 0 8 r e n a t o c i a l d e a s e m p r e v e r i f i c a l a nel caso d e l l e o n d e s i s m i c h e o r d i n a r i e , c l i c h a n n o in g e n e r a l e u n a l u n g h e z z a vi o n d a m o l l o g r a n d e . m a e v i d e n t e m e n l e b e n i off. n e l «no c a l c o l o , s u p p o s e i n o l i l e : b) l ' i m p e d e n z a m e c c a n i c a d e l l ' a p p a r a t o è t r a s c u r a b i l e ; e ) l ' o s c i l l a z i o n e d e l l e d i v e r s e p o r z i o n i d e l l a s u p e r f i c i e di separ a z i o n e ira il t e r r e n o ed il l i q u i d o è i d e n t i c a p u n l o p e r p i l l i l o a l l a o s c i l l a z i o n e i n c i d e n t e p e r a m p i e z z a e f a s e . v e d i a m o a n z i t u t t o c o m e i n l l u i s e a l ' i m p e d e n z a m e c c a n i c a s u l l o spos t a m e n t o d e l l i v è l l o del l i q u i d o nel tulio t , s e m p r e s u p p o n e n d o val i d e l e i p o t e s i a ) e e ) : a p p u n t o i n b a s e a tali i p o t e s i , il c a l c o l o è m o l t o s e m p l i f i c a t o , g i a c c h é la v a r i a z i o n e di p r e s s i o n e , d o v u t a a l l a v i b r a z i o n e i n c i d e n t e , si p u ò r i t e n e r e c o s t a n t e , i s t a n t e p e r i s t a n t e , in tutti i p u n t i d e l l a s f e r a . si h a i n f a t t i p e r q u e s t a v a r i a z i o n e d i p r e s sione a p = e a [ 4 ] dove £ è il m o d u l o di c o m p r e s s i b i l i t à del l i q u i d o ; o r a , se si s u p p o n e la l u n g h e z z a d ' o n d a d e l l a v i b r a z i o n e i n c i d e n t e m o l t o p i ù g r a n d e del r a g g i o d e l l a s f e r a , si p u ò r i t e n e r e a c q u i n d i a n c h e a p , c o s t a n t e p e r ogni punto d e l l a s f e r a , i s t a n t e p e r i s t a n t e . si c o n s i d e r i ora ( f i g . 1} la sfera d i r a g g i o k. il t u b o t d i sez i o n e ( , r i e m p i l o di l i q u i d o f i n o a l l ' a l t e z z a l e sia li l o s p o s t a m e n t o del l i v e l l o r i f e r i t o a l l a sua p o s i z i o n e d i e q u i l i b r i o . d a l l a b e n nota r e l a z i o n e di e l a s t i c i t à a p = — e — [ 5 ] v si p u ò t r o v a r e il v a l o r e d e l l a p r e s s i o n e e s e r c i t a t a n e l l i q u i d o p e r effetto d e l l a v a r i a z i o n e di v o l u m e : q u e s t a p r e s s i o n e a g i s c e sul l i q u i d o c h e si trova nel t u b o t , p r o d u c e n d o v i u n a v a r i a z i o n e d i l i v e l l o li: p e r c i ò nel a l d e l l a [ 5 ] si d e v e c o n s i d e r a r e non solo l a v a r i a z i o n e di v o l u m e d o v u t a a l l a c o n d e n s a z i o n e , m a a n c h e la v a r i a z i o n e li i dovuta al f a t t o che il l i q u i d o v i e n e ad o c c u p a r e un v o l u m e m a g g i o r e , in s e g u i t o a l l ' i n n a l z a m e n t o li del l i v e l l o n e l t u b o t ; n e l d e n o m i n a t o r e d e l l a [ 5 ] p o i , al posto di p , si p o t r à p o r r e il v o l u m e ' o d i tutto il l i q u i d o c o n t e n u t o s i a n e l l a s f e r a , sia n e l t u b o ; ciò si p u ò a m m e t t e r e , -e si s u p p o n e c h e i « sia m o l l o p i ù g r a n d e del v o l u m e spostato d u r a n t e mi o s c i l l a z i o n e . la p r e s s i o n e a l l ' i n t e r n o s a r à q u i n d i a v+ha a i ' = — e \ , . n. „ — \ l t e g l s t k v z i o n e d e i . i . e o n d e l o n g i t u d i n a l i 2 0 9 s e -i s u p p o n e i n o l t r e c l i c l ' a l t e z z a / del tubo -iu p i ù p i c c o l a d e l l a lunghe •zza d ' o n d a d e l l a v i b r a z i o n e nel l i q u i d o , si p u ò a m m e t t e r e c h e la m a s s a del l i q u i d o c o n t e n u t o n e l tubo t si -posti tutta i n s i e m e : si p u ò a l l o r a a p p l i c a r e a q u e s t a m a s s a m l ' e q u a z i o n e d i m o l o , e -i h a così, t r a s c u r a n d o gli a t t r i t i , d'h a a> m — =—e a) —e — li di» r„ v0 e cioè in b a s e a l l a ! i ) r i f e r i t a a l c e n t r o d e l l a s f e r a ed a l l a [ i j d-h aaa< o m -(e — li — e eos o)/ dii n t a l e e q u a z i o n e a n i m e l l e c o m e è n o l o l ' i n t e g r a l e p a r t i c o l a r e f amo ,, eos mi j_o j mc({}~—or) dove la p u l s a z i o n e di r i s o n a n z a 12 d e l l a p p a r a t o è d a t a da q = 1 ' t e . = r , i ' i o » " o q u e s t a f o r m u l a è i d e n t i c a a ( l u c i l a d e i r i s o n a t o r i di h e l m h o l t z : c i ò è e v i d e n t e , e s c n d o s i a l o f a l l o un r a g i o n a m e n t o a n a l o g o ( q u i e , è la v e l o c i t à di p r o p a g a z i o n e d e l l e v i b r a z i o n i nel l i q u i d o ) . nel caso poi c h e si c o n s i d e r i una f r e q u e n z a i n c i d e n t e l a u t o picc o l a da p o t e r t r a s c u r a r e o>2 r i s p e l l o a d la |') | d i v e n t a j 0 nm li = — eos (0/ airi iv >i i d e n t i l i c a con la |2| t r o v a t a d a b e n i o i l . s e l ' i p o t e s i t/) non è p i ù v a l i d a , la c o n d e n s a z i o n e non p u ò p i ù r i t e n e r s i c o s t a n t e in ogni p u n t o d e l l a f e r a : q u i n d i la p r e s i o n e v a r i a da p u n t o a p u n t o e si p r o p a g a n e l l ' i n t e r n o . i n o l t r e , se si avessero d e l l e v i b r a z i o n i la cui l u n g h e z z a d o n d a fosse tanto p i c c o l a da g e n e r a r e d e l l e o n d e s t a z i o n a r i e n e l l ' i n t e r n o d e l l a s f e r a , l ' a t t a c c o del tubo 7 p o t r e b b e c a p i t a r e in u n a p o s i z i o n e q u a l u n q u e r i s p e t t o a l l e zone vent r a l i ed a ( i n c i l e n o d a l i : -i u d r e b b e r o a v e r e q u i n d i in q u e s t o p u n t o d e l l e p r e s s i o n i c h e d i p e n d e r e b b e r o non solo d a l l a m p i e z z a e d a l l a f r e q u e n z a d e l l ' o n d a i n c i d e r n e , m a a n c h e e « o p r a t u t t o d a l l a d i r e z i o n e di p r o v e n i e n z a d e l l ' o n d a . p e r e v i t a r e q u e s t o i n c o n v e n i e n t e c h e p o t r e b b e p r e s e n t a r s i q u a l o r a 58 r e n a t o c i a l d e a -i v o l e s s e r o r e g i s t r a r e d e l l e v i o l a z i o n i di p i c c o l a l u n g h e z z a d o n d a , o c c o r r e f a r e u n a v a r i a n t e a l l ' a p p a r a t o s o p r a d e s c r i t t o . i a l e v a r i a n t e c o n s i s t e n e l p o n e il t u b o t i n t e r n a m e n t e a l l a s f e r a ( f i g . 2), in m o d o c h e l a s u a e s t r e m i t à a p e r t a i n f e r i o r e si trovi p r o p r i o al c e n t r o . o g n i p o r z i o n e d e l l a s f e r a si p u ò a l l o r a c o n s i d e r a r e c o m e u n a s o r g e n t e c h e e m e t t a , d u r a n t e la sua v i b r a z i o n e , d e l l e o n d e p r o p a g a n i c s i n c l l i n t e r n o d e l l a s f e r a : ora t u t t e le a z i o n i di q u e s t e o n d e a r r i v e r a n n o al c e n t r o con u n o stesso r i t a r d o r e l a t i v a m e n t e a l l e v i b r a z i o n i d e l l e r i s p e t t i v e s o r g e n t i , c i o è d e l l e d i v e r s e p o r z i o n i d e l l a s u p e r f ì c i e d e l l a s f e r a . si p u ò cosi f a r e 1 i p o t e s i c h e la p r e s s i o n e n e l c e n t r o a l l ' i s t a n t e i sia p r o p o r z i o n a l e a l l a v a r i a z i o n e di v o l u m e d e l l a s f e r a a l l ' i s t a n t e ! — ( e , è la v e l o c i t à ili p r o p a g a z i o n e di u n a v i b r a z i o n e e l a s t i c a nel l i q u i d o ) ed a l l a v a r i a z i o n e di v o l u m e d e l l i q u i d o c o n t e n u t o nel t u b o t l ' e l a t i v a ali i s t a n t e t: a n c h e o r a si s u p p o n e c h e l ' a l t e z z a / d e l l i v e l l o del l i q u i d o sia p i c c o l a r i s p e t t o a l l a l u n g h e z z a d ' o n d a d e l l a v i b r a z i o n e n e l l i q u i d o : si h a q u i n d i d a l l a s o l i l a r e l a z i o n e di e l a s t i c i t à — ( t 7 > r r ' b p e r c a l c o l a r e la v a r i a z i o n e di v o l u m e d e l l a s f e r a , d o v u t a ad u n ' o n da l o n g i t u d i n a l e i n c i d e n t e di e q u a z i o n e [ 1 ] , m p o t r e b b e p a r t i r e d a l l a registrazione delle onde longitudinali 2 1 1 | i j . p o n e n d o p e r ò a f u n z i o n e d e l l a p o s i z i o n e e del t e m p o . m a si p u ò p i ù s e m p l i c e m e n t e c o n s i d e r a r e il v o l u m e d e l s o l i d o i n f i n i t e s i m o g e n e i a t o da una corona c i r c o l a r e c o a s s i a l e a l i asse v. d u r a n t e la sua o s c i l l a z i o n e e p o i i n t e g r a r l o a t u t t a la s f e r a . c o n s i d e r i a m o a l l o r a u n a corona c i r c o l a r e e l e m e n t a r e c o m p r e s a tra d u e coni di a p e r t u r a (| e cp-j-ezrp ( l i g . 3 ) : t u t t a la c o r o n a -i s p o s t e r à di un t r a t t o s d a t o d a l l a [ 1 ] , s u p p o n e n d o c l i c l ' a l t e z z a del s e g m e n t o sia tanto p i c c o l a da r i t e n e r e s c o s t a n t e su tutta la c o r o n a ; in l a i m o d o si v i e n e a f o r m a r e u n sol i d o i n f i n i t e s i m o c o m p r e s o ira la sfera i n i z i a l e e la s u p e r f i c i e d e l l a corona s p o s t a l a : il suo v o l u m e è d a t o e v i d e n t e m e n t e d a l l a s u p e r f i c i e d e l l a corona p e r l ' a l t e z z a , clic è r a p p r e s e n t a t a d a l l a p r o i e z i o n e di s sulla n o r m a l e a l l a s f e r a e q u i n d i da 3 "\ \ d t 1 1 v •'vx i x . . . 1 \ i r / / dv — 2.t r~ seni| d'p a cosip senio 1 ed essendo .v = — r cosip, si h a di -.. 2.-t ra senip cos<| s e n ( t r c o s q s e n 2rc i — -4 t }. [ 7 ] la |t] va i n t e g r a t a p e r i|> v a r i a b i l e da 0 a -"tl i n t e g r a z i o n e è i m m e d i a t a e -i o p e r a la s o s t i t u z i o n e 2 re r y — — — cosi) = p eosij 1. con la q u a l e si o t t e n g o n o i d u e i n t e g r a l i . , 1 a/~ , 1 a/r , al — — / — senco/y cosv dy — — cosco? v s e n v a y ' 2:r * " / 2,-t di cui il p r i m o è n u l l o e l ' a l t r o v a l e a)'~ , / sen (3—-j3cos|3 \ a f — -j coso)/ (sen|"3 — |3eos|3) = -j4,-t r~a coscof. re \ ) [ 8 ] 60 r e n a t o c i a l d e a p e r v a l o r i di (3 m i n o r e d i 1. cioè p e r l u n g h e z z e d ' o n d a m o l l o p i ù g r a n d i di r. la [ 8 ] si p u ò s v i l u p p a r e i n s e r i e , o t t e n e n d o a v = — 4jt r a z (—1)" — lì'2"-1 cos cot (271+1)! e se -i t r a s c u r a n o i t e r m i n i di g r a d o s u p c r i o r e , si o t t i e n e i i v,ao) a 1 = cos co/ da cui -i p u ò f a c i l m e n t e o t t e n e r e la f o r m u l a 1 2 ] di b e n i o f f . per t r o v a r e la v a r i a z i o n e h dei l i v e l l o d e l l i q u i d o , si a p p l i c h i l ' e c p i a z i o n e di m o t o a l l a m a s s a d e l l i q u i d o c o n t e n u t o n e l tubo t. e d a l l a [ 6 ] d'h , a~ , 4 jt za s e n t ì —rcosfi / r\ m e — h = r~a cos co l d'1 v0 p 0 \ ) t a l e e q u a z i o n e a m m e t t e c o m e i n t e g r a l e p a r t i c o l a r e 4 ite r''aa i sentì—bcostì / r li = — • 1 — • cos col t — m i ' , q2—co2 pr d o v e c o m e al solito c )'• ± < i • in q u e s t a f o r m u l a c o m p a i o n o v a r i f a t t o r i , d e i q u a l i è b e n e f a r e u n a r a p i d a a n a l i s i . o l t r e a l l ' a m p i e z z a a d e l l a v i b r a z i o n e i n c i d e n t e , il p r i m o f a t t o r e c o n t i e n e a l c u n e g r a n d e z z e c a r a t l e r i s t i c l i e d e l l a s f e r a e del l i q u i d o a d o p e r a t o . il s e c o n d o f a t t o r e l i e n e conto c h e l u t t o il sistema ha u n a p r o p r i a f r e q u e n z a di r i s o n a n z a . il terzo f a t t o r e è u n a f u n z i o n e di (3 di cui si r i p o r t a n e l l a fi> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice midorakawa 769_778.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 6, december 2002 769 importance of damage data from destructive earthquakes for seismic microzoning damage distribution during the 1923 kanto, japan, earthquake saburoh midorikawa department of built environment, tokyo institute of technology, yokohama, japan abstract to verify the results of seismic microzoning and to improve techniques, the damage data of past destructive earthquakes is an important key reference. the damage data of the 1923 kanto, japan, earthquake in the epicentral region are collected and compiled to produce the most reliable and detailed damage map. the damage map is compared with the results from the existing damage assessment and is used to discuss revision of the site amplification evaluation. 1. introduction seismic microzoning has been conducted as the basis for earthquake disaster mitigation planning. earthquake ground motions are directly related to the seismic force acting on structures and to geotechnical hazards such as liquefaction and slope failure. therefore, zoning for ground motion is an essential part of seismic microzoning. many approaches for ground motion zoning have been proposed such as: 1) damage survey of destructive earthquakes. mailing address: prof. saburoh midorikawa, department of built environment, tokyo institute of technology, 4259 nagatsuta, midori-ku, yokohama 226-8502, japan; e-mail: smidorik@enveng.titech.ac.jp key words seismic microzoning – damage data – the 1923 kanto earthquake – japan 2) questionnaire seismic intensity survey of lo cal earthquakes. 3) geological and geomorphological classifica tion. 4) microtremor analysis, 5) ground response analysis. in practice, appropriate methods for each area should be selected from these approaches since the available data vary from region to region (e.g., technical committee for earthquake geotechnical engineering, tc4, issmge, 1999). the results obtained by zoning techniques are preferably verified with the observation data. therefore, the damage survey of destructive earthquakes plays two important roles, such as: 1) conducting a zoning technique simply from the damage distribution, and 2) collection of material for verification of zoning results. destructive earthquakes occur with low frequency even in high seismicity areas. as a result, it is important to collect, compile, and interpret the information from old or historical earth770 saburoh midorikawa quakes. this paper shows the importance of the damage data from destructive earthquakes for seismic microzoning through a case study of the 1923 kanto earthquake in japan. 2. importance of the 1923 kanto earthquake for zoning of the tokyo metropolitan area to produce the zoning map of tokyo, imamura (1913) compiled the damage data of the 1855 tokyo earthquake (m 6.9) in which more than 7000 people were killed. from the damage map of the earthquake together with the old topographic map, he divided the city area into four zones such as low, medium, high and very high hazard zones, as shown in fig. 1. this map was the first microzoning map proposed in japan. ten years after his work, tokyo was attacked fig. 1. seismic microzoning map of tokyo (imamura, 1913). fig. 2. damage distribution in tokyo during the 1923 kanto earthquake (geological survey of japan, 1925). 771 importance of damage data from destructive earthquakes for seismic microzoning again by the 1923 kanto earthquake (m 7.9). the damage distribution of the kanto earthquake was surveyed by the geological survey of japan (1925a), as shown in fig. 2. as most of downtown of tokyo was burned out by the earthquake fire, they may have overlooked some of the areas damaged by ground shaking. considering the incompleteness of the damage map shown in fig. 2, the damage distribution of the kanto earthquake is consistent with imamura’s zoning map and could be predicted by the imamura’s map. this demonstrates the effectiveness of the damage data of the past destructive earthquakes. now thetokyo metropolitan area has grown to a huge densely populated area. the area consists of tokyo, kanagawa, saitama and chiba prefectures, with a population of 27 million. the location of the area is shown in fig. 3. if tokyo metropolitan area is attacked again by the kanto earthquake, the amount of the direct loss is estimated as more than two trillion dollars which is about 10 times of that of the 1995 kobe earthquake (risk management solutions, 1995). as shown by a square in fig. 3, the seismic microzoning map by imamura (1913) covers only the central part of tokyo prefecture and is no longer proper to evaluate the seismic hazard in tokyo metropolitan area. since the 1923 kanto earthquake was the last destructive event for tokyo metropolitan area, the damage data of the kanto earthquake will provide the basic information for the seismic microzoning of the tokyo metropolitan area. several reports on the damage to houses during the kanto earthquake have been published, as described by takemura and moroi (2001a). among them, the damage data compiled by matsuzawa (1925) have often been referred. matsuzawa’s data are based on the reports from local governments as of a few weeks after the earthquake. in the most disastrous regions, the damage survey had not been completed by that time because of the aftermath of the disaster. some of the reported data might be preliminary rough estimates, and furthermore there seem to have been some mistakes in the reported data. as a result, some parts of the data set do not seem reliable, as pointed out by matsuzawa himself (matsuzawa, 1925). about two months after the earthquake, the ministry of domestic affairs ordered the local governments to conduct a complete damage survey. based on the damage investigation, the statistical damage data were published by the ministry of domestic affairs (1926). the published statistical data, however, were not well defined. for some towns, the numbers of the damaged residential houses were described, but for the other towns, the numbers consisted of both residential and non-residential houses. unfortunately, many of the original documents of the survey data of the disastrous regions were lost mainly due to fires during the second world war. the geological survey of japan also conducted the damage investigation in tokyo, kanagawa, chiba, saitama, yamanashi, shizuoka, ibaragi, tochigi and gunma prefectures (inoue, 1925). locations of these prefectures and the source area of the kanto earthquake are shown in fig. 3. they published the reports on the damage in tokyo, chiba, saitama, ibaragi, tochigi and gunma prefectures (geological survey of japan, 1925a,b). the reports describe the damage for each sub-division of the towns and villages. from the descriptions, the detailed fig. 3. locations of epicenter and fault plane of the 1923 kanto earthquake. 772 saburoh midorikawa intensity maps of tokyo, chiba, and saitama prefectures are derived and the effects of surface as reported by moroi and takemura (2001) and takemura and moroi (2001b,c,d). unfortunately, the reports on the damage in kanagawa, yamanashi and shizuoka prefectures were not published probably due to financial problems at the time of the earthquake. among these three prefectures, kanagawa prefecture is located just on the epicentral area of the earthquake as shown in fig. 3 and suffered the most disastrous damage. as mentioned earlier, some of the statistical damage data for kanagawa prefecture have been published, but the reliability of these data has not been fully examined, so that the damage distribution of kanagawa prefecture is still unclear. 3. damage distribution of wooden houses in kanagawa prefecture in order to reveal the accurate damage distribution in kanagawa prefecture, three data set by nishisaka (1924), kanagawa prefecture (1927) and the agricultural association of kanagawa prefecture (1925), in addition to the statistical damage data by matsuzawa (1925) and the ministry of domestic affairs (1926) mentioned earlier, were collected from local institutes for compilation of historical material (shinbo and midorikawa, 2001). as a result of examination of the five groups of data, the data of the agricultural association of kanagawa prefecture (1925) seem most reliable. the data have not been referred by the previous studies on the damage of the kanto earthquake because that the agricultural association of kanagawa prefecture was a local organization whose reports were not noticed by engineering communities. the data compiled by the agricultural association of kanagawa prefecture (1925) are the numbers of the damaged residential houses for each village and town. since the major industry in kanagawa prefecture was agriculture at that time, the agricultural association of kanagawa prefecture was strongly related to the local governments. the data might be based on the original data of the damage survey as ordered by the ministry of domestic affairs. the distribution of the ratio of the collapsed houses based on the agricultural association of kanagawa prefecture (1925) is shown in fig. 4. since the data for the urban areas such as yokohama and yokosuka cities are not included in the data of the agricultural association of kanagawa prefecture (1925), the supplementary data (takahama et al., 2001; committee for publication of yokosuka city earthquake disaster report, 1932) are also used to draw the damage distribution. the damage distribution based on the data by matsuzawa (1925) which have often been referred to, is also shown in fig. 5. in comparison with the damage map by matsuzawa (1925), the damage tends to be smaller as shown in fig. 4. this is mainly because the data by matsuzawa include the damage to both residential and non-residential houses and the damage ratio was calculated dividing the number of damaged houses by the number of households which is equivalent to the number of residential houses. as shown in the geological map of kanagawa prefecture (see fig. 6), the damage seems to be larger on alluvial deposits, suggesting local site effects. in particular, in most towns and villages on alluvial deposits along the sagami river, the collapsed ratios are higher than 50%. the earthquake damage assessment has been conducted by kanagawa prefecture. figure 7 shows the japanese-scale seismic intensity map calculated for the kanto earthquake by kanagawa prefecture (1999). the map is calculated by the empirical attenuation relationship of ground motion intensity and the site amplification evaluation technique based on the geological and geomorphological classification. to verify the calculated intensity map with the observed damage map, the correlation between the intensity and the damage ratio is necessary. although there are uncertainties between the intensity scale and the damage ratio, a recent study suggests that the intensities 6 and 7 correspond to the collapsed ratios higher than 1% and 50 to 80%, respectively (nobata and midorikawa, 2002). if the collapsed ratios higher than 1%, 10%, and 50% are assumed to correspond to the intensities 6 –, 6 +, and 7, respectively, the calculated intensity map seems to be consistent with the observed damage map 773 importance of damage data from destructive earthquakes for seismic microzoning fig. 4. the damage distribution of wooden houses in kanagawa prefecture by this study. fig. 5. the damage distribution of wooden houses in kanagawa prefecture by matsuzawa (1925). 774 saburoh midorikawa fig. 6. geological map of kanagawa prefecture. fig. 7. calculated seismic intensity map for the kanto earthquake (kanagawa prefecture, 1999) 775 importance of damage data from destructive earthquakes for seismic microzoning fig. 8. detailed damage distribution and geomorphological conditions along the sagami river. 776 saburoh midorikawa in a broad sense, but in a more strict sense some discrepancies are found between both maps. for example, in the area along the sagami river, the observed damage is highest 5 to 15 km north from the coast and lower near the coast. the calculated intensity is highest from the coast to the north for a length of about 15 km. the calculated high intensity zone seems to shift to the south in comparison with the observed damage zone. as the source of the earthquake is beneath the area as shown in fig. 3, this discrepancy may be related to the site amplification evaluation. 4. local site effects on the damage distribution in order to discuss the local site effects, the detailed damage distribution was investigated in the area along the sagami river where heavy damage was observed. the area of investigation is shown by a square in fig. 4. more than 100 data sources such as the reports on local history or folklore, administrative documents, and the booklets of school anniversaries were collected. the data were interpreted and used to determine the ratio of collapsed houses at each section of towns or villages. figure 8 shows the detailed distribution of the collapsed ratios. in the figure, the geomorphological conditions are overlaid. the correlation between the damage ratio and the geomorphological condition can be found; the collapsed ratios tend to be more than 70% at back marsh, valley plain, natural levee and alluvial fan, and less than 50% at sand dune and terrace. figure 9 shows the collapsed ratios at different geomorphological conditions. although there is a large variation of the collapsed ratios in the same geomorphological classification, the average collapsed ratios are about 60% and 30% at lowland except sand dune and at sand dune and terrace, respectively. this suggests that the site amplification is smaller at sand dune and terrace. according to the previous studies (e.g., matsuoka and midorikawa, 1995), however, the site amplification has generally been considered to be larger at lowland including sand dune than at terrace. figure 10 shows the soil profile along the sagami river (kanagawa prefecture, 1985) together with the collapsed ratio. lateral variations of the soil profiles perpendicular to the section are not considered significant because of the wide valley shape, and the effects of the three dimensional structure will be small. at sand dune, there is a stiff gravel layer beneath a sand layer at the surface. the gravel layer contributes to the smaller amplification at sand dune. at back marsh, the collapsed ratio increases with the increase in the thickness of surface deposits. the collapsed ratio which should be strongly related to the site amplification can be accurately estimated from the geomorphological land classification together with the thickness of surface deposits. the results suggest that it is important for more accurate microzoning to consider the regional characteristics of soil conditions and that the damage data can be the basic data for verification and revision of the site amplification evaluation techniques. 5. concluding remarks many techniques for seismic zoning have been proposed. to verify the results and to fig. 9. collapsed ratios at different geomorphological conditions. 777 importance of damage data from destructive earthquakes for seismic microzoning improve the techniques, the damage data of past destructive earthquakes are still an important key reference. in this paper, as an example, the damage data of the 1923 kanto, japan earthquake in the epicentral region are collected and compiled to produce the most reliable and detailed damage map. the damage map is compared with the results from the existing damage assessment and is used to discuss revision of the site amplification evaluation. through the case study of the kanto earthquake, it was reconfirmed that digging, collection and compilation of the damage data of past destructive earthquakes should be continuously promoted for improvement of seismic microzoning. acknowledgements the author wishes to express his sincere thanks to hiroshi shinbo and kazuo fujimoto for preparation of the figures. references agricultural association of kanagawa prefecture (1925): report on reconstruction of houses damaged by the kanto earthquake, j. agric. ass. kanagawa prefecture, 196, 1-26 (in japanese). committee for publication of yokosuka city earthquake disaster report (1932): yokosuka city fig. 10. soil profile along the sagami river (kanagawa prefecture, 1985) and collapsed ratios. 778 saburoh midorikawa earthquake disaster report (in japanese). geological survey of japan (1925a): report on the damage investigation of the 1923 kanto earthquake, vol. 1 (in japanese). geological survey of japan (1925b): report on the damage investigation of the 1923 kanto earthquake, vol. 2 (in japanese). imamura, a. (1913): seismic intensity distributions in tokyo and osaka, rep. imp. earthquake invest. comm., 77, 17-42 (in japanese). inoue, k. (1925): preliminary note on the physiographical investigation of the great earthquake of s.e. japan, rep. imp. earthquake invest. comm., 100 (b), 95-96 (in japanese). kanagawa prefecture (1927): report of the earthquake disaster in kanagawa prefecture (in japanese). kanagawa prefecture (1985): earthquake disaster assessment of kanagawa prefecture (volume of geological and soil data) (in japanese). kanagawa prefecture (1999): report on earthquake disaster assessment of kanagawa prefecture (in japanese). matsouka, m. and s. midorikawa (1995): gis-based integrated seismic hazard mapping for a large metropolitan area, in proceedings of the fifth international conference on seismic zonation, 2, 1334-1341. matsuzawa, t. (1925): intensity distribution deduced from the damages on wooden buildings, rep. imp. earthquake invest. comm., 100 (a), 163-260 (in japanese). ministry of domestic affairs (1926): report on the great kanto earthquake disaster (in japanese). moroi, t. and m. takemura (2001): comparison of damage data for the 1923 kanto earthquake and strong ground motion in tokyo, j. struct. constr. eng, aij, 540, 65-72 (in japanese with english abstract). nishisaka, m. (1924): memorandum on earthquake disaster in kanagawa prefecture (in japanese). nobata, a. and s. midorikawa (2002): near-field ground motion intensity estimated from damage distribution of wooden houses during the 1948 fukui earthquake, j. struct. constr. eng., aij, 553, 27-32 (in japanese with english abstract). risk management solutions (1995): what if the 1923 earthquake strikes again? a five-prefecture tokyo region scenario. shinbo, h. and s. midorikawa (2001): damage distribution of wooden houses in kanagawa prefecture during the kanto earthquake and its relation with surface geology, j. soc. saf. sci., 3, 109-116 (in japanese with english abstract). takahama, t., s.midorikawa, h. shinbo and s. abe (2001): damage distribution of wooden houses in yokohama city during the 1923 kanto earthquake, in proceedings of the 26th jsce earthquake engineering symposium, 1, 105-108 (in japanese). takemura, m. and t. moroi (2001a): comprehensive list of the regional damage data sets for the 1923 kanto earthquake, j. seismol. soc. jpn., 53, 285-302 (in japanese with english abstract). takemura, m. and t. moroi (2001b): detailed seismic intensity distribution due to the 1923 kanto earthquake based on the data of the report by the geological survey of japan. part 1. chiba prefecture, j. jpn. ass. earthquake eng. 1, 1-26 (in japanese with english abstract). takemura, m. and t. moroi (2001c): damage and strong ground motion distribution from the 1923 kanto earthquake. part 3. saitama prefecture, abstracts, 2001 japan earth and planetary science joint meeting, sp-p009 (in japanese with english abstract). takemura, m. and t. moroi (2001d): damage and strong ground motion distribution from the 1923 kanto earthquake. part 4. ibaragi prefecture, programme and abstracts, the seismological society of japan, 2001, fall meeting, a51 (in japanese). technical committee for earthquake geotechnical engineering, tc4, issmge (1999): manual for zonation on seismic geotechnical hazards (revised version), the japanese geotechnical society. layout 6 1 annals of geophysics, 64, 4, se433, 2021; doi:10.4401/ag-8566 o p e n acc e s s spatial and time variations of seismicity before strong earthquakes in the southern part of the balkans emil oynakov, emil botev* department of seismology and seismic engineering national institute of geophysics, geodesy and geography bulgarian academy of sciences (niggg-bas) article history: received september 1, 2020; accepted may 10, 2021 abstract a retrospective analysis of the spatial and time variations of three main statistical parameters of the seismicity before recent 4 stronger earthquakes (2015 – 2020) in the southern balkans is presented. the modern extended software package zmap with various advanced seismological functions for earthquake catalog analysis is used for estimating the spatial-time variations in avalue (seismic activity), b-value (slope of the recurrence graph) and z-value (parameter of the relative seismic quiescence). the catalog data from constantly updated catalog of the university of athens for the period 1964-2020 and spatial window 32° 44° n and 10° – 30° e are used for the various statistical interpretations. the main result of the whole analysis is that the abnormally low b-values and high z-values, defining the zones of relatively seismic quiescence, may be an indicator of imminent release of more significant stress in areas adjacent to the zones of relatively high a-values. thus, the result of the proposed joint interpretation of the spatial-time variations of these three statistical parameters of seismicity could be considered as a kind of predictor of the stronger recent seismic events in the southern part of balkans. keywords: earthquake catalog; b-value; a-value; z-value; relatively seismic quiescence. 1. introduction the territory of the balkan peninsula is characterized by active geodynamics. this is the most geodynamical active region in central and eastern europe. a number of dangerous geodynamic processes of endogenous (earthquakes, modern crustal movements, mud volcanoes) and exogenous origin (natural and man-made) are observed in the area. today’s geodynamics of the balkan region is controlled by the active tectonic processes in the eastern mediterranean: the collision of the adriatic (apulian) microplate with the dinarides; the subduction of the oceanic ionian and levantine lithosphere under the aegean arc system; the collision between the eurasian and arabian plates and the subsequent displacement of the anatolian microplate to the west along the northern anatolian fault. the main goal of this study is to map and analyze the spatial and time variations of three main statistical parameters of seismicity before 4 stronger earthquakes (ml > 6.0) that occurred in the southern balkans in the annagrazia cross-out last decade (2015-2020). to quantify the variations of the three parameters a-value (seismic activity), b-value (slope of the recurrence graph) and z-value (seismic quiescence), catalog seismic events from 1964 to 2020 are used. there are many publications considered geographical distribution of b-value (sometimes and a-value) in the seismic zones of southern balkans [for instance: hatzidimitriou et al., 1985; papazachos, 1999; chouliaras, 2009; d’alessandro et al., 2011; popandopoulos and baskoutas, 2011; popandopoulos et al., 2016; vamvakaris et al., 2016]. some regularities in the time variations of b-values before one weak and one moderate earthquakes in two local zones in greece are presented by popandopoulos and baskoutas, [2011]. the authors suggest the obtained features of the time series of b to be used for the expected time prediction of the local main earthquakes. in our study an alternative approach to calculate the regional spatial-time variations of the statistical parameters of seismicity (b-, a-, z-values) by means of the extended software package zmap [westerhaus et al., 2002] is used. the software package is open source software used to assess various seismic hazards [westerhaus et al., 2002; wiemer and wyss, 1994, 2000]. zmap contains many advanced seismological functions for earthquake catalog analysis, including for estimating variations in b-, a-, z-values, time series analysis, temperature reduction, and more. as an example of the previous successful use of the capabilities of zmap for studying the spatial-time variations of the b-value before strong earthquakes, we can mention damanik’s study [damanik et al., 2010] for the region of the island of java (106–115.5°, –0, 7 to –11.5°), which uses data from the us geological survey (usgs) earthquake catalog and the engdahl catalog for very strong earthquakes (мmin = 4.7). we are not familiar with any examples of a combined study of the spatial-time variations of the above 3 statistical parameters of seismicity (b-, a-, z-values) as predictors of nowadays strong seismic events in the southern balkans. 2. preparation of catalog data the assessment of spatial-time variations in seismic activity in a given region is important for understanding the processes in the seismic-tectonic environment development, as well as for the seismic analysis of the danger of an imminent natural disaster. to quantify seismic variations in an area, we need information in the form of an earthquake catalog [burton, 1990]. in this study a constantly updated catalog of the university of athens for the period 1964-2020 is used (http://dggsl.geol.uoa.gr/en_index.html). the catalog of earthquakes covers data in a spatial window 32° 44° n and 10° – 30° e. the total number of included earthquakes is 295029, as the depths vary from 0 ≤ h ≤ 220 km, and the magnitude estimates ml are in the range of 2.0 < мl < 7.0. duplicate events were recognized and removed algorithmically, and later checked by visual assessment. the catalog of independent events is defined as final after the identification and removal of clustered events by the gardner and knopoff algorithm [gardner and knopoff, 1974]. any earthquake that occurred within the spatialtime window around and after each larger event is taken into account and is considered as a cluster event. the spatial-time window is larger in size for stronger previous events according to gardnerand knopoff dependency. this step is relevant merely for our catalog data comprising large events with long aftershock and foreshock,series. figure 1 shows the distribution of the epicenters of the earthquakes after declustering. to guarantee the completeness of data, analysis comprise only events with magnitudes equal to or larger than the threshold magnitude mc. so, the next step has been the determination of minimum value of magnitude mc for catalog completeness. the value of mc usually decreases with time, as the number of seismic stations and their sensitivity increase [wiemer and wyss, 2000]. the method of maximum curvature (mmax curvature) is used to verify the estimates of mc [wiemer, et al., 1999; wyss et al., 2004] (figure 2 a, b). the very final catalog includes 24750 events with mc ≥ 3.5 limited mainly to a depth of 40 km (shallow earthquakes) – maximum depth is 70 km (figure 3). emil oynakov et al. 2 3 seismic variations before some balkan events figure 1. map of epicenters of the independent seismic events obtained after declustering of the permanently updated earthquakes catalog data of the university of athens. http://dggsl.geol.uoa.gr/en_index.html figure 2. a) estimation of the minimum magnitude of catalog completeness by the method of maximum curvature. the arrows indicate the breakpoints of the cumulative distribution, marking the minimum magnitude mc for completeness of the catalog; b) spatial distribution of the magnitude threshold mc. http://dggsl.geol.uoa.gr/en_index.html emil oynakov et al. 4 3. analysis of the b-value analysis of the b-value in the studied region was performed before 4 stronger earthquakes with magnitude ml > 6.0. these are the earthquakes from: 16.04.2015 with coordinates 26.82° e, 35.23° n; m1 = 6.1, h = 37 km and t0 = 18:07; 12.06.2017 with coordinates 26.36° e, 38.84° n; m1 = 6.1, h = 28 km and t0 = 12:28; 20.07.2017 with coordinates 26.56° e, 35.64° n; ml = 6.2, h = 63 km and t0 = 22: 31 and 20.05.2020 with coordinates 25.69° e, 34.40° n; m1 = 6.0, h = 51 km and t0 = 12:51. a polygon locked in a spatial window with coordinates 24.20° 29.98° e, 34.40° 41.00° n presented in figure 4, and containing 2637 events with mc > 4 (figure 4, b). the value of b for the tested region is calculated using the maximum likelihood method [aki, 1965] (figure 5), then mapped before each of the main studied events using the usual technique with the grid with a cell length of 5 km and a fixed number of earthquakes (ni = 50) [wiemer and wyss, 2000], as shown in figs. 6a, b, c, d. in the graph of the value of b (figure 5) we can distinguish four periods: 1964-1987 average value of b ≈ 1.42; 1987-2003 average value of b ≈ 1.9; 2003-2009 average value of b≈1.4 and 2009-2020 average value of b ≈ 1.0. the last period, which includes the studied events, has the highest average value of the b-parameter, which implies increased heterogeneity and reduction of stresses [görgün et al., 2009]. the significant decrease in the value of b can be associated with the increasing effective level of stress before major earthquakes [schorlemmer et al., 2004; wu, 2008]. the spatial variations of b-value for the studied region are estimated for the period as follows: from 1964 to 01.03.2015 one month before the earthquake on 16.04.2015 (ml 6.1) (figure 6, a); from 1964 to 01.05.2017 one month before the earthquake on 12.06.2017 (ml 6.1); from 1964 to 01.07.2017 one month before the earthquake on 20.07.2017 (ml 6.2) and from 1964 to 01.04.2020 one month before the earthquake on 02.05.2020 (ml 6.0). in the figures (figure 6, a, b, c, d) in ascending order are marked from low to high values of the b-parameter. the spatial differences in the value of b illustrate variability in plan, as relatively low values can determine the places where an earthquake would most likely occur [schorlemmer et al., 2003; westerhaus et al., 2002]. the zones with relatively low values of b (0.9 1.2) are clearly delineated and the epicenter of the earthquake falls into them. according to wyss et al. [2004] and motaghi et al. [2010] low values of b indicate that stresses accumulate in these zones until the activation of the main event. we note that the zones with a low value of b in which the epicenters fall are very close to zones with relatively high values. figure 3. histogram of the depth distribution of the earthquake hypocenters. 5 seismic variations before some balkan events figure 4. a) epicentral map for the tested polygon; b) estimation of the minimum magnitude mc for completeness of the catalog for the selected polygon. figure 5. time variations of the b-value of earthquakes with ml > 4 within the studied polygon. the moments of the studied earthquakes from 2015 and 2017 are marked with red squares. 4. analysis of the a-value the spatial distribution of the a-value characterizing the seismic activity before the studied strong earthquakes shows that the epicenters of strong earthquakes fall in areas with relatively low values of seismic activity (a = 6-7) (figure 7 a, b, c, d). the estimates were performed for the same periods before the earthquakes as in the b-value studies. without exception, however, the epicenters of strong earthquakes are located in close proximity to areas with relatively high activity (a = 10-12). this result is consistent with the general idea of creating non-equilibrium stresses in the vicinity of the zones of high seismic activity and their subsequent redistribution with migration of stronger events in the direction of the low active seismic zones. emil oynakov et al. 6 figure 6. spatial distribution of the bvalue before the earthquake: a) on 16.04.2015 (ml 6.1); b) on 12.06.2017 (ml 6.1); c) on 20.07.2017 (ml 6.2); d) on 02.05.2020 (ml 6.0); epicenters of earthquakes. 5. analysis of the z-value the method of the z-test of seismic catalogs for determining the spatial-time areas of seismic quiescence before strong earthquakes is based on the research of wyss and habermann and [wiemer and wyss, 2002; habermann, 1987]. this method is focused on the determination of spatial-time blocks in the seismically active zone with a significant change in the intensity (rate) of the seismic activity in the selected energy range. the analysis is based on the statistical function of the z-test. to determine the seismic quiescence, the study area is covered with a fixed node grid. for each network node at a given moment, the function z(t) is calculated z(t) = , [1] where r1 and r2 are respectively the average values of the velocity of earthquakes flow (number of earthquakes in r₁ – r₂ σ₁2 +σ₂2 n₁ n₂� ——— 7 seismic variations before some balkan events figure 7. spatial distribution of the a-value before the earthquake: a) on 16.04.2015 (ml 6.1); b) on 12.06.2017 (ml 6.1); c) on 20.07.2017 (ml 6.2); d) on 02.05.2020 (ml 6.0); epicenters of earthquakes. a time window 30 days) for two-time intervals (one with a duration of not less than a year and tied to the test date, the other includes all other time intervals); σ1 and σ2 standard deviations of r1 and r2 respectively for the first and second time interval, and n1 and n2 number of earthquakes for the respective period. earthquakes with a hypocenter depth of up to 70 km are considered for each node of the network. high (positive) values of z indicate a decrease in the rate of the seismic activity, and respectively low z-values indicate increase [maeda k., wiemer s., 1999]. all nodes of the network with z > 3 correspond to 99% reliability of determination of seismic quiescence [wiemer, 2001; wiemer and wyss, 1994]. the calculated z-values in the nodes of the network are combined on the principle of spatial-time adjacency and determine the areas with seismic quiescence. the spatial distribution of the z-value before the earthquakes (figure 8 a, b, c) are calculated for the same polygon, comparing two time periods as follows: t1 = 30.03.2012-30.09.2013 / t2 = 30.09. 2013-30.03.2015 for the earthquake on 16.04.2015 (ml 6.1) (figure 6, a); t1 = 30.05.2014-30.11.2015 / t2 = 30.11.2015-30.05.2017 for the earthquakes on 12.06.2017 (ml 6.1), and on 20.07.2017(ml 6.2) (figure 6, b) and t1 = 28.02.2017-30.08.2018 / t2 = 30.08.2018-30.04.2020 for the earthquake on 02.05.2020 (ml 6.0), (figure 6, c). the high (positive) z-values of the maps can be interpreted as a decrease in the rate of seismic activity (seismic quiescence) compared to the first period, and the low (negative) z-values represent an increase in the seismic rate. earthquake density and distribution is a critical factor in interpreting z-value variations. large areas of constant color (value) could show the same density of earthquakes for different periods of time, i.e., may show a homogeneous degree of seismicity in this area. from the figures below (figure 8 a, b, c) it is observed that the epicenters of the stronger events fall in areas with relatively high values of the z-value (4-5), which means that the selected periods before the earthquakes are periods of relative seismic quiescence. the relatively high values of z = 4 – 5 > 3 show 99% reliability of the results. 6. conclusions the time variations of the b-value for the period 1964 2020 shows a minimum of the average value of b for the period 2013-2020 (b ≈1), which includes the four studied stronger earthquakes. large decreases in the value of b may be associated with increasing effective levels of stress before major earthquakes. the increase in the b-value after these earthquakes may indicate an increase in the heterogeneity of the earth’s crust and a decrease in shear stress, but after the study period the value of b does not increase significantly which may indicate imminent strong seismic events in the study area. the change in the spatial distribution of the b-value before the stronger earthquakes shows that the area with an abnormally low value of b covers the epicenters of the studied stronger earthquakes. these low values of b can be interpreted as potentially locked areas or areas with accumulated high stress before major earthquakes. the spatial distribution of the α-value characterizing the seismic activity before the studied stronger earthquakes shows that the epicenters of these earthquakes fall in areas that have relatively low values of seismic activity but are close to areas with relatively high activity. the results of the conducted research show that the epicenters of the selected stronger earthquakes are located in zones of relatively high z-value (z ≈ 4.2 > 3). this fact definitely indicates a statistically reliable marking of an area with a relatively seismic quiescence before the corresponding stronger earthquake. as a result of the whole analysis we can summarize that the abnormally low b-values and high z-values, defining the zones of relatively seismic quiescence, may be an indicator of imminent release of more significant stress in areas adjacent to the zones of relatively high a-values. thus, the joint interpretation of the spatial-time variations of these three statistical parameters of seismicity can be interpreted as predictor of strong seismic events and also could be used for the assessment of seismic hazard in the southern part of the balkan. acknowledgments. this study is supported by the bulgarian national science fund, contract dn 14-1/11.12.2017 “exploration of changes in some geophysical fields preceding the occurrence of earthquakes in the balkans” and particularly supported by the ministry of education and science (mes) of bulgaria (agreement no д01-322/18.12.2019). emil oynakov et al. 8 9 seismic variations before some balkan events references aki k. (1965). maximum likelihood estimate of b in the formula log n = a-bm and its confidence limits, bull. earthq. res. inst., tokyo univ., 43, 237-239. chouliaras g. (2009). investigating the earthquake catalog of the national observatory of athens, nat. hazards earth syst. sci., 9, 905–912, https://doi.org/10.5194/nhess-9-905-2009. burton p.w. (1990). pathways to seismic hazard evaluation: extreme and characteristic earthquakes in areas of low and high seismicity, nat. hazards, 3, 275–291. d’alessandro a., d. papanastassiou, i. baskoutas (2011). hellenic unified seismological network: an evaluation of its performance through snes method, geophys j. int., 185, 1417–1430. damanik r., h.e. andriansyah putra, m.t. zen (2010). variations of b-values in the indian ocean – australian plate subduction in south java sea; in: proceedings of the bali 2010 international geosciences conference and exposition, bali, indonesia, 19–22. figure 8. spatial distribution of the zvalue (parameter of the relative seismic quiescence) before the earthquake: a) on 16.04.2015 (ml 6.1); b) on 12.06.2017 (ml 6.1) and on 20.07.2017 (ml 6.2); c) on 02.05.2020 (ml 6.0); epicenters of earthquakes. gardner j.k. and l. knopoff (1974). is the sequence of earthquakes in southern california, with aftershocks removed, poissonian? bull. seism. soc. amer. 64, 5, 1363-1367. görgün e., a. zang, m.bohnhoff, c. milkereit, g. dresen (2009). analysis of izmit aftershocks 25 days before the november 12th 1999 düzce earthquake, turkey, tectonophysics, 474, 3-4, 507-515. habermann, r.e. (1987). man-made changes of seismicity rates, bull. seism. soc. am., 77, 141–159. hatzidimitriou p.m., e.e. papadimitriou, d.m. mountrakis, b.c. papazachos (1985). the seismic parameter b of the frequency–magnitude relation and its association with the geological zones in the area of greece, tectonophysics, 120, 141–151. maeda k., s. wiemer (1999). significance test for seismicity rate changes before the 1987 chiba-toho-oki earthquake (m6.7), japan, ann. geofis, 42, 5, 833–850. motaghi k., k. hessami, m. tatar (2010). pattern recognition of major asperities using local recurrence time in alborz mountains, northern iran, j. seismol., 14, 787–802. doi:10.1007/s10950-0109201-z. papazachos c. (1999). an alternative method for a reliable estimation of seismicity with an application in greece and the surrounding area, bull. seismol. soc. am., 89, 1, 111–119. popandopoulos g.a., i. baskoutas (2011). regularities in the time variations of seismic parameters and their implications for prediction of strong earthquakes in greece, izv., phys. solid earth, 47, 11, 974–994. popandopoulos, g.a., i. baskoutas, e. chatziioannou (2016). the spatiotemporal analysis of the minimum magnitude of completeness mc and the gutenberg–richter law b-value parameter using the earthquake catalog of greece. izv., phys. solid earth, 52, 195–209. schorlemmer d., g. neri, s. wiemer, a. mostaccio (2003). stability and significance tests for b-value anomalies: example from the tyrrhenian sea, geophys. res. lett., 30, 16, 1835, doi:10.1029/ 2003gl017335. schorlemmer d., s. wiemer, m. wyss (2004). earthquake statistics at parkfield, stationarity of b values, j. geophys. res., 109, b12307, doi:10.1029/2004jb003234. stiphout t., d. schorlemmer, s. wiemer (2011). the effect of uncertainties on estimates of background seismicity rate, bull. seism. soc. am., 101, 2, 482–494, doi:10.1785/0120090143. university of athens, catalog of earthquakes data, http://dggsl.geol.uoa.gr/en_index.html. vamvakaris d.a., c.b. papazachos, ch.a. papaioannou, e.m. scordilis, g.f. karakaisis (2016). a detailed seismic zonation model for shallow earthquakes in the broader aegean area, nat. hazards earth syst. sci., 16, 55–84, doi:10.5194/nhess-16-55-2016. westerhaus m., m. wyss, r. yilmaz, j. zschau (2002). correlating variations of b values and crustal deformation during the 1990’s may have pinpointed the rupture initiation of the mw = 7.4 izmit earthquake of 1999 august 17, geophys. j. int.,148, 139–152. wiemer s. (2001). a program to analyse seismicity: zmap, geophys. res. lett., 72, 373–382. wiemer s., k. katsumata, (1999). spatial variability of seismicity parameters in aftershock zones, j. geophys. res., 104, 13, 135–151. wiemer s., m. wyss (1994) seismic quiescence before the landers (m = 7.5) and big bear (m = 6.5), 1992 earthquakes, bull. seism. soc. am., 84, 3, 900–916. wiemer s., m. wyss (1997). mapping the frequency-magnitude distribution in asperities: an improved technique to calculate recurrence times? j. geophys. res., 102, 15, 115–128. wiemer s., m. wyss (2000). minimum magnitude of completeness in earthquake catalogs: examples from alaska, the western united states, and japan, bull. seism. soc. am., 90, 4, 859–869. wiemer s., m. wyss (2002). mapping spatial variability of the frequency–magnitude distribution of earthquakes, adv. geophys., 45, 259–302. wyss m., r.e. habermann (1988). precursory seismic quiescence, pure appl. geophys., 126, 319–332. wyss m., d. schorlemmer, s. wiemer (2000). mapping asperities by minima of local recurrence time: the san jacintoelsinore fault zones, j. geophys. res., 105, b4, 7829–7844. wyss m, r. stefansson (2006). nucleation points of recent main shocks in southern iceland mapped by b-values, bull. seism. soc. am., 96, 599–608, doi:10.1785/0120040056. wyss m., g. sobolev, j.d. clippard (2004). seismic quiescence precursors to two m7 earthquakes on sakhalin island, measured by two methods, earth planets space, 56, 725–740. wyss m., f. pacchiani, a. deschamps, g. patau (2008). mean magnitude variations of earthquakes as a function of depth: different crustal stress distribution depending on tectonic setting, geophys. res. lett., 35, l01307, emil oynakov et al. 10 11 seismic variations before some balkan events doi:10.1029/2007gl031057. wu y.m., l.y. chiao (2006). seismic quiescence before the 1999 chi-chi, taiwan mw 7.6 earthquake, bull. seism. soc. am., 96, 321 – 327. wu y.m., c.h. chang, l. zhao, t.l. teng, m. nakamura (2008). a comprehensive relocation of earthquakes in taiwan from 1991 to 2005, bull. seism. soc. am., 98, 3, 1471-1481. *co r r e s po n d i n g a u t h o r: emil b ot e v, department of seismology and seismic engineering national institute of geophysics, geodesy and geography, bulgarian academy of sciences, (niggg-bas), e-mail: ebotev@geophys.bas.bg © 2021 the author(s). all rights reserved. open access. this article is licensed under a creative commons attribution 3.0 international 657_671 tsapanos15_1.pdf annals of geophysics, vol. 45, n. 5, october 2002 657 a method for bayesian estimation of the probability of local intensity for some cities in japan theodoros m. tsapanos (1), odysseus ch. galanis (1), george ch. koravos (1) and roger m.w. musson (2) (1) aristotle university of thessaloniki, school of geology, geophysical laboratory, thessaloniki, greece (2) british geological survey, edinburgh, u.k. abstract seismic hazard in terms of probability of exceedance of a given intensity in a given time span, was assessed for 12 sites in japan. the method does not use any attenuation law. instead, the dependence of local intensity on epicentral intensity i0 is calculated directly from the data, using a bayesian model. according to this model (meroni et al., 1994), local intensity follows the binomial distribution with parameters (i 0 , p). the parameter p is considered as a random variable following the beta distribution. this manner of bayesian estimates of p are assessed for various values of epicentral intensity and epicentral distance. in order to apply this model for the assessment of seismic hazard, the area under consideration is divided into seismic sources (zones) of known seismicity. the contribution of each source on the seismic hazard at every site is calculated according to the bayesian model and the result is the combined effect of all the sources. high probabilities of exceedance were calculated for the sites that are in the central part of the country, with hazard decreasing slightly towards the north and the south parts. 1. introduction the distribution of seismic intensity is generally influenced by major geological and tectonic features and, on a local scale, by local geological conditions. factors such as fault direction, depth of focus, local geological and topographical conditions, small scale irregularities, are among others of primary importance. mailing address: dr. theodoros m. tsapanos, aristotle university of thessaloniki, school of geology, geophysical laboratory, gr 54006 thessaloniki, greece; e-mail: tsapanos@geo.auth.gr key words bayesian estimation – local intensity – random variable p – probabilities of exceedance – japan many relationships have been proposed by different authors to model the variations of macroseismic intensity versus distance (algermissen et al., 1976; anderson, 1978; chandra, 1979; ambraseys, 1985; grandori et al., 1991; papazachos et al., 1993; musson and winter, 1997; slejko et al., 1998) among others. their leit-motiv is that macroseismic data could, in some way, be used like instrumental ones for determining earthquake source parameters and properties of wave propagation utsu (1988) derived a relation between the seismic intensity near the epicenter, the focal depth and the magnitude of earthquakes which is of the form (1.1) this is an empirical formula and holds for seismic intensity (which is in jma-japanese-scale) i 0 > 0, m i i h= + + +0 23 0 105 1 2 1 3 0 0 2 . . . .log 658 theodoros m. tsapanos, odysseus ch. galanis, george ch. koravos and roger m.w. musson for m ranged between 2.0 and 8.0 and focal depth h from 3 up to 100 km. utsu noted that the magnitude used was the m (of jma) which is roughly equal to ms in the interval 5.0 to 8.0. the eq. (1.1) was determined using 1114 data (earthquakes). the decay of intensity with distance and its spatial distribution are performed when the observed intensities of an earthquake are a sufficient number of points. a number of attenuation laws were constructed for numerous regions of the world, and their parameters have been evaluated using simple radiation model (s) involving a point source and by applying a least squares technique to the radii d i of the isoseismals. in order to model the uncertainty in the data (meroni et al., 1991) the propagation itself fig. 1. sites-points where the observed intensity is reported. 659 a method for bayesian estimation of the probability of local intensity for some cities in japan of the intensity, from the epicenter to a site, has been considered as a process which is affected by randomness due to the qualitative character of the seismic intensity, as well as to the complex relationships between intensity decay and local seismotectonic features. in order to make this aspect clear the normalized intensity decay d i is considered as a random variable following the beta distribution given the epicentral intensity i0 and the distance r from the epicenter to the site of interest. the paper confines itself to the estimation of the probability distribution of the intensity i s at some cities of japan, only considering the observed intensity points (fig. 1) of a sufficient number of earthquakes (fig. 2) belonging to a zone which has the same attenuation. no complex attenuation laws are needed because in the study the estimates are based only on the data. table i shows the events used with the available observed intensity data points occurring in different cities which are within the zones of japan. the number of the data points for each intensity level is listed in the right part of the table. fig. 2. the examined earthquakes which caused the intensities studied in the present work. 660 theodoros m. tsapanos, odysseus ch. galanis, george ch. koravos and roger m.w. musson table i. events used with the available observed intensity data points occurring in different cities within the zones of japan. the number of data points for each intensity level is listed in the right part of the table. date lat. n lon. e i 0 vi v iv iii ii i 1972/12/04 33.20 141.08 6 1 9 15 6 4 1982/03/21 42.07 142.60 6 1 8 10 3 7 1994/10/04 43.37 147.68 6 1 3 2 2 4 1 1994/12/28 40.43 143.75 6 1 3 6 15 10 4 1995/01/17 34.59 135.04 6 2 3 21 17 22 13 1952/03/04 41.80 144.13 5 4 8 13 4 2 1953/11/26 33.98 141.72 5 2 18 15 5 4 1961/02/27 31.60 131.85 5 3 7 9 15 3 1962/04/23 42.23 143.92 5 2 4 18 2 2 1964/06/16 38.35 139.15 5 5 14 15 12 11 1968/04/01 32.28 132.53 5 2 15 25 11 4 1968/05/16 40.73 143.58 5 7 21 5 2 1968/05/16 41.42 142.85 5 2 12 11 5 2 1970/07/26 32.07 132.03 5 3 5 9 13 2 1971/08/02 41.23 143.70 5 1 7 11 13 1 1973/06/17 42.97 145.95 5 2 6 6 9 2 1973/06/24 43.29 146.43 5 1 1 6 8 1 1974/05/09 34.57 138.80 5 1 7 10 12 9 1978/01/14 34.77 139.25 5 2 8 16 17 6 1978/06/12 38.15 142.17 5 5 20 14 9 5 1983/05/26 40.35 139.07 5 3 6 14 10 10 1993/07/12 42.78 139.18 5 4 6 7 6 6 1995/01/07 40.22 142.31 5 2 4 15 12 11 1952/03/10 41.70 143.72 4 2 8 9 9 1955/07/24 35.77 140.62 4 1 3 9 6 1955/07/27 33.73 134.32 4 1 8 13 7 1960/03/21 39.83 143.43 4 6 8 5 6 1961/08/19 36.02 136.77 4 10 16 13 8 1962/01/04 33.63 135.22 4 4 18 10 8 1962/04/30 38.73 141.13 4 5 5 7 6 1963/10/13 44.89 149.56 4 2 1 1964/07/12 38.52 139.32 4 1 3 8 10 1965/08/03 34.27 139.30 4 1 1 1966/06/26 36.55 138.35 4 1 1 2 5 1967/11/04 43.48 144.27 4 2 3 4 5 1968/01/29 43.52 146.72 4 1 4 1 2 1968/06/12 39.42 143.13 4 5 13 7 7 1968/09/21 36.82 138.27 4 1 1 1 3 1969/04/21 32.15 132.12 4 3 9 5 11 1969/08/12 43.44 147.82 4 3 2 1 1971/02/26 37.13 138.35 4 1 2 6 8 1972/01/14 34.80 139.32 4 1 1974/01/25 41.83 144.27 4 1 3 1 1 1981/01/19 38.60 142.97 4 3 9 5 8 661 a method for bayesian estimation of the probability of local intensity for some cities in japan is the epicentral intensity of an earthquake then the probability that this earthquake will cause a site intensity i s equal to i is (2.1) the parameter p depends on epicentral intensity date lat. n lon. e i 0 vi v iv iii ii i 1982/03/07 36.47 140.65 4 2 5 6 6 1982/07/23 36.18 141.95 4 6 13 11 6 1983/06/21 41.26 139.00 4 4 6 7 10 1983/08/08 35.52 139.03 4 4 12 14 13 1983/10/31 35.41 133.93 4 1 9 8 15 1984/08/07 32.38 132.16 4 6 12 8 11 1984/09/14 35.82 137.56 4 4 28 11 14 1985/05/13 32.99 132.58 4 1 7 7 3 1985/10/18 37.66 136.93 4 1 3 2 11 1989/07/09 34.99 139.11 4 1 6 6 5 1989/11/02 39.85 143.05 4 4 8 8 9 1990/02/20 34.76 139.23 4 7 7 14 11 1991/04/24 42.71 144.85 4 1 2 2 1 1993/07/12 43.10 139.23 4 1 1 2 6 1993/08/08 41.96 139.89 4 2 8 2 8 1994/08/14 38.66 142.39 4 1 3 10 15 1994/10/09 43.55 147.81 4 1 3 1 2 1953/07/14 42.07 139.93 3 1 1 2 1954/04/14 32.87 134.42 3 3 6 5 1955/06/23 35.30 133.38 3 4 9 7 1961/01/16 36.02 141.92 3 1 6 9 1966/11/12 33.07 130.27 3 4 5 4 1970/05/28 40.15 143.25 3 3 6 6 1976/07/05 38.77 140.68 3 1 1 1980/12/31 45.99 151.47 3 1 2 4 1984/09/15 35.79 137.47 3 12 18 21 1986/11/13 43.80 141.84 3 1 5 2 1994/08/16 37.83 142.60 3 4 7 15 1952/03/04 42.00 144.30 2 4 5 1959/10/27 45.91 151.15 2 1 6 1970/09/29 34.43 133.30 2 5 8 1963/11/13 34.28 139.22 1 2 1964/01/20 44.05 145.22 1 2 1975/06/10 43.18 147.36 1 4 table i (continued ). p i i i i p i i p ps i i i = =( ) = −( ) −/ , .0 0 0 1 0( ) 2. method applied the observed intensity at the site, i s , is considered as a random variable having the binomial distribution. in our case, the binomial distribution simulates values of probability (in the same way that an exponential or power function simulates the values of intensity in an attenuation law, when using a non-probabilistic approach). that is, if i0 662 theodoros m. tsapanos, odysseus ch. galanis, george ch. koravos and roger m.w. musson i 0 and epicentral distance r. it is sensible to discretize the values of epicentral distance, r j and round all epicentral distances r to the closest r j . the values of epicentral distance increase with a step of 10 km. in order to apply a bayesian model the parameter p must be considered as a random variable, as well. a prior beta distribution is required for p and is expressed by (2.2) where α and β are the beta distribution parameters, γ is the gamma function and x is the integration variable. meroni et al. (1994) also proposed that the prior expected average of α and β for epicentral intensity i 0 = i 0 and epicentral distance r = r j are (2.3) β = 1–α (2.4) where and c is a constant such that the prior estimate of p, is almost equal to 0.99. the physical meaning of this, is that for the smallest value of j ( j = 1) which corresponds to the smallest epicentral distance (r 1 ), it is almost certain that the intensity will be equal to the epicentral intensity. equations (2.2), (2.3) and (2.4) combined, have as a result that the prior estimator of p is equal to (2.5) it was found that the posterior values of p are not sensible to changes in the prior values of α and β, so we adopted the proposed prior values. it follows that the posterior mean of p is (2.6) where α and β are the parameters of the beta distribution of p, i s is the n-th intensity point at an epicentral distance rj and nj is the number of observed intensities caused by earthquakes having an epicentral intensity of i0 and an epicentral distance r j . this is the computed p value, used in the calculation of the probability of exceedance of given intensity. using eq. (2.6) we calculated values of p for epicentral intensities 3-6 (jma) and epicentral distances 0-500 km. following meroni et al. (1994) if there were no data for a value of r j , we assigned to it the same p with r j–1. the prior and the posterior estimates of the parameter p, for the epicentral distance 0-500 km, are shown in fig. 3a and fig. 3b, respectively. for distances greater than 500 km there appears to be no dependence of p on distance (fig. 4), mainly because of lack of data. however a large value of intensity in the long distance exists in fig. 4. this can due to an error in the estimation of intensity for any reason (like the wrong determination of shock’s epicenter or/ and its corresponding magnitudes). an inspection to figs. 3a,b and 4 illustrates that the posterior estimates of p do not decrease monotonically with increasing distance from the source. a relevant bayesian theory was given by rhoades and evison (1993, eq. (2.10)). the main difference from the present study is that instead of a prior beta distribution for a single value p, the above mentioned authors assume a prior dirichlet (multivariate beta) distribution for a collection of ordered binomial parameters. an alternative approach would be to smooth the posterior estimates of p over radii, for a given value of i0. for this purpose we applied smoothing by 7-point moving average. an example prepared for tokyo where we estimated the probability of exceedance used for this purpose the alternative smoothing procedure (in table iii, as tokyo a). no significant difference from the original results observed. the procedure suggested by rhoades and evison (1993), would be very useful if we focused to the attenuation and not to hazard assessment. in our case the parameter p in not strictly decreasing with distance, but its mean value shows such trend. in order to base the results on reliable data only, it was decided to choose 500 km as the upper limit for epicentral distance. in fig. 5 we can see the smoothed posterior value of p for the chosen distance of 500 km. p̂ i i n j i s n n n j j 0 1 0 = + + + ( ) = ∑α α β r r ci j' /= ˆ ,p i 1 0 0 b p x x dx p ; ,α β α β α β α β( ) = +( ) ( ) ( ) −( )− −∫ γ γ γ 1 1 0 1 α = +( ) 1 1 r i ' 1 0 / i ˆ , ' p r i i 1 0 0 1 1 = + = + α α β ( ).1 0/ i 663 a method for bayesian estimation of the probability of local intensity for some cities in japan fig 3a,b. a) the prior estimates of the p parameter given the epicentral distances 0-500 km and i0 = vi, v, iv and iii, and (b) the posterior estimates of the parameter p given the epicentral distances 0-500 km and i 0 = vi, v, iv and iii. a b 664 theodoros m. tsapanos, odysseus ch. galanis, george ch. koravos and roger m.w. musson fig. 4. the posterior distribution of the values of the parameter p for epicentral distances 0-1000 km and i 0 = vi, v, iv and iii. fig. 5. the smoothed posterior estimates of p for the chosen distance of 500 km. 665 a method for bayesian estimation of the probability of local intensity for some cities in japan the computations the a and b values very recently stimated by koravos (2000) for the zones in which japan and the surrounding area are divided. in table ii the values of a and b parameters used, are listed. in order to take into account the uncertainties of eq. (1.1), it was assumed that its values have a standard error of σ = 0.5. so, instead of obtaining a single value for m, we calculated a normal distribution with a mean value of m and standard deviation σ. applying this, the probability p(i 0 ≥ i 0 ) is the one obtained by the average value of eq. (2.8), weighted over all possible values of m using a weighing factor equal to n(m,σ 2 ), where n is the probability function of the normal distribution, m is the magnitude given by (eq. (1.1)) and σ is the standard error (2.9) where p(i0 ≥ i0| m) is the probability of exceedance of epicentral intensity i 0 given that the magnitude is m and n(m; m, σ) is the probability density function of the normal distribution at m. in comparison with the method proposed by meroni et al. (1994), we showed an alternative approach. these authors utilised the probability distribution of the epicentral intensity. contrary to the aforementioned method we express the probability distribution of i0 through the probability distribution of m i (eq. (2.8)) in combination with utsu’s magnitude-epicentral intensity relation (eq. (1.1)). in addition to this we assumed that there is an uncertainty in this relation, which is incorporated in our method with the use of eq. (2.9). the second factor of eq. (2.7), is calculated by eq. (2.1) with the proper value of p for the specific epicentral distance and epicentral intensity. for every subdivision of every source, the probability in question is the sum of the probabilities that correspond to epicentral intensities of i0 = is , i0 = is + 1, i0 = is + 2 and so on, up to the maximum value of i0, which is 6 for the japanese intensity scale (2.10) in order to assess the seismic hazard in a specific site, in terms of probability of exceedance of a given intensity in a given time span, the following steps must be taken. first, for every subdivision of every source and for every possible value of i0, the probability of exceedance of is in the given site is evaluated (2.7) where p (i0 = i0) is the probability of occurrence of an earthquake with an epicentral intensity of i 0 , in the given subdivision of the given zone within the given time span and is the probability of an earthquake with an epicentral intensity of i0 , to cause an intensity of is or greater at the site. the first factor of eq. (2.7) is calculated indirectly. the magnitude of an earthquake that is expected to have an epicentral intensity of i0 , is given by eq. (1.1). a mean value of h equal to 15 km was calculated from the data. then using the gutenberg-richter law parameters a and b (1944) for the specific source, the probability of exceedance of the magnitude m is calculated (2.8) where m 0 = m (i 0 ) see eq. (1.1) and then it is normalized for an area equal to the area of the subdivision. in the present study we adopted for zone a b ± σ0 j1 5.09 j2 3.01 j3 5.49 j4 4.19 j5 4.84 j6 3.86 j7 2.89 j8 5.52 j9 4.19 j10 3.31 table ii. the values of the a and b (± uncertainty) parameters used in the present study as computed by koravos (2000). 0.09 0.11 0.07 0.08 0.07 0.09 0.16 0.12 0.06 0.07 0.92 0.62 0.88 0.74 0.85 0.73 0.57 1.00 0.78 0.68 ˆ ; ,p i i p i i m n m m dm0 0 0 0≥( ) = ≥( ) ( ) −∞ +∞ ∫ σ p p i i pj s= =( ) =ˆ i i i i p i is i i s = = ={ } ⋅ ={ } = ∑ , ˆ .pr pr0 0 0 0 6 0 p p i i p i i i is= =( ) ≥ =( ) 0 0 0 0 p i i i is ≥ =( )0 0 pr =i i i i 0 0 0 0 ∈ +( ){ }, ∆ = pr m m m m e dmbm 0 0} ∈ +( ){ } ∝ −, ∆ 666 theodoros m. tsapanos, odysseus ch. galanis, george ch. koravos and roger m.w. musson table iii. probabilities of exceedance for the site intensities 6.0, 5.0, 4.0 and 3.0 in 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50, 100, 200 and 500 years for the 12 japanese cities examined. the epicentral distances vary from 0 to 500 km. an example prepared for tokyo (see tokyo a) used for this purpose the smoothing by 7-point moving average. i s 1 2 5 10 20 25 50 100 200 500 kushiro 6.0 0.0050 0.0146 0.0281 0.0478 0.0793 0.0921 0.1380 0.1848 0.2173 0.2291 5.0 0.0660 0.1077 0.1822 0.2463 0.3023 0.3177 0.3619 0.4027 0.4301 0.4397 4.0 0.1726 0.2358 0.3307 0.4085 0.4824 0.5046 0.5708 0.6293 0.6661 0.6783 3.0 0.4281 0.5170 0.6380 0.7305 0.8131 0.8363 0.8970 0.9379 0.9578 0.9634 hachinohe 6.0 0.0088 0.0147 0.0280 0.0466 0.0744 0.0849 0.1183 0.1462 0.1623 0.1665 5.0 0.0673 0.1042 0.1613 0.2089 0.2546 0.2680 0.3056 0.3357 0.3535 0.3586 4.0 0.1705 0.2339 0.3258 0.4017 0.4777 0.5009 0.5666 0.6178 0.6470 0.6556 3.0 0.4547 0.5558 0.6894 0.7852 0.8662 0.8874 0.9368 0.9639 0.9755 0.9784 sendai 6.0 0.0082 0.0142 0.0268 0.0448 0.0721 0.0825 0.1163 0.1448 0.1620 0.1678 5.0 0.0615 0.0974 0.1559 0.2041 0.2518 0.2663 0.3069 0.3390 0.3582 0.3644 4.0 0.1626 0.2266 0.3220 0.3974 0.4729 0.4965 0.5642 0.6166 0.6459 0.6548 3.0 0.4394 0.5421 0.6787 0.7737 0.8546 0.8766 0.9292 0.9581 0.9702 0.9734 hitachi 6.0 0.0083 0.0141 0.0268 0.0456 0.0756 0.0876 0.1284 0.1628 0.1800 0.1845 5.0 0.0617 0.1032 0.1752 0.2283 0.2746 0.2890 0.3327 0.3683 0.3873 0.3926 4.0 0.1723 0.2379 0.3387 0.4161 0.4905 0.5142 0.5849 0.6401 0.6686 0.6766 3.0 0.4541 0.5528 0.6877 0.7807 0.8591 0.8809 0.9345 0.9640 0.9754 0.9782 tokyo 6.0 0.0079 0.0132 0.0250 0.0426 0.0720 0.0842 0.1280 0.1694 0.1929 0.1994 5.0 0.0581 0.0994 0.1749 0.2321 0.2798 0.2941 0.3381 0.3768 0.3986 0.4046 4.0 0.1681 0.2332 0.3332 0.4106 0.4833 0.5064 0.5775 0.6364 0.6678 0.6764 3.0 0.4396 0.5357 0.6699 0.7642 0.8444 0.8672 0.9253 0.9593 0.9726 0.9758 tokyo a 6.0 0.0033 0.0114 0.0207 0.0346 0.0578 0.0675 0.1024 0.1355 0.1543 0.1595 5.0 0.0556 0.0951 0.1677 0.2235 0.2709 0.2853 0.3302 0.3699 0.3922 0.3984 4.0 0.1658 0.2316 0.3338 0.4132 0.4880 0.5118 0.5850 0.6453 0.6773 0.6861 3.0 0.4308 0.5301 0.6688 0.7663 0.8488 0.8720 0.9304 0.9636 0.9762 0.9792 osaka 6.0 0.0061 0.0096 0.0164 0.0269 0.0451 0.0531 0.0838 0.1176 0.1406 0.1482 5.0 0.0327 0.0579 0.1119 0.1611 0.2034 0.2150 0.2501 0.2848 0.3076 0.3150 4.0 0.1080 0.1590 0.2398 0.3092 0.3750 0.3952 0.4595 0.5200 0.5573 0.5690 3.0 0.3286 0.4158 0.5457 0.6485 0.7411 0.7683 0.8459 0.9029 0.9309 0.9387 kochi 6.0 0.0072 0.0111 0.0197 0.0327 0.0537 0.0623 0.0919 0.1174 0.1307 0.1347 5.0 0.0315 0.0556 0.1069 0.1528 0.1915 0.2021 0.2337 0.2609 0.2765 0.2820 4.0 0.0953 0.1429 0.2202 0.2866 0.3490 0.3680 0.4266 0.4770 0.5064 0.5178 3.0 0.2868 0.3705 0.4994 0.6054 0.7024 0.7311 0.8126 0.8700 0.8979 0.9081 fukuoka 6.0 0.0066 0.0096 0.0161 0.0257 0.0409 0.0468 0.0658 0.0790 0.0842 0.0862 5.0 0.0222 0.0387 0.0740 0.1061 0.1336 0.1414 0.1639 0.1810 0.1899 0.1945 4.0 0.0658 0.1009 0.1609 0.2135 0.2640 0.2795 0.3271 0.3656 0.3881 0.4003 3.0 0.2112 0.2813 0.3968 0.4972 0.5943 0.6242 0.7122 0.7762 0.8098 0.8270 667 a method for bayesian estimation of the probability of local intensity for some cities in japan is 1 2 5 10 20 25 50 100 200 500 sapporo 6.0 0.0082 0.0125 0.0232 0.0391 0.0654 0.0763 0.1165 0.1578 0.1844 0.1921 5.0 0.0539 0.0899 0.1574 0.2154 0.2647 0.2782 0.3191 0.3581 0.3834 0.3912 4.0 0.1513 0.2106 0.3005 0.3752 0.4454 0.4667 0.5324 0.5928 0.6304 0.6420 3.0 0.3988 0.4876 0.6117 0.7081 0.7937 0.8180 0.8844 0.9316 0.9547 0.9611 hiroshima 6.0 0.0064 0.0101 0.0173 0.0281 0.0455 0.0526 0.0766 0.0968 0.1073 0.1106 5.0 0.0262 0.0460 0.0887 0.1275 0.1609 0.1701 0.1973 0.2203 0.2333 0.2379 4.0 0.0783 0.1188 0.1855 0.2437 0.2994 0.3164 0.3691 0.4143 0.4407 0.4510 3.0 0.2406 0.3153 0.4332 0.5340 0.6299 0.6590 0.7442 0.8076 0.8402 0.8526 niigata 6.0 0.0078 0.0117 0.0214 0.0359 0.0601 0.0703 0.1086 0.1497 0.1793 0.1900 5.0 0.0468 0.0792 0.1423 0.2001 0.2565 0.2728 0.3183 0.3576 0.3837 0.3928 4.0 0.1440 0.2090 0.3073 0.3845 0.4601 0.4836 0.5528 0.6111 0.6463 0.6576 3.0 0.4137 0.5140 0.6487 0.7436 0.8256 0.8487 0.9075 0.9438 0.9601 0.9646 gifu 6.0 0.0061 0.0096 0.0164 0.0271 0.0457 0.0539 0.0862 0.1226 0.1486 0.1575 5.0 0.0356 0.0628 0.1202 0.1723 0.2179 0.2306 0.2693 0.3083 0.3349 0.3438 4.0 0.1203 0.1761 0.2646 0.3393 0.4105 0.4325 0.5018 0.5670 0.6078 0.6207 3.0 0.3607 0.4550 0.5916 0.6951 0.7859 0.8121 0.8839 0.9335 0.9563 0.9623 table iii (continued ). p p j n j= − −( ) − 1 1 1 π the contribution, in terms of probability of a whole source is the sum of the probabilities of all the subdivisions of the source. finally, the contributions of all the sources are combined using the relation (2.11) where p j is taken as a computation from eq. (2.10). the seismicity of the examined area is of the highest in the world and observed to occur in the front and the back-arc area where great interplate and intaplate earthquakes are generated, respectively. in both areas, high risk seismic sources were created because of their proximity to major centers of dense population and heavy industry. the probability of exceedance of a given intensity in a given time span was assessed for 12 sites in japan (fig. 6). these sites belong both to the front and the back-arc parts of japan and they are found within zones of the area defined by papazachos et al. (1994) and matsuda (1990), respectively. these sites are the following cities (from north to south): sapporo, kushiro, hachinohe, sendai, niigata, hitachi, tokyo, gifu, osaka, hiroshima, kochi and fukuoka. 3. results and discussion figure 6 shows the seismogenic sources of japan (matsuda, 1990; papazachos et al., 1994) and the 12 examined sites (cities). the method effectively estimates the probability of the local intensity i s through the bayes statistics. there is no need for an attenuation law, but the seismic hazard can be evaluated directly from the observed data points. the obtained results can be considered as a measure (under poissonian hypothesis) of the uncertainty in seismic hazard evaluation. looking at fig. 7, presenting the probability of exceedance of various intensities i s (vi, v, iv and iii) for the next 50, 100, 200 and 500 years, we can observed that kushiro is most likely to experience an intensity vi degrees of the japanese scale. hitachi and tokyo follow, 668 theodoros m. tsapanos, odysseus ch. galanis, george ch. koravos and roger m.w. musson while fukuoka has the lowest probability of exceedance of an intensity vi in the next 50 years. the seismic hazard of japan is illustrated in fig. 8, where the probabilities of exceedance in the next 50 years (475-years mean return period) of an intensity vi for the twelve examined sites-cities are presented by black circles. this plotted curve taken into account the cities from north towards south and thus fig. 8 is an interesting picture of the fluctuations of the seismic hazard profile of japan. we can observe that the general trend of the hazard profile decreases southwards. another interesting observation is that almost all the sites-cities in the back arc area are characterized by low probability of exceedance. these cities are: sapporo, niigata, gifu, hiroshima and fukuoka. but there are also cities which belong to the front area of japan, where take place the underthrusting process, like hochinohe and sendai which are cited in the inland part of japan away from the centers of the very large earthquakes and thus their values on the hazard curve are low. the highest values appeared in the cities of kushiro, fig. 6. the seismic zones into which japan was divided (matsuda, 1990) and the 12 sites-cities for which the seismic hazard is estimated. 669 a method for bayesian estimation of the probability of local intensity for some cities in japan fig. 7. the probability of exceedance of various intensities i 0 = vi, v, iv and iii in the next 50, 100, 200 and 500 years for the 12 examined sites-cities of japan. fig. 8. seismic hazard curves for the next 50 years (475-years mean return period) and for the next 200 years (1000-years mean return period) presented by black circle and black triangles, respectively for the 12 examined sites-cities of japan. the name of the cities and their corresponding point number on the curves are: 1 sapporo; 2 kushiro; 3 hachinobe; 4 sendai; 5 niigata; 6 hitachi; 7 tokyo; 8 gifu; 9 osaka; 10 kochi; 11 hiroshima and 12 fukuoka. 0. 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0. 7 0. 8 0. 9 1. 0 ku sh iro ha ch in oh e se nd ai h ita ch i to ky o o sa ka ko ch i fu ku ok a sa pp or o hi ro sh im a n iig at a g ifu 0. 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0. 7 0. 8 0. 9 1. 0 ku sh iro ha ch in oh e se nd ai h ita ch i to ky o o sa ka ko ch i fu ku ok a sa pp or o hi ro sh im a n iig at a g ifu i=6 i=5 i=4 i=3 0. 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0. 7 0. 8 0. 9 1. 0 ku sh iro ha ch in oh e se nd ai h ita ch i to ky o o sa ka ko ch i fu ku ok a sa pp or o hi ro sh im a n iig at a g ifu 0. 0 0. 1 0. 2 0. 3 0. 4 0. 5 0. 6 0. 7 0. 8 0. 9 1. 0 ku sh iro ha ch in oh e se nd ai h ita ch i to ky o o sa ka ko ch i fu ku ok a sa pp or o hi ro sh im a n iig at a g ifu i=6 i=5 i=4 i=3 probability of exceedance of intensity i in 500 years probability of exceedance of intensity i in 100 years probability of exceedance of intensity i in 50 years probability of exceedance of intensity i in 200 years p ro ba bi li ty p ro ba bi li ty p ro ba bi li ty p ro ba bi li ty site site site site �� �� �� � � � �� � � � ���� ��� ���� ��� ���� � � � � � � � �� �� �� ������������ � � � � � �� � � �� � � � � � � � � � � �� �� � �� � ��� ���� ���� ���� 670 theodoros m. tsapanos, odysseus ch. galanis, george ch. koravos and roger m.w. musson tokyo and hitachi. the problem becomes greater for tokyo because it is either a high dense populated city and moreover there are centers of high risk around (heavy industry, electricity power and chemical plants, etc). the upper part of fig. 8 demonstrates the seismic hazard profile of japan, where the probabilities of exceedance in the next 200 years (1000years mean return period) of an intensity vi for the twelve examined sites-cities are presented by black triangles. it is expected to follow almost the same pattern as the hazard profile for 50 years, admittedly with the exception of niigata. niigata, number 5 (fig. 8), shows relatively higher hazard, in comparison with the previous profile it belongs to those sites of low hazard, and this can be due to the different time period examined. another critical point is that tokyo still dominates in the range of the high probabilities of exceedance (the seismic hazard profile). the majority of earthquakes, particularly the large ones (m ≥ 8.0) occur along the japan trench and nankai and sagami troughs. earthquakes along the plate boundaries generally show lowangle thrust mechanisms and are interpreted to denote that the pacific and philippine sea plates are subducting beneath the eurasian plate (ando, 1975; scholz and kato, 1978). earthquakes are also occur in the back-arc area. these are referred to as intraplate seismicity (wesnouski et al., 1982). the largest intraplate events are generally about one magnitude unit less (7 < m < 8) than the great interplate earthquakes, although they are a major danger because of their proximity to centers of high population. an integration of geological and seismological data for probabilistic seismic hazard in japan was carried out by wesnousky et al. (1984). in particular, he estimated the probabilities of the ground shaking of jma intensity ≥ v during the next 20, 50, 100 and 200 years, induced by either interplate and intraplate earthquakes. for the 50 year period, he suggested nankai trough and portions of the japan trench adjacent to east coast on northeast honshu will experience major events. the 200 years map projects the probable occurrence of a major earthquake along sagami trough. the cities of tokyo and hitachi (point 6 and 7 in fig. 8) are very close to sagami trough and both can be considered sites of high seismic risk. especially for the back-arc area and for the next 200 years, wesnousky et al. (1984) estimated high probabilities in the north and central part of honshu. the seismogenic sources j-8 and j-9 (fig. 6) are parts of this high seismic risk area, where the cities of sapporo and niigata are located. in the present study, both of these cities show a relatively high probability of exceedance for the next time span of 200 years. the regions of high probability expand as longer time periods are sampled. the results obtained by wesnousky et al. (1984) in general are not directly comparable with ours, mainly because we search the ground shaking in sites (cities), whereas wesnousky and his colleagues covered the whole territory of japan. despite this, we can observe that few of the cities examined in this study which present high seismic hazard parameter are within the areas of high risk according to wesnousky et al. (1984). rikitake (1991) estimated the probability of exceedance for intensities greater than or equal to v and vi of the jma within the next 10 years in the broad area of tokyo. his results for intensity ≥ v are 0.40 while ours is 0.23, and for intensity ≥ vi he found 0.049 while our estimation is 0.043. the plots of fig. 7 in comparison with table iii, give useful information for the seismic risk assessment in japan for earthquake resistant design (erd). acknowledgements the authors want to express their sincere thanks to prof. t. utsu, for his kind help during the present study. many thanks are also due to the anonymous reviewers for their constructive criticism of the study. the contribution of r.m.w. musson to this paper is published with the permission of the executive director of bgs (nerc). references algermissen, s.t., d.m perkins, w. issherwood, d. gordon, g. reagor and c. howard (1976): seismic risk evaluation of the balkan region, proceedings sem. seismic zoning maps, unesco, skopje 1975, 2, 68-171. 671 a method for bayesian estimation of the probability of local intensity for some cities in japan ambraseys, n. (1985): intensity-attenuation and magnitudeintensity relationships for northern european earthquakes, earthquake eng. struct. dyn., 13, 733-778. anderson, j.g. (1978): on the attenuation of modified mercalli intensity with distance in the united states, bull. seismol. soc. am., 68, 1147-1179. ando, m. (1975): seismotectonics of the 1923 kanto earthquake, j. phys. earth, 22, 263-277, chandra, u. (1979): attenuation of intensity in the united states, bull. seismol. soc. am., 69, 2003-2024. grandori, g., a. drei, f. perrotii and a. tagliani (1991): macroseismic intensity versus, epicentral distance: the case of central italy, tectonophysics, 193, 165-171. gutenberg, b. and c.f. richter (1944): frequency of earthquakes in california, bull. seismol. soc. am., 34, 185-188. koravos, g.ch. (2000): the study of the seismicity of the seismogenic zones in the circum-pacific belt and the seismic hazard assessment of the large cities, msc. dissert., aristotle university of thessaloniki, geophysical laboratory, pp. 208 (in greek). matsuda, t. (1990): seismic zoning map of japanese islands, with maximum magnitudes derived from active fault data, bull. earthq. res. inst. univ. tokyo, 65, 289-314. meroni, f., r. rotondi, f. cella and g. zonno (1994): bayesian estimation of the probability function for the local intensity, in proceedings of 24th e.s.c. assembly, 19-24 september 1994, athens, vol. 3, 1408-1418. meroni, f., v. petrini, r. rotondi and g. zonno (1991): expected damage for alternative seismic hazard evaluations, in proceedings of 4th icsz-stanford, california, vol. 2, 801-818. musson, r.m.w. and p.w. winter (1997): seismic hazard maps for the u.k, natural hazards, 14, 141-154. papazachos, b.c., ch.a. papaioannou, v.n. margaris and n.p. theodoulidis (1993): regionalization of seismic hazard in greece based on seismic sources, natural hazards, 8, 1-18. papazachos, b.c., e.e. papadimitriou, g.f. karakaisis and t.m. tsapanos (1994): an application of the time and magnitude predictable model for the long-term prediction of strong shallow earthquakes in the japan area, bull. seismol. soc. am., 84, 426-437. rhoades, d.a. and f.f. evison (1993): long-range earthquake forecasting based on a single predictor with clustering, geophys. j. int., 113, 371-381. rikitake, t. (1991): assessment of earthquake hazard in the tokyo area, japan, tectonophysics, 199, 121-131. scholz, c.h. and t. kato (1978): the behavior of a convergent plate boundary: crustal deformation in the south kanto district, japan, j. geophys. res., 83, 783-797. slejko, d., l. peruzza and a. rebez (1998): seismic hazard maps of italy, ann. geofis., 41 (2), 183-214. utsu, t. (1988): relation between seismic intensity near the epicenter, focal depth and magnitude, bull. earthquake res. inst. univ. tokyo, 63, 23-31 (in japanese). wesnousky, s.g., c.h. scholz and k. shimazaki (1982): deformation of an island arc: rates of moment release and crustal shortening in intraplate japan determined from seismicity and quaternary fault data, j. geophys. res., 87, 6829-6832. wesnousky, s.g., c.h. scholz, k. shimazaki and t. matsuda (1984): integration of geological and seismological data for the analysis of seismic hazard: a case study of japan, bull. seismol. soc. am., 74, 687-708. (received may 20, 2002; accepted september 27, 2002) vol50,1,2007 21 annals of geophysics, vol. 50, n. 1, february 2007 key words ground deformation – magnetic anomalies – inverse modelling – genetic algorithms – mt. etna 1. introduction mt. etna is one of the most active and investigated volcanoes in the world. over recent decades, new modern techniques of volcano monitoring have also been implemented to improve the knowledge of eruptive processes. in particular, monitoring involves geodetic and magnetic techniques that have provided essential information on the eruption mechanism including magma storage and transport within the volcano edifice. continuous ground deformation monitoring at mt. etna is performed with permanent tilt and gps networks (bonaccorso et al., 2002). for the different lateral eruptions that occurred between 1981 and 2001, ground deformation data analysis and modelling show early indications of intrusions initiating months to years earlier. the modelling showed that the intrusion source, i.e. the tensile mechanisms inside the volcano edifice, always involved the same structure oriented approximately nnw-sse, which coincides with a main tectonic trend crossing the volcano (bonaccorso and davis, 2004). since the end of 1998, a permanent magnetic network equipped with overhauser magnetometers has been operating on mt. etna (del negro et al., 2002). during the more recent lateral eruptions of mt. etna, significant correlations were observed between volcanic activity and changes in the local magnetic field, up to ten nanoteslas (del negro and currenti, 2003). these observations are consistent with those calculated from integrated inversion of ground deformation and magnetic data at etna volcano using a genetic algorithm technique gilda currenti (1), ciro del negro (1), luigi fortuna (2) and gaetana ganci (1)(2) (1) istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di catania, italy (2) dipartimento di ingegneria elettrica, elettronica e dei sistemi, università degli studi di catania, italy abstract geodetic and magnetic investigations have been playing an increasingly important role in studies on mt. etna eruptive processes. during ascent, magma interacts with surrounding rocks and fluids, and inevitably crustal deformation and disturbances in the local magnetic field are produced. these effects are generally interpreted separately from each other and consistency of interpretations obtained from different methods is qualitatively checked only a posteriori. in order to make the estimation of source parameters more robust we propose an integrated inversion from deformation and magnetic data that leads to the best possible understanding of the underlying geophysical process. the inversion problem was formulated following a global optimization approach based on the use of genetic algorithms. the proposed modeling inversion technique was applied on field data sets recorded during the onset of the 2002-2003 etna flank eruption. the deformation pattern and the magnetic anomalies were consistent with a piezomagnetic effect caused by a dyke intrusion propagating along the ne direction. mailing address: dr. gilda currenti, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, sezione di catania, piazza roma 2, 95125 catania, italy; e-mail: currenti@ct.ingv.it 22 gilda currenti, ciro del negro, luigi fortuna and gaetana ganci volcanomagnetic models, in which the magnetic changes are generated by stress redistribution due to magmatic intrusions at different depth and by the thermal demagnetization at a rather shallow depth. the magnetic data not only allowed the timing of the intrusive event to be described in greater detail but also, together with other volcanological and geophysical evidence, permitted some constraints to be set on the characteristics of propagation of shallow dikes (del negro et al., 2004). geodetic and magnetic investigations have been playing an increasingly important role in studies on mt. etna eruptive processes. the amount of available data collected represents a valuable database, but no major effort has been made for an effective integration of this knowledge. ground deformation and magnetic data are usually interpreted separately from each other and the consistency of the geophysical models coming from the different methods is checked only qualitatively. when the cause of their variations can be ascribed to the same volcanic source, a joint inversion of ground deformation and magnetic data would be advisable to identify the source parameters with a greater degree of accuracy. indeed, the integrated approach involving geophysical data of different kinds ensures a more accurate solution than when single data types are considered (nunnari et al., 2001) and leads to the best possible understanding of the physical process adding further constraints to the interpretation. we develop an inverse technique that is robust enough with respect to the complexity of the problem and able to model different geophysical data simultaneously. the aim of inverse modelling is to find out as much as possible about the source parameters using the observations. elaborated inverse methods combine forward models with appropriate optimization algorithms to automatically find out the best model parameters that minimizes the difference between the model values and the observations (tiampo et al., 2000; jousset et al., 2003). the forward problem involves deriving a mathematical relationship that relates observations and model. investigations on the geophysical models have revealed that they are highly non-linear and, as a consequence, the function to be minimized exhibits inherent discontinuities and multiple local minima. in such a case, techniques based on gradient methods or linearization of the optimization problem are hardly effective. that entails the need for global optimization methods. in this regard, we investigate the ability of an inversion procedure based on genetic algorithms (gas) for the estimation of the volcanic source parameters from available data (magnetic and ground deformation). among others, the gas are considered due to their capability of performing a much broader search over the parameter space with a greater likelihood of finding the global optimal solution even in presence of local minima in the objective function (goldberg, 1989). this modelling inversion technique was applied on field data sets recorded during the onset of the 2002 etna eruption. in order to provide better constraints on the intrusion mechanism, we investigate joint inversion of magnetic and deformation data during the period encompassing the opening of the eruptive fissures on the ne flank in 2002-2003. 1.1. the inversion technique inverse problems in volcanology involve the analysis of appropriate numerical strategies to identify the source parameters of a wide spectrum of geophysical signals recorded on active volcanic areas. as considered models are highly non-linear, the inverse numerical problem could be difficult to solve by applying local optimization techniques. in particular, nonlinear models engender in the function to be minimized inherent discontinuities and local optima, where local optimization methods are likely to get stuck. on the other hand, a trial and error procedure for solving the inversion problem may take a long time and the quality of the results might not be accurate enough. since the parameter space is typically very large, multimodal, and poorly understood, gas have the advantage of performing a much broader search over the space parameter using a random process with a greater likelihood of finding a near optimal solution (holland, 1975). roughly speaking, the adopted ga search algorithm randomly generates a set of n initial 23 integrated inversion of ground deformation and magnetic data at etna volcano using a genetic algorithm technique parameters (initial population), whose values are constrained within a prefixed range. using the chosen forward model, a population of potential solutions is computed for this set of parameters. the solutions are tested by an objective function that quantifies the degree of correlation between computed and observed data. the solutions are ranked, from the best to worst, according to the objective function and a new set of likely solutions is generated from the best solutions by the laws of evolutionary genetics. the evolutionary algorithm uses a collection of heuristic rules to modify the population of trial solutions in a way that the next generation tends to be on average better than its predecessor. heuristic selection and replacement operators are then used to sample the best solution in the current population for reproduction at each generation (goldberg, 1989). the population evolves from one generation to the next using probabilistic transition rules defined by genetic operators (crossover and mutation). the evolution is tuned by specifying crossover (pc) and mutation (pm) probabilities (michalewicz, 1992). this procedure is repeated for a large number of generations until the best solution is reached. a simplified schematic diagram of the procedure is shown in fig. 1. the ga search strategy is determined by two crucial issues: i) exploration of the search space to investigate new and unknown areas and ii) exploitation of the knowledge found at the previous step to improve the solution. genetic algorithms are able to find a balance between these two contradictory requirements (exploration and exploitation of the search space) by combining elements of deterministic and stochastic search. since the randomly generated population progressively evolves by means of a more deterministic sampling of the parameter space, the ga algorithm progressively leads the population to converge efficiently and rapidly toward the most promising solution that minimizes the objective function. 1.2. the objective function the goal of inversion methods consists in determining the best model that produces the solution closest to the observed measurements. the model can be represented by a set of parameters vector m={m1, ... , mk}∈ m, where m is the «space parameter» and k is its dimensionality. therefore, the best model corresponds to a parameters set, which on the basis of the forward problem formulation produces ground deformation and magnetic anomalies that well fit the observed data. for a given model m, the objective function quantifies the degree of misfit between observed data and the values computed by the forward problem. in this way, it helps to define the best parameter set m. fig. 1. schematic of ga inversion. 24 gilda currenti, ciro del negro, luigi fortuna and gaetana ganci geodetic and magnetic data are characterized by their own physical units and number of data points. as a result, the simultaneous inversion of both data sets without equalization may yield a solution that is dominated by one set. to perform the integrated inversion of ground deformation and magnetic data, we minimize the value of chi-square that accounts for the measurements error defined by the standard deviation σ, as (1.1) where mk are the measured data, ck the calculated deformation or magnetic variations and k the number of available measurements (bevington and robinson, 1992). 1.3. forward modelling the forward models used by the ga provide a mathematical formulation that relates magnetic anomalies, displacements and stress/strain fields associated to a particular volcanic source. on the whole, we have considered spherical pressure source (mogi model in volcanology) and rectangular sources. mogi’s model is quite appropriate for modelling the inflation/deflation of the magma reservoir that can be used to describe eruptive events associated with summit eruptions. on the contrary, rectangular sources seem more realistic for interpreting eruptive phenomena in volcanic areas such as mt. etna, where eruptions have their origin in dykes opening from a certain depth toward the surface. volcanic processes are complex geophysical systems and it is difficult to derive a forward model, unless important simplifications and approximations are taken into account (mctigue, 1987). surface displacements in a homogeneous elastic half-space have been described by mogi (1958) for a spherical source and by okada (1985, 1992) for a rectangular fault. also, over recent decades, the analytical formulation of the different mechanisms, which can be the cause of volcanomagnetic signals, has advanced considerably. a series of analytical solutions have been devised and widely used in the literature for mod( )m c k k k k 2 2 2 χ σ= −/ elling volcano-related variations (adler et al., 1999). the main geophysical mechanisms leading to magnetic anomalies in active volcanic areas have been investigated: i) piezomagnetic processes related to stress-induced changes in rock magnetization, ii) electrokinetic effects arising from fluid flow within the volcano edifice in the presence of an electric double layer at the solid-liquid interface, and iii) thermal demagnetization or remagnetization phenomena. while thermomagnetic effects are mainly concerned with temperature changes within the volcano edifice, piezomagnetism and electrofiltration process are both related to stress variations. if the volcano can be assumed to be elastic, the electrokinetic and piezomagnetic fields vary with time like the strain field and the ground deformation (zlotnicki and le mouel, 1988). hence, volcanomagnetic variations are expected to accompany crustal deformation (johnston, 1997). therefore, an integrated inversion of the ground deformation and magnetic data could give more insights on the state of volcano than when only one geophysical parameter is considered. as for the piezomagnetic field, sasai (1991) succeeded in devising an analytical expression for the mogi model, while utsugi et al. (2000) fig. 2. the okada source: a fault occurring in homogeneous and isotropic elastic half-space with a uniformly magnetized upper layer. depth is the distance between the origin o and the upper edge of the fault; strike is the orientation of the fault with respect to the north; dip is angle of the fault plane with respect the horizontal plane; length and width are the length and width of the fault respectively; slip is the vector of the displacement. 25 integrated inversion of ground deformation and magnetic data at etna volcano using a genetic algorithm technique calculated the solutions for strike-slip, dip-slip, and tensile-opening of a rectangular fault with an arbitrary dip angle (fig. 2). as for electrokinetic effects, the analytical form of magnetic fields by an inclined vertical source in inhomogeneous media was devised by murakami (1989). 2. the 2002 etna flank eruption in the following we interpret and model magnetic anomalies and ground deformation data that were observed simultaneously with the onset of the 2002 etna lateral eruption. during the night of 26-27 october 2002, two fissure systems opened on the s flank and ne rift of the volcano, feeding explosive activity and two distinct lava flows. the mainly explosive s flank eruption lasted 3 months (26 october 2002-28 january 2003), while the vents on the ne rift erupted only for 8 days and their activity was mainly effusive. the early stages of this lateral eruption were accompanied by local magnetic field changes and ground deformation recorded at the continuously operating stations set up on the volcanic edifice (aloisi et al., 2003; del negro et al., 2004). the most significant changes to occur here are associated with the opening and propagation of the vents along the ne rift. the dataset used for the inversion consists of the total magnetic field measurements at dgl and pdn stations, where positive variations of about 5 and 4 nt were recorded respectively between 26-27 october (fig. 3). as for ground deformation data, we inverted the static offsets recorded in the tilt components (at 6 stations) and in the gps horizontal and vertical changes (at 8 stations) during the same period (aloisi et al., 2003). a critical choice is the selection of the model used to interpret the geodetic and magnetic data. the magnetic variations could have resulted from stress redistribution due to dike emplacement at a rather shallow depth, which took place in a few hours. in such a case, the piezomagnetic effect is the principal mechanism accompanying the fractures opening, since it could justify both the amplitude and the time-scale of the magnetic changes. it is worth noting that the magnetic field changes might also be expected to accompany magmatic intrusions as a result of electrokinetic effects generated by fluid flow (fitterman, 1979). however, to explain the observed rapid and reversible changes in terms of fig. 3. plot of 10-min means of differential magnetic field at pdn and dgl stations with respect to the csr reference station between 20 october and 03 november 2002. 26 gilda currenti, ciro del negro, luigi fortuna and gaetana ganci electrokinetics would require rapid and implausibly intense fluid flow (murakami, 1989; adler et al., 1999). thus, even if the electrokinetic mechanism cannot be ruled out, we favor a more straightforward explanation in terms of the piezomagnetic effect. starting from the assumption of a piezomagnetic fault model (fig. 2), we apply okada (1985)’s elastic dislocation theory for computing the ground displacements and utsugi (2000)’s formulation for estimating the expected piezomagnetic field. we disregard the southern dyke since it made only a minimal contribution on the recorded pattern deformation (aloisi et al., 2003) and it was located rather far away to affect the magnetic field at dgl and pdn stations (fig. 5). hence, we invert ground deformation and magnetic data to infer the positions and the geometrical parameters of the source leading the geophysical changes. the fault model involves ten parameters: m={δ, α, d, w, l, us, ut, ud, xc, yc}, whose descriptions and value ranges are reported in table i. the ga was requested to determine the best solution for the fault parameters in the search space. the set of likely solutions is significantly constrained by the location of the observed surface ruptures. the values of the parameters of the magnetoelastic medium used in these calculations are shown in table ii. lame’s constant was set up to λ = µ that leads for poisson’s ratio of 0.25, a reasonable approximation to the values estimated in the upper crust on mt. etna. the success of the search depends on the ga control parameters, explicitly i) the size of the initial population n; ii) the crossover probability pc; and iii) the mutation probability pm. a large number of initial individuals ensures more possibilities to explore the overall parameter space but makes the inversion procedure more time-consuming. high values for the crossover and mutation probabilities guarantee a fine exploitation and exploration, respectively, but decrease the rate of convergence toward table i. search range for the fault model parameters. the coordinates are in utm-wgs84 projection. parameters for the piezomagnetic fault source modelling the deformation and magnetic data recorded during the onset of 2002 ne etna flank eruption. the standard deviation of each parameter is computed over 50 different runs of ga. fault model parameters ranges obtained parameters standard deviation δ, dip fault 0°-90° 28° 2.71° α, azimuth (° from north) 0°-180° 84° 2.91° d, depth 50-3000 m 0.04 m 216.5 m w, fault width 200-8000 m 4140 m 556.2 m l, fault length 500-6000 m 6541 m 730.8 m us, strike-slip 0.1-3 m 0.7 m 0.18 m ut, tensile opening 0.1-3 m 1.1 m 0.17 m ud, dip-slip 0.1-3 m 0.1 m 0.12 m xc, north coordinate 4173.90-4185.71 km 4182.7 km 135.31 m yc, east coordinate 499.89-504.27 km 500.400 km 159.02 m table ii. the magneto-elastic parameters estimated in the upper crust on mt. etna. magneto-elastic symbol value parameters average magnetization j 2 a/m curie depth h 15000 m magnetic inclination i 53° magnetic declination d 1° rigidity µ 1.6×105 bar poisson’s ratio ν 0.25 stress sensitivity β 0.0001 bar−1 27 integrated inversion of ground deformation and magnetic data at etna volcano using a genetic algorithm technique the solution that minimizes the objective function. initial tests suggested using a crossover probability pc of about 0.7, which seems to be a good compromise between exploration and exploitation as well as between efficiency and computation time. in particular, we used a population of between 50 and 150, and pm in the range of 0.3-0.7. the best results for ga setting parameters were found to be n = 150, pc = 0.7 and pm = 0.6 (fig. 4) for which the objective function reaches a minimum value. the reduced χ2 value is computed by (2.1)d 2 2 χ χ =t where d = n−p is the degree of freedom, n is the number of data points, p is the number of parameters. the best solution held a reduced of 3.18. we statistically compute the error for each parameter over 50 different inversions. in all of the 50 runs of the ga, the algorithm converges to the close neighborhood of the best solution starting from different random initial populations (table i). the ground deformation and the magnetic observations are reproduced well by the obtained fault model (fig. 5). the computed magnetic anomalies were about 4.7 and 4.3 nt at dgl and pdn respectively. the fault location matched well the position of the eruptive fissure observed at the surface. 2χt fig. 4. testings on ga setting parameters. the population converges toward the minimum of the objective function from its initial random distribution in the parameter space. 28 gilda currenti, ciro del negro, luigi fortuna and gaetana ganci 3. conclusions intensive monitoring of recent lateral eruptions on mt. etna has produced a large amount of ground deformation and magnetic data. although there have been numerous attempts to independently model these data, no investigations have been carried out to jointly interpret these observations. moreover, the consistency of the models coming from these geophysical methods has been verified only a posteriori. such a lack of multidisciplinarity and integration of observations and theoretical studies has certainly been prejudicial to the development of a deeper understanding of the volcano dynamics. in order to make the description of volcanic sources more robust we propose an integrated inversion from deformation and magnetic data. the inversion problem was formulated following a global optimization approach based on the use of genetic algorithms. the gas are considered due to their capability of performing a much broader search over the model parameters with a greater likelihood of finding the global optimal solution even in presence of local minima in the objective function. attempts at modelling changes in different geophysical parameters recorded in volcanic areas often involve a great deal of effort due to the complexity of the problem. the inversion problem in geophysical modelling suffers from the ambiguity and instability of its solutions. the ambiguity arises because different combinations of source parameters may lead to similar observations. moreover, geophysical inversion problems are notoriously unstable. if the cause of ground deformation and local magnetic changes can be ascribed to the same geophysical process, a joint inversion of different data sets would be desirable in order to yield more robust estimates fig. 5. schematic map of the 2002-2003 etna eruption showing lava flows erupted from south and ne-trending fissures. locations of gps, tilt and magnetic stations are also indicated. recorded and computed horizontal displacements and tilts vectors are shown as well. 29 integrated inversion of ground deformation and magnetic data at etna volcano using a genetic algorithm technique of source parameters and reduce the ambiguity of solution. we applied this procedure to model the data set recorded during the 2002-2003 etna flank eruption. the simultaneous inversion of geodetic measurements and magnetic data provides a coherent interpretation of the observations and allows delineating with more accuracy the magma intrusion process occurred at the onset in the ne flank. even if the fault model provides a quite reasonable representation of the dyke intrusion occurred on the northern flank, it is not able to justify all the details. the simplified assumption in the forward model of elastic half-space medium disregards effects caused by the topographic variations and the presence of a multilayered medium that could play a role in the modelling procedure. to overcome this intrinsic limitation and provide more realistic models which consider topographic effects as well as complicated distribution of medium properties, more elaborated forward models are required. in this regard, numerical solutions could provide a new insight into the expected variations that cannot be achieved through analytical models, and in particular can help in distinguishing features that can be very useful for hazard evaluation. acknowledgements this work was developed in the frame of the tecnolab, the laboratory for the technological advance in geophysics organized by dieesunict and ingv-ct. references adler, p., j.l. le mouël and j. zlotnicki (1999): electrokinetic and magnetic fields generated by flow through a fracture zone: a sensitivity study for la fournaise volcano, geophys. res. lett., 26 (6), 795-798. aloisi, m., a. bonaccorso, s. gambino, m. mattia and g. puglisi (2003): etna 2002 eruption imaged from continuous tilt and gps data, geophys. res. lett., 30 (23), 2214, doi: 10.1029/2003gl018896. bevington, p.r. and d.k. robinson (1992): data reduction and error analysis for the physical sciences (mcgraw-hill, new york), pp. 328. bonaccorso, a. and p.m. davis (2004): modeling of ground deformation associated with recent lateral eruptions: mechanism of magma ascent and intermediate storage at mt. etna, in etna volcano laboratory, edited by a. bonaccorso, s. calvari, m. coltelli, c. del negro and s. falsaperla, am. geophys. un., geophysical monogr. ser., 293-306. bonaccorso, a., m. aloisi and m. mattia (2002): dike emplacement forerunning the etna july 2001 eruption modelled through continuous tilt and gps data, geophys. res. lett., 29 (13), 1624, doi: 10.1029/2001gl014397. del negro, c. and g. currenti (2003): volcanomagnetic signals associated with the 2001 flank eruption of mt. etna (italy), geophys. res. lett., 30 (7), 1357, doi: 10.1029/2002gl015481. del negro, c., r. napoli and a. sicali (2002): automated system for magnetic monitoring of active volcanoes. bull. volcanol., 64, 94-99. del negro, c., g. currenti, r. napoli and a. vicari (2004): volcanomagnetic changes accompanying the onset of the 2002-2003 eruption of mt. etna (italy), earth planet. sci. lett., 229 (1-2), 1-14. fittermann, d.v. (1979): theory of electrokinetic-magnetic anomalies in a faulted half-space, j. geophys. res., 84, 6031-6040. goldberg, d.e. (1989): genetic algorithms in search, optimization, and machine learning (addison-wesley, ma), pp. 432. holland, j.h. (1975): adaptation in natural and artificial system (university of michigan press). johnston, m.j.s (1997): review of electric and magnetic field accompanying seismic and volcanic activity, surv. geophys., 18, 441-475. jousset, p., h. mori and h. okada (2003): elastic models for the magma intrusion associated with the 2000 eruption of usu volcano, hokkaido, japan, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 2607, 1-26. mctigue, d.f. (1987): elastic stress and deformation near a finite spherical magma body: resolution of the point source paradox, j. geophys. res., 92, 12931-12940. michalewicz, z. (1992): genetic alogorithms+data structures=evolution programs (springer, new york, ny). mogi, k. (1958): relations between the eruptions of various volcanos and the deformations of the ground surfaces around them, bull. earthquake res. inst. tokyo, 36, 99-134. murakami, h. (1989): geomagnetic fields produced by electrokinetic sources, j. geomagn. geoelectr., 41, 221-247. nunnari, g., l. bertucco and f. ferrucci (2001): a neural approach to the integrated inversion of geophysical data types, ieee trans. geosci. remote sensing, 39 (4), 736-748. okada, y. (1985): surface deformation due to shear and tensile faults in a half-space, bull. seismol. soc. am., 75, 1135-1154. okada, y. (1992): internal deformation due to shear and tensile faults in a half-space, bull. seismol. soc. am., 82, 1018-1040. sasai, y. (1991): tectonomagnetic modeling on the basis of the linear piezomagnetic effect, bull. earthquake res. inst., univ. tokyo, 66, 585-722. tiampo, k.f., j.b. rundle, j. fernandez and j.o. langbein (2000): spherical and ellipsoidal volcanic sources at long valley caldera, california, using a genetic algorithm inversion technique, j. volcanol. geotherm. res., 102, 189-206. 30 gilda currenti, ciro del negro, luigi fortuna and gaetana ganci utsugi, m., y. nishida and y. sasai (2000): piezomagnetic potentials due to an inclinated rectangular fault in a semi-infinite medium, geophys. j. int., 140, 479492. zlotnicki, j. and j.l. le mouel (1988): volcanomagnetic effects observed on piton de la fournaise volcano (reunion island): 1985-1987, j. geophys. res., 93, 91579171. varenna workshop report. operational earthquake forecasting and decision making annals of geophysics, 58, 4, 2015, rw0434; doi:10.4401/ag-6756 rw0434 operational earthquake forecasting and decision making warner marzocchi1,*, thomas h. jordan2, gordon woo3, conveners 1 istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy 2 southern california earthquake center, university of southern california, los angeles, usa 3 risk management solutions, london, uk a workshop on operational earthquake forecasting and decision making was convened in varenna, italy, on june 8-11, 2014, under the sponsorship of the eu fp 7 reakt (strategies and tools for real-time earthquake risk reduction) project, the seismic hazard center at the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia (ingv), and the southern california earthquake center (scec). the main goal was to survey the interdisciplinary issues of operational earthquake forecasting (oef), including the problems that oef raises for decision making and risk communication. the workshop was attended by 64 researchers from universities, research centers, and governmental institutions in 11 countries. participants and the workshop agenda are listed in the appendix. the workshop comprised six topical sessions structured around three main themes: the science of operational earthquake forecasting, decision making in a low-probability environment, and communicating hazard and risk. each topic was introduced by a moderator and surveyed by a few invited speakers, who were then empaneled for an open discussion. the presentations were followed by poster sessions. during a wrap-up session on the last day, the reporters for each topical session summarized the main points that they had gleaned from the talks and open discussions. this report attempts to distill this workshop record into a brief overview of the workshop themes and to describe the range of opinions expressed during the discussions. 1. background the concept of operational earthquake forecasting was developed by the international commission on earthquake forecasting for civil protection (icef; jordan et al. [2011]) in a report requested by the italian government after l’aquila earthquake of april 6, 2009 (available at http://www.annalsofgeophysics.eu/index. php/annals/article/view/5350). according to the icef definition, oef comprises procedures for gathering and disseminating authoritative information about the time dependence of seismic hazards to help communities prepare for potentially destructive earthquakes. the icef report has stimulated a broad discussion about the development of oef and its practical utility in managing seismic risk. the search for “diagnostic precursors” has so far been unsuccessful; no signals have yet been discovered that can reliably predict the location, time, and magnitude of an impending earthquake with high probability. but the icef concluded that earthquake clustering models can reliably forecast earthquakes at low probabilities over short time intervals. according to these models, the short-term probabilities of large earthquakes may increase by up to 2-3 orders of magnitude during seismic sequences, though they rarely exceed about few percent per week. decision making in such a “low-probability environment” is problematic and poorly studied. an even more formidable challenge is how to communicate the hazard information and risk implications to various stakeholders, including the public at large, in a comprehensible and effective way. 2. science of operational earthquake forecasting two sessions on oef science highlighted the formulation and testing of probabilistic forecasting models based on seismic clustering [e.g., ogata 1988, reasenberg and jones 1989, michael 2012], and a third surveyed how oef systems are developing in italy, new zealand, and the united states [marzocchi et al. 2014, gerstenberger et al. 2014, field et al. 2015]. a hot topic was the seismicity induced by deep fluid injection, which is rapidly changing the seismicity of the u.s. continental interior [e.g. ellsworth 2013] and has become a article history received march 3, 2015; accepted july 22, 2015. subject classification: operational earthquake forecasting, decision-making, seismic risk, risk communication. varenna workshop report political as well as scientific issue in several countries. speakers pointed out the difficulty of accommodating the rapid rise of induced seismicity into long-term probabilistic seismic hazard assessments (psha) that are the basis for most national seismic hazard maps, and this motivated discussions of how oef systems could be useful for projecting time-dependent earthquake probabilities in regions experiencing anthropogenic seismicity increases. short-term clustering models, such as the shortterm earthquake probability (step; gerstenberger et al. [2005]) and epidemic type aftershock sequence (etas; ogata [1988]) models, currently show the highest information gains relative to long-term forecasts, making them the prime candidates for oef applications. it was reported that various versions of these models are now being continuously evaluated against seismic data in several testing regions around the world by the collaboratory for the study of earthquake predictability (csep). csep is an international infrastructure for evaluating earthquake forecasting models through prospective forecasting experiments that are blind, transparent, and reproducible. csep testing experiments, which currently involve over 400 variations of statistical forecasting models, are running in california, new zealand, italy, japan, western pacific, and at global scale; other testing regions under consideration include iceland and part of china. csep has been enhancing its procedures to provide more robust statistical evaluation of the models and to assess a wider range of model types [e.g. jordan 2006, zechar et al. 2010]. model developers emphasized the role of csep testing in validating models, or model combinations, for the practical purposes of oef. csep experiments are also aimed at addressing important scientific questions, for example testing the hypotheses that clustering is self-similar from small to large earthquakes. the null hypothesis is that earthquakes do not encode any information about the magnitude of the future events; the alternative hypothesis is that the preparatory phase of a large shock is somehow different, implying more predictability. the limitations of csep were also discussed, particularly regarding the infrequency of large earthquakes, which limits the power of the prospective tests for that class of events. it was generally agreed that, in order to get better statistics at higher magnitudes, prospective testing in the existing natural laboratories should be augmented with experiments in new natural laboratories and the testing of worldwide forecasts, as well as through well-structured retrospective testing. it was reported that both activities are under active development at the csep testing centers. the clustering models involve generic statistics that do not explain the distinctive features observed in specific seismic sequences. some participants argued that such deficiencies rendered the models inadequate for operational purposes. others disagreed, noting that, though the models are uncertain and cannot explain everything, their forecasting performance has been validated by prospective testing in the csep natural laboratories, and they should therefore be useful within their stated limitations and epistemic uncertainties. all participants agreed that the skill of existing shortterm forecasting methods is very modest. it is rare for the weekly probability of large shocks to reach 1% (usually after another large shock). researchers are exploring how to increase forecasting skill by incorporating other types information into the forecasting models, including constraints on stress changes and rupture nucleation processes, as well as non-seismic precursory activity. potential improvements may also come from the explicit incorporation of fault-based rupture models, such as the short-term extensions of the third uniform california earthquake rupture forecast (ucerf3), which is being developed by the working group on california earthquake probabilities [field et al. 2015]. knowledge of the fault geometries and slip rates better defines the distribution of the large ruptures that could be triggered during seismic sequences, and it allows the concept of elastic rebound and stress relaxation to be incorporated into the clustering models. a major topic in the workshop discussions was the need for consistency among forecasting methods across a full range of forecasting time scales. new zealand researchers reported that, in the canterbury region, earthquake forecasting is now being done using hybrid models that incorporate the short-term step model, the longterm psha model, and a medium-term model called eepas (every earthquake a precursor according to scale), developed in new zealand [rhoades and gerstenberger 2009]. there was much interest in the lessons learned from recent canterbury sequence, which began with the 2010 darfield earthquake and has since provided a datarich environment for evaluating oef practice and its impact on society. the new zealanders provided interesting perspectives on the important question of how expert opinion should be used in combination with earthquake clustering models. in recent practice, experts have defined a set of plausible scenarios that span the possibilities for the evolution of the seismic sequence, attaching to each scenario a probability that is consistent with the probability given by the earthquake clustering models [gerstenberger et al. 2014]. representatives from other advisory groups described different approaches. in italy, for example, the marzocchi et al. 2 3 grand risk commission (grc) relies on expert opinion about the peculiarities of each seismic sequence rather than short-term forecasting models, which results in qualitative rather than quantitative assessments of the sequence’s possible evolution. in united states, the california earthquake prediction evaluation council and the national earthquake prediction evaluation council have not yet structured their procedures to release homogeneous information consistently during seismic sequences, although the u.s. geological survey has been routinely, automatically producing generic assessments of aftershock probabilities after every m≥3.5 in california for almost 20 years. presently, usgs is working to expand the approach nationwide and to more rigorously handle situations where a straight omori-gutenbergrichter probability assessment may not be the best representation of the hazard, and considering approaches for continuous production of probabilities. there was a consensus among the participants that expert opinion should be included in oef, but some disagreement on how to integrate it with quantitative models. most modelers in the audience favored the quantitative formulation of expert opinion; for example, through well-structured expert elicitations. some stressed the importance of casting all oef information in the form of probabilities, both aleatory and epistemic, to allow an adequate separation between science of hazard assessment and the more socially complex process required to formulate an appropriate spectrum of risk-mitigation options. 3. decision making in a low-probability environment oef provides probabilistic forecasting information, but the formulation of mitigation options requires that the earthquake hazard, as described in terms of faulting, shaking, and secondary effects such as ground failures, be translated into seismic risk, as measured in dollars, casualties, and social functionality. the engineering and policy approaches to this risk-analysis problem were the topic of the fourth session, and related decision-making issues were addressed by several speakers in the fifth and sixths sessions. it was noted that the term “low-probability” associated with the hazard is an incomplete description of oef problem, because the consequences for some stakeholders (e.g., critical facility operators) may be much higher than for ordinary citizens. the higher risk levels perceived by such stakeholders will more frequently warrant mitigation actions. usually, but not always, a costbenefit analysis will dictate actions that are relatively low in cost, commensurate with the low probabilities. earthquake engineers emphasized the quantification of risk through well-defined loss metrics normalized to quiescent reference conditions, such as the expected damage rates to structural models or expected fatality rates, and they illustrated plausible metrics with examples from structural engineering [iervolino et al. 2015]. there was a substantial agreement among the attendees to separate the formulation of scientific information about hazard from the risk assessments that inform decision making. according to the icef, the oef role is to deliver robust, authoritative hazard information, usually cast in terms of probability. this information has to be translated into risk, i.e. into different kinds of expected losses. risk assessment is the natural framework in which to formulate mitigation options and to choose the proper actions according to a rationale cost-benefit analysis. although widely accepted in principle, the precise nature of this hazard/risk separation, as well as the means to achieve it, was debated by the participants, mostly around the question of whether scientists should act as decision makers in evaluating and prioritizing the mitigation options. one clear example discussed at the meeting is the policy of releasing oef information only during aftershock sequences [e.g. wang and rogers 2014, jordan et al. 2014]. most participants agreed that oef probabilities during vigorous aftershock sequences should be made publically available. after large earthquakes, the probabilities are higher and, according to advocates of the “aftershocks-only” policy, more easily comprehended by the public. others argued that such a policy violates the hazard-risk separation principle, because it puts oef in an inappropriate decision-making role; namely, of judging at which probability levels the users of oef should be informed. moreover, it violates the transparency principle, also articulated by the icef, which states that authoritative scientific information about future earthquake activity should not be withheld from the public. those issues aside, it was widely agreed that the utility of forecasting is strongly correlated with the amplitude of the probabilities. higher probabilities can be more easily used by the decision makers to establish a set of mandatory mitigation actions based on a quantitative rational framework based on cost-benefit analysis. the practical use of forecasts with high-hazard probability rates of less than, say, 5% per week to mitigate the risk is much less clear, and the attending issues have not been yet been sufficiently explored. some attendees argued that current short-term forecasting methods are effectively useless for practical purposes, owing to the high false alarm rates implied by the low-probability rates the “crying-wolf ” problem [wang and rogers 2014]. others countered that even small probabilities can be helpful in nudging people towards beneficial self-protection actions that are varenna workshop report consistent with their own aversion to risk [thaler and sunstein 2009, jordan et al. 2014]. some might choose to minimize their time in seismically unsafe buildings, for example. once citizens are correctly informed about the earthquake threat and possible actions to mitigate their personal risks, they can act as rational decision makers for their own families and communities. it was noted that nudging citizens towards rational actions through the release of authoritative information is commonly employed to defend against many other low-probability hazards, such as terrorism threats and the spread of communicable diseases. the recent canterbury seismic sequence in new zealand has provided an excellent testbed for the use of oef in decision making on an urban scale. it was reported how quantitative oef information was delivered, interpreted, and applied to risk mitigation during this sequence, and how the oef system set up by new zealand seismologists continues to guide the reconstruction of christchurch, which was badly damaged by the darfield aftershocks of 2011 [wein and becker 2013, gerstenberger et al. 2014]. oef systems will have to service a wide variety of information requirements, most obviously those of the general public and responsible governmental agencies, but also those of other stakeholders, such as those who manage critical infrastructures and insurance/re-insurance companies. the various needs and levels of risk aversions among the many stakeholder groups imply that oef systems will have to provide scientific information in different formats across a range of forecasting intervals. one notable problem is maintaining the consistency of short-term oef forecasts with the longterm hazards quantified in psha. to avoid confusion during seismic crises, it was recommended that the probability thresholds for significant risk-reduction actions be described in protocols prepared in advance of a crisis through negotiations among scientists, risk analysts, political decision-makers, experts in communication, and interested stakeholders. these protocols should describe the way in which the authoritative scientific information is to be delivered and how high-priority risk mitigation actions are to be implemented. 4. communicating hazard and risk the discussions of how oef information should be communicated to decision makers, including the public at large, dominated the fifth and sixth topical sessions. the social scientists attending the workshop outlined some general findings from their research on risk communication. humans have the ability to perceive and balance a large number of risks regularly encountered in the natural environment, including high risks at low levels of probability. however, when new information about lowprobability, high-consequence events is received, people tend to dichotomize their response: they are either concerned and motivated to act, or they are unconcerned and don’t. studies of this threshold-type response has led to some general guidelines for risk messaging [e.g., wood et al. 2012, and references therein]: (i) communication about specific risks should be layered, with basic information broadcast in high-level messages and more detailed information, including hazard and risk probabilities, made easily available to those who seek it. (ii) high-level messages should contain authoritative information about the hazard, identify the sources of the information, and be explicit in recommending specific actions to reduce the risk. (iii) messaging is most effective when consistent information comes from multiple sources. (iv) the public should be educated about hazards and risks through a continual dialog with scientists and decision makers and within their own communities. considerable debate was centered on how to communicate increases in earthquake hazard and risk when the absolute probability of high hazard remains low. some geoscientists expressed particular concern over the widespread public illiteracy about probability, which may limit the ability of non-scientists, including decision makers, to comprehend the meaning of the aleatory variability and epistemic uncertainty intrinsic to earthquake forecasting. techniques for improving public preparedness through oef have not yet received sufficient attention, although relevant research was conducted in california during the parkfield prediction experiment and following the 1989 loma prieta earthquake [mileti and derouen 1995]. studies were reviewed that show the ability of even primitive societies to comprehend probability-based statements of risk, as long as the statements are properly formulated and clearly communicated [fontanari et al. 2014]. it was emphasized that communication can build trust in authoritative information over time, and that honesty about uncertainty can enhance credibility. experts in risk communication argued that, when faced with confusing and possibly hazardous situations, people respond positively to authoritative statements from official sources about the actions they should take, even when the future is highly uncertain; properly delivered, authoritative information about impending threats has rarely, if ever, caused panic among an informed populace [e.g. clarke 2002]. these considerations underline the need for transparency and continuity in broadcasting authoritative scimarzocchi et al. 4 5 entific information about the time-dependence of earthquake hazards. several participants noted that the timely communication of authoritative forecasts can benefit the public by filling information vacuums that set the stage for amateur earthquake predictions and misinformation. seismic crises can also be teachable moments, when people abandon their usual apathy about earthquake preparedness. timely oef communication can thus be very effective in teaching people how to reduce seismic risk both in the short and in the long-term. references clarke, l. (2002). panic: myth or reality?, contexts, 1, 21-26. ellsworth, w.l. (2013). injection-induced earthquakes, science, 341, 1225942. field, e.h., et al. (2015). long-term time-dependent probabilities for the third uniform california earthquake rupture forecast (ucerf3), b. seismol. soc. am., 105, 511-543. fontanari, l., m. gonzalez, g. vallortigara and v. girotto (2014). probabilistic cognition in two indigenous mayan groups, proc. natl. acad. sci., 111, 17075-17080. gerstenberger, m., s. wiemer, l.m. jones and p.a. reasenberg (2005). real-time forecasts of tomorrow’s earthquakes in california, nature, 435, 328-331. gerstenberger, m., d. rhoades, g. mcverry, a. christophersen, s. bannister, b. fry and s. potter (2014). recent experiences in aftershock hazard modelling in new zealand, agu fall meeting, san francisco. iervolino, i., e. chioccarelli, m. giorgio, w. marzocchi, g. zuccaro, m. dolce, g. manfredi (2015). operational (short-term) earthquake loss forecasting in italy, b. seismol. soc. am., 105 (4), 2286-2298. jordan. t.h. (2006). earthquake predictability, brick by brick, seismol. res. lett., 77, 3-6. jordan, t.h., y.-t. chen, p. gasparini, r. madariaga, i. main, w. marzocchi, g. papadopoulos, g. sobolev, k. yamaoka and j. zschau (2011). operational earthquake forecasting: state of knowledge and guidelines for utilization, annals of geophysics, 54 (4), 315-391. jordan, t.h., w. marzocchi, a. michaela and m. gerstenberger (2014). operational earthquake forecasting can enhance earthquake preparedness, seismol. res. lett., 85, 955-959. marzocchi, w., a.m. lombardi and e. casarotti (2014). the establishment of an operational earthquake forecasting system in italy, seismol. res. lett., 85, 961-969. michael, a.j. (2012). fundamental questions of earthquake statistics, source behavior, and the estimation of earthquake probabilities from possible foreshocks, b. seismol. soc. am., 102, 2547-2562. mileti, d.s., and j. derouen (1995). societal response to revised earthquake probabilities in the san francisco bay area, int. j. mass emer. dis., 13, 119-145. ogata, y. (1988). statistical models for earthquake occurrences and residual analysis for point processes, j. am. stat. assoc., 83, 9-27. reasenberg, p.a., and l. m. jones (1989). earthquake hazard after a mainshock in california, science, 243, 1173-1176. rhoades, d.a., and m.c. gerstenberger (2009). mixture models for improved short-term earthquake forecasting, b. seismol. soc. am., 99, 636-646. thaler, r.h., and c.r. sunstein (2009) nudge: improving decisions about health, wealth and happiness, penguin press. wang, k., and g.c. rogers (2014). earthquake preparedness should not fluctuate on a daily or weekly basis, seismol. res. lett., 85, 569-571. wein, a., and j. becker (2013). communicating aftershock risk: roles for reassuring the public, risk frontiers, 13 (3), 3-4. wood, m.w., d.s. mileti, m. kano, m.m. kelley, r. regan and l.b. bourque (2012). communicating actionable risk for terrorism and other hazards, risk anal., 32, 601-615. zechar, j.d., d. schorlemmer, m. liukis, j. yu, f. euchner, p. maechling and t.h. jordan (2010). the collaboratory for the study of earthquake predictability perspective on computational earthquake science, concurrency comput pract. ex., 22, 1836-1847. corresponding author: warner marzocchi, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy; email: warner.marzocchi@ingv.it. © 2015 by the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. varenna workshop report appendix a: workshop agenda session 1: the problem of earthquake forecasting the problem of earthquake forecasting (t. jordan) earthquake forecasting when the background rate is non-stationary: the case of the u. s. midcontinent (b. ellsworth) forecasting induced seismicity: state of the art and future directions (s. wiemer) panel discussion (moderator: i. main; reporter: m. page) session 2: testing short-term earthquake forecasting models the collaboratory for the study of earthquake predictability (d. schorlemmer) the two-way street between next-day seismicity forecasts and operational earthquake forecasting ( j. zechar) csep developments in support of operational earthquake forecasting: a future perspective (d. rhoades) panel discussion (moderator: n. hirata; reporter: m. werner) session 3: operational earthquake forecasting operational earthquake forecasting in italy (w. marzocchi) operational earthquake forecasting in the united states (n. field) recent experiences in oef in new zealand: the good and the bad (m. gerstenberger) panel discussion (moderator: r. stein; reporter: m. blanpied) session 4: from short-term hazard to risk operational earthquake loss forecasting: framework and proof of concept (i. iervolino) evaluating risk and providing advise for low probability-high impact events in the presence of large uncertainties: the experience of the italian high risk commission, 2011-2013 (d. giardini) current practice in the united states, and plans for improved dynamic earthquake likelihood forecasting (m. blanpied) panel discussion (moderator: m. dolce; reporter: m. gerstenberger) session 5: decision-making process and risk communication in a low-probability forecasting environment (i) participatory decision making under uncertainty (g. woo) the structure and content of effective risk messages communicated to the public (d. mileti) managing seismic sequences in italy: civil protection current practice and questions for the future (m. dolce) panel discussion (moderator: w. marzocchi; reporter: t. sellnow) session 6: decision-making process and risk communication in a low-probability forecasting environment (ii) case histories of communicating uncertain earthquake hazard and loss estimates (d. wald) risk communication strategies when you understand that your audience is about as smart as you are (t. patt) strategies for communicating science-based messages in times of uncertainty (t. sellnow) panel discussion (moderator: d. mileti; reporter: g. woo) session 7: summary of the meeting reports on the topic sessions (m. page, m. werner, m. blanpied, m. gerstenberger, t. sellnow, g. woo) wrap-up discussion posters sessions: a short-term earthquake forecasting experiment in japan (n. hirata) operational short-term earthquake forecasting in japan (k. doi) corssa: community online resource for statistical seismicity analysis ( j. d. zechar) evaluating earthquake predictions by using the gambling score ( j. zhuang, j. d. zechar, c. jiang) effect of data quality on a hybrid coulomb/step model for earthquake forecasting (s. steacy) practice and enlightenment of earthquake prediction in china (xiadong zhang) an operational earthquake forecasting system in metropolitan area around beijing, china (yongxian zhang) short-term forecasting and preparation of earthquakes (d. albarello) preparing for an operational earthquake forecast experiment in iceland (f. panzera) improving earthquake and aftershock risk communication: lessons from the canterbury earthquakes, new zealand (s. potter) the effect of including aftershocks in probabilistic seismic hazard assessment modelling: a case study for wellington (a. christophersen) marzocchi et al. 6 7 appendix b: workshop participants albarello, dario amato, alessandro blanpied, mike casarotti, emanuele cattaneo, marco chiarabba, claudio chiaraluce, lauro christophersen, annemarie comunello, francesca console, rodolfo criscuolo, annamaria d’amico, vera deichmann nicholas di bucci, daniela doi, keiji dolce, mauro ellsworth, bill faenza, licia falcone, giuseppe field, ned garcia alexander gasparini, paolo gerstenberger, matt giardini, domenico herrmann, marcus hirata, naoshi iervolino, iunio jordan, thomas le guenan, thomas lussignoli, orsola main, ian malafronte, lucia marzocchi, warner meletti, carlo mileti, dennis monelli, damiano murru, maura naylor, mark page, morgan panzera, francesco patt, anthony power, christopher rhoades, david roselli, pamela rosi, mauro rossi filangieri, alfonso sabetta, fabio schorlemmer, danijel segou, margarita seif, stefanie sellnow, deanna sellnow, timothy shapira, avi steacy, sandy stein, ross taroni, matteo vogfjord, kristin wald, david walter, andre wenzel, friedemann werner, maximilian wiemer, stefan woo, gordon zechar, jeremy zhang, xiaodong zhang, yongxian zhuang, jiancang zuccaro, giulio varenna workshop report << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel 1.3 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.1000 /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize false /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile (none) /alwaysembed [ true /andalemono /apple-chancery /arial-black /arial-bolditalicmt /arial-boldmt /arial-italicmt /arialmt /capitalsregular /charcoal /chicago /comicsansms /comicsansms-bold /courier /courier-bold /couriernewps-bolditalicmt /couriernewps-boldmt /couriernewps-italicmt /couriernewpsmt /gadgetregular /geneva /georgia /georgia-bold /georgia-bolditalic /georgia-italic /helvetica /helvetica-bold /helveticainserat-roman /hoeflertext-black /hoeflertext-blackitalic /hoeflertext-italic /hoeflertext-ornaments /hoeflertext-regular /impact /monaco /newyork /palatino-bold /palatino-bolditalic /palatino-italic /palatino-roman /sandregular /skia-regular /symbol /technoregular /textileregular /times-bold /times-bolditalic /times-italic /times-roman /timesnewromanps-bolditalicmt /timesnewromanps-boldmt /timesnewromanps-italicmt /timesnewromanpsmt /trebuchet-bolditalic /trebuchetms /trebuchetms-bold /trebuchetms-italic /verdana /verdana-bold /verdana-bolditalic /verdana-italic /webdings ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 150 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 150 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.10000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.08250 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /syntheticboldness 1.000000 /description << /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for high quality pre-press printing. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader 5.0 and later. these settings require font embedding.) /jpn /fra /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht /ita >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [595.000 842.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word 7473-18531-1-rv_peppoloni-di capua.doc annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7473 1 geoethics: ethical, social and cultural implications in geosciences silvia peppoloni giuseppe di capua istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, rome, italy iapg – international association for promoting geoethics silvia.peppoloni@ingv.it, giuseppe.dicapua@ingv.it abstract humans are recognized as a “geological force”, capable of modifying natural environments, and in virtue of this prerogative they have an ethical responsibility towards the planet. indeed, studying and managing the earth system, exploiting its geo-resources, intervening in natural processes are actions that involve great responsibilities towards society and the environment, of which perhaps we, as geoscientists, are not sufficiently aware. only by increasing the awareness of this responsibility, can we work with wisdom and foresight, and respect the balances that exist in nature while guaranteeing a sustainable development for future generations. in order to define acceptable solutions to current global challenges, we need to take into proper consideration the ethical and social aspects involved in geoscience issues. geoethics was born to define a conceptual substratum of categories, useful as framework of reference for geoscientists, to help them develop a new way of thinking and interacting with the earth system. geoethics widens the cultural horizon of geoscience knowledge and contributes to orient scientists and society in the choices for responsible behavior towards the planet. the paper provides an overview of the emerging field of geoethics, focusing on theoretical and practical aspects, by showing the trajectory that has led to the current point of development of geoethics and suggesting some cues for thought for further advancements of ethical thinking in geosciences. 1. introduction ince geosciences have ethical and social implications (bobrowsky et al., 2017; stewart and gill, 2017; wyss and peppoloni, 2014), geoethics should become a key requirement in every geoscientists’ curricula (bobrowsky et al., 2017). to achieve this goal, geoethics needs above of all to obtain dignity and credibility within the scientific community. geoethics can represent a new way of thinking and interacting with the earth system, and a new way to approach the global problems facing the planet. but the field of geoethics is still in the early stages of development, and its status as a new discipline has to be fully characterized, assessed and clarified, as well as its relationship with “environmental ethics” (hourdequin, 2015). to start this process, in recent years a conceptual substratum has been developed following progressive steps, helpful to provide a clearer framework of categories and contents within geoethics: a formal definition, as well as four levels of content including analyses, topics, goals, values. this framework is necessary to give a rational structure to geoethics, and to assure its authoritativeness. the founding of the iapg – international association for promoting geoethics (iapg, 2017) in 2012 has stimulated the creation of a large geoscience community to share ideas, to build contents and to address geoethical issues. 2. meaning of the word “geoethics” the first step was to clarify the etymological origin of the word "geoethics" (peppoloni and di capua, 2014). “geoethics” is the union of the prefix “geo” and the word “ethics”. the prefix “geo” refers to “gaia”, which means “earth” in greek. although its ancient sumerian meaning is “home, dwelling place”. thus s annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7473 2 “geo” refers to the place where humans dwell. the word “ethics” has a double meaning: first, “ethics” contains a sense of belonging to the social dimension of life, second, it is related to the individual sphere of each person. in both these two existential conditions (social and individual) the etymological root of the word “ethics” calls upon human beings to face their responsibilities. this concept stresses that geoethics means (social and individual) responsibility towards the earth, an ethics for the planet. 3. responsibility and four levels of analysis in geoethics the second step was to define one of the key concepts at the base of geoethics: the responsibility (individual and social), that can be referred to four different levels of analysis (bobrowsky et al., 2017; tgeagc, 2017); responsibility: • we, as geoscientists, have towards ourselves in conducting our work to the best of our abilities (this implies the importance of each scientist’s individual conscience); • towards our colleagues, with whom we have to work with a cooperative, respectful and honest attitude, with the common goal to find solutions to geoscience problems under a multidisciplinary approach; • towards society that we, for our expertise, have the duty to serve to allow its development, as far as possible minimizing the environmental impact and respecting natural dynamics; • towards the earth system, as our irreplaceable home, that we have to preserve and to entrust to future generations. we, colleagues, society and the earth system are fundamental ambits for the geoethical analysis, to be considered in a hierarchical order. in fact, before our responsibilities towards society and the earth system, we refer to our individual conscience and identify our own reference values, both ethical and professional. at the base of geoethics there is definitely an honest relationship with ourselves and consequently with our colleagues, society, and environment. 4. a definition of geoethics when a new discipline begins to be developing, definitions are fundamental to clarify to what we refer. starting from the concept of ethics proposed by aristotle (384-322 bc), and putting together the concept of responsibility related to the four levels of analysis and etymological remarks, geoethics has been finally defined as the “research and reflection on the values which underpin appropriate behaviours and practices, wherever human activities interact with the earth system. geoethics deals with the ethical, social and cultural implications of geoscience knowledge, education, research, practice and communication, and with the social role and responsibility of geoscientists in conducting their activities” (bobrowsky et al., 2017; iapg, 2017; peppoloni and di capua, 2012). this definition implies three important matters: • understanding when an ethical issue arises. • building a framework of common values to be adopted by the geoscience community and society as a whole. • identifying an ethical criterion that can orient geoscientists, on which to base technical decisions. 5. ethical issue and ethical decision an ethical issue arises when we are faced with at least two possible options and wherein one option is likely preferable to the other. if one option is clearly better than the other, then the decision to be taken is quite simple. however it is more complicated when we face ethical dilemmas, in which both the solutions generate negative consequences. in this case, which is the best decision from an ethical point of view? the definition of geoethics states that deciding and acting ethically, in other words taking an ethical decision, means to adopt “appropriate behaviours and practices”. an ethically correct and well-considered choice, and so “appropriate”, has to be based on identified common values, shared by all those with whom one will share also the effects of that choice (positive or annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7473 3 negative effects). certainly we tend to base our decisions on practical and technical considerations. so we take into account the economic and temporal implications of the action to be taken (for example: a certain technical solution should be adopted because it costs less, or because it allows one to achieve the same result in a shorter time). in addition, our decisions may also take into account the greater social benefit that they can entail (for example, decisions that aim to protect the lives of citizens, as well as the economic activities in an area more effectively). and even in this latter case there could be important economic implications. finally, we can base our decisions on specific environmental considerations, where we will choose interventions that aim to protect nature, its dynamics and balances. all these considerations are legitimate: they are the result of our personal beliefs and of the social values to which we refer. a thorough scientific analysis of a problem to be solved, rationally articulated and developed, must lead to that point of equilibrium that is able to optimize the sum of the effects. it is from this balance that a choice can arise, the decision that is ethically sustainable for the human community and the environment; both affected by the same problem. and it is clear that the human community and the environment cannot exist in contrast with each other. if we don't reach that point of equilibrium, and if our decision doesn’t take into account the balance between the different variables involved, we may lose the overview of the problem, its vision in the long-term perspective, such that conflicts and problems might arise among those who would like to act in different ways. it is reasonable to think that professional, social and environmental considerations are connected with each other, so they should be carefully considered under a common perspective. decisions are ethical if they are shared, contemplated, scientifically balanced, technically constructed and considered in their multi-facets. 6. identifying and sharing values in order to adopt “appropriate behaviors and practices”, we must identify the framework of our reference values, on which to base our choice, which can orient us in the search for the "best" possible balance between the various options, the optimal choice or at least the one most acceptable in relation to a specific situation. if the decisive choice to solve a problem is based on a defined framework of reference values, on which to articulate the couple reflection-action, then one’s decisions will not be biased, limited in time nor socially questionable. in fact, the choice of the "best" solution to a problem between multiple existing solutions is possible when the reference values have been clearly defined and shared within the professional or, more in general, the societal community. only on the basis of these values can we answer the question: what do we want to achieve with our choice, with our decision? which is our goal? the ethically correct solution will not be the result of a simplistic choice between what is right and what is wrong. in fact, right and wrong cannot be discerned if reference values have not been clearly established. so, what are these values? sustainability, conservation of nature, future generations, human health and progress are some examples. but what takes priority? and is it possible to find a balance between conservation of nature and human development? taking a well-weighed ethical decision is impossible if one doesn’t answer these questions and fix shared values that can orient them in the problem solving. 7. ethical choices and ethical dilemmas reference values should take into due account the different cultural, economic and social contexts, existing in different parts of the world. otherwise we run the risk of a conflict between values. “globalization is a fact. it is a contradiction to recognize ourselves immersed in a globalized world and at the same time to claim the right to act for our own interest, without considering the interrelationships among ourselves and the world in which we live. geosciences teach us that such relationships operate on a global scale” (peppoloni and di capua, 2016). but if we do not take proper account of local conditions, we risk believing in the possibility of exporting local values to a global context, as if they were commodities. often, especially in more developed annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7473 4 countries, mining is considered as a threat to human health and nature. but surely mining is also a great opportunity for development especially in low-income countries. reducing the carbon footprint is a priority of more developed countries, but is it ethical to demand the same reduction to less developed countries, constraining their economic development, in order to reduce their contribution to the global co2 emissions? without doubt, a large dam has a significant impact on the environment. it is likely that the construction of the dam will lead to the destruction of numerous natural habitats, but at the same time it ensures protection from floods and manages water and energy supply for thousands of people. is its construction unethical? 8. ethical dilemmas and the approach of geoethics the examples above highlight that often geoscientists face especially ethical dilemmas when they have to take decisions or suggest choices between two or more options, each of them with a possible negative impact on the earth system and/or the population. in such cases, we can take a (geo)ethical decision only if we justify it adequately from a scientific and technical point of view, if we clearly indicate pros and cons of the choice we are proposing, including a cost/benefit analysis also in societal and environmental terms, and if we include in our scientific analysis probabilities and uncertainties. from these considerations, it is evident that the role of geoscientists has not only a technical-scientific value, but also a sociocultural one. in fact, geoethics implies not only the definition of standards and procedures (best practices), but also the constant search for universal values to be shared, in the light of geoscientists’ expertise and their specific ability to approach environmental problems. 9. ethical, social and cultural values of geoethics on the basis of these considerations, some reference values can be identified, grouped into three different categories (peppoloni and di capua, 2016): • ethical values: they concerns both the individual and social sphere of geoscientists. the singapore statement on research integrity (2010), the hippocratic-like oath published in the form of a “geoethical promise” (matteucci et al. 2014), and deontological codes of ethics/conduct of scientific and professional associations and societies (iapg, 2017) include, in different and partially complementary ways, several ethical values to be followed, such as honesty, integrity, awareness, accuracy, cooperation, inclusiveness, courtesy and fairness. • social values: geosciences are essential to help society in facing great challenges, such as climate change, the search for raw materials and new sources of energy and the best management of the current ones, the need for a sustainable approach to the environment, the defense against geo-hazards, and the development of a society of knowledge. sustainability, prevention and education are social values on which to base a new vision for future years. “sustainability” means a prudent and prolonged use of a natural resources and low consumption of energy from two perspectives: in the near term, it aims to develop strategies and technologies for reduced use of energies and minerals, and to encourage the percentage increase of renewable energies. in the long term, it means building a new model of economic development for our societies that aims to give new generations the possibility of discovering and exploiting other ways to produce energy and use natural resources. “prevention” implies developing an ethical way of thinking for the protection of populations from damages related to geo-risks. a preventive approach should replace an approach focused solely on emergency, in order to improve the community’s resilience; that is their ability to cope with and recover from a disaster. finally, “geo-education”, that is transferring geologic knowledge to the public, can give geosciences a fundamental role in contributing to build a knowledgeable society by raising awareness about how the earth system operates and evolves. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7473 5 • cultural values: geosciences have also a great cultural value, capable of influencing current and future ways of thinking about the earth. geoethics enhances cultural values such as geodiversity, geological landscape and geoheritage to strengthen the relationship between communities and the land they inhabit, and transforms those values into economic resources, such as geoparks and geotourism, that represent not only the synthesis of those values, but also an opportunity for a country’s development. 10. the (geo)ethical criterion: responsibility what is the criterion that allows us to take (geo)ethical decisions, to deal with (geo)ethical dilemmas, in the light of the reference values that we set, on the basis of which we can follow "appropriate behaviours and practices, wherever human activities interact with the earth system"? the ethical criterion must be sought in the concept of responsibility, since geoethics is grounded in an ethics of responsibility towards the earth. the term "responsibility" derives from the latin verb "respòndere", which means to respond. it expresses the commitment to answer to someone for our actions and their consequences. in other words “the duty or obligation to satisfactorily perform or complete a task that one must fulfill, and which has a consequent penalty for failure” (www.businessdictionary.com/definiti on/responsibility.html, accessed 30 october 2017). for the scientific community the "penalty for failure" must be intended not only in legal terms (for example: if geotechnical calculations to analyse a slope are wrong owing to negligence and a disaster occurs, the geoscientist will pay for the consequences). a penalty for failure is also the loss of credibility of science, the loss of credibility of our role of experts of natural dynamics, the failure of our scientific and cultural role to guide society in managing the earth system. it is the loss of the reason for being geoscientists. the ethics of responsibility is considered the “bedrock” of geoethics, the ethical criterion underlying geoethics. it implies the ethical commitment of geoscientists towards their individual conscience, towards their colleagues, society and the earth system. for all these reasons, geoethics should become an essential element in the geoscientist's training. the “geoethical promise” (matteucci et al., 2014), recently introduced as a fundamental part of the “cape town statement on geoethics” (di capua et al., 2017) can be the means through which early-career geoscientists become aware of this responsibility, and take care to adopt an ethical approach in conducting their future activities (bohle and ellis, 2017). 11. the prerequisite of the responsibility: intellectual freedom intellectual freedom is a fundamental prerequisite for practicing the ethics of responsibility. its absence prejudices the possibility of taking an ethical decision. when we are not free to choose between alternative solutions, we can take only one road and act only in one way, whether it means adopting a right or a wrong solution. harassment, discriminations, bullying, conflicts of interest, and pressures at work (st. john at al., 2016; gawthrop, 2014; neuberg, 2014), can result in a lack of freedom, since they threaten the serenity of the working environment and more generally limit freedom of choice. a respectful working environment is fundamental to maintain a high level of professionalism and to assure an ethical conduct while practicing geosciences. in particular, harassment, discriminations, political and business pressures offend the dignity of the person, and seriously undermine integrity, quality and credibility of the geoscience community. these kinds of behaviours prevent individuals from taking ethical decisions. geoethics cannot be practiced if professional ethics are constrained. 12. ethics of responsibility and ethics of the tool sometimes, we believe that to improve the working conditions of a scientific and professional community, by increasing its ethical level, it may be sufficient to adopt codes of ethics or conduct, which prohibit wrong practices and foster correct ones. certainly ethical codes are the result of a careful ethical reflection and are a very useful tool to try to prevent, monitor annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7473 6 and control inappropriate practices and poor policies within the geoscience community. but despite the existence of such codes, more and more often we learn about cases of "bad practices", "research misconduct" (allison and spencer, 2016; oig, 2016) or "conflict of interests" (andrews, 2014). it could depend on the tendency to confuse "the ethics of responsibility" with "the ethics embodied by the tool". the observance of practices deemed ethical (contained in codes of ethics) should not be confused with the essential ethics education that each geoscientist should have if he/she wants to reach a higher level of integrity, respectability and credibility within the professional community. too many geoscientists will continue to ignore ethical codes, if they don’t assimilate in their professional training those values that address the ethics of responsibility. geoethics, implies a conscious and rational way of acting, scientifically constructed, respectful towards ourselves, colleagues, society and earth system. an ethical decision can only come from a responsible choice, made freely. this ethical decision may be "certified" by a code of ethics. 13. conclusion geoethics recognizes that human beings are a geological force capable of acting on natural environments, and in virtue of this prerogative assigns to them an ethical responsibility towards the earth system. the awareness that humans can influence the processes of nature was earlier highlighted in the nineteenth century by the italian geologist antonio stoppani (1824-1891), who first recognized the potential of human beings to be a "geological force”, capable of influencing natural processes and changing environments (peppoloni and di capua, 2014; lucchesi, 2017). his intuition has gradually led to the modern concept of the “anthropocene” (crutzen, 2002), and to large and multi-faceted discussions, developed within the “environmental ethics” (bohle, 2016). today environmental challenges impose responsible answers. regardless of the value we want to give to the anthropocene, whether merely a political necessity or a real scientific item (zalasiewicz et al., 2015; finney and edwards, 2016; waters et al., 2016), its cultural importance remains (hamilton et al., 2015). that is to have understood that mankind is a modifier of the earth system, and for this reason it has an ethical responsibility towards itself and towards all that is other than itself. in virtue of this prerogative, geoethics can propose a responsible neo-anthropocentrism, where human beings assume responsibly the role of critical and rational conscience of the earth system, which is the synthesis of the biotic and abiotic elements of nature (bobrowsky et al., 2017). when we are in front of a problem, geoethics remind us to consider not only "what we have to do", but also "why we have to do it" and "what are the consequences of our doing". therein lies the value of geoethics. references allison m.l. and spencer j.e. (2016). review of a us geological survey scientific misconduct incident that potentially affected mining and land management on federal land in northern arizona. open-file report ofr-16-02: http://repository.azgs.az.gov/s ites/default/files/dlio/files/nid1690/revie w_of_the_impacts_of_usgs_labfinal_v.1.pdf, accessed 30 october 2017. andrews g.c. (2014). canadian professional engineering and geoscience practice and ethics. nelson college indigenous, fifth edition, 275 pages, isbn: 978-0176509903. bobrowsky p., cronin v.s., di capua g., kieffer s.w., peppoloni s. (2017). the emerging field of geoethics. in: scientific integrity and ethics with applications to the geosciences, edited by l.c. gundersen. special publication american geophysical union, john wiley and sons, inc. bohle m. and ellis e.c. (2017). furthering ethical requirements for applied earth science, doi: 10.4401/ag-7401. in: peppoloni s., di capua g., bobrowsky p.t., cronin v. (eds), geoethics at the heart of all geoscience, annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7. bohle m. (2016). handling of human-geosphere intersections. geosciences, 6(1), 3, https://doi.org/10.3390/geosciences6010003. crutzen p.j. (2002). geology of mankind. nature, 415, 23. annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7473 7 di capua g., peppoloni s., and bobrowsky p. (2017). the cape town statement on geoethics, doi: 10.4401/ag-7553. in: peppoloni s., di capua g., bobrowsky p.t., cronin v. (eds), geoethics at the heart of all geoscience, annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7. finney s.c. and edwards l.e. (2016). the “anthropocene” epoch: scientific decision or political statement? gsa today, v. 26, no. 34, doi: 10.1130/gsatg270a.1. gawthrop w. (2014). corporate money trumps science. in: wyss m. and peppoloni s. (eds), geoethics: ethical challenges and case studies in earth science, 450 p., elsevier, waltham, massachusetts, isbn: 9780127999357. hamilton c., bonneuil c., and gemenne f. (2015). thinking the anthropocene, pp. 1– 13. in: hamilton c., bonneuil c., and gemenne f. (eds), the anthropocene and the environmental crisis, abington, uk: routledge. hourdequin m. (2015). environmental ethics – from theory to practice. bloomsbury, 240 p., isbn: 9781472507617. iapg (2017). international association for promoting geoethics website: http://www.geoethics.org, accessed 30 october 2017. lucchesi s. (2017). geosciences at the service of society: the experience of a father of geoethics, antonio stoppani, doi: 10.4401/ag-7413. in: peppoloni s., di capua g., bobrowsky p.t., cronin v. (eds), geoethics at the heart of all geoscience, annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7. matteucci r., gosso g., peppoloni s., piacente s., wasowski j. (2014). the “geoethical promise”: a proposal. episodes, vol. 37, no. 3, pp. 190-191. neuberg j. (2014). thoughts on ethics in volcanic hazard research. in: wyss m. and peppoloni s. (eds), geoethics: ethical challenges and case studies in earth science, 450 p., elsevier, waltham, massachusetts, isbn: 9780127999357. oig (2016). office of inspector general u.s. department of the interior, scientific integrity incident at usgs energy geochemistry laboratory. report no.: 2016-eau-010: https://www.doioig.gov/sites/doioig.gov /files/2016eau010public.pdf, accessed 30 october 2017. peppoloni s. and di capua g. (2012). geoethics and geological culture: awareness, responsibility and challenges. annals of geophysics, 55, 3, 335-341, doi: 10.4401/ag-6099. peppoloni s. and di capua g. (2014). the meaning of geoethics. in: wyss m. and peppoloni s. (eds), geoethics: ethical challenges and case studies in earth science, 450 p., elsevier, waltham, massachusetts, isbn: 9780127999357. peppoloni s. and di capua g. (2016). geoethics: ethical, social, and cultural values in geosciences research, practice, and education. in: wessel g. & greenberg, j. (eds.). geoscience for the public good and global development: toward a sustainable future. geological society of america, special paper 520, pp. 17-21, doi: 10.1130/2016.2520(03). singapore statement on research integrity (2010). 2nd world conference on research integrity, singapore, 21-24 july 2010: http://www.singaporestatement.org/state ment.html, accessed 30 october 2017. stewart i.s. and gill j.c. (2017). social geology integrating sustainability concepts into earth sciences. proceedings of the geologists' association, volume 128, issue 2, pages 165-172, http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.pgeola.2017.01.002. st. john k., riggs e. and mogk d. (2016). sexual harassment in the sciences: a call to geoscience faculty and researchers to respond. journal of geoscience education, vol. 64, no. 4, pp. 255-257: http://nagtjge.org/doi/full/10.5408/1089-9995-64.4.255. tgeagc (2017). teaching geoethics across the geoscience curriculum website: http://serc.carleton.edu/geoethics/index.h tml, accessed 30 october 2017. waters c.n., zalasiewicz j., summerhayes c., barnosky a.d., poirier c., gałuszka a., cearreta a., edgeworth m., ellis e.c., ellis m., jeandel c., leinfelder r., mcneill j.r., richter d., steffen w., syvitski j., vidas d., wagreich m., williams m., zhisheng an, grinevald j., odada e., oreskes n., wolfe a.p. (2016). the anthropocene is functionally and stratigraphically distinct from the annals of geophysics, 60, fast track 7, 2017; doi: 10.4401/ag-7473 8 holocene. science, vol. 351, issue 6269, aad2622, doi: 10.1126/science.aad2622. wyss m. and peppoloni s. (2014). geoethics: ethical challenges and case studies in earth science, 450 p., elsevier, waltham, massachusetts, isbn: 9780127999357. zalasiewicz j., waters c.n., williams m., barnosky a.d., cearreta a., crutzen p., ellis e., ellis m.a., fairchild i.j., grinevald j., haff p.k., hajdas i., leinfelder r., mcneill j., odada e.o., poirier c., richter d., steffen w., summerhayes c., syvitski j.p.m., vidas d., wagreich m., wing s.l., wolfe a.p., zhisheng an, and oreskes n. (2015). when did the anthropocene begin? a midtwentieth century boundary level is stratigraphically optimal. quaternary international, 383, 196-203, doi: 10.1016/j.quaint.2014.11.045. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 303 annals of geophysics, vol. 51, n. 1, february 2008 key words rst – earthquake – satellite thermal infrared – hector mine – izmit – geostar 1. introduction the earth’s thermally emitted radiation in the thermal infrared (8-14mm) spectral range, when measured from sensors on board satellite platforms, is referred to as a tir signal wich us usually given in units of brightness temperature [k]. in the last few decades, a number of papers have been published suggesting the existence of a possible relation between «anomalous» space-time fluctuations (hereafter «thermal anomalies») of such a tir signal and earthquakes occurrence (e.g. gorny et al., 1988; qiang et al., 1991; qiang and dian, 1992; tronin, 1996; qiang et al., 1997; salman et al., 1992; tronin, 2000; singh et al., 2002; tronin et al., 2002; day and singh, 2003; ouzounov and freund, 2004; cervone et al., 2006; saraf and choudhury, 2005a,b). these papers have been greeted with some scepticism by the scientific community mainly for the poor methods used for the analysis of satellite tir images (see tramutoli et al., 2001a) and for the interpretation of results (e.g. geller, 1997). in fact, the main problems in the above-mentioned studies were the lack of a rigrobust tir satellite techniques for monitoring earthquake active regions: limits, main achievements and perspectives carolina aliano (1), rosita corrado (1), carolina filizzola (2), nicola genzano (1), nicola pergola (1)(2) and valerio tramutoli (1)(2) (1) dipartimento di ingegneria e fisica dell’ambiente, università degli studi della basilicata, potenza, italy (2) istituto di metodologie per l’analisi ambientale (imaa, cnr), tito scalo (pz), italy abstract in the last few years, robust satellite data analysis techniques (rst) have been proposed which significantly improved present capabilities to investigate possible relations between tir signal fluctuations and earthquake occurrence. this paper, starting from a critical survey of results achieved by applying different rst-based algorithms to different satellite sensors to approximately ten earthquakes (two of them are discussed here for the first time) which occurred in three different continents, tries to offer a first assessment of main achievements, residual limits and perspectives of such studies. even if it is still not possible to relate (or to exclude) observed anomalous tir transients definitely to impending earthquakes, such studies demonstrate at least: a) the strong improvement of s/n ratio achievable moving from polar to geostationary satellites; b) the further s/n improvement achievable by using tir sensors which also offer split-window possibilities; c) the crucial role played by a space-time persistence test to select tir anomalies candidate to be associated to impending earthquakes; d) the possibility of identifying and correctly discarding tir anomalies related to clouds and to image navigation errors; e) the scarce importance of spatial resolution of observations which encourages the use of passive mw sensors which are less affected by atmospheric conditions. mailing address: dr. carolina aliano, dipartimento di ingegneria e fisica dell’ambiente, università degli studi della basilicata, via dell’ateneo lucano, 85100 potenza, italy; e-mail:carolaliano@gmail.com vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 303 304 c. aliano, r. corrado, c. filizzola, n. genzano, n. pergola and v. tramutoli orous definition of anomalous tir signal fluctuations, the absence of a convincing testing step based on a validation/confutation approach and the scarce attention paid to the possibility that other causes (e.g. meteorological) different from seismic activity could be responsible for the observed tir variations (tramutoli et al., 2005). within this context, a different approach has been proposed which, unlike preceding methods, permits a statistically based definition of tir anomaly even in the presence of highly variable contributions from atmospheric (e.g. transmittance), surface (e.g. emissivity and morphology) and observational (time/season, but also solar and satellite zenithal angles) conditions. it was initially proposed for avhrr-noaa (advanced very high resolution radiometer onboard noaa, national oceanographic and atmospheric administration) data, and therefore it was named «rat» (robust avhrr techniques, tramutoli, 1998), but its full exportability on different satellite systems suggested a more generic name «rst» (robust satellite technique, tramutoli, 2005), that will be used from now on throughout this paper. the rst possible applications to satellite tir surveys in seismically active regions has already been tested in the case of approximately ten earthquakes (see a selection in table i) by using a validation/confutation approach, devoted to verify the presence/absence of anomalous space-time tir transients in the presence/absence of seismic activity. this paper discusses the progress and limits of the use of the rst method on seismically active area monitoring by comparing results achieved on different earthquakes which happened in different geographic areas by using different satellite sensors. progresses in reducing the most important noisy contributions to table i. seismic events which have been studied by applying the rst approach: the used variable v(r,t), the sensor, the length (years) and homogeneity rules (months of the year, time of the day) which have been applied to build the historical data-set (used to compute reference images µv and σv) and the minimum s/n ratio of tir anomalies are indicated, together with the references. event technique homogeneity rules s/n (date and magnitude) and time extension of data sets (sensor, month, years, hour) polar satellites 23 november 1980, <⊗∆t(r)> – monthly average avhrr – november irpinia-basilicata-italy (tramutoli et al., 2001a) (1994-1998) –17:00 -19:00 0.6 ms=6.9 23 november 1980, <⊗lst(r)> – monthly average avhrr november irpinia-basilicata, italy (di bello et al., 2004) (1994-1998) –17:00 -19:00 1 ms=6.9 7 september 1999 ⊗lst(r,t) – daily analysis avhrr august and september athens, greece (filizzola et al., 2004) (1995-1998) 1:00-4:00 gmt 1.5 ms=5.9 geostationary satellites 17 august 1999, ⊗t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat august kocaeli-izmit, turkey (this paper) (1995-2000) –24:00gmt 2 ms=7,8 26 september 1997, ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat september umbria, italy (aliano, 2004) (1992-2000) – 24:00 gmt 2 ms=5.9 to 6.4 vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 304 305 robust tir satellite techniques for monitoring earthquake active regions: limits, main achievements and perspectives table i (continued). event technique homogeneity rules s/n (date and magnitude) and time extension of data sets (sensor, month, years, hour) 3-7-12-14 october 1997, ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat -october umbria, italy (abbate, 2005) (1992-2000) –24:00 gmt 2.5 ms=5.7 max 16 october 1999, ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis goes october hector mine, california (this paper) (1996-1999)24:00 gmt 2.5 ms=7,4 7 september 1999 ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat august &september athens, greece (filizzola et al., 2004) (1995-1998) 24:00 gmt 3 ms=5.9 21 may 2003 ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat april and may zemmouri, algeria (aliano et al., 2006) (1992-1999) 24:00 gmt 3 ms=6.9 28 may 1995, ⊗∆t(r, t)– daily analysis meteosat may patras, greece (corrado et al., 2005) (1992-1999) 24:00 gmt 3 mb 4.7 29 may 1995, ⊗∆t(r, t)– daily analysis meteosat may cyprus (corrado et al., 2005) (1992-1999) 24:00 gmt 3 mb 5.3 3 june 1995 ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat june crete, greece (corrado et al., 2005) 1992-1999) 24:00 gmt 3 mb 4.2 18 june 1995, ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat june crete, greece (corrado et al., 2005) (1992-1999) 24:00 gmt 3 mb 4.9 4 may 1996, ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat may erzurum,turkey (corrado et al., 2005) (1992-1999) 24:00 gmt 3 mb 4.2 13 june 1996, ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat june ionian sea (corrado et al., 2005) (1992-1999) 24:00 gmt 3 (southern greece) mb 4.2 16 june 1996, ⊗∆t(r, t)– daily analysis meteosat june patras, greece, (corrado et al., 2005) (1992-1999) 24:00 gmt 3 mb 4.3 17 june 1996, ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat june crete, greece (corrado et al., 2005) (1992-1999) 24:00 gmt 3 mb 4.0 29 june 1996, ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat june isparta, turkey (corrado et al., 2005) (1992-1999) 24:00 gmt 3 mb 5.1 26 january 2001, ⊗∆t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat january &february gujarat, india (genzano et al., 2007) (1999-2004) 24:00 gmt 3 ms=7.9 17 august 1999, ⊗t(r, t) – daily analysis meteosat august kocaeli-izmit, turkey (tramutoli et al., 2005) (1992-1998, 2000) 24:00 gmt 3.5 ms=7,8 vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 305 306 c. aliano, r. corrado, c. filizzola, n. genzano, n. pergola and v. tramutoli the measured signal will be discussed by considering new explanatory cases. 2. a robust satellite-based tir index a wider description of the rst approach and its implementation on different satellite sensors to monitor seismic areas can be found in different papers (tramutoli et al., 2001a; di bello et al., 2004; filizzola et al., 2004; corrado et al., 2005; tramutoli et al., 2005; aliano et al., 2007; genzano et al., 2007). the above mentioned papers used specific indexes, such as the retira (robust estimator of tir anomalies, after tramutoli et al., 2005) which belongs to a more general class of alice (absolutely llocal index of change of the environment) indexes which give a statistically well based definition of llocal signal anomalies (since tramutoli, 1998 the double l is used to make reference not only to a specific place rl but also to a specific time tl). using a general formula, alice indexes are computed on the image at hand as follows: (2.1) where r≡(x,y) represents location coordinates on a satellite image; t is the time of image acquisition with t∈τ , where t defines the homogeneous domain of satellite imagery collected during the years in the same time-slot of the day and period (e.g. same month) of the year; v(r,t) is the value of a variable v at location r≡(x,y) and at acquisition time t; µv(r) is the time average value of v(r,t) at location r≡(x,y) computed on cloud free records belonging to the selected data set (t∈τ); σv(r) is the standard deviation of v(r,t) at the location r≡(x,y) computed on cloud free records belonging to the selected data set (t∈τ). the choice of the variable v(r,t) depends on the specific application and on particular effects that we want to take into account. rst has been indeed successfully applied to the major natural and environmental hazards related to: volcano activity (pergola et al., 2001; tramutoli et al., 2001b; di bello et al., 2004; pergola et al., 2004a,b; bonfiglio et al., 2005; marchese et al. 2006; filizzola et al. 2007); flood risk (tramu( , ) ( ) ( , ) ( ) r r r r t v t v v v 7 σ µ = toli et al., 2001c; lacava et al., 2005; lacava et al 2006); forest fires (cuomo et al., 2001), etc. for its application to seismic area monitoring, different variables have been used (2.2) where t(r,t) is simply the tir radiance at the sensor; lst (land surface temperature) is a product of satellite data analysis, which is expected to give, starting from observations in two spectrally very close tir bands (split-windows), an estimate of the earth’s surface temperature corrected for the effects of atmospheric water vapour content (see di bello et al. 2004 and reference herein); t(t) and lst(t) are spatial averages of t(r,t) and lst(r,t) computed in place on the image at hand considering cloud-free pixels only, separately for land and sea: only sea pixels are used to compute ∆t(r,t) and ∆lst(r,t) if r is located on the sea; only land pixels are used on the other hand if r is located on land. the use of the excesses ∆t(r, t) and ∆lst(r,t), instead of the simple t(r,t) and lst(r,t), is expected to reduce the possible contributions (e.g. occasional warming) to the signal due to the year-to-year climatic changes and/or season time-drifts which usually affect near-surface temperature at a regional scale (tramutoli et al., 2005). by construction, the alice indexes turn out to be useful tools for a robust identification of tir anomalies and allow us to estimate them in terms of signal-to-noise (s/n) ratio. in fact, the local excess v(r,t) − µv(r), which represents the signal (s) to be investigated for its possible relation with seismic activity, is evaluated by comparison with the corresponding observational/natural noise (n) represented by σv(r). it is important to note that σv(r) includes all (natural and observational, known and unknown) sources of the overall (llocal) variability of s as historically observed at the same site in similar observational conditions (same platform, time of day, month, etc). this way, the relative im( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( ) ( ( , ) ) ( , ) ( , ) ( ) the corresponding index is also named retira lst lst lst v t t t t t t t t t t t t t r r r r r r r t7/ / / ∆ ∆ − − ∆ z [ \ ] ] ] ] ] ] vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 306 307 robust tir satellite techniques for monitoring earthquake active regions: limits, main achievements and perspectives portance of the measured tir signal (or the intensity of anomalous tir transients) can naturally be evaluated in terms of s/n ratio by the alice indexes. as a result, alice indexes are intrinsically resistant to false alarms and, in addition, may assure a complete exportability to different geographical areas and a free choice of sensors to be used. 3. possible choices for the tir-based variable v(r, t): results for different satellite sensors as indicated in the previous section, different choices, described in (2.2), are possible for the variable v(r,t) in the general expression (2.1). the first application of the rst approach to seismically active areas was performed using polar satellite data (noaa-avhrr) and retira index on the irpinia-basilicata (23 november 1980, ms=6.9) earthquake (tramutoli et al., 2001a). in that case, the monthly average <⊗∆t(r)> of the ⊗∆t(r,t) index was considered to compare the mean signal observed during the month of the earthquake (november 1980) with the one observed during the same month in different years. these preliminary studies showed how the rst approach is able to strongly reduce site effects (e.g. related to horography, land cover, etc). in addition, validation results showed more anomalous pixels than in «unperturbed» years (confutation) and in a better correlation with spatial distribution of seismogenic areas (as in valensise et al., 1993). however the monthly average <⊗∆t(r)> of the ⊗∆t(r,t) index rarely reached values greater than 0.6. a significant improvement of s/n ratio (see also fig. 1) was achieved by using the monthly averages <⊗∆lst(r)> of the ⊗∆lst(r,t) index, instead of <⊗∆t(r)> (pictures on the right in fig. 2). in fact, as lst(r,t) gives an estimate of the land surface temperature corrected by the effects of atmospheric water vapour content, it is expected that σ∆lst(r,t)<σ∆t(r,t) with a consequent increase in s/n ratio. in the case of the irpiniabasilicata earthquake, computing lst values with becker and li (1990) algorithm, an increase in s/n ratio from 0.6 to 1 was achieved (di bello et al., 2004). fig. 1. s/n evolution after the application of the rst approach to different satellite sensors and different alice indexes. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 307 308 c. aliano, r. corrado, c. filizzola, n. genzano, n. pergola and v. tramutoli figure 2 clearly shows this improvement: for november 1980 (validation) the spatial distribution of pixels with ⊗∆t(r,t)>0.6 and ⊗∆lst(r,t)>1 is rather similar, but, for the unperturbed november 1998 period (confutation), pixels with <⊗∆lst(r)> > 1 almost disappear, differently from pixels with <⊗∆t(r)> > 0.6. moreover, in both cases thermal anomalies seem to occur even far away (up to several hundred kilometres) from the epicentre zone. a subsequent study (filizzola et al., 2004) on avhrr data demonstrated that a significant increase in s/n ratio is achievable moving from monthly (<⊗∆lst(r)>) to daily (⊗∆lst(r,t)) indexes. in this case ⊗∆lst(r,t) values greater than 1.5 were observed to draw anomalous spacefig. 2. the rst approach applied to polar satellite data (noaa-avhrr). comparison between the results of the analysis on monthly average <⊗∆t(r)> of ⊗∆t(r, t) (left) and <⊗∆lst(r)> of ⊗∆lst(r, t) (right) indexes, computed for (top) november 1980 (year of irpinia’s earthquake) and (bottom) november 1998, one of seismically unperturbed (i.e. no earthquakes with m>4 in the study area) years (adapted from tramutoli et al., 2001a; di bello et al., 2004). the unperturbed signal behaviour, in terms of µ∆t(r) and σ∆t(r) or µ∆lst(r) and σ∆lst(r), was determined on the basis of five years of noaa-avhrr records collected in similar observational conditions (see table i). november 1980 <⊗ t(r)> > 0.6 november 1998 seismic epicentre main seismogenic faults november 1980 november 1998 <⊗ lst(r)> > 1 vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 308 309 robust tir satellite techniques for monitoring earthquake active regions: limits, main achievements and perspectives 7 o c tob e r 1 999 o c tob e r 1 999 21 o c tob e r 1 999 ⊗ t (r, t) > 2.5 31 o c tob e r 1 999 1 o c tob e r 1 999 25 o c tob e r 1 999 ⊗ t (r, t) > 2 clouds seismic epicentre main tectonic lineaments 21 o c tob e r 1 999 22 o c tob e r 1 999 24 o c tob e r 1 999 25 o c tob e r 1 999 20 o c tob e r 1 999 26 o c tob e r 1 999 23 o c tob e r 1 999 main zone affected by tir anomalies fig. 3. the rst approach applied to geostationary satellite data (goes). results of the analysis of the daily ⊗∆t(r, t) index on the epicentral area before and after earthquake (ms=7.4) of hector mine (california) occurred on october 16th 1999. left side: results of the analysis performed on goes images collected from october 1st to 31st with pixels having ⊗∆t(r, t) >2.5 depicted in red. right side: results of the analysis performed from october 16th to 26th with pixels having ⊗∆t (r, t) > 2 depicted in red. note that, images corresponding to mostly overcast days or without any thermal anomaly on the scene are not shown in the figure (see text). vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 309 310 c. aliano, r. corrado, c. filizzola, n. genzano, n. pergola and v. tramutoli time tir patterns affecting the epicentre area a few days before the athens (ms=5.9) earthquake which occurred on september 7th, 1999. the use, for the first time, of daily ⊗∆lst(r,t) observations demonstrated the importance of a temporal and spatial persistence analysis of tir anomalies in order to discriminate meaningful anomalous transients from signal outliers with similarly high s/n values (see also tramutoli et al., 2005; genzano et al., 2007). in the same study, filizzola et al. (2004) compared results they achieved by using v(r,t)=∆lst(r,t) on avhrr data with the ones achieved by using on the contrary v(r,t)=∆t(r,t) on meteosat observations. due to the absence of split-windows tir bands on meteosat, it was impossible to use the same retira index for both, the polar avhrr and the geostationary meteosat, satellites. however, this circumstance allowed the authors to make a first analysis of the trade-off between the best choice of v(r,t) in (2.1), which is also related to satellite sensor spectral capabilities, and satellite attitude itself. in fact, compared with polar satellites, geostationary satellites guarantee for each ground location, even if at lower spatial resolution, constant view angles with the same ground resolution cell size and precise image-to-image co-location. time-slots which are no longer than 30 min guarantee higher homogeneity of imagery time series further reducing the contribution to the signal variability simply due to image-to-image changes in observational time. for this reason, achievable s/n is expected to improve, as a consequence of reduction of σv(r,t), not only moving from v(r,t)=∆t(r,t) to v(r,t)=∆lst(r,t), but also moving from polar to geostationary satellite attitudes. in the case of the athens september 7th 1999 earthquake, it was demonstrated that geostationary attitude, more than the availability of tir split-window sensors on board polar satellites, allows us to have a major reduction of observational noise with the possibility of reaching a higher s/n levels (see fig. 1). the same good performances on geostationary data (meteosat, in this case) were observed by corrado et al. (2005) in the case of mediumlow magnitude events which occurred in greece and turkey (see table i). also in that case, thermal anomalies were observed in known tectonic lineaments even if the most spectacular case of such a correspondence remains the case of gujarat’s earthquake (january 26th, 2001, ms=7.9), where the whole indiaeurasia boundary plate seems to be drawn by tir anomalies (genzano et al., 2007). the indication for possible large scale effects confirms, also in this case, that high spatial resolution is not a requirement for this kind of study. 3.1. two notable study cases: hector mine and izmit-kocaeli, 1999 earthquakes potentialities and limits of the rst approach have been assessed starting from a critical analysis of results achieved by applying: a) different alice indexes to b) different satellite sensors in c) different geographic areas affected by d) different kinds of earthquakes. in this paper, the rst approach has been applied to two new test-cases (see table i and fig. 1): 1) the seismic event of ms=7.4 which occurred on october 16th, 1999 in california, along the san andreas fault with the epicentre located near hector mine. in this case, rst performances were evaluated, for the first time, on goes (geostationary operational environment satellites operated by noaa) satellite tir data and on the american continent. 2) the kocaeli-izmit earthquake of ms=7.8 which struck turkey, along the north anatolian fault (naf), on august 17th 1999. in this case, rst performances were evaluated, for the first time, by applying the alice index based on the choice v(r,t) = t(r,t) to meteosat tir observations. it should be mentioned that important analogies exist between the san andreas fault system in california (e.g. usgs, 2000) and the naf zone (nafz) in turkey. it is similar is the apprehension for the possible impact of a large magnitude earthquake in such densely populated areas. it is also notable that both the above mentioned fault systems give a unique opportunity of studying to which extent seismic stress transfer alters the probability of subsequent earthquakes, and for this reason they are among the most studied tectonic areas around the world. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 310 311 robust tir satellite techniques for monitoring earthquake active regions: limits, main achievements and perspectives 6 august 1999 11 august 1999 12 august 1999 13 august 1999 15 august 1999 16 august 1999 17 august 1999 (izmit earthquake) 19 august 1999 20 august 1999 21 august 1999 23 august 1999 a) b) ⊗t (r, t) > 2 seismic epicentre naf clouds fig. 4a,b. a) the rst approach applied to geostationary satellite data (meteosat). results of the analysis of the daily ⊗t(r,t) index computation on the epicentral area before and after the august 17th 1999 izmit earthquake; b) tectonic map of the region including the north anatolian fault (modified from barka, 1992). vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 311 312 c. aliano, r. corrado, c. filizzola, n. genzano, n. pergola and v. tramutoli in the case of the hector mine event, the analysis was carried out by using goes-9 and goes-10 i-m imager data. four years of satellite observations, from 1996 to 1999, were used for computing σ∆t(r,t) and µ∆t(r,t) reference fields. figure 3 (left side) shows that few, but well localized, pixels with ⊗∆t(r,t)>2.5 appear a few weeks before and a few days after the seismic event. except on october 7th, all anomalous transients are located in a space around the seismic epicentre and arrange themselves in lineaments which seem to run parallel to tectonic structures, among which there is the san andreas fault, responsible for the earthquake. this circumstance appears evidently not casual after the inspection of fig. 3 (right-side) showing the distribution of tir anomalies, of lower (⊗∆t(r,t)>2) relative intensity, which occurred after the earthquake (from october 16th until october 26th). their particular shape and alignment with the san andreas fault system, together with their space-time persistence, allow us to attribute a particular significance also to the isolated, anomalous transients observed before the earthquake on october 1st and october 7th (see fig. 3, left side). in fact, october 7th anomalies actually appear isolated in space-time while some spatial persistence, in relation to the previous mentioned tir anomalies sequence, is quite evident in the case of october 1st anomalies. therefore, in spite of the scarcity of anomalous pixels, a certain space-time correlation between tir anomalies and the considered seismic event cannot be excluded. the spatial correlation between tir anomalies and tectonic structures was highlighted, even by using ⊗t(r,t), the simplest of the alice indexes, instead of a more robust ⊗∆t(r,t) retira index, as demonstrated in the test case of izmit earthquake, which has been studied using both indexes on the same meteosat-7 geostationary data (fig. 4). notwithstanding the same spurious effects on the caucasus region due to a seasonal warming over the area, which can be reduced by using the ⊗∆t(r,t) index, as demonstrated in tramutoli et al. (2005), some thermal anomalies with an intensity of ⊗t(r,t)>2 clearly show a trend which seems to gather along the naf a few days before the occurrence of the earthquake. it should also be noted that the increase in tir anomaly spatial distribution along the whole nafz until august 13th (i.e. 4 days before the earthquake) the decrease of tir anomalies until the day of the seismic event, the new increase in tir anomalies in the post seismic period, describe a spatial-temporal dynamics which is in good agreement with the model proposed in scholz et al. (1973) to explain different phenomena possibly associated to earthquake preparation phases. it should be highlighted that, even in comparison with the best results (s/n~1.5) previously achieved on polar satellite sensors using the most refined variable v(r,t)=∆lst(r,t), the application of the rst approach to geostationary data leads to better (s/n~2) results already with the simplest v(r,t) choice. this confirms the main role played by the stability of observational conditions associated with the geostationary attitude in improving rst performances with respect to sensor spectral capabilities and, also in addition, to the choice of the v(r,t) variable in (2.1). on the other hand, the comparison with results achieved by using a more robust index ⊗∆t(r,t) (see tramutoli et al. 2005, for details), straddling the day of izmit earthquake (see fig. 5), clearly shows the effectiveness of the retira index not only in reducing spurious effects related to occasional warming at a regional scale, but also in improving s/n ratio up to the highest levels (⊗∆t(r,t) > 3,5). at this stage and on the basis of the tests performed up to now on several earthquakes which occurred in 3 different continents, the combination of tir sensors on board geostationary satellites and the choice v(r,t)=∆t(r,t) demonstrated to guarantee the best rst performances. 4. present limits and perspectives seismic area monitoring by tir satellite surveys finds an intrinsic limitation when many of cloudy pixels dominate the scene. in fact, cloud cover always prevents earth’s emitted tir signal from reaching the satellite sensor so that surface or low atmospheric phenomena are not detectable if clouds are present. moreover, if the cloudiness is very wide and persistent, the scene can be so «obscured» that it is difficult to appreciate space-time continuity of observed tir anomalies which, as in the case of hectorvol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 312 313 robust tir satellite techniques for monitoring earthquake active regions: limits, main achievements and perspectives mine earthquake previously discussed, can be crucial in order to assess the actual significance of observed anomalous signal transients. the opacity of clouds to tir radiation introduces further problems when alice indexes, and particularly retira ones, are used. actually, the temporal persistence of clouds over the same area, determining data missing in the observational tir data-set, may influence multi-temporal analysis. in our case, the reduction in the population of satellite tir time-serie records usable to build historical reference fields may locally affect the computed values of alice indexes in (2.2). in addition, the geographic distribution of clouds over a thermally heterogeneous scene turns out to heavily affect the computation of the spatial averages t(t) and lst(t) used to compute ∆t(r,t) and ∆lst(r,t) values in the expression of retira indexes in (2.2). in fact, as emerged from our analysis on hundreds of satellite images, if clouds gather mainly over the warmest portions of a scene. t(t) spatial averages will result lower than the expected clear sky values. this eventuality may cause false ∆t(r,t) anomalies which spread over almost all clear portions of the scene. this is due to spurious excesses ∆t(r,t)=t(r,t)−t(t), as a result of the underestimation of t(t) because of the exclusion, due to the presence of clouds, of the warmest fraction of the scene which normally contribute to increase t(t) value. the particular spatial distribution of this kind of tir anomalies normally allows us to easily identify them and, in any case, to distinguish them from the spatially and temporally persistent ones possi13 august 1999 19 august 1999 20 august 1999 15 august 1999 16 august 1999 17 august 1999 (izmit earthquake) ⊗ t (r, t) > 2.5 ⊗ t (r, t) > 2 ⊗ t (r, t) > 3 ⊗ t (r, t) > 3.5 seismic epicentre naf clouds fig. 5. the rst approach applied to geostationary satellite data (meteosat). results of the analysis of the daily ⊗∆t(r,t) index computation on the epicentral area of the day of izmit’s earthquake. the unperturbed signal behaviour, in terms of µ∆t(r) and σ∆t(r), was determined on the basis of eight years of satellite records collected in similar observational conditions (adapted from tramutoli et al., 2005). vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 313 314 c. aliano, r. corrado, c. filizzola, n. genzano, n. pergola and v. tramutoli bly related to an impending earthquake, even in the case they have similar intensity (aliano, 2004; filizzola et al., 2004; abbate, 2005). in this context, it is worth noting that the overestimation of cloudy pixels could also emphasize similar drawbacks. a reliable cloud-mask is then mandatory to minimize this problem. to this aim, the rst approach has also been successfully applied for cloud detection (as shown in pietrapertosa et al., 2001; and in cuomo et al., 2004), in order to avoid an overestimation of cloudy pixel number across the scene. the sporadic presence of residual anomalies which are isolated enough in space and/or so ephemeral to survive the space/time averaging processes at the bases of the rst method, should be also denounced. in fact, the retira index, being based on time averaged quantities, is intrinsically not protected from such signal outliers, which turn out to be related to very local, in space and time, natural/observational conditions (examples in filizzola et al., 2004). however, it is expected that a time-averaging process carried out on more extended time-series, increasing the frequency of appearance of the phenomena responsible for such tir outliers, should reduce or vanish their occurrence. at the same time, the request for spatial-temporal persistence of tir anomalies turns out particularly important to identify the ones which are more significant in the context of seismically active area monitoring. the partial overcoming of the limits related to cloud presence is expected to be obtained by means of the use of microwave (mw) sensors which, by penetrating (not-raining) clouds, allow us to observe the earth’s surface in whatever weather condition. even if passive mw sensors operate with a spatial resolution (10-50 km nadir view) which is much lower than the one (1-5 km) achievable by tir sensors, it remains largely sufficient to monitor thermal anomalies fig. 6. occurrence of non-persistent anomalies related to cloud passage (on the left) and navigation errors (on the right): the rst approach applied to polar satellite data (noaa-avhrr). results of analysis of the daily ⊗∆lst (r, t) index computation on the epicentral area of september 7th 1999 athens’s earthquake. the black arrows indicate the cloud system which is probably responsible for the anomalous patterns, of similar shape, affecting crete island. in the right image, spurious effects due to wrong co-location are quite evident along southern coasts of peloponnesus and crete (adapted from filizzola et al., 2004) . vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 314 315 robust tir satellite techniques for monitoring earthquake active regions: limits, main achievements and perspectives which we always observed at a wider scale around the epicentre zone. passive mw sensors are presently on board polar satellite platforms only, but the presence of a mw sensor aboard a geostationary platform has already been proposed by jpl-nasa. such a satellite package (named geostar: geostationary synthetic thinned aperture radiometer), combining all the previously described advantages offered by mw sensors and geostationary platforms, represents at the moment the best choice for further, significant, s/n ratio improvements (see fig. 1). however, the use of mw sensors does not allow us to eliminate all spurious effects due to cloudiness. this is the case of the appearance of tir anomalies which may be explained by night time cloud passages. in fact, if clouds are present, some of the heat emitted from the earth’s surface is trapped by the clouds, which are composed of water vapour (a greenhousegas) and reemitted back towards the ground, leading to an increase of the surface temperature and producing a local warming effect. such thermal anomalies can be comparable in intensity to the ones observed in some correlation with seismic events. however, also in this case, the spatial signature and the temporal dynamics of such anomalies may allow us to identify their true origin. in fact, the shape of the thermal anomaly is similar to the shape of the cloud responsible for it (pictures on the left in fig. 6) and its time permanence is limited to the cloud life/passage. other spurious effects can be introduced by an uncorrected image navigation which may cause false, intense thermal anomalies where sea pixels turn out to be erroneously co-located over land portions. as a consequence, it may happen that in the computation of ⊗v(r,t), the v(r,t) value of a sea pixel is compared with a reference value µv(r) of a land pixel, which is lower than the expected value for a sea pixel during the night. this way, anomalous values of the alice indexes are sometimes recorded along coast lines. this is not rare for polar platforms, as shown in filizzola et al. (2004) and in fig. 6 (right side), but the use of geostationary satellite data is expected to strongly reduce such co-location/navigation errors. it should be highlighted that, even if very rarely, geostationary platforms are not completely exempted from this kind of errors. therefore, a position of anomalous values along the sea-land boundary should make us suspicious about a possible colocation error, so that in such cases an additional check is strongly recommended. waiting for a geostar-like system, tir sensors having split window capabilities onboard geostationary satellites already operating could be usefully employed. in fact the use of a retira index based on the choice v(r,t)= =∆lst(r,t) will allow us to strongly reduce, in the absence of clouds, the contribution to the observational noise related to the variability of water vapour content in the atmosphere. in the case of the avhrr sensor, this noise reduction, obtained moving from v(r,t)=∆t(r,t) to v(r,t)= =∆lst(r,t), produced an increase in s/n ratio from 0.6 to 1.0. in the case of geostationary tir sensors, s/n ratios between 2 and 3.5 were achieved by using v(r,t)=∆t(r,t) so that s/n ratios between 3 and 6 could be expected by using v(r,t)=∆lst(r,t). at present tir sensors with the split window capability are available onboard the following main geostationary satellites: – goes-8/11, but the same package is no foreseen on-board goes-12 and on the next generation of goes (m to p series) satellites at least for the next 10 years. – metsat satellites operated since 2005 by japan meteorological agency, will become suitable for our research purposes in the next few years as soon as a longer time-serie of observations will be available. – msg (meteosat second generation, launched by eumetsat in 2003) with its seviri (spinning enhanced visible and infrared imager) sensor, will soon start to guarantee time series of records (on the hemisphere containing europe and africa) long enough to implement rst analysis with a retira index like ⊗∆lst(r,t). 5. conclusions this paper has tried to offer a first assessment of the achievements, residual limits and perspectives, related to the use of an advanced satellite vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 315 316 c. aliano, r. corrado, c. filizzola, n. genzano, n. pergola and v. tramutoli data analysis technique (rst) to monitor earthquake active regions. the analysis has been performed on the basis of results achieved by applying different algorithms to different satellite data in the case of approximately ten earthquakes which occurred in three different continents. the new test-cases of hector-mine (california, october 16th 1999, ms=7.4) and kocaeli-izmit (turkey, august 17th 1999, ms=7.8) earthquakes have been discussed, demonstrating rst performances achievable on satellite sensors (goes), geographic areas (north america) and algorithms (v(r,t)=t(r,t)) which have never been tested before. even if such an analysis does not allow us to relate (or to exclude!) observed thermal anomalies definitely to impending earthquakes, which was not the purpose of this paper, it demonstrated at least: a) that a strong improvement of s/n ratio (around the doubling) is achievable simply moving from polar to geostationary satellites; b) that significant s/n improvements are achievable by using tir sensors with split-window capabilities; c) the crucial role played by a space-time persistence test in order to select tir anomalies possibly associated to impending earthquakes. problems still remain in interpreting thermal signals in a seismogenetic region: understanding whether or not the observed anomalous tir signals are in statistical significant relation with time and place of incoming earthquakes or they are on the contrary related to other natural phenomena. however, the analyses performed on hundreds of satellite images allowed authors to highlight the role that tir anomaly shape and space-time persistence analyses can play to decide whether or not they could be related to seismic activity. on the other hand, if the presence of clouds limits the applicability of such a space-time persistence test on tir anomalies, the use of satellite packages operating in the mw spectral region could help to overcome such limitations: the lower spatial resolution offered by passive mw sensors does not seem to be a vital requirement for such studies indeed. major improvements are moreover expected by the combination between mw sensors and satellite geostationary attitude, which happens in geostar. while we are waiting for the geostar satellite, geostationary satellite sensors having split window capabilities (goes-8/11 for the past, metsat and msg for next years) can already be used, which are expected to play the major role in the next few years. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank prof. paul menzel and dee wade from cimss-ssec data centre (university of wisconsin madison) for their kind support and for providing goes data used to study the hector mine earthquake. this work was supported by the italian space agency (contract no. i/r/173) within the framework of «seismass» (seismic area monitoring by advanced satellite system) project and by ec and esa through the network of excellence «gmoss» (contract no. sne3ct-2003-503699) in the framework of gmes program. references abbate, a. (2005): robust tir satellite techniques for seismically active area monitoring: performances and limits of the applicability in the case of 1997 umbriamarche (italy) earthquake, ph.d. thesis (university of basilicata, potenza, italy), (in italian). aliano, c. (2004): robust tir satellite techniques for seismically active area monitoring: the case of 1997 umbria-marche (italy) seismic sequence, ph.d. thesis (university of basilicata, potenza, italy), (in italian). aliano, c., r. corrado, c. filizzola, n. pergola and v. tramutoli (2007): robust satellite techniques (rst) for seismically active areas monitoring: the case of 21st may, 2003 boumerdes/thenia (algeria), multitemp 2007, 18th-20th july 2007, louven, belgium, doi: 10.1109/multitemp.2007.4293042 barka, a.a. (1992): the north anatolian fault zone, ann. tectonicae, vi, 164-195. becker, f. and z.l. li (1990): towards a local split window method over land surface, inter. j. remote sensing, 11, 369-393. bonfiglio, a., m. macchiato, n. pergola., c. pietrapertosa, v. tramutoli (2005): avhrr automated detection of volcanic clouds, inter. j. remote sensing, 26 (1), 9-27. cervone, m. kafatos, d. napoletani and r.p. singh (2006): an early warning system for coastal earthquakes, adv. space res. 37, 636-642. corrado, r., r. caputo, c. filizzola, n. pergola, c. pietrapertosa and v. tramutoli (2005): seismically vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 316 317 robust tir satellite techniques for monitoring earthquake active regions: limits, main achievements and perspectives active areas monitoring by robust tir satellite techniques: a sensitivity analysis on low magnitude earthquakes occurred in greece and turkey since 1995, natural haz. earth sys. sci., 5, 101-108. cuomo, v., r. lasaponara and v. tramutoli (2001): evaluation of a new satellite-based method for forest fire detection, inter. j. remote sensing, 22 (9), 17991826. cuomo, v., c. filizzola, n. pergola, c. pietrapertosa and v. tramutoli (2004): a self-sufficient approach for gerb cloudy radiance detection, atmos. res., 72, (1-4), 39-56. dey, s. and r.p. singh (2003): surface latent heat flux as an earthquake precursor, natural haz. earth sys. sci., 3, 749-755. di bello, g., c. filizzola, t. lacava, f. marchese, n. pergola, c. pietrapertosa, s. piscitelli, i. scaffidi, and v. tramutoli, (2004): robust satellite techniques for volcanic and seismic hazards monitoring, ann. geophysics, 47 (1), 49-64. filizzola, c., n. pergola, c. pietrapertosa and v. tramutoli (2004): robust satellite techniques for seismically active areas monitoring: a sensitivity analysis on september 7th 1999 athens’s earthquake, phys. chemistry earth, 29, 517-527. filizzola, c., t. lacava, f. marchese, n. pergola, i. scaffidi and v. tramutoli (2007): assessing rat (robust avhrr techniques) performances for volcanic ash cloud detection and monitoring in near realtime: the 2002 eruption of mt. etna (italy), remote sensing environ., 107 440-454. geller, r.j. (1997): earthquake prediction: a critical review, geophys. j. int. 131, 425-450. genzano, n., c. aliano, c. filizzola, n. pergola and v. tramutoli (2007): a robust satellite technique for monitoring seismically active areas: the case of bhujgujarat earthquake, tectonophysics, 431, 197-210. gorny, v.i., a.g. salman, a.a. tronin et al. (1988): the earth’s outgoing ir radiation as an indicator of seismic activity, proc. acad.sci. ussr, 301, 67-69. lacava,t., v. cuomo, e. v. di leo, n. pergola, f. romano and v. tramutoli (2005): improving soil wetness variations monitoring from passive microwave satellite data: the case of april 2000 hungary flood, remote sensing environ., 96 (2), 135-148. lacava, t., e.v. di leo, n. pergola and v. tramutoli (2006): space–time soil wetness variations monitoring by a multi-temporal microwave satellite records analysis, physics chemistry earth, 31 1274–1283 marchese, f., n. pergola and l. telesca (2006): investigating the temporal fluctuations in satellite advanced very high resolution radiometer thermal signals measured in the volcanic area of etna (italy), fluctuations noise lett., 6 (3) 305-316. ouzounov, d. and f. freund (2004): mid-infrared emission prior to strong earthquakes analyzed by remote sensing data, adv. space res., 33, 268-273. pergola, n., c., pietrapertosa, t., lacava and v. tramutoli (2001): robust satellite techniques for monitoring volcanic eruptions, ann. geophysics, 44 (2), 167-177. pergola, n., v. tramutoli and f. marchese (2004a): automated detection of thermal features of active volcanoes by means of infrared avhrr records, remote sensing environ., 93, 311-327. pergola, n., v. tramutoli, i. scaffidi, t. lacava and f. marchese (2004b): improving volcanic ash clouds detection by a robust satellite technique, remote sensing environ., 90 (1), 1-22. pietrapertosa, c., n. pergola, v. lanorte and v. tramutoli (2001): self adaptive algorithms for change detection: oca (the one-channel cloud-detection approach) an adjustable method for cloudy and clear radiances detection, in technical proceedings of the eleventh international (a)tovs study conference (itsc-xi) budapest, 20-26 september 2000, edited by j.f. le marshall and j.d. jasper, bureau of meteorology research centre, melbourne, 281-291. qiang, z.-j. and c.-g. dian, (1992): satellite thermal infrared impending temperature increase precursor of gonghe earthquake of magnitude 7.0, qinghai province, geosci., 6 (3), 297-300. qiang, z.-j., x.-d. xu and c.-g. dian (1991): thermal infrared anomaly precursor of impending earthquakes, in chinese sci. bull., 36 (4), 319-323. qiang, z.-j., x.-d. xu and c.-g. dian (1997): thermal infrared anomaly precursor of impending earthquakes, in pure appl. geophys., 149, 159-171. salman, a., w.g. egan and a.a. tronin (1992): infrared remote sensing of seismic disturbances, in polarization and remote sensing (spie, san diego, ca), 208-218. saraf, a.k. and s. choudhury (2005a): satellite detects surface thermal anomalies associated with the algerian earthquakes of may 2003, inter. j. remote sensing, 26 (13), 2705-2713. saraf, a.k. and s. choudhury (2005b): noaa-avhrr detects thermal anomaly associated with the 26 january 2001 bhuj earthquake, gujarat, india, inter. j. remote sensing, 26 (6), 1065-1073. scholz, c.h., l.r. sykes and y.p. aggar (1973): earthquake prediction: a physical basis, science, 181, 803810. singh, r.p., s. bhoi and a.k. sahoo (2002): changes observed on land and ocean after gujarat earthquake of january 26, 2001 using irs data, int’l j. remote sensing, 23 (16), 3123-3128. tramutoli, v. (1998): robust avhrr techniques (rat) for environmental monitoring: theory and applications, in earth surface remote sensing ii, edited by g. cecchi and e. zilioli, spie pubbl. 3496, 101-113. tramutoli, v. (2005): robust satellite techniques (rst) for natural and environmental hazards monitoring and mitigation: ten years of successful applications, in isp msrs 2005 conference proceedings, beijing, china. tramutoli, v., g. di bello, n. pergola and s. piscitelli, (2001a): robust satellite techniques for remote sensing of seismically active areas, ann. geofis., 44 (2), 295-312. tramutoli, v., n. pergola and c. pietrapertosa (2001b): training on noaaavhrr of robust satellite techniques for next generation of weather satellites: an application to the study of space-time evolution of pinatubo’s stratospheric volcanic cloud over europe, in irs 2000: current problems in atmospheric radiation, edited by w.l. smith and yu.m. timofeyev, (va’ deepak publishing, hampton), 36-39. tramutoli, v., p. claps, m. marella, n. pergola, c. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 317 318 c. aliano, r. corrado, c. filizzola, n. genzano, n. pergola and v. tramutoli pietrapertosa and c. sileo (2001c): hydrological implications of remotely-sensed thermal inertia, in remote sensing and hydrology 2000, edited by m. owe, k. brubaker, j. ritchie and a. rango, vol. 267, iahs publ. 512, 207-211. tramutoli, v., v. cuomo, c. filizzola, n. pergola and c. pietrapertosa (2005): assessing the potential of thermal infrared satellite surveys for monitoring seismically active areas: the case of kocaeli (izmit) earthquake, august 17, 1999, remote sensing environ., 96, 409-426. tronin, a.a. (1996): satellite thermal survey – a new tool for the study of seismoactive regions, inter. j. remote sensing, 41 (8), 1439-1455. tronin, a.a. (2000): thermal ir satellite sensor data application for earthquake research in china, inter. j. remote sensing, 16, 3169-3177. tronin, a.a., m. hayakawa and o.a. molchanov (2002): thermal ir satellite data application for earthquake research in japan and china, j. geodyn., 33 (45), 519-534. usgs (2000): implications for earthquake risk reduction in the united states from the kocaeli, turkey, earthquake of august 17, 1999, usgs circular 1193 (available at the web site http://pubs.usgs.gov/ circ/2000/c1193/index.html/). valensise, g., d. pantosti, g. d’addezio, f.r. cinti, and l. cucci (1993): l’identificazione e la caratterizzazione di faglie sismogeniche nell’appennino centro-meridionale e nell’arco calabro: nuovi risultati e ipotesi interpretative, in proceedings of the gngts-cnr annual meeting, roma, 331-342. vol51,1,2008_delnegro 7-04-2009 21:54 pagina 318 layout 6 annals of geophysics, 61, 3, se338, 2018; doi: 10.4402/ag-7516 1 “dynamics of mikir hills plateau and its vicinity: inferenceson kopili and bomdila faults in northeastern india through seismotectonics, gravity and magnetic anomalies„ sangeeta sharma1, jogendra nath sarma1 and saurabh baruah1,* (1) geoscience and technology division, csir-north east institute of science and technology, assam, india (2) department of applied geology, dibrugarh university, assam, india 1. introduction the northeastern region (ner) of india is a seismically active region which lies in the most active zone v (bmtpc, 2003) (figure 1a) of seismic zones of india. the region jawed in between the himalayan collision arc to the north and northeast and the indo burmese subduction arc to the south and southeast has produced two great earthquakes (1897 and 1950) and the whole region experienced 20 large earthquakes (m > 7.0) during the last 200 years [angelier and baruah, 2009]. this region is tectonically divided into several mosaics by deep-rooted faults/thrust along which episodic block/thrust/strike-slip movements are reported [nandy, 1986, 2001]. the seismicity pattern of ner shows relatively higher concentration of events in the shillong and mikir plateaus, arunachal himalaya and indomyanmar subduction zone. amongst a number of active faults in ner, the kopili and the bomdila faults are very active, which is evidenced from the occurrence of 24 large magnitude (mw≥5.5) seismic events in recent past (figure 1b). concentration of events along both the kopili and bomdila faults are considered to be an intraplate seismotectonic domain. these intraplate seismic activities are fairly intense in this region due to its complex stress regime [nandy, 2001, angelier and baruah, 2009]. the kopili valley region has produced two large earthquakes article history receveid august 3, 2017; acceptedfebruary 2, 2018. subject classification: mikir hills; kopili fault; bomdila fault; seismotectonics; gravity contour; magnetic contour. abstract the mikir hills plateau is encompassed by two prominent faults bomdila fault to the east and the kopili fault to the west characterized by strike-slip kinematics. the kopili fault has a dip of 75° towards ne. simultaneously, the bomdila fault dips with 50-55° towards the nne. an integrated approach based on seismotectonics, gravity and magnetic data is utilized to understand the tectonic activity of the kopili and bomdila faults. the bottom of seismogenic zones is inferred to be 45±2 km and 50+2 km for the kopili fault and the bomdila fault region respectively. so far gravity anomaly is concerned; it varies between -110 to +60 mgals along the kopili bomdila fault regions from the belt of schuppen to the mct. the low gravity values over the bomdila fault area indicate presence of thick alluvial deposits while along kopili fault lesser sediment thickness is observed. simultaneously, basement being at shallower depth, lower magnetic values indicate presence of thick alluvial deposits in and around bomdila fault. the curvatures and closures of the gravity contours along the fault lines indicate structures involving basement and indicate influence of bomdila fault up to the basement. simultaneously, it is observed that kopili and bomdila faults are neotectonically active. all these are the prime input to the seismic hazard assessment of the region. (m>7.0) in 1869 and 1943 and kopili fault is thought to have triggered the 2009 bhutan earthquake [kayal et al., 2012] (figure 1b). kayal et al. [2006, 2010, 2012] have identified this region as a potential region of generating future large magnitude earthquakes. recently, it is argued that kopili fault cuts across the himalayas and caused displacement and curvilinear structure at the main boundary fault and main central thrust zones [kayal et al., 2010, 2012]. it is also observed that topographic features (e.g., higher hillocks, valleys, rivers and elevation) represent a departure from hydrostatic equilibrium, and earth’s reaction to surface load according to certain rheological laws provide a means of distributing the stress over depth within the earth [nandy, 2001]. from historical point of view, the first estimate of stress in the earth was based on gravity anomalies. gravity anomaly also infers that there exist mass anomalies and, therefore, deviatoric stresses, that are unrelated to the surface elevations [mc nutt, 1980]. gravity modeling generally uses density variation, whereas magnetic uses susceptibility contrast to map basement depth [ghosh et al., 2010]. seismological work in these areas are done by nandy [2001], dasgupta [1977], dasgupta et al., [1987], kayal [1987, 1996, 2001], kayal et al., [2006, 2010, 2012], baruah et al., [1997], de and kayal [2004], bhattacharya et al., [2002, 2008, 2010]. paleoseismic investigation in the kopili fault zone by kumar et al. [2016] sharma et al. 2 figure 1. a) geological location map of the study area (within latitudes 25°00΄-28°00΄ n and longitudes 91°00΄96°00΄ e shaded in grey) showing the major structures (modified after dasgupta, 1977 and nandy, 2001). the major rivers along the study area are: 1. kopili r., 2. dhansiri (north) r., 3. dhansiri (south) r. and 4. bargang r. inset: b) showing major earthquakes along with tectonic features (red lines) in northeast india region (after murthy, 1969; nandy, 2001 and baruah and hazarika, 2008). the great 1897 shillong earthquake (ms~8.7) in the region is shown by star, and the large earthquakes (mw>5.5) by circles. the digital seismic stations are shown by triangles. c) and d) are the frequency distribution of magnitudes and focal depths of 9376 earthquakes of northeast india during the period 1984-2015. indicates seismogenic liquefaction features near kopili and kalang rivers which correspond to the occurrence of causative seismic events. gravity and magnetic studies in different parts of northeast india was done by verma and mukhopadhyay [1977], tiwari et al. [2006], saha et al. [2008], ghosh et al. [2010], saha [2011] and sharma et al. [2012]. this study deals with seismotectonics, gravity and magnetic data to understand the dynamics of the kopili, bomdila faults and its vicinity. the variation of gravity and magnetic anomaly besides inferences on focal mechanism solutions, orientation of p & t axis and the primary faults planes are the main inputs which ascertains the dynamics associated. the major question addressed is that these two faults are seismically and neotectonically active and are capable of producing a >m7.0 earthquake. moreover these two faults intersect with one gigantic tectonic domain the main boundary thrust in arunachal himalaya. a critical assessment of these interactions and their persistent associated features are the major issues addressed in this study. the inferences from this study is that these two faults show recent tectonic activity to the east of kopili fault and west of bomdila fault, and is a region of stress build up with high strain of about (64-256)* 10-9 nanostrain/year [kreemer et. al., 2003]. hence, these two faults and its vicinity are seismically a potential site of a future large earthquake. 2. tectonic setting geologically, the kopili and bomdila faults comprise neogene-quaternary sediments, which were deposited directly over the archean basement. the kopili fault zone is approximately 300 km long and 50 km wide. it is a nw-se trending strike-slip fault [kayal et al., 2006, bhattacharya et al., 2008, 2010]. the tectonic disposition of this fault delineates the two precambrian massifs on either side the shillong plateau and the mikir hills. it is bounded by the main boundary thrust (mbt) to the north and by the ne-sw trending belt of schuppen to the south (figure 1a). the bomdila fault trends along wnw-ese direction and is about 400 km long strike slip fault. the northern part of the fault mostly lies in the gondwana, paleogene and neogene sediments. this fault is bounded to the east and south by the belt of schuppen, to the west by the mikir massif. in the north, the fault also cuts across the himalayan fold belt [nandy and dasgupta, 1991]. the kopili and the bomdila faults are the two main seismically active structures under study. the kopili fault was the seat of two large earthquakes (figure 1b). one of these events occurred on 1869 (m 7.7) in the southeastern end of the fault transgressing naga-disang thrust while the other event (1943; m 7.2) occurred farther north of 1869 event within a span of about 75 years [kayal, 2008] (figure 1b). intense seismic activity is observed down to a depth of about 50 km beneath the kopili fault, and the activity continues to the main central thrust (mct) in the bhutan himalaya. although mct is dormant [ni and barazangi, 1984], however intense activity is observed at the region where kopili fault meets the mbt and mct [nandy, 2001, kayal et al., 2010, 2012]. this is evidenced by the august 19, 2009 earthquake (mw 5.1) in the assam valley that occurred in the center of the kopili fault zone and the september 21, 2009 strong bhutan himalaya earthquake (mw 6.3) that occurred at the northern end of the kopili fault where it hits the mct [kayal et al., 2012]. the earthquakes of august 19, 2009 and the september 21, 2009, are shallow focus (depth ~ 10 km) showing right lateral strike-slip faulting [kayal et al., 2010]. this indicates that the kopili fault zone is under compressional stress from the indo-burma arc to the east and from the himalayan arc to the north and is characterized by transverse tectonics. the bomdila fault lies in a tectonically active region which crisscrosses the mct, mbt and naga-disang thrust along nw-se direction. most of seismic events that occur along this fault have shallow focus depth [kayal, 2008], except for a few events in the nw trending wedge-shaped block lying in between the kopili and the bomdila faults. the earthquake events in this tectonic block occur in a diffused pattern having post-collisional intracratonic characteristics [nandy and dasgupta, 1991]. characteristically, the upper brahmaputra valley between the bomdila fault and almost near nw-trending mishmi thrust in the northeast is almost devoid of any earthquakes, which is termed as the assam gap [khattri, 1983]. 3. data selection and methodology a database of 9376 events consisting of hypocentral parameters and 188 focal mechanism solutions (fms) are prepared for the periods 1984-2015 and 1963-2015, respectively for seismotectonic study. the hypocentral database is prepared from the seismological bulletin published annually by csir north east institute of science and technology (neist)-jorhat and csir national geophysical research institute (ngri)-hyderabad. phase data bulletins of indian meterological department (imd), shillong, manipur university, mizoram university and 3 dynamics of kopili and bomdila faults, ne india sharma et al. 4 gauhati university are also taken into consideration wherever needed. the barest minimum magnitude of the earthquake events are considered to be 1.5. the uncertainties involved in the estimates of origin time for these events are 0.03 to 0.1 sec. the uncertainties involved in the estimates of focal depths are ± 3 km. on the other hand the uncertainties involved in the estimates of longitude (erln) and latitude (erlt) of epicenters lies within the range of 0 to 2.0 km. the maximum number of earthquakes lies within the magnitude band of 2.5 5.5, which is around 80 % (figure 1c). as regards distribution of depth, most of the events occur within the depth of 50 km range (figure 1d). the fms database is prepared from global centriod moment tensor (gcmt) (http://www.globalcmt.org) and published literatures [chen and molnar, 1990, kayal et al., 2012 and nandy, 2001]. five events of 12th may 2012 (m 5.4) obtained from and recorded by more than 5 local seismic stations of csir-neist have been located using the hypocenter program of lienert et al. [1986] with an average rms 0.03 sec, epicenter and depth error <1km. fms for these events are determined using focmec (http://www.iris.edu/pub/programs/focmec/). in order to correlate, the fms and depth section plots within a span of 50 km on either side along and across the kopili and bomdila faults, three sections are considered: (a) kopili fault (section ab; 25.18° n, 93.27° e 27.58° n, 91.48° e), parallel to the trend of the fault. (b) kopili bomdila (section cd; 24.42° n, 90.60° e 27.38° n, 94.23° e), perpendicular to the trend of the faults and (c) bomdila fault (section ef; 25.73° n, 95.48° e 27.75° n, 91.25° e), parallel to the trend of the fault. a total number of 1159, 1213 and 1160 events of m>1.5 along kopili fault, across kopili-bomdila and figure 2. a): inset: seismotectonic map of the kopili-north dhansiri and south dhansiri-bargang valleys. ab is the section along the kopili fault, ef is the section along the bomdila fault and cd is the section across the kopili and bomdila faults. the bounding lines indicate a distance of 50 km on either side of the section lines. b) structural map of the study region showing distribution of 188 numbers of focal mechanism solutions (black and coloured circles) within latitudes 24° – 28° n and longitudes 90° – 96° e. the dashed brown lines indicate the sections lines. ab is the section along the kopili fault (fms shown by red circles), cd is the section across the kopili and bomdila faults (fms shown by blue circles) and ef is the section along the bomdila fault (fms shown by green circles). 5 dynamics of kopili and bomdila faults, ne india figure 3. focal mechanism solutions (fms) of the earthquake events using p-wave first motion and data compiled from various sources a)i. 40 events along the kopili fault (a-b), b)i. 39 events along the bomdila fault (e-f) and c)i. 42 events occurring across the kopili and the bomdila faults. a), b) and c) ii illustrates a) the depth distribution of events, b) projected depth view of focal mechanism solutions, c) nodal planes projected in the depth section and d) and e) orientation of p and t axes, along section ab, ef and cd respectively. sharma et al. 6 across bomdila fault are plotted respectively. out of these, a total number of 42 fms along the kopili, 43 fms across kopili-bomdila and 40 fms along bomdila fault are considered. cross-sections of these events are plotted [utilizing rake software; louvari and kiratzi, 1997] with the variation of hypocenters, depth view of focal mechanism solutions, plots of the primary fault planes, p-t axes with respect to the depth to know about the dynamics underneath. for a better understanding of structures and tectonics of a region, it is essential to have an insight into the deep crust down to the upper mantle. one of the tools for drawing such inferences is the analysis of the gravity and magnetic data especially in the area covered by thick sediments. a detailed gravity and magnetic data are compiled from grace satellite by usgs (https://grace.jpl.nasa.gov/data/) to observe gravity and magnetic anomaly associated with major tectonic elements in the region. this anomaly supplements the seismotectonics analysis of this region. grace measure changes of gravity and magnetic field in time and register mass movements caused by global and regional changes. also literature data and maps by different workers on geophysical gravity studies are compiled [e.g. verma and mukhopadhyay, 1976, 1977; nandy, 2001; tiwari et al., 2006; saha et al., 2008; ghosh et al., 2010; saha, 2011; vaish and pal, 2015] and a thorough study is done to find out evidence which support the findings. geomorphologically, various features including disposition of the faults and the main trends of some major rivers trunks (kopili-dhansiri (n) and dhansiri (s)-bargang) are parallel to the main fault trends (kopilibomdila). the anomalous linear courses and the abrupt right angle turn in many places of the rivers indicate relatively some influence of these structures on the regional drainage of the area. moreover, geomorphological evidences like, development of terraces, upliftment, tectonic depressions, sag ponds, swamps, fault scarps, drainage anomalies and abandoned channels along the faults suggest that these two faults are highly active. in addition the disposition of the gravity and the magnetic contours clearly depicts the trend of these two faults which can be traced from the belt of schuppen upto mct through these rivers. 4. results the significant indicator of ongoing tectonic activity in the kopili and the bomdila faults is derived from seismotectonic, gravity and magnetic studies supplemented by neotectonic evidence. the important parameters which incidentally discover the internal mechanism, its coupling, the anomalous tectonic behavior besides defining crustal structure are: 4.1 seismotectonic study 4.1.1 kopili fault: the epicentral map indicates that the kopili fault remains highly active towards northern part in comparison to the southern part (figure 2a). the seismic activity of the region to the north where the kopili fault intersects mbt and mct portray current tectonic activity. it is also observed that the seismicity in the eastern part of the fault is more frequent than in the western part (figure 2a). in order to study the source characteristics of the kopili fault region, a total number of 40 fault plane solutions along the section ab are used (figure 3a,i). however among these focal mechanism solutions (figure 3a,i), different types of mechanisms are observed (thrust = 5, thrust with strike-slip component = 4, strike-slip = 23, normal = 1, normal with strike-slip component = 6) in the demarcated area. a total of 10 (event number 1, 32, 21, 29, 10, 14, 2, 27, 42 and 38) focal mechanism solutions could be associated with the kopili fault. out of these, 7 (event numbers 1, 32, 21, 29, 14, 2 and 38) events are characterized by strike-slip faulting, 2 (event numbers 10 and 42) are characterized by thrust with strike-slip component events and 1 event (event number 27) indicate thrust component. event number 29 characterizes the kopili fault with strike-slip mechanism having the fault plane very clearly oriented along nw-se. similarly event numbers 2, 14, 38, 32 clearly ascertain the trend of the fault plane which is pertinent to the regional trend of the kopili fault. similar strike-slip type faulting mechanisms are also observed far north where kopili fault crosses the mbt. further north, in the same alignment of the kopili fault, crossing the mct, the region is characterized by preferably thrust mechanisms as depicted by event numbers 31 and 17. considering the primary nodal planes of the 10 fault plane solutions which coincide with the regional nw-se trend of the kopili fault, it is observed that the fault dips towards the ne direction with an average dip angle around 75°. for example, two solutions numbered 33 and 29 are well associated with the kopili fault. the solution 33 indicates the focal parameters as strike=321°, dip=73°, rake=173°, while solution 29 indicate strike=342°, dip=80°, rake=-175°. these parameters and a few solutions involve predominantly the strike-slip mechanisms of the kopili 7 dynamics of kopili and bomdila faults, ne india fault having dip angle ~ 75° to the ne. figure 3a,ii illustrates the distribution of events along the kopili fault (section ab in figure 2a). the depth section indicates very clearly the variation of focus between 40 km and 75 km from southeast to northwest which comprises mainly kopili fault, mbt and mct, successively. notably, the bottom of seismogenic zone is within 45±2 km in the kopili where large concentrations of earthquakes are observed. however, sharp increase in depth is observed starting from north of brahmaputra towards north up to mct (figure 3a,ii,a). the projected depth view of the fms (figure 3a,ii,b), the inferred primary fault plane (figure 3a,ii,c), orientation of p and t axes (figures 3a,ii,d,e) in kopili depict the characteristics of each of associated focus. 4.1.2 bomdila fault: similarly, the epicentral map during 1984-2015 illustrates less seismicity in and around bomdila fault in comparison to the kopili fault zone (figure 2a). however, the segment of the fault beyond the mct towards north does display a clustering of events. this shows that the bomdila fault remains highly active towards northern part in comparison to the southern counterpart. it is seen that the seismicity in the western part of the bomdila fault is much higher as compared to the eastern part. most of the seismic events that occur along this fault have shallow focus depth [kayal, 2008] except for a few events in the nw trending wedge shaped block lying in between the kopili and the bomdila faults. a total number of 39 fault plane solutions have been used for source characteristics of the bomdila fault (figure 3b,i). figure 3b,ii illustrates the distribution of events along the section ef which are used to study the bomdila fault from south to north. however among these focal mechanism solutions (figure 3b,i), different types of mechanisms characterize (thrust = 3, thrust with strike-slip component = 10, strike-slip = 23, normal = 1, normal with strike-slip component = 2) the area demarcated. a total of 12 (event numbers 32, 9, 11, 22, 10, 20, 28, 27, 3, 23, 29 and 17) of fms could be associated with the bomdila fault. out of these, 9 (event numbers 32, 9, 11, 20, 28, 3, 23, 29 and 17) events are characterized by strike-slip faulting; besides 2 (event numbers 10 and 27) events having thrust with strike-slip component and 1 event (event number 22) showing normal with strike-slip component. the strike-slip events clearly ascertain the trend of the fault plane which is pertinent to the regional trend of the bomdila fault. considering the primary nodal planes of the 12 fault plane solutions lying close to the bomdila fault, which coincide with its regional nw-se trend, it is observed that the fault dips towards the nne. for example, two solutions numbered 30 and 26 are well associated with the bomdila fault. the solution for number 30 indicates the focal parameters as strike=315°, dip=53°, rake=26° and solution for number 26 indicates strike=290°, dip=50°, rake=-160°. these parameters and a few solutions involve predominantly with the strike-slip characteristic of bomdila fault having dip angle ~ 50-55° to the nne. simultaneously, figure 3b, ii illustrates the distribution of events along the section ef (figure 2a) aligning the bomdila fault. the depth section indicates very clearly the variation of focus from 40 to 65 km from south to north, which comprises belt of schuppen, assam plains, arunachal himalayas and mbt. notably, the bottom of the seismogenic zone is within 50±2 km beyond belt of schuppen where large concentration of earthquakes is observed towards north (figure 3b,ii,a). however, sharp increase in depth starts from arunachal himalayas towards further north. the depth section plots of fault plane indicate the characteristics orientation of the plane co-located with the focus. the projected depth view of the fms (figure 3b,ii,b), the inferred primary fault plane (figure 3b,ii,c) and orientation of p and t axes (figures 3b,ii,d,e) show dominant nw-se trending paxes in the bomdila fault while the t-axes are mostly oriented along nnw direction. the orientation of paxes conforms and confirms the transverse tectonics of bomdila fault. 4.1.3 across kopili-bomdila faults: a total number of 42 fault plane solutions are used to study the source characteristics across both the kopili and bomdila faults (figure 2a), as illustrated in figure 3c,i. different types of mechanisms (figure 3c,i), are observed among these focal mechanism solutions (thrust with strike-slip component = 10, strike-slip = 21, normal = 2, normal with strikeslip component = 9). figure 3c,ii illustrates the depth section of events distributed along the section cd (figure 2a) across the kopili and the bomdila faults. the depth section (figure 3c,ii,a) indicates very clearly the variation of focus from 40 km to 60 km along section cd (from west to east) which comprises shillong plateau, assam valley, kopili and bomdila faults. seismicity is seen to be relatively lower at and to the east of the bomdila fault. the bottom of seismogenic zone is within 45±2 km in the kopili which increases towards the bomdila fault, consequently. in this illustration as well, a large concentration of earthquakes are observed in the kopili valley area. the projected depth view of the focal mechanisms (figure 3c,ii,b), the inferred primary fault plane (figure 3c,ii,c) and orientation of p and t axes (figure 3c,ii,d,e) show dominant nnw and nne trending pressure axes in both kopili and bomdila while the t-axes are mostly oriented along e-w and nw-se direction. 4.2 gravity study: 4.2.1 gravity anomaly in and around kopili fault: the gravity contours of the area range from -110 to 60 mgals and almost follow the regional structural trend of the region (figure 4a). the gravity contours along the western part of the kopili fault trend in the e-w direction. but in the central part of the fault i.e., towards the brahmaputra and in the southwestern part (near the fault end) we observe gravity anomaly which sharma et al. 8 figure 4. a) and b): gravity and magnetic anomaly map at 20 mgal contour intervals derived from grace satellite showing the kopili and the bomdila faults. the red lines indicate the geological structures and the blue lines indicate the major rivers under study. the yellow lines (aa΄, bb΄, cc΄, dd΄, ee΄, ff΄, gg΄, hh΄ and ii΄) are the gravity and the magnetic profile lines across the kopili and the bomdila faults respectively. may indicate some structures or anisotropic material involving the basement (figure 4a). the 20 mgals interval contour indicates a higher thickness of alluvial deposit across kopili and bomdila faults along the bramhaputra flood plain. the whole brahmaputra valley show a low value of -70 to -110 mgals while the value increases towards both the northern and southern side of the brahmaputra valley up to +40 mgals. to the southern side of the brahmaputra river (along the kopili fault), the contours trend from an e-w direction to a nw-se direction (figure 4a). while in the northern side of the brahmaputra river, the contours trend in an e-w direction. the contours to the north of the kopili fault are more closely spaced by. the steeper gradients suggest faulting up to the basement and maximum change in crustal thickness [verma and gupta, 1973]. the sparse distribution of average normal gravity estimates in the central part of the kopili fault is due to the thick deposit of alluvium. here the basement assumes a north dipping bowl shaped basin with thickest sediment in the area north of nagaon. the nw-se kopili fault is clearly discernible by the disposition of these gravity contours. the contour show deviation from the average normal gravity estimates where the fault passes through. the gravity profiles (aa΄, bb΄, cc΄, dd΄, ee΄, ff΄, gg΄, hh΄ and ii΄) in figure 4a across the kopili fault indicate low gravity value along the fault. but the value increases as we move from the north to the south of the fault indicating less sediment thickness (shallow basement) as we approach the belt of schuppen area. 4.2.2 gravity anomaly in and around bomdila fault: the gravity contour varies in between -110 mgal to +60 mgal over the bomdila fault (figure 4a). towards the northern and the southern end of the fault they show closely spaced contours with u-shaped pattern. the gravity contours around golaghat are low which range from -110 to -20 mgals. the curvatures and the closures by the sides of the fault indicate some structures involving basement or may be due to the influence of the bomdila fault, which extends down to the basement. around 26°20΄ n latitude and 94°00΄ e longitude, where the bomdila fault meets the belt of schuppen, the contours takes sharp southward turn with steeper gradient (figure 4a). this indicates that the northeast extension of the basement complex (foreland spur) plunges sharply near to the area where the bomdila fault meets the belt of schuppen as inferred by nandy [2001]. increase in gravity value, steep gradient and flexure of the contours near the northern end of the bomdila fault may be due to a deep seated fault located south of the himalayan frontal thrust [nandy, 2001]. this may also suggest the extension of the bomdila fault up to the basement. small local partial closures to the west of bokakhat may indicate local sag in the basement. this area is a part of the kaziranga national park. low gravity value over this area is due to the presence of thick alluvial deposits, which progressively become thinner towards nw and se of the bomdila fault. it is observed that the trend and the gradient of the gravity contours follow the trend of the bomdila fault. the gravity profiles (aa΄, bb΄ and cc΄), in figure 4a across the bomdila fault indicate higher gravity value along the bomdila fault than in the kopili fault indicating lesser sediment thickness in this area. but profile lines dd΄, ee΄, ff΄, gg΄, hh΄ and ii΄ (figure 4a) indicate lower gravity values in the bomdila fault than in kopili fault which indicates that the sediment thickness increases towards south along the bomdila fault. from naharbari towards golaghat and beyond, the value of gravity decreases indicating presence of thick sediment thickness around golaghat. 4.3 magnetic study: 4.3.1 magnetic anomaly in and around kopili fault: the values of the magnetic anomaly map along the kopili fault range from -80nt to +90 nt (figure 4b). from the mct along the kopili fault, the magnetic value change from a positive value of +50 nt, reaching a very high value of +80 nt near raha to a negative value of -80 nt at the southeastern end of the fault (figure 4b). the value rises again in the belt of scuppen indicating highly susceptible material underlying the places where we find high magnetic anomalies. from the profiles aa΄, bb΄, cc΄, dd΄, ee΄, ff΄, gg΄, hh΄ and ii΄ drawn across the kopili fault it is seen that from mct up to raha shown by profiles aa΄, bb΄, cc΄ and dd΄, the magnetic value is positive indicating shallower basement. on the other hand the profiles ee΄, ff΄, gg΄ and hh΄ show lower magnetic value indicating deeper basement. 4.3.2 magnetic anomaly in and around bomdila fault: the anomaly contour map of the bomdila fault area show magnetic value from -80 nt to +90 nt (figure 4b). we observe magnetic high to the east of the bomdila fault and to the west of the kopili fault along bramhaputra flood plain while magnetic low is observed near diyungmukh. mixed magnetic anomaly prevails within 9 dynamics of kopili and bomdila faults, ne india the region encompassed by both the faults right from naharbari to dimapur and bokakhat to raha. this trend clearly indicates the presence of the nw-se bomdila fault. the presence of the positive and negative anomalies on either side of the bomdila fault along with the trend of the magnetic contours indicates large crustal heterogeneities in the area. profile lines aa΄, bb΄, cc΄, dd΄, ee΄, ff΄, gg΄, hh΄ and ii΄ in figure 4b drawn across the bomdila fault show that the fault from mct to mbt (profiles aa΄, bb΄ and cc΄) has lower magnetic values indicating greater sediment thickness. from mbt towards the belt of schuppen, positive magnetic value is observed all along the bomdila fault indicating the presence of susceptive materials and basement at shallower depth. the average elevation along the profile cd, the seismicity depth section plot, gravity and magnetic anomalies are combined to develop a model of the structure underneath (figure 5). the computed gravity anomaly in shillong plateau is comparatively higher than mikir plateau. this leads us to infer that moho is located at shallower depth in shillong plateau and at deeper depth in mikir plateau respectively. this contrast is reflected prominently in magnetic anomaly throughout the profile where (ff΄ and gg΄) we observe lower magnetic anomaly. considering the relationship between the gravity, magnetic and seismicity, the higher gravity anomaly is due to presence of high density contrast. the occurrence of less seismicity confirms as well the presence of high density and rigid material. it is also assumed that the occurrence of seismicity is restricted to the upper to lower crustal domain far above moho. 4.4 neotectonic evidences: 4.4.1 kopili fault: the neotectonic activities in and around kopili fault are characterized by: i) anomalous linear courses of two major rivers (kopili and the dhansiri (n) rivers), ii) development of large number of low lands in later period [1971], and iii) development of kinks on existing structures like mct and belt of schuppen. such evidence as illustrated in figure 6a indicate that the kopili fault is neotectonically active and is responsible for the existing regional landform and drainage trends in this area. moreover, this fault can be traced from the belt of schuppen along the kopili river and the dhansiri (n) river up to the mct. 4.4.2 bomdila fault: bomdila fault is a major geological structure across the brahmaputra where parts of the courses of the riversthe brahmaputra, dhansiri (s), bargang and many others are aligned along this structure (figure 6b). the influence of this structure on the courses of these rivers has been studied in detail using topographic maps, satellite data and field evidences. the following main points: a) an unusually linear course of the lower part of the dhansiri (s) river from golaghat up to dhansirimukh, b) the abandonment of the westerly course of the earlier dhansiri (s) river (flowing through kaziranga) towards the present nw direction by avulsion, c) knick bends in the mbt-mct and naga thrust of belt of schuppen, (d) a linear 15 m high topographic scarp on the left bank of the dhansiri (s) at numaligarh and e) an anomalous se-nw trending course of the brahmaputra from dhansirimukh up to hartamuli, along with the parts of the rivers buroi and bargang on sharma et al. 10 figure 5. map showing the topography of the study area (topmost) along profile cd having the relationship among a) the average elevation profile, b) the depth view of the seismicity, c) gravity and d) magnetic profiles across the kopili and bomdila faults. the north in the same trend infer the influence of a fault-type structure. since all these linear segments of the rivers align over the nw-se trending bomdila fault, they suggest the influence of the later on the courses of these rivers. moreover, it is believed that the neotectonic activity along this fault might have created the linear high scarp and abandonment of earlier river courses. 5. discussion and conclusions the kopili and bomdila faults are two major morphotectonic features of northeast india influencing the neotectonic activities of the region. both these faults are seismically active which is evidenced from occurrence of large to moderate magnitude seismic events in recent past. interrelationship between these faults with seismotectonics, gravity, magnetic and topographic profiles is well observed in this region. the epicentral map shows that the kopili fault remains highly active towards the northern and the eastern parts while the bomdila fault is active towards the northern and western parts. both these faults are characterized by strikeslip kinematics with kopili fault dipping towards ne direction with an average dip angle of about 75° and bomdila fault dipping towards nne direction with an average dip angle of ~50-55°. intense seismic activity occurs to a depth of 45±2 km in the kopili fault zone while in the bomdila fault zone it is 50±2 km where large concentrations of earthquakes are observed. however in kopili fault, the activity continues with sharp increase in depth from north of brahmaputra towards north up to mct and in bomdila fault increase in activity is observed up to the north. although mct is dormant [ni and barazangi, 1984], intense activity is observed at the region where kopili fault meets the mbt and mct [nandy, 2001, kayal et al., 2010, 2012]. this is evidenced by the august 19, 2009 earthquake (mw 5.1) in the assam valley that occurred in the center of the kopili fault zone and the september 21, 2009 strong bhutan himalaya earthquake (mw 6.3) that occurred at the northern end of the kopili fault where it hits the mct [kayal et al., 2012]. the kopili fault planes 11 dynamics of kopili and bomdila faults, ne india figure 6. drainage maps showing the a) anomalous linear courses of kopili-dhansiri (n) rivers along the alignment of the kopili fault, abandoned channels and the bils/swamps and b) anomalous linear courses of the dhansiri (s)–bargang rivers along the alignment of the bomdila fault, abandoned channels and the bils/swamps. the kopili fault and bomdila fault are indicated on the drainage pattern as red dashed lines. show varying orientation dominantly along nnw and nne. the p-axes indicates a nne orientation while the t-axes are mostly oriented along nw-se direction. the bomdila fault shows dominant nw-se trending p-axes while t-axes are mostly oriented along nnw direction. it is observed that the entire kopili and bomdila fault zones are dominated by mostly strike-slip faulting and is believed to extend transversely below the himalayas to the north and the belt of schuppen to the south. the orientation of inferred bomdila fault plane, typically average nnw, suggests transverse tectonics which is in agreement with regional tectonics down to the depth of bottom of seismogenic zone. the fault planes of both the kopili and the bomdila are characteristics of each associated focus at that particular depth. remarkably at shallower depth near kopili fault, the p-axes orientations of few earthquakes are found to be north-south. these variations of axes at depths may be due to transverse tectonics with the availability of geological fractures imaged as lvzs which are possibly zones of denser rocks (archaen gneiss) under compressional stress in the region. the gravity and magnetic values over the entire kopili and bomdila fault region varies between -110 and +60 mgals and -80 nt to +90 nt respectively. the curvatures and closures of the gravity and the magnetic contours along the fault lines indicate some hidden structures involving basement and indicate the influence of the faults down to the basement. the sparse distribution of average normal gravity estimates in the central part of the kopili fault is due to the thick deposit of alluvium. here basement is assumed to be a north dipping basin with thickest sediments. the gravity profiles across fault indicate low value along the kopili fault. increase of gravity value to the south of this fault indicates less overburden of sediment thickness. on the other hand the low gravity value over the bomdila fault area indicates presence of thick alluvial deposits which progressively become thicker se of the fault. the gravity profiles from mct up to north of naharbari indicate higher gravity value along the bomdila fault than in the kopili fault indicating lesser sediment thickness in this area. from naharbari towards golaghat and beyond (along bomdila fault), the value of gravity decreases indicating presence of thick alluvial deposits around golaghat. the magnetic anomaly map shows high magnetic value near raha (along kopili fault) and bokakhat (along bomdila fault), indicating denser as well as highly susceptible shallow basement including presence of ultrabasic rocks. the broad magnetic closures at the southern end near diyungmukh (along kopili fault) indicate change in rock composition within the basement. the magnetic profiles show that from mct up to raha the basement is at shallower depth while from raha up to the southeastern part of the fault the basement is deeper. the bomdila fault indicates large crustal heterogeneities. profile lines show that the fault from mct to mbt has lower magnetic values indicating deep basement. from mbt towards the belt of schuppen, positive magnetic value is observed all along the bomdila fault indicating presence of highly magnetic susceptibility materials and basement at shallower depth. basement being at shallower depth, lower magnetic values indicate presence of thick alluvial deposits. the neotectonic activities in and around kopili and bomdila fault are suggested by anomalous linear courses of some major rivers, river abandonment by avulsion, development of large number of low lands in later period, topographic scarps and development of kinks on existing courses and network of river system which subsequently gave rise to some drainage anomalies. thus, the study clearly indicates that both the kopili and the bomdila faults are tectonically active and their trend is clearly discernible from the gravity and magnetic maps. the neotectonic activity is responsible for the existing regional landform and drainage trends in these areas. the indepth study of these faults through multidisciplinary approach helps us in understanding the transverse tectonic behavior of these structures. moreover, these studies might lead to an understanding of the probable occurrence of any seismic event in the vicinity of these structures in near future and also contribute to the seismic hazard assessment of the region. acknowledgements. we thank dr. d. ramaiah, director, csirnorth east institute of science and technology (neist), jorhat for his kind permission to publish the work. we also thank prof. harsh k. gupta, chairman-research council, csir-neist for his constant encouragement. ministry of earth sciences (moes), new delhi is highly acknowledged for sponsorship of this study vide sanction no. moes/p.o. (seismo)/1(220)/2014. the authors would like to thank prof. fabio villani, istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia, italy and anonymous reviewer for their valuable comments and suggestions which has improved the manuscript. references angelier, j. and s. baruah (2009). seismotectonics of northeast india: a stress analysis if focal mechanism solutions of earthquakes and its kinematic implications, geophysical journal international, 10.111/jsharma et al. 12 1365-246x.2009.04107x. bmtpc (2003). vulnerability atlas 2nd edn; peer group moh & upa; seismic zones of india is: 1983-2002, bis, goi, seismotectonic atlas of india & its environs., gsi, goi. baruah, s., r. duarah, and d.k. yadav (1997). pattern of seismicity in shillong mikir plateau and the orientation of compressional axis, journal of geological society of india, 49, 533-538. baruah s. and d. hazarika (2008). a gis based tectonic map of northeastern india, current sciences, 95, 176-177. bhattacharya, p.m., r.k. majumdar and j.r. kayal (2002). fractal dimension and b-value mapping in northeast india, current science, 82 (12), 1486-1491. bhattacharya, p.m., s. mukhopadhyay, r.k. majumdar, and j.r. kayal (2008). 3-d seismic structure of the northeast india region and its implications for local and regional tectonics, journal of asian earth sciences, 33, 25-41. bhattacharya, p.m., j.r. kayal, s. baruah and s.s. arefiev (2010). earthquake source zones in northeast india: seismic tomography, fractal dimension and b-value mapping, pure and applied geophysics, doi: 10.1007/s00024-010-0084-2. chen, w.p. and p. molnar (1990). source parameters of earthquakes and intraplate deformation beneath the shillong plateau and northern indo-burma ranges, j.geophys. res., 95 12, 527-12, 552. dasgupta, a.b. (1977). geology of assam arakan region: mining and metallurgy society of india quarterly journal, 49, 1-54. dasgupta, s., m. mukhopadhyay and d.r. nandy (1987). active transverse features in the central portion of the himalaya, tectonophysics, 136, 255-264. de, reena and j.r. kayal (2004). seismic activity at the mct in sikkim himalaya, tectonophysics, 386, 243248. ghosh, g.k., s.k. basha, m.salim and v.k. kulshreshth (2010). integrated interpretation of seismic, gravity, magnetic and magneto-telluric data in geologically complex thrust belt areas of manabum, arunachal pradesh, j. ind. geophys. union, 14(1), 1-14. kayal, j.r. (1987). microseismicity and source mechanism study: shillong plateau northeast india, bulletin of the seismological society of america, 77, 184-194. kayal, j.r. (1996). earthquake source process in northeast india: a review, journal of himalayan geology, 17, 53-69. kayal, j.r. (2001). microearthquake activity in some parts of the himalaya and the tectonic model, tectonophysics, 339, 331-351. kayal, j.r., s.s. arefiev, s. baruah, d. hazarika, n. gogoi, a. kumar, s.n. chowdhury and s. kalita (2006). shillong plateau earthquake in northeast india region: complex tectonic model, current science, 91 (1), 109-114. kayal, j.r. (2008). microearthquake seismology and seismotectonics of south asia, (heidelberg, germany), springer, germany, 503. kayal, j.r., s.s. arefiev, s. baruah, r. tatevossian, n. gogoi, m. sanoujam, j.l. gautam, d. hazarika and d. borah (2010). the 2009 bhutan and assam felt earthquakes (mw 6.3 and 5.1) at the kopili fault in the northeast himalaya region, geomatics natural hazards and risk, 1(3), 273-281. kayal, j.r., s.s. arefiev, s. baruah, d. hazarika, n. gogoi, j.l. gautam, s. baruah, c. dorbath, and r. tatevossian (2012). large and great earthquakes in the shillong plateau-assam valley area of northeast india region: pop-up and transverse tectonics, tectonophysics, 532-535, 186-192. khattri, k.n., m. wyss, v.k. gaur, s.k. saha and v.k. bansal (1983). local seismic activity in the region of the assam gap, northeast india, bulletin of seismological society of america, 73 (2), 459-469. kumar, d., d. v. reddy and a. k. pandey (2016). paleoseismic investigations in the kopili fault zone of north east india: evidences from liquefaction chronology. tectonophysics, 674, 65-75. lienert, b.r., b.e. berg and l.n. frazer (1986). hypocenter: an earthquake location method using centered, scaled and adaptively damped least squares, bull. seism. soc. am., 76, 771-783. louvari, e.k. and a.a. kiratzi (1997). rake: a windows program to plot earthquake focal mechanisms and the orientation of principal stresses, computer and geosciences, 23, 851-857. mcnutt, m. (1980). implications of regional gravity for state stress in the earth’s crust and upper mantle, journal of geophysical research, 85: b11, 63776396. murthy, m. v. n., s.c. talukdar and a.c. bhattacharya (1969). bull. oil nat. gas comm., 6, 57-64. nandy, d.r. (1986). tectonics, seismicity and gravity of northeastern india and adjoining region: geol. surv. india mem., 119, 13-17. nandy, d.r. and s. dasgupta (1991). seismotectonic domain of northeastern india and adjacent areas, physics and chemistry of the earth, 18, 371-384. nandy, d.r. (2001). geodynamics of northeastern india and the adjoining region, acb publication, kolkata. 209. ni, j.f., and m. barazangi (1984). seismotectonics of the 13 dynamics of kopili and bomdila faults, ne india himalayan collision zone: geometry of the under thrusting indian plate beneath the himalaya, journal of geophysical research, 89, 1147-1163. saha, d., c.s. bahuguna, j.n. prabhakarudu and c.l. baloni (2008). significance of gravity and magnetic data over thrust-fold area — a case study in the cachar area of surma sub-basin of assam arakan basin, assam, india, 7th international conference and exposition on petroleum geophysics, hyderabad, 145. saha., d. (2011). integrated analysis of gravity and magnetic data in the upper assam shelf and adjoining schupen belt area, -a critical review, the 2nd south asian geoscience conference and exhibition, geoindia 2011, greater noida, new delhi, india. sharma, r., h.c. gouda, r.k. singh and b.v. nagaraju (2012). structural study of meghalaya plateau through aeromagnetic data, journal geological society of india, 79, 11-29. tiwari, v.m., m.b.s. vyghreswara rao, d.c. mishra and b. singh, (2006). crustal structure across sikkim, ne himalaya from new gravity and magnetic data, earth and planetary science letters, 247, 61-69. vaish, j. and s.k. pal (2015). geological mapping of jharia coalfield, india using grace egm2008 gravity data: a vertical derivative approach, geocarto international, 30 (4), 388-401. verma, r.k. and r.p. gupta (1973). relationship of gravity anomalies and tectonics in assam, india, tectonophysics, 18 (1), 19-31. verma, r.k., m. mukhopadhyay and m.s. ahluwalia (1976). seismicity, gravity, and tectonics of northeast india and northern burma, bulletin of the seismological society of america, 66, 1683-1694. verma, r.k. and m. mukhopadhyay (1976). tectonic significance of anomalyelevation relationship in northeastern india, tectonophysics, 34, 117-133. verma, r.k. and m. mukhopadhyay (1977). an analysis of gravity field in northeastern india, tectonophysics, 42, 283-317. *corresponding author: saurabh baruah, geosciences and techonology division, csir-north east institute of science and techonology, assam, india email: saurabhb_23@yahoo.com © 2018 the istituto nazionale di geofisica e vulcanologia. all rights reserved. sharma et al. 14 d u e e s t e n s i o n i d e l c o n c e t t o d i t e m p e r a t u r a a lessano r ( > a merio i . — i e m p e r a t m a di una p a r t i c e l l a e l e m e n t a r e i s o l a l a . l a t e m p e r a t u r a di un c o r p o è d e f i n i t a m e d i a n t e u n t e r m o m e t r o p o s t o i n i n t i m o c o n t a t t o col c o r p o stesso. s e q u e s t o c o r p o è r i d o t t o a u n a p a r t i c e l l a e l e m e n t a r e : p r o t o n e , n e u t r o n e , e l e t t r o n e , e c c . . . il t e r m o m e t r o a d a t t o n o n c ' è p e r c h é d o v r e b b e e s s e r e i n f i n i t a m e n t e p i c c o l o . in tal c a s o la d e f i n i z i o n e d e l l a t e m p e r a t u r a n o n p u ò e s s e r e c h e l e g a t a ali e n e r g i a c i n e t i c a d e l l a p a r t i c e l l a c h e si c o n s i d e r a . i n i n s i e m e di q u e s t e p a r t i c e l l e c o s t i t u i r e b b e un gas m o n o a t o m i c o e se a u n g r a m m o a t o m o di q u e s t o a t t r i b u i a m o il c a l o r e m o l e c o l a r e a v o l u m e c o s t a n t e c v . f o r n e n d o g l i la q u a n t i t à di c a l o r e rlq, la sua t e m p e r a t u r a a u m e n t e r e b b e di (it s e c o n d o la r e l a z i o n e f ìq = cv(it l e n e r g i a c i n e t i c a t o t a l e p o s s e d u t a da q u e l g r a m m o a t o m o di gas a l l a t e m p e r a t u r a t è . e s s e n d o c o s t a n t e il c a l o r e s p e c i f i c o : q (\t [1] p o s t o t /" k, 1 e n e r g i a p o s s e d u t a dal g r a m m o a t o m o è d a t a dal c a l o r e a t o m i c o . l cner è e q u i v a l e n t e a q u e l l a della sua energia c i n e t i c a . a p p l i c h i a m o questo a un fascio di raggi c a t o d i c i p r o v o c a l i da una c a d u t a di p o t e n z i a l e di 2 0 0 0 v o l t ; s a r à : t = 7 6 8 0 . 2 0 0 0 = 1 , 5 3 6 . 10 r k p o i c h é le v e l o c i t à sono p r o p o r z i o n a l i d i r e t t a m e n t e alle radici q u a d r a t e d e l l e t e m p e r a t u r e assolute e la velocità degli e l e t t r o n i p e r p u r a a g i t a z i o n e t e r m i c a a 273%2 assoluti è 1 . 1 1 5 . 1 0 ' cui see, alla t e m p e r a t u r a c a l c o l a t a risulta di 2 , 6 3 . i o 3 cm sec. questo r i s u l t a t o c o i n c i d e con q u e l l o che si può o t t e n e r e direttam e n t e con la r e l a z i o n e , in questo caso sufficientemente a p p r o s s i m a t a , 1 m e — e •> dove è posto m 9 , 0 9 . i o 2 8 , c4 . 8 . 1 " . 1' = 2 0 0 0 / 3 0 0 . n e i raggi c o s m i c i si h a n n o e n e r g i e di 10'', 10!1 e oltre v o l t e l e t t r o n i . a questi raggi c o r r i s p o n d o n o q u i n d i per la i 8 ] t e m p e r a t u r e di 7 , 6 8 . i o 9 ak o 7 , 6 8 . 1 0 1 2 "k e o l t r e . n e l l o r o spettro il m a s s i m o di energia si p r e s e n t a poco al di sopra di 10" v . e . a questa energia secondo la f o r m u l a [ 8 ] c o r r i s p o n d e r e b b e la t e m p e r a t u r a di 7 , 6 8 . i o 1 2 °/v. ai.essa.ndho a m e r i o o r b e n e c o n s i d e r i a m o u n a r a d i a z i o n e y c o s m i c a a v e n t e q u e l l ' e n e r g i a . s e -i t i e n e c o n t o d e l l a r e l a z i o n e /iv = e = l , 6 . 1 0 , : f = l , 6 . 1 u 3 e r g si b a v = — io2 4 da c u i : = 1 . 2 4 . 1 0 3 c m . 6.6 o r a se '/. fosse la lunghezza d ' o n d a emessa col m a s s i m o di e n e r gia n e l l o s p e l i l o di un c o r p o n e r o , a q u e s t o c o r r i s p o n d e r e b b e la t e m p e r a t u r a di 1 0 = 2 . 3 7 . 1 0 » "a' 1 . 2 4 questa s a r e b b e d u n q u e la t e m p e r a t u r a se q u e s t o f o t o n e y t a c e s s e p a r t e della e m i s s i o n e di un c o r p o n e r o . s e si c o n s i d e r a la d i s p a r i t à d e l l e c o n d i z i o n i di e m i s s i o n e di q u e sti raggi r i s p e t t o a q u e l l a del c o r p o n e r o , c ' è da r e s t a r s o r p r e s i c l i c la ( l i p a r i l à dei r i s u l t a t i non sia m o l t o m a g g i o r e . s e si c o n s i d e r a infine la r e l a z i o n e k = mc2 e si s u p p o n e elle t u t t a la m a s s a tri si t r a s f o r m i in e n e r g i a , r i d u c e n d o s i al f o t o n e y c o n s i d e r a l o si vede c h e la m a s s a c o r r i s p o n d e n t e d o v r e b b e a v e r e il v a l o r e 1 , 7 8 . 1 0 g r a m m i c l i c è a l l ' i n c i r e a q u e l l a di un p r o i o n e ( 1 . 6 6 . 1 0 ' ) . s e si a m m e t t e la p o s s i b i l i t à c h e un i n s i e m e di m a s s e e l e m e n t a r i eguali al p r o t o n e si t r a s f o r m i in e n e r g i a , q u e s t a p o t r à e s s e r e dis t r i b u i t a in uno s p e l t r o il q u a l e d o v r e b b e p r e s e n t a r e il suo m a s s i m o n e l l ' i n t o r n o di io" v o l i e l e t t r o n i . 2 . — l ' a l i l a e s t e n s i o n e d e l c o n c e d o di t e m p e r a t u r a è p e r il v u o t o . cosa si deve i n t e n d e r e p e r l e r u p e r a t r a di uno spazio v u o t o di m a t e r i a ' ! il c o n c e t t o non è a l t r e t t a n t o s e m p l i c e c o m e q u e l l o c l i c si è p o t u t o s t a b i l i r e por la p a r t i c e l l a m a t e r i a l e . e v i d e n t e m e n t e non p o s s i a m o c l i c r i f e r i r c i alle r a d i a z i o n i c h e a t t r a v e r s a n o q u e s t o s p a z i o , m a non si potrà a s s u m e r e r o m e t e m p e r a t u r a di q u e s t o quel la c l i c s ' i n t e n d e per t e m p e r a t u r a della r a d i a z i o n e , t e m p e r a t u r a c h e è d a t a d a l l a dis t r i b u z i o n e d e l l ' e n e r g i a n e l l o s p e t t r o e c l i c si r i f e r i s c e i n v e c e a l l a t e m p e r a t u r a di e m i s s i o n e d e l l a s o r g e n t e . lo zero a s s o l u t o si a v r e b b e o v v i a m e n t e r nessuna r a d i a z i o n e al t r a v e r s a s s e q u e l l o spazio ed e v i d u e e s t e n s i o n i d e l c o n c e t t o iii t e m p e r a t u r a d c n t c m e n l e q u e s t o z e r o assoluto non j u i ò e s i s t e r e c o m e non esiste per i c o r p i , ili q u a n t o lo spazio dovrà s e m p r e c o n t e n e r e d e l l a m a t e r i a o e s s e r n e c i r c o n d a t o , e la m a t e r i a non può essere a l l o z e r o a s s o l u t o . c o m i n c i a m o a c o n s i d e r a r e un caso s e m p l i c e nel (piale non si possono a v e r e d u b b i . s u p p o n i a m o una c a v i t à ruota le cui p a r e l i a b b i a n o la t e m p e r a t u r a a s s o l u t a u n i f o r m e t c un c e r t o p o t e r e e m i s s i v o . questa c a v i t à c o s t i t u i s c e un c o r p o n e r o e p e r c i ò la r a d i a z i o n e c h e vi regna ha la d e n s i t à d a t a da ò = ( t t 1 [ 1 b i s ] dove (7 = 5 , 7 8 . 1 0 5 unità c . c . s . o 1 , 3 8 . 1 0 'p i c c o l e c a l o r i e per sec o n d o . c o m e è n o t o questa r a p p r e s e n t a la q u a n t i t à di e n e r g i a e m e s s a da i e n r di s u p e r f i c i e n e r a in un s e c o n d o . si p u ò a t t r i b u i r e a q u e s t o spazio v u o t o di m a t e r i a e c o n t e n e n t e la sola e n e r g i a i r r a d i a l a la t e m p e r a t u r a d a t a d a l l a | 1 b i s ] . [ 9 ] ci c i ò è in a c c o r d o col fatto c h e se in q u e s t o spazio n i e l l i a m o un c o r p o n e r o , o a n c h e non t a l e , p u r c h é d o t a l o di un q u a l c h e p o t e r e a s s o r b e n t e a. questo c o l p o tende ad a s s u m e r e la t e m p e r a t u r a t. i n fatti esso p e r ogni e n r e in ogni s e c o n d o , ricevo a n i ', e se l è la sua t e m p e r a t u r a e m e t t e adi'; la / va c r e s c e n d o finche al l i m i t e , e g u a g l i a n d o s i e m i s s i o n e ed a s s o r b i m e n t o , sia tt. l o slesso si h a se l ' a m b i e n t e c o n s i d e r a t o è p i e n o di a r i a ; in lai caso a n c h e se il c o r p o l'osse un r i f l e t t o r e p e r f e t t o , per c o n l a t t o con q u e s t a , finirebbe con a s s u m e r e la stessa t e m p e r a t u r a . d i v e r s o è il c a s o in cui lo s p a z i o vuoto sia a t t r a v e r s a l o da una r a d i a z i o n e u n i d i r e z i o n a l e , c o m e a v v i e n e in t a l e -vicinanza di' una s t e l l a , c h e si possa t r a s c u r a r e l ' i r r a g g i a m e n t o d e l l e a l t r e . c o n s i d e r i a m o ad e s e m p i o il caso p a r t i c o l a r e d e l l o s p a z i o i n t o r n o al s o i e . sia i la c o s t a n t e s o l a l e , r i f e r i t a p e r c o m o d i t à al m i n u t o , 1 , 9 2 s e c o n d o . il suo v a l o r e alla s u p e r f i c i e d e l l a i erra <• i 0 . 0 3 2 0 1 60 p'.c. e p o i c h é si p u ò a m m e t t e r e c h e vari in r a g i o n e i n v e r s a del q u a d r a l o della d i s t a n z a , p r e s a la d i s i a n z a f e r i a s o l e c o m e u n i t à , a l l a distanza il dal s o l e la c o s t a n t e r e l a t i v a è ( , ' [ 1 0 ] 3 3 6 a l e s s a n d r o a m e r i o il valore di questa costante dà la q u a n t i t à di energia che a t t r a versa in un secondo i area di im cm" n o r m a l e ai raggi. si p o t r e b b e c o n v e n i r e di a s s u m e r e c o m e definizione d e l l a temp e r a t u r a in un p u n t o d e l l o spazio la t e m p e r a t u r a c h e a s s u m e r e b b e un dalo corpo nero clic si trovi i n v e s t i t o dalla r a d i a z i o n e . p e r ò questa t e m p e r a t u r a d i p e n d e dalla f o r m a del c o r p o . s u p p o n i a m o c h e il c o r p o sia sferico, n e r o e a b b i a il raggio r. f.sso sarà investito in ogni secondo dalla radiazione zi r" a, e m e t t e r à 4 i r o t , ' e se è raggi un lo l ' e q u i l i b r i o 4 a t j l = a, da cui / > i y r u ] f 4 a questa p o t r e b b e quindi essere c o n s i d e r a t a c o m e la t e m p e r a t u r a dello spazio c o n s i d e r a l o , ma la cosa è puramente convenzionale, perc h é un corpo di a l t r a forma p o t r e b b e a s s u m e r e una t e m p e r a t u r a diff e r e n t e e questa d i p e n d e r e b b e a n c h e d a l l ' o r i e n t a m e n t o del c o r p o ris p e t t o ai raggi i n c i d e n t i . i n f a t t i se il c o r p o fosse una l a m i n e t t a sottilissima p i a n a , n o r m a l e ai raggi s o l a r i , n e r a dalla p a r t e r i v o l t a al s o l e e p e r f e t t a m e n t e spec u l a r e d a l l ' a l t r a , r i c e v e r e b b e per ogni c m 2 e ad ogni secondo l ' e n e r gia /, c i r r a d i e r e b b e a i v . l ' e q u i l i b r i o della t e m p e r a t u r a -i a v r e b b e p e r i — t„= ] / ^ l [ 1 2 ] r rr che c o i n c i d e con la [ 9 ] e dove r 8 = r l v / t [ 1 3 ] si può essere i n c e r t i n e l l a scelta f r a queste due t e m p e r a t u r e : la t r a p p r e s e n t a la m a s s i m a t c m j j c r a t u r a c h e può e s s e r e r a g g i u n t a in quel dato spazio da un c o r p o il q u a l e sia esposto l i b e r a m e n t e alla radiazione ( e quindi non sia c i r c o n d a l o da uno strato che gli p e r m e t t a di r i c e v e r e raggi di una data specie e di e m e t t e r n e a l t r i i d u e e s t e n s i o n i d e i . c o n c e t t o di t e m p e r a t u r a 3 3 7 q u a l i non lo possano a b b a n d o n a r e per q u a l c h e artifizio, c o m e a v v i e n e p e r i p i a n e t i in grazia d e l l ' a t m o s f e r a che li avvolge). l a t e m p e r a t u r a d e f i n i t a con la [ 1 3 ] c o r r i s p o n d e q u i n d i m e g l i o al c o n c e t t o di temp e r a t u r a di un c o r p o c h e è la m a s s i m a c h e v e r r e b b e raggiunta da un t e r m o m e t r o posto in c o n t a t t o del c o r p o . q u e l l a definita m e d i a n t e la [ 1 1 ] p o t r e b b e r a p p r e s e n t a r e la temp e r a t u r a m e d i a tra q u e l l e clic a s s u m e r e b b e un r i c e v i t o r e a l a m i n a p i a n a , con una f a c c i a nera c l ' a l t r a s p e c u l a r e , n e l l e v a r i e direzioni in cui venisse p o s t a . v e d i a m o ora q u a l c h e r i s u l t a t o sia a p p l i c a n d o la [ 1 1 ] c h e la [ 1 2 ] . alla distanza della t e r r a dal sole la [ 1 1 ] dà r _ y 0 . 0 3 2 0 = 2 7 6 „ k = 3 , 4 . 1 , 3 8 . 1 0 " e la [ 1 2 ] dà •i t= | n ' 0 3 2 0 = 3 9 0 tv = 117 c. 1 , 3 8 . 1 0 " p o i c h é la costante i, v a r i a ili ragione inversa del q u a d r a t o delle distanze) c le t e m p e r a t u r e v a r i a n o in r a g i o n e diretta della r a d i c e (pulita della costante, le t e m p e r a t u r e v a r i a n o in r a g i o n e inversa d e l l e radici q u a d r a t e d e l l e distanze e p e r c i ò «i h a n n o le due serie s e g u e n t i : a l l e distanze dal sole d i : o o c g ? £ s > 3 c 5 o qj 5 o 3 x ..j i uì z l, tv 4 4 3 3 2 5 2 7 6 2 2 4 121 89 63 50 4 4 1 7 0 52 3 — 4 9 — 1 5 2 — 1 8 4 — 2 1 0 — 2 2 3 — 2 2 9 t , "k 6 2 6 4 5 9 3 9 0 3 1 6 171 126 89 71 62 :,c 353 186 117 43 — 1 0 2 — 1 4 7 — 1 8 1 — 2 0 2 —21 1 le due serie d e d o t t e non sono c h e dei casi p a r t i c o l a r i , j i c r ò s o iio sufficienti p e r m o s t r a r e c h e la temperatura che può raggiungere un corpo in uno sjxtzio ruolo in <~ui la radiazione non sia uniformemente distribuita, può essere molto caria. essa p o t r e b b e raggiungere valori m o l l o superiori ai p r e c e d e n t i in casi p a r t i c o l a r i clic sfuggono ad una definizione p a r t i c o l a r e . s e ad e s e m p i o si ha un c o r p o c i r c o n d a t o da uno strato c h e sia b e n traspar e n t e p e r la p a r t e più r i f r a n g i b i l e dello s p e t t r o , o p a c o p e r le grandi 3 3 8 a l e s s a n d r o a m e r i o l u n g h e z z e di onda s u p e r i o r i a un c e r i o v a l o r e , p. c s . al l i m i l e rosso di v i s i b i l i t à , esso r i c e v e l ' e n e r g i a c l i c , p r o v e n e n d o da u n a s t e l l a , è r i c c a n e l l e p i c c o l e l u n g h e z z e <1 o n d a , si s c a l d a e i r r a d i a ; m a p o i c h é la sua t e m p e r a t u r a è m o l l o b a s s a , i r r a d i a in e n o r m e p r e v a l e n z a rad i a z i o n i a g r a n d e lunghezza d ' o n d a p e r le q u a l i lo s t r a t o a v v o l g e n t e è o p a c o , q u i n d i la sua t e m p e r a t u r a deve c r e s c e r e e p o t r e b b e c r e scere a n c h e m o l t o r i s p e l l o ai valori d e l l a t a b e l l a . infatti se ad e s e m p i o la p a r t e d e l l a r a d i a z i o n e i n c i d e n t e c h e . 1 v i e n e a s s o r b i t a d a l l o s t r a t o a v v o l g e n t e è del t o t a l e . i e n e r g i a , c h e , n n—1 a t t r a v e r s a t o lo s t r a t o p r o i e t t o r e giunge al c o r p o è • a , ; il c o r p o n in p a r t e l ' a s s o r b e e i r r a d i a , m a d e l l a sua r a d i a z i o n e solo una p a r t e m o l l o p i c c o l a può s f u g g i r e , ad es. d e l t o t a l e , si c o m p r e n d e q u i n d i p c h e la t e m p e r a t u r a possa s a l i r e n o t e v o l m e n t e al di s o p r a dei v a l o r i c a l c o l a t i , i n f a t t i a m m e s s a a n c o r a la f o r m a sferica con l'aggio r, il c o r p o r i c e v e r e b b e n — 1 e (n — 1 ) . ir r ' l e n e t r a t t e r r e b b e r i, n n p e r ogni s e c o n d o : se si a n i m e l l e c h e a b b i a la stessa t e m p e r a t u r a in ogni p u n t o , e m e t t e r e b b e a, . 1 .t r ~ a t l 1 e di questa u s c i r e b b e la f r a z i o n e . i> l ' e q u i l i b r i o si a v r e b b e p e r t ' 1/ a p — 1 > ' a i n cr e se n e p sono grandi r i p e t t o ali u n i t à , i; e